diff --git a/ohos/CMakeLists.txt b/ohos/CMakeLists.txt index 1baafc0d..a00cd6f2 100644 --- a/ohos/CMakeLists.txt +++ b/ohos/CMakeLists.txt @@ -143,7 +143,19 @@ add_library(glslang-default-resource-limits STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL) set_target_properties(glslang-default-resource-limits PROPERTIES IMPORTED_LOCATION ${ohos_lib_dir}/libglslang-default-resource-limits.a ) -set(glslang_libs_name glslang OGLCompiler OSDependent SPIRV glslang-default-resource-limits) +set(glslang_libs_name glslang OGLCompiler OSDependent SPIRV glslang-default-resource-limits MachineIndependent GenericCodeGen) + +if(OPENHARMONY) +add_library(MachineIndependent STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL) +set_target_properties(MachineIndependent PROPERTIES + IMPORTED_LOCATION ${ohos_lib_dir}/libMachineIndependent.a +) +add_library(GenericCodeGen STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL) +set_target_properties(GenericCodeGen PROPERTIES + IMPORTED_LOCATION ${ohos_lib_dir}/libGenericCodeGen.a +) +list(APPEND glslang_libs_name MachineIndependent GenericCodeGen) +endif() ############################# TBB ############################# @@ -175,12 +187,16 @@ endif() list(APPEND CC_EXTERNAL_LIBS jpeg png - webp sqlite3 - ${se_libs_name} ${glslang_libs_name} - OpenALSoft - mpg123 +) + +if(NOT OPENHARMONY) +list(APPEND CC_EXTERNAL_LIBS +webp +${se_libs_name} +OpenALSoft +mpg123 ) set(ZLIB z) @@ -188,6 +204,8 @@ if(NOT USE_MODULES) list(APPEND CC_EXTERNAL_LIBS ${ZLIB}) endif() +endif() + if(USE_V8_DEBUGGER OR USE_WEBSOCKET_SERVER) list(APPEND CC_EXTERNAL_LIBS @@ -198,6 +216,9 @@ endif() list(APPEND CC_EXTERNAL_INCLUDES ${platform_spec_path}/include ${platform_spec_path}/include/v8 + ${platform_spec_path}/include/sqlite + ${platform_spec_path}/include/png16 + ${platform_spec_path}/include/uv ) #TODO: remove in future version diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/ext/usr/include/EGL/egl.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/ext/usr/include/EGL/egl.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3f221a5b --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/ext/usr/include/EGL/egl.h @@ -0,0 +1,477 @@ +#ifndef __egl_h_ +#define __egl_h_ 1 + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/* +** Copyright (c) 2013-2017 The Khronos Group Inc. +** +** Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a +** copy of this software and/or associated documentation files (the +** "Materials"), to deal in the Materials without restriction, including +** without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, +** distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Materials, and to +** permit persons to whom the Materials are furnished to do so, subject to +** the following conditions: +** +** The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included +** in all copies or substantial portions of the Materials. +** +** THE MATERIALS ARE PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, +** EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF +** MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. +** IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY +** CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, +** TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE +** MATERIALS OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE MATERIALS. +*/ +/* +** This header is generated from the Khronos EGL XML API Registry. +** The current version of the Registry, generator scripts +** used to make the header, and the header can be found at +** http://www.khronos.org/registry/egl +** +** Khronos $Git commit SHA1: ad06e1c38e $ on $Git commit date: 2020-04-09 +*18:40:05 +0200 $ +*/ + +#include + +#ifndef EGL_EGL_PROTOTYPES +#define EGL_EGL_PROTOTYPES 1 +#endif + +/* Generated on date 20200505 */ + +/* Generated C header for: + * API: egl + * Versions considered: .* + * Versions emitted: .* + * Default extensions included: None + * Additional extensions included: _nomatch_^ + * Extensions removed: _nomatch_^ + */ + +#ifndef EGL_VERSION_1_0 +#define EGL_VERSION_1_0 1 +typedef unsigned int EGLBoolean; +typedef void *EGLDisplay; +#include +#include +typedef void *EGLConfig; +typedef void *EGLSurface; +typedef void *EGLContext; +typedef void (*__eglMustCastToProperFunctionPointerType)(void); +#define EGL_ALPHA_SIZE 0x3021 +#define EGL_BAD_ACCESS 0x3002 +#define EGL_BAD_ALLOC 0x3003 +#define EGL_BAD_ATTRIBUTE 0x3004 +#define EGL_BAD_CONFIG 0x3005 +#define EGL_BAD_CONTEXT 0x3006 +#define EGL_BAD_CURRENT_SURFACE 0x3007 +#define EGL_BAD_DISPLAY 0x3008 +#define EGL_BAD_MATCH 0x3009 +#define EGL_BAD_NATIVE_PIXMAP 0x300A +#define EGL_BAD_NATIVE_WINDOW 0x300B +#define EGL_BAD_PARAMETER 0x300C +#define EGL_BAD_SURFACE 0x300D +#define EGL_BLUE_SIZE 0x3022 +#define EGL_BUFFER_SIZE 0x3020 +#define EGL_CONFIG_CAVEAT 0x3027 +#define EGL_CONFIG_ID 0x3028 +#define EGL_CORE_NATIVE_ENGINE 0x305B +#define EGL_DEPTH_SIZE 0x3025 +#define EGL_DONT_CARE EGL_CAST(EGLint, -1) +#define EGL_DRAW 0x3059 +#define EGL_EXTENSIONS 0x3055 +#define EGL_FALSE 0 +#define EGL_GREEN_SIZE 0x3023 +#define EGL_HEIGHT 0x3056 +#define EGL_LARGEST_PBUFFER 0x3058 +#define EGL_LEVEL 0x3029 +#define EGL_MAX_PBUFFER_HEIGHT 0x302A +#define EGL_MAX_PBUFFER_PIXELS 0x302B +#define EGL_MAX_PBUFFER_WIDTH 0x302C +#define EGL_NATIVE_RENDERABLE 0x302D +#define EGL_NATIVE_VISUAL_ID 0x302E +#define EGL_NATIVE_VISUAL_TYPE 0x302F +#define EGL_NONE 0x3038 +#define EGL_NON_CONFORMANT_CONFIG 0x3051 +#define EGL_NOT_INITIALIZED 0x3001 +#define EGL_NO_CONTEXT EGL_CAST(EGLContext, 0) +#define EGL_NO_DISPLAY EGL_CAST(EGLDisplay, 0) +#define EGL_NO_SURFACE EGL_CAST(EGLSurface, 0) +#define EGL_PBUFFER_BIT 0x0001 +#define EGL_PIXMAP_BIT 0x0002 +#define EGL_READ 0x305A +#define EGL_RED_SIZE 0x3024 +#define EGL_SAMPLES 0x3031 +#define EGL_SAMPLE_BUFFERS 0x3032 +#define EGL_SLOW_CONFIG 0x3050 +#define EGL_STENCIL_SIZE 0x3026 +#define EGL_SUCCESS 0x3000 +#define EGL_SURFACE_TYPE 0x3033 +#define EGL_TRANSPARENT_BLUE_VALUE 0x3035 +#define EGL_TRANSPARENT_GREEN_VALUE 0x3036 +#define EGL_TRANSPARENT_RED_VALUE 0x3037 +#define EGL_TRANSPARENT_RGB 0x3052 +#define EGL_TRANSPARENT_TYPE 0x3034 +#define EGL_TRUE 1 +#define EGL_VENDOR 0x3053 +#define EGL_VERSION 0x3054 +#define EGL_WIDTH 0x3057 +#define EGL_WINDOW_BIT 0x0004 +typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCHOOSECONFIGPROC)( + EGLDisplay dpy, const EGLint *attrib_list, EGLConfig *configs, + EGLint config_size, EGLint *num_config); +typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCOPYBUFFERSPROC)( + EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSurface surface, EGLNativePixmapType target); +typedef EGLContext(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCREATECONTEXTPROC)( + EGLDisplay dpy, EGLConfig config, EGLContext share_context, + const EGLint *attrib_list); +typedef EGLSurface(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCREATEPBUFFERSURFACEPROC)( + EGLDisplay dpy, EGLConfig config, const EGLint *attrib_list); +typedef EGLSurface(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCREATEPIXMAPSURFACEPROC)( + EGLDisplay dpy, EGLConfig config, EGLNativePixmapType pixmap, + const EGLint *attrib_list); +typedef EGLSurface(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCREATEWINDOWSURFACEPROC)( + EGLDisplay dpy, EGLConfig config, EGLNativeWindowType win, + const EGLint *attrib_list); +typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLDESTROYCONTEXTPROC)(EGLDisplay dpy, + EGLContext ctx); +typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLDESTROYSURFACEPROC)(EGLDisplay dpy, + EGLSurface surface); +typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLGETCONFIGATTRIBPROC)(EGLDisplay dpy, + EGLConfig config, + EGLint attribute, + EGLint *value); +typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLGETCONFIGSPROC)(EGLDisplay dpy, + EGLConfig *configs, + EGLint config_size, + EGLint *num_config); +typedef EGLDisplay(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLGETCURRENTDISPLAYPROC)(void); +typedef EGLSurface(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLGETCURRENTSURFACEPROC)(EGLint readdraw); +typedef EGLDisplay(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLGETDISPLAYPROC)( + EGLNativeDisplayType display_id); +typedef EGLint(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLGETERRORPROC)(void); +typedef __eglMustCastToProperFunctionPointerType( + EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLGETPROCADDRESSPROC)(const char *procname); +typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLINITIALIZEPROC)(EGLDisplay dpy, + EGLint *major, + EGLint *minor); +typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLMAKECURRENTPROC)(EGLDisplay dpy, + EGLSurface draw, + EGLSurface read, + EGLContext ctx); +typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLQUERYCONTEXTPROC)(EGLDisplay dpy, + EGLContext ctx, + EGLint attribute, + EGLint *value); +typedef const char *(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLQUERYSTRINGPROC)(EGLDisplay dpy, + EGLint name); +typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLQUERYSURFACEPROC)(EGLDisplay dpy, + EGLSurface surface, + EGLint attribute, + EGLint *value); +typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLSWAPBUFFERSPROC)(EGLDisplay dpy, + EGLSurface surface); +typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLTERMINATEPROC)(EGLDisplay dpy); +typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLWAITGLPROC)(void); +typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLWAITNATIVEPROC)(EGLint engine); +#if EGL_EGL_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglChooseConfig(EGLDisplay dpy, + const EGLint *attrib_list, + EGLConfig *configs, + EGLint config_size, + EGLint *num_config); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglCopyBuffers(EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSurface surface, + EGLNativePixmapType target); +EGLAPI EGLContext EGLAPIENTRY eglCreateContext(EGLDisplay dpy, EGLConfig config, + EGLContext share_context, + const EGLint *attrib_list); +EGLAPI EGLSurface EGLAPIENTRY eglCreatePbufferSurface( + EGLDisplay dpy, EGLConfig config, const EGLint *attrib_list); +EGLAPI EGLSurface EGLAPIENTRY eglCreatePixmapSurface(EGLDisplay dpy, + EGLConfig config, + EGLNativePixmapType pixmap, + const EGLint *attrib_list); +EGLAPI EGLSurface EGLAPIENTRY eglCreateWindowSurface(EGLDisplay dpy, + EGLConfig config, + EGLNativeWindowType win, + const EGLint *attrib_list); +EGLAPI EGLSurface EGLAPIENTRY +HeglCreateWindowSurface(EGLDisplay dpy, EGLConfig config, + EGLNativeWindowType win, const EGLint *attrib_list); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglDestroyContext(EGLDisplay dpy, EGLContext ctx); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglDestroySurface(EGLDisplay dpy, + EGLSurface surface); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglGetConfigAttrib(EGLDisplay dpy, + EGLConfig config, + EGLint attribute, + EGLint *value); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglGetConfigs(EGLDisplay dpy, EGLConfig *configs, + EGLint config_size, + EGLint *num_config); +EGLAPI EGLDisplay EGLAPIENTRY eglGetCurrentDisplay(void); +EGLAPI EGLSurface EGLAPIENTRY eglGetCurrentSurface(EGLint readdraw); +EGLAPI EGLDisplay EGLAPIENTRY eglGetDisplay(EGLNativeDisplayType display_id); +EGLAPI EGLint EGLAPIENTRY eglGetError(void); +EGLAPI __eglMustCastToProperFunctionPointerType EGLAPIENTRY +eglGetProcAddress(const char *procname); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglInitialize(EGLDisplay dpy, EGLint *major, + EGLint *minor); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglMakeCurrent(EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSurface draw, + EGLSurface read, EGLContext ctx); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglQueryContext(EGLDisplay dpy, EGLContext ctx, + EGLint attribute, EGLint *value); +EGLAPI const char *EGLAPIENTRY eglQueryString(EGLDisplay dpy, EGLint name); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglQuerySurface(EGLDisplay dpy, + EGLSurface surface, + EGLint attribute, EGLint *value); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglSwapBuffers(EGLDisplay dpy, + EGLSurface surface); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglTerminate(EGLDisplay dpy); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglWaitGL(void); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglWaitNative(EGLint engine); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_VERSION_1_0 */ + +#ifndef EGL_VERSION_1_1 +#define EGL_VERSION_1_1 1 +#define EGL_BACK_BUFFER 0x3084 +#define EGL_BIND_TO_TEXTURE_RGB 0x3039 +#define EGL_BIND_TO_TEXTURE_RGBA 0x303A +#define EGL_CONTEXT_LOST 0x300E +#define EGL_MIN_SWAP_INTERVAL 0x303B +#define EGL_MAX_SWAP_INTERVAL 0x303C +#define EGL_MIPMAP_TEXTURE 0x3082 +#define EGL_MIPMAP_LEVEL 0x3083 +#define EGL_NO_TEXTURE 0x305C +#define EGL_TEXTURE_2D 0x305F +#define EGL_TEXTURE_FORMAT 0x3080 +#define EGL_TEXTURE_RGB 0x305D +#define EGL_TEXTURE_RGBA 0x305E +#define EGL_TEXTURE_TARGET 0x3081 +typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLBINDTEXIMAGEPROC)(EGLDisplay dpy, + EGLSurface surface, + EGLint buffer); +typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLRELEASETEXIMAGEPROC)(EGLDisplay dpy, + EGLSurface surface, + EGLint buffer); +typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLSURFACEATTRIBPROC)(EGLDisplay dpy, + EGLSurface surface, + EGLint attribute, + EGLint value); +typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLSWAPINTERVALPROC)(EGLDisplay dpy, + EGLint interval); +#if EGL_EGL_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglBindTexImage(EGLDisplay dpy, + EGLSurface surface, + EGLint buffer); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglReleaseTexImage(EGLDisplay dpy, + EGLSurface surface, + EGLint buffer); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglSurfaceAttrib(EGLDisplay dpy, + EGLSurface surface, + EGLint attribute, EGLint value); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglSwapInterval(EGLDisplay dpy, EGLint interval); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_VERSION_1_1 */ + +#ifndef EGL_VERSION_1_2 +#define EGL_VERSION_1_2 1 +typedef unsigned int EGLenum; +typedef void *EGLClientBuffer; +#define EGL_ALPHA_FORMAT 0x3088 +#define EGL_ALPHA_FORMAT_NONPRE 0x308B +#define EGL_ALPHA_FORMAT_PRE 0x308C +#define EGL_ALPHA_MASK_SIZE 0x303E +#define EGL_BUFFER_PRESERVED 0x3094 +#define EGL_BUFFER_DESTROYED 0x3095 +#define EGL_CLIENT_APIS 0x308D +#define EGL_COLORSPACE 0x3087 +#define EGL_COLORSPACE_sRGB 0x3089 +#define EGL_COLORSPACE_LINEAR 0x308A +#define EGL_COLOR_BUFFER_TYPE 0x303F +#define EGL_CONTEXT_CLIENT_TYPE 0x3097 +#define EGL_DISPLAY_SCALING 10000 +#define EGL_HORIZONTAL_RESOLUTION 0x3090 +#define EGL_LUMINANCE_BUFFER 0x308F +#define EGL_LUMINANCE_SIZE 0x303D +#define EGL_OPENGL_ES_BIT 0x0001 +#define EGL_OPENVG_BIT 0x0002 +#define EGL_OPENGL_ES_API 0x30A0 +#define EGL_OPENVG_API 0x30A1 +#define EGL_OPENVG_IMAGE 0x3096 +#define EGL_PIXEL_ASPECT_RATIO 0x3092 +#define EGL_RENDERABLE_TYPE 0x3040 +#define EGL_RENDER_BUFFER 0x3086 +#define EGL_RGB_BUFFER 0x308E +#define EGL_SINGLE_BUFFER 0x3085 +#define EGL_SWAP_BEHAVIOR 0x3093 +#define EGL_UNKNOWN EGL_CAST(EGLint, -1) +#define EGL_VERTICAL_RESOLUTION 0x3091 +typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLBINDAPIPROC)(EGLenum api); +typedef EGLenum(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLQUERYAPIPROC)(void); +typedef EGLSurface(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCREATEPBUFFERFROMCLIENTBUFFERPROC)( + EGLDisplay dpy, EGLenum buftype, EGLClientBuffer buffer, EGLConfig config, + const EGLint *attrib_list); +typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLRELEASETHREADPROC)(void); +typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLWAITCLIENTPROC)(void); +#if EGL_EGL_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglBindAPI(EGLenum api); +EGLAPI EGLenum EGLAPIENTRY eglQueryAPI(void); +EGLAPI EGLSurface EGLAPIENTRY eglCreatePbufferFromClientBuffer( + EGLDisplay dpy, EGLenum buftype, EGLClientBuffer buffer, EGLConfig config, + const EGLint *attrib_list); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglReleaseThread(void); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglWaitClient(void); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_VERSION_1_2 */ + +#ifndef EGL_VERSION_1_3 +#define EGL_VERSION_1_3 1 +#define EGL_CONFORMANT 0x3042 +#define EGL_CONTEXT_CLIENT_VERSION 0x3098 +#define EGL_MATCH_NATIVE_PIXMAP 0x3041 +#define EGL_OPENGL_ES2_BIT 0x0004 +#define EGL_VG_ALPHA_FORMAT 0x3088 +#define EGL_VG_ALPHA_FORMAT_NONPRE 0x308B +#define EGL_VG_ALPHA_FORMAT_PRE 0x308C +#define EGL_VG_ALPHA_FORMAT_PRE_BIT 0x0040 +#define EGL_VG_COLORSPACE 0x3087 +#define EGL_VG_COLORSPACE_sRGB 0x3089 +#define EGL_VG_COLORSPACE_LINEAR 0x308A +#define EGL_VG_COLORSPACE_LINEAR_BIT 0x0020 +#endif /* EGL_VERSION_1_3 */ + +#ifndef EGL_VERSION_1_4 +#define EGL_VERSION_1_4 1 +#define EGL_DEFAULT_DISPLAY EGL_CAST(EGLNativeDisplayType, 0) +#define EGL_MULTISAMPLE_RESOLVE_BOX_BIT 0x0200 +#define EGL_MULTISAMPLE_RESOLVE 0x3099 +#define EGL_MULTISAMPLE_RESOLVE_DEFAULT 0x309A +#define EGL_MULTISAMPLE_RESOLVE_BOX 0x309B +#define EGL_OPENGL_API 0x30A2 +#define EGL_OPENGL_BIT 0x0008 +#define EGL_SWAP_BEHAVIOR_PRESERVED_BIT 0x0400 +typedef EGLContext(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLGETCURRENTCONTEXTPROC)(void); +#if EGL_EGL_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLContext EGLAPIENTRY eglGetCurrentContext(void); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_VERSION_1_4 */ + +#ifndef EGL_VERSION_1_5 +#define EGL_VERSION_1_5 1 +typedef void *EGLSync; +typedef intptr_t EGLAttrib; +typedef khronos_utime_nanoseconds_t EGLTime; +typedef void *EGLImage; +#define EGL_CONTEXT_MAJOR_VERSION 0x3098 +#define EGL_CONTEXT_MINOR_VERSION 0x30FB +#define EGL_CONTEXT_OPENGL_PROFILE_MASK 0x30FD +#define EGL_CONTEXT_OPENGL_RESET_NOTIFICATION_STRATEGY 0x31BD +#define EGL_NO_RESET_NOTIFICATION 0x31BE +#define EGL_LOSE_CONTEXT_ON_RESET 0x31BF +#define EGL_CONTEXT_OPENGL_CORE_PROFILE_BIT 0x00000001 +#define EGL_CONTEXT_OPENGL_COMPATIBILITY_PROFILE_BIT 0x00000002 +#define EGL_CONTEXT_OPENGL_DEBUG 0x31B0 +#define EGL_CONTEXT_OPENGL_FORWARD_COMPATIBLE 0x31B1 +#define EGL_CONTEXT_OPENGL_ROBUST_ACCESS 0x31B2 +#define EGL_OPENGL_ES3_BIT 0x00000040 +#define EGL_CL_EVENT_HANDLE 0x309C +#define EGL_SYNC_CL_EVENT 0x30FE +#define EGL_SYNC_CL_EVENT_COMPLETE 0x30FF +#define EGL_SYNC_PRIOR_COMMANDS_COMPLETE 0x30F0 +#define EGL_SYNC_TYPE 0x30F7 +#define EGL_SYNC_STATUS 0x30F1 +#define EGL_SYNC_CONDITION 0x30F8 +#define EGL_SIGNALED 0x30F2 +#define EGL_UNSIGNALED 0x30F3 +#define EGL_SYNC_FLUSH_COMMANDS_BIT 0x0001 +#define EGL_FOREVER 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFull +#define EGL_TIMEOUT_EXPIRED 0x30F5 +#define EGL_CONDITION_SATISFIED 0x30F6 +#define EGL_NO_SYNC EGL_CAST(EGLSync, 0) +#define EGL_SYNC_FENCE 0x30F9 +#define EGL_GL_COLORSPACE 0x309D +#define EGL_GL_COLORSPACE_SRGB 0x3089 +#define EGL_GL_COLORSPACE_LINEAR 0x308A +#define EGL_GL_RENDERBUFFER 0x30B9 +#define EGL_GL_TEXTURE_2D 0x30B1 +#define EGL_GL_TEXTURE_LEVEL 0x30BC +#define EGL_GL_TEXTURE_3D 0x30B2 +#define EGL_GL_TEXTURE_ZOFFSET 0x30BD +#define EGL_GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_POSITIVE_X 0x30B3 +#define EGL_GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_NEGATIVE_X 0x30B4 +#define EGL_GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_POSITIVE_Y 0x30B5 +#define EGL_GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_NEGATIVE_Y 0x30B6 +#define EGL_GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_POSITIVE_Z 0x30B7 +#define EGL_GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_NEGATIVE_Z 0x30B8 +#define EGL_IMAGE_PRESERVED 0x30D2 +#define EGL_NO_IMAGE EGL_CAST(EGLImage, 0) +typedef EGLSync(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCREATESYNCPROC)( + EGLDisplay dpy, EGLenum type, const EGLAttrib *attrib_list); +typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLDESTROYSYNCPROC)(EGLDisplay dpy, + EGLSync sync); +typedef EGLint(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCLIENTWAITSYNCPROC)(EGLDisplay dpy, + EGLSync sync, + EGLint flags, + EGLTime timeout); +typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLGETSYNCATTRIBPROC)(EGLDisplay dpy, + EGLSync sync, + EGLint attribute, + EGLAttrib *value); +typedef EGLImage(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCREATEIMAGEPROC)( + EGLDisplay dpy, EGLContext ctx, EGLenum target, EGLClientBuffer buffer, + const EGLAttrib *attrib_list); +typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLDESTROYIMAGEPROC)(EGLDisplay dpy, + EGLImage image); +typedef EGLDisplay(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLGETPLATFORMDISPLAYPROC)( + EGLenum platform, void *native_display, const EGLAttrib *attrib_list); +typedef EGLSurface(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCREATEPLATFORMWINDOWSURFACEPROC)( + EGLDisplay dpy, EGLConfig config, void *native_window, + const EGLAttrib *attrib_list); +typedef EGLSurface(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCREATEPLATFORMPIXMAPSURFACEPROC)( + EGLDisplay dpy, EGLConfig config, void *native_pixmap, + const EGLAttrib *attrib_list); +typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLWAITSYNCPROC)(EGLDisplay dpy, + EGLSync sync, EGLint flags); +#if EGL_EGL_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLSync EGLAPIENTRY eglCreateSync(EGLDisplay dpy, EGLenum type, + const EGLAttrib *attrib_list); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglDestroySync(EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSync sync); +EGLAPI EGLint EGLAPIENTRY eglClientWaitSync(EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSync sync, + EGLint flags, EGLTime timeout); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglGetSyncAttrib(EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSync sync, + EGLint attribute, + EGLAttrib *value); +EGLAPI EGLImage EGLAPIENTRY eglCreateImage(EGLDisplay dpy, EGLContext ctx, + EGLenum target, + EGLClientBuffer buffer, + const EGLAttrib *attrib_list); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglDestroyImage(EGLDisplay dpy, EGLImage image); +EGLAPI EGLDisplay EGLAPIENTRY eglGetPlatformDisplay( + EGLenum platform, void *native_display, const EGLAttrib *attrib_list); +EGLAPI EGLSurface EGLAPIENTRY eglCreatePlatformWindowSurface( + EGLDisplay dpy, EGLConfig config, void *native_window, + const EGLAttrib *attrib_list); +EGLAPI EGLSurface EGLAPIENTRY eglCreatePlatformPixmapSurface( + EGLDisplay dpy, EGLConfig config, void *native_pixmap, + const EGLAttrib *attrib_list); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglWaitSync(EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSync sync, + EGLint flags); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_VERSION_1_5 */ + +#if EGL_EGL_PROTOTYPES +#define __REDIR(x, y) __typeof__(x) x __asm__(#y) +__REDIR(eglCreateWindowSurface, HeglCreateWindowSurface); +#endif +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/ext/usr/include/EGL/eglext.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/ext/usr/include/EGL/eglext.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..697890a6 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/ext/usr/include/EGL/eglext.h @@ -0,0 +1,1427 @@ +#ifndef __eglext_h_ +#define __eglext_h_ 1 + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/* +** Copyright (c) 2013-2017 The Khronos Group Inc. +** +** Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a +** copy of this software and/or associated documentation files (the +** "Materials"), to deal in the Materials without restriction, including +** without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, +** distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Materials, and to +** permit persons to whom the Materials are furnished to do so, subject to +** the following conditions: +** +** The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included +** in all copies or substantial portions of the Materials. +** +** THE MATERIALS ARE PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, +** EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF +** MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. +** IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY +** CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, +** TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE +** MATERIALS OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE MATERIALS. +*/ +/* +** This header is generated from the Khronos EGL XML API Registry. +** The current version of the Registry, generator scripts +** used to make the header, and the header can be found at +** http://www.khronos.org/registry/egl +** +** Khronos $Git commit SHA1: ad06e1c38e $ on $Git commit date: 2020-04-09 18:40:05 +0200 $ +*/ + +#include + +#define EGL_EGLEXT_VERSION 20200505 + +/* Generated C header for: + * API: egl + * Versions considered: .* + * Versions emitted: _nomatch_^ + * Default extensions included: egl + * Additional extensions included: _nomatch_^ + * Extensions removed: _nomatch_^ + */ + +#ifndef EGL_KHR_cl_event +#define EGL_KHR_cl_event 1 +#define EGL_CL_EVENT_HANDLE_KHR 0x309C +#define EGL_SYNC_CL_EVENT_KHR 0x30FE +#define EGL_SYNC_CL_EVENT_COMPLETE_KHR 0x30FF +#endif /* EGL_KHR_cl_event */ + +#ifndef EGL_KHR_cl_event2 +#define EGL_KHR_cl_event2 1 +typedef void *EGLSyncKHR; +typedef intptr_t EGLAttribKHR; +typedef EGLSyncKHR (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCREATESYNC64KHRPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLenum type, const EGLAttribKHR *attrib_list); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLSyncKHR EGLAPIENTRY eglCreateSync64KHR (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLenum type, const EGLAttribKHR *attrib_list); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_KHR_cl_event2 */ + +#ifndef EGL_KHR_client_get_all_proc_addresses +#define EGL_KHR_client_get_all_proc_addresses 1 +#endif /* EGL_KHR_client_get_all_proc_addresses */ + +#ifndef EGL_KHR_config_attribs +#define EGL_KHR_config_attribs 1 +#define EGL_CONFORMANT_KHR 0x3042 +#define EGL_VG_COLORSPACE_LINEAR_BIT_KHR 0x0020 +#define EGL_VG_ALPHA_FORMAT_PRE_BIT_KHR 0x0040 +#endif /* EGL_KHR_config_attribs */ + +#ifndef EGL_KHR_context_flush_control +#define EGL_KHR_context_flush_control 1 +#define EGL_CONTEXT_RELEASE_BEHAVIOR_NONE_KHR 0 +#define EGL_CONTEXT_RELEASE_BEHAVIOR_KHR 0x2097 +#define EGL_CONTEXT_RELEASE_BEHAVIOR_FLUSH_KHR 0x2098 +#endif /* EGL_KHR_context_flush_control */ + +#ifndef EGL_KHR_create_context +#define EGL_KHR_create_context 1 +#define EGL_CONTEXT_MAJOR_VERSION_KHR 0x3098 +#define EGL_CONTEXT_MINOR_VERSION_KHR 0x30FB +#define EGL_CONTEXT_FLAGS_KHR 0x30FC +#define EGL_CONTEXT_OPENGL_PROFILE_MASK_KHR 0x30FD +#define EGL_CONTEXT_OPENGL_RESET_NOTIFICATION_STRATEGY_KHR 0x31BD +#define EGL_NO_RESET_NOTIFICATION_KHR 0x31BE +#define EGL_LOSE_CONTEXT_ON_RESET_KHR 0x31BF +#define EGL_CONTEXT_OPENGL_DEBUG_BIT_KHR 0x00000001 +#define EGL_CONTEXT_OPENGL_FORWARD_COMPATIBLE_BIT_KHR 0x00000002 +#define EGL_CONTEXT_OPENGL_ROBUST_ACCESS_BIT_KHR 0x00000004 +#define EGL_CONTEXT_OPENGL_CORE_PROFILE_BIT_KHR 0x00000001 +#define EGL_CONTEXT_OPENGL_COMPATIBILITY_PROFILE_BIT_KHR 0x00000002 +#define EGL_OPENGL_ES3_BIT_KHR 0x00000040 +#endif /* EGL_KHR_create_context */ + +#ifndef EGL_KHR_create_context_no_error +#define EGL_KHR_create_context_no_error 1 +#define EGL_CONTEXT_OPENGL_NO_ERROR_KHR 0x31B3 +#endif /* EGL_KHR_create_context_no_error */ + +#ifndef EGL_KHR_debug +#define EGL_KHR_debug 1 +typedef void *EGLLabelKHR; +typedef void *EGLObjectKHR; +typedef void (EGLAPIENTRY *EGLDEBUGPROCKHR)(EGLenum error,const char *command,EGLint messageType,EGLLabelKHR threadLabel,EGLLabelKHR objectLabel,const char* message); +#define EGL_OBJECT_THREAD_KHR 0x33B0 +#define EGL_OBJECT_DISPLAY_KHR 0x33B1 +#define EGL_OBJECT_CONTEXT_KHR 0x33B2 +#define EGL_OBJECT_SURFACE_KHR 0x33B3 +#define EGL_OBJECT_IMAGE_KHR 0x33B4 +#define EGL_OBJECT_SYNC_KHR 0x33B5 +#define EGL_OBJECT_STREAM_KHR 0x33B6 +#define EGL_DEBUG_MSG_CRITICAL_KHR 0x33B9 +#define EGL_DEBUG_MSG_ERROR_KHR 0x33BA +#define EGL_DEBUG_MSG_WARN_KHR 0x33BB +#define EGL_DEBUG_MSG_INFO_KHR 0x33BC +#define EGL_DEBUG_CALLBACK_KHR 0x33B8 +typedef EGLint (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLDEBUGMESSAGECONTROLKHRPROC) (EGLDEBUGPROCKHR callback, const EGLAttrib *attrib_list); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLQUERYDEBUGKHRPROC) (EGLint attribute, EGLAttrib *value); +typedef EGLint (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLLABELOBJECTKHRPROC) (EGLDisplay display, EGLenum objectType, EGLObjectKHR object, EGLLabelKHR label); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLint EGLAPIENTRY eglDebugMessageControlKHR (EGLDEBUGPROCKHR callback, const EGLAttrib *attrib_list); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglQueryDebugKHR (EGLint attribute, EGLAttrib *value); +EGLAPI EGLint EGLAPIENTRY eglLabelObjectKHR (EGLDisplay display, EGLenum objectType, EGLObjectKHR object, EGLLabelKHR label); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_KHR_debug */ + +#ifndef EGL_KHR_display_reference +#define EGL_KHR_display_reference 1 +#define EGL_TRACK_REFERENCES_KHR 0x3352 +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLQUERYDISPLAYATTRIBKHRPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLint name, EGLAttrib *value); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglQueryDisplayAttribKHR (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLint name, EGLAttrib *value); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_KHR_display_reference */ + +#ifndef EGL_KHR_fence_sync +#define EGL_KHR_fence_sync 1 +typedef khronos_utime_nanoseconds_t EGLTimeKHR; +#ifdef KHRONOS_SUPPORT_INT64 +#define EGL_SYNC_PRIOR_COMMANDS_COMPLETE_KHR 0x30F0 +#define EGL_SYNC_CONDITION_KHR 0x30F8 +#define EGL_SYNC_FENCE_KHR 0x30F9 +typedef EGLSyncKHR (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCREATESYNCKHRPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLenum type, const EGLint *attrib_list); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLDESTROYSYNCKHRPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSyncKHR sync); +typedef EGLint (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCLIENTWAITSYNCKHRPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSyncKHR sync, EGLint flags, EGLTimeKHR timeout); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLGETSYNCATTRIBKHRPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSyncKHR sync, EGLint attribute, EGLint *value); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLSyncKHR EGLAPIENTRY eglCreateSyncKHR (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLenum type, const EGLint *attrib_list); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglDestroySyncKHR (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSyncKHR sync); +EGLAPI EGLint EGLAPIENTRY eglClientWaitSyncKHR (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSyncKHR sync, EGLint flags, EGLTimeKHR timeout); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglGetSyncAttribKHR (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSyncKHR sync, EGLint attribute, EGLint *value); +#endif +#endif /* KHRONOS_SUPPORT_INT64 */ +#endif /* EGL_KHR_fence_sync */ + +#ifndef EGL_KHR_get_all_proc_addresses +#define EGL_KHR_get_all_proc_addresses 1 +#endif /* EGL_KHR_get_all_proc_addresses */ + +#ifndef EGL_KHR_gl_colorspace +#define EGL_KHR_gl_colorspace 1 +#define EGL_GL_COLORSPACE_KHR 0x309D +#define EGL_GL_COLORSPACE_SRGB_KHR 0x3089 +#define EGL_GL_COLORSPACE_LINEAR_KHR 0x308A +#endif /* EGL_KHR_gl_colorspace */ + +#ifndef EGL_KHR_gl_renderbuffer_image +#define EGL_KHR_gl_renderbuffer_image 1 +#define EGL_GL_RENDERBUFFER_KHR 0x30B9 +#endif /* EGL_KHR_gl_renderbuffer_image */ + +#ifndef EGL_KHR_gl_texture_2D_image +#define EGL_KHR_gl_texture_2D_image 1 +#define EGL_GL_TEXTURE_2D_KHR 0x30B1 +#define EGL_GL_TEXTURE_LEVEL_KHR 0x30BC +#endif /* EGL_KHR_gl_texture_2D_image */ + +#ifndef EGL_KHR_gl_texture_3D_image +#define EGL_KHR_gl_texture_3D_image 1 +#define EGL_GL_TEXTURE_3D_KHR 0x30B2 +#define EGL_GL_TEXTURE_ZOFFSET_KHR 0x30BD +#endif /* EGL_KHR_gl_texture_3D_image */ + +#ifndef EGL_KHR_gl_texture_cubemap_image +#define EGL_KHR_gl_texture_cubemap_image 1 +#define EGL_GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_POSITIVE_X_KHR 0x30B3 +#define EGL_GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_NEGATIVE_X_KHR 0x30B4 +#define EGL_GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_POSITIVE_Y_KHR 0x30B5 +#define EGL_GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_NEGATIVE_Y_KHR 0x30B6 +#define EGL_GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_POSITIVE_Z_KHR 0x30B7 +#define EGL_GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_NEGATIVE_Z_KHR 0x30B8 +#endif /* EGL_KHR_gl_texture_cubemap_image */ + +#ifndef EGL_KHR_image +#define EGL_KHR_image 1 +typedef void *EGLImageKHR; +#define EGL_NATIVE_PIXMAP_KHR 0x30B0 +#define EGL_NO_IMAGE_KHR EGL_CAST(EGLImageKHR,0) +typedef EGLImageKHR (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCREATEIMAGEKHRPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLContext ctx, EGLenum target, EGLClientBuffer buffer, const EGLint *attrib_list); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLDESTROYIMAGEKHRPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLImageKHR image); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLImageKHR EGLAPIENTRY eglCreateImageKHR (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLContext ctx, EGLenum target, EGLClientBuffer buffer, const EGLint *attrib_list); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglDestroyImageKHR (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLImageKHR image); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_KHR_image */ + +#ifndef EGL_KHR_image_base +#define EGL_KHR_image_base 1 +#define EGL_IMAGE_PRESERVED_KHR 0x30D2 +#endif /* EGL_KHR_image_base */ + +#ifndef EGL_KHR_image_pixmap +#define EGL_KHR_image_pixmap 1 +#endif /* EGL_KHR_image_pixmap */ + +#ifndef EGL_KHR_lock_surface +#define EGL_KHR_lock_surface 1 +#define EGL_READ_SURFACE_BIT_KHR 0x0001 +#define EGL_WRITE_SURFACE_BIT_KHR 0x0002 +#define EGL_LOCK_SURFACE_BIT_KHR 0x0080 +#define EGL_OPTIMAL_FORMAT_BIT_KHR 0x0100 +#define EGL_MATCH_FORMAT_KHR 0x3043 +#define EGL_FORMAT_RGB_565_EXACT_KHR 0x30C0 +#define EGL_FORMAT_RGB_565_KHR 0x30C1 +#define EGL_FORMAT_RGBA_8888_EXACT_KHR 0x30C2 +#define EGL_FORMAT_RGBA_8888_KHR 0x30C3 +#define EGL_MAP_PRESERVE_PIXELS_KHR 0x30C4 +#define EGL_LOCK_USAGE_HINT_KHR 0x30C5 +#define EGL_BITMAP_POINTER_KHR 0x30C6 +#define EGL_BITMAP_PITCH_KHR 0x30C7 +#define EGL_BITMAP_ORIGIN_KHR 0x30C8 +#define EGL_BITMAP_PIXEL_RED_OFFSET_KHR 0x30C9 +#define EGL_BITMAP_PIXEL_GREEN_OFFSET_KHR 0x30CA +#define EGL_BITMAP_PIXEL_BLUE_OFFSET_KHR 0x30CB +#define EGL_BITMAP_PIXEL_ALPHA_OFFSET_KHR 0x30CC +#define EGL_BITMAP_PIXEL_LUMINANCE_OFFSET_KHR 0x30CD +#define EGL_LOWER_LEFT_KHR 0x30CE +#define EGL_UPPER_LEFT_KHR 0x30CF +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLLOCKSURFACEKHRPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSurface surface, const EGLint *attrib_list); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLUNLOCKSURFACEKHRPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSurface surface); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglLockSurfaceKHR (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSurface surface, const EGLint *attrib_list); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglUnlockSurfaceKHR (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSurface surface); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_KHR_lock_surface */ + +#ifndef EGL_KHR_lock_surface2 +#define EGL_KHR_lock_surface2 1 +#define EGL_BITMAP_PIXEL_SIZE_KHR 0x3110 +#endif /* EGL_KHR_lock_surface2 */ + +#ifndef EGL_KHR_lock_surface3 +#define EGL_KHR_lock_surface3 1 +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLQUERYSURFACE64KHRPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSurface surface, EGLint attribute, EGLAttribKHR *value); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglQuerySurface64KHR (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSurface surface, EGLint attribute, EGLAttribKHR *value); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_KHR_lock_surface3 */ + +#ifndef EGL_KHR_mutable_render_buffer +#define EGL_KHR_mutable_render_buffer 1 +#define EGL_MUTABLE_RENDER_BUFFER_BIT_KHR 0x1000 +#endif /* EGL_KHR_mutable_render_buffer */ + +#ifndef EGL_KHR_no_config_context +#define EGL_KHR_no_config_context 1 +#define EGL_NO_CONFIG_KHR EGL_CAST(EGLConfig,0) +#endif /* EGL_KHR_no_config_context */ + +#ifndef EGL_KHR_partial_update +#define EGL_KHR_partial_update 1 +#define EGL_BUFFER_AGE_KHR 0x313D +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLSETDAMAGEREGIONKHRPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSurface surface, EGLint *rects, EGLint n_rects); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglSetDamageRegionKHR (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSurface surface, EGLint *rects, EGLint n_rects); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_KHR_partial_update */ + +#ifndef EGL_KHR_platform_android +#define EGL_KHR_platform_android 1 +#define EGL_PLATFORM_ANDROID_KHR 0x3141 +#endif /* EGL_KHR_platform_android */ + +#ifndef EGL_KHR_platform_gbm +#define EGL_KHR_platform_gbm 1 +#define EGL_PLATFORM_GBM_KHR 0x31D7 +#endif /* EGL_KHR_platform_gbm */ + +#ifndef EGL_KHR_platform_wayland +#define EGL_KHR_platform_wayland 1 +#define EGL_PLATFORM_WAYLAND_KHR 0x31D8 +#endif /* EGL_KHR_platform_wayland */ + +#ifndef EGL_KHR_platform_x11 +#define EGL_KHR_platform_x11 1 +#define EGL_PLATFORM_X11_KHR 0x31D5 +#define EGL_PLATFORM_X11_SCREEN_KHR 0x31D6 +#endif /* EGL_KHR_platform_x11 */ + +#ifndef EGL_KHR_reusable_sync +#define EGL_KHR_reusable_sync 1 +#ifdef KHRONOS_SUPPORT_INT64 +#define EGL_SYNC_STATUS_KHR 0x30F1 +#define EGL_SIGNALED_KHR 0x30F2 +#define EGL_UNSIGNALED_KHR 0x30F3 +#define EGL_TIMEOUT_EXPIRED_KHR 0x30F5 +#define EGL_CONDITION_SATISFIED_KHR 0x30F6 +#define EGL_SYNC_TYPE_KHR 0x30F7 +#define EGL_SYNC_REUSABLE_KHR 0x30FA +#define EGL_SYNC_FLUSH_COMMANDS_BIT_KHR 0x0001 +#define EGL_FOREVER_KHR 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFull +#define EGL_NO_SYNC_KHR EGL_CAST(EGLSyncKHR,0) +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLSIGNALSYNCKHRPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSyncKHR sync, EGLenum mode); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglSignalSyncKHR (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSyncKHR sync, EGLenum mode); +#endif +#endif /* KHRONOS_SUPPORT_INT64 */ +#endif /* EGL_KHR_reusable_sync */ + +#ifndef EGL_KHR_stream +#define EGL_KHR_stream 1 +typedef void *EGLStreamKHR; +typedef khronos_uint64_t EGLuint64KHR; +#ifdef KHRONOS_SUPPORT_INT64 +#define EGL_NO_STREAM_KHR EGL_CAST(EGLStreamKHR,0) +#define EGL_CONSUMER_LATENCY_USEC_KHR 0x3210 +#define EGL_PRODUCER_FRAME_KHR 0x3212 +#define EGL_CONSUMER_FRAME_KHR 0x3213 +#define EGL_STREAM_STATE_KHR 0x3214 +#define EGL_STREAM_STATE_CREATED_KHR 0x3215 +#define EGL_STREAM_STATE_CONNECTING_KHR 0x3216 +#define EGL_STREAM_STATE_EMPTY_KHR 0x3217 +#define EGL_STREAM_STATE_NEW_FRAME_AVAILABLE_KHR 0x3218 +#define EGL_STREAM_STATE_OLD_FRAME_AVAILABLE_KHR 0x3219 +#define EGL_STREAM_STATE_DISCONNECTED_KHR 0x321A +#define EGL_BAD_STREAM_KHR 0x321B +#define EGL_BAD_STATE_KHR 0x321C +typedef EGLStreamKHR (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCREATESTREAMKHRPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, const EGLint *attrib_list); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLDESTROYSTREAMKHRPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLSTREAMATTRIBKHRPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream, EGLenum attribute, EGLint value); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLQUERYSTREAMKHRPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream, EGLenum attribute, EGLint *value); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLQUERYSTREAMU64KHRPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream, EGLenum attribute, EGLuint64KHR *value); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLStreamKHR EGLAPIENTRY eglCreateStreamKHR (EGLDisplay dpy, const EGLint *attrib_list); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglDestroyStreamKHR (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglStreamAttribKHR (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream, EGLenum attribute, EGLint value); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglQueryStreamKHR (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream, EGLenum attribute, EGLint *value); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglQueryStreamu64KHR (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream, EGLenum attribute, EGLuint64KHR *value); +#endif +#endif /* KHRONOS_SUPPORT_INT64 */ +#endif /* EGL_KHR_stream */ + +#ifndef EGL_KHR_stream_attrib +#define EGL_KHR_stream_attrib 1 +#ifdef KHRONOS_SUPPORT_INT64 +typedef EGLStreamKHR (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCREATESTREAMATTRIBKHRPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, const EGLAttrib *attrib_list); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLSETSTREAMATTRIBKHRPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream, EGLenum attribute, EGLAttrib value); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLQUERYSTREAMATTRIBKHRPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream, EGLenum attribute, EGLAttrib *value); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLSTREAMCONSUMERACQUIREATTRIBKHRPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream, const EGLAttrib *attrib_list); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLSTREAMCONSUMERRELEASEATTRIBKHRPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream, const EGLAttrib *attrib_list); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLStreamKHR EGLAPIENTRY eglCreateStreamAttribKHR (EGLDisplay dpy, const EGLAttrib *attrib_list); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglSetStreamAttribKHR (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream, EGLenum attribute, EGLAttrib value); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglQueryStreamAttribKHR (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream, EGLenum attribute, EGLAttrib *value); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglStreamConsumerAcquireAttribKHR (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream, const EGLAttrib *attrib_list); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglStreamConsumerReleaseAttribKHR (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream, const EGLAttrib *attrib_list); +#endif +#endif /* KHRONOS_SUPPORT_INT64 */ +#endif /* EGL_KHR_stream_attrib */ + +#ifndef EGL_KHR_stream_consumer_gltexture +#define EGL_KHR_stream_consumer_gltexture 1 +#ifdef EGL_KHR_stream +#define EGL_CONSUMER_ACQUIRE_TIMEOUT_USEC_KHR 0x321E +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLSTREAMCONSUMERGLTEXTUREEXTERNALKHRPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLSTREAMCONSUMERACQUIREKHRPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLSTREAMCONSUMERRELEASEKHRPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglStreamConsumerGLTextureExternalKHR (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglStreamConsumerAcquireKHR (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglStreamConsumerReleaseKHR (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_KHR_stream */ +#endif /* EGL_KHR_stream_consumer_gltexture */ + +#ifndef EGL_KHR_stream_cross_process_fd +#define EGL_KHR_stream_cross_process_fd 1 +typedef int EGLNativeFileDescriptorKHR; +#ifdef EGL_KHR_stream +#define EGL_NO_FILE_DESCRIPTOR_KHR EGL_CAST(EGLNativeFileDescriptorKHR,-1) +typedef EGLNativeFileDescriptorKHR (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLGETSTREAMFILEDESCRIPTORKHRPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream); +typedef EGLStreamKHR (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCREATESTREAMFROMFILEDESCRIPTORKHRPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLNativeFileDescriptorKHR file_descriptor); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLNativeFileDescriptorKHR EGLAPIENTRY eglGetStreamFileDescriptorKHR (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream); +EGLAPI EGLStreamKHR EGLAPIENTRY eglCreateStreamFromFileDescriptorKHR (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLNativeFileDescriptorKHR file_descriptor); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_KHR_stream */ +#endif /* EGL_KHR_stream_cross_process_fd */ + +#ifndef EGL_KHR_stream_fifo +#define EGL_KHR_stream_fifo 1 +#ifdef EGL_KHR_stream +#define EGL_STREAM_FIFO_LENGTH_KHR 0x31FC +#define EGL_STREAM_TIME_NOW_KHR 0x31FD +#define EGL_STREAM_TIME_CONSUMER_KHR 0x31FE +#define EGL_STREAM_TIME_PRODUCER_KHR 0x31FF +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLQUERYSTREAMTIMEKHRPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream, EGLenum attribute, EGLTimeKHR *value); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglQueryStreamTimeKHR (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream, EGLenum attribute, EGLTimeKHR *value); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_KHR_stream */ +#endif /* EGL_KHR_stream_fifo */ + +#ifndef EGL_KHR_stream_producer_aldatalocator +#define EGL_KHR_stream_producer_aldatalocator 1 +#ifdef EGL_KHR_stream +#endif /* EGL_KHR_stream */ +#endif /* EGL_KHR_stream_producer_aldatalocator */ + +#ifndef EGL_KHR_stream_producer_eglsurface +#define EGL_KHR_stream_producer_eglsurface 1 +#ifdef EGL_KHR_stream +#define EGL_STREAM_BIT_KHR 0x0800 +typedef EGLSurface (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCREATESTREAMPRODUCERSURFACEKHRPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLConfig config, EGLStreamKHR stream, const EGLint *attrib_list); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLSurface EGLAPIENTRY eglCreateStreamProducerSurfaceKHR (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLConfig config, EGLStreamKHR stream, const EGLint *attrib_list); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_KHR_stream */ +#endif /* EGL_KHR_stream_producer_eglsurface */ + +#ifndef EGL_KHR_surfaceless_context +#define EGL_KHR_surfaceless_context 1 +#endif /* EGL_KHR_surfaceless_context */ + +#ifndef EGL_KHR_swap_buffers_with_damage +#define EGL_KHR_swap_buffers_with_damage 1 +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLSWAPBUFFERSWITHDAMAGEKHRPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSurface surface, const EGLint *rects, EGLint n_rects); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglSwapBuffersWithDamageKHR (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSurface surface, const EGLint *rects, EGLint n_rects); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_KHR_swap_buffers_with_damage */ + +#ifndef EGL_KHR_vg_parent_image +#define EGL_KHR_vg_parent_image 1 +#define EGL_VG_PARENT_IMAGE_KHR 0x30BA +#endif /* EGL_KHR_vg_parent_image */ + +#ifndef EGL_KHR_wait_sync +#define EGL_KHR_wait_sync 1 +typedef EGLint (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLWAITSYNCKHRPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSyncKHR sync, EGLint flags); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLint EGLAPIENTRY eglWaitSyncKHR (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSyncKHR sync, EGLint flags); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_KHR_wait_sync */ + +#ifndef EGL_ANDROID_GLES_layers +#define EGL_ANDROID_GLES_layers 1 +#endif /* EGL_ANDROID_GLES_layers */ + +#ifndef EGL_ANDROID_blob_cache +#define EGL_ANDROID_blob_cache 1 +typedef khronos_ssize_t EGLsizeiANDROID; +typedef void (*EGLSetBlobFuncANDROID) (const void *key, EGLsizeiANDROID keySize, const void *value, EGLsizeiANDROID valueSize); +typedef EGLsizeiANDROID (*EGLGetBlobFuncANDROID) (const void *key, EGLsizeiANDROID keySize, void *value, EGLsizeiANDROID valueSize); +typedef void (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLSETBLOBCACHEFUNCSANDROIDPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSetBlobFuncANDROID set, EGLGetBlobFuncANDROID get); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI void EGLAPIENTRY eglSetBlobCacheFuncsANDROID (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSetBlobFuncANDROID set, EGLGetBlobFuncANDROID get); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_ANDROID_blob_cache */ + +#ifndef EGL_ANDROID_create_native_client_buffer +#define EGL_ANDROID_create_native_client_buffer 1 +#define EGL_NATIVE_BUFFER_USAGE_ANDROID 0x3143 +#define EGL_NATIVE_BUFFER_USAGE_PROTECTED_BIT_ANDROID 0x00000001 +#define EGL_NATIVE_BUFFER_USAGE_RENDERBUFFER_BIT_ANDROID 0x00000002 +#define EGL_NATIVE_BUFFER_USAGE_TEXTURE_BIT_ANDROID 0x00000004 +typedef EGLClientBuffer (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCREATENATIVECLIENTBUFFERANDROIDPROC) (const EGLint *attrib_list); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLClientBuffer EGLAPIENTRY eglCreateNativeClientBufferANDROID (const EGLint *attrib_list); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_ANDROID_create_native_client_buffer */ + +#ifndef EGL_ANDROID_framebuffer_target +#define EGL_ANDROID_framebuffer_target 1 +#define EGL_FRAMEBUFFER_TARGET_ANDROID 0x3147 +#endif /* EGL_ANDROID_framebuffer_target */ + +#ifndef EGL_ANDROID_front_buffer_auto_refresh +#define EGL_ANDROID_front_buffer_auto_refresh 1 +#define EGL_FRONT_BUFFER_AUTO_REFRESH_ANDROID 0x314C +#endif /* EGL_ANDROID_front_buffer_auto_refresh */ + +#ifndef EGL_ANDROID_get_frame_timestamps +#define EGL_ANDROID_get_frame_timestamps 1 +typedef khronos_stime_nanoseconds_t EGLnsecsANDROID; +#define EGL_TIMESTAMP_PENDING_ANDROID EGL_CAST(EGLnsecsANDROID,-2) +#define EGL_TIMESTAMP_INVALID_ANDROID EGL_CAST(EGLnsecsANDROID,-1) +#define EGL_TIMESTAMPS_ANDROID 0x3430 +#define EGL_COMPOSITE_DEADLINE_ANDROID 0x3431 +#define EGL_COMPOSITE_INTERVAL_ANDROID 0x3432 +#define EGL_COMPOSITE_TO_PRESENT_LATENCY_ANDROID 0x3433 +#define EGL_REQUESTED_PRESENT_TIME_ANDROID 0x3434 +#define EGL_RENDERING_COMPLETE_TIME_ANDROID 0x3435 +#define EGL_COMPOSITION_LATCH_TIME_ANDROID 0x3436 +#define EGL_FIRST_COMPOSITION_START_TIME_ANDROID 0x3437 +#define EGL_LAST_COMPOSITION_START_TIME_ANDROID 0x3438 +#define EGL_FIRST_COMPOSITION_GPU_FINISHED_TIME_ANDROID 0x3439 +#define EGL_DISPLAY_PRESENT_TIME_ANDROID 0x343A +#define EGL_DEQUEUE_READY_TIME_ANDROID 0x343B +#define EGL_READS_DONE_TIME_ANDROID 0x343C +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLGETCOMPOSITORTIMINGSUPPORTEDANDROIDPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSurface surface, EGLint name); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLGETCOMPOSITORTIMINGANDROIDPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSurface surface, EGLint numTimestamps, const EGLint *names, EGLnsecsANDROID *values); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLGETNEXTFRAMEIDANDROIDPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSurface surface, EGLuint64KHR *frameId); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLGETFRAMETIMESTAMPSUPPORTEDANDROIDPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSurface surface, EGLint timestamp); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLGETFRAMETIMESTAMPSANDROIDPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSurface surface, EGLuint64KHR frameId, EGLint numTimestamps, const EGLint *timestamps, EGLnsecsANDROID *values); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglGetCompositorTimingSupportedANDROID (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSurface surface, EGLint name); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglGetCompositorTimingANDROID (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSurface surface, EGLint numTimestamps, const EGLint *names, EGLnsecsANDROID *values); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglGetNextFrameIdANDROID (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSurface surface, EGLuint64KHR *frameId); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglGetFrameTimestampSupportedANDROID (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSurface surface, EGLint timestamp); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglGetFrameTimestampsANDROID (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSurface surface, EGLuint64KHR frameId, EGLint numTimestamps, const EGLint *timestamps, EGLnsecsANDROID *values); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_ANDROID_get_frame_timestamps */ + +#ifndef EGL_ANDROID_get_native_client_buffer +#define EGL_ANDROID_get_native_client_buffer 1 +struct AHardwareBuffer; +typedef EGLClientBuffer (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLGETNATIVECLIENTBUFFERANDROIDPROC) (const struct AHardwareBuffer *buffer); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLClientBuffer EGLAPIENTRY eglGetNativeClientBufferANDROID (const struct AHardwareBuffer *buffer); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_ANDROID_get_native_client_buffer */ + +#ifndef EGL_ANDROID_image_native_buffer +#define EGL_ANDROID_image_native_buffer 1 +#define EGL_NATIVE_BUFFER_ANDROID 0x3140 +#endif /* EGL_ANDROID_image_native_buffer */ + +#ifndef EGL_ANDROID_native_fence_sync +#define EGL_ANDROID_native_fence_sync 1 +#define EGL_SYNC_NATIVE_FENCE_ANDROID 0x3144 +#define EGL_SYNC_NATIVE_FENCE_FD_ANDROID 0x3145 +#define EGL_SYNC_NATIVE_FENCE_SIGNALED_ANDROID 0x3146 +#define EGL_NO_NATIVE_FENCE_FD_ANDROID -1 +typedef EGLint (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLDUPNATIVEFENCEFDANDROIDPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSyncKHR sync); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLint EGLAPIENTRY eglDupNativeFenceFDANDROID (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSyncKHR sync); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_ANDROID_native_fence_sync */ + +#ifndef EGL_ANDROID_presentation_time +#define EGL_ANDROID_presentation_time 1 +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLPRESENTATIONTIMEANDROIDPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSurface surface, EGLnsecsANDROID time); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglPresentationTimeANDROID (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSurface surface, EGLnsecsANDROID time); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_ANDROID_presentation_time */ + +#ifndef EGL_ANDROID_recordable +#define EGL_ANDROID_recordable 1 +#define EGL_RECORDABLE_ANDROID 0x3142 +#endif /* EGL_ANDROID_recordable */ + +#ifndef EGL_ANGLE_d3d_share_handle_client_buffer +#define EGL_ANGLE_d3d_share_handle_client_buffer 1 +#define EGL_D3D_TEXTURE_2D_SHARE_HANDLE_ANGLE 0x3200 +#endif /* EGL_ANGLE_d3d_share_handle_client_buffer */ + +#ifndef EGL_ANGLE_device_d3d +#define EGL_ANGLE_device_d3d 1 +#define EGL_D3D9_DEVICE_ANGLE 0x33A0 +#define EGL_D3D11_DEVICE_ANGLE 0x33A1 +#endif /* EGL_ANGLE_device_d3d */ + +#ifndef EGL_ANGLE_query_surface_pointer +#define EGL_ANGLE_query_surface_pointer 1 +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLQUERYSURFACEPOINTERANGLEPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSurface surface, EGLint attribute, void **value); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglQuerySurfacePointerANGLE (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSurface surface, EGLint attribute, void **value); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_ANGLE_query_surface_pointer */ + +#ifndef EGL_ANGLE_surface_d3d_texture_2d_share_handle +#define EGL_ANGLE_surface_d3d_texture_2d_share_handle 1 +#endif /* EGL_ANGLE_surface_d3d_texture_2d_share_handle */ + +#ifndef EGL_ANGLE_window_fixed_size +#define EGL_ANGLE_window_fixed_size 1 +#define EGL_FIXED_SIZE_ANGLE 0x3201 +#endif /* EGL_ANGLE_window_fixed_size */ + +#ifndef EGL_ARM_image_format +#define EGL_ARM_image_format 1 +#define EGL_COLOR_COMPONENT_TYPE_UNSIGNED_INTEGER_ARM 0x3287 +#define EGL_COLOR_COMPONENT_TYPE_INTEGER_ARM 0x3288 +#endif /* EGL_ARM_image_format */ + +#ifndef EGL_ARM_implicit_external_sync +#define EGL_ARM_implicit_external_sync 1 +#define EGL_SYNC_PRIOR_COMMANDS_IMPLICIT_EXTERNAL_ARM 0x328A +#endif /* EGL_ARM_implicit_external_sync */ + +#ifndef EGL_ARM_pixmap_multisample_discard +#define EGL_ARM_pixmap_multisample_discard 1 +#define EGL_DISCARD_SAMPLES_ARM 0x3286 +#endif /* EGL_ARM_pixmap_multisample_discard */ + +#ifndef EGL_EXT_bind_to_front +#define EGL_EXT_bind_to_front 1 +#define EGL_FRONT_BUFFER_EXT 0x3464 +#endif /* EGL_EXT_bind_to_front */ + +#ifndef EGL_EXT_buffer_age +#define EGL_EXT_buffer_age 1 +#define EGL_BUFFER_AGE_EXT 0x313D +#endif /* EGL_EXT_buffer_age */ + +#ifndef EGL_EXT_client_extensions +#define EGL_EXT_client_extensions 1 +#endif /* EGL_EXT_client_extensions */ + +#ifndef EGL_EXT_client_sync +#define EGL_EXT_client_sync 1 +#define EGL_SYNC_CLIENT_EXT 0x3364 +#define EGL_SYNC_CLIENT_SIGNAL_EXT 0x3365 +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCLIENTSIGNALSYNCEXTPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSync sync, const EGLAttrib *attrib_list); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglClientSignalSyncEXT (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSync sync, const EGLAttrib *attrib_list); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_EXT_client_sync */ + +#ifndef EGL_EXT_compositor +#define EGL_EXT_compositor 1 +#define EGL_PRIMARY_COMPOSITOR_CONTEXT_EXT 0x3460 +#define EGL_EXTERNAL_REF_ID_EXT 0x3461 +#define EGL_COMPOSITOR_DROP_NEWEST_FRAME_EXT 0x3462 +#define EGL_COMPOSITOR_KEEP_NEWEST_FRAME_EXT 0x3463 +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCOMPOSITORSETCONTEXTLISTEXTPROC) (const EGLint *external_ref_ids, EGLint num_entries); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCOMPOSITORSETCONTEXTATTRIBUTESEXTPROC) (EGLint external_ref_id, const EGLint *context_attributes, EGLint num_entries); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCOMPOSITORSETWINDOWLISTEXTPROC) (EGLint external_ref_id, const EGLint *external_win_ids, EGLint num_entries); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCOMPOSITORSETWINDOWATTRIBUTESEXTPROC) (EGLint external_win_id, const EGLint *window_attributes, EGLint num_entries); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCOMPOSITORBINDTEXWINDOWEXTPROC) (EGLint external_win_id); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCOMPOSITORSETSIZEEXTPROC) (EGLint external_win_id, EGLint width, EGLint height); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCOMPOSITORSWAPPOLICYEXTPROC) (EGLint external_win_id, EGLint policy); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglCompositorSetContextListEXT (const EGLint *external_ref_ids, EGLint num_entries); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglCompositorSetContextAttributesEXT (EGLint external_ref_id, const EGLint *context_attributes, EGLint num_entries); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglCompositorSetWindowListEXT (EGLint external_ref_id, const EGLint *external_win_ids, EGLint num_entries); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglCompositorSetWindowAttributesEXT (EGLint external_win_id, const EGLint *window_attributes, EGLint num_entries); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglCompositorBindTexWindowEXT (EGLint external_win_id); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglCompositorSetSizeEXT (EGLint external_win_id, EGLint width, EGLint height); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglCompositorSwapPolicyEXT (EGLint external_win_id, EGLint policy); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_EXT_compositor */ + +#ifndef EGL_EXT_create_context_robustness +#define EGL_EXT_create_context_robustness 1 +#define EGL_CONTEXT_OPENGL_ROBUST_ACCESS_EXT 0x30BF +#define EGL_CONTEXT_OPENGL_RESET_NOTIFICATION_STRATEGY_EXT 0x3138 +#define EGL_NO_RESET_NOTIFICATION_EXT 0x31BE +#define EGL_LOSE_CONTEXT_ON_RESET_EXT 0x31BF +#endif /* EGL_EXT_create_context_robustness */ + +#ifndef EGL_EXT_device_base +#define EGL_EXT_device_base 1 +typedef void *EGLDeviceEXT; +#define EGL_NO_DEVICE_EXT EGL_CAST(EGLDeviceEXT,0) +#define EGL_BAD_DEVICE_EXT 0x322B +#define EGL_DEVICE_EXT 0x322C +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLQUERYDEVICEATTRIBEXTPROC) (EGLDeviceEXT device, EGLint attribute, EGLAttrib *value); +typedef const char *(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLQUERYDEVICESTRINGEXTPROC) (EGLDeviceEXT device, EGLint name); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLQUERYDEVICESEXTPROC) (EGLint max_devices, EGLDeviceEXT *devices, EGLint *num_devices); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLQUERYDISPLAYATTRIBEXTPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLint attribute, EGLAttrib *value); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglQueryDeviceAttribEXT (EGLDeviceEXT device, EGLint attribute, EGLAttrib *value); +EGLAPI const char *EGLAPIENTRY eglQueryDeviceStringEXT (EGLDeviceEXT device, EGLint name); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglQueryDevicesEXT (EGLint max_devices, EGLDeviceEXT *devices, EGLint *num_devices); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglQueryDisplayAttribEXT (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLint attribute, EGLAttrib *value); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_EXT_device_base */ + +#ifndef EGL_EXT_device_drm +#define EGL_EXT_device_drm 1 +#define EGL_DRM_DEVICE_FILE_EXT 0x3233 +#define EGL_DRM_MASTER_FD_EXT 0x333C +#endif /* EGL_EXT_device_drm */ + +#ifndef EGL_EXT_device_enumeration +#define EGL_EXT_device_enumeration 1 +#endif /* EGL_EXT_device_enumeration */ + +#ifndef EGL_EXT_device_openwf +#define EGL_EXT_device_openwf 1 +#define EGL_OPENWF_DEVICE_ID_EXT 0x3237 +#endif /* EGL_EXT_device_openwf */ + +#ifndef EGL_EXT_device_query +#define EGL_EXT_device_query 1 +#endif /* EGL_EXT_device_query */ + +#ifndef EGL_EXT_gl_colorspace_bt2020_linear +#define EGL_EXT_gl_colorspace_bt2020_linear 1 +#define EGL_GL_COLORSPACE_BT2020_LINEAR_EXT 0x333F +#endif /* EGL_EXT_gl_colorspace_bt2020_linear */ + +#ifndef EGL_EXT_gl_colorspace_bt2020_pq +#define EGL_EXT_gl_colorspace_bt2020_pq 1 +#define EGL_GL_COLORSPACE_BT2020_PQ_EXT 0x3340 +#endif /* EGL_EXT_gl_colorspace_bt2020_pq */ + +#ifndef EGL_EXT_gl_colorspace_display_p3 +#define EGL_EXT_gl_colorspace_display_p3 1 +#define EGL_GL_COLORSPACE_DISPLAY_P3_EXT 0x3363 +#endif /* EGL_EXT_gl_colorspace_display_p3 */ + +#ifndef EGL_EXT_gl_colorspace_display_p3_linear +#define EGL_EXT_gl_colorspace_display_p3_linear 1 +#define EGL_GL_COLORSPACE_DISPLAY_P3_LINEAR_EXT 0x3362 +#endif /* EGL_EXT_gl_colorspace_display_p3_linear */ + +#ifndef EGL_EXT_gl_colorspace_display_p3_passthrough +#define EGL_EXT_gl_colorspace_display_p3_passthrough 1 +#define EGL_GL_COLORSPACE_DISPLAY_P3_PASSTHROUGH_EXT 0x3490 +#endif /* EGL_EXT_gl_colorspace_display_p3_passthrough */ + +#ifndef EGL_EXT_gl_colorspace_scrgb +#define EGL_EXT_gl_colorspace_scrgb 1 +#define EGL_GL_COLORSPACE_SCRGB_EXT 0x3351 +#endif /* EGL_EXT_gl_colorspace_scrgb */ + +#ifndef EGL_EXT_gl_colorspace_scrgb_linear +#define EGL_EXT_gl_colorspace_scrgb_linear 1 +#define EGL_GL_COLORSPACE_SCRGB_LINEAR_EXT 0x3350 +#endif /* EGL_EXT_gl_colorspace_scrgb_linear */ + +#ifndef EGL_EXT_image_dma_buf_import +#define EGL_EXT_image_dma_buf_import 1 +#define EGL_LINUX_DMA_BUF_EXT 0x3270 +#define EGL_LINUX_DRM_FOURCC_EXT 0x3271 +#define EGL_DMA_BUF_PLANE0_FD_EXT 0x3272 +#define EGL_DMA_BUF_PLANE0_OFFSET_EXT 0x3273 +#define EGL_DMA_BUF_PLANE0_PITCH_EXT 0x3274 +#define EGL_DMA_BUF_PLANE1_FD_EXT 0x3275 +#define EGL_DMA_BUF_PLANE1_OFFSET_EXT 0x3276 +#define EGL_DMA_BUF_PLANE1_PITCH_EXT 0x3277 +#define EGL_DMA_BUF_PLANE2_FD_EXT 0x3278 +#define EGL_DMA_BUF_PLANE2_OFFSET_EXT 0x3279 +#define EGL_DMA_BUF_PLANE2_PITCH_EXT 0x327A +#define EGL_YUV_COLOR_SPACE_HINT_EXT 0x327B +#define EGL_SAMPLE_RANGE_HINT_EXT 0x327C +#define EGL_YUV_CHROMA_HORIZONTAL_SITING_HINT_EXT 0x327D +#define EGL_YUV_CHROMA_VERTICAL_SITING_HINT_EXT 0x327E +#define EGL_ITU_REC601_EXT 0x327F +#define EGL_ITU_REC709_EXT 0x3280 +#define EGL_ITU_REC2020_EXT 0x3281 +#define EGL_YUV_FULL_RANGE_EXT 0x3282 +#define EGL_YUV_NARROW_RANGE_EXT 0x3283 +#define EGL_YUV_CHROMA_SITING_0_EXT 0x3284 +#define EGL_YUV_CHROMA_SITING_0_5_EXT 0x3285 +#endif /* EGL_EXT_image_dma_buf_import */ + +#ifndef EGL_EXT_image_dma_buf_import_modifiers +#define EGL_EXT_image_dma_buf_import_modifiers 1 +#define EGL_DMA_BUF_PLANE3_FD_EXT 0x3440 +#define EGL_DMA_BUF_PLANE3_OFFSET_EXT 0x3441 +#define EGL_DMA_BUF_PLANE3_PITCH_EXT 0x3442 +#define EGL_DMA_BUF_PLANE0_MODIFIER_LO_EXT 0x3443 +#define EGL_DMA_BUF_PLANE0_MODIFIER_HI_EXT 0x3444 +#define EGL_DMA_BUF_PLANE1_MODIFIER_LO_EXT 0x3445 +#define EGL_DMA_BUF_PLANE1_MODIFIER_HI_EXT 0x3446 +#define EGL_DMA_BUF_PLANE2_MODIFIER_LO_EXT 0x3447 +#define EGL_DMA_BUF_PLANE2_MODIFIER_HI_EXT 0x3448 +#define EGL_DMA_BUF_PLANE3_MODIFIER_LO_EXT 0x3449 +#define EGL_DMA_BUF_PLANE3_MODIFIER_HI_EXT 0x344A +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLQUERYDMABUFFORMATSEXTPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLint max_formats, EGLint *formats, EGLint *num_formats); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLQUERYDMABUFMODIFIERSEXTPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLint format, EGLint max_modifiers, EGLuint64KHR *modifiers, EGLBoolean *external_only, EGLint *num_modifiers); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglQueryDmaBufFormatsEXT (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLint max_formats, EGLint *formats, EGLint *num_formats); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglQueryDmaBufModifiersEXT (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLint format, EGLint max_modifiers, EGLuint64KHR *modifiers, EGLBoolean *external_only, EGLint *num_modifiers); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_EXT_image_dma_buf_import_modifiers */ + +#ifndef EGL_EXT_image_gl_colorspace +#define EGL_EXT_image_gl_colorspace 1 +#define EGL_GL_COLORSPACE_DEFAULT_EXT 0x314D +#endif /* EGL_EXT_image_gl_colorspace */ + +#ifndef EGL_EXT_image_implicit_sync_control +#define EGL_EXT_image_implicit_sync_control 1 +#define EGL_IMPORT_SYNC_TYPE_EXT 0x3470 +#define EGL_IMPORT_IMPLICIT_SYNC_EXT 0x3471 +#define EGL_IMPORT_EXPLICIT_SYNC_EXT 0x3472 +#endif /* EGL_EXT_image_implicit_sync_control */ + +#ifndef EGL_EXT_multiview_window +#define EGL_EXT_multiview_window 1 +#define EGL_MULTIVIEW_VIEW_COUNT_EXT 0x3134 +#endif /* EGL_EXT_multiview_window */ + +#ifndef EGL_EXT_output_base +#define EGL_EXT_output_base 1 +typedef void *EGLOutputLayerEXT; +typedef void *EGLOutputPortEXT; +#define EGL_NO_OUTPUT_LAYER_EXT EGL_CAST(EGLOutputLayerEXT,0) +#define EGL_NO_OUTPUT_PORT_EXT EGL_CAST(EGLOutputPortEXT,0) +#define EGL_BAD_OUTPUT_LAYER_EXT 0x322D +#define EGL_BAD_OUTPUT_PORT_EXT 0x322E +#define EGL_SWAP_INTERVAL_EXT 0x322F +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLGETOUTPUTLAYERSEXTPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, const EGLAttrib *attrib_list, EGLOutputLayerEXT *layers, EGLint max_layers, EGLint *num_layers); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLGETOUTPUTPORTSEXTPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, const EGLAttrib *attrib_list, EGLOutputPortEXT *ports, EGLint max_ports, EGLint *num_ports); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLOUTPUTLAYERATTRIBEXTPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLOutputLayerEXT layer, EGLint attribute, EGLAttrib value); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLQUERYOUTPUTLAYERATTRIBEXTPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLOutputLayerEXT layer, EGLint attribute, EGLAttrib *value); +typedef const char *(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLQUERYOUTPUTLAYERSTRINGEXTPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLOutputLayerEXT layer, EGLint name); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLOUTPUTPORTATTRIBEXTPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLOutputPortEXT port, EGLint attribute, EGLAttrib value); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLQUERYOUTPUTPORTATTRIBEXTPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLOutputPortEXT port, EGLint attribute, EGLAttrib *value); +typedef const char *(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLQUERYOUTPUTPORTSTRINGEXTPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLOutputPortEXT port, EGLint name); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglGetOutputLayersEXT (EGLDisplay dpy, const EGLAttrib *attrib_list, EGLOutputLayerEXT *layers, EGLint max_layers, EGLint *num_layers); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglGetOutputPortsEXT (EGLDisplay dpy, const EGLAttrib *attrib_list, EGLOutputPortEXT *ports, EGLint max_ports, EGLint *num_ports); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglOutputLayerAttribEXT (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLOutputLayerEXT layer, EGLint attribute, EGLAttrib value); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglQueryOutputLayerAttribEXT (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLOutputLayerEXT layer, EGLint attribute, EGLAttrib *value); +EGLAPI const char *EGLAPIENTRY eglQueryOutputLayerStringEXT (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLOutputLayerEXT layer, EGLint name); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglOutputPortAttribEXT (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLOutputPortEXT port, EGLint attribute, EGLAttrib value); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglQueryOutputPortAttribEXT (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLOutputPortEXT port, EGLint attribute, EGLAttrib *value); +EGLAPI const char *EGLAPIENTRY eglQueryOutputPortStringEXT (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLOutputPortEXT port, EGLint name); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_EXT_output_base */ + +#ifndef EGL_EXT_output_drm +#define EGL_EXT_output_drm 1 +#define EGL_DRM_CRTC_EXT 0x3234 +#define EGL_DRM_PLANE_EXT 0x3235 +#define EGL_DRM_CONNECTOR_EXT 0x3236 +#endif /* EGL_EXT_output_drm */ + +#ifndef EGL_EXT_output_openwf +#define EGL_EXT_output_openwf 1 +#define EGL_OPENWF_PIPELINE_ID_EXT 0x3238 +#define EGL_OPENWF_PORT_ID_EXT 0x3239 +#endif /* EGL_EXT_output_openwf */ + +#ifndef EGL_EXT_pixel_format_float +#define EGL_EXT_pixel_format_float 1 +#define EGL_COLOR_COMPONENT_TYPE_EXT 0x3339 +#define EGL_COLOR_COMPONENT_TYPE_FIXED_EXT 0x333A +#define EGL_COLOR_COMPONENT_TYPE_FLOAT_EXT 0x333B +#endif /* EGL_EXT_pixel_format_float */ + +#ifndef EGL_EXT_platform_base +#define EGL_EXT_platform_base 1 +typedef EGLDisplay (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLGETPLATFORMDISPLAYEXTPROC) (EGLenum platform, void *native_display, const EGLint *attrib_list); +typedef EGLSurface (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCREATEPLATFORMWINDOWSURFACEEXTPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLConfig config, void *native_window, const EGLint *attrib_list); +typedef EGLSurface (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCREATEPLATFORMPIXMAPSURFACEEXTPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLConfig config, void *native_pixmap, const EGLint *attrib_list); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLDisplay EGLAPIENTRY eglGetPlatformDisplayEXT (EGLenum platform, void *native_display, const EGLint *attrib_list); +EGLAPI EGLSurface EGLAPIENTRY eglCreatePlatformWindowSurfaceEXT (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLConfig config, void *native_window, const EGLint *attrib_list); +EGLAPI EGLSurface EGLAPIENTRY eglCreatePlatformPixmapSurfaceEXT (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLConfig config, void *native_pixmap, const EGLint *attrib_list); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_EXT_platform_base */ + +#ifndef EGL_EXT_platform_device +#define EGL_EXT_platform_device 1 +#define EGL_PLATFORM_DEVICE_EXT 0x313F +#endif /* EGL_EXT_platform_device */ + +#ifndef EGL_EXT_platform_wayland +#define EGL_EXT_platform_wayland 1 +#define EGL_PLATFORM_WAYLAND_EXT 0x31D8 +#endif /* EGL_EXT_platform_wayland */ + +#ifndef EGL_EXT_platform_x11 +#define EGL_EXT_platform_x11 1 +#define EGL_PLATFORM_X11_EXT 0x31D5 +#define EGL_PLATFORM_X11_SCREEN_EXT 0x31D6 +#endif /* EGL_EXT_platform_x11 */ + +#ifndef EGL_EXT_protected_content +#define EGL_EXT_protected_content 1 +#define EGL_PROTECTED_CONTENT_EXT 0x32C0 +#endif /* EGL_EXT_protected_content */ + +#ifndef EGL_EXT_protected_surface +#define EGL_EXT_protected_surface 1 +#endif /* EGL_EXT_protected_surface */ + +#ifndef EGL_EXT_stream_consumer_egloutput +#define EGL_EXT_stream_consumer_egloutput 1 +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLSTREAMCONSUMEROUTPUTEXTPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream, EGLOutputLayerEXT layer); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglStreamConsumerOutputEXT (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream, EGLOutputLayerEXT layer); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_EXT_stream_consumer_egloutput */ + +#ifndef EGL_EXT_surface_CTA861_3_metadata +#define EGL_EXT_surface_CTA861_3_metadata 1 +#define EGL_CTA861_3_MAX_CONTENT_LIGHT_LEVEL_EXT 0x3360 +#define EGL_CTA861_3_MAX_FRAME_AVERAGE_LEVEL_EXT 0x3361 +#endif /* EGL_EXT_surface_CTA861_3_metadata */ + +#ifndef EGL_EXT_surface_SMPTE2086_metadata +#define EGL_EXT_surface_SMPTE2086_metadata 1 +#define EGL_SMPTE2086_DISPLAY_PRIMARY_RX_EXT 0x3341 +#define EGL_SMPTE2086_DISPLAY_PRIMARY_RY_EXT 0x3342 +#define EGL_SMPTE2086_DISPLAY_PRIMARY_GX_EXT 0x3343 +#define EGL_SMPTE2086_DISPLAY_PRIMARY_GY_EXT 0x3344 +#define EGL_SMPTE2086_DISPLAY_PRIMARY_BX_EXT 0x3345 +#define EGL_SMPTE2086_DISPLAY_PRIMARY_BY_EXT 0x3346 +#define EGL_SMPTE2086_WHITE_POINT_X_EXT 0x3347 +#define EGL_SMPTE2086_WHITE_POINT_Y_EXT 0x3348 +#define EGL_SMPTE2086_MAX_LUMINANCE_EXT 0x3349 +#define EGL_SMPTE2086_MIN_LUMINANCE_EXT 0x334A +#define EGL_METADATA_SCALING_EXT 50000 +#endif /* EGL_EXT_surface_SMPTE2086_metadata */ + +#ifndef EGL_EXT_swap_buffers_with_damage +#define EGL_EXT_swap_buffers_with_damage 1 +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLSWAPBUFFERSWITHDAMAGEEXTPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSurface surface, const EGLint *rects, EGLint n_rects); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglSwapBuffersWithDamageEXT (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSurface surface, const EGLint *rects, EGLint n_rects); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_EXT_swap_buffers_with_damage */ + +#ifndef EGL_EXT_sync_reuse +#define EGL_EXT_sync_reuse 1 +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLUNSIGNALSYNCEXTPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSync sync, const EGLAttrib *attrib_list); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglUnsignalSyncEXT (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSync sync, const EGLAttrib *attrib_list); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_EXT_sync_reuse */ + +#ifndef EGL_EXT_yuv_surface +#define EGL_EXT_yuv_surface 1 +#define EGL_YUV_ORDER_EXT 0x3301 +#define EGL_YUV_NUMBER_OF_PLANES_EXT 0x3311 +#define EGL_YUV_SUBSAMPLE_EXT 0x3312 +#define EGL_YUV_DEPTH_RANGE_EXT 0x3317 +#define EGL_YUV_CSC_STANDARD_EXT 0x330A +#define EGL_YUV_PLANE_BPP_EXT 0x331A +#define EGL_YUV_BUFFER_EXT 0x3300 +#define EGL_YUV_ORDER_YUV_EXT 0x3302 +#define EGL_YUV_ORDER_YVU_EXT 0x3303 +#define EGL_YUV_ORDER_YUYV_EXT 0x3304 +#define EGL_YUV_ORDER_UYVY_EXT 0x3305 +#define EGL_YUV_ORDER_YVYU_EXT 0x3306 +#define EGL_YUV_ORDER_VYUY_EXT 0x3307 +#define EGL_YUV_ORDER_AYUV_EXT 0x3308 +#define EGL_YUV_SUBSAMPLE_4_2_0_EXT 0x3313 +#define EGL_YUV_SUBSAMPLE_4_2_2_EXT 0x3314 +#define EGL_YUV_SUBSAMPLE_4_4_4_EXT 0x3315 +#define EGL_YUV_DEPTH_RANGE_LIMITED_EXT 0x3318 +#define EGL_YUV_DEPTH_RANGE_FULL_EXT 0x3319 +#define EGL_YUV_CSC_STANDARD_601_EXT 0x330B +#define EGL_YUV_CSC_STANDARD_709_EXT 0x330C +#define EGL_YUV_CSC_STANDARD_2020_EXT 0x330D +#define EGL_YUV_PLANE_BPP_0_EXT 0x331B +#define EGL_YUV_PLANE_BPP_8_EXT 0x331C +#define EGL_YUV_PLANE_BPP_10_EXT 0x331D +#endif /* EGL_EXT_yuv_surface */ + +#ifndef EGL_HI_clientpixmap +#define EGL_HI_clientpixmap 1 +struct EGLClientPixmapHI { + void *pData; + EGLint iWidth; + EGLint iHeight; + EGLint iStride; +}; +#define EGL_CLIENT_PIXMAP_POINTER_HI 0x8F74 +typedef EGLSurface (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCREATEPIXMAPSURFACEHIPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLConfig config, struct EGLClientPixmapHI *pixmap); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLSurface EGLAPIENTRY eglCreatePixmapSurfaceHI (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLConfig config, struct EGLClientPixmapHI *pixmap); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_HI_clientpixmap */ + +#ifndef EGL_HI_colorformats +#define EGL_HI_colorformats 1 +#define EGL_COLOR_FORMAT_HI 0x8F70 +#define EGL_COLOR_RGB_HI 0x8F71 +#define EGL_COLOR_RGBA_HI 0x8F72 +#define EGL_COLOR_ARGB_HI 0x8F73 +#endif /* EGL_HI_colorformats */ + +#ifndef EGL_IMG_context_priority +#define EGL_IMG_context_priority 1 +#define EGL_CONTEXT_PRIORITY_LEVEL_IMG 0x3100 +#define EGL_CONTEXT_PRIORITY_HIGH_IMG 0x3101 +#define EGL_CONTEXT_PRIORITY_MEDIUM_IMG 0x3102 +#define EGL_CONTEXT_PRIORITY_LOW_IMG 0x3103 +#endif /* EGL_IMG_context_priority */ + +#ifndef EGL_IMG_image_plane_attribs +#define EGL_IMG_image_plane_attribs 1 +#define EGL_NATIVE_BUFFER_MULTIPLANE_SEPARATE_IMG 0x3105 +#define EGL_NATIVE_BUFFER_PLANE_OFFSET_IMG 0x3106 +#endif /* EGL_IMG_image_plane_attribs */ + +#ifndef EGL_MESA_drm_image +#define EGL_MESA_drm_image 1 +#define EGL_DRM_BUFFER_FORMAT_MESA 0x31D0 +#define EGL_DRM_BUFFER_USE_MESA 0x31D1 +#define EGL_DRM_BUFFER_FORMAT_ARGB32_MESA 0x31D2 +#define EGL_DRM_BUFFER_MESA 0x31D3 +#define EGL_DRM_BUFFER_STRIDE_MESA 0x31D4 +#define EGL_DRM_BUFFER_USE_SCANOUT_MESA 0x00000001 +#define EGL_DRM_BUFFER_USE_SHARE_MESA 0x00000002 +#define EGL_DRM_BUFFER_USE_CURSOR_MESA 0x00000004 +typedef EGLImageKHR (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCREATEDRMIMAGEMESAPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, const EGLint *attrib_list); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLEXPORTDRMIMAGEMESAPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLImageKHR image, EGLint *name, EGLint *handle, EGLint *stride); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLImageKHR EGLAPIENTRY eglCreateDRMImageMESA (EGLDisplay dpy, const EGLint *attrib_list); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglExportDRMImageMESA (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLImageKHR image, EGLint *name, EGLint *handle, EGLint *stride); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_MESA_drm_image */ + +#ifndef EGL_MESA_image_dma_buf_export +#define EGL_MESA_image_dma_buf_export 1 +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLEXPORTDMABUFIMAGEQUERYMESAPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLImageKHR image, int *fourcc, int *num_planes, EGLuint64KHR *modifiers); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLEXPORTDMABUFIMAGEMESAPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLImageKHR image, int *fds, EGLint *strides, EGLint *offsets); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglExportDMABUFImageQueryMESA (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLImageKHR image, int *fourcc, int *num_planes, EGLuint64KHR *modifiers); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglExportDMABUFImageMESA (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLImageKHR image, int *fds, EGLint *strides, EGLint *offsets); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_MESA_image_dma_buf_export */ + +#ifndef EGL_MESA_platform_gbm +#define EGL_MESA_platform_gbm 1 +#define EGL_PLATFORM_GBM_MESA 0x31D7 +#endif /* EGL_MESA_platform_gbm */ + +#ifndef EGL_MESA_platform_surfaceless +#define EGL_MESA_platform_surfaceless 1 +#define EGL_PLATFORM_SURFACELESS_MESA 0x31DD +#endif /* EGL_MESA_platform_surfaceless */ + +#ifndef EGL_MESA_query_driver +#define EGL_MESA_query_driver 1 +typedef char *(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLGETDISPLAYDRIVERCONFIGPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy); +typedef const char *(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLGETDISPLAYDRIVERNAMEPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI char *EGLAPIENTRY eglGetDisplayDriverConfig (EGLDisplay dpy); +EGLAPI const char *EGLAPIENTRY eglGetDisplayDriverName (EGLDisplay dpy); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_MESA_query_driver */ + +#ifndef EGL_NOK_swap_region +#define EGL_NOK_swap_region 1 +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLSWAPBUFFERSREGIONNOKPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSurface surface, EGLint numRects, const EGLint *rects); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglSwapBuffersRegionNOK (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSurface surface, EGLint numRects, const EGLint *rects); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_NOK_swap_region */ + +#ifndef EGL_NOK_swap_region2 +#define EGL_NOK_swap_region2 1 +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLSWAPBUFFERSREGION2NOKPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSurface surface, EGLint numRects, const EGLint *rects); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglSwapBuffersRegion2NOK (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSurface surface, EGLint numRects, const EGLint *rects); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_NOK_swap_region2 */ + +#ifndef EGL_NOK_texture_from_pixmap +#define EGL_NOK_texture_from_pixmap 1 +#define EGL_Y_INVERTED_NOK 0x307F +#endif /* EGL_NOK_texture_from_pixmap */ + +#ifndef EGL_NV_3dvision_surface +#define EGL_NV_3dvision_surface 1 +#define EGL_AUTO_STEREO_NV 0x3136 +#endif /* EGL_NV_3dvision_surface */ + +#ifndef EGL_NV_context_priority_realtime +#define EGL_NV_context_priority_realtime 1 +#define EGL_CONTEXT_PRIORITY_REALTIME_NV 0x3357 +#endif /* EGL_NV_context_priority_realtime */ + +#ifndef EGL_NV_coverage_sample +#define EGL_NV_coverage_sample 1 +#define EGL_COVERAGE_BUFFERS_NV 0x30E0 +#define EGL_COVERAGE_SAMPLES_NV 0x30E1 +#endif /* EGL_NV_coverage_sample */ + +#ifndef EGL_NV_coverage_sample_resolve +#define EGL_NV_coverage_sample_resolve 1 +#define EGL_COVERAGE_SAMPLE_RESOLVE_NV 0x3131 +#define EGL_COVERAGE_SAMPLE_RESOLVE_DEFAULT_NV 0x3132 +#define EGL_COVERAGE_SAMPLE_RESOLVE_NONE_NV 0x3133 +#endif /* EGL_NV_coverage_sample_resolve */ + +#ifndef EGL_NV_cuda_event +#define EGL_NV_cuda_event 1 +#define EGL_CUDA_EVENT_HANDLE_NV 0x323B +#define EGL_SYNC_CUDA_EVENT_NV 0x323C +#define EGL_SYNC_CUDA_EVENT_COMPLETE_NV 0x323D +#endif /* EGL_NV_cuda_event */ + +#ifndef EGL_NV_depth_nonlinear +#define EGL_NV_depth_nonlinear 1 +#define EGL_DEPTH_ENCODING_NV 0x30E2 +#define EGL_DEPTH_ENCODING_NONE_NV 0 +#define EGL_DEPTH_ENCODING_NONLINEAR_NV 0x30E3 +#endif /* EGL_NV_depth_nonlinear */ + +#ifndef EGL_NV_device_cuda +#define EGL_NV_device_cuda 1 +#define EGL_CUDA_DEVICE_NV 0x323A +#endif /* EGL_NV_device_cuda */ + +#ifndef EGL_NV_native_query +#define EGL_NV_native_query 1 +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLQUERYNATIVEDISPLAYNVPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLNativeDisplayType *display_id); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLQUERYNATIVEWINDOWNVPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSurface surf, EGLNativeWindowType *window); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLQUERYNATIVEPIXMAPNVPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSurface surf, EGLNativePixmapType *pixmap); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglQueryNativeDisplayNV (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLNativeDisplayType *display_id); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglQueryNativeWindowNV (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSurface surf, EGLNativeWindowType *window); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglQueryNativePixmapNV (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSurface surf, EGLNativePixmapType *pixmap); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_NV_native_query */ + +#ifndef EGL_NV_post_convert_rounding +#define EGL_NV_post_convert_rounding 1 +#endif /* EGL_NV_post_convert_rounding */ + +#ifndef EGL_NV_post_sub_buffer +#define EGL_NV_post_sub_buffer 1 +#define EGL_POST_SUB_BUFFER_SUPPORTED_NV 0x30BE +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLPOSTSUBBUFFERNVPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSurface surface, EGLint x, EGLint y, EGLint width, EGLint height); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglPostSubBufferNV (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSurface surface, EGLint x, EGLint y, EGLint width, EGLint height); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_NV_post_sub_buffer */ + +#ifndef EGL_NV_quadruple_buffer +#define EGL_NV_quadruple_buffer 1 +#define EGL_QUADRUPLE_BUFFER_NV 0x3231 +#endif /* EGL_NV_quadruple_buffer */ + +#ifndef EGL_NV_robustness_video_memory_purge +#define EGL_NV_robustness_video_memory_purge 1 +#define EGL_GENERATE_RESET_ON_VIDEO_MEMORY_PURGE_NV 0x334C +#endif /* EGL_NV_robustness_video_memory_purge */ + +#ifndef EGL_NV_stream_consumer_eglimage +#define EGL_NV_stream_consumer_eglimage 1 +#define EGL_STREAM_CONSUMER_IMAGE_NV 0x3373 +#define EGL_STREAM_IMAGE_ADD_NV 0x3374 +#define EGL_STREAM_IMAGE_REMOVE_NV 0x3375 +#define EGL_STREAM_IMAGE_AVAILABLE_NV 0x3376 +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLSTREAMIMAGECONSUMERCONNECTNVPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream, EGLint num_modifiers, EGLuint64KHR *modifiers, EGLAttrib *attrib_list); +typedef EGLint (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLQUERYSTREAMCONSUMEREVENTNVPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream, EGLTime timeout, EGLenum *event, EGLAttrib *aux); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLSTREAMACQUIREIMAGENVPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream, EGLImage *pImage, EGLSync sync); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLSTREAMRELEASEIMAGENVPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream, EGLImage image, EGLSync sync); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglStreamImageConsumerConnectNV (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream, EGLint num_modifiers, EGLuint64KHR *modifiers, EGLAttrib *attrib_list); +EGLAPI EGLint EGLAPIENTRY eglQueryStreamConsumerEventNV (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream, EGLTime timeout, EGLenum *event, EGLAttrib *aux); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglStreamAcquireImageNV (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream, EGLImage *pImage, EGLSync sync); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglStreamReleaseImageNV (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream, EGLImage image, EGLSync sync); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_NV_stream_consumer_eglimage */ + +#ifndef EGL_NV_stream_consumer_gltexture_yuv +#define EGL_NV_stream_consumer_gltexture_yuv 1 +#define EGL_YUV_PLANE0_TEXTURE_UNIT_NV 0x332C +#define EGL_YUV_PLANE1_TEXTURE_UNIT_NV 0x332D +#define EGL_YUV_PLANE2_TEXTURE_UNIT_NV 0x332E +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLSTREAMCONSUMERGLTEXTUREEXTERNALATTRIBSNVPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream, const EGLAttrib *attrib_list); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglStreamConsumerGLTextureExternalAttribsNV (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream, const EGLAttrib *attrib_list); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_NV_stream_consumer_gltexture_yuv */ + +#ifndef EGL_NV_stream_cross_display +#define EGL_NV_stream_cross_display 1 +#define EGL_STREAM_CROSS_DISPLAY_NV 0x334E +#endif /* EGL_NV_stream_cross_display */ + +#ifndef EGL_NV_stream_cross_object +#define EGL_NV_stream_cross_object 1 +#define EGL_STREAM_CROSS_OBJECT_NV 0x334D +#endif /* EGL_NV_stream_cross_object */ + +#ifndef EGL_NV_stream_cross_partition +#define EGL_NV_stream_cross_partition 1 +#define EGL_STREAM_CROSS_PARTITION_NV 0x323F +#endif /* EGL_NV_stream_cross_partition */ + +#ifndef EGL_NV_stream_cross_process +#define EGL_NV_stream_cross_process 1 +#define EGL_STREAM_CROSS_PROCESS_NV 0x3245 +#endif /* EGL_NV_stream_cross_process */ + +#ifndef EGL_NV_stream_cross_system +#define EGL_NV_stream_cross_system 1 +#define EGL_STREAM_CROSS_SYSTEM_NV 0x334F +#endif /* EGL_NV_stream_cross_system */ + +#ifndef EGL_NV_stream_dma +#define EGL_NV_stream_dma 1 +#define EGL_STREAM_DMA_NV 0x3371 +#define EGL_STREAM_DMA_SERVER_NV 0x3372 +#endif /* EGL_NV_stream_dma */ + +#ifndef EGL_NV_stream_fifo_next +#define EGL_NV_stream_fifo_next 1 +#define EGL_PENDING_FRAME_NV 0x3329 +#define EGL_STREAM_TIME_PENDING_NV 0x332A +#endif /* EGL_NV_stream_fifo_next */ + +#ifndef EGL_NV_stream_fifo_synchronous +#define EGL_NV_stream_fifo_synchronous 1 +#define EGL_STREAM_FIFO_SYNCHRONOUS_NV 0x3336 +#endif /* EGL_NV_stream_fifo_synchronous */ + +#ifndef EGL_NV_stream_flush +#define EGL_NV_stream_flush 1 +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLSTREAMFLUSHNVPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglStreamFlushNV (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_NV_stream_flush */ + +#ifndef EGL_NV_stream_frame_limits +#define EGL_NV_stream_frame_limits 1 +#define EGL_PRODUCER_MAX_FRAME_HINT_NV 0x3337 +#define EGL_CONSUMER_MAX_FRAME_HINT_NV 0x3338 +#endif /* EGL_NV_stream_frame_limits */ + +#ifndef EGL_NV_stream_metadata +#define EGL_NV_stream_metadata 1 +#define EGL_MAX_STREAM_METADATA_BLOCKS_NV 0x3250 +#define EGL_MAX_STREAM_METADATA_BLOCK_SIZE_NV 0x3251 +#define EGL_MAX_STREAM_METADATA_TOTAL_SIZE_NV 0x3252 +#define EGL_PRODUCER_METADATA_NV 0x3253 +#define EGL_CONSUMER_METADATA_NV 0x3254 +#define EGL_PENDING_METADATA_NV 0x3328 +#define EGL_METADATA0_SIZE_NV 0x3255 +#define EGL_METADATA1_SIZE_NV 0x3256 +#define EGL_METADATA2_SIZE_NV 0x3257 +#define EGL_METADATA3_SIZE_NV 0x3258 +#define EGL_METADATA0_TYPE_NV 0x3259 +#define EGL_METADATA1_TYPE_NV 0x325A +#define EGL_METADATA2_TYPE_NV 0x325B +#define EGL_METADATA3_TYPE_NV 0x325C +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLQUERYDISPLAYATTRIBNVPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLint attribute, EGLAttrib *value); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLSETSTREAMMETADATANVPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream, EGLint n, EGLint offset, EGLint size, const void *data); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLQUERYSTREAMMETADATANVPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream, EGLenum name, EGLint n, EGLint offset, EGLint size, void *data); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglQueryDisplayAttribNV (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLint attribute, EGLAttrib *value); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglSetStreamMetadataNV (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream, EGLint n, EGLint offset, EGLint size, const void *data); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglQueryStreamMetadataNV (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream, EGLenum name, EGLint n, EGLint offset, EGLint size, void *data); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_NV_stream_metadata */ + +#ifndef EGL_NV_stream_origin +#define EGL_NV_stream_origin 1 +#define EGL_STREAM_FRAME_ORIGIN_X_NV 0x3366 +#define EGL_STREAM_FRAME_ORIGIN_Y_NV 0x3367 +#define EGL_STREAM_FRAME_MAJOR_AXIS_NV 0x3368 +#define EGL_CONSUMER_AUTO_ORIENTATION_NV 0x3369 +#define EGL_PRODUCER_AUTO_ORIENTATION_NV 0x336A +#define EGL_LEFT_NV 0x336B +#define EGL_RIGHT_NV 0x336C +#define EGL_TOP_NV 0x336D +#define EGL_BOTTOM_NV 0x336E +#define EGL_X_AXIS_NV 0x336F +#define EGL_Y_AXIS_NV 0x3370 +#endif /* EGL_NV_stream_origin */ + +#ifndef EGL_NV_stream_remote +#define EGL_NV_stream_remote 1 +#define EGL_STREAM_STATE_INITIALIZING_NV 0x3240 +#define EGL_STREAM_TYPE_NV 0x3241 +#define EGL_STREAM_PROTOCOL_NV 0x3242 +#define EGL_STREAM_ENDPOINT_NV 0x3243 +#define EGL_STREAM_LOCAL_NV 0x3244 +#define EGL_STREAM_PRODUCER_NV 0x3247 +#define EGL_STREAM_CONSUMER_NV 0x3248 +#define EGL_STREAM_PROTOCOL_FD_NV 0x3246 +#endif /* EGL_NV_stream_remote */ + +#ifndef EGL_NV_stream_reset +#define EGL_NV_stream_reset 1 +#define EGL_SUPPORT_RESET_NV 0x3334 +#define EGL_SUPPORT_REUSE_NV 0x3335 +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLRESETSTREAMNVPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglResetStreamNV (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_NV_stream_reset */ + +#ifndef EGL_NV_stream_socket +#define EGL_NV_stream_socket 1 +#define EGL_STREAM_PROTOCOL_SOCKET_NV 0x324B +#define EGL_SOCKET_HANDLE_NV 0x324C +#define EGL_SOCKET_TYPE_NV 0x324D +#endif /* EGL_NV_stream_socket */ + +#ifndef EGL_NV_stream_socket_inet +#define EGL_NV_stream_socket_inet 1 +#define EGL_SOCKET_TYPE_INET_NV 0x324F +#endif /* EGL_NV_stream_socket_inet */ + +#ifndef EGL_NV_stream_socket_unix +#define EGL_NV_stream_socket_unix 1 +#define EGL_SOCKET_TYPE_UNIX_NV 0x324E +#endif /* EGL_NV_stream_socket_unix */ + +#ifndef EGL_NV_stream_sync +#define EGL_NV_stream_sync 1 +#define EGL_SYNC_NEW_FRAME_NV 0x321F +typedef EGLSyncKHR (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCREATESTREAMSYNCNVPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream, EGLenum type, const EGLint *attrib_list); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLSyncKHR EGLAPIENTRY eglCreateStreamSyncNV (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream, EGLenum type, const EGLint *attrib_list); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_NV_stream_sync */ + +#ifndef EGL_NV_sync +#define EGL_NV_sync 1 +typedef void *EGLSyncNV; +typedef khronos_utime_nanoseconds_t EGLTimeNV; +#ifdef KHRONOS_SUPPORT_INT64 +#define EGL_SYNC_PRIOR_COMMANDS_COMPLETE_NV 0x30E6 +#define EGL_SYNC_STATUS_NV 0x30E7 +#define EGL_SIGNALED_NV 0x30E8 +#define EGL_UNSIGNALED_NV 0x30E9 +#define EGL_SYNC_FLUSH_COMMANDS_BIT_NV 0x0001 +#define EGL_FOREVER_NV 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFull +#define EGL_ALREADY_SIGNALED_NV 0x30EA +#define EGL_TIMEOUT_EXPIRED_NV 0x30EB +#define EGL_CONDITION_SATISFIED_NV 0x30EC +#define EGL_SYNC_TYPE_NV 0x30ED +#define EGL_SYNC_CONDITION_NV 0x30EE +#define EGL_SYNC_FENCE_NV 0x30EF +#define EGL_NO_SYNC_NV EGL_CAST(EGLSyncNV,0) +typedef EGLSyncNV (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCREATEFENCESYNCNVPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLenum condition, const EGLint *attrib_list); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLDESTROYSYNCNVPROC) (EGLSyncNV sync); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLFENCENVPROC) (EGLSyncNV sync); +typedef EGLint (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCLIENTWAITSYNCNVPROC) (EGLSyncNV sync, EGLint flags, EGLTimeNV timeout); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLSIGNALSYNCNVPROC) (EGLSyncNV sync, EGLenum mode); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLGETSYNCATTRIBNVPROC) (EGLSyncNV sync, EGLint attribute, EGLint *value); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLSyncNV EGLAPIENTRY eglCreateFenceSyncNV (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLenum condition, const EGLint *attrib_list); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglDestroySyncNV (EGLSyncNV sync); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglFenceNV (EGLSyncNV sync); +EGLAPI EGLint EGLAPIENTRY eglClientWaitSyncNV (EGLSyncNV sync, EGLint flags, EGLTimeNV timeout); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglSignalSyncNV (EGLSyncNV sync, EGLenum mode); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglGetSyncAttribNV (EGLSyncNV sync, EGLint attribute, EGLint *value); +#endif +#endif /* KHRONOS_SUPPORT_INT64 */ +#endif /* EGL_NV_sync */ + +#ifndef EGL_NV_system_time +#define EGL_NV_system_time 1 +typedef khronos_utime_nanoseconds_t EGLuint64NV; +#ifdef KHRONOS_SUPPORT_INT64 +typedef EGLuint64NV (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLGETSYSTEMTIMEFREQUENCYNVPROC) (void); +typedef EGLuint64NV (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLGETSYSTEMTIMENVPROC) (void); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLuint64NV EGLAPIENTRY eglGetSystemTimeFrequencyNV (void); +EGLAPI EGLuint64NV EGLAPIENTRY eglGetSystemTimeNV (void); +#endif +#endif /* KHRONOS_SUPPORT_INT64 */ +#endif /* EGL_NV_system_time */ + +#ifndef EGL_NV_triple_buffer +#define EGL_NV_triple_buffer 1 +#define EGL_TRIPLE_BUFFER_NV 0x3230 +#endif /* EGL_NV_triple_buffer */ + +#ifndef EGL_TIZEN_image_native_buffer +#define EGL_TIZEN_image_native_buffer 1 +#define EGL_NATIVE_BUFFER_TIZEN 0x32A0 +#endif /* EGL_TIZEN_image_native_buffer */ + +#ifndef EGL_TIZEN_image_native_surface +#define EGL_TIZEN_image_native_surface 1 +#define EGL_NATIVE_SURFACE_TIZEN 0x32A1 +#endif /* EGL_TIZEN_image_native_surface */ + +#ifndef EGL_WL_bind_wayland_display +#define EGL_WL_bind_wayland_display 1 +#define PFNEGLBINDWAYLANDDISPLAYWL PFNEGLBINDWAYLANDDISPLAYWLPROC +#define PFNEGLUNBINDWAYLANDDISPLAYWL PFNEGLUNBINDWAYLANDDISPLAYWLPROC +#define PFNEGLQUERYWAYLANDBUFFERWL PFNEGLQUERYWAYLANDBUFFERWLPROC +struct wl_display; +struct wl_resource; +#define EGL_WAYLAND_BUFFER_WL 0x31D5 +#define EGL_WAYLAND_PLANE_WL 0x31D6 +#define EGL_TEXTURE_Y_U_V_WL 0x31D7 +#define EGL_TEXTURE_Y_UV_WL 0x31D8 +#define EGL_TEXTURE_Y_XUXV_WL 0x31D9 +#define EGL_TEXTURE_EXTERNAL_WL 0x31DA +#define EGL_WAYLAND_Y_INVERTED_WL 0x31DB +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLBINDWAYLANDDISPLAYWLPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, struct wl_display *display); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLUNBINDWAYLANDDISPLAYWLPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, struct wl_display *display); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLQUERYWAYLANDBUFFERWLPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, struct wl_resource *buffer, EGLint attribute, EGLint *value); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglBindWaylandDisplayWL (EGLDisplay dpy, struct wl_display *display); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglUnbindWaylandDisplayWL (EGLDisplay dpy, struct wl_display *display); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglQueryWaylandBufferWL (EGLDisplay dpy, struct wl_resource *buffer, EGLint attribute, EGLint *value); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_WL_bind_wayland_display */ + +#ifndef EGL_WL_create_wayland_buffer_from_image +#define EGL_WL_create_wayland_buffer_from_image 1 +#define PFNEGLCREATEWAYLANDBUFFERFROMIMAGEWL PFNEGLCREATEWAYLANDBUFFERFROMIMAGEWLPROC +struct wl_buffer; +typedef struct wl_buffer *(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCREATEWAYLANDBUFFERFROMIMAGEWLPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLImageKHR image); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI struct wl_buffer *EGLAPIENTRY eglCreateWaylandBufferFromImageWL (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLImageKHR image); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_WL_create_wayland_buffer_from_image */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/ext/usr/include/EGL/eglplatform.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/ext/usr/include/EGL/eglplatform.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..826a2b4f --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/ext/usr/include/EGL/eglplatform.h @@ -0,0 +1,185 @@ +#ifndef __eglplatform_h_ +#define __eglplatform_h_ + +/* +** Copyright (c) 2007-2016 The Khronos Group Inc. +** +** Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a +** copy of this software and/or associated documentation files (the +** "Materials"), to deal in the Materials without restriction, including +** without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, +** distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Materials, and to +** permit persons to whom the Materials are furnished to do so, subject to +** the following conditions: +** +** The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included +** in all copies or substantial portions of the Materials. +** +** THE MATERIALS ARE PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, +** EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF +** MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. +** IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY +** CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, +** TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE +** MATERIALS OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE MATERIALS. +*/ + +/* Platform-specific types and definitions for egl.h + * $Revision: 30994 $ on $Date: 2015-04-30 13:36:48 -0700 (Thu, 30 Apr 2015) $ + * + * Adopters may modify khrplatform.h and this file to suit their platform. + * You are encouraged to submit all modifications to the Khronos group so that + * they can be included in future versions of this file. Please submit changes + * by sending them to the public Khronos Bugzilla (http://khronos.org/bugzilla) + * by filing a bug against product "EGL" component "Registry". + */ + +#include + +/* Macros used in EGL function prototype declarations. + * + * EGL functions should be prototyped as: + * + * EGLAPI return-type EGLAPIENTRY eglFunction(arguments); + * typedef return-type (EXPAPIENTRYP PFNEGLFUNCTIONPROC) (arguments); + * + * KHRONOS_APICALL and KHRONOS_APIENTRY are defined in KHR/khrplatform.h + */ + +#ifndef __HarmonyOS__ +#define __HarmonyOS__ +#endif + +#ifndef EGLAPI +#define EGLAPI KHRONOS_APICALL +#endif + +#ifndef EGLAPIENTRY +#define EGLAPIENTRY KHRONOS_APIENTRY +#endif +#define EGLAPIENTRYP EGLAPIENTRY* + +/* The types NativeDisplayType, NativeWindowType, and NativePixmapType + * are aliases of window-system-dependent types, such as X Display * or + * Windows Device Context. They must be defined in platform-specific + * code below. The EGL-prefixed versions of Native*Type are the same + * types, renamed in EGL 1.3 so all types in the API start with "EGL". + * + * Khronos STRONGLY RECOMMENDS that you use the default definitions + * provided below, since these changes affect both binary and source + * portability of applications using EGL running on different EGL + * implementations. + */ + +#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(__VC32__) && !defined(__CYGWIN__) && !defined(__SCITECH_SNAP__) /* Win32 and WinCE */ +#ifndef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN +#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN 1 +#endif +#include + +typedef HDC EGLNativeDisplayType; +typedef HBITMAP EGLNativePixmapType; +typedef HWND EGLNativeWindowType; + +#elif defined(__EMSCRIPTEN__) + +typedef int EGLNativeDisplayType; +typedef int EGLNativePixmapType; +typedef int EGLNativeWindowType; + +#elif defined(__WINSCW__) || defined(__SYMBIAN32__) /* Symbian */ + +typedef int EGLNativeDisplayType; +typedef void *EGLNativePixmapType; +typedef void *EGLNativeWindowType; + +#elif defined(WL_EGL_PLATFORM) + +typedef struct wl_display *EGLNativeDisplayType; +typedef struct wl_egl_pixmap *EGLNativePixmapType; +typedef struct wl_egl_window *EGLNativeWindowType; + +#elif defined(__GBM__) + +typedef struct gbm_device *EGLNativeDisplayType; +typedef struct gbm_bo *EGLNativePixmapType; +typedef void *EGLNativeWindowType; + +#elif defined(__HarmonyOS__) || defined(HarmonyOS) + +struct NativeLayer; + +typedef void* EGLNativeDisplayType; +typedef void* EGLNativePixmapType; +typedef struct NativeLayer* EGLNativeWindowType; + +#elif defined(USE_OZONE) + +typedef intptr_t EGLNativeDisplayType; +typedef intptr_t EGLNativePixmapType; +typedef intptr_t EGLNativeWindowType; + +#elif defined(__unix__) && defined(EGL_NO_X11) + +typedef void *EGLNativeDisplayType; +typedef khronos_uintptr_t EGLNativePixmapType; +typedef khronos_uintptr_t EGLNativeWindowType; + +#elif defined(__unix__) || defined(USE_X11) + +/* X11 (tentative) */ +#include +#include + +typedef Display *EGLNativeDisplayType; +typedef Pixmap EGLNativePixmapType; +typedef Window EGLNativeWindowType; + +#elif defined(__APPLE__) + +typedef int EGLNativeDisplayType; +typedef void *EGLNativePixmapType; +typedef void *EGLNativeWindowType; + +#elif defined(__HAIKU__) + +#include + +typedef void *EGLNativeDisplayType; +typedef khronos_uintptr_t EGLNativePixmapType; +typedef khronos_uintptr_t EGLNativeWindowType; + +#elif defined(__Fuchsia__) + +typedef void *EGLNativeDisplayType; +typedef khronos_uintptr_t EGLNativePixmapType; +typedef khronos_uintptr_t EGLNativeWindowType; + +#else +#error "Platform not recognized" +#endif + +/* EGL 1.2 types, renamed for consistency in EGL 1.3 */ +typedef EGLNativeDisplayType NativeDisplayType; +typedef EGLNativePixmapType NativePixmapType; +typedef EGLNativeWindowType NativeWindowType; + + +/* Define EGLint. This must be a signed integral type large enough to contain + * all legal attribute names and values passed into and out of EGL, whether + * their type is boolean, bitmask, enumerant (symbolic constant), integer, + * handle, or other. While in general a 32-bit integer will suffice, if + * handles are 64 bit types, then EGLint should be defined as a signed 64-bit + * integer type. + */ +typedef khronos_int32_t EGLint; + + +/* C++ / C typecast macros for special EGL handle values */ +#if defined(__cplusplus) +#define EGL_CAST(type, value) (static_cast(value)) +#else +#define EGL_CAST(type, value) ((type) (value)) +#endif + +#endif /* __eglplatform_h */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/ext/usr/include/patch/gl2ext.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/ext/usr/include/patch/gl2ext.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..415e153c --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/ext/usr/include/patch/gl2ext.h @@ -0,0 +1,4 @@ +// OHOS + +#pragma once +#include "../../../../../../sources/khronos/GLES2/gl2ext.h" \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/crash_generation/client_info.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/crash_generation/client_info.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d0a184a6 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/crash_generation/client_info.h @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +// Copyright (c) 2010 Google Inc. +// All rights reserved. +// +// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are +// met: +// +// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above +// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer +// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the +// distribution. +// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its +// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from +// this software without specific prior written permission. +// +// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR +// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT +// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, +// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, +// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY +// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE +// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +#ifndef CLIENT_LINUX_CRASH_GENERATION_CLIENT_INFO_H_ +#define CLIENT_LINUX_CRASH_GENERATION_CLIENT_INFO_H_ + +namespace google_breakpad { + +class CrashGenerationServer; + +class ClientInfo { + public: + ClientInfo(pid_t pid, CrashGenerationServer* crash_server) + : crash_server_(crash_server), + pid_(pid) {} + + CrashGenerationServer* crash_server() const { return crash_server_; } + pid_t pid() const { return pid_; } + + private: + CrashGenerationServer* crash_server_; + pid_t pid_; +}; + +} + +#endif // CLIENT_LINUX_CRASH_GENERATION_CLIENT_INFO_H_ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/crash_generation/crash_generation_client.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/crash_generation/crash_generation_client.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4e68424a --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/crash_generation/crash_generation_client.h @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +// Copyright (c) 2010 Google Inc. +// All rights reserved. +// +// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are +// met: +// +// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above +// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer +// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the +// distribution. +// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its +// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from +// this software without specific prior written permission. +// +// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR +// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT +// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, +// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, +// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY +// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE +// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +#ifndef CLIENT_LINUX_CRASH_GENERATION_CRASH_GENERATION_CLIENT_H_ +#define CLIENT_LINUX_CRASH_GENERATION_CRASH_GENERATION_CLIENT_H_ + +#include "common/basictypes.h" + +#include + +namespace google_breakpad { + +// CrashGenerationClient is an interface for implementing out-of-process crash +// dumping. The default implementation, accessed via the TryCreate() factory, +// works in conjunction with the CrashGenerationServer to generate a minidump +// via a remote process. +class CrashGenerationClient { + public: + CrashGenerationClient() {} + virtual ~CrashGenerationClient() {} + + // Request the crash server to generate a dump. |blob| is an opaque + // CrashContext pointer from exception_handler.h. + // Returns true if the dump was successful; false otherwise. + virtual bool RequestDump(const void* blob, size_t blob_size) = 0; + + // Returns a new CrashGenerationClient if |server_fd| is valid and + // connects to a CrashGenerationServer. Otherwise, return NULL. + // The returned CrashGenerationClient* is owned by the caller of + // this function. + static CrashGenerationClient* TryCreate(int server_fd); + + private: + DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN(CrashGenerationClient); +}; + +} // namespace google_breakpad + +#endif // CLIENT_LINUX_CRASH_GENERATION_CRASH_GENERATION_CLIENT_H_ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/crash_generation/crash_generation_server.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/crash_generation/crash_generation_server.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..483fb709 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/crash_generation/crash_generation_server.h @@ -0,0 +1,135 @@ +// Copyright (c) 2010 Google Inc. +// All rights reserved. +// +// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are +// met: +// +// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above +// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer +// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the +// distribution. +// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its +// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from +// this software without specific prior written permission. +// +// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR +// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT +// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, +// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, +// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY +// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE +// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +#ifndef CLIENT_LINUX_CRASH_GENERATION_CRASH_GENERATION_SERVER_H_ +#define CLIENT_LINUX_CRASH_GENERATION_CRASH_GENERATION_SERVER_H_ + +#include + +#include + +#include "common/using_std_string.h" + +namespace google_breakpad { + +class ClientInfo; + +class CrashGenerationServer { +public: + // WARNING: callbacks may be invoked on a different thread + // than that which creates the CrashGenerationServer. They must + // be thread safe. + typedef void (*OnClientDumpRequestCallback)(void* context, + const ClientInfo* client_info, + const string* file_path); + + typedef void (*OnClientExitingCallback)(void* context, + const ClientInfo* client_info); + + // Create an instance with the given parameters. + // + // Parameter listen_fd: The server fd created by CreateReportChannel(). + // Parameter dump_callback: Callback for a client crash dump request. + // Parameter dump_context: Context for client crash dump request callback. + // Parameter exit_callback: Callback for client process exit. + // Parameter exit_context: Context for client exit callback. + // Parameter generate_dumps: Whether to automatically generate dumps. + // Client code of this class might want to generate dumps explicitly + // in the crash dump request callback. In that case, false can be + // passed for this parameter. + // Parameter dump_path: Path for generating dumps; required only if true is + // passed for generateDumps parameter; NULL can be passed otherwise. + CrashGenerationServer(const int listen_fd, + OnClientDumpRequestCallback dump_callback, + void* dump_context, + OnClientExitingCallback exit_callback, + void* exit_context, + bool generate_dumps, + const string* dump_path); + + ~CrashGenerationServer(); + + // Perform initialization steps needed to start listening to clients. + // + // Return true if initialization is successful; false otherwise. + bool Start(); + + // Stop the server. + void Stop(); + + // Create a "channel" that can be used by clients to report crashes + // to a CrashGenerationServer. |*server_fd| should be passed to + // this class's constructor, and |*client_fd| should be passed to + // the ExceptionHandler constructor in the client process. + static bool CreateReportChannel(int* server_fd, int* client_fd); + +private: + // Run the server's event loop + void Run(); + + // Invoked when an child process (client) event occurs + // Returning true => "keep running", false => "exit loop" + bool ClientEvent(short revents); + + // Invoked when the controlling thread (main) event occurs + // Returning true => "keep running", false => "exit loop" + bool ControlEvent(short revents); + + // Return a unique filename at which a minidump can be written + bool MakeMinidumpFilename(string& outFilename); + + // Trampoline to |Run()| + static void* ThreadMain(void* arg); + + int server_fd_; + + OnClientDumpRequestCallback dump_callback_; + void* dump_context_; + + OnClientExitingCallback exit_callback_; + void* exit_context_; + + bool generate_dumps_; + + string dump_dir_; + + bool started_; + + pthread_t thread_; + int control_pipe_in_; + int control_pipe_out_; + + // disable these + CrashGenerationServer(const CrashGenerationServer&); + CrashGenerationServer& operator=(const CrashGenerationServer&); +}; + +} // namespace google_breakpad + +#endif // CLIENT_LINUX_CRASH_GENERATION_CRASH_GENERATION_SERVER_H_ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/dump_writer_common/mapping_info.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/dump_writer_common/mapping_info.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c09e48ab --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/dump_writer_common/mapping_info.h @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +// Copyright (c) 2014, Google Inc. +// All rights reserved. +// +// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are +// met: +// +// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above +// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer +// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the +// distribution. +// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its +// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from +// this software without specific prior written permission. +// +// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR +// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT +// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, +// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, +// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY +// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE +// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +#ifndef CLIENT_LINUX_DUMP_WRITER_COMMON_MAPPING_INFO_H_ +#define CLIENT_LINUX_DUMP_WRITER_COMMON_MAPPING_INFO_H_ + +#include +#include +#include + +#include "google_breakpad/common/minidump_format.h" + +namespace google_breakpad { + +// One of these is produced for each mapping in the process (i.e. line in +// /proc/$x/maps). +struct MappingInfo { + // On Android, relocation packing can mean that the reported start + // address of the mapping must be adjusted by a bias in order to + // compensate for the compression of the relocation section. The + // following two members hold (after LateInit) the adjusted mapping + // range. See crbug.com/606972 for more information. + uintptr_t start_addr; + size_t size; + // When Android relocation packing causes |start_addr| and |size| to + // be modified with a load bias, we need to remember the unbiased + // address range. The following structure holds the original mapping + // address range as reported by the operating system. + struct { + uintptr_t start_addr; + uintptr_t end_addr; + } system_mapping_info; + size_t offset; // offset into the backed file. + bool exec; // true if the mapping has the execute bit set. + char name[NAME_MAX]; +}; + +struct MappingEntry { + MappingInfo first; + uint8_t second[sizeof(MDGUID)]; +}; + +// A list of +typedef std::list MappingList; + +} // namespace google_breakpad + +#endif // CLIENT_LINUX_DUMP_WRITER_COMMON_MAPPING_INFO_H_ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/dump_writer_common/raw_context_cpu.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/dump_writer_common/raw_context_cpu.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..07d9171a --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/dump_writer_common/raw_context_cpu.h @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +// Copyright (c) 2014, Google Inc. +// All rights reserved. +// +// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are +// met: +// +// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above +// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer +// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the +// distribution. +// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its +// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from +// this software without specific prior written permission. +// +// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR +// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT +// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, +// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, +// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY +// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE +// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +#ifndef CLIENT_LINUX_DUMP_WRITER_COMMON_RAW_CONTEXT_CPU_H +#define CLIENT_LINUX_DUMP_WRITER_COMMON_RAW_CONTEXT_CPU_H + +#include "google_breakpad/common/minidump_format.h" + +namespace google_breakpad { + +#if defined(__i386__) +typedef MDRawContextX86 RawContextCPU; +#elif defined(__x86_64) +typedef MDRawContextAMD64 RawContextCPU; +#elif defined(__ARM_EABI__) +typedef MDRawContextARM RawContextCPU; +#elif defined(__aarch64__) +typedef MDRawContextARM64_Old RawContextCPU; +#elif defined(__mips__) +typedef MDRawContextMIPS RawContextCPU; +#else +#error "This code has not been ported to your platform yet." +#endif + +} // namespace google_breakpad + +#endif // CLIENT_LINUX_DUMP_WRITER_COMMON_RAW_CONTEXT_CPU_H diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/dump_writer_common/thread_info.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/dump_writer_common/thread_info.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fb216fa6 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/dump_writer_common/thread_info.h @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ +// Copyright (c) 2014, Google Inc. +// All rights reserved. +// +// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are +// met: +// +// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above +// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer +// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the +// distribution. +// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its +// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from +// this software without specific prior written permission. +// +// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR +// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT +// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, +// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, +// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY +// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE +// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +#ifndef CLIENT_LINUX_DUMP_WRITER_COMMON_THREAD_INFO_H_ +#define CLIENT_LINUX_DUMP_WRITER_COMMON_THREAD_INFO_H_ + +#include +#include + +#include "client/linux/dump_writer_common/raw_context_cpu.h" +#include "common/memory_allocator.h" +#include "google_breakpad/common/minidump_format.h" + +namespace google_breakpad { + +#if defined(__i386) || defined(__x86_64) +typedef __typeof__(((struct user*) 0)->u_debugreg[0]) debugreg_t; +#endif + +// We produce one of these structures for each thread in the crashed process. +struct ThreadInfo { + pid_t tgid; // thread group id + pid_t ppid; // parent process + + uintptr_t stack_pointer; // thread stack pointer + + +#if defined(__i386) || defined(__x86_64) + user_regs_struct regs; + user_fpregs_struct fpregs; + static const unsigned kNumDebugRegisters = 8; + debugreg_t dregs[8]; +#if defined(__i386) + user_fpxregs_struct fpxregs; +#endif // defined(__i386) + +#elif defined(__ARM_EABI__) + // Mimicking how strace does this(see syscall.c, search for GETREGS) + struct user_regs regs; + struct user_fpregs fpregs; +#elif defined(__aarch64__) + // Use the structures defined in + struct user_regs_struct regs; + struct user_fpsimd_struct fpregs; +#elif defined(__mips__) + // Use the structure defined in . + mcontext_t mcontext; +#endif + + // Returns the instruction pointer (platform-dependent impl.). + uintptr_t GetInstructionPointer() const; + + // Fills a RawContextCPU using the context in the ThreadInfo object. + void FillCPUContext(RawContextCPU* out) const; + + // Returns the pointer and size of general purpose register area. + void GetGeneralPurposeRegisters(void** gp_regs, size_t* size); + + // Returns the pointer and size of float point register area. + void GetFloatingPointRegisters(void** fp_regs, size_t* size); +}; + +} // namespace google_breakpad + +#endif // CLIENT_LINUX_DUMP_WRITER_COMMON_THREAD_INFO_H_ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/dump_writer_common/ucontext_reader.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/dump_writer_common/ucontext_reader.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f830618f --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/dump_writer_common/ucontext_reader.h @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ +// Copyright (c) 2014, Google Inc. +// All rights reserved. +// +// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are +// met: +// +// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above +// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer +// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the +// distribution. +// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its +// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from +// this software without specific prior written permission. +// +// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR +// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT +// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, +// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, +// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY +// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE +// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +#ifndef CLIENT_LINUX_DUMP_WRITER_COMMON_UCONTEXT_READER_H +#define CLIENT_LINUX_DUMP_WRITER_COMMON_UCONTEXT_READER_H + +#include +#include + +#include "client/linux/dump_writer_common/raw_context_cpu.h" +#include "common/memory_allocator.h" +#include "google_breakpad/common/minidump_format.h" + +namespace google_breakpad { + +// Wraps platform-dependent implementations of accessors to ucontext_t structs. +struct UContextReader { + static uintptr_t GetStackPointer(const ucontext_t* uc); + + static uintptr_t GetInstructionPointer(const ucontext_t* uc); + + // Juggle a arch-specific ucontext_t into a minidump format + // out: the minidump structure + // info: the collection of register structures. +#if defined(__i386__) || defined(__x86_64) + static void FillCPUContext(RawContextCPU *out, const ucontext_t *uc, + const struct _libc_fpstate* fp); +#elif defined(__aarch64__) + static void FillCPUContext(RawContextCPU *out, const ucontext_t *uc, + const struct fpsimd_context* fpregs); +#else + static void FillCPUContext(RawContextCPU *out, const ucontext_t *uc); +#endif +}; + +} // namespace google_breakpad + +#endif // CLIENT_LINUX_DUMP_WRITER_COMMON_UCONTEXT_READER_H diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/handler/exception_handler.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/handler/exception_handler.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f44483ff --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/handler/exception_handler.h @@ -0,0 +1,281 @@ +// Copyright (c) 2010 Google Inc. +// All rights reserved. +// +// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are +// met: +// +// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above +// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer +// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the +// distribution. +// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its +// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from +// this software without specific prior written permission. +// +// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR +// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT +// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, +// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, +// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY +// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE +// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +#ifndef CLIENT_LINUX_HANDLER_EXCEPTION_HANDLER_H_ +#define CLIENT_LINUX_HANDLER_EXCEPTION_HANDLER_H_ + +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include + +#include "client/linux/crash_generation/crash_generation_client.h" +#include "client/linux/handler/minidump_descriptor.h" +#include "client/linux/minidump_writer/minidump_writer.h" +#include "common/scoped_ptr.h" +#include "common/using_std_string.h" +#include "google_breakpad/common/minidump_format.h" + +namespace google_breakpad { + +// ExceptionHandler +// +// ExceptionHandler can write a minidump file when an exception occurs, +// or when WriteMinidump() is called explicitly by your program. +// +// To have the exception handler write minidumps when an uncaught exception +// (crash) occurs, you should create an instance early in the execution +// of your program, and keep it around for the entire time you want to +// have crash handling active (typically, until shutdown). +// (NOTE): There should be only be one this kind of exception handler +// object per process. +// +// If you want to write minidumps without installing the exception handler, +// you can create an ExceptionHandler with install_handler set to false, +// then call WriteMinidump. You can also use this technique if you want to +// use different minidump callbacks for different call sites. +// +// In either case, a callback function is called when a minidump is written, +// which receives the full path or file descriptor of the minidump. The +// caller can collect and write additional application state to that minidump, +// and launch an external crash-reporting application. +// +// Caller should try to make the callbacks as crash-friendly as possible, +// it should avoid use heap memory allocation as much as possible. + +class ExceptionHandler { + public: + // A callback function to run before Breakpad performs any substantial + // processing of an exception. A FilterCallback is called before writing + // a minidump. |context| is the parameter supplied by the user as + // callback_context when the handler was created. + // + // If a FilterCallback returns true, Breakpad will continue processing, + // attempting to write a minidump. If a FilterCallback returns false, + // Breakpad will immediately report the exception as unhandled without + // writing a minidump, allowing another handler the opportunity to handle it. + typedef bool (*FilterCallback)(void *context); + + // A callback function to run after the minidump has been written. + // |descriptor| contains the file descriptor or file path containing the + // minidump. |context| is the parameter supplied by the user as + // callback_context when the handler was created. |succeeded| indicates + // whether a minidump file was successfully written. + // + // If an exception occurred and the callback returns true, Breakpad will + // treat the exception as fully-handled, suppressing any other handlers from + // being notified of the exception. If the callback returns false, Breakpad + // will treat the exception as unhandled, and allow another handler to handle + // it. If there are no other handlers, Breakpad will report the exception to + // the system as unhandled, allowing a debugger or native crash dialog the + // opportunity to handle the exception. Most callback implementations + // should normally return the value of |succeeded|, or when they wish to + // not report an exception of handled, false. Callbacks will rarely want to + // return true directly (unless |succeeded| is true). + typedef bool (*MinidumpCallback)(const MinidumpDescriptor& descriptor, + void* context, + bool succeeded); + + // In certain cases, a user may wish to handle the generation of the minidump + // themselves. In this case, they can install a handler callback which is + // called when a crash has occurred. If this function returns true, no other + // processing of occurs and the process will shortly be crashed. If this + // returns false, the normal processing continues. + typedef bool (*HandlerCallback)(const void* crash_context, + size_t crash_context_size, + void* context); + + // Creates a new ExceptionHandler instance to handle writing minidumps. + // Before writing a minidump, the optional |filter| callback will be called. + // Its return value determines whether or not Breakpad should write a + // minidump. The minidump content will be written to the file path or file + // descriptor from |descriptor|, and the optional |callback| is called after + // writing the dump file, as described above. + // If install_handler is true, then a minidump will be written whenever + // an unhandled exception occurs. If it is false, minidumps will only + // be written when WriteMinidump is called. + // If |server_fd| is valid, the minidump is generated out-of-process. If it + // is -1, in-process generation will always be used. + ExceptionHandler(const MinidumpDescriptor& descriptor, + FilterCallback filter, + MinidumpCallback callback, + void* callback_context, + bool install_handler, + const int server_fd); + ~ExceptionHandler(); + + const MinidumpDescriptor& minidump_descriptor() const { + return minidump_descriptor_; + } + + void set_minidump_descriptor(const MinidumpDescriptor& descriptor) { + minidump_descriptor_ = descriptor; + } + + void set_crash_handler(HandlerCallback callback) { + crash_handler_ = callback; + } + + void set_crash_generation_client(CrashGenerationClient* client) { + crash_generation_client_.reset(client); + } + + // Writes a minidump immediately. This can be used to capture the execution + // state independently of a crash. + // Returns true on success. + // If the ExceptionHandler has been created with a path, a new file is + // generated for each minidump. The file path can be retrieved in the + // MinidumpDescriptor passed to the MinidumpCallback or by accessing the + // MinidumpDescriptor directly from the ExceptionHandler (with + // minidump_descriptor()). + // If the ExceptionHandler has been created with a file descriptor, the file + // descriptor is repositioned to its beginning and the previous generated + // minidump is overwritten. + // Note that this method is not supposed to be called from a compromised + // context as it uses the heap. + bool WriteMinidump(); + + // Convenience form of WriteMinidump which does not require an + // ExceptionHandler instance. + static bool WriteMinidump(const string& dump_path, + MinidumpCallback callback, + void* callback_context); + + // Write a minidump of |child| immediately. This can be used to + // capture the execution state of |child| independently of a crash. + // Pass a meaningful |child_blamed_thread| to make that thread in + // the child process the one from which a crash signature is + // extracted. + // + // WARNING: the return of this function *must* happen before + // the code that will eventually reap |child| executes. + // Otherwise there's a pernicious race condition in which |child| + // exits, is reaped, another process created with its pid, then that + // new process dumped. + static bool WriteMinidumpForChild(pid_t child, + pid_t child_blamed_thread, + const string& dump_path, + MinidumpCallback callback, + void* callback_context); + + // This structure is passed to minidump_writer.h:WriteMinidump via an opaque + // blob. It shouldn't be needed in any user code. + struct CrashContext { + siginfo_t siginfo; + pid_t tid; // the crashing thread. + ucontext_t context; +#if !defined(__ARM_EABI__) && !defined(__mips__) + // #ifdef this out because FP state is not part of user ABI for Linux ARM. + // In case of MIPS Linux FP state is already part of ucontext_t so + // 'float_state' is not required. + fpstate_t float_state; +#endif + }; + + // Returns whether out-of-process dump generation is used or not. + bool IsOutOfProcess() const { + return crash_generation_client_.get() != NULL; + } + + // Add information about a memory mapping. This can be used if + // a custom library loader is used that maps things in a way + // that the linux dumper can't handle by reading the maps file. + void AddMappingInfo(const string& name, + const uint8_t identifier[sizeof(MDGUID)], + uintptr_t start_address, + size_t mapping_size, + size_t file_offset); + + // Register a block of memory of length bytes starting at address ptr + // to be copied to the minidump when a crash happens. + void RegisterAppMemory(void* ptr, size_t length); + + // Unregister a block of memory that was registered with RegisterAppMemory. + void UnregisterAppMemory(void* ptr); + + // Force signal handling for the specified signal. + bool SimulateSignalDelivery(int sig); + + // Report a crash signal from an SA_SIGINFO signal handler. + bool HandleSignal(int sig, siginfo_t* info, void* uc); + + private: + // Save the old signal handlers and install new ones. + static bool InstallHandlersLocked(); + // Restore the old signal handlers. + static void RestoreHandlersLocked(); + + void PreresolveSymbols(); + bool GenerateDump(CrashContext *context); + void SendContinueSignalToChild(); + void WaitForContinueSignal(); + + static void SignalHandler(int sig, siginfo_t* info, void* uc); + static int ThreadEntry(void* arg); + bool DoDump(pid_t crashing_process, const void* context, + size_t context_size); + + const FilterCallback filter_; + const MinidumpCallback callback_; + void* const callback_context_; + + scoped_ptr crash_generation_client_; + + MinidumpDescriptor minidump_descriptor_; + + // Must be volatile. The compiler is unaware of the code which runs in + // the signal handler which reads this variable. Without volatile the + // compiler is free to optimise away writes to this variable which it + // believes are never read. + volatile HandlerCallback crash_handler_; + + // We need to explicitly enable ptrace of parent processes on some + // kernels, but we need to know the PID of the cloned process before we + // can do this. We create a pipe which we can use to block the + // cloned process after creating it, until we have explicitly enabled + // ptrace. This is used to store the file descriptors for the pipe + int fdes[2] = {-1, -1}; + + // Callers can add extra info about mappings for cases where the + // dumper code cannot extract enough information from /proc//maps. + MappingList mapping_list_; + + // Callers can request additional memory regions to be included in + // the dump. + AppMemoryList app_memory_list_; +}; + +typedef bool (*FirstChanceHandler)(int, siginfo_t*, void*); +void SetFirstChanceExceptionHandler(FirstChanceHandler callback); + +} // namespace google_breakpad + +#endif // CLIENT_LINUX_HANDLER_EXCEPTION_HANDLER_H_ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/handler/microdump_extra_info.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/handler/microdump_extra_info.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bf01f0c7 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/handler/microdump_extra_info.h @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +// Copyright 2015 Google Inc. +// All rights reserved. +// +// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are +// met: +// +// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above +// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer +// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the +// distribution. +// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its +// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from +// this software without specific prior written permission. +// +// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR +// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT +// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, +// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, +// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY +// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE +// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +#ifndef CLIENT_LINUX_HANDLER_MICRODUMP_EXTRA_INFO_H_ +#define CLIENT_LINUX_HANDLER_MICRODUMP_EXTRA_INFO_H_ + +namespace google_breakpad { + +struct MicrodumpExtraInfo { + // Strings pointed to by this struct are not copied, and are + // expected to remain valid for the lifetime of the process. + const char* build_fingerprint; + const char* product_info; + const char* gpu_fingerprint; + const char* process_type; + + MicrodumpExtraInfo() + : build_fingerprint(NULL), + product_info(NULL), + gpu_fingerprint(NULL), + process_type(NULL) {} +}; + +} + +#endif // CLIENT_LINUX_HANDLER_MICRODUMP_EXTRA_INFO_H_ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/handler/minidump_descriptor.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/handler/minidump_descriptor.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c7e4f2b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/handler/minidump_descriptor.h @@ -0,0 +1,199 @@ +// Copyright (c) 2012 Google Inc. +// All rights reserved. +// +// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are +// met: +// +// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above +// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer +// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the +// distribution. +// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its +// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from +// this software without specific prior written permission. +// +// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR +// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT +// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, +// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, +// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY +// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE +// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +#ifndef CLIENT_LINUX_HANDLER_MINIDUMP_DESCRIPTOR_H_ +#define CLIENT_LINUX_HANDLER_MINIDUMP_DESCRIPTOR_H_ + +#include +#include + +#include + +#include "client/linux/handler/microdump_extra_info.h" +#include "common/using_std_string.h" + +// This class describes how a crash dump should be generated, either: +// - Writing a full minidump to a file in a given directory (the actual path, +// inside the directory, is determined by this class). +// - Writing a full minidump to a given fd. +// - Writing a reduced microdump to the console (logcat on Android). +namespace google_breakpad { + +class MinidumpDescriptor { + public: + struct MicrodumpOnConsole {}; + static const MicrodumpOnConsole kMicrodumpOnConsole; + + MinidumpDescriptor() + : mode_(kUninitialized), + fd_(-1), + size_limit_(-1), + address_within_principal_mapping_(0), + skip_dump_if_principal_mapping_not_referenced_(false) {} + + explicit MinidumpDescriptor(const string& directory) + : mode_(kWriteMinidumpToFile), + fd_(-1), + directory_(directory), + c_path_(NULL), + size_limit_(-1), + address_within_principal_mapping_(0), + skip_dump_if_principal_mapping_not_referenced_(false), + sanitize_stacks_(false) { + assert(!directory.empty()); + } + + explicit MinidumpDescriptor(int fd) + : mode_(kWriteMinidumpToFd), + fd_(fd), + c_path_(NULL), + size_limit_(-1), + address_within_principal_mapping_(0), + skip_dump_if_principal_mapping_not_referenced_(false), + sanitize_stacks_(false) { + assert(fd != -1); + } + + explicit MinidumpDescriptor(const MicrodumpOnConsole&) + : mode_(kWriteMicrodumpToConsole), + fd_(-1), + size_limit_(-1), + address_within_principal_mapping_(0), + skip_dump_if_principal_mapping_not_referenced_(false), + sanitize_stacks_(false) {} + + explicit MinidumpDescriptor(const MinidumpDescriptor& descriptor); + MinidumpDescriptor& operator=(const MinidumpDescriptor& descriptor); + + static MinidumpDescriptor getMicrodumpDescriptor(); + + bool IsFD() const { return mode_ == kWriteMinidumpToFd; } + + int fd() const { return fd_; } + + string directory() const { return directory_; } + + const char* path() const { return c_path_; } + + bool IsMicrodumpOnConsole() const { + return mode_ == kWriteMicrodumpToConsole; + } + + // Updates the path so it is unique. + // Should be called from a normal context: this methods uses the heap. + void UpdatePath(); + + off_t size_limit() const { return size_limit_; } + void set_size_limit(off_t limit) { size_limit_ = limit; } + + uintptr_t address_within_principal_mapping() const { + return address_within_principal_mapping_; + } + void set_address_within_principal_mapping( + uintptr_t address_within_principal_mapping) { + address_within_principal_mapping_ = address_within_principal_mapping; + } + + bool skip_dump_if_principal_mapping_not_referenced() { + return skip_dump_if_principal_mapping_not_referenced_; + } + void set_skip_dump_if_principal_mapping_not_referenced( + bool skip_dump_if_principal_mapping_not_referenced) { + skip_dump_if_principal_mapping_not_referenced_ = + skip_dump_if_principal_mapping_not_referenced; + } + + bool sanitize_stacks() const { return sanitize_stacks_; } + void set_sanitize_stacks(bool sanitize_stacks) { + sanitize_stacks_ = sanitize_stacks; + } + + MicrodumpExtraInfo* microdump_extra_info() { + assert(IsMicrodumpOnConsole()); + return µdump_extra_info_; + } + + private: + enum DumpMode { + kUninitialized = 0, + kWriteMinidumpToFile, + kWriteMinidumpToFd, + kWriteMicrodumpToConsole + }; + + // Specifies the dump mode (see DumpMode). + DumpMode mode_; + + // The file descriptor where the minidump is generated. + int fd_; + + // The directory where the minidump should be generated. + string directory_; + + // The full path to the generated minidump. + string path_; + + // The C string of |path_|. Precomputed so it can be access from a compromised + // context. + const char* c_path_; + + off_t size_limit_; + + // This member points somewhere into the main module for this + // process (the module that is considerered interesting for the + // purposes of debugging crashes). + uintptr_t address_within_principal_mapping_; + + // If set, threads that do not reference the address range + // associated with |address_within_principal_mapping_| will not have their + // stacks logged. + bool skip_dump_if_principal_mapping_not_referenced_; + + // If set, stacks are sanitized to remove PII. This involves + // overwriting any pointer-aligned words that are not either + // pointers into a process mapping or small integers (+/-4096). This + // leaves enough information to unwind stacks, and preserve some + // register values, but elides strings and other program data. + bool sanitize_stacks_; + + // The extra microdump data (e.g. product name/version, build + // fingerprint, gpu fingerprint) that should be appended to the dump + // (microdump only). Microdumps don't have the ability of appending + // extra metadata after the dump is generated (as opposite to + // minidumps MIME fields), therefore the extra data must be provided + // upfront. Any memory pointed to by members of the + // MicrodumpExtraInfo struct must be valid for the lifetime of the + // process (read: the caller has to guarantee that it is stored in + // global static storage.) + MicrodumpExtraInfo microdump_extra_info_; +}; + +} // namespace google_breakpad + +#endif // CLIENT_LINUX_HANDLER_MINIDUMP_DESCRIPTOR_H_ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/microdump_writer/microdump_writer.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/microdump_writer/microdump_writer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a1e53df6 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/microdump_writer/microdump_writer.h @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ +// Copyright (c) 2014, Google Inc. +// All rights reserved. +// +// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are +// met: +// +// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above +// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer +// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the +// distribution. +// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its +// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from +// this software without specific prior written permission. +// +// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR +// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT +// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, +// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, +// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY +// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE +// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +#ifndef CLIENT_LINUX_MINIDUMP_WRITER_MICRODUMP_WRITER_H_ +#define CLIENT_LINUX_MINIDUMP_WRITER_MICRODUMP_WRITER_H_ + +#include +#include + +#include "client/linux/dump_writer_common/mapping_info.h" + +namespace google_breakpad { + +struct MicrodumpExtraInfo; + +// Writes a microdump (a reduced dump containing only the state of the crashing +// thread) on the console (logcat on Android). These functions do not malloc nor +// use libc functions which may. Thus, it can be used in contexts where the +// state of the heap may be corrupt. +// Args: +// crashing_process: the pid of the crashing process. This must be trusted. +// blob: a blob of data from the crashing process. See exception_handler.h +// blob_size: the length of |blob| in bytes. +// mappings: a list of additional mappings provided by the application. +// build_fingerprint: a (optional) C string which determines the OS +// build fingerprint (e.g., aosp/occam/mako:5.1.1/LMY47W/1234:eng/dev-keys). +// product_info: a (optional) C string which determines the product name and +// version (e.g., WebView:42.0.2311.136). +// +// Returns true iff successful. +bool WriteMicrodump(pid_t crashing_process, + const void* blob, + size_t blob_size, + const MappingList& mappings, + bool skip_dump_if_main_module_not_referenced, + uintptr_t address_within_main_module, + bool sanitize_stack, + const MicrodumpExtraInfo& microdump_extra_info); + +} // namespace google_breakpad + +#endif // CLIENT_LINUX_MINIDUMP_WRITER_MICRODUMP_WRITER_H_ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/minidump_writer/cpu_set.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/minidump_writer/cpu_set.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1cca9aa5 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/minidump_writer/cpu_set.h @@ -0,0 +1,144 @@ +// Copyright (c) 2013, Google Inc. +// All rights reserved. +// +// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are +// met: +// +// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above +// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer +// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the +// distribution. +// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its +// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from +// this software without specific prior written permission. +// +// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR +// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT +// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, +// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, +// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY +// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE +// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +#ifndef CLIENT_LINUX_MINIDUMP_WRITER_CPU_SET_H_ +#define CLIENT_LINUX_MINIDUMP_WRITER_CPU_SET_H_ + +#include +#include +#include + +#include "common/linux/linux_libc_support.h" +#include "third_party/lss/linux_syscall_support.h" + +namespace google_breakpad { + +// Helper class used to model a set of CPUs, as read from sysfs +// files like /sys/devices/system/cpu/present +// See See http://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/cputopology.txt +class CpuSet { +public: + // The maximum number of supported CPUs. + static const size_t kMaxCpus = 1024; + + CpuSet() { + my_memset(mask_, 0, sizeof(mask_)); + } + + // Parse a sysfs file to extract the corresponding CPU set. + bool ParseSysFile(int fd) { + char buffer[512]; + int ret = sys_read(fd, buffer, sizeof(buffer)-1); + if (ret < 0) + return false; + + buffer[ret] = '\0'; + + // Expected format: comma-separated list of items, where each + // item can be a decimal integer, or two decimal integers separated + // by a dash. + // E.g.: + // 0 + // 0,1,2,3 + // 0-3 + // 1,10-23 + const char* p = buffer; + const char* p_end = p + ret; + while (p < p_end) { + // Skip leading space, if any + while (p < p_end && my_isspace(*p)) + p++; + + // Find start and size of current item. + const char* item = p; + size_t item_len = static_cast(p_end - p); + const char* item_next = + static_cast(my_memchr(p, ',', item_len)); + if (item_next != NULL) { + p = item_next + 1; + item_len = static_cast(item_next - item); + } else { + p = p_end; + item_next = p_end; + } + + // Ignore trailing spaces. + while (item_next > item && my_isspace(item_next[-1])) + item_next--; + + // skip empty items. + if (item_next == item) + continue; + + // read first decimal value. + uintptr_t start = 0; + const char* next = my_read_decimal_ptr(&start, item); + uintptr_t end = start; + if (*next == '-') + my_read_decimal_ptr(&end, next+1); + + while (start <= end) + SetBit(start++); + } + return true; + } + + // Intersect this CPU set with another one. + void IntersectWith(const CpuSet& other) { + for (size_t nn = 0; nn < kMaskWordCount; ++nn) + mask_[nn] &= other.mask_[nn]; + } + + // Return the number of CPUs in this set. + int GetCount() { + int result = 0; + for (size_t nn = 0; nn < kMaskWordCount; ++nn) { + result += __builtin_popcount(mask_[nn]); + } + return result; + } + +private: + void SetBit(uintptr_t index) { + size_t nn = static_cast(index); + if (nn < kMaxCpus) + mask_[nn / kMaskWordBits] |= (1U << (nn % kMaskWordBits)); + } + + typedef uint32_t MaskWordType; + static const size_t kMaskWordBits = 8*sizeof(MaskWordType); + static const size_t kMaskWordCount = + (kMaxCpus + kMaskWordBits - 1) / kMaskWordBits; + + MaskWordType mask_[kMaskWordCount]; +}; + +} // namespace google_breakpad + +#endif // CLIENT_LINUX_MINIDUMP_WRITER_CPU_SET_H_ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/minidump_writer/directory_reader.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/minidump_writer/directory_reader.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a4bde180 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/minidump_writer/directory_reader.h @@ -0,0 +1,106 @@ +// Copyright (c) 2009, Google Inc. +// All rights reserved. +// +// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are +// met: +// +// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above +// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer +// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the +// distribution. +// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its +// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from +// this software without specific prior written permission. +// +// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR +// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT +// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, +// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, +// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY +// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE +// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +#ifndef CLIENT_LINUX_MINIDUMP_WRITER_DIRECTORY_READER_H_ +#define CLIENT_LINUX_MINIDUMP_WRITER_DIRECTORY_READER_H_ + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include "common/linux/linux_libc_support.h" +#include "third_party/lss/linux_syscall_support.h" + +namespace google_breakpad { + +// A class for enumerating a directory without using diropen/readdir or other +// functions which may allocate memory. +class DirectoryReader { + public: + DirectoryReader(int fd) + : fd_(fd), + buf_used_(0) { + } + + // Return the next entry from the directory + // name: (output) the NUL terminated entry name + // + // Returns true iff successful (false on EOF). + // + // After calling this, one must call |PopEntry| otherwise you'll get the same + // entry over and over. + bool GetNextEntry(const char** name) { + struct kernel_dirent* const dent = + reinterpret_cast(buf_); + + if (buf_used_ == 0) { + // need to read more entries. + const int n = sys_getdents(fd_, dent, sizeof(buf_)); + if (n < 0) { + return false; + } else if (n == 0) { + hit_eof_ = true; + } else { + buf_used_ += n; + } + } + + if (buf_used_ == 0 && hit_eof_) + return false; + + assert(buf_used_ > 0); + + *name = dent->d_name; + return true; + } + + void PopEntry() { + if (!buf_used_) + return; + + const struct kernel_dirent* const dent = + reinterpret_cast(buf_); + + buf_used_ -= dent->d_reclen; + my_memmove(buf_, buf_ + dent->d_reclen, buf_used_); + } + + private: + const int fd_; + bool hit_eof_; + unsigned buf_used_; + uint8_t buf_[sizeof(struct kernel_dirent) + NAME_MAX + 1]; +}; + +} // namespace google_breakpad + +#endif // CLIENT_LINUX_MINIDUMP_WRITER_DIRECTORY_READER_H_ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/minidump_writer/line_reader.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/minidump_writer/line_reader.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..779cfeb6 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/minidump_writer/line_reader.h @@ -0,0 +1,131 @@ +// Copyright (c) 2009, Google Inc. +// All rights reserved. +// +// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are +// met: +// +// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above +// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer +// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the +// distribution. +// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its +// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from +// this software without specific prior written permission. +// +// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR +// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT +// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, +// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, +// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY +// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE +// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +#ifndef CLIENT_LINUX_MINIDUMP_WRITER_LINE_READER_H_ +#define CLIENT_LINUX_MINIDUMP_WRITER_LINE_READER_H_ + +#include +#include +#include + +#include "common/linux/linux_libc_support.h" +#include "third_party/lss/linux_syscall_support.h" + +namespace google_breakpad { + +// A class for reading a file, line by line, without using fopen/fgets or other +// functions which may allocate memory. +class LineReader { + public: + LineReader(int fd) + : fd_(fd), + hit_eof_(false), + buf_used_(0) { + } + + // The maximum length of a line. + static const size_t kMaxLineLen = 512; + + // Return the next line from the file. + // line: (output) a pointer to the start of the line. The line is NUL + // terminated. + // len: (output) the length of the line (not inc the NUL byte) + // + // Returns true iff successful (false on EOF). + // + // One must call |PopLine| after this function, otherwise you'll continue to + // get the same line over and over. + bool GetNextLine(const char **line, unsigned *len) { + for (;;) { + if (buf_used_ == 0 && hit_eof_) + return false; + + for (unsigned i = 0; i < buf_used_; ++i) { + if (buf_[i] == '\n' || buf_[i] == 0) { + buf_[i] = 0; + *len = i; + *line = buf_; + return true; + } + } + + if (buf_used_ == sizeof(buf_)) { + // we scanned the whole buffer and didn't find an end-of-line marker. + // This line is too long to process. + return false; + } + + // We didn't find any end-of-line terminators in the buffer. However, if + // this is the last line in the file it might not have one: + if (hit_eof_) { + assert(buf_used_); + // There's room for the NUL because of the buf_used_ == sizeof(buf_) + // check above. + buf_[buf_used_] = 0; + *len = buf_used_; + buf_used_ += 1; // since we appended the NUL. + *line = buf_; + return true; + } + + // Otherwise, we should pull in more data from the file + const ssize_t n = sys_read(fd_, buf_ + buf_used_, + sizeof(buf_) - buf_used_); + if (n < 0) { + return false; + } else if (n == 0) { + hit_eof_ = true; + } else { + buf_used_ += n; + } + + // At this point, we have either set the hit_eof_ flag, or we have more + // data to process... + } + } + + void PopLine(unsigned len) { + // len doesn't include the NUL byte at the end. + + assert(buf_used_ >= len + 1); + buf_used_ -= len + 1; + my_memmove(buf_, buf_ + len + 1, buf_used_); + } + + private: + const int fd_; + + bool hit_eof_; + unsigned buf_used_; + char buf_[kMaxLineLen]; +}; + +} // namespace google_breakpad + +#endif // CLIENT_LINUX_MINIDUMP_WRITER_LINE_READER_H_ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/minidump_writer/linux_core_dumper.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/minidump_writer/linux_core_dumper.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8a7c924b --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/minidump_writer/linux_core_dumper.h @@ -0,0 +1,125 @@ +// Copyright (c) 2012, Google Inc. +// All rights reserved. +// +// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are +// met: +// +// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above +// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer +// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the +// distribution. +// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its +// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from +// this software without specific prior written permission. +// +// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR +// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT +// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, +// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, +// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY +// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE +// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +// linux_core_dumper.h: Define the google_breakpad::LinuxCoreDumper +// class, which is derived from google_breakpad::LinuxDumper to extract +// information from a crashed process via its core dump and proc files. + +#ifndef CLIENT_LINUX_MINIDUMP_WRITER_LINUX_CORE_DUMPER_H_ +#define CLIENT_LINUX_MINIDUMP_WRITER_LINUX_CORE_DUMPER_H_ + +#include "client/linux/minidump_writer/linux_dumper.h" +#include "common/linux/elf_core_dump.h" +#include "common/linux/memory_mapped_file.h" + +namespace google_breakpad { + +class LinuxCoreDumper : public LinuxDumper { + public: + // Constructs a dumper for extracting information of a given process + // with a process ID of |pid| via its core dump file at |core_path| and + // its proc files at |procfs_path|. If |procfs_path| is a copy of + // /proc/, it should contain the following files: + // auxv, cmdline, environ, exe, maps, status + // See LinuxDumper for the purpose of |root_prefix|. + LinuxCoreDumper(pid_t pid, const char* core_path, const char* procfs_path, + const char* root_prefix = ""); + + // Implements LinuxDumper::BuildProcPath(). + // Builds a proc path for a certain pid for a node (/proc//). + // |path| is a character array of at least NAME_MAX bytes to return the + // result.|node| is the final node without any slashes. Return true on + // success. + // + // As this dumper performs a post-mortem dump and makes use of a copy + // of the proc files of the crashed process, this derived method does + // not actually make use of |pid| and always returns a subpath of + // |procfs_path_| regardless of whether |pid| corresponds to the main + // process or a thread of the process, i.e. assuming both the main process + // and its threads have the following proc files with the same content: + // auxv, cmdline, environ, exe, maps, status + virtual bool BuildProcPath(char* path, pid_t pid, const char* node) const; + + // Implements LinuxDumper::CopyFromProcess(). + // Copies content of |length| bytes from a given process |child|, + // starting from |src|, into |dest|. This method extracts the content + // the core dump and fills |dest| with a sequence of marker bytes + // if the expected data is not found in the core dump. Returns true if + // the expected data is found in the core dump. + virtual bool CopyFromProcess(void* dest, pid_t child, const void* src, + size_t length); + + // Implements LinuxDumper::GetThreadInfoByIndex(). + // Reads information about the |index|-th thread of |threads_|. + // Returns true on success. One must have called |ThreadsSuspend| first. + virtual bool GetThreadInfoByIndex(size_t index, ThreadInfo* info); + + // Implements LinuxDumper::IsPostMortem(). + // Always returns true to indicate that this dumper performs a + // post-mortem dump of a crashed process via a core dump file. + virtual bool IsPostMortem() const; + + // Implements LinuxDumper::ThreadsSuspend(). + // As the dumper performs a post-mortem dump via a core dump file, + // there is no threads to suspend. This method does nothing and + // always returns true. + virtual bool ThreadsSuspend(); + + // Implements LinuxDumper::ThreadsResume(). + // As the dumper performs a post-mortem dump via a core dump file, + // there is no threads to resume. This method does nothing and + // always returns true. + virtual bool ThreadsResume(); + + protected: + // Implements LinuxDumper::EnumerateThreads(). + // Enumerates all threads of the given process into |threads_|. + virtual bool EnumerateThreads(); + + private: + // Path of the core dump file. + const char* core_path_; + + // Path of the directory containing the proc files of the given process, + // which is usually a copy of /proc/. + const char* procfs_path_; + + // Memory-mapped core dump file at |core_path_|. + MemoryMappedFile mapped_core_file_; + + // Content of the core dump file. + ElfCoreDump core_; + + // Thread info found in the core dump file. + wasteful_vector thread_infos_; +}; + +} // namespace google_breakpad + +#endif // CLIENT_LINUX_HANDLER_LINUX_CORE_DUMPER_H_ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/minidump_writer/linux_dumper.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/minidump_writer/linux_dumper.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f4a75d90 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/minidump_writer/linux_dumper.h @@ -0,0 +1,326 @@ +// Copyright (c) 2010, Google Inc. +// All rights reserved. +// +// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are +// met: +// +// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above +// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer +// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the +// distribution. +// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its +// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from +// this software without specific prior written permission. +// +// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR +// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT +// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, +// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, +// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY +// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE +// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +// linux_dumper.h: Define the google_breakpad::LinuxDumper class, which +// is a base class for extracting information of a crashed process. It +// was originally a complete implementation using the ptrace API, but +// has been refactored to allow derived implementations supporting both +// ptrace and core dump. A portion of the original implementation is now +// in google_breakpad::LinuxPtraceDumper (see linux_ptrace_dumper.h for +// details). + +#ifndef CLIENT_LINUX_MINIDUMP_WRITER_LINUX_DUMPER_H_ +#define CLIENT_LINUX_MINIDUMP_WRITER_LINUX_DUMPER_H_ + +#include +#include +#if defined(__ANDROID__) +#include +#endif +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include + +#include "client/linux/dump_writer_common/mapping_info.h" +#include "client/linux/dump_writer_common/thread_info.h" +#include "common/linux/file_id.h" +#include "common/memory_allocator.h" +#include "google_breakpad/common/minidump_format.h" + +namespace google_breakpad { + +// Typedef for our parsing of the auxv variables in /proc/pid/auxv. +#if defined(__i386) || defined(__ARM_EABI__) || \ + (defined(__mips__) && _MIPS_SIM == _ABIO32) +typedef Elf32_auxv_t elf_aux_entry; +#elif defined(__x86_64) || defined(__aarch64__) || \ + (defined(__mips__) && _MIPS_SIM != _ABIO32) +typedef Elf64_auxv_t elf_aux_entry; +#endif + +typedef __typeof__(((elf_aux_entry*) 0)->a_un.a_val) elf_aux_val_t; + +// When we find the VDSO mapping in the process's address space, this +// is the name we use for it when writing it to the minidump. +// This should always be less than NAME_MAX! +const char kLinuxGateLibraryName[] = "linux-gate.so"; + +class LinuxDumper { + public: + // The |root_prefix| is prepended to mapping paths before opening them, which + // is useful if the crash originates from a chroot. + explicit LinuxDumper(pid_t pid, const char* root_prefix = ""); + + virtual ~LinuxDumper(); + + // Parse the data for |threads| and |mappings|. + virtual bool Init(); + + // Take any actions that could not be taken in Init(). LateInit() is + // called after all other caller's initialization is complete, and in + // particular after it has called ThreadsSuspend(), so that ptrace is + // available. + virtual bool LateInit(); + + // Return true if the dumper performs a post-mortem dump. + virtual bool IsPostMortem() const = 0; + + // Suspend/resume all threads in the given process. + virtual bool ThreadsSuspend() = 0; + virtual bool ThreadsResume() = 0; + + // Read information about the |index|-th thread of |threads_|. + // Returns true on success. One must have called |ThreadsSuspend| first. + virtual bool GetThreadInfoByIndex(size_t index, ThreadInfo* info) = 0; + + size_t GetMainThreadIndex() const { + for (size_t i = 0; i < threads_.size(); ++i) { + if (threads_[i] == pid_) return i; + } + return -1u; + } + + // These are only valid after a call to |Init|. + const wasteful_vector &threads() { return threads_; } + const wasteful_vector &mappings() { return mappings_; } + const MappingInfo* FindMapping(const void* address) const; + // Find the mapping which the given memory address falls in. Unlike + // FindMapping, this method uses the unadjusted mapping address + // ranges from the kernel, rather than the ranges that have had the + // load bias applied. + const MappingInfo* FindMappingNoBias(uintptr_t address) const; + const wasteful_vector& auxv() { return auxv_; } + + // Find a block of memory to take as the stack given the top of stack pointer. + // stack: (output) the lowest address in the memory area + // stack_len: (output) the length of the memory area + // stack_top: the current top of the stack + bool GetStackInfo(const void** stack, size_t* stack_len, uintptr_t stack_top); + + // Sanitize a copy of the stack by overwriting words that are not + // pointers with a sentinel (0x0defaced). + // stack_copy: a copy of the stack to sanitize. |stack_copy| might + // not be word aligned, but it represents word aligned + // data copied from another location. + // stack_len: the length of the allocation pointed to by |stack_copy|. + // stack_pointer: the address of the stack pointer (used to locate + // the stack mapping, as an optimization). + // sp_offset: the offset relative to stack_copy that reflects the + // current value of the stack pointer. + void SanitizeStackCopy(uint8_t* stack_copy, size_t stack_len, + uintptr_t stack_pointer, uintptr_t sp_offset); + + // Test whether |stack_copy| contains a pointer-aligned word that + // could be an address within a given mapping. + // stack_copy: a copy of the stack to check. |stack_copy| might + // not be word aligned, but it represents word aligned + // data copied from another location. + // stack_len: the length of the allocation pointed to by |stack_copy|. + // sp_offset: the offset relative to stack_copy that reflects the + // current value of the stack pointer. + // mapping: the mapping against which to test stack words. + bool StackHasPointerToMapping(const uint8_t* stack_copy, size_t stack_len, + uintptr_t sp_offset, + const MappingInfo& mapping); + + PageAllocator* allocator() { return &allocator_; } + + // Copy content of |length| bytes from a given process |child|, + // starting from |src|, into |dest|. Returns true on success. + virtual bool CopyFromProcess(void* dest, pid_t child, const void* src, + size_t length) = 0; + + // Builds a proc path for a certain pid for a node (/proc//). + // |path| is a character array of at least NAME_MAX bytes to return the + // result.|node| is the final node without any slashes. Returns true on + // success. + virtual bool BuildProcPath(char* path, pid_t pid, const char* node) const = 0; + + // Generate a File ID from the .text section of a mapped entry. + // If not a member, mapping_id is ignored. This method can also manipulate the + // |mapping|.name to truncate "(deleted)" from the file name if necessary. + bool ElfFileIdentifierForMapping(const MappingInfo& mapping, + bool member, + unsigned int mapping_id, + wasteful_vector& identifier); + + void SetCrashInfoFromSigInfo(const siginfo_t& siginfo); + + uintptr_t crash_address() const { return crash_address_; } + void set_crash_address(uintptr_t crash_address) { + crash_address_ = crash_address; + } + + int crash_signal() const { return crash_signal_; } + void set_crash_signal(int crash_signal) { crash_signal_ = crash_signal; } + const char* GetCrashSignalString() const; + + void set_crash_signal_code(int code) { crash_signal_code_ = code; } + int crash_signal_code() const { return crash_signal_code_; } + + void set_crash_exception_info(const std::vector& exception_info) { + assert(exception_info.size() <= MD_EXCEPTION_MAXIMUM_PARAMETERS); + crash_exception_info_ = exception_info; + } + const std::vector& crash_exception_info() const { + return crash_exception_info_; + } + + pid_t crash_thread() const { return crash_thread_; } + void set_crash_thread(pid_t crash_thread) { crash_thread_ = crash_thread; } + + // Concatenates the |root_prefix_| and |mapping| path. Writes into |path| and + // returns true unless the string is too long. + bool GetMappingAbsolutePath(const MappingInfo& mapping, + char path[PATH_MAX]) const; + + // Extracts the effective path and file name of from |mapping|. In most cases + // the effective name/path are just the mapping's path and basename. In some + // other cases, however, a library can be mapped from an archive (e.g., when + // loading .so libs from an apk on Android) and this method is able to + // reconstruct the original file name. + void GetMappingEffectiveNameAndPath(const MappingInfo& mapping, + char* file_path, + size_t file_path_size, + char* file_name, + size_t file_name_size); + + protected: + bool ReadAuxv(); + + virtual bool EnumerateMappings(); + + virtual bool EnumerateThreads() = 0; + + // For the case where a running program has been deleted, it'll show up in + // /proc/pid/maps as "/path/to/program (deleted)". If this is the case, then + // see if '/path/to/program (deleted)' matches /proc/pid/exe and return + // /proc/pid/exe in |path| so ELF identifier generation works correctly. This + // also checks to see if '/path/to/program (deleted)' exists, so it does not + // get fooled by a poorly named binary. + // For programs that don't end with ' (deleted)', this is a no-op. + // This assumes |path| is a buffer with length NAME_MAX. + // Returns true if |path| is modified. + bool HandleDeletedFileInMapping(char* path) const; + + // ID of the crashed process. + const pid_t pid_; + + // Path of the root directory to which mapping paths are relative. + const char* const root_prefix_; + + // Virtual address at which the process crashed. + uintptr_t crash_address_; + + // Signal that terminated the crashed process. + int crash_signal_; + + // The code associated with |crash_signal_|. + int crash_signal_code_; + + // The additional fields associated with |crash_signal_|. + std::vector crash_exception_info_; + + // ID of the crashed thread. + pid_t crash_thread_; + + mutable PageAllocator allocator_; + + // IDs of all the threads. + wasteful_vector threads_; + + // Info from /proc//maps. + wasteful_vector mappings_; + + // Info from /proc//auxv + wasteful_vector auxv_; + +#if defined(__ANDROID__) + private: + // Android M and later support packed ELF relocations in shared libraries. + // Packing relocations changes the vaddr of the LOAD segments, such that + // the effective load bias is no longer the same as the start address of + // the memory mapping containing the executable parts of the library. The + // packing is applied to the stripped library run on the target, but not to + // any other library, and in particular not to the library used to generate + // breakpad symbols. As a result, we need to adjust the |start_addr| for + // any mapping that results from a shared library that contains Android + // packed relocations, so that it properly represents the effective library + // load bias. The following functions support this adjustment. + + // Check that a given mapping at |start_addr| is for an ELF shared library. + // If it is, place the ELF header in |ehdr| and return true. + // The first LOAD segment in an ELF shared library has offset zero, so the + // ELF file header is at the start of this map entry, and in already mapped + // memory. + bool GetLoadedElfHeader(uintptr_t start_addr, ElfW(Ehdr)* ehdr); + + // For the ELF file mapped at |start_addr|, iterate ELF program headers to + // find the min vaddr of all program header LOAD segments, the vaddr for + // the DYNAMIC segment, and a count of DYNAMIC entries. Return values in + // |min_vaddr_ptr|, |dyn_vaddr_ptr|, and |dyn_count_ptr|. + // The program header table is also in already mapped memory. + void ParseLoadedElfProgramHeaders(ElfW(Ehdr)* ehdr, + uintptr_t start_addr, + uintptr_t* min_vaddr_ptr, + uintptr_t* dyn_vaddr_ptr, + size_t* dyn_count_ptr); + + // Search the DYNAMIC tags for the ELF file with the given |load_bias|, and + // return true if the tags indicate that the file contains Android packed + // relocations. Dynamic tags are found at |dyn_vaddr| past the |load_bias|. + bool HasAndroidPackedRelocations(uintptr_t load_bias, + uintptr_t dyn_vaddr, + size_t dyn_count); + + // If the ELF file mapped at |start_addr| contained Android packed + // relocations, return the load bias that the system linker (or Chromium + // crazy linker) will have used. If the file did not contain Android + // packed relocations, returns |start_addr|, indicating that no adjustment + // is necessary. + // The effective load bias is |start_addr| adjusted downwards by the + // min vaddr in the library LOAD segments. + uintptr_t GetEffectiveLoadBias(ElfW(Ehdr)* ehdr, uintptr_t start_addr); + + // Called from LateInit(). Iterates |mappings_| and rewrites the |start_addr| + // field of any that represent ELF shared libraries with Android packed + // relocations, so that |start_addr| is the load bias that the system linker + // (or Chromium crazy linker) used. This value matches the addresses produced + // when the non-relocation-packed library is used for breakpad symbol + // generation. + void LatePostprocessMappings(); +#endif // __ANDROID__ +}; + +} // namespace google_breakpad + +#endif // CLIENT_LINUX_HANDLER_LINUX_DUMPER_H_ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/minidump_writer/linux_ptrace_dumper.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/minidump_writer/linux_ptrace_dumper.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cee58178 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/minidump_writer/linux_ptrace_dumper.h @@ -0,0 +1,101 @@ +// Copyright (c) 2012, Google Inc. +// All rights reserved. +// +// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are +// met: +// +// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above +// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer +// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the +// distribution. +// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its +// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from +// this software without specific prior written permission. +// +// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR +// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT +// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, +// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, +// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY +// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE +// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +// linux_ptrace_dumper.h: Define the google_breakpad::LinuxPtraceDumper +// class, which is derived from google_breakpad::LinuxDumper to extract +// information from a crashed process via ptrace. +// This class was originally splitted from google_breakpad::LinuxDumper. + +#ifndef CLIENT_LINUX_MINIDUMP_WRITER_LINUX_PTRACE_DUMPER_H_ +#define CLIENT_LINUX_MINIDUMP_WRITER_LINUX_PTRACE_DUMPER_H_ + +#include "client/linux/minidump_writer/linux_dumper.h" + +namespace google_breakpad { + +class LinuxPtraceDumper : public LinuxDumper { + public: + // Constructs a dumper for extracting information of a given process + // with a process ID of |pid|. + explicit LinuxPtraceDumper(pid_t pid); + + // Implements LinuxDumper::BuildProcPath(). + // Builds a proc path for a certain pid for a node (/proc//). + // |path| is a character array of at least NAME_MAX bytes to return the + // result. |node| is the final node without any slashes. Returns true on + // success. + virtual bool BuildProcPath(char* path, pid_t pid, const char* node) const; + + // Implements LinuxDumper::CopyFromProcess(). + // Copies content of |length| bytes from a given process |child|, + // starting from |src|, into |dest|. This method uses ptrace to extract + // the content from the target process. Always returns true. + virtual bool CopyFromProcess(void* dest, pid_t child, const void* src, + size_t length); + + // Implements LinuxDumper::GetThreadInfoByIndex(). + // Reads information about the |index|-th thread of |threads_|. + // Returns true on success. One must have called |ThreadsSuspend| first. + virtual bool GetThreadInfoByIndex(size_t index, ThreadInfo* info); + + // Implements LinuxDumper::IsPostMortem(). + // Always returns false to indicate this dumper performs a dump of + // a crashed process via ptrace. + virtual bool IsPostMortem() const; + + // Implements LinuxDumper::ThreadsSuspend(). + // Suspends all threads in the given process. Returns true on success. + virtual bool ThreadsSuspend(); + + // Implements LinuxDumper::ThreadsResume(). + // Resumes all threads in the given process. Returns true on success. + virtual bool ThreadsResume(); + + protected: + // Implements LinuxDumper::EnumerateThreads(). + // Enumerates all threads of the given process into |threads_|. + virtual bool EnumerateThreads(); + + private: + // Set to true if all threads of the crashed process are suspended. + bool threads_suspended_; + + // Read the tracee's registers on kernel with PTRACE_GETREGSET support. + // Returns false if PTRACE_GETREGSET is not defined. + // Returns true on success. + bool ReadRegisterSet(ThreadInfo* info, pid_t tid); + + // Read the tracee's registers on kernel with PTRACE_GETREGS support. + // Returns true on success. + bool ReadRegisters(ThreadInfo* info, pid_t tid); +}; + +} // namespace google_breakpad + +#endif // CLIENT_LINUX_HANDLER_LINUX_PTRACE_DUMPER_H_ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/minidump_writer/minidump_writer.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/minidump_writer/minidump_writer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d1dc3312 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/minidump_writer/minidump_writer.h @@ -0,0 +1,142 @@ +// Copyright (c) 2009, Google Inc. +// All rights reserved. +// +// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are +// met: +// +// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above +// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer +// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the +// distribution. +// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its +// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from +// this software without specific prior written permission. +// +// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR +// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT +// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, +// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, +// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY +// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE +// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +#ifndef CLIENT_LINUX_MINIDUMP_WRITER_MINIDUMP_WRITER_H_ +#define CLIENT_LINUX_MINIDUMP_WRITER_MINIDUMP_WRITER_H_ + +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include +#include + +#include "client/linux/minidump_writer/linux_dumper.h" +#include "google_breakpad/common/minidump_format.h" + +namespace google_breakpad { + +class ExceptionHandler; + +#if defined(__aarch64__) +typedef struct fpsimd_context fpstate_t; +#elif !defined(__ARM_EABI__) && !defined(__mips__) +typedef struct _libc_fpstate fpstate_t; +#endif + +// These entries store a list of memory regions that the client wants included +// in the minidump. +struct AppMemory { + void* ptr; + size_t length; + + bool operator==(const struct AppMemory& other) const { + return ptr == other.ptr; + } + + bool operator==(const void* other) const { + return ptr == other; + } +}; +typedef std::list AppMemoryList; + +// Writes a minidump to the filesystem. These functions do not malloc nor use +// libc functions which may. Thus, it can be used in contexts where the state +// of the heap may be corrupt. +// minidump_path: the path to the file to write to. This is opened O_EXCL and +// fails open fails. +// crashing_process: the pid of the crashing process. This must be trusted. +// blob: a blob of data from the crashing process. See exception_handler.h +// blob_size: the length of |blob|, in bytes +// +// Returns true iff successful. +bool WriteMinidump(const char* minidump_path, pid_t crashing_process, + const void* blob, size_t blob_size, + bool skip_stacks_if_mapping_unreferenced = false, + uintptr_t principal_mapping_address = 0, + bool sanitize_stacks = false); +// Same as above but takes an open file descriptor instead of a path. +bool WriteMinidump(int minidump_fd, pid_t crashing_process, + const void* blob, size_t blob_size, + bool skip_stacks_if_mapping_unreferenced = false, + uintptr_t principal_mapping_address = 0, + bool sanitize_stacks = false); + +// Alternate form of WriteMinidump() that works with processes that +// are not expected to have crashed. If |process_blamed_thread| is +// meaningful, it will be the one from which a crash signature is +// extracted. It is not expected that this function will be called +// from a compromised context, but it is safe to do so. +bool WriteMinidump(const char* minidump_path, pid_t process, + pid_t process_blamed_thread); + +// These overloads also allow passing a list of known mappings and +// a list of additional memory regions to be included in the minidump. +bool WriteMinidump(const char* minidump_path, pid_t crashing_process, + const void* blob, size_t blob_size, + const MappingList& mappings, + const AppMemoryList& appdata, + bool skip_stacks_if_mapping_unreferenced = false, + uintptr_t principal_mapping_address = 0, + bool sanitize_stacks = false); +bool WriteMinidump(int minidump_fd, pid_t crashing_process, + const void* blob, size_t blob_size, + const MappingList& mappings, + const AppMemoryList& appdata, + bool skip_stacks_if_mapping_unreferenced = false, + uintptr_t principal_mapping_address = 0, + bool sanitize_stacks = false); + +// These overloads also allow passing a file size limit for the minidump. +bool WriteMinidump(const char* minidump_path, off_t minidump_size_limit, + pid_t crashing_process, + const void* blob, size_t blob_size, + const MappingList& mappings, + const AppMemoryList& appdata, + bool skip_stacks_if_mapping_unreferenced = false, + uintptr_t principal_mapping_address = 0, + bool sanitize_stacks = false); +bool WriteMinidump(int minidump_fd, off_t minidump_size_limit, + pid_t crashing_process, + const void* blob, size_t blob_size, + const MappingList& mappings, + const AppMemoryList& appdata, + bool skip_stacks_if_mapping_unreferenced = false, + uintptr_t principal_mapping_address = 0, + bool sanitize_stacks = false); + +bool WriteMinidump(const char* filename, + const MappingList& mappings, + const AppMemoryList& appdata, + LinuxDumper* dumper); + +} // namespace google_breakpad + +#endif // CLIENT_LINUX_MINIDUMP_WRITER_MINIDUMP_WRITER_H_ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/minidump_writer/minidump_writer_unittest_utils.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/minidump_writer/minidump_writer_unittest_utils.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f16cc086 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/minidump_writer/minidump_writer_unittest_utils.h @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +// Copyright (c) 2012, Google Inc. +// All rights reserved. +// +// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are +// met: +// +// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above +// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer +// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the +// distribution. +// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its +// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from +// this software without specific prior written permission. +// +// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR +// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT +// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, +// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, +// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY +// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE +// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +// minidump_writer_unittest_utils.h: +// Shared routines used by unittests under client/linux/minidump_writer. + +#ifndef CLIENT_LINUX_MINIDUMP_WRITER_MINIDUMP_WRITER_UNITTEST_UTILS_H_ +#define CLIENT_LINUX_MINIDUMP_WRITER_MINIDUMP_WRITER_UNITTEST_UTILS_H_ + +#include + +#include "common/using_std_string.h" + +namespace google_breakpad { + +// Returns the full path to linux_dumper_unittest_helper. The full path is +// discovered either by using the environment variable "bindir" or by using +// the location of the main module of the currently running process. +string GetHelperBinary(); + +} // namespace google_breakpad + +#endif // CLIENT_LINUX_MINIDUMP_WRITER_MINIDUMP_WRITER_UNITTEST_UTILS_H_ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/minidump_writer/proc_cpuinfo_reader.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/minidump_writer/proc_cpuinfo_reader.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d9461bf3 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/minidump_writer/proc_cpuinfo_reader.h @@ -0,0 +1,130 @@ +// Copyright (c) 2013, Google Inc. +// All rights reserved. +// +// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are +// met: +// +// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above +// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer +// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the +// distribution. +// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its +// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from +// this software without specific prior written permission. +// +// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR +// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT +// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, +// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, +// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY +// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE +// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +#ifndef CLIENT_LINUX_MINIDUMP_WRITER_PROC_CPUINFO_READER_H_ +#define CLIENT_LINUX_MINIDUMP_WRITER_PROC_CPUINFO_READER_H_ + +#include +#include +#include + +#include "client/linux/minidump_writer/line_reader.h" +#include "common/linux/linux_libc_support.h" +#include "third_party/lss/linux_syscall_support.h" + +namespace google_breakpad { + +// A class for reading /proc/cpuinfo without using fopen/fgets or other +// functions which may allocate memory. +class ProcCpuInfoReader { +public: + ProcCpuInfoReader(int fd) + : line_reader_(fd), pop_count_(-1) { + } + + // Return the next field name, or NULL in case of EOF. + // field: (output) Pointer to zero-terminated field name. + // Returns true on success, or false on EOF or error (line too long). + bool GetNextField(const char** field) { + for (;;) { + const char* line; + unsigned line_len; + + // Try to read next line. + if (pop_count_ >= 0) { + line_reader_.PopLine(pop_count_); + pop_count_ = -1; + } + + if (!line_reader_.GetNextLine(&line, &line_len)) + return false; + + pop_count_ = static_cast(line_len); + + const char* line_end = line + line_len; + + // Expected format: + ':' + // Note that: + // - empty lines happen. + // - can contain spaces. + // - some fields have an empty + char* sep = static_cast(my_memchr(line, ':', line_len)); + if (sep == NULL) + continue; + + // Record the value. Skip leading space after the column to get + // its start. + const char* val = sep+1; + while (val < line_end && my_isspace(*val)) + val++; + + value_ = val; + value_len_ = static_cast(line_end - val); + + // Remove trailing spaces before the column to properly 0-terminate + // the field name. + while (sep > line && my_isspace(sep[-1])) + sep--; + + if (sep == line) + continue; + + // zero-terminate field name. + *sep = '\0'; + + *field = line; + return true; + } + } + + // Return the field value. This must be called after a succesful + // call to GetNextField(). + const char* GetValue() { + assert(value_); + return value_; + } + + // Same as GetValue(), but also returns the length in characters of + // the value. + const char* GetValueAndLen(size_t* length) { + assert(value_); + *length = value_len_; + return value_; + } + +private: + LineReader line_reader_; + int pop_count_; + const char* value_; + size_t value_len_; +}; + +} // namespace google_breakpad + +#endif // CLIENT_LINUX_MINIDUMP_WRITER_PROC_CPUINFO_READER_H_ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/basictypes.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/basictypes.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9426c1f6 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/basictypes.h @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +// Copyright (c) 2011 Google Inc. +// All rights reserved. +// +// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are +// met: +// +// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above +// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer +// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the +// distribution. +// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its +// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from +// this software without specific prior written permission. +// +// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR +// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT +// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, +// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, +// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY +// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE +// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +#ifndef COMMON_BASICTYPES_H_ +#define COMMON_BASICTYPES_H_ + +// A macro to disallow the copy constructor and operator= functions +// This should be used in the private: declarations for a class +#ifndef DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN +#define DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN(TypeName) \ + TypeName(const TypeName&); \ + void operator=(const TypeName&) +#endif // DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN + +namespace google_breakpad { + +// Used to explicitly mark the return value of a function as unused. If you are +// really sure you don't want to do anything with the return value of a function +// that has been marked with __attribute__((warn_unused_result)), wrap it with +// this. Example: +// +// scoped_ptr my_var = ...; +// if (TakeOwnership(my_var.get()) == SUCCESS) +// ignore_result(my_var.release()); +// +template +inline void ignore_result(const T&) { +} + +} // namespace google_breakpad + +#endif // COMMON_BASICTYPES_H_ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/byte_cursor.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/byte_cursor.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..accd54e0 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/byte_cursor.h @@ -0,0 +1,265 @@ +// -*- mode: c++ -*- + +// Copyright (c) 2010, Google Inc. +// All rights reserved. +// +// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are +// met: +// +// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above +// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer +// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the +// distribution. +// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its +// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from +// this software without specific prior written permission. +// +// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR +// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT +// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, +// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, +// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY +// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE +// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +// Original author: Jim Blandy + +// byte_cursor.h: Classes for parsing values from a buffer of bytes. +// The ByteCursor class provides a convenient interface for reading +// fixed-size integers of arbitrary endianness, being thorough about +// checking for buffer overruns. + +#ifndef COMMON_BYTE_CURSOR_H_ +#define COMMON_BYTE_CURSOR_H_ + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include "common/using_std_string.h" + +namespace google_breakpad { + +// A buffer holding a series of bytes. +struct ByteBuffer { + ByteBuffer() : start(0), end(0) { } + ByteBuffer(const uint8_t *set_start, size_t set_size) + : start(set_start), end(set_start + set_size) { } + ~ByteBuffer() { }; + + // Equality operators. Useful in unit tests, and when we're using + // ByteBuffers to refer to regions of a larger buffer. + bool operator==(const ByteBuffer &that) const { + return start == that.start && end == that.end; + } + bool operator!=(const ByteBuffer &that) const { + return start != that.start || end != that.end; + } + + // Not C++ style guide compliant, but this definitely belongs here. + size_t Size() const { + assert(start <= end); + return end - start; + } + + const uint8_t *start, *end; +}; + +// A cursor pointing into a ByteBuffer that can parse numbers of various +// widths and representations, strings, and data blocks, advancing through +// the buffer as it goes. All ByteCursor operations check that accesses +// haven't gone beyond the end of the enclosing ByteBuffer. +class ByteCursor { + public: + // Create a cursor reading bytes from the start of BUFFER. By default, the + // cursor reads multi-byte values in little-endian form. + ByteCursor(const ByteBuffer *buffer, bool big_endian = false) + : buffer_(buffer), here_(buffer->start), + big_endian_(big_endian), complete_(true) { } + + // Accessor and setter for this cursor's endianness flag. + bool big_endian() const { return big_endian_; } + void set_big_endian(bool big_endian) { big_endian_ = big_endian; } + + // Accessor and setter for this cursor's current position. The setter + // returns a reference to this cursor. + const uint8_t *here() const { return here_; } + ByteCursor &set_here(const uint8_t *here) { + assert(buffer_->start <= here && here <= buffer_->end); + here_ = here; + return *this; + } + + // Return the number of bytes available to read at the cursor. + size_t Available() const { return size_t(buffer_->end - here_); } + + // Return true if this cursor is at the end of its buffer. + bool AtEnd() const { return Available() == 0; } + + // When used as a boolean value this cursor converts to true if all + // prior reads have been completed, or false if we ran off the end + // of the buffer. + operator bool() const { return complete_; } + + // Read a SIZE-byte integer at this cursor, signed if IS_SIGNED is true, + // unsigned otherwise, using the cursor's established endianness, and set + // *RESULT to the number. If we read off the end of our buffer, clear + // this cursor's complete_ flag, and store a dummy value in *RESULT. + // Return a reference to this cursor. + template + ByteCursor &Read(size_t size, bool is_signed, T *result) { + if (CheckAvailable(size)) { + T v = 0; + if (big_endian_) { + for (size_t i = 0; i < size; i++) + v = (v << 8) + here_[i]; + } else { + // This loop condition looks weird, but size_t is unsigned, so + // decrementing i after it is zero yields the largest size_t value. + for (size_t i = size - 1; i < size; i--) + v = (v << 8) + here_[i]; + } + if (is_signed && size < sizeof(T)) { + size_t sign_bit = (T)1 << (size * 8 - 1); + v = (v ^ sign_bit) - sign_bit; + } + here_ += size; + *result = v; + } else { + *result = (T) 0xdeadbeef; + } + return *this; + } + + // Read an integer, using the cursor's established endianness and + // *RESULT's size and signedness, and set *RESULT to the number. If we + // read off the end of our buffer, clear this cursor's complete_ flag. + // Return a reference to this cursor. + template + ByteCursor &operator>>(T &result) { + bool T_is_signed = (T)-1 < 0; + return Read(sizeof(T), T_is_signed, &result); + } + + // Copy the SIZE bytes at the cursor to BUFFER, and advance this + // cursor to the end of them. If we read off the end of our buffer, + // clear this cursor's complete_ flag, and set *POINTER to NULL. + // Return a reference to this cursor. + ByteCursor &Read(uint8_t *buffer, size_t size) { + if (CheckAvailable(size)) { + memcpy(buffer, here_, size); + here_ += size; + } + return *this; + } + + // Set STR to a copy of the '\0'-terminated string at the cursor. If the + // byte buffer does not contain a terminating zero, clear this cursor's + // complete_ flag, and set STR to the empty string. Return a reference to + // this cursor. + ByteCursor &CString(string *str) { + const uint8_t *end + = static_cast(memchr(here_, '\0', Available())); + if (end) { + str->assign(reinterpret_cast(here_), end - here_); + here_ = end + 1; + } else { + str->clear(); + here_ = buffer_->end; + complete_ = false; + } + return *this; + } + + // Like CString(STR), but extract the string from a fixed-width buffer + // LIMIT bytes long, which may or may not contain a terminating '\0' + // byte. Specifically: + // + // - If there are not LIMIT bytes available at the cursor, clear the + // cursor's complete_ flag and set STR to the empty string. + // + // - Otherwise, if the LIMIT bytes at the cursor contain any '\0' + // characters, set *STR to a copy of the bytes before the first '\0', + // and advance the cursor by LIMIT bytes. + // + // - Otherwise, set *STR to a copy of those LIMIT bytes, and advance the + // cursor by LIMIT bytes. + ByteCursor &CString(string *str, size_t limit) { + if (CheckAvailable(limit)) { + const uint8_t *end + = static_cast(memchr(here_, '\0', limit)); + if (end) + str->assign(reinterpret_cast(here_), end - here_); + else + str->assign(reinterpret_cast(here_), limit); + here_ += limit; + } else { + str->clear(); + } + return *this; + } + + // Set *POINTER to point to the SIZE bytes at the cursor, and advance + // this cursor to the end of them. If SIZE is omitted, don't move the + // cursor. If we read off the end of our buffer, clear this cursor's + // complete_ flag, and set *POINTER to NULL. Return a reference to this + // cursor. + ByteCursor &PointTo(const uint8_t **pointer, size_t size = 0) { + if (CheckAvailable(size)) { + *pointer = here_; + here_ += size; + } else { + *pointer = NULL; + } + return *this; + } + + // Skip SIZE bytes at the cursor. If doing so would advance us off + // the end of our buffer, clear this cursor's complete_ flag, and + // set *POINTER to NULL. Return a reference to this cursor. + ByteCursor &Skip(size_t size) { + if (CheckAvailable(size)) + here_ += size; + return *this; + } + + private: + // If there are at least SIZE bytes available to read from the buffer, + // return true. Otherwise, set here_ to the end of the buffer, set + // complete_ to false, and return false. + bool CheckAvailable(size_t size) { + if (Available() >= size) { + return true; + } else { + here_ = buffer_->end; + complete_ = false; + return false; + } + } + + // The buffer we're reading bytes from. + const ByteBuffer *buffer_; + + // The next byte within buffer_ that we'll read. + const uint8_t *here_; + + // True if we should read numbers in big-endian form; false if we + // should read in little-endian form. + bool big_endian_; + + // True if we've been able to read all we've been asked to. + bool complete_; +}; + +} // namespace google_breakpad + +#endif // COMMON_BYTE_CURSOR_H_ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/convert_UTF.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/convert_UTF.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..644d0995 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/convert_UTF.h @@ -0,0 +1,164 @@ +/* + * Copyright © 1991-2015 Unicode, Inc. All rights reserved. + * Distributed under the Terms of Use in + * http://www.unicode.org/copyright.html. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining + * a copy of the Unicode data files and any associated documentation + * (the "Data Files") or Unicode software and any associated documentation + * (the "Software") to deal in the Data Files or Software + * without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, + * copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, and/or sell copies of + * the Data Files or Software, and to permit persons to whom the Data Files + * or Software are furnished to do so, provided that + * (a) this copyright and permission notice appear with all copies + * of the Data Files or Software, + * (b) this copyright and permission notice appear in associated + * documentation, and + * (c) there is clear notice in each modified Data File or in the Software + * as well as in the documentation associated with the Data File(s) or + * Software that the data or software has been modified. + * + * THE DATA FILES AND SOFTWARE ARE PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF + * ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE + * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND + * NONINFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. + * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR HOLDERS INCLUDED IN THIS + * NOTICE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, OR ANY SPECIAL INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES, OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, + * DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER + * TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR + * PERFORMANCE OF THE DATA FILES OR SOFTWARE. + * + * Except as contained in this notice, the name of a copyright holder + * shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, + * use or other dealings in these Data Files or Software without prior + * written authorization of the copyright holder. + */ + +#ifndef COMMON_CONVERT_UTF_H_ +#define COMMON_CONVERT_UTF_H_ + +/* --------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Conversions between UTF32, UTF-16, and UTF-8. Header file. + +Several funtions are included here, forming a complete set of +conversions between the three formats. UTF-7 is not included +here, but is handled in a separate source file. + +Each of these routines takes pointers to input buffers and output +buffers. The input buffers are const. + +Each routine converts the text between *sourceStart and sourceEnd, +putting the result into the buffer between *targetStart and +targetEnd. Note: the end pointers are *after* the last item: e.g. +*(sourceEnd - 1) is the last item. + +The return result indicates whether the conversion was successful, +and if not, whether the problem was in the source or target buffers. +(Only the first encountered problem is indicated.) + +After the conversion, *sourceStart and *targetStart are both +updated to point to the end of last text successfully converted in +the respective buffers. + +Input parameters: +sourceStart - pointer to a pointer to the source buffer. +The contents of this are modified on return so that +it points at the next thing to be converted. +targetStart - similarly, pointer to pointer to the target buffer. +sourceEnd, targetEnd - respectively pointers to the ends of the +two buffers, for overflow checking only. + +These conversion functions take a ConversionFlags argument. When this +flag is set to strict, both irregular sequences and isolated surrogates +will cause an error. When the flag is set to lenient, both irregular +sequences and isolated surrogates are converted. + +Whether the flag is strict or lenient, all illegal sequences will cause +an error return. This includes sequences such as: , , +or in UTF-8, and values above 0x10FFFF in UTF-32. Conformant code +must check for illegal sequences. + +When the flag is set to lenient, characters over 0x10FFFF are converted +to the replacement character; otherwise (when the flag is set to strict) +they constitute an error. + +Output parameters: +The value "sourceIllegal" is returned from some routines if the input +sequence is malformed. When "sourceIllegal" is returned, the source +value will point to the illegal value that caused the problem. E.g., +in UTF-8 when a sequence is malformed, it points to the start of the +malformed sequence. + +Author: Mark E. Davis, 1994. +Rev History: Rick McGowan, fixes & updates May 2001. +Fixes & updates, Sept 2001. + +------------------------------------------------------------------------ */ + +/* --------------------------------------------------------------------- +The following 4 definitions are compiler-specific. +The C standard does not guarantee that wchar_t has at least +16 bits, so wchar_t is no less portable than unsigned short! +All should be unsigned values to avoid sign extension during +bit mask & shift operations. +------------------------------------------------------------------------ */ + +typedef unsigned long UTF32; /* at least 32 bits */ +typedef unsigned short UTF16; /* at least 16 bits */ +typedef unsigned char UTF8; /* typically 8 bits */ +typedef unsigned char Boolean; /* 0 or 1 */ + +/* Some fundamental constants */ +#define UNI_REPLACEMENT_CHAR (UTF32)0x0000FFFD +#define UNI_MAX_BMP (UTF32)0x0000FFFF +#define UNI_MAX_UTF16 (UTF32)0x0010FFFF +#define UNI_MAX_UTF32 (UTF32)0x7FFFFFFF +#define UNI_MAX_LEGAL_UTF32 (UTF32)0x0010FFFF + +typedef enum { + conversionOK, /* conversion successful */ + sourceExhausted, /* partial character in source, but hit end */ + targetExhausted, /* insuff. room in target for conversion */ + sourceIllegal /* source sequence is illegal/malformed */ +} ConversionResult; + +typedef enum { + strictConversion = 0, + lenientConversion +} ConversionFlags; + +/* This is for C++ and does no harm in C */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +ConversionResult ConvertUTF8toUTF16 (const UTF8** sourceStart, const UTF8* sourceEnd, + UTF16** targetStart, UTF16* targetEnd, ConversionFlags flags); + +ConversionResult ConvertUTF16toUTF8 (const UTF16** sourceStart, const UTF16* sourceEnd, + UTF8** targetStart, UTF8* targetEnd, ConversionFlags flags); + +ConversionResult ConvertUTF8toUTF32 (const UTF8** sourceStart, const UTF8* sourceEnd, + UTF32** targetStart, UTF32* targetEnd, ConversionFlags flags); + +ConversionResult ConvertUTF32toUTF8 (const UTF32** sourceStart, const UTF32* sourceEnd, + UTF8** targetStart, UTF8* targetEnd, ConversionFlags flags); + +ConversionResult ConvertUTF16toUTF32 (const UTF16** sourceStart, const UTF16* sourceEnd, + UTF32** targetStart, UTF32* targetEnd, ConversionFlags flags); + +ConversionResult ConvertUTF32toUTF16 (const UTF32** sourceStart, const UTF32* sourceEnd, + UTF16** targetStart, UTF16* targetEnd, ConversionFlags flags); + +Boolean isLegalUTF8Sequence(const UTF8 *source, const UTF8 *sourceEnd); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +/* --------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + +#endif // COMMON_CONVERT_UTF_H_ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/dwarf_cfi_to_module.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/dwarf_cfi_to_module.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a5302e15 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/dwarf_cfi_to_module.h @@ -0,0 +1,202 @@ +// -*- mode: c++ -*- + +// Copyright (c) 2010, Google Inc. +// All rights reserved. +// +// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are +// met: +// +// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above +// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer +// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the +// distribution. +// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its +// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from +// this software without specific prior written permission. +// +// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR +// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT +// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, +// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, +// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY +// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE +// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +// Original author: Jim Blandy + +// dwarf_cfi_to_module.h: Define the DwarfCFIToModule class, which +// accepts parsed DWARF call frame info and adds it to a +// google_breakpad::Module object, which can write that information to +// a Breakpad symbol file. + +#ifndef COMMON_LINUX_DWARF_CFI_TO_MODULE_H +#define COMMON_LINUX_DWARF_CFI_TO_MODULE_H + +#include +#include + +#include +#include +#include + +#include "common/module.h" +#include "common/dwarf/dwarf2reader.h" +#include "common/using_std_string.h" + +namespace google_breakpad { + +using dwarf2reader::CallFrameInfo; +using google_breakpad::Module; +using std::set; +using std::vector; + +// A class that accepts parsed call frame information from the DWARF +// CFI parser and populates a google_breakpad::Module object with the +// contents. +class DwarfCFIToModule: public CallFrameInfo::Handler { + public: + + // DwarfCFIToModule uses an instance of this class to report errors + // detected while converting DWARF CFI to Breakpad STACK CFI records. + class Reporter { + public: + // Create a reporter that writes messages to the standard error + // stream. FILE is the name of the file we're processing, and + // SECTION is the name of the section within that file that we're + // looking at (.debug_frame, .eh_frame, etc.). + Reporter(const string &file, const string §ion) + : file_(file), section_(section) { } + virtual ~Reporter() { } + + // The DWARF CFI entry at OFFSET cites register REG, but REG is not + // covered by the vector of register names passed to the + // DwarfCFIToModule constructor, nor does it match the return + // address column number for this entry. + virtual void UnnamedRegister(size_t offset, int reg); + + // The DWARF CFI entry at OFFSET says that REG is undefined, but the + // Breakpad symbol file format cannot express this. + virtual void UndefinedNotSupported(size_t offset, const string ®); + + // The DWARF CFI entry at OFFSET says that REG uses a DWARF + // expression to find its value, but DwarfCFIToModule is not + // capable of translating DWARF expressions to Breakpad postfix + // expressions. + virtual void ExpressionsNotSupported(size_t offset, const string ®); + + protected: + string file_, section_; + }; + + // Register name tables. If TABLE is a vector returned by one of these + // functions, then TABLE[R] is the name of the register numbered R in + // DWARF call frame information. + class RegisterNames { + public: + // Intel's "x86" or IA-32. + static vector I386(); + + // AMD x86_64, AMD64, Intel EM64T, or Intel 64 + static vector X86_64(); + + // ARM. + static vector ARM(); + + // ARM64, aka AARCH64. + static vector ARM64(); + + // MIPS. + static vector MIPS(); + + private: + // Given STRINGS, an array of C strings with SIZE elements, return an + // equivalent vector. + static vector MakeVector(const char * const *strings, size_t size); + }; + + // Create a handler for the dwarf2reader::CallFrameInfo parser that + // records the stack unwinding information it receives in MODULE. + // + // Use REGISTER_NAMES[I] as the name of register number I; *this + // keeps a reference to the vector, so the vector should remain + // alive for as long as the DwarfCFIToModule does. + // + // Use REPORTER for reporting problems encountered in the conversion + // process. + DwarfCFIToModule(Module *module, const vector ®ister_names, + Reporter *reporter) + : module_(module), register_names_(register_names), reporter_(reporter), + entry_(NULL), return_address_(-1), cfa_name_(".cfa"), ra_name_(".ra") { + } + virtual ~DwarfCFIToModule() { delete entry_; } + + virtual bool Entry(size_t offset, uint64 address, uint64 length, + uint8 version, const string &augmentation, + unsigned return_address); + virtual bool UndefinedRule(uint64 address, int reg); + virtual bool SameValueRule(uint64 address, int reg); + virtual bool OffsetRule(uint64 address, int reg, + int base_register, long offset); + virtual bool ValOffsetRule(uint64 address, int reg, + int base_register, long offset); + virtual bool RegisterRule(uint64 address, int reg, int base_register); + virtual bool ExpressionRule(uint64 address, int reg, + const string &expression); + virtual bool ValExpressionRule(uint64 address, int reg, + const string &expression); + virtual bool End(); + + private: + // Return the name to use for register REG. + string RegisterName(int i); + + // Record RULE for register REG at ADDRESS. + void Record(Module::Address address, int reg, const string &rule); + + // The module to which we should add entries. + Module *module_; + + // Map from register numbers to register names. + const vector ®ister_names_; + + // The reporter to use to report problems. + Reporter *reporter_; + + // The current entry we're constructing. + Module::StackFrameEntry *entry_; + + // The section offset of the current frame description entry, for + // use in error messages. + size_t entry_offset_; + + // The return address column for that entry. + unsigned return_address_; + + // The names of the return address and canonical frame address. Putting + // these here instead of using string literals allows us to share their + // texts in reference-counted string implementations (all the + // popular ones). Many, many rules cite these strings. + string cfa_name_, ra_name_; + + // A set of strings used by this CFI. Before storing a string in one of + // our data structures, insert it into this set, and then use the string + // from the set. + // + // Because string uses reference counting internally, simply using + // strings from this set, even if passed by value, assigned, or held + // directly in structures and containers (map, for example), + // causes those strings to share a single instance of each distinct piece + // of text. + set common_strings_; +}; + +} // namespace google_breakpad + +#endif // COMMON_LINUX_DWARF_CFI_TO_MODULE_H diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/dwarf_cu_to_module.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/dwarf_cu_to_module.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f73a3c93 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/dwarf_cu_to_module.h @@ -0,0 +1,345 @@ +// -*- mode: c++ -*- + +// Copyright (c) 2010 Google Inc. +// All rights reserved. +// +// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are +// met: +// +// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above +// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer +// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the +// distribution. +// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its +// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from +// this software without specific prior written permission. +// +// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR +// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT +// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, +// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, +// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY +// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE +// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +// Original author: Jim Blandy + +// Add DWARF debugging information to a Breakpad symbol file. This +// file defines the DwarfCUToModule class, which accepts parsed DWARF +// data and populates a google_breakpad::Module with the results; the +// Module can then write its contents as a Breakpad symbol file. + +#ifndef COMMON_LINUX_DWARF_CU_TO_MODULE_H__ +#define COMMON_LINUX_DWARF_CU_TO_MODULE_H__ + +#include + +#include + +#include "common/language.h" +#include "common/module.h" +#include "common/dwarf/bytereader.h" +#include "common/dwarf/dwarf2diehandler.h" +#include "common/dwarf/dwarf2reader.h" +#include "common/scoped_ptr.h" +#include "common/using_std_string.h" + +namespace google_breakpad { + +using dwarf2reader::DwarfAttribute; +using dwarf2reader::DwarfForm; +using dwarf2reader::DwarfLanguage; +using dwarf2reader::DwarfTag; + +// Populate a google_breakpad::Module with DWARF debugging information. +// +// An instance of this class can be provided as a handler to a +// dwarf2reader::DIEDispatcher, which can in turn be a handler for a +// dwarf2reader::CompilationUnit DWARF parser. The handler uses the results +// of parsing to populate a google_breakpad::Module with source file, +// function, and source line information. +class DwarfCUToModule: public dwarf2reader::RootDIEHandler { + struct FilePrivate; + public: + // Information global to the DWARF-bearing file we are processing, + // for use by DwarfCUToModule. Each DwarfCUToModule instance deals + // with a single compilation unit within the file, but information + // global to the whole file is held here. The client is responsible + // for filling it in appropriately (except for the 'file_private' + // field, which the constructor and destructor take care of), and + // then providing it to the DwarfCUToModule instance for each + // compilation unit we process in that file. Set HANDLE_INTER_CU_REFS + // to true to handle debugging symbols with DW_FORM_ref_addr entries. + class FileContext { + public: + FileContext(const string &filename, + Module *module, + bool handle_inter_cu_refs); + ~FileContext(); + + // Add CONTENTS of size LENGTH to the section map as NAME. + void AddSectionToSectionMap(const string& name, + const uint8_t *contents, + uint64 length); + + // Clear the section map for testing. + void ClearSectionMapForTest(); + + const dwarf2reader::SectionMap& section_map() const; + + private: + friend class DwarfCUToModule; + + // Clears all the Specifications if HANDLE_INTER_CU_REFS_ is false. + void ClearSpecifications(); + + // Given an OFFSET and a CU that starts at COMPILATION_UNIT_START, returns + // true if this is an inter-compilation unit reference that is not being + // handled. + bool IsUnhandledInterCUReference(uint64 offset, + uint64 compilation_unit_start) const; + + // The name of this file, for use in error messages. + const string filename_; + + // A map of this file's sections, used for finding other DWARF + // sections that the .debug_info section may refer to. + dwarf2reader::SectionMap section_map_; + + // The Module to which we're contributing definitions. + Module *module_; + + // True if we are handling references between compilation units. + const bool handle_inter_cu_refs_; + + // Inter-compilation unit data used internally by the handlers. + scoped_ptr file_private_; + }; + + // An abstract base class for handlers that handle DWARF range lists for + // DwarfCUToModule. + class RangesHandler { + public: + RangesHandler() { } + virtual ~RangesHandler() { } + + // Called when finishing a function to populate the function's ranges. + // The ranges' entries are read starting from offset in the .debug_ranges + // section, base_address holds the base PC the range list values are + // offsets off. Return false if the rangelist falls out of the + // .debug_ranges section. + virtual bool ReadRanges(uint64 offset, Module::Address base_address, + vector* ranges) = 0; + }; + + // An abstract base class for handlers that handle DWARF line data + // for DwarfCUToModule. DwarfCUToModule could certainly just use + // dwarf2reader::LineInfo itself directly, but decoupling things + // this way makes unit testing a little easier. + class LineToModuleHandler { + public: + LineToModuleHandler() { } + virtual ~LineToModuleHandler() { } + + // Called at the beginning of a new compilation unit, prior to calling + // ReadProgram(). compilation_dir will indicate the path that the + // current compilation unit was compiled in, consistent with the + // DW_AT_comp_dir DIE. + virtual void StartCompilationUnit(const string& compilation_dir) = 0; + + // Populate MODULE and LINES with source file names and code/line + // mappings, given a pointer to some DWARF line number data + // PROGRAM, and an overestimate of its size. Add no zero-length + // lines to LINES. + virtual void ReadProgram(const uint8_t *program, uint64 length, + Module *module, vector *lines) = 0; + }; + + // The interface DwarfCUToModule uses to report warnings. The member + // function definitions for this class write messages to stderr, but + // you can override them if you'd like to detect or report these + // conditions yourself. + class WarningReporter { + public: + // Warn about problems in the DWARF file FILENAME, in the + // compilation unit at OFFSET. + WarningReporter(const string &filename, uint64 cu_offset) + : filename_(filename), cu_offset_(cu_offset), printed_cu_header_(false), + printed_unpaired_header_(false), + uncovered_warnings_enabled_(false) { } + virtual ~WarningReporter() { } + + // Set the name of the compilation unit we're processing to NAME. + virtual void SetCUName(const string &name) { cu_name_ = name; } + + // Accessor and setter for uncovered_warnings_enabled_. + // UncoveredFunction and UncoveredLine only report a problem if that is + // true. By default, these warnings are disabled, because those + // conditions occur occasionally in healthy code. + virtual bool uncovered_warnings_enabled() const { + return uncovered_warnings_enabled_; + } + virtual void set_uncovered_warnings_enabled(bool value) { + uncovered_warnings_enabled_ = value; + } + + // A DW_AT_specification in the DIE at OFFSET refers to a DIE we + // haven't processed yet, or that wasn't marked as a declaration, + // at TARGET. + virtual void UnknownSpecification(uint64 offset, uint64 target); + + // A DW_AT_abstract_origin in the DIE at OFFSET refers to a DIE we + // haven't processed yet, or that wasn't marked as inline, at TARGET. + virtual void UnknownAbstractOrigin(uint64 offset, uint64 target); + + // We were unable to find the DWARF section named SECTION_NAME. + virtual void MissingSection(const string §ion_name); + + // The CU's DW_AT_stmt_list offset OFFSET is bogus. + virtual void BadLineInfoOffset(uint64 offset); + + // FUNCTION includes code covered by no line number data. + virtual void UncoveredFunction(const Module::Function &function); + + // Line number NUMBER in LINE_FILE, of length LENGTH, includes code + // covered by no function. + virtual void UncoveredLine(const Module::Line &line); + + // The DW_TAG_subprogram DIE at OFFSET has no name specified directly + // in the DIE, nor via a DW_AT_specification or DW_AT_abstract_origin + // link. + virtual void UnnamedFunction(uint64 offset); + + // __cxa_demangle() failed to demangle INPUT. + virtual void DemangleError(const string &input); + + // The DW_FORM_ref_addr at OFFSET to TARGET was not handled because + // FilePrivate did not retain the inter-CU specification data. + virtual void UnhandledInterCUReference(uint64 offset, uint64 target); + + // The DW_AT_ranges at offset is malformed (truncated or outside of the + // .debug_ranges section's bound). + virtual void MalformedRangeList(uint64 offset); + + // A DW_AT_ranges attribute was encountered but the no .debug_ranges + // section was found. + virtual void MissingRanges(); + + uint64 cu_offset() const { + return cu_offset_; + } + + protected: + const string filename_; + const uint64 cu_offset_; + string cu_name_; + bool printed_cu_header_; + bool printed_unpaired_header_; + bool uncovered_warnings_enabled_; + + private: + // Print a per-CU heading, once. + void CUHeading(); + // Print an unpaired function/line heading, once. + void UncoveredHeading(); + }; + + // Create a DWARF debugging info handler for a compilation unit + // within FILE_CONTEXT. This uses information received from the + // dwarf2reader::CompilationUnit DWARF parser to populate + // FILE_CONTEXT->module. Use LINE_READER to handle the compilation + // unit's line number data. Use REPORTER to report problems with the + // data we find. + DwarfCUToModule(FileContext *file_context, + LineToModuleHandler *line_reader, + RangesHandler *ranges_handler, + WarningReporter *reporter); + ~DwarfCUToModule(); + + void ProcessAttributeSigned(enum DwarfAttribute attr, + enum DwarfForm form, + int64 data); + void ProcessAttributeUnsigned(enum DwarfAttribute attr, + enum DwarfForm form, + uint64 data); + void ProcessAttributeString(enum DwarfAttribute attr, + enum DwarfForm form, + const string &data); + bool EndAttributes(); + DIEHandler *FindChildHandler(uint64 offset, enum DwarfTag tag); + + // Assign all our source Lines to the Functions that cover their + // addresses, and then add them to module_. + void Finish(); + + bool StartCompilationUnit(uint64 offset, uint8 address_size, + uint8 offset_size, uint64 cu_length, + uint8 dwarf_version); + bool StartRootDIE(uint64 offset, enum DwarfTag tag); + + private: + // Used internally by the handler. Full definitions are in + // dwarf_cu_to_module.cc. + struct CUContext; + struct DIEContext; + struct Specification; + class GenericDIEHandler; + class FuncHandler; + class NamedScopeHandler; + + // A map from section offsets to specifications. + typedef map SpecificationByOffset; + + // Set this compilation unit's source language to LANGUAGE. + void SetLanguage(DwarfLanguage language); + + // Read source line information at OFFSET in the .debug_line + // section. Record source files in module_, but record source lines + // in lines_; we apportion them to functions in + // AssignLinesToFunctions. + void ReadSourceLines(uint64 offset); + + // Assign the lines in lines_ to the individual line lists of the + // functions in functions_. (DWARF line information maps an entire + // compilation unit at a time, and gives no indication of which + // lines belong to which functions, beyond their addresses.) + void AssignLinesToFunctions(); + + // The only reason cu_context_ and child_context_ are pointers is + // that we want to keep their definitions private to + // dwarf_cu_to_module.cc, instead of listing them all here. They are + // owned by this DwarfCUToModule: the constructor sets them, and the + // destructor deletes them. + + // The handler to use to handle line number data. + LineToModuleHandler *line_reader_; + + // This compilation unit's context. + scoped_ptr cu_context_; + + // A context for our children. + scoped_ptr child_context_; + + // True if this compilation unit has source line information. + bool has_source_line_info_; + + // The offset of this compilation unit's line number information in + // the .debug_line section. + uint64 source_line_offset_; + + // The line numbers we have seen thus far. We accumulate these here + // during parsing. Then, in Finish, we call AssignLinesToFunctions + // to dole them out to the appropriate functions. + vector lines_; +}; + +} // namespace google_breakpad + +#endif // COMMON_LINUX_DWARF_CU_TO_MODULE_H__ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/dwarf_line_to_module.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/dwarf_line_to_module.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1fdd4cb7 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/dwarf_line_to_module.h @@ -0,0 +1,188 @@ +// -*- mode: c++ -*- + +// Copyright (c) 2010 Google Inc. +// All rights reserved. +// +// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are +// met: +// +// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above +// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer +// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the +// distribution. +// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its +// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from +// this software without specific prior written permission. +// +// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR +// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT +// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, +// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, +// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY +// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE +// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +// Original author: Jim Blandy + +// The DwarfLineToModule class accepts line number information from a +// DWARF parser and adds it to a google_breakpad::Module. The Module +// can write that data out as a Breakpad symbol file. + +#ifndef COMMON_LINUX_DWARF_LINE_TO_MODULE_H +#define COMMON_LINUX_DWARF_LINE_TO_MODULE_H + +#include + +#include "common/module.h" +#include "common/dwarf/dwarf2reader.h" +#include "common/using_std_string.h" + +namespace google_breakpad { + +// A class for producing a vector of google_breakpad::Module::Line +// instances from parsed DWARF line number data. +// +// An instance of this class can be provided as a handler to a +// dwarf2reader::LineInfo DWARF line number information parser. The +// handler accepts source location information from the parser and +// uses it to produce a vector of google_breakpad::Module::Line +// objects, referring to google_breakpad::Module::File objects added +// to a particular google_breakpad::Module. +// +// GNU toolchain omitted sections support: +// ====================================== +// +// Given the right options, the GNU toolchain will omit unreferenced +// functions from the final executable. Unfortunately, when it does so, it +// does not remove the associated portions of the DWARF line number +// program; instead, it gives the DW_LNE_set_address instructions referring +// to the now-deleted code addresses of zero. Given this input, the DWARF +// line parser will call AddLine with a series of lines starting at address +// zero. For example, here is the output from 'readelf -wl' for a program +// with four functions, the first three of which have been omitted: +// +// Line Number Statements: +// Extended opcode 2: set Address to 0x0 +// Advance Line by 14 to 15 +// Copy +// Special opcode 48: advance Address by 3 to 0x3 and Line by 1 to 16 +// Special opcode 119: advance Address by 8 to 0xb and Line by 2 to 18 +// Advance PC by 2 to 0xd +// Extended opcode 1: End of Sequence +// +// Extended opcode 2: set Address to 0x0 +// Advance Line by 14 to 15 +// Copy +// Special opcode 48: advance Address by 3 to 0x3 and Line by 1 to 16 +// Special opcode 119: advance Address by 8 to 0xb and Line by 2 to 18 +// Advance PC by 2 to 0xd +// Extended opcode 1: End of Sequence +// +// Extended opcode 2: set Address to 0x0 +// Advance Line by 19 to 20 +// Copy +// Special opcode 48: advance Address by 3 to 0x3 and Line by 1 to 21 +// Special opcode 76: advance Address by 5 to 0x8 and Line by 1 to 22 +// Advance PC by 2 to 0xa +// Extended opcode 1: End of Sequence +// +// Extended opcode 2: set Address to 0x80483a4 +// Advance Line by 23 to 24 +// Copy +// Special opcode 202: advance Address by 14 to 0x80483b2 and Line by 1 to 25 +// Special opcode 76: advance Address by 5 to 0x80483b7 and Line by 1 to 26 +// Advance PC by 6 to 0x80483bd +// Extended opcode 1: End of Sequence +// +// Instead of collecting runs of lines describing code that is not there, +// we try to recognize and drop them. Since the linker doesn't explicitly +// distinguish references to dropped sections from genuine references to +// code at address zero, we must use a heuristic. We have chosen: +// +// - If a line starts at address zero, omit it. (On the platforms +// breakpad targets, it is extremely unlikely that there will be code +// at address zero.) +// +// - If a line starts immediately after an omitted line, omit it too. +class DwarfLineToModule: public dwarf2reader::LineInfoHandler { + public: + // As the DWARF line info parser passes us line records, add source + // files to MODULE, and add all lines to the end of LINES. LINES + // need not be empty. If the parser hands us a zero-length line, we + // omit it. If the parser hands us a line that extends beyond the + // end of the address space, we clip it. It's up to our client to + // sort out which lines belong to which functions; we don't add them + // to any particular function in MODULE ourselves. + DwarfLineToModule(Module *module, const string& compilation_dir, + vector *lines) + : module_(module), + compilation_dir_(compilation_dir), + lines_(lines), + highest_file_number_(-1), + omitted_line_end_(0), + warned_bad_file_number_(false), + warned_bad_directory_number_(false) { } + + ~DwarfLineToModule() { } + + void DefineDir(const string &name, uint32 dir_num); + void DefineFile(const string &name, int32 file_num, + uint32 dir_num, uint64 mod_time, + uint64 length); + void AddLine(uint64 address, uint64 length, + uint32 file_num, uint32 line_num, uint32 column_num); + + private: + + typedef std::map DirectoryTable; + typedef std::map FileTable; + + // The module we're contributing debugging info to. Owned by our + // client. + Module *module_; + + // The compilation directory for the current compilation unit whose + // lines are being accumulated. + string compilation_dir_; + + // The vector of lines we're accumulating. Owned by our client. + // + // In a Module, as in a breakpad symbol file, lines belong to + // specific functions, but DWARF simply assigns lines to addresses; + // one must infer the line/function relationship using the + // functions' beginning and ending addresses. So we can't add these + // to the appropriate function from module_ until we've read the + // function info as well. Instead, we accumulate lines here, and let + // whoever constructed this sort it all out. + vector *lines_; + + // A table mapping directory numbers to paths. + DirectoryTable directories_; + + // A table mapping file numbers to Module::File pointers. + FileTable files_; + + // The highest file number we've seen so far, or -1 if we've seen + // none. Used for dynamically defined file numbers. + int32 highest_file_number_; + + // This is the ending address of the last line we omitted, or zero if we + // didn't omit the previous line. It is zero before we have received any + // AddLine calls. + uint64 omitted_line_end_; + + // True if we've warned about: + bool warned_bad_file_number_; // bad file numbers + bool warned_bad_directory_number_; // bad directory numbers +}; + +} // namespace google_breakpad + +#endif // COMMON_LINUX_DWARF_LINE_TO_MODULE_H diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/dwarf_range_list_handler.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/dwarf_range_list_handler.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bd099686 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/dwarf_range_list_handler.h @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ +// -*- mode: c++ -*- + +// Copyright (c) 2018 Google Inc. +// All rights reserved. +// +// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are +// met: +// +// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above +// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer +// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the +// distribution. +// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its +// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from +// this software without specific prior written permission. +// +// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR +// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT +// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, +// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, +// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY +// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE +// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +// Original author: Gabriele Svelto +// + +// The DwarfRangeListHandler class accepts rangelist data from a DWARF parser +// and adds it to a google_breakpad::Function or other objects supporting +// ranges. + +#ifndef COMMON_LINUX_DWARF_RANGE_LIST_HANDLER_H +#define COMMON_LINUX_DWARF_RANGE_LIST_HANDLER_H + +#include + +#include "common/module.h" +#include "common/dwarf/dwarf2reader.h" + +namespace google_breakpad { + +// A class for producing a vector of google_breakpad::Module::Range +// instances from a parsed DWARF range list. + +class DwarfRangeListHandler: public dwarf2reader::RangeListHandler { + public: + DwarfRangeListHandler(uint64 base_address, vector *ranges) + : base_address_(base_address), ranges_(ranges) { } + + ~DwarfRangeListHandler() { } + + // Add a range to the list + void AddRange(uint64 begin, uint64 end); + + // Record the new base address and use it for the following entries + void SetBaseAddress(uint64 base_address); + + // Sort the ranges so that they are in ascending order of starting address + void Finish(); + + private: + // The current PC to add to every entry, this can be overridden by a special + // list entry + uint64 base_address_; + + // The list of ranges to be populated + vector *ranges_; +}; + +} // namespace google_breakpad + +#endif // COMMON_LINUX_DWARF_RANGE_LIST_HANDLER_H diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/language.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/language.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2d2dbcd9 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/language.h @@ -0,0 +1,105 @@ +// -*- mode: c++ -*- + +// Copyright (c) 2010 Google Inc. +// All rights reserved. +// +// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are +// met: +// +// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above +// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer +// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the +// distribution. +// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its +// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from +// this software without specific prior written permission. +// +// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR +// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT +// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, +// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, +// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY +// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE +// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +// Original author: Jim Blandy + +// language.h: Define google_breakpad::Language. Instances of +// subclasses of this class provide language-appropriate operations +// for the Breakpad symbol dumper. + +#ifndef COMMON_LINUX_LANGUAGE_H__ +#define COMMON_LINUX_LANGUAGE_H__ + +#include + +#include "common/using_std_string.h" + +namespace google_breakpad { + +// An abstract base class for language-specific operations. We choose +// an instance of a subclass of this when we find the CU's language. +// This class's definitions are appropriate for CUs with no specified +// language. +class Language { + public: + // A base class destructor should be either public and virtual, + // or protected and nonvirtual. + virtual ~Language() {} + + // Return true if this language has functions to which we can assign + // line numbers. (Debugging info for assembly language, for example, + // can have source location information, but does not have functions + // recorded using DW_TAG_subprogram DIEs.) + virtual bool HasFunctions() const { return true; } + + // Construct a fully-qualified, language-appropriate form of NAME, + // given that PARENT_NAME is the name of the construct enclosing + // NAME. If PARENT_NAME is the empty string, then NAME is a + // top-level name. + // + // This API sort of assumes that a fully-qualified name is always + // some simple textual composition of the unqualified name and its + // parent's name, and that we don't need to know anything else about + // the parent or the child (say, their DIEs' tags) to do the job. + // This is true for the languages we support at the moment, and + // keeps things concrete. Perhaps a more refined operation would + // take into account the parent and child DIE types, allow languages + // to use their own data type for complex parent names, etc. But if + // C++ doesn't need all that, who would? + virtual string MakeQualifiedName (const string &parent_name, + const string &name) const = 0; + + enum DemangleResult { + // Demangling was not performed because it’s not appropriate to attempt. + kDontDemangle = -1, + + kDemangleSuccess, + kDemangleFailure, + }; + + // Wraps abi::__cxa_demangle() or similar for languages where appropriate. + virtual DemangleResult DemangleName(const string& mangled, + string* demangled) const { + demangled->clear(); + return kDontDemangle; + } + + // Instances for specific languages. + static const Language * const CPlusPlus, + * const Java, + * const Swift, + * const Rust, + * const Assembler; +}; + +} // namespace google_breakpad + +#endif // COMMON_LINUX_LANGUAGE_H__ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/crc32.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/crc32.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e3d9db92 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/crc32.h @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +// Copyright 2014 Google Inc. +// All rights reserved. +// +// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are +// met: +// +// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above +// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer +// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the +// distribution. +// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its +// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from +// this software without specific prior written permission. +// +// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR +// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT +// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, +// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, +// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY +// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE +// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +#ifndef COMMON_LINUX_CRC32_H_ +#define COMMON_LINUX_CRC32_H_ + +#include + +#include + +namespace google_breakpad { + +// Updates a CRC32 checksum with |len| bytes from |buf|. |initial| holds the +// checksum result from the previous update; for the first call, it should be 0. +uint32_t UpdateCrc32(uint32_t initial, const void* buf, size_t len); + +// Computes a CRC32 checksum using |len| bytes from |buf|. +inline uint32_t ComputeCrc32(const void* buf, size_t len) { + return UpdateCrc32(0, buf, len); +} +inline uint32_t ComputeCrc32(const std::string& str) { + return ComputeCrc32(str.c_str(), str.size()); +} + +} // namespace google_breakpad + +#endif // COMMON_LINUX_CRC32_H_ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/dump_symbols.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/dump_symbols.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1f204cba --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/dump_symbols.h @@ -0,0 +1,86 @@ +// -*- mode: c++ -*- + +// Copyright (c) 2011, Google Inc. +// All rights reserved. +// +// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are +// met: +// +// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above +// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer +// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the +// distribution. +// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its +// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from +// this software without specific prior written permission. +// +// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR +// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT +// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, +// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, +// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY +// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE +// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +// dump_symbols.h: Read debugging information from an ELF file, and write +// it out as a Breakpad symbol file. + +#ifndef COMMON_LINUX_DUMP_SYMBOLS_H__ +#define COMMON_LINUX_DUMP_SYMBOLS_H__ + +#include +#include +#include + +#include "common/symbol_data.h" +#include "common/using_std_string.h" + +namespace google_breakpad { + +class Module; + +struct DumpOptions { + DumpOptions(SymbolData symbol_data, bool handle_inter_cu_refs) + : symbol_data(symbol_data), + handle_inter_cu_refs(handle_inter_cu_refs) { + } + + SymbolData symbol_data; + bool handle_inter_cu_refs; +}; + +// Find all the debugging information in OBJ_FILE, an ELF executable +// or shared library, and write it to SYM_STREAM in the Breakpad symbol +// file format. +// If OBJ_FILE has been stripped but contains a .gnu_debuglink section, +// then look for the debug file in DEBUG_DIRS. +// SYMBOL_DATA allows limiting the type of symbol data written. +bool WriteSymbolFile(const string &obj_file, + const std::vector& debug_dirs, + const DumpOptions& options, + std::ostream &sym_stream); + +// Read the selected object file's debugging information, and write out the +// header only to |stream|. Return true on success; if an error occurs, report +// it and return false. +bool WriteSymbolFileHeader(const string& obj_file, + std::ostream &sym_stream); + +// As above, but simply return the debugging information in MODULE +// instead of writing it to a stream. The caller owns the resulting +// Module object and must delete it when finished. +bool ReadSymbolData(const string& obj_file, + const std::vector& debug_dirs, + const DumpOptions& options, + Module** module); + +} // namespace google_breakpad + +#endif // COMMON_LINUX_DUMP_SYMBOLS_H__ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/eintr_wrapper.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/eintr_wrapper.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3f1d1848 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/eintr_wrapper.h @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +// Copyright (c) 2010 Google Inc. +// All rights reserved. +// +// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are +// met: +// +// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above +// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer +// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the +// distribution. +// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its +// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from +// this software without specific prior written permission. +// +// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR +// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT +// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, +// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, +// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY +// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE +// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +#ifndef COMMON_LINUX_EINTR_WRAPPER_H_ +#define COMMON_LINUX_EINTR_WRAPPER_H_ + +#include + +// This provides a wrapper around system calls which may be interrupted by a +// signal and return EINTR. See man 7 signal. +// + +#define HANDLE_EINTR(x) ({ \ + __typeof__(x) eintr_wrapper_result; \ + do { \ + eintr_wrapper_result = (x); \ + } while (eintr_wrapper_result == -1 && errno == EINTR); \ + eintr_wrapper_result; \ +}) + +#define IGNORE_EINTR(x) ({ \ + __typeof__(x) eintr_wrapper_result; \ + do { \ + eintr_wrapper_result = (x); \ + if (eintr_wrapper_result == -1 && errno == EINTR) { \ + eintr_wrapper_result = 0; \ + } \ + } while (0); \ + eintr_wrapper_result; \ +}) + +#endif // COMMON_LINUX_EINTR_WRAPPER_H_ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/elf_core_dump.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/elf_core_dump.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d03c7a88 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/elf_core_dump.h @@ -0,0 +1,148 @@ +// Copyright (c) 2011, Google Inc. +// All rights reserved. +// +// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are +// met: +// +// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above +// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer +// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the +// distribution. +// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its +// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from +// this software without specific prior written permission. +// +// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR +// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT +// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, +// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, +// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY +// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE +// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +// elf_core_dump.h: Define the google_breakpad::ElfCoreDump class, which +// encapsulates an ELF core dump file mapped into memory. + +#ifndef COMMON_LINUX_ELF_CORE_DUMP_H_ +#define COMMON_LINUX_ELF_CORE_DUMP_H_ + +#include +#include +#include + +#include "common/memory_range.h" + +namespace google_breakpad { + +// A class encapsulating an ELF core dump file mapped into memory, which +// provides methods for accessing program headers and the note section. +class ElfCoreDump { + public: + // ELF types based on the value of __WORDSIZE. + typedef ElfW(Ehdr) Ehdr; + typedef ElfW(Nhdr) Nhdr; + typedef ElfW(Phdr) Phdr; + typedef ElfW(Word) Word; + typedef ElfW(Addr) Addr; +#if __WORDSIZE == 32 + static const int kClass = ELFCLASS32; +#elif __WORDSIZE == 64 + static const int kClass = ELFCLASS64; +#else +#error "Unsupported __WORDSIZE for ElfCoreDump." +#endif + + // A class encapsulating the note content in a core dump, which provides + // methods for accessing the name and description of a note. + class Note { + public: + Note(); + + // Constructor that takes the note content from |content|. + explicit Note(const MemoryRange& content); + + // Returns true if this note is valid, i,e. a note header is found in + // |content_|, or false otherwise. + bool IsValid() const; + + // Returns the note header, or NULL if no note header is found in + // |content_|. + const Nhdr* GetHeader() const; + + // Returns the note type, or 0 if no note header is found in |content_|. + Word GetType() const; + + // Returns a memory range covering the note name, or an empty range + // if no valid note name is found in |content_|. + MemoryRange GetName() const; + + // Returns a memory range covering the note description, or an empty + // range if no valid note description is found in |content_|. + MemoryRange GetDescription() const; + + // Returns the note following this note, or an empty note if no valid + // note is found after this note. + Note GetNextNote() const; + + private: + // Returns the size in bytes round up to the word alignment, specified + // for the note section, of a given size in bytes. + static size_t AlignedSize(size_t size); + + // Note content. + MemoryRange content_; + }; + + ElfCoreDump(); + + // Constructor that takes the core dump content from |content|. + explicit ElfCoreDump(const MemoryRange& content); + + // Sets the core dump content to |content|. + void SetContent(const MemoryRange& content); + + // Returns true if a valid ELF header in the core dump, or false otherwise. + bool IsValid() const; + + // Returns the ELF header in the core dump, or NULL if no ELF header + // is found in |content_|. + const Ehdr* GetHeader() const; + + // Returns the |index|-th program header in the core dump, or NULL if no + // ELF header is found in |content_| or |index| is out of bounds. + const Phdr* GetProgramHeader(unsigned index) const; + + // Returns the first program header of |type| in the core dump, or NULL if + // no ELF header is found in |content_| or no program header of |type| is + // found. + const Phdr* GetFirstProgramHeaderOfType(Word type) const; + + // Returns the number of program headers in the core dump, or 0 if no + // ELF header is found in |content_|. + unsigned GetProgramHeaderCount() const; + + // Copies |length| bytes of data starting at |virtual_address| in the core + // dump to |buffer|. |buffer| should be a valid pointer to a buffer of at + // least |length| bytes. Returns true if the data to be copied is found in + // the core dump, or false otherwise. + bool CopyData(void* buffer, Addr virtual_address, size_t length); + + // Returns the first note found in the note section of the core dump, or + // an empty note if no note is found. + Note GetFirstNote() const; + + private: + // Core dump content. + MemoryRange content_; +}; + +} // namespace google_breakpad + +#endif // COMMON_LINUX_ELF_CORE_DUMP_H_ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/elf_gnu_compat.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/elf_gnu_compat.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0a3dfedb --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/elf_gnu_compat.h @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +// -*- mode: C++ -*- + +// Copyright (c) 2013, Google Inc. +// All rights reserved. +// +// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are +// met: +// +// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above +// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer +// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the +// distribution. +// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its +// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from +// this software without specific prior written permission. +// +// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR +// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT +// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, +// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, +// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY +// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE +// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +// Original author: Lei Zhang + +// elf_gnu_compat.h: #defines unique to glibc's elf.h. + +#ifndef COMMON_LINUX_ELF_GNU_COMPAT_H_ +#define COMMON_LINUX_ELF_GNU_COMPAT_H_ + +#include + +// A note type on GNU systems corresponding to the .note.gnu.build-id section. +#ifndef NT_GNU_BUILD_ID +#define NT_GNU_BUILD_ID 3 +#endif + +// Newer Linux systems offer this. +#ifndef NT_SIGINFO +#define NT_SIGINFO 0x53494749 +#endif + +#endif // COMMON_LINUX_ELF_GNU_COMPAT_H_ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/elf_symbols_to_module.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/elf_symbols_to_module.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2e7c0971 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/elf_symbols_to_module.h @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +// -*- mode: c++ -*- + +// Copyright (c) 2011 Google Inc. All Rights Reserved. +// +// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are +// met: +// +// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above +// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer +// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the +// distribution. +// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its +// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from +// this software without specific prior written permission. +// +// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR +// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT +// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, +// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, +// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY +// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE +// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +// Original author: Ted Mielczarek + +// elf_symbols_to_module.h: Exposes ELFSymbolsToModule, a function +// for reading ELF symbol tables and inserting exported symbol names +// into a google_breakpad::Module as Extern definitions. + +#ifndef BREAKPAD_COMMON_LINUX_ELF_SYMBOLS_TO_MODULE_H_ +#define BREAKPAD_COMMON_LINUX_ELF_SYMBOLS_TO_MODULE_H_ + +#include +#include + +namespace google_breakpad { + +class Module; + +bool ELFSymbolsToModule(const uint8_t *symtab_section, + size_t symtab_size, + const uint8_t *string_section, + size_t string_size, + const bool big_endian, + size_t value_size, + Module *module); + +} // namespace google_breakpad + + +#endif // BREAKPAD_COMMON_LINUX_ELF_SYMBOLS_TO_MODULE_H_ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/elfutils-inl.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/elfutils-inl.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e56b37a9 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/elfutils-inl.h @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +// Copyright (c) 2012, Google Inc. +// All rights reserved. +// +// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are +// met: +// +// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above +// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer +// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the +// distribution. +// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its +// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from +// this software without specific prior written permission. +// +// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR +// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT +// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, +// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, +// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY +// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE +// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +#ifndef COMMON_LINUX_ELFUTILS_INL_H__ +#define COMMON_LINUX_ELFUTILS_INL_H__ + +#include "common/linux/linux_libc_support.h" +#include "elfutils.h" + +namespace google_breakpad { + +template +const T* GetOffset(const typename ElfClass::Ehdr* elf_header, + typename ElfClass::Off offset) { + return reinterpret_cast(reinterpret_cast(elf_header) + + offset); +} + +template +const typename ElfClass::Shdr* FindElfSectionByName( + const char* name, + typename ElfClass::Word section_type, + const typename ElfClass::Shdr* sections, + const char* section_names, + const char* names_end, + int nsection) { + assert(name != NULL); + assert(sections != NULL); + assert(nsection > 0); + + int name_len = my_strlen(name); + if (name_len == 0) + return NULL; + + for (int i = 0; i < nsection; ++i) { + const char* section_name = section_names + sections[i].sh_name; + if (sections[i].sh_type == section_type && + names_end - section_name >= name_len + 1 && + my_strcmp(name, section_name) == 0) { + return sections + i; + } + } + return NULL; +} + +} // namespace google_breakpad + +#endif // COMMON_LINUX_ELFUTILS_INL_H__ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/elfutils.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/elfutils.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8fcb6a96 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/elfutils.h @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +// Copyright (c) 2012, Google Inc. +// All rights reserved. +// +// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are +// met: +// +// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above +// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer +// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the +// distribution. +// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its +// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from +// this software without specific prior written permission. +// +// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR +// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT +// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, +// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, +// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY +// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE +// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. +// +// elfutils.h: Utilities for dealing with ELF files. +// + +#ifndef COMMON_LINUX_ELFUTILS_H_ +#define COMMON_LINUX_ELFUTILS_H_ + +#include +#include +#include + +#include "common/memory_allocator.h" + +namespace google_breakpad { + +// Traits classes so consumers can write templatized code to deal +// with specific ELF bits. +struct ElfClass32 { + typedef Elf32_Addr Addr; + typedef Elf32_Ehdr Ehdr; + typedef Elf32_Nhdr Nhdr; + typedef Elf32_Phdr Phdr; + typedef Elf32_Shdr Shdr; + typedef Elf32_Half Half; + typedef Elf32_Off Off; + typedef Elf32_Sym Sym; + typedef Elf32_Word Word; + + static const int kClass = ELFCLASS32; + static const uint16_t kMachine = EM_386; + static const size_t kAddrSize = sizeof(Elf32_Addr); + static constexpr const char* kMachineName = "x86"; +}; + +struct ElfClass64 { + typedef Elf64_Addr Addr; + typedef Elf64_Ehdr Ehdr; + typedef Elf64_Nhdr Nhdr; + typedef Elf64_Phdr Phdr; + typedef Elf64_Shdr Shdr; + typedef Elf64_Half Half; + typedef Elf64_Off Off; + typedef Elf64_Sym Sym; + typedef Elf64_Word Word; + + static const int kClass = ELFCLASS64; + static const uint16_t kMachine = EM_X86_64; + static const size_t kAddrSize = sizeof(Elf64_Addr); + static constexpr const char* kMachineName = "x86_64"; +}; + +bool IsValidElf(const void* elf_header); +int ElfClass(const void* elf_base); + +// Attempt to find a section named |section_name| of type |section_type| +// in the ELF binary data at |elf_mapped_base|. On success, returns true +// and sets |*section_start| to point to the start of the section data, +// and |*section_size| to the size of the section's data. +bool FindElfSection(const void *elf_mapped_base, + const char *section_name, + uint32_t section_type, + const void **section_start, + size_t *section_size); + +// Internal helper method, exposed for convenience for callers +// that already have more info. +template +const typename ElfClass::Shdr* +FindElfSectionByName(const char* name, + typename ElfClass::Word section_type, + const typename ElfClass::Shdr* sections, + const char* section_names, + const char* names_end, + int nsection); + +struct ElfSegment { + const void* start; + size_t size; +}; + +// Attempt to find all segments of type |segment_type| in the ELF +// binary data at |elf_mapped_base|. On success, returns true and fills +// |*segments| with a list of segments of the given type. +bool FindElfSegments(const void* elf_mapped_base, + uint32_t segment_type, + wasteful_vector* segments); + +// Convert an offset from an Elf header into a pointer to the mapped +// address in the current process. Takes an extra template parameter +// to specify the return type to avoid having to dynamic_cast the +// result. +template +const T* +GetOffset(const typename ElfClass::Ehdr* elf_header, + typename ElfClass::Off offset); + +} // namespace google_breakpad + +#endif // COMMON_LINUX_ELFUTILS_H_ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/file_id.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/file_id.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4aff021d --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/file_id.h @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +// Copyright (c) 2006, Google Inc. +// All rights reserved. +// +// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are +// met: +// +// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above +// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer +// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the +// distribution. +// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its +// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from +// this software without specific prior written permission. +// +// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR +// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT +// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, +// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, +// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY +// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE +// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. +// +// file_id.h: Return a unique identifier for a file +// + +#ifndef COMMON_LINUX_FILE_ID_H__ +#define COMMON_LINUX_FILE_ID_H__ + +#include +#include + +#include "common/linux/guid_creator.h" +#include "common/memory_allocator.h" +#include "common/using_std_string.h" + +namespace google_breakpad { + +// GNU binutils' ld defaults to 'sha1', which is 160 bits == 20 bytes, +// so this is enough to fit that, which most binaries will use. +// This is just a sensible default for auto_wasteful_vector so most +// callers can get away with stack allocation. +static const size_t kDefaultBuildIdSize = 20; + +class FileID { + public: + explicit FileID(const char* path); + ~FileID() {} + + // Load the identifier for the elf file path specified in the constructor into + // |identifier|. + // + // The current implementation will look for a .note.gnu.build-id + // section and use that as the file id, otherwise it falls back to + // XORing the first 4096 bytes of the .text section to generate an identifier. + bool ElfFileIdentifier(wasteful_vector& identifier); + + // Load the identifier for the elf file mapped into memory at |base| into + // |identifier|. Return false if the identifier could not be created for this + // file. + static bool ElfFileIdentifierFromMappedFile( + const void* base, + wasteful_vector& identifier); + + // Convert the |identifier| data to a string. The string will + // be formatted as a UUID in all uppercase without dashes. + // (e.g., 22F065BBFC9C49F780FE26A7CEBD7BCE). + static string ConvertIdentifierToUUIDString( + const wasteful_vector& identifier); + + // Convert the entire |identifier| data to a hex string. + static string ConvertIdentifierToString( + const wasteful_vector& identifier); + + private: + // Storage for the path specified + string path_; +}; + +} // namespace google_breakpad + +#endif // COMMON_LINUX_FILE_ID_H__ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/google_crashdump_uploader.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/google_crashdump_uploader.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a2d0575b --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/google_crashdump_uploader.h @@ -0,0 +1,107 @@ +// Copyright (c) 2009, Google Inc. +// All rights reserved. +// +// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are +// met: +// +// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above +// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer +// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the +// distribution. +// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its +// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from +// this software without specific prior written permission. +// +// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR +// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT +// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, +// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, +// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY +// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE +// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + + +#ifndef COMMON_LINUX_GOOGLE_CRASHDUMP_UPLOADER_H_ +#define COMMON_LINUX_GOOGLE_CRASHDUMP_UPLOADER_H_ + +#include +#include + +#include "common/linux/libcurl_wrapper.h" +#include "common/scoped_ptr.h" +#include "common/using_std_string.h" + +namespace google_breakpad { + +class GoogleCrashdumpUploader { + public: + GoogleCrashdumpUploader(const string& product, + const string& version, + const string& guid, + const string& ptime, + const string& ctime, + const string& email, + const string& comments, + const string& minidump_pathname, + const string& crash_server, + const string& proxy_host, + const string& proxy_userpassword); + + GoogleCrashdumpUploader(const string& product, + const string& version, + const string& guid, + const string& ptime, + const string& ctime, + const string& email, + const string& comments, + const string& minidump_pathname, + const string& crash_server, + const string& proxy_host, + const string& proxy_userpassword, + LibcurlWrapper* http_layer); + + void Init(const string& product, + const string& version, + const string& guid, + const string& ptime, + const string& ctime, + const string& email, + const string& comments, + const string& minidump_pathname, + const string& crash_server, + const string& proxy_host, + const string& proxy_userpassword, + LibcurlWrapper* http_layer); + bool Upload(int* http_status_code, + string* http_response_header, + string* http_response_body); + + private: + bool CheckRequiredParametersArePresent(); + + scoped_ptr http_layer_; + string product_; + string version_; + string guid_; + string ptime_; + string ctime_; + string email_; + string comments_; + string minidump_pathname_; + + string crash_server_; + string proxy_host_; + string proxy_userpassword_; + + std::map parameters_; +}; +} + +#endif // COMMON_LINUX_GOOGLE_CRASHDUMP_UPLOADER_H_ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/guid_creator.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/guid_creator.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c86d856c --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/guid_creator.h @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +// Copyright (c) 2006, Google Inc. +// All rights reserved. +// +// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are +// met: +// +// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above +// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer +// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the +// distribution. +// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its +// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from +// this software without specific prior written permission. +// +// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR +// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT +// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, +// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, +// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY +// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE +// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +#ifndef COMMON_LINUX_GUID_CREATOR_H__ +#define COMMON_LINUX_GUID_CREATOR_H__ + +#include "google_breakpad/common/minidump_format.h" + +typedef MDGUID GUID; + +// Format string for parsing GUID. +#define kGUIDFormatString "%08x-%04x-%04x-%08x-%08x" +// Length of GUID string. Don't count the ending '\0'. +#define kGUIDStringLength 36 + +// Create a guid. +bool CreateGUID(GUID *guid); + +// Get the string from guid. +bool GUIDToString(const GUID *guid, char *buf, int buf_len); + +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/http_upload.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/http_upload.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bc1d5d57 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/http_upload.h @@ -0,0 +1,90 @@ +// Copyright (c) 2006, Google Inc. +// All rights reserved. +// +// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are +// met: +// +// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above +// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer +// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the +// distribution. +// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its +// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from +// this software without specific prior written permission. +// +// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR +// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT +// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, +// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, +// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY +// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE +// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +// HTTPUpload provides a "nice" API to send a multipart HTTP(S) POST +// request using libcurl. It currently supports requests that contain +// a set of string parameters (key/value pairs), and a file to upload. + +#ifndef COMMON_LINUX_HTTP_UPLOAD_H__ +#define COMMON_LINUX_HTTP_UPLOAD_H__ + +#include +#include + +#include "common/using_std_string.h" + +namespace google_breakpad { + +using std::map; + +class HTTPUpload { + public: + // Sends the given sets of parameters and files as a multipart POST + // request to the given URL. + // Each key in |files| is the name of the file part of the request + // (i.e. it corresponds to the name= attribute on an . + // Parameter names must contain only printable ASCII characters, + // and may not contain a quote (") character. + // Only HTTP(S) URLs are currently supported. Returns true on success. + // If the request is successful and response_body is non-NULL, + // the response body will be returned in response_body. + // If response_code is non-NULL, it will be set to the HTTP response code + // received (or 0 if the request failed before getting an HTTP response). + // If the send fails, a description of the error will be + // returned in error_description. + static bool SendRequest(const string &url, + const map ¶meters, + const map &files, + const string &proxy, + const string &proxy_user_pwd, + const string &ca_certificate_file, + string *response_body, + long *response_code, + string *error_description); + + private: + // Checks that the given list of parameters has only printable + // ASCII characters in the parameter name, and does not contain + // any quote (") characters. Returns true if so. + static bool CheckParameters(const map ¶meters); + + // Checks the curl_lib parameter points to a valid curl lib. + static bool CheckCurlLib(void* curl_lib); + + // No instances of this class should be created. + // Disallow all constructors, destructors, and operator=. + HTTPUpload(); + explicit HTTPUpload(const HTTPUpload &); + void operator=(const HTTPUpload &); + ~HTTPUpload(); +}; + +} // namespace google_breakpad + +#endif // COMMON_LINUX_HTTP_UPLOAD_H__ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/ignore_ret.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/ignore_ret.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..efd274c2 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/ignore_ret.h @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +// Copyright (c) 2012 Google Inc. +// All rights reserved. +// +// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are +// met: +// +// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above +// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer +// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the +// distribution. +// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its +// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from +// this software without specific prior written permission. +// +// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR +// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT +// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, +// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, +// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY +// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE +// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +#ifndef COMMON_LINUX_IGNORE_RET_H_ +#define COMMON_LINUX_IGNORE_RET_H_ + +// Some compilers are prone to warn about unused return values. In cases where +// either a) the call cannot fail, or b) there is nothing that can be done when +// the call fails, IGNORE_RET() can be used to mark the return code as ignored. +// This avoids spurious compiler warnings. + +#define IGNORE_RET(x) do { if (x) {} } while (0) + +#endif // COMMON_LINUX_IGNORE_RET_H_ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/libcurl_wrapper.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/libcurl_wrapper.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..25905ad8 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/libcurl_wrapper.h @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ +// Copyright (c) 2009, Google Inc. +// All rights reserved. +// +// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are +// met: +// +// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above +// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer +// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the +// distribution. +// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its +// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from +// this software without specific prior written permission. +// +// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR +// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT +// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, +// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, +// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY +// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE +// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +// A wrapper for libcurl to do HTTP Uploads, to support easy mocking +// and unit testing of the HTTPUpload class. + +#ifndef COMMON_LINUX_LIBCURL_WRAPPER_H_ +#define COMMON_LINUX_LIBCURL_WRAPPER_H_ + +#include +#include + +#include "common/using_std_string.h" +#include "third_party/curl/curl.h" + +namespace google_breakpad { +class LibcurlWrapper { + public: + LibcurlWrapper(); + virtual ~LibcurlWrapper(); + virtual bool Init(); + virtual bool SetProxy(const string& proxy_host, + const string& proxy_userpwd); + virtual bool AddFile(const string& upload_file_path, + const string& basename); + virtual bool SendRequest(const string& url, + const std::map& parameters, + int* http_status_code, + string* http_header_data, + string* http_response_data); + private: + // This function initializes class state corresponding to function + // pointers into the CURL library. + bool SetFunctionPointers(); + + bool init_ok_; // Whether init succeeded + void* curl_lib_; // Pointer to result of dlopen() on + // curl library + string last_curl_error_; // The text of the last error when + // dealing + // with CURL. + + CURL *curl_; // Pointer for handle for CURL calls. + + CURL* (*easy_init_)(void); + + // Stateful pointers for calling into curl_formadd() + struct curl_httppost *formpost_; + struct curl_httppost *lastptr_; + struct curl_slist *headerlist_; + + // Function pointers into CURL library + CURLcode (*easy_setopt_)(CURL *, CURLoption, ...); + CURLFORMcode (*formadd_)(struct curl_httppost **, + struct curl_httppost **, ...); + struct curl_slist* (*slist_append_)(struct curl_slist *, const char *); + void (*slist_free_all_)(struct curl_slist *); + CURLcode (*easy_perform_)(CURL *); + const char* (*easy_strerror_)(CURLcode); + void (*easy_cleanup_)(CURL *); + CURLcode (*easy_getinfo_)(CURL *, CURLINFO info, ...); + void (*formfree_)(struct curl_httppost *); + +}; +} + +#endif // COMMON_LINUX_LIBCURL_WRAPPER_H_ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/linux_libc_support.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/linux_libc_support.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ec5a8d6b --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/linux_libc_support.h @@ -0,0 +1,96 @@ +// Copyright (c) 2009, Google Inc. +// All rights reserved. +// +// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are +// met: +// +// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above +// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer +// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the +// distribution. +// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its +// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from +// this software without specific prior written permission. +// +// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR +// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT +// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, +// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, +// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY +// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE +// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +// This header provides replacements for libc functions that we need. We if +// call the libc functions directly we risk crashing in the dynamic linker as +// it tries to resolve uncached PLT entries. + +#ifndef CLIENT_LINUX_LINUX_LIBC_SUPPORT_H_ +#define CLIENT_LINUX_LINUX_LIBC_SUPPORT_H_ + +#include +#include +#include + +extern "C" { + +extern size_t my_strlen(const char* s); + +extern int my_strcmp(const char* a, const char* b); + +extern int my_strncmp(const char* a, const char* b, size_t len); + +// Parse a non-negative integer. +// result: (output) the resulting non-negative integer +// s: a NUL terminated string +// Return true iff successful. +extern bool my_strtoui(int* result, const char* s); + +// Return the length of the given unsigned integer when expressed in base 10. +extern unsigned my_uint_len(uintmax_t i); + +// Convert an unsigned integer to a string +// output: (output) the resulting string is written here. This buffer must be +// large enough to hold the resulting string. Call |my_uint_len| to get the +// required length. +// i: the unsigned integer to serialise. +// i_len: the length of the integer in base 10 (see |my_uint_len|). +extern void my_uitos(char* output, uintmax_t i, unsigned i_len); + +extern const char* my_strchr(const char* haystack, char needle); + +extern const char* my_strrchr(const char* haystack, char needle); + +// Read a hex value +// result: (output) the resulting value +// s: a string +// Returns a pointer to the first invalid charactor. +extern const char* my_read_hex_ptr(uintptr_t* result, const char* s); + +extern const char* my_read_decimal_ptr(uintptr_t* result, const char* s); + +extern void my_memset(void* ip, char c, size_t len); + +extern void* my_memchr(const void* src, int c, size_t len); + +// The following are considered safe to use in a compromised environment. +// Besides, this gives the compiler an opportunity to optimize their calls. +#define my_memcpy memcpy +#define my_memmove memmove +#define my_memcmp memcmp + +extern size_t my_strlcpy(char* s1, const char* s2, size_t len); + +extern size_t my_strlcat(char* s1, const char* s2, size_t len); + +extern int my_isspace(int ch); + +} // extern "C" + +#endif // CLIENT_LINUX_LINUX_LIBC_SUPPORT_H_ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/memory_mapped_file.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/memory_mapped_file.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fa660cc9 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/memory_mapped_file.h @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ +// Copyright (c) 2011, Google Inc. +// All rights reserved. +// +// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are +// met: +// +// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above +// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer +// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the +// distribution. +// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its +// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from +// this software without specific prior written permission. +// +// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR +// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT +// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, +// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, +// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY +// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE +// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +// memory_mapped_file.h: Define the google_breakpad::MemoryMappedFile +// class, which maps a file into memory for read-only access. + +#ifndef COMMON_LINUX_MEMORY_MAPPED_FILE_H_ +#define COMMON_LINUX_MEMORY_MAPPED_FILE_H_ + +#include +#include "common/basictypes.h" +#include "common/memory_range.h" + +namespace google_breakpad { + +// A utility class for mapping a file into memory for read-only access of +// the file content. Its implementation avoids calling into libc functions +// by directly making system calls for open, close, mmap, and munmap. +class MemoryMappedFile { + public: + MemoryMappedFile(); + + // Constructor that calls Map() to map a file at |path| into memory. + // If Map() fails, the object behaves as if it is default constructed. + MemoryMappedFile(const char* path, size_t offset); + + ~MemoryMappedFile(); + + // Maps a file at |path| into memory, which can then be accessed via + // content() as a MemoryRange object or via data(), and returns true on + // success. Mapping an empty file will succeed but with data() and size() + // returning NULL and 0, respectively. An existing mapping is unmapped + // before a new mapping is created. + bool Map(const char* path, size_t offset); + + // Unmaps the memory for the mapped file. It's a no-op if no file is + // mapped. + void Unmap(); + + // Returns a MemoryRange object that covers the memory for the mapped + // file. The MemoryRange object is empty if no file is mapped. + const MemoryRange& content() const { return content_; } + + // Returns a pointer to the beginning of the memory for the mapped file. + // or NULL if no file is mapped or the mapped file is empty. + const void* data() const { return content_.data(); } + + // Returns the size in bytes of the mapped file, or zero if no file + // is mapped. + size_t size() const { return content_.length(); } + + private: + // Mapped file content as a MemoryRange object. + MemoryRange content_; + + DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN(MemoryMappedFile); +}; + +} // namespace google_breakpad + +#endif // COMMON_LINUX_MEMORY_MAPPED_FILE_H_ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/safe_readlink.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/safe_readlink.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4ae131b5 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/safe_readlink.h @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +// Copyright (c) 2011, Google Inc. +// All rights reserved. +// +// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are +// met: +// +// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above +// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer +// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the +// distribution. +// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its +// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from +// this software without specific prior written permission. +// +// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR +// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT +// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, +// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, +// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY +// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE +// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +// safe_readlink.h: Define the google_breakpad::SafeReadLink function, +// which wraps sys_readlink and gurantees the result is NULL-terminated. + +#ifndef COMMON_LINUX_SAFE_READLINK_H_ +#define COMMON_LINUX_SAFE_READLINK_H_ + +#include + +namespace google_breakpad { + +// This function wraps sys_readlink() and performs the same functionalty, +// but guarantees |buffer| is NULL-terminated if sys_readlink() returns +// no error. It takes the same arguments as sys_readlink(), but unlike +// sys_readlink(), it returns true on success. +// +// |buffer_size| specifies the size of |buffer| in bytes. As this function +// always NULL-terminates |buffer| on success, |buffer_size| should be +// at least one byte longer than the expected path length (e.g. PATH_MAX, +// which is typically defined as the maximum length of a path name +// including the NULL byte). +// +// The implementation of this function calls sys_readlink() instead of +// readlink(), it can thus be used in the context where calling to libc +// functions is discouraged. +bool SafeReadLink(const char* path, char* buffer, size_t buffer_size); + +// Same as the three-argument version of SafeReadLink() but deduces the +// size of |buffer| if it is a char array of known size. +template +bool SafeReadLink(const char* path, char (&buffer)[N]) { + return SafeReadLink(path, buffer, sizeof(buffer)); +} + +} // namespace google_breakpad + +#endif // COMMON_LINUX_SAFE_READLINK_H_ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/symbol_upload.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/symbol_upload.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0a469692 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/symbol_upload.h @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +// -*- mode: c++ -*- + +// Copyright (c) 2011 Google Inc. +// All rights reserved. +// +// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are +// met: +// +// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above +// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer +// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the +// distribution. +// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its +// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from +// this software without specific prior written permission. +// +// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR +// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT +// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, +// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, +// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY +// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE +// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +// symbol_upload.h: helper functions for linux symbol upload tool. + +#ifndef COMMON_LINUX_SYMBOL_UPLOAD_H_ +#define COMMON_LINUX_SYMBOL_UPLOAD_H_ + +#include + +#include "common/using_std_string.h" + +namespace google_breakpad { +namespace sym_upload { + +typedef struct { + string symbolsPath; + string uploadURLStr; + string proxy; + string proxy_user_pwd; + string version; + bool success; +} Options; + +// Starts upload to symbol server with options. +void Start(Options* options); + +} // namespace sym_upload +} // namespace google_breakpad + +#endif // COMMON_LINUX_SYMBOL_UPLOAD_H_ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/synth_elf.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/synth_elf.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1d2a20ca --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/synth_elf.h @@ -0,0 +1,197 @@ +// -*- mode: C++ -*- + +// Copyright (c) 2011, Google Inc. +// All rights reserved. +// +// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are +// met: +// +// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above +// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer +// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the +// distribution. +// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its +// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from +// this software without specific prior written permission. +// +// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR +// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT +// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, +// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, +// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY +// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE +// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +// Original author: Ted Mielczarek + +// synth_elf.h: Interface to synth_elf::ELF: fake ELF generator. + +#ifndef COMMON_LINUX_SYNTH_ELF_H_ +#define COMMON_LINUX_SYNTH_ELF_H_ + +#include "common/test_assembler.h" + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include "common/using_std_string.h" + +namespace google_breakpad { +namespace synth_elf { + +using std::list; +using std::vector; +using std::map; +using std::pair; +using test_assembler::Endianness; +using test_assembler::kLittleEndian; +using test_assembler::kUnsetEndian; +using test_assembler::Label; +using test_assembler::Section; + +// String tables are common in ELF headers, so subclass Section +// to make them easy to generate. +class StringTable : public Section { +public: + StringTable(Endianness endianness = kUnsetEndian) + : Section(endianness) { + start() = 0; + empty_string = Add(""); + } + + // Add the string s to the string table, and return + // a label containing the offset into the string table + // at which it was added. + Label Add(const string& s) { + if (strings_.find(s) != strings_.end()) + return strings_[s]; + + Label string_label(Here()); + AppendCString(s); + strings_[s] = string_label; + return string_label; + } + + // All StringTables contain an empty string as their first + // entry. + Label empty_string; + + // Avoid inserting duplicate strings. + map strings_; +}; + +// A Section representing an entire ELF file. +class ELF : public Section { + public: + ELF(uint16_t machine, // EM_386, etc + uint8_t file_class, // ELFCLASS{32,64} + Endianness endianness = kLittleEndian); + + // Add the Section section to the section header table and append it + // to the file. Returns the index of the section in the section + // header table. + int AddSection(const string& name, const Section& section, + uint32_t type, uint32_t flags = 0, uint64_t addr = 0, + uint32_t link = 0, uint64_t entsize = 0, uint64_t offset = 0); + + // Add a segment containing from section index start to section index end. + // The indexes must have been gotten from AddSection. + void AddSegment(int start, int end, uint32_t type, uint32_t flags = 0); + + // Write out all data. GetContents may be used after this. + void Finish(); + + private: + // Size of an address, in bytes. + const size_t addr_size_; + + // Offset to the program header table. + Label program_header_label_; + // Number of entries in the program header table. + int program_count_; + Label program_count_label_; + // The program header table itself. + Section program_header_table_; + + // Offset to the section header table. + Label section_header_label_; + // Number of entries in the section header table. + int section_count_; + Label section_count_label_; + // The section header table itself. + Section section_header_table_; + + // Index of the section header string table in the section + // header table. + Label section_header_string_index_; + // Section containing the names of section header table entries. + StringTable section_header_strings_; + + // Record of an added section + struct ElfSection : public Section { + ElfSection(const Section& section, uint32_t type, uint32_t addr, + uint32_t offset, Label offset_label, uint32_t size) + : Section(section), type_(type), addr_(addr), offset_(offset) + , offset_label_(offset_label), size_(size) { + } + + uint32_t type_; + uint32_t addr_; + uint32_t offset_; + Label offset_label_; + uint32_t size_; + }; + + vector sections_; + + void AppendSection(ElfSection §ion); +}; + +// A class to build .symtab or .dynsym sections. +class SymbolTable : public Section { + public: + // table is the StringTable that contains symbol names. The caller + // must ensure that it remains alive for the life of the + // SymbolTable. + SymbolTable(Endianness endianness, size_t addr_size, StringTable& table); + + // Add an Elf32_Sym. + void AddSymbol(const string& name, uint32_t value, + uint32_t size, unsigned info, uint16_t shndx); + // Add an Elf64_Sym. + void AddSymbol(const string& name, uint64_t value, + uint64_t size, unsigned info, uint16_t shndx); + + private: +#ifndef NDEBUG + size_t addr_size_; +#endif + StringTable& table_; +}; + +// A class for note sections +class Notes : public Section { +public: + Notes(Endianness endianness) + : Section(endianness) { + } + + // Add a note. + void AddNote(int type, const string &name, const uint8_t* desc_bytes, + size_t desc_size); +}; + +} // namespace synth_elf +} // namespace google_breakpad + +#endif // COMMON_LINUX_SYNTH_ELF_H_ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/long_string_dictionary.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/long_string_dictionary.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..68bf03de --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/long_string_dictionary.h @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ +// Copyright (c) 2017, Google Inc. +// All rights reserved. +// +// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are +// met: +// +// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above +// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer +// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the +// distribution. +// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its +// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from +// this software without specific prior written permission. +// +// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR +// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT +// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, +// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, +// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY +// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE +// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +#ifndef COMMON_LONG_STRING_DICTIONARY_H_ +#define COMMON_LONG_STRING_DICTIONARY_H_ + +#include + +#include "common/simple_string_dictionary.h" + +namespace google_breakpad { +// key_size is the maxium size that |key| can take in +// SimpleStringDictionary which is defined in simple_string_dictionary.h. +// +// value_size is the maxium size that |value| can take in +// SimpleStringDictionary which is defined in simple_string_dictionary.h. +// +// LongStringDictionary is a subclass of SimpleStringDictionary which supports +// longer values to be stored in the dictionary. The maximum length supported is +// (value_size - 1) * 10. +// +// For example, LongStringDictionary will store long value with key 'abc' into +// segment values with segment keys 'abc__1', 'abc__2', 'abc__3', ... +// +// Clients must avoid using the same suffixes as their key's suffix when +// LongStringDictionary is used. +class LongStringDictionary : public SimpleStringDictionary { + public: + // Stores |value| into |key|, or segment values into segment keys. The maxium + // number of segments is 10. If |value| can not be stored in 10 segments, it + // will be truncated. Replacing the existing value if |key| is already present + // and replacing the existing segment values if segment keys are already + // present. + // + // |key| must not be NULL. If the |value| need to be divided into segments, + // the lengh of |key| must be smaller enough so that lengths of segment keys + // which are key with suffixes are all samller than (key_size - 1). Currently, + // the max length of suffixes are 4. + // + // If |value| is NULL, the key and its corresponding segment keys are removed + // from the map. If there is no more space in the map, then the operation + // silently fails. + void SetKeyValue(const char* key, const char* value); + + // Given |key|, removes any associated value or associated segment values. + // |key| must not be NULL. If the key is not found, searchs its segment keys + // and removes corresponding segment values if found. + bool RemoveKey(const char* key); + + // Given |key|, returns its corresponding |value|. |key| must not be NULL. If + // the key is found, its corresponding |value| is returned. + // + // If no corresponding |value| is found, segment keys of the given |key| will + // be used to search for corresponding segment values. If segment values + // exist, assembled value from them is returned. If no segment value exists, + // NULL is returned. + const std::string GetValueForKey(const char* key) const; +}; +} // namespace google_breakpad + +#endif // COMMON_LONG_STRING_DICTIONARY_H_ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/md5.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/md5.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2ab0ab95 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/md5.h @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +// Copyright 2007 Google Inc. All Rights Reserved. +// Author: liuli@google.com (Liu Li) +#ifndef COMMON_MD5_H__ +#define COMMON_MD5_H__ + +#include + +namespace google_breakpad { + +typedef uint32_t u32; +typedef uint8_t u8; + +struct MD5Context { + u32 buf[4]; + u32 bits[2]; + u8 in[64]; +}; + +void MD5Init(struct MD5Context *ctx); + +void MD5Update(struct MD5Context *ctx, unsigned char const *buf, size_t len); + +void MD5Final(unsigned char digest[16], struct MD5Context *ctx); + +} // namespace google_breakpad + +#endif // COMMON_MD5_H__ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/memory_allocator.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/memory_allocator.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a3159ea4 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/memory_allocator.h @@ -0,0 +1,249 @@ +// Copyright (c) 2009, Google Inc. +// All rights reserved. +// +// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are +// met: +// +// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above +// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer +// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the +// distribution. +// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its +// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from +// this software without specific prior written permission. +// +// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR +// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT +// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, +// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, +// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY +// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE +// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +#ifndef GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MEMORY_ALLOCATOR_H_ +#define GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MEMORY_ALLOCATOR_H_ + +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include +#include + +#if defined(MEMORY_SANITIZER) +#include +#endif + +#ifdef __APPLE__ +#define sys_mmap mmap +#define sys_munmap munmap +#define MAP_ANONYMOUS MAP_ANON +#else +#include "third_party/lss/linux_syscall_support.h" +#endif + +namespace google_breakpad { + +// This is very simple allocator which fetches pages from the kernel directly. +// Thus, it can be used even when the heap may be corrupted. +// +// There is no free operation. The pages are only freed when the object is +// destroyed. +class PageAllocator { + public: + PageAllocator() + : page_size_(getpagesize()), + last_(NULL), + current_page_(NULL), + page_offset_(0), + pages_allocated_(0) { + } + + ~PageAllocator() { + FreeAll(); + } + + void *Alloc(size_t bytes) { + if (!bytes) + return NULL; + + if (current_page_ && page_size_ - page_offset_ >= bytes) { + uint8_t *const ret = current_page_ + page_offset_; + page_offset_ += bytes; + if (page_offset_ == page_size_) { + page_offset_ = 0; + current_page_ = NULL; + } + + return ret; + } + + const size_t pages = + (bytes + sizeof(PageHeader) + page_size_ - 1) / page_size_; + uint8_t *const ret = GetNPages(pages); + if (!ret) + return NULL; + + page_offset_ = + (page_size_ - (page_size_ * pages - (bytes + sizeof(PageHeader)))) % + page_size_; + current_page_ = page_offset_ ? ret + page_size_ * (pages - 1) : NULL; + + return ret + sizeof(PageHeader); + } + + // Checks whether the page allocator owns the passed-in pointer. + // This method exists for testing pursposes only. + bool OwnsPointer(const void* p) { + for (PageHeader* header = last_; header; header = header->next) { + const char* current = reinterpret_cast(header); + if ((p >= current) && (p < current + header->num_pages * page_size_)) + return true; + } + + return false; + } + + unsigned long pages_allocated() { return pages_allocated_; } + + private: + uint8_t *GetNPages(size_t num_pages) { + void *a = sys_mmap(NULL, page_size_ * num_pages, PROT_READ | PROT_WRITE, + MAP_PRIVATE | MAP_ANONYMOUS, -1, 0); + if (a == MAP_FAILED) + return NULL; + +#if defined(MEMORY_SANITIZER) + // We need to indicate to MSan that memory allocated through sys_mmap is + // initialized, since linux_syscall_support.h doesn't have MSan hooks. + __msan_unpoison(a, page_size_ * num_pages); +#endif + + struct PageHeader *header = reinterpret_cast(a); + header->next = last_; + header->num_pages = num_pages; + last_ = header; + + pages_allocated_ += num_pages; + + return reinterpret_cast(a); + } + + void FreeAll() { + PageHeader *next; + + for (PageHeader *cur = last_; cur; cur = next) { + next = cur->next; + sys_munmap(cur, cur->num_pages * page_size_); + } + } + + struct PageHeader { + PageHeader *next; // pointer to the start of the next set of pages. + size_t num_pages; // the number of pages in this set. + }; + + const size_t page_size_; + PageHeader *last_; + uint8_t *current_page_; + size_t page_offset_; + unsigned long pages_allocated_; +}; + +// Wrapper to use with STL containers +template +struct PageStdAllocator : public std::allocator { + typedef typename std::allocator::pointer pointer; + typedef typename std::allocator::size_type size_type; + + explicit PageStdAllocator(PageAllocator& allocator) : allocator_(allocator), + stackdata_(NULL), + stackdata_size_(0) + {} + + template PageStdAllocator(const PageStdAllocator& other) + : allocator_(other.allocator_), + stackdata_(nullptr), + stackdata_size_(0) + {} + + explicit PageStdAllocator(PageAllocator& allocator, + pointer stackdata, + size_type stackdata_size) : allocator_(allocator), + stackdata_(stackdata), + stackdata_size_(stackdata_size) + {} + + inline pointer allocate(size_type n, const void* = 0) { + const size_type size = sizeof(T) * n; + if (size <= stackdata_size_) { + return stackdata_; + } + return static_cast(allocator_.Alloc(size)); + } + + inline void deallocate(pointer, size_type) { + // The PageAllocator doesn't free. + } + + template struct rebind { + typedef PageStdAllocator other; + }; + + private: + // Silly workaround for the gcc from Android's ndk (gcc 4.6), which will + // otherwise complain that `other.allocator_` is private in the constructor + // code. + template friend struct PageStdAllocator; + + PageAllocator& allocator_; + pointer stackdata_; + size_type stackdata_size_; +}; + +// A wasteful vector is a std::vector, except that it allocates memory from a +// PageAllocator. It's wasteful because, when resizing, it always allocates a +// whole new array since the PageAllocator doesn't support realloc. +template +class wasteful_vector : public std::vector > { + public: + wasteful_vector(PageAllocator* allocator, unsigned size_hint = 16) + : std::vector >(PageStdAllocator(*allocator)) { + std::vector >::reserve(size_hint); + } + protected: + wasteful_vector(PageStdAllocator allocator) + : std::vector >(allocator) {} +}; + +// auto_wasteful_vector allocates space on the stack for N entries to avoid +// using the PageAllocator for small data, while still allowing for larger data. +template +class auto_wasteful_vector : public wasteful_vector { + T stackdata_[N]; + public: + auto_wasteful_vector(PageAllocator* allocator) + : wasteful_vector( + PageStdAllocator(*allocator, + &stackdata_[0], + sizeof(stackdata_))) { + std::vector >::reserve(N); + } +}; + +} // namespace google_breakpad + +inline void* operator new(size_t nbytes, + google_breakpad::PageAllocator& allocator) { + return allocator.Alloc(nbytes); +} + +#endif // GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MEMORY_ALLOCATOR_H_ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/memory_range.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/memory_range.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..41dd2da6 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/memory_range.h @@ -0,0 +1,145 @@ +// Copyright (c) 2011, Google Inc. +// All rights reserved. +// +// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are +// met: +// +// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above +// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer +// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the +// distribution. +// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its +// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from +// this software without specific prior written permission. +// +// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR +// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT +// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, +// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, +// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY +// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE +// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +// memory_range.h: Define the google_breakpad::MemoryRange class, which +// is a lightweight wrapper with a pointer and a length to encapsulate +// a contiguous range of memory. + +#ifndef COMMON_MEMORY_RANGE_H_ +#define COMMON_MEMORY_RANGE_H_ + +#include + +#include "google_breakpad/common/breakpad_types.h" + +namespace google_breakpad { + +// A lightweight wrapper with a pointer and a length to encapsulate a +// contiguous range of memory. It provides helper methods for checked +// access of a subrange of the memory. Its implemementation does not +// allocate memory or call into libc functions, and is thus safer to use +// in a crashed environment. +class MemoryRange { + public: + MemoryRange() : data_(NULL), length_(0) {} + + MemoryRange(const void* data, size_t length) { + Set(data, length); + } + + // Returns true if this memory range contains no data. + bool IsEmpty() const { + // Set() guarantees that |length_| is zero if |data_| is NULL. + return length_ == 0; + } + + // Resets to an empty range. + void Reset() { + data_ = NULL; + length_ = 0; + } + + // Sets this memory range to point to |data| and its length to |length|. + void Set(const void* data, size_t length) { + data_ = reinterpret_cast(data); + // Always set |length_| to zero if |data_| is NULL. + length_ = data ? length : 0; + } + + // Returns true if this range covers a subrange of |sub_length| bytes + // at |sub_offset| bytes of this memory range, or false otherwise. + bool Covers(size_t sub_offset, size_t sub_length) const { + // The following checks verify that: + // 1. sub_offset is within [ 0 .. length_ - 1 ] + // 2. sub_offset + sub_length is within + // [ sub_offset .. length_ ] + return sub_offset < length_ && + sub_offset + sub_length >= sub_offset && + sub_offset + sub_length <= length_; + } + + // Returns a raw data pointer to a subrange of |sub_length| bytes at + // |sub_offset| bytes of this memory range, or NULL if the subrange + // is out of bounds. + const void* GetData(size_t sub_offset, size_t sub_length) const { + return Covers(sub_offset, sub_length) ? (data_ + sub_offset) : NULL; + } + + // Same as the two-argument version of GetData() but uses sizeof(DataType) + // as the subrange length and returns an |DataType| pointer for convenience. + template + const DataType* GetData(size_t sub_offset) const { + return reinterpret_cast( + GetData(sub_offset, sizeof(DataType))); + } + + // Returns a raw pointer to the |element_index|-th element of an array + // of elements of length |element_size| starting at |sub_offset| bytes + // of this memory range, or NULL if the element is out of bounds. + const void* GetArrayElement(size_t element_offset, + size_t element_size, + unsigned element_index) const { + size_t sub_offset = element_offset + element_index * element_size; + return GetData(sub_offset, element_size); + } + + // Same as the three-argument version of GetArrayElement() but deduces + // the element size using sizeof(ElementType) and returns an |ElementType| + // pointer for convenience. + template + const ElementType* GetArrayElement(size_t element_offset, + unsigned element_index) const { + return reinterpret_cast( + GetArrayElement(element_offset, sizeof(ElementType), element_index)); + } + + // Returns a subrange of |sub_length| bytes at |sub_offset| bytes of + // this memory range, or an empty range if the subrange is out of bounds. + MemoryRange Subrange(size_t sub_offset, size_t sub_length) const { + return Covers(sub_offset, sub_length) ? + MemoryRange(data_ + sub_offset, sub_length) : MemoryRange(); + } + + // Returns a pointer to the beginning of this memory range. + const uint8_t* data() const { return data_; } + + // Returns the length, in bytes, of this memory range. + size_t length() const { return length_; } + + private: + // Pointer to the beginning of this memory range. + const uint8_t* data_; + + // Length, in bytes, of this memory range. + size_t length_; +}; + +} // namespace google_breakpad + +#endif // COMMON_MEMORY_RANGE_H_ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/minidump_type_helper.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/minidump_type_helper.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5a7d5a6a --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/minidump_type_helper.h @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +// Copyright (c) 2014, Google Inc. +// All rights reserved. +// +// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are +// met: +// +// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above +// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer +// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the +// distribution. +// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its +// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from +// this software without specific prior written permission. +// +// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR +// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT +// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, +// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, +// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY +// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE +// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +#ifndef GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MINIDUMP_TYPE_HELPER_H_ +#define GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MINIDUMP_TYPE_HELPER_H_ + +#include + +#include "google_breakpad/common/minidump_format.h" + +namespace google_breakpad { + +template +struct MDTypeHelper; + +template <> +struct MDTypeHelper { + typedef MDRawDebug32 MDRawDebug; + typedef MDRawLinkMap32 MDRawLinkMap; +}; + +template <> +struct MDTypeHelper { + typedef MDRawDebug64 MDRawDebug; + typedef MDRawLinkMap64 MDRawLinkMap; +}; + +} // namespace google_breakpad + +#endif // GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MINIDUMP_TYPE_HELPER_H_ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/module.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/module.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7b1a0db0 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/module.h @@ -0,0 +1,346 @@ +// -*- mode: c++ -*- + +// Copyright (c) 2010 Google Inc. +// All rights reserved. +// +// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are +// met: +// +// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above +// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer +// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the +// distribution. +// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its +// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from +// this software without specific prior written permission. +// +// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR +// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT +// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, +// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, +// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY +// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE +// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +// Original author: Jim Blandy + +// module.h: Define google_breakpad::Module. A Module holds debugging +// information, and can write that information out as a Breakpad +// symbol file. + +#ifndef COMMON_LINUX_MODULE_H__ +#define COMMON_LINUX_MODULE_H__ + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include "common/symbol_data.h" +#include "common/using_std_string.h" +#include "google_breakpad/common/breakpad_types.h" + +namespace google_breakpad { + +using std::set; +using std::vector; +using std::map; + +// A Module represents the contents of a module, and supports methods +// for adding information produced by parsing STABS or DWARF data +// --- possibly both from the same file --- and then writing out the +// unified contents as a Breakpad-format symbol file. +class Module { + public: + // The type of addresses and sizes in a symbol table. + typedef uint64_t Address; + struct File; + struct Function; + struct Line; + struct Extern; + + // Addresses appearing in File, Function, and Line structures are + // absolute, not relative to the the module's load address. That + // is, if the module were loaded at its nominal load address, the + // addresses would be correct. + + // A source file. + struct File { + explicit File(const string &name_input) : name(name_input), source_id(0) {} + + // The name of the source file. + const string name; + + // The file's source id. The Write member function clears this + // field and assigns source ids a fresh, so any value placed here + // before calling Write will be lost. + int source_id; + }; + + // An address range. + struct Range { + Range(const Address address_input, const Address size_input) : + address(address_input), size(size_input) { } + + Address address; + Address size; + }; + + // A function. + struct Function { + Function(const string &name_input, const Address &address_input) : + name(name_input), address(address_input), parameter_size(0) {} + + // For sorting by address. (Not style-guide compliant, but it's + // stupid not to put this in the struct.) + static bool CompareByAddress(const Function *x, const Function *y) { + return x->address < y->address; + } + + // The function's name. + const string name; + + // The start address and the address ranges covered by the function. + const Address address; + vector ranges; + + // The function's parameter size. + Address parameter_size; + + // Source lines belonging to this function, sorted by increasing + // address. + vector lines; + }; + + // A source line. + struct Line { + // For sorting by address. (Not style-guide compliant, but it's + // stupid not to put this in the struct.) + static bool CompareByAddress(const Module::Line &x, const Module::Line &y) { + return x.address < y.address; + } + + Address address, size; // The address and size of the line's code. + File *file; // The source file. + int number; // The source line number. + }; + + // An exported symbol. + struct Extern { + explicit Extern(const Address &address_input) : address(address_input) {} + const Address address; + string name; + }; + + // A map from register names to postfix expressions that recover + // their their values. This can represent a complete set of rules to + // follow at some address, or a set of changes to be applied to an + // extant set of rules. + typedef map RuleMap; + + // A map from addresses to RuleMaps, representing changes that take + // effect at given addresses. + typedef map RuleChangeMap; + + // A range of 'STACK CFI' stack walking information. An instance of + // this structure corresponds to a 'STACK CFI INIT' record and the + // subsequent 'STACK CFI' records that fall within its range. + struct StackFrameEntry { + // The starting address and number of bytes of machine code this + // entry covers. + Address address, size; + + // The initial register recovery rules, in force at the starting + // address. + RuleMap initial_rules; + + // A map from addresses to rule changes. To find the rules in + // force at a given address, start with initial_rules, and then + // apply the changes given in this map for all addresses up to and + // including the address you're interested in. + RuleChangeMap rule_changes; + }; + + struct FunctionCompare { + bool operator() (const Function *lhs, + const Function *rhs) const { + if (lhs->address == rhs->address) + return lhs->name < rhs->name; + return lhs->address < rhs->address; + } + }; + + struct ExternCompare { + bool operator() (const Extern *lhs, + const Extern *rhs) const { + return lhs->address < rhs->address; + } + }; + + // Create a new module with the given name, operating system, + // architecture, and ID string. + Module(const string &name, const string &os, const string &architecture, + const string &id, const string &code_id = ""); + ~Module(); + + // Set the module's load address to LOAD_ADDRESS; addresses given + // for functions and lines will be written to the Breakpad symbol + // file as offsets from this address. Construction initializes this + // module's load address to zero: addresses written to the symbol + // file will be the same as they appear in the Function, Line, and + // StackFrameEntry structures. + // + // Note that this member function has no effect on addresses stored + // in the data added to this module; the Write member function + // simply subtracts off the load address from addresses before it + // prints them. Only the last load address given before calling + // Write is used. + void SetLoadAddress(Address load_address); + + // Add FUNCTION to the module. FUNCTION's name must not be empty. + // This module owns all Function objects added with this function: + // destroying the module destroys them as well. + void AddFunction(Function *function); + + // Add all the functions in [BEGIN,END) to the module. + // This module owns all Function objects added with this function: + // destroying the module destroys them as well. + void AddFunctions(vector::iterator begin, + vector::iterator end); + + // Add STACK_FRAME_ENTRY to the module. + // This module owns all StackFrameEntry objects added with this + // function: destroying the module destroys them as well. + void AddStackFrameEntry(StackFrameEntry *stack_frame_entry); + + // Add PUBLIC to the module. + // This module owns all Extern objects added with this function: + // destroying the module destroys them as well. + void AddExtern(Extern *ext); + + // If this module has a file named NAME, return a pointer to it. If + // it has none, then create one and return a pointer to the new + // file. This module owns all File objects created using these + // functions; destroying the module destroys them as well. + File *FindFile(const string &name); + File *FindFile(const char *name); + + // If this module has a file named NAME, return a pointer to it. + // Otherwise, return NULL. + File *FindExistingFile(const string &name); + + // Insert pointers to the functions added to this module at I in + // VEC. The pointed-to Functions are still owned by this module. + // (Since this is effectively a copy of the function list, this is + // mostly useful for testing; other uses should probably get a more + // appropriate interface.) + void GetFunctions(vector *vec, vector::iterator i); + + // Insert pointers to the externs added to this module at I in + // VEC. The pointed-to Externs are still owned by this module. + // (Since this is effectively a copy of the extern list, this is + // mostly useful for testing; other uses should probably get a more + // appropriate interface.) + void GetExterns(vector *vec, vector::iterator i); + + // Clear VEC and fill it with pointers to the Files added to this + // module, sorted by name. The pointed-to Files are still owned by + // this module. (Since this is effectively a copy of the file list, + // this is mostly useful for testing; other uses should probably get + // a more appropriate interface.) + void GetFiles(vector *vec); + + // Clear VEC and fill it with pointers to the StackFrameEntry + // objects that have been added to this module. (Since this is + // effectively a copy of the stack frame entry list, this is mostly + // useful for testing; other uses should probably get + // a more appropriate interface.) + void GetStackFrameEntries(vector *vec) const; + + // Find those files in this module that are actually referred to by + // functions' line number data, and assign them source id numbers. + // Set the source id numbers for all other files --- unused by the + // source line data --- to -1. We do this before writing out the + // symbol file, at which point we omit any unused files. + void AssignSourceIds(); + + // Call AssignSourceIds, and write this module to STREAM in the + // breakpad symbol format. Return true if all goes well, or false if + // an error occurs. This method writes out: + // - a header based on the values given to the constructor, + // If symbol_data is not ONLY_CFI then: + // - the source files added via FindFile, + // - the functions added via AddFunctions, each with its lines, + // - all public records, + // If symbol_data is not NO_CFI then: + // - all CFI records. + // Addresses in the output are all relative to the load address + // established by SetLoadAddress. + bool Write(std::ostream &stream, SymbolData symbol_data); + + string name() const { return name_; } + string os() const { return os_; } + string architecture() const { return architecture_; } + string identifier() const { return id_; } + string code_identifier() const { return code_id_; } + + private: + // Report an error that has occurred writing the symbol file, using + // errno to find the appropriate cause. Return false. + static bool ReportError(); + + // Write RULE_MAP to STREAM, in the form appropriate for 'STACK CFI' + // records, without a final newline. Return true if all goes well; + // if an error occurs, return false, and leave errno set. + static bool WriteRuleMap(const RuleMap &rule_map, std::ostream &stream); + + // Module header entries. + string name_, os_, architecture_, id_, code_id_; + + // The module's nominal load address. Addresses for functions and + // lines are absolute, assuming the module is loaded at this + // address. + Address load_address_; + + // Relation for maps whose keys are strings shared with some other + // structure. + struct CompareStringPtrs { + bool operator()(const string *x, const string *y) const { return *x < *y; } + }; + + // A map from filenames to File structures. The map's keys are + // pointers to the Files' names. + typedef map FileByNameMap; + + // A set containing Function structures, sorted by address. + typedef set FunctionSet; + + // A set containing Extern structures, sorted by address. + typedef set ExternSet; + + // The module owns all the files and functions that have been added + // to it; destroying the module frees the Files and Functions these + // point to. + FileByNameMap files_; // This module's source files. + FunctionSet functions_; // This module's functions. + + // The module owns all the call frame info entries that have been + // added to it. + vector stack_frame_entries_; + + // The module owns all the externs that have been added to it; + // destroying the module frees the Externs these point to. + ExternSet externs_; +}; + +} // namespace google_breakpad + +#endif // COMMON_LINUX_MODULE_H__ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/path_helper.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/path_helper.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2166ba01 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/path_helper.h @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +// Copyright 2017, Google Inc. +// All rights reserved. +// +// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are +// met: +// +// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above +// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer +// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the +// distribution. +// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its +// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from +// this software without specific prior written permission. +// +// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR +// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT +// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, +// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, +// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY +// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE +// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +#ifndef GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_PATH_HELPER_H +#define GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_PATH_HELPER_H + +#include + +#include "common/using_std_string.h" + +namespace google_breakpad { + +string BaseName(const string& path); +string DirName(const string& path); + +} // namespace google_breakpad + +#endif // GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_PATH_HELPER_H diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/scoped_ptr.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/scoped_ptr.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d137c186 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/scoped_ptr.h @@ -0,0 +1,404 @@ +// Copyright 2013 Google Inc. All Rights Reserved. +// +// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are +// met: +// +// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above +// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer +// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the +// distribution. +// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its +// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from +// this software without specific prior written permission. +// +// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR +// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT +// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, +// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, +// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY +// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE +// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +// Scopers help you manage ownership of a pointer, helping you easily manage the +// a pointer within a scope, and automatically destroying the pointer at the +// end of a scope. There are two main classes you will use, which correspond +// to the operators new/delete and new[]/delete[]. +// +// Example usage (scoped_ptr): +// { +// scoped_ptr foo(new Foo("wee")); +// } // foo goes out of scope, releasing the pointer with it. +// +// { +// scoped_ptr foo; // No pointer managed. +// foo.reset(new Foo("wee")); // Now a pointer is managed. +// foo.reset(new Foo("wee2")); // Foo("wee") was destroyed. +// foo.reset(new Foo("wee3")); // Foo("wee2") was destroyed. +// foo->Method(); // Foo::Method() called. +// foo.get()->Method(); // Foo::Method() called. +// SomeFunc(foo.release()); // SomeFunc takes ownership, foo no longer +// // manages a pointer. +// foo.reset(new Foo("wee4")); // foo manages a pointer again. +// foo.reset(); // Foo("wee4") destroyed, foo no longer +// // manages a pointer. +// } // foo wasn't managing a pointer, so nothing was destroyed. +// +// Example usage (scoped_array): +// { +// scoped_array foo(new Foo[100]); +// foo.get()->Method(); // Foo::Method on the 0th element. +// foo[10].Method(); // Foo::Method on the 10th element. +// } + +#ifndef COMMON_SCOPED_PTR_H_ +#define COMMON_SCOPED_PTR_H_ + +// This is an implementation designed to match the anticipated future TR2 +// implementation of the scoped_ptr class, and its closely-related brethren, +// scoped_array, scoped_ptr_malloc. + +#include +#include +#include + +namespace google_breakpad { + +// A scoped_ptr is like a T*, except that the destructor of scoped_ptr +// automatically deletes the pointer it holds (if any). +// That is, scoped_ptr owns the T object that it points to. +// Like a T*, a scoped_ptr may hold either NULL or a pointer to a T object. +// Also like T*, scoped_ptr is thread-compatible, and once you +// dereference it, you get the threadsafety guarantees of T. +// +// The size of a scoped_ptr is small: +// sizeof(scoped_ptr) == sizeof(C*) +template +class scoped_ptr { + public: + + // The element type + typedef C element_type; + + // Constructor. Defaults to initializing with NULL. + // There is no way to create an uninitialized scoped_ptr. + // The input parameter must be allocated with new. + explicit scoped_ptr(C* p = NULL) : ptr_(p) { } + + // Destructor. If there is a C object, delete it. + // We don't need to test ptr_ == NULL because C++ does that for us. + ~scoped_ptr() { + enum { type_must_be_complete = sizeof(C) }; + delete ptr_; + } + + // Reset. Deletes the current owned object, if any. + // Then takes ownership of a new object, if given. + // this->reset(this->get()) works. + void reset(C* p = NULL) { + if (p != ptr_) { + enum { type_must_be_complete = sizeof(C) }; + delete ptr_; + ptr_ = p; + } + } + + // Accessors to get the owned object. + // operator* and operator-> will assert() if there is no current object. + C& operator*() const { + assert(ptr_ != NULL); + return *ptr_; + } + C* operator->() const { + assert(ptr_ != NULL); + return ptr_; + } + C* get() const { return ptr_; } + + // Comparison operators. + // These return whether two scoped_ptr refer to the same object, not just to + // two different but equal objects. + bool operator==(C* p) const { return ptr_ == p; } + bool operator!=(C* p) const { return ptr_ != p; } + + // Swap two scoped pointers. + void swap(scoped_ptr& p2) { + C* tmp = ptr_; + ptr_ = p2.ptr_; + p2.ptr_ = tmp; + } + + // Release a pointer. + // The return value is the current pointer held by this object. + // If this object holds a NULL pointer, the return value is NULL. + // After this operation, this object will hold a NULL pointer, + // and will not own the object any more. + C* release() { + C* retVal = ptr_; + ptr_ = NULL; + return retVal; + } + + private: + C* ptr_; + + // Forbid comparison of scoped_ptr types. If C2 != C, it totally doesn't + // make sense, and if C2 == C, it still doesn't make sense because you should + // never have the same object owned by two different scoped_ptrs. + template bool operator==(scoped_ptr const& p2) const; + template bool operator!=(scoped_ptr const& p2) const; + + // Disallow evil constructors + scoped_ptr(const scoped_ptr&); + void operator=(const scoped_ptr&); +}; + +// Free functions +template +void swap(scoped_ptr& p1, scoped_ptr& p2) { + p1.swap(p2); +} + +template +bool operator==(C* p1, const scoped_ptr& p2) { + return p1 == p2.get(); +} + +template +bool operator!=(C* p1, const scoped_ptr& p2) { + return p1 != p2.get(); +} + +// scoped_array is like scoped_ptr, except that the caller must allocate +// with new [] and the destructor deletes objects with delete []. +// +// As with scoped_ptr, a scoped_array either points to an object +// or is NULL. A scoped_array owns the object that it points to. +// scoped_array is thread-compatible, and once you index into it, +// the returned objects have only the threadsafety guarantees of T. +// +// Size: sizeof(scoped_array) == sizeof(C*) +template +class scoped_array { + public: + + // The element type + typedef C element_type; + + // Constructor. Defaults to intializing with NULL. + // There is no way to create an uninitialized scoped_array. + // The input parameter must be allocated with new []. + explicit scoped_array(C* p = NULL) : array_(p) { } + + // Destructor. If there is a C object, delete it. + // We don't need to test ptr_ == NULL because C++ does that for us. + ~scoped_array() { + enum { type_must_be_complete = sizeof(C) }; + delete[] array_; + } + + // Reset. Deletes the current owned object, if any. + // Then takes ownership of a new object, if given. + // this->reset(this->get()) works. + void reset(C* p = NULL) { + if (p != array_) { + enum { type_must_be_complete = sizeof(C) }; + delete[] array_; + array_ = p; + } + } + + // Get one element of the current object. + // Will assert() if there is no current object, or index i is negative. + C& operator[](ptrdiff_t i) const { + assert(i >= 0); + assert(array_ != NULL); + return array_[i]; + } + + // Get a pointer to the zeroth element of the current object. + // If there is no current object, return NULL. + C* get() const { + return array_; + } + + // Comparison operators. + // These return whether two scoped_array refer to the same object, not just to + // two different but equal objects. + bool operator==(C* p) const { return array_ == p; } + bool operator!=(C* p) const { return array_ != p; } + + // Swap two scoped arrays. + void swap(scoped_array& p2) { + C* tmp = array_; + array_ = p2.array_; + p2.array_ = tmp; + } + + // Release an array. + // The return value is the current pointer held by this object. + // If this object holds a NULL pointer, the return value is NULL. + // After this operation, this object will hold a NULL pointer, + // and will not own the object any more. + C* release() { + C* retVal = array_; + array_ = NULL; + return retVal; + } + + private: + C* array_; + + // Forbid comparison of different scoped_array types. + template bool operator==(scoped_array const& p2) const; + template bool operator!=(scoped_array const& p2) const; + + // Disallow evil constructors + scoped_array(const scoped_array&); + void operator=(const scoped_array&); +}; + +// Free functions +template +void swap(scoped_array& p1, scoped_array& p2) { + p1.swap(p2); +} + +template +bool operator==(C* p1, const scoped_array& p2) { + return p1 == p2.get(); +} + +template +bool operator!=(C* p1, const scoped_array& p2) { + return p1 != p2.get(); +} + +// This class wraps the c library function free() in a class that can be +// passed as a template argument to scoped_ptr_malloc below. +class ScopedPtrMallocFree { + public: + inline void operator()(void* x) const { + free(x); + } +}; + +// scoped_ptr_malloc<> is similar to scoped_ptr<>, but it accepts a +// second template argument, the functor used to free the object. + +template +class scoped_ptr_malloc { + public: + + // The element type + typedef C element_type; + + // Constructor. Defaults to initializing with NULL. + // There is no way to create an uninitialized scoped_ptr. + // The input parameter must be allocated with an allocator that matches the + // Free functor. For the default Free functor, this is malloc, calloc, or + // realloc. + explicit scoped_ptr_malloc(C* p = NULL): ptr_(p) {} + + // Destructor. If there is a C object, call the Free functor. + ~scoped_ptr_malloc() { + reset(); + } + + // Reset. Calls the Free functor on the current owned object, if any. + // Then takes ownership of a new object, if given. + // this->reset(this->get()) works. + void reset(C* p = NULL) { + if (ptr_ != p) { + FreeProc free_proc; + free_proc(ptr_); + ptr_ = p; + } + } + + // Get the current object. + // operator* and operator-> will cause an assert() failure if there is + // no current object. + C& operator*() const { + assert(ptr_ != NULL); + return *ptr_; + } + + C* operator->() const { + assert(ptr_ != NULL); + return ptr_; + } + + C* get() const { + return ptr_; + } + + // Comparison operators. + // These return whether a scoped_ptr_malloc and a plain pointer refer + // to the same object, not just to two different but equal objects. + // For compatibility with the boost-derived implementation, these + // take non-const arguments. + bool operator==(C* p) const { + return ptr_ == p; + } + + bool operator!=(C* p) const { + return ptr_ != p; + } + + // Swap two scoped pointers. + void swap(scoped_ptr_malloc & b) { + C* tmp = b.ptr_; + b.ptr_ = ptr_; + ptr_ = tmp; + } + + // Release a pointer. + // The return value is the current pointer held by this object. + // If this object holds a NULL pointer, the return value is NULL. + // After this operation, this object will hold a NULL pointer, + // and will not own the object any more. + C* release() { + C* tmp = ptr_; + ptr_ = NULL; + return tmp; + } + + private: + C* ptr_; + + // no reason to use these: each scoped_ptr_malloc should have its own object + template + bool operator==(scoped_ptr_malloc const& p) const; + template + bool operator!=(scoped_ptr_malloc const& p) const; + + // Disallow evil constructors + scoped_ptr_malloc(const scoped_ptr_malloc&); + void operator=(const scoped_ptr_malloc&); +}; + +template inline +void swap(scoped_ptr_malloc& a, scoped_ptr_malloc& b) { + a.swap(b); +} + +template inline +bool operator==(C* p, const scoped_ptr_malloc& b) { + return p == b.get(); +} + +template inline +bool operator!=(C* p, const scoped_ptr_malloc& b) { + return p != b.get(); +} + +} // namespace google_breakpad + +#endif // COMMON_SCOPED_PTR_H_ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/simple_string_dictionary.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/simple_string_dictionary.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..94849205 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/simple_string_dictionary.h @@ -0,0 +1,279 @@ +// Copyright (c) 2007, Google Inc. +// All rights reserved. +// +// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are +// met: +// +// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above +// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer +// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the +// distribution. +// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its +// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from +// this software without specific prior written permission. +// +// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR +// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT +// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, +// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, +// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY +// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE +// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +#ifndef COMMON_SIMPLE_STRING_DICTIONARY_H_ +#define COMMON_SIMPLE_STRING_DICTIONARY_H_ + +#include +#include + +#include "common/basictypes.h" + +namespace google_breakpad { + +// Opaque type for the serialized representation of a NonAllocatingMap. One is +// created in NonAllocatingMap::Serialize and can be deserialized using one of +// the constructors. +struct SerializedNonAllocatingMap; + +// NonAllocatingMap is an implementation of a map/dictionary collection that +// uses a fixed amount of storage, so that it does not perform any dynamic +// allocations for its operations. +// +// The actual map storage (the Entry) is guaranteed to be POD, so that it can +// be transmitted over various IPC mechanisms. +// +// The template parameters control the amount of storage used for the key, +// value, and map. The KeySize and ValueSize are measured in bytes, not glyphs, +// and includes space for a \0 byte. This gives space for KeySize-1 and +// ValueSize-1 characters in an entry. NumEntries is the total number of +// entries that will fit in the map. +template +class NonAllocatingMap { + public: + // Constant and publicly accessible versions of the template parameters. + static const size_t key_size = KeySize; + static const size_t value_size = ValueSize; + static const size_t num_entries = NumEntries; + + // An Entry object is a single entry in the map. If the key is a 0-length + // NUL-terminated string, the entry is empty. + struct Entry { + char key[KeySize]; + char value[ValueSize]; + + bool is_active() const { + return key[0] != '\0'; + } + }; + + // An Iterator can be used to iterate over all the active entries in a + // NonAllocatingMap. + class Iterator { + public: + explicit Iterator(const NonAllocatingMap& map) + : map_(map), + current_(0) { + } + + // Returns the next entry in the map, or NULL if at the end of the + // collection. + const Entry* Next() { + while (current_ < map_.num_entries) { + const Entry* entry = &map_.entries_[current_++]; + if (entry->is_active()) { + return entry; + } + } + return NULL; + } + + private: + const NonAllocatingMap& map_; + size_t current_; + + DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN(Iterator); + }; + + NonAllocatingMap() : entries_() { + } + + NonAllocatingMap(const NonAllocatingMap& other) { + *this = other; + } + + NonAllocatingMap& operator=(const NonAllocatingMap& other) { + assert(other.key_size == key_size); + assert(other.value_size == value_size); + assert(other.num_entries == num_entries); + if (other.key_size == key_size && other.value_size == value_size && + other.num_entries == num_entries) { + memcpy(entries_, other.entries_, sizeof(entries_)); + } + return *this; + } + + // Constructs a map from its serialized form. |map| should be the out + // parameter from Serialize() and |size| should be its return value. + NonAllocatingMap(const SerializedNonAllocatingMap* map, size_t size) { + assert(size == sizeof(entries_)); + if (size == sizeof(entries_)) { + memcpy(entries_, map, size); + } + } + + // Returns the number of active key/value pairs. The upper limit for this + // is NumEntries. + size_t GetCount() const { + size_t count = 0; + for (size_t i = 0; i < num_entries; ++i) { + if (entries_[i].is_active()) { + ++count; + } + } + return count; + } + + // Given |key|, returns its corresponding |value|. |key| must not be NULL. If + // the key is not found, NULL is returned. + const char* GetValueForKey(const char* key) const { + assert(key); + if (!key) + return NULL; + + size_t index = GetEntryIndexForKey(key); + if (index == num_entries) + return NULL; + + return entries_[index].value; + } + + // Stores |value| into |key|, replacing the existing value if |key| is + // already present. |key| must not be NULL. If |value| is NULL, the key is + // removed from the map. If there is no more space in the map, then the + // operation silently fails. Returns an index into the map that can be used + // to quickly access the entry, or |num_entries| on failure or when clearing + // a key with a null value. + size_t SetKeyValue(const char* key, const char* value) { + if (!value) { + RemoveKey(key); + return num_entries; + } + + assert(key); + if (!key) + return num_entries; + + // Key must not be an empty string. + assert(key[0] != '\0'); + if (key[0] == '\0') + return num_entries; + + size_t entry_index = GetEntryIndexForKey(key); + + // If it does not yet exist, attempt to insert it. + if (entry_index == num_entries) { + for (size_t i = 0; i < num_entries; ++i) { + if (!entries_[i].is_active()) { + entry_index = i; + Entry* entry = &entries_[i]; + + strncpy(entry->key, key, key_size); + entry->key[key_size - 1] = '\0'; + + break; + } + } + } + + // If the map is out of space, entry will be NULL. + if (entry_index == num_entries) + return num_entries; + +#ifndef NDEBUG + // Sanity check that the key only appears once. + int count = 0; + for (size_t i = 0; i < num_entries; ++i) { + if (strncmp(entries_[i].key, key, key_size) == 0) + ++count; + } + assert(count == 1); +#endif + + strncpy(entries_[entry_index].value, value, value_size); + entries_[entry_index].value[value_size - 1] = '\0'; + + return entry_index; + } + + // Sets a value for a key that has already been set with SetKeyValue(), using + // the index returned from that function. + void SetValueAtIndex(size_t index, const char* value) { + assert(index < num_entries); + if (index >= num_entries) + return; + + Entry* entry = &entries_[index]; + assert(entry->key[0] != '\0'); + + strncpy(entry->value, value, value_size); + entry->value[value_size - 1] = '\0'; + } + + // Given |key|, removes any associated value. |key| must not be NULL. If + // the key is not found, this is a noop. This invalidates the index + // returned by SetKeyValue(). + bool RemoveKey(const char* key) { + assert(key); + if (!key) + return false; + + return RemoveAtIndex(GetEntryIndexForKey(key)); + } + + // Removes a value and key using an index that was returned from + // SetKeyValue(). After a call to this function, the index is invalidated. + bool RemoveAtIndex(size_t index) { + if (index >= num_entries) + return false; + + entries_[index].key[0] = '\0'; + entries_[index].value[0] = '\0'; + return true; + } + + // Places a serialized version of the map into |map| and returns the size. + // Both of these should be passed to the deserializing constructor. Note that + // the serialized |map| is scoped to the lifetime of the non-serialized + // instance of this class. The |map| can be copied across IPC boundaries. + size_t Serialize(const SerializedNonAllocatingMap** map) const { + *map = reinterpret_cast(entries_); + return sizeof(entries_); + } + + private: + size_t GetEntryIndexForKey(const char* key) const { + for (size_t i = 0; i < num_entries; ++i) { + if (strncmp(key, entries_[i].key, key_size) == 0) { + return i; + } + } + return num_entries; + } + + Entry entries_[NumEntries]; +}; + +// For historical reasons this specialized version is available with the same +// size factors as a previous implementation. +typedef NonAllocatingMap<256, 256, 64> SimpleStringDictionary; + +} // namespace google_breakpad + +#endif // COMMON_SIMPLE_STRING_DICTIONARY_H_ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/stabs_reader.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/stabs_reader.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..98ee2dd5 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/stabs_reader.h @@ -0,0 +1,325 @@ +// -*- mode: c++ -*- + +// Copyright (c) 2010 Google Inc. All Rights Reserved. +// +// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are +// met: +// +// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above +// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer +// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the +// distribution. +// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its +// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from +// this software without specific prior written permission. +// +// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR +// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT +// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, +// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, +// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY +// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE +// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +// Original author: Jim Blandy + +// stabs_reader.h: Define StabsReader, a parser for STABS debugging +// information. A description of the STABS debugging format can be +// found at: +// +// http://sourceware.org/gdb/current/onlinedocs/stabs_toc.html +// +// The comments here assume you understand the format. +// +// This parser can handle big-endian and little-endian data, and the symbol +// values may be either 32 or 64 bits long. It handles both STABS in +// sections (as used on Linux) and STABS appearing directly in an +// a.out-like symbol table (as used in Darwin OS X Mach-O files). + +#ifndef COMMON_STABS_READER_H__ +#define COMMON_STABS_READER_H__ + +#include +#include + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +#include +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_MACH_O_NLIST_H +#include +#elif defined(HAVE_A_OUT_H) +#include +#endif + +#include +#include + +#include "common/byte_cursor.h" +#include "common/using_std_string.h" + +namespace google_breakpad { + +class StabsHandler; + +class StabsReader { + public: + // Create a reader for the STABS debug information whose .stab section is + // being traversed by ITERATOR, and whose .stabstr section is referred to + // by STRINGS. The reader will call the member functions of HANDLER to + // report the information it finds, when the reader's 'Process' member + // function is called. + // + // BIG_ENDIAN should be true if the entries in the .stab section are in + // big-endian form, or false if they are in little-endian form. + // + // VALUE_SIZE should be either 4 or 8, indicating the size of the 'value' + // field in each entry in bytes. + // + // UNITIZED should be true if the STABS data is stored in units with + // N_UNDF headers. This is usually the case for STABS stored in sections, + // like .stab/.stabstr, and usually not the case for STABS stored in the + // actual symbol table; UNITIZED should be true when parsing Linux stabs, + // false when parsing Mac OS X STABS. For details, see: + // http://sourceware.org/gdb/current/onlinedocs/stabs/Stab-Section-Basics.html + // + // Note that, in ELF, the .stabstr section should be found using the + // 'sh_link' field of the .stab section header, not by name. + StabsReader(const uint8_t *stab, size_t stab_size, + const uint8_t *stabstr, size_t stabstr_size, + bool big_endian, size_t value_size, bool unitized, + StabsHandler *handler); + + // Process the STABS data, calling the handler's member functions to + // report what we find. While the handler functions return true, + // continue to process until we reach the end of the section. If we + // processed the entire section and all handlers returned true, + // return true. If any handler returned false, return false. + // + // This is only meant to be called once per StabsReader instance; + // resuming a prior processing pass that stopped abruptly isn't supported. + bool Process(); + + private: + + // An class for walking arrays of STABS entries. This isolates the main + // STABS reader from the exact format (size; endianness) of the entries + // themselves. + class EntryIterator { + public: + // The contents of a STABS entry, adjusted for the host's endianness, + // word size, 'struct nlist' layout, and so on. + struct Entry { + // True if this iterator has reached the end of the entry array. When + // this is set, the other members of this structure are not valid. + bool at_end; + + // The number of this entry within the list. + size_t index; + + // The current entry's name offset. This is the offset within the + // current compilation unit's strings, as establish by the N_UNDF entries. + size_t name_offset; + + // The current entry's type, 'other' field, descriptor, and value. + unsigned char type; + unsigned char other; + short descriptor; + uint64_t value; + }; + + // Create a EntryIterator walking the entries in BUFFER. Treat the + // entries as big-endian if BIG_ENDIAN is true, as little-endian + // otherwise. Assume each entry has a 'value' field whose size is + // VALUE_SIZE. + // + // This would not be terribly clean to extend to other format variations, + // but it's enough to handle Linux and Mac, and we'd like STABS to die + // anyway. + // + // For the record: on Linux, STABS entry values are always 32 bits, + // regardless of the architecture address size (don't ask me why); on + // Mac, they are 32 or 64 bits long. Oddly, the section header's entry + // size for a Linux ELF .stab section varies according to the ELF class + // from 12 to 20 even as the actual entries remain unchanged. + EntryIterator(const ByteBuffer *buffer, bool big_endian, size_t value_size); + + // Move to the next entry. This function's behavior is undefined if + // at_end() is true when it is called. + EntryIterator &operator++() { Fetch(); entry_.index++; return *this; } + + // Dereferencing this iterator produces a reference to an Entry structure + // that holds the current entry's values. The entry is owned by this + // EntryIterator, and will be invalidated at the next call to operator++. + const Entry &operator*() const { return entry_; } + const Entry *operator->() const { return &entry_; } + + private: + // Read the STABS entry at cursor_, and set entry_ appropriately. + void Fetch(); + + // The size of entries' value field, in bytes. + size_t value_size_; + + // A byte cursor traversing buffer_. + ByteCursor cursor_; + + // Values for the entry this iterator refers to. + Entry entry_; + }; + + // A source line, saved to be reported later. + struct Line { + uint64_t address; + const char *filename; + int number; + }; + + // Return the name of the current symbol. + const char *SymbolString(); + + // Process a compilation unit starting at symbol_. Return true + // to continue processing, or false to abort. + bool ProcessCompilationUnit(); + + // Process a function in current_source_file_ starting at symbol_. + // Return true to continue processing, or false to abort. + bool ProcessFunction(); + + // Process an exported function symbol. + // Return true to continue processing, or false to abort. + bool ProcessExtern(); + + // The STABS entries being parsed. + ByteBuffer entries_; + + // The string section to which the entries refer. + ByteBuffer strings_; + + // The iterator walking the STABS entries. + EntryIterator iterator_; + + // True if the data is "unitized"; see the explanation in the comment for + // StabsReader::StabsReader. + bool unitized_; + + StabsHandler *handler_; + + // The offset of the current compilation unit's strings within stabstr_. + size_t string_offset_; + + // The value string_offset_ should have for the next compilation unit, + // as established by N_UNDF entries. + size_t next_cu_string_offset_; + + // The current source file name. + const char *current_source_file_; + + // Mac OS X STABS place SLINE records before functions; we accumulate a + // vector of these until we see the FUN record, and then report them + // after the StartFunction call. + std::vector queued_lines_; +}; + +// Consumer-provided callback structure for the STABS reader. Clients +// of the STABS reader provide an instance of this structure. The +// reader then invokes the member functions of that instance to report +// the information it finds. +// +// The default definitions of the member functions do nothing, and return +// true so processing will continue. +class StabsHandler { + public: + StabsHandler() { } + virtual ~StabsHandler() { } + + // Some general notes about the handler callback functions: + + // Processing proceeds until the end of the .stabs section, or until + // one of these functions returns false. + + // The addresses given are as reported in the STABS info, without + // regard for whether the module may be loaded at different + // addresses at different times (a shared library, say). When + // processing STABS from an ELF shared library, the addresses given + // all assume the library is loaded at its nominal load address. + // They are *not* offsets from the nominal load address. If you + // want offsets, you must subtract off the library's nominal load + // address. + + // The arguments to these functions named FILENAME are all + // references to strings stored in the .stabstr section. Because + // both the Linux and Solaris linkers factor out duplicate strings + // from the .stabstr section, the consumer can assume that if two + // FILENAME values are different addresses, they represent different + // file names. + // + // Thus, it's safe to use (say) std::map, which does + // string address comparisons, not string content comparisons. + // Since all the strings are in same array of characters --- the + // .stabstr section --- comparing their addresses produces + // predictable, if not lexicographically meaningful, results. + + // Begin processing a compilation unit whose main source file is + // named FILENAME, and whose base address is ADDRESS. If + // BUILD_DIRECTORY is non-NULL, it is the name of the build + // directory in which the compilation occurred. + virtual bool StartCompilationUnit(const char *filename, uint64_t address, + const char *build_directory) { + return true; + } + + // Finish processing the compilation unit. If ADDRESS is non-zero, + // it is the ending address of the compilation unit. If ADDRESS is + // zero, then the compilation unit's ending address is not + // available, and the consumer must infer it by other means. + virtual bool EndCompilationUnit(uint64_t address) { return true; } + + // Begin processing a function named NAME, whose starting address is + // ADDRESS. This function belongs to the compilation unit that was + // most recently started but not ended. + // + // Note that, unlike filenames, NAME is not a pointer into the + // .stabstr section; this is because the name as it appears in the + // STABS data is followed by type information. The value passed to + // StartFunction is the function name alone. + // + // In languages that use name mangling, like C++, NAME is mangled. + virtual bool StartFunction(const string &name, uint64_t address) { + return true; + } + + // Finish processing the function. If ADDRESS is non-zero, it is + // the ending address for the function. If ADDRESS is zero, then + // the function's ending address is not available, and the consumer + // must infer it by other means. + virtual bool EndFunction(uint64_t address) { return true; } + + // Report that the code at ADDRESS is attributable to line NUMBER of + // the source file named FILENAME. The caller must infer the ending + // address of the line. + virtual bool Line(uint64_t address, const char *filename, int number) { + return true; + } + + // Report that an exported function NAME is present at ADDRESS. + // The size of the function is unknown. + virtual bool Extern(const string &name, uint64_t address) { + return true; + } + + // Report a warning. FORMAT is a printf-like format string, + // specifying how to format the subsequent arguments. + virtual void Warning(const char *format, ...) = 0; +}; + +} // namespace google_breakpad + +#endif // COMMON_STABS_READER_H__ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/stabs_to_module.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/stabs_to_module.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5e04fa79 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/stabs_to_module.h @@ -0,0 +1,143 @@ +// -*- mode: C++ -*- + +// Copyright (c) 2010 Google Inc. +// All rights reserved. +// +// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are +// met: +// +// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above +// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer +// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the +// distribution. +// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its +// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from +// this software without specific prior written permission. +// +// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR +// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT +// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, +// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, +// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY +// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE +// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +// Original author: Jim Blandy + +// dump_stabs.h: Define the StabsToModule class, which receives +// STABS debugging information from a parser and adds it to a Breakpad +// symbol file. + +#ifndef BREAKPAD_COMMON_STABS_TO_MODULE_H_ +#define BREAKPAD_COMMON_STABS_TO_MODULE_H_ + +#include + +#include +#include + +#include "common/module.h" +#include "common/stabs_reader.h" +#include "common/using_std_string.h" + +namespace google_breakpad { + +using std::vector; + +// A StabsToModule is a handler that receives parsed STABS debugging +// information from a StabsReader, and uses that to populate +// a Module. (All classes are in the google_breakpad namespace.) A +// Module represents the contents of a Breakpad symbol file, and knows +// how to write itself out as such. A StabsToModule thus acts as +// the bridge between STABS and Breakpad data. +// When processing Darwin Mach-O files, this also receives public linker +// symbols, like those found in system libraries. +class StabsToModule: public google_breakpad::StabsHandler { + public: + // Receive parsed debugging information from a StabsReader, and + // store it all in MODULE. + StabsToModule(Module *module) : + module_(module), + in_compilation_unit_(false), + comp_unit_base_address_(0), + current_function_(NULL), + current_source_file_(NULL), + current_source_file_name_(NULL) { } + ~StabsToModule(); + + // The standard StabsHandler virtual member functions. + bool StartCompilationUnit(const char *name, uint64_t address, + const char *build_directory); + bool EndCompilationUnit(uint64_t address); + bool StartFunction(const string &name, uint64_t address); + bool EndFunction(uint64_t address); + bool Line(uint64_t address, const char *name, int number); + bool Extern(const string &name, uint64_t address); + void Warning(const char *format, ...); + + // Do any final processing necessary to make module_ contain all the + // data provided by the STABS reader. + // + // Because STABS does not provide reliable size information for + // functions and lines, we need to make a pass over the data after + // processing all the STABS to compute those sizes. We take care of + // that here. + void Finalize(); + + private: + + // An arbitrary, but very large, size to use for functions whose + // size we can't compute properly. + static const uint64_t kFallbackSize = 0x10000000; + + // The module we're contributing debugging info to. + Module *module_; + + // The functions we've generated so far. We don't add these to + // module_ as we parse them. Instead, we wait until we've computed + // their ending address, and their lines' ending addresses. + // + // We could just stick them in module_ from the outset, but if + // module_ already contains data gathered from other debugging + // formats, that would complicate the size computation. + vector functions_; + + // Boundary addresses. STABS doesn't necessarily supply sizes for + // functions and lines, so we need to compute them ourselves by + // finding the next object. + vector boundaries_; + + // True if we are currently within a compilation unit: we have gotten a + // StartCompilationUnit call, but no matching EndCompilationUnit call + // yet. We use this for sanity checks. + bool in_compilation_unit_; + + // The base address of the current compilation unit. We use this to + // recognize functions we should omit from the symbol file. (If you + // know the details of why we omit these, please patch this + // comment.) + Module::Address comp_unit_base_address_; + + // The function we're currently contributing lines to. + Module::Function *current_function_; + + // The last Module::File we got a line number in. + Module::File *current_source_file_; + + // The pointer in the .stabstr section of the name that + // current_source_file_ is built from. This allows us to quickly + // recognize when the current line is in the same file as the + // previous one (which it usually is). + const char *current_source_file_name_; +}; + +} // namespace google_breakpad + +#endif // BREAKPAD_COMMON_STABS_TO_MODULE_H_ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/stdio_wrapper.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/stdio_wrapper.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a3dd50aa --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/stdio_wrapper.h @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +// Copyright (c) 2016, Google Inc. +// All rights reserved. +// +// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are +// met: +// +// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above +// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer +// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the +// distribution. +// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its +// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from +// this software without specific prior written permission. +// +// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR +// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT +// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, +// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, +// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY +// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE +// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +#ifndef GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_STDIO_WRAPPER_H +#define GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_STDIO_WRAPPER_H + +#include + +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && MSC_VER < 1900 +#include + +#define snprintf _snprintf +typedef SSIZE_T ssize_t; +#endif + + +#endif // GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_STDIO_WRAPPER_H diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/string_conversion.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/string_conversion.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b9ba96a2 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/string_conversion.h @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ +// Copyright (c) 2006, Google Inc. +// All rights reserved. +// +// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are +// met: +// +// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above +// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer +// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the +// distribution. +// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its +// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from +// this software without specific prior written permission. +// +// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR +// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT +// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, +// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, +// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY +// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE +// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +// string_conversion.h: Conversion between different UTF-8/16/32 encodings. + +#ifndef COMMON_STRING_CONVERSION_H__ +#define COMMON_STRING_CONVERSION_H__ + +#include +#include + +#include "common/using_std_string.h" +#include "google_breakpad/common/breakpad_types.h" + +namespace google_breakpad { + +using std::vector; + +// Convert |in| to UTF-16 into |out|. Use platform byte ordering. If the +// conversion failed, |out| will be zero length. +void UTF8ToUTF16(const char *in, vector *out); + +// Convert at least one character (up to a maximum of |in_length|) from |in| +// to UTF-16 into |out|. Return the number of characters consumed from |in|. +// Any unused characters in |out| will be initialized to 0. No memory will +// be allocated by this routine. +int UTF8ToUTF16Char(const char *in, int in_length, uint16_t out[2]); + +// Convert |in| to UTF-16 into |out|. Use platform byte ordering. If the +// conversion failed, |out| will be zero length. +void UTF32ToUTF16(const wchar_t *in, vector *out); + +// Convert |in| to UTF-16 into |out|. Any unused characters in |out| will be +// initialized to 0. No memory will be allocated by this routine. +void UTF32ToUTF16Char(wchar_t in, uint16_t out[2]); + +// Convert |in| to UTF-8. If |swap| is true, swap bytes before converting. +string UTF16ToUTF8(const vector &in, bool swap); + +} // namespace google_breakpad + +#endif // COMMON_STRING_CONVERSION_H__ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/symbol_data.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/symbol_data.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2cf15a85 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/symbol_data.h @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +// -*- mode: c++ -*- + +// Copyright (c) 2013 Google Inc. +// All rights reserved. +// +// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are +// met: +// +// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above +// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer +// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the +// distribution. +// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its +// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from +// this software without specific prior written permission. +// +// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR +// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT +// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, +// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, +// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY +// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE +// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +#ifndef COMMON_SYMBOL_DATA_H_ +#define COMMON_SYMBOL_DATA_H_ + +// Control what data is used from the symbol file. +enum SymbolData { + ALL_SYMBOL_DATA, + NO_CFI, + ONLY_CFI +}; + +#endif // COMMON_SYMBOL_DATA_H_ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/test_assembler.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/test_assembler.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..373dbeba --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/test_assembler.h @@ -0,0 +1,484 @@ +// -*- mode: C++ -*- + +// Copyright (c) 2010, Google Inc. +// All rights reserved. +// +// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are +// met: +// +// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above +// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer +// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the +// distribution. +// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its +// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from +// this software without specific prior written permission. +// +// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR +// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT +// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, +// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, +// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY +// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE +// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +// Original author: Jim Blandy + +// test-assembler.h: interface to class for building complex binary streams. + +// To test the Breakpad symbol dumper and processor thoroughly, for +// all combinations of host system and minidump processor +// architecture, we need to be able to easily generate complex test +// data like debugging information and minidump files. +// +// For example, if we want our unit tests to provide full code +// coverage for stack walking, it may be difficult to persuade the +// compiler to generate every possible sort of stack walking +// information that we want to support; there are probably DWARF CFI +// opcodes that GCC never emits. Similarly, if we want to test our +// error handling, we will need to generate damaged minidumps or +// debugging information that (we hope) the client or compiler will +// never produce on its own. +// +// google_breakpad::TestAssembler provides a predictable and +// (relatively) simple way to generate complex formatted data streams +// like minidumps and CFI. Furthermore, because TestAssembler is +// portable, developers without access to (say) Visual Studio or a +// SPARC assembler can still work on test data for those targets. + +#ifndef PROCESSOR_TEST_ASSEMBLER_H_ +#define PROCESSOR_TEST_ASSEMBLER_H_ + +#include +#include +#include + +#include "common/using_std_string.h" +#include "google_breakpad/common/breakpad_types.h" + +namespace google_breakpad { + +using std::list; +using std::vector; + +namespace test_assembler { + +// A Label represents a value not yet known that we need to store in a +// section. As long as all the labels a section refers to are defined +// by the time we retrieve its contents as bytes, we can use undefined +// labels freely in that section's construction. +// +// A label can be in one of three states: +// - undefined, +// - defined as the sum of some other label and a constant, or +// - a constant. +// +// A label's value never changes, but it can accumulate constraints. +// Adding labels and integers is permitted, and yields a label. +// Subtracting a constant from a label is permitted, and also yields a +// label. Subtracting two labels that have some relationship to each +// other is permitted, and yields a constant. +// +// For example: +// +// Label a; // a's value is undefined +// Label b; // b's value is undefined +// { +// Label c = a + 4; // okay, even though a's value is unknown +// b = c + 4; // also okay; b is now a+8 +// } +// Label d = b - 2; // okay; d == a+6, even though c is gone +// d.Value(); // error: d's value is not yet known +// d - a; // is 6, even though their values are not known +// a = 12; // now b == 20, and d == 18 +// d.Value(); // 18: no longer an error +// b.Value(); // 20 +// d = 10; // error: d is already defined. +// +// Label objects' lifetimes are unconstrained: notice that, in the +// above example, even though a and b are only related through c, and +// c goes out of scope, the assignment to a sets b's value as well. In +// particular, it's not necessary to ensure that a Label lives beyond +// Sections that refer to it. +class Label { + public: + Label(); // An undefined label. + Label(uint64_t value); // A label with a fixed value + Label(const Label &value); // A label equal to another. + ~Label(); + + // Return this label's value; it must be known. + // + // Providing this as a cast operator is nifty, but the conversions + // happen in unexpected places. In particular, ISO C++ says that + // Label + size_t becomes ambigious, because it can't decide whether + // to convert the Label to a uint64_t and then to a size_t, or use + // the overloaded operator that returns a new label, even though the + // former could fail if the label is not yet defined and the latter won't. + uint64_t Value() const; + + Label &operator=(uint64_t value); + Label &operator=(const Label &value); + Label operator+(uint64_t addend) const; + Label operator-(uint64_t subtrahend) const; + uint64_t operator-(const Label &subtrahend) const; + + // We could also provide == and != that work on undefined, but + // related, labels. + + // Return true if this label's value is known. If VALUE_P is given, + // set *VALUE_P to the known value if returning true. + bool IsKnownConstant(uint64_t *value_p = NULL) const; + + // Return true if the offset from LABEL to this label is known. If + // OFFSET_P is given, set *OFFSET_P to the offset when returning true. + // + // You can think of l.KnownOffsetFrom(m, &d) as being like 'd = l-m', + // except that it also returns a value indicating whether the + // subtraction is possible given what we currently know of l and m. + // It can be possible even if we don't know l and m's values. For + // example: + // + // Label l, m; + // m = l + 10; + // l.IsKnownConstant(); // false + // m.IsKnownConstant(); // false + // uint64_t d; + // l.IsKnownOffsetFrom(m, &d); // true, and sets d to -10. + // l-m // -10 + // m-l // 10 + // m.Value() // error: m's value is not known + bool IsKnownOffsetFrom(const Label &label, uint64_t *offset_p = NULL) const; + + private: + // A label's value, or if that is not yet known, how the value is + // related to other labels' values. A binding may be: + // - a known constant, + // - constrained to be equal to some other binding plus a constant, or + // - unconstrained, and free to take on any value. + // + // Many labels may point to a single binding, and each binding may + // refer to another, so bindings and labels form trees whose leaves + // are labels, whose interior nodes (and roots) are bindings, and + // where links point from children to parents. Bindings are + // reference counted, allowing labels to be lightweight, copyable, + // assignable, placed in containers, and so on. + class Binding { + public: + Binding(); + Binding(uint64_t addend); + ~Binding(); + + // Increment our reference count. + void Acquire() { reference_count_++; }; + // Decrement our reference count, and return true if it is zero. + bool Release() { return --reference_count_ == 0; } + + // Set this binding to be equal to BINDING + ADDEND. If BINDING is + // NULL, then set this binding to the known constant ADDEND. + // Update every binding on this binding's chain to point directly + // to BINDING, or to be a constant, with addends adjusted + // appropriately. + void Set(Binding *binding, uint64_t value); + + // Return what we know about the value of this binding. + // - If this binding's value is a known constant, set BASE to + // NULL, and set ADDEND to its value. + // - If this binding is not a known constant but related to other + // bindings, set BASE to the binding at the end of the relation + // chain (which will always be unconstrained), and set ADDEND to the + // value to add to that binding's value to get this binding's + // value. + // - If this binding is unconstrained, set BASE to this, and leave + // ADDEND unchanged. + void Get(Binding **base, uint64_t *addend); + + private: + // There are three cases: + // + // - A binding representing a known constant value has base_ NULL, + // and addend_ equal to the value. + // + // - A binding representing a completely unconstrained value has + // base_ pointing to this; addend_ is unused. + // + // - A binding whose value is related to some other binding's + // value has base_ pointing to that other binding, and addend_ + // set to the amount to add to that binding's value to get this + // binding's value. We only represent relationships of the form + // x = y+c. + // + // Thus, the bind_ links form a chain terminating in either a + // known constant value or a completely unconstrained value. Most + // operations on bindings do path compression: they change every + // binding on the chain to point directly to the final value, + // adjusting addends as appropriate. + Binding *base_; + uint64_t addend_; + + // The number of Labels and Bindings pointing to this binding. + // (When a binding points to itself, indicating a completely + // unconstrained binding, that doesn't count as a reference.) + int reference_count_; + }; + + // This label's value. + Binding *value_; +}; + +inline Label operator+(uint64_t a, const Label &l) { return l + a; } +// Note that int-Label isn't defined, as negating a Label is not an +// operation we support. + +// Conventions for representing larger numbers as sequences of bytes. +enum Endianness { + kBigEndian, // Big-endian: the most significant byte comes first. + kLittleEndian, // Little-endian: the least significant byte comes first. + kUnsetEndian, // used internally +}; + +// A section is a sequence of bytes, constructed by appending bytes +// to the end. Sections have a convenient and flexible set of member +// functions for appending data in various formats: big-endian and +// little-endian signed and unsigned values of different sizes; +// LEB128 and ULEB128 values (see below), and raw blocks of bytes. +// +// If you need to append a value to a section that is not convenient +// to compute immediately, you can create a label, append the +// label's value to the section, and then set the label's value +// later, when it's convenient to do so. Once a label's value is +// known, the section class takes care of updating all previously +// appended references to it. +// +// Once all the labels to which a section refers have had their +// values determined, you can get a copy of the section's contents +// as a string. +// +// Note that there is no specified "start of section" label. This is +// because there are typically several different meanings for "the +// start of a section": the offset of the section within an object +// file, the address in memory at which the section's content appear, +// and so on. It's up to the code that uses the Section class to +// keep track of these explicitly, as they depend on the application. +class Section { + public: + Section(Endianness endianness = kUnsetEndian) + : endianness_(endianness) { }; + + // A base class destructor should be either public and virtual, + // or protected and nonvirtual. + virtual ~Section() { }; + + // Set the default endianness of this section to ENDIANNESS. This + // sets the behavior of the D appending functions. If the + // assembler's default endianness was set, this is the + void set_endianness(Endianness endianness) { + endianness_ = endianness; + } + + // Return the default endianness of this section. + Endianness endianness() const { return endianness_; } + + // Append the SIZE bytes at DATA or the contents of STRING to the + // end of this section. Return a reference to this section. + Section &Append(const uint8_t *data, size_t size) { + contents_.append(reinterpret_cast(data), size); + return *this; + }; + Section &Append(const string &data) { + contents_.append(data); + return *this; + }; + + // Append SIZE copies of BYTE to the end of this section. Return a + // reference to this section. + Section &Append(size_t size, uint8_t byte) { + contents_.append(size, (char) byte); + return *this; + } + + // Append NUMBER to this section. ENDIANNESS is the endianness to + // use to write the number. SIZE is the length of the number in + // bytes. Return a reference to this section. + Section &Append(Endianness endianness, size_t size, uint64_t number); + Section &Append(Endianness endianness, size_t size, const Label &label); + + // Append SECTION to the end of this section. The labels SECTION + // refers to need not be defined yet. + // + // Note that this has no effect on any Labels' values, or on + // SECTION. If placing SECTION within 'this' provides new + // constraints on existing labels' values, then it's up to the + // caller to fiddle with those labels as needed. + Section &Append(const Section §ion); + + // Append the contents of DATA as a series of bytes terminated by + // a NULL character. + Section &AppendCString(const string &data) { + Append(data); + contents_ += '\0'; + return *this; + } + + // Append at most SIZE bytes from DATA; if DATA is less than SIZE bytes + // long, pad with '\0' characters. + Section &AppendCString(const string &data, size_t size) { + contents_.append(data, 0, size); + if (data.size() < size) + Append(size - data.size(), 0); + return *this; + } + + // Append VALUE or LABEL to this section, with the given bit width and + // endianness. Return a reference to this section. + // + // The names of these functions have the form : + // is either 'L' (little-endian, least significant byte first), + // 'B' (big-endian, most significant byte first), or + // 'D' (default, the section's default endianness) + // is 8, 16, 32, or 64. + // + // Since endianness doesn't matter for a single byte, all the + // =8 functions are equivalent. + // + // These can be used to write both signed and unsigned values, as + // the compiler will properly sign-extend a signed value before + // passing it to the function, at which point the function's + // behavior is the same either way. + Section &L8(uint8_t value) { contents_ += value; return *this; } + Section &B8(uint8_t value) { contents_ += value; return *this; } + Section &D8(uint8_t value) { contents_ += value; return *this; } + Section &L16(uint16_t), &L32(uint32_t), &L64(uint64_t), + &B16(uint16_t), &B32(uint32_t), &B64(uint64_t), + &D16(uint16_t), &D32(uint32_t), &D64(uint64_t); + Section &L8(const Label &label), &L16(const Label &label), + &L32(const Label &label), &L64(const Label &label), + &B8(const Label &label), &B16(const Label &label), + &B32(const Label &label), &B64(const Label &label), + &D8(const Label &label), &D16(const Label &label), + &D32(const Label &label), &D64(const Label &label); + + // Append VALUE in a signed LEB128 (Little-Endian Base 128) form. + // + // The signed LEB128 representation of an integer N is a variable + // number of bytes: + // + // - If N is between -0x40 and 0x3f, then its signed LEB128 + // representation is a single byte whose value is N. + // + // - Otherwise, its signed LEB128 representation is (N & 0x7f) | + // 0x80, followed by the signed LEB128 representation of N / 128, + // rounded towards negative infinity. + // + // In other words, we break VALUE into groups of seven bits, put + // them in little-endian order, and then write them as eight-bit + // bytes with the high bit on all but the last. + // + // Note that VALUE cannot be a Label (we would have to implement + // relaxation). + Section &LEB128(long long value); + + // Append VALUE in unsigned LEB128 (Little-Endian Base 128) form. + // + // The unsigned LEB128 representation of an integer N is a variable + // number of bytes: + // + // - If N is between 0 and 0x7f, then its unsigned LEB128 + // representation is a single byte whose value is N. + // + // - Otherwise, its unsigned LEB128 representation is (N & 0x7f) | + // 0x80, followed by the unsigned LEB128 representation of N / + // 128, rounded towards negative infinity. + // + // Note that VALUE cannot be a Label (we would have to implement + // relaxation). + Section &ULEB128(uint64_t value); + + // Jump to the next location aligned on an ALIGNMENT-byte boundary, + // relative to the start of the section. Fill the gap with PAD_BYTE. + // ALIGNMENT must be a power of two. Return a reference to this + // section. + Section &Align(size_t alignment, uint8_t pad_byte = 0); + + // Clear the contents of this section. + void Clear(); + + // Return the current size of the section. + size_t Size() const { return contents_.size(); } + + // Return a label representing the start of the section. + // + // It is up to the user whether this label represents the section's + // position in an object file, the section's address in memory, or + // what have you; some applications may need both, in which case + // this simple-minded interface won't be enough. This class only + // provides a single start label, for use with the Here and Mark + // member functions. + // + // Ideally, we'd provide this in a subclass that actually knows more + // about the application at hand and can provide an appropriate + // collection of start labels. But then the appending member + // functions like Append and D32 would return a reference to the + // base class, not the derived class, and the chaining won't work. + // Since the only value here is in pretty notation, that's a fatal + // flaw. + Label start() const { return start_; } + + // Return a label representing the point at which the next Appended + // item will appear in the section, relative to start(). + Label Here() const { return start_ + Size(); } + + // Set *LABEL to Here, and return a reference to this section. + Section &Mark(Label *label) { *label = Here(); return *this; } + + // If there are no undefined label references left in this + // section, set CONTENTS to the contents of this section, as a + // string, and clear this section. Return true on success, or false + // if there were still undefined labels. + bool GetContents(string *contents); + + private: + // Used internally. A reference to a label's value. + struct Reference { + Reference(size_t set_offset, Endianness set_endianness, size_t set_size, + const Label &set_label) + : offset(set_offset), endianness(set_endianness), size(set_size), + label(set_label) { } + + // The offset of the reference within the section. + size_t offset; + + // The endianness of the reference. + Endianness endianness; + + // The size of the reference. + size_t size; + + // The label to which this is a reference. + Label label; + }; + + // The default endianness of this section. + Endianness endianness_; + + // The contents of the section. + string contents_; + + // References to labels within those contents. + vector references_; + + // A label referring to the beginning of the section. + Label start_; +}; + +} // namespace test_assembler +} // namespace google_breakpad + +#endif // PROCESSOR_TEST_ASSEMBLER_H_ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/unordered.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/unordered.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c9cbd585 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/unordered.h @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +// Copyright (c) 2010 Google Inc. +// All rights reserved. +// +// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are +// met: +// +// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above +// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer +// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the +// distribution. +// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its +// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from +// this software without specific prior written permission. +// +// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR +// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT +// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, +// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, +// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY +// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE +// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +// Include this file to use unordered_map and unordered_set. If tr1 +// or C++11 is not available, you can switch to using hash_set and +// hash_map by defining BP_USE_HASH_SET. + +#ifndef COMMON_UNORDERED_H_ +#define COMMON_UNORDERED_H_ + +#if defined(BP_USE_HASH_SET) +#include +#include + +// For hash. +#include "util/hash/hash.h" + +template > +struct unordered_map : public __gnu_cxx::hash_map {}; +template > +struct unordered_set : public __gnu_cxx::hash_set {}; + +#elif defined(_LIBCPP_VERSION) // c++11 +#include +#include +using std::unordered_map; +using std::unordered_set; + +#else // Fallback to tr1::unordered +#include +#include +using std::tr1::unordered_map; +using std::tr1::unordered_set; +#endif + +#endif // COMMON_UNORDERED_H_ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/using_std_string.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/using_std_string.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..13c1da59 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/using_std_string.h @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +// -*- mode: C++ -*- + +// Copyright (c) 2012, Google Inc. +// All rights reserved. +// +// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are +// met: +// +// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above +// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer +// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the +// distribution. +// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its +// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from +// this software without specific prior written permission. +// +// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR +// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT +// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, +// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, +// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY +// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE +// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +// Original author: Ivan Penkov + +// using_std_string.h: Allows building this code in environments where +// global string (::string) exists. +// +// The problem: +// ------------- +// Let's say you want to build this code in an environment where a global +// string type is defined (i.e. ::string). Now, let's suppose that ::string +// is different that std::string and you'd like to have the option to easily +// choose between the two string types. Ideally you'd like to control which +// string type is chosen by simply #defining an identifier. +// +// The solution: +// ------------- +// #define HAS_GLOBAL_STRING somewhere in a global header file and then +// globally replace std::string with string. Then include this header +// file everywhere where string is used. If you want to revert back to +// using std::string, simply remove the #define (HAS_GLOBAL_STRING). + +#ifndef THIRD_PARTY_BREAKPAD_SRC_COMMON_USING_STD_STRING_H_ +#define THIRD_PARTY_BREAKPAD_SRC_COMMON_USING_STD_STRING_H_ + +#ifdef HAS_GLOBAL_STRING + typedef ::string google_breakpad_string; +#else + using std::string; + typedef std::string google_breakpad_string; +#endif + +// Inicates that type google_breakpad_string is defined +#define HAS_GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_STRING + +#endif // THIRD_PARTY_BREAKPAD_SRC_COMMON_USING_STD_STRING_H_ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/breakpad_types.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/breakpad_types.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d8828043 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/breakpad_types.h @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2006, Google Inc. + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are + * met: + * + * * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above + * copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer + * in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the + * distribution. + * * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its + * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from + * this software without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS + * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR + * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT + * OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, + * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, + * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY + * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT + * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ + +/* breakpad_types.h: Precise-width types + * + * (This is C99 source, please don't corrupt it with C++.) + * + * This file ensures that types uintN_t are defined for N = 8, 16, 32, and + * 64. Types of precise widths are crucial to the task of writing data + * structures on one platform and reading them on another. + * + * Author: Mark Mentovai */ + +#ifndef GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_BREAKPAD_TYPES_H__ +#define GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_BREAKPAD_TYPES_H__ + +#if (defined(_INTTYPES_H) || defined(_INTTYPES_H_)) && \ + !defined(__STDC_FORMAT_MACROS) +#error "inttypes.h has already been included before this header file, but " +#error "without __STDC_FORMAT_MACROS defined." +#endif + +#ifndef __STDC_FORMAT_MACROS +#define __STDC_FORMAT_MACROS +#endif /* __STDC_FORMAT_MACROS */ +#include + +typedef struct { + uint64_t high; + uint64_t low; +} uint128_struct; + +typedef uint64_t breakpad_time_t; + +/* Try to get PRIx64 from inttypes.h, but if it's not defined, fall back to + * llx, which is the format string for "long long" - this is a 64-bit + * integral type on many systems. */ +#ifndef PRIx64 +#define PRIx64 "llx" +#endif /* !PRIx64 */ + +#endif /* GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_BREAKPAD_TYPES_H__ */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_cpu_amd64.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_cpu_amd64.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4256706d --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_cpu_amd64.h @@ -0,0 +1,235 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2006, Google Inc. + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are + * met: + * + * * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above + * copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer + * in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the + * distribution. + * * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its + * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from + * this software without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS + * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR + * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT + * OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, + * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, + * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY + * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT + * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ + +/* minidump_format.h: A cross-platform reimplementation of minidump-related + * portions of DbgHelp.h from the Windows Platform SDK. + * + * (This is C99 source, please don't corrupt it with C++.) + * + * This file contains the necessary definitions to read minidump files + * produced on amd64. These files may be read on any platform provided + * that the alignments of these structures on the processing system are + * identical to the alignments of these structures on the producing system. + * For this reason, precise-sized types are used. The structures defined + * by this file have been laid out to minimize alignment problems by ensuring + * ensuring that all members are aligned on their natural boundaries. In + * In some cases, tail-padding may be significant when different ABIs specify + * different tail-padding behaviors. To avoid problems when reading or + * writing affected structures, MD_*_SIZE macros are provided where needed, + * containing the useful size of the structures without padding. + * + * Structures that are defined by Microsoft to contain a zero-length array + * are instead defined here to contain an array with one element, as + * zero-length arrays are forbidden by standard C and C++. In these cases, + * *_minsize constants are provided to be used in place of sizeof. For a + * cleaner interface to these sizes when using C++, see minidump_size.h. + * + * These structures are also sufficient to populate minidump files. + * + * These definitions may be extended to support handling minidump files + * for other CPUs and other operating systems. + * + * Because precise data type sizes are crucial for this implementation to + * function properly and portably in terms of interoperability with minidumps + * produced by DbgHelp on Windows, a set of primitive types with known sizes + * are used as the basis of each structure defined by this file. DbgHelp + * on Windows is assumed to be the reference implementation; this file + * seeks to provide a cross-platform compatible implementation. To avoid + * collisions with the types and values defined and used by DbgHelp in the + * event that this implementation is used on Windows, each type and value + * defined here is given a new name, beginning with "MD". Names of the + * equivalent types and values in the Windows Platform SDK are given in + * comments. + * + * Author: Mark Mentovai + * Change to split into its own file: Neal Sidhwaney */ + +#ifndef GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MINIDUMP_CPU_AMD64_H__ +#define GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MINIDUMP_CPU_AMD64_H__ + + +/* + * AMD64 support, see WINNT.H + */ + +typedef struct { + uint16_t control_word; + uint16_t status_word; + uint8_t tag_word; + uint8_t reserved1; + uint16_t error_opcode; + uint32_t error_offset; + uint16_t error_selector; + uint16_t reserved2; + uint32_t data_offset; + uint16_t data_selector; + uint16_t reserved3; + uint32_t mx_csr; + uint32_t mx_csr_mask; + uint128_struct float_registers[8]; + uint128_struct xmm_registers[16]; + uint8_t reserved4[96]; +} MDXmmSaveArea32AMD64; /* XMM_SAVE_AREA32 */ + +#define MD_CONTEXT_AMD64_VR_COUNT 26 + +typedef struct { + /* + * Register parameter home addresses. + */ + uint64_t p1_home; + uint64_t p2_home; + uint64_t p3_home; + uint64_t p4_home; + uint64_t p5_home; + uint64_t p6_home; + + /* The next field determines the layout of the structure, and which parts + * of it are populated */ + uint32_t context_flags; + uint32_t mx_csr; + + /* The next register is included with MD_CONTEXT_AMD64_CONTROL */ + uint16_t cs; + + /* The next 4 registers are included with MD_CONTEXT_AMD64_SEGMENTS */ + uint16_t ds; + uint16_t es; + uint16_t fs; + uint16_t gs; + + /* The next 2 registers are included with MD_CONTEXT_AMD64_CONTROL */ + uint16_t ss; + uint32_t eflags; + + /* The next 6 registers are included with MD_CONTEXT_AMD64_DEBUG_REGISTERS */ + uint64_t dr0; + uint64_t dr1; + uint64_t dr2; + uint64_t dr3; + uint64_t dr6; + uint64_t dr7; + + /* The next 4 registers are included with MD_CONTEXT_AMD64_INTEGER */ + uint64_t rax; + uint64_t rcx; + uint64_t rdx; + uint64_t rbx; + + /* The next register is included with MD_CONTEXT_AMD64_CONTROL */ + uint64_t rsp; + + /* The next 11 registers are included with MD_CONTEXT_AMD64_INTEGER */ + uint64_t rbp; + uint64_t rsi; + uint64_t rdi; + uint64_t r8; + uint64_t r9; + uint64_t r10; + uint64_t r11; + uint64_t r12; + uint64_t r13; + uint64_t r14; + uint64_t r15; + + /* The next register is included with MD_CONTEXT_AMD64_CONTROL */ + uint64_t rip; + + /* The next set of registers are included with + * MD_CONTEXT_AMD64_FLOATING_POINT + */ + union { + MDXmmSaveArea32AMD64 flt_save; + struct { + uint128_struct header[2]; + uint128_struct legacy[8]; + uint128_struct xmm0; + uint128_struct xmm1; + uint128_struct xmm2; + uint128_struct xmm3; + uint128_struct xmm4; + uint128_struct xmm5; + uint128_struct xmm6; + uint128_struct xmm7; + uint128_struct xmm8; + uint128_struct xmm9; + uint128_struct xmm10; + uint128_struct xmm11; + uint128_struct xmm12; + uint128_struct xmm13; + uint128_struct xmm14; + uint128_struct xmm15; + } sse_registers; + }; + + uint128_struct vector_register[MD_CONTEXT_AMD64_VR_COUNT]; + uint64_t vector_control; + + /* The next 5 registers are included with MD_CONTEXT_AMD64_DEBUG_REGISTERS */ + uint64_t debug_control; + uint64_t last_branch_to_rip; + uint64_t last_branch_from_rip; + uint64_t last_exception_to_rip; + uint64_t last_exception_from_rip; + +} MDRawContextAMD64; /* CONTEXT */ + +/* For (MDRawContextAMD64).context_flags. These values indicate the type of + * context stored in the structure. The high 24 bits identify the CPU, the + * low 8 bits identify the type of context saved. */ +#define MD_CONTEXT_AMD64 0x00100000 /* CONTEXT_AMD64 */ +#define MD_CONTEXT_AMD64_CONTROL (MD_CONTEXT_AMD64 | 0x00000001) + /* CONTEXT_CONTROL */ +#define MD_CONTEXT_AMD64_INTEGER (MD_CONTEXT_AMD64 | 0x00000002) + /* CONTEXT_INTEGER */ +#define MD_CONTEXT_AMD64_SEGMENTS (MD_CONTEXT_AMD64 | 0x00000004) + /* CONTEXT_SEGMENTS */ +#define MD_CONTEXT_AMD64_FLOATING_POINT (MD_CONTEXT_AMD64 | 0x00000008) + /* CONTEXT_FLOATING_POINT */ +#define MD_CONTEXT_AMD64_DEBUG_REGISTERS (MD_CONTEXT_AMD64 | 0x00000010) + /* CONTEXT_DEBUG_REGISTERS */ +#define MD_CONTEXT_AMD64_XSTATE (MD_CONTEXT_AMD64 | 0x00000040) + /* CONTEXT_XSTATE */ + +/* WinNT.h refers to CONTEXT_MMX_REGISTERS but doesn't appear to define it + * I think it really means CONTEXT_FLOATING_POINT. + */ + +#define MD_CONTEXT_AMD64_FULL (MD_CONTEXT_AMD64_CONTROL | \ + MD_CONTEXT_AMD64_INTEGER | \ + MD_CONTEXT_AMD64_FLOATING_POINT) + /* CONTEXT_FULL */ + +#define MD_CONTEXT_AMD64_ALL (MD_CONTEXT_AMD64_FULL | \ + MD_CONTEXT_AMD64_SEGMENTS | \ + MD_CONTEXT_X86_DEBUG_REGISTERS) + /* CONTEXT_ALL */ + + +#endif /* GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MINIDUMP_CPU_AMD64_H__ */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_cpu_arm.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_cpu_arm.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6a711383 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_cpu_arm.h @@ -0,0 +1,151 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2009, Google Inc. + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are + * met: + * + * * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above + * copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer + * in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the + * distribution. + * * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its + * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from + * this software without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS + * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR + * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT + * OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, + * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, + * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY + * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT + * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ + +/* minidump_format.h: A cross-platform reimplementation of minidump-related + * portions of DbgHelp.h from the Windows Platform SDK. + * + * (This is C99 source, please don't corrupt it with C++.) + * + * This file contains the necessary definitions to read minidump files + * produced on ARM. These files may be read on any platform provided + * that the alignments of these structures on the processing system are + * identical to the alignments of these structures on the producing system. + * For this reason, precise-sized types are used. The structures defined + * by this file have been laid out to minimize alignment problems by + * ensuring that all members are aligned on their natural boundaries. + * In some cases, tail-padding may be significant when different ABIs specify + * different tail-padding behaviors. To avoid problems when reading or + * writing affected structures, MD_*_SIZE macros are provided where needed, + * containing the useful size of the structures without padding. + * + * Structures that are defined by Microsoft to contain a zero-length array + * are instead defined here to contain an array with one element, as + * zero-length arrays are forbidden by standard C and C++. In these cases, + * *_minsize constants are provided to be used in place of sizeof. For a + * cleaner interface to these sizes when using C++, see minidump_size.h. + * + * These structures are also sufficient to populate minidump files. + * + * Because precise data type sizes are crucial for this implementation to + * function properly and portably, a set of primitive types with known sizes + * are used as the basis of each structure defined by this file. + * + * Author: Julian Seward + */ + +/* + * ARM support + */ + +#ifndef GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MINIDUMP_CPU_ARM_H__ +#define GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MINIDUMP_CPU_ARM_H__ + +#define MD_FLOATINGSAVEAREA_ARM_FPR_COUNT 32 +#define MD_FLOATINGSAVEAREA_ARM_FPEXTRA_COUNT 8 + +/* + * Note that these structures *do not* map directly to the CONTEXT + * structure defined in WinNT.h in the Windows Mobile SDK. That structure + * does not accomodate VFPv3, and I'm unsure if it was ever used in the + * wild anyway, as Windows CE only seems to produce "cedumps" which + * are not exactly minidumps. + */ +typedef struct { + uint64_t fpscr; /* FPU status register */ + + /* 32 64-bit floating point registers, d0 .. d31. */ + uint64_t regs[MD_FLOATINGSAVEAREA_ARM_FPR_COUNT]; + + /* Miscellaneous control words */ + uint32_t extra[MD_FLOATINGSAVEAREA_ARM_FPEXTRA_COUNT]; +} MDFloatingSaveAreaARM; + +#define MD_CONTEXT_ARM_GPR_COUNT 16 + +typedef struct { + /* The next field determines the layout of the structure, and which parts + * of it are populated + */ + uint32_t context_flags; + + /* 16 32-bit integer registers, r0 .. r15 + * Note the following fixed uses: + * r13 is the stack pointer + * r14 is the link register + * r15 is the program counter + */ + uint32_t iregs[MD_CONTEXT_ARM_GPR_COUNT]; + + /* CPSR (flags, basically): 32 bits: + bit 31 - N (negative) + bit 30 - Z (zero) + bit 29 - C (carry) + bit 28 - V (overflow) + bit 27 - Q (saturation flag, sticky) + All other fields -- ignore */ + uint32_t cpsr; + + /* The next field is included with MD_CONTEXT_ARM_FLOATING_POINT */ + MDFloatingSaveAreaARM float_save; + +} MDRawContextARM; + +/* Indices into iregs for registers with a dedicated or conventional + * purpose. + */ +enum MDARMRegisterNumbers { + MD_CONTEXT_ARM_REG_IOS_FP = 7, + MD_CONTEXT_ARM_REG_FP = 11, + MD_CONTEXT_ARM_REG_SP = 13, + MD_CONTEXT_ARM_REG_LR = 14, + MD_CONTEXT_ARM_REG_PC = 15 +}; + +/* For (MDRawContextARM).context_flags. These values indicate the type of + * context stored in the structure. */ +/* CONTEXT_ARM from the Windows CE 5.0 SDK. This value isn't correct + * because this bit can be used for flags. Presumably this value was + * never actually used in minidumps, but only in "CEDumps" which + * are a whole parallel minidump file format for Windows CE. + * Therefore, Breakpad defines its own value for ARM CPUs. + */ +#define MD_CONTEXT_ARM_OLD 0x00000040 +/* This value was chosen to avoid likely conflicts with MD_CONTEXT_* + * for other CPUs. */ +#define MD_CONTEXT_ARM 0x40000000 +#define MD_CONTEXT_ARM_INTEGER (MD_CONTEXT_ARM | 0x00000002) +#define MD_CONTEXT_ARM_FLOATING_POINT (MD_CONTEXT_ARM | 0x00000004) + +#define MD_CONTEXT_ARM_FULL (MD_CONTEXT_ARM_INTEGER | \ + MD_CONTEXT_ARM_FLOATING_POINT) + +#define MD_CONTEXT_ARM_ALL (MD_CONTEXT_ARM_INTEGER | \ + MD_CONTEXT_ARM_FLOATING_POINT) + +#endif /* GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MINIDUMP_CPU_ARM_H__ */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_cpu_arm64.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_cpu_arm64.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0411bebb --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_cpu_arm64.h @@ -0,0 +1,192 @@ +/* Copyright 2013 Google Inc. + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are + * met: + * + * * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above + * copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer + * in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the + * distribution. + * * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its + * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from + * this software without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS + * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR + * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT + * OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, + * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, + * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY + * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT + * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ + +/* minidump_format.h: A cross-platform reimplementation of minidump-related + * portions of DbgHelp.h from the Windows Platform SDK. + * + * (This is C99 source, please don't corrupt it with C++.) + * + * This file contains the necessary definitions to read minidump files + * produced on ARM. These files may be read on any platform provided + * that the alignments of these structures on the processing system are + * identical to the alignments of these structures on the producing system. + * For this reason, precise-sized types are used. The structures defined + * by this file have been laid out to minimize alignment problems by + * ensuring that all members are aligned on their natural boundaries. + * In some cases, tail-padding may be significant when different ABIs specify + * different tail-padding behaviors. To avoid problems when reading or + * writing affected structures, MD_*_SIZE macros are provided where needed, + * containing the useful size of the structures without padding. + * + * Structures that are defined by Microsoft to contain a zero-length array + * are instead defined here to contain an array with one element, as + * zero-length arrays are forbidden by standard C and C++. In these cases, + * *_minsize constants are provided to be used in place of sizeof. For a + * cleaner interface to these sizes when using C++, see minidump_size.h. + * + * These structures are also sufficient to populate minidump files. + * + * Because precise data type sizes are crucial for this implementation to + * function properly and portably, a set of primitive types with known sizes + * are used as the basis of each structure defined by this file. + * + * Author: Colin Blundell + */ + +/* + * ARM64 support + */ + +#ifndef GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MINIDUMP_CPU_ARM64_H__ +#define GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MINIDUMP_CPU_ARM64_H__ + +#include "google_breakpad/common/breakpad_types.h" + +#define MD_FLOATINGSAVEAREA_ARM64_FPR_COUNT 32 +#define MD_CONTEXT_ARM64_GPR_COUNT 33 + +typedef struct { + /* 32 128-bit floating point registers, d0 .. d31. */ + uint128_struct regs[MD_FLOATINGSAVEAREA_ARM64_FPR_COUNT]; + + uint32_t fpcr; /* FPU control register */ + uint32_t fpsr; /* FPU status register */ +} MDFloatingSaveAreaARM64; + +/* For (MDRawContextARM64).context_flags. These values indicate the type of + * context stored in the structure. */ +#define MD_CONTEXT_ARM64 0x00400000 +#define MD_CONTEXT_ARM64_CONTROL (MD_CONTEXT_ARM64 | 0x00000001) +#define MD_CONTEXT_ARM64_INTEGER (MD_CONTEXT_ARM64 | 0x00000002) +#define MD_CONTEXT_ARM64_FLOATING_POINT (MD_CONTEXT_ARM64 | 0x00000004) +#define MD_CONTEXT_ARM64_DEBUG (MD_CONTEXT_ARM64 | 0x00000008) +#define MD_CONTEXT_ARM64_FULL (MD_CONTEXT_ARM64_CONTROL | \ + MD_CONTEXT_ARM64_INTEGER | \ + MD_CONTEXT_ARM64_FLOATING_POINT) +#define MD_CONTEXT_ARM64_ALL (MD_CONTEXT_ARM64_FULL | MD_CONTEXT_ARM64_DEBUG) + +typedef struct { + /* Determines which fields of this struct are populated */ + uint32_t context_flags; + + /* CPSR (flags, basically): 32 bits: + bit 31 - N (negative) + bit 30 - Z (zero) + bit 29 - C (carry) + bit 28 - V (overflow) + bit 27 - Q (saturation flag, sticky) + All other fields -- ignore */ + uint32_t cpsr; + + /* 33 64-bit integer registers, x0 .. x31 + the PC + * Note the following fixed uses: + * x29 is the frame pointer + * x30 is the link register + * x31 is the stack pointer + * The PC is effectively x32. + */ + uint64_t iregs[MD_CONTEXT_ARM64_GPR_COUNT]; + + /* The next field is included with MD_CONTEXT64_ARM_FLOATING_POINT */ + MDFloatingSaveAreaARM64 float_save; + + uint32_t bcr[8]; + uint64_t bvr[8]; + uint32_t wcr[2]; + uint64_t wvr[2]; +} MDRawContextARM64; + +typedef struct { + uint32_t fpsr; /* FPU status register */ + uint32_t fpcr; /* FPU control register */ + + /* 32 128-bit floating point registers, d0 .. d31. */ + uint128_struct regs[MD_FLOATINGSAVEAREA_ARM64_FPR_COUNT]; +} MDFloatingSaveAreaARM64_Old; + +/* Use the same 32-bit alignment when accessing this structure from 64-bit code + * as is used natively in 32-bit code. */ +#pragma pack(push, 4) + +typedef struct { + /* The next field determines the layout of the structure, and which parts + * of it are populated + */ + uint64_t context_flags; + + /* 33 64-bit integer registers, x0 .. x31 + the PC + * Note the following fixed uses: + * x29 is the frame pointer + * x30 is the link register + * x31 is the stack pointer + * The PC is effectively x32. + */ + uint64_t iregs[MD_CONTEXT_ARM64_GPR_COUNT]; + + /* CPSR (flags, basically): 32 bits: + bit 31 - N (negative) + bit 30 - Z (zero) + bit 29 - C (carry) + bit 28 - V (overflow) + bit 27 - Q (saturation flag, sticky) + All other fields -- ignore */ + uint32_t cpsr; + + /* The next field is included with MD_CONTEXT64_ARM_FLOATING_POINT */ + MDFloatingSaveAreaARM64_Old float_save; + +} MDRawContextARM64_Old; + +#pragma pack(pop) + +/* Indices into iregs for registers with a dedicated or conventional + * purpose. + */ +enum MDARM64RegisterNumbers { + MD_CONTEXT_ARM64_REG_FP = 29, + MD_CONTEXT_ARM64_REG_LR = 30, + MD_CONTEXT_ARM64_REG_SP = 31, + MD_CONTEXT_ARM64_REG_PC = 32 +}; + +/* For (MDRawContextARM64_Old).context_flags. These values indicate the type of + * context stored in the structure. MD_CONTEXT_ARM64_OLD is Breakpad-defined. + * This value was chosen to avoid likely conflicts with MD_CONTEXT_* + * for other CPUs. */ +#define MD_CONTEXT_ARM64_OLD 0x80000000 +#define MD_CONTEXT_ARM64_INTEGER_OLD (MD_CONTEXT_ARM64_OLD | 0x00000002) +#define MD_CONTEXT_ARM64_FLOATING_POINT_OLD (MD_CONTEXT_ARM64_OLD | 0x00000004) + +#define MD_CONTEXT_ARM64_FULL_OLD (MD_CONTEXT_ARM64_INTEGER_OLD | \ + MD_CONTEXT_ARM64_FLOATING_POINT_OLD) + +#define MD_CONTEXT_ARM64_ALL_OLD (MD_CONTEXT_ARM64_INTEGER_OLD | \ + MD_CONTEXT_ARM64_FLOATING_POINT_OLD) + +#endif /* GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MINIDUMP_CPU_ARM64_H__ */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_cpu_mips.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_cpu_mips.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f4e2b589 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_cpu_mips.h @@ -0,0 +1,176 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2013, Google Inc. + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are + * met: + * + * * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above + * copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer + * in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the + * distribution. + * * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its + * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from + * this software without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS + * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR + * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT + * OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, + * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, + * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY + * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT + * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ + +/* minidump_format.h: A cross-platform reimplementation of minidump-related + * portions of DbgHelp.h from the Windows Platform SDK. + * + * (This is C99 source, please don't corrupt it with C++.) + * + * This file contains the necessary definitions to read minidump files + * produced on MIPS. These files may be read on any platform provided + * that the alignments of these structures on the processing system are + * identical to the alignments of these structures on the producing system. + * For this reason, precise-sized types are used. The structures defined + * by this file have been laid out to minimize alignment problems by + * ensuring that all members are aligned on their natural boundaries. + * In some cases, tail-padding may be significant when different ABIs specify + * different tail-padding behaviors. To avoid problems when reading or + * writing affected structures, MD_*_SIZE macros are provided where needed, + * containing the useful size of the structures without padding. + * + * Structures that are defined by Microsoft to contain a zero-length array + * are instead defined here to contain an array with one element, as + * zero-length arrays are forbidden by standard C and C++. In these cases, + * *_minsize constants are provided to be used in place of sizeof. For a + * cleaner interface to these sizes when using C++, see minidump_size.h. + * + * These structures are also sufficient to populate minidump files. + * + * Because precise data type sizes are crucial for this implementation to + * function properly and portably, a set of primitive types with known sizes + * are used as the basis of each structure defined by this file. + * + * Author: Chris Dearman + */ + +/* + * MIPS support + */ + +#ifndef GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MINIDUMP_CPU_MIPS_H__ +#define GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MINIDUMP_CPU_MIPS_H__ + +#define MD_CONTEXT_MIPS_GPR_COUNT 32 +#define MD_FLOATINGSAVEAREA_MIPS_FPR_COUNT 32 +#define MD_CONTEXT_MIPS_DSP_COUNT 3 + +/* + * Note that these structures *do not* map directly to the CONTEXT + * structure defined in WinNT.h in the Windows Mobile SDK. That structure + * does not accomodate VFPv3, and I'm unsure if it was ever used in the + * wild anyway, as Windows CE only seems to produce "cedumps" which + * are not exactly minidumps. + */ +typedef struct { + /* 32 64-bit floating point registers, f0..f31 */ + uint64_t regs[MD_FLOATINGSAVEAREA_MIPS_FPR_COUNT]; + + uint32_t fpcsr; /* FPU status register. */ + uint32_t fir; /* FPU implementation register. */ +} MDFloatingSaveAreaMIPS; + +typedef struct { + /* The next field determines the layout of the structure, and which parts + * of it are populated. + */ + uint32_t context_flags; + uint32_t _pad0; + + /* 32 64-bit integer registers, r0..r31. + * Note the following fixed uses: + * r29 is the stack pointer. + * r31 is the return address. + */ + uint64_t iregs[MD_CONTEXT_MIPS_GPR_COUNT]; + + /* multiply/divide result. */ + uint64_t mdhi, mdlo; + + /* DSP accumulators. */ + uint32_t hi[MD_CONTEXT_MIPS_DSP_COUNT]; + uint32_t lo[MD_CONTEXT_MIPS_DSP_COUNT]; + uint32_t dsp_control; + uint32_t _pad1; + + uint64_t epc; + uint64_t badvaddr; + uint32_t status; + uint32_t cause; + + /* The next field is included with MD_CONTEXT_MIPS_FLOATING_POINT. */ + MDFloatingSaveAreaMIPS float_save; + +} MDRawContextMIPS; + +/* Indices into iregs for registers with a dedicated or conventional + * purpose. + */ +enum MDMIPSRegisterNumbers { + MD_CONTEXT_MIPS_REG_S0 = 16, + MD_CONTEXT_MIPS_REG_S1 = 17, + MD_CONTEXT_MIPS_REG_S2 = 18, + MD_CONTEXT_MIPS_REG_S3 = 19, + MD_CONTEXT_MIPS_REG_S4 = 20, + MD_CONTEXT_MIPS_REG_S5 = 21, + MD_CONTEXT_MIPS_REG_S6 = 22, + MD_CONTEXT_MIPS_REG_S7 = 23, + MD_CONTEXT_MIPS_REG_GP = 28, + MD_CONTEXT_MIPS_REG_SP = 29, + MD_CONTEXT_MIPS_REG_FP = 30, + MD_CONTEXT_MIPS_REG_RA = 31, +}; + +/* For (MDRawContextMIPS).context_flags. These values indicate the type of + * context stored in the structure. */ +/* CONTEXT_MIPS from the Windows CE 5.0 SDK. This value isn't correct + * because this bit can be used for flags. Presumably this value was + * never actually used in minidumps, but only in "CEDumps" which + * are a whole parallel minidump file format for Windows CE. + * Therefore, Breakpad defines its own value for MIPS CPUs. + */ +#define MD_CONTEXT_MIPS 0x00040000 +#define MD_CONTEXT_MIPS_INTEGER (MD_CONTEXT_MIPS | 0x00000002) +#define MD_CONTEXT_MIPS_FLOATING_POINT (MD_CONTEXT_MIPS | 0x00000004) +#define MD_CONTEXT_MIPS_DSP (MD_CONTEXT_MIPS | 0x00000008) + +#define MD_CONTEXT_MIPS_FULL (MD_CONTEXT_MIPS_INTEGER | \ + MD_CONTEXT_MIPS_FLOATING_POINT | \ + MD_CONTEXT_MIPS_DSP) + +#define MD_CONTEXT_MIPS_ALL (MD_CONTEXT_MIPS_INTEGER | \ + MD_CONTEXT_MIPS_FLOATING_POINT \ + MD_CONTEXT_MIPS_DSP) + +/** + * Breakpad defines for MIPS64 + */ +#define MD_CONTEXT_MIPS64 0x00080000 +#define MD_CONTEXT_MIPS64_INTEGER (MD_CONTEXT_MIPS64 | 0x00000002) +#define MD_CONTEXT_MIPS64_FLOATING_POINT (MD_CONTEXT_MIPS64 | 0x00000004) +#define MD_CONTEXT_MIPS64_DSP (MD_CONTEXT_MIPS64 | 0x00000008) + +#define MD_CONTEXT_MIPS64_FULL (MD_CONTEXT_MIPS64_INTEGER | \ + MD_CONTEXT_MIPS64_FLOATING_POINT | \ + MD_CONTEXT_MIPS64_DSP) + +#define MD_CONTEXT_MIPS64_ALL (MD_CONTEXT_MIPS64_INTEGER | \ + MD_CONTEXT_MIPS64_FLOATING_POINT \ + MD_CONTEXT_MIPS64_DSP) + +#endif // GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MINIDUMP_CPU_MIPS_H__ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_cpu_ppc.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_cpu_ppc.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b24cc424 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_cpu_ppc.h @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2006, Google Inc. + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are + * met: + * + * * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above + * copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer + * in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the + * distribution. + * * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its + * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from + * this software without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS + * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR + * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT + * OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, + * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, + * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY + * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT + * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ + +/* minidump_format.h: A cross-platform reimplementation of minidump-related + * portions of DbgHelp.h from the Windows Platform SDK. + * + * (This is C99 source, please don't corrupt it with C++.) + * + * This file contains the necessary definitions to read minidump files + * produced on ppc. These files may be read on any platform provided + * that the alignments of these structures on the processing system are + * identical to the alignments of these structures on the producing system. + * For this reason, precise-sized types are used. The structures defined + * by this file have been laid out to minimize alignment problems by ensuring + * ensuring that all members are aligned on their natural boundaries. In + * In some cases, tail-padding may be significant when different ABIs specify + * different tail-padding behaviors. To avoid problems when reading or + * writing affected structures, MD_*_SIZE macros are provided where needed, + * containing the useful size of the structures without padding. + * + * Structures that are defined by Microsoft to contain a zero-length array + * are instead defined here to contain an array with one element, as + * zero-length arrays are forbidden by standard C and C++. In these cases, + * *_minsize constants are provided to be used in place of sizeof. For a + * cleaner interface to these sizes when using C++, see minidump_size.h. + * + * These structures are also sufficient to populate minidump files. + * + * These definitions may be extended to support handling minidump files + * for other CPUs and other operating systems. + * + * Because precise data type sizes are crucial for this implementation to + * function properly and portably in terms of interoperability with minidumps + * produced by DbgHelp on Windows, a set of primitive types with known sizes + * are used as the basis of each structure defined by this file. DbgHelp + * on Windows is assumed to be the reference implementation; this file + * seeks to provide a cross-platform compatible implementation. To avoid + * collisions with the types and values defined and used by DbgHelp in the + * event that this implementation is used on Windows, each type and value + * defined here is given a new name, beginning with "MD". Names of the + * equivalent types and values in the Windows Platform SDK are given in + * comments. + * + * Author: Mark Mentovai + * Change to split into its own file: Neal Sidhwaney */ + +/* + * Breakpad minidump extension for PowerPC support. Based on Darwin/Mac OS X' + * mach/ppc/_types.h + */ + +#ifndef GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MINIDUMP_CPU_PPC_H__ +#define GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MINIDUMP_CPU_PPC_H__ + +#define MD_FLOATINGSAVEAREA_PPC_FPR_COUNT 32 + +typedef struct { + /* fpregs is a double[32] in mach/ppc/_types.h, but a uint64_t is used + * here for precise sizing. */ + uint64_t fpregs[MD_FLOATINGSAVEAREA_PPC_FPR_COUNT]; + uint32_t fpscr_pad; + uint32_t fpscr; /* Status/control */ +} MDFloatingSaveAreaPPC; /* Based on ppc_float_state */ + + +#define MD_VECTORSAVEAREA_PPC_VR_COUNT 32 + +typedef struct { + /* Vector registers (including vscr) are 128 bits, but mach/ppc/_types.h + * exposes them as four 32-bit quantities. */ + uint128_struct save_vr[MD_VECTORSAVEAREA_PPC_VR_COUNT]; + uint128_struct save_vscr; /* Status/control */ + uint32_t save_pad5[4]; + uint32_t save_vrvalid; /* Indicates which vector registers are saved */ + uint32_t save_pad6[7]; +} MDVectorSaveAreaPPC; /* ppc_vector_state */ + + +#define MD_CONTEXT_PPC_GPR_COUNT 32 + +/* Use the same 32-bit alignment when accessing this structure from 64-bit code + * as is used natively in 32-bit code. #pragma pack is a MSVC extension + * supported by gcc. */ +#if defined(__SUNPRO_C) || defined(__SUNPRO_CC) +#pragma pack(4) +#else +#pragma pack(push, 4) +#endif + +typedef struct { + /* context_flags is not present in ppc_thread_state, but it aids + * identification of MDRawContextPPC among other raw context types, + * and it guarantees alignment when we get to float_save. */ + uint32_t context_flags; + + uint32_t srr0; /* Machine status save/restore: stores pc + * (instruction) */ + uint32_t srr1; /* Machine status save/restore: stores msr + * (ps, program/machine state) */ + /* ppc_thread_state contains 32 fields, r0 .. r31. Here, an array is + * used for brevity. */ + uint32_t gpr[MD_CONTEXT_PPC_GPR_COUNT]; + uint32_t cr; /* Condition */ + uint32_t xer; /* Integer (fiXed-point) exception */ + uint32_t lr; /* Link */ + uint32_t ctr; /* Count */ + uint32_t mq; /* Multiply/Quotient (PPC 601, POWER only) */ + uint32_t vrsave; /* Vector save */ + + /* float_save and vector_save aren't present in ppc_thread_state, but + * are represented in separate structures that still define a thread's + * context. */ + MDFloatingSaveAreaPPC float_save; + MDVectorSaveAreaPPC vector_save; +} MDRawContextPPC; /* Based on ppc_thread_state */ + +/* Indices into gpr for registers with a dedicated or conventional purpose. */ +enum MDPPCRegisterNumbers { + MD_CONTEXT_PPC_REG_SP = 1 +}; + +#if defined(__SUNPRO_C) || defined(__SUNPRO_CC) +#pragma pack(0) +#else +#pragma pack(pop) +#endif + +/* For (MDRawContextPPC).context_flags. These values indicate the type of + * context stored in the structure. MD_CONTEXT_PPC is Breakpad-defined. Its + * value was chosen to avoid likely conflicts with MD_CONTEXT_* for other + * CPUs. */ +#define MD_CONTEXT_PPC 0x20000000 +#define MD_CONTEXT_PPC_BASE (MD_CONTEXT_PPC | 0x00000001) +#define MD_CONTEXT_PPC_FLOATING_POINT (MD_CONTEXT_PPC | 0x00000008) +#define MD_CONTEXT_PPC_VECTOR (MD_CONTEXT_PPC | 0x00000020) + +#define MD_CONTEXT_PPC_FULL MD_CONTEXT_PPC_BASE +#define MD_CONTEXT_PPC_ALL (MD_CONTEXT_PPC_FULL | \ + MD_CONTEXT_PPC_FLOATING_POINT | \ + MD_CONTEXT_PPC_VECTOR) + +#endif /* GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MINIDUMP_CPU_PPC_H__ */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_cpu_ppc64.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_cpu_ppc64.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..61f41938 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_cpu_ppc64.h @@ -0,0 +1,134 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2008, Google Inc. + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are + * met: + * + * * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above + * copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer + * in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the + * distribution. + * * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its + * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from + * this software without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS + * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR + * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT + * OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, + * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, + * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY + * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT + * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ + +/* minidump_format.h: A cross-platform reimplementation of minidump-related + * portions of DbgHelp.h from the Windows Platform SDK. + * + * (This is C99 source, please don't corrupt it with C++.) + * + * This file contains the necessary definitions to read minidump files + * produced on ppc64. These files may be read on any platform provided + * that the alignments of these structures on the processing system are + * identical to the alignments of these structures on the producing system. + * For this reason, precise-sized types are used. The structures defined + * by this file have been laid out to minimize alignment problems by ensuring + * ensuring that all members are aligned on their natural boundaries. In + * In some cases, tail-padding may be significant when different ABIs specify + * different tail-padding behaviors. To avoid problems when reading or + * writing affected structures, MD_*_SIZE macros are provided where needed, + * containing the useful size of the structures without padding. + * + * Structures that are defined by Microsoft to contain a zero-length array + * are instead defined here to contain an array with one element, as + * zero-length arrays are forbidden by standard C and C++. In these cases, + * *_minsize constants are provided to be used in place of sizeof. For a + * cleaner interface to these sizes when using C++, see minidump_size.h. + * + * These structures are also sufficient to populate minidump files. + * + * These definitions may be extended to support handling minidump files + * for other CPUs and other operating systems. + * + * Because precise data type sizes are crucial for this implementation to + * function properly and portably in terms of interoperability with minidumps + * produced by DbgHelp on Windows, a set of primitive types with known sizes + * are used as the basis of each structure defined by this file. DbgHelp + * on Windows is assumed to be the reference implementation; this file + * seeks to provide a cross-platform compatible implementation. To avoid + * collisions with the types and values defined and used by DbgHelp in the + * event that this implementation is used on Windows, each type and value + * defined here is given a new name, beginning with "MD". Names of the + * equivalent types and values in the Windows Platform SDK are given in + * comments. + * + * Author: Neal Sidhwaney */ + + +/* + * Breakpad minidump extension for PPC64 support. Based on Darwin/Mac OS X' + * mach/ppc/_types.h + */ + +#ifndef GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MINIDUMP_CPU_PPC64_H__ +#define GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MINIDUMP_CPU_PPC64_H__ + +#include "minidump_cpu_ppc.h" + +// these types are the same in ppc64 & ppc +typedef MDFloatingSaveAreaPPC MDFloatingSaveAreaPPC64; +typedef MDVectorSaveAreaPPC MDVectorSaveAreaPPC64; + +#define MD_CONTEXT_PPC64_GPR_COUNT MD_CONTEXT_PPC_GPR_COUNT + +typedef struct { + /* context_flags is not present in ppc_thread_state, but it aids + * identification of MDRawContextPPC among other raw context types, + * and it guarantees alignment when we get to float_save. */ + uint64_t context_flags; + + uint64_t srr0; /* Machine status save/restore: stores pc + * (instruction) */ + uint64_t srr1; /* Machine status save/restore: stores msr + * (ps, program/machine state) */ + /* ppc_thread_state contains 32 fields, r0 .. r31. Here, an array is + * used for brevity. */ + uint64_t gpr[MD_CONTEXT_PPC64_GPR_COUNT]; + uint64_t cr; /* Condition */ + uint64_t xer; /* Integer (fiXed-point) exception */ + uint64_t lr; /* Link */ + uint64_t ctr; /* Count */ + uint64_t vrsave; /* Vector save */ + + /* float_save and vector_save aren't present in ppc_thread_state, but + * are represented in separate structures that still define a thread's + * context. */ + MDFloatingSaveAreaPPC float_save; + MDVectorSaveAreaPPC vector_save; +} MDRawContextPPC64; /* Based on ppc_thread_state */ + +/* Indices into gpr for registers with a dedicated or conventional purpose. */ +enum MDPPC64RegisterNumbers { + MD_CONTEXT_PPC64_REG_SP = 1 +}; + +/* For (MDRawContextPPC).context_flags. These values indicate the type of + * context stored in the structure. MD_CONTEXT_PPC is Breakpad-defined. Its + * value was chosen to avoid likely conflicts with MD_CONTEXT_* for other + * CPUs. */ +#define MD_CONTEXT_PPC64 0x01000000 +#define MD_CONTEXT_PPC64_BASE (MD_CONTEXT_PPC64 | 0x00000001) +#define MD_CONTEXT_PPC64_FLOATING_POINT (MD_CONTEXT_PPC64 | 0x00000008) +#define MD_CONTEXT_PPC64_VECTOR (MD_CONTEXT_PPC64 | 0x00000020) + +#define MD_CONTEXT_PPC64_FULL MD_CONTEXT_PPC64_BASE +#define MD_CONTEXT_PPC64_ALL (MD_CONTEXT_PPC64_FULL | \ + MD_CONTEXT_PPC64_FLOATING_POINT | \ + MD_CONTEXT_PPC64_VECTOR) + +#endif /* GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MINIDUMP_CPU_PPC64_H__ */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_cpu_sparc.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_cpu_sparc.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..95c08b17 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_cpu_sparc.h @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2006, Google Inc. + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are + * met: + * + * * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above + * copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer + * in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the + * distribution. + * * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its + * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from + * this software without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS + * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR + * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT + * OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, + * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, + * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY + * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT + * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ + +/* minidump_format.h: A cross-platform reimplementation of minidump-related + * portions of DbgHelp.h from the Windows Platform SDK. + * + * (This is C99 source, please don't corrupt it with C++.) + * + * This file contains the necessary definitions to read minidump files + * produced on sparc. These files may be read on any platform provided + * that the alignments of these structures on the processing system are + * identical to the alignments of these structures on the producing system. + * For this reason, precise-sized types are used. The structures defined + * by this file have been laid out to minimize alignment problems by ensuring + * ensuring that all members are aligned on their natural boundaries. In + * In some cases, tail-padding may be significant when different ABIs specify + * different tail-padding behaviors. To avoid problems when reading or + * writing affected structures, MD_*_SIZE macros are provided where needed, + * containing the useful size of the structures without padding. + * + * Structures that are defined by Microsoft to contain a zero-length array + * are instead defined here to contain an array with one element, as + * zero-length arrays are forbidden by standard C and C++. In these cases, + * *_minsize constants are provided to be used in place of sizeof. For a + * cleaner interface to these sizes when using C++, see minidump_size.h. + * + * These structures are also sufficient to populate minidump files. + * + * These definitions may be extended to support handling minidump files + * for other CPUs and other operating systems. + * + * Because precise data type sizes are crucial for this implementation to + * function properly and portably in terms of interoperability with minidumps + * produced by DbgHelp on Windows, a set of primitive types with known sizes + * are used as the basis of each structure defined by this file. DbgHelp + * on Windows is assumed to be the reference implementation; this file + * seeks to provide a cross-platform compatible implementation. To avoid + * collisions with the types and values defined and used by DbgHelp in the + * event that this implementation is used on Windows, each type and value + * defined here is given a new name, beginning with "MD". Names of the + * equivalent types and values in the Windows Platform SDK are given in + * comments. + * + * Author: Mark Mentovai + * Change to split into its own file: Neal Sidhwaney */ + +/* + * SPARC support, see (solaris)sys/procfs_isa.h also + */ + +#ifndef GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MINIDUMP_CPU_SPARC_H__ +#define GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MINIDUMP_CPU_SPARC_H__ + +#define MD_FLOATINGSAVEAREA_SPARC_FPR_COUNT 32 + +typedef struct { + + /* FPU floating point regs */ + uint64_t regs[MD_FLOATINGSAVEAREA_SPARC_FPR_COUNT]; + + uint64_t filler; + uint64_t fsr; /* FPU status register */ +} MDFloatingSaveAreaSPARC; /* FLOATING_SAVE_AREA */ + +#define MD_CONTEXT_SPARC_GPR_COUNT 32 + +typedef struct { + /* The next field determines the layout of the structure, and which parts + * of it are populated + */ + uint32_t context_flags; + uint32_t flag_pad; + /* + * General register access (SPARC). + * Don't confuse definitions here with definitions in . + * Registers are 32 bits for ILP32, 64 bits for LP64. + * SPARC V7/V8 is for 32bit, SPARC V9 is for 64bit + */ + + /* 32 Integer working registers */ + + /* g_r[0-7] global registers(g0-g7) + * g_r[8-15] out registers(o0-o7) + * g_r[16-23] local registers(l0-l7) + * g_r[24-31] in registers(i0-i7) + */ + uint64_t g_r[MD_CONTEXT_SPARC_GPR_COUNT]; + + /* several control registers */ + + /* Processor State register(PSR) for SPARC V7/V8 + * Condition Code register (CCR) for SPARC V9 + */ + uint64_t ccr; + + uint64_t pc; /* Program Counter register (PC) */ + uint64_t npc; /* Next Program Counter register (nPC) */ + uint64_t y; /* Y register (Y) */ + + /* Address Space Identifier register (ASI) for SPARC V9 + * WIM for SPARC V7/V8 + */ + uint64_t asi; + + /* Floating-Point Registers State register (FPRS) for SPARC V9 + * TBR for for SPARC V7/V8 + */ + uint64_t fprs; + + /* The next field is included with MD_CONTEXT_SPARC_FLOATING_POINT */ + MDFloatingSaveAreaSPARC float_save; + +} MDRawContextSPARC; /* CONTEXT_SPARC */ + +/* Indices into g_r for registers with a dedicated or conventional purpose. */ +enum MDSPARCRegisterNumbers { + MD_CONTEXT_SPARC_REG_SP = 14 +}; + +/* For (MDRawContextSPARC).context_flags. These values indicate the type of + * context stored in the structure. MD_CONTEXT_SPARC is Breakpad-defined. Its + * value was chosen to avoid likely conflicts with MD_CONTEXT_* for other + * CPUs. */ +#define MD_CONTEXT_SPARC 0x10000000 +#define MD_CONTEXT_SPARC_CONTROL (MD_CONTEXT_SPARC | 0x00000001) +#define MD_CONTEXT_SPARC_INTEGER (MD_CONTEXT_SPARC | 0x00000002) +#define MD_CONTEXT_SAPARC_FLOATING_POINT (MD_CONTEXT_SPARC | 0x00000004) +#define MD_CONTEXT_SAPARC_EXTRA (MD_CONTEXT_SPARC | 0x00000008) + +#define MD_CONTEXT_SPARC_FULL (MD_CONTEXT_SPARC_CONTROL | \ + MD_CONTEXT_SPARC_INTEGER) + +#define MD_CONTEXT_SPARC_ALL (MD_CONTEXT_SPARC_FULL | \ + MD_CONTEXT_SAPARC_FLOATING_POINT | \ + MD_CONTEXT_SAPARC_EXTRA) + +#endif /* GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MINIDUMP_CPU_SPARC_H__ */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_cpu_x86.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_cpu_x86.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e09cb7cb --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_cpu_x86.h @@ -0,0 +1,174 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2006, Google Inc. + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are + * met: + * + * * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above + * copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer + * in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the + * distribution. + * * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its + * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from + * this software without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS + * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR + * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT + * OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, + * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, + * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY + * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT + * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ + +/* minidump_format.h: A cross-platform reimplementation of minidump-related + * portions of DbgHelp.h from the Windows Platform SDK. + * + * (This is C99 source, please don't corrupt it with C++.) + * + * This file contains the necessary definitions to read minidump files + * produced on x86. These files may be read on any platform provided + * that the alignments of these structures on the processing system are + * identical to the alignments of these structures on the producing system. + * For this reason, precise-sized types are used. The structures defined + * by this file have been laid out to minimize alignment problems by ensuring + * ensuring that all members are aligned on their natural boundaries. In + * In some cases, tail-padding may be significant when different ABIs specify + * different tail-padding behaviors. To avoid problems when reading or + * writing affected structures, MD_*_SIZE macros are provided where needed, + * containing the useful size of the structures without padding. + * + * Structures that are defined by Microsoft to contain a zero-length array + * are instead defined here to contain an array with one element, as + * zero-length arrays are forbidden by standard C and C++. In these cases, + * *_minsize constants are provided to be used in place of sizeof. For a + * cleaner interface to these sizes when using C++, see minidump_size.h. + * + * These structures are also sufficient to populate minidump files. + * + * These definitions may be extended to support handling minidump files + * for other CPUs and other operating systems. + * + * Because precise data type sizes are crucial for this implementation to + * function properly and portably in terms of interoperability with minidumps + * produced by DbgHelp on Windows, a set of primitive types with known sizes + * are used as the basis of each structure defined by this file. DbgHelp + * on Windows is assumed to be the reference implementation; this file + * seeks to provide a cross-platform compatible implementation. To avoid + * collisions with the types and values defined and used by DbgHelp in the + * event that this implementation is used on Windows, each type and value + * defined here is given a new name, beginning with "MD". Names of the + * equivalent types and values in the Windows Platform SDK are given in + * comments. + * + * Author: Mark Mentovai */ + +#ifndef GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MINIDUMP_CPU_X86_H__ +#define GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MINIDUMP_CPU_X86_H__ + +#define MD_FLOATINGSAVEAREA_X86_REGISTERAREA_SIZE 80 + /* SIZE_OF_80387_REGISTERS */ + +typedef struct { + uint32_t control_word; + uint32_t status_word; + uint32_t tag_word; + uint32_t error_offset; + uint32_t error_selector; + uint32_t data_offset; + uint32_t data_selector; + + /* register_area contains eight 80-bit (x87 "long double") quantities for + * floating-point registers %st0 (%mm0) through %st7 (%mm7). */ + uint8_t register_area[MD_FLOATINGSAVEAREA_X86_REGISTERAREA_SIZE]; + uint32_t cr0_npx_state; +} MDFloatingSaveAreaX86; /* FLOATING_SAVE_AREA */ + + +#define MD_CONTEXT_X86_EXTENDED_REGISTERS_SIZE 512 + /* MAXIMUM_SUPPORTED_EXTENSION */ + +typedef struct { + /* The next field determines the layout of the structure, and which parts + * of it are populated */ + uint32_t context_flags; + + /* The next 6 registers are included with MD_CONTEXT_X86_DEBUG_REGISTERS */ + uint32_t dr0; + uint32_t dr1; + uint32_t dr2; + uint32_t dr3; + uint32_t dr6; + uint32_t dr7; + + /* The next field is included with MD_CONTEXT_X86_FLOATING_POINT */ + MDFloatingSaveAreaX86 float_save; + + /* The next 4 registers are included with MD_CONTEXT_X86_SEGMENTS */ + uint32_t gs; + uint32_t fs; + uint32_t es; + uint32_t ds; + /* The next 6 registers are included with MD_CONTEXT_X86_INTEGER */ + uint32_t edi; + uint32_t esi; + uint32_t ebx; + uint32_t edx; + uint32_t ecx; + uint32_t eax; + + /* The next 6 registers are included with MD_CONTEXT_X86_CONTROL */ + uint32_t ebp; + uint32_t eip; + uint32_t cs; /* WinNT.h says "must be sanitized" */ + uint32_t eflags; /* WinNT.h says "must be sanitized" */ + uint32_t esp; + uint32_t ss; + + /* The next field is included with MD_CONTEXT_X86_EXTENDED_REGISTERS. + * It contains vector (MMX/SSE) registers. It it laid out in the + * format used by the fxsave and fsrstor instructions, so it includes + * a copy of the x87 floating-point registers as well. See FXSAVE in + * "Intel Architecture Software Developer's Manual, Volume 2." */ + uint8_t extended_registers[ + MD_CONTEXT_X86_EXTENDED_REGISTERS_SIZE]; +} MDRawContextX86; /* CONTEXT */ + +/* For (MDRawContextX86).context_flags. These values indicate the type of + * context stored in the structure. The high 24 bits identify the CPU, the + * low 8 bits identify the type of context saved. */ +#define MD_CONTEXT_X86 0x00010000 + /* CONTEXT_i386, CONTEXT_i486: identifies CPU */ +#define MD_CONTEXT_X86_CONTROL (MD_CONTEXT_X86 | 0x00000001) + /* CONTEXT_CONTROL */ +#define MD_CONTEXT_X86_INTEGER (MD_CONTEXT_X86 | 0x00000002) + /* CONTEXT_INTEGER */ +#define MD_CONTEXT_X86_SEGMENTS (MD_CONTEXT_X86 | 0x00000004) + /* CONTEXT_SEGMENTS */ +#define MD_CONTEXT_X86_FLOATING_POINT (MD_CONTEXT_X86 | 0x00000008) + /* CONTEXT_FLOATING_POINT */ +#define MD_CONTEXT_X86_DEBUG_REGISTERS (MD_CONTEXT_X86 | 0x00000010) + /* CONTEXT_DEBUG_REGISTERS */ +#define MD_CONTEXT_X86_EXTENDED_REGISTERS (MD_CONTEXT_X86 | 0x00000020) + /* CONTEXT_EXTENDED_REGISTERS */ +#define MD_CONTEXT_X86_XSTATE (MD_CONTEXT_X86 | 0x00000040) + /* CONTEXT_XSTATE */ + +#define MD_CONTEXT_X86_FULL (MD_CONTEXT_X86_CONTROL | \ + MD_CONTEXT_X86_INTEGER | \ + MD_CONTEXT_X86_SEGMENTS) + /* CONTEXT_FULL */ + +#define MD_CONTEXT_X86_ALL (MD_CONTEXT_X86_FULL | \ + MD_CONTEXT_X86_FLOATING_POINT | \ + MD_CONTEXT_X86_DEBUG_REGISTERS | \ + MD_CONTEXT_X86_EXTENDED_REGISTERS) + /* CONTEXT_ALL */ + +#endif /* GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MINIDUMP_CPU_X86_H__ */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_exception_linux.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_exception_linux.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6138d5d7 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_exception_linux.h @@ -0,0 +1,125 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2006, Google Inc. + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are + * met: + * + * * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above + * copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer + * in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the + * distribution. + * * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its + * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from + * this software without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS + * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR + * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT + * OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, + * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, + * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY + * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT + * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ + +/* minidump_exception_linux.h: A definition of exception codes for + * Linux + * + * (This is C99 source, please don't corrupt it with C++.) + * + * Author: Mark Mentovai + * Split into its own file: Neal Sidhwaney */ + + +#ifndef GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MINIDUMP_EXCEPTION_LINUX_H__ +#define GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MINIDUMP_EXCEPTION_LINUX_H__ + +#include + +#include "google_breakpad/common/breakpad_types.h" + + +/* For (MDException).exception_code. These values come from bits/signum.h. + */ +typedef enum { + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_LIN_SIGHUP = 1, /* Hangup (POSIX) */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_LIN_SIGINT = 2, /* Interrupt (ANSI) */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_LIN_SIGQUIT = 3, /* Quit (POSIX) */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_LIN_SIGILL = 4, /* Illegal instruction (ANSI) */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_LIN_SIGTRAP = 5, /* Trace trap (POSIX) */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_LIN_SIGABRT = 6, /* Abort (ANSI) */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_LIN_SIGBUS = 7, /* BUS error (4.2 BSD) */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_LIN_SIGFPE = 8, /* Floating-point exception (ANSI) */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_LIN_SIGKILL = 9, /* Kill, unblockable (POSIX) */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_LIN_SIGUSR1 = 10, /* User-defined signal 1 (POSIX). */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_LIN_SIGSEGV = 11, /* Segmentation violation (ANSI) */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_LIN_SIGUSR2 = 12, /* User-defined signal 2 (POSIX) */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_LIN_SIGPIPE = 13, /* Broken pipe (POSIX) */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_LIN_SIGALRM = 14, /* Alarm clock (POSIX) */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_LIN_SIGTERM = 15, /* Termination (ANSI) */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_LIN_SIGSTKFLT = 16, /* Stack faultd */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_LIN_SIGCHLD = 17, /* Child status has changed (POSIX) */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_LIN_SIGCONT = 18, /* Continue (POSIX) */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_LIN_SIGSTOP = 19, /* Stop, unblockable (POSIX) */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_LIN_SIGTSTP = 20, /* Keyboard stop (POSIX) */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_LIN_SIGTTIN = 21, /* Background read from tty (POSIX) */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_LIN_SIGTTOU = 22, /* Background write to tty (POSIX) */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_LIN_SIGURG = 23, + /* Urgent condition on socket (4.2 BSD) */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_LIN_SIGXCPU = 24, /* CPU limit exceeded (4.2 BSD) */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_LIN_SIGXFSZ = 25, + /* File size limit exceeded (4.2 BSD) */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_LIN_SIGVTALRM = 26, /* Virtual alarm clock (4.2 BSD) */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_LIN_SIGPROF = 27, /* Profiling alarm clock (4.2 BSD) */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_LIN_SIGWINCH = 28, /* Window size change (4.3 BSD, Sun) */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_LIN_SIGIO = 29, /* I/O now possible (4.2 BSD) */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_LIN_SIGPWR = 30, /* Power failure restart (System V) */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_LIN_SIGSYS = 31, /* Bad system call */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_LIN_DUMP_REQUESTED = 0xFFFFFFFF /* No exception, + dump requested. */ +} MDExceptionCodeLinux; + +/* For (MDException).exception_flags. These values come from + * asm-generic/siginfo.h. + */ +typedef enum { + /* SIGILL */ + MD_EXCEPTION_FLAG_LIN_ILL_ILLOPC = 1, + MD_EXCEPTION_FLAG_LIN_ILL_ILLOPN = 2, + MD_EXCEPTION_FLAG_LIN_ILL_ILLADR = 3, + MD_EXCEPTION_FLAG_LIN_ILL_ILLTRP = 4, + MD_EXCEPTION_FLAG_LIN_ILL_PRVOPC = 5, + MD_EXCEPTION_FLAG_LIN_ILL_PRVREG = 6, + MD_EXCEPTION_FLAG_LIN_ILL_COPROC = 7, + MD_EXCEPTION_FLAG_LIN_ILL_BADSTK = 8, + + /* SIGFPE */ + MD_EXCEPTION_FLAG_LIN_FPE_INTDIV = 1, + MD_EXCEPTION_FLAG_LIN_FPE_INTOVF = 2, + MD_EXCEPTION_FLAG_LIN_FPE_FLTDIV = 3, + MD_EXCEPTION_FLAG_LIN_FPE_FLTOVF = 4, + MD_EXCEPTION_FLAG_LIN_FPE_FLTUND = 5, + MD_EXCEPTION_FLAG_LIN_FPE_FLTRES = 6, + MD_EXCEPTION_FLAG_LIN_FPE_FLTINV = 7, + MD_EXCEPTION_FLAG_LIN_FPE_FLTSUB = 8, + + /* SIGSEGV */ + MD_EXCEPTION_FLAG_LIN_SEGV_MAPERR = 1, + MD_EXCEPTION_FLAG_LIN_SEGV_ACCERR = 2, + MD_EXCEPTION_FLAG_LIN_SEGV_BNDERR = 3, + MD_EXCEPTION_FLAG_LIN_SEGV_PKUERR = 4, + + /* SIGBUS */ + MD_EXCEPTION_FLAG_LIN_BUS_ADRALN = 1, + MD_EXCEPTION_FLAG_LIN_BUS_ADRERR = 2, + MD_EXCEPTION_FLAG_LIN_BUS_OBJERR = 3, + MD_EXCEPTION_FLAG_LIN_BUS_MCEERR_AR = 4, + MD_EXCEPTION_FLAG_LIN_BUS_MCEERR_AO = 5, +} MDExceptionFlagLinux; + +#endif /* GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MINIDUMP_EXCEPTION_LINUX_H__ */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_exception_mac.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_exception_mac.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a42a1522 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_exception_mac.h @@ -0,0 +1,207 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2006, Google Inc. + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are + * met: + * + * * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above + * copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer + * in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the + * distribution. + * * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its + * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from + * this software without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS + * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR + * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT + * OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, + * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, + * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY + * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT + * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ + +/* minidump_exception_mac.h: A definition of exception codes for Mac + * OS X + * + * (This is C99 source, please don't corrupt it with C++.) + * + * Author: Mark Mentovai + * Split into its own file: Neal Sidhwaney */ + + +#ifndef GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MINIDUMP_EXCEPTION_MAC_H__ +#define GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MINIDUMP_EXCEPTION_MAC_H__ + +#include + +#include "google_breakpad/common/breakpad_types.h" + +/* For (MDException).exception_code. Breakpad minidump extension for Mac OS X + * support. Based on Darwin/Mac OS X' mach/exception_types.h. This is + * what Mac OS X calls an "exception", not a "code". */ +typedef enum { + /* Exception code. The high 16 bits of exception_code contains one of + * these values. */ + MD_EXCEPTION_MAC_BAD_ACCESS = 1, /* code can be a kern_return_t */ + /* EXC_BAD_ACCESS */ + MD_EXCEPTION_MAC_BAD_INSTRUCTION = 2, /* code is CPU-specific */ + /* EXC_BAD_INSTRUCTION */ + MD_EXCEPTION_MAC_ARITHMETIC = 3, /* code is CPU-specific */ + /* EXC_ARITHMETIC */ + MD_EXCEPTION_MAC_EMULATION = 4, /* code is CPU-specific */ + /* EXC_EMULATION */ + MD_EXCEPTION_MAC_SOFTWARE = 5, + /* EXC_SOFTWARE */ + MD_EXCEPTION_MAC_BREAKPOINT = 6, /* code is CPU-specific */ + /* EXC_BREAKPOINT */ + MD_EXCEPTION_MAC_SYSCALL = 7, + /* EXC_SYSCALL */ + MD_EXCEPTION_MAC_MACH_SYSCALL = 8, + /* EXC_MACH_SYSCALL */ + MD_EXCEPTION_MAC_RPC_ALERT = 9, + /* EXC_RPC_ALERT */ + MD_EXCEPTION_MAC_SIMULATED = 0x43507378 + /* Fake exception code used by Crashpad's SimulateCrash ('CPsx'). */ +} MDExceptionMac; + +/* For (MDException).exception_flags. Breakpad minidump extension for Mac OS X + * support. Based on Darwin/Mac OS X' mach/ppc/exception.h and + * mach/i386/exception.h. This is what Mac OS X calls a "code". */ +typedef enum { + /* With MD_EXCEPTION_BAD_ACCESS. These are relevant kern_return_t values + * from mach/kern_return.h. */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_INVALID_ADDRESS = 1, + /* KERN_INVALID_ADDRESS */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_PROTECTION_FAILURE = 2, + /* KERN_PROTECTION_FAILURE */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_NO_ACCESS = 8, + /* KERN_NO_ACCESS */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_MEMORY_FAILURE = 9, + /* KERN_MEMORY_FAILURE */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_MEMORY_ERROR = 10, + /* KERN_MEMORY_ERROR */ + + /* With MD_EXCEPTION_SOFTWARE */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_BAD_SYSCALL = 0x00010000, /* Mach SIGSYS */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_BAD_PIPE = 0x00010001, /* Mach SIGPIPE */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_ABORT = 0x00010002, /* Mach SIGABRT */ + /* Custom values */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_NS_EXCEPTION = 0xDEADC0DE, /* uncaught NSException */ + + /* With MD_EXCEPTION_MAC_BAD_ACCESS on arm */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_ARM_DA_ALIGN = 0x0101, /* EXC_ARM_DA_ALIGN */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_ARM_DA_DEBUG = 0x0102, /* EXC_ARM_DA_DEBUG */ + + /* With MD_EXCEPTION_MAC_BAD_INSTRUCTION on arm */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_ARM_UNDEFINED = 1, /* EXC_ARM_UNDEFINED */ + + /* With MD_EXCEPTION_MAC_BREAKPOINT on arm */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_ARM_BREAKPOINT = 1, /* EXC_ARM_BREAKPOINT */ + + /* With MD_EXCEPTION_MAC_BAD_ACCESS on ppc */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_PPC_VM_PROT_READ = 0x0101, + /* EXC_PPC_VM_PROT_READ */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_PPC_BADSPACE = 0x0102, + /* EXC_PPC_BADSPACE */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_PPC_UNALIGNED = 0x0103, + /* EXC_PPC_UNALIGNED */ + + /* With MD_EXCEPTION_MAC_BAD_INSTRUCTION on ppc */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_PPC_INVALID_SYSCALL = 1, + /* EXC_PPC_INVALID_SYSCALL */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_PPC_UNIMPLEMENTED_INSTRUCTION = 2, + /* EXC_PPC_UNIPL_INST */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_PPC_PRIVILEGED_INSTRUCTION = 3, + /* EXC_PPC_PRIVINST */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_PPC_PRIVILEGED_REGISTER = 4, + /* EXC_PPC_PRIVREG */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_PPC_TRACE = 5, + /* EXC_PPC_TRACE */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_PPC_PERFORMANCE_MONITOR = 6, + /* EXC_PPC_PERFMON */ + + /* With MD_EXCEPTION_MAC_ARITHMETIC on ppc */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_PPC_OVERFLOW = 1, + /* EXC_PPC_OVERFLOW */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_PPC_ZERO_DIVIDE = 2, + /* EXC_PPC_ZERO_DIVIDE */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_PPC_FLOAT_INEXACT = 3, + /* EXC_FLT_INEXACT */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_PPC_FLOAT_ZERO_DIVIDE = 4, + /* EXC_PPC_FLT_ZERO_DIVIDE */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_PPC_FLOAT_UNDERFLOW = 5, + /* EXC_PPC_FLT_UNDERFLOW */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_PPC_FLOAT_OVERFLOW = 6, + /* EXC_PPC_FLT_OVERFLOW */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_PPC_FLOAT_NOT_A_NUMBER = 7, + /* EXC_PPC_FLT_NOT_A_NUMBER */ + + /* With MD_EXCEPTION_MAC_EMULATION on ppc */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_PPC_NO_EMULATION = 8, + /* EXC_PPC_NOEMULATION */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_PPC_ALTIVEC_ASSIST = 9, + /* EXC_PPC_ALTIVECASSIST */ + + /* With MD_EXCEPTION_MAC_SOFTWARE on ppc */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_PPC_TRAP = 0x00000001, /* EXC_PPC_TRAP */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_PPC_MIGRATE = 0x00010100, /* EXC_PPC_MIGRATE */ + + /* With MD_EXCEPTION_MAC_BREAKPOINT on ppc */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_PPC_BREAKPOINT = 1, /* EXC_PPC_BREAKPOINT */ + + /* With MD_EXCEPTION_MAC_BAD_INSTRUCTION on x86, see also x86 interrupt + * values below. */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_X86_INVALID_OPERATION = 1, /* EXC_I386_INVOP */ + + /* With MD_EXCEPTION_MAC_ARITHMETIC on x86 */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_X86_DIV = 1, /* EXC_I386_DIV */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_X86_INTO = 2, /* EXC_I386_INTO */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_X86_NOEXT = 3, /* EXC_I386_NOEXT */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_X86_EXTOVR = 4, /* EXC_I386_EXTOVR */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_X86_EXTERR = 5, /* EXC_I386_EXTERR */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_X86_EMERR = 6, /* EXC_I386_EMERR */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_X86_BOUND = 7, /* EXC_I386_BOUND */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_X86_SSEEXTERR = 8, /* EXC_I386_SSEEXTERR */ + + /* With MD_EXCEPTION_MAC_BREAKPOINT on x86 */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_X86_SGL = 1, /* EXC_I386_SGL */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_X86_BPT = 2, /* EXC_I386_BPT */ + + /* With MD_EXCEPTION_MAC_BAD_INSTRUCTION on x86. These are the raw + * x86 interrupt codes. Most of these are mapped to other Mach + * exceptions and codes, are handled, or should not occur in user space. + * A few of these will do occur with MD_EXCEPTION_MAC_BAD_INSTRUCTION. */ + /* EXC_I386_DIVERR = 0: mapped to EXC_ARITHMETIC/EXC_I386_DIV */ + /* EXC_I386_SGLSTP = 1: mapped to EXC_BREAKPOINT/EXC_I386_SGL */ + /* EXC_I386_NMIFLT = 2: should not occur in user space */ + /* EXC_I386_BPTFLT = 3: mapped to EXC_BREAKPOINT/EXC_I386_BPT */ + /* EXC_I386_INTOFLT = 4: mapped to EXC_ARITHMETIC/EXC_I386_INTO */ + /* EXC_I386_BOUNDFLT = 5: mapped to EXC_ARITHMETIC/EXC_I386_BOUND */ + /* EXC_I386_INVOPFLT = 6: mapped to EXC_BAD_INSTRUCTION/EXC_I386_INVOP */ + /* EXC_I386_NOEXTFLT = 7: should be handled by the kernel */ + /* EXC_I386_DBLFLT = 8: should be handled (if possible) by the kernel */ + /* EXC_I386_EXTOVRFLT = 9: mapped to EXC_BAD_ACCESS/(PROT_READ|PROT_EXEC) */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_X86_INVALID_TASK_STATE_SEGMENT = 10, + /* EXC_INVTSSFLT */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_X86_SEGMENT_NOT_PRESENT = 11, + /* EXC_SEGNPFLT */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_X86_STACK_FAULT = 12, + /* EXC_STKFLT */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_X86_GENERAL_PROTECTION_FAULT = 13, + /* EXC_GPFLT */ + /* EXC_I386_PGFLT = 14: should not occur in user space */ + /* EXC_I386_EXTERRFLT = 16: mapped to EXC_ARITHMETIC/EXC_I386_EXTERR */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_MAC_X86_ALIGNMENT_FAULT = 17 + /* EXC_ALIGNFLT (for vector operations) */ + /* EXC_I386_ENOEXTFLT = 32: should be handled by the kernel */ + /* EXC_I386_ENDPERR = 33: should not occur */ +} MDExceptionCodeMac; + +#endif /* GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MINIDUMP_EXCEPTION_MAC_OSX_H__ */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_exception_ps3.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_exception_ps3.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..adff5a6b --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_exception_ps3.h @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2013, Google Inc. + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are + * met: + * + * * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above + * copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer + * in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the + * distribution. + * * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its + * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from + * this software without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS + * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR + * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT + * OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, + * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, + * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY + * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT + * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ + +/* minidump_exception_ps3.h: A definition of exception codes for + * PS3 */ + + +#ifndef GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MINIDUMP_EXCEPTION_PS3_H__ +#define GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MINIDUMP_EXCEPTION_PS3_H__ + +#include + +#include "google_breakpad/common/breakpad_types.h" + +typedef enum { + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_PS3_UNKNOWN = 0, + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_PS3_TRAP_EXCEP = 1, + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_PS3_PRIV_INSTR = 2, + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_PS3_ILLEGAL_INSTR = 3, + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_PS3_INSTR_STORAGE = 4, + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_PS3_INSTR_SEGMENT = 5, + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_PS3_DATA_STORAGE = 6, + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_PS3_DATA_SEGMENT = 7, + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_PS3_FLOAT_POINT = 8, + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_PS3_DABR_MATCH = 9, + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_PS3_ALIGN_EXCEP = 10, + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_PS3_MEMORY_ACCESS = 11, + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_PS3_COPRO_ALIGN = 12, + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_PS3_COPRO_INVALID_COM = 13, + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_PS3_COPRO_ERR = 14, + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_PS3_COPRO_FIR = 15, + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_PS3_COPRO_DATA_SEGMENT = 16, + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_PS3_COPRO_DATA_STORAGE = 17, + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_PS3_COPRO_STOP_INSTR = 18, + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_PS3_COPRO_HALT_INSTR = 19, + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_PS3_COPRO_HALTINST_UNKNOWN = 20, + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_PS3_COPRO_MEMORY_ACCESS = 21, + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_PS3_GRAPHIC = 22 +} MDExceptionCodePS3; + +#endif /* GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MINIDUMP_EXCEPTION_PS3_H__ */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_exception_solaris.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_exception_solaris.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f18ddf42 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_exception_solaris.h @@ -0,0 +1,94 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2006, Google Inc. + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are + * met: + * + * * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above + * copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer + * in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the + * distribution. + * * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its + * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from + * this software without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS + * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR + * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT + * OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, + * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, + * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY + * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT + * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ + +/* minidump_exception_solaris.h: A definition of exception codes for + * Solaris + * + * (This is C99 source, please don't corrupt it with C++.) + * + * Author: Mark Mentovai + * Split into its own file: Neal Sidhwaney */ + + +#ifndef GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MINIDUMP_EXCEPTION_SOLARIS_H__ +#define GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MINIDUMP_EXCEPTION_SOLARIS_H__ + +#include + +#include "google_breakpad/common/breakpad_types.h" + +/* For (MDException).exception_code. These values come from sys/iso/signal_iso.h + */ +typedef enum { + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_SOL_SIGHUP = 1, /* Hangup */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_SOL_SIGINT = 2, /* interrupt (rubout) */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_SOL_SIGQUIT = 3, /* quit (ASCII FS) */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_SOL_SIGILL = 4, /* illegal instruction (not reset when caught) */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_SOL_SIGTRAP = 5, /* trace trap (not reset when caught) */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_SOL_SIGIOT = 6, /* IOT instruction */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_SOL_SIGABRT = 6, /* used by abort, replace SIGIOT in the future */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_SOL_SIGEMT = 7, /* EMT instruction */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_SOL_SIGFPE = 8, /* floating point exception */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_SOL_SIGKILL = 9, /* kill (cannot be caught or ignored) */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_SOL_SIGBUS = 10, /* bus error */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_SOL_SIGSEGV = 11, /* segmentation violation */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_SOL_SIGSYS = 12, /* bad argument to system call */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_SOL_SIGPIPE = 13, /* write on a pipe with no one to read it */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_SOL_SIGALRM = 14, /* alarm clock */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_SOL_SIGTERM = 15, /* software termination signal from kill */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_SOL_SIGUSR1 = 16, /* user defined signal 1 */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_SOL_SIGUSR2 = 17, /* user defined signal 2 */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_SOL_SIGCLD = 18, /* child status change */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_SOL_SIGCHLD = 18, /* child status change alias (POSIX) */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_SOL_SIGPWR = 19, /* power-fail restart */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_SOL_SIGWINCH = 20, /* window size change */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_SOL_SIGURG = 21, /* urgent socket condition */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_SOL_SIGPOLL = 22, /* pollable event occurred */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_SOL_SIGIO = 22, /* socket I/O possible (SIGPOLL alias) */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_SOL_SIGSTOP = 23, /* stop (cannot be caught or ignored) */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_SOL_SIGTSTP = 24, /* user stop requested from tty */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_SOL_SIGCONT = 25, /* stopped process has been continued */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_SOL_SIGTTIN = 26, /* background tty read attempted */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_SOL_SIGTTOU = 27, /* background tty write attempted */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_SOL_SIGVTALRM = 28, /* virtual timer expired */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_SOL_SIGPROF = 29, /* profiling timer expired */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_SOL_SIGXCPU = 30, /* exceeded cpu limit */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_SOL_SIGXFSZ = 31, /* exceeded file size limit */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_SOL_SIGWAITING = 32, /* reserved signal no longer used by threading code */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_SOL_SIGLWP = 33, /* reserved signal no longer used by threading code */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_SOL_SIGFREEZE = 34, /* special signal used by CPR */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_SOL_SIGTHAW = 35, /* special signal used by CPR */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_SOL_SIGCANCEL = 36, /* reserved signal for thread cancellation */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_SOL_SIGLOST = 37, /* resource lost (eg, record-lock lost) */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_SOL_SIGXRES = 38, /* resource control exceeded */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_SOL_SIGJVM1 = 39, /* reserved signal for Java Virtual Machine */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_SOL_SIGJVM2 = 40 /* reserved signal for Java Virtual Machine */ +} MDExceptionCodeSolaris; + +#endif /* GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MINIDUMP_EXCEPTION_SOLARIS_H__ */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_exception_win32.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_exception_win32.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4b5d57c8 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_exception_win32.h @@ -0,0 +1,2269 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2006, Google Inc. + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are + * met: + * + * * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above + * copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer + * in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the + * distribution. + * * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its + * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from + * this software without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS + * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR + * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT + * OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, + * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, + * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY + * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT + * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ + +/* minidump_exception_win32.h: Definitions of exception codes for + * Win32 platform + * + * (This is C99 source, please don't corrupt it with C++.) + * + * Author: Mark Mentovai + * Split into its own file: Neal Sidhwaney */ + + +#ifndef GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MINIDUMP_EXCEPTION_WIN32_H__ +#define GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MINIDUMP_EXCEPTION_WIN32_H__ + +#include + +#include "google_breakpad/common/breakpad_types.h" + + +/* For (MDException).exception_code. These values come from WinBase.h + * and WinNT.h (names beginning with EXCEPTION_ are in WinBase.h, + * they are STATUS_ in WinNT.h). */ +typedef enum { + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_WIN_CONTROL_C = 0x40010005, + /* DBG_CONTROL_C */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_WIN_GUARD_PAGE_VIOLATION = 0x80000001, + /* EXCEPTION_GUARD_PAGE */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_WIN_DATATYPE_MISALIGNMENT = 0x80000002, + /* EXCEPTION_DATATYPE_MISALIGNMENT */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_WIN_BREAKPOINT = 0x80000003, + /* EXCEPTION_BREAKPOINT */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_WIN_SINGLE_STEP = 0x80000004, + /* EXCEPTION_SINGLE_STEP */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_WIN_ACCESS_VIOLATION = 0xc0000005, + /* EXCEPTION_ACCESS_VIOLATION */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_WIN_IN_PAGE_ERROR = 0xc0000006, + /* EXCEPTION_IN_PAGE_ERROR */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_WIN_INVALID_HANDLE = 0xc0000008, + /* EXCEPTION_INVALID_HANDLE */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_WIN_ILLEGAL_INSTRUCTION = 0xc000001d, + /* EXCEPTION_ILLEGAL_INSTRUCTION */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_WIN_NONCONTINUABLE_EXCEPTION = 0xc0000025, + /* EXCEPTION_NONCONTINUABLE_EXCEPTION */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_WIN_INVALID_DISPOSITION = 0xc0000026, + /* EXCEPTION_INVALID_DISPOSITION */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_WIN_ARRAY_BOUNDS_EXCEEDED = 0xc000008c, + /* EXCEPTION_BOUNDS_EXCEEDED */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_WIN_FLOAT_DENORMAL_OPERAND = 0xc000008d, + /* EXCEPTION_FLT_DENORMAL_OPERAND */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_WIN_FLOAT_DIVIDE_BY_ZERO = 0xc000008e, + /* EXCEPTION_FLT_DIVIDE_BY_ZERO */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_WIN_FLOAT_INEXACT_RESULT = 0xc000008f, + /* EXCEPTION_FLT_INEXACT_RESULT */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_WIN_FLOAT_INVALID_OPERATION = 0xc0000090, + /* EXCEPTION_FLT_INVALID_OPERATION */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_WIN_FLOAT_OVERFLOW = 0xc0000091, + /* EXCEPTION_FLT_OVERFLOW */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_WIN_FLOAT_STACK_CHECK = 0xc0000092, + /* EXCEPTION_FLT_STACK_CHECK */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_WIN_FLOAT_UNDERFLOW = 0xc0000093, + /* EXCEPTION_FLT_UNDERFLOW */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_WIN_INTEGER_DIVIDE_BY_ZERO = 0xc0000094, + /* EXCEPTION_INT_DIVIDE_BY_ZERO */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_WIN_INTEGER_OVERFLOW = 0xc0000095, + /* EXCEPTION_INT_OVERFLOW */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_WIN_PRIVILEGED_INSTRUCTION = 0xc0000096, + /* EXCEPTION_PRIV_INSTRUCTION */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_WIN_STACK_OVERFLOW = 0xc00000fd, + /* EXCEPTION_STACK_OVERFLOW */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_WIN_BAD_FUNCTION_TABLE = 0xc00000ff, + /* EXCEPTION_BAD_FUNCTION_TABLE */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_WIN_POSSIBLE_DEADLOCK = 0xc0000194, + /* EXCEPTION_POSSIBLE_DEADLOCK */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_WIN_STACK_BUFFER_OVERRUN = 0xc0000409, + /* STATUS_STACK_BUFFER_OVERRUN */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_WIN_HEAP_CORRUPTION = 0xc0000374, + /* STATUS_HEAP_CORRUPTION */ + MD_EXCEPTION_OUT_OF_MEMORY = 0xe0000008, + /* Exception thrown by Chromium allocators to indicate OOM. + See base/process/memory.h in Chromium for rationale. */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_WIN_UNHANDLED_CPP_EXCEPTION = 0xe06d7363, + /* Per http://support.microsoft.com/kb/185294, + generated by Visual C++ compiler */ + MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_WIN_SIMULATED = 0x0517a7ed + /* Fake exception code used by Crashpad's + CrashpadClient::DumpWithoutCrash. */ +} MDExceptionCodeWin; + + +/* For (MDException).exception_information[2], when (MDException).exception_code + * is MD_EXCEPTION_CODE_WIN_IN_PAGE_ERROR. This describes the underlying reason + * for the error. These values come from ntstatus.h. + * + * The content of this enum was created from ntstatus.h in the 8.1 SDK with + * + * egrep '#define [A-Z_0-9]+\s+\(\(NTSTATUS\)0xC[0-9A-F]+L\)' ntstatus.h + * | tr -d '\r' + * | sed -r 's@#define ([A-Z_0-9]+)\s+\(\(NTSTATUS\)(0xC[0-9A-F]+)L\).*@\2 \1@' + * | sort + * | sed -r 's@(0xC[0-9A-F]+) ([A-Z_0-9]+)@ MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_\2 = \1,@' + * + * With easy copy to clipboard with + * | xclip -selection c # on linux + * | clip # on windows + * | pbcopy # on mac + * + * and then the last comma manually removed. */ +typedef enum { + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_UNSUCCESSFUL = 0xC0000001, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NOT_IMPLEMENTED = 0xC0000002, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_INFO_CLASS = 0xC0000003, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INFO_LENGTH_MISMATCH = 0xC0000004, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_ACCESS_VIOLATION = 0xC0000005, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_IN_PAGE_ERROR = 0xC0000006, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_PAGEFILE_QUOTA = 0xC0000007, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_HANDLE = 0xC0000008, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_BAD_INITIAL_STACK = 0xC0000009, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_BAD_INITIAL_PC = 0xC000000A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_CID = 0xC000000B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TIMER_NOT_CANCELED = 0xC000000C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_PARAMETER = 0xC000000D, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NO_SUCH_DEVICE = 0xC000000E, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NO_SUCH_FILE = 0xC000000F, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_DEVICE_REQUEST = 0xC0000010, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_END_OF_FILE = 0xC0000011, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_WRONG_VOLUME = 0xC0000012, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NO_MEDIA_IN_DEVICE = 0xC0000013, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_UNRECOGNIZED_MEDIA = 0xC0000014, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NONEXISTENT_SECTOR = 0xC0000015, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_MORE_PROCESSING_REQUIRED = 0xC0000016, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NO_MEMORY = 0xC0000017, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CONFLICTING_ADDRESSES = 0xC0000018, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NOT_MAPPED_VIEW = 0xC0000019, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_UNABLE_TO_FREE_VM = 0xC000001A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_UNABLE_TO_DELETE_SECTION = 0xC000001B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_SYSTEM_SERVICE = 0xC000001C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_ILLEGAL_INSTRUCTION = 0xC000001D, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_LOCK_SEQUENCE = 0xC000001E, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_VIEW_SIZE = 0xC000001F, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_FILE_FOR_SECTION = 0xC0000020, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_ALREADY_COMMITTED = 0xC0000021, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_ACCESS_DENIED = 0xC0000022, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL = 0xC0000023, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_OBJECT_TYPE_MISMATCH = 0xC0000024, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NONCONTINUABLE_EXCEPTION = 0xC0000025, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_DISPOSITION = 0xC0000026, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_UNWIND = 0xC0000027, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_BAD_STACK = 0xC0000028, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_UNWIND_TARGET = 0xC0000029, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NOT_LOCKED = 0xC000002A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_PARITY_ERROR = 0xC000002B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_UNABLE_TO_DECOMMIT_VM = 0xC000002C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NOT_COMMITTED = 0xC000002D, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_PORT_ATTRIBUTES = 0xC000002E, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_PORT_MESSAGE_TOO_LONG = 0xC000002F, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_PARAMETER_MIX = 0xC0000030, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_QUOTA_LOWER = 0xC0000031, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DISK_CORRUPT_ERROR = 0xC0000032, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_OBJECT_NAME_INVALID = 0xC0000033, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_OBJECT_NAME_NOT_FOUND = 0xC0000034, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_OBJECT_NAME_COLLISION = 0xC0000035, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_PORT_DISCONNECTED = 0xC0000037, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DEVICE_ALREADY_ATTACHED = 0xC0000038, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_OBJECT_PATH_INVALID = 0xC0000039, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_OBJECT_PATH_NOT_FOUND = 0xC000003A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_OBJECT_PATH_SYNTAX_BAD = 0xC000003B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DATA_OVERRUN = 0xC000003C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DATA_LATE_ERROR = 0xC000003D, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DATA_ERROR = 0xC000003E, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CRC_ERROR = 0xC000003F, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SECTION_TOO_BIG = 0xC0000040, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_PORT_CONNECTION_REFUSED = 0xC0000041, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_PORT_HANDLE = 0xC0000042, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SHARING_VIOLATION = 0xC0000043, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_QUOTA_EXCEEDED = 0xC0000044, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_PAGE_PROTECTION = 0xC0000045, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_MUTANT_NOT_OWNED = 0xC0000046, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SEMAPHORE_LIMIT_EXCEEDED = 0xC0000047, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_PORT_ALREADY_SET = 0xC0000048, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SECTION_NOT_IMAGE = 0xC0000049, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SUSPEND_COUNT_EXCEEDED = 0xC000004A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_THREAD_IS_TERMINATING = 0xC000004B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_BAD_WORKING_SET_LIMIT = 0xC000004C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INCOMPATIBLE_FILE_MAP = 0xC000004D, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SECTION_PROTECTION = 0xC000004E, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_EAS_NOT_SUPPORTED = 0xC000004F, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_EA_TOO_LARGE = 0xC0000050, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NONEXISTENT_EA_ENTRY = 0xC0000051, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NO_EAS_ON_FILE = 0xC0000052, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_EA_CORRUPT_ERROR = 0xC0000053, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FILE_LOCK_CONFLICT = 0xC0000054, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_LOCK_NOT_GRANTED = 0xC0000055, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DELETE_PENDING = 0xC0000056, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CTL_FILE_NOT_SUPPORTED = 0xC0000057, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_UNKNOWN_REVISION = 0xC0000058, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_REVISION_MISMATCH = 0xC0000059, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_OWNER = 0xC000005A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_PRIMARY_GROUP = 0xC000005B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NO_IMPERSONATION_TOKEN = 0xC000005C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CANT_DISABLE_MANDATORY = 0xC000005D, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NO_LOGON_SERVERS = 0xC000005E, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NO_SUCH_LOGON_SESSION = 0xC000005F, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NO_SUCH_PRIVILEGE = 0xC0000060, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_PRIVILEGE_NOT_HELD = 0xC0000061, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_ACCOUNT_NAME = 0xC0000062, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_USER_EXISTS = 0xC0000063, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NO_SUCH_USER = 0xC0000064, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GROUP_EXISTS = 0xC0000065, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NO_SUCH_GROUP = 0xC0000066, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_MEMBER_IN_GROUP = 0xC0000067, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_MEMBER_NOT_IN_GROUP = 0xC0000068, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_LAST_ADMIN = 0xC0000069, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_WRONG_PASSWORD = 0xC000006A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_ILL_FORMED_PASSWORD = 0xC000006B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_PASSWORD_RESTRICTION = 0xC000006C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_LOGON_FAILURE = 0xC000006D, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_ACCOUNT_RESTRICTION = 0xC000006E, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_LOGON_HOURS = 0xC000006F, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_WORKSTATION = 0xC0000070, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_PASSWORD_EXPIRED = 0xC0000071, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_ACCOUNT_DISABLED = 0xC0000072, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NONE_MAPPED = 0xC0000073, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TOO_MANY_LUIDS_REQUESTED = 0xC0000074, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_LUIDS_EXHAUSTED = 0xC0000075, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_SUB_AUTHORITY = 0xC0000076, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_ACL = 0xC0000077, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_SID = 0xC0000078, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_SECURITY_DESCR = 0xC0000079, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_PROCEDURE_NOT_FOUND = 0xC000007A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_IMAGE_FORMAT = 0xC000007B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NO_TOKEN = 0xC000007C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_BAD_INHERITANCE_ACL = 0xC000007D, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_RANGE_NOT_LOCKED = 0xC000007E, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DISK_FULL = 0xC000007F, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SERVER_DISABLED = 0xC0000080, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SERVER_NOT_DISABLED = 0xC0000081, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TOO_MANY_GUIDS_REQUESTED = 0xC0000082, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GUIDS_EXHAUSTED = 0xC0000083, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_ID_AUTHORITY = 0xC0000084, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_AGENTS_EXHAUSTED = 0xC0000085, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_VOLUME_LABEL = 0xC0000086, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SECTION_NOT_EXTENDED = 0xC0000087, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NOT_MAPPED_DATA = 0xC0000088, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_RESOURCE_DATA_NOT_FOUND = 0xC0000089, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_RESOURCE_TYPE_NOT_FOUND = 0xC000008A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_RESOURCE_NAME_NOT_FOUND = 0xC000008B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_ARRAY_BOUNDS_EXCEEDED = 0xC000008C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FLOAT_DENORMAL_OPERAND = 0xC000008D, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FLOAT_DIVIDE_BY_ZERO = 0xC000008E, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FLOAT_INEXACT_RESULT = 0xC000008F, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FLOAT_INVALID_OPERATION = 0xC0000090, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FLOAT_OVERFLOW = 0xC0000091, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FLOAT_STACK_CHECK = 0xC0000092, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FLOAT_UNDERFLOW = 0xC0000093, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INTEGER_DIVIDE_BY_ZERO = 0xC0000094, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INTEGER_OVERFLOW = 0xC0000095, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_PRIVILEGED_INSTRUCTION = 0xC0000096, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TOO_MANY_PAGING_FILES = 0xC0000097, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FILE_INVALID = 0xC0000098, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_ALLOTTED_SPACE_EXCEEDED = 0xC0000099, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INSUFFICIENT_RESOURCES = 0xC000009A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DFS_EXIT_PATH_FOUND = 0xC000009B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DEVICE_DATA_ERROR = 0xC000009C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DEVICE_NOT_CONNECTED = 0xC000009D, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DEVICE_POWER_FAILURE = 0xC000009E, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FREE_VM_NOT_AT_BASE = 0xC000009F, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_MEMORY_NOT_ALLOCATED = 0xC00000A0, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_WORKING_SET_QUOTA = 0xC00000A1, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_MEDIA_WRITE_PROTECTED = 0xC00000A2, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DEVICE_NOT_READY = 0xC00000A3, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_GROUP_ATTRIBUTES = 0xC00000A4, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_BAD_IMPERSONATION_LEVEL = 0xC00000A5, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CANT_OPEN_ANONYMOUS = 0xC00000A6, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_BAD_VALIDATION_CLASS = 0xC00000A7, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_BAD_TOKEN_TYPE = 0xC00000A8, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_BAD_MASTER_BOOT_RECORD = 0xC00000A9, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INSTRUCTION_MISALIGNMENT = 0xC00000AA, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INSTANCE_NOT_AVAILABLE = 0xC00000AB, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_PIPE_NOT_AVAILABLE = 0xC00000AC, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_PIPE_STATE = 0xC00000AD, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_PIPE_BUSY = 0xC00000AE, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_ILLEGAL_FUNCTION = 0xC00000AF, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_PIPE_DISCONNECTED = 0xC00000B0, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_PIPE_CLOSING = 0xC00000B1, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_PIPE_CONNECTED = 0xC00000B2, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_PIPE_LISTENING = 0xC00000B3, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_READ_MODE = 0xC00000B4, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_IO_TIMEOUT = 0xC00000B5, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FILE_FORCED_CLOSED = 0xC00000B6, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_PROFILING_NOT_STARTED = 0xC00000B7, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_PROFILING_NOT_STOPPED = 0xC00000B8, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_COULD_NOT_INTERPRET = 0xC00000B9, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FILE_IS_A_DIRECTORY = 0xC00000BA, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NOT_SUPPORTED = 0xC00000BB, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_REMOTE_NOT_LISTENING = 0xC00000BC, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DUPLICATE_NAME = 0xC00000BD, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_BAD_NETWORK_PATH = 0xC00000BE, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NETWORK_BUSY = 0xC00000BF, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DEVICE_DOES_NOT_EXIST = 0xC00000C0, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TOO_MANY_COMMANDS = 0xC00000C1, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_ADAPTER_HARDWARE_ERROR = 0xC00000C2, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_NETWORK_RESPONSE = 0xC00000C3, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_UNEXPECTED_NETWORK_ERROR = 0xC00000C4, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_BAD_REMOTE_ADAPTER = 0xC00000C5, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_PRINT_QUEUE_FULL = 0xC00000C6, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NO_SPOOL_SPACE = 0xC00000C7, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_PRINT_CANCELLED = 0xC00000C8, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NETWORK_NAME_DELETED = 0xC00000C9, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NETWORK_ACCESS_DENIED = 0xC00000CA, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_BAD_DEVICE_TYPE = 0xC00000CB, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_BAD_NETWORK_NAME = 0xC00000CC, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TOO_MANY_NAMES = 0xC00000CD, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TOO_MANY_SESSIONS = 0xC00000CE, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SHARING_PAUSED = 0xC00000CF, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_REQUEST_NOT_ACCEPTED = 0xC00000D0, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_REDIRECTOR_PAUSED = 0xC00000D1, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NET_WRITE_FAULT = 0xC00000D2, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_PROFILING_AT_LIMIT = 0xC00000D3, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NOT_SAME_DEVICE = 0xC00000D4, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FILE_RENAMED = 0xC00000D5, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VIRTUAL_CIRCUIT_CLOSED = 0xC00000D6, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NO_SECURITY_ON_OBJECT = 0xC00000D7, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CANT_WAIT = 0xC00000D8, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_PIPE_EMPTY = 0xC00000D9, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CANT_ACCESS_DOMAIN_INFO = 0xC00000DA, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CANT_TERMINATE_SELF = 0xC00000DB, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_SERVER_STATE = 0xC00000DC, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_DOMAIN_STATE = 0xC00000DD, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_DOMAIN_ROLE = 0xC00000DE, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NO_SUCH_DOMAIN = 0xC00000DF, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DOMAIN_EXISTS = 0xC00000E0, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DOMAIN_LIMIT_EXCEEDED = 0xC00000E1, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_OPLOCK_NOT_GRANTED = 0xC00000E2, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_OPLOCK_PROTOCOL = 0xC00000E3, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INTERNAL_DB_CORRUPTION = 0xC00000E4, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INTERNAL_ERROR = 0xC00000E5, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GENERIC_NOT_MAPPED = 0xC00000E6, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_BAD_DESCRIPTOR_FORMAT = 0xC00000E7, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_USER_BUFFER = 0xC00000E8, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_UNEXPECTED_IO_ERROR = 0xC00000E9, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_UNEXPECTED_MM_CREATE_ERR = 0xC00000EA, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_UNEXPECTED_MM_MAP_ERROR = 0xC00000EB, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_UNEXPECTED_MM_EXTEND_ERR = 0xC00000EC, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NOT_LOGON_PROCESS = 0xC00000ED, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_LOGON_SESSION_EXISTS = 0xC00000EE, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_PARAMETER_1 = 0xC00000EF, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_PARAMETER_2 = 0xC00000F0, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_PARAMETER_3 = 0xC00000F1, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_PARAMETER_4 = 0xC00000F2, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_PARAMETER_5 = 0xC00000F3, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_PARAMETER_6 = 0xC00000F4, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_PARAMETER_7 = 0xC00000F5, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_PARAMETER_8 = 0xC00000F6, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_PARAMETER_9 = 0xC00000F7, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_PARAMETER_10 = 0xC00000F8, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_PARAMETER_11 = 0xC00000F9, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_PARAMETER_12 = 0xC00000FA, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_REDIRECTOR_NOT_STARTED = 0xC00000FB, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_REDIRECTOR_STARTED = 0xC00000FC, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_STACK_OVERFLOW = 0xC00000FD, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NO_SUCH_PACKAGE = 0xC00000FE, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_BAD_FUNCTION_TABLE = 0xC00000FF, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VARIABLE_NOT_FOUND = 0xC0000100, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DIRECTORY_NOT_EMPTY = 0xC0000101, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FILE_CORRUPT_ERROR = 0xC0000102, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NOT_A_DIRECTORY = 0xC0000103, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_BAD_LOGON_SESSION_STATE = 0xC0000104, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_LOGON_SESSION_COLLISION = 0xC0000105, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NAME_TOO_LONG = 0xC0000106, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FILES_OPEN = 0xC0000107, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CONNECTION_IN_USE = 0xC0000108, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_MESSAGE_NOT_FOUND = 0xC0000109, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_PROCESS_IS_TERMINATING = 0xC000010A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_LOGON_TYPE = 0xC000010B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NO_GUID_TRANSLATION = 0xC000010C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CANNOT_IMPERSONATE = 0xC000010D, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_IMAGE_ALREADY_LOADED = 0xC000010E, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_ABIOS_NOT_PRESENT = 0xC000010F, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_ABIOS_LID_NOT_EXIST = 0xC0000110, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_ABIOS_LID_ALREADY_OWNED = 0xC0000111, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_ABIOS_NOT_LID_OWNER = 0xC0000112, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_ABIOS_INVALID_COMMAND = 0xC0000113, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_ABIOS_INVALID_LID = 0xC0000114, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_ABIOS_SELECTOR_NOT_AVAILABLE = 0xC0000115, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_ABIOS_INVALID_SELECTOR = 0xC0000116, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NO_LDT = 0xC0000117, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_LDT_SIZE = 0xC0000118, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_LDT_OFFSET = 0xC0000119, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_LDT_DESCRIPTOR = 0xC000011A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_IMAGE_NE_FORMAT = 0xC000011B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_RXACT_INVALID_STATE = 0xC000011C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_RXACT_COMMIT_FAILURE = 0xC000011D, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_MAPPED_FILE_SIZE_ZERO = 0xC000011E, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TOO_MANY_OPENED_FILES = 0xC000011F, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CANCELLED = 0xC0000120, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CANNOT_DELETE = 0xC0000121, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_COMPUTER_NAME = 0xC0000122, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FILE_DELETED = 0xC0000123, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SPECIAL_ACCOUNT = 0xC0000124, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SPECIAL_GROUP = 0xC0000125, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SPECIAL_USER = 0xC0000126, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_MEMBERS_PRIMARY_GROUP = 0xC0000127, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FILE_CLOSED = 0xC0000128, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TOO_MANY_THREADS = 0xC0000129, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_THREAD_NOT_IN_PROCESS = 0xC000012A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TOKEN_ALREADY_IN_USE = 0xC000012B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_PAGEFILE_QUOTA_EXCEEDED = 0xC000012C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_COMMITMENT_LIMIT = 0xC000012D, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_IMAGE_LE_FORMAT = 0xC000012E, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_IMAGE_NOT_MZ = 0xC000012F, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_IMAGE_PROTECT = 0xC0000130, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_IMAGE_WIN_16 = 0xC0000131, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_LOGON_SERVER_CONFLICT = 0xC0000132, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TIME_DIFFERENCE_AT_DC = 0xC0000133, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SYNCHRONIZATION_REQUIRED = 0xC0000134, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DLL_NOT_FOUND = 0xC0000135, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_OPEN_FAILED = 0xC0000136, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_IO_PRIVILEGE_FAILED = 0xC0000137, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_ORDINAL_NOT_FOUND = 0xC0000138, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_ENTRYPOINT_NOT_FOUND = 0xC0000139, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CONTROL_C_EXIT = 0xC000013A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_LOCAL_DISCONNECT = 0xC000013B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_REMOTE_DISCONNECT = 0xC000013C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_REMOTE_RESOURCES = 0xC000013D, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_LINK_FAILED = 0xC000013E, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_LINK_TIMEOUT = 0xC000013F, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_CONNECTION = 0xC0000140, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_ADDRESS = 0xC0000141, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DLL_INIT_FAILED = 0xC0000142, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_MISSING_SYSTEMFILE = 0xC0000143, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_UNHANDLED_EXCEPTION = 0xC0000144, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_APP_INIT_FAILURE = 0xC0000145, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_PAGEFILE_CREATE_FAILED = 0xC0000146, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NO_PAGEFILE = 0xC0000147, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_LEVEL = 0xC0000148, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_WRONG_PASSWORD_CORE = 0xC0000149, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_ILLEGAL_FLOAT_CONTEXT = 0xC000014A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_PIPE_BROKEN = 0xC000014B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_REGISTRY_CORRUPT = 0xC000014C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_REGISTRY_IO_FAILED = 0xC000014D, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NO_EVENT_PAIR = 0xC000014E, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_UNRECOGNIZED_VOLUME = 0xC000014F, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SERIAL_NO_DEVICE_INITED = 0xC0000150, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NO_SUCH_ALIAS = 0xC0000151, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_MEMBER_NOT_IN_ALIAS = 0xC0000152, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_MEMBER_IN_ALIAS = 0xC0000153, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_ALIAS_EXISTS = 0xC0000154, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_LOGON_NOT_GRANTED = 0xC0000155, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TOO_MANY_SECRETS = 0xC0000156, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SECRET_TOO_LONG = 0xC0000157, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INTERNAL_DB_ERROR = 0xC0000158, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FULLSCREEN_MODE = 0xC0000159, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TOO_MANY_CONTEXT_IDS = 0xC000015A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_LOGON_TYPE_NOT_GRANTED = 0xC000015B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NOT_REGISTRY_FILE = 0xC000015C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NT_CROSS_ENCRYPTION_REQUIRED = 0xC000015D, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DOMAIN_CTRLR_CONFIG_ERROR = 0xC000015E, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FT_MISSING_MEMBER = 0xC000015F, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_ILL_FORMED_SERVICE_ENTRY = 0xC0000160, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_ILLEGAL_CHARACTER = 0xC0000161, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_UNMAPPABLE_CHARACTER = 0xC0000162, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_UNDEFINED_CHARACTER = 0xC0000163, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FLOPPY_VOLUME = 0xC0000164, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FLOPPY_ID_MARK_NOT_FOUND = 0xC0000165, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FLOPPY_WRONG_CYLINDER = 0xC0000166, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FLOPPY_UNKNOWN_ERROR = 0xC0000167, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FLOPPY_BAD_REGISTERS = 0xC0000168, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DISK_RECALIBRATE_FAILED = 0xC0000169, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DISK_OPERATION_FAILED = 0xC000016A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DISK_RESET_FAILED = 0xC000016B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SHARED_IRQ_BUSY = 0xC000016C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FT_ORPHANING = 0xC000016D, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_BIOS_FAILED_TO_CONNECT_INTERRUPT = 0xC000016E, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_PARTITION_FAILURE = 0xC0000172, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_BLOCK_LENGTH = 0xC0000173, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DEVICE_NOT_PARTITIONED = 0xC0000174, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_UNABLE_TO_LOCK_MEDIA = 0xC0000175, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_UNABLE_TO_UNLOAD_MEDIA = 0xC0000176, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_EOM_OVERFLOW = 0xC0000177, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NO_MEDIA = 0xC0000178, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NO_SUCH_MEMBER = 0xC000017A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_MEMBER = 0xC000017B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_KEY_DELETED = 0xC000017C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NO_LOG_SPACE = 0xC000017D, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TOO_MANY_SIDS = 0xC000017E, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_LM_CROSS_ENCRYPTION_REQUIRED = 0xC000017F, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_KEY_HAS_CHILDREN = 0xC0000180, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CHILD_MUST_BE_VOLATILE = 0xC0000181, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DEVICE_CONFIGURATION_ERROR = 0xC0000182, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DRIVER_INTERNAL_ERROR = 0xC0000183, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_DEVICE_STATE = 0xC0000184, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_IO_DEVICE_ERROR = 0xC0000185, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DEVICE_PROTOCOL_ERROR = 0xC0000186, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_BACKUP_CONTROLLER = 0xC0000187, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_LOG_FILE_FULL = 0xC0000188, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TOO_LATE = 0xC0000189, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NO_TRUST_LSA_SECRET = 0xC000018A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NO_TRUST_SAM_ACCOUNT = 0xC000018B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TRUSTED_DOMAIN_FAILURE = 0xC000018C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TRUSTED_RELATIONSHIP_FAILURE = 0xC000018D, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_EVENTLOG_FILE_CORRUPT = 0xC000018E, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_EVENTLOG_CANT_START = 0xC000018F, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TRUST_FAILURE = 0xC0000190, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_MUTANT_LIMIT_EXCEEDED = 0xC0000191, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NETLOGON_NOT_STARTED = 0xC0000192, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_ACCOUNT_EXPIRED = 0xC0000193, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_POSSIBLE_DEADLOCK = 0xC0000194, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NETWORK_CREDENTIAL_CONFLICT = 0xC0000195, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_REMOTE_SESSION_LIMIT = 0xC0000196, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_EVENTLOG_FILE_CHANGED = 0xC0000197, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NOLOGON_INTERDOMAIN_TRUST_ACCOUNT = 0xC0000198, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NOLOGON_WORKSTATION_TRUST_ACCOUNT = 0xC0000199, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NOLOGON_SERVER_TRUST_ACCOUNT = 0xC000019A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DOMAIN_TRUST_INCONSISTENT = 0xC000019B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FS_DRIVER_REQUIRED = 0xC000019C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_IMAGE_ALREADY_LOADED_AS_DLL = 0xC000019D, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INCOMPATIBLE_WITH_GLOBAL_SHORT_NAME_REGISTRY_SETTING = 0xC000019E, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SHORT_NAMES_NOT_ENABLED_ON_VOLUME = 0xC000019F, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SECURITY_STREAM_IS_INCONSISTENT = 0xC00001A0, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_LOCK_RANGE = 0xC00001A1, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_ACE_CONDITION = 0xC00001A2, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_IMAGE_SUBSYSTEM_NOT_PRESENT = 0xC00001A3, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NOTIFICATION_GUID_ALREADY_DEFINED = 0xC00001A4, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_EXCEPTION_HANDLER = 0xC00001A5, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DUPLICATE_PRIVILEGES = 0xC00001A6, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NOT_ALLOWED_ON_SYSTEM_FILE = 0xC00001A7, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_REPAIR_NEEDED = 0xC00001A8, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_QUOTA_NOT_ENABLED = 0xC00001A9, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NO_APPLICATION_PACKAGE = 0xC00001AA, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NETWORK_OPEN_RESTRICTION = 0xC0000201, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NO_USER_SESSION_KEY = 0xC0000202, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_USER_SESSION_DELETED = 0xC0000203, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_RESOURCE_LANG_NOT_FOUND = 0xC0000204, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INSUFF_SERVER_RESOURCES = 0xC0000205, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_BUFFER_SIZE = 0xC0000206, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_ADDRESS_COMPONENT = 0xC0000207, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_ADDRESS_WILDCARD = 0xC0000208, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TOO_MANY_ADDRESSES = 0xC0000209, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_ADDRESS_ALREADY_EXISTS = 0xC000020A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_ADDRESS_CLOSED = 0xC000020B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CONNECTION_DISCONNECTED = 0xC000020C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CONNECTION_RESET = 0xC000020D, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TOO_MANY_NODES = 0xC000020E, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TRANSACTION_ABORTED = 0xC000020F, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TRANSACTION_TIMED_OUT = 0xC0000210, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TRANSACTION_NO_RELEASE = 0xC0000211, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TRANSACTION_NO_MATCH = 0xC0000212, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TRANSACTION_RESPONDED = 0xC0000213, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TRANSACTION_INVALID_ID = 0xC0000214, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TRANSACTION_INVALID_TYPE = 0xC0000215, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NOT_SERVER_SESSION = 0xC0000216, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NOT_CLIENT_SESSION = 0xC0000217, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CANNOT_LOAD_REGISTRY_FILE = 0xC0000218, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DEBUG_ATTACH_FAILED = 0xC0000219, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SYSTEM_PROCESS_TERMINATED = 0xC000021A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DATA_NOT_ACCEPTED = 0xC000021B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NO_BROWSER_SERVERS_FOUND = 0xC000021C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VDM_HARD_ERROR = 0xC000021D, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DRIVER_CANCEL_TIMEOUT = 0xC000021E, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_REPLY_MESSAGE_MISMATCH = 0xC000021F, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_MAPPED_ALIGNMENT = 0xC0000220, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_IMAGE_CHECKSUM_MISMATCH = 0xC0000221, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_LOST_WRITEBEHIND_DATA = 0xC0000222, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CLIENT_SERVER_PARAMETERS_INVALID = 0xC0000223, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_PASSWORD_MUST_CHANGE = 0xC0000224, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NOT_FOUND = 0xC0000225, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NOT_TINY_STREAM = 0xC0000226, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_RECOVERY_FAILURE = 0xC0000227, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_STACK_OVERFLOW_READ = 0xC0000228, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FAIL_CHECK = 0xC0000229, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DUPLICATE_OBJECTID = 0xC000022A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_OBJECTID_EXISTS = 0xC000022B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CONVERT_TO_LARGE = 0xC000022C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_RETRY = 0xC000022D, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FOUND_OUT_OF_SCOPE = 0xC000022E, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_ALLOCATE_BUCKET = 0xC000022F, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_PROPSET_NOT_FOUND = 0xC0000230, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_MARSHALL_OVERFLOW = 0xC0000231, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_VARIANT = 0xC0000232, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DOMAIN_CONTROLLER_NOT_FOUND = 0xC0000233, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_ACCOUNT_LOCKED_OUT = 0xC0000234, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_HANDLE_NOT_CLOSABLE = 0xC0000235, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CONNECTION_REFUSED = 0xC0000236, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRACEFUL_DISCONNECT = 0xC0000237, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_ADDRESS_ALREADY_ASSOCIATED = 0xC0000238, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSOCIATED = 0xC0000239, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CONNECTION_INVALID = 0xC000023A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CONNECTION_ACTIVE = 0xC000023B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NETWORK_UNREACHABLE = 0xC000023C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_HOST_UNREACHABLE = 0xC000023D, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_PROTOCOL_UNREACHABLE = 0xC000023E, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_PORT_UNREACHABLE = 0xC000023F, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_REQUEST_ABORTED = 0xC0000240, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CONNECTION_ABORTED = 0xC0000241, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_BAD_COMPRESSION_BUFFER = 0xC0000242, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_USER_MAPPED_FILE = 0xC0000243, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_AUDIT_FAILED = 0xC0000244, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TIMER_RESOLUTION_NOT_SET = 0xC0000245, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CONNECTION_COUNT_LIMIT = 0xC0000246, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_LOGIN_TIME_RESTRICTION = 0xC0000247, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_LOGIN_WKSTA_RESTRICTION = 0xC0000248, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_IMAGE_MP_UP_MISMATCH = 0xC0000249, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INSUFFICIENT_LOGON_INFO = 0xC0000250, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_BAD_DLL_ENTRYPOINT = 0xC0000251, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_BAD_SERVICE_ENTRYPOINT = 0xC0000252, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_LPC_REPLY_LOST = 0xC0000253, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_IP_ADDRESS_CONFLICT1 = 0xC0000254, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_IP_ADDRESS_CONFLICT2 = 0xC0000255, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_REGISTRY_QUOTA_LIMIT = 0xC0000256, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_PATH_NOT_COVERED = 0xC0000257, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NO_CALLBACK_ACTIVE = 0xC0000258, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_LICENSE_QUOTA_EXCEEDED = 0xC0000259, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_PWD_TOO_SHORT = 0xC000025A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_PWD_TOO_RECENT = 0xC000025B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_PWD_HISTORY_CONFLICT = 0xC000025C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_PLUGPLAY_NO_DEVICE = 0xC000025E, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_UNSUPPORTED_COMPRESSION = 0xC000025F, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_HW_PROFILE = 0xC0000260, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_PLUGPLAY_DEVICE_PATH = 0xC0000261, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DRIVER_ORDINAL_NOT_FOUND = 0xC0000262, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DRIVER_ENTRYPOINT_NOT_FOUND = 0xC0000263, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_RESOURCE_NOT_OWNED = 0xC0000264, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TOO_MANY_LINKS = 0xC0000265, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_QUOTA_LIST_INCONSISTENT = 0xC0000266, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FILE_IS_OFFLINE = 0xC0000267, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_EVALUATION_EXPIRATION = 0xC0000268, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_ILLEGAL_DLL_RELOCATION = 0xC0000269, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_LICENSE_VIOLATION = 0xC000026A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DLL_INIT_FAILED_LOGOFF = 0xC000026B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DRIVER_UNABLE_TO_LOAD = 0xC000026C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DFS_UNAVAILABLE = 0xC000026D, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLUME_DISMOUNTED = 0xC000026E, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_WX86_INTERNAL_ERROR = 0xC000026F, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_WX86_FLOAT_STACK_CHECK = 0xC0000270, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VALIDATE_CONTINUE = 0xC0000271, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NO_MATCH = 0xC0000272, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NO_MORE_MATCHES = 0xC0000273, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NOT_A_REPARSE_POINT = 0xC0000275, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_IO_REPARSE_TAG_INVALID = 0xC0000276, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_IO_REPARSE_TAG_MISMATCH = 0xC0000277, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_IO_REPARSE_DATA_INVALID = 0xC0000278, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_IO_REPARSE_TAG_NOT_HANDLED = 0xC0000279, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_PWD_TOO_LONG = 0xC000027A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_STOWED_EXCEPTION = 0xC000027B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_REPARSE_POINT_NOT_RESOLVED = 0xC0000280, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DIRECTORY_IS_A_REPARSE_POINT = 0xC0000281, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_RANGE_LIST_CONFLICT = 0xC0000282, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SOURCE_ELEMENT_EMPTY = 0xC0000283, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DESTINATION_ELEMENT_FULL = 0xC0000284, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_ILLEGAL_ELEMENT_ADDRESS = 0xC0000285, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_MAGAZINE_NOT_PRESENT = 0xC0000286, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_REINITIALIZATION_NEEDED = 0xC0000287, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_ENCRYPTION_FAILED = 0xC000028A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DECRYPTION_FAILED = 0xC000028B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_RANGE_NOT_FOUND = 0xC000028C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NO_RECOVERY_POLICY = 0xC000028D, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NO_EFS = 0xC000028E, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_WRONG_EFS = 0xC000028F, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NO_USER_KEYS = 0xC0000290, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FILE_NOT_ENCRYPTED = 0xC0000291, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NOT_EXPORT_FORMAT = 0xC0000292, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FILE_ENCRYPTED = 0xC0000293, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_WMI_GUID_NOT_FOUND = 0xC0000295, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_WMI_INSTANCE_NOT_FOUND = 0xC0000296, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_WMI_ITEMID_NOT_FOUND = 0xC0000297, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_WMI_TRY_AGAIN = 0xC0000298, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SHARED_POLICY = 0xC0000299, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_POLICY_OBJECT_NOT_FOUND = 0xC000029A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_POLICY_ONLY_IN_DS = 0xC000029B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLUME_NOT_UPGRADED = 0xC000029C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_REMOTE_STORAGE_NOT_ACTIVE = 0xC000029D, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_REMOTE_STORAGE_MEDIA_ERROR = 0xC000029E, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NO_TRACKING_SERVICE = 0xC000029F, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SERVER_SID_MISMATCH = 0xC00002A0, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DS_NO_ATTRIBUTE_OR_VALUE = 0xC00002A1, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DS_INVALID_ATTRIBUTE_SYNTAX = 0xC00002A2, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DS_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UNDEFINED = 0xC00002A3, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DS_ATTRIBUTE_OR_VALUE_EXISTS = 0xC00002A4, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DS_BUSY = 0xC00002A5, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DS_UNAVAILABLE = 0xC00002A6, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DS_NO_RIDS_ALLOCATED = 0xC00002A7, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DS_NO_MORE_RIDS = 0xC00002A8, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DS_INCORRECT_ROLE_OWNER = 0xC00002A9, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DS_RIDMGR_INIT_ERROR = 0xC00002AA, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DS_OBJ_CLASS_VIOLATION = 0xC00002AB, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DS_CANT_ON_NON_LEAF = 0xC00002AC, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DS_CANT_ON_RDN = 0xC00002AD, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DS_CANT_MOD_OBJ_CLASS = 0xC00002AE, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DS_CROSS_DOM_MOVE_FAILED = 0xC00002AF, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DS_GC_NOT_AVAILABLE = 0xC00002B0, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DIRECTORY_SERVICE_REQUIRED = 0xC00002B1, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_REPARSE_ATTRIBUTE_CONFLICT = 0xC00002B2, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CANT_ENABLE_DENY_ONLY = 0xC00002B3, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FLOAT_MULTIPLE_FAULTS = 0xC00002B4, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FLOAT_MULTIPLE_TRAPS = 0xC00002B5, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DEVICE_REMOVED = 0xC00002B6, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_JOURNAL_DELETE_IN_PROGRESS = 0xC00002B7, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_JOURNAL_NOT_ACTIVE = 0xC00002B8, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NOINTERFACE = 0xC00002B9, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DS_RIDMGR_DISABLED = 0xC00002BA, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DS_ADMIN_LIMIT_EXCEEDED = 0xC00002C1, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DRIVER_FAILED_SLEEP = 0xC00002C2, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_MUTUAL_AUTHENTICATION_FAILED = 0xC00002C3, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CORRUPT_SYSTEM_FILE = 0xC00002C4, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DATATYPE_MISALIGNMENT_ERROR = 0xC00002C5, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_WMI_READ_ONLY = 0xC00002C6, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_WMI_SET_FAILURE = 0xC00002C7, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_COMMITMENT_MINIMUM = 0xC00002C8, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_REG_NAT_CONSUMPTION = 0xC00002C9, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TRANSPORT_FULL = 0xC00002CA, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DS_SAM_INIT_FAILURE = 0xC00002CB, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_ONLY_IF_CONNECTED = 0xC00002CC, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DS_SENSITIVE_GROUP_VIOLATION = 0xC00002CD, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_PNP_RESTART_ENUMERATION = 0xC00002CE, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_JOURNAL_ENTRY_DELETED = 0xC00002CF, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DS_CANT_MOD_PRIMARYGROUPID = 0xC00002D0, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SYSTEM_IMAGE_BAD_SIGNATURE = 0xC00002D1, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_PNP_REBOOT_REQUIRED = 0xC00002D2, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_POWER_STATE_INVALID = 0xC00002D3, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DS_INVALID_GROUP_TYPE = 0xC00002D4, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DS_NO_NEST_GLOBALGROUP_IN_MIXEDDOMAIN = 0xC00002D5, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DS_NO_NEST_LOCALGROUP_IN_MIXEDDOMAIN = 0xC00002D6, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DS_GLOBAL_CANT_HAVE_LOCAL_MEMBER = 0xC00002D7, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DS_GLOBAL_CANT_HAVE_UNIVERSAL_MEMBER = 0xC00002D8, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DS_UNIVERSAL_CANT_HAVE_LOCAL_MEMBER = 0xC00002D9, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DS_GLOBAL_CANT_HAVE_CROSSDOMAIN_MEMBER = 0xC00002DA, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DS_LOCAL_CANT_HAVE_CROSSDOMAIN_LOCAL_MEMBER = 0xC00002DB, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DS_HAVE_PRIMARY_MEMBERS = 0xC00002DC, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_WMI_NOT_SUPPORTED = 0xC00002DD, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INSUFFICIENT_POWER = 0xC00002DE, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SAM_NEED_BOOTKEY_PASSWORD = 0xC00002DF, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SAM_NEED_BOOTKEY_FLOPPY = 0xC00002E0, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DS_CANT_START = 0xC00002E1, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DS_INIT_FAILURE = 0xC00002E2, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SAM_INIT_FAILURE = 0xC00002E3, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DS_GC_REQUIRED = 0xC00002E4, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DS_LOCAL_MEMBER_OF_LOCAL_ONLY = 0xC00002E5, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DS_NO_FPO_IN_UNIVERSAL_GROUPS = 0xC00002E6, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DS_MACHINE_ACCOUNT_QUOTA_EXCEEDED = 0xC00002E7, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_MULTIPLE_FAULT_VIOLATION = 0xC00002E8, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CURRENT_DOMAIN_NOT_ALLOWED = 0xC00002E9, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CANNOT_MAKE = 0xC00002EA, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SYSTEM_SHUTDOWN = 0xC00002EB, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DS_INIT_FAILURE_CONSOLE = 0xC00002EC, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DS_SAM_INIT_FAILURE_CONSOLE = 0xC00002ED, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_UNFINISHED_CONTEXT_DELETED = 0xC00002EE, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NO_TGT_REPLY = 0xC00002EF, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_OBJECTID_NOT_FOUND = 0xC00002F0, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NO_IP_ADDRESSES = 0xC00002F1, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_WRONG_CREDENTIAL_HANDLE = 0xC00002F2, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CRYPTO_SYSTEM_INVALID = 0xC00002F3, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_MAX_REFERRALS_EXCEEDED = 0xC00002F4, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_MUST_BE_KDC = 0xC00002F5, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_STRONG_CRYPTO_NOT_SUPPORTED = 0xC00002F6, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TOO_MANY_PRINCIPALS = 0xC00002F7, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NO_PA_DATA = 0xC00002F8, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_PKINIT_NAME_MISMATCH = 0xC00002F9, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SMARTCARD_LOGON_REQUIRED = 0xC00002FA, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_KDC_INVALID_REQUEST = 0xC00002FB, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_KDC_UNABLE_TO_REFER = 0xC00002FC, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_KDC_UNKNOWN_ETYPE = 0xC00002FD, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SHUTDOWN_IN_PROGRESS = 0xC00002FE, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SERVER_SHUTDOWN_IN_PROGRESS = 0xC00002FF, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NOT_SUPPORTED_ON_SBS = 0xC0000300, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_WMI_GUID_DISCONNECTED = 0xC0000301, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_WMI_ALREADY_DISABLED = 0xC0000302, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_WMI_ALREADY_ENABLED = 0xC0000303, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_MFT_TOO_FRAGMENTED = 0xC0000304, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_COPY_PROTECTION_FAILURE = 0xC0000305, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CSS_AUTHENTICATION_FAILURE = 0xC0000306, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CSS_KEY_NOT_PRESENT = 0xC0000307, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CSS_KEY_NOT_ESTABLISHED = 0xC0000308, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CSS_SCRAMBLED_SECTOR = 0xC0000309, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CSS_REGION_MISMATCH = 0xC000030A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CSS_RESETS_EXHAUSTED = 0xC000030B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_PASSWORD_CHANGE_REQUIRED = 0xC000030C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_PKINIT_FAILURE = 0xC0000320, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SMARTCARD_SUBSYSTEM_FAILURE = 0xC0000321, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NO_KERB_KEY = 0xC0000322, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_HOST_DOWN = 0xC0000350, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_UNSUPPORTED_PREAUTH = 0xC0000351, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_EFS_ALG_BLOB_TOO_BIG = 0xC0000352, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_PORT_NOT_SET = 0xC0000353, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DEBUGGER_INACTIVE = 0xC0000354, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DS_VERSION_CHECK_FAILURE = 0xC0000355, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_AUDITING_DISABLED = 0xC0000356, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_PRENT4_MACHINE_ACCOUNT = 0xC0000357, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DS_AG_CANT_HAVE_UNIVERSAL_MEMBER = 0xC0000358, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_IMAGE_WIN_32 = 0xC0000359, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_IMAGE_WIN_64 = 0xC000035A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_BAD_BINDINGS = 0xC000035B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NETWORK_SESSION_EXPIRED = 0xC000035C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_APPHELP_BLOCK = 0xC000035D, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_ALL_SIDS_FILTERED = 0xC000035E, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NOT_SAFE_MODE_DRIVER = 0xC000035F, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_ACCESS_DISABLED_BY_POLICY_DEFAULT = 0xC0000361, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_ACCESS_DISABLED_BY_POLICY_PATH = 0xC0000362, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_ACCESS_DISABLED_BY_POLICY_PUBLISHER = 0xC0000363, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_ACCESS_DISABLED_BY_POLICY_OTHER = 0xC0000364, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FAILED_DRIVER_ENTRY = 0xC0000365, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DEVICE_ENUMERATION_ERROR = 0xC0000366, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_MOUNT_POINT_NOT_RESOLVED = 0xC0000368, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_DEVICE_OBJECT_PARAMETER = 0xC0000369, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_MCA_OCCURED = 0xC000036A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DRIVER_BLOCKED_CRITICAL = 0xC000036B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DRIVER_BLOCKED = 0xC000036C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DRIVER_DATABASE_ERROR = 0xC000036D, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SYSTEM_HIVE_TOO_LARGE = 0xC000036E, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_IMPORT_OF_NON_DLL = 0xC000036F, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NO_SECRETS = 0xC0000371, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_ACCESS_DISABLED_NO_SAFER_UI_BY_POLICY = 0xC0000372, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FAILED_STACK_SWITCH = 0xC0000373, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_HEAP_CORRUPTION = 0xC0000374, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SMARTCARD_WRONG_PIN = 0xC0000380, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SMARTCARD_CARD_BLOCKED = 0xC0000381, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SMARTCARD_CARD_NOT_AUTHENTICATED = 0xC0000382, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SMARTCARD_NO_CARD = 0xC0000383, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SMARTCARD_NO_KEY_CONTAINER = 0xC0000384, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SMARTCARD_NO_CERTIFICATE = 0xC0000385, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SMARTCARD_NO_KEYSET = 0xC0000386, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SMARTCARD_IO_ERROR = 0xC0000387, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DOWNGRADE_DETECTED = 0xC0000388, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SMARTCARD_CERT_REVOKED = 0xC0000389, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_ISSUING_CA_UNTRUSTED = 0xC000038A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_REVOCATION_OFFLINE_C = 0xC000038B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_PKINIT_CLIENT_FAILURE = 0xC000038C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SMARTCARD_CERT_EXPIRED = 0xC000038D, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DRIVER_FAILED_PRIOR_UNLOAD = 0xC000038E, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SMARTCARD_SILENT_CONTEXT = 0xC000038F, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_PER_USER_TRUST_QUOTA_EXCEEDED = 0xC0000401, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_ALL_USER_TRUST_QUOTA_EXCEEDED = 0xC0000402, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_USER_DELETE_TRUST_QUOTA_EXCEEDED = 0xC0000403, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DS_NAME_NOT_UNIQUE = 0xC0000404, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DS_DUPLICATE_ID_FOUND = 0xC0000405, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DS_GROUP_CONVERSION_ERROR = 0xC0000406, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLSNAP_PREPARE_HIBERNATE = 0xC0000407, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_USER2USER_REQUIRED = 0xC0000408, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_STACK_BUFFER_OVERRUN = 0xC0000409, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NO_S4U_PROT_SUPPORT = 0xC000040A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CROSSREALM_DELEGATION_FAILURE = 0xC000040B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_REVOCATION_OFFLINE_KDC = 0xC000040C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_ISSUING_CA_UNTRUSTED_KDC = 0xC000040D, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_KDC_CERT_EXPIRED = 0xC000040E, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_KDC_CERT_REVOKED = 0xC000040F, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_PARAMETER_QUOTA_EXCEEDED = 0xC0000410, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_HIBERNATION_FAILURE = 0xC0000411, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DELAY_LOAD_FAILED = 0xC0000412, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_AUTHENTICATION_FIREWALL_FAILED = 0xC0000413, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VDM_DISALLOWED = 0xC0000414, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_HUNG_DISPLAY_DRIVER_THREAD = 0xC0000415, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INSUFFICIENT_RESOURCE_FOR_SPECIFIED_SHARED_SECTION_SIZE = 0xC0000416, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_CRUNTIME_PARAMETER = 0xC0000417, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NTLM_BLOCKED = 0xC0000418, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DS_SRC_SID_EXISTS_IN_FOREST = 0xC0000419, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DS_DOMAIN_NAME_EXISTS_IN_FOREST = 0xC000041A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DS_FLAT_NAME_EXISTS_IN_FOREST = 0xC000041B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_USER_PRINCIPAL_NAME = 0xC000041C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FATAL_USER_CALLBACK_EXCEPTION = 0xC000041D, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_ASSERTION_FAILURE = 0xC0000420, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VERIFIER_STOP = 0xC0000421, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CALLBACK_POP_STACK = 0xC0000423, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INCOMPATIBLE_DRIVER_BLOCKED = 0xC0000424, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_HIVE_UNLOADED = 0xC0000425, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_COMPRESSION_DISABLED = 0xC0000426, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FILE_SYSTEM_LIMITATION = 0xC0000427, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_IMAGE_HASH = 0xC0000428, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NOT_CAPABLE = 0xC0000429, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_REQUEST_OUT_OF_SEQUENCE = 0xC000042A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_IMPLEMENTATION_LIMIT = 0xC000042B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_ELEVATION_REQUIRED = 0xC000042C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NO_SECURITY_CONTEXT = 0xC000042D, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_PKU2U_CERT_FAILURE = 0xC000042F, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_BEYOND_VDL = 0xC0000432, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_ENCOUNTERED_WRITE_IN_PROGRESS = 0xC0000433, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_PTE_CHANGED = 0xC0000434, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_PURGE_FAILED = 0xC0000435, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CRED_REQUIRES_CONFIRMATION = 0xC0000440, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CS_ENCRYPTION_INVALID_SERVER_RESPONSE = 0xC0000441, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CS_ENCRYPTION_UNSUPPORTED_SERVER = 0xC0000442, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CS_ENCRYPTION_EXISTING_ENCRYPTED_FILE = 0xC0000443, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CS_ENCRYPTION_NEW_ENCRYPTED_FILE = 0xC0000444, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CS_ENCRYPTION_FILE_NOT_CSE = 0xC0000445, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_LABEL = 0xC0000446, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DRIVER_PROCESS_TERMINATED = 0xC0000450, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_AMBIGUOUS_SYSTEM_DEVICE = 0xC0000451, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SYSTEM_DEVICE_NOT_FOUND = 0xC0000452, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_RESTART_BOOT_APPLICATION = 0xC0000453, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INSUFFICIENT_NVRAM_RESOURCES = 0xC0000454, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_SESSION = 0xC0000455, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_THREAD_ALREADY_IN_SESSION = 0xC0000456, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_THREAD_NOT_IN_SESSION = 0xC0000457, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_WEIGHT = 0xC0000458, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_REQUEST_PAUSED = 0xC0000459, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NO_RANGES_PROCESSED = 0xC0000460, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DISK_RESOURCES_EXHAUSTED = 0xC0000461, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NEEDS_REMEDIATION = 0xC0000462, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DEVICE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED = 0xC0000463, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DEVICE_UNREACHABLE = 0xC0000464, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_TOKEN = 0xC0000465, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SERVER_UNAVAILABLE = 0xC0000466, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FILE_NOT_AVAILABLE = 0xC0000467, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DEVICE_INSUFFICIENT_RESOURCES = 0xC0000468, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_PACKAGE_UPDATING = 0xC0000469, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NOT_READ_FROM_COPY = 0xC000046A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FT_WRITE_FAILURE = 0xC000046B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FT_DI_SCAN_REQUIRED = 0xC000046C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_OBJECT_NOT_EXTERNALLY_BACKED = 0xC000046D, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_EXTERNAL_BACKING_PROVIDER_UNKNOWN = 0xC000046E, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DATA_CHECKSUM_ERROR = 0xC0000470, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INTERMIXED_KERNEL_EA_OPERATION = 0xC0000471, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TRIM_READ_ZERO_NOT_SUPPORTED = 0xC0000472, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TOO_MANY_SEGMENT_DESCRIPTORS = 0xC0000473, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_OFFSET_ALIGNMENT = 0xC0000474, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_FIELD_IN_PARAMETER_LIST = 0xC0000475, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_OPERATION_IN_PROGRESS = 0xC0000476, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_INITIATOR_TARGET_PATH = 0xC0000477, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SCRUB_DATA_DISABLED = 0xC0000478, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NOT_REDUNDANT_STORAGE = 0xC0000479, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_RESIDENT_FILE_NOT_SUPPORTED = 0xC000047A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_COMPRESSED_FILE_NOT_SUPPORTED = 0xC000047B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DIRECTORY_NOT_SUPPORTED = 0xC000047C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_IO_OPERATION_TIMEOUT = 0xC000047D, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SYSTEM_NEEDS_REMEDIATION = 0xC000047E, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_APPX_INTEGRITY_FAILURE_CLR_NGEN = 0xC000047F, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SHARE_UNAVAILABLE = 0xC0000480, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_APISET_NOT_HOSTED = 0xC0000481, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_APISET_NOT_PRESENT = 0xC0000482, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DEVICE_HARDWARE_ERROR = 0xC0000483, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_TASK_NAME = 0xC0000500, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_TASK_INDEX = 0xC0000501, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_THREAD_ALREADY_IN_TASK = 0xC0000502, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CALLBACK_BYPASS = 0xC0000503, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_UNDEFINED_SCOPE = 0xC0000504, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_CAP = 0xC0000505, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NOT_GUI_PROCESS = 0xC0000506, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FAIL_FAST_EXCEPTION = 0xC0000602, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_IMAGE_CERT_REVOKED = 0xC0000603, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DYNAMIC_CODE_BLOCKED = 0xC0000604, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_PORT_CLOSED = 0xC0000700, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_MESSAGE_LOST = 0xC0000701, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_MESSAGE = 0xC0000702, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_REQUEST_CANCELED = 0xC0000703, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_RECURSIVE_DISPATCH = 0xC0000704, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_LPC_RECEIVE_BUFFER_EXPECTED = 0xC0000705, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_LPC_INVALID_CONNECTION_USAGE = 0xC0000706, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_LPC_REQUESTS_NOT_ALLOWED = 0xC0000707, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_RESOURCE_IN_USE = 0xC0000708, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_HARDWARE_MEMORY_ERROR = 0xC0000709, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_THREADPOOL_HANDLE_EXCEPTION = 0xC000070A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_THREADPOOL_SET_EVENT_ON_COMPLETION_FAILED = 0xC000070B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_THREADPOOL_RELEASE_SEMAPHORE_ON_COMPLETION_FAILED = 0xC000070C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_THREADPOOL_RELEASE_MUTEX_ON_COMPLETION_FAILED = 0xC000070D, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_THREADPOOL_FREE_LIBRARY_ON_COMPLETION_FAILED = 0xC000070E, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_THREADPOOL_RELEASED_DURING_OPERATION = 0xC000070F, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CALLBACK_RETURNED_WHILE_IMPERSONATING = 0xC0000710, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_APC_RETURNED_WHILE_IMPERSONATING = 0xC0000711, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_PROCESS_IS_PROTECTED = 0xC0000712, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_MCA_EXCEPTION = 0xC0000713, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CERTIFICATE_MAPPING_NOT_UNIQUE = 0xC0000714, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SYMLINK_CLASS_DISABLED = 0xC0000715, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_IDN_NORMALIZATION = 0xC0000716, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NO_UNICODE_TRANSLATION = 0xC0000717, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_ALREADY_REGISTERED = 0xC0000718, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CONTEXT_MISMATCH = 0xC0000719, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_PORT_ALREADY_HAS_COMPLETION_LIST = 0xC000071A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CALLBACK_RETURNED_THREAD_PRIORITY = 0xC000071B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_THREAD = 0xC000071C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CALLBACK_RETURNED_TRANSACTION = 0xC000071D, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CALLBACK_RETURNED_LDR_LOCK = 0xC000071E, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CALLBACK_RETURNED_LANG = 0xC000071F, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CALLBACK_RETURNED_PRI_BACK = 0xC0000720, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CALLBACK_RETURNED_THREAD_AFFINITY = 0xC0000721, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DISK_REPAIR_DISABLED = 0xC0000800, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DS_DOMAIN_RENAME_IN_PROGRESS = 0xC0000801, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DISK_QUOTA_EXCEEDED = 0xC0000802, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CONTENT_BLOCKED = 0xC0000804, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_BAD_CLUSTERS = 0xC0000805, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLUME_DIRTY = 0xC0000806, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DISK_REPAIR_UNSUCCESSFUL = 0xC0000808, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CORRUPT_LOG_OVERFULL = 0xC0000809, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CORRUPT_LOG_CORRUPTED = 0xC000080A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CORRUPT_LOG_UNAVAILABLE = 0xC000080B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CORRUPT_LOG_DELETED_FULL = 0xC000080C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CORRUPT_LOG_CLEARED = 0xC000080D, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_ORPHAN_NAME_EXHAUSTED = 0xC000080E, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_PROACTIVE_SCAN_IN_PROGRESS = 0xC000080F, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_ENCRYPTED_IO_NOT_POSSIBLE = 0xC0000810, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CORRUPT_LOG_UPLEVEL_RECORDS = 0xC0000811, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FILE_CHECKED_OUT = 0xC0000901, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CHECKOUT_REQUIRED = 0xC0000902, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_BAD_FILE_TYPE = 0xC0000903, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FILE_TOO_LARGE = 0xC0000904, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FORMS_AUTH_REQUIRED = 0xC0000905, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VIRUS_INFECTED = 0xC0000906, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VIRUS_DELETED = 0xC0000907, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_BAD_MCFG_TABLE = 0xC0000908, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CANNOT_BREAK_OPLOCK = 0xC0000909, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_BAD_KEY = 0xC000090A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_BAD_DATA = 0xC000090B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NO_KEY = 0xC000090C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FILE_HANDLE_REVOKED = 0xC0000910, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_WOW_ASSERTION = 0xC0009898, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_SIGNATURE = 0xC000A000, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_HMAC_NOT_SUPPORTED = 0xC000A001, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_AUTH_TAG_MISMATCH = 0xC000A002, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_STATE_TRANSITION = 0xC000A003, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_KERNEL_INFO_VERSION = 0xC000A004, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_PEP_INFO_VERSION = 0xC000A005, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_IPSEC_QUEUE_OVERFLOW = 0xC000A010, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_ND_QUEUE_OVERFLOW = 0xC000A011, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_HOPLIMIT_EXCEEDED = 0xC000A012, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_PROTOCOL_NOT_SUPPORTED = 0xC000A013, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FASTPATH_REJECTED = 0xC000A014, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_LOST_WRITEBEHIND_DATA_NETWORK_DISCONNECTED = 0xC000A080, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_LOST_WRITEBEHIND_DATA_NETWORK_SERVER_ERROR = 0xC000A081, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_LOST_WRITEBEHIND_DATA_LOCAL_DISK_ERROR = 0xC000A082, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_XML_PARSE_ERROR = 0xC000A083, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_XMLDSIG_ERROR = 0xC000A084, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_WRONG_COMPARTMENT = 0xC000A085, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_AUTHIP_FAILURE = 0xC000A086, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DS_OID_MAPPED_GROUP_CANT_HAVE_MEMBERS = 0xC000A087, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DS_OID_NOT_FOUND = 0xC000A088, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INCORRECT_ACCOUNT_TYPE = 0xC000A089, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_HASH_NOT_SUPPORTED = 0xC000A100, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_HASH_NOT_PRESENT = 0xC000A101, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SECONDARY_IC_PROVIDER_NOT_REGISTERED = 0xC000A121, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GPIO_CLIENT_INFORMATION_INVALID = 0xC000A122, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GPIO_VERSION_NOT_SUPPORTED = 0xC000A123, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GPIO_INVALID_REGISTRATION_PACKET = 0xC000A124, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GPIO_OPERATION_DENIED = 0xC000A125, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GPIO_INCOMPATIBLE_CONNECT_MODE = 0xC000A126, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CANNOT_SWITCH_RUNLEVEL = 0xC000A141, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_RUNLEVEL_SETTING = 0xC000A142, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_RUNLEVEL_SWITCH_TIMEOUT = 0xC000A143, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_RUNLEVEL_SWITCH_AGENT_TIMEOUT = 0xC000A145, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_RUNLEVEL_SWITCH_IN_PROGRESS = 0xC000A146, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NOT_APPCONTAINER = 0xC000A200, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NOT_SUPPORTED_IN_APPCONTAINER = 0xC000A201, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_PACKAGE_SID_LENGTH = 0xC000A202, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_APP_DATA_NOT_FOUND = 0xC000A281, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_APP_DATA_EXPIRED = 0xC000A282, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_APP_DATA_CORRUPT = 0xC000A283, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_APP_DATA_LIMIT_EXCEEDED = 0xC000A284, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_APP_DATA_REBOOT_REQUIRED = 0xC000A285, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_OFFLOAD_READ_FLT_NOT_SUPPORTED = 0xC000A2A1, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_OFFLOAD_WRITE_FLT_NOT_SUPPORTED = 0xC000A2A2, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_OFFLOAD_READ_FILE_NOT_SUPPORTED = 0xC000A2A3, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_OFFLOAD_WRITE_FILE_NOT_SUPPORTED = 0xC000A2A4, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_DBG_NO_STATE_CHANGE = 0xC0010001, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_DBG_APP_NOT_IDLE = 0xC0010002, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_INVALID_STRING_BINDING = 0xC0020001, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_WRONG_KIND_OF_BINDING = 0xC0020002, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_INVALID_BINDING = 0xC0020003, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_PROTSEQ_NOT_SUPPORTED = 0xC0020004, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_INVALID_RPC_PROTSEQ = 0xC0020005, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_INVALID_STRING_UUID = 0xC0020006, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_INVALID_ENDPOINT_FORMAT = 0xC0020007, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_INVALID_NET_ADDR = 0xC0020008, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_NO_ENDPOINT_FOUND = 0xC0020009, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_INVALID_TIMEOUT = 0xC002000A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_OBJECT_NOT_FOUND = 0xC002000B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_ALREADY_REGISTERED = 0xC002000C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_TYPE_ALREADY_REGISTERED = 0xC002000D, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_ALREADY_LISTENING = 0xC002000E, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_NO_PROTSEQS_REGISTERED = 0xC002000F, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_NOT_LISTENING = 0xC0020010, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_UNKNOWN_MGR_TYPE = 0xC0020011, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_UNKNOWN_IF = 0xC0020012, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_NO_BINDINGS = 0xC0020013, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_NO_PROTSEQS = 0xC0020014, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_CANT_CREATE_ENDPOINT = 0xC0020015, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_OUT_OF_RESOURCES = 0xC0020016, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_SERVER_UNAVAILABLE = 0xC0020017, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_SERVER_TOO_BUSY = 0xC0020018, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_INVALID_NETWORK_OPTIONS = 0xC0020019, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_NO_CALL_ACTIVE = 0xC002001A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_CALL_FAILED = 0xC002001B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_CALL_FAILED_DNE = 0xC002001C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_PROTOCOL_ERROR = 0xC002001D, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_UNSUPPORTED_TRANS_SYN = 0xC002001F, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_UNSUPPORTED_TYPE = 0xC0020021, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_INVALID_TAG = 0xC0020022, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_INVALID_BOUND = 0xC0020023, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_NO_ENTRY_NAME = 0xC0020024, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_INVALID_NAME_SYNTAX = 0xC0020025, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_UNSUPPORTED_NAME_SYNTAX = 0xC0020026, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_UUID_NO_ADDRESS = 0xC0020028, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_DUPLICATE_ENDPOINT = 0xC0020029, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_UNKNOWN_AUTHN_TYPE = 0xC002002A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_MAX_CALLS_TOO_SMALL = 0xC002002B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_STRING_TOO_LONG = 0xC002002C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_PROTSEQ_NOT_FOUND = 0xC002002D, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_PROCNUM_OUT_OF_RANGE = 0xC002002E, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_BINDING_HAS_NO_AUTH = 0xC002002F, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_UNKNOWN_AUTHN_SERVICE = 0xC0020030, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_UNKNOWN_AUTHN_LEVEL = 0xC0020031, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_INVALID_AUTH_IDENTITY = 0xC0020032, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_UNKNOWN_AUTHZ_SERVICE = 0xC0020033, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_EPT_NT_INVALID_ENTRY = 0xC0020034, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_EPT_NT_CANT_PERFORM_OP = 0xC0020035, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_EPT_NT_NOT_REGISTERED = 0xC0020036, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_NOTHING_TO_EXPORT = 0xC0020037, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_INCOMPLETE_NAME = 0xC0020038, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_INVALID_VERS_OPTION = 0xC0020039, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_NO_MORE_MEMBERS = 0xC002003A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_NOT_ALL_OBJS_UNEXPORTED = 0xC002003B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_INTERFACE_NOT_FOUND = 0xC002003C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_ENTRY_ALREADY_EXISTS = 0xC002003D, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_ENTRY_NOT_FOUND = 0xC002003E, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_NAME_SERVICE_UNAVAILABLE = 0xC002003F, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_INVALID_NAF_ID = 0xC0020040, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_CANNOT_SUPPORT = 0xC0020041, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_NO_CONTEXT_AVAILABLE = 0xC0020042, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_INTERNAL_ERROR = 0xC0020043, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_ZERO_DIVIDE = 0xC0020044, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_ADDRESS_ERROR = 0xC0020045, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_FP_DIV_ZERO = 0xC0020046, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_FP_UNDERFLOW = 0xC0020047, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_FP_OVERFLOW = 0xC0020048, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_CALL_IN_PROGRESS = 0xC0020049, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_NO_MORE_BINDINGS = 0xC002004A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_GROUP_MEMBER_NOT_FOUND = 0xC002004B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_EPT_NT_CANT_CREATE = 0xC002004C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_INVALID_OBJECT = 0xC002004D, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_NO_INTERFACES = 0xC002004F, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_CALL_CANCELLED = 0xC0020050, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_BINDING_INCOMPLETE = 0xC0020051, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_COMM_FAILURE = 0xC0020052, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_UNSUPPORTED_AUTHN_LEVEL = 0xC0020053, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_NO_PRINC_NAME = 0xC0020054, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_NOT_RPC_ERROR = 0xC0020055, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_SEC_PKG_ERROR = 0xC0020057, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_NOT_CANCELLED = 0xC0020058, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_INVALID_ASYNC_HANDLE = 0xC0020062, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_INVALID_ASYNC_CALL = 0xC0020063, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_PROXY_ACCESS_DENIED = 0xC0020064, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_COOKIE_AUTH_FAILED = 0xC0020065, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_NO_MORE_ENTRIES = 0xC0030001, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_SS_CHAR_TRANS_OPEN_FAIL = 0xC0030002, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_SS_CHAR_TRANS_SHORT_FILE = 0xC0030003, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_SS_IN_NULL_CONTEXT = 0xC0030004, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_SS_CONTEXT_MISMATCH = 0xC0030005, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_SS_CONTEXT_DAMAGED = 0xC0030006, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_SS_HANDLES_MISMATCH = 0xC0030007, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_SS_CANNOT_GET_CALL_HANDLE = 0xC0030008, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_NULL_REF_POINTER = 0xC0030009, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_ENUM_VALUE_OUT_OF_RANGE = 0xC003000A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_BYTE_COUNT_TOO_SMALL = 0xC003000B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_BAD_STUB_DATA = 0xC003000C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_INVALID_ES_ACTION = 0xC0030059, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_WRONG_ES_VERSION = 0xC003005A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_WRONG_STUB_VERSION = 0xC003005B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_INVALID_PIPE_OBJECT = 0xC003005C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_INVALID_PIPE_OPERATION = 0xC003005D, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_WRONG_PIPE_VERSION = 0xC003005E, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_PIPE_CLOSED = 0xC003005F, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_PIPE_DISCIPLINE_ERROR = 0xC0030060, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_RPC_NT_PIPE_EMPTY = 0xC0030061, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_PNP_BAD_MPS_TABLE = 0xC0040035, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_PNP_TRANSLATION_FAILED = 0xC0040036, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_PNP_IRQ_TRANSLATION_FAILED = 0xC0040037, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_PNP_INVALID_ID = 0xC0040038, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_IO_REISSUE_AS_CACHED = 0xC0040039, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CTX_WINSTATION_NAME_INVALID = 0xC00A0001, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CTX_INVALID_PD = 0xC00A0002, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CTX_PD_NOT_FOUND = 0xC00A0003, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CTX_CLOSE_PENDING = 0xC00A0006, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CTX_NO_OUTBUF = 0xC00A0007, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CTX_MODEM_INF_NOT_FOUND = 0xC00A0008, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CTX_INVALID_MODEMNAME = 0xC00A0009, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CTX_RESPONSE_ERROR = 0xC00A000A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CTX_MODEM_RESPONSE_TIMEOUT = 0xC00A000B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CTX_MODEM_RESPONSE_NO_CARRIER = 0xC00A000C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CTX_MODEM_RESPONSE_NO_DIALTONE = 0xC00A000D, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CTX_MODEM_RESPONSE_BUSY = 0xC00A000E, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CTX_MODEM_RESPONSE_VOICE = 0xC00A000F, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CTX_TD_ERROR = 0xC00A0010, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CTX_LICENSE_CLIENT_INVALID = 0xC00A0012, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CTX_LICENSE_NOT_AVAILABLE = 0xC00A0013, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CTX_LICENSE_EXPIRED = 0xC00A0014, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CTX_WINSTATION_NOT_FOUND = 0xC00A0015, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CTX_WINSTATION_NAME_COLLISION = 0xC00A0016, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CTX_WINSTATION_BUSY = 0xC00A0017, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CTX_BAD_VIDEO_MODE = 0xC00A0018, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CTX_GRAPHICS_INVALID = 0xC00A0022, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CTX_NOT_CONSOLE = 0xC00A0024, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CTX_CLIENT_QUERY_TIMEOUT = 0xC00A0026, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CTX_CONSOLE_DISCONNECT = 0xC00A0027, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CTX_CONSOLE_CONNECT = 0xC00A0028, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CTX_SHADOW_DENIED = 0xC00A002A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CTX_WINSTATION_ACCESS_DENIED = 0xC00A002B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CTX_INVALID_WD = 0xC00A002E, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CTX_WD_NOT_FOUND = 0xC00A002F, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CTX_SHADOW_INVALID = 0xC00A0030, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CTX_SHADOW_DISABLED = 0xC00A0031, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_RDP_PROTOCOL_ERROR = 0xC00A0032, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CTX_CLIENT_LICENSE_NOT_SET = 0xC00A0033, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CTX_CLIENT_LICENSE_IN_USE = 0xC00A0034, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CTX_SHADOW_ENDED_BY_MODE_CHANGE = 0xC00A0035, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CTX_SHADOW_NOT_RUNNING = 0xC00A0036, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CTX_LOGON_DISABLED = 0xC00A0037, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CTX_SECURITY_LAYER_ERROR = 0xC00A0038, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TS_INCOMPATIBLE_SESSIONS = 0xC00A0039, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TS_VIDEO_SUBSYSTEM_ERROR = 0xC00A003A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_MUI_FILE_NOT_FOUND = 0xC00B0001, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_MUI_INVALID_FILE = 0xC00B0002, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_MUI_INVALID_RC_CONFIG = 0xC00B0003, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_MUI_INVALID_LOCALE_NAME = 0xC00B0004, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_MUI_INVALID_ULTIMATEFALLBACK_NAME = 0xC00B0005, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_MUI_FILE_NOT_LOADED = 0xC00B0006, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_RESOURCE_ENUM_USER_STOP = 0xC00B0007, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CLUSTER_INVALID_NODE = 0xC0130001, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CLUSTER_NODE_EXISTS = 0xC0130002, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CLUSTER_JOIN_IN_PROGRESS = 0xC0130003, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CLUSTER_NODE_NOT_FOUND = 0xC0130004, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CLUSTER_LOCAL_NODE_NOT_FOUND = 0xC0130005, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CLUSTER_NETWORK_EXISTS = 0xC0130006, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CLUSTER_NETWORK_NOT_FOUND = 0xC0130007, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CLUSTER_NETINTERFACE_EXISTS = 0xC0130008, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CLUSTER_NETINTERFACE_NOT_FOUND = 0xC0130009, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CLUSTER_INVALID_REQUEST = 0xC013000A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CLUSTER_INVALID_NETWORK_PROVIDER = 0xC013000B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CLUSTER_NODE_DOWN = 0xC013000C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CLUSTER_NODE_UNREACHABLE = 0xC013000D, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CLUSTER_NODE_NOT_MEMBER = 0xC013000E, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CLUSTER_JOIN_NOT_IN_PROGRESS = 0xC013000F, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CLUSTER_INVALID_NETWORK = 0xC0130010, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CLUSTER_NO_NET_ADAPTERS = 0xC0130011, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CLUSTER_NODE_UP = 0xC0130012, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CLUSTER_NODE_PAUSED = 0xC0130013, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CLUSTER_NODE_NOT_PAUSED = 0xC0130014, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CLUSTER_NO_SECURITY_CONTEXT = 0xC0130015, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CLUSTER_NETWORK_NOT_INTERNAL = 0xC0130016, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CLUSTER_POISONED = 0xC0130017, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CLUSTER_NON_CSV_PATH = 0xC0130018, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CLUSTER_CSV_VOLUME_NOT_LOCAL = 0xC0130019, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CLUSTER_CSV_READ_OPLOCK_BREAK_IN_PROGRESS = 0xC0130020, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CLUSTER_CSV_AUTO_PAUSE_ERROR = 0xC0130021, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CLUSTER_CSV_REDIRECTED = 0xC0130022, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CLUSTER_CSV_NOT_REDIRECTED = 0xC0130023, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CLUSTER_CSV_VOLUME_DRAINING = 0xC0130024, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CLUSTER_CSV_SNAPSHOT_CREATION_IN_PROGRESS = 0xC0130025, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CLUSTER_CSV_VOLUME_DRAINING_SUCCEEDED_DOWNLEVEL = 0xC0130026, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_ACPI_INVALID_OPCODE = 0xC0140001, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_ACPI_STACK_OVERFLOW = 0xC0140002, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_ACPI_ASSERT_FAILED = 0xC0140003, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_ACPI_INVALID_INDEX = 0xC0140004, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_ACPI_INVALID_ARGUMENT = 0xC0140005, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_ACPI_FATAL = 0xC0140006, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_ACPI_INVALID_SUPERNAME = 0xC0140007, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_ACPI_INVALID_ARGTYPE = 0xC0140008, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_ACPI_INVALID_OBJTYPE = 0xC0140009, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_ACPI_INVALID_TARGETTYPE = 0xC014000A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_ACPI_INCORRECT_ARGUMENT_COUNT = 0xC014000B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_ACPI_ADDRESS_NOT_MAPPED = 0xC014000C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_ACPI_INVALID_EVENTTYPE = 0xC014000D, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_ACPI_HANDLER_COLLISION = 0xC014000E, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_ACPI_INVALID_DATA = 0xC014000F, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_ACPI_INVALID_REGION = 0xC0140010, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_ACPI_INVALID_ACCESS_SIZE = 0xC0140011, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_ACPI_ACQUIRE_GLOBAL_LOCK = 0xC0140012, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_ACPI_ALREADY_INITIALIZED = 0xC0140013, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_ACPI_NOT_INITIALIZED = 0xC0140014, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_ACPI_INVALID_MUTEX_LEVEL = 0xC0140015, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_ACPI_MUTEX_NOT_OWNED = 0xC0140016, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_ACPI_MUTEX_NOT_OWNER = 0xC0140017, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_ACPI_RS_ACCESS = 0xC0140018, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_ACPI_INVALID_TABLE = 0xC0140019, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_ACPI_REG_HANDLER_FAILED = 0xC0140020, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_ACPI_POWER_REQUEST_FAILED = 0xC0140021, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SXS_SECTION_NOT_FOUND = 0xC0150001, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SXS_CANT_GEN_ACTCTX = 0xC0150002, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SXS_INVALID_ACTCTXDATA_FORMAT = 0xC0150003, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SXS_ASSEMBLY_NOT_FOUND = 0xC0150004, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SXS_MANIFEST_FORMAT_ERROR = 0xC0150005, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SXS_MANIFEST_PARSE_ERROR = 0xC0150006, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SXS_ACTIVATION_CONTEXT_DISABLED = 0xC0150007, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SXS_KEY_NOT_FOUND = 0xC0150008, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SXS_VERSION_CONFLICT = 0xC0150009, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SXS_WRONG_SECTION_TYPE = 0xC015000A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SXS_THREAD_QUERIES_DISABLED = 0xC015000B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SXS_ASSEMBLY_MISSING = 0xC015000C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SXS_PROCESS_DEFAULT_ALREADY_SET = 0xC015000E, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SXS_EARLY_DEACTIVATION = 0xC015000F, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SXS_INVALID_DEACTIVATION = 0xC0150010, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SXS_MULTIPLE_DEACTIVATION = 0xC0150011, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SXS_SYSTEM_DEFAULT_ACTIVATION_CONTEXT_EMPTY = 0xC0150012, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SXS_PROCESS_TERMINATION_REQUESTED = 0xC0150013, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SXS_CORRUPT_ACTIVATION_STACK = 0xC0150014, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SXS_CORRUPTION = 0xC0150015, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SXS_INVALID_IDENTITY_ATTRIBUTE_VALUE = 0xC0150016, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SXS_INVALID_IDENTITY_ATTRIBUTE_NAME = 0xC0150017, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SXS_IDENTITY_DUPLICATE_ATTRIBUTE = 0xC0150018, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SXS_IDENTITY_PARSE_ERROR = 0xC0150019, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SXS_COMPONENT_STORE_CORRUPT = 0xC015001A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SXS_FILE_HASH_MISMATCH = 0xC015001B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SXS_MANIFEST_IDENTITY_SAME_BUT_CONTENTS_DIFFERENT = 0xC015001C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SXS_IDENTITIES_DIFFERENT = 0xC015001D, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SXS_ASSEMBLY_IS_NOT_A_DEPLOYMENT = 0xC015001E, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SXS_FILE_NOT_PART_OF_ASSEMBLY = 0xC015001F, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_ADVANCED_INSTALLER_FAILED = 0xC0150020, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_XML_ENCODING_MISMATCH = 0xC0150021, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SXS_MANIFEST_TOO_BIG = 0xC0150022, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SXS_SETTING_NOT_REGISTERED = 0xC0150023, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SXS_TRANSACTION_CLOSURE_INCOMPLETE = 0xC0150024, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SMI_PRIMITIVE_INSTALLER_FAILED = 0xC0150025, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GENERIC_COMMAND_FAILED = 0xC0150026, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SXS_FILE_HASH_MISSING = 0xC0150027, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TRANSACTIONAL_CONFLICT = 0xC0190001, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INVALID_TRANSACTION = 0xC0190002, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TRANSACTION_NOT_ACTIVE = 0xC0190003, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TM_INITIALIZATION_FAILED = 0xC0190004, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_RM_NOT_ACTIVE = 0xC0190005, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_RM_METADATA_CORRUPT = 0xC0190006, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TRANSACTION_NOT_JOINED = 0xC0190007, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_DIRECTORY_NOT_RM = 0xC0190008, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TRANSACTIONS_UNSUPPORTED_REMOTE = 0xC019000A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_LOG_RESIZE_INVALID_SIZE = 0xC019000B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_REMOTE_FILE_VERSION_MISMATCH = 0xC019000C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CRM_PROTOCOL_ALREADY_EXISTS = 0xC019000F, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TRANSACTION_PROPAGATION_FAILED = 0xC0190010, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CRM_PROTOCOL_NOT_FOUND = 0xC0190011, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TRANSACTION_SUPERIOR_EXISTS = 0xC0190012, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TRANSACTION_REQUEST_NOT_VALID = 0xC0190013, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TRANSACTION_NOT_REQUESTED = 0xC0190014, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TRANSACTION_ALREADY_ABORTED = 0xC0190015, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TRANSACTION_ALREADY_COMMITTED = 0xC0190016, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TRANSACTION_INVALID_MARSHALL_BUFFER = 0xC0190017, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CURRENT_TRANSACTION_NOT_VALID = 0xC0190018, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_LOG_GROWTH_FAILED = 0xC0190019, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_OBJECT_NO_LONGER_EXISTS = 0xC0190021, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_STREAM_MINIVERSION_NOT_FOUND = 0xC0190022, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_STREAM_MINIVERSION_NOT_VALID = 0xC0190023, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_MINIVERSION_INACCESSIBLE_FROM_SPECIFIED_TRANSACTION = 0xC0190024, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CANT_OPEN_MINIVERSION_WITH_MODIFY_INTENT = 0xC0190025, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CANT_CREATE_MORE_STREAM_MINIVERSIONS = 0xC0190026, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_HANDLE_NO_LONGER_VALID = 0xC0190028, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_LOG_CORRUPTION_DETECTED = 0xC0190030, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_RM_DISCONNECTED = 0xC0190032, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_ENLISTMENT_NOT_SUPERIOR = 0xC0190033, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FILE_IDENTITY_NOT_PERSISTENT = 0xC0190036, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CANT_BREAK_TRANSACTIONAL_DEPENDENCY = 0xC0190037, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CANT_CROSS_RM_BOUNDARY = 0xC0190038, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TXF_DIR_NOT_EMPTY = 0xC0190039, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_INDOUBT_TRANSACTIONS_EXIST = 0xC019003A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TM_VOLATILE = 0xC019003B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_ROLLBACK_TIMER_EXPIRED = 0xC019003C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TXF_ATTRIBUTE_CORRUPT = 0xC019003D, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_EFS_NOT_ALLOWED_IN_TRANSACTION = 0xC019003E, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TRANSACTIONAL_OPEN_NOT_ALLOWED = 0xC019003F, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TRANSACTED_MAPPING_UNSUPPORTED_REMOTE = 0xC0190040, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TRANSACTION_REQUIRED_PROMOTION = 0xC0190043, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CANNOT_EXECUTE_FILE_IN_TRANSACTION = 0xC0190044, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TRANSACTIONS_NOT_FROZEN = 0xC0190045, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TRANSACTION_FREEZE_IN_PROGRESS = 0xC0190046, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NOT_SNAPSHOT_VOLUME = 0xC0190047, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NO_SAVEPOINT_WITH_OPEN_FILES = 0xC0190048, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SPARSE_NOT_ALLOWED_IN_TRANSACTION = 0xC0190049, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TM_IDENTITY_MISMATCH = 0xC019004A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FLOATED_SECTION = 0xC019004B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CANNOT_ACCEPT_TRANSACTED_WORK = 0xC019004C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CANNOT_ABORT_TRANSACTIONS = 0xC019004D, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TRANSACTION_NOT_FOUND = 0xC019004E, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_RESOURCEMANAGER_NOT_FOUND = 0xC019004F, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_ENLISTMENT_NOT_FOUND = 0xC0190050, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TRANSACTIONMANAGER_NOT_FOUND = 0xC0190051, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TRANSACTIONMANAGER_NOT_ONLINE = 0xC0190052, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TRANSACTIONMANAGER_RECOVERY_NAME_COLLISION = 0xC0190053, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TRANSACTION_NOT_ROOT = 0xC0190054, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TRANSACTION_OBJECT_EXPIRED = 0xC0190055, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_COMPRESSION_NOT_ALLOWED_IN_TRANSACTION = 0xC0190056, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TRANSACTION_RESPONSE_NOT_ENLISTED = 0xC0190057, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TRANSACTION_RECORD_TOO_LONG = 0xC0190058, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NO_LINK_TRACKING_IN_TRANSACTION = 0xC0190059, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_OPERATION_NOT_SUPPORTED_IN_TRANSACTION = 0xC019005A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TRANSACTION_INTEGRITY_VIOLATED = 0xC019005B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TRANSACTIONMANAGER_IDENTITY_MISMATCH = 0xC019005C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_RM_CANNOT_BE_FROZEN_FOR_SNAPSHOT = 0xC019005D, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TRANSACTION_MUST_WRITETHROUGH = 0xC019005E, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TRANSACTION_NO_SUPERIOR = 0xC019005F, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_EXPIRED_HANDLE = 0xC0190060, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TRANSACTION_NOT_ENLISTED = 0xC0190061, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_LOG_SECTOR_INVALID = 0xC01A0001, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_LOG_SECTOR_PARITY_INVALID = 0xC01A0002, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_LOG_SECTOR_REMAPPED = 0xC01A0003, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_LOG_BLOCK_INCOMPLETE = 0xC01A0004, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_LOG_INVALID_RANGE = 0xC01A0005, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_LOG_BLOCKS_EXHAUSTED = 0xC01A0006, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_LOG_READ_CONTEXT_INVALID = 0xC01A0007, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_LOG_RESTART_INVALID = 0xC01A0008, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_LOG_BLOCK_VERSION = 0xC01A0009, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_LOG_BLOCK_INVALID = 0xC01A000A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_LOG_READ_MODE_INVALID = 0xC01A000B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_LOG_METADATA_CORRUPT = 0xC01A000D, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_LOG_METADATA_INVALID = 0xC01A000E, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_LOG_METADATA_INCONSISTENT = 0xC01A000F, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_LOG_RESERVATION_INVALID = 0xC01A0010, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_LOG_CANT_DELETE = 0xC01A0011, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_LOG_CONTAINER_LIMIT_EXCEEDED = 0xC01A0012, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_LOG_START_OF_LOG = 0xC01A0013, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_LOG_POLICY_ALREADY_INSTALLED = 0xC01A0014, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_LOG_POLICY_NOT_INSTALLED = 0xC01A0015, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_LOG_POLICY_INVALID = 0xC01A0016, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_LOG_POLICY_CONFLICT = 0xC01A0017, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_LOG_PINNED_ARCHIVE_TAIL = 0xC01A0018, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_LOG_RECORD_NONEXISTENT = 0xC01A0019, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_LOG_RECORDS_RESERVED_INVALID = 0xC01A001A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_LOG_SPACE_RESERVED_INVALID = 0xC01A001B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_LOG_TAIL_INVALID = 0xC01A001C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_LOG_FULL = 0xC01A001D, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_LOG_MULTIPLEXED = 0xC01A001E, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_LOG_DEDICATED = 0xC01A001F, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_LOG_ARCHIVE_NOT_IN_PROGRESS = 0xC01A0020, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_LOG_ARCHIVE_IN_PROGRESS = 0xC01A0021, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_LOG_EPHEMERAL = 0xC01A0022, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_LOG_NOT_ENOUGH_CONTAINERS = 0xC01A0023, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_LOG_CLIENT_ALREADY_REGISTERED = 0xC01A0024, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_LOG_CLIENT_NOT_REGISTERED = 0xC01A0025, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_LOG_FULL_HANDLER_IN_PROGRESS = 0xC01A0026, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_LOG_CONTAINER_READ_FAILED = 0xC01A0027, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_LOG_CONTAINER_WRITE_FAILED = 0xC01A0028, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_LOG_CONTAINER_OPEN_FAILED = 0xC01A0029, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_LOG_CONTAINER_STATE_INVALID = 0xC01A002A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_LOG_STATE_INVALID = 0xC01A002B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_LOG_PINNED = 0xC01A002C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_LOG_METADATA_FLUSH_FAILED = 0xC01A002D, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_LOG_INCONSISTENT_SECURITY = 0xC01A002E, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_LOG_APPENDED_FLUSH_FAILED = 0xC01A002F, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_LOG_PINNED_RESERVATION = 0xC01A0030, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VIDEO_HUNG_DISPLAY_DRIVER_THREAD = 0xC01B00EA, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FLT_NO_HANDLER_DEFINED = 0xC01C0001, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FLT_CONTEXT_ALREADY_DEFINED = 0xC01C0002, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FLT_INVALID_ASYNCHRONOUS_REQUEST = 0xC01C0003, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FLT_DISALLOW_FAST_IO = 0xC01C0004, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FLT_INVALID_NAME_REQUEST = 0xC01C0005, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FLT_NOT_SAFE_TO_POST_OPERATION = 0xC01C0006, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FLT_NOT_INITIALIZED = 0xC01C0007, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FLT_FILTER_NOT_READY = 0xC01C0008, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FLT_POST_OPERATION_CLEANUP = 0xC01C0009, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FLT_INTERNAL_ERROR = 0xC01C000A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FLT_DELETING_OBJECT = 0xC01C000B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FLT_MUST_BE_NONPAGED_POOL = 0xC01C000C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FLT_DUPLICATE_ENTRY = 0xC01C000D, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FLT_CBDQ_DISABLED = 0xC01C000E, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FLT_DO_NOT_ATTACH = 0xC01C000F, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FLT_DO_NOT_DETACH = 0xC01C0010, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FLT_INSTANCE_ALTITUDE_COLLISION = 0xC01C0011, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FLT_INSTANCE_NAME_COLLISION = 0xC01C0012, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FLT_FILTER_NOT_FOUND = 0xC01C0013, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FLT_VOLUME_NOT_FOUND = 0xC01C0014, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FLT_INSTANCE_NOT_FOUND = 0xC01C0015, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FLT_CONTEXT_ALLOCATION_NOT_FOUND = 0xC01C0016, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FLT_INVALID_CONTEXT_REGISTRATION = 0xC01C0017, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FLT_NAME_CACHE_MISS = 0xC01C0018, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FLT_NO_DEVICE_OBJECT = 0xC01C0019, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FLT_VOLUME_ALREADY_MOUNTED = 0xC01C001A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FLT_ALREADY_ENLISTED = 0xC01C001B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FLT_CONTEXT_ALREADY_LINKED = 0xC01C001C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FLT_NO_WAITER_FOR_REPLY = 0xC01C0020, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FLT_REGISTRATION_BUSY = 0xC01C0023, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_MONITOR_NO_DESCRIPTOR = 0xC01D0001, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_MONITOR_UNKNOWN_DESCRIPTOR_FORMAT = 0xC01D0002, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_MONITOR_INVALID_DESCRIPTOR_CHECKSUM = 0xC01D0003, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_MONITOR_INVALID_STANDARD_TIMING_BLOCK = 0xC01D0004, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_MONITOR_WMI_DATABLOCK_REGISTRATION_FAILED = 0xC01D0005, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_MONITOR_INVALID_SERIAL_NUMBER_MONDSC_BLOCK = 0xC01D0006, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_MONITOR_INVALID_USER_FRIENDLY_MONDSC_BLOCK = 0xC01D0007, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_MONITOR_NO_MORE_DESCRIPTOR_DATA = 0xC01D0008, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_MONITOR_INVALID_DETAILED_TIMING_BLOCK = 0xC01D0009, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_MONITOR_INVALID_MANUFACTURE_DATE = 0xC01D000A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_NOT_EXCLUSIVE_MODE_OWNER = 0xC01E0000, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_INSUFFICIENT_DMA_BUFFER = 0xC01E0001, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_INVALID_DISPLAY_ADAPTER = 0xC01E0002, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_ADAPTER_WAS_RESET = 0xC01E0003, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_INVALID_DRIVER_MODEL = 0xC01E0004, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_PRESENT_MODE_CHANGED = 0xC01E0005, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_PRESENT_OCCLUDED = 0xC01E0006, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_PRESENT_DENIED = 0xC01E0007, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_CANNOTCOLORCONVERT = 0xC01E0008, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_DRIVER_MISMATCH = 0xC01E0009, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_PRESENT_REDIRECTION_DISABLED = 0xC01E000B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_PRESENT_UNOCCLUDED = 0xC01E000C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_WINDOWDC_NOT_AVAILABLE = 0xC01E000D, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_WINDOWLESS_PRESENT_DISABLED = 0xC01E000E, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_NO_VIDEO_MEMORY = 0xC01E0100, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_CANT_LOCK_MEMORY = 0xC01E0101, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_ALLOCATION_BUSY = 0xC01E0102, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_TOO_MANY_REFERENCES = 0xC01E0103, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_TRY_AGAIN_LATER = 0xC01E0104, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_TRY_AGAIN_NOW = 0xC01E0105, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_ALLOCATION_INVALID = 0xC01E0106, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_UNSWIZZLING_APERTURE_UNAVAILABLE = 0xC01E0107, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_UNSWIZZLING_APERTURE_UNSUPPORTED = 0xC01E0108, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_CANT_EVICT_PINNED_ALLOCATION = 0xC01E0109, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_INVALID_ALLOCATION_USAGE = 0xC01E0110, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_CANT_RENDER_LOCKED_ALLOCATION = 0xC01E0111, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_ALLOCATION_CLOSED = 0xC01E0112, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_INVALID_ALLOCATION_INSTANCE = 0xC01E0113, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_INVALID_ALLOCATION_HANDLE = 0xC01E0114, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_WRONG_ALLOCATION_DEVICE = 0xC01E0115, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_ALLOCATION_CONTENT_LOST = 0xC01E0116, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_GPU_EXCEPTION_ON_DEVICE = 0xC01E0200, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_INVALID_VIDPN_TOPOLOGY = 0xC01E0300, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_VIDPN_TOPOLOGY_NOT_SUPPORTED = 0xC01E0301, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_VIDPN_TOPOLOGY_CURRENTLY_NOT_SUPPORTED = 0xC01E0302, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_INVALID_VIDPN = 0xC01E0303, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_INVALID_VIDEO_PRESENT_SOURCE = 0xC01E0304, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_INVALID_VIDEO_PRESENT_TARGET = 0xC01E0305, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_VIDPN_MODALITY_NOT_SUPPORTED = 0xC01E0306, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_INVALID_VIDPN_SOURCEMODESET = 0xC01E0308, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_INVALID_VIDPN_TARGETMODESET = 0xC01E0309, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_INVALID_FREQUENCY = 0xC01E030A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_INVALID_ACTIVE_REGION = 0xC01E030B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_INVALID_TOTAL_REGION = 0xC01E030C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_INVALID_VIDEO_PRESENT_SOURCE_MODE = 0xC01E0310, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_INVALID_VIDEO_PRESENT_TARGET_MODE = 0xC01E0311, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_PINNED_MODE_MUST_REMAIN_IN_SET = 0xC01E0312, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_PATH_ALREADY_IN_TOPOLOGY = 0xC01E0313, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_MODE_ALREADY_IN_MODESET = 0xC01E0314, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_INVALID_VIDEOPRESENTSOURCESET = 0xC01E0315, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_INVALID_VIDEOPRESENTTARGETSET = 0xC01E0316, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_SOURCE_ALREADY_IN_SET = 0xC01E0317, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_TARGET_ALREADY_IN_SET = 0xC01E0318, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_INVALID_VIDPN_PRESENT_PATH = 0xC01E0319, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_NO_RECOMMENDED_VIDPN_TOPOLOGY = 0xC01E031A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_INVALID_MONITOR_FREQUENCYRANGESET = 0xC01E031B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_INVALID_MONITOR_FREQUENCYRANGE = 0xC01E031C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_FREQUENCYRANGE_NOT_IN_SET = 0xC01E031D, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_FREQUENCYRANGE_ALREADY_IN_SET = 0xC01E031F, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_STALE_MODESET = 0xC01E0320, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_INVALID_MONITOR_SOURCEMODESET = 0xC01E0321, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_INVALID_MONITOR_SOURCE_MODE = 0xC01E0322, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_NO_RECOMMENDED_FUNCTIONAL_VIDPN = 0xC01E0323, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_MODE_ID_MUST_BE_UNIQUE = 0xC01E0324, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_EMPTY_ADAPTER_MONITOR_MODE_SUPPORT_INTERSECTION = 0xC01E0325, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_VIDEO_PRESENT_TARGETS_LESS_THAN_SOURCES = 0xC01E0326, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_PATH_NOT_IN_TOPOLOGY = 0xC01E0327, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_ADAPTER_MUST_HAVE_AT_LEAST_ONE_SOURCE = 0xC01E0328, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_ADAPTER_MUST_HAVE_AT_LEAST_ONE_TARGET = 0xC01E0329, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_INVALID_MONITORDESCRIPTORSET = 0xC01E032A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_INVALID_MONITORDESCRIPTOR = 0xC01E032B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_MONITORDESCRIPTOR_NOT_IN_SET = 0xC01E032C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_MONITORDESCRIPTOR_ALREADY_IN_SET = 0xC01E032D, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_MONITORDESCRIPTOR_ID_MUST_BE_UNIQUE = 0xC01E032E, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_INVALID_VIDPN_TARGET_SUBSET_TYPE = 0xC01E032F, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_RESOURCES_NOT_RELATED = 0xC01E0330, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_SOURCE_ID_MUST_BE_UNIQUE = 0xC01E0331, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_TARGET_ID_MUST_BE_UNIQUE = 0xC01E0332, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_NO_AVAILABLE_VIDPN_TARGET = 0xC01E0333, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_MONITOR_COULD_NOT_BE_ASSOCIATED_WITH_ADAPTER = 0xC01E0334, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_NO_VIDPNMGR = 0xC01E0335, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_NO_ACTIVE_VIDPN = 0xC01E0336, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_STALE_VIDPN_TOPOLOGY = 0xC01E0337, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_MONITOR_NOT_CONNECTED = 0xC01E0338, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_SOURCE_NOT_IN_TOPOLOGY = 0xC01E0339, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_INVALID_PRIMARYSURFACE_SIZE = 0xC01E033A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_INVALID_VISIBLEREGION_SIZE = 0xC01E033B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_INVALID_STRIDE = 0xC01E033C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_INVALID_PIXELFORMAT = 0xC01E033D, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_INVALID_COLORBASIS = 0xC01E033E, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_INVALID_PIXELVALUEACCESSMODE = 0xC01E033F, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_TARGET_NOT_IN_TOPOLOGY = 0xC01E0340, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_NO_DISPLAY_MODE_MANAGEMENT_SUPPORT = 0xC01E0341, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_VIDPN_SOURCE_IN_USE = 0xC01E0342, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_CANT_ACCESS_ACTIVE_VIDPN = 0xC01E0343, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_INVALID_PATH_IMPORTANCE_ORDINAL = 0xC01E0344, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_INVALID_PATH_CONTENT_GEOMETRY_TRANSFORMATION = 0xC01E0345, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_PATH_CONTENT_GEOMETRY_TRANSFORMATION_NOT_SUPPORTED = 0xC01E0346, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_INVALID_GAMMA_RAMP = 0xC01E0347, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_GAMMA_RAMP_NOT_SUPPORTED = 0xC01E0348, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_MULTISAMPLING_NOT_SUPPORTED = 0xC01E0349, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_MODE_NOT_IN_MODESET = 0xC01E034A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_INVALID_VIDPN_TOPOLOGY_RECOMMENDATION_REASON = 0xC01E034D, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_INVALID_PATH_CONTENT_TYPE = 0xC01E034E, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_INVALID_COPYPROTECTION_TYPE = 0xC01E034F, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_UNASSIGNED_MODESET_ALREADY_EXISTS = 0xC01E0350, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_INVALID_SCANLINE_ORDERING = 0xC01E0352, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_TOPOLOGY_CHANGES_NOT_ALLOWED = 0xC01E0353, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_NO_AVAILABLE_IMPORTANCE_ORDINALS = 0xC01E0354, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_INCOMPATIBLE_PRIVATE_FORMAT = 0xC01E0355, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_INVALID_MODE_PRUNING_ALGORITHM = 0xC01E0356, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_INVALID_MONITOR_CAPABILITY_ORIGIN = 0xC01E0357, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_INVALID_MONITOR_FREQUENCYRANGE_CONSTRAINT = 0xC01E0358, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_MAX_NUM_PATHS_REACHED = 0xC01E0359, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_CANCEL_VIDPN_TOPOLOGY_AUGMENTATION = 0xC01E035A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_INVALID_CLIENT_TYPE = 0xC01E035B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_CLIENTVIDPN_NOT_SET = 0xC01E035C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_SPECIFIED_CHILD_ALREADY_CONNECTED = 0xC01E0400, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_CHILD_DESCRIPTOR_NOT_SUPPORTED = 0xC01E0401, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_NOT_A_LINKED_ADAPTER = 0xC01E0430, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_LEADLINK_NOT_ENUMERATED = 0xC01E0431, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_CHAINLINKS_NOT_ENUMERATED = 0xC01E0432, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_ADAPTER_CHAIN_NOT_READY = 0xC01E0433, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_CHAINLINKS_NOT_STARTED = 0xC01E0434, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_CHAINLINKS_NOT_POWERED_ON = 0xC01E0435, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_INCONSISTENT_DEVICE_LINK_STATE = 0xC01E0436, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_NOT_POST_DEVICE_DRIVER = 0xC01E0438, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_ADAPTER_ACCESS_NOT_EXCLUDED = 0xC01E043B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_OPM_NOT_SUPPORTED = 0xC01E0500, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_COPP_NOT_SUPPORTED = 0xC01E0501, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_UAB_NOT_SUPPORTED = 0xC01E0502, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_OPM_INVALID_ENCRYPTED_PARAMETERS = 0xC01E0503, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_OPM_NO_PROTECTED_OUTPUTS_EXIST = 0xC01E0505, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_OPM_INTERNAL_ERROR = 0xC01E050B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_OPM_INVALID_HANDLE = 0xC01E050C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_PVP_INVALID_CERTIFICATE_LENGTH = 0xC01E050E, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_OPM_SPANNING_MODE_ENABLED = 0xC01E050F, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_OPM_THEATER_MODE_ENABLED = 0xC01E0510, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_PVP_HFS_FAILED = 0xC01E0511, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_OPM_INVALID_SRM = 0xC01E0512, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_OPM_OUTPUT_DOES_NOT_SUPPORT_HDCP = 0xC01E0513, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_OPM_OUTPUT_DOES_NOT_SUPPORT_ACP = 0xC01E0514, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_OPM_OUTPUT_DOES_NOT_SUPPORT_CGMSA = 0xC01E0515, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_OPM_HDCP_SRM_NEVER_SET = 0xC01E0516, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_OPM_RESOLUTION_TOO_HIGH = 0xC01E0517, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_OPM_ALL_HDCP_HARDWARE_ALREADY_IN_USE = 0xC01E0518, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_OPM_PROTECTED_OUTPUT_NO_LONGER_EXISTS = 0xC01E051A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_OPM_PROTECTED_OUTPUT_DOES_NOT_HAVE_COPP_SEMANTICS = 0xC01E051C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_OPM_INVALID_INFORMATION_REQUEST = 0xC01E051D, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_OPM_DRIVER_INTERNAL_ERROR = 0xC01E051E, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_OPM_PROTECTED_OUTPUT_DOES_NOT_HAVE_OPM_SEMANTICS = 0xC01E051F, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_OPM_SIGNALING_NOT_SUPPORTED = 0xC01E0520, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_OPM_INVALID_CONFIGURATION_REQUEST = 0xC01E0521, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_I2C_NOT_SUPPORTED = 0xC01E0580, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_I2C_DEVICE_DOES_NOT_EXIST = 0xC01E0581, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_I2C_ERROR_TRANSMITTING_DATA = 0xC01E0582, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_I2C_ERROR_RECEIVING_DATA = 0xC01E0583, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_DDCCI_VCP_NOT_SUPPORTED = 0xC01E0584, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_DDCCI_INVALID_DATA = 0xC01E0585, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_DDCCI_MONITOR_RETURNED_INVALID_TIMING_STATUS_BYTE = 0xC01E0586, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_DDCCI_INVALID_CAPABILITIES_STRING = 0xC01E0587, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_MCA_INTERNAL_ERROR = 0xC01E0588, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_DDCCI_INVALID_MESSAGE_COMMAND = 0xC01E0589, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_DDCCI_INVALID_MESSAGE_LENGTH = 0xC01E058A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_DDCCI_INVALID_MESSAGE_CHECKSUM = 0xC01E058B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_INVALID_PHYSICAL_MONITOR_HANDLE = 0xC01E058C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_MONITOR_NO_LONGER_EXISTS = 0xC01E058D, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_ONLY_CONSOLE_SESSION_SUPPORTED = 0xC01E05E0, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_NO_DISPLAY_DEVICE_CORRESPONDS_TO_NAME = 0xC01E05E1, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_DISPLAY_DEVICE_NOT_ATTACHED_TO_DESKTOP = 0xC01E05E2, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_MIRRORING_DEVICES_NOT_SUPPORTED = 0xC01E05E3, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_INVALID_POINTER = 0xC01E05E4, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_NO_MONITORS_CORRESPOND_TO_DISPLAY_DEVICE = 0xC01E05E5, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_PARAMETER_ARRAY_TOO_SMALL = 0xC01E05E6, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_INTERNAL_ERROR = 0xC01E05E7, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_GRAPHICS_SESSION_TYPE_CHANGE_IN_PROGRESS = 0xC01E05E8, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FVE_LOCKED_VOLUME = 0xC0210000, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FVE_NOT_ENCRYPTED = 0xC0210001, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FVE_BAD_INFORMATION = 0xC0210002, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FVE_TOO_SMALL = 0xC0210003, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FVE_FAILED_WRONG_FS = 0xC0210004, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FVE_BAD_PARTITION_SIZE = 0xC0210005, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FVE_FS_NOT_EXTENDED = 0xC0210006, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FVE_FS_MOUNTED = 0xC0210007, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FVE_NO_LICENSE = 0xC0210008, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FVE_ACTION_NOT_ALLOWED = 0xC0210009, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FVE_BAD_DATA = 0xC021000A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FVE_VOLUME_NOT_BOUND = 0xC021000B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FVE_NOT_DATA_VOLUME = 0xC021000C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FVE_CONV_READ_ERROR = 0xC021000D, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FVE_CONV_WRITE_ERROR = 0xC021000E, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FVE_OVERLAPPED_UPDATE = 0xC021000F, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FVE_FAILED_SECTOR_SIZE = 0xC0210010, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FVE_FAILED_AUTHENTICATION = 0xC0210011, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FVE_NOT_OS_VOLUME = 0xC0210012, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FVE_KEYFILE_NOT_FOUND = 0xC0210013, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FVE_KEYFILE_INVALID = 0xC0210014, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FVE_KEYFILE_NO_VMK = 0xC0210015, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FVE_TPM_DISABLED = 0xC0210016, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FVE_TPM_SRK_AUTH_NOT_ZERO = 0xC0210017, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FVE_TPM_INVALID_PCR = 0xC0210018, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FVE_TPM_NO_VMK = 0xC0210019, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FVE_PIN_INVALID = 0xC021001A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FVE_AUTH_INVALID_APPLICATION = 0xC021001B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FVE_AUTH_INVALID_CONFIG = 0xC021001C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FVE_DEBUGGER_ENABLED = 0xC021001D, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FVE_DRY_RUN_FAILED = 0xC021001E, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FVE_BAD_METADATA_POINTER = 0xC021001F, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FVE_OLD_METADATA_COPY = 0xC0210020, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FVE_REBOOT_REQUIRED = 0xC0210021, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FVE_RAW_ACCESS = 0xC0210022, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FVE_RAW_BLOCKED = 0xC0210023, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FVE_NO_AUTOUNLOCK_MASTER_KEY = 0xC0210024, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FVE_MOR_FAILED = 0xC0210025, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FVE_NO_FEATURE_LICENSE = 0xC0210026, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FVE_POLICY_USER_DISABLE_RDV_NOT_ALLOWED = 0xC0210027, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FVE_CONV_RECOVERY_FAILED = 0xC0210028, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FVE_VIRTUALIZED_SPACE_TOO_BIG = 0xC0210029, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FVE_INVALID_DATUM_TYPE = 0xC021002A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FVE_VOLUME_TOO_SMALL = 0xC0210030, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FVE_ENH_PIN_INVALID = 0xC0210031, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FVE_FULL_ENCRYPTION_NOT_ALLOWED_ON_TP_STORAGE = 0xC0210032, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FVE_WIPE_NOT_ALLOWED_ON_TP_STORAGE = 0xC0210033, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FVE_NOT_ALLOWED_ON_CSV_STACK = 0xC0210034, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FVE_NOT_ALLOWED_ON_CLUSTER = 0xC0210035, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FVE_NOT_ALLOWED_TO_UPGRADE_WHILE_CONVERTING = 0xC0210036, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FVE_WIPE_CANCEL_NOT_APPLICABLE = 0xC0210037, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FVE_EDRIVE_DRY_RUN_FAILED = 0xC0210038, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FVE_SECUREBOOT_DISABLED = 0xC0210039, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FVE_SECUREBOOT_CONFIG_CHANGE = 0xC021003A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FVE_DEVICE_LOCKEDOUT = 0xC021003B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FVE_VOLUME_EXTEND_PREVENTS_EOW_DECRYPT = 0xC021003C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FVE_NOT_DE_VOLUME = 0xC021003D, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FVE_PROTECTION_DISABLED = 0xC021003E, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FVE_PROTECTION_CANNOT_BE_DISABLED = 0xC021003F, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FWP_CALLOUT_NOT_FOUND = 0xC0220001, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FWP_CONDITION_NOT_FOUND = 0xC0220002, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FWP_FILTER_NOT_FOUND = 0xC0220003, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FWP_LAYER_NOT_FOUND = 0xC0220004, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FWP_PROVIDER_NOT_FOUND = 0xC0220005, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FWP_PROVIDER_CONTEXT_NOT_FOUND = 0xC0220006, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FWP_SUBLAYER_NOT_FOUND = 0xC0220007, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FWP_NOT_FOUND = 0xC0220008, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FWP_ALREADY_EXISTS = 0xC0220009, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FWP_IN_USE = 0xC022000A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FWP_DYNAMIC_SESSION_IN_PROGRESS = 0xC022000B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FWP_WRONG_SESSION = 0xC022000C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FWP_NO_TXN_IN_PROGRESS = 0xC022000D, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FWP_TXN_IN_PROGRESS = 0xC022000E, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FWP_TXN_ABORTED = 0xC022000F, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FWP_SESSION_ABORTED = 0xC0220010, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FWP_INCOMPATIBLE_TXN = 0xC0220011, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FWP_TIMEOUT = 0xC0220012, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FWP_NET_EVENTS_DISABLED = 0xC0220013, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FWP_INCOMPATIBLE_LAYER = 0xC0220014, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FWP_KM_CLIENTS_ONLY = 0xC0220015, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FWP_LIFETIME_MISMATCH = 0xC0220016, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FWP_BUILTIN_OBJECT = 0xC0220017, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FWP_TOO_MANY_CALLOUTS = 0xC0220018, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FWP_NOTIFICATION_DROPPED = 0xC0220019, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FWP_TRAFFIC_MISMATCH = 0xC022001A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FWP_INCOMPATIBLE_SA_STATE = 0xC022001B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FWP_NULL_POINTER = 0xC022001C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FWP_INVALID_ENUMERATOR = 0xC022001D, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FWP_INVALID_FLAGS = 0xC022001E, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FWP_INVALID_NET_MASK = 0xC022001F, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FWP_INVALID_RANGE = 0xC0220020, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FWP_INVALID_INTERVAL = 0xC0220021, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FWP_ZERO_LENGTH_ARRAY = 0xC0220022, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FWP_NULL_DISPLAY_NAME = 0xC0220023, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FWP_INVALID_ACTION_TYPE = 0xC0220024, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FWP_INVALID_WEIGHT = 0xC0220025, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FWP_MATCH_TYPE_MISMATCH = 0xC0220026, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FWP_TYPE_MISMATCH = 0xC0220027, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FWP_OUT_OF_BOUNDS = 0xC0220028, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FWP_RESERVED = 0xC0220029, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FWP_DUPLICATE_CONDITION = 0xC022002A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FWP_DUPLICATE_KEYMOD = 0xC022002B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FWP_ACTION_INCOMPATIBLE_WITH_LAYER = 0xC022002C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FWP_ACTION_INCOMPATIBLE_WITH_SUBLAYER = 0xC022002D, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FWP_CONTEXT_INCOMPATIBLE_WITH_LAYER = 0xC022002E, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FWP_CONTEXT_INCOMPATIBLE_WITH_CALLOUT = 0xC022002F, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FWP_INCOMPATIBLE_AUTH_METHOD = 0xC0220030, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FWP_INCOMPATIBLE_DH_GROUP = 0xC0220031, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FWP_EM_NOT_SUPPORTED = 0xC0220032, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FWP_NEVER_MATCH = 0xC0220033, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FWP_PROVIDER_CONTEXT_MISMATCH = 0xC0220034, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FWP_INVALID_PARAMETER = 0xC0220035, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FWP_TOO_MANY_SUBLAYERS = 0xC0220036, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FWP_CALLOUT_NOTIFICATION_FAILED = 0xC0220037, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FWP_INVALID_AUTH_TRANSFORM = 0xC0220038, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FWP_INVALID_CIPHER_TRANSFORM = 0xC0220039, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FWP_INCOMPATIBLE_CIPHER_TRANSFORM = 0xC022003A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FWP_INVALID_TRANSFORM_COMBINATION = 0xC022003B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FWP_DUPLICATE_AUTH_METHOD = 0xC022003C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FWP_INVALID_TUNNEL_ENDPOINT = 0xC022003D, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FWP_L2_DRIVER_NOT_READY = 0xC022003E, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FWP_KEY_DICTATOR_ALREADY_REGISTERED = 0xC022003F, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FWP_KEY_DICTATION_INVALID_KEYING_MATERIAL = 0xC0220040, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FWP_CONNECTIONS_DISABLED = 0xC0220041, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FWP_INVALID_DNS_NAME = 0xC0220042, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FWP_STILL_ON = 0xC0220043, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FWP_IKEEXT_NOT_RUNNING = 0xC0220044, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FWP_TCPIP_NOT_READY = 0xC0220100, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FWP_INJECT_HANDLE_CLOSING = 0xC0220101, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FWP_INJECT_HANDLE_STALE = 0xC0220102, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FWP_CANNOT_PEND = 0xC0220103, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_FWP_DROP_NOICMP = 0xC0220104, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NDIS_CLOSING = 0xC0230002, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NDIS_BAD_VERSION = 0xC0230004, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NDIS_BAD_CHARACTERISTICS = 0xC0230005, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NDIS_ADAPTER_NOT_FOUND = 0xC0230006, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NDIS_OPEN_FAILED = 0xC0230007, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NDIS_DEVICE_FAILED = 0xC0230008, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NDIS_MULTICAST_FULL = 0xC0230009, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NDIS_MULTICAST_EXISTS = 0xC023000A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NDIS_MULTICAST_NOT_FOUND = 0xC023000B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NDIS_REQUEST_ABORTED = 0xC023000C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NDIS_RESET_IN_PROGRESS = 0xC023000D, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NDIS_INVALID_PACKET = 0xC023000F, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NDIS_INVALID_DEVICE_REQUEST = 0xC0230010, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NDIS_ADAPTER_NOT_READY = 0xC0230011, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NDIS_INVALID_LENGTH = 0xC0230014, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NDIS_INVALID_DATA = 0xC0230015, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NDIS_BUFFER_TOO_SHORT = 0xC0230016, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NDIS_INVALID_OID = 0xC0230017, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NDIS_ADAPTER_REMOVED = 0xC0230018, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NDIS_UNSUPPORTED_MEDIA = 0xC0230019, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NDIS_GROUP_ADDRESS_IN_USE = 0xC023001A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NDIS_FILE_NOT_FOUND = 0xC023001B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NDIS_ERROR_READING_FILE = 0xC023001C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NDIS_ALREADY_MAPPED = 0xC023001D, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NDIS_RESOURCE_CONFLICT = 0xC023001E, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NDIS_MEDIA_DISCONNECTED = 0xC023001F, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NDIS_INVALID_ADDRESS = 0xC0230022, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NDIS_PAUSED = 0xC023002A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NDIS_INTERFACE_NOT_FOUND = 0xC023002B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NDIS_UNSUPPORTED_REVISION = 0xC023002C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NDIS_INVALID_PORT = 0xC023002D, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NDIS_INVALID_PORT_STATE = 0xC023002E, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NDIS_LOW_POWER_STATE = 0xC023002F, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NDIS_REINIT_REQUIRED = 0xC0230030, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NDIS_NOT_SUPPORTED = 0xC02300BB, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NDIS_OFFLOAD_POLICY = 0xC023100F, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NDIS_OFFLOAD_CONNECTION_REJECTED = 0xC0231012, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NDIS_OFFLOAD_PATH_REJECTED = 0xC0231013, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NDIS_DOT11_AUTO_CONFIG_ENABLED = 0xC0232000, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NDIS_DOT11_MEDIA_IN_USE = 0xC0232001, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NDIS_DOT11_POWER_STATE_INVALID = 0xC0232002, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NDIS_PM_WOL_PATTERN_LIST_FULL = 0xC0232003, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_NDIS_PM_PROTOCOL_OFFLOAD_LIST_FULL = 0xC0232004, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_ERROR_MASK = 0xC0290000, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_AUTHFAIL = 0xC0290001, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_BADINDEX = 0xC0290002, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_BAD_PARAMETER = 0xC0290003, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_AUDITFAILURE = 0xC0290004, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_CLEAR_DISABLED = 0xC0290005, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_DEACTIVATED = 0xC0290006, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_DISABLED = 0xC0290007, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_DISABLED_CMD = 0xC0290008, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_FAIL = 0xC0290009, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_BAD_ORDINAL = 0xC029000A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_INSTALL_DISABLED = 0xC029000B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_INVALID_KEYHANDLE = 0xC029000C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_KEYNOTFOUND = 0xC029000D, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_INAPPROPRIATE_ENC = 0xC029000E, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_MIGRATEFAIL = 0xC029000F, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_INVALID_PCR_INFO = 0xC0290010, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_NOSPACE = 0xC0290011, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_NOSRK = 0xC0290012, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_NOTSEALED_BLOB = 0xC0290013, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_OWNER_SET = 0xC0290014, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_RESOURCES = 0xC0290015, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_SHORTRANDOM = 0xC0290016, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_SIZE = 0xC0290017, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_WRONGPCRVAL = 0xC0290018, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_BAD_PARAM_SIZE = 0xC0290019, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_SHA_THREAD = 0xC029001A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_SHA_ERROR = 0xC029001B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_FAILEDSELFTEST = 0xC029001C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_AUTH2FAIL = 0xC029001D, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_BADTAG = 0xC029001E, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_IOERROR = 0xC029001F, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_ENCRYPT_ERROR = 0xC0290020, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_DECRYPT_ERROR = 0xC0290021, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_INVALID_AUTHHANDLE = 0xC0290022, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_NO_ENDORSEMENT = 0xC0290023, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_INVALID_KEYUSAGE = 0xC0290024, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_WRONG_ENTITYTYPE = 0xC0290025, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_INVALID_POSTINIT = 0xC0290026, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_INAPPROPRIATE_SIG = 0xC0290027, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_BAD_KEY_PROPERTY = 0xC0290028, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_BAD_MIGRATION = 0xC0290029, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_BAD_SCHEME = 0xC029002A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_BAD_DATASIZE = 0xC029002B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_BAD_MODE = 0xC029002C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_BAD_PRESENCE = 0xC029002D, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_BAD_VERSION = 0xC029002E, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_NO_WRAP_TRANSPORT = 0xC029002F, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_AUDITFAIL_UNSUCCESSFUL = 0xC0290030, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_AUDITFAIL_SUCCESSFUL = 0xC0290031, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_NOTRESETABLE = 0xC0290032, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_NOTLOCAL = 0xC0290033, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_BAD_TYPE = 0xC0290034, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_INVALID_RESOURCE = 0xC0290035, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_NOTFIPS = 0xC0290036, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_INVALID_FAMILY = 0xC0290037, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_NO_NV_PERMISSION = 0xC0290038, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_REQUIRES_SIGN = 0xC0290039, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_KEY_NOTSUPPORTED = 0xC029003A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_AUTH_CONFLICT = 0xC029003B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_AREA_LOCKED = 0xC029003C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_BAD_LOCALITY = 0xC029003D, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_READ_ONLY = 0xC029003E, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_PER_NOWRITE = 0xC029003F, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_FAMILYCOUNT = 0xC0290040, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_WRITE_LOCKED = 0xC0290041, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_BAD_ATTRIBUTES = 0xC0290042, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_INVALID_STRUCTURE = 0xC0290043, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_KEY_OWNER_CONTROL = 0xC0290044, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_BAD_COUNTER = 0xC0290045, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_NOT_FULLWRITE = 0xC0290046, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_CONTEXT_GAP = 0xC0290047, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_MAXNVWRITES = 0xC0290048, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_NOOPERATOR = 0xC0290049, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_RESOURCEMISSING = 0xC029004A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_DELEGATE_LOCK = 0xC029004B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_DELEGATE_FAMILY = 0xC029004C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_DELEGATE_ADMIN = 0xC029004D, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_TRANSPORT_NOTEXCLUSIVE = 0xC029004E, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_OWNER_CONTROL = 0xC029004F, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_DAA_RESOURCES = 0xC0290050, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_DAA_INPUT_DATA0 = 0xC0290051, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_DAA_INPUT_DATA1 = 0xC0290052, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_DAA_ISSUER_SETTINGS = 0xC0290053, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_DAA_TPM_SETTINGS = 0xC0290054, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_DAA_STAGE = 0xC0290055, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_DAA_ISSUER_VALIDITY = 0xC0290056, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_DAA_WRONG_W = 0xC0290057, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_BAD_HANDLE = 0xC0290058, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_BAD_DELEGATE = 0xC0290059, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_BADCONTEXT = 0xC029005A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_TOOMANYCONTEXTS = 0xC029005B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_MA_TICKET_SIGNATURE = 0xC029005C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_MA_DESTINATION = 0xC029005D, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_MA_SOURCE = 0xC029005E, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_MA_AUTHORITY = 0xC029005F, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_PERMANENTEK = 0xC0290061, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_BAD_SIGNATURE = 0xC0290062, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_NOCONTEXTSPACE = 0xC0290063, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_COMMAND_BLOCKED = 0xC0290400, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_INVALID_HANDLE = 0xC0290401, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_DUPLICATE_VHANDLE = 0xC0290402, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_EMBEDDED_COMMAND_BLOCKED = 0xC0290403, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_EMBEDDED_COMMAND_UNSUPPORTED = 0xC0290404, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_RETRY = 0xC0290800, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_NEEDS_SELFTEST = 0xC0290801, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_DOING_SELFTEST = 0xC0290802, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_DEFEND_LOCK_RUNNING = 0xC0290803, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_COMMAND_CANCELED = 0xC0291001, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_TOO_MANY_CONTEXTS = 0xC0291002, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_NOT_FOUND = 0xC0291003, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_ACCESS_DENIED = 0xC0291004, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_INSUFFICIENT_BUFFER = 0xC0291005, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_TPM_PPI_FUNCTION_UNSUPPORTED = 0xC0291006, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_PCP_ERROR_MASK = 0xC0292000, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_PCP_DEVICE_NOT_READY = 0xC0292001, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_PCP_INVALID_HANDLE = 0xC0292002, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_PCP_INVALID_PARAMETER = 0xC0292003, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_PCP_FLAG_NOT_SUPPORTED = 0xC0292004, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_PCP_NOT_SUPPORTED = 0xC0292005, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_PCP_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL = 0xC0292006, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_PCP_INTERNAL_ERROR = 0xC0292007, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_PCP_AUTHENTICATION_FAILED = 0xC0292008, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_PCP_AUTHENTICATION_IGNORED = 0xC0292009, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_PCP_POLICY_NOT_FOUND = 0xC029200A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_PCP_PROFILE_NOT_FOUND = 0xC029200B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_PCP_VALIDATION_FAILED = 0xC029200C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_PCP_DEVICE_NOT_FOUND = 0xC029200D, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_HV_INVALID_HYPERCALL_CODE = 0xC0350002, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_HV_INVALID_HYPERCALL_INPUT = 0xC0350003, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_HV_INVALID_ALIGNMENT = 0xC0350004, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_HV_INVALID_PARAMETER = 0xC0350005, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_HV_ACCESS_DENIED = 0xC0350006, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_HV_INVALID_PARTITION_STATE = 0xC0350007, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_HV_OPERATION_DENIED = 0xC0350008, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_HV_UNKNOWN_PROPERTY = 0xC0350009, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_HV_PROPERTY_VALUE_OUT_OF_RANGE = 0xC035000A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_HV_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY = 0xC035000B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_HV_PARTITION_TOO_DEEP = 0xC035000C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_HV_INVALID_PARTITION_ID = 0xC035000D, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_HV_INVALID_VP_INDEX = 0xC035000E, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_HV_INVALID_PORT_ID = 0xC0350011, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_HV_INVALID_CONNECTION_ID = 0xC0350012, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_HV_INSUFFICIENT_BUFFERS = 0xC0350013, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_HV_NOT_ACKNOWLEDGED = 0xC0350014, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_HV_ACKNOWLEDGED = 0xC0350016, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_HV_INVALID_SAVE_RESTORE_STATE = 0xC0350017, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_HV_INVALID_SYNIC_STATE = 0xC0350018, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_HV_OBJECT_IN_USE = 0xC0350019, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_HV_INVALID_PROXIMITY_DOMAIN_INFO = 0xC035001A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_HV_NO_DATA = 0xC035001B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_HV_INACTIVE = 0xC035001C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_HV_NO_RESOURCES = 0xC035001D, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_HV_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE = 0xC035001E, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_HV_INSUFFICIENT_BUFFER = 0xC0350033, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_HV_INSUFFICIENT_DEVICE_DOMAINS = 0xC0350038, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_HV_INVALID_LP_INDEX = 0xC0350041, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_HV_NOT_PRESENT = 0xC0351000, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_IPSEC_BAD_SPI = 0xC0360001, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_IPSEC_SA_LIFETIME_EXPIRED = 0xC0360002, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_IPSEC_WRONG_SA = 0xC0360003, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_IPSEC_REPLAY_CHECK_FAILED = 0xC0360004, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_IPSEC_INVALID_PACKET = 0xC0360005, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_IPSEC_INTEGRITY_CHECK_FAILED = 0xC0360006, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_IPSEC_CLEAR_TEXT_DROP = 0xC0360007, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_IPSEC_AUTH_FIREWALL_DROP = 0xC0360008, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_IPSEC_THROTTLE_DROP = 0xC0360009, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_IPSEC_DOSP_BLOCK = 0xC0368000, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_IPSEC_DOSP_RECEIVED_MULTICAST = 0xC0368001, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_IPSEC_DOSP_INVALID_PACKET = 0xC0368002, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_IPSEC_DOSP_STATE_LOOKUP_FAILED = 0xC0368003, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_IPSEC_DOSP_MAX_ENTRIES = 0xC0368004, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_IPSEC_DOSP_KEYMOD_NOT_ALLOWED = 0xC0368005, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_IPSEC_DOSP_MAX_PER_IP_RATELIMIT_QUEUES = 0xC0368006, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VID_DUPLICATE_HANDLER = 0xC0370001, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VID_TOO_MANY_HANDLERS = 0xC0370002, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VID_QUEUE_FULL = 0xC0370003, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VID_HANDLER_NOT_PRESENT = 0xC0370004, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VID_INVALID_OBJECT_NAME = 0xC0370005, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VID_PARTITION_NAME_TOO_LONG = 0xC0370006, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VID_MESSAGE_QUEUE_NAME_TOO_LONG = 0xC0370007, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VID_PARTITION_ALREADY_EXISTS = 0xC0370008, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VID_PARTITION_DOES_NOT_EXIST = 0xC0370009, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VID_PARTITION_NAME_NOT_FOUND = 0xC037000A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VID_MESSAGE_QUEUE_ALREADY_EXISTS = 0xC037000B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VID_EXCEEDED_MBP_ENTRY_MAP_LIMIT = 0xC037000C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VID_MB_STILL_REFERENCED = 0xC037000D, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VID_CHILD_GPA_PAGE_SET_CORRUPTED = 0xC037000E, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VID_INVALID_NUMA_SETTINGS = 0xC037000F, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VID_INVALID_NUMA_NODE_INDEX = 0xC0370010, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VID_NOTIFICATION_QUEUE_ALREADY_ASSOCIATED = 0xC0370011, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VID_INVALID_MEMORY_BLOCK_HANDLE = 0xC0370012, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VID_PAGE_RANGE_OVERFLOW = 0xC0370013, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VID_INVALID_MESSAGE_QUEUE_HANDLE = 0xC0370014, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VID_INVALID_GPA_RANGE_HANDLE = 0xC0370015, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VID_NO_MEMORY_BLOCK_NOTIFICATION_QUEUE = 0xC0370016, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VID_MEMORY_BLOCK_LOCK_COUNT_EXCEEDED = 0xC0370017, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VID_INVALID_PPM_HANDLE = 0xC0370018, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VID_MBPS_ARE_LOCKED = 0xC0370019, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VID_MESSAGE_QUEUE_CLOSED = 0xC037001A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VID_VIRTUAL_PROCESSOR_LIMIT_EXCEEDED = 0xC037001B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VID_STOP_PENDING = 0xC037001C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VID_INVALID_PROCESSOR_STATE = 0xC037001D, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VID_EXCEEDED_KM_CONTEXT_COUNT_LIMIT = 0xC037001E, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VID_KM_INTERFACE_ALREADY_INITIALIZED = 0xC037001F, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VID_MB_PROPERTY_ALREADY_SET_RESET = 0xC0370020, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VID_MMIO_RANGE_DESTROYED = 0xC0370021, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VID_INVALID_CHILD_GPA_PAGE_SET = 0xC0370022, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VID_RESERVE_PAGE_SET_IS_BEING_USED = 0xC0370023, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VID_RESERVE_PAGE_SET_TOO_SMALL = 0xC0370024, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VID_MBP_ALREADY_LOCKED_USING_RESERVED_PAGE = 0xC0370025, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VID_MBP_COUNT_EXCEEDED_LIMIT = 0xC0370026, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VID_SAVED_STATE_CORRUPT = 0xC0370027, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VID_SAVED_STATE_UNRECOGNIZED_ITEM = 0xC0370028, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VID_SAVED_STATE_INCOMPATIBLE = 0xC0370029, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_DATABASE_FULL = 0xC0380001, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_DISK_CONFIGURATION_CORRUPTED = 0xC0380002, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_DISK_CONFIGURATION_NOT_IN_SYNC = 0xC0380003, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_PACK_CONFIG_UPDATE_FAILED = 0xC0380004, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_DISK_CONTAINS_NON_SIMPLE_VOLUME = 0xC0380005, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_DISK_DUPLICATE = 0xC0380006, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_DISK_DYNAMIC = 0xC0380007, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_DISK_ID_INVALID = 0xC0380008, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_DISK_INVALID = 0xC0380009, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_DISK_LAST_VOTER = 0xC038000A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_DISK_LAYOUT_INVALID = 0xC038000B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_DISK_LAYOUT_NON_BASIC_BETWEEN_BASIC_PARTITIONS = 0xC038000C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_DISK_LAYOUT_NOT_CYLINDER_ALIGNED = 0xC038000D, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_DISK_LAYOUT_PARTITIONS_TOO_SMALL = 0xC038000E, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_DISK_LAYOUT_PRIMARY_BETWEEN_LOGICAL_PARTITIONS = 0xC038000F, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_DISK_LAYOUT_TOO_MANY_PARTITIONS = 0xC0380010, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_DISK_MISSING = 0xC0380011, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_DISK_NOT_EMPTY = 0xC0380012, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_DISK_NOT_ENOUGH_SPACE = 0xC0380013, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_DISK_REVECTORING_FAILED = 0xC0380014, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_DISK_SECTOR_SIZE_INVALID = 0xC0380015, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_DISK_SET_NOT_CONTAINED = 0xC0380016, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_DISK_USED_BY_MULTIPLE_MEMBERS = 0xC0380017, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_DISK_USED_BY_MULTIPLE_PLEXES = 0xC0380018, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_DYNAMIC_DISK_NOT_SUPPORTED = 0xC0380019, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_EXTENT_ALREADY_USED = 0xC038001A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_EXTENT_NOT_CONTIGUOUS = 0xC038001B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_EXTENT_NOT_IN_PUBLIC_REGION = 0xC038001C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_EXTENT_NOT_SECTOR_ALIGNED = 0xC038001D, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_EXTENT_OVERLAPS_EBR_PARTITION = 0xC038001E, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_EXTENT_VOLUME_LENGTHS_DO_NOT_MATCH = 0xC038001F, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_FAULT_TOLERANT_NOT_SUPPORTED = 0xC0380020, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_INTERLEAVE_LENGTH_INVALID = 0xC0380021, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_MAXIMUM_REGISTERED_USERS = 0xC0380022, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_MEMBER_IN_SYNC = 0xC0380023, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_MEMBER_INDEX_DUPLICATE = 0xC0380024, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_MEMBER_INDEX_INVALID = 0xC0380025, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_MEMBER_MISSING = 0xC0380026, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_MEMBER_NOT_DETACHED = 0xC0380027, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_MEMBER_REGENERATING = 0xC0380028, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_ALL_DISKS_FAILED = 0xC0380029, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_NO_REGISTERED_USERS = 0xC038002A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_NO_SUCH_USER = 0xC038002B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_NOTIFICATION_RESET = 0xC038002C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_NUMBER_OF_MEMBERS_INVALID = 0xC038002D, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_NUMBER_OF_PLEXES_INVALID = 0xC038002E, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_PACK_DUPLICATE = 0xC038002F, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_PACK_ID_INVALID = 0xC0380030, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_PACK_INVALID = 0xC0380031, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_PACK_NAME_INVALID = 0xC0380032, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_PACK_OFFLINE = 0xC0380033, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_PACK_HAS_QUORUM = 0xC0380034, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_PACK_WITHOUT_QUORUM = 0xC0380035, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_PARTITION_STYLE_INVALID = 0xC0380036, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_PARTITION_UPDATE_FAILED = 0xC0380037, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_PLEX_IN_SYNC = 0xC0380038, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_PLEX_INDEX_DUPLICATE = 0xC0380039, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_PLEX_INDEX_INVALID = 0xC038003A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_PLEX_LAST_ACTIVE = 0xC038003B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_PLEX_MISSING = 0xC038003C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_PLEX_REGENERATING = 0xC038003D, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_PLEX_TYPE_INVALID = 0xC038003E, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_PLEX_NOT_RAID5 = 0xC038003F, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_PLEX_NOT_SIMPLE = 0xC0380040, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_STRUCTURE_SIZE_INVALID = 0xC0380041, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_TOO_MANY_NOTIFICATION_REQUESTS = 0xC0380042, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_TRANSACTION_IN_PROGRESS = 0xC0380043, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_UNEXPECTED_DISK_LAYOUT_CHANGE = 0xC0380044, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_VOLUME_CONTAINS_MISSING_DISK = 0xC0380045, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_VOLUME_ID_INVALID = 0xC0380046, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_VOLUME_LENGTH_INVALID = 0xC0380047, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_VOLUME_LENGTH_NOT_SECTOR_SIZE_MULTIPLE = 0xC0380048, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_VOLUME_NOT_MIRRORED = 0xC0380049, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_VOLUME_NOT_RETAINED = 0xC038004A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_VOLUME_OFFLINE = 0xC038004B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_VOLUME_RETAINED = 0xC038004C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_NUMBER_OF_EXTENTS_INVALID = 0xC038004D, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_DIFFERENT_SECTOR_SIZE = 0xC038004E, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_BAD_BOOT_DISK = 0xC038004F, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_PACK_CONFIG_OFFLINE = 0xC0380050, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_PACK_CONFIG_ONLINE = 0xC0380051, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_NOT_PRIMARY_PACK = 0xC0380052, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_PACK_LOG_UPDATE_FAILED = 0xC0380053, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_NUMBER_OF_DISKS_IN_PLEX_INVALID = 0xC0380054, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_NUMBER_OF_DISKS_IN_MEMBER_INVALID = 0xC0380055, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_VOLUME_MIRRORED = 0xC0380056, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_PLEX_NOT_SIMPLE_SPANNED = 0xC0380057, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_NO_VALID_LOG_COPIES = 0xC0380058, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_PRIMARY_PACK_PRESENT = 0xC0380059, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_NUMBER_OF_DISKS_INVALID = 0xC038005A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_MIRROR_NOT_SUPPORTED = 0xC038005B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLMGR_RAID5_NOT_SUPPORTED = 0xC038005C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_BCD_TOO_MANY_ELEMENTS = 0xC0390002, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VHD_DRIVE_FOOTER_MISSING = 0xC03A0001, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VHD_DRIVE_FOOTER_CHECKSUM_MISMATCH = 0xC03A0002, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VHD_DRIVE_FOOTER_CORRUPT = 0xC03A0003, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VHD_FORMAT_UNKNOWN = 0xC03A0004, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VHD_FORMAT_UNSUPPORTED_VERSION = 0xC03A0005, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VHD_SPARSE_HEADER_CHECKSUM_MISMATCH = 0xC03A0006, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VHD_SPARSE_HEADER_UNSUPPORTED_VERSION = 0xC03A0007, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VHD_SPARSE_HEADER_CORRUPT = 0xC03A0008, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VHD_BLOCK_ALLOCATION_FAILURE = 0xC03A0009, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VHD_BLOCK_ALLOCATION_TABLE_CORRUPT = 0xC03A000A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VHD_INVALID_BLOCK_SIZE = 0xC03A000B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VHD_BITMAP_MISMATCH = 0xC03A000C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VHD_PARENT_VHD_NOT_FOUND = 0xC03A000D, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VHD_CHILD_PARENT_ID_MISMATCH = 0xC03A000E, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VHD_CHILD_PARENT_TIMESTAMP_MISMATCH = 0xC03A000F, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VHD_METADATA_READ_FAILURE = 0xC03A0010, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VHD_METADATA_WRITE_FAILURE = 0xC03A0011, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VHD_INVALID_SIZE = 0xC03A0012, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VHD_INVALID_FILE_SIZE = 0xC03A0013, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VIRTDISK_PROVIDER_NOT_FOUND = 0xC03A0014, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VIRTDISK_NOT_VIRTUAL_DISK = 0xC03A0015, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VHD_PARENT_VHD_ACCESS_DENIED = 0xC03A0016, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VHD_CHILD_PARENT_SIZE_MISMATCH = 0xC03A0017, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VHD_DIFFERENCING_CHAIN_CYCLE_DETECTED = 0xC03A0018, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VHD_DIFFERENCING_CHAIN_ERROR_IN_PARENT = 0xC03A0019, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VIRTUAL_DISK_LIMITATION = 0xC03A001A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VHD_INVALID_TYPE = 0xC03A001B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VHD_INVALID_STATE = 0xC03A001C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VIRTDISK_UNSUPPORTED_DISK_SECTOR_SIZE = 0xC03A001D, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VIRTDISK_DISK_ALREADY_OWNED = 0xC03A001E, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VIRTDISK_DISK_ONLINE_AND_WRITABLE = 0xC03A001F, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CTLOG_TRACKING_NOT_INITIALIZED = 0xC03A0020, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CTLOG_LOGFILE_SIZE_EXCEEDED_MAXSIZE = 0xC03A0021, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CTLOG_VHD_CHANGED_OFFLINE = 0xC03A0022, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CTLOG_INVALID_TRACKING_STATE = 0xC03A0023, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_CTLOG_INCONSISTENT_TRACKING_FILE = 0xC03A0024, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VHD_METADATA_FULL = 0xC03A0028, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_RKF_KEY_NOT_FOUND = 0xC0400001, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_RKF_DUPLICATE_KEY = 0xC0400002, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_RKF_BLOB_FULL = 0xC0400003, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_RKF_STORE_FULL = 0xC0400004, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_RKF_FILE_BLOCKED = 0xC0400005, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_RKF_ACTIVE_KEY = 0xC0400006, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_RDBSS_RESTART_OPERATION = 0xC0410001, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_RDBSS_CONTINUE_OPERATION = 0xC0410002, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_RDBSS_POST_OPERATION = 0xC0410003, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_BTH_ATT_INVALID_HANDLE = 0xC0420001, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_BTH_ATT_READ_NOT_PERMITTED = 0xC0420002, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_BTH_ATT_WRITE_NOT_PERMITTED = 0xC0420003, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_BTH_ATT_INVALID_PDU = 0xC0420004, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_BTH_ATT_INSUFFICIENT_AUTHENTICATION = 0xC0420005, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_BTH_ATT_REQUEST_NOT_SUPPORTED = 0xC0420006, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_BTH_ATT_INVALID_OFFSET = 0xC0420007, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_BTH_ATT_INSUFFICIENT_AUTHORIZATION = 0xC0420008, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_BTH_ATT_PREPARE_QUEUE_FULL = 0xC0420009, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_BTH_ATT_ATTRIBUTE_NOT_FOUND = 0xC042000A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_BTH_ATT_ATTRIBUTE_NOT_LONG = 0xC042000B, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_BTH_ATT_INSUFFICIENT_ENCRYPTION_KEY_SIZE = 0xC042000C, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_BTH_ATT_INVALID_ATTRIBUTE_VALUE_LENGTH = 0xC042000D, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_BTH_ATT_UNLIKELY = 0xC042000E, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_BTH_ATT_INSUFFICIENT_ENCRYPTION = 0xC042000F, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_BTH_ATT_UNSUPPORTED_GROUP_TYPE = 0xC0420010, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_BTH_ATT_INSUFFICIENT_RESOURCES = 0xC0420011, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_BTH_ATT_UNKNOWN_ERROR = 0xC0421000, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SECUREBOOT_ROLLBACK_DETECTED = 0xC0430001, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SECUREBOOT_POLICY_VIOLATION = 0xC0430002, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SECUREBOOT_INVALID_POLICY = 0xC0430003, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SECUREBOOT_POLICY_PUBLISHER_NOT_FOUND = 0xC0430004, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SECUREBOOT_POLICY_NOT_SIGNED = 0xC0430005, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SECUREBOOT_FILE_REPLACED = 0xC0430007, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_AUDIO_ENGINE_NODE_NOT_FOUND = 0xC0440001, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_HDAUDIO_EMPTY_CONNECTION_LIST = 0xC0440002, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_HDAUDIO_CONNECTION_LIST_NOT_SUPPORTED = 0xC0440003, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_HDAUDIO_NO_LOGICAL_DEVICES_CREATED = 0xC0440004, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_HDAUDIO_NULL_LINKED_LIST_ENTRY = 0xC0440005, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VOLSNAP_BOOTFILE_NOT_VALID = 0xC0500003, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_IO_PREEMPTED = 0xC0510001, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SVHDX_ERROR_STORED = 0xC05C0000, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SVHDX_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE = 0xC05CFF00, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SVHDX_UNIT_ATTENTION_AVAILABLE = 0xC05CFF01, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SVHDX_UNIT_ATTENTION_CAPACITY_DATA_CHANGED = 0xC05CFF02, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SVHDX_UNIT_ATTENTION_RESERVATIONS_PREEMPTED = 0xC05CFF03, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SVHDX_UNIT_ATTENTION_RESERVATIONS_RELEASED = 0xC05CFF04, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SVHDX_UNIT_ATTENTION_REGISTRATIONS_PREEMPTED = 0xC05CFF05, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SVHDX_UNIT_ATTENTION_OPERATING_DEFINITION_CHANGED = 0xC05CFF06, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SVHDX_RESERVATION_CONFLICT = 0xC05CFF07, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SVHDX_WRONG_FILE_TYPE = 0xC05CFF08, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SVHDX_VERSION_MISMATCH = 0xC05CFF09, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_VHD_SHARED = 0xC05CFF0A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SPACES_RESILIENCY_TYPE_INVALID = 0xC0E70003, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SPACES_DRIVE_SECTOR_SIZE_INVALID = 0xC0E70004, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SPACES_INTERLEAVE_LENGTH_INVALID = 0xC0E70009, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SPACES_NUMBER_OF_COLUMNS_INVALID = 0xC0E7000A, + MD_NTSTATUS_WIN_STATUS_SPACES_NOT_ENOUGH_DRIVES = 0xC0E7000B +} MDNTStatusCodeWin; + +// These constants are defined in the MSDN documentation of +// the EXCEPTION_RECORD structure. +typedef enum { + MD_ACCESS_VIOLATION_WIN_READ = 0, + MD_ACCESS_VIOLATION_WIN_WRITE = 1, + MD_ACCESS_VIOLATION_WIN_EXEC = 8 +} MDAccessViolationTypeWin; + +// These constants are defined in the MSDN documentation of +// the EXCEPTION_RECORD structure. +typedef enum { + MD_IN_PAGE_ERROR_WIN_READ = 0, + MD_IN_PAGE_ERROR_WIN_WRITE = 1, + MD_IN_PAGE_ERROR_WIN_EXEC = 8 +} MDInPageErrorTypeWin; + +#endif /* GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MINIDUMP_EXCEPTION_WIN32_H__ */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_format.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_format.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..04c94cd3 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_format.h @@ -0,0 +1,1100 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2006, Google Inc. + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are + * met: + * + * * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above + * copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer + * in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the + * distribution. + * * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its + * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from + * this software without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS + * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR + * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT + * OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, + * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, + * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY + * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT + * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ + +/* minidump_format.h: A cross-platform reimplementation of minidump-related + * portions of DbgHelp.h from the Windows Platform SDK. + * + * (This is C99 source, please don't corrupt it with C++.) + * + * Structures that are defined by Microsoft to contain a zero-length array + * are instead defined here to contain an array with one element, as + * zero-length arrays are forbidden by standard C and C++. In these cases, + * *_minsize constants are provided to be used in place of sizeof. For a + * cleaner interface to these sizes when using C++, see minidump_size.h. + * + * These structures are also sufficient to populate minidump files. + * + * These definitions may be extended to support handling minidump files + * for other CPUs and other operating systems. + * + * Because precise data type sizes are crucial for this implementation to + * function properly and portably in terms of interoperability with minidumps + * produced by DbgHelp on Windows, a set of primitive types with known sizes + * are used as the basis of each structure defined by this file. DbgHelp + * on Windows is assumed to be the reference implementation; this file + * seeks to provide a cross-platform compatible implementation. To avoid + * collisions with the types and values defined and used by DbgHelp in the + * event that this implementation is used on Windows, each type and value + * defined here is given a new name, beginning with "MD". Names of the + * equivalent types and values in the Windows Platform SDK are given in + * comments. + * + * Author: Mark Mentovai */ + + +#ifndef GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MINIDUMP_FORMAT_H__ +#define GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MINIDUMP_FORMAT_H__ + +#include + +#include "google_breakpad/common/breakpad_types.h" + + +#if defined(_MSC_VER) +/* Disable "zero-sized array in struct/union" warnings when compiling in + * MSVC. DbgHelp.h does this too. */ +#pragma warning(push) +#pragma warning(disable:4200) +#endif /* _MSC_VER */ + + +/* + * guiddef.h + */ + +typedef struct { + uint32_t data1; + uint16_t data2; + uint16_t data3; + uint8_t data4[8]; +} MDGUID; /* GUID */ + + +/* + * WinNT.h + */ + +/* Non-x86 CPU identifiers found in the high 24 bits of + * (MDRawContext*).context_flags. These aren't used by Breakpad, but are + * defined here for reference, to avoid assigning values that conflict + * (although some values already conflict). */ +#define MD_CONTEXT_IA64 0x00080000 /* CONTEXT_IA64 */ +/* Additional values from winnt.h in the Windows CE 5.0 SDK: */ +#define MD_CONTEXT_SHX 0x000000c0 /* CONTEXT_SH4 (Super-H, includes SH3) */ +#define MD_CONTEXT_ALPHA 0x00020000 /* CONTEXT_ALPHA */ + +/* As of Windows 7 SP1, the number of flag bits has increased to + * include 0x40 (CONTEXT_XSTATE): + * http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh134238%28v=vs.85%29.aspx */ +#define MD_CONTEXT_CPU_MASK 0xffffff00 + + +/* This is a base type for MDRawContextX86 and MDRawContextPPC. This + * structure should never be allocated directly. The actual structure type + * can be determined by examining the context_flags field. */ +typedef struct { + uint32_t context_flags; +} MDRawContextBase; + +#include "minidump_cpu_amd64.h" +#include "minidump_cpu_arm.h" +#include "minidump_cpu_arm64.h" +#include "minidump_cpu_mips.h" +#include "minidump_cpu_ppc.h" +#include "minidump_cpu_ppc64.h" +#include "minidump_cpu_sparc.h" +#include "minidump_cpu_x86.h" + +/* + * WinVer.h + */ + + +typedef struct { + uint32_t signature; + uint32_t struct_version; + uint32_t file_version_hi; + uint32_t file_version_lo; + uint32_t product_version_hi; + uint32_t product_version_lo; + uint32_t file_flags_mask; /* Identifies valid bits in fileFlags */ + uint32_t file_flags; + uint32_t file_os; + uint32_t file_type; + uint32_t file_subtype; + uint32_t file_date_hi; + uint32_t file_date_lo; +} MDVSFixedFileInfo; /* VS_FIXEDFILEINFO */ + +/* For (MDVSFixedFileInfo).signature */ +#define MD_VSFIXEDFILEINFO_SIGNATURE 0xfeef04bd + /* VS_FFI_SIGNATURE */ + +/* For (MDVSFixedFileInfo).version */ +#define MD_VSFIXEDFILEINFO_VERSION 0x00010000 + /* VS_FFI_STRUCVERSION */ + +/* For (MDVSFixedFileInfo).file_flags_mask and + * (MDVSFixedFileInfo).file_flags */ +#define MD_VSFIXEDFILEINFO_FILE_FLAGS_DEBUG 0x00000001 + /* VS_FF_DEBUG */ +#define MD_VSFIXEDFILEINFO_FILE_FLAGS_PRERELEASE 0x00000002 + /* VS_FF_PRERELEASE */ +#define MD_VSFIXEDFILEINFO_FILE_FLAGS_PATCHED 0x00000004 + /* VS_FF_PATCHED */ +#define MD_VSFIXEDFILEINFO_FILE_FLAGS_PRIVATEBUILD 0x00000008 + /* VS_FF_PRIVATEBUILD */ +#define MD_VSFIXEDFILEINFO_FILE_FLAGS_INFOINFERRED 0x00000010 + /* VS_FF_INFOINFERRED */ +#define MD_VSFIXEDFILEINFO_FILE_FLAGS_SPECIALBUILD 0x00000020 + /* VS_FF_SPECIALBUILD */ + +/* For (MDVSFixedFileInfo).file_os: high 16 bits */ +#define MD_VSFIXEDFILEINFO_FILE_OS_UNKNOWN 0 /* VOS_UNKNOWN */ +#define MD_VSFIXEDFILEINFO_FILE_OS_DOS (1 << 16) /* VOS_DOS */ +#define MD_VSFIXEDFILEINFO_FILE_OS_OS216 (2 << 16) /* VOS_OS216 */ +#define MD_VSFIXEDFILEINFO_FILE_OS_OS232 (3 << 16) /* VOS_OS232 */ +#define MD_VSFIXEDFILEINFO_FILE_OS_NT (4 << 16) /* VOS_NT */ +#define MD_VSFIXEDFILEINFO_FILE_OS_WINCE (5 << 16) /* VOS_WINCE */ +/* Low 16 bits */ +#define MD_VSFIXEDFILEINFO_FILE_OS__BASE 0 /* VOS__BASE */ +#define MD_VSFIXEDFILEINFO_FILE_OS__WINDOWS16 1 /* VOS__WINDOWS16 */ +#define MD_VSFIXEDFILEINFO_FILE_OS__PM16 2 /* VOS__PM16 */ +#define MD_VSFIXEDFILEINFO_FILE_OS__PM32 3 /* VOS__PM32 */ +#define MD_VSFIXEDFILEINFO_FILE_OS__WINDOWS32 4 /* VOS__WINDOWS32 */ + +/* For (MDVSFixedFileInfo).file_type */ +#define MD_VSFIXEDFILEINFO_FILE_TYPE_UNKNOWN 0 /* VFT_UNKNOWN */ +#define MD_VSFIXEDFILEINFO_FILE_TYPE_APP 1 /* VFT_APP */ +#define MD_VSFIXEDFILEINFO_FILE_TYPE_DLL 2 /* VFT_DLL */ +#define MD_VSFIXEDFILEINFO_FILE_TYPE_DRV 3 /* VFT_DLL */ +#define MD_VSFIXEDFILEINFO_FILE_TYPE_FONT 4 /* VFT_FONT */ +#define MD_VSFIXEDFILEINFO_FILE_TYPE_VXD 5 /* VFT_VXD */ +#define MD_VSFIXEDFILEINFO_FILE_TYPE_STATIC_LIB 7 /* VFT_STATIC_LIB */ + +/* For (MDVSFixedFileInfo).file_subtype */ +#define MD_VSFIXEDFILEINFO_FILE_SUBTYPE_UNKNOWN 0 + /* VFT2_UNKNOWN */ +/* with file_type = MD_VSFIXEDFILEINFO_FILETYPE_DRV */ +#define MD_VSFIXEDFILEINFO_FILE_SUBTYPE_DRV_PRINTER 1 + /* VFT2_DRV_PRINTER */ +#define MD_VSFIXEDFILEINFO_FILE_SUBTYPE_DRV_KEYBOARD 2 + /* VFT2_DRV_KEYBOARD */ +#define MD_VSFIXEDFILEINFO_FILE_SUBTYPE_DRV_LANGUAGE 3 + /* VFT2_DRV_LANGUAGE */ +#define MD_VSFIXEDFILEINFO_FILE_SUBTYPE_DRV_DISPLAY 4 + /* VFT2_DRV_DISPLAY */ +#define MD_VSFIXEDFILEINFO_FILE_SUBTYPE_DRV_MOUSE 5 + /* VFT2_DRV_MOUSE */ +#define MD_VSFIXEDFILEINFO_FILE_SUBTYPE_DRV_NETWORK 6 + /* VFT2_DRV_NETWORK */ +#define MD_VSFIXEDFILEINFO_FILE_SUBTYPE_DRV_SYSTEM 7 + /* VFT2_DRV_SYSTEM */ +#define MD_VSFIXEDFILEINFO_FILE_SUBTYPE_DRV_INSTALLABLE 8 + /* VFT2_DRV_INSTALLABLE */ +#define MD_VSFIXEDFILEINFO_FILE_SUBTYPE_DRV_SOUND 9 + /* VFT2_DRV_SOUND */ +#define MD_VSFIXEDFILEINFO_FILE_SUBTYPE_DRV_COMM 10 + /* VFT2_DRV_COMM */ +#define MD_VSFIXEDFILEINFO_FILE_SUBTYPE_DRV_INPUTMETHOD 11 + /* VFT2_DRV_INPUTMETHOD */ +#define MD_VSFIXEDFILEINFO_FILE_SUBTYPE_DRV_VERSIONED_PRINTER 12 + /* VFT2_DRV_VERSIONED_PRINTER */ +/* with file_type = MD_VSFIXEDFILEINFO_FILETYPE_FONT */ +#define MD_VSFIXEDFILEINFO_FILE_SUBTYPE_FONT_RASTER 1 + /* VFT2_FONT_RASTER */ +#define MD_VSFIXEDFILEINFO_FILE_SUBTYPE_FONT_VECTOR 2 + /* VFT2_FONT_VECTOR */ +#define MD_VSFIXEDFILEINFO_FILE_SUBTYPE_FONT_TRUETYPE 3 + /* VFT2_FONT_TRUETYPE */ + + +/* + * DbgHelp.h + */ + + +/* An MDRVA is an offset into the minidump file. The beginning of the + * MDRawHeader is at offset 0. */ +typedef uint32_t MDRVA; /* RVA */ + +typedef struct { + uint32_t data_size; + MDRVA rva; +} MDLocationDescriptor; /* MINIDUMP_LOCATION_DESCRIPTOR */ + + +typedef struct { + /* The base address of the memory range on the host that produced the + * minidump. */ + uint64_t start_of_memory_range; + + MDLocationDescriptor memory; +} MDMemoryDescriptor; /* MINIDUMP_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR */ + + +typedef struct { + uint32_t signature; + uint32_t version; + uint32_t stream_count; + MDRVA stream_directory_rva; /* A |stream_count|-sized array of + * MDRawDirectory structures. */ + uint32_t checksum; /* Can be 0. In fact, that's all that's + * been found in minidump files. */ + uint32_t time_date_stamp; /* time_t */ + uint64_t flags; +} MDRawHeader; /* MINIDUMP_HEADER */ + +/* For (MDRawHeader).signature and (MDRawHeader).version. Note that only the + * low 16 bits of (MDRawHeader).version are MD_HEADER_VERSION. Per the + * documentation, the high 16 bits are implementation-specific. */ +#define MD_HEADER_SIGNATURE 0x504d444d /* 'PMDM' */ + /* MINIDUMP_SIGNATURE */ +#define MD_HEADER_VERSION 0x0000a793 /* 42899 */ + /* MINIDUMP_VERSION */ + +/* For (MDRawHeader).flags: */ +typedef enum { + /* MD_NORMAL is the standard type of minidump. It includes full + * streams for the thread list, module list, exception, system info, + * and miscellaneous info. A memory list stream is also present, + * pointing to the same stack memory contained in the thread list, + * as well as a 256-byte region around the instruction address that + * was executing when the exception occurred. Stack memory is from + * 4 bytes below a thread's stack pointer up to the top of the + * memory region encompassing the stack. */ + MD_NORMAL = 0x00000000, + MD_WITH_DATA_SEGS = 0x00000001, + MD_WITH_FULL_MEMORY = 0x00000002, + MD_WITH_HANDLE_DATA = 0x00000004, + MD_FILTER_MEMORY = 0x00000008, + MD_SCAN_MEMORY = 0x00000010, + MD_WITH_UNLOADED_MODULES = 0x00000020, + MD_WITH_INDIRECTLY_REFERENCED_MEMORY = 0x00000040, + MD_FILTER_MODULE_PATHS = 0x00000080, + MD_WITH_PROCESS_THREAD_DATA = 0x00000100, + MD_WITH_PRIVATE_READ_WRITE_MEMORY = 0x00000200, + MD_WITHOUT_OPTIONAL_DATA = 0x00000400, + MD_WITH_FULL_MEMORY_INFO = 0x00000800, + MD_WITH_THREAD_INFO = 0x00001000, + MD_WITH_CODE_SEGS = 0x00002000, + MD_WITHOUT_AUXILLIARY_SEGS = 0x00004000, + MD_WITH_FULL_AUXILLIARY_STATE = 0x00008000, + MD_WITH_PRIVATE_WRITE_COPY_MEMORY = 0x00010000, + MD_IGNORE_INACCESSIBLE_MEMORY = 0x00020000, + MD_WITH_TOKEN_INFORMATION = 0x00040000 +} MDType; /* MINIDUMP_TYPE */ + + +typedef struct { + uint32_t stream_type; + MDLocationDescriptor location; +} MDRawDirectory; /* MINIDUMP_DIRECTORY */ + +/* For (MDRawDirectory).stream_type */ +typedef enum { + MD_UNUSED_STREAM = 0, + MD_RESERVED_STREAM_0 = 1, + MD_RESERVED_STREAM_1 = 2, + MD_THREAD_LIST_STREAM = 3, /* MDRawThreadList */ + MD_MODULE_LIST_STREAM = 4, /* MDRawModuleList */ + MD_MEMORY_LIST_STREAM = 5, /* MDRawMemoryList */ + MD_EXCEPTION_STREAM = 6, /* MDRawExceptionStream */ + MD_SYSTEM_INFO_STREAM = 7, /* MDRawSystemInfo */ + MD_THREAD_EX_LIST_STREAM = 8, + MD_MEMORY_64_LIST_STREAM = 9, + MD_COMMENT_STREAM_A = 10, + MD_COMMENT_STREAM_W = 11, + MD_HANDLE_DATA_STREAM = 12, + MD_FUNCTION_TABLE_STREAM = 13, + MD_UNLOADED_MODULE_LIST_STREAM = 14, + MD_MISC_INFO_STREAM = 15, /* MDRawMiscInfo */ + MD_MEMORY_INFO_LIST_STREAM = 16, /* MDRawMemoryInfoList */ + MD_THREAD_INFO_LIST_STREAM = 17, + MD_HANDLE_OPERATION_LIST_STREAM = 18, + MD_TOKEN_STREAM = 19, + MD_JAVASCRIPT_DATA_STREAM = 20, + MD_SYSTEM_MEMORY_INFO_STREAM = 21, + MD_PROCESS_VM_COUNTERS_STREAM = 22, + MD_LAST_RESERVED_STREAM = 0x0000ffff, + + /* Breakpad extension types. 0x4767 = "Gg" */ + MD_BREAKPAD_INFO_STREAM = 0x47670001, /* MDRawBreakpadInfo */ + MD_ASSERTION_INFO_STREAM = 0x47670002, /* MDRawAssertionInfo */ + /* These are additional minidump stream values which are specific to + * the linux breakpad implementation. */ + MD_LINUX_CPU_INFO = 0x47670003, /* /proc/cpuinfo */ + MD_LINUX_PROC_STATUS = 0x47670004, /* /proc/$x/status */ + MD_LINUX_LSB_RELEASE = 0x47670005, /* /etc/lsb-release */ + MD_LINUX_CMD_LINE = 0x47670006, /* /proc/$x/cmdline */ + MD_LINUX_ENVIRON = 0x47670007, /* /proc/$x/environ */ + MD_LINUX_AUXV = 0x47670008, /* /proc/$x/auxv */ + MD_LINUX_MAPS = 0x47670009, /* /proc/$x/maps */ + MD_LINUX_DSO_DEBUG = 0x4767000A, /* MDRawDebug{32,64} */ + + /* Crashpad extension types. 0x4350 = "CP" + * See Crashpad's minidump/minidump_extensions.h. */ + MD_CRASHPAD_INFO_STREAM = 0x43500001, /* MDRawCrashpadInfo */ +} MDStreamType; /* MINIDUMP_STREAM_TYPE */ + + +typedef struct { + uint32_t length; /* Length of buffer in bytes (not characters), + * excluding 0-terminator */ + uint16_t buffer[1]; /* UTF-16-encoded, 0-terminated */ +} MDString; /* MINIDUMP_STRING */ + +static const size_t MDString_minsize = offsetof(MDString, buffer[0]); + + +typedef struct { + uint32_t thread_id; + uint32_t suspend_count; + uint32_t priority_class; + uint32_t priority; + uint64_t teb; /* Thread environment block */ + MDMemoryDescriptor stack; + MDLocationDescriptor thread_context; /* MDRawContext[CPU] */ +} MDRawThread; /* MINIDUMP_THREAD */ + + +typedef struct { + uint32_t number_of_threads; + MDRawThread threads[1]; +} MDRawThreadList; /* MINIDUMP_THREAD_LIST */ + +static const size_t MDRawThreadList_minsize = offsetof(MDRawThreadList, + threads[0]); + + +typedef struct { + uint64_t base_of_image; + uint32_t size_of_image; + uint32_t checksum; /* 0 if unknown */ + uint32_t time_date_stamp; /* time_t */ + MDRVA module_name_rva; /* MDString, pathname or filename */ + MDVSFixedFileInfo version_info; + + /* The next field stores a CodeView record and is populated when a module's + * debug information resides in a PDB file. It identifies the PDB file. */ + MDLocationDescriptor cv_record; + + /* The next field is populated when a module's debug information resides + * in a DBG file. It identifies the DBG file. This field is effectively + * obsolete with modules built by recent toolchains. */ + MDLocationDescriptor misc_record; + + /* Alignment problem: reserved0 and reserved1 are defined by the platform + * SDK as 64-bit quantities. However, that results in a structure whose + * alignment is unpredictable on different CPUs and ABIs. If the ABI + * specifies full alignment of 64-bit quantities in structures (as ppc + * does), there will be padding between miscRecord and reserved0. If + * 64-bit quantities can be aligned on 32-bit boundaries (as on x86), + * this padding will not exist. (Note that the structure up to this point + * contains 1 64-bit member followed by 21 32-bit members.) + * As a workaround, reserved0 and reserved1 are instead defined here as + * four 32-bit quantities. This should be harmless, as there are + * currently no known uses for these fields. */ + uint32_t reserved0[2]; + uint32_t reserved1[2]; +} MDRawModule; /* MINIDUMP_MODULE */ + +/* The inclusion of a 64-bit type in MINIDUMP_MODULE forces the struct to + * be tail-padded out to a multiple of 64 bits under some ABIs (such as PPC). + * This doesn't occur on systems that don't tail-pad in this manner. Define + * this macro to be the usable size of the MDRawModule struct, and use it in + * place of sizeof(MDRawModule). */ +#define MD_MODULE_SIZE 108 + + +/* (MDRawModule).cv_record can reference MDCVInfoPDB20 or MDCVInfoPDB70. + * Ref.: http://www.debuginfo.com/articles/debuginfomatch.html + * MDCVInfoPDB70 is the expected structure type with recent toolchains. */ + +typedef struct { + uint32_t signature; + uint32_t offset; /* Offset to debug data (expect 0 in minidump) */ +} MDCVHeader; + +typedef struct { + MDCVHeader cv_header; + uint32_t signature; /* time_t debug information created */ + uint32_t age; /* revision of PDB file */ + uint8_t pdb_file_name[1]; /* Pathname or filename of PDB file */ +} MDCVInfoPDB20; + +static const size_t MDCVInfoPDB20_minsize = offsetof(MDCVInfoPDB20, + pdb_file_name[0]); + +#define MD_CVINFOPDB20_SIGNATURE 0x3031424e /* cvHeader.signature = '01BN' */ + +typedef struct { + uint32_t cv_signature; + MDGUID signature; /* GUID, identifies PDB file */ + uint32_t age; /* Identifies incremental changes to PDB file */ + uint8_t pdb_file_name[1]; /* Pathname or filename of PDB file, + * 0-terminated 8-bit character data (UTF-8?) */ +} MDCVInfoPDB70; + +static const size_t MDCVInfoPDB70_minsize = offsetof(MDCVInfoPDB70, + pdb_file_name[0]); + +#define MD_CVINFOPDB70_SIGNATURE 0x53445352 /* cvSignature = 'SDSR' */ + +/* + * Modern ELF toolchains insert a "build id" into the ELF headers that + * usually contains a hash of some ELF headers + sections to uniquely + * identify a binary. + * + * https://access.redhat.com/documentation/en-US/Red_Hat_Enterprise_Linux/6/html/Developer_Guide/compiling-build-id.html + * https://sourceware.org/binutils/docs-2.26/ld/Options.html#index-g_t_002d_002dbuild_002did-292 + */ +typedef struct { + uint32_t cv_signature; + uint8_t build_id[1]; /* Bytes of build id from GNU_BUILD_ID ELF note. + * This is variable-length, but usually 20 bytes + * as the binutils ld default is a SHA-1 hash. */ +} MDCVInfoELF; + +static const size_t MDCVInfoELF_minsize = offsetof(MDCVInfoELF, + build_id[0]); + +#define MD_CVINFOELF_SIGNATURE 0x4270454c /* cvSignature = 'BpEL' */ + +/* In addition to the two CodeView record formats above, used for linking + * to external pdb files, it is possible for debugging data to be carried + * directly in the CodeView record itself. These signature values will + * be found in the first 4 bytes of the CodeView record. Additional values + * not commonly experienced in the wild are given by "Microsoft Symbol and + * Type Information", http://www.x86.org/ftp/manuals/tools/sym.pdf, section + * 7.2. An in-depth description of the CodeView 4.1 format is given by + * "Undocumented Windows 2000 Secrets", Windows 2000 Debugging Support/ + * Microsoft Symbol File Internals/CodeView Subsections, + * http://www.rawol.com/features/undocumented/sbs-w2k-1-windows-2000-debugging-support.pdf + */ +#define MD_CVINFOCV41_SIGNATURE 0x3930424e /* '90BN', CodeView 4.10. */ +#define MD_CVINFOCV50_SIGNATURE 0x3131424e /* '11BN', CodeView 5.0, + * MS C7-format (/Z7). */ + +#define MD_CVINFOUNKNOWN_SIGNATURE 0xffffffff /* An unlikely value. */ + +/* (MDRawModule).miscRecord can reference MDImageDebugMisc. The Windows + * structure is actually defined in WinNT.h. This structure is effectively + * obsolete with modules built by recent toolchains. */ + +typedef struct { + uint32_t data_type; /* IMAGE_DEBUG_TYPE_*, not defined here because + * this debug record type is mostly obsolete. */ + uint32_t length; /* Length of entire MDImageDebugMisc structure */ + uint8_t unicode; /* True if data is multibyte */ + uint8_t reserved[3]; + uint8_t data[1]; +} MDImageDebugMisc; /* IMAGE_DEBUG_MISC */ + +static const size_t MDImageDebugMisc_minsize = offsetof(MDImageDebugMisc, + data[0]); + + +typedef struct { + uint32_t number_of_modules; + MDRawModule modules[1]; +} MDRawModuleList; /* MINIDUMP_MODULE_LIST */ + +static const size_t MDRawModuleList_minsize = offsetof(MDRawModuleList, + modules[0]); + + +typedef struct { + uint32_t number_of_memory_ranges; + MDMemoryDescriptor memory_ranges[1]; +} MDRawMemoryList; /* MINIDUMP_MEMORY_LIST */ + +static const size_t MDRawMemoryList_minsize = offsetof(MDRawMemoryList, + memory_ranges[0]); + + +#define MD_EXCEPTION_MAXIMUM_PARAMETERS 15 + +typedef struct { + uint32_t exception_code; /* Windows: MDExceptionCodeWin, + * Mac OS X: MDExceptionMac, + * Linux: MDExceptionCodeLinux. */ + uint32_t exception_flags; /* Windows: 1 if noncontinuable, + Mac OS X: MDExceptionCodeMac. */ + uint64_t exception_record; /* Address (in the minidump-producing host's + * memory) of another MDException, for + * nested exceptions. */ + uint64_t exception_address; /* The address that caused the exception. + * Mac OS X: exception subcode (which is + * typically the address). */ + uint32_t number_parameters; /* Number of valid elements in + * exception_information. */ + uint32_t __align; + uint64_t exception_information[MD_EXCEPTION_MAXIMUM_PARAMETERS]; +} MDException; /* MINIDUMP_EXCEPTION */ + +#include "minidump_exception_linux.h" +#include "minidump_exception_mac.h" +#include "minidump_exception_ps3.h" +#include "minidump_exception_solaris.h" +#include "minidump_exception_win32.h" + +typedef struct { + uint32_t thread_id; /* Thread in which the exception + * occurred. Corresponds to + * (MDRawThread).thread_id. */ + uint32_t __align; + MDException exception_record; + MDLocationDescriptor thread_context; /* MDRawContext[CPU] */ +} MDRawExceptionStream; /* MINIDUMP_EXCEPTION_STREAM */ + + +typedef union { + struct { + uint32_t vendor_id[3]; /* cpuid 0: ebx, edx, ecx */ + uint32_t version_information; /* cpuid 1: eax */ + uint32_t feature_information; /* cpuid 1: edx */ + uint32_t amd_extended_cpu_features; /* cpuid 0x80000001, ebx */ + } x86_cpu_info; + struct { + uint32_t cpuid; + uint32_t elf_hwcaps; /* linux specific, 0 otherwise */ + } arm_cpu_info; + struct { + uint64_t processor_features[2]; + } other_cpu_info; +} MDCPUInformation; /* CPU_INFORMATION */ + +/* For (MDCPUInformation).arm_cpu_info.elf_hwcaps. + * This matches the Linux kernel definitions from */ +typedef enum { + MD_CPU_ARM_ELF_HWCAP_SWP = (1 << 0), + MD_CPU_ARM_ELF_HWCAP_HALF = (1 << 1), + MD_CPU_ARM_ELF_HWCAP_THUMB = (1 << 2), + MD_CPU_ARM_ELF_HWCAP_26BIT = (1 << 3), + MD_CPU_ARM_ELF_HWCAP_FAST_MULT = (1 << 4), + MD_CPU_ARM_ELF_HWCAP_FPA = (1 << 5), + MD_CPU_ARM_ELF_HWCAP_VFP = (1 << 6), + MD_CPU_ARM_ELF_HWCAP_EDSP = (1 << 7), + MD_CPU_ARM_ELF_HWCAP_JAVA = (1 << 8), + MD_CPU_ARM_ELF_HWCAP_IWMMXT = (1 << 9), + MD_CPU_ARM_ELF_HWCAP_CRUNCH = (1 << 10), + MD_CPU_ARM_ELF_HWCAP_THUMBEE = (1 << 11), + MD_CPU_ARM_ELF_HWCAP_NEON = (1 << 12), + MD_CPU_ARM_ELF_HWCAP_VFPv3 = (1 << 13), + MD_CPU_ARM_ELF_HWCAP_VFPv3D16 = (1 << 14), + MD_CPU_ARM_ELF_HWCAP_TLS = (1 << 15), + MD_CPU_ARM_ELF_HWCAP_VFPv4 = (1 << 16), + MD_CPU_ARM_ELF_HWCAP_IDIVA = (1 << 17), + MD_CPU_ARM_ELF_HWCAP_IDIVT = (1 << 18), +} MDCPUInformationARMElfHwCaps; + +typedef struct { + /* The next 3 fields and numberOfProcessors are from the SYSTEM_INFO + * structure as returned by GetSystemInfo */ + uint16_t processor_architecture; + uint16_t processor_level; /* x86: 5 = 586, 6 = 686, ... */ + /* ARM: 6 = ARMv6, 7 = ARMv7 ... */ + uint16_t processor_revision; /* x86: 0xMMSS, where MM=model, + * SS=stepping */ + /* ARM: 0 */ + + uint8_t number_of_processors; + uint8_t product_type; /* Windows: VER_NT_* from WinNT.h */ + + /* The next 5 fields are from the OSVERSIONINFO structure as returned + * by GetVersionEx */ + uint32_t major_version; + uint32_t minor_version; + uint32_t build_number; + uint32_t platform_id; + MDRVA csd_version_rva; /* MDString further identifying the + * host OS. + * Windows: name of the installed OS + * service pack. + * Mac OS X: the Apple OS build number + * (sw_vers -buildVersion). + * Linux: uname -srvmo */ + + uint16_t suite_mask; /* Windows: VER_SUITE_* from WinNT.h */ + uint16_t reserved2; + + MDCPUInformation cpu; +} MDRawSystemInfo; /* MINIDUMP_SYSTEM_INFO */ + +/* For (MDRawSystemInfo).processor_architecture: */ +typedef enum { + MD_CPU_ARCHITECTURE_X86 = 0, /* PROCESSOR_ARCHITECTURE_INTEL */ + MD_CPU_ARCHITECTURE_MIPS = 1, /* PROCESSOR_ARCHITECTURE_MIPS */ + MD_CPU_ARCHITECTURE_ALPHA = 2, /* PROCESSOR_ARCHITECTURE_ALPHA */ + MD_CPU_ARCHITECTURE_PPC = 3, /* PROCESSOR_ARCHITECTURE_PPC */ + MD_CPU_ARCHITECTURE_SHX = 4, /* PROCESSOR_ARCHITECTURE_SHX + * (Super-H) */ + MD_CPU_ARCHITECTURE_ARM = 5, /* PROCESSOR_ARCHITECTURE_ARM */ + MD_CPU_ARCHITECTURE_IA64 = 6, /* PROCESSOR_ARCHITECTURE_IA64 */ + MD_CPU_ARCHITECTURE_ALPHA64 = 7, /* PROCESSOR_ARCHITECTURE_ALPHA64 */ + MD_CPU_ARCHITECTURE_MSIL = 8, /* PROCESSOR_ARCHITECTURE_MSIL + * (Microsoft Intermediate Language) */ + MD_CPU_ARCHITECTURE_AMD64 = 9, /* PROCESSOR_ARCHITECTURE_AMD64 */ + MD_CPU_ARCHITECTURE_X86_WIN64 = 10, + /* PROCESSOR_ARCHITECTURE_IA32_ON_WIN64 (WoW64) */ + MD_CPU_ARCHITECTURE_ARM64 = 12, /* PROCESSOR_ARCHITECTURE_ARM64 */ + MD_CPU_ARCHITECTURE_SPARC = 0x8001, /* Breakpad-defined value for SPARC */ + MD_CPU_ARCHITECTURE_PPC64 = 0x8002, /* Breakpad-defined value for PPC64 */ + MD_CPU_ARCHITECTURE_ARM64_OLD = 0x8003, /* Breakpad-defined value for ARM64 */ + MD_CPU_ARCHITECTURE_MIPS64 = 0x8004, /* Breakpad-defined value for MIPS64 */ + MD_CPU_ARCHITECTURE_UNKNOWN = 0xffff /* PROCESSOR_ARCHITECTURE_UNKNOWN */ +} MDCPUArchitecture; + +/* For (MDRawSystemInfo).platform_id: */ +typedef enum { + MD_OS_WIN32S = 0, /* VER_PLATFORM_WIN32s (Windows 3.1) */ + MD_OS_WIN32_WINDOWS = 1, /* VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_WINDOWS (Windows 95-98-Me) */ + MD_OS_WIN32_NT = 2, /* VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT (Windows NT, 2000+) */ + MD_OS_WIN32_CE = 3, /* VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_CE, VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_HH + * (Windows CE, Windows Mobile, "Handheld") */ + + /* The following values are Breakpad-defined. */ + MD_OS_UNIX = 0x8000, /* Generic Unix-ish */ + MD_OS_MAC_OS_X = 0x8101, /* Mac OS X/Darwin */ + MD_OS_IOS = 0x8102, /* iOS */ + MD_OS_LINUX = 0x8201, /* Linux */ + MD_OS_SOLARIS = 0x8202, /* Solaris */ + MD_OS_ANDROID = 0x8203, /* Android */ + MD_OS_PS3 = 0x8204, /* PS3 */ + MD_OS_NACL = 0x8205 /* Native Client (NaCl) */ +} MDOSPlatform; + +typedef struct { + uint64_t base_of_image; + uint32_t size_of_image; + uint32_t checksum; + uint32_t time_date_stamp; + MDRVA module_name_rva; +} MDRawUnloadedModule; + +typedef struct { + uint32_t size_of_header; + uint32_t size_of_entry; + uint32_t number_of_entries; +} MDRawUnloadedModuleList; /* MINIDUMP_UNLOADED_MODULE_LIST */ + +typedef struct { + uint16_t year; + uint16_t month; + uint16_t day_of_week; + uint16_t day; + uint16_t hour; + uint16_t minute; + uint16_t second; + uint16_t milliseconds; +} MDSystemTime; /* SYSTEMTIME */ + +typedef struct { + /* Required field. The bias is the difference, in minutes, between + * Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) and local time. + * Formula: UTC = local time + bias */ + int32_t bias; + /* A description for standard time. For example, "EST" could indicate Eastern + * Standard Time. In practice this contains the full time zone names. This + * string can be empty. */ + uint16_t standard_name[32]; /* UTF-16-encoded, 0-terminated */ + /* A MDSystemTime structure that contains a date and local time when the + * transition from daylight saving time to standard time occurs on this + * operating system. If the time zone does not support daylight saving time, + * the month member in the MDSystemTime structure is zero. */ + MDSystemTime standard_date; + /* The bias value to be used during local time translations that occur during + * standard time. */ + int32_t standard_bias; + /* A description for daylight saving time. For example, "PDT" could indicate + * Pacific Daylight Time. In practice this contains the full time zone names. + * This string can be empty. */ + uint16_t daylight_name[32]; /* UTF-16-encoded, 0-terminated */ + /* A MDSystemTime structure that contains a date and local time when the + * transition from standard time to daylight saving time occurs on this + * operating system. If the time zone does not support daylight saving time, + * the month member in the MDSystemTime structure is zero.*/ + MDSystemTime daylight_date; + /* The bias value to be used during local time translations that occur during + * daylight saving time. */ + int32_t daylight_bias; +} MDTimeZoneInformation; /* TIME_ZONE_INFORMATION */ + +/* MAX_PATH from windef.h */ +#define MD_MAX_PATH 260 + +/* For MDXStateConfigFeatureMscInfo.features */ +typedef struct { + uint32_t offset; + uint32_t size; +} MDXStateFeature; + +/* For MDXStateConfigFeatureMscInfo.enabled_features from winnt.h */ +typedef enum { + MD_XSTATE_LEGACY_FLOATING_POINT = 0, /* XSTATE_LEGACY_FLOATING_POINT */ + MD_XSTATE_LEGACY_SSE = 1, /* XSTATE_LEGACY_SSE */ + MD_XSTATE_GSSE = 2, /* XSTATE_GSSE */ + MD_XSTATE_AVX = MD_XSTATE_GSSE, /* XSTATE_AVX */ + MD_XSTATE_MPX_BNDREGS = 3, /* XSTATE_MPX_BNDREGS */ + MD_XSTATE_MPX_BNDCSR = 4, /* XSTATE_MPX_BNDCSR */ + MD_XSTATE_AVX512_KMASK = 5, /* XSTATE_AVX512_KMASK */ + MD_XSTATE_AVX512_ZMM_H = 6, /* XSTATE_AVX512_ZMM_H */ + MD_XSTATE_AVX512_ZMM = 7, /* XSTATE_AVX512_ZMM */ + MD_XSTATE_IPT = 8, /* XSTATE_IPT */ + MD_XSTATE_LWP = 62 /* XSTATE_LWP */ +} MDXStateFeatureFlag; + +/* MAXIMUM_XSTATE_FEATURES from winnt.h */ +#define MD_MAXIMUM_XSTATE_FEATURES 64 + +/* For MDRawMiscInfo.xstate_data */ +typedef struct { + uint32_t size_of_info; + uint32_t context_size; + /* An entry in the features array is valid only if the corresponding bit in + * the enabled_features flag is set. */ + uint64_t enabled_features; + MDXStateFeature features[MD_MAXIMUM_XSTATE_FEATURES]; +} MDXStateConfigFeatureMscInfo; + + +/* The miscellaneous information stream contains a variety + * of small pieces of information. A member is valid if + * it's within the available size and its corresponding + * bit is set. */ +typedef struct { + uint32_t size_of_info; /* Length of entire MDRawMiscInfo structure. */ + uint32_t flags1; + + /* The next field is only valid if flags1 contains + * MD_MISCINFO_FLAGS1_PROCESS_ID. */ + uint32_t process_id; + + /* The next 3 fields are only valid if flags1 contains + * MD_MISCINFO_FLAGS1_PROCESS_TIMES. */ + uint32_t process_create_time; /* time_t process started */ + uint32_t process_user_time; /* seconds of user CPU time */ + uint32_t process_kernel_time; /* seconds of kernel CPU time */ + + /* The following fields are not present in MINIDUMP_MISC_INFO but are + * in MINIDUMP_MISC_INFO_2. When this struct is populated, these values + * may not be set. Use flags1 and size_of_info to determine whether these + * values are present. These are only valid when flags1 contains + * MD_MISCINFO_FLAGS1_PROCESSOR_POWER_INFO. */ + uint32_t processor_max_mhz; + uint32_t processor_current_mhz; + uint32_t processor_mhz_limit; + uint32_t processor_max_idle_state; + uint32_t processor_current_idle_state; + + /* The following fields are not present in MINIDUMP_MISC_INFO_2 but are + * in MINIDUMP_MISC_INFO_3. When this struct is populated, these values + * may not be set. Use flags1 and size_of_info to determine whether these + * values are present. */ + + /* The following field is only valid if flags1 contains + * MD_MISCINFO_FLAGS1_PROCESS_INTEGRITY. */ + uint32_t process_integrity_level; + + /* The following field is only valid if flags1 contains + * MD_MISCINFO_FLAGS1_PROCESS_EXECUTE_FLAGS. */ + uint32_t process_execute_flags; + + /* The following field is only valid if flags1 contains + * MD_MISCINFO_FLAGS1_PROTECTED_PROCESS. */ + uint32_t protected_process; + + /* The following 2 fields are only valid if flags1 contains + * MD_MISCINFO_FLAGS1_TIMEZONE. */ + uint32_t time_zone_id; + MDTimeZoneInformation time_zone; + + /* The following fields are not present in MINIDUMP_MISC_INFO_3 but are + * in MINIDUMP_MISC_INFO_4. When this struct is populated, these values + * may not be set. Use flags1 and size_of_info to determine whether these + * values are present. */ + + /* The following 2 fields are only valid if flags1 contains + * MD_MISCINFO_FLAGS1_BUILDSTRING. */ + uint16_t build_string[MD_MAX_PATH]; /* UTF-16-encoded, 0-terminated */ + uint16_t dbg_bld_str[40]; /* UTF-16-encoded, 0-terminated */ + + /* The following fields are not present in MINIDUMP_MISC_INFO_4 but are + * in MINIDUMP_MISC_INFO_5. When this struct is populated, these values + * may not be set. Use flags1 and size_of_info to determine whether these + * values are present. */ + + /* The following field has its own flags for establishing the validity of + * the structure's contents.*/ + MDXStateConfigFeatureMscInfo xstate_data; + + /* The following field is only valid if flags1 contains + * MD_MISCINFO_FLAGS1_PROCESS_COOKIE. */ + uint32_t process_cookie; +} MDRawMiscInfo; /* MINIDUMP_MISC_INFO, MINIDUMP_MISC_INFO_2, + * MINIDUMP_MISC_INFO_3, MINIDUMP_MISC_INFO_4, + * MINIDUMP_MISC_INFO_5, MINIDUMP_MISC_INFO_N */ + +static const size_t MD_MISCINFO_SIZE = + offsetof(MDRawMiscInfo, processor_max_mhz); +static const size_t MD_MISCINFO2_SIZE = + offsetof(MDRawMiscInfo, process_integrity_level); +static const size_t MD_MISCINFO3_SIZE = + offsetof(MDRawMiscInfo, build_string[0]); +static const size_t MD_MISCINFO4_SIZE = + offsetof(MDRawMiscInfo, xstate_data); +/* Version 5 of the MDRawMiscInfo structure is not a multiple of 8 in size and + * yet it contains some 8-bytes sized fields. This causes many compilers to + * round the structure size up to a multiple of 8 by adding padding at the end. + * The following hack is thus required for matching the proper on-disk size. */ +static const size_t MD_MISCINFO5_SIZE = + offsetof(MDRawMiscInfo, process_cookie) + sizeof(uint32_t); + +/* For (MDRawMiscInfo).flags1. These values indicate which fields in the + * MDRawMiscInfoStructure are valid. */ +typedef enum { + MD_MISCINFO_FLAGS1_PROCESS_ID = 0x00000001, + /* MINIDUMP_MISC1_PROCESS_ID */ + MD_MISCINFO_FLAGS1_PROCESS_TIMES = 0x00000002, + /* MINIDUMP_MISC1_PROCESS_TIMES */ + MD_MISCINFO_FLAGS1_PROCESSOR_POWER_INFO = 0x00000004, + /* MINIDUMP_MISC1_PROCESSOR_POWER_INFO */ + MD_MISCINFO_FLAGS1_PROCESS_INTEGRITY = 0x00000010, + /* MINIDUMP_MISC3_PROCESS_INTEGRITY */ + MD_MISCINFO_FLAGS1_PROCESS_EXECUTE_FLAGS = 0x00000020, + /* MINIDUMP_MISC3_PROCESS_EXECUTE_FLAGS */ + MD_MISCINFO_FLAGS1_TIMEZONE = 0x00000040, + /* MINIDUMP_MISC3_TIMEZONE */ + MD_MISCINFO_FLAGS1_PROTECTED_PROCESS = 0x00000080, + /* MINIDUMP_MISC3_PROTECTED_PROCESS */ + MD_MISCINFO_FLAGS1_BUILDSTRING = 0x00000100, + /* MINIDUMP_MISC4_BUILDSTRING */ + MD_MISCINFO_FLAGS1_PROCESS_COOKIE = 0x00000200, + /* MINIDUMP_MISC5_PROCESS_COOKIE */ +} MDMiscInfoFlags1; + +/* + * Around DbgHelp version 6.0, the style of new LIST structures changed + * from including an array of length 1 at the end of the struct to + * represent the variable-length data to including explicit + * "size of header", "size of entry" and "number of entries" fields + * in the header, presumably to allow backwards-compatibly-extending + * the structures in the future. The actual list entries follow the + * header data directly in this case. + */ + +typedef struct { + uint32_t size_of_header; /* sizeof(MDRawMemoryInfoList) */ + uint32_t size_of_entry; /* sizeof(MDRawMemoryInfo) */ + uint64_t number_of_entries; +} MDRawMemoryInfoList; /* MINIDUMP_MEMORY_INFO_LIST */ + +typedef struct { + uint64_t base_address; /* Base address of a region of pages */ + uint64_t allocation_base; /* Base address of a range of pages + * within this region. */ + uint32_t allocation_protection; /* Memory protection when this region + * was originally allocated: + * MDMemoryProtection */ + uint32_t __alignment1; + uint64_t region_size; + uint32_t state; /* MDMemoryState */ + uint32_t protection; /* MDMemoryProtection */ + uint32_t type; /* MDMemoryType */ + uint32_t __alignment2; +} MDRawMemoryInfo; /* MINIDUMP_MEMORY_INFO */ + +/* For (MDRawMemoryInfo).state */ +typedef enum { + MD_MEMORY_STATE_COMMIT = 0x1000, /* physical storage has been allocated */ + MD_MEMORY_STATE_RESERVE = 0x2000, /* reserved, but no physical storage */ + MD_MEMORY_STATE_FREE = 0x10000 /* available to be allocated */ +} MDMemoryState; + +/* For (MDRawMemoryInfo).allocation_protection and .protection */ +typedef enum { + MD_MEMORY_PROTECT_NOACCESS = 0x01, /* PAGE_NOACCESS */ + MD_MEMORY_PROTECT_READONLY = 0x02, /* PAGE_READONLY */ + MD_MEMORY_PROTECT_READWRITE = 0x04, /* PAGE_READWRITE */ + MD_MEMORY_PROTECT_WRITECOPY = 0x08, /* PAGE_WRITECOPY */ + MD_MEMORY_PROTECT_EXECUTE = 0x10, /* PAGE_EXECUTE */ + MD_MEMORY_PROTECT_EXECUTE_READ = 0x20, /* PAGE_EXECUTE_READ */ + MD_MEMORY_PROTECT_EXECUTE_READWRITE = 0x40, /* PAGE_EXECUTE_READWRITE */ + MD_MEMORY_PROTECT_EXECUTE_WRITECOPY = 0x80, /* PAGE_EXECUTE_WRITECOPY */ + /* These options can be combined with the previous flags. */ + MD_MEMORY_PROTECT_GUARD = 0x100, /* PAGE_GUARD */ + MD_MEMORY_PROTECT_NOCACHE = 0x200, /* PAGE_NOCACHE */ + MD_MEMORY_PROTECT_WRITECOMBINE = 0x400, /* PAGE_WRITECOMBINE */ +} MDMemoryProtection; + +/* Used to mask the mutually exclusive options from the combinable flags. */ +const uint32_t MD_MEMORY_PROTECTION_ACCESS_MASK = 0xFF; + +/* For (MDRawMemoryInfo).type */ +typedef enum { + MD_MEMORY_TYPE_PRIVATE = 0x20000, /* not shared by other processes */ + MD_MEMORY_TYPE_MAPPED = 0x40000, /* mapped into the view of a section */ + MD_MEMORY_TYPE_IMAGE = 0x1000000 /* mapped into the view of an image */ +} MDMemoryType; + +/* + * Breakpad extension types + */ + + +typedef struct { + /* validity is a bitmask with values from MDBreakpadInfoValidity, indicating + * which of the other fields in the structure are valid. */ + uint32_t validity; + + /* Thread ID of the handler thread. dump_thread_id should correspond to + * the thread_id of an MDRawThread in the minidump's MDRawThreadList if + * a dedicated thread in that list was used to produce the minidump. If + * the MDRawThreadList does not contain a dedicated thread used to produce + * the minidump, this field should be set to 0 and the validity field + * must not contain MD_BREAKPAD_INFO_VALID_DUMP_THREAD_ID. */ + uint32_t dump_thread_id; + + /* Thread ID of the thread that requested the minidump be produced. As + * with dump_thread_id, requesting_thread_id should correspond to the + * thread_id of an MDRawThread in the minidump's MDRawThreadList. For + * minidumps produced as a result of an exception, requesting_thread_id + * will be the same as the MDRawExceptionStream's thread_id field. For + * minidumps produced "manually" at the program's request, + * requesting_thread_id will indicate which thread caused the dump to be + * written. If the minidump was produced at the request of something + * other than a thread in the MDRawThreadList, this field should be set + * to 0 and the validity field must not contain + * MD_BREAKPAD_INFO_VALID_REQUESTING_THREAD_ID. */ + uint32_t requesting_thread_id; +} MDRawBreakpadInfo; + +/* For (MDRawBreakpadInfo).validity: */ +typedef enum { + /* When set, the dump_thread_id field is valid. */ + MD_BREAKPAD_INFO_VALID_DUMP_THREAD_ID = 1 << 0, + + /* When set, the requesting_thread_id field is valid. */ + MD_BREAKPAD_INFO_VALID_REQUESTING_THREAD_ID = 1 << 1 +} MDBreakpadInfoValidity; + +typedef struct { + /* expression, function, and file are 0-terminated UTF-16 strings. They + * may be truncated if necessary, but should always be 0-terminated when + * written to a file. + * Fixed-length strings are used because MiniDumpWriteDump doesn't offer + * a way for user streams to point to arbitrary RVAs for strings. */ + uint16_t expression[128]; /* Assertion that failed... */ + uint16_t function[128]; /* ...within this function... */ + uint16_t file[128]; /* ...in this file... */ + uint32_t line; /* ...at this line. */ + uint32_t type; +} MDRawAssertionInfo; + +/* For (MDRawAssertionInfo).type: */ +typedef enum { + MD_ASSERTION_INFO_TYPE_UNKNOWN = 0, + + /* Used for assertions that would be raised by the MSVC CRT but are + * directed to an invalid parameter handler instead. */ + MD_ASSERTION_INFO_TYPE_INVALID_PARAMETER, + + /* Used for assertions that would be raised by the MSVC CRT but are + * directed to a pure virtual call handler instead. */ + MD_ASSERTION_INFO_TYPE_PURE_VIRTUAL_CALL +} MDAssertionInfoData; + +/* These structs are used to store the DSO debug data in Linux minidumps, + * which is necessary for converting minidumps to usable coredumps. + * Because of a historical accident, several fields are variably encoded + * according to client word size, so tools potentially need to support both. */ + +typedef struct { + uint32_t addr; + MDRVA name; + uint32_t ld; +} MDRawLinkMap32; + +typedef struct { + uint32_t version; + MDRVA map; /* array of MDRawLinkMap32 */ + uint32_t dso_count; + uint32_t brk; + uint32_t ldbase; + uint32_t dynamic; +} MDRawDebug32; + +typedef struct { + uint64_t addr; + MDRVA name; + uint64_t ld; +} MDRawLinkMap64; + +typedef struct { + uint32_t version; + MDRVA map; /* array of MDRawLinkMap64 */ + uint32_t dso_count; + uint64_t brk; + uint64_t ldbase; + uint64_t dynamic; +} MDRawDebug64; + +/* Crashpad extension types. See Crashpad's minidump/minidump_extensions.h. */ + +typedef struct { + MDRVA key; + MDRVA value; +} MDRawSimpleStringDictionaryEntry; + +typedef struct { + uint32_t count; + MDRawSimpleStringDictionaryEntry entries[0]; +} MDRawSimpleStringDictionary; + +typedef struct { + uint32_t version; + MDLocationDescriptor list_annotations; + MDLocationDescriptor simple_annotations; /* MDRawSimpleStringDictionary */ +} MDRawModuleCrashpadInfo; + +typedef struct { + uint32_t minidump_module_list_index; + MDLocationDescriptor location; /* MDRawModuleCrashpadInfo */ +} MDRawModuleCrashpadInfoLink; + +typedef struct { + uint32_t count; + MDLocationDescriptor modules[0]; /* MDRawModuleCrashpadInfoLink */ +} MDRawModuleCrashpadInfoList; + +typedef struct { + uint32_t version; + MDGUID report_id; + MDGUID client_id; + MDLocationDescriptor simple_annotations; /* MDRawSimpleStringDictionary */ + MDLocationDescriptor module_list; /* MDRawModuleCrashpadInfoList */ +} MDRawCrashpadInfo; + +#if defined(_MSC_VER) +#pragma warning(pop) +#endif /* _MSC_VER */ + + +#endif /* GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MINIDUMP_FORMAT_H__ */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_size.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_size.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fae57923 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_size.h @@ -0,0 +1,113 @@ +// Copyright (c) 2007, Google Inc. +// All rights reserved. +// +// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are +// met: +// +// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above +// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer +// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the +// distribution. +// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its +// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from +// this software without specific prior written permission. +// +// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR +// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT +// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, +// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, +// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY +// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE +// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ + +// minidump_size.h: Provides a C++ template for programmatic access to +// the sizes of various types defined in minidump_format.h. +// +// Author: Mark Mentovai + +#ifndef GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MINIDUMP_SIZE_H__ +#define GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MINIDUMP_SIZE_H__ + +#include + +#include "google_breakpad/common/minidump_format.h" + +namespace google_breakpad { + +template +class minidump_size { + public: + static size_t size() { return sizeof(T); } +}; + +// Explicit specializations for variable-length types. The size returned +// for these should be the size for an object without its variable-length +// section. + +template<> +class minidump_size { + public: + static size_t size() { return MDString_minsize; } +}; + +template<> +class minidump_size { + public: + static size_t size() { return MDRawThreadList_minsize; } +}; + +template<> +class minidump_size { + public: + static size_t size() { return MDCVInfoPDB20_minsize; } +}; + +template<> +class minidump_size { + public: + static size_t size() { return MDCVInfoPDB70_minsize; } +}; + +template<> +class minidump_size { + public: + static size_t size() { return MDCVInfoELF_minsize; } +}; + +template<> +class minidump_size { + public: + static size_t size() { return MDImageDebugMisc_minsize; } +}; + +template<> +class minidump_size { + public: + static size_t size() { return MDRawModuleList_minsize; } +}; + +template<> +class minidump_size { + public: + static size_t size() { return MDRawMemoryList_minsize; } +}; + +// Explicit specialization for MDRawModule, for which sizeof may include +// tail-padding on some architectures but not others. + +template<> +class minidump_size { + public: + static size_t size() { return MD_MODULE_SIZE; } +}; + +} // namespace google_breakpad + +#endif // GOOGLE_BREAKPAD_COMMON_MINIDUMP_SIZE_H__ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/third_party/lss/linux_syscall_support.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/third_party/lss/linux_syscall_support.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..129aa75e --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/third_party/lss/linux_syscall_support.h @@ -0,0 +1,4535 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2005-2011, Google Inc. + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are + * met: + * + * * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above + * copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer + * in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the + * distribution. + * * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its + * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from + * this software without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS + * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR + * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT + * OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, + * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, + * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY + * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT + * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + * --- + * Author: Markus Gutschke + */ + +/* This file includes Linux-specific support functions common to the + * coredumper and the thread lister; primarily, this is a collection + * of direct system calls, and a couple of symbols missing from + * standard header files. + * There are a few options that the including file can set to control + * the behavior of this file: + * + * SYS_CPLUSPLUS: + * The entire header file will normally be wrapped in 'extern "C" { }", + * making it suitable for compilation as both C and C++ source. If you + * do not want to do this, you can set the SYS_CPLUSPLUS macro to inhibit + * the wrapping. N.B. doing so will suppress inclusion of all prerequisite + * system header files, too. It is the caller's responsibility to provide + * the necessary definitions. + * + * SYS_ERRNO: + * All system calls will update "errno" unless overriden by setting the + * SYS_ERRNO macro prior to including this file. SYS_ERRNO should be + * an l-value. + * + * SYS_INLINE: + * New symbols will be defined "static inline", unless overridden by + * the SYS_INLINE macro. + * + * SYS_LINUX_SYSCALL_SUPPORT_H + * This macro is used to avoid multiple inclusions of this header file. + * If you need to include this file more than once, make sure to + * unset SYS_LINUX_SYSCALL_SUPPORT_H before each inclusion. + * + * SYS_PREFIX: + * New system calls will have a prefix of "sys_" unless overridden by + * the SYS_PREFIX macro. Valid values for this macro are [0..9] which + * results in prefixes "sys[0..9]_". It is also possible to set this + * macro to -1, which avoids all prefixes. + * + * SYS_SYSCALL_ENTRYPOINT: + * Some applications (such as sandboxes that filter system calls), need + * to be able to run custom-code each time a system call is made. If this + * macro is defined, it expands to the name of a "common" symbol. If + * this symbol is assigned a non-NULL pointer value, it is used as the + * address of the system call entrypoint. + * A pointer to this symbol can be obtained by calling + * get_syscall_entrypoint() + * + * This file defines a few internal symbols that all start with "LSS_". + * Do not access these symbols from outside this file. They are not part + * of the supported API. + */ +#ifndef SYS_LINUX_SYSCALL_SUPPORT_H +#define SYS_LINUX_SYSCALL_SUPPORT_H + +/* We currently only support x86-32, x86-64, ARM, MIPS, PPC, s390 and s390x + * on Linux. + * Porting to other related platforms should not be difficult. + */ +#if (defined(__i386__) || defined(__x86_64__) || defined(__ARM_ARCH_3__) || \ + defined(__mips__) || defined(__PPC__) || defined(__ARM_EABI__) || \ + defined(__aarch64__) || defined(__s390__)) \ + && (defined(__linux) || defined(__ANDROID__)) + +#ifndef SYS_CPLUSPLUS +#ifdef __cplusplus +/* Some system header files in older versions of gcc neglect to properly + * handle being included from C++. As it appears to be harmless to have + * multiple nested 'extern "C"' blocks, just add another one here. + */ +extern "C" { +#endif + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#ifdef __mips__ +/* Include definitions of the ABI currently in use. */ +#ifdef __ANDROID__ +/* Android doesn't have sgidefs.h, but does have asm/sgidefs.h, + * which has the definitions we need. + */ +#include +#else +#include +#endif +#endif +#endif + +/* The Android NDK's #defines these macros as aliases + * to their non-64 counterparts. To avoid naming conflict, remove them. */ +#ifdef __ANDROID__ + /* These are restored by the corresponding #pragma pop_macro near + * the end of this file. */ +# pragma push_macro("stat64") +# pragma push_macro("fstat64") +# pragma push_macro("lstat64") +# undef stat64 +# undef fstat64 +# undef lstat64 +#endif + +#if defined(__ANDROID__) && defined(__x86_64__) +// A number of x86_64 syscalls are blocked by seccomp on recent Android; +// undefine them so that modern alternatives will be used instead where +// possible. +// The alternative syscalls have been sanity checked against linux-3.4+; +// older versions might not work. +# undef __NR_getdents +# undef __NR_dup2 +# undef __NR_fork +# undef __NR_getpgrp +# undef __NR_open +# undef __NR_poll +# undef __NR_readlink +# undef __NR_stat +# undef __NR_unlink +# undef __NR_pipe +#endif + +#if defined(__ANDROID__) +// waitpid is blocked by seccomp on all architectures on recent Android. +# undef __NR_waitpid +#endif + +/* As glibc often provides subtly incompatible data structures (and implicit + * wrapper functions that convert them), we provide our own kernel data + * structures for use by the system calls. + * These structures have been developed by using Linux 2.6.23 headers for + * reference. Note though, we do not care about exact API compatibility + * with the kernel, and in fact the kernel often does not have a single + * API that works across architectures. Instead, we try to mimic the glibc + * API where reasonable, and only guarantee ABI compatibility with the + * kernel headers. + * Most notably, here are a few changes that were made to the structures + * defined by kernel headers: + * + * - we only define structures, but not symbolic names for kernel data + * types. For the latter, we directly use the native C datatype + * (i.e. "unsigned" instead of "mode_t"). + * - in a few cases, it is possible to define identical structures for + * both 32bit (e.g. i386) and 64bit (e.g. x86-64) platforms by + * standardizing on the 64bit version of the data types. In particular, + * this means that we use "unsigned" where the 32bit headers say + * "unsigned long". + * - overall, we try to minimize the number of cases where we need to + * conditionally define different structures. + * - the "struct kernel_sigaction" class of structures have been + * modified to more closely mimic glibc's API by introducing an + * anonymous union for the function pointer. + * - a small number of field names had to have an underscore appended to + * them, because glibc defines a global macro by the same name. + */ + +/* include/linux/dirent.h */ +struct kernel_dirent64 { + unsigned long long d_ino; + long long d_off; + unsigned short d_reclen; + unsigned char d_type; + char d_name[256]; +}; + +/* include/linux/dirent.h */ +#if !defined(__NR_getdents) +// when getdents is not available, getdents64 is used for both. +#define kernel_dirent kernel_dirent64 +#else +struct kernel_dirent { + long d_ino; + long d_off; + unsigned short d_reclen; + char d_name[256]; +}; +#endif + +/* include/linux/uio.h */ +struct kernel_iovec { + void *iov_base; + unsigned long iov_len; +}; + +/* include/linux/socket.h */ +struct kernel_msghdr { + void *msg_name; + int msg_namelen; + struct kernel_iovec*msg_iov; + unsigned long msg_iovlen; + void *msg_control; + unsigned long msg_controllen; + unsigned msg_flags; +}; + +/* include/asm-generic/poll.h */ +struct kernel_pollfd { + int fd; + short events; + short revents; +}; + +/* include/linux/resource.h */ +struct kernel_rlimit { + unsigned long rlim_cur; + unsigned long rlim_max; +}; + +/* include/linux/time.h */ +struct kernel_timespec { + long tv_sec; + long tv_nsec; +}; + +/* include/linux/time.h */ +struct kernel_timeval { + long tv_sec; + long tv_usec; +}; + +/* include/linux/resource.h */ +struct kernel_rusage { + struct kernel_timeval ru_utime; + struct kernel_timeval ru_stime; + long ru_maxrss; + long ru_ixrss; + long ru_idrss; + long ru_isrss; + long ru_minflt; + long ru_majflt; + long ru_nswap; + long ru_inblock; + long ru_oublock; + long ru_msgsnd; + long ru_msgrcv; + long ru_nsignals; + long ru_nvcsw; + long ru_nivcsw; +}; + +#if defined(__i386__) || defined(__ARM_EABI__) || defined(__ARM_ARCH_3__) \ + || defined(__PPC__) || (defined(__s390__) && !defined(__s390x__)) + +/* include/asm-{arm,i386,mips,ppc}/signal.h */ +struct kernel_old_sigaction { + union { + void (*sa_handler_)(int); + void (*sa_sigaction_)(int, siginfo_t *, void *); + }; + unsigned long sa_mask; + unsigned long sa_flags; + void (*sa_restorer)(void); +} __attribute__((packed,aligned(4))); +#elif (defined(__mips__) && _MIPS_SIM == _MIPS_SIM_ABI32) + #define kernel_old_sigaction kernel_sigaction +#elif defined(__aarch64__) + // No kernel_old_sigaction defined for arm64. +#endif + +/* Some kernel functions (e.g. sigaction() in 2.6.23) require that the + * exactly match the size of the signal set, even though the API was + * intended to be extensible. We define our own KERNEL_NSIG to deal with + * this. + * Please note that glibc provides signals [1.._NSIG-1], whereas the + * kernel (and this header) provides the range [1..KERNEL_NSIG]. The + * actual number of signals is obviously the same, but the constants + * differ by one. + */ +#ifdef __mips__ +#define KERNEL_NSIG 128 +#else +#define KERNEL_NSIG 64 +#endif + +/* include/asm-{arm,aarch64,i386,mips,x86_64}/signal.h */ +struct kernel_sigset_t { + unsigned long sig[(KERNEL_NSIG + 8*sizeof(unsigned long) - 1)/ + (8*sizeof(unsigned long))]; +}; + +/* include/asm-{arm,i386,mips,x86_64,ppc}/signal.h */ +struct kernel_sigaction { +#ifdef __mips__ + unsigned long sa_flags; + union { + void (*sa_handler_)(int); + void (*sa_sigaction_)(int, siginfo_t *, void *); + }; + struct kernel_sigset_t sa_mask; +#else + union { + void (*sa_handler_)(int); + void (*sa_sigaction_)(int, siginfo_t *, void *); + }; + unsigned long sa_flags; + void (*sa_restorer)(void); + struct kernel_sigset_t sa_mask; +#endif +}; + +/* include/linux/socket.h */ +struct kernel_sockaddr { + unsigned short sa_family; + char sa_data[14]; +}; + +/* include/asm-{arm,aarch64,i386,mips,ppc,s390}/stat.h */ +#ifdef __mips__ +#if _MIPS_SIM == _MIPS_SIM_ABI64 +struct kernel_stat { +#else +struct kernel_stat64 { +#endif + unsigned st_dev; + unsigned __pad0[3]; + unsigned long long st_ino; + unsigned st_mode; + unsigned st_nlink; + unsigned st_uid; + unsigned st_gid; + unsigned st_rdev; + unsigned __pad1[3]; + long long st_size; + unsigned st_atime_; + unsigned st_atime_nsec_; + unsigned st_mtime_; + unsigned st_mtime_nsec_; + unsigned st_ctime_; + unsigned st_ctime_nsec_; + unsigned st_blksize; + unsigned __pad2; + unsigned long long st_blocks; +}; +#elif defined __PPC__ +struct kernel_stat64 { + unsigned long long st_dev; + unsigned long long st_ino; + unsigned st_mode; + unsigned st_nlink; + unsigned st_uid; + unsigned st_gid; + unsigned long long st_rdev; + unsigned short int __pad2; + long long st_size; + long st_blksize; + long long st_blocks; + long st_atime_; + unsigned long st_atime_nsec_; + long st_mtime_; + unsigned long st_mtime_nsec_; + long st_ctime_; + unsigned long st_ctime_nsec_; + unsigned long __unused4; + unsigned long __unused5; +}; +#else +struct kernel_stat64 { + unsigned long long st_dev; + unsigned char __pad0[4]; + unsigned __st_ino; + unsigned st_mode; + unsigned st_nlink; + unsigned st_uid; + unsigned st_gid; + unsigned long long st_rdev; + unsigned char __pad3[4]; + long long st_size; + unsigned st_blksize; + unsigned long long st_blocks; + unsigned st_atime_; + unsigned st_atime_nsec_; + unsigned st_mtime_; + unsigned st_mtime_nsec_; + unsigned st_ctime_; + unsigned st_ctime_nsec_; + unsigned long long st_ino; +}; +#endif + +/* include/asm-{arm,aarch64,i386,mips,x86_64,ppc,s390}/stat.h */ +#if defined(__i386__) || defined(__ARM_ARCH_3__) || defined(__ARM_EABI__) +struct kernel_stat { + /* The kernel headers suggest that st_dev and st_rdev should be 32bit + * quantities encoding 12bit major and 20bit minor numbers in an interleaved + * format. In reality, we do not see useful data in the top bits. So, + * we'll leave the padding in here, until we find a better solution. + */ + unsigned short st_dev; + short pad1; + unsigned st_ino; + unsigned short st_mode; + unsigned short st_nlink; + unsigned short st_uid; + unsigned short st_gid; + unsigned short st_rdev; + short pad2; + unsigned st_size; + unsigned st_blksize; + unsigned st_blocks; + unsigned st_atime_; + unsigned st_atime_nsec_; + unsigned st_mtime_; + unsigned st_mtime_nsec_; + unsigned st_ctime_; + unsigned st_ctime_nsec_; + unsigned __unused4; + unsigned __unused5; +}; +#elif defined(__x86_64__) +struct kernel_stat { + uint64_t st_dev; + uint64_t st_ino; + uint64_t st_nlink; + unsigned st_mode; + unsigned st_uid; + unsigned st_gid; + unsigned __pad0; + uint64_t st_rdev; + int64_t st_size; + int64_t st_blksize; + int64_t st_blocks; + uint64_t st_atime_; + uint64_t st_atime_nsec_; + uint64_t st_mtime_; + uint64_t st_mtime_nsec_; + uint64_t st_ctime_; + uint64_t st_ctime_nsec_; + int64_t __unused4[3]; +}; +#elif defined(__PPC__) +struct kernel_stat { + unsigned st_dev; + unsigned long st_ino; // ino_t + unsigned long st_mode; // mode_t + unsigned short st_nlink; // nlink_t + unsigned st_uid; // uid_t + unsigned st_gid; // gid_t + unsigned st_rdev; + long st_size; // off_t + unsigned long st_blksize; + unsigned long st_blocks; + unsigned long st_atime_; + unsigned long st_atime_nsec_; + unsigned long st_mtime_; + unsigned long st_mtime_nsec_; + unsigned long st_ctime_; + unsigned long st_ctime_nsec_; + unsigned long __unused4; + unsigned long __unused5; +}; +#elif (defined(__mips__) && _MIPS_SIM != _MIPS_SIM_ABI64) +struct kernel_stat { + unsigned st_dev; + int st_pad1[3]; + unsigned st_ino; + unsigned st_mode; + unsigned st_nlink; + unsigned st_uid; + unsigned st_gid; + unsigned st_rdev; + int st_pad2[2]; + long st_size; + int st_pad3; + long st_atime_; + long st_atime_nsec_; + long st_mtime_; + long st_mtime_nsec_; + long st_ctime_; + long st_ctime_nsec_; + int st_blksize; + int st_blocks; + int st_pad4[14]; +}; +#elif defined(__aarch64__) +struct kernel_stat { + unsigned long st_dev; + unsigned long st_ino; + unsigned int st_mode; + unsigned int st_nlink; + unsigned int st_uid; + unsigned int st_gid; + unsigned long st_rdev; + unsigned long __pad1; + long st_size; + int st_blksize; + int __pad2; + long st_blocks; + long st_atime_; + unsigned long st_atime_nsec_; + long st_mtime_; + unsigned long st_mtime_nsec_; + long st_ctime_; + unsigned long st_ctime_nsec_; + unsigned int __unused4; + unsigned int __unused5; +}; +#elif defined(__s390x__) +struct kernel_stat { + unsigned long st_dev; + unsigned long st_ino; + unsigned long st_nlink; + unsigned int st_mode; + unsigned int st_uid; + unsigned int st_gid; + unsigned int __pad1; + unsigned long st_rdev; + unsigned long st_size; + unsigned long st_atime_; + unsigned long st_atime_nsec_; + unsigned long st_mtime_; + unsigned long st_mtime_nsec_; + unsigned long st_ctime_; + unsigned long st_ctime_nsec_; + unsigned long st_blksize; + long st_blocks; + unsigned long __unused[3]; +}; +#elif defined(__s390__) +struct kernel_stat { + unsigned short st_dev; + unsigned short __pad1; + unsigned long st_ino; + unsigned short st_mode; + unsigned short st_nlink; + unsigned short st_uid; + unsigned short st_gid; + unsigned short st_rdev; + unsigned short __pad2; + unsigned long st_size; + unsigned long st_blksize; + unsigned long st_blocks; + unsigned long st_atime_; + unsigned long st_atime_nsec_; + unsigned long st_mtime_; + unsigned long st_mtime_nsec_; + unsigned long st_ctime_; + unsigned long st_ctime_nsec_; + unsigned long __unused4; + unsigned long __unused5; +}; +#endif + +/* include/asm-{arm,aarch64,i386,mips,x86_64,ppc,s390}/statfs.h */ +#ifdef __mips__ +#if _MIPS_SIM != _MIPS_SIM_ABI64 +struct kernel_statfs64 { + unsigned long f_type; + unsigned long f_bsize; + unsigned long f_frsize; + unsigned long __pad; + unsigned long long f_blocks; + unsigned long long f_bfree; + unsigned long long f_files; + unsigned long long f_ffree; + unsigned long long f_bavail; + struct { int val[2]; } f_fsid; + unsigned long f_namelen; + unsigned long f_spare[6]; +}; +#endif +#elif defined(__s390__) +/* See also arch/s390/include/asm/compat.h */ +struct kernel_statfs64 { + unsigned int f_type; + unsigned int f_bsize; + unsigned long long f_blocks; + unsigned long long f_bfree; + unsigned long long f_bavail; + unsigned long long f_files; + unsigned long long f_ffree; + struct { int val[2]; } f_fsid; + unsigned int f_namelen; + unsigned int f_frsize; + unsigned int f_flags; + unsigned int f_spare[4]; +}; +#elif !defined(__x86_64__) +struct kernel_statfs64 { + unsigned long f_type; + unsigned long f_bsize; + unsigned long long f_blocks; + unsigned long long f_bfree; + unsigned long long f_bavail; + unsigned long long f_files; + unsigned long long f_ffree; + struct { int val[2]; } f_fsid; + unsigned long f_namelen; + unsigned long f_frsize; + unsigned long f_spare[5]; +}; +#endif + +/* include/asm-{arm,i386,mips,x86_64,ppc,generic,s390}/statfs.h */ +#ifdef __mips__ +struct kernel_statfs { + long f_type; + long f_bsize; + long f_frsize; + long f_blocks; + long f_bfree; + long f_files; + long f_ffree; + long f_bavail; + struct { int val[2]; } f_fsid; + long f_namelen; + long f_spare[6]; +}; +#elif defined(__x86_64__) +struct kernel_statfs { + /* x86_64 actually defines all these fields as signed, whereas all other */ + /* platforms define them as unsigned. Leaving them at unsigned should not */ + /* cause any problems. Make sure these are 64-bit even on x32. */ + uint64_t f_type; + uint64_t f_bsize; + uint64_t f_blocks; + uint64_t f_bfree; + uint64_t f_bavail; + uint64_t f_files; + uint64_t f_ffree; + struct { int val[2]; } f_fsid; + uint64_t f_namelen; + uint64_t f_frsize; + uint64_t f_spare[5]; +}; +#elif defined(__s390__) +struct kernel_statfs { + unsigned int f_type; + unsigned int f_bsize; + unsigned long f_blocks; + unsigned long f_bfree; + unsigned long f_bavail; + unsigned long f_files; + unsigned long f_ffree; + struct { int val[2]; } f_fsid; + unsigned int f_namelen; + unsigned int f_frsize; + unsigned int f_flags; + unsigned int f_spare[4]; +}; +#else +struct kernel_statfs { + unsigned long f_type; + unsigned long f_bsize; + unsigned long f_blocks; + unsigned long f_bfree; + unsigned long f_bavail; + unsigned long f_files; + unsigned long f_ffree; + struct { int val[2]; } f_fsid; + unsigned long f_namelen; + unsigned long f_frsize; + unsigned long f_spare[5]; +}; +#endif + + +/* Definitions missing from the standard header files */ +#ifndef O_DIRECTORY +#if defined(__ARM_ARCH_3__) || defined(__ARM_EABI__) || defined(__aarch64__) +#define O_DIRECTORY 0040000 +#else +#define O_DIRECTORY 0200000 +#endif +#endif +#ifndef NT_PRXFPREG +#define NT_PRXFPREG 0x46e62b7f +#endif +#ifndef PTRACE_GETFPXREGS +#define PTRACE_GETFPXREGS ((enum __ptrace_request)18) +#endif +#ifndef PR_GET_DUMPABLE +#define PR_GET_DUMPABLE 3 +#endif +#ifndef PR_SET_DUMPABLE +#define PR_SET_DUMPABLE 4 +#endif +#ifndef PR_GET_SECCOMP +#define PR_GET_SECCOMP 21 +#endif +#ifndef PR_SET_SECCOMP +#define PR_SET_SECCOMP 22 +#endif +#ifndef AT_FDCWD +#define AT_FDCWD (-100) +#endif +#ifndef AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW +#define AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW 0x100 +#endif +#ifndef AT_REMOVEDIR +#define AT_REMOVEDIR 0x200 +#endif +#ifndef MREMAP_FIXED +#define MREMAP_FIXED 2 +#endif +#ifndef SA_RESTORER +#define SA_RESTORER 0x04000000 +#endif +#ifndef CPUCLOCK_PROF +#define CPUCLOCK_PROF 0 +#endif +#ifndef CPUCLOCK_VIRT +#define CPUCLOCK_VIRT 1 +#endif +#ifndef CPUCLOCK_SCHED +#define CPUCLOCK_SCHED 2 +#endif +#ifndef CPUCLOCK_PERTHREAD_MASK +#define CPUCLOCK_PERTHREAD_MASK 4 +#endif +#ifndef MAKE_PROCESS_CPUCLOCK +#define MAKE_PROCESS_CPUCLOCK(pid, clock) \ + ((int)(~(unsigned)(pid) << 3) | (int)(clock)) +#endif +#ifndef MAKE_THREAD_CPUCLOCK +#define MAKE_THREAD_CPUCLOCK(tid, clock) \ + ((int)(~(unsigned)(tid) << 3) | \ + (int)((clock) | CPUCLOCK_PERTHREAD_MASK)) +#endif + +#ifndef FUTEX_WAIT +#define FUTEX_WAIT 0 +#endif +#ifndef FUTEX_WAKE +#define FUTEX_WAKE 1 +#endif +#ifndef FUTEX_FD +#define FUTEX_FD 2 +#endif +#ifndef FUTEX_REQUEUE +#define FUTEX_REQUEUE 3 +#endif +#ifndef FUTEX_CMP_REQUEUE +#define FUTEX_CMP_REQUEUE 4 +#endif +#ifndef FUTEX_WAKE_OP +#define FUTEX_WAKE_OP 5 +#endif +#ifndef FUTEX_LOCK_PI +#define FUTEX_LOCK_PI 6 +#endif +#ifndef FUTEX_UNLOCK_PI +#define FUTEX_UNLOCK_PI 7 +#endif +#ifndef FUTEX_TRYLOCK_PI +#define FUTEX_TRYLOCK_PI 8 +#endif +#ifndef FUTEX_PRIVATE_FLAG +#define FUTEX_PRIVATE_FLAG 128 +#endif +#ifndef FUTEX_CMD_MASK +#define FUTEX_CMD_MASK ~FUTEX_PRIVATE_FLAG +#endif +#ifndef FUTEX_WAIT_PRIVATE +#define FUTEX_WAIT_PRIVATE (FUTEX_WAIT | FUTEX_PRIVATE_FLAG) +#endif +#ifndef FUTEX_WAKE_PRIVATE +#define FUTEX_WAKE_PRIVATE (FUTEX_WAKE | FUTEX_PRIVATE_FLAG) +#endif +#ifndef FUTEX_REQUEUE_PRIVATE +#define FUTEX_REQUEUE_PRIVATE (FUTEX_REQUEUE | FUTEX_PRIVATE_FLAG) +#endif +#ifndef FUTEX_CMP_REQUEUE_PRIVATE +#define FUTEX_CMP_REQUEUE_PRIVATE (FUTEX_CMP_REQUEUE | FUTEX_PRIVATE_FLAG) +#endif +#ifndef FUTEX_WAKE_OP_PRIVATE +#define FUTEX_WAKE_OP_PRIVATE (FUTEX_WAKE_OP | FUTEX_PRIVATE_FLAG) +#endif +#ifndef FUTEX_LOCK_PI_PRIVATE +#define FUTEX_LOCK_PI_PRIVATE (FUTEX_LOCK_PI | FUTEX_PRIVATE_FLAG) +#endif +#ifndef FUTEX_UNLOCK_PI_PRIVATE +#define FUTEX_UNLOCK_PI_PRIVATE (FUTEX_UNLOCK_PI | FUTEX_PRIVATE_FLAG) +#endif +#ifndef FUTEX_TRYLOCK_PI_PRIVATE +#define FUTEX_TRYLOCK_PI_PRIVATE (FUTEX_TRYLOCK_PI | FUTEX_PRIVATE_FLAG) +#endif + + +#if defined(__x86_64__) +#ifndef ARCH_SET_GS +#define ARCH_SET_GS 0x1001 +#endif +#ifndef ARCH_GET_GS +#define ARCH_GET_GS 0x1004 +#endif +#endif + +#if defined(__i386__) +#ifndef __NR_quotactl +#define __NR_quotactl 131 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_setresuid +#define __NR_setresuid 164 +#define __NR_getresuid 165 +#define __NR_setresgid 170 +#define __NR_getresgid 171 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_rt_sigaction +#define __NR_rt_sigreturn 173 +#define __NR_rt_sigaction 174 +#define __NR_rt_sigprocmask 175 +#define __NR_rt_sigpending 176 +#define __NR_rt_sigsuspend 179 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_pread64 +#define __NR_pread64 180 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_pwrite64 +#define __NR_pwrite64 181 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_ugetrlimit +#define __NR_ugetrlimit 191 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_stat64 +#define __NR_stat64 195 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_fstat64 +#define __NR_fstat64 197 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_setresuid32 +#define __NR_setresuid32 208 +#define __NR_getresuid32 209 +#define __NR_setresgid32 210 +#define __NR_getresgid32 211 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_setfsuid32 +#define __NR_setfsuid32 215 +#define __NR_setfsgid32 216 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_getdents64 +#define __NR_getdents64 220 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_gettid +#define __NR_gettid 224 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_readahead +#define __NR_readahead 225 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_setxattr +#define __NR_setxattr 226 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_lsetxattr +#define __NR_lsetxattr 227 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_getxattr +#define __NR_getxattr 229 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_lgetxattr +#define __NR_lgetxattr 230 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_listxattr +#define __NR_listxattr 232 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_llistxattr +#define __NR_llistxattr 233 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_tkill +#define __NR_tkill 238 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_futex +#define __NR_futex 240 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_sched_setaffinity +#define __NR_sched_setaffinity 241 +#define __NR_sched_getaffinity 242 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_set_tid_address +#define __NR_set_tid_address 258 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_clock_gettime +#define __NR_clock_gettime 265 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_clock_getres +#define __NR_clock_getres 266 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_statfs64 +#define __NR_statfs64 268 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_fstatfs64 +#define __NR_fstatfs64 269 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_fadvise64_64 +#define __NR_fadvise64_64 272 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_ioprio_set +#define __NR_ioprio_set 289 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_ioprio_get +#define __NR_ioprio_get 290 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_openat +#define __NR_openat 295 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_fstatat64 +#define __NR_fstatat64 300 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_unlinkat +#define __NR_unlinkat 301 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_move_pages +#define __NR_move_pages 317 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_getcpu +#define __NR_getcpu 318 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_fallocate +#define __NR_fallocate 324 +#endif +/* End of i386 definitions */ +#elif defined(__ARM_ARCH_3__) || defined(__ARM_EABI__) +#ifndef __NR_setresuid +#define __NR_setresuid (__NR_SYSCALL_BASE + 164) +#define __NR_getresuid (__NR_SYSCALL_BASE + 165) +#define __NR_setresgid (__NR_SYSCALL_BASE + 170) +#define __NR_getresgid (__NR_SYSCALL_BASE + 171) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_rt_sigaction +#define __NR_rt_sigreturn (__NR_SYSCALL_BASE + 173) +#define __NR_rt_sigaction (__NR_SYSCALL_BASE + 174) +#define __NR_rt_sigprocmask (__NR_SYSCALL_BASE + 175) +#define __NR_rt_sigpending (__NR_SYSCALL_BASE + 176) +#define __NR_rt_sigsuspend (__NR_SYSCALL_BASE + 179) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_pread64 +#define __NR_pread64 (__NR_SYSCALL_BASE + 180) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_pwrite64 +#define __NR_pwrite64 (__NR_SYSCALL_BASE + 181) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_ugetrlimit +#define __NR_ugetrlimit (__NR_SYSCALL_BASE + 191) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_stat64 +#define __NR_stat64 (__NR_SYSCALL_BASE + 195) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_fstat64 +#define __NR_fstat64 (__NR_SYSCALL_BASE + 197) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_setresuid32 +#define __NR_setresuid32 (__NR_SYSCALL_BASE + 208) +#define __NR_getresuid32 (__NR_SYSCALL_BASE + 209) +#define __NR_setresgid32 (__NR_SYSCALL_BASE + 210) +#define __NR_getresgid32 (__NR_SYSCALL_BASE + 211) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_setfsuid32 +#define __NR_setfsuid32 (__NR_SYSCALL_BASE + 215) +#define __NR_setfsgid32 (__NR_SYSCALL_BASE + 216) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_getdents64 +#define __NR_getdents64 (__NR_SYSCALL_BASE + 217) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_gettid +#define __NR_gettid (__NR_SYSCALL_BASE + 224) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_readahead +#define __NR_readahead (__NR_SYSCALL_BASE + 225) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_setxattr +#define __NR_setxattr (__NR_SYSCALL_BASE + 226) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_lsetxattr +#define __NR_lsetxattr (__NR_SYSCALL_BASE + 227) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_getxattr +#define __NR_getxattr (__NR_SYSCALL_BASE + 229) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_lgetxattr +#define __NR_lgetxattr (__NR_SYSCALL_BASE + 230) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_listxattr +#define __NR_listxattr (__NR_SYSCALL_BASE + 232) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_llistxattr +#define __NR_llistxattr (__NR_SYSCALL_BASE + 233) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_tkill +#define __NR_tkill (__NR_SYSCALL_BASE + 238) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_futex +#define __NR_futex (__NR_SYSCALL_BASE + 240) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_sched_setaffinity +#define __NR_sched_setaffinity (__NR_SYSCALL_BASE + 241) +#define __NR_sched_getaffinity (__NR_SYSCALL_BASE + 242) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_set_tid_address +#define __NR_set_tid_address (__NR_SYSCALL_BASE + 256) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_clock_gettime +#define __NR_clock_gettime (__NR_SYSCALL_BASE + 263) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_clock_getres +#define __NR_clock_getres (__NR_SYSCALL_BASE + 264) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_statfs64 +#define __NR_statfs64 (__NR_SYSCALL_BASE + 266) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_fstatfs64 +#define __NR_fstatfs64 (__NR_SYSCALL_BASE + 267) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_ioprio_set +#define __NR_ioprio_set (__NR_SYSCALL_BASE + 314) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_ioprio_get +#define __NR_ioprio_get (__NR_SYSCALL_BASE + 315) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_move_pages +#define __NR_move_pages (__NR_SYSCALL_BASE + 344) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_getcpu +#define __NR_getcpu (__NR_SYSCALL_BASE + 345) +#endif +/* End of ARM 3/EABI definitions */ +#elif defined(__aarch64__) +#ifndef __NR_setxattr +#define __NR_setxattr 5 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_lsetxattr +#define __NR_lsetxattr 6 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_getxattr +#define __NR_getxattr 8 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_lgetxattr +#define __NR_lgetxattr 9 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_listxattr +#define __NR_listxattr 11 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_llistxattr +#define __NR_llistxattr 12 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_ioprio_set +#define __NR_ioprio_set 30 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_ioprio_get +#define __NR_ioprio_get 31 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_unlinkat +#define __NR_unlinkat 35 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_fallocate +#define __NR_fallocate 47 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_openat +#define __NR_openat 56 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_quotactl +#define __NR_quotactl 60 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_getdents64 +#define __NR_getdents64 61 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_getdents +// when getdents is not available, getdents64 is used for both. +#define __NR_getdents __NR_getdents64 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_pread64 +#define __NR_pread64 67 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_pwrite64 +#define __NR_pwrite64 68 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_ppoll +#define __NR_ppoll 73 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_readlinkat +#define __NR_readlinkat 78 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_newfstatat +#define __NR_newfstatat 79 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_set_tid_address +#define __NR_set_tid_address 96 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_futex +#define __NR_futex 98 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_clock_gettime +#define __NR_clock_gettime 113 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_clock_getres +#define __NR_clock_getres 114 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_sched_setaffinity +#define __NR_sched_setaffinity 122 +#define __NR_sched_getaffinity 123 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_tkill +#define __NR_tkill 130 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_setresuid +#define __NR_setresuid 147 +#define __NR_getresuid 148 +#define __NR_setresgid 149 +#define __NR_getresgid 150 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_gettid +#define __NR_gettid 178 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_readahead +#define __NR_readahead 213 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_fadvise64 +#define __NR_fadvise64 223 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_move_pages +#define __NR_move_pages 239 +#endif +/* End of aarch64 definitions */ +#elif defined(__x86_64__) +#ifndef __NR_pread64 +#define __NR_pread64 17 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_pwrite64 +#define __NR_pwrite64 18 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_setresuid +#define __NR_setresuid 117 +#define __NR_getresuid 118 +#define __NR_setresgid 119 +#define __NR_getresgid 120 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_quotactl +#define __NR_quotactl 179 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_gettid +#define __NR_gettid 186 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_readahead +#define __NR_readahead 187 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_setxattr +#define __NR_setxattr 188 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_lsetxattr +#define __NR_lsetxattr 189 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_getxattr +#define __NR_getxattr 191 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_lgetxattr +#define __NR_lgetxattr 192 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_listxattr +#define __NR_listxattr 194 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_llistxattr +#define __NR_llistxattr 195 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_tkill +#define __NR_tkill 200 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_futex +#define __NR_futex 202 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_sched_setaffinity +#define __NR_sched_setaffinity 203 +#define __NR_sched_getaffinity 204 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_getdents64 +#define __NR_getdents64 217 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_getdents +// when getdents is not available, getdents64 is used for both. +#define __NR_getdents __NR_getdents64 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_set_tid_address +#define __NR_set_tid_address 218 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_fadvise64 +#define __NR_fadvise64 221 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_clock_gettime +#define __NR_clock_gettime 228 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_clock_getres +#define __NR_clock_getres 229 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_ioprio_set +#define __NR_ioprio_set 251 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_ioprio_get +#define __NR_ioprio_get 252 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_openat +#define __NR_openat 257 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_newfstatat +#define __NR_newfstatat 262 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_unlinkat +#define __NR_unlinkat 263 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_move_pages +#define __NR_move_pages 279 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_fallocate +#define __NR_fallocate 285 +#endif +/* End of x86-64 definitions */ +#elif defined(__mips__) +#if _MIPS_SIM == _MIPS_SIM_ABI32 +#ifndef __NR_setresuid +#define __NR_setresuid (__NR_Linux + 185) +#define __NR_getresuid (__NR_Linux + 186) +#define __NR_setresgid (__NR_Linux + 190) +#define __NR_getresgid (__NR_Linux + 191) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_rt_sigaction +#define __NR_rt_sigreturn (__NR_Linux + 193) +#define __NR_rt_sigaction (__NR_Linux + 194) +#define __NR_rt_sigprocmask (__NR_Linux + 195) +#define __NR_rt_sigpending (__NR_Linux + 196) +#define __NR_rt_sigsuspend (__NR_Linux + 199) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_pread64 +#define __NR_pread64 (__NR_Linux + 200) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_pwrite64 +#define __NR_pwrite64 (__NR_Linux + 201) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_stat64 +#define __NR_stat64 (__NR_Linux + 213) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_fstat64 +#define __NR_fstat64 (__NR_Linux + 215) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_getdents64 +#define __NR_getdents64 (__NR_Linux + 219) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_gettid +#define __NR_gettid (__NR_Linux + 222) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_readahead +#define __NR_readahead (__NR_Linux + 223) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_setxattr +#define __NR_setxattr (__NR_Linux + 224) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_lsetxattr +#define __NR_lsetxattr (__NR_Linux + 225) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_getxattr +#define __NR_getxattr (__NR_Linux + 227) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_lgetxattr +#define __NR_lgetxattr (__NR_Linux + 228) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_listxattr +#define __NR_listxattr (__NR_Linux + 230) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_llistxattr +#define __NR_llistxattr (__NR_Linux + 231) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_tkill +#define __NR_tkill (__NR_Linux + 236) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_futex +#define __NR_futex (__NR_Linux + 238) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_sched_setaffinity +#define __NR_sched_setaffinity (__NR_Linux + 239) +#define __NR_sched_getaffinity (__NR_Linux + 240) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_set_tid_address +#define __NR_set_tid_address (__NR_Linux + 252) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_statfs64 +#define __NR_statfs64 (__NR_Linux + 255) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_fstatfs64 +#define __NR_fstatfs64 (__NR_Linux + 256) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_clock_gettime +#define __NR_clock_gettime (__NR_Linux + 263) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_clock_getres +#define __NR_clock_getres (__NR_Linux + 264) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_openat +#define __NR_openat (__NR_Linux + 288) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_fstatat +#define __NR_fstatat (__NR_Linux + 293) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_unlinkat +#define __NR_unlinkat (__NR_Linux + 294) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_move_pages +#define __NR_move_pages (__NR_Linux + 308) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_getcpu +#define __NR_getcpu (__NR_Linux + 312) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_ioprio_set +#define __NR_ioprio_set (__NR_Linux + 314) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_ioprio_get +#define __NR_ioprio_get (__NR_Linux + 315) +#endif +/* End of MIPS (old 32bit API) definitions */ +#elif _MIPS_SIM == _MIPS_SIM_ABI64 +#ifndef __NR_pread64 +#define __NR_pread64 (__NR_Linux + 16) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_pwrite64 +#define __NR_pwrite64 (__NR_Linux + 17) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_setresuid +#define __NR_setresuid (__NR_Linux + 115) +#define __NR_getresuid (__NR_Linux + 116) +#define __NR_setresgid (__NR_Linux + 117) +#define __NR_getresgid (__NR_Linux + 118) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_gettid +#define __NR_gettid (__NR_Linux + 178) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_readahead +#define __NR_readahead (__NR_Linux + 179) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_setxattr +#define __NR_setxattr (__NR_Linux + 180) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_lsetxattr +#define __NR_lsetxattr (__NR_Linux + 181) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_getxattr +#define __NR_getxattr (__NR_Linux + 183) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_lgetxattr +#define __NR_lgetxattr (__NR_Linux + 184) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_listxattr +#define __NR_listxattr (__NR_Linux + 186) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_llistxattr +#define __NR_llistxattr (__NR_Linux + 187) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_tkill +#define __NR_tkill (__NR_Linux + 192) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_futex +#define __NR_futex (__NR_Linux + 194) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_sched_setaffinity +#define __NR_sched_setaffinity (__NR_Linux + 195) +#define __NR_sched_getaffinity (__NR_Linux + 196) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_set_tid_address +#define __NR_set_tid_address (__NR_Linux + 212) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_clock_gettime +#define __NR_clock_gettime (__NR_Linux + 222) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_clock_getres +#define __NR_clock_getres (__NR_Linux + 223) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_openat +#define __NR_openat (__NR_Linux + 247) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_fstatat +#define __NR_fstatat (__NR_Linux + 252) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_unlinkat +#define __NR_unlinkat (__NR_Linux + 253) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_move_pages +#define __NR_move_pages (__NR_Linux + 267) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_getcpu +#define __NR_getcpu (__NR_Linux + 271) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_ioprio_set +#define __NR_ioprio_set (__NR_Linux + 273) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_ioprio_get +#define __NR_ioprio_get (__NR_Linux + 274) +#endif +/* End of MIPS (64bit API) definitions */ +#else +#ifndef __NR_setresuid +#define __NR_setresuid (__NR_Linux + 115) +#define __NR_getresuid (__NR_Linux + 116) +#define __NR_setresgid (__NR_Linux + 117) +#define __NR_getresgid (__NR_Linux + 118) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_gettid +#define __NR_gettid (__NR_Linux + 178) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_readahead +#define __NR_readahead (__NR_Linux + 179) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_setxattr +#define __NR_setxattr (__NR_Linux + 180) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_lsetxattr +#define __NR_lsetxattr (__NR_Linux + 181) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_getxattr +#define __NR_getxattr (__NR_Linux + 183) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_lgetxattr +#define __NR_lgetxattr (__NR_Linux + 184) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_listxattr +#define __NR_listxattr (__NR_Linux + 186) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_llistxattr +#define __NR_llistxattr (__NR_Linux + 187) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_tkill +#define __NR_tkill (__NR_Linux + 192) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_futex +#define __NR_futex (__NR_Linux + 194) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_sched_setaffinity +#define __NR_sched_setaffinity (__NR_Linux + 195) +#define __NR_sched_getaffinity (__NR_Linux + 196) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_set_tid_address +#define __NR_set_tid_address (__NR_Linux + 213) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_statfs64 +#define __NR_statfs64 (__NR_Linux + 217) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_fstatfs64 +#define __NR_fstatfs64 (__NR_Linux + 218) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_clock_gettime +#define __NR_clock_gettime (__NR_Linux + 226) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_clock_getres +#define __NR_clock_getres (__NR_Linux + 227) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_openat +#define __NR_openat (__NR_Linux + 251) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_fstatat +#define __NR_fstatat (__NR_Linux + 256) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_unlinkat +#define __NR_unlinkat (__NR_Linux + 257) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_move_pages +#define __NR_move_pages (__NR_Linux + 271) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_getcpu +#define __NR_getcpu (__NR_Linux + 275) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_ioprio_set +#define __NR_ioprio_set (__NR_Linux + 277) +#endif +#ifndef __NR_ioprio_get +#define __NR_ioprio_get (__NR_Linux + 278) +#endif +/* End of MIPS (new 32bit API) definitions */ +#endif +/* End of MIPS definitions */ +#elif defined(__PPC__) +#ifndef __NR_setfsuid +#define __NR_setfsuid 138 +#define __NR_setfsgid 139 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_setresuid +#define __NR_setresuid 164 +#define __NR_getresuid 165 +#define __NR_setresgid 169 +#define __NR_getresgid 170 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_rt_sigaction +#define __NR_rt_sigreturn 172 +#define __NR_rt_sigaction 173 +#define __NR_rt_sigprocmask 174 +#define __NR_rt_sigpending 175 +#define __NR_rt_sigsuspend 178 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_pread64 +#define __NR_pread64 179 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_pwrite64 +#define __NR_pwrite64 180 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_ugetrlimit +#define __NR_ugetrlimit 190 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_readahead +#define __NR_readahead 191 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_stat64 +#define __NR_stat64 195 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_fstat64 +#define __NR_fstat64 197 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_getdents64 +#define __NR_getdents64 202 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_gettid +#define __NR_gettid 207 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_tkill +#define __NR_tkill 208 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_setxattr +#define __NR_setxattr 209 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_lsetxattr +#define __NR_lsetxattr 210 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_getxattr +#define __NR_getxattr 212 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_lgetxattr +#define __NR_lgetxattr 213 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_listxattr +#define __NR_listxattr 215 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_llistxattr +#define __NR_llistxattr 216 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_futex +#define __NR_futex 221 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_sched_setaffinity +#define __NR_sched_setaffinity 222 +#define __NR_sched_getaffinity 223 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_set_tid_address +#define __NR_set_tid_address 232 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_clock_gettime +#define __NR_clock_gettime 246 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_clock_getres +#define __NR_clock_getres 247 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_statfs64 +#define __NR_statfs64 252 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_fstatfs64 +#define __NR_fstatfs64 253 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_fadvise64_64 +#define __NR_fadvise64_64 254 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_ioprio_set +#define __NR_ioprio_set 273 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_ioprio_get +#define __NR_ioprio_get 274 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_openat +#define __NR_openat 286 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_fstatat64 +#define __NR_fstatat64 291 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_unlinkat +#define __NR_unlinkat 292 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_move_pages +#define __NR_move_pages 301 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_getcpu +#define __NR_getcpu 302 +#endif +/* End of powerpc defininitions */ +#elif defined(__s390__) +#ifndef __NR_quotactl +#define __NR_quotactl 131 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_rt_sigreturn +#define __NR_rt_sigreturn 173 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_rt_sigaction +#define __NR_rt_sigaction 174 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_rt_sigprocmask +#define __NR_rt_sigprocmask 175 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_rt_sigpending +#define __NR_rt_sigpending 176 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_rt_sigsuspend +#define __NR_rt_sigsuspend 179 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_pread64 +#define __NR_pread64 180 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_pwrite64 +#define __NR_pwrite64 181 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_getdents64 +#define __NR_getdents64 220 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_readahead +#define __NR_readahead 222 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_setxattr +#define __NR_setxattr 224 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_lsetxattr +#define __NR_lsetxattr 225 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_getxattr +#define __NR_getxattr 227 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_lgetxattr +#define __NR_lgetxattr 228 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_listxattr +#define __NR_listxattr 230 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_llistxattr +#define __NR_llistxattr 231 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_gettid +#define __NR_gettid 236 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_tkill +#define __NR_tkill 237 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_futex +#define __NR_futex 238 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_sched_setaffinity +#define __NR_sched_setaffinity 239 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_sched_getaffinity +#define __NR_sched_getaffinity 240 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_set_tid_address +#define __NR_set_tid_address 252 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_clock_gettime +#define __NR_clock_gettime 260 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_clock_getres +#define __NR_clock_getres 261 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_statfs64 +#define __NR_statfs64 265 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_fstatfs64 +#define __NR_fstatfs64 266 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_ioprio_set +#define __NR_ioprio_set 282 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_ioprio_get +#define __NR_ioprio_get 283 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_openat +#define __NR_openat 288 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_unlinkat +#define __NR_unlinkat 294 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_move_pages +#define __NR_move_pages 310 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_getcpu +#define __NR_getcpu 311 +#endif +#ifndef __NR_fallocate +#define __NR_fallocate 314 +#endif +/* Some syscalls are named/numbered differently between s390 and s390x. */ +#ifdef __s390x__ +# ifndef __NR_getrlimit +# define __NR_getrlimit 191 +# endif +# ifndef __NR_setresuid +# define __NR_setresuid 208 +# endif +# ifndef __NR_getresuid +# define __NR_getresuid 209 +# endif +# ifndef __NR_setresgid +# define __NR_setresgid 210 +# endif +# ifndef __NR_getresgid +# define __NR_getresgid 211 +# endif +# ifndef __NR_setfsuid +# define __NR_setfsuid 215 +# endif +# ifndef __NR_setfsgid +# define __NR_setfsgid 216 +# endif +# ifndef __NR_fadvise64 +# define __NR_fadvise64 253 +# endif +# ifndef __NR_newfstatat +# define __NR_newfstatat 293 +# endif +#else /* __s390x__ */ +# ifndef __NR_getrlimit +# define __NR_getrlimit 76 +# endif +# ifndef __NR_setfsuid +# define __NR_setfsuid 138 +# endif +# ifndef __NR_setfsgid +# define __NR_setfsgid 139 +# endif +# ifndef __NR_setresuid +# define __NR_setresuid 164 +# endif +# ifndef __NR_getresuid +# define __NR_getresuid 165 +# endif +# ifndef __NR_setresgid +# define __NR_setresgid 170 +# endif +# ifndef __NR_getresgid +# define __NR_getresgid 171 +# endif +# ifndef __NR_ugetrlimit +# define __NR_ugetrlimit 191 +# endif +# ifndef __NR_mmap2 +# define __NR_mmap2 192 +# endif +# ifndef __NR_setresuid32 +# define __NR_setresuid32 208 +# endif +# ifndef __NR_getresuid32 +# define __NR_getresuid32 209 +# endif +# ifndef __NR_setresgid32 +# define __NR_setresgid32 210 +# endif +# ifndef __NR_getresgid32 +# define __NR_getresgid32 211 +# endif +# ifndef __NR_setfsuid32 +# define __NR_setfsuid32 215 +# endif +# ifndef __NR_setfsgid32 +# define __NR_setfsgid32 216 +# endif +# ifndef __NR_fadvise64_64 +# define __NR_fadvise64_64 264 +# endif +# ifndef __NR_fstatat64 +# define __NR_fstatat64 293 +# endif +#endif /* __s390__ */ +/* End of s390/s390x definitions */ +#endif + + +/* After forking, we must make sure to only call system calls. */ +#if defined(__BOUNDED_POINTERS__) + #error "Need to port invocations of syscalls for bounded ptrs" +#else + /* The core dumper and the thread lister get executed after threads + * have been suspended. As a consequence, we cannot call any functions + * that acquire locks. Unfortunately, libc wraps most system calls + * (e.g. in order to implement pthread_atfork, and to make calls + * cancellable), which means we cannot call these functions. Instead, + * we have to call syscall() directly. + */ + #undef LSS_ERRNO + #ifdef SYS_ERRNO + /* Allow the including file to override the location of errno. This can + * be useful when using clone() with the CLONE_VM option. + */ + #define LSS_ERRNO SYS_ERRNO + #else + #define LSS_ERRNO errno + #endif + + #undef LSS_INLINE + #ifdef SYS_INLINE + #define LSS_INLINE SYS_INLINE + #else + #define LSS_INLINE static inline + #endif + + /* Allow the including file to override the prefix used for all new + * system calls. By default, it will be set to "sys_". + */ + #undef LSS_NAME + #ifndef SYS_PREFIX + #define LSS_NAME(name) sys_##name + #elif defined(SYS_PREFIX) && SYS_PREFIX < 0 + #define LSS_NAME(name) name + #elif defined(SYS_PREFIX) && SYS_PREFIX == 0 + #define LSS_NAME(name) sys0_##name + #elif defined(SYS_PREFIX) && SYS_PREFIX == 1 + #define LSS_NAME(name) sys1_##name + #elif defined(SYS_PREFIX) && SYS_PREFIX == 2 + #define LSS_NAME(name) sys2_##name + #elif defined(SYS_PREFIX) && SYS_PREFIX == 3 + #define LSS_NAME(name) sys3_##name + #elif defined(SYS_PREFIX) && SYS_PREFIX == 4 + #define LSS_NAME(name) sys4_##name + #elif defined(SYS_PREFIX) && SYS_PREFIX == 5 + #define LSS_NAME(name) sys5_##name + #elif defined(SYS_PREFIX) && SYS_PREFIX == 6 + #define LSS_NAME(name) sys6_##name + #elif defined(SYS_PREFIX) && SYS_PREFIX == 7 + #define LSS_NAME(name) sys7_##name + #elif defined(SYS_PREFIX) && SYS_PREFIX == 8 + #define LSS_NAME(name) sys8_##name + #elif defined(SYS_PREFIX) && SYS_PREFIX == 9 + #define LSS_NAME(name) sys9_##name + #endif + + #undef LSS_RETURN + #if (defined(__i386__) || defined(__x86_64__) || defined(__ARM_ARCH_3__) \ + || defined(__ARM_EABI__) || defined(__aarch64__) || defined(__s390__)) + /* Failing system calls return a negative result in the range of + * -1..-4095. These are "errno" values with the sign inverted. + */ + #define LSS_RETURN(type, res) \ + do { \ + if ((unsigned long)(res) >= (unsigned long)(-4095)) { \ + LSS_ERRNO = -(res); \ + res = -1; \ + } \ + return (type) (res); \ + } while (0) + #elif defined(__mips__) + /* On MIPS, failing system calls return -1, and set errno in a + * separate CPU register. + */ + #define LSS_RETURN(type, res, err) \ + do { \ + if (err) { \ + unsigned long __errnovalue = (res); \ + LSS_ERRNO = __errnovalue; \ + res = -1; \ + } \ + return (type) (res); \ + } while (0) + #elif defined(__PPC__) + /* On PPC, failing system calls return -1, and set errno in a + * separate CPU register. See linux/unistd.h. + */ + #define LSS_RETURN(type, res, err) \ + do { \ + if (err & 0x10000000 ) { \ + LSS_ERRNO = (res); \ + res = -1; \ + } \ + return (type) (res); \ + } while (0) + #endif + #if defined(__i386__) + /* In PIC mode (e.g. when building shared libraries), gcc for i386 + * reserves ebx. Unfortunately, most distribution ship with implementations + * of _syscallX() which clobber ebx. + * Also, most definitions of _syscallX() neglect to mark "memory" as being + * clobbered. This causes problems with compilers, that do a better job + * at optimizing across __asm__ calls. + * So, we just have to redefine all of the _syscallX() macros. + */ + #undef LSS_ENTRYPOINT + #ifdef SYS_SYSCALL_ENTRYPOINT + static inline void (**LSS_NAME(get_syscall_entrypoint)(void))(void) { + void (**entrypoint)(void); + asm volatile(".bss\n" + ".align 8\n" + ".globl " SYS_SYSCALL_ENTRYPOINT "\n" + ".common " SYS_SYSCALL_ENTRYPOINT ",8,8\n" + ".previous\n" + /* This logically does 'lea "SYS_SYSCALL_ENTRYPOINT", %0' */ + "call 0f\n" + "0:pop %0\n" + "add $_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_+[.-0b], %0\n" + "mov " SYS_SYSCALL_ENTRYPOINT "@GOT(%0), %0\n" + : "=r"(entrypoint)); + return entrypoint; + } + + #define LSS_ENTRYPOINT ".bss\n" \ + ".align 8\n" \ + ".globl " SYS_SYSCALL_ENTRYPOINT "\n" \ + ".common " SYS_SYSCALL_ENTRYPOINT ",8,8\n" \ + ".previous\n" \ + /* Check the SYS_SYSCALL_ENTRYPOINT vector */ \ + "push %%eax\n" \ + "call 10000f\n" \ + "10000:pop %%eax\n" \ + "add $_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_+[.-10000b], %%eax\n" \ + "mov " SYS_SYSCALL_ENTRYPOINT \ + "@GOT(%%eax), %%eax\n" \ + "mov 0(%%eax), %%eax\n" \ + "test %%eax, %%eax\n" \ + "jz 10002f\n" \ + "push %%eax\n" \ + "call 10001f\n" \ + "10001:pop %%eax\n" \ + "add $(10003f-10001b), %%eax\n" \ + "xchg 4(%%esp), %%eax\n" \ + "ret\n" \ + "10002:pop %%eax\n" \ + "int $0x80\n" \ + "10003:\n" + #else + #define LSS_ENTRYPOINT "int $0x80\n" + #endif + #undef LSS_BODY + #define LSS_BODY(type,args...) \ + long __res; \ + __asm__ __volatile__("push %%ebx\n" \ + "movl %2,%%ebx\n" \ + LSS_ENTRYPOINT \ + "pop %%ebx" \ + args \ + : "esp", "memory"); \ + LSS_RETURN(type,__res) + #undef _syscall0 + #define _syscall0(type,name) \ + type LSS_NAME(name)(void) { \ + long __res; \ + __asm__ volatile(LSS_ENTRYPOINT \ + : "=a" (__res) \ + : "0" (__NR_##name) \ + : "esp", "memory"); \ + LSS_RETURN(type,__res); \ + } + #undef _syscall1 + #define _syscall1(type,name,type1,arg1) \ + type LSS_NAME(name)(type1 arg1) { \ + LSS_BODY(type, \ + : "=a" (__res) \ + : "0" (__NR_##name), "ri" ((long)(arg1))); \ + } + #undef _syscall2 + #define _syscall2(type,name,type1,arg1,type2,arg2) \ + type LSS_NAME(name)(type1 arg1,type2 arg2) { \ + LSS_BODY(type, \ + : "=a" (__res) \ + : "0" (__NR_##name),"ri" ((long)(arg1)), "c" ((long)(arg2))); \ + } + #undef _syscall3 + #define _syscall3(type,name,type1,arg1,type2,arg2,type3,arg3) \ + type LSS_NAME(name)(type1 arg1,type2 arg2,type3 arg3) { \ + LSS_BODY(type, \ + : "=a" (__res) \ + : "0" (__NR_##name), "ri" ((long)(arg1)), "c" ((long)(arg2)), \ + "d" ((long)(arg3))); \ + } + #undef _syscall4 + #define _syscall4(type,name,type1,arg1,type2,arg2,type3,arg3,type4,arg4) \ + type LSS_NAME(name)(type1 arg1, type2 arg2, type3 arg3, type4 arg4) { \ + LSS_BODY(type, \ + : "=a" (__res) \ + : "0" (__NR_##name), "ri" ((long)(arg1)), "c" ((long)(arg2)), \ + "d" ((long)(arg3)),"S" ((long)(arg4))); \ + } + #undef _syscall5 + #define _syscall5(type,name,type1,arg1,type2,arg2,type3,arg3,type4,arg4, \ + type5,arg5) \ + type LSS_NAME(name)(type1 arg1, type2 arg2, type3 arg3, type4 arg4, \ + type5 arg5) { \ + long __res; \ + __asm__ __volatile__("push %%ebx\n" \ + "movl %2,%%ebx\n" \ + "movl %1,%%eax\n" \ + LSS_ENTRYPOINT \ + "pop %%ebx" \ + : "=a" (__res) \ + : "i" (__NR_##name), "ri" ((long)(arg1)), \ + "c" ((long)(arg2)), "d" ((long)(arg3)), \ + "S" ((long)(arg4)), "D" ((long)(arg5)) \ + : "esp", "memory"); \ + LSS_RETURN(type,__res); \ + } + #undef _syscall6 + #define _syscall6(type,name,type1,arg1,type2,arg2,type3,arg3,type4,arg4, \ + type5,arg5,type6,arg6) \ + type LSS_NAME(name)(type1 arg1, type2 arg2, type3 arg3, type4 arg4, \ + type5 arg5, type6 arg6) { \ + long __res; \ + struct { long __a1; long __a6; } __s = { (long)arg1, (long) arg6 }; \ + __asm__ __volatile__("push %%ebp\n" \ + "push %%ebx\n" \ + "movl 4(%2),%%ebp\n" \ + "movl 0(%2), %%ebx\n" \ + "movl %1,%%eax\n" \ + LSS_ENTRYPOINT \ + "pop %%ebx\n" \ + "pop %%ebp" \ + : "=a" (__res) \ + : "i" (__NR_##name), "0" ((long)(&__s)), \ + "c" ((long)(arg2)), "d" ((long)(arg3)), \ + "S" ((long)(arg4)), "D" ((long)(arg5)) \ + : "esp", "memory"); \ + LSS_RETURN(type,__res); \ + } + LSS_INLINE int LSS_NAME(clone)(int (*fn)(void *), void *child_stack, + int flags, void *arg, int *parent_tidptr, + void *newtls, int *child_tidptr) { + long __res; + __asm__ __volatile__(/* if (fn == NULL) + * return -EINVAL; + */ + "movl %3,%%ecx\n" + "jecxz 1f\n" + + /* if (child_stack == NULL) + * return -EINVAL; + */ + "movl %4,%%ecx\n" + "jecxz 1f\n" + + /* Set up alignment of the child stack: + * child_stack = (child_stack & ~0xF) - 20; + */ + "andl $-16,%%ecx\n" + "subl $20,%%ecx\n" + + /* Push "arg" and "fn" onto the stack that will be + * used by the child. + */ + "movl %6,%%eax\n" + "movl %%eax,4(%%ecx)\n" + "movl %3,%%eax\n" + "movl %%eax,(%%ecx)\n" + + /* %eax = syscall(%eax = __NR_clone, + * %ebx = flags, + * %ecx = child_stack, + * %edx = parent_tidptr, + * %esi = newtls, + * %edi = child_tidptr) + * Also, make sure that %ebx gets preserved as it is + * used in PIC mode. + */ + "movl %8,%%esi\n" + "movl %7,%%edx\n" + "movl %5,%%eax\n" + "movl %9,%%edi\n" + "pushl %%ebx\n" + "movl %%eax,%%ebx\n" + "movl %2,%%eax\n" + LSS_ENTRYPOINT + + /* In the parent: restore %ebx + * In the child: move "fn" into %ebx + */ + "popl %%ebx\n" + + /* if (%eax != 0) + * return %eax; + */ + "test %%eax,%%eax\n" + "jnz 1f\n" + + /* In the child, now. Terminate frame pointer chain. + */ + "movl $0,%%ebp\n" + + /* Call "fn". "arg" is already on the stack. + */ + "call *%%ebx\n" + + /* Call _exit(%ebx). Unfortunately older versions + * of gcc restrict the number of arguments that can + * be passed to asm(). So, we need to hard-code the + * system call number. + */ + "movl %%eax,%%ebx\n" + "movl $1,%%eax\n" + LSS_ENTRYPOINT + + /* Return to parent. + */ + "1:\n" + : "=a" (__res) + : "0"(-EINVAL), "i"(__NR_clone), + "m"(fn), "m"(child_stack), "m"(flags), "m"(arg), + "m"(parent_tidptr), "m"(newtls), "m"(child_tidptr) + : "esp", "memory", "ecx", "edx", "esi", "edi"); + LSS_RETURN(int, __res); + } + + LSS_INLINE _syscall1(int, set_thread_area, void *, u) + LSS_INLINE _syscall1(int, get_thread_area, void *, u) + + LSS_INLINE void (*LSS_NAME(restore_rt)(void))(void) { + /* On i386, the kernel does not know how to return from a signal + * handler. Instead, it relies on user space to provide a + * restorer function that calls the {rt_,}sigreturn() system call. + * Unfortunately, we cannot just reference the glibc version of this + * function, as glibc goes out of its way to make it inaccessible. + */ + void (*res)(void); + __asm__ __volatile__("call 2f\n" + "0:.align 16\n" + "1:movl %1,%%eax\n" + LSS_ENTRYPOINT + "2:popl %0\n" + "addl $(1b-0b),%0\n" + : "=a" (res) + : "i" (__NR_rt_sigreturn)); + return res; + } + LSS_INLINE void (*LSS_NAME(restore)(void))(void) { + /* On i386, the kernel does not know how to return from a signal + * handler. Instead, it relies on user space to provide a + * restorer function that calls the {rt_,}sigreturn() system call. + * Unfortunately, we cannot just reference the glibc version of this + * function, as glibc goes out of its way to make it inaccessible. + */ + void (*res)(void); + __asm__ __volatile__("call 2f\n" + "0:.align 16\n" + "1:pop %%eax\n" + "movl %1,%%eax\n" + LSS_ENTRYPOINT + "2:popl %0\n" + "addl $(1b-0b),%0\n" + : "=a" (res) + : "i" (__NR_sigreturn)); + return res; + } + #elif defined(__x86_64__) + /* There are no known problems with any of the _syscallX() macros + * currently shipping for x86_64, but we still need to be able to define + * our own version so that we can override the location of the errno + * location (e.g. when using the clone() system call with the CLONE_VM + * option). + */ + #undef LSS_ENTRYPOINT + #ifdef SYS_SYSCALL_ENTRYPOINT + static inline void (**LSS_NAME(get_syscall_entrypoint)(void))(void) { + void (**entrypoint)(void); + asm volatile(".bss\n" + ".align 8\n" + ".globl " SYS_SYSCALL_ENTRYPOINT "\n" + ".common " SYS_SYSCALL_ENTRYPOINT ",8,8\n" + ".previous\n" + "mov " SYS_SYSCALL_ENTRYPOINT "@GOTPCREL(%%rip), %0\n" + : "=r"(entrypoint)); + return entrypoint; + } + + #define LSS_ENTRYPOINT \ + ".bss\n" \ + ".align 8\n" \ + ".globl " SYS_SYSCALL_ENTRYPOINT "\n" \ + ".common " SYS_SYSCALL_ENTRYPOINT ",8,8\n" \ + ".previous\n" \ + "mov " SYS_SYSCALL_ENTRYPOINT "@GOTPCREL(%%rip), %%rcx\n" \ + "mov 0(%%rcx), %%rcx\n" \ + "test %%rcx, %%rcx\n" \ + "jz 10001f\n" \ + "call *%%rcx\n" \ + "jmp 10002f\n" \ + "10001:syscall\n" \ + "10002:\n" + + #else + #define LSS_ENTRYPOINT "syscall\n" + #endif + + /* The x32 ABI has 32 bit longs, but the syscall interface is 64 bit. + * We need to explicitly cast to an unsigned 64 bit type to avoid implicit + * sign extension. We can't cast pointers directly because those are + * 32 bits, and gcc will dump ugly warnings about casting from a pointer + * to an integer of a different size. + */ + #undef LSS_SYSCALL_ARG + #define LSS_SYSCALL_ARG(a) ((uint64_t)(uintptr_t)(a)) + #undef _LSS_RETURN + #define _LSS_RETURN(type, res, cast) \ + do { \ + if ((uint64_t)(res) >= (uint64_t)(-4095)) { \ + LSS_ERRNO = -(res); \ + res = -1; \ + } \ + return (type)(cast)(res); \ + } while (0) + #undef LSS_RETURN + #define LSS_RETURN(type, res) _LSS_RETURN(type, res, uintptr_t) + + #undef _LSS_BODY + #define _LSS_BODY(nr, type, name, cast, ...) \ + long long __res; \ + __asm__ __volatile__(LSS_BODY_ASM##nr LSS_ENTRYPOINT \ + : "=a" (__res) \ + : "0" (__NR_##name) LSS_BODY_ARG##nr(__VA_ARGS__) \ + : LSS_BODY_CLOBBER##nr "r11", "rcx", "memory"); \ + _LSS_RETURN(type, __res, cast) + #undef LSS_BODY + #define LSS_BODY(nr, type, name, args...) \ + _LSS_BODY(nr, type, name, uintptr_t, ## args) + + #undef LSS_BODY_ASM0 + #undef LSS_BODY_ASM1 + #undef LSS_BODY_ASM2 + #undef LSS_BODY_ASM3 + #undef LSS_BODY_ASM4 + #undef LSS_BODY_ASM5 + #undef LSS_BODY_ASM6 + #define LSS_BODY_ASM0 + #define LSS_BODY_ASM1 LSS_BODY_ASM0 + #define LSS_BODY_ASM2 LSS_BODY_ASM1 + #define LSS_BODY_ASM3 LSS_BODY_ASM2 + #define LSS_BODY_ASM4 LSS_BODY_ASM3 "movq %5,%%r10;" + #define LSS_BODY_ASM5 LSS_BODY_ASM4 "movq %6,%%r8;" + #define LSS_BODY_ASM6 LSS_BODY_ASM5 "movq %7,%%r9;" + + #undef LSS_BODY_CLOBBER0 + #undef LSS_BODY_CLOBBER1 + #undef LSS_BODY_CLOBBER2 + #undef LSS_BODY_CLOBBER3 + #undef LSS_BODY_CLOBBER4 + #undef LSS_BODY_CLOBBER5 + #undef LSS_BODY_CLOBBER6 + #define LSS_BODY_CLOBBER0 + #define LSS_BODY_CLOBBER1 LSS_BODY_CLOBBER0 + #define LSS_BODY_CLOBBER2 LSS_BODY_CLOBBER1 + #define LSS_BODY_CLOBBER3 LSS_BODY_CLOBBER2 + #define LSS_BODY_CLOBBER4 LSS_BODY_CLOBBER3 "r10", + #define LSS_BODY_CLOBBER5 LSS_BODY_CLOBBER4 "r8", + #define LSS_BODY_CLOBBER6 LSS_BODY_CLOBBER5 "r9", + + #undef LSS_BODY_ARG0 + #undef LSS_BODY_ARG1 + #undef LSS_BODY_ARG2 + #undef LSS_BODY_ARG3 + #undef LSS_BODY_ARG4 + #undef LSS_BODY_ARG5 + #undef LSS_BODY_ARG6 + #define LSS_BODY_ARG0() + #define LSS_BODY_ARG1(arg1) \ + LSS_BODY_ARG0(), "D" (arg1) + #define LSS_BODY_ARG2(arg1, arg2) \ + LSS_BODY_ARG1(arg1), "S" (arg2) + #define LSS_BODY_ARG3(arg1, arg2, arg3) \ + LSS_BODY_ARG2(arg1, arg2), "d" (arg3) + #define LSS_BODY_ARG4(arg1, arg2, arg3, arg4) \ + LSS_BODY_ARG3(arg1, arg2, arg3), "r" (arg4) + #define LSS_BODY_ARG5(arg1, arg2, arg3, arg4, arg5) \ + LSS_BODY_ARG4(arg1, arg2, arg3, arg4), "r" (arg5) + #define LSS_BODY_ARG6(arg1, arg2, arg3, arg4, arg5, arg6) \ + LSS_BODY_ARG5(arg1, arg2, arg3, arg4, arg5), "r" (arg6) + + #undef _syscall0 + #define _syscall0(type,name) \ + type LSS_NAME(name)(void) { \ + LSS_BODY(0, type, name); \ + } + #undef _syscall1 + #define _syscall1(type,name,type1,arg1) \ + type LSS_NAME(name)(type1 arg1) { \ + LSS_BODY(1, type, name, LSS_SYSCALL_ARG(arg1)); \ + } + #undef _syscall2 + #define _syscall2(type,name,type1,arg1,type2,arg2) \ + type LSS_NAME(name)(type1 arg1, type2 arg2) { \ + LSS_BODY(2, type, name, LSS_SYSCALL_ARG(arg1), LSS_SYSCALL_ARG(arg2));\ + } + #undef _syscall3 + #define _syscall3(type,name,type1,arg1,type2,arg2,type3,arg3) \ + type LSS_NAME(name)(type1 arg1, type2 arg2, type3 arg3) { \ + LSS_BODY(3, type, name, LSS_SYSCALL_ARG(arg1), LSS_SYSCALL_ARG(arg2), \ + LSS_SYSCALL_ARG(arg3)); \ + } + #undef _syscall4 + #define _syscall4(type,name,type1,arg1,type2,arg2,type3,arg3,type4,arg4) \ + type LSS_NAME(name)(type1 arg1, type2 arg2, type3 arg3, type4 arg4) { \ + LSS_BODY(4, type, name, LSS_SYSCALL_ARG(arg1), LSS_SYSCALL_ARG(arg2), \ + LSS_SYSCALL_ARG(arg3), LSS_SYSCALL_ARG(arg4));\ + } + #undef _syscall5 + #define _syscall5(type,name,type1,arg1,type2,arg2,type3,arg3,type4,arg4, \ + type5,arg5) \ + type LSS_NAME(name)(type1 arg1, type2 arg2, type3 arg3, type4 arg4, \ + type5 arg5) { \ + LSS_BODY(5, type, name, LSS_SYSCALL_ARG(arg1), LSS_SYSCALL_ARG(arg2), \ + LSS_SYSCALL_ARG(arg3), LSS_SYSCALL_ARG(arg4), \ + LSS_SYSCALL_ARG(arg5)); \ + } + #undef _syscall6 + #define _syscall6(type,name,type1,arg1,type2,arg2,type3,arg3,type4,arg4, \ + type5,arg5,type6,arg6) \ + type LSS_NAME(name)(type1 arg1, type2 arg2, type3 arg3, type4 arg4, \ + type5 arg5, type6 arg6) { \ + LSS_BODY(6, type, name, LSS_SYSCALL_ARG(arg1), LSS_SYSCALL_ARG(arg2), \ + LSS_SYSCALL_ARG(arg3), LSS_SYSCALL_ARG(arg4), \ + LSS_SYSCALL_ARG(arg5), LSS_SYSCALL_ARG(arg6));\ + } + LSS_INLINE int LSS_NAME(clone)(int (*fn)(void *), void *child_stack, + int flags, void *arg, int *parent_tidptr, + void *newtls, int *child_tidptr) { + long long __res; + { + __asm__ __volatile__(/* if (fn == NULL) + * return -EINVAL; + */ + "testq %4,%4\n" + "jz 1f\n" + + /* if (child_stack == NULL) + * return -EINVAL; + */ + "testq %5,%5\n" + "jz 1f\n" + + /* childstack -= 2*sizeof(void *); + */ + "subq $16,%5\n" + + /* Push "arg" and "fn" onto the stack that will be + * used by the child. + */ + "movq %7,8(%5)\n" + "movq %4,0(%5)\n" + + /* %rax = syscall(%rax = __NR_clone, + * %rdi = flags, + * %rsi = child_stack, + * %rdx = parent_tidptr, + * %r8 = new_tls, + * %r10 = child_tidptr) + */ + "movq %2,%%rax\n" + "movq %9,%%r8\n" + "movq %10,%%r10\n" + LSS_ENTRYPOINT + + /* if (%rax != 0) + * return; + */ + "testq %%rax,%%rax\n" + "jnz 1f\n" + + /* In the child. Terminate frame pointer chain. + */ + "xorq %%rbp,%%rbp\n" + + /* Call "fn(arg)". + */ + "popq %%rax\n" + "popq %%rdi\n" + "call *%%rax\n" + + /* Call _exit(%ebx). + */ + "movq %%rax,%%rdi\n" + "movq %3,%%rax\n" + LSS_ENTRYPOINT + + /* Return to parent. + */ + "1:\n" + : "=a" (__res) + : "0"(-EINVAL), "i"(__NR_clone), "i"(__NR_exit), + "r"(LSS_SYSCALL_ARG(fn)), + "S"(LSS_SYSCALL_ARG(child_stack)), + "D"(LSS_SYSCALL_ARG(flags)), + "r"(LSS_SYSCALL_ARG(arg)), + "d"(LSS_SYSCALL_ARG(parent_tidptr)), + "r"(LSS_SYSCALL_ARG(newtls)), + "r"(LSS_SYSCALL_ARG(child_tidptr)) + : "rsp", "memory", "r8", "r10", "r11", "rcx"); + } + LSS_RETURN(int, __res); + } + LSS_INLINE _syscall2(int, arch_prctl, int, c, void *, a) + + LSS_INLINE void (*LSS_NAME(restore_rt)(void))(void) { + /* On x86-64, the kernel does not know how to return from + * a signal handler. Instead, it relies on user space to provide a + * restorer function that calls the rt_sigreturn() system call. + * Unfortunately, we cannot just reference the glibc version of this + * function, as glibc goes out of its way to make it inaccessible. + */ + long long res; + __asm__ __volatile__("jmp 2f\n" + ".align 16\n" + "1:movq %1,%%rax\n" + LSS_ENTRYPOINT + "2:leaq 1b(%%rip),%0\n" + : "=r" (res) + : "i" (__NR_rt_sigreturn)); + return (void (*)(void))(uintptr_t)res; + } + #elif defined(__ARM_ARCH_3__) + /* Most definitions of _syscallX() neglect to mark "memory" as being + * clobbered. This causes problems with compilers, that do a better job + * at optimizing across __asm__ calls. + * So, we just have to redefine all of the _syscallX() macros. + */ + #undef LSS_REG + #define LSS_REG(r,a) register long __r##r __asm__("r"#r) = (long)a + #undef LSS_BODY + #define LSS_BODY(type,name,args...) \ + register long __res_r0 __asm__("r0"); \ + long __res; \ + __asm__ __volatile__ (__syscall(name) \ + : "=r"(__res_r0) : args : "lr", "memory"); \ + __res = __res_r0; \ + LSS_RETURN(type, __res) + #undef _syscall0 + #define _syscall0(type, name) \ + type LSS_NAME(name)(void) { \ + LSS_BODY(type, name); \ + } + #undef _syscall1 + #define _syscall1(type, name, type1, arg1) \ + type LSS_NAME(name)(type1 arg1) { \ + LSS_REG(0, arg1); LSS_BODY(type, name, "r"(__r0)); \ + } + #undef _syscall2 + #define _syscall2(type, name, type1, arg1, type2, arg2) \ + type LSS_NAME(name)(type1 arg1, type2 arg2) { \ + LSS_REG(0, arg1); LSS_REG(1, arg2); \ + LSS_BODY(type, name, "r"(__r0), "r"(__r1)); \ + } + #undef _syscall3 + #define _syscall3(type, name, type1, arg1, type2, arg2, type3, arg3) \ + type LSS_NAME(name)(type1 arg1, type2 arg2, type3 arg3) { \ + LSS_REG(0, arg1); LSS_REG(1, arg2); LSS_REG(2, arg3); \ + LSS_BODY(type, name, "r"(__r0), "r"(__r1), "r"(__r2)); \ + } + #undef _syscall4 + #define _syscall4(type,name,type1,arg1,type2,arg2,type3,arg3,type4,arg4) \ + type LSS_NAME(name)(type1 arg1, type2 arg2, type3 arg3, type4 arg4) { \ + LSS_REG(0, arg1); LSS_REG(1, arg2); LSS_REG(2, arg3); \ + LSS_REG(3, arg4); \ + LSS_BODY(type, name, "r"(__r0), "r"(__r1), "r"(__r2), "r"(__r3)); \ + } + #undef _syscall5 + #define _syscall5(type,name,type1,arg1,type2,arg2,type3,arg3,type4,arg4, \ + type5,arg5) \ + type LSS_NAME(name)(type1 arg1, type2 arg2, type3 arg3, type4 arg4, \ + type5 arg5) { \ + LSS_REG(0, arg1); LSS_REG(1, arg2); LSS_REG(2, arg3); \ + LSS_REG(3, arg4); LSS_REG(4, arg5); \ + LSS_BODY(type, name, "r"(__r0), "r"(__r1), "r"(__r2), "r"(__r3), \ + "r"(__r4)); \ + } + #undef _syscall6 + #define _syscall6(type,name,type1,arg1,type2,arg2,type3,arg3,type4,arg4, \ + type5,arg5,type6,arg6) \ + type LSS_NAME(name)(type1 arg1, type2 arg2, type3 arg3, type4 arg4, \ + type5 arg5, type6 arg6) { \ + LSS_REG(0, arg1); LSS_REG(1, arg2); LSS_REG(2, arg3); \ + LSS_REG(3, arg4); LSS_REG(4, arg5); LSS_REG(5, arg6); \ + LSS_BODY(type, name, "r"(__r0), "r"(__r1), "r"(__r2), "r"(__r3), \ + "r"(__r4), "r"(__r5)); \ + } + LSS_INLINE int LSS_NAME(clone)(int (*fn)(void *), void *child_stack, + int flags, void *arg, int *parent_tidptr, + void *newtls, int *child_tidptr) { + long __res; + { + register int __flags __asm__("r0") = flags; + register void *__stack __asm__("r1") = child_stack; + register void *__ptid __asm__("r2") = parent_tidptr; + register void *__tls __asm__("r3") = newtls; + register int *__ctid __asm__("r4") = child_tidptr; + __asm__ __volatile__(/* if (fn == NULL || child_stack == NULL) + * return -EINVAL; + */ + "cmp %2,#0\n" + "cmpne %3,#0\n" + "moveq %0,%1\n" + "beq 1f\n" + + /* Push "arg" and "fn" onto the stack that will be + * used by the child. + */ + "str %5,[%3,#-4]!\n" + "str %2,[%3,#-4]!\n" + + /* %r0 = syscall(%r0 = flags, + * %r1 = child_stack, + * %r2 = parent_tidptr, + * %r3 = newtls, + * %r4 = child_tidptr) + */ + __syscall(clone)"\n" + + /* if (%r0 != 0) + * return %r0; + */ + "movs %0,r0\n" + "bne 1f\n" + + /* In the child, now. Call "fn(arg)". + */ + "ldr r0,[sp, #4]\n" + "mov lr,pc\n" + "ldr pc,[sp]\n" + + /* Call _exit(%r0). + */ + __syscall(exit)"\n" + "1:\n" + : "=r" (__res) + : "i"(-EINVAL), + "r"(fn), "r"(__stack), "r"(__flags), "r"(arg), + "r"(__ptid), "r"(__tls), "r"(__ctid) + : "cc", "lr", "memory"); + } + LSS_RETURN(int, __res); + } + #elif defined(__ARM_EABI__) + /* Most definitions of _syscallX() neglect to mark "memory" as being + * clobbered. This causes problems with compilers, that do a better job + * at optimizing across __asm__ calls. + * So, we just have to redefine all fo the _syscallX() macros. + */ + #undef LSS_REG + #define LSS_REG(r,a) register long __r##r __asm__("r"#r) = (long)a + #undef LSS_BODY + #define LSS_BODY(type,name,args...) \ + register long __res_r0 __asm__("r0"); \ + long __res; \ + __asm__ __volatile__ ("push {r7}\n" \ + "mov r7, %1\n" \ + "swi 0x0\n" \ + "pop {r7}\n" \ + : "=r"(__res_r0) \ + : "i"(__NR_##name) , ## args \ + : "lr", "memory"); \ + __res = __res_r0; \ + LSS_RETURN(type, __res) + #undef _syscall0 + #define _syscall0(type, name) \ + type LSS_NAME(name)(void) { \ + LSS_BODY(type, name); \ + } + #undef _syscall1 + #define _syscall1(type, name, type1, arg1) \ + type LSS_NAME(name)(type1 arg1) { \ + LSS_REG(0, arg1); LSS_BODY(type, name, "r"(__r0)); \ + } + #undef _syscall2 + #define _syscall2(type, name, type1, arg1, type2, arg2) \ + type LSS_NAME(name)(type1 arg1, type2 arg2) { \ + LSS_REG(0, arg1); LSS_REG(1, arg2); \ + LSS_BODY(type, name, "r"(__r0), "r"(__r1)); \ + } + #undef _syscall3 + #define _syscall3(type, name, type1, arg1, type2, arg2, type3, arg3) \ + type LSS_NAME(name)(type1 arg1, type2 arg2, type3 arg3) { \ + LSS_REG(0, arg1); LSS_REG(1, arg2); LSS_REG(2, arg3); \ + LSS_BODY(type, name, "r"(__r0), "r"(__r1), "r"(__r2)); \ + } + #undef _syscall4 + #define _syscall4(type,name,type1,arg1,type2,arg2,type3,arg3,type4,arg4) \ + type LSS_NAME(name)(type1 arg1, type2 arg2, type3 arg3, type4 arg4) { \ + LSS_REG(0, arg1); LSS_REG(1, arg2); LSS_REG(2, arg3); \ + LSS_REG(3, arg4); \ + LSS_BODY(type, name, "r"(__r0), "r"(__r1), "r"(__r2), "r"(__r3)); \ + } + #undef _syscall5 + #define _syscall5(type,name,type1,arg1,type2,arg2,type3,arg3,type4,arg4, \ + type5,arg5) \ + type LSS_NAME(name)(type1 arg1, type2 arg2, type3 arg3, type4 arg4, \ + type5 arg5) { \ + LSS_REG(0, arg1); LSS_REG(1, arg2); LSS_REG(2, arg3); \ + LSS_REG(3, arg4); LSS_REG(4, arg5); \ + LSS_BODY(type, name, "r"(__r0), "r"(__r1), "r"(__r2), "r"(__r3), \ + "r"(__r4)); \ + } + #undef _syscall6 + #define _syscall6(type,name,type1,arg1,type2,arg2,type3,arg3,type4,arg4, \ + type5,arg5,type6,arg6) \ + type LSS_NAME(name)(type1 arg1, type2 arg2, type3 arg3, type4 arg4, \ + type5 arg5, type6 arg6) { \ + LSS_REG(0, arg1); LSS_REG(1, arg2); LSS_REG(2, arg3); \ + LSS_REG(3, arg4); LSS_REG(4, arg5); LSS_REG(5, arg6); \ + LSS_BODY(type, name, "r"(__r0), "r"(__r1), "r"(__r2), "r"(__r3), \ + "r"(__r4), "r"(__r5)); \ + } + LSS_INLINE int LSS_NAME(clone)(int (*fn)(void *), void *child_stack, + int flags, void *arg, int *parent_tidptr, + void *newtls, int *child_tidptr) { + long __res; + if (fn == NULL || child_stack == NULL) { + __res = -EINVAL; + LSS_RETURN(int, __res); + } + + /* Push "arg" and "fn" onto the stack that will be + * used by the child. + */ + { + uintptr_t* cstack = (uintptr_t*)child_stack - 2; + cstack[0] = (uintptr_t)fn; + cstack[1] = (uintptr_t)arg; + child_stack = cstack; + } + { + register int __flags __asm__("r0") = flags; + register void *__stack __asm__("r1") = child_stack; + register void *__ptid __asm__("r2") = parent_tidptr; + register void *__tls __asm__("r3") = newtls; + register int *__ctid __asm__("r4") = child_tidptr; + __asm__ __volatile__( +#ifdef __thumb2__ + "push {r7}\n" +#endif + /* %r0 = syscall(%r0 = flags, + * %r1 = child_stack, + * %r2 = parent_tidptr, + * %r3 = newtls, + * %r4 = child_tidptr) + */ + "mov r7, %6\n" + "swi 0x0\n" + + /* if (%r0 != 0) + * return %r0; + */ + "cmp r0, #0\n" + "bne 1f\n" + + /* In the child, now. Call "fn(arg)". + */ + "ldr r0,[sp, #4]\n" + + "ldr lr,[sp]\n" + "blx lr\n" + + /* Call _exit(%r0). + */ + "mov r7, %7\n" + "swi 0x0\n" + /* Unreachable */ + "bkpt #0\n" + "1:\n" +#ifdef __thumb2__ + "pop {r7}\n" +#endif + "movs %0,r0\n" + : "=r"(__res) + : "r"(__stack), "r"(__flags), "r"(__ptid), "r"(__tls), "r"(__ctid), + "i"(__NR_clone), "i"(__NR_exit) + : "cc", "lr", "memory" +#ifndef __thumb2__ + , "r7" +#endif + ); + } + LSS_RETURN(int, __res); + } + #elif defined(__aarch64__) + /* Most definitions of _syscallX() neglect to mark "memory" as being + * clobbered. This causes problems with compilers, that do a better job + * at optimizing across __asm__ calls. + * So, we just have to redefine all of the _syscallX() macros. + */ + #undef LSS_REG + #define LSS_REG(r,a) register int64_t __r##r __asm__("x"#r) = (int64_t)a + #undef LSS_BODY + #define LSS_BODY(type,name,args...) \ + register int64_t __res_x0 __asm__("x0"); \ + int64_t __res; \ + __asm__ __volatile__ ("mov x8, %1\n" \ + "svc 0x0\n" \ + : "=r"(__res_x0) \ + : "i"(__NR_##name) , ## args \ + : "x8", "memory"); \ + __res = __res_x0; \ + LSS_RETURN(type, __res) + #undef _syscall0 + #define _syscall0(type, name) \ + type LSS_NAME(name)(void) { \ + LSS_BODY(type, name); \ + } + #undef _syscall1 + #define _syscall1(type, name, type1, arg1) \ + type LSS_NAME(name)(type1 arg1) { \ + LSS_REG(0, arg1); LSS_BODY(type, name, "r"(__r0)); \ + } + #undef _syscall2 + #define _syscall2(type, name, type1, arg1, type2, arg2) \ + type LSS_NAME(name)(type1 arg1, type2 arg2) { \ + LSS_REG(0, arg1); LSS_REG(1, arg2); \ + LSS_BODY(type, name, "r"(__r0), "r"(__r1)); \ + } + #undef _syscall3 + #define _syscall3(type, name, type1, arg1, type2, arg2, type3, arg3) \ + type LSS_NAME(name)(type1 arg1, type2 arg2, type3 arg3) { \ + LSS_REG(0, arg1); LSS_REG(1, arg2); LSS_REG(2, arg3); \ + LSS_BODY(type, name, "r"(__r0), "r"(__r1), "r"(__r2)); \ + } + #undef _syscall4 + #define _syscall4(type,name,type1,arg1,type2,arg2,type3,arg3,type4,arg4) \ + type LSS_NAME(name)(type1 arg1, type2 arg2, type3 arg3, type4 arg4) { \ + LSS_REG(0, arg1); LSS_REG(1, arg2); LSS_REG(2, arg3); \ + LSS_REG(3, arg4); \ + LSS_BODY(type, name, "r"(__r0), "r"(__r1), "r"(__r2), "r"(__r3)); \ + } + #undef _syscall5 + #define _syscall5(type,name,type1,arg1,type2,arg2,type3,arg3,type4,arg4, \ + type5,arg5) \ + type LSS_NAME(name)(type1 arg1, type2 arg2, type3 arg3, type4 arg4, \ + type5 arg5) { \ + LSS_REG(0, arg1); LSS_REG(1, arg2); LSS_REG(2, arg3); \ + LSS_REG(3, arg4); LSS_REG(4, arg5); \ + LSS_BODY(type, name, "r"(__r0), "r"(__r1), "r"(__r2), "r"(__r3), \ + "r"(__r4)); \ + } + #undef _syscall6 + #define _syscall6(type,name,type1,arg1,type2,arg2,type3,arg3,type4,arg4, \ + type5,arg5,type6,arg6) \ + type LSS_NAME(name)(type1 arg1, type2 arg2, type3 arg3, type4 arg4, \ + type5 arg5, type6 arg6) { \ + LSS_REG(0, arg1); LSS_REG(1, arg2); LSS_REG(2, arg3); \ + LSS_REG(3, arg4); LSS_REG(4, arg5); LSS_REG(5, arg6); \ + LSS_BODY(type, name, "r"(__r0), "r"(__r1), "r"(__r2), "r"(__r3), \ + "r"(__r4), "r"(__r5)); \ + } + + LSS_INLINE int LSS_NAME(clone)(int (*fn)(void *), void *child_stack, + int flags, void *arg, int *parent_tidptr, + void *newtls, int *child_tidptr) { + int64_t __res; + { + register uint64_t __flags __asm__("x0") = flags; + register void *__stack __asm__("x1") = child_stack; + register void *__ptid __asm__("x2") = parent_tidptr; + register void *__tls __asm__("x3") = newtls; + register int *__ctid __asm__("x4") = child_tidptr; + __asm__ __volatile__(/* Push "arg" and "fn" onto the stack that will be + * used by the child. + */ + "stp %1, %4, [%2, #-16]!\n" + + /* %x0 = syscall(%x0 = flags, + * %x1 = child_stack, + * %x2 = parent_tidptr, + * %x3 = newtls, + * %x4 = child_tidptr) + */ + "mov x8, %8\n" + "svc 0x0\n" + + /* if (%r0 != 0) + * return %r0; + */ + "mov %0, x0\n" + "cbnz x0, 1f\n" + + /* In the child, now. Call "fn(arg)". + */ + "ldp x1, x0, [sp], #16\n" + "blr x1\n" + + /* Call _exit(%r0). + */ + "mov x8, %9\n" + "svc 0x0\n" + "1:\n" + : "=r" (__res) + : "r"(fn), "r"(__stack), "r"(__flags), "r"(arg), + "r"(__ptid), "r"(__tls), "r"(__ctid), + "i"(__NR_clone), "i"(__NR_exit) + : "cc", "x8", "memory"); + } + LSS_RETURN(int, __res); + } + #elif defined(__mips__) + #undef LSS_REG + #define LSS_REG(r,a) register unsigned long __r##r __asm__("$"#r) = \ + (unsigned long)(a) + #undef LSS_BODY + #undef LSS_SYSCALL_CLOBBERS + #if _MIPS_SIM == _MIPS_SIM_ABI32 + #define LSS_SYSCALL_CLOBBERS "$1", "$3", "$8", "$9", "$10", \ + "$11", "$12", "$13", "$14", "$15", \ + "$24", "$25", "hi", "lo", "memory" + #else + #define LSS_SYSCALL_CLOBBERS "$1", "$3", "$10", "$11", "$12", \ + "$13", "$14", "$15", "$24", "$25", \ + "hi", "lo", "memory" + #endif + #define LSS_BODY(type,name,r7,...) \ + register unsigned long __v0 __asm__("$2") = __NR_##name; \ + __asm__ __volatile__ ("syscall\n" \ + : "=r"(__v0), r7 (__r7) \ + : "0"(__v0), ##__VA_ARGS__ \ + : LSS_SYSCALL_CLOBBERS); \ + LSS_RETURN(type, __v0, __r7) + #undef _syscall0 + #define _syscall0(type, name) \ + type LSS_NAME(name)(void) { \ + register unsigned long __r7 __asm__("$7"); \ + LSS_BODY(type, name, "=r"); \ + } + #undef _syscall1 + #define _syscall1(type, name, type1, arg1) \ + type LSS_NAME(name)(type1 arg1) { \ + register unsigned long __r7 __asm__("$7"); \ + LSS_REG(4, arg1); LSS_BODY(type, name, "=r", "r"(__r4)); \ + } + #undef _syscall2 + #define _syscall2(type, name, type1, arg1, type2, arg2) \ + type LSS_NAME(name)(type1 arg1, type2 arg2) { \ + register unsigned long __r7 __asm__("$7"); \ + LSS_REG(4, arg1); LSS_REG(5, arg2); \ + LSS_BODY(type, name, "=r", "r"(__r4), "r"(__r5)); \ + } + #undef _syscall3 + #define _syscall3(type, name, type1, arg1, type2, arg2, type3, arg3) \ + type LSS_NAME(name)(type1 arg1, type2 arg2, type3 arg3) { \ + register unsigned long __r7 __asm__("$7"); \ + LSS_REG(4, arg1); LSS_REG(5, arg2); LSS_REG(6, arg3); \ + LSS_BODY(type, name, "=r", "r"(__r4), "r"(__r5), "r"(__r6)); \ + } + #undef _syscall4 + #define _syscall4(type,name,type1,arg1,type2,arg2,type3,arg3,type4,arg4) \ + type LSS_NAME(name)(type1 arg1, type2 arg2, type3 arg3, type4 arg4) { \ + LSS_REG(4, arg1); LSS_REG(5, arg2); LSS_REG(6, arg3); \ + LSS_REG(7, arg4); \ + LSS_BODY(type, name, "+r", "r"(__r4), "r"(__r5), "r"(__r6)); \ + } + #undef _syscall5 + #if _MIPS_SIM == _MIPS_SIM_ABI32 + /* The old 32bit MIPS system call API passes the fifth and sixth argument + * on the stack, whereas the new APIs use registers "r8" and "r9". + */ + #define _syscall5(type,name,type1,arg1,type2,arg2,type3,arg3,type4,arg4, \ + type5,arg5) \ + type LSS_NAME(name)(type1 arg1, type2 arg2, type3 arg3, type4 arg4, \ + type5 arg5) { \ + LSS_REG(4, arg1); LSS_REG(5, arg2); LSS_REG(6, arg3); \ + LSS_REG(7, arg4); \ + register unsigned long __v0 __asm__("$2") = __NR_##name; \ + __asm__ __volatile__ (".set noreorder\n" \ + "subu $29, 32\n" \ + "sw %5, 16($29)\n" \ + "syscall\n" \ + "addiu $29, 32\n" \ + ".set reorder\n" \ + : "+r"(__v0), "+r" (__r7) \ + : "r"(__r4), "r"(__r5), \ + "r"(__r6), "r" ((unsigned long)arg5) \ + : "$8", "$9", "$10", "$11", "$12", \ + "$13", "$14", "$15", "$24", "$25", \ + "memory"); \ + LSS_RETURN(type, __v0, __r7); \ + } + #else + #define _syscall5(type,name,type1,arg1,type2,arg2,type3,arg3,type4,arg4, \ + type5,arg5) \ + type LSS_NAME(name)(type1 arg1, type2 arg2, type3 arg3, type4 arg4, \ + type5 arg5) { \ + LSS_REG(4, arg1); LSS_REG(5, arg2); LSS_REG(6, arg3); \ + LSS_REG(7, arg4); LSS_REG(8, arg5); \ + LSS_BODY(type, name, "+r", "r"(__r4), "r"(__r5), "r"(__r6), \ + "r"(__r8)); \ + } + #endif + #undef _syscall6 + #if _MIPS_SIM == _MIPS_SIM_ABI32 + /* The old 32bit MIPS system call API passes the fifth and sixth argument + * on the stack, whereas the new APIs use registers "r8" and "r9". + */ + #define _syscall6(type,name,type1,arg1,type2,arg2,type3,arg3,type4,arg4, \ + type5,arg5,type6,arg6) \ + type LSS_NAME(name)(type1 arg1, type2 arg2, type3 arg3, type4 arg4, \ + type5 arg5, type6 arg6) { \ + LSS_REG(4, arg1); LSS_REG(5, arg2); LSS_REG(6, arg3); \ + LSS_REG(7, arg4); \ + register unsigned long __v0 __asm__("$2") = __NR_##name; \ + __asm__ __volatile__ (".set noreorder\n" \ + "subu $29, 32\n" \ + "sw %5, 16($29)\n" \ + "sw %6, 20($29)\n" \ + "syscall\n" \ + "addiu $29, 32\n" \ + ".set reorder\n" \ + : "+r"(__v0), "+r" (__r7) \ + : "r"(__r4), "r"(__r5), \ + "r"(__r6), "r" ((unsigned long)arg5), \ + "r" ((unsigned long)arg6) \ + : "$8", "$9", "$10", "$11", "$12", \ + "$13", "$14", "$15", "$24", "$25", \ + "memory"); \ + LSS_RETURN(type, __v0, __r7); \ + } + #else + #define _syscall6(type,name,type1,arg1,type2,arg2,type3,arg3,type4,arg4, \ + type5,arg5,type6,arg6) \ + type LSS_NAME(name)(type1 arg1, type2 arg2, type3 arg3, type4 arg4, \ + type5 arg5,type6 arg6) { \ + LSS_REG(4, arg1); LSS_REG(5, arg2); LSS_REG(6, arg3); \ + LSS_REG(7, arg4); LSS_REG(8, arg5); LSS_REG(9, arg6); \ + LSS_BODY(type, name, "+r", "r"(__r4), "r"(__r5), "r"(__r6), \ + "r"(__r8), "r"(__r9)); \ + } + #endif + LSS_INLINE int LSS_NAME(clone)(int (*fn)(void *), void *child_stack, + int flags, void *arg, int *parent_tidptr, + void *newtls, int *child_tidptr) { + register unsigned long __v0 __asm__("$2") = -EINVAL; + register unsigned long __r7 __asm__("$7") = (unsigned long)newtls; + { + register int __flags __asm__("$4") = flags; + register void *__stack __asm__("$5") = child_stack; + register void *__ptid __asm__("$6") = parent_tidptr; + register int *__ctid __asm__("$8") = child_tidptr; + __asm__ __volatile__( + #if _MIPS_SIM == _MIPS_SIM_ABI32 && _MIPS_SZPTR == 32 + "subu $29,24\n" + #elif _MIPS_SIM == _MIPS_SIM_NABI32 + "sub $29,16\n" + #else + "dsubu $29,16\n" + #endif + + /* if (fn == NULL || child_stack == NULL) + * return -EINVAL; + */ + "beqz %4,1f\n" + "beqz %5,1f\n" + + /* Push "arg" and "fn" onto the stack that will be + * used by the child. + */ + #if _MIPS_SIM == _MIPS_SIM_ABI32 && _MIPS_SZPTR == 32 + "subu %5,32\n" + "sw %4,0(%5)\n" + "sw %7,4(%5)\n" + #elif _MIPS_SIM == _MIPS_SIM_NABI32 + "sub %5,32\n" + "sw %4,0(%5)\n" + "sw %7,8(%5)\n" + #else + "dsubu %5,32\n" + "sd %4,0(%5)\n" + "sd %7,8(%5)\n" + #endif + + /* $7 = syscall($4 = flags, + * $5 = child_stack, + * $6 = parent_tidptr, + * $7 = newtls, + * $8 = child_tidptr) + */ + "li $2,%2\n" + "syscall\n" + + /* if ($7 != 0) + * return $2; + */ + "bnez $7,1f\n" + "bnez $2,1f\n" + + /* In the child, now. Call "fn(arg)". + */ + #if _MIPS_SIM == _MIPS_SIM_ABI32 && _MIPS_SZPTR == 32 + "lw $25,0($29)\n" + "lw $4,4($29)\n" + #elif _MIPS_SIM == _MIPS_SIM_NABI32 + "lw $25,0($29)\n" + "lw $4,8($29)\n" + #else + "ld $25,0($29)\n" + "ld $4,8($29)\n" + #endif + "jalr $25\n" + + /* Call _exit($2) + */ + "move $4,$2\n" + "li $2,%3\n" + "syscall\n" + + "1:\n" + #if _MIPS_SIM == _MIPS_SIM_ABI32 && _MIPS_SZPTR == 32 + "addu $29, 24\n" + #elif _MIPS_SIM == _MIPS_SIM_NABI32 + "add $29, 16\n" + #else + "daddu $29,16\n" + #endif + : "+r" (__v0), "+r" (__r7) + : "i"(__NR_clone), "i"(__NR_exit), "r"(fn), + "r"(__stack), "r"(__flags), "r"(arg), + "r"(__ptid), "r"(__ctid) + : "$9", "$10", "$11", "$12", "$13", "$14", "$15", + "$24", "$25", "memory"); + } + LSS_RETURN(int, __v0, __r7); + } + #elif defined (__PPC__) + #undef LSS_LOADARGS_0 + #define LSS_LOADARGS_0(name, dummy...) \ + __sc_0 = __NR_##name + #undef LSS_LOADARGS_1 + #define LSS_LOADARGS_1(name, arg1) \ + LSS_LOADARGS_0(name); \ + __sc_3 = (unsigned long) (arg1) + #undef LSS_LOADARGS_2 + #define LSS_LOADARGS_2(name, arg1, arg2) \ + LSS_LOADARGS_1(name, arg1); \ + __sc_4 = (unsigned long) (arg2) + #undef LSS_LOADARGS_3 + #define LSS_LOADARGS_3(name, arg1, arg2, arg3) \ + LSS_LOADARGS_2(name, arg1, arg2); \ + __sc_5 = (unsigned long) (arg3) + #undef LSS_LOADARGS_4 + #define LSS_LOADARGS_4(name, arg1, arg2, arg3, arg4) \ + LSS_LOADARGS_3(name, arg1, arg2, arg3); \ + __sc_6 = (unsigned long) (arg4) + #undef LSS_LOADARGS_5 + #define LSS_LOADARGS_5(name, arg1, arg2, arg3, arg4, arg5) \ + LSS_LOADARGS_4(name, arg1, arg2, arg3, arg4); \ + __sc_7 = (unsigned long) (arg5) + #undef LSS_LOADARGS_6 + #define LSS_LOADARGS_6(name, arg1, arg2, arg3, arg4, arg5, arg6) \ + LSS_LOADARGS_5(name, arg1, arg2, arg3, arg4, arg5); \ + __sc_8 = (unsigned long) (arg6) + #undef LSS_ASMINPUT_0 + #define LSS_ASMINPUT_0 "0" (__sc_0) + #undef LSS_ASMINPUT_1 + #define LSS_ASMINPUT_1 LSS_ASMINPUT_0, "1" (__sc_3) + #undef LSS_ASMINPUT_2 + #define LSS_ASMINPUT_2 LSS_ASMINPUT_1, "2" (__sc_4) + #undef LSS_ASMINPUT_3 + #define LSS_ASMINPUT_3 LSS_ASMINPUT_2, "3" (__sc_5) + #undef LSS_ASMINPUT_4 + #define LSS_ASMINPUT_4 LSS_ASMINPUT_3, "4" (__sc_6) + #undef LSS_ASMINPUT_5 + #define LSS_ASMINPUT_5 LSS_ASMINPUT_4, "5" (__sc_7) + #undef LSS_ASMINPUT_6 + #define LSS_ASMINPUT_6 LSS_ASMINPUT_5, "6" (__sc_8) + #undef LSS_BODY + #define LSS_BODY(nr, type, name, args...) \ + long __sc_ret, __sc_err; \ + { \ + register unsigned long __sc_0 __asm__ ("r0"); \ + register unsigned long __sc_3 __asm__ ("r3"); \ + register unsigned long __sc_4 __asm__ ("r4"); \ + register unsigned long __sc_5 __asm__ ("r5"); \ + register unsigned long __sc_6 __asm__ ("r6"); \ + register unsigned long __sc_7 __asm__ ("r7"); \ + register unsigned long __sc_8 __asm__ ("r8"); \ + \ + LSS_LOADARGS_##nr(name, args); \ + __asm__ __volatile__ \ + ("sc\n\t" \ + "mfcr %0" \ + : "=&r" (__sc_0), \ + "=&r" (__sc_3), "=&r" (__sc_4), \ + "=&r" (__sc_5), "=&r" (__sc_6), \ + "=&r" (__sc_7), "=&r" (__sc_8) \ + : LSS_ASMINPUT_##nr \ + : "cr0", "ctr", "memory", \ + "r9", "r10", "r11", "r12"); \ + __sc_ret = __sc_3; \ + __sc_err = __sc_0; \ + } \ + LSS_RETURN(type, __sc_ret, __sc_err) + #undef _syscall0 + #define _syscall0(type, name) \ + type LSS_NAME(name)(void) { \ + LSS_BODY(0, type, name); \ + } + #undef _syscall1 + #define _syscall1(type, name, type1, arg1) \ + type LSS_NAME(name)(type1 arg1) { \ + LSS_BODY(1, type, name, arg1); \ + } + #undef _syscall2 + #define _syscall2(type, name, type1, arg1, type2, arg2) \ + type LSS_NAME(name)(type1 arg1, type2 arg2) { \ + LSS_BODY(2, type, name, arg1, arg2); \ + } + #undef _syscall3 + #define _syscall3(type, name, type1, arg1, type2, arg2, type3, arg3) \ + type LSS_NAME(name)(type1 arg1, type2 arg2, type3 arg3) { \ + LSS_BODY(3, type, name, arg1, arg2, arg3); \ + } + #undef _syscall4 + #define _syscall4(type, name, type1, arg1, type2, arg2, type3, arg3, \ + type4, arg4) \ + type LSS_NAME(name)(type1 arg1, type2 arg2, type3 arg3, type4 arg4) { \ + LSS_BODY(4, type, name, arg1, arg2, arg3, arg4); \ + } + #undef _syscall5 + #define _syscall5(type, name, type1, arg1, type2, arg2, type3, arg3, \ + type4, arg4, type5, arg5) \ + type LSS_NAME(name)(type1 arg1, type2 arg2, type3 arg3, type4 arg4, \ + type5 arg5) { \ + LSS_BODY(5, type, name, arg1, arg2, arg3, arg4, arg5); \ + } + #undef _syscall6 + #define _syscall6(type, name, type1, arg1, type2, arg2, type3, arg3, \ + type4, arg4, type5, arg5, type6, arg6) \ + type LSS_NAME(name)(type1 arg1, type2 arg2, type3 arg3, type4 arg4, \ + type5 arg5, type6 arg6) { \ + LSS_BODY(6, type, name, arg1, arg2, arg3, arg4, arg5, arg6); \ + } + /* clone function adapted from glibc 2.3.6 clone.S */ + /* TODO(csilvers): consider wrapping some args up in a struct, like we + * do for i386's _syscall6, so we can compile successfully on gcc 2.95 + */ + LSS_INLINE int LSS_NAME(clone)(int (*fn)(void *), void *child_stack, + int flags, void *arg, int *parent_tidptr, + void *newtls, int *child_tidptr) { + long __ret, __err; + { + register int (*__fn)(void *) __asm__ ("r8") = fn; + register void *__cstack __asm__ ("r4") = child_stack; + register int __flags __asm__ ("r3") = flags; + register void * __arg __asm__ ("r9") = arg; + register int * __ptidptr __asm__ ("r5") = parent_tidptr; + register void * __newtls __asm__ ("r6") = newtls; + register int * __ctidptr __asm__ ("r7") = child_tidptr; + __asm__ __volatile__( + /* check for fn == NULL + * and child_stack == NULL + */ + "cmpwi cr0, %6, 0\n\t" + "cmpwi cr1, %7, 0\n\t" + "cror cr0*4+eq, cr1*4+eq, cr0*4+eq\n\t" + "beq- cr0, 1f\n\t" + + /* set up stack frame for child */ + "clrrwi %7, %7, 4\n\t" + "li 0, 0\n\t" + "stwu 0, -16(%7)\n\t" + + /* fn, arg, child_stack are saved across the syscall: r28-30 */ + "mr 28, %6\n\t" + "mr 29, %7\n\t" + "mr 27, %9\n\t" + + /* syscall */ + "li 0, %4\n\t" + /* flags already in r3 + * child_stack already in r4 + * ptidptr already in r5 + * newtls already in r6 + * ctidptr already in r7 + */ + "sc\n\t" + + /* Test if syscall was successful */ + "cmpwi cr1, 3, 0\n\t" + "crandc cr1*4+eq, cr1*4+eq, cr0*4+so\n\t" + "bne- cr1, 1f\n\t" + + /* Do the function call */ + "mtctr 28\n\t" + "mr 3, 27\n\t" + "bctrl\n\t" + + /* Call _exit(r3) */ + "li 0, %5\n\t" + "sc\n\t" + + /* Return to parent */ + "1:\n" + "mfcr %1\n\t" + "mr %0, 3\n\t" + : "=r" (__ret), "=r" (__err) + : "0" (-1), "1" (EINVAL), + "i" (__NR_clone), "i" (__NR_exit), + "r" (__fn), "r" (__cstack), "r" (__flags), + "r" (__arg), "r" (__ptidptr), "r" (__newtls), + "r" (__ctidptr) + : "cr0", "cr1", "memory", "ctr", + "r0", "r29", "r27", "r28"); + } + LSS_RETURN(int, __ret, __err); + } + #elif defined(__s390__) + #undef LSS_REG + #define LSS_REG(r, a) register unsigned long __r##r __asm__("r"#r) = (unsigned long) a + #undef LSS_BODY + #define LSS_BODY(type, name, args...) \ + register unsigned long __nr __asm__("r1") \ + = (unsigned long)(__NR_##name); \ + register long __res_r2 __asm__("r2"); \ + long __res; \ + __asm__ __volatile__ \ + ("svc 0\n\t" \ + : "=d"(__res_r2) \ + : "d"(__nr), ## args \ + : "memory"); \ + __res = __res_r2; \ + LSS_RETURN(type, __res) + #undef _syscall0 + #define _syscall0(type, name) \ + type LSS_NAME(name)(void) { \ + LSS_BODY(type, name); \ + } + #undef _syscall1 + #define _syscall1(type, name, type1, arg1) \ + type LSS_NAME(name)(type1 arg1) { \ + LSS_REG(2, arg1); \ + LSS_BODY(type, name, "0"(__r2)); \ + } + #undef _syscall2 + #define _syscall2(type, name, type1, arg1, type2, arg2) \ + type LSS_NAME(name)(type1 arg1, type2 arg2) { \ + LSS_REG(2, arg1); LSS_REG(3, arg2); \ + LSS_BODY(type, name, "0"(__r2), "d"(__r3)); \ + } + #undef _syscall3 + #define _syscall3(type, name, type1, arg1, type2, arg2, type3, arg3) \ + type LSS_NAME(name)(type1 arg1, type2 arg2, type3 arg3) { \ + LSS_REG(2, arg1); LSS_REG(3, arg2); LSS_REG(4, arg3); \ + LSS_BODY(type, name, "0"(__r2), "d"(__r3), "d"(__r4)); \ + } + #undef _syscall4 + #define _syscall4(type, name, type1, arg1, type2, arg2, type3, arg3, \ + type4, arg4) \ + type LSS_NAME(name)(type1 arg1, type2 arg2, type3 arg3, \ + type4 arg4) { \ + LSS_REG(2, arg1); LSS_REG(3, arg2); LSS_REG(4, arg3); \ + LSS_REG(5, arg4); \ + LSS_BODY(type, name, "0"(__r2), "d"(__r3), "d"(__r4), \ + "d"(__r5)); \ + } + #undef _syscall5 + #define _syscall5(type, name, type1, arg1, type2, arg2, type3, arg3, \ + type4, arg4, type5, arg5) \ + type LSS_NAME(name)(type1 arg1, type2 arg2, type3 arg3, \ + type4 arg4, type5 arg5) { \ + LSS_REG(2, arg1); LSS_REG(3, arg2); LSS_REG(4, arg3); \ + LSS_REG(5, arg4); LSS_REG(6, arg5); \ + LSS_BODY(type, name, "0"(__r2), "d"(__r3), "d"(__r4), \ + "d"(__r5), "d"(__r6)); \ + } + #undef _syscall6 + #define _syscall6(type, name, type1, arg1, type2, arg2, type3, arg3, \ + type4, arg4, type5, arg5, type6, arg6) \ + type LSS_NAME(name)(type1 arg1, type2 arg2, type3 arg3, \ + type4 arg4, type5 arg5, type6 arg6) { \ + LSS_REG(2, arg1); LSS_REG(3, arg2); LSS_REG(4, arg3); \ + LSS_REG(5, arg4); LSS_REG(6, arg5); LSS_REG(7, arg6); \ + LSS_BODY(type, name, "0"(__r2), "d"(__r3), "d"(__r4), \ + "d"(__r5), "d"(__r6), "d"(__r7)); \ + } + LSS_INLINE int LSS_NAME(clone)(int (*fn)(void *), void *child_stack, + int flags, void *arg, int *parent_tidptr, + void *newtls, int *child_tidptr) { + long __ret; + { + register int (*__fn)(void *) __asm__ ("r1") = fn; + register void *__cstack __asm__ ("r2") = child_stack; + register int __flags __asm__ ("r3") = flags; + register void *__arg __asm__ ("r0") = arg; + register int *__ptidptr __asm__ ("r4") = parent_tidptr; + register void *__newtls __asm__ ("r6") = newtls; + register int *__ctidptr __asm__ ("r5") = child_tidptr; + __asm__ __volatile__ ( + #ifndef __s390x__ + /* arg already in r0 */ + "ltr %4, %4\n\t" /* check fn, which is already in r1 */ + "jz 1f\n\t" /* NULL function pointer, return -EINVAL */ + "ltr %5, %5\n\t" /* check child_stack, which is already in r2 */ + "jz 1f\n\t" /* NULL stack pointer, return -EINVAL */ + /* flags already in r3 */ + /* parent_tidptr already in r4 */ + /* child_tidptr already in r5 */ + /* newtls already in r6 */ + "svc %2\n\t" /* invoke clone syscall */ + "ltr %0,%%r2\n\t" /* load return code into __ret and test */ + "jnz 1f\n\t" /* return to parent if non-zero */ + /* start child thread */ + "lr %%r2, %7\n\t" /* set first parameter to void *arg */ + "ahi %%r15, -96\n\t" /* make room on the stack for the save area */ + "xc 0(4,%%r15), 0(%%r15)\n\t" + "basr %%r14, %4\n\t" /* jump to fn */ + "svc %3\n" /* invoke exit syscall */ + "1:\n" + #else + /* arg already in r0 */ + "ltgr %4, %4\n\t" /* check fn, which is already in r1 */ + "jz 1f\n\t" /* NULL function pointer, return -EINVAL */ + "ltgr %5, %5\n\t" /* check child_stack, which is already in r2 */ + "jz 1f\n\t" /* NULL stack pointer, return -EINVAL */ + /* flags already in r3 */ + /* parent_tidptr already in r4 */ + /* child_tidptr already in r5 */ + /* newtls already in r6 */ + "svc %2\n\t" /* invoke clone syscall */ + "ltgr %0, %%r2\n\t" /* load return code into __ret and test */ + "jnz 1f\n\t" /* return to parent if non-zero */ + /* start child thread */ + "lgr %%r2, %7\n\t" /* set first parameter to void *arg */ + "aghi %%r15, -160\n\t" /* make room on the stack for the save area */ + "xc 0(8,%%r15), 0(%%r15)\n\t" + "basr %%r14, %4\n\t" /* jump to fn */ + "svc %3\n" /* invoke exit syscall */ + "1:\n" + #endif + : "=r" (__ret) + : "0" (-EINVAL), "i" (__NR_clone), "i" (__NR_exit), + "d" (__fn), "d" (__cstack), "d" (__flags), "d" (__arg), + "d" (__ptidptr), "d" (__newtls), "d" (__ctidptr) + : "cc", "r14", "memory" + ); + } + LSS_RETURN(int, __ret); + } + #endif + #define __NR__exit __NR_exit + #define __NR__gettid __NR_gettid + #define __NR__mremap __NR_mremap + LSS_INLINE _syscall1(void *, brk, void *, e) + LSS_INLINE _syscall1(int, chdir, const char *,p) + LSS_INLINE _syscall1(int, close, int, f) + LSS_INLINE _syscall2(int, clock_getres, int, c, + struct kernel_timespec*, t) + LSS_INLINE _syscall2(int, clock_gettime, int, c, + struct kernel_timespec*, t) + LSS_INLINE _syscall1(int, dup, int, f) + #if defined(__NR_dup2) + // dup2 is polyfilled below when not available. + LSS_INLINE _syscall2(int, dup2, int, s, + int, d) + #endif + #if defined(__NR_dup3) + LSS_INLINE _syscall3(int, dup3, int, s, int, d, int, f) + #endif + LSS_INLINE _syscall3(int, execve, const char*, f, + const char*const*,a,const char*const*, e) + LSS_INLINE _syscall1(int, _exit, int, e) + LSS_INLINE _syscall1(int, exit_group, int, e) + LSS_INLINE _syscall3(int, fcntl, int, f, + int, c, long, a) + #if defined(__NR_fork) + // fork is polyfilled below when not available. + LSS_INLINE _syscall0(pid_t, fork) + #endif + LSS_INLINE _syscall2(int, fstat, int, f, + struct kernel_stat*, b) + LSS_INLINE _syscall2(int, fstatfs, int, f, + struct kernel_statfs*, b) + #if defined(__x86_64__) + /* Need to make sure off_t isn't truncated to 32-bits under x32. */ + LSS_INLINE int LSS_NAME(ftruncate)(int f, off_t l) { + LSS_BODY(2, int, ftruncate, LSS_SYSCALL_ARG(f), (uint64_t)(l)); + } + #else + LSS_INLINE _syscall2(int, ftruncate, int, f, + off_t, l) + #endif + LSS_INLINE _syscall4(int, futex, int*, a, + int, o, int, v, + struct kernel_timespec*, t) + LSS_INLINE _syscall3(int, getdents, int, f, + struct kernel_dirent*, d, int, c) + LSS_INLINE _syscall3(int, getdents64, int, f, + struct kernel_dirent64*, d, int, c) + LSS_INLINE _syscall0(gid_t, getegid) + LSS_INLINE _syscall0(uid_t, geteuid) + #if defined(__NR_getpgrp) + LSS_INLINE _syscall0(pid_t, getpgrp) + #endif + LSS_INLINE _syscall0(pid_t, getpid) + LSS_INLINE _syscall0(pid_t, getppid) + LSS_INLINE _syscall2(int, getpriority, int, a, + int, b) + LSS_INLINE _syscall3(int, getresgid, gid_t *, r, + gid_t *, e, gid_t *, s) + LSS_INLINE _syscall3(int, getresuid, uid_t *, r, + uid_t *, e, uid_t *, s) +#if !defined(__ARM_EABI__) + LSS_INLINE _syscall2(int, getrlimit, int, r, + struct kernel_rlimit*, l) +#endif + LSS_INLINE _syscall1(pid_t, getsid, pid_t, p) + LSS_INLINE _syscall0(pid_t, _gettid) + LSS_INLINE _syscall2(pid_t, gettimeofday, struct kernel_timeval*, t, + void*, tz) + LSS_INLINE _syscall5(int, setxattr, const char *,p, + const char *, n, const void *,v, + size_t, s, int, f) + LSS_INLINE _syscall5(int, lsetxattr, const char *,p, + const char *, n, const void *,v, + size_t, s, int, f) + LSS_INLINE _syscall4(ssize_t, getxattr, const char *,p, + const char *, n, void *, v, size_t, s) + LSS_INLINE _syscall4(ssize_t, lgetxattr, const char *,p, + const char *, n, void *, v, size_t, s) + LSS_INLINE _syscall3(ssize_t, listxattr, const char *,p, + char *, l, size_t, s) + LSS_INLINE _syscall3(ssize_t, llistxattr, const char *,p, + char *, l, size_t, s) + LSS_INLINE _syscall3(int, ioctl, int, d, + int, r, void *, a) + LSS_INLINE _syscall2(int, ioprio_get, int, which, + int, who) + LSS_INLINE _syscall3(int, ioprio_set, int, which, + int, who, int, ioprio) + LSS_INLINE _syscall2(int, kill, pid_t, p, + int, s) + #if defined(__x86_64__) + /* Need to make sure off_t isn't truncated to 32-bits under x32. */ + LSS_INLINE off_t LSS_NAME(lseek)(int f, off_t o, int w) { + _LSS_BODY(3, off_t, lseek, off_t, LSS_SYSCALL_ARG(f), (uint64_t)(o), + LSS_SYSCALL_ARG(w)); + } + #else + LSS_INLINE _syscall3(off_t, lseek, int, f, + off_t, o, int, w) + #endif + LSS_INLINE _syscall2(int, munmap, void*, s, + size_t, l) + LSS_INLINE _syscall6(long, move_pages, pid_t, p, + unsigned long, n, void **,g, int *, d, + int *, s, int, f) + LSS_INLINE _syscall3(int, mprotect, const void *,a, + size_t, l, int, p) + LSS_INLINE _syscall5(void*, _mremap, void*, o, + size_t, os, size_t, ns, + unsigned long, f, void *, a) + #if defined(__NR_open) + // open is polyfilled below when not available. + LSS_INLINE _syscall3(int, open, const char*, p, + int, f, int, m) + #endif + #if defined(__NR_poll) + // poll is polyfilled below when not available. + LSS_INLINE _syscall3(int, poll, struct kernel_pollfd*, u, + unsigned int, n, int, t) + #endif + #if defined(__NR_ppoll) + LSS_INLINE _syscall5(int, ppoll, struct kernel_pollfd *, u, + unsigned int, n, const struct kernel_timespec *, t, + const struct kernel_sigset_t *, sigmask, size_t, s) + #endif + LSS_INLINE _syscall5(int, prctl, int, option, + unsigned long, arg2, + unsigned long, arg3, + unsigned long, arg4, + unsigned long, arg5) + LSS_INLINE _syscall4(long, ptrace, int, r, + pid_t, p, void *, a, void *, d) + #if defined(__NR_quotactl) + // Defined on x86_64 / i386 only + LSS_INLINE _syscall4(int, quotactl, int, cmd, const char *, special, + int, id, caddr_t, addr) + #endif + LSS_INLINE _syscall3(ssize_t, read, int, f, + void *, b, size_t, c) + #if defined(__NR_readlink) + // readlink is polyfilled below when not available. + LSS_INLINE _syscall3(int, readlink, const char*, p, + char*, b, size_t, s) + #endif + #if defined(__NR_readlinkat) + LSS_INLINE _syscall4(int, readlinkat, int, d, const char *, p, char *, b, + size_t, s) + #endif + LSS_INLINE _syscall4(int, rt_sigaction, int, s, + const struct kernel_sigaction*, a, + struct kernel_sigaction*, o, size_t, c) + LSS_INLINE _syscall2(int, rt_sigpending, struct kernel_sigset_t *, s, + size_t, c) + LSS_INLINE _syscall4(int, rt_sigprocmask, int, h, + const struct kernel_sigset_t*, s, + struct kernel_sigset_t*, o, size_t, c) + LSS_INLINE _syscall2(int, rt_sigsuspend, + const struct kernel_sigset_t*, s, size_t, c) + LSS_INLINE _syscall3(int, sched_getaffinity,pid_t, p, + unsigned int, l, unsigned long *, m) + LSS_INLINE _syscall3(int, sched_setaffinity,pid_t, p, + unsigned int, l, unsigned long *, m) + LSS_INLINE _syscall0(int, sched_yield) + LSS_INLINE _syscall1(long, set_tid_address, int *, t) + LSS_INLINE _syscall1(int, setfsgid, gid_t, g) + LSS_INLINE _syscall1(int, setfsuid, uid_t, u) + LSS_INLINE _syscall1(int, setuid, uid_t, u) + LSS_INLINE _syscall1(int, setgid, gid_t, g) + LSS_INLINE _syscall2(int, setpgid, pid_t, p, + pid_t, g) + LSS_INLINE _syscall3(int, setpriority, int, a, + int, b, int, p) + LSS_INLINE _syscall3(int, setresgid, gid_t, r, + gid_t, e, gid_t, s) + LSS_INLINE _syscall3(int, setresuid, uid_t, r, + uid_t, e, uid_t, s) + LSS_INLINE _syscall2(int, setrlimit, int, r, + const struct kernel_rlimit*, l) + LSS_INLINE _syscall0(pid_t, setsid) + LSS_INLINE _syscall2(int, sigaltstack, const stack_t*, s, + const stack_t*, o) + #if defined(__NR_sigreturn) + LSS_INLINE _syscall1(int, sigreturn, unsigned long, u) + #endif + #if defined(__NR_stat) + // stat is polyfilled below when not available. + LSS_INLINE _syscall2(int, stat, const char*, f, + struct kernel_stat*, b) + #endif + LSS_INLINE _syscall2(int, statfs, const char*, f, + struct kernel_statfs*, b) + LSS_INLINE _syscall3(int, tgkill, pid_t, p, + pid_t, t, int, s) + LSS_INLINE _syscall2(int, tkill, pid_t, p, + int, s) + #if defined(__NR_unlink) + // unlink is polyfilled below when not available. + LSS_INLINE _syscall1(int, unlink, const char*, f) + #endif + LSS_INLINE _syscall3(ssize_t, write, int, f, + const void *, b, size_t, c) + LSS_INLINE _syscall3(ssize_t, writev, int, f, + const struct kernel_iovec*, v, size_t, c) + #if defined(__NR_getcpu) + LSS_INLINE _syscall3(long, getcpu, unsigned *, cpu, + unsigned *, node, void *, unused) + #endif + #if defined(__x86_64__) || \ + (defined(__mips__) && _MIPS_SIM != _MIPS_SIM_ABI32) + LSS_INLINE _syscall3(int, recvmsg, int, s, + struct kernel_msghdr*, m, int, f) + LSS_INLINE _syscall3(int, sendmsg, int, s, + const struct kernel_msghdr*, m, int, f) + LSS_INLINE _syscall6(int, sendto, int, s, + const void*, m, size_t, l, + int, f, + const struct kernel_sockaddr*, a, int, t) + LSS_INLINE _syscall2(int, shutdown, int, s, + int, h) + LSS_INLINE _syscall3(int, socket, int, d, + int, t, int, p) + LSS_INLINE _syscall4(int, socketpair, int, d, + int, t, int, p, int*, s) + #endif + #if defined(__NR_fadvise64) + #if defined(__x86_64__) + /* Need to make sure loff_t isn't truncated to 32-bits under x32. */ + LSS_INLINE int LSS_NAME(fadvise64)(int fd, loff_t offset, loff_t len, + int advice) { + LSS_BODY(4, int, fadvise64, LSS_SYSCALL_ARG(fd), (uint64_t)(offset), + (uint64_t)(len), LSS_SYSCALL_ARG(advice)); + } + #else + LSS_INLINE _syscall4(int, fadvise64, + int, fd, loff_t, offset, loff_t, len, int, advice) + #endif + #elif defined(__i386__) + #define __NR__fadvise64_64 __NR_fadvise64_64 + LSS_INLINE _syscall6(int, _fadvise64_64, int, fd, + unsigned, offset_lo, unsigned, offset_hi, + unsigned, len_lo, unsigned, len_hi, + int, advice) + + LSS_INLINE int LSS_NAME(fadvise64)(int fd, loff_t offset, + loff_t len, int advice) { + return LSS_NAME(_fadvise64_64)(fd, + (unsigned)offset, (unsigned)(offset >>32), + (unsigned)len, (unsigned)(len >> 32), + advice); + } + + #elif defined(__s390__) && !defined(__s390x__) + #define __NR__fadvise64_64 __NR_fadvise64_64 + struct kernel_fadvise64_64_args { + int fd; + long long offset; + long long len; + int advice; + }; + + LSS_INLINE _syscall1(int, _fadvise64_64, + struct kernel_fadvise64_64_args *args) + + LSS_INLINE int LSS_NAME(fadvise64)(int fd, loff_t offset, + loff_t len, int advice) { + struct kernel_fadvise64_64_args args = { fd, offset, len, advice }; + return LSS_NAME(_fadvise64_64)(&args); + } + #endif + #if defined(__NR_fallocate) + #if defined(__x86_64__) + /* Need to make sure loff_t isn't truncated to 32-bits under x32. */ + LSS_INLINE int LSS_NAME(fallocate)(int f, int mode, loff_t offset, + loff_t len) { + LSS_BODY(4, int, fallocate, LSS_SYSCALL_ARG(f), LSS_SYSCALL_ARG(mode), + (uint64_t)(offset), (uint64_t)(len)); + } + #elif defined(__i386__) || (defined(__s390__) && !defined(__s390x__)) + #define __NR__fallocate __NR_fallocate + LSS_INLINE _syscall6(int, _fallocate, int, fd, + int, mode, + unsigned, offset_lo, unsigned, offset_hi, + unsigned, len_lo, unsigned, len_hi) + + LSS_INLINE int LSS_NAME(fallocate)(int fd, int mode, + loff_t offset, loff_t len) { + union { loff_t off; unsigned w[2]; } o = { offset }, l = { len }; + return LSS_NAME(_fallocate)(fd, mode, o.w[0], o.w[1], l.w[0], l.w[1]); + } + #else + LSS_INLINE _syscall4(int, fallocate, + int, f, int, mode, loff_t, offset, loff_t, len) + #endif + #endif + #if defined(__NR_newfstatat) + LSS_INLINE _syscall4(int, newfstatat, int, d, + const char *, p, + struct kernel_stat*, b, int, f) + #endif + #if defined(__x86_64__) || defined(__s390x__) + LSS_INLINE int LSS_NAME(getresgid32)(gid_t *rgid, + gid_t *egid, + gid_t *sgid) { + return LSS_NAME(getresgid)(rgid, egid, sgid); + } + + LSS_INLINE int LSS_NAME(getresuid32)(uid_t *ruid, + uid_t *euid, + uid_t *suid) { + return LSS_NAME(getresuid)(ruid, euid, suid); + } + + LSS_INLINE int LSS_NAME(setfsgid32)(gid_t gid) { + return LSS_NAME(setfsgid)(gid); + } + + LSS_INLINE int LSS_NAME(setfsuid32)(uid_t uid) { + return LSS_NAME(setfsuid)(uid); + } + + LSS_INLINE int LSS_NAME(setresgid32)(gid_t rgid, gid_t egid, gid_t sgid) { + return LSS_NAME(setresgid)(rgid, egid, sgid); + } + + LSS_INLINE int LSS_NAME(setresuid32)(uid_t ruid, uid_t euid, uid_t suid) { + return LSS_NAME(setresuid)(ruid, euid, suid); + } + + LSS_INLINE int LSS_NAME(sigaction)(int signum, + const struct kernel_sigaction *act, + struct kernel_sigaction *oldact) { + #if defined(__x86_64__) + /* On x86_64, the kernel requires us to always set our own + * SA_RESTORER in order to be able to return from a signal handler. + * This function must have a "magic" signature that the "gdb" + * (and maybe the kernel?) can recognize. + */ + if (act != NULL && !(act->sa_flags & SA_RESTORER)) { + struct kernel_sigaction a = *act; + a.sa_flags |= SA_RESTORER; + a.sa_restorer = LSS_NAME(restore_rt)(); + return LSS_NAME(rt_sigaction)(signum, &a, oldact, + (KERNEL_NSIG+7)/8); + } else + #endif + return LSS_NAME(rt_sigaction)(signum, act, oldact, + (KERNEL_NSIG+7)/8); + } + + LSS_INLINE int LSS_NAME(sigpending)(struct kernel_sigset_t *set) { + return LSS_NAME(rt_sigpending)(set, (KERNEL_NSIG+7)/8); + } + + LSS_INLINE int LSS_NAME(sigprocmask)(int how, + const struct kernel_sigset_t *set, + struct kernel_sigset_t *oldset) { + return LSS_NAME(rt_sigprocmask)(how, set, oldset, (KERNEL_NSIG+7)/8); + } + + LSS_INLINE int LSS_NAME(sigsuspend)(const struct kernel_sigset_t *set) { + return LSS_NAME(rt_sigsuspend)(set, (KERNEL_NSIG+7)/8); + } + #endif + #if defined(__NR_wait4) + LSS_INLINE _syscall4(pid_t, wait4, pid_t, p, + int*, s, int, o, + struct kernel_rusage*, r) + #endif + #if defined(__NR_openat) + LSS_INLINE _syscall4(int, openat, int, d, const char *, p, int, f, int, m) + #endif + #if defined(__NR_unlinkat) + LSS_INLINE _syscall3(int, unlinkat, int, d, const char *, p, int, f) + #endif + #if defined(__i386__) || defined(__ARM_ARCH_3__) || defined(__ARM_EABI__) || \ + (defined(__s390__) && !defined(__s390x__)) + #define __NR__getresgid32 __NR_getresgid32 + #define __NR__getresuid32 __NR_getresuid32 + #define __NR__setfsgid32 __NR_setfsgid32 + #define __NR__setfsuid32 __NR_setfsuid32 + #define __NR__setresgid32 __NR_setresgid32 + #define __NR__setresuid32 __NR_setresuid32 +#if defined(__ARM_EABI__) + LSS_INLINE _syscall2(int, ugetrlimit, int, r, + struct kernel_rlimit*, l) +#endif + LSS_INLINE _syscall3(int, _getresgid32, gid_t *, r, + gid_t *, e, gid_t *, s) + LSS_INLINE _syscall3(int, _getresuid32, uid_t *, r, + uid_t *, e, uid_t *, s) + LSS_INLINE _syscall1(int, _setfsgid32, gid_t, f) + LSS_INLINE _syscall1(int, _setfsuid32, uid_t, f) + LSS_INLINE _syscall3(int, _setresgid32, gid_t, r, + gid_t, e, gid_t, s) + LSS_INLINE _syscall3(int, _setresuid32, uid_t, r, + uid_t, e, uid_t, s) + + LSS_INLINE int LSS_NAME(getresgid32)(gid_t *rgid, + gid_t *egid, + gid_t *sgid) { + int rc; + if ((rc = LSS_NAME(_getresgid32)(rgid, egid, sgid)) < 0 && + LSS_ERRNO == ENOSYS) { + if ((rgid == NULL) || (egid == NULL) || (sgid == NULL)) { + return EFAULT; + } + // Clear the high bits first, since getresgid only sets 16 bits + *rgid = *egid = *sgid = 0; + rc = LSS_NAME(getresgid)(rgid, egid, sgid); + } + return rc; + } + + LSS_INLINE int LSS_NAME(getresuid32)(uid_t *ruid, + uid_t *euid, + uid_t *suid) { + int rc; + if ((rc = LSS_NAME(_getresuid32)(ruid, euid, suid)) < 0 && + LSS_ERRNO == ENOSYS) { + if ((ruid == NULL) || (euid == NULL) || (suid == NULL)) { + return EFAULT; + } + // Clear the high bits first, since getresuid only sets 16 bits + *ruid = *euid = *suid = 0; + rc = LSS_NAME(getresuid)(ruid, euid, suid); + } + return rc; + } + + LSS_INLINE int LSS_NAME(setfsgid32)(gid_t gid) { + int rc; + if ((rc = LSS_NAME(_setfsgid32)(gid)) < 0 && + LSS_ERRNO == ENOSYS) { + if ((unsigned int)gid & ~0xFFFFu) { + rc = EINVAL; + } else { + rc = LSS_NAME(setfsgid)(gid); + } + } + return rc; + } + + LSS_INLINE int LSS_NAME(setfsuid32)(uid_t uid) { + int rc; + if ((rc = LSS_NAME(_setfsuid32)(uid)) < 0 && + LSS_ERRNO == ENOSYS) { + if ((unsigned int)uid & ~0xFFFFu) { + rc = EINVAL; + } else { + rc = LSS_NAME(setfsuid)(uid); + } + } + return rc; + } + + LSS_INLINE int LSS_NAME(setresgid32)(gid_t rgid, gid_t egid, gid_t sgid) { + int rc; + if ((rc = LSS_NAME(_setresgid32)(rgid, egid, sgid)) < 0 && + LSS_ERRNO == ENOSYS) { + if ((unsigned int)rgid & ~0xFFFFu || + (unsigned int)egid & ~0xFFFFu || + (unsigned int)sgid & ~0xFFFFu) { + rc = EINVAL; + } else { + rc = LSS_NAME(setresgid)(rgid, egid, sgid); + } + } + return rc; + } + + LSS_INLINE int LSS_NAME(setresuid32)(uid_t ruid, uid_t euid, uid_t suid) { + int rc; + if ((rc = LSS_NAME(_setresuid32)(ruid, euid, suid)) < 0 && + LSS_ERRNO == ENOSYS) { + if ((unsigned int)ruid & ~0xFFFFu || + (unsigned int)euid & ~0xFFFFu || + (unsigned int)suid & ~0xFFFFu) { + rc = EINVAL; + } else { + rc = LSS_NAME(setresuid)(ruid, euid, suid); + } + } + return rc; + } + #endif + LSS_INLINE int LSS_NAME(sigemptyset)(struct kernel_sigset_t *set) { + memset(&set->sig, 0, sizeof(set->sig)); + return 0; + } + + LSS_INLINE int LSS_NAME(sigfillset)(struct kernel_sigset_t *set) { + memset(&set->sig, -1, sizeof(set->sig)); + return 0; + } + + LSS_INLINE int LSS_NAME(sigaddset)(struct kernel_sigset_t *set, + int signum) { + if (signum < 1 || signum > (int)(8*sizeof(set->sig))) { + LSS_ERRNO = EINVAL; + return -1; + } else { + set->sig[(signum - 1)/(8*sizeof(set->sig[0]))] + |= 1UL << ((signum - 1) % (8*sizeof(set->sig[0]))); + return 0; + } + } + + LSS_INLINE int LSS_NAME(sigdelset)(struct kernel_sigset_t *set, + int signum) { + if (signum < 1 || signum > (int)(8*sizeof(set->sig))) { + LSS_ERRNO = EINVAL; + return -1; + } else { + set->sig[(signum - 1)/(8*sizeof(set->sig[0]))] + &= ~(1UL << ((signum - 1) % (8*sizeof(set->sig[0])))); + return 0; + } + } + + LSS_INLINE int LSS_NAME(sigismember)(struct kernel_sigset_t *set, + int signum) { + if (signum < 1 || signum > (int)(8*sizeof(set->sig))) { + LSS_ERRNO = EINVAL; + return -1; + } else { + return !!(set->sig[(signum - 1)/(8*sizeof(set->sig[0]))] & + (1UL << ((signum - 1) % (8*sizeof(set->sig[0]))))); + } + } + #if defined(__i386__) || \ + defined(__ARM_ARCH_3__) || defined(__ARM_EABI__) || \ + (defined(__mips__) && _MIPS_SIM == _MIPS_SIM_ABI32) || \ + defined(__PPC__) || \ + (defined(__s390__) && !defined(__s390x__)) + #define __NR__sigaction __NR_sigaction + #define __NR__sigpending __NR_sigpending + #define __NR__sigprocmask __NR_sigprocmask + #define __NR__sigsuspend __NR_sigsuspend + #define __NR__socketcall __NR_socketcall + LSS_INLINE _syscall2(int, fstat64, int, f, + struct kernel_stat64 *, b) + LSS_INLINE _syscall5(int, _llseek, uint, fd, + unsigned long, hi, unsigned long, lo, + loff_t *, res, uint, wh) +#if defined(__s390__) && !defined(__s390x__) + /* On s390, mmap2() arguments are passed in memory. */ + LSS_INLINE void* LSS_NAME(_mmap2)(void *s, size_t l, int p, int f, int d, + off_t o) { + unsigned long buf[6] = { (unsigned long) s, (unsigned long) l, + (unsigned long) p, (unsigned long) f, + (unsigned long) d, (unsigned long) o }; + LSS_REG(2, buf); + LSS_BODY(void*, mmap2, "0"(__r2)); + } +#else + #define __NR__mmap2 __NR_mmap2 + LSS_INLINE _syscall6(void*, _mmap2, void*, s, + size_t, l, int, p, + int, f, int, d, + off_t, o) +#endif + LSS_INLINE _syscall3(int, _sigaction, int, s, + const struct kernel_old_sigaction*, a, + struct kernel_old_sigaction*, o) + LSS_INLINE _syscall1(int, _sigpending, unsigned long*, s) + LSS_INLINE _syscall3(int, _sigprocmask, int, h, + const unsigned long*, s, + unsigned long*, o) + #ifdef __PPC__ + LSS_INLINE _syscall1(int, _sigsuspend, unsigned long, s) + #else + LSS_INLINE _syscall3(int, _sigsuspend, const void*, a, + int, b, + unsigned long, s) + #endif + LSS_INLINE _syscall2(int, stat64, const char *, p, + struct kernel_stat64 *, b) + + LSS_INLINE int LSS_NAME(sigaction)(int signum, + const struct kernel_sigaction *act, + struct kernel_sigaction *oldact) { + int old_errno = LSS_ERRNO; + int rc; + struct kernel_sigaction a; + if (act != NULL) { + a = *act; + #ifdef __i386__ + /* On i386, the kernel requires us to always set our own + * SA_RESTORER when using realtime signals. Otherwise, it does not + * know how to return from a signal handler. This function must have + * a "magic" signature that the "gdb" (and maybe the kernel?) can + * recognize. + * Apparently, a SA_RESTORER is implicitly set by the kernel, when + * using non-realtime signals. + * + * TODO: Test whether ARM needs a restorer + */ + if (!(a.sa_flags & SA_RESTORER)) { + a.sa_flags |= SA_RESTORER; + a.sa_restorer = (a.sa_flags & SA_SIGINFO) + ? LSS_NAME(restore_rt)() : LSS_NAME(restore)(); + } + #endif + } + rc = LSS_NAME(rt_sigaction)(signum, act ? &a : act, oldact, + (KERNEL_NSIG+7)/8); + if (rc < 0 && LSS_ERRNO == ENOSYS) { + struct kernel_old_sigaction oa, ooa, *ptr_a = &oa, *ptr_oa = &ooa; + if (!act) { + ptr_a = NULL; + } else { + oa.sa_handler_ = act->sa_handler_; + memcpy(&oa.sa_mask, &act->sa_mask, sizeof(oa.sa_mask)); + #ifndef __mips__ + oa.sa_restorer = act->sa_restorer; + #endif + oa.sa_flags = act->sa_flags; + } + if (!oldact) { + ptr_oa = NULL; + } + LSS_ERRNO = old_errno; + rc = LSS_NAME(_sigaction)(signum, ptr_a, ptr_oa); + if (rc == 0 && oldact) { + if (act) { + memcpy(oldact, act, sizeof(*act)); + } else { + memset(oldact, 0, sizeof(*oldact)); + } + oldact->sa_handler_ = ptr_oa->sa_handler_; + oldact->sa_flags = ptr_oa->sa_flags; + memcpy(&oldact->sa_mask, &ptr_oa->sa_mask, sizeof(ptr_oa->sa_mask)); + #ifndef __mips__ + oldact->sa_restorer = ptr_oa->sa_restorer; + #endif + } + } + return rc; + } + + LSS_INLINE int LSS_NAME(sigpending)(struct kernel_sigset_t *set) { + int old_errno = LSS_ERRNO; + int rc = LSS_NAME(rt_sigpending)(set, (KERNEL_NSIG+7)/8); + if (rc < 0 && LSS_ERRNO == ENOSYS) { + LSS_ERRNO = old_errno; + LSS_NAME(sigemptyset)(set); + rc = LSS_NAME(_sigpending)(&set->sig[0]); + } + return rc; + } + + LSS_INLINE int LSS_NAME(sigprocmask)(int how, + const struct kernel_sigset_t *set, + struct kernel_sigset_t *oldset) { + int olderrno = LSS_ERRNO; + int rc = LSS_NAME(rt_sigprocmask)(how, set, oldset, (KERNEL_NSIG+7)/8); + if (rc < 0 && LSS_ERRNO == ENOSYS) { + LSS_ERRNO = olderrno; + if (oldset) { + LSS_NAME(sigemptyset)(oldset); + } + rc = LSS_NAME(_sigprocmask)(how, + set ? &set->sig[0] : NULL, + oldset ? &oldset->sig[0] : NULL); + } + return rc; + } + + LSS_INLINE int LSS_NAME(sigsuspend)(const struct kernel_sigset_t *set) { + int olderrno = LSS_ERRNO; + int rc = LSS_NAME(rt_sigsuspend)(set, (KERNEL_NSIG+7)/8); + if (rc < 0 && LSS_ERRNO == ENOSYS) { + LSS_ERRNO = olderrno; + rc = LSS_NAME(_sigsuspend)( + #ifndef __PPC__ + set, 0, + #endif + set->sig[0]); + } + return rc; + } + #endif + #if defined(__i386__) || \ + defined(__ARM_ARCH_3__) || defined(__ARM_EABI__) || \ + (defined(__mips__) && _MIPS_SIM == _MIPS_SIM_ABI32) || \ + defined(__PPC__) || \ + (defined(__s390__) && !defined(__s390x__)) + /* On these architectures, implement mmap() with mmap2(). */ + LSS_INLINE void* LSS_NAME(mmap)(void *s, size_t l, int p, int f, int d, + int64_t o) { + if (o % 4096) { + LSS_ERRNO = EINVAL; + return (void *) -1; + } + return LSS_NAME(_mmap2)(s, l, p, f, d, (o / 4096)); + } + #elif defined(__s390x__) + /* On s390x, mmap() arguments are passed in memory. */ + LSS_INLINE void* LSS_NAME(mmap)(void *s, size_t l, int p, int f, int d, + int64_t o) { + unsigned long buf[6] = { (unsigned long) s, (unsigned long) l, + (unsigned long) p, (unsigned long) f, + (unsigned long) d, (unsigned long) o }; + LSS_REG(2, buf); + LSS_BODY(void*, mmap, "0"(__r2)); + } + #elif defined(__x86_64__) + /* Need to make sure __off64_t isn't truncated to 32-bits under x32. */ + LSS_INLINE void* LSS_NAME(mmap)(void *s, size_t l, int p, int f, int d, + int64_t o) { + LSS_BODY(6, void*, mmap, LSS_SYSCALL_ARG(s), LSS_SYSCALL_ARG(l), + LSS_SYSCALL_ARG(p), LSS_SYSCALL_ARG(f), + LSS_SYSCALL_ARG(d), (uint64_t)(o)); + } + #else + /* Remaining 64-bit architectures. */ + LSS_INLINE _syscall6(void*, mmap, void*, addr, size_t, length, int, prot, + int, flags, int, fd, int64_t, offset) + #endif + #if defined(__PPC__) + #undef LSS_SC_LOADARGS_0 + #define LSS_SC_LOADARGS_0(dummy...) + #undef LSS_SC_LOADARGS_1 + #define LSS_SC_LOADARGS_1(arg1) \ + __sc_4 = (unsigned long) (arg1) + #undef LSS_SC_LOADARGS_2 + #define LSS_SC_LOADARGS_2(arg1, arg2) \ + LSS_SC_LOADARGS_1(arg1); \ + __sc_5 = (unsigned long) (arg2) + #undef LSS_SC_LOADARGS_3 + #define LSS_SC_LOADARGS_3(arg1, arg2, arg3) \ + LSS_SC_LOADARGS_2(arg1, arg2); \ + __sc_6 = (unsigned long) (arg3) + #undef LSS_SC_LOADARGS_4 + #define LSS_SC_LOADARGS_4(arg1, arg2, arg3, arg4) \ + LSS_SC_LOADARGS_3(arg1, arg2, arg3); \ + __sc_7 = (unsigned long) (arg4) + #undef LSS_SC_LOADARGS_5 + #define LSS_SC_LOADARGS_5(arg1, arg2, arg3, arg4, arg5) \ + LSS_SC_LOADARGS_4(arg1, arg2, arg3, arg4); \ + __sc_8 = (unsigned long) (arg5) + #undef LSS_SC_BODY + #define LSS_SC_BODY(nr, type, opt, args...) \ + long __sc_ret, __sc_err; \ + { \ + register unsigned long __sc_0 __asm__ ("r0") = __NR_socketcall; \ + register unsigned long __sc_3 __asm__ ("r3") = opt; \ + register unsigned long __sc_4 __asm__ ("r4"); \ + register unsigned long __sc_5 __asm__ ("r5"); \ + register unsigned long __sc_6 __asm__ ("r6"); \ + register unsigned long __sc_7 __asm__ ("r7"); \ + register unsigned long __sc_8 __asm__ ("r8"); \ + LSS_SC_LOADARGS_##nr(args); \ + __asm__ __volatile__ \ + ("stwu 1, -48(1)\n\t" \ + "stw 4, 20(1)\n\t" \ + "stw 5, 24(1)\n\t" \ + "stw 6, 28(1)\n\t" \ + "stw 7, 32(1)\n\t" \ + "stw 8, 36(1)\n\t" \ + "addi 4, 1, 20\n\t" \ + "sc\n\t" \ + "mfcr %0" \ + : "=&r" (__sc_0), \ + "=&r" (__sc_3), "=&r" (__sc_4), \ + "=&r" (__sc_5), "=&r" (__sc_6), \ + "=&r" (__sc_7), "=&r" (__sc_8) \ + : LSS_ASMINPUT_##nr \ + : "cr0", "ctr", "memory"); \ + __sc_ret = __sc_3; \ + __sc_err = __sc_0; \ + } \ + LSS_RETURN(type, __sc_ret, __sc_err) + + LSS_INLINE ssize_t LSS_NAME(recvmsg)(int s,struct kernel_msghdr *msg, + int flags){ + LSS_SC_BODY(3, ssize_t, 17, s, msg, flags); + } + + LSS_INLINE ssize_t LSS_NAME(sendmsg)(int s, + const struct kernel_msghdr *msg, + int flags) { + LSS_SC_BODY(3, ssize_t, 16, s, msg, flags); + } + + // TODO(csilvers): why is this ifdef'ed out? +#if 0 + LSS_INLINE ssize_t LSS_NAME(sendto)(int s, const void *buf, size_t len, + int flags, + const struct kernel_sockaddr *to, + unsigned int tolen) { + LSS_BODY(6, ssize_t, 11, s, buf, len, flags, to, tolen); + } +#endif + + LSS_INLINE int LSS_NAME(shutdown)(int s, int how) { + LSS_SC_BODY(2, int, 13, s, how); + } + + LSS_INLINE int LSS_NAME(socket)(int domain, int type, int protocol) { + LSS_SC_BODY(3, int, 1, domain, type, protocol); + } + + LSS_INLINE int LSS_NAME(socketpair)(int d, int type, int protocol, + int sv[2]) { + LSS_SC_BODY(4, int, 8, d, type, protocol, sv); + } + #endif + #if defined(__ARM_EABI__) || defined (__aarch64__) + LSS_INLINE _syscall3(ssize_t, recvmsg, int, s, struct kernel_msghdr*, msg, + int, flags) + LSS_INLINE _syscall3(ssize_t, sendmsg, int, s, const struct kernel_msghdr*, + msg, int, flags) + LSS_INLINE _syscall6(ssize_t, sendto, int, s, const void*, buf, size_t,len, + int, flags, const struct kernel_sockaddr*, to, + unsigned int, tolen) + LSS_INLINE _syscall2(int, shutdown, int, s, int, how) + LSS_INLINE _syscall3(int, socket, int, domain, int, type, int, protocol) + LSS_INLINE _syscall4(int, socketpair, int, d, int, type, int, protocol, + int*, sv) + #endif + #if defined(__i386__) || defined(__ARM_ARCH_3__) || \ + (defined(__mips__) && _MIPS_SIM == _MIPS_SIM_ABI32) || \ + defined(__s390__) + #define __NR__socketcall __NR_socketcall + LSS_INLINE _syscall2(int, _socketcall, int, c, + va_list, a) + LSS_INLINE int LSS_NAME(socketcall)(int op, ...) { + int rc; + va_list ap; + va_start(ap, op); + rc = LSS_NAME(_socketcall)(op, ap); + va_end(ap); + return rc; + } + + LSS_INLINE ssize_t LSS_NAME(recvmsg)(int s,struct kernel_msghdr *msg, + int flags){ + return (ssize_t)LSS_NAME(socketcall)(17, s, msg, flags); + } + + LSS_INLINE ssize_t LSS_NAME(sendmsg)(int s, + const struct kernel_msghdr *msg, + int flags) { + return (ssize_t)LSS_NAME(socketcall)(16, s, msg, flags); + } + + LSS_INLINE ssize_t LSS_NAME(sendto)(int s, const void *buf, size_t len, + int flags, + const struct kernel_sockaddr *to, + unsigned int tolen) { + return (ssize_t)LSS_NAME(socketcall)(11, s, buf, len, flags, to, tolen); + } + + LSS_INLINE int LSS_NAME(shutdown)(int s, int how) { + return LSS_NAME(socketcall)(13, s, how); + } + + LSS_INLINE int LSS_NAME(socket)(int domain, int type, int protocol) { + return LSS_NAME(socketcall)(1, domain, type, protocol); + } + + LSS_INLINE int LSS_NAME(socketpair)(int d, int type, int protocol, + int sv[2]) { + return LSS_NAME(socketcall)(8, d, type, protocol, sv); + } + #endif + #if defined(__NR_fstatat64) + LSS_INLINE _syscall4(int, fstatat64, int, d, + const char *, p, + struct kernel_stat64 *, b, int, f) + #endif + #if defined(__NR_waitpid) + // waitpid is polyfilled below when not available. + LSS_INLINE _syscall3(pid_t, waitpid, pid_t, p, + int*, s, int, o) + #endif + #if defined(__mips__) + /* sys_pipe() on MIPS has non-standard calling conventions, as it returns + * both file handles through CPU registers. + */ + LSS_INLINE int LSS_NAME(pipe)(int *p) { + register unsigned long __v0 __asm__("$2") = __NR_pipe; + register unsigned long __v1 __asm__("$3"); + register unsigned long __r7 __asm__("$7"); + __asm__ __volatile__ ("syscall\n" + : "=r"(__v0), "=r"(__v1), "=r" (__r7) + : "0"(__v0) + : "$8", "$9", "$10", "$11", "$12", + "$13", "$14", "$15", "$24", "$25", "memory"); + if (__r7) { + unsigned long __errnovalue = __v0; + LSS_ERRNO = __errnovalue; + return -1; + } else { + p[0] = __v0; + p[1] = __v1; + return 0; + } + } + #elif defined(__NR_pipe) + // pipe is polyfilled below when not available. + LSS_INLINE _syscall1(int, pipe, int *, p) + #endif + #if defined(__NR_pipe2) + LSS_INLINE _syscall2(int, pipe2, int *, pipefd, int, flags) + #endif + /* TODO(csilvers): see if ppc can/should support this as well */ + #if defined(__i386__) || defined(__ARM_ARCH_3__) || \ + defined(__ARM_EABI__) || \ + (defined(__mips__) && _MIPS_SIM != _MIPS_SIM_ABI64) || \ + (defined(__s390__) && !defined(__s390x__)) + #define __NR__statfs64 __NR_statfs64 + #define __NR__fstatfs64 __NR_fstatfs64 + LSS_INLINE _syscall3(int, _statfs64, const char*, p, + size_t, s,struct kernel_statfs64*, b) + LSS_INLINE _syscall3(int, _fstatfs64, int, f, + size_t, s,struct kernel_statfs64*, b) + LSS_INLINE int LSS_NAME(statfs64)(const char *p, + struct kernel_statfs64 *b) { + return LSS_NAME(_statfs64)(p, sizeof(*b), b); + } + LSS_INLINE int LSS_NAME(fstatfs64)(int f,struct kernel_statfs64 *b) { + return LSS_NAME(_fstatfs64)(f, sizeof(*b), b); + } + #endif + + LSS_INLINE int LSS_NAME(execv)(const char *path, const char *const argv[]) { + extern char **environ; + return LSS_NAME(execve)(path, argv, (const char *const *)environ); + } + + LSS_INLINE pid_t LSS_NAME(gettid)(void) { + pid_t tid = LSS_NAME(_gettid)(); + if (tid != -1) { + return tid; + } + return LSS_NAME(getpid)(); + } + + LSS_INLINE void *LSS_NAME(mremap)(void *old_address, size_t old_size, + size_t new_size, int flags, ...) { + va_list ap; + void *new_address, *rc; + va_start(ap, flags); + new_address = va_arg(ap, void *); + rc = LSS_NAME(_mremap)(old_address, old_size, new_size, + flags, new_address); + va_end(ap); + return rc; + } + + LSS_INLINE int LSS_NAME(ptrace_detach)(pid_t pid) { + /* PTRACE_DETACH can sometimes forget to wake up the tracee and it + * then sends job control signals to the real parent, rather than to + * the tracer. We reduce the risk of this happening by starting a + * whole new time slice, and then quickly sending a SIGCONT signal + * right after detaching from the tracee. + * + * We use tkill to ensure that we only issue a wakeup for the thread being + * detached. Large multi threaded apps can take a long time in the kernel + * processing SIGCONT. + */ + int rc, err; + LSS_NAME(sched_yield)(); + rc = LSS_NAME(ptrace)(PTRACE_DETACH, pid, (void *)0, (void *)0); + err = LSS_ERRNO; + LSS_NAME(tkill)(pid, SIGCONT); + /* Old systems don't have tkill */ + if (LSS_ERRNO == ENOSYS) + LSS_NAME(kill)(pid, SIGCONT); + LSS_ERRNO = err; + return rc; + } + + LSS_INLINE int LSS_NAME(raise)(int sig) { + return LSS_NAME(kill)(LSS_NAME(getpid)(), sig); + } + + LSS_INLINE int LSS_NAME(setpgrp)(void) { + return LSS_NAME(setpgid)(0, 0); + } + + #if defined(__x86_64__) + /* Need to make sure loff_t isn't truncated to 32-bits under x32. */ + LSS_INLINE ssize_t LSS_NAME(pread64)(int f, void *b, size_t c, loff_t o) { + LSS_BODY(4, ssize_t, pread64, LSS_SYSCALL_ARG(f), LSS_SYSCALL_ARG(b), + LSS_SYSCALL_ARG(c), (uint64_t)(o)); + } + + LSS_INLINE ssize_t LSS_NAME(pwrite64)(int f, const void *b, size_t c, + loff_t o) { + LSS_BODY(4, ssize_t, pwrite64, LSS_SYSCALL_ARG(f), LSS_SYSCALL_ARG(b), + LSS_SYSCALL_ARG(c), (uint64_t)(o)); + } + + LSS_INLINE int LSS_NAME(readahead)(int f, loff_t o, unsigned c) { + LSS_BODY(3, int, readahead, LSS_SYSCALL_ARG(f), (uint64_t)(o), + LSS_SYSCALL_ARG(c)); + } + #elif defined(__mips__) && _MIPS_SIM == _MIPS_SIM_ABI64 + LSS_INLINE _syscall4(ssize_t, pread64, int, f, + void *, b, size_t, c, + loff_t, o) + LSS_INLINE _syscall4(ssize_t, pwrite64, int, f, + const void *, b, size_t, c, + loff_t, o) + LSS_INLINE _syscall3(int, readahead, int, f, + loff_t, o, unsigned, c) + #else + #define __NR__pread64 __NR_pread64 + #define __NR__pwrite64 __NR_pwrite64 + #define __NR__readahead __NR_readahead + #if defined(__ARM_EABI__) || defined(__mips__) + /* On ARM and MIPS, a 64-bit parameter has to be in an even-odd register + * pair. Hence these calls ignore their fourth argument (r3) so that their + * fifth and sixth make such a pair (r4,r5). + */ + #define LSS_LLARG_PAD 0, + LSS_INLINE _syscall6(ssize_t, _pread64, int, f, + void *, b, size_t, c, + unsigned, skip, unsigned, o1, unsigned, o2) + LSS_INLINE _syscall6(ssize_t, _pwrite64, int, f, + const void *, b, size_t, c, + unsigned, skip, unsigned, o1, unsigned, o2) + LSS_INLINE _syscall5(int, _readahead, int, f, + unsigned, skip, + unsigned, o1, unsigned, o2, size_t, c) + #else + #define LSS_LLARG_PAD + LSS_INLINE _syscall5(ssize_t, _pread64, int, f, + void *, b, size_t, c, unsigned, o1, + unsigned, o2) + LSS_INLINE _syscall5(ssize_t, _pwrite64, int, f, + const void *, b, size_t, c, unsigned, o1, + long, o2) + LSS_INLINE _syscall4(int, _readahead, int, f, + unsigned, o1, unsigned, o2, size_t, c) + #endif + /* We force 64bit-wide parameters onto the stack, then access each + * 32-bit component individually. This guarantees that we build the + * correct parameters independent of the native byte-order of the + * underlying architecture. + */ + LSS_INLINE ssize_t LSS_NAME(pread64)(int fd, void *buf, size_t count, + loff_t off) { + union { loff_t off; unsigned arg[2]; } o = { off }; + return LSS_NAME(_pread64)(fd, buf, count, + LSS_LLARG_PAD o.arg[0], o.arg[1]); + } + LSS_INLINE ssize_t LSS_NAME(pwrite64)(int fd, const void *buf, + size_t count, loff_t off) { + union { loff_t off; unsigned arg[2]; } o = { off }; + return LSS_NAME(_pwrite64)(fd, buf, count, + LSS_LLARG_PAD o.arg[0], o.arg[1]); + } + LSS_INLINE int LSS_NAME(readahead)(int fd, loff_t off, int len) { + union { loff_t off; unsigned arg[2]; } o = { off }; + return LSS_NAME(_readahead)(fd, LSS_LLARG_PAD o.arg[0], o.arg[1], len); + } + #endif +#endif + +/* + * Polyfills for deprecated syscalls. + */ + +#if !defined(__NR_dup2) + LSS_INLINE int LSS_NAME(dup2)(int s, int d) { + return LSS_NAME(dup3)(s, d, 0); + } +#endif + +#if !defined(__NR_open) + LSS_INLINE int LSS_NAME(open)(const char *pathname, int flags, int mode) { + return LSS_NAME(openat)(AT_FDCWD, pathname, flags, mode); + } +#endif + +#if !defined(__NR_unlink) + LSS_INLINE int LSS_NAME(unlink)(const char *pathname) { + return LSS_NAME(unlinkat)(AT_FDCWD, pathname, 0); + } +#endif + +#if !defined(__NR_readlink) + LSS_INLINE int LSS_NAME(readlink)(const char *pathname, char *buffer, + size_t size) { + return LSS_NAME(readlinkat)(AT_FDCWD, pathname, buffer, size); + } +#endif + +#if !defined(__NR_pipe) + LSS_INLINE int LSS_NAME(pipe)(int *pipefd) { + return LSS_NAME(pipe2)(pipefd, 0); + } +#endif + +#if !defined(__NR_poll) + LSS_INLINE int LSS_NAME(poll)(struct kernel_pollfd *fds, unsigned int nfds, + int timeout) { + struct kernel_timespec timeout_ts; + struct kernel_timespec *timeout_ts_p = NULL; + + if (timeout >= 0) { + timeout_ts.tv_sec = timeout / 1000; + timeout_ts.tv_nsec = (timeout % 1000) * 1000000; + timeout_ts_p = &timeout_ts; + } + return LSS_NAME(ppoll)(fds, nfds, timeout_ts_p, NULL, 0); + } +#endif + +#if !defined(__NR_stat) + LSS_INLINE int LSS_NAME(stat)(const char *pathname, + struct kernel_stat *buf) { + return LSS_NAME(newfstatat)(AT_FDCWD, pathname, buf, 0); + } +#endif + +#if !defined(__NR_waitpid) + LSS_INLINE pid_t LSS_NAME(waitpid)(pid_t pid, int *status, int options) { + return LSS_NAME(wait4)(pid, status, options, 0); + } +#endif + +#if !defined(__NR_fork) +// TODO: define this in an arch-independant way instead of inlining the clone +// syscall body. + +# if defined(__aarch64__) + LSS_INLINE pid_t LSS_NAME(fork)(void) { + // No fork syscall on aarch64 - implement by means of the clone syscall. + // Note that this does not reset glibc's cached view of the PID/TID, so + // some glibc interfaces might go wrong in the forked subprocess. + int flags = SIGCHLD; + void *child_stack = NULL; + void *parent_tidptr = NULL; + void *newtls = NULL; + void *child_tidptr = NULL; + + LSS_REG(0, flags); + LSS_REG(1, child_stack); + LSS_REG(2, parent_tidptr); + LSS_REG(3, newtls); + LSS_REG(4, child_tidptr); + LSS_BODY(pid_t, clone, "r"(__r0), "r"(__r1), "r"(__r2), "r"(__r3), + "r"(__r4)); + } +# elif defined(__x86_64__) + LSS_INLINE pid_t LSS_NAME(fork)(void) { + // Android disallows the fork syscall on x86_64 - implement by means of the + // clone syscall as above for aarch64. + int flags = SIGCHLD; + void *child_stack = NULL; + void *parent_tidptr = NULL; + void *newtls = NULL; + void *child_tidptr = NULL; + + LSS_BODY(5, pid_t, clone, LSS_SYSCALL_ARG(flags), + LSS_SYSCALL_ARG(child_stack), LSS_SYSCALL_ARG(parent_tidptr), + LSS_SYSCALL_ARG(newtls), LSS_SYSCALL_ARG(child_tidptr)); + } +# else +# error missing fork polyfill for this architecture +# endif +#endif + +#ifdef __ANDROID__ + /* These restore the original values of these macros saved by the + * corresponding #pragma push_macro near the top of this file. */ +# pragma pop_macro("stat64") +# pragma pop_macro("fstat64") +# pragma pop_macro("lstat64") +#endif + +#if defined(__cplusplus) && !defined(SYS_CPLUSPLUS) +} +#endif + +#endif +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cb9e0a41 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h @@ -0,0 +1,504 @@ +/* ftconfig.h. Generated from ftconfig.in by configure. */ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftconfig.in */ +/* */ +/* UNIX-specific configuration file (specification only). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* This header file contains a number of macro definitions that are used */ + /* by the rest of the engine. Most of the macros here are automatically */ + /* determined at compile time, and you should not need to change it to */ + /* port FreeType, except to compile the library with a non-ANSI */ + /* compiler. */ + /* */ + /* Note however that if some specific modifications are needed, we */ + /* advise you to place a modified copy in your build directory. */ + /* */ + /* The build directory is usually `builds/', and contains */ + /* system-specific files that are always included first when building */ + /* the library. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef FTCONFIG_H_ +#define FTCONFIG_H_ + +#include +#include FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H +#include FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* PLATFORM-SPECIFIC CONFIGURATION MACROS */ + /* */ + /* These macros can be toggled to suit a specific system. The current */ + /* ones are defaults used to compile FreeType in an ANSI C environment */ + /* (16bit compilers are also supported). Copy this file to your own */ + /* `builds/' directory, and edit it to port the engine. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + +#define HAVE_UNISTD_H 1 +#define HAVE_FCNTL_H 1 +#define HAVE_STDINT_H 1 + + + /* There are systems (like the Texas Instruments 'C54x) where a `char' */ + /* has 16 bits. ANSI C says that sizeof(char) is always 1. Since an */ + /* `int' has 16 bits also for this system, sizeof(int) gives 1 which */ + /* is probably unexpected. */ + /* */ + /* `CHAR_BIT' (defined in limits.h) gives the number of bits in a */ + /* `char' type. */ + +#ifndef FT_CHAR_BIT +#define FT_CHAR_BIT CHAR_BIT +#endif + + +/* #undef FT_USE_AUTOCONF_SIZEOF_TYPES */ +#ifdef FT_USE_AUTOCONF_SIZEOF_TYPES + +#define SIZEOF_INT 4 +#define SIZEOF_LONG 4 +#define FT_SIZEOF_INT SIZEOF_INT +#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG SIZEOF_LONG + +#else /* !FT_USE_AUTOCONF_SIZEOF_TYPES */ + + /* Following cpp computation of the bit length of int and long */ + /* is copied from default include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h. */ + /* If any improvement is required for this file, it should be */ + /* applied to the original header file for the builders that */ + /* do not use configure script. */ + + /* The size of an `int' type. */ +#if FT_UINT_MAX == 0xFFFFUL +#define FT_SIZEOF_INT (16 / FT_CHAR_BIT) +#elif FT_UINT_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFUL +#define FT_SIZEOF_INT (32 / FT_CHAR_BIT) +#elif FT_UINT_MAX > 0xFFFFFFFFUL && FT_UINT_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFUL +#define FT_SIZEOF_INT (64 / FT_CHAR_BIT) +#else +#error "Unsupported size of `int' type!" +#endif + + /* The size of a `long' type. A five-byte `long' (as used e.g. on the */ + /* DM642) is recognized but avoided. */ +#if FT_ULONG_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFUL +#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG (32 / FT_CHAR_BIT) +#elif FT_ULONG_MAX > 0xFFFFFFFFUL && FT_ULONG_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFFFUL +#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG (32 / FT_CHAR_BIT) +#elif FT_ULONG_MAX > 0xFFFFFFFFUL && FT_ULONG_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFUL +#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG (64 / FT_CHAR_BIT) +#else +#error "Unsupported size of `long' type!" +#endif + +#endif /* !FT_USE_AUTOCONF_SIZEOF_TYPES */ + + + /* FT_UNUSED is a macro used to indicate that a given parameter is not */ + /* used -- this is only used to get rid of unpleasant compiler warnings */ +#ifndef FT_UNUSED +#define FT_UNUSED( arg ) ( (arg) = (arg) ) +#endif + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* AUTOMATIC CONFIGURATION MACROS */ + /* */ + /* These macros are computed from the ones defined above. Don't touch */ + /* their definition, unless you know precisely what you are doing. No */ + /* porter should need to mess with them. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Mac support */ + /* */ + /* This is the only necessary change, so it is defined here instead */ + /* providing a new configuration file. */ + /* */ +#if defined( __APPLE__ ) || ( defined( __MWERKS__ ) && defined( macintosh ) ) + /* no Carbon frameworks for 64bit 10.4.x */ + /* AvailabilityMacros.h is available since Mac OS X 10.2, */ + /* so guess the system version by maximum errno before inclusion */ +#include +#ifdef ECANCELED /* defined since 10.2 */ +#include "AvailabilityMacros.h" +#endif +#if defined( __LP64__ ) && \ + ( MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED <= MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_4 ) +#undef FT_MACINTOSH +#endif + +#elif defined( __SC__ ) || defined( __MRC__ ) + /* Classic MacOS compilers */ +#include "ConditionalMacros.h" +#if TARGET_OS_MAC +#define FT_MACINTOSH 1 +#endif + +#endif + + + /* Fix compiler warning with sgi compiler */ +#if defined( __sgi ) && !defined( __GNUC__ ) +#if defined( _COMPILER_VERSION ) && ( _COMPILER_VERSION >= 730 ) +#pragma set woff 3505 +#endif +#endif + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /*
*/ + /* basic_types */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* */ + /* FT_Int16 */ + /* */ + /* */ + /* A typedef for a 16bit signed integer type. */ + /* */ + typedef signed short FT_Int16; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* */ + /* FT_UInt16 */ + /* */ + /* */ + /* A typedef for a 16bit unsigned integer type. */ + /* */ + typedef unsigned short FT_UInt16; + + /* */ + + + /* this #if 0 ... #endif clause is for documentation purposes */ +#if 0 + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* */ + /* FT_Int32 */ + /* */ + /* */ + /* A typedef for a 32bit signed integer type. The size depends on */ + /* the configuration. */ + /* */ + typedef signed XXX FT_Int32; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* */ + /* FT_UInt32 */ + /* */ + /* A typedef for a 32bit unsigned integer type. The size depends on */ + /* the configuration. */ + /* */ + typedef unsigned XXX FT_UInt32; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* */ + /* FT_Int64 */ + /* */ + /* A typedef for a 64bit signed integer type. The size depends on */ + /* the configuration. Only defined if there is real 64bit support; */ + /* otherwise, it gets emulated with a structure (if necessary). */ + /* */ + typedef signed XXX FT_Int64; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* */ + /* FT_UInt64 */ + /* */ + /* A typedef for a 64bit unsigned integer type. The size depends on */ + /* the configuration. Only defined if there is real 64bit support; */ + /* otherwise, it gets emulated with a structure (if necessary). */ + /* */ + typedef unsigned XXX FT_UInt64; + + /* */ + +#endif + +#if FT_SIZEOF_INT == 4 + + typedef signed int FT_Int32; + typedef unsigned int FT_UInt32; + +#elif FT_SIZEOF_LONG == 4 + + typedef signed long FT_Int32; + typedef unsigned long FT_UInt32; + +#else +#error "no 32bit type found -- please check your configuration files" +#endif + + + /* look up an integer type that is at least 32 bits */ +#if FT_SIZEOF_INT >= 4 + + typedef int FT_Fast; + typedef unsigned int FT_UFast; + +#elif FT_SIZEOF_LONG >= 4 + + typedef long FT_Fast; + typedef unsigned long FT_UFast; + +#endif + + + /* determine whether we have a 64-bit int type for platforms without */ + /* Autoconf */ +#if FT_SIZEOF_LONG == 8 + + /* FT_LONG64 must be defined if a 64-bit type is available */ +#define FT_LONG64 +#define FT_INT64 long +#define FT_UINT64 unsigned long + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* A 64-bit data type may create compilation problems if you compile */ + /* in strict ANSI mode. To avoid them, we disable other 64-bit data */ + /* types if __STDC__ is defined. You can however ignore this rule */ + /* by defining the FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64 configuration macro. */ + /* */ +#elif !defined( __STDC__ ) || defined( FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64 ) + +#if defined( __STDC_VERSION__ ) && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L + +#define FT_LONG64 +#define FT_INT64 long long int +#define FT_UINT64 unsigned long long int + +#elif defined( _MSC_VER ) && _MSC_VER >= 900 /* Visual C++ (and Intel C++) */ + + /* this compiler provides the __int64 type */ +#define FT_LONG64 +#define FT_INT64 __int64 +#define FT_UINT64 unsigned __int64 + +#elif defined( __BORLANDC__ ) /* Borland C++ */ + + /* XXXX: We should probably check the value of __BORLANDC__ in order */ + /* to test the compiler version. */ + + /* this compiler provides the __int64 type */ +#define FT_LONG64 +#define FT_INT64 __int64 +#define FT_UINT64 unsigned __int64 + +#elif defined( __WATCOMC__ ) /* Watcom C++ */ + + /* Watcom doesn't provide 64-bit data types */ + +#elif defined( __MWERKS__ ) /* Metrowerks CodeWarrior */ + +#define FT_LONG64 +#define FT_INT64 long long int +#define FT_UINT64 unsigned long long int + +#elif defined( __GNUC__ ) + + /* GCC provides the `long long' type */ +#define FT_LONG64 +#define FT_INT64 long long int +#define FT_UINT64 unsigned long long int + +#endif /* __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L */ + +#endif /* FT_SIZEOF_LONG == 8 */ + +#ifdef FT_LONG64 + typedef FT_INT64 FT_Int64; + typedef FT_UINT64 FT_UInt64; +#endif + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* miscellaneous */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + +#define FT_BEGIN_STMNT do { +#define FT_END_STMNT } while ( 0 ) +#define FT_DUMMY_STMNT FT_BEGIN_STMNT FT_END_STMNT + + + /* typeof condition taken from gnulib's `intprops.h' header file */ +#if ( __GNUC__ >= 2 || \ + defined( __IBM__TYPEOF__ ) || \ + ( __SUNPRO_C >= 0x5110 && !__STDC__ ) ) +#define FT_TYPEOF( type ) (__typeof__ (type)) +#else +#define FT_TYPEOF( type ) /* empty */ +#endif + + +#ifdef FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT + +#define FT_LOCAL( x ) static x +#define FT_LOCAL_DEF( x ) static x + +#else + +#ifdef __cplusplus +#define FT_LOCAL( x ) extern "C" x +#define FT_LOCAL_DEF( x ) extern "C" x +#else +#define FT_LOCAL( x ) extern x +#define FT_LOCAL_DEF( x ) x +#endif + +#endif /* FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT */ + +#define FT_LOCAL_ARRAY( x ) extern const x +#define FT_LOCAL_ARRAY_DEF( x ) const x + + +#ifndef FT_BASE + +#ifdef __cplusplus +#define FT_BASE( x ) extern "C" x +#else +#define FT_BASE( x ) extern x +#endif + +#endif /* !FT_BASE */ + + +#ifndef FT_BASE_DEF + +#ifdef __cplusplus +#define FT_BASE_DEF( x ) x +#else +#define FT_BASE_DEF( x ) x +#endif + +#endif /* !FT_BASE_DEF */ + + +#ifndef FT_EXPORT + +#ifdef __cplusplus +#define FT_EXPORT( x ) extern "C" x +#else +#define FT_EXPORT( x ) extern x +#endif + +#endif /* !FT_EXPORT */ + + +#ifndef FT_EXPORT_DEF + +#ifdef __cplusplus +#define FT_EXPORT_DEF( x ) extern "C" x +#else +#define FT_EXPORT_DEF( x ) extern x +#endif + +#endif /* !FT_EXPORT_DEF */ + + +#ifndef FT_EXPORT_VAR + +#ifdef __cplusplus +#define FT_EXPORT_VAR( x ) extern "C" x +#else +#define FT_EXPORT_VAR( x ) extern x +#endif + +#endif /* !FT_EXPORT_VAR */ + + /* The following macros are needed to compile the library with a */ + /* C++ compiler and with 16bit compilers. */ + /* */ + + /* This is special. Within C++, you must specify `extern "C"' for */ + /* functions which are used via function pointers, and you also */ + /* must do that for structures which contain function pointers to */ + /* assure C linkage -- it's not possible to have (local) anonymous */ + /* functions which are accessed by (global) function pointers. */ + /* */ + /* */ + /* FT_CALLBACK_DEF is used to _define_ a callback function. */ + /* */ + /* FT_CALLBACK_TABLE is used to _declare_ a constant variable that */ + /* contains pointers to callback functions. */ + /* */ + /* FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF is used to _define_ a constant variable */ + /* that contains pointers to callback functions. */ + /* */ + /* */ + /* Some 16bit compilers have to redefine these macros to insert */ + /* the infamous `_cdecl' or `__fastcall' declarations. */ + /* */ +#ifndef FT_CALLBACK_DEF +#ifdef __cplusplus +#define FT_CALLBACK_DEF( x ) extern "C" x +#else +#define FT_CALLBACK_DEF( x ) static x +#endif +#endif /* FT_CALLBACK_DEF */ + +#ifndef FT_CALLBACK_TABLE +#ifdef __cplusplus +#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE extern "C" +#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF extern "C" +#else +#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE extern +#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF /* nothing */ +#endif +#endif /* FT_CALLBACK_TABLE */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + + +#endif /* FTCONFIG_H_ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/config/ftheader.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/config/ftheader.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..68e14834 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/config/ftheader.h @@ -0,0 +1,833 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftheader.h */ +/* */ +/* Build macros of the FreeType 2 library. */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef FTHEADER_H_ +#define FTHEADER_H_ + + + /*@***********************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* */ + /* FT_BEGIN_HEADER */ + /* */ + /* */ + /* This macro is used in association with @FT_END_HEADER in header */ + /* files to ensure that the declarations within are properly */ + /* encapsulated in an `extern "C" { .. }' block when included from a */ + /* C++ compiler. */ + /* */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +#define FT_BEGIN_HEADER extern "C" { +#else +#define FT_BEGIN_HEADER /* nothing */ +#endif + + + /*@***********************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* */ + /* FT_END_HEADER */ + /* */ + /* */ + /* This macro is used in association with @FT_BEGIN_HEADER in header */ + /* files to ensure that the declarations within are properly */ + /* encapsulated in an `extern "C" { .. }' block when included from a */ + /* C++ compiler. */ + /* */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +#define FT_END_HEADER } +#else +#define FT_END_HEADER /* nothing */ +#endif + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Aliases for the FreeType 2 public and configuration files. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /*
*/ + /* header_file_macros */ + /* */ + /* */ + /* Header File Macros */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* Macro definitions used to #include specific header files. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* The following macros are defined to the name of specific */ + /* FreeType~2 header files. They can be used directly in #include */ + /* statements as in: */ + /* */ + /* { */ + /* #include FT_FREETYPE_H */ + /* #include FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H */ + /* #include FT_GLYPH_H */ + /* } */ + /* */ + /* There are several reasons why we are now using macros to name */ + /* public header files. The first one is that such macros are not */ + /* limited to the infamous 8.3~naming rule required by DOS (and */ + /* `FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H' is a lot more meaningful than `ftmm.h'). */ + /* */ + /* The second reason is that it allows for more flexibility in the */ + /* way FreeType~2 is installed on a given system. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /* configuration files */ + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing + * FreeType~2 configuration data. + * + */ +#ifndef FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H +#define FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H <freetype/config/ftconfig.h> +#endif + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing + * FreeType~2 interface to the standard C library functions. + * + */ +#ifndef FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H +#define FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H <freetype/config/ftstdlib.h> +#endif + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing + * FreeType~2 project-specific configuration options. + * + */ +#ifndef FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H +#define FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H <freetype/config/ftoption.h> +#endif + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * list of FreeType~2 modules that are statically linked to new library + * instances in @FT_Init_FreeType. + * + */ +#ifndef FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H +#define FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H <freetype/config/ftmodule.h> +#endif + + /* */ + + /* public headers */ + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_FREETYPE_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * base FreeType~2 API. + * + */ +#define FT_FREETYPE_H <freetype/freetype.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_ERRORS_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * list of FreeType~2 error codes (and messages). + * + * It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H. + * + */ +#define FT_ERRORS_H <freetype/fterrors.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * list of FreeType~2 module error offsets (and messages). + * + */ +#define FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H <freetype/ftmoderr.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_SYSTEM_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * FreeType~2 interface to low-level operations (i.e., memory management + * and stream i/o). + * + * It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H. + * + */ +#define FT_SYSTEM_H <freetype/ftsystem.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_IMAGE_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing type + * definitions related to glyph images (i.e., bitmaps, outlines, + * scan-converter parameters). + * + * It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H. + * + */ +#define FT_IMAGE_H <freetype/ftimage.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_TYPES_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * basic data types defined by FreeType~2. + * + * It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H. + * + */ +#define FT_TYPES_H <freetype/fttypes.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_LIST_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * list management API of FreeType~2. + * + * (Most applications will never need to include this file.) + * + */ +#define FT_LIST_H <freetype/ftlist.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_OUTLINE_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * scalable outline management API of FreeType~2. + * + */ +#define FT_OUTLINE_H <freetype/ftoutln.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_SIZES_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * API which manages multiple @FT_Size objects per face. + * + */ +#define FT_SIZES_H <freetype/ftsizes.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_MODULE_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * module management API of FreeType~2. + * + */ +#define FT_MODULE_H <freetype/ftmodapi.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_RENDER_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * renderer module management API of FreeType~2. + * + */ +#define FT_RENDER_H <freetype/ftrender.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_AUTOHINTER_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing + * structures and macros related to the auto-hinting module. + * + */ +#define FT_AUTOHINTER_H <freetype/ftautoh.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_CFF_DRIVER_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing + * structures and macros related to the CFF driver module. + * + */ +#define FT_CFF_DRIVER_H <freetype/ftcffdrv.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_TRUETYPE_DRIVER_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing + * structures and macros related to the TrueType driver module. + * + */ +#define FT_TRUETYPE_DRIVER_H <freetype/ftttdrv.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * types and API specific to the Type~1 format. + * + */ +#define FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H <freetype/t1tables.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * enumeration values which identify name strings, languages, encodings, + * etc. This file really contains a _large_ set of constant macro + * definitions, taken from the TrueType and OpenType specifications. + * + */ +#define FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H <freetype/ttnameid.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * types and API specific to the TrueType (as well as OpenType) format. + * + */ +#define FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H <freetype/tttables.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * definitions of TrueType four-byte `tags' which identify blocks in + * SFNT-based font formats (i.e., TrueType and OpenType). + * + */ +#define FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H <freetype/tttags.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_BDF_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * definitions of an API which accesses BDF-specific strings from a + * face. + * + */ +#define FT_BDF_H <freetype/ftbdf.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_CID_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * definitions of an API which access CID font information from a + * face. + * + */ +#define FT_CID_H <freetype/ftcid.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_GZIP_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * definitions of an API which supports gzip-compressed files. + * + */ +#define FT_GZIP_H <freetype/ftgzip.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_LZW_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * definitions of an API which supports LZW-compressed files. + * + */ +#define FT_LZW_H <freetype/ftlzw.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_BZIP2_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * definitions of an API which supports bzip2-compressed files. + * + */ +#define FT_BZIP2_H <freetype/ftbzip2.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_WINFONTS_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * definitions of an API which supports Windows FNT files. + * + */ +#define FT_WINFONTS_H <freetype/ftwinfnt.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_GLYPH_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * API of the optional glyph management component. + * + */ +#define FT_GLYPH_H <freetype/ftglyph.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_BITMAP_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * API of the optional bitmap conversion component. + * + */ +#define FT_BITMAP_H <freetype/ftbitmap.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_BBOX_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * API of the optional exact bounding box computation routines. + * + */ +#define FT_BBOX_H <freetype/ftbbox.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_CACHE_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * API of the optional FreeType~2 cache sub-system. + * + */ +#define FT_CACHE_H <freetype/ftcache.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_CACHE_IMAGE_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * `glyph image' API of the FreeType~2 cache sub-system. + * + * It is used to define a cache for @FT_Glyph elements. You can also + * use the API defined in @FT_CACHE_SMALL_BITMAPS_H if you only need to + * store small glyph bitmaps, as it will use less memory. + * + * This macro is deprecated. Simply include @FT_CACHE_H to have all + * glyph image-related cache declarations. + * + */ +#define FT_CACHE_IMAGE_H FT_CACHE_H + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_CACHE_SMALL_BITMAPS_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * `small bitmaps' API of the FreeType~2 cache sub-system. + * + * It is used to define a cache for small glyph bitmaps in a relatively + * memory-efficient way. You can also use the API defined in + * @FT_CACHE_IMAGE_H if you want to cache arbitrary glyph images, + * including scalable outlines. + * + * This macro is deprecated. Simply include @FT_CACHE_H to have all + * small bitmaps-related cache declarations. + * + */ +#define FT_CACHE_SMALL_BITMAPS_H FT_CACHE_H + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_CACHE_CHARMAP_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * `charmap' API of the FreeType~2 cache sub-system. + * + * This macro is deprecated. Simply include @FT_CACHE_H to have all + * charmap-based cache declarations. + * + */ +#define FT_CACHE_CHARMAP_H FT_CACHE_H + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_MAC_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * Macintosh-specific FreeType~2 API. The latter is used to access + * fonts embedded in resource forks. + * + * This header file must be explicitly included by client applications + * compiled on the Mac (note that the base API still works though). + * + */ +#define FT_MAC_H <freetype/ftmac.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * optional multiple-masters management API of FreeType~2. + * + */ +#define FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H <freetype/ftmm.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_SFNT_NAMES_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * optional FreeType~2 API which accesses embedded `name' strings in + * SFNT-based font formats (i.e., TrueType and OpenType). + * + */ +#define FT_SFNT_NAMES_H <freetype/ftsnames.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * optional FreeType~2 API which validates OpenType tables (BASE, GDEF, + * GPOS, GSUB, JSTF). + * + */ +#define FT_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE_H <freetype/ftotval.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_GX_VALIDATE_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * optional FreeType~2 API which validates TrueTypeGX/AAT tables (feat, + * mort, morx, bsln, just, kern, opbd, trak, prop). + * + */ +#define FT_GX_VALIDATE_H <freetype/ftgxval.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_PFR_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * FreeType~2 API which accesses PFR-specific data. + * + */ +#define FT_PFR_H <freetype/ftpfr.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_STROKER_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * FreeType~2 API which provides functions to stroke outline paths. + */ +#define FT_STROKER_H <freetype/ftstroke.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_SYNTHESIS_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * FreeType~2 API which performs artificial obliquing and emboldening. + */ +#define FT_SYNTHESIS_H <freetype/ftsynth.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_FONT_FORMATS_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * FreeType~2 API which provides functions specific to font formats. + */ +#define FT_FONT_FORMATS_H <freetype/ftfntfmt.h> + + /* deprecated */ +#define FT_XFREE86_H FT_FONT_FORMATS_H + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * FreeType~2 API which performs trigonometric computations (e.g., + * cosines and arc tangents). + */ +#define FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H <freetype/fttrigon.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_LCD_FILTER_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * FreeType~2 API which performs color filtering for subpixel rendering. + */ +#define FT_LCD_FILTER_H <freetype/ftlcdfil.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_UNPATENTED_HINTING_H + * + * @description: + * Deprecated. + */ +#define FT_UNPATENTED_HINTING_H <freetype/ttunpat.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_INCREMENTAL_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * FreeType~2 API which performs incremental glyph loading. + */ +#define FT_INCREMENTAL_H <freetype/ftincrem.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_GASP_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * FreeType~2 API which returns entries from the TrueType GASP table. + */ +#define FT_GASP_H <freetype/ftgasp.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_ADVANCES_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * FreeType~2 API which returns individual and ranged glyph advances. + */ +#define FT_ADVANCES_H <freetype/ftadvanc.h> + + + /* */ + +#define FT_ERROR_DEFINITIONS_H <freetype/fterrdef.h> + + + /* The internals of the cache sub-system are no longer exposed. We */ + /* default to FT_CACHE_H at the moment just in case, but we know of */ + /* no rogue client that uses them. */ + /* */ +#define FT_CACHE_MANAGER_H <freetype/ftcache.h> +#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_MRU_H <freetype/ftcache.h> +#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_MANAGER_H <freetype/ftcache.h> +#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_CACHE_H <freetype/ftcache.h> +#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_GLYPH_H <freetype/ftcache.h> +#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_IMAGE_H <freetype/ftcache.h> +#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_SBITS_H <freetype/ftcache.h> + + +#define FT_INCREMENTAL_H <freetype/ftincrem.h> + +#define FT_TRUETYPE_UNPATENTED_H <freetype/ttunpat.h> + + + /* + * Include internal headers definitions from <internal/...> + * only when building the library. + */ +#ifdef FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY +#define FT_INTERNAL_INTERNAL_H <freetype/internal/internal.h> +#include FT_INTERNAL_INTERNAL_H +#endif /* FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY */ + + +#endif /* FTHEADER_H_ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/config/ftmodule.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/config/ftmodule.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b7299779 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/config/ftmodule.h @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +/* This is a generated file. */ +FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, tt_driver_class ) +FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, t1_driver_class ) +FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, cff_driver_class ) +FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, t1cid_driver_class ) +FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, pfr_driver_class ) +FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, t42_driver_class ) +FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, winfnt_driver_class ) +FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, pcf_driver_class ) +FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, bdf_driver_class ) +FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, sfnt_module_class ) +FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, autofit_module_class ) +FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, pshinter_module_class ) +FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_raster1_renderer_class ) +FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_smooth_renderer_class ) +FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_smooth_lcd_renderer_class ) +FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_smooth_lcdv_renderer_class ) +FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, psaux_module_class ) +FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, psnames_module_class ) +/* EOF */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/config/ftoption.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/config/ftoption.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a8097feb --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/config/ftoption.h @@ -0,0 +1,851 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftoption.h */ +/* */ +/* User-selectable configuration macros (specification only). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef FTOPTION_H_ +#define FTOPTION_H_ + + +#include <ft2build.h> + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* USER-SELECTABLE CONFIGURATION MACROS */ + /* */ + /* This file contains the default configuration macro definitions for */ + /* a standard build of the FreeType library. There are three ways to */ + /* use this file to build project-specific versions of the library: */ + /* */ + /* - You can modify this file by hand, but this is not recommended in */ + /* cases where you would like to build several versions of the */ + /* library from a single source directory. */ + /* */ + /* - You can put a copy of this file in your build directory, more */ + /* precisely in `$BUILD/freetype/config/ftoption.h', where `$BUILD' */ + /* is the name of a directory that is included _before_ the FreeType */ + /* include path during compilation. */ + /* */ + /* The default FreeType Makefiles and Jamfiles use the build */ + /* directory `builds/<system>' by default, but you can easily change */ + /* that for your own projects. */ + /* */ + /* - Copy the file <ft2build.h> to `$BUILD/ft2build.h' and modify it */ + /* slightly to pre-define the macro FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H used to */ + /* locate this file during the build. For example, */ + /* */ + /* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H <myftoptions.h> */ + /* #include <freetype/config/ftheader.h> */ + /* */ + /* will use `$BUILD/myftoptions.h' instead of this file for macro */ + /* definitions. */ + /* */ + /* Note also that you can similarly pre-define the macro */ + /* FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H used to locate the file listing of the modules */ + /* that are statically linked to the library at compile time. By */ + /* default, this file is <freetype/config/ftmodule.h>. */ + /* */ + /* We highly recommend using the third method whenever possible. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /**** ****/ + /**** G E N E R A L F R E E T Y P E 2 C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/ + /**** ****/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Uncomment the line below if you want to activate sub-pixel rendering */ + /* (a.k.a. LCD rendering, or ClearType) in this build of the library. */ + /* */ + /* Note that this feature is covered by several Microsoft patents */ + /* and should not be activated in any default build of the library. */ + /* */ + /* This macro has no impact on the FreeType API, only on its */ + /* _implementation_. For example, using FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD when calling */ + /* FT_Render_Glyph still generates a bitmap that is 3 times wider than */ + /* the original size in case this macro isn't defined; however, each */ + /* triplet of subpixels has R=G=B. */ + /* */ + /* This is done to allow FreeType clients to run unmodified, forcing */ + /* them to display normal gray-level anti-aliased glyphs. */ + /* */ +/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING */ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Many compilers provide a non-ANSI 64-bit data type that can be used */ + /* by FreeType to speed up some computations. However, this will create */ + /* some problems when compiling the library in strict ANSI mode. */ + /* */ + /* For this reason, the use of 64-bit integers is normally disabled when */ + /* the __STDC__ macro is defined. You can however disable this by */ + /* defining the macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64 here. */ + /* */ + /* For most compilers, this will only create compilation warnings when */ + /* building the library. */ + /* */ + /* ObNote: The compiler-specific 64-bit integers are detected in the */ + /* file `ftconfig.h' either statically or through the */ + /* `configure' script on supported platforms. */ + /* */ +#undef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64 + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* If this macro is defined, do not try to use an assembler version of */ + /* performance-critical functions (e.g. FT_MulFix). You should only do */ + /* that to verify that the assembler function works properly, or to */ + /* execute benchmark tests of the various implementations. */ +/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_ASSEMBLER */ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* If this macro is defined, try to use an inlined assembler version of */ + /* the `FT_MulFix' function, which is a `hotspot' when loading and */ + /* hinting glyphs, and which should be executed as fast as possible. */ + /* */ + /* Note that if your compiler or CPU is not supported, this will default */ + /* to the standard and portable implementation found in `ftcalc.c'. */ + /* */ +#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INLINE_MULFIX + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* LZW-compressed file support. */ + /* */ + /* FreeType now handles font files that have been compressed with the */ + /* `compress' program. This is mostly used to parse many of the PCF */ + /* files that come with various X11 distributions. The implementation */ + /* uses NetBSD's `zopen' to partially uncompress the file on the fly */ + /* (see src/lzw/ftgzip.c). */ + /* */ + /* Define this macro if you want to enable this `feature'. */ + /* */ +#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_LZW + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Gzip-compressed file support. */ + /* */ + /* FreeType now handles font files that have been compressed with the */ + /* `gzip' program. This is mostly used to parse many of the PCF files */ + /* that come with XFree86. The implementation uses `zlib' to */ + /* partially uncompress the file on the fly (see src/gzip/ftgzip.c). */ + /* */ + /* Define this macro if you want to enable this `feature'. See also */ + /* the macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SYSTEM_ZLIB below. */ + /* */ +#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_ZLIB + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* ZLib library selection */ + /* */ + /* This macro is only used when FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_ZLIB is defined. */ + /* It allows FreeType's `ftgzip' component to link to the system's */ + /* installation of the ZLib library. This is useful on systems like */ + /* Unix or VMS where it generally is already available. */ + /* */ + /* If you let it undefined, the component will use its own copy */ + /* of the zlib sources instead. These have been modified to be */ + /* included directly within the component and *not* export external */ + /* function names. This allows you to link any program with FreeType */ + /* _and_ ZLib without linking conflicts. */ + /* */ + /* Do not #undef this macro here since the build system might define */ + /* it for certain configurations only. */ + /* */ +/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SYSTEM_ZLIB */ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Bzip2-compressed file support. */ + /* */ + /* FreeType now handles font files that have been compressed with the */ + /* `bzip2' program. This is mostly used to parse many of the PCF */ + /* files that come with XFree86. The implementation uses `libbz2' to */ + /* partially uncompress the file on the fly (see src/bzip2/ftbzip2.c). */ + /* Contrary to gzip, bzip2 currently is not included and need to use */ + /* the system available bzip2 implementation. */ + /* */ + /* Define this macro if you want to enable this `feature'. */ + /* */ +/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_BZIP2 */ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Define to disable the use of file stream functions and types, FILE, */ + /* fopen() etc. Enables the use of smaller system libraries on embedded */ + /* systems that have multiple system libraries, some with or without */ + /* file stream support, in the cases where file stream support is not */ + /* necessary such as memory loading of font files. */ + /* */ +/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_DISABLE_STREAM_SUPPORT */ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* PNG bitmap support. */ + /* */ + /* FreeType now handles loading color bitmap glyphs in the PNG format. */ + /* This requires help from the external libpng library. Uncompressed */ + /* color bitmaps do not need any external libraries and will be */ + /* supported regardless of this configuration. */ + /* */ + /* Define this macro if you want to enable this `feature'. */ + /* */ +/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_PNG */ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* HarfBuzz support. */ + /* */ + /* FreeType uses the HarfBuzz library to improve auto-hinting of */ + /* OpenType fonts. If available, many glyphs not directly addressable */ + /* by a font's character map will be hinted also. */ + /* */ + /* Define this macro if you want to enable this `feature'. */ + /* */ +/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_HARFBUZZ */ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* DLL export compilation */ + /* */ + /* When compiling FreeType as a DLL, some systems/compilers need a */ + /* special keyword in front OR after the return type of function */ + /* declarations. */ + /* */ + /* Two macros are used within the FreeType source code to define */ + /* exported library functions: FT_EXPORT and FT_EXPORT_DEF. */ + /* */ + /* FT_EXPORT( return_type ) */ + /* */ + /* is used in a function declaration, as in */ + /* */ + /* FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) */ + /* FT_Init_FreeType( FT_Library* alibrary ); */ + /* */ + /* */ + /* FT_EXPORT_DEF( return_type ) */ + /* */ + /* is used in a function definition, as in */ + /* */ + /* FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error ) */ + /* FT_Init_FreeType( FT_Library* alibrary ) */ + /* { */ + /* ... some code ... */ + /* return FT_Err_Ok; */ + /* } */ + /* */ + /* You can provide your own implementation of FT_EXPORT and */ + /* FT_EXPORT_DEF here if you want. If you leave them undefined, they */ + /* will be later automatically defined as `extern return_type' to */ + /* allow normal compilation. */ + /* */ + /* Do not #undef these macros here since the build system might define */ + /* them for certain configurations only. */ + /* */ +/* #define FT_EXPORT(x) extern x */ +/* #define FT_EXPORT_DEF(x) x */ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Glyph Postscript Names handling */ + /* */ + /* By default, FreeType 2 is compiled with the `psnames' module. This */ + /* module is in charge of converting a glyph name string into a */ + /* Unicode value, or return a Macintosh standard glyph name for the */ + /* use with the TrueType `post' table. */ + /* */ + /* Undefine this macro if you do not want `psnames' compiled in your */ + /* build of FreeType. This has the following effects: */ + /* */ + /* - The TrueType driver will provide its own set of glyph names, */ + /* if you build it to support postscript names in the TrueType */ + /* `post' table. */ + /* */ + /* - The Type 1 driver will not be able to synthesize a Unicode */ + /* charmap out of the glyphs found in the fonts. */ + /* */ + /* You would normally undefine this configuration macro when building */ + /* a version of FreeType that doesn't contain a Type 1 or CFF driver. */ + /* */ +#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Postscript Names to Unicode Values support */ + /* */ + /* By default, FreeType 2 is built with the `PSNames' module compiled */ + /* in. Among other things, the module is used to convert a glyph name */ + /* into a Unicode value. This is especially useful in order to */ + /* synthesize on the fly a Unicode charmap from the CFF/Type 1 driver */ + /* through a big table named the `Adobe Glyph List' (AGL). */ + /* */ + /* Undefine this macro if you do not want the Adobe Glyph List */ + /* compiled in your `PSNames' module. The Type 1 driver will not be */ + /* able to synthesize a Unicode charmap out of the glyphs found in the */ + /* fonts. */ + /* */ +#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_ADOBE_GLYPH_LIST + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Support for Mac fonts */ + /* */ + /* Define this macro if you want support for outline fonts in Mac */ + /* format (mac dfont, mac resource, macbinary containing a mac */ + /* resource) on non-Mac platforms. */ + /* */ + /* Note that the `FOND' resource isn't checked. */ + /* */ +#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAC_FONTS + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Guessing methods to access embedded resource forks */ + /* */ + /* Enable extra Mac fonts support on non-Mac platforms (e.g. */ + /* GNU/Linux). */ + /* */ + /* Resource forks which include fonts data are stored sometimes in */ + /* locations which users or developers don't expected. In some cases, */ + /* resource forks start with some offset from the head of a file. In */ + /* other cases, the actual resource fork is stored in file different */ + /* from what the user specifies. If this option is activated, */ + /* FreeType tries to guess whether such offsets or different file */ + /* names must be used. */ + /* */ + /* Note that normal, direct access of resource forks is controlled via */ + /* the FT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAC_FONTS option. */ + /* */ +#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAC_FONTS +#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_GUESSING_EMBEDDED_RFORK +#endif + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Allow the use of FT_Incremental_Interface to load typefaces that */ + /* contain no glyph data, but supply it via a callback function. */ + /* This is required by clients supporting document formats which */ + /* supply font data incrementally as the document is parsed, such */ + /* as the Ghostscript interpreter for the PostScript language. */ + /* */ +#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* The size in bytes of the render pool used by the scan-line converter */ + /* to do all of its work. */ + /* */ +#define FT_RENDER_POOL_SIZE 16384L + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* FT_MAX_MODULES */ + /* */ + /* The maximum number of modules that can be registered in a single */ + /* FreeType library object. 32 is the default. */ + /* */ +#define FT_MAX_MODULES 32 + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Debug level */ + /* */ + /* FreeType can be compiled in debug or trace mode. In debug mode, */ + /* errors are reported through the `ftdebug' component. In trace */ + /* mode, additional messages are sent to the standard output during */ + /* execution. */ + /* */ + /* Define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR to build the library in debug mode. */ + /* Define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE to build it in trace mode. */ + /* */ + /* Don't define any of these macros to compile in `release' mode! */ + /* */ + /* Do not #undef these macros here since the build system might define */ + /* them for certain configurations only. */ + /* */ +/* #define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR */ +/* #define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE */ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Autofitter debugging */ + /* */ + /* If FT_DEBUG_AUTOFIT is defined, FreeType provides some means to */ + /* control the autofitter behaviour for debugging purposes with global */ + /* boolean variables (consequently, you should *never* enable this */ + /* while compiling in `release' mode): */ + /* */ + /* _af_debug_disable_horz_hints */ + /* _af_debug_disable_vert_hints */ + /* _af_debug_disable_blue_hints */ + /* */ + /* Additionally, the following functions provide dumps of various */ + /* internal autofit structures to stdout (using `printf'): */ + /* */ + /* af_glyph_hints_dump_points */ + /* af_glyph_hints_dump_segments */ + /* af_glyph_hints_dump_edges */ + /* af_glyph_hints_get_num_segments */ + /* af_glyph_hints_get_segment_offset */ + /* */ + /* As an argument, they use another global variable: */ + /* */ + /* _af_debug_hints */ + /* */ + /* Please have a look at the `ftgrid' demo program to see how those */ + /* variables and macros should be used. */ + /* */ + /* Do not #undef these macros here since the build system might define */ + /* them for certain configurations only. */ + /* */ +/* #define FT_DEBUG_AUTOFIT */ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Memory Debugging */ + /* */ + /* FreeType now comes with an integrated memory debugger that is */ + /* capable of detecting simple errors like memory leaks or double */ + /* deletes. To compile it within your build of the library, you */ + /* should define FT_DEBUG_MEMORY here. */ + /* */ + /* Note that the memory debugger is only activated at runtime when */ + /* when the _environment_ variable `FT2_DEBUG_MEMORY' is defined also! */ + /* */ + /* Do not #undef this macro here since the build system might define */ + /* it for certain configurations only. */ + /* */ +/* #define FT_DEBUG_MEMORY */ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Module errors */ + /* */ + /* If this macro is set (which is _not_ the default), the higher byte */ + /* of an error code gives the module in which the error has occurred, */ + /* while the lower byte is the real error code. */ + /* */ + /* Setting this macro makes sense for debugging purposes only, since */ + /* it would break source compatibility of certain programs that use */ + /* FreeType 2. */ + /* */ + /* More details can be found in the files ftmoderr.h and fterrors.h. */ + /* */ +#undef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Position Independent Code */ + /* */ + /* If this macro is set (which is _not_ the default), FreeType2 will */ + /* avoid creating constants that require address fixups. Instead the */ + /* constants will be moved into a struct and additional intialization */ + /* code will be used. */ + /* */ + /* Setting this macro is needed for systems that prohibit address */ + /* fixups, such as BREW. */ + /* */ +/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_PIC */ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /**** ****/ + /**** S F N T D R I V E R C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/ + /**** ****/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS if you want to support */ + /* embedded bitmaps in all formats using the SFNT module (namely */ + /* TrueType & OpenType). */ + /* */ +#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES if you want to be able to */ + /* load and enumerate the glyph Postscript names in a TrueType or */ + /* OpenType file. */ + /* */ + /* Note that when you do not compile the `PSNames' module by undefining */ + /* the above FT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES, the `sfnt' module will */ + /* contain additional code used to read the PS Names table from a font. */ + /* */ + /* (By default, the module uses `PSNames' to extract glyph names.) */ + /* */ +#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SFNT_NAMES if your applications need to */ + /* access the internal name table in a SFNT-based format like TrueType */ + /* or OpenType. The name table contains various strings used to */ + /* describe the font, like family name, copyright, version, etc. It */ + /* does not contain any glyph name though. */ + /* */ + /* Accessing SFNT names is done through the functions declared in */ + /* `ftsnames.h'. */ + /* */ +#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SFNT_NAMES + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* TrueType CMap support */ + /* */ + /* Here you can fine-tune which TrueType CMap table format shall be */ + /* supported. */ +#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_0 +#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_2 +#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_4 +#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_6 +#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_8 +#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_10 +#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_12 +#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_13 +#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_14 + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /**** ****/ + /**** T R U E T Y P E D R I V E R C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/ + /**** ****/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER if you want to compile */ + /* a bytecode interpreter in the TrueType driver. */ + /* */ + /* By undefining this, you will only compile the code necessary to load */ + /* TrueType glyphs without hinting. */ + /* */ + /* Do not #undef this macro here, since the build system might */ + /* define it for certain configurations only. */ + /* */ +#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING if you want to compile */ + /* EXPERIMENTAL subpixel hinting support into the TrueType driver. This */ + /* replaces the native TrueType hinting mechanism when anything but */ + /* FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO is requested. */ + /* */ + /* Enabling this causes the TrueType driver to ignore instructions under */ + /* certain conditions. This is done in accordance with the guide here, */ + /* with some minor differences: */ + /* */ + /* http://www.microsoft.com/typography/cleartype/truetypecleartype.aspx */ + /* */ + /* By undefining this, you only compile the code necessary to hint */ + /* TrueType glyphs with native TT hinting. */ + /* */ + /* This option requires TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER to be */ + /* defined. */ + /* */ +/* #define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING */ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COMPONENT_OFFSET_SCALED to compile the */ + /* TrueType glyph loader to use Apple's definition of how to handle */ + /* component offsets in composite glyphs. */ + /* */ + /* Apple and MS disagree on the default behavior of component offsets */ + /* in composites. Apple says that they should be scaled by the scaling */ + /* factors in the transformation matrix (roughly, it's more complex) */ + /* while MS says they should not. OpenType defines two bits in the */ + /* composite flags array which can be used to disambiguate, but old */ + /* fonts will not have them. */ + /* */ + /* http://www.microsoft.com/typography/otspec/glyf.htm */ + /* https://developer.apple.com/fonts/TrueType-Reference-Manual/RM06/Chap6glyf.html */ + /* */ +#undef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COMPONENT_OFFSET_SCALED + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT if you want to include */ + /* support for Apple's distortable font technology (fvar, gvar, cvar, */ + /* and avar tables). This has many similarities to Type 1 Multiple */ + /* Masters support. */ + /* */ +#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF if you want to include support for */ + /* an embedded `BDF ' table within SFNT-based bitmap formats. */ + /* */ +#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Option TT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAX_RUNNABLE_OPCODES controls the maximum */ + /* number of bytecode instructions executed for a single run of the */ + /* bytecode interpreter, needed to prevent infinite loops. You don't */ + /* want to change this except for very special situations (e.g., making */ + /* a library fuzzer spend less time to handle broken fonts). */ + /* */ + /* It is not expected that this value is ever modified by a configuring */ + /* script; instead, it gets surrounded with #ifndef ... #endif so that */ + /* the value can be set as a preprocessor option on the compiler's */ + /* command line. */ + /* */ +#ifndef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAX_RUNNABLE_OPCODES +#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAX_RUNNABLE_OPCODES 1000000L +#endif + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /**** ****/ + /**** T Y P E 1 D R I V E R C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/ + /**** ****/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* T1_MAX_DICT_DEPTH is the maximum depth of nest dictionaries and */ + /* arrays in the Type 1 stream (see t1load.c). A minimum of 4 is */ + /* required. */ + /* */ +#define T1_MAX_DICT_DEPTH 5 + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* T1_MAX_SUBRS_CALLS details the maximum number of nested sub-routine */ + /* calls during glyph loading. */ + /* */ +#define T1_MAX_SUBRS_CALLS 16 + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* T1_MAX_CHARSTRING_OPERANDS is the charstring stack's capacity. A */ + /* minimum of 16 is required. */ + /* */ + /* The Chinese font MingTiEG-Medium (CNS 11643 character set) needs 256. */ + /* */ +#define T1_MAX_CHARSTRINGS_OPERANDS 256 + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Define this configuration macro if you want to prevent the */ + /* compilation of `t1afm', which is in charge of reading Type 1 AFM */ + /* files into an existing face. Note that if set, the T1 driver will be */ + /* unable to produce kerning distances. */ + /* */ +#undef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_AFM + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Define this configuration macro if you want to prevent the */ + /* compilation of the Multiple Masters font support in the Type 1 */ + /* driver. */ + /* */ +#undef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_MM_SUPPORT + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /**** ****/ + /**** C F F D R I V E R C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/ + /**** ****/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Using CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_{X,Y}{1,2,3,4} it is */ + /* possible to set up the default values of the four control points that */ + /* define the stem darkening behaviour of the (new) CFF engine. For */ + /* more details please read the documentation of the */ + /* `darkening-parameters' property of the cff driver module (file */ + /* `ftcffdrv.h'), which allows the control at run-time. */ + /* */ + /* Do *not* undefine these macros! */ + /* */ +#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X1 500 +#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y1 400 + +#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X2 1000 +#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y2 275 + +#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X3 1667 +#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y3 275 + +#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X4 2333 +#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y4 0 + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_ENGINE controls whether the pre-Adobe CFF */ + /* engine gets compiled into FreeType. If defined, it is possible to */ + /* switch between the two engines using the `hinting-engine' property of */ + /* the cff driver module. */ + /* */ +/* #define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_ENGINE */ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /**** ****/ + /**** A U T O F I T M O D U L E C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/ + /**** ****/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Compile autofit module with CJK (Chinese, Japanese, Korean) script */ + /* support. */ + /* */ +#define AF_CONFIG_OPTION_CJK + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Compile autofit module with Indic script support. */ + /* */ +#define AF_CONFIG_OPTION_INDIC + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Compile autofit module with warp hinting. The idea of the warping */ + /* code is to slightly scale and shift a glyph within a single dimension */ + /* so that as much of its segments are aligned (more or less) on the */ + /* grid. To find out the optimal scaling and shifting value, various */ + /* parameter combinations are tried and scored. */ + /* */ + /* This experimental option is active only if the rendering mode is */ + /* FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT; you can switch warping on and off with the */ + /* `warping' property of the auto-hinter (see file `ftautoh.h' for more */ + /* information; by default it is switched off). */ + /* */ +#define AF_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_WARPER + + /* */ + + + /* + * This macro is obsolete. Support has been removed in FreeType + * version 2.5. + */ +/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS */ + + + /* + * This macro is defined if native TrueType hinting is requested by the + * definitions above. + */ +#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER +#define TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER +#endif + + + /* + * Check CFF darkening parameters. The checks are the same as in function + * `cff_property_set' in file `cffdrivr.c'. + */ +#if CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X1 < 0 || \ + CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X2 < 0 || \ + CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X3 < 0 || \ + CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X4 < 0 || \ + \ + CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y1 < 0 || \ + CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y2 < 0 || \ + CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y3 < 0 || \ + CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y4 < 0 || \ + \ + CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X1 > \ + CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X2 || \ + CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X2 > \ + CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X3 || \ + CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X3 > \ + CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X4 || \ + \ + CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y1 > 500 || \ + CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y2 > 500 || \ + CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y3 > 500 || \ + CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y4 > 500 +#error "Invalid CFF darkening parameters!" +#endif + +FT_END_HEADER + + +#endif /* FTOPTION_H_ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/config/ftstdlib.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/config/ftstdlib.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9daea56f --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/config/ftstdlib.h @@ -0,0 +1,173 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftstdlib.h */ +/* */ +/* ANSI-specific library and header configuration file (specification */ +/* only). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2002-2016 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* This file is used to group all #includes to the ANSI C library that */ + /* FreeType normally requires. It also defines macros to rename the */ + /* standard functions within the FreeType source code. */ + /* */ + /* Load a file which defines FTSTDLIB_H_ before this one to override it. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef FTSTDLIB_H_ +#define FTSTDLIB_H_ + + +#include <stddef.h> + +#define ft_ptrdiff_t ptrdiff_t + + + /**********************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* integer limits */ + /* */ + /* UINT_MAX and ULONG_MAX are used to automatically compute the size */ + /* of `int' and `long' in bytes at compile-time. So far, this works */ + /* for all platforms the library has been tested on. */ + /* */ + /* Note that on the extremely rare platforms that do not provide */ + /* integer types that are _exactly_ 16 and 32 bits wide (e.g. some */ + /* old Crays where `int' is 36 bits), we do not make any guarantee */ + /* about the correct behaviour of FT2 with all fonts. */ + /* */ + /* In these case, `ftconfig.h' will refuse to compile anyway with a */ + /* message like `couldn't find 32-bit type' or something similar. */ + /* */ + /**********************************************************************/ + + +#include <limits.h> + +#define FT_CHAR_BIT CHAR_BIT +#define FT_USHORT_MAX USHRT_MAX +#define FT_INT_MAX INT_MAX +#define FT_INT_MIN INT_MIN +#define FT_UINT_MAX UINT_MAX +#define FT_LONG_MAX LONG_MAX +#define FT_ULONG_MAX ULONG_MAX + + + /**********************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* character and string processing */ + /* */ + /**********************************************************************/ + + +#include <string.h> + +#define ft_memchr memchr +#define ft_memcmp memcmp +#define ft_memcpy memcpy +#define ft_memmove memmove +#define ft_memset memset +#define ft_strcat strcat +#define ft_strcmp strcmp +#define ft_strcpy strcpy +#define ft_strlen strlen +#define ft_strncmp strncmp +#define ft_strncpy strncpy +#define ft_strrchr strrchr +#define ft_strstr strstr + + + /**********************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* file handling */ + /* */ + /**********************************************************************/ + + +#include <stdio.h> + +#define FT_FILE FILE +#define ft_fclose fclose +#define ft_fopen fopen +#define ft_fread fread +#define ft_fseek fseek +#define ft_ftell ftell +#define ft_sprintf sprintf + + + /**********************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* sorting */ + /* */ + /**********************************************************************/ + + +#include <stdlib.h> + +#define ft_qsort qsort + + + /**********************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* memory allocation */ + /* */ + /**********************************************************************/ + + +#define ft_scalloc calloc +#define ft_sfree free +#define ft_smalloc malloc +#define ft_srealloc realloc + + + /**********************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* miscellaneous */ + /* */ + /**********************************************************************/ + + +#define ft_atol atol + + + /**********************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* execution control */ + /* */ + /**********************************************************************/ + + +#include <setjmp.h> + +#define ft_jmp_buf jmp_buf /* note: this cannot be a typedef since */ + /* jmp_buf is defined as a macro */ + /* on certain platforms */ + +#define ft_longjmp longjmp +#define ft_setjmp( b ) setjmp( *(ft_jmp_buf*) &(b) ) /* same thing here */ + + + /* the following is only used for debugging purposes, i.e., if */ + /* FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR or FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE are defined */ + +#include <stdarg.h> + + +#endif /* FTSTDLIB_H_ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/freetype.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/freetype.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4666d489 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/freetype.h @@ -0,0 +1,4272 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* freetype.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType high-level API and common types (specification only). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef FREETYPE_H_ +#define FREETYPE_H_ + + +#ifndef FT_FREETYPE_H +#error "`ft2build.h' hasn't been included yet!" +#error "Please always use macros to include FreeType header files." +#error "Example:" +#error " #include <ft2build.h>" +#error " #include FT_FREETYPE_H" +#endif + + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H +#include FT_TYPES_H +#include FT_ERRORS_H + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* header_inclusion */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* FreeType's header inclusion scheme */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* How client applications should include FreeType header files. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* To be as flexible as possible (and for historical reasons), */ + /* FreeType uses a very special inclusion scheme to load header */ + /* files, for example */ + /* */ + /* { */ + /* #include <ft2build.h> */ + /* */ + /* #include FT_FREETYPE_H */ + /* #include FT_OUTLINE_H */ + /* } */ + /* */ + /* A compiler and its preprocessor only needs an include path to find */ + /* the file `ft2build.h'; the exact locations and names of the other */ + /* FreeType header files are hidden by preprocessor macro names, */ + /* loaded by `ft2build.h'. The API documentation always gives the */ + /* header macro name needed for a particular function. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* user_allocation */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* User allocation */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* How client applications should allocate FreeType data structures. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* FreeType assumes that structures allocated by the user and passed */ + /* as arguments are zeroed out except for the actual data. In other */ + /* words, it is recommended to use `calloc' (or variants of it) */ + /* instead of `malloc' for allocation. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* B A S I C T Y P E S */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* base_interface */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* Base Interface */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* The FreeType~2 base font interface. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This section describes the most important public high-level API */ + /* functions of FreeType~2. */ + /* */ + /* <Order> */ + /* FT_Library */ + /* FT_Face */ + /* FT_Size */ + /* FT_GlyphSlot */ + /* FT_CharMap */ + /* FT_Encoding */ + /* FT_ENC_TAG */ + /* */ + /* FT_FaceRec */ + /* */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_SCALABLE */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_SIZES */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_WIDTH */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_HORIZONTAL */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_VERTICAL */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_COLOR */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_SFNT */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_CID_KEYED */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_TRICKY */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_KERNING */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_MULTIPLE_MASTERS */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_GLYPH_NAMES */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_EXTERNAL_STREAM */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_HINTER */ + /* */ + /* FT_HAS_HORIZONTAL */ + /* FT_HAS_VERTICAL */ + /* FT_HAS_KERNING */ + /* FT_HAS_FIXED_SIZES */ + /* FT_HAS_GLYPH_NAMES */ + /* FT_HAS_MULTIPLE_MASTERS */ + /* FT_HAS_COLOR */ + /* */ + /* FT_IS_SFNT */ + /* FT_IS_SCALABLE */ + /* FT_IS_FIXED_WIDTH */ + /* FT_IS_CID_KEYED */ + /* FT_IS_TRICKY */ + /* */ + /* FT_STYLE_FLAG_BOLD */ + /* FT_STYLE_FLAG_ITALIC */ + /* */ + /* FT_SizeRec */ + /* FT_Size_Metrics */ + /* */ + /* FT_GlyphSlotRec */ + /* FT_Glyph_Metrics */ + /* FT_SubGlyph */ + /* */ + /* FT_Bitmap_Size */ + /* */ + /* FT_Init_FreeType */ + /* FT_Done_FreeType */ + /* */ + /* FT_New_Face */ + /* FT_Done_Face */ + /* FT_Reference_Face */ + /* FT_New_Memory_Face */ + /* FT_Open_Face */ + /* FT_Open_Args */ + /* FT_Parameter */ + /* FT_Attach_File */ + /* FT_Attach_Stream */ + /* */ + /* FT_Set_Char_Size */ + /* FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes */ + /* FT_Request_Size */ + /* FT_Select_Size */ + /* FT_Size_Request_Type */ + /* FT_Size_RequestRec */ + /* FT_Size_Request */ + /* FT_Set_Transform */ + /* FT_Load_Glyph */ + /* FT_Get_Char_Index */ + /* FT_Get_First_Char */ + /* FT_Get_Next_Char */ + /* FT_Get_Name_Index */ + /* FT_Load_Char */ + /* */ + /* FT_OPEN_MEMORY */ + /* FT_OPEN_STREAM */ + /* FT_OPEN_PATHNAME */ + /* FT_OPEN_DRIVER */ + /* FT_OPEN_PARAMS */ + /* */ + /* FT_LOAD_DEFAULT */ + /* FT_LOAD_RENDER */ + /* FT_LOAD_MONOCHROME */ + /* FT_LOAD_LINEAR_DESIGN */ + /* FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE */ + /* FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING */ + /* FT_LOAD_NO_BITMAP */ + /* FT_LOAD_NO_AUTOHINT */ + /* FT_LOAD_COLOR */ + /* */ + /* FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT */ + /* FT_LOAD_IGNORE_TRANSFORM */ + /* FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT */ + /* FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE */ + /* FT_LOAD_PEDANTIC */ + /* */ + /* FT_LOAD_TARGET_NORMAL */ + /* FT_LOAD_TARGET_LIGHT */ + /* FT_LOAD_TARGET_MONO */ + /* FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD */ + /* FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD_V */ + /* */ + /* FT_LOAD_TARGET_MODE */ + /* */ + /* FT_Render_Glyph */ + /* FT_Render_Mode */ + /* FT_Get_Kerning */ + /* FT_Kerning_Mode */ + /* FT_Get_Track_Kerning */ + /* FT_Get_Glyph_Name */ + /* FT_Get_Postscript_Name */ + /* */ + /* FT_CharMapRec */ + /* FT_Select_Charmap */ + /* FT_Set_Charmap */ + /* FT_Get_Charmap_Index */ + /* */ + /* FT_Get_FSType_Flags */ + /* FT_Get_SubGlyph_Info */ + /* */ + /* FT_Face_Internal */ + /* FT_Size_Internal */ + /* FT_Slot_Internal */ + /* */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_XXX */ + /* FT_STYLE_FLAG_XXX */ + /* FT_OPEN_XXX */ + /* FT_LOAD_XXX */ + /* FT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX */ + /* FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_XXX */ + /* FT_FSTYPE_XXX */ + /* */ + /* FT_HAS_FAST_GLYPHS */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_Glyph_Metrics */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to model the metrics of a single glyph. The */ + /* values are expressed in 26.6 fractional pixel format; if the flag */ + /* @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE has been used while loading the glyph, values */ + /* are expressed in font units instead. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* width :: */ + /* The glyph's width. */ + /* */ + /* height :: */ + /* The glyph's height. */ + /* */ + /* horiBearingX :: */ + /* Left side bearing for horizontal layout. */ + /* */ + /* horiBearingY :: */ + /* Top side bearing for horizontal layout. */ + /* */ + /* horiAdvance :: */ + /* Advance width for horizontal layout. */ + /* */ + /* vertBearingX :: */ + /* Left side bearing for vertical layout. */ + /* */ + /* vertBearingY :: */ + /* Top side bearing for vertical layout. Larger positive values */ + /* mean further below the vertical glyph origin. */ + /* */ + /* vertAdvance :: */ + /* Advance height for vertical layout. Positive values mean the */ + /* glyph has a positive advance downward. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* If not disabled with @FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING, the values represent */ + /* dimensions of the hinted glyph (in case hinting is applicable). */ + /* */ + /* Stroking a glyph with an outside border does not increase */ + /* `horiAdvance' or `vertAdvance'; you have to manually adjust these */ + /* values to account for the added width and height. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Glyph_Metrics_ + { + FT_Pos width; + FT_Pos height; + + FT_Pos horiBearingX; + FT_Pos horiBearingY; + FT_Pos horiAdvance; + + FT_Pos vertBearingX; + FT_Pos vertBearingY; + FT_Pos vertAdvance; + + } FT_Glyph_Metrics; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_Bitmap_Size */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This structure models the metrics of a bitmap strike (i.e., a set */ + /* of glyphs for a given point size and resolution) in a bitmap font. */ + /* It is used for the `available_sizes' field of @FT_Face. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* height :: The vertical distance, in pixels, between two */ + /* consecutive baselines. It is always positive. */ + /* */ + /* width :: The average width, in pixels, of all glyphs in the */ + /* strike. */ + /* */ + /* size :: The nominal size of the strike in 26.6 fractional */ + /* points. This field is not very useful. */ + /* */ + /* x_ppem :: The horizontal ppem (nominal width) in 26.6 fractional */ + /* pixels. */ + /* */ + /* y_ppem :: The vertical ppem (nominal height) in 26.6 fractional */ + /* pixels. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* Windows FNT: */ + /* The nominal size given in a FNT font is not reliable. Thus when */ + /* the driver finds it incorrect, it sets `size' to some calculated */ + /* values and sets `x_ppem' and `y_ppem' to the pixel width and */ + /* height given in the font, respectively. */ + /* */ + /* TrueType embedded bitmaps: */ + /* `size', `width', and `height' values are not contained in the */ + /* bitmap strike itself. They are computed from the global font */ + /* parameters. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Bitmap_Size_ + { + FT_Short height; + FT_Short width; + + FT_Pos size; + + FT_Pos x_ppem; + FT_Pos y_ppem; + + } FT_Bitmap_Size; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* O B J E C T C L A S S E S */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Library */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A handle to a FreeType library instance. Each `library' is */ + /* completely independent from the others; it is the `root' of a set */ + /* of objects like fonts, faces, sizes, etc. */ + /* */ + /* It also embeds a memory manager (see @FT_Memory), as well as a */ + /* scan-line converter object (see @FT_Raster). */ + /* */ + /* In multi-threaded applications it is easiest to use one */ + /* `FT_Library' object per thread. In case this is too cumbersome, */ + /* a single `FT_Library' object across threads is possible also */ + /* (since FreeType version 2.5.6), as long as a mutex lock is used */ + /* around @FT_New_Face and @FT_Done_Face. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* Library objects are normally created by @FT_Init_FreeType, and */ + /* destroyed with @FT_Done_FreeType. If you need reference-counting */ + /* (cf. @FT_Reference_Library), use @FT_New_Library and */ + /* @FT_Done_Library. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_LibraryRec_ *FT_Library; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* module_management */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Module */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A handle to a given FreeType module object. Each module can be a */ + /* font driver, a renderer, or anything else that provides services */ + /* to the formers. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_ModuleRec_* FT_Module; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Driver */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A handle to a given FreeType font driver object. Each font driver */ + /* is a special module capable of creating faces from font files. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_DriverRec_* FT_Driver; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Renderer */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A handle to a given FreeType renderer. A renderer is a special */ + /* module in charge of converting a glyph image to a bitmap, when */ + /* necessary. Each renderer supports a given glyph image format, and */ + /* one or more target surface depths. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_RendererRec_* FT_Renderer; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* base_interface */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Face */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A handle to a given typographic face object. A face object models */ + /* a given typeface, in a given style. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* Each face object also owns a single @FT_GlyphSlot object, as well */ + /* as one or more @FT_Size objects. */ + /* */ + /* Use @FT_New_Face or @FT_Open_Face to create a new face object from */ + /* a given filepathname or a custom input stream. */ + /* */ + /* Use @FT_Done_Face to destroy it (along with its slot and sizes). */ + /* */ + /* An `FT_Face' object can only be safely used from one thread at a */ + /* time. Similarly, creation and destruction of `FT_Face' with the */ + /* same @FT_Library object can only be done from one thread at a */ + /* time. On the other hand, functions like @FT_Load_Glyph and its */ + /* siblings are thread-safe and do not need the lock to be held as */ + /* long as the same `FT_Face' object is not used from multiple */ + /* threads at the same time. */ + /* */ + /* <Also> */ + /* See @FT_FaceRec for the publicly accessible fields of a given face */ + /* object. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_FaceRec_* FT_Face; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Size */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A handle to an object used to model a face scaled to a given */ + /* character size. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* Each @FT_Face has an _active_ @FT_Size object that is used by */ + /* functions like @FT_Load_Glyph to determine the scaling */ + /* transformation that in turn is used to load and hint glyphs and */ + /* metrics. */ + /* */ + /* You can use @FT_Set_Char_Size, @FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes, */ + /* @FT_Request_Size or even @FT_Select_Size to change the content */ + /* (i.e., the scaling values) of the active @FT_Size. */ + /* */ + /* You can use @FT_New_Size to create additional size objects for a */ + /* given @FT_Face, but they won't be used by other functions until */ + /* you activate it through @FT_Activate_Size. Only one size can be */ + /* activated at any given time per face. */ + /* */ + /* <Also> */ + /* See @FT_SizeRec for the publicly accessible fields of a given size */ + /* object. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_SizeRec_* FT_Size; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_GlyphSlot */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A handle to a given `glyph slot'. A slot is a container where it */ + /* is possible to load any of the glyphs contained in its parent */ + /* face. */ + /* */ + /* In other words, each time you call @FT_Load_Glyph or */ + /* @FT_Load_Char, the slot's content is erased by the new glyph data, */ + /* i.e., the glyph's metrics, its image (bitmap or outline), and */ + /* other control information. */ + /* */ + /* <Also> */ + /* See @FT_GlyphSlotRec for the publicly accessible glyph fields. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_GlyphSlotRec_* FT_GlyphSlot; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_CharMap */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A handle to a given character map. A charmap is used to translate */ + /* character codes in a given encoding into glyph indexes for its */ + /* parent's face. Some font formats may provide several charmaps per */ + /* font. */ + /* */ + /* Each face object owns zero or more charmaps, but only one of them */ + /* can be `active' and used by @FT_Get_Char_Index or @FT_Load_Char. */ + /* */ + /* The list of available charmaps in a face is available through the */ + /* `face->num_charmaps' and `face->charmaps' fields of @FT_FaceRec. */ + /* */ + /* The currently active charmap is available as `face->charmap'. */ + /* You should call @FT_Set_Charmap to change it. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* When a new face is created (either through @FT_New_Face or */ + /* @FT_Open_Face), the library looks for a Unicode charmap within */ + /* the list and automatically activates it. */ + /* */ + /* <Also> */ + /* See @FT_CharMapRec for the publicly accessible fields of a given */ + /* character map. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_CharMapRec_* FT_CharMap; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Macro> */ + /* FT_ENC_TAG */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This macro converts four-letter tags into an unsigned long. It is */ + /* used to define `encoding' identifiers (see @FT_Encoding). */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* Since many 16-bit compilers don't like 32-bit enumerations, you */ + /* should redefine this macro in case of problems to something like */ + /* this: */ + /* */ + /* { */ + /* #define FT_ENC_TAG( value, a, b, c, d ) value */ + /* } */ + /* */ + /* to get a simple enumeration without assigning special numbers. */ + /* */ + +#ifndef FT_ENC_TAG +#define FT_ENC_TAG( value, a, b, c, d ) \ + value = ( ( (FT_UInt32)(a) << 24 ) | \ + ( (FT_UInt32)(b) << 16 ) | \ + ( (FT_UInt32)(c) << 8 ) | \ + (FT_UInt32)(d) ) + +#endif /* FT_ENC_TAG */ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Enum> */ + /* FT_Encoding */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* An enumeration used to specify character sets supported by */ + /* charmaps. Used in the @FT_Select_Charmap API function. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* Despite the name, this enumeration lists specific character */ + /* repertories (i.e., charsets), and not text encoding methods (e.g., */ + /* UTF-8, UTF-16, etc.). */ + /* */ + /* Other encodings might be defined in the future. */ + /* */ + /* <Values> */ + /* FT_ENCODING_NONE :: */ + /* The encoding value~0 is reserved. */ + /* */ + /* FT_ENCODING_UNICODE :: */ + /* Corresponds to the Unicode character set. This value covers */ + /* all versions of the Unicode repertoire, including ASCII and */ + /* Latin-1. Most fonts include a Unicode charmap, but not all */ + /* of them. */ + /* */ + /* For example, if you want to access Unicode value U+1F028 (and */ + /* the font contains it), use value 0x1F028 as the input value for */ + /* @FT_Get_Char_Index. */ + /* */ + /* FT_ENCODING_MS_SYMBOL :: */ + /* Corresponds to the Microsoft Symbol encoding, used to encode */ + /* mathematical symbols and wingdings. For more information, see */ + /* `http://www.microsoft.com/typography/otspec/recom.htm', */ + /* `http://www.kostis.net/charsets/symbol.htm', and */ + /* `http://www.kostis.net/charsets/wingding.htm'. */ + /* */ + /* This encoding uses character codes from the PUA (Private Unicode */ + /* Area) in the range U+F020-U+F0FF. */ + /* */ + /* FT_ENCODING_SJIS :: */ + /* Corresponds to Japanese SJIS encoding. More info at */ + /* at `http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Shift_JIS'. */ + /* See note on multi-byte encodings below. */ + /* */ + /* FT_ENCODING_GB2312 :: */ + /* Corresponds to an encoding system for Simplified Chinese as used */ + /* used in mainland China. */ + /* */ + /* FT_ENCODING_BIG5 :: */ + /* Corresponds to an encoding system for Traditional Chinese as */ + /* used in Taiwan and Hong Kong. */ + /* */ + /* FT_ENCODING_WANSUNG :: */ + /* Corresponds to the Korean encoding system known as Wansung. */ + /* For more information see */ + /* `https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-US/goglobal/cc305154'. */ + /* */ + /* FT_ENCODING_JOHAB :: */ + /* The Korean standard character set (KS~C 5601-1992), which */ + /* corresponds to MS Windows code page 1361. This character set */ + /* includes all possible Hangeul character combinations. */ + /* */ + /* FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_LATIN_1 :: */ + /* Corresponds to a Latin-1 encoding as defined in a Type~1 */ + /* PostScript font. It is limited to 256 character codes. */ + /* */ + /* FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_STANDARD :: */ + /* Corresponds to the Adobe Standard encoding, as found in Type~1, */ + /* CFF, and OpenType/CFF fonts. It is limited to 256 character */ + /* codes. */ + /* */ + /* FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_EXPERT :: */ + /* Corresponds to the Adobe Expert encoding, as found in Type~1, */ + /* CFF, and OpenType/CFF fonts. It is limited to 256 character */ + /* codes. */ + /* */ + /* FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_CUSTOM :: */ + /* Corresponds to a custom encoding, as found in Type~1, CFF, and */ + /* OpenType/CFF fonts. It is limited to 256 character codes. */ + /* */ + /* FT_ENCODING_APPLE_ROMAN :: */ + /* Corresponds to the 8-bit Apple roman encoding. Many TrueType */ + /* and OpenType fonts contain a charmap for this encoding, since */ + /* older versions of Mac OS are able to use it. */ + /* */ + /* FT_ENCODING_OLD_LATIN_2 :: */ + /* This value is deprecated and was never used nor reported by */ + /* FreeType. Don't use or test for it. */ + /* */ + /* FT_ENCODING_MS_SJIS :: */ + /* Same as FT_ENCODING_SJIS. Deprecated. */ + /* */ + /* FT_ENCODING_MS_GB2312 :: */ + /* Same as FT_ENCODING_GB2312. Deprecated. */ + /* */ + /* FT_ENCODING_MS_BIG5 :: */ + /* Same as FT_ENCODING_BIG5. Deprecated. */ + /* */ + /* FT_ENCODING_MS_WANSUNG :: */ + /* Same as FT_ENCODING_WANSUNG. Deprecated. */ + /* */ + /* FT_ENCODING_MS_JOHAB :: */ + /* Same as FT_ENCODING_JOHAB. Deprecated. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* By default, FreeType automatically synthesizes a Unicode charmap */ + /* for PostScript fonts, using their glyph names dictionaries. */ + /* However, it also reports the encodings defined explicitly in the */ + /* font file, for the cases when they are needed, with the Adobe */ + /* values as well. */ + /* */ + /* FT_ENCODING_NONE is set by the BDF and PCF drivers if the charmap */ + /* is neither Unicode nor ISO-8859-1 (otherwise it is set to */ + /* FT_ENCODING_UNICODE). Use @FT_Get_BDF_Charset_ID to find out */ + /* which encoding is really present. If, for example, the */ + /* `cs_registry' field is `KOI8' and the `cs_encoding' field is `R', */ + /* the font is encoded in KOI8-R. */ + /* */ + /* FT_ENCODING_NONE is always set (with a single exception) by the */ + /* winfonts driver. Use @FT_Get_WinFNT_Header and examine the */ + /* `charset' field of the @FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec structure to find out */ + /* which encoding is really present. For example, */ + /* @FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1251 (204) means Windows code page 1251 (for */ + /* Russian). */ + /* */ + /* FT_ENCODING_NONE is set if `platform_id' is @TT_PLATFORM_MACINTOSH */ + /* and `encoding_id' is not @TT_MAC_ID_ROMAN (otherwise it is set to */ + /* FT_ENCODING_APPLE_ROMAN). */ + /* */ + /* If `platform_id' is @TT_PLATFORM_MACINTOSH, use the function */ + /* @FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID to query the Mac language ID that may */ + /* be needed to be able to distinguish Apple encoding variants. See */ + /* */ + /* http://www.unicode.org/Public/MAPPINGS/VENDORS/APPLE/Readme.txt */ + /* */ + /* to get an idea how to do that. Basically, if the language ID */ + /* is~0, don't use it, otherwise subtract 1 from the language ID. */ + /* Then examine `encoding_id'. If, for example, `encoding_id' is */ + /* @TT_MAC_ID_ROMAN and the language ID (minus~1) is */ + /* `TT_MAC_LANGID_GREEK', it is the Greek encoding, not Roman. */ + /* @TT_MAC_ID_ARABIC with `TT_MAC_LANGID_FARSI' means the Farsi */ + /* variant the Arabic encoding. */ + /* */ + typedef enum FT_Encoding_ + { + FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_NONE, 0, 0, 0, 0 ), + + FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_MS_SYMBOL, 's', 'y', 'm', 'b' ), + FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_UNICODE, 'u', 'n', 'i', 'c' ), + + FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_SJIS, 's', 'j', 'i', 's' ), + FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_GB2312, 'g', 'b', ' ', ' ' ), + FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_BIG5, 'b', 'i', 'g', '5' ), + FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_WANSUNG, 'w', 'a', 'n', 's' ), + FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_JOHAB, 'j', 'o', 'h', 'a' ), + + /* for backwards compatibility */ + FT_ENCODING_MS_SJIS = FT_ENCODING_SJIS, + FT_ENCODING_MS_GB2312 = FT_ENCODING_GB2312, + FT_ENCODING_MS_BIG5 = FT_ENCODING_BIG5, + FT_ENCODING_MS_WANSUNG = FT_ENCODING_WANSUNG, + FT_ENCODING_MS_JOHAB = FT_ENCODING_JOHAB, + + FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_STANDARD, 'A', 'D', 'O', 'B' ), + FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_EXPERT, 'A', 'D', 'B', 'E' ), + FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_CUSTOM, 'A', 'D', 'B', 'C' ), + FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_LATIN_1, 'l', 'a', 't', '1' ), + + FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_OLD_LATIN_2, 'l', 'a', 't', '2' ), + + FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_APPLE_ROMAN, 'a', 'r', 'm', 'n' ) + + } FT_Encoding; + + + /* these constants are deprecated; use the corresponding `FT_Encoding' */ + /* values instead */ +#define ft_encoding_none FT_ENCODING_NONE +#define ft_encoding_unicode FT_ENCODING_UNICODE +#define ft_encoding_symbol FT_ENCODING_MS_SYMBOL +#define ft_encoding_latin_1 FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_LATIN_1 +#define ft_encoding_latin_2 FT_ENCODING_OLD_LATIN_2 +#define ft_encoding_sjis FT_ENCODING_SJIS +#define ft_encoding_gb2312 FT_ENCODING_GB2312 +#define ft_encoding_big5 FT_ENCODING_BIG5 +#define ft_encoding_wansung FT_ENCODING_WANSUNG +#define ft_encoding_johab FT_ENCODING_JOHAB + +#define ft_encoding_adobe_standard FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_STANDARD +#define ft_encoding_adobe_expert FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_EXPERT +#define ft_encoding_adobe_custom FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_CUSTOM +#define ft_encoding_apple_roman FT_ENCODING_APPLE_ROMAN + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_CharMapRec */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* The base charmap structure. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* face :: A handle to the parent face object. */ + /* */ + /* encoding :: An @FT_Encoding tag identifying the charmap. Use */ + /* this with @FT_Select_Charmap. */ + /* */ + /* platform_id :: An ID number describing the platform for the */ + /* following encoding ID. This comes directly from */ + /* the TrueType specification and should be emulated */ + /* for other formats. */ + /* */ + /* encoding_id :: A platform specific encoding number. This also */ + /* comes from the TrueType specification and should be */ + /* emulated similarly. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_CharMapRec_ + { + FT_Face face; + FT_Encoding encoding; + FT_UShort platform_id; + FT_UShort encoding_id; + + } FT_CharMapRec; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* B A S E O B J E C T C L A S S E S */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Face_Internal */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* An opaque handle to an `FT_Face_InternalRec' structure, used to */ + /* model private data of a given @FT_Face object. */ + /* */ + /* This structure might change between releases of FreeType~2 and is */ + /* not generally available to client applications. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Face_InternalRec_* FT_Face_Internal; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_FaceRec */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* FreeType root face class structure. A face object models a */ + /* typeface in a font file. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* num_faces :: The number of faces in the font file. Some */ + /* font formats can have multiple faces in */ + /* a font file. */ + /* */ + /* face_index :: This field holds two different values. */ + /* Bits 0-15 are the index of the face in the */ + /* font file (starting with value~0). They */ + /* are set to~0 if there is only one face in */ + /* the font file. */ + /* */ + /* Bits 16-30 are relevant to GX variation */ + /* fonts only, holding the named instance */ + /* index for the current face index (starting */ + /* with value~1; value~0 indicates font access */ + /* without GX variation data). For non-GX */ + /* fonts, bits 16-30 are ignored. If we have */ + /* the third named instance of face~4, say, */ + /* `face_index' is set to 0x00030004. */ + /* */ + /* Bit 31 is always zero (this is, */ + /* `face_index' is always a positive value). */ + /* */ + /* face_flags :: A set of bit flags that give important */ + /* information about the face; see */ + /* @FT_FACE_FLAG_XXX for the details. */ + /* */ + /* style_flags :: The lower 16~bits contain a set of bit */ + /* flags indicating the style of the face; see */ + /* @FT_STYLE_FLAG_XXX for the details. Bits */ + /* 16-30 hold the number of named instances */ + /* available for the current face if we have a */ + /* GX variation (sub)font. Bit 31 is always */ + /* zero (this is, `style_flags' is always a */ + /* positive value). */ + /* */ + /* num_glyphs :: The number of glyphs in the face. If the */ + /* face is scalable and has sbits (see */ + /* `num_fixed_sizes'), it is set to the number */ + /* of outline glyphs. */ + /* */ + /* For CID-keyed fonts, this value gives the */ + /* highest CID used in the font. */ + /* */ + /* family_name :: The face's family name. This is an ASCII */ + /* string, usually in English, that describes */ + /* the typeface's family (like `Times New */ + /* Roman', `Bodoni', `Garamond', etc). This */ + /* is a least common denominator used to list */ + /* fonts. Some formats (TrueType & OpenType) */ + /* provide localized and Unicode versions of */ + /* this string. Applications should use the */ + /* format specific interface to access them. */ + /* Can be NULL (e.g., in fonts embedded in a */ + /* PDF file). */ + /* */ + /* In case the font doesn't provide a specific */ + /* family name entry, FreeType tries to */ + /* synthesize one, deriving it from other name */ + /* entries. */ + /* */ + /* style_name :: The face's style name. This is an ASCII */ + /* string, usually in English, that describes */ + /* the typeface's style (like `Italic', */ + /* `Bold', `Condensed', etc). Not all font */ + /* formats provide a style name, so this field */ + /* is optional, and can be set to NULL. As */ + /* for `family_name', some formats provide */ + /* localized and Unicode versions of this */ + /* string. Applications should use the format */ + /* specific interface to access them. */ + /* */ + /* num_fixed_sizes :: The number of bitmap strikes in the face. */ + /* Even if the face is scalable, there might */ + /* still be bitmap strikes, which are called */ + /* `sbits' in that case. */ + /* */ + /* available_sizes :: An array of @FT_Bitmap_Size for all bitmap */ + /* strikes in the face. It is set to NULL if */ + /* there is no bitmap strike. */ + /* */ + /* num_charmaps :: The number of charmaps in the face. */ + /* */ + /* charmaps :: An array of the charmaps of the face. */ + /* */ + /* generic :: A field reserved for client uses. See the */ + /* @FT_Generic type description. */ + /* */ + /* bbox :: The font bounding box. Coordinates are */ + /* expressed in font units (see */ + /* `units_per_EM'). The box is large enough */ + /* to contain any glyph from the font. Thus, */ + /* `bbox.yMax' can be seen as the `maximum */ + /* ascender', and `bbox.yMin' as the `minimum */ + /* descender'. Only relevant for scalable */ + /* formats. */ + /* */ + /* Note that the bounding box might be off by */ + /* (at least) one pixel for hinted fonts. See */ + /* @FT_Size_Metrics for further discussion. */ + /* */ + /* units_per_EM :: The number of font units per EM square for */ + /* this face. This is typically 2048 for */ + /* TrueType fonts, and 1000 for Type~1 fonts. */ + /* Only relevant for scalable formats. */ + /* */ + /* ascender :: The typographic ascender of the face, */ + /* expressed in font units. For font formats */ + /* not having this information, it is set to */ + /* `bbox.yMax'. Only relevant for scalable */ + /* formats. */ + /* */ + /* descender :: The typographic descender of the face, */ + /* expressed in font units. For font formats */ + /* not having this information, it is set to */ + /* `bbox.yMin'. Note that this field is */ + /* usually negative. Only relevant for */ + /* scalable formats. */ + /* */ + /* height :: This value is the vertical distance */ + /* between two consecutive baselines, */ + /* expressed in font units. It is always */ + /* positive. Only relevant for scalable */ + /* formats. */ + /* */ + /* If you want the global glyph height, use */ + /* `ascender - descender'. */ + /* */ + /* max_advance_width :: The maximum advance width, in font units, */ + /* for all glyphs in this face. This can be */ + /* used to make word wrapping computations */ + /* faster. Only relevant for scalable */ + /* formats. */ + /* */ + /* max_advance_height :: The maximum advance height, in font units, */ + /* for all glyphs in this face. This is only */ + /* relevant for vertical layouts, and is set */ + /* to `height' for fonts that do not provide */ + /* vertical metrics. Only relevant for */ + /* scalable formats. */ + /* */ + /* underline_position :: The position, in font units, of the */ + /* underline line for this face. It is the */ + /* center of the underlining stem. Only */ + /* relevant for scalable formats. */ + /* */ + /* underline_thickness :: The thickness, in font units, of the */ + /* underline for this face. Only relevant for */ + /* scalable formats. */ + /* */ + /* glyph :: The face's associated glyph slot(s). */ + /* */ + /* size :: The current active size for this face. */ + /* */ + /* charmap :: The current active charmap for this face. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* Fields may be changed after a call to @FT_Attach_File or */ + /* @FT_Attach_Stream. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_FaceRec_ + { + FT_Long num_faces; + FT_Long face_index; + + FT_Long face_flags; + FT_Long style_flags; + + FT_Long num_glyphs; + + FT_String* family_name; + FT_String* style_name; + + FT_Int num_fixed_sizes; + FT_Bitmap_Size* available_sizes; + + FT_Int num_charmaps; + FT_CharMap* charmaps; + + FT_Generic generic; + + /*# The following member variables (down to `underline_thickness') */ + /*# are only relevant to scalable outlines; cf. @FT_Bitmap_Size */ + /*# for bitmap fonts. */ + FT_BBox bbox; + + FT_UShort units_per_EM; + FT_Short ascender; + FT_Short descender; + FT_Short height; + + FT_Short max_advance_width; + FT_Short max_advance_height; + + FT_Short underline_position; + FT_Short underline_thickness; + + FT_GlyphSlot glyph; + FT_Size size; + FT_CharMap charmap; + + /*@private begin */ + + FT_Driver driver; + FT_Memory memory; + FT_Stream stream; + + FT_ListRec sizes_list; + + FT_Generic autohint; /* face-specific auto-hinter data */ + void* extensions; /* unused */ + + FT_Face_Internal internal; + + /*@private end */ + + } FT_FaceRec; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Enum> */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_XXX */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A list of bit flags used in the `face_flags' field of the */ + /* @FT_FaceRec structure. They inform client applications of */ + /* properties of the corresponding face. */ + /* */ + /* <Values> */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_SCALABLE :: */ + /* Indicates that the face contains outline glyphs. This doesn't */ + /* prevent bitmap strikes, i.e., a face can have both this and */ + /* and @FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_SIZES set. */ + /* */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_SIZES :: */ + /* Indicates that the face contains bitmap strikes. See also the */ + /* `num_fixed_sizes' and `available_sizes' fields of @FT_FaceRec. */ + /* */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_WIDTH :: */ + /* Indicates that the face contains fixed-width characters (like */ + /* Courier, Lucido, MonoType, etc.). */ + /* */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_SFNT :: */ + /* Indicates that the face uses the `sfnt' storage scheme. For */ + /* now, this means TrueType and OpenType. */ + /* */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_HORIZONTAL :: */ + /* Indicates that the face contains horizontal glyph metrics. This */ + /* should be set for all common formats. */ + /* */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_VERTICAL :: */ + /* Indicates that the face contains vertical glyph metrics. This */ + /* is only available in some formats, not all of them. */ + /* */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_KERNING :: */ + /* Indicates that the face contains kerning information. If set, */ + /* the kerning distance can be retrieved through the function */ + /* @FT_Get_Kerning. Otherwise the function always return the */ + /* vector (0,0). Note that FreeType doesn't handle kerning data */ + /* from the `GPOS' table (as present in some OpenType fonts). */ + /* */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_FAST_GLYPHS :: */ + /* THIS FLAG IS DEPRECATED. DO NOT USE OR TEST IT. */ + /* */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_MULTIPLE_MASTERS :: */ + /* Indicates that the font contains multiple masters and is capable */ + /* of interpolating between them. See the multiple-masters */ + /* specific API for details. */ + /* */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_GLYPH_NAMES :: */ + /* Indicates that the font contains glyph names that can be */ + /* retrieved through @FT_Get_Glyph_Name. Note that some TrueType */ + /* fonts contain broken glyph name tables. Use the function */ + /* @FT_Has_PS_Glyph_Names when needed. */ + /* */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_EXTERNAL_STREAM :: */ + /* Used internally by FreeType to indicate that a face's stream was */ + /* provided by the client application and should not be destroyed */ + /* when @FT_Done_Face is called. Don't read or test this flag. */ + /* */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_HINTER :: */ + /* Set if the font driver has a hinting machine of its own. For */ + /* example, with TrueType fonts, it makes sense to use data from */ + /* the SFNT `gasp' table only if the native TrueType hinting engine */ + /* (with the bytecode interpreter) is available and active. */ + /* */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_CID_KEYED :: */ + /* Set if the font is CID-keyed. In that case, the font is not */ + /* accessed by glyph indices but by CID values. For subsetted */ + /* CID-keyed fonts this has the consequence that not all index */ + /* values are a valid argument to FT_Load_Glyph. Only the CID */ + /* values for which corresponding glyphs in the subsetted font */ + /* exist make FT_Load_Glyph return successfully; in all other cases */ + /* you get an `FT_Err_Invalid_Argument' error. */ + /* */ + /* Note that CID-keyed fonts that are in an SFNT wrapper don't */ + /* have this flag set since the glyphs are accessed in the normal */ + /* way (using contiguous indices); the `CID-ness' isn't visible to */ + /* the application. */ + /* */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_TRICKY :: */ + /* Set if the font is `tricky', this is, it always needs the */ + /* font format's native hinting engine to get a reasonable result. */ + /* A typical example is the Chinese font `mingli.ttf' that uses */ + /* TrueType bytecode instructions to move and scale all of its */ + /* subglyphs. */ + /* */ + /* It is not possible to auto-hint such fonts using */ + /* @FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT; it will also ignore */ + /* @FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING. You have to set both @FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING */ + /* and @FT_LOAD_NO_AUTOHINT to really disable hinting; however, you */ + /* probably never want this except for demonstration purposes. */ + /* */ + /* Currently, there are about a dozen TrueType fonts in the list of */ + /* tricky fonts; they are hard-coded in file `ttobjs.c'. */ + /* */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_COLOR :: */ + /* Set if the font has color glyph tables. To access color glyphs */ + /* use @FT_LOAD_COLOR. */ + /* */ +#define FT_FACE_FLAG_SCALABLE ( 1L << 0 ) +#define FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_SIZES ( 1L << 1 ) +#define FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_WIDTH ( 1L << 2 ) +#define FT_FACE_FLAG_SFNT ( 1L << 3 ) +#define FT_FACE_FLAG_HORIZONTAL ( 1L << 4 ) +#define FT_FACE_FLAG_VERTICAL ( 1L << 5 ) +#define FT_FACE_FLAG_KERNING ( 1L << 6 ) +#define FT_FACE_FLAG_FAST_GLYPHS ( 1L << 7 ) +#define FT_FACE_FLAG_MULTIPLE_MASTERS ( 1L << 8 ) +#define FT_FACE_FLAG_GLYPH_NAMES ( 1L << 9 ) +#define FT_FACE_FLAG_EXTERNAL_STREAM ( 1L << 10 ) +#define FT_FACE_FLAG_HINTER ( 1L << 11 ) +#define FT_FACE_FLAG_CID_KEYED ( 1L << 12 ) +#define FT_FACE_FLAG_TRICKY ( 1L << 13 ) +#define FT_FACE_FLAG_COLOR ( 1L << 14 ) + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_HAS_HORIZONTAL( face ) + * + * @description: + * A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains + * horizontal metrics (this is true for all font formats though). + * + * @also: + * @FT_HAS_VERTICAL can be used to check for vertical metrics. + * + */ +#define FT_HAS_HORIZONTAL( face ) \ + ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_HORIZONTAL ) + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_HAS_VERTICAL( face ) + * + * @description: + * A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains real + * vertical metrics (and not only synthesized ones). + * + */ +#define FT_HAS_VERTICAL( face ) \ + ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_VERTICAL ) + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_HAS_KERNING( face ) + * + * @description: + * A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains kerning + * data that can be accessed with @FT_Get_Kerning. + * + */ +#define FT_HAS_KERNING( face ) \ + ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_KERNING ) + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_IS_SCALABLE( face ) + * + * @description: + * A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains a scalable + * font face (true for TrueType, Type~1, Type~42, CID, OpenType/CFF, + * and PFR font formats. + * + */ +#define FT_IS_SCALABLE( face ) \ + ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_SCALABLE ) + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_IS_SFNT( face ) + * + * @description: + * A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains a font + * whose format is based on the SFNT storage scheme. This usually + * means: TrueType fonts, OpenType fonts, as well as SFNT-based embedded + * bitmap fonts. + * + * If this macro is true, all functions defined in @FT_SFNT_NAMES_H and + * @FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H are available. + * + */ +#define FT_IS_SFNT( face ) \ + ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_SFNT ) + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_IS_FIXED_WIDTH( face ) + * + * @description: + * A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains a font face + * that contains fixed-width (or `monospace', `fixed-pitch', etc.) + * glyphs. + * + */ +#define FT_IS_FIXED_WIDTH( face ) \ + ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_WIDTH ) + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_HAS_FIXED_SIZES( face ) + * + * @description: + * A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains some + * embedded bitmaps. See the `available_sizes' field of the + * @FT_FaceRec structure. + * + */ +#define FT_HAS_FIXED_SIZES( face ) \ + ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_SIZES ) + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_HAS_FAST_GLYPHS( face ) + * + * @description: + * Deprecated. + * + */ +#define FT_HAS_FAST_GLYPHS( face ) 0 + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_HAS_GLYPH_NAMES( face ) + * + * @description: + * A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains some glyph + * names that can be accessed through @FT_Get_Glyph_Name. + * + */ +#define FT_HAS_GLYPH_NAMES( face ) \ + ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_GLYPH_NAMES ) + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_HAS_MULTIPLE_MASTERS( face ) + * + * @description: + * A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains some + * multiple masters. The functions provided by @FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H + * are then available to choose the exact design you want. + * + */ +#define FT_HAS_MULTIPLE_MASTERS( face ) \ + ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_MULTIPLE_MASTERS ) + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_IS_CID_KEYED( face ) + * + * @description: + * A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains a CID-keyed + * font. See the discussion of @FT_FACE_FLAG_CID_KEYED for more + * details. + * + * If this macro is true, all functions defined in @FT_CID_H are + * available. + * + */ +#define FT_IS_CID_KEYED( face ) \ + ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_CID_KEYED ) + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_IS_TRICKY( face ) + * + * @description: + * A macro that returns true whenever a face represents a `tricky' font. + * See the discussion of @FT_FACE_FLAG_TRICKY for more details. + * + */ +#define FT_IS_TRICKY( face ) \ + ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_TRICKY ) + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_HAS_COLOR( face ) + * + * @description: + * A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains + * tables for color glyphs. + * + */ +#define FT_HAS_COLOR( face ) \ + ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_COLOR ) + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Const> */ + /* FT_STYLE_FLAG_XXX */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A list of bit flags used to indicate the style of a given face. */ + /* These are used in the `style_flags' field of @FT_FaceRec. */ + /* */ + /* <Values> */ + /* FT_STYLE_FLAG_ITALIC :: */ + /* Indicates that a given face style is italic or oblique. */ + /* */ + /* FT_STYLE_FLAG_BOLD :: */ + /* Indicates that a given face is bold. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The style information as provided by FreeType is very basic. More */ + /* details are beyond the scope and should be done on a higher level */ + /* (for example, by analyzing various fields of the `OS/2' table in */ + /* SFNT based fonts). */ + /* */ +#define FT_STYLE_FLAG_ITALIC ( 1 << 0 ) +#define FT_STYLE_FLAG_BOLD ( 1 << 1 ) + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Size_Internal */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* An opaque handle to an `FT_Size_InternalRec' structure, used to */ + /* model private data of a given @FT_Size object. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Size_InternalRec_* FT_Size_Internal; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_Size_Metrics */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* The size metrics structure gives the metrics of a size object. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* x_ppem :: The width of the scaled EM square in pixels, hence */ + /* the term `ppem' (pixels per EM). It is also */ + /* referred to as `nominal width'. */ + /* */ + /* y_ppem :: The height of the scaled EM square in pixels, */ + /* hence the term `ppem' (pixels per EM). It is also */ + /* referred to as `nominal height'. */ + /* */ + /* x_scale :: A 16.16 fractional scaling value used to convert */ + /* horizontal metrics from font units to 26.6 */ + /* fractional pixels. Only relevant for scalable */ + /* font formats. */ + /* */ + /* y_scale :: A 16.16 fractional scaling value used to convert */ + /* vertical metrics from font units to 26.6 */ + /* fractional pixels. Only relevant for scalable */ + /* font formats. */ + /* */ + /* ascender :: The ascender in 26.6 fractional pixels. See */ + /* @FT_FaceRec for the details. */ + /* */ + /* descender :: The descender in 26.6 fractional pixels. See */ + /* @FT_FaceRec for the details. */ + /* */ + /* height :: The height in 26.6 fractional pixels. See */ + /* @FT_FaceRec for the details. */ + /* */ + /* max_advance :: The maximum advance width in 26.6 fractional */ + /* pixels. See @FT_FaceRec for the details. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The scaling values, if relevant, are determined first during a */ + /* size changing operation. The remaining fields are then set by the */ + /* driver. For scalable formats, they are usually set to scaled */ + /* values of the corresponding fields in @FT_FaceRec. */ + /* */ + /* Note that due to glyph hinting, these values might not be exact */ + /* for certain fonts. Thus they must be treated as unreliable */ + /* with an error margin of at least one pixel! */ + /* */ + /* Indeed, the only way to get the exact metrics is to render _all_ */ + /* glyphs. As this would be a definite performance hit, it is up to */ + /* client applications to perform such computations. */ + /* */ + /* The FT_Size_Metrics structure is valid for bitmap fonts also. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Size_Metrics_ + { + FT_UShort x_ppem; /* horizontal pixels per EM */ + FT_UShort y_ppem; /* vertical pixels per EM */ + + FT_Fixed x_scale; /* scaling values used to convert font */ + FT_Fixed y_scale; /* units to 26.6 fractional pixels */ + + FT_Pos ascender; /* ascender in 26.6 frac. pixels */ + FT_Pos descender; /* descender in 26.6 frac. pixels */ + FT_Pos height; /* text height in 26.6 frac. pixels */ + FT_Pos max_advance; /* max horizontal advance, in 26.6 pixels */ + + } FT_Size_Metrics; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_SizeRec */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* FreeType root size class structure. A size object models a face */ + /* object at a given size. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* face :: Handle to the parent face object. */ + /* */ + /* generic :: A typeless pointer, unused by the FreeType library or */ + /* any of its drivers. It can be used by client */ + /* applications to link their own data to each size */ + /* object. */ + /* */ + /* metrics :: Metrics for this size object. This field is read-only. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_SizeRec_ + { + FT_Face face; /* parent face object */ + FT_Generic generic; /* generic pointer for client uses */ + FT_Size_Metrics metrics; /* size metrics */ + FT_Size_Internal internal; + + } FT_SizeRec; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_SubGlyph */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* The subglyph structure is an internal object used to describe */ + /* subglyphs (for example, in the case of composites). */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The subglyph implementation is not part of the high-level API, */ + /* hence the forward structure declaration. */ + /* */ + /* You can however retrieve subglyph information with */ + /* @FT_Get_SubGlyph_Info. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_SubGlyphRec_* FT_SubGlyph; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Slot_Internal */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* An opaque handle to an `FT_Slot_InternalRec' structure, used to */ + /* model private data of a given @FT_GlyphSlot object. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Slot_InternalRec_* FT_Slot_Internal; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_GlyphSlotRec */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* FreeType root glyph slot class structure. A glyph slot is a */ + /* container where individual glyphs can be loaded, be they in */ + /* outline or bitmap format. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* library :: A handle to the FreeType library instance */ + /* this slot belongs to. */ + /* */ + /* face :: A handle to the parent face object. */ + /* */ + /* next :: In some cases (like some font tools), several */ + /* glyph slots per face object can be a good */ + /* thing. As this is rare, the glyph slots are */ + /* listed through a direct, single-linked list */ + /* using its `next' field. */ + /* */ + /* generic :: A typeless pointer unused by the FreeType */ + /* library or any of its drivers. It can be */ + /* used by client applications to link their own */ + /* data to each glyph slot object. */ + /* */ + /* metrics :: The metrics of the last loaded glyph in the */ + /* slot. The returned values depend on the last */ + /* load flags (see the @FT_Load_Glyph API */ + /* function) and can be expressed either in 26.6 */ + /* fractional pixels or font units. */ + /* */ + /* Note that even when the glyph image is */ + /* transformed, the metrics are not. */ + /* */ + /* linearHoriAdvance :: The advance width of the unhinted glyph. */ + /* Its value is expressed in 16.16 fractional */ + /* pixels, unless @FT_LOAD_LINEAR_DESIGN is set */ + /* when loading the glyph. This field can be */ + /* important to perform correct WYSIWYG layout. */ + /* Only relevant for outline glyphs. */ + /* */ + /* linearVertAdvance :: The advance height of the unhinted glyph. */ + /* Its value is expressed in 16.16 fractional */ + /* pixels, unless @FT_LOAD_LINEAR_DESIGN is set */ + /* when loading the glyph. This field can be */ + /* important to perform correct WYSIWYG layout. */ + /* Only relevant for outline glyphs. */ + /* */ + /* advance :: This shorthand is, depending on */ + /* @FT_LOAD_IGNORE_TRANSFORM, the transformed */ + /* (hinted) advance width for the glyph, in 26.6 */ + /* fractional pixel format. As specified with */ + /* @FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT, it uses either the */ + /* `horiAdvance' or the `vertAdvance' value of */ + /* `metrics' field. */ + /* */ + /* format :: This field indicates the format of the image */ + /* contained in the glyph slot. Typically */ + /* @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP, */ + /* @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE, or */ + /* @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE, but others are */ + /* possible. */ + /* */ + /* bitmap :: This field is used as a bitmap descriptor */ + /* when the slot format is */ + /* @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP. Note that the */ + /* address and content of the bitmap buffer can */ + /* change between calls of @FT_Load_Glyph and a */ + /* few other functions. */ + /* */ + /* bitmap_left :: The bitmap's left bearing expressed in */ + /* integer pixels. Only valid if the format is */ + /* @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP, this is, if the */ + /* glyph slot contains a bitmap. */ + /* */ + /* bitmap_top :: The bitmap's top bearing expressed in integer */ + /* pixels. Remember that this is the distance */ + /* from the baseline to the top-most glyph */ + /* scanline, upwards y~coordinates being */ + /* *positive*. */ + /* */ + /* outline :: The outline descriptor for the current glyph */ + /* image if its format is */ + /* @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE. Once a glyph is */ + /* loaded, `outline' can be transformed, */ + /* distorted, embolded, etc. However, it must */ + /* not be freed. */ + /* */ + /* num_subglyphs :: The number of subglyphs in a composite glyph. */ + /* This field is only valid for the composite */ + /* glyph format that should normally only be */ + /* loaded with the @FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE flag. */ + /* */ + /* subglyphs :: An array of subglyph descriptors for */ + /* composite glyphs. There are `num_subglyphs' */ + /* elements in there. Currently internal to */ + /* FreeType. */ + /* */ + /* control_data :: Certain font drivers can also return the */ + /* control data for a given glyph image (e.g. */ + /* TrueType bytecode, Type~1 charstrings, etc.). */ + /* This field is a pointer to such data. */ + /* */ + /* control_len :: This is the length in bytes of the control */ + /* data. */ + /* */ + /* other :: Really wicked formats can use this pointer to */ + /* present their own glyph image to client */ + /* applications. Note that the application */ + /* needs to know about the image format. */ + /* */ + /* lsb_delta :: The difference between hinted and unhinted */ + /* left side bearing while auto-hinting is */ + /* active. Zero otherwise. */ + /* */ + /* rsb_delta :: The difference between hinted and unhinted */ + /* right side bearing while auto-hinting is */ + /* active. Zero otherwise. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* If @FT_Load_Glyph is called with default flags (see */ + /* @FT_LOAD_DEFAULT) the glyph image is loaded in the glyph slot in */ + /* its native format (e.g., an outline glyph for TrueType and Type~1 */ + /* formats). */ + /* */ + /* This image can later be converted into a bitmap by calling */ + /* @FT_Render_Glyph. This function finds the current renderer for */ + /* the native image's format, then invokes it. */ + /* */ + /* The renderer is in charge of transforming the native image through */ + /* the slot's face transformation fields, then converting it into a */ + /* bitmap that is returned in `slot->bitmap'. */ + /* */ + /* Note that `slot->bitmap_left' and `slot->bitmap_top' are also used */ + /* to specify the position of the bitmap relative to the current pen */ + /* position (e.g., coordinates (0,0) on the baseline). Of course, */ + /* `slot->format' is also changed to @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* Here is a small pseudo code fragment that shows how to use */ + /* `lsb_delta' and `rsb_delta': */ + /* */ + /* { */ + /* FT_Pos origin_x = 0; */ + /* FT_Pos prev_rsb_delta = 0; */ + /* */ + /* */ + /* for all glyphs do */ + /* <compute kern between current and previous glyph and add it to */ + /* `origin_x'> */ + /* */ + /* <load glyph with `FT_Load_Glyph'> */ + /* */ + /* if ( prev_rsb_delta - face->glyph->lsb_delta >= 32 ) */ + /* origin_x -= 64; */ + /* else if ( prev_rsb_delta - face->glyph->lsb_delta < -32 ) */ + /* origin_x += 64; */ + /* */ + /* prev_rsb_delta = face->glyph->rsb_delta; */ + /* */ + /* <save glyph image, or render glyph, or ...> */ + /* */ + /* origin_x += face->glyph->advance.x; */ + /* endfor */ + /* } */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_GlyphSlotRec_ + { + FT_Library library; + FT_Face face; + FT_GlyphSlot next; + FT_UInt reserved; /* retained for binary compatibility */ + FT_Generic generic; + + FT_Glyph_Metrics metrics; + FT_Fixed linearHoriAdvance; + FT_Fixed linearVertAdvance; + FT_Vector advance; + + FT_Glyph_Format format; + + FT_Bitmap bitmap; + FT_Int bitmap_left; + FT_Int bitmap_top; + + FT_Outline outline; + + FT_UInt num_subglyphs; + FT_SubGlyph subglyphs; + + void* control_data; + long control_len; + + FT_Pos lsb_delta; + FT_Pos rsb_delta; + + void* other; + + FT_Slot_Internal internal; + + } FT_GlyphSlotRec; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* F U N C T I O N S */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Init_FreeType */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Initialize a new FreeType library object. The set of modules */ + /* that are registered by this function is determined at build time. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* alibrary :: A handle to a new library object. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* In case you want to provide your own memory allocating routines, */ + /* use @FT_New_Library instead, followed by a call to */ + /* @FT_Add_Default_Modules (or a series of calls to @FT_Add_Module). */ + /* */ + /* See the documentation of @FT_Library and @FT_Face for */ + /* multi-threading issues. */ + /* */ + /* If you need reference-counting (cf. @FT_Reference_Library), use */ + /* @FT_New_Library and @FT_Done_Library. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Init_FreeType( FT_Library *alibrary ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Done_FreeType */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Destroy a given FreeType library object and all of its children, */ + /* including resources, drivers, faces, sizes, etc. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* library :: A handle to the target library object. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Done_FreeType( FT_Library library ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Enum> */ + /* FT_OPEN_XXX */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A list of bit field constants used within the `flags' field of the */ + /* @FT_Open_Args structure. */ + /* */ + /* <Values> */ + /* FT_OPEN_MEMORY :: This is a memory-based stream. */ + /* */ + /* FT_OPEN_STREAM :: Copy the stream from the `stream' field. */ + /* */ + /* FT_OPEN_PATHNAME :: Create a new input stream from a C~path */ + /* name. */ + /* */ + /* FT_OPEN_DRIVER :: Use the `driver' field. */ + /* */ + /* FT_OPEN_PARAMS :: Use the `num_params' and `params' fields. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The `FT_OPEN_MEMORY', `FT_OPEN_STREAM', and `FT_OPEN_PATHNAME' */ + /* flags are mutually exclusive. */ + /* */ +#define FT_OPEN_MEMORY 0x1 +#define FT_OPEN_STREAM 0x2 +#define FT_OPEN_PATHNAME 0x4 +#define FT_OPEN_DRIVER 0x8 +#define FT_OPEN_PARAMS 0x10 + + + /* these constants are deprecated; use the corresponding `FT_OPEN_XXX' */ + /* values instead */ +#define ft_open_memory FT_OPEN_MEMORY +#define ft_open_stream FT_OPEN_STREAM +#define ft_open_pathname FT_OPEN_PATHNAME +#define ft_open_driver FT_OPEN_DRIVER +#define ft_open_params FT_OPEN_PARAMS + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_Parameter */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A simple structure used to pass more or less generic parameters to */ + /* @FT_Open_Face. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* tag :: A four-byte identification tag. */ + /* */ + /* data :: A pointer to the parameter data. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The ID and function of parameters are driver-specific. See the */ + /* various FT_PARAM_TAG_XXX flags for more information. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Parameter_ + { + FT_ULong tag; + FT_Pointer data; + + } FT_Parameter; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_Open_Args */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to indicate how to open a new font file or */ + /* stream. A pointer to such a structure can be used as a parameter */ + /* for the functions @FT_Open_Face and @FT_Attach_Stream. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* flags :: A set of bit flags indicating how to use the */ + /* structure. */ + /* */ + /* memory_base :: The first byte of the file in memory. */ + /* */ + /* memory_size :: The size in bytes of the file in memory. */ + /* */ + /* pathname :: A pointer to an 8-bit file pathname. */ + /* */ + /* stream :: A handle to a source stream object. */ + /* */ + /* driver :: This field is exclusively used by @FT_Open_Face; */ + /* it simply specifies the font driver to use to open */ + /* the face. If set to~0, FreeType tries to load the */ + /* face with each one of the drivers in its list. */ + /* */ + /* num_params :: The number of extra parameters. */ + /* */ + /* params :: Extra parameters passed to the font driver when */ + /* opening a new face. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The stream type is determined by the contents of `flags' that */ + /* are tested in the following order by @FT_Open_Face: */ + /* */ + /* If the @FT_OPEN_MEMORY bit is set, assume that this is a */ + /* memory file of `memory_size' bytes, located at `memory_address'. */ + /* The data are are not copied, and the client is responsible for */ + /* releasing and destroying them _after_ the corresponding call to */ + /* @FT_Done_Face. */ + /* */ + /* Otherwise, if the @FT_OPEN_STREAM bit is set, assume that a */ + /* custom input stream `stream' is used. */ + /* */ + /* Otherwise, if the @FT_OPEN_PATHNAME bit is set, assume that this */ + /* is a normal file and use `pathname' to open it. */ + /* */ + /* If the @FT_OPEN_DRIVER bit is set, @FT_Open_Face only tries to */ + /* open the file with the driver whose handler is in `driver'. */ + /* */ + /* If the @FT_OPEN_PARAMS bit is set, the parameters given by */ + /* `num_params' and `params' is used. They are ignored otherwise. */ + /* */ + /* Ideally, both the `pathname' and `params' fields should be tagged */ + /* as `const'; this is missing for API backwards compatibility. In */ + /* other words, applications should treat them as read-only. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Open_Args_ + { + FT_UInt flags; + const FT_Byte* memory_base; + FT_Long memory_size; + FT_String* pathname; + FT_Stream stream; + FT_Module driver; + FT_Int num_params; + FT_Parameter* params; + + } FT_Open_Args; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_New_Face */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This function calls @FT_Open_Face to open a font by its pathname. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* library :: A handle to the library resource. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* pathname :: A path to the font file. */ + /* */ + /* face_index :: See @FT_Open_Face for a detailed description of this */ + /* parameter. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* aface :: A handle to a new face object. If `face_index' is */ + /* greater than or equal to zero, it must be non-NULL. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* Use @FT_Done_Face to destroy the created @FT_Face object (along */ + /* with its slot and sizes). */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_New_Face( FT_Library library, + const char* filepathname, + FT_Long face_index, + FT_Face *aface ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_New_Memory_Face */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This function calls @FT_Open_Face to open a font that has been */ + /* loaded into memory. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* library :: A handle to the library resource. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* file_base :: A pointer to the beginning of the font data. */ + /* */ + /* file_size :: The size of the memory chunk used by the font data. */ + /* */ + /* face_index :: See @FT_Open_Face for a detailed description of this */ + /* parameter. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* aface :: A handle to a new face object. If `face_index' is */ + /* greater than or equal to zero, it must be non-NULL. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* You must not deallocate the memory before calling @FT_Done_Face. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_New_Memory_Face( FT_Library library, + const FT_Byte* file_base, + FT_Long file_size, + FT_Long face_index, + FT_Face *aface ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Open_Face */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Create a face object from a given resource described by */ + /* @FT_Open_Args. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* library :: A handle to the library resource. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* args :: A pointer to an `FT_Open_Args' structure that must */ + /* be filled by the caller. */ + /* */ + /* face_index :: This field holds two different values. Bits 0-15 */ + /* are the index of the face in the font file (starting */ + /* with value~0). Set it to~0 if there is only one */ + /* face in the font file. */ + /* */ + /* Bits 16-30 are relevant to GX variation fonts only, */ + /* specifying the named instance index for the current */ + /* face index (starting with value~1; value~0 makes */ + /* FreeType ignore named instances). For non-GX fonts, */ + /* bits 16-30 are ignored. Assuming that you want to */ + /* access the third named instance in face~4, */ + /* `face_index' should be set to 0x00030004. If you */ + /* want to access face~4 without GX variation handling, */ + /* simply set `face_index' to value~4. */ + /* */ + /* FT_Open_Face and its siblings can be used to quickly */ + /* check whether the font format of a given font */ + /* resource is supported by FreeType. In general, if */ + /* the `face_index' argument is negative, the */ + /* function's return value is~0 if the font format is */ + /* recognized, or non-zero otherwise. The function */ + /* allocates a more or less empty face handle in */ + /* `*aface' (if `aface' isn't NULL); the only two */ + /* useful fields in this special case are */ + /* `face->num_faces' and `face->style_flags'. For any */ + /* negative value of `face_index', `face->num_faces' */ + /* gives the number of faces within the font file. For */ + /* the negative value `-(N+1)' (with `N' a 16-bit */ + /* value), bits 16-30 in `face->style_flags' give the */ + /* number of named instances in face `N' if we have a */ + /* GX variation font (or zero otherwise). After */ + /* examination, the returned @FT_Face structure should */ + /* be deallocated with a call to @FT_Done_Face. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* aface :: A handle to a new face object. If `face_index' is */ + /* greater than or equal to zero, it must be non-NULL. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* Unlike FreeType 1.x, this function automatically creates a glyph */ + /* slot for the face object that can be accessed directly through */ + /* `face->glyph'. */ + /* */ + /* Each new face object created with this function also owns a */ + /* default @FT_Size object, accessible as `face->size'. */ + /* */ + /* One @FT_Library instance can have multiple face objects, this is, */ + /* @FT_Open_Face and its siblings can be called multiple times using */ + /* the same `library' argument. */ + /* */ + /* See the discussion of reference counters in the description of */ + /* @FT_Reference_Face. */ + /* */ + /* To loop over all faces, use code similar to the following snippet */ + /* (omitting the error handling). */ + /* */ + /* { */ + /* ... */ + /* FT_Face face; */ + /* FT_Long i, num_faces; */ + /* */ + /* */ + /* error = FT_Open_Face( library, args, -1, &face ); */ + /* if ( error ) { ... } */ + /* */ + /* num_faces = face->num_faces; */ + /* FT_Done_Face( face ); */ + /* */ + /* for ( i = 0; i < num_faces; i++ ) */ + /* { */ + /* ... */ + /* error = FT_Open_Face( library, args, i, &face ); */ + /* ... */ + /* FT_Done_Face( face ); */ + /* ... */ + /* } */ + /* } */ + /* */ + /* To loop over all valid values for `face_index', use something */ + /* similar to the following snippet, again without error handling. */ + /* The code accesses all faces immediately (thus only a single call */ + /* of `FT_Open_Face' within the do-loop), with and without named */ + /* instances. */ + /* */ + /* { */ + /* ... */ + /* FT_Face face; */ + /* */ + /* FT_Long num_faces = 0; */ + /* FT_Long num_instances = 0; */ + /* */ + /* FT_Long face_idx = 0; */ + /* FT_Long instance_idx = 0; */ + /* */ + /* */ + /* do */ + /* { */ + /* FT_Long id = ( instance_idx << 16 ) + face_idx; */ + /* */ + /* */ + /* error = FT_Open_Face( library, args, id, &face ); */ + /* if ( error ) { ... } */ + /* */ + /* num_faces = face->num_faces; */ + /* num_instances = face->style_flags >> 16; */ + /* */ + /* ... */ + /* */ + /* FT_Done_Face( face ); */ + /* */ + /* if ( instance_idx < num_instances ) */ + /* instance_idx++; */ + /* else */ + /* { */ + /* face_idx++; */ + /* instance_idx = 0; */ + /* } */ + /* */ + /* } while ( face_idx < num_faces ) */ + /* } */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Open_Face( FT_Library library, + const FT_Open_Args* args, + FT_Long face_index, + FT_Face *aface ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Attach_File */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This function calls @FT_Attach_Stream to attach a file. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* face :: The target face object. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* filepathname :: The pathname. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Attach_File( FT_Face face, + const char* filepathname ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Attach_Stream */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* `Attach' data to a face object. Normally, this is used to read */ + /* additional information for the face object. For example, you can */ + /* attach an AFM file that comes with a Type~1 font to get the */ + /* kerning values and other metrics. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* face :: The target face object. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* parameters :: A pointer to @FT_Open_Args that must be filled by */ + /* the caller. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The meaning of the `attach' (i.e., what really happens when the */ + /* new file is read) is not fixed by FreeType itself. It really */ + /* depends on the font format (and thus the font driver). */ + /* */ + /* Client applications are expected to know what they are doing */ + /* when invoking this function. Most drivers simply do not implement */ + /* file attachments. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Attach_Stream( FT_Face face, + FT_Open_Args* parameters ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Reference_Face */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A counter gets initialized to~1 at the time an @FT_Face structure */ + /* is created. This function increments the counter. @FT_Done_Face */ + /* then only destroys a face if the counter is~1, otherwise it simply */ + /* decrements the counter. */ + /* */ + /* This function helps in managing life-cycles of structures that */ + /* reference @FT_Face objects. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: A handle to a target face object. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Since> */ + /* 2.4.2 */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Reference_Face( FT_Face face ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Done_Face */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Discard a given face object, as well as all of its child slots and */ + /* sizes. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: A handle to a target face object. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* See the discussion of reference counters in the description of */ + /* @FT_Reference_Face. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Done_Face( FT_Face face ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Select_Size */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Select a bitmap strike. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* face :: A handle to a target face object. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* strike_index :: The index of the bitmap strike in the */ + /* `available_sizes' field of @FT_FaceRec structure. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Select_Size( FT_Face face, + FT_Int strike_index ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Enum> */ + /* FT_Size_Request_Type */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* An enumeration type that lists the supported size request types. */ + /* */ + /* <Values> */ + /* FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_NOMINAL :: */ + /* The nominal size. The `units_per_EM' field of @FT_FaceRec is */ + /* used to determine both scaling values. */ + /* */ + /* FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_REAL_DIM :: */ + /* The real dimension. The sum of the the `ascender' and (minus */ + /* of) the `descender' fields of @FT_FaceRec are used to determine */ + /* both scaling values. */ + /* */ + /* FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_BBOX :: */ + /* The font bounding box. The width and height of the `bbox' field */ + /* of @FT_FaceRec are used to determine the horizontal and vertical */ + /* scaling value, respectively. */ + /* */ + /* FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_CELL :: */ + /* The `max_advance_width' field of @FT_FaceRec is used to */ + /* determine the horizontal scaling value; the vertical scaling */ + /* value is determined the same way as */ + /* @FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_REAL_DIM does. Finally, both scaling */ + /* values are set to the smaller one. This type is useful if you */ + /* want to specify the font size for, say, a window of a given */ + /* dimension and 80x24 cells. */ + /* */ + /* FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_SCALES :: */ + /* Specify the scaling values directly. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The above descriptions only apply to scalable formats. For bitmap */ + /* formats, the behaviour is up to the driver. */ + /* */ + /* See the note section of @FT_Size_Metrics if you wonder how size */ + /* requesting relates to scaling values. */ + /* */ + typedef enum FT_Size_Request_Type_ + { + FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_NOMINAL, + FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_REAL_DIM, + FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_BBOX, + FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_CELL, + FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_SCALES, + + FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_MAX + + } FT_Size_Request_Type; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_Size_RequestRec */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to model a size request. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* type :: See @FT_Size_Request_Type. */ + /* */ + /* width :: The desired width. */ + /* */ + /* height :: The desired height. */ + /* */ + /* horiResolution :: The horizontal resolution. If set to zero, */ + /* `width' is treated as a 26.6 fractional pixel */ + /* value. */ + /* */ + /* vertResolution :: The vertical resolution. If set to zero, */ + /* `height' is treated as a 26.6 fractional pixel */ + /* value. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* If `width' is zero, then the horizontal scaling value is set equal */ + /* to the vertical scaling value, and vice versa. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Size_RequestRec_ + { + FT_Size_Request_Type type; + FT_Long width; + FT_Long height; + FT_UInt horiResolution; + FT_UInt vertResolution; + + } FT_Size_RequestRec; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_Size_Request */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A handle to a size request structure. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Size_RequestRec_ *FT_Size_Request; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Request_Size */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Resize the scale of the active @FT_Size object in a face. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* face :: A handle to a target face object. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* req :: A pointer to a @FT_Size_RequestRec. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* Although drivers may select the bitmap strike matching the */ + /* request, you should not rely on this if you intend to select a */ + /* particular bitmap strike. Use @FT_Select_Size instead in that */ + /* case. */ + /* */ + /* The relation between the requested size and the resulting glyph */ + /* size is dependent entirely on how the size is defined in the */ + /* source face. The font designer chooses the final size of each */ + /* glyph relative to this size. For more information refer to */ + /* `http://www.freetype.org/freetype2/docs/glyphs/glyphs-2.html' */ + /* */ + /* Don't use this function if you are using the FreeType cache API. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Request_Size( FT_Face face, + FT_Size_Request req ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Set_Char_Size */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This function calls @FT_Request_Size to request the nominal size */ + /* (in points). */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* face :: A handle to a target face object. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* char_width :: The nominal width, in 26.6 fractional points. */ + /* */ + /* char_height :: The nominal height, in 26.6 fractional points. */ + /* */ + /* horz_resolution :: The horizontal resolution in dpi. */ + /* */ + /* vert_resolution :: The vertical resolution in dpi. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* If either the character width or height is zero, it is set equal */ + /* to the other value. */ + /* */ + /* If either the horizontal or vertical resolution is zero, it is set */ + /* equal to the other value. */ + /* */ + /* A character width or height smaller than 1pt is set to 1pt; if */ + /* both resolution values are zero, they are set to 72dpi. */ + /* */ + /* Don't use this function if you are using the FreeType cache API. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Set_Char_Size( FT_Face face, + FT_F26Dot6 char_width, + FT_F26Dot6 char_height, + FT_UInt horz_resolution, + FT_UInt vert_resolution ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This function calls @FT_Request_Size to request the nominal size */ + /* (in pixels). */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* face :: A handle to the target face object. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* pixel_width :: The nominal width, in pixels. */ + /* */ + /* pixel_height :: The nominal height, in pixels. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* You should not rely on the resulting glyphs matching, or being */ + /* constrained, to this pixel size. Refer to @FT_Request_Size to */ + /* understand how requested sizes relate to actual sizes. */ + /* */ + /* Don't use this function if you are using the FreeType cache API. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes( FT_Face face, + FT_UInt pixel_width, + FT_UInt pixel_height ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Load_Glyph */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A function used to load a single glyph into the glyph slot of a */ + /* face object. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* face :: A handle to the target face object where the glyph */ + /* is loaded. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* glyph_index :: The index of the glyph in the font file. For */ + /* CID-keyed fonts (either in PS or in CFF format) */ + /* this argument specifies the CID value. */ + /* */ + /* load_flags :: A flag indicating what to load for this glyph. The */ + /* @FT_LOAD_XXX constants can be used to control the */ + /* glyph loading process (e.g., whether the outline */ + /* should be scaled, whether to load bitmaps or not, */ + /* whether to hint the outline, etc). */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The loaded glyph may be transformed. See @FT_Set_Transform for */ + /* the details. */ + /* */ + /* For subsetted CID-keyed fonts, `FT_Err_Invalid_Argument' is */ + /* returned for invalid CID values (this is, for CID values that */ + /* don't have a corresponding glyph in the font). See the discussion */ + /* of the @FT_FACE_FLAG_CID_KEYED flag for more details. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Load_Glyph( FT_Face face, + FT_UInt glyph_index, + FT_Int32 load_flags ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Load_Char */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A function used to load a single glyph into the glyph slot of a */ + /* face object, according to its character code. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* face :: A handle to a target face object where the glyph */ + /* is loaded. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* char_code :: The glyph's character code, according to the */ + /* current charmap used in the face. */ + /* */ + /* load_flags :: A flag indicating what to load for this glyph. The */ + /* @FT_LOAD_XXX constants can be used to control the */ + /* glyph loading process (e.g., whether the outline */ + /* should be scaled, whether to load bitmaps or not, */ + /* whether to hint the outline, etc). */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* This function simply calls @FT_Get_Char_Index and @FT_Load_Glyph. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Load_Char( FT_Face face, + FT_ULong char_code, + FT_Int32 load_flags ); + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @enum: + * FT_LOAD_XXX + * + * @description: + * A list of bit field constants used with @FT_Load_Glyph to indicate + * what kind of operations to perform during glyph loading. + * + * @values: + * FT_LOAD_DEFAULT :: + * Corresponding to~0, this value is used as the default glyph load + * operation. In this case, the following happens: + * + * 1. FreeType looks for a bitmap for the glyph corresponding to the + * face's current size. If one is found, the function returns. + * The bitmap data can be accessed from the glyph slot (see note + * below). + * + * 2. If no embedded bitmap is searched or found, FreeType looks for a + * scalable outline. If one is found, it is loaded from the font + * file, scaled to device pixels, then `hinted' to the pixel grid + * in order to optimize it. The outline data can be accessed from + * the glyph slot (see note below). + * + * Note that by default, the glyph loader doesn't render outlines into + * bitmaps. The following flags are used to modify this default + * behaviour to more specific and useful cases. + * + * FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE :: + * Don't scale the loaded outline glyph but keep it in font units. + * + * This flag implies @FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING and @FT_LOAD_NO_BITMAP, and + * unsets @FT_LOAD_RENDER. + * + * If the font is `tricky' (see @FT_FACE_FLAG_TRICKY for more), using + * FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE usually yields meaningless outlines because the + * subglyphs must be scaled and positioned with hinting instructions. + * This can be solved by loading the font without FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE and + * setting the character size to `font->units_per_EM'. + * + * FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING :: + * Disable hinting. This generally generates `blurrier' bitmap glyphs + * when the glyph are rendered in any of the anti-aliased modes. See + * also the note below. + * + * This flag is implied by @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE. + * + * FT_LOAD_RENDER :: + * Call @FT_Render_Glyph after the glyph is loaded. By default, the + * glyph is rendered in @FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL mode. This can be + * overridden by @FT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX or @FT_LOAD_MONOCHROME. + * + * This flag is unset by @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE. + * + * FT_LOAD_NO_BITMAP :: + * Ignore bitmap strikes when loading. Bitmap-only fonts ignore this + * flag. + * + * @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE always sets this flag. + * + * FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT :: + * Load the glyph for vertical text layout. In particular, the + * `advance' value in the @FT_GlyphSlotRec structure is set to the + * `vertAdvance' value of the `metrics' field. + * + * In case @FT_HAS_VERTICAL doesn't return true, you shouldn't use + * this flag currently. Reason is that in this case vertical metrics + * get synthesized, and those values are not always consistent across + * various font formats. + * + * FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT :: + * Indicates that the auto-hinter is preferred over the font's native + * hinter. See also the note below. + * + * FT_LOAD_PEDANTIC :: + * Indicates that the font driver should perform pedantic verifications + * during glyph loading. This is mostly used to detect broken glyphs + * in fonts. By default, FreeType tries to handle broken fonts also. + * + * In particular, errors from the TrueType bytecode engine are not + * passed to the application if this flag is not set; this might + * result in partially hinted or distorted glyphs in case a glyph's + * bytecode is buggy. + * + * FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE :: + * Indicate that the font driver should not load composite glyphs + * recursively. Instead, it should set the `num_subglyph' and + * `subglyphs' values of the glyph slot accordingly, and set + * `glyph->format' to @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE. The description of + * subglyphs can then be accessed with @FT_Get_SubGlyph_Info. + * + * This flag implies @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE and @FT_LOAD_IGNORE_TRANSFORM. + * + * FT_LOAD_IGNORE_TRANSFORM :: + * Indicates that the transform matrix set by @FT_Set_Transform should + * be ignored. + * + * FT_LOAD_MONOCHROME :: + * This flag is used with @FT_LOAD_RENDER to indicate that you want to + * render an outline glyph to a 1-bit monochrome bitmap glyph, with + * 8~pixels packed into each byte of the bitmap data. + * + * Note that this has no effect on the hinting algorithm used. You + * should rather use @FT_LOAD_TARGET_MONO so that the + * monochrome-optimized hinting algorithm is used. + * + * FT_LOAD_LINEAR_DESIGN :: + * Indicates that the `linearHoriAdvance' and `linearVertAdvance' + * fields of @FT_GlyphSlotRec should be kept in font units. See + * @FT_GlyphSlotRec for details. + * + * FT_LOAD_NO_AUTOHINT :: + * Disable auto-hinter. See also the note below. + * + * FT_LOAD_COLOR :: + * This flag is used to request loading of color embedded-bitmap + * images. The resulting color bitmaps, if available, will have the + * @FT_PIXEL_MODE_BGRA format. When the flag is not used and color + * bitmaps are found, they will be converted to 256-level gray + * bitmaps transparently. Those bitmaps will be in the + * @FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY format. + * + * FT_LOAD_COMPUTE_METRICS :: + * This flag sets computing glyph metrics without the use of bundled + * metrics tables (for example, the `hdmx' table in TrueType fonts). + * Well-behaving fonts have optimized bundled metrics and these should + * be used. This flag is mainly used by font validating or font + * editing applications, which need to ignore, verify, or edit those + * tables. + * + * Currently, this flag is only implemented for TrueType fonts. + * + * FT_LOAD_CROP_BITMAP :: + * Ignored. Deprecated. + * + * FT_LOAD_IGNORE_GLOBAL_ADVANCE_WIDTH :: + * Ignored. Deprecated. + * + * @note: + * By default, hinting is enabled and the font's native hinter (see + * @FT_FACE_FLAG_HINTER) is preferred over the auto-hinter. You can + * disable hinting by setting @FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING or change the + * precedence by setting @FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT. You can also set + * @FT_LOAD_NO_AUTOHINT in case you don't want the auto-hinter to be + * used at all. + * + * See the description of @FT_FACE_FLAG_TRICKY for a special exception + * (affecting only a handful of Asian fonts). + * + * Besides deciding which hinter to use, you can also decide which + * hinting algorithm to use. See @FT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX for details. + * + * Note that the auto-hinter needs a valid Unicode cmap (either a native + * one or synthesized by FreeType) for producing correct results. If a + * font provides an incorrect mapping (for example, assigning the + * character code U+005A, LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Z, to a glyph depicting a + * mathematical integral sign), the auto-hinter might produce useless + * results. + * + */ +#define FT_LOAD_DEFAULT 0x0 +#define FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE ( 1L << 0 ) +#define FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING ( 1L << 1 ) +#define FT_LOAD_RENDER ( 1L << 2 ) +#define FT_LOAD_NO_BITMAP ( 1L << 3 ) +#define FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT ( 1L << 4 ) +#define FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT ( 1L << 5 ) +#define FT_LOAD_CROP_BITMAP ( 1L << 6 ) +#define FT_LOAD_PEDANTIC ( 1L << 7 ) +#define FT_LOAD_IGNORE_GLOBAL_ADVANCE_WIDTH ( 1L << 9 ) +#define FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE ( 1L << 10 ) +#define FT_LOAD_IGNORE_TRANSFORM ( 1L << 11 ) +#define FT_LOAD_MONOCHROME ( 1L << 12 ) +#define FT_LOAD_LINEAR_DESIGN ( 1L << 13 ) +#define FT_LOAD_NO_AUTOHINT ( 1L << 15 ) + /* Bits 16..19 are used by `FT_LOAD_TARGET_' */ +#define FT_LOAD_COLOR ( 1L << 20 ) +#define FT_LOAD_COMPUTE_METRICS ( 1L << 21 ) + + /* */ + + /* used internally only by certain font drivers! */ +#define FT_LOAD_ADVANCE_ONLY ( 1L << 8 ) +#define FT_LOAD_SBITS_ONLY ( 1L << 14 ) + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @enum: + * FT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX + * + * @description: + * A list of values that are used to select a specific hinting algorithm + * to use by the hinter. You should OR one of these values to your + * `load_flags' when calling @FT_Load_Glyph. + * + * Note that font's native hinters may ignore the hinting algorithm you + * have specified (e.g., the TrueType bytecode interpreter). You can set + * @FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT to ensure that the auto-hinter is used. + * + * @values: + * FT_LOAD_TARGET_NORMAL :: + * This corresponds to the default hinting algorithm, optimized for + * standard gray-level rendering. For monochrome output, use + * @FT_LOAD_TARGET_MONO instead. + * + * FT_LOAD_TARGET_LIGHT :: + * A lighter hinting algorithm for gray-level modes. Many generated + * glyphs are fuzzier but better resemble their original shape. This + * is achieved by snapping glyphs to the pixel grid only vertically + * (Y-axis), as is done by Microsoft's ClearType and Adobe's + * proprietary font renderer. This preserves inter-glyph spacing in + * horizontal text. The snapping is done either by the native font + * driver if the driver itself and the font support it or by the + * auto-hinter. + * + * FT_LOAD_TARGET_MONO :: + * Strong hinting algorithm that should only be used for monochrome + * output. The result is probably unpleasant if the glyph is rendered + * in non-monochrome modes. + * + * FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD :: + * A variant of @FT_LOAD_TARGET_NORMAL optimized for horizontally + * decimated LCD displays. + * + * FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD_V :: + * A variant of @FT_LOAD_TARGET_NORMAL optimized for vertically + * decimated LCD displays. + * + * @note: + * You should use only _one_ of the FT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX values in your + * `load_flags'. They can't be ORed. + * + * If @FT_LOAD_RENDER is also set, the glyph is rendered in the + * corresponding mode (i.e., the mode that matches the used algorithm + * best). An exeption is FT_LOAD_TARGET_MONO since it implies + * @FT_LOAD_MONOCHROME. + * + * You can use a hinting algorithm that doesn't correspond to the same + * rendering mode. As an example, it is possible to use the `light' + * hinting algorithm and have the results rendered in horizontal LCD + * pixel mode, with code like + * + * { + * FT_Load_Glyph( face, glyph_index, + * load_flags | FT_LOAD_TARGET_LIGHT ); + * + * FT_Render_Glyph( face->glyph, FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD ); + * } + * + */ +#define FT_LOAD_TARGET_( x ) ( (FT_Int32)( (x) & 15 ) << 16 ) + +#define FT_LOAD_TARGET_NORMAL FT_LOAD_TARGET_( FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL ) +#define FT_LOAD_TARGET_LIGHT FT_LOAD_TARGET_( FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT ) +#define FT_LOAD_TARGET_MONO FT_LOAD_TARGET_( FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO ) +#define FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD FT_LOAD_TARGET_( FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD ) +#define FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD_V FT_LOAD_TARGET_( FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V ) + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @macro: + * FT_LOAD_TARGET_MODE + * + * @description: + * Return the @FT_Render_Mode corresponding to a given + * @FT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX value. + * + */ +#define FT_LOAD_TARGET_MODE( x ) ( (FT_Render_Mode)( ( (x) >> 16 ) & 15 ) ) + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Set_Transform */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A function used to set the transformation that is applied to glyph */ + /* images when they are loaded into a glyph slot through */ + /* @FT_Load_Glyph. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* face :: A handle to the source face object. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* matrix :: A pointer to the transformation's 2x2 matrix. Use~0 for */ + /* the identity matrix. */ + /* delta :: A pointer to the translation vector. Use~0 for the null */ + /* vector. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The transformation is only applied to scalable image formats after */ + /* the glyph has been loaded. It means that hinting is unaltered by */ + /* the transformation and is performed on the character size given in */ + /* the last call to @FT_Set_Char_Size or @FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes. */ + /* */ + /* Note that this also transforms the `face.glyph.advance' field, but */ + /* *not* the values in `face.glyph.metrics'. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_Set_Transform( FT_Face face, + FT_Matrix* matrix, + FT_Vector* delta ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Enum> */ + /* FT_Render_Mode */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* An enumeration type that lists the render modes supported by */ + /* FreeType~2. Each mode corresponds to a specific type of scanline */ + /* conversion performed on the outline. */ + /* */ + /* For bitmap fonts and embedded bitmaps the `bitmap->pixel_mode' */ + /* field in the @FT_GlyphSlotRec structure gives the format of the */ + /* returned bitmap. */ + /* */ + /* All modes except @FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO use 256 levels of opacity, */ + /* indicating pixel coverage. Use linear alpha blending and gamma */ + /* correction to correctly render non-monochrome glyph bitmaps onto a */ + /* surface; see @FT_Render_Glyph. */ + /* */ + /* <Values> */ + /* FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL :: */ + /* This is the default render mode; it corresponds to 8-bit */ + /* anti-aliased bitmaps. */ + /* */ + /* FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT :: */ + /* This is equivalent to @FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL. It is only */ + /* defined as a separate value because render modes are also used */ + /* indirectly to define hinting algorithm selectors. See */ + /* @FT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX for details. */ + /* */ + /* FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO :: */ + /* This mode corresponds to 1-bit bitmaps (with 2~levels of */ + /* opacity). */ + /* */ + /* FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD :: */ + /* This mode corresponds to horizontal RGB and BGR sub-pixel */ + /* displays like LCD screens. It produces 8-bit bitmaps that are */ + /* 3~times the width of the original glyph outline in pixels, and */ + /* which use the @FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD mode. */ + /* */ + /* FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V :: */ + /* This mode corresponds to vertical RGB and BGR sub-pixel displays */ + /* (like PDA screens, rotated LCD displays, etc.). It produces */ + /* 8-bit bitmaps that are 3~times the height of the original */ + /* glyph outline in pixels and use the @FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD_V mode. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The LCD-optimized glyph bitmaps produced by FT_Render_Glyph can be */ + /* filtered to reduce color-fringes by using @FT_Library_SetLcdFilter */ + /* (not active in the default builds). It is up to the caller to */ + /* either call @FT_Library_SetLcdFilter (if available) or do the */ + /* filtering itself. */ + /* */ + /* The selected render mode only affects vector glyphs of a font. */ + /* Embedded bitmaps often have a different pixel mode like */ + /* @FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO. You can use @FT_Bitmap_Convert to transform */ + /* them into 8-bit pixmaps. */ + /* */ + typedef enum FT_Render_Mode_ + { + FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL = 0, + FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT, + FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO, + FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD, + FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V, + + FT_RENDER_MODE_MAX + + } FT_Render_Mode; + + + /* these constants are deprecated; use the corresponding */ + /* `FT_Render_Mode' values instead */ +#define ft_render_mode_normal FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL +#define ft_render_mode_mono FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Render_Glyph */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Convert a given glyph image to a bitmap. It does so by inspecting */ + /* the glyph image format, finding the relevant renderer, and */ + /* invoking it. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* slot :: A handle to the glyph slot containing the image to */ + /* convert. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* render_mode :: This is the render mode used to render the glyph */ + /* image into a bitmap. See @FT_Render_Mode for a */ + /* list of possible values. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* To get meaningful results, font scaling values must be set with */ + /* functions like @FT_Set_Char_Size before calling FT_Render_Glyph. */ + /* */ + /* When FreeType outputs a bitmap of a glyph, it really outputs an */ + /* alpha coverage map. If a pixel is completely covered by a */ + /* filled-in outline, the bitmap contains 0xFF at that pixel, meaning */ + /* that 0xFF/0xFF fraction of that pixel is covered, meaning the */ + /* pixel is 100% black (or 0% bright). If a pixel is only 50% */ + /* covered (value 0x80), the pixel is made 50% black (50% bright or a */ + /* middle shade of grey). 0% covered means 0% black (100% bright or */ + /* white). */ + /* */ + /* On high-DPI screens like on smartphones and tablets, the pixels */ + /* are so small that their chance of being completely covered and */ + /* therefore completely black are fairly good. On the low-DPI */ + /* screens, however, the situation is different. The pixels are too */ + /* large for most of the details of a glyph and shades of gray are */ + /* the norm rather than the exception. */ + /* */ + /* This is relevant because all our screens have a second problem: */ + /* they are not linear. 1~+~1 is not~2. Twice the value does not */ + /* result in twice the brightness. When a pixel is only 50% covered, */ + /* the coverage map says 50% black, and this translates to a pixel */ + /* value of 128 when you use 8~bits per channel (0-255). However, */ + /* this does not translate to 50% brightness for that pixel on our */ + /* sRGB and gamma~2.2 screens. Due to their non-linearity, they */ + /* dwell longer in the darks and only a pixel value of about 186 */ + /* results in 50% brightness – 128 ends up too dark on both bright */ + /* and dark backgrounds. The net result is that dark text looks */ + /* burnt-out, pixely and blotchy on bright background, bright text */ + /* too frail on dark backgrounds, and colored text on colored */ + /* background (for example, red on green) seems to have dark halos or */ + /* `dirt' around it. The situation is especially ugly for diagonal */ + /* stems like in `w' glyph shapes where the quality of FreeType's */ + /* anti-aliasing depends on the correct display of grays. On */ + /* high-DPI screens where smaller, fully black pixels reign supreme, */ + /* this doesn't matter, but on our low-DPI screens with all the gray */ + /* shades, it does. 0% and 100% brightness are the same things in */ + /* linear and non-linear space, just all the shades in-between */ + /* aren't. */ + /* */ + /* The blending function for placing text over a background is */ + /* */ + /* { */ + /* dst = alpha * src + (1 - alpha) * dst , */ + /* } */ + /* */ + /* which is known as the OVER operator. */ + /* */ + /* To correctly composite an antialiased pixel of a glyph onto a */ + /* surface, */ + /* */ + /* 1. take the foreground and background colors (e.g., in sRGB space) */ + /* and apply gamma to get them in a linear space, */ + /* */ + /* 2. use OVER to blend the two linear colors using the glyph pixel */ + /* as the alpha value (remember, the glyph bitmap is an alpha */ + /* coverage bitmap), and */ + /* */ + /* 3. apply inverse gamma to the blended pixel and write it back to */ + /* the image. */ + /* */ + /* Internal testing at Adobe found that a target inverse gamma of~1.8 */ + /* for step~3 gives good results across a wide range of displays with */ + /* an sRGB gamma curve or a similar one. */ + /* */ + /* This process can cost performance. There is an approximation that */ + /* does not need to know about the background color; see */ + /* https://bel.fi/alankila/lcd/ and */ + /* https://bel.fi/alankila/lcd/alpcor.html for details. */ + /* */ + /* *ATTENTION*: Linear blending is even more important when dealing */ + /* with subpixel-rendered glyphs to prevent color-fringing! A */ + /* subpixel-rendered glyph must first be filtered with a filter that */ + /* gives equal weight to the three color primaries and does not */ + /* exceed a sum of 0x100, see section @lcd_filtering. Then the */ + /* only difference to gray linear blending is that subpixel-rendered */ + /* linear blending is done 3~times per pixel: red foreground subpixel */ + /* to red background subpixel and so on for green and blue. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Render_Glyph( FT_GlyphSlot slot, + FT_Render_Mode render_mode ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Enum> */ + /* FT_Kerning_Mode */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* An enumeration used to specify which kerning values to return in */ + /* @FT_Get_Kerning. */ + /* */ + /* <Values> */ + /* FT_KERNING_DEFAULT :: Return grid-fitted kerning distances in */ + /* pixels (value is~0). Whether they are */ + /* scaled depends on @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE. */ + /* */ + /* FT_KERNING_UNFITTED :: Return un-grid-fitted kerning distances in */ + /* 26.6 fractional pixels. Whether they are */ + /* scaled depends on @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE. */ + /* */ + /* FT_KERNING_UNSCALED :: Return the kerning vector in original font */ + /* units. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* FT_KERNING_DEFAULT returns full pixel values; it also makes */ + /* FreeType heuristically scale down kerning distances at small ppem */ + /* values so that they don't become too big. */ + /* */ + typedef enum FT_Kerning_Mode_ + { + FT_KERNING_DEFAULT = 0, + FT_KERNING_UNFITTED, + FT_KERNING_UNSCALED + + } FT_Kerning_Mode; + + + /* these constants are deprecated; use the corresponding */ + /* `FT_Kerning_Mode' values instead */ +#define ft_kerning_default FT_KERNING_DEFAULT +#define ft_kerning_unfitted FT_KERNING_UNFITTED +#define ft_kerning_unscaled FT_KERNING_UNSCALED + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Get_Kerning */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Return the kerning vector between two glyphs of a same face. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: A handle to a source face object. */ + /* */ + /* left_glyph :: The index of the left glyph in the kern pair. */ + /* */ + /* right_glyph :: The index of the right glyph in the kern pair. */ + /* */ + /* kern_mode :: See @FT_Kerning_Mode for more information. */ + /* Determines the scale and dimension of the returned */ + /* kerning vector. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* akerning :: The kerning vector. This is either in font units, */ + /* fractional pixels (26.6 format), or pixels for */ + /* scalable formats, and in pixels for fixed-sizes */ + /* formats. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* Only horizontal layouts (left-to-right & right-to-left) are */ + /* supported by this method. Other layouts, or more sophisticated */ + /* kernings, are out of the scope of this API function -- they can be */ + /* implemented through format-specific interfaces. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Get_Kerning( FT_Face face, + FT_UInt left_glyph, + FT_UInt right_glyph, + FT_UInt kern_mode, + FT_Vector *akerning ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Get_Track_Kerning */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Return the track kerning for a given face object at a given size. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: A handle to a source face object. */ + /* */ + /* point_size :: The point size in 16.16 fractional points. */ + /* */ + /* degree :: The degree of tightness. Increasingly negative */ + /* values represent tighter track kerning, while */ + /* increasingly positive values represent looser track */ + /* kerning. Value zero means no track kerning. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* akerning :: The kerning in 16.16 fractional points, to be */ + /* uniformly applied between all glyphs. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* Currently, only the Type~1 font driver supports track kerning, */ + /* using data from AFM files (if attached with @FT_Attach_File or */ + /* @FT_Attach_Stream). */ + /* */ + /* Only very few AFM files come with track kerning data; please refer */ + /* to the Adobe's AFM specification for more details. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Get_Track_Kerning( FT_Face face, + FT_Fixed point_size, + FT_Int degree, + FT_Fixed* akerning ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Get_Glyph_Name */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Retrieve the ASCII name of a given glyph in a face. This only */ + /* works for those faces where @FT_HAS_GLYPH_NAMES(face) returns~1. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: A handle to a source face object. */ + /* */ + /* glyph_index :: The glyph index. */ + /* */ + /* buffer_max :: The maximum number of bytes available in the */ + /* buffer. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* buffer :: A pointer to a target buffer where the name is */ + /* copied to. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* An error is returned if the face doesn't provide glyph names or if */ + /* the glyph index is invalid. In all cases of failure, the first */ + /* byte of `buffer' is set to~0 to indicate an empty name. */ + /* */ + /* The glyph name is truncated to fit within the buffer if it is too */ + /* long. The returned string is always zero-terminated. */ + /* */ + /* Be aware that FreeType reorders glyph indices internally so that */ + /* glyph index~0 always corresponds to the `missing glyph' (called */ + /* `.notdef'). */ + /* */ + /* This function always returns an error if the config macro */ + /* `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_GLYPH_NAMES' is not defined in `ftoptions.h'. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Get_Glyph_Name( FT_Face face, + FT_UInt glyph_index, + FT_Pointer buffer, + FT_UInt buffer_max ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Get_Postscript_Name */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Retrieve the ASCII PostScript name of a given face, if available. */ + /* This only works with PostScript and TrueType fonts. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: A handle to the source face object. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* A pointer to the face's PostScript name. NULL if unavailable. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The returned pointer is owned by the face and is destroyed with */ + /* it. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( const char* ) + FT_Get_Postscript_Name( FT_Face face ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Select_Charmap */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Select a given charmap by its encoding tag (as listed in */ + /* `freetype.h'). */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* face :: A handle to the source face object. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* encoding :: A handle to the selected encoding. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* This function returns an error if no charmap in the face */ + /* corresponds to the encoding queried here. */ + /* */ + /* Because many fonts contain more than a single cmap for Unicode */ + /* encoding, this function has some special code to select the one */ + /* that covers Unicode best (`best' in the sense that a UCS-4 cmap is */ + /* preferred to a UCS-2 cmap). It is thus preferable to */ + /* @FT_Set_Charmap in this case. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Select_Charmap( FT_Face face, + FT_Encoding encoding ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Set_Charmap */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Select a given charmap for character code to glyph index mapping. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* face :: A handle to the source face object. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* charmap :: A handle to the selected charmap. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* This function returns an error if the charmap is not part of */ + /* the face (i.e., if it is not listed in the `face->charmaps' */ + /* table). */ + /* */ + /* It also fails if a type~14 charmap is selected. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Set_Charmap( FT_Face face, + FT_CharMap charmap ); + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @function: + * FT_Get_Charmap_Index + * + * @description: + * Retrieve index of a given charmap. + * + * @input: + * charmap :: + * A handle to a charmap. + * + * @return: + * The index into the array of character maps within the face to which + * `charmap' belongs. If an error occurs, -1 is returned. + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Int ) + FT_Get_Charmap_Index( FT_CharMap charmap ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Get_Char_Index */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Return the glyph index of a given character code. This function */ + /* uses a charmap object to do the mapping. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: A handle to the source face object. */ + /* */ + /* charcode :: The character code. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* The glyph index. 0~means `undefined character code'. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* If you use FreeType to manipulate the contents of font files */ + /* directly, be aware that the glyph index returned by this function */ + /* doesn't always correspond to the internal indices used within the */ + /* file. This is done to ensure that value~0 always corresponds to */ + /* the `missing glyph'. If the first glyph is not named `.notdef', */ + /* then for Type~1 and Type~42 fonts, `.notdef' will be moved into */ + /* the glyph ID~0 position, and whatever was there will be moved to */ + /* the position `.notdef' had. For Type~1 fonts, if there is no */ + /* `.notdef' glyph at all, then one will be created at index~0 and */ + /* whatever was there will be moved to the last index -- Type~42 */ + /* fonts are considered invalid under this condition. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt ) + FT_Get_Char_Index( FT_Face face, + FT_ULong charcode ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Get_First_Char */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This function is used to return the first character code in the */ + /* current charmap of a given face. It also returns the */ + /* corresponding glyph index. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: A handle to the source face object. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* agindex :: Glyph index of first character code. 0~if charmap is */ + /* empty. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* The charmap's first character code. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* You should use this function with @FT_Get_Next_Char to be able to */ + /* parse all character codes available in a given charmap. The code */ + /* should look like this: */ + /* */ + /* { */ + /* FT_ULong charcode; */ + /* FT_UInt gindex; */ + /* */ + /* */ + /* charcode = FT_Get_First_Char( face, &gindex ); */ + /* while ( gindex != 0 ) */ + /* { */ + /* ... do something with (charcode,gindex) pair ... */ + /* */ + /* charcode = FT_Get_Next_Char( face, charcode, &gindex ); */ + /* } */ + /* } */ + /* */ + /* Be aware that character codes can have values up to 0xFFFFFFFF; */ + /* this might happen for non-Unicode or malformed cmaps. However, */ + /* even with regular Unicode encoding, so-called `last resort fonts' */ + /* (using SFNT cmap format 13, see function @FT_Get_CMap_Format) */ + /* normally have entries for all Unicode characters up to 0x1FFFFF, */ + /* which can cause *a lot* of iterations. */ + /* */ + /* Note that `*agindex' is set to~0 if the charmap is empty. The */ + /* result itself can be~0 in two cases: if the charmap is empty or */ + /* if the value~0 is the first valid character code. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_ULong ) + FT_Get_First_Char( FT_Face face, + FT_UInt *agindex ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Get_Next_Char */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This function is used to return the next character code in the */ + /* current charmap of a given face following the value `char_code', */ + /* as well as the corresponding glyph index. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: A handle to the source face object. */ + /* char_code :: The starting character code. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* agindex :: Glyph index of next character code. 0~if charmap */ + /* is empty. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* The charmap's next character code. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* You should use this function with @FT_Get_First_Char to walk */ + /* over all character codes available in a given charmap. See the */ + /* note for this function for a simple code example. */ + /* */ + /* Note that `*agindex' is set to~0 when there are no more codes in */ + /* the charmap. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_ULong ) + FT_Get_Next_Char( FT_Face face, + FT_ULong char_code, + FT_UInt *agindex ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Get_Name_Index */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Return the glyph index of a given glyph name. This function uses */ + /* driver specific objects to do the translation. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: A handle to the source face object. */ + /* */ + /* glyph_name :: The glyph name. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* The glyph index. 0~means `undefined character code'. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt ) + FT_Get_Name_Index( FT_Face face, + FT_String* glyph_name ); + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_XXX + * + * @description: + * A list of constants used to describe subglyphs. Please refer to the + * TrueType specification for the meaning of the various flags. + * + * @values: + * FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ARGS_ARE_WORDS :: + * FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ARGS_ARE_XY_VALUES :: + * FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ROUND_XY_TO_GRID :: + * FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_SCALE :: + * FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_XY_SCALE :: + * FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_2X2 :: + * FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_USE_MY_METRICS :: + * + */ +#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ARGS_ARE_WORDS 1 +#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ARGS_ARE_XY_VALUES 2 +#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ROUND_XY_TO_GRID 4 +#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_SCALE 8 +#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_XY_SCALE 0x40 +#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_2X2 0x80 +#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_USE_MY_METRICS 0x200 + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @func: + * FT_Get_SubGlyph_Info + * + * @description: + * Retrieve a description of a given subglyph. Only use it if + * `glyph->format' is @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE; an error is + * returned otherwise. + * + * @input: + * glyph :: + * The source glyph slot. + * + * sub_index :: + * The index of the subglyph. Must be less than + * `glyph->num_subglyphs'. + * + * @output: + * p_index :: + * The glyph index of the subglyph. + * + * p_flags :: + * The subglyph flags, see @FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_XXX. + * + * p_arg1 :: + * The subglyph's first argument (if any). + * + * p_arg2 :: + * The subglyph's second argument (if any). + * + * p_transform :: + * The subglyph transformation (if any). + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * The values of `*p_arg1', `*p_arg2', and `*p_transform' must be + * interpreted depending on the flags returned in `*p_flags'. See the + * TrueType specification for details. + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Get_SubGlyph_Info( FT_GlyphSlot glyph, + FT_UInt sub_index, + FT_Int *p_index, + FT_UInt *p_flags, + FT_Int *p_arg1, + FT_Int *p_arg2, + FT_Matrix *p_transform ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Enum> */ + /* FT_FSTYPE_XXX */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A list of bit flags used in the `fsType' field of the OS/2 table */ + /* in a TrueType or OpenType font and the `FSType' entry in a */ + /* PostScript font. These bit flags are returned by */ + /* @FT_Get_FSType_Flags; they inform client applications of embedding */ + /* and subsetting restrictions associated with a font. */ + /* */ + /* See */ + /* http://www.adobe.com/content/dam/Adobe/en/devnet/acrobat/pdfs/FontPolicies.pdf */ + /* for more details. */ + /* */ + /* <Values> */ + /* FT_FSTYPE_INSTALLABLE_EMBEDDING :: */ + /* Fonts with no fsType bit set may be embedded and permanently */ + /* installed on the remote system by an application. */ + /* */ + /* FT_FSTYPE_RESTRICTED_LICENSE_EMBEDDING :: */ + /* Fonts that have only this bit set must not be modified, embedded */ + /* or exchanged in any manner without first obtaining permission of */ + /* the font software copyright owner. */ + /* */ + /* FT_FSTYPE_PREVIEW_AND_PRINT_EMBEDDING :: */ + /* If this bit is set, the font may be embedded and temporarily */ + /* loaded on the remote system. Documents containing Preview & */ + /* Print fonts must be opened `read-only'; no edits can be applied */ + /* to the document. */ + /* */ + /* FT_FSTYPE_EDITABLE_EMBEDDING :: */ + /* If this bit is set, the font may be embedded but must only be */ + /* installed temporarily on other systems. In contrast to Preview */ + /* & Print fonts, documents containing editable fonts may be opened */ + /* for reading, editing is permitted, and changes may be saved. */ + /* */ + /* FT_FSTYPE_NO_SUBSETTING :: */ + /* If this bit is set, the font may not be subsetted prior to */ + /* embedding. */ + /* */ + /* FT_FSTYPE_BITMAP_EMBEDDING_ONLY :: */ + /* If this bit is set, only bitmaps contained in the font may be */ + /* embedded; no outline data may be embedded. If there are no */ + /* bitmaps available in the font, then the font is unembeddable. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The flags are ORed together, thus more than a single value can be */ + /* returned. */ + /* */ + /* While the fsType flags can indicate that a font may be embedded, a */ + /* license with the font vendor may be separately required to use the */ + /* font in this way. */ + /* */ +#define FT_FSTYPE_INSTALLABLE_EMBEDDING 0x0000 +#define FT_FSTYPE_RESTRICTED_LICENSE_EMBEDDING 0x0002 +#define FT_FSTYPE_PREVIEW_AND_PRINT_EMBEDDING 0x0004 +#define FT_FSTYPE_EDITABLE_EMBEDDING 0x0008 +#define FT_FSTYPE_NO_SUBSETTING 0x0100 +#define FT_FSTYPE_BITMAP_EMBEDDING_ONLY 0x0200 + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Get_FSType_Flags */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Return the fsType flags for a font. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: A handle to the source face object. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* The fsType flags, @FT_FSTYPE_XXX. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* Use this function rather than directly reading the `fs_type' field */ + /* in the @PS_FontInfoRec structure, which is only guaranteed to */ + /* return the correct results for Type~1 fonts. */ + /* */ + /* <Since> */ + /* 2.3.8 */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_UShort ) + FT_Get_FSType_Flags( FT_Face face ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* glyph_variants */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* Glyph Variants */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* The FreeType~2 interface to Unicode Ideographic Variation */ + /* Sequences (IVS), using the SFNT cmap format~14. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Many CJK characters have variant forms. They are a sort of grey */ + /* area somewhere between being totally irrelevant and semantically */ + /* distinct; for this reason, the Unicode consortium decided to */ + /* introduce Ideographic Variation Sequences (IVS), consisting of a */ + /* Unicode base character and one of 240 variant selectors */ + /* (U+E0100-U+E01EF), instead of further extending the already huge */ + /* code range for CJK characters. */ + /* */ + /* An IVS is registered and unique; for further details please refer */ + /* to Unicode Technical Standard #37, the Ideographic Variation */ + /* Database: */ + /* */ + /* http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr37/ */ + /* */ + /* To date (November 2014), the character with the most variants is */ + /* U+9089, having 32 such IVS. */ + /* */ + /* Adobe and MS decided to support IVS with a new cmap subtable */ + /* (format~14). It is an odd subtable because it is not a mapping of */ + /* input code points to glyphs, but contains lists of all variants */ + /* supported by the font. */ + /* */ + /* A variant may be either `default' or `non-default'. A default */ + /* variant is the one you will get for that code point if you look it */ + /* up in the standard Unicode cmap. A non-default variant is a */ + /* different glyph. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Face_GetCharVariantIndex */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Return the glyph index of a given character code as modified by */ + /* the variation selector. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: */ + /* A handle to the source face object. */ + /* */ + /* charcode :: */ + /* The character code point in Unicode. */ + /* */ + /* variantSelector :: */ + /* The Unicode code point of the variation selector. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* The glyph index. 0~means either `undefined character code', or */ + /* `undefined selector code', or `no variation selector cmap */ + /* subtable', or `current CharMap is not Unicode'. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* If you use FreeType to manipulate the contents of font files */ + /* directly, be aware that the glyph index returned by this function */ + /* doesn't always correspond to the internal indices used within */ + /* the file. This is done to ensure that value~0 always corresponds */ + /* to the `missing glyph'. */ + /* */ + /* This function is only meaningful if */ + /* a) the font has a variation selector cmap sub table, */ + /* and */ + /* b) the current charmap has a Unicode encoding. */ + /* */ + /* <Since> */ + /* 2.3.6 */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt ) + FT_Face_GetCharVariantIndex( FT_Face face, + FT_ULong charcode, + FT_ULong variantSelector ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Face_GetCharVariantIsDefault */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Check whether this variant of this Unicode character is the one to */ + /* be found in the `cmap'. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: */ + /* A handle to the source face object. */ + /* */ + /* charcode :: */ + /* The character codepoint in Unicode. */ + /* */ + /* variantSelector :: */ + /* The Unicode codepoint of the variation selector. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* 1~if found in the standard (Unicode) cmap, 0~if found in the */ + /* variation selector cmap, or -1 if it is not a variant. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* This function is only meaningful if the font has a variation */ + /* selector cmap subtable. */ + /* */ + /* <Since> */ + /* 2.3.6 */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Int ) + FT_Face_GetCharVariantIsDefault( FT_Face face, + FT_ULong charcode, + FT_ULong variantSelector ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Face_GetVariantSelectors */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Return a zero-terminated list of Unicode variant selectors found */ + /* in the font. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: */ + /* A handle to the source face object. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* A pointer to an array of selector code points, or NULL if there is */ + /* no valid variant selector cmap subtable. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The last item in the array is~0; the array is owned by the */ + /* @FT_Face object but can be overwritten or released on the next */ + /* call to a FreeType function. */ + /* */ + /* <Since> */ + /* 2.3.6 */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt32* ) + FT_Face_GetVariantSelectors( FT_Face face ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Face_GetVariantsOfChar */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Return a zero-terminated list of Unicode variant selectors found */ + /* for the specified character code. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: */ + /* A handle to the source face object. */ + /* */ + /* charcode :: */ + /* The character codepoint in Unicode. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* A pointer to an array of variant selector code points that are */ + /* active for the given character, or NULL if the corresponding list */ + /* is empty. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The last item in the array is~0; the array is owned by the */ + /* @FT_Face object but can be overwritten or released on the next */ + /* call to a FreeType function. */ + /* */ + /* <Since> */ + /* 2.3.6 */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt32* ) + FT_Face_GetVariantsOfChar( FT_Face face, + FT_ULong charcode ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Face_GetCharsOfVariant */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Return a zero-terminated list of Unicode character codes found for */ + /* the specified variant selector. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: */ + /* A handle to the source face object. */ + /* */ + /* variantSelector :: */ + /* The variant selector code point in Unicode. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* A list of all the code points that are specified by this selector */ + /* (both default and non-default codes are returned) or NULL if there */ + /* is no valid cmap or the variant selector is invalid. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The last item in the array is~0; the array is owned by the */ + /* @FT_Face object but can be overwritten or released on the next */ + /* call to a FreeType function. */ + /* */ + /* <Since> */ + /* 2.3.6 */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt32* ) + FT_Face_GetCharsOfVariant( FT_Face face, + FT_ULong variantSelector ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* computations */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* Computations */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* Crunching fixed numbers and vectors. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This section contains various functions used to perform */ + /* computations on 16.16 fixed-float numbers or 2d vectors. */ + /* */ + /* <Order> */ + /* FT_MulDiv */ + /* FT_MulFix */ + /* FT_DivFix */ + /* FT_RoundFix */ + /* FT_CeilFix */ + /* FT_FloorFix */ + /* FT_Vector_Transform */ + /* FT_Matrix_Multiply */ + /* FT_Matrix_Invert */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_MulDiv */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A very simple function used to perform the computation `(a*b)/c' */ + /* with maximum accuracy (it uses a 64-bit intermediate integer */ + /* whenever necessary). */ + /* */ + /* This function isn't necessarily as fast as some processor specific */ + /* operations, but is at least completely portable. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* a :: The first multiplier. */ + /* b :: The second multiplier. */ + /* c :: The divisor. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* The result of `(a*b)/c'. This function never traps when trying to */ + /* divide by zero; it simply returns `MaxInt' or `MinInt' depending */ + /* on the signs of `a' and `b'. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Long ) + FT_MulDiv( FT_Long a, + FT_Long b, + FT_Long c ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_MulFix */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A very simple function used to perform the computation */ + /* `(a*b)/0x10000' with maximum accuracy. Most of the time this is */ + /* used to multiply a given value by a 16.16 fixed-point factor. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* a :: The first multiplier. */ + /* b :: The second multiplier. Use a 16.16 factor here whenever */ + /* possible (see note below). */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* The result of `(a*b)/0x10000'. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* This function has been optimized for the case where the absolute */ + /* value of `a' is less than 2048, and `b' is a 16.16 scaling factor. */ + /* As this happens mainly when scaling from notional units to */ + /* fractional pixels in FreeType, it resulted in noticeable speed */ + /* improvements between versions 2.x and 1.x. */ + /* */ + /* As a conclusion, always try to place a 16.16 factor as the */ + /* _second_ argument of this function; this can make a great */ + /* difference. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Long ) + FT_MulFix( FT_Long a, + FT_Long b ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_DivFix */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A very simple function used to perform the computation */ + /* `(a*0x10000)/b' with maximum accuracy. Most of the time, this is */ + /* used to divide a given value by a 16.16 fixed-point factor. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* a :: The numerator. */ + /* b :: The denominator. Use a 16.16 factor here. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* The result of `(a*0x10000)/b'. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Long ) + FT_DivFix( FT_Long a, + FT_Long b ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_RoundFix */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A very simple function used to round a 16.16 fixed number. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* a :: The number to be rounded. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* `a' rounded to nearest 16.16 fixed integer, halfway cases away */ + /* from zero. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed ) + FT_RoundFix( FT_Fixed a ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_CeilFix */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A very simple function used to compute the ceiling function of a */ + /* 16.16 fixed number. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* a :: The number for which the ceiling function is to be computed. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* `a' rounded towards plus infinity. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed ) + FT_CeilFix( FT_Fixed a ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_FloorFix */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A very simple function used to compute the floor function of a */ + /* 16.16 fixed number. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* a :: The number for which the floor function is to be computed. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* `a' rounded towards minus infinity. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed ) + FT_FloorFix( FT_Fixed a ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Vector_Transform */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Transform a single vector through a 2x2 matrix. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* vector :: The target vector to transform. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* matrix :: A pointer to the source 2x2 matrix. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The result is undefined if either `vector' or `matrix' is invalid. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_Vector_Transform( FT_Vector* vec, + const FT_Matrix* matrix ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* version */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* FreeType Version */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* Functions and macros related to FreeType versions. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Note that those functions and macros are of limited use because */ + /* even a new release of FreeType with only documentation changes */ + /* increases the version number. */ + /* */ + /* <Order> */ + /* FT_Library_Version */ + /* */ + /* FREETYPE_MAJOR */ + /* FREETYPE_MINOR */ + /* FREETYPE_PATCH */ + /* */ + /* FT_Face_CheckTrueTypePatents */ + /* FT_Face_SetUnpatentedHinting */ + /* */ + /* FREETYPE_XXX */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @enum: + * FREETYPE_XXX + * + * @description: + * These three macros identify the FreeType source code version. + * Use @FT_Library_Version to access them at runtime. + * + * @values: + * FREETYPE_MAJOR :: The major version number. + * FREETYPE_MINOR :: The minor version number. + * FREETYPE_PATCH :: The patch level. + * + * @note: + * The version number of FreeType if built as a dynamic link library + * with the `libtool' package is _not_ controlled by these three + * macros. + * + */ +#define FREETYPE_MAJOR 2 +#define FREETYPE_MINOR 6 +#define FREETYPE_PATCH 3 + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Library_Version */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Return the version of the FreeType library being used. This is */ + /* useful when dynamically linking to the library, since one cannot */ + /* use the macros @FREETYPE_MAJOR, @FREETYPE_MINOR, and */ + /* @FREETYPE_PATCH. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* library :: A source library handle. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* amajor :: The major version number. */ + /* */ + /* aminor :: The minor version number. */ + /* */ + /* apatch :: The patch version number. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The reason why this function takes a `library' argument is because */ + /* certain programs implement library initialization in a custom way */ + /* that doesn't use @FT_Init_FreeType. */ + /* */ + /* In such cases, the library version might not be available before */ + /* the library object has been created. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_Library_Version( FT_Library library, + FT_Int *amajor, + FT_Int *aminor, + FT_Int *apatch ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Face_CheckTrueTypePatents */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Deprecated, does nothing. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: A face handle. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* Always returns false. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* Since May 2010, TrueType hinting is no longer patented. */ + /* */ + /* <Since> */ + /* 2.3.5 */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Bool ) + FT_Face_CheckTrueTypePatents( FT_Face face ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Face_SetUnpatentedHinting */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Deprecated, does nothing. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: A face handle. */ + /* */ + /* value :: New boolean setting. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* Always returns false. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* Since May 2010, TrueType hinting is no longer patented. */ + /* */ + /* <Since> */ + /* 2.3.5 */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Bool ) + FT_Face_SetUnpatentedHinting( FT_Face face, + FT_Bool value ); + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* FREETYPE_H_ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ft2build.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ft2build.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b22bb27a --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ft2build.h @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ft2build.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType 2 build and setup macros. */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* This is the `entry point' for FreeType header file inclusions. It is */ + /* the only header file which should be included directly; all other */ + /* FreeType header files should be accessed with macro names (after */ + /* including `ft2build.h'). */ + /* */ + /* A typical example is */ + /* */ + /* #include <ft2build.h> */ + /* #include FT_FREETYPE_H */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef FT2BUILD_H_ +#define FT2BUILD_H_ + +#include "config/ftheader.h" + +#endif /* FT2BUILD_H_ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftadvanc.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftadvanc.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..023dd84b --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftadvanc.h @@ -0,0 +1,187 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftadvanc.h */ +/* */ +/* Quick computation of advance widths (specification only). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2008-2016 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef FTADVANC_H_ +#define FTADVANC_H_ + + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @section: + * quick_advance + * + * @title: + * Quick retrieval of advance values + * + * @abstract: + * Retrieve horizontal and vertical advance values without processing + * glyph outlines, if possible. + * + * @description: + * This section contains functions to quickly extract advance values + * without handling glyph outlines, if possible. + * + * @order: + * FT_Get_Advance + * FT_Get_Advances + * + */ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Const> */ + /* FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A bit-flag to be OR-ed with the `flags' parameter of the */ + /* @FT_Get_Advance and @FT_Get_Advances functions. */ + /* */ + /* If set, it indicates that you want these functions to fail if the */ + /* corresponding hinting mode or font driver doesn't allow for very */ + /* quick advance computation. */ + /* */ + /* Typically, glyphs that are either unscaled, unhinted, bitmapped, */ + /* or light-hinted can have their advance width computed very */ + /* quickly. */ + /* */ + /* Normal and bytecode hinted modes that require loading, scaling, */ + /* and hinting of the glyph outline, are extremely slow by */ + /* comparison. */ + /* */ +#define FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY 0x20000000L + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Get_Advance */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Retrieve the advance value of a given glyph outline in an */ + /* @FT_Face. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: The source @FT_Face handle. */ + /* */ + /* gindex :: The glyph index. */ + /* */ + /* load_flags :: A set of bit flags similar to those used when */ + /* calling @FT_Load_Glyph, used to determine what kind */ + /* of advances you need. */ + /* <Output> */ + /* padvance :: The advance value. If scaling is performed (based on */ + /* the value of `load_flags'), the advance value is in */ + /* 16.16 format. Otherwise, it is in font units. */ + /* */ + /* If @FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT is set, this is the */ + /* vertical advance corresponding to a vertical layout. */ + /* Otherwise, it is the horizontal advance in a */ + /* horizontal layout. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0 means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* This function may fail if you use @FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY and */ + /* if the corresponding font backend doesn't have a quick way to */ + /* retrieve the advances. */ + /* */ + /* A scaled advance is returned in 16.16 format but isn't transformed */ + /* by the affine transformation specified by @FT_Set_Transform. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Get_Advance( FT_Face face, + FT_UInt gindex, + FT_Int32 load_flags, + FT_Fixed *padvance ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Get_Advances */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Retrieve the advance values of several glyph outlines in an */ + /* @FT_Face. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: The source @FT_Face handle. */ + /* */ + /* start :: The first glyph index. */ + /* */ + /* count :: The number of advance values you want to retrieve. */ + /* */ + /* load_flags :: A set of bit flags similar to those used when */ + /* calling @FT_Load_Glyph. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* padvance :: The advance values. This array, to be provided by the */ + /* caller, must contain at least `count' elements. */ + /* */ + /* If scaling is performed (based on the value of */ + /* `load_flags'), the advance values are in 16.16 format. */ + /* Otherwise, they are in font units. */ + /* */ + /* If @FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT is set, these are the */ + /* vertical advances corresponding to a vertical layout. */ + /* Otherwise, they are the horizontal advances in a */ + /* horizontal layout. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0 means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* This function may fail if you use @FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY and */ + /* if the corresponding font backend doesn't have a quick way to */ + /* retrieve the advances. */ + /* */ + /* Scaled advances are returned in 16.16 format but aren't */ + /* transformed by the affine transformation specified by */ + /* @FT_Set_Transform. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Get_Advances( FT_Face face, + FT_UInt start, + FT_UInt count, + FT_Int32 load_flags, + FT_Fixed *padvances ); + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* FTADVANC_H_ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftautoh.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftautoh.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8052dd23 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftautoh.h @@ -0,0 +1,503 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftautoh.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType API for controlling the auto-hinter (specification only). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2012-2016 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef FTAUTOH_H_ +#define FTAUTOH_H_ + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @section: + * auto_hinter + * + * @title: + * The auto-hinter + * + * @abstract: + * Controlling the auto-hinting module. + * + * @description: + * While FreeType's auto-hinter doesn't expose API functions by itself, + * it is possible to control its behaviour with @FT_Property_Set and + * @FT_Property_Get. The following lists the available properties + * together with the necessary macros and structures. + * + * Note that the auto-hinter's module name is `autofitter' for + * historical reasons. + * + */ + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @property: + * glyph-to-script-map + * + * @description: + * *Experimental* *only* + * + * The auto-hinter provides various script modules to hint glyphs. + * Examples of supported scripts are Latin or CJK. Before a glyph is + * auto-hinted, the Unicode character map of the font gets examined, and + * the script is then determined based on Unicode character ranges, see + * below. + * + * OpenType fonts, however, often provide much more glyphs than + * character codes (small caps, superscripts, ligatures, swashes, etc.), + * to be controlled by so-called `features'. Handling OpenType features + * can be quite complicated and thus needs a separate library on top of + * FreeType. + * + * The mapping between glyph indices and scripts (in the auto-hinter + * sense, see the @FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_XXX values) is stored as an + * array with `num_glyphs' elements, as found in the font's @FT_Face + * structure. The `glyph-to-script-map' property returns a pointer to + * this array, which can be modified as needed. Note that the + * modification should happen before the first glyph gets processed by + * the auto-hinter so that the global analysis of the font shapes + * actually uses the modified mapping. + * + * The following example code demonstrates how to access it (omitting + * the error handling). + * + * { + * FT_Library library; + * FT_Face face; + * FT_Prop_GlyphToScriptMap prop; + * + * + * FT_Init_FreeType( &library ); + * FT_New_Face( library, "foo.ttf", 0, &face ); + * + * prop.face = face; + * + * FT_Property_Get( library, "autofitter", + * "glyph-to-script-map", &prop ); + * + * // adjust `prop.map' as needed right here + * + * FT_Load_Glyph( face, ..., FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT ); + * } + * + */ + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @enum: + * FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_XXX + * + * @description: + * *Experimental* *only* + * + * A list of constants used for the @glyph-to-script-map property to + * specify the script submodule the auto-hinter should use for hinting a + * particular glyph. + * + * @values: + * FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_NONE :: + * Don't auto-hint this glyph. + * + * FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_LATIN :: + * Apply the latin auto-hinter. For the auto-hinter, `latin' is a + * very broad term, including Cyrillic and Greek also since characters + * from those scripts share the same design constraints. + * + * By default, characters from the following Unicode ranges are + * assigned to this submodule. + * + * { + * U+0020 - U+007F // Basic Latin (no control characters) + * U+00A0 - U+00FF // Latin-1 Supplement (no control characters) + * U+0100 - U+017F // Latin Extended-A + * U+0180 - U+024F // Latin Extended-B + * U+0250 - U+02AF // IPA Extensions + * U+02B0 - U+02FF // Spacing Modifier Letters + * U+0300 - U+036F // Combining Diacritical Marks + * U+0370 - U+03FF // Greek and Coptic + * U+0400 - U+04FF // Cyrillic + * U+0500 - U+052F // Cyrillic Supplement + * U+1D00 - U+1D7F // Phonetic Extensions + * U+1D80 - U+1DBF // Phonetic Extensions Supplement + * U+1DC0 - U+1DFF // Combining Diacritical Marks Supplement + * U+1E00 - U+1EFF // Latin Extended Additional + * U+1F00 - U+1FFF // Greek Extended + * U+2000 - U+206F // General Punctuation + * U+2070 - U+209F // Superscripts and Subscripts + * U+20A0 - U+20CF // Currency Symbols + * U+2150 - U+218F // Number Forms + * U+2460 - U+24FF // Enclosed Alphanumerics + * U+2C60 - U+2C7F // Latin Extended-C + * U+2DE0 - U+2DFF // Cyrillic Extended-A + * U+2E00 - U+2E7F // Supplemental Punctuation + * U+A640 - U+A69F // Cyrillic Extended-B + * U+A720 - U+A7FF // Latin Extended-D + * U+FB00 - U+FB06 // Alphab. Present. Forms (Latin Ligatures) + * U+1D400 - U+1D7FF // Mathematical Alphanumeric Symbols + * U+1F100 - U+1F1FF // Enclosed Alphanumeric Supplement + * } + * + * FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_CJK :: + * Apply the CJK auto-hinter, covering Chinese, Japanese, Korean, old + * Vietnamese, and some other scripts. + * + * By default, characters from the following Unicode ranges are + * assigned to this submodule. + * + * { + * U+1100 - U+11FF // Hangul Jamo + * U+2E80 - U+2EFF // CJK Radicals Supplement + * U+2F00 - U+2FDF // Kangxi Radicals + * U+2FF0 - U+2FFF // Ideographic Description Characters + * U+3000 - U+303F // CJK Symbols and Punctuation + * U+3040 - U+309F // Hiragana + * U+30A0 - U+30FF // Katakana + * U+3100 - U+312F // Bopomofo + * U+3130 - U+318F // Hangul Compatibility Jamo + * U+3190 - U+319F // Kanbun + * U+31A0 - U+31BF // Bopomofo Extended + * U+31C0 - U+31EF // CJK Strokes + * U+31F0 - U+31FF // Katakana Phonetic Extensions + * U+3200 - U+32FF // Enclosed CJK Letters and Months + * U+3300 - U+33FF // CJK Compatibility + * U+3400 - U+4DBF // CJK Unified Ideographs Extension A + * U+4DC0 - U+4DFF // Yijing Hexagram Symbols + * U+4E00 - U+9FFF // CJK Unified Ideographs + * U+A960 - U+A97F // Hangul Jamo Extended-A + * U+AC00 - U+D7AF // Hangul Syllables + * U+D7B0 - U+D7FF // Hangul Jamo Extended-B + * U+F900 - U+FAFF // CJK Compatibility Ideographs + * U+FE10 - U+FE1F // Vertical forms + * U+FE30 - U+FE4F // CJK Compatibility Forms + * U+FF00 - U+FFEF // Halfwidth and Fullwidth Forms + * U+1B000 - U+1B0FF // Kana Supplement + * U+1D300 - U+1D35F // Tai Xuan Hing Symbols + * U+1F200 - U+1F2FF // Enclosed Ideographic Supplement + * U+20000 - U+2A6DF // CJK Unified Ideographs Extension B + * U+2A700 - U+2B73F // CJK Unified Ideographs Extension C + * U+2B740 - U+2B81F // CJK Unified Ideographs Extension D + * U+2F800 - U+2FA1F // CJK Compatibility Ideographs Supplement + * } + * + * FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_INDIC :: + * Apply the indic auto-hinter, covering all major scripts from the + * Indian sub-continent and some other related scripts like Thai, Lao, + * or Tibetan. + * + * By default, characters from the following Unicode ranges are + * assigned to this submodule. + * + * { + * U+0900 - U+0DFF // Indic Range + * U+0F00 - U+0FFF // Tibetan + * U+1900 - U+194F // Limbu + * U+1B80 - U+1BBF // Sundanese + * U+1C80 - U+1CDF // Meetei Mayak + * U+A800 - U+A82F // Syloti Nagri + * U+11800 - U+118DF // Sharada + * } + * + * Note that currently Indic support is rudimentary only, missing blue + * zone support. + * + */ +#define FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_NONE 0 +#define FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_LATIN 1 +#define FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_CJK 2 +#define FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_INDIC 3 + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @struct: + * FT_Prop_GlyphToScriptMap + * + * @description: + * *Experimental* *only* + * + * The data exchange structure for the @glyph-to-script-map property. + * + */ + typedef struct FT_Prop_GlyphToScriptMap_ + { + FT_Face face; + FT_UShort* map; + + } FT_Prop_GlyphToScriptMap; + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @property: + * fallback-script + * + * @description: + * *Experimental* *only* + * + * If no auto-hinter script module can be assigned to a glyph, a + * fallback script gets assigned to it (see also the + * @glyph-to-script-map property). By default, this is + * @FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_CJK. Using the `fallback-script' property, + * this fallback value can be changed. + * + * { + * FT_Library library; + * FT_UInt fallback_script = FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_NONE; + * + * + * FT_Init_FreeType( &library ); + * + * FT_Property_Set( library, "autofitter", + * "fallback-script", &fallback_script ); + * } + * + * @note: + * This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also. + * + * It's important to use the right timing for changing this value: The + * creation of the glyph-to-script map that eventually uses the + * fallback script value gets triggered either by setting or reading a + * face-specific property like @glyph-to-script-map, or by auto-hinting + * any glyph from that face. In particular, if you have already created + * an @FT_Face structure but not loaded any glyph (using the + * auto-hinter), a change of the fallback script will affect this face. + * + */ + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @property: + * default-script + * + * @description: + * *Experimental* *only* + * + * If FreeType gets compiled with FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_HARFBUZZ to make + * the HarfBuzz library access OpenType features for getting better + * glyph coverages, this property sets the (auto-fitter) script to be + * used for the default (OpenType) script data of a font's GSUB table. + * Features for the default script are intended for all scripts not + * explicitly handled in GSUB; an example is a `dlig' feature, + * containing the combination of the characters `T', `E', and `L' to + * form a `TEL' ligature. + * + * By default, this is @FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_LATIN. Using the + * `default-script' property, this default value can be changed. + * + * { + * FT_Library library; + * FT_UInt default_script = FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_NONE; + * + * + * FT_Init_FreeType( &library ); + * + * FT_Property_Set( library, "autofitter", + * "default-script", &default_script ); + * } + * + * @note: + * This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also. + * + * It's important to use the right timing for changing this value: The + * creation of the glyph-to-script map that eventually uses the + * default script value gets triggered either by setting or reading a + * face-specific property like @glyph-to-script-map, or by auto-hinting + * any glyph from that face. In particular, if you have already created + * an @FT_Face structure but not loaded any glyph (using the + * auto-hinter), a change of the default script will affect this face. + * + */ + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @property: + * increase-x-height + * + * @description: + * For ppem values in the range 6~<= ppem <= `increase-x-height', round + * up the font's x~height much more often than normally. If the value + * is set to~0, which is the default, this feature is switched off. Use + * this property to improve the legibility of small font sizes if + * necessary. + * + * { + * FT_Library library; + * FT_Face face; + * FT_Prop_IncreaseXHeight prop; + * + * + * FT_Init_FreeType( &library ); + * FT_New_Face( library, "foo.ttf", 0, &face ); + * FT_Set_Char_Size( face, 10 * 64, 0, 72, 0 ); + * + * prop.face = face; + * prop.limit = 14; + * + * FT_Property_Set( library, "autofitter", + * "increase-x-height", &prop ); + * } + * + * @note: + * This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also. + * + * Set this value right after calling @FT_Set_Char_Size, but before + * loading any glyph (using the auto-hinter). + * + */ + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @struct: + * FT_Prop_IncreaseXHeight + * + * @description: + * The data exchange structure for the @increase-x-height property. + * + */ + typedef struct FT_Prop_IncreaseXHeight_ + { + FT_Face face; + FT_UInt limit; + + } FT_Prop_IncreaseXHeight; + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @property: + * warping + * + * @description: + * *Experimental* *only* + * + * If FreeType gets compiled with option AF_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_WARPER to + * activate the warp hinting code in the auto-hinter, this property + * switches warping on and off. + * + * Warping only works in `light' auto-hinting mode. The idea of the + * code is to slightly scale and shift a glyph along the non-hinted + * dimension (which is usually the horizontal axis) so that as much of + * its segments are aligned (more or less) to the grid. To find out a + * glyph's optimal scaling and shifting value, various parameter + * combinations are tried and scored. + * + * By default, warping is off. The example below shows how to switch on + * warping (omitting the error handling). + * + * { + * FT_Library library; + * FT_Bool warping = 1; + * + * + * FT_Init_FreeType( &library ); + * + * FT_Property_Set( library, "autofitter", + * "warping", &warping ); + * } + * + * @note: + * This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also. + * + * The warping code can also change advance widths. Have a look at the + * `lsb_delta' and `rsb_delta' fields in the @FT_GlyphSlotRec structure + * for details on improving inter-glyph distances while rendering. + * + * Since warping is a global property of the auto-hinter it is best to + * change its value before rendering any face. Otherwise, you should + * reload all faces that get auto-hinted in `light' hinting mode. + * + */ + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @property: + * no-stem-darkening[autofit] + * + * @description: + * *Experimental* *only,* *requires* *linear* *alpha* *blending* *and* + * *gamma* *correction* + * + * Stem darkening emboldens glyphs at smaller sizes to make them more + * readable on common low-DPI screens when using linear alpha blending + * and gamma correction, see @FT_Render_Glyph. When not using linear + * alpha blending and gamma correction, glyphs will appear heavy and + * fuzzy! + * + * Gamma correction essentially lightens fonts since shades of grey are + * shifted to higher pixel values (=~higher brightness) to match the + * original intention to the reality of our screens. The side-effect is + * that glyphs `thin out'. Mac OS~X and Adobe's proprietary font + * rendering library implement a counter-measure: stem darkening at + * smaller sizes where shades of gray dominate. By emboldening a glyph + * slightly in relation to its pixel size, individual pixels get higher + * coverage of filled-in outlines and are therefore `blacker'. This + * counteracts the `thinning out' of glyphs, making text remain readable + * at smaller sizes. All glyphs that pass through the auto-hinter will + * be emboldened unless this property is set to TRUE. + * + * See the description of the CFF driver for algorithmic details. Total + * consistency with the CFF driver is currently not achieved because the + * emboldening method differs and glyphs must be scaled down on the + * Y-axis to keep outline points inside their precomputed blue zones. + * The smaller the size (especially 9ppem and down), the higher the loss + * of emboldening versus the CFF driver. + * + */ + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @property: + * darkening-parameters[autofit] + * + * @description: + * *Experimental* *only* + * + * See the description of the CFF driver for details. This + * implementation appropriates the + * CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_* #defines for consistency. + * Note the differences described in @no-stem-darkening[autofit]. + * + */ + + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* FTAUTOH_H_ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftbbox.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftbbox.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2a4d2144 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftbbox.h @@ -0,0 +1,101 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftbbox.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType exact bbox computation (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* This component has a _single_ role: to compute exact outline bounding */ + /* boxes. */ + /* */ + /* It is separated from the rest of the engine for various technical */ + /* reasons. It may well be integrated in `ftoutln' later. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef FTBBOX_H_ +#define FTBBOX_H_ + + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* outline_processing */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Outline_Get_BBox */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Compute the exact bounding box of an outline. This is slower */ + /* than computing the control box. However, it uses an advanced */ + /* algorithm that returns _very_ quickly when the two boxes */ + /* coincide. Otherwise, the outline Bézier arcs are traversed to */ + /* extract their extrema. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* outline :: A pointer to the source outline. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* abbox :: The outline's exact bounding box. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* If the font is tricky and the glyph has been loaded with */ + /* @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE, the resulting BBox is meaningless. To get */ + /* reasonable values for the BBox it is necessary to load the glyph */ + /* at a large ppem value (so that the hinting instructions can */ + /* properly shift and scale the subglyphs), then extracting the BBox, */ + /* which can be eventually converted back to font units. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Outline_Get_BBox( FT_Outline* outline, + FT_BBox *abbox ); + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* FTBBOX_H_ */ + + +/* END */ + + +/* Local Variables: */ +/* coding: utf-8 */ +/* End: */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftbdf.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftbdf.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..016dba08 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftbdf.h @@ -0,0 +1,210 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftbdf.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType API for accessing BDF-specific strings (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2002-2016 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef FTBDF_H_ +#define FTBDF_H_ + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* bdf_fonts */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* BDF and PCF Files */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* BDF and PCF specific API. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This section contains the declaration of functions specific to BDF */ + /* and PCF fonts. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @enum: + * BDF_PropertyType + * + * @description: + * A list of BDF property types. + * + * @values: + * BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_NONE :: + * Value~0 is used to indicate a missing property. + * + * BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM :: + * Property is a string atom. + * + * BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER :: + * Property is a 32-bit signed integer. + * + * BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL :: + * Property is a 32-bit unsigned integer. + */ + typedef enum BDF_PropertyType_ + { + BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_NONE = 0, + BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM = 1, + BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER = 2, + BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL = 3 + + } BDF_PropertyType; + + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @type: + * BDF_Property + * + * @description: + * A handle to a @BDF_PropertyRec structure to model a given + * BDF/PCF property. + */ + typedef struct BDF_PropertyRec_* BDF_Property; + + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @struct: + * BDF_PropertyRec + * + * @description: + * This structure models a given BDF/PCF property. + * + * @fields: + * type :: + * The property type. + * + * u.atom :: + * The atom string, if type is @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM. May be + * NULL, indicating an empty string. + * + * u.integer :: + * A signed integer, if type is @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER. + * + * u.cardinal :: + * An unsigned integer, if type is @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL. + */ + typedef struct BDF_PropertyRec_ + { + BDF_PropertyType type; + union { + const char* atom; + FT_Int32 integer; + FT_UInt32 cardinal; + + } u; + + } BDF_PropertyRec; + + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Get_BDF_Charset_ID + * + * @description: + * Retrieve a BDF font character set identity, according to + * the BDF specification. + * + * @input: + * face :: + * A handle to the input face. + * + * @output: + * acharset_encoding :: + * Charset encoding, as a C~string, owned by the face. + * + * acharset_registry :: + * Charset registry, as a C~string, owned by the face. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * This function only works with BDF faces, returning an error otherwise. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Get_BDF_Charset_ID( FT_Face face, + const char* *acharset_encoding, + const char* *acharset_registry ); + + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Get_BDF_Property + * + * @description: + * Retrieve a BDF property from a BDF or PCF font file. + * + * @input: + * face :: A handle to the input face. + * + * name :: The property name. + * + * @output: + * aproperty :: The property. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * This function works with BDF _and_ PCF fonts. It returns an error + * otherwise. It also returns an error if the property is not in the + * font. + * + * A `property' is a either key-value pair within the STARTPROPERTIES + * ... ENDPROPERTIES block of a BDF font or a key-value pair from the + * `info->props' array within a `FontRec' structure of a PCF font. + * + * Integer properties are always stored as `signed' within PCF fonts; + * consequently, @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL is a possible return value + * for BDF fonts only. + * + * In case of error, `aproperty->type' is always set to + * @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_NONE. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Get_BDF_Property( FT_Face face, + const char* prop_name, + BDF_PropertyRec *aproperty ); + + /* */ + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* FTBDF_H_ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftbitmap.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftbitmap.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0eac7b9d --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftbitmap.h @@ -0,0 +1,240 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftbitmap.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType utility functions for bitmaps (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2004-2016 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef FTBITMAP_H_ +#define FTBITMAP_H_ + + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* bitmap_handling */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* Bitmap Handling */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* Handling FT_Bitmap objects. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This section contains functions for handling @FT_Bitmap objects. */ + /* Note that none of the functions changes the bitmap's `flow' (as */ + /* indicated by the sign of the `pitch' field in `FT_Bitmap'). */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Bitmap_Init */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Initialize a pointer to an @FT_Bitmap structure. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* abitmap :: A pointer to the bitmap structure. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* A deprecated name for the same function is `FT_Bitmap_New'. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_Bitmap_Init( FT_Bitmap *abitmap ); + + + /* deprecated */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_Bitmap_New( FT_Bitmap *abitmap ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Bitmap_Copy */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Copy a bitmap into another one. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* library :: A handle to a library object. */ + /* */ + /* source :: A handle to the source bitmap. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* target :: A handle to the target bitmap. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Bitmap_Copy( FT_Library library, + const FT_Bitmap *source, + FT_Bitmap *target); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Bitmap_Embolden */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Embolden a bitmap. The new bitmap will be about `xStrength' */ + /* pixels wider and `yStrength' pixels higher. The left and bottom */ + /* borders are kept unchanged. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* library :: A handle to a library object. */ + /* */ + /* xStrength :: How strong the glyph is emboldened horizontally. */ + /* Expressed in 26.6 pixel format. */ + /* */ + /* yStrength :: How strong the glyph is emboldened vertically. */ + /* Expressed in 26.6 pixel format. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* bitmap :: A handle to the target bitmap. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The current implementation restricts `xStrength' to be less than */ + /* or equal to~8 if bitmap is of pixel_mode @FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO. */ + /* */ + /* If you want to embolden the bitmap owned by a @FT_GlyphSlotRec, */ + /* you should call @FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap on the slot first. */ + /* */ + /* Bitmaps in @FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY2 and @FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY@ format */ + /* are converted to @FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY format (i.e., 8bpp). */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Bitmap_Embolden( FT_Library library, + FT_Bitmap* bitmap, + FT_Pos xStrength, + FT_Pos yStrength ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Bitmap_Convert */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Convert a bitmap object with depth 1bpp, 2bpp, 4bpp, 8bpp or 32bpp */ + /* to a bitmap object with depth 8bpp, making the number of used */ + /* bytes line (a.k.a. the `pitch') a multiple of `alignment'. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* library :: A handle to a library object. */ + /* */ + /* source :: The source bitmap. */ + /* */ + /* alignment :: The pitch of the bitmap is a multiple of this */ + /* parameter. Common values are 1, 2, or 4. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* target :: The target bitmap. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* It is possible to call @FT_Bitmap_Convert multiple times without */ + /* calling @FT_Bitmap_Done (the memory is simply reallocated). */ + /* */ + /* Use @FT_Bitmap_Done to finally remove the bitmap object. */ + /* */ + /* The `library' argument is taken to have access to FreeType's */ + /* memory handling functions. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Bitmap_Convert( FT_Library library, + const FT_Bitmap *source, + FT_Bitmap *target, + FT_Int alignment ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Make sure that a glyph slot owns `slot->bitmap'. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* slot :: The glyph slot. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* This function is to be used in combination with */ + /* @FT_Bitmap_Embolden. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap( FT_GlyphSlot slot ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Bitmap_Done */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Destroy a bitmap object initialized with @FT_Bitmap_Init. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* library :: A handle to a library object. */ + /* */ + /* bitmap :: The bitmap object to be freed. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The `library' argument is taken to have access to FreeType's */ + /* memory handling functions. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Bitmap_Done( FT_Library library, + FT_Bitmap *bitmap ); + + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* FTBITMAP_H_ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftbzip2.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftbzip2.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b7f2eee8 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftbzip2.h @@ -0,0 +1,102 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftbzip2.h */ +/* */ +/* Bzip2-compressed stream support. */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2010-2016 by */ +/* Joel Klinghed. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef FTBZIP2_H_ +#define FTBZIP2_H_ + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* bzip2 */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* BZIP2 Streams */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* Using bzip2-compressed font files. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This section contains the declaration of Bzip2-specific functions. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /************************************************************************ + * + * @function: + * FT_Stream_OpenBzip2 + * + * @description: + * Open a new stream to parse bzip2-compressed font files. This is + * mainly used to support the compressed `*.pcf.bz2' fonts that come + * with XFree86. + * + * @input: + * stream :: + * The target embedding stream. + * + * source :: + * The source stream. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * The source stream must be opened _before_ calling this function. + * + * Calling the internal function `FT_Stream_Close' on the new stream will + * *not* call `FT_Stream_Close' on the source stream. None of the stream + * objects will be released to the heap. + * + * The stream implementation is very basic and resets the decompression + * process each time seeking backwards is needed within the stream. + * + * In certain builds of the library, bzip2 compression recognition is + * automatically handled when calling @FT_New_Face or @FT_Open_Face. + * This means that if no font driver is capable of handling the raw + * compressed file, the library will try to open a bzip2 compressed stream + * from it and re-open the face with it. + * + * This function may return `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if your build + * of FreeType was not compiled with bzip2 support. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Stream_OpenBzip2( FT_Stream stream, + FT_Stream source ); + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* FTBZIP2_H_ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftcache.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftcache.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6c9f2c42 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftcache.h @@ -0,0 +1,1057 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftcache.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType Cache subsystem (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef FTCACHE_H_ +#define FTCACHE_H_ + + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_GLYPH_H + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * <Section> + * cache_subsystem + * + * <Title> + * Cache Sub-System + * + * <Abstract> + * How to cache face, size, and glyph data with FreeType~2. + * + * <Description> + * This section describes the FreeType~2 cache sub-system, which is used + * to limit the number of concurrently opened @FT_Face and @FT_Size + * objects, as well as caching information like character maps and glyph + * images while limiting their maximum memory usage. + * + * Note that all types and functions begin with the `FTC_' prefix. + * + * The cache is highly portable and thus doesn't know anything about the + * fonts installed on your system, or how to access them. This implies + * the following scheme: + * + * First, available or installed font faces are uniquely identified by + * @FTC_FaceID values, provided to the cache by the client. Note that + * the cache only stores and compares these values, and doesn't try to + * interpret them in any way. + * + * Second, the cache calls, only when needed, a client-provided function + * to convert an @FTC_FaceID into a new @FT_Face object. The latter is + * then completely managed by the cache, including its termination + * through @FT_Done_Face. To monitor termination of face objects, the + * finalizer callback in the `generic' field of the @FT_Face object can + * be used, which might also be used to store the @FTC_FaceID of the + * face. + * + * Clients are free to map face IDs to anything else. The most simple + * usage is to associate them to a (pathname,face_index) pair that is + * used to call @FT_New_Face. However, more complex schemes are also + * possible. + * + * Note that for the cache to work correctly, the face ID values must be + * *persistent*, which means that the contents they point to should not + * change at runtime, or that their value should not become invalid. + * + * If this is unavoidable (e.g., when a font is uninstalled at runtime), + * you should call @FTC_Manager_RemoveFaceID as soon as possible, to let + * the cache get rid of any references to the old @FTC_FaceID it may + * keep internally. Failure to do so will lead to incorrect behaviour + * or even crashes. + * + * To use the cache, start with calling @FTC_Manager_New to create a new + * @FTC_Manager object, which models a single cache instance. You can + * then look up @FT_Face and @FT_Size objects with + * @FTC_Manager_LookupFace and @FTC_Manager_LookupSize, respectively. + * + * If you want to use the charmap caching, call @FTC_CMapCache_New, then + * later use @FTC_CMapCache_Lookup to perform the equivalent of + * @FT_Get_Char_Index, only much faster. + * + * If you want to use the @FT_Glyph caching, call @FTC_ImageCache, then + * later use @FTC_ImageCache_Lookup to retrieve the corresponding + * @FT_Glyph objects from the cache. + * + * If you need lots of small bitmaps, it is much more memory efficient + * to call @FTC_SBitCache_New followed by @FTC_SBitCache_Lookup. This + * returns @FTC_SBitRec structures, which are used to store small + * bitmaps directly. (A small bitmap is one whose metrics and + * dimensions all fit into 8-bit integers). + * + * We hope to also provide a kerning cache in the near future. + * + * + * <Order> + * FTC_Manager + * FTC_FaceID + * FTC_Face_Requester + * + * FTC_Manager_New + * FTC_Manager_Reset + * FTC_Manager_Done + * FTC_Manager_LookupFace + * FTC_Manager_LookupSize + * FTC_Manager_RemoveFaceID + * + * FTC_Node + * FTC_Node_Unref + * + * FTC_ImageCache + * FTC_ImageCache_New + * FTC_ImageCache_Lookup + * + * FTC_SBit + * FTC_SBitCache + * FTC_SBitCache_New + * FTC_SBitCache_Lookup + * + * FTC_CMapCache + * FTC_CMapCache_New + * FTC_CMapCache_Lookup + * + *************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /***** *****/ + /***** BASIC TYPE DEFINITIONS *****/ + /***** *****/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @type: FTC_FaceID + * + * @description: + * An opaque pointer type that is used to identity face objects. The + * contents of such objects is application-dependent. + * + * These pointers are typically used to point to a user-defined + * structure containing a font file path, and face index. + * + * @note: + * Never use NULL as a valid @FTC_FaceID. + * + * Face IDs are passed by the client to the cache manager that calls, + * when needed, the @FTC_Face_Requester to translate them into new + * @FT_Face objects. + * + * If the content of a given face ID changes at runtime, or if the value + * becomes invalid (e.g., when uninstalling a font), you should + * immediately call @FTC_Manager_RemoveFaceID before any other cache + * function. + * + * Failure to do so will result in incorrect behaviour or even + * memory leaks and crashes. + */ + typedef FT_Pointer FTC_FaceID; + + + /************************************************************************ + * + * @functype: + * FTC_Face_Requester + * + * @description: + * A callback function provided by client applications. It is used by + * the cache manager to translate a given @FTC_FaceID into a new valid + * @FT_Face object, on demand. + * + * <Input> + * face_id :: + * The face ID to resolve. + * + * library :: + * A handle to a FreeType library object. + * + * req_data :: + * Application-provided request data (see note below). + * + * <Output> + * aface :: + * A new @FT_Face handle. + * + * <Return> + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * <Note> + * The third parameter `req_data' is the same as the one passed by the + * client when @FTC_Manager_New is called. + * + * The face requester should not perform funny things on the returned + * face object, like creating a new @FT_Size for it, or setting a + * transformation through @FT_Set_Transform! + */ + typedef FT_Error + (*FTC_Face_Requester)( FTC_FaceID face_id, + FT_Library library, + FT_Pointer req_data, + FT_Face* aface ); + + /* */ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /***** *****/ + /***** CACHE MANAGER OBJECT *****/ + /***** *****/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FTC_Manager */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This object corresponds to one instance of the cache-subsystem. */ + /* It is used to cache one or more @FT_Face objects, along with */ + /* corresponding @FT_Size objects. */ + /* */ + /* The manager intentionally limits the total number of opened */ + /* @FT_Face and @FT_Size objects to control memory usage. See the */ + /* `max_faces' and `max_sizes' parameters of @FTC_Manager_New. */ + /* */ + /* The manager is also used to cache `nodes' of various types while */ + /* limiting their total memory usage. */ + /* */ + /* All limitations are enforced by keeping lists of managed objects */ + /* in most-recently-used order, and flushing old nodes to make room */ + /* for new ones. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FTC_ManagerRec_* FTC_Manager; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FTC_Node */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* An opaque handle to a cache node object. Each cache node is */ + /* reference-counted. A node with a count of~0 might be flushed */ + /* out of a full cache whenever a lookup request is performed. */ + /* */ + /* If you look up nodes, you have the ability to `acquire' them, */ + /* i.e., to increment their reference count. This will prevent the */ + /* node from being flushed out of the cache until you explicitly */ + /* `release' it (see @FTC_Node_Unref). */ + /* */ + /* See also @FTC_SBitCache_Lookup and @FTC_ImageCache_Lookup. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FTC_NodeRec_* FTC_Node; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FTC_Manager_New */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Create a new cache manager. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* library :: The parent FreeType library handle to use. */ + /* */ + /* max_faces :: Maximum number of opened @FT_Face objects managed by */ + /* this cache instance. Use~0 for defaults. */ + /* */ + /* max_sizes :: Maximum number of opened @FT_Size objects managed by */ + /* this cache instance. Use~0 for defaults. */ + /* */ + /* max_bytes :: Maximum number of bytes to use for cached data nodes. */ + /* Use~0 for defaults. Note that this value does not */ + /* account for managed @FT_Face and @FT_Size objects. */ + /* */ + /* requester :: An application-provided callback used to translate */ + /* face IDs into real @FT_Face objects. */ + /* */ + /* req_data :: A generic pointer that is passed to the requester */ + /* each time it is called (see @FTC_Face_Requester). */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* amanager :: A handle to a new manager object. 0~in case of */ + /* failure. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FTC_Manager_New( FT_Library library, + FT_UInt max_faces, + FT_UInt max_sizes, + FT_ULong max_bytes, + FTC_Face_Requester requester, + FT_Pointer req_data, + FTC_Manager *amanager ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FTC_Manager_Reset */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Empty a given cache manager. This simply gets rid of all the */ + /* currently cached @FT_Face and @FT_Size objects within the manager. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* manager :: A handle to the manager. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FTC_Manager_Reset( FTC_Manager manager ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FTC_Manager_Done */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Destroy a given manager after emptying it. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* manager :: A handle to the target cache manager object. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FTC_Manager_Done( FTC_Manager manager ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FTC_Manager_LookupFace */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Retrieve the @FT_Face object that corresponds to a given face ID */ + /* through a cache manager. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* manager :: A handle to the cache manager. */ + /* */ + /* face_id :: The ID of the face object. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* aface :: A handle to the face object. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The returned @FT_Face object is always owned by the manager. You */ + /* should never try to discard it yourself. */ + /* */ + /* The @FT_Face object doesn't necessarily have a current size object */ + /* (i.e., face->size can be~0). If you need a specific `font size', */ + /* use @FTC_Manager_LookupSize instead. */ + /* */ + /* Never change the face's transformation matrix (i.e., never call */ + /* the @FT_Set_Transform function) on a returned face! If you need */ + /* to transform glyphs, do it yourself after glyph loading. */ + /* */ + /* When you perform a lookup, out-of-memory errors are detected */ + /* _within_ the lookup and force incremental flushes of the cache */ + /* until enough memory is released for the lookup to succeed. */ + /* */ + /* If a lookup fails with `FT_Err_Out_Of_Memory' the cache has */ + /* already been completely flushed, and still no memory was available */ + /* for the operation. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FTC_Manager_LookupFace( FTC_Manager manager, + FTC_FaceID face_id, + FT_Face *aface ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FTC_ScalerRec */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to describe a given character size in either */ + /* pixels or points to the cache manager. See */ + /* @FTC_Manager_LookupSize. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* face_id :: The source face ID. */ + /* */ + /* width :: The character width. */ + /* */ + /* height :: The character height. */ + /* */ + /* pixel :: A Boolean. If 1, the `width' and `height' fields are */ + /* interpreted as integer pixel character sizes. */ + /* Otherwise, they are expressed as 1/64th of points. */ + /* */ + /* x_res :: Only used when `pixel' is value~0 to indicate the */ + /* horizontal resolution in dpi. */ + /* */ + /* y_res :: Only used when `pixel' is value~0 to indicate the */ + /* vertical resolution in dpi. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* This type is mainly used to retrieve @FT_Size objects through the */ + /* cache manager. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FTC_ScalerRec_ + { + FTC_FaceID face_id; + FT_UInt width; + FT_UInt height; + FT_Int pixel; + FT_UInt x_res; + FT_UInt y_res; + + } FTC_ScalerRec; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FTC_Scaler */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A handle to an @FTC_ScalerRec structure. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FTC_ScalerRec_* FTC_Scaler; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FTC_Manager_LookupSize */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Retrieve the @FT_Size object that corresponds to a given */ + /* @FTC_ScalerRec pointer through a cache manager. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* manager :: A handle to the cache manager. */ + /* */ + /* scaler :: A scaler handle. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* asize :: A handle to the size object. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The returned @FT_Size object is always owned by the manager. You */ + /* should never try to discard it by yourself. */ + /* */ + /* You can access the parent @FT_Face object simply as `size->face' */ + /* if you need it. Note that this object is also owned by the */ + /* manager. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* When you perform a lookup, out-of-memory errors are detected */ + /* _within_ the lookup and force incremental flushes of the cache */ + /* until enough memory is released for the lookup to succeed. */ + /* */ + /* If a lookup fails with `FT_Err_Out_Of_Memory' the cache has */ + /* already been completely flushed, and still no memory is available */ + /* for the operation. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FTC_Manager_LookupSize( FTC_Manager manager, + FTC_Scaler scaler, + FT_Size *asize ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FTC_Node_Unref */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Decrement a cache node's internal reference count. When the count */ + /* reaches 0, it is not destroyed but becomes eligible for subsequent */ + /* cache flushes. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* node :: The cache node handle. */ + /* */ + /* manager :: The cache manager handle. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FTC_Node_Unref( FTC_Node node, + FTC_Manager manager ); + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @function: + * FTC_Manager_RemoveFaceID + * + * @description: + * A special function used to indicate to the cache manager that + * a given @FTC_FaceID is no longer valid, either because its + * content changed, or because it was deallocated or uninstalled. + * + * @input: + * manager :: + * The cache manager handle. + * + * face_id :: + * The @FTC_FaceID to be removed. + * + * @note: + * This function flushes all nodes from the cache corresponding to this + * `face_id', with the exception of nodes with a non-null reference + * count. + * + * Such nodes are however modified internally so as to never appear + * in later lookups with the same `face_id' value, and to be immediately + * destroyed when released by all their users. + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FTC_Manager_RemoveFaceID( FTC_Manager manager, + FTC_FaceID face_id ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* cache_subsystem */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @type: + * FTC_CMapCache + * + * @description: + * An opaque handle used to model a charmap cache. This cache is to + * hold character codes -> glyph indices mappings. + * + */ + typedef struct FTC_CMapCacheRec_* FTC_CMapCache; + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @function: + * FTC_CMapCache_New + * + * @description: + * Create a new charmap cache. + * + * @input: + * manager :: + * A handle to the cache manager. + * + * @output: + * acache :: + * A new cache handle. NULL in case of error. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * Like all other caches, this one will be destroyed with the cache + * manager. + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FTC_CMapCache_New( FTC_Manager manager, + FTC_CMapCache *acache ); + + + /************************************************************************ + * + * @function: + * FTC_CMapCache_Lookup + * + * @description: + * Translate a character code into a glyph index, using the charmap + * cache. + * + * @input: + * cache :: + * A charmap cache handle. + * + * face_id :: + * The source face ID. + * + * cmap_index :: + * The index of the charmap in the source face. Any negative value + * means to use the cache @FT_Face's default charmap. + * + * char_code :: + * The character code (in the corresponding charmap). + * + * @return: + * Glyph index. 0~means `no glyph'. + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt ) + FTC_CMapCache_Lookup( FTC_CMapCache cache, + FTC_FaceID face_id, + FT_Int cmap_index, + FT_UInt32 char_code ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* cache_subsystem */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /***** *****/ + /***** IMAGE CACHE OBJECT *****/ + /***** *****/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @struct: + * FTC_ImageTypeRec + * + * @description: + * A structure used to model the type of images in a glyph cache. + * + * @fields: + * face_id :: + * The face ID. + * + * width :: + * The width in pixels. + * + * height :: + * The height in pixels. + * + * flags :: + * The load flags, as in @FT_Load_Glyph. + * + */ + typedef struct FTC_ImageTypeRec_ + { + FTC_FaceID face_id; + FT_UInt width; + FT_UInt height; + FT_Int32 flags; + + } FTC_ImageTypeRec; + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @type: + * FTC_ImageType + * + * @description: + * A handle to an @FTC_ImageTypeRec structure. + * + */ + typedef struct FTC_ImageTypeRec_* FTC_ImageType; + + + /* */ + + +#define FTC_IMAGE_TYPE_COMPARE( d1, d2 ) \ + ( (d1)->face_id == (d2)->face_id && \ + (d1)->width == (d2)->width && \ + (d1)->flags == (d2)->flags ) + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FTC_ImageCache */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A handle to a glyph image cache object. They are designed to */ + /* hold many distinct glyph images while not exceeding a certain */ + /* memory threshold. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FTC_ImageCacheRec_* FTC_ImageCache; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FTC_ImageCache_New */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Create a new glyph image cache. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* manager :: The parent manager for the image cache. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* acache :: A handle to the new glyph image cache object. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FTC_ImageCache_New( FTC_Manager manager, + FTC_ImageCache *acache ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FTC_ImageCache_Lookup */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Retrieve a given glyph image from a glyph image cache. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* cache :: A handle to the source glyph image cache. */ + /* */ + /* type :: A pointer to a glyph image type descriptor. */ + /* */ + /* gindex :: The glyph index to retrieve. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* aglyph :: The corresponding @FT_Glyph object. 0~in case of */ + /* failure. */ + /* */ + /* anode :: Used to return the address of of the corresponding cache */ + /* node after incrementing its reference count (see note */ + /* below). */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The returned glyph is owned and managed by the glyph image cache. */ + /* Never try to transform or discard it manually! You can however */ + /* create a copy with @FT_Glyph_Copy and modify the new one. */ + /* */ + /* If `anode' is _not_ NULL, it receives the address of the cache */ + /* node containing the glyph image, after increasing its reference */ + /* count. This ensures that the node (as well as the @FT_Glyph) will */ + /* always be kept in the cache until you call @FTC_Node_Unref to */ + /* `release' it. */ + /* */ + /* If `anode' is NULL, the cache node is left unchanged, which means */ + /* that the @FT_Glyph could be flushed out of the cache on the next */ + /* call to one of the caching sub-system APIs. Don't assume that it */ + /* is persistent! */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FTC_ImageCache_Lookup( FTC_ImageCache cache, + FTC_ImageType type, + FT_UInt gindex, + FT_Glyph *aglyph, + FTC_Node *anode ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FTC_ImageCache_LookupScaler */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A variant of @FTC_ImageCache_Lookup that uses an @FTC_ScalerRec */ + /* to specify the face ID and its size. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* cache :: A handle to the source glyph image cache. */ + /* */ + /* scaler :: A pointer to a scaler descriptor. */ + /* */ + /* load_flags :: The corresponding load flags. */ + /* */ + /* gindex :: The glyph index to retrieve. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* aglyph :: The corresponding @FT_Glyph object. 0~in case of */ + /* failure. */ + /* */ + /* anode :: Used to return the address of of the corresponding */ + /* cache node after incrementing its reference count */ + /* (see note below). */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The returned glyph is owned and managed by the glyph image cache. */ + /* Never try to transform or discard it manually! You can however */ + /* create a copy with @FT_Glyph_Copy and modify the new one. */ + /* */ + /* If `anode' is _not_ NULL, it receives the address of the cache */ + /* node containing the glyph image, after increasing its reference */ + /* count. This ensures that the node (as well as the @FT_Glyph) will */ + /* always be kept in the cache until you call @FTC_Node_Unref to */ + /* `release' it. */ + /* */ + /* If `anode' is NULL, the cache node is left unchanged, which means */ + /* that the @FT_Glyph could be flushed out of the cache on the next */ + /* call to one of the caching sub-system APIs. Don't assume that it */ + /* is persistent! */ + /* */ + /* Calls to @FT_Set_Char_Size and friends have no effect on cached */ + /* glyphs; you should always use the FreeType cache API instead. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FTC_ImageCache_LookupScaler( FTC_ImageCache cache, + FTC_Scaler scaler, + FT_ULong load_flags, + FT_UInt gindex, + FT_Glyph *aglyph, + FTC_Node *anode ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FTC_SBit */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A handle to a small bitmap descriptor. See the @FTC_SBitRec */ + /* structure for details. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FTC_SBitRec_* FTC_SBit; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FTC_SBitRec */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A very compact structure used to describe a small glyph bitmap. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* width :: The bitmap width in pixels. */ + /* */ + /* height :: The bitmap height in pixels. */ + /* */ + /* left :: The horizontal distance from the pen position to the */ + /* left bitmap border (a.k.a. `left side bearing', or */ + /* `lsb'). */ + /* */ + /* top :: The vertical distance from the pen position (on the */ + /* baseline) to the upper bitmap border (a.k.a. `top */ + /* side bearing'). The distance is positive for upwards */ + /* y~coordinates. */ + /* */ + /* format :: The format of the glyph bitmap (monochrome or gray). */ + /* */ + /* max_grays :: Maximum gray level value (in the range 1 to~255). */ + /* */ + /* pitch :: The number of bytes per bitmap line. May be positive */ + /* or negative. */ + /* */ + /* xadvance :: The horizontal advance width in pixels. */ + /* */ + /* yadvance :: The vertical advance height in pixels. */ + /* */ + /* buffer :: A pointer to the bitmap pixels. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FTC_SBitRec_ + { + FT_Byte width; + FT_Byte height; + FT_Char left; + FT_Char top; + + FT_Byte format; + FT_Byte max_grays; + FT_Short pitch; + FT_Char xadvance; + FT_Char yadvance; + + FT_Byte* buffer; + + } FTC_SBitRec; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FTC_SBitCache */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A handle to a small bitmap cache. These are special cache objects */ + /* used to store small glyph bitmaps (and anti-aliased pixmaps) in a */ + /* much more efficient way than the traditional glyph image cache */ + /* implemented by @FTC_ImageCache. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FTC_SBitCacheRec_* FTC_SBitCache; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FTC_SBitCache_New */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Create a new cache to store small glyph bitmaps. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* manager :: A handle to the source cache manager. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* acache :: A handle to the new sbit cache. NULL in case of error. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FTC_SBitCache_New( FTC_Manager manager, + FTC_SBitCache *acache ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FTC_SBitCache_Lookup */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Look up a given small glyph bitmap in a given sbit cache and */ + /* `lock' it to prevent its flushing from the cache until needed. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* cache :: A handle to the source sbit cache. */ + /* */ + /* type :: A pointer to the glyph image type descriptor. */ + /* */ + /* gindex :: The glyph index. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* sbit :: A handle to a small bitmap descriptor. */ + /* */ + /* anode :: Used to return the address of of the corresponding cache */ + /* node after incrementing its reference count (see note */ + /* below). */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The small bitmap descriptor and its bit buffer are owned by the */ + /* cache and should never be freed by the application. They might */ + /* as well disappear from memory on the next cache lookup, so don't */ + /* treat them as persistent data. */ + /* */ + /* The descriptor's `buffer' field is set to~0 to indicate a missing */ + /* glyph bitmap. */ + /* */ + /* If `anode' is _not_ NULL, it receives the address of the cache */ + /* node containing the bitmap, after increasing its reference count. */ + /* This ensures that the node (as well as the image) will always be */ + /* kept in the cache until you call @FTC_Node_Unref to `release' it. */ + /* */ + /* If `anode' is NULL, the cache node is left unchanged, which means */ + /* that the bitmap could be flushed out of the cache on the next */ + /* call to one of the caching sub-system APIs. Don't assume that it */ + /* is persistent! */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FTC_SBitCache_Lookup( FTC_SBitCache cache, + FTC_ImageType type, + FT_UInt gindex, + FTC_SBit *sbit, + FTC_Node *anode ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FTC_SBitCache_LookupScaler */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A variant of @FTC_SBitCache_Lookup that uses an @FTC_ScalerRec */ + /* to specify the face ID and its size. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* cache :: A handle to the source sbit cache. */ + /* */ + /* scaler :: A pointer to the scaler descriptor. */ + /* */ + /* load_flags :: The corresponding load flags. */ + /* */ + /* gindex :: The glyph index. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* sbit :: A handle to a small bitmap descriptor. */ + /* */ + /* anode :: Used to return the address of of the corresponding */ + /* cache node after incrementing its reference count */ + /* (see note below). */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The small bitmap descriptor and its bit buffer are owned by the */ + /* cache and should never be freed by the application. They might */ + /* as well disappear from memory on the next cache lookup, so don't */ + /* treat them as persistent data. */ + /* */ + /* The descriptor's `buffer' field is set to~0 to indicate a missing */ + /* glyph bitmap. */ + /* */ + /* If `anode' is _not_ NULL, it receives the address of the cache */ + /* node containing the bitmap, after increasing its reference count. */ + /* This ensures that the node (as well as the image) will always be */ + /* kept in the cache until you call @FTC_Node_Unref to `release' it. */ + /* */ + /* If `anode' is NULL, the cache node is left unchanged, which means */ + /* that the bitmap could be flushed out of the cache on the next */ + /* call to one of the caching sub-system APIs. Don't assume that it */ + /* is persistent! */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FTC_SBitCache_LookupScaler( FTC_SBitCache cache, + FTC_Scaler scaler, + FT_ULong load_flags, + FT_UInt gindex, + FTC_SBit *sbit, + FTC_Node *anode ); + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* FTCACHE_H_ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftcffdrv.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftcffdrv.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9dea980a --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftcffdrv.h @@ -0,0 +1,262 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftcffdrv.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType API for controlling the CFF driver (specification only). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2013-2016 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef FTCFFDRV_H_ +#define FTCFFDRV_H_ + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @section: + * cff_driver + * + * @title: + * The CFF driver + * + * @abstract: + * Controlling the CFF driver module. + * + * @description: + * While FreeType's CFF driver doesn't expose API functions by itself, + * it is possible to control its behaviour with @FT_Property_Set and + * @FT_Property_Get. The list below gives the available properties + * together with the necessary macros and structures. + * + * The CFF driver's module name is `cff'. + * + * *Hinting* *and* *antialiasing* *principles* *of* *the* *new* *engine* + * + * The rasterizer is positioning horizontal features (e.g., ascender + * height & x-height, or crossbars) on the pixel grid and minimizing the + * amount of antialiasing applied to them, while placing vertical + * features (vertical stems) on the pixel grid without hinting, thus + * representing the stem position and weight accurately. Sometimes the + * vertical stems may be only partially black. In this context, + * `antialiasing' means that stems are not positioned exactly on pixel + * borders, causing a fuzzy appearance. + * + * There are two principles behind this approach. + * + * 1) No hinting in the horizontal direction: Unlike `superhinted' + * TrueType, which changes glyph widths to accommodate regular + * inter-glyph spacing, Adobe's approach is `faithful to the design' in + * representing both the glyph width and the inter-glyph spacing + * designed for the font. This makes the screen display as close as it + * can be to the result one would get with infinite resolution, while + * preserving what is considered the key characteristics of each glyph. + * Note that the distances between unhinted and grid-fitted positions at + * small sizes are comparable to kerning values and thus would be + * noticeable (and distracting) while reading if hinting were applied. + * + * One of the reasons to not hint horizontally is antialiasing for LCD + * screens: The pixel geometry of modern displays supplies three + * vertical sub-pixels as the eye moves horizontally across each visible + * pixel. On devices where we can be certain this characteristic is + * present a rasterizer can take advantage of the sub-pixels to add + * increments of weight. In Western writing systems this turns out to + * be the more critical direction anyway; the weights and spacing of + * vertical stems (see above) are central to Armenian, Cyrillic, Greek, + * and Latin type designs. Even when the rasterizer uses greyscale + * antialiasing instead of color (a necessary compromise when one + * doesn't know the screen characteristics), the unhinted vertical + * features preserve the design's weight and spacing much better than + * aliased type would. + * + * 2) Aligment in the vertical direction: Weights and spacing along the + * y~axis are less critical; what is much more important is the visual + * alignment of related features (like cap-height and x-height). The + * sense of alignment for these is enhanced by the sharpness of grid-fit + * edges, while the cruder vertical resolution (full pixels instead of + * 1/3 pixels) is less of a problem. + * + * On the technical side, horizontal alignment zones for ascender, + * x-height, and other important height values (traditionally called + * `blue zones') as defined in the font are positioned independently, + * each being rounded to the nearest pixel edge, taking care of + * overshoot suppression at small sizes, stem darkening, and scaling. + * + * Hstems (this is, hint values defined in the font to help align + * horizontal features) that fall within a blue zone are said to be + * `captured' and are aligned to that zone. Uncaptured stems are moved + * in one of four ways, top edge up or down, bottom edge up or down. + * Unless there are conflicting hstems, the smallest movement is taken + * to minimize distortion. + * + * @order: + * hinting-engine + * no-stem-darkening[cff] + * darkening-parameters[cff] + * + */ + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @property: + * hinting-engine + * + * @description: + * Thanks to Adobe, which contributed a new hinting (and parsing) + * engine, an application can select between `freetype' and `adobe' if + * compiled with CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_ENGINE. If this configuration + * macro isn't defined, `hinting-engine' does nothing. + * + * The default engine is `freetype' if CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_ENGINE is + * defined, and `adobe' otherwise. + * + * The following example code demonstrates how to select Adobe's hinting + * engine (omitting the error handling). + * + * { + * FT_Library library; + * FT_UInt hinting_engine = FT_CFF_HINTING_ADOBE; + * + * + * FT_Init_FreeType( &library ); + * + * FT_Property_Set( library, "cff", + * "hinting-engine", &hinting_engine ); + * } + * + * @note: + * This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also. + * + */ + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @enum: + * FT_CFF_HINTING_XXX + * + * @description: + * A list of constants used for the @hinting-engine property to select + * the hinting engine for CFF fonts. + * + * @values: + * FT_CFF_HINTING_FREETYPE :: + * Use the old FreeType hinting engine. + * + * FT_CFF_HINTING_ADOBE :: + * Use the hinting engine contributed by Adobe. + * + */ +#define FT_CFF_HINTING_FREETYPE 0 +#define FT_CFF_HINTING_ADOBE 1 + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @property: + * no-stem-darkening[cff] + * + * @description: + * By default, the Adobe CFF engine darkens stems at smaller sizes, + * regardless of hinting, to enhance contrast. This feature requires + * a rendering system with proper gamma correction. Setting this + * property, stem darkening gets switched off. + * + * Note that stem darkening is never applied if @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE is set. + * + * { + * FT_Library library; + * FT_Bool no_stem_darkening = TRUE; + * + * + * FT_Init_FreeType( &library ); + * + * FT_Property_Set( library, "cff", + * "no-stem-darkening", &no_stem_darkening ); + * } + * + * @note: + * This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also. + * + */ + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @property: + * darkening-parameters[cff] + * + * @description: + * By default, the Adobe CFF engine darkens stems as follows (if the + * `no-stem-darkening' property isn't set): + * + * { + * stem width <= 0.5px: darkening amount = 0.4px + * stem width = 1px: darkening amount = 0.275px + * stem width = 1.667px: darkening amount = 0.275px + * stem width >= 2.333px: darkening amount = 0px + * } + * + * and piecewise linear in-between. At configuration time, these four + * control points can be set with the macro + * `CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETERS'. At runtime, the control + * points can be changed using the `darkening-parameters' property, as + * the following example demonstrates. + * + * { + * FT_Library library; + * FT_Int darken_params[8] = { 500, 300, // x1, y1 + * 1000, 200, // x2, y2 + * 1500, 100, // x3, y3 + * 2000, 0 }; // x4, y4 + * + * + * FT_Init_FreeType( &library ); + * + * FT_Property_Set( library, "cff", + * "darkening-parameters", darken_params ); + * } + * + * The x~values give the stem width, and the y~values the darkening + * amount. The unit is 1000th of pixels. All coordinate values must be + * positive; the x~values must be monotonically increasing; the + * y~values must be monotonically decreasing and smaller than or + * equal to 500 (corresponding to half a pixel); the slope of each + * linear piece must be shallower than -1 (e.g., -.4). + * + * @note: + * This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also. + * + */ + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + + +#endif /* FTCFFDRV_H_ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftchapters.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftchapters.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ab438953 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftchapters.h @@ -0,0 +1,135 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* This file defines the structure of the FreeType reference. */ +/* It is used by the python script that generates the HTML files. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* <Chapter> */ +/* general_remarks */ +/* */ +/* <Title> */ +/* General Remarks */ +/* */ +/* <Sections> */ +/* header_inclusion */ +/* user_allocation */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* <Chapter> */ +/* core_api */ +/* */ +/* <Title> */ +/* Core API */ +/* */ +/* <Sections> */ +/* version */ +/* basic_types */ +/* base_interface */ +/* glyph_variants */ +/* glyph_management */ +/* mac_specific */ +/* sizes_management */ +/* header_file_macros */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* <Chapter> */ +/* format_specific */ +/* */ +/* <Title> */ +/* Format-Specific API */ +/* */ +/* <Sections> */ +/* multiple_masters */ +/* truetype_tables */ +/* type1_tables */ +/* sfnt_names */ +/* bdf_fonts */ +/* cid_fonts */ +/* pfr_fonts */ +/* winfnt_fonts */ +/* font_formats */ +/* gasp_table */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* <Chapter> */ +/* module_specific */ +/* */ +/* <Title> */ +/* Controlling FreeType Modules */ +/* */ +/* <Sections> */ +/* auto_hinter */ +/* cff_driver */ +/* tt_driver */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* <Chapter> */ +/* cache_subsystem */ +/* */ +/* <Title> */ +/* Cache Sub-System */ +/* */ +/* <Sections> */ +/* cache_subsystem */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* <Chapter> */ +/* support_api */ +/* */ +/* <Title> */ +/* Support API */ +/* */ +/* <Sections> */ +/* computations */ +/* list_processing */ +/* outline_processing */ +/* quick_advance */ +/* bitmap_handling */ +/* raster */ +/* glyph_stroker */ +/* system_interface */ +/* module_management */ +/* gzip */ +/* lzw */ +/* bzip2 */ +/* lcd_filtering */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* <Chapter> */ +/* error_codes */ +/* */ +/* <Title> */ +/* Error Codes */ +/* */ +/* <Sections> */ +/* error_enumerations */ +/* error_code_values */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftcid.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftcid.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..140f2f87 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftcid.h @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftcid.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType API for accessing CID font information (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2007-2016 by */ +/* Dereg Clegg and Michael Toftdal. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef FTCID_H_ +#define FTCID_H_ + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* cid_fonts */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* CID Fonts */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* CID-keyed font specific API. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This section contains the declaration of CID-keyed font specific */ + /* functions. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Get_CID_Registry_Ordering_Supplement + * + * @description: + * Retrieve the Registry/Ordering/Supplement triple (also known as the + * "R/O/S") from a CID-keyed font. + * + * @input: + * face :: + * A handle to the input face. + * + * @output: + * registry :: + * The registry, as a C~string, owned by the face. + * + * ordering :: + * The ordering, as a C~string, owned by the face. + * + * supplement :: + * The supplement. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * This function only works with CID faces, returning an error + * otherwise. + * + * @since: + * 2.3.6 + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Get_CID_Registry_Ordering_Supplement( FT_Face face, + const char* *registry, + const char* *ordering, + FT_Int *supplement); + + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Get_CID_Is_Internally_CID_Keyed + * + * @description: + * Retrieve the type of the input face, CID keyed or not. In + * constrast to the @FT_IS_CID_KEYED macro this function returns + * successfully also for CID-keyed fonts in an SNFT wrapper. + * + * @input: + * face :: + * A handle to the input face. + * + * @output: + * is_cid :: + * The type of the face as an @FT_Bool. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * This function only works with CID faces and OpenType fonts, + * returning an error otherwise. + * + * @since: + * 2.3.9 + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Get_CID_Is_Internally_CID_Keyed( FT_Face face, + FT_Bool *is_cid ); + + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Get_CID_From_Glyph_Index + * + * @description: + * Retrieve the CID of the input glyph index. + * + * @input: + * face :: + * A handle to the input face. + * + * glyph_index :: + * The input glyph index. + * + * @output: + * cid :: + * The CID as an @FT_UInt. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * This function only works with CID faces and OpenType fonts, + * returning an error otherwise. + * + * @since: + * 2.3.9 + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Get_CID_From_Glyph_Index( FT_Face face, + FT_UInt glyph_index, + FT_UInt *cid ); + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* FTCID_H_ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/fterrdef.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/fterrdef.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3f53dd58 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/fterrdef.h @@ -0,0 +1,276 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* fterrdef.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType error codes (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2002-2016 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* error_code_values */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* Error Code Values */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* All possible error codes returned by FreeType functions. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* The list below is taken verbatim from the file `fterrdef.h' */ + /* (loaded automatically by including `FT_FREETYPE_H'). The first */ + /* argument of the `FT_ERROR_DEF_' macro is the error label; by */ + /* default, the prefix `FT_Err_' gets added so that you get error */ + /* names like `FT_Err_Cannot_Open_Resource'. The second argument is */ + /* the error code, and the last argument an error string, which is not */ + /* used by FreeType. */ + /* */ + /* Within your application you should *only* use error names and */ + /* *never* its numeric values! The latter might (and actually do) */ + /* change in forthcoming FreeType versions. */ + /* */ + /* Macro `FT_NOERRORDEF_' defines `FT_Err_Ok', which is always zero. */ + /* See the `Error Enumerations' subsection how to automatically */ + /* generate a list of error strings. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Enum> */ + /* FT_Err_XXX */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + /* generic errors */ + + FT_NOERRORDEF_( Ok, 0x00, + "no error" ) + + FT_ERRORDEF_( Cannot_Open_Resource, 0x01, + "cannot open resource" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Unknown_File_Format, 0x02, + "unknown file format" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_File_Format, 0x03, + "broken file" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Version, 0x04, + "invalid FreeType version" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Lower_Module_Version, 0x05, + "module version is too low" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Argument, 0x06, + "invalid argument" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Unimplemented_Feature, 0x07, + "unimplemented feature" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Table, 0x08, + "broken table" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Offset, 0x09, + "broken offset within table" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Array_Too_Large, 0x0A, + "array allocation size too large" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Module, 0x0B, + "missing module" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Property, 0x0C, + "missing property" ) + + /* glyph/character errors */ + + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Glyph_Index, 0x10, + "invalid glyph index" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Character_Code, 0x11, + "invalid character code" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Glyph_Format, 0x12, + "unsupported glyph image format" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Cannot_Render_Glyph, 0x13, + "cannot render this glyph format" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Outline, 0x14, + "invalid outline" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Composite, 0x15, + "invalid composite glyph" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Hints, 0x16, + "too many hints" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Pixel_Size, 0x17, + "invalid pixel size" ) + + /* handle errors */ + + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Handle, 0x20, + "invalid object handle" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Library_Handle, 0x21, + "invalid library handle" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Driver_Handle, 0x22, + "invalid module handle" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Face_Handle, 0x23, + "invalid face handle" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Size_Handle, 0x24, + "invalid size handle" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Slot_Handle, 0x25, + "invalid glyph slot handle" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_CharMap_Handle, 0x26, + "invalid charmap handle" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Cache_Handle, 0x27, + "invalid cache manager handle" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Handle, 0x28, + "invalid stream handle" ) + + /* driver errors */ + + FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Drivers, 0x30, + "too many modules" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Extensions, 0x31, + "too many extensions" ) + + /* memory errors */ + + FT_ERRORDEF_( Out_Of_Memory, 0x40, + "out of memory" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Unlisted_Object, 0x41, + "unlisted object" ) + + /* stream errors */ + + FT_ERRORDEF_( Cannot_Open_Stream, 0x51, + "cannot open stream" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Seek, 0x52, + "invalid stream seek" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Skip, 0x53, + "invalid stream skip" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Read, 0x54, + "invalid stream read" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Operation, 0x55, + "invalid stream operation" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Frame_Operation, 0x56, + "invalid frame operation" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Nested_Frame_Access, 0x57, + "nested frame access" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Frame_Read, 0x58, + "invalid frame read" ) + + /* raster errors */ + + FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Uninitialized, 0x60, + "raster uninitialized" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Corrupted, 0x61, + "raster corrupted" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Overflow, 0x62, + "raster overflow" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Negative_Height, 0x63, + "negative height while rastering" ) + + /* cache errors */ + + FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Caches, 0x70, + "too many registered caches" ) + + /* TrueType and SFNT errors */ + + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Opcode, 0x80, + "invalid opcode" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Few_Arguments, 0x81, + "too few arguments" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Stack_Overflow, 0x82, + "stack overflow" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Code_Overflow, 0x83, + "code overflow" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Bad_Argument, 0x84, + "bad argument" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Divide_By_Zero, 0x85, + "division by zero" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Reference, 0x86, + "invalid reference" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Debug_OpCode, 0x87, + "found debug opcode" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( ENDF_In_Exec_Stream, 0x88, + "found ENDF opcode in execution stream" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Nested_DEFS, 0x89, + "nested DEFS" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_CodeRange, 0x8A, + "invalid code range" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Execution_Too_Long, 0x8B, + "execution context too long" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Function_Defs, 0x8C, + "too many function definitions" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Instruction_Defs, 0x8D, + "too many instruction definitions" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Table_Missing, 0x8E, + "SFNT font table missing" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Horiz_Header_Missing, 0x8F, + "horizontal header (hhea) table missing" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Locations_Missing, 0x90, + "locations (loca) table missing" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Name_Table_Missing, 0x91, + "name table missing" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( CMap_Table_Missing, 0x92, + "character map (cmap) table missing" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Hmtx_Table_Missing, 0x93, + "horizontal metrics (hmtx) table missing" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Post_Table_Missing, 0x94, + "PostScript (post) table missing" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Horiz_Metrics, 0x95, + "invalid horizontal metrics" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_CharMap_Format, 0x96, + "invalid character map (cmap) format" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_PPem, 0x97, + "invalid ppem value" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Vert_Metrics, 0x98, + "invalid vertical metrics" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Could_Not_Find_Context, 0x99, + "could not find context" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Post_Table_Format, 0x9A, + "invalid PostScript (post) table format" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Post_Table, 0x9B, + "invalid PostScript (post) table" ) + + /* CFF, CID, and Type 1 errors */ + + FT_ERRORDEF_( Syntax_Error, 0xA0, + "opcode syntax error" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Stack_Underflow, 0xA1, + "argument stack underflow" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Ignore, 0xA2, + "ignore" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( No_Unicode_Glyph_Name, 0xA3, + "no Unicode glyph name found" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Glyph_Too_Big, 0xA4, + "glyph too big for hinting" ) + + /* BDF errors */ + + FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Startfont_Field, 0xB0, + "`STARTFONT' field missing" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Font_Field, 0xB1, + "`FONT' field missing" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Size_Field, 0xB2, + "`SIZE' field missing" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Fontboundingbox_Field, 0xB3, + "`FONTBOUNDINGBOX' field missing" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Chars_Field, 0xB4, + "`CHARS' field missing" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Startchar_Field, 0xB5, + "`STARTCHAR' field missing" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Encoding_Field, 0xB6, + "`ENCODING' field missing" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Bbx_Field, 0xB7, + "`BBX' field missing" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Bbx_Too_Big, 0xB8, + "`BBX' too big" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Corrupted_Font_Header, 0xB9, + "Font header corrupted or missing fields" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Corrupted_Font_Glyphs, 0xBA, + "Font glyphs corrupted or missing fields" ) + + /* */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/fterrors.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/fterrors.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e15bfb00 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/fterrors.h @@ -0,0 +1,226 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* fterrors.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType error code handling (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* error_enumerations */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* Error Enumerations */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* How to handle errors and error strings. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* The header file `fterrors.h' (which is automatically included by */ + /* `freetype.h' defines the handling of FreeType's enumeration */ + /* constants. It can also be used to generate error message strings */ + /* with a small macro trick explained below. */ + /* */ + /* *Error* *Formats* */ + /* */ + /* The configuration macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS can be */ + /* defined in `ftoption.h' in order to make the higher byte indicate */ + /* the module where the error has happened (this is not compatible */ + /* with standard builds of FreeType 2, however). See the file */ + /* `ftmoderr.h' for more details. */ + /* */ + /* *Error* *Message* *Strings* */ + /* */ + /* Error definitions are set up with special macros that allow client */ + /* applications to build a table of error message strings. The */ + /* strings are not included in a normal build of FreeType 2 to */ + /* save space (most client applications do not use them). */ + /* */ + /* To do so, you have to define the following macros before including */ + /* this file. */ + /* */ + /* { */ + /* FT_ERROR_START_LIST */ + /* } */ + /* */ + /* This macro is called before anything else to define the start of */ + /* the error list. It is followed by several FT_ERROR_DEF calls. */ + /* */ + /* { */ + /* FT_ERROR_DEF( e, v, s ) */ + /* } */ + /* */ + /* This macro is called to define one single error. `e' is the error */ + /* code identifier (e.g., `Invalid_Argument'), `v' is the error's */ + /* numerical value, and `s' is the corresponding error string. */ + /* */ + /* { */ + /* FT_ERROR_END_LIST */ + /* } */ + /* */ + /* This macro ends the list. */ + /* */ + /* Additionally, you have to undefine `FTERRORS_H_' before #including */ + /* this file. */ + /* */ + /* Here is a simple example. */ + /* */ + /* { */ + /* #undef FTERRORS_H_ */ + /* #define FT_ERRORDEF( e, v, s ) { e, s }, */ + /* #define FT_ERROR_START_LIST { */ + /* #define FT_ERROR_END_LIST { 0, NULL } }; */ + /* */ + /* const struct */ + /* { */ + /* int err_code; */ + /* const char* err_msg; */ + /* } ft_errors[] = */ + /* */ + /* #include FT_ERRORS_H */ + /* } */ + /* */ + /* Note that `FT_Err_Ok' is _not_ defined with `FT_ERRORDEF' but with */ + /* `FT_NOERRORDEF'; it is always zero. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + /* */ + + /* In previous FreeType versions we used `__FTERRORS_H__'. However, */ + /* using two successive underscores in a non-system symbol name */ + /* violates the C (and C++) standard, so it was changed to the */ + /* current form. In spite of this, we have to make */ + /* */ + /* #undefine __FTERRORS_H__ */ + /* */ + /* work for backwards compatibility. */ + /* */ +#if !( defined( FTERRORS_H_ ) && defined ( __FTERRORS_H__ ) ) +#define FTERRORS_H_ +#define __FTERRORS_H__ + + + /* include module base error codes */ +#include FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H + + + /*******************************************************************/ + /*******************************************************************/ + /***** *****/ + /***** SETUP MACROS *****/ + /***** *****/ + /*******************************************************************/ + /*******************************************************************/ + + +#undef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C + + + /* FT_ERR_PREFIX is used as a prefix for error identifiers. */ + /* By default, we use `FT_Err_'. */ + /* */ +#ifndef FT_ERR_PREFIX +#define FT_ERR_PREFIX FT_Err_ +#endif + + + /* FT_ERR_BASE is used as the base for module-specific errors. */ + /* */ +#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS + +#ifndef FT_ERR_BASE +#define FT_ERR_BASE FT_Mod_Err_Base +#endif + +#else + +#undef FT_ERR_BASE +#define FT_ERR_BASE 0 + +#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS */ + + + /* If FT_ERRORDEF is not defined, we need to define a simple */ + /* enumeration type. */ + /* */ +#ifndef FT_ERRORDEF + +#define FT_ERRORDEF( e, v, s ) e = v, +#define FT_ERROR_START_LIST enum { +#define FT_ERROR_END_LIST FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, Max ) }; + +#ifdef __cplusplus +#define FT_NEED_EXTERN_C + extern "C" { +#endif + +#endif /* !FT_ERRORDEF */ + + + /* this macro is used to define an error */ +#define FT_ERRORDEF_( e, v, s ) \ + FT_ERRORDEF( FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, e ), v + FT_ERR_BASE, s ) + + /* this is only used for <module>_Err_Ok, which must be 0! */ +#define FT_NOERRORDEF_( e, v, s ) \ + FT_ERRORDEF( FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, e ), v, s ) + + +#ifdef FT_ERROR_START_LIST + FT_ERROR_START_LIST +#endif + + + /* now include the error codes */ +#include FT_ERROR_DEFINITIONS_H + + +#ifdef FT_ERROR_END_LIST + FT_ERROR_END_LIST +#endif + + + /*******************************************************************/ + /*******************************************************************/ + /***** *****/ + /***** SIMPLE CLEANUP *****/ + /***** *****/ + /*******************************************************************/ + /*******************************************************************/ + +#ifdef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C + } +#endif + +#undef FT_ERROR_START_LIST +#undef FT_ERROR_END_LIST + +#undef FT_ERRORDEF +#undef FT_ERRORDEF_ +#undef FT_NOERRORDEF_ + +#undef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C +#undef FT_ERR_BASE + + /* FT_ERR_PREFIX is needed internally */ +#ifndef FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY +#undef FT_ERR_PREFIX +#endif + +#endif /* !(FTERRORS_H_ && __FTERRORS_H__) */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftfntfmt.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftfntfmt.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bd423247 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftfntfmt.h @@ -0,0 +1,95 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftfntfmt.h */ +/* */ +/* Support functions for font formats. */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2002-2016 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef FTFNTFMT_H_ +#define FTFNTFMT_H_ + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* font_formats */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* Font Formats */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* Getting the font format. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* The single function in this section can be used to get the font */ + /* format. Note that this information is not needed normally; */ + /* however, there are special cases (like in PDF devices) where it is */ + /* important to differentiate, in spite of FreeType's uniform API. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Get_Font_Format */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Return a string describing the format of a given face. Possible */ + /* values are `TrueType', `Type~1', `BDF', `PCF', `Type~42', */ + /* `CID~Type~1', `CFF', `PFR', and `Windows~FNT'. */ + /* */ + /* The return value is suitable to be used as an X11 FONT_PROPERTY. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: */ + /* Input face handle. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* Font format string. NULL in case of error. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* A deprecated name for the same function is */ + /* `FT_Get_X11_Font_Format'. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( const char* ) + FT_Get_Font_Format( FT_Face face ); + + + /* deprecated */ + FT_EXPORT( const char* ) + FT_Get_X11_Font_Format( FT_Face face ); + + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* FTFNTFMT_H_ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftgasp.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftgasp.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3f5b3bc6 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftgasp.h @@ -0,0 +1,129 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftgasp.h */ +/* */ +/* Access of TrueType's `gasp' table (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2007-2016 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef FTGASP_H_ +#define FTGASP_H_ + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + + /*************************************************************************** + * + * @section: + * gasp_table + * + * @title: + * Gasp Table + * + * @abstract: + * Retrieving TrueType `gasp' table entries. + * + * @description: + * The function @FT_Get_Gasp can be used to query a TrueType or OpenType + * font for specific entries in its `gasp' table, if any. This is + * mainly useful when implementing native TrueType hinting with the + * bytecode interpreter to duplicate the Windows text rendering results. + */ + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @enum: + * FT_GASP_XXX + * + * @description: + * A list of values and/or bit-flags returned by the @FT_Get_Gasp + * function. + * + * @values: + * FT_GASP_NO_TABLE :: + * This special value means that there is no GASP table in this face. + * It is up to the client to decide what to do. + * + * FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT :: + * Grid-fitting and hinting should be performed at the specified ppem. + * This *really* means TrueType bytecode interpretation. If this bit + * is not set, no hinting gets applied. + * + * FT_GASP_DO_GRAY :: + * Anti-aliased rendering should be performed at the specified ppem. + * If not set, do monochrome rendering. + * + * FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_SMOOTHING :: + * If set, smoothing along multiple axes must be used with ClearType. + * + * FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_GRIDFIT :: + * Grid-fitting must be used with ClearType's symmetric smoothing. + * + * @note: + * The bit-flags `FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT' and `FT_GASP_DO_GRAY' are to be + * used for standard font rasterization only. Independently of that, + * `FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_SMOOTHING' and `FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_GRIDFIT' are to + * be used if ClearType is enabled (and `FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT' and + * `FT_GASP_DO_GRAY' are consequently ignored). + * + * `ClearType' is Microsoft's implementation of LCD rendering, partly + * protected by patents. + * + * @since: + * 2.3.0 + */ +#define FT_GASP_NO_TABLE -1 +#define FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT 0x01 +#define FT_GASP_DO_GRAY 0x02 +#define FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_SMOOTHING 0x08 +#define FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_GRIDFIT 0x10 + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @func: + * FT_Get_Gasp + * + * @description: + * Read the `gasp' table from a TrueType or OpenType font file and + * return the entry corresponding to a given character pixel size. + * + * @input: + * face :: The source face handle. + * ppem :: The vertical character pixel size. + * + * @return: + * Bit flags (see @FT_GASP_XXX), or @FT_GASP_NO_TABLE if there is no + * `gasp' table in the face. + * + * @since: + * 2.3.0 + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Int ) + FT_Get_Gasp( FT_Face face, + FT_UInt ppem ); + + /* */ + + +#endif /* FTGASP_H_ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftglyph.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftglyph.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d9840a81 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftglyph.h @@ -0,0 +1,605 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftglyph.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType convenience functions to handle glyphs (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* This file contains the definition of several convenience functions */ + /* that can be used by client applications to easily retrieve glyph */ + /* bitmaps and outlines from a given face. */ + /* */ + /* These functions should be optional if you are writing a font server */ + /* or text layout engine on top of FreeType. However, they are pretty */ + /* handy for many other simple uses of the library. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef FTGLYPH_H_ +#define FTGLYPH_H_ + + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* glyph_management */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* Glyph Management */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* Generic interface to manage individual glyph data. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This section contains definitions used to manage glyph data */ + /* through generic FT_Glyph objects. Each of them can contain a */ + /* bitmap, a vector outline, or even images in other formats. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /* forward declaration to a private type */ + typedef struct FT_Glyph_Class_ FT_Glyph_Class; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Glyph */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Handle to an object used to model generic glyph images. It is a */ + /* pointer to the @FT_GlyphRec structure and can contain a glyph */ + /* bitmap or pointer. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* Glyph objects are not owned by the library. You must thus release */ + /* them manually (through @FT_Done_Glyph) _before_ calling */ + /* @FT_Done_FreeType. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_GlyphRec_* FT_Glyph; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_GlyphRec */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* The root glyph structure contains a given glyph image plus its */ + /* advance width in 16.16 fixed-point format. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* library :: A handle to the FreeType library object. */ + /* */ + /* clazz :: A pointer to the glyph's class. Private. */ + /* */ + /* format :: The format of the glyph's image. */ + /* */ + /* advance :: A 16.16 vector that gives the glyph's advance width. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_GlyphRec_ + { + FT_Library library; + const FT_Glyph_Class* clazz; + FT_Glyph_Format format; + FT_Vector advance; + + } FT_GlyphRec; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_BitmapGlyph */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A handle to an object used to model a bitmap glyph image. This is */ + /* a sub-class of @FT_Glyph, and a pointer to @FT_BitmapGlyphRec. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_BitmapGlyphRec_* FT_BitmapGlyph; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_BitmapGlyphRec */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used for bitmap glyph images. This really is a */ + /* `sub-class' of @FT_GlyphRec. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* root :: The root @FT_Glyph fields. */ + /* */ + /* left :: The left-side bearing, i.e., the horizontal distance */ + /* from the current pen position to the left border of the */ + /* glyph bitmap. */ + /* */ + /* top :: The top-side bearing, i.e., the vertical distance from */ + /* the current pen position to the top border of the glyph */ + /* bitmap. This distance is positive for upwards~y! */ + /* */ + /* bitmap :: A descriptor for the bitmap. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* You can typecast an @FT_Glyph to @FT_BitmapGlyph if you have */ + /* `glyph->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP'. This lets you access */ + /* the bitmap's contents easily. */ + /* */ + /* The corresponding pixel buffer is always owned by @FT_BitmapGlyph */ + /* and is thus created and destroyed with it. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_BitmapGlyphRec_ + { + FT_GlyphRec root; + FT_Int left; + FT_Int top; + FT_Bitmap bitmap; + + } FT_BitmapGlyphRec; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_OutlineGlyph */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A handle to an object used to model an outline glyph image. This */ + /* is a sub-class of @FT_Glyph, and a pointer to @FT_OutlineGlyphRec. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_OutlineGlyphRec_* FT_OutlineGlyph; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_OutlineGlyphRec */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used for outline (vectorial) glyph images. This */ + /* really is a `sub-class' of @FT_GlyphRec. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* root :: The root @FT_Glyph fields. */ + /* */ + /* outline :: A descriptor for the outline. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* You can typecast an @FT_Glyph to @FT_OutlineGlyph if you have */ + /* `glyph->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE'. This lets you access */ + /* the outline's content easily. */ + /* */ + /* As the outline is extracted from a glyph slot, its coordinates are */ + /* expressed normally in 26.6 pixels, unless the flag */ + /* @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE was used in @FT_Load_Glyph() or @FT_Load_Char(). */ + /* */ + /* The outline's tables are always owned by the object and are */ + /* destroyed with it. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_OutlineGlyphRec_ + { + FT_GlyphRec root; + FT_Outline outline; + + } FT_OutlineGlyphRec; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Get_Glyph */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A function used to extract a glyph image from a slot. Note that */ + /* the created @FT_Glyph object must be released with @FT_Done_Glyph. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* slot :: A handle to the source glyph slot. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* aglyph :: A handle to the glyph object. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Get_Glyph( FT_GlyphSlot slot, + FT_Glyph *aglyph ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Glyph_Copy */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A function used to copy a glyph image. Note that the created */ + /* @FT_Glyph object must be released with @FT_Done_Glyph. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* source :: A handle to the source glyph object. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* target :: A handle to the target glyph object. 0~in case of */ + /* error. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Glyph_Copy( FT_Glyph source, + FT_Glyph *target ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Glyph_Transform */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Transform a glyph image if its format is scalable. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* glyph :: A handle to the target glyph object. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* matrix :: A pointer to a 2x2 matrix to apply. */ + /* */ + /* delta :: A pointer to a 2d vector to apply. Coordinates are */ + /* expressed in 1/64th of a pixel. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code (if not 0, the glyph format is not scalable). */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The 2x2 transformation matrix is also applied to the glyph's */ + /* advance vector. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Glyph_Transform( FT_Glyph glyph, + FT_Matrix* matrix, + FT_Vector* delta ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Enum> */ + /* FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* The mode how the values of @FT_Glyph_Get_CBox are returned. */ + /* */ + /* <Values> */ + /* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED :: */ + /* Return unscaled font units. */ + /* */ + /* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS :: */ + /* Return unfitted 26.6 coordinates. */ + /* */ + /* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT :: */ + /* Return grid-fitted 26.6 coordinates. */ + /* */ + /* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE :: */ + /* Return coordinates in integer pixels. */ + /* */ + /* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS :: */ + /* Return grid-fitted pixel coordinates. */ + /* */ + typedef enum FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode_ + { + FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED = 0, + FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS = 0, + FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT = 1, + FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE = 2, + FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS = 3 + + } FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode; + + + /* these constants are deprecated; use the corresponding */ + /* `FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode' values instead */ +#define ft_glyph_bbox_unscaled FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED +#define ft_glyph_bbox_subpixels FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS +#define ft_glyph_bbox_gridfit FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT +#define ft_glyph_bbox_truncate FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE +#define ft_glyph_bbox_pixels FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Glyph_Get_CBox */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Return a glyph's `control box'. The control box encloses all the */ + /* outline's points, including Bézier control points. Though it */ + /* coincides with the exact bounding box for most glyphs, it can be */ + /* slightly larger in some situations (like when rotating an outline */ + /* that contains Bézier outside arcs). */ + /* */ + /* Computing the control box is very fast, while getting the bounding */ + /* box can take much more time as it needs to walk over all segments */ + /* and arcs in the outline. To get the latter, you can use the */ + /* `ftbbox' component, which is dedicated to this single task. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* glyph :: A handle to the source glyph object. */ + /* */ + /* mode :: The mode that indicates how to interpret the returned */ + /* bounding box values. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* acbox :: The glyph coordinate bounding box. Coordinates are */ + /* expressed in 1/64th of pixels if it is grid-fitted. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* Coordinates are relative to the glyph origin, using the y~upwards */ + /* convention. */ + /* */ + /* If the glyph has been loaded with @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE, `bbox_mode' */ + /* must be set to @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED to get unscaled font */ + /* units in 26.6 pixel format. The value @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS */ + /* is another name for this constant. */ + /* */ + /* If the font is tricky and the glyph has been loaded with */ + /* @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE, the resulting CBox is meaningless. To get */ + /* reasonable values for the CBox it is necessary to load the glyph */ + /* at a large ppem value (so that the hinting instructions can */ + /* properly shift and scale the subglyphs), then extracting the CBox, */ + /* which can be eventually converted back to font units. */ + /* */ + /* Note that the maximum coordinates are exclusive, which means that */ + /* one can compute the width and height of the glyph image (be it in */ + /* integer or 26.6 pixels) as: */ + /* */ + /* { */ + /* width = bbox.xMax - bbox.xMin; */ + /* height = bbox.yMax - bbox.yMin; */ + /* } */ + /* */ + /* Note also that for 26.6 coordinates, if `bbox_mode' is set to */ + /* @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT, the coordinates will also be grid-fitted, */ + /* which corresponds to: */ + /* */ + /* { */ + /* bbox.xMin = FLOOR(bbox.xMin); */ + /* bbox.yMin = FLOOR(bbox.yMin); */ + /* bbox.xMax = CEILING(bbox.xMax); */ + /* bbox.yMax = CEILING(bbox.yMax); */ + /* } */ + /* */ + /* To get the bbox in pixel coordinates, set `bbox_mode' to */ + /* @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE. */ + /* */ + /* To get the bbox in grid-fitted pixel coordinates, set `bbox_mode' */ + /* to @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_Glyph_Get_CBox( FT_Glyph glyph, + FT_UInt bbox_mode, + FT_BBox *acbox ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Convert a given glyph object to a bitmap glyph object. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* the_glyph :: A pointer to a handle to the target glyph. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* render_mode :: An enumeration that describes how the data is */ + /* rendered. */ + /* */ + /* origin :: A pointer to a vector used to translate the glyph */ + /* image before rendering. Can be~0 (if no */ + /* translation). The origin is expressed in */ + /* 26.6 pixels. */ + /* */ + /* destroy :: A boolean that indicates that the original glyph */ + /* image should be destroyed by this function. It is */ + /* never destroyed in case of error. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* This function does nothing if the glyph format isn't scalable. */ + /* */ + /* The glyph image is translated with the `origin' vector before */ + /* rendering. */ + /* */ + /* The first parameter is a pointer to an @FT_Glyph handle, that will */ + /* be _replaced_ by this function (with newly allocated data). */ + /* Typically, you would use (omitting error handling): */ + /* */ + /* */ + /* { */ + /* FT_Glyph glyph; */ + /* FT_BitmapGlyph glyph_bitmap; */ + /* */ + /* */ + /* // load glyph */ + /* error = FT_Load_Char( face, glyph_index, FT_LOAD_DEFAUT ); */ + /* */ + /* // extract glyph image */ + /* error = FT_Get_Glyph( face->glyph, &glyph ); */ + /* */ + /* // convert to a bitmap (default render mode + destroying old) */ + /* if ( glyph->format != FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP ) */ + /* { */ + /* error = FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap( &glyph, FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL, */ + /* 0, 1 ); */ + /* if ( error ) // `glyph' unchanged */ + /* ... */ + /* } */ + /* */ + /* // access bitmap content by typecasting */ + /* glyph_bitmap = (FT_BitmapGlyph)glyph; */ + /* */ + /* // do funny stuff with it, like blitting/drawing */ + /* ... */ + /* */ + /* // discard glyph image (bitmap or not) */ + /* FT_Done_Glyph( glyph ); */ + /* } */ + /* */ + /* */ + /* Here another example, again without error handling: */ + /* */ + /* */ + /* { */ + /* FT_Glyph glyphs[MAX_GLYPHS] */ + /* */ + /* */ + /* ... */ + /* */ + /* for ( idx = 0; i < MAX_GLYPHS; i++ ) */ + /* error = FT_Load_Glyph( face, idx, FT_LOAD_DEFAULT ) || */ + /* FT_Get_Glyph ( face->glyph, &glyph[idx] ); */ + /* */ + /* ... */ + /* */ + /* for ( idx = 0; i < MAX_GLYPHS; i++ ) */ + /* { */ + /* FT_Glyph bitmap = glyphs[idx]; */ + /* */ + /* */ + /* ... */ + /* */ + /* // after this call, `bitmap' no longer points into */ + /* // the `glyphs' array (and the old value isn't destroyed) */ + /* FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap( &bitmap, FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO, 0, 0 ); */ + /* */ + /* ... */ + /* */ + /* FT_Done_Glyph( bitmap ); */ + /* } */ + /* */ + /* ... */ + /* */ + /* for ( idx = 0; i < MAX_GLYPHS; i++ ) */ + /* FT_Done_Glyph( glyphs[idx] ); */ + /* } */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap( FT_Glyph* the_glyph, + FT_Render_Mode render_mode, + FT_Vector* origin, + FT_Bool destroy ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Done_Glyph */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Destroy a given glyph. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* glyph :: A handle to the target glyph object. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_Done_Glyph( FT_Glyph glyph ); + + /* */ + + + /* other helpful functions */ + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* computations */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Matrix_Multiply */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Perform the matrix operation `b = a*b'. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* a :: A pointer to matrix `a'. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* b :: A pointer to matrix `b'. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The result is undefined if either `a' or `b' is zero. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_Matrix_Multiply( const FT_Matrix* a, + FT_Matrix* b ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Matrix_Invert */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Invert a 2x2 matrix. Return an error if it can't be inverted. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* matrix :: A pointer to the target matrix. Remains untouched in */ + /* case of error. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Matrix_Invert( FT_Matrix* matrix ); + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* FTGLYPH_H_ */ + + +/* END */ + + +/* Local Variables: */ +/* coding: utf-8 */ +/* End: */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftgxval.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftgxval.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a58e86a0 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftgxval.h @@ -0,0 +1,357 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftgxval.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType API for validating TrueTypeGX/AAT tables (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2004-2016 by */ +/* Masatake YAMATO, Redhat K.K, */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* gxvalid is derived from both gxlayout module and otvalid module. */ +/* Development of gxlayout is supported by the Information-technology */ +/* Promotion Agency(IPA), Japan. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef FTGXVAL_H_ +#define FTGXVAL_H_ + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* gx_validation */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* TrueTypeGX/AAT Validation */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* An API to validate TrueTypeGX/AAT tables. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This section contains the declaration of functions to validate */ + /* some TrueTypeGX tables (feat, mort, morx, bsln, just, kern, opbd, */ + /* trak, prop, lcar). */ + /* */ + /* <Order> */ + /* FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate */ + /* FT_TrueTypeGX_Free */ + /* */ + /* FT_ClassicKern_Validate */ + /* FT_ClassicKern_Free */ + /* */ + /* FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH */ + /* FT_VALIDATE_GXXXX */ + /* FT_VALIDATE_CKERNXXX */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* */ + /* Warning: Use FT_VALIDATE_XXX to validate a table. */ + /* Following definitions are for gxvalid developers. */ + /* */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + +#define FT_VALIDATE_feat_INDEX 0 +#define FT_VALIDATE_mort_INDEX 1 +#define FT_VALIDATE_morx_INDEX 2 +#define FT_VALIDATE_bsln_INDEX 3 +#define FT_VALIDATE_just_INDEX 4 +#define FT_VALIDATE_kern_INDEX 5 +#define FT_VALIDATE_opbd_INDEX 6 +#define FT_VALIDATE_trak_INDEX 7 +#define FT_VALIDATE_prop_INDEX 8 +#define FT_VALIDATE_lcar_INDEX 9 +#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_LAST_INDEX FT_VALIDATE_lcar_INDEX + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH + * + * @description: + * The number of tables checked in this module. Use it as a parameter + * for the `table-length' argument of function @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate. + */ +#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH (FT_VALIDATE_GX_LAST_INDEX + 1) + + /* */ + + /* Up to 0x1000 is used by otvalid. + Ox2xxx is reserved for feature OT extension. */ +#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_START 0x4000 +#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( tag ) \ + ( FT_VALIDATE_GX_START << FT_VALIDATE_##tag##_INDEX ) + + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @enum: + * FT_VALIDATE_GXXXX + * + * @description: + * A list of bit-field constants used with @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate to + * indicate which TrueTypeGX/AAT Type tables should be validated. + * + * @values: + * FT_VALIDATE_feat :: + * Validate `feat' table. + * + * FT_VALIDATE_mort :: + * Validate `mort' table. + * + * FT_VALIDATE_morx :: + * Validate `morx' table. + * + * FT_VALIDATE_bsln :: + * Validate `bsln' table. + * + * FT_VALIDATE_just :: + * Validate `just' table. + * + * FT_VALIDATE_kern :: + * Validate `kern' table. + * + * FT_VALIDATE_opbd :: + * Validate `opbd' table. + * + * FT_VALIDATE_trak :: + * Validate `trak' table. + * + * FT_VALIDATE_prop :: + * Validate `prop' table. + * + * FT_VALIDATE_lcar :: + * Validate `lcar' table. + * + * FT_VALIDATE_GX :: + * Validate all TrueTypeGX tables (feat, mort, morx, bsln, just, kern, + * opbd, trak, prop and lcar). + * + */ + +#define FT_VALIDATE_feat FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( feat ) +#define FT_VALIDATE_mort FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( mort ) +#define FT_VALIDATE_morx FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( morx ) +#define FT_VALIDATE_bsln FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( bsln ) +#define FT_VALIDATE_just FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( just ) +#define FT_VALIDATE_kern FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( kern ) +#define FT_VALIDATE_opbd FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( opbd ) +#define FT_VALIDATE_trak FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( trak ) +#define FT_VALIDATE_prop FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( prop ) +#define FT_VALIDATE_lcar FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( lcar ) + +#define FT_VALIDATE_GX ( FT_VALIDATE_feat | \ + FT_VALIDATE_mort | \ + FT_VALIDATE_morx | \ + FT_VALIDATE_bsln | \ + FT_VALIDATE_just | \ + FT_VALIDATE_kern | \ + FT_VALIDATE_opbd | \ + FT_VALIDATE_trak | \ + FT_VALIDATE_prop | \ + FT_VALIDATE_lcar ) + + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate + * + * @description: + * Validate various TrueTypeGX tables to assure that all offsets and + * indices are valid. The idea is that a higher-level library that + * actually does the text layout can access those tables without + * error checking (which can be quite time consuming). + * + * @input: + * face :: + * A handle to the input face. + * + * validation_flags :: + * A bit field that specifies the tables to be validated. See + * @FT_VALIDATE_GXXXX for possible values. + * + * table_length :: + * The size of the `tables' array. Normally, @FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH + * should be passed. + * + * @output: + * tables :: + * The array where all validated sfnt tables are stored. + * The array itself must be allocated by a client. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * This function only works with TrueTypeGX fonts, returning an error + * otherwise. + * + * After use, the application should deallocate the buffers pointed to by + * each `tables' element, by calling @FT_TrueTypeGX_Free. A NULL value + * indicates that the table either doesn't exist in the font, the + * application hasn't asked for validation, or the validator doesn't have + * the ability to validate the sfnt table. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate( FT_Face face, + FT_UInt validation_flags, + FT_Bytes tables[FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH], + FT_UInt table_length ); + + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_TrueTypeGX_Free + * + * @description: + * Free the buffer allocated by TrueTypeGX validator. + * + * @input: + * face :: + * A handle to the input face. + * + * table :: + * The pointer to the buffer allocated by + * @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate. + * + * @note: + * This function must be used to free the buffer allocated by + * @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate only. + */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_TrueTypeGX_Free( FT_Face face, + FT_Bytes table ); + + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @enum: + * FT_VALIDATE_CKERNXXX + * + * @description: + * A list of bit-field constants used with @FT_ClassicKern_Validate + * to indicate the classic kern dialect or dialects. If the selected + * type doesn't fit, @FT_ClassicKern_Validate regards the table as + * invalid. + * + * @values: + * FT_VALIDATE_MS :: + * Handle the `kern' table as a classic Microsoft kern table. + * + * FT_VALIDATE_APPLE :: + * Handle the `kern' table as a classic Apple kern table. + * + * FT_VALIDATE_CKERN :: + * Handle the `kern' as either classic Apple or Microsoft kern table. + */ +#define FT_VALIDATE_MS ( FT_VALIDATE_GX_START << 0 ) +#define FT_VALIDATE_APPLE ( FT_VALIDATE_GX_START << 1 ) + +#define FT_VALIDATE_CKERN ( FT_VALIDATE_MS | FT_VALIDATE_APPLE ) + + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_ClassicKern_Validate + * + * @description: + * Validate classic (16-bit format) kern table to assure that the offsets + * and indices are valid. The idea is that a higher-level library that + * actually does the text layout can access those tables without error + * checking (which can be quite time consuming). + * + * The `kern' table validator in @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate deals with both + * the new 32-bit format and the classic 16-bit format, while + * FT_ClassicKern_Validate only supports the classic 16-bit format. + * + * @input: + * face :: + * A handle to the input face. + * + * validation_flags :: + * A bit field that specifies the dialect to be validated. See + * @FT_VALIDATE_CKERNXXX for possible values. + * + * @output: + * ckern_table :: + * A pointer to the kern table. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * After use, the application should deallocate the buffers pointed to by + * `ckern_table', by calling @FT_ClassicKern_Free. A NULL value + * indicates that the table doesn't exist in the font. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_ClassicKern_Validate( FT_Face face, + FT_UInt validation_flags, + FT_Bytes *ckern_table ); + + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_ClassicKern_Free + * + * @description: + * Free the buffer allocated by classic Kern validator. + * + * @input: + * face :: + * A handle to the input face. + * + * table :: + * The pointer to the buffer that is allocated by + * @FT_ClassicKern_Validate. + * + * @note: + * This function must be used to free the buffer allocated by + * @FT_ClassicKern_Validate only. + */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_ClassicKern_Free( FT_Face face, + FT_Bytes table ); + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* FTGXVAL_H_ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftgzip.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftgzip.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9e658b0d --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftgzip.h @@ -0,0 +1,148 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftgzip.h */ +/* */ +/* Gzip-compressed stream support. */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2002-2016 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef FTGZIP_H_ +#define FTGZIP_H_ + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* gzip */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* GZIP Streams */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* Using gzip-compressed font files. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This section contains the declaration of Gzip-specific functions. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /************************************************************************ + * + * @function: + * FT_Stream_OpenGzip + * + * @description: + * Open a new stream to parse gzip-compressed font files. This is + * mainly used to support the compressed `*.pcf.gz' fonts that come + * with XFree86. + * + * @input: + * stream :: + * The target embedding stream. + * + * source :: + * The source stream. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * The source stream must be opened _before_ calling this function. + * + * Calling the internal function `FT_Stream_Close' on the new stream will + * *not* call `FT_Stream_Close' on the source stream. None of the stream + * objects will be released to the heap. + * + * The stream implementation is very basic and resets the decompression + * process each time seeking backwards is needed within the stream. + * + * In certain builds of the library, gzip compression recognition is + * automatically handled when calling @FT_New_Face or @FT_Open_Face. + * This means that if no font driver is capable of handling the raw + * compressed file, the library will try to open a gzipped stream from + * it and re-open the face with it. + * + * This function may return `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if your build + * of FreeType was not compiled with zlib support. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Stream_OpenGzip( FT_Stream stream, + FT_Stream source ); + + + /************************************************************************ + * + * @function: + * FT_Gzip_Uncompress + * + * @description: + * Decompress a zipped input buffer into an output buffer. This function + * is modeled after zlib's `uncompress' function. + * + * @input: + * memory :: + * A FreeType memory handle. + * + * input :: + * The input buffer. + * + * input_len :: + * The length of the input buffer. + * + * @output: + * output:: + * The output buffer. + * + * @inout: + * output_len :: + * Before calling the function, this is the the total size of the + * output buffer, which must be large enough to hold the entire + * uncompressed data (so the size of the uncompressed data must be + * known in advance). After calling the function, `output_len' is the + * size of the used data in `output'. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * This function may return `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if your build + * of FreeType was not compiled with zlib support. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Gzip_Uncompress( FT_Memory memory, + FT_Byte* output, + FT_ULong* output_len, + const FT_Byte* input, + FT_ULong input_len ); + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* FTGZIP_H_ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftimage.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftimage.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1d557c93 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftimage.h @@ -0,0 +1,1214 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftimage.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType glyph image formats and default raster interface */ +/* (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Note: A `raster' is simply a scan-line converter, used to render */ + /* FT_Outlines into FT_Bitmaps. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef FTIMAGE_H_ +#define FTIMAGE_H_ + + + /* STANDALONE_ is from ftgrays.c */ +#ifndef STANDALONE_ +#include <ft2build.h> +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* basic_types */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Pos */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* The type FT_Pos is used to store vectorial coordinates. Depending */ + /* on the context, these can represent distances in integer font */ + /* units, or 16.16, or 26.6 fixed-point pixel coordinates. */ + /* */ + typedef signed long FT_Pos; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_Vector */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A simple structure used to store a 2D vector; coordinates are of */ + /* the FT_Pos type. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* x :: The horizontal coordinate. */ + /* y :: The vertical coordinate. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Vector_ + { + FT_Pos x; + FT_Pos y; + + } FT_Vector; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_BBox */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to hold an outline's bounding box, i.e., the */ + /* coordinates of its extrema in the horizontal and vertical */ + /* directions. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* xMin :: The horizontal minimum (left-most). */ + /* */ + /* yMin :: The vertical minimum (bottom-most). */ + /* */ + /* xMax :: The horizontal maximum (right-most). */ + /* */ + /* yMax :: The vertical maximum (top-most). */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The bounding box is specified with the coordinates of the lower */ + /* left and the upper right corner. In PostScript, those values are */ + /* often called (llx,lly) and (urx,ury), respectively. */ + /* */ + /* If `yMin' is negative, this value gives the glyph's descender. */ + /* Otherwise, the glyph doesn't descend below the baseline. */ + /* Similarly, if `ymax' is positive, this value gives the glyph's */ + /* ascender. */ + /* */ + /* `xMin' gives the horizontal distance from the glyph's origin to */ + /* the left edge of the glyph's bounding box. If `xMin' is negative, */ + /* the glyph extends to the left of the origin. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_BBox_ + { + FT_Pos xMin, yMin; + FT_Pos xMax, yMax; + + } FT_BBox; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Enum> */ + /* FT_Pixel_Mode */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* An enumeration type used to describe the format of pixels in a */ + /* given bitmap. Note that additional formats may be added in the */ + /* future. */ + /* */ + /* <Values> */ + /* FT_PIXEL_MODE_NONE :: */ + /* Value~0 is reserved. */ + /* */ + /* FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO :: */ + /* A monochrome bitmap, using 1~bit per pixel. Note that pixels */ + /* are stored in most-significant order (MSB), which means that */ + /* the left-most pixel in a byte has value 128. */ + /* */ + /* FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY :: */ + /* An 8-bit bitmap, generally used to represent anti-aliased glyph */ + /* images. Each pixel is stored in one byte. Note that the number */ + /* of `gray' levels is stored in the `num_grays' field of the */ + /* @FT_Bitmap structure (it generally is 256). */ + /* */ + /* FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY2 :: */ + /* A 2-bit per pixel bitmap, used to represent embedded */ + /* anti-aliased bitmaps in font files according to the OpenType */ + /* specification. We haven't found a single font using this */ + /* format, however. */ + /* */ + /* FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY4 :: */ + /* A 4-bit per pixel bitmap, representing embedded anti-aliased */ + /* bitmaps in font files according to the OpenType specification. */ + /* We haven't found a single font using this format, however. */ + /* */ + /* FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD :: */ + /* An 8-bit bitmap, representing RGB or BGR decimated glyph images */ + /* used for display on LCD displays; the bitmap is three times */ + /* wider than the original glyph image. See also */ + /* @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD. */ + /* */ + /* FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD_V :: */ + /* An 8-bit bitmap, representing RGB or BGR decimated glyph images */ + /* used for display on rotated LCD displays; the bitmap is three */ + /* times taller than the original glyph image. See also */ + /* @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V. */ + /* */ + /* FT_PIXEL_MODE_BGRA :: */ + /* An image with four 8-bit channels per pixel, representing a */ + /* color image (such as emoticons) with alpha channel. For each */ + /* pixel, the format is BGRA, which means, the blue channel comes */ + /* first in memory. The color channels are pre-multiplied and in */ + /* the sRGB colorspace. For example, full red at half-translucent */ + /* opacity will be represented as `00,00,80,80', not `00,00,FF,80'. */ + /* See also @FT_LOAD_COLOR. */ + /* */ + typedef enum FT_Pixel_Mode_ + { + FT_PIXEL_MODE_NONE = 0, + FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO, + FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY, + FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY2, + FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY4, + FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD, + FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD_V, + FT_PIXEL_MODE_BGRA, + + FT_PIXEL_MODE_MAX /* do not remove */ + + } FT_Pixel_Mode; + + + /* these constants are deprecated; use the corresponding `FT_Pixel_Mode' */ + /* values instead. */ +#define ft_pixel_mode_none FT_PIXEL_MODE_NONE +#define ft_pixel_mode_mono FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO +#define ft_pixel_mode_grays FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY +#define ft_pixel_mode_pal2 FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY2 +#define ft_pixel_mode_pal4 FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY4 + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_Bitmap */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to describe a bitmap or pixmap to the raster. */ + /* Note that we now manage pixmaps of various depths through the */ + /* `pixel_mode' field. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* rows :: The number of bitmap rows. */ + /* */ + /* width :: The number of pixels in bitmap row. */ + /* */ + /* pitch :: The pitch's absolute value is the number of bytes */ + /* taken by one bitmap row, including padding. */ + /* However, the pitch is positive when the bitmap has */ + /* a `down' flow, and negative when it has an `up' */ + /* flow. In all cases, the pitch is an offset to add */ + /* to a bitmap pointer in order to go down one row. */ + /* */ + /* Note that `padding' means the alignment of a */ + /* bitmap to a byte border, and FreeType functions */ + /* normally align to the smallest possible integer */ + /* value. */ + /* */ + /* For the B/W rasterizer, `pitch' is always an even */ + /* number. */ + /* */ + /* To change the pitch of a bitmap (say, to make it a */ + /* multiple of 4), use @FT_Bitmap_Convert. */ + /* Alternatively, you might use callback functions to */ + /* directly render to the application's surface; see */ + /* the file `example2.cpp' in the tutorial for a */ + /* demonstration. */ + /* */ + /* buffer :: A typeless pointer to the bitmap buffer. This */ + /* value should be aligned on 32-bit boundaries in */ + /* most cases. */ + /* */ + /* num_grays :: This field is only used with */ + /* @FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY; it gives the number of gray */ + /* levels used in the bitmap. */ + /* */ + /* pixel_mode :: The pixel mode, i.e., how pixel bits are stored. */ + /* See @FT_Pixel_Mode for possible values. */ + /* */ + /* palette_mode :: This field is intended for paletted pixel modes; */ + /* it indicates how the palette is stored. Not */ + /* used currently. */ + /* */ + /* palette :: A typeless pointer to the bitmap palette; this */ + /* field is intended for paletted pixel modes. Not */ + /* used currently. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Bitmap_ + { + unsigned int rows; + unsigned int width; + int pitch; + unsigned char* buffer; + unsigned short num_grays; + unsigned char pixel_mode; + unsigned char palette_mode; + void* palette; + + } FT_Bitmap; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* outline_processing */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_Outline */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This structure is used to describe an outline to the scan-line */ + /* converter. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* n_contours :: The number of contours in the outline. */ + /* */ + /* n_points :: The number of points in the outline. */ + /* */ + /* points :: A pointer to an array of `n_points' @FT_Vector */ + /* elements, giving the outline's point coordinates. */ + /* */ + /* tags :: A pointer to an array of `n_points' chars, giving */ + /* each outline point's type. */ + /* */ + /* If bit~0 is unset, the point is `off' the curve, */ + /* i.e., a Bézier control point, while it is `on' if */ + /* set. */ + /* */ + /* Bit~1 is meaningful for `off' points only. If set, */ + /* it indicates a third-order Bézier arc control point; */ + /* and a second-order control point if unset. */ + /* */ + /* If bit~2 is set, bits 5-7 contain the drop-out mode */ + /* (as defined in the OpenType specification; the value */ + /* is the same as the argument to the SCANMODE */ + /* instruction). */ + /* */ + /* Bits 3 and~4 are reserved for internal purposes. */ + /* */ + /* contours :: An array of `n_contours' shorts, giving the end */ + /* point of each contour within the outline. For */ + /* example, the first contour is defined by the points */ + /* `0' to `contours[0]', the second one is defined by */ + /* the points `contours[0]+1' to `contours[1]', etc. */ + /* */ + /* flags :: A set of bit flags used to characterize the outline */ + /* and give hints to the scan-converter and hinter on */ + /* how to convert/grid-fit it. See @FT_OUTLINE_XXX. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The B/W rasterizer only checks bit~2 in the `tags' array for the */ + /* first point of each contour. The drop-out mode as given with */ + /* @FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS, @FT_OUTLINE_SMART_DROPOUTS, and */ + /* @FT_OUTLINE_INCLUDE_STUBS in `flags' is then overridden. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Outline_ + { + short n_contours; /* number of contours in glyph */ + short n_points; /* number of points in the glyph */ + + FT_Vector* points; /* the outline's points */ + char* tags; /* the points flags */ + short* contours; /* the contour end points */ + + int flags; /* outline masks */ + + } FT_Outline; + + /* */ + + /* Following limits must be consistent with */ + /* FT_Outline.{n_contours,n_points} */ +#define FT_OUTLINE_CONTOURS_MAX SHRT_MAX +#define FT_OUTLINE_POINTS_MAX SHRT_MAX + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Enum> */ + /* FT_OUTLINE_XXX */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A list of bit-field constants use for the flags in an outline's */ + /* `flags' field. */ + /* */ + /* <Values> */ + /* FT_OUTLINE_NONE :: */ + /* Value~0 is reserved. */ + /* */ + /* FT_OUTLINE_OWNER :: */ + /* If set, this flag indicates that the outline's field arrays */ + /* (i.e., `points', `flags', and `contours') are `owned' by the */ + /* outline object, and should thus be freed when it is destroyed. */ + /* */ + /* FT_OUTLINE_EVEN_ODD_FILL :: */ + /* By default, outlines are filled using the non-zero winding rule. */ + /* If set to 1, the outline will be filled using the even-odd fill */ + /* rule (only works with the smooth rasterizer). */ + /* */ + /* FT_OUTLINE_REVERSE_FILL :: */ + /* By default, outside contours of an outline are oriented in */ + /* clock-wise direction, as defined in the TrueType specification. */ + /* This flag is set if the outline uses the opposite direction */ + /* (typically for Type~1 fonts). This flag is ignored by the scan */ + /* converter. */ + /* */ + /* FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS :: */ + /* By default, the scan converter will try to detect drop-outs in */ + /* an outline and correct the glyph bitmap to ensure consistent */ + /* shape continuity. If set, this flag hints the scan-line */ + /* converter to ignore such cases. See below for more information. */ + /* */ + /* FT_OUTLINE_SMART_DROPOUTS :: */ + /* Select smart dropout control. If unset, use simple dropout */ + /* control. Ignored if @FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS is set. See */ + /* below for more information. */ + /* */ + /* FT_OUTLINE_INCLUDE_STUBS :: */ + /* If set, turn pixels on for `stubs', otherwise exclude them. */ + /* Ignored if @FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS is set. See below for */ + /* more information. */ + /* */ + /* FT_OUTLINE_HIGH_PRECISION :: */ + /* This flag indicates that the scan-line converter should try to */ + /* convert this outline to bitmaps with the highest possible */ + /* quality. It is typically set for small character sizes. Note */ + /* that this is only a hint that might be completely ignored by a */ + /* given scan-converter. */ + /* */ + /* FT_OUTLINE_SINGLE_PASS :: */ + /* This flag is set to force a given scan-converter to only use a */ + /* single pass over the outline to render a bitmap glyph image. */ + /* Normally, it is set for very large character sizes. It is only */ + /* a hint that might be completely ignored by a given */ + /* scan-converter. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The flags @FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS, @FT_OUTLINE_SMART_DROPOUTS, */ + /* and @FT_OUTLINE_INCLUDE_STUBS are ignored by the smooth */ + /* rasterizer. */ + /* */ + /* There exists a second mechanism to pass the drop-out mode to the */ + /* B/W rasterizer; see the `tags' field in @FT_Outline. */ + /* */ + /* Please refer to the description of the `SCANTYPE' instruction in */ + /* the OpenType specification (in file `ttinst1.doc') how simple */ + /* drop-outs, smart drop-outs, and stubs are defined. */ + /* */ +#define FT_OUTLINE_NONE 0x0 +#define FT_OUTLINE_OWNER 0x1 +#define FT_OUTLINE_EVEN_ODD_FILL 0x2 +#define FT_OUTLINE_REVERSE_FILL 0x4 +#define FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS 0x8 +#define FT_OUTLINE_SMART_DROPOUTS 0x10 +#define FT_OUTLINE_INCLUDE_STUBS 0x20 + +#define FT_OUTLINE_HIGH_PRECISION 0x100 +#define FT_OUTLINE_SINGLE_PASS 0x200 + + + /* these constants are deprecated; use the corresponding */ + /* `FT_OUTLINE_XXX' values instead */ +#define ft_outline_none FT_OUTLINE_NONE +#define ft_outline_owner FT_OUTLINE_OWNER +#define ft_outline_even_odd_fill FT_OUTLINE_EVEN_ODD_FILL +#define ft_outline_reverse_fill FT_OUTLINE_REVERSE_FILL +#define ft_outline_ignore_dropouts FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS +#define ft_outline_high_precision FT_OUTLINE_HIGH_PRECISION +#define ft_outline_single_pass FT_OUTLINE_SINGLE_PASS + + /* */ + +#define FT_CURVE_TAG( flag ) ( flag & 3 ) + +#define FT_CURVE_TAG_ON 1 +#define FT_CURVE_TAG_CONIC 0 +#define FT_CURVE_TAG_CUBIC 2 + +#define FT_CURVE_TAG_HAS_SCANMODE 4 + +#define FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_X 8 /* reserved for the TrueType hinter */ +#define FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_Y 16 /* reserved for the TrueType hinter */ + +#define FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_BOTH ( FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_X | \ + FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_Y ) + +#define FT_Curve_Tag_On FT_CURVE_TAG_ON +#define FT_Curve_Tag_Conic FT_CURVE_TAG_CONIC +#define FT_Curve_Tag_Cubic FT_CURVE_TAG_CUBIC +#define FT_Curve_Tag_Touch_X FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_X +#define FT_Curve_Tag_Touch_Y FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_Y + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <FuncType> */ + /* FT_Outline_MoveToFunc */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A function pointer type used to describe the signature of a `move */ + /* to' function during outline walking/decomposition. */ + /* */ + /* A `move to' is emitted to start a new contour in an outline. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* to :: A pointer to the target point of the `move to'. */ + /* */ + /* user :: A typeless pointer, which is passed from the caller of the */ + /* decomposition function. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* Error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + typedef int + (*FT_Outline_MoveToFunc)( const FT_Vector* to, + void* user ); + +#define FT_Outline_MoveTo_Func FT_Outline_MoveToFunc + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <FuncType> */ + /* FT_Outline_LineToFunc */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A function pointer type used to describe the signature of a `line */ + /* to' function during outline walking/decomposition. */ + /* */ + /* A `line to' is emitted to indicate a segment in the outline. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* to :: A pointer to the target point of the `line to'. */ + /* */ + /* user :: A typeless pointer, which is passed from the caller of the */ + /* decomposition function. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* Error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + typedef int + (*FT_Outline_LineToFunc)( const FT_Vector* to, + void* user ); + +#define FT_Outline_LineTo_Func FT_Outline_LineToFunc + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <FuncType> */ + /* FT_Outline_ConicToFunc */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A function pointer type used to describe the signature of a `conic */ + /* to' function during outline walking or decomposition. */ + /* */ + /* A `conic to' is emitted to indicate a second-order Bézier arc in */ + /* the outline. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* control :: An intermediate control point between the last position */ + /* and the new target in `to'. */ + /* */ + /* to :: A pointer to the target end point of the conic arc. */ + /* */ + /* user :: A typeless pointer, which is passed from the caller of */ + /* the decomposition function. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* Error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + typedef int + (*FT_Outline_ConicToFunc)( const FT_Vector* control, + const FT_Vector* to, + void* user ); + +#define FT_Outline_ConicTo_Func FT_Outline_ConicToFunc + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <FuncType> */ + /* FT_Outline_CubicToFunc */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A function pointer type used to describe the signature of a `cubic */ + /* to' function during outline walking or decomposition. */ + /* */ + /* A `cubic to' is emitted to indicate a third-order Bézier arc. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* control1 :: A pointer to the first Bézier control point. */ + /* */ + /* control2 :: A pointer to the second Bézier control point. */ + /* */ + /* to :: A pointer to the target end point. */ + /* */ + /* user :: A typeless pointer, which is passed from the caller of */ + /* the decomposition function. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* Error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + typedef int + (*FT_Outline_CubicToFunc)( const FT_Vector* control1, + const FT_Vector* control2, + const FT_Vector* to, + void* user ); + +#define FT_Outline_CubicTo_Func FT_Outline_CubicToFunc + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_Outline_Funcs */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure to hold various function pointers used during outline */ + /* decomposition in order to emit segments, conic, and cubic Béziers. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* move_to :: The `move to' emitter. */ + /* */ + /* line_to :: The segment emitter. */ + /* */ + /* conic_to :: The second-order Bézier arc emitter. */ + /* */ + /* cubic_to :: The third-order Bézier arc emitter. */ + /* */ + /* shift :: The shift that is applied to coordinates before they */ + /* are sent to the emitter. */ + /* */ + /* delta :: The delta that is applied to coordinates before they */ + /* are sent to the emitter, but after the shift. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The point coordinates sent to the emitters are the transformed */ + /* version of the original coordinates (this is important for high */ + /* accuracy during scan-conversion). The transformation is simple: */ + /* */ + /* { */ + /* x' = (x << shift) - delta */ + /* y' = (x << shift) - delta */ + /* } */ + /* */ + /* Set the values of `shift' and `delta' to~0 to get the original */ + /* point coordinates. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Outline_Funcs_ + { + FT_Outline_MoveToFunc move_to; + FT_Outline_LineToFunc line_to; + FT_Outline_ConicToFunc conic_to; + FT_Outline_CubicToFunc cubic_to; + + int shift; + FT_Pos delta; + + } FT_Outline_Funcs; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* basic_types */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Macro> */ + /* FT_IMAGE_TAG */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This macro converts four-letter tags to an unsigned long type. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* Since many 16-bit compilers don't like 32-bit enumerations, you */ + /* should redefine this macro in case of problems to something like */ + /* this: */ + /* */ + /* { */ + /* #define FT_IMAGE_TAG( value, _x1, _x2, _x3, _x4 ) value */ + /* } */ + /* */ + /* to get a simple enumeration without assigning special numbers. */ + /* */ +#ifndef FT_IMAGE_TAG +#define FT_IMAGE_TAG( value, _x1, _x2, _x3, _x4 ) \ + value = ( ( (unsigned long)_x1 << 24 ) | \ + ( (unsigned long)_x2 << 16 ) | \ + ( (unsigned long)_x3 << 8 ) | \ + (unsigned long)_x4 ) +#endif /* FT_IMAGE_TAG */ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Enum> */ + /* FT_Glyph_Format */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* An enumeration type used to describe the format of a given glyph */ + /* image. Note that this version of FreeType only supports two image */ + /* formats, even though future font drivers will be able to register */ + /* their own format. */ + /* */ + /* <Values> */ + /* FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_NONE :: */ + /* The value~0 is reserved. */ + /* */ + /* FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE :: */ + /* The glyph image is a composite of several other images. This */ + /* format is _only_ used with @FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE, and is used to */ + /* report compound glyphs (like accented characters). */ + /* */ + /* FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP :: */ + /* The glyph image is a bitmap, and can be described as an */ + /* @FT_Bitmap. You generally need to access the `bitmap' field of */ + /* the @FT_GlyphSlotRec structure to read it. */ + /* */ + /* FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE :: */ + /* The glyph image is a vectorial outline made of line segments */ + /* and Bézier arcs; it can be described as an @FT_Outline; you */ + /* generally want to access the `outline' field of the */ + /* @FT_GlyphSlotRec structure to read it. */ + /* */ + /* FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_PLOTTER :: */ + /* The glyph image is a vectorial path with no inside and outside */ + /* contours. Some Type~1 fonts, like those in the Hershey family, */ + /* contain glyphs in this format. These are described as */ + /* @FT_Outline, but FreeType isn't currently capable of rendering */ + /* them correctly. */ + /* */ + typedef enum FT_Glyph_Format_ + { + FT_IMAGE_TAG( FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_NONE, 0, 0, 0, 0 ), + + FT_IMAGE_TAG( FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE, 'c', 'o', 'm', 'p' ), + FT_IMAGE_TAG( FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP, 'b', 'i', 't', 's' ), + FT_IMAGE_TAG( FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE, 'o', 'u', 't', 'l' ), + FT_IMAGE_TAG( FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_PLOTTER, 'p', 'l', 'o', 't' ) + + } FT_Glyph_Format; + + + /* these constants are deprecated; use the corresponding */ + /* `FT_Glyph_Format' values instead. */ +#define ft_glyph_format_none FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_NONE +#define ft_glyph_format_composite FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE +#define ft_glyph_format_bitmap FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP +#define ft_glyph_format_outline FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE +#define ft_glyph_format_plotter FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_PLOTTER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /***** *****/ + /***** R A S T E R D E F I N I T I O N S *****/ + /***** *****/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* A raster is a scan converter, in charge of rendering an outline into */ + /* a a bitmap. This section contains the public API for rasters. */ + /* */ + /* Note that in FreeType 2, all rasters are now encapsulated within */ + /* specific modules called `renderers'. See `ftrender.h' for more */ + /* details on renderers. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* raster */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* Scanline Converter */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* How vectorial outlines are converted into bitmaps and pixmaps. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This section contains technical definitions. */ + /* */ + /* <Order> */ + /* FT_Raster */ + /* FT_Span */ + /* FT_SpanFunc */ + /* */ + /* FT_Raster_Params */ + /* FT_RASTER_FLAG_XXX */ + /* */ + /* FT_Raster_NewFunc */ + /* FT_Raster_DoneFunc */ + /* FT_Raster_ResetFunc */ + /* FT_Raster_SetModeFunc */ + /* FT_Raster_RenderFunc */ + /* FT_Raster_Funcs */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Raster */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* An opaque handle (pointer) to a raster object. Each object can be */ + /* used independently to convert an outline into a bitmap or pixmap. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_RasterRec_* FT_Raster; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_Span */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to model a single span of gray pixels when */ + /* rendering an anti-aliased bitmap. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* x :: The span's horizontal start position. */ + /* */ + /* len :: The span's length in pixels. */ + /* */ + /* coverage :: The span color/coverage, ranging from 0 (background) */ + /* to 255 (foreground). */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* This structure is used by the span drawing callback type named */ + /* @FT_SpanFunc that takes the y~coordinate of the span as a */ + /* parameter. */ + /* */ + /* The coverage value is always between 0 and 255. If you want less */ + /* gray values, the callback function has to reduce them. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Span_ + { + short x; + unsigned short len; + unsigned char coverage; + + } FT_Span; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <FuncType> */ + /* FT_SpanFunc */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A function used as a call-back by the anti-aliased renderer in */ + /* order to let client applications draw themselves the gray pixel */ + /* spans on each scan line. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* y :: The scanline's y~coordinate. */ + /* */ + /* count :: The number of spans to draw on this scanline. */ + /* */ + /* spans :: A table of `count' spans to draw on the scanline. */ + /* */ + /* user :: User-supplied data that is passed to the callback. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* This callback allows client applications to directly render the */ + /* gray spans of the anti-aliased bitmap to any kind of surfaces. */ + /* */ + /* This can be used to write anti-aliased outlines directly to a */ + /* given background bitmap, and even perform translucency. */ + /* */ + /* Note that the `count' field cannot be greater than a fixed value */ + /* defined by the `FT_MAX_GRAY_SPANS' configuration macro in */ + /* `ftoption.h'. By default, this value is set to~32, which means */ + /* that if there are more than 32~spans on a given scanline, the */ + /* callback is called several times with the same `y' parameter in */ + /* order to draw all callbacks. */ + /* */ + /* Otherwise, the callback is only called once per scan-line, and */ + /* only for those scanlines that do have `gray' pixels on them. */ + /* */ + typedef void + (*FT_SpanFunc)( int y, + int count, + const FT_Span* spans, + void* user ); + +#define FT_Raster_Span_Func FT_SpanFunc + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <FuncType> */ + /* FT_Raster_BitTest_Func */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Deprecated, unimplemented. */ + /* */ + typedef int + (*FT_Raster_BitTest_Func)( int y, + int x, + void* user ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <FuncType> */ + /* FT_Raster_BitSet_Func */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Deprecated, unimplemented. */ + /* */ + typedef void + (*FT_Raster_BitSet_Func)( int y, + int x, + void* user ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Enum> */ + /* FT_RASTER_FLAG_XXX */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A list of bit flag constants as used in the `flags' field of a */ + /* @FT_Raster_Params structure. */ + /* */ + /* <Values> */ + /* FT_RASTER_FLAG_DEFAULT :: This value is 0. */ + /* */ + /* FT_RASTER_FLAG_AA :: This flag is set to indicate that an */ + /* anti-aliased glyph image should be */ + /* generated. Otherwise, it will be */ + /* monochrome (1-bit). */ + /* */ + /* FT_RASTER_FLAG_DIRECT :: This flag is set to indicate direct */ + /* rendering. In this mode, client */ + /* applications must provide their own span */ + /* callback. This lets them directly */ + /* draw or compose over an existing bitmap. */ + /* If this bit is not set, the target */ + /* pixmap's buffer _must_ be zeroed before */ + /* rendering. */ + /* */ + /* Direct rendering is only possible with */ + /* anti-aliased glyphs. */ + /* */ + /* FT_RASTER_FLAG_CLIP :: This flag is only used in direct */ + /* rendering mode. If set, the output will */ + /* be clipped to a box specified in the */ + /* `clip_box' field of the */ + /* @FT_Raster_Params structure. */ + /* */ + /* Note that by default, the glyph bitmap */ + /* is clipped to the target pixmap, except */ + /* in direct rendering mode where all spans */ + /* are generated if no clipping box is set. */ + /* */ +#define FT_RASTER_FLAG_DEFAULT 0x0 +#define FT_RASTER_FLAG_AA 0x1 +#define FT_RASTER_FLAG_DIRECT 0x2 +#define FT_RASTER_FLAG_CLIP 0x4 + + /* these constants are deprecated; use the corresponding */ + /* `FT_RASTER_FLAG_XXX' values instead */ +#define ft_raster_flag_default FT_RASTER_FLAG_DEFAULT +#define ft_raster_flag_aa FT_RASTER_FLAG_AA +#define ft_raster_flag_direct FT_RASTER_FLAG_DIRECT +#define ft_raster_flag_clip FT_RASTER_FLAG_CLIP + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_Raster_Params */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure to hold the arguments used by a raster's render */ + /* function. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* target :: The target bitmap. */ + /* */ + /* source :: A pointer to the source glyph image (e.g., an */ + /* @FT_Outline). */ + /* */ + /* flags :: The rendering flags. */ + /* */ + /* gray_spans :: The gray span drawing callback. */ + /* */ + /* black_spans :: Unused. */ + /* */ + /* bit_test :: Unused. */ + /* */ + /* bit_set :: Unused. */ + /* */ + /* user :: User-supplied data that is passed to each drawing */ + /* callback. */ + /* */ + /* clip_box :: An optional clipping box. It is only used in */ + /* direct rendering mode. Note that coordinates here */ + /* should be expressed in _integer_ pixels (and not in */ + /* 26.6 fixed-point units). */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* An anti-aliased glyph bitmap is drawn if the @FT_RASTER_FLAG_AA */ + /* bit flag is set in the `flags' field, otherwise a monochrome */ + /* bitmap is generated. */ + /* */ + /* If the @FT_RASTER_FLAG_DIRECT bit flag is set in `flags', the */ + /* raster will call the `gray_spans' callback to draw gray pixel */ + /* spans. This allows direct composition over a pre-existing bitmap */ + /* through user-provided callbacks to perform the span drawing and */ + /* composition. Not supported by the monochrome rasterizer. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Raster_Params_ + { + const FT_Bitmap* target; + const void* source; + int flags; + FT_SpanFunc gray_spans; + FT_SpanFunc black_spans; /* unused */ + FT_Raster_BitTest_Func bit_test; /* unused */ + FT_Raster_BitSet_Func bit_set; /* unused */ + void* user; + FT_BBox clip_box; + + } FT_Raster_Params; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <FuncType> */ + /* FT_Raster_NewFunc */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A function used to create a new raster object. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* memory :: A handle to the memory allocator. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* raster :: A handle to the new raster object. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* Error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The `memory' parameter is a typeless pointer in order to avoid */ + /* un-wanted dependencies on the rest of the FreeType code. In */ + /* practice, it is an @FT_Memory object, i.e., a handle to the */ + /* standard FreeType memory allocator. However, this field can be */ + /* completely ignored by a given raster implementation. */ + /* */ + typedef int + (*FT_Raster_NewFunc)( void* memory, + FT_Raster* raster ); + +#define FT_Raster_New_Func FT_Raster_NewFunc + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <FuncType> */ + /* FT_Raster_DoneFunc */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A function used to destroy a given raster object. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* raster :: A handle to the raster object. */ + /* */ + typedef void + (*FT_Raster_DoneFunc)( FT_Raster raster ); + +#define FT_Raster_Done_Func FT_Raster_DoneFunc + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <FuncType> */ + /* FT_Raster_ResetFunc */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* FreeType used to provide an area of memory called the `render */ + /* pool' available to all registered rasters. This was not thread */ + /* safe however and now FreeType never allocates this pool. NULL */ + /* is always passed in as pool_base. */ + /* */ + /* This function is called each time the render pool changes, or just */ + /* after a new raster object is created. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* raster :: A handle to the new raster object. */ + /* */ + /* pool_base :: The address in memory of the render pool. */ + /* */ + /* pool_size :: The size in bytes of the render pool. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* Rasters should ignore the render pool and rely on dynamic or stack */ + /* allocation if they want to (a handle to the memory allocator is */ + /* passed to the raster constructor). */ + /* */ + typedef void + (*FT_Raster_ResetFunc)( FT_Raster raster, + unsigned char* pool_base, + unsigned long pool_size ); + +#define FT_Raster_Reset_Func FT_Raster_ResetFunc + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <FuncType> */ + /* FT_Raster_SetModeFunc */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This function is a generic facility to change modes or attributes */ + /* in a given raster. This can be used for debugging purposes, or */ + /* simply to allow implementation-specific `features' in a given */ + /* raster module. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* raster :: A handle to the new raster object. */ + /* */ + /* mode :: A 4-byte tag used to name the mode or property. */ + /* */ + /* args :: A pointer to the new mode/property to use. */ + /* */ + typedef int + (*FT_Raster_SetModeFunc)( FT_Raster raster, + unsigned long mode, + void* args ); + +#define FT_Raster_Set_Mode_Func FT_Raster_SetModeFunc + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <FuncType> */ + /* FT_Raster_RenderFunc */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Invoke a given raster to scan-convert a given glyph image into a */ + /* target bitmap. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* raster :: A handle to the raster object. */ + /* */ + /* params :: A pointer to an @FT_Raster_Params structure used to */ + /* store the rendering parameters. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* Error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The exact format of the source image depends on the raster's glyph */ + /* format defined in its @FT_Raster_Funcs structure. It can be an */ + /* @FT_Outline or anything else in order to support a large array of */ + /* glyph formats. */ + /* */ + /* Note also that the render function can fail and return a */ + /* `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' error code if the raster used does */ + /* not support direct composition. */ + /* */ + /* XXX: For now, the standard raster doesn't support direct */ + /* composition but this should change for the final release (see */ + /* the files `demos/src/ftgrays.c' and `demos/src/ftgrays2.c' */ + /* for examples of distinct implementations that support direct */ + /* composition). */ + /* */ + typedef int + (*FT_Raster_RenderFunc)( FT_Raster raster, + const FT_Raster_Params* params ); + +#define FT_Raster_Render_Func FT_Raster_RenderFunc + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_Raster_Funcs */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to describe a given raster class to the library. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* glyph_format :: The supported glyph format for this raster. */ + /* */ + /* raster_new :: The raster constructor. */ + /* */ + /* raster_reset :: Used to reset the render pool within the raster. */ + /* */ + /* raster_render :: A function to render a glyph into a given bitmap. */ + /* */ + /* raster_done :: The raster destructor. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Raster_Funcs_ + { + FT_Glyph_Format glyph_format; + FT_Raster_NewFunc raster_new; + FT_Raster_ResetFunc raster_reset; + FT_Raster_SetModeFunc raster_set_mode; + FT_Raster_RenderFunc raster_render; + FT_Raster_DoneFunc raster_done; + + } FT_Raster_Funcs; + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* FTIMAGE_H_ */ + + +/* END */ + + +/* Local Variables: */ +/* coding: utf-8 */ +/* End: */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftincrem.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftincrem.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..46b58b79 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftincrem.h @@ -0,0 +1,354 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftincrem.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType incremental loading (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2002-2016 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef FTINCREM_H_ +#define FTINCREM_H_ + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + /*************************************************************************** + * + * @section: + * incremental + * + * @title: + * Incremental Loading + * + * @abstract: + * Custom Glyph Loading. + * + * @description: + * This section contains various functions used to perform so-called + * `incremental' glyph loading. This is a mode where all glyphs loaded + * from a given @FT_Face are provided by the client application. + * + * Apart from that, all other tables are loaded normally from the font + * file. This mode is useful when FreeType is used within another + * engine, e.g., a PostScript Imaging Processor. + * + * To enable this mode, you must use @FT_Open_Face, passing an + * @FT_Parameter with the @FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL tag and an + * @FT_Incremental_Interface value. See the comments for + * @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec for an example. + * + */ + + + /*************************************************************************** + * + * @type: + * FT_Incremental + * + * @description: + * An opaque type describing a user-provided object used to implement + * `incremental' glyph loading within FreeType. This is used to support + * embedded fonts in certain environments (e.g., PostScript interpreters), + * where the glyph data isn't in the font file, or must be overridden by + * different values. + * + * @note: + * It is up to client applications to create and implement @FT_Incremental + * objects, as long as they provide implementations for the methods + * @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc, @FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc + * and @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc. + * + * See the description of @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec to understand how + * to use incremental objects with FreeType. + * + */ + typedef struct FT_IncrementalRec_* FT_Incremental; + + + /*************************************************************************** + * + * @struct: + * FT_Incremental_MetricsRec + * + * @description: + * A small structure used to contain the basic glyph metrics returned + * by the @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc method. + * + * @fields: + * bearing_x :: + * Left bearing, in font units. + * + * bearing_y :: + * Top bearing, in font units. + * + * advance :: + * Horizontal component of glyph advance, in font units. + * + * advance_v :: + * Vertical component of glyph advance, in font units. + * + * @note: + * These correspond to horizontal or vertical metrics depending on the + * value of the `vertical' argument to the function + * @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc. + * + */ + typedef struct FT_Incremental_MetricsRec_ + { + FT_Long bearing_x; + FT_Long bearing_y; + FT_Long advance; + FT_Long advance_v; /* since 2.3.12 */ + + } FT_Incremental_MetricsRec; + + + /*************************************************************************** + * + * @struct: + * FT_Incremental_Metrics + * + * @description: + * A handle to an @FT_Incremental_MetricsRec structure. + * + */ + typedef struct FT_Incremental_MetricsRec_* FT_Incremental_Metrics; + + + /*************************************************************************** + * + * @type: + * FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc + * + * @description: + * A function called by FreeType to access a given glyph's data bytes + * during @FT_Load_Glyph or @FT_Load_Char if incremental loading is + * enabled. + * + * Note that the format of the glyph's data bytes depends on the font + * file format. For TrueType, it must correspond to the raw bytes within + * the `glyf' table. For PostScript formats, it must correspond to the + * *unencrypted* charstring bytes, without any `lenIV' header. It is + * undefined for any other format. + * + * @input: + * incremental :: + * Handle to an opaque @FT_Incremental handle provided by the client + * application. + * + * glyph_index :: + * Index of relevant glyph. + * + * @output: + * adata :: + * A structure describing the returned glyph data bytes (which will be + * accessed as a read-only byte block). + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * If this function returns successfully the method + * @FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc will be called later to release + * the data bytes. + * + * Nested calls to @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc can happen for + * compound glyphs. + * + */ + typedef FT_Error + (*FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc)( FT_Incremental incremental, + FT_UInt glyph_index, + FT_Data* adata ); + + + /*************************************************************************** + * + * @type: + * FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc + * + * @description: + * A function used to release the glyph data bytes returned by a + * successful call to @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc. + * + * @input: + * incremental :: + * A handle to an opaque @FT_Incremental handle provided by the client + * application. + * + * data :: + * A structure describing the glyph data bytes (which will be accessed + * as a read-only byte block). + * + */ + typedef void + (*FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc)( FT_Incremental incremental, + FT_Data* data ); + + + /*************************************************************************** + * + * @type: + * FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc + * + * @description: + * A function used to retrieve the basic metrics of a given glyph index + * before accessing its data. This is necessary because, in certain + * formats like TrueType, the metrics are stored in a different place from + * the glyph images proper. + * + * @input: + * incremental :: + * A handle to an opaque @FT_Incremental handle provided by the client + * application. + * + * glyph_index :: + * Index of relevant glyph. + * + * vertical :: + * If true, return vertical metrics. + * + * ametrics :: + * This parameter is used for both input and output. + * The original glyph metrics, if any, in font units. If metrics are + * not available all the values must be set to zero. + * + * @output: + * ametrics :: + * The replacement glyph metrics in font units. + * + */ + typedef FT_Error + (*FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc) + ( FT_Incremental incremental, + FT_UInt glyph_index, + FT_Bool vertical, + FT_Incremental_MetricsRec *ametrics ); + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @struct: + * FT_Incremental_FuncsRec + * + * @description: + * A table of functions for accessing fonts that load data + * incrementally. Used in @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec. + * + * @fields: + * get_glyph_data :: + * The function to get glyph data. Must not be null. + * + * free_glyph_data :: + * The function to release glyph data. Must not be null. + * + * get_glyph_metrics :: + * The function to get glyph metrics. May be null if the font does + * not provide overriding glyph metrics. + * + */ + typedef struct FT_Incremental_FuncsRec_ + { + FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc get_glyph_data; + FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc free_glyph_data; + FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc get_glyph_metrics; + + } FT_Incremental_FuncsRec; + + + /*************************************************************************** + * + * @struct: + * FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec + * + * @description: + * A structure to be used with @FT_Open_Face to indicate that the user + * wants to support incremental glyph loading. You should use it with + * @FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL as in the following example: + * + * { + * FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec inc_int; + * FT_Parameter parameter; + * FT_Open_Args open_args; + * + * + * // set up incremental descriptor + * inc_int.funcs = my_funcs; + * inc_int.object = my_object; + * + * // set up optional parameter + * parameter.tag = FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL; + * parameter.data = &inc_int; + * + * // set up FT_Open_Args structure + * open_args.flags = FT_OPEN_PATHNAME | FT_OPEN_PARAMS; + * open_args.pathname = my_font_pathname; + * open_args.num_params = 1; + * open_args.params = ¶meter; // we use one optional argument + * + * // open the font + * error = FT_Open_Face( library, &open_args, index, &face ); + * ... + * } + * + */ + typedef struct FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec_ + { + const FT_Incremental_FuncsRec* funcs; + FT_Incremental object; + + } FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec; + + + /*************************************************************************** + * + * @type: + * FT_Incremental_Interface + * + * @description: + * A pointer to an @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec structure. + * + */ + typedef FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec* FT_Incremental_Interface; + + + /*************************************************************************** + * + * @constant: + * FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL + * + * @description: + * A constant used as the tag of @FT_Parameter structures to indicate + * an incremental loading object to be used by FreeType. + * + */ +#define FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL FT_MAKE_TAG( 'i', 'n', 'c', 'r' ) + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* FTINCREM_H_ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftlcdfil.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftlcdfil.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e06a8957 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftlcdfil.h @@ -0,0 +1,286 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftlcdfil.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType API for color filtering of subpixel bitmap glyphs */ +/* (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2006-2016 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef FTLCDFIL_H_ +#define FTLCDFIL_H_ + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + /*************************************************************************** + * + * @section: + * lcd_filtering + * + * @title: + * LCD Filtering + * + * @abstract: + * Reduce color fringes of subpixel-rendered bitmaps. + * + * @description: + * Subpixel rendering exploits the color-striped structure of LCD + * pixels, increasing the available resolution in the direction of the + * stripe (usually horizontal RGB) by a factor of~3. Since these + * subpixels are color pixels, using them unfiltered creates severe + * color fringes. Use the @FT_Library_SetLcdFilter API to specify a + * low-pass filter, which is then applied to subpixel-rendered bitmaps + * generated through @FT_Render_Glyph. The filter sacrifices some of + * the higher resolution to reduce color fringes, making the glyph image + * slightly blurrier. Positional improvements will remain. + * + * Note that no filter is active by default, and that this function is + * *not* implemented in default builds of the library. You need to + * #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING in your `ftoption.h' file + * in order to activate it and explicitly call @FT_Library_SetLcdFilter + * to enable it. + * + * A filter should have two properties: + * + * 1) It should be normalized, meaning the sum of the 5~components + * should be 256 (0x100). It is possible to go above or under this + * target sum, however: going under means tossing out contrast, going + * over means invoking clamping and thereby non-linearities that + * increase contrast somewhat at the expense of greater distortion + * and color-fringing. Contrast is better enhanced through stem + * darkening. + * + * 2) It should be color-balanced, meaning a filter `{~a, b, c, b, a~}' + * where a~+ b~=~c. It distributes the computed coverage for one + * subpixel to all subpixels equally, sacrificing some won resolution + * but drastically reducing color-fringing. Positioning improvements + * remain! Note that color-fringing can only really be minimized + * when using a color-balanced filter and alpha-blending the glyph + * onto a surface in linear space; see @FT_Render_Glyph. + * + * Regarding the form, a filter can be a `boxy' filter or a `beveled' + * filter. Boxy filters are sharper but are less forgiving of non-ideal + * gamma curves of a screen (viewing angles!), beveled filters are + * fuzzier but more tolerant. + * + * Examples: + * + * - [0x10 0x40 0x70 0x40 0x10] is beveled and neither balanced nor + * normalized. + * + * - [0x1A 0x33 0x4D 0x33 0x1A] is beveled and balanced but not + * normalized. + * + * - [0x19 0x33 0x66 0x4c 0x19] is beveled and normalized but not + * balanced. + * + * - [0x00 0x4c 0x66 0x4c 0x00] is boxily beveled and normalized but not + * balanced. + * + * - [0x00 0x55 0x56 0x55 0x00] is boxy, normalized, and almost + * balanced. + * + * - [0x08 0x4D 0x56 0x4D 0x08] is beveled, normalized and, almost + * balanced. + * + * The filter affects glyph bitmaps rendered through @FT_Render_Glyph, + * @FT_Load_Glyph, and @FT_Load_Char. It does _not_ affect the output + * of @FT_Outline_Render and @FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap. + * + * If this feature is activated, the dimensions of LCD glyph bitmaps are + * either wider or taller than the dimensions of the corresponding + * outline with regard to the pixel grid. For example, for + * @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD, the filter adds 3~subpixels to the left, and + * 3~subpixels to the right. The bitmap offset values are adjusted + * accordingly, so clients shouldn't need to modify their layout and + * glyph positioning code when enabling the filter. + * + * It is important to understand that linear alpha blending and gamma + * correction is critical for correctly rendering glyphs onto surfaces + * without artifacts and even more critical when subpixel rendering is + * involved. + * + * Each of the 3~alpha values (subpixels) is independently used to blend + * one color channel. That is, red alpha blends the red channel of the + * text color with the red channel of the background pixel. The + * distribution of density values by the color-balanced filter assumes + * alpha blending is done in linear space; only then color artifacts + * cancel out. + */ + + + /**************************************************************************** + * + * @enum: + * FT_LcdFilter + * + * @description: + * A list of values to identify various types of LCD filters. + * + * @values: + * FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE :: + * Do not perform filtering. When used with subpixel rendering, this + * results in sometimes severe color fringes. + * + * FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT :: + * The default filter reduces color fringes considerably, at the cost + * of a slight blurriness in the output. + * + * It is a beveled, normalized, and color-balanced five-tap filter + * that is more forgiving to screens with non-ideal gamma curves and + * viewing angles. Note that while color-fringing is reduced, it can + * only be minimized by using linear alpha blending and gamma + * correction to render glyphs onto surfaces. The default filter + * weights are [0x08 0x4D 0x56 0x4D 0x08]. + * + * FT_LCD_FILTER_LIGHT :: + * The light filter is a variant that is sharper at the cost of + * slightly more color fringes than the default one. + * + * It is a boxy, normalized, and color-balanced three-tap filter that + * is less forgiving to screens with non-ideal gamma curves and + * viewing angles. This filter works best when the rendering system + * uses linear alpha blending and gamma correction to render glyphs + * onto surfaces. The light filter weights are + * [0x00 0x55 0x56 0x55 0x00]. + * + * FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY :: + * This filter corresponds to the original libXft color filter. It + * provides high contrast output but can exhibit really bad color + * fringes if glyphs are not extremely well hinted to the pixel grid. + * In other words, it only works well if the TrueType bytecode + * interpreter is enabled *and* high-quality hinted fonts are used. + * + * This filter is only provided for comparison purposes, and might be + * disabled or stay unsupported in the future. + * + * FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY1 :: + * For historical reasons, the FontConfig library returns a different + * enumeration value for legacy LCD filtering. To make code work that + * (incorrectly) forwards FontConfig's enumeration value to + * @FT_Library_SetLcdFilter without proper mapping, it is thus easiest + * to have another enumeration value, which is completely equal to + * `FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY'. + * + * @since: + * 2.3.0 (`FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY1' since 2.6.2) + */ + typedef enum FT_LcdFilter_ + { + FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE = 0, + FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT = 1, + FT_LCD_FILTER_LIGHT = 2, + FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY1 = 3, + FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY = 16, + + FT_LCD_FILTER_MAX /* do not remove */ + + } FT_LcdFilter; + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @func: + * FT_Library_SetLcdFilter + * + * @description: + * This function is used to apply color filtering to LCD decimated + * bitmaps, like the ones used when calling @FT_Render_Glyph with + * @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD or @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V. + * + * @input: + * library :: + * A handle to the target library instance. + * + * filter :: + * The filter type. + * + * You can use @FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE here to disable this feature, or + * @FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT to use a default filter that should work + * well on most LCD screens. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * This feature is always disabled by default. Clients must make an + * explicit call to this function with a `filter' value other than + * @FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE in order to enable it. + * + * Due to *PATENTS* covering subpixel rendering, this function doesn't + * do anything except returning `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if the + * configuration macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING is not + * defined in your build of the library, which should correspond to all + * default builds of FreeType. + * + * @since: + * 2.3.0 + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Library_SetLcdFilter( FT_Library library, + FT_LcdFilter filter ); + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @func: + * FT_Library_SetLcdFilterWeights + * + * @description: + * This function can be used to enable LCD filter with custom weights, + * instead of using presets in @FT_Library_SetLcdFilter. + * + * @input: + * library :: + * A handle to the target library instance. + * + * weights :: + * A pointer to an array; the function copies the first five bytes and + * uses them to specify the filter weights. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * Due to *PATENTS* covering subpixel rendering, this function doesn't + * do anything except returning `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if the + * configuration macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING is not + * defined in your build of the library, which should correspond to all + * default builds of FreeType. + * + * @since: + * 2.4.0 + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Library_SetLcdFilterWeights( FT_Library library, + unsigned char *weights ); + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* FTLCDFIL_H_ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftlist.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftlist.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..82f437ac --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftlist.h @@ -0,0 +1,276 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftlist.h */ +/* */ +/* Generic list support for FreeType (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* This file implements functions relative to list processing. Its */ + /* data structures are defined in `freetype.h'. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef FTLIST_H_ +#define FTLIST_H_ + + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* list_processing */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* List Processing */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* Simple management of lists. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This section contains various definitions related to list */ + /* processing using doubly-linked nodes. */ + /* */ + /* <Order> */ + /* FT_List */ + /* FT_ListNode */ + /* FT_ListRec */ + /* FT_ListNodeRec */ + /* */ + /* FT_List_Add */ + /* FT_List_Insert */ + /* FT_List_Find */ + /* FT_List_Remove */ + /* FT_List_Up */ + /* FT_List_Iterate */ + /* FT_List_Iterator */ + /* FT_List_Finalize */ + /* FT_List_Destructor */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_List_Find */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Find the list node for a given listed object. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* list :: A pointer to the parent list. */ + /* data :: The address of the listed object. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* List node. NULL if it wasn't found. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_ListNode ) + FT_List_Find( FT_List list, + void* data ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_List_Add */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Append an element to the end of a list. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* list :: A pointer to the parent list. */ + /* node :: The node to append. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_List_Add( FT_List list, + FT_ListNode node ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_List_Insert */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Insert an element at the head of a list. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* list :: A pointer to parent list. */ + /* node :: The node to insert. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_List_Insert( FT_List list, + FT_ListNode node ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_List_Remove */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Remove a node from a list. This function doesn't check whether */ + /* the node is in the list! */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* node :: The node to remove. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* list :: A pointer to the parent list. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_List_Remove( FT_List list, + FT_ListNode node ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_List_Up */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Move a node to the head/top of a list. Used to maintain LRU */ + /* lists. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* list :: A pointer to the parent list. */ + /* node :: The node to move. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_List_Up( FT_List list, + FT_ListNode node ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <FuncType> */ + /* FT_List_Iterator */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* An FT_List iterator function that is called during a list parse */ + /* by @FT_List_Iterate. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* node :: The current iteration list node. */ + /* */ + /* user :: A typeless pointer passed to @FT_List_Iterate. */ + /* Can be used to point to the iteration's state. */ + /* */ + typedef FT_Error + (*FT_List_Iterator)( FT_ListNode node, + void* user ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_List_Iterate */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Parse a list and calls a given iterator function on each element. */ + /* Note that parsing is stopped as soon as one of the iterator calls */ + /* returns a non-zero value. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* list :: A handle to the list. */ + /* iterator :: An iterator function, called on each node of the list. */ + /* user :: A user-supplied field that is passed as the second */ + /* argument to the iterator. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* The result (a FreeType error code) of the last iterator call. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_List_Iterate( FT_List list, + FT_List_Iterator iterator, + void* user ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <FuncType> */ + /* FT_List_Destructor */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* An @FT_List iterator function that is called during a list */ + /* finalization by @FT_List_Finalize to destroy all elements in a */ + /* given list. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* system :: The current system object. */ + /* */ + /* data :: The current object to destroy. */ + /* */ + /* user :: A typeless pointer passed to @FT_List_Iterate. It can */ + /* be used to point to the iteration's state. */ + /* */ + typedef void + (*FT_List_Destructor)( FT_Memory memory, + void* data, + void* user ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_List_Finalize */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Destroy all elements in the list as well as the list itself. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* list :: A handle to the list. */ + /* */ + /* destroy :: A list destructor that will be applied to each element */ + /* of the list. Set this to NULL if not needed. */ + /* */ + /* memory :: The current memory object that handles deallocation. */ + /* */ + /* user :: A user-supplied field that is passed as the last */ + /* argument to the destructor. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* This function expects that all nodes added by @FT_List_Add or */ + /* @FT_List_Insert have been dynamically allocated. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_List_Finalize( FT_List list, + FT_List_Destructor destroy, + FT_Memory memory, + void* user ); + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* FTLIST_H_ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftlzw.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftlzw.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..582e2c14 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftlzw.h @@ -0,0 +1,99 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftlzw.h */ +/* */ +/* LZW-compressed stream support. */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2004-2016 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef FTLZW_H_ +#define FTLZW_H_ + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* lzw */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* LZW Streams */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* Using LZW-compressed font files. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This section contains the declaration of LZW-specific functions. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + /************************************************************************ + * + * @function: + * FT_Stream_OpenLZW + * + * @description: + * Open a new stream to parse LZW-compressed font files. This is + * mainly used to support the compressed `*.pcf.Z' fonts that come + * with XFree86. + * + * @input: + * stream :: The target embedding stream. + * + * source :: The source stream. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * The source stream must be opened _before_ calling this function. + * + * Calling the internal function `FT_Stream_Close' on the new stream will + * *not* call `FT_Stream_Close' on the source stream. None of the stream + * objects will be released to the heap. + * + * The stream implementation is very basic and resets the decompression + * process each time seeking backwards is needed within the stream + * + * In certain builds of the library, LZW compression recognition is + * automatically handled when calling @FT_New_Face or @FT_Open_Face. + * This means that if no font driver is capable of handling the raw + * compressed file, the library will try to open a LZW stream from it + * and re-open the face with it. + * + * This function may return `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if your build + * of FreeType was not compiled with LZW support. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Stream_OpenLZW( FT_Stream stream, + FT_Stream source ); + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* FTLZW_H_ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftmac.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftmac.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..adb15cad --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftmac.h @@ -0,0 +1,274 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftmac.h */ +/* */ +/* Additional Mac-specific API. */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */ +/* Just van Rossum, David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* NOTE: Include this file after FT_FREETYPE_H and after any */ +/* Mac-specific headers (because this header uses Mac types such as */ +/* Handle, FSSpec, FSRef, etc.) */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef FTMAC_H_ +#define FTMAC_H_ + + +#include <ft2build.h> + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + +/* gcc-3.4.1 and later can warn about functions tagged as deprecated */ +#ifndef FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE +#if defined(__GNUC__) && \ + ((__GNUC__ >= 4) || ((__GNUC__ == 3) && (__GNUC_MINOR__ >= 1))) +#define FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE __attribute__((deprecated)) +#else +#define FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE +#endif +#endif + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* mac_specific */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* Mac Specific Interface */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* Only available on the Macintosh. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* The following definitions are only available if FreeType is */ + /* compiled on a Macintosh. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_New_Face_From_FOND */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Create a new face object from a FOND resource. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* library :: A handle to the library resource. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* fond :: A FOND resource. */ + /* */ + /* face_index :: Only supported for the -1 `sanity check' special */ + /* case. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* aface :: A handle to a new face object. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Notes> */ + /* This function can be used to create @FT_Face objects from fonts */ + /* that are installed in the system as follows. */ + /* */ + /* { */ + /* fond = GetResource( 'FOND', fontName ); */ + /* error = FT_New_Face_From_FOND( library, fond, 0, &face ); */ + /* } */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_New_Face_From_FOND( FT_Library library, + Handle fond, + FT_Long face_index, + FT_Face *aface ) + FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_GetFile_From_Mac_Name */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Return an FSSpec for the disk file containing the named font. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* fontName :: Mac OS name of the font (e.g., Times New Roman */ + /* Bold). */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* pathSpec :: FSSpec to the file. For passing to */ + /* @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec. */ + /* */ + /* face_index :: Index of the face. For passing to */ + /* @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_GetFile_From_Mac_Name( const char* fontName, + FSSpec* pathSpec, + FT_Long* face_index ) + FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_GetFile_From_Mac_ATS_Name */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Return an FSSpec for the disk file containing the named font. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* fontName :: Mac OS name of the font in ATS framework. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* pathSpec :: FSSpec to the file. For passing to */ + /* @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec. */ + /* */ + /* face_index :: Index of the face. For passing to */ + /* @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_GetFile_From_Mac_ATS_Name( const char* fontName, + FSSpec* pathSpec, + FT_Long* face_index ) + FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_GetFilePath_From_Mac_ATS_Name */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Return a pathname of the disk file and face index for given font */ + /* name that is handled by ATS framework. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* fontName :: Mac OS name of the font in ATS framework. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* path :: Buffer to store pathname of the file. For passing */ + /* to @FT_New_Face. The client must allocate this */ + /* buffer before calling this function. */ + /* */ + /* maxPathSize :: Lengths of the buffer `path' that client allocated. */ + /* */ + /* face_index :: Index of the face. For passing to @FT_New_Face. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_GetFilePath_From_Mac_ATS_Name( const char* fontName, + UInt8* path, + UInt32 maxPathSize, + FT_Long* face_index ) + FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Create a new face object from a given resource and typeface index */ + /* using an FSSpec to the font file. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* library :: A handle to the library resource. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* spec :: FSSpec to the font file. */ + /* */ + /* face_index :: The index of the face within the resource. The */ + /* first face has index~0. */ + /* <Output> */ + /* aface :: A handle to a new face object. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec is identical to @FT_New_Face except */ + /* it accepts an FSSpec instead of a path. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec( FT_Library library, + const FSSpec *spec, + FT_Long face_index, + FT_Face *aface ) + FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_New_Face_From_FSRef */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Create a new face object from a given resource and typeface index */ + /* using an FSRef to the font file. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* library :: A handle to the library resource. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* spec :: FSRef to the font file. */ + /* */ + /* face_index :: The index of the face within the resource. The */ + /* first face has index~0. */ + /* <Output> */ + /* aface :: A handle to a new face object. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* @FT_New_Face_From_FSRef is identical to @FT_New_Face except */ + /* it accepts an FSRef instead of a path. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_New_Face_From_FSRef( FT_Library library, + const FSRef *ref, + FT_Long face_index, + FT_Face *aface ) + FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE; + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + + +#endif /* FTMAC_H_ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftmm.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftmm.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6c05f0c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftmm.h @@ -0,0 +1,384 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftmm.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType Multiple Master font interface (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef FTMM_H_ +#define FTMM_H_ + + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* multiple_masters */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* Multiple Masters */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* How to manage Multiple Masters fonts. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* The following types and functions are used to manage Multiple */ + /* Master fonts, i.e., the selection of specific design instances by */ + /* setting design axis coordinates. */ + /* */ + /* George Williams has extended this interface to make it work with */ + /* both Type~1 Multiple Masters fonts and GX distortable (var) */ + /* fonts. Some of these routines only work with MM fonts, others */ + /* will work with both types. They are similar enough that a */ + /* consistent interface makes sense. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_MM_Axis */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A simple structure used to model a given axis in design space for */ + /* Multiple Masters fonts. */ + /* */ + /* This structure can't be used for GX var fonts. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* name :: The axis's name. */ + /* */ + /* minimum :: The axis's minimum design coordinate. */ + /* */ + /* maximum :: The axis's maximum design coordinate. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_MM_Axis_ + { + FT_String* name; + FT_Long minimum; + FT_Long maximum; + + } FT_MM_Axis; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_Multi_Master */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to model the axes and space of a Multiple Masters */ + /* font. */ + /* */ + /* This structure can't be used for GX var fonts. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* num_axis :: Number of axes. Cannot exceed~4. */ + /* */ + /* num_designs :: Number of designs; should be normally 2^num_axis */ + /* even though the Type~1 specification strangely */ + /* allows for intermediate designs to be present. */ + /* This number cannot exceed~16. */ + /* */ + /* axis :: A table of axis descriptors. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Multi_Master_ + { + FT_UInt num_axis; + FT_UInt num_designs; + FT_MM_Axis axis[T1_MAX_MM_AXIS]; + + } FT_Multi_Master; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_Var_Axis */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A simple structure used to model a given axis in design space for */ + /* Multiple Masters and GX var fonts. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* name :: The axis's name. */ + /* Not always meaningful for GX. */ + /* */ + /* minimum :: The axis's minimum design coordinate. */ + /* */ + /* def :: The axis's default design coordinate. */ + /* FreeType computes meaningful default values for MM; it */ + /* is then an integer value, not in 16.16 format. */ + /* */ + /* maximum :: The axis's maximum design coordinate. */ + /* */ + /* tag :: The axis's tag (the GX equivalent to `name'). */ + /* FreeType provides default values for MM if possible. */ + /* */ + /* strid :: The entry in `name' table (another GX version of */ + /* `name'). */ + /* Not meaningful for MM. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Var_Axis_ + { + FT_String* name; + + FT_Fixed minimum; + FT_Fixed def; + FT_Fixed maximum; + + FT_ULong tag; + FT_UInt strid; + + } FT_Var_Axis; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_Var_Named_Style */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A simple structure used to model a named style in a GX var font. */ + /* */ + /* This structure can't be used for MM fonts. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* coords :: The design coordinates for this style. */ + /* This is an array with one entry for each axis. */ + /* */ + /* strid :: The entry in `name' table identifying this style. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Var_Named_Style_ + { + FT_Fixed* coords; + FT_UInt strid; + + } FT_Var_Named_Style; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_MM_Var */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to model the axes and space of a Multiple Masters */ + /* or GX var distortable font. */ + /* */ + /* Some fields are specific to one format and not to the other. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* num_axis :: The number of axes. The maximum value is~4 for */ + /* MM; no limit in GX. */ + /* */ + /* num_designs :: The number of designs; should be normally */ + /* 2^num_axis for MM fonts. Not meaningful for GX */ + /* (where every glyph could have a different */ + /* number of designs). */ + /* */ + /* num_namedstyles :: The number of named styles; only meaningful for */ + /* GX that allows certain design coordinates to */ + /* have a string ID (in the `name' table) */ + /* associated with them. The font can tell the */ + /* user that, for example, Weight=1.5 is `Bold'. */ + /* */ + /* axis :: An axis descriptor table. */ + /* GX fonts contain slightly more data than MM. */ + /* Memory management of this pointer is done */ + /* internally by FreeType. */ + /* */ + /* namedstyle :: A named style table. */ + /* Only meaningful with GX. */ + /* Memory management of this pointer is done */ + /* internally by FreeType. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_MM_Var_ + { + FT_UInt num_axis; + FT_UInt num_designs; + FT_UInt num_namedstyles; + FT_Var_Axis* axis; + FT_Var_Named_Style* namedstyle; + + } FT_MM_Var; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Get_Multi_Master */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Retrieve the Multiple Master descriptor of a given font. */ + /* */ + /* This function can't be used with GX fonts. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: A handle to the source face. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* amaster :: The Multiple Masters descriptor. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Get_Multi_Master( FT_Face face, + FT_Multi_Master *amaster ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Get_MM_Var */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Retrieve the Multiple Master/GX var descriptor of a given font. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: A handle to the source face. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* amaster :: The Multiple Masters/GX var descriptor. */ + /* Allocates a data structure, which the user must */ + /* deallocate with `free' after use. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Get_MM_Var( FT_Face face, + FT_MM_Var* *amaster ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Set_MM_Design_Coordinates */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* For Multiple Masters fonts, choose an interpolated font design */ + /* through design coordinates. */ + /* */ + /* This function can't be used with GX fonts. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* face :: A handle to the source face. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* num_coords :: The number of available design coordinates. If it */ + /* is larger than the number of axes, ignore the excess */ + /* values. If it is smaller than the number of axes, */ + /* use default values for the remaining axes. */ + /* */ + /* coords :: An array of design coordinates. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Set_MM_Design_Coordinates( FT_Face face, + FT_UInt num_coords, + FT_Long* coords ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* For Multiple Master or GX Var fonts, choose an interpolated font */ + /* design through design coordinates. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* face :: A handle to the source face. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* num_coords :: The number of available design coordinates. If it */ + /* is larger than the number of axes, ignore the excess */ + /* values. If it is smaller than the number of axes, */ + /* use default values for the remaining axes. */ + /* */ + /* coords :: An array of design coordinates. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates( FT_Face face, + FT_UInt num_coords, + FT_Fixed* coords ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Set_MM_Blend_Coordinates */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* For Multiple Masters and GX var fonts, choose an interpolated font */ + /* design through normalized blend coordinates. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* face :: A handle to the source face. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* num_coords :: The number of available design coordinates. If it */ + /* is larger than the number of axes, ignore the excess */ + /* values. If it is smaller than the number of axes, */ + /* use default values for the remaining axes. */ + /* */ + /* coords :: The design coordinates array (each element must be */ + /* between 0 and 1.0). */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Set_MM_Blend_Coordinates( FT_Face face, + FT_UInt num_coords, + FT_Fixed* coords ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Set_Var_Blend_Coordinates */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This is another name of @FT_Set_MM_Blend_Coordinates. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Set_Var_Blend_Coordinates( FT_Face face, + FT_UInt num_coords, + FT_Fixed* coords ); + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* FTMM_H_ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftmodapi.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftmodapi.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b4d2758e --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftmodapi.h @@ -0,0 +1,667 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftmodapi.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType modules public interface (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef FTMODAPI_H_ +#define FTMODAPI_H_ + + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* module_management */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* Module Management */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* How to add, upgrade, remove, and control modules from FreeType. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* The definitions below are used to manage modules within FreeType. */ + /* Modules can be added, upgraded, and removed at runtime. */ + /* Additionally, some module properties can be controlled also. */ + /* */ + /* Here is a list of possible values of the `module_name' field in */ + /* the @FT_Module_Class structure. */ + /* */ + /* { */ + /* autofitter */ + /* bdf */ + /* cff */ + /* gxvalid */ + /* otvalid */ + /* pcf */ + /* pfr */ + /* psaux */ + /* pshinter */ + /* psnames */ + /* raster1 */ + /* sfnt */ + /* smooth, smooth-lcd, smooth-lcdv */ + /* truetype */ + /* type1 */ + /* type42 */ + /* t1cid */ + /* winfonts */ + /* } */ + /* */ + /* Note that the FreeType Cache sub-system is not a FreeType module. */ + /* */ + /* <Order> */ + /* FT_Module */ + /* FT_Module_Constructor */ + /* FT_Module_Destructor */ + /* FT_Module_Requester */ + /* FT_Module_Class */ + /* */ + /* FT_Add_Module */ + /* FT_Get_Module */ + /* FT_Remove_Module */ + /* FT_Add_Default_Modules */ + /* */ + /* FT_Property_Set */ + /* FT_Property_Get */ + /* */ + /* FT_New_Library */ + /* FT_Done_Library */ + /* FT_Reference_Library */ + /* */ + /* FT_Renderer */ + /* FT_Renderer_Class */ + /* */ + /* FT_Get_Renderer */ + /* FT_Set_Renderer */ + /* */ + /* FT_Set_Debug_Hook */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /* module bit flags */ +#define FT_MODULE_FONT_DRIVER 1 /* this module is a font driver */ +#define FT_MODULE_RENDERER 2 /* this module is a renderer */ +#define FT_MODULE_HINTER 4 /* this module is a glyph hinter */ +#define FT_MODULE_STYLER 8 /* this module is a styler */ + +#define FT_MODULE_DRIVER_SCALABLE 0x100 /* the driver supports */ + /* scalable fonts */ +#define FT_MODULE_DRIVER_NO_OUTLINES 0x200 /* the driver does not */ + /* support vector outlines */ +#define FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HAS_HINTER 0x400 /* the driver provides its */ + /* own hinter */ +#define FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HINTS_LIGHTLY 0x800 /* the driver's hinter */ + /* produces LIGHT hints */ + + + /* deprecated values */ +#define ft_module_font_driver FT_MODULE_FONT_DRIVER +#define ft_module_renderer FT_MODULE_RENDERER +#define ft_module_hinter FT_MODULE_HINTER +#define ft_module_styler FT_MODULE_STYLER + +#define ft_module_driver_scalable FT_MODULE_DRIVER_SCALABLE +#define ft_module_driver_no_outlines FT_MODULE_DRIVER_NO_OUTLINES +#define ft_module_driver_has_hinter FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HAS_HINTER +#define ft_module_driver_hints_lightly FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HINTS_LIGHTLY + + + typedef FT_Pointer FT_Module_Interface; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <FuncType> */ + /* FT_Module_Constructor */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A function used to initialize (not create) a new module object. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* module :: The module to initialize. */ + /* */ + typedef FT_Error + (*FT_Module_Constructor)( FT_Module module ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <FuncType> */ + /* FT_Module_Destructor */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A function used to finalize (not destroy) a given module object. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* module :: The module to finalize. */ + /* */ + typedef void + (*FT_Module_Destructor)( FT_Module module ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <FuncType> */ + /* FT_Module_Requester */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A function used to query a given module for a specific interface. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* module :: The module to be searched. */ + /* */ + /* name :: The name of the interface in the module. */ + /* */ + typedef FT_Module_Interface + (*FT_Module_Requester)( FT_Module module, + const char* name ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_Module_Class */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* The module class descriptor. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* module_flags :: Bit flags describing the module. */ + /* */ + /* module_size :: The size of one module object/instance in */ + /* bytes. */ + /* */ + /* module_name :: The name of the module. */ + /* */ + /* module_version :: The version, as a 16.16 fixed number */ + /* (major.minor). */ + /* */ + /* module_requires :: The version of FreeType this module requires, */ + /* as a 16.16 fixed number (major.minor). Starts */ + /* at version 2.0, i.e., 0x20000. */ + /* */ + /* module_init :: The initializing function. */ + /* */ + /* module_done :: The finalizing function. */ + /* */ + /* get_interface :: The interface requesting function. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Module_Class_ + { + FT_ULong module_flags; + FT_Long module_size; + const FT_String* module_name; + FT_Fixed module_version; + FT_Fixed module_requires; + + const void* module_interface; + + FT_Module_Constructor module_init; + FT_Module_Destructor module_done; + FT_Module_Requester get_interface; + + } FT_Module_Class; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Add_Module */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Add a new module to a given library instance. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* library :: A handle to the library object. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* clazz :: A pointer to class descriptor for the module. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* An error will be returned if a module already exists by that name, */ + /* or if the module requires a version of FreeType that is too great. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Add_Module( FT_Library library, + const FT_Module_Class* clazz ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Get_Module */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Find a module by its name. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* library :: A handle to the library object. */ + /* */ + /* module_name :: The module's name (as an ASCII string). */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* A module handle. 0~if none was found. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* FreeType's internal modules aren't documented very well, and you */ + /* should look up the source code for details. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Module ) + FT_Get_Module( FT_Library library, + const char* module_name ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Remove_Module */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Remove a given module from a library instance. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* library :: A handle to a library object. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* module :: A handle to a module object. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The module object is destroyed by the function in case of success. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Remove_Module( FT_Library library, + FT_Module module ); + + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Property_Set + * + * @description: + * Set a property for a given module. + * + * @input: + * library :: + * A handle to the library the module is part of. + * + * module_name :: + * The module name. + * + * property_name :: + * The property name. Properties are described in the `Synopsis' + * subsection of the module's documentation. + * + * Note that only a few modules have properties. + * + * value :: + * A generic pointer to a variable or structure that gives the new + * value of the property. The exact definition of `value' is + * dependent on the property; see the `Synopsis' subsection of the + * module's documentation. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * If `module_name' isn't a valid module name, or `property_name' + * doesn't specify a valid property, or if `value' doesn't represent a + * valid value for the given property, an error is returned. + * + * The following example sets property `bar' (a simple integer) in + * module `foo' to value~1. + * + * { + * FT_UInt bar; + * + * + * bar = 1; + * FT_Property_Set( library, "foo", "bar", &bar ); + * } + * + * Note that the FreeType Cache sub-system doesn't recognize module + * property changes. To avoid glyph lookup confusion within the cache + * you should call @FTC_Manager_Reset to completely flush the cache if + * a module property gets changed after @FTC_Manager_New has been + * called. + * + * It is not possible to set properties of the FreeType Cache + * sub-system itself with FT_Property_Set; use @FTC_Property_Set + * instead. + * + * @since: + * 2.4.11 + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Property_Set( FT_Library library, + const FT_String* module_name, + const FT_String* property_name, + const void* value ); + + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Property_Get + * + * @description: + * Get a module's property value. + * + * @input: + * library :: + * A handle to the library the module is part of. + * + * module_name :: + * The module name. + * + * property_name :: + * The property name. Properties are described in the `Synopsis' + * subsection of the module's documentation. + * + * @inout: + * value :: + * A generic pointer to a variable or structure that gives the + * value of the property. The exact definition of `value' is + * dependent on the property; see the `Synopsis' subsection of the + * module's documentation. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * If `module_name' isn't a valid module name, or `property_name' + * doesn't specify a valid property, or if `value' doesn't represent a + * valid value for the given property, an error is returned. + * + * The following example gets property `baz' (a range) in module `foo'. + * + * { + * typedef range_ + * { + * FT_Int32 min; + * FT_Int32 max; + * + * } range; + * + * range baz; + * + * + * FT_Property_Get( library, "foo", "baz", &baz ); + * } + * + * It is not possible to retrieve properties of the FreeType Cache + * sub-system with FT_Property_Get; use @FTC_Property_Get instead. + * + * @since: + * 2.4.11 + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Property_Get( FT_Library library, + const FT_String* module_name, + const FT_String* property_name, + void* value ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Reference_Library */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A counter gets initialized to~1 at the time an @FT_Library */ + /* structure is created. This function increments the counter. */ + /* @FT_Done_Library then only destroys a library if the counter is~1, */ + /* otherwise it simply decrements the counter. */ + /* */ + /* This function helps in managing life-cycles of structures that */ + /* reference @FT_Library objects. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* library :: A handle to a target library object. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Since> */ + /* 2.4.2 */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Reference_Library( FT_Library library ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_New_Library */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This function is used to create a new FreeType library instance */ + /* from a given memory object. It is thus possible to use libraries */ + /* with distinct memory allocators within the same program. Note, */ + /* however, that the used @FT_Memory structure is expected to remain */ + /* valid for the life of the @FT_Library object. */ + /* */ + /* Normally, you would call this function (followed by a call to */ + /* @FT_Add_Default_Modules or a series of calls to @FT_Add_Module) */ + /* instead of @FT_Init_FreeType to initialize the FreeType library. */ + /* */ + /* Don't use @FT_Done_FreeType but @FT_Done_Library to destroy a */ + /* library instance. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* memory :: A handle to the original memory object. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* alibrary :: A pointer to handle of a new library object. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* See the discussion of reference counters in the description of */ + /* @FT_Reference_Library. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_New_Library( FT_Memory memory, + FT_Library *alibrary ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Done_Library */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Discard a given library object. This closes all drivers and */ + /* discards all resource objects. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* library :: A handle to the target library. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* See the discussion of reference counters in the description of */ + /* @FT_Reference_Library. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Done_Library( FT_Library library ); + + /* */ + + typedef void + (*FT_DebugHook_Func)( void* arg ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Set_Debug_Hook */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Set a debug hook function for debugging the interpreter of a font */ + /* format. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* library :: A handle to the library object. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* hook_index :: The index of the debug hook. You should use the */ + /* values defined in `ftobjs.h', e.g., */ + /* `FT_DEBUG_HOOK_TRUETYPE'. */ + /* */ + /* debug_hook :: The function used to debug the interpreter. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* Currently, four debug hook slots are available, but only two (for */ + /* the TrueType and the Type~1 interpreter) are defined. */ + /* */ + /* Since the internal headers of FreeType are no longer installed, */ + /* the symbol `FT_DEBUG_HOOK_TRUETYPE' isn't available publicly. */ + /* This is a bug and will be fixed in a forthcoming release. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_Set_Debug_Hook( FT_Library library, + FT_UInt hook_index, + FT_DebugHook_Func debug_hook ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Add_Default_Modules */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Add the set of default drivers to a given library object. */ + /* This is only useful when you create a library object with */ + /* @FT_New_Library (usually to plug a custom memory manager). */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* library :: A handle to a new library object. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_Add_Default_Modules( FT_Library library ); + + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @section: + * truetype_engine + * + * @title: + * The TrueType Engine + * + * @abstract: + * TrueType bytecode support. + * + * @description: + * This section contains a function used to query the level of TrueType + * bytecode support compiled in this version of the library. + * + */ + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @enum: + * FT_TrueTypeEngineType + * + * @description: + * A list of values describing which kind of TrueType bytecode + * engine is implemented in a given FT_Library instance. It is used + * by the @FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type function. + * + * @values: + * FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_NONE :: + * The library doesn't implement any kind of bytecode interpreter. + * + * FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_UNPATENTED :: + * Deprecated and removed. + * + * FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_PATENTED :: + * The library implements a bytecode interpreter that covers + * the full instruction set of the TrueType virtual machine (this + * was governed by patents until May 2010, hence the name). + * + * @since: + * 2.2 + * + */ + typedef enum FT_TrueTypeEngineType_ + { + FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_NONE = 0, + FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_UNPATENTED, + FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_PATENTED + + } FT_TrueTypeEngineType; + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @func: + * FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type + * + * @description: + * Return an @FT_TrueTypeEngineType value to indicate which level of + * the TrueType virtual machine a given library instance supports. + * + * @input: + * library :: + * A library instance. + * + * @return: + * A value indicating which level is supported. + * + * @since: + * 2.2 + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_TrueTypeEngineType ) + FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type( FT_Library library ); + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* FTMODAPI_H_ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftmoderr.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftmoderr.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2a7671c8 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftmoderr.h @@ -0,0 +1,194 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftmoderr.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType module error offsets (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2001-2016 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* This file is used to define the FreeType module error codes. */ + /* */ + /* If the macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS in `ftoption.h' is */ + /* set, the lower byte of an error value identifies the error code as */ + /* usual. In addition, the higher byte identifies the module. For */ + /* example, the error `FT_Err_Invalid_File_Format' has value 0x0003, the */ + /* error `TT_Err_Invalid_File_Format' has value 0x1303, the error */ + /* `T1_Err_Invalid_File_Format' has value 0x1403, etc. */ + /* */ + /* Note that `FT_Err_Ok', `TT_Err_Ok', etc. are always equal to zero, */ + /* including the high byte. */ + /* */ + /* If FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS isn't set, the higher byte of */ + /* an error value is set to zero. */ + /* */ + /* To hide the various `XXX_Err_' prefixes in the source code, FreeType */ + /* provides some macros in `fttypes.h'. */ + /* */ + /* FT_ERR( err ) */ + /* Add current error module prefix (as defined with the */ + /* `FT_ERR_PREFIX' macro) to `err'. For example, in the BDF module */ + /* the line */ + /* */ + /* error = FT_ERR( Invalid_Outline ); */ + /* */ + /* expands to */ + /* */ + /* error = BDF_Err_Invalid_Outline; */ + /* */ + /* For simplicity, you can always use `FT_Err_Ok' directly instead */ + /* of `FT_ERR( Ok )'. */ + /* */ + /* FT_ERR_EQ( errcode, err ) */ + /* FT_ERR_NEQ( errcode, err ) */ + /* Compare error code `errcode' with the error `err' for equality */ + /* and inequality, respectively. Example: */ + /* */ + /* if ( FT_ERR_EQ( error, Invalid_Outline ) ) */ + /* ... */ + /* */ + /* Using this macro you don't have to think about error prefixes. */ + /* Of course, if module errors are not active, the above example is */ + /* the same as */ + /* */ + /* if ( error == FT_Err_Invalid_Outline ) */ + /* ... */ + /* */ + /* FT_ERROR_BASE( errcode ) */ + /* FT_ERROR_MODULE( errcode ) */ + /* Get base error and module error code, respectively. */ + /* */ + /* */ + /* It can also be used to create a module error message table easily */ + /* with something like */ + /* */ + /* { */ + /* #undef FTMODERR_H_ */ + /* #define FT_MODERRDEF( e, v, s ) { FT_Mod_Err_ ## e, s }, */ + /* #define FT_MODERR_START_LIST { */ + /* #define FT_MODERR_END_LIST { 0, 0 } }; */ + /* */ + /* const struct */ + /* { */ + /* int mod_err_offset; */ + /* const char* mod_err_msg */ + /* } ft_mod_errors[] = */ + /* */ + /* #include FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H */ + /* } */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef FTMODERR_H_ +#define FTMODERR_H_ + + + /*******************************************************************/ + /*******************************************************************/ + /***** *****/ + /***** SETUP MACROS *****/ + /***** *****/ + /*******************************************************************/ + /*******************************************************************/ + + +#undef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C + +#ifndef FT_MODERRDEF + +#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS +#define FT_MODERRDEF( e, v, s ) FT_Mod_Err_ ## e = v, +#else +#define FT_MODERRDEF( e, v, s ) FT_Mod_Err_ ## e = 0, +#endif + +#define FT_MODERR_START_LIST enum { +#define FT_MODERR_END_LIST FT_Mod_Err_Max }; + +#ifdef __cplusplus +#define FT_NEED_EXTERN_C + extern "C" { +#endif + +#endif /* !FT_MODERRDEF */ + + + /*******************************************************************/ + /*******************************************************************/ + /***** *****/ + /***** LIST MODULE ERROR BASES *****/ + /***** *****/ + /*******************************************************************/ + /*******************************************************************/ + + +#ifdef FT_MODERR_START_LIST + FT_MODERR_START_LIST +#endif + + + FT_MODERRDEF( Base, 0x000, "base module" ) + FT_MODERRDEF( Autofit, 0x100, "autofitter module" ) + FT_MODERRDEF( BDF, 0x200, "BDF module" ) + FT_MODERRDEF( Bzip2, 0x300, "Bzip2 module" ) + FT_MODERRDEF( Cache, 0x400, "cache module" ) + FT_MODERRDEF( CFF, 0x500, "CFF module" ) + FT_MODERRDEF( CID, 0x600, "CID module" ) + FT_MODERRDEF( Gzip, 0x700, "Gzip module" ) + FT_MODERRDEF( LZW, 0x800, "LZW module" ) + FT_MODERRDEF( OTvalid, 0x900, "OpenType validation module" ) + FT_MODERRDEF( PCF, 0xA00, "PCF module" ) + FT_MODERRDEF( PFR, 0xB00, "PFR module" ) + FT_MODERRDEF( PSaux, 0xC00, "PS auxiliary module" ) + FT_MODERRDEF( PShinter, 0xD00, "PS hinter module" ) + FT_MODERRDEF( PSnames, 0xE00, "PS names module" ) + FT_MODERRDEF( Raster, 0xF00, "raster module" ) + FT_MODERRDEF( SFNT, 0x1000, "SFNT module" ) + FT_MODERRDEF( Smooth, 0x1100, "smooth raster module" ) + FT_MODERRDEF( TrueType, 0x1200, "TrueType module" ) + FT_MODERRDEF( Type1, 0x1300, "Type 1 module" ) + FT_MODERRDEF( Type42, 0x1400, "Type 42 module" ) + FT_MODERRDEF( Winfonts, 0x1500, "Windows FON/FNT module" ) + FT_MODERRDEF( GXvalid, 0x1600, "GX validation module" ) + + +#ifdef FT_MODERR_END_LIST + FT_MODERR_END_LIST +#endif + + + /*******************************************************************/ + /*******************************************************************/ + /***** *****/ + /***** CLEANUP *****/ + /***** *****/ + /*******************************************************************/ + /*******************************************************************/ + + +#ifdef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C + } +#endif + +#undef FT_MODERR_START_LIST +#undef FT_MODERR_END_LIST +#undef FT_MODERRDEF +#undef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C + + +#endif /* FTMODERR_H_ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftotval.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftotval.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c678ef34 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftotval.h @@ -0,0 +1,204 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftotval.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType API for validating OpenType tables (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2004-2016 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* */ +/* Warning: This module might be moved to a different library in the */ +/* future to avoid a tight dependency between FreeType and the */ +/* OpenType specification. */ +/* */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef FTOTVAL_H_ +#define FTOTVAL_H_ + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* ot_validation */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* OpenType Validation */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* An API to validate OpenType tables. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This section contains the declaration of functions to validate */ + /* some OpenType tables (BASE, GDEF, GPOS, GSUB, JSTF, MATH). */ + /* */ + /* <Order> */ + /* FT_OpenType_Validate */ + /* FT_OpenType_Free */ + /* */ + /* FT_VALIDATE_OTXXX */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @enum: + * FT_VALIDATE_OTXXX + * + * @description: + * A list of bit-field constants used with @FT_OpenType_Validate to + * indicate which OpenType tables should be validated. + * + * @values: + * FT_VALIDATE_BASE :: + * Validate BASE table. + * + * FT_VALIDATE_GDEF :: + * Validate GDEF table. + * + * FT_VALIDATE_GPOS :: + * Validate GPOS table. + * + * FT_VALIDATE_GSUB :: + * Validate GSUB table. + * + * FT_VALIDATE_JSTF :: + * Validate JSTF table. + * + * FT_VALIDATE_MATH :: + * Validate MATH table. + * + * FT_VALIDATE_OT :: + * Validate all OpenType tables (BASE, GDEF, GPOS, GSUB, JSTF, MATH). + * + */ +#define FT_VALIDATE_BASE 0x0100 +#define FT_VALIDATE_GDEF 0x0200 +#define FT_VALIDATE_GPOS 0x0400 +#define FT_VALIDATE_GSUB 0x0800 +#define FT_VALIDATE_JSTF 0x1000 +#define FT_VALIDATE_MATH 0x2000 + +#define FT_VALIDATE_OT FT_VALIDATE_BASE | \ + FT_VALIDATE_GDEF | \ + FT_VALIDATE_GPOS | \ + FT_VALIDATE_GSUB | \ + FT_VALIDATE_JSTF | \ + FT_VALIDATE_MATH + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_OpenType_Validate + * + * @description: + * Validate various OpenType tables to assure that all offsets and + * indices are valid. The idea is that a higher-level library that + * actually does the text layout can access those tables without + * error checking (which can be quite time consuming). + * + * @input: + * face :: + * A handle to the input face. + * + * validation_flags :: + * A bit field that specifies the tables to be validated. See + * @FT_VALIDATE_OTXXX for possible values. + * + * @output: + * BASE_table :: + * A pointer to the BASE table. + * + * GDEF_table :: + * A pointer to the GDEF table. + * + * GPOS_table :: + * A pointer to the GPOS table. + * + * GSUB_table :: + * A pointer to the GSUB table. + * + * JSTF_table :: + * A pointer to the JSTF table. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * This function only works with OpenType fonts, returning an error + * otherwise. + * + * After use, the application should deallocate the five tables with + * @FT_OpenType_Free. A NULL value indicates that the table either + * doesn't exist in the font, or the application hasn't asked for + * validation. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_OpenType_Validate( FT_Face face, + FT_UInt validation_flags, + FT_Bytes *BASE_table, + FT_Bytes *GDEF_table, + FT_Bytes *GPOS_table, + FT_Bytes *GSUB_table, + FT_Bytes *JSTF_table ); + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_OpenType_Free + * + * @description: + * Free the buffer allocated by OpenType validator. + * + * @input: + * face :: + * A handle to the input face. + * + * table :: + * The pointer to the buffer that is allocated by + * @FT_OpenType_Validate. + * + * @note: + * This function must be used to free the buffer allocated by + * @FT_OpenType_Validate only. + */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_OpenType_Free( FT_Face face, + FT_Bytes table ); + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* FTOTVAL_H_ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftoutln.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftoutln.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6a645120 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftoutln.h @@ -0,0 +1,574 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftoutln.h */ +/* */ +/* Support for the FT_Outline type used to store glyph shapes of */ +/* most scalable font formats (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef FTOUTLN_H_ +#define FTOUTLN_H_ + + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* outline_processing */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* Outline Processing */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* Functions to create, transform, and render vectorial glyph images. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This section contains routines used to create and destroy scalable */ + /* glyph images known as `outlines'. These can also be measured, */ + /* transformed, and converted into bitmaps and pixmaps. */ + /* */ + /* <Order> */ + /* FT_Outline */ + /* FT_Outline_New */ + /* FT_Outline_Done */ + /* FT_Outline_Copy */ + /* FT_Outline_Translate */ + /* FT_Outline_Transform */ + /* FT_Outline_Embolden */ + /* FT_Outline_EmboldenXY */ + /* FT_Outline_Reverse */ + /* FT_Outline_Check */ + /* */ + /* FT_Outline_Get_CBox */ + /* FT_Outline_Get_BBox */ + /* */ + /* FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap */ + /* FT_Outline_Render */ + /* FT_Outline_Decompose */ + /* FT_Outline_Funcs */ + /* FT_Outline_MoveToFunc */ + /* FT_Outline_LineToFunc */ + /* FT_Outline_ConicToFunc */ + /* FT_Outline_CubicToFunc */ + /* */ + /* FT_Orientation */ + /* FT_Outline_Get_Orientation */ + /* */ + /* FT_OUTLINE_XXX */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Outline_Decompose */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Walk over an outline's structure to decompose it into individual */ + /* segments and Bézier arcs. This function also emits `move to' */ + /* operations to indicate the start of new contours in the outline. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* outline :: A pointer to the source target. */ + /* */ + /* func_interface :: A table of `emitters', i.e., function pointers */ + /* called during decomposition to indicate path */ + /* operations. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* user :: A typeless pointer that is passed to each */ + /* emitter during the decomposition. It can be */ + /* used to store the state during the */ + /* decomposition. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* A contour that contains a single point only is represented by a */ + /* `move to' operation followed by `line to' to the same point. In */ + /* most cases, it is best to filter this out before using the */ + /* outline for stroking purposes (otherwise it would result in a */ + /* visible dot when round caps are used). */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Outline_Decompose( FT_Outline* outline, + const FT_Outline_Funcs* func_interface, + void* user ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Outline_New */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Create a new outline of a given size. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* library :: A handle to the library object from where the */ + /* outline is allocated. Note however that the new */ + /* outline will *not* necessarily be *freed*, when */ + /* destroying the library, by @FT_Done_FreeType. */ + /* */ + /* numPoints :: The maximum number of points within the outline. */ + /* Must be smaller than or equal to 0xFFFF (65535). */ + /* */ + /* numContours :: The maximum number of contours within the outline. */ + /* This value must be in the range 0 to `numPoints'. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* anoutline :: A handle to the new outline. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The reason why this function takes a `library' parameter is simply */ + /* to use the library's memory allocator. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Outline_New( FT_Library library, + FT_UInt numPoints, + FT_Int numContours, + FT_Outline *anoutline ); + + + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Outline_New_Internal( FT_Memory memory, + FT_UInt numPoints, + FT_Int numContours, + FT_Outline *anoutline ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Outline_Done */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Destroy an outline created with @FT_Outline_New. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* library :: A handle of the library object used to allocate the */ + /* outline. */ + /* */ + /* outline :: A pointer to the outline object to be discarded. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* If the outline's `owner' field is not set, only the outline */ + /* descriptor will be released. */ + /* */ + /* The reason why this function takes an `library' parameter is */ + /* simply to use ft_mem_free(). */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Outline_Done( FT_Library library, + FT_Outline* outline ); + + + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Outline_Done_Internal( FT_Memory memory, + FT_Outline* outline ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Outline_Check */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Check the contents of an outline descriptor. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* outline :: A handle to a source outline. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Outline_Check( FT_Outline* outline ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Outline_Get_CBox */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Return an outline's `control box'. The control box encloses all */ + /* the outline's points, including Bézier control points. Though it */ + /* coincides with the exact bounding box for most glyphs, it can be */ + /* slightly larger in some situations (like when rotating an outline */ + /* that contains Bézier outside arcs). */ + /* */ + /* Computing the control box is very fast, while getting the bounding */ + /* box can take much more time as it needs to walk over all segments */ + /* and arcs in the outline. To get the latter, you can use the */ + /* `ftbbox' component, which is dedicated to this single task. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* outline :: A pointer to the source outline descriptor. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* acbox :: The outline's control box. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* See @FT_Glyph_Get_CBox for a discussion of tricky fonts. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_Outline_Get_CBox( const FT_Outline* outline, + FT_BBox *acbox ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Outline_Translate */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Apply a simple translation to the points of an outline. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* outline :: A pointer to the target outline descriptor. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* xOffset :: The horizontal offset. */ + /* */ + /* yOffset :: The vertical offset. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_Outline_Translate( const FT_Outline* outline, + FT_Pos xOffset, + FT_Pos yOffset ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Outline_Copy */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Copy an outline into another one. Both objects must have the */ + /* same sizes (number of points & number of contours) when this */ + /* function is called. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* source :: A handle to the source outline. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* target :: A handle to the target outline. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Outline_Copy( const FT_Outline* source, + FT_Outline *target ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Outline_Transform */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Apply a simple 2x2 matrix to all of an outline's points. Useful */ + /* for applying rotations, slanting, flipping, etc. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* outline :: A pointer to the target outline descriptor. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* matrix :: A pointer to the transformation matrix. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* You can use @FT_Outline_Translate if you need to translate the */ + /* outline's points. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_Outline_Transform( const FT_Outline* outline, + const FT_Matrix* matrix ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Outline_Embolden */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Embolden an outline. The new outline will be at most 4~times */ + /* `strength' pixels wider and higher. You may think of the left and */ + /* bottom borders as unchanged. */ + /* */ + /* Negative `strength' values to reduce the outline thickness are */ + /* possible also. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* outline :: A handle to the target outline. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* strength :: How strong the glyph is emboldened. Expressed in */ + /* 26.6 pixel format. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The used algorithm to increase or decrease the thickness of the */ + /* glyph doesn't change the number of points; this means that certain */ + /* situations like acute angles or intersections are sometimes */ + /* handled incorrectly. */ + /* */ + /* If you need `better' metrics values you should call */ + /* @FT_Outline_Get_CBox or @FT_Outline_Get_BBox. */ + /* */ + /* Example call: */ + /* */ + /* { */ + /* FT_Load_Glyph( face, index, FT_LOAD_DEFAULT ); */ + /* if ( face->glyph->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE ) */ + /* FT_Outline_Embolden( &face->glyph->outline, strength ); */ + /* } */ + /* */ + /* To get meaningful results, font scaling values must be set with */ + /* functions like @FT_Set_Char_Size before calling FT_Render_Glyph. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Outline_Embolden( FT_Outline* outline, + FT_Pos strength ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Outline_EmboldenXY */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Embolden an outline. The new outline will be `xstrength' pixels */ + /* wider and `ystrength' pixels higher. Otherwise, it is similar to */ + /* @FT_Outline_Embolden, which uses the same strength in both */ + /* directions. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Outline_EmboldenXY( FT_Outline* outline, + FT_Pos xstrength, + FT_Pos ystrength ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Outline_Reverse */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Reverse the drawing direction of an outline. This is used to */ + /* ensure consistent fill conventions for mirrored glyphs. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* outline :: A pointer to the target outline descriptor. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* This function toggles the bit flag @FT_OUTLINE_REVERSE_FILL in */ + /* the outline's `flags' field. */ + /* */ + /* It shouldn't be used by a normal client application, unless it */ + /* knows what it is doing. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_Outline_Reverse( FT_Outline* outline ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Render an outline within a bitmap. The outline's image is simply */ + /* OR-ed to the target bitmap. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* library :: A handle to a FreeType library object. */ + /* */ + /* outline :: A pointer to the source outline descriptor. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* abitmap :: A pointer to the target bitmap descriptor. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* This function does NOT CREATE the bitmap, it only renders an */ + /* outline image within the one you pass to it! Consequently, the */ + /* various fields in `abitmap' should be set accordingly. */ + /* */ + /* It will use the raster corresponding to the default glyph format. */ + /* */ + /* The value of the `num_grays' field in `abitmap' is ignored. If */ + /* you select the gray-level rasterizer, and you want less than 256 */ + /* gray levels, you have to use @FT_Outline_Render directly. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap( FT_Library library, + FT_Outline* outline, + const FT_Bitmap *abitmap ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Outline_Render */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Render an outline within a bitmap using the current scan-convert. */ + /* This function uses an @FT_Raster_Params structure as an argument, */ + /* allowing advanced features like direct composition, translucency, */ + /* etc. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* library :: A handle to a FreeType library object. */ + /* */ + /* outline :: A pointer to the source outline descriptor. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* params :: A pointer to an @FT_Raster_Params structure used to */ + /* describe the rendering operation. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* You should know what you are doing and how @FT_Raster_Params works */ + /* to use this function. */ + /* */ + /* The field `params.source' will be set to `outline' before the scan */ + /* converter is called, which means that the value you give to it is */ + /* actually ignored. */ + /* */ + /* The gray-level rasterizer always uses 256 gray levels. If you */ + /* want less gray levels, you have to provide your own span callback. */ + /* See the @FT_RASTER_FLAG_DIRECT value of the `flags' field in the */ + /* @FT_Raster_Params structure for more details. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Outline_Render( FT_Library library, + FT_Outline* outline, + FT_Raster_Params* params ); + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @enum: + * FT_Orientation + * + * @description: + * A list of values used to describe an outline's contour orientation. + * + * The TrueType and PostScript specifications use different conventions + * to determine whether outline contours should be filled or unfilled. + * + * @values: + * FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE :: + * According to the TrueType specification, clockwise contours must + * be filled, and counter-clockwise ones must be unfilled. + * + * FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT :: + * According to the PostScript specification, counter-clockwise contours + * must be filled, and clockwise ones must be unfilled. + * + * FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_RIGHT :: + * This is identical to @FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE, but is used to + * remember that in TrueType, everything that is to the right of + * the drawing direction of a contour must be filled. + * + * FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_LEFT :: + * This is identical to @FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT, but is used to + * remember that in PostScript, everything that is to the left of + * the drawing direction of a contour must be filled. + * + * FT_ORIENTATION_NONE :: + * The orientation cannot be determined. That is, different parts of + * the glyph have different orientation. + * + */ + typedef enum FT_Orientation_ + { + FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE = 0, + FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT = 1, + FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_RIGHT = FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE, + FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_LEFT = FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT, + FT_ORIENTATION_NONE + + } FT_Orientation; + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Outline_Get_Orientation + * + * @description: + * This function analyzes a glyph outline and tries to compute its + * fill orientation (see @FT_Orientation). This is done by integrating + * the total area covered by the outline. The positive integral + * corresponds to the clockwise orientation and @FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT + * is returned. The negative integral corresponds to the counter-clockwise + * orientation and @FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE is returned. + * + * Note that this will return @FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE for empty + * outlines. + * + * @input: + * outline :: + * A handle to the source outline. + * + * @return: + * The orientation. + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Orientation ) + FT_Outline_Get_Orientation( FT_Outline* outline ); + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* FTOUTLN_H_ */ + + +/* END */ + + +/* Local Variables: */ +/* coding: utf-8 */ +/* End: */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftpfr.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftpfr.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2e1bff2f --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftpfr.h @@ -0,0 +1,172 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftpfr.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType API for accessing PFR-specific data (specification only). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2002-2016 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef FTPFR_H_ +#define FTPFR_H_ + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* pfr_fonts */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* PFR Fonts */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* PFR/TrueDoc specific API. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This section contains the declaration of PFR-specific functions. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Get_PFR_Metrics + * + * @description: + * Return the outline and metrics resolutions of a given PFR face. + * + * @input: + * face :: Handle to the input face. It can be a non-PFR face. + * + * @output: + * aoutline_resolution :: + * Outline resolution. This is equivalent to `face->units_per_EM' + * for non-PFR fonts. Optional (parameter can be NULL). + * + * ametrics_resolution :: + * Metrics resolution. This is equivalent to `outline_resolution' + * for non-PFR fonts. Optional (parameter can be NULL). + * + * ametrics_x_scale :: + * A 16.16 fixed-point number used to scale distance expressed + * in metrics units to device sub-pixels. This is equivalent to + * `face->size->x_scale', but for metrics only. Optional (parameter + * can be NULL). + * + * ametrics_y_scale :: + * Same as `ametrics_x_scale' but for the vertical direction. + * optional (parameter can be NULL). + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * If the input face is not a PFR, this function will return an error. + * However, in all cases, it will return valid values. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Get_PFR_Metrics( FT_Face face, + FT_UInt *aoutline_resolution, + FT_UInt *ametrics_resolution, + FT_Fixed *ametrics_x_scale, + FT_Fixed *ametrics_y_scale ); + + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Get_PFR_Kerning + * + * @description: + * Return the kerning pair corresponding to two glyphs in a PFR face. + * The distance is expressed in metrics units, unlike the result of + * @FT_Get_Kerning. + * + * @input: + * face :: A handle to the input face. + * + * left :: Index of the left glyph. + * + * right :: Index of the right glyph. + * + * @output: + * avector :: A kerning vector. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * This function always return distances in original PFR metrics + * units. This is unlike @FT_Get_Kerning with the @FT_KERNING_UNSCALED + * mode, which always returns distances converted to outline units. + * + * You can use the value of the `x_scale' and `y_scale' parameters + * returned by @FT_Get_PFR_Metrics to scale these to device sub-pixels. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Get_PFR_Kerning( FT_Face face, + FT_UInt left, + FT_UInt right, + FT_Vector *avector ); + + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Get_PFR_Advance + * + * @description: + * Return a given glyph advance, expressed in original metrics units, + * from a PFR font. + * + * @input: + * face :: A handle to the input face. + * + * gindex :: The glyph index. + * + * @output: + * aadvance :: The glyph advance in metrics units. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * You can use the `x_scale' or `y_scale' results of @FT_Get_PFR_Metrics + * to convert the advance to device sub-pixels (i.e., 1/64th of pixels). + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Get_PFR_Advance( FT_Face face, + FT_UInt gindex, + FT_Pos *aadvance ); + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* FTPFR_H_ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftrender.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftrender.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9f7ed9e9 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftrender.h @@ -0,0 +1,232 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftrender.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType renderer modules public interface (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef FTRENDER_H_ +#define FTRENDER_H_ + + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_MODULE_H +#include FT_GLYPH_H + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* module_management */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /* create a new glyph object */ + typedef FT_Error + (*FT_Glyph_InitFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph, + FT_GlyphSlot slot ); + + /* destroys a given glyph object */ + typedef void + (*FT_Glyph_DoneFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph ); + + typedef void + (*FT_Glyph_TransformFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph, + const FT_Matrix* matrix, + const FT_Vector* delta ); + + typedef void + (*FT_Glyph_GetBBoxFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph, + FT_BBox* abbox ); + + typedef FT_Error + (*FT_Glyph_CopyFunc)( FT_Glyph source, + FT_Glyph target ); + + typedef FT_Error + (*FT_Glyph_PrepareFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph, + FT_GlyphSlot slot ); + +/* deprecated */ +#define FT_Glyph_Init_Func FT_Glyph_InitFunc +#define FT_Glyph_Done_Func FT_Glyph_DoneFunc +#define FT_Glyph_Transform_Func FT_Glyph_TransformFunc +#define FT_Glyph_BBox_Func FT_Glyph_GetBBoxFunc +#define FT_Glyph_Copy_Func FT_Glyph_CopyFunc +#define FT_Glyph_Prepare_Func FT_Glyph_PrepareFunc + + + struct FT_Glyph_Class_ + { + FT_Long glyph_size; + FT_Glyph_Format glyph_format; + FT_Glyph_InitFunc glyph_init; + FT_Glyph_DoneFunc glyph_done; + FT_Glyph_CopyFunc glyph_copy; + FT_Glyph_TransformFunc glyph_transform; + FT_Glyph_GetBBoxFunc glyph_bbox; + FT_Glyph_PrepareFunc glyph_prepare; + }; + + + typedef FT_Error + (*FT_Renderer_RenderFunc)( FT_Renderer renderer, + FT_GlyphSlot slot, + FT_UInt mode, + const FT_Vector* origin ); + + typedef FT_Error + (*FT_Renderer_TransformFunc)( FT_Renderer renderer, + FT_GlyphSlot slot, + const FT_Matrix* matrix, + const FT_Vector* delta ); + + + typedef void + (*FT_Renderer_GetCBoxFunc)( FT_Renderer renderer, + FT_GlyphSlot slot, + FT_BBox* cbox ); + + + typedef FT_Error + (*FT_Renderer_SetModeFunc)( FT_Renderer renderer, + FT_ULong mode_tag, + FT_Pointer mode_ptr ); + +/* deprecated identifiers */ +#define FTRenderer_render FT_Renderer_RenderFunc +#define FTRenderer_transform FT_Renderer_TransformFunc +#define FTRenderer_getCBox FT_Renderer_GetCBoxFunc +#define FTRenderer_setMode FT_Renderer_SetModeFunc + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_Renderer_Class */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* The renderer module class descriptor. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* root :: The root @FT_Module_Class fields. */ + /* */ + /* glyph_format :: The glyph image format this renderer handles. */ + /* */ + /* render_glyph :: A method used to render the image that is in a */ + /* given glyph slot into a bitmap. */ + /* */ + /* transform_glyph :: A method used to transform the image that is in */ + /* a given glyph slot. */ + /* */ + /* get_glyph_cbox :: A method used to access the glyph's cbox. */ + /* */ + /* set_mode :: A method used to pass additional parameters. */ + /* */ + /* raster_class :: For @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE renderers only. */ + /* This is a pointer to its raster's class. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Renderer_Class_ + { + FT_Module_Class root; + + FT_Glyph_Format glyph_format; + + FT_Renderer_RenderFunc render_glyph; + FT_Renderer_TransformFunc transform_glyph; + FT_Renderer_GetCBoxFunc get_glyph_cbox; + FT_Renderer_SetModeFunc set_mode; + + FT_Raster_Funcs* raster_class; + + } FT_Renderer_Class; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Get_Renderer */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Retrieve the current renderer for a given glyph format. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* library :: A handle to the library object. */ + /* */ + /* format :: The glyph format. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* A renderer handle. 0~if none found. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* An error will be returned if a module already exists by that name, */ + /* or if the module requires a version of FreeType that is too great. */ + /* */ + /* To add a new renderer, simply use @FT_Add_Module. To retrieve a */ + /* renderer by its name, use @FT_Get_Module. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Renderer ) + FT_Get_Renderer( FT_Library library, + FT_Glyph_Format format ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Set_Renderer */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Set the current renderer to use, and set additional mode. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* library :: A handle to the library object. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* renderer :: A handle to the renderer object. */ + /* */ + /* num_params :: The number of additional parameters. */ + /* */ + /* parameters :: Additional parameters. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* In case of success, the renderer will be used to convert glyph */ + /* images in the renderer's known format into bitmaps. */ + /* */ + /* This doesn't change the current renderer for other formats. */ + /* */ + /* Currently, no FreeType renderer module uses `parameters'; you */ + /* should thus always pass NULL as the value. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Set_Renderer( FT_Library library, + FT_Renderer renderer, + FT_UInt num_params, + FT_Parameter* parameters ); + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* FTRENDER_H_ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftsizes.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftsizes.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..55e0d5cc --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftsizes.h @@ -0,0 +1,159 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftsizes.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType size objects management (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Typical application would normally not need to use these functions. */ + /* However, they have been placed in a public API for the rare cases */ + /* where they are needed. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef FTSIZES_H_ +#define FTSIZES_H_ + + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* sizes_management */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* Size Management */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* Managing multiple sizes per face. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* When creating a new face object (e.g., with @FT_New_Face), an */ + /* @FT_Size object is automatically created and used to store all */ + /* pixel-size dependent information, available in the `face->size' */ + /* field. */ + /* */ + /* It is however possible to create more sizes for a given face, */ + /* mostly in order to manage several character pixel sizes of the */ + /* same font family and style. See @FT_New_Size and @FT_Done_Size. */ + /* */ + /* Note that @FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes and @FT_Set_Char_Size only */ + /* modify the contents of the current `active' size; you thus need */ + /* to use @FT_Activate_Size to change it. */ + /* */ + /* 99% of applications won't need the functions provided here, */ + /* especially if they use the caching sub-system, so be cautious */ + /* when using these. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_New_Size */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Create a new size object from a given face object. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: A handle to a parent face object. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* asize :: A handle to a new size object. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* You need to call @FT_Activate_Size in order to select the new size */ + /* for upcoming calls to @FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes, @FT_Set_Char_Size, */ + /* @FT_Load_Glyph, @FT_Load_Char, etc. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_New_Size( FT_Face face, + FT_Size* size ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Done_Size */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Discard a given size object. Note that @FT_Done_Face */ + /* automatically discards all size objects allocated with */ + /* @FT_New_Size. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* size :: A handle to a target size object. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Done_Size( FT_Size size ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Activate_Size */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Even though it is possible to create several size objects for a */ + /* given face (see @FT_New_Size for details), functions like */ + /* @FT_Load_Glyph or @FT_Load_Char only use the one that has been */ + /* activated last to determine the `current character pixel size'. */ + /* */ + /* This function can be used to `activate' a previously created size */ + /* object. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* size :: A handle to a target size object. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* If `face' is the size's parent face object, this function changes */ + /* the value of `face->size' to the input size handle. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Activate_Size( FT_Size size ); + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* FTSIZES_H_ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftsnames.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftsnames.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a7b51c2c --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftsnames.h @@ -0,0 +1,200 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftsnames.h */ +/* */ +/* Simple interface to access SFNT name tables (which are used */ +/* to hold font names, copyright info, notices, etc.) (specification). */ +/* */ +/* This is _not_ used to retrieve glyph names! */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef FTSNAMES_H_ +#define FTSNAMES_H_ + + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* sfnt_names */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* SFNT Names */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* Access the names embedded in TrueType and OpenType files. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* The TrueType and OpenType specifications allow the inclusion of */ + /* a special `names table' in font files. This table contains */ + /* textual (and internationalized) information regarding the font, */ + /* like family name, copyright, version, etc. */ + /* */ + /* The definitions below are used to access them if available. */ + /* */ + /* Note that this has nothing to do with glyph names! */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_SfntName */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to model an SFNT `name' table entry. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* platform_id :: The platform ID for `string'. */ + /* */ + /* encoding_id :: The encoding ID for `string'. */ + /* */ + /* language_id :: The language ID for `string'. */ + /* */ + /* name_id :: An identifier for `string'. */ + /* */ + /* string :: The `name' string. Note that its format differs */ + /* depending on the (platform,encoding) pair. It can */ + /* be a Pascal String, a UTF-16 one, etc. */ + /* */ + /* Generally speaking, the string is not */ + /* zero-terminated. Please refer to the TrueType */ + /* specification for details. */ + /* */ + /* string_len :: The length of `string' in bytes. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* Possible values for `platform_id', `encoding_id', `language_id', */ + /* and `name_id' are given in the file `ttnameid.h'. For details */ + /* please refer to the TrueType or OpenType specification. */ + /* */ + /* See also @TT_PLATFORM_XXX, @TT_APPLE_ID_XXX, @TT_MAC_ID_XXX, */ + /* @TT_ISO_ID_XXX, and @TT_MS_ID_XXX. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_SfntName_ + { + FT_UShort platform_id; + FT_UShort encoding_id; + FT_UShort language_id; + FT_UShort name_id; + + FT_Byte* string; /* this string is *not* null-terminated! */ + FT_UInt string_len; /* in bytes */ + + } FT_SfntName; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Get_Sfnt_Name_Count */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Retrieve the number of name strings in the SFNT `name' table. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: A handle to the source face. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* The number of strings in the `name' table. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt ) + FT_Get_Sfnt_Name_Count( FT_Face face ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Get_Sfnt_Name */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Retrieve a string of the SFNT `name' table for a given index. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: A handle to the source face. */ + /* */ + /* idx :: The index of the `name' string. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* aname :: The indexed @FT_SfntName structure. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The `string' array returned in the `aname' structure is not */ + /* null-terminated. The application should deallocate it if it is no */ + /* longer in use. */ + /* */ + /* Use @FT_Get_Sfnt_Name_Count to get the total number of available */ + /* `name' table entries, then do a loop until you get the right */ + /* platform, encoding, and name ID. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Get_Sfnt_Name( FT_Face face, + FT_UInt idx, + FT_SfntName *aname ); + + + /*************************************************************************** + * + * @constant: + * FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_PREFERRED_FAMILY + * + * @description: + * A constant used as the tag of @FT_Parameter structures to make + * FT_Open_Face() ignore preferred family subfamily names in `name' + * table since OpenType version 1.4. For backwards compatibility with + * legacy systems that have a 4-face-per-family restriction. + * + */ +#define FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_PREFERRED_FAMILY FT_MAKE_TAG( 'i', 'g', 'p', 'f' ) + + + /*************************************************************************** + * + * @constant: + * FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_PREFERRED_SUBFAMILY + * + * @description: + * A constant used as the tag of @FT_Parameter structures to make + * FT_Open_Face() ignore preferred subfamily names in `name' table since + * OpenType version 1.4. For backwards compatibility with legacy + * systems that have a 4-face-per-family restriction. + * + */ +#define FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_PREFERRED_SUBFAMILY FT_MAKE_TAG( 'i', 'g', 'p', 's' ) + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* FTSNAMES_H_ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftstroke.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftstroke.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b3b9922d --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftstroke.h @@ -0,0 +1,785 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftstroke.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType path stroker (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2002-2016 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef FTSTROKE_H_ +#define FTSTROKE_H_ + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_OUTLINE_H +#include FT_GLYPH_H + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /************************************************************************ + * + * @section: + * glyph_stroker + * + * @title: + * Glyph Stroker + * + * @abstract: + * Generating bordered and stroked glyphs. + * + * @description: + * This component generates stroked outlines of a given vectorial + * glyph. It also allows you to retrieve the `outside' and/or the + * `inside' borders of the stroke. + * + * This can be useful to generate `bordered' glyph, i.e., glyphs + * displayed with a coloured (and anti-aliased) border around their + * shape. + * + * @order: + * FT_Stroker + * + * FT_Stroker_LineJoin + * FT_Stroker_LineCap + * FT_StrokerBorder + * + * FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder + * FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder + * + * FT_Glyph_Stroke + * FT_Glyph_StrokeBorder + * + * FT_Stroker_New + * FT_Stroker_Set + * FT_Stroker_Rewind + * FT_Stroker_ParseOutline + * FT_Stroker_Done + * + * FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath + * FT_Stroker_EndSubPath + * + * FT_Stroker_LineTo + * FT_Stroker_ConicTo + * FT_Stroker_CubicTo + * + * FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts + * FT_Stroker_ExportBorder + * FT_Stroker_GetCounts + * FT_Stroker_Export + * + */ + + + /************************************************************** + * + * @type: + * FT_Stroker + * + * @description: + * Opaque handle to a path stroker object. + */ + typedef struct FT_StrokerRec_* FT_Stroker; + + + /************************************************************** + * + * @enum: + * FT_Stroker_LineJoin + * + * @description: + * These values determine how two joining lines are rendered + * in a stroker. + * + * @values: + * FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_ROUND :: + * Used to render rounded line joins. Circular arcs are used + * to join two lines smoothly. + * + * FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_BEVEL :: + * Used to render beveled line joins. The outer corner of + * the joined lines is filled by enclosing the triangular + * region of the corner with a straight line between the + * outer corners of each stroke. + * + * FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_FIXED :: + * Used to render mitered line joins, with fixed bevels if the + * miter limit is exceeded. The outer edges of the strokes + * for the two segments are extended until they meet at an + * angle. If the segments meet at too sharp an angle (such + * that the miter would extend from the intersection of the + * segments a distance greater than the product of the miter + * limit value and the border radius), then a bevel join (see + * above) is used instead. This prevents long spikes being + * created. FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_FIXED generates a miter + * line join as used in PostScript and PDF. + * + * FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE :: + * FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER :: + * Used to render mitered line joins, with variable bevels if + * the miter limit is exceeded. The intersection of the + * strokes is clipped at a line perpendicular to the bisector + * of the angle between the strokes, at the distance from the + * intersection of the segments equal to the product of the + * miter limit value and the border radius. This prevents + * long spikes being created. + * FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE generates a mitered line + * join as used in XPS. FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER is an alias + * for FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE, retained for + * backwards compatibility. + */ + typedef enum FT_Stroker_LineJoin_ + { + FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_ROUND = 0, + FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_BEVEL = 1, + FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE = 2, + FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER = FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE, + FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_FIXED = 3 + + } FT_Stroker_LineJoin; + + + /************************************************************** + * + * @enum: + * FT_Stroker_LineCap + * + * @description: + * These values determine how the end of opened sub-paths are + * rendered in a stroke. + * + * @values: + * FT_STROKER_LINECAP_BUTT :: + * The end of lines is rendered as a full stop on the last + * point itself. + * + * FT_STROKER_LINECAP_ROUND :: + * The end of lines is rendered as a half-circle around the + * last point. + * + * FT_STROKER_LINECAP_SQUARE :: + * The end of lines is rendered as a square around the + * last point. + */ + typedef enum FT_Stroker_LineCap_ + { + FT_STROKER_LINECAP_BUTT = 0, + FT_STROKER_LINECAP_ROUND, + FT_STROKER_LINECAP_SQUARE + + } FT_Stroker_LineCap; + + + /************************************************************** + * + * @enum: + * FT_StrokerBorder + * + * @description: + * These values are used to select a given stroke border + * in @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts and @FT_Stroker_ExportBorder. + * + * @values: + * FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT :: + * Select the left border, relative to the drawing direction. + * + * FT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHT :: + * Select the right border, relative to the drawing direction. + * + * @note: + * Applications are generally interested in the `inside' and `outside' + * borders. However, there is no direct mapping between these and the + * `left' and `right' ones, since this really depends on the glyph's + * drawing orientation, which varies between font formats. + * + * You can however use @FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder and + * @FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder to get these. + */ + typedef enum FT_StrokerBorder_ + { + FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT = 0, + FT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHT + + } FT_StrokerBorder; + + + /************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder + * + * @description: + * Retrieve the @FT_StrokerBorder value corresponding to the + * `inside' borders of a given outline. + * + * @input: + * outline :: + * The source outline handle. + * + * @return: + * The border index. @FT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHT for empty or invalid + * outlines. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_StrokerBorder ) + FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder( FT_Outline* outline ); + + + /************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder + * + * @description: + * Retrieve the @FT_StrokerBorder value corresponding to the + * `outside' borders of a given outline. + * + * @input: + * outline :: + * The source outline handle. + * + * @return: + * The border index. @FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT for empty or invalid + * outlines. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_StrokerBorder ) + FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder( FT_Outline* outline ); + + + /************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Stroker_New + * + * @description: + * Create a new stroker object. + * + * @input: + * library :: + * FreeType library handle. + * + * @output: + * astroker :: + * A new stroker object handle. NULL in case of error. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Stroker_New( FT_Library library, + FT_Stroker *astroker ); + + + /************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Stroker_Set + * + * @description: + * Reset a stroker object's attributes. + * + * @input: + * stroker :: + * The target stroker handle. + * + * radius :: + * The border radius. + * + * line_cap :: + * The line cap style. + * + * line_join :: + * The line join style. + * + * miter_limit :: + * The miter limit for the FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_FIXED and + * FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE line join styles, + * expressed as 16.16 fixed-point value. + * + * @note: + * The radius is expressed in the same units as the outline + * coordinates. + * + * This function calls @FT_Stroker_Rewind automatically. + */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_Stroker_Set( FT_Stroker stroker, + FT_Fixed radius, + FT_Stroker_LineCap line_cap, + FT_Stroker_LineJoin line_join, + FT_Fixed miter_limit ); + + + /************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Stroker_Rewind + * + * @description: + * Reset a stroker object without changing its attributes. + * You should call this function before beginning a new + * series of calls to @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath or + * @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath. + * + * @input: + * stroker :: + * The target stroker handle. + */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_Stroker_Rewind( FT_Stroker stroker ); + + + /************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Stroker_ParseOutline + * + * @description: + * A convenience function used to parse a whole outline with + * the stroker. The resulting outline(s) can be retrieved + * later by functions like @FT_Stroker_GetCounts and @FT_Stroker_Export. + * + * @input: + * stroker :: + * The target stroker handle. + * + * outline :: + * The source outline. + * + * opened :: + * A boolean. If~1, the outline is treated as an open path instead + * of a closed one. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * If `opened' is~0 (the default), the outline is treated as a closed + * path, and the stroker generates two distinct `border' outlines. + * + * If `opened' is~1, the outline is processed as an open path, and the + * stroker generates a single `stroke' outline. + * + * This function calls @FT_Stroker_Rewind automatically. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Stroker_ParseOutline( FT_Stroker stroker, + FT_Outline* outline, + FT_Bool opened ); + + + /************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath + * + * @description: + * Start a new sub-path in the stroker. + * + * @input: + * stroker :: + * The target stroker handle. + * + * to :: + * A pointer to the start vector. + * + * open :: + * A boolean. If~1, the sub-path is treated as an open one. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * This function is useful when you need to stroke a path that is + * not stored as an @FT_Outline object. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath( FT_Stroker stroker, + FT_Vector* to, + FT_Bool open ); + + + /************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Stroker_EndSubPath + * + * @description: + * Close the current sub-path in the stroker. + * + * @input: + * stroker :: + * The target stroker handle. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * You should call this function after @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath. + * If the subpath was not `opened', this function `draws' a + * single line segment to the start position when needed. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Stroker_EndSubPath( FT_Stroker stroker ); + + + /************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Stroker_LineTo + * + * @description: + * `Draw' a single line segment in the stroker's current sub-path, + * from the last position. + * + * @input: + * stroker :: + * The target stroker handle. + * + * to :: + * A pointer to the destination point. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * You should call this function between @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath and + * @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Stroker_LineTo( FT_Stroker stroker, + FT_Vector* to ); + + + /************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Stroker_ConicTo + * + * @description: + * `Draw' a single quadratic Bézier in the stroker's current sub-path, + * from the last position. + * + * @input: + * stroker :: + * The target stroker handle. + * + * control :: + * A pointer to a Bézier control point. + * + * to :: + * A pointer to the destination point. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * You should call this function between @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath and + * @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Stroker_ConicTo( FT_Stroker stroker, + FT_Vector* control, + FT_Vector* to ); + + + /************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Stroker_CubicTo + * + * @description: + * `Draw' a single cubic Bézier in the stroker's current sub-path, + * from the last position. + * + * @input: + * stroker :: + * The target stroker handle. + * + * control1 :: + * A pointer to the first Bézier control point. + * + * control2 :: + * A pointer to second Bézier control point. + * + * to :: + * A pointer to the destination point. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * You should call this function between @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath and + * @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Stroker_CubicTo( FT_Stroker stroker, + FT_Vector* control1, + FT_Vector* control2, + FT_Vector* to ); + + + /************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts + * + * @description: + * Call this function once you have finished parsing your paths + * with the stroker. It returns the number of points and + * contours necessary to export one of the `border' or `stroke' + * outlines generated by the stroker. + * + * @input: + * stroker :: + * The target stroker handle. + * + * border :: + * The border index. + * + * @output: + * anum_points :: + * The number of points. + * + * anum_contours :: + * The number of contours. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * When an outline, or a sub-path, is `closed', the stroker generates + * two independent `border' outlines, named `left' and `right'. + * + * When the outline, or a sub-path, is `opened', the stroker merges + * the `border' outlines with caps. The `left' border receives all + * points, while the `right' border becomes empty. + * + * Use the function @FT_Stroker_GetCounts instead if you want to + * retrieve the counts associated to both borders. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts( FT_Stroker stroker, + FT_StrokerBorder border, + FT_UInt *anum_points, + FT_UInt *anum_contours ); + + + /************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Stroker_ExportBorder + * + * @description: + * Call this function after @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts to + * export the corresponding border to your own @FT_Outline + * structure. + * + * Note that this function appends the border points and + * contours to your outline, but does not try to resize its + * arrays. + * + * @input: + * stroker :: + * The target stroker handle. + * + * border :: + * The border index. + * + * outline :: + * The target outline handle. + * + * @note: + * Always call this function after @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts to + * get sure that there is enough room in your @FT_Outline object to + * receive all new data. + * + * When an outline, or a sub-path, is `closed', the stroker generates + * two independent `border' outlines, named `left' and `right'. + * + * When the outline, or a sub-path, is `opened', the stroker merges + * the `border' outlines with caps. The `left' border receives all + * points, while the `right' border becomes empty. + * + * Use the function @FT_Stroker_Export instead if you want to + * retrieve all borders at once. + */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_Stroker_ExportBorder( FT_Stroker stroker, + FT_StrokerBorder border, + FT_Outline* outline ); + + + /************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Stroker_GetCounts + * + * @description: + * Call this function once you have finished parsing your paths + * with the stroker. It returns the number of points and + * contours necessary to export all points/borders from the stroked + * outline/path. + * + * @input: + * stroker :: + * The target stroker handle. + * + * @output: + * anum_points :: + * The number of points. + * + * anum_contours :: + * The number of contours. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Stroker_GetCounts( FT_Stroker stroker, + FT_UInt *anum_points, + FT_UInt *anum_contours ); + + + /************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Stroker_Export + * + * @description: + * Call this function after @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts to + * export all borders to your own @FT_Outline structure. + * + * Note that this function appends the border points and + * contours to your outline, but does not try to resize its + * arrays. + * + * @input: + * stroker :: + * The target stroker handle. + * + * outline :: + * The target outline handle. + */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_Stroker_Export( FT_Stroker stroker, + FT_Outline* outline ); + + + /************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Stroker_Done + * + * @description: + * Destroy a stroker object. + * + * @input: + * stroker :: + * A stroker handle. Can be NULL. + */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_Stroker_Done( FT_Stroker stroker ); + + + /************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Glyph_Stroke + * + * @description: + * Stroke a given outline glyph object with a given stroker. + * + * @inout: + * pglyph :: + * Source glyph handle on input, new glyph handle on output. + * + * @input: + * stroker :: + * A stroker handle. + * + * destroy :: + * A Boolean. If~1, the source glyph object is destroyed + * on success. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * The source glyph is untouched in case of error. + * + * Adding stroke may yield a significantly wider and taller glyph + * depending on how large of a radius was used to stroke the glyph. You + * may need to manually adjust horizontal and vertical advance amounts + * to account for this added size. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Glyph_Stroke( FT_Glyph *pglyph, + FT_Stroker stroker, + FT_Bool destroy ); + + + /************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Glyph_StrokeBorder + * + * @description: + * Stroke a given outline glyph object with a given stroker, but + * only return either its inside or outside border. + * + * @inout: + * pglyph :: + * Source glyph handle on input, new glyph handle on output. + * + * @input: + * stroker :: + * A stroker handle. + * + * inside :: + * A Boolean. If~1, return the inside border, otherwise + * the outside border. + * + * destroy :: + * A Boolean. If~1, the source glyph object is destroyed + * on success. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * The source glyph is untouched in case of error. + * + * Adding stroke may yield a significantly wider and taller glyph + * depending on how large of a radius was used to stroke the glyph. You + * may need to manually adjust horizontal and vertical advance amounts + * to account for this added size. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Glyph_StrokeBorder( FT_Glyph *pglyph, + FT_Stroker stroker, + FT_Bool inside, + FT_Bool destroy ); + + /* */ + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* FTSTROKE_H_ */ + + +/* END */ + + +/* Local Variables: */ +/* coding: utf-8 */ +/* End: */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftsynth.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftsynth.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fdfcb691 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftsynth.h @@ -0,0 +1,84 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftsynth.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType synthesizing code for emboldening and slanting */ +/* (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2000-2016 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /********* *********/ + /********* WARNING, THIS IS ALPHA CODE! THIS API *********/ + /********* IS DUE TO CHANGE UNTIL STRICTLY NOTIFIED BY THE *********/ + /********* FREETYPE DEVELOPMENT TEAM *********/ + /********* *********/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /* Main reason for not lifting the functions in this module to a */ + /* `standard' API is that the used parameters for emboldening and */ + /* slanting are not configurable. Consider the functions as a */ + /* code resource that should be copied into the application and */ + /* adapted to the particular needs. */ + + +#ifndef FTSYNTH_H_ +#define FTSYNTH_H_ + + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + /* Embolden a glyph by a `reasonable' value (which is highly a matter of */ + /* taste). This function is actually a convenience function, providing */ + /* a wrapper for @FT_Outline_Embolden and @FT_Bitmap_Embolden. */ + /* */ + /* For emboldened outlines the height, width, and advance metrics are */ + /* increased by the strength of the emboldening -- this even affects */ + /* mono-width fonts! */ + /* */ + /* You can also call @FT_Outline_Get_CBox to get precise values. */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_GlyphSlot_Embolden( FT_GlyphSlot slot ); + + /* Slant an outline glyph to the right by about 12 degrees. */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_GlyphSlot_Oblique( FT_GlyphSlot slot ); + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* FTSYNTH_H_ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftsystem.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftsystem.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..908ae07f --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftsystem.h @@ -0,0 +1,355 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftsystem.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType low-level system interface definition (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef FTSYSTEM_H_ +#define FTSYSTEM_H_ + + +#include <ft2build.h> + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* system_interface */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* System Interface */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* How FreeType manages memory and i/o. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This section contains various definitions related to memory */ + /* management and i/o access. You need to understand this */ + /* information if you want to use a custom memory manager or you own */ + /* i/o streams. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* M E M O R Y M A N A G E M E N T */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @type: + * FT_Memory + * + * @description: + * A handle to a given memory manager object, defined with an + * @FT_MemoryRec structure. + * + */ + typedef struct FT_MemoryRec_* FT_Memory; + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @functype: + * FT_Alloc_Func + * + * @description: + * A function used to allocate `size' bytes from `memory'. + * + * @input: + * memory :: + * A handle to the source memory manager. + * + * size :: + * The size in bytes to allocate. + * + * @return: + * Address of new memory block. 0~in case of failure. + * + */ + typedef void* + (*FT_Alloc_Func)( FT_Memory memory, + long size ); + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @functype: + * FT_Free_Func + * + * @description: + * A function used to release a given block of memory. + * + * @input: + * memory :: + * A handle to the source memory manager. + * + * block :: + * The address of the target memory block. + * + */ + typedef void + (*FT_Free_Func)( FT_Memory memory, + void* block ); + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @functype: + * FT_Realloc_Func + * + * @description: + * A function used to re-allocate a given block of memory. + * + * @input: + * memory :: + * A handle to the source memory manager. + * + * cur_size :: + * The block's current size in bytes. + * + * new_size :: + * The block's requested new size. + * + * block :: + * The block's current address. + * + * @return: + * New block address. 0~in case of memory shortage. + * + * @note: + * In case of error, the old block must still be available. + * + */ + typedef void* + (*FT_Realloc_Func)( FT_Memory memory, + long cur_size, + long new_size, + void* block ); + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @struct: + * FT_MemoryRec + * + * @description: + * A structure used to describe a given memory manager to FreeType~2. + * + * @fields: + * user :: + * A generic typeless pointer for user data. + * + * alloc :: + * A pointer type to an allocation function. + * + * free :: + * A pointer type to an memory freeing function. + * + * realloc :: + * A pointer type to a reallocation function. + * + */ + struct FT_MemoryRec_ + { + void* user; + FT_Alloc_Func alloc; + FT_Free_Func free; + FT_Realloc_Func realloc; + }; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* I / O M A N A G E M E N T */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @type: + * FT_Stream + * + * @description: + * A handle to an input stream. + * + * @also: + * See @FT_StreamRec for the publicly accessible fields of a given + * stream object. + * + */ + typedef struct FT_StreamRec_* FT_Stream; + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @struct: + * FT_StreamDesc + * + * @description: + * A union type used to store either a long or a pointer. This is used + * to store a file descriptor or a `FILE*' in an input stream. + * + */ + typedef union FT_StreamDesc_ + { + long value; + void* pointer; + + } FT_StreamDesc; + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @functype: + * FT_Stream_IoFunc + * + * @description: + * A function used to seek and read data from a given input stream. + * + * @input: + * stream :: + * A handle to the source stream. + * + * offset :: + * The offset of read in stream (always from start). + * + * buffer :: + * The address of the read buffer. + * + * count :: + * The number of bytes to read from the stream. + * + * @return: + * The number of bytes effectively read by the stream. + * + * @note: + * This function might be called to perform a seek or skip operation + * with a `count' of~0. A non-zero return value then indicates an + * error. + * + */ + typedef unsigned long + (*FT_Stream_IoFunc)( FT_Stream stream, + unsigned long offset, + unsigned char* buffer, + unsigned long count ); + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @functype: + * FT_Stream_CloseFunc + * + * @description: + * A function used to close a given input stream. + * + * @input: + * stream :: + * A handle to the target stream. + * + */ + typedef void + (*FT_Stream_CloseFunc)( FT_Stream stream ); + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @struct: + * FT_StreamRec + * + * @description: + * A structure used to describe an input stream. + * + * @input: + * base :: + * For memory-based streams, this is the address of the first stream + * byte in memory. This field should always be set to NULL for + * disk-based streams. + * + * size :: + * The stream size in bytes. + * + * In case of compressed streams where the size is unknown before + * actually doing the decompression, the value is set to 0x7FFFFFFF. + * (Note that this size value can occur for normal streams also; it is + * thus just a hint.) + * + * pos :: + * The current position within the stream. + * + * descriptor :: + * This field is a union that can hold an integer or a pointer. It is + * used by stream implementations to store file descriptors or `FILE*' + * pointers. + * + * pathname :: + * This field is completely ignored by FreeType. However, it is often + * useful during debugging to use it to store the stream's filename + * (where available). + * + * read :: + * The stream's input function. + * + * close :: + * The stream's close function. + * + * memory :: + * The memory manager to use to preload frames. This is set + * internally by FreeType and shouldn't be touched by stream + * implementations. + * + * cursor :: + * This field is set and used internally by FreeType when parsing + * frames. + * + * limit :: + * This field is set and used internally by FreeType when parsing + * frames. + * + */ + typedef struct FT_StreamRec_ + { + unsigned char* base; + unsigned long size; + unsigned long pos; + + FT_StreamDesc descriptor; + FT_StreamDesc pathname; + FT_Stream_IoFunc read; + FT_Stream_CloseFunc close; + + FT_Memory memory; + unsigned char* cursor; + unsigned char* limit; + + } FT_StreamRec; + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* FTSYSTEM_H_ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/fttrigon.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/fttrigon.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f789b524 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/fttrigon.h @@ -0,0 +1,350 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* fttrigon.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType trigonometric functions (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2001-2016 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef FTTRIGON_H_ +#define FTTRIGON_H_ + +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* computations */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @type: + * FT_Angle + * + * @description: + * This type is used to model angle values in FreeType. Note that the + * angle is a 16.16 fixed-point value expressed in degrees. + * + */ + typedef FT_Fixed FT_Angle; + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_ANGLE_PI + * + * @description: + * The angle pi expressed in @FT_Angle units. + * + */ +#define FT_ANGLE_PI ( 180L << 16 ) + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_ANGLE_2PI + * + * @description: + * The angle 2*pi expressed in @FT_Angle units. + * + */ +#define FT_ANGLE_2PI ( FT_ANGLE_PI * 2 ) + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_ANGLE_PI2 + * + * @description: + * The angle pi/2 expressed in @FT_Angle units. + * + */ +#define FT_ANGLE_PI2 ( FT_ANGLE_PI / 2 ) + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_ANGLE_PI4 + * + * @description: + * The angle pi/4 expressed in @FT_Angle units. + * + */ +#define FT_ANGLE_PI4 ( FT_ANGLE_PI / 4 ) + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @function: + * FT_Sin + * + * @description: + * Return the sinus of a given angle in fixed-point format. + * + * @input: + * angle :: + * The input angle. + * + * @return: + * The sinus value. + * + * @note: + * If you need both the sinus and cosinus for a given angle, use the + * function @FT_Vector_Unit. + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed ) + FT_Sin( FT_Angle angle ); + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @function: + * FT_Cos + * + * @description: + * Return the cosinus of a given angle in fixed-point format. + * + * @input: + * angle :: + * The input angle. + * + * @return: + * The cosinus value. + * + * @note: + * If you need both the sinus and cosinus for a given angle, use the + * function @FT_Vector_Unit. + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed ) + FT_Cos( FT_Angle angle ); + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @function: + * FT_Tan + * + * @description: + * Return the tangent of a given angle in fixed-point format. + * + * @input: + * angle :: + * The input angle. + * + * @return: + * The tangent value. + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed ) + FT_Tan( FT_Angle angle ); + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @function: + * FT_Atan2 + * + * @description: + * Return the arc-tangent corresponding to a given vector (x,y) in + * the 2d plane. + * + * @input: + * x :: + * The horizontal vector coordinate. + * + * y :: + * The vertical vector coordinate. + * + * @return: + * The arc-tangent value (i.e. angle). + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Angle ) + FT_Atan2( FT_Fixed x, + FT_Fixed y ); + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @function: + * FT_Angle_Diff + * + * @description: + * Return the difference between two angles. The result is always + * constrained to the ]-PI..PI] interval. + * + * @input: + * angle1 :: + * First angle. + * + * angle2 :: + * Second angle. + * + * @return: + * Constrained value of `value2-value1'. + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Angle ) + FT_Angle_Diff( FT_Angle angle1, + FT_Angle angle2 ); + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @function: + * FT_Vector_Unit + * + * @description: + * Return the unit vector corresponding to a given angle. After the + * call, the value of `vec.x' will be `cos(angle)', and the value of + * `vec.y' will be `sin(angle)'. + * + * This function is useful to retrieve both the sinus and cosinus of a + * given angle quickly. + * + * @output: + * vec :: + * The address of target vector. + * + * @input: + * angle :: + * The input angle. + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_Vector_Unit( FT_Vector* vec, + FT_Angle angle ); + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @function: + * FT_Vector_Rotate + * + * @description: + * Rotate a vector by a given angle. + * + * @inout: + * vec :: + * The address of target vector. + * + * @input: + * angle :: + * The input angle. + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_Vector_Rotate( FT_Vector* vec, + FT_Angle angle ); + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @function: + * FT_Vector_Length + * + * @description: + * Return the length of a given vector. + * + * @input: + * vec :: + * The address of target vector. + * + * @return: + * The vector length, expressed in the same units that the original + * vector coordinates. + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed ) + FT_Vector_Length( FT_Vector* vec ); + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @function: + * FT_Vector_Polarize + * + * @description: + * Compute both the length and angle of a given vector. + * + * @input: + * vec :: + * The address of source vector. + * + * @output: + * length :: + * The vector length. + * + * angle :: + * The vector angle. + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_Vector_Polarize( FT_Vector* vec, + FT_Fixed *length, + FT_Angle *angle ); + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @function: + * FT_Vector_From_Polar + * + * @description: + * Compute vector coordinates from a length and angle. + * + * @output: + * vec :: + * The address of source vector. + * + * @input: + * length :: + * The vector length. + * + * angle :: + * The vector angle. + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_Vector_From_Polar( FT_Vector* vec, + FT_Fixed length, + FT_Angle angle ); + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* FTTRIGON_H_ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftttdrv.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftttdrv.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6c02e657 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftttdrv.h @@ -0,0 +1,310 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftttdrv.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType API for controlling the TrueType driver */ +/* (specification only). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2013-2016 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef FTTTDRV_H_ +#define FTTTDRV_H_ + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @section: + * tt_driver + * + * @title: + * The TrueType driver + * + * @abstract: + * Controlling the TrueType driver module. + * + * @description: + * While FreeType's TrueType driver doesn't expose API functions by + * itself, it is possible to control its behaviour with @FT_Property_Set + * and @FT_Property_Get. The following lists the available properties + * together with the necessary macros and structures. + * + * The TrueType driver's module name is `truetype'. + * + * We start with a list of definitions, kindly provided by Greg + * Hitchcock. + * + * _Bi-Level_ _Rendering_ + * + * Monochromatic rendering, exclusively used in the early days of + * TrueType by both Apple and Microsoft. Microsoft's GDI interface + * supported hinting of the right-side bearing point, such that the + * advance width could be non-linear. Most often this was done to + * achieve some level of glyph symmetry. To enable reasonable + * performance (e.g., not having to run hinting on all glyphs just to + * get the widths) there was a bit in the head table indicating if the + * side bearing was hinted, and additional tables, `hdmx' and `LTSH', to + * cache hinting widths across multiple sizes and device aspect ratios. + * + * _Font_ _Smoothing_ + * + * Microsoft's GDI implementation of anti-aliasing. Not traditional + * anti-aliasing as the outlines were hinted before the sampling. The + * widths matched the bi-level rendering. + * + * _ClearType_ _Rendering_ + * + * Technique that uses physical subpixels to improve rendering on LCD + * (and other) displays. Because of the higher resolution, many methods + * of improving symmetry in glyphs through hinting the right-side + * bearing were no longer necessary. This lead to what GDI calls + * `natural widths' ClearType, see + * http://www.beatstamm.com/typography/RTRCh4.htm#Sec21. Since hinting + * has extra resolution, most non-linearity went away, but it is still + * possible for hints to change the advance widths in this mode. + * + * _ClearType_ _Compatible_ _Widths_ + * + * One of the earliest challenges with ClearType was allowing the + * implementation in GDI to be selected without requiring all UI and + * documents to reflow. To address this, a compatible method of + * rendering ClearType was added where the font hints are executed once + * to determine the width in bi-level rendering, and then re-run in + * ClearType, with the difference in widths being absorbed in the font + * hints for ClearType (mostly in the white space of hints); see + * http://www.beatstamm.com/typography/RTRCh4.htm#Sec20. Somewhat by + * definition, compatible width ClearType allows for non-linear widths, + * but only when the bi-level version has non-linear widths. + * + * _ClearType_ _Subpixel_ _Positioning_ + * + * One of the nice benefits of ClearType is the ability to more crisply + * display fractional widths; unfortunately, the GDI model of integer + * bitmaps did not support this. However, the WPF and Direct Write + * frameworks do support fractional widths. DWrite calls this `natural + * mode', not to be confused with GDI's `natural widths'. Subpixel + * positioning, in the current implementation of Direct Write, + * unfortunately does not support hinted advance widths, see + * http://www.beatstamm.com/typography/RTRCh4.htm#Sec22. Note that the + * TrueType interpreter fully allows the advance width to be adjusted in + * this mode, just the DWrite client will ignore those changes. + * + * _ClearType_ _Backwards_ _Compatibility_ + * + * This is a set of exceptions made in the TrueType interpreter to + * minimize hinting techniques that were problematic with the extra + * resolution of ClearType; see + * http://www.beatstamm.com/typography/RTRCh4.htm#Sec1 and + * http://www.microsoft.com/typography/cleartype/truetypecleartype.aspx. + * This technique is not to be confused with ClearType compatible + * widths. ClearType backwards compatibility has no direct impact on + * changing advance widths, but there might be an indirect impact on + * disabling some deltas. This could be worked around in backwards + * compatibility mode. + * + * _Native_ _ClearType_ _Mode_ + * + * (Not to be confused with `natural widths'.) This mode removes all + * the exceptions in the TrueType interpreter when running with + * ClearType. Any issues on widths would still apply, though. + * + */ + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @property: + * interpreter-version + * + * @description: + * Currently, two versions are available, representing the bytecode + * interpreter with and without subpixel hinting support, + * respectively. The default is subpixel support if + * TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING is defined, and no subpixel + * support otherwise (since it isn't available then). + * + * If subpixel hinting is on, many TrueType bytecode instructions behave + * differently compared to B/W or grayscale rendering (except if `native + * ClearType' is selected by the font). The main idea is to render at a + * much increased horizontal resolution, then sampling down the created + * output to subpixel precision. However, many older fonts are not + * suited to this and must be specially taken care of by applying + * (hardcoded) font-specific tweaks. + * + * Details on subpixel hinting and some of the necessary tweaks can be + * found in Greg Hitchcock's whitepaper at + * `http://www.microsoft.com/typography/cleartype/truetypecleartype.aspx'. + * + * The following example code demonstrates how to activate subpixel + * hinting (omitting the error handling). + * + * { + * FT_Library library; + * FT_Face face; + * FT_UInt interpreter_version = TT_INTERPRETER_VERSION_38; + * + * + * FT_Init_FreeType( &library ); + * + * FT_Property_Set( library, "truetype", + * "interpreter-version", + * &interpreter_version ); + * } + * + * @note: + * This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also. + * + */ + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @enum: + * TT_INTERPRETER_VERSION_XXX + * + * @description: + * A list of constants used for the @interpreter-version property to + * select the hinting engine for Truetype fonts. + * + * The numeric value in the constant names represents the version + * number as returned by the `GETINFO' bytecode instruction. + * + * @values: + * TT_INTERPRETER_VERSION_35 :: + * Version~35 corresponds to MS rasterizer v.1.7 as used e.g. in + * Windows~98; only grayscale and B/W rasterizing is supported. + * + * TT_INTERPRETER_VERSION_38 :: + * Version~38 corresponds to MS rasterizer v.1.9; it is roughly + * equivalent to the hinting provided by DirectWrite ClearType (as + * can be found, for example, in the Internet Explorer~9 running on + * Windows~7). + * + * @note: + * This property controls the behaviour of the bytecode interpreter + * and thus how outlines get hinted. It does *not* control how glyph + * get rasterized! In particular, it does not control subpixel color + * filtering. + * + * If FreeType has not been compiled with configuration option + * FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING, selecting version~38 causes an + * `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' error. + * + * Depending on the graphics framework, Microsoft uses different + * bytecode and rendering engines. As a consequence, the version + * numbers returned by a call to the `GETINFO' bytecode instruction are + * more convoluted than desired. + * + * Here are two tables that try to shed some light on the possible + * values for the MS rasterizer engine, together with the additional + * features introduced by it. + * + * { + * GETINFO framework version feature + * ------------------------------------------------------------------- + * 3 GDI (Win 3.1), v1.0 16-bit, first version + * TrueImage + * 33 GDI (Win NT 3.1), v1.5 32-bit + * HP Laserjet + * 34 GDI (Win 95) v1.6 font smoothing, + * new SCANTYPE opcode + * 35 GDI (Win 98/2000) v1.7 (UN)SCALED_COMPONENT_OFFSET + * bits in composite glyphs + * 36 MGDI (Win CE 2) v1.6+ classic ClearType + * 37 GDI (XP and later), v1.8 ClearType + * GDI+ old (before Vista) + * 38 GDI+ old (Vista, Win 7), v1.9 subpixel ClearType, + * WPF Y-direction ClearType, + * additional error checking + * 39 DWrite (before Win 8) v2.0 subpixel ClearType flags + * in GETINFO opcode, + * bug fixes + * 40 GDI+ (after Win 7), v2.1 Y-direction ClearType flag + * DWrite (Win 8) in GETINFO opcode, + * Gray ClearType + * } + * + * The `version' field gives a rough orientation only, since some + * applications provided certain features much earlier (as an example, + * Microsoft Reader used subpixel and Y-direction ClearType already in + * Windows 2000). Similarly, updates to a given framework might include + * improved hinting support. + * + * { + * version sampling rendering comment + * x y x y + * -------------------------------------------------------------- + * v1.0 normal normal B/W B/W bi-level + * v1.6 high high gray gray grayscale + * v1.8 high normal color-filter B/W (GDI) ClearType + * v1.9 high high color-filter gray Color ClearType + * v2.1 high normal gray B/W Gray ClearType + * v2.1 high high gray gray Gray ClearType + * } + * + * Color and Gray ClearType are the two available variants of + * `Y-direction ClearType', meaning grayscale rasterization along the + * Y-direction; the name used in the TrueType specification for this + * feature is `symmetric smoothing'. `Classic ClearType' is the + * original algorithm used before introducing a modified version in + * Win~XP. Another name for v1.6's grayscale rendering is `font + * smoothing', and `Color ClearType' is sometimes also called `DWrite + * ClearType'. To differentiate between today's Color ClearType and the + * earlier ClearType variant with B/W rendering along the vertical axis, + * the latter is sometimes called `GDI ClearType'. + * + * `Normal' and `high' sampling describe the (virtual) resolution to + * access the rasterized outline after the hinting process. `Normal' + * means 1 sample per grid line (i.e., B/W). In the current Microsoft + * implementation, `high' means an extra virtual resolution of 16x16 (or + * 16x1) grid lines per pixel for bytecode instructions like `MIRP'. + * After hinting, these 16 grid lines are mapped to 6x5 (or 6x1) grid + * lines for color filtering if Color ClearType is activated. + * + * Note that `Gray ClearType' is essentially the same as v1.6's + * grayscale rendering. However, the GETINFO instruction handles it + * differently: v1.6 returns bit~12 (hinting for grayscale), while v2.1 + * returns bits~13 (hinting for ClearType), 18 (symmetrical smoothing), + * and~19 (Gray ClearType). Also, this mode respects bits 2 and~3 for + * the version~1 gasp table exclusively (like Color ClearType), while + * v1.6 only respects the values of version~0 (bits 0 and~1). + * + * FreeType doesn't provide all capabilities of the most recent + * ClearType incarnation, thus we identify our subpixel support as + * version~38. + * + */ +#define TT_INTERPRETER_VERSION_35 35 +#define TT_INTERPRETER_VERSION_38 38 + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + + +#endif /* FTTTDRV_H_ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/fttypes.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/fttypes.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2673e79c --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/fttypes.h @@ -0,0 +1,602 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* fttypes.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType simple types definitions (specification only). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef FTTYPES_H_ +#define FTTYPES_H_ + + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H +#include FT_SYSTEM_H +#include FT_IMAGE_H + +#include <stddef.h> + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* basic_types */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* Basic Data Types */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* The basic data types defined by the library. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This section contains the basic data types defined by FreeType~2, */ + /* ranging from simple scalar types to bitmap descriptors. More */ + /* font-specific structures are defined in a different section. */ + /* */ + /* <Order> */ + /* FT_Byte */ + /* FT_Bytes */ + /* FT_Char */ + /* FT_Int */ + /* FT_UInt */ + /* FT_Int16 */ + /* FT_UInt16 */ + /* FT_Int32 */ + /* FT_UInt32 */ + /* FT_Int64 */ + /* FT_UInt64 */ + /* FT_Short */ + /* FT_UShort */ + /* FT_Long */ + /* FT_ULong */ + /* FT_Bool */ + /* FT_Offset */ + /* FT_PtrDist */ + /* FT_String */ + /* FT_Tag */ + /* FT_Error */ + /* FT_Fixed */ + /* FT_Pointer */ + /* FT_Pos */ + /* FT_Vector */ + /* FT_BBox */ + /* FT_Matrix */ + /* FT_FWord */ + /* FT_UFWord */ + /* FT_F2Dot14 */ + /* FT_UnitVector */ + /* FT_F26Dot6 */ + /* FT_Data */ + /* */ + /* FT_MAKE_TAG */ + /* */ + /* FT_Generic */ + /* FT_Generic_Finalizer */ + /* */ + /* FT_Bitmap */ + /* FT_Pixel_Mode */ + /* FT_Palette_Mode */ + /* FT_Glyph_Format */ + /* FT_IMAGE_TAG */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Bool */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A typedef of unsigned char, used for simple booleans. As usual, */ + /* values 1 and~0 represent true and false, respectively. */ + /* */ + typedef unsigned char FT_Bool; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_FWord */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A signed 16-bit integer used to store a distance in original font */ + /* units. */ + /* */ + typedef signed short FT_FWord; /* distance in FUnits */ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_UFWord */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* An unsigned 16-bit integer used to store a distance in original */ + /* font units. */ + /* */ + typedef unsigned short FT_UFWord; /* unsigned distance */ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Char */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A simple typedef for the _signed_ char type. */ + /* */ + typedef signed char FT_Char; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Byte */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A simple typedef for the _unsigned_ char type. */ + /* */ + typedef unsigned char FT_Byte; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Bytes */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A typedef for constant memory areas. */ + /* */ + typedef const FT_Byte* FT_Bytes; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Tag */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A typedef for 32-bit tags (as used in the SFNT format). */ + /* */ + typedef FT_UInt32 FT_Tag; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_String */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A simple typedef for the char type, usually used for strings. */ + /* */ + typedef char FT_String; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Short */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A typedef for signed short. */ + /* */ + typedef signed short FT_Short; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_UShort */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A typedef for unsigned short. */ + /* */ + typedef unsigned short FT_UShort; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Int */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A typedef for the int type. */ + /* */ + typedef signed int FT_Int; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_UInt */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A typedef for the unsigned int type. */ + /* */ + typedef unsigned int FT_UInt; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Long */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A typedef for signed long. */ + /* */ + typedef signed long FT_Long; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_ULong */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A typedef for unsigned long. */ + /* */ + typedef unsigned long FT_ULong; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_F2Dot14 */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A signed 2.14 fixed-point type used for unit vectors. */ + /* */ + typedef signed short FT_F2Dot14; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_F26Dot6 */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A signed 26.6 fixed-point type used for vectorial pixel */ + /* coordinates. */ + /* */ + typedef signed long FT_F26Dot6; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Fixed */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This type is used to store 16.16 fixed-point values, like scaling */ + /* values or matrix coefficients. */ + /* */ + typedef signed long FT_Fixed; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Error */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* The FreeType error code type. A value of~0 is always interpreted */ + /* as a successful operation. */ + /* */ + typedef int FT_Error; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Pointer */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A simple typedef for a typeless pointer. */ + /* */ + typedef void* FT_Pointer; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Offset */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This is equivalent to the ANSI~C `size_t' type, i.e., the largest */ + /* _unsigned_ integer type used to express a file size or position, */ + /* or a memory block size. */ + /* */ + typedef size_t FT_Offset; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_PtrDist */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This is equivalent to the ANSI~C `ptrdiff_t' type, i.e., the */ + /* largest _signed_ integer type used to express the distance */ + /* between two pointers. */ + /* */ + typedef ft_ptrdiff_t FT_PtrDist; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_UnitVector */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A simple structure used to store a 2D vector unit vector. Uses */ + /* FT_F2Dot14 types. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* x :: Horizontal coordinate. */ + /* */ + /* y :: Vertical coordinate. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_UnitVector_ + { + FT_F2Dot14 x; + FT_F2Dot14 y; + + } FT_UnitVector; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_Matrix */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A simple structure used to store a 2x2 matrix. Coefficients are */ + /* in 16.16 fixed-point format. The computation performed is: */ + /* */ + /* { */ + /* x' = x*xx + y*xy */ + /* y' = x*yx + y*yy */ + /* } */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* xx :: Matrix coefficient. */ + /* */ + /* xy :: Matrix coefficient. */ + /* */ + /* yx :: Matrix coefficient. */ + /* */ + /* yy :: Matrix coefficient. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Matrix_ + { + FT_Fixed xx, xy; + FT_Fixed yx, yy; + + } FT_Matrix; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_Data */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Read-only binary data represented as a pointer and a length. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* pointer :: The data. */ + /* */ + /* length :: The length of the data in bytes. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Data_ + { + const FT_Byte* pointer; + FT_Int length; + + } FT_Data; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <FuncType> */ + /* FT_Generic_Finalizer */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Describe a function used to destroy the `client' data of any */ + /* FreeType object. See the description of the @FT_Generic type for */ + /* details of usage. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* The address of the FreeType object that is under finalization. */ + /* Its client data is accessed through its `generic' field. */ + /* */ + typedef void (*FT_Generic_Finalizer)(void* object); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_Generic */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Client applications often need to associate their own data to a */ + /* variety of FreeType core objects. For example, a text layout API */ + /* might want to associate a glyph cache to a given size object. */ + /* */ + /* Some FreeType object contains a `generic' field, of type */ + /* FT_Generic, which usage is left to client applications and font */ + /* servers. */ + /* */ + /* It can be used to store a pointer to client-specific data, as well */ + /* as the address of a `finalizer' function, which will be called by */ + /* FreeType when the object is destroyed (for example, the previous */ + /* client example would put the address of the glyph cache destructor */ + /* in the `finalizer' field). */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* data :: A typeless pointer to any client-specified data. This */ + /* field is completely ignored by the FreeType library. */ + /* */ + /* finalizer :: A pointer to a `generic finalizer' function, which */ + /* will be called when the object is destroyed. If this */ + /* field is set to NULL, no code will be called. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Generic_ + { + void* data; + FT_Generic_Finalizer finalizer; + + } FT_Generic; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Macro> */ + /* FT_MAKE_TAG */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This macro converts four-letter tags that are used to label */ + /* TrueType tables into an unsigned long, to be used within FreeType. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The produced values *must* be 32-bit integers. Don't redefine */ + /* this macro. */ + /* */ +#define FT_MAKE_TAG( _x1, _x2, _x3, _x4 ) \ + (FT_Tag) \ + ( ( (FT_ULong)_x1 << 24 ) | \ + ( (FT_ULong)_x2 << 16 ) | \ + ( (FT_ULong)_x3 << 8 ) | \ + (FT_ULong)_x4 ) + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* L I S T M A N A G E M E N T */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* list_processing */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_ListNode */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Many elements and objects in FreeType are listed through an */ + /* @FT_List record (see @FT_ListRec). As its name suggests, an */ + /* FT_ListNode is a handle to a single list element. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_ListNodeRec_* FT_ListNode; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_List */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A handle to a list record (see @FT_ListRec). */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_ListRec_* FT_List; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_ListNodeRec */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to hold a single list element. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* prev :: The previous element in the list. NULL if first. */ + /* */ + /* next :: The next element in the list. NULL if last. */ + /* */ + /* data :: A typeless pointer to the listed object. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_ListNodeRec_ + { + FT_ListNode prev; + FT_ListNode next; + void* data; + + } FT_ListNodeRec; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_ListRec */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to hold a simple doubly-linked list. These are */ + /* used in many parts of FreeType. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* head :: The head (first element) of doubly-linked list. */ + /* */ + /* tail :: The tail (last element) of doubly-linked list. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_ListRec_ + { + FT_ListNode head; + FT_ListNode tail; + + } FT_ListRec; + + /* */ + + +#define FT_IS_EMPTY( list ) ( (list).head == 0 ) +#define FT_BOOL( x ) ( (FT_Bool)( x ) ) + + /* concatenate C tokens */ +#define FT_ERR_XCAT( x, y ) x ## y +#define FT_ERR_CAT( x, y ) FT_ERR_XCAT( x, y ) + + /* see `ftmoderr.h' for descriptions of the following macros */ + +#define FT_ERR( e ) FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, e ) + +#define FT_ERROR_BASE( x ) ( (x) & 0xFF ) +#define FT_ERROR_MODULE( x ) ( (x) & 0xFF00U ) + +#define FT_ERR_EQ( x, e ) \ + ( FT_ERROR_BASE( x ) == FT_ERROR_BASE( FT_ERR( e ) ) ) +#define FT_ERR_NEQ( x, e ) \ + ( FT_ERROR_BASE( x ) != FT_ERROR_BASE( FT_ERR( e ) ) ) + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* FTTYPES_H_ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftwinfnt.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftwinfnt.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a1a715ba --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftwinfnt.h @@ -0,0 +1,275 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftwinfnt.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType API for accessing Windows fnt-specific data. */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2003-2016 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef FTWINFNT_H_ +#define FTWINFNT_H_ + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* winfnt_fonts */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* Window FNT Files */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* Windows FNT specific API. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This section contains the declaration of Windows FNT specific */ + /* functions. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @enum: + * FT_WinFNT_ID_XXX + * + * @description: + * A list of valid values for the `charset' byte in + * @FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec. Exact mapping tables for the various cpXXXX + * encodings (except for cp1361) can be found at + * ftp://ftp.unicode.org/Public in the MAPPINGS/VENDORS/MICSFT/WINDOWS + * subdirectory. cp1361 is roughly a superset of + * MAPPINGS/OBSOLETE/EASTASIA/KSC/JOHAB.TXT. + * + * @values: + * FT_WinFNT_ID_DEFAULT :: + * This is used for font enumeration and font creation as a + * `don't care' value. Valid font files don't contain this value. + * When querying for information about the character set of the font + * that is currently selected into a specified device context, this + * return value (of the related Windows API) simply denotes failure. + * + * FT_WinFNT_ID_SYMBOL :: + * There is no known mapping table available. + * + * FT_WinFNT_ID_MAC :: + * Mac Roman encoding. + * + * FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM :: + * From Michael Pöttgen <michael@poettgen.de>: + * + * The `Windows Font Mapping' article says that FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM + * is used for the charset of vector fonts, like `modern.fon', + * `roman.fon', and `script.fon' on Windows. + * + * The `CreateFont' documentation says: The FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM value + * specifies a character set that is operating-system dependent. + * + * The `IFIMETRICS' documentation from the `Windows Driver + * Development Kit' says: This font supports an OEM-specific + * character set. The OEM character set is system dependent. + * + * In general OEM, as opposed to ANSI (i.e., cp1252), denotes the + * second default codepage that most international versions of + * Windows have. It is one of the OEM codepages from + * + * https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/goglobal/bb964655, + * + * and is used for the `DOS boxes', to support legacy applications. + * A German Windows version for example usually uses ANSI codepage + * 1252 and OEM codepage 850. + * + * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP874 :: + * A superset of Thai TIS 620 and ISO 8859-11. + * + * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP932 :: + * A superset of Japanese Shift-JIS (with minor deviations). + * + * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP936 :: + * A superset of simplified Chinese GB 2312-1980 (with different + * ordering and minor deviations). + * + * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP949 :: + * A superset of Korean Hangul KS~C 5601-1987 (with different + * ordering and minor deviations). + * + * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP950 :: + * A superset of traditional Chinese Big~5 ETen (with different + * ordering and minor deviations). + * + * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1250 :: + * A superset of East European ISO 8859-2 (with slightly different + * ordering). + * + * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1251 :: + * A superset of Russian ISO 8859-5 (with different ordering). + * + * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1252 :: + * ANSI encoding. A superset of ISO 8859-1. + * + * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1253 :: + * A superset of Greek ISO 8859-7 (with minor modifications). + * + * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1254 :: + * A superset of Turkish ISO 8859-9. + * + * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1255 :: + * A superset of Hebrew ISO 8859-8 (with some modifications). + * + * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1256 :: + * A superset of Arabic ISO 8859-6 (with different ordering). + * + * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1257 :: + * A superset of Baltic ISO 8859-13 (with some deviations). + * + * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1258 :: + * For Vietnamese. This encoding doesn't cover all necessary + * characters. + * + * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1361 :: + * Korean (Johab). + */ + +#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1252 0 +#define FT_WinFNT_ID_DEFAULT 1 +#define FT_WinFNT_ID_SYMBOL 2 +#define FT_WinFNT_ID_MAC 77 +#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP932 128 +#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP949 129 +#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1361 130 +#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP936 134 +#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP950 136 +#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1253 161 +#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1254 162 +#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1258 163 +#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1255 177 +#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1256 178 +#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1257 186 +#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1251 204 +#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP874 222 +#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1250 238 +#define FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM 255 + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Windows FNT Header info. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec_ + { + FT_UShort version; + FT_ULong file_size; + FT_Byte copyright[60]; + FT_UShort file_type; + FT_UShort nominal_point_size; + FT_UShort vertical_resolution; + FT_UShort horizontal_resolution; + FT_UShort ascent; + FT_UShort internal_leading; + FT_UShort external_leading; + FT_Byte italic; + FT_Byte underline; + FT_Byte strike_out; + FT_UShort weight; + FT_Byte charset; + FT_UShort pixel_width; + FT_UShort pixel_height; + FT_Byte pitch_and_family; + FT_UShort avg_width; + FT_UShort max_width; + FT_Byte first_char; + FT_Byte last_char; + FT_Byte default_char; + FT_Byte break_char; + FT_UShort bytes_per_row; + FT_ULong device_offset; + FT_ULong face_name_offset; + FT_ULong bits_pointer; + FT_ULong bits_offset; + FT_Byte reserved; + FT_ULong flags; + FT_UShort A_space; + FT_UShort B_space; + FT_UShort C_space; + FT_UShort color_table_offset; + FT_ULong reserved1[4]; + + } FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_WinFNT_Header */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A handle to an @FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec structure. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec_* FT_WinFNT_Header; + + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Get_WinFNT_Header + * + * @description: + * Retrieve a Windows FNT font info header. + * + * @input: + * face :: A handle to the input face. + * + * @output: + * aheader :: The WinFNT header. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * This function only works with Windows FNT faces, returning an error + * otherwise. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Get_WinFNT_Header( FT_Face face, + FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec *aheader ); + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* FTWINFNT_H_ */ + + +/* END */ + + +/* Local Variables: */ +/* coding: utf-8 */ +/* End: */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/t1tables.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/t1tables.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e272324b --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/t1tables.h @@ -0,0 +1,761 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* t1tables.h */ +/* */ +/* Basic Type 1/Type 2 tables definitions and interface (specification */ +/* only). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef T1TABLES_H_ +#define T1TABLES_H_ + + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* type1_tables */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* Type 1 Tables */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* Type~1 (PostScript) specific font tables. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This section contains the definition of Type 1-specific tables, */ + /* including structures related to other PostScript font formats. */ + /* */ + /* <Order> */ + /* PS_FontInfoRec */ + /* PS_FontInfo */ + /* PS_PrivateRec */ + /* PS_Private */ + /* */ + /* CID_FaceDictRec */ + /* CID_FaceDict */ + /* CID_FaceInfoRec */ + /* CID_FaceInfo */ + /* */ + /* FT_Has_PS_Glyph_Names */ + /* FT_Get_PS_Font_Info */ + /* FT_Get_PS_Font_Private */ + /* FT_Get_PS_Font_Value */ + /* */ + /* T1_Blend_Flags */ + /* T1_EncodingType */ + /* PS_Dict_Keys */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /* Note that we separate font data in PS_FontInfoRec and PS_PrivateRec */ + /* structures in order to support Multiple Master fonts. */ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* PS_FontInfoRec */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to model a Type~1 or Type~2 FontInfo dictionary. */ + /* Note that for Multiple Master fonts, each instance has its own */ + /* FontInfo dictionary. */ + /* */ + typedef struct PS_FontInfoRec_ + { + FT_String* version; + FT_String* notice; + FT_String* full_name; + FT_String* family_name; + FT_String* weight; + FT_Long italic_angle; + FT_Bool is_fixed_pitch; + FT_Short underline_position; + FT_UShort underline_thickness; + + } PS_FontInfoRec; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* PS_FontInfo */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A handle to a @PS_FontInfoRec structure. */ + /* */ + typedef struct PS_FontInfoRec_* PS_FontInfo; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* T1_FontInfo */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This type is equivalent to @PS_FontInfoRec. It is deprecated but */ + /* kept to maintain source compatibility between various versions of */ + /* FreeType. */ + /* */ + typedef PS_FontInfoRec T1_FontInfo; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* PS_PrivateRec */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to model a Type~1 or Type~2 private dictionary. */ + /* Note that for Multiple Master fonts, each instance has its own */ + /* Private dictionary. */ + /* */ + typedef struct PS_PrivateRec_ + { + FT_Int unique_id; + FT_Int lenIV; + + FT_Byte num_blue_values; + FT_Byte num_other_blues; + FT_Byte num_family_blues; + FT_Byte num_family_other_blues; + + FT_Short blue_values[14]; + FT_Short other_blues[10]; + + FT_Short family_blues [14]; + FT_Short family_other_blues[10]; + + FT_Fixed blue_scale; + FT_Int blue_shift; + FT_Int blue_fuzz; + + FT_UShort standard_width[1]; + FT_UShort standard_height[1]; + + FT_Byte num_snap_widths; + FT_Byte num_snap_heights; + FT_Bool force_bold; + FT_Bool round_stem_up; + + FT_Short snap_widths [13]; /* including std width */ + FT_Short snap_heights[13]; /* including std height */ + + FT_Fixed expansion_factor; + + FT_Long language_group; + FT_Long password; + + FT_Short min_feature[2]; + + } PS_PrivateRec; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* PS_Private */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A handle to a @PS_PrivateRec structure. */ + /* */ + typedef struct PS_PrivateRec_* PS_Private; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* T1_Private */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This type is equivalent to @PS_PrivateRec. It is deprecated but */ + /* kept to maintain source compatibility between various versions of */ + /* FreeType. */ + /* */ + typedef PS_PrivateRec T1_Private; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Enum> */ + /* T1_Blend_Flags */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A set of flags used to indicate which fields are present in a */ + /* given blend dictionary (font info or private). Used to support */ + /* Multiple Masters fonts. */ + /* */ + /* <Values> */ + /* T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_POSITION :: */ + /* T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS :: */ + /* T1_BLEND_ITALIC_ANGLE :: */ + /* T1_BLEND_BLUE_VALUES :: */ + /* T1_BLEND_OTHER_BLUES :: */ + /* T1_BLEND_STANDARD_WIDTH :: */ + /* T1_BLEND_STANDARD_HEIGHT :: */ + /* T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_WIDTHS :: */ + /* T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_HEIGHTS :: */ + /* T1_BLEND_BLUE_SCALE :: */ + /* T1_BLEND_BLUE_SHIFT :: */ + /* T1_BLEND_FAMILY_BLUES :: */ + /* T1_BLEND_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUES :: */ + /* T1_BLEND_FORCE_BOLD :: */ + /* */ + typedef enum T1_Blend_Flags_ + { + /* required fields in a FontInfo blend dictionary */ + T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_POSITION = 0, + T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS, + T1_BLEND_ITALIC_ANGLE, + + /* required fields in a Private blend dictionary */ + T1_BLEND_BLUE_VALUES, + T1_BLEND_OTHER_BLUES, + T1_BLEND_STANDARD_WIDTH, + T1_BLEND_STANDARD_HEIGHT, + T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_WIDTHS, + T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_HEIGHTS, + T1_BLEND_BLUE_SCALE, + T1_BLEND_BLUE_SHIFT, + T1_BLEND_FAMILY_BLUES, + T1_BLEND_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUES, + T1_BLEND_FORCE_BOLD, + + T1_BLEND_MAX /* do not remove */ + + } T1_Blend_Flags; + + + /* these constants are deprecated; use the corresponding */ + /* `T1_Blend_Flags' values instead */ +#define t1_blend_underline_position T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_POSITION +#define t1_blend_underline_thickness T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS +#define t1_blend_italic_angle T1_BLEND_ITALIC_ANGLE +#define t1_blend_blue_values T1_BLEND_BLUE_VALUES +#define t1_blend_other_blues T1_BLEND_OTHER_BLUES +#define t1_blend_standard_widths T1_BLEND_STANDARD_WIDTH +#define t1_blend_standard_height T1_BLEND_STANDARD_HEIGHT +#define t1_blend_stem_snap_widths T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_WIDTHS +#define t1_blend_stem_snap_heights T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_HEIGHTS +#define t1_blend_blue_scale T1_BLEND_BLUE_SCALE +#define t1_blend_blue_shift T1_BLEND_BLUE_SHIFT +#define t1_blend_family_blues T1_BLEND_FAMILY_BLUES +#define t1_blend_family_other_blues T1_BLEND_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUES +#define t1_blend_force_bold T1_BLEND_FORCE_BOLD +#define t1_blend_max T1_BLEND_MAX + + /* */ + + + /* maximum number of Multiple Masters designs, as defined in the spec */ +#define T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS 16 + + /* maximum number of Multiple Masters axes, as defined in the spec */ +#define T1_MAX_MM_AXIS 4 + + /* maximum number of elements in a design map */ +#define T1_MAX_MM_MAP_POINTS 20 + + + /* this structure is used to store the BlendDesignMap entry for an axis */ + typedef struct PS_DesignMap_ + { + FT_Byte num_points; + FT_Long* design_points; + FT_Fixed* blend_points; + + } PS_DesignMapRec, *PS_DesignMap; + + /* backwards-compatible definition */ + typedef PS_DesignMapRec T1_DesignMap; + + + typedef struct PS_BlendRec_ + { + FT_UInt num_designs; + FT_UInt num_axis; + + FT_String* axis_names[T1_MAX_MM_AXIS]; + FT_Fixed* design_pos[T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS]; + PS_DesignMapRec design_map[T1_MAX_MM_AXIS]; + + FT_Fixed* weight_vector; + FT_Fixed* default_weight_vector; + + PS_FontInfo font_infos[T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS + 1]; + PS_Private privates [T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS + 1]; + + FT_ULong blend_bitflags; + + FT_BBox* bboxes [T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS + 1]; + + /* since 2.3.0 */ + + /* undocumented, optional: the default design instance; */ + /* corresponds to default_weight_vector -- */ + /* num_default_design_vector == 0 means it is not present */ + /* in the font and associated metrics files */ + FT_UInt default_design_vector[T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS]; + FT_UInt num_default_design_vector; + + } PS_BlendRec, *PS_Blend; + + + /* backwards-compatible definition */ + typedef PS_BlendRec T1_Blend; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* CID_FaceDictRec */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to represent data in a CID top-level dictionary. */ + /* */ + typedef struct CID_FaceDictRec_ + { + PS_PrivateRec private_dict; + + FT_UInt len_buildchar; + FT_Fixed forcebold_threshold; + FT_Pos stroke_width; + FT_Fixed expansion_factor; + + FT_Byte paint_type; + FT_Byte font_type; + FT_Matrix font_matrix; + FT_Vector font_offset; + + FT_UInt num_subrs; + FT_ULong subrmap_offset; + FT_Int sd_bytes; + + } CID_FaceDictRec; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* CID_FaceDict */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A handle to a @CID_FaceDictRec structure. */ + /* */ + typedef struct CID_FaceDictRec_* CID_FaceDict; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* CID_FontDict */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This type is equivalent to @CID_FaceDictRec. It is deprecated but */ + /* kept to maintain source compatibility between various versions of */ + /* FreeType. */ + /* */ + typedef CID_FaceDictRec CID_FontDict; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* CID_FaceInfoRec */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to represent CID Face information. */ + /* */ + typedef struct CID_FaceInfoRec_ + { + FT_String* cid_font_name; + FT_Fixed cid_version; + FT_Int cid_font_type; + + FT_String* registry; + FT_String* ordering; + FT_Int supplement; + + PS_FontInfoRec font_info; + FT_BBox font_bbox; + FT_ULong uid_base; + + FT_Int num_xuid; + FT_ULong xuid[16]; + + FT_ULong cidmap_offset; + FT_Int fd_bytes; + FT_Int gd_bytes; + FT_ULong cid_count; + + FT_Int num_dicts; + CID_FaceDict font_dicts; + + FT_ULong data_offset; + + } CID_FaceInfoRec; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* CID_FaceInfo */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A handle to a @CID_FaceInfoRec structure. */ + /* */ + typedef struct CID_FaceInfoRec_* CID_FaceInfo; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* CID_Info */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This type is equivalent to @CID_FaceInfoRec. It is deprecated but */ + /* kept to maintain source compatibility between various versions of */ + /* FreeType. */ + /* */ + typedef CID_FaceInfoRec CID_Info; + + + /************************************************************************ + * + * @function: + * FT_Has_PS_Glyph_Names + * + * @description: + * Return true if a given face provides reliable PostScript glyph + * names. This is similar to using the @FT_HAS_GLYPH_NAMES macro, + * except that certain fonts (mostly TrueType) contain incorrect + * glyph name tables. + * + * When this function returns true, the caller is sure that the glyph + * names returned by @FT_Get_Glyph_Name are reliable. + * + * @input: + * face :: + * face handle + * + * @return: + * Boolean. True if glyph names are reliable. + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Int ) + FT_Has_PS_Glyph_Names( FT_Face face ); + + + /************************************************************************ + * + * @function: + * FT_Get_PS_Font_Info + * + * @description: + * Retrieve the @PS_FontInfoRec structure corresponding to a given + * PostScript font. + * + * @input: + * face :: + * PostScript face handle. + * + * @output: + * afont_info :: + * Output font info structure pointer. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * String pointers within the @PS_FontInfoRec structure are owned by + * the face and don't need to be freed by the caller. Missing entries + * in the font's FontInfo dictionary are represented by NULL pointers. + * + * If the font's format is not PostScript-based, this function will + * return the `FT_Err_Invalid_Argument' error code. + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Get_PS_Font_Info( FT_Face face, + PS_FontInfo afont_info ); + + + /************************************************************************ + * + * @function: + * FT_Get_PS_Font_Private + * + * @description: + * Retrieve the @PS_PrivateRec structure corresponding to a given + * PostScript font. + * + * @input: + * face :: + * PostScript face handle. + * + * @output: + * afont_private :: + * Output private dictionary structure pointer. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * The string pointers within the @PS_PrivateRec structure are owned by + * the face and don't need to be freed by the caller. + * + * If the font's format is not PostScript-based, this function returns + * the `FT_Err_Invalid_Argument' error code. + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Get_PS_Font_Private( FT_Face face, + PS_Private afont_private ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Enum> */ + /* T1_EncodingType */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* An enumeration describing the `Encoding' entry in a Type 1 */ + /* dictionary. */ + /* */ + /* <Values> */ + /* T1_ENCODING_TYPE_NONE :: */ + /* T1_ENCODING_TYPE_ARRAY :: */ + /* T1_ENCODING_TYPE_STANDARD :: */ + /* T1_ENCODING_TYPE_ISOLATIN1 :: */ + /* T1_ENCODING_TYPE_EXPERT :: */ + /* */ + typedef enum T1_EncodingType_ + { + T1_ENCODING_TYPE_NONE = 0, + T1_ENCODING_TYPE_ARRAY, + T1_ENCODING_TYPE_STANDARD, + T1_ENCODING_TYPE_ISOLATIN1, + T1_ENCODING_TYPE_EXPERT + + } T1_EncodingType; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Enum> */ + /* PS_Dict_Keys */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* An enumeration used in calls to @FT_Get_PS_Font_Value to identify */ + /* the Type~1 dictionary entry to retrieve. */ + /* */ + /* <Values> */ + /* PS_DICT_FONT_TYPE :: */ + /* PS_DICT_FONT_MATRIX :: */ + /* PS_DICT_FONT_BBOX :: */ + /* PS_DICT_PAINT_TYPE :: */ + /* PS_DICT_FONT_NAME :: */ + /* PS_DICT_UNIQUE_ID :: */ + /* PS_DICT_NUM_CHAR_STRINGS :: */ + /* PS_DICT_CHAR_STRING_KEY :: */ + /* PS_DICT_CHAR_STRING :: */ + /* PS_DICT_ENCODING_TYPE :: */ + /* PS_DICT_ENCODING_ENTRY :: */ + /* PS_DICT_NUM_SUBRS :: */ + /* PS_DICT_SUBR :: */ + /* PS_DICT_STD_HW :: */ + /* PS_DICT_STD_VW :: */ + /* PS_DICT_NUM_BLUE_VALUES :: */ + /* PS_DICT_BLUE_VALUE :: */ + /* PS_DICT_BLUE_FUZZ :: */ + /* PS_DICT_NUM_OTHER_BLUES :: */ + /* PS_DICT_OTHER_BLUE :: */ + /* PS_DICT_NUM_FAMILY_BLUES :: */ + /* PS_DICT_FAMILY_BLUE :: */ + /* PS_DICT_NUM_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUES :: */ + /* PS_DICT_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUE :: */ + /* PS_DICT_BLUE_SCALE :: */ + /* PS_DICT_BLUE_SHIFT :: */ + /* PS_DICT_NUM_STEM_SNAP_H :: */ + /* PS_DICT_STEM_SNAP_H :: */ + /* PS_DICT_NUM_STEM_SNAP_V :: */ + /* PS_DICT_STEM_SNAP_V :: */ + /* PS_DICT_FORCE_BOLD :: */ + /* PS_DICT_RND_STEM_UP :: */ + /* PS_DICT_MIN_FEATURE :: */ + /* PS_DICT_LEN_IV :: */ + /* PS_DICT_PASSWORD :: */ + /* PS_DICT_LANGUAGE_GROUP :: */ + /* PS_DICT_VERSION :: */ + /* PS_DICT_NOTICE :: */ + /* PS_DICT_FULL_NAME :: */ + /* PS_DICT_FAMILY_NAME :: */ + /* PS_DICT_WEIGHT :: */ + /* PS_DICT_IS_FIXED_PITCH :: */ + /* PS_DICT_UNDERLINE_POSITION :: */ + /* PS_DICT_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS :: */ + /* PS_DICT_FS_TYPE :: */ + /* PS_DICT_ITALIC_ANGLE :: */ + /* */ + typedef enum PS_Dict_Keys_ + { + /* conventionally in the font dictionary */ + PS_DICT_FONT_TYPE, /* FT_Byte */ + PS_DICT_FONT_MATRIX, /* FT_Fixed */ + PS_DICT_FONT_BBOX, /* FT_Fixed */ + PS_DICT_PAINT_TYPE, /* FT_Byte */ + PS_DICT_FONT_NAME, /* FT_String* */ + PS_DICT_UNIQUE_ID, /* FT_Int */ + PS_DICT_NUM_CHAR_STRINGS, /* FT_Int */ + PS_DICT_CHAR_STRING_KEY, /* FT_String* */ + PS_DICT_CHAR_STRING, /* FT_String* */ + PS_DICT_ENCODING_TYPE, /* T1_EncodingType */ + PS_DICT_ENCODING_ENTRY, /* FT_String* */ + + /* conventionally in the font Private dictionary */ + PS_DICT_NUM_SUBRS, /* FT_Int */ + PS_DICT_SUBR, /* FT_String* */ + PS_DICT_STD_HW, /* FT_UShort */ + PS_DICT_STD_VW, /* FT_UShort */ + PS_DICT_NUM_BLUE_VALUES, /* FT_Byte */ + PS_DICT_BLUE_VALUE, /* FT_Short */ + PS_DICT_BLUE_FUZZ, /* FT_Int */ + PS_DICT_NUM_OTHER_BLUES, /* FT_Byte */ + PS_DICT_OTHER_BLUE, /* FT_Short */ + PS_DICT_NUM_FAMILY_BLUES, /* FT_Byte */ + PS_DICT_FAMILY_BLUE, /* FT_Short */ + PS_DICT_NUM_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUES, /* FT_Byte */ + PS_DICT_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUE, /* FT_Short */ + PS_DICT_BLUE_SCALE, /* FT_Fixed */ + PS_DICT_BLUE_SHIFT, /* FT_Int */ + PS_DICT_NUM_STEM_SNAP_H, /* FT_Byte */ + PS_DICT_STEM_SNAP_H, /* FT_Short */ + PS_DICT_NUM_STEM_SNAP_V, /* FT_Byte */ + PS_DICT_STEM_SNAP_V, /* FT_Short */ + PS_DICT_FORCE_BOLD, /* FT_Bool */ + PS_DICT_RND_STEM_UP, /* FT_Bool */ + PS_DICT_MIN_FEATURE, /* FT_Short */ + PS_DICT_LEN_IV, /* FT_Int */ + PS_DICT_PASSWORD, /* FT_Long */ + PS_DICT_LANGUAGE_GROUP, /* FT_Long */ + + /* conventionally in the font FontInfo dictionary */ + PS_DICT_VERSION, /* FT_String* */ + PS_DICT_NOTICE, /* FT_String* */ + PS_DICT_FULL_NAME, /* FT_String* */ + PS_DICT_FAMILY_NAME, /* FT_String* */ + PS_DICT_WEIGHT, /* FT_String* */ + PS_DICT_IS_FIXED_PITCH, /* FT_Bool */ + PS_DICT_UNDERLINE_POSITION, /* FT_Short */ + PS_DICT_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS, /* FT_UShort */ + PS_DICT_FS_TYPE, /* FT_UShort */ + PS_DICT_ITALIC_ANGLE, /* FT_Long */ + + PS_DICT_MAX = PS_DICT_ITALIC_ANGLE + + } PS_Dict_Keys; + + + /************************************************************************ + * + * @function: + * FT_Get_PS_Font_Value + * + * @description: + * Retrieve the value for the supplied key from a PostScript font. + * + * @input: + * face :: + * PostScript face handle. + * + * key :: + * An enumeration value representing the dictionary key to retrieve. + * + * idx :: + * For array values, this specifies the index to be returned. + * + * value :: + * A pointer to memory into which to write the value. + * + * valen_len :: + * The size, in bytes, of the memory supplied for the value. + * + * @output: + * value :: + * The value matching the above key, if it exists. + * + * @return: + * The amount of memory (in bytes) required to hold the requested + * value (if it exists, -1 otherwise). + * + * @note: + * The values returned are not pointers into the internal structures of + * the face, but are `fresh' copies, so that the memory containing them + * belongs to the calling application. This also enforces the + * `read-only' nature of these values, i.e., this function cannot be + * used to manipulate the face. + * + * `value' is a void pointer because the values returned can be of + * various types. + * + * If either `value' is NULL or `value_len' is too small, just the + * required memory size for the requested entry is returned. + * + * The `idx' parameter is used, not only to retrieve elements of, for + * example, the FontMatrix or FontBBox, but also to retrieve name keys + * from the CharStrings dictionary, and the charstrings themselves. It + * is ignored for atomic values. + * + * PS_DICT_BLUE_SCALE returns a value that is scaled up by 1000. To + * get the value as in the font stream, you need to divide by + * 65536000.0 (to remove the FT_Fixed scale, and the x1000 scale). + * + * IMPORTANT: Only key/value pairs read by the FreeType interpreter can + * be retrieved. So, for example, PostScript procedures such as NP, + * ND, and RD are not available. Arbitrary keys are, obviously, not be + * available either. + * + * If the font's format is not PostScript-based, this function returns + * the `FT_Err_Invalid_Argument' error code. + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Long ) + FT_Get_PS_Font_Value( FT_Face face, + PS_Dict_Keys key, + FT_UInt idx, + void *value, + FT_Long value_len ); + + /* */ + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* T1TABLES_H_ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ttnameid.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ttnameid.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ce707f16 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ttnameid.h @@ -0,0 +1,1237 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ttnameid.h */ +/* */ +/* TrueType name ID definitions (specification only). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef TTNAMEID_H_ +#define TTNAMEID_H_ + + +#include <ft2build.h> + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* truetype_tables */ + /* */ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Possible values for the `platform' identifier code in the name */ + /* records of the TTF `name' table. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*********************************************************************** + * + * @enum: + * TT_PLATFORM_XXX + * + * @description: + * A list of valid values for the `platform_id' identifier code in + * @FT_CharMapRec and @FT_SfntName structures. + * + * @values: + * TT_PLATFORM_APPLE_UNICODE :: + * Used by Apple to indicate a Unicode character map and/or name entry. + * See @TT_APPLE_ID_XXX for corresponding `encoding_id' values. Note + * that name entries in this format are coded as big-endian UCS-2 + * character codes _only_. + * + * TT_PLATFORM_MACINTOSH :: + * Used by Apple to indicate a MacOS-specific charmap and/or name entry. + * See @TT_MAC_ID_XXX for corresponding `encoding_id' values. Note that + * most TrueType fonts contain an Apple roman charmap to be usable on + * MacOS systems (even if they contain a Microsoft charmap as well). + * + * TT_PLATFORM_ISO :: + * This value was used to specify ISO/IEC 10646 charmaps. It is however + * now deprecated. See @TT_ISO_ID_XXX for a list of corresponding + * `encoding_id' values. + * + * TT_PLATFORM_MICROSOFT :: + * Used by Microsoft to indicate Windows-specific charmaps. See + * @TT_MS_ID_XXX for a list of corresponding `encoding_id' values. + * Note that most fonts contain a Unicode charmap using + * (TT_PLATFORM_MICROSOFT, @TT_MS_ID_UNICODE_CS). + * + * TT_PLATFORM_CUSTOM :: + * Used to indicate application-specific charmaps. + * + * TT_PLATFORM_ADOBE :: + * This value isn't part of any font format specification, but is used + * by FreeType to report Adobe-specific charmaps in an @FT_CharMapRec + * structure. See @TT_ADOBE_ID_XXX. + */ + +#define TT_PLATFORM_APPLE_UNICODE 0 +#define TT_PLATFORM_MACINTOSH 1 +#define TT_PLATFORM_ISO 2 /* deprecated */ +#define TT_PLATFORM_MICROSOFT 3 +#define TT_PLATFORM_CUSTOM 4 +#define TT_PLATFORM_ADOBE 7 /* artificial */ + + + /*********************************************************************** + * + * @enum: + * TT_APPLE_ID_XXX + * + * @description: + * A list of valid values for the `encoding_id' for + * @TT_PLATFORM_APPLE_UNICODE charmaps and name entries. + * + * @values: + * TT_APPLE_ID_DEFAULT :: + * Unicode version 1.0. + * + * TT_APPLE_ID_UNICODE_1_1 :: + * Unicode 1.1; specifies Hangul characters starting at U+34xx. + * + * TT_APPLE_ID_ISO_10646 :: + * Deprecated (identical to preceding). + * + * TT_APPLE_ID_UNICODE_2_0 :: + * Unicode 2.0 and beyond (UTF-16 BMP only). + * + * TT_APPLE_ID_UNICODE_32 :: + * Unicode 3.1 and beyond, using UTF-32. + * + * TT_APPLE_ID_VARIANT_SELECTOR :: + * From Adobe, not Apple. Not a normal cmap. Specifies variations + * on a real cmap. + */ + +#define TT_APPLE_ID_DEFAULT 0 /* Unicode 1.0 */ +#define TT_APPLE_ID_UNICODE_1_1 1 /* specify Hangul at U+34xx */ +#define TT_APPLE_ID_ISO_10646 2 /* deprecated */ +#define TT_APPLE_ID_UNICODE_2_0 3 /* or later */ +#define TT_APPLE_ID_UNICODE_32 4 /* 2.0 or later, full repertoire */ +#define TT_APPLE_ID_VARIANT_SELECTOR 5 /* variation selector data */ + + + /*********************************************************************** + * + * @enum: + * TT_MAC_ID_XXX + * + * @description: + * A list of valid values for the `encoding_id' for + * @TT_PLATFORM_MACINTOSH charmaps and name entries. + * + * @values: + * TT_MAC_ID_ROMAN :: + * TT_MAC_ID_JAPANESE :: + * TT_MAC_ID_TRADITIONAL_CHINESE :: + * TT_MAC_ID_KOREAN :: + * TT_MAC_ID_ARABIC :: + * TT_MAC_ID_HEBREW :: + * TT_MAC_ID_GREEK :: + * TT_MAC_ID_RUSSIAN :: + * TT_MAC_ID_RSYMBOL :: + * TT_MAC_ID_DEVANAGARI :: + * TT_MAC_ID_GURMUKHI :: + * TT_MAC_ID_GUJARATI :: + * TT_MAC_ID_ORIYA :: + * TT_MAC_ID_BENGALI :: + * TT_MAC_ID_TAMIL :: + * TT_MAC_ID_TELUGU :: + * TT_MAC_ID_KANNADA :: + * TT_MAC_ID_MALAYALAM :: + * TT_MAC_ID_SINHALESE :: + * TT_MAC_ID_BURMESE :: + * TT_MAC_ID_KHMER :: + * TT_MAC_ID_THAI :: + * TT_MAC_ID_LAOTIAN :: + * TT_MAC_ID_GEORGIAN :: + * TT_MAC_ID_ARMENIAN :: + * TT_MAC_ID_MALDIVIAN :: + * TT_MAC_ID_SIMPLIFIED_CHINESE :: + * TT_MAC_ID_TIBETAN :: + * TT_MAC_ID_MONGOLIAN :: + * TT_MAC_ID_GEEZ :: + * TT_MAC_ID_SLAVIC :: + * TT_MAC_ID_VIETNAMESE :: + * TT_MAC_ID_SINDHI :: + * TT_MAC_ID_UNINTERP :: + */ + +#define TT_MAC_ID_ROMAN 0 +#define TT_MAC_ID_JAPANESE 1 +#define TT_MAC_ID_TRADITIONAL_CHINESE 2 +#define TT_MAC_ID_KOREAN 3 +#define TT_MAC_ID_ARABIC 4 +#define TT_MAC_ID_HEBREW 5 +#define TT_MAC_ID_GREEK 6 +#define TT_MAC_ID_RUSSIAN 7 +#define TT_MAC_ID_RSYMBOL 8 +#define TT_MAC_ID_DEVANAGARI 9 +#define TT_MAC_ID_GURMUKHI 10 +#define TT_MAC_ID_GUJARATI 11 +#define TT_MAC_ID_ORIYA 12 +#define TT_MAC_ID_BENGALI 13 +#define TT_MAC_ID_TAMIL 14 +#define TT_MAC_ID_TELUGU 15 +#define TT_MAC_ID_KANNADA 16 +#define TT_MAC_ID_MALAYALAM 17 +#define TT_MAC_ID_SINHALESE 18 +#define TT_MAC_ID_BURMESE 19 +#define TT_MAC_ID_KHMER 20 +#define TT_MAC_ID_THAI 21 +#define TT_MAC_ID_LAOTIAN 22 +#define TT_MAC_ID_GEORGIAN 23 +#define TT_MAC_ID_ARMENIAN 24 +#define TT_MAC_ID_MALDIVIAN 25 +#define TT_MAC_ID_SIMPLIFIED_CHINESE 25 +#define TT_MAC_ID_TIBETAN 26 +#define TT_MAC_ID_MONGOLIAN 27 +#define TT_MAC_ID_GEEZ 28 +#define TT_MAC_ID_SLAVIC 29 +#define TT_MAC_ID_VIETNAMESE 30 +#define TT_MAC_ID_SINDHI 31 +#define TT_MAC_ID_UNINTERP 32 + + + /*********************************************************************** + * + * @enum: + * TT_ISO_ID_XXX + * + * @description: + * A list of valid values for the `encoding_id' for + * @TT_PLATFORM_ISO charmaps and name entries. + * + * Their use is now deprecated. + * + * @values: + * TT_ISO_ID_7BIT_ASCII :: + * ASCII. + * TT_ISO_ID_10646 :: + * ISO/10646. + * TT_ISO_ID_8859_1 :: + * Also known as Latin-1. + */ + +#define TT_ISO_ID_7BIT_ASCII 0 +#define TT_ISO_ID_10646 1 +#define TT_ISO_ID_8859_1 2 + + + /*********************************************************************** + * + * @enum: + * TT_MS_ID_XXX + * + * @description: + * A list of valid values for the `encoding_id' for + * @TT_PLATFORM_MICROSOFT charmaps and name entries. + * + * @values: + * TT_MS_ID_SYMBOL_CS :: + * Corresponds to Microsoft symbol encoding. See + * @FT_ENCODING_MS_SYMBOL. + * + * TT_MS_ID_UNICODE_CS :: + * Corresponds to a Microsoft WGL4 charmap, matching Unicode. See + * @FT_ENCODING_UNICODE. + * + * TT_MS_ID_SJIS :: + * Corresponds to SJIS Japanese encoding. See @FT_ENCODING_SJIS. + * + * TT_MS_ID_GB2312 :: + * Corresponds to Simplified Chinese as used in Mainland China. See + * @FT_ENCODING_GB2312. + * + * TT_MS_ID_BIG_5 :: + * Corresponds to Traditional Chinese as used in Taiwan and Hong Kong. + * See @FT_ENCODING_BIG5. + * + * TT_MS_ID_WANSUNG :: + * Corresponds to Korean Wansung encoding. See @FT_ENCODING_WANSUNG. + * + * TT_MS_ID_JOHAB :: + * Corresponds to Johab encoding. See @FT_ENCODING_JOHAB. + * + * TT_MS_ID_UCS_4 :: + * Corresponds to UCS-4 or UTF-32 charmaps. This has been added to + * the OpenType specification version 1.4 (mid-2001.) + */ + +#define TT_MS_ID_SYMBOL_CS 0 +#define TT_MS_ID_UNICODE_CS 1 +#define TT_MS_ID_SJIS 2 +#define TT_MS_ID_GB2312 3 +#define TT_MS_ID_BIG_5 4 +#define TT_MS_ID_WANSUNG 5 +#define TT_MS_ID_JOHAB 6 +#define TT_MS_ID_UCS_4 10 + + + /*********************************************************************** + * + * @enum: + * TT_ADOBE_ID_XXX + * + * @description: + * A list of valid values for the `encoding_id' for + * @TT_PLATFORM_ADOBE charmaps. This is a FreeType-specific extension! + * + * @values: + * TT_ADOBE_ID_STANDARD :: + * Adobe standard encoding. + * TT_ADOBE_ID_EXPERT :: + * Adobe expert encoding. + * TT_ADOBE_ID_CUSTOM :: + * Adobe custom encoding. + * TT_ADOBE_ID_LATIN_1 :: + * Adobe Latin~1 encoding. + */ + +#define TT_ADOBE_ID_STANDARD 0 +#define TT_ADOBE_ID_EXPERT 1 +#define TT_ADOBE_ID_CUSTOM 2 +#define TT_ADOBE_ID_LATIN_1 3 + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Possible values of the language identifier field in the name records */ + /* of the TTF `name' table if the `platform' identifier code is */ + /* TT_PLATFORM_MACINTOSH. These values are also used as return values */ + /* for function @FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID. */ + /* */ + /* The canonical source for the Apple assigned Language ID's is at */ + /* */ + /* https://developer.apple.com/fonts/TrueType-Reference-Manual/RM06/Chap6name.html */ + /* */ +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ENGLISH 0 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_FRENCH 1 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GERMAN 2 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ITALIAN 3 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_DUTCH 4 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SWEDISH 5 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SPANISH 6 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_DANISH 7 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_PORTUGUESE 8 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_NORWEGIAN 9 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_HEBREW 10 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_JAPANESE 11 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ARABIC 12 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_FINNISH 13 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GREEK 14 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ICELANDIC 15 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MALTESE 16 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TURKISH 17 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_CROATIAN 18 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_CHINESE_TRADITIONAL 19 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_URDU 20 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_HINDI 21 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_THAI 22 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_KOREAN 23 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_LITHUANIAN 24 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_POLISH 25 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_HUNGARIAN 26 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ESTONIAN 27 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_LETTISH 28 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SAAMISK 29 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_FAEROESE 30 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_FARSI 31 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_RUSSIAN 32 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_CHINESE_SIMPLIFIED 33 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_FLEMISH 34 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_IRISH 35 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ALBANIAN 36 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ROMANIAN 37 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_CZECH 38 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SLOVAK 39 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SLOVENIAN 40 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_YIDDISH 41 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SERBIAN 42 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MACEDONIAN 43 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_BULGARIAN 44 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_UKRAINIAN 45 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_BYELORUSSIAN 46 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_UZBEK 47 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_KAZAKH 48 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_AZERBAIJANI 49 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_AZERBAIJANI_CYRILLIC_SCRIPT 49 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_AZERBAIJANI_ARABIC_SCRIPT 50 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ARMENIAN 51 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GEORGIAN 52 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MOLDAVIAN 53 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_KIRGHIZ 54 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TAJIKI 55 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TURKMEN 56 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MONGOLIAN 57 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MONGOLIAN_MONGOLIAN_SCRIPT 57 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MONGOLIAN_CYRILLIC_SCRIPT 58 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_PASHTO 59 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_KURDISH 60 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_KASHMIRI 61 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SINDHI 62 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TIBETAN 63 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_NEPALI 64 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SANSKRIT 65 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MARATHI 66 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_BENGALI 67 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ASSAMESE 68 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GUJARATI 69 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_PUNJABI 70 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ORIYA 71 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MALAYALAM 72 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_KANNADA 73 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TAMIL 74 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TELUGU 75 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SINHALESE 76 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_BURMESE 77 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_KHMER 78 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_LAO 79 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_VIETNAMESE 80 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_INDONESIAN 81 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TAGALOG 82 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MALAY_ROMAN_SCRIPT 83 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MALAY_ARABIC_SCRIPT 84 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_AMHARIC 85 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TIGRINYA 86 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GALLA 87 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SOMALI 88 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SWAHILI 89 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_RUANDA 90 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_RUNDI 91 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_CHEWA 92 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MALAGASY 93 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ESPERANTO 94 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_WELSH 128 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_BASQUE 129 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_CATALAN 130 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_LATIN 131 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_QUECHUA 132 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GUARANI 133 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_AYMARA 134 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TATAR 135 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_UIGHUR 136 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_DZONGKHA 137 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_JAVANESE 138 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SUNDANESE 139 + + +#if 0 /* these seem to be errors that have been dropped */ + +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SCOTTISH_GAELIC 140 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_IRISH_GAELIC 141 + +#endif + + + /* The following codes are new as of 2000-03-10 */ +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GALICIAN 140 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_AFRIKAANS 141 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_BRETON 142 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_INUKTITUT 143 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SCOTTISH_GAELIC 144 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MANX_GAELIC 145 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_IRISH_GAELIC 146 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TONGAN 147 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GREEK_POLYTONIC 148 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GREELANDIC 149 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_AZERBAIJANI_ROMAN_SCRIPT 150 + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Possible values of the language identifier field in the name records */ + /* of the TTF `name' table if the `platform' identifier code is */ + /* TT_PLATFORM_MICROSOFT. */ + /* */ + /* The canonical source for the MS assigned LCIDs is */ + /* */ + /* http://www.microsoft.com/globaldev/reference/lcid-all.mspx */ + /* */ + +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_GENERAL 0x0001 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_SAUDI_ARABIA 0x0401 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_IRAQ 0x0801 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_EGYPT 0x0C01 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_LIBYA 0x1001 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_ALGERIA 0x1401 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_MOROCCO 0x1801 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_TUNISIA 0x1C01 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_OMAN 0x2001 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_YEMEN 0x2401 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_SYRIA 0x2801 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_JORDAN 0x2C01 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_LEBANON 0x3001 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_KUWAIT 0x3401 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_UAE 0x3801 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_BAHRAIN 0x3C01 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_QATAR 0x4001 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_BULGARIAN_BULGARIA 0x0402 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_CATALAN_SPAIN 0x0403 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_GENERAL 0x0004 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_TAIWAN 0x0404 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_PRC 0x0804 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_HONG_KONG 0x0C04 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_SINGAPORE 0x1004 + +#if 1 /* this looks like the correct value */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_MACAU 0x1404 +#else /* but beware, Microsoft may change its mind... + the most recent Word reference has the following: */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_MACAU TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_HONG_KONG +#endif + +#if 0 /* used only with .NET `cultures'; commented out */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_TRADITIONAL 0x7C04 +#endif + +#define TT_MS_LANGID_CZECH_CZECH_REPUBLIC 0x0405 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_DANISH_DENMARK 0x0406 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_GERMAN_GERMANY 0x0407 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_GERMAN_SWITZERLAND 0x0807 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_GERMAN_AUSTRIA 0x0C07 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_GERMAN_LUXEMBOURG 0x1007 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_GERMAN_LIECHTENSTEI 0x1407 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_GREEK_GREECE 0x0408 + + /* don't ask what this one means... It is commented out currently. */ +#if 0 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_GREEK_GREECE2 0x2008 +#endif + +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_GENERAL 0x0009 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_UNITED_STATES 0x0409 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_UNITED_KINGDOM 0x0809 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_AUSTRALIA 0x0C09 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_CANADA 0x1009 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_NEW_ZEALAND 0x1409 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_IRELAND 0x1809 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_SOUTH_AFRICA 0x1C09 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_JAMAICA 0x2009 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_CARIBBEAN 0x2409 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_BELIZE 0x2809 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_TRINIDAD 0x2C09 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_ZIMBABWE 0x3009 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_PHILIPPINES 0x3409 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_INDONESIA 0x3809 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_HONG_KONG 0x3C09 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_INDIA 0x4009 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_MALAYSIA 0x4409 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_SINGAPORE 0x4809 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_SPAIN_TRADITIONAL_SORT 0x040A +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_MEXICO 0x080A +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_SPAIN_INTERNATIONAL_SORT 0x0C0A +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_GUATEMALA 0x100A +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_COSTA_RICA 0x140A +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_PANAMA 0x180A +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_DOMINICAN_REPUBLIC 0x1C0A +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_VENEZUELA 0x200A +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_COLOMBIA 0x240A +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_PERU 0x280A +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_ARGENTINA 0x2C0A +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_ECUADOR 0x300A +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_CHILE 0x340A +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_URUGUAY 0x380A +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_PARAGUAY 0x3C0A +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_BOLIVIA 0x400A +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_EL_SALVADOR 0x440A +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_HONDURAS 0x480A +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_NICARAGUA 0x4C0A +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_PUERTO_RICO 0x500A +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_UNITED_STATES 0x540A + /* The following ID blatantly violate MS specs by using a */ + /* sublanguage > 0x1F. */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_LATIN_AMERICA 0xE40AU +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FINNISH_FINLAND 0x040B +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_FRANCE 0x040C +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_BELGIUM 0x080C +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_CANADA 0x0C0C +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_SWITZERLAND 0x100C +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_LUXEMBOURG 0x140C +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_MONACO 0x180C +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_WEST_INDIES 0x1C0C +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_REUNION 0x200C +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_CONGO 0x240C + /* which was formerly: */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_ZAIRE TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_CONGO +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_SENEGAL 0x280C +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_CAMEROON 0x2C0C +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_COTE_D_IVOIRE 0x300C +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_MALI 0x340C +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_MOROCCO 0x380C +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_HAITI 0x3C0C + /* and another violation of the spec (see 0xE40AU) */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_NORTH_AFRICA 0xE40CU +#define TT_MS_LANGID_HEBREW_ISRAEL 0x040D +#define TT_MS_LANGID_HUNGARIAN_HUNGARY 0x040E +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ICELANDIC_ICELAND 0x040F +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ITALIAN_ITALY 0x0410 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ITALIAN_SWITZERLAND 0x0810 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_JAPANESE_JAPAN 0x0411 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_KOREAN_EXTENDED_WANSUNG_KOREA 0x0412 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_KOREAN_JOHAB_KOREA 0x0812 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_DUTCH_NETHERLANDS 0x0413 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_DUTCH_BELGIUM 0x0813 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_NORWEGIAN_NORWAY_BOKMAL 0x0414 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_NORWEGIAN_NORWAY_NYNORSK 0x0814 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_POLISH_POLAND 0x0415 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_PORTUGUESE_BRAZIL 0x0416 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_PORTUGUESE_PORTUGAL 0x0816 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_RHAETO_ROMANIC_SWITZERLAND 0x0417 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ROMANIAN_ROMANIA 0x0418 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_MOLDAVIAN_MOLDAVIA 0x0818 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_RUSSIAN_RUSSIA 0x0419 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_RUSSIAN_MOLDAVIA 0x0819 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_CROATIAN_CROATIA 0x041A +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SERBIAN_SERBIA_LATIN 0x081A +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SERBIAN_SERBIA_CYRILLIC 0x0C1A + +#if 0 /* this used to be this value, but it looks like we were wrong */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_BOSNIAN_BOSNIA_HERZEGOVINA 0x101A +#else /* current sources say */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_CROATIAN_BOSNIA_HERZEGOVINA 0x101A +#define TT_MS_LANGID_BOSNIAN_BOSNIA_HERZEGOVINA 0x141A + /* and XPsp2 Platform SDK added (2004-07-26) */ + /* Names are shortened to be significant within 40 chars. */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SERBIAN_BOSNIA_HERZ_LATIN 0x181A +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SERBIAN_BOSNIA_HERZ_CYRILLIC 0x181A +#endif + +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SLOVAK_SLOVAKIA 0x041B +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ALBANIAN_ALBANIA 0x041C +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SWEDISH_SWEDEN 0x041D +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SWEDISH_FINLAND 0x081D +#define TT_MS_LANGID_THAI_THAILAND 0x041E +#define TT_MS_LANGID_TURKISH_TURKEY 0x041F +#define TT_MS_LANGID_URDU_PAKISTAN 0x0420 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_URDU_INDIA 0x0820 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_INDONESIAN_INDONESIA 0x0421 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_UKRAINIAN_UKRAINE 0x0422 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_BELARUSIAN_BELARUS 0x0423 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SLOVENE_SLOVENIA 0x0424 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ESTONIAN_ESTONIA 0x0425 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_LATVIAN_LATVIA 0x0426 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_LITHUANIAN_LITHUANIA 0x0427 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_CLASSIC_LITHUANIAN_LITHUANIA 0x0827 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_TAJIK_TAJIKISTAN 0x0428 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FARSI_IRAN 0x0429 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_VIETNAMESE_VIET_NAM 0x042A +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARMENIAN_ARMENIA 0x042B +#define TT_MS_LANGID_AZERI_AZERBAIJAN_LATIN 0x042C +#define TT_MS_LANGID_AZERI_AZERBAIJAN_CYRILLIC 0x082C +#define TT_MS_LANGID_BASQUE_SPAIN 0x042D +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SORBIAN_GERMANY 0x042E +#define TT_MS_LANGID_MACEDONIAN_MACEDONIA 0x042F +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SUTU_SOUTH_AFRICA 0x0430 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_TSONGA_SOUTH_AFRICA 0x0431 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_TSWANA_SOUTH_AFRICA 0x0432 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_VENDA_SOUTH_AFRICA 0x0433 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_XHOSA_SOUTH_AFRICA 0x0434 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ZULU_SOUTH_AFRICA 0x0435 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_AFRIKAANS_SOUTH_AFRICA 0x0436 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_GEORGIAN_GEORGIA 0x0437 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FAEROESE_FAEROE_ISLANDS 0x0438 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_HINDI_INDIA 0x0439 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_MALTESE_MALTA 0x043A + /* Added by XPsp2 Platform SDK (2004-07-26) */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_NORTHERN_NORWAY 0x043B +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_NORTHERN_SWEDEN 0x083B +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_NORTHERN_FINLAND 0x0C3B +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_LULE_NORWAY 0x103B +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_LULE_SWEDEN 0x143B +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_SOUTHERN_NORWAY 0x183B +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_SOUTHERN_SWEDEN 0x1C3B +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_SKOLT_FINLAND 0x203B +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_INARI_FINLAND 0x243B + /* ... and we also keep our old identifier... */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAAMI_LAPONIA 0x043B + +#if 0 /* this seems to be a previous inversion */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_IRISH_GAELIC_IRELAND 0x043C +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SCOTTISH_GAELIC_UNITED_KINGDOM 0x083C +#else +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SCOTTISH_GAELIC_UNITED_KINGDOM 0x083C +#define TT_MS_LANGID_IRISH_GAELIC_IRELAND 0x043C +#endif + +#define TT_MS_LANGID_YIDDISH_GERMANY 0x043D +#define TT_MS_LANGID_MALAY_MALAYSIA 0x043E +#define TT_MS_LANGID_MALAY_BRUNEI_DARUSSALAM 0x083E +#define TT_MS_LANGID_KAZAK_KAZAKSTAN 0x043F +#define TT_MS_LANGID_KIRGHIZ_KIRGHIZSTAN /* Cyrillic*/ 0x0440 + /* alias declared in Windows 2000 */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_KIRGHIZ_KIRGHIZ_REPUBLIC \ + TT_MS_LANGID_KIRGHIZ_KIRGHIZSTAN + +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SWAHILI_KENYA 0x0441 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_TURKMEN_TURKMENISTAN 0x0442 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_UZBEK_UZBEKISTAN_LATIN 0x0443 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_UZBEK_UZBEKISTAN_CYRILLIC 0x0843 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_TATAR_TATARSTAN 0x0444 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_BENGALI_INDIA 0x0445 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_BENGALI_BANGLADESH 0x0845 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_PUNJABI_INDIA 0x0446 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_PUNJABI_ARABIC_PAKISTAN 0x0846 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_GUJARATI_INDIA 0x0447 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ORIYA_INDIA 0x0448 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_TAMIL_INDIA 0x0449 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_TELUGU_INDIA 0x044A +#define TT_MS_LANGID_KANNADA_INDIA 0x044B +#define TT_MS_LANGID_MALAYALAM_INDIA 0x044C +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ASSAMESE_INDIA 0x044D +#define TT_MS_LANGID_MARATHI_INDIA 0x044E +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SANSKRIT_INDIA 0x044F +#define TT_MS_LANGID_MONGOLIAN_MONGOLIA /* Cyrillic */ 0x0450 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_MONGOLIAN_MONGOLIA_MONGOLIAN 0x0850 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_TIBETAN_CHINA 0x0451 + /* Don't use the next constant! It has */ + /* (1) the wrong spelling (Dzonghka) */ + /* (2) Microsoft doesn't officially define it -- */ + /* at least it is not in the List of Local */ + /* ID Values. */ + /* (3) Dzongkha is not the same language as */ + /* Tibetan, so merging it is wrong anyway. */ + /* */ + /* TT_MS_LANGID_TIBETAN_BHUTAN is correct, BTW. */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_DZONGHKA_BHUTAN 0x0851 + +#if 0 + /* the following used to be defined */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_TIBETAN_BHUTAN 0x0451 + /* ... but it was changed; */ +#else + /* So we will continue to #define it, but with the correct value */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_TIBETAN_BHUTAN TT_MS_LANGID_DZONGHKA_BHUTAN +#endif + +#define TT_MS_LANGID_WELSH_WALES 0x0452 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_KHMER_CAMBODIA 0x0453 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_LAO_LAOS 0x0454 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_BURMESE_MYANMAR 0x0455 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_GALICIAN_SPAIN 0x0456 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_KONKANI_INDIA 0x0457 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_MANIPURI_INDIA /* Bengali */ 0x0458 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SINDHI_INDIA /* Arabic */ 0x0459 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SINDHI_PAKISTAN 0x0859 + /* Missing a LCID for Sindhi in Devanagari script */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SYRIAC_SYRIA 0x045A +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SINHALESE_SRI_LANKA 0x045B +#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHEROKEE_UNITED_STATES 0x045C +#define TT_MS_LANGID_INUKTITUT_CANADA 0x045D +#define TT_MS_LANGID_AMHARIC_ETHIOPIA 0x045E +#define TT_MS_LANGID_TAMAZIGHT_MOROCCO /* Arabic */ 0x045F +#define TT_MS_LANGID_TAMAZIGHT_MOROCCO_LATIN 0x085F + /* Missing a LCID for Tifinagh script */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_KASHMIRI_PAKISTAN /* Arabic */ 0x0460 + /* Spelled this way by XPsp2 Platform SDK (2004-07-26) */ + /* script is yet unclear... might be Arabic, Nagari or Sharada */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_KASHMIRI_SASIA 0x0860 + /* ... and aliased (by MS) for compatibility reasons. */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_KASHMIRI_INDIA TT_MS_LANGID_KASHMIRI_SASIA +#define TT_MS_LANGID_NEPALI_NEPAL 0x0461 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_NEPALI_INDIA 0x0861 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRISIAN_NETHERLANDS 0x0462 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_PASHTO_AFGHANISTAN 0x0463 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FILIPINO_PHILIPPINES 0x0464 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_DHIVEHI_MALDIVES 0x0465 + /* alias declared in Windows 2000 */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_DIVEHI_MALDIVES TT_MS_LANGID_DHIVEHI_MALDIVES +#define TT_MS_LANGID_EDO_NIGERIA 0x0466 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FULFULDE_NIGERIA 0x0467 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_HAUSA_NIGERIA 0x0468 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_IBIBIO_NIGERIA 0x0469 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_YORUBA_NIGERIA 0x046A +#define TT_MS_LANGID_QUECHUA_BOLIVIA 0x046B +#define TT_MS_LANGID_QUECHUA_ECUADOR 0x086B +#define TT_MS_LANGID_QUECHUA_PERU 0x0C6B +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SEPEDI_SOUTH_AFRICA 0x046C + /* Also spelled by XPsp2 Platform SDK (2004-07-26) */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SOTHO_SOUTHERN_SOUTH_AFRICA \ + TT_MS_LANGID_SEPEDI_SOUTH_AFRICA + /* language codes 0x046D, 0x046E and 0x046F are (still) unknown. */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_IGBO_NIGERIA 0x0470 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_KANURI_NIGERIA 0x0471 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_OROMO_ETHIOPIA 0x0472 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_TIGRIGNA_ETHIOPIA 0x0473 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_TIGRIGNA_ERYTHREA 0x0873 + /* also spelled in the `Passport SDK' list as: */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_TIGRIGNA_ERYTREA TT_MS_LANGID_TIGRIGNA_ERYTHREA +#define TT_MS_LANGID_GUARANI_PARAGUAY 0x0474 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_HAWAIIAN_UNITED_STATES 0x0475 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_LATIN 0x0476 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SOMALI_SOMALIA 0x0477 + /* Note: Yi does not have a (proper) ISO 639-2 code, since it is mostly */ + /* not written (but OTOH the peculiar writing system is worth */ + /* studying). */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_YI_CHINA 0x0478 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_PAPIAMENTU_NETHERLANDS_ANTILLES 0x0479 + /* language codes from 0x047A to 0x047F are (still) unknown. */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_UIGHUR_CHINA 0x0480 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_MAORI_NEW_ZEALAND 0x0481 + +#if 0 /* not deemed useful for fonts */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_HUMAN_INTERFACE_DEVICE 0x04FF +#endif + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Possible values of the `name' identifier field in the name records of */ + /* the TTF `name' table. These values are platform independent. */ + /* */ +#define TT_NAME_ID_COPYRIGHT 0 +#define TT_NAME_ID_FONT_FAMILY 1 +#define TT_NAME_ID_FONT_SUBFAMILY 2 +#define TT_NAME_ID_UNIQUE_ID 3 +#define TT_NAME_ID_FULL_NAME 4 +#define TT_NAME_ID_VERSION_STRING 5 +#define TT_NAME_ID_PS_NAME 6 +#define TT_NAME_ID_TRADEMARK 7 + + /* the following values are from the OpenType spec */ +#define TT_NAME_ID_MANUFACTURER 8 +#define TT_NAME_ID_DESIGNER 9 +#define TT_NAME_ID_DESCRIPTION 10 +#define TT_NAME_ID_VENDOR_URL 11 +#define TT_NAME_ID_DESIGNER_URL 12 +#define TT_NAME_ID_LICENSE 13 +#define TT_NAME_ID_LICENSE_URL 14 + /* number 15 is reserved */ +#define TT_NAME_ID_PREFERRED_FAMILY 16 +#define TT_NAME_ID_PREFERRED_SUBFAMILY 17 +#define TT_NAME_ID_MAC_FULL_NAME 18 + + /* The following code is new as of 2000-01-21 */ +#define TT_NAME_ID_SAMPLE_TEXT 19 + + /* This is new in OpenType 1.3 */ +#define TT_NAME_ID_CID_FINDFONT_NAME 20 + + /* This is new in OpenType 1.5 */ +#define TT_NAME_ID_WWS_FAMILY 21 +#define TT_NAME_ID_WWS_SUBFAMILY 22 + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Bit mask values for the Unicode Ranges from the TTF `OS2 ' table. */ + /* */ + /* Updated 08-Nov-2008. */ + /* */ + + /* Bit 0 Basic Latin */ +#define TT_UCR_BASIC_LATIN (1L << 0) /* U+0020-U+007E */ + /* Bit 1 C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement */ +#define TT_UCR_LATIN1_SUPPLEMENT (1L << 1) /* U+0080-U+00FF */ + /* Bit 2 Latin Extended-A */ +#define TT_UCR_LATIN_EXTENDED_A (1L << 2) /* U+0100-U+017F */ + /* Bit 3 Latin Extended-B */ +#define TT_UCR_LATIN_EXTENDED_B (1L << 3) /* U+0180-U+024F */ + /* Bit 4 IPA Extensions */ + /* Phonetic Extensions */ + /* Phonetic Extensions Supplement */ +#define TT_UCR_IPA_EXTENSIONS (1L << 4) /* U+0250-U+02AF */ + /* U+1D00-U+1D7F */ + /* U+1D80-U+1DBF */ + /* Bit 5 Spacing Modifier Letters */ + /* Modifier Tone Letters */ +#define TT_UCR_SPACING_MODIFIER (1L << 5) /* U+02B0-U+02FF */ + /* U+A700-U+A71F */ + /* Bit 6 Combining Diacritical Marks */ + /* Combining Diacritical Marks Supplement */ +#define TT_UCR_COMBINING_DIACRITICS (1L << 6) /* U+0300-U+036F */ + /* U+1DC0-U+1DFF */ + /* Bit 7 Greek and Coptic */ +#define TT_UCR_GREEK (1L << 7) /* U+0370-U+03FF */ + /* Bit 8 Coptic */ +#define TT_UCR_COPTIC (1L << 8) /* U+2C80-U+2CFF */ + /* Bit 9 Cyrillic */ + /* Cyrillic Supplement */ + /* Cyrillic Extended-A */ + /* Cyrillic Extended-B */ +#define TT_UCR_CYRILLIC (1L << 9) /* U+0400-U+04FF */ + /* U+0500-U+052F */ + /* U+2DE0-U+2DFF */ + /* U+A640-U+A69F */ + /* Bit 10 Armenian */ +#define TT_UCR_ARMENIAN (1L << 10) /* U+0530-U+058F */ + /* Bit 11 Hebrew */ +#define TT_UCR_HEBREW (1L << 11) /* U+0590-U+05FF */ + /* Bit 12 Vai */ +#define TT_UCR_VAI (1L << 12) /* U+A500-U+A63F */ + /* Bit 13 Arabic */ + /* Arabic Supplement */ +#define TT_UCR_ARABIC (1L << 13) /* U+0600-U+06FF */ + /* U+0750-U+077F */ + /* Bit 14 NKo */ +#define TT_UCR_NKO (1L << 14) /* U+07C0-U+07FF */ + /* Bit 15 Devanagari */ +#define TT_UCR_DEVANAGARI (1L << 15) /* U+0900-U+097F */ + /* Bit 16 Bengali */ +#define TT_UCR_BENGALI (1L << 16) /* U+0980-U+09FF */ + /* Bit 17 Gurmukhi */ +#define TT_UCR_GURMUKHI (1L << 17) /* U+0A00-U+0A7F */ + /* Bit 18 Gujarati */ +#define TT_UCR_GUJARATI (1L << 18) /* U+0A80-U+0AFF */ + /* Bit 19 Oriya */ +#define TT_UCR_ORIYA (1L << 19) /* U+0B00-U+0B7F */ + /* Bit 20 Tamil */ +#define TT_UCR_TAMIL (1L << 20) /* U+0B80-U+0BFF */ + /* Bit 21 Telugu */ +#define TT_UCR_TELUGU (1L << 21) /* U+0C00-U+0C7F */ + /* Bit 22 Kannada */ +#define TT_UCR_KANNADA (1L << 22) /* U+0C80-U+0CFF */ + /* Bit 23 Malayalam */ +#define TT_UCR_MALAYALAM (1L << 23) /* U+0D00-U+0D7F */ + /* Bit 24 Thai */ +#define TT_UCR_THAI (1L << 24) /* U+0E00-U+0E7F */ + /* Bit 25 Lao */ +#define TT_UCR_LAO (1L << 25) /* U+0E80-U+0EFF */ + /* Bit 26 Georgian */ + /* Georgian Supplement */ +#define TT_UCR_GEORGIAN (1L << 26) /* U+10A0-U+10FF */ + /* U+2D00-U+2D2F */ + /* Bit 27 Balinese */ +#define TT_UCR_BALINESE (1L << 27) /* U+1B00-U+1B7F */ + /* Bit 28 Hangul Jamo */ +#define TT_UCR_HANGUL_JAMO (1L << 28) /* U+1100-U+11FF */ + /* Bit 29 Latin Extended Additional */ + /* Latin Extended-C */ + /* Latin Extended-D */ +#define TT_UCR_LATIN_EXTENDED_ADDITIONAL (1L << 29) /* U+1E00-U+1EFF */ + /* U+2C60-U+2C7F */ + /* U+A720-U+A7FF */ + /* Bit 30 Greek Extended */ +#define TT_UCR_GREEK_EXTENDED (1L << 30) /* U+1F00-U+1FFF */ + /* Bit 31 General Punctuation */ + /* Supplemental Punctuation */ +#define TT_UCR_GENERAL_PUNCTUATION (1L << 31) /* U+2000-U+206F */ + /* U+2E00-U+2E7F */ + /* Bit 32 Superscripts And Subscripts */ +#define TT_UCR_SUPERSCRIPTS_SUBSCRIPTS (1L << 0) /* U+2070-U+209F */ + /* Bit 33 Currency Symbols */ +#define TT_UCR_CURRENCY_SYMBOLS (1L << 1) /* U+20A0-U+20CF */ + /* Bit 34 Combining Diacritical Marks For Symbols */ +#define TT_UCR_COMBINING_DIACRITICS_SYMB (1L << 2) /* U+20D0-U+20FF */ + /* Bit 35 Letterlike Symbols */ +#define TT_UCR_LETTERLIKE_SYMBOLS (1L << 3) /* U+2100-U+214F */ + /* Bit 36 Number Forms */ +#define TT_UCR_NUMBER_FORMS (1L << 4) /* U+2150-U+218F */ + /* Bit 37 Arrows */ + /* Supplemental Arrows-A */ + /* Supplemental Arrows-B */ + /* Miscellaneous Symbols and Arrows */ +#define TT_UCR_ARROWS (1L << 5) /* U+2190-U+21FF */ + /* U+27F0-U+27FF */ + /* U+2900-U+297F */ + /* U+2B00-U+2BFF */ + /* Bit 38 Mathematical Operators */ + /* Supplemental Mathematical Operators */ + /* Miscellaneous Mathematical Symbols-A */ + /* Miscellaneous Mathematical Symbols-B */ +#define TT_UCR_MATHEMATICAL_OPERATORS (1L << 6) /* U+2200-U+22FF */ + /* U+2A00-U+2AFF */ + /* U+27C0-U+27EF */ + /* U+2980-U+29FF */ + /* Bit 39 Miscellaneous Technical */ +#define TT_UCR_MISCELLANEOUS_TECHNICAL (1L << 7) /* U+2300-U+23FF */ + /* Bit 40 Control Pictures */ +#define TT_UCR_CONTROL_PICTURES (1L << 8) /* U+2400-U+243F */ + /* Bit 41 Optical Character Recognition */ +#define TT_UCR_OCR (1L << 9) /* U+2440-U+245F */ + /* Bit 42 Enclosed Alphanumerics */ +#define TT_UCR_ENCLOSED_ALPHANUMERICS (1L << 10) /* U+2460-U+24FF */ + /* Bit 43 Box Drawing */ +#define TT_UCR_BOX_DRAWING (1L << 11) /* U+2500-U+257F */ + /* Bit 44 Block Elements */ +#define TT_UCR_BLOCK_ELEMENTS (1L << 12) /* U+2580-U+259F */ + /* Bit 45 Geometric Shapes */ +#define TT_UCR_GEOMETRIC_SHAPES (1L << 13) /* U+25A0-U+25FF */ + /* Bit 46 Miscellaneous Symbols */ +#define TT_UCR_MISCELLANEOUS_SYMBOLS (1L << 14) /* U+2600-U+26FF */ + /* Bit 47 Dingbats */ +#define TT_UCR_DINGBATS (1L << 15) /* U+2700-U+27BF */ + /* Bit 48 CJK Symbols and Punctuation */ +#define TT_UCR_CJK_SYMBOLS (1L << 16) /* U+3000-U+303F */ + /* Bit 49 Hiragana */ +#define TT_UCR_HIRAGANA (1L << 17) /* U+3040-U+309F */ + /* Bit 50 Katakana */ + /* Katakana Phonetic Extensions */ +#define TT_UCR_KATAKANA (1L << 18) /* U+30A0-U+30FF */ + /* U+31F0-U+31FF */ + /* Bit 51 Bopomofo */ + /* Bopomofo Extended */ +#define TT_UCR_BOPOMOFO (1L << 19) /* U+3100-U+312F */ + /* U+31A0-U+31BF */ + /* Bit 52 Hangul Compatibility Jamo */ +#define TT_UCR_HANGUL_COMPATIBILITY_JAMO (1L << 20) /* U+3130-U+318F */ + /* Bit 53 Phags-Pa */ +#define TT_UCR_CJK_MISC (1L << 21) /* U+A840-U+A87F */ +#define TT_UCR_KANBUN TT_UCR_CJK_MISC /* deprecated */ +#define TT_UCR_PHAGSPA + /* Bit 54 Enclosed CJK Letters and Months */ +#define TT_UCR_ENCLOSED_CJK_LETTERS_MONTHS (1L << 22) /* U+3200-U+32FF */ + /* Bit 55 CJK Compatibility */ +#define TT_UCR_CJK_COMPATIBILITY (1L << 23) /* U+3300-U+33FF */ + /* Bit 56 Hangul Syllables */ +#define TT_UCR_HANGUL (1L << 24) /* U+AC00-U+D7A3 */ + /* Bit 57 High Surrogates */ + /* High Private Use Surrogates */ + /* Low Surrogates */ + /* */ + /* According to OpenType specs v.1.3+, */ + /* setting bit 57 implies that there is */ + /* at least one codepoint beyond the */ + /* Basic Multilingual Plane that is */ + /* supported by this font. So it really */ + /* means >= U+10000 */ +#define TT_UCR_SURROGATES (1L << 25) /* U+D800-U+DB7F */ + /* U+DB80-U+DBFF */ + /* U+DC00-U+DFFF */ +#define TT_UCR_NON_PLANE_0 TT_UCR_SURROGATES + /* Bit 58 Phoenician */ +#define TT_UCR_PHOENICIAN (1L << 26) /*U+10900-U+1091F*/ + /* Bit 59 CJK Unified Ideographs */ + /* CJK Radicals Supplement */ + /* Kangxi Radicals */ + /* Ideographic Description Characters */ + /* CJK Unified Ideographs Extension A */ + /* CJK Unified Ideographs Extension B */ + /* Kanbun */ +#define TT_UCR_CJK_UNIFIED_IDEOGRAPHS (1L << 27) /* U+4E00-U+9FFF */ + /* U+2E80-U+2EFF */ + /* U+2F00-U+2FDF */ + /* U+2FF0-U+2FFF */ + /* U+3400-U+4DB5 */ + /*U+20000-U+2A6DF*/ + /* U+3190-U+319F */ + /* Bit 60 Private Use */ +#define TT_UCR_PRIVATE_USE (1L << 28) /* U+E000-U+F8FF */ + /* Bit 61 CJK Strokes */ + /* CJK Compatibility Ideographs */ + /* CJK Compatibility Ideographs Supplement */ +#define TT_UCR_CJK_COMPATIBILITY_IDEOGRAPHS (1L << 29) /* U+31C0-U+31EF */ + /* U+F900-U+FAFF */ + /*U+2F800-U+2FA1F*/ + /* Bit 62 Alphabetic Presentation Forms */ +#define TT_UCR_ALPHABETIC_PRESENTATION_FORMS (1L << 30) /* U+FB00-U+FB4F */ + /* Bit 63 Arabic Presentation Forms-A */ +#define TT_UCR_ARABIC_PRESENTATIONS_A (1L << 31) /* U+FB50-U+FDFF */ + /* Bit 64 Combining Half Marks */ +#define TT_UCR_COMBINING_HALF_MARKS (1L << 0) /* U+FE20-U+FE2F */ + /* Bit 65 Vertical forms */ + /* CJK Compatibility Forms */ +#define TT_UCR_CJK_COMPATIBILITY_FORMS (1L << 1) /* U+FE10-U+FE1F */ + /* U+FE30-U+FE4F */ + /* Bit 66 Small Form Variants */ +#define TT_UCR_SMALL_FORM_VARIANTS (1L << 2) /* U+FE50-U+FE6F */ + /* Bit 67 Arabic Presentation Forms-B */ +#define TT_UCR_ARABIC_PRESENTATIONS_B (1L << 3) /* U+FE70-U+FEFE */ + /* Bit 68 Halfwidth and Fullwidth Forms */ +#define TT_UCR_HALFWIDTH_FULLWIDTH_FORMS (1L << 4) /* U+FF00-U+FFEF */ + /* Bit 69 Specials */ +#define TT_UCR_SPECIALS (1L << 5) /* U+FFF0-U+FFFD */ + /* Bit 70 Tibetan */ +#define TT_UCR_TIBETAN (1L << 6) /* U+0F00-U+0FFF */ + /* Bit 71 Syriac */ +#define TT_UCR_SYRIAC (1L << 7) /* U+0700-U+074F */ + /* Bit 72 Thaana */ +#define TT_UCR_THAANA (1L << 8) /* U+0780-U+07BF */ + /* Bit 73 Sinhala */ +#define TT_UCR_SINHALA (1L << 9) /* U+0D80-U+0DFF */ + /* Bit 74 Myanmar */ +#define TT_UCR_MYANMAR (1L << 10) /* U+1000-U+109F */ + /* Bit 75 Ethiopic */ + /* Ethiopic Supplement */ + /* Ethiopic Extended */ +#define TT_UCR_ETHIOPIC (1L << 11) /* U+1200-U+137F */ + /* U+1380-U+139F */ + /* U+2D80-U+2DDF */ + /* Bit 76 Cherokee */ +#define TT_UCR_CHEROKEE (1L << 12) /* U+13A0-U+13FF */ + /* Bit 77 Unified Canadian Aboriginal Syllabics */ +#define TT_UCR_CANADIAN_ABORIGINAL_SYLLABICS (1L << 13) /* U+1400-U+167F */ + /* Bit 78 Ogham */ +#define TT_UCR_OGHAM (1L << 14) /* U+1680-U+169F */ + /* Bit 79 Runic */ +#define TT_UCR_RUNIC (1L << 15) /* U+16A0-U+16FF */ + /* Bit 80 Khmer */ + /* Khmer Symbols */ +#define TT_UCR_KHMER (1L << 16) /* U+1780-U+17FF */ + /* U+19E0-U+19FF */ + /* Bit 81 Mongolian */ +#define TT_UCR_MONGOLIAN (1L << 17) /* U+1800-U+18AF */ + /* Bit 82 Braille Patterns */ +#define TT_UCR_BRAILLE (1L << 18) /* U+2800-U+28FF */ + /* Bit 83 Yi Syllables */ + /* Yi Radicals */ +#define TT_UCR_YI (1L << 19) /* U+A000-U+A48F */ + /* U+A490-U+A4CF */ + /* Bit 84 Tagalog */ + /* Hanunoo */ + /* Buhid */ + /* Tagbanwa */ +#define TT_UCR_PHILIPPINE (1L << 20) /* U+1700-U+171F */ + /* U+1720-U+173F */ + /* U+1740-U+175F */ + /* U+1760-U+177F */ + /* Bit 85 Old Italic */ +#define TT_UCR_OLD_ITALIC (1L << 21) /*U+10300-U+1032F*/ + /* Bit 86 Gothic */ +#define TT_UCR_GOTHIC (1L << 22) /*U+10330-U+1034F*/ + /* Bit 87 Deseret */ +#define TT_UCR_DESERET (1L << 23) /*U+10400-U+1044F*/ + /* Bit 88 Byzantine Musical Symbols */ + /* Musical Symbols */ + /* Ancient Greek Musical Notation */ +#define TT_UCR_MUSICAL_SYMBOLS (1L << 24) /*U+1D000-U+1D0FF*/ + /*U+1D100-U+1D1FF*/ + /*U+1D200-U+1D24F*/ + /* Bit 89 Mathematical Alphanumeric Symbols */ +#define TT_UCR_MATH_ALPHANUMERIC_SYMBOLS (1L << 25) /*U+1D400-U+1D7FF*/ + /* Bit 90 Private Use (plane 15) */ + /* Private Use (plane 16) */ +#define TT_UCR_PRIVATE_USE_SUPPLEMENTARY (1L << 26) /*U+F0000-U+FFFFD*/ + /*U+100000-U+10FFFD*/ + /* Bit 91 Variation Selectors */ + /* Variation Selectors Supplement */ +#define TT_UCR_VARIATION_SELECTORS (1L << 27) /* U+FE00-U+FE0F */ + /*U+E0100-U+E01EF*/ + /* Bit 92 Tags */ +#define TT_UCR_TAGS (1L << 28) /*U+E0000-U+E007F*/ + /* Bit 93 Limbu */ +#define TT_UCR_LIMBU (1L << 29) /* U+1900-U+194F */ + /* Bit 94 Tai Le */ +#define TT_UCR_TAI_LE (1L << 30) /* U+1950-U+197F */ + /* Bit 95 New Tai Lue */ +#define TT_UCR_NEW_TAI_LUE (1L << 31) /* U+1980-U+19DF */ + /* Bit 96 Buginese */ +#define TT_UCR_BUGINESE (1L << 0) /* U+1A00-U+1A1F */ + /* Bit 97 Glagolitic */ +#define TT_UCR_GLAGOLITIC (1L << 1) /* U+2C00-U+2C5F */ + /* Bit 98 Tifinagh */ +#define TT_UCR_TIFINAGH (1L << 2) /* U+2D30-U+2D7F */ + /* Bit 99 Yijing Hexagram Symbols */ +#define TT_UCR_YIJING (1L << 3) /* U+4DC0-U+4DFF */ + /* Bit 100 Syloti Nagri */ +#define TT_UCR_SYLOTI_NAGRI (1L << 4) /* U+A800-U+A82F */ + /* Bit 101 Linear B Syllabary */ + /* Linear B Ideograms */ + /* Aegean Numbers */ +#define TT_UCR_LINEAR_B (1L << 5) /*U+10000-U+1007F*/ + /*U+10080-U+100FF*/ + /*U+10100-U+1013F*/ + /* Bit 102 Ancient Greek Numbers */ +#define TT_UCR_ANCIENT_GREEK_NUMBERS (1L << 6) /*U+10140-U+1018F*/ + /* Bit 103 Ugaritic */ +#define TT_UCR_UGARITIC (1L << 7) /*U+10380-U+1039F*/ + /* Bit 104 Old Persian */ +#define TT_UCR_OLD_PERSIAN (1L << 8) /*U+103A0-U+103DF*/ + /* Bit 105 Shavian */ +#define TT_UCR_SHAVIAN (1L << 9) /*U+10450-U+1047F*/ + /* Bit 106 Osmanya */ +#define TT_UCR_OSMANYA (1L << 10) /*U+10480-U+104AF*/ + /* Bit 107 Cypriot Syllabary */ +#define TT_UCR_CYPRIOT_SYLLABARY (1L << 11) /*U+10800-U+1083F*/ + /* Bit 108 Kharoshthi */ +#define TT_UCR_KHAROSHTHI (1L << 12) /*U+10A00-U+10A5F*/ + /* Bit 109 Tai Xuan Jing Symbols */ +#define TT_UCR_TAI_XUAN_JING (1L << 13) /*U+1D300-U+1D35F*/ + /* Bit 110 Cuneiform */ + /* Cuneiform Numbers and Punctuation */ +#define TT_UCR_CUNEIFORM (1L << 14) /*U+12000-U+123FF*/ + /*U+12400-U+1247F*/ + /* Bit 111 Counting Rod Numerals */ +#define TT_UCR_COUNTING_ROD_NUMERALS (1L << 15) /*U+1D360-U+1D37F*/ + /* Bit 112 Sundanese */ +#define TT_UCR_SUNDANESE (1L << 16) /* U+1B80-U+1BBF */ + /* Bit 113 Lepcha */ +#define TT_UCR_LEPCHA (1L << 17) /* U+1C00-U+1C4F */ + /* Bit 114 Ol Chiki */ +#define TT_UCR_OL_CHIKI (1L << 18) /* U+1C50-U+1C7F */ + /* Bit 115 Saurashtra */ +#define TT_UCR_SAURASHTRA (1L << 19) /* U+A880-U+A8DF */ + /* Bit 116 Kayah Li */ +#define TT_UCR_KAYAH_LI (1L << 20) /* U+A900-U+A92F */ + /* Bit 117 Rejang */ +#define TT_UCR_REJANG (1L << 21) /* U+A930-U+A95F */ + /* Bit 118 Cham */ +#define TT_UCR_CHAM (1L << 22) /* U+AA00-U+AA5F */ + /* Bit 119 Ancient Symbols */ +#define TT_UCR_ANCIENT_SYMBOLS (1L << 23) /*U+10190-U+101CF*/ + /* Bit 120 Phaistos Disc */ +#define TT_UCR_PHAISTOS_DISC (1L << 24) /*U+101D0-U+101FF*/ + /* Bit 121 Carian */ + /* Lycian */ + /* Lydian */ +#define TT_UCR_OLD_ANATOLIAN (1L << 25) /*U+102A0-U+102DF*/ + /*U+10280-U+1029F*/ + /*U+10920-U+1093F*/ + /* Bit 122 Domino Tiles */ + /* Mahjong Tiles */ +#define TT_UCR_GAME_TILES (1L << 26) /*U+1F030-U+1F09F*/ + /*U+1F000-U+1F02F*/ + /* Bit 123-127 Reserved for process-internal usage */ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Some compilers have a very limited length of identifiers. */ + /* */ +#if defined( __TURBOC__ ) && __TURBOC__ < 0x0410 || defined( __PACIFIC__ ) +#define HAVE_LIMIT_ON_IDENTS +#endif + + +#ifndef HAVE_LIMIT_ON_IDENTS + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Here some alias #defines in order to be clearer. */ + /* */ + /* These are not always #defined to stay within the 31~character limit, */ + /* which some compilers have. */ + /* */ + /* Credits go to Dave Hoo <dhoo@flash.net> for pointing out that modern */ + /* Borland compilers (read: from BC++ 3.1 on) can increase this limit. */ + /* If you get a warning with such a compiler, use the -i40 switch. */ + /* */ +#define TT_UCR_ARABIC_PRESENTATION_FORMS_A \ + TT_UCR_ARABIC_PRESENTATIONS_A +#define TT_UCR_ARABIC_PRESENTATION_FORMS_B \ + TT_UCR_ARABIC_PRESENTATIONS_B + +#define TT_UCR_COMBINING_DIACRITICAL_MARKS \ + TT_UCR_COMBINING_DIACRITICS +#define TT_UCR_COMBINING_DIACRITICAL_MARKS_SYMB \ + TT_UCR_COMBINING_DIACRITICS_SYMB + + +#endif /* !HAVE_LIMIT_ON_IDENTS */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* TTNAMEID_H_ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/tttables.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/tttables.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..dfe3bcb1 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/tttables.h @@ -0,0 +1,829 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* tttables.h */ +/* */ +/* Basic SFNT/TrueType tables definitions and interface */ +/* (specification only). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef TTTABLES_H_ +#define TTTABLES_H_ + + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* truetype_tables */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* TrueType Tables */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* TrueType specific table types and functions. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This section contains the definition of TrueType-specific tables */ + /* as well as some routines used to access and process them. */ + /* */ + /* <Order> */ + /* TT_Header */ + /* TT_HoriHeader */ + /* TT_VertHeader */ + /* TT_OS2 */ + /* TT_Postscript */ + /* TT_PCLT */ + /* TT_MaxProfile */ + /* */ + /* FT_Sfnt_Tag */ + /* FT_Get_Sfnt_Table */ + /* FT_Load_Sfnt_Table */ + /* FT_Sfnt_Table_Info */ + /* */ + /* FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID */ + /* FT_Get_CMap_Format */ + /* */ + /* FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* TT_Header */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to model a TrueType font header table. All */ + /* fields follow the TrueType specification. */ + /* */ + typedef struct TT_Header_ + { + FT_Fixed Table_Version; + FT_Fixed Font_Revision; + + FT_Long CheckSum_Adjust; + FT_Long Magic_Number; + + FT_UShort Flags; + FT_UShort Units_Per_EM; + + FT_Long Created [2]; + FT_Long Modified[2]; + + FT_Short xMin; + FT_Short yMin; + FT_Short xMax; + FT_Short yMax; + + FT_UShort Mac_Style; + FT_UShort Lowest_Rec_PPEM; + + FT_Short Font_Direction; + FT_Short Index_To_Loc_Format; + FT_Short Glyph_Data_Format; + + } TT_Header; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* TT_HoriHeader */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to model a TrueType horizontal header, the `hhea' */ + /* table, as well as the corresponding horizontal metrics table, */ + /* i.e., the `hmtx' table. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* Version :: The table version. */ + /* */ + /* Ascender :: The font's ascender, i.e., the distance */ + /* from the baseline to the top-most of all */ + /* glyph points found in the font. */ + /* */ + /* This value is invalid in many fonts, as */ + /* it is usually set by the font designer, */ + /* and often reflects only a portion of the */ + /* glyphs found in the font (maybe ASCII). */ + /* */ + /* You should use the `sTypoAscender' field */ + /* of the OS/2 table instead if you want */ + /* the correct one. */ + /* */ + /* Descender :: The font's descender, i.e., the distance */ + /* from the baseline to the bottom-most of */ + /* all glyph points found in the font. It */ + /* is negative. */ + /* */ + /* This value is invalid in many fonts, as */ + /* it is usually set by the font designer, */ + /* and often reflects only a portion of the */ + /* glyphs found in the font (maybe ASCII). */ + /* */ + /* You should use the `sTypoDescender' */ + /* field of the OS/2 table instead if you */ + /* want the correct one. */ + /* */ + /* Line_Gap :: The font's line gap, i.e., the distance */ + /* to add to the ascender and descender to */ + /* get the BTB, i.e., the */ + /* baseline-to-baseline distance for the */ + /* font. */ + /* */ + /* advance_Width_Max :: This field is the maximum of all advance */ + /* widths found in the font. It can be */ + /* used to compute the maximum width of an */ + /* arbitrary string of text. */ + /* */ + /* min_Left_Side_Bearing :: The minimum left side bearing of all */ + /* glyphs within the font. */ + /* */ + /* min_Right_Side_Bearing :: The minimum right side bearing of all */ + /* glyphs within the font. */ + /* */ + /* xMax_Extent :: The maximum horizontal extent (i.e., the */ + /* `width' of a glyph's bounding box) for */ + /* all glyphs in the font. */ + /* */ + /* caret_Slope_Rise :: The rise coefficient of the cursor's */ + /* slope of the cursor (slope=rise/run). */ + /* */ + /* caret_Slope_Run :: The run coefficient of the cursor's */ + /* slope. */ + /* */ + /* Reserved :: 8~reserved bytes. */ + /* */ + /* metric_Data_Format :: Always~0. */ + /* */ + /* number_Of_HMetrics :: Number of HMetrics entries in the `hmtx' */ + /* table -- this value can be smaller than */ + /* the total number of glyphs in the font. */ + /* */ + /* long_metrics :: A pointer into the `hmtx' table. */ + /* */ + /* short_metrics :: A pointer into the `hmtx' table. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* IMPORTANT: The TT_HoriHeader and TT_VertHeader structures should */ + /* be identical except for the names of their fields, */ + /* which are different. */ + /* */ + /* This ensures that a single function in the `ttload' */ + /* module is able to read both the horizontal and vertical */ + /* headers. */ + /* */ + typedef struct TT_HoriHeader_ + { + FT_Fixed Version; + FT_Short Ascender; + FT_Short Descender; + FT_Short Line_Gap; + + FT_UShort advance_Width_Max; /* advance width maximum */ + + FT_Short min_Left_Side_Bearing; /* minimum left-sb */ + FT_Short min_Right_Side_Bearing; /* minimum right-sb */ + FT_Short xMax_Extent; /* xmax extents */ + FT_Short caret_Slope_Rise; + FT_Short caret_Slope_Run; + FT_Short caret_Offset; + + FT_Short Reserved[4]; + + FT_Short metric_Data_Format; + FT_UShort number_Of_HMetrics; + + /* The following fields are not defined by the TrueType specification */ + /* but they are used to connect the metrics header to the relevant */ + /* `HMTX' table. */ + + void* long_metrics; + void* short_metrics; + + } TT_HoriHeader; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* TT_VertHeader */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to model a TrueType vertical header, the `vhea' */ + /* table, as well as the corresponding vertical metrics table, i.e., */ + /* the `vmtx' table. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* Version :: The table version. */ + /* */ + /* Ascender :: The font's ascender, i.e., the distance */ + /* from the baseline to the top-most of */ + /* all glyph points found in the font. */ + /* */ + /* This value is invalid in many fonts, as */ + /* it is usually set by the font designer, */ + /* and often reflects only a portion of */ + /* the glyphs found in the font (maybe */ + /* ASCII). */ + /* */ + /* You should use the `sTypoAscender' */ + /* field of the OS/2 table instead if you */ + /* want the correct one. */ + /* */ + /* Descender :: The font's descender, i.e., the */ + /* distance from the baseline to the */ + /* bottom-most of all glyph points found */ + /* in the font. It is negative. */ + /* */ + /* This value is invalid in many fonts, as */ + /* it is usually set by the font designer, */ + /* and often reflects only a portion of */ + /* the glyphs found in the font (maybe */ + /* ASCII). */ + /* */ + /* You should use the `sTypoDescender' */ + /* field of the OS/2 table instead if you */ + /* want the correct one. */ + /* */ + /* Line_Gap :: The font's line gap, i.e., the distance */ + /* to add to the ascender and descender to */ + /* get the BTB, i.e., the */ + /* baseline-to-baseline distance for the */ + /* font. */ + /* */ + /* advance_Height_Max :: This field is the maximum of all */ + /* advance heights found in the font. It */ + /* can be used to compute the maximum */ + /* height of an arbitrary string of text. */ + /* */ + /* min_Top_Side_Bearing :: The minimum top side bearing of all */ + /* glyphs within the font. */ + /* */ + /* min_Bottom_Side_Bearing :: The minimum bottom side bearing of all */ + /* glyphs within the font. */ + /* */ + /* yMax_Extent :: The maximum vertical extent (i.e., the */ + /* `height' of a glyph's bounding box) for */ + /* all glyphs in the font. */ + /* */ + /* caret_Slope_Rise :: The rise coefficient of the cursor's */ + /* slope of the cursor (slope=rise/run). */ + /* */ + /* caret_Slope_Run :: The run coefficient of the cursor's */ + /* slope. */ + /* */ + /* caret_Offset :: The cursor's offset for slanted fonts. */ + /* This value is `reserved' in vmtx */ + /* version 1.0. */ + /* */ + /* Reserved :: 8~reserved bytes. */ + /* */ + /* metric_Data_Format :: Always~0. */ + /* */ + /* number_Of_HMetrics :: Number of VMetrics entries in the */ + /* `vmtx' table -- this value can be */ + /* smaller than the total number of glyphs */ + /* in the font. */ + /* */ + /* long_metrics :: A pointer into the `vmtx' table. */ + /* */ + /* short_metrics :: A pointer into the `vmtx' table. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* IMPORTANT: The TT_HoriHeader and TT_VertHeader structures should */ + /* be identical except for the names of their fields, */ + /* which are different. */ + /* */ + /* This ensures that a single function in the `ttload' */ + /* module is able to read both the horizontal and vertical */ + /* headers. */ + /* */ + typedef struct TT_VertHeader_ + { + FT_Fixed Version; + FT_Short Ascender; + FT_Short Descender; + FT_Short Line_Gap; + + FT_UShort advance_Height_Max; /* advance height maximum */ + + FT_Short min_Top_Side_Bearing; /* minimum left-sb or top-sb */ + FT_Short min_Bottom_Side_Bearing; /* minimum right-sb or bottom-sb */ + FT_Short yMax_Extent; /* xmax or ymax extents */ + FT_Short caret_Slope_Rise; + FT_Short caret_Slope_Run; + FT_Short caret_Offset; + + FT_Short Reserved[4]; + + FT_Short metric_Data_Format; + FT_UShort number_Of_VMetrics; + + /* The following fields are not defined by the TrueType specification */ + /* but they're used to connect the metrics header to the relevant */ + /* `HMTX' or `VMTX' table. */ + + void* long_metrics; + void* short_metrics; + + } TT_VertHeader; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* TT_OS2 */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to model a TrueType OS/2 table. All fields */ + /* comply to the OpenType specification. */ + /* */ + /* Note that we now support old Mac fonts that do not include an OS/2 */ + /* table. In this case, the `version' field is always set to 0xFFFF. */ + /* */ + typedef struct TT_OS2_ + { + FT_UShort version; /* 0x0001 - more or 0xFFFF */ + FT_Short xAvgCharWidth; + FT_UShort usWeightClass; + FT_UShort usWidthClass; + FT_UShort fsType; + FT_Short ySubscriptXSize; + FT_Short ySubscriptYSize; + FT_Short ySubscriptXOffset; + FT_Short ySubscriptYOffset; + FT_Short ySuperscriptXSize; + FT_Short ySuperscriptYSize; + FT_Short ySuperscriptXOffset; + FT_Short ySuperscriptYOffset; + FT_Short yStrikeoutSize; + FT_Short yStrikeoutPosition; + FT_Short sFamilyClass; + + FT_Byte panose[10]; + + FT_ULong ulUnicodeRange1; /* Bits 0-31 */ + FT_ULong ulUnicodeRange2; /* Bits 32-63 */ + FT_ULong ulUnicodeRange3; /* Bits 64-95 */ + FT_ULong ulUnicodeRange4; /* Bits 96-127 */ + + FT_Char achVendID[4]; + + FT_UShort fsSelection; + FT_UShort usFirstCharIndex; + FT_UShort usLastCharIndex; + FT_Short sTypoAscender; + FT_Short sTypoDescender; + FT_Short sTypoLineGap; + FT_UShort usWinAscent; + FT_UShort usWinDescent; + + /* only version 1 and higher: */ + + FT_ULong ulCodePageRange1; /* Bits 0-31 */ + FT_ULong ulCodePageRange2; /* Bits 32-63 */ + + /* only version 2 and higher: */ + + FT_Short sxHeight; + FT_Short sCapHeight; + FT_UShort usDefaultChar; + FT_UShort usBreakChar; + FT_UShort usMaxContext; + + /* only version 5 and higher: */ + + FT_UShort usLowerOpticalPointSize; /* in twips (1/20th points) */ + FT_UShort usUpperOpticalPointSize; /* in twips (1/20th points) */ + + } TT_OS2; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* TT_Postscript */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to model a TrueType PostScript table. All fields */ + /* comply to the TrueType specification. This structure does not */ + /* reference the PostScript glyph names, which can be nevertheless */ + /* accessed with the `ttpost' module. */ + /* */ + typedef struct TT_Postscript_ + { + FT_Fixed FormatType; + FT_Fixed italicAngle; + FT_Short underlinePosition; + FT_Short underlineThickness; + FT_ULong isFixedPitch; + FT_ULong minMemType42; + FT_ULong maxMemType42; + FT_ULong minMemType1; + FT_ULong maxMemType1; + + /* Glyph names follow in the file, but we don't */ + /* load them by default. See the ttpost.c file. */ + + } TT_Postscript; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* TT_PCLT */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to model a TrueType PCLT table. All fields */ + /* comply to the TrueType specification. */ + /* */ + typedef struct TT_PCLT_ + { + FT_Fixed Version; + FT_ULong FontNumber; + FT_UShort Pitch; + FT_UShort xHeight; + FT_UShort Style; + FT_UShort TypeFamily; + FT_UShort CapHeight; + FT_UShort SymbolSet; + FT_Char TypeFace[16]; + FT_Char CharacterComplement[8]; + FT_Char FileName[6]; + FT_Char StrokeWeight; + FT_Char WidthType; + FT_Byte SerifStyle; + FT_Byte Reserved; + + } TT_PCLT; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* TT_MaxProfile */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* The maximum profile is a table containing many max values, which */ + /* can be used to pre-allocate arrays. This ensures that no memory */ + /* allocation occurs during a glyph load. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* version :: The version number. */ + /* */ + /* numGlyphs :: The number of glyphs in this TrueType */ + /* font. */ + /* */ + /* maxPoints :: The maximum number of points in a */ + /* non-composite TrueType glyph. See also */ + /* the structure element */ + /* `maxCompositePoints'. */ + /* */ + /* maxContours :: The maximum number of contours in a */ + /* non-composite TrueType glyph. See also */ + /* the structure element */ + /* `maxCompositeContours'. */ + /* */ + /* maxCompositePoints :: The maximum number of points in a */ + /* composite TrueType glyph. See also the */ + /* structure element `maxPoints'. */ + /* */ + /* maxCompositeContours :: The maximum number of contours in a */ + /* composite TrueType glyph. See also the */ + /* structure element `maxContours'. */ + /* */ + /* maxZones :: The maximum number of zones used for */ + /* glyph hinting. */ + /* */ + /* maxTwilightPoints :: The maximum number of points in the */ + /* twilight zone used for glyph hinting. */ + /* */ + /* maxStorage :: The maximum number of elements in the */ + /* storage area used for glyph hinting. */ + /* */ + /* maxFunctionDefs :: The maximum number of function */ + /* definitions in the TrueType bytecode for */ + /* this font. */ + /* */ + /* maxInstructionDefs :: The maximum number of instruction */ + /* definitions in the TrueType bytecode for */ + /* this font. */ + /* */ + /* maxStackElements :: The maximum number of stack elements used */ + /* during bytecode interpretation. */ + /* */ + /* maxSizeOfInstructions :: The maximum number of TrueType opcodes */ + /* used for glyph hinting. */ + /* */ + /* maxComponentElements :: The maximum number of simple (i.e., non- */ + /* composite) glyphs in a composite glyph. */ + /* */ + /* maxComponentDepth :: The maximum nesting depth of composite */ + /* glyphs. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* This structure is only used during font loading. */ + /* */ + typedef struct TT_MaxProfile_ + { + FT_Fixed version; + FT_UShort numGlyphs; + FT_UShort maxPoints; + FT_UShort maxContours; + FT_UShort maxCompositePoints; + FT_UShort maxCompositeContours; + FT_UShort maxZones; + FT_UShort maxTwilightPoints; + FT_UShort maxStorage; + FT_UShort maxFunctionDefs; + FT_UShort maxInstructionDefs; + FT_UShort maxStackElements; + FT_UShort maxSizeOfInstructions; + FT_UShort maxComponentElements; + FT_UShort maxComponentDepth; + + } TT_MaxProfile; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Enum> */ + /* FT_Sfnt_Tag */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* An enumeration used to specify the index of an SFNT table. */ + /* Used in the @FT_Get_Sfnt_Table API function. */ + /* */ + /* <Values> */ + /* FT_SFNT_HEAD :: To access the font's @TT_Header structure. */ + /* */ + /* FT_SFNT_MAXP :: To access the font's @TT_MaxProfile structure. */ + /* */ + /* FT_SFNT_OS2 :: To access the font's @TT_OS2 structure. */ + /* */ + /* FT_SFNT_HHEA :: To access the font's @TT_HoriHeader structure. */ + /* */ + /* FT_SFNT_VHEA :: To access the font's @TT_VertHeader struture. */ + /* */ + /* FT_SFNT_POST :: To access the font's @TT_Postscript structure. */ + /* */ + /* FT_SFNT_PCLT :: To access the font's @TT_PCLT structure. */ + /* */ + typedef enum FT_Sfnt_Tag_ + { + FT_SFNT_HEAD, + FT_SFNT_MAXP, + FT_SFNT_OS2, + FT_SFNT_HHEA, + FT_SFNT_VHEA, + FT_SFNT_POST, + FT_SFNT_PCLT, + + FT_SFNT_MAX + + } FT_Sfnt_Tag; + + /* these constants are deprecated; use the corresponding `FT_Sfnt_Tag' */ + /* values instead */ +#define ft_sfnt_head FT_SFNT_HEAD +#define ft_sfnt_maxp FT_SFNT_MAXP +#define ft_sfnt_os2 FT_SFNT_OS2 +#define ft_sfnt_hhea FT_SFNT_HHEA +#define ft_sfnt_vhea FT_SFNT_VHEA +#define ft_sfnt_post FT_SFNT_POST +#define ft_sfnt_pclt FT_SFNT_PCLT + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Get_Sfnt_Table */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Return a pointer to a given SFNT table within a face. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: A handle to the source. */ + /* */ + /* tag :: The index of the SFNT table. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* A type-less pointer to the table. This will be~0 in case of */ + /* error, or if the corresponding table was not found *OR* loaded */ + /* from the file. */ + /* */ + /* Use a typecast according to `tag' to access the structure */ + /* elements. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The table is owned by the face object and disappears with it. */ + /* */ + /* This function is only useful to access SFNT tables that are loaded */ + /* by the sfnt, truetype, and opentype drivers. See @FT_Sfnt_Tag for */ + /* a list. */ + /* */ + /* Here an example how to access the `vhea' table: */ + /* */ + /* { */ + /* TT_VertHeader* vert_header; */ + /* */ + /* */ + /* vert_header = */ + /* (TT_VertHeader*)FT_Get_Sfnt_Table( face, FT_SFNT_VHEA ); */ + /* } */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( void* ) + FT_Get_Sfnt_Table( FT_Face face, + FT_Sfnt_Tag tag ); + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Load_Sfnt_Table + * + * @description: + * Load any font table into client memory. + * + * @input: + * face :: + * A handle to the source face. + * + * tag :: + * The four-byte tag of the table to load. Use the value~0 if you want + * to access the whole font file. Otherwise, you can use one of the + * definitions found in the @FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H file, or forge a new + * one with @FT_MAKE_TAG. + * + * offset :: + * The starting offset in the table (or file if tag == 0). + * + * @output: + * buffer :: + * The target buffer address. The client must ensure that the memory + * array is big enough to hold the data. + * + * @inout: + * length :: + * If the `length' parameter is NULL, then try to load the whole table. + * Return an error code if it fails. + * + * Else, if `*length' is~0, exit immediately while returning the + * table's (or file) full size in it. + * + * Else the number of bytes to read from the table or file, from the + * starting offset. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * If you need to determine the table's length you should first call this + * function with `*length' set to~0, as in the following example: + * + * { + * FT_ULong length = 0; + * + * + * error = FT_Load_Sfnt_Table( face, tag, 0, NULL, &length ); + * if ( error ) { ... table does not exist ... } + * + * buffer = malloc( length ); + * if ( buffer == NULL ) { ... not enough memory ... } + * + * error = FT_Load_Sfnt_Table( face, tag, 0, buffer, &length ); + * if ( error ) { ... could not load table ... } + * } + * + * Note that structures like @TT_Header or @TT_OS2 can't be used with + * this function; they are limited to @FT_Get_Sfnt_Table. Reason is that + * those structures depend on the processor architecture, with varying + * size (e.g. 32bit vs. 64bit) or order (big endian vs. little endian). + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Load_Sfnt_Table( FT_Face face, + FT_ULong tag, + FT_Long offset, + FT_Byte* buffer, + FT_ULong* length ); + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Sfnt_Table_Info + * + * @description: + * Return information on an SFNT table. + * + * @input: + * face :: + * A handle to the source face. + * + * table_index :: + * The index of an SFNT table. The function returns + * FT_Err_Table_Missing for an invalid value. + * + * @inout: + * tag :: + * The name tag of the SFNT table. If the value is NULL, `table_index' + * is ignored, and `length' returns the number of SFNT tables in the + * font. + * + * @output: + * length :: + * The length of the SFNT table (or the number of SFNT tables, depending + * on `tag'). + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * While parsing fonts, FreeType handles SFNT tables with length zero as + * missing. + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Sfnt_Table_Info( FT_Face face, + FT_UInt table_index, + FT_ULong *tag, + FT_ULong *length ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Return TrueType/sfnt specific cmap language ID. Definitions of */ + /* language ID values are in `ttnameid.h'. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* charmap :: */ + /* The target charmap. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* The language ID of `charmap'. If `charmap' doesn't belong to a */ + /* TrueType/sfnt face, just return~0 as the default value. */ + /* */ + /* For a format~14 cmap (to access Unicode IVS), the return value is */ + /* 0xFFFFFFFF. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_ULong ) + FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID( FT_CharMap charmap ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Get_CMap_Format */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Return TrueType/sfnt specific cmap format. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* charmap :: */ + /* The target charmap. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* The format of `charmap'. If `charmap' doesn't belong to a */ + /* TrueType/sfnt face, return -1. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Long ) + FT_Get_CMap_Format( FT_CharMap charmap ); + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* TTTABLES_H_ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/tttags.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/tttags.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f3c9aa5f --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/tttags.h @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* tttags.h */ +/* */ +/* Tags for TrueType and OpenType tables (specification only). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef TTAGS_H_ +#define TTAGS_H_ + + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + +#define TTAG_avar FT_MAKE_TAG( 'a', 'v', 'a', 'r' ) +#define TTAG_BASE FT_MAKE_TAG( 'B', 'A', 'S', 'E' ) +#define TTAG_bdat FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 'd', 'a', 't' ) +#define TTAG_BDF FT_MAKE_TAG( 'B', 'D', 'F', ' ' ) +#define TTAG_bhed FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 'h', 'e', 'd' ) +#define TTAG_bloc FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 'l', 'o', 'c' ) +#define TTAG_bsln FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 's', 'l', 'n' ) +#define TTAG_CBDT FT_MAKE_TAG( 'C', 'B', 'D', 'T' ) +#define TTAG_CBLC FT_MAKE_TAG( 'C', 'B', 'L', 'C' ) +#define TTAG_CFF FT_MAKE_TAG( 'C', 'F', 'F', ' ' ) +#define TTAG_CID FT_MAKE_TAG( 'C', 'I', 'D', ' ' ) +#define TTAG_cmap FT_MAKE_TAG( 'c', 'm', 'a', 'p' ) +#define TTAG_cvar FT_MAKE_TAG( 'c', 'v', 'a', 'r' ) +#define TTAG_cvt FT_MAKE_TAG( 'c', 'v', 't', ' ' ) +#define TTAG_DSIG FT_MAKE_TAG( 'D', 'S', 'I', 'G' ) +#define TTAG_EBDT FT_MAKE_TAG( 'E', 'B', 'D', 'T' ) +#define TTAG_EBLC FT_MAKE_TAG( 'E', 'B', 'L', 'C' ) +#define TTAG_EBSC FT_MAKE_TAG( 'E', 'B', 'S', 'C' ) +#define TTAG_feat FT_MAKE_TAG( 'f', 'e', 'a', 't' ) +#define TTAG_FOND FT_MAKE_TAG( 'F', 'O', 'N', 'D' ) +#define TTAG_fpgm FT_MAKE_TAG( 'f', 'p', 'g', 'm' ) +#define TTAG_fvar FT_MAKE_TAG( 'f', 'v', 'a', 'r' ) +#define TTAG_gasp FT_MAKE_TAG( 'g', 'a', 's', 'p' ) +#define TTAG_GDEF FT_MAKE_TAG( 'G', 'D', 'E', 'F' ) +#define TTAG_glyf FT_MAKE_TAG( 'g', 'l', 'y', 'f' ) +#define TTAG_GPOS FT_MAKE_TAG( 'G', 'P', 'O', 'S' ) +#define TTAG_GSUB FT_MAKE_TAG( 'G', 'S', 'U', 'B' ) +#define TTAG_gvar FT_MAKE_TAG( 'g', 'v', 'a', 'r' ) +#define TTAG_hdmx FT_MAKE_TAG( 'h', 'd', 'm', 'x' ) +#define TTAG_head FT_MAKE_TAG( 'h', 'e', 'a', 'd' ) +#define TTAG_hhea FT_MAKE_TAG( 'h', 'h', 'e', 'a' ) +#define TTAG_hmtx FT_MAKE_TAG( 'h', 'm', 't', 'x' ) +#define TTAG_JSTF FT_MAKE_TAG( 'J', 'S', 'T', 'F' ) +#define TTAG_just FT_MAKE_TAG( 'j', 'u', 's', 't' ) +#define TTAG_kern FT_MAKE_TAG( 'k', 'e', 'r', 'n' ) +#define TTAG_lcar FT_MAKE_TAG( 'l', 'c', 'a', 'r' ) +#define TTAG_loca FT_MAKE_TAG( 'l', 'o', 'c', 'a' ) +#define TTAG_LTSH FT_MAKE_TAG( 'L', 'T', 'S', 'H' ) +#define TTAG_LWFN FT_MAKE_TAG( 'L', 'W', 'F', 'N' ) +#define TTAG_MATH FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'A', 'T', 'H' ) +#define TTAG_maxp FT_MAKE_TAG( 'm', 'a', 'x', 'p' ) +#define TTAG_META FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'E', 'T', 'A' ) +#define TTAG_MMFX FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'M', 'F', 'X' ) +#define TTAG_MMSD FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'M', 'S', 'D' ) +#define TTAG_mort FT_MAKE_TAG( 'm', 'o', 'r', 't' ) +#define TTAG_morx FT_MAKE_TAG( 'm', 'o', 'r', 'x' ) +#define TTAG_name FT_MAKE_TAG( 'n', 'a', 'm', 'e' ) +#define TTAG_opbd FT_MAKE_TAG( 'o', 'p', 'b', 'd' ) +#define TTAG_OS2 FT_MAKE_TAG( 'O', 'S', '/', '2' ) +#define TTAG_OTTO FT_MAKE_TAG( 'O', 'T', 'T', 'O' ) +#define TTAG_PCLT FT_MAKE_TAG( 'P', 'C', 'L', 'T' ) +#define TTAG_POST FT_MAKE_TAG( 'P', 'O', 'S', 'T' ) +#define TTAG_post FT_MAKE_TAG( 'p', 'o', 's', 't' ) +#define TTAG_prep FT_MAKE_TAG( 'p', 'r', 'e', 'p' ) +#define TTAG_prop FT_MAKE_TAG( 'p', 'r', 'o', 'p' ) +#define TTAG_sbix FT_MAKE_TAG( 's', 'b', 'i', 'x' ) +#define TTAG_sfnt FT_MAKE_TAG( 's', 'f', 'n', 't' ) +#define TTAG_SING FT_MAKE_TAG( 'S', 'I', 'N', 'G' ) +#define TTAG_trak FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 'r', 'a', 'k' ) +#define TTAG_true FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 'r', 'u', 'e' ) +#define TTAG_ttc FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 't', 'c', ' ' ) +#define TTAG_ttcf FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 't', 'c', 'f' ) +#define TTAG_TYP1 FT_MAKE_TAG( 'T', 'Y', 'P', '1' ) +#define TTAG_typ1 FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 'y', 'p', '1' ) +#define TTAG_VDMX FT_MAKE_TAG( 'V', 'D', 'M', 'X' ) +#define TTAG_vhea FT_MAKE_TAG( 'v', 'h', 'e', 'a' ) +#define TTAG_vmtx FT_MAKE_TAG( 'v', 'm', 't', 'x' ) +#define TTAG_wOFF FT_MAKE_TAG( 'w', 'O', 'F', 'F' ) + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* TTAGS_H_ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ttunpat.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ttunpat.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ca4676ba --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ttunpat.h @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ttunpat.h */ +/* */ +/* Definitions for the unpatented TrueType hinting system. */ +/* Obsolete, retained for backwards compatibility. */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2003-2016 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* Written by Graham Asher <graham.asher@btinternet.com> */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef TTUNPAT_H_ +#define TTUNPAT_H_ + + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************** + * + * @constant: + * FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING + * + * @description: + * Deprecated. + * + * Previously: A constant used as the tag of an @FT_Parameter structure to + * indicate that unpatented methods only should be used by the TrueType + * bytecode interpreter for a typeface opened by @FT_Open_Face. + * + */ +#define FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING FT_MAKE_TAG( 'u', 'n', 'p', 'a' ) + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + + +#endif /* TTUNPAT_H_ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/jpeg/jconfig.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/jpeg/jconfig.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2d05a3b0 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/jpeg/jconfig.h @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +/* jconfig.h. Generated from jconfig.cfg by configure. */ +/* jconfig.cfg --- source file edited by configure script */ +/* see jconfig.txt for explanations */ + +#define HAVE_PROTOTYPES 1 +#define HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR 1 +#define HAVE_UNSIGNED_SHORT 1 +/* #undef void */ +/* #undef const */ +/* #undef CHAR_IS_UNSIGNED */ +#define HAVE_STDDEF_H 1 +#define HAVE_STDLIB_H 1 +#define HAVE_LOCALE_H 1 +/* #undef NEED_BSD_STRINGS */ +/* #undef NEED_SYS_TYPES_H */ +/* #undef NEED_FAR_POINTERS */ +/* #undef NEED_SHORT_EXTERNAL_NAMES */ +/* Define this if you get warnings about undefined structures. */ +/* #undef INCOMPLETE_TYPES_BROKEN */ + +/* Define "boolean" as unsigned char, not enum, on Windows systems. */ +#ifdef _WIN32 +#ifndef __RPCNDR_H__ /* don't conflict if rpcndr.h already read */ +typedef unsigned char boolean; +#endif +#ifndef FALSE /* in case these macros already exist */ +#define FALSE 0 /* values of boolean */ +#endif +#ifndef TRUE +#define TRUE 1 +#endif +#define HAVE_BOOLEAN /* prevent jmorecfg.h from redefining it */ +#endif + +#ifdef JPEG_INTERNALS + +/* #undef RIGHT_SHIFT_IS_UNSIGNED */ +#define INLINE __inline__ +/* These are for configuring the JPEG memory manager. */ +/* #undef DEFAULT_MAX_MEM */ +/* #undef NO_MKTEMP */ + +#endif /* JPEG_INTERNALS */ + +#ifdef JPEG_CJPEG_DJPEG + +#define BMP_SUPPORTED /* BMP image file format */ +#define GIF_SUPPORTED /* GIF image file format */ +#define PPM_SUPPORTED /* PBMPLUS PPM/PGM image file format */ +/* #undef RLE_SUPPORTED */ +#define TARGA_SUPPORTED /* Targa image file format */ + +/* #undef TWO_FILE_COMMANDLINE */ +/* #undef NEED_SIGNAL_CATCHER */ +/* #undef DONT_USE_B_MODE */ + +/* Define this if you want percent-done progress reports from cjpeg/djpeg. */ +/* #undef PROGRESS_REPORT */ + +#endif /* JPEG_CJPEG_DJPEG */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/jpeg/jerror.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/jpeg/jerror.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..db608b9c --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/jpeg/jerror.h @@ -0,0 +1,304 @@ +/* + * jerror.h + * + * Copyright (C) 1994-1997, Thomas G. Lane. + * Modified 1997-2018 by Guido Vollbeding. + * This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software. + * For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file. + * + * This file defines the error and message codes for the JPEG library. + * Edit this file to add new codes, or to translate the message strings to + * some other language. + * A set of error-reporting macros are defined too. Some applications using + * the JPEG library may wish to include this file to get the error codes + * and/or the macros. + */ + +/* + * To define the enum list of message codes, include this file without + * defining macro JMESSAGE. To create a message string table, include it + * again with a suitable JMESSAGE definition (see jerror.c for an example). + */ +#ifndef JMESSAGE +#ifndef JERROR_H +/* First time through, define the enum list */ +#define JMAKE_ENUM_LIST +#else +/* Repeated inclusions of this file are no-ops unless JMESSAGE is defined */ +#define JMESSAGE(code,string) +#endif /* JERROR_H */ +#endif /* JMESSAGE */ + +#ifdef JMAKE_ENUM_LIST + +typedef enum { + +#define JMESSAGE(code,string) code , + +#endif /* JMAKE_ENUM_LIST */ + +JMESSAGE(JMSG_NOMESSAGE, "Bogus message code %d") /* Must be first entry! */ + +/* For maintenance convenience, list is alphabetical by message code name */ +JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_ALIGN_TYPE, "ALIGN_TYPE is wrong, please fix") +JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_ALLOC_CHUNK, "MAX_ALLOC_CHUNK is wrong, please fix") +JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_BUFFER_MODE, "Bogus buffer control mode") +JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_COMPONENT_ID, "Invalid component ID %d in SOS") +JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_CROP_SPEC, "Invalid crop request") +JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_DCT_COEF, "DCT coefficient out of range") +JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_DCTSIZE, "DCT scaled block size %dx%d not supported") +JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_DROP_SAMPLING, + "Component index %d: mismatching sampling ratio %d:%d, %d:%d, %c") +JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_HUFF_TABLE, "Bogus Huffman table definition") +JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_IN_COLORSPACE, "Bogus input colorspace") +JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_J_COLORSPACE, "Bogus JPEG colorspace") +JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_LENGTH, "Bogus marker length") +JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_LIB_VERSION, + "Wrong JPEG library version: library is %d, caller expects %d") +JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_MCU_SIZE, "Sampling factors too large for interleaved scan") +JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_POOL_ID, "Invalid memory pool code %d") +JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_PRECISION, "Unsupported JPEG data precision %d") +JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_PROGRESSION, + "Invalid progressive parameters Ss=%d Se=%d Ah=%d Al=%d") +JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_PROG_SCRIPT, + "Invalid progressive parameters at scan script entry %d") +JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_SAMPLING, "Bogus sampling factors") +JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_SCAN_SCRIPT, "Invalid scan script at entry %d") +JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_STATE, "Improper call to JPEG library in state %d") +JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_STRUCT_SIZE, + "JPEG parameter struct mismatch: library thinks size is %u, caller expects %u") +JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_VIRTUAL_ACCESS, "Bogus virtual array access") +JMESSAGE(JERR_BUFFER_SIZE, "Buffer passed to JPEG library is too small") +JMESSAGE(JERR_CANT_SUSPEND, "Suspension not allowed here") +JMESSAGE(JERR_CCIR601_NOTIMPL, "CCIR601 sampling not implemented yet") +JMESSAGE(JERR_COMPONENT_COUNT, "Too many color components: %d, max %d") +JMESSAGE(JERR_CONVERSION_NOTIMPL, "Unsupported color conversion request") +JMESSAGE(JERR_DAC_INDEX, "Bogus DAC index %d") +JMESSAGE(JERR_DAC_VALUE, "Bogus DAC value 0x%x") +JMESSAGE(JERR_DHT_INDEX, "Bogus DHT index %d") +JMESSAGE(JERR_DQT_INDEX, "Bogus DQT index %d") +JMESSAGE(JERR_EMPTY_IMAGE, "Empty JPEG image (DNL not supported)") +JMESSAGE(JERR_EMS_READ, "Read from EMS failed") +JMESSAGE(JERR_EMS_WRITE, "Write to EMS failed") +JMESSAGE(JERR_EOI_EXPECTED, "Didn't expect more than one scan") +JMESSAGE(JERR_FILE_READ, "Input file read error") +JMESSAGE(JERR_FILE_WRITE, "Output file write error --- out of disk space?") +JMESSAGE(JERR_FRACT_SAMPLE_NOTIMPL, "Fractional sampling not implemented yet") +JMESSAGE(JERR_HUFF_CLEN_OUTOFBOUNDS, "Huffman code size table out of bounds") +JMESSAGE(JERR_HUFF_MISSING_CODE, "Missing Huffman code table entry") +JMESSAGE(JERR_IMAGE_TOO_BIG, "Maximum supported image dimension is %u pixels") +JMESSAGE(JERR_INPUT_EMPTY, "Empty input file") +JMESSAGE(JERR_INPUT_EOF, "Premature end of input file") +JMESSAGE(JERR_MISMATCHED_QUANT_TABLE, + "Cannot transcode due to multiple use of quantization table %d") +JMESSAGE(JERR_MISSING_DATA, "Scan script does not transmit all data") +JMESSAGE(JERR_MODE_CHANGE, "Invalid color quantization mode change") +JMESSAGE(JERR_NOTIMPL, "Not implemented yet") +JMESSAGE(JERR_NOT_COMPILED, "Requested feature was omitted at compile time") +JMESSAGE(JERR_NO_ARITH_TABLE, "Arithmetic table 0x%02x was not defined") +JMESSAGE(JERR_NO_BACKING_STORE, "Backing store not supported") +JMESSAGE(JERR_NO_HUFF_TABLE, "Huffman table 0x%02x was not defined") +JMESSAGE(JERR_NO_IMAGE, "JPEG datastream contains no image") +JMESSAGE(JERR_NO_QUANT_TABLE, "Quantization table 0x%02x was not defined") +JMESSAGE(JERR_NO_SOI, "Not a JPEG file: starts with 0x%02x 0x%02x") +JMESSAGE(JERR_OUT_OF_MEMORY, "Insufficient memory (case %d)") +JMESSAGE(JERR_QUANT_COMPONENTS, + "Cannot quantize more than %d color components") +JMESSAGE(JERR_QUANT_FEW_COLORS, "Cannot quantize to fewer than %d colors") +JMESSAGE(JERR_QUANT_MANY_COLORS, "Cannot quantize to more than %d colors") +JMESSAGE(JERR_SOF_BEFORE, "Invalid JPEG file structure: %s before SOF") +JMESSAGE(JERR_SOF_DUPLICATE, "Invalid JPEG file structure: two SOF markers") +JMESSAGE(JERR_SOF_NO_SOS, "Invalid JPEG file structure: missing SOS marker") +JMESSAGE(JERR_SOF_UNSUPPORTED, "Unsupported JPEG process: SOF type 0x%02x") +JMESSAGE(JERR_SOI_DUPLICATE, "Invalid JPEG file structure: two SOI markers") +JMESSAGE(JERR_TFILE_CREATE, "Failed to create temporary file %s") +JMESSAGE(JERR_TFILE_READ, "Read failed on temporary file") +JMESSAGE(JERR_TFILE_SEEK, "Seek failed on temporary file") +JMESSAGE(JERR_TFILE_WRITE, + "Write failed on temporary file --- out of disk space?") +JMESSAGE(JERR_TOO_LITTLE_DATA, "Application transferred too few scanlines") +JMESSAGE(JERR_UNKNOWN_MARKER, "Unsupported marker type 0x%02x") +JMESSAGE(JERR_VIRTUAL_BUG, "Virtual array controller messed up") +JMESSAGE(JERR_WIDTH_OVERFLOW, "Image too wide for this implementation") +JMESSAGE(JERR_XMS_READ, "Read from XMS failed") +JMESSAGE(JERR_XMS_WRITE, "Write to XMS failed") +JMESSAGE(JMSG_COPYRIGHT, JCOPYRIGHT) +JMESSAGE(JMSG_VERSION, JVERSION) +JMESSAGE(JTRC_16BIT_TABLES, + "Caution: quantization tables are too coarse for baseline JPEG") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_ADOBE, + "Adobe APP14 marker: version %d, flags 0x%04x 0x%04x, transform %d") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_APP0, "Unknown APP0 marker (not JFIF), length %u") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_APP14, "Unknown APP14 marker (not Adobe), length %u") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_DAC, "Define Arithmetic Table 0x%02x: 0x%02x") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_DHT, "Define Huffman Table 0x%02x") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_DQT, "Define Quantization Table %d precision %d") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_DRI, "Define Restart Interval %u") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_EMS_CLOSE, "Freed EMS handle %u") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_EMS_OPEN, "Obtained EMS handle %u") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_EOI, "End Of Image") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_HUFFBITS, " %3d %3d %3d %3d %3d %3d %3d %3d") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_JFIF, "JFIF APP0 marker: version %d.%02d, density %dx%d %d") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_JFIF_BADTHUMBNAILSIZE, + "Warning: thumbnail image size does not match data length %u") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_JFIF_EXTENSION, + "JFIF extension marker: type 0x%02x, length %u") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_JFIF_THUMBNAIL, " with %d x %d thumbnail image") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_MISC_MARKER, "Miscellaneous marker 0x%02x, length %u") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_PARMLESS_MARKER, "Unexpected marker 0x%02x") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_QUANTVALS, " %4u %4u %4u %4u %4u %4u %4u %4u") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_QUANT_3_NCOLORS, "Quantizing to %d = %d*%d*%d colors") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_QUANT_NCOLORS, "Quantizing to %d colors") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_QUANT_SELECTED, "Selected %d colors for quantization") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_RECOVERY_ACTION, "At marker 0x%02x, recovery action %d") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_RST, "RST%d") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_SMOOTH_NOTIMPL, + "Smoothing not supported with nonstandard sampling ratios") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_SOF, "Start Of Frame 0x%02x: width=%u, height=%u, components=%d") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_SOF_COMPONENT, " Component %d: %dhx%dv q=%d") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_SOI, "Start of Image") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_SOS, "Start Of Scan: %d components") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_SOS_COMPONENT, " Component %d: dc=%d ac=%d") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_SOS_PARAMS, " Ss=%d, Se=%d, Ah=%d, Al=%d") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_TFILE_CLOSE, "Closed temporary file %s") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_TFILE_OPEN, "Opened temporary file %s") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_THUMB_JPEG, + "JFIF extension marker: JPEG-compressed thumbnail image, length %u") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_THUMB_PALETTE, + "JFIF extension marker: palette thumbnail image, length %u") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_THUMB_RGB, + "JFIF extension marker: RGB thumbnail image, length %u") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_UNKNOWN_IDS, + "Unrecognized component IDs %d %d %d, assuming YCbCr") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_XMS_CLOSE, "Freed XMS handle %u") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_XMS_OPEN, "Obtained XMS handle %u") +JMESSAGE(JWRN_ADOBE_XFORM, "Unknown Adobe color transform code %d") +JMESSAGE(JWRN_ARITH_BAD_CODE, "Corrupt JPEG data: bad arithmetic code") +JMESSAGE(JWRN_BOGUS_PROGRESSION, + "Inconsistent progression sequence for component %d coefficient %d") +JMESSAGE(JWRN_EXTRANEOUS_DATA, + "Corrupt JPEG data: %u extraneous bytes before marker 0x%02x") +JMESSAGE(JWRN_HIT_MARKER, "Corrupt JPEG data: premature end of data segment") +JMESSAGE(JWRN_HUFF_BAD_CODE, "Corrupt JPEG data: bad Huffman code") +JMESSAGE(JWRN_JFIF_MAJOR, "Warning: unknown JFIF revision number %d.%02d") +JMESSAGE(JWRN_JPEG_EOF, "Premature end of JPEG file") +JMESSAGE(JWRN_MUST_RESYNC, + "Corrupt JPEG data: found marker 0x%02x instead of RST%d") +JMESSAGE(JWRN_NOT_SEQUENTIAL, "Invalid SOS parameters for sequential JPEG") +JMESSAGE(JWRN_TOO_MUCH_DATA, "Application transferred too many scanlines") + +#ifdef JMAKE_ENUM_LIST + + JMSG_LASTMSGCODE +} J_MESSAGE_CODE; + +#undef JMAKE_ENUM_LIST +#endif /* JMAKE_ENUM_LIST */ + +/* Zap JMESSAGE macro so that future re-inclusions do nothing by default */ +#undef JMESSAGE + + +#ifndef JERROR_H +#define JERROR_H + +/* Macros to simplify using the error and trace message stuff */ +/* The first parameter is either type of cinfo pointer */ + +/* Fatal errors (print message and exit) */ +#define ERREXIT(cinfo,code) \ + ((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \ + (*(cinfo)->err->error_exit) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo))) +#define ERREXIT1(cinfo,code,p1) \ + ((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \ + (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[0] = (p1), \ + (*(cinfo)->err->error_exit) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo))) +#define ERREXIT2(cinfo,code,p1,p2) \ + ((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \ + (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[0] = (p1), \ + (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[1] = (p2), \ + (*(cinfo)->err->error_exit) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo))) +#define ERREXIT3(cinfo,code,p1,p2,p3) \ + ((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \ + (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[0] = (p1), \ + (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[1] = (p2), \ + (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[2] = (p3), \ + (*(cinfo)->err->error_exit) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo))) +#define ERREXIT4(cinfo,code,p1,p2,p3,p4) \ + ((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \ + (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[0] = (p1), \ + (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[1] = (p2), \ + (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[2] = (p3), \ + (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[3] = (p4), \ + (*(cinfo)->err->error_exit) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo))) +#define ERREXIT6(cinfo,code,p1,p2,p3,p4,p5,p6) \ + ((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \ + (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[0] = (p1), \ + (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[1] = (p2), \ + (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[2] = (p3), \ + (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[3] = (p4), \ + (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[4] = (p5), \ + (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[5] = (p6), \ + (*(cinfo)->err->error_exit) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo))) +#define ERREXITS(cinfo,code,str) \ + ((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \ + strncpy((cinfo)->err->msg_parm.s, (str), JMSG_STR_PARM_MAX), \ + (*(cinfo)->err->error_exit) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo))) + +#define MAKESTMT(stuff) do { stuff } while (0) + +/* Nonfatal errors (we can keep going, but the data is probably corrupt) */ +#define WARNMS(cinfo,code) \ + ((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \ + (*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), -1)) +#define WARNMS1(cinfo,code,p1) \ + ((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \ + (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[0] = (p1), \ + (*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), -1)) +#define WARNMS2(cinfo,code,p1,p2) \ + ((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \ + (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[0] = (p1), \ + (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[1] = (p2), \ + (*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), -1)) + +/* Informational/debugging messages */ +#define TRACEMS(cinfo,lvl,code) \ + ((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \ + (*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), (lvl))) +#define TRACEMS1(cinfo,lvl,code,p1) \ + ((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \ + (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[0] = (p1), \ + (*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), (lvl))) +#define TRACEMS2(cinfo,lvl,code,p1,p2) \ + ((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \ + (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[0] = (p1), \ + (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[1] = (p2), \ + (*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), (lvl))) +#define TRACEMS3(cinfo,lvl,code,p1,p2,p3) \ + MAKESTMT(int * _mp = (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i; \ + _mp[0] = (p1); _mp[1] = (p2); _mp[2] = (p3); \ + (cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code); \ + (*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), (lvl)); ) +#define TRACEMS4(cinfo,lvl,code,p1,p2,p3,p4) \ + MAKESTMT(int * _mp = (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i; \ + _mp[0] = (p1); _mp[1] = (p2); _mp[2] = (p3); _mp[3] = (p4); \ + (cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code); \ + (*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), (lvl)); ) +#define TRACEMS5(cinfo,lvl,code,p1,p2,p3,p4,p5) \ + MAKESTMT(int * _mp = (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i; \ + _mp[0] = (p1); _mp[1] = (p2); _mp[2] = (p3); _mp[3] = (p4); \ + _mp[4] = (p5); \ + (cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code); \ + (*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), (lvl)); ) +#define TRACEMS8(cinfo,lvl,code,p1,p2,p3,p4,p5,p6,p7,p8) \ + MAKESTMT(int * _mp = (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i; \ + _mp[0] = (p1); _mp[1] = (p2); _mp[2] = (p3); _mp[3] = (p4); \ + _mp[4] = (p5); _mp[5] = (p6); _mp[6] = (p7); _mp[7] = (p8); \ + (cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code); \ + (*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), (lvl)); ) +#define TRACEMSS(cinfo,lvl,code,str) \ + ((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \ + strncpy((cinfo)->err->msg_parm.s, (str), JMSG_STR_PARM_MAX), \ + (*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), (lvl))) + +#endif /* JERROR_H */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/jpeg/jmorecfg.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/jpeg/jmorecfg.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..679d68bd --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/jpeg/jmorecfg.h @@ -0,0 +1,446 @@ +/* + * jmorecfg.h + * + * Copyright (C) 1991-1997, Thomas G. Lane. + * Modified 1997-2013 by Guido Vollbeding. + * This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software. + * For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file. + * + * This file contains additional configuration options that customize the + * JPEG software for special applications or support machine-dependent + * optimizations. Most users will not need to touch this file. + */ + + +/* + * Define BITS_IN_JSAMPLE as either + * 8 for 8-bit sample values (the usual setting) + * 9 for 9-bit sample values + * 10 for 10-bit sample values + * 11 for 11-bit sample values + * 12 for 12-bit sample values + * Only 8, 9, 10, 11, and 12 bits sample data precision are supported for + * full-feature DCT processing. Further depths up to 16-bit may be added + * later for the lossless modes of operation. + * Run-time selection and conversion of data precision will be added later + * and are currently not supported, sorry. + * Exception: The transcoding part (jpegtran) supports all settings in a + * single instance, since it operates on the level of DCT coefficients and + * not sample values. The DCT coefficients are of the same type (16 bits) + * in all cases (see below). + */ + +#define BITS_IN_JSAMPLE 8 /* use 8, 9, 10, 11, or 12 */ + + +/* + * Maximum number of components (color channels) allowed in JPEG image. + * To meet the letter of the JPEG spec, set this to 255. However, darn + * few applications need more than 4 channels (maybe 5 for CMYK + alpha + * mask). We recommend 10 as a reasonable compromise; use 4 if you are + * really short on memory. (Each allowed component costs a hundred or so + * bytes of storage, whether actually used in an image or not.) + */ + +#define MAX_COMPONENTS 10 /* maximum number of image components */ + + +/* + * Basic data types. + * You may need to change these if you have a machine with unusual data + * type sizes; for example, "char" not 8 bits, "short" not 16 bits, + * or "long" not 32 bits. We don't care whether "int" is 16 or 32 bits, + * but it had better be at least 16. + */ + +/* Representation of a single sample (pixel element value). + * We frequently allocate large arrays of these, so it's important to keep + * them small. But if you have memory to burn and access to char or short + * arrays is very slow on your hardware, you might want to change these. + */ + +#if BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 8 +/* JSAMPLE should be the smallest type that will hold the values 0..255. + * You can use a signed char by having GETJSAMPLE mask it with 0xFF. + */ + +#ifdef HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR + +typedef unsigned char JSAMPLE; +#define GETJSAMPLE(value) ((int) (value)) + +#else /* not HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR */ + +typedef char JSAMPLE; +#ifdef CHAR_IS_UNSIGNED +#define GETJSAMPLE(value) ((int) (value)) +#else +#define GETJSAMPLE(value) ((int) (value) & 0xFF) +#endif /* CHAR_IS_UNSIGNED */ + +#endif /* HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR */ + +#define MAXJSAMPLE 255 +#define CENTERJSAMPLE 128 + +#endif /* BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 8 */ + + +#if BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 9 +/* JSAMPLE should be the smallest type that will hold the values 0..511. + * On nearly all machines "short" will do nicely. + */ + +typedef short JSAMPLE; +#define GETJSAMPLE(value) ((int) (value)) + +#define MAXJSAMPLE 511 +#define CENTERJSAMPLE 256 + +#endif /* BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 9 */ + + +#if BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 10 +/* JSAMPLE should be the smallest type that will hold the values 0..1023. + * On nearly all machines "short" will do nicely. + */ + +typedef short JSAMPLE; +#define GETJSAMPLE(value) ((int) (value)) + +#define MAXJSAMPLE 1023 +#define CENTERJSAMPLE 512 + +#endif /* BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 10 */ + + +#if BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 11 +/* JSAMPLE should be the smallest type that will hold the values 0..2047. + * On nearly all machines "short" will do nicely. + */ + +typedef short JSAMPLE; +#define GETJSAMPLE(value) ((int) (value)) + +#define MAXJSAMPLE 2047 +#define CENTERJSAMPLE 1024 + +#endif /* BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 11 */ + + +#if BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 12 +/* JSAMPLE should be the smallest type that will hold the values 0..4095. + * On nearly all machines "short" will do nicely. + */ + +typedef short JSAMPLE; +#define GETJSAMPLE(value) ((int) (value)) + +#define MAXJSAMPLE 4095 +#define CENTERJSAMPLE 2048 + +#endif /* BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 12 */ + + +/* Representation of a DCT frequency coefficient. + * This should be a signed value of at least 16 bits; "short" is usually OK. + * Again, we allocate large arrays of these, but you can change to int + * if you have memory to burn and "short" is really slow. + */ + +typedef short JCOEF; + + +/* Compressed datastreams are represented as arrays of JOCTET. + * These must be EXACTLY 8 bits wide, at least once they are written to + * external storage. Note that when using the stdio data source/destination + * managers, this is also the data type passed to fread/fwrite. + */ + +#ifdef HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR + +typedef unsigned char JOCTET; +#define GETJOCTET(value) (value) + +#else /* not HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR */ + +typedef char JOCTET; +#ifdef CHAR_IS_UNSIGNED +#define GETJOCTET(value) (value) +#else +#define GETJOCTET(value) ((value) & 0xFF) +#endif /* CHAR_IS_UNSIGNED */ + +#endif /* HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR */ + + +/* These typedefs are used for various table entries and so forth. + * They must be at least as wide as specified; but making them too big + * won't cost a huge amount of memory, so we don't provide special + * extraction code like we did for JSAMPLE. (In other words, these + * typedefs live at a different point on the speed/space tradeoff curve.) + */ + +/* UINT8 must hold at least the values 0..255. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR +typedef unsigned char UINT8; +#else /* not HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR */ +#ifdef CHAR_IS_UNSIGNED +typedef char UINT8; +#else /* not CHAR_IS_UNSIGNED */ +typedef short UINT8; +#endif /* CHAR_IS_UNSIGNED */ +#endif /* HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR */ + +/* UINT16 must hold at least the values 0..65535. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_UNSIGNED_SHORT +typedef unsigned short UINT16; +#else /* not HAVE_UNSIGNED_SHORT */ +typedef unsigned int UINT16; +#endif /* HAVE_UNSIGNED_SHORT */ + +/* INT16 must hold at least the values -32768..32767. */ + +#ifndef XMD_H /* X11/xmd.h correctly defines INT16 */ +typedef short INT16; +#endif + +/* INT32 must hold at least signed 32-bit values. */ + +#ifndef XMD_H /* X11/xmd.h correctly defines INT32 */ +#ifndef _BASETSD_H_ /* Microsoft defines it in basetsd.h */ +#ifndef _BASETSD_H /* MinGW is slightly different */ +#ifndef QGLOBAL_H /* Qt defines it in qglobal.h */ +typedef long INT32; +#endif +#endif +#endif +#endif + +/* Datatype used for image dimensions. The JPEG standard only supports + * images up to 64K*64K due to 16-bit fields in SOF markers. Therefore + * "unsigned int" is sufficient on all machines. However, if you need to + * handle larger images and you don't mind deviating from the spec, you + * can change this datatype. + */ + +typedef unsigned int JDIMENSION; + +#define JPEG_MAX_DIMENSION 65500L /* a tad under 64K to prevent overflows */ + + +/* These macros are used in all function definitions and extern declarations. + * You could modify them if you need to change function linkage conventions; + * in particular, you'll need to do that to make the library a Windows DLL. + * Another application is to make all functions global for use with debuggers + * or code profilers that require it. + */ + +/* a function called through method pointers: */ +#define METHODDEF(type) static type +/* a function used only in its module: */ +#define LOCAL(type) static type +/* a function referenced thru EXTERNs: */ +#define GLOBAL(type) type +/* a reference to a GLOBAL function: */ +#define EXTERN(type) extern type + + +/* This macro is used to declare a "method", that is, a function pointer. + * We want to supply prototype parameters if the compiler can cope. + * Note that the arglist parameter must be parenthesized! + * Again, you can customize this if you need special linkage keywords. + */ + +#ifdef HAVE_PROTOTYPES +#define JMETHOD(type,methodname,arglist) type (*methodname) arglist +#else +#define JMETHOD(type,methodname,arglist) type (*methodname) () +#endif + + +/* The noreturn type identifier is used to declare functions + * which cannot return. + * Compilers can thus create more optimized code and perform + * better checks for warnings and errors. + * Static analyzer tools can make improved inferences about + * execution paths and are prevented from giving false alerts. + * + * Unfortunately, the proposed specifications of corresponding + * extensions in the Dec 2011 ISO C standard revision (C11), + * GCC, MSVC, etc. are not viable. + * Thus we introduce a user defined type to declare noreturn + * functions at least for clarity. A proper compiler would + * have a suitable noreturn type to match in place of void. + */ + +#ifndef HAVE_NORETURN_T +typedef void noreturn_t; +#endif + + +/* Here is the pseudo-keyword for declaring pointers that must be "far" + * on 80x86 machines. Most of the specialized coding for 80x86 is handled + * by just saying "FAR *" where such a pointer is needed. In a few places + * explicit coding is needed; see uses of the NEED_FAR_POINTERS symbol. + */ + +#ifndef FAR +#ifdef NEED_FAR_POINTERS +#define FAR far +#else +#define FAR +#endif +#endif + + +/* + * On a few systems, type boolean and/or its values FALSE, TRUE may appear + * in standard header files. Or you may have conflicts with application- + * specific header files that you want to include together with these files. + * Defining HAVE_BOOLEAN before including jpeglib.h should make it work. + */ + +#ifndef HAVE_BOOLEAN +#if defined FALSE || defined TRUE || defined QGLOBAL_H +/* Qt3 defines FALSE and TRUE as "const" variables in qglobal.h */ +typedef int boolean; +#ifndef FALSE /* in case these macros already exist */ +#define FALSE 0 /* values of boolean */ +#endif +#ifndef TRUE +#define TRUE 1 +#endif +#else +typedef enum { FALSE = 0, TRUE = 1 } boolean; +#endif +#endif + + +/* + * The remaining options affect code selection within the JPEG library, + * but they don't need to be visible to most applications using the library. + * To minimize application namespace pollution, the symbols won't be + * defined unless JPEG_INTERNALS or JPEG_INTERNAL_OPTIONS has been defined. + */ + +#ifdef JPEG_INTERNALS +#define JPEG_INTERNAL_OPTIONS +#endif + +#ifdef JPEG_INTERNAL_OPTIONS + + +/* + * These defines indicate whether to include various optional functions. + * Undefining some of these symbols will produce a smaller but less capable + * library. Note that you can leave certain source files out of the + * compilation/linking process if you've #undef'd the corresponding symbols. + * (You may HAVE to do that if your compiler doesn't like null source files.) + */ + +/* Capability options common to encoder and decoder: */ + +#define DCT_ISLOW_SUPPORTED /* slow but accurate integer algorithm */ +#define DCT_IFAST_SUPPORTED /* faster, less accurate integer method */ +#define DCT_FLOAT_SUPPORTED /* floating-point: accurate, fast on fast HW */ + +/* Encoder capability options: */ + +#define C_ARITH_CODING_SUPPORTED /* Arithmetic coding back end? */ +#define C_MULTISCAN_FILES_SUPPORTED /* Multiple-scan JPEG files? */ +#define C_PROGRESSIVE_SUPPORTED /* Progressive JPEG? (Requires MULTISCAN)*/ +#define DCT_SCALING_SUPPORTED /* Input rescaling via DCT? (Requires DCT_ISLOW)*/ +#define ENTROPY_OPT_SUPPORTED /* Optimization of entropy coding parms? */ +/* Note: if you selected more than 8-bit data precision, it is dangerous to + * turn off ENTROPY_OPT_SUPPORTED. The standard Huffman tables are only + * good for 8-bit precision, so arithmetic coding is recommended for higher + * precision. The Huffman encoder normally uses entropy optimization to + * compute usable tables for higher precision. Otherwise, you'll have to + * supply different default Huffman tables. + * The exact same statements apply for progressive JPEG: the default tables + * don't work for progressive mode. (This may get fixed, however.) + */ +#define INPUT_SMOOTHING_SUPPORTED /* Input image smoothing option? */ + +/* Decoder capability options: */ + +#define D_ARITH_CODING_SUPPORTED /* Arithmetic coding back end? */ +#define D_MULTISCAN_FILES_SUPPORTED /* Multiple-scan JPEG files? */ +#define D_PROGRESSIVE_SUPPORTED /* Progressive JPEG? (Requires MULTISCAN)*/ +#define IDCT_SCALING_SUPPORTED /* Output rescaling via IDCT? (Requires DCT_ISLOW)*/ +#define SAVE_MARKERS_SUPPORTED /* jpeg_save_markers() needed? */ +#define BLOCK_SMOOTHING_SUPPORTED /* Block smoothing? (Progressive only) */ +#undef UPSAMPLE_SCALING_SUPPORTED /* Output rescaling at upsample stage? */ +#define UPSAMPLE_MERGING_SUPPORTED /* Fast path for sloppy upsampling? */ +#define QUANT_1PASS_SUPPORTED /* 1-pass color quantization? */ +#define QUANT_2PASS_SUPPORTED /* 2-pass color quantization? */ + +/* more capability options later, no doubt */ + + +/* + * Ordering of RGB data in scanlines passed to or from the application. + * If your application wants to deal with data in the order B,G,R, just + * change these macros. You can also deal with formats such as R,G,B,X + * (one extra byte per pixel) by changing RGB_PIXELSIZE. Note that changing + * the offsets will also change the order in which colormap data is organized. + * RESTRICTIONS: + * 1. The sample applications cjpeg,djpeg do NOT support modified RGB formats. + * 2. The color quantizer modules will not behave desirably if RGB_PIXELSIZE + * is not 3 (they don't understand about dummy color components!). So you + * can't use color quantization if you change that value. + */ + +#define RGB_RED 0 /* Offset of Red in an RGB scanline element */ +#define RGB_GREEN 1 /* Offset of Green */ +#define RGB_BLUE 2 /* Offset of Blue */ +#define RGB_PIXELSIZE 3 /* JSAMPLEs per RGB scanline element */ + + +/* Definitions for speed-related optimizations. */ + + +/* If your compiler supports inline functions, define INLINE + * as the inline keyword; otherwise define it as empty. + */ + +#ifndef INLINE +#ifdef __GNUC__ /* for instance, GNU C knows about inline */ +#define INLINE __inline__ +#endif +#ifndef INLINE +#define INLINE /* default is to define it as empty */ +#endif +#endif + + +/* On some machines (notably 68000 series) "int" is 32 bits, but multiplying + * two 16-bit shorts is faster than multiplying two ints. Define MULTIPLIER + * as short on such a machine. MULTIPLIER must be at least 16 bits wide. + */ + +#ifndef MULTIPLIER +#define MULTIPLIER int /* type for fastest integer multiply */ +#endif + + +/* FAST_FLOAT should be either float or double, whichever is done faster + * by your compiler. (Note that this type is only used in the floating point + * DCT routines, so it only matters if you've defined DCT_FLOAT_SUPPORTED.) + * Typically, float is faster in ANSI C compilers, while double is faster in + * pre-ANSI compilers (because they insist on converting to double anyway). + * The code below therefore chooses float if we have ANSI-style prototypes. + */ + +#ifndef FAST_FLOAT +#ifdef HAVE_PROTOTYPES +#define FAST_FLOAT float +#else +#define FAST_FLOAT double +#endif +#endif + +#endif /* JPEG_INTERNAL_OPTIONS */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/jpeg/jpeglib.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/jpeg/jpeglib.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..591a2cb6 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/jpeg/jpeglib.h @@ -0,0 +1,1183 @@ +/* + * jpeglib.h + * + * Copyright (C) 1991-1998, Thomas G. Lane. + * Modified 2002-2019 by Guido Vollbeding. + * This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software. + * For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file. + * + * This file defines the application interface for the JPEG library. + * Most applications using the library need only include this file, + * and perhaps jerror.h if they want to know the exact error codes. + */ + +#ifndef JPEGLIB_H +#define JPEGLIB_H + +/* + * First we include the configuration files that record how this + * installation of the JPEG library is set up. jconfig.h can be + * generated automatically for many systems. jmorecfg.h contains + * manual configuration options that most people need not worry about. + */ + +#ifndef JCONFIG_INCLUDED /* in case jinclude.h already did */ +#include "jconfig.h" /* widely used configuration options */ +#endif +#include "jmorecfg.h" /* seldom changed options */ + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +#ifndef DONT_USE_EXTERN_C +extern "C" { +#endif +#endif + +/* Version IDs for the JPEG library. + * Might be useful for tests like "#if JPEG_LIB_VERSION >= 90". + */ + +#define JPEG_LIB_VERSION 90 /* Compatibility version 9.0 */ +#define JPEG_LIB_VERSION_MAJOR 9 +#define JPEG_LIB_VERSION_MINOR 4 + + +/* Various constants determining the sizes of things. + * All of these are specified by the JPEG standard, + * so don't change them if you want to be compatible. + */ + +#define DCTSIZE 8 /* The basic DCT block is 8x8 coefficients */ +#define DCTSIZE2 64 /* DCTSIZE squared; # of elements in a block */ +#define NUM_QUANT_TBLS 4 /* Quantization tables are numbered 0..3 */ +#define NUM_HUFF_TBLS 4 /* Huffman tables are numbered 0..3 */ +#define NUM_ARITH_TBLS 16 /* Arith-coding tables are numbered 0..15 */ +#define MAX_COMPS_IN_SCAN 4 /* JPEG limit on # of components in one scan */ +#define MAX_SAMP_FACTOR 4 /* JPEG limit on sampling factors */ +/* Unfortunately, some bozo at Adobe saw no reason to be bound by the standard; + * the PostScript DCT filter can emit files with many more than 10 blocks/MCU. + * If you happen to run across such a file, you can up D_MAX_BLOCKS_IN_MCU + * to handle it. We even let you do this from the jconfig.h file. However, + * we strongly discourage changing C_MAX_BLOCKS_IN_MCU; just because Adobe + * sometimes emits noncompliant files doesn't mean you should too. + */ +#define C_MAX_BLOCKS_IN_MCU 10 /* compressor's limit on blocks per MCU */ +#ifndef D_MAX_BLOCKS_IN_MCU +#define D_MAX_BLOCKS_IN_MCU 10 /* decompressor's limit on blocks per MCU */ +#endif + + +/* Data structures for images (arrays of samples and of DCT coefficients). + * On 80x86 machines, the image arrays are too big for near pointers, + * but the pointer arrays can fit in near memory. + */ + +typedef JSAMPLE FAR *JSAMPROW; /* ptr to one image row of pixel samples. */ +typedef JSAMPROW *JSAMPARRAY; /* ptr to some rows (a 2-D sample array) */ +typedef JSAMPARRAY *JSAMPIMAGE; /* a 3-D sample array: top index is color */ + +typedef JCOEF JBLOCK[DCTSIZE2]; /* one block of coefficients */ +typedef JBLOCK FAR *JBLOCKROW; /* pointer to one row of coefficient blocks */ +typedef JBLOCKROW *JBLOCKARRAY; /* a 2-D array of coefficient blocks */ +typedef JBLOCKARRAY *JBLOCKIMAGE; /* a 3-D array of coefficient blocks */ + +typedef JCOEF FAR *JCOEFPTR; /* useful in a couple of places */ + + +/* Types for JPEG compression parameters and working tables. */ + + +/* DCT coefficient quantization tables. */ + +typedef struct { + /* This array gives the coefficient quantizers in natural array order + * (not the zigzag order in which they are stored in a JPEG DQT marker). + * CAUTION: IJG versions prior to v6a kept this array in zigzag order. + */ + UINT16 quantval[DCTSIZE2]; /* quantization step for each coefficient */ + /* This field is used only during compression. It's initialized FALSE when + * the table is created, and set TRUE when it's been output to the file. + * You could suppress output of a table by setting this to TRUE. + * (See jpeg_suppress_tables for an example.) + */ + boolean sent_table; /* TRUE when table has been output */ +} JQUANT_TBL; + + +/* Huffman coding tables. */ + +typedef struct { + /* These two fields directly represent the contents of a JPEG DHT marker */ + UINT8 bits[17]; /* bits[k] = # of symbols with codes of */ + /* length k bits; bits[0] is unused */ + UINT8 huffval[256]; /* The symbols, in order of incr code length */ + /* This field is used only during compression. It's initialized FALSE when + * the table is created, and set TRUE when it's been output to the file. + * You could suppress output of a table by setting this to TRUE. + * (See jpeg_suppress_tables for an example.) + */ + boolean sent_table; /* TRUE when table has been output */ +} JHUFF_TBL; + + +/* Basic info about one component (color channel). */ + +typedef struct { + /* These values are fixed over the whole image. */ + /* For compression, they must be supplied by parameter setup; */ + /* for decompression, they are read from the SOF marker. */ + int component_id; /* identifier for this component (0..255) */ + int component_index; /* its index in SOF or cinfo->comp_info[] */ + int h_samp_factor; /* horizontal sampling factor (1..4) */ + int v_samp_factor; /* vertical sampling factor (1..4) */ + int quant_tbl_no; /* quantization table selector (0..3) */ + /* These values may vary between scans. */ + /* For compression, they must be supplied by parameter setup; */ + /* for decompression, they are read from the SOS marker. */ + /* The decompressor output side may not use these variables. */ + int dc_tbl_no; /* DC entropy table selector (0..3) */ + int ac_tbl_no; /* AC entropy table selector (0..3) */ + + /* Remaining fields should be treated as private by applications. */ + + /* These values are computed during compression or decompression startup: */ + /* Component's size in DCT blocks. + * Any dummy blocks added to complete an MCU are not counted; therefore + * these values do not depend on whether a scan is interleaved or not. + */ + JDIMENSION width_in_blocks; + JDIMENSION height_in_blocks; + /* Size of a DCT block in samples, + * reflecting any scaling we choose to apply during the DCT step. + * Values from 1 to 16 are supported. + * Note that different components may receive different DCT scalings. + */ + int DCT_h_scaled_size; + int DCT_v_scaled_size; + /* The downsampled dimensions are the component's actual, unpadded number + * of samples at the main buffer (preprocessing/compression interface); + * DCT scaling is included, so + * downsampled_width = + * ceil(image_width * Hi/Hmax * DCT_h_scaled_size/block_size) + * and similarly for height. + */ + JDIMENSION downsampled_width; /* actual width in samples */ + JDIMENSION downsampled_height; /* actual height in samples */ + /* For decompression, in cases where some of the components will be + * ignored (eg grayscale output from YCbCr image), we can skip most + * computations for the unused components. + * For compression, some of the components will need further quantization + * scale by factor of 2 after DCT (eg BG_YCC output from normal RGB input). + * The field is first set TRUE for decompression, FALSE for compression + * in initial_setup, and then adapted in color conversion setup. + */ + boolean component_needed; + + /* These values are computed before starting a scan of the component. */ + /* The decompressor output side may not use these variables. */ + int MCU_width; /* number of blocks per MCU, horizontally */ + int MCU_height; /* number of blocks per MCU, vertically */ + int MCU_blocks; /* MCU_width * MCU_height */ + int MCU_sample_width; /* MCU width in samples: MCU_width * DCT_h_scaled_size */ + int last_col_width; /* # of non-dummy blocks across in last MCU */ + int last_row_height; /* # of non-dummy blocks down in last MCU */ + + /* Saved quantization table for component; NULL if none yet saved. + * See jdinput.c comments about the need for this information. + * This field is currently used only for decompression. + */ + JQUANT_TBL * quant_table; + + /* Private per-component storage for DCT or IDCT subsystem. */ + void * dct_table; +} jpeg_component_info; + + +/* The script for encoding a multiple-scan file is an array of these: */ + +typedef struct { + int comps_in_scan; /* number of components encoded in this scan */ + int component_index[MAX_COMPS_IN_SCAN]; /* their SOF/comp_info[] indexes */ + int Ss, Se; /* progressive JPEG spectral selection parms */ + int Ah, Al; /* progressive JPEG successive approx. parms */ +} jpeg_scan_info; + +/* The decompressor can save APPn and COM markers in a list of these: */ + +typedef struct jpeg_marker_struct FAR * jpeg_saved_marker_ptr; + +struct jpeg_marker_struct { + jpeg_saved_marker_ptr next; /* next in list, or NULL */ + UINT8 marker; /* marker code: JPEG_COM, or JPEG_APP0+n */ + unsigned int original_length; /* # bytes of data in the file */ + unsigned int data_length; /* # bytes of data saved at data[] */ + JOCTET FAR * data; /* the data contained in the marker */ + /* the marker length word is not counted in data_length or original_length */ +}; + +/* Known color spaces. */ + +typedef enum { + JCS_UNKNOWN, /* error/unspecified */ + JCS_GRAYSCALE, /* monochrome */ + JCS_RGB, /* red/green/blue, standard RGB (sRGB) */ + JCS_YCbCr, /* Y/Cb/Cr (also known as YUV), standard YCC */ + JCS_CMYK, /* C/M/Y/K */ + JCS_YCCK, /* Y/Cb/Cr/K */ + JCS_BG_RGB, /* big gamut red/green/blue, bg-sRGB */ + JCS_BG_YCC /* big gamut Y/Cb/Cr, bg-sYCC */ +} J_COLOR_SPACE; + +/* Supported color transforms. */ + +typedef enum { + JCT_NONE = 0, + JCT_SUBTRACT_GREEN = 1 +} J_COLOR_TRANSFORM; + +/* DCT/IDCT algorithm options. */ + +typedef enum { + JDCT_ISLOW, /* slow but accurate integer algorithm */ + JDCT_IFAST, /* faster, less accurate integer method */ + JDCT_FLOAT /* floating-point: accurate, fast on fast HW */ +} J_DCT_METHOD; + +#ifndef JDCT_DEFAULT /* may be overridden in jconfig.h */ +#define JDCT_DEFAULT JDCT_ISLOW +#endif +#ifndef JDCT_FASTEST /* may be overridden in jconfig.h */ +#define JDCT_FASTEST JDCT_IFAST +#endif + +/* Dithering options for decompression. */ + +typedef enum { + JDITHER_NONE, /* no dithering */ + JDITHER_ORDERED, /* simple ordered dither */ + JDITHER_FS /* Floyd-Steinberg error diffusion dither */ +} J_DITHER_MODE; + + +/* Common fields between JPEG compression and decompression master structs. */ + +#define jpeg_common_fields \ + struct jpeg_error_mgr * err; /* Error handler module */\ + struct jpeg_memory_mgr * mem; /* Memory manager module */\ + struct jpeg_progress_mgr * progress; /* Progress monitor, or NULL if none */\ + void * client_data; /* Available for use by application */\ + boolean is_decompressor; /* So common code can tell which is which */\ + int global_state /* For checking call sequence validity */ + +/* Routines that are to be used by both halves of the library are declared + * to receive a pointer to this structure. There are no actual instances of + * jpeg_common_struct, only of jpeg_compress_struct and jpeg_decompress_struct. + */ +struct jpeg_common_struct { + jpeg_common_fields; /* Fields common to both master struct types */ + /* Additional fields follow in an actual jpeg_compress_struct or + * jpeg_decompress_struct. All three structs must agree on these + * initial fields! (This would be a lot cleaner in C++.) + */ +}; + +typedef struct jpeg_common_struct * j_common_ptr; +typedef struct jpeg_compress_struct * j_compress_ptr; +typedef struct jpeg_decompress_struct * j_decompress_ptr; + + +/* Master record for a compression instance */ + +struct jpeg_compress_struct { + jpeg_common_fields; /* Fields shared with jpeg_decompress_struct */ + + /* Destination for compressed data */ + struct jpeg_destination_mgr * dest; + + /* Description of source image --- these fields must be filled in by + * outer application before starting compression. in_color_space must + * be correct before you can even call jpeg_set_defaults(). + */ + + JDIMENSION image_width; /* input image width */ + JDIMENSION image_height; /* input image height */ + int input_components; /* # of color components in input image */ + J_COLOR_SPACE in_color_space; /* colorspace of input image */ + + double input_gamma; /* image gamma of input image */ + + /* Compression parameters --- these fields must be set before calling + * jpeg_start_compress(). We recommend calling jpeg_set_defaults() to + * initialize everything to reasonable defaults, then changing anything + * the application specifically wants to change. That way you won't get + * burnt when new parameters are added. Also note that there are several + * helper routines to simplify changing parameters. + */ + + unsigned int scale_num, scale_denom; /* fraction by which to scale image */ + + JDIMENSION jpeg_width; /* scaled JPEG image width */ + JDIMENSION jpeg_height; /* scaled JPEG image height */ + /* Dimensions of actual JPEG image that will be written to file, + * derived from input dimensions by scaling factors above. + * These fields are computed by jpeg_start_compress(). + * You can also use jpeg_calc_jpeg_dimensions() to determine these values + * in advance of calling jpeg_start_compress(). + */ + + int data_precision; /* bits of precision in image data */ + + int num_components; /* # of color components in JPEG image */ + J_COLOR_SPACE jpeg_color_space; /* colorspace of JPEG image */ + + jpeg_component_info * comp_info; + /* comp_info[i] describes component that appears i'th in SOF */ + + JQUANT_TBL * quant_tbl_ptrs[NUM_QUANT_TBLS]; + int q_scale_factor[NUM_QUANT_TBLS]; + /* ptrs to coefficient quantization tables, or NULL if not defined, + * and corresponding scale factors (percentage, initialized 100). + */ + + JHUFF_TBL * dc_huff_tbl_ptrs[NUM_HUFF_TBLS]; + JHUFF_TBL * ac_huff_tbl_ptrs[NUM_HUFF_TBLS]; + /* ptrs to Huffman coding tables, or NULL if not defined */ + + UINT8 arith_dc_L[NUM_ARITH_TBLS]; /* L values for DC arith-coding tables */ + UINT8 arith_dc_U[NUM_ARITH_TBLS]; /* U values for DC arith-coding tables */ + UINT8 arith_ac_K[NUM_ARITH_TBLS]; /* Kx values for AC arith-coding tables */ + + int num_scans; /* # of entries in scan_info array */ + const jpeg_scan_info * scan_info; /* script for multi-scan file, or NULL */ + /* The default value of scan_info is NULL, which causes a single-scan + * sequential JPEG file to be emitted. To create a multi-scan file, + * set num_scans and scan_info to point to an array of scan definitions. + */ + + boolean raw_data_in; /* TRUE=caller supplies downsampled data */ + boolean arith_code; /* TRUE=arithmetic coding, FALSE=Huffman */ + boolean optimize_coding; /* TRUE=optimize entropy encoding parms */ + boolean CCIR601_sampling; /* TRUE=first samples are cosited */ + boolean do_fancy_downsampling; /* TRUE=apply fancy downsampling */ + int smoothing_factor; /* 1..100, or 0 for no input smoothing */ + J_DCT_METHOD dct_method; /* DCT algorithm selector */ + + /* The restart interval can be specified in absolute MCUs by setting + * restart_interval, or in MCU rows by setting restart_in_rows + * (in which case the correct restart_interval will be figured + * for each scan). + */ + unsigned int restart_interval; /* MCUs per restart, or 0 for no restart */ + int restart_in_rows; /* if > 0, MCU rows per restart interval */ + + /* Parameters controlling emission of special markers. */ + + boolean write_JFIF_header; /* should a JFIF marker be written? */ + UINT8 JFIF_major_version; /* What to write for the JFIF version number */ + UINT8 JFIF_minor_version; + /* These three values are not used by the JPEG code, merely copied */ + /* into the JFIF APP0 marker. density_unit can be 0 for unknown, */ + /* 1 for dots/inch, or 2 for dots/cm. Note that the pixel aspect */ + /* ratio is defined by X_density/Y_density even when density_unit=0. */ + UINT8 density_unit; /* JFIF code for pixel size units */ + UINT16 X_density; /* Horizontal pixel density */ + UINT16 Y_density; /* Vertical pixel density */ + boolean write_Adobe_marker; /* should an Adobe marker be written? */ + + J_COLOR_TRANSFORM color_transform; + /* Color transform identifier, writes LSE marker if nonzero */ + + /* State variable: index of next scanline to be written to + * jpeg_write_scanlines(). Application may use this to control its + * processing loop, e.g., "while (next_scanline < image_height)". + */ + + JDIMENSION next_scanline; /* 0 .. image_height-1 */ + + /* Remaining fields are known throughout compressor, but generally + * should not be touched by a surrounding application. + */ + + /* + * These fields are computed during compression startup + */ + boolean progressive_mode; /* TRUE if scan script uses progressive mode */ + int max_h_samp_factor; /* largest h_samp_factor */ + int max_v_samp_factor; /* largest v_samp_factor */ + + int min_DCT_h_scaled_size; /* smallest DCT_h_scaled_size of any component */ + int min_DCT_v_scaled_size; /* smallest DCT_v_scaled_size of any component */ + + JDIMENSION total_iMCU_rows; /* # of iMCU rows to be input to coef ctlr */ + /* The coefficient controller receives data in units of MCU rows as defined + * for fully interleaved scans (whether the JPEG file is interleaved or not). + * There are v_samp_factor * DCT_v_scaled_size sample rows of each component + * in an "iMCU" (interleaved MCU) row. + */ + + /* + * These fields are valid during any one scan. + * They describe the components and MCUs actually appearing in the scan. + */ + int comps_in_scan; /* # of JPEG components in this scan */ + jpeg_component_info * cur_comp_info[MAX_COMPS_IN_SCAN]; + /* *cur_comp_info[i] describes component that appears i'th in SOS */ + + JDIMENSION MCUs_per_row; /* # of MCUs across the image */ + JDIMENSION MCU_rows_in_scan; /* # of MCU rows in the image */ + + int blocks_in_MCU; /* # of DCT blocks per MCU */ + int MCU_membership[C_MAX_BLOCKS_IN_MCU]; + /* MCU_membership[i] is index in cur_comp_info of component owning */ + /* i'th block in an MCU */ + + int Ss, Se, Ah, Al; /* progressive JPEG parameters for scan */ + + int block_size; /* the basic DCT block size: 1..16 */ + const int * natural_order; /* natural-order position array */ + int lim_Se; /* min( Se, DCTSIZE2-1 ) */ + + /* + * Links to compression subobjects (methods and private variables of modules) + */ + struct jpeg_comp_master * master; + struct jpeg_c_main_controller * main; + struct jpeg_c_prep_controller * prep; + struct jpeg_c_coef_controller * coef; + struct jpeg_marker_writer * marker; + struct jpeg_color_converter * cconvert; + struct jpeg_downsampler * downsample; + struct jpeg_forward_dct * fdct; + struct jpeg_entropy_encoder * entropy; + jpeg_scan_info * script_space; /* workspace for jpeg_simple_progression */ + int script_space_size; +}; + + +/* Master record for a decompression instance */ + +struct jpeg_decompress_struct { + jpeg_common_fields; /* Fields shared with jpeg_compress_struct */ + + /* Source of compressed data */ + struct jpeg_source_mgr * src; + + /* Basic description of image --- filled in by jpeg_read_header(). */ + /* Application may inspect these values to decide how to process image. */ + + JDIMENSION image_width; /* nominal image width (from SOF marker) */ + JDIMENSION image_height; /* nominal image height */ + int num_components; /* # of color components in JPEG image */ + J_COLOR_SPACE jpeg_color_space; /* colorspace of JPEG image */ + + /* Decompression processing parameters --- these fields must be set before + * calling jpeg_start_decompress(). Note that jpeg_read_header() initializes + * them to default values. + */ + + J_COLOR_SPACE out_color_space; /* colorspace for output */ + + unsigned int scale_num, scale_denom; /* fraction by which to scale image */ + + double output_gamma; /* image gamma wanted in output */ + + boolean buffered_image; /* TRUE=multiple output passes */ + boolean raw_data_out; /* TRUE=downsampled data wanted */ + + J_DCT_METHOD dct_method; /* IDCT algorithm selector */ + boolean do_fancy_upsampling; /* TRUE=apply fancy upsampling */ + boolean do_block_smoothing; /* TRUE=apply interblock smoothing */ + + boolean quantize_colors; /* TRUE=colormapped output wanted */ + /* the following are ignored if not quantize_colors: */ + J_DITHER_MODE dither_mode; /* type of color dithering to use */ + boolean two_pass_quantize; /* TRUE=use two-pass color quantization */ + int desired_number_of_colors; /* max # colors to use in created colormap */ + /* these are significant only in buffered-image mode: */ + boolean enable_1pass_quant; /* enable future use of 1-pass quantizer */ + boolean enable_external_quant;/* enable future use of external colormap */ + boolean enable_2pass_quant; /* enable future use of 2-pass quantizer */ + + /* Description of actual output image that will be returned to application. + * These fields are computed by jpeg_start_decompress(). + * You can also use jpeg_calc_output_dimensions() to determine these values + * in advance of calling jpeg_start_decompress(). + */ + + JDIMENSION output_width; /* scaled image width */ + JDIMENSION output_height; /* scaled image height */ + int out_color_components; /* # of color components in out_color_space */ + int output_components; /* # of color components returned */ + /* output_components is 1 (a colormap index) when quantizing colors; + * otherwise it equals out_color_components. + */ + int rec_outbuf_height; /* min recommended height of scanline buffer */ + /* If the buffer passed to jpeg_read_scanlines() is less than this many rows + * high, space and time will be wasted due to unnecessary data copying. + * Usually rec_outbuf_height will be 1 or 2, at most 4. + */ + + /* When quantizing colors, the output colormap is described by these fields. + * The application can supply a colormap by setting colormap non-NULL before + * calling jpeg_start_decompress; otherwise a colormap is created during + * jpeg_start_decompress or jpeg_start_output. + * The map has out_color_components rows and actual_number_of_colors columns. + */ + int actual_number_of_colors; /* number of entries in use */ + JSAMPARRAY colormap; /* The color map as a 2-D pixel array */ + + /* State variables: these variables indicate the progress of decompression. + * The application may examine these but must not modify them. + */ + + /* Row index of next scanline to be read from jpeg_read_scanlines(). + * Application may use this to control its processing loop, e.g., + * "while (output_scanline < output_height)". + */ + JDIMENSION output_scanline; /* 0 .. output_height-1 */ + + /* Current input scan number and number of iMCU rows completed in scan. + * These indicate the progress of the decompressor input side. + */ + int input_scan_number; /* Number of SOS markers seen so far */ + JDIMENSION input_iMCU_row; /* Number of iMCU rows completed */ + + /* The "output scan number" is the notional scan being displayed by the + * output side. The decompressor will not allow output scan/row number + * to get ahead of input scan/row, but it can fall arbitrarily far behind. + */ + int output_scan_number; /* Nominal scan number being displayed */ + JDIMENSION output_iMCU_row; /* Number of iMCU rows read */ + + /* Current progression status. coef_bits[c][i] indicates the precision + * with which component c's DCT coefficient i (in zigzag order) is known. + * It is -1 when no data has yet been received, otherwise it is the point + * transform (shift) value for the most recent scan of the coefficient + * (thus, 0 at completion of the progression). + * This pointer is NULL when reading a non-progressive file. + */ + int (*coef_bits)[DCTSIZE2]; /* -1 or current Al value for each coef */ + + /* Internal JPEG parameters --- the application usually need not look at + * these fields. Note that the decompressor output side may not use + * any parameters that can change between scans. + */ + + /* Quantization and Huffman tables are carried forward across input + * datastreams when processing abbreviated JPEG datastreams. + */ + + JQUANT_TBL * quant_tbl_ptrs[NUM_QUANT_TBLS]; + /* ptrs to coefficient quantization tables, or NULL if not defined */ + + JHUFF_TBL * dc_huff_tbl_ptrs[NUM_HUFF_TBLS]; + JHUFF_TBL * ac_huff_tbl_ptrs[NUM_HUFF_TBLS]; + /* ptrs to Huffman coding tables, or NULL if not defined */ + + /* These parameters are never carried across datastreams, since they + * are given in SOF/SOS markers or defined to be reset by SOI. + */ + + int data_precision; /* bits of precision in image data */ + + jpeg_component_info * comp_info; + /* comp_info[i] describes component that appears i'th in SOF */ + + boolean is_baseline; /* TRUE if Baseline SOF0 encountered */ + boolean progressive_mode; /* TRUE if SOFn specifies progressive mode */ + boolean arith_code; /* TRUE=arithmetic coding, FALSE=Huffman */ + + UINT8 arith_dc_L[NUM_ARITH_TBLS]; /* L values for DC arith-coding tables */ + UINT8 arith_dc_U[NUM_ARITH_TBLS]; /* U values for DC arith-coding tables */ + UINT8 arith_ac_K[NUM_ARITH_TBLS]; /* Kx values for AC arith-coding tables */ + + unsigned int restart_interval; /* MCUs per restart interval, or 0 for no restart */ + + /* These fields record data obtained from optional markers recognized by + * the JPEG library. + */ + boolean saw_JFIF_marker; /* TRUE iff a JFIF APP0 marker was found */ + /* Data copied from JFIF marker; only valid if saw_JFIF_marker is TRUE: */ + UINT8 JFIF_major_version; /* JFIF version number */ + UINT8 JFIF_minor_version; + UINT8 density_unit; /* JFIF code for pixel size units */ + UINT16 X_density; /* Horizontal pixel density */ + UINT16 Y_density; /* Vertical pixel density */ + boolean saw_Adobe_marker; /* TRUE iff an Adobe APP14 marker was found */ + UINT8 Adobe_transform; /* Color transform code from Adobe marker */ + + J_COLOR_TRANSFORM color_transform; + /* Color transform identifier derived from LSE marker, otherwise zero */ + + boolean CCIR601_sampling; /* TRUE=first samples are cosited */ + + /* Aside from the specific data retained from APPn markers known to the + * library, the uninterpreted contents of any or all APPn and COM markers + * can be saved in a list for examination by the application. + */ + jpeg_saved_marker_ptr marker_list; /* Head of list of saved markers */ + + /* Remaining fields are known throughout decompressor, but generally + * should not be touched by a surrounding application. + */ + + /* + * These fields are computed during decompression startup + */ + int max_h_samp_factor; /* largest h_samp_factor */ + int max_v_samp_factor; /* largest v_samp_factor */ + + int min_DCT_h_scaled_size; /* smallest DCT_h_scaled_size of any component */ + int min_DCT_v_scaled_size; /* smallest DCT_v_scaled_size of any component */ + + JDIMENSION total_iMCU_rows; /* # of iMCU rows in image */ + /* The coefficient controller's input and output progress is measured in + * units of "iMCU" (interleaved MCU) rows. These are the same as MCU rows + * in fully interleaved JPEG scans, but are used whether the scan is + * interleaved or not. We define an iMCU row as v_samp_factor DCT block + * rows of each component. Therefore, the IDCT output contains + * v_samp_factor * DCT_v_scaled_size sample rows of a component per iMCU row. + */ + + JSAMPLE * sample_range_limit; /* table for fast range-limiting */ + + /* + * These fields are valid during any one scan. + * They describe the components and MCUs actually appearing in the scan. + * Note that the decompressor output side must not use these fields. + */ + int comps_in_scan; /* # of JPEG components in this scan */ + jpeg_component_info * cur_comp_info[MAX_COMPS_IN_SCAN]; + /* *cur_comp_info[i] describes component that appears i'th in SOS */ + + JDIMENSION MCUs_per_row; /* # of MCUs across the image */ + JDIMENSION MCU_rows_in_scan; /* # of MCU rows in the image */ + + int blocks_in_MCU; /* # of DCT blocks per MCU */ + int MCU_membership[D_MAX_BLOCKS_IN_MCU]; + /* MCU_membership[i] is index in cur_comp_info of component owning */ + /* i'th block in an MCU */ + + int Ss, Se, Ah, Al; /* progressive JPEG parameters for scan */ + + /* These fields are derived from Se of first SOS marker. + */ + int block_size; /* the basic DCT block size: 1..16 */ + const int * natural_order; /* natural-order position array for entropy decode */ + int lim_Se; /* min( Se, DCTSIZE2-1 ) for entropy decode */ + + /* This field is shared between entropy decoder and marker parser. + * It is either zero or the code of a JPEG marker that has been + * read from the data source, but has not yet been processed. + */ + int unread_marker; + + /* + * Links to decompression subobjects (methods, private variables of modules) + */ + struct jpeg_decomp_master * master; + struct jpeg_d_main_controller * main; + struct jpeg_d_coef_controller * coef; + struct jpeg_d_post_controller * post; + struct jpeg_input_controller * inputctl; + struct jpeg_marker_reader * marker; + struct jpeg_entropy_decoder * entropy; + struct jpeg_inverse_dct * idct; + struct jpeg_upsampler * upsample; + struct jpeg_color_deconverter * cconvert; + struct jpeg_color_quantizer * cquantize; +}; + + +/* "Object" declarations for JPEG modules that may be supplied or called + * directly by the surrounding application. + * As with all objects in the JPEG library, these structs only define the + * publicly visible methods and state variables of a module. Additional + * private fields may exist after the public ones. + */ + + +/* Error handler object */ + +struct jpeg_error_mgr { + /* Error exit handler: does not return to caller */ + JMETHOD(noreturn_t, error_exit, (j_common_ptr cinfo)); + /* Conditionally emit a trace or warning message */ + JMETHOD(void, emit_message, (j_common_ptr cinfo, int msg_level)); + /* Routine that actually outputs a trace or error message */ + JMETHOD(void, output_message, (j_common_ptr cinfo)); + /* Format a message string for the most recent JPEG error or message */ + JMETHOD(void, format_message, (j_common_ptr cinfo, char * buffer)); +#define JMSG_LENGTH_MAX 200 /* recommended size of format_message buffer */ + /* Reset error state variables at start of a new image */ + JMETHOD(void, reset_error_mgr, (j_common_ptr cinfo)); + + /* The message ID code and any parameters are saved here. + * A message can have one string parameter or up to 8 int parameters. + */ + int msg_code; +#define JMSG_STR_PARM_MAX 80 + union { + int i[8]; + char s[JMSG_STR_PARM_MAX]; + } msg_parm; + + /* Standard state variables for error facility */ + + int trace_level; /* max msg_level that will be displayed */ + + /* For recoverable corrupt-data errors, we emit a warning message, + * but keep going unless emit_message chooses to abort. emit_message + * should count warnings in num_warnings. The surrounding application + * can check for bad data by seeing if num_warnings is nonzero at the + * end of processing. + */ + long num_warnings; /* number of corrupt-data warnings */ + + /* These fields point to the table(s) of error message strings. + * An application can change the table pointer to switch to a different + * message list (typically, to change the language in which errors are + * reported). Some applications may wish to add additional error codes + * that will be handled by the JPEG library error mechanism; the second + * table pointer is used for this purpose. + * + * First table includes all errors generated by JPEG library itself. + * Error code 0 is reserved for a "no such error string" message. + */ + const char * const * jpeg_message_table; /* Library errors */ + int last_jpeg_message; /* Table contains strings 0..last_jpeg_message */ + /* Second table can be added by application (see cjpeg/djpeg for example). + * It contains strings numbered first_addon_message..last_addon_message. + */ + const char * const * addon_message_table; /* Non-library errors */ + int first_addon_message; /* code for first string in addon table */ + int last_addon_message; /* code for last string in addon table */ +}; + + +/* Progress monitor object */ + +struct jpeg_progress_mgr { + JMETHOD(void, progress_monitor, (j_common_ptr cinfo)); + + long pass_counter; /* work units completed in this pass */ + long pass_limit; /* total number of work units in this pass */ + int completed_passes; /* passes completed so far */ + int total_passes; /* total number of passes expected */ +}; + + +/* Data destination object for compression */ + +struct jpeg_destination_mgr { + JOCTET * next_output_byte; /* => next byte to write in buffer */ + size_t free_in_buffer; /* # of byte spaces remaining in buffer */ + + JMETHOD(void, init_destination, (j_compress_ptr cinfo)); + JMETHOD(boolean, empty_output_buffer, (j_compress_ptr cinfo)); + JMETHOD(void, term_destination, (j_compress_ptr cinfo)); +}; + + +/* Data source object for decompression */ + +struct jpeg_source_mgr { + const JOCTET * next_input_byte; /* => next byte to read from buffer */ + size_t bytes_in_buffer; /* # of bytes remaining in buffer */ + + JMETHOD(void, init_source, (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)); + JMETHOD(boolean, fill_input_buffer, (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)); + JMETHOD(void, skip_input_data, (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, long num_bytes)); + JMETHOD(boolean, resync_to_restart, (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, int desired)); + JMETHOD(void, term_source, (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)); +}; + + +/* Memory manager object. + * Allocates "small" objects (a few K total), "large" objects (tens of K), + * and "really big" objects (virtual arrays with backing store if needed). + * The memory manager does not allow individual objects to be freed; rather, + * each created object is assigned to a pool, and whole pools can be freed + * at once. This is faster and more convenient than remembering exactly what + * to free, especially where malloc()/free() are not too speedy. + * NB: alloc routines never return NULL. They exit to error_exit if not + * successful. + */ + +#define JPOOL_PERMANENT 0 /* lasts until master record is destroyed */ +#define JPOOL_IMAGE 1 /* lasts until done with image/datastream */ +#define JPOOL_NUMPOOLS 2 + +typedef struct jvirt_sarray_control * jvirt_sarray_ptr; +typedef struct jvirt_barray_control * jvirt_barray_ptr; + + +struct jpeg_memory_mgr { + /* Method pointers */ + JMETHOD(void *, alloc_small, (j_common_ptr cinfo, int pool_id, + size_t sizeofobject)); + JMETHOD(void FAR *, alloc_large, (j_common_ptr cinfo, int pool_id, + size_t sizeofobject)); + JMETHOD(JSAMPARRAY, alloc_sarray, (j_common_ptr cinfo, int pool_id, + JDIMENSION samplesperrow, + JDIMENSION numrows)); + JMETHOD(JBLOCKARRAY, alloc_barray, (j_common_ptr cinfo, int pool_id, + JDIMENSION blocksperrow, + JDIMENSION numrows)); + JMETHOD(jvirt_sarray_ptr, request_virt_sarray, (j_common_ptr cinfo, + int pool_id, + boolean pre_zero, + JDIMENSION samplesperrow, + JDIMENSION numrows, + JDIMENSION maxaccess)); + JMETHOD(jvirt_barray_ptr, request_virt_barray, (j_common_ptr cinfo, + int pool_id, + boolean pre_zero, + JDIMENSION blocksperrow, + JDIMENSION numrows, + JDIMENSION maxaccess)); + JMETHOD(void, realize_virt_arrays, (j_common_ptr cinfo)); + JMETHOD(JSAMPARRAY, access_virt_sarray, (j_common_ptr cinfo, + jvirt_sarray_ptr ptr, + JDIMENSION start_row, + JDIMENSION num_rows, + boolean writable)); + JMETHOD(JBLOCKARRAY, access_virt_barray, (j_common_ptr cinfo, + jvirt_barray_ptr ptr, + JDIMENSION start_row, + JDIMENSION num_rows, + boolean writable)); + JMETHOD(void, free_pool, (j_common_ptr cinfo, int pool_id)); + JMETHOD(void, self_destruct, (j_common_ptr cinfo)); + + /* Limit on memory allocation for this JPEG object. (Note that this is + * merely advisory, not a guaranteed maximum; it only affects the space + * used for virtual-array buffers.) May be changed by outer application + * after creating the JPEG object. + */ + long max_memory_to_use; + + /* Maximum allocation request accepted by alloc_large. */ + long max_alloc_chunk; +}; + + +/* Routine signature for application-supplied marker processing methods. + * Need not pass marker code since it is stored in cinfo->unread_marker. + */ +typedef JMETHOD(boolean, jpeg_marker_parser_method, (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)); + + +/* Declarations for routines called by application. + * The JPP macro hides prototype parameters from compilers that can't cope. + * Note JPP requires double parentheses. + */ + +#ifdef HAVE_PROTOTYPES +#define JPP(arglist) arglist +#else +#define JPP(arglist) () +#endif + + +/* Short forms of external names for systems with brain-damaged linkers. + * We shorten external names to be unique in the first six letters, which + * is good enough for all known systems. + * (If your compiler itself needs names to be unique in less than 15 + * characters, you are out of luck. Get a better compiler.) + */ + +#ifdef NEED_SHORT_EXTERNAL_NAMES +#define jpeg_std_error jStdError +#define jpeg_CreateCompress jCreaCompress +#define jpeg_CreateDecompress jCreaDecompress +#define jpeg_destroy_compress jDestCompress +#define jpeg_destroy_decompress jDestDecompress +#define jpeg_stdio_dest jStdDest +#define jpeg_stdio_src jStdSrc +#define jpeg_mem_dest jMemDest +#define jpeg_mem_src jMemSrc +#define jpeg_set_defaults jSetDefaults +#define jpeg_set_colorspace jSetColorspace +#define jpeg_default_colorspace jDefColorspace +#define jpeg_set_quality jSetQuality +#define jpeg_set_linear_quality jSetLQuality +#define jpeg_default_qtables jDefQTables +#define jpeg_add_quant_table jAddQuantTable +#define jpeg_quality_scaling jQualityScaling +#define jpeg_simple_progression jSimProgress +#define jpeg_suppress_tables jSuppressTables +#define jpeg_alloc_quant_table jAlcQTable +#define jpeg_alloc_huff_table jAlcHTable +#define jpeg_std_huff_table jStdHTable +#define jpeg_start_compress jStrtCompress +#define jpeg_write_scanlines jWrtScanlines +#define jpeg_finish_compress jFinCompress +#define jpeg_calc_jpeg_dimensions jCjpegDimensions +#define jpeg_write_raw_data jWrtRawData +#define jpeg_write_marker jWrtMarker +#define jpeg_write_m_header jWrtMHeader +#define jpeg_write_m_byte jWrtMByte +#define jpeg_write_tables jWrtTables +#define jpeg_read_header jReadHeader +#define jpeg_start_decompress jStrtDecompress +#define jpeg_read_scanlines jReadScanlines +#define jpeg_finish_decompress jFinDecompress +#define jpeg_read_raw_data jReadRawData +#define jpeg_has_multiple_scans jHasMultScn +#define jpeg_start_output jStrtOutput +#define jpeg_finish_output jFinOutput +#define jpeg_input_complete jInComplete +#define jpeg_new_colormap jNewCMap +#define jpeg_consume_input jConsumeInput +#define jpeg_core_output_dimensions jCoreDimensions +#define jpeg_calc_output_dimensions jCalcDimensions +#define jpeg_save_markers jSaveMarkers +#define jpeg_set_marker_processor jSetMarker +#define jpeg_read_coefficients jReadCoefs +#define jpeg_write_coefficients jWrtCoefs +#define jpeg_copy_critical_parameters jCopyCrit +#define jpeg_abort_compress jAbrtCompress +#define jpeg_abort_decompress jAbrtDecompress +#define jpeg_abort jAbort +#define jpeg_destroy jDestroy +#define jpeg_resync_to_restart jResyncRestart +#endif /* NEED_SHORT_EXTERNAL_NAMES */ + + +/* Default error-management setup */ +EXTERN(struct jpeg_error_mgr *) jpeg_std_error + JPP((struct jpeg_error_mgr * err)); + +/* Initialization of JPEG compression objects. + * jpeg_create_compress() and jpeg_create_decompress() are the exported + * names that applications should call. These expand to calls on + * jpeg_CreateCompress and jpeg_CreateDecompress with additional information + * passed for version mismatch checking. + * NB: you must set up the error-manager BEFORE calling jpeg_create_xxx. + */ +#define jpeg_create_compress(cinfo) \ + jpeg_CreateCompress((cinfo), JPEG_LIB_VERSION, \ + (size_t) sizeof(struct jpeg_compress_struct)) +#define jpeg_create_decompress(cinfo) \ + jpeg_CreateDecompress((cinfo), JPEG_LIB_VERSION, \ + (size_t) sizeof(struct jpeg_decompress_struct)) +EXTERN(void) jpeg_CreateCompress JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, + int version, size_t structsize)); +EXTERN(void) jpeg_CreateDecompress JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, + int version, size_t structsize)); +/* Destruction of JPEG compression objects */ +EXTERN(void) jpeg_destroy_compress JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo)); +EXTERN(void) jpeg_destroy_decompress JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo)); + +/* Standard data source and destination managers: stdio streams. */ +/* Caller is responsible for opening the file before and closing after. */ +EXTERN(void) jpeg_stdio_dest JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, FILE * outfile)); +EXTERN(void) jpeg_stdio_src JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, FILE * infile)); + +/* Data source and destination managers: memory buffers. */ +EXTERN(void) jpeg_mem_dest JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, + unsigned char ** outbuffer, + size_t * outsize)); +EXTERN(void) jpeg_mem_src JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, + const unsigned char * inbuffer, + size_t insize)); + +/* Default parameter setup for compression */ +EXTERN(void) jpeg_set_defaults JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo)); +/* Compression parameter setup aids */ +EXTERN(void) jpeg_set_colorspace JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, + J_COLOR_SPACE colorspace)); +EXTERN(void) jpeg_default_colorspace JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo)); +EXTERN(void) jpeg_set_quality JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, int quality, + boolean force_baseline)); +EXTERN(void) jpeg_set_linear_quality JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, + int scale_factor, + boolean force_baseline)); +EXTERN(void) jpeg_default_qtables JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, + boolean force_baseline)); +EXTERN(void) jpeg_add_quant_table JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, int which_tbl, + const unsigned int *basic_table, + int scale_factor, + boolean force_baseline)); +EXTERN(int) jpeg_quality_scaling JPP((int quality)); +EXTERN(void) jpeg_simple_progression JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo)); +EXTERN(void) jpeg_suppress_tables JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, + boolean suppress)); +EXTERN(JQUANT_TBL *) jpeg_alloc_quant_table JPP((j_common_ptr cinfo)); +EXTERN(JHUFF_TBL *) jpeg_alloc_huff_table JPP((j_common_ptr cinfo)); +EXTERN(JHUFF_TBL *) jpeg_std_huff_table JPP((j_common_ptr cinfo, + boolean isDC, int tblno)); + +/* Main entry points for compression */ +EXTERN(void) jpeg_start_compress JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, + boolean write_all_tables)); +EXTERN(JDIMENSION) jpeg_write_scanlines JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, + JSAMPARRAY scanlines, + JDIMENSION num_lines)); +EXTERN(void) jpeg_finish_compress JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo)); + +/* Precalculate JPEG dimensions for current compression parameters. */ +EXTERN(void) jpeg_calc_jpeg_dimensions JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo)); + +/* Replaces jpeg_write_scanlines when writing raw downsampled data. */ +EXTERN(JDIMENSION) jpeg_write_raw_data JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, + JSAMPIMAGE data, + JDIMENSION num_lines)); + +/* Write a special marker. See libjpeg.txt concerning safe usage. */ +EXTERN(void) jpeg_write_marker + JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, int marker, + const JOCTET * dataptr, unsigned int datalen)); +/* Same, but piecemeal. */ +EXTERN(void) jpeg_write_m_header + JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, int marker, unsigned int datalen)); +EXTERN(void) jpeg_write_m_byte + JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, int val)); + +/* Alternate compression function: just write an abbreviated table file */ +EXTERN(void) jpeg_write_tables JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo)); + +/* Decompression startup: read start of JPEG datastream to see what's there */ +EXTERN(int) jpeg_read_header JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, + boolean require_image)); +/* Return value is one of: */ +#define JPEG_SUSPENDED 0 /* Suspended due to lack of input data */ +#define JPEG_HEADER_OK 1 /* Found valid image datastream */ +#define JPEG_HEADER_TABLES_ONLY 2 /* Found valid table-specs-only datastream */ +/* If you pass require_image = TRUE (normal case), you need not check for + * a TABLES_ONLY return code; an abbreviated file will cause an error exit. + * JPEG_SUSPENDED is only possible if you use a data source module that can + * give a suspension return (the stdio source module doesn't). + */ + +/* Main entry points for decompression */ +EXTERN(boolean) jpeg_start_decompress JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo)); +EXTERN(JDIMENSION) jpeg_read_scanlines JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, + JSAMPARRAY scanlines, + JDIMENSION max_lines)); +EXTERN(boolean) jpeg_finish_decompress JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo)); + +/* Replaces jpeg_read_scanlines when reading raw downsampled data. */ +EXTERN(JDIMENSION) jpeg_read_raw_data JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, + JSAMPIMAGE data, + JDIMENSION max_lines)); + +/* Additional entry points for buffered-image mode. */ +EXTERN(boolean) jpeg_has_multiple_scans JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo)); +EXTERN(boolean) jpeg_start_output JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, + int scan_number)); +EXTERN(boolean) jpeg_finish_output JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo)); +EXTERN(boolean) jpeg_input_complete JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo)); +EXTERN(void) jpeg_new_colormap JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo)); +EXTERN(int) jpeg_consume_input JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo)); +/* Return value is one of: */ +/* #define JPEG_SUSPENDED 0 Suspended due to lack of input data */ +#define JPEG_REACHED_SOS 1 /* Reached start of new scan */ +#define JPEG_REACHED_EOI 2 /* Reached end of image */ +#define JPEG_ROW_COMPLETED 3 /* Completed one iMCU row */ +#define JPEG_SCAN_COMPLETED 4 /* Completed last iMCU row of a scan */ + +/* Precalculate output dimensions for current decompression parameters. */ +EXTERN(void) jpeg_core_output_dimensions JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo)); +EXTERN(void) jpeg_calc_output_dimensions JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo)); + +/* Control saving of COM and APPn markers into marker_list. */ +EXTERN(void) jpeg_save_markers + JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, int marker_code, + unsigned int length_limit)); + +/* Install a special processing method for COM or APPn markers. */ +EXTERN(void) jpeg_set_marker_processor + JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, int marker_code, + jpeg_marker_parser_method routine)); + +/* Read or write raw DCT coefficients --- useful for lossless transcoding. */ +EXTERN(jvirt_barray_ptr *) jpeg_read_coefficients JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo)); +EXTERN(void) jpeg_write_coefficients JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, + jvirt_barray_ptr * coef_arrays)); +EXTERN(void) jpeg_copy_critical_parameters JPP((j_decompress_ptr srcinfo, + j_compress_ptr dstinfo)); + +/* If you choose to abort compression or decompression before completing + * jpeg_finish_(de)compress, then you need to clean up to release memory, + * temporary files, etc. You can just call jpeg_destroy_(de)compress + * if you're done with the JPEG object, but if you want to clean it up and + * reuse it, call this: + */ +EXTERN(void) jpeg_abort_compress JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo)); +EXTERN(void) jpeg_abort_decompress JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo)); + +/* Generic versions of jpeg_abort and jpeg_destroy that work on either + * flavor of JPEG object. These may be more convenient in some places. + */ +EXTERN(void) jpeg_abort JPP((j_common_ptr cinfo)); +EXTERN(void) jpeg_destroy JPP((j_common_ptr cinfo)); + +/* Default restart-marker-resync procedure for use by data source modules */ +EXTERN(boolean) jpeg_resync_to_restart JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, + int desired)); + + +/* These marker codes are exported since applications and data source modules + * are likely to want to use them. + */ + +#define JPEG_RST0 0xD0 /* RST0 marker code */ +#define JPEG_EOI 0xD9 /* EOI marker code */ +#define JPEG_APP0 0xE0 /* APP0 marker code */ +#define JPEG_COM 0xFE /* COM marker code */ + + +/* If we have a brain-damaged compiler that emits warnings (or worse, errors) + * for structure definitions that are never filled in, keep it quiet by + * supplying dummy definitions for the various substructures. + */ + +#ifdef INCOMPLETE_TYPES_BROKEN +#ifndef JPEG_INTERNALS /* will be defined in jpegint.h */ +struct jvirt_sarray_control { long dummy; }; +struct jvirt_barray_control { long dummy; }; +struct jpeg_comp_master { long dummy; }; +struct jpeg_c_main_controller { long dummy; }; +struct jpeg_c_prep_controller { long dummy; }; +struct jpeg_c_coef_controller { long dummy; }; +struct jpeg_marker_writer { long dummy; }; +struct jpeg_color_converter { long dummy; }; +struct jpeg_downsampler { long dummy; }; +struct jpeg_forward_dct { long dummy; }; +struct jpeg_entropy_encoder { long dummy; }; +struct jpeg_decomp_master { long dummy; }; +struct jpeg_d_main_controller { long dummy; }; +struct jpeg_d_coef_controller { long dummy; }; +struct jpeg_d_post_controller { long dummy; }; +struct jpeg_input_controller { long dummy; }; +struct jpeg_marker_reader { long dummy; }; +struct jpeg_entropy_decoder { long dummy; }; +struct jpeg_inverse_dct { long dummy; }; +struct jpeg_upsampler { long dummy; }; +struct jpeg_color_deconverter { long dummy; }; +struct jpeg_color_quantizer { long dummy; }; +#endif /* JPEG_INTERNALS */ +#endif /* INCOMPLETE_TYPES_BROKEN */ + + +/* + * The JPEG library modules define JPEG_INTERNALS before including this file. + * The internal structure declarations are read only when that is true. + * Applications using the library should not include jpegint.h, but may wish + * to include jerror.h. + */ + +#ifdef JPEG_INTERNALS +#include "jpegint.h" /* fetch private declarations */ +#include "jerror.h" /* fetch error codes too */ +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +#ifndef DONT_USE_EXTERN_C +} +#endif +#endif + +#endif /* JPEGLIB_H */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/mp3lame/lame.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/mp3lame/lame.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5196690f --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/mp3lame/lame.h @@ -0,0 +1,1342 @@ +/* + * Interface to MP3 LAME encoding engine + * + * Copyright (c) 1999 Mark Taylor + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Library General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the + * Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, + * Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + */ + +/* $Id: lame.h,v 1.192 2017/08/31 14:14:46 robert Exp $ */ + +#ifndef LAME_LAME_H +#define LAME_LAME_H + +/* for size_t typedef */ +#include <stddef.h> +/* for va_list typedef */ +#include <stdarg.h> +/* for FILE typedef, TODO: remove when removing lame_mp3_tags_fid */ +#include <stdio.h> + +#if defined(__cplusplus) +extern "C" { +#endif + +typedef void (*lame_report_function)(const char *format, va_list ap); + +#if defined(WIN32) || defined(_WIN32) +#undef CDECL +#define CDECL __cdecl +#else +#define CDECL +#endif + +#define DEPRECATED_OR_OBSOLETE_CODE_REMOVED 1 + +typedef enum vbr_mode_e { + vbr_off=0, + vbr_mt, /* obsolete, same as vbr_mtrh */ + vbr_rh, + vbr_abr, + vbr_mtrh, + vbr_max_indicator, /* Don't use this! It's used for sanity checks. */ + vbr_default=vbr_mtrh /* change this to change the default VBR mode of LAME */ +} vbr_mode; + + +/* MPEG modes */ +typedef enum MPEG_mode_e { + STEREO = 0, + JOINT_STEREO, + DUAL_CHANNEL, /* LAME doesn't supports this! */ + MONO, + NOT_SET, + MAX_INDICATOR /* Don't use this! It's used for sanity checks. */ +} MPEG_mode; + +/* Padding types */ +typedef enum Padding_type_e { + PAD_NO = 0, + PAD_ALL, + PAD_ADJUST, + PAD_MAX_INDICATOR /* Don't use this! It's used for sanity checks. */ +} Padding_type; + + + +/*presets*/ +typedef enum preset_mode_e { + /*values from 8 to 320 should be reserved for abr bitrates*/ + /*for abr I'd suggest to directly use the targeted bitrate as a value*/ + ABR_8 = 8, + ABR_320 = 320, + + V9 = 410, /*Vx to match Lame and VBR_xx to match FhG*/ + VBR_10 = 410, + V8 = 420, + VBR_20 = 420, + V7 = 430, + VBR_30 = 430, + V6 = 440, + VBR_40 = 440, + V5 = 450, + VBR_50 = 450, + V4 = 460, + VBR_60 = 460, + V3 = 470, + VBR_70 = 470, + V2 = 480, + VBR_80 = 480, + V1 = 490, + VBR_90 = 490, + V0 = 500, + VBR_100 = 500, + + + + /*still there for compatibility*/ + R3MIX = 1000, + STANDARD = 1001, + EXTREME = 1002, + INSANE = 1003, + STANDARD_FAST = 1004, + EXTREME_FAST = 1005, + MEDIUM = 1006, + MEDIUM_FAST = 1007 +} preset_mode; + + +/*asm optimizations*/ +typedef enum asm_optimizations_e { + MMX = 1, + AMD_3DNOW = 2, + SSE = 3 +} asm_optimizations; + + +/* psychoacoustic model */ +typedef enum Psy_model_e { + PSY_GPSYCHO = 1, + PSY_NSPSYTUNE = 2 +} Psy_model; + + +/* buffer considerations */ +typedef enum buffer_constraint_e { + MDB_DEFAULT=0, + MDB_STRICT_ISO=1, + MDB_MAXIMUM=2 +} buffer_constraint; + + +struct lame_global_struct; +typedef struct lame_global_struct lame_global_flags; +typedef lame_global_flags *lame_t; + + + + +/*********************************************************************** + * + * The LAME API + * These functions should be called, in this order, for each + * MP3 file to be encoded. See the file "API" for more documentation + * + ***********************************************************************/ + + +/* + * REQUIRED: + * initialize the encoder. sets default for all encoder parameters, + * returns NULL if some malloc()'s failed + * otherwise returns pointer to structure needed for all future + * API calls. + */ +lame_global_flags * CDECL lame_init(void); +#if DEPRECATED_OR_OBSOLETE_CODE_REMOVED +#else +/* obsolete version */ +int CDECL lame_init_old(lame_global_flags *); +#endif + +/* + * OPTIONAL: + * set as needed to override defaults + */ + +/******************************************************************** + * input stream description + ***********************************************************************/ +/* number of samples. default = 2^32-1 */ +int CDECL lame_set_num_samples(lame_global_flags *, unsigned long); +unsigned long CDECL lame_get_num_samples(const lame_global_flags *); + +/* input sample rate in Hz. default = 44100hz */ +int CDECL lame_set_in_samplerate(lame_global_flags *, int); +int CDECL lame_get_in_samplerate(const lame_global_flags *); + +/* number of channels in input stream. default=2 */ +int CDECL lame_set_num_channels(lame_global_flags *, int); +int CDECL lame_get_num_channels(const lame_global_flags *); + +/* + scale the input by this amount before encoding. default=1 + (not used by decoding routines) +*/ +int CDECL lame_set_scale(lame_global_flags *, float); +float CDECL lame_get_scale(const lame_global_flags *); + +/* + scale the channel 0 (left) input by this amount before encoding. default=1 + (not used by decoding routines) +*/ +int CDECL lame_set_scale_left(lame_global_flags *, float); +float CDECL lame_get_scale_left(const lame_global_flags *); + +/* + scale the channel 1 (right) input by this amount before encoding. default=1 + (not used by decoding routines) +*/ +int CDECL lame_set_scale_right(lame_global_flags *, float); +float CDECL lame_get_scale_right(const lame_global_flags *); + +/* + output sample rate in Hz. default = 0, which means LAME picks best value + based on the amount of compression. MPEG only allows: + MPEG1 32, 44.1, 48khz + MPEG2 16, 22.05, 24 + MPEG2.5 8, 11.025, 12 + (not used by decoding routines) +*/ +int CDECL lame_set_out_samplerate(lame_global_flags *, int); +int CDECL lame_get_out_samplerate(const lame_global_flags *); + + +/******************************************************************** + * general control parameters + ***********************************************************************/ +/* 1=cause LAME to collect data for an MP3 frame analyzer. default=0 */ +int CDECL lame_set_analysis(lame_global_flags *, int); +int CDECL lame_get_analysis(const lame_global_flags *); + +/* + 1 = write a Xing VBR header frame. + default = 1 + this variable must have been added by a Hungarian notation Windows programmer :-) +*/ +int CDECL lame_set_bWriteVbrTag(lame_global_flags *, int); +int CDECL lame_get_bWriteVbrTag(const lame_global_flags *); + +/* 1=decode only. use lame/mpglib to convert mp3/ogg to wav. default=0 */ +int CDECL lame_set_decode_only(lame_global_flags *, int); +int CDECL lame_get_decode_only(const lame_global_flags *); + +#if DEPRECATED_OR_OBSOLETE_CODE_REMOVED +#else +/* 1=encode a Vorbis .ogg file. default=0 */ +/* DEPRECATED */ +int CDECL lame_set_ogg(lame_global_flags *, int); +int CDECL lame_get_ogg(const lame_global_flags *); +#endif + +/* + internal algorithm selection. True quality is determined by the bitrate + but this variable will effect quality by selecting expensive or cheap algorithms. + quality=0..9. 0=best (very slow). 9=worst. + recommended: 2 near-best quality, not too slow + 5 good quality, fast + 7 ok quality, really fast +*/ +int CDECL lame_set_quality(lame_global_flags *, int); +int CDECL lame_get_quality(const lame_global_flags *); + +/* + mode = 0,1,2,3 = stereo, jstereo, dual channel (not supported), mono + default: lame picks based on compression ration and input channels +*/ +int CDECL lame_set_mode(lame_global_flags *, MPEG_mode); +MPEG_mode CDECL lame_get_mode(const lame_global_flags *); + +#if DEPRECATED_OR_OBSOLETE_CODE_REMOVED +#else +/* + mode_automs. Use a M/S mode with a switching threshold based on + compression ratio + DEPRECATED +*/ +int CDECL lame_set_mode_automs(lame_global_flags *, int); +int CDECL lame_get_mode_automs(const lame_global_flags *); +#endif + +/* + force_ms. Force M/S for all frames. For testing only. + default = 0 (disabled) +*/ +int CDECL lame_set_force_ms(lame_global_flags *, int); +int CDECL lame_get_force_ms(const lame_global_flags *); + +/* use free_format? default = 0 (disabled) */ +int CDECL lame_set_free_format(lame_global_flags *, int); +int CDECL lame_get_free_format(const lame_global_flags *); + +/* perform ReplayGain analysis? default = 0 (disabled) */ +int CDECL lame_set_findReplayGain(lame_global_flags *, int); +int CDECL lame_get_findReplayGain(const lame_global_flags *); + +/* decode on the fly. Search for the peak sample. If the ReplayGain + * analysis is enabled then perform the analysis on the decoded data + * stream. default = 0 (disabled) + * NOTE: if this option is set the build-in decoder should not be used */ +int CDECL lame_set_decode_on_the_fly(lame_global_flags *, int); +int CDECL lame_get_decode_on_the_fly(const lame_global_flags *); + +#if DEPRECATED_OR_OBSOLETE_CODE_REMOVED +#else +/* DEPRECATED: now does the same as lame_set_findReplayGain() + default = 0 (disabled) */ +int CDECL lame_set_ReplayGain_input(lame_global_flags *, int); +int CDECL lame_get_ReplayGain_input(const lame_global_flags *); + +/* DEPRECATED: now does the same as + lame_set_decode_on_the_fly() && lame_set_findReplayGain() + default = 0 (disabled) */ +int CDECL lame_set_ReplayGain_decode(lame_global_flags *, int); +int CDECL lame_get_ReplayGain_decode(const lame_global_flags *); + +/* DEPRECATED: now does the same as lame_set_decode_on_the_fly() + default = 0 (disabled) */ +int CDECL lame_set_findPeakSample(lame_global_flags *, int); +int CDECL lame_get_findPeakSample(const lame_global_flags *); +#endif + +/* counters for gapless encoding */ +int CDECL lame_set_nogap_total(lame_global_flags*, int); +int CDECL lame_get_nogap_total(const lame_global_flags*); + +int CDECL lame_set_nogap_currentindex(lame_global_flags* , int); +int CDECL lame_get_nogap_currentindex(const lame_global_flags*); + + +/* + * OPTIONAL: + * Set printf like error/debug/message reporting functions. + * The second argument has to be a pointer to a function which looks like + * void my_debugf(const char *format, va_list ap) + * { + * (void) vfprintf(stdout, format, ap); + * } + * If you use NULL as the value of the pointer in the set function, the + * lame buildin function will be used (prints to stderr). + * To quiet any output you have to replace the body of the example function + * with just "return;" and use it in the set function. + */ +int CDECL lame_set_errorf(lame_global_flags *, lame_report_function); +int CDECL lame_set_debugf(lame_global_flags *, lame_report_function); +int CDECL lame_set_msgf (lame_global_flags *, lame_report_function); + + + +/* set one of brate compression ratio. default is compression ratio of 11. */ +int CDECL lame_set_brate(lame_global_flags *, int); +int CDECL lame_get_brate(const lame_global_flags *); +int CDECL lame_set_compression_ratio(lame_global_flags *, float); +float CDECL lame_get_compression_ratio(const lame_global_flags *); + + +int CDECL lame_set_preset( lame_global_flags* gfp, int ); +int CDECL lame_set_asm_optimizations( lame_global_flags* gfp, int, int ); + + + +/******************************************************************** + * frame params + ***********************************************************************/ +/* mark as copyright. default=0 */ +int CDECL lame_set_copyright(lame_global_flags *, int); +int CDECL lame_get_copyright(const lame_global_flags *); + +/* mark as original. default=1 */ +int CDECL lame_set_original(lame_global_flags *, int); +int CDECL lame_get_original(const lame_global_flags *); + +/* error_protection. Use 2 bytes from each frame for CRC checksum. default=0 */ +int CDECL lame_set_error_protection(lame_global_flags *, int); +int CDECL lame_get_error_protection(const lame_global_flags *); + +#if DEPRECATED_OR_OBSOLETE_CODE_REMOVED +#else +/* padding_type. 0=pad no frames 1=pad all frames 2=adjust padding(default) */ +int CDECL lame_set_padding_type(lame_global_flags *, Padding_type); +Padding_type CDECL lame_get_padding_type(const lame_global_flags *); +#endif + +/* MP3 'private extension' bit Meaningless. default=0 */ +int CDECL lame_set_extension(lame_global_flags *, int); +int CDECL lame_get_extension(const lame_global_flags *); + +/* enforce strict ISO compliance. default=0 */ +int CDECL lame_set_strict_ISO(lame_global_flags *, int); +int CDECL lame_get_strict_ISO(const lame_global_flags *); + + +/******************************************************************** + * quantization/noise shaping + ***********************************************************************/ + +/* disable the bit reservoir. For testing only. default=0 */ +int CDECL lame_set_disable_reservoir(lame_global_flags *, int); +int CDECL lame_get_disable_reservoir(const lame_global_flags *); + +/* select a different "best quantization" function. default=0 */ +int CDECL lame_set_quant_comp(lame_global_flags *, int); +int CDECL lame_get_quant_comp(const lame_global_flags *); +int CDECL lame_set_quant_comp_short(lame_global_flags *, int); +int CDECL lame_get_quant_comp_short(const lame_global_flags *); + +int CDECL lame_set_experimentalX(lame_global_flags *, int); /* compatibility*/ +int CDECL lame_get_experimentalX(const lame_global_flags *); + +/* another experimental option. for testing only */ +int CDECL lame_set_experimentalY(lame_global_flags *, int); +int CDECL lame_get_experimentalY(const lame_global_flags *); + +/* another experimental option. for testing only */ +int CDECL lame_set_experimentalZ(lame_global_flags *, int); +int CDECL lame_get_experimentalZ(const lame_global_flags *); + +/* Naoki's psycho acoustic model. default=0 */ +int CDECL lame_set_exp_nspsytune(lame_global_flags *, int); +int CDECL lame_get_exp_nspsytune(const lame_global_flags *); + +void CDECL lame_set_msfix(lame_global_flags *, double); +float CDECL lame_get_msfix(const lame_global_flags *); + + +/******************************************************************** + * VBR control + ***********************************************************************/ +/* Types of VBR. default = vbr_off = CBR */ +int CDECL lame_set_VBR(lame_global_flags *, vbr_mode); +vbr_mode CDECL lame_get_VBR(const lame_global_flags *); + +/* VBR quality level. 0=highest 9=lowest */ +int CDECL lame_set_VBR_q(lame_global_flags *, int); +int CDECL lame_get_VBR_q(const lame_global_flags *); + +/* VBR quality level. 0=highest 9=lowest, Range [0,...,10[ */ +int CDECL lame_set_VBR_quality(lame_global_flags *, float); +float CDECL lame_get_VBR_quality(const lame_global_flags *); + +/* Ignored except for VBR=vbr_abr (ABR mode) */ +int CDECL lame_set_VBR_mean_bitrate_kbps(lame_global_flags *, int); +int CDECL lame_get_VBR_mean_bitrate_kbps(const lame_global_flags *); + +int CDECL lame_set_VBR_min_bitrate_kbps(lame_global_flags *, int); +int CDECL lame_get_VBR_min_bitrate_kbps(const lame_global_flags *); + +int CDECL lame_set_VBR_max_bitrate_kbps(lame_global_flags *, int); +int CDECL lame_get_VBR_max_bitrate_kbps(const lame_global_flags *); + +/* + 1=strictly enforce VBR_min_bitrate. Normally it will be violated for + analog silence +*/ +int CDECL lame_set_VBR_hard_min(lame_global_flags *, int); +int CDECL lame_get_VBR_hard_min(const lame_global_flags *); + +/* for preset */ +#if DEPRECATED_OR_OBSOLETE_CODE_REMOVED +#else +int CDECL lame_set_preset_expopts(lame_global_flags *, int); +#endif + +/******************************************************************** + * Filtering control + ***********************************************************************/ +/* freq in Hz to apply lowpass. Default = 0 = lame chooses. -1 = disabled */ +int CDECL lame_set_lowpassfreq(lame_global_flags *, int); +int CDECL lame_get_lowpassfreq(const lame_global_flags *); +/* width of transition band, in Hz. Default = one polyphase filter band */ +int CDECL lame_set_lowpasswidth(lame_global_flags *, int); +int CDECL lame_get_lowpasswidth(const lame_global_flags *); + +/* freq in Hz to apply highpass. Default = 0 = lame chooses. -1 = disabled */ +int CDECL lame_set_highpassfreq(lame_global_flags *, int); +int CDECL lame_get_highpassfreq(const lame_global_flags *); +/* width of transition band, in Hz. Default = one polyphase filter band */ +int CDECL lame_set_highpasswidth(lame_global_flags *, int); +int CDECL lame_get_highpasswidth(const lame_global_flags *); + + +/******************************************************************** + * psycho acoustics and other arguments which you should not change + * unless you know what you are doing + ***********************************************************************/ + +/* only use ATH for masking */ +int CDECL lame_set_ATHonly(lame_global_flags *, int); +int CDECL lame_get_ATHonly(const lame_global_flags *); + +/* only use ATH for short blocks */ +int CDECL lame_set_ATHshort(lame_global_flags *, int); +int CDECL lame_get_ATHshort(const lame_global_flags *); + +/* disable ATH */ +int CDECL lame_set_noATH(lame_global_flags *, int); +int CDECL lame_get_noATH(const lame_global_flags *); + +/* select ATH formula */ +int CDECL lame_set_ATHtype(lame_global_flags *, int); +int CDECL lame_get_ATHtype(const lame_global_flags *); + +/* lower ATH by this many db */ +int CDECL lame_set_ATHlower(lame_global_flags *, float); +float CDECL lame_get_ATHlower(const lame_global_flags *); + +/* select ATH adaptive adjustment type */ +int CDECL lame_set_athaa_type( lame_global_flags *, int); +int CDECL lame_get_athaa_type( const lame_global_flags *); + +#if DEPRECATED_OR_OBSOLETE_CODE_REMOVED +#else +/* select the loudness approximation used by the ATH adaptive auto-leveling */ +int CDECL lame_set_athaa_loudapprox( lame_global_flags *, int); +int CDECL lame_get_athaa_loudapprox( const lame_global_flags *); +#endif + +/* adjust (in dB) the point below which adaptive ATH level adjustment occurs */ +int CDECL lame_set_athaa_sensitivity( lame_global_flags *, float); +float CDECL lame_get_athaa_sensitivity( const lame_global_flags* ); + +#if DEPRECATED_OR_OBSOLETE_CODE_REMOVED +#else +/* OBSOLETE: predictability limit (ISO tonality formula) */ +int CDECL lame_set_cwlimit(lame_global_flags *, int); +int CDECL lame_get_cwlimit(const lame_global_flags *); +#endif + +/* + allow blocktypes to differ between channels? + default: 0 for jstereo, 1 for stereo +*/ +int CDECL lame_set_allow_diff_short(lame_global_flags *, int); +int CDECL lame_get_allow_diff_short(const lame_global_flags *); + +/* use temporal masking effect (default = 1) */ +int CDECL lame_set_useTemporal(lame_global_flags *, int); +int CDECL lame_get_useTemporal(const lame_global_flags *); + +/* use temporal masking effect (default = 1) */ +int CDECL lame_set_interChRatio(lame_global_flags *, float); +float CDECL lame_get_interChRatio(const lame_global_flags *); + +/* disable short blocks */ +int CDECL lame_set_no_short_blocks(lame_global_flags *, int); +int CDECL lame_get_no_short_blocks(const lame_global_flags *); + +/* force short blocks */ +int CDECL lame_set_force_short_blocks(lame_global_flags *, int); +int CDECL lame_get_force_short_blocks(const lame_global_flags *); + +/* Input PCM is emphased PCM (for instance from one of the rarely + emphased CDs), it is STRONGLY not recommended to use this, because + psycho does not take it into account, and last but not least many decoders + ignore these bits */ +int CDECL lame_set_emphasis(lame_global_flags *, int); +int CDECL lame_get_emphasis(const lame_global_flags *); + + + +/************************************************************************/ +/* internal variables, cannot be set... */ +/* provided because they may be of use to calling application */ +/************************************************************************/ +/* version 0=MPEG-2 1=MPEG-1 (2=MPEG-2.5) */ +int CDECL lame_get_version(const lame_global_flags *); + +/* encoder delay */ +int CDECL lame_get_encoder_delay(const lame_global_flags *); + +/* + padding appended to the input to make sure decoder can fully decode + all input. Note that this value can only be calculated during the + call to lame_encoder_flush(). Before lame_encoder_flush() has + been called, the value of encoder_padding = 0. +*/ +int CDECL lame_get_encoder_padding(const lame_global_flags *); + +/* size of MPEG frame */ +int CDECL lame_get_framesize(const lame_global_flags *); + +/* number of PCM samples buffered, but not yet encoded to mp3 data. */ +int CDECL lame_get_mf_samples_to_encode( const lame_global_flags* gfp ); + +/* + size (bytes) of mp3 data buffered, but not yet encoded. + this is the number of bytes which would be output by a call to + lame_encode_flush_nogap. NOTE: lame_encode_flush() will return + more bytes than this because it will encode the reamining buffered + PCM samples before flushing the mp3 buffers. +*/ +int CDECL lame_get_size_mp3buffer( const lame_global_flags* gfp ); + +/* number of frames encoded so far */ +int CDECL lame_get_frameNum(const lame_global_flags *); + +/* + lame's estimate of the total number of frames to be encoded + only valid if calling program set num_samples +*/ +int CDECL lame_get_totalframes(const lame_global_flags *); + +/* RadioGain value. Multiplied by 10 and rounded to the nearest. */ +int CDECL lame_get_RadioGain(const lame_global_flags *); + +/* AudiophileGain value. Multipled by 10 and rounded to the nearest. */ +int CDECL lame_get_AudiophileGain(const lame_global_flags *); + +/* the peak sample */ +float CDECL lame_get_PeakSample(const lame_global_flags *); + +/* Gain change required for preventing clipping. The value is correct only if + peak sample searching was enabled. If negative then the waveform + already does not clip. The value is multiplied by 10 and rounded up. */ +int CDECL lame_get_noclipGainChange(const lame_global_flags *); + +/* user-specified scale factor required for preventing clipping. Value is + correct only if peak sample searching was enabled and no user-specified + scaling was performed. If negative then either the waveform already does + not clip or the value cannot be determined */ +float CDECL lame_get_noclipScale(const lame_global_flags *); + +/* returns the limit of PCM samples, which one can pass in an encode call + under the constrain of a provided buffer of size buffer_size */ +int CDECL lame_get_maximum_number_of_samples(lame_t gfp, size_t buffer_size); + + + + +/* + * REQUIRED: + * sets more internal configuration based on data provided above. + * returns -1 if something failed. + */ +int CDECL lame_init_params(lame_global_flags *); + + +/* + * OPTIONAL: + * get the version number, in a string. of the form: + * "3.63 (beta)" or just "3.63". + */ +const char* CDECL get_lame_version ( void ); +const char* CDECL get_lame_short_version ( void ); +const char* CDECL get_lame_very_short_version ( void ); +const char* CDECL get_psy_version ( void ); +const char* CDECL get_lame_url ( void ); +const char* CDECL get_lame_os_bitness ( void ); + +/* + * OPTIONAL: + * get the version numbers in numerical form. + */ +typedef struct { + /* generic LAME version */ + int major; + int minor; + int alpha; /* 0 if not an alpha version */ + int beta; /* 0 if not a beta version */ + + /* version of the psy model */ + int psy_major; + int psy_minor; + int psy_alpha; /* 0 if not an alpha version */ + int psy_beta; /* 0 if not a beta version */ + + /* compile time features */ + const char *features; /* Don't make assumptions about the contents! */ +} lame_version_t; +void CDECL get_lame_version_numerical(lame_version_t *); + + +/* + * OPTIONAL: + * print internal lame configuration to message handler + */ +void CDECL lame_print_config(const lame_global_flags* gfp); + +void CDECL lame_print_internals( const lame_global_flags *gfp); + + +/* + * input pcm data, output (maybe) mp3 frames. + * This routine handles all buffering, resampling and filtering for you. + * + * return code number of bytes output in mp3buf. Can be 0 + * -1: mp3buf was too small + * -2: malloc() problem + * -3: lame_init_params() not called + * -4: psycho acoustic problems + * + * The required mp3buf_size can be computed from num_samples, + * samplerate and encoding rate, but here is a worst case estimate: + * + * mp3buf_size in bytes = 1.25*num_samples + 7200 + * + * I think a tighter bound could be: (mt, March 2000) + * MPEG1: + * num_samples*(bitrate/8)/samplerate + 4*1152*(bitrate/8)/samplerate + 512 + * MPEG2: + * num_samples*(bitrate/8)/samplerate + 4*576*(bitrate/8)/samplerate + 256 + * + * but test first if you use that! + * + * set mp3buf_size = 0 and LAME will not check if mp3buf_size is + * large enough. + * + * NOTE: + * if gfp->num_channels=2, but gfp->mode = 3 (mono), the L & R channels + * will be averaged into the L channel before encoding only the L channel + * This will overwrite the data in buffer_l[] and buffer_r[]. + * +*/ +int CDECL lame_encode_buffer ( + lame_global_flags* gfp, /* global context handle */ + const short int buffer_l [], /* PCM data for left channel */ + const short int buffer_r [], /* PCM data for right channel */ + const int nsamples, /* number of samples per channel */ + unsigned char* mp3buf, /* pointer to encoded MP3 stream */ + const int mp3buf_size ); /* number of valid octets in this + stream */ + +/* + * as above, but input has L & R channel data interleaved. + * NOTE: + * num_samples = number of samples in the L (or R) + * channel, not the total number of samples in pcm[] + */ +int CDECL lame_encode_buffer_interleaved( + lame_global_flags* gfp, /* global context handlei */ + short int pcm[], /* PCM data for left and right + channel, interleaved */ + int num_samples, /* number of samples per channel, + _not_ number of samples in + pcm[] */ + unsigned char* mp3buf, /* pointer to encoded MP3 stream */ + int mp3buf_size ); /* number of valid octets in this + stream */ + + +/* as lame_encode_buffer, but for 'float's. + * !! NOTE: !! data must still be scaled to be in the same range as + * short int, +/- 32768 + */ +int CDECL lame_encode_buffer_float( + lame_global_flags* gfp, /* global context handle */ + const float pcm_l [], /* PCM data for left channel */ + const float pcm_r [], /* PCM data for right channel */ + const int nsamples, /* number of samples per channel */ + unsigned char* mp3buf, /* pointer to encoded MP3 stream */ + const int mp3buf_size ); /* number of valid octets in this + stream */ + +/* as lame_encode_buffer, but for 'float's. + * !! NOTE: !! data must be scaled to +/- 1 full scale + */ +int CDECL lame_encode_buffer_ieee_float( + lame_t gfp, + const float pcm_l [], /* PCM data for left channel */ + const float pcm_r [], /* PCM data for right channel */ + const int nsamples, + unsigned char * mp3buf, + const int mp3buf_size); +int CDECL lame_encode_buffer_interleaved_ieee_float( + lame_t gfp, + const float pcm[], /* PCM data for left and right + channel, interleaved */ + const int nsamples, + unsigned char * mp3buf, + const int mp3buf_size); + +/* as lame_encode_buffer, but for 'double's. + * !! NOTE: !! data must be scaled to +/- 1 full scale + */ +int CDECL lame_encode_buffer_ieee_double( + lame_t gfp, + const double pcm_l [], /* PCM data for left channel */ + const double pcm_r [], /* PCM data for right channel */ + const int nsamples, + unsigned char * mp3buf, + const int mp3buf_size); +int CDECL lame_encode_buffer_interleaved_ieee_double( + lame_t gfp, + const double pcm[], /* PCM data for left and right + channel, interleaved */ + const int nsamples, + unsigned char * mp3buf, + const int mp3buf_size); + +/* as lame_encode_buffer, but for long's + * !! NOTE: !! data must still be scaled to be in the same range as + * short int, +/- 32768 + * + * This scaling was a mistake (doesn't allow one to exploit full + * precision of type 'long'. Use lame_encode_buffer_long2() instead. + * + */ +int CDECL lame_encode_buffer_long( + lame_global_flags* gfp, /* global context handle */ + const long buffer_l [], /* PCM data for left channel */ + const long buffer_r [], /* PCM data for right channel */ + const int nsamples, /* number of samples per channel */ + unsigned char* mp3buf, /* pointer to encoded MP3 stream */ + const int mp3buf_size ); /* number of valid octets in this + stream */ + +/* Same as lame_encode_buffer_long(), but with correct scaling. + * !! NOTE: !! data must still be scaled to be in the same range as + * type 'long'. Data should be in the range: +/- 2^(8*size(long)-1) + * + */ +int CDECL lame_encode_buffer_long2( + lame_global_flags* gfp, /* global context handle */ + const long buffer_l [], /* PCM data for left channel */ + const long buffer_r [], /* PCM data for right channel */ + const int nsamples, /* number of samples per channel */ + unsigned char* mp3buf, /* pointer to encoded MP3 stream */ + const int mp3buf_size ); /* number of valid octets in this + stream */ + +/* as lame_encode_buffer, but for int's + * !! NOTE: !! input should be scaled to the maximum range of 'int' + * If int is 4 bytes, then the values should range from + * +/- 2147483648. + * + * This routine does not (and cannot, without loosing precision) use + * the same scaling as the rest of the lame_encode_buffer() routines. + * + */ +int CDECL lame_encode_buffer_int( + lame_global_flags* gfp, /* global context handle */ + const int buffer_l [], /* PCM data for left channel */ + const int buffer_r [], /* PCM data for right channel */ + const int nsamples, /* number of samples per channel */ + unsigned char* mp3buf, /* pointer to encoded MP3 stream */ + const int mp3buf_size ); /* number of valid octets in this + stream */ + +/* + * as above, but for interleaved data. + * !! NOTE: !! data must still be scaled to be in the same range as + * type 'int32_t'. Data should be in the range: +/- 2^(8*size(int32_t)-1) + * NOTE: + * num_samples = number of samples in the L (or R) + * channel, not the total number of samples in pcm[] + */ +int +lame_encode_buffer_interleaved_int( + lame_t gfp, + const int pcm [], /* PCM data for left and right + channel, interleaved */ + const int nsamples, /* number of samples per channel, + _not_ number of samples in + pcm[] */ + unsigned char* mp3buf, /* pointer to encoded MP3 stream */ + const int mp3buf_size ); /* number of valid octets in this + stream */ + + + +/* + * REQUIRED: + * lame_encode_flush will flush the intenal PCM buffers, padding with + * 0's to make sure the final frame is complete, and then flush + * the internal MP3 buffers, and thus may return a + * final few mp3 frames. 'mp3buf' should be at least 7200 bytes long + * to hold all possible emitted data. + * + * will also write id3v1 tags (if any) into the bitstream + * + * return code = number of bytes output to mp3buf. Can be 0 + */ +int CDECL lame_encode_flush( + lame_global_flags * gfp, /* global context handle */ + unsigned char* mp3buf, /* pointer to encoded MP3 stream */ + int size); /* number of valid octets in this stream */ + +/* + * OPTIONAL: + * lame_encode_flush_nogap will flush the internal mp3 buffers and pad + * the last frame with ancillary data so it is a complete mp3 frame. + * + * 'mp3buf' should be at least 7200 bytes long + * to hold all possible emitted data. + * + * After a call to this routine, the outputed mp3 data is complete, but + * you may continue to encode new PCM samples and write future mp3 data + * to a different file. The two mp3 files will play back with no gaps + * if they are concatenated together. + * + * This routine will NOT write id3v1 tags into the bitstream. + * + * return code = number of bytes output to mp3buf. Can be 0 + */ +int CDECL lame_encode_flush_nogap( + lame_global_flags * gfp, /* global context handle */ + unsigned char* mp3buf, /* pointer to encoded MP3 stream */ + int size); /* number of valid octets in this stream */ + +/* + * OPTIONAL: + * Normally, this is called by lame_init_params(). It writes id3v2 and + * Xing headers into the front of the bitstream, and sets frame counters + * and bitrate histogram data to 0. You can also call this after + * lame_encode_flush_nogap(). + */ +int CDECL lame_init_bitstream( + lame_global_flags * gfp); /* global context handle */ + + + +/* + * OPTIONAL: some simple statistics + * a bitrate histogram to visualize the distribution of used frame sizes + * a stereo mode histogram to visualize the distribution of used stereo + * modes, useful in joint-stereo mode only + * 0: LR left-right encoded + * 1: LR-I left-right and intensity encoded (currently not supported) + * 2: MS mid-side encoded + * 3: MS-I mid-side and intensity encoded (currently not supported) + * + * attention: don't call them after lame_encode_finish + * suggested: lame_encode_flush -> lame_*_hist -> lame_close + */ + +void CDECL lame_bitrate_hist( + const lame_global_flags * gfp, + int bitrate_count[14] ); +void CDECL lame_bitrate_kbps( + const lame_global_flags * gfp, + int bitrate_kbps [14] ); +void CDECL lame_stereo_mode_hist( + const lame_global_flags * gfp, + int stereo_mode_count[4] ); + +void CDECL lame_bitrate_stereo_mode_hist ( + const lame_global_flags * gfp, + int bitrate_stmode_count[14][4] ); + +void CDECL lame_block_type_hist ( + const lame_global_flags * gfp, + int btype_count[6] ); + +void CDECL lame_bitrate_block_type_hist ( + const lame_global_flags * gfp, + int bitrate_btype_count[14][6] ); + +#if (DEPRECATED_OR_OBSOLETE_CODE_REMOVED && 0) +#else +/* + * OPTIONAL: + * lame_mp3_tags_fid will rewrite a Xing VBR tag to the mp3 file with file + * pointer fid. These calls perform forward and backwards seeks, so make + * sure fid is a real file. Make sure lame_encode_flush has been called, + * and all mp3 data has been written to the file before calling this + * function. + * NOTE: + * if VBR tags are turned off by the user, or turned off by LAME because + * the output is not a regular file, this call does nothing + * NOTE: + * LAME wants to read from the file to skip an optional ID3v2 tag, so + * make sure you opened the file for writing and reading. + * NOTE: + * You can call lame_get_lametag_frame instead, if you want to insert + * the lametag yourself. +*/ +void CDECL lame_mp3_tags_fid(lame_global_flags *, FILE* fid); +#endif + +/* + * OPTIONAL: + * lame_get_lametag_frame copies the final LAME-tag into 'buffer'. + * The function returns the number of bytes copied into buffer, or + * the required buffer size, if the provided buffer is too small. + * Function failed, if the return value is larger than 'size'! + * Make sure lame_encode flush has been called before calling this function. + * NOTE: + * if VBR tags are turned off by the user, or turned off by LAME, + * this call does nothing and returns 0. + * NOTE: + * LAME inserted an empty frame in the beginning of mp3 audio data, + * which you have to replace by the final LAME-tag frame after encoding. + * In case there is no ID3v2 tag, usually this frame will be the very first + * data in your mp3 file. If you put some other leading data into your + * file, you'll have to do some bookkeeping about where to write this buffer. + */ +size_t CDECL lame_get_lametag_frame( + const lame_global_flags *, unsigned char* buffer, size_t size); + +/* + * REQUIRED: + * final call to free all remaining buffers + */ +int CDECL lame_close (lame_global_flags *); + +#if DEPRECATED_OR_OBSOLETE_CODE_REMOVED +#else +/* + * OBSOLETE: + * lame_encode_finish combines lame_encode_flush() and lame_close() in + * one call. However, once this call is made, the statistics routines + * will no longer work because the data will have been cleared, and + * lame_mp3_tags_fid() cannot be called to add data to the VBR header + */ +int CDECL lame_encode_finish( + lame_global_flags* gfp, + unsigned char* mp3buf, + int size ); +#endif + + + + + + +/********************************************************************* + * + * decoding + * + * a simple interface to mpglib, part of mpg123, is also included if + * libmp3lame is compiled with HAVE_MPGLIB + * + *********************************************************************/ + +struct hip_global_struct; +typedef struct hip_global_struct hip_global_flags; +typedef hip_global_flags *hip_t; + + +typedef struct { + int header_parsed; /* 1 if header was parsed and following data was + computed */ + int stereo; /* number of channels */ + int samplerate; /* sample rate */ + int bitrate; /* bitrate */ + int mode; /* mp3 frame type */ + int mode_ext; /* mp3 frame type */ + int framesize; /* number of samples per mp3 frame */ + + /* this data is only computed if mpglib detects a Xing VBR header */ + unsigned long nsamp; /* number of samples in mp3 file. */ + int totalframes; /* total number of frames in mp3 file */ + + /* this data is not currently computed by the mpglib routines */ + int framenum; /* frames decoded counter */ +} mp3data_struct; + +/* required call to initialize decoder */ +hip_t CDECL hip_decode_init(void); + +/* cleanup call to exit decoder */ +int CDECL hip_decode_exit(hip_t gfp); + +/* HIP reporting functions */ +void CDECL hip_set_errorf(hip_t gfp, lame_report_function f); +void CDECL hip_set_debugf(hip_t gfp, lame_report_function f); +void CDECL hip_set_msgf (hip_t gfp, lame_report_function f); + +/********************************************************************* + * input 1 mp3 frame, output (maybe) pcm data. + * + * nout = hip_decode(hip, mp3buf,len,pcm_l,pcm_r); + * + * input: + * len : number of bytes of mp3 data in mp3buf + * mp3buf[len] : mp3 data to be decoded + * + * output: + * nout: -1 : decoding error + * 0 : need more data before we can complete the decode + * >0 : returned 'nout' samples worth of data in pcm_l,pcm_r + * pcm_l[nout] : left channel data + * pcm_r[nout] : right channel data + * + *********************************************************************/ +int CDECL hip_decode( hip_t gfp + , unsigned char * mp3buf + , size_t len + , short pcm_l[] + , short pcm_r[] + ); + +/* same as hip_decode, and also returns mp3 header data */ +int CDECL hip_decode_headers( hip_t gfp + , unsigned char* mp3buf + , size_t len + , short pcm_l[] + , short pcm_r[] + , mp3data_struct* mp3data + ); + +/* same as hip_decode, but returns at most one frame */ +int CDECL hip_decode1( hip_t gfp + , unsigned char* mp3buf + , size_t len + , short pcm_l[] + , short pcm_r[] + ); + +/* same as hip_decode1, but returns at most one frame and mp3 header data */ +int CDECL hip_decode1_headers( hip_t gfp + , unsigned char* mp3buf + , size_t len + , short pcm_l[] + , short pcm_r[] + , mp3data_struct* mp3data + ); + +/* same as hip_decode1_headers, but also returns enc_delay and enc_padding + from VBR Info tag, (-1 if no info tag was found) */ +int CDECL hip_decode1_headersB( hip_t gfp + , unsigned char* mp3buf + , size_t len + , short pcm_l[] + , short pcm_r[] + , mp3data_struct* mp3data + , int *enc_delay + , int *enc_padding + ); + + + +/* OBSOLETE: + * lame_decode... functions are there to keep old code working + * but it is strongly recommended to replace calls by hip_decode... + * function calls, see above. + */ +#if DEPRECATED_OR_OBSOLETE_CODE_REMOVED +#else +int CDECL lame_decode_init(void); +int CDECL lame_decode( + unsigned char * mp3buf, + int len, + short pcm_l[], + short pcm_r[] ); +int CDECL lame_decode_headers( + unsigned char* mp3buf, + int len, + short pcm_l[], + short pcm_r[], + mp3data_struct* mp3data ); +int CDECL lame_decode1( + unsigned char* mp3buf, + int len, + short pcm_l[], + short pcm_r[] ); +int CDECL lame_decode1_headers( + unsigned char* mp3buf, + int len, + short pcm_l[], + short pcm_r[], + mp3data_struct* mp3data ); +int CDECL lame_decode1_headersB( + unsigned char* mp3buf, + int len, + short pcm_l[], + short pcm_r[], + mp3data_struct* mp3data, + int *enc_delay, + int *enc_padding ); +int CDECL lame_decode_exit(void); + +#endif /* obsolete lame_decode API calls */ + + +/********************************************************************* + * + * id3tag stuff + * + *********************************************************************/ + +/* + * id3tag.h -- Interface to write ID3 version 1 and 2 tags. + * + * Copyright (C) 2000 Don Melton. + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Library General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + */ + +/* utility to obtain alphabetically sorted list of genre names with numbers */ +void CDECL id3tag_genre_list( + void (*handler)(int, const char *, void *), + void* cookie); + +void CDECL id3tag_init (lame_t gfp); + +/* force addition of version 2 tag */ +void CDECL id3tag_add_v2 (lame_t gfp); + +/* add only a version 1 tag */ +void CDECL id3tag_v1_only (lame_t gfp); + +/* add only a version 2 tag */ +void CDECL id3tag_v2_only (lame_t gfp); + +/* pad version 1 tag with spaces instead of nulls */ +void CDECL id3tag_space_v1 (lame_t gfp); + +/* pad version 2 tag with extra 128 bytes */ +void CDECL id3tag_pad_v2 (lame_t gfp); + +/* pad version 2 tag with extra n bytes */ +void CDECL id3tag_set_pad (lame_t gfp, size_t n); + +void CDECL id3tag_set_title(lame_t gfp, const char* title); +void CDECL id3tag_set_artist(lame_t gfp, const char* artist); +void CDECL id3tag_set_album(lame_t gfp, const char* album); +void CDECL id3tag_set_year(lame_t gfp, const char* year); +void CDECL id3tag_set_comment(lame_t gfp, const char* comment); + +/* return -1 result if track number is out of ID3v1 range + and ignored for ID3v1 */ +int CDECL id3tag_set_track(lame_t gfp, const char* track); + +/* return non-zero result if genre name or number is invalid + result 0: OK + result -1: genre number out of range + result -2: no valid ID3v1 genre name, mapped to ID3v1 'Other' + but taken as-is for ID3v2 genre tag */ +int CDECL id3tag_set_genre(lame_t gfp, const char* genre); + +/* return non-zero result if field name is invalid */ +int CDECL id3tag_set_fieldvalue(lame_t gfp, const char* fieldvalue); + +/* return non-zero result if image type is invalid */ +int CDECL id3tag_set_albumart(lame_t gfp, const char* image, size_t size); + +/* lame_get_id3v1_tag copies ID3v1 tag into buffer. + * Function returns number of bytes copied into buffer, or number + * of bytes rquired if buffer 'size' is too small. + * Function fails, if returned value is larger than 'size'. + * NOTE: + * This functions does nothing, if user/LAME disabled ID3v1 tag. + */ +size_t CDECL lame_get_id3v1_tag(lame_t gfp, unsigned char* buffer, size_t size); + +/* lame_get_id3v2_tag copies ID3v2 tag into buffer. + * Function returns number of bytes copied into buffer, or number + * of bytes rquired if buffer 'size' is too small. + * Function fails, if returned value is larger than 'size'. + * NOTE: + * This functions does nothing, if user/LAME disabled ID3v2 tag. + */ +size_t CDECL lame_get_id3v2_tag(lame_t gfp, unsigned char* buffer, size_t size); + +/* normaly lame_init_param writes ID3v2 tags into the audio stream + * Call lame_set_write_id3tag_automatic(gfp, 0) before lame_init_param + * to turn off this behaviour and get ID3v2 tag with above function + * write it yourself into your file. + */ +void CDECL lame_set_write_id3tag_automatic(lame_global_flags * gfp, int); +int CDECL lame_get_write_id3tag_automatic(lame_global_flags const* gfp); + +/* experimental */ +int CDECL id3tag_set_textinfo_latin1(lame_t gfp, char const *id, char const *text); + +/* experimental */ +int CDECL id3tag_set_comment_latin1(lame_t gfp, char const *lang, char const *desc, char const *text); + +#if DEPRECATED_OR_OBSOLETE_CODE_REMOVED +#else +/* experimental */ +int CDECL id3tag_set_textinfo_ucs2(lame_t gfp, char const *id, unsigned short const *text); + +/* experimental */ +int CDECL id3tag_set_comment_ucs2(lame_t gfp, char const *lang, + unsigned short const *desc, unsigned short const *text); + +/* experimental */ +int CDECL id3tag_set_fieldvalue_ucs2(lame_t gfp, const unsigned short *fieldvalue); +#endif + +/* experimental */ +int CDECL id3tag_set_fieldvalue_utf16(lame_t gfp, const unsigned short *fieldvalue); + +/* experimental */ +int CDECL id3tag_set_textinfo_utf16(lame_t gfp, char const *id, unsigned short const *text); + +/* experimental */ +int CDECL id3tag_set_comment_utf16(lame_t gfp, char const *lang, unsigned short const *desc, unsigned short const *text); + + +/*********************************************************************** +* +* list of valid bitrates [kbps] & sample frequencies [Hz]. +* first index: 0: MPEG-2 values (sample frequencies 16...24 kHz) +* 1: MPEG-1 values (sample frequencies 32...48 kHz) +* 2: MPEG-2.5 values (sample frequencies 8...12 kHz) +***********************************************************************/ + +extern const int bitrate_table [3][16]; +extern const int samplerate_table [3][ 4]; + +/* access functions for use in DLL, global vars are not exported */ +int CDECL lame_get_bitrate(int mpeg_version, int table_index); +int CDECL lame_get_samplerate(int mpeg_version, int table_index); + + +/* maximum size of albumart image (128KB), which affects LAME_MAXMP3BUFFER + as well since lame_encode_buffer() also returns ID3v2 tag data */ +#define LAME_MAXALBUMART (128 * 1024) + +/* maximum size of mp3buffer needed if you encode at most 1152 samples for + each call to lame_encode_buffer. see lame_encode_buffer() below + (LAME_MAXMP3BUFFER is now obsolete) */ +#define LAME_MAXMP3BUFFER (16384 + LAME_MAXALBUMART) + + +typedef enum { + LAME_OKAY = 0, + LAME_NOERROR = 0, + LAME_GENERICERROR = -1, + LAME_NOMEM = -10, + LAME_BADBITRATE = -11, + LAME_BADSAMPFREQ = -12, + LAME_INTERNALERROR = -13, + + FRONTEND_READERROR = -80, + FRONTEND_WRITEERROR = -81, + FRONTEND_FILETOOLARGE = -82 + +} lame_errorcodes_t; + +#if defined(__cplusplus) +} +#endif +#endif /* LAME_LAME_H */ + diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/nonstd/string_view.hpp b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/nonstd/string_view.hpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2784272e --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/nonstd/string_view.hpp @@ -0,0 +1,1626 @@ +// Copyright 2017-2020 by Martin Moene +// +// string-view lite, a C++17-like string_view for C++98 and later. +// For more information see https://github.com/martinmoene/string-view-lite +// +// Distributed under the Boost Software License, Version 1.0. +// (See accompanying file LICENSE.txt or copy at http://www.boost.org/LICENSE_1_0.txt) + +#pragma once + +#ifndef NONSTD_SV_LITE_H_INCLUDED +#define NONSTD_SV_LITE_H_INCLUDED + +#define string_view_lite_MAJOR 1 +#define string_view_lite_MINOR 6 +#define string_view_lite_PATCH 0 + +#define string_view_lite_VERSION nssv_STRINGIFY(string_view_lite_MAJOR) "." nssv_STRINGIFY(string_view_lite_MINOR) "." nssv_STRINGIFY(string_view_lite_PATCH) + +#define nssv_STRINGIFY( x ) nssv_STRINGIFY_( x ) +#define nssv_STRINGIFY_( x ) #x + +// string-view lite configuration: + +#define nssv_STRING_VIEW_DEFAULT 0 +#define nssv_STRING_VIEW_NONSTD 1 +#define nssv_STRING_VIEW_STD 2 + +// tweak header support: + +#ifdef __has_include +# if __has_include(<nonstd/string_view.tweak.hpp>) +# include <nonstd/string_view.tweak.hpp> +# endif +#define nssv_HAVE_TWEAK_HEADER 1 +#else +#define nssv_HAVE_TWEAK_HEADER 0 +//# pragma message("string_view.hpp: Note: Tweak header not supported.") +#endif + +// string_view selection and configuration: + +#if !defined( nssv_CONFIG_SELECT_STRING_VIEW ) +# define nssv_CONFIG_SELECT_STRING_VIEW ( nssv_HAVE_STD_STRING_VIEW ? nssv_STRING_VIEW_STD : nssv_STRING_VIEW_NONSTD ) +#endif + +#if defined( nssv_CONFIG_SELECT_STD_STRING_VIEW ) || defined( nssv_CONFIG_SELECT_NONSTD_STRING_VIEW ) +# error nssv_CONFIG_SELECT_STD_STRING_VIEW and nssv_CONFIG_SELECT_NONSTD_STRING_VIEW are deprecated and removed, please use nssv_CONFIG_SELECT_STRING_VIEW=nssv_STRING_VIEW_... +#endif + +#ifndef nssv_CONFIG_STD_SV_OPERATOR +# define nssv_CONFIG_STD_SV_OPERATOR 0 +#endif + +#ifndef nssv_CONFIG_USR_SV_OPERATOR +# define nssv_CONFIG_USR_SV_OPERATOR 1 +#endif + +#ifdef nssv_CONFIG_CONVERSION_STD_STRING +# define nssv_CONFIG_CONVERSION_STD_STRING_CLASS_METHODS nssv_CONFIG_CONVERSION_STD_STRING +# define nssv_CONFIG_CONVERSION_STD_STRING_FREE_FUNCTIONS nssv_CONFIG_CONVERSION_STD_STRING +#endif + +#ifndef nssv_CONFIG_CONVERSION_STD_STRING_CLASS_METHODS +# define nssv_CONFIG_CONVERSION_STD_STRING_CLASS_METHODS 1 +#endif + +#ifndef nssv_CONFIG_CONVERSION_STD_STRING_FREE_FUNCTIONS +# define nssv_CONFIG_CONVERSION_STD_STRING_FREE_FUNCTIONS 1 +#endif + +// Control presence of exception handling (try and auto discover): + +#ifndef nssv_CONFIG_NO_EXCEPTIONS +# if defined(__cpp_exceptions) || defined(__EXCEPTIONS) || defined(_CPPUNWIND) +# define nssv_CONFIG_NO_EXCEPTIONS 0 +# else +# define nssv_CONFIG_NO_EXCEPTIONS 1 +# endif +#endif + +// C++ language version detection (C++20 is speculative): +// Note: VC14.0/1900 (VS2015) lacks too much from C++14. + +#ifndef nssv_CPLUSPLUS +# if defined(_MSVC_LANG ) && !defined(__clang__) +# define nssv_CPLUSPLUS (_MSC_VER == 1900 ? 201103L : _MSVC_LANG ) +# else +# define nssv_CPLUSPLUS __cplusplus +# endif +#endif + +#define nssv_CPP98_OR_GREATER ( nssv_CPLUSPLUS >= 199711L ) +#define nssv_CPP11_OR_GREATER ( nssv_CPLUSPLUS >= 201103L ) +#define nssv_CPP11_OR_GREATER_ ( nssv_CPLUSPLUS >= 201103L ) +#define nssv_CPP14_OR_GREATER ( nssv_CPLUSPLUS >= 201402L ) +#define nssv_CPP17_OR_GREATER ( nssv_CPLUSPLUS >= 201703L ) +#define nssv_CPP20_OR_GREATER ( nssv_CPLUSPLUS >= 202000L ) + +// use C++17 std::string_view if available and requested: + +#if nssv_CPP17_OR_GREATER && defined(__has_include ) +# if __has_include( <string_view> ) +# define nssv_HAVE_STD_STRING_VIEW 1 +# else +# define nssv_HAVE_STD_STRING_VIEW 0 +# endif +#else +# define nssv_HAVE_STD_STRING_VIEW 0 +#endif + +#define nssv_USES_STD_STRING_VIEW ( (nssv_CONFIG_SELECT_STRING_VIEW == nssv_STRING_VIEW_STD) || ((nssv_CONFIG_SELECT_STRING_VIEW == nssv_STRING_VIEW_DEFAULT) && nssv_HAVE_STD_STRING_VIEW) ) + +#define nssv_HAVE_STARTS_WITH ( nssv_CPP20_OR_GREATER || !nssv_USES_STD_STRING_VIEW ) +#define nssv_HAVE_ENDS_WITH nssv_HAVE_STARTS_WITH + +// +// Use C++17 std::string_view: +// + +#if nssv_USES_STD_STRING_VIEW + +#include <string_view> + +// Extensions for std::string: + +#if nssv_CONFIG_CONVERSION_STD_STRING_FREE_FUNCTIONS + +namespace nonstd { + +template< class CharT, class Traits, class Allocator = std::allocator<CharT> > +std::basic_string<CharT, Traits, Allocator> +to_string( std::basic_string_view<CharT, Traits> v, Allocator const & a = Allocator() ) +{ + return std::basic_string<CharT,Traits, Allocator>( v.begin(), v.end(), a ); +} + +template< class CharT, class Traits, class Allocator > +std::basic_string_view<CharT, Traits> +to_string_view( std::basic_string<CharT, Traits, Allocator> const & s ) +{ + return std::basic_string_view<CharT, Traits>( s.data(), s.size() ); +} + +// Literal operators sv and _sv: + +#if nssv_CONFIG_STD_SV_OPERATOR + +using namespace std::literals::string_view_literals; + +#endif + +#if nssv_CONFIG_USR_SV_OPERATOR + +inline namespace literals { +inline namespace string_view_literals { + + +constexpr std::string_view operator "" _sv( const char* str, size_t len ) noexcept // (1) +{ + return std::string_view{ str, len }; +} + +constexpr std::u16string_view operator "" _sv( const char16_t* str, size_t len ) noexcept // (2) +{ + return std::u16string_view{ str, len }; +} + +constexpr std::u32string_view operator "" _sv( const char32_t* str, size_t len ) noexcept // (3) +{ + return std::u32string_view{ str, len }; +} + +constexpr std::wstring_view operator "" _sv( const wchar_t* str, size_t len ) noexcept // (4) +{ + return std::wstring_view{ str, len }; +} + +}} // namespace literals::string_view_literals + +#endif // nssv_CONFIG_USR_SV_OPERATOR + +} // namespace nonstd + +#endif // nssv_CONFIG_CONVERSION_STD_STRING_FREE_FUNCTIONS + +namespace nonstd { + +using std::string_view; +using std::wstring_view; +using std::u16string_view; +using std::u32string_view; +using std::basic_string_view; + +// literal "sv" and "_sv", see above + +using std::operator==; +using std::operator!=; +using std::operator<; +using std::operator<=; +using std::operator>; +using std::operator>=; + +using std::operator<<; + +} // namespace nonstd + +#else // nssv_HAVE_STD_STRING_VIEW + +// +// Before C++17: use string_view lite: +// + +// Compiler versions: +// +// MSVC++ 6.0 _MSC_VER == 1200 nssv_COMPILER_MSVC_VERSION == 60 (Visual Studio 6.0) +// MSVC++ 7.0 _MSC_VER == 1300 nssv_COMPILER_MSVC_VERSION == 70 (Visual Studio .NET 2002) +// MSVC++ 7.1 _MSC_VER == 1310 nssv_COMPILER_MSVC_VERSION == 71 (Visual Studio .NET 2003) +// MSVC++ 8.0 _MSC_VER == 1400 nssv_COMPILER_MSVC_VERSION == 80 (Visual Studio 2005) +// MSVC++ 9.0 _MSC_VER == 1500 nssv_COMPILER_MSVC_VERSION == 90 (Visual Studio 2008) +// MSVC++ 10.0 _MSC_VER == 1600 nssv_COMPILER_MSVC_VERSION == 100 (Visual Studio 2010) +// MSVC++ 11.0 _MSC_VER == 1700 nssv_COMPILER_MSVC_VERSION == 110 (Visual Studio 2012) +// MSVC++ 12.0 _MSC_VER == 1800 nssv_COMPILER_MSVC_VERSION == 120 (Visual Studio 2013) +// MSVC++ 14.0 _MSC_VER == 1900 nssv_COMPILER_MSVC_VERSION == 140 (Visual Studio 2015) +// MSVC++ 14.1 _MSC_VER >= 1910 nssv_COMPILER_MSVC_VERSION == 141 (Visual Studio 2017) +// MSVC++ 14.2 _MSC_VER >= 1920 nssv_COMPILER_MSVC_VERSION == 142 (Visual Studio 2019) + +#if defined(_MSC_VER ) && !defined(__clang__) +# define nssv_COMPILER_MSVC_VER (_MSC_VER ) +# define nssv_COMPILER_MSVC_VERSION (_MSC_VER / 10 - 10 * ( 5 + (_MSC_VER < 1900 ) ) ) +#else +# define nssv_COMPILER_MSVC_VER 0 +# define nssv_COMPILER_MSVC_VERSION 0 +#endif + +#define nssv_COMPILER_VERSION( major, minor, patch ) ( 10 * ( 10 * (major) + (minor) ) + (patch) ) + +#if defined( __apple_build_version__ ) +# define nssv_COMPILER_APPLECLANG_VERSION nssv_COMPILER_VERSION(__clang_major__, __clang_minor__, __clang_patchlevel__) +# define nssv_COMPILER_CLANG_VERSION 0 +#elif defined( __clang__ ) +# define nssv_COMPILER_APPLECLANG_VERSION 0 +# define nssv_COMPILER_CLANG_VERSION nssv_COMPILER_VERSION(__clang_major__, __clang_minor__, __clang_patchlevel__) +#else +# define nssv_COMPILER_APPLECLANG_VERSION 0 +# define nssv_COMPILER_CLANG_VERSION 0 +#endif + +#if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(__clang__) +# define nssv_COMPILER_GNUC_VERSION nssv_COMPILER_VERSION(__GNUC__, __GNUC_MINOR__, __GNUC_PATCHLEVEL__) +#else +# define nssv_COMPILER_GNUC_VERSION 0 +#endif + +// half-open range [lo..hi): +#define nssv_BETWEEN( v, lo, hi ) ( (lo) <= (v) && (v) < (hi) ) + +// Presence of language and library features: + +#ifdef _HAS_CPP0X +# define nssv_HAS_CPP0X _HAS_CPP0X +#else +# define nssv_HAS_CPP0X 0 +#endif + +// Unless defined otherwise below, consider VC14 as C++11 for variant-lite: + +#if nssv_COMPILER_MSVC_VER >= 1900 +# undef nssv_CPP11_OR_GREATER +# define nssv_CPP11_OR_GREATER 1 +#endif + +#define nssv_CPP11_90 (nssv_CPP11_OR_GREATER_ || nssv_COMPILER_MSVC_VER >= 1500) +#define nssv_CPP11_100 (nssv_CPP11_OR_GREATER_ || nssv_COMPILER_MSVC_VER >= 1600) +#define nssv_CPP11_110 (nssv_CPP11_OR_GREATER_ || nssv_COMPILER_MSVC_VER >= 1700) +#define nssv_CPP11_120 (nssv_CPP11_OR_GREATER_ || nssv_COMPILER_MSVC_VER >= 1800) +#define nssv_CPP11_140 (nssv_CPP11_OR_GREATER_ || nssv_COMPILER_MSVC_VER >= 1900) +#define nssv_CPP11_141 (nssv_CPP11_OR_GREATER_ || nssv_COMPILER_MSVC_VER >= 1910) + +#define nssv_CPP14_000 (nssv_CPP14_OR_GREATER) +#define nssv_CPP17_000 (nssv_CPP17_OR_GREATER) + +// Presence of C++11 language features: + +#define nssv_HAVE_CONSTEXPR_11 nssv_CPP11_140 +#define nssv_HAVE_EXPLICIT_CONVERSION nssv_CPP11_140 +#define nssv_HAVE_INLINE_NAMESPACE nssv_CPP11_140 +#define nssv_HAVE_NOEXCEPT nssv_CPP11_140 +#define nssv_HAVE_NULLPTR nssv_CPP11_100 +#define nssv_HAVE_REF_QUALIFIER nssv_CPP11_140 +#define nssv_HAVE_UNICODE_LITERALS nssv_CPP11_140 +#define nssv_HAVE_USER_DEFINED_LITERALS nssv_CPP11_140 +#define nssv_HAVE_WCHAR16_T nssv_CPP11_100 +#define nssv_HAVE_WCHAR32_T nssv_CPP11_100 + +#if ! ( ( nssv_CPP11_OR_GREATER && nssv_COMPILER_CLANG_VERSION ) || nssv_BETWEEN( nssv_COMPILER_CLANG_VERSION, 300, 400 ) ) +# define nssv_HAVE_STD_DEFINED_LITERALS nssv_CPP11_140 +#else +# define nssv_HAVE_STD_DEFINED_LITERALS 0 +#endif + +// Presence of C++14 language features: + +#define nssv_HAVE_CONSTEXPR_14 nssv_CPP14_000 + +// Presence of C++17 language features: + +#define nssv_HAVE_NODISCARD nssv_CPP17_000 + +// Presence of C++ library features: + +#define nssv_HAVE_STD_HASH nssv_CPP11_120 + +// Presence of compiler intrinsics: + +// Providing char-type specializations for compare() and length() that +// use compiler intrinsics can improve compile- and run-time performance. +// +// The challenge is in using the right combinations of builtin availablity +// and its constexpr-ness. +// +// | compiler | __builtin_memcmp (constexpr) | memcmp (constexpr) | +// |----------|------------------------------|---------------------| +// | clang | 4.0 (>= 4.0 ) | any (? ) | +// | clang-a | 9.0 (>= 9.0 ) | any (? ) | +// | gcc | any (constexpr) | any (? ) | +// | msvc | >= 14.2 C++17 (>= 14.2 ) | any (? ) | + +#define nssv_HAVE_BUILTIN_VER ( (nssv_CPP17_000 && nssv_COMPILER_MSVC_VERSION >= 142) || nssv_COMPILER_GNUC_VERSION > 0 || nssv_COMPILER_CLANG_VERSION >= 400 || nssv_COMPILER_APPLECLANG_VERSION >= 900 ) +#define nssv_HAVE_BUILTIN_CE ( nssv_HAVE_BUILTIN_VER ) + +#define nssv_HAVE_BUILTIN_MEMCMP ( (nssv_HAVE_CONSTEXPR_14 && nssv_HAVE_BUILTIN_CE) || !nssv_HAVE_CONSTEXPR_14 ) +#define nssv_HAVE_BUILTIN_STRLEN ( (nssv_HAVE_CONSTEXPR_11 && nssv_HAVE_BUILTIN_CE) || !nssv_HAVE_CONSTEXPR_11 ) + +#ifdef __has_builtin +# define nssv_HAVE_BUILTIN( x ) __has_builtin( x ) +#else +# define nssv_HAVE_BUILTIN( x ) 0 +#endif + +#if nssv_HAVE_BUILTIN(__builtin_memcmp) || nssv_HAVE_BUILTIN_VER +# define nssv_BUILTIN_MEMCMP __builtin_memcmp +#else +# define nssv_BUILTIN_MEMCMP memcmp +#endif + +#if nssv_HAVE_BUILTIN(__builtin_strlen) || nssv_HAVE_BUILTIN_VER +# define nssv_BUILTIN_STRLEN __builtin_strlen +#else +# define nssv_BUILTIN_STRLEN strlen +#endif + +// C++ feature usage: + +#if nssv_HAVE_CONSTEXPR_11 +# define nssv_constexpr constexpr +#else +# define nssv_constexpr /*constexpr*/ +#endif + +#if nssv_HAVE_CONSTEXPR_14 +# define nssv_constexpr14 constexpr +#else +# define nssv_constexpr14 /*constexpr*/ +#endif + +#if nssv_HAVE_EXPLICIT_CONVERSION +# define nssv_explicit explicit +#else +# define nssv_explicit /*explicit*/ +#endif + +#if nssv_HAVE_INLINE_NAMESPACE +# define nssv_inline_ns inline +#else +# define nssv_inline_ns /*inline*/ +#endif + +#if nssv_HAVE_NOEXCEPT +# define nssv_noexcept noexcept +#else +# define nssv_noexcept /*noexcept*/ +#endif + +//#if nssv_HAVE_REF_QUALIFIER +//# define nssv_ref_qual & +//# define nssv_refref_qual && +//#else +//# define nssv_ref_qual /*&*/ +//# define nssv_refref_qual /*&&*/ +//#endif + +#if nssv_HAVE_NULLPTR +# define nssv_nullptr nullptr +#else +# define nssv_nullptr NULL +#endif + +#if nssv_HAVE_NODISCARD +# define nssv_nodiscard [[nodiscard]] +#else +# define nssv_nodiscard /*[[nodiscard]]*/ +#endif + +// Additional includes: + +#include <algorithm> +#include <cassert> +#include <iterator> +#include <limits> +#include <ostream> +#include <string> // std::char_traits<> + +#if ! nssv_CONFIG_NO_EXCEPTIONS +# include <stdexcept> +#endif + +#if nssv_CPP11_OR_GREATER +# include <type_traits> +#endif + +// Clang, GNUC, MSVC warning suppression macros: + +#if defined(__clang__) +# pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wreserved-user-defined-literal" +# pragma clang diagnostic push +# pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wuser-defined-literals" +#elif defined(__GNUC__) +# pragma GCC diagnostic push +# pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wliteral-suffix" +#endif // __clang__ + +#if nssv_COMPILER_MSVC_VERSION >= 140 +# define nssv_SUPPRESS_MSGSL_WARNING(expr) [[gsl::suppress(expr)]] +# define nssv_SUPPRESS_MSVC_WARNING(code, descr) __pragma(warning(suppress: code) ) +# define nssv_DISABLE_MSVC_WARNINGS(codes) __pragma(warning(push)) __pragma(warning(disable: codes)) +#else +# define nssv_SUPPRESS_MSGSL_WARNING(expr) +# define nssv_SUPPRESS_MSVC_WARNING(code, descr) +# define nssv_DISABLE_MSVC_WARNINGS(codes) +#endif + +#if defined(__clang__) +# define nssv_RESTORE_WARNINGS() _Pragma("clang diagnostic pop") +#elif defined(__GNUC__) +# define nssv_RESTORE_WARNINGS() _Pragma("GCC diagnostic pop") +#elif nssv_COMPILER_MSVC_VERSION >= 140 +# define nssv_RESTORE_WARNINGS() __pragma(warning(pop )) +#else +# define nssv_RESTORE_WARNINGS() +#endif + +// Suppress the following MSVC (GSL) warnings: +// - C4455, non-gsl : 'operator ""sv': literal suffix identifiers that do not +// start with an underscore are reserved +// - C26472, gsl::t.1 : don't use a static_cast for arithmetic conversions; +// use brace initialization, gsl::narrow_cast or gsl::narow +// - C26481: gsl::b.1 : don't use pointer arithmetic. Use span instead + +nssv_DISABLE_MSVC_WARNINGS( 4455 26481 26472 ) +//nssv_DISABLE_CLANG_WARNINGS( "-Wuser-defined-literals" ) +//nssv_DISABLE_GNUC_WARNINGS( -Wliteral-suffix ) + +namespace nonstd { namespace sv_lite { + +namespace detail { + +// support constexpr comparison in C++14; +// for C++17 and later, use provided traits: + +template< typename CharT > +inline nssv_constexpr14 int compare( CharT const * s1, CharT const * s2, std::size_t count ) +{ + while ( count-- != 0 ) + { + if ( *s1 < *s2 ) return -1; + if ( *s1 > *s2 ) return +1; + ++s1; ++s2; + } + return 0; +} + +#if nssv_HAVE_BUILTIN_MEMCMP + +// specialization of compare() for char, see also generic compare() above: + +inline nssv_constexpr14 int compare( char const * s1, char const * s2, std::size_t count ) +{ + return nssv_BUILTIN_MEMCMP( s1, s2, count ); +} + +#endif + +#if nssv_HAVE_BUILTIN_STRLEN + +// specialization of length() for char, see also generic length() further below: + +inline nssv_constexpr std::size_t length( char const * s ) +{ + return nssv_BUILTIN_STRLEN( s ); +} + +#endif + +#if defined(__OPTIMIZE__) + +// gcc, clang provide __OPTIMIZE__ +// Expect tail call optimization to make length() non-recursive: + +template< typename CharT > +inline nssv_constexpr std::size_t length( CharT * s, std::size_t result = 0 ) +{ + return *s == '\0' ? result : length( s + 1, result + 1 ); +} + +#else // OPTIMIZE + +// non-recursive: + +template< typename CharT > +inline nssv_constexpr14 std::size_t length( CharT * s ) +{ + std::size_t result = 0; + while ( *s++ != '\0' ) + { + ++result; + } + return result; +} + +#endif // OPTIMIZE + +} // namespace detail + +template +< + class CharT, + class Traits = std::char_traits<CharT> +> +class basic_string_view; + +// +// basic_string_view: +// + +template +< + class CharT, + class Traits /* = std::char_traits<CharT> */ +> +class basic_string_view +{ +public: + // Member types: + + typedef Traits traits_type; + typedef CharT value_type; + + typedef CharT * pointer; + typedef CharT const * const_pointer; + typedef CharT & reference; + typedef CharT const & const_reference; + + typedef const_pointer iterator; + typedef const_pointer const_iterator; + typedef std::reverse_iterator< const_iterator > reverse_iterator; + typedef std::reverse_iterator< const_iterator > const_reverse_iterator; + + typedef std::size_t size_type; + typedef std::ptrdiff_t difference_type; + + // 24.4.2.1 Construction and assignment: + + nssv_constexpr basic_string_view() nssv_noexcept + : data_( nssv_nullptr ) + , size_( 0 ) + {} + +#if nssv_CPP11_OR_GREATER + nssv_constexpr basic_string_view( basic_string_view const & other ) nssv_noexcept = default; +#else + nssv_constexpr basic_string_view( basic_string_view const & other ) nssv_noexcept + : data_( other.data_) + , size_( other.size_) + {} +#endif + + nssv_constexpr basic_string_view( CharT const * s, size_type count ) nssv_noexcept // non-standard noexcept + : data_( s ) + , size_( count ) + {} + + nssv_constexpr basic_string_view( CharT const * s) nssv_noexcept // non-standard noexcept + : data_( s ) +#if nssv_CPP17_OR_GREATER + , size_( Traits::length(s) ) +#elif nssv_CPP11_OR_GREATER + , size_( detail::length(s) ) +#else + , size_( Traits::length(s) ) +#endif + {} + + // Assignment: + +#if nssv_CPP11_OR_GREATER + nssv_constexpr14 basic_string_view & operator=( basic_string_view const & other ) nssv_noexcept = default; +#else + nssv_constexpr14 basic_string_view & operator=( basic_string_view const & other ) nssv_noexcept + { + data_ = other.data_; + size_ = other.size_; + return *this; + } +#endif + + // 24.4.2.2 Iterator support: + + nssv_constexpr const_iterator begin() const nssv_noexcept { return data_; } + nssv_constexpr const_iterator end() const nssv_noexcept { return data_ + size_; } + + nssv_constexpr const_iterator cbegin() const nssv_noexcept { return begin(); } + nssv_constexpr const_iterator cend() const nssv_noexcept { return end(); } + + nssv_constexpr const_reverse_iterator rbegin() const nssv_noexcept { return const_reverse_iterator( end() ); } + nssv_constexpr const_reverse_iterator rend() const nssv_noexcept { return const_reverse_iterator( begin() ); } + + nssv_constexpr const_reverse_iterator crbegin() const nssv_noexcept { return rbegin(); } + nssv_constexpr const_reverse_iterator crend() const nssv_noexcept { return rend(); } + + // 24.4.2.3 Capacity: + + nssv_constexpr size_type size() const nssv_noexcept { return size_; } + nssv_constexpr size_type length() const nssv_noexcept { return size_; } + nssv_constexpr size_type max_size() const nssv_noexcept { return (std::numeric_limits< size_type >::max)(); } + + // since C++20 + nssv_nodiscard nssv_constexpr bool empty() const nssv_noexcept + { + return 0 == size_; + } + + // 24.4.2.4 Element access: + + nssv_constexpr const_reference operator[]( size_type pos ) const + { + return data_at( pos ); + } + + nssv_constexpr14 const_reference at( size_type pos ) const + { +#if nssv_CONFIG_NO_EXCEPTIONS + assert( pos < size() ); +#else + if ( pos >= size() ) + { + throw std::out_of_range("nonstd::string_view::at()"); + } +#endif + return data_at( pos ); + } + + nssv_constexpr const_reference front() const { return data_at( 0 ); } + nssv_constexpr const_reference back() const { return data_at( size() - 1 ); } + + nssv_constexpr const_pointer data() const nssv_noexcept { return data_; } + + // 24.4.2.5 Modifiers: + + nssv_constexpr14 void remove_prefix( size_type n ) + { + assert( n <= size() ); + data_ += n; + size_ -= n; + } + + nssv_constexpr14 void remove_suffix( size_type n ) + { + assert( n <= size() ); + size_ -= n; + } + + nssv_constexpr14 void swap( basic_string_view & other ) nssv_noexcept + { + using std::swap; + swap( data_, other.data_ ); + swap( size_, other.size_ ); + } + + // 24.4.2.6 String operations: + + size_type copy( CharT * dest, size_type n, size_type pos = 0 ) const + { +#if nssv_CONFIG_NO_EXCEPTIONS + assert( pos <= size() ); +#else + if ( pos > size() ) + { + throw std::out_of_range("nonstd::string_view::copy()"); + } +#endif + const size_type rlen = (std::min)( n, size() - pos ); + + (void) Traits::copy( dest, data() + pos, rlen ); + + return rlen; + } + + nssv_constexpr14 basic_string_view substr( size_type pos = 0, size_type n = npos ) const + { +#if nssv_CONFIG_NO_EXCEPTIONS + assert( pos <= size() ); +#else + if ( pos > size() ) + { + throw std::out_of_range("nonstd::string_view::substr()"); + } +#endif + return basic_string_view( data() + pos, (std::min)( n, size() - pos ) ); + } + + // compare(), 6x: + + nssv_constexpr14 int compare( basic_string_view other ) const nssv_noexcept // (1) + { +#if nssv_CPP17_OR_GREATER + if ( const int result = Traits::compare( data(), other.data(), (std::min)( size(), other.size() ) ) ) +#else + if ( const int result = detail::compare( data(), other.data(), (std::min)( size(), other.size() ) ) ) +#endif + { + return result; + } + + return size() == other.size() ? 0 : size() < other.size() ? -1 : 1; + } + + nssv_constexpr int compare( size_type pos1, size_type n1, basic_string_view other ) const // (2) + { + return substr( pos1, n1 ).compare( other ); + } + + nssv_constexpr int compare( size_type pos1, size_type n1, basic_string_view other, size_type pos2, size_type n2 ) const // (3) + { + return substr( pos1, n1 ).compare( other.substr( pos2, n2 ) ); + } + + nssv_constexpr int compare( CharT const * s ) const // (4) + { + return compare( basic_string_view( s ) ); + } + + nssv_constexpr int compare( size_type pos1, size_type n1, CharT const * s ) const // (5) + { + return substr( pos1, n1 ).compare( basic_string_view( s ) ); + } + + nssv_constexpr int compare( size_type pos1, size_type n1, CharT const * s, size_type n2 ) const // (6) + { + return substr( pos1, n1 ).compare( basic_string_view( s, n2 ) ); + } + + // 24.4.2.7 Searching: + + // starts_with(), 3x, since C++20: + + nssv_constexpr bool starts_with( basic_string_view v ) const nssv_noexcept // (1) + { + return size() >= v.size() && compare( 0, v.size(), v ) == 0; + } + + nssv_constexpr bool starts_with( CharT c ) const nssv_noexcept // (2) + { + return starts_with( basic_string_view( &c, 1 ) ); + } + + nssv_constexpr bool starts_with( CharT const * s ) const // (3) + { + return starts_with( basic_string_view( s ) ); + } + + // ends_with(), 3x, since C++20: + + nssv_constexpr bool ends_with( basic_string_view v ) const nssv_noexcept // (1) + { + return size() >= v.size() && compare( size() - v.size(), npos, v ) == 0; + } + + nssv_constexpr bool ends_with( CharT c ) const nssv_noexcept // (2) + { + return ends_with( basic_string_view( &c, 1 ) ); + } + + nssv_constexpr bool ends_with( CharT const * s ) const // (3) + { + return ends_with( basic_string_view( s ) ); + } + + // find(), 4x: + + nssv_constexpr14 size_type find( basic_string_view v, size_type pos = 0 ) const nssv_noexcept // (1) + { + return assert( v.size() == 0 || v.data() != nssv_nullptr ) + , pos >= size() + ? npos + : to_pos( std::search( cbegin() + pos, cend(), v.cbegin(), v.cend(), Traits::eq ) ); + } + + nssv_constexpr14 size_type find( CharT c, size_type pos = 0 ) const nssv_noexcept // (2) + { + return find( basic_string_view( &c, 1 ), pos ); + } + + nssv_constexpr14 size_type find( CharT const * s, size_type pos, size_type n ) const // (3) + { + return find( basic_string_view( s, n ), pos ); + } + + nssv_constexpr14 size_type find( CharT const * s, size_type pos = 0 ) const // (4) + { + return find( basic_string_view( s ), pos ); + } + + // rfind(), 4x: + + nssv_constexpr14 size_type rfind( basic_string_view v, size_type pos = npos ) const nssv_noexcept // (1) + { + if ( size() < v.size() ) + { + return npos; + } + + if ( v.empty() ) + { + return (std::min)( size(), pos ); + } + + const_iterator last = cbegin() + (std::min)( size() - v.size(), pos ) + v.size(); + const_iterator result = std::find_end( cbegin(), last, v.cbegin(), v.cend(), Traits::eq ); + + return result != last ? size_type( result - cbegin() ) : npos; + } + + nssv_constexpr14 size_type rfind( CharT c, size_type pos = npos ) const nssv_noexcept // (2) + { + return rfind( basic_string_view( &c, 1 ), pos ); + } + + nssv_constexpr14 size_type rfind( CharT const * s, size_type pos, size_type n ) const // (3) + { + return rfind( basic_string_view( s, n ), pos ); + } + + nssv_constexpr14 size_type rfind( CharT const * s, size_type pos = npos ) const // (4) + { + return rfind( basic_string_view( s ), pos ); + } + + // find_first_of(), 4x: + + nssv_constexpr size_type find_first_of( basic_string_view v, size_type pos = 0 ) const nssv_noexcept // (1) + { + return pos >= size() + ? npos + : to_pos( std::find_first_of( cbegin() + pos, cend(), v.cbegin(), v.cend(), Traits::eq ) ); + } + + nssv_constexpr size_type find_first_of( CharT c, size_type pos = 0 ) const nssv_noexcept // (2) + { + return find_first_of( basic_string_view( &c, 1 ), pos ); + } + + nssv_constexpr size_type find_first_of( CharT const * s, size_type pos, size_type n ) const // (3) + { + return find_first_of( basic_string_view( s, n ), pos ); + } + + nssv_constexpr size_type find_first_of( CharT const * s, size_type pos = 0 ) const // (4) + { + return find_first_of( basic_string_view( s ), pos ); + } + + // find_last_of(), 4x: + + nssv_constexpr size_type find_last_of( basic_string_view v, size_type pos = npos ) const nssv_noexcept // (1) + { + return empty() + ? npos + : pos >= size() + ? find_last_of( v, size() - 1 ) + : to_pos( std::find_first_of( const_reverse_iterator( cbegin() + pos + 1 ), crend(), v.cbegin(), v.cend(), Traits::eq ) ); + } + + nssv_constexpr size_type find_last_of( CharT c, size_type pos = npos ) const nssv_noexcept // (2) + { + return find_last_of( basic_string_view( &c, 1 ), pos ); + } + + nssv_constexpr size_type find_last_of( CharT const * s, size_type pos, size_type count ) const // (3) + { + return find_last_of( basic_string_view( s, count ), pos ); + } + + nssv_constexpr size_type find_last_of( CharT const * s, size_type pos = npos ) const // (4) + { + return find_last_of( basic_string_view( s ), pos ); + } + + // find_first_not_of(), 4x: + + nssv_constexpr size_type find_first_not_of( basic_string_view v, size_type pos = 0 ) const nssv_noexcept // (1) + { + return pos >= size() + ? npos + : to_pos( std::find_if( cbegin() + pos, cend(), not_in_view( v ) ) ); + } + + nssv_constexpr size_type find_first_not_of( CharT c, size_type pos = 0 ) const nssv_noexcept // (2) + { + return find_first_not_of( basic_string_view( &c, 1 ), pos ); + } + + nssv_constexpr size_type find_first_not_of( CharT const * s, size_type pos, size_type count ) const // (3) + { + return find_first_not_of( basic_string_view( s, count ), pos ); + } + + nssv_constexpr size_type find_first_not_of( CharT const * s, size_type pos = 0 ) const // (4) + { + return find_first_not_of( basic_string_view( s ), pos ); + } + + // find_last_not_of(), 4x: + + nssv_constexpr size_type find_last_not_of( basic_string_view v, size_type pos = npos ) const nssv_noexcept // (1) + { + return empty() + ? npos + : pos >= size() + ? find_last_not_of( v, size() - 1 ) + : to_pos( std::find_if( const_reverse_iterator( cbegin() + pos + 1 ), crend(), not_in_view( v ) ) ); + } + + nssv_constexpr size_type find_last_not_of( CharT c, size_type pos = npos ) const nssv_noexcept // (2) + { + return find_last_not_of( basic_string_view( &c, 1 ), pos ); + } + + nssv_constexpr size_type find_last_not_of( CharT const * s, size_type pos, size_type count ) const // (3) + { + return find_last_not_of( basic_string_view( s, count ), pos ); + } + + nssv_constexpr size_type find_last_not_of( CharT const * s, size_type pos = npos ) const // (4) + { + return find_last_not_of( basic_string_view( s ), pos ); + } + + // Constants: + +#if nssv_CPP17_OR_GREATER + static nssv_constexpr size_type npos = size_type(-1); +#elif nssv_CPP11_OR_GREATER + enum : size_type { npos = size_type(-1) }; +#else + enum { npos = size_type(-1) }; +#endif + +private: + struct not_in_view + { + const basic_string_view v; + + nssv_constexpr explicit not_in_view( basic_string_view v_ ) : v( v_ ) {} + + nssv_constexpr bool operator()( CharT c ) const + { + return npos == v.find_first_of( c ); + } + }; + + nssv_constexpr size_type to_pos( const_iterator it ) const + { + return it == cend() ? npos : size_type( it - cbegin() ); + } + + nssv_constexpr size_type to_pos( const_reverse_iterator it ) const + { + return it == crend() ? npos : size_type( crend() - it - 1 ); + } + + nssv_constexpr const_reference data_at( size_type pos ) const + { +#if nssv_BETWEEN( nssv_COMPILER_GNUC_VERSION, 1, 500 ) + return data_[pos]; +#else + return assert( pos < size() ), data_[pos]; +#endif + } + +private: + const_pointer data_; + size_type size_; + +public: +#if nssv_CONFIG_CONVERSION_STD_STRING_CLASS_METHODS + + template< class Allocator > + basic_string_view( std::basic_string<CharT, Traits, Allocator> const & s ) nssv_noexcept + : data_( s.data() ) + , size_( s.size() ) + {} + +#if nssv_HAVE_EXPLICIT_CONVERSION + + template< class Allocator > + explicit operator std::basic_string<CharT, Traits, Allocator>() const + { + return to_string( Allocator() ); + } + +#endif // nssv_HAVE_EXPLICIT_CONVERSION + +#if nssv_CPP11_OR_GREATER + + template< class Allocator = std::allocator<CharT> > + std::basic_string<CharT, Traits, Allocator> + to_string( Allocator const & a = Allocator() ) const + { + return std::basic_string<CharT, Traits, Allocator>( begin(), end(), a ); + } + +#else + + std::basic_string<CharT, Traits> + to_string() const + { + return std::basic_string<CharT, Traits>( begin(), end() ); + } + + template< class Allocator > + std::basic_string<CharT, Traits, Allocator> + to_string( Allocator const & a ) const + { + return std::basic_string<CharT, Traits, Allocator>( begin(), end(), a ); + } + +#endif // nssv_CPP11_OR_GREATER + +#endif // nssv_CONFIG_CONVERSION_STD_STRING_CLASS_METHODS +}; + +// +// Non-member functions: +// + +// 24.4.3 Non-member comparison functions: +// lexicographically compare two string views (function template): + +template< class CharT, class Traits > +nssv_constexpr bool operator== ( + basic_string_view <CharT, Traits> lhs, + basic_string_view <CharT, Traits> rhs ) nssv_noexcept +{ return lhs.size() == rhs.size() && lhs.compare( rhs ) == 0; } + +template< class CharT, class Traits > +nssv_constexpr bool operator!= ( + basic_string_view <CharT, Traits> lhs, + basic_string_view <CharT, Traits> rhs ) nssv_noexcept +{ return !( lhs == rhs ); } + +template< class CharT, class Traits > +nssv_constexpr bool operator< ( + basic_string_view <CharT, Traits> lhs, + basic_string_view <CharT, Traits> rhs ) nssv_noexcept +{ return lhs.compare( rhs ) < 0; } + +template< class CharT, class Traits > +nssv_constexpr bool operator<= ( + basic_string_view <CharT, Traits> lhs, + basic_string_view <CharT, Traits> rhs ) nssv_noexcept +{ return lhs.compare( rhs ) <= 0; } + +template< class CharT, class Traits > +nssv_constexpr bool operator> ( + basic_string_view <CharT, Traits> lhs, + basic_string_view <CharT, Traits> rhs ) nssv_noexcept +{ return lhs.compare( rhs ) > 0; } + +template< class CharT, class Traits > +nssv_constexpr bool operator>= ( + basic_string_view <CharT, Traits> lhs, + basic_string_view <CharT, Traits> rhs ) nssv_noexcept +{ return lhs.compare( rhs ) >= 0; } + +// Let S be basic_string_view<CharT, Traits>, and sv be an instance of S. +// Implementations shall provide sufficient additional overloads marked +// constexpr and noexcept so that an object t with an implicit conversion +// to S can be compared according to Table 67. + +#if ! nssv_CPP11_OR_GREATER || nssv_BETWEEN( nssv_COMPILER_MSVC_VERSION, 100, 141 ) + +// accomodate for older compilers: + +// == + +template< class CharT, class Traits> +nssv_constexpr bool operator==( + basic_string_view<CharT, Traits> lhs, + CharT const * rhs ) nssv_noexcept +{ return lhs.size() == detail::length( rhs ) && lhs.compare( rhs ) == 0; } + +template< class CharT, class Traits> +nssv_constexpr bool operator==( + CharT const * lhs, + basic_string_view<CharT, Traits> rhs ) nssv_noexcept +{ return detail::length( lhs ) == rhs.size() && rhs.compare( lhs ) == 0; } + +template< class CharT, class Traits> +nssv_constexpr bool operator==( + basic_string_view<CharT, Traits> lhs, + std::basic_string<CharT, Traits> rhs ) nssv_noexcept +{ return lhs.size() == rhs.size() && lhs.compare( rhs ) == 0; } + +template< class CharT, class Traits> +nssv_constexpr bool operator==( + std::basic_string<CharT, Traits> rhs, + basic_string_view<CharT, Traits> lhs ) nssv_noexcept +{ return lhs.size() == rhs.size() && lhs.compare( rhs ) == 0; } + +// != + +template< class CharT, class Traits> +nssv_constexpr bool operator!=( + basic_string_view<CharT, Traits> lhs, + char const * rhs ) nssv_noexcept +{ return !( lhs == rhs ); } + +template< class CharT, class Traits> +nssv_constexpr bool operator!=( + char const * lhs, + basic_string_view<CharT, Traits> rhs ) nssv_noexcept +{ return !( lhs == rhs ); } + +template< class CharT, class Traits> +nssv_constexpr bool operator!=( + basic_string_view<CharT, Traits> lhs, + std::basic_string<CharT, Traits> rhs ) nssv_noexcept +{ return !( lhs == rhs ); } + +template< class CharT, class Traits> +nssv_constexpr bool operator!=( + std::basic_string<CharT, Traits> rhs, + basic_string_view<CharT, Traits> lhs ) nssv_noexcept +{ return !( lhs == rhs ); } + +// < + +template< class CharT, class Traits> +nssv_constexpr bool operator<( + basic_string_view<CharT, Traits> lhs, + char const * rhs ) nssv_noexcept +{ return lhs.compare( rhs ) < 0; } + +template< class CharT, class Traits> +nssv_constexpr bool operator<( + char const * lhs, + basic_string_view<CharT, Traits> rhs ) nssv_noexcept +{ return rhs.compare( lhs ) > 0; } + +template< class CharT, class Traits> +nssv_constexpr bool operator<( + basic_string_view<CharT, Traits> lhs, + std::basic_string<CharT, Traits> rhs ) nssv_noexcept +{ return lhs.compare( rhs ) < 0; } + +template< class CharT, class Traits> +nssv_constexpr bool operator<( + std::basic_string<CharT, Traits> rhs, + basic_string_view<CharT, Traits> lhs ) nssv_noexcept +{ return rhs.compare( lhs ) > 0; } + +// <= + +template< class CharT, class Traits> +nssv_constexpr bool operator<=( + basic_string_view<CharT, Traits> lhs, + char const * rhs ) nssv_noexcept +{ return lhs.compare( rhs ) <= 0; } + +template< class CharT, class Traits> +nssv_constexpr bool operator<=( + char const * lhs, + basic_string_view<CharT, Traits> rhs ) nssv_noexcept +{ return rhs.compare( lhs ) >= 0; } + +template< class CharT, class Traits> +nssv_constexpr bool operator<=( + basic_string_view<CharT, Traits> lhs, + std::basic_string<CharT, Traits> rhs ) nssv_noexcept +{ return lhs.compare( rhs ) <= 0; } + +template< class CharT, class Traits> +nssv_constexpr bool operator<=( + std::basic_string<CharT, Traits> rhs, + basic_string_view<CharT, Traits> lhs ) nssv_noexcept +{ return rhs.compare( lhs ) >= 0; } + +// > + +template< class CharT, class Traits> +nssv_constexpr bool operator>( + basic_string_view<CharT, Traits> lhs, + char const * rhs ) nssv_noexcept +{ return lhs.compare( rhs ) > 0; } + +template< class CharT, class Traits> +nssv_constexpr bool operator>( + char const * lhs, + basic_string_view<CharT, Traits> rhs ) nssv_noexcept +{ return rhs.compare( lhs ) < 0; } + +template< class CharT, class Traits> +nssv_constexpr bool operator>( + basic_string_view<CharT, Traits> lhs, + std::basic_string<CharT, Traits> rhs ) nssv_noexcept +{ return lhs.compare( rhs ) > 0; } + +template< class CharT, class Traits> +nssv_constexpr bool operator>( + std::basic_string<CharT, Traits> rhs, + basic_string_view<CharT, Traits> lhs ) nssv_noexcept +{ return rhs.compare( lhs ) < 0; } + +// >= + +template< class CharT, class Traits> +nssv_constexpr bool operator>=( + basic_string_view<CharT, Traits> lhs, + char const * rhs ) nssv_noexcept +{ return lhs.compare( rhs ) >= 0; } + +template< class CharT, class Traits> +nssv_constexpr bool operator>=( + char const * lhs, + basic_string_view<CharT, Traits> rhs ) nssv_noexcept +{ return rhs.compare( lhs ) <= 0; } + +template< class CharT, class Traits> +nssv_constexpr bool operator>=( + basic_string_view<CharT, Traits> lhs, + std::basic_string<CharT, Traits> rhs ) nssv_noexcept +{ return lhs.compare( rhs ) >= 0; } + +template< class CharT, class Traits> +nssv_constexpr bool operator>=( + std::basic_string<CharT, Traits> rhs, + basic_string_view<CharT, Traits> lhs ) nssv_noexcept +{ return rhs.compare( lhs ) <= 0; } + +#else // newer compilers: + +#define nssv_BASIC_STRING_VIEW_I(T,U) typename std::decay< basic_string_view<T,U> >::type + +#if nssv_BETWEEN( nssv_COMPILER_MSVC_VERSION, 140, 150 ) +# define nssv_MSVC_ORDER(x) , int=x +#else +# define nssv_MSVC_ORDER(x) /*, int=x*/ +#endif + +// == + +template< class CharT, class Traits nssv_MSVC_ORDER(1) > +nssv_constexpr bool operator==( + basic_string_view <CharT, Traits> lhs, + nssv_BASIC_STRING_VIEW_I(CharT, Traits) rhs ) nssv_noexcept +{ return lhs.size() == rhs.size() && lhs.compare( rhs ) == 0; } + +template< class CharT, class Traits nssv_MSVC_ORDER(2) > +nssv_constexpr bool operator==( + nssv_BASIC_STRING_VIEW_I(CharT, Traits) lhs, + basic_string_view <CharT, Traits> rhs ) nssv_noexcept +{ return lhs.size() == rhs.size() && lhs.compare( rhs ) == 0; } + +// != + +template< class CharT, class Traits nssv_MSVC_ORDER(1) > +nssv_constexpr bool operator!= ( + basic_string_view < CharT, Traits > lhs, + nssv_BASIC_STRING_VIEW_I( CharT, Traits ) rhs ) nssv_noexcept +{ return !( lhs == rhs ); } + +template< class CharT, class Traits nssv_MSVC_ORDER(2) > +nssv_constexpr bool operator!= ( + nssv_BASIC_STRING_VIEW_I( CharT, Traits ) lhs, + basic_string_view < CharT, Traits > rhs ) nssv_noexcept +{ return !( lhs == rhs ); } + +// < + +template< class CharT, class Traits nssv_MSVC_ORDER(1) > +nssv_constexpr bool operator< ( + basic_string_view < CharT, Traits > lhs, + nssv_BASIC_STRING_VIEW_I( CharT, Traits ) rhs ) nssv_noexcept +{ return lhs.compare( rhs ) < 0; } + +template< class CharT, class Traits nssv_MSVC_ORDER(2) > +nssv_constexpr bool operator< ( + nssv_BASIC_STRING_VIEW_I( CharT, Traits ) lhs, + basic_string_view < CharT, Traits > rhs ) nssv_noexcept +{ return lhs.compare( rhs ) < 0; } + +// <= + +template< class CharT, class Traits nssv_MSVC_ORDER(1) > +nssv_constexpr bool operator<= ( + basic_string_view < CharT, Traits > lhs, + nssv_BASIC_STRING_VIEW_I( CharT, Traits ) rhs ) nssv_noexcept +{ return lhs.compare( rhs ) <= 0; } + +template< class CharT, class Traits nssv_MSVC_ORDER(2) > +nssv_constexpr bool operator<= ( + nssv_BASIC_STRING_VIEW_I( CharT, Traits ) lhs, + basic_string_view < CharT, Traits > rhs ) nssv_noexcept +{ return lhs.compare( rhs ) <= 0; } + +// > + +template< class CharT, class Traits nssv_MSVC_ORDER(1) > +nssv_constexpr bool operator> ( + basic_string_view < CharT, Traits > lhs, + nssv_BASIC_STRING_VIEW_I( CharT, Traits ) rhs ) nssv_noexcept +{ return lhs.compare( rhs ) > 0; } + +template< class CharT, class Traits nssv_MSVC_ORDER(2) > +nssv_constexpr bool operator> ( + nssv_BASIC_STRING_VIEW_I( CharT, Traits ) lhs, + basic_string_view < CharT, Traits > rhs ) nssv_noexcept +{ return lhs.compare( rhs ) > 0; } + +// >= + +template< class CharT, class Traits nssv_MSVC_ORDER(1) > +nssv_constexpr bool operator>= ( + basic_string_view < CharT, Traits > lhs, + nssv_BASIC_STRING_VIEW_I( CharT, Traits ) rhs ) nssv_noexcept +{ return lhs.compare( rhs ) >= 0; } + +template< class CharT, class Traits nssv_MSVC_ORDER(2) > +nssv_constexpr bool operator>= ( + nssv_BASIC_STRING_VIEW_I( CharT, Traits ) lhs, + basic_string_view < CharT, Traits > rhs ) nssv_noexcept +{ return lhs.compare( rhs ) >= 0; } + +#undef nssv_MSVC_ORDER +#undef nssv_BASIC_STRING_VIEW_I + +#endif // compiler-dependent approach to comparisons + +// 24.4.4 Inserters and extractors: + +namespace detail { + +template< class Stream > +void write_padding( Stream & os, std::streamsize n ) +{ + for ( std::streamsize i = 0; i < n; ++i ) + os.rdbuf()->sputc( os.fill() ); +} + +template< class Stream, class View > +Stream & write_to_stream( Stream & os, View const & sv ) +{ + typename Stream::sentry sentry( os ); + + if ( !os ) + return os; + + const std::streamsize length = static_cast<std::streamsize>( sv.length() ); + + // Whether, and how, to pad: + const bool pad = ( length < os.width() ); + const bool left_pad = pad && ( os.flags() & std::ios_base::adjustfield ) == std::ios_base::right; + + if ( left_pad ) + write_padding( os, os.width() - length ); + + // Write span characters: + os.rdbuf()->sputn( sv.begin(), length ); + + if ( pad && !left_pad ) + write_padding( os, os.width() - length ); + + // Reset output stream width: + os.width( 0 ); + + return os; +} + +} // namespace detail + +template< class CharT, class Traits > +std::basic_ostream<CharT, Traits> & +operator<<( + std::basic_ostream<CharT, Traits>& os, + basic_string_view <CharT, Traits> sv ) +{ + return detail::write_to_stream( os, sv ); +} + +// Several typedefs for common character types are provided: + +typedef basic_string_view<char> string_view; +typedef basic_string_view<wchar_t> wstring_view; +#if nssv_HAVE_WCHAR16_T +typedef basic_string_view<char16_t> u16string_view; +typedef basic_string_view<char32_t> u32string_view; +#endif + +}} // namespace nonstd::sv_lite + +// +// 24.4.6 Suffix for basic_string_view literals: +// + +#if nssv_HAVE_USER_DEFINED_LITERALS + +namespace nonstd { +nssv_inline_ns namespace literals { +nssv_inline_ns namespace string_view_literals { + +#if nssv_CONFIG_STD_SV_OPERATOR && nssv_HAVE_STD_DEFINED_LITERALS + +nssv_constexpr nonstd::sv_lite::string_view operator "" sv( const char* str, size_t len ) nssv_noexcept // (1) +{ + return nonstd::sv_lite::string_view{ str, len }; +} + +nssv_constexpr nonstd::sv_lite::u16string_view operator "" sv( const char16_t* str, size_t len ) nssv_noexcept // (2) +{ + return nonstd::sv_lite::u16string_view{ str, len }; +} + +nssv_constexpr nonstd::sv_lite::u32string_view operator "" sv( const char32_t* str, size_t len ) nssv_noexcept // (3) +{ + return nonstd::sv_lite::u32string_view{ str, len }; +} + +nssv_constexpr nonstd::sv_lite::wstring_view operator "" sv( const wchar_t* str, size_t len ) nssv_noexcept // (4) +{ + return nonstd::sv_lite::wstring_view{ str, len }; +} + +#endif // nssv_CONFIG_STD_SV_OPERATOR && nssv_HAVE_STD_DEFINED_LITERALS + +#if nssv_CONFIG_USR_SV_OPERATOR + +nssv_constexpr nonstd::sv_lite::string_view operator "" _sv( const char* str, size_t len ) nssv_noexcept // (1) +{ + return nonstd::sv_lite::string_view{ str, len }; +} + +nssv_constexpr nonstd::sv_lite::u16string_view operator "" _sv( const char16_t* str, size_t len ) nssv_noexcept // (2) +{ + return nonstd::sv_lite::u16string_view{ str, len }; +} + +nssv_constexpr nonstd::sv_lite::u32string_view operator "" _sv( const char32_t* str, size_t len ) nssv_noexcept // (3) +{ + return nonstd::sv_lite::u32string_view{ str, len }; +} + +nssv_constexpr nonstd::sv_lite::wstring_view operator "" _sv( const wchar_t* str, size_t len ) nssv_noexcept // (4) +{ + return nonstd::sv_lite::wstring_view{ str, len }; +} + +#endif // nssv_CONFIG_USR_SV_OPERATOR + +}}} // namespace nonstd::literals::string_view_literals + +#endif + +// +// Extensions for std::string: +// + +#if nssv_CONFIG_CONVERSION_STD_STRING_FREE_FUNCTIONS + +namespace nonstd { +namespace sv_lite { + +// Exclude MSVC 14 (19.00): it yields ambiguous to_string(): + +#if nssv_CPP11_OR_GREATER && nssv_COMPILER_MSVC_VERSION != 140 + +template< class CharT, class Traits, class Allocator = std::allocator<CharT> > +std::basic_string<CharT, Traits, Allocator> +to_string( basic_string_view<CharT, Traits> v, Allocator const & a = Allocator() ) +{ + return std::basic_string<CharT,Traits, Allocator>( v.begin(), v.end(), a ); +} + +#else + +template< class CharT, class Traits > +std::basic_string<CharT, Traits> +to_string( basic_string_view<CharT, Traits> v ) +{ + return std::basic_string<CharT, Traits>( v.begin(), v.end() ); +} + +template< class CharT, class Traits, class Allocator > +std::basic_string<CharT, Traits, Allocator> +to_string( basic_string_view<CharT, Traits> v, Allocator const & a ) +{ + return std::basic_string<CharT, Traits, Allocator>( v.begin(), v.end(), a ); +} + +#endif // nssv_CPP11_OR_GREATER + +template< class CharT, class Traits, class Allocator > +basic_string_view<CharT, Traits> +to_string_view( std::basic_string<CharT, Traits, Allocator> const & s ) +{ + return basic_string_view<CharT, Traits>( s.data(), s.size() ); +} + +}} // namespace nonstd::sv_lite + +#endif // nssv_CONFIG_CONVERSION_STD_STRING_FREE_FUNCTIONS + +// +// make types and algorithms available in namespace nonstd: +// + +namespace nonstd { + +using sv_lite::basic_string_view; +using sv_lite::string_view; +using sv_lite::wstring_view; + +#if nssv_HAVE_WCHAR16_T +using sv_lite::u16string_view; +#endif +#if nssv_HAVE_WCHAR32_T +using sv_lite::u32string_view; +#endif + +// literal "sv" + +using sv_lite::operator==; +using sv_lite::operator!=; +using sv_lite::operator<; +using sv_lite::operator<=; +using sv_lite::operator>; +using sv_lite::operator>=; + +using sv_lite::operator<<; + +#if nssv_CONFIG_CONVERSION_STD_STRING_FREE_FUNCTIONS +using sv_lite::to_string; +using sv_lite::to_string_view; +#endif + +} // namespace nonstd + +// 24.4.5 Hash support (C++11): + +// Note: The hash value of a string view object is equal to the hash value of +// the corresponding string object. + +#if nssv_HAVE_STD_HASH + +#include <functional> + +namespace std { + +template<> +struct hash< nonstd::string_view > +{ +public: + std::size_t operator()( nonstd::string_view v ) const nssv_noexcept + { + return std::hash<std::string>()( std::string( v.data(), v.size() ) ); + } +}; + +template<> +struct hash< nonstd::wstring_view > +{ +public: + std::size_t operator()( nonstd::wstring_view v ) const nssv_noexcept + { + return std::hash<std::wstring>()( std::wstring( v.data(), v.size() ) ); + } +}; + +template<> +struct hash< nonstd::u16string_view > +{ +public: + std::size_t operator()( nonstd::u16string_view v ) const nssv_noexcept + { + return std::hash<std::u16string>()( std::u16string( v.data(), v.size() ) ); + } +}; + +template<> +struct hash< nonstd::u32string_view > +{ +public: + std::size_t operator()( nonstd::u32string_view v ) const nssv_noexcept + { + return std::hash<std::u32string>()( std::u32string( v.data(), v.size() ) ); + } +}; + +} // namespace std + +#endif // nssv_HAVE_STD_HASH + +nssv_RESTORE_WARNINGS() + +#endif // nssv_HAVE_STD_STRING_VIEW +#endif // NONSTD_SV_LITE_H_INCLUDED diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/aaudio/AAudioLoader.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/aaudio/AAudioLoader.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6f5bb950 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/aaudio/AAudioLoader.h @@ -0,0 +1,229 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2016 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef OBOE_AAUDIO_LOADER_H_ +#define OBOE_AAUDIO_LOADER_H_ + +#include <unistd.h> +#include "oboe/Definitions.h" + +// If the NDK is before O then define this in your build +// so that AAudio.h will not be included. +#ifdef OBOE_NO_INCLUDE_AAUDIO + +// Define missing types from AAudio.h +typedef int32_t aaudio_stream_state_t; +typedef int32_t aaudio_direction_t; +typedef int32_t aaudio_format_t; +typedef int32_t aaudio_data_callback_result_t; +typedef int32_t aaudio_result_t; +typedef int32_t aaudio_sharing_mode_t; +typedef int32_t aaudio_performance_mode_t; + +typedef struct AAudioStreamStruct AAudioStream; +typedef struct AAudioStreamBuilderStruct AAudioStreamBuilder; + +typedef aaudio_data_callback_result_t (*AAudioStream_dataCallback)( + AAudioStream *stream, + void *userData, + void *audioData, + int32_t numFrames); + +typedef void (*AAudioStream_errorCallback)( + AAudioStream *stream, + void *userData, + aaudio_result_t error); + +// These were defined in P +typedef int32_t aaudio_usage_t; +typedef int32_t aaudio_content_type_t; +typedef int32_t aaudio_input_preset_t; +typedef int32_t aaudio_session_id_t; +#else +#include <aaudio/AAudio.h> +#include <android/ndk-version.h> +#endif + +#ifndef __NDK_MAJOR__ +#define __NDK_MAJOR__ 0 +#endif + +namespace oboe { + + +/** + * The AAudio API was not available in early versions of Android. + * To avoid linker errors, we dynamically link with the functions by name using dlsym(). + * On older versions this linkage will safely fail. + */ +class AAudioLoader { + public: + // Use signatures for common functions. + // Key to letter abbreviations. + // S = Stream + // B = Builder + // I = int32_t + // L = int64_t + // T = sTate + // K = clocKid_t + // P = Pointer to following data type + // C = Const prefix + // H = cHar + typedef int32_t (*signature_I_PPB)(AAudioStreamBuilder **builder); + + typedef const char * (*signature_CPH_I)(int32_t); + + typedef int32_t (*signature_I_PBPPS)(AAudioStreamBuilder *, + AAudioStream **stream); // AAudioStreamBuilder_open() + + typedef int32_t (*signature_I_PB)(AAudioStreamBuilder *); // AAudioStreamBuilder_delete() + // AAudioStreamBuilder_setSampleRate() + typedef void (*signature_V_PBI)(AAudioStreamBuilder *, int32_t); + + typedef int32_t (*signature_I_PS)(AAudioStream *); // AAudioStream_getSampleRate() + typedef int64_t (*signature_L_PS)(AAudioStream *); // AAudioStream_getFramesRead() + // AAudioStream_setBufferSizeInFrames() + typedef int32_t (*signature_I_PSI)(AAudioStream *, int32_t); + + typedef void (*signature_V_PBPDPV)(AAudioStreamBuilder *, + AAudioStream_dataCallback, + void *); + + typedef void (*signature_V_PBPEPV)(AAudioStreamBuilder *, + AAudioStream_errorCallback, + void *); + + typedef aaudio_format_t (*signature_F_PS)(AAudioStream *stream); + + typedef int32_t (*signature_I_PSPVIL)(AAudioStream *, void *, int32_t, int64_t); + typedef int32_t (*signature_I_PSCPVIL)(AAudioStream *, const void *, int32_t, int64_t); + + typedef int32_t (*signature_I_PSTPTL)(AAudioStream *, + aaudio_stream_state_t, + aaudio_stream_state_t *, + int64_t); + + typedef int32_t (*signature_I_PSKPLPL)(AAudioStream *, clockid_t, int64_t *, int64_t *); + + typedef bool (*signature_B_PS)(AAudioStream *); + + static AAudioLoader* getInstance(); // singleton + + /** + * Open the AAudio shared library and load the function pointers. + * This can be called multiple times. + * It should only be called from one thread. + * + * The destructor will clean up after the open. + * + * @return 0 if successful or negative error. + */ + int open(); + + // Function pointers into the AAudio shared library. + signature_I_PPB createStreamBuilder = nullptr; + + signature_I_PBPPS builder_openStream = nullptr; + + signature_V_PBI builder_setBufferCapacityInFrames = nullptr; + signature_V_PBI builder_setChannelCount = nullptr; + signature_V_PBI builder_setDeviceId = nullptr; + signature_V_PBI builder_setDirection = nullptr; + signature_V_PBI builder_setFormat = nullptr; + signature_V_PBI builder_setFramesPerDataCallback = nullptr; + signature_V_PBI builder_setPerformanceMode = nullptr; + signature_V_PBI builder_setSampleRate = nullptr; + signature_V_PBI builder_setSharingMode = nullptr; + + signature_V_PBI builder_setUsage = nullptr; + signature_V_PBI builder_setContentType = nullptr; + signature_V_PBI builder_setInputPreset = nullptr; + signature_V_PBI builder_setSessionId = nullptr; + + signature_V_PBPDPV builder_setDataCallback = nullptr; + signature_V_PBPEPV builder_setErrorCallback = nullptr; + + signature_I_PB builder_delete = nullptr; + + signature_F_PS stream_getFormat = nullptr; + + signature_I_PSPVIL stream_read = nullptr; + signature_I_PSCPVIL stream_write = nullptr; + + signature_I_PSTPTL stream_waitForStateChange = nullptr; + + signature_I_PSKPLPL stream_getTimestamp = nullptr; + + signature_B_PS stream_isMMapUsed = nullptr; + + signature_I_PS stream_close = nullptr; + + signature_I_PS stream_getChannelCount = nullptr; + signature_I_PS stream_getDeviceId = nullptr; + + signature_I_PS stream_getBufferSize = nullptr; + signature_I_PS stream_getBufferCapacity = nullptr; + signature_I_PS stream_getFramesPerBurst = nullptr; + signature_I_PS stream_getState = nullptr; + signature_I_PS stream_getPerformanceMode = nullptr; + signature_I_PS stream_getSampleRate = nullptr; + signature_I_PS stream_getSharingMode = nullptr; + signature_I_PS stream_getXRunCount = nullptr; + + signature_I_PSI stream_setBufferSize = nullptr; + signature_I_PS stream_requestStart = nullptr; + signature_I_PS stream_requestPause = nullptr; + signature_I_PS stream_requestFlush = nullptr; + signature_I_PS stream_requestStop = nullptr; + + signature_L_PS stream_getFramesRead = nullptr; + signature_L_PS stream_getFramesWritten = nullptr; + + signature_CPH_I convertResultToText = nullptr; + + signature_I_PS stream_getUsage = nullptr; + signature_I_PS stream_getContentType = nullptr; + signature_I_PS stream_getInputPreset = nullptr; + signature_I_PS stream_getSessionId = nullptr; + + private: + AAudioLoader() {} + ~AAudioLoader(); + + // Load function pointers for specific signatures. + signature_I_PPB load_I_PPB(const char *name); + signature_CPH_I load_CPH_I(const char *name); + signature_V_PBI load_V_PBI(const char *name); + signature_V_PBPDPV load_V_PBPDPV(const char *name); + signature_V_PBPEPV load_V_PBPEPV(const char *name); + signature_I_PB load_I_PB(const char *name); + signature_I_PBPPS load_I_PBPPS(const char *name); + signature_I_PS load_I_PS(const char *name); + signature_L_PS load_L_PS(const char *name); + signature_F_PS load_F_PS(const char *name); + signature_B_PS load_B_PS(const char *name); + signature_I_PSI load_I_PSI(const char *name); + signature_I_PSPVIL load_I_PSPVIL(const char *name); + signature_I_PSCPVIL load_I_PSCPVIL(const char *name); + signature_I_PSTPTL load_I_PSTPTL(const char *name); + signature_I_PSKPLPL load_I_PSKPLPL(const char *name); + + void *mLibHandle = nullptr; +}; + +} // namespace oboe + +#endif //OBOE_AAUDIO_LOADER_H_ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/aaudio/AudioStreamAAudio.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/aaudio/AudioStreamAAudio.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..83f4b2fe --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/aaudio/AudioStreamAAudio.h @@ -0,0 +1,132 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2016 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef OBOE_STREAM_AAUDIO_H_ +#define OBOE_STREAM_AAUDIO_H_ + +#include <atomic> +#include <mutex> +#include <thread> + +#include "oboe/AudioStreamBuilder.h" +#include "oboe/AudioStream.h" +#include "oboe/Definitions.h" +#include "AAudioLoader.h" + +namespace oboe { + +/** + * Implementation of OboeStream that uses AAudio. + * + * Do not create this class directly. + * Use an OboeStreamBuilder to create one. + */ +class AudioStreamAAudio : public AudioStream { +public: + AudioStreamAAudio(); + explicit AudioStreamAAudio(const AudioStreamBuilder &builder); + + virtual ~AudioStreamAAudio() = default; + + /** + * + * @return true if AAudio is supported on this device. + */ + static bool isSupported(); + + // These functions override methods in AudioStream. + // See AudioStream for documentation. + Result open() override; + Result close() override; + + Result requestStart() override; + Result requestPause() override; + Result requestFlush() override; + Result requestStop() override; + + ResultWithValue<int32_t> write(const void *buffer, + int32_t numFrames, + int64_t timeoutNanoseconds) override; + + ResultWithValue<int32_t> read(void *buffer, + int32_t numFrames, + int64_t timeoutNanoseconds) override; + + ResultWithValue<int32_t> setBufferSizeInFrames(int32_t requestedFrames) override; + int32_t getBufferSizeInFrames() override; + int32_t getFramesPerBurst() override; + ResultWithValue<int32_t> getXRunCount() const override; + bool isXRunCountSupported() const override { return true; } + + ResultWithValue<double> calculateLatencyMillis() override; + + Result waitForStateChange(StreamState currentState, + StreamState *nextState, + int64_t timeoutNanoseconds) override; + + Result getTimestamp(clockid_t clockId, + int64_t *framePosition, + int64_t *timeNanoseconds) override; + + StreamState getState() const override; + + AudioApi getAudioApi() const override { + return AudioApi::AAudio; + } + + DataCallbackResult callOnAudioReady(AAudioStream *stream, + void *audioData, + int32_t numFrames); + + bool isMMapUsed(); + +protected: + static void internalErrorCallback( + AAudioStream *stream, + void *userData, + aaudio_result_t error); + + void *getUnderlyingStream() const override { + return mAAudioStream.load(); + } + + void updateFramesRead() override; + void updateFramesWritten() override; + + void logUnsupportedAttributes(); + +private: + // Must call under mLock. And stream must NOT be nullptr. + Result requestStop_l(AAudioStream *stream); + + // Time to sleep in order to prevent a race condition with a callback after a close(). + // Two milliseconds may be enough but 10 msec is even safer. + static constexpr int kDelayBeforeCloseMillis = 10; + + std::atomic<bool> mCallbackThreadEnabled; + + // pointer to the underlying 'C' AAudio stream, valid if open, null if closed + std::atomic<AAudioStream *> mAAudioStream{nullptr}; + + static AAudioLoader *mLibLoader; + + // We may not use this but it is so small that it is not worth allocating dynamically. + AudioStreamErrorCallback mDefaultErrorCallback; +}; + +} // namespace oboe + +#endif // OBOE_STREAM_AAUDIO_H_ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/AudioClock.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/AudioClock.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3fe20cb0 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/AudioClock.h @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2016 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef OBOE_AUDIO_CLOCK_H +#define OBOE_AUDIO_CLOCK_H + +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <ctime> +#include "oboe/Definitions.h" + +namespace oboe { + +// TODO: Move this class into the public headers because it is useful when calculating stream latency +class AudioClock { +public: + static int64_t getNanoseconds(clockid_t clockId = CLOCK_MONOTONIC) { + struct timespec time; + int result = clock_gettime(clockId, &time); + if (result < 0) { + return result; + } + return (time.tv_sec * kNanosPerSecond) + time.tv_nsec; + } + + /** + * Sleep until the specified time. + * + * @param nanoTime time to wake up + * @param clockId CLOCK_MONOTONIC is default + * @return 0 or a negative error, eg. -EINTR + */ + + static int sleepUntilNanoTime(int64_t nanoTime, clockid_t clockId = CLOCK_MONOTONIC) { + struct timespec time; + time.tv_sec = nanoTime / kNanosPerSecond; + time.tv_nsec = nanoTime - (time.tv_sec * kNanosPerSecond); + return 0 - clock_nanosleep(clockId, TIMER_ABSTIME, &time, NULL); + } + + /** + * Sleep for the specified number of nanoseconds in real-time. + * Return immediately with 0 if a negative nanoseconds is specified. + * + * @param nanoseconds time to sleep + * @param clockId CLOCK_REALTIME is default + * @return 0 or a negative error, eg. -EINTR + */ + + static int sleepForNanos(int64_t nanoseconds, clockid_t clockId = CLOCK_REALTIME) { + if (nanoseconds > 0) { + struct timespec time; + time.tv_sec = nanoseconds / kNanosPerSecond; + time.tv_nsec = nanoseconds - (time.tv_sec * kNanosPerSecond); + return 0 - clock_nanosleep(clockId, 0, &time, NULL); + } + return 0; + } +}; + +} // namespace oboe + +#endif //OBOE_AUDIO_CLOCK_H diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/AudioSourceCaller.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/AudioSourceCaller.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d196d410 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/AudioSourceCaller.h @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2019 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef OBOE_AUDIO_SOURCE_CALLER_H +#define OBOE_AUDIO_SOURCE_CALLER_H + +#include "OboeDebug.h" +#include "oboe/Oboe.h" + +#include "flowgraph/FlowGraphNode.h" +#include "FixedBlockReader.h" + +namespace oboe { + +class AudioStreamCallback; +class AudioStream; + +/** + * For output streams that use a callback, call the application for more data. + * For input streams that do not use a callback, read from the stream. + */ +class AudioSourceCaller : public flowgraph::FlowGraphSource, public FixedBlockProcessor { +public: + AudioSourceCaller(int32_t channelCount, int32_t framesPerCallback, int32_t bytesPerSample) + : FlowGraphSource(channelCount) + , mBlockReader(*this) { + mBlockReader.open(channelCount * framesPerCallback * bytesPerSample); + } + + /** + * Set the stream to use as a source of data. + * @param stream + */ + void setStream(oboe::AudioStream *stream) { + mStream = stream; + } + + oboe::AudioStream *getStream() { + return mStream; + } + + /** + * Timeout value to use when calling audioStream->read(). + * @param timeoutNanos Zero for no timeout or time in nanoseconds. + */ + void setTimeoutNanos(int64_t timeoutNanos) { + mTimeoutNanos = timeoutNanos; + } + + int64_t getTimeoutNanos() const { + return mTimeoutNanos; + } + + /** + * Called internally for block size adaptation. + * @param buffer + * @param numBytes + * @return + */ + int32_t onProcessFixedBlock(uint8_t *buffer, int32_t numBytes) override; + +protected: + oboe::AudioStream *mStream = nullptr; + int64_t mTimeoutNanos = 0; + + FixedBlockReader mBlockReader; +}; + +} +#endif //OBOE_AUDIO_SOURCE_CALLER_H diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/DataConversionFlowGraph.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/DataConversionFlowGraph.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0cde1f35 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/DataConversionFlowGraph.h @@ -0,0 +1,86 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2019 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef OBOE_OBOE_FLOW_GRAPH_H +#define OBOE_OBOE_FLOW_GRAPH_H + +#include <memory> +#include <stdint.h> +#include <sys/types.h> + +#include <flowgraph/ChannelCountConverter.h> +#include <flowgraph/MonoToMultiConverter.h> +#include <flowgraph/MultiToMonoConverter.h> +#include <flowgraph/SampleRateConverter.h> +#include <oboe/Definitions.h> +#include "AudioSourceCaller.h" +#include "FixedBlockWriter.h" + +namespace oboe { + +class AudioStream; +class AudioSourceCaller; + +/** + * Convert PCM channels, format and sample rate for optimal latency. + */ +class DataConversionFlowGraph : public FixedBlockProcessor { +public: + + DataConversionFlowGraph() + : mBlockWriter(*this) {} + + void setSource(const void *buffer, int32_t numFrames); + + /** Connect several modules together to convert from source to sink. + * This should only be called once for each instance. + * + * @param sourceFormat + * @param sourceChannelCount + * @param sinkFormat + * @param sinkChannelCount + * @return + */ + oboe::Result configure(oboe::AudioStream *sourceStream, oboe::AudioStream *sinkStream); + + int32_t read(void *buffer, int32_t numFrames, int64_t timeoutNanos); + + int32_t write(void *buffer, int32_t numFrames); + + int32_t onProcessFixedBlock(uint8_t *buffer, int32_t numBytes) override; + + DataCallbackResult getDataCallbackResult() { + return mCallbackResult; + } + +private: + std::unique_ptr<flowgraph::FlowGraphSourceBuffered> mSource; + std::unique_ptr<AudioSourceCaller> mSourceCaller; + std::unique_ptr<flowgraph::MonoToMultiConverter> mMonoToMultiConverter; + std::unique_ptr<flowgraph::MultiToMonoConverter> mMultiToMonoConverter; + std::unique_ptr<flowgraph::ChannelCountConverter> mChannelCountConverter; + std::unique_ptr<resampler::MultiChannelResampler> mResampler; + std::unique_ptr<flowgraph::SampleRateConverter> mRateConverter; + std::unique_ptr<flowgraph::FlowGraphSink> mSink; + + FixedBlockWriter mBlockWriter; + DataCallbackResult mCallbackResult = DataCallbackResult::Continue; + AudioStream *mFilterStream = nullptr; + std::unique_ptr<uint8_t[]> mAppBuffer; +}; + +} +#endif //OBOE_OBOE_FLOW_GRAPH_H diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/FilterAudioStream.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/FilterAudioStream.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..210e9d11 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/FilterAudioStream.h @@ -0,0 +1,222 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2019 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef OBOE_FILTER_AUDIO_STREAM_H +#define OBOE_FILTER_AUDIO_STREAM_H + +#include <memory> +#include <oboe/AudioStream.h> +#include "DataConversionFlowGraph.h" + +namespace oboe { + +/** + * An AudioStream that wraps another AudioStream and provides audio data conversion. + * Operations may include channel conversion, data format conversion and/or sample rate conversion. + */ +class FilterAudioStream : public AudioStream, AudioStreamCallback { +public: + + /** + * Construct an `AudioStream` using the given `AudioStreamBuilder` and a child AudioStream. + * + * This should only be called internally by AudioStreamBuilder. + * Ownership of childStream will be passed to this object. + * + * @param builder containing all the stream's attributes + */ + FilterAudioStream(const AudioStreamBuilder &builder, AudioStream *childStream) + : AudioStream(builder) + , mChildStream(childStream) { + // Intercept the callback if used. + if (builder.isErrorCallbackSpecified()) { + mErrorCallback = mChildStream->swapErrorCallback(this); + } + if (builder.isDataCallbackSpecified()) { + mDataCallback = mChildStream->swapDataCallback(this); + } else { + const int size = childStream->getFramesPerBurst() * childStream->getBytesPerFrame(); + mBlockingBuffer = std::make_unique<uint8_t[]>(size); + } + + // Copy parameters that may not match builder. + mBufferCapacityInFrames = mChildStream->getBufferCapacityInFrames(); + mPerformanceMode = mChildStream->getPerformanceMode(); + mInputPreset = mChildStream->getInputPreset(); + } + + virtual ~FilterAudioStream() = default; + + AudioStream *getChildStream() const { + return mChildStream.get(); + } + + Result configureFlowGraph(); + + // Close child and parent. + Result close() override { + const Result result1 = mChildStream->close(); + const Result result2 = AudioStream::close(); + return (result1 != Result::OK ? result1 : result2); + } + + /** + * Start the stream asynchronously. Returns immediately (does not block). Equivalent to calling + * `start(0)`. + */ + Result requestStart() override { + return mChildStream->requestStart(); + } + + /** + * Pause the stream asynchronously. Returns immediately (does not block). Equivalent to calling + * `pause(0)`. + */ + Result requestPause() override { + return mChildStream->requestPause(); + } + + /** + * Flush the stream asynchronously. Returns immediately (does not block). Equivalent to calling + * `flush(0)`. + */ + Result requestFlush() override { + return mChildStream->requestFlush(); + } + + /** + * Stop the stream asynchronously. Returns immediately (does not block). Equivalent to calling + * `stop(0)`. + */ + Result requestStop() override { + return mChildStream->requestStop(); + } + + ResultWithValue<int32_t> read(void *buffer, + int32_t numFrames, + int64_t timeoutNanoseconds) override; + + ResultWithValue<int32_t> write(const void *buffer, + int32_t numFrames, + int64_t timeoutNanoseconds) override; + + StreamState getState() const override { + return mChildStream->getState(); + } + + Result waitForStateChange( + StreamState inputState, + StreamState *nextState, + int64_t timeoutNanoseconds) override { + return mChildStream->waitForStateChange(inputState, nextState, timeoutNanoseconds); + } + + bool isXRunCountSupported() const override { + return mChildStream->isXRunCountSupported(); + } + + int32_t getFramesPerBurst() override { + return mChildStream->getFramesPerBurst(); + } + + AudioApi getAudioApi() const override { + return mChildStream->getAudioApi(); + } + + void updateFramesWritten() override { + // TODO for output, just count local writes? + mFramesWritten = static_cast<int64_t>(mChildStream->getFramesWritten() * mRateScaler); + } + + void updateFramesRead() override { + // TODO for input, just count local reads? + mFramesRead = static_cast<int64_t>(mChildStream->getFramesRead() * mRateScaler); + } + + void *getUnderlyingStream() const override { + return mChildStream->getUnderlyingStream(); + } + + ResultWithValue<int32_t> setBufferSizeInFrames(int32_t requestedFrames) override { + return mChildStream->setBufferSizeInFrames(requestedFrames); + } + + int32_t getBufferSizeInFrames() override { + mBufferSizeInFrames = mChildStream->getBufferSizeInFrames(); + return mBufferSizeInFrames; + } + + ResultWithValue<int32_t> getXRunCount() const override { + return mChildStream->getXRunCount(); + } + + ResultWithValue<double> calculateLatencyMillis() override { + // This will automatically include the latency of the flowgraph? + return mChildStream->calculateLatencyMillis(); + } + + Result getTimestamp(clockid_t clockId, + int64_t *framePosition, + int64_t *timeNanoseconds) override { + int64_t childPosition = 0; + Result result = mChildStream->getTimestamp(clockId, &childPosition, timeNanoseconds); + *framePosition = childPosition * mRateScaler; + return result; + } + + DataCallbackResult onAudioReady(AudioStream *oboeStream, + void *audioData, + int32_t numFrames) override; + + bool onError(AudioStream * audioStream, Result error) override { + if (mErrorCallback != nullptr) { + return mErrorCallback->onError(this, error); + } + return false; + } + + void onErrorBeforeClose(AudioStream *oboeStream, Result error) override { + if (mErrorCallback != nullptr) { + mErrorCallback->onErrorBeforeClose(this, error); + } + } + + void onErrorAfterClose(AudioStream *oboeStream, Result error) override { + // Close this parent stream because the callback will only close the child. + AudioStream::close(); + if (mErrorCallback != nullptr) { + mErrorCallback->onErrorAfterClose(this, error); + } + } + + /** + * @return last result passed from an error callback + */ + oboe::Result getLastErrorCallbackResult() const override { + return mChildStream->getLastErrorCallbackResult(); + } + +private: + + std::unique_ptr<AudioStream> mChildStream; // this stream wraps the child stream + std::unique_ptr<DataConversionFlowGraph> mFlowGraph; // for converting data + std::unique_ptr<uint8_t[]> mBlockingBuffer; // temp buffer for write() + double mRateScaler = 1.0; // ratio parent/child sample rates +}; + +} // oboe + +#endif //OBOE_FILTER_AUDIO_STREAM_H diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/FixedBlockAdapter.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/FixedBlockAdapter.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..76e961c9 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/FixedBlockAdapter.h @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2017 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef AAUDIO_FIXED_BLOCK_ADAPTER_H +#define AAUDIO_FIXED_BLOCK_ADAPTER_H + +#include <memory> +#include <stdint.h> +#include <sys/types.h> + +/** + * Interface for a class that needs fixed-size blocks. + */ +class FixedBlockProcessor { +public: + virtual ~FixedBlockProcessor() = default; + /** + * + * @param buffer Pointer to first byte of data. + * @param numBytes This will be a fixed size specified in FixedBlockAdapter::open(). + * @return Number of bytes processed or a negative error code. + */ + virtual int32_t onProcessFixedBlock(uint8_t *buffer, int32_t numBytes) = 0; +}; + +/** + * Base class for a variable-to-fixed-size block adapter. + */ +class FixedBlockAdapter +{ +public: + FixedBlockAdapter(FixedBlockProcessor &fixedBlockProcessor) + : mFixedBlockProcessor(fixedBlockProcessor) {} + + virtual ~FixedBlockAdapter(); + + /** + * Allocate internal resources needed for buffering data. + */ + virtual int32_t open(int32_t bytesPerFixedBlock); + + /** + * Free internal resources. + */ + int32_t close(); + +protected: + FixedBlockProcessor &mFixedBlockProcessor; + std::unique_ptr<uint8_t[]> mStorage; // Store data here while assembling buffers. + int32_t mSize = 0; // Size in bytes of the fixed size buffer. + int32_t mPosition = 0; // Offset of the last byte read or written. +}; + +#endif /* AAUDIO_FIXED_BLOCK_ADAPTER_H */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/FixedBlockReader.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/FixedBlockReader.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4cea9c8b --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/FixedBlockReader.h @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2017 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef AAUDIO_FIXED_BLOCK_READER_H +#define AAUDIO_FIXED_BLOCK_READER_H + +#include <stdint.h> + +#include "FixedBlockAdapter.h" + +/** + * Read from a fixed-size block to a variable sized block. + * + * This can be used to convert a pull data flow from fixed sized buffers to variable sized buffers. + * An example would be an audio output callback that reads from the app. + */ +class FixedBlockReader : public FixedBlockAdapter +{ +public: + FixedBlockReader(FixedBlockProcessor &fixedBlockProcessor); + + virtual ~FixedBlockReader() = default; + + int32_t open(int32_t bytesPerFixedBlock) override; + + /** + * Read into a variable sized block. + * + * Note that if the fixed-sized blocks must be aligned, then the variable-sized blocks + * must have the same alignment. + * For example, if the fixed-size blocks must be a multiple of 8, then the variable-sized + * blocks must also be a multiple of 8. + * + * @param buffer + * @param numBytes + * @return Number of bytes read or a negative error code. + */ + int32_t read(uint8_t *buffer, int32_t numBytes); + +private: + int32_t readFromStorage(uint8_t *buffer, int32_t numBytes); + + int32_t mValid = 0; // Number of valid bytes in mStorage. +}; + + +#endif /* AAUDIO_FIXED_BLOCK_READER_H */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/FixedBlockWriter.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/FixedBlockWriter.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6dea6ca9 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/FixedBlockWriter.h @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2017 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef AAUDIO_FIXED_BLOCK_WRITER_H +#define AAUDIO_FIXED_BLOCK_WRITER_H + +#include <stdint.h> + +#include "FixedBlockAdapter.h" + +/** + * This can be used to convert a push data flow from variable sized buffers to fixed sized buffers. + * An example would be an audio input callback. + */ +class FixedBlockWriter : public FixedBlockAdapter +{ +public: + FixedBlockWriter(FixedBlockProcessor &fixedBlockProcessor); + + virtual ~FixedBlockWriter() = default; + + /** + * Write from a variable sized block. + * + * Note that if the fixed-sized blocks must be aligned, then the variable-sized blocks + * must have the same alignment. + * For example, if the fixed-size blocks must be a multiple of 8, then the variable-sized + * blocks must also be a multiple of 8. + * + * @param buffer + * @param numBytes + * @return Number of bytes written or a negative error code. + */ + int32_t write(uint8_t *buffer, int32_t numBytes); + +private: + + int32_t writeToStorage(uint8_t *buffer, int32_t numBytes); +}; + +#endif /* AAUDIO_FIXED_BLOCK_WRITER_H */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/MonotonicCounter.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/MonotonicCounter.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..00c979c5 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/MonotonicCounter.h @@ -0,0 +1,112 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2016 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef COMMON_MONOTONIC_COUNTER_H +#define COMMON_MONOTONIC_COUNTER_H + +#include <cstdint> + +/** + * Maintain a 64-bit monotonic counter. + * Can be used to track a 32-bit counter that wraps or gets reset. + * + * Note that this is not atomic and has no interior locks. + * A caller will need to provide their own exterior locking + * if they need to use it from multiple threads. + */ +class MonotonicCounter { + +public: + MonotonicCounter() {} + virtual ~MonotonicCounter() {} + + /** + * @return current value of the counter + */ + int64_t get() const { + return mCounter64; + } + + /** + * set the current value of the counter + */ + void set(int64_t counter) { + mCounter64 = counter; + } + + /** + * Advance the counter if delta is positive. + * @return current value of the counter + */ + int64_t increment(int64_t delta) { + if (delta > 0) { + mCounter64 += delta; + } + return mCounter64; + } + + /** + * Advance the 64-bit counter if (current32 - previousCurrent32) > 0. + * This can be used to convert a 32-bit counter that may be wrapping into + * a monotonic 64-bit counter. + * + * This counter32 should NOT be allowed to advance by more than 0x7FFFFFFF between calls. + * Think of the wrapping counter like a sine wave. If the frequency of the signal + * is more than half the sampling rate (Nyquist rate) then you cannot measure it properly. + * If the counter wraps around every 24 hours then we should measure it with a period + * of less than 12 hours. + * + * @return current value of the 64-bit counter + */ + int64_t update32(int32_t counter32) { + int32_t delta = counter32 - mCounter32; + // protect against the mCounter64 going backwards + if (delta > 0) { + mCounter64 += delta; + mCounter32 = counter32; + } + return mCounter64; + } + + /** + * Reset the stored value of the 32-bit counter. + * This is used if your counter32 has been reset to zero. + */ + void reset32() { + mCounter32 = 0; + } + + /** + * Round 64-bit counter up to a multiple of the period. + * + * The period must be positive. + * + * @param period might be, for example, a buffer capacity + */ + void roundUp64(int32_t period) { + if (period > 0) { + int64_t numPeriods = (mCounter64 + period - 1) / period; + mCounter64 = numPeriods * period; + } + } + +private: + int64_t mCounter64 = 0; + int32_t mCounter32 = 0; +}; + + +#endif //COMMON_MONOTONIC_COUNTER_H diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/OboeDebug.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/OboeDebug.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..dc7434c8 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/OboeDebug.h @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2015 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + */ + +#ifndef OBOE_DEBUG_H +#define OBOE_DEBUG_H + +#include <android/log.h> + +#ifndef MODULE_NAME +#define MODULE_NAME "OboeAudio" +#endif + +// Always log INFO and errors. +#define LOGI(...) __android_log_print(ANDROID_LOG_INFO, MODULE_NAME, __VA_ARGS__) +#define LOGW(...) __android_log_print(ANDROID_LOG_WARN, MODULE_NAME, __VA_ARGS__) +#define LOGE(...) __android_log_print(ANDROID_LOG_ERROR, MODULE_NAME, __VA_ARGS__) +#define LOGF(...) __android_log_print(ANDROID_LOG_FATAL, MODULE_NAME, __VA_ARGS__) + +#if OBOE_ENABLE_LOGGING +#define LOGV(...) __android_log_print(ANDROID_LOG_VERBOSE, MODULE_NAME, __VA_ARGS__) +#define LOGD(...) __android_log_print(ANDROID_LOG_DEBUG, MODULE_NAME, __VA_ARGS__) +#else +#define LOGV(...) +#define LOGD(...) +#endif + +#endif //OBOE_DEBUG_H diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/QuirksManager.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/QuirksManager.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b4e38ded --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/QuirksManager.h @@ -0,0 +1,121 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2019 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef OBOE_QUIRKS_MANAGER_H +#define OBOE_QUIRKS_MANAGER_H + +#include <memory> +#include <oboe/AudioStreamBuilder.h> +#include <aaudio/AudioStreamAAudio.h> + +namespace oboe { + +/** + * INTERNAL USE ONLY. + * + * Based on manufacturer, model and Android version number + * decide whether data conversion needs to occur. + * + * This also manages device and version specific workarounds. + */ + +class QuirksManager { +public: + + static QuirksManager &getInstance() { + static QuirksManager instance; // singleton + return instance; + } + + QuirksManager(); + virtual ~QuirksManager() = default; + + /** + * Do we need to do channel, format or rate conversion to provide a low latency + * stream for this builder? If so then provide a builder for the native child stream + * that will be used to get low latency. + * + * @param builder builder provided by application + * @param childBuilder modified builder appropriate for the underlying device + * @return true if conversion is needed + */ + bool isConversionNeeded(const AudioStreamBuilder &builder, AudioStreamBuilder &childBuilder); + + static bool isMMapUsed(AudioStream &stream) { + bool answer = false; + if (stream.getAudioApi() == AudioApi::AAudio) { + AudioStreamAAudio *streamAAudio = + reinterpret_cast<AudioStreamAAudio *>(&stream); + answer = streamAAudio->isMMapUsed(); + } + return answer; + } + + virtual int32_t clipBufferSize(AudioStream &stream, int32_t bufferSize) { + return mDeviceQuirks->clipBufferSize(stream, bufferSize); + } + + class DeviceQuirks { + public: + virtual ~DeviceQuirks() = default; + + /** + * Restrict buffer size. This is mainly to avoid glitches caused by MMAP + * timestamp inaccuracies. + * @param stream + * @param requestedSize + * @return + */ + int32_t clipBufferSize(AudioStream &stream, int32_t requestedSize); + + // Exclusive MMAP streams can have glitches because they are using a timing + // model of the DSP to control IO instead of direct synchronization. + virtual int32_t getExclusiveBottomMarginInBursts() const { + return kDefaultBottomMarginInBursts; + } + + virtual int32_t getExclusiveTopMarginInBursts() const { + return kDefaultTopMarginInBursts; + } + + // On some devices, you can open a mono stream but it is actually running in stereo! + virtual bool isMonoMMapActuallyStereo() const { + return false; + } + + virtual bool isAAudioMMapPossible(const AudioStreamBuilder &builder) const; + + static constexpr int32_t kDefaultBottomMarginInBursts = 0; + static constexpr int32_t kDefaultTopMarginInBursts = 0; + + // For Legacy streams, do not let the buffer go below one burst. + // b/129545119 | AAudio Legacy allows setBufferSizeInFrames too low + // Fixed in Q + static constexpr int32_t kLegacyBottomMarginInBursts = 1; + static constexpr int32_t kCommonNativeRate = 48000; // very typical native sample rate + }; + +private: + + static constexpr int32_t kChannelCountMono = 1; + static constexpr int32_t kChannelCountStereo = 2; + + std::unique_ptr<DeviceQuirks> mDeviceQuirks{}; + +}; + +} +#endif //OBOE_QUIRKS_MANAGER_H diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/README.md b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/README.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d3974588 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +# Notes on Implementation + +## Latency from Resampling + +There are two components of the latency. The resampler itself, and a buffer that +is used to adapt the block sizes. + +1) The resampler is an FIR running at the target sample rate. So its latency is the number of taps. +From MultiChannelResampler.cpp, numTaps is + + Fastest: 2 + Low: 4 + Medium: 8 + High: 16 + Best: 32 + +For output, the device sampling rate is used, which is typically 48000.For input, the app sampling rate is used. + +2) There is a block size adapter that collects odd sized blocks into larger blocks of the correct size. + +The adapter contains one burst of frames, from getFramesPerBurst(). But if the app specifies a +particular size using setFramesPerCallback() then that size will be used. +Here is some pseudo-code to calculate the latency. + + latencyMillis = 0 + targetRate = isOutput ? deviceRate : applicationRate + // Add latency from FIR + latencyMillis += numTaps * 1000.0 / targetRate + // Add latency from block size adaptation + adapterSize = (callbackSize > 0) ? callbackSize : burstSize + if (isOutput && isCallbackUsed) latencyMillis += adapterSize * 1000.0 / deviceRate + else if (isInput && isCallbackUsed) latencyMillis += adapterSize * 1000.0 / applicationRate + else if (isInput && !isCallbackUsed) latencyMillis += adapterSize * 1000.0 / deviceRate diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/SourceFloatCaller.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/SourceFloatCaller.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..85a15855 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/SourceFloatCaller.h @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2019 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef OBOE_SOURCE_FLOAT_CALLER_H +#define OBOE_SOURCE_FLOAT_CALLER_H + +#include <unistd.h> +#include <sys/types.h> + +#include "flowgraph/FlowGraphNode.h" +#include "AudioSourceCaller.h" +#include "FixedBlockReader.h" + +namespace oboe { +/** + * AudioSource that uses callback to get more float data. + */ +class SourceFloatCaller : public AudioSourceCaller { +public: + SourceFloatCaller(int32_t channelCount, int32_t framesPerCallback) + : AudioSourceCaller(channelCount, framesPerCallback, (int32_t)sizeof(float)) {} + + int32_t onProcess(int32_t numFrames) override; + + const char *getName() override { + return "SourceFloatCaller"; + } +}; + +} +#endif //OBOE_SOURCE_FLOAT_CALLER_H diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/SourceI16Caller.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/SourceI16Caller.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..22c1b9ab --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/SourceI16Caller.h @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2019 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef OBOE_SOURCE_I16_CALLER_H +#define OBOE_SOURCE_I16_CALLER_H + +#include <unistd.h> +#include <sys/types.h> + +#include "flowgraph/FlowGraphNode.h" +#include "AudioSourceCaller.h" +#include "FixedBlockReader.h" + +namespace oboe { +/** + * AudioSource that uses callback to get more data. + */ +class SourceI16Caller : public AudioSourceCaller { +public: + SourceI16Caller(int32_t channelCount, int32_t framesPerCallback) + : AudioSourceCaller(channelCount, framesPerCallback, sizeof(int16_t)) { + mConversionBuffer = std::make_unique<int16_t[]>(channelCount * output.getFramesPerBuffer()); + } + + int32_t onProcess(int32_t numFrames) override; + + const char *getName() override { + return "SourceI16Caller"; + } +private: + std::unique_ptr<int16_t[]> mConversionBuffer; +}; + +} +#endif //OBOE_SOURCE_I16_CALLER_H diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/Trace.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/Trace.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c7965f95 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/Trace.h @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2018 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef OBOE_TRACE_H +#define OBOE_TRACE_H + +class Trace { + +public: + static void beginSection(const char *format, ...); + static void endSection(); + static void initialize(); + +private: + static bool mIsTracingSupported; +}; + +#endif //OBOE_TRACE_H \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/fifo/FifoBuffer.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/fifo/FifoBuffer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cced2d3 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/fifo/FifoBuffer.h @@ -0,0 +1,99 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2015 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef OBOE_FIFOPROCESSOR_H +#define OBOE_FIFOPROCESSOR_H + +#include <memory> +#include <stdint.h> + +#include "oboe/Definitions.h" + +#include "FifoControllerBase.h" + +namespace oboe { + +class FifoBuffer { +public: + FifoBuffer(uint32_t bytesPerFrame, uint32_t capacityInFrames); + + FifoBuffer(uint32_t bytesPerFrame, + uint32_t capacityInFrames, + std::atomic<uint64_t> *readCounterAddress, + std::atomic<uint64_t> *writeCounterAddress, + uint8_t *dataStorageAddress); + + ~FifoBuffer(); + + int32_t convertFramesToBytes(int32_t frames); + + /** + * Read framesToRead or, if not enough, then read as many as are available. + * @param destination + * @param framesToRead number of frames requested + * @return number of frames actually read + */ + int32_t read(void *destination, int32_t framesToRead); + + int32_t write(const void *source, int32_t framesToWrite); + + uint32_t getBufferCapacityInFrames() const; + + /** + * Calls read(). If all of the frames cannot be read then the remainder of the buffer + * is set to zero. + * + * @param destination + * @param framesToRead number of frames requested + * @return number of frames actually read + */ + int32_t readNow(void *destination, int32_t numFrames); + + uint32_t getFullFramesAvailable() { + return mFifo->getFullFramesAvailable(); + } + + uint32_t getBytesPerFrame() const { + return mBytesPerFrame; + } + + uint64_t getReadCounter() const { + return mFifo->getReadCounter(); + } + + void setReadCounter(uint64_t n) { + mFifo->setReadCounter(n); + } + + uint64_t getWriteCounter() { + return mFifo->getWriteCounter(); + } + void setWriteCounter(uint64_t n) { + mFifo->setWriteCounter(n); + } + +private: + uint32_t mBytesPerFrame; + uint8_t* mStorage; + bool mStorageOwned; // did this object allocate the storage? + std::unique_ptr<FifoControllerBase> mFifo; + uint64_t mFramesReadCount; + uint64_t mFramesUnderrunCount; +}; + +} // namespace oboe + +#endif //OBOE_FIFOPROCESSOR_H diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/fifo/FifoController.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/fifo/FifoController.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d3e413e3 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/fifo/FifoController.h @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2015 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef NATIVEOBOE_FIFOCONTROLLER_H +#define NATIVEOBOE_FIFOCONTROLLER_H + +#include <atomic> +#include <stdint.h> + +#include "FifoControllerBase.h" + +namespace oboe { + +/** + * A FifoControllerBase with counters contained in the class. + */ +class FifoController : public FifoControllerBase +{ +public: + FifoController(uint32_t bufferSize); + virtual ~FifoController() = default; + + virtual uint64_t getReadCounter() const override { + return mReadCounter.load(std::memory_order_acquire); + } + virtual void setReadCounter(uint64_t n) override { + mReadCounter.store(n, std::memory_order_release); + } + virtual void incrementReadCounter(uint64_t n) override { + mReadCounter.fetch_add(n, std::memory_order_acq_rel); + } + virtual uint64_t getWriteCounter() const override { + return mWriteCounter.load(std::memory_order_acquire); + } + virtual void setWriteCounter(uint64_t n) override { + mWriteCounter.store(n, std::memory_order_release); + } + virtual void incrementWriteCounter(uint64_t n) override { + mWriteCounter.fetch_add(n, std::memory_order_acq_rel); + } + +private: + std::atomic<uint64_t> mReadCounter{}; + std::atomic<uint64_t> mWriteCounter{}; +}; + +} // namespace oboe + +#endif //NATIVEOBOE_FIFOCONTROLLER_H diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/fifo/FifoControllerBase.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/fifo/FifoControllerBase.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a4c2b41a --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/fifo/FifoControllerBase.h @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2015 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef NATIVEOBOE_FIFOCONTROLLERBASE_H +#define NATIVEOBOE_FIFOCONTROLLERBASE_H + +#include <stdint.h> + +namespace oboe { + +/** + * Manage the read/write indices of a circular buffer. + * + * The caller is responsible for reading and writing the actual data. + * Note that the span of available frames may not be contiguous. They + * may wrap around from the end to the beginning of the buffer. In that + * case the data must be read or written in at least two blocks of frames. + * + */ + +class FifoControllerBase { + +public: + /** + * @param totalFrames capacity of the circular buffer in frames. + */ + FifoControllerBase(uint32_t totalFrames); + + virtual ~FifoControllerBase() = default; + + /** + * The frames available to read will be calculated from the read and write counters. + * The result will be clipped to the capacity of the buffer. + * If the buffer has underflowed then this will return zero. + * @return number of valid frames available to read. + */ + uint32_t getFullFramesAvailable() const; + + /** + * The index in a circular buffer of the next frame to read. + */ + uint32_t getReadIndex() const; + + /** + * @param numFrames number of frames to advance the read index + */ + void advanceReadIndex(uint32_t numFrames); + + /** + * @return maximum number of frames that can be written without exceeding the threshold. + */ + uint32_t getEmptyFramesAvailable() const; + + /** + * The index in a circular buffer of the next frame to write. + */ + uint32_t getWriteIndex() const; + + /** + * @param numFrames number of frames to advance the write index + */ + void advanceWriteIndex(uint32_t numFrames); + + uint32_t getFrameCapacity() const { return mTotalFrames; } + + virtual uint64_t getReadCounter() const = 0; + virtual void setReadCounter(uint64_t n) = 0; + virtual void incrementReadCounter(uint64_t n) = 0; + virtual uint64_t getWriteCounter() const = 0; + virtual void setWriteCounter(uint64_t n) = 0; + virtual void incrementWriteCounter(uint64_t n) = 0; + +private: + uint32_t mTotalFrames; +}; + +} // namespace oboe + +#endif //NATIVEOBOE_FIFOCONTROLLERBASE_H diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/fifo/FifoControllerIndirect.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/fifo/FifoControllerIndirect.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..32f78819 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/fifo/FifoControllerIndirect.h @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2016 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef NATIVEOBOE_FIFOCONTROLLERINDIRECT_H +#define NATIVEOBOE_FIFOCONTROLLERINDIRECT_H + +#include <atomic> +#include <stdint.h> + +#include "FifoControllerBase.h" + +namespace oboe { + +/** + * A FifoControllerBase with counters external to the class. + */ +class FifoControllerIndirect : public FifoControllerBase { + +public: + FifoControllerIndirect(uint32_t bufferSize, + std::atomic<uint64_t> *readCounterAddress, + std::atomic<uint64_t> *writeCounterAddress); + virtual ~FifoControllerIndirect() = default; + + virtual uint64_t getReadCounter() const override { + return mReadCounterAddress->load(std::memory_order_acquire); + } + virtual void setReadCounter(uint64_t n) override { + mReadCounterAddress->store(n, std::memory_order_release); + } + virtual void incrementReadCounter(uint64_t n) override { + mReadCounterAddress->fetch_add(n, std::memory_order_acq_rel); + } + virtual uint64_t getWriteCounter() const override { + return mWriteCounterAddress->load(std::memory_order_acquire); + } + virtual void setWriteCounter(uint64_t n) override { + mWriteCounterAddress->store(n, std::memory_order_release); + } + virtual void incrementWriteCounter(uint64_t n) override { + mWriteCounterAddress->fetch_add(n, std::memory_order_acq_rel); + } + +private: + + std::atomic<uint64_t> *mReadCounterAddress; + std::atomic<uint64_t> *mWriteCounterAddress; + +}; + +} // namespace oboe + +#endif //NATIVEOBOE_FIFOCONTROLLERINDIRECT_H diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/ChannelCountConverter.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/ChannelCountConverter.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f688d443 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/ChannelCountConverter.h @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2015 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef FLOWGRAPH_CHANNEL_COUNT_CONVERTER_H +#define FLOWGRAPH_CHANNEL_COUNT_CONVERTER_H + +#include <unistd.h> +#include <sys/types.h> + +#include "FlowGraphNode.h" + +namespace FLOWGRAPH_OUTER_NAMESPACE { +namespace flowgraph { + +/** + * Change the number of number of channels without mixing. + * When increasing the channel count, duplicate input channels. + * When decreasing the channel count, drop input channels. + */ + class ChannelCountConverter : public FlowGraphNode { + public: + explicit ChannelCountConverter( + int32_t inputChannelCount, + int32_t outputChannelCount); + + virtual ~ChannelCountConverter(); + + int32_t onProcess(int32_t numFrames) override; + + const char *getName() override { + return "ChannelCountConverter"; + } + + FlowGraphPortFloatInput input; + FlowGraphPortFloatOutput output; + }; + +} /* namespace flowgraph */ +} /* namespace FLOWGRAPH_OUTER_NAMESPACE */ + +#endif //FLOWGRAPH_CHANNEL_COUNT_CONVERTER_H diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/ClipToRange.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/ClipToRange.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4dc82f6c --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/ClipToRange.h @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2015 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef FLOWGRAPH_CLIP_TO_RANGE_H +#define FLOWGRAPH_CLIP_TO_RANGE_H + +#include <atomic> +#include <unistd.h> +#include <sys/types.h> + +#include "FlowGraphNode.h" + +namespace FLOWGRAPH_OUTER_NAMESPACE { +namespace flowgraph { + +// This is 3 dB, (10^(3/20)), to match the maximum headroom in AudioTrack for float data. +// It is designed to allow occasional transient peaks. +constexpr float kDefaultMaxHeadroom = 1.41253754f; +constexpr float kDefaultMinHeadroom = -kDefaultMaxHeadroom; + +class ClipToRange : public FlowGraphFilter { +public: + explicit ClipToRange(int32_t channelCount); + + virtual ~ClipToRange() = default; + + int32_t onProcess(int32_t numFrames) override; + + void setMinimum(float min) { + mMinimum = min; + } + + float getMinimum() const { + return mMinimum; + } + + void setMaximum(float min) { + mMaximum = min; + } + + float getMaximum() const { + return mMaximum; + } + + const char *getName() override { + return "ClipToRange"; + } + +private: + float mMinimum = kDefaultMinHeadroom; + float mMaximum = kDefaultMaxHeadroom; +}; + +} /* namespace flowgraph */ +} /* namespace FLOWGRAPH_OUTER_NAMESPACE */ + +#endif //FLOWGRAPH_CLIP_TO_RANGE_H diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/FlowGraphNode.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/FlowGraphNode.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..acbee565 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/FlowGraphNode.h @@ -0,0 +1,448 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2015 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +/* + * FlowGraph.h + * + * Processing node and ports that can be used in a simple data flow graph. + * This was designed to work with audio but could be used for other + * types of data. + */ + +#ifndef FLOWGRAPH_FLOW_GRAPH_NODE_H +#define FLOWGRAPH_FLOW_GRAPH_NODE_H + +#include <cassert> +#include <cstring> +#include <math.h> +#include <memory> +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <time.h> +#include <unistd.h> +#include <vector> + +// TODO Move these classes into separate files. +// TODO Review use of raw pointers for connect(). Maybe use smart pointers but need to avoid +// run-time deallocation in audio thread. + +// Set this to 1 if using it inside the Android framework. +// This code is kept here so that it can be moved easily between Oboe and AAudio. +#ifndef FLOWGRAPH_ANDROID_INTERNAL +#define FLOWGRAPH_ANDROID_INTERNAL 0 +#endif + +// Set this to a name that will prevent AAudio from calling into Oboe. +// AAudio and Oboe both use a version of this flowgraph package. +// There was a problem in the unit tests where AAudio would call a constructor +// in AAudio and then call a destructor in Oboe! That caused memory corruption. +// For more details, see Issue #930. +#ifndef FLOWGRAPH_OUTER_NAMESPACE +#define FLOWGRAPH_OUTER_NAMESPACE oboe +#endif + +namespace FLOWGRAPH_OUTER_NAMESPACE { +namespace flowgraph { + +// Default block size that can be overridden when the FlowGraphPortFloat is created. +// If it is too small then we will have too much overhead from switching between nodes. +// If it is too high then we will thrash the caches. +constexpr int kDefaultBufferSize = 8; // arbitrary + +class FlowGraphPort; +class FlowGraphPortFloatInput; + +/***************************************************************************/ +/** + * Base class for all nodes in the flowgraph. + */ +class FlowGraphNode { +public: + FlowGraphNode() {} + virtual ~FlowGraphNode() = default; + + /** + * Read from the input ports, + * generate multiple frames of data then write the results to the output ports. + * + * @param numFrames maximum number of frames requested for processing + * @return number of frames actually processed + */ + virtual int32_t onProcess(int32_t numFrames) = 0; + + /** + * If the callCount is at or after the previous callCount then call + * pullData on all of the upstreamNodes. + * Then call onProcess(). + * This prevents infinite recursion in case of cyclic graphs. + * It also prevents nodes upstream from a branch from being executed twice. + * + * @param callCount + * @param numFrames + * @return number of frames valid + */ + int32_t pullData(int32_t numFrames, int64_t callCount); + + /** + * Recursively reset all the nodes in the graph, starting from a Sink. + * + * This must not be called at the same time as pullData! + */ + void pullReset(); + + /** + * Reset framePosition counters. + */ + virtual void reset(); + + void addInputPort(FlowGraphPort &port) { + mInputPorts.push_back(port); + } + + bool isDataPulledAutomatically() const { + return mDataPulledAutomatically; + } + + /** + * Set true if you want the data pulled through the graph automatically. + * This is the default. + * + * Set false if you want to pull the data from the input ports in the onProcess() method. + * You might do this, for example, in a sample rate converting node. + * + * @param automatic + */ + void setDataPulledAutomatically(bool automatic) { + mDataPulledAutomatically = automatic; + } + + virtual const char *getName() { + return "FlowGraph"; + } + + int64_t getLastCallCount() { + return mLastCallCount; + } + +protected: + + static constexpr int64_t kInitialCallCount = -1; + int64_t mLastCallCount = kInitialCallCount; + + std::vector<std::reference_wrapper<FlowGraphPort>> mInputPorts; + +private: + bool mDataPulledAutomatically = true; + bool mBlockRecursion = false; + int32_t mLastFrameCount = 0; + +}; + +/***************************************************************************/ +/** + * This is a connector that allows data to flow between modules. + * + * The ports are the primary means of interacting with a module. + * So they are generally declared as public. + * + */ +class FlowGraphPort { +public: + FlowGraphPort(FlowGraphNode &parent, int32_t samplesPerFrame) + : mContainingNode(parent) + , mSamplesPerFrame(samplesPerFrame) { + } + + virtual ~FlowGraphPort() = default; + + // Ports are often declared public. So let's make them non-copyable. + FlowGraphPort(const FlowGraphPort&) = delete; + FlowGraphPort& operator=(const FlowGraphPort&) = delete; + + int32_t getSamplesPerFrame() const { + return mSamplesPerFrame; + } + + virtual int32_t pullData(int64_t framePosition, int32_t numFrames) = 0; + + virtual void pullReset() {} + +protected: + FlowGraphNode &mContainingNode; + +private: + const int32_t mSamplesPerFrame = 1; +}; + +/***************************************************************************/ +/** + * This port contains a 32-bit float buffer that can contain several frames of data. + * Processing the data in a block improves performance. + * + * The size is framesPerBuffer * samplesPerFrame). + */ +class FlowGraphPortFloat : public FlowGraphPort { +public: + FlowGraphPortFloat(FlowGraphNode &parent, + int32_t samplesPerFrame, + int32_t framesPerBuffer = kDefaultBufferSize + ); + + virtual ~FlowGraphPortFloat() = default; + + int32_t getFramesPerBuffer() const { + return mFramesPerBuffer; + } + +protected: + + /** + * @return buffer internal to the port or from a connected port + */ + virtual float *getBuffer() { + return mBuffer.get(); + } + +private: + const int32_t mFramesPerBuffer = 1; + std::unique_ptr<float[]> mBuffer; // allocated in constructor +}; + +/***************************************************************************/ +/** + * The results of a node's processing are stored in the buffers of the output ports. + */ +class FlowGraphPortFloatOutput : public FlowGraphPortFloat { +public: + FlowGraphPortFloatOutput(FlowGraphNode &parent, int32_t samplesPerFrame) + : FlowGraphPortFloat(parent, samplesPerFrame) { + } + + virtual ~FlowGraphPortFloatOutput() = default; + + using FlowGraphPortFloat::getBuffer; + + /** + * Connect to the input of another module. + * An input port can only have one connection. + * An output port can have multiple connections. + * If you connect a second output port to an input port + * then it overwrites the previous connection. + * + * This not thread safe. Do not modify the graph topology from another thread while running. + * Also do not delete a module while it is connected to another port if the graph is running. + */ + void connect(FlowGraphPortFloatInput *port); + + /** + * Disconnect from the input of another module. + * This not thread safe. + */ + void disconnect(FlowGraphPortFloatInput *port); + + /** + * Call the parent module's onProcess() method. + * That may pull data from its inputs and recursively + * process the entire graph. + * @return number of frames actually pulled + */ + int32_t pullData(int64_t framePosition, int32_t numFrames) override; + + + void pullReset() override; + +}; + +/***************************************************************************/ + +/** + * An input port for streaming audio data. + * You can set a value that will be used for processing. + * If you connect an output port to this port then its value will be used instead. + */ +class FlowGraphPortFloatInput : public FlowGraphPortFloat { +public: + FlowGraphPortFloatInput(FlowGraphNode &parent, int32_t samplesPerFrame) + : FlowGraphPortFloat(parent, samplesPerFrame) { + // Add to parent so it can pull data from each input. + parent.addInputPort(*this); + } + + virtual ~FlowGraphPortFloatInput() = default; + + /** + * If connected to an output port then this will return + * that output ports buffers. + * If not connected then it returns the input ports own buffer + * which can be loaded using setValue(). + */ + float *getBuffer() override; + + /** + * Write every value of the float buffer. + * This value will be ignored if an output port is connected + * to this port. + */ + void setValue(float value) { + int numFloats = kDefaultBufferSize * getSamplesPerFrame(); + float *buffer = getBuffer(); + for (int i = 0; i < numFloats; i++) { + *buffer++ = value; + } + } + + /** + * Connect to the output of another module. + * An input port can only have one connection. + * An output port can have multiple connections. + * This not thread safe. + */ + void connect(FlowGraphPortFloatOutput *port) { + assert(getSamplesPerFrame() == port->getSamplesPerFrame()); + mConnected = port; + } + + void disconnect(FlowGraphPortFloatOutput *port) { + assert(mConnected == port); + (void) port; + mConnected = nullptr; + } + + void disconnect() { + mConnected = nullptr; + } + + /** + * Pull data from any output port that is connected. + */ + int32_t pullData(int64_t framePosition, int32_t numFrames) override; + + void pullReset() override; + +private: + FlowGraphPortFloatOutput *mConnected = nullptr; +}; + +/***************************************************************************/ + +/** + * Base class for an edge node in a graph that has no upstream nodes. + * It outputs data but does not consume data. + * By default, it will read its data from an external buffer. + */ +class FlowGraphSource : public FlowGraphNode { +public: + explicit FlowGraphSource(int32_t channelCount) + : output(*this, channelCount) { + } + + virtual ~FlowGraphSource() = default; + + FlowGraphPortFloatOutput output; +}; + +/***************************************************************************/ + +/** + * Base class for an edge node in a graph that has no upstream nodes. + * It outputs data but does not consume data. + * By default, it will read its data from an external buffer. + */ +class FlowGraphSourceBuffered : public FlowGraphSource { +public: + explicit FlowGraphSourceBuffered(int32_t channelCount) + : FlowGraphSource(channelCount) {} + + virtual ~FlowGraphSourceBuffered() = default; + + /** + * Specify buffer that the node will read from. + * + * @param data TODO Consider using std::shared_ptr. + * @param numFrames + */ + void setData(const void *data, int32_t numFrames) { + mData = data; + mSizeInFrames = numFrames; + mFrameIndex = 0; + } + +protected: + const void *mData = nullptr; + int32_t mSizeInFrames = 0; // number of frames in mData + int32_t mFrameIndex = 0; // index of next frame to be processed +}; + +/***************************************************************************/ +/** + * Base class for an edge node in a graph that has no downstream nodes. + * It consumes data but does not output data. + * This graph will be executed when data is read() from this node + * by pulling data from upstream nodes. + */ +class FlowGraphSink : public FlowGraphNode { +public: + explicit FlowGraphSink(int32_t channelCount) + : input(*this, channelCount) { + } + + virtual ~FlowGraphSink() = default; + + FlowGraphPortFloatInput input; + + /** + * Dummy processor. The work happens in the read() method. + * + * @param numFrames + * @return number of frames actually processed + */ + int32_t onProcess(int32_t numFrames) override { + return numFrames; + } + + virtual int32_t read(void *data, int32_t numFrames) = 0; + +protected: + /** + * Pull data through the graph using this nodes last callCount. + * @param numFrames + * @return + */ + int32_t pullData(int32_t numFrames); +}; + +/***************************************************************************/ +/** + * Base class for a node that has an input and an output with the same number of channels. + * This may include traditional filters, eg. FIR, but also include + * any processing node that converts input to output. + */ +class FlowGraphFilter : public FlowGraphNode { +public: + explicit FlowGraphFilter(int32_t channelCount) + : input(*this, channelCount) + , output(*this, channelCount) { + } + + virtual ~FlowGraphFilter() = default; + + FlowGraphPortFloatInput input; + FlowGraphPortFloatOutput output; +}; + +} /* namespace flowgraph */ +} /* namespace FLOWGRAPH_OUTER_NAMESPACE */ + +#endif /* FLOWGRAPH_FLOW_GRAPH_NODE_H */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/ManyToMultiConverter.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/ManyToMultiConverter.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c60e0704 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/ManyToMultiConverter.h @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2018 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef FLOWGRAPH_MANY_TO_MULTI_CONVERTER_H +#define FLOWGRAPH_MANY_TO_MULTI_CONVERTER_H + +#include <unistd.h> +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <vector> + +#include "FlowGraphNode.h" + +namespace FLOWGRAPH_OUTER_NAMESPACE { +namespace flowgraph { + +/** + * Combine multiple mono inputs into one interleaved multi-channel output. + */ +class ManyToMultiConverter : public flowgraph::FlowGraphNode { +public: + explicit ManyToMultiConverter(int32_t channelCount); + + virtual ~ManyToMultiConverter() = default; + + int32_t onProcess(int numFrames) override; + + void setEnabled(bool enabled) {} + + std::vector<std::unique_ptr<flowgraph::FlowGraphPortFloatInput>> inputs; + flowgraph::FlowGraphPortFloatOutput output; + + const char *getName() override { + return "ManyToMultiConverter"; + } + +private: +}; + +} /* namespace flowgraph */ +} /* namespace FLOWGRAPH_OUTER_NAMESPACE */ + +#endif //FLOWGRAPH_MANY_TO_MULTI_CONVERTER_H diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/MonoToMultiConverter.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/MonoToMultiConverter.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9216f1a9 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/MonoToMultiConverter.h @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2015 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef FLOWGRAPH_MONO_TO_MULTI_CONVERTER_H +#define FLOWGRAPH_MONO_TO_MULTI_CONVERTER_H + +#include <unistd.h> +#include <sys/types.h> + +#include "FlowGraphNode.h" + +namespace FLOWGRAPH_OUTER_NAMESPACE { +namespace flowgraph { + +/** + * Convert a monophonic stream to a multi-channel interleaved stream + * with the same signal on each channel. + */ +class MonoToMultiConverter : public FlowGraphNode { +public: + explicit MonoToMultiConverter(int32_t outputChannelCount); + + virtual ~MonoToMultiConverter(); + + int32_t onProcess(int32_t numFrames) override; + + const char *getName() override { + return "MonoToMultiConverter"; + } + + FlowGraphPortFloatInput input; + FlowGraphPortFloatOutput output; +}; + +} /* namespace flowgraph */ +} /* namespace FLOWGRAPH_OUTER_NAMESPACE */ + +#endif //FLOWGRAPH_MONO_TO_MULTI_CONVERTER_H diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/MultiToMonoConverter.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/MultiToMonoConverter.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9cb69114 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/MultiToMonoConverter.h @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2015 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef FLOWGRAPH_MULTI_TO_MONO_CONVERTER_H +#define FLOWGRAPH_MULTI_TO_MONO_CONVERTER_H + +#include <unistd.h> +#include <sys/types.h> + +#include "FlowGraphNode.h" + +namespace FLOWGRAPH_OUTER_NAMESPACE { +namespace flowgraph { + +/** + * Convert a multi-channel interleaved stream to a monophonic stream + * by extracting channel[0]. + */ + class MultiToMonoConverter : public FlowGraphNode { + public: + explicit MultiToMonoConverter(int32_t inputChannelCount); + + virtual ~MultiToMonoConverter(); + + int32_t onProcess(int32_t numFrames) override; + + const char *getName() override { + return "MultiToMonoConverter"; + } + + FlowGraphPortFloatInput input; + FlowGraphPortFloatOutput output; + }; + +} /* namespace flowgraph */ +} /* namespace FLOWGRAPH_OUTER_NAMESPACE */ + +#endif //FLOWGRAPH_MULTI_TO_MONO_CONVERTER_H diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/RampLinear.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/RampLinear.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8d4c546e --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/RampLinear.h @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2015 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef FLOWGRAPH_RAMP_LINEAR_H +#define FLOWGRAPH_RAMP_LINEAR_H + +#include <atomic> +#include <unistd.h> +#include <sys/types.h> + +#include "FlowGraphNode.h" + +namespace FLOWGRAPH_OUTER_NAMESPACE { +namespace flowgraph { + +/** + * When the target is modified then the output will ramp smoothly + * between the original and the new target value. + * This can be used to smooth out control values and reduce pops. + * + * The target may be updated while a ramp is in progress, which will trigger + * a new ramp from the current value. + */ +class RampLinear : public FlowGraphFilter { +public: + explicit RampLinear(int32_t channelCount); + + virtual ~RampLinear() = default; + + int32_t onProcess(int32_t numFrames) override; + + /** + * This is used for the next ramp. + * Calling this does not affect a ramp that is in progress. + */ + void setLengthInFrames(int32_t frames); + + int32_t getLengthInFrames() const { + return mLengthInFrames; + } + + /** + * This may be safely called by another thread. + * @param target + */ + void setTarget(float target); + + float getTarget() const { + return mTarget.load(); + } + + /** + * Force the nextSegment to start from this level. + * + * WARNING: this can cause a discontinuity if called while the ramp is being used. + * Only call this when setting the initial ramp. + * + * @param level + */ + void forceCurrent(float level) { + mLevelFrom = level; + mLevelTo = level; + } + + const char *getName() override { + return "RampLinear"; + } + +private: + + float interpolateCurrent(); + + std::atomic<float> mTarget; + + int32_t mLengthInFrames = 48000.0f / 100.0f ; // 10 msec at 48000 Hz; + int32_t mRemaining = 0; + float mScaler = 0.0f; + float mLevelFrom = 0.0f; + float mLevelTo = 0.0f; +}; + +} /* namespace flowgraph */ +} /* namespace FLOWGRAPH_OUTER_NAMESPACE */ + +#endif //FLOWGRAPH_RAMP_LINEAR_H diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/SampleRateConverter.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/SampleRateConverter.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..534df49a --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/SampleRateConverter.h @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2019 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef OBOE_SAMPLE_RATE_CONVERTER_H +#define OBOE_SAMPLE_RATE_CONVERTER_H + +#include <unistd.h> +#include <sys/types.h> + +#include "FlowGraphNode.h" +#include "resampler/MultiChannelResampler.h" + +namespace FLOWGRAPH_OUTER_NAMESPACE { +namespace flowgraph { + +class SampleRateConverter : public FlowGraphFilter { +public: + explicit SampleRateConverter(int32_t channelCount, resampler::MultiChannelResampler &mResampler); + + virtual ~SampleRateConverter() = default; + + int32_t onProcess(int32_t numFrames) override; + + const char *getName() override { + return "SampleRateConverter"; + } + + void reset() override; + +private: + + // Return true if there is a sample available. + bool isInputAvailable(); + + // This assumes data is available. Only call after calling isInputAvailable(). + const float *getNextInputFrame(); + + resampler::MultiChannelResampler &mResampler; + + int32_t mInputCursor = 0; // offset into the input port buffer + int32_t mNumValidInputFrames = 0; // number of valid frames currently in the input port buffer + // We need our own callCount for upstream calls because calls occur at a different rate. + // This means we cannot have cyclic graphs or merges that contain an SRC. + int64_t mInputCallCount = 0; + +}; + +} /* namespace flowgraph */ +} /* namespace FLOWGRAPH_OUTER_NAMESPACE */ + +#endif //OBOE_SAMPLE_RATE_CONVERTER_H diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/SinkFloat.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/SinkFloat.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..98d21820 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/SinkFloat.h @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2018 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + + +#ifndef FLOWGRAPH_SINK_FLOAT_H +#define FLOWGRAPH_SINK_FLOAT_H + +#include <unistd.h> +#include <sys/types.h> + +#include "FlowGraphNode.h" + +namespace FLOWGRAPH_OUTER_NAMESPACE { +namespace flowgraph { + +/** + * AudioSink that lets you read data as 32-bit floats. + */ +class SinkFloat : public FlowGraphSink { +public: + explicit SinkFloat(int32_t channelCount); + + int32_t read(void *data, int32_t numFrames) override; + + const char *getName() override { + return "SinkFloat"; + } +}; + +} /* namespace flowgraph */ +} /* namespace FLOWGRAPH_OUTER_NAMESPACE */ + +#endif //FLOWGRAPH_SINK_FLOAT_H diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/SinkI16.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/SinkI16.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e65ffae5 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/SinkI16.h @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2018 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef FLOWGRAPH_SINK_I16_H +#define FLOWGRAPH_SINK_I16_H + +#include <unistd.h> +#include <sys/types.h> + +#include "FlowGraphNode.h" + +namespace FLOWGRAPH_OUTER_NAMESPACE { +namespace flowgraph { + +/** + * AudioSink that lets you read data as 16-bit signed integers. + */ +class SinkI16 : public FlowGraphSink { +public: + explicit SinkI16(int32_t channelCount); + + int32_t read(void *data, int32_t numFrames) override; + + const char *getName() override { + return "SinkI16"; + } +}; + +} /* namespace flowgraph */ +} /* namespace FLOWGRAPH_OUTER_NAMESPACE */ + +#endif //FLOWGRAPH_SINK_I16_H diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/SinkI24.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/SinkI24.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..116a5790 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/SinkI24.h @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2018 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef FLOWGRAPH_SINK_I24_H +#define FLOWGRAPH_SINK_I24_H + +#include <unistd.h> +#include <sys/types.h> + +#include "FlowGraphNode.h" + +namespace FLOWGRAPH_OUTER_NAMESPACE { +namespace flowgraph { + +/** + * AudioSink that lets you read data as packed 24-bit signed integers. + * The sample size is 3 bytes. + */ +class SinkI24 : public FlowGraphSink { +public: + explicit SinkI24(int32_t channelCount); + + int32_t read(void *data, int32_t numFrames) override; + + const char *getName() override { + return "SinkI24"; + } +}; + +} /* namespace flowgraph */ +} /* namespace FLOWGRAPH_OUTER_NAMESPACE */ + +#endif //FLOWGRAPH_SINK_I24_H diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/SourceFloat.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/SourceFloat.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d191c4c6 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/SourceFloat.h @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2018 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef FLOWGRAPH_SOURCE_FLOAT_H +#define FLOWGRAPH_SOURCE_FLOAT_H + +#include <unistd.h> +#include <sys/types.h> + +#include "FlowGraphNode.h" + +namespace FLOWGRAPH_OUTER_NAMESPACE { +namespace flowgraph { + +/** + * AudioSource that reads a block of pre-defined float data. + */ +class SourceFloat : public FlowGraphSourceBuffered { +public: + explicit SourceFloat(int32_t channelCount); + + int32_t onProcess(int32_t numFrames) override; + + const char *getName() override { + return "SourceFloat"; + } +}; + +} /* namespace flowgraph */ +} /* namespace FLOWGRAPH_OUTER_NAMESPACE */ + +#endif //FLOWGRAPH_SOURCE_FLOAT_H diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/SourceI16.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/SourceI16.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3e04c5e5 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/SourceI16.h @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2018 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef FLOWGRAPH_SOURCE_I16_H +#define FLOWGRAPH_SOURCE_I16_H + +#include <unistd.h> +#include <sys/types.h> + +#include "FlowGraphNode.h" + +namespace FLOWGRAPH_OUTER_NAMESPACE { +namespace flowgraph { +/** + * AudioSource that reads a block of pre-defined 16-bit integer data. + */ +class SourceI16 : public FlowGraphSourceBuffered { +public: + explicit SourceI16(int32_t channelCount); + + int32_t onProcess(int32_t numFrames) override; + + const char *getName() override { + return "SourceI16"; + } +}; + +} /* namespace flowgraph */ +} /* namespace FLOWGRAPH_OUTER_NAMESPACE */ + +#endif //FLOWGRAPH_SOURCE_I16_H diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/SourceI24.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/SourceI24.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..69044d52 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/SourceI24.h @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2018 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef FLOWGRAPH_SOURCE_I24_H +#define FLOWGRAPH_SOURCE_I24_H + +#include <unistd.h> +#include <sys/types.h> + +#include "FlowGraphNode.h" + +namespace FLOWGRAPH_OUTER_NAMESPACE { +namespace flowgraph { + +/** + * AudioSource that reads a block of pre-defined 24-bit packed integer data. + */ +class SourceI24 : public FlowGraphSourceBuffered { +public: + explicit SourceI24(int32_t channelCount); + + int32_t onProcess(int32_t numFrames) override; + + const char *getName() override { + return "SourceI24"; + } +}; + +} /* namespace flowgraph */ +} /* namespace FLOWGRAPH_OUTER_NAMESPACE */ + +#endif //FLOWGRAPH_SOURCE_I24_H diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/resampler/HyperbolicCosineWindow.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/resampler/HyperbolicCosineWindow.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f6479ae3 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/resampler/HyperbolicCosineWindow.h @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2019 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef RESAMPLER_HYPERBOLIC_COSINE_WINDOW_H +#define RESAMPLER_HYPERBOLIC_COSINE_WINDOW_H + +#include <math.h> + +namespace resampler { + +/** + * Calculate a HyperbolicCosineWindow window centered at 0. + * This can be used in place of a Kaiser window. + * + * The code is based on an anonymous contribution by "a concerned citizen": + * https://dsp.stackexchange.com/questions/37714/kaiser-window-approximation + */ +class HyperbolicCosineWindow { +public: + HyperbolicCosineWindow() { + setStopBandAttenuation(60); + } + + /** + * @param attenuation typical values range from 30 to 90 dB + * @return beta + */ + double setStopBandAttenuation(double attenuation) { + double alpha = ((-325.1e-6 * attenuation + 0.1677) * attenuation) - 3.149; + setAlpha(alpha); + return alpha; + } + + void setAlpha(double alpha) { + mAlpha = alpha; + mInverseCoshAlpha = 1.0 / cosh(alpha); + } + + /** + * @param x ranges from -1.0 to +1.0 + */ + double operator()(double x) { + double x2 = x * x; + if (x2 >= 1.0) return 0.0; + double w = mAlpha * sqrt(1.0 - x2); + return cosh(w) * mInverseCoshAlpha; + } + +private: + double mAlpha = 0.0; + double mInverseCoshAlpha = 1.0; +}; + +} // namespace resampler +#endif //RESAMPLER_HYPERBOLIC_COSINE_WINDOW_H diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/resampler/IntegerRatio.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/resampler/IntegerRatio.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fb390f10 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/resampler/IntegerRatio.h @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2019 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef OBOE_INTEGER_RATIO_H +#define OBOE_INTEGER_RATIO_H + +#include <sys/types.h> + +namespace resampler { + +/** + * Represent the ratio of two integers. + */ +class IntegerRatio { +public: + IntegerRatio(int32_t numerator, int32_t denominator) + : mNumerator(numerator), mDenominator(denominator) {} + + /** + * Reduce by removing common prime factors. + */ + void reduce(); + + int32_t getNumerator() { + return mNumerator; + } + + int32_t getDenominator() { + return mDenominator; + } + +private: + int32_t mNumerator; + int32_t mDenominator; +}; + +} + +#endif //OBOE_INTEGER_RATIO_H diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/resampler/KaiserWindow.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/resampler/KaiserWindow.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..73dbc417 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/resampler/KaiserWindow.h @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2019 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef RESAMPLER_KAISER_WINDOW_H +#define RESAMPLER_KAISER_WINDOW_H + +#include <math.h> + +namespace resampler { + +/** + * Calculate a Kaiser window centered at 0. + */ +class KaiserWindow { +public: + KaiserWindow() { + setStopBandAttenuation(60); + } + + /** + * @param attenuation typical values range from 30 to 90 dB + * @return beta + */ + double setStopBandAttenuation(double attenuation) { + double beta = 0.0; + if (attenuation > 50) { + beta = 0.1102 * (attenuation - 8.7); + } else if (attenuation >= 21) { + double a21 = attenuation - 21; + beta = 0.5842 * pow(a21, 0.4) + (0.07886 * a21); + } + setBeta(beta); + return beta; + } + + void setBeta(double beta) { + mBeta = beta; + mInverseBesselBeta = 1.0 / bessel(beta); + } + + /** + * @param x ranges from -1.0 to +1.0 + */ + double operator()(double x) { + double x2 = x * x; + if (x2 >= 1.0) return 0.0; + double w = mBeta * sqrt(1.0 - x2); + return bessel(w) * mInverseBesselBeta; + } + + // Approximation of a + // modified zero order Bessel function of the first kind. + // Based on a discussion at: + // https://dsp.stackexchange.com/questions/37714/kaiser-window-approximation + static double bessel(double x) { + double y = cosh(0.970941817426052 * x); + y += cosh(0.8854560256532099 * x); + y += cosh(0.7485107481711011 * x); + y += cosh(0.5680647467311558 * x); + y += cosh(0.3546048870425356 * x); + y += cosh(0.120536680255323 * x); + y *= 2; + y += cosh(x); + y /= 13; + return y; + } + +private: + double mBeta = 0.0; + double mInverseBesselBeta = 1.0; +}; + +} // namespace resampler +#endif //RESAMPLER_KAISER_WINDOW_H diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/resampler/LinearResampler.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/resampler/LinearResampler.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5dcc8813 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/resampler/LinearResampler.h @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2019 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef OBOE_LINEAR_RESAMPLER_H +#define OBOE_LINEAR_RESAMPLER_H + +#include <memory> +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <unistd.h> +#include "MultiChannelResampler.h" + +namespace resampler { + +/** + * Simple resampler that uses bi-linear interpolation. + */ +class LinearResampler : public MultiChannelResampler { +public: + LinearResampler(const MultiChannelResampler::Builder &builder); + + void writeFrame(const float *frame) override; + + void readFrame(float *frame) override; + +private: + std::unique_ptr<float[]> mPreviousFrame; + std::unique_ptr<float[]> mCurrentFrame; +}; + +} // namespace resampler +#endif //OBOE_LINEAR_RESAMPLER_H diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/resampler/MultiChannelResampler.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/resampler/MultiChannelResampler.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8b23d810 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/resampler/MultiChannelResampler.h @@ -0,0 +1,271 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2019 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef OBOE_MULTICHANNEL_RESAMPLER_H +#define OBOE_MULTICHANNEL_RESAMPLER_H + +#include <memory> +#include <vector> +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <unistd.h> + +#ifndef MCR_USE_KAISER +// It appears from the spectrogram that the HyperbolicCosine window leads to fewer artifacts. +// And it is faster to calculate. +#define MCR_USE_KAISER 0 +#endif + +#if MCR_USE_KAISER +#include "KaiserWindow.h" +#else +#include "HyperbolicCosineWindow.h" +#endif + +namespace resampler { + +class MultiChannelResampler { + +public: + + enum class Quality : int32_t { + Fastest, + Low, + Medium, + High, + Best, + }; + + class Builder { + public: + /** + * Construct an optimal resampler based on the specified parameters. + * @return address of a resampler + */ + MultiChannelResampler *build(); + + /** + * The number of taps in the resampling filter. + * More taps gives better quality but uses more CPU time. + * This typically ranges from 4 to 64. Default is 16. + * + * For polyphase filters, numTaps must be a multiple of four for loop unrolling. + * @param numTaps number of taps for the filter + * @return address of this builder for chaining calls + */ + Builder *setNumTaps(int32_t numTaps) { + mNumTaps = numTaps; + return this; + } + + /** + * Use 1 for mono, 2 for stereo, etc. Default is 1. + * + * @param channelCount number of channels + * @return address of this builder for chaining calls + */ + Builder *setChannelCount(int32_t channelCount) { + mChannelCount = channelCount; + return this; + } + + /** + * Default is 48000. + * + * @param inputRate sample rate of the input stream + * @return address of this builder for chaining calls + */ + Builder *setInputRate(int32_t inputRate) { + mInputRate = inputRate; + return this; + } + + /** + * Default is 48000. + * + * @param outputRate sample rate of the output stream + * @return address of this builder for chaining calls + */ + Builder *setOutputRate(int32_t outputRate) { + mOutputRate = outputRate; + return this; + } + + /** + * Set cutoff frequency relative to the Nyquist rate of the output sample rate. + * Set to 1.0 to match the Nyquist frequency. + * Set lower to reduce aliasing. + * Default is 0.70. + * + * @param normalizedCutoff anti-aliasing filter cutoff + * @return address of this builder for chaining calls + */ + Builder *setNormalizedCutoff(float normalizedCutoff) { + mNormalizedCutoff = normalizedCutoff; + return this; + } + + int32_t getNumTaps() const { + return mNumTaps; + } + + int32_t getChannelCount() const { + return mChannelCount; + } + + int32_t getInputRate() const { + return mInputRate; + } + + int32_t getOutputRate() const { + return mOutputRate; + } + + float getNormalizedCutoff() const { + return mNormalizedCutoff; + } + + protected: + int32_t mChannelCount = 1; + int32_t mNumTaps = 16; + int32_t mInputRate = 48000; + int32_t mOutputRate = 48000; + float mNormalizedCutoff = kDefaultNormalizedCutoff; + }; + + virtual ~MultiChannelResampler() = default; + + /** + * Factory method for making a resampler that is optimal for the given inputs. + * + * @param channelCount number of channels, 2 for stereo + * @param inputRate sample rate of the input stream + * @param outputRate sample rate of the output stream + * @param quality higher quality sounds better but uses more CPU + * @return an optimal resampler + */ + static MultiChannelResampler *make(int32_t channelCount, + int32_t inputRate, + int32_t outputRate, + Quality quality); + + bool isWriteNeeded() const { + return mIntegerPhase >= mDenominator; + } + + /** + * Write a frame containing N samples. + * + * @param frame pointer to the first sample in a frame + */ + void writeNextFrame(const float *frame) { + writeFrame(frame); + advanceWrite(); + } + + /** + * Read a frame containing N samples. + * + * @param frame pointer to the first sample in a frame + */ + void readNextFrame(float *frame) { + readFrame(frame); + advanceRead(); + } + + int getNumTaps() const { + return mNumTaps; + } + + int getChannelCount() const { + return mChannelCount; + } + + static float hammingWindow(float radians, float spread); + + static float sinc(float radians); + +protected: + + explicit MultiChannelResampler(const MultiChannelResampler::Builder &builder); + + /** + * Write a frame containing N samples. + * Call advanceWrite() after calling this. + * @param frame pointer to the first sample in a frame + */ + virtual void writeFrame(const float *frame); + + /** + * Read a frame containing N samples using interpolation. + * Call advanceRead() after calling this. + * @param frame pointer to the first sample in a frame + */ + virtual void readFrame(float *frame) = 0; + + void advanceWrite() { + mIntegerPhase -= mDenominator; + } + + void advanceRead() { + mIntegerPhase += mNumerator; + } + + /** + * Generate the filter coefficients in optimal order. + * @param inputRate sample rate of the input stream + * @param outputRate sample rate of the output stream + * @param numRows number of rows in the array that contain a set of tap coefficients + * @param phaseIncrement how much to increment the phase between rows + * @param normalizedCutoff filter cutoff frequency normalized to Nyquist rate of output + */ + void generateCoefficients(int32_t inputRate, + int32_t outputRate, + int32_t numRows, + double phaseIncrement, + float normalizedCutoff); + + + int32_t getIntegerPhase() { + return mIntegerPhase; + } + + static constexpr int kMaxCoefficients = 8 * 1024; + std::vector<float> mCoefficients; + + const int mNumTaps; + int mCursor = 0; + std::vector<float> mX; // delayed input values for the FIR + std::vector<float> mSingleFrame; // one frame for temporary use + int32_t mIntegerPhase = 0; + int32_t mNumerator = 0; + int32_t mDenominator = 0; + + +private: + +#if MCR_USE_KAISER + KaiserWindow mKaiserWindow; +#else + HyperbolicCosineWindow mCoshWindow; +#endif + + static constexpr float kDefaultNormalizedCutoff = 0.70f; + + const int mChannelCount; +}; + +} +#endif //OBOE_MULTICHANNEL_RESAMPLER_H diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/resampler/PolyphaseResampler.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/resampler/PolyphaseResampler.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..52671cd2 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/resampler/PolyphaseResampler.h @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2019 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef OBOE_POLYPHASE_RESAMPLER_H +#define OBOE_POLYPHASE_RESAMPLER_H + +#include <memory> +#include <vector> +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <unistd.h> +#include "MultiChannelResampler.h" + +namespace resampler { +/** + * Resampler that is optimized for a reduced ratio of sample rates. + * All of the coefficients for each possible phase value are pre-calculated. + */ +class PolyphaseResampler : public MultiChannelResampler { +public: + /** + * + * @param builder containing lots of parameters + */ + explicit PolyphaseResampler(const MultiChannelResampler::Builder &builder); + + virtual ~PolyphaseResampler() = default; + + void readFrame(float *frame) override; + +protected: + + int32_t mCoefficientCursor = 0; + +}; + +} + +#endif //OBOE_POLYPHASE_RESAMPLER_H diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/resampler/PolyphaseResamplerMono.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/resampler/PolyphaseResamplerMono.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d97b513c --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/resampler/PolyphaseResamplerMono.h @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2019 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef OBOE_POLYPHASE_RESAMPLER_MONO_H +#define OBOE_POLYPHASE_RESAMPLER_MONO_H + +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <unistd.h> +#include "PolyphaseResampler.h" + +namespace resampler { + +class PolyphaseResamplerMono : public PolyphaseResampler { +public: + explicit PolyphaseResamplerMono(const MultiChannelResampler::Builder &builder); + + virtual ~PolyphaseResamplerMono() = default; + + void writeFrame(const float *frame) override; + + void readFrame(float *frame) override; +}; + +} + +#endif //OBOE_POLYPHASE_RESAMPLER_MONO_H diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/resampler/PolyphaseResamplerStereo.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/resampler/PolyphaseResamplerStereo.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3dfd4e2d --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/resampler/PolyphaseResamplerStereo.h @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2019 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef OBOE_POLYPHASE_RESAMPLER_STEREO_H +#define OBOE_POLYPHASE_RESAMPLER_STEREO_H + +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <unistd.h> +#include "PolyphaseResampler.h" + +namespace resampler { + +class PolyphaseResamplerStereo : public PolyphaseResampler { +public: + explicit PolyphaseResamplerStereo(const MultiChannelResampler::Builder &builder); + + virtual ~PolyphaseResamplerStereo() = default; + + void writeFrame(const float *frame) override; + + void readFrame(float *frame) override; +}; + +} + +#endif //OBOE_POLYPHASE_RESAMPLER_STEREO_H diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/resampler/README.md b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/resampler/README.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5ea97dc8 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/resampler/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ +# Sample Rate Converter + +This folder contains a sample rate converter, or "resampler". +It is part of [Oboe](https://github.com/google/oboe) but has no dependencies on Oboe. +So the contents of this folder can be used outside of Oboe. + +The converter is based on a sinc function that has been windowed by a hyperbolic cosine. +We found this had fewer artifacts than the more traditional Kaiser window. + +## Creating a Resampler + +Include the [main header](MultiChannelResampler.h) for the resampler. + + #include "resampler/MultiChannelResampler.h" + +Here is an example of creating a stereo resampler that will convert from 44100 to 48000 Hz. +Only do this once, when you open your stream. Then use the sample resampler to process multiple buffers. + + MultiChannelResampler *resampler = MultiChannelResampler::make( + 2, // channel count + 44100, // input sampleRate + 48000, // output sampleRate + MultiChannelResampler::Quality::Medium); // conversion quality + +Possible values for quality include { Fastest, Low, Medium, High, Best }. +Higher quality levels will sound better but consume more CPU because they have more taps in the filter. + +## Fractional Frame Counts + +Note that the number of output frames generated for a given number of input frames can vary. + +For example, suppose you are converting from 44100 Hz to 48000 Hz and using an input buffer with 960 frames. If you calculate the number of output frames you get: + + 960 * 48000 * 44100 = 1044.897959... + +You cannot generate a fractional number of frames. So the resampler will sometimes generate 1044 frames and sometimes 1045 frames. On average it will generate 1044.897959 frames. The resampler stores the fraction internally and keeps track of when to consume or generate a frame. + +You can either use a fixed number of input frames or a fixed number of output frames. The other frame count will vary. + +## Calling the Resampler with a fixed number of OUTPUT frames + +In this example, suppose we have a fixed number of output frames and a variable number of input frames. + +Assume you start with these variables and a method that returns the next input frame: + + float *outputBuffer; // multi-channel buffer to be filled + int numOutputFrames; // number of frames of output + +The resampler has a method isWriteNeeded() that tells you whether to write to or read from the resampler. + + int outputFramesLeft = numOutputFrames; + while (outputFramesLeft > 0) { + if(resampler->isWriteNeeded()) { + const float *frame = getNextInputFrame(); // you provide this + resampler->writeNextFrame(frame); + } else { + resampler->readNextFrame(outputBuffer); + outputBuffer += channelCount; + outputFramesLeft--; + } + } + +## Calling the Resampler with a fixed number of INPUT frames + +In this example, suppose we have a fixed number of input frames and a variable number of output frames. + +Assume you start with these variables: + + float *inputBuffer; // multi-channel buffer to be consumed + float *outputBuffer; // multi-channel buffer to be filled + int numInputFrames; // number of frames of input + int numOutputFrames = 0; + int channelCount; // 1 for mono, 2 for stereo + + int inputFramesLeft = numInputFrames; + while (inputFramesLeft > 0) { + if(resampler->isWriteNeeded()) { + resampler->writeNextFrame(inputBuffer); + inputBuffer += channelCount; + inputFramesLeft--; + } else { + resampler->readNextFrame(outputBuffer); + outputBuffer += channelCount; + numOutputFrames++; + } + } + +## Deleting the Resampler + +When you are done, you should delete the Resampler to avoid a memory leak. + + delete resampler; + diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/resampler/SincResampler.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/resampler/SincResampler.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6ab61c96 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/resampler/SincResampler.h @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2019 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef OBOE_SINC_RESAMPLER_H +#define OBOE_SINC_RESAMPLER_H + +#include <memory> +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <unistd.h> +#include "MultiChannelResampler.h" + +namespace resampler { + +/** + * Resampler that can interpolate between coefficients. + * This can be used to support arbitrary ratios. + */ +class SincResampler : public MultiChannelResampler { +public: + explicit SincResampler(const MultiChannelResampler::Builder &builder); + + virtual ~SincResampler() = default; + + void readFrame(float *frame) override; + +protected: + + std::vector<float> mSingleFrame2; // for interpolation + int32_t mNumRows = 0; + double mPhaseScaler = 1.0; +}; + +} +#endif //OBOE_SINC_RESAMPLER_H diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/resampler/SincResamplerStereo.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/resampler/SincResamplerStereo.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7d66c26f --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/resampler/SincResamplerStereo.h @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2019 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef OBOE_SINC_RESAMPLER_STEREO_H +#define OBOE_SINC_RESAMPLER_STEREO_H + +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <unistd.h> +#include "SincResampler.h" + +namespace resampler { + +class SincResamplerStereo : public SincResampler { +public: + explicit SincResamplerStereo(const MultiChannelResampler::Builder &builder); + + virtual ~SincResamplerStereo() = default; + + void writeFrame(const float *frame) override; + + void readFrame(float *frame) override; + +}; + +} +#endif //OBOE_SINC_RESAMPLER_STEREO_H diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/oboe/AudioStream.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/oboe/AudioStream.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c862de6d --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/oboe/AudioStream.h @@ -0,0 +1,565 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2016 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef OBOE_STREAM_H_ +#define OBOE_STREAM_H_ + +#include <atomic> +#include <cstdint> +#include <ctime> +#include <mutex> +#include "oboe/Definitions.h" +#include "oboe/ResultWithValue.h" +#include "oboe/AudioStreamBuilder.h" +#include "oboe/AudioStreamBase.h" + +/** WARNING - UNDER CONSTRUCTION - THIS API WILL CHANGE. */ + +namespace oboe { + +/** + * The default number of nanoseconds to wait for when performing state change operations on the + * stream, such as `start` and `stop`. + * + * @see oboe::AudioStream::start + */ +constexpr int64_t kDefaultTimeoutNanos = (2000 * kNanosPerMillisecond); + +/** + * Base class for Oboe C++ audio stream. + */ +class AudioStream : public AudioStreamBase { + friend class AudioStreamBuilder; // allow access to setWeakThis() and lockWeakThis() +public: + + AudioStream() {} + + /** + * Construct an `AudioStream` using the given `AudioStreamBuilder` + * + * @param builder containing all the stream's attributes + */ + explicit AudioStream(const AudioStreamBuilder &builder); + + virtual ~AudioStream() = default; + + /** + * Open a stream based on the current settings. + * + * Note that we do not recommend re-opening a stream that has been closed. + * TODO Should we prevent re-opening? + * + * @return + */ + virtual Result open() { + return Result::OK; // Called by subclasses. Might do more in the future. + } + + /** + * Close the stream and deallocate any resources from the open() call. + */ + virtual Result close(); + + /** + * Start the stream. This will block until the stream has been started, an error occurs + * or `timeoutNanoseconds` has been reached. + */ + virtual Result start(int64_t timeoutNanoseconds = kDefaultTimeoutNanos); + + /** + * Pause the stream. This will block until the stream has been paused, an error occurs + * or `timeoutNanoseconds` has been reached. + */ + virtual Result pause(int64_t timeoutNanoseconds = kDefaultTimeoutNanos); + + /** + * Flush the stream. This will block until the stream has been flushed, an error occurs + * or `timeoutNanoseconds` has been reached. + */ + virtual Result flush(int64_t timeoutNanoseconds = kDefaultTimeoutNanos); + + /** + * Stop the stream. This will block until the stream has been stopped, an error occurs + * or `timeoutNanoseconds` has been reached. + */ + virtual Result stop(int64_t timeoutNanoseconds = kDefaultTimeoutNanos); + + /* Asynchronous requests. + * Use waitForStateChange() if you need to wait for completion. + */ + + /** + * Start the stream asynchronously. Returns immediately (does not block). Equivalent to calling + * `start(0)`. + */ + virtual Result requestStart() = 0; + + /** + * Pause the stream asynchronously. Returns immediately (does not block). Equivalent to calling + * `pause(0)`. + */ + virtual Result requestPause() = 0; + + /** + * Flush the stream asynchronously. Returns immediately (does not block). Equivalent to calling + * `flush(0)`. + */ + virtual Result requestFlush() = 0; + + /** + * Stop the stream asynchronously. Returns immediately (does not block). Equivalent to calling + * `stop(0)`. + */ + virtual Result requestStop() = 0; + + /** + * Query the current state, eg. StreamState::Pausing + * + * @return state or a negative error. + */ + virtual StreamState getState() const = 0; + + /** + * Wait until the stream's current state no longer matches the input state. + * The input state is passed to avoid race conditions caused by the state + * changing between calls. + * + * Note that generally applications do not need to call this. It is considered + * an advanced technique and is mostly used for testing. + * + * <pre><code> + * int64_t timeoutNanos = 500 * kNanosPerMillisecond; // arbitrary 1/2 second + * StreamState currentState = stream->getState(); + * StreamState nextState = StreamState::Unknown; + * while (result == Result::OK && currentState != StreamState::Paused) { + * result = stream->waitForStateChange( + * currentState, &nextState, timeoutNanos); + * currentState = nextState; + * } + * </code></pre> + * + * If the state does not change within the timeout period then it will + * return ErrorTimeout. This is true even if timeoutNanoseconds is zero. + * + * @param inputState The state we want to change away from. + * @param nextState Pointer to a variable that will be set to the new state. + * @param timeoutNanoseconds The maximum time to wait in nanoseconds. + * @return Result::OK or a Result::Error. + */ + virtual Result waitForStateChange(StreamState inputState, + StreamState *nextState, + int64_t timeoutNanoseconds) = 0; + + /** + * This can be used to adjust the latency of the buffer by changing + * the threshold where blocking will occur. + * By combining this with getXRunCount(), the latency can be tuned + * at run-time for each device. + * + * This cannot be set higher than getBufferCapacity(). + * + * @param requestedFrames requested number of frames that can be filled without blocking + * @return the resulting buffer size in frames (obtained using value()) or an error (obtained + * using error()) + */ + virtual ResultWithValue<int32_t> setBufferSizeInFrames(int32_t /* requestedFrames */) { + return Result::ErrorUnimplemented; + } + + /** + * An XRun is an Underrun or an Overrun. + * During playing, an underrun will occur if the stream is not written in time + * and the system runs out of valid data. + * During recording, an overrun will occur if the stream is not read in time + * and there is no place to put the incoming data so it is discarded. + * + * An underrun or overrun can cause an audible "pop" or "glitch". + * + * @return a result which is either Result::OK with the xRun count as the value, or a + * Result::Error* code + */ + virtual ResultWithValue<int32_t> getXRunCount() const { + return ResultWithValue<int32_t>(Result::ErrorUnimplemented); + } + + /** + * @return true if XRun counts are supported on the stream + */ + virtual bool isXRunCountSupported() const = 0; + + /** + * Query the number of frames that are read or written by the endpoint at one time. + * + * @return burst size + */ + virtual int32_t getFramesPerBurst() = 0; + + /** + * Get the number of bytes in each audio frame. This is calculated using the channel count + * and the sample format. For example, a 2 channel floating point stream will have + * 2 * 4 = 8 bytes per frame. + * + * @return number of bytes in each audio frame. + */ + int32_t getBytesPerFrame() const { return mChannelCount * getBytesPerSample(); } + + /** + * Get the number of bytes per sample. This is calculated using the sample format. For example, + * a stream using 16-bit integer samples will have 2 bytes per sample. + * + * @return the number of bytes per sample. + */ + int32_t getBytesPerSample() const; + + /** + * The number of audio frames written into the stream. + * This monotonic counter will never get reset. + * + * @return the number of frames written so far + */ + virtual int64_t getFramesWritten(); + + /** + * The number of audio frames read from the stream. + * This monotonic counter will never get reset. + * + * @return the number of frames read so far + */ + virtual int64_t getFramesRead(); + + /** + * Calculate the latency of a stream based on getTimestamp(). + * + * Output latency is the time it takes for a given frame to travel from the + * app to some type of digital-to-analog converter. If the DAC is external, for example + * in a USB interface or a TV connected by HDMI, then there may be additional latency + * that the Android device is unaware of. + * + * Input latency is the time it takes to a given frame to travel from an analog-to-digital + * converter (ADC) to the app. + * + * Note that the latency of an OUTPUT stream will increase abruptly when you write data to it + * and then decrease slowly over time as the data is consumed. + * + * The latency of an INPUT stream will decrease abruptly when you read data from it + * and then increase slowly over time as more data arrives. + * + * The latency of an OUTPUT stream is generally higher than the INPUT latency + * because an app generally tries to keep the OUTPUT buffer full and the INPUT buffer empty. + * + * @return a ResultWithValue which has a result of Result::OK and a value containing the latency + * in milliseconds, or a result of Result::Error*. + */ + virtual ResultWithValue<double> calculateLatencyMillis() { + return ResultWithValue<double>(Result::ErrorUnimplemented); + } + + /** + * Get the estimated time that the frame at `framePosition` entered or left the audio processing + * pipeline. + * + * This can be used to coordinate events and interactions with the external environment, and to + * estimate the latency of an audio stream. An example of usage can be found in the hello-oboe + * sample (search for "calculateCurrentOutputLatencyMillis"). + * + * The time is based on the implementation's best effort, using whatever knowledge is available + * to the system, but cannot account for any delay unknown to the implementation. + * + * @deprecated since 1.0, use AudioStream::getTimestamp(clockid_t clockId) instead, which + * returns ResultWithValue + * @param clockId the type of clock to use e.g. CLOCK_MONOTONIC + * @param framePosition the frame number to query + * @param timeNanoseconds an output parameter which will contain the presentation timestamp + */ + virtual Result getTimestamp(clockid_t /* clockId */, + int64_t* /* framePosition */, + int64_t* /* timeNanoseconds */) { + return Result::ErrorUnimplemented; + } + + /** + * Get the estimated time that the frame at `framePosition` entered or left the audio processing + * pipeline. + * + * This can be used to coordinate events and interactions with the external environment, and to + * estimate the latency of an audio stream. An example of usage can be found in the hello-oboe + * sample (search for "calculateCurrentOutputLatencyMillis"). + * + * The time is based on the implementation's best effort, using whatever knowledge is available + * to the system, but cannot account for any delay unknown to the implementation. + * + * @param clockId the type of clock to use e.g. CLOCK_MONOTONIC + * @return a FrameTimestamp containing the position and time at which a particular audio frame + * entered or left the audio processing pipeline, or an error if the operation failed. + */ + virtual ResultWithValue<FrameTimestamp> getTimestamp(clockid_t /* clockId */); + + // ============== I/O =========================== + /** + * Write data from the supplied buffer into the stream. This method will block until the write + * is complete or it runs out of time. + * + * If `timeoutNanoseconds` is zero then this call will not wait. + * + * @param buffer The address of the first sample. + * @param numFrames Number of frames to write. Only complete frames will be written. + * @param timeoutNanoseconds Maximum number of nanoseconds to wait for completion. + * @return a ResultWithValue which has a result of Result::OK and a value containing the number + * of frames actually written, or result of Result::Error*. + */ + virtual ResultWithValue<int32_t> write(const void* /* buffer */, + int32_t /* numFrames */, + int64_t /* timeoutNanoseconds */ ) { + return ResultWithValue<int32_t>(Result::ErrorUnimplemented); + } + + /** + * Read data into the supplied buffer from the stream. This method will block until the read + * is complete or it runs out of time. + * + * If `timeoutNanoseconds` is zero then this call will not wait. + * + * @param buffer The address of the first sample. + * @param numFrames Number of frames to read. Only complete frames will be read. + * @param timeoutNanoseconds Maximum number of nanoseconds to wait for completion. + * @return a ResultWithValue which has a result of Result::OK and a value containing the number + * of frames actually read, or result of Result::Error*. + */ + virtual ResultWithValue<int32_t> read(void* /* buffer */, + int32_t /* numFrames */, + int64_t /* timeoutNanoseconds */) { + return ResultWithValue<int32_t>(Result::ErrorUnimplemented); + } + + /** + * Get the underlying audio API which the stream uses. + * + * @return the API that this stream uses. + */ + virtual AudioApi getAudioApi() const = 0; + + /** + * Returns true if the underlying audio API is AAudio. + * + * @return true if this stream is implemented using the AAudio API. + */ + bool usesAAudio() const { + return getAudioApi() == AudioApi::AAudio; + } + + /** + * Only for debugging. Do not use in production. + * If you need to call this method something is wrong. + * If you think you need it for production then please let us know + * so we can modify Oboe so that you don't need this. + * + * @return nullptr or a pointer to a stream from the system API + */ + virtual void *getUnderlyingStream() const { + return nullptr; + } + + /** + * Launch a thread that will stop the stream. + */ + void launchStopThread(); + + /** + * Update mFramesWritten. + * For internal use only. + */ + virtual void updateFramesWritten() = 0; + + /** + * Update mFramesRead. + * For internal use only. + */ + virtual void updateFramesRead() = 0; + + /* + * Swap old callback for new callback. + * This not atomic. + * This should only be used internally. + * @param dataCallback + * @return previous dataCallback + */ + AudioStreamDataCallback *swapDataCallback(AudioStreamDataCallback *dataCallback) { + AudioStreamDataCallback *previousCallback = mDataCallback; + mDataCallback = dataCallback; + return previousCallback; + } + + /* + * Swap old callback for new callback. + * This not atomic. + * This should only be used internally. + * @param errorCallback + * @return previous errorCallback + */ + AudioStreamErrorCallback *swapErrorCallback(AudioStreamErrorCallback *errorCallback) { + AudioStreamErrorCallback *previousCallback = mErrorCallback; + mErrorCallback = errorCallback; + return previousCallback; + } + + /** + * @return number of frames of data currently in the buffer + */ + ResultWithValue<int32_t> getAvailableFrames(); + + /** + * Wait until the stream has a minimum amount of data available in its buffer. + * This can be used with an EXCLUSIVE MMAP input stream to avoid reading data too close to + * the DSP write position, which may cause glitches. + * + * @param numFrames minimum frames available + * @param timeoutNanoseconds + * @return number of frames available, ErrorTimeout + */ + ResultWithValue<int32_t> waitForAvailableFrames(int32_t numFrames, + int64_t timeoutNanoseconds); + + /** + * @return last result passed from an error callback + */ + virtual oboe::Result getLastErrorCallbackResult() const { + return mErrorCallbackResult; + } + +protected: + + /** + * This is used to detect more than one error callback from a stream. + * These were bugs in some versions of Android that caused multiple error callbacks. + * Internal bug b/63087953 + * + * Calling this sets an atomic<bool> true and returns the previous value. + * + * @return false on first call, true on subsequent calls + */ + bool wasErrorCallbackCalled() { + return mErrorCallbackCalled.exchange(true); + } + + /** + * Wait for a transition from one state to another. + * @return OK if the endingState was observed, or ErrorUnexpectedState + * if any state that was not the startingState or endingState was observed + * or ErrorTimeout. + */ + virtual Result waitForStateTransition(StreamState startingState, + StreamState endingState, + int64_t timeoutNanoseconds); + + /** + * Override this to provide a default for when the application did not specify a callback. + * + * @param audioData + * @param numFrames + * @return result + */ + virtual DataCallbackResult onDefaultCallback(void* /* audioData */, int /* numFrames */) { + return DataCallbackResult::Stop; + } + + /** + * Override this to provide your own behaviour for the audio callback + * + * @param audioData container array which audio frames will be written into or read from + * @param numFrames number of frames which were read/written + * @return the result of the callback: stop or continue + * + */ + DataCallbackResult fireDataCallback(void *audioData, int numFrames); + + /** + * @return true if callbacks may be called + */ + bool isDataCallbackEnabled() { + return mDataCallbackEnabled; + } + + /** + * This can be set false internally to prevent callbacks + * after DataCallbackResult::Stop has been returned. + */ + void setDataCallbackEnabled(bool enabled) { + mDataCallbackEnabled = enabled; + } + + /* + * Set a weak_ptr to this stream from the shared_ptr so that we can + * later use a shared_ptr in the error callback. + */ + void setWeakThis(std::shared_ptr<oboe::AudioStream> &sharedStream) { + mWeakThis = sharedStream; + } + + /* + * Make a shared_ptr that will prevent this stream from being deleted. + */ + std::shared_ptr<oboe::AudioStream> lockWeakThis() { + return mWeakThis.lock(); + } + + std::weak_ptr<AudioStream> mWeakThis; // weak pointer to this object + + /** + * Number of frames which have been written into the stream + * + * This is signed integer to match the counters in AAudio. + * At audio rates, the counter will overflow in about six million years. + */ + std::atomic<int64_t> mFramesWritten{}; + + /** + * Number of frames which have been read from the stream. + * + * This is signed integer to match the counters in AAudio. + * At audio rates, the counter will overflow in about six million years. + */ + std::atomic<int64_t> mFramesRead{}; + + std::mutex mLock; // for synchronizing start/stop/close + + oboe::Result mErrorCallbackResult = oboe::Result::OK; + +private: + + // Log the scheduler if it changes. + void checkScheduler(); + int mPreviousScheduler = -1; + + std::atomic<bool> mDataCallbackEnabled{false}; + std::atomic<bool> mErrorCallbackCalled{false}; + +}; + +/** + * This struct is a stateless functor which closes an AudioStream prior to its deletion. + * This means it can be used to safely delete a smart pointer referring to an open stream. + */ + struct StreamDeleterFunctor { + void operator()(AudioStream *audioStream) { + if (audioStream) { + audioStream->close(); + } + delete audioStream; + } + }; +} // namespace oboe + +#endif /* OBOE_STREAM_H_ */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/oboe/AudioStreamBase.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/oboe/AudioStreamBase.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d4317672 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/oboe/AudioStreamBase.h @@ -0,0 +1,260 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2015 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef OBOE_STREAM_BASE_H_ +#define OBOE_STREAM_BASE_H_ + +#include <memory> +#include "oboe/AudioStreamCallback.h" +#include "oboe/Definitions.h" + +namespace oboe { + +/** + * Base class containing parameters for audio streams and builders. + **/ +class AudioStreamBase { + +public: + + AudioStreamBase() {} + + virtual ~AudioStreamBase() = default; + + // This class only contains primitives so we can use default constructor and copy methods. + + /** + * Default copy constructor + */ + AudioStreamBase(const AudioStreamBase&) = default; + + /** + * Default assignment operator + */ + AudioStreamBase& operator=(const AudioStreamBase&) = default; + + /** + * @return number of channels, for example 2 for stereo, or kUnspecified + */ + int32_t getChannelCount() const { return mChannelCount; } + + /** + * @return Direction::Input or Direction::Output + */ + Direction getDirection() const { return mDirection; } + + /** + * @return sample rate for the stream or kUnspecified + */ + int32_t getSampleRate() const { return mSampleRate; } + + /** + * @deprecated use `getFramesPerDataCallback` instead. + */ + int32_t getFramesPerCallback() const { return getFramesPerDataCallback(); } + + /** + * @return the number of frames in each data callback or kUnspecified. + */ + int32_t getFramesPerDataCallback() const { return mFramesPerCallback; } + + /** + * @return the audio sample format (e.g. Float or I16) + */ + AudioFormat getFormat() const { return mFormat; } + + /** + * Query the maximum number of frames that can be filled without blocking. + * If the stream has been closed the last known value will be returned. + * + * @return buffer size + */ + virtual int32_t getBufferSizeInFrames() { return mBufferSizeInFrames; } + + /** + * @return capacityInFrames or kUnspecified + */ + virtual int32_t getBufferCapacityInFrames() const { return mBufferCapacityInFrames; } + + /** + * @return the sharing mode of the stream. + */ + SharingMode getSharingMode() const { return mSharingMode; } + + /** + * @return the performance mode of the stream. + */ + PerformanceMode getPerformanceMode() const { return mPerformanceMode; } + + /** + * @return the device ID of the stream. + */ + int32_t getDeviceId() const { return mDeviceId; } + + /** + * For internal use only. + * @return the data callback object for this stream, if set. + */ + AudioStreamDataCallback *getDataCallback() const { + return mDataCallback; + } + + /** + * For internal use only. + * @return the error callback object for this stream, if set. + */ + AudioStreamErrorCallback *getErrorCallback() const { + return mErrorCallback; + } + + /** + * @return true if a data callback was set for this stream + */ + bool isDataCallbackSpecified() const { + return mDataCallback != nullptr; + } + + /** + * Note that if the app does not set an error callback then a + * default one may be provided. + * @return true if an error callback was set for this stream + */ + bool isErrorCallbackSpecified() const { + return mErrorCallback != nullptr; + } + + /** + * @return the usage for this stream. + */ + Usage getUsage() const { return mUsage; } + + /** + * @return the stream's content type. + */ + ContentType getContentType() const { return mContentType; } + + /** + * @return the stream's input preset. + */ + InputPreset getInputPreset() const { return mInputPreset; } + + /** + * @return the stream's session ID allocation strategy (None or Allocate). + */ + SessionId getSessionId() const { return mSessionId; } + + /** + * @return true if Oboe can convert channel counts to achieve optimal results. + */ + bool isChannelConversionAllowed() const { + return mChannelConversionAllowed; + } + + /** + * @return true if Oboe can convert data formats to achieve optimal results. + */ + bool isFormatConversionAllowed() const { + return mFormatConversionAllowed; + } + + /** + * @return whether and how Oboe can convert sample rates to achieve optimal results. + */ + SampleRateConversionQuality getSampleRateConversionQuality() const { + return mSampleRateConversionQuality; + } + +protected: + /** The callback which will be fired when new data is ready to be read/written. **/ + AudioStreamDataCallback *mDataCallback = nullptr; + + /** The callback which will be fired when an error or a disconnect occurs. **/ + AudioStreamErrorCallback *mErrorCallback = nullptr; + + /** Number of audio frames which will be requested in each callback */ + int32_t mFramesPerCallback = kUnspecified; + /** Stream channel count */ + int32_t mChannelCount = kUnspecified; + /** Stream sample rate */ + int32_t mSampleRate = kUnspecified; + /** Stream audio device ID */ + int32_t mDeviceId = kUnspecified; + /** Stream buffer capacity specified as a number of audio frames */ + int32_t mBufferCapacityInFrames = kUnspecified; + /** Stream buffer size specified as a number of audio frames */ + int32_t mBufferSizeInFrames = kUnspecified; + /** + * Number of frames which will be copied to/from the audio device in a single read/write + * operation + */ + int32_t mFramesPerBurst = kUnspecified; + + /** Stream sharing mode */ + SharingMode mSharingMode = SharingMode::Shared; + /** Format of audio frames */ + AudioFormat mFormat = AudioFormat::Unspecified; + /** Stream direction */ + Direction mDirection = Direction::Output; + /** Stream performance mode */ + PerformanceMode mPerformanceMode = PerformanceMode::None; + + /** Stream usage. Only active on Android 28+ */ + Usage mUsage = Usage::Media; + /** Stream content type. Only active on Android 28+ */ + ContentType mContentType = ContentType::Music; + /** Stream input preset. Only active on Android 28+ + * TODO InputPreset::Unspecified should be considered as a possible default alternative. + */ + InputPreset mInputPreset = InputPreset::VoiceRecognition; + /** Stream session ID allocation strategy. Only active on Android 28+ */ + SessionId mSessionId = SessionId::None; + + // Control whether Oboe can convert channel counts to achieve optimal results. + bool mChannelConversionAllowed = false; + // Control whether Oboe can convert data formats to achieve optimal results. + bool mFormatConversionAllowed = false; + // Control whether and how Oboe can convert sample rates to achieve optimal results. + SampleRateConversionQuality mSampleRateConversionQuality = SampleRateConversionQuality::None; + + /** Validate stream parameters that might not be checked in lower layers */ + virtual Result isValidConfig() { + switch (mFormat) { + case AudioFormat::Unspecified: + case AudioFormat::I16: + case AudioFormat::Float: + break; + + default: + return Result::ErrorInvalidFormat; + } + + switch (mSampleRateConversionQuality) { + case SampleRateConversionQuality::None: + case SampleRateConversionQuality::Fastest: + case SampleRateConversionQuality::Low: + case SampleRateConversionQuality::Medium: + case SampleRateConversionQuality::High: + case SampleRateConversionQuality::Best: + return Result::OK; + default: + return Result::ErrorIllegalArgument; + } + } +}; + +} // namespace oboe + +#endif /* OBOE_STREAM_BASE_H_ */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/oboe/AudioStreamBuilder.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/oboe/AudioStreamBuilder.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..de9c6069 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/oboe/AudioStreamBuilder.h @@ -0,0 +1,485 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2015 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef OBOE_STREAM_BUILDER_H_ +#define OBOE_STREAM_BUILDER_H_ + +#include "oboe/Definitions.h" +#include "oboe/AudioStreamBase.h" +#include "ResultWithValue.h" + +namespace oboe { + + // This depends on AudioStream, so we use forward declaration, it will close and delete the stream + struct StreamDeleterFunctor; + using ManagedStream = std::unique_ptr<AudioStream, StreamDeleterFunctor>; + +/** + * Factory class for an audio Stream. + */ +class AudioStreamBuilder : public AudioStreamBase { +public: + + AudioStreamBuilder() : AudioStreamBase() {} + + AudioStreamBuilder(const AudioStreamBase &audioStreamBase): AudioStreamBase(audioStreamBase) {} + + /** + * Request a specific number of channels. + * + * Default is kUnspecified. If the value is unspecified then + * the application should query for the actual value after the stream is opened. + */ + AudioStreamBuilder *setChannelCount(int channelCount) { + mChannelCount = channelCount; + return this; + } + + /** + * Request the direction for a stream. The default is Direction::Output. + * + * @param direction Direction::Output or Direction::Input + */ + AudioStreamBuilder *setDirection(Direction direction) { + mDirection = direction; + return this; + } + + /** + * Request a specific sample rate in Hz. + * + * Default is kUnspecified. If the value is unspecified then + * the application should query for the actual value after the stream is opened. + * + * Technically, this should be called the "frame rate" or "frames per second", + * because it refers to the number of complete frames transferred per second. + * But it is traditionally called "sample rate". Se we use that term. + * + */ + AudioStreamBuilder *setSampleRate(int32_t sampleRate) { + mSampleRate = sampleRate; + return this; + } + + /** + * @deprecated use `setFramesPerDataCallback` instead. + */ + AudioStreamBuilder *setFramesPerCallback(int framesPerCallback) { + return setFramesPerDataCallback(framesPerCallback); + } + + /** + * Request a specific number of frames for the data callback. + * + * Default is kUnspecified. If the value is unspecified then + * the actual number may vary from callback to callback. + * + * If an application can handle a varying number of frames then we recommend + * leaving this unspecified. This allow the underlying API to optimize + * the callbacks. But if your application is, for example, doing FFTs or other block + * oriented operations, then call this function to get the sizes you need. + * + * @param framesPerCallback + * @return pointer to the builder so calls can be chained + */ + AudioStreamBuilder *setFramesPerDataCallback(int framesPerCallback) { + mFramesPerCallback = framesPerCallback; + return this; + } + + /** + * Request a sample data format, for example Format::Float. + * + * Default is Format::Unspecified. If the value is unspecified then + * the application should query for the actual value after the stream is opened. + */ + AudioStreamBuilder *setFormat(AudioFormat format) { + mFormat = format; + return this; + } + + /** + * Set the requested buffer capacity in frames. + * BufferCapacityInFrames is the maximum possible BufferSizeInFrames. + * + * The final stream capacity may differ. For AAudio it should be at least this big. + * For OpenSL ES, it could be smaller. + * + * Default is kUnspecified. + * + * @param bufferCapacityInFrames the desired buffer capacity in frames or kUnspecified + * @return pointer to the builder so calls can be chained + */ + AudioStreamBuilder *setBufferCapacityInFrames(int32_t bufferCapacityInFrames) { + mBufferCapacityInFrames = bufferCapacityInFrames; + return this; + } + + /** + * Get the audio API which will be requested when opening the stream. No guarantees that this is + * the API which will actually be used. Query the stream itself to find out the API which is + * being used. + * + * If you do not specify the API, then AAudio will be used if isAAudioRecommended() + * returns true. Otherwise OpenSL ES will be used. + * + * @return the requested audio API + */ + AudioApi getAudioApi() const { return mAudioApi; } + + /** + * If you leave this unspecified then Oboe will choose the best API + * for the device and SDK version at runtime. + * + * This should almost always be left unspecified, except for debugging purposes. + * Specifying AAudio will force Oboe to use AAudio on 8.0, which is extremely risky. + * Specifying OpenSLES should mainly be used to test legacy performance/functionality. + * + * If the caller requests AAudio and it is supported then AAudio will be used. + * + * @param audioApi Must be AudioApi::Unspecified, AudioApi::OpenSLES or AudioApi::AAudio. + * @return pointer to the builder so calls can be chained + */ + AudioStreamBuilder *setAudioApi(AudioApi audioApi) { + mAudioApi = audioApi; + return this; + } + + /** + * Is the AAudio API supported on this device? + * + * AAudio was introduced in the Oreo 8.0 release. + * + * @return true if supported + */ + static bool isAAudioSupported(); + + /** + * Is the AAudio API recommended this device? + * + * AAudio may be supported but not recommended because of version specific issues. + * AAudio is not recommended for Android 8.0 or earlier versions. + * + * @return true if recommended + */ + static bool isAAudioRecommended(); + + /** + * Request a mode for sharing the device. + * The requested sharing mode may not be available. + * So the application should query for the actual mode after the stream is opened. + * + * @param sharingMode SharingMode::Shared or SharingMode::Exclusive + * @return pointer to the builder so calls can be chained + */ + AudioStreamBuilder *setSharingMode(SharingMode sharingMode) { + mSharingMode = sharingMode; + return this; + } + + /** + * Request a performance level for the stream. + * This will determine the latency, the power consumption, and the level of + * protection from glitches. + * + * @param performanceMode for example, PerformanceMode::LowLatency + * @return pointer to the builder so calls can be chained + */ + AudioStreamBuilder *setPerformanceMode(PerformanceMode performanceMode) { + mPerformanceMode = performanceMode; + return this; + } + + + /** + * Set the intended use case for an output stream. + * + * The system will use this information to optimize the behavior of the stream. + * This could, for example, affect how volume and focus is handled for the stream. + * The usage is ignored for input streams. + * + * The default, if you do not call this function, is Usage::Media. + * + * Added in API level 28. + * + * @param usage the desired usage, eg. Usage::Game + */ + AudioStreamBuilder *setUsage(Usage usage) { + mUsage = usage; + return this; + } + + /** + * Set the type of audio data that an output stream will carry. + * + * The system will use this information to optimize the behavior of the stream. + * This could, for example, affect whether a stream is paused when a notification occurs. + * The contentType is ignored for input streams. + * + * The default, if you do not call this function, is ContentType::Music. + * + * Added in API level 28. + * + * @param contentType the type of audio data, eg. ContentType::Speech + */ + AudioStreamBuilder *setContentType(ContentType contentType) { + mContentType = contentType; + return this; + } + + /** + * Set the input (capture) preset for the stream. + * + * The system will use this information to optimize the behavior of the stream. + * This could, for example, affect which microphones are used and how the + * recorded data is processed. + * + * The default, if you do not call this function, is InputPreset::VoiceRecognition. + * That is because VoiceRecognition is the preset with the lowest latency + * on many platforms. + * + * Added in API level 28. + * + * @param inputPreset the desired configuration for recording + */ + AudioStreamBuilder *setInputPreset(InputPreset inputPreset) { + mInputPreset = inputPreset; + return this; + } + + /** Set the requested session ID. + * + * The session ID can be used to associate a stream with effects processors. + * The effects are controlled using the Android AudioEffect Java API. + * + * The default, if you do not call this function, is SessionId::None. + * + * If set to SessionId::Allocate then a session ID will be allocated + * when the stream is opened. + * + * The allocated session ID can be obtained by calling AudioStream::getSessionId() + * and then used with this function when opening another stream. + * This allows effects to be shared between streams. + * + * Session IDs from Oboe can be used the Android Java APIs and vice versa. + * So a session ID from an Oboe stream can be passed to Java + * and effects applied using the Java AudioEffect API. + * + * Allocated session IDs will always be positive and nonzero. + * + * Added in API level 28. + * + * @param sessionId an allocated sessionID or SessionId::Allocate + */ + AudioStreamBuilder *setSessionId(SessionId sessionId) { + mSessionId = sessionId; + return this; + } + + /** + * Request a stream to a specific audio input/output device given an audio device ID. + * + * In most cases, the primary device will be the appropriate device to use, and the + * deviceId can be left kUnspecified. + * + * On Android, for example, the ID could be obtained from the Java AudioManager. + * AudioManager.getDevices() returns an array of AudioDeviceInfo[], which contains + * a getId() method (as well as other type information), that should be passed + * to this method. + * + * + * Note that when using OpenSL ES, this will be ignored and the created + * stream will have deviceId kUnspecified. + * + * @param deviceId device identifier or kUnspecified + * @return pointer to the builder so calls can be chained + */ + AudioStreamBuilder *setDeviceId(int32_t deviceId) { + mDeviceId = deviceId; + return this; + } + + /** + * Specifies an object to handle data related callbacks from the underlying API. + * + * <strong>Important: See AudioStreamCallback for restrictions on what may be called + * from the callback methods.</strong> + * + * @param dataCallback + * @return pointer to the builder so calls can be chained + */ + AudioStreamBuilder *setDataCallback(oboe::AudioStreamDataCallback *dataCallback) { + mDataCallback = dataCallback; + return this; + } + + /** + * Specifies an object to handle error related callbacks from the underlying API. + * This can occur when a stream is disconnected because a headset is plugged in or unplugged. + * It can also occur if the audio service fails or if an exclusive stream is stolen by + * another stream. + * + * <strong>Important: See AudioStreamCallback for restrictions on what may be called + * from the callback methods.</strong> + * + * <strong>When an error callback occurs, the associated stream must be stopped and closed + * in a separate thread.</strong> + * + * @param errorCallback + * @return pointer to the builder so calls can be chained + */ + AudioStreamBuilder *setErrorCallback(oboe::AudioStreamErrorCallback *errorCallback) { + mErrorCallback = errorCallback; + return this; + } + + /** + * Specifies an object to handle data or error related callbacks from the underlying API. + * + * This is the equivalent of calling both setDataCallback() and setErrorCallback(). + * + * <strong>Important: See AudioStreamCallback for restrictions on what may be called + * from the callback methods.</strong> + * + * When an error callback occurs, the associated stream will be stopped and closed in a separate thread. + * + * A note on why the streamCallback parameter is a raw pointer rather than a smart pointer: + * + * The caller should retain ownership of the object streamCallback points to. At first glance weak_ptr may seem like + * a good candidate for streamCallback as this implies temporary ownership. However, a weak_ptr can only be created + * from a shared_ptr. A shared_ptr incurs some performance overhead. The callback object is likely to be accessed + * every few milliseconds when the stream requires new data so this overhead is something we want to avoid. + * + * This leaves a raw pointer as the logical type choice. The only caveat being that the caller must not destroy + * the callback before the stream has been closed. + * + * @param streamCallback + * @return pointer to the builder so calls can be chained + */ + AudioStreamBuilder *setCallback(AudioStreamCallback *streamCallback) { + // Use the same callback object for both, dual inheritance. + mDataCallback = streamCallback; + mErrorCallback = streamCallback; + return this; + } + + /** + * If true then Oboe might convert channel counts to achieve optimal results. + * On some versions of Android for example, stereo streams could not use a FAST track. + * So a mono stream might be used instead and duplicated to two channels. + * On some devices, mono streams might be broken, so a stereo stream might be opened + * and converted to mono. + * + * Default is true. + */ + AudioStreamBuilder *setChannelConversionAllowed(bool allowed) { + mChannelConversionAllowed = allowed; + return this; + } + + /** + * If true then Oboe might convert data formats to achieve optimal results. + * On some versions of Android, for example, a float stream could not get a + * low latency data path. So an I16 stream might be opened and converted to float. + * + * Default is true. + */ + AudioStreamBuilder *setFormatConversionAllowed(bool allowed) { + mFormatConversionAllowed = allowed; + return this; + } + + /** + * Specify the quality of the sample rate converter in Oboe. + * + * If set to None then Oboe will not do sample rate conversion. But the underlying APIs might + * still do sample rate conversion if you specify a sample rate. + * That can prevent you from getting a low latency stream. + * + * If you do the conversion in Oboe then you might still get a low latency stream. + * + * Default is SampleRateConversionQuality::None + */ + AudioStreamBuilder *setSampleRateConversionQuality(SampleRateConversionQuality quality) { + mSampleRateConversionQuality = quality; + return this; + } + + /** + * @return true if AAudio will be used based on the current settings. + */ + bool willUseAAudio() const { + return (mAudioApi == AudioApi::AAudio && isAAudioSupported()) + || (mAudioApi == AudioApi::Unspecified && isAAudioRecommended()); + } + + /** + * Create and open a stream object based on the current settings. + * + * The caller owns the pointer to the AudioStream object. + * + * @deprecated Use openStream(std::shared_ptr<oboe::AudioStream> &stream) instead. + * @param stream pointer to a variable to receive the stream address + * @return OBOE_OK if successful or a negative error code + */ + Result openStream(AudioStream **stream); + + /** + * Create and open a stream object based on the current settings. + * + * The caller shares the pointer to the AudioStream object. + * The shared_ptr is used internally by Oboe to prevent the stream from being + * deleted while it is being used by callbacks. + * + * @param stream reference to a shared_ptr to receive the stream address + * @return OBOE_OK if successful or a negative error code + */ + Result openStream(std::shared_ptr<oboe::AudioStream> &stream); + + /** + * Create and open a ManagedStream object based on the current builder state. + * + * The caller must create a unique ptr, and pass by reference so it can be + * modified to point to an opened stream. The caller owns the unique ptr, + * and it will be automatically closed and deleted when going out of scope. + * @param stream Reference to the ManagedStream (uniqueptr) used to keep track of stream + * @return OBOE_OK if successful or a negative error code. + */ + Result openManagedStream(ManagedStream &stream); + +private: + + /** + * @param other + * @return true if channels, format and sample rate match + */ + bool isCompatible(AudioStreamBase &other); + + /** + * Create an AudioStream object. The AudioStream must be opened before use. + * + * The caller owns the pointer. + * + * @return pointer to an AudioStream object or nullptr. + */ + oboe::AudioStream *build(); + + AudioApi mAudioApi = AudioApi::Unspecified; +}; + +} // namespace oboe + +#endif /* OBOE_STREAM_BUILDER_H_ */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/oboe/AudioStreamCallback.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/oboe/AudioStreamCallback.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..915c3d71 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/oboe/AudioStreamCallback.h @@ -0,0 +1,189 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2016 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef OBOE_STREAM_CALLBACK_H +#define OBOE_STREAM_CALLBACK_H + +#include "oboe/Definitions.h" + +namespace oboe { + +class AudioStream; + +/** + * AudioStreamDataCallback defines a callback interface for + * moving data to/from an audio stream using `onAudioReady` + * 2) being alerted when a stream has an error using `onError*` methods + * + * It is used with AudioStreamBuilder::setDataCallback(). + */ + +class AudioStreamDataCallback { +public: + virtual ~AudioStreamDataCallback() = default; + + /** + * A buffer is ready for processing. + * + * For an output stream, this function should render and write numFrames of data + * in the stream's current data format to the audioData buffer. + * + * For an input stream, this function should read and process numFrames of data + * from the audioData buffer. + * + * The audio data is passed through the buffer. So do NOT call read() or + * write() on the stream that is making the callback. + * + * Note that numFrames can vary unless AudioStreamBuilder::setFramesPerCallback() + * is called. + * + * Also note that this callback function should be considered a "real-time" function. + * It must not do anything that could cause an unbounded delay because that can cause the + * audio to glitch or pop. + * + * These are things the function should NOT do: + * <ul> + * <li>allocate memory using, for example, malloc() or new</li> + * <li>any file operations such as opening, closing, reading or writing</li> + * <li>any network operations such as streaming</li> + * <li>use any mutexes or other synchronization primitives</li> + * <li>sleep</li> + * <li>oboeStream->stop(), pause(), flush() or close()</li> + * <li>oboeStream->read()</li> + * <li>oboeStream->write()</li> + * </ul> + * + * The following are OK to call from the data callback: + * <ul> + * <li>oboeStream->get*()</li> + * <li>oboe::convertToText()</li> + * <li>oboeStream->setBufferSizeInFrames()</li> + * </ul> + * + * If you need to move data, eg. MIDI commands, in or out of the callback function then + * we recommend the use of non-blocking techniques such as an atomic FIFO. + * + * @param audioStream pointer to the associated stream + * @param audioData buffer containing input data or a place to put output data + * @param numFrames number of frames to be processed + * @return DataCallbackResult::Continue or DataCallbackResult::Stop + */ + virtual DataCallbackResult onAudioReady( + AudioStream *audioStream, + void *audioData, + int32_t numFrames) = 0; +}; + +/** + * AudioStreamErrorCallback defines a callback interface for + * being alerted when a stream has an error or is disconnected + * using `onError*` methods. + * + * It is used with AudioStreamBuilder::setErrorCallback(). + */ +class AudioStreamErrorCallback { +public: + virtual ~AudioStreamErrorCallback() = default; + + /** + * This will be called before other `onError` methods when an error occurs on a stream, + * such as when the stream is disconnected. + * + * It can be used to override and customize the normal error processing. + * Use of this method is considered an advanced technique. + * It might, for example, be used if an app want to use a high level lock when + * closing and reopening a stream. + * Or it might be used when an app want to signal a management thread that handles + * all of the stream state. + * + * If this method returns false it indicates that the stream has *not been stopped and closed + * by the application. In this case it will be stopped by Oboe in the following way: + * onErrorBeforeClose() will be called, then the stream will be closed and onErrorAfterClose() + * will be closed. + * + * If this method returns true it indicates that the stream *has* been stopped and closed + * by the application and Oboe will not do this. + * In that case, the app MUST stop() and close() the stream. + * + * This method will be called on a thread created by Oboe. + * + * @param audioStream pointer to the associated stream + * @param error + * @return true if the stream has been stopped and closed, false if not + */ + virtual bool onError(AudioStream* /* audioStream */, Result /* error */) { + return false; + } + + /** + * This will be called when an error occurs on a stream, + * such as when the stream is disconnected, + * and if onError() returns false (indicating that the error has not already been handled). + * + * Note that this will be called on a thread created by Oboe. + * + * The underlying stream will already be stopped by Oboe but not yet closed. + * So the stream can be queried. + * + * Do not close or delete the stream in this method because it will be + * closed after this method returns. + * + * @param audioStream pointer to the associated stream + * @param error + */ + virtual void onErrorBeforeClose(AudioStream* /* audioStream */, Result /* error */) {} + + /** + * This will be called when an error occurs on a stream, + * such as when the stream is disconnected, + * and if onError() returns false (indicating that the error has not already been handled). + * + * The underlying AAudio or OpenSL ES stream will already be stopped AND closed by Oboe. + * So the underlying stream cannot be referenced. + * But you can still query most parameters. + * + * This callback could be used to reopen a new stream on another device. + * + * @param audioStream pointer to the associated stream + * @param error + */ + virtual void onErrorAfterClose(AudioStream* /* audioStream */, Result /* error */) {} + +}; + +/** + * AudioStreamCallback defines a callback interface for: + * + * 1) moving data to/from an audio stream using `onAudioReady` + * 2) being alerted when a stream has an error using `onError*` methods + * + * It is used with AudioStreamBuilder::setCallback(). + * + * It combines the interfaces defined by AudioStreamDataCallback and AudioStreamErrorCallback. + * This was the original callback object. We now recommend using the individual interfaces + * and using setDataCallback() and setErrorCallback(). + * + * @deprecated Use `AudioStreamDataCallback` and `AudioStreamErrorCallback` instead + */ +class AudioStreamCallback : public AudioStreamDataCallback, + public AudioStreamErrorCallback { +public: + virtual ~AudioStreamCallback() = default; +}; + +} // namespace oboe + +#endif //OBOE_STREAM_CALLBACK_H diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/oboe/Definitions.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/oboe/Definitions.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8063a83c --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/oboe/Definitions.h @@ -0,0 +1,519 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2016 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef OBOE_DEFINITIONS_H +#define OBOE_DEFINITIONS_H + + +#include <cstdint> +#include <type_traits> + +// Oboe needs to be able to build on old NDKs so we use hard coded constants. +// The correctness of these constants is verified in "aaudio/AAudioLoader.cpp". + +namespace oboe { + + /** + * Represents any attribute, property or value which hasn't been specified. + */ + constexpr int32_t kUnspecified = 0; + + // TODO: Investigate using std::chrono + /** + * The number of nanoseconds in a microsecond. 1,000. + */ + constexpr int64_t kNanosPerMicrosecond = 1000; + + /** + * The number of nanoseconds in a millisecond. 1,000,000. + */ + constexpr int64_t kNanosPerMillisecond = kNanosPerMicrosecond * 1000; + + /** + * The number of milliseconds in a second. 1,000. + */ + constexpr int64_t kMillisPerSecond = 1000; + + /** + * The number of nanoseconds in a second. 1,000,000,000. + */ + constexpr int64_t kNanosPerSecond = kNanosPerMillisecond * kMillisPerSecond; + + /** + * The state of the audio stream. + */ + enum class StreamState : int32_t { // aaudio_stream_state_t + Uninitialized = 0, // AAUDIO_STREAM_STATE_UNINITIALIZED, + Unknown = 1, // AAUDIO_STREAM_STATE_UNKNOWN, + Open = 2, // AAUDIO_STREAM_STATE_OPEN, + Starting = 3, // AAUDIO_STREAM_STATE_STARTING, + Started = 4, // AAUDIO_STREAM_STATE_STARTED, + Pausing = 5, // AAUDIO_STREAM_STATE_PAUSING, + Paused = 6, // AAUDIO_STREAM_STATE_PAUSED, + Flushing = 7, // AAUDIO_STREAM_STATE_FLUSHING, + Flushed = 8, // AAUDIO_STREAM_STATE_FLUSHED, + Stopping = 9, // AAUDIO_STREAM_STATE_STOPPING, + Stopped = 10, // AAUDIO_STREAM_STATE_STOPPED, + Closing = 11, // AAUDIO_STREAM_STATE_CLOSING, + Closed = 12, // AAUDIO_STREAM_STATE_CLOSED, + Disconnected = 13, // AAUDIO_STREAM_STATE_DISCONNECTED, + }; + + /** + * The direction of the stream. + */ + enum class Direction : int32_t { // aaudio_direction_t + + /** + * Used for playback. + */ + Output = 0, // AAUDIO_DIRECTION_OUTPUT, + + /** + * Used for recording. + */ + Input = 1, // AAUDIO_DIRECTION_INPUT, + }; + + /** + * The format of audio samples. + */ + enum class AudioFormat : int32_t { // aaudio_format_t + /** + * Invalid format. + */ + Invalid = -1, // AAUDIO_FORMAT_INVALID, + + /** + * Unspecified format. Format will be decided by Oboe. + */ + Unspecified = 0, // AAUDIO_FORMAT_UNSPECIFIED, + + /** + * Signed 16-bit integers. + */ + I16 = 1, // AAUDIO_FORMAT_PCM_I16, + + /** + * Single precision floating points. + */ + Float = 2, // AAUDIO_FORMAT_PCM_FLOAT, + }; + + /** + * The result of an audio callback. + */ + enum class DataCallbackResult : int32_t { // aaudio_data_callback_result_t + // Indicates to the caller that the callbacks should continue. + Continue = 0, // AAUDIO_CALLBACK_RESULT_CONTINUE, + + // Indicates to the caller that the callbacks should stop immediately. + Stop = 1, // AAUDIO_CALLBACK_RESULT_STOP, + }; + + /** + * The result of an operation. All except the `OK` result indicates that an error occurred. + * The `Result` can be converted into a human readable string using `convertToText`. + */ + enum class Result : int32_t { // aaudio_result_t + OK = 0, // AAUDIO_OK + ErrorBase = -900, // AAUDIO_ERROR_BASE, + ErrorDisconnected = -899, // AAUDIO_ERROR_DISCONNECTED, + ErrorIllegalArgument = -898, // AAUDIO_ERROR_ILLEGAL_ARGUMENT, + ErrorInternal = -896, // AAUDIO_ERROR_INTERNAL, + ErrorInvalidState = -895, // AAUDIO_ERROR_INVALID_STATE, + ErrorInvalidHandle = -892, // AAUDIO_ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE, + ErrorUnimplemented = -890, // AAUDIO_ERROR_UNIMPLEMENTED, + ErrorUnavailable = -889, // AAUDIO_ERROR_UNAVAILABLE, + ErrorNoFreeHandles = -888, // AAUDIO_ERROR_NO_FREE_HANDLES, + ErrorNoMemory = -887, // AAUDIO_ERROR_NO_MEMORY, + ErrorNull = -886, // AAUDIO_ERROR_NULL, + ErrorTimeout = -885, // AAUDIO_ERROR_TIMEOUT, + ErrorWouldBlock = -884, // AAUDIO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK, + ErrorInvalidFormat = -883, // AAUDIO_ERROR_INVALID_FORMAT, + ErrorOutOfRange = -882, // AAUDIO_ERROR_OUT_OF_RANGE, + ErrorNoService = -881, // AAUDIO_ERROR_NO_SERVICE, + ErrorInvalidRate = -880, // AAUDIO_ERROR_INVALID_RATE, + // Reserved for future AAudio result types + Reserved1, + Reserved2, + Reserved3, + Reserved4, + Reserved5, + Reserved6, + Reserved7, + Reserved8, + Reserved9, + Reserved10, + ErrorClosed, + }; + + /** + * The sharing mode of the audio stream. + */ + enum class SharingMode : int32_t { // aaudio_sharing_mode_t + + /** + * This will be the only stream using a particular source or sink. + * This mode will provide the lowest possible latency. + * You should close EXCLUSIVE streams immediately when you are not using them. + * + * If you do not need the lowest possible latency then we recommend using Shared, + * which is the default. + */ + Exclusive = 0, // AAUDIO_SHARING_MODE_EXCLUSIVE, + + /** + * Multiple applications can share the same device. + * The data from output streams will be mixed by the audio service. + * The data for input streams will be distributed by the audio service. + * + * This will have higher latency than the EXCLUSIVE mode. + */ + Shared = 1, // AAUDIO_SHARING_MODE_SHARED, + }; + + /** + * The performance mode of the audio stream. + */ + enum class PerformanceMode : int32_t { // aaudio_performance_mode_t + + /** + * No particular performance needs. Default. + */ + None = 10, // AAUDIO_PERFORMANCE_MODE_NONE, + + /** + * Extending battery life is most important. + */ + PowerSaving = 11, // AAUDIO_PERFORMANCE_MODE_POWER_SAVING, + + /** + * Reducing latency is most important. + */ + LowLatency = 12, // AAUDIO_PERFORMANCE_MODE_LOW_LATENCY + }; + + /** + * The underlying audio API used by the audio stream. + */ + enum class AudioApi : int32_t { + /** + * Try to use AAudio. If not available then use OpenSL ES. + */ + Unspecified = kUnspecified, + + /** + * Use OpenSL ES. + */ + OpenSLES, + + /** + * Try to use AAudio. Fail if unavailable. + */ + AAudio + }; + + /** + * Specifies the quality of the sample rate conversion performed by Oboe. + * Higher quality will require more CPU load. + * Higher quality conversion will probably be implemented using a sinc based resampler. + */ + enum class SampleRateConversionQuality : int32_t { + /** + * No conversion by Oboe. Underlying APIs may still do conversion. + */ + None, + /** + * Fastest conversion but may not sound great. + * This may be implemented using bilinear interpolation. + */ + Fastest, + Low, + Medium, + High, + /** + * Highest quality conversion, which may be expensive in terms of CPU. + */ + Best, + }; + + /** + * The Usage attribute expresses *why* you are playing a sound, what is this sound used for. + * This information is used by certain platforms or routing policies + * to make more refined volume or routing decisions. + * + * Note that these match the equivalent values in AudioAttributes in the Android Java API. + * + * This attribute only has an effect on Android API 28+. + */ + enum class Usage : int32_t { // aaudio_usage_t + /** + * Use this for streaming media, music performance, video, podcasts, etcetera. + */ + Media = 1, // AAUDIO_USAGE_MEDIA + + /** + * Use this for voice over IP, telephony, etcetera. + */ + VoiceCommunication = 2, // AAUDIO_USAGE_VOICE_COMMUNICATION + + /** + * Use this for sounds associated with telephony such as busy tones, DTMF, etcetera. + */ + VoiceCommunicationSignalling = 3, // AAUDIO_USAGE_VOICE_COMMUNICATION_SIGNALLING + + /** + * Use this to demand the users attention. + */ + Alarm = 4, // AAUDIO_USAGE_ALARM + + /** + * Use this for notifying the user when a message has arrived or some + * other background event has occured. + */ + Notification = 5, // AAUDIO_USAGE_NOTIFICATION + + /** + * Use this when the phone rings. + */ + NotificationRingtone = 6, // AAUDIO_USAGE_NOTIFICATION_RINGTONE + + /** + * Use this to attract the users attention when, for example, the battery is low. + */ + NotificationEvent = 10, // AAUDIO_USAGE_NOTIFICATION_EVENT + + /** + * Use this for screen readers, etcetera. + */ + AssistanceAccessibility = 11, // AAUDIO_USAGE_ASSISTANCE_ACCESSIBILITY + + /** + * Use this for driving or navigation directions. + */ + AssistanceNavigationGuidance = 12, // AAUDIO_USAGE_ASSISTANCE_NAVIGATION_GUIDANCE + + /** + * Use this for user interface sounds, beeps, etcetera. + */ + AssistanceSonification = 13, // AAUDIO_USAGE_ASSISTANCE_SONIFICATION + + /** + * Use this for game audio and sound effects. + */ + Game = 14, // AAUDIO_USAGE_GAME + + /** + * Use this for audio responses to user queries, audio instructions or help utterances. + */ + Assistant = 16, // AAUDIO_USAGE_ASSISTANT + }; + + + /** + * The ContentType attribute describes *what* you are playing. + * It expresses the general category of the content. This information is optional. + * But in case it is known (for instance {@link Movie} for a + * movie streaming service or {@link Speech} for + * an audio book application) this information might be used by the audio framework to + * enforce audio focus. + * + * Note that these match the equivalent values in AudioAttributes in the Android Java API. + * + * This attribute only has an effect on Android API 28+. + */ + enum ContentType : int32_t { // aaudio_content_type_t + + /** + * Use this for spoken voice, audio books, etcetera. + */ + Speech = 1, // AAUDIO_CONTENT_TYPE_SPEECH + + /** + * Use this for pre-recorded or live music. + */ + Music = 2, // AAUDIO_CONTENT_TYPE_MUSIC + + /** + * Use this for a movie or video soundtrack. + */ + Movie = 3, // AAUDIO_CONTENT_TYPE_MOVIE + + /** + * Use this for sound is designed to accompany a user action, + * such as a click or beep sound made when the user presses a button. + */ + Sonification = 4, // AAUDIO_CONTENT_TYPE_SONIFICATION + }; + + /** + * Defines the audio source. + * An audio source defines both a default physical source of audio signal, and a recording + * configuration. + * + * Note that these match the equivalent values in MediaRecorder.AudioSource in the Android Java API. + * + * This attribute only has an effect on Android API 28+. + */ + enum InputPreset : int32_t { // aaudio_input_preset_t + /** + * Use this preset when other presets do not apply. + */ + Generic = 1, // AAUDIO_INPUT_PRESET_GENERIC + + /** + * Use this preset when recording video. + */ + Camcorder = 5, // AAUDIO_INPUT_PRESET_CAMCORDER + + /** + * Use this preset when doing speech recognition. + */ + VoiceRecognition = 6, // AAUDIO_INPUT_PRESET_VOICE_RECOGNITION + + /** + * Use this preset when doing telephony or voice messaging. + */ + VoiceCommunication = 7, // AAUDIO_INPUT_PRESET_VOICE_COMMUNICATION + + /** + * Use this preset to obtain an input with no effects. + * Note that this input will not have automatic gain control + * so the recorded volume may be very low. + */ + Unprocessed = 9, // AAUDIO_INPUT_PRESET_UNPROCESSED + + /** + * Use this preset for capturing audio meant to be processed in real time + * and played back for live performance (e.g karaoke). + * The capture path will minimize latency and coupling with playback path. + */ + VoicePerformance = 10, // AAUDIO_INPUT_PRESET_VOICE_PERFORMANCE + + }; + + /** + * This attribute can be used to allocate a session ID to the audio stream. + * + * This attribute only has an effect on Android API 28+. + */ + enum SessionId { + /** + * Do not allocate a session ID. + * Effects cannot be used with this stream. + * Default. + */ + None = -1, // AAUDIO_SESSION_ID_NONE + + /** + * Allocate a session ID that can be used to attach and control + * effects using the Java AudioEffects API. + * Note that the use of this flag may result in higher latency. + * + * Note that this matches the value of AudioManager.AUDIO_SESSION_ID_GENERATE. + */ + Allocate = 0, // AAUDIO_SESSION_ID_ALLOCATE + }; + + /** + * The channel count of the audio stream. The underlying type is `int32_t`. + * Use of this enum is convenient to avoid "magic" + * numbers when specifying the channel count. + * + * For example, you can write + * `builder.setChannelCount(ChannelCount::Stereo)` + * rather than `builder.setChannelCount(2)` + * + */ + enum ChannelCount : int32_t { + /** + * Audio channel count definition, use Mono or Stereo + */ + Unspecified = kUnspecified, + + /** + * Use this for mono audio + */ + Mono = 1, + + /** + * Use this for stereo audio. + */ + Stereo = 2, + }; + + /** + * On API 16 to 26 OpenSL ES will be used. When using OpenSL ES the optimal values for sampleRate and + * framesPerBurst are not known by the native code. + * On API 17+ these values should be obtained from the AudioManager using this code: + * + * <pre><code> + * // Note that this technique only works for built-in speakers and headphones. + * AudioManager myAudioMgr = (AudioManager) getSystemService(Context.AUDIO_SERVICE); + * String sampleRateStr = myAudioMgr.getProperty(AudioManager.PROPERTY_OUTPUT_SAMPLE_RATE); + * int defaultSampleRate = Integer.parseInt(sampleRateStr); + * String framesPerBurstStr = myAudioMgr.getProperty(AudioManager.PROPERTY_OUTPUT_FRAMES_PER_BUFFER); + * int defaultFramesPerBurst = Integer.parseInt(framesPerBurstStr); + * </code></pre> + * + * It can then be passed down to Oboe through JNI. + * + * AAudio will get the optimal framesPerBurst from the HAL and will ignore this value. + */ + class DefaultStreamValues { + + public: + + /** The default sample rate to use when opening new audio streams */ + static int32_t SampleRate; + /** The default frames per burst to use when opening new audio streams */ + static int32_t FramesPerBurst; + /** The default channel count to use when opening new audio streams */ + static int32_t ChannelCount; + + }; + + /** + * The time at which the frame at `position` was presented + */ + struct FrameTimestamp { + int64_t position; // in frames + int64_t timestamp; // in nanoseconds + }; + + class OboeGlobals { + public: + + static bool areWorkaroundsEnabled() { + return mWorkaroundsEnabled; + } + + /** + * Disable this when writing tests to reproduce bugs in AAudio or OpenSL ES + * that have workarounds in Oboe. + * @param enabled + */ + static void setWorkaroundsEnabled(bool enabled) { + mWorkaroundsEnabled = enabled; + } + + private: + static bool mWorkaroundsEnabled; + }; +} // namespace oboe + +#endif // OBOE_DEFINITIONS_H diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/oboe/LatencyTuner.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/oboe/LatencyTuner.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8b8404d9 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/oboe/LatencyTuner.h @@ -0,0 +1,150 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2017 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef OBOE_LATENCY_TUNER_ +#define OBOE_LATENCY_TUNER_ + +#include <atomic> +#include <cstdint> +#include "oboe/Definitions.h" +#include "oboe/AudioStream.h" + +namespace oboe { + +/** + * LatencyTuner can be used to dynamically tune the latency of an output stream. + * It adjusts the stream's bufferSize by monitoring the number of underruns. + * + * This only affects the latency associated with the first level of buffering that is closest + * to the application. It does not affect low latency in the HAL, or touch latency in the UI. + * + * Call tune() right before returning from your data callback function if using callbacks. + * Call tune() right before calling write() if using blocking writes. + * + * If you want to see the ongoing results of this tuning process then call + * stream->getBufferSize() periodically. + * + */ +class LatencyTuner { +public: + + /** + * Construct a new LatencyTuner object which will act on the given audio stream + * + * @param stream the stream who's latency will be tuned + */ + explicit LatencyTuner(AudioStream &stream); + + /** + * Construct a new LatencyTuner object which will act on the given audio stream. + * + * @param stream the stream who's latency will be tuned + * @param the maximum buffer size which the tune() operation will set the buffer size to + */ + explicit LatencyTuner(AudioStream &stream, int32_t maximumBufferSize); + + /** + * Adjust the bufferSizeInFrames to optimize latency. + * It will start with a low latency and then raise it if an underrun occurs. + * + * Latency tuning is only supported for AAudio. + * + * @return OK or negative error, ErrorUnimplemented for OpenSL ES + */ + Result tune(); + + /** + * This may be called from another thread. Then tune() will call reset(), + * which will lower the latency to the minimum and then allow it to rise back up + * if there are glitches. + * + * This is typically called in response to a user decision to minimize latency. In other words, + * call this from a button handler. + */ + void requestReset(); + + /** + * @return true if the audio stream's buffer size is at the maximum value. If no maximum value + * was specified when constructing the LatencyTuner then the value of + * stream->getBufferCapacityInFrames is used + */ + bool isAtMaximumBufferSize(); + + /** + * Set the minimum bufferSize in frames that is used when the tuner is reset. + * You may wish to call requestReset() after calling this. + * @param bufferSize + */ + void setMinimumBufferSize(int32_t bufferSize) { + mMinimumBufferSize = bufferSize; + } + + int32_t getMinimumBufferSize() const { + return mMinimumBufferSize; + } + + /** + * Set the amount the bufferSize will be incremented while tuning. + * By default, this will be one burst. + * + * Note that AAudio will quantize the buffer size to a multiple of the burstSize. + * So the final buffer sizes may not be a multiple of this increment. + * + * @param sizeIncrement + */ + void setBufferSizeIncrement(int32_t sizeIncrement) { + mBufferSizeIncrement = sizeIncrement; + } + + int32_t getBufferSizeIncrement() const { + return mBufferSizeIncrement; + } + +private: + + /** + * Drop the latency down to the minimum and then let it rise back up. + * This is useful if a glitch caused the latency to increase and it hasn't gone back down. + * + * This should only be called in the same thread as tune(). + */ + void reset(); + + enum class State { + Idle, + Active, + AtMax, + Unsupported + } ; + + // arbitrary number of calls to wait before bumping up the latency + static constexpr int32_t kIdleCount = 8; + static constexpr int32_t kDefaultNumBursts = 2; + + AudioStream &mStream; + State mState = State::Idle; + int32_t mMaxBufferSize = 0; + int32_t mPreviousXRuns = 0; + int32_t mIdleCountDown = 0; + int32_t mMinimumBufferSize; + int32_t mBufferSizeIncrement; + std::atomic<int32_t> mLatencyTriggerRequests{0}; // TODO user atomic requester from AAudio + std::atomic<int32_t> mLatencyTriggerResponses{0}; +}; + +} // namespace oboe + +#endif // OBOE_LATENCY_TUNER_ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/oboe/Oboe.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/oboe/Oboe.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c3a0bcab --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/oboe/Oboe.h @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2016 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef OBOE_OBOE_H +#define OBOE_OBOE_H + +/** + * \mainpage API reference + * + * All documentation is found in the <a href="namespaceoboe.html">oboe namespace section</a> + * + */ + +#include "oboe/Definitions.h" +#include "oboe/ResultWithValue.h" +#include "oboe/LatencyTuner.h" +#include "oboe/AudioStream.h" +#include "oboe/AudioStreamBase.h" +#include "oboe/AudioStreamBuilder.h" +#include "oboe/Utilities.h" +#include "oboe/Version.h" +#include "oboe/StabilizedCallback.h" + +#endif //OBOE_OBOE_H diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/oboe/ResultWithValue.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/oboe/ResultWithValue.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fcb1fac1 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/oboe/ResultWithValue.h @@ -0,0 +1,155 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2018 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef OBOE_RESULT_WITH_VALUE_H +#define OBOE_RESULT_WITH_VALUE_H + +#include "oboe/Definitions.h" +#include <iostream> +#include <sstream> + +namespace oboe { + +/** + * A ResultWithValue can store both the result of an operation (either OK or an error) and a value. + * + * It has been designed for cases where the caller needs to know whether an operation succeeded and, + * if it did, a value which was obtained during the operation. + * + * For example, when reading from a stream the caller needs to know the result of the read operation + * and, if it was successful, how many frames were read. Note that ResultWithValue can be evaluated + * as a boolean so it's simple to check whether the result is OK. + * + * <code> + * ResultWithValue<int32_t> resultOfRead = myStream.read(&buffer, numFrames, timeoutNanoseconds); + * + * if (resultOfRead) { + * LOGD("Frames read: %d", resultOfRead.value()); + * } else { + * LOGD("Error reading from stream: %s", resultOfRead.error()); + * } + * </code> + */ +template <typename T> +class ResultWithValue { +public: + + /** + * Construct a ResultWithValue containing an error result. + * + * @param error The error + */ + ResultWithValue(oboe::Result error) + : mValue{} + , mError(error) {} + + /** + * Construct a ResultWithValue containing an OK result and a value. + * + * @param value the value to store + */ + explicit ResultWithValue(T value) + : mValue(value) + , mError(oboe::Result::OK) {} + + /** + * Get the result. + * + * @return the result + */ + oboe::Result error() const { + return mError; + } + + /** + * Get the value + * @return + */ + T value() const { + return mValue; + } + + /** + * @return true if OK + */ + explicit operator bool() const { return mError == oboe::Result::OK; } + + /** + * Quick way to check for an error. + * + * The caller could write something like this: + * <code> + * if (!result) { printf("Got error %s\n", convertToText(result.error())); } + * </code> + * + * @return true if an error occurred + */ + bool operator !() const { return mError != oboe::Result::OK; } + + /** + * Implicitly convert to a Result. This enables easy comparison with Result values. Example: + * + * <code> + * ResultWithValue result = openStream(); + * if (result == Result::ErrorNoMemory){ // tell user they're out of memory } + * </code> + */ + operator Result() const { + return mError; + } + + /** + * Create a ResultWithValue from a number. If the number is positive the ResultWithValue will + * have a result of Result::OK and the value will contain the number. If the number is negative + * the result will be obtained from the negative number (numeric error codes can be found in + * AAudio.h) and the value will be null. + * + */ + static ResultWithValue<T> createBasedOnSign(T numericResult){ + + // Ensure that the type is either an integer or float + static_assert(std::is_arithmetic<T>::value, + "createBasedOnSign can only be called for numeric types (int or float)"); + + if (numericResult >= 0){ + return ResultWithValue<T>(numericResult); + } else { + return ResultWithValue<T>(static_cast<Result>(numericResult)); + } + } + +private: + const T mValue; + const oboe::Result mError; +}; + +/** + * If the result is `OK` then return the value, otherwise return a human-readable error message. + */ +template <typename T> +std::ostream& operator<<(std::ostream &strm, const ResultWithValue<T> &result) { + if (!result) { + strm << convertToText(result.error()); + } else { + strm << result.value(); + } + return strm; +} + +} // namespace oboe + + +#endif //OBOE_RESULT_WITH_VALUE_H diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/oboe/StabilizedCallback.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/oboe/StabilizedCallback.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3f1a6896 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/oboe/StabilizedCallback.h @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2018 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef OBOE_STABILIZEDCALLBACK_H +#define OBOE_STABILIZEDCALLBACK_H + +#include <cstdint> +#include "oboe/AudioStream.h" + +namespace oboe { + +class StabilizedCallback : public AudioStreamCallback { + +public: + explicit StabilizedCallback(AudioStreamCallback *callback); + + DataCallbackResult + onAudioReady(AudioStream *oboeStream, void *audioData, int32_t numFrames) override; + + void onErrorBeforeClose(AudioStream *oboeStream, Result error) override { + return mCallback->onErrorBeforeClose(oboeStream, error); + } + + void onErrorAfterClose(AudioStream *oboeStream, Result error) override { + + // Reset all fields now that the stream has been closed + mFrameCount = 0; + mEpochTimeNanos = 0; + mOpsPerNano = 1; + return mCallback->onErrorAfterClose(oboeStream, error); + } + +private: + + AudioStreamCallback *mCallback = nullptr; + int64_t mFrameCount = 0; + int64_t mEpochTimeNanos = 0; + double mOpsPerNano = 1; + + void generateLoad(int64_t durationNanos); +}; + +/** + * cpu_relax is an architecture specific method of telling the CPU that you don't want it to + * do much work. asm volatile keeps the compiler from optimising these instructions out. + */ +#if defined(__i386__) || defined(__x86_64__) +#define cpu_relax() asm volatile("rep; nop" ::: "memory"); + +#elif defined(__arm__) || defined(__mips__) + #define cpu_relax() asm volatile("":::"memory") + +#elif defined(__aarch64__) +#define cpu_relax() asm volatile("yield" ::: "memory") + +#else +#error "cpu_relax is not defined for this architecture" +#endif + +} + +#endif //OBOE_STABILIZEDCALLBACK_H diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/oboe/Utilities.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/oboe/Utilities.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2c270881 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/oboe/Utilities.h @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2016 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef OBOE_UTILITIES_H +#define OBOE_UTILITIES_H + +#include <unistd.h> +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <string> +#include "oboe/Definitions.h" + +namespace oboe { + +/** + * Convert an array of floats to an array of 16-bit integers. + * + * @param source the input array. + * @param destination the output array. + * @param numSamples the number of values to convert. + */ +void convertFloatToPcm16(const float *source, int16_t *destination, int32_t numSamples); + +/** + * Convert an array of 16-bit integers to an array of floats. + * + * @param source the input array. + * @param destination the output array. + * @param numSamples the number of values to convert. + */ +void convertPcm16ToFloat(const int16_t *source, float *destination, int32_t numSamples); + +/** + * @return the size of a sample of the given format in bytes or 0 if format is invalid + */ +int32_t convertFormatToSizeInBytes(AudioFormat format); + +/** + * The text is the ASCII symbol corresponding to the supplied Oboe enum value, + * or an English message saying the value is unrecognized. + * This is intended for developers to use when debugging. + * It is not for displaying to users. + * + * @param input object to convert from. @see common/Utilities.cpp for concrete implementations + * @return text representation of an Oboe enum value. There is no need to call free on this. + */ +template <typename FromType> +const char * convertToText(FromType input); + +/** + * @param name + * @return the value of a named system property in a string or empty string + */ +std::string getPropertyString(const char * name); + +/** + * @param name + * @param defaultValue + * @return integer value associated with a property or the default value + */ +int getPropertyInteger(const char * name, int defaultValue); + +/** + * Return the version of the SDK that is currently running. + * + * For example, on Android, this would return 27 for Oreo 8.1. + * If the version number cannot be determined then this will return -1. + * + * @return version number or -1 + */ +int getSdkVersion(); + +} // namespace oboe + +#endif //OBOE_UTILITIES_H diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/oboe/Version.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/oboe/Version.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fac42d4c --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/oboe/Version.h @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2017 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef OBOE_VERSIONINFO_H +#define OBOE_VERSIONINFO_H + +#include <cstdint> + +/** + * A note on use of preprocessor defines: + * + * This is one of the few times when it's suitable to use preprocessor defines rather than constexpr + * Why? Because C++11 requires a lot of boilerplate code to convert integers into compile-time + * string literals. The preprocessor, despite it's lack of type checking, is more suited to the task + * + * See: https://stackoverflow.com/questions/6713420/c-convert-integer-to-string-at-compile-time/26824971#26824971 + * + */ + +// Type: 8-bit unsigned int. Min value: 0 Max value: 255. See below for description. +#define OBOE_VERSION_MAJOR 1 + +// Type: 8-bit unsigned int. Min value: 0 Max value: 255. See below for description. +#define OBOE_VERSION_MINOR 5 + +// Type: 16-bit unsigned int. Min value: 0 Max value: 65535. See below for description. +#define OBOE_VERSION_PATCH 0 + +#define OBOE_STRINGIFY(x) #x +#define OBOE_TOSTRING(x) OBOE_STRINGIFY(x) + +// Type: String literal. See below for description. +#define OBOE_VERSION_TEXT \ + OBOE_TOSTRING(OBOE_VERSION_MAJOR) "." \ + OBOE_TOSTRING(OBOE_VERSION_MINOR) "." \ + OBOE_TOSTRING(OBOE_VERSION_PATCH) + +// Type: 32-bit unsigned int. See below for description. +#define OBOE_VERSION_NUMBER ((OBOE_VERSION_MAJOR << 24) | (OBOE_VERSION_MINOR << 16) | OBOE_VERSION_PATCH) + +namespace oboe { + +const char * getVersionText(); + +/** + * Oboe versioning object + */ +struct Version { + /** + * This is incremented when we make breaking API changes. Based loosely on https://semver.org/. + */ + static constexpr uint8_t Major = OBOE_VERSION_MAJOR; + + /** + * This is incremented when we add backwards compatible functionality. Or set to zero when MAJOR is + * incremented. + */ + static constexpr uint8_t Minor = OBOE_VERSION_MINOR; + + /** + * This is incremented when we make backwards compatible bug fixes. Or set to zero when MINOR is + * incremented. + */ + static constexpr uint16_t Patch = OBOE_VERSION_PATCH; + + /** + * Version string in the form MAJOR.MINOR.PATCH. + */ + static constexpr const char * Text = OBOE_VERSION_TEXT; + + /** + * Integer representation of the current Oboe library version. This will always increase when the + * version number changes so can be compared using integer comparison. + */ + static constexpr uint32_t Number = OBOE_VERSION_NUMBER; +}; + +} // namespace oboe +#endif //OBOE_VERSIONINFO_H diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/opensles/AudioInputStreamOpenSLES.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/opensles/AudioInputStreamOpenSLES.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..08e7a056 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/opensles/AudioInputStreamOpenSLES.h @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2017 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef AUDIO_INPUT_STREAM_OPENSL_ES_H_ +#define AUDIO_INPUT_STREAM_OPENSL_ES_H_ + + +#include <SLES/OpenSLES.h> +#include <SLES/OpenSLES_Android.h> + +#include "oboe/Oboe.h" +#include "AudioStreamOpenSLES.h" + +namespace oboe { + +/** + * INTERNAL USE ONLY + */ + +class AudioInputStreamOpenSLES : public AudioStreamOpenSLES { +public: + AudioInputStreamOpenSLES(); + explicit AudioInputStreamOpenSLES(const AudioStreamBuilder &builder); + + virtual ~AudioInputStreamOpenSLES(); + + Result open() override; + Result close() override; + + Result requestStart() override; + Result requestPause() override; + Result requestFlush() override; + Result requestStop() override; + +protected: + Result requestStop_l(); + + Result updateServiceFrameCounter() override; + + void updateFramesWritten() override; + +private: + + SLuint32 channelCountToChannelMask(int chanCount) const; + + Result setRecordState_l(SLuint32 newState); + + SLRecordItf mRecordInterface = nullptr; +}; + +} // namespace oboe + +#endif //AUDIO_INPUT_STREAM_OPENSL_ES_H_ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/opensles/AudioOutputStreamOpenSLES.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/opensles/AudioOutputStreamOpenSLES.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ed11eb9b --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/opensles/AudioOutputStreamOpenSLES.h @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2017 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef AUDIO_OUTPUT_STREAM_OPENSL_ES_H_ +#define AUDIO_OUTPUT_STREAM_OPENSL_ES_H_ + + +#include <SLES/OpenSLES.h> +#include <SLES/OpenSLES_Android.h> + +#include "oboe/Oboe.h" +#include "AudioStreamOpenSLES.h" + +namespace oboe { + +/** + * INTERNAL USE ONLY + */ +class AudioOutputStreamOpenSLES : public AudioStreamOpenSLES { +public: + AudioOutputStreamOpenSLES(); + explicit AudioOutputStreamOpenSLES(const AudioStreamBuilder &builder); + + virtual ~AudioOutputStreamOpenSLES() = default; + + Result open() override; + Result close() override; + + Result requestStart() override; + Result requestPause() override; + Result requestFlush() override; + Result requestStop() override; + +protected: + Result requestPause_l(); + + void setFramesRead(int64_t framesRead); + + Result updateServiceFrameCounter() override; + + void updateFramesRead() override; + +private: + + SLuint32 channelCountToChannelMask(int chanCount) const; + + Result onAfterDestroy() override; + + Result requestFlush_l(); + + /** + * Set OpenSL ES PLAYSTATE. + * + * @param newState SL_PLAYSTATE_PAUSED, SL_PLAYSTATE_PLAYING, SL_PLAYSTATE_STOPPED + * @return + */ + Result setPlayState_l(SLuint32 newState); + + SLPlayItf mPlayInterface = nullptr; + +}; + +} // namespace oboe + +#endif //AUDIO_OUTPUT_STREAM_OPENSL_ES_H_ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/opensles/AudioStreamBuffered.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/opensles/AudioStreamBuffered.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d7e88850 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/opensles/AudioStreamBuffered.h @@ -0,0 +1,96 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2016 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef OBOE_STREAM_BUFFERED_H +#define OBOE_STREAM_BUFFERED_H + +#include <cstring> +#include <cassert> +#include "common/OboeDebug.h" +#include "oboe/AudioStream.h" +#include "oboe/AudioStreamCallback.h" +#include "fifo/FifoBuffer.h" + +namespace oboe { + +// A stream that contains a FIFO buffer. +// This is used to implement blocking reads and writes. +class AudioStreamBuffered : public AudioStream { +public: + + AudioStreamBuffered(); + explicit AudioStreamBuffered(const AudioStreamBuilder &builder); + + void allocateFifo(); + + + ResultWithValue<int32_t> write(const void *buffer, + int32_t numFrames, + int64_t timeoutNanoseconds) override; + + ResultWithValue<int32_t> read(void *buffer, + int32_t numFrames, + int64_t timeoutNanoseconds) override; + + ResultWithValue<int32_t> setBufferSizeInFrames(int32_t requestedFrames) override; + + int32_t getBufferCapacityInFrames() const override; + + ResultWithValue<int32_t> getXRunCount() const override { + return ResultWithValue<int32_t>(mXRunCount); + } + + bool isXRunCountSupported() const override; + +protected: + + DataCallbackResult onDefaultCallback(void *audioData, int numFrames) override; + + // If there is no callback then we need a FIFO between the App and OpenSL ES. + bool usingFIFO() const { return !isDataCallbackSpecified(); } + + virtual Result updateServiceFrameCounter() = 0; + + void updateFramesRead() override; + void updateFramesWritten() override; + +private: + + int64_t predictNextCallbackTime(); + + void markCallbackTime(int32_t numFrames); + + // Read or write to the FIFO. + // Only pass one pointer and set the other to nullptr. + ResultWithValue<int32_t> transfer(void *readBuffer, + const void *writeBuffer, + int32_t numFrames, + int64_t timeoutNanoseconds); + + void incrementXRunCount() { + ++mXRunCount; + } + + std::unique_ptr<FifoBuffer> mFifoBuffer{}; + + int64_t mBackgroundRanAtNanoseconds = 0; + int32_t mLastBackgroundSize = 0; + int32_t mXRunCount = 0; +}; + +} // namespace oboe + +#endif //OBOE_STREAM_BUFFERED_H diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/opensles/AudioStreamOpenSLES.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/opensles/AudioStreamOpenSLES.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..10a730b7 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/opensles/AudioStreamOpenSLES.h @@ -0,0 +1,134 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2015 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef OBOE_AUDIO_STREAM_OPENSL_ES_H_ +#define OBOE_AUDIO_STREAM_OPENSL_ES_H_ + +#include <memory> + +#include <SLES/OpenSLES.h> +#include <SLES/OpenSLES_Android.h> + +#include "oboe/Oboe.h" +#include "common/MonotonicCounter.h" +#include "opensles/AudioStreamBuffered.h" +#include "opensles/EngineOpenSLES.h" + +namespace oboe { + +constexpr int kBitsPerByte = 8; +constexpr int kBufferQueueLength = 2; // double buffered for callbacks + +/** + * INTERNAL USE ONLY + * + * A stream that wraps OpenSL ES. + * + * Do not instantiate this class directly. + * Use an OboeStreamBuilder to create one. + */ + +class AudioStreamOpenSLES : public AudioStreamBuffered { +public: + + AudioStreamOpenSLES(); + explicit AudioStreamOpenSLES(const AudioStreamBuilder &builder); + + virtual ~AudioStreamOpenSLES() = default; + + virtual Result open() override; + + /** + * Query the current state, eg. OBOE_STREAM_STATE_PAUSING + * + * @return state or a negative error. + */ + StreamState getState() const override { return mState.load(); } + + int32_t getFramesPerBurst() override; + + + AudioApi getAudioApi() const override { + return AudioApi::OpenSLES; + } + + /** + * Process next OpenSL ES buffer. + * Called by by OpenSL ES framework. + * + * This is public, but don't call it directly. + */ + void processBufferCallback(SLAndroidSimpleBufferQueueItf bq); + + Result waitForStateChange(StreamState currentState, + StreamState *nextState, + int64_t timeoutNanoseconds) override; + +protected: + + // This must be called under mLock. + Result close_l(); + + SLuint32 channelCountToChannelMaskDefault(int channelCount) const; + + virtual Result onBeforeDestroy() { return Result::OK; } + virtual Result onAfterDestroy() { return Result::OK; } + + static SLuint32 getDefaultByteOrder(); + + SLresult registerBufferQueueCallback(); + + int32_t getBufferDepth(SLAndroidSimpleBufferQueueItf bq); + + SLresult enqueueCallbackBuffer(SLAndroidSimpleBufferQueueItf bq); + + SLresult configurePerformanceMode(SLAndroidConfigurationItf configItf); + + SLresult updateStreamParameters(SLAndroidConfigurationItf configItf); + + PerformanceMode convertPerformanceMode(SLuint32 openslMode) const; + SLuint32 convertPerformanceMode(PerformanceMode oboeMode) const; + + Result configureBufferSizes(int32_t sampleRate); + + void logUnsupportedAttributes(); + + /** + * Internal use only. + * Use this instead of directly setting the internal state variable. + */ + void setState(StreamState state) { + mState.store(state); + } + + int64_t getFramesProcessedByServer(); + + // OpenSLES stuff + SLObjectItf mObjectInterface = nullptr; + SLAndroidSimpleBufferQueueItf mSimpleBufferQueueInterface = nullptr; + + int32_t mBytesPerCallback = oboe::kUnspecified; + MonotonicCounter mPositionMillis; // for tracking OpenSL ES service position + +private: + std::unique_ptr<uint8_t[]> mCallbackBuffer; + std::atomic<StreamState> mState{StreamState::Uninitialized}; + +}; + +} // namespace oboe + +#endif // OBOE_AUDIO_STREAM_OPENSL_ES_H_ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/opensles/EngineOpenSLES.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/opensles/EngineOpenSLES.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3d238a8c --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/opensles/EngineOpenSLES.h @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2017 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef OBOE_ENGINE_OPENSLES_H +#define OBOE_ENGINE_OPENSLES_H + +#include <atomic> +#include <mutex> + +#include <SLES/OpenSLES.h> +#include <SLES/OpenSLES_Android.h> + +namespace oboe { + +/** + * INTERNAL USE ONLY + */ +class EngineOpenSLES { +public: + static EngineOpenSLES &getInstance(); + + SLresult open(); + + void close(); + + SLresult createOutputMix(SLObjectItf *objectItf); + + SLresult createAudioPlayer(SLObjectItf *objectItf, + SLDataSource *audioSource, + SLDataSink *audioSink); + SLresult createAudioRecorder(SLObjectItf *objectItf, + SLDataSource *audioSource, + SLDataSink *audioSink); + +private: + // Make this a safe Singleton + EngineOpenSLES()= default; + ~EngineOpenSLES()= default; + EngineOpenSLES(const EngineOpenSLES&)= delete; + EngineOpenSLES& operator=(const EngineOpenSLES&)= delete; + + std::mutex mLock; + int32_t mOpenCount = 0; + + SLObjectItf mEngineObject = nullptr; + SLEngineItf mEngineInterface = nullptr; +}; + +} // namespace oboe + + +#endif //OBOE_ENGINE_OPENSLES_H diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/opensles/OpenSLESUtilities.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/opensles/OpenSLESUtilities.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..50c0e2da --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/opensles/OpenSLESUtilities.h @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2017 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef OBOE_OPENSLES_OPENSLESUTILITIES_H +#define OBOE_OPENSLES_OPENSLESUTILITIES_H + +#include <SLES/OpenSLES_Android.h> +#include "oboe/Oboe.h" + +namespace oboe { + +const char *getSLErrStr(SLresult code); + +/** + * Creates an extended PCM format from the supplied format and data representation. This method + * should only be called on Android devices with API level 21+. API 21 introduced the + * SLAndroidDataFormat_PCM_EX object which allows audio samples to be represented using + * single precision floating-point. + * + * @param format + * @param representation + * @return the extended PCM format + */ +SLAndroidDataFormat_PCM_EX OpenSLES_createExtendedFormat(SLDataFormat_PCM format, + SLuint32 representation); + +SLuint32 OpenSLES_ConvertFormatToRepresentation(AudioFormat format); + +} // namespace oboe + +#endif //OBOE_OPENSLES_OPENSLESUTILITIES_H diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/opensles/OutputMixerOpenSLES.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/opensles/OutputMixerOpenSLES.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..813fd018 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/opensles/OutputMixerOpenSLES.h @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2017 The Android Open Source Project + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef OBOE_OUTPUT_MIXER_OPENSLES_H +#define OBOE_OUTPUT_MIXER_OPENSLES_H + +#include <atomic> +#include <mutex> + +#include <SLES/OpenSLES.h> +#include <SLES/OpenSLES_Android.h> + +namespace oboe { + +/** + * INTERNAL USE ONLY + */ + +class OutputMixerOpenSL { +public: + static OutputMixerOpenSL &getInstance(); + + SLresult open(); + + void close(); + + SLresult createAudioPlayer(SLObjectItf *objectItf, + SLDataSource *audioSource); + +private: + // Make this a safe Singleton + OutputMixerOpenSL()= default; + ~OutputMixerOpenSL()= default; + OutputMixerOpenSL(const OutputMixerOpenSL&)= delete; + OutputMixerOpenSL& operator=(const OutputMixerOpenSL&)= delete; + + std::mutex mLock; + int32_t mOpenCount = 0; + + SLObjectItf mOutputMixObject = nullptr; +}; + +} // namespace oboe + +#endif //OBOE_OUTPUT_MIXER_OPENSLES_H diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/aes.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/aes.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..245c552a --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/aes.h @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2002-2016 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_AES_H +# define HEADER_AES_H + +# include <openssl/opensslconf.h> + +# include <stddef.h> +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +# define AES_ENCRYPT 1 +# define AES_DECRYPT 0 + +/* + * Because array size can't be a const in C, the following two are macros. + * Both sizes are in bytes. + */ +# define AES_MAXNR 14 +# define AES_BLOCK_SIZE 16 + +/* This should be a hidden type, but EVP requires that the size be known */ +struct aes_key_st { +# ifdef AES_LONG + unsigned long rd_key[4 * (AES_MAXNR + 1)]; +# else + unsigned int rd_key[4 * (AES_MAXNR + 1)]; +# endif + int rounds; +}; +typedef struct aes_key_st AES_KEY; + +const char *AES_options(void); + +int AES_set_encrypt_key(const unsigned char *userKey, const int bits, + AES_KEY *key); +int AES_set_decrypt_key(const unsigned char *userKey, const int bits, + AES_KEY *key); + +void AES_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out, + const AES_KEY *key); +void AES_decrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out, + const AES_KEY *key); + +void AES_ecb_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out, + const AES_KEY *key, const int enc); +void AES_cbc_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out, + size_t length, const AES_KEY *key, + unsigned char *ivec, const int enc); +void AES_cfb128_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out, + size_t length, const AES_KEY *key, + unsigned char *ivec, int *num, const int enc); +void AES_cfb1_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out, + size_t length, const AES_KEY *key, + unsigned char *ivec, int *num, const int enc); +void AES_cfb8_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out, + size_t length, const AES_KEY *key, + unsigned char *ivec, int *num, const int enc); +void AES_ofb128_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out, + size_t length, const AES_KEY *key, + unsigned char *ivec, int *num); +/* NB: the IV is _two_ blocks long */ +void AES_ige_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out, + size_t length, const AES_KEY *key, + unsigned char *ivec, const int enc); +/* NB: the IV is _four_ blocks long */ +void AES_bi_ige_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out, + size_t length, const AES_KEY *key, + const AES_KEY *key2, const unsigned char *ivec, + const int enc); + +int AES_wrap_key(AES_KEY *key, const unsigned char *iv, + unsigned char *out, + const unsigned char *in, unsigned int inlen); +int AES_unwrap_key(AES_KEY *key, const unsigned char *iv, + unsigned char *out, + const unsigned char *in, unsigned int inlen); + + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/asn1.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/asn1.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9522eec1 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/asn1.h @@ -0,0 +1,886 @@ +/* + * Copyright 1995-2017 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_ASN1_H +# define HEADER_ASN1_H + +# include <time.h> +# include <openssl/e_os2.h> +# include <openssl/opensslconf.h> +# include <openssl/bio.h> +# include <openssl/safestack.h> +# include <openssl/asn1err.h> +# include <openssl/symhacks.h> + +# include <openssl/ossl_typ.h> +# if OPENSSL_API_COMPAT < 0x10100000L +# include <openssl/bn.h> +# endif + +# ifdef OPENSSL_BUILD_SHLIBCRYPTO +# undef OPENSSL_EXTERN +# define OPENSSL_EXTERN OPENSSL_EXPORT +# endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +# define V_ASN1_UNIVERSAL 0x00 +# define V_ASN1_APPLICATION 0x40 +# define V_ASN1_CONTEXT_SPECIFIC 0x80 +# define V_ASN1_PRIVATE 0xc0 + +# define V_ASN1_CONSTRUCTED 0x20 +# define V_ASN1_PRIMITIVE_TAG 0x1f +# define V_ASN1_PRIMATIVE_TAG /*compat*/ V_ASN1_PRIMITIVE_TAG + +# define V_ASN1_APP_CHOOSE -2/* let the recipient choose */ +# define V_ASN1_OTHER -3/* used in ASN1_TYPE */ +# define V_ASN1_ANY -4/* used in ASN1 template code */ + +# define V_ASN1_UNDEF -1 +/* ASN.1 tag values */ +# define V_ASN1_EOC 0 +# define V_ASN1_BOOLEAN 1 /**/ +# define V_ASN1_INTEGER 2 +# define V_ASN1_BIT_STRING 3 +# define V_ASN1_OCTET_STRING 4 +# define V_ASN1_NULL 5 +# define V_ASN1_OBJECT 6 +# define V_ASN1_OBJECT_DESCRIPTOR 7 +# define V_ASN1_EXTERNAL 8 +# define V_ASN1_REAL 9 +# define V_ASN1_ENUMERATED 10 +# define V_ASN1_UTF8STRING 12 +# define V_ASN1_SEQUENCE 16 +# define V_ASN1_SET 17 +# define V_ASN1_NUMERICSTRING 18 /**/ +# define V_ASN1_PRINTABLESTRING 19 +# define V_ASN1_T61STRING 20 +# define V_ASN1_TELETEXSTRING 20/* alias */ +# define V_ASN1_VIDEOTEXSTRING 21 /**/ +# define V_ASN1_IA5STRING 22 +# define V_ASN1_UTCTIME 23 +# define V_ASN1_GENERALIZEDTIME 24 /**/ +# define V_ASN1_GRAPHICSTRING 25 /**/ +# define V_ASN1_ISO64STRING 26 /**/ +# define V_ASN1_VISIBLESTRING 26/* alias */ +# define V_ASN1_GENERALSTRING 27 /**/ +# define V_ASN1_UNIVERSALSTRING 28 /**/ +# define V_ASN1_BMPSTRING 30 + +/* + * NB the constants below are used internally by ASN1_INTEGER + * and ASN1_ENUMERATED to indicate the sign. They are *not* on + * the wire tag values. + */ + +# define V_ASN1_NEG 0x100 +# define V_ASN1_NEG_INTEGER (2 | V_ASN1_NEG) +# define V_ASN1_NEG_ENUMERATED (10 | V_ASN1_NEG) + +/* For use with d2i_ASN1_type_bytes() */ +# define B_ASN1_NUMERICSTRING 0x0001 +# define B_ASN1_PRINTABLESTRING 0x0002 +# define B_ASN1_T61STRING 0x0004 +# define B_ASN1_TELETEXSTRING 0x0004 +# define B_ASN1_VIDEOTEXSTRING 0x0008 +# define B_ASN1_IA5STRING 0x0010 +# define B_ASN1_GRAPHICSTRING 0x0020 +# define B_ASN1_ISO64STRING 0x0040 +# define B_ASN1_VISIBLESTRING 0x0040 +# define B_ASN1_GENERALSTRING 0x0080 +# define B_ASN1_UNIVERSALSTRING 0x0100 +# define B_ASN1_OCTET_STRING 0x0200 +# define B_ASN1_BIT_STRING 0x0400 +# define B_ASN1_BMPSTRING 0x0800 +# define B_ASN1_UNKNOWN 0x1000 +# define B_ASN1_UTF8STRING 0x2000 +# define B_ASN1_UTCTIME 0x4000 +# define B_ASN1_GENERALIZEDTIME 0x8000 +# define B_ASN1_SEQUENCE 0x10000 +/* For use with ASN1_mbstring_copy() */ +# define MBSTRING_FLAG 0x1000 +# define MBSTRING_UTF8 (MBSTRING_FLAG) +# define MBSTRING_ASC (MBSTRING_FLAG|1) +# define MBSTRING_BMP (MBSTRING_FLAG|2) +# define MBSTRING_UNIV (MBSTRING_FLAG|4) +# define SMIME_OLDMIME 0x400 +# define SMIME_CRLFEOL 0x800 +# define SMIME_STREAM 0x1000 + struct X509_algor_st; +DEFINE_STACK_OF(X509_ALGOR) + +# define ASN1_STRING_FLAG_BITS_LEFT 0x08/* Set if 0x07 has bits left value */ +/* + * This indicates that the ASN1_STRING is not a real value but just a place + * holder for the location where indefinite length constructed data should be + * inserted in the memory buffer + */ +# define ASN1_STRING_FLAG_NDEF 0x010 + +/* + * This flag is used by the CMS code to indicate that a string is not + * complete and is a place holder for content when it had all been accessed. + * The flag will be reset when content has been written to it. + */ + +# define ASN1_STRING_FLAG_CONT 0x020 +/* + * This flag is used by ASN1 code to indicate an ASN1_STRING is an MSTRING + * type. + */ +# define ASN1_STRING_FLAG_MSTRING 0x040 +/* String is embedded and only content should be freed */ +# define ASN1_STRING_FLAG_EMBED 0x080 +/* String should be parsed in RFC 5280's time format */ +# define ASN1_STRING_FLAG_X509_TIME 0x100 +/* This is the base type that holds just about everything :-) */ +struct asn1_string_st { + int length; + int type; + unsigned char *data; + /* + * The value of the following field depends on the type being held. It + * is mostly being used for BIT_STRING so if the input data has a + * non-zero 'unused bits' value, it will be handled correctly + */ + long flags; +}; + +/* + * ASN1_ENCODING structure: this is used to save the received encoding of an + * ASN1 type. This is useful to get round problems with invalid encodings + * which can break signatures. + */ + +typedef struct ASN1_ENCODING_st { + unsigned char *enc; /* DER encoding */ + long len; /* Length of encoding */ + int modified; /* set to 1 if 'enc' is invalid */ +} ASN1_ENCODING; + +/* Used with ASN1 LONG type: if a long is set to this it is omitted */ +# define ASN1_LONG_UNDEF 0x7fffffffL + +# define STABLE_FLAGS_MALLOC 0x01 +/* + * A zero passed to ASN1_STRING_TABLE_new_add for the flags is interpreted + * as "don't change" and STABLE_FLAGS_MALLOC is always set. By setting + * STABLE_FLAGS_MALLOC only we can clear the existing value. Use the alias + * STABLE_FLAGS_CLEAR to reflect this. + */ +# define STABLE_FLAGS_CLEAR STABLE_FLAGS_MALLOC +# define STABLE_NO_MASK 0x02 +# define DIRSTRING_TYPE \ + (B_ASN1_PRINTABLESTRING|B_ASN1_T61STRING|B_ASN1_BMPSTRING|B_ASN1_UTF8STRING) +# define PKCS9STRING_TYPE (DIRSTRING_TYPE|B_ASN1_IA5STRING) + +typedef struct asn1_string_table_st { + int nid; + long minsize; + long maxsize; + unsigned long mask; + unsigned long flags; +} ASN1_STRING_TABLE; + +DEFINE_STACK_OF(ASN1_STRING_TABLE) + +/* size limits: this stuff is taken straight from RFC2459 */ + +# define ub_name 32768 +# define ub_common_name 64 +# define ub_locality_name 128 +# define ub_state_name 128 +# define ub_organization_name 64 +# define ub_organization_unit_name 64 +# define ub_title 64 +# define ub_email_address 128 + +/* + * Declarations for template structures: for full definitions see asn1t.h + */ +typedef struct ASN1_TEMPLATE_st ASN1_TEMPLATE; +typedef struct ASN1_TLC_st ASN1_TLC; +/* This is just an opaque pointer */ +typedef struct ASN1_VALUE_st ASN1_VALUE; + +/* Declare ASN1 functions: the implement macro in in asn1t.h */ + +# define DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(type) DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS_name(type, type) + +# define DECLARE_ASN1_ALLOC_FUNCTIONS(type) \ + DECLARE_ASN1_ALLOC_FUNCTIONS_name(type, type) + +# define DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS_name(type, name) \ + DECLARE_ASN1_ALLOC_FUNCTIONS_name(type, name) \ + DECLARE_ASN1_ENCODE_FUNCTIONS(type, name, name) + +# define DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS_fname(type, itname, name) \ + DECLARE_ASN1_ALLOC_FUNCTIONS_name(type, name) \ + DECLARE_ASN1_ENCODE_FUNCTIONS(type, itname, name) + +# define DECLARE_ASN1_ENCODE_FUNCTIONS(type, itname, name) \ + type *d2i_##name(type **a, const unsigned char **in, long len); \ + int i2d_##name(type *a, unsigned char **out); \ + DECLARE_ASN1_ITEM(itname) + +# define DECLARE_ASN1_ENCODE_FUNCTIONS_const(type, name) \ + type *d2i_##name(type **a, const unsigned char **in, long len); \ + int i2d_##name(const type *a, unsigned char **out); \ + DECLARE_ASN1_ITEM(name) + +# define DECLARE_ASN1_NDEF_FUNCTION(name) \ + int i2d_##name##_NDEF(name *a, unsigned char **out); + +# define DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS_const(name) \ + DECLARE_ASN1_ALLOC_FUNCTIONS(name) \ + DECLARE_ASN1_ENCODE_FUNCTIONS_const(name, name) + +# define DECLARE_ASN1_ALLOC_FUNCTIONS_name(type, name) \ + type *name##_new(void); \ + void name##_free(type *a); + +# define DECLARE_ASN1_PRINT_FUNCTION(stname) \ + DECLARE_ASN1_PRINT_FUNCTION_fname(stname, stname) + +# define DECLARE_ASN1_PRINT_FUNCTION_fname(stname, fname) \ + int fname##_print_ctx(BIO *out, stname *x, int indent, \ + const ASN1_PCTX *pctx); + +# define D2I_OF(type) type *(*)(type **,const unsigned char **,long) +# define I2D_OF(type) int (*)(type *,unsigned char **) +# define I2D_OF_const(type) int (*)(const type *,unsigned char **) + +# define CHECKED_D2I_OF(type, d2i) \ + ((d2i_of_void*) (1 ? d2i : ((D2I_OF(type))0))) +# define CHECKED_I2D_OF(type, i2d) \ + ((i2d_of_void*) (1 ? i2d : ((I2D_OF(type))0))) +# define CHECKED_NEW_OF(type, xnew) \ + ((void *(*)(void)) (1 ? xnew : ((type *(*)(void))0))) +# define CHECKED_PTR_OF(type, p) \ + ((void*) (1 ? p : (type*)0)) +# define CHECKED_PPTR_OF(type, p) \ + ((void**) (1 ? p : (type**)0)) + +# define TYPEDEF_D2I_OF(type) typedef type *d2i_of_##type(type **,const unsigned char **,long) +# define TYPEDEF_I2D_OF(type) typedef int i2d_of_##type(type *,unsigned char **) +# define TYPEDEF_D2I2D_OF(type) TYPEDEF_D2I_OF(type); TYPEDEF_I2D_OF(type) + +TYPEDEF_D2I2D_OF(void); + +/*- + * The following macros and typedefs allow an ASN1_ITEM + * to be embedded in a structure and referenced. Since + * the ASN1_ITEM pointers need to be globally accessible + * (possibly from shared libraries) they may exist in + * different forms. On platforms that support it the + * ASN1_ITEM structure itself will be globally exported. + * Other platforms will export a function that returns + * an ASN1_ITEM pointer. + * + * To handle both cases transparently the macros below + * should be used instead of hard coding an ASN1_ITEM + * pointer in a structure. + * + * The structure will look like this: + * + * typedef struct SOMETHING_st { + * ... + * ASN1_ITEM_EXP *iptr; + * ... + * } SOMETHING; + * + * It would be initialised as e.g.: + * + * SOMETHING somevar = {...,ASN1_ITEM_ref(X509),...}; + * + * and the actual pointer extracted with: + * + * const ASN1_ITEM *it = ASN1_ITEM_ptr(somevar.iptr); + * + * Finally an ASN1_ITEM pointer can be extracted from an + * appropriate reference with: ASN1_ITEM_rptr(X509). This + * would be used when a function takes an ASN1_ITEM * argument. + * + */ + +# ifndef OPENSSL_EXPORT_VAR_AS_FUNCTION + +/* ASN1_ITEM pointer exported type */ +typedef const ASN1_ITEM ASN1_ITEM_EXP; + +/* Macro to obtain ASN1_ITEM pointer from exported type */ +# define ASN1_ITEM_ptr(iptr) (iptr) + +/* Macro to include ASN1_ITEM pointer from base type */ +# define ASN1_ITEM_ref(iptr) (&(iptr##_it)) + +# define ASN1_ITEM_rptr(ref) (&(ref##_it)) + +# define DECLARE_ASN1_ITEM(name) \ + OPENSSL_EXTERN const ASN1_ITEM name##_it; + +# else + +/* + * Platforms that can't easily handle shared global variables are declared as + * functions returning ASN1_ITEM pointers. + */ + +/* ASN1_ITEM pointer exported type */ +typedef const ASN1_ITEM *ASN1_ITEM_EXP (void); + +/* Macro to obtain ASN1_ITEM pointer from exported type */ +# define ASN1_ITEM_ptr(iptr) (iptr()) + +/* Macro to include ASN1_ITEM pointer from base type */ +# define ASN1_ITEM_ref(iptr) (iptr##_it) + +# define ASN1_ITEM_rptr(ref) (ref##_it()) + +# define DECLARE_ASN1_ITEM(name) \ + const ASN1_ITEM * name##_it(void); + +# endif + +/* Parameters used by ASN1_STRING_print_ex() */ + +/* + * These determine which characters to escape: RFC2253 special characters, + * control characters and MSB set characters + */ + +# define ASN1_STRFLGS_ESC_2253 1 +# define ASN1_STRFLGS_ESC_CTRL 2 +# define ASN1_STRFLGS_ESC_MSB 4 + +/* + * This flag determines how we do escaping: normally RC2253 backslash only, + * set this to use backslash and quote. + */ + +# define ASN1_STRFLGS_ESC_QUOTE 8 + +/* These three flags are internal use only. */ + +/* Character is a valid PrintableString character */ +# define CHARTYPE_PRINTABLESTRING 0x10 +/* Character needs escaping if it is the first character */ +# define CHARTYPE_FIRST_ESC_2253 0x20 +/* Character needs escaping if it is the last character */ +# define CHARTYPE_LAST_ESC_2253 0x40 + +/* + * NB the internal flags are safely reused below by flags handled at the top + * level. + */ + +/* + * If this is set we convert all character strings to UTF8 first + */ + +# define ASN1_STRFLGS_UTF8_CONVERT 0x10 + +/* + * If this is set we don't attempt to interpret content: just assume all + * strings are 1 byte per character. This will produce some pretty odd + * looking output! + */ + +# define ASN1_STRFLGS_IGNORE_TYPE 0x20 + +/* If this is set we include the string type in the output */ +# define ASN1_STRFLGS_SHOW_TYPE 0x40 + +/* + * This determines which strings to display and which to 'dump' (hex dump of + * content octets or DER encoding). We can only dump non character strings or + * everything. If we don't dump 'unknown' they are interpreted as character + * strings with 1 octet per character and are subject to the usual escaping + * options. + */ + +# define ASN1_STRFLGS_DUMP_ALL 0x80 +# define ASN1_STRFLGS_DUMP_UNKNOWN 0x100 + +/* + * These determine what 'dumping' does, we can dump the content octets or the + * DER encoding: both use the RFC2253 #XXXXX notation. + */ + +# define ASN1_STRFLGS_DUMP_DER 0x200 + +/* + * This flag specifies that RC2254 escaping shall be performed. + */ +#define ASN1_STRFLGS_ESC_2254 0x400 + +/* + * All the string flags consistent with RFC2253, escaping control characters + * isn't essential in RFC2253 but it is advisable anyway. + */ + +# define ASN1_STRFLGS_RFC2253 (ASN1_STRFLGS_ESC_2253 | \ + ASN1_STRFLGS_ESC_CTRL | \ + ASN1_STRFLGS_ESC_MSB | \ + ASN1_STRFLGS_UTF8_CONVERT | \ + ASN1_STRFLGS_DUMP_UNKNOWN | \ + ASN1_STRFLGS_DUMP_DER) + +DEFINE_STACK_OF(ASN1_INTEGER) + +DEFINE_STACK_OF(ASN1_GENERALSTRING) + +DEFINE_STACK_OF(ASN1_UTF8STRING) + +typedef struct asn1_type_st { + int type; + union { + char *ptr; + ASN1_BOOLEAN boolean; + ASN1_STRING *asn1_string; + ASN1_OBJECT *object; + ASN1_INTEGER *integer; + ASN1_ENUMERATED *enumerated; + ASN1_BIT_STRING *bit_string; + ASN1_OCTET_STRING *octet_string; + ASN1_PRINTABLESTRING *printablestring; + ASN1_T61STRING *t61string; + ASN1_IA5STRING *ia5string; + ASN1_GENERALSTRING *generalstring; + ASN1_BMPSTRING *bmpstring; + ASN1_UNIVERSALSTRING *universalstring; + ASN1_UTCTIME *utctime; + ASN1_GENERALIZEDTIME *generalizedtime; + ASN1_VISIBLESTRING *visiblestring; + ASN1_UTF8STRING *utf8string; + /* + * set and sequence are left complete and still contain the set or + * sequence bytes + */ + ASN1_STRING *set; + ASN1_STRING *sequence; + ASN1_VALUE *asn1_value; + } value; +} ASN1_TYPE; + +DEFINE_STACK_OF(ASN1_TYPE) + +typedef STACK_OF(ASN1_TYPE) ASN1_SEQUENCE_ANY; + +DECLARE_ASN1_ENCODE_FUNCTIONS_const(ASN1_SEQUENCE_ANY, ASN1_SEQUENCE_ANY) +DECLARE_ASN1_ENCODE_FUNCTIONS_const(ASN1_SEQUENCE_ANY, ASN1_SET_ANY) + +/* This is used to contain a list of bit names */ +typedef struct BIT_STRING_BITNAME_st { + int bitnum; + const char *lname; + const char *sname; +} BIT_STRING_BITNAME; + +# define B_ASN1_TIME \ + B_ASN1_UTCTIME | \ + B_ASN1_GENERALIZEDTIME + +# define B_ASN1_PRINTABLE \ + B_ASN1_NUMERICSTRING| \ + B_ASN1_PRINTABLESTRING| \ + B_ASN1_T61STRING| \ + B_ASN1_IA5STRING| \ + B_ASN1_BIT_STRING| \ + B_ASN1_UNIVERSALSTRING|\ + B_ASN1_BMPSTRING|\ + B_ASN1_UTF8STRING|\ + B_ASN1_SEQUENCE|\ + B_ASN1_UNKNOWN + +# define B_ASN1_DIRECTORYSTRING \ + B_ASN1_PRINTABLESTRING| \ + B_ASN1_TELETEXSTRING|\ + B_ASN1_BMPSTRING|\ + B_ASN1_UNIVERSALSTRING|\ + B_ASN1_UTF8STRING + +# define B_ASN1_DISPLAYTEXT \ + B_ASN1_IA5STRING| \ + B_ASN1_VISIBLESTRING| \ + B_ASN1_BMPSTRING|\ + B_ASN1_UTF8STRING + +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS_fname(ASN1_TYPE, ASN1_ANY, ASN1_TYPE) + +int ASN1_TYPE_get(const ASN1_TYPE *a); +void ASN1_TYPE_set(ASN1_TYPE *a, int type, void *value); +int ASN1_TYPE_set1(ASN1_TYPE *a, int type, const void *value); +int ASN1_TYPE_cmp(const ASN1_TYPE *a, const ASN1_TYPE *b); + +ASN1_TYPE *ASN1_TYPE_pack_sequence(const ASN1_ITEM *it, void *s, ASN1_TYPE **t); +void *ASN1_TYPE_unpack_sequence(const ASN1_ITEM *it, const ASN1_TYPE *t); + +ASN1_OBJECT *ASN1_OBJECT_new(void); +void ASN1_OBJECT_free(ASN1_OBJECT *a); +int i2d_ASN1_OBJECT(const ASN1_OBJECT *a, unsigned char **pp); +ASN1_OBJECT *d2i_ASN1_OBJECT(ASN1_OBJECT **a, const unsigned char **pp, + long length); + +DECLARE_ASN1_ITEM(ASN1_OBJECT) + +DEFINE_STACK_OF(ASN1_OBJECT) + +ASN1_STRING *ASN1_STRING_new(void); +void ASN1_STRING_free(ASN1_STRING *a); +void ASN1_STRING_clear_free(ASN1_STRING *a); +int ASN1_STRING_copy(ASN1_STRING *dst, const ASN1_STRING *str); +ASN1_STRING *ASN1_STRING_dup(const ASN1_STRING *a); +ASN1_STRING *ASN1_STRING_type_new(int type); +int ASN1_STRING_cmp(const ASN1_STRING *a, const ASN1_STRING *b); + /* + * Since this is used to store all sorts of things, via macros, for now, + * make its data void * + */ +int ASN1_STRING_set(ASN1_STRING *str, const void *data, int len); +void ASN1_STRING_set0(ASN1_STRING *str, void *data, int len); +int ASN1_STRING_length(const ASN1_STRING *x); +void ASN1_STRING_length_set(ASN1_STRING *x, int n); +int ASN1_STRING_type(const ASN1_STRING *x); +DEPRECATEDIN_1_1_0(unsigned char *ASN1_STRING_data(ASN1_STRING *x)) +const unsigned char *ASN1_STRING_get0_data(const ASN1_STRING *x); + +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(ASN1_BIT_STRING) +int ASN1_BIT_STRING_set(ASN1_BIT_STRING *a, unsigned char *d, int length); +int ASN1_BIT_STRING_set_bit(ASN1_BIT_STRING *a, int n, int value); +int ASN1_BIT_STRING_get_bit(const ASN1_BIT_STRING *a, int n); +int ASN1_BIT_STRING_check(const ASN1_BIT_STRING *a, + const unsigned char *flags, int flags_len); + +int ASN1_BIT_STRING_name_print(BIO *out, ASN1_BIT_STRING *bs, + BIT_STRING_BITNAME *tbl, int indent); +int ASN1_BIT_STRING_num_asc(const char *name, BIT_STRING_BITNAME *tbl); +int ASN1_BIT_STRING_set_asc(ASN1_BIT_STRING *bs, const char *name, int value, + BIT_STRING_BITNAME *tbl); + +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(ASN1_INTEGER) +ASN1_INTEGER *d2i_ASN1_UINTEGER(ASN1_INTEGER **a, const unsigned char **pp, + long length); +ASN1_INTEGER *ASN1_INTEGER_dup(const ASN1_INTEGER *x); +int ASN1_INTEGER_cmp(const ASN1_INTEGER *x, const ASN1_INTEGER *y); + +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(ASN1_ENUMERATED) + +int ASN1_UTCTIME_check(const ASN1_UTCTIME *a); +ASN1_UTCTIME *ASN1_UTCTIME_set(ASN1_UTCTIME *s, time_t t); +ASN1_UTCTIME *ASN1_UTCTIME_adj(ASN1_UTCTIME *s, time_t t, + int offset_day, long offset_sec); +int ASN1_UTCTIME_set_string(ASN1_UTCTIME *s, const char *str); +int ASN1_UTCTIME_cmp_time_t(const ASN1_UTCTIME *s, time_t t); + +int ASN1_GENERALIZEDTIME_check(const ASN1_GENERALIZEDTIME *a); +ASN1_GENERALIZEDTIME *ASN1_GENERALIZEDTIME_set(ASN1_GENERALIZEDTIME *s, + time_t t); +ASN1_GENERALIZEDTIME *ASN1_GENERALIZEDTIME_adj(ASN1_GENERALIZEDTIME *s, + time_t t, int offset_day, + long offset_sec); +int ASN1_GENERALIZEDTIME_set_string(ASN1_GENERALIZEDTIME *s, const char *str); + +int ASN1_TIME_diff(int *pday, int *psec, + const ASN1_TIME *from, const ASN1_TIME *to); + +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(ASN1_OCTET_STRING) +ASN1_OCTET_STRING *ASN1_OCTET_STRING_dup(const ASN1_OCTET_STRING *a); +int ASN1_OCTET_STRING_cmp(const ASN1_OCTET_STRING *a, + const ASN1_OCTET_STRING *b); +int ASN1_OCTET_STRING_set(ASN1_OCTET_STRING *str, const unsigned char *data, + int len); + +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(ASN1_VISIBLESTRING) +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(ASN1_UNIVERSALSTRING) +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(ASN1_UTF8STRING) +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(ASN1_NULL) +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(ASN1_BMPSTRING) + +int UTF8_getc(const unsigned char *str, int len, unsigned long *val); +int UTF8_putc(unsigned char *str, int len, unsigned long value); + +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS_name(ASN1_STRING, ASN1_PRINTABLE) + +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS_name(ASN1_STRING, DIRECTORYSTRING) +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS_name(ASN1_STRING, DISPLAYTEXT) +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(ASN1_PRINTABLESTRING) +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(ASN1_T61STRING) +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(ASN1_IA5STRING) +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(ASN1_GENERALSTRING) +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(ASN1_UTCTIME) +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(ASN1_GENERALIZEDTIME) +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(ASN1_TIME) + +DECLARE_ASN1_ITEM(ASN1_OCTET_STRING_NDEF) + +ASN1_TIME *ASN1_TIME_set(ASN1_TIME *s, time_t t); +ASN1_TIME *ASN1_TIME_adj(ASN1_TIME *s, time_t t, + int offset_day, long offset_sec); +int ASN1_TIME_check(const ASN1_TIME *t); +ASN1_GENERALIZEDTIME *ASN1_TIME_to_generalizedtime(const ASN1_TIME *t, + ASN1_GENERALIZEDTIME **out); +int ASN1_TIME_set_string(ASN1_TIME *s, const char *str); +int ASN1_TIME_set_string_X509(ASN1_TIME *s, const char *str); +int ASN1_TIME_to_tm(const ASN1_TIME *s, struct tm *tm); +int ASN1_TIME_normalize(ASN1_TIME *s); +int ASN1_TIME_cmp_time_t(const ASN1_TIME *s, time_t t); +int ASN1_TIME_compare(const ASN1_TIME *a, const ASN1_TIME *b); + +int i2a_ASN1_INTEGER(BIO *bp, const ASN1_INTEGER *a); +int a2i_ASN1_INTEGER(BIO *bp, ASN1_INTEGER *bs, char *buf, int size); +int i2a_ASN1_ENUMERATED(BIO *bp, const ASN1_ENUMERATED *a); +int a2i_ASN1_ENUMERATED(BIO *bp, ASN1_ENUMERATED *bs, char *buf, int size); +int i2a_ASN1_OBJECT(BIO *bp, const ASN1_OBJECT *a); +int a2i_ASN1_STRING(BIO *bp, ASN1_STRING *bs, char *buf, int size); +int i2a_ASN1_STRING(BIO *bp, const ASN1_STRING *a, int type); +int i2t_ASN1_OBJECT(char *buf, int buf_len, const ASN1_OBJECT *a); + +int a2d_ASN1_OBJECT(unsigned char *out, int olen, const char *buf, int num); +ASN1_OBJECT *ASN1_OBJECT_create(int nid, unsigned char *data, int len, + const char *sn, const char *ln); + +int ASN1_INTEGER_get_int64(int64_t *pr, const ASN1_INTEGER *a); +int ASN1_INTEGER_set_int64(ASN1_INTEGER *a, int64_t r); +int ASN1_INTEGER_get_uint64(uint64_t *pr, const ASN1_INTEGER *a); +int ASN1_INTEGER_set_uint64(ASN1_INTEGER *a, uint64_t r); + +int ASN1_INTEGER_set(ASN1_INTEGER *a, long v); +long ASN1_INTEGER_get(const ASN1_INTEGER *a); +ASN1_INTEGER *BN_to_ASN1_INTEGER(const BIGNUM *bn, ASN1_INTEGER *ai); +BIGNUM *ASN1_INTEGER_to_BN(const ASN1_INTEGER *ai, BIGNUM *bn); + +int ASN1_ENUMERATED_get_int64(int64_t *pr, const ASN1_ENUMERATED *a); +int ASN1_ENUMERATED_set_int64(ASN1_ENUMERATED *a, int64_t r); + + +int ASN1_ENUMERATED_set(ASN1_ENUMERATED *a, long v); +long ASN1_ENUMERATED_get(const ASN1_ENUMERATED *a); +ASN1_ENUMERATED *BN_to_ASN1_ENUMERATED(const BIGNUM *bn, ASN1_ENUMERATED *ai); +BIGNUM *ASN1_ENUMERATED_to_BN(const ASN1_ENUMERATED *ai, BIGNUM *bn); + +/* General */ +/* given a string, return the correct type, max is the maximum length */ +int ASN1_PRINTABLE_type(const unsigned char *s, int max); + +unsigned long ASN1_tag2bit(int tag); + +/* SPECIALS */ +int ASN1_get_object(const unsigned char **pp, long *plength, int *ptag, + int *pclass, long omax); +int ASN1_check_infinite_end(unsigned char **p, long len); +int ASN1_const_check_infinite_end(const unsigned char **p, long len); +void ASN1_put_object(unsigned char **pp, int constructed, int length, + int tag, int xclass); +int ASN1_put_eoc(unsigned char **pp); +int ASN1_object_size(int constructed, int length, int tag); + +/* Used to implement other functions */ +void *ASN1_dup(i2d_of_void *i2d, d2i_of_void *d2i, void *x); + +# define ASN1_dup_of(type,i2d,d2i,x) \ + ((type*)ASN1_dup(CHECKED_I2D_OF(type, i2d), \ + CHECKED_D2I_OF(type, d2i), \ + CHECKED_PTR_OF(type, x))) + +# define ASN1_dup_of_const(type,i2d,d2i,x) \ + ((type*)ASN1_dup(CHECKED_I2D_OF(const type, i2d), \ + CHECKED_D2I_OF(type, d2i), \ + CHECKED_PTR_OF(const type, x))) + +void *ASN1_item_dup(const ASN1_ITEM *it, void *x); + +/* ASN1 alloc/free macros for when a type is only used internally */ + +# define M_ASN1_new_of(type) (type *)ASN1_item_new(ASN1_ITEM_rptr(type)) +# define M_ASN1_free_of(x, type) \ + ASN1_item_free(CHECKED_PTR_OF(type, x), ASN1_ITEM_rptr(type)) + +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_STDIO +void *ASN1_d2i_fp(void *(*xnew) (void), d2i_of_void *d2i, FILE *in, void **x); + +# define ASN1_d2i_fp_of(type,xnew,d2i,in,x) \ + ((type*)ASN1_d2i_fp(CHECKED_NEW_OF(type, xnew), \ + CHECKED_D2I_OF(type, d2i), \ + in, \ + CHECKED_PPTR_OF(type, x))) + +void *ASN1_item_d2i_fp(const ASN1_ITEM *it, FILE *in, void *x); +int ASN1_i2d_fp(i2d_of_void *i2d, FILE *out, void *x); + +# define ASN1_i2d_fp_of(type,i2d,out,x) \ + (ASN1_i2d_fp(CHECKED_I2D_OF(type, i2d), \ + out, \ + CHECKED_PTR_OF(type, x))) + +# define ASN1_i2d_fp_of_const(type,i2d,out,x) \ + (ASN1_i2d_fp(CHECKED_I2D_OF(const type, i2d), \ + out, \ + CHECKED_PTR_OF(const type, x))) + +int ASN1_item_i2d_fp(const ASN1_ITEM *it, FILE *out, void *x); +int ASN1_STRING_print_ex_fp(FILE *fp, const ASN1_STRING *str, unsigned long flags); +# endif + +int ASN1_STRING_to_UTF8(unsigned char **out, const ASN1_STRING *in); + +void *ASN1_d2i_bio(void *(*xnew) (void), d2i_of_void *d2i, BIO *in, void **x); + +# define ASN1_d2i_bio_of(type,xnew,d2i,in,x) \ + ((type*)ASN1_d2i_bio( CHECKED_NEW_OF(type, xnew), \ + CHECKED_D2I_OF(type, d2i), \ + in, \ + CHECKED_PPTR_OF(type, x))) + +void *ASN1_item_d2i_bio(const ASN1_ITEM *it, BIO *in, void *x); +int ASN1_i2d_bio(i2d_of_void *i2d, BIO *out, unsigned char *x); + +# define ASN1_i2d_bio_of(type,i2d,out,x) \ + (ASN1_i2d_bio(CHECKED_I2D_OF(type, i2d), \ + out, \ + CHECKED_PTR_OF(type, x))) + +# define ASN1_i2d_bio_of_const(type,i2d,out,x) \ + (ASN1_i2d_bio(CHECKED_I2D_OF(const type, i2d), \ + out, \ + CHECKED_PTR_OF(const type, x))) + +int ASN1_item_i2d_bio(const ASN1_ITEM *it, BIO *out, void *x); +int ASN1_UTCTIME_print(BIO *fp, const ASN1_UTCTIME *a); +int ASN1_GENERALIZEDTIME_print(BIO *fp, const ASN1_GENERALIZEDTIME *a); +int ASN1_TIME_print(BIO *fp, const ASN1_TIME *a); +int ASN1_STRING_print(BIO *bp, const ASN1_STRING *v); +int ASN1_STRING_print_ex(BIO *out, const ASN1_STRING *str, unsigned long flags); +int ASN1_buf_print(BIO *bp, const unsigned char *buf, size_t buflen, int off); +int ASN1_bn_print(BIO *bp, const char *number, const BIGNUM *num, + unsigned char *buf, int off); +int ASN1_parse(BIO *bp, const unsigned char *pp, long len, int indent); +int ASN1_parse_dump(BIO *bp, const unsigned char *pp, long len, int indent, + int dump); +const char *ASN1_tag2str(int tag); + +/* Used to load and write Netscape format cert */ + +int ASN1_UNIVERSALSTRING_to_string(ASN1_UNIVERSALSTRING *s); + +int ASN1_TYPE_set_octetstring(ASN1_TYPE *a, unsigned char *data, int len); +int ASN1_TYPE_get_octetstring(const ASN1_TYPE *a, unsigned char *data, int max_len); +int ASN1_TYPE_set_int_octetstring(ASN1_TYPE *a, long num, + unsigned char *data, int len); +int ASN1_TYPE_get_int_octetstring(const ASN1_TYPE *a, long *num, + unsigned char *data, int max_len); + +void *ASN1_item_unpack(const ASN1_STRING *oct, const ASN1_ITEM *it); + +ASN1_STRING *ASN1_item_pack(void *obj, const ASN1_ITEM *it, + ASN1_OCTET_STRING **oct); + +void ASN1_STRING_set_default_mask(unsigned long mask); +int ASN1_STRING_set_default_mask_asc(const char *p); +unsigned long ASN1_STRING_get_default_mask(void); +int ASN1_mbstring_copy(ASN1_STRING **out, const unsigned char *in, int len, + int inform, unsigned long mask); +int ASN1_mbstring_ncopy(ASN1_STRING **out, const unsigned char *in, int len, + int inform, unsigned long mask, + long minsize, long maxsize); + +ASN1_STRING *ASN1_STRING_set_by_NID(ASN1_STRING **out, + const unsigned char *in, int inlen, + int inform, int nid); +ASN1_STRING_TABLE *ASN1_STRING_TABLE_get(int nid); +int ASN1_STRING_TABLE_add(int, long, long, unsigned long, unsigned long); +void ASN1_STRING_TABLE_cleanup(void); + +/* ASN1 template functions */ + +/* Old API compatible functions */ +ASN1_VALUE *ASN1_item_new(const ASN1_ITEM *it); +void ASN1_item_free(ASN1_VALUE *val, const ASN1_ITEM *it); +ASN1_VALUE *ASN1_item_d2i(ASN1_VALUE **val, const unsigned char **in, + long len, const ASN1_ITEM *it); +int ASN1_item_i2d(ASN1_VALUE *val, unsigned char **out, const ASN1_ITEM *it); +int ASN1_item_ndef_i2d(ASN1_VALUE *val, unsigned char **out, + const ASN1_ITEM *it); + +void ASN1_add_oid_module(void); +void ASN1_add_stable_module(void); + +ASN1_TYPE *ASN1_generate_nconf(const char *str, CONF *nconf); +ASN1_TYPE *ASN1_generate_v3(const char *str, X509V3_CTX *cnf); +int ASN1_str2mask(const char *str, unsigned long *pmask); + +/* ASN1 Print flags */ + +/* Indicate missing OPTIONAL fields */ +# define ASN1_PCTX_FLAGS_SHOW_ABSENT 0x001 +/* Mark start and end of SEQUENCE */ +# define ASN1_PCTX_FLAGS_SHOW_SEQUENCE 0x002 +/* Mark start and end of SEQUENCE/SET OF */ +# define ASN1_PCTX_FLAGS_SHOW_SSOF 0x004 +/* Show the ASN1 type of primitives */ +# define ASN1_PCTX_FLAGS_SHOW_TYPE 0x008 +/* Don't show ASN1 type of ANY */ +# define ASN1_PCTX_FLAGS_NO_ANY_TYPE 0x010 +/* Don't show ASN1 type of MSTRINGs */ +# define ASN1_PCTX_FLAGS_NO_MSTRING_TYPE 0x020 +/* Don't show field names in SEQUENCE */ +# define ASN1_PCTX_FLAGS_NO_FIELD_NAME 0x040 +/* Show structure names of each SEQUENCE field */ +# define ASN1_PCTX_FLAGS_SHOW_FIELD_STRUCT_NAME 0x080 +/* Don't show structure name even at top level */ +# define ASN1_PCTX_FLAGS_NO_STRUCT_NAME 0x100 + +int ASN1_item_print(BIO *out, ASN1_VALUE *ifld, int indent, + const ASN1_ITEM *it, const ASN1_PCTX *pctx); +ASN1_PCTX *ASN1_PCTX_new(void); +void ASN1_PCTX_free(ASN1_PCTX *p); +unsigned long ASN1_PCTX_get_flags(const ASN1_PCTX *p); +void ASN1_PCTX_set_flags(ASN1_PCTX *p, unsigned long flags); +unsigned long ASN1_PCTX_get_nm_flags(const ASN1_PCTX *p); +void ASN1_PCTX_set_nm_flags(ASN1_PCTX *p, unsigned long flags); +unsigned long ASN1_PCTX_get_cert_flags(const ASN1_PCTX *p); +void ASN1_PCTX_set_cert_flags(ASN1_PCTX *p, unsigned long flags); +unsigned long ASN1_PCTX_get_oid_flags(const ASN1_PCTX *p); +void ASN1_PCTX_set_oid_flags(ASN1_PCTX *p, unsigned long flags); +unsigned long ASN1_PCTX_get_str_flags(const ASN1_PCTX *p); +void ASN1_PCTX_set_str_flags(ASN1_PCTX *p, unsigned long flags); + +ASN1_SCTX *ASN1_SCTX_new(int (*scan_cb) (ASN1_SCTX *ctx)); +void ASN1_SCTX_free(ASN1_SCTX *p); +const ASN1_ITEM *ASN1_SCTX_get_item(ASN1_SCTX *p); +const ASN1_TEMPLATE *ASN1_SCTX_get_template(ASN1_SCTX *p); +unsigned long ASN1_SCTX_get_flags(ASN1_SCTX *p); +void ASN1_SCTX_set_app_data(ASN1_SCTX *p, void *data); +void *ASN1_SCTX_get_app_data(ASN1_SCTX *p); + +const BIO_METHOD *BIO_f_asn1(void); + +BIO *BIO_new_NDEF(BIO *out, ASN1_VALUE *val, const ASN1_ITEM *it); + +int i2d_ASN1_bio_stream(BIO *out, ASN1_VALUE *val, BIO *in, int flags, + const ASN1_ITEM *it); +int PEM_write_bio_ASN1_stream(BIO *out, ASN1_VALUE *val, BIO *in, int flags, + const char *hdr, const ASN1_ITEM *it); +int SMIME_write_ASN1(BIO *bio, ASN1_VALUE *val, BIO *data, int flags, + int ctype_nid, int econt_nid, + STACK_OF(X509_ALGOR) *mdalgs, const ASN1_ITEM *it); +ASN1_VALUE *SMIME_read_ASN1(BIO *bio, BIO **bcont, const ASN1_ITEM *it); +int SMIME_crlf_copy(BIO *in, BIO *out, int flags); +int SMIME_text(BIO *in, BIO *out); + +const ASN1_ITEM *ASN1_ITEM_lookup(const char *name); +const ASN1_ITEM *ASN1_ITEM_get(size_t i); + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/asn1_mac.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/asn1_mac.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7ac1782a --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/asn1_mac.h @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2015-2016 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#error "This file is obsolete; please update your software." diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/asn1err.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/asn1err.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e1ad1fef --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/asn1err.h @@ -0,0 +1,256 @@ +/* + * Generated by util/mkerr.pl DO NOT EDIT + * Copyright 1995-2020 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_ASN1ERR_H +# define HEADER_ASN1ERR_H + +# include <openssl/symhacks.h> + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +# endif +int ERR_load_ASN1_strings(void); + +/* + * ASN1 function codes. + */ +# define ASN1_F_A2D_ASN1_OBJECT 100 +# define ASN1_F_A2I_ASN1_INTEGER 102 +# define ASN1_F_A2I_ASN1_STRING 103 +# define ASN1_F_APPEND_EXP 176 +# define ASN1_F_ASN1_BIO_INIT 113 +# define ASN1_F_ASN1_BIT_STRING_SET_BIT 183 +# define ASN1_F_ASN1_CB 177 +# define ASN1_F_ASN1_CHECK_TLEN 104 +# define ASN1_F_ASN1_COLLECT 106 +# define ASN1_F_ASN1_D2I_EX_PRIMITIVE 108 +# define ASN1_F_ASN1_D2I_FP 109 +# define ASN1_F_ASN1_D2I_READ_BIO 107 +# define ASN1_F_ASN1_DIGEST 184 +# define ASN1_F_ASN1_DO_ADB 110 +# define ASN1_F_ASN1_DO_LOCK 233 +# define ASN1_F_ASN1_DUP 111 +# define ASN1_F_ASN1_ENC_SAVE 115 +# define ASN1_F_ASN1_EX_C2I 204 +# define ASN1_F_ASN1_FIND_END 190 +# define ASN1_F_ASN1_GENERALIZEDTIME_ADJ 216 +# define ASN1_F_ASN1_GENERATE_V3 178 +# define ASN1_F_ASN1_GET_INT64 224 +# define ASN1_F_ASN1_GET_OBJECT 114 +# define ASN1_F_ASN1_GET_UINT64 225 +# define ASN1_F_ASN1_I2D_BIO 116 +# define ASN1_F_ASN1_I2D_FP 117 +# define ASN1_F_ASN1_ITEM_D2I_FP 206 +# define ASN1_F_ASN1_ITEM_DUP 191 +# define ASN1_F_ASN1_ITEM_EMBED_D2I 120 +# define ASN1_F_ASN1_ITEM_EMBED_NEW 121 +# define ASN1_F_ASN1_ITEM_EX_I2D 144 +# define ASN1_F_ASN1_ITEM_FLAGS_I2D 118 +# define ASN1_F_ASN1_ITEM_I2D_BIO 192 +# define ASN1_F_ASN1_ITEM_I2D_FP 193 +# define ASN1_F_ASN1_ITEM_PACK 198 +# define ASN1_F_ASN1_ITEM_SIGN 195 +# define ASN1_F_ASN1_ITEM_SIGN_CTX 220 +# define ASN1_F_ASN1_ITEM_UNPACK 199 +# define ASN1_F_ASN1_ITEM_VERIFY 197 +# define ASN1_F_ASN1_MBSTRING_NCOPY 122 +# define ASN1_F_ASN1_OBJECT_NEW 123 +# define ASN1_F_ASN1_OUTPUT_DATA 214 +# define ASN1_F_ASN1_PCTX_NEW 205 +# define ASN1_F_ASN1_PRIMITIVE_NEW 119 +# define ASN1_F_ASN1_SCTX_NEW 221 +# define ASN1_F_ASN1_SIGN 128 +# define ASN1_F_ASN1_STR2TYPE 179 +# define ASN1_F_ASN1_STRING_GET_INT64 227 +# define ASN1_F_ASN1_STRING_GET_UINT64 230 +# define ASN1_F_ASN1_STRING_SET 186 +# define ASN1_F_ASN1_STRING_TABLE_ADD 129 +# define ASN1_F_ASN1_STRING_TO_BN 228 +# define ASN1_F_ASN1_STRING_TYPE_NEW 130 +# define ASN1_F_ASN1_TEMPLATE_EX_D2I 132 +# define ASN1_F_ASN1_TEMPLATE_NEW 133 +# define ASN1_F_ASN1_TEMPLATE_NOEXP_D2I 131 +# define ASN1_F_ASN1_TIME_ADJ 217 +# define ASN1_F_ASN1_TYPE_GET_INT_OCTETSTRING 134 +# define ASN1_F_ASN1_TYPE_GET_OCTETSTRING 135 +# define ASN1_F_ASN1_UTCTIME_ADJ 218 +# define ASN1_F_ASN1_VERIFY 137 +# define ASN1_F_B64_READ_ASN1 209 +# define ASN1_F_B64_WRITE_ASN1 210 +# define ASN1_F_BIO_NEW_NDEF 208 +# define ASN1_F_BITSTR_CB 180 +# define ASN1_F_BN_TO_ASN1_STRING 229 +# define ASN1_F_C2I_ASN1_BIT_STRING 189 +# define ASN1_F_C2I_ASN1_INTEGER 194 +# define ASN1_F_C2I_ASN1_OBJECT 196 +# define ASN1_F_C2I_IBUF 226 +# define ASN1_F_C2I_UINT64_INT 101 +# define ASN1_F_COLLECT_DATA 140 +# define ASN1_F_D2I_ASN1_OBJECT 147 +# define ASN1_F_D2I_ASN1_UINTEGER 150 +# define ASN1_F_D2I_AUTOPRIVATEKEY 207 +# define ASN1_F_D2I_PRIVATEKEY 154 +# define ASN1_F_D2I_PUBLICKEY 155 +# define ASN1_F_DO_BUF 142 +# define ASN1_F_DO_CREATE 124 +# define ASN1_F_DO_DUMP 125 +# define ASN1_F_DO_TCREATE 222 +# define ASN1_F_I2A_ASN1_OBJECT 126 +# define ASN1_F_I2D_ASN1_BIO_STREAM 211 +# define ASN1_F_I2D_ASN1_OBJECT 143 +# define ASN1_F_I2D_DSA_PUBKEY 161 +# define ASN1_F_I2D_EC_PUBKEY 181 +# define ASN1_F_I2D_PRIVATEKEY 163 +# define ASN1_F_I2D_PUBLICKEY 164 +# define ASN1_F_I2D_RSA_PUBKEY 165 +# define ASN1_F_LONG_C2I 166 +# define ASN1_F_NDEF_PREFIX 127 +# define ASN1_F_NDEF_SUFFIX 136 +# define ASN1_F_OID_MODULE_INIT 174 +# define ASN1_F_PARSE_TAGGING 182 +# define ASN1_F_PKCS5_PBE2_SET_IV 167 +# define ASN1_F_PKCS5_PBE2_SET_SCRYPT 231 +# define ASN1_F_PKCS5_PBE_SET 202 +# define ASN1_F_PKCS5_PBE_SET0_ALGOR 215 +# define ASN1_F_PKCS5_PBKDF2_SET 219 +# define ASN1_F_PKCS5_SCRYPT_SET 232 +# define ASN1_F_SMIME_READ_ASN1 212 +# define ASN1_F_SMIME_TEXT 213 +# define ASN1_F_STABLE_GET 138 +# define ASN1_F_STBL_MODULE_INIT 223 +# define ASN1_F_UINT32_C2I 105 +# define ASN1_F_UINT32_NEW 139 +# define ASN1_F_UINT64_C2I 112 +# define ASN1_F_UINT64_NEW 141 +# define ASN1_F_X509_CRL_ADD0_REVOKED 169 +# define ASN1_F_X509_INFO_NEW 170 +# define ASN1_F_X509_NAME_ENCODE 203 +# define ASN1_F_X509_NAME_EX_D2I 158 +# define ASN1_F_X509_NAME_EX_NEW 171 +# define ASN1_F_X509_PKEY_NEW 173 + +/* + * ASN1 reason codes. + */ +# define ASN1_R_ADDING_OBJECT 171 +# define ASN1_R_ASN1_PARSE_ERROR 203 +# define ASN1_R_ASN1_SIG_PARSE_ERROR 204 +# define ASN1_R_AUX_ERROR 100 +# define ASN1_R_BAD_OBJECT_HEADER 102 +# define ASN1_R_BAD_TEMPLATE 230 +# define ASN1_R_BMPSTRING_IS_WRONG_LENGTH 214 +# define ASN1_R_BN_LIB 105 +# define ASN1_R_BOOLEAN_IS_WRONG_LENGTH 106 +# define ASN1_R_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL 107 +# define ASN1_R_CIPHER_HAS_NO_OBJECT_IDENTIFIER 108 +# define ASN1_R_CONTEXT_NOT_INITIALISED 217 +# define ASN1_R_DATA_IS_WRONG 109 +# define ASN1_R_DECODE_ERROR 110 +# define ASN1_R_DEPTH_EXCEEDED 174 +# define ASN1_R_DIGEST_AND_KEY_TYPE_NOT_SUPPORTED 198 +# define ASN1_R_ENCODE_ERROR 112 +# define ASN1_R_ERROR_GETTING_TIME 173 +# define ASN1_R_ERROR_LOADING_SECTION 172 +# define ASN1_R_ERROR_SETTING_CIPHER_PARAMS 114 +# define ASN1_R_EXPECTING_AN_INTEGER 115 +# define ASN1_R_EXPECTING_AN_OBJECT 116 +# define ASN1_R_EXPLICIT_LENGTH_MISMATCH 119 +# define ASN1_R_EXPLICIT_TAG_NOT_CONSTRUCTED 120 +# define ASN1_R_FIELD_MISSING 121 +# define ASN1_R_FIRST_NUM_TOO_LARGE 122 +# define ASN1_R_HEADER_TOO_LONG 123 +# define ASN1_R_ILLEGAL_BITSTRING_FORMAT 175 +# define ASN1_R_ILLEGAL_BOOLEAN 176 +# define ASN1_R_ILLEGAL_CHARACTERS 124 +# define ASN1_R_ILLEGAL_FORMAT 177 +# define ASN1_R_ILLEGAL_HEX 178 +# define ASN1_R_ILLEGAL_IMPLICIT_TAG 179 +# define ASN1_R_ILLEGAL_INTEGER 180 +# define ASN1_R_ILLEGAL_NEGATIVE_VALUE 226 +# define ASN1_R_ILLEGAL_NESTED_TAGGING 181 +# define ASN1_R_ILLEGAL_NULL 125 +# define ASN1_R_ILLEGAL_NULL_VALUE 182 +# define ASN1_R_ILLEGAL_OBJECT 183 +# define ASN1_R_ILLEGAL_OPTIONAL_ANY 126 +# define ASN1_R_ILLEGAL_OPTIONS_ON_ITEM_TEMPLATE 170 +# define ASN1_R_ILLEGAL_PADDING 221 +# define ASN1_R_ILLEGAL_TAGGED_ANY 127 +# define ASN1_R_ILLEGAL_TIME_VALUE 184 +# define ASN1_R_ILLEGAL_ZERO_CONTENT 222 +# define ASN1_R_INTEGER_NOT_ASCII_FORMAT 185 +# define ASN1_R_INTEGER_TOO_LARGE_FOR_LONG 128 +# define ASN1_R_INVALID_BIT_STRING_BITS_LEFT 220 +# define ASN1_R_INVALID_BMPSTRING_LENGTH 129 +# define ASN1_R_INVALID_DIGIT 130 +# define ASN1_R_INVALID_MIME_TYPE 205 +# define ASN1_R_INVALID_MODIFIER 186 +# define ASN1_R_INVALID_NUMBER 187 +# define ASN1_R_INVALID_OBJECT_ENCODING 216 +# define ASN1_R_INVALID_SCRYPT_PARAMETERS 227 +# define ASN1_R_INVALID_SEPARATOR 131 +# define ASN1_R_INVALID_STRING_TABLE_VALUE 218 +# define ASN1_R_INVALID_UNIVERSALSTRING_LENGTH 133 +# define ASN1_R_INVALID_UTF8STRING 134 +# define ASN1_R_INVALID_VALUE 219 +# define ASN1_R_LIST_ERROR 188 +# define ASN1_R_MIME_NO_CONTENT_TYPE 206 +# define ASN1_R_MIME_PARSE_ERROR 207 +# define ASN1_R_MIME_SIG_PARSE_ERROR 208 +# define ASN1_R_MISSING_EOC 137 +# define ASN1_R_MISSING_SECOND_NUMBER 138 +# define ASN1_R_MISSING_VALUE 189 +# define ASN1_R_MSTRING_NOT_UNIVERSAL 139 +# define ASN1_R_MSTRING_WRONG_TAG 140 +# define ASN1_R_NESTED_ASN1_STRING 197 +# define ASN1_R_NESTED_TOO_DEEP 201 +# define ASN1_R_NON_HEX_CHARACTERS 141 +# define ASN1_R_NOT_ASCII_FORMAT 190 +# define ASN1_R_NOT_ENOUGH_DATA 142 +# define ASN1_R_NO_CONTENT_TYPE 209 +# define ASN1_R_NO_MATCHING_CHOICE_TYPE 143 +# define ASN1_R_NO_MULTIPART_BODY_FAILURE 210 +# define ASN1_R_NO_MULTIPART_BOUNDARY 211 +# define ASN1_R_NO_SIG_CONTENT_TYPE 212 +# define ASN1_R_NULL_IS_WRONG_LENGTH 144 +# define ASN1_R_OBJECT_NOT_ASCII_FORMAT 191 +# define ASN1_R_ODD_NUMBER_OF_CHARS 145 +# define ASN1_R_SECOND_NUMBER_TOO_LARGE 147 +# define ASN1_R_SEQUENCE_LENGTH_MISMATCH 148 +# define ASN1_R_SEQUENCE_NOT_CONSTRUCTED 149 +# define ASN1_R_SEQUENCE_OR_SET_NEEDS_CONFIG 192 +# define ASN1_R_SHORT_LINE 150 +# define ASN1_R_SIG_INVALID_MIME_TYPE 213 +# define ASN1_R_STREAMING_NOT_SUPPORTED 202 +# define ASN1_R_STRING_TOO_LONG 151 +# define ASN1_R_STRING_TOO_SHORT 152 +# define ASN1_R_THE_ASN1_OBJECT_IDENTIFIER_IS_NOT_KNOWN_FOR_THIS_MD 154 +# define ASN1_R_TIME_NOT_ASCII_FORMAT 193 +# define ASN1_R_TOO_LARGE 223 +# define ASN1_R_TOO_LONG 155 +# define ASN1_R_TOO_SMALL 224 +# define ASN1_R_TYPE_NOT_CONSTRUCTED 156 +# define ASN1_R_TYPE_NOT_PRIMITIVE 195 +# define ASN1_R_UNEXPECTED_EOC 159 +# define ASN1_R_UNIVERSALSTRING_IS_WRONG_LENGTH 215 +# define ASN1_R_UNKNOWN_FORMAT 160 +# define ASN1_R_UNKNOWN_MESSAGE_DIGEST_ALGORITHM 161 +# define ASN1_R_UNKNOWN_OBJECT_TYPE 162 +# define ASN1_R_UNKNOWN_PUBLIC_KEY_TYPE 163 +# define ASN1_R_UNKNOWN_SIGNATURE_ALGORITHM 199 +# define ASN1_R_UNKNOWN_TAG 194 +# define ASN1_R_UNSUPPORTED_ANY_DEFINED_BY_TYPE 164 +# define ASN1_R_UNSUPPORTED_CIPHER 228 +# define ASN1_R_UNSUPPORTED_PUBLIC_KEY_TYPE 167 +# define ASN1_R_UNSUPPORTED_TYPE 196 +# define ASN1_R_WRONG_INTEGER_TYPE 225 +# define ASN1_R_WRONG_PUBLIC_KEY_TYPE 200 +# define ASN1_R_WRONG_TAG 168 + +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/asn1t.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/asn1t.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a450ba0d --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/asn1t.h @@ -0,0 +1,945 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2000-2016 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_ASN1T_H +# define HEADER_ASN1T_H + +# include <stddef.h> +# include <openssl/e_os2.h> +# include <openssl/asn1.h> + +# ifdef OPENSSL_BUILD_SHLIBCRYPTO +# undef OPENSSL_EXTERN +# define OPENSSL_EXTERN OPENSSL_EXPORT +# endif + +/* ASN1 template defines, structures and functions */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +# ifndef OPENSSL_EXPORT_VAR_AS_FUNCTION + +/* Macro to obtain ASN1_ADB pointer from a type (only used internally) */ +# define ASN1_ADB_ptr(iptr) ((const ASN1_ADB *)(iptr)) + +/* Macros for start and end of ASN1_ITEM definition */ + +# define ASN1_ITEM_start(itname) \ + const ASN1_ITEM itname##_it = { + +# define static_ASN1_ITEM_start(itname) \ + static const ASN1_ITEM itname##_it = { + +# define ASN1_ITEM_end(itname) \ + }; + +# else + +/* Macro to obtain ASN1_ADB pointer from a type (only used internally) */ +# define ASN1_ADB_ptr(iptr) ((const ASN1_ADB *)((iptr)())) + +/* Macros for start and end of ASN1_ITEM definition */ + +# define ASN1_ITEM_start(itname) \ + const ASN1_ITEM * itname##_it(void) \ + { \ + static const ASN1_ITEM local_it = { + +# define static_ASN1_ITEM_start(itname) \ + static ASN1_ITEM_start(itname) + +# define ASN1_ITEM_end(itname) \ + }; \ + return &local_it; \ + } + +# endif + +/* Macros to aid ASN1 template writing */ + +# define ASN1_ITEM_TEMPLATE(tname) \ + static const ASN1_TEMPLATE tname##_item_tt + +# define ASN1_ITEM_TEMPLATE_END(tname) \ + ;\ + ASN1_ITEM_start(tname) \ + ASN1_ITYPE_PRIMITIVE,\ + -1,\ + &tname##_item_tt,\ + 0,\ + NULL,\ + 0,\ + #tname \ + ASN1_ITEM_end(tname) +# define static_ASN1_ITEM_TEMPLATE_END(tname) \ + ;\ + static_ASN1_ITEM_start(tname) \ + ASN1_ITYPE_PRIMITIVE,\ + -1,\ + &tname##_item_tt,\ + 0,\ + NULL,\ + 0,\ + #tname \ + ASN1_ITEM_end(tname) + +/* This is a ASN1 type which just embeds a template */ + +/*- + * This pair helps declare a SEQUENCE. We can do: + * + * ASN1_SEQUENCE(stname) = { + * ... SEQUENCE components ... + * } ASN1_SEQUENCE_END(stname) + * + * This will produce an ASN1_ITEM called stname_it + * for a structure called stname. + * + * If you want the same structure but a different + * name then use: + * + * ASN1_SEQUENCE(itname) = { + * ... SEQUENCE components ... + * } ASN1_SEQUENCE_END_name(stname, itname) + * + * This will create an item called itname_it using + * a structure called stname. + */ + +# define ASN1_SEQUENCE(tname) \ + static const ASN1_TEMPLATE tname##_seq_tt[] + +# define ASN1_SEQUENCE_END(stname) ASN1_SEQUENCE_END_name(stname, stname) + +# define static_ASN1_SEQUENCE_END(stname) static_ASN1_SEQUENCE_END_name(stname, stname) + +# define ASN1_SEQUENCE_END_name(stname, tname) \ + ;\ + ASN1_ITEM_start(tname) \ + ASN1_ITYPE_SEQUENCE,\ + V_ASN1_SEQUENCE,\ + tname##_seq_tt,\ + sizeof(tname##_seq_tt) / sizeof(ASN1_TEMPLATE),\ + NULL,\ + sizeof(stname),\ + #tname \ + ASN1_ITEM_end(tname) + +# define static_ASN1_SEQUENCE_END_name(stname, tname) \ + ;\ + static_ASN1_ITEM_start(tname) \ + ASN1_ITYPE_SEQUENCE,\ + V_ASN1_SEQUENCE,\ + tname##_seq_tt,\ + sizeof(tname##_seq_tt) / sizeof(ASN1_TEMPLATE),\ + NULL,\ + sizeof(stname),\ + #stname \ + ASN1_ITEM_end(tname) + +# define ASN1_NDEF_SEQUENCE(tname) \ + ASN1_SEQUENCE(tname) + +# define ASN1_NDEF_SEQUENCE_cb(tname, cb) \ + ASN1_SEQUENCE_cb(tname, cb) + +# define ASN1_SEQUENCE_cb(tname, cb) \ + static const ASN1_AUX tname##_aux = {NULL, 0, 0, 0, cb, 0}; \ + ASN1_SEQUENCE(tname) + +# define ASN1_BROKEN_SEQUENCE(tname) \ + static const ASN1_AUX tname##_aux = {NULL, ASN1_AFLG_BROKEN, 0, 0, 0, 0}; \ + ASN1_SEQUENCE(tname) + +# define ASN1_SEQUENCE_ref(tname, cb) \ + static const ASN1_AUX tname##_aux = {NULL, ASN1_AFLG_REFCOUNT, offsetof(tname, references), offsetof(tname, lock), cb, 0}; \ + ASN1_SEQUENCE(tname) + +# define ASN1_SEQUENCE_enc(tname, enc, cb) \ + static const ASN1_AUX tname##_aux = {NULL, ASN1_AFLG_ENCODING, 0, 0, cb, offsetof(tname, enc)}; \ + ASN1_SEQUENCE(tname) + +# define ASN1_NDEF_SEQUENCE_END(tname) \ + ;\ + ASN1_ITEM_start(tname) \ + ASN1_ITYPE_NDEF_SEQUENCE,\ + V_ASN1_SEQUENCE,\ + tname##_seq_tt,\ + sizeof(tname##_seq_tt) / sizeof(ASN1_TEMPLATE),\ + NULL,\ + sizeof(tname),\ + #tname \ + ASN1_ITEM_end(tname) +# define static_ASN1_NDEF_SEQUENCE_END(tname) \ + ;\ + static_ASN1_ITEM_start(tname) \ + ASN1_ITYPE_NDEF_SEQUENCE,\ + V_ASN1_SEQUENCE,\ + tname##_seq_tt,\ + sizeof(tname##_seq_tt) / sizeof(ASN1_TEMPLATE),\ + NULL,\ + sizeof(tname),\ + #tname \ + ASN1_ITEM_end(tname) + +# define ASN1_BROKEN_SEQUENCE_END(stname) ASN1_SEQUENCE_END_ref(stname, stname) +# define static_ASN1_BROKEN_SEQUENCE_END(stname) \ + static_ASN1_SEQUENCE_END_ref(stname, stname) + +# define ASN1_SEQUENCE_END_enc(stname, tname) ASN1_SEQUENCE_END_ref(stname, tname) + +# define ASN1_SEQUENCE_END_cb(stname, tname) ASN1_SEQUENCE_END_ref(stname, tname) +# define static_ASN1_SEQUENCE_END_cb(stname, tname) static_ASN1_SEQUENCE_END_ref(stname, tname) + +# define ASN1_SEQUENCE_END_ref(stname, tname) \ + ;\ + ASN1_ITEM_start(tname) \ + ASN1_ITYPE_SEQUENCE,\ + V_ASN1_SEQUENCE,\ + tname##_seq_tt,\ + sizeof(tname##_seq_tt) / sizeof(ASN1_TEMPLATE),\ + &tname##_aux,\ + sizeof(stname),\ + #tname \ + ASN1_ITEM_end(tname) +# define static_ASN1_SEQUENCE_END_ref(stname, tname) \ + ;\ + static_ASN1_ITEM_start(tname) \ + ASN1_ITYPE_SEQUENCE,\ + V_ASN1_SEQUENCE,\ + tname##_seq_tt,\ + sizeof(tname##_seq_tt) / sizeof(ASN1_TEMPLATE),\ + &tname##_aux,\ + sizeof(stname),\ + #stname \ + ASN1_ITEM_end(tname) + +# define ASN1_NDEF_SEQUENCE_END_cb(stname, tname) \ + ;\ + ASN1_ITEM_start(tname) \ + ASN1_ITYPE_NDEF_SEQUENCE,\ + V_ASN1_SEQUENCE,\ + tname##_seq_tt,\ + sizeof(tname##_seq_tt) / sizeof(ASN1_TEMPLATE),\ + &tname##_aux,\ + sizeof(stname),\ + #stname \ + ASN1_ITEM_end(tname) + +/*- + * This pair helps declare a CHOICE type. We can do: + * + * ASN1_CHOICE(chname) = { + * ... CHOICE options ... + * ASN1_CHOICE_END(chname) + * + * This will produce an ASN1_ITEM called chname_it + * for a structure called chname. The structure + * definition must look like this: + * typedef struct { + * int type; + * union { + * ASN1_SOMETHING *opt1; + * ASN1_SOMEOTHER *opt2; + * } value; + * } chname; + * + * the name of the selector must be 'type'. + * to use an alternative selector name use the + * ASN1_CHOICE_END_selector() version. + */ + +# define ASN1_CHOICE(tname) \ + static const ASN1_TEMPLATE tname##_ch_tt[] + +# define ASN1_CHOICE_cb(tname, cb) \ + static const ASN1_AUX tname##_aux = {NULL, 0, 0, 0, cb, 0}; \ + ASN1_CHOICE(tname) + +# define ASN1_CHOICE_END(stname) ASN1_CHOICE_END_name(stname, stname) + +# define static_ASN1_CHOICE_END(stname) static_ASN1_CHOICE_END_name(stname, stname) + +# define ASN1_CHOICE_END_name(stname, tname) ASN1_CHOICE_END_selector(stname, tname, type) + +# define static_ASN1_CHOICE_END_name(stname, tname) static_ASN1_CHOICE_END_selector(stname, tname, type) + +# define ASN1_CHOICE_END_selector(stname, tname, selname) \ + ;\ + ASN1_ITEM_start(tname) \ + ASN1_ITYPE_CHOICE,\ + offsetof(stname,selname) ,\ + tname##_ch_tt,\ + sizeof(tname##_ch_tt) / sizeof(ASN1_TEMPLATE),\ + NULL,\ + sizeof(stname),\ + #stname \ + ASN1_ITEM_end(tname) + +# define static_ASN1_CHOICE_END_selector(stname, tname, selname) \ + ;\ + static_ASN1_ITEM_start(tname) \ + ASN1_ITYPE_CHOICE,\ + offsetof(stname,selname) ,\ + tname##_ch_tt,\ + sizeof(tname##_ch_tt) / sizeof(ASN1_TEMPLATE),\ + NULL,\ + sizeof(stname),\ + #stname \ + ASN1_ITEM_end(tname) + +# define ASN1_CHOICE_END_cb(stname, tname, selname) \ + ;\ + ASN1_ITEM_start(tname) \ + ASN1_ITYPE_CHOICE,\ + offsetof(stname,selname) ,\ + tname##_ch_tt,\ + sizeof(tname##_ch_tt) / sizeof(ASN1_TEMPLATE),\ + &tname##_aux,\ + sizeof(stname),\ + #stname \ + ASN1_ITEM_end(tname) + +/* This helps with the template wrapper form of ASN1_ITEM */ + +# define ASN1_EX_TEMPLATE_TYPE(flags, tag, name, type) { \ + (flags), (tag), 0,\ + #name, ASN1_ITEM_ref(type) } + +/* These help with SEQUENCE or CHOICE components */ + +/* used to declare other types */ + +# define ASN1_EX_TYPE(flags, tag, stname, field, type) { \ + (flags), (tag), offsetof(stname, field),\ + #field, ASN1_ITEM_ref(type) } + +/* implicit and explicit helper macros */ + +# define ASN1_IMP_EX(stname, field, type, tag, ex) \ + ASN1_EX_TYPE(ASN1_TFLG_IMPLICIT | (ex), tag, stname, field, type) + +# define ASN1_EXP_EX(stname, field, type, tag, ex) \ + ASN1_EX_TYPE(ASN1_TFLG_EXPLICIT | (ex), tag, stname, field, type) + +/* Any defined by macros: the field used is in the table itself */ + +# ifndef OPENSSL_EXPORT_VAR_AS_FUNCTION +# define ASN1_ADB_OBJECT(tblname) { ASN1_TFLG_ADB_OID, -1, 0, #tblname, (const ASN1_ITEM *)&(tblname##_adb) } +# define ASN1_ADB_INTEGER(tblname) { ASN1_TFLG_ADB_INT, -1, 0, #tblname, (const ASN1_ITEM *)&(tblname##_adb) } +# else +# define ASN1_ADB_OBJECT(tblname) { ASN1_TFLG_ADB_OID, -1, 0, #tblname, tblname##_adb } +# define ASN1_ADB_INTEGER(tblname) { ASN1_TFLG_ADB_INT, -1, 0, #tblname, tblname##_adb } +# endif +/* Plain simple type */ +# define ASN1_SIMPLE(stname, field, type) ASN1_EX_TYPE(0,0, stname, field, type) +/* Embedded simple type */ +# define ASN1_EMBED(stname, field, type) ASN1_EX_TYPE(ASN1_TFLG_EMBED,0, stname, field, type) + +/* OPTIONAL simple type */ +# define ASN1_OPT(stname, field, type) ASN1_EX_TYPE(ASN1_TFLG_OPTIONAL, 0, stname, field, type) +# define ASN1_OPT_EMBED(stname, field, type) ASN1_EX_TYPE(ASN1_TFLG_OPTIONAL|ASN1_TFLG_EMBED, 0, stname, field, type) + +/* IMPLICIT tagged simple type */ +# define ASN1_IMP(stname, field, type, tag) ASN1_IMP_EX(stname, field, type, tag, 0) +# define ASN1_IMP_EMBED(stname, field, type, tag) ASN1_IMP_EX(stname, field, type, tag, ASN1_TFLG_EMBED) + +/* IMPLICIT tagged OPTIONAL simple type */ +# define ASN1_IMP_OPT(stname, field, type, tag) ASN1_IMP_EX(stname, field, type, tag, ASN1_TFLG_OPTIONAL) +# define ASN1_IMP_OPT_EMBED(stname, field, type, tag) ASN1_IMP_EX(stname, field, type, tag, ASN1_TFLG_OPTIONAL|ASN1_TFLG_EMBED) + +/* Same as above but EXPLICIT */ + +# define ASN1_EXP(stname, field, type, tag) ASN1_EXP_EX(stname, field, type, tag, 0) +# define ASN1_EXP_EMBED(stname, field, type, tag) ASN1_EXP_EX(stname, field, type, tag, ASN1_TFLG_EMBED) +# define ASN1_EXP_OPT(stname, field, type, tag) ASN1_EXP_EX(stname, field, type, tag, ASN1_TFLG_OPTIONAL) +# define ASN1_EXP_OPT_EMBED(stname, field, type, tag) ASN1_EXP_EX(stname, field, type, tag, ASN1_TFLG_OPTIONAL|ASN1_TFLG_EMBED) + +/* SEQUENCE OF type */ +# define ASN1_SEQUENCE_OF(stname, field, type) \ + ASN1_EX_TYPE(ASN1_TFLG_SEQUENCE_OF, 0, stname, field, type) + +/* OPTIONAL SEQUENCE OF */ +# define ASN1_SEQUENCE_OF_OPT(stname, field, type) \ + ASN1_EX_TYPE(ASN1_TFLG_SEQUENCE_OF|ASN1_TFLG_OPTIONAL, 0, stname, field, type) + +/* Same as above but for SET OF */ + +# define ASN1_SET_OF(stname, field, type) \ + ASN1_EX_TYPE(ASN1_TFLG_SET_OF, 0, stname, field, type) + +# define ASN1_SET_OF_OPT(stname, field, type) \ + ASN1_EX_TYPE(ASN1_TFLG_SET_OF|ASN1_TFLG_OPTIONAL, 0, stname, field, type) + +/* Finally compound types of SEQUENCE, SET, IMPLICIT, EXPLICIT and OPTIONAL */ + +# define ASN1_IMP_SET_OF(stname, field, type, tag) \ + ASN1_IMP_EX(stname, field, type, tag, ASN1_TFLG_SET_OF) + +# define ASN1_EXP_SET_OF(stname, field, type, tag) \ + ASN1_EXP_EX(stname, field, type, tag, ASN1_TFLG_SET_OF) + +# define ASN1_IMP_SET_OF_OPT(stname, field, type, tag) \ + ASN1_IMP_EX(stname, field, type, tag, ASN1_TFLG_SET_OF|ASN1_TFLG_OPTIONAL) + +# define ASN1_EXP_SET_OF_OPT(stname, field, type, tag) \ + ASN1_EXP_EX(stname, field, type, tag, ASN1_TFLG_SET_OF|ASN1_TFLG_OPTIONAL) + +# define ASN1_IMP_SEQUENCE_OF(stname, field, type, tag) \ + ASN1_IMP_EX(stname, field, type, tag, ASN1_TFLG_SEQUENCE_OF) + +# define ASN1_IMP_SEQUENCE_OF_OPT(stname, field, type, tag) \ + ASN1_IMP_EX(stname, field, type, tag, ASN1_TFLG_SEQUENCE_OF|ASN1_TFLG_OPTIONAL) + +# define ASN1_EXP_SEQUENCE_OF(stname, field, type, tag) \ + ASN1_EXP_EX(stname, field, type, tag, ASN1_TFLG_SEQUENCE_OF) + +# define ASN1_EXP_SEQUENCE_OF_OPT(stname, field, type, tag) \ + ASN1_EXP_EX(stname, field, type, tag, ASN1_TFLG_SEQUENCE_OF|ASN1_TFLG_OPTIONAL) + +/* EXPLICIT using indefinite length constructed form */ +# define ASN1_NDEF_EXP(stname, field, type, tag) \ + ASN1_EXP_EX(stname, field, type, tag, ASN1_TFLG_NDEF) + +/* EXPLICIT OPTIONAL using indefinite length constructed form */ +# define ASN1_NDEF_EXP_OPT(stname, field, type, tag) \ + ASN1_EXP_EX(stname, field, type, tag, ASN1_TFLG_OPTIONAL|ASN1_TFLG_NDEF) + +/* Macros for the ASN1_ADB structure */ + +# define ASN1_ADB(name) \ + static const ASN1_ADB_TABLE name##_adbtbl[] + +# ifndef OPENSSL_EXPORT_VAR_AS_FUNCTION + +# define ASN1_ADB_END(name, flags, field, adb_cb, def, none) \ + ;\ + static const ASN1_ADB name##_adb = {\ + flags,\ + offsetof(name, field),\ + adb_cb,\ + name##_adbtbl,\ + sizeof(name##_adbtbl) / sizeof(ASN1_ADB_TABLE),\ + def,\ + none\ + } + +# else + +# define ASN1_ADB_END(name, flags, field, adb_cb, def, none) \ + ;\ + static const ASN1_ITEM *name##_adb(void) \ + { \ + static const ASN1_ADB internal_adb = \ + {\ + flags,\ + offsetof(name, field),\ + adb_cb,\ + name##_adbtbl,\ + sizeof(name##_adbtbl) / sizeof(ASN1_ADB_TABLE),\ + def,\ + none\ + }; \ + return (const ASN1_ITEM *) &internal_adb; \ + } \ + void dummy_function(void) + +# endif + +# define ADB_ENTRY(val, template) {val, template} + +# define ASN1_ADB_TEMPLATE(name) \ + static const ASN1_TEMPLATE name##_tt + +/* + * This is the ASN1 template structure that defines a wrapper round the + * actual type. It determines the actual position of the field in the value + * structure, various flags such as OPTIONAL and the field name. + */ + +struct ASN1_TEMPLATE_st { + unsigned long flags; /* Various flags */ + long tag; /* tag, not used if no tagging */ + unsigned long offset; /* Offset of this field in structure */ + const char *field_name; /* Field name */ + ASN1_ITEM_EXP *item; /* Relevant ASN1_ITEM or ASN1_ADB */ +}; + +/* Macro to extract ASN1_ITEM and ASN1_ADB pointer from ASN1_TEMPLATE */ + +# define ASN1_TEMPLATE_item(t) (t->item_ptr) +# define ASN1_TEMPLATE_adb(t) (t->item_ptr) + +typedef struct ASN1_ADB_TABLE_st ASN1_ADB_TABLE; +typedef struct ASN1_ADB_st ASN1_ADB; + +struct ASN1_ADB_st { + unsigned long flags; /* Various flags */ + unsigned long offset; /* Offset of selector field */ + int (*adb_cb)(long *psel); /* Application callback */ + const ASN1_ADB_TABLE *tbl; /* Table of possible types */ + long tblcount; /* Number of entries in tbl */ + const ASN1_TEMPLATE *default_tt; /* Type to use if no match */ + const ASN1_TEMPLATE *null_tt; /* Type to use if selector is NULL */ +}; + +struct ASN1_ADB_TABLE_st { + long value; /* NID for an object or value for an int */ + const ASN1_TEMPLATE tt; /* item for this value */ +}; + +/* template flags */ + +/* Field is optional */ +# define ASN1_TFLG_OPTIONAL (0x1) + +/* Field is a SET OF */ +# define ASN1_TFLG_SET_OF (0x1 << 1) + +/* Field is a SEQUENCE OF */ +# define ASN1_TFLG_SEQUENCE_OF (0x2 << 1) + +/* + * Special case: this refers to a SET OF that will be sorted into DER order + * when encoded *and* the corresponding STACK will be modified to match the + * new order. + */ +# define ASN1_TFLG_SET_ORDER (0x3 << 1) + +/* Mask for SET OF or SEQUENCE OF */ +# define ASN1_TFLG_SK_MASK (0x3 << 1) + +/* + * These flags mean the tag should be taken from the tag field. If EXPLICIT + * then the underlying type is used for the inner tag. + */ + +/* IMPLICIT tagging */ +# define ASN1_TFLG_IMPTAG (0x1 << 3) + +/* EXPLICIT tagging, inner tag from underlying type */ +# define ASN1_TFLG_EXPTAG (0x2 << 3) + +# define ASN1_TFLG_TAG_MASK (0x3 << 3) + +/* context specific IMPLICIT */ +# define ASN1_TFLG_IMPLICIT (ASN1_TFLG_IMPTAG|ASN1_TFLG_CONTEXT) + +/* context specific EXPLICIT */ +# define ASN1_TFLG_EXPLICIT (ASN1_TFLG_EXPTAG|ASN1_TFLG_CONTEXT) + +/* + * If tagging is in force these determine the type of tag to use. Otherwise + * the tag is determined by the underlying type. These values reflect the + * actual octet format. + */ + +/* Universal tag */ +# define ASN1_TFLG_UNIVERSAL (0x0<<6) +/* Application tag */ +# define ASN1_TFLG_APPLICATION (0x1<<6) +/* Context specific tag */ +# define ASN1_TFLG_CONTEXT (0x2<<6) +/* Private tag */ +# define ASN1_TFLG_PRIVATE (0x3<<6) + +# define ASN1_TFLG_TAG_CLASS (0x3<<6) + +/* + * These are for ANY DEFINED BY type. In this case the 'item' field points to + * an ASN1_ADB structure which contains a table of values to decode the + * relevant type + */ + +# define ASN1_TFLG_ADB_MASK (0x3<<8) + +# define ASN1_TFLG_ADB_OID (0x1<<8) + +# define ASN1_TFLG_ADB_INT (0x1<<9) + +/* + * This flag when present in a SEQUENCE OF, SET OF or EXPLICIT causes + * indefinite length constructed encoding to be used if required. + */ + +# define ASN1_TFLG_NDEF (0x1<<11) + +/* Field is embedded and not a pointer */ +# define ASN1_TFLG_EMBED (0x1 << 12) + +/* This is the actual ASN1 item itself */ + +struct ASN1_ITEM_st { + char itype; /* The item type, primitive, SEQUENCE, CHOICE + * or extern */ + long utype; /* underlying type */ + const ASN1_TEMPLATE *templates; /* If SEQUENCE or CHOICE this contains + * the contents */ + long tcount; /* Number of templates if SEQUENCE or CHOICE */ + const void *funcs; /* functions that handle this type */ + long size; /* Structure size (usually) */ + const char *sname; /* Structure name */ +}; + +/*- + * These are values for the itype field and + * determine how the type is interpreted. + * + * For PRIMITIVE types the underlying type + * determines the behaviour if items is NULL. + * + * Otherwise templates must contain a single + * template and the type is treated in the + * same way as the type specified in the template. + * + * For SEQUENCE types the templates field points + * to the members, the size field is the + * structure size. + * + * For CHOICE types the templates field points + * to each possible member (typically a union) + * and the 'size' field is the offset of the + * selector. + * + * The 'funcs' field is used for application + * specific functions. + * + * The EXTERN type uses a new style d2i/i2d. + * The new style should be used where possible + * because it avoids things like the d2i IMPLICIT + * hack. + * + * MSTRING is a multiple string type, it is used + * for a CHOICE of character strings where the + * actual strings all occupy an ASN1_STRING + * structure. In this case the 'utype' field + * has a special meaning, it is used as a mask + * of acceptable types using the B_ASN1 constants. + * + * NDEF_SEQUENCE is the same as SEQUENCE except + * that it will use indefinite length constructed + * encoding if requested. + * + */ + +# define ASN1_ITYPE_PRIMITIVE 0x0 + +# define ASN1_ITYPE_SEQUENCE 0x1 + +# define ASN1_ITYPE_CHOICE 0x2 + +# define ASN1_ITYPE_EXTERN 0x4 + +# define ASN1_ITYPE_MSTRING 0x5 + +# define ASN1_ITYPE_NDEF_SEQUENCE 0x6 + +/* + * Cache for ASN1 tag and length, so we don't keep re-reading it for things + * like CHOICE + */ + +struct ASN1_TLC_st { + char valid; /* Values below are valid */ + int ret; /* return value */ + long plen; /* length */ + int ptag; /* class value */ + int pclass; /* class value */ + int hdrlen; /* header length */ +}; + +/* Typedefs for ASN1 function pointers */ +typedef int ASN1_ex_d2i(ASN1_VALUE **pval, const unsigned char **in, long len, + const ASN1_ITEM *it, int tag, int aclass, char opt, + ASN1_TLC *ctx); + +typedef int ASN1_ex_i2d(ASN1_VALUE **pval, unsigned char **out, + const ASN1_ITEM *it, int tag, int aclass); +typedef int ASN1_ex_new_func(ASN1_VALUE **pval, const ASN1_ITEM *it); +typedef void ASN1_ex_free_func(ASN1_VALUE **pval, const ASN1_ITEM *it); + +typedef int ASN1_ex_print_func(BIO *out, ASN1_VALUE **pval, + int indent, const char *fname, + const ASN1_PCTX *pctx); + +typedef int ASN1_primitive_i2c(ASN1_VALUE **pval, unsigned char *cont, + int *putype, const ASN1_ITEM *it); +typedef int ASN1_primitive_c2i(ASN1_VALUE **pval, const unsigned char *cont, + int len, int utype, char *free_cont, + const ASN1_ITEM *it); +typedef int ASN1_primitive_print(BIO *out, ASN1_VALUE **pval, + const ASN1_ITEM *it, int indent, + const ASN1_PCTX *pctx); + +typedef struct ASN1_EXTERN_FUNCS_st { + void *app_data; + ASN1_ex_new_func *asn1_ex_new; + ASN1_ex_free_func *asn1_ex_free; + ASN1_ex_free_func *asn1_ex_clear; + ASN1_ex_d2i *asn1_ex_d2i; + ASN1_ex_i2d *asn1_ex_i2d; + ASN1_ex_print_func *asn1_ex_print; +} ASN1_EXTERN_FUNCS; + +typedef struct ASN1_PRIMITIVE_FUNCS_st { + void *app_data; + unsigned long flags; + ASN1_ex_new_func *prim_new; + ASN1_ex_free_func *prim_free; + ASN1_ex_free_func *prim_clear; + ASN1_primitive_c2i *prim_c2i; + ASN1_primitive_i2c *prim_i2c; + ASN1_primitive_print *prim_print; +} ASN1_PRIMITIVE_FUNCS; + +/* + * This is the ASN1_AUX structure: it handles various miscellaneous + * requirements. For example the use of reference counts and an informational + * callback. The "informational callback" is called at various points during + * the ASN1 encoding and decoding. It can be used to provide minor + * customisation of the structures used. This is most useful where the + * supplied routines *almost* do the right thing but need some extra help at + * a few points. If the callback returns zero then it is assumed a fatal + * error has occurred and the main operation should be abandoned. If major + * changes in the default behaviour are required then an external type is + * more appropriate. + */ + +typedef int ASN1_aux_cb(int operation, ASN1_VALUE **in, const ASN1_ITEM *it, + void *exarg); + +typedef struct ASN1_AUX_st { + void *app_data; + int flags; + int ref_offset; /* Offset of reference value */ + int ref_lock; /* Lock type to use */ + ASN1_aux_cb *asn1_cb; + int enc_offset; /* Offset of ASN1_ENCODING structure */ +} ASN1_AUX; + +/* For print related callbacks exarg points to this structure */ +typedef struct ASN1_PRINT_ARG_st { + BIO *out; + int indent; + const ASN1_PCTX *pctx; +} ASN1_PRINT_ARG; + +/* For streaming related callbacks exarg points to this structure */ +typedef struct ASN1_STREAM_ARG_st { + /* BIO to stream through */ + BIO *out; + /* BIO with filters appended */ + BIO *ndef_bio; + /* Streaming I/O boundary */ + unsigned char **boundary; +} ASN1_STREAM_ARG; + +/* Flags in ASN1_AUX */ + +/* Use a reference count */ +# define ASN1_AFLG_REFCOUNT 1 +/* Save the encoding of structure (useful for signatures) */ +# define ASN1_AFLG_ENCODING 2 +/* The Sequence length is invalid */ +# define ASN1_AFLG_BROKEN 4 + +/* operation values for asn1_cb */ + +# define ASN1_OP_NEW_PRE 0 +# define ASN1_OP_NEW_POST 1 +# define ASN1_OP_FREE_PRE 2 +# define ASN1_OP_FREE_POST 3 +# define ASN1_OP_D2I_PRE 4 +# define ASN1_OP_D2I_POST 5 +# define ASN1_OP_I2D_PRE 6 +# define ASN1_OP_I2D_POST 7 +# define ASN1_OP_PRINT_PRE 8 +# define ASN1_OP_PRINT_POST 9 +# define ASN1_OP_STREAM_PRE 10 +# define ASN1_OP_STREAM_POST 11 +# define ASN1_OP_DETACHED_PRE 12 +# define ASN1_OP_DETACHED_POST 13 + +/* Macro to implement a primitive type */ +# define IMPLEMENT_ASN1_TYPE(stname) IMPLEMENT_ASN1_TYPE_ex(stname, stname, 0) +# define IMPLEMENT_ASN1_TYPE_ex(itname, vname, ex) \ + ASN1_ITEM_start(itname) \ + ASN1_ITYPE_PRIMITIVE, V_##vname, NULL, 0, NULL, ex, #itname \ + ASN1_ITEM_end(itname) + +/* Macro to implement a multi string type */ +# define IMPLEMENT_ASN1_MSTRING(itname, mask) \ + ASN1_ITEM_start(itname) \ + ASN1_ITYPE_MSTRING, mask, NULL, 0, NULL, sizeof(ASN1_STRING), #itname \ + ASN1_ITEM_end(itname) + +# define IMPLEMENT_EXTERN_ASN1(sname, tag, fptrs) \ + ASN1_ITEM_start(sname) \ + ASN1_ITYPE_EXTERN, \ + tag, \ + NULL, \ + 0, \ + &fptrs, \ + 0, \ + #sname \ + ASN1_ITEM_end(sname) + +/* Macro to implement standard functions in terms of ASN1_ITEM structures */ + +# define IMPLEMENT_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(stname) IMPLEMENT_ASN1_FUNCTIONS_fname(stname, stname, stname) + +# define IMPLEMENT_ASN1_FUNCTIONS_name(stname, itname) IMPLEMENT_ASN1_FUNCTIONS_fname(stname, itname, itname) + +# define IMPLEMENT_ASN1_FUNCTIONS_ENCODE_name(stname, itname) \ + IMPLEMENT_ASN1_FUNCTIONS_ENCODE_fname(stname, itname, itname) + +# define IMPLEMENT_STATIC_ASN1_ALLOC_FUNCTIONS(stname) \ + IMPLEMENT_ASN1_ALLOC_FUNCTIONS_pfname(static, stname, stname, stname) + +# define IMPLEMENT_ASN1_ALLOC_FUNCTIONS(stname) \ + IMPLEMENT_ASN1_ALLOC_FUNCTIONS_fname(stname, stname, stname) + +# define IMPLEMENT_ASN1_ALLOC_FUNCTIONS_pfname(pre, stname, itname, fname) \ + pre stname *fname##_new(void) \ + { \ + return (stname *)ASN1_item_new(ASN1_ITEM_rptr(itname)); \ + } \ + pre void fname##_free(stname *a) \ + { \ + ASN1_item_free((ASN1_VALUE *)a, ASN1_ITEM_rptr(itname)); \ + } + +# define IMPLEMENT_ASN1_ALLOC_FUNCTIONS_fname(stname, itname, fname) \ + stname *fname##_new(void) \ + { \ + return (stname *)ASN1_item_new(ASN1_ITEM_rptr(itname)); \ + } \ + void fname##_free(stname *a) \ + { \ + ASN1_item_free((ASN1_VALUE *)a, ASN1_ITEM_rptr(itname)); \ + } + +# define IMPLEMENT_ASN1_FUNCTIONS_fname(stname, itname, fname) \ + IMPLEMENT_ASN1_ENCODE_FUNCTIONS_fname(stname, itname, fname) \ + IMPLEMENT_ASN1_ALLOC_FUNCTIONS_fname(stname, itname, fname) + +# define IMPLEMENT_ASN1_ENCODE_FUNCTIONS_fname(stname, itname, fname) \ + stname *d2i_##fname(stname **a, const unsigned char **in, long len) \ + { \ + return (stname *)ASN1_item_d2i((ASN1_VALUE **)a, in, len, ASN1_ITEM_rptr(itname));\ + } \ + int i2d_##fname(stname *a, unsigned char **out) \ + { \ + return ASN1_item_i2d((ASN1_VALUE *)a, out, ASN1_ITEM_rptr(itname));\ + } + +# define IMPLEMENT_ASN1_NDEF_FUNCTION(stname) \ + int i2d_##stname##_NDEF(stname *a, unsigned char **out) \ + { \ + return ASN1_item_ndef_i2d((ASN1_VALUE *)a, out, ASN1_ITEM_rptr(stname));\ + } + +# define IMPLEMENT_STATIC_ASN1_ENCODE_FUNCTIONS(stname) \ + static stname *d2i_##stname(stname **a, \ + const unsigned char **in, long len) \ + { \ + return (stname *)ASN1_item_d2i((ASN1_VALUE **)a, in, len, \ + ASN1_ITEM_rptr(stname)); \ + } \ + static int i2d_##stname(stname *a, unsigned char **out) \ + { \ + return ASN1_item_i2d((ASN1_VALUE *)a, out, \ + ASN1_ITEM_rptr(stname)); \ + } + +/* + * This includes evil casts to remove const: they will go away when full ASN1 + * constification is done. + */ +# define IMPLEMENT_ASN1_ENCODE_FUNCTIONS_const_fname(stname, itname, fname) \ + stname *d2i_##fname(stname **a, const unsigned char **in, long len) \ + { \ + return (stname *)ASN1_item_d2i((ASN1_VALUE **)a, in, len, ASN1_ITEM_rptr(itname));\ + } \ + int i2d_##fname(const stname *a, unsigned char **out) \ + { \ + return ASN1_item_i2d((ASN1_VALUE *)a, out, ASN1_ITEM_rptr(itname));\ + } + +# define IMPLEMENT_ASN1_DUP_FUNCTION(stname) \ + stname * stname##_dup(stname *x) \ + { \ + return ASN1_item_dup(ASN1_ITEM_rptr(stname), x); \ + } + +# define IMPLEMENT_ASN1_PRINT_FUNCTION(stname) \ + IMPLEMENT_ASN1_PRINT_FUNCTION_fname(stname, stname, stname) + +# define IMPLEMENT_ASN1_PRINT_FUNCTION_fname(stname, itname, fname) \ + int fname##_print_ctx(BIO *out, stname *x, int indent, \ + const ASN1_PCTX *pctx) \ + { \ + return ASN1_item_print(out, (ASN1_VALUE *)x, indent, \ + ASN1_ITEM_rptr(itname), pctx); \ + } + +# define IMPLEMENT_ASN1_FUNCTIONS_const(name) \ + IMPLEMENT_ASN1_FUNCTIONS_const_fname(name, name, name) + +# define IMPLEMENT_ASN1_FUNCTIONS_const_fname(stname, itname, fname) \ + IMPLEMENT_ASN1_ENCODE_FUNCTIONS_const_fname(stname, itname, fname) \ + IMPLEMENT_ASN1_ALLOC_FUNCTIONS_fname(stname, itname, fname) + +/* external definitions for primitive types */ + +DECLARE_ASN1_ITEM(ASN1_BOOLEAN) +DECLARE_ASN1_ITEM(ASN1_TBOOLEAN) +DECLARE_ASN1_ITEM(ASN1_FBOOLEAN) +DECLARE_ASN1_ITEM(ASN1_SEQUENCE) +DECLARE_ASN1_ITEM(CBIGNUM) +DECLARE_ASN1_ITEM(BIGNUM) +DECLARE_ASN1_ITEM(INT32) +DECLARE_ASN1_ITEM(ZINT32) +DECLARE_ASN1_ITEM(UINT32) +DECLARE_ASN1_ITEM(ZUINT32) +DECLARE_ASN1_ITEM(INT64) +DECLARE_ASN1_ITEM(ZINT64) +DECLARE_ASN1_ITEM(UINT64) +DECLARE_ASN1_ITEM(ZUINT64) + +# if OPENSSL_API_COMPAT < 0x10200000L +/* + * LONG and ZLONG are strongly discouraged for use as stored data, as the + * underlying C type (long) differs in size depending on the architecture. + * They are designed with 32-bit longs in mind. + */ +DECLARE_ASN1_ITEM(LONG) +DECLARE_ASN1_ITEM(ZLONG) +# endif + +DEFINE_STACK_OF(ASN1_VALUE) + +/* Functions used internally by the ASN1 code */ + +int ASN1_item_ex_new(ASN1_VALUE **pval, const ASN1_ITEM *it); +void ASN1_item_ex_free(ASN1_VALUE **pval, const ASN1_ITEM *it); + +int ASN1_item_ex_d2i(ASN1_VALUE **pval, const unsigned char **in, long len, + const ASN1_ITEM *it, int tag, int aclass, char opt, + ASN1_TLC *ctx); + +int ASN1_item_ex_i2d(ASN1_VALUE **pval, unsigned char **out, + const ASN1_ITEM *it, int tag, int aclass); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/async.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/async.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7052b890 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/async.h @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2015-2018 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#include <stdlib.h> + +#ifndef HEADER_ASYNC_H +# define HEADER_ASYNC_H + +#if defined(_WIN32) +# if defined(BASETYPES) || defined(_WINDEF_H) +/* application has to include <windows.h> to use this */ +#define OSSL_ASYNC_FD HANDLE +#define OSSL_BAD_ASYNC_FD INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE +# endif +#else +#define OSSL_ASYNC_FD int +#define OSSL_BAD_ASYNC_FD -1 +#endif +# include <openssl/asyncerr.h> + + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +typedef struct async_job_st ASYNC_JOB; +typedef struct async_wait_ctx_st ASYNC_WAIT_CTX; + +#define ASYNC_ERR 0 +#define ASYNC_NO_JOBS 1 +#define ASYNC_PAUSE 2 +#define ASYNC_FINISH 3 + +int ASYNC_init_thread(size_t max_size, size_t init_size); +void ASYNC_cleanup_thread(void); + +#ifdef OSSL_ASYNC_FD +ASYNC_WAIT_CTX *ASYNC_WAIT_CTX_new(void); +void ASYNC_WAIT_CTX_free(ASYNC_WAIT_CTX *ctx); +int ASYNC_WAIT_CTX_set_wait_fd(ASYNC_WAIT_CTX *ctx, const void *key, + OSSL_ASYNC_FD fd, + void *custom_data, + void (*cleanup)(ASYNC_WAIT_CTX *, const void *, + OSSL_ASYNC_FD, void *)); +int ASYNC_WAIT_CTX_get_fd(ASYNC_WAIT_CTX *ctx, const void *key, + OSSL_ASYNC_FD *fd, void **custom_data); +int ASYNC_WAIT_CTX_get_all_fds(ASYNC_WAIT_CTX *ctx, OSSL_ASYNC_FD *fd, + size_t *numfds); +int ASYNC_WAIT_CTX_get_changed_fds(ASYNC_WAIT_CTX *ctx, OSSL_ASYNC_FD *addfd, + size_t *numaddfds, OSSL_ASYNC_FD *delfd, + size_t *numdelfds); +int ASYNC_WAIT_CTX_clear_fd(ASYNC_WAIT_CTX *ctx, const void *key); +#endif + +int ASYNC_is_capable(void); + +int ASYNC_start_job(ASYNC_JOB **job, ASYNC_WAIT_CTX *ctx, int *ret, + int (*func)(void *), void *args, size_t size); +int ASYNC_pause_job(void); + +ASYNC_JOB *ASYNC_get_current_job(void); +ASYNC_WAIT_CTX *ASYNC_get_wait_ctx(ASYNC_JOB *job); +void ASYNC_block_pause(void); +void ASYNC_unblock_pause(void); + + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/asyncerr.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/asyncerr.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..91afbbb2 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/asyncerr.h @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +/* + * Generated by util/mkerr.pl DO NOT EDIT + * Copyright 1995-2019 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_ASYNCERR_H +# define HEADER_ASYNCERR_H + +# ifndef HEADER_SYMHACKS_H +# include <openssl/symhacks.h> +# endif + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +# endif +int ERR_load_ASYNC_strings(void); + +/* + * ASYNC function codes. + */ +# define ASYNC_F_ASYNC_CTX_NEW 100 +# define ASYNC_F_ASYNC_INIT_THREAD 101 +# define ASYNC_F_ASYNC_JOB_NEW 102 +# define ASYNC_F_ASYNC_PAUSE_JOB 103 +# define ASYNC_F_ASYNC_START_FUNC 104 +# define ASYNC_F_ASYNC_START_JOB 105 +# define ASYNC_F_ASYNC_WAIT_CTX_SET_WAIT_FD 106 + +/* + * ASYNC reason codes. + */ +# define ASYNC_R_FAILED_TO_SET_POOL 101 +# define ASYNC_R_FAILED_TO_SWAP_CONTEXT 102 +# define ASYNC_R_INIT_FAILED 105 +# define ASYNC_R_INVALID_POOL_SIZE 103 + +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/bio.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/bio.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ae559a51 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/bio.h @@ -0,0 +1,801 @@ +/* + * Copyright 1995-2020 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_BIO_H +# define HEADER_BIO_H + +# include <openssl/e_os2.h> + +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_STDIO +# include <stdio.h> +# endif +# include <stdarg.h> + +# include <openssl/crypto.h> +# include <openssl/bioerr.h> + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/* There are the classes of BIOs */ +# define BIO_TYPE_DESCRIPTOR 0x0100 /* socket, fd, connect or accept */ +# define BIO_TYPE_FILTER 0x0200 +# define BIO_TYPE_SOURCE_SINK 0x0400 + +/* These are the 'types' of BIOs */ +# define BIO_TYPE_NONE 0 +# define BIO_TYPE_MEM ( 1|BIO_TYPE_SOURCE_SINK) +# define BIO_TYPE_FILE ( 2|BIO_TYPE_SOURCE_SINK) + +# define BIO_TYPE_FD ( 4|BIO_TYPE_SOURCE_SINK|BIO_TYPE_DESCRIPTOR) +# define BIO_TYPE_SOCKET ( 5|BIO_TYPE_SOURCE_SINK|BIO_TYPE_DESCRIPTOR) +# define BIO_TYPE_NULL ( 6|BIO_TYPE_SOURCE_SINK) +# define BIO_TYPE_SSL ( 7|BIO_TYPE_FILTER) +# define BIO_TYPE_MD ( 8|BIO_TYPE_FILTER) +# define BIO_TYPE_BUFFER ( 9|BIO_TYPE_FILTER) +# define BIO_TYPE_CIPHER (10|BIO_TYPE_FILTER) +# define BIO_TYPE_BASE64 (11|BIO_TYPE_FILTER) +# define BIO_TYPE_CONNECT (12|BIO_TYPE_SOURCE_SINK|BIO_TYPE_DESCRIPTOR) +# define BIO_TYPE_ACCEPT (13|BIO_TYPE_SOURCE_SINK|BIO_TYPE_DESCRIPTOR) + +# define BIO_TYPE_NBIO_TEST (16|BIO_TYPE_FILTER)/* server proxy BIO */ +# define BIO_TYPE_NULL_FILTER (17|BIO_TYPE_FILTER) +# define BIO_TYPE_BIO (19|BIO_TYPE_SOURCE_SINK)/* half a BIO pair */ +# define BIO_TYPE_LINEBUFFER (20|BIO_TYPE_FILTER) +# define BIO_TYPE_DGRAM (21|BIO_TYPE_SOURCE_SINK|BIO_TYPE_DESCRIPTOR) +# define BIO_TYPE_ASN1 (22|BIO_TYPE_FILTER) +# define BIO_TYPE_COMP (23|BIO_TYPE_FILTER) +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_SCTP +# define BIO_TYPE_DGRAM_SCTP (24|BIO_TYPE_SOURCE_SINK|BIO_TYPE_DESCRIPTOR) +# endif + +#define BIO_TYPE_START 128 + +/* + * BIO_FILENAME_READ|BIO_CLOSE to open or close on free. + * BIO_set_fp(in,stdin,BIO_NOCLOSE); + */ +# define BIO_NOCLOSE 0x00 +# define BIO_CLOSE 0x01 + +/* + * These are used in the following macros and are passed to BIO_ctrl() + */ +# define BIO_CTRL_RESET 1/* opt - rewind/zero etc */ +# define BIO_CTRL_EOF 2/* opt - are we at the eof */ +# define BIO_CTRL_INFO 3/* opt - extra tit-bits */ +# define BIO_CTRL_SET 4/* man - set the 'IO' type */ +# define BIO_CTRL_GET 5/* man - get the 'IO' type */ +# define BIO_CTRL_PUSH 6/* opt - internal, used to signify change */ +# define BIO_CTRL_POP 7/* opt - internal, used to signify change */ +# define BIO_CTRL_GET_CLOSE 8/* man - set the 'close' on free */ +# define BIO_CTRL_SET_CLOSE 9/* man - set the 'close' on free */ +# define BIO_CTRL_PENDING 10/* opt - is their more data buffered */ +# define BIO_CTRL_FLUSH 11/* opt - 'flush' buffered output */ +# define BIO_CTRL_DUP 12/* man - extra stuff for 'duped' BIO */ +# define BIO_CTRL_WPENDING 13/* opt - number of bytes still to write */ +# define BIO_CTRL_SET_CALLBACK 14/* opt - set callback function */ +# define BIO_CTRL_GET_CALLBACK 15/* opt - set callback function */ + +# define BIO_CTRL_PEEK 29/* BIO_f_buffer special */ +# define BIO_CTRL_SET_FILENAME 30/* BIO_s_file special */ + +/* dgram BIO stuff */ +# define BIO_CTRL_DGRAM_CONNECT 31/* BIO dgram special */ +# define BIO_CTRL_DGRAM_SET_CONNECTED 32/* allow for an externally connected + * socket to be passed in */ +# define BIO_CTRL_DGRAM_SET_RECV_TIMEOUT 33/* setsockopt, essentially */ +# define BIO_CTRL_DGRAM_GET_RECV_TIMEOUT 34/* getsockopt, essentially */ +# define BIO_CTRL_DGRAM_SET_SEND_TIMEOUT 35/* setsockopt, essentially */ +# define BIO_CTRL_DGRAM_GET_SEND_TIMEOUT 36/* getsockopt, essentially */ + +# define BIO_CTRL_DGRAM_GET_RECV_TIMER_EXP 37/* flag whether the last */ +# define BIO_CTRL_DGRAM_GET_SEND_TIMER_EXP 38/* I/O operation tiemd out */ + +/* #ifdef IP_MTU_DISCOVER */ +# define BIO_CTRL_DGRAM_MTU_DISCOVER 39/* set DF bit on egress packets */ +/* #endif */ + +# define BIO_CTRL_DGRAM_QUERY_MTU 40/* as kernel for current MTU */ +# define BIO_CTRL_DGRAM_GET_FALLBACK_MTU 47 +# define BIO_CTRL_DGRAM_GET_MTU 41/* get cached value for MTU */ +# define BIO_CTRL_DGRAM_SET_MTU 42/* set cached value for MTU. + * want to use this if asking + * the kernel fails */ + +# define BIO_CTRL_DGRAM_MTU_EXCEEDED 43/* check whether the MTU was + * exceed in the previous write + * operation */ + +# define BIO_CTRL_DGRAM_GET_PEER 46 +# define BIO_CTRL_DGRAM_SET_PEER 44/* Destination for the data */ + +# define BIO_CTRL_DGRAM_SET_NEXT_TIMEOUT 45/* Next DTLS handshake timeout + * to adjust socket timeouts */ +# define BIO_CTRL_DGRAM_SET_DONT_FRAG 48 + +# define BIO_CTRL_DGRAM_GET_MTU_OVERHEAD 49 + +/* Deliberately outside of OPENSSL_NO_SCTP - used in bss_dgram.c */ +# define BIO_CTRL_DGRAM_SCTP_SET_IN_HANDSHAKE 50 +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_SCTP +/* SCTP stuff */ +# define BIO_CTRL_DGRAM_SCTP_ADD_AUTH_KEY 51 +# define BIO_CTRL_DGRAM_SCTP_NEXT_AUTH_KEY 52 +# define BIO_CTRL_DGRAM_SCTP_AUTH_CCS_RCVD 53 +# define BIO_CTRL_DGRAM_SCTP_GET_SNDINFO 60 +# define BIO_CTRL_DGRAM_SCTP_SET_SNDINFO 61 +# define BIO_CTRL_DGRAM_SCTP_GET_RCVINFO 62 +# define BIO_CTRL_DGRAM_SCTP_SET_RCVINFO 63 +# define BIO_CTRL_DGRAM_SCTP_GET_PRINFO 64 +# define BIO_CTRL_DGRAM_SCTP_SET_PRINFO 65 +# define BIO_CTRL_DGRAM_SCTP_SAVE_SHUTDOWN 70 +# endif + +# define BIO_CTRL_DGRAM_SET_PEEK_MODE 71 + +/* modifiers */ +# define BIO_FP_READ 0x02 +# define BIO_FP_WRITE 0x04 +# define BIO_FP_APPEND 0x08 +# define BIO_FP_TEXT 0x10 + +# define BIO_FLAGS_READ 0x01 +# define BIO_FLAGS_WRITE 0x02 +# define BIO_FLAGS_IO_SPECIAL 0x04 +# define BIO_FLAGS_RWS (BIO_FLAGS_READ|BIO_FLAGS_WRITE|BIO_FLAGS_IO_SPECIAL) +# define BIO_FLAGS_SHOULD_RETRY 0x08 +# ifndef BIO_FLAGS_UPLINK +/* + * "UPLINK" flag denotes file descriptors provided by application. It + * defaults to 0, as most platforms don't require UPLINK interface. + */ +# define BIO_FLAGS_UPLINK 0 +# endif + +# define BIO_FLAGS_BASE64_NO_NL 0x100 + +/* + * This is used with memory BIOs: + * BIO_FLAGS_MEM_RDONLY means we shouldn't free up or change the data in any way; + * BIO_FLAGS_NONCLEAR_RST means we shouldn't clear data on reset. + */ +# define BIO_FLAGS_MEM_RDONLY 0x200 +# define BIO_FLAGS_NONCLEAR_RST 0x400 +# define BIO_FLAGS_IN_EOF 0x800 + +typedef union bio_addr_st BIO_ADDR; +typedef struct bio_addrinfo_st BIO_ADDRINFO; + +int BIO_get_new_index(void); +void BIO_set_flags(BIO *b, int flags); +int BIO_test_flags(const BIO *b, int flags); +void BIO_clear_flags(BIO *b, int flags); + +# define BIO_get_flags(b) BIO_test_flags(b, ~(0x0)) +# define BIO_set_retry_special(b) \ + BIO_set_flags(b, (BIO_FLAGS_IO_SPECIAL|BIO_FLAGS_SHOULD_RETRY)) +# define BIO_set_retry_read(b) \ + BIO_set_flags(b, (BIO_FLAGS_READ|BIO_FLAGS_SHOULD_RETRY)) +# define BIO_set_retry_write(b) \ + BIO_set_flags(b, (BIO_FLAGS_WRITE|BIO_FLAGS_SHOULD_RETRY)) + +/* These are normally used internally in BIOs */ +# define BIO_clear_retry_flags(b) \ + BIO_clear_flags(b, (BIO_FLAGS_RWS|BIO_FLAGS_SHOULD_RETRY)) +# define BIO_get_retry_flags(b) \ + BIO_test_flags(b, (BIO_FLAGS_RWS|BIO_FLAGS_SHOULD_RETRY)) + +/* These should be used by the application to tell why we should retry */ +# define BIO_should_read(a) BIO_test_flags(a, BIO_FLAGS_READ) +# define BIO_should_write(a) BIO_test_flags(a, BIO_FLAGS_WRITE) +# define BIO_should_io_special(a) BIO_test_flags(a, BIO_FLAGS_IO_SPECIAL) +# define BIO_retry_type(a) BIO_test_flags(a, BIO_FLAGS_RWS) +# define BIO_should_retry(a) BIO_test_flags(a, BIO_FLAGS_SHOULD_RETRY) + +/* + * The next three are used in conjunction with the BIO_should_io_special() + * condition. After this returns true, BIO *BIO_get_retry_BIO(BIO *bio, int + * *reason); will walk the BIO stack and return the 'reason' for the special + * and the offending BIO. Given a BIO, BIO_get_retry_reason(bio) will return + * the code. + */ +/* + * Returned from the SSL bio when the certificate retrieval code had an error + */ +# define BIO_RR_SSL_X509_LOOKUP 0x01 +/* Returned from the connect BIO when a connect would have blocked */ +# define BIO_RR_CONNECT 0x02 +/* Returned from the accept BIO when an accept would have blocked */ +# define BIO_RR_ACCEPT 0x03 + +/* These are passed by the BIO callback */ +# define BIO_CB_FREE 0x01 +# define BIO_CB_READ 0x02 +# define BIO_CB_WRITE 0x03 +# define BIO_CB_PUTS 0x04 +# define BIO_CB_GETS 0x05 +# define BIO_CB_CTRL 0x06 + +/* + * The callback is called before and after the underling operation, The + * BIO_CB_RETURN flag indicates if it is after the call + */ +# define BIO_CB_RETURN 0x80 +# define BIO_CB_return(a) ((a)|BIO_CB_RETURN) +# define BIO_cb_pre(a) (!((a)&BIO_CB_RETURN)) +# define BIO_cb_post(a) ((a)&BIO_CB_RETURN) + +typedef long (*BIO_callback_fn)(BIO *b, int oper, const char *argp, int argi, + long argl, long ret); +typedef long (*BIO_callback_fn_ex)(BIO *b, int oper, const char *argp, + size_t len, int argi, + long argl, int ret, size_t *processed); +BIO_callback_fn BIO_get_callback(const BIO *b); +void BIO_set_callback(BIO *b, BIO_callback_fn callback); + +BIO_callback_fn_ex BIO_get_callback_ex(const BIO *b); +void BIO_set_callback_ex(BIO *b, BIO_callback_fn_ex callback); + +char *BIO_get_callback_arg(const BIO *b); +void BIO_set_callback_arg(BIO *b, char *arg); + +typedef struct bio_method_st BIO_METHOD; + +const char *BIO_method_name(const BIO *b); +int BIO_method_type(const BIO *b); + +typedef int BIO_info_cb(BIO *, int, int); +typedef BIO_info_cb bio_info_cb; /* backward compatibility */ + +DEFINE_STACK_OF(BIO) + +/* Prefix and suffix callback in ASN1 BIO */ +typedef int asn1_ps_func (BIO *b, unsigned char **pbuf, int *plen, + void *parg); + +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_SCTP +/* SCTP parameter structs */ +struct bio_dgram_sctp_sndinfo { + uint16_t snd_sid; + uint16_t snd_flags; + uint32_t snd_ppid; + uint32_t snd_context; +}; + +struct bio_dgram_sctp_rcvinfo { + uint16_t rcv_sid; + uint16_t rcv_ssn; + uint16_t rcv_flags; + uint32_t rcv_ppid; + uint32_t rcv_tsn; + uint32_t rcv_cumtsn; + uint32_t rcv_context; +}; + +struct bio_dgram_sctp_prinfo { + uint16_t pr_policy; + uint32_t pr_value; +}; +# endif + +/* + * #define BIO_CONN_get_param_hostname BIO_ctrl + */ + +# define BIO_C_SET_CONNECT 100 +# define BIO_C_DO_STATE_MACHINE 101 +# define BIO_C_SET_NBIO 102 +/* # define BIO_C_SET_PROXY_PARAM 103 */ +# define BIO_C_SET_FD 104 +# define BIO_C_GET_FD 105 +# define BIO_C_SET_FILE_PTR 106 +# define BIO_C_GET_FILE_PTR 107 +# define BIO_C_SET_FILENAME 108 +# define BIO_C_SET_SSL 109 +# define BIO_C_GET_SSL 110 +# define BIO_C_SET_MD 111 +# define BIO_C_GET_MD 112 +# define BIO_C_GET_CIPHER_STATUS 113 +# define BIO_C_SET_BUF_MEM 114 +# define BIO_C_GET_BUF_MEM_PTR 115 +# define BIO_C_GET_BUFF_NUM_LINES 116 +# define BIO_C_SET_BUFF_SIZE 117 +# define BIO_C_SET_ACCEPT 118 +# define BIO_C_SSL_MODE 119 +# define BIO_C_GET_MD_CTX 120 +/* # define BIO_C_GET_PROXY_PARAM 121 */ +# define BIO_C_SET_BUFF_READ_DATA 122/* data to read first */ +# define BIO_C_GET_CONNECT 123 +# define BIO_C_GET_ACCEPT 124 +# define BIO_C_SET_SSL_RENEGOTIATE_BYTES 125 +# define BIO_C_GET_SSL_NUM_RENEGOTIATES 126 +# define BIO_C_SET_SSL_RENEGOTIATE_TIMEOUT 127 +# define BIO_C_FILE_SEEK 128 +# define BIO_C_GET_CIPHER_CTX 129 +# define BIO_C_SET_BUF_MEM_EOF_RETURN 130/* return end of input + * value */ +# define BIO_C_SET_BIND_MODE 131 +# define BIO_C_GET_BIND_MODE 132 +# define BIO_C_FILE_TELL 133 +# define BIO_C_GET_SOCKS 134 +# define BIO_C_SET_SOCKS 135 + +# define BIO_C_SET_WRITE_BUF_SIZE 136/* for BIO_s_bio */ +# define BIO_C_GET_WRITE_BUF_SIZE 137 +# define BIO_C_MAKE_BIO_PAIR 138 +# define BIO_C_DESTROY_BIO_PAIR 139 +# define BIO_C_GET_WRITE_GUARANTEE 140 +# define BIO_C_GET_READ_REQUEST 141 +# define BIO_C_SHUTDOWN_WR 142 +# define BIO_C_NREAD0 143 +# define BIO_C_NREAD 144 +# define BIO_C_NWRITE0 145 +# define BIO_C_NWRITE 146 +# define BIO_C_RESET_READ_REQUEST 147 +# define BIO_C_SET_MD_CTX 148 + +# define BIO_C_SET_PREFIX 149 +# define BIO_C_GET_PREFIX 150 +# define BIO_C_SET_SUFFIX 151 +# define BIO_C_GET_SUFFIX 152 + +# define BIO_C_SET_EX_ARG 153 +# define BIO_C_GET_EX_ARG 154 + +# define BIO_C_SET_CONNECT_MODE 155 + +# define BIO_set_app_data(s,arg) BIO_set_ex_data(s,0,arg) +# define BIO_get_app_data(s) BIO_get_ex_data(s,0) + +# define BIO_set_nbio(b,n) BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_SET_NBIO,(n),NULL) + +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_SOCK +/* IP families we support, for BIO_s_connect() and BIO_s_accept() */ +/* Note: the underlying operating system may not support some of them */ +# define BIO_FAMILY_IPV4 4 +# define BIO_FAMILY_IPV6 6 +# define BIO_FAMILY_IPANY 256 + +/* BIO_s_connect() */ +# define BIO_set_conn_hostname(b,name) BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_SET_CONNECT,0, \ + (char *)(name)) +# define BIO_set_conn_port(b,port) BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_SET_CONNECT,1, \ + (char *)(port)) +# define BIO_set_conn_address(b,addr) BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_SET_CONNECT,2, \ + (char *)(addr)) +# define BIO_set_conn_ip_family(b,f) BIO_int_ctrl(b,BIO_C_SET_CONNECT,3,f) +# define BIO_get_conn_hostname(b) ((const char *)BIO_ptr_ctrl(b,BIO_C_GET_CONNECT,0)) +# define BIO_get_conn_port(b) ((const char *)BIO_ptr_ctrl(b,BIO_C_GET_CONNECT,1)) +# define BIO_get_conn_address(b) ((const BIO_ADDR *)BIO_ptr_ctrl(b,BIO_C_GET_CONNECT,2)) +# define BIO_get_conn_ip_family(b) BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_GET_CONNECT,3,NULL) +# define BIO_set_conn_mode(b,n) BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_SET_CONNECT_MODE,(n),NULL) + +/* BIO_s_accept() */ +# define BIO_set_accept_name(b,name) BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_SET_ACCEPT,0, \ + (char *)(name)) +# define BIO_set_accept_port(b,port) BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_SET_ACCEPT,1, \ + (char *)(port)) +# define BIO_get_accept_name(b) ((const char *)BIO_ptr_ctrl(b,BIO_C_GET_ACCEPT,0)) +# define BIO_get_accept_port(b) ((const char *)BIO_ptr_ctrl(b,BIO_C_GET_ACCEPT,1)) +# define BIO_get_peer_name(b) ((const char *)BIO_ptr_ctrl(b,BIO_C_GET_ACCEPT,2)) +# define BIO_get_peer_port(b) ((const char *)BIO_ptr_ctrl(b,BIO_C_GET_ACCEPT,3)) +/* #define BIO_set_nbio(b,n) BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_SET_NBIO,(n),NULL) */ +# define BIO_set_nbio_accept(b,n) BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_SET_ACCEPT,2,(n)?(void *)"a":NULL) +# define BIO_set_accept_bios(b,bio) BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_SET_ACCEPT,3, \ + (char *)(bio)) +# define BIO_set_accept_ip_family(b,f) BIO_int_ctrl(b,BIO_C_SET_ACCEPT,4,f) +# define BIO_get_accept_ip_family(b) BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_GET_ACCEPT,4,NULL) + +/* Aliases kept for backward compatibility */ +# define BIO_BIND_NORMAL 0 +# define BIO_BIND_REUSEADDR BIO_SOCK_REUSEADDR +# define BIO_BIND_REUSEADDR_IF_UNUSED BIO_SOCK_REUSEADDR +# define BIO_set_bind_mode(b,mode) BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_SET_BIND_MODE,mode,NULL) +# define BIO_get_bind_mode(b) BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_GET_BIND_MODE,0,NULL) + +/* BIO_s_accept() and BIO_s_connect() */ +# define BIO_do_connect(b) BIO_do_handshake(b) +# define BIO_do_accept(b) BIO_do_handshake(b) +# endif /* OPENSSL_NO_SOCK */ + +# define BIO_do_handshake(b) BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_DO_STATE_MACHINE,0,NULL) + +/* BIO_s_datagram(), BIO_s_fd(), BIO_s_socket(), BIO_s_accept() and BIO_s_connect() */ +# define BIO_set_fd(b,fd,c) BIO_int_ctrl(b,BIO_C_SET_FD,c,fd) +# define BIO_get_fd(b,c) BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_GET_FD,0,(char *)(c)) + +/* BIO_s_file() */ +# define BIO_set_fp(b,fp,c) BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_SET_FILE_PTR,c,(char *)(fp)) +# define BIO_get_fp(b,fpp) BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_GET_FILE_PTR,0,(char *)(fpp)) + +/* BIO_s_fd() and BIO_s_file() */ +# define BIO_seek(b,ofs) (int)BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_FILE_SEEK,ofs,NULL) +# define BIO_tell(b) (int)BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_FILE_TELL,0,NULL) + +/* + * name is cast to lose const, but might be better to route through a + * function so we can do it safely + */ +# ifdef CONST_STRICT +/* + * If you are wondering why this isn't defined, its because CONST_STRICT is + * purely a compile-time kludge to allow const to be checked. + */ +int BIO_read_filename(BIO *b, const char *name); +# else +# define BIO_read_filename(b,name) (int)BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_SET_FILENAME, \ + BIO_CLOSE|BIO_FP_READ,(char *)(name)) +# endif +# define BIO_write_filename(b,name) (int)BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_SET_FILENAME, \ + BIO_CLOSE|BIO_FP_WRITE,name) +# define BIO_append_filename(b,name) (int)BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_SET_FILENAME, \ + BIO_CLOSE|BIO_FP_APPEND,name) +# define BIO_rw_filename(b,name) (int)BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_SET_FILENAME, \ + BIO_CLOSE|BIO_FP_READ|BIO_FP_WRITE,name) + +/* + * WARNING WARNING, this ups the reference count on the read bio of the SSL + * structure. This is because the ssl read BIO is now pointed to by the + * next_bio field in the bio. So when you free the BIO, make sure you are + * doing a BIO_free_all() to catch the underlying BIO. + */ +# define BIO_set_ssl(b,ssl,c) BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_SET_SSL,c,(char *)(ssl)) +# define BIO_get_ssl(b,sslp) BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_GET_SSL,0,(char *)(sslp)) +# define BIO_set_ssl_mode(b,client) BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_SSL_MODE,client,NULL) +# define BIO_set_ssl_renegotiate_bytes(b,num) \ + BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_SET_SSL_RENEGOTIATE_BYTES,num,NULL) +# define BIO_get_num_renegotiates(b) \ + BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_GET_SSL_NUM_RENEGOTIATES,0,NULL) +# define BIO_set_ssl_renegotiate_timeout(b,seconds) \ + BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_SET_SSL_RENEGOTIATE_TIMEOUT,seconds,NULL) + +/* defined in evp.h */ +/* #define BIO_set_md(b,md) BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_SET_MD,1,(char *)(md)) */ + +# define BIO_get_mem_data(b,pp) BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_CTRL_INFO,0,(char *)(pp)) +# define BIO_set_mem_buf(b,bm,c) BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_SET_BUF_MEM,c,(char *)(bm)) +# define BIO_get_mem_ptr(b,pp) BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_GET_BUF_MEM_PTR,0, \ + (char *)(pp)) +# define BIO_set_mem_eof_return(b,v) \ + BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_SET_BUF_MEM_EOF_RETURN,v,NULL) + +/* For the BIO_f_buffer() type */ +# define BIO_get_buffer_num_lines(b) BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_GET_BUFF_NUM_LINES,0,NULL) +# define BIO_set_buffer_size(b,size) BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_SET_BUFF_SIZE,size,NULL) +# define BIO_set_read_buffer_size(b,size) BIO_int_ctrl(b,BIO_C_SET_BUFF_SIZE,size,0) +# define BIO_set_write_buffer_size(b,size) BIO_int_ctrl(b,BIO_C_SET_BUFF_SIZE,size,1) +# define BIO_set_buffer_read_data(b,buf,num) BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_SET_BUFF_READ_DATA,num,buf) + +/* Don't use the next one unless you know what you are doing :-) */ +# define BIO_dup_state(b,ret) BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_CTRL_DUP,0,(char *)(ret)) + +# define BIO_reset(b) (int)BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_CTRL_RESET,0,NULL) +# define BIO_eof(b) (int)BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_CTRL_EOF,0,NULL) +# define BIO_set_close(b,c) (int)BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_CTRL_SET_CLOSE,(c),NULL) +# define BIO_get_close(b) (int)BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_CTRL_GET_CLOSE,0,NULL) +# define BIO_pending(b) (int)BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_CTRL_PENDING,0,NULL) +# define BIO_wpending(b) (int)BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_CTRL_WPENDING,0,NULL) +/* ...pending macros have inappropriate return type */ +size_t BIO_ctrl_pending(BIO *b); +size_t BIO_ctrl_wpending(BIO *b); +# define BIO_flush(b) (int)BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_CTRL_FLUSH,0,NULL) +# define BIO_get_info_callback(b,cbp) (int)BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_CTRL_GET_CALLBACK,0, \ + cbp) +# define BIO_set_info_callback(b,cb) (int)BIO_callback_ctrl(b,BIO_CTRL_SET_CALLBACK,cb) + +/* For the BIO_f_buffer() type */ +# define BIO_buffer_get_num_lines(b) BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_CTRL_GET,0,NULL) +# define BIO_buffer_peek(b,s,l) BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_CTRL_PEEK,(l),(s)) + +/* For BIO_s_bio() */ +# define BIO_set_write_buf_size(b,size) (int)BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_SET_WRITE_BUF_SIZE,size,NULL) +# define BIO_get_write_buf_size(b,size) (size_t)BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_GET_WRITE_BUF_SIZE,size,NULL) +# define BIO_make_bio_pair(b1,b2) (int)BIO_ctrl(b1,BIO_C_MAKE_BIO_PAIR,0,b2) +# define BIO_destroy_bio_pair(b) (int)BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_DESTROY_BIO_PAIR,0,NULL) +# define BIO_shutdown_wr(b) (int)BIO_ctrl(b, BIO_C_SHUTDOWN_WR, 0, NULL) +/* macros with inappropriate type -- but ...pending macros use int too: */ +# define BIO_get_write_guarantee(b) (int)BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_GET_WRITE_GUARANTEE,0,NULL) +# define BIO_get_read_request(b) (int)BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_GET_READ_REQUEST,0,NULL) +size_t BIO_ctrl_get_write_guarantee(BIO *b); +size_t BIO_ctrl_get_read_request(BIO *b); +int BIO_ctrl_reset_read_request(BIO *b); + +/* ctrl macros for dgram */ +# define BIO_ctrl_dgram_connect(b,peer) \ + (int)BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_CTRL_DGRAM_CONNECT,0, (char *)(peer)) +# define BIO_ctrl_set_connected(b,peer) \ + (int)BIO_ctrl(b, BIO_CTRL_DGRAM_SET_CONNECTED, 0, (char *)(peer)) +# define BIO_dgram_recv_timedout(b) \ + (int)BIO_ctrl(b, BIO_CTRL_DGRAM_GET_RECV_TIMER_EXP, 0, NULL) +# define BIO_dgram_send_timedout(b) \ + (int)BIO_ctrl(b, BIO_CTRL_DGRAM_GET_SEND_TIMER_EXP, 0, NULL) +# define BIO_dgram_get_peer(b,peer) \ + (int)BIO_ctrl(b, BIO_CTRL_DGRAM_GET_PEER, 0, (char *)(peer)) +# define BIO_dgram_set_peer(b,peer) \ + (int)BIO_ctrl(b, BIO_CTRL_DGRAM_SET_PEER, 0, (char *)(peer)) +# define BIO_dgram_get_mtu_overhead(b) \ + (unsigned int)BIO_ctrl((b), BIO_CTRL_DGRAM_GET_MTU_OVERHEAD, 0, NULL) + +#define BIO_get_ex_new_index(l, p, newf, dupf, freef) \ + CRYPTO_get_ex_new_index(CRYPTO_EX_INDEX_BIO, l, p, newf, dupf, freef) +int BIO_set_ex_data(BIO *bio, int idx, void *data); +void *BIO_get_ex_data(BIO *bio, int idx); +uint64_t BIO_number_read(BIO *bio); +uint64_t BIO_number_written(BIO *bio); + +/* For BIO_f_asn1() */ +int BIO_asn1_set_prefix(BIO *b, asn1_ps_func *prefix, + asn1_ps_func *prefix_free); +int BIO_asn1_get_prefix(BIO *b, asn1_ps_func **pprefix, + asn1_ps_func **pprefix_free); +int BIO_asn1_set_suffix(BIO *b, asn1_ps_func *suffix, + asn1_ps_func *suffix_free); +int BIO_asn1_get_suffix(BIO *b, asn1_ps_func **psuffix, + asn1_ps_func **psuffix_free); + +const BIO_METHOD *BIO_s_file(void); +BIO *BIO_new_file(const char *filename, const char *mode); +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_STDIO +BIO *BIO_new_fp(FILE *stream, int close_flag); +# endif +BIO *BIO_new(const BIO_METHOD *type); +int BIO_free(BIO *a); +void BIO_set_data(BIO *a, void *ptr); +void *BIO_get_data(BIO *a); +void BIO_set_init(BIO *a, int init); +int BIO_get_init(BIO *a); +void BIO_set_shutdown(BIO *a, int shut); +int BIO_get_shutdown(BIO *a); +void BIO_vfree(BIO *a); +int BIO_up_ref(BIO *a); +int BIO_read(BIO *b, void *data, int dlen); +int BIO_read_ex(BIO *b, void *data, size_t dlen, size_t *readbytes); +int BIO_gets(BIO *bp, char *buf, int size); +int BIO_write(BIO *b, const void *data, int dlen); +int BIO_write_ex(BIO *b, const void *data, size_t dlen, size_t *written); +int BIO_puts(BIO *bp, const char *buf); +int BIO_indent(BIO *b, int indent, int max); +long BIO_ctrl(BIO *bp, int cmd, long larg, void *parg); +long BIO_callback_ctrl(BIO *b, int cmd, BIO_info_cb *fp); +void *BIO_ptr_ctrl(BIO *bp, int cmd, long larg); +long BIO_int_ctrl(BIO *bp, int cmd, long larg, int iarg); +BIO *BIO_push(BIO *b, BIO *append); +BIO *BIO_pop(BIO *b); +void BIO_free_all(BIO *a); +BIO *BIO_find_type(BIO *b, int bio_type); +BIO *BIO_next(BIO *b); +void BIO_set_next(BIO *b, BIO *next); +BIO *BIO_get_retry_BIO(BIO *bio, int *reason); +int BIO_get_retry_reason(BIO *bio); +void BIO_set_retry_reason(BIO *bio, int reason); +BIO *BIO_dup_chain(BIO *in); + +int BIO_nread0(BIO *bio, char **buf); +int BIO_nread(BIO *bio, char **buf, int num); +int BIO_nwrite0(BIO *bio, char **buf); +int BIO_nwrite(BIO *bio, char **buf, int num); + +long BIO_debug_callback(BIO *bio, int cmd, const char *argp, int argi, + long argl, long ret); + +const BIO_METHOD *BIO_s_mem(void); +const BIO_METHOD *BIO_s_secmem(void); +BIO *BIO_new_mem_buf(const void *buf, int len); +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_SOCK +const BIO_METHOD *BIO_s_socket(void); +const BIO_METHOD *BIO_s_connect(void); +const BIO_METHOD *BIO_s_accept(void); +# endif +const BIO_METHOD *BIO_s_fd(void); +const BIO_METHOD *BIO_s_log(void); +const BIO_METHOD *BIO_s_bio(void); +const BIO_METHOD *BIO_s_null(void); +const BIO_METHOD *BIO_f_null(void); +const BIO_METHOD *BIO_f_buffer(void); +const BIO_METHOD *BIO_f_linebuffer(void); +const BIO_METHOD *BIO_f_nbio_test(void); +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_DGRAM +const BIO_METHOD *BIO_s_datagram(void); +int BIO_dgram_non_fatal_error(int error); +BIO *BIO_new_dgram(int fd, int close_flag); +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_SCTP +const BIO_METHOD *BIO_s_datagram_sctp(void); +BIO *BIO_new_dgram_sctp(int fd, int close_flag); +int BIO_dgram_is_sctp(BIO *bio); +int BIO_dgram_sctp_notification_cb(BIO *b, + void (*handle_notifications) (BIO *bio, + void *context, + void *buf), + void *context); +int BIO_dgram_sctp_wait_for_dry(BIO *b); +int BIO_dgram_sctp_msg_waiting(BIO *b); +# endif +# endif + +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_SOCK +int BIO_sock_should_retry(int i); +int BIO_sock_non_fatal_error(int error); +# endif + +int BIO_fd_should_retry(int i); +int BIO_fd_non_fatal_error(int error); +int BIO_dump_cb(int (*cb) (const void *data, size_t len, void *u), + void *u, const char *s, int len); +int BIO_dump_indent_cb(int (*cb) (const void *data, size_t len, void *u), + void *u, const char *s, int len, int indent); +int BIO_dump(BIO *b, const char *bytes, int len); +int BIO_dump_indent(BIO *b, const char *bytes, int len, int indent); +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_STDIO +int BIO_dump_fp(FILE *fp, const char *s, int len); +int BIO_dump_indent_fp(FILE *fp, const char *s, int len, int indent); +# endif +int BIO_hex_string(BIO *out, int indent, int width, unsigned char *data, + int datalen); + +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_SOCK +BIO_ADDR *BIO_ADDR_new(void); +int BIO_ADDR_rawmake(BIO_ADDR *ap, int family, + const void *where, size_t wherelen, unsigned short port); +void BIO_ADDR_free(BIO_ADDR *); +void BIO_ADDR_clear(BIO_ADDR *ap); +int BIO_ADDR_family(const BIO_ADDR *ap); +int BIO_ADDR_rawaddress(const BIO_ADDR *ap, void *p, size_t *l); +unsigned short BIO_ADDR_rawport(const BIO_ADDR *ap); +char *BIO_ADDR_hostname_string(const BIO_ADDR *ap, int numeric); +char *BIO_ADDR_service_string(const BIO_ADDR *ap, int numeric); +char *BIO_ADDR_path_string(const BIO_ADDR *ap); + +const BIO_ADDRINFO *BIO_ADDRINFO_next(const BIO_ADDRINFO *bai); +int BIO_ADDRINFO_family(const BIO_ADDRINFO *bai); +int BIO_ADDRINFO_socktype(const BIO_ADDRINFO *bai); +int BIO_ADDRINFO_protocol(const BIO_ADDRINFO *bai); +const BIO_ADDR *BIO_ADDRINFO_address(const BIO_ADDRINFO *bai); +void BIO_ADDRINFO_free(BIO_ADDRINFO *bai); + +enum BIO_hostserv_priorities { + BIO_PARSE_PRIO_HOST, BIO_PARSE_PRIO_SERV +}; +int BIO_parse_hostserv(const char *hostserv, char **host, char **service, + enum BIO_hostserv_priorities hostserv_prio); +enum BIO_lookup_type { + BIO_LOOKUP_CLIENT, BIO_LOOKUP_SERVER +}; +int BIO_lookup(const char *host, const char *service, + enum BIO_lookup_type lookup_type, + int family, int socktype, BIO_ADDRINFO **res); +int BIO_lookup_ex(const char *host, const char *service, + int lookup_type, int family, int socktype, int protocol, + BIO_ADDRINFO **res); +int BIO_sock_error(int sock); +int BIO_socket_ioctl(int fd, long type, void *arg); +int BIO_socket_nbio(int fd, int mode); +int BIO_sock_init(void); +# if OPENSSL_API_COMPAT < 0x10100000L +# define BIO_sock_cleanup() while(0) continue +# endif +int BIO_set_tcp_ndelay(int sock, int turn_on); + +DEPRECATEDIN_1_1_0(struct hostent *BIO_gethostbyname(const char *name)) +DEPRECATEDIN_1_1_0(int BIO_get_port(const char *str, unsigned short *port_ptr)) +DEPRECATEDIN_1_1_0(int BIO_get_host_ip(const char *str, unsigned char *ip)) +DEPRECATEDIN_1_1_0(int BIO_get_accept_socket(char *host_port, int mode)) +DEPRECATEDIN_1_1_0(int BIO_accept(int sock, char **ip_port)) + +union BIO_sock_info_u { + BIO_ADDR *addr; +}; +enum BIO_sock_info_type { + BIO_SOCK_INFO_ADDRESS +}; +int BIO_sock_info(int sock, + enum BIO_sock_info_type type, union BIO_sock_info_u *info); + +# define BIO_SOCK_REUSEADDR 0x01 +# define BIO_SOCK_V6_ONLY 0x02 +# define BIO_SOCK_KEEPALIVE 0x04 +# define BIO_SOCK_NONBLOCK 0x08 +# define BIO_SOCK_NODELAY 0x10 + +int BIO_socket(int domain, int socktype, int protocol, int options); +int BIO_connect(int sock, const BIO_ADDR *addr, int options); +int BIO_bind(int sock, const BIO_ADDR *addr, int options); +int BIO_listen(int sock, const BIO_ADDR *addr, int options); +int BIO_accept_ex(int accept_sock, BIO_ADDR *addr, int options); +int BIO_closesocket(int sock); + +BIO *BIO_new_socket(int sock, int close_flag); +BIO *BIO_new_connect(const char *host_port); +BIO *BIO_new_accept(const char *host_port); +# endif /* OPENSSL_NO_SOCK*/ + +BIO *BIO_new_fd(int fd, int close_flag); + +int BIO_new_bio_pair(BIO **bio1, size_t writebuf1, + BIO **bio2, size_t writebuf2); +/* + * If successful, returns 1 and in *bio1, *bio2 two BIO pair endpoints. + * Otherwise returns 0 and sets *bio1 and *bio2 to NULL. Size 0 uses default + * value. + */ + +void BIO_copy_next_retry(BIO *b); + +/* + * long BIO_ghbn_ctrl(int cmd,int iarg,char *parg); + */ + +# define ossl_bio__attr__(x) +# if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__STDC_VERSION__) \ + && !defined(__APPLE__) + /* + * Because we support the 'z' modifier, which made its appearance in C99, + * we can't use __attribute__ with pre C99 dialects. + */ +# if __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L +# undef ossl_bio__attr__ +# define ossl_bio__attr__ __attribute__ +# if __GNUC__*10 + __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 44 +# define ossl_bio__printf__ __gnu_printf__ +# else +# define ossl_bio__printf__ __printf__ +# endif +# endif +# endif +int BIO_printf(BIO *bio, const char *format, ...) +ossl_bio__attr__((__format__(ossl_bio__printf__, 2, 3))); +int BIO_vprintf(BIO *bio, const char *format, va_list args) +ossl_bio__attr__((__format__(ossl_bio__printf__, 2, 0))); +int BIO_snprintf(char *buf, size_t n, const char *format, ...) +ossl_bio__attr__((__format__(ossl_bio__printf__, 3, 4))); +int BIO_vsnprintf(char *buf, size_t n, const char *format, va_list args) +ossl_bio__attr__((__format__(ossl_bio__printf__, 3, 0))); +# undef ossl_bio__attr__ +# undef ossl_bio__printf__ + + +BIO_METHOD *BIO_meth_new(int type, const char *name); +void BIO_meth_free(BIO_METHOD *biom); +int (*BIO_meth_get_write(const BIO_METHOD *biom)) (BIO *, const char *, int); +int (*BIO_meth_get_write_ex(const BIO_METHOD *biom)) (BIO *, const char *, size_t, + size_t *); +int BIO_meth_set_write(BIO_METHOD *biom, + int (*write) (BIO *, const char *, int)); +int BIO_meth_set_write_ex(BIO_METHOD *biom, + int (*bwrite) (BIO *, const char *, size_t, size_t *)); +int (*BIO_meth_get_read(const BIO_METHOD *biom)) (BIO *, char *, int); +int (*BIO_meth_get_read_ex(const BIO_METHOD *biom)) (BIO *, char *, size_t, size_t *); +int BIO_meth_set_read(BIO_METHOD *biom, + int (*read) (BIO *, char *, int)); +int BIO_meth_set_read_ex(BIO_METHOD *biom, + int (*bread) (BIO *, char *, size_t, size_t *)); +int (*BIO_meth_get_puts(const BIO_METHOD *biom)) (BIO *, const char *); +int BIO_meth_set_puts(BIO_METHOD *biom, + int (*puts) (BIO *, const char *)); +int (*BIO_meth_get_gets(const BIO_METHOD *biom)) (BIO *, char *, int); +int BIO_meth_set_gets(BIO_METHOD *biom, + int (*gets) (BIO *, char *, int)); +long (*BIO_meth_get_ctrl(const BIO_METHOD *biom)) (BIO *, int, long, void *); +int BIO_meth_set_ctrl(BIO_METHOD *biom, + long (*ctrl) (BIO *, int, long, void *)); +int (*BIO_meth_get_create(const BIO_METHOD *bion)) (BIO *); +int BIO_meth_set_create(BIO_METHOD *biom, int (*create) (BIO *)); +int (*BIO_meth_get_destroy(const BIO_METHOD *biom)) (BIO *); +int BIO_meth_set_destroy(BIO_METHOD *biom, int (*destroy) (BIO *)); +long (*BIO_meth_get_callback_ctrl(const BIO_METHOD *biom)) + (BIO *, int, BIO_info_cb *); +int BIO_meth_set_callback_ctrl(BIO_METHOD *biom, + long (*callback_ctrl) (BIO *, int, + BIO_info_cb *)); + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/bioerr.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/bioerr.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..46e2c96e --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/bioerr.h @@ -0,0 +1,124 @@ +/* + * Generated by util/mkerr.pl DO NOT EDIT + * Copyright 1995-2019 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_BIOERR_H +# define HEADER_BIOERR_H + +# ifndef HEADER_SYMHACKS_H +# include <openssl/symhacks.h> +# endif + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +# endif +int ERR_load_BIO_strings(void); + +/* + * BIO function codes. + */ +# define BIO_F_ACPT_STATE 100 +# define BIO_F_ADDRINFO_WRAP 148 +# define BIO_F_ADDR_STRINGS 134 +# define BIO_F_BIO_ACCEPT 101 +# define BIO_F_BIO_ACCEPT_EX 137 +# define BIO_F_BIO_ACCEPT_NEW 152 +# define BIO_F_BIO_ADDR_NEW 144 +# define BIO_F_BIO_BIND 147 +# define BIO_F_BIO_CALLBACK_CTRL 131 +# define BIO_F_BIO_CONNECT 138 +# define BIO_F_BIO_CONNECT_NEW 153 +# define BIO_F_BIO_CTRL 103 +# define BIO_F_BIO_GETS 104 +# define BIO_F_BIO_GET_HOST_IP 106 +# define BIO_F_BIO_GET_NEW_INDEX 102 +# define BIO_F_BIO_GET_PORT 107 +# define BIO_F_BIO_LISTEN 139 +# define BIO_F_BIO_LOOKUP 135 +# define BIO_F_BIO_LOOKUP_EX 143 +# define BIO_F_BIO_MAKE_PAIR 121 +# define BIO_F_BIO_METH_NEW 146 +# define BIO_F_BIO_NEW 108 +# define BIO_F_BIO_NEW_DGRAM_SCTP 145 +# define BIO_F_BIO_NEW_FILE 109 +# define BIO_F_BIO_NEW_MEM_BUF 126 +# define BIO_F_BIO_NREAD 123 +# define BIO_F_BIO_NREAD0 124 +# define BIO_F_BIO_NWRITE 125 +# define BIO_F_BIO_NWRITE0 122 +# define BIO_F_BIO_PARSE_HOSTSERV 136 +# define BIO_F_BIO_PUTS 110 +# define BIO_F_BIO_READ 111 +# define BIO_F_BIO_READ_EX 105 +# define BIO_F_BIO_READ_INTERN 120 +# define BIO_F_BIO_SOCKET 140 +# define BIO_F_BIO_SOCKET_NBIO 142 +# define BIO_F_BIO_SOCK_INFO 141 +# define BIO_F_BIO_SOCK_INIT 112 +# define BIO_F_BIO_WRITE 113 +# define BIO_F_BIO_WRITE_EX 119 +# define BIO_F_BIO_WRITE_INTERN 128 +# define BIO_F_BUFFER_CTRL 114 +# define BIO_F_CONN_CTRL 127 +# define BIO_F_CONN_STATE 115 +# define BIO_F_DGRAM_SCTP_NEW 149 +# define BIO_F_DGRAM_SCTP_READ 132 +# define BIO_F_DGRAM_SCTP_WRITE 133 +# define BIO_F_DOAPR_OUTCH 150 +# define BIO_F_FILE_CTRL 116 +# define BIO_F_FILE_READ 130 +# define BIO_F_LINEBUFFER_CTRL 129 +# define BIO_F_LINEBUFFER_NEW 151 +# define BIO_F_MEM_WRITE 117 +# define BIO_F_NBIOF_NEW 154 +# define BIO_F_SLG_WRITE 155 +# define BIO_F_SSL_NEW 118 + +/* + * BIO reason codes. + */ +# define BIO_R_ACCEPT_ERROR 100 +# define BIO_R_ADDRINFO_ADDR_IS_NOT_AF_INET 141 +# define BIO_R_AMBIGUOUS_HOST_OR_SERVICE 129 +# define BIO_R_BAD_FOPEN_MODE 101 +# define BIO_R_BROKEN_PIPE 124 +# define BIO_R_CONNECT_ERROR 103 +# define BIO_R_GETHOSTBYNAME_ADDR_IS_NOT_AF_INET 107 +# define BIO_R_GETSOCKNAME_ERROR 132 +# define BIO_R_GETSOCKNAME_TRUNCATED_ADDRESS 133 +# define BIO_R_GETTING_SOCKTYPE 134 +# define BIO_R_INVALID_ARGUMENT 125 +# define BIO_R_INVALID_SOCKET 135 +# define BIO_R_IN_USE 123 +# define BIO_R_LENGTH_TOO_LONG 102 +# define BIO_R_LISTEN_V6_ONLY 136 +# define BIO_R_LOOKUP_RETURNED_NOTHING 142 +# define BIO_R_MALFORMED_HOST_OR_SERVICE 130 +# define BIO_R_NBIO_CONNECT_ERROR 110 +# define BIO_R_NO_ACCEPT_ADDR_OR_SERVICE_SPECIFIED 143 +# define BIO_R_NO_HOSTNAME_OR_SERVICE_SPECIFIED 144 +# define BIO_R_NO_PORT_DEFINED 113 +# define BIO_R_NO_SUCH_FILE 128 +# define BIO_R_NULL_PARAMETER 115 +# define BIO_R_UNABLE_TO_BIND_SOCKET 117 +# define BIO_R_UNABLE_TO_CREATE_SOCKET 118 +# define BIO_R_UNABLE_TO_KEEPALIVE 137 +# define BIO_R_UNABLE_TO_LISTEN_SOCKET 119 +# define BIO_R_UNABLE_TO_NODELAY 138 +# define BIO_R_UNABLE_TO_REUSEADDR 139 +# define BIO_R_UNAVAILABLE_IP_FAMILY 145 +# define BIO_R_UNINITIALIZED 120 +# define BIO_R_UNKNOWN_INFO_TYPE 140 +# define BIO_R_UNSUPPORTED_IP_FAMILY 146 +# define BIO_R_UNSUPPORTED_METHOD 121 +# define BIO_R_UNSUPPORTED_PROTOCOL_FAMILY 131 +# define BIO_R_WRITE_TO_READ_ONLY_BIO 126 +# define BIO_R_WSASTARTUP 122 + +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/blowfish.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/blowfish.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cd3e460e --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/blowfish.h @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +/* + * Copyright 1995-2016 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_BLOWFISH_H +# define HEADER_BLOWFISH_H + +# include <openssl/opensslconf.h> + +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_BF +# include <openssl/e_os2.h> +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +# define BF_ENCRYPT 1 +# define BF_DECRYPT 0 + +/*- + * !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! + * ! BF_LONG has to be at least 32 bits wide. ! + * !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! + */ +# define BF_LONG unsigned int + +# define BF_ROUNDS 16 +# define BF_BLOCK 8 + +typedef struct bf_key_st { + BF_LONG P[BF_ROUNDS + 2]; + BF_LONG S[4 * 256]; +} BF_KEY; + +void BF_set_key(BF_KEY *key, int len, const unsigned char *data); + +void BF_encrypt(BF_LONG *data, const BF_KEY *key); +void BF_decrypt(BF_LONG *data, const BF_KEY *key); + +void BF_ecb_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out, + const BF_KEY *key, int enc); +void BF_cbc_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out, long length, + const BF_KEY *schedule, unsigned char *ivec, int enc); +void BF_cfb64_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out, + long length, const BF_KEY *schedule, + unsigned char *ivec, int *num, int enc); +void BF_ofb64_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out, + long length, const BF_KEY *schedule, + unsigned char *ivec, int *num); +const char *BF_options(void); + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif +# endif + +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/bn.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/bn.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d8776604 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/bn.h @@ -0,0 +1,539 @@ +/* + * Copyright 1995-2020 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2002, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_BN_H +# define HEADER_BN_H + +# include <openssl/e_os2.h> +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_STDIO +# include <stdio.h> +# endif +# include <openssl/opensslconf.h> +# include <openssl/ossl_typ.h> +# include <openssl/crypto.h> +# include <openssl/bnerr.h> + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/* + * 64-bit processor with LP64 ABI + */ +# ifdef SIXTY_FOUR_BIT_LONG +# define BN_ULONG unsigned long +# define BN_BYTES 8 +# endif + +/* + * 64-bit processor other than LP64 ABI + */ +# ifdef SIXTY_FOUR_BIT +# define BN_ULONG unsigned long long +# define BN_BYTES 8 +# endif + +# ifdef THIRTY_TWO_BIT +# define BN_ULONG unsigned int +# define BN_BYTES 4 +# endif + +# define BN_BITS2 (BN_BYTES * 8) +# define BN_BITS (BN_BITS2 * 2) +# define BN_TBIT ((BN_ULONG)1 << (BN_BITS2 - 1)) + +# define BN_FLG_MALLOCED 0x01 +# define BN_FLG_STATIC_DATA 0x02 + +/* + * avoid leaking exponent information through timing, + * BN_mod_exp_mont() will call BN_mod_exp_mont_consttime, + * BN_div() will call BN_div_no_branch, + * BN_mod_inverse() will call bn_mod_inverse_no_branch. + */ +# define BN_FLG_CONSTTIME 0x04 +# define BN_FLG_SECURE 0x08 + +# if OPENSSL_API_COMPAT < 0x00908000L +/* deprecated name for the flag */ +# define BN_FLG_EXP_CONSTTIME BN_FLG_CONSTTIME +# define BN_FLG_FREE 0x8000 /* used for debugging */ +# endif + +void BN_set_flags(BIGNUM *b, int n); +int BN_get_flags(const BIGNUM *b, int n); + +/* Values for |top| in BN_rand() */ +#define BN_RAND_TOP_ANY -1 +#define BN_RAND_TOP_ONE 0 +#define BN_RAND_TOP_TWO 1 + +/* Values for |bottom| in BN_rand() */ +#define BN_RAND_BOTTOM_ANY 0 +#define BN_RAND_BOTTOM_ODD 1 + +/* + * get a clone of a BIGNUM with changed flags, for *temporary* use only (the + * two BIGNUMs cannot be used in parallel!). Also only for *read only* use. The + * value |dest| should be a newly allocated BIGNUM obtained via BN_new() that + * has not been otherwise initialised or used. + */ +void BN_with_flags(BIGNUM *dest, const BIGNUM *b, int flags); + +/* Wrapper function to make using BN_GENCB easier */ +int BN_GENCB_call(BN_GENCB *cb, int a, int b); + +BN_GENCB *BN_GENCB_new(void); +void BN_GENCB_free(BN_GENCB *cb); + +/* Populate a BN_GENCB structure with an "old"-style callback */ +void BN_GENCB_set_old(BN_GENCB *gencb, void (*callback) (int, int, void *), + void *cb_arg); + +/* Populate a BN_GENCB structure with a "new"-style callback */ +void BN_GENCB_set(BN_GENCB *gencb, int (*callback) (int, int, BN_GENCB *), + void *cb_arg); + +void *BN_GENCB_get_arg(BN_GENCB *cb); + +# define BN_prime_checks 0 /* default: select number of iterations based + * on the size of the number */ + +/* + * BN_prime_checks_for_size() returns the number of Miller-Rabin iterations + * that will be done for checking that a random number is probably prime. The + * error rate for accepting a composite number as prime depends on the size of + * the prime |b|. The error rates used are for calculating an RSA key with 2 primes, + * and so the level is what you would expect for a key of double the size of the + * prime. + * + * This table is generated using the algorithm of FIPS PUB 186-4 + * Digital Signature Standard (DSS), section F.1, page 117. + * (https://dx.doi.org/10.6028/NIST.FIPS.186-4) + * + * The following magma script was used to generate the output: + * securitybits:=125; + * k:=1024; + * for t:=1 to 65 do + * for M:=3 to Floor(2*Sqrt(k-1)-1) do + * S:=0; + * // Sum over m + * for m:=3 to M do + * s:=0; + * // Sum over j + * for j:=2 to m do + * s+:=(RealField(32)!2)^-(j+(k-1)/j); + * end for; + * S+:=2^(m-(m-1)*t)*s; + * end for; + * A:=2^(k-2-M*t); + * B:=8*(Pi(RealField(32))^2-6)/3*2^(k-2)*S; + * pkt:=2.00743*Log(2)*k*2^-k*(A+B); + * seclevel:=Floor(-Log(2,pkt)); + * if seclevel ge securitybits then + * printf "k: %5o, security: %o bits (t: %o, M: %o)\n",k,seclevel,t,M; + * break; + * end if; + * end for; + * if seclevel ge securitybits then break; end if; + * end for; + * + * It can be run online at: + * http://magma.maths.usyd.edu.au/calc + * + * And will output: + * k: 1024, security: 129 bits (t: 6, M: 23) + * + * k is the number of bits of the prime, securitybits is the level we want to + * reach. + * + * prime length | RSA key size | # MR tests | security level + * -------------+--------------|------------+--------------- + * (b) >= 6394 | >= 12788 | 3 | 256 bit + * (b) >= 3747 | >= 7494 | 3 | 192 bit + * (b) >= 1345 | >= 2690 | 4 | 128 bit + * (b) >= 1080 | >= 2160 | 5 | 128 bit + * (b) >= 852 | >= 1704 | 5 | 112 bit + * (b) >= 476 | >= 952 | 5 | 80 bit + * (b) >= 400 | >= 800 | 6 | 80 bit + * (b) >= 347 | >= 694 | 7 | 80 bit + * (b) >= 308 | >= 616 | 8 | 80 bit + * (b) >= 55 | >= 110 | 27 | 64 bit + * (b) >= 6 | >= 12 | 34 | 64 bit + */ + +# define BN_prime_checks_for_size(b) ((b) >= 3747 ? 3 : \ + (b) >= 1345 ? 4 : \ + (b) >= 476 ? 5 : \ + (b) >= 400 ? 6 : \ + (b) >= 347 ? 7 : \ + (b) >= 308 ? 8 : \ + (b) >= 55 ? 27 : \ + /* b >= 6 */ 34) + +# define BN_num_bytes(a) ((BN_num_bits(a)+7)/8) + +int BN_abs_is_word(const BIGNUM *a, const BN_ULONG w); +int BN_is_zero(const BIGNUM *a); +int BN_is_one(const BIGNUM *a); +int BN_is_word(const BIGNUM *a, const BN_ULONG w); +int BN_is_odd(const BIGNUM *a); + +# define BN_one(a) (BN_set_word((a),1)) + +void BN_zero_ex(BIGNUM *a); + +# if OPENSSL_API_COMPAT >= 0x00908000L +# define BN_zero(a) BN_zero_ex(a) +# else +# define BN_zero(a) (BN_set_word((a),0)) +# endif + +const BIGNUM *BN_value_one(void); +char *BN_options(void); +BN_CTX *BN_CTX_new(void); +BN_CTX *BN_CTX_secure_new(void); +void BN_CTX_free(BN_CTX *c); +void BN_CTX_start(BN_CTX *ctx); +BIGNUM *BN_CTX_get(BN_CTX *ctx); +void BN_CTX_end(BN_CTX *ctx); +int BN_rand(BIGNUM *rnd, int bits, int top, int bottom); +int BN_priv_rand(BIGNUM *rnd, int bits, int top, int bottom); +int BN_rand_range(BIGNUM *rnd, const BIGNUM *range); +int BN_priv_rand_range(BIGNUM *rnd, const BIGNUM *range); +int BN_pseudo_rand(BIGNUM *rnd, int bits, int top, int bottom); +int BN_pseudo_rand_range(BIGNUM *rnd, const BIGNUM *range); +int BN_num_bits(const BIGNUM *a); +int BN_num_bits_word(BN_ULONG l); +int BN_security_bits(int L, int N); +BIGNUM *BN_new(void); +BIGNUM *BN_secure_new(void); +void BN_clear_free(BIGNUM *a); +BIGNUM *BN_copy(BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *b); +void BN_swap(BIGNUM *a, BIGNUM *b); +BIGNUM *BN_bin2bn(const unsigned char *s, int len, BIGNUM *ret); +int BN_bn2bin(const BIGNUM *a, unsigned char *to); +int BN_bn2binpad(const BIGNUM *a, unsigned char *to, int tolen); +BIGNUM *BN_lebin2bn(const unsigned char *s, int len, BIGNUM *ret); +int BN_bn2lebinpad(const BIGNUM *a, unsigned char *to, int tolen); +BIGNUM *BN_mpi2bn(const unsigned char *s, int len, BIGNUM *ret); +int BN_bn2mpi(const BIGNUM *a, unsigned char *to); +int BN_sub(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *b); +int BN_usub(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *b); +int BN_uadd(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *b); +int BN_add(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *b); +int BN_mul(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *b, BN_CTX *ctx); +int BN_sqr(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a, BN_CTX *ctx); +/** BN_set_negative sets sign of a BIGNUM + * \param b pointer to the BIGNUM object + * \param n 0 if the BIGNUM b should be positive and a value != 0 otherwise + */ +void BN_set_negative(BIGNUM *b, int n); +/** BN_is_negative returns 1 if the BIGNUM is negative + * \param b pointer to the BIGNUM object + * \return 1 if a < 0 and 0 otherwise + */ +int BN_is_negative(const BIGNUM *b); + +int BN_div(BIGNUM *dv, BIGNUM *rem, const BIGNUM *m, const BIGNUM *d, + BN_CTX *ctx); +# define BN_mod(rem,m,d,ctx) BN_div(NULL,(rem),(m),(d),(ctx)) +int BN_nnmod(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *m, const BIGNUM *d, BN_CTX *ctx); +int BN_mod_add(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *b, const BIGNUM *m, + BN_CTX *ctx); +int BN_mod_add_quick(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *b, + const BIGNUM *m); +int BN_mod_sub(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *b, const BIGNUM *m, + BN_CTX *ctx); +int BN_mod_sub_quick(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *b, + const BIGNUM *m); +int BN_mod_mul(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *b, const BIGNUM *m, + BN_CTX *ctx); +int BN_mod_sqr(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *m, BN_CTX *ctx); +int BN_mod_lshift1(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *m, BN_CTX *ctx); +int BN_mod_lshift1_quick(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *m); +int BN_mod_lshift(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a, int n, const BIGNUM *m, + BN_CTX *ctx); +int BN_mod_lshift_quick(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a, int n, const BIGNUM *m); + +BN_ULONG BN_mod_word(const BIGNUM *a, BN_ULONG w); +BN_ULONG BN_div_word(BIGNUM *a, BN_ULONG w); +int BN_mul_word(BIGNUM *a, BN_ULONG w); +int BN_add_word(BIGNUM *a, BN_ULONG w); +int BN_sub_word(BIGNUM *a, BN_ULONG w); +int BN_set_word(BIGNUM *a, BN_ULONG w); +BN_ULONG BN_get_word(const BIGNUM *a); + +int BN_cmp(const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *b); +void BN_free(BIGNUM *a); +int BN_is_bit_set(const BIGNUM *a, int n); +int BN_lshift(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a, int n); +int BN_lshift1(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a); +int BN_exp(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *p, BN_CTX *ctx); + +int BN_mod_exp(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *p, + const BIGNUM *m, BN_CTX *ctx); +int BN_mod_exp_mont(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *p, + const BIGNUM *m, BN_CTX *ctx, BN_MONT_CTX *m_ctx); +int BN_mod_exp_mont_consttime(BIGNUM *rr, const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *p, + const BIGNUM *m, BN_CTX *ctx, + BN_MONT_CTX *in_mont); +int BN_mod_exp_mont_word(BIGNUM *r, BN_ULONG a, const BIGNUM *p, + const BIGNUM *m, BN_CTX *ctx, BN_MONT_CTX *m_ctx); +int BN_mod_exp2_mont(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a1, const BIGNUM *p1, + const BIGNUM *a2, const BIGNUM *p2, const BIGNUM *m, + BN_CTX *ctx, BN_MONT_CTX *m_ctx); +int BN_mod_exp_simple(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *p, + const BIGNUM *m, BN_CTX *ctx); + +int BN_mask_bits(BIGNUM *a, int n); +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_STDIO +int BN_print_fp(FILE *fp, const BIGNUM *a); +# endif +int BN_print(BIO *bio, const BIGNUM *a); +int BN_reciprocal(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *m, int len, BN_CTX *ctx); +int BN_rshift(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a, int n); +int BN_rshift1(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a); +void BN_clear(BIGNUM *a); +BIGNUM *BN_dup(const BIGNUM *a); +int BN_ucmp(const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *b); +int BN_set_bit(BIGNUM *a, int n); +int BN_clear_bit(BIGNUM *a, int n); +char *BN_bn2hex(const BIGNUM *a); +char *BN_bn2dec(const BIGNUM *a); +int BN_hex2bn(BIGNUM **a, const char *str); +int BN_dec2bn(BIGNUM **a, const char *str); +int BN_asc2bn(BIGNUM **a, const char *str); +int BN_gcd(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *b, BN_CTX *ctx); +int BN_kronecker(const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *b, BN_CTX *ctx); /* returns + * -2 for + * error */ +BIGNUM *BN_mod_inverse(BIGNUM *ret, + const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *n, BN_CTX *ctx); +BIGNUM *BN_mod_sqrt(BIGNUM *ret, + const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *n, BN_CTX *ctx); + +void BN_consttime_swap(BN_ULONG swap, BIGNUM *a, BIGNUM *b, int nwords); + +/* Deprecated versions */ +DEPRECATEDIN_0_9_8(BIGNUM *BN_generate_prime(BIGNUM *ret, int bits, int safe, + const BIGNUM *add, + const BIGNUM *rem, + void (*callback) (int, int, + void *), + void *cb_arg)) +DEPRECATEDIN_0_9_8(int + BN_is_prime(const BIGNUM *p, int nchecks, + void (*callback) (int, int, void *), + BN_CTX *ctx, void *cb_arg)) +DEPRECATEDIN_0_9_8(int + BN_is_prime_fasttest(const BIGNUM *p, int nchecks, + void (*callback) (int, int, void *), + BN_CTX *ctx, void *cb_arg, + int do_trial_division)) + +/* Newer versions */ +int BN_generate_prime_ex(BIGNUM *ret, int bits, int safe, const BIGNUM *add, + const BIGNUM *rem, BN_GENCB *cb); +int BN_is_prime_ex(const BIGNUM *p, int nchecks, BN_CTX *ctx, BN_GENCB *cb); +int BN_is_prime_fasttest_ex(const BIGNUM *p, int nchecks, BN_CTX *ctx, + int do_trial_division, BN_GENCB *cb); + +int BN_X931_generate_Xpq(BIGNUM *Xp, BIGNUM *Xq, int nbits, BN_CTX *ctx); + +int BN_X931_derive_prime_ex(BIGNUM *p, BIGNUM *p1, BIGNUM *p2, + const BIGNUM *Xp, const BIGNUM *Xp1, + const BIGNUM *Xp2, const BIGNUM *e, BN_CTX *ctx, + BN_GENCB *cb); +int BN_X931_generate_prime_ex(BIGNUM *p, BIGNUM *p1, BIGNUM *p2, BIGNUM *Xp1, + BIGNUM *Xp2, const BIGNUM *Xp, const BIGNUM *e, + BN_CTX *ctx, BN_GENCB *cb); + +BN_MONT_CTX *BN_MONT_CTX_new(void); +int BN_mod_mul_montgomery(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *b, + BN_MONT_CTX *mont, BN_CTX *ctx); +int BN_to_montgomery(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a, BN_MONT_CTX *mont, + BN_CTX *ctx); +int BN_from_montgomery(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a, BN_MONT_CTX *mont, + BN_CTX *ctx); +void BN_MONT_CTX_free(BN_MONT_CTX *mont); +int BN_MONT_CTX_set(BN_MONT_CTX *mont, const BIGNUM *mod, BN_CTX *ctx); +BN_MONT_CTX *BN_MONT_CTX_copy(BN_MONT_CTX *to, BN_MONT_CTX *from); +BN_MONT_CTX *BN_MONT_CTX_set_locked(BN_MONT_CTX **pmont, CRYPTO_RWLOCK *lock, + const BIGNUM *mod, BN_CTX *ctx); + +/* BN_BLINDING flags */ +# define BN_BLINDING_NO_UPDATE 0x00000001 +# define BN_BLINDING_NO_RECREATE 0x00000002 + +BN_BLINDING *BN_BLINDING_new(const BIGNUM *A, const BIGNUM *Ai, BIGNUM *mod); +void BN_BLINDING_free(BN_BLINDING *b); +int BN_BLINDING_update(BN_BLINDING *b, BN_CTX *ctx); +int BN_BLINDING_convert(BIGNUM *n, BN_BLINDING *b, BN_CTX *ctx); +int BN_BLINDING_invert(BIGNUM *n, BN_BLINDING *b, BN_CTX *ctx); +int BN_BLINDING_convert_ex(BIGNUM *n, BIGNUM *r, BN_BLINDING *b, BN_CTX *); +int BN_BLINDING_invert_ex(BIGNUM *n, const BIGNUM *r, BN_BLINDING *b, + BN_CTX *); + +int BN_BLINDING_is_current_thread(BN_BLINDING *b); +void BN_BLINDING_set_current_thread(BN_BLINDING *b); +int BN_BLINDING_lock(BN_BLINDING *b); +int BN_BLINDING_unlock(BN_BLINDING *b); + +unsigned long BN_BLINDING_get_flags(const BN_BLINDING *); +void BN_BLINDING_set_flags(BN_BLINDING *, unsigned long); +BN_BLINDING *BN_BLINDING_create_param(BN_BLINDING *b, + const BIGNUM *e, BIGNUM *m, BN_CTX *ctx, + int (*bn_mod_exp) (BIGNUM *r, + const BIGNUM *a, + const BIGNUM *p, + const BIGNUM *m, + BN_CTX *ctx, + BN_MONT_CTX *m_ctx), + BN_MONT_CTX *m_ctx); + +DEPRECATEDIN_0_9_8(void BN_set_params(int mul, int high, int low, int mont)) +DEPRECATEDIN_0_9_8(int BN_get_params(int which)) /* 0, mul, 1 high, 2 low, 3 + * mont */ + +BN_RECP_CTX *BN_RECP_CTX_new(void); +void BN_RECP_CTX_free(BN_RECP_CTX *recp); +int BN_RECP_CTX_set(BN_RECP_CTX *recp, const BIGNUM *rdiv, BN_CTX *ctx); +int BN_mod_mul_reciprocal(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *x, const BIGNUM *y, + BN_RECP_CTX *recp, BN_CTX *ctx); +int BN_mod_exp_recp(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *p, + const BIGNUM *m, BN_CTX *ctx); +int BN_div_recp(BIGNUM *dv, BIGNUM *rem, const BIGNUM *m, + BN_RECP_CTX *recp, BN_CTX *ctx); + +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_EC2M + +/* + * Functions for arithmetic over binary polynomials represented by BIGNUMs. + * The BIGNUM::neg property of BIGNUMs representing binary polynomials is + * ignored. Note that input arguments are not const so that their bit arrays + * can be expanded to the appropriate size if needed. + */ + +/* + * r = a + b + */ +int BN_GF2m_add(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *b); +# define BN_GF2m_sub(r, a, b) BN_GF2m_add(r, a, b) +/* + * r=a mod p + */ +int BN_GF2m_mod(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *p); +/* r = (a * b) mod p */ +int BN_GF2m_mod_mul(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *b, + const BIGNUM *p, BN_CTX *ctx); +/* r = (a * a) mod p */ +int BN_GF2m_mod_sqr(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *p, BN_CTX *ctx); +/* r = (1 / b) mod p */ +int BN_GF2m_mod_inv(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *b, const BIGNUM *p, BN_CTX *ctx); +/* r = (a / b) mod p */ +int BN_GF2m_mod_div(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *b, + const BIGNUM *p, BN_CTX *ctx); +/* r = (a ^ b) mod p */ +int BN_GF2m_mod_exp(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *b, + const BIGNUM *p, BN_CTX *ctx); +/* r = sqrt(a) mod p */ +int BN_GF2m_mod_sqrt(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *p, + BN_CTX *ctx); +/* r^2 + r = a mod p */ +int BN_GF2m_mod_solve_quad(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *p, + BN_CTX *ctx); +# define BN_GF2m_cmp(a, b) BN_ucmp((a), (b)) +/*- + * Some functions allow for representation of the irreducible polynomials + * as an unsigned int[], say p. The irreducible f(t) is then of the form: + * t^p[0] + t^p[1] + ... + t^p[k] + * where m = p[0] > p[1] > ... > p[k] = 0. + */ +/* r = a mod p */ +int BN_GF2m_mod_arr(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a, const int p[]); +/* r = (a * b) mod p */ +int BN_GF2m_mod_mul_arr(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *b, + const int p[], BN_CTX *ctx); +/* r = (a * a) mod p */ +int BN_GF2m_mod_sqr_arr(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a, const int p[], + BN_CTX *ctx); +/* r = (1 / b) mod p */ +int BN_GF2m_mod_inv_arr(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *b, const int p[], + BN_CTX *ctx); +/* r = (a / b) mod p */ +int BN_GF2m_mod_div_arr(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *b, + const int p[], BN_CTX *ctx); +/* r = (a ^ b) mod p */ +int BN_GF2m_mod_exp_arr(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *b, + const int p[], BN_CTX *ctx); +/* r = sqrt(a) mod p */ +int BN_GF2m_mod_sqrt_arr(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a, + const int p[], BN_CTX *ctx); +/* r^2 + r = a mod p */ +int BN_GF2m_mod_solve_quad_arr(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a, + const int p[], BN_CTX *ctx); +int BN_GF2m_poly2arr(const BIGNUM *a, int p[], int max); +int BN_GF2m_arr2poly(const int p[], BIGNUM *a); + +# endif + +/* + * faster mod functions for the 'NIST primes' 0 <= a < p^2 + */ +int BN_nist_mod_192(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *p, BN_CTX *ctx); +int BN_nist_mod_224(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *p, BN_CTX *ctx); +int BN_nist_mod_256(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *p, BN_CTX *ctx); +int BN_nist_mod_384(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *p, BN_CTX *ctx); +int BN_nist_mod_521(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *p, BN_CTX *ctx); + +const BIGNUM *BN_get0_nist_prime_192(void); +const BIGNUM *BN_get0_nist_prime_224(void); +const BIGNUM *BN_get0_nist_prime_256(void); +const BIGNUM *BN_get0_nist_prime_384(void); +const BIGNUM *BN_get0_nist_prime_521(void); + +int (*BN_nist_mod_func(const BIGNUM *p)) (BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a, + const BIGNUM *field, BN_CTX *ctx); + +int BN_generate_dsa_nonce(BIGNUM *out, const BIGNUM *range, + const BIGNUM *priv, const unsigned char *message, + size_t message_len, BN_CTX *ctx); + +/* Primes from RFC 2409 */ +BIGNUM *BN_get_rfc2409_prime_768(BIGNUM *bn); +BIGNUM *BN_get_rfc2409_prime_1024(BIGNUM *bn); + +/* Primes from RFC 3526 */ +BIGNUM *BN_get_rfc3526_prime_1536(BIGNUM *bn); +BIGNUM *BN_get_rfc3526_prime_2048(BIGNUM *bn); +BIGNUM *BN_get_rfc3526_prime_3072(BIGNUM *bn); +BIGNUM *BN_get_rfc3526_prime_4096(BIGNUM *bn); +BIGNUM *BN_get_rfc3526_prime_6144(BIGNUM *bn); +BIGNUM *BN_get_rfc3526_prime_8192(BIGNUM *bn); + +# if OPENSSL_API_COMPAT < 0x10100000L +# define get_rfc2409_prime_768 BN_get_rfc2409_prime_768 +# define get_rfc2409_prime_1024 BN_get_rfc2409_prime_1024 +# define get_rfc3526_prime_1536 BN_get_rfc3526_prime_1536 +# define get_rfc3526_prime_2048 BN_get_rfc3526_prime_2048 +# define get_rfc3526_prime_3072 BN_get_rfc3526_prime_3072 +# define get_rfc3526_prime_4096 BN_get_rfc3526_prime_4096 +# define get_rfc3526_prime_6144 BN_get_rfc3526_prime_6144 +# define get_rfc3526_prime_8192 BN_get_rfc3526_prime_8192 +# endif + +int BN_bntest_rand(BIGNUM *rnd, int bits, int top, int bottom); + + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/bnerr.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/bnerr.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9f3c7cfa --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/bnerr.h @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +/* + * Generated by util/mkerr.pl DO NOT EDIT + * Copyright 1995-2019 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_BNERR_H +# define HEADER_BNERR_H + +# ifndef HEADER_SYMHACKS_H +# include <openssl/symhacks.h> +# endif + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +# endif +int ERR_load_BN_strings(void); + +/* + * BN function codes. + */ +# define BN_F_BNRAND 127 +# define BN_F_BNRAND_RANGE 138 +# define BN_F_BN_BLINDING_CONVERT_EX 100 +# define BN_F_BN_BLINDING_CREATE_PARAM 128 +# define BN_F_BN_BLINDING_INVERT_EX 101 +# define BN_F_BN_BLINDING_NEW 102 +# define BN_F_BN_BLINDING_UPDATE 103 +# define BN_F_BN_BN2DEC 104 +# define BN_F_BN_BN2HEX 105 +# define BN_F_BN_COMPUTE_WNAF 142 +# define BN_F_BN_CTX_GET 116 +# define BN_F_BN_CTX_NEW 106 +# define BN_F_BN_CTX_START 129 +# define BN_F_BN_DIV 107 +# define BN_F_BN_DIV_RECP 130 +# define BN_F_BN_EXP 123 +# define BN_F_BN_EXPAND_INTERNAL 120 +# define BN_F_BN_GENCB_NEW 143 +# define BN_F_BN_GENERATE_DSA_NONCE 140 +# define BN_F_BN_GENERATE_PRIME_EX 141 +# define BN_F_BN_GF2M_MOD 131 +# define BN_F_BN_GF2M_MOD_EXP 132 +# define BN_F_BN_GF2M_MOD_MUL 133 +# define BN_F_BN_GF2M_MOD_SOLVE_QUAD 134 +# define BN_F_BN_GF2M_MOD_SOLVE_QUAD_ARR 135 +# define BN_F_BN_GF2M_MOD_SQR 136 +# define BN_F_BN_GF2M_MOD_SQRT 137 +# define BN_F_BN_LSHIFT 145 +# define BN_F_BN_MOD_EXP2_MONT 118 +# define BN_F_BN_MOD_EXP_MONT 109 +# define BN_F_BN_MOD_EXP_MONT_CONSTTIME 124 +# define BN_F_BN_MOD_EXP_MONT_WORD 117 +# define BN_F_BN_MOD_EXP_RECP 125 +# define BN_F_BN_MOD_EXP_SIMPLE 126 +# define BN_F_BN_MOD_INVERSE 110 +# define BN_F_BN_MOD_INVERSE_NO_BRANCH 139 +# define BN_F_BN_MOD_LSHIFT_QUICK 119 +# define BN_F_BN_MOD_SQRT 121 +# define BN_F_BN_MONT_CTX_NEW 149 +# define BN_F_BN_MPI2BN 112 +# define BN_F_BN_NEW 113 +# define BN_F_BN_POOL_GET 147 +# define BN_F_BN_RAND 114 +# define BN_F_BN_RAND_RANGE 122 +# define BN_F_BN_RECP_CTX_NEW 150 +# define BN_F_BN_RSHIFT 146 +# define BN_F_BN_SET_WORDS 144 +# define BN_F_BN_STACK_PUSH 148 +# define BN_F_BN_USUB 115 + +/* + * BN reason codes. + */ +# define BN_R_ARG2_LT_ARG3 100 +# define BN_R_BAD_RECIPROCAL 101 +# define BN_R_BIGNUM_TOO_LONG 114 +# define BN_R_BITS_TOO_SMALL 118 +# define BN_R_CALLED_WITH_EVEN_MODULUS 102 +# define BN_R_DIV_BY_ZERO 103 +# define BN_R_ENCODING_ERROR 104 +# define BN_R_EXPAND_ON_STATIC_BIGNUM_DATA 105 +# define BN_R_INPUT_NOT_REDUCED 110 +# define BN_R_INVALID_LENGTH 106 +# define BN_R_INVALID_RANGE 115 +# define BN_R_INVALID_SHIFT 119 +# define BN_R_NOT_A_SQUARE 111 +# define BN_R_NOT_INITIALIZED 107 +# define BN_R_NO_INVERSE 108 +# define BN_R_NO_SOLUTION 116 +# define BN_R_PRIVATE_KEY_TOO_LARGE 117 +# define BN_R_P_IS_NOT_PRIME 112 +# define BN_R_TOO_MANY_ITERATIONS 113 +# define BN_R_TOO_MANY_TEMPORARY_VARIABLES 109 + +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/buffer.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/buffer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d2765766 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/buffer.h @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +/* + * Copyright 1995-2018 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_BUFFER_H +# define HEADER_BUFFER_H + +# include <openssl/ossl_typ.h> +# ifndef HEADER_CRYPTO_H +# include <openssl/crypto.h> +# endif +# include <openssl/buffererr.h> + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +# include <stddef.h> +# include <sys/types.h> + +/* + * These names are outdated as of OpenSSL 1.1; a future release + * will move them to be deprecated. + */ +# define BUF_strdup(s) OPENSSL_strdup(s) +# define BUF_strndup(s, size) OPENSSL_strndup(s, size) +# define BUF_memdup(data, size) OPENSSL_memdup(data, size) +# define BUF_strlcpy(dst, src, size) OPENSSL_strlcpy(dst, src, size) +# define BUF_strlcat(dst, src, size) OPENSSL_strlcat(dst, src, size) +# define BUF_strnlen(str, maxlen) OPENSSL_strnlen(str, maxlen) + +struct buf_mem_st { + size_t length; /* current number of bytes */ + char *data; + size_t max; /* size of buffer */ + unsigned long flags; +}; + +# define BUF_MEM_FLAG_SECURE 0x01 + +BUF_MEM *BUF_MEM_new(void); +BUF_MEM *BUF_MEM_new_ex(unsigned long flags); +void BUF_MEM_free(BUF_MEM *a); +size_t BUF_MEM_grow(BUF_MEM *str, size_t len); +size_t BUF_MEM_grow_clean(BUF_MEM *str, size_t len); +void BUF_reverse(unsigned char *out, const unsigned char *in, size_t siz); + + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/buffererr.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/buffererr.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..04f6ff7a --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/buffererr.h @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +/* + * Generated by util/mkerr.pl DO NOT EDIT + * Copyright 1995-2019 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_BUFERR_H +# define HEADER_BUFERR_H + +# ifndef HEADER_SYMHACKS_H +# include <openssl/symhacks.h> +# endif + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +# endif +int ERR_load_BUF_strings(void); + +/* + * BUF function codes. + */ +# define BUF_F_BUF_MEM_GROW 100 +# define BUF_F_BUF_MEM_GROW_CLEAN 105 +# define BUF_F_BUF_MEM_NEW 101 + +/* + * BUF reason codes. + */ + +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/camellia.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/camellia.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..151f3c13 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/camellia.h @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2006-2016 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_CAMELLIA_H +# define HEADER_CAMELLIA_H + +# include <openssl/opensslconf.h> + +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_CAMELLIA +# include <stddef.h> +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +# define CAMELLIA_ENCRYPT 1 +# define CAMELLIA_DECRYPT 0 + +/* + * Because array size can't be a const in C, the following two are macros. + * Both sizes are in bytes. + */ + +/* This should be a hidden type, but EVP requires that the size be known */ + +# define CAMELLIA_BLOCK_SIZE 16 +# define CAMELLIA_TABLE_BYTE_LEN 272 +# define CAMELLIA_TABLE_WORD_LEN (CAMELLIA_TABLE_BYTE_LEN / 4) + +typedef unsigned int KEY_TABLE_TYPE[CAMELLIA_TABLE_WORD_LEN]; /* to match + * with WORD */ + +struct camellia_key_st { + union { + double d; /* ensures 64-bit align */ + KEY_TABLE_TYPE rd_key; + } u; + int grand_rounds; +}; +typedef struct camellia_key_st CAMELLIA_KEY; + +int Camellia_set_key(const unsigned char *userKey, const int bits, + CAMELLIA_KEY *key); + +void Camellia_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out, + const CAMELLIA_KEY *key); +void Camellia_decrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out, + const CAMELLIA_KEY *key); + +void Camellia_ecb_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out, + const CAMELLIA_KEY *key, const int enc); +void Camellia_cbc_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out, + size_t length, const CAMELLIA_KEY *key, + unsigned char *ivec, const int enc); +void Camellia_cfb128_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out, + size_t length, const CAMELLIA_KEY *key, + unsigned char *ivec, int *num, const int enc); +void Camellia_cfb1_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out, + size_t length, const CAMELLIA_KEY *key, + unsigned char *ivec, int *num, const int enc); +void Camellia_cfb8_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out, + size_t length, const CAMELLIA_KEY *key, + unsigned char *ivec, int *num, const int enc); +void Camellia_ofb128_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out, + size_t length, const CAMELLIA_KEY *key, + unsigned char *ivec, int *num); +void Camellia_ctr128_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out, + size_t length, const CAMELLIA_KEY *key, + unsigned char ivec[CAMELLIA_BLOCK_SIZE], + unsigned char ecount_buf[CAMELLIA_BLOCK_SIZE], + unsigned int *num); + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif +# endif + +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/cast.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/cast.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2cc89ae0 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/cast.h @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +/* + * Copyright 1995-2016 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_CAST_H +# define HEADER_CAST_H + +# include <openssl/opensslconf.h> + +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_CAST +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +# define CAST_ENCRYPT 1 +# define CAST_DECRYPT 0 + +# define CAST_LONG unsigned int + +# define CAST_BLOCK 8 +# define CAST_KEY_LENGTH 16 + +typedef struct cast_key_st { + CAST_LONG data[32]; + int short_key; /* Use reduced rounds for short key */ +} CAST_KEY; + +void CAST_set_key(CAST_KEY *key, int len, const unsigned char *data); +void CAST_ecb_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out, + const CAST_KEY *key, int enc); +void CAST_encrypt(CAST_LONG *data, const CAST_KEY *key); +void CAST_decrypt(CAST_LONG *data, const CAST_KEY *key); +void CAST_cbc_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out, + long length, const CAST_KEY *ks, unsigned char *iv, + int enc); +void CAST_cfb64_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out, + long length, const CAST_KEY *schedule, + unsigned char *ivec, int *num, int enc); +void CAST_ofb64_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out, + long length, const CAST_KEY *schedule, + unsigned char *ivec, int *num); + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif +# endif + +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/cmac.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/cmac.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3535a9ab --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/cmac.h @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2010-2016 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_CMAC_H +# define HEADER_CMAC_H + +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_CMAC + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +# include <openssl/evp.h> + +/* Opaque */ +typedef struct CMAC_CTX_st CMAC_CTX; + +CMAC_CTX *CMAC_CTX_new(void); +void CMAC_CTX_cleanup(CMAC_CTX *ctx); +void CMAC_CTX_free(CMAC_CTX *ctx); +EVP_CIPHER_CTX *CMAC_CTX_get0_cipher_ctx(CMAC_CTX *ctx); +int CMAC_CTX_copy(CMAC_CTX *out, const CMAC_CTX *in); + +int CMAC_Init(CMAC_CTX *ctx, const void *key, size_t keylen, + const EVP_CIPHER *cipher, ENGINE *impl); +int CMAC_Update(CMAC_CTX *ctx, const void *data, size_t dlen); +int CMAC_Final(CMAC_CTX *ctx, unsigned char *out, size_t *poutlen); +int CMAC_resume(CMAC_CTX *ctx); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +# endif +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/cms.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/cms.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c7627968 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/cms.h @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2008-2019 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_CMS_H +# define HEADER_CMS_H + +# include <openssl/opensslconf.h> + +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_CMS +# include <openssl/x509.h> +# include <openssl/x509v3.h> +# include <openssl/cmserr.h> +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +typedef struct CMS_ContentInfo_st CMS_ContentInfo; +typedef struct CMS_SignerInfo_st CMS_SignerInfo; +typedef struct CMS_CertificateChoices CMS_CertificateChoices; +typedef struct CMS_RevocationInfoChoice_st CMS_RevocationInfoChoice; +typedef struct CMS_RecipientInfo_st CMS_RecipientInfo; +typedef struct CMS_ReceiptRequest_st CMS_ReceiptRequest; +typedef struct CMS_Receipt_st CMS_Receipt; +typedef struct CMS_RecipientEncryptedKey_st CMS_RecipientEncryptedKey; +typedef struct CMS_OtherKeyAttribute_st CMS_OtherKeyAttribute; + +DEFINE_STACK_OF(CMS_SignerInfo) +DEFINE_STACK_OF(CMS_RecipientEncryptedKey) +DEFINE_STACK_OF(CMS_RecipientInfo) +DEFINE_STACK_OF(CMS_RevocationInfoChoice) +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(CMS_ContentInfo) +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(CMS_ReceiptRequest) +DECLARE_ASN1_PRINT_FUNCTION(CMS_ContentInfo) + +# define CMS_SIGNERINFO_ISSUER_SERIAL 0 +# define CMS_SIGNERINFO_KEYIDENTIFIER 1 + +# define CMS_RECIPINFO_NONE -1 +# define CMS_RECIPINFO_TRANS 0 +# define CMS_RECIPINFO_AGREE 1 +# define CMS_RECIPINFO_KEK 2 +# define CMS_RECIPINFO_PASS 3 +# define CMS_RECIPINFO_OTHER 4 + +/* S/MIME related flags */ + +# define CMS_TEXT 0x1 +# define CMS_NOCERTS 0x2 +# define CMS_NO_CONTENT_VERIFY 0x4 +# define CMS_NO_ATTR_VERIFY 0x8 +# define CMS_NOSIGS \ + (CMS_NO_CONTENT_VERIFY|CMS_NO_ATTR_VERIFY) +# define CMS_NOINTERN 0x10 +# define CMS_NO_SIGNER_CERT_VERIFY 0x20 +# define CMS_NOVERIFY 0x20 +# define CMS_DETACHED 0x40 +# define CMS_BINARY 0x80 +# define CMS_NOATTR 0x100 +# define CMS_NOSMIMECAP 0x200 +# define CMS_NOOLDMIMETYPE 0x400 +# define CMS_CRLFEOL 0x800 +# define CMS_STREAM 0x1000 +# define CMS_NOCRL 0x2000 +# define CMS_PARTIAL 0x4000 +# define CMS_REUSE_DIGEST 0x8000 +# define CMS_USE_KEYID 0x10000 +# define CMS_DEBUG_DECRYPT 0x20000 +# define CMS_KEY_PARAM 0x40000 +# define CMS_ASCIICRLF 0x80000 + +const ASN1_OBJECT *CMS_get0_type(const CMS_ContentInfo *cms); + +BIO *CMS_dataInit(CMS_ContentInfo *cms, BIO *icont); +int CMS_dataFinal(CMS_ContentInfo *cms, BIO *bio); + +ASN1_OCTET_STRING **CMS_get0_content(CMS_ContentInfo *cms); +int CMS_is_detached(CMS_ContentInfo *cms); +int CMS_set_detached(CMS_ContentInfo *cms, int detached); + +# ifdef HEADER_PEM_H +DECLARE_PEM_rw_const(CMS, CMS_ContentInfo) +# endif +int CMS_stream(unsigned char ***boundary, CMS_ContentInfo *cms); +CMS_ContentInfo *d2i_CMS_bio(BIO *bp, CMS_ContentInfo **cms); +int i2d_CMS_bio(BIO *bp, CMS_ContentInfo *cms); + +BIO *BIO_new_CMS(BIO *out, CMS_ContentInfo *cms); +int i2d_CMS_bio_stream(BIO *out, CMS_ContentInfo *cms, BIO *in, int flags); +int PEM_write_bio_CMS_stream(BIO *out, CMS_ContentInfo *cms, BIO *in, + int flags); +CMS_ContentInfo *SMIME_read_CMS(BIO *bio, BIO **bcont); +int SMIME_write_CMS(BIO *bio, CMS_ContentInfo *cms, BIO *data, int flags); + +int CMS_final(CMS_ContentInfo *cms, BIO *data, BIO *dcont, + unsigned int flags); + +CMS_ContentInfo *CMS_sign(X509 *signcert, EVP_PKEY *pkey, + STACK_OF(X509) *certs, BIO *data, + unsigned int flags); + +CMS_ContentInfo *CMS_sign_receipt(CMS_SignerInfo *si, + X509 *signcert, EVP_PKEY *pkey, + STACK_OF(X509) *certs, unsigned int flags); + +int CMS_data(CMS_ContentInfo *cms, BIO *out, unsigned int flags); +CMS_ContentInfo *CMS_data_create(BIO *in, unsigned int flags); + +int CMS_digest_verify(CMS_ContentInfo *cms, BIO *dcont, BIO *out, + unsigned int flags); +CMS_ContentInfo *CMS_digest_create(BIO *in, const EVP_MD *md, + unsigned int flags); + +int CMS_EncryptedData_decrypt(CMS_ContentInfo *cms, + const unsigned char *key, size_t keylen, + BIO *dcont, BIO *out, unsigned int flags); + +CMS_ContentInfo *CMS_EncryptedData_encrypt(BIO *in, const EVP_CIPHER *cipher, + const unsigned char *key, + size_t keylen, unsigned int flags); + +int CMS_EncryptedData_set1_key(CMS_ContentInfo *cms, const EVP_CIPHER *ciph, + const unsigned char *key, size_t keylen); + +int CMS_verify(CMS_ContentInfo *cms, STACK_OF(X509) *certs, + X509_STORE *store, BIO *dcont, BIO *out, unsigned int flags); + +int CMS_verify_receipt(CMS_ContentInfo *rcms, CMS_ContentInfo *ocms, + STACK_OF(X509) *certs, + X509_STORE *store, unsigned int flags); + +STACK_OF(X509) *CMS_get0_signers(CMS_ContentInfo *cms); + +CMS_ContentInfo *CMS_encrypt(STACK_OF(X509) *certs, BIO *in, + const EVP_CIPHER *cipher, unsigned int flags); + +int CMS_decrypt(CMS_ContentInfo *cms, EVP_PKEY *pkey, X509 *cert, + BIO *dcont, BIO *out, unsigned int flags); + +int CMS_decrypt_set1_pkey(CMS_ContentInfo *cms, EVP_PKEY *pk, X509 *cert); +int CMS_decrypt_set1_key(CMS_ContentInfo *cms, + unsigned char *key, size_t keylen, + const unsigned char *id, size_t idlen); +int CMS_decrypt_set1_password(CMS_ContentInfo *cms, + unsigned char *pass, ossl_ssize_t passlen); + +STACK_OF(CMS_RecipientInfo) *CMS_get0_RecipientInfos(CMS_ContentInfo *cms); +int CMS_RecipientInfo_type(CMS_RecipientInfo *ri); +EVP_PKEY_CTX *CMS_RecipientInfo_get0_pkey_ctx(CMS_RecipientInfo *ri); +CMS_ContentInfo *CMS_EnvelopedData_create(const EVP_CIPHER *cipher); +CMS_RecipientInfo *CMS_add1_recipient_cert(CMS_ContentInfo *cms, + X509 *recip, unsigned int flags); +int CMS_RecipientInfo_set0_pkey(CMS_RecipientInfo *ri, EVP_PKEY *pkey); +int CMS_RecipientInfo_ktri_cert_cmp(CMS_RecipientInfo *ri, X509 *cert); +int CMS_RecipientInfo_ktri_get0_algs(CMS_RecipientInfo *ri, + EVP_PKEY **pk, X509 **recip, + X509_ALGOR **palg); +int CMS_RecipientInfo_ktri_get0_signer_id(CMS_RecipientInfo *ri, + ASN1_OCTET_STRING **keyid, + X509_NAME **issuer, + ASN1_INTEGER **sno); + +CMS_RecipientInfo *CMS_add0_recipient_key(CMS_ContentInfo *cms, int nid, + unsigned char *key, size_t keylen, + unsigned char *id, size_t idlen, + ASN1_GENERALIZEDTIME *date, + ASN1_OBJECT *otherTypeId, + ASN1_TYPE *otherType); + +int CMS_RecipientInfo_kekri_get0_id(CMS_RecipientInfo *ri, + X509_ALGOR **palg, + ASN1_OCTET_STRING **pid, + ASN1_GENERALIZEDTIME **pdate, + ASN1_OBJECT **potherid, + ASN1_TYPE **pothertype); + +int CMS_RecipientInfo_set0_key(CMS_RecipientInfo *ri, + unsigned char *key, size_t keylen); + +int CMS_RecipientInfo_kekri_id_cmp(CMS_RecipientInfo *ri, + const unsigned char *id, size_t idlen); + +int CMS_RecipientInfo_set0_password(CMS_RecipientInfo *ri, + unsigned char *pass, + ossl_ssize_t passlen); + +CMS_RecipientInfo *CMS_add0_recipient_password(CMS_ContentInfo *cms, + int iter, int wrap_nid, + int pbe_nid, + unsigned char *pass, + ossl_ssize_t passlen, + const EVP_CIPHER *kekciph); + +int CMS_RecipientInfo_decrypt(CMS_ContentInfo *cms, CMS_RecipientInfo *ri); +int CMS_RecipientInfo_encrypt(CMS_ContentInfo *cms, CMS_RecipientInfo *ri); + +int CMS_uncompress(CMS_ContentInfo *cms, BIO *dcont, BIO *out, + unsigned int flags); +CMS_ContentInfo *CMS_compress(BIO *in, int comp_nid, unsigned int flags); + +int CMS_set1_eContentType(CMS_ContentInfo *cms, const ASN1_OBJECT *oid); +const ASN1_OBJECT *CMS_get0_eContentType(CMS_ContentInfo *cms); + +CMS_CertificateChoices *CMS_add0_CertificateChoices(CMS_ContentInfo *cms); +int CMS_add0_cert(CMS_ContentInfo *cms, X509 *cert); +int CMS_add1_cert(CMS_ContentInfo *cms, X509 *cert); +STACK_OF(X509) *CMS_get1_certs(CMS_ContentInfo *cms); + +CMS_RevocationInfoChoice *CMS_add0_RevocationInfoChoice(CMS_ContentInfo *cms); +int CMS_add0_crl(CMS_ContentInfo *cms, X509_CRL *crl); +int CMS_add1_crl(CMS_ContentInfo *cms, X509_CRL *crl); +STACK_OF(X509_CRL) *CMS_get1_crls(CMS_ContentInfo *cms); + +int CMS_SignedData_init(CMS_ContentInfo *cms); +CMS_SignerInfo *CMS_add1_signer(CMS_ContentInfo *cms, + X509 *signer, EVP_PKEY *pk, const EVP_MD *md, + unsigned int flags); +EVP_PKEY_CTX *CMS_SignerInfo_get0_pkey_ctx(CMS_SignerInfo *si); +EVP_MD_CTX *CMS_SignerInfo_get0_md_ctx(CMS_SignerInfo *si); +STACK_OF(CMS_SignerInfo) *CMS_get0_SignerInfos(CMS_ContentInfo *cms); + +void CMS_SignerInfo_set1_signer_cert(CMS_SignerInfo *si, X509 *signer); +int CMS_SignerInfo_get0_signer_id(CMS_SignerInfo *si, + ASN1_OCTET_STRING **keyid, + X509_NAME **issuer, ASN1_INTEGER **sno); +int CMS_SignerInfo_cert_cmp(CMS_SignerInfo *si, X509 *cert); +int CMS_set1_signers_certs(CMS_ContentInfo *cms, STACK_OF(X509) *certs, + unsigned int flags); +void CMS_SignerInfo_get0_algs(CMS_SignerInfo *si, EVP_PKEY **pk, + X509 **signer, X509_ALGOR **pdig, + X509_ALGOR **psig); +ASN1_OCTET_STRING *CMS_SignerInfo_get0_signature(CMS_SignerInfo *si); +int CMS_SignerInfo_sign(CMS_SignerInfo *si); +int CMS_SignerInfo_verify(CMS_SignerInfo *si); +int CMS_SignerInfo_verify_content(CMS_SignerInfo *si, BIO *chain); + +int CMS_add_smimecap(CMS_SignerInfo *si, STACK_OF(X509_ALGOR) *algs); +int CMS_add_simple_smimecap(STACK_OF(X509_ALGOR) **algs, + int algnid, int keysize); +int CMS_add_standard_smimecap(STACK_OF(X509_ALGOR) **smcap); + +int CMS_signed_get_attr_count(const CMS_SignerInfo *si); +int CMS_signed_get_attr_by_NID(const CMS_SignerInfo *si, int nid, + int lastpos); +int CMS_signed_get_attr_by_OBJ(const CMS_SignerInfo *si, const ASN1_OBJECT *obj, + int lastpos); +X509_ATTRIBUTE *CMS_signed_get_attr(const CMS_SignerInfo *si, int loc); +X509_ATTRIBUTE *CMS_signed_delete_attr(CMS_SignerInfo *si, int loc); +int CMS_signed_add1_attr(CMS_SignerInfo *si, X509_ATTRIBUTE *attr); +int CMS_signed_add1_attr_by_OBJ(CMS_SignerInfo *si, + const ASN1_OBJECT *obj, int type, + const void *bytes, int len); +int CMS_signed_add1_attr_by_NID(CMS_SignerInfo *si, + int nid, int type, + const void *bytes, int len); +int CMS_signed_add1_attr_by_txt(CMS_SignerInfo *si, + const char *attrname, int type, + const void *bytes, int len); +void *CMS_signed_get0_data_by_OBJ(CMS_SignerInfo *si, const ASN1_OBJECT *oid, + int lastpos, int type); + +int CMS_unsigned_get_attr_count(const CMS_SignerInfo *si); +int CMS_unsigned_get_attr_by_NID(const CMS_SignerInfo *si, int nid, + int lastpos); +int CMS_unsigned_get_attr_by_OBJ(const CMS_SignerInfo *si, + const ASN1_OBJECT *obj, int lastpos); +X509_ATTRIBUTE *CMS_unsigned_get_attr(const CMS_SignerInfo *si, int loc); +X509_ATTRIBUTE *CMS_unsigned_delete_attr(CMS_SignerInfo *si, int loc); +int CMS_unsigned_add1_attr(CMS_SignerInfo *si, X509_ATTRIBUTE *attr); +int CMS_unsigned_add1_attr_by_OBJ(CMS_SignerInfo *si, + const ASN1_OBJECT *obj, int type, + const void *bytes, int len); +int CMS_unsigned_add1_attr_by_NID(CMS_SignerInfo *si, + int nid, int type, + const void *bytes, int len); +int CMS_unsigned_add1_attr_by_txt(CMS_SignerInfo *si, + const char *attrname, int type, + const void *bytes, int len); +void *CMS_unsigned_get0_data_by_OBJ(CMS_SignerInfo *si, ASN1_OBJECT *oid, + int lastpos, int type); + +int CMS_get1_ReceiptRequest(CMS_SignerInfo *si, CMS_ReceiptRequest **prr); +CMS_ReceiptRequest *CMS_ReceiptRequest_create0(unsigned char *id, int idlen, + int allorfirst, + STACK_OF(GENERAL_NAMES) + *receiptList, STACK_OF(GENERAL_NAMES) + *receiptsTo); +int CMS_add1_ReceiptRequest(CMS_SignerInfo *si, CMS_ReceiptRequest *rr); +void CMS_ReceiptRequest_get0_values(CMS_ReceiptRequest *rr, + ASN1_STRING **pcid, + int *pallorfirst, + STACK_OF(GENERAL_NAMES) **plist, + STACK_OF(GENERAL_NAMES) **prto); +int CMS_RecipientInfo_kari_get0_alg(CMS_RecipientInfo *ri, + X509_ALGOR **palg, + ASN1_OCTET_STRING **pukm); +STACK_OF(CMS_RecipientEncryptedKey) +*CMS_RecipientInfo_kari_get0_reks(CMS_RecipientInfo *ri); + +int CMS_RecipientInfo_kari_get0_orig_id(CMS_RecipientInfo *ri, + X509_ALGOR **pubalg, + ASN1_BIT_STRING **pubkey, + ASN1_OCTET_STRING **keyid, + X509_NAME **issuer, + ASN1_INTEGER **sno); + +int CMS_RecipientInfo_kari_orig_id_cmp(CMS_RecipientInfo *ri, X509 *cert); + +int CMS_RecipientEncryptedKey_get0_id(CMS_RecipientEncryptedKey *rek, + ASN1_OCTET_STRING **keyid, + ASN1_GENERALIZEDTIME **tm, + CMS_OtherKeyAttribute **other, + X509_NAME **issuer, ASN1_INTEGER **sno); +int CMS_RecipientEncryptedKey_cert_cmp(CMS_RecipientEncryptedKey *rek, + X509 *cert); +int CMS_RecipientInfo_kari_set0_pkey(CMS_RecipientInfo *ri, EVP_PKEY *pk); +EVP_CIPHER_CTX *CMS_RecipientInfo_kari_get0_ctx(CMS_RecipientInfo *ri); +int CMS_RecipientInfo_kari_decrypt(CMS_ContentInfo *cms, + CMS_RecipientInfo *ri, + CMS_RecipientEncryptedKey *rek); + +int CMS_SharedInfo_encode(unsigned char **pder, X509_ALGOR *kekalg, + ASN1_OCTET_STRING *ukm, int keylen); + +/* Backward compatibility for spelling errors. */ +# define CMS_R_UNKNOWN_DIGEST_ALGORITM CMS_R_UNKNOWN_DIGEST_ALGORITHM +# define CMS_R_UNSUPPORTED_RECPIENTINFO_TYPE \ + CMS_R_UNSUPPORTED_RECIPIENTINFO_TYPE + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif +# endif +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/cmserr.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/cmserr.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7dbc13dc --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/cmserr.h @@ -0,0 +1,202 @@ +/* + * Generated by util/mkerr.pl DO NOT EDIT + * Copyright 1995-2019 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_CMSERR_H +# define HEADER_CMSERR_H + +# ifndef HEADER_SYMHACKS_H +# include <openssl/symhacks.h> +# endif + +# include <openssl/opensslconf.h> + +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_CMS + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +# endif +int ERR_load_CMS_strings(void); + +/* + * CMS function codes. + */ +# define CMS_F_CHECK_CONTENT 99 +# define CMS_F_CMS_ADD0_CERT 164 +# define CMS_F_CMS_ADD0_RECIPIENT_KEY 100 +# define CMS_F_CMS_ADD0_RECIPIENT_PASSWORD 165 +# define CMS_F_CMS_ADD1_RECEIPTREQUEST 158 +# define CMS_F_CMS_ADD1_RECIPIENT_CERT 101 +# define CMS_F_CMS_ADD1_SIGNER 102 +# define CMS_F_CMS_ADD1_SIGNINGTIME 103 +# define CMS_F_CMS_COMPRESS 104 +# define CMS_F_CMS_COMPRESSEDDATA_CREATE 105 +# define CMS_F_CMS_COMPRESSEDDATA_INIT_BIO 106 +# define CMS_F_CMS_COPY_CONTENT 107 +# define CMS_F_CMS_COPY_MESSAGEDIGEST 108 +# define CMS_F_CMS_DATA 109 +# define CMS_F_CMS_DATAFINAL 110 +# define CMS_F_CMS_DATAINIT 111 +# define CMS_F_CMS_DECRYPT 112 +# define CMS_F_CMS_DECRYPT_SET1_KEY 113 +# define CMS_F_CMS_DECRYPT_SET1_PASSWORD 166 +# define CMS_F_CMS_DECRYPT_SET1_PKEY 114 +# define CMS_F_CMS_DIGESTALGORITHM_FIND_CTX 115 +# define CMS_F_CMS_DIGESTALGORITHM_INIT_BIO 116 +# define CMS_F_CMS_DIGESTEDDATA_DO_FINAL 117 +# define CMS_F_CMS_DIGEST_VERIFY 118 +# define CMS_F_CMS_ENCODE_RECEIPT 161 +# define CMS_F_CMS_ENCRYPT 119 +# define CMS_F_CMS_ENCRYPTEDCONTENT_INIT 179 +# define CMS_F_CMS_ENCRYPTEDCONTENT_INIT_BIO 120 +# define CMS_F_CMS_ENCRYPTEDDATA_DECRYPT 121 +# define CMS_F_CMS_ENCRYPTEDDATA_ENCRYPT 122 +# define CMS_F_CMS_ENCRYPTEDDATA_SET1_KEY 123 +# define CMS_F_CMS_ENVELOPEDDATA_CREATE 124 +# define CMS_F_CMS_ENVELOPEDDATA_INIT_BIO 125 +# define CMS_F_CMS_ENVELOPED_DATA_INIT 126 +# define CMS_F_CMS_ENV_ASN1_CTRL 171 +# define CMS_F_CMS_FINAL 127 +# define CMS_F_CMS_GET0_CERTIFICATE_CHOICES 128 +# define CMS_F_CMS_GET0_CONTENT 129 +# define CMS_F_CMS_GET0_ECONTENT_TYPE 130 +# define CMS_F_CMS_GET0_ENVELOPED 131 +# define CMS_F_CMS_GET0_REVOCATION_CHOICES 132 +# define CMS_F_CMS_GET0_SIGNED 133 +# define CMS_F_CMS_MSGSIGDIGEST_ADD1 162 +# define CMS_F_CMS_RECEIPTREQUEST_CREATE0 159 +# define CMS_F_CMS_RECEIPT_VERIFY 160 +# define CMS_F_CMS_RECIPIENTINFO_DECRYPT 134 +# define CMS_F_CMS_RECIPIENTINFO_ENCRYPT 169 +# define CMS_F_CMS_RECIPIENTINFO_KARI_ENCRYPT 178 +# define CMS_F_CMS_RECIPIENTINFO_KARI_GET0_ALG 175 +# define CMS_F_CMS_RECIPIENTINFO_KARI_GET0_ORIG_ID 173 +# define CMS_F_CMS_RECIPIENTINFO_KARI_GET0_REKS 172 +# define CMS_F_CMS_RECIPIENTINFO_KARI_ORIG_ID_CMP 174 +# define CMS_F_CMS_RECIPIENTINFO_KEKRI_DECRYPT 135 +# define CMS_F_CMS_RECIPIENTINFO_KEKRI_ENCRYPT 136 +# define CMS_F_CMS_RECIPIENTINFO_KEKRI_GET0_ID 137 +# define CMS_F_CMS_RECIPIENTINFO_KEKRI_ID_CMP 138 +# define CMS_F_CMS_RECIPIENTINFO_KTRI_CERT_CMP 139 +# define CMS_F_CMS_RECIPIENTINFO_KTRI_DECRYPT 140 +# define CMS_F_CMS_RECIPIENTINFO_KTRI_ENCRYPT 141 +# define CMS_F_CMS_RECIPIENTINFO_KTRI_GET0_ALGS 142 +# define CMS_F_CMS_RECIPIENTINFO_KTRI_GET0_SIGNER_ID 143 +# define CMS_F_CMS_RECIPIENTINFO_PWRI_CRYPT 167 +# define CMS_F_CMS_RECIPIENTINFO_SET0_KEY 144 +# define CMS_F_CMS_RECIPIENTINFO_SET0_PASSWORD 168 +# define CMS_F_CMS_RECIPIENTINFO_SET0_PKEY 145 +# define CMS_F_CMS_SD_ASN1_CTRL 170 +# define CMS_F_CMS_SET1_IAS 176 +# define CMS_F_CMS_SET1_KEYID 177 +# define CMS_F_CMS_SET1_SIGNERIDENTIFIER 146 +# define CMS_F_CMS_SET_DETACHED 147 +# define CMS_F_CMS_SIGN 148 +# define CMS_F_CMS_SIGNED_DATA_INIT 149 +# define CMS_F_CMS_SIGNERINFO_CONTENT_SIGN 150 +# define CMS_F_CMS_SIGNERINFO_SIGN 151 +# define CMS_F_CMS_SIGNERINFO_VERIFY 152 +# define CMS_F_CMS_SIGNERINFO_VERIFY_CERT 153 +# define CMS_F_CMS_SIGNERINFO_VERIFY_CONTENT 154 +# define CMS_F_CMS_SIGN_RECEIPT 163 +# define CMS_F_CMS_SI_CHECK_ATTRIBUTES 183 +# define CMS_F_CMS_STREAM 155 +# define CMS_F_CMS_UNCOMPRESS 156 +# define CMS_F_CMS_VERIFY 157 +# define CMS_F_KEK_UNWRAP_KEY 180 + +/* + * CMS reason codes. + */ +# define CMS_R_ADD_SIGNER_ERROR 99 +# define CMS_R_ATTRIBUTE_ERROR 161 +# define CMS_R_CERTIFICATE_ALREADY_PRESENT 175 +# define CMS_R_CERTIFICATE_HAS_NO_KEYID 160 +# define CMS_R_CERTIFICATE_VERIFY_ERROR 100 +# define CMS_R_CIPHER_INITIALISATION_ERROR 101 +# define CMS_R_CIPHER_PARAMETER_INITIALISATION_ERROR 102 +# define CMS_R_CMS_DATAFINAL_ERROR 103 +# define CMS_R_CMS_LIB 104 +# define CMS_R_CONTENTIDENTIFIER_MISMATCH 170 +# define CMS_R_CONTENT_NOT_FOUND 105 +# define CMS_R_CONTENT_TYPE_MISMATCH 171 +# define CMS_R_CONTENT_TYPE_NOT_COMPRESSED_DATA 106 +# define CMS_R_CONTENT_TYPE_NOT_ENVELOPED_DATA 107 +# define CMS_R_CONTENT_TYPE_NOT_SIGNED_DATA 108 +# define CMS_R_CONTENT_VERIFY_ERROR 109 +# define CMS_R_CTRL_ERROR 110 +# define CMS_R_CTRL_FAILURE 111 +# define CMS_R_DECRYPT_ERROR 112 +# define CMS_R_ERROR_GETTING_PUBLIC_KEY 113 +# define CMS_R_ERROR_READING_MESSAGEDIGEST_ATTRIBUTE 114 +# define CMS_R_ERROR_SETTING_KEY 115 +# define CMS_R_ERROR_SETTING_RECIPIENTINFO 116 +# define CMS_R_INVALID_ENCRYPTED_KEY_LENGTH 117 +# define CMS_R_INVALID_KEY_ENCRYPTION_PARAMETER 176 +# define CMS_R_INVALID_KEY_LENGTH 118 +# define CMS_R_MD_BIO_INIT_ERROR 119 +# define CMS_R_MESSAGEDIGEST_ATTRIBUTE_WRONG_LENGTH 120 +# define CMS_R_MESSAGEDIGEST_WRONG_LENGTH 121 +# define CMS_R_MSGSIGDIGEST_ERROR 172 +# define CMS_R_MSGSIGDIGEST_VERIFICATION_FAILURE 162 +# define CMS_R_MSGSIGDIGEST_WRONG_LENGTH 163 +# define CMS_R_NEED_ONE_SIGNER 164 +# define CMS_R_NOT_A_SIGNED_RECEIPT 165 +# define CMS_R_NOT_ENCRYPTED_DATA 122 +# define CMS_R_NOT_KEK 123 +# define CMS_R_NOT_KEY_AGREEMENT 181 +# define CMS_R_NOT_KEY_TRANSPORT 124 +# define CMS_R_NOT_PWRI 177 +# define CMS_R_NOT_SUPPORTED_FOR_THIS_KEY_TYPE 125 +# define CMS_R_NO_CIPHER 126 +# define CMS_R_NO_CONTENT 127 +# define CMS_R_NO_CONTENT_TYPE 173 +# define CMS_R_NO_DEFAULT_DIGEST 128 +# define CMS_R_NO_DIGEST_SET 129 +# define CMS_R_NO_KEY 130 +# define CMS_R_NO_KEY_OR_CERT 174 +# define CMS_R_NO_MATCHING_DIGEST 131 +# define CMS_R_NO_MATCHING_RECIPIENT 132 +# define CMS_R_NO_MATCHING_SIGNATURE 166 +# define CMS_R_NO_MSGSIGDIGEST 167 +# define CMS_R_NO_PASSWORD 178 +# define CMS_R_NO_PRIVATE_KEY 133 +# define CMS_R_NO_PUBLIC_KEY 134 +# define CMS_R_NO_RECEIPT_REQUEST 168 +# define CMS_R_NO_SIGNERS 135 +# define CMS_R_PRIVATE_KEY_DOES_NOT_MATCH_CERTIFICATE 136 +# define CMS_R_RECEIPT_DECODE_ERROR 169 +# define CMS_R_RECIPIENT_ERROR 137 +# define CMS_R_SIGNER_CERTIFICATE_NOT_FOUND 138 +# define CMS_R_SIGNFINAL_ERROR 139 +# define CMS_R_SMIME_TEXT_ERROR 140 +# define CMS_R_STORE_INIT_ERROR 141 +# define CMS_R_TYPE_NOT_COMPRESSED_DATA 142 +# define CMS_R_TYPE_NOT_DATA 143 +# define CMS_R_TYPE_NOT_DIGESTED_DATA 144 +# define CMS_R_TYPE_NOT_ENCRYPTED_DATA 145 +# define CMS_R_TYPE_NOT_ENVELOPED_DATA 146 +# define CMS_R_UNABLE_TO_FINALIZE_CONTEXT 147 +# define CMS_R_UNKNOWN_CIPHER 148 +# define CMS_R_UNKNOWN_DIGEST_ALGORITHM 149 +# define CMS_R_UNKNOWN_ID 150 +# define CMS_R_UNSUPPORTED_COMPRESSION_ALGORITHM 151 +# define CMS_R_UNSUPPORTED_CONTENT_TYPE 152 +# define CMS_R_UNSUPPORTED_KEK_ALGORITHM 153 +# define CMS_R_UNSUPPORTED_KEY_ENCRYPTION_ALGORITHM 179 +# define CMS_R_UNSUPPORTED_RECIPIENTINFO_TYPE 155 +# define CMS_R_UNSUPPORTED_RECIPIENT_TYPE 154 +# define CMS_R_UNSUPPORTED_TYPE 156 +# define CMS_R_UNWRAP_ERROR 157 +# define CMS_R_UNWRAP_FAILURE 180 +# define CMS_R_VERIFICATION_FAILURE 158 +# define CMS_R_WRAP_ERROR 159 + +# endif +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/comp.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/comp.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d814d3cf --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/comp.h @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2015-2018 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_COMP_H +# define HEADER_COMP_H + +# include <openssl/opensslconf.h> + +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_COMP +# include <openssl/crypto.h> +# include <openssl/comperr.h> +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + + + +COMP_CTX *COMP_CTX_new(COMP_METHOD *meth); +const COMP_METHOD *COMP_CTX_get_method(const COMP_CTX *ctx); +int COMP_CTX_get_type(const COMP_CTX* comp); +int COMP_get_type(const COMP_METHOD *meth); +const char *COMP_get_name(const COMP_METHOD *meth); +void COMP_CTX_free(COMP_CTX *ctx); + +int COMP_compress_block(COMP_CTX *ctx, unsigned char *out, int olen, + unsigned char *in, int ilen); +int COMP_expand_block(COMP_CTX *ctx, unsigned char *out, int olen, + unsigned char *in, int ilen); + +COMP_METHOD *COMP_zlib(void); + +#if OPENSSL_API_COMPAT < 0x10100000L +#define COMP_zlib_cleanup() while(0) continue +#endif + +# ifdef HEADER_BIO_H +# ifdef ZLIB +const BIO_METHOD *BIO_f_zlib(void); +# endif +# endif + + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif +# endif +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/comperr.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/comperr.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..90231e9a --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/comperr.h @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +/* + * Generated by util/mkerr.pl DO NOT EDIT + * Copyright 1995-2019 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_COMPERR_H +# define HEADER_COMPERR_H + +# ifndef HEADER_SYMHACKS_H +# include <openssl/symhacks.h> +# endif + +# include <openssl/opensslconf.h> + +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_COMP + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +# endif +int ERR_load_COMP_strings(void); + +/* + * COMP function codes. + */ +# define COMP_F_BIO_ZLIB_FLUSH 99 +# define COMP_F_BIO_ZLIB_NEW 100 +# define COMP_F_BIO_ZLIB_READ 101 +# define COMP_F_BIO_ZLIB_WRITE 102 +# define COMP_F_COMP_CTX_NEW 103 + +/* + * COMP reason codes. + */ +# define COMP_R_ZLIB_DEFLATE_ERROR 99 +# define COMP_R_ZLIB_INFLATE_ERROR 100 +# define COMP_R_ZLIB_NOT_SUPPORTED 101 + +# endif +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/conf.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/conf.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7336cd2f --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/conf.h @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +/* + * Copyright 1995-2018 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_CONF_H +# define HEADER_CONF_H + +# include <openssl/bio.h> +# include <openssl/lhash.h> +# include <openssl/safestack.h> +# include <openssl/e_os2.h> +# include <openssl/ossl_typ.h> +# include <openssl/conferr.h> + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +typedef struct { + char *section; + char *name; + char *value; +} CONF_VALUE; + +DEFINE_STACK_OF(CONF_VALUE) +DEFINE_LHASH_OF(CONF_VALUE); + +struct conf_st; +struct conf_method_st; +typedef struct conf_method_st CONF_METHOD; + +struct conf_method_st { + const char *name; + CONF *(*create) (CONF_METHOD *meth); + int (*init) (CONF *conf); + int (*destroy) (CONF *conf); + int (*destroy_data) (CONF *conf); + int (*load_bio) (CONF *conf, BIO *bp, long *eline); + int (*dump) (const CONF *conf, BIO *bp); + int (*is_number) (const CONF *conf, char c); + int (*to_int) (const CONF *conf, char c); + int (*load) (CONF *conf, const char *name, long *eline); +}; + +/* Module definitions */ + +typedef struct conf_imodule_st CONF_IMODULE; +typedef struct conf_module_st CONF_MODULE; + +DEFINE_STACK_OF(CONF_MODULE) +DEFINE_STACK_OF(CONF_IMODULE) + +/* DSO module function typedefs */ +typedef int conf_init_func (CONF_IMODULE *md, const CONF *cnf); +typedef void conf_finish_func (CONF_IMODULE *md); + +# define CONF_MFLAGS_IGNORE_ERRORS 0x1 +# define CONF_MFLAGS_IGNORE_RETURN_CODES 0x2 +# define CONF_MFLAGS_SILENT 0x4 +# define CONF_MFLAGS_NO_DSO 0x8 +# define CONF_MFLAGS_IGNORE_MISSING_FILE 0x10 +# define CONF_MFLAGS_DEFAULT_SECTION 0x20 + +int CONF_set_default_method(CONF_METHOD *meth); +void CONF_set_nconf(CONF *conf, LHASH_OF(CONF_VALUE) *hash); +LHASH_OF(CONF_VALUE) *CONF_load(LHASH_OF(CONF_VALUE) *conf, const char *file, + long *eline); +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_STDIO +LHASH_OF(CONF_VALUE) *CONF_load_fp(LHASH_OF(CONF_VALUE) *conf, FILE *fp, + long *eline); +# endif +LHASH_OF(CONF_VALUE) *CONF_load_bio(LHASH_OF(CONF_VALUE) *conf, BIO *bp, + long *eline); +STACK_OF(CONF_VALUE) *CONF_get_section(LHASH_OF(CONF_VALUE) *conf, + const char *section); +char *CONF_get_string(LHASH_OF(CONF_VALUE) *conf, const char *group, + const char *name); +long CONF_get_number(LHASH_OF(CONF_VALUE) *conf, const char *group, + const char *name); +void CONF_free(LHASH_OF(CONF_VALUE) *conf); +#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_STDIO +int CONF_dump_fp(LHASH_OF(CONF_VALUE) *conf, FILE *out); +#endif +int CONF_dump_bio(LHASH_OF(CONF_VALUE) *conf, BIO *out); + +DEPRECATEDIN_1_1_0(void OPENSSL_config(const char *config_name)) + +#if OPENSSL_API_COMPAT < 0x10100000L +# define OPENSSL_no_config() \ + OPENSSL_init_crypto(OPENSSL_INIT_NO_LOAD_CONFIG, NULL) +#endif + +/* + * New conf code. The semantics are different from the functions above. If + * that wasn't the case, the above functions would have been replaced + */ + +struct conf_st { + CONF_METHOD *meth; + void *meth_data; + LHASH_OF(CONF_VALUE) *data; +}; + +CONF *NCONF_new(CONF_METHOD *meth); +CONF_METHOD *NCONF_default(void); +CONF_METHOD *NCONF_WIN32(void); +void NCONF_free(CONF *conf); +void NCONF_free_data(CONF *conf); + +int NCONF_load(CONF *conf, const char *file, long *eline); +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_STDIO +int NCONF_load_fp(CONF *conf, FILE *fp, long *eline); +# endif +int NCONF_load_bio(CONF *conf, BIO *bp, long *eline); +STACK_OF(CONF_VALUE) *NCONF_get_section(const CONF *conf, + const char *section); +char *NCONF_get_string(const CONF *conf, const char *group, const char *name); +int NCONF_get_number_e(const CONF *conf, const char *group, const char *name, + long *result); +#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_STDIO +int NCONF_dump_fp(const CONF *conf, FILE *out); +#endif +int NCONF_dump_bio(const CONF *conf, BIO *out); + +#define NCONF_get_number(c,g,n,r) NCONF_get_number_e(c,g,n,r) + +/* Module functions */ + +int CONF_modules_load(const CONF *cnf, const char *appname, + unsigned long flags); +int CONF_modules_load_file(const char *filename, const char *appname, + unsigned long flags); +void CONF_modules_unload(int all); +void CONF_modules_finish(void); +#if OPENSSL_API_COMPAT < 0x10100000L +# define CONF_modules_free() while(0) continue +#endif +int CONF_module_add(const char *name, conf_init_func *ifunc, + conf_finish_func *ffunc); + +const char *CONF_imodule_get_name(const CONF_IMODULE *md); +const char *CONF_imodule_get_value(const CONF_IMODULE *md); +void *CONF_imodule_get_usr_data(const CONF_IMODULE *md); +void CONF_imodule_set_usr_data(CONF_IMODULE *md, void *usr_data); +CONF_MODULE *CONF_imodule_get_module(const CONF_IMODULE *md); +unsigned long CONF_imodule_get_flags(const CONF_IMODULE *md); +void CONF_imodule_set_flags(CONF_IMODULE *md, unsigned long flags); +void *CONF_module_get_usr_data(CONF_MODULE *pmod); +void CONF_module_set_usr_data(CONF_MODULE *pmod, void *usr_data); + +char *CONF_get1_default_config_file(void); + +int CONF_parse_list(const char *list, int sep, int nospc, + int (*list_cb) (const char *elem, int len, void *usr), + void *arg); + +void OPENSSL_load_builtin_modules(void); + + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/conf_api.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/conf_api.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a0275ad7 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/conf_api.h @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +/* + * Copyright 1995-2016 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_CONF_API_H +# define HEADER_CONF_API_H + +# include <openssl/lhash.h> +# include <openssl/conf.h> + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Up until OpenSSL 0.9.5a, this was new_section */ +CONF_VALUE *_CONF_new_section(CONF *conf, const char *section); +/* Up until OpenSSL 0.9.5a, this was get_section */ +CONF_VALUE *_CONF_get_section(const CONF *conf, const char *section); +/* Up until OpenSSL 0.9.5a, this was CONF_get_section */ +STACK_OF(CONF_VALUE) *_CONF_get_section_values(const CONF *conf, + const char *section); + +int _CONF_add_string(CONF *conf, CONF_VALUE *section, CONF_VALUE *value); +char *_CONF_get_string(const CONF *conf, const char *section, + const char *name); +long _CONF_get_number(const CONF *conf, const char *section, + const char *name); + +int _CONF_new_data(CONF *conf); +void _CONF_free_data(CONF *conf); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/conferr.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/conferr.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..32b92291 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/conferr.h @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +/* + * Generated by util/mkerr.pl DO NOT EDIT + * Copyright 1995-2019 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_CONFERR_H +# define HEADER_CONFERR_H + +# ifndef HEADER_SYMHACKS_H +# include <openssl/symhacks.h> +# endif + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +# endif +int ERR_load_CONF_strings(void); + +/* + * CONF function codes. + */ +# define CONF_F_CONF_DUMP_FP 104 +# define CONF_F_CONF_LOAD 100 +# define CONF_F_CONF_LOAD_FP 103 +# define CONF_F_CONF_PARSE_LIST 119 +# define CONF_F_DEF_LOAD 120 +# define CONF_F_DEF_LOAD_BIO 121 +# define CONF_F_GET_NEXT_FILE 107 +# define CONF_F_MODULE_ADD 122 +# define CONF_F_MODULE_INIT 115 +# define CONF_F_MODULE_LOAD_DSO 117 +# define CONF_F_MODULE_RUN 118 +# define CONF_F_NCONF_DUMP_BIO 105 +# define CONF_F_NCONF_DUMP_FP 106 +# define CONF_F_NCONF_GET_NUMBER_E 112 +# define CONF_F_NCONF_GET_SECTION 108 +# define CONF_F_NCONF_GET_STRING 109 +# define CONF_F_NCONF_LOAD 113 +# define CONF_F_NCONF_LOAD_BIO 110 +# define CONF_F_NCONF_LOAD_FP 114 +# define CONF_F_NCONF_NEW 111 +# define CONF_F_PROCESS_INCLUDE 116 +# define CONF_F_SSL_MODULE_INIT 123 +# define CONF_F_STR_COPY 101 + +/* + * CONF reason codes. + */ +# define CONF_R_ERROR_LOADING_DSO 110 +# define CONF_R_LIST_CANNOT_BE_NULL 115 +# define CONF_R_MISSING_CLOSE_SQUARE_BRACKET 100 +# define CONF_R_MISSING_EQUAL_SIGN 101 +# define CONF_R_MISSING_INIT_FUNCTION 112 +# define CONF_R_MODULE_INITIALIZATION_ERROR 109 +# define CONF_R_NO_CLOSE_BRACE 102 +# define CONF_R_NO_CONF 105 +# define CONF_R_NO_CONF_OR_ENVIRONMENT_VARIABLE 106 +# define CONF_R_NO_SECTION 107 +# define CONF_R_NO_SUCH_FILE 114 +# define CONF_R_NO_VALUE 108 +# define CONF_R_NUMBER_TOO_LARGE 121 +# define CONF_R_RECURSIVE_DIRECTORY_INCLUDE 111 +# define CONF_R_SSL_COMMAND_SECTION_EMPTY 117 +# define CONF_R_SSL_COMMAND_SECTION_NOT_FOUND 118 +# define CONF_R_SSL_SECTION_EMPTY 119 +# define CONF_R_SSL_SECTION_NOT_FOUND 120 +# define CONF_R_UNABLE_TO_CREATE_NEW_SECTION 103 +# define CONF_R_UNKNOWN_MODULE_NAME 113 +# define CONF_R_VARIABLE_EXPANSION_TOO_LONG 116 +# define CONF_R_VARIABLE_HAS_NO_VALUE 104 + +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/crypto.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/crypto.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7d0b5262 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/crypto.h @@ -0,0 +1,445 @@ +/* + * Copyright 1995-2019 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2002, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_CRYPTO_H +# define HEADER_CRYPTO_H + +# include <stdlib.h> +# include <time.h> + +# include <openssl/e_os2.h> + +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_STDIO +# include <stdio.h> +# endif + +# include <openssl/safestack.h> +# include <openssl/opensslv.h> +# include <openssl/ossl_typ.h> +# include <openssl/opensslconf.h> +# include <openssl/cryptoerr.h> + +# ifdef CHARSET_EBCDIC +# include <openssl/ebcdic.h> +# endif + +/* + * Resolve problems on some operating systems with symbol names that clash + * one way or another + */ +# include <openssl/symhacks.h> + +# if OPENSSL_API_COMPAT < 0x10100000L +# include <openssl/opensslv.h> +# endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +# if OPENSSL_API_COMPAT < 0x10100000L +# define SSLeay OpenSSL_version_num +# define SSLeay_version OpenSSL_version +# define SSLEAY_VERSION_NUMBER OPENSSL_VERSION_NUMBER +# define SSLEAY_VERSION OPENSSL_VERSION +# define SSLEAY_CFLAGS OPENSSL_CFLAGS +# define SSLEAY_BUILT_ON OPENSSL_BUILT_ON +# define SSLEAY_PLATFORM OPENSSL_PLATFORM +# define SSLEAY_DIR OPENSSL_DIR + +/* + * Old type for allocating dynamic locks. No longer used. Use the new thread + * API instead. + */ +typedef struct { + int dummy; +} CRYPTO_dynlock; + +# endif /* OPENSSL_API_COMPAT */ + +typedef void CRYPTO_RWLOCK; + +CRYPTO_RWLOCK *CRYPTO_THREAD_lock_new(void); +int CRYPTO_THREAD_read_lock(CRYPTO_RWLOCK *lock); +int CRYPTO_THREAD_write_lock(CRYPTO_RWLOCK *lock); +int CRYPTO_THREAD_unlock(CRYPTO_RWLOCK *lock); +void CRYPTO_THREAD_lock_free(CRYPTO_RWLOCK *lock); + +int CRYPTO_atomic_add(int *val, int amount, int *ret, CRYPTO_RWLOCK *lock); + +/* + * The following can be used to detect memory leaks in the library. If + * used, it turns on malloc checking + */ +# define CRYPTO_MEM_CHECK_OFF 0x0 /* Control only */ +# define CRYPTO_MEM_CHECK_ON 0x1 /* Control and mode bit */ +# define CRYPTO_MEM_CHECK_ENABLE 0x2 /* Control and mode bit */ +# define CRYPTO_MEM_CHECK_DISABLE 0x3 /* Control only */ + +struct crypto_ex_data_st { + STACK_OF(void) *sk; +}; +DEFINE_STACK_OF(void) + +/* + * Per class, we have a STACK of function pointers. + */ +# define CRYPTO_EX_INDEX_SSL 0 +# define CRYPTO_EX_INDEX_SSL_CTX 1 +# define CRYPTO_EX_INDEX_SSL_SESSION 2 +# define CRYPTO_EX_INDEX_X509 3 +# define CRYPTO_EX_INDEX_X509_STORE 4 +# define CRYPTO_EX_INDEX_X509_STORE_CTX 5 +# define CRYPTO_EX_INDEX_DH 6 +# define CRYPTO_EX_INDEX_DSA 7 +# define CRYPTO_EX_INDEX_EC_KEY 8 +# define CRYPTO_EX_INDEX_RSA 9 +# define CRYPTO_EX_INDEX_ENGINE 10 +# define CRYPTO_EX_INDEX_UI 11 +# define CRYPTO_EX_INDEX_BIO 12 +# define CRYPTO_EX_INDEX_APP 13 +# define CRYPTO_EX_INDEX_UI_METHOD 14 +# define CRYPTO_EX_INDEX_DRBG 15 +# define CRYPTO_EX_INDEX__COUNT 16 + +/* No longer needed, so this is a no-op */ +#define OPENSSL_malloc_init() while(0) continue + +int CRYPTO_mem_ctrl(int mode); + +# define OPENSSL_malloc(num) \ + CRYPTO_malloc(num, OPENSSL_FILE, OPENSSL_LINE) +# define OPENSSL_zalloc(num) \ + CRYPTO_zalloc(num, OPENSSL_FILE, OPENSSL_LINE) +# define OPENSSL_realloc(addr, num) \ + CRYPTO_realloc(addr, num, OPENSSL_FILE, OPENSSL_LINE) +# define OPENSSL_clear_realloc(addr, old_num, num) \ + CRYPTO_clear_realloc(addr, old_num, num, OPENSSL_FILE, OPENSSL_LINE) +# define OPENSSL_clear_free(addr, num) \ + CRYPTO_clear_free(addr, num, OPENSSL_FILE, OPENSSL_LINE) +# define OPENSSL_free(addr) \ + CRYPTO_free(addr, OPENSSL_FILE, OPENSSL_LINE) +# define OPENSSL_memdup(str, s) \ + CRYPTO_memdup((str), s, OPENSSL_FILE, OPENSSL_LINE) +# define OPENSSL_strdup(str) \ + CRYPTO_strdup(str, OPENSSL_FILE, OPENSSL_LINE) +# define OPENSSL_strndup(str, n) \ + CRYPTO_strndup(str, n, OPENSSL_FILE, OPENSSL_LINE) +# define OPENSSL_secure_malloc(num) \ + CRYPTO_secure_malloc(num, OPENSSL_FILE, OPENSSL_LINE) +# define OPENSSL_secure_zalloc(num) \ + CRYPTO_secure_zalloc(num, OPENSSL_FILE, OPENSSL_LINE) +# define OPENSSL_secure_free(addr) \ + CRYPTO_secure_free(addr, OPENSSL_FILE, OPENSSL_LINE) +# define OPENSSL_secure_clear_free(addr, num) \ + CRYPTO_secure_clear_free(addr, num, OPENSSL_FILE, OPENSSL_LINE) +# define OPENSSL_secure_actual_size(ptr) \ + CRYPTO_secure_actual_size(ptr) + +size_t OPENSSL_strlcpy(char *dst, const char *src, size_t siz); +size_t OPENSSL_strlcat(char *dst, const char *src, size_t siz); +size_t OPENSSL_strnlen(const char *str, size_t maxlen); +char *OPENSSL_buf2hexstr(const unsigned char *buffer, long len); +unsigned char *OPENSSL_hexstr2buf(const char *str, long *len); +int OPENSSL_hexchar2int(unsigned char c); + +# define OPENSSL_MALLOC_MAX_NELEMS(type) (((1U<<(sizeof(int)*8-1))-1)/sizeof(type)) + +unsigned long OpenSSL_version_num(void); +const char *OpenSSL_version(int type); +# define OPENSSL_VERSION 0 +# define OPENSSL_CFLAGS 1 +# define OPENSSL_BUILT_ON 2 +# define OPENSSL_PLATFORM 3 +# define OPENSSL_DIR 4 +# define OPENSSL_ENGINES_DIR 5 + +int OPENSSL_issetugid(void); + +typedef void CRYPTO_EX_new (void *parent, void *ptr, CRYPTO_EX_DATA *ad, + int idx, long argl, void *argp); +typedef void CRYPTO_EX_free (void *parent, void *ptr, CRYPTO_EX_DATA *ad, + int idx, long argl, void *argp); +typedef int CRYPTO_EX_dup (CRYPTO_EX_DATA *to, const CRYPTO_EX_DATA *from, + void *from_d, int idx, long argl, void *argp); +__owur int CRYPTO_get_ex_new_index(int class_index, long argl, void *argp, + CRYPTO_EX_new *new_func, CRYPTO_EX_dup *dup_func, + CRYPTO_EX_free *free_func); +/* No longer use an index. */ +int CRYPTO_free_ex_index(int class_index, int idx); + +/* + * Initialise/duplicate/free CRYPTO_EX_DATA variables corresponding to a + * given class (invokes whatever per-class callbacks are applicable) + */ +int CRYPTO_new_ex_data(int class_index, void *obj, CRYPTO_EX_DATA *ad); +int CRYPTO_dup_ex_data(int class_index, CRYPTO_EX_DATA *to, + const CRYPTO_EX_DATA *from); + +void CRYPTO_free_ex_data(int class_index, void *obj, CRYPTO_EX_DATA *ad); + +/* + * Get/set data in a CRYPTO_EX_DATA variable corresponding to a particular + * index (relative to the class type involved) + */ +int CRYPTO_set_ex_data(CRYPTO_EX_DATA *ad, int idx, void *val); +void *CRYPTO_get_ex_data(const CRYPTO_EX_DATA *ad, int idx); + +# if OPENSSL_API_COMPAT < 0x10100000L +/* + * This function cleans up all "ex_data" state. It mustn't be called under + * potential race-conditions. + */ +# define CRYPTO_cleanup_all_ex_data() while(0) continue + +/* + * The old locking functions have been removed completely without compatibility + * macros. This is because the old functions either could not properly report + * errors, or the returned error values were not clearly documented. + * Replacing the locking functions with no-ops would cause race condition + * issues in the affected applications. It is far better for them to fail at + * compile time. + * On the other hand, the locking callbacks are no longer used. Consequently, + * the callback management functions can be safely replaced with no-op macros. + */ +# define CRYPTO_num_locks() (1) +# define CRYPTO_set_locking_callback(func) +# define CRYPTO_get_locking_callback() (NULL) +# define CRYPTO_set_add_lock_callback(func) +# define CRYPTO_get_add_lock_callback() (NULL) + +/* + * These defines where used in combination with the old locking callbacks, + * they are not called anymore, but old code that's not called might still + * use them. + */ +# define CRYPTO_LOCK 1 +# define CRYPTO_UNLOCK 2 +# define CRYPTO_READ 4 +# define CRYPTO_WRITE 8 + +/* This structure is no longer used */ +typedef struct crypto_threadid_st { + int dummy; +} CRYPTO_THREADID; +/* Only use CRYPTO_THREADID_set_[numeric|pointer]() within callbacks */ +# define CRYPTO_THREADID_set_numeric(id, val) +# define CRYPTO_THREADID_set_pointer(id, ptr) +# define CRYPTO_THREADID_set_callback(threadid_func) (0) +# define CRYPTO_THREADID_get_callback() (NULL) +# define CRYPTO_THREADID_current(id) +# define CRYPTO_THREADID_cmp(a, b) (-1) +# define CRYPTO_THREADID_cpy(dest, src) +# define CRYPTO_THREADID_hash(id) (0UL) + +# if OPENSSL_API_COMPAT < 0x10000000L +# define CRYPTO_set_id_callback(func) +# define CRYPTO_get_id_callback() (NULL) +# define CRYPTO_thread_id() (0UL) +# endif /* OPENSSL_API_COMPAT < 0x10000000L */ + +# define CRYPTO_set_dynlock_create_callback(dyn_create_function) +# define CRYPTO_set_dynlock_lock_callback(dyn_lock_function) +# define CRYPTO_set_dynlock_destroy_callback(dyn_destroy_function) +# define CRYPTO_get_dynlock_create_callback() (NULL) +# define CRYPTO_get_dynlock_lock_callback() (NULL) +# define CRYPTO_get_dynlock_destroy_callback() (NULL) +# endif /* OPENSSL_API_COMPAT < 0x10100000L */ + +int CRYPTO_set_mem_functions( + void *(*m) (size_t, const char *, int), + void *(*r) (void *, size_t, const char *, int), + void (*f) (void *, const char *, int)); +int CRYPTO_set_mem_debug(int flag); +void CRYPTO_get_mem_functions( + void *(**m) (size_t, const char *, int), + void *(**r) (void *, size_t, const char *, int), + void (**f) (void *, const char *, int)); + +void *CRYPTO_malloc(size_t num, const char *file, int line); +void *CRYPTO_zalloc(size_t num, const char *file, int line); +void *CRYPTO_memdup(const void *str, size_t siz, const char *file, int line); +char *CRYPTO_strdup(const char *str, const char *file, int line); +char *CRYPTO_strndup(const char *str, size_t s, const char *file, int line); +void CRYPTO_free(void *ptr, const char *file, int line); +void CRYPTO_clear_free(void *ptr, size_t num, const char *file, int line); +void *CRYPTO_realloc(void *addr, size_t num, const char *file, int line); +void *CRYPTO_clear_realloc(void *addr, size_t old_num, size_t num, + const char *file, int line); + +int CRYPTO_secure_malloc_init(size_t sz, int minsize); +int CRYPTO_secure_malloc_done(void); +void *CRYPTO_secure_malloc(size_t num, const char *file, int line); +void *CRYPTO_secure_zalloc(size_t num, const char *file, int line); +void CRYPTO_secure_free(void *ptr, const char *file, int line); +void CRYPTO_secure_clear_free(void *ptr, size_t num, + const char *file, int line); +int CRYPTO_secure_allocated(const void *ptr); +int CRYPTO_secure_malloc_initialized(void); +size_t CRYPTO_secure_actual_size(void *ptr); +size_t CRYPTO_secure_used(void); + +void OPENSSL_cleanse(void *ptr, size_t len); + +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_CRYPTO_MDEBUG +# define OPENSSL_mem_debug_push(info) \ + CRYPTO_mem_debug_push(info, OPENSSL_FILE, OPENSSL_LINE) +# define OPENSSL_mem_debug_pop() \ + CRYPTO_mem_debug_pop() +int CRYPTO_mem_debug_push(const char *info, const char *file, int line); +int CRYPTO_mem_debug_pop(void); +void CRYPTO_get_alloc_counts(int *mcount, int *rcount, int *fcount); + +/*- + * Debugging functions (enabled by CRYPTO_set_mem_debug(1)) + * The flag argument has the following significance: + * 0: called before the actual memory allocation has taken place + * 1: called after the actual memory allocation has taken place + */ +void CRYPTO_mem_debug_malloc(void *addr, size_t num, int flag, + const char *file, int line); +void CRYPTO_mem_debug_realloc(void *addr1, void *addr2, size_t num, int flag, + const char *file, int line); +void CRYPTO_mem_debug_free(void *addr, int flag, + const char *file, int line); + +int CRYPTO_mem_leaks_cb(int (*cb) (const char *str, size_t len, void *u), + void *u); +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_STDIO +int CRYPTO_mem_leaks_fp(FILE *); +# endif +int CRYPTO_mem_leaks(BIO *bio); +# endif + +/* die if we have to */ +ossl_noreturn void OPENSSL_die(const char *assertion, const char *file, int line); +# if OPENSSL_API_COMPAT < 0x10100000L +# define OpenSSLDie(f,l,a) OPENSSL_die((a),(f),(l)) +# endif +# define OPENSSL_assert(e) \ + (void)((e) ? 0 : (OPENSSL_die("assertion failed: " #e, OPENSSL_FILE, OPENSSL_LINE), 1)) + +int OPENSSL_isservice(void); + +int FIPS_mode(void); +int FIPS_mode_set(int r); + +void OPENSSL_init(void); +# ifdef OPENSSL_SYS_UNIX +void OPENSSL_fork_prepare(void); +void OPENSSL_fork_parent(void); +void OPENSSL_fork_child(void); +# endif + +struct tm *OPENSSL_gmtime(const time_t *timer, struct tm *result); +int OPENSSL_gmtime_adj(struct tm *tm, int offset_day, long offset_sec); +int OPENSSL_gmtime_diff(int *pday, int *psec, + const struct tm *from, const struct tm *to); + +/* + * CRYPTO_memcmp returns zero iff the |len| bytes at |a| and |b| are equal. + * It takes an amount of time dependent on |len|, but independent of the + * contents of |a| and |b|. Unlike memcmp, it cannot be used to put elements + * into a defined order as the return value when a != b is undefined, other + * than to be non-zero. + */ +int CRYPTO_memcmp(const void * in_a, const void * in_b, size_t len); + +/* Standard initialisation options */ +# define OPENSSL_INIT_NO_LOAD_CRYPTO_STRINGS 0x00000001L +# define OPENSSL_INIT_LOAD_CRYPTO_STRINGS 0x00000002L +# define OPENSSL_INIT_ADD_ALL_CIPHERS 0x00000004L +# define OPENSSL_INIT_ADD_ALL_DIGESTS 0x00000008L +# define OPENSSL_INIT_NO_ADD_ALL_CIPHERS 0x00000010L +# define OPENSSL_INIT_NO_ADD_ALL_DIGESTS 0x00000020L +# define OPENSSL_INIT_LOAD_CONFIG 0x00000040L +# define OPENSSL_INIT_NO_LOAD_CONFIG 0x00000080L +# define OPENSSL_INIT_ASYNC 0x00000100L +# define OPENSSL_INIT_ENGINE_RDRAND 0x00000200L +# define OPENSSL_INIT_ENGINE_DYNAMIC 0x00000400L +# define OPENSSL_INIT_ENGINE_OPENSSL 0x00000800L +# define OPENSSL_INIT_ENGINE_CRYPTODEV 0x00001000L +# define OPENSSL_INIT_ENGINE_CAPI 0x00002000L +# define OPENSSL_INIT_ENGINE_PADLOCK 0x00004000L +# define OPENSSL_INIT_ENGINE_AFALG 0x00008000L +/* OPENSSL_INIT_ZLIB 0x00010000L */ +# define OPENSSL_INIT_ATFORK 0x00020000L +/* OPENSSL_INIT_BASE_ONLY 0x00040000L */ +# define OPENSSL_INIT_NO_ATEXIT 0x00080000L +/* OPENSSL_INIT flag range 0xfff00000 reserved for OPENSSL_init_ssl() */ +/* Max OPENSSL_INIT flag value is 0x80000000 */ + +/* openssl and dasync not counted as builtin */ +# define OPENSSL_INIT_ENGINE_ALL_BUILTIN \ + (OPENSSL_INIT_ENGINE_RDRAND | OPENSSL_INIT_ENGINE_DYNAMIC \ + | OPENSSL_INIT_ENGINE_CRYPTODEV | OPENSSL_INIT_ENGINE_CAPI | \ + OPENSSL_INIT_ENGINE_PADLOCK) + + +/* Library initialisation functions */ +void OPENSSL_cleanup(void); +int OPENSSL_init_crypto(uint64_t opts, const OPENSSL_INIT_SETTINGS *settings); +int OPENSSL_atexit(void (*handler)(void)); +void OPENSSL_thread_stop(void); + +/* Low-level control of initialization */ +OPENSSL_INIT_SETTINGS *OPENSSL_INIT_new(void); +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_STDIO +int OPENSSL_INIT_set_config_filename(OPENSSL_INIT_SETTINGS *settings, + const char *config_filename); +void OPENSSL_INIT_set_config_file_flags(OPENSSL_INIT_SETTINGS *settings, + unsigned long flags); +int OPENSSL_INIT_set_config_appname(OPENSSL_INIT_SETTINGS *settings, + const char *config_appname); +# endif +void OPENSSL_INIT_free(OPENSSL_INIT_SETTINGS *settings); + +# if defined(OPENSSL_THREADS) && !defined(CRYPTO_TDEBUG) +# if defined(_WIN32) +# if defined(BASETYPES) || defined(_WINDEF_H) +/* application has to include <windows.h> in order to use this */ +typedef DWORD CRYPTO_THREAD_LOCAL; +typedef DWORD CRYPTO_THREAD_ID; + +typedef LONG CRYPTO_ONCE; +# define CRYPTO_ONCE_STATIC_INIT 0 +# endif +# else +# include <pthread.h> +typedef pthread_once_t CRYPTO_ONCE; +typedef pthread_key_t CRYPTO_THREAD_LOCAL; +typedef pthread_t CRYPTO_THREAD_ID; + +# define CRYPTO_ONCE_STATIC_INIT PTHREAD_ONCE_INIT +# endif +# endif + +# if !defined(CRYPTO_ONCE_STATIC_INIT) +typedef unsigned int CRYPTO_ONCE; +typedef unsigned int CRYPTO_THREAD_LOCAL; +typedef unsigned int CRYPTO_THREAD_ID; +# define CRYPTO_ONCE_STATIC_INIT 0 +# endif + +int CRYPTO_THREAD_run_once(CRYPTO_ONCE *once, void (*init)(void)); + +int CRYPTO_THREAD_init_local(CRYPTO_THREAD_LOCAL *key, void (*cleanup)(void *)); +void *CRYPTO_THREAD_get_local(CRYPTO_THREAD_LOCAL *key); +int CRYPTO_THREAD_set_local(CRYPTO_THREAD_LOCAL *key, void *val); +int CRYPTO_THREAD_cleanup_local(CRYPTO_THREAD_LOCAL *key); + +CRYPTO_THREAD_ID CRYPTO_THREAD_get_current_id(void); +int CRYPTO_THREAD_compare_id(CRYPTO_THREAD_ID a, CRYPTO_THREAD_ID b); + + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/cryptoerr.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/cryptoerr.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3db5a4ee --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/cryptoerr.h @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +/* + * Generated by util/mkerr.pl DO NOT EDIT + * Copyright 1995-2019 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_CRYPTOERR_H +# define HEADER_CRYPTOERR_H + +# ifndef HEADER_SYMHACKS_H +# include <openssl/symhacks.h> +# endif + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +# endif +int ERR_load_CRYPTO_strings(void); + +/* + * CRYPTO function codes. + */ +# define CRYPTO_F_CMAC_CTX_NEW 120 +# define CRYPTO_F_CRYPTO_DUP_EX_DATA 110 +# define CRYPTO_F_CRYPTO_FREE_EX_DATA 111 +# define CRYPTO_F_CRYPTO_GET_EX_NEW_INDEX 100 +# define CRYPTO_F_CRYPTO_MEMDUP 115 +# define CRYPTO_F_CRYPTO_NEW_EX_DATA 112 +# define CRYPTO_F_CRYPTO_OCB128_COPY_CTX 121 +# define CRYPTO_F_CRYPTO_OCB128_INIT 122 +# define CRYPTO_F_CRYPTO_SET_EX_DATA 102 +# define CRYPTO_F_FIPS_MODE_SET 109 +# define CRYPTO_F_GET_AND_LOCK 113 +# define CRYPTO_F_OPENSSL_ATEXIT 114 +# define CRYPTO_F_OPENSSL_BUF2HEXSTR 117 +# define CRYPTO_F_OPENSSL_FOPEN 119 +# define CRYPTO_F_OPENSSL_HEXSTR2BUF 118 +# define CRYPTO_F_OPENSSL_INIT_CRYPTO 116 +# define CRYPTO_F_OPENSSL_LH_NEW 126 +# define CRYPTO_F_OPENSSL_SK_DEEP_COPY 127 +# define CRYPTO_F_OPENSSL_SK_DUP 128 +# define CRYPTO_F_PKEY_HMAC_INIT 123 +# define CRYPTO_F_PKEY_POLY1305_INIT 124 +# define CRYPTO_F_PKEY_SIPHASH_INIT 125 +# define CRYPTO_F_SK_RESERVE 129 + +/* + * CRYPTO reason codes. + */ +# define CRYPTO_R_FIPS_MODE_NOT_SUPPORTED 101 +# define CRYPTO_R_ILLEGAL_HEX_DIGIT 102 +# define CRYPTO_R_ODD_NUMBER_OF_DIGITS 103 + +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ct.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ct.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ebdba34d --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ct.h @@ -0,0 +1,474 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2016-2018 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_CT_H +# define HEADER_CT_H + +# include <openssl/opensslconf.h> + +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_CT +# include <openssl/ossl_typ.h> +# include <openssl/safestack.h> +# include <openssl/x509.h> +# include <openssl/cterr.h> +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + + +/* Minimum RSA key size, from RFC6962 */ +# define SCT_MIN_RSA_BITS 2048 + +/* All hashes are SHA256 in v1 of Certificate Transparency */ +# define CT_V1_HASHLEN SHA256_DIGEST_LENGTH + +typedef enum { + CT_LOG_ENTRY_TYPE_NOT_SET = -1, + CT_LOG_ENTRY_TYPE_X509 = 0, + CT_LOG_ENTRY_TYPE_PRECERT = 1 +} ct_log_entry_type_t; + +typedef enum { + SCT_VERSION_NOT_SET = -1, + SCT_VERSION_V1 = 0 +} sct_version_t; + +typedef enum { + SCT_SOURCE_UNKNOWN, + SCT_SOURCE_TLS_EXTENSION, + SCT_SOURCE_X509V3_EXTENSION, + SCT_SOURCE_OCSP_STAPLED_RESPONSE +} sct_source_t; + +typedef enum { + SCT_VALIDATION_STATUS_NOT_SET, + SCT_VALIDATION_STATUS_UNKNOWN_LOG, + SCT_VALIDATION_STATUS_VALID, + SCT_VALIDATION_STATUS_INVALID, + SCT_VALIDATION_STATUS_UNVERIFIED, + SCT_VALIDATION_STATUS_UNKNOWN_VERSION +} sct_validation_status_t; + +DEFINE_STACK_OF(SCT) +DEFINE_STACK_OF(CTLOG) + +/****************************************** + * CT policy evaluation context functions * + ******************************************/ + +/* + * Creates a new, empty policy evaluation context. + * The caller is responsible for calling CT_POLICY_EVAL_CTX_free when finished + * with the CT_POLICY_EVAL_CTX. + */ +CT_POLICY_EVAL_CTX *CT_POLICY_EVAL_CTX_new(void); + +/* Deletes a policy evaluation context and anything it owns. */ +void CT_POLICY_EVAL_CTX_free(CT_POLICY_EVAL_CTX *ctx); + +/* Gets the peer certificate that the SCTs are for */ +X509* CT_POLICY_EVAL_CTX_get0_cert(const CT_POLICY_EVAL_CTX *ctx); + +/* + * Sets the certificate associated with the received SCTs. + * Increments the reference count of cert. + * Returns 1 on success, 0 otherwise. + */ +int CT_POLICY_EVAL_CTX_set1_cert(CT_POLICY_EVAL_CTX *ctx, X509 *cert); + +/* Gets the issuer of the aforementioned certificate */ +X509* CT_POLICY_EVAL_CTX_get0_issuer(const CT_POLICY_EVAL_CTX *ctx); + +/* + * Sets the issuer of the certificate associated with the received SCTs. + * Increments the reference count of issuer. + * Returns 1 on success, 0 otherwise. + */ +int CT_POLICY_EVAL_CTX_set1_issuer(CT_POLICY_EVAL_CTX *ctx, X509 *issuer); + +/* Gets the CT logs that are trusted sources of SCTs */ +const CTLOG_STORE *CT_POLICY_EVAL_CTX_get0_log_store(const CT_POLICY_EVAL_CTX *ctx); + +/* Sets the log store that is in use. It must outlive the CT_POLICY_EVAL_CTX. */ +void CT_POLICY_EVAL_CTX_set_shared_CTLOG_STORE(CT_POLICY_EVAL_CTX *ctx, + CTLOG_STORE *log_store); + +/* + * Gets the time, in milliseconds since the Unix epoch, that will be used as the + * current time when checking whether an SCT was issued in the future. + * Such SCTs will fail validation, as required by RFC6962. + */ +uint64_t CT_POLICY_EVAL_CTX_get_time(const CT_POLICY_EVAL_CTX *ctx); + +/* + * Sets the time to evaluate SCTs against, in milliseconds since the Unix epoch. + * If an SCT's timestamp is after this time, it will be interpreted as having + * been issued in the future. RFC6962 states that "TLS clients MUST reject SCTs + * whose timestamp is in the future", so an SCT will not validate in this case. + */ +void CT_POLICY_EVAL_CTX_set_time(CT_POLICY_EVAL_CTX *ctx, uint64_t time_in_ms); + +/***************** + * SCT functions * + *****************/ + +/* + * Creates a new, blank SCT. + * The caller is responsible for calling SCT_free when finished with the SCT. + */ +SCT *SCT_new(void); + +/* + * Creates a new SCT from some base64-encoded strings. + * The caller is responsible for calling SCT_free when finished with the SCT. + */ +SCT *SCT_new_from_base64(unsigned char version, + const char *logid_base64, + ct_log_entry_type_t entry_type, + uint64_t timestamp, + const char *extensions_base64, + const char *signature_base64); + +/* + * Frees the SCT and the underlying data structures. + */ +void SCT_free(SCT *sct); + +/* + * Free a stack of SCTs, and the underlying SCTs themselves. + * Intended to be compatible with X509V3_EXT_FREE. + */ +void SCT_LIST_free(STACK_OF(SCT) *a); + +/* + * Returns the version of the SCT. + */ +sct_version_t SCT_get_version(const SCT *sct); + +/* + * Set the version of an SCT. + * Returns 1 on success, 0 if the version is unrecognized. + */ +__owur int SCT_set_version(SCT *sct, sct_version_t version); + +/* + * Returns the log entry type of the SCT. + */ +ct_log_entry_type_t SCT_get_log_entry_type(const SCT *sct); + +/* + * Set the log entry type of an SCT. + * Returns 1 on success, 0 otherwise. + */ +__owur int SCT_set_log_entry_type(SCT *sct, ct_log_entry_type_t entry_type); + +/* + * Gets the ID of the log that an SCT came from. + * Ownership of the log ID remains with the SCT. + * Returns the length of the log ID. + */ +size_t SCT_get0_log_id(const SCT *sct, unsigned char **log_id); + +/* + * Set the log ID of an SCT to point directly to the *log_id specified. + * The SCT takes ownership of the specified pointer. + * Returns 1 on success, 0 otherwise. + */ +__owur int SCT_set0_log_id(SCT *sct, unsigned char *log_id, size_t log_id_len); + +/* + * Set the log ID of an SCT. + * This makes a copy of the log_id. + * Returns 1 on success, 0 otherwise. + */ +__owur int SCT_set1_log_id(SCT *sct, const unsigned char *log_id, + size_t log_id_len); + +/* + * Returns the timestamp for the SCT (epoch time in milliseconds). + */ +uint64_t SCT_get_timestamp(const SCT *sct); + +/* + * Set the timestamp of an SCT (epoch time in milliseconds). + */ +void SCT_set_timestamp(SCT *sct, uint64_t timestamp); + +/* + * Return the NID for the signature used by the SCT. + * For CT v1, this will be either NID_sha256WithRSAEncryption or + * NID_ecdsa_with_SHA256 (or NID_undef if incorrect/unset). + */ +int SCT_get_signature_nid(const SCT *sct); + +/* + * Set the signature type of an SCT + * For CT v1, this should be either NID_sha256WithRSAEncryption or + * NID_ecdsa_with_SHA256. + * Returns 1 on success, 0 otherwise. + */ +__owur int SCT_set_signature_nid(SCT *sct, int nid); + +/* + * Set *ext to point to the extension data for the SCT. ext must not be NULL. + * The SCT retains ownership of this pointer. + * Returns length of the data pointed to. + */ +size_t SCT_get0_extensions(const SCT *sct, unsigned char **ext); + +/* + * Set the extensions of an SCT to point directly to the *ext specified. + * The SCT takes ownership of the specified pointer. + */ +void SCT_set0_extensions(SCT *sct, unsigned char *ext, size_t ext_len); + +/* + * Set the extensions of an SCT. + * This takes a copy of the ext. + * Returns 1 on success, 0 otherwise. + */ +__owur int SCT_set1_extensions(SCT *sct, const unsigned char *ext, + size_t ext_len); + +/* + * Set *sig to point to the signature for the SCT. sig must not be NULL. + * The SCT retains ownership of this pointer. + * Returns length of the data pointed to. + */ +size_t SCT_get0_signature(const SCT *sct, unsigned char **sig); + +/* + * Set the signature of an SCT to point directly to the *sig specified. + * The SCT takes ownership of the specified pointer. + */ +void SCT_set0_signature(SCT *sct, unsigned char *sig, size_t sig_len); + +/* + * Set the signature of an SCT to be a copy of the *sig specified. + * Returns 1 on success, 0 otherwise. + */ +__owur int SCT_set1_signature(SCT *sct, const unsigned char *sig, + size_t sig_len); + +/* + * The origin of this SCT, e.g. TLS extension, OCSP response, etc. + */ +sct_source_t SCT_get_source(const SCT *sct); + +/* + * Set the origin of this SCT, e.g. TLS extension, OCSP response, etc. + * Returns 1 on success, 0 otherwise. + */ +__owur int SCT_set_source(SCT *sct, sct_source_t source); + +/* + * Returns a text string describing the validation status of |sct|. + */ +const char *SCT_validation_status_string(const SCT *sct); + +/* + * Pretty-prints an |sct| to |out|. + * It will be indented by the number of spaces specified by |indent|. + * If |logs| is not NULL, it will be used to lookup the CT log that the SCT came + * from, so that the log name can be printed. + */ +void SCT_print(const SCT *sct, BIO *out, int indent, const CTLOG_STORE *logs); + +/* + * Pretty-prints an |sct_list| to |out|. + * It will be indented by the number of spaces specified by |indent|. + * SCTs will be delimited by |separator|. + * If |logs| is not NULL, it will be used to lookup the CT log that each SCT + * came from, so that the log names can be printed. + */ +void SCT_LIST_print(const STACK_OF(SCT) *sct_list, BIO *out, int indent, + const char *separator, const CTLOG_STORE *logs); + +/* + * Gets the last result of validating this SCT. + * If it has not been validated yet, returns SCT_VALIDATION_STATUS_NOT_SET. + */ +sct_validation_status_t SCT_get_validation_status(const SCT *sct); + +/* + * Validates the given SCT with the provided context. + * Sets the "validation_status" field of the SCT. + * Returns 1 if the SCT is valid and the signature verifies. + * Returns 0 if the SCT is invalid or could not be verified. + * Returns -1 if an error occurs. + */ +__owur int SCT_validate(SCT *sct, const CT_POLICY_EVAL_CTX *ctx); + +/* + * Validates the given list of SCTs with the provided context. + * Sets the "validation_status" field of each SCT. + * Returns 1 if there are no invalid SCTs and all signatures verify. + * Returns 0 if at least one SCT is invalid or could not be verified. + * Returns a negative integer if an error occurs. + */ +__owur int SCT_LIST_validate(const STACK_OF(SCT) *scts, + CT_POLICY_EVAL_CTX *ctx); + + +/********************************* + * SCT parsing and serialisation * + *********************************/ + +/* + * Serialize (to TLS format) a stack of SCTs and return the length. + * "a" must not be NULL. + * If "pp" is NULL, just return the length of what would have been serialized. + * If "pp" is not NULL and "*pp" is null, function will allocate a new pointer + * for data that caller is responsible for freeing (only if function returns + * successfully). + * If "pp" is NULL and "*pp" is not NULL, caller is responsible for ensuring + * that "*pp" is large enough to accept all of the serialized data. + * Returns < 0 on error, >= 0 indicating bytes written (or would have been) + * on success. + */ +__owur int i2o_SCT_LIST(const STACK_OF(SCT) *a, unsigned char **pp); + +/* + * Convert TLS format SCT list to a stack of SCTs. + * If "a" or "*a" is NULL, a new stack will be created that the caller is + * responsible for freeing (by calling SCT_LIST_free). + * "**pp" and "*pp" must not be NULL. + * Upon success, "*pp" will point to after the last bytes read, and a stack + * will be returned. + * Upon failure, a NULL pointer will be returned, and the position of "*pp" is + * not defined. + */ +STACK_OF(SCT) *o2i_SCT_LIST(STACK_OF(SCT) **a, const unsigned char **pp, + size_t len); + +/* + * Serialize (to DER format) a stack of SCTs and return the length. + * "a" must not be NULL. + * If "pp" is NULL, just returns the length of what would have been serialized. + * If "pp" is not NULL and "*pp" is null, function will allocate a new pointer + * for data that caller is responsible for freeing (only if function returns + * successfully). + * If "pp" is NULL and "*pp" is not NULL, caller is responsible for ensuring + * that "*pp" is large enough to accept all of the serialized data. + * Returns < 0 on error, >= 0 indicating bytes written (or would have been) + * on success. + */ +__owur int i2d_SCT_LIST(const STACK_OF(SCT) *a, unsigned char **pp); + +/* + * Parses an SCT list in DER format and returns it. + * If "a" or "*a" is NULL, a new stack will be created that the caller is + * responsible for freeing (by calling SCT_LIST_free). + * "**pp" and "*pp" must not be NULL. + * Upon success, "*pp" will point to after the last bytes read, and a stack + * will be returned. + * Upon failure, a NULL pointer will be returned, and the position of "*pp" is + * not defined. + */ +STACK_OF(SCT) *d2i_SCT_LIST(STACK_OF(SCT) **a, const unsigned char **pp, + long len); + +/* + * Serialize (to TLS format) an |sct| and write it to |out|. + * If |out| is null, no SCT will be output but the length will still be returned. + * If |out| points to a null pointer, a string will be allocated to hold the + * TLS-format SCT. It is the responsibility of the caller to free it. + * If |out| points to an allocated string, the TLS-format SCT will be written + * to it. + * The length of the SCT in TLS format will be returned. + */ +__owur int i2o_SCT(const SCT *sct, unsigned char **out); + +/* + * Parses an SCT in TLS format and returns it. + * If |psct| is not null, it will end up pointing to the parsed SCT. If it + * already points to a non-null pointer, the pointer will be free'd. + * |in| should be a pointer to a string containing the TLS-format SCT. + * |in| will be advanced to the end of the SCT if parsing succeeds. + * |len| should be the length of the SCT in |in|. + * Returns NULL if an error occurs. + * If the SCT is an unsupported version, only the SCT's 'sct' and 'sct_len' + * fields will be populated (with |in| and |len| respectively). + */ +SCT *o2i_SCT(SCT **psct, const unsigned char **in, size_t len); + +/******************** + * CT log functions * + ********************/ + +/* + * Creates a new CT log instance with the given |public_key| and |name|. + * Takes ownership of |public_key| but copies |name|. + * Returns NULL if malloc fails or if |public_key| cannot be converted to DER. + * Should be deleted by the caller using CTLOG_free when no longer needed. + */ +CTLOG *CTLOG_new(EVP_PKEY *public_key, const char *name); + +/* + * Creates a new CTLOG instance with the base64-encoded SubjectPublicKeyInfo DER + * in |pkey_base64|. The |name| is a string to help users identify this log. + * Returns 1 on success, 0 on failure. + * Should be deleted by the caller using CTLOG_free when no longer needed. + */ +int CTLOG_new_from_base64(CTLOG ** ct_log, + const char *pkey_base64, const char *name); + +/* + * Deletes a CT log instance and its fields. + */ +void CTLOG_free(CTLOG *log); + +/* Gets the name of the CT log */ +const char *CTLOG_get0_name(const CTLOG *log); +/* Gets the ID of the CT log */ +void CTLOG_get0_log_id(const CTLOG *log, const uint8_t **log_id, + size_t *log_id_len); +/* Gets the public key of the CT log */ +EVP_PKEY *CTLOG_get0_public_key(const CTLOG *log); + +/************************** + * CT log store functions * + **************************/ + +/* + * Creates a new CT log store. + * Should be deleted by the caller using CTLOG_STORE_free when no longer needed. + */ +CTLOG_STORE *CTLOG_STORE_new(void); + +/* + * Deletes a CT log store and all of the CT log instances held within. + */ +void CTLOG_STORE_free(CTLOG_STORE *store); + +/* + * Finds a CT log in the store based on its log ID. + * Returns the CT log, or NULL if no match is found. + */ +const CTLOG *CTLOG_STORE_get0_log_by_id(const CTLOG_STORE *store, + const uint8_t *log_id, + size_t log_id_len); + +/* + * Loads a CT log list into a |store| from a |file|. + * Returns 1 if loading is successful, or 0 otherwise. + */ +__owur int CTLOG_STORE_load_file(CTLOG_STORE *store, const char *file); + +/* + * Loads the default CT log list into a |store|. + * Returns 1 if loading is successful, or 0 otherwise. + */ +__owur int CTLOG_STORE_load_default_file(CTLOG_STORE *store); + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif +# endif +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/cterr.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/cterr.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..feb7bc56 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/cterr.h @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +/* + * Generated by util/mkerr.pl DO NOT EDIT + * Copyright 1995-2019 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_CTERR_H +# define HEADER_CTERR_H + +# ifndef HEADER_SYMHACKS_H +# include <openssl/symhacks.h> +# endif + +# include <openssl/opensslconf.h> + +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_CT + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +# endif +int ERR_load_CT_strings(void); + +/* + * CT function codes. + */ +# define CT_F_CTLOG_NEW 117 +# define CT_F_CTLOG_NEW_FROM_BASE64 118 +# define CT_F_CTLOG_NEW_FROM_CONF 119 +# define CT_F_CTLOG_STORE_LOAD_CTX_NEW 122 +# define CT_F_CTLOG_STORE_LOAD_FILE 123 +# define CT_F_CTLOG_STORE_LOAD_LOG 130 +# define CT_F_CTLOG_STORE_NEW 131 +# define CT_F_CT_BASE64_DECODE 124 +# define CT_F_CT_POLICY_EVAL_CTX_NEW 133 +# define CT_F_CT_V1_LOG_ID_FROM_PKEY 125 +# define CT_F_I2O_SCT 107 +# define CT_F_I2O_SCT_LIST 108 +# define CT_F_I2O_SCT_SIGNATURE 109 +# define CT_F_O2I_SCT 110 +# define CT_F_O2I_SCT_LIST 111 +# define CT_F_O2I_SCT_SIGNATURE 112 +# define CT_F_SCT_CTX_NEW 126 +# define CT_F_SCT_CTX_VERIFY 128 +# define CT_F_SCT_NEW 100 +# define CT_F_SCT_NEW_FROM_BASE64 127 +# define CT_F_SCT_SET0_LOG_ID 101 +# define CT_F_SCT_SET1_EXTENSIONS 114 +# define CT_F_SCT_SET1_LOG_ID 115 +# define CT_F_SCT_SET1_SIGNATURE 116 +# define CT_F_SCT_SET_LOG_ENTRY_TYPE 102 +# define CT_F_SCT_SET_SIGNATURE_NID 103 +# define CT_F_SCT_SET_VERSION 104 + +/* + * CT reason codes. + */ +# define CT_R_BASE64_DECODE_ERROR 108 +# define CT_R_INVALID_LOG_ID_LENGTH 100 +# define CT_R_LOG_CONF_INVALID 109 +# define CT_R_LOG_CONF_INVALID_KEY 110 +# define CT_R_LOG_CONF_MISSING_DESCRIPTION 111 +# define CT_R_LOG_CONF_MISSING_KEY 112 +# define CT_R_LOG_KEY_INVALID 113 +# define CT_R_SCT_FUTURE_TIMESTAMP 116 +# define CT_R_SCT_INVALID 104 +# define CT_R_SCT_INVALID_SIGNATURE 107 +# define CT_R_SCT_LIST_INVALID 105 +# define CT_R_SCT_LOG_ID_MISMATCH 114 +# define CT_R_SCT_NOT_SET 106 +# define CT_R_SCT_UNSUPPORTED_VERSION 115 +# define CT_R_UNRECOGNIZED_SIGNATURE_NID 101 +# define CT_R_UNSUPPORTED_ENTRY_TYPE 102 +# define CT_R_UNSUPPORTED_VERSION 103 + +# endif +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/des.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/des.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..be4abbdf --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/des.h @@ -0,0 +1,174 @@ +/* + * Copyright 1995-2016 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_DES_H +# define HEADER_DES_H + +# include <openssl/opensslconf.h> + +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_DES +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif +# include <openssl/e_os2.h> + +typedef unsigned int DES_LONG; + +# ifdef OPENSSL_BUILD_SHLIBCRYPTO +# undef OPENSSL_EXTERN +# define OPENSSL_EXTERN OPENSSL_EXPORT +# endif + +typedef unsigned char DES_cblock[8]; +typedef /* const */ unsigned char const_DES_cblock[8]; +/* + * With "const", gcc 2.8.1 on Solaris thinks that DES_cblock * and + * const_DES_cblock * are incompatible pointer types. + */ + +typedef struct DES_ks { + union { + DES_cblock cblock; + /* + * make sure things are correct size on machines with 8 byte longs + */ + DES_LONG deslong[2]; + } ks[16]; +} DES_key_schedule; + +# define DES_KEY_SZ (sizeof(DES_cblock)) +# define DES_SCHEDULE_SZ (sizeof(DES_key_schedule)) + +# define DES_ENCRYPT 1 +# define DES_DECRYPT 0 + +# define DES_CBC_MODE 0 +# define DES_PCBC_MODE 1 + +# define DES_ecb2_encrypt(i,o,k1,k2,e) \ + DES_ecb3_encrypt((i),(o),(k1),(k2),(k1),(e)) + +# define DES_ede2_cbc_encrypt(i,o,l,k1,k2,iv,e) \ + DES_ede3_cbc_encrypt((i),(o),(l),(k1),(k2),(k1),(iv),(e)) + +# define DES_ede2_cfb64_encrypt(i,o,l,k1,k2,iv,n,e) \ + DES_ede3_cfb64_encrypt((i),(o),(l),(k1),(k2),(k1),(iv),(n),(e)) + +# define DES_ede2_ofb64_encrypt(i,o,l,k1,k2,iv,n) \ + DES_ede3_ofb64_encrypt((i),(o),(l),(k1),(k2),(k1),(iv),(n)) + +OPENSSL_DECLARE_GLOBAL(int, DES_check_key); /* defaults to false */ +# define DES_check_key OPENSSL_GLOBAL_REF(DES_check_key) + +const char *DES_options(void); +void DES_ecb3_encrypt(const_DES_cblock *input, DES_cblock *output, + DES_key_schedule *ks1, DES_key_schedule *ks2, + DES_key_schedule *ks3, int enc); +DES_LONG DES_cbc_cksum(const unsigned char *input, DES_cblock *output, + long length, DES_key_schedule *schedule, + const_DES_cblock *ivec); +/* DES_cbc_encrypt does not update the IV! Use DES_ncbc_encrypt instead. */ +void DES_cbc_encrypt(const unsigned char *input, unsigned char *output, + long length, DES_key_schedule *schedule, + DES_cblock *ivec, int enc); +void DES_ncbc_encrypt(const unsigned char *input, unsigned char *output, + long length, DES_key_schedule *schedule, + DES_cblock *ivec, int enc); +void DES_xcbc_encrypt(const unsigned char *input, unsigned char *output, + long length, DES_key_schedule *schedule, + DES_cblock *ivec, const_DES_cblock *inw, + const_DES_cblock *outw, int enc); +void DES_cfb_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out, int numbits, + long length, DES_key_schedule *schedule, + DES_cblock *ivec, int enc); +void DES_ecb_encrypt(const_DES_cblock *input, DES_cblock *output, + DES_key_schedule *ks, int enc); + +/* + * This is the DES encryption function that gets called by just about every + * other DES routine in the library. You should not use this function except + * to implement 'modes' of DES. I say this because the functions that call + * this routine do the conversion from 'char *' to long, and this needs to be + * done to make sure 'non-aligned' memory access do not occur. The + * characters are loaded 'little endian'. Data is a pointer to 2 unsigned + * long's and ks is the DES_key_schedule to use. enc, is non zero specifies + * encryption, zero if decryption. + */ +void DES_encrypt1(DES_LONG *data, DES_key_schedule *ks, int enc); + +/* + * This functions is the same as DES_encrypt1() except that the DES initial + * permutation (IP) and final permutation (FP) have been left out. As for + * DES_encrypt1(), you should not use this function. It is used by the + * routines in the library that implement triple DES. IP() DES_encrypt2() + * DES_encrypt2() DES_encrypt2() FP() is the same as DES_encrypt1() + * DES_encrypt1() DES_encrypt1() except faster :-). + */ +void DES_encrypt2(DES_LONG *data, DES_key_schedule *ks, int enc); + +void DES_encrypt3(DES_LONG *data, DES_key_schedule *ks1, + DES_key_schedule *ks2, DES_key_schedule *ks3); +void DES_decrypt3(DES_LONG *data, DES_key_schedule *ks1, + DES_key_schedule *ks2, DES_key_schedule *ks3); +void DES_ede3_cbc_encrypt(const unsigned char *input, unsigned char *output, + long length, + DES_key_schedule *ks1, DES_key_schedule *ks2, + DES_key_schedule *ks3, DES_cblock *ivec, int enc); +void DES_ede3_cfb64_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out, + long length, DES_key_schedule *ks1, + DES_key_schedule *ks2, DES_key_schedule *ks3, + DES_cblock *ivec, int *num, int enc); +void DES_ede3_cfb_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out, + int numbits, long length, DES_key_schedule *ks1, + DES_key_schedule *ks2, DES_key_schedule *ks3, + DES_cblock *ivec, int enc); +void DES_ede3_ofb64_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out, + long length, DES_key_schedule *ks1, + DES_key_schedule *ks2, DES_key_schedule *ks3, + DES_cblock *ivec, int *num); +char *DES_fcrypt(const char *buf, const char *salt, char *ret); +char *DES_crypt(const char *buf, const char *salt); +void DES_ofb_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out, int numbits, + long length, DES_key_schedule *schedule, + DES_cblock *ivec); +void DES_pcbc_encrypt(const unsigned char *input, unsigned char *output, + long length, DES_key_schedule *schedule, + DES_cblock *ivec, int enc); +DES_LONG DES_quad_cksum(const unsigned char *input, DES_cblock output[], + long length, int out_count, DES_cblock *seed); +int DES_random_key(DES_cblock *ret); +void DES_set_odd_parity(DES_cblock *key); +int DES_check_key_parity(const_DES_cblock *key); +int DES_is_weak_key(const_DES_cblock *key); +/* + * DES_set_key (= set_key = DES_key_sched = key_sched) calls + * DES_set_key_checked if global variable DES_check_key is set, + * DES_set_key_unchecked otherwise. + */ +int DES_set_key(const_DES_cblock *key, DES_key_schedule *schedule); +int DES_key_sched(const_DES_cblock *key, DES_key_schedule *schedule); +int DES_set_key_checked(const_DES_cblock *key, DES_key_schedule *schedule); +void DES_set_key_unchecked(const_DES_cblock *key, DES_key_schedule *schedule); +void DES_string_to_key(const char *str, DES_cblock *key); +void DES_string_to_2keys(const char *str, DES_cblock *key1, DES_cblock *key2); +void DES_cfb64_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out, + long length, DES_key_schedule *schedule, + DES_cblock *ivec, int *num, int enc); +void DES_ofb64_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out, + long length, DES_key_schedule *schedule, + DES_cblock *ivec, int *num); + +# define DES_fixup_key_parity DES_set_odd_parity + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif +# endif + +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/dh.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/dh.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3527540c --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/dh.h @@ -0,0 +1,340 @@ +/* + * Copyright 1995-2018 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_DH_H +# define HEADER_DH_H + +# include <openssl/opensslconf.h> + +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_DH +# include <openssl/e_os2.h> +# include <openssl/bio.h> +# include <openssl/asn1.h> +# include <openssl/ossl_typ.h> +# if OPENSSL_API_COMPAT < 0x10100000L +# include <openssl/bn.h> +# endif +# include <openssl/dherr.h> + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +# ifndef OPENSSL_DH_MAX_MODULUS_BITS +# define OPENSSL_DH_MAX_MODULUS_BITS 10000 +# endif + +# define OPENSSL_DH_FIPS_MIN_MODULUS_BITS 1024 + +# define DH_FLAG_CACHE_MONT_P 0x01 + +# if OPENSSL_API_COMPAT < 0x10100000L +/* + * Does nothing. Previously this switched off constant time behaviour. + */ +# define DH_FLAG_NO_EXP_CONSTTIME 0x00 +# endif + +/* + * If this flag is set the DH method is FIPS compliant and can be used in + * FIPS mode. This is set in the validated module method. If an application + * sets this flag in its own methods it is its responsibility to ensure the + * result is compliant. + */ + +# define DH_FLAG_FIPS_METHOD 0x0400 + +/* + * If this flag is set the operations normally disabled in FIPS mode are + * permitted it is then the applications responsibility to ensure that the + * usage is compliant. + */ + +# define DH_FLAG_NON_FIPS_ALLOW 0x0400 + +/* Already defined in ossl_typ.h */ +/* typedef struct dh_st DH; */ +/* typedef struct dh_method DH_METHOD; */ + +DECLARE_ASN1_ITEM(DHparams) + +# define DH_GENERATOR_2 2 +/* #define DH_GENERATOR_3 3 */ +# define DH_GENERATOR_5 5 + +/* DH_check error codes */ +# define DH_CHECK_P_NOT_PRIME 0x01 +# define DH_CHECK_P_NOT_SAFE_PRIME 0x02 +# define DH_UNABLE_TO_CHECK_GENERATOR 0x04 +# define DH_NOT_SUITABLE_GENERATOR 0x08 +# define DH_CHECK_Q_NOT_PRIME 0x10 +# define DH_CHECK_INVALID_Q_VALUE 0x20 +# define DH_CHECK_INVALID_J_VALUE 0x40 + +/* DH_check_pub_key error codes */ +# define DH_CHECK_PUBKEY_TOO_SMALL 0x01 +# define DH_CHECK_PUBKEY_TOO_LARGE 0x02 +# define DH_CHECK_PUBKEY_INVALID 0x04 + +/* + * primes p where (p-1)/2 is prime too are called "safe"; we define this for + * backward compatibility: + */ +# define DH_CHECK_P_NOT_STRONG_PRIME DH_CHECK_P_NOT_SAFE_PRIME + +# define d2i_DHparams_fp(fp,x) \ + (DH *)ASN1_d2i_fp((char *(*)())DH_new, \ + (char *(*)())d2i_DHparams, \ + (fp), \ + (unsigned char **)(x)) +# define i2d_DHparams_fp(fp,x) \ + ASN1_i2d_fp(i2d_DHparams,(fp), (unsigned char *)(x)) +# define d2i_DHparams_bio(bp,x) \ + ASN1_d2i_bio_of(DH, DH_new, d2i_DHparams, bp, x) +# define i2d_DHparams_bio(bp,x) \ + ASN1_i2d_bio_of_const(DH,i2d_DHparams,bp,x) + +# define d2i_DHxparams_fp(fp,x) \ + (DH *)ASN1_d2i_fp((char *(*)())DH_new, \ + (char *(*)())d2i_DHxparams, \ + (fp), \ + (unsigned char **)(x)) +# define i2d_DHxparams_fp(fp,x) \ + ASN1_i2d_fp(i2d_DHxparams,(fp), (unsigned char *)(x)) +# define d2i_DHxparams_bio(bp,x) \ + ASN1_d2i_bio_of(DH, DH_new, d2i_DHxparams, bp, x) +# define i2d_DHxparams_bio(bp,x) \ + ASN1_i2d_bio_of_const(DH, i2d_DHxparams, bp, x) + +DH *DHparams_dup(DH *); + +const DH_METHOD *DH_OpenSSL(void); + +void DH_set_default_method(const DH_METHOD *meth); +const DH_METHOD *DH_get_default_method(void); +int DH_set_method(DH *dh, const DH_METHOD *meth); +DH *DH_new_method(ENGINE *engine); + +DH *DH_new(void); +void DH_free(DH *dh); +int DH_up_ref(DH *dh); +int DH_bits(const DH *dh); +int DH_size(const DH *dh); +int DH_security_bits(const DH *dh); +#define DH_get_ex_new_index(l, p, newf, dupf, freef) \ + CRYPTO_get_ex_new_index(CRYPTO_EX_INDEX_DH, l, p, newf, dupf, freef) +int DH_set_ex_data(DH *d, int idx, void *arg); +void *DH_get_ex_data(DH *d, int idx); + +/* Deprecated version */ +DEPRECATEDIN_0_9_8(DH *DH_generate_parameters(int prime_len, int generator, + void (*callback) (int, int, + void *), + void *cb_arg)) + +/* New version */ +int DH_generate_parameters_ex(DH *dh, int prime_len, int generator, + BN_GENCB *cb); + +int DH_check_params_ex(const DH *dh); +int DH_check_ex(const DH *dh); +int DH_check_pub_key_ex(const DH *dh, const BIGNUM *pub_key); +int DH_check_params(const DH *dh, int *ret); +int DH_check(const DH *dh, int *codes); +int DH_check_pub_key(const DH *dh, const BIGNUM *pub_key, int *codes); +int DH_generate_key(DH *dh); +int DH_compute_key(unsigned char *key, const BIGNUM *pub_key, DH *dh); +int DH_compute_key_padded(unsigned char *key, const BIGNUM *pub_key, DH *dh); +DH *d2i_DHparams(DH **a, const unsigned char **pp, long length); +int i2d_DHparams(const DH *a, unsigned char **pp); +DH *d2i_DHxparams(DH **a, const unsigned char **pp, long length); +int i2d_DHxparams(const DH *a, unsigned char **pp); +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_STDIO +int DHparams_print_fp(FILE *fp, const DH *x); +# endif +int DHparams_print(BIO *bp, const DH *x); + +/* RFC 5114 parameters */ +DH *DH_get_1024_160(void); +DH *DH_get_2048_224(void); +DH *DH_get_2048_256(void); + +/* Named parameters, currently RFC7919 */ +DH *DH_new_by_nid(int nid); +int DH_get_nid(const DH *dh); + +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_CMS +/* RFC2631 KDF */ +int DH_KDF_X9_42(unsigned char *out, size_t outlen, + const unsigned char *Z, size_t Zlen, + ASN1_OBJECT *key_oid, + const unsigned char *ukm, size_t ukmlen, const EVP_MD *md); +# endif + +void DH_get0_pqg(const DH *dh, + const BIGNUM **p, const BIGNUM **q, const BIGNUM **g); +int DH_set0_pqg(DH *dh, BIGNUM *p, BIGNUM *q, BIGNUM *g); +void DH_get0_key(const DH *dh, + const BIGNUM **pub_key, const BIGNUM **priv_key); +int DH_set0_key(DH *dh, BIGNUM *pub_key, BIGNUM *priv_key); +const BIGNUM *DH_get0_p(const DH *dh); +const BIGNUM *DH_get0_q(const DH *dh); +const BIGNUM *DH_get0_g(const DH *dh); +const BIGNUM *DH_get0_priv_key(const DH *dh); +const BIGNUM *DH_get0_pub_key(const DH *dh); +void DH_clear_flags(DH *dh, int flags); +int DH_test_flags(const DH *dh, int flags); +void DH_set_flags(DH *dh, int flags); +ENGINE *DH_get0_engine(DH *d); +long DH_get_length(const DH *dh); +int DH_set_length(DH *dh, long length); + +DH_METHOD *DH_meth_new(const char *name, int flags); +void DH_meth_free(DH_METHOD *dhm); +DH_METHOD *DH_meth_dup(const DH_METHOD *dhm); +const char *DH_meth_get0_name(const DH_METHOD *dhm); +int DH_meth_set1_name(DH_METHOD *dhm, const char *name); +int DH_meth_get_flags(const DH_METHOD *dhm); +int DH_meth_set_flags(DH_METHOD *dhm, int flags); +void *DH_meth_get0_app_data(const DH_METHOD *dhm); +int DH_meth_set0_app_data(DH_METHOD *dhm, void *app_data); +int (*DH_meth_get_generate_key(const DH_METHOD *dhm)) (DH *); +int DH_meth_set_generate_key(DH_METHOD *dhm, int (*generate_key) (DH *)); +int (*DH_meth_get_compute_key(const DH_METHOD *dhm)) + (unsigned char *key, const BIGNUM *pub_key, DH *dh); +int DH_meth_set_compute_key(DH_METHOD *dhm, + int (*compute_key) (unsigned char *key, const BIGNUM *pub_key, DH *dh)); +int (*DH_meth_get_bn_mod_exp(const DH_METHOD *dhm)) + (const DH *, BIGNUM *, const BIGNUM *, const BIGNUM *, const BIGNUM *, + BN_CTX *, BN_MONT_CTX *); +int DH_meth_set_bn_mod_exp(DH_METHOD *dhm, + int (*bn_mod_exp) (const DH *, BIGNUM *, const BIGNUM *, const BIGNUM *, + const BIGNUM *, BN_CTX *, BN_MONT_CTX *)); +int (*DH_meth_get_init(const DH_METHOD *dhm))(DH *); +int DH_meth_set_init(DH_METHOD *dhm, int (*init)(DH *)); +int (*DH_meth_get_finish(const DH_METHOD *dhm)) (DH *); +int DH_meth_set_finish(DH_METHOD *dhm, int (*finish) (DH *)); +int (*DH_meth_get_generate_params(const DH_METHOD *dhm)) + (DH *, int, int, BN_GENCB *); +int DH_meth_set_generate_params(DH_METHOD *dhm, + int (*generate_params) (DH *, int, int, BN_GENCB *)); + + +# define EVP_PKEY_CTX_set_dh_paramgen_prime_len(ctx, len) \ + EVP_PKEY_CTX_ctrl(ctx, EVP_PKEY_DH, EVP_PKEY_OP_PARAMGEN, \ + EVP_PKEY_CTRL_DH_PARAMGEN_PRIME_LEN, len, NULL) + +# define EVP_PKEY_CTX_set_dh_paramgen_subprime_len(ctx, len) \ + EVP_PKEY_CTX_ctrl(ctx, EVP_PKEY_DH, EVP_PKEY_OP_PARAMGEN, \ + EVP_PKEY_CTRL_DH_PARAMGEN_SUBPRIME_LEN, len, NULL) + +# define EVP_PKEY_CTX_set_dh_paramgen_type(ctx, typ) \ + EVP_PKEY_CTX_ctrl(ctx, EVP_PKEY_DH, EVP_PKEY_OP_PARAMGEN, \ + EVP_PKEY_CTRL_DH_PARAMGEN_TYPE, typ, NULL) + +# define EVP_PKEY_CTX_set_dh_paramgen_generator(ctx, gen) \ + EVP_PKEY_CTX_ctrl(ctx, EVP_PKEY_DH, EVP_PKEY_OP_PARAMGEN, \ + EVP_PKEY_CTRL_DH_PARAMGEN_GENERATOR, gen, NULL) + +# define EVP_PKEY_CTX_set_dh_rfc5114(ctx, gen) \ + EVP_PKEY_CTX_ctrl(ctx, EVP_PKEY_DHX, EVP_PKEY_OP_PARAMGEN, \ + EVP_PKEY_CTRL_DH_RFC5114, gen, NULL) + +# define EVP_PKEY_CTX_set_dhx_rfc5114(ctx, gen) \ + EVP_PKEY_CTX_ctrl(ctx, EVP_PKEY_DHX, EVP_PKEY_OP_PARAMGEN, \ + EVP_PKEY_CTRL_DH_RFC5114, gen, NULL) + +# define EVP_PKEY_CTX_set_dh_nid(ctx, nid) \ + EVP_PKEY_CTX_ctrl(ctx, EVP_PKEY_DH, \ + EVP_PKEY_OP_PARAMGEN | EVP_PKEY_OP_KEYGEN, \ + EVP_PKEY_CTRL_DH_NID, nid, NULL) + +# define EVP_PKEY_CTX_set_dh_pad(ctx, pad) \ + EVP_PKEY_CTX_ctrl(ctx, EVP_PKEY_DH, EVP_PKEY_OP_DERIVE, \ + EVP_PKEY_CTRL_DH_PAD, pad, NULL) + +# define EVP_PKEY_CTX_set_dh_kdf_type(ctx, kdf) \ + EVP_PKEY_CTX_ctrl(ctx, EVP_PKEY_DHX, \ + EVP_PKEY_OP_DERIVE, \ + EVP_PKEY_CTRL_DH_KDF_TYPE, kdf, NULL) + +# define EVP_PKEY_CTX_get_dh_kdf_type(ctx) \ + EVP_PKEY_CTX_ctrl(ctx, EVP_PKEY_DHX, \ + EVP_PKEY_OP_DERIVE, \ + EVP_PKEY_CTRL_DH_KDF_TYPE, -2, NULL) + +# define EVP_PKEY_CTX_set0_dh_kdf_oid(ctx, oid) \ + EVP_PKEY_CTX_ctrl(ctx, EVP_PKEY_DHX, \ + EVP_PKEY_OP_DERIVE, \ + EVP_PKEY_CTRL_DH_KDF_OID, 0, (void *)(oid)) + +# define EVP_PKEY_CTX_get0_dh_kdf_oid(ctx, poid) \ + EVP_PKEY_CTX_ctrl(ctx, EVP_PKEY_DHX, \ + EVP_PKEY_OP_DERIVE, \ + EVP_PKEY_CTRL_GET_DH_KDF_OID, 0, (void *)(poid)) + +# define EVP_PKEY_CTX_set_dh_kdf_md(ctx, md) \ + EVP_PKEY_CTX_ctrl(ctx, EVP_PKEY_DHX, \ + EVP_PKEY_OP_DERIVE, \ + EVP_PKEY_CTRL_DH_KDF_MD, 0, (void *)(md)) + +# define EVP_PKEY_CTX_get_dh_kdf_md(ctx, pmd) \ + EVP_PKEY_CTX_ctrl(ctx, EVP_PKEY_DHX, \ + EVP_PKEY_OP_DERIVE, \ + EVP_PKEY_CTRL_GET_DH_KDF_MD, 0, (void *)(pmd)) + +# define EVP_PKEY_CTX_set_dh_kdf_outlen(ctx, len) \ + EVP_PKEY_CTX_ctrl(ctx, EVP_PKEY_DHX, \ + EVP_PKEY_OP_DERIVE, \ + EVP_PKEY_CTRL_DH_KDF_OUTLEN, len, NULL) + +# define EVP_PKEY_CTX_get_dh_kdf_outlen(ctx, plen) \ + EVP_PKEY_CTX_ctrl(ctx, EVP_PKEY_DHX, \ + EVP_PKEY_OP_DERIVE, \ + EVP_PKEY_CTRL_GET_DH_KDF_OUTLEN, 0, (void *)(plen)) + +# define EVP_PKEY_CTX_set0_dh_kdf_ukm(ctx, p, plen) \ + EVP_PKEY_CTX_ctrl(ctx, EVP_PKEY_DHX, \ + EVP_PKEY_OP_DERIVE, \ + EVP_PKEY_CTRL_DH_KDF_UKM, plen, (void *)(p)) + +# define EVP_PKEY_CTX_get0_dh_kdf_ukm(ctx, p) \ + EVP_PKEY_CTX_ctrl(ctx, EVP_PKEY_DHX, \ + EVP_PKEY_OP_DERIVE, \ + EVP_PKEY_CTRL_GET_DH_KDF_UKM, 0, (void *)(p)) + +# define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_DH_PARAMGEN_PRIME_LEN (EVP_PKEY_ALG_CTRL + 1) +# define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_DH_PARAMGEN_GENERATOR (EVP_PKEY_ALG_CTRL + 2) +# define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_DH_RFC5114 (EVP_PKEY_ALG_CTRL + 3) +# define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_DH_PARAMGEN_SUBPRIME_LEN (EVP_PKEY_ALG_CTRL + 4) +# define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_DH_PARAMGEN_TYPE (EVP_PKEY_ALG_CTRL + 5) +# define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_DH_KDF_TYPE (EVP_PKEY_ALG_CTRL + 6) +# define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_DH_KDF_MD (EVP_PKEY_ALG_CTRL + 7) +# define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_GET_DH_KDF_MD (EVP_PKEY_ALG_CTRL + 8) +# define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_DH_KDF_OUTLEN (EVP_PKEY_ALG_CTRL + 9) +# define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_GET_DH_KDF_OUTLEN (EVP_PKEY_ALG_CTRL + 10) +# define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_DH_KDF_UKM (EVP_PKEY_ALG_CTRL + 11) +# define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_GET_DH_KDF_UKM (EVP_PKEY_ALG_CTRL + 12) +# define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_DH_KDF_OID (EVP_PKEY_ALG_CTRL + 13) +# define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_GET_DH_KDF_OID (EVP_PKEY_ALG_CTRL + 14) +# define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_DH_NID (EVP_PKEY_ALG_CTRL + 15) +# define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_DH_PAD (EVP_PKEY_ALG_CTRL + 16) + +/* KDF types */ +# define EVP_PKEY_DH_KDF_NONE 1 +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_CMS +# define EVP_PKEY_DH_KDF_X9_42 2 +# endif + + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif +# endif +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/dherr.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/dherr.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..916b3bed --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/dherr.h @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +/* + * Generated by util/mkerr.pl DO NOT EDIT + * Copyright 1995-2019 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_DHERR_H +# define HEADER_DHERR_H + +# ifndef HEADER_SYMHACKS_H +# include <openssl/symhacks.h> +# endif + +# include <openssl/opensslconf.h> + +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_DH + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +# endif +int ERR_load_DH_strings(void); + +/* + * DH function codes. + */ +# define DH_F_COMPUTE_KEY 102 +# define DH_F_DHPARAMS_PRINT_FP 101 +# define DH_F_DH_BUILTIN_GENPARAMS 106 +# define DH_F_DH_CHECK_EX 121 +# define DH_F_DH_CHECK_PARAMS_EX 122 +# define DH_F_DH_CHECK_PUB_KEY_EX 123 +# define DH_F_DH_CMS_DECRYPT 114 +# define DH_F_DH_CMS_SET_PEERKEY 115 +# define DH_F_DH_CMS_SET_SHARED_INFO 116 +# define DH_F_DH_METH_DUP 117 +# define DH_F_DH_METH_NEW 118 +# define DH_F_DH_METH_SET1_NAME 119 +# define DH_F_DH_NEW_BY_NID 104 +# define DH_F_DH_NEW_METHOD 105 +# define DH_F_DH_PARAM_DECODE 107 +# define DH_F_DH_PKEY_PUBLIC_CHECK 124 +# define DH_F_DH_PRIV_DECODE 110 +# define DH_F_DH_PRIV_ENCODE 111 +# define DH_F_DH_PUB_DECODE 108 +# define DH_F_DH_PUB_ENCODE 109 +# define DH_F_DO_DH_PRINT 100 +# define DH_F_GENERATE_KEY 103 +# define DH_F_PKEY_DH_CTRL_STR 120 +# define DH_F_PKEY_DH_DERIVE 112 +# define DH_F_PKEY_DH_INIT 125 +# define DH_F_PKEY_DH_KEYGEN 113 + +/* + * DH reason codes. + */ +# define DH_R_BAD_GENERATOR 101 +# define DH_R_BN_DECODE_ERROR 109 +# define DH_R_BN_ERROR 106 +# define DH_R_CHECK_INVALID_J_VALUE 115 +# define DH_R_CHECK_INVALID_Q_VALUE 116 +# define DH_R_CHECK_PUBKEY_INVALID 122 +# define DH_R_CHECK_PUBKEY_TOO_LARGE 123 +# define DH_R_CHECK_PUBKEY_TOO_SMALL 124 +# define DH_R_CHECK_P_NOT_PRIME 117 +# define DH_R_CHECK_P_NOT_SAFE_PRIME 118 +# define DH_R_CHECK_Q_NOT_PRIME 119 +# define DH_R_DECODE_ERROR 104 +# define DH_R_INVALID_PARAMETER_NAME 110 +# define DH_R_INVALID_PARAMETER_NID 114 +# define DH_R_INVALID_PUBKEY 102 +# define DH_R_KDF_PARAMETER_ERROR 112 +# define DH_R_KEYS_NOT_SET 108 +# define DH_R_MISSING_PUBKEY 125 +# define DH_R_MODULUS_TOO_LARGE 103 +# define DH_R_NOT_SUITABLE_GENERATOR 120 +# define DH_R_NO_PARAMETERS_SET 107 +# define DH_R_NO_PRIVATE_VALUE 100 +# define DH_R_PARAMETER_ENCODING_ERROR 105 +# define DH_R_PEER_KEY_ERROR 111 +# define DH_R_SHARED_INFO_ERROR 113 +# define DH_R_UNABLE_TO_CHECK_GENERATOR 121 + +# endif +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/dsa.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/dsa.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6d8a18a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/dsa.h @@ -0,0 +1,244 @@ +/* + * Copyright 1995-2018 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_DSA_H +# define HEADER_DSA_H + +# include <openssl/opensslconf.h> + +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_DSA +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif +# include <openssl/e_os2.h> +# include <openssl/bio.h> +# include <openssl/crypto.h> +# include <openssl/ossl_typ.h> +# include <openssl/bn.h> +# if OPENSSL_API_COMPAT < 0x10100000L +# include <openssl/dh.h> +# endif +# include <openssl/dsaerr.h> + +# ifndef OPENSSL_DSA_MAX_MODULUS_BITS +# define OPENSSL_DSA_MAX_MODULUS_BITS 10000 +# endif + +# define OPENSSL_DSA_FIPS_MIN_MODULUS_BITS 1024 + +# define DSA_FLAG_CACHE_MONT_P 0x01 +# if OPENSSL_API_COMPAT < 0x10100000L +/* + * Does nothing. Previously this switched off constant time behaviour. + */ +# define DSA_FLAG_NO_EXP_CONSTTIME 0x00 +# endif + +/* + * If this flag is set the DSA method is FIPS compliant and can be used in + * FIPS mode. This is set in the validated module method. If an application + * sets this flag in its own methods it is its responsibility to ensure the + * result is compliant. + */ + +# define DSA_FLAG_FIPS_METHOD 0x0400 + +/* + * If this flag is set the operations normally disabled in FIPS mode are + * permitted it is then the applications responsibility to ensure that the + * usage is compliant. + */ + +# define DSA_FLAG_NON_FIPS_ALLOW 0x0400 +# define DSA_FLAG_FIPS_CHECKED 0x0800 + +/* Already defined in ossl_typ.h */ +/* typedef struct dsa_st DSA; */ +/* typedef struct dsa_method DSA_METHOD; */ + +typedef struct DSA_SIG_st DSA_SIG; + +# define d2i_DSAparams_fp(fp,x) (DSA *)ASN1_d2i_fp((char *(*)())DSA_new, \ + (char *(*)())d2i_DSAparams,(fp),(unsigned char **)(x)) +# define i2d_DSAparams_fp(fp,x) ASN1_i2d_fp(i2d_DSAparams,(fp), \ + (unsigned char *)(x)) +# define d2i_DSAparams_bio(bp,x) ASN1_d2i_bio_of(DSA,DSA_new,d2i_DSAparams,bp,x) +# define i2d_DSAparams_bio(bp,x) ASN1_i2d_bio_of_const(DSA,i2d_DSAparams,bp,x) + +DSA *DSAparams_dup(DSA *x); +DSA_SIG *DSA_SIG_new(void); +void DSA_SIG_free(DSA_SIG *a); +int i2d_DSA_SIG(const DSA_SIG *a, unsigned char **pp); +DSA_SIG *d2i_DSA_SIG(DSA_SIG **v, const unsigned char **pp, long length); +void DSA_SIG_get0(const DSA_SIG *sig, const BIGNUM **pr, const BIGNUM **ps); +int DSA_SIG_set0(DSA_SIG *sig, BIGNUM *r, BIGNUM *s); + +DSA_SIG *DSA_do_sign(const unsigned char *dgst, int dlen, DSA *dsa); +int DSA_do_verify(const unsigned char *dgst, int dgst_len, + DSA_SIG *sig, DSA *dsa); + +const DSA_METHOD *DSA_OpenSSL(void); + +void DSA_set_default_method(const DSA_METHOD *); +const DSA_METHOD *DSA_get_default_method(void); +int DSA_set_method(DSA *dsa, const DSA_METHOD *); +const DSA_METHOD *DSA_get_method(DSA *d); + +DSA *DSA_new(void); +DSA *DSA_new_method(ENGINE *engine); +void DSA_free(DSA *r); +/* "up" the DSA object's reference count */ +int DSA_up_ref(DSA *r); +int DSA_size(const DSA *); +int DSA_bits(const DSA *d); +int DSA_security_bits(const DSA *d); + /* next 4 return -1 on error */ +DEPRECATEDIN_1_2_0(int DSA_sign_setup(DSA *dsa, BN_CTX *ctx_in, BIGNUM **kinvp, BIGNUM **rp)) +int DSA_sign(int type, const unsigned char *dgst, int dlen, + unsigned char *sig, unsigned int *siglen, DSA *dsa); +int DSA_verify(int type, const unsigned char *dgst, int dgst_len, + const unsigned char *sigbuf, int siglen, DSA *dsa); +#define DSA_get_ex_new_index(l, p, newf, dupf, freef) \ + CRYPTO_get_ex_new_index(CRYPTO_EX_INDEX_DSA, l, p, newf, dupf, freef) +int DSA_set_ex_data(DSA *d, int idx, void *arg); +void *DSA_get_ex_data(DSA *d, int idx); + +DSA *d2i_DSAPublicKey(DSA **a, const unsigned char **pp, long length); +DSA *d2i_DSAPrivateKey(DSA **a, const unsigned char **pp, long length); +DSA *d2i_DSAparams(DSA **a, const unsigned char **pp, long length); + +/* Deprecated version */ +DEPRECATEDIN_0_9_8(DSA *DSA_generate_parameters(int bits, + unsigned char *seed, + int seed_len, + int *counter_ret, + unsigned long *h_ret, void + (*callback) (int, int, + void *), + void *cb_arg)) + +/* New version */ +int DSA_generate_parameters_ex(DSA *dsa, int bits, + const unsigned char *seed, int seed_len, + int *counter_ret, unsigned long *h_ret, + BN_GENCB *cb); + +int DSA_generate_key(DSA *a); +int i2d_DSAPublicKey(const DSA *a, unsigned char **pp); +int i2d_DSAPrivateKey(const DSA *a, unsigned char **pp); +int i2d_DSAparams(const DSA *a, unsigned char **pp); + +int DSAparams_print(BIO *bp, const DSA *x); +int DSA_print(BIO *bp, const DSA *x, int off); +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_STDIO +int DSAparams_print_fp(FILE *fp, const DSA *x); +int DSA_print_fp(FILE *bp, const DSA *x, int off); +# endif + +# define DSS_prime_checks 64 +/* + * Primality test according to FIPS PUB 186-4, Appendix C.3. Since we only + * have one value here we set the number of checks to 64 which is the 128 bit + * security level that is the highest level and valid for creating a 3072 bit + * DSA key. + */ +# define DSA_is_prime(n, callback, cb_arg) \ + BN_is_prime(n, DSS_prime_checks, callback, NULL, cb_arg) + +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_DH +/* + * Convert DSA structure (key or just parameters) into DH structure (be + * careful to avoid small subgroup attacks when using this!) + */ +DH *DSA_dup_DH(const DSA *r); +# endif + +# define EVP_PKEY_CTX_set_dsa_paramgen_bits(ctx, nbits) \ + EVP_PKEY_CTX_ctrl(ctx, EVP_PKEY_DSA, EVP_PKEY_OP_PARAMGEN, \ + EVP_PKEY_CTRL_DSA_PARAMGEN_BITS, nbits, NULL) +# define EVP_PKEY_CTX_set_dsa_paramgen_q_bits(ctx, qbits) \ + EVP_PKEY_CTX_ctrl(ctx, EVP_PKEY_DSA, EVP_PKEY_OP_PARAMGEN, \ + EVP_PKEY_CTRL_DSA_PARAMGEN_Q_BITS, qbits, NULL) +# define EVP_PKEY_CTX_set_dsa_paramgen_md(ctx, md) \ + EVP_PKEY_CTX_ctrl(ctx, EVP_PKEY_DSA, EVP_PKEY_OP_PARAMGEN, \ + EVP_PKEY_CTRL_DSA_PARAMGEN_MD, 0, (void *)(md)) + +# define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_DSA_PARAMGEN_BITS (EVP_PKEY_ALG_CTRL + 1) +# define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_DSA_PARAMGEN_Q_BITS (EVP_PKEY_ALG_CTRL + 2) +# define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_DSA_PARAMGEN_MD (EVP_PKEY_ALG_CTRL + 3) + +void DSA_get0_pqg(const DSA *d, + const BIGNUM **p, const BIGNUM **q, const BIGNUM **g); +int DSA_set0_pqg(DSA *d, BIGNUM *p, BIGNUM *q, BIGNUM *g); +void DSA_get0_key(const DSA *d, + const BIGNUM **pub_key, const BIGNUM **priv_key); +int DSA_set0_key(DSA *d, BIGNUM *pub_key, BIGNUM *priv_key); +const BIGNUM *DSA_get0_p(const DSA *d); +const BIGNUM *DSA_get0_q(const DSA *d); +const BIGNUM *DSA_get0_g(const DSA *d); +const BIGNUM *DSA_get0_pub_key(const DSA *d); +const BIGNUM *DSA_get0_priv_key(const DSA *d); +void DSA_clear_flags(DSA *d, int flags); +int DSA_test_flags(const DSA *d, int flags); +void DSA_set_flags(DSA *d, int flags); +ENGINE *DSA_get0_engine(DSA *d); + +DSA_METHOD *DSA_meth_new(const char *name, int flags); +void DSA_meth_free(DSA_METHOD *dsam); +DSA_METHOD *DSA_meth_dup(const DSA_METHOD *dsam); +const char *DSA_meth_get0_name(const DSA_METHOD *dsam); +int DSA_meth_set1_name(DSA_METHOD *dsam, const char *name); +int DSA_meth_get_flags(const DSA_METHOD *dsam); +int DSA_meth_set_flags(DSA_METHOD *dsam, int flags); +void *DSA_meth_get0_app_data(const DSA_METHOD *dsam); +int DSA_meth_set0_app_data(DSA_METHOD *dsam, void *app_data); +DSA_SIG *(*DSA_meth_get_sign(const DSA_METHOD *dsam)) + (const unsigned char *, int, DSA *); +int DSA_meth_set_sign(DSA_METHOD *dsam, + DSA_SIG *(*sign) (const unsigned char *, int, DSA *)); +int (*DSA_meth_get_sign_setup(const DSA_METHOD *dsam)) + (DSA *, BN_CTX *, BIGNUM **, BIGNUM **); +int DSA_meth_set_sign_setup(DSA_METHOD *dsam, + int (*sign_setup) (DSA *, BN_CTX *, BIGNUM **, BIGNUM **)); +int (*DSA_meth_get_verify(const DSA_METHOD *dsam)) + (const unsigned char *, int, DSA_SIG *, DSA *); +int DSA_meth_set_verify(DSA_METHOD *dsam, + int (*verify) (const unsigned char *, int, DSA_SIG *, DSA *)); +int (*DSA_meth_get_mod_exp(const DSA_METHOD *dsam)) + (DSA *, BIGNUM *, const BIGNUM *, const BIGNUM *, const BIGNUM *, + const BIGNUM *, const BIGNUM *, BN_CTX *, BN_MONT_CTX *); +int DSA_meth_set_mod_exp(DSA_METHOD *dsam, + int (*mod_exp) (DSA *, BIGNUM *, const BIGNUM *, const BIGNUM *, + const BIGNUM *, const BIGNUM *, const BIGNUM *, BN_CTX *, + BN_MONT_CTX *)); +int (*DSA_meth_get_bn_mod_exp(const DSA_METHOD *dsam)) + (DSA *, BIGNUM *, const BIGNUM *, const BIGNUM *, const BIGNUM *, + BN_CTX *, BN_MONT_CTX *); +int DSA_meth_set_bn_mod_exp(DSA_METHOD *dsam, + int (*bn_mod_exp) (DSA *, BIGNUM *, const BIGNUM *, const BIGNUM *, + const BIGNUM *, BN_CTX *, BN_MONT_CTX *)); +int (*DSA_meth_get_init(const DSA_METHOD *dsam))(DSA *); +int DSA_meth_set_init(DSA_METHOD *dsam, int (*init)(DSA *)); +int (*DSA_meth_get_finish(const DSA_METHOD *dsam)) (DSA *); +int DSA_meth_set_finish(DSA_METHOD *dsam, int (*finish) (DSA *)); +int (*DSA_meth_get_paramgen(const DSA_METHOD *dsam)) + (DSA *, int, const unsigned char *, int, int *, unsigned long *, + BN_GENCB *); +int DSA_meth_set_paramgen(DSA_METHOD *dsam, + int (*paramgen) (DSA *, int, const unsigned char *, int, int *, + unsigned long *, BN_GENCB *)); +int (*DSA_meth_get_keygen(const DSA_METHOD *dsam)) (DSA *); +int DSA_meth_set_keygen(DSA_METHOD *dsam, int (*keygen) (DSA *)); + + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif +# endif +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/dsaerr.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/dsaerr.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..495a1ac8 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/dsaerr.h @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +/* + * Generated by util/mkerr.pl DO NOT EDIT + * Copyright 1995-2019 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_DSAERR_H +# define HEADER_DSAERR_H + +# ifndef HEADER_SYMHACKS_H +# include <openssl/symhacks.h> +# endif + +# include <openssl/opensslconf.h> + +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_DSA + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +# endif +int ERR_load_DSA_strings(void); + +/* + * DSA function codes. + */ +# define DSA_F_DSAPARAMS_PRINT 100 +# define DSA_F_DSAPARAMS_PRINT_FP 101 +# define DSA_F_DSA_BUILTIN_PARAMGEN 125 +# define DSA_F_DSA_BUILTIN_PARAMGEN2 126 +# define DSA_F_DSA_DO_SIGN 112 +# define DSA_F_DSA_DO_VERIFY 113 +# define DSA_F_DSA_METH_DUP 127 +# define DSA_F_DSA_METH_NEW 128 +# define DSA_F_DSA_METH_SET1_NAME 129 +# define DSA_F_DSA_NEW_METHOD 103 +# define DSA_F_DSA_PARAM_DECODE 119 +# define DSA_F_DSA_PRINT_FP 105 +# define DSA_F_DSA_PRIV_DECODE 115 +# define DSA_F_DSA_PRIV_ENCODE 116 +# define DSA_F_DSA_PUB_DECODE 117 +# define DSA_F_DSA_PUB_ENCODE 118 +# define DSA_F_DSA_SIGN 106 +# define DSA_F_DSA_SIGN_SETUP 107 +# define DSA_F_DSA_SIG_NEW 102 +# define DSA_F_OLD_DSA_PRIV_DECODE 122 +# define DSA_F_PKEY_DSA_CTRL 120 +# define DSA_F_PKEY_DSA_CTRL_STR 104 +# define DSA_F_PKEY_DSA_KEYGEN 121 + +/* + * DSA reason codes. + */ +# define DSA_R_BAD_Q_VALUE 102 +# define DSA_R_BN_DECODE_ERROR 108 +# define DSA_R_BN_ERROR 109 +# define DSA_R_DECODE_ERROR 104 +# define DSA_R_INVALID_DIGEST_TYPE 106 +# define DSA_R_INVALID_PARAMETERS 112 +# define DSA_R_MISSING_PARAMETERS 101 +# define DSA_R_MISSING_PRIVATE_KEY 111 +# define DSA_R_MODULUS_TOO_LARGE 103 +# define DSA_R_NO_PARAMETERS_SET 107 +# define DSA_R_PARAMETER_ENCODING_ERROR 105 +# define DSA_R_Q_NOT_PRIME 113 +# define DSA_R_SEED_LEN_SMALL 110 + +# endif +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/dtls1.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/dtls1.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d55ca9c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/dtls1.h @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2005-2018 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_DTLS1_H +# define HEADER_DTLS1_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +# define DTLS1_VERSION 0xFEFF +# define DTLS1_2_VERSION 0xFEFD +# define DTLS_MIN_VERSION DTLS1_VERSION +# define DTLS_MAX_VERSION DTLS1_2_VERSION +# define DTLS1_VERSION_MAJOR 0xFE + +# define DTLS1_BAD_VER 0x0100 + +/* Special value for method supporting multiple versions */ +# define DTLS_ANY_VERSION 0x1FFFF + +/* lengths of messages */ +/* + * Actually the max cookie length in DTLS is 255. But we can't change this now + * due to compatibility concerns. + */ +# define DTLS1_COOKIE_LENGTH 256 + +# define DTLS1_RT_HEADER_LENGTH 13 + +# define DTLS1_HM_HEADER_LENGTH 12 + +# define DTLS1_HM_BAD_FRAGMENT -2 +# define DTLS1_HM_FRAGMENT_RETRY -3 + +# define DTLS1_CCS_HEADER_LENGTH 1 + +# define DTLS1_AL_HEADER_LENGTH 2 + +/* Timeout multipliers */ +# define DTLS1_TMO_READ_COUNT 2 +# define DTLS1_TMO_WRITE_COUNT 2 + +# define DTLS1_TMO_ALERT_COUNT 12 + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/e_os2.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/e_os2.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cf308eee --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/e_os2.h @@ -0,0 +1,300 @@ +/* + * Copyright 1995-2020 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_E_OS2_H +# define HEADER_E_OS2_H + +# include <openssl/opensslconf.h> + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/****************************************************************************** + * Detect operating systems. This probably needs completing. + * The result is that at least one OPENSSL_SYS_os macro should be defined. + * However, if none is defined, Unix is assumed. + **/ + +# define OPENSSL_SYS_UNIX + +/* --------------------- Microsoft operating systems ---------------------- */ + +/* + * Note that MSDOS actually denotes 32-bit environments running on top of + * MS-DOS, such as DJGPP one. + */ +# if defined(OPENSSL_SYS_MSDOS) +# undef OPENSSL_SYS_UNIX +# endif + +/* + * For 32 bit environment, there seems to be the CygWin environment and then + * all the others that try to do the same thing Microsoft does... + */ +/* + * UEFI lives here because it might be built with a Microsoft toolchain and + * we need to avoid the false positive match on Windows. + */ +# if defined(OPENSSL_SYS_UEFI) +# undef OPENSSL_SYS_UNIX +# elif defined(OPENSSL_SYS_UWIN) +# undef OPENSSL_SYS_UNIX +# define OPENSSL_SYS_WIN32_UWIN +# else +# if defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(OPENSSL_SYS_CYGWIN) +# define OPENSSL_SYS_WIN32_CYGWIN +# else +# if defined(_WIN32) || defined(OPENSSL_SYS_WIN32) +# undef OPENSSL_SYS_UNIX +# if !defined(OPENSSL_SYS_WIN32) +# define OPENSSL_SYS_WIN32 +# endif +# endif +# if defined(_WIN64) || defined(OPENSSL_SYS_WIN64) +# undef OPENSSL_SYS_UNIX +# if !defined(OPENSSL_SYS_WIN64) +# define OPENSSL_SYS_WIN64 +# endif +# endif +# if defined(OPENSSL_SYS_WINNT) +# undef OPENSSL_SYS_UNIX +# endif +# if defined(OPENSSL_SYS_WINCE) +# undef OPENSSL_SYS_UNIX +# endif +# endif +# endif + +/* Anything that tries to look like Microsoft is "Windows" */ +# if defined(OPENSSL_SYS_WIN32) || defined(OPENSSL_SYS_WIN64) || defined(OPENSSL_SYS_WINNT) || defined(OPENSSL_SYS_WINCE) +# undef OPENSSL_SYS_UNIX +# define OPENSSL_SYS_WINDOWS +# ifndef OPENSSL_SYS_MSDOS +# define OPENSSL_SYS_MSDOS +# endif +# endif + +/* + * DLL settings. This part is a bit tough, because it's up to the + * application implementor how he or she will link the application, so it + * requires some macro to be used. + */ +# ifdef OPENSSL_SYS_WINDOWS +# ifndef OPENSSL_OPT_WINDLL +# if defined(_WINDLL) /* This is used when building OpenSSL to + * indicate that DLL linkage should be used */ +# define OPENSSL_OPT_WINDLL +# endif +# endif +# endif + +/* ------------------------------- OpenVMS -------------------------------- */ +# if defined(__VMS) || defined(VMS) || defined(OPENSSL_SYS_VMS) +# if !defined(OPENSSL_SYS_VMS) +# undef OPENSSL_SYS_UNIX +# endif +# define OPENSSL_SYS_VMS +# if defined(__DECC) +# define OPENSSL_SYS_VMS_DECC +# elif defined(__DECCXX) +# define OPENSSL_SYS_VMS_DECC +# define OPENSSL_SYS_VMS_DECCXX +# else +# define OPENSSL_SYS_VMS_NODECC +# endif +# endif + +/* -------------------------------- Unix ---------------------------------- */ +# ifdef OPENSSL_SYS_UNIX +# if defined(linux) || defined(__linux__) && !defined(OPENSSL_SYS_LINUX) +# define OPENSSL_SYS_LINUX +# endif +# if defined(_AIX) && !defined(OPENSSL_SYS_AIX) +# define OPENSSL_SYS_AIX +# endif +# endif + +/* -------------------------------- VOS ----------------------------------- */ +# if defined(__VOS__) && !defined(OPENSSL_SYS_VOS) +# define OPENSSL_SYS_VOS +# ifdef __HPPA__ +# define OPENSSL_SYS_VOS_HPPA +# endif +# ifdef __IA32__ +# define OPENSSL_SYS_VOS_IA32 +# endif +# endif + +/** + * That's it for OS-specific stuff + *****************************************************************************/ + +/* Specials for I/O an exit */ +# ifdef OPENSSL_SYS_MSDOS +# define OPENSSL_UNISTD_IO <io.h> +# define OPENSSL_DECLARE_EXIT extern void exit(int); +# else +# define OPENSSL_UNISTD_IO OPENSSL_UNISTD +# define OPENSSL_DECLARE_EXIT /* declared in unistd.h */ +# endif + +/*- + * OPENSSL_EXTERN is normally used to declare a symbol with possible extra + * attributes to handle its presence in a shared library. + * OPENSSL_EXPORT is used to define a symbol with extra possible attributes + * to make it visible in a shared library. + * Care needs to be taken when a header file is used both to declare and + * define symbols. Basically, for any library that exports some global + * variables, the following code must be present in the header file that + * declares them, before OPENSSL_EXTERN is used: + * + * #ifdef SOME_BUILD_FLAG_MACRO + * # undef OPENSSL_EXTERN + * # define OPENSSL_EXTERN OPENSSL_EXPORT + * #endif + * + * The default is to have OPENSSL_EXPORT and OPENSSL_EXTERN + * have some generally sensible values. + */ + +# if defined(OPENSSL_SYS_WINDOWS) && defined(OPENSSL_OPT_WINDLL) +# define OPENSSL_EXPORT extern __declspec(dllexport) +# define OPENSSL_EXTERN extern __declspec(dllimport) +# else +# define OPENSSL_EXPORT extern +# define OPENSSL_EXTERN extern +# endif + +/*- + * Macros to allow global variables to be reached through function calls when + * required (if a shared library version requires it, for example. + * The way it's done allows definitions like this: + * + * // in foobar.c + * OPENSSL_IMPLEMENT_GLOBAL(int,foobar,0) + * // in foobar.h + * OPENSSL_DECLARE_GLOBAL(int,foobar); + * #define foobar OPENSSL_GLOBAL_REF(foobar) + */ +# ifdef OPENSSL_EXPORT_VAR_AS_FUNCTION +# define OPENSSL_IMPLEMENT_GLOBAL(type,name,value) \ + type *_shadow_##name(void) \ + { static type _hide_##name=value; return &_hide_##name; } +# define OPENSSL_DECLARE_GLOBAL(type,name) type *_shadow_##name(void) +# define OPENSSL_GLOBAL_REF(name) (*(_shadow_##name())) +# else +# define OPENSSL_IMPLEMENT_GLOBAL(type,name,value) type _shadow_##name=value; +# define OPENSSL_DECLARE_GLOBAL(type,name) OPENSSL_EXPORT type _shadow_##name +# define OPENSSL_GLOBAL_REF(name) _shadow_##name +# endif + +# ifdef _WIN32 +# ifdef _WIN64 +# define ossl_ssize_t __int64 +# define OSSL_SSIZE_MAX _I64_MAX +# else +# define ossl_ssize_t int +# define OSSL_SSIZE_MAX INT_MAX +# endif +# endif + +# if defined(OPENSSL_SYS_UEFI) && !defined(ossl_ssize_t) +# define ossl_ssize_t INTN +# define OSSL_SSIZE_MAX MAX_INTN +# endif + +# ifndef ossl_ssize_t +# define ossl_ssize_t ssize_t +# if defined(SSIZE_MAX) +# define OSSL_SSIZE_MAX SSIZE_MAX +# elif defined(_POSIX_SSIZE_MAX) +# define OSSL_SSIZE_MAX _POSIX_SSIZE_MAX +# else +# define OSSL_SSIZE_MAX ((ssize_t)(SIZE_MAX>>1)) +# endif +# endif + +# ifdef DEBUG_UNUSED +# define __owur __attribute__((__warn_unused_result__)) +# else +# define __owur +# endif + +/* Standard integer types */ +# if defined(OPENSSL_SYS_UEFI) +typedef INT8 int8_t; +typedef UINT8 uint8_t; +typedef INT16 int16_t; +typedef UINT16 uint16_t; +typedef INT32 int32_t; +typedef UINT32 uint32_t; +typedef INT64 int64_t; +typedef UINT64 uint64_t; +# elif (defined(__STDC_VERSION__) && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L) || \ + defined(__osf__) || defined(__sgi) || defined(__hpux) || \ + defined(OPENSSL_SYS_VMS) || defined (__OpenBSD__) +# include <inttypes.h> +# elif defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER<1600 +/* + * minimally required typdefs for systems not supporting inttypes.h or + * stdint.h: currently just older VC++ + */ +typedef signed char int8_t; +typedef unsigned char uint8_t; +typedef short int16_t; +typedef unsigned short uint16_t; +typedef int int32_t; +typedef unsigned int uint32_t; +typedef __int64 int64_t; +typedef unsigned __int64 uint64_t; +# else +# include <stdint.h> +# endif + +/* ossl_inline: portable inline definition usable in public headers */ +# if !defined(inline) && !defined(__cplusplus) +# if defined(__STDC_VERSION__) && __STDC_VERSION__>=199901L + /* just use inline */ +# define ossl_inline inline +# elif defined(__GNUC__) && __GNUC__>=2 +# define ossl_inline __inline__ +# elif defined(_MSC_VER) + /* + * Visual Studio: inline is available in C++ only, however + * __inline is available for C, see + * http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z8y1yy88.aspx + */ +# define ossl_inline __inline +# else +# define ossl_inline +# endif +# else +# define ossl_inline inline +# endif + +# if defined(__STDC_VERSION__) && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 201112L +# define ossl_noreturn _Noreturn +# elif defined(__GNUC__) && __GNUC__ >= 2 +# define ossl_noreturn __attribute__((noreturn)) +# else +# define ossl_noreturn +# endif + +/* ossl_unused: portable unused attribute for use in public headers */ +# if defined(__GNUC__) +# define ossl_unused __attribute__((unused)) +# else +# define ossl_unused +# endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ebcdic.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ebcdic.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..aa012855 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ebcdic.h @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +/* + * Copyright 1999-2016 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_EBCDIC_H +# define HEADER_EBCDIC_H + +# include <stdlib.h> + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Avoid name clashes with other applications */ +# define os_toascii _openssl_os_toascii +# define os_toebcdic _openssl_os_toebcdic +# define ebcdic2ascii _openssl_ebcdic2ascii +# define ascii2ebcdic _openssl_ascii2ebcdic + +extern const unsigned char os_toascii[256]; +extern const unsigned char os_toebcdic[256]; +void *ebcdic2ascii(void *dest, const void *srce, size_t count); +void *ascii2ebcdic(void *dest, const void *srce, size_t count); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ec.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ec.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..44cc1399 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ec.h @@ -0,0 +1,1481 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2002-2020 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2002, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_EC_H +# define HEADER_EC_H + +# include <openssl/opensslconf.h> + +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_EC +# include <openssl/asn1.h> +# include <openssl/symhacks.h> +# if OPENSSL_API_COMPAT < 0x10100000L +# include <openssl/bn.h> +# endif +# include <openssl/ecerr.h> +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +# ifndef OPENSSL_ECC_MAX_FIELD_BITS +# define OPENSSL_ECC_MAX_FIELD_BITS 661 +# endif + +/** Enum for the point conversion form as defined in X9.62 (ECDSA) + * for the encoding of a elliptic curve point (x,y) */ +typedef enum { + /** the point is encoded as z||x, where the octet z specifies + * which solution of the quadratic equation y is */ + POINT_CONVERSION_COMPRESSED = 2, + /** the point is encoded as z||x||y, where z is the octet 0x04 */ + POINT_CONVERSION_UNCOMPRESSED = 4, + /** the point is encoded as z||x||y, where the octet z specifies + * which solution of the quadratic equation y is */ + POINT_CONVERSION_HYBRID = 6 +} point_conversion_form_t; + +typedef struct ec_method_st EC_METHOD; +typedef struct ec_group_st EC_GROUP; +typedef struct ec_point_st EC_POINT; +typedef struct ecpk_parameters_st ECPKPARAMETERS; +typedef struct ec_parameters_st ECPARAMETERS; + +/********************************************************************/ +/* EC_METHODs for curves over GF(p) */ +/********************************************************************/ + +/** Returns the basic GFp ec methods which provides the basis for the + * optimized methods. + * \return EC_METHOD object + */ +const EC_METHOD *EC_GFp_simple_method(void); + +/** Returns GFp methods using montgomery multiplication. + * \return EC_METHOD object + */ +const EC_METHOD *EC_GFp_mont_method(void); + +/** Returns GFp methods using optimized methods for NIST recommended curves + * \return EC_METHOD object + */ +const EC_METHOD *EC_GFp_nist_method(void); + +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_EC_NISTP_64_GCC_128 +/** Returns 64-bit optimized methods for nistp224 + * \return EC_METHOD object + */ +const EC_METHOD *EC_GFp_nistp224_method(void); + +/** Returns 64-bit optimized methods for nistp256 + * \return EC_METHOD object + */ +const EC_METHOD *EC_GFp_nistp256_method(void); + +/** Returns 64-bit optimized methods for nistp521 + * \return EC_METHOD object + */ +const EC_METHOD *EC_GFp_nistp521_method(void); +# endif + +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_EC2M +/********************************************************************/ +/* EC_METHOD for curves over GF(2^m) */ +/********************************************************************/ + +/** Returns the basic GF2m ec method + * \return EC_METHOD object + */ +const EC_METHOD *EC_GF2m_simple_method(void); + +# endif + +/********************************************************************/ +/* EC_GROUP functions */ +/********************************************************************/ + +/** Creates a new EC_GROUP object + * \param meth EC_METHOD to use + * \return newly created EC_GROUP object or NULL in case of an error. + */ +EC_GROUP *EC_GROUP_new(const EC_METHOD *meth); + +/** Frees a EC_GROUP object + * \param group EC_GROUP object to be freed. + */ +void EC_GROUP_free(EC_GROUP *group); + +/** Clears and frees a EC_GROUP object + * \param group EC_GROUP object to be cleared and freed. + */ +void EC_GROUP_clear_free(EC_GROUP *group); + +/** Copies EC_GROUP objects. Note: both EC_GROUPs must use the same EC_METHOD. + * \param dst destination EC_GROUP object + * \param src source EC_GROUP object + * \return 1 on success and 0 if an error occurred. + */ +int EC_GROUP_copy(EC_GROUP *dst, const EC_GROUP *src); + +/** Creates a new EC_GROUP object and copies the copies the content + * form src to the newly created EC_KEY object + * \param src source EC_GROUP object + * \return newly created EC_GROUP object or NULL in case of an error. + */ +EC_GROUP *EC_GROUP_dup(const EC_GROUP *src); + +/** Returns the EC_METHOD of the EC_GROUP object. + * \param group EC_GROUP object + * \return EC_METHOD used in this EC_GROUP object. + */ +const EC_METHOD *EC_GROUP_method_of(const EC_GROUP *group); + +/** Returns the field type of the EC_METHOD. + * \param meth EC_METHOD object + * \return NID of the underlying field type OID. + */ +int EC_METHOD_get_field_type(const EC_METHOD *meth); + +/** Sets the generator and its order/cofactor of a EC_GROUP object. + * \param group EC_GROUP object + * \param generator EC_POINT object with the generator. + * \param order the order of the group generated by the generator. + * \param cofactor the index of the sub-group generated by the generator + * in the group of all points on the elliptic curve. + * \return 1 on success and 0 if an error occurred + */ +int EC_GROUP_set_generator(EC_GROUP *group, const EC_POINT *generator, + const BIGNUM *order, const BIGNUM *cofactor); + +/** Returns the generator of a EC_GROUP object. + * \param group EC_GROUP object + * \return the currently used generator (possibly NULL). + */ +const EC_POINT *EC_GROUP_get0_generator(const EC_GROUP *group); + +/** Returns the montgomery data for order(Generator) + * \param group EC_GROUP object + * \return the currently used montgomery data (possibly NULL). +*/ +BN_MONT_CTX *EC_GROUP_get_mont_data(const EC_GROUP *group); + +/** Gets the order of a EC_GROUP + * \param group EC_GROUP object + * \param order BIGNUM to which the order is copied + * \param ctx unused + * \return 1 on success and 0 if an error occurred + */ +int EC_GROUP_get_order(const EC_GROUP *group, BIGNUM *order, BN_CTX *ctx); + +/** Gets the order of an EC_GROUP + * \param group EC_GROUP object + * \return the group order + */ +const BIGNUM *EC_GROUP_get0_order(const EC_GROUP *group); + +/** Gets the number of bits of the order of an EC_GROUP + * \param group EC_GROUP object + * \return number of bits of group order. + */ +int EC_GROUP_order_bits(const EC_GROUP *group); + +/** Gets the cofactor of a EC_GROUP + * \param group EC_GROUP object + * \param cofactor BIGNUM to which the cofactor is copied + * \param ctx unused + * \return 1 on success and 0 if an error occurred + */ +int EC_GROUP_get_cofactor(const EC_GROUP *group, BIGNUM *cofactor, + BN_CTX *ctx); + +/** Gets the cofactor of an EC_GROUP + * \param group EC_GROUP object + * \return the group cofactor + */ +const BIGNUM *EC_GROUP_get0_cofactor(const EC_GROUP *group); + +/** Sets the name of a EC_GROUP object + * \param group EC_GROUP object + * \param nid NID of the curve name OID + */ +void EC_GROUP_set_curve_name(EC_GROUP *group, int nid); + +/** Returns the curve name of a EC_GROUP object + * \param group EC_GROUP object + * \return NID of the curve name OID or 0 if not set. + */ +int EC_GROUP_get_curve_name(const EC_GROUP *group); + +void EC_GROUP_set_asn1_flag(EC_GROUP *group, int flag); +int EC_GROUP_get_asn1_flag(const EC_GROUP *group); + +void EC_GROUP_set_point_conversion_form(EC_GROUP *group, + point_conversion_form_t form); +point_conversion_form_t EC_GROUP_get_point_conversion_form(const EC_GROUP *); + +unsigned char *EC_GROUP_get0_seed(const EC_GROUP *x); +size_t EC_GROUP_get_seed_len(const EC_GROUP *); +size_t EC_GROUP_set_seed(EC_GROUP *, const unsigned char *, size_t len); + +/** Sets the parameters of a ec curve defined by y^2 = x^3 + a*x + b (for GFp) + * or y^2 + x*y = x^3 + a*x^2 + b (for GF2m) + * \param group EC_GROUP object + * \param p BIGNUM with the prime number (GFp) or the polynomial + * defining the underlying field (GF2m) + * \param a BIGNUM with parameter a of the equation + * \param b BIGNUM with parameter b of the equation + * \param ctx BN_CTX object (optional) + * \return 1 on success and 0 if an error occurred + */ +int EC_GROUP_set_curve(EC_GROUP *group, const BIGNUM *p, const BIGNUM *a, + const BIGNUM *b, BN_CTX *ctx); + +/** Gets the parameters of the ec curve defined by y^2 = x^3 + a*x + b (for GFp) + * or y^2 + x*y = x^3 + a*x^2 + b (for GF2m) + * \param group EC_GROUP object + * \param p BIGNUM with the prime number (GFp) or the polynomial + * defining the underlying field (GF2m) + * \param a BIGNUM for parameter a of the equation + * \param b BIGNUM for parameter b of the equation + * \param ctx BN_CTX object (optional) + * \return 1 on success and 0 if an error occurred + */ +int EC_GROUP_get_curve(const EC_GROUP *group, BIGNUM *p, BIGNUM *a, BIGNUM *b, + BN_CTX *ctx); + +/** Sets the parameters of an ec curve. Synonym for EC_GROUP_set_curve + * \param group EC_GROUP object + * \param p BIGNUM with the prime number (GFp) or the polynomial + * defining the underlying field (GF2m) + * \param a BIGNUM with parameter a of the equation + * \param b BIGNUM with parameter b of the equation + * \param ctx BN_CTX object (optional) + * \return 1 on success and 0 if an error occurred + */ +DEPRECATEDIN_1_2_0(int EC_GROUP_set_curve_GFp(EC_GROUP *group, const BIGNUM *p, + const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *b, + BN_CTX *ctx)) + +/** Gets the parameters of an ec curve. Synonym for EC_GROUP_get_curve + * \param group EC_GROUP object + * \param p BIGNUM with the prime number (GFp) or the polynomial + * defining the underlying field (GF2m) + * \param a BIGNUM for parameter a of the equation + * \param b BIGNUM for parameter b of the equation + * \param ctx BN_CTX object (optional) + * \return 1 on success and 0 if an error occurred + */ +DEPRECATEDIN_1_2_0(int EC_GROUP_get_curve_GFp(const EC_GROUP *group, BIGNUM *p, + BIGNUM *a, BIGNUM *b, + BN_CTX *ctx)) + +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_EC2M +/** Sets the parameter of an ec curve. Synonym for EC_GROUP_set_curve + * \param group EC_GROUP object + * \param p BIGNUM with the prime number (GFp) or the polynomial + * defining the underlying field (GF2m) + * \param a BIGNUM with parameter a of the equation + * \param b BIGNUM with parameter b of the equation + * \param ctx BN_CTX object (optional) + * \return 1 on success and 0 if an error occurred + */ +DEPRECATEDIN_1_2_0(int EC_GROUP_set_curve_GF2m(EC_GROUP *group, const BIGNUM *p, + const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *b, + BN_CTX *ctx)) + +/** Gets the parameters of an ec curve. Synonym for EC_GROUP_get_curve + * \param group EC_GROUP object + * \param p BIGNUM with the prime number (GFp) or the polynomial + * defining the underlying field (GF2m) + * \param a BIGNUM for parameter a of the equation + * \param b BIGNUM for parameter b of the equation + * \param ctx BN_CTX object (optional) + * \return 1 on success and 0 if an error occurred + */ +DEPRECATEDIN_1_2_0(int EC_GROUP_get_curve_GF2m(const EC_GROUP *group, BIGNUM *p, + BIGNUM *a, BIGNUM *b, + BN_CTX *ctx)) +# endif +/** Returns the number of bits needed to represent a field element + * \param group EC_GROUP object + * \return number of bits needed to represent a field element + */ +int EC_GROUP_get_degree(const EC_GROUP *group); + +/** Checks whether the parameter in the EC_GROUP define a valid ec group + * \param group EC_GROUP object + * \param ctx BN_CTX object (optional) + * \return 1 if group is a valid ec group and 0 otherwise + */ +int EC_GROUP_check(const EC_GROUP *group, BN_CTX *ctx); + +/** Checks whether the discriminant of the elliptic curve is zero or not + * \param group EC_GROUP object + * \param ctx BN_CTX object (optional) + * \return 1 if the discriminant is not zero and 0 otherwise + */ +int EC_GROUP_check_discriminant(const EC_GROUP *group, BN_CTX *ctx); + +/** Compares two EC_GROUP objects + * \param a first EC_GROUP object + * \param b second EC_GROUP object + * \param ctx BN_CTX object (optional) + * \return 0 if the groups are equal, 1 if not, or -1 on error + */ +int EC_GROUP_cmp(const EC_GROUP *a, const EC_GROUP *b, BN_CTX *ctx); + +/* + * EC_GROUP_new_GF*() calls EC_GROUP_new() and EC_GROUP_set_GF*() after + * choosing an appropriate EC_METHOD + */ + +/** Creates a new EC_GROUP object with the specified parameters defined + * over GFp (defined by the equation y^2 = x^3 + a*x + b) + * \param p BIGNUM with the prime number + * \param a BIGNUM with the parameter a of the equation + * \param b BIGNUM with the parameter b of the equation + * \param ctx BN_CTX object (optional) + * \return newly created EC_GROUP object with the specified parameters + */ +EC_GROUP *EC_GROUP_new_curve_GFp(const BIGNUM *p, const BIGNUM *a, + const BIGNUM *b, BN_CTX *ctx); +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_EC2M +/** Creates a new EC_GROUP object with the specified parameters defined + * over GF2m (defined by the equation y^2 + x*y = x^3 + a*x^2 + b) + * \param p BIGNUM with the polynomial defining the underlying field + * \param a BIGNUM with the parameter a of the equation + * \param b BIGNUM with the parameter b of the equation + * \param ctx BN_CTX object (optional) + * \return newly created EC_GROUP object with the specified parameters + */ +EC_GROUP *EC_GROUP_new_curve_GF2m(const BIGNUM *p, const BIGNUM *a, + const BIGNUM *b, BN_CTX *ctx); +# endif + +/** Creates a EC_GROUP object with a curve specified by a NID + * \param nid NID of the OID of the curve name + * \return newly created EC_GROUP object with specified curve or NULL + * if an error occurred + */ +EC_GROUP *EC_GROUP_new_by_curve_name(int nid); + +/** Creates a new EC_GROUP object from an ECPARAMETERS object + * \param params pointer to the ECPARAMETERS object + * \return newly created EC_GROUP object with specified curve or NULL + * if an error occurred + */ +EC_GROUP *EC_GROUP_new_from_ecparameters(const ECPARAMETERS *params); + +/** Creates an ECPARAMETERS object for the given EC_GROUP object. + * \param group pointer to the EC_GROUP object + * \param params pointer to an existing ECPARAMETERS object or NULL + * \return pointer to the new ECPARAMETERS object or NULL + * if an error occurred. + */ +ECPARAMETERS *EC_GROUP_get_ecparameters(const EC_GROUP *group, + ECPARAMETERS *params); + +/** Creates a new EC_GROUP object from an ECPKPARAMETERS object + * \param params pointer to an existing ECPKPARAMETERS object, or NULL + * \return newly created EC_GROUP object with specified curve, or NULL + * if an error occurred + */ +EC_GROUP *EC_GROUP_new_from_ecpkparameters(const ECPKPARAMETERS *params); + +/** Creates an ECPKPARAMETERS object for the given EC_GROUP object. + * \param group pointer to the EC_GROUP object + * \param params pointer to an existing ECPKPARAMETERS object or NULL + * \return pointer to the new ECPKPARAMETERS object or NULL + * if an error occurred. + */ +ECPKPARAMETERS *EC_GROUP_get_ecpkparameters(const EC_GROUP *group, + ECPKPARAMETERS *params); + +/********************************************************************/ +/* handling of internal curves */ +/********************************************************************/ + +typedef struct { + int nid; + const char *comment; +} EC_builtin_curve; + +/* + * EC_builtin_curves(EC_builtin_curve *r, size_t size) returns number of all + * available curves or zero if a error occurred. In case r is not zero, + * nitems EC_builtin_curve structures are filled with the data of the first + * nitems internal groups + */ +size_t EC_get_builtin_curves(EC_builtin_curve *r, size_t nitems); + +const char *EC_curve_nid2nist(int nid); +int EC_curve_nist2nid(const char *name); + +/********************************************************************/ +/* EC_POINT functions */ +/********************************************************************/ + +/** Creates a new EC_POINT object for the specified EC_GROUP + * \param group EC_GROUP the underlying EC_GROUP object + * \return newly created EC_POINT object or NULL if an error occurred + */ +EC_POINT *EC_POINT_new(const EC_GROUP *group); + +/** Frees a EC_POINT object + * \param point EC_POINT object to be freed + */ +void EC_POINT_free(EC_POINT *point); + +/** Clears and frees a EC_POINT object + * \param point EC_POINT object to be cleared and freed + */ +void EC_POINT_clear_free(EC_POINT *point); + +/** Copies EC_POINT object + * \param dst destination EC_POINT object + * \param src source EC_POINT object + * \return 1 on success and 0 if an error occurred + */ +int EC_POINT_copy(EC_POINT *dst, const EC_POINT *src); + +/** Creates a new EC_POINT object and copies the content of the supplied + * EC_POINT + * \param src source EC_POINT object + * \param group underlying the EC_GROUP object + * \return newly created EC_POINT object or NULL if an error occurred + */ +EC_POINT *EC_POINT_dup(const EC_POINT *src, const EC_GROUP *group); + +/** Returns the EC_METHOD used in EC_POINT object + * \param point EC_POINT object + * \return the EC_METHOD used + */ +const EC_METHOD *EC_POINT_method_of(const EC_POINT *point); + +/** Sets a point to infinity (neutral element) + * \param group underlying EC_GROUP object + * \param point EC_POINT to set to infinity + * \return 1 on success and 0 if an error occurred + */ +int EC_POINT_set_to_infinity(const EC_GROUP *group, EC_POINT *point); + +/** Sets the jacobian projective coordinates of a EC_POINT over GFp + * \param group underlying EC_GROUP object + * \param p EC_POINT object + * \param x BIGNUM with the x-coordinate + * \param y BIGNUM with the y-coordinate + * \param z BIGNUM with the z-coordinate + * \param ctx BN_CTX object (optional) + * \return 1 on success and 0 if an error occurred + */ +int EC_POINT_set_Jprojective_coordinates_GFp(const EC_GROUP *group, + EC_POINT *p, const BIGNUM *x, + const BIGNUM *y, const BIGNUM *z, + BN_CTX *ctx); + +/** Gets the jacobian projective coordinates of a EC_POINT over GFp + * \param group underlying EC_GROUP object + * \param p EC_POINT object + * \param x BIGNUM for the x-coordinate + * \param y BIGNUM for the y-coordinate + * \param z BIGNUM for the z-coordinate + * \param ctx BN_CTX object (optional) + * \return 1 on success and 0 if an error occurred + */ +int EC_POINT_get_Jprojective_coordinates_GFp(const EC_GROUP *group, + const EC_POINT *p, BIGNUM *x, + BIGNUM *y, BIGNUM *z, + BN_CTX *ctx); + +/** Sets the affine coordinates of an EC_POINT + * \param group underlying EC_GROUP object + * \param p EC_POINT object + * \param x BIGNUM with the x-coordinate + * \param y BIGNUM with the y-coordinate + * \param ctx BN_CTX object (optional) + * \return 1 on success and 0 if an error occurred + */ +int EC_POINT_set_affine_coordinates(const EC_GROUP *group, EC_POINT *p, + const BIGNUM *x, const BIGNUM *y, + BN_CTX *ctx); + +/** Gets the affine coordinates of an EC_POINT. + * \param group underlying EC_GROUP object + * \param p EC_POINT object + * \param x BIGNUM for the x-coordinate + * \param y BIGNUM for the y-coordinate + * \param ctx BN_CTX object (optional) + * \return 1 on success and 0 if an error occurred + */ +int EC_POINT_get_affine_coordinates(const EC_GROUP *group, const EC_POINT *p, + BIGNUM *x, BIGNUM *y, BN_CTX *ctx); + +/** Sets the affine coordinates of an EC_POINT. A synonym of + * EC_POINT_set_affine_coordinates + * \param group underlying EC_GROUP object + * \param p EC_POINT object + * \param x BIGNUM with the x-coordinate + * \param y BIGNUM with the y-coordinate + * \param ctx BN_CTX object (optional) + * \return 1 on success and 0 if an error occurred + */ +DEPRECATEDIN_1_2_0(int EC_POINT_set_affine_coordinates_GFp(const EC_GROUP *group, + EC_POINT *p, + const BIGNUM *x, + const BIGNUM *y, + BN_CTX *ctx)) + +/** Gets the affine coordinates of an EC_POINT. A synonym of + * EC_POINT_get_affine_coordinates + * \param group underlying EC_GROUP object + * \param p EC_POINT object + * \param x BIGNUM for the x-coordinate + * \param y BIGNUM for the y-coordinate + * \param ctx BN_CTX object (optional) + * \return 1 on success and 0 if an error occurred + */ +DEPRECATEDIN_1_2_0(int EC_POINT_get_affine_coordinates_GFp(const EC_GROUP *group, + const EC_POINT *p, + BIGNUM *x, + BIGNUM *y, + BN_CTX *ctx)) + +/** Sets the x9.62 compressed coordinates of a EC_POINT + * \param group underlying EC_GROUP object + * \param p EC_POINT object + * \param x BIGNUM with x-coordinate + * \param y_bit integer with the y-Bit (either 0 or 1) + * \param ctx BN_CTX object (optional) + * \return 1 on success and 0 if an error occurred + */ +int EC_POINT_set_compressed_coordinates(const EC_GROUP *group, EC_POINT *p, + const BIGNUM *x, int y_bit, + BN_CTX *ctx); + +/** Sets the x9.62 compressed coordinates of a EC_POINT. A synonym of + * EC_POINT_set_compressed_coordinates + * \param group underlying EC_GROUP object + * \param p EC_POINT object + * \param x BIGNUM with x-coordinate + * \param y_bit integer with the y-Bit (either 0 or 1) + * \param ctx BN_CTX object (optional) + * \return 1 on success and 0 if an error occurred + */ +DEPRECATEDIN_1_2_0(int EC_POINT_set_compressed_coordinates_GFp(const EC_GROUP *group, + EC_POINT *p, + const BIGNUM *x, + int y_bit, + BN_CTX *ctx)) +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_EC2M +/** Sets the affine coordinates of an EC_POINT. A synonym of + * EC_POINT_set_affine_coordinates + * \param group underlying EC_GROUP object + * \param p EC_POINT object + * \param x BIGNUM with the x-coordinate + * \param y BIGNUM with the y-coordinate + * \param ctx BN_CTX object (optional) + * \return 1 on success and 0 if an error occurred + */ +DEPRECATEDIN_1_2_0(int EC_POINT_set_affine_coordinates_GF2m(const EC_GROUP *group, + EC_POINT *p, + const BIGNUM *x, + const BIGNUM *y, + BN_CTX *ctx)) + +/** Gets the affine coordinates of an EC_POINT. A synonym of + * EC_POINT_get_affine_coordinates + * \param group underlying EC_GROUP object + * \param p EC_POINT object + * \param x BIGNUM for the x-coordinate + * \param y BIGNUM for the y-coordinate + * \param ctx BN_CTX object (optional) + * \return 1 on success and 0 if an error occurred + */ +DEPRECATEDIN_1_2_0(int EC_POINT_get_affine_coordinates_GF2m(const EC_GROUP *group, + const EC_POINT *p, + BIGNUM *x, + BIGNUM *y, + BN_CTX *ctx)) + +/** Sets the x9.62 compressed coordinates of a EC_POINT. A synonym of + * EC_POINT_set_compressed_coordinates + * \param group underlying EC_GROUP object + * \param p EC_POINT object + * \param x BIGNUM with x-coordinate + * \param y_bit integer with the y-Bit (either 0 or 1) + * \param ctx BN_CTX object (optional) + * \return 1 on success and 0 if an error occurred + */ +DEPRECATEDIN_1_2_0(int EC_POINT_set_compressed_coordinates_GF2m(const EC_GROUP *group, + EC_POINT *p, + const BIGNUM *x, + int y_bit, + BN_CTX *ctx)) +# endif +/** Encodes a EC_POINT object to a octet string + * \param group underlying EC_GROUP object + * \param p EC_POINT object + * \param form point conversion form + * \param buf memory buffer for the result. If NULL the function returns + * required buffer size. + * \param len length of the memory buffer + * \param ctx BN_CTX object (optional) + * \return the length of the encoded octet string or 0 if an error occurred + */ +size_t EC_POINT_point2oct(const EC_GROUP *group, const EC_POINT *p, + point_conversion_form_t form, + unsigned char *buf, size_t len, BN_CTX *ctx); + +/** Decodes a EC_POINT from a octet string + * \param group underlying EC_GROUP object + * \param p EC_POINT object + * \param buf memory buffer with the encoded ec point + * \param len length of the encoded ec point + * \param ctx BN_CTX object (optional) + * \return 1 on success and 0 if an error occurred + */ +int EC_POINT_oct2point(const EC_GROUP *group, EC_POINT *p, + const unsigned char *buf, size_t len, BN_CTX *ctx); + +/** Encodes an EC_POINT object to an allocated octet string + * \param group underlying EC_GROUP object + * \param point EC_POINT object + * \param form point conversion form + * \param pbuf returns pointer to allocated buffer + * \param ctx BN_CTX object (optional) + * \return the length of the encoded octet string or 0 if an error occurred + */ +size_t EC_POINT_point2buf(const EC_GROUP *group, const EC_POINT *point, + point_conversion_form_t form, + unsigned char **pbuf, BN_CTX *ctx); + +/* other interfaces to point2oct/oct2point: */ +BIGNUM *EC_POINT_point2bn(const EC_GROUP *, const EC_POINT *, + point_conversion_form_t form, BIGNUM *, BN_CTX *); +EC_POINT *EC_POINT_bn2point(const EC_GROUP *, const BIGNUM *, + EC_POINT *, BN_CTX *); +char *EC_POINT_point2hex(const EC_GROUP *, const EC_POINT *, + point_conversion_form_t form, BN_CTX *); +EC_POINT *EC_POINT_hex2point(const EC_GROUP *, const char *, + EC_POINT *, BN_CTX *); + +/********************************************************************/ +/* functions for doing EC_POINT arithmetic */ +/********************************************************************/ + +/** Computes the sum of two EC_POINT + * \param group underlying EC_GROUP object + * \param r EC_POINT object for the result (r = a + b) + * \param a EC_POINT object with the first summand + * \param b EC_POINT object with the second summand + * \param ctx BN_CTX object (optional) + * \return 1 on success and 0 if an error occurred + */ +int EC_POINT_add(const EC_GROUP *group, EC_POINT *r, const EC_POINT *a, + const EC_POINT *b, BN_CTX *ctx); + +/** Computes the double of a EC_POINT + * \param group underlying EC_GROUP object + * \param r EC_POINT object for the result (r = 2 * a) + * \param a EC_POINT object + * \param ctx BN_CTX object (optional) + * \return 1 on success and 0 if an error occurred + */ +int EC_POINT_dbl(const EC_GROUP *group, EC_POINT *r, const EC_POINT *a, + BN_CTX *ctx); + +/** Computes the inverse of a EC_POINT + * \param group underlying EC_GROUP object + * \param a EC_POINT object to be inverted (it's used for the result as well) + * \param ctx BN_CTX object (optional) + * \return 1 on success and 0 if an error occurred + */ +int EC_POINT_invert(const EC_GROUP *group, EC_POINT *a, BN_CTX *ctx); + +/** Checks whether the point is the neutral element of the group + * \param group the underlying EC_GROUP object + * \param p EC_POINT object + * \return 1 if the point is the neutral element and 0 otherwise + */ +int EC_POINT_is_at_infinity(const EC_GROUP *group, const EC_POINT *p); + +/** Checks whether the point is on the curve + * \param group underlying EC_GROUP object + * \param point EC_POINT object to check + * \param ctx BN_CTX object (optional) + * \return 1 if the point is on the curve, 0 if not, or -1 on error + */ +int EC_POINT_is_on_curve(const EC_GROUP *group, const EC_POINT *point, + BN_CTX *ctx); + +/** Compares two EC_POINTs + * \param group underlying EC_GROUP object + * \param a first EC_POINT object + * \param b second EC_POINT object + * \param ctx BN_CTX object (optional) + * \return 1 if the points are not equal, 0 if they are, or -1 on error + */ +int EC_POINT_cmp(const EC_GROUP *group, const EC_POINT *a, const EC_POINT *b, + BN_CTX *ctx); + +int EC_POINT_make_affine(const EC_GROUP *group, EC_POINT *point, BN_CTX *ctx); +int EC_POINTs_make_affine(const EC_GROUP *group, size_t num, + EC_POINT *points[], BN_CTX *ctx); + +/** Computes r = generator * n + sum_{i=0}^{num-1} p[i] * m[i] + * \param group underlying EC_GROUP object + * \param r EC_POINT object for the result + * \param n BIGNUM with the multiplier for the group generator (optional) + * \param num number further summands + * \param p array of size num of EC_POINT objects + * \param m array of size num of BIGNUM objects + * \param ctx BN_CTX object (optional) + * \return 1 on success and 0 if an error occurred + */ +int EC_POINTs_mul(const EC_GROUP *group, EC_POINT *r, const BIGNUM *n, + size_t num, const EC_POINT *p[], const BIGNUM *m[], + BN_CTX *ctx); + +/** Computes r = generator * n + q * m + * \param group underlying EC_GROUP object + * \param r EC_POINT object for the result + * \param n BIGNUM with the multiplier for the group generator (optional) + * \param q EC_POINT object with the first factor of the second summand + * \param m BIGNUM with the second factor of the second summand + * \param ctx BN_CTX object (optional) + * \return 1 on success and 0 if an error occurred + */ +int EC_POINT_mul(const EC_GROUP *group, EC_POINT *r, const BIGNUM *n, + const EC_POINT *q, const BIGNUM *m, BN_CTX *ctx); + +/** Stores multiples of generator for faster point multiplication + * \param group EC_GROUP object + * \param ctx BN_CTX object (optional) + * \return 1 on success and 0 if an error occurred + */ +int EC_GROUP_precompute_mult(EC_GROUP *group, BN_CTX *ctx); + +/** Reports whether a precomputation has been done + * \param group EC_GROUP object + * \return 1 if a pre-computation has been done and 0 otherwise + */ +int EC_GROUP_have_precompute_mult(const EC_GROUP *group); + +/********************************************************************/ +/* ASN1 stuff */ +/********************************************************************/ + +DECLARE_ASN1_ITEM(ECPKPARAMETERS) +DECLARE_ASN1_ALLOC_FUNCTIONS(ECPKPARAMETERS) +DECLARE_ASN1_ITEM(ECPARAMETERS) +DECLARE_ASN1_ALLOC_FUNCTIONS(ECPARAMETERS) + +/* + * EC_GROUP_get_basis_type() returns the NID of the basis type used to + * represent the field elements + */ +int EC_GROUP_get_basis_type(const EC_GROUP *); +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_EC2M +int EC_GROUP_get_trinomial_basis(const EC_GROUP *, unsigned int *k); +int EC_GROUP_get_pentanomial_basis(const EC_GROUP *, unsigned int *k1, + unsigned int *k2, unsigned int *k3); +# endif + +# define OPENSSL_EC_EXPLICIT_CURVE 0x000 +# define OPENSSL_EC_NAMED_CURVE 0x001 + +EC_GROUP *d2i_ECPKParameters(EC_GROUP **, const unsigned char **in, long len); +int i2d_ECPKParameters(const EC_GROUP *, unsigned char **out); + +# define d2i_ECPKParameters_bio(bp,x) ASN1_d2i_bio_of(EC_GROUP,NULL,d2i_ECPKParameters,bp,x) +# define i2d_ECPKParameters_bio(bp,x) ASN1_i2d_bio_of_const(EC_GROUP,i2d_ECPKParameters,bp,x) +# define d2i_ECPKParameters_fp(fp,x) (EC_GROUP *)ASN1_d2i_fp(NULL, \ + (char *(*)())d2i_ECPKParameters,(fp),(unsigned char **)(x)) +# define i2d_ECPKParameters_fp(fp,x) ASN1_i2d_fp(i2d_ECPKParameters,(fp), \ + (unsigned char *)(x)) + +int ECPKParameters_print(BIO *bp, const EC_GROUP *x, int off); +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_STDIO +int ECPKParameters_print_fp(FILE *fp, const EC_GROUP *x, int off); +# endif + +/********************************************************************/ +/* EC_KEY functions */ +/********************************************************************/ + +/* some values for the encoding_flag */ +# define EC_PKEY_NO_PARAMETERS 0x001 +# define EC_PKEY_NO_PUBKEY 0x002 + +/* some values for the flags field */ +# define EC_FLAG_NON_FIPS_ALLOW 0x1 +# define EC_FLAG_FIPS_CHECKED 0x2 +# define EC_FLAG_COFACTOR_ECDH 0x1000 + +/** Creates a new EC_KEY object. + * \return EC_KEY object or NULL if an error occurred. + */ +EC_KEY *EC_KEY_new(void); + +int EC_KEY_get_flags(const EC_KEY *key); + +void EC_KEY_set_flags(EC_KEY *key, int flags); + +void EC_KEY_clear_flags(EC_KEY *key, int flags); + +int EC_KEY_decoded_from_explicit_params(const EC_KEY *key); + +/** Creates a new EC_KEY object using a named curve as underlying + * EC_GROUP object. + * \param nid NID of the named curve. + * \return EC_KEY object or NULL if an error occurred. + */ +EC_KEY *EC_KEY_new_by_curve_name(int nid); + +/** Frees a EC_KEY object. + * \param key EC_KEY object to be freed. + */ +void EC_KEY_free(EC_KEY *key); + +/** Copies a EC_KEY object. + * \param dst destination EC_KEY object + * \param src src EC_KEY object + * \return dst or NULL if an error occurred. + */ +EC_KEY *EC_KEY_copy(EC_KEY *dst, const EC_KEY *src); + +/** Creates a new EC_KEY object and copies the content from src to it. + * \param src the source EC_KEY object + * \return newly created EC_KEY object or NULL if an error occurred. + */ +EC_KEY *EC_KEY_dup(const EC_KEY *src); + +/** Increases the internal reference count of a EC_KEY object. + * \param key EC_KEY object + * \return 1 on success and 0 if an error occurred. + */ +int EC_KEY_up_ref(EC_KEY *key); + +/** Returns the ENGINE object of a EC_KEY object + * \param eckey EC_KEY object + * \return the ENGINE object (possibly NULL). + */ +ENGINE *EC_KEY_get0_engine(const EC_KEY *eckey); + +/** Returns the EC_GROUP object of a EC_KEY object + * \param key EC_KEY object + * \return the EC_GROUP object (possibly NULL). + */ +const EC_GROUP *EC_KEY_get0_group(const EC_KEY *key); + +/** Sets the EC_GROUP of a EC_KEY object. + * \param key EC_KEY object + * \param group EC_GROUP to use in the EC_KEY object (note: the EC_KEY + * object will use an own copy of the EC_GROUP). + * \return 1 on success and 0 if an error occurred. + */ +int EC_KEY_set_group(EC_KEY *key, const EC_GROUP *group); + +/** Returns the private key of a EC_KEY object. + * \param key EC_KEY object + * \return a BIGNUM with the private key (possibly NULL). + */ +const BIGNUM *EC_KEY_get0_private_key(const EC_KEY *key); + +/** Sets the private key of a EC_KEY object. + * \param key EC_KEY object + * \param prv BIGNUM with the private key (note: the EC_KEY object + * will use an own copy of the BIGNUM). + * \return 1 on success and 0 if an error occurred. + */ +int EC_KEY_set_private_key(EC_KEY *key, const BIGNUM *prv); + +/** Returns the public key of a EC_KEY object. + * \param key the EC_KEY object + * \return a EC_POINT object with the public key (possibly NULL) + */ +const EC_POINT *EC_KEY_get0_public_key(const EC_KEY *key); + +/** Sets the public key of a EC_KEY object. + * \param key EC_KEY object + * \param pub EC_POINT object with the public key (note: the EC_KEY object + * will use an own copy of the EC_POINT object). + * \return 1 on success and 0 if an error occurred. + */ +int EC_KEY_set_public_key(EC_KEY *key, const EC_POINT *pub); + +unsigned EC_KEY_get_enc_flags(const EC_KEY *key); +void EC_KEY_set_enc_flags(EC_KEY *eckey, unsigned int flags); +point_conversion_form_t EC_KEY_get_conv_form(const EC_KEY *key); +void EC_KEY_set_conv_form(EC_KEY *eckey, point_conversion_form_t cform); + +#define EC_KEY_get_ex_new_index(l, p, newf, dupf, freef) \ + CRYPTO_get_ex_new_index(CRYPTO_EX_INDEX_EC_KEY, l, p, newf, dupf, freef) +int EC_KEY_set_ex_data(EC_KEY *key, int idx, void *arg); +void *EC_KEY_get_ex_data(const EC_KEY *key, int idx); + +/* wrapper functions for the underlying EC_GROUP object */ +void EC_KEY_set_asn1_flag(EC_KEY *eckey, int asn1_flag); + +/** Creates a table of pre-computed multiples of the generator to + * accelerate further EC_KEY operations. + * \param key EC_KEY object + * \param ctx BN_CTX object (optional) + * \return 1 on success and 0 if an error occurred. + */ +int EC_KEY_precompute_mult(EC_KEY *key, BN_CTX *ctx); + +/** Creates a new ec private (and optional a new public) key. + * \param key EC_KEY object + * \return 1 on success and 0 if an error occurred. + */ +int EC_KEY_generate_key(EC_KEY *key); + +/** Verifies that a private and/or public key is valid. + * \param key the EC_KEY object + * \return 1 on success and 0 otherwise. + */ +int EC_KEY_check_key(const EC_KEY *key); + +/** Indicates if an EC_KEY can be used for signing. + * \param eckey the EC_KEY object + * \return 1 if can can sign and 0 otherwise. + */ +int EC_KEY_can_sign(const EC_KEY *eckey); + +/** Sets a public key from affine coordinates performing + * necessary NIST PKV tests. + * \param key the EC_KEY object + * \param x public key x coordinate + * \param y public key y coordinate + * \return 1 on success and 0 otherwise. + */ +int EC_KEY_set_public_key_affine_coordinates(EC_KEY *key, BIGNUM *x, + BIGNUM *y); + +/** Encodes an EC_KEY public key to an allocated octet string + * \param key key to encode + * \param form point conversion form + * \param pbuf returns pointer to allocated buffer + * \param ctx BN_CTX object (optional) + * \return the length of the encoded octet string or 0 if an error occurred + */ +size_t EC_KEY_key2buf(const EC_KEY *key, point_conversion_form_t form, + unsigned char **pbuf, BN_CTX *ctx); + +/** Decodes a EC_KEY public key from a octet string + * \param key key to decode + * \param buf memory buffer with the encoded ec point + * \param len length of the encoded ec point + * \param ctx BN_CTX object (optional) + * \return 1 on success and 0 if an error occurred + */ + +int EC_KEY_oct2key(EC_KEY *key, const unsigned char *buf, size_t len, + BN_CTX *ctx); + +/** Decodes an EC_KEY private key from an octet string + * \param key key to decode + * \param buf memory buffer with the encoded private key + * \param len length of the encoded key + * \return 1 on success and 0 if an error occurred + */ + +int EC_KEY_oct2priv(EC_KEY *key, const unsigned char *buf, size_t len); + +/** Encodes a EC_KEY private key to an octet string + * \param key key to encode + * \param buf memory buffer for the result. If NULL the function returns + * required buffer size. + * \param len length of the memory buffer + * \return the length of the encoded octet string or 0 if an error occurred + */ + +size_t EC_KEY_priv2oct(const EC_KEY *key, unsigned char *buf, size_t len); + +/** Encodes an EC_KEY private key to an allocated octet string + * \param eckey key to encode + * \param pbuf returns pointer to allocated buffer + * \return the length of the encoded octet string or 0 if an error occurred + */ +size_t EC_KEY_priv2buf(const EC_KEY *eckey, unsigned char **pbuf); + +/********************************************************************/ +/* de- and encoding functions for SEC1 ECPrivateKey */ +/********************************************************************/ + +/** Decodes a private key from a memory buffer. + * \param key a pointer to a EC_KEY object which should be used (or NULL) + * \param in pointer to memory with the DER encoded private key + * \param len length of the DER encoded private key + * \return the decoded private key or NULL if an error occurred. + */ +EC_KEY *d2i_ECPrivateKey(EC_KEY **key, const unsigned char **in, long len); + +/** Encodes a private key object and stores the result in a buffer. + * \param key the EC_KEY object to encode + * \param out the buffer for the result (if NULL the function returns number + * of bytes needed). + * \return 1 on success and 0 if an error occurred. + */ +int i2d_ECPrivateKey(EC_KEY *key, unsigned char **out); + +/********************************************************************/ +/* de- and encoding functions for EC parameters */ +/********************************************************************/ + +/** Decodes ec parameter from a memory buffer. + * \param key a pointer to a EC_KEY object which should be used (or NULL) + * \param in pointer to memory with the DER encoded ec parameters + * \param len length of the DER encoded ec parameters + * \return a EC_KEY object with the decoded parameters or NULL if an error + * occurred. + */ +EC_KEY *d2i_ECParameters(EC_KEY **key, const unsigned char **in, long len); + +/** Encodes ec parameter and stores the result in a buffer. + * \param key the EC_KEY object with ec parameters to encode + * \param out the buffer for the result (if NULL the function returns number + * of bytes needed). + * \return 1 on success and 0 if an error occurred. + */ +int i2d_ECParameters(EC_KEY *key, unsigned char **out); + +/********************************************************************/ +/* de- and encoding functions for EC public key */ +/* (octet string, not DER -- hence 'o2i' and 'i2o') */ +/********************************************************************/ + +/** Decodes a ec public key from a octet string. + * \param key a pointer to a EC_KEY object which should be used + * \param in memory buffer with the encoded public key + * \param len length of the encoded public key + * \return EC_KEY object with decoded public key or NULL if an error + * occurred. + */ +EC_KEY *o2i_ECPublicKey(EC_KEY **key, const unsigned char **in, long len); + +/** Encodes a ec public key in an octet string. + * \param key the EC_KEY object with the public key + * \param out the buffer for the result (if NULL the function returns number + * of bytes needed). + * \return 1 on success and 0 if an error occurred + */ +int i2o_ECPublicKey(const EC_KEY *key, unsigned char **out); + +/** Prints out the ec parameters on human readable form. + * \param bp BIO object to which the information is printed + * \param key EC_KEY object + * \return 1 on success and 0 if an error occurred + */ +int ECParameters_print(BIO *bp, const EC_KEY *key); + +/** Prints out the contents of a EC_KEY object + * \param bp BIO object to which the information is printed + * \param key EC_KEY object + * \param off line offset + * \return 1 on success and 0 if an error occurred + */ +int EC_KEY_print(BIO *bp, const EC_KEY *key, int off); + +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_STDIO +/** Prints out the ec parameters on human readable form. + * \param fp file descriptor to which the information is printed + * \param key EC_KEY object + * \return 1 on success and 0 if an error occurred + */ +int ECParameters_print_fp(FILE *fp, const EC_KEY *key); + +/** Prints out the contents of a EC_KEY object + * \param fp file descriptor to which the information is printed + * \param key EC_KEY object + * \param off line offset + * \return 1 on success and 0 if an error occurred + */ +int EC_KEY_print_fp(FILE *fp, const EC_KEY *key, int off); + +# endif + +const EC_KEY_METHOD *EC_KEY_OpenSSL(void); +const EC_KEY_METHOD *EC_KEY_get_default_method(void); +void EC_KEY_set_default_method(const EC_KEY_METHOD *meth); +const EC_KEY_METHOD *EC_KEY_get_method(const EC_KEY *key); +int EC_KEY_set_method(EC_KEY *key, const EC_KEY_METHOD *meth); +EC_KEY *EC_KEY_new_method(ENGINE *engine); + +/** The old name for ecdh_KDF_X9_63 + * The ECDH KDF specification has been mistakingly attributed to ANSI X9.62, + * it is actually specified in ANSI X9.63. + * This identifier is retained for backwards compatibility + */ +int ECDH_KDF_X9_62(unsigned char *out, size_t outlen, + const unsigned char *Z, size_t Zlen, + const unsigned char *sinfo, size_t sinfolen, + const EVP_MD *md); + +int ECDH_compute_key(void *out, size_t outlen, const EC_POINT *pub_key, + const EC_KEY *ecdh, + void *(*KDF) (const void *in, size_t inlen, + void *out, size_t *outlen)); + +typedef struct ECDSA_SIG_st ECDSA_SIG; + +/** Allocates and initialize a ECDSA_SIG structure + * \return pointer to a ECDSA_SIG structure or NULL if an error occurred + */ +ECDSA_SIG *ECDSA_SIG_new(void); + +/** frees a ECDSA_SIG structure + * \param sig pointer to the ECDSA_SIG structure + */ +void ECDSA_SIG_free(ECDSA_SIG *sig); + +/** DER encode content of ECDSA_SIG object (note: this function modifies *pp + * (*pp += length of the DER encoded signature)). + * \param sig pointer to the ECDSA_SIG object + * \param pp pointer to a unsigned char pointer for the output or NULL + * \return the length of the DER encoded ECDSA_SIG object or a negative value + * on error + */ +int i2d_ECDSA_SIG(const ECDSA_SIG *sig, unsigned char **pp); + +/** Decodes a DER encoded ECDSA signature (note: this function changes *pp + * (*pp += len)). + * \param sig pointer to ECDSA_SIG pointer (may be NULL) + * \param pp memory buffer with the DER encoded signature + * \param len length of the buffer + * \return pointer to the decoded ECDSA_SIG structure (or NULL) + */ +ECDSA_SIG *d2i_ECDSA_SIG(ECDSA_SIG **sig, const unsigned char **pp, long len); + +/** Accessor for r and s fields of ECDSA_SIG + * \param sig pointer to ECDSA_SIG structure + * \param pr pointer to BIGNUM pointer for r (may be NULL) + * \param ps pointer to BIGNUM pointer for s (may be NULL) + */ +void ECDSA_SIG_get0(const ECDSA_SIG *sig, const BIGNUM **pr, const BIGNUM **ps); + +/** Accessor for r field of ECDSA_SIG + * \param sig pointer to ECDSA_SIG structure + */ +const BIGNUM *ECDSA_SIG_get0_r(const ECDSA_SIG *sig); + +/** Accessor for s field of ECDSA_SIG + * \param sig pointer to ECDSA_SIG structure + */ +const BIGNUM *ECDSA_SIG_get0_s(const ECDSA_SIG *sig); + +/** Setter for r and s fields of ECDSA_SIG + * \param sig pointer to ECDSA_SIG structure + * \param r pointer to BIGNUM for r (may be NULL) + * \param s pointer to BIGNUM for s (may be NULL) + */ +int ECDSA_SIG_set0(ECDSA_SIG *sig, BIGNUM *r, BIGNUM *s); + +/** Computes the ECDSA signature of the given hash value using + * the supplied private key and returns the created signature. + * \param dgst pointer to the hash value + * \param dgst_len length of the hash value + * \param eckey EC_KEY object containing a private EC key + * \return pointer to a ECDSA_SIG structure or NULL if an error occurred + */ +ECDSA_SIG *ECDSA_do_sign(const unsigned char *dgst, int dgst_len, + EC_KEY *eckey); + +/** Computes ECDSA signature of a given hash value using the supplied + * private key (note: sig must point to ECDSA_size(eckey) bytes of memory). + * \param dgst pointer to the hash value to sign + * \param dgstlen length of the hash value + * \param kinv BIGNUM with a pre-computed inverse k (optional) + * \param rp BIGNUM with a pre-computed rp value (optional), + * see ECDSA_sign_setup + * \param eckey EC_KEY object containing a private EC key + * \return pointer to a ECDSA_SIG structure or NULL if an error occurred + */ +ECDSA_SIG *ECDSA_do_sign_ex(const unsigned char *dgst, int dgstlen, + const BIGNUM *kinv, const BIGNUM *rp, + EC_KEY *eckey); + +/** Verifies that the supplied signature is a valid ECDSA + * signature of the supplied hash value using the supplied public key. + * \param dgst pointer to the hash value + * \param dgst_len length of the hash value + * \param sig ECDSA_SIG structure + * \param eckey EC_KEY object containing a public EC key + * \return 1 if the signature is valid, 0 if the signature is invalid + * and -1 on error + */ +int ECDSA_do_verify(const unsigned char *dgst, int dgst_len, + const ECDSA_SIG *sig, EC_KEY *eckey); + +/** Precompute parts of the signing operation + * \param eckey EC_KEY object containing a private EC key + * \param ctx BN_CTX object (optional) + * \param kinv BIGNUM pointer for the inverse of k + * \param rp BIGNUM pointer for x coordinate of k * generator + * \return 1 on success and 0 otherwise + */ +int ECDSA_sign_setup(EC_KEY *eckey, BN_CTX *ctx, BIGNUM **kinv, BIGNUM **rp); + +/** Computes ECDSA signature of a given hash value using the supplied + * private key (note: sig must point to ECDSA_size(eckey) bytes of memory). + * \param type this parameter is ignored + * \param dgst pointer to the hash value to sign + * \param dgstlen length of the hash value + * \param sig memory for the DER encoded created signature + * \param siglen pointer to the length of the returned signature + * \param eckey EC_KEY object containing a private EC key + * \return 1 on success and 0 otherwise + */ +int ECDSA_sign(int type, const unsigned char *dgst, int dgstlen, + unsigned char *sig, unsigned int *siglen, EC_KEY *eckey); + +/** Computes ECDSA signature of a given hash value using the supplied + * private key (note: sig must point to ECDSA_size(eckey) bytes of memory). + * \param type this parameter is ignored + * \param dgst pointer to the hash value to sign + * \param dgstlen length of the hash value + * \param sig buffer to hold the DER encoded signature + * \param siglen pointer to the length of the returned signature + * \param kinv BIGNUM with a pre-computed inverse k (optional) + * \param rp BIGNUM with a pre-computed rp value (optional), + * see ECDSA_sign_setup + * \param eckey EC_KEY object containing a private EC key + * \return 1 on success and 0 otherwise + */ +int ECDSA_sign_ex(int type, const unsigned char *dgst, int dgstlen, + unsigned char *sig, unsigned int *siglen, + const BIGNUM *kinv, const BIGNUM *rp, EC_KEY *eckey); + +/** Verifies that the given signature is valid ECDSA signature + * of the supplied hash value using the specified public key. + * \param type this parameter is ignored + * \param dgst pointer to the hash value + * \param dgstlen length of the hash value + * \param sig pointer to the DER encoded signature + * \param siglen length of the DER encoded signature + * \param eckey EC_KEY object containing a public EC key + * \return 1 if the signature is valid, 0 if the signature is invalid + * and -1 on error + */ +int ECDSA_verify(int type, const unsigned char *dgst, int dgstlen, + const unsigned char *sig, int siglen, EC_KEY *eckey); + +/** Returns the maximum length of the DER encoded signature + * \param eckey EC_KEY object + * \return numbers of bytes required for the DER encoded signature + */ +int ECDSA_size(const EC_KEY *eckey); + +/********************************************************************/ +/* EC_KEY_METHOD constructors, destructors, writers and accessors */ +/********************************************************************/ + +EC_KEY_METHOD *EC_KEY_METHOD_new(const EC_KEY_METHOD *meth); +void EC_KEY_METHOD_free(EC_KEY_METHOD *meth); +void EC_KEY_METHOD_set_init(EC_KEY_METHOD *meth, + int (*init)(EC_KEY *key), + void (*finish)(EC_KEY *key), + int (*copy)(EC_KEY *dest, const EC_KEY *src), + int (*set_group)(EC_KEY *key, const EC_GROUP *grp), + int (*set_private)(EC_KEY *key, + const BIGNUM *priv_key), + int (*set_public)(EC_KEY *key, + const EC_POINT *pub_key)); + +void EC_KEY_METHOD_set_keygen(EC_KEY_METHOD *meth, + int (*keygen)(EC_KEY *key)); + +void EC_KEY_METHOD_set_compute_key(EC_KEY_METHOD *meth, + int (*ckey)(unsigned char **psec, + size_t *pseclen, + const EC_POINT *pub_key, + const EC_KEY *ecdh)); + +void EC_KEY_METHOD_set_sign(EC_KEY_METHOD *meth, + int (*sign)(int type, const unsigned char *dgst, + int dlen, unsigned char *sig, + unsigned int *siglen, + const BIGNUM *kinv, const BIGNUM *r, + EC_KEY *eckey), + int (*sign_setup)(EC_KEY *eckey, BN_CTX *ctx_in, + BIGNUM **kinvp, BIGNUM **rp), + ECDSA_SIG *(*sign_sig)(const unsigned char *dgst, + int dgst_len, + const BIGNUM *in_kinv, + const BIGNUM *in_r, + EC_KEY *eckey)); + +void EC_KEY_METHOD_set_verify(EC_KEY_METHOD *meth, + int (*verify)(int type, const unsigned + char *dgst, int dgst_len, + const unsigned char *sigbuf, + int sig_len, EC_KEY *eckey), + int (*verify_sig)(const unsigned char *dgst, + int dgst_len, + const ECDSA_SIG *sig, + EC_KEY *eckey)); + +void EC_KEY_METHOD_get_init(const EC_KEY_METHOD *meth, + int (**pinit)(EC_KEY *key), + void (**pfinish)(EC_KEY *key), + int (**pcopy)(EC_KEY *dest, const EC_KEY *src), + int (**pset_group)(EC_KEY *key, + const EC_GROUP *grp), + int (**pset_private)(EC_KEY *key, + const BIGNUM *priv_key), + int (**pset_public)(EC_KEY *key, + const EC_POINT *pub_key)); + +void EC_KEY_METHOD_get_keygen(const EC_KEY_METHOD *meth, + int (**pkeygen)(EC_KEY *key)); + +void EC_KEY_METHOD_get_compute_key(const EC_KEY_METHOD *meth, + int (**pck)(unsigned char **psec, + size_t *pseclen, + const EC_POINT *pub_key, + const EC_KEY *ecdh)); + +void EC_KEY_METHOD_get_sign(const EC_KEY_METHOD *meth, + int (**psign)(int type, const unsigned char *dgst, + int dlen, unsigned char *sig, + unsigned int *siglen, + const BIGNUM *kinv, const BIGNUM *r, + EC_KEY *eckey), + int (**psign_setup)(EC_KEY *eckey, BN_CTX *ctx_in, + BIGNUM **kinvp, BIGNUM **rp), + ECDSA_SIG *(**psign_sig)(const unsigned char *dgst, + int dgst_len, + const BIGNUM *in_kinv, + const BIGNUM *in_r, + EC_KEY *eckey)); + +void EC_KEY_METHOD_get_verify(const EC_KEY_METHOD *meth, + int (**pverify)(int type, const unsigned + char *dgst, int dgst_len, + const unsigned char *sigbuf, + int sig_len, EC_KEY *eckey), + int (**pverify_sig)(const unsigned char *dgst, + int dgst_len, + const ECDSA_SIG *sig, + EC_KEY *eckey)); + +# define ECParameters_dup(x) ASN1_dup_of(EC_KEY,i2d_ECParameters,d2i_ECParameters,x) + +# ifndef __cplusplus +# if defined(__SUNPRO_C) +# if __SUNPRO_C >= 0x520 +# pragma error_messages (default,E_ARRAY_OF_INCOMPLETE_NONAME,E_ARRAY_OF_INCOMPLETE) +# endif +# endif +# endif + +# define EVP_PKEY_CTX_set_ec_paramgen_curve_nid(ctx, nid) \ + EVP_PKEY_CTX_ctrl(ctx, EVP_PKEY_EC, \ + EVP_PKEY_OP_PARAMGEN|EVP_PKEY_OP_KEYGEN, \ + EVP_PKEY_CTRL_EC_PARAMGEN_CURVE_NID, nid, NULL) + +# define EVP_PKEY_CTX_set_ec_param_enc(ctx, flag) \ + EVP_PKEY_CTX_ctrl(ctx, EVP_PKEY_EC, \ + EVP_PKEY_OP_PARAMGEN|EVP_PKEY_OP_KEYGEN, \ + EVP_PKEY_CTRL_EC_PARAM_ENC, flag, NULL) + +# define EVP_PKEY_CTX_set_ecdh_cofactor_mode(ctx, flag) \ + EVP_PKEY_CTX_ctrl(ctx, EVP_PKEY_EC, \ + EVP_PKEY_OP_DERIVE, \ + EVP_PKEY_CTRL_EC_ECDH_COFACTOR, flag, NULL) + +# define EVP_PKEY_CTX_get_ecdh_cofactor_mode(ctx) \ + EVP_PKEY_CTX_ctrl(ctx, EVP_PKEY_EC, \ + EVP_PKEY_OP_DERIVE, \ + EVP_PKEY_CTRL_EC_ECDH_COFACTOR, -2, NULL) + +# define EVP_PKEY_CTX_set_ecdh_kdf_type(ctx, kdf) \ + EVP_PKEY_CTX_ctrl(ctx, EVP_PKEY_EC, \ + EVP_PKEY_OP_DERIVE, \ + EVP_PKEY_CTRL_EC_KDF_TYPE, kdf, NULL) + +# define EVP_PKEY_CTX_get_ecdh_kdf_type(ctx) \ + EVP_PKEY_CTX_ctrl(ctx, EVP_PKEY_EC, \ + EVP_PKEY_OP_DERIVE, \ + EVP_PKEY_CTRL_EC_KDF_TYPE, -2, NULL) + +# define EVP_PKEY_CTX_set_ecdh_kdf_md(ctx, md) \ + EVP_PKEY_CTX_ctrl(ctx, EVP_PKEY_EC, \ + EVP_PKEY_OP_DERIVE, \ + EVP_PKEY_CTRL_EC_KDF_MD, 0, (void *)(md)) + +# define EVP_PKEY_CTX_get_ecdh_kdf_md(ctx, pmd) \ + EVP_PKEY_CTX_ctrl(ctx, EVP_PKEY_EC, \ + EVP_PKEY_OP_DERIVE, \ + EVP_PKEY_CTRL_GET_EC_KDF_MD, 0, (void *)(pmd)) + +# define EVP_PKEY_CTX_set_ecdh_kdf_outlen(ctx, len) \ + EVP_PKEY_CTX_ctrl(ctx, EVP_PKEY_EC, \ + EVP_PKEY_OP_DERIVE, \ + EVP_PKEY_CTRL_EC_KDF_OUTLEN, len, NULL) + +# define EVP_PKEY_CTX_get_ecdh_kdf_outlen(ctx, plen) \ + EVP_PKEY_CTX_ctrl(ctx, EVP_PKEY_EC, \ + EVP_PKEY_OP_DERIVE, \ + EVP_PKEY_CTRL_GET_EC_KDF_OUTLEN, 0, \ + (void *)(plen)) + +# define EVP_PKEY_CTX_set0_ecdh_kdf_ukm(ctx, p, plen) \ + EVP_PKEY_CTX_ctrl(ctx, EVP_PKEY_EC, \ + EVP_PKEY_OP_DERIVE, \ + EVP_PKEY_CTRL_EC_KDF_UKM, plen, (void *)(p)) + +# define EVP_PKEY_CTX_get0_ecdh_kdf_ukm(ctx, p) \ + EVP_PKEY_CTX_ctrl(ctx, EVP_PKEY_EC, \ + EVP_PKEY_OP_DERIVE, \ + EVP_PKEY_CTRL_GET_EC_KDF_UKM, 0, (void *)(p)) + +/* SM2 will skip the operation check so no need to pass operation here */ +# define EVP_PKEY_CTX_set1_id(ctx, id, id_len) \ + EVP_PKEY_CTX_ctrl(ctx, -1, -1, \ + EVP_PKEY_CTRL_SET1_ID, (int)id_len, (void*)(id)) + +# define EVP_PKEY_CTX_get1_id(ctx, id) \ + EVP_PKEY_CTX_ctrl(ctx, -1, -1, \ + EVP_PKEY_CTRL_GET1_ID, 0, (void*)(id)) + +# define EVP_PKEY_CTX_get1_id_len(ctx, id_len) \ + EVP_PKEY_CTX_ctrl(ctx, -1, -1, \ + EVP_PKEY_CTRL_GET1_ID_LEN, 0, (void*)(id_len)) + +# define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_EC_PARAMGEN_CURVE_NID (EVP_PKEY_ALG_CTRL + 1) +# define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_EC_PARAM_ENC (EVP_PKEY_ALG_CTRL + 2) +# define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_EC_ECDH_COFACTOR (EVP_PKEY_ALG_CTRL + 3) +# define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_EC_KDF_TYPE (EVP_PKEY_ALG_CTRL + 4) +# define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_EC_KDF_MD (EVP_PKEY_ALG_CTRL + 5) +# define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_GET_EC_KDF_MD (EVP_PKEY_ALG_CTRL + 6) +# define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_EC_KDF_OUTLEN (EVP_PKEY_ALG_CTRL + 7) +# define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_GET_EC_KDF_OUTLEN (EVP_PKEY_ALG_CTRL + 8) +# define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_EC_KDF_UKM (EVP_PKEY_ALG_CTRL + 9) +# define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_GET_EC_KDF_UKM (EVP_PKEY_ALG_CTRL + 10) +# define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_SET1_ID (EVP_PKEY_ALG_CTRL + 11) +# define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_GET1_ID (EVP_PKEY_ALG_CTRL + 12) +# define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_GET1_ID_LEN (EVP_PKEY_ALG_CTRL + 13) +/* KDF types */ +# define EVP_PKEY_ECDH_KDF_NONE 1 +# define EVP_PKEY_ECDH_KDF_X9_63 2 +/** The old name for EVP_PKEY_ECDH_KDF_X9_63 + * The ECDH KDF specification has been mistakingly attributed to ANSI X9.62, + * it is actually specified in ANSI X9.63. + * This identifier is retained for backwards compatibility + */ +# define EVP_PKEY_ECDH_KDF_X9_62 EVP_PKEY_ECDH_KDF_X9_63 + + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif +# endif +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ecdh.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ecdh.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..681f3d5e --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ecdh.h @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2002-2016 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#include <openssl/ec.h> diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ecdsa.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ecdsa.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..681f3d5e --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ecdsa.h @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2002-2016 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#include <openssl/ec.h> diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ecerr.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ecerr.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..51738113 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ecerr.h @@ -0,0 +1,276 @@ +/* + * Generated by util/mkerr.pl DO NOT EDIT + * Copyright 1995-2020 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_ECERR_H +# define HEADER_ECERR_H + +# ifndef HEADER_SYMHACKS_H +# include <openssl/symhacks.h> +# endif + +# include <openssl/opensslconf.h> + +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_EC + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +# endif +int ERR_load_EC_strings(void); + +/* + * EC function codes. + */ +# define EC_F_BN_TO_FELEM 224 +# define EC_F_D2I_ECPARAMETERS 144 +# define EC_F_D2I_ECPKPARAMETERS 145 +# define EC_F_D2I_ECPRIVATEKEY 146 +# define EC_F_DO_EC_KEY_PRINT 221 +# define EC_F_ECDH_CMS_DECRYPT 238 +# define EC_F_ECDH_CMS_SET_SHARED_INFO 239 +# define EC_F_ECDH_COMPUTE_KEY 246 +# define EC_F_ECDH_SIMPLE_COMPUTE_KEY 257 +# define EC_F_ECDSA_DO_SIGN_EX 251 +# define EC_F_ECDSA_DO_VERIFY 252 +# define EC_F_ECDSA_SIGN_EX 254 +# define EC_F_ECDSA_SIGN_SETUP 248 +# define EC_F_ECDSA_SIG_NEW 265 +# define EC_F_ECDSA_VERIFY 253 +# define EC_F_ECD_ITEM_VERIFY 270 +# define EC_F_ECKEY_PARAM2TYPE 223 +# define EC_F_ECKEY_PARAM_DECODE 212 +# define EC_F_ECKEY_PRIV_DECODE 213 +# define EC_F_ECKEY_PRIV_ENCODE 214 +# define EC_F_ECKEY_PUB_DECODE 215 +# define EC_F_ECKEY_PUB_ENCODE 216 +# define EC_F_ECKEY_TYPE2PARAM 220 +# define EC_F_ECPARAMETERS_PRINT 147 +# define EC_F_ECPARAMETERS_PRINT_FP 148 +# define EC_F_ECPKPARAMETERS_PRINT 149 +# define EC_F_ECPKPARAMETERS_PRINT_FP 150 +# define EC_F_ECP_NISTZ256_GET_AFFINE 240 +# define EC_F_ECP_NISTZ256_INV_MOD_ORD 275 +# define EC_F_ECP_NISTZ256_MULT_PRECOMPUTE 243 +# define EC_F_ECP_NISTZ256_POINTS_MUL 241 +# define EC_F_ECP_NISTZ256_PRE_COMP_NEW 244 +# define EC_F_ECP_NISTZ256_WINDOWED_MUL 242 +# define EC_F_ECX_KEY_OP 266 +# define EC_F_ECX_PRIV_ENCODE 267 +# define EC_F_ECX_PUB_ENCODE 268 +# define EC_F_EC_ASN1_GROUP2CURVE 153 +# define EC_F_EC_ASN1_GROUP2FIELDID 154 +# define EC_F_EC_GF2M_MONTGOMERY_POINT_MULTIPLY 208 +# define EC_F_EC_GF2M_SIMPLE_FIELD_INV 296 +# define EC_F_EC_GF2M_SIMPLE_GROUP_CHECK_DISCRIMINANT 159 +# define EC_F_EC_GF2M_SIMPLE_GROUP_SET_CURVE 195 +# define EC_F_EC_GF2M_SIMPLE_LADDER_POST 285 +# define EC_F_EC_GF2M_SIMPLE_LADDER_PRE 288 +# define EC_F_EC_GF2M_SIMPLE_OCT2POINT 160 +# define EC_F_EC_GF2M_SIMPLE_POINT2OCT 161 +# define EC_F_EC_GF2M_SIMPLE_POINTS_MUL 289 +# define EC_F_EC_GF2M_SIMPLE_POINT_GET_AFFINE_COORDINATES 162 +# define EC_F_EC_GF2M_SIMPLE_POINT_SET_AFFINE_COORDINATES 163 +# define EC_F_EC_GF2M_SIMPLE_SET_COMPRESSED_COORDINATES 164 +# define EC_F_EC_GFP_MONT_FIELD_DECODE 133 +# define EC_F_EC_GFP_MONT_FIELD_ENCODE 134 +# define EC_F_EC_GFP_MONT_FIELD_INV 297 +# define EC_F_EC_GFP_MONT_FIELD_MUL 131 +# define EC_F_EC_GFP_MONT_FIELD_SET_TO_ONE 209 +# define EC_F_EC_GFP_MONT_FIELD_SQR 132 +# define EC_F_EC_GFP_MONT_GROUP_SET_CURVE 189 +# define EC_F_EC_GFP_NISTP224_GROUP_SET_CURVE 225 +# define EC_F_EC_GFP_NISTP224_POINTS_MUL 228 +# define EC_F_EC_GFP_NISTP224_POINT_GET_AFFINE_COORDINATES 226 +# define EC_F_EC_GFP_NISTP256_GROUP_SET_CURVE 230 +# define EC_F_EC_GFP_NISTP256_POINTS_MUL 231 +# define EC_F_EC_GFP_NISTP256_POINT_GET_AFFINE_COORDINATES 232 +# define EC_F_EC_GFP_NISTP521_GROUP_SET_CURVE 233 +# define EC_F_EC_GFP_NISTP521_POINTS_MUL 234 +# define EC_F_EC_GFP_NISTP521_POINT_GET_AFFINE_COORDINATES 235 +# define EC_F_EC_GFP_NIST_FIELD_MUL 200 +# define EC_F_EC_GFP_NIST_FIELD_SQR 201 +# define EC_F_EC_GFP_NIST_GROUP_SET_CURVE 202 +# define EC_F_EC_GFP_SIMPLE_BLIND_COORDINATES 287 +# define EC_F_EC_GFP_SIMPLE_FIELD_INV 298 +# define EC_F_EC_GFP_SIMPLE_GROUP_CHECK_DISCRIMINANT 165 +# define EC_F_EC_GFP_SIMPLE_GROUP_SET_CURVE 166 +# define EC_F_EC_GFP_SIMPLE_MAKE_AFFINE 102 +# define EC_F_EC_GFP_SIMPLE_OCT2POINT 103 +# define EC_F_EC_GFP_SIMPLE_POINT2OCT 104 +# define EC_F_EC_GFP_SIMPLE_POINTS_MAKE_AFFINE 137 +# define EC_F_EC_GFP_SIMPLE_POINT_GET_AFFINE_COORDINATES 167 +# define EC_F_EC_GFP_SIMPLE_POINT_SET_AFFINE_COORDINATES 168 +# define EC_F_EC_GFP_SIMPLE_SET_COMPRESSED_COORDINATES 169 +# define EC_F_EC_GROUP_CHECK 170 +# define EC_F_EC_GROUP_CHECK_DISCRIMINANT 171 +# define EC_F_EC_GROUP_COPY 106 +# define EC_F_EC_GROUP_GET_CURVE 291 +# define EC_F_EC_GROUP_GET_CURVE_GF2M 172 +# define EC_F_EC_GROUP_GET_CURVE_GFP 130 +# define EC_F_EC_GROUP_GET_DEGREE 173 +# define EC_F_EC_GROUP_GET_ECPARAMETERS 261 +# define EC_F_EC_GROUP_GET_ECPKPARAMETERS 262 +# define EC_F_EC_GROUP_GET_PENTANOMIAL_BASIS 193 +# define EC_F_EC_GROUP_GET_TRINOMIAL_BASIS 194 +# define EC_F_EC_GROUP_NEW 108 +# define EC_F_EC_GROUP_NEW_BY_CURVE_NAME 174 +# define EC_F_EC_GROUP_NEW_FROM_DATA 175 +# define EC_F_EC_GROUP_NEW_FROM_ECPARAMETERS 263 +# define EC_F_EC_GROUP_NEW_FROM_ECPKPARAMETERS 264 +# define EC_F_EC_GROUP_SET_CURVE 292 +# define EC_F_EC_GROUP_SET_CURVE_GF2M 176 +# define EC_F_EC_GROUP_SET_CURVE_GFP 109 +# define EC_F_EC_GROUP_SET_GENERATOR 111 +# define EC_F_EC_GROUP_SET_SEED 286 +# define EC_F_EC_KEY_CHECK_KEY 177 +# define EC_F_EC_KEY_COPY 178 +# define EC_F_EC_KEY_GENERATE_KEY 179 +# define EC_F_EC_KEY_NEW 182 +# define EC_F_EC_KEY_NEW_METHOD 245 +# define EC_F_EC_KEY_OCT2PRIV 255 +# define EC_F_EC_KEY_PRINT 180 +# define EC_F_EC_KEY_PRINT_FP 181 +# define EC_F_EC_KEY_PRIV2BUF 279 +# define EC_F_EC_KEY_PRIV2OCT 256 +# define EC_F_EC_KEY_SET_PUBLIC_KEY_AFFINE_COORDINATES 229 +# define EC_F_EC_KEY_SIMPLE_CHECK_KEY 258 +# define EC_F_EC_KEY_SIMPLE_OCT2PRIV 259 +# define EC_F_EC_KEY_SIMPLE_PRIV2OCT 260 +# define EC_F_EC_PKEY_CHECK 273 +# define EC_F_EC_PKEY_PARAM_CHECK 274 +# define EC_F_EC_POINTS_MAKE_AFFINE 136 +# define EC_F_EC_POINTS_MUL 290 +# define EC_F_EC_POINT_ADD 112 +# define EC_F_EC_POINT_BN2POINT 280 +# define EC_F_EC_POINT_CMP 113 +# define EC_F_EC_POINT_COPY 114 +# define EC_F_EC_POINT_DBL 115 +# define EC_F_EC_POINT_GET_AFFINE_COORDINATES 293 +# define EC_F_EC_POINT_GET_AFFINE_COORDINATES_GF2M 183 +# define EC_F_EC_POINT_GET_AFFINE_COORDINATES_GFP 116 +# define EC_F_EC_POINT_GET_JPROJECTIVE_COORDINATES_GFP 117 +# define EC_F_EC_POINT_INVERT 210 +# define EC_F_EC_POINT_IS_AT_INFINITY 118 +# define EC_F_EC_POINT_IS_ON_CURVE 119 +# define EC_F_EC_POINT_MAKE_AFFINE 120 +# define EC_F_EC_POINT_NEW 121 +# define EC_F_EC_POINT_OCT2POINT 122 +# define EC_F_EC_POINT_POINT2BUF 281 +# define EC_F_EC_POINT_POINT2OCT 123 +# define EC_F_EC_POINT_SET_AFFINE_COORDINATES 294 +# define EC_F_EC_POINT_SET_AFFINE_COORDINATES_GF2M 185 +# define EC_F_EC_POINT_SET_AFFINE_COORDINATES_GFP 124 +# define EC_F_EC_POINT_SET_COMPRESSED_COORDINATES 295 +# define EC_F_EC_POINT_SET_COMPRESSED_COORDINATES_GF2M 186 +# define EC_F_EC_POINT_SET_COMPRESSED_COORDINATES_GFP 125 +# define EC_F_EC_POINT_SET_JPROJECTIVE_COORDINATES_GFP 126 +# define EC_F_EC_POINT_SET_TO_INFINITY 127 +# define EC_F_EC_PRE_COMP_NEW 196 +# define EC_F_EC_SCALAR_MUL_LADDER 284 +# define EC_F_EC_WNAF_MUL 187 +# define EC_F_EC_WNAF_PRECOMPUTE_MULT 188 +# define EC_F_I2D_ECPARAMETERS 190 +# define EC_F_I2D_ECPKPARAMETERS 191 +# define EC_F_I2D_ECPRIVATEKEY 192 +# define EC_F_I2O_ECPUBLICKEY 151 +# define EC_F_NISTP224_PRE_COMP_NEW 227 +# define EC_F_NISTP256_PRE_COMP_NEW 236 +# define EC_F_NISTP521_PRE_COMP_NEW 237 +# define EC_F_O2I_ECPUBLICKEY 152 +# define EC_F_OLD_EC_PRIV_DECODE 222 +# define EC_F_OSSL_ECDH_COMPUTE_KEY 247 +# define EC_F_OSSL_ECDSA_SIGN_SIG 249 +# define EC_F_OSSL_ECDSA_VERIFY_SIG 250 +# define EC_F_PKEY_ECD_CTRL 271 +# define EC_F_PKEY_ECD_DIGESTSIGN 272 +# define EC_F_PKEY_ECD_DIGESTSIGN25519 276 +# define EC_F_PKEY_ECD_DIGESTSIGN448 277 +# define EC_F_PKEY_ECX_DERIVE 269 +# define EC_F_PKEY_EC_CTRL 197 +# define EC_F_PKEY_EC_CTRL_STR 198 +# define EC_F_PKEY_EC_DERIVE 217 +# define EC_F_PKEY_EC_INIT 282 +# define EC_F_PKEY_EC_KDF_DERIVE 283 +# define EC_F_PKEY_EC_KEYGEN 199 +# define EC_F_PKEY_EC_PARAMGEN 219 +# define EC_F_PKEY_EC_SIGN 218 +# define EC_F_VALIDATE_ECX_DERIVE 278 + +/* + * EC reason codes. + */ +# define EC_R_ASN1_ERROR 115 +# define EC_R_BAD_SIGNATURE 156 +# define EC_R_BIGNUM_OUT_OF_RANGE 144 +# define EC_R_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL 100 +# define EC_R_CANNOT_INVERT 165 +# define EC_R_COORDINATES_OUT_OF_RANGE 146 +# define EC_R_CURVE_DOES_NOT_SUPPORT_ECDH 160 +# define EC_R_CURVE_DOES_NOT_SUPPORT_SIGNING 159 +# define EC_R_D2I_ECPKPARAMETERS_FAILURE 117 +# define EC_R_DECODE_ERROR 142 +# define EC_R_DISCRIMINANT_IS_ZERO 118 +# define EC_R_EC_GROUP_NEW_BY_NAME_FAILURE 119 +# define EC_R_FIELD_TOO_LARGE 143 +# define EC_R_GF2M_NOT_SUPPORTED 147 +# define EC_R_GROUP2PKPARAMETERS_FAILURE 120 +# define EC_R_I2D_ECPKPARAMETERS_FAILURE 121 +# define EC_R_INCOMPATIBLE_OBJECTS 101 +# define EC_R_INVALID_ARGUMENT 112 +# define EC_R_INVALID_COMPRESSED_POINT 110 +# define EC_R_INVALID_COMPRESSION_BIT 109 +# define EC_R_INVALID_CURVE 141 +# define EC_R_INVALID_DIGEST 151 +# define EC_R_INVALID_DIGEST_TYPE 138 +# define EC_R_INVALID_ENCODING 102 +# define EC_R_INVALID_FIELD 103 +# define EC_R_INVALID_FORM 104 +# define EC_R_INVALID_GROUP_ORDER 122 +# define EC_R_INVALID_KEY 116 +# define EC_R_INVALID_OUTPUT_LENGTH 161 +# define EC_R_INVALID_PEER_KEY 133 +# define EC_R_INVALID_PENTANOMIAL_BASIS 132 +# define EC_R_INVALID_PRIVATE_KEY 123 +# define EC_R_INVALID_TRINOMIAL_BASIS 137 +# define EC_R_KDF_PARAMETER_ERROR 148 +# define EC_R_KEYS_NOT_SET 140 +# define EC_R_LADDER_POST_FAILURE 136 +# define EC_R_LADDER_PRE_FAILURE 153 +# define EC_R_LADDER_STEP_FAILURE 162 +# define EC_R_MISSING_OID 167 +# define EC_R_MISSING_PARAMETERS 124 +# define EC_R_MISSING_PRIVATE_KEY 125 +# define EC_R_NEED_NEW_SETUP_VALUES 157 +# define EC_R_NOT_A_NIST_PRIME 135 +# define EC_R_NOT_IMPLEMENTED 126 +# define EC_R_NOT_INITIALIZED 111 +# define EC_R_NO_PARAMETERS_SET 139 +# define EC_R_NO_PRIVATE_VALUE 154 +# define EC_R_OPERATION_NOT_SUPPORTED 152 +# define EC_R_PASSED_NULL_PARAMETER 134 +# define EC_R_PEER_KEY_ERROR 149 +# define EC_R_PKPARAMETERS2GROUP_FAILURE 127 +# define EC_R_POINT_ARITHMETIC_FAILURE 155 +# define EC_R_POINT_AT_INFINITY 106 +# define EC_R_POINT_COORDINATES_BLIND_FAILURE 163 +# define EC_R_POINT_IS_NOT_ON_CURVE 107 +# define EC_R_RANDOM_NUMBER_GENERATION_FAILED 158 +# define EC_R_SHARED_INFO_ERROR 150 +# define EC_R_SLOT_FULL 108 +# define EC_R_UNDEFINED_GENERATOR 113 +# define EC_R_UNDEFINED_ORDER 128 +# define EC_R_UNKNOWN_COFACTOR 164 +# define EC_R_UNKNOWN_GROUP 129 +# define EC_R_UNKNOWN_ORDER 114 +# define EC_R_UNSUPPORTED_FIELD 131 +# define EC_R_WRONG_CURVE_PARAMETERS 145 +# define EC_R_WRONG_ORDER 130 + +# endif +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/engine.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/engine.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0780f0fb --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/engine.h @@ -0,0 +1,751 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2000-2018 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2002, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_ENGINE_H +# define HEADER_ENGINE_H + +# include <openssl/opensslconf.h> + +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_ENGINE +# if OPENSSL_API_COMPAT < 0x10100000L +# include <openssl/bn.h> +# include <openssl/rsa.h> +# include <openssl/dsa.h> +# include <openssl/dh.h> +# include <openssl/ec.h> +# include <openssl/rand.h> +# include <openssl/ui.h> +# include <openssl/err.h> +# endif +# include <openssl/ossl_typ.h> +# include <openssl/symhacks.h> +# include <openssl/x509.h> +# include <openssl/engineerr.h> +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +/* + * These flags are used to control combinations of algorithm (methods) by + * bitwise "OR"ing. + */ +# define ENGINE_METHOD_RSA (unsigned int)0x0001 +# define ENGINE_METHOD_DSA (unsigned int)0x0002 +# define ENGINE_METHOD_DH (unsigned int)0x0004 +# define ENGINE_METHOD_RAND (unsigned int)0x0008 +# define ENGINE_METHOD_CIPHERS (unsigned int)0x0040 +# define ENGINE_METHOD_DIGESTS (unsigned int)0x0080 +# define ENGINE_METHOD_PKEY_METHS (unsigned int)0x0200 +# define ENGINE_METHOD_PKEY_ASN1_METHS (unsigned int)0x0400 +# define ENGINE_METHOD_EC (unsigned int)0x0800 +/* Obvious all-or-nothing cases. */ +# define ENGINE_METHOD_ALL (unsigned int)0xFFFF +# define ENGINE_METHOD_NONE (unsigned int)0x0000 + +/* + * This(ese) flag(s) controls behaviour of the ENGINE_TABLE mechanism used + * internally to control registration of ENGINE implementations, and can be + * set by ENGINE_set_table_flags(). The "NOINIT" flag prevents attempts to + * initialise registered ENGINEs if they are not already initialised. + */ +# define ENGINE_TABLE_FLAG_NOINIT (unsigned int)0x0001 + +/* ENGINE flags that can be set by ENGINE_set_flags(). */ +/* Not used */ +/* #define ENGINE_FLAGS_MALLOCED 0x0001 */ + +/* + * This flag is for ENGINEs that wish to handle the various 'CMD'-related + * control commands on their own. Without this flag, ENGINE_ctrl() handles + * these control commands on behalf of the ENGINE using their "cmd_defns" + * data. + */ +# define ENGINE_FLAGS_MANUAL_CMD_CTRL (int)0x0002 + +/* + * This flag is for ENGINEs who return new duplicate structures when found + * via "ENGINE_by_id()". When an ENGINE must store state (eg. if + * ENGINE_ctrl() commands are called in sequence as part of some stateful + * process like key-generation setup and execution), it can set this flag - + * then each attempt to obtain the ENGINE will result in it being copied into + * a new structure. Normally, ENGINEs don't declare this flag so + * ENGINE_by_id() just increments the existing ENGINE's structural reference + * count. + */ +# define ENGINE_FLAGS_BY_ID_COPY (int)0x0004 + +/* + * This flag if for an ENGINE that does not want its methods registered as + * part of ENGINE_register_all_complete() for example if the methods are not + * usable as default methods. + */ + +# define ENGINE_FLAGS_NO_REGISTER_ALL (int)0x0008 + +/* + * ENGINEs can support their own command types, and these flags are used in + * ENGINE_CTRL_GET_CMD_FLAGS to indicate to the caller what kind of input + * each command expects. Currently only numeric and string input is + * supported. If a control command supports none of the _NUMERIC, _STRING, or + * _NO_INPUT options, then it is regarded as an "internal" control command - + * and not for use in config setting situations. As such, they're not + * available to the ENGINE_ctrl_cmd_string() function, only raw ENGINE_ctrl() + * access. Changes to this list of 'command types' should be reflected + * carefully in ENGINE_cmd_is_executable() and ENGINE_ctrl_cmd_string(). + */ + +/* accepts a 'long' input value (3rd parameter to ENGINE_ctrl) */ +# define ENGINE_CMD_FLAG_NUMERIC (unsigned int)0x0001 +/* + * accepts string input (cast from 'void*' to 'const char *', 4th parameter + * to ENGINE_ctrl) + */ +# define ENGINE_CMD_FLAG_STRING (unsigned int)0x0002 +/* + * Indicates that the control command takes *no* input. Ie. the control + * command is unparameterised. + */ +# define ENGINE_CMD_FLAG_NO_INPUT (unsigned int)0x0004 +/* + * Indicates that the control command is internal. This control command won't + * be shown in any output, and is only usable through the ENGINE_ctrl_cmd() + * function. + */ +# define ENGINE_CMD_FLAG_INTERNAL (unsigned int)0x0008 + +/* + * NB: These 3 control commands are deprecated and should not be used. + * ENGINEs relying on these commands should compile conditional support for + * compatibility (eg. if these symbols are defined) but should also migrate + * the same functionality to their own ENGINE-specific control functions that + * can be "discovered" by calling applications. The fact these control + * commands wouldn't be "executable" (ie. usable by text-based config) + * doesn't change the fact that application code can find and use them + * without requiring per-ENGINE hacking. + */ + +/* + * These flags are used to tell the ctrl function what should be done. All + * command numbers are shared between all engines, even if some don't make + * sense to some engines. In such a case, they do nothing but return the + * error ENGINE_R_CTRL_COMMAND_NOT_IMPLEMENTED. + */ +# define ENGINE_CTRL_SET_LOGSTREAM 1 +# define ENGINE_CTRL_SET_PASSWORD_CALLBACK 2 +# define ENGINE_CTRL_HUP 3/* Close and reinitialise + * any handles/connections + * etc. */ +# define ENGINE_CTRL_SET_USER_INTERFACE 4/* Alternative to callback */ +# define ENGINE_CTRL_SET_CALLBACK_DATA 5/* User-specific data, used + * when calling the password + * callback and the user + * interface */ +# define ENGINE_CTRL_LOAD_CONFIGURATION 6/* Load a configuration, + * given a string that + * represents a file name + * or so */ +# define ENGINE_CTRL_LOAD_SECTION 7/* Load data from a given + * section in the already + * loaded configuration */ + +/* + * These control commands allow an application to deal with an arbitrary + * engine in a dynamic way. Warn: Negative return values indicate errors FOR + * THESE COMMANDS because zero is used to indicate 'end-of-list'. Other + * commands, including ENGINE-specific command types, return zero for an + * error. An ENGINE can choose to implement these ctrl functions, and can + * internally manage things however it chooses - it does so by setting the + * ENGINE_FLAGS_MANUAL_CMD_CTRL flag (using ENGINE_set_flags()). Otherwise + * the ENGINE_ctrl() code handles this on the ENGINE's behalf using the + * cmd_defns data (set using ENGINE_set_cmd_defns()). This means an ENGINE's + * ctrl() handler need only implement its own commands - the above "meta" + * commands will be taken care of. + */ + +/* + * Returns non-zero if the supplied ENGINE has a ctrl() handler. If "not", + * then all the remaining control commands will return failure, so it is + * worth checking this first if the caller is trying to "discover" the + * engine's capabilities and doesn't want errors generated unnecessarily. + */ +# define ENGINE_CTRL_HAS_CTRL_FUNCTION 10 +/* + * Returns a positive command number for the first command supported by the + * engine. Returns zero if no ctrl commands are supported. + */ +# define ENGINE_CTRL_GET_FIRST_CMD_TYPE 11 +/* + * The 'long' argument specifies a command implemented by the engine, and the + * return value is the next command supported, or zero if there are no more. + */ +# define ENGINE_CTRL_GET_NEXT_CMD_TYPE 12 +/* + * The 'void*' argument is a command name (cast from 'const char *'), and the + * return value is the command that corresponds to it. + */ +# define ENGINE_CTRL_GET_CMD_FROM_NAME 13 +/* + * The next two allow a command to be converted into its corresponding string + * form. In each case, the 'long' argument supplies the command. In the + * NAME_LEN case, the return value is the length of the command name (not + * counting a trailing EOL). In the NAME case, the 'void*' argument must be a + * string buffer large enough, and it will be populated with the name of the + * command (WITH a trailing EOL). + */ +# define ENGINE_CTRL_GET_NAME_LEN_FROM_CMD 14 +# define ENGINE_CTRL_GET_NAME_FROM_CMD 15 +/* The next two are similar but give a "short description" of a command. */ +# define ENGINE_CTRL_GET_DESC_LEN_FROM_CMD 16 +# define ENGINE_CTRL_GET_DESC_FROM_CMD 17 +/* + * With this command, the return value is the OR'd combination of + * ENGINE_CMD_FLAG_*** values that indicate what kind of input a given + * engine-specific ctrl command expects. + */ +# define ENGINE_CTRL_GET_CMD_FLAGS 18 + +/* + * ENGINE implementations should start the numbering of their own control + * commands from this value. (ie. ENGINE_CMD_BASE, ENGINE_CMD_BASE + 1, etc). + */ +# define ENGINE_CMD_BASE 200 + +/* + * NB: These 2 nCipher "chil" control commands are deprecated, and their + * functionality is now available through ENGINE-specific control commands + * (exposed through the above-mentioned 'CMD'-handling). Code using these 2 + * commands should be migrated to the more general command handling before + * these are removed. + */ + +/* Flags specific to the nCipher "chil" engine */ +# define ENGINE_CTRL_CHIL_SET_FORKCHECK 100 + /* + * Depending on the value of the (long)i argument, this sets or + * unsets the SimpleForkCheck flag in the CHIL API to enable or + * disable checking and workarounds for applications that fork(). + */ +# define ENGINE_CTRL_CHIL_NO_LOCKING 101 + /* + * This prevents the initialisation function from providing mutex + * callbacks to the nCipher library. + */ + +/* + * If an ENGINE supports its own specific control commands and wishes the + * framework to handle the above 'ENGINE_CMD_***'-manipulation commands on + * its behalf, it should supply a null-terminated array of ENGINE_CMD_DEFN + * entries to ENGINE_set_cmd_defns(). It should also implement a ctrl() + * handler that supports the stated commands (ie. the "cmd_num" entries as + * described by the array). NB: The array must be ordered in increasing order + * of cmd_num. "null-terminated" means that the last ENGINE_CMD_DEFN element + * has cmd_num set to zero and/or cmd_name set to NULL. + */ +typedef struct ENGINE_CMD_DEFN_st { + unsigned int cmd_num; /* The command number */ + const char *cmd_name; /* The command name itself */ + const char *cmd_desc; /* A short description of the command */ + unsigned int cmd_flags; /* The input the command expects */ +} ENGINE_CMD_DEFN; + +/* Generic function pointer */ +typedef int (*ENGINE_GEN_FUNC_PTR) (void); +/* Generic function pointer taking no arguments */ +typedef int (*ENGINE_GEN_INT_FUNC_PTR) (ENGINE *); +/* Specific control function pointer */ +typedef int (*ENGINE_CTRL_FUNC_PTR) (ENGINE *, int, long, void *, + void (*f) (void)); +/* Generic load_key function pointer */ +typedef EVP_PKEY *(*ENGINE_LOAD_KEY_PTR)(ENGINE *, const char *, + UI_METHOD *ui_method, + void *callback_data); +typedef int (*ENGINE_SSL_CLIENT_CERT_PTR) (ENGINE *, SSL *ssl, + STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *ca_dn, + X509 **pcert, EVP_PKEY **pkey, + STACK_OF(X509) **pother, + UI_METHOD *ui_method, + void *callback_data); +/*- + * These callback types are for an ENGINE's handler for cipher and digest logic. + * These handlers have these prototypes; + * int foo(ENGINE *e, const EVP_CIPHER **cipher, const int **nids, int nid); + * int foo(ENGINE *e, const EVP_MD **digest, const int **nids, int nid); + * Looking at how to implement these handlers in the case of cipher support, if + * the framework wants the EVP_CIPHER for 'nid', it will call; + * foo(e, &p_evp_cipher, NULL, nid); (return zero for failure) + * If the framework wants a list of supported 'nid's, it will call; + * foo(e, NULL, &p_nids, 0); (returns number of 'nids' or -1 for error) + */ +/* + * Returns to a pointer to the array of supported cipher 'nid's. If the + * second parameter is non-NULL it is set to the size of the returned array. + */ +typedef int (*ENGINE_CIPHERS_PTR) (ENGINE *, const EVP_CIPHER **, + const int **, int); +typedef int (*ENGINE_DIGESTS_PTR) (ENGINE *, const EVP_MD **, const int **, + int); +typedef int (*ENGINE_PKEY_METHS_PTR) (ENGINE *, EVP_PKEY_METHOD **, + const int **, int); +typedef int (*ENGINE_PKEY_ASN1_METHS_PTR) (ENGINE *, EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD **, + const int **, int); +/* + * STRUCTURE functions ... all of these functions deal with pointers to + * ENGINE structures where the pointers have a "structural reference". This + * means that their reference is to allowed access to the structure but it + * does not imply that the structure is functional. To simply increment or + * decrement the structural reference count, use ENGINE_by_id and + * ENGINE_free. NB: This is not required when iterating using ENGINE_get_next + * as it will automatically decrement the structural reference count of the + * "current" ENGINE and increment the structural reference count of the + * ENGINE it returns (unless it is NULL). + */ + +/* Get the first/last "ENGINE" type available. */ +ENGINE *ENGINE_get_first(void); +ENGINE *ENGINE_get_last(void); +/* Iterate to the next/previous "ENGINE" type (NULL = end of the list). */ +ENGINE *ENGINE_get_next(ENGINE *e); +ENGINE *ENGINE_get_prev(ENGINE *e); +/* Add another "ENGINE" type into the array. */ +int ENGINE_add(ENGINE *e); +/* Remove an existing "ENGINE" type from the array. */ +int ENGINE_remove(ENGINE *e); +/* Retrieve an engine from the list by its unique "id" value. */ +ENGINE *ENGINE_by_id(const char *id); + +#if OPENSSL_API_COMPAT < 0x10100000L +# define ENGINE_load_openssl() \ + OPENSSL_init_crypto(OPENSSL_INIT_ENGINE_OPENSSL, NULL) +# define ENGINE_load_dynamic() \ + OPENSSL_init_crypto(OPENSSL_INIT_ENGINE_DYNAMIC, NULL) +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_STATIC_ENGINE +# define ENGINE_load_padlock() \ + OPENSSL_init_crypto(OPENSSL_INIT_ENGINE_PADLOCK, NULL) +# define ENGINE_load_capi() \ + OPENSSL_init_crypto(OPENSSL_INIT_ENGINE_CAPI, NULL) +# define ENGINE_load_afalg() \ + OPENSSL_init_crypto(OPENSSL_INIT_ENGINE_AFALG, NULL) +# endif +# define ENGINE_load_cryptodev() \ + OPENSSL_init_crypto(OPENSSL_INIT_ENGINE_CRYPTODEV, NULL) +# define ENGINE_load_rdrand() \ + OPENSSL_init_crypto(OPENSSL_INIT_ENGINE_RDRAND, NULL) +#endif +void ENGINE_load_builtin_engines(void); + +/* + * Get and set global flags (ENGINE_TABLE_FLAG_***) for the implementation + * "registry" handling. + */ +unsigned int ENGINE_get_table_flags(void); +void ENGINE_set_table_flags(unsigned int flags); + +/*- Manage registration of ENGINEs per "table". For each type, there are 3 + * functions; + * ENGINE_register_***(e) - registers the implementation from 'e' (if it has one) + * ENGINE_unregister_***(e) - unregister the implementation from 'e' + * ENGINE_register_all_***() - call ENGINE_register_***() for each 'e' in the list + * Cleanup is automatically registered from each table when required. + */ + +int ENGINE_register_RSA(ENGINE *e); +void ENGINE_unregister_RSA(ENGINE *e); +void ENGINE_register_all_RSA(void); + +int ENGINE_register_DSA(ENGINE *e); +void ENGINE_unregister_DSA(ENGINE *e); +void ENGINE_register_all_DSA(void); + +int ENGINE_register_EC(ENGINE *e); +void ENGINE_unregister_EC(ENGINE *e); +void ENGINE_register_all_EC(void); + +int ENGINE_register_DH(ENGINE *e); +void ENGINE_unregister_DH(ENGINE *e); +void ENGINE_register_all_DH(void); + +int ENGINE_register_RAND(ENGINE *e); +void ENGINE_unregister_RAND(ENGINE *e); +void ENGINE_register_all_RAND(void); + +int ENGINE_register_ciphers(ENGINE *e); +void ENGINE_unregister_ciphers(ENGINE *e); +void ENGINE_register_all_ciphers(void); + +int ENGINE_register_digests(ENGINE *e); +void ENGINE_unregister_digests(ENGINE *e); +void ENGINE_register_all_digests(void); + +int ENGINE_register_pkey_meths(ENGINE *e); +void ENGINE_unregister_pkey_meths(ENGINE *e); +void ENGINE_register_all_pkey_meths(void); + +int ENGINE_register_pkey_asn1_meths(ENGINE *e); +void ENGINE_unregister_pkey_asn1_meths(ENGINE *e); +void ENGINE_register_all_pkey_asn1_meths(void); + +/* + * These functions register all support from the above categories. Note, use + * of these functions can result in static linkage of code your application + * may not need. If you only need a subset of functionality, consider using + * more selective initialisation. + */ +int ENGINE_register_complete(ENGINE *e); +int ENGINE_register_all_complete(void); + +/* + * Send parameterised control commands to the engine. The possibilities to + * send down an integer, a pointer to data or a function pointer are + * provided. Any of the parameters may or may not be NULL, depending on the + * command number. In actuality, this function only requires a structural + * (rather than functional) reference to an engine, but many control commands + * may require the engine be functional. The caller should be aware of trying + * commands that require an operational ENGINE, and only use functional + * references in such situations. + */ +int ENGINE_ctrl(ENGINE *e, int cmd, long i, void *p, void (*f) (void)); + +/* + * This function tests if an ENGINE-specific command is usable as a + * "setting". Eg. in an application's config file that gets processed through + * ENGINE_ctrl_cmd_string(). If this returns zero, it is not available to + * ENGINE_ctrl_cmd_string(), only ENGINE_ctrl(). + */ +int ENGINE_cmd_is_executable(ENGINE *e, int cmd); + +/* + * This function works like ENGINE_ctrl() with the exception of taking a + * command name instead of a command number, and can handle optional + * commands. See the comment on ENGINE_ctrl_cmd_string() for an explanation + * on how to use the cmd_name and cmd_optional. + */ +int ENGINE_ctrl_cmd(ENGINE *e, const char *cmd_name, + long i, void *p, void (*f) (void), int cmd_optional); + +/* + * This function passes a command-name and argument to an ENGINE. The + * cmd_name is converted to a command number and the control command is + * called using 'arg' as an argument (unless the ENGINE doesn't support such + * a command, in which case no control command is called). The command is + * checked for input flags, and if necessary the argument will be converted + * to a numeric value. If cmd_optional is non-zero, then if the ENGINE + * doesn't support the given cmd_name the return value will be success + * anyway. This function is intended for applications to use so that users + * (or config files) can supply engine-specific config data to the ENGINE at + * run-time to control behaviour of specific engines. As such, it shouldn't + * be used for calling ENGINE_ctrl() functions that return data, deal with + * binary data, or that are otherwise supposed to be used directly through + * ENGINE_ctrl() in application code. Any "return" data from an ENGINE_ctrl() + * operation in this function will be lost - the return value is interpreted + * as failure if the return value is zero, success otherwise, and this + * function returns a boolean value as a result. In other words, vendors of + * 'ENGINE'-enabled devices should write ENGINE implementations with + * parameterisations that work in this scheme, so that compliant ENGINE-based + * applications can work consistently with the same configuration for the + * same ENGINE-enabled devices, across applications. + */ +int ENGINE_ctrl_cmd_string(ENGINE *e, const char *cmd_name, const char *arg, + int cmd_optional); + +/* + * These functions are useful for manufacturing new ENGINE structures. They + * don't address reference counting at all - one uses them to populate an + * ENGINE structure with personalised implementations of things prior to + * using it directly or adding it to the builtin ENGINE list in OpenSSL. + * These are also here so that the ENGINE structure doesn't have to be + * exposed and break binary compatibility! + */ +ENGINE *ENGINE_new(void); +int ENGINE_free(ENGINE *e); +int ENGINE_up_ref(ENGINE *e); +int ENGINE_set_id(ENGINE *e, const char *id); +int ENGINE_set_name(ENGINE *e, const char *name); +int ENGINE_set_RSA(ENGINE *e, const RSA_METHOD *rsa_meth); +int ENGINE_set_DSA(ENGINE *e, const DSA_METHOD *dsa_meth); +int ENGINE_set_EC(ENGINE *e, const EC_KEY_METHOD *ecdsa_meth); +int ENGINE_set_DH(ENGINE *e, const DH_METHOD *dh_meth); +int ENGINE_set_RAND(ENGINE *e, const RAND_METHOD *rand_meth); +int ENGINE_set_destroy_function(ENGINE *e, ENGINE_GEN_INT_FUNC_PTR destroy_f); +int ENGINE_set_init_function(ENGINE *e, ENGINE_GEN_INT_FUNC_PTR init_f); +int ENGINE_set_finish_function(ENGINE *e, ENGINE_GEN_INT_FUNC_PTR finish_f); +int ENGINE_set_ctrl_function(ENGINE *e, ENGINE_CTRL_FUNC_PTR ctrl_f); +int ENGINE_set_load_privkey_function(ENGINE *e, + ENGINE_LOAD_KEY_PTR loadpriv_f); +int ENGINE_set_load_pubkey_function(ENGINE *e, ENGINE_LOAD_KEY_PTR loadpub_f); +int ENGINE_set_load_ssl_client_cert_function(ENGINE *e, + ENGINE_SSL_CLIENT_CERT_PTR + loadssl_f); +int ENGINE_set_ciphers(ENGINE *e, ENGINE_CIPHERS_PTR f); +int ENGINE_set_digests(ENGINE *e, ENGINE_DIGESTS_PTR f); +int ENGINE_set_pkey_meths(ENGINE *e, ENGINE_PKEY_METHS_PTR f); +int ENGINE_set_pkey_asn1_meths(ENGINE *e, ENGINE_PKEY_ASN1_METHS_PTR f); +int ENGINE_set_flags(ENGINE *e, int flags); +int ENGINE_set_cmd_defns(ENGINE *e, const ENGINE_CMD_DEFN *defns); +/* These functions allow control over any per-structure ENGINE data. */ +#define ENGINE_get_ex_new_index(l, p, newf, dupf, freef) \ + CRYPTO_get_ex_new_index(CRYPTO_EX_INDEX_ENGINE, l, p, newf, dupf, freef) +int ENGINE_set_ex_data(ENGINE *e, int idx, void *arg); +void *ENGINE_get_ex_data(const ENGINE *e, int idx); + +#if OPENSSL_API_COMPAT < 0x10100000L +/* + * This function previously cleaned up anything that needs it. Auto-deinit will + * now take care of it so it is no longer required to call this function. + */ +# define ENGINE_cleanup() while(0) continue +#endif + +/* + * These return values from within the ENGINE structure. These can be useful + * with functional references as well as structural references - it depends + * which you obtained. Using the result for functional purposes if you only + * obtained a structural reference may be problematic! + */ +const char *ENGINE_get_id(const ENGINE *e); +const char *ENGINE_get_name(const ENGINE *e); +const RSA_METHOD *ENGINE_get_RSA(const ENGINE *e); +const DSA_METHOD *ENGINE_get_DSA(const ENGINE *e); +const EC_KEY_METHOD *ENGINE_get_EC(const ENGINE *e); +const DH_METHOD *ENGINE_get_DH(const ENGINE *e); +const RAND_METHOD *ENGINE_get_RAND(const ENGINE *e); +ENGINE_GEN_INT_FUNC_PTR ENGINE_get_destroy_function(const ENGINE *e); +ENGINE_GEN_INT_FUNC_PTR ENGINE_get_init_function(const ENGINE *e); +ENGINE_GEN_INT_FUNC_PTR ENGINE_get_finish_function(const ENGINE *e); +ENGINE_CTRL_FUNC_PTR ENGINE_get_ctrl_function(const ENGINE *e); +ENGINE_LOAD_KEY_PTR ENGINE_get_load_privkey_function(const ENGINE *e); +ENGINE_LOAD_KEY_PTR ENGINE_get_load_pubkey_function(const ENGINE *e); +ENGINE_SSL_CLIENT_CERT_PTR ENGINE_get_ssl_client_cert_function(const ENGINE + *e); +ENGINE_CIPHERS_PTR ENGINE_get_ciphers(const ENGINE *e); +ENGINE_DIGESTS_PTR ENGINE_get_digests(const ENGINE *e); +ENGINE_PKEY_METHS_PTR ENGINE_get_pkey_meths(const ENGINE *e); +ENGINE_PKEY_ASN1_METHS_PTR ENGINE_get_pkey_asn1_meths(const ENGINE *e); +const EVP_CIPHER *ENGINE_get_cipher(ENGINE *e, int nid); +const EVP_MD *ENGINE_get_digest(ENGINE *e, int nid); +const EVP_PKEY_METHOD *ENGINE_get_pkey_meth(ENGINE *e, int nid); +const EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD *ENGINE_get_pkey_asn1_meth(ENGINE *e, int nid); +const EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD *ENGINE_get_pkey_asn1_meth_str(ENGINE *e, + const char *str, + int len); +const EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD *ENGINE_pkey_asn1_find_str(ENGINE **pe, + const char *str, + int len); +const ENGINE_CMD_DEFN *ENGINE_get_cmd_defns(const ENGINE *e); +int ENGINE_get_flags(const ENGINE *e); + +/* + * FUNCTIONAL functions. These functions deal with ENGINE structures that + * have (or will) be initialised for use. Broadly speaking, the structural + * functions are useful for iterating the list of available engine types, + * creating new engine types, and other "list" operations. These functions + * actually deal with ENGINEs that are to be used. As such these functions + * can fail (if applicable) when particular engines are unavailable - eg. if + * a hardware accelerator is not attached or not functioning correctly. Each + * ENGINE has 2 reference counts; structural and functional. Every time a + * functional reference is obtained or released, a corresponding structural + * reference is automatically obtained or released too. + */ + +/* + * Initialise a engine type for use (or up its reference count if it's + * already in use). This will fail if the engine is not currently operational + * and cannot initialise. + */ +int ENGINE_init(ENGINE *e); +/* + * Free a functional reference to a engine type. This does not require a + * corresponding call to ENGINE_free as it also releases a structural + * reference. + */ +int ENGINE_finish(ENGINE *e); + +/* + * The following functions handle keys that are stored in some secondary + * location, handled by the engine. The storage may be on a card or + * whatever. + */ +EVP_PKEY *ENGINE_load_private_key(ENGINE *e, const char *key_id, + UI_METHOD *ui_method, void *callback_data); +EVP_PKEY *ENGINE_load_public_key(ENGINE *e, const char *key_id, + UI_METHOD *ui_method, void *callback_data); +int ENGINE_load_ssl_client_cert(ENGINE *e, SSL *s, + STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *ca_dn, X509 **pcert, + EVP_PKEY **ppkey, STACK_OF(X509) **pother, + UI_METHOD *ui_method, void *callback_data); + +/* + * This returns a pointer for the current ENGINE structure that is (by + * default) performing any RSA operations. The value returned is an + * incremented reference, so it should be free'd (ENGINE_finish) before it is + * discarded. + */ +ENGINE *ENGINE_get_default_RSA(void); +/* Same for the other "methods" */ +ENGINE *ENGINE_get_default_DSA(void); +ENGINE *ENGINE_get_default_EC(void); +ENGINE *ENGINE_get_default_DH(void); +ENGINE *ENGINE_get_default_RAND(void); +/* + * These functions can be used to get a functional reference to perform + * ciphering or digesting corresponding to "nid". + */ +ENGINE *ENGINE_get_cipher_engine(int nid); +ENGINE *ENGINE_get_digest_engine(int nid); +ENGINE *ENGINE_get_pkey_meth_engine(int nid); +ENGINE *ENGINE_get_pkey_asn1_meth_engine(int nid); + +/* + * This sets a new default ENGINE structure for performing RSA operations. If + * the result is non-zero (success) then the ENGINE structure will have had + * its reference count up'd so the caller should still free their own + * reference 'e'. + */ +int ENGINE_set_default_RSA(ENGINE *e); +int ENGINE_set_default_string(ENGINE *e, const char *def_list); +/* Same for the other "methods" */ +int ENGINE_set_default_DSA(ENGINE *e); +int ENGINE_set_default_EC(ENGINE *e); +int ENGINE_set_default_DH(ENGINE *e); +int ENGINE_set_default_RAND(ENGINE *e); +int ENGINE_set_default_ciphers(ENGINE *e); +int ENGINE_set_default_digests(ENGINE *e); +int ENGINE_set_default_pkey_meths(ENGINE *e); +int ENGINE_set_default_pkey_asn1_meths(ENGINE *e); + +/* + * The combination "set" - the flags are bitwise "OR"d from the + * ENGINE_METHOD_*** defines above. As with the "ENGINE_register_complete()" + * function, this function can result in unnecessary static linkage. If your + * application requires only specific functionality, consider using more + * selective functions. + */ +int ENGINE_set_default(ENGINE *e, unsigned int flags); + +void ENGINE_add_conf_module(void); + +/* Deprecated functions ... */ +/* int ENGINE_clear_defaults(void); */ + +/**************************/ +/* DYNAMIC ENGINE SUPPORT */ +/**************************/ + +/* Binary/behaviour compatibility levels */ +# define OSSL_DYNAMIC_VERSION (unsigned long)0x00030000 +/* + * Binary versions older than this are too old for us (whether we're a loader + * or a loadee) + */ +# define OSSL_DYNAMIC_OLDEST (unsigned long)0x00030000 + +/* + * When compiling an ENGINE entirely as an external shared library, loadable + * by the "dynamic" ENGINE, these types are needed. The 'dynamic_fns' + * structure type provides the calling application's (or library's) error + * functionality and memory management function pointers to the loaded + * library. These should be used/set in the loaded library code so that the + * loading application's 'state' will be used/changed in all operations. The + * 'static_state' pointer allows the loaded library to know if it shares the + * same static data as the calling application (or library), and thus whether + * these callbacks need to be set or not. + */ +typedef void *(*dyn_MEM_malloc_fn) (size_t, const char *, int); +typedef void *(*dyn_MEM_realloc_fn) (void *, size_t, const char *, int); +typedef void (*dyn_MEM_free_fn) (void *, const char *, int); +typedef struct st_dynamic_MEM_fns { + dyn_MEM_malloc_fn malloc_fn; + dyn_MEM_realloc_fn realloc_fn; + dyn_MEM_free_fn free_fn; +} dynamic_MEM_fns; +/* + * FIXME: Perhaps the memory and locking code (crypto.h) should declare and + * use these types so we (and any other dependent code) can simplify a bit?? + */ +/* The top-level structure */ +typedef struct st_dynamic_fns { + void *static_state; + dynamic_MEM_fns mem_fns; +} dynamic_fns; + +/* + * The version checking function should be of this prototype. NB: The + * ossl_version value passed in is the OSSL_DYNAMIC_VERSION of the loading + * code. If this function returns zero, it indicates a (potential) version + * incompatibility and the loaded library doesn't believe it can proceed. + * Otherwise, the returned value is the (latest) version supported by the + * loading library. The loader may still decide that the loaded code's + * version is unsatisfactory and could veto the load. The function is + * expected to be implemented with the symbol name "v_check", and a default + * implementation can be fully instantiated with + * IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CHECK_FN(). + */ +typedef unsigned long (*dynamic_v_check_fn) (unsigned long ossl_version); +# define IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CHECK_FN() \ + OPENSSL_EXPORT unsigned long v_check(unsigned long v); \ + OPENSSL_EXPORT unsigned long v_check(unsigned long v) { \ + if (v >= OSSL_DYNAMIC_OLDEST) return OSSL_DYNAMIC_VERSION; \ + return 0; } + +/* + * This function is passed the ENGINE structure to initialise with its own + * function and command settings. It should not adjust the structural or + * functional reference counts. If this function returns zero, (a) the load + * will be aborted, (b) the previous ENGINE state will be memcpy'd back onto + * the structure, and (c) the shared library will be unloaded. So + * implementations should do their own internal cleanup in failure + * circumstances otherwise they could leak. The 'id' parameter, if non-NULL, + * represents the ENGINE id that the loader is looking for. If this is NULL, + * the shared library can choose to return failure or to initialise a + * 'default' ENGINE. If non-NULL, the shared library must initialise only an + * ENGINE matching the passed 'id'. The function is expected to be + * implemented with the symbol name "bind_engine". A standard implementation + * can be instantiated with IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_BIND_FN(fn) where the parameter + * 'fn' is a callback function that populates the ENGINE structure and + * returns an int value (zero for failure). 'fn' should have prototype; + * [static] int fn(ENGINE *e, const char *id); + */ +typedef int (*dynamic_bind_engine) (ENGINE *e, const char *id, + const dynamic_fns *fns); +# define IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_BIND_FN(fn) \ + OPENSSL_EXPORT \ + int bind_engine(ENGINE *e, const char *id, const dynamic_fns *fns); \ + OPENSSL_EXPORT \ + int bind_engine(ENGINE *e, const char *id, const dynamic_fns *fns) { \ + if (ENGINE_get_static_state() == fns->static_state) goto skip_cbs; \ + CRYPTO_set_mem_functions(fns->mem_fns.malloc_fn, \ + fns->mem_fns.realloc_fn, \ + fns->mem_fns.free_fn); \ + skip_cbs: \ + if (!fn(e, id)) return 0; \ + return 1; } + +/* + * If the loading application (or library) and the loaded ENGINE library + * share the same static data (eg. they're both dynamically linked to the + * same libcrypto.so) we need a way to avoid trying to set system callbacks - + * this would fail, and for the same reason that it's unnecessary to try. If + * the loaded ENGINE has (or gets from through the loader) its own copy of + * the libcrypto static data, we will need to set the callbacks. The easiest + * way to detect this is to have a function that returns a pointer to some + * static data and let the loading application and loaded ENGINE compare + * their respective values. + */ +void *ENGINE_get_static_state(void); + +# if defined(__OpenBSD__) || defined(__FreeBSD__) || defined(__DragonFly__) +DEPRECATEDIN_1_1_0(void ENGINE_setup_bsd_cryptodev(void)) +# endif + + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif +# endif +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/engineerr.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/engineerr.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..05e84bd2 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/engineerr.h @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ +/* + * Generated by util/mkerr.pl DO NOT EDIT + * Copyright 1995-2019 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_ENGINEERR_H +# define HEADER_ENGINEERR_H + +# ifndef HEADER_SYMHACKS_H +# include <openssl/symhacks.h> +# endif + +# include <openssl/opensslconf.h> + +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_ENGINE + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +# endif +int ERR_load_ENGINE_strings(void); + +/* + * ENGINE function codes. + */ +# define ENGINE_F_DIGEST_UPDATE 198 +# define ENGINE_F_DYNAMIC_CTRL 180 +# define ENGINE_F_DYNAMIC_GET_DATA_CTX 181 +# define ENGINE_F_DYNAMIC_LOAD 182 +# define ENGINE_F_DYNAMIC_SET_DATA_CTX 183 +# define ENGINE_F_ENGINE_ADD 105 +# define ENGINE_F_ENGINE_BY_ID 106 +# define ENGINE_F_ENGINE_CMD_IS_EXECUTABLE 170 +# define ENGINE_F_ENGINE_CTRL 142 +# define ENGINE_F_ENGINE_CTRL_CMD 178 +# define ENGINE_F_ENGINE_CTRL_CMD_STRING 171 +# define ENGINE_F_ENGINE_FINISH 107 +# define ENGINE_F_ENGINE_GET_CIPHER 185 +# define ENGINE_F_ENGINE_GET_DIGEST 186 +# define ENGINE_F_ENGINE_GET_FIRST 195 +# define ENGINE_F_ENGINE_GET_LAST 196 +# define ENGINE_F_ENGINE_GET_NEXT 115 +# define ENGINE_F_ENGINE_GET_PKEY_ASN1_METH 193 +# define ENGINE_F_ENGINE_GET_PKEY_METH 192 +# define ENGINE_F_ENGINE_GET_PREV 116 +# define ENGINE_F_ENGINE_INIT 119 +# define ENGINE_F_ENGINE_LIST_ADD 120 +# define ENGINE_F_ENGINE_LIST_REMOVE 121 +# define ENGINE_F_ENGINE_LOAD_PRIVATE_KEY 150 +# define ENGINE_F_ENGINE_LOAD_PUBLIC_KEY 151 +# define ENGINE_F_ENGINE_LOAD_SSL_CLIENT_CERT 194 +# define ENGINE_F_ENGINE_NEW 122 +# define ENGINE_F_ENGINE_PKEY_ASN1_FIND_STR 197 +# define ENGINE_F_ENGINE_REMOVE 123 +# define ENGINE_F_ENGINE_SET_DEFAULT_STRING 189 +# define ENGINE_F_ENGINE_SET_ID 129 +# define ENGINE_F_ENGINE_SET_NAME 130 +# define ENGINE_F_ENGINE_TABLE_REGISTER 184 +# define ENGINE_F_ENGINE_UNLOCKED_FINISH 191 +# define ENGINE_F_ENGINE_UP_REF 190 +# define ENGINE_F_INT_CLEANUP_ITEM 199 +# define ENGINE_F_INT_CTRL_HELPER 172 +# define ENGINE_F_INT_ENGINE_CONFIGURE 188 +# define ENGINE_F_INT_ENGINE_MODULE_INIT 187 +# define ENGINE_F_OSSL_HMAC_INIT 200 + +/* + * ENGINE reason codes. + */ +# define ENGINE_R_ALREADY_LOADED 100 +# define ENGINE_R_ARGUMENT_IS_NOT_A_NUMBER 133 +# define ENGINE_R_CMD_NOT_EXECUTABLE 134 +# define ENGINE_R_COMMAND_TAKES_INPUT 135 +# define ENGINE_R_COMMAND_TAKES_NO_INPUT 136 +# define ENGINE_R_CONFLICTING_ENGINE_ID 103 +# define ENGINE_R_CTRL_COMMAND_NOT_IMPLEMENTED 119 +# define ENGINE_R_DSO_FAILURE 104 +# define ENGINE_R_DSO_NOT_FOUND 132 +# define ENGINE_R_ENGINES_SECTION_ERROR 148 +# define ENGINE_R_ENGINE_CONFIGURATION_ERROR 102 +# define ENGINE_R_ENGINE_IS_NOT_IN_LIST 105 +# define ENGINE_R_ENGINE_SECTION_ERROR 149 +# define ENGINE_R_FAILED_LOADING_PRIVATE_KEY 128 +# define ENGINE_R_FAILED_LOADING_PUBLIC_KEY 129 +# define ENGINE_R_FINISH_FAILED 106 +# define ENGINE_R_ID_OR_NAME_MISSING 108 +# define ENGINE_R_INIT_FAILED 109 +# define ENGINE_R_INTERNAL_LIST_ERROR 110 +# define ENGINE_R_INVALID_ARGUMENT 143 +# define ENGINE_R_INVALID_CMD_NAME 137 +# define ENGINE_R_INVALID_CMD_NUMBER 138 +# define ENGINE_R_INVALID_INIT_VALUE 151 +# define ENGINE_R_INVALID_STRING 150 +# define ENGINE_R_NOT_INITIALISED 117 +# define ENGINE_R_NOT_LOADED 112 +# define ENGINE_R_NO_CONTROL_FUNCTION 120 +# define ENGINE_R_NO_INDEX 144 +# define ENGINE_R_NO_LOAD_FUNCTION 125 +# define ENGINE_R_NO_REFERENCE 130 +# define ENGINE_R_NO_SUCH_ENGINE 116 +# define ENGINE_R_UNIMPLEMENTED_CIPHER 146 +# define ENGINE_R_UNIMPLEMENTED_DIGEST 147 +# define ENGINE_R_UNIMPLEMENTED_PUBLIC_KEY_METHOD 101 +# define ENGINE_R_VERSION_INCOMPATIBILITY 145 + +# endif +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/err.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/err.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b49f8812 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/err.h @@ -0,0 +1,274 @@ +/* + * Copyright 1995-2019 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_ERR_H +# define HEADER_ERR_H + +# include <openssl/e_os2.h> + +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_STDIO +# include <stdio.h> +# include <stdlib.h> +# endif + +# include <openssl/ossl_typ.h> +# include <openssl/bio.h> +# include <openssl/lhash.h> + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_ERR +# define ERR_PUT_error(a,b,c,d,e) ERR_put_error(a,b,c,d,e) +# else +# define ERR_PUT_error(a,b,c,d,e) ERR_put_error(a,b,c,NULL,0) +# endif + +# include <errno.h> + +# define ERR_TXT_MALLOCED 0x01 +# define ERR_TXT_STRING 0x02 + +# define ERR_FLAG_MARK 0x01 +# define ERR_FLAG_CLEAR 0x02 + +# define ERR_NUM_ERRORS 16 +typedef struct err_state_st { + int err_flags[ERR_NUM_ERRORS]; + unsigned long err_buffer[ERR_NUM_ERRORS]; + char *err_data[ERR_NUM_ERRORS]; + int err_data_flags[ERR_NUM_ERRORS]; + const char *err_file[ERR_NUM_ERRORS]; + int err_line[ERR_NUM_ERRORS]; + int top, bottom; +} ERR_STATE; + +/* library */ +# define ERR_LIB_NONE 1 +# define ERR_LIB_SYS 2 +# define ERR_LIB_BN 3 +# define ERR_LIB_RSA 4 +# define ERR_LIB_DH 5 +# define ERR_LIB_EVP 6 +# define ERR_LIB_BUF 7 +# define ERR_LIB_OBJ 8 +# define ERR_LIB_PEM 9 +# define ERR_LIB_DSA 10 +# define ERR_LIB_X509 11 +/* #define ERR_LIB_METH 12 */ +# define ERR_LIB_ASN1 13 +# define ERR_LIB_CONF 14 +# define ERR_LIB_CRYPTO 15 +# define ERR_LIB_EC 16 +# define ERR_LIB_SSL 20 +/* #define ERR_LIB_SSL23 21 */ +/* #define ERR_LIB_SSL2 22 */ +/* #define ERR_LIB_SSL3 23 */ +/* #define ERR_LIB_RSAREF 30 */ +/* #define ERR_LIB_PROXY 31 */ +# define ERR_LIB_BIO 32 +# define ERR_LIB_PKCS7 33 +# define ERR_LIB_X509V3 34 +# define ERR_LIB_PKCS12 35 +# define ERR_LIB_RAND 36 +# define ERR_LIB_DSO 37 +# define ERR_LIB_ENGINE 38 +# define ERR_LIB_OCSP 39 +# define ERR_LIB_UI 40 +# define ERR_LIB_COMP 41 +# define ERR_LIB_ECDSA 42 +# define ERR_LIB_ECDH 43 +# define ERR_LIB_OSSL_STORE 44 +# define ERR_LIB_FIPS 45 +# define ERR_LIB_CMS 46 +# define ERR_LIB_TS 47 +# define ERR_LIB_HMAC 48 +/* # define ERR_LIB_JPAKE 49 */ +# define ERR_LIB_CT 50 +# define ERR_LIB_ASYNC 51 +# define ERR_LIB_KDF 52 +# define ERR_LIB_SM2 53 + +# define ERR_LIB_USER 128 + +# define SYSerr(f,r) ERR_PUT_error(ERR_LIB_SYS,(f),(r),OPENSSL_FILE,OPENSSL_LINE) +# define BNerr(f,r) ERR_PUT_error(ERR_LIB_BN,(f),(r),OPENSSL_FILE,OPENSSL_LINE) +# define RSAerr(f,r) ERR_PUT_error(ERR_LIB_RSA,(f),(r),OPENSSL_FILE,OPENSSL_LINE) +# define DHerr(f,r) ERR_PUT_error(ERR_LIB_DH,(f),(r),OPENSSL_FILE,OPENSSL_LINE) +# define EVPerr(f,r) ERR_PUT_error(ERR_LIB_EVP,(f),(r),OPENSSL_FILE,OPENSSL_LINE) +# define BUFerr(f,r) ERR_PUT_error(ERR_LIB_BUF,(f),(r),OPENSSL_FILE,OPENSSL_LINE) +# define OBJerr(f,r) ERR_PUT_error(ERR_LIB_OBJ,(f),(r),OPENSSL_FILE,OPENSSL_LINE) +# define PEMerr(f,r) ERR_PUT_error(ERR_LIB_PEM,(f),(r),OPENSSL_FILE,OPENSSL_LINE) +# define DSAerr(f,r) ERR_PUT_error(ERR_LIB_DSA,(f),(r),OPENSSL_FILE,OPENSSL_LINE) +# define X509err(f,r) ERR_PUT_error(ERR_LIB_X509,(f),(r),OPENSSL_FILE,OPENSSL_LINE) +# define ASN1err(f,r) ERR_PUT_error(ERR_LIB_ASN1,(f),(r),OPENSSL_FILE,OPENSSL_LINE) +# define CONFerr(f,r) ERR_PUT_error(ERR_LIB_CONF,(f),(r),OPENSSL_FILE,OPENSSL_LINE) +# define CRYPTOerr(f,r) ERR_PUT_error(ERR_LIB_CRYPTO,(f),(r),OPENSSL_FILE,OPENSSL_LINE) +# define ECerr(f,r) ERR_PUT_error(ERR_LIB_EC,(f),(r),OPENSSL_FILE,OPENSSL_LINE) +# define SSLerr(f,r) ERR_PUT_error(ERR_LIB_SSL,(f),(r),OPENSSL_FILE,OPENSSL_LINE) +# define BIOerr(f,r) ERR_PUT_error(ERR_LIB_BIO,(f),(r),OPENSSL_FILE,OPENSSL_LINE) +# define PKCS7err(f,r) ERR_PUT_error(ERR_LIB_PKCS7,(f),(r),OPENSSL_FILE,OPENSSL_LINE) +# define X509V3err(f,r) ERR_PUT_error(ERR_LIB_X509V3,(f),(r),OPENSSL_FILE,OPENSSL_LINE) +# define PKCS12err(f,r) ERR_PUT_error(ERR_LIB_PKCS12,(f),(r),OPENSSL_FILE,OPENSSL_LINE) +# define RANDerr(f,r) ERR_PUT_error(ERR_LIB_RAND,(f),(r),OPENSSL_FILE,OPENSSL_LINE) +# define DSOerr(f,r) ERR_PUT_error(ERR_LIB_DSO,(f),(r),OPENSSL_FILE,OPENSSL_LINE) +# define ENGINEerr(f,r) ERR_PUT_error(ERR_LIB_ENGINE,(f),(r),OPENSSL_FILE,OPENSSL_LINE) +# define OCSPerr(f,r) ERR_PUT_error(ERR_LIB_OCSP,(f),(r),OPENSSL_FILE,OPENSSL_LINE) +# define UIerr(f,r) ERR_PUT_error(ERR_LIB_UI,(f),(r),OPENSSL_FILE,OPENSSL_LINE) +# define COMPerr(f,r) ERR_PUT_error(ERR_LIB_COMP,(f),(r),OPENSSL_FILE,OPENSSL_LINE) +# define ECDSAerr(f,r) ERR_PUT_error(ERR_LIB_ECDSA,(f),(r),OPENSSL_FILE,OPENSSL_LINE) +# define ECDHerr(f,r) ERR_PUT_error(ERR_LIB_ECDH,(f),(r),OPENSSL_FILE,OPENSSL_LINE) +# define OSSL_STOREerr(f,r) ERR_PUT_error(ERR_LIB_OSSL_STORE,(f),(r),OPENSSL_FILE,OPENSSL_LINE) +# define FIPSerr(f,r) ERR_PUT_error(ERR_LIB_FIPS,(f),(r),OPENSSL_FILE,OPENSSL_LINE) +# define CMSerr(f,r) ERR_PUT_error(ERR_LIB_CMS,(f),(r),OPENSSL_FILE,OPENSSL_LINE) +# define TSerr(f,r) ERR_PUT_error(ERR_LIB_TS,(f),(r),OPENSSL_FILE,OPENSSL_LINE) +# define HMACerr(f,r) ERR_PUT_error(ERR_LIB_HMAC,(f),(r),OPENSSL_FILE,OPENSSL_LINE) +# define CTerr(f,r) ERR_PUT_error(ERR_LIB_CT,(f),(r),OPENSSL_FILE,OPENSSL_LINE) +# define ASYNCerr(f,r) ERR_PUT_error(ERR_LIB_ASYNC,(f),(r),OPENSSL_FILE,OPENSSL_LINE) +# define KDFerr(f,r) ERR_PUT_error(ERR_LIB_KDF,(f),(r),OPENSSL_FILE,OPENSSL_LINE) +# define SM2err(f,r) ERR_PUT_error(ERR_LIB_SM2,(f),(r),OPENSSL_FILE,OPENSSL_LINE) + +# define ERR_PACK(l,f,r) ( \ + (((unsigned int)(l) & 0x0FF) << 24L) | \ + (((unsigned int)(f) & 0xFFF) << 12L) | \ + (((unsigned int)(r) & 0xFFF) ) ) +# define ERR_GET_LIB(l) (int)(((l) >> 24L) & 0x0FFL) +# define ERR_GET_FUNC(l) (int)(((l) >> 12L) & 0xFFFL) +# define ERR_GET_REASON(l) (int)( (l) & 0xFFFL) +# define ERR_FATAL_ERROR(l) (int)( (l) & ERR_R_FATAL) + +/* OS functions */ +# define SYS_F_FOPEN 1 +# define SYS_F_CONNECT 2 +# define SYS_F_GETSERVBYNAME 3 +# define SYS_F_SOCKET 4 +# define SYS_F_IOCTLSOCKET 5 +# define SYS_F_BIND 6 +# define SYS_F_LISTEN 7 +# define SYS_F_ACCEPT 8 +# define SYS_F_WSASTARTUP 9/* Winsock stuff */ +# define SYS_F_OPENDIR 10 +# define SYS_F_FREAD 11 +# define SYS_F_GETADDRINFO 12 +# define SYS_F_GETNAMEINFO 13 +# define SYS_F_SETSOCKOPT 14 +# define SYS_F_GETSOCKOPT 15 +# define SYS_F_GETSOCKNAME 16 +# define SYS_F_GETHOSTBYNAME 17 +# define SYS_F_FFLUSH 18 +# define SYS_F_OPEN 19 +# define SYS_F_CLOSE 20 +# define SYS_F_IOCTL 21 +# define SYS_F_STAT 22 +# define SYS_F_FCNTL 23 +# define SYS_F_FSTAT 24 + +/* reasons */ +# define ERR_R_SYS_LIB ERR_LIB_SYS/* 2 */ +# define ERR_R_BN_LIB ERR_LIB_BN/* 3 */ +# define ERR_R_RSA_LIB ERR_LIB_RSA/* 4 */ +# define ERR_R_DH_LIB ERR_LIB_DH/* 5 */ +# define ERR_R_EVP_LIB ERR_LIB_EVP/* 6 */ +# define ERR_R_BUF_LIB ERR_LIB_BUF/* 7 */ +# define ERR_R_OBJ_LIB ERR_LIB_OBJ/* 8 */ +# define ERR_R_PEM_LIB ERR_LIB_PEM/* 9 */ +# define ERR_R_DSA_LIB ERR_LIB_DSA/* 10 */ +# define ERR_R_X509_LIB ERR_LIB_X509/* 11 */ +# define ERR_R_ASN1_LIB ERR_LIB_ASN1/* 13 */ +# define ERR_R_EC_LIB ERR_LIB_EC/* 16 */ +# define ERR_R_BIO_LIB ERR_LIB_BIO/* 32 */ +# define ERR_R_PKCS7_LIB ERR_LIB_PKCS7/* 33 */ +# define ERR_R_X509V3_LIB ERR_LIB_X509V3/* 34 */ +# define ERR_R_ENGINE_LIB ERR_LIB_ENGINE/* 38 */ +# define ERR_R_UI_LIB ERR_LIB_UI/* 40 */ +# define ERR_R_ECDSA_LIB ERR_LIB_ECDSA/* 42 */ +# define ERR_R_OSSL_STORE_LIB ERR_LIB_OSSL_STORE/* 44 */ + +# define ERR_R_NESTED_ASN1_ERROR 58 +# define ERR_R_MISSING_ASN1_EOS 63 + +/* fatal error */ +# define ERR_R_FATAL 64 +# define ERR_R_MALLOC_FAILURE (1|ERR_R_FATAL) +# define ERR_R_SHOULD_NOT_HAVE_BEEN_CALLED (2|ERR_R_FATAL) +# define ERR_R_PASSED_NULL_PARAMETER (3|ERR_R_FATAL) +# define ERR_R_INTERNAL_ERROR (4|ERR_R_FATAL) +# define ERR_R_DISABLED (5|ERR_R_FATAL) +# define ERR_R_INIT_FAIL (6|ERR_R_FATAL) +# define ERR_R_PASSED_INVALID_ARGUMENT (7) +# define ERR_R_OPERATION_FAIL (8|ERR_R_FATAL) + +/* + * 99 is the maximum possible ERR_R_... code, higher values are reserved for + * the individual libraries + */ + +typedef struct ERR_string_data_st { + unsigned long error; + const char *string; +} ERR_STRING_DATA; + +DEFINE_LHASH_OF(ERR_STRING_DATA); + +void ERR_put_error(int lib, int func, int reason, const char *file, int line); +void ERR_set_error_data(char *data, int flags); + +unsigned long ERR_get_error(void); +unsigned long ERR_get_error_line(const char **file, int *line); +unsigned long ERR_get_error_line_data(const char **file, int *line, + const char **data, int *flags); +unsigned long ERR_peek_error(void); +unsigned long ERR_peek_error_line(const char **file, int *line); +unsigned long ERR_peek_error_line_data(const char **file, int *line, + const char **data, int *flags); +unsigned long ERR_peek_last_error(void); +unsigned long ERR_peek_last_error_line(const char **file, int *line); +unsigned long ERR_peek_last_error_line_data(const char **file, int *line, + const char **data, int *flags); +void ERR_clear_error(void); +char *ERR_error_string(unsigned long e, char *buf); +void ERR_error_string_n(unsigned long e, char *buf, size_t len); +const char *ERR_lib_error_string(unsigned long e); +const char *ERR_func_error_string(unsigned long e); +const char *ERR_reason_error_string(unsigned long e); +void ERR_print_errors_cb(int (*cb) (const char *str, size_t len, void *u), + void *u); +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_STDIO +void ERR_print_errors_fp(FILE *fp); +# endif +void ERR_print_errors(BIO *bp); +void ERR_add_error_data(int num, ...); +void ERR_add_error_vdata(int num, va_list args); +int ERR_load_strings(int lib, ERR_STRING_DATA *str); +int ERR_load_strings_const(const ERR_STRING_DATA *str); +int ERR_unload_strings(int lib, ERR_STRING_DATA *str); +int ERR_load_ERR_strings(void); + +#if OPENSSL_API_COMPAT < 0x10100000L +# define ERR_load_crypto_strings() \ + OPENSSL_init_crypto(OPENSSL_INIT_LOAD_CRYPTO_STRINGS, NULL) +# define ERR_free_strings() while(0) continue +#endif + +DEPRECATEDIN_1_1_0(void ERR_remove_thread_state(void *)) +DEPRECATEDIN_1_0_0(void ERR_remove_state(unsigned long pid)) +ERR_STATE *ERR_get_state(void); + +int ERR_get_next_error_library(void); + +int ERR_set_mark(void); +int ERR_pop_to_mark(void); +int ERR_clear_last_mark(void); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/evp.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/evp.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a411f3f2 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/evp.h @@ -0,0 +1,1666 @@ +/* + * Copyright 1995-2019 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_ENVELOPE_H +# define HEADER_ENVELOPE_H + +# include <openssl/opensslconf.h> +# include <openssl/ossl_typ.h> +# include <openssl/symhacks.h> +# include <openssl/bio.h> +# include <openssl/evperr.h> + +# define EVP_MAX_MD_SIZE 64/* longest known is SHA512 */ +# define EVP_MAX_KEY_LENGTH 64 +# define EVP_MAX_IV_LENGTH 16 +# define EVP_MAX_BLOCK_LENGTH 32 + +# define PKCS5_SALT_LEN 8 +/* Default PKCS#5 iteration count */ +# define PKCS5_DEFAULT_ITER 2048 + +# include <openssl/objects.h> + +# define EVP_PK_RSA 0x0001 +# define EVP_PK_DSA 0x0002 +# define EVP_PK_DH 0x0004 +# define EVP_PK_EC 0x0008 +# define EVP_PKT_SIGN 0x0010 +# define EVP_PKT_ENC 0x0020 +# define EVP_PKT_EXCH 0x0040 +# define EVP_PKS_RSA 0x0100 +# define EVP_PKS_DSA 0x0200 +# define EVP_PKS_EC 0x0400 + +# define EVP_PKEY_NONE NID_undef +# define EVP_PKEY_RSA NID_rsaEncryption +# define EVP_PKEY_RSA2 NID_rsa +# define EVP_PKEY_RSA_PSS NID_rsassaPss +# define EVP_PKEY_DSA NID_dsa +# define EVP_PKEY_DSA1 NID_dsa_2 +# define EVP_PKEY_DSA2 NID_dsaWithSHA +# define EVP_PKEY_DSA3 NID_dsaWithSHA1 +# define EVP_PKEY_DSA4 NID_dsaWithSHA1_2 +# define EVP_PKEY_DH NID_dhKeyAgreement +# define EVP_PKEY_DHX NID_dhpublicnumber +# define EVP_PKEY_EC NID_X9_62_id_ecPublicKey +# define EVP_PKEY_SM2 NID_sm2 +# define EVP_PKEY_HMAC NID_hmac +# define EVP_PKEY_CMAC NID_cmac +# define EVP_PKEY_SCRYPT NID_id_scrypt +# define EVP_PKEY_TLS1_PRF NID_tls1_prf +# define EVP_PKEY_HKDF NID_hkdf +# define EVP_PKEY_POLY1305 NID_poly1305 +# define EVP_PKEY_SIPHASH NID_siphash +# define EVP_PKEY_X25519 NID_X25519 +# define EVP_PKEY_ED25519 NID_ED25519 +# define EVP_PKEY_X448 NID_X448 +# define EVP_PKEY_ED448 NID_ED448 + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +# define EVP_PKEY_MO_SIGN 0x0001 +# define EVP_PKEY_MO_VERIFY 0x0002 +# define EVP_PKEY_MO_ENCRYPT 0x0004 +# define EVP_PKEY_MO_DECRYPT 0x0008 + +# ifndef EVP_MD +EVP_MD *EVP_MD_meth_new(int md_type, int pkey_type); +EVP_MD *EVP_MD_meth_dup(const EVP_MD *md); +void EVP_MD_meth_free(EVP_MD *md); + +int EVP_MD_meth_set_input_blocksize(EVP_MD *md, int blocksize); +int EVP_MD_meth_set_result_size(EVP_MD *md, int resultsize); +int EVP_MD_meth_set_app_datasize(EVP_MD *md, int datasize); +int EVP_MD_meth_set_flags(EVP_MD *md, unsigned long flags); +int EVP_MD_meth_set_init(EVP_MD *md, int (*init)(EVP_MD_CTX *ctx)); +int EVP_MD_meth_set_update(EVP_MD *md, int (*update)(EVP_MD_CTX *ctx, + const void *data, + size_t count)); +int EVP_MD_meth_set_final(EVP_MD *md, int (*final)(EVP_MD_CTX *ctx, + unsigned char *md)); +int EVP_MD_meth_set_copy(EVP_MD *md, int (*copy)(EVP_MD_CTX *to, + const EVP_MD_CTX *from)); +int EVP_MD_meth_set_cleanup(EVP_MD *md, int (*cleanup)(EVP_MD_CTX *ctx)); +int EVP_MD_meth_set_ctrl(EVP_MD *md, int (*ctrl)(EVP_MD_CTX *ctx, int cmd, + int p1, void *p2)); + +int EVP_MD_meth_get_input_blocksize(const EVP_MD *md); +int EVP_MD_meth_get_result_size(const EVP_MD *md); +int EVP_MD_meth_get_app_datasize(const EVP_MD *md); +unsigned long EVP_MD_meth_get_flags(const EVP_MD *md); +int (*EVP_MD_meth_get_init(const EVP_MD *md))(EVP_MD_CTX *ctx); +int (*EVP_MD_meth_get_update(const EVP_MD *md))(EVP_MD_CTX *ctx, + const void *data, + size_t count); +int (*EVP_MD_meth_get_final(const EVP_MD *md))(EVP_MD_CTX *ctx, + unsigned char *md); +int (*EVP_MD_meth_get_copy(const EVP_MD *md))(EVP_MD_CTX *to, + const EVP_MD_CTX *from); +int (*EVP_MD_meth_get_cleanup(const EVP_MD *md))(EVP_MD_CTX *ctx); +int (*EVP_MD_meth_get_ctrl(const EVP_MD *md))(EVP_MD_CTX *ctx, int cmd, + int p1, void *p2); + +/* digest can only handle a single block */ +# define EVP_MD_FLAG_ONESHOT 0x0001 + +/* digest is extensible-output function, XOF */ +# define EVP_MD_FLAG_XOF 0x0002 + +/* DigestAlgorithmIdentifier flags... */ + +# define EVP_MD_FLAG_DIGALGID_MASK 0x0018 + +/* NULL or absent parameter accepted. Use NULL */ + +# define EVP_MD_FLAG_DIGALGID_NULL 0x0000 + +/* NULL or absent parameter accepted. Use NULL for PKCS#1 otherwise absent */ + +# define EVP_MD_FLAG_DIGALGID_ABSENT 0x0008 + +/* Custom handling via ctrl */ + +# define EVP_MD_FLAG_DIGALGID_CUSTOM 0x0018 + +/* Note if suitable for use in FIPS mode */ +# define EVP_MD_FLAG_FIPS 0x0400 + +/* Digest ctrls */ + +# define EVP_MD_CTRL_DIGALGID 0x1 +# define EVP_MD_CTRL_MICALG 0x2 +# define EVP_MD_CTRL_XOF_LEN 0x3 + +/* Minimum Algorithm specific ctrl value */ + +# define EVP_MD_CTRL_ALG_CTRL 0x1000 + +# endif /* !EVP_MD */ + +/* values for EVP_MD_CTX flags */ + +# define EVP_MD_CTX_FLAG_ONESHOT 0x0001/* digest update will be + * called once only */ +# define EVP_MD_CTX_FLAG_CLEANED 0x0002/* context has already been + * cleaned */ +# define EVP_MD_CTX_FLAG_REUSE 0x0004/* Don't free up ctx->md_data + * in EVP_MD_CTX_reset */ +/* + * FIPS and pad options are ignored in 1.0.0, definitions are here so we + * don't accidentally reuse the values for other purposes. + */ + +# define EVP_MD_CTX_FLAG_NON_FIPS_ALLOW 0x0008/* Allow use of non FIPS + * digest in FIPS mode */ + +/* + * The following PAD options are also currently ignored in 1.0.0, digest + * parameters are handled through EVP_DigestSign*() and EVP_DigestVerify*() + * instead. + */ +# define EVP_MD_CTX_FLAG_PAD_MASK 0xF0/* RSA mode to use */ +# define EVP_MD_CTX_FLAG_PAD_PKCS1 0x00/* PKCS#1 v1.5 mode */ +# define EVP_MD_CTX_FLAG_PAD_X931 0x10/* X9.31 mode */ +# define EVP_MD_CTX_FLAG_PAD_PSS 0x20/* PSS mode */ + +# define EVP_MD_CTX_FLAG_NO_INIT 0x0100/* Don't initialize md_data */ +/* + * Some functions such as EVP_DigestSign only finalise copies of internal + * contexts so additional data can be included after the finalisation call. + * This is inefficient if this functionality is not required: it is disabled + * if the following flag is set. + */ +# define EVP_MD_CTX_FLAG_FINALISE 0x0200 +/* NOTE: 0x0400 is reserved for internal usage */ + +EVP_CIPHER *EVP_CIPHER_meth_new(int cipher_type, int block_size, int key_len); +EVP_CIPHER *EVP_CIPHER_meth_dup(const EVP_CIPHER *cipher); +void EVP_CIPHER_meth_free(EVP_CIPHER *cipher); + +int EVP_CIPHER_meth_set_iv_length(EVP_CIPHER *cipher, int iv_len); +int EVP_CIPHER_meth_set_flags(EVP_CIPHER *cipher, unsigned long flags); +int EVP_CIPHER_meth_set_impl_ctx_size(EVP_CIPHER *cipher, int ctx_size); +int EVP_CIPHER_meth_set_init(EVP_CIPHER *cipher, + int (*init) (EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx, + const unsigned char *key, + const unsigned char *iv, + int enc)); +int EVP_CIPHER_meth_set_do_cipher(EVP_CIPHER *cipher, + int (*do_cipher) (EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx, + unsigned char *out, + const unsigned char *in, + size_t inl)); +int EVP_CIPHER_meth_set_cleanup(EVP_CIPHER *cipher, + int (*cleanup) (EVP_CIPHER_CTX *)); +int EVP_CIPHER_meth_set_set_asn1_params(EVP_CIPHER *cipher, + int (*set_asn1_parameters) (EVP_CIPHER_CTX *, + ASN1_TYPE *)); +int EVP_CIPHER_meth_set_get_asn1_params(EVP_CIPHER *cipher, + int (*get_asn1_parameters) (EVP_CIPHER_CTX *, + ASN1_TYPE *)); +int EVP_CIPHER_meth_set_ctrl(EVP_CIPHER *cipher, + int (*ctrl) (EVP_CIPHER_CTX *, int type, + int arg, void *ptr)); + +int (*EVP_CIPHER_meth_get_init(const EVP_CIPHER *cipher))(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx, + const unsigned char *key, + const unsigned char *iv, + int enc); +int (*EVP_CIPHER_meth_get_do_cipher(const EVP_CIPHER *cipher))(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx, + unsigned char *out, + const unsigned char *in, + size_t inl); +int (*EVP_CIPHER_meth_get_cleanup(const EVP_CIPHER *cipher))(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *); +int (*EVP_CIPHER_meth_get_set_asn1_params(const EVP_CIPHER *cipher))(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *, + ASN1_TYPE *); +int (*EVP_CIPHER_meth_get_get_asn1_params(const EVP_CIPHER *cipher))(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *, + ASN1_TYPE *); +int (*EVP_CIPHER_meth_get_ctrl(const EVP_CIPHER *cipher))(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *, + int type, int arg, + void *ptr); + +/* Values for cipher flags */ + +/* Modes for ciphers */ + +# define EVP_CIPH_STREAM_CIPHER 0x0 +# define EVP_CIPH_ECB_MODE 0x1 +# define EVP_CIPH_CBC_MODE 0x2 +# define EVP_CIPH_CFB_MODE 0x3 +# define EVP_CIPH_OFB_MODE 0x4 +# define EVP_CIPH_CTR_MODE 0x5 +# define EVP_CIPH_GCM_MODE 0x6 +# define EVP_CIPH_CCM_MODE 0x7 +# define EVP_CIPH_XTS_MODE 0x10001 +# define EVP_CIPH_WRAP_MODE 0x10002 +# define EVP_CIPH_OCB_MODE 0x10003 +# define EVP_CIPH_MODE 0xF0007 +/* Set if variable length cipher */ +# define EVP_CIPH_VARIABLE_LENGTH 0x8 +/* Set if the iv handling should be done by the cipher itself */ +# define EVP_CIPH_CUSTOM_IV 0x10 +/* Set if the cipher's init() function should be called if key is NULL */ +# define EVP_CIPH_ALWAYS_CALL_INIT 0x20 +/* Call ctrl() to init cipher parameters */ +# define EVP_CIPH_CTRL_INIT 0x40 +/* Don't use standard key length function */ +# define EVP_CIPH_CUSTOM_KEY_LENGTH 0x80 +/* Don't use standard block padding */ +# define EVP_CIPH_NO_PADDING 0x100 +/* cipher handles random key generation */ +# define EVP_CIPH_RAND_KEY 0x200 +/* cipher has its own additional copying logic */ +# define EVP_CIPH_CUSTOM_COPY 0x400 +/* Don't use standard iv length function */ +# define EVP_CIPH_CUSTOM_IV_LENGTH 0x800 +/* Allow use default ASN1 get/set iv */ +# define EVP_CIPH_FLAG_DEFAULT_ASN1 0x1000 +/* Buffer length in bits not bytes: CFB1 mode only */ +# define EVP_CIPH_FLAG_LENGTH_BITS 0x2000 +/* Note if suitable for use in FIPS mode */ +# define EVP_CIPH_FLAG_FIPS 0x4000 +/* Allow non FIPS cipher in FIPS mode */ +# define EVP_CIPH_FLAG_NON_FIPS_ALLOW 0x8000 +/* + * Cipher handles any and all padding logic as well as finalisation. + */ +# define EVP_CIPH_FLAG_CUSTOM_CIPHER 0x100000 +# define EVP_CIPH_FLAG_AEAD_CIPHER 0x200000 +# define EVP_CIPH_FLAG_TLS1_1_MULTIBLOCK 0x400000 +/* Cipher can handle pipeline operations */ +# define EVP_CIPH_FLAG_PIPELINE 0X800000 + +/* + * Cipher context flag to indicate we can handle wrap mode: if allowed in + * older applications it could overflow buffers. + */ + +# define EVP_CIPHER_CTX_FLAG_WRAP_ALLOW 0x1 + +/* ctrl() values */ + +# define EVP_CTRL_INIT 0x0 +# define EVP_CTRL_SET_KEY_LENGTH 0x1 +# define EVP_CTRL_GET_RC2_KEY_BITS 0x2 +# define EVP_CTRL_SET_RC2_KEY_BITS 0x3 +# define EVP_CTRL_GET_RC5_ROUNDS 0x4 +# define EVP_CTRL_SET_RC5_ROUNDS 0x5 +# define EVP_CTRL_RAND_KEY 0x6 +# define EVP_CTRL_PBE_PRF_NID 0x7 +# define EVP_CTRL_COPY 0x8 +# define EVP_CTRL_AEAD_SET_IVLEN 0x9 +# define EVP_CTRL_AEAD_GET_TAG 0x10 +# define EVP_CTRL_AEAD_SET_TAG 0x11 +# define EVP_CTRL_AEAD_SET_IV_FIXED 0x12 +# define EVP_CTRL_GCM_SET_IVLEN EVP_CTRL_AEAD_SET_IVLEN +# define EVP_CTRL_GCM_GET_TAG EVP_CTRL_AEAD_GET_TAG +# define EVP_CTRL_GCM_SET_TAG EVP_CTRL_AEAD_SET_TAG +# define EVP_CTRL_GCM_SET_IV_FIXED EVP_CTRL_AEAD_SET_IV_FIXED +# define EVP_CTRL_GCM_IV_GEN 0x13 +# define EVP_CTRL_CCM_SET_IVLEN EVP_CTRL_AEAD_SET_IVLEN +# define EVP_CTRL_CCM_GET_TAG EVP_CTRL_AEAD_GET_TAG +# define EVP_CTRL_CCM_SET_TAG EVP_CTRL_AEAD_SET_TAG +# define EVP_CTRL_CCM_SET_IV_FIXED EVP_CTRL_AEAD_SET_IV_FIXED +# define EVP_CTRL_CCM_SET_L 0x14 +# define EVP_CTRL_CCM_SET_MSGLEN 0x15 +/* + * AEAD cipher deduces payload length and returns number of bytes required to + * store MAC and eventual padding. Subsequent call to EVP_Cipher even + * appends/verifies MAC. + */ +# define EVP_CTRL_AEAD_TLS1_AAD 0x16 +/* Used by composite AEAD ciphers, no-op in GCM, CCM... */ +# define EVP_CTRL_AEAD_SET_MAC_KEY 0x17 +/* Set the GCM invocation field, decrypt only */ +# define EVP_CTRL_GCM_SET_IV_INV 0x18 + +# define EVP_CTRL_TLS1_1_MULTIBLOCK_AAD 0x19 +# define EVP_CTRL_TLS1_1_MULTIBLOCK_ENCRYPT 0x1a +# define EVP_CTRL_TLS1_1_MULTIBLOCK_DECRYPT 0x1b +# define EVP_CTRL_TLS1_1_MULTIBLOCK_MAX_BUFSIZE 0x1c + +# define EVP_CTRL_SSL3_MASTER_SECRET 0x1d + +/* EVP_CTRL_SET_SBOX takes the char * specifying S-boxes */ +# define EVP_CTRL_SET_SBOX 0x1e +/* + * EVP_CTRL_SBOX_USED takes a 'size_t' and 'char *', pointing at a + * pre-allocated buffer with specified size + */ +# define EVP_CTRL_SBOX_USED 0x1f +/* EVP_CTRL_KEY_MESH takes 'size_t' number of bytes to mesh the key after, + * 0 switches meshing off + */ +# define EVP_CTRL_KEY_MESH 0x20 +/* EVP_CTRL_BLOCK_PADDING_MODE takes the padding mode */ +# define EVP_CTRL_BLOCK_PADDING_MODE 0x21 + +/* Set the output buffers to use for a pipelined operation */ +# define EVP_CTRL_SET_PIPELINE_OUTPUT_BUFS 0x22 +/* Set the input buffers to use for a pipelined operation */ +# define EVP_CTRL_SET_PIPELINE_INPUT_BUFS 0x23 +/* Set the input buffer lengths to use for a pipelined operation */ +# define EVP_CTRL_SET_PIPELINE_INPUT_LENS 0x24 + +# define EVP_CTRL_GET_IVLEN 0x25 + +/* Padding modes */ +#define EVP_PADDING_PKCS7 1 +#define EVP_PADDING_ISO7816_4 2 +#define EVP_PADDING_ANSI923 3 +#define EVP_PADDING_ISO10126 4 +#define EVP_PADDING_ZERO 5 + +/* RFC 5246 defines additional data to be 13 bytes in length */ +# define EVP_AEAD_TLS1_AAD_LEN 13 + +typedef struct { + unsigned char *out; + const unsigned char *inp; + size_t len; + unsigned int interleave; +} EVP_CTRL_TLS1_1_MULTIBLOCK_PARAM; + +/* GCM TLS constants */ +/* Length of fixed part of IV derived from PRF */ +# define EVP_GCM_TLS_FIXED_IV_LEN 4 +/* Length of explicit part of IV part of TLS records */ +# define EVP_GCM_TLS_EXPLICIT_IV_LEN 8 +/* Length of tag for TLS */ +# define EVP_GCM_TLS_TAG_LEN 16 + +/* CCM TLS constants */ +/* Length of fixed part of IV derived from PRF */ +# define EVP_CCM_TLS_FIXED_IV_LEN 4 +/* Length of explicit part of IV part of TLS records */ +# define EVP_CCM_TLS_EXPLICIT_IV_LEN 8 +/* Total length of CCM IV length for TLS */ +# define EVP_CCM_TLS_IV_LEN 12 +/* Length of tag for TLS */ +# define EVP_CCM_TLS_TAG_LEN 16 +/* Length of CCM8 tag for TLS */ +# define EVP_CCM8_TLS_TAG_LEN 8 + +/* Length of tag for TLS */ +# define EVP_CHACHAPOLY_TLS_TAG_LEN 16 + +typedef struct evp_cipher_info_st { + const EVP_CIPHER *cipher; + unsigned char iv[EVP_MAX_IV_LENGTH]; +} EVP_CIPHER_INFO; + + +/* Password based encryption function */ +typedef int (EVP_PBE_KEYGEN) (EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx, const char *pass, + int passlen, ASN1_TYPE *param, + const EVP_CIPHER *cipher, const EVP_MD *md, + int en_de); + +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_RSA +# define EVP_PKEY_assign_RSA(pkey,rsa) EVP_PKEY_assign((pkey),EVP_PKEY_RSA,\ + (char *)(rsa)) +# endif + +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_DSA +# define EVP_PKEY_assign_DSA(pkey,dsa) EVP_PKEY_assign((pkey),EVP_PKEY_DSA,\ + (char *)(dsa)) +# endif + +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_DH +# define EVP_PKEY_assign_DH(pkey,dh) EVP_PKEY_assign((pkey),EVP_PKEY_DH,\ + (char *)(dh)) +# endif + +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_EC +# define EVP_PKEY_assign_EC_KEY(pkey,eckey) EVP_PKEY_assign((pkey),EVP_PKEY_EC,\ + (char *)(eckey)) +# endif +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_SIPHASH +# define EVP_PKEY_assign_SIPHASH(pkey,shkey) EVP_PKEY_assign((pkey),EVP_PKEY_SIPHASH,\ + (char *)(shkey)) +# endif + +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_POLY1305 +# define EVP_PKEY_assign_POLY1305(pkey,polykey) EVP_PKEY_assign((pkey),EVP_PKEY_POLY1305,\ + (char *)(polykey)) +# endif + +/* Add some extra combinations */ +# define EVP_get_digestbynid(a) EVP_get_digestbyname(OBJ_nid2sn(a)) +# define EVP_get_digestbyobj(a) EVP_get_digestbynid(OBJ_obj2nid(a)) +# define EVP_get_cipherbynid(a) EVP_get_cipherbyname(OBJ_nid2sn(a)) +# define EVP_get_cipherbyobj(a) EVP_get_cipherbynid(OBJ_obj2nid(a)) + +int EVP_MD_type(const EVP_MD *md); +# define EVP_MD_nid(e) EVP_MD_type(e) +# define EVP_MD_name(e) OBJ_nid2sn(EVP_MD_nid(e)) +int EVP_MD_pkey_type(const EVP_MD *md); +int EVP_MD_size(const EVP_MD *md); +int EVP_MD_block_size(const EVP_MD *md); +unsigned long EVP_MD_flags(const EVP_MD *md); + +const EVP_MD *EVP_MD_CTX_md(const EVP_MD_CTX *ctx); +int (*EVP_MD_CTX_update_fn(EVP_MD_CTX *ctx))(EVP_MD_CTX *ctx, + const void *data, size_t count); +void EVP_MD_CTX_set_update_fn(EVP_MD_CTX *ctx, + int (*update) (EVP_MD_CTX *ctx, + const void *data, size_t count)); +# define EVP_MD_CTX_size(e) EVP_MD_size(EVP_MD_CTX_md(e)) +# define EVP_MD_CTX_block_size(e) EVP_MD_block_size(EVP_MD_CTX_md(e)) +# define EVP_MD_CTX_type(e) EVP_MD_type(EVP_MD_CTX_md(e)) +EVP_PKEY_CTX *EVP_MD_CTX_pkey_ctx(const EVP_MD_CTX *ctx); +void EVP_MD_CTX_set_pkey_ctx(EVP_MD_CTX *ctx, EVP_PKEY_CTX *pctx); +void *EVP_MD_CTX_md_data(const EVP_MD_CTX *ctx); + +int EVP_CIPHER_nid(const EVP_CIPHER *cipher); +# define EVP_CIPHER_name(e) OBJ_nid2sn(EVP_CIPHER_nid(e)) +int EVP_CIPHER_block_size(const EVP_CIPHER *cipher); +int EVP_CIPHER_impl_ctx_size(const EVP_CIPHER *cipher); +int EVP_CIPHER_key_length(const EVP_CIPHER *cipher); +int EVP_CIPHER_iv_length(const EVP_CIPHER *cipher); +unsigned long EVP_CIPHER_flags(const EVP_CIPHER *cipher); +# define EVP_CIPHER_mode(e) (EVP_CIPHER_flags(e) & EVP_CIPH_MODE) + +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_CIPHER_CTX_cipher(const EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx); +int EVP_CIPHER_CTX_encrypting(const EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx); +int EVP_CIPHER_CTX_nid(const EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx); +int EVP_CIPHER_CTX_block_size(const EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx); +int EVP_CIPHER_CTX_key_length(const EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx); +int EVP_CIPHER_CTX_iv_length(const EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx); +const unsigned char *EVP_CIPHER_CTX_iv(const EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx); +const unsigned char *EVP_CIPHER_CTX_original_iv(const EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx); +unsigned char *EVP_CIPHER_CTX_iv_noconst(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx); +unsigned char *EVP_CIPHER_CTX_buf_noconst(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx); +int EVP_CIPHER_CTX_num(const EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx); +void EVP_CIPHER_CTX_set_num(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx, int num); +int EVP_CIPHER_CTX_copy(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *out, const EVP_CIPHER_CTX *in); +void *EVP_CIPHER_CTX_get_app_data(const EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx); +void EVP_CIPHER_CTX_set_app_data(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx, void *data); +void *EVP_CIPHER_CTX_get_cipher_data(const EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx); +void *EVP_CIPHER_CTX_set_cipher_data(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx, void *cipher_data); +# define EVP_CIPHER_CTX_type(c) EVP_CIPHER_type(EVP_CIPHER_CTX_cipher(c)) +# if OPENSSL_API_COMPAT < 0x10100000L +# define EVP_CIPHER_CTX_flags(c) EVP_CIPHER_flags(EVP_CIPHER_CTX_cipher(c)) +# endif +# define EVP_CIPHER_CTX_mode(c) EVP_CIPHER_mode(EVP_CIPHER_CTX_cipher(c)) + +# define EVP_ENCODE_LENGTH(l) ((((l)+2)/3*4)+((l)/48+1)*2+80) +# define EVP_DECODE_LENGTH(l) (((l)+3)/4*3+80) + +# define EVP_SignInit_ex(a,b,c) EVP_DigestInit_ex(a,b,c) +# define EVP_SignInit(a,b) EVP_DigestInit(a,b) +# define EVP_SignUpdate(a,b,c) EVP_DigestUpdate(a,b,c) +# define EVP_VerifyInit_ex(a,b,c) EVP_DigestInit_ex(a,b,c) +# define EVP_VerifyInit(a,b) EVP_DigestInit(a,b) +# define EVP_VerifyUpdate(a,b,c) EVP_DigestUpdate(a,b,c) +# define EVP_OpenUpdate(a,b,c,d,e) EVP_DecryptUpdate(a,b,c,d,e) +# define EVP_SealUpdate(a,b,c,d,e) EVP_EncryptUpdate(a,b,c,d,e) +# define EVP_DigestSignUpdate(a,b,c) EVP_DigestUpdate(a,b,c) +# define EVP_DigestVerifyUpdate(a,b,c) EVP_DigestUpdate(a,b,c) + +# ifdef CONST_STRICT +void BIO_set_md(BIO *, const EVP_MD *md); +# else +# define BIO_set_md(b,md) BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_SET_MD,0,(char *)(md)) +# endif +# define BIO_get_md(b,mdp) BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_GET_MD,0,(char *)(mdp)) +# define BIO_get_md_ctx(b,mdcp) BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_GET_MD_CTX,0, \ + (char *)(mdcp)) +# define BIO_set_md_ctx(b,mdcp) BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_SET_MD_CTX,0, \ + (char *)(mdcp)) +# define BIO_get_cipher_status(b) BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_GET_CIPHER_STATUS,0,NULL) +# define BIO_get_cipher_ctx(b,c_pp) BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_GET_CIPHER_CTX,0, \ + (char *)(c_pp)) + +/*__owur*/ int EVP_Cipher(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *c, + unsigned char *out, + const unsigned char *in, unsigned int inl); + +# define EVP_add_cipher_alias(n,alias) \ + OBJ_NAME_add((alias),OBJ_NAME_TYPE_CIPHER_METH|OBJ_NAME_ALIAS,(n)) +# define EVP_add_digest_alias(n,alias) \ + OBJ_NAME_add((alias),OBJ_NAME_TYPE_MD_METH|OBJ_NAME_ALIAS,(n)) +# define EVP_delete_cipher_alias(alias) \ + OBJ_NAME_remove(alias,OBJ_NAME_TYPE_CIPHER_METH|OBJ_NAME_ALIAS); +# define EVP_delete_digest_alias(alias) \ + OBJ_NAME_remove(alias,OBJ_NAME_TYPE_MD_METH|OBJ_NAME_ALIAS); + +int EVP_MD_CTX_ctrl(EVP_MD_CTX *ctx, int cmd, int p1, void *p2); +EVP_MD_CTX *EVP_MD_CTX_new(void); +int EVP_MD_CTX_reset(EVP_MD_CTX *ctx); +void EVP_MD_CTX_free(EVP_MD_CTX *ctx); +# define EVP_MD_CTX_create() EVP_MD_CTX_new() +# define EVP_MD_CTX_init(ctx) EVP_MD_CTX_reset((ctx)) +# define EVP_MD_CTX_destroy(ctx) EVP_MD_CTX_free((ctx)) +__owur int EVP_MD_CTX_copy_ex(EVP_MD_CTX *out, const EVP_MD_CTX *in); +void EVP_MD_CTX_set_flags(EVP_MD_CTX *ctx, int flags); +void EVP_MD_CTX_clear_flags(EVP_MD_CTX *ctx, int flags); +int EVP_MD_CTX_test_flags(const EVP_MD_CTX *ctx, int flags); +__owur int EVP_DigestInit_ex(EVP_MD_CTX *ctx, const EVP_MD *type, + ENGINE *impl); +__owur int EVP_DigestUpdate(EVP_MD_CTX *ctx, const void *d, + size_t cnt); +__owur int EVP_DigestFinal_ex(EVP_MD_CTX *ctx, unsigned char *md, + unsigned int *s); +__owur int EVP_Digest(const void *data, size_t count, + unsigned char *md, unsigned int *size, + const EVP_MD *type, ENGINE *impl); + +__owur int EVP_MD_CTX_copy(EVP_MD_CTX *out, const EVP_MD_CTX *in); +__owur int EVP_DigestInit(EVP_MD_CTX *ctx, const EVP_MD *type); +__owur int EVP_DigestFinal(EVP_MD_CTX *ctx, unsigned char *md, + unsigned int *s); +__owur int EVP_DigestFinalXOF(EVP_MD_CTX *ctx, unsigned char *md, + size_t len); + +int EVP_read_pw_string(char *buf, int length, const char *prompt, int verify); +int EVP_read_pw_string_min(char *buf, int minlen, int maxlen, + const char *prompt, int verify); +void EVP_set_pw_prompt(const char *prompt); +char *EVP_get_pw_prompt(void); + +__owur int EVP_BytesToKey(const EVP_CIPHER *type, const EVP_MD *md, + const unsigned char *salt, + const unsigned char *data, int datal, int count, + unsigned char *key, unsigned char *iv); + +void EVP_CIPHER_CTX_set_flags(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx, int flags); +void EVP_CIPHER_CTX_clear_flags(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx, int flags); +int EVP_CIPHER_CTX_test_flags(const EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx, int flags); + +__owur int EVP_EncryptInit(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx, const EVP_CIPHER *cipher, + const unsigned char *key, const unsigned char *iv); +/*__owur*/ int EVP_EncryptInit_ex(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx, + const EVP_CIPHER *cipher, ENGINE *impl, + const unsigned char *key, + const unsigned char *iv); +/*__owur*/ int EVP_EncryptUpdate(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx, unsigned char *out, + int *outl, const unsigned char *in, int inl); +/*__owur*/ int EVP_EncryptFinal_ex(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx, unsigned char *out, + int *outl); +/*__owur*/ int EVP_EncryptFinal(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx, unsigned char *out, + int *outl); + +__owur int EVP_DecryptInit(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx, const EVP_CIPHER *cipher, + const unsigned char *key, const unsigned char *iv); +/*__owur*/ int EVP_DecryptInit_ex(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx, + const EVP_CIPHER *cipher, ENGINE *impl, + const unsigned char *key, + const unsigned char *iv); +/*__owur*/ int EVP_DecryptUpdate(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx, unsigned char *out, + int *outl, const unsigned char *in, int inl); +__owur int EVP_DecryptFinal(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx, unsigned char *outm, + int *outl); +/*__owur*/ int EVP_DecryptFinal_ex(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx, unsigned char *outm, + int *outl); + +__owur int EVP_CipherInit(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx, const EVP_CIPHER *cipher, + const unsigned char *key, const unsigned char *iv, + int enc); +/*__owur*/ int EVP_CipherInit_ex(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx, + const EVP_CIPHER *cipher, ENGINE *impl, + const unsigned char *key, + const unsigned char *iv, int enc); +__owur int EVP_CipherUpdate(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx, unsigned char *out, + int *outl, const unsigned char *in, int inl); +__owur int EVP_CipherFinal(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx, unsigned char *outm, + int *outl); +__owur int EVP_CipherFinal_ex(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx, unsigned char *outm, + int *outl); + +__owur int EVP_SignFinal(EVP_MD_CTX *ctx, unsigned char *md, unsigned int *s, + EVP_PKEY *pkey); + +__owur int EVP_DigestSign(EVP_MD_CTX *ctx, unsigned char *sigret, + size_t *siglen, const unsigned char *tbs, + size_t tbslen); + +__owur int EVP_VerifyFinal(EVP_MD_CTX *ctx, const unsigned char *sigbuf, + unsigned int siglen, EVP_PKEY *pkey); + +__owur int EVP_DigestVerify(EVP_MD_CTX *ctx, const unsigned char *sigret, + size_t siglen, const unsigned char *tbs, + size_t tbslen); + +/*__owur*/ int EVP_DigestSignInit(EVP_MD_CTX *ctx, EVP_PKEY_CTX **pctx, + const EVP_MD *type, ENGINE *e, + EVP_PKEY *pkey); +__owur int EVP_DigestSignFinal(EVP_MD_CTX *ctx, unsigned char *sigret, + size_t *siglen); + +__owur int EVP_DigestVerifyInit(EVP_MD_CTX *ctx, EVP_PKEY_CTX **pctx, + const EVP_MD *type, ENGINE *e, + EVP_PKEY *pkey); +__owur int EVP_DigestVerifyFinal(EVP_MD_CTX *ctx, const unsigned char *sig, + size_t siglen); + +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_RSA +__owur int EVP_OpenInit(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx, const EVP_CIPHER *type, + const unsigned char *ek, int ekl, + const unsigned char *iv, EVP_PKEY *priv); +__owur int EVP_OpenFinal(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx, unsigned char *out, int *outl); + +__owur int EVP_SealInit(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx, const EVP_CIPHER *type, + unsigned char **ek, int *ekl, unsigned char *iv, + EVP_PKEY **pubk, int npubk); +__owur int EVP_SealFinal(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx, unsigned char *out, int *outl); +# endif + +EVP_ENCODE_CTX *EVP_ENCODE_CTX_new(void); +void EVP_ENCODE_CTX_free(EVP_ENCODE_CTX *ctx); +int EVP_ENCODE_CTX_copy(EVP_ENCODE_CTX *dctx, EVP_ENCODE_CTX *sctx); +int EVP_ENCODE_CTX_num(EVP_ENCODE_CTX *ctx); +void EVP_EncodeInit(EVP_ENCODE_CTX *ctx); +int EVP_EncodeUpdate(EVP_ENCODE_CTX *ctx, unsigned char *out, int *outl, + const unsigned char *in, int inl); +void EVP_EncodeFinal(EVP_ENCODE_CTX *ctx, unsigned char *out, int *outl); +int EVP_EncodeBlock(unsigned char *t, const unsigned char *f, int n); + +void EVP_DecodeInit(EVP_ENCODE_CTX *ctx); +int EVP_DecodeUpdate(EVP_ENCODE_CTX *ctx, unsigned char *out, int *outl, + const unsigned char *in, int inl); +int EVP_DecodeFinal(EVP_ENCODE_CTX *ctx, unsigned + char *out, int *outl); +int EVP_DecodeBlock(unsigned char *t, const unsigned char *f, int n); + +# if OPENSSL_API_COMPAT < 0x10100000L +# define EVP_CIPHER_CTX_init(c) EVP_CIPHER_CTX_reset(c) +# define EVP_CIPHER_CTX_cleanup(c) EVP_CIPHER_CTX_reset(c) +# endif +EVP_CIPHER_CTX *EVP_CIPHER_CTX_new(void); +int EVP_CIPHER_CTX_reset(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *c); +void EVP_CIPHER_CTX_free(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *c); +int EVP_CIPHER_CTX_set_key_length(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *x, int keylen); +int EVP_CIPHER_CTX_set_padding(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *c, int pad); +int EVP_CIPHER_CTX_ctrl(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx, int type, int arg, void *ptr); +int EVP_CIPHER_CTX_rand_key(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx, unsigned char *key); + +const BIO_METHOD *BIO_f_md(void); +const BIO_METHOD *BIO_f_base64(void); +const BIO_METHOD *BIO_f_cipher(void); +const BIO_METHOD *BIO_f_reliable(void); +__owur int BIO_set_cipher(BIO *b, const EVP_CIPHER *c, const unsigned char *k, + const unsigned char *i, int enc); + +const EVP_MD *EVP_md_null(void); +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_MD2 +const EVP_MD *EVP_md2(void); +# endif +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_MD4 +const EVP_MD *EVP_md4(void); +# endif +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_MD5 +const EVP_MD *EVP_md5(void); +const EVP_MD *EVP_md5_sha1(void); +# endif +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_BLAKE2 +const EVP_MD *EVP_blake2b512(void); +const EVP_MD *EVP_blake2s256(void); +# endif +const EVP_MD *EVP_sha1(void); +const EVP_MD *EVP_sha224(void); +const EVP_MD *EVP_sha256(void); +const EVP_MD *EVP_sha384(void); +const EVP_MD *EVP_sha512(void); +const EVP_MD *EVP_sha512_224(void); +const EVP_MD *EVP_sha512_256(void); +const EVP_MD *EVP_sha3_224(void); +const EVP_MD *EVP_sha3_256(void); +const EVP_MD *EVP_sha3_384(void); +const EVP_MD *EVP_sha3_512(void); +const EVP_MD *EVP_shake128(void); +const EVP_MD *EVP_shake256(void); +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_MDC2 +const EVP_MD *EVP_mdc2(void); +# endif +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_RMD160 +const EVP_MD *EVP_ripemd160(void); +# endif +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_WHIRLPOOL +const EVP_MD *EVP_whirlpool(void); +# endif +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_SM3 +const EVP_MD *EVP_sm3(void); +# endif +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_enc_null(void); /* does nothing :-) */ +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_DES +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_des_ecb(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_des_ede(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_des_ede3(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_des_ede_ecb(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_des_ede3_ecb(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_des_cfb64(void); +# define EVP_des_cfb EVP_des_cfb64 +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_des_cfb1(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_des_cfb8(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_des_ede_cfb64(void); +# define EVP_des_ede_cfb EVP_des_ede_cfb64 +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_des_ede3_cfb64(void); +# define EVP_des_ede3_cfb EVP_des_ede3_cfb64 +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_des_ede3_cfb1(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_des_ede3_cfb8(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_des_ofb(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_des_ede_ofb(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_des_ede3_ofb(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_des_cbc(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_des_ede_cbc(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_des_ede3_cbc(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_desx_cbc(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_des_ede3_wrap(void); +/* + * This should now be supported through the dev_crypto ENGINE. But also, why + * are rc4 and md5 declarations made here inside a "NO_DES" precompiler + * branch? + */ +# endif +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_RC4 +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_rc4(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_rc4_40(void); +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_MD5 +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_rc4_hmac_md5(void); +# endif +# endif +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_IDEA +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_idea_ecb(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_idea_cfb64(void); +# define EVP_idea_cfb EVP_idea_cfb64 +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_idea_ofb(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_idea_cbc(void); +# endif +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_RC2 +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_rc2_ecb(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_rc2_cbc(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_rc2_40_cbc(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_rc2_64_cbc(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_rc2_cfb64(void); +# define EVP_rc2_cfb EVP_rc2_cfb64 +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_rc2_ofb(void); +# endif +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_BF +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_bf_ecb(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_bf_cbc(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_bf_cfb64(void); +# define EVP_bf_cfb EVP_bf_cfb64 +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_bf_ofb(void); +# endif +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_CAST +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_cast5_ecb(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_cast5_cbc(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_cast5_cfb64(void); +# define EVP_cast5_cfb EVP_cast5_cfb64 +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_cast5_ofb(void); +# endif +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_RC5 +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_rc5_32_12_16_cbc(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_rc5_32_12_16_ecb(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_rc5_32_12_16_cfb64(void); +# define EVP_rc5_32_12_16_cfb EVP_rc5_32_12_16_cfb64 +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_rc5_32_12_16_ofb(void); +# endif +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aes_128_ecb(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aes_128_cbc(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aes_128_cfb1(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aes_128_cfb8(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aes_128_cfb128(void); +# define EVP_aes_128_cfb EVP_aes_128_cfb128 +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aes_128_ofb(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aes_128_ctr(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aes_128_ccm(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aes_128_gcm(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aes_128_xts(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aes_128_wrap(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aes_128_wrap_pad(void); +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_OCB +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aes_128_ocb(void); +# endif +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aes_192_ecb(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aes_192_cbc(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aes_192_cfb1(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aes_192_cfb8(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aes_192_cfb128(void); +# define EVP_aes_192_cfb EVP_aes_192_cfb128 +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aes_192_ofb(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aes_192_ctr(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aes_192_ccm(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aes_192_gcm(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aes_192_wrap(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aes_192_wrap_pad(void); +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_OCB +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aes_192_ocb(void); +# endif +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aes_256_ecb(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aes_256_cbc(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aes_256_cfb1(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aes_256_cfb8(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aes_256_cfb128(void); +# define EVP_aes_256_cfb EVP_aes_256_cfb128 +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aes_256_ofb(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aes_256_ctr(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aes_256_ccm(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aes_256_gcm(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aes_256_xts(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aes_256_wrap(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aes_256_wrap_pad(void); +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_OCB +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aes_256_ocb(void); +# endif +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aes_128_cbc_hmac_sha1(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aes_256_cbc_hmac_sha1(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aes_128_cbc_hmac_sha256(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aes_256_cbc_hmac_sha256(void); +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_ARIA +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aria_128_ecb(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aria_128_cbc(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aria_128_cfb1(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aria_128_cfb8(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aria_128_cfb128(void); +# define EVP_aria_128_cfb EVP_aria_128_cfb128 +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aria_128_ctr(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aria_128_ofb(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aria_128_gcm(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aria_128_ccm(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aria_192_ecb(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aria_192_cbc(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aria_192_cfb1(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aria_192_cfb8(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aria_192_cfb128(void); +# define EVP_aria_192_cfb EVP_aria_192_cfb128 +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aria_192_ctr(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aria_192_ofb(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aria_192_gcm(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aria_192_ccm(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aria_256_ecb(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aria_256_cbc(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aria_256_cfb1(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aria_256_cfb8(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aria_256_cfb128(void); +# define EVP_aria_256_cfb EVP_aria_256_cfb128 +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aria_256_ctr(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aria_256_ofb(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aria_256_gcm(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aria_256_ccm(void); +# endif +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_CAMELLIA +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_camellia_128_ecb(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_camellia_128_cbc(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_camellia_128_cfb1(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_camellia_128_cfb8(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_camellia_128_cfb128(void); +# define EVP_camellia_128_cfb EVP_camellia_128_cfb128 +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_camellia_128_ofb(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_camellia_128_ctr(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_camellia_192_ecb(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_camellia_192_cbc(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_camellia_192_cfb1(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_camellia_192_cfb8(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_camellia_192_cfb128(void); +# define EVP_camellia_192_cfb EVP_camellia_192_cfb128 +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_camellia_192_ofb(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_camellia_192_ctr(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_camellia_256_ecb(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_camellia_256_cbc(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_camellia_256_cfb1(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_camellia_256_cfb8(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_camellia_256_cfb128(void); +# define EVP_camellia_256_cfb EVP_camellia_256_cfb128 +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_camellia_256_ofb(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_camellia_256_ctr(void); +# endif +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_CHACHA +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_chacha20(void); +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_POLY1305 +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_chacha20_poly1305(void); +# endif +# endif + +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_SEED +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_seed_ecb(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_seed_cbc(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_seed_cfb128(void); +# define EVP_seed_cfb EVP_seed_cfb128 +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_seed_ofb(void); +# endif + +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_SM4 +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_sm4_ecb(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_sm4_cbc(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_sm4_cfb128(void); +# define EVP_sm4_cfb EVP_sm4_cfb128 +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_sm4_ofb(void); +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_sm4_ctr(void); +# endif + +# if OPENSSL_API_COMPAT < 0x10100000L +# define OPENSSL_add_all_algorithms_conf() \ + OPENSSL_init_crypto(OPENSSL_INIT_ADD_ALL_CIPHERS \ + | OPENSSL_INIT_ADD_ALL_DIGESTS \ + | OPENSSL_INIT_LOAD_CONFIG, NULL) +# define OPENSSL_add_all_algorithms_noconf() \ + OPENSSL_init_crypto(OPENSSL_INIT_ADD_ALL_CIPHERS \ + | OPENSSL_INIT_ADD_ALL_DIGESTS, NULL) + +# ifdef OPENSSL_LOAD_CONF +# define OpenSSL_add_all_algorithms() OPENSSL_add_all_algorithms_conf() +# else +# define OpenSSL_add_all_algorithms() OPENSSL_add_all_algorithms_noconf() +# endif + +# define OpenSSL_add_all_ciphers() \ + OPENSSL_init_crypto(OPENSSL_INIT_ADD_ALL_CIPHERS, NULL) +# define OpenSSL_add_all_digests() \ + OPENSSL_init_crypto(OPENSSL_INIT_ADD_ALL_DIGESTS, NULL) + +# define EVP_cleanup() while(0) continue +# endif + +int EVP_add_cipher(const EVP_CIPHER *cipher); +int EVP_add_digest(const EVP_MD *digest); + +const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_get_cipherbyname(const char *name); +const EVP_MD *EVP_get_digestbyname(const char *name); + +void EVP_CIPHER_do_all(void (*fn) (const EVP_CIPHER *ciph, + const char *from, const char *to, void *x), + void *arg); +void EVP_CIPHER_do_all_sorted(void (*fn) + (const EVP_CIPHER *ciph, const char *from, + const char *to, void *x), void *arg); + +void EVP_MD_do_all(void (*fn) (const EVP_MD *ciph, + const char *from, const char *to, void *x), + void *arg); +void EVP_MD_do_all_sorted(void (*fn) + (const EVP_MD *ciph, const char *from, + const char *to, void *x), void *arg); + +int EVP_PKEY_decrypt_old(unsigned char *dec_key, + const unsigned char *enc_key, int enc_key_len, + EVP_PKEY *private_key); +int EVP_PKEY_encrypt_old(unsigned char *enc_key, + const unsigned char *key, int key_len, + EVP_PKEY *pub_key); +int EVP_PKEY_type(int type); +int EVP_PKEY_id(const EVP_PKEY *pkey); +int EVP_PKEY_base_id(const EVP_PKEY *pkey); +int EVP_PKEY_bits(const EVP_PKEY *pkey); +int EVP_PKEY_security_bits(const EVP_PKEY *pkey); +int EVP_PKEY_size(const EVP_PKEY *pkey); +int EVP_PKEY_set_type(EVP_PKEY *pkey, int type); +int EVP_PKEY_set_type_str(EVP_PKEY *pkey, const char *str, int len); +int EVP_PKEY_set_alias_type(EVP_PKEY *pkey, int type); +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_ENGINE +int EVP_PKEY_set1_engine(EVP_PKEY *pkey, ENGINE *e); +ENGINE *EVP_PKEY_get0_engine(const EVP_PKEY *pkey); +# endif +int EVP_PKEY_assign(EVP_PKEY *pkey, int type, void *key); +void *EVP_PKEY_get0(const EVP_PKEY *pkey); +const unsigned char *EVP_PKEY_get0_hmac(const EVP_PKEY *pkey, size_t *len); +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_POLY1305 +const unsigned char *EVP_PKEY_get0_poly1305(const EVP_PKEY *pkey, size_t *len); +# endif +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_SIPHASH +const unsigned char *EVP_PKEY_get0_siphash(const EVP_PKEY *pkey, size_t *len); +# endif + +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_RSA +struct rsa_st; +int EVP_PKEY_set1_RSA(EVP_PKEY *pkey, struct rsa_st *key); +struct rsa_st *EVP_PKEY_get0_RSA(EVP_PKEY *pkey); +struct rsa_st *EVP_PKEY_get1_RSA(EVP_PKEY *pkey); +# endif +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_DSA +struct dsa_st; +int EVP_PKEY_set1_DSA(EVP_PKEY *pkey, struct dsa_st *key); +struct dsa_st *EVP_PKEY_get0_DSA(EVP_PKEY *pkey); +struct dsa_st *EVP_PKEY_get1_DSA(EVP_PKEY *pkey); +# endif +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_DH +struct dh_st; +int EVP_PKEY_set1_DH(EVP_PKEY *pkey, struct dh_st *key); +struct dh_st *EVP_PKEY_get0_DH(EVP_PKEY *pkey); +struct dh_st *EVP_PKEY_get1_DH(EVP_PKEY *pkey); +# endif +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_EC +struct ec_key_st; +int EVP_PKEY_set1_EC_KEY(EVP_PKEY *pkey, struct ec_key_st *key); +struct ec_key_st *EVP_PKEY_get0_EC_KEY(EVP_PKEY *pkey); +struct ec_key_st *EVP_PKEY_get1_EC_KEY(EVP_PKEY *pkey); +# endif + +EVP_PKEY *EVP_PKEY_new(void); +int EVP_PKEY_up_ref(EVP_PKEY *pkey); +void EVP_PKEY_free(EVP_PKEY *pkey); + +EVP_PKEY *d2i_PublicKey(int type, EVP_PKEY **a, const unsigned char **pp, + long length); +int i2d_PublicKey(EVP_PKEY *a, unsigned char **pp); + +EVP_PKEY *d2i_PrivateKey(int type, EVP_PKEY **a, const unsigned char **pp, + long length); +EVP_PKEY *d2i_AutoPrivateKey(EVP_PKEY **a, const unsigned char **pp, + long length); +int i2d_PrivateKey(EVP_PKEY *a, unsigned char **pp); + +int EVP_PKEY_copy_parameters(EVP_PKEY *to, const EVP_PKEY *from); +int EVP_PKEY_missing_parameters(const EVP_PKEY *pkey); +int EVP_PKEY_save_parameters(EVP_PKEY *pkey, int mode); +int EVP_PKEY_cmp_parameters(const EVP_PKEY *a, const EVP_PKEY *b); + +int EVP_PKEY_cmp(const EVP_PKEY *a, const EVP_PKEY *b); + +int EVP_PKEY_print_public(BIO *out, const EVP_PKEY *pkey, + int indent, ASN1_PCTX *pctx); +int EVP_PKEY_print_private(BIO *out, const EVP_PKEY *pkey, + int indent, ASN1_PCTX *pctx); +int EVP_PKEY_print_params(BIO *out, const EVP_PKEY *pkey, + int indent, ASN1_PCTX *pctx); + +int EVP_PKEY_get_default_digest_nid(EVP_PKEY *pkey, int *pnid); + +int EVP_PKEY_set1_tls_encodedpoint(EVP_PKEY *pkey, + const unsigned char *pt, size_t ptlen); +size_t EVP_PKEY_get1_tls_encodedpoint(EVP_PKEY *pkey, unsigned char **ppt); + +int EVP_CIPHER_type(const EVP_CIPHER *ctx); + +/* calls methods */ +int EVP_CIPHER_param_to_asn1(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *c, ASN1_TYPE *type); +int EVP_CIPHER_asn1_to_param(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *c, ASN1_TYPE *type); + +/* These are used by EVP_CIPHER methods */ +int EVP_CIPHER_set_asn1_iv(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *c, ASN1_TYPE *type); +int EVP_CIPHER_get_asn1_iv(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *c, ASN1_TYPE *type); + +/* PKCS5 password based encryption */ +int PKCS5_PBE_keyivgen(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx, const char *pass, int passlen, + ASN1_TYPE *param, const EVP_CIPHER *cipher, + const EVP_MD *md, int en_de); +int PKCS5_PBKDF2_HMAC_SHA1(const char *pass, int passlen, + const unsigned char *salt, int saltlen, int iter, + int keylen, unsigned char *out); +int PKCS5_PBKDF2_HMAC(const char *pass, int passlen, + const unsigned char *salt, int saltlen, int iter, + const EVP_MD *digest, int keylen, unsigned char *out); +int PKCS5_v2_PBE_keyivgen(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx, const char *pass, int passlen, + ASN1_TYPE *param, const EVP_CIPHER *cipher, + const EVP_MD *md, int en_de); + +#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_SCRYPT +int EVP_PBE_scrypt(const char *pass, size_t passlen, + const unsigned char *salt, size_t saltlen, + uint64_t N, uint64_t r, uint64_t p, uint64_t maxmem, + unsigned char *key, size_t keylen); + +int PKCS5_v2_scrypt_keyivgen(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx, const char *pass, + int passlen, ASN1_TYPE *param, + const EVP_CIPHER *c, const EVP_MD *md, int en_de); +#endif + +void PKCS5_PBE_add(void); + +int EVP_PBE_CipherInit(ASN1_OBJECT *pbe_obj, const char *pass, int passlen, + ASN1_TYPE *param, EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx, int en_de); + +/* PBE type */ + +/* Can appear as the outermost AlgorithmIdentifier */ +# define EVP_PBE_TYPE_OUTER 0x0 +/* Is an PRF type OID */ +# define EVP_PBE_TYPE_PRF 0x1 +/* Is a PKCS#5 v2.0 KDF */ +# define EVP_PBE_TYPE_KDF 0x2 + +int EVP_PBE_alg_add_type(int pbe_type, int pbe_nid, int cipher_nid, + int md_nid, EVP_PBE_KEYGEN *keygen); +int EVP_PBE_alg_add(int nid, const EVP_CIPHER *cipher, const EVP_MD *md, + EVP_PBE_KEYGEN *keygen); +int EVP_PBE_find(int type, int pbe_nid, int *pcnid, int *pmnid, + EVP_PBE_KEYGEN **pkeygen); +void EVP_PBE_cleanup(void); +int EVP_PBE_get(int *ptype, int *ppbe_nid, size_t num); + +# define ASN1_PKEY_ALIAS 0x1 +# define ASN1_PKEY_DYNAMIC 0x2 +# define ASN1_PKEY_SIGPARAM_NULL 0x4 + +# define ASN1_PKEY_CTRL_PKCS7_SIGN 0x1 +# define ASN1_PKEY_CTRL_PKCS7_ENCRYPT 0x2 +# define ASN1_PKEY_CTRL_DEFAULT_MD_NID 0x3 +# define ASN1_PKEY_CTRL_CMS_SIGN 0x5 +# define ASN1_PKEY_CTRL_CMS_ENVELOPE 0x7 +# define ASN1_PKEY_CTRL_CMS_RI_TYPE 0x8 + +# define ASN1_PKEY_CTRL_SET1_TLS_ENCPT 0x9 +# define ASN1_PKEY_CTRL_GET1_TLS_ENCPT 0xa + +int EVP_PKEY_asn1_get_count(void); +const EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD *EVP_PKEY_asn1_get0(int idx); +const EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD *EVP_PKEY_asn1_find(ENGINE **pe, int type); +const EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD *EVP_PKEY_asn1_find_str(ENGINE **pe, + const char *str, int len); +int EVP_PKEY_asn1_add0(const EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD *ameth); +int EVP_PKEY_asn1_add_alias(int to, int from); +int EVP_PKEY_asn1_get0_info(int *ppkey_id, int *pkey_base_id, + int *ppkey_flags, const char **pinfo, + const char **ppem_str, + const EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD *ameth); + +const EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD *EVP_PKEY_get0_asn1(const EVP_PKEY *pkey); +EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD *EVP_PKEY_asn1_new(int id, int flags, + const char *pem_str, + const char *info); +void EVP_PKEY_asn1_copy(EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD *dst, + const EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD *src); +void EVP_PKEY_asn1_free(EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD *ameth); +void EVP_PKEY_asn1_set_public(EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD *ameth, + int (*pub_decode) (EVP_PKEY *pk, + X509_PUBKEY *pub), + int (*pub_encode) (X509_PUBKEY *pub, + const EVP_PKEY *pk), + int (*pub_cmp) (const EVP_PKEY *a, + const EVP_PKEY *b), + int (*pub_print) (BIO *out, + const EVP_PKEY *pkey, + int indent, ASN1_PCTX *pctx), + int (*pkey_size) (const EVP_PKEY *pk), + int (*pkey_bits) (const EVP_PKEY *pk)); +void EVP_PKEY_asn1_set_private(EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD *ameth, + int (*priv_decode) (EVP_PKEY *pk, + const PKCS8_PRIV_KEY_INFO + *p8inf), + int (*priv_encode) (PKCS8_PRIV_KEY_INFO *p8, + const EVP_PKEY *pk), + int (*priv_print) (BIO *out, + const EVP_PKEY *pkey, + int indent, + ASN1_PCTX *pctx)); +void EVP_PKEY_asn1_set_param(EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD *ameth, + int (*param_decode) (EVP_PKEY *pkey, + const unsigned char **pder, + int derlen), + int (*param_encode) (const EVP_PKEY *pkey, + unsigned char **pder), + int (*param_missing) (const EVP_PKEY *pk), + int (*param_copy) (EVP_PKEY *to, + const EVP_PKEY *from), + int (*param_cmp) (const EVP_PKEY *a, + const EVP_PKEY *b), + int (*param_print) (BIO *out, + const EVP_PKEY *pkey, + int indent, + ASN1_PCTX *pctx)); + +void EVP_PKEY_asn1_set_free(EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD *ameth, + void (*pkey_free) (EVP_PKEY *pkey)); +void EVP_PKEY_asn1_set_ctrl(EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD *ameth, + int (*pkey_ctrl) (EVP_PKEY *pkey, int op, + long arg1, void *arg2)); +void EVP_PKEY_asn1_set_item(EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD *ameth, + int (*item_verify) (EVP_MD_CTX *ctx, + const ASN1_ITEM *it, + void *asn, + X509_ALGOR *a, + ASN1_BIT_STRING *sig, + EVP_PKEY *pkey), + int (*item_sign) (EVP_MD_CTX *ctx, + const ASN1_ITEM *it, + void *asn, + X509_ALGOR *alg1, + X509_ALGOR *alg2, + ASN1_BIT_STRING *sig)); + +void EVP_PKEY_asn1_set_siginf(EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD *ameth, + int (*siginf_set) (X509_SIG_INFO *siginf, + const X509_ALGOR *alg, + const ASN1_STRING *sig)); + +void EVP_PKEY_asn1_set_check(EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD *ameth, + int (*pkey_check) (const EVP_PKEY *pk)); + +void EVP_PKEY_asn1_set_public_check(EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD *ameth, + int (*pkey_pub_check) (const EVP_PKEY *pk)); + +void EVP_PKEY_asn1_set_param_check(EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD *ameth, + int (*pkey_param_check) (const EVP_PKEY *pk)); + +void EVP_PKEY_asn1_set_set_priv_key(EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD *ameth, + int (*set_priv_key) (EVP_PKEY *pk, + const unsigned char + *priv, + size_t len)); +void EVP_PKEY_asn1_set_set_pub_key(EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD *ameth, + int (*set_pub_key) (EVP_PKEY *pk, + const unsigned char *pub, + size_t len)); +void EVP_PKEY_asn1_set_get_priv_key(EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD *ameth, + int (*get_priv_key) (const EVP_PKEY *pk, + unsigned char *priv, + size_t *len)); +void EVP_PKEY_asn1_set_get_pub_key(EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD *ameth, + int (*get_pub_key) (const EVP_PKEY *pk, + unsigned char *pub, + size_t *len)); + +void EVP_PKEY_asn1_set_security_bits(EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD *ameth, + int (*pkey_security_bits) (const EVP_PKEY + *pk)); + +# define EVP_PKEY_OP_UNDEFINED 0 +# define EVP_PKEY_OP_PARAMGEN (1<<1) +# define EVP_PKEY_OP_KEYGEN (1<<2) +# define EVP_PKEY_OP_SIGN (1<<3) +# define EVP_PKEY_OP_VERIFY (1<<4) +# define EVP_PKEY_OP_VERIFYRECOVER (1<<5) +# define EVP_PKEY_OP_SIGNCTX (1<<6) +# define EVP_PKEY_OP_VERIFYCTX (1<<7) +# define EVP_PKEY_OP_ENCRYPT (1<<8) +# define EVP_PKEY_OP_DECRYPT (1<<9) +# define EVP_PKEY_OP_DERIVE (1<<10) + +# define EVP_PKEY_OP_TYPE_SIG \ + (EVP_PKEY_OP_SIGN | EVP_PKEY_OP_VERIFY | EVP_PKEY_OP_VERIFYRECOVER \ + | EVP_PKEY_OP_SIGNCTX | EVP_PKEY_OP_VERIFYCTX) + +# define EVP_PKEY_OP_TYPE_CRYPT \ + (EVP_PKEY_OP_ENCRYPT | EVP_PKEY_OP_DECRYPT) + +# define EVP_PKEY_OP_TYPE_NOGEN \ + (EVP_PKEY_OP_TYPE_SIG | EVP_PKEY_OP_TYPE_CRYPT | EVP_PKEY_OP_DERIVE) + +# define EVP_PKEY_OP_TYPE_GEN \ + (EVP_PKEY_OP_PARAMGEN | EVP_PKEY_OP_KEYGEN) + +# define EVP_PKEY_CTX_set_signature_md(ctx, md) \ + EVP_PKEY_CTX_ctrl(ctx, -1, EVP_PKEY_OP_TYPE_SIG, \ + EVP_PKEY_CTRL_MD, 0, (void *)(md)) + +# define EVP_PKEY_CTX_get_signature_md(ctx, pmd) \ + EVP_PKEY_CTX_ctrl(ctx, -1, EVP_PKEY_OP_TYPE_SIG, \ + EVP_PKEY_CTRL_GET_MD, 0, (void *)(pmd)) + +# define EVP_PKEY_CTX_set_mac_key(ctx, key, len) \ + EVP_PKEY_CTX_ctrl(ctx, -1, EVP_PKEY_OP_KEYGEN, \ + EVP_PKEY_CTRL_SET_MAC_KEY, len, (void *)(key)) + +# define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_MD 1 +# define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_PEER_KEY 2 + +# define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_PKCS7_ENCRYPT 3 +# define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_PKCS7_DECRYPT 4 + +# define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_PKCS7_SIGN 5 + +# define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_SET_MAC_KEY 6 + +# define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_DIGESTINIT 7 + +/* Used by GOST key encryption in TLS */ +# define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_SET_IV 8 + +# define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_CMS_ENCRYPT 9 +# define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_CMS_DECRYPT 10 +# define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_CMS_SIGN 11 + +# define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_CIPHER 12 + +# define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_GET_MD 13 + +# define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_SET_DIGEST_SIZE 14 + +# define EVP_PKEY_ALG_CTRL 0x1000 + +# define EVP_PKEY_FLAG_AUTOARGLEN 2 +/* + * Method handles all operations: don't assume any digest related defaults. + */ +# define EVP_PKEY_FLAG_SIGCTX_CUSTOM 4 + +const EVP_PKEY_METHOD *EVP_PKEY_meth_find(int type); +EVP_PKEY_METHOD *EVP_PKEY_meth_new(int id, int flags); +void EVP_PKEY_meth_get0_info(int *ppkey_id, int *pflags, + const EVP_PKEY_METHOD *meth); +void EVP_PKEY_meth_copy(EVP_PKEY_METHOD *dst, const EVP_PKEY_METHOD *src); +void EVP_PKEY_meth_free(EVP_PKEY_METHOD *pmeth); +int EVP_PKEY_meth_add0(const EVP_PKEY_METHOD *pmeth); +int EVP_PKEY_meth_remove(const EVP_PKEY_METHOD *pmeth); +size_t EVP_PKEY_meth_get_count(void); +const EVP_PKEY_METHOD *EVP_PKEY_meth_get0(size_t idx); + +EVP_PKEY_CTX *EVP_PKEY_CTX_new(EVP_PKEY *pkey, ENGINE *e); +EVP_PKEY_CTX *EVP_PKEY_CTX_new_id(int id, ENGINE *e); +EVP_PKEY_CTX *EVP_PKEY_CTX_dup(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx); +void EVP_PKEY_CTX_free(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx); + +int EVP_PKEY_CTX_ctrl(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx, int keytype, int optype, + int cmd, int p1, void *p2); +int EVP_PKEY_CTX_ctrl_str(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx, const char *type, + const char *value); +int EVP_PKEY_CTX_ctrl_uint64(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx, int keytype, int optype, + int cmd, uint64_t value); + +int EVP_PKEY_CTX_str2ctrl(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx, int cmd, const char *str); +int EVP_PKEY_CTX_hex2ctrl(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx, int cmd, const char *hex); + +int EVP_PKEY_CTX_md(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx, int optype, int cmd, const char *md); + +int EVP_PKEY_CTX_get_operation(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx); +void EVP_PKEY_CTX_set0_keygen_info(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx, int *dat, int datlen); + +EVP_PKEY *EVP_PKEY_new_mac_key(int type, ENGINE *e, + const unsigned char *key, int keylen); +EVP_PKEY *EVP_PKEY_new_raw_private_key(int type, ENGINE *e, + const unsigned char *priv, + size_t len); +EVP_PKEY *EVP_PKEY_new_raw_public_key(int type, ENGINE *e, + const unsigned char *pub, + size_t len); +int EVP_PKEY_get_raw_private_key(const EVP_PKEY *pkey, unsigned char *priv, + size_t *len); +int EVP_PKEY_get_raw_public_key(const EVP_PKEY *pkey, unsigned char *pub, + size_t *len); + +EVP_PKEY *EVP_PKEY_new_CMAC_key(ENGINE *e, const unsigned char *priv, + size_t len, const EVP_CIPHER *cipher); + +void EVP_PKEY_CTX_set_data(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx, void *data); +void *EVP_PKEY_CTX_get_data(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx); +EVP_PKEY *EVP_PKEY_CTX_get0_pkey(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx); + +EVP_PKEY *EVP_PKEY_CTX_get0_peerkey(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx); + +void EVP_PKEY_CTX_set_app_data(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx, void *data); +void *EVP_PKEY_CTX_get_app_data(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx); + +int EVP_PKEY_sign_init(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx); +int EVP_PKEY_sign(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx, + unsigned char *sig, size_t *siglen, + const unsigned char *tbs, size_t tbslen); +int EVP_PKEY_verify_init(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx); +int EVP_PKEY_verify(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx, + const unsigned char *sig, size_t siglen, + const unsigned char *tbs, size_t tbslen); +int EVP_PKEY_verify_recover_init(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx); +int EVP_PKEY_verify_recover(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx, + unsigned char *rout, size_t *routlen, + const unsigned char *sig, size_t siglen); +int EVP_PKEY_encrypt_init(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx); +int EVP_PKEY_encrypt(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx, + unsigned char *out, size_t *outlen, + const unsigned char *in, size_t inlen); +int EVP_PKEY_decrypt_init(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx); +int EVP_PKEY_decrypt(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx, + unsigned char *out, size_t *outlen, + const unsigned char *in, size_t inlen); + +int EVP_PKEY_derive_init(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx); +int EVP_PKEY_derive_set_peer(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx, EVP_PKEY *peer); +int EVP_PKEY_derive(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx, unsigned char *key, size_t *keylen); + +typedef int EVP_PKEY_gen_cb(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx); + +int EVP_PKEY_paramgen_init(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx); +int EVP_PKEY_paramgen(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx, EVP_PKEY **ppkey); +int EVP_PKEY_keygen_init(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx); +int EVP_PKEY_keygen(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx, EVP_PKEY **ppkey); +int EVP_PKEY_check(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx); +int EVP_PKEY_public_check(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx); +int EVP_PKEY_param_check(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx); + +void EVP_PKEY_CTX_set_cb(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx, EVP_PKEY_gen_cb *cb); +EVP_PKEY_gen_cb *EVP_PKEY_CTX_get_cb(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx); + +int EVP_PKEY_CTX_get_keygen_info(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx, int idx); + +void EVP_PKEY_meth_set_init(EVP_PKEY_METHOD *pmeth, + int (*init) (EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx)); + +void EVP_PKEY_meth_set_copy(EVP_PKEY_METHOD *pmeth, + int (*copy) (EVP_PKEY_CTX *dst, + EVP_PKEY_CTX *src)); + +void EVP_PKEY_meth_set_cleanup(EVP_PKEY_METHOD *pmeth, + void (*cleanup) (EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx)); + +void EVP_PKEY_meth_set_paramgen(EVP_PKEY_METHOD *pmeth, + int (*paramgen_init) (EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx), + int (*paramgen) (EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx, + EVP_PKEY *pkey)); + +void EVP_PKEY_meth_set_keygen(EVP_PKEY_METHOD *pmeth, + int (*keygen_init) (EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx), + int (*keygen) (EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx, + EVP_PKEY *pkey)); + +void EVP_PKEY_meth_set_sign(EVP_PKEY_METHOD *pmeth, + int (*sign_init) (EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx), + int (*sign) (EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx, + unsigned char *sig, size_t *siglen, + const unsigned char *tbs, + size_t tbslen)); + +void EVP_PKEY_meth_set_verify(EVP_PKEY_METHOD *pmeth, + int (*verify_init) (EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx), + int (*verify) (EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx, + const unsigned char *sig, + size_t siglen, + const unsigned char *tbs, + size_t tbslen)); + +void EVP_PKEY_meth_set_verify_recover(EVP_PKEY_METHOD *pmeth, + int (*verify_recover_init) (EVP_PKEY_CTX + *ctx), + int (*verify_recover) (EVP_PKEY_CTX + *ctx, + unsigned char + *sig, + size_t *siglen, + const unsigned + char *tbs, + size_t tbslen)); + +void EVP_PKEY_meth_set_signctx(EVP_PKEY_METHOD *pmeth, + int (*signctx_init) (EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx, + EVP_MD_CTX *mctx), + int (*signctx) (EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx, + unsigned char *sig, + size_t *siglen, + EVP_MD_CTX *mctx)); + +void EVP_PKEY_meth_set_verifyctx(EVP_PKEY_METHOD *pmeth, + int (*verifyctx_init) (EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx, + EVP_MD_CTX *mctx), + int (*verifyctx) (EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx, + const unsigned char *sig, + int siglen, + EVP_MD_CTX *mctx)); + +void EVP_PKEY_meth_set_encrypt(EVP_PKEY_METHOD *pmeth, + int (*encrypt_init) (EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx), + int (*encryptfn) (EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx, + unsigned char *out, + size_t *outlen, + const unsigned char *in, + size_t inlen)); + +void EVP_PKEY_meth_set_decrypt(EVP_PKEY_METHOD *pmeth, + int (*decrypt_init) (EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx), + int (*decrypt) (EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx, + unsigned char *out, + size_t *outlen, + const unsigned char *in, + size_t inlen)); + +void EVP_PKEY_meth_set_derive(EVP_PKEY_METHOD *pmeth, + int (*derive_init) (EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx), + int (*derive) (EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx, + unsigned char *key, + size_t *keylen)); + +void EVP_PKEY_meth_set_ctrl(EVP_PKEY_METHOD *pmeth, + int (*ctrl) (EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx, int type, int p1, + void *p2), + int (*ctrl_str) (EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx, + const char *type, + const char *value)); + +void EVP_PKEY_meth_set_digestsign(EVP_PKEY_METHOD *pmeth, + int (*digestsign) (EVP_MD_CTX *ctx, + unsigned char *sig, + size_t *siglen, + const unsigned char *tbs, + size_t tbslen)); + +void EVP_PKEY_meth_set_digestverify(EVP_PKEY_METHOD *pmeth, + int (*digestverify) (EVP_MD_CTX *ctx, + const unsigned char *sig, + size_t siglen, + const unsigned char *tbs, + size_t tbslen)); + +void EVP_PKEY_meth_set_check(EVP_PKEY_METHOD *pmeth, + int (*check) (EVP_PKEY *pkey)); + +void EVP_PKEY_meth_set_public_check(EVP_PKEY_METHOD *pmeth, + int (*check) (EVP_PKEY *pkey)); + +void EVP_PKEY_meth_set_param_check(EVP_PKEY_METHOD *pmeth, + int (*check) (EVP_PKEY *pkey)); + +void EVP_PKEY_meth_set_digest_custom(EVP_PKEY_METHOD *pmeth, + int (*digest_custom) (EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx, + EVP_MD_CTX *mctx)); + +void EVP_PKEY_meth_get_init(const EVP_PKEY_METHOD *pmeth, + int (**pinit) (EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx)); + +void EVP_PKEY_meth_get_copy(const EVP_PKEY_METHOD *pmeth, + int (**pcopy) (EVP_PKEY_CTX *dst, + EVP_PKEY_CTX *src)); + +void EVP_PKEY_meth_get_cleanup(const EVP_PKEY_METHOD *pmeth, + void (**pcleanup) (EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx)); + +void EVP_PKEY_meth_get_paramgen(const EVP_PKEY_METHOD *pmeth, + int (**pparamgen_init) (EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx), + int (**pparamgen) (EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx, + EVP_PKEY *pkey)); + +void EVP_PKEY_meth_get_keygen(const EVP_PKEY_METHOD *pmeth, + int (**pkeygen_init) (EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx), + int (**pkeygen) (EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx, + EVP_PKEY *pkey)); + +void EVP_PKEY_meth_get_sign(const EVP_PKEY_METHOD *pmeth, + int (**psign_init) (EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx), + int (**psign) (EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx, + unsigned char *sig, size_t *siglen, + const unsigned char *tbs, + size_t tbslen)); + +void EVP_PKEY_meth_get_verify(const EVP_PKEY_METHOD *pmeth, + int (**pverify_init) (EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx), + int (**pverify) (EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx, + const unsigned char *sig, + size_t siglen, + const unsigned char *tbs, + size_t tbslen)); + +void EVP_PKEY_meth_get_verify_recover(const EVP_PKEY_METHOD *pmeth, + int (**pverify_recover_init) (EVP_PKEY_CTX + *ctx), + int (**pverify_recover) (EVP_PKEY_CTX + *ctx, + unsigned char + *sig, + size_t *siglen, + const unsigned + char *tbs, + size_t tbslen)); + +void EVP_PKEY_meth_get_signctx(const EVP_PKEY_METHOD *pmeth, + int (**psignctx_init) (EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx, + EVP_MD_CTX *mctx), + int (**psignctx) (EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx, + unsigned char *sig, + size_t *siglen, + EVP_MD_CTX *mctx)); + +void EVP_PKEY_meth_get_verifyctx(const EVP_PKEY_METHOD *pmeth, + int (**pverifyctx_init) (EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx, + EVP_MD_CTX *mctx), + int (**pverifyctx) (EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx, + const unsigned char *sig, + int siglen, + EVP_MD_CTX *mctx)); + +void EVP_PKEY_meth_get_encrypt(const EVP_PKEY_METHOD *pmeth, + int (**pencrypt_init) (EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx), + int (**pencryptfn) (EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx, + unsigned char *out, + size_t *outlen, + const unsigned char *in, + size_t inlen)); + +void EVP_PKEY_meth_get_decrypt(const EVP_PKEY_METHOD *pmeth, + int (**pdecrypt_init) (EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx), + int (**pdecrypt) (EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx, + unsigned char *out, + size_t *outlen, + const unsigned char *in, + size_t inlen)); + +void EVP_PKEY_meth_get_derive(const EVP_PKEY_METHOD *pmeth, + int (**pderive_init) (EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx), + int (**pderive) (EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx, + unsigned char *key, + size_t *keylen)); + +void EVP_PKEY_meth_get_ctrl(const EVP_PKEY_METHOD *pmeth, + int (**pctrl) (EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx, int type, int p1, + void *p2), + int (**pctrl_str) (EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx, + const char *type, + const char *value)); + +void EVP_PKEY_meth_get_digestsign(EVP_PKEY_METHOD *pmeth, + int (**digestsign) (EVP_MD_CTX *ctx, + unsigned char *sig, + size_t *siglen, + const unsigned char *tbs, + size_t tbslen)); + +void EVP_PKEY_meth_get_digestverify(EVP_PKEY_METHOD *pmeth, + int (**digestverify) (EVP_MD_CTX *ctx, + const unsigned char *sig, + size_t siglen, + const unsigned char *tbs, + size_t tbslen)); + +void EVP_PKEY_meth_get_check(const EVP_PKEY_METHOD *pmeth, + int (**pcheck) (EVP_PKEY *pkey)); + +void EVP_PKEY_meth_get_public_check(const EVP_PKEY_METHOD *pmeth, + int (**pcheck) (EVP_PKEY *pkey)); + +void EVP_PKEY_meth_get_param_check(const EVP_PKEY_METHOD *pmeth, + int (**pcheck) (EVP_PKEY *pkey)); + +void EVP_PKEY_meth_get_digest_custom(EVP_PKEY_METHOD *pmeth, + int (**pdigest_custom) (EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx, + EVP_MD_CTX *mctx)); +void EVP_add_alg_module(void); + + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/evperr.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/evperr.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b4ea90ae --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/evperr.h @@ -0,0 +1,204 @@ +/* + * Generated by util/mkerr.pl DO NOT EDIT + * Copyright 1995-2021 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_EVPERR_H +# define HEADER_EVPERR_H + +# include <openssl/symhacks.h> + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +# endif +int ERR_load_EVP_strings(void); + +/* + * EVP function codes. + */ +# define EVP_F_AESNI_INIT_KEY 165 +# define EVP_F_AESNI_XTS_INIT_KEY 207 +# define EVP_F_AES_GCM_CTRL 196 +# define EVP_F_AES_INIT_KEY 133 +# define EVP_F_AES_OCB_CIPHER 169 +# define EVP_F_AES_T4_INIT_KEY 178 +# define EVP_F_AES_T4_XTS_INIT_KEY 208 +# define EVP_F_AES_WRAP_CIPHER 170 +# define EVP_F_AES_XTS_INIT_KEY 209 +# define EVP_F_ALG_MODULE_INIT 177 +# define EVP_F_ARIA_CCM_INIT_KEY 175 +# define EVP_F_ARIA_GCM_CTRL 197 +# define EVP_F_ARIA_GCM_INIT_KEY 176 +# define EVP_F_ARIA_INIT_KEY 185 +# define EVP_F_B64_NEW 198 +# define EVP_F_CAMELLIA_INIT_KEY 159 +# define EVP_F_CHACHA20_POLY1305_CTRL 182 +# define EVP_F_CMLL_T4_INIT_KEY 179 +# define EVP_F_DES_EDE3_WRAP_CIPHER 171 +# define EVP_F_DO_SIGVER_INIT 161 +# define EVP_F_ENC_NEW 199 +# define EVP_F_EVP_CIPHERINIT_EX 123 +# define EVP_F_EVP_CIPHER_ASN1_TO_PARAM 204 +# define EVP_F_EVP_CIPHER_CTX_COPY 163 +# define EVP_F_EVP_CIPHER_CTX_CTRL 124 +# define EVP_F_EVP_CIPHER_CTX_SET_KEY_LENGTH 122 +# define EVP_F_EVP_CIPHER_PARAM_TO_ASN1 205 +# define EVP_F_EVP_DECRYPTFINAL_EX 101 +# define EVP_F_EVP_DECRYPTUPDATE 166 +# define EVP_F_EVP_DIGESTFINALXOF 174 +# define EVP_F_EVP_DIGESTINIT_EX 128 +# define EVP_F_EVP_ENCRYPTDECRYPTUPDATE 219 +# define EVP_F_EVP_ENCRYPTFINAL_EX 127 +# define EVP_F_EVP_ENCRYPTUPDATE 167 +# define EVP_F_EVP_MD_CTX_COPY_EX 110 +# define EVP_F_EVP_MD_SIZE 162 +# define EVP_F_EVP_OPENINIT 102 +# define EVP_F_EVP_PBE_ALG_ADD 115 +# define EVP_F_EVP_PBE_ALG_ADD_TYPE 160 +# define EVP_F_EVP_PBE_CIPHERINIT 116 +# define EVP_F_EVP_PBE_SCRYPT 181 +# define EVP_F_EVP_PKCS82PKEY 111 +# define EVP_F_EVP_PKEY2PKCS8 113 +# define EVP_F_EVP_PKEY_ASN1_ADD0 188 +# define EVP_F_EVP_PKEY_CHECK 186 +# define EVP_F_EVP_PKEY_COPY_PARAMETERS 103 +# define EVP_F_EVP_PKEY_CTX_CTRL 137 +# define EVP_F_EVP_PKEY_CTX_CTRL_STR 150 +# define EVP_F_EVP_PKEY_CTX_DUP 156 +# define EVP_F_EVP_PKEY_CTX_MD 168 +# define EVP_F_EVP_PKEY_DECRYPT 104 +# define EVP_F_EVP_PKEY_DECRYPT_INIT 138 +# define EVP_F_EVP_PKEY_DECRYPT_OLD 151 +# define EVP_F_EVP_PKEY_DERIVE 153 +# define EVP_F_EVP_PKEY_DERIVE_INIT 154 +# define EVP_F_EVP_PKEY_DERIVE_SET_PEER 155 +# define EVP_F_EVP_PKEY_ENCRYPT 105 +# define EVP_F_EVP_PKEY_ENCRYPT_INIT 139 +# define EVP_F_EVP_PKEY_ENCRYPT_OLD 152 +# define EVP_F_EVP_PKEY_GET0_DH 119 +# define EVP_F_EVP_PKEY_GET0_DSA 120 +# define EVP_F_EVP_PKEY_GET0_EC_KEY 131 +# define EVP_F_EVP_PKEY_GET0_HMAC 183 +# define EVP_F_EVP_PKEY_GET0_POLY1305 184 +# define EVP_F_EVP_PKEY_GET0_RSA 121 +# define EVP_F_EVP_PKEY_GET0_SIPHASH 172 +# define EVP_F_EVP_PKEY_GET_RAW_PRIVATE_KEY 202 +# define EVP_F_EVP_PKEY_GET_RAW_PUBLIC_KEY 203 +# define EVP_F_EVP_PKEY_KEYGEN 146 +# define EVP_F_EVP_PKEY_KEYGEN_INIT 147 +# define EVP_F_EVP_PKEY_METH_ADD0 194 +# define EVP_F_EVP_PKEY_METH_NEW 195 +# define EVP_F_EVP_PKEY_NEW 106 +# define EVP_F_EVP_PKEY_NEW_CMAC_KEY 193 +# define EVP_F_EVP_PKEY_NEW_RAW_PRIVATE_KEY 191 +# define EVP_F_EVP_PKEY_NEW_RAW_PUBLIC_KEY 192 +# define EVP_F_EVP_PKEY_PARAMGEN 148 +# define EVP_F_EVP_PKEY_PARAMGEN_INIT 149 +# define EVP_F_EVP_PKEY_PARAM_CHECK 189 +# define EVP_F_EVP_PKEY_PUBLIC_CHECK 190 +# define EVP_F_EVP_PKEY_SET1_ENGINE 187 +# define EVP_F_EVP_PKEY_SET_ALIAS_TYPE 206 +# define EVP_F_EVP_PKEY_SIGN 140 +# define EVP_F_EVP_PKEY_SIGN_INIT 141 +# define EVP_F_EVP_PKEY_VERIFY 142 +# define EVP_F_EVP_PKEY_VERIFY_INIT 143 +# define EVP_F_EVP_PKEY_VERIFY_RECOVER 144 +# define EVP_F_EVP_PKEY_VERIFY_RECOVER_INIT 145 +# define EVP_F_EVP_SIGNFINAL 107 +# define EVP_F_EVP_VERIFYFINAL 108 +# define EVP_F_INT_CTX_NEW 157 +# define EVP_F_OK_NEW 200 +# define EVP_F_PKCS5_PBE_KEYIVGEN 117 +# define EVP_F_PKCS5_V2_PBE_KEYIVGEN 118 +# define EVP_F_PKCS5_V2_PBKDF2_KEYIVGEN 164 +# define EVP_F_PKCS5_V2_SCRYPT_KEYIVGEN 180 +# define EVP_F_PKEY_SET_TYPE 158 +# define EVP_F_RC2_MAGIC_TO_METH 109 +# define EVP_F_RC5_CTRL 125 +# define EVP_F_R_32_12_16_INIT_KEY 242 +# define EVP_F_S390X_AES_GCM_CTRL 201 +# define EVP_F_UPDATE 173 + +/* + * EVP reason codes. + */ +# define EVP_R_AES_KEY_SETUP_FAILED 143 +# define EVP_R_ARIA_KEY_SETUP_FAILED 176 +# define EVP_R_BAD_DECRYPT 100 +# define EVP_R_BAD_KEY_LENGTH 195 +# define EVP_R_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL 155 +# define EVP_R_CAMELLIA_KEY_SETUP_FAILED 157 +# define EVP_R_CIPHER_PARAMETER_ERROR 122 +# define EVP_R_COMMAND_NOT_SUPPORTED 147 +# define EVP_R_COPY_ERROR 173 +# define EVP_R_CTRL_NOT_IMPLEMENTED 132 +# define EVP_R_CTRL_OPERATION_NOT_IMPLEMENTED 133 +# define EVP_R_DATA_NOT_MULTIPLE_OF_BLOCK_LENGTH 138 +# define EVP_R_DECODE_ERROR 114 +# define EVP_R_DIFFERENT_KEY_TYPES 101 +# define EVP_R_DIFFERENT_PARAMETERS 153 +# define EVP_R_ERROR_LOADING_SECTION 165 +# define EVP_R_ERROR_SETTING_FIPS_MODE 166 +# define EVP_R_EXPECTING_AN_HMAC_KEY 174 +# define EVP_R_EXPECTING_AN_RSA_KEY 127 +# define EVP_R_EXPECTING_A_DH_KEY 128 +# define EVP_R_EXPECTING_A_DSA_KEY 129 +# define EVP_R_EXPECTING_A_EC_KEY 142 +# define EVP_R_EXPECTING_A_POLY1305_KEY 164 +# define EVP_R_EXPECTING_A_SIPHASH_KEY 175 +# define EVP_R_FIPS_MODE_NOT_SUPPORTED 167 +# define EVP_R_GET_RAW_KEY_FAILED 182 +# define EVP_R_ILLEGAL_SCRYPT_PARAMETERS 171 +# define EVP_R_INITIALIZATION_ERROR 134 +# define EVP_R_INPUT_NOT_INITIALIZED 111 +# define EVP_R_INVALID_DIGEST 152 +# define EVP_R_INVALID_FIPS_MODE 168 +# define EVP_R_INVALID_IV_LENGTH 194 +# define EVP_R_INVALID_KEY 163 +# define EVP_R_INVALID_KEY_LENGTH 130 +# define EVP_R_INVALID_OPERATION 148 +# define EVP_R_KEYGEN_FAILURE 120 +# define EVP_R_KEY_SETUP_FAILED 180 +# define EVP_R_MEMORY_LIMIT_EXCEEDED 172 +# define EVP_R_MESSAGE_DIGEST_IS_NULL 159 +# define EVP_R_METHOD_NOT_SUPPORTED 144 +# define EVP_R_MISSING_PARAMETERS 103 +# define EVP_R_NOT_XOF_OR_INVALID_LENGTH 178 +# define EVP_R_NO_CIPHER_SET 131 +# define EVP_R_NO_DEFAULT_DIGEST 158 +# define EVP_R_NO_DIGEST_SET 139 +# define EVP_R_NO_KEY_SET 154 +# define EVP_R_NO_OPERATION_SET 149 +# define EVP_R_ONLY_ONESHOT_SUPPORTED 177 +# define EVP_R_OPERATION_NOT_SUPPORTED_FOR_THIS_KEYTYPE 150 +# define EVP_R_OPERATON_NOT_INITIALIZED 151 +# define EVP_R_OUTPUT_WOULD_OVERFLOW 184 +# define EVP_R_PARTIALLY_OVERLAPPING 162 +# define EVP_R_PBKDF2_ERROR 181 +# define EVP_R_PKEY_APPLICATION_ASN1_METHOD_ALREADY_REGISTERED 179 +# define EVP_R_PRIVATE_KEY_DECODE_ERROR 145 +# define EVP_R_PRIVATE_KEY_ENCODE_ERROR 146 +# define EVP_R_PUBLIC_KEY_NOT_RSA 106 +# define EVP_R_UNKNOWN_CIPHER 160 +# define EVP_R_UNKNOWN_DIGEST 161 +# define EVP_R_UNKNOWN_OPTION 169 +# define EVP_R_UNKNOWN_PBE_ALGORITHM 121 +# define EVP_R_UNSUPPORTED_ALGORITHM 156 +# define EVP_R_UNSUPPORTED_CIPHER 107 +# define EVP_R_UNSUPPORTED_KEYLENGTH 123 +# define EVP_R_UNSUPPORTED_KEY_DERIVATION_FUNCTION 124 +# define EVP_R_UNSUPPORTED_KEY_SIZE 108 +# define EVP_R_UNSUPPORTED_NUMBER_OF_ROUNDS 135 +# define EVP_R_UNSUPPORTED_PRF 125 +# define EVP_R_UNSUPPORTED_PRIVATE_KEY_ALGORITHM 118 +# define EVP_R_UNSUPPORTED_SALT_TYPE 126 +# define EVP_R_WRAP_MODE_NOT_ALLOWED 170 +# define EVP_R_WRONG_FINAL_BLOCK_LENGTH 109 +# define EVP_R_XTS_DUPLICATED_KEYS 183 + +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/hmac.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/hmac.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..458efc1d --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/hmac.h @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +/* + * Copyright 1995-2018 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_HMAC_H +# define HEADER_HMAC_H + +# include <openssl/opensslconf.h> + +# include <openssl/evp.h> + +# if OPENSSL_API_COMPAT < 0x10200000L +# define HMAC_MAX_MD_CBLOCK 128 /* Deprecated */ +# endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +size_t HMAC_size(const HMAC_CTX *e); +HMAC_CTX *HMAC_CTX_new(void); +int HMAC_CTX_reset(HMAC_CTX *ctx); +void HMAC_CTX_free(HMAC_CTX *ctx); + +DEPRECATEDIN_1_1_0(__owur int HMAC_Init(HMAC_CTX *ctx, const void *key, int len, + const EVP_MD *md)) + +/*__owur*/ int HMAC_Init_ex(HMAC_CTX *ctx, const void *key, int len, + const EVP_MD *md, ENGINE *impl); +/*__owur*/ int HMAC_Update(HMAC_CTX *ctx, const unsigned char *data, + size_t len); +/*__owur*/ int HMAC_Final(HMAC_CTX *ctx, unsigned char *md, + unsigned int *len); +unsigned char *HMAC(const EVP_MD *evp_md, const void *key, int key_len, + const unsigned char *d, size_t n, unsigned char *md, + unsigned int *md_len); +__owur int HMAC_CTX_copy(HMAC_CTX *dctx, HMAC_CTX *sctx); + +void HMAC_CTX_set_flags(HMAC_CTX *ctx, unsigned long flags); +const EVP_MD *HMAC_CTX_get_md(const HMAC_CTX *ctx); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/idea.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/idea.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4334f3ea --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/idea.h @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ +/* + * Copyright 1995-2016 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_IDEA_H +# define HEADER_IDEA_H + +# include <openssl/opensslconf.h> + +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_IDEA +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +typedef unsigned int IDEA_INT; + +# define IDEA_ENCRYPT 1 +# define IDEA_DECRYPT 0 + +# define IDEA_BLOCK 8 +# define IDEA_KEY_LENGTH 16 + +typedef struct idea_key_st { + IDEA_INT data[9][6]; +} IDEA_KEY_SCHEDULE; + +const char *IDEA_options(void); +void IDEA_ecb_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out, + IDEA_KEY_SCHEDULE *ks); +void IDEA_set_encrypt_key(const unsigned char *key, IDEA_KEY_SCHEDULE *ks); +void IDEA_set_decrypt_key(IDEA_KEY_SCHEDULE *ek, IDEA_KEY_SCHEDULE *dk); +void IDEA_cbc_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out, + long length, IDEA_KEY_SCHEDULE *ks, unsigned char *iv, + int enc); +void IDEA_cfb64_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out, + long length, IDEA_KEY_SCHEDULE *ks, unsigned char *iv, + int *num, int enc); +void IDEA_ofb64_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out, + long length, IDEA_KEY_SCHEDULE *ks, unsigned char *iv, + int *num); +void IDEA_encrypt(unsigned long *in, IDEA_KEY_SCHEDULE *ks); + +# if OPENSSL_API_COMPAT < 0x10100000L +# define idea_options IDEA_options +# define idea_ecb_encrypt IDEA_ecb_encrypt +# define idea_set_encrypt_key IDEA_set_encrypt_key +# define idea_set_decrypt_key IDEA_set_decrypt_key +# define idea_cbc_encrypt IDEA_cbc_encrypt +# define idea_cfb64_encrypt IDEA_cfb64_encrypt +# define idea_ofb64_encrypt IDEA_ofb64_encrypt +# define idea_encrypt IDEA_encrypt +# endif + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif +# endif + +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/kdf.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/kdf.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5abd4c37 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/kdf.h @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2016-2018 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_KDF_H +# define HEADER_KDF_H + +# include <openssl/kdferr.h> +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +# define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_TLS_MD (EVP_PKEY_ALG_CTRL) +# define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_TLS_SECRET (EVP_PKEY_ALG_CTRL + 1) +# define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_TLS_SEED (EVP_PKEY_ALG_CTRL + 2) +# define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_HKDF_MD (EVP_PKEY_ALG_CTRL + 3) +# define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_HKDF_SALT (EVP_PKEY_ALG_CTRL + 4) +# define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_HKDF_KEY (EVP_PKEY_ALG_CTRL + 5) +# define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_HKDF_INFO (EVP_PKEY_ALG_CTRL + 6) +# define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_HKDF_MODE (EVP_PKEY_ALG_CTRL + 7) +# define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_PASS (EVP_PKEY_ALG_CTRL + 8) +# define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_SCRYPT_SALT (EVP_PKEY_ALG_CTRL + 9) +# define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_SCRYPT_N (EVP_PKEY_ALG_CTRL + 10) +# define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_SCRYPT_R (EVP_PKEY_ALG_CTRL + 11) +# define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_SCRYPT_P (EVP_PKEY_ALG_CTRL + 12) +# define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_SCRYPT_MAXMEM_BYTES (EVP_PKEY_ALG_CTRL + 13) + +# define EVP_PKEY_HKDEF_MODE_EXTRACT_AND_EXPAND 0 +# define EVP_PKEY_HKDEF_MODE_EXTRACT_ONLY 1 +# define EVP_PKEY_HKDEF_MODE_EXPAND_ONLY 2 + +# define EVP_PKEY_CTX_set_tls1_prf_md(pctx, md) \ + EVP_PKEY_CTX_ctrl(pctx, -1, EVP_PKEY_OP_DERIVE, \ + EVP_PKEY_CTRL_TLS_MD, 0, (void *)(md)) + +# define EVP_PKEY_CTX_set1_tls1_prf_secret(pctx, sec, seclen) \ + EVP_PKEY_CTX_ctrl(pctx, -1, EVP_PKEY_OP_DERIVE, \ + EVP_PKEY_CTRL_TLS_SECRET, seclen, (void *)(sec)) + +# define EVP_PKEY_CTX_add1_tls1_prf_seed(pctx, seed, seedlen) \ + EVP_PKEY_CTX_ctrl(pctx, -1, EVP_PKEY_OP_DERIVE, \ + EVP_PKEY_CTRL_TLS_SEED, seedlen, (void *)(seed)) + +# define EVP_PKEY_CTX_set_hkdf_md(pctx, md) \ + EVP_PKEY_CTX_ctrl(pctx, -1, EVP_PKEY_OP_DERIVE, \ + EVP_PKEY_CTRL_HKDF_MD, 0, (void *)(md)) + +# define EVP_PKEY_CTX_set1_hkdf_salt(pctx, salt, saltlen) \ + EVP_PKEY_CTX_ctrl(pctx, -1, EVP_PKEY_OP_DERIVE, \ + EVP_PKEY_CTRL_HKDF_SALT, saltlen, (void *)(salt)) + +# define EVP_PKEY_CTX_set1_hkdf_key(pctx, key, keylen) \ + EVP_PKEY_CTX_ctrl(pctx, -1, EVP_PKEY_OP_DERIVE, \ + EVP_PKEY_CTRL_HKDF_KEY, keylen, (void *)(key)) + +# define EVP_PKEY_CTX_add1_hkdf_info(pctx, info, infolen) \ + EVP_PKEY_CTX_ctrl(pctx, -1, EVP_PKEY_OP_DERIVE, \ + EVP_PKEY_CTRL_HKDF_INFO, infolen, (void *)(info)) + +# define EVP_PKEY_CTX_hkdf_mode(pctx, mode) \ + EVP_PKEY_CTX_ctrl(pctx, -1, EVP_PKEY_OP_DERIVE, \ + EVP_PKEY_CTRL_HKDF_MODE, mode, NULL) + +# define EVP_PKEY_CTX_set1_pbe_pass(pctx, pass, passlen) \ + EVP_PKEY_CTX_ctrl(pctx, -1, EVP_PKEY_OP_DERIVE, \ + EVP_PKEY_CTRL_PASS, passlen, (void *)(pass)) + +# define EVP_PKEY_CTX_set1_scrypt_salt(pctx, salt, saltlen) \ + EVP_PKEY_CTX_ctrl(pctx, -1, EVP_PKEY_OP_DERIVE, \ + EVP_PKEY_CTRL_SCRYPT_SALT, saltlen, (void *)(salt)) + +# define EVP_PKEY_CTX_set_scrypt_N(pctx, n) \ + EVP_PKEY_CTX_ctrl_uint64(pctx, -1, EVP_PKEY_OP_DERIVE, \ + EVP_PKEY_CTRL_SCRYPT_N, n) + +# define EVP_PKEY_CTX_set_scrypt_r(pctx, r) \ + EVP_PKEY_CTX_ctrl_uint64(pctx, -1, EVP_PKEY_OP_DERIVE, \ + EVP_PKEY_CTRL_SCRYPT_R, r) + +# define EVP_PKEY_CTX_set_scrypt_p(pctx, p) \ + EVP_PKEY_CTX_ctrl_uint64(pctx, -1, EVP_PKEY_OP_DERIVE, \ + EVP_PKEY_CTRL_SCRYPT_P, p) + +# define EVP_PKEY_CTX_set_scrypt_maxmem_bytes(pctx, maxmem_bytes) \ + EVP_PKEY_CTX_ctrl_uint64(pctx, -1, EVP_PKEY_OP_DERIVE, \ + EVP_PKEY_CTRL_SCRYPT_MAXMEM_BYTES, maxmem_bytes) + + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/kdferr.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/kdferr.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3f51bd02 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/kdferr.h @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +/* + * Generated by util/mkerr.pl DO NOT EDIT + * Copyright 1995-2019 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_KDFERR_H +# define HEADER_KDFERR_H + +# ifndef HEADER_SYMHACKS_H +# include <openssl/symhacks.h> +# endif + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +# endif +int ERR_load_KDF_strings(void); + +/* + * KDF function codes. + */ +# define KDF_F_PKEY_HKDF_CTRL_STR 103 +# define KDF_F_PKEY_HKDF_DERIVE 102 +# define KDF_F_PKEY_HKDF_INIT 108 +# define KDF_F_PKEY_SCRYPT_CTRL_STR 104 +# define KDF_F_PKEY_SCRYPT_CTRL_UINT64 105 +# define KDF_F_PKEY_SCRYPT_DERIVE 109 +# define KDF_F_PKEY_SCRYPT_INIT 106 +# define KDF_F_PKEY_SCRYPT_SET_MEMBUF 107 +# define KDF_F_PKEY_TLS1_PRF_CTRL_STR 100 +# define KDF_F_PKEY_TLS1_PRF_DERIVE 101 +# define KDF_F_PKEY_TLS1_PRF_INIT 110 +# define KDF_F_TLS1_PRF_ALG 111 + +/* + * KDF reason codes. + */ +# define KDF_R_INVALID_DIGEST 100 +# define KDF_R_MISSING_ITERATION_COUNT 109 +# define KDF_R_MISSING_KEY 104 +# define KDF_R_MISSING_MESSAGE_DIGEST 105 +# define KDF_R_MISSING_PARAMETER 101 +# define KDF_R_MISSING_PASS 110 +# define KDF_R_MISSING_SALT 111 +# define KDF_R_MISSING_SECRET 107 +# define KDF_R_MISSING_SEED 106 +# define KDF_R_UNKNOWN_PARAMETER_TYPE 103 +# define KDF_R_VALUE_ERROR 108 +# define KDF_R_VALUE_MISSING 102 + +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/lhash.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/lhash.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2e42d727 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/lhash.h @@ -0,0 +1,241 @@ +/* + * Copyright 1995-2020 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +/* + * Header for dynamic hash table routines Author - Eric Young + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_LHASH_H +# define HEADER_LHASH_H + +# include <openssl/e_os2.h> +# include <openssl/bio.h> + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +typedef struct lhash_node_st OPENSSL_LH_NODE; +typedef int (*OPENSSL_LH_COMPFUNC) (const void *, const void *); +typedef unsigned long (*OPENSSL_LH_HASHFUNC) (const void *); +typedef void (*OPENSSL_LH_DOALL_FUNC) (void *); +typedef void (*OPENSSL_LH_DOALL_FUNCARG) (void *, void *); +typedef struct lhash_st OPENSSL_LHASH; + +/* + * Macros for declaring and implementing type-safe wrappers for LHASH + * callbacks. This way, callbacks can be provided to LHASH structures without + * function pointer casting and the macro-defined callbacks provide + * per-variable casting before deferring to the underlying type-specific + * callbacks. NB: It is possible to place a "static" in front of both the + * DECLARE and IMPLEMENT macros if the functions are strictly internal. + */ + +/* First: "hash" functions */ +# define DECLARE_LHASH_HASH_FN(name, o_type) \ + unsigned long name##_LHASH_HASH(const void *); +# define IMPLEMENT_LHASH_HASH_FN(name, o_type) \ + unsigned long name##_LHASH_HASH(const void *arg) { \ + const o_type *a = arg; \ + return name##_hash(a); } +# define LHASH_HASH_FN(name) name##_LHASH_HASH + +/* Second: "compare" functions */ +# define DECLARE_LHASH_COMP_FN(name, o_type) \ + int name##_LHASH_COMP(const void *, const void *); +# define IMPLEMENT_LHASH_COMP_FN(name, o_type) \ + int name##_LHASH_COMP(const void *arg1, const void *arg2) { \ + const o_type *a = arg1; \ + const o_type *b = arg2; \ + return name##_cmp(a,b); } +# define LHASH_COMP_FN(name) name##_LHASH_COMP + +/* Fourth: "doall_arg" functions */ +# define DECLARE_LHASH_DOALL_ARG_FN(name, o_type, a_type) \ + void name##_LHASH_DOALL_ARG(void *, void *); +# define IMPLEMENT_LHASH_DOALL_ARG_FN(name, o_type, a_type) \ + void name##_LHASH_DOALL_ARG(void *arg1, void *arg2) { \ + o_type *a = arg1; \ + a_type *b = arg2; \ + name##_doall_arg(a, b); } +# define LHASH_DOALL_ARG_FN(name) name##_LHASH_DOALL_ARG + + +# define LH_LOAD_MULT 256 + +int OPENSSL_LH_error(OPENSSL_LHASH *lh); +OPENSSL_LHASH *OPENSSL_LH_new(OPENSSL_LH_HASHFUNC h, OPENSSL_LH_COMPFUNC c); +void OPENSSL_LH_free(OPENSSL_LHASH *lh); +void *OPENSSL_LH_insert(OPENSSL_LHASH *lh, void *data); +void *OPENSSL_LH_delete(OPENSSL_LHASH *lh, const void *data); +void *OPENSSL_LH_retrieve(OPENSSL_LHASH *lh, const void *data); +void OPENSSL_LH_doall(OPENSSL_LHASH *lh, OPENSSL_LH_DOALL_FUNC func); +void OPENSSL_LH_doall_arg(OPENSSL_LHASH *lh, OPENSSL_LH_DOALL_FUNCARG func, void *arg); +unsigned long OPENSSL_LH_strhash(const char *c); +unsigned long OPENSSL_LH_num_items(const OPENSSL_LHASH *lh); +unsigned long OPENSSL_LH_get_down_load(const OPENSSL_LHASH *lh); +void OPENSSL_LH_set_down_load(OPENSSL_LHASH *lh, unsigned long down_load); + +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_STDIO +void OPENSSL_LH_stats(const OPENSSL_LHASH *lh, FILE *fp); +void OPENSSL_LH_node_stats(const OPENSSL_LHASH *lh, FILE *fp); +void OPENSSL_LH_node_usage_stats(const OPENSSL_LHASH *lh, FILE *fp); +# endif +void OPENSSL_LH_stats_bio(const OPENSSL_LHASH *lh, BIO *out); +void OPENSSL_LH_node_stats_bio(const OPENSSL_LHASH *lh, BIO *out); +void OPENSSL_LH_node_usage_stats_bio(const OPENSSL_LHASH *lh, BIO *out); + +# if OPENSSL_API_COMPAT < 0x10100000L +# define _LHASH OPENSSL_LHASH +# define LHASH_NODE OPENSSL_LH_NODE +# define lh_error OPENSSL_LH_error +# define lh_new OPENSSL_LH_new +# define lh_free OPENSSL_LH_free +# define lh_insert OPENSSL_LH_insert +# define lh_delete OPENSSL_LH_delete +# define lh_retrieve OPENSSL_LH_retrieve +# define lh_doall OPENSSL_LH_doall +# define lh_doall_arg OPENSSL_LH_doall_arg +# define lh_strhash OPENSSL_LH_strhash +# define lh_num_items OPENSSL_LH_num_items +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_STDIO +# define lh_stats OPENSSL_LH_stats +# define lh_node_stats OPENSSL_LH_node_stats +# define lh_node_usage_stats OPENSSL_LH_node_usage_stats +# endif +# define lh_stats_bio OPENSSL_LH_stats_bio +# define lh_node_stats_bio OPENSSL_LH_node_stats_bio +# define lh_node_usage_stats_bio OPENSSL_LH_node_usage_stats_bio +# endif + +/* Type checking... */ + +# define LHASH_OF(type) struct lhash_st_##type + +# define DEFINE_LHASH_OF(type) \ + LHASH_OF(type) { union lh_##type##_dummy { void* d1; unsigned long d2; int d3; } dummy; }; \ + static ossl_unused ossl_inline LHASH_OF(type) *lh_##type##_new(unsigned long (*hfn)(const type *), \ + int (*cfn)(const type *, const type *)) \ + { \ + return (LHASH_OF(type) *) \ + OPENSSL_LH_new((OPENSSL_LH_HASHFUNC)hfn, (OPENSSL_LH_COMPFUNC)cfn); \ + } \ + static ossl_unused ossl_inline void lh_##type##_free(LHASH_OF(type) *lh) \ + { \ + OPENSSL_LH_free((OPENSSL_LHASH *)lh); \ + } \ + static ossl_unused ossl_inline type *lh_##type##_insert(LHASH_OF(type) *lh, type *d) \ + { \ + return (type *)OPENSSL_LH_insert((OPENSSL_LHASH *)lh, d); \ + } \ + static ossl_unused ossl_inline type *lh_##type##_delete(LHASH_OF(type) *lh, const type *d) \ + { \ + return (type *)OPENSSL_LH_delete((OPENSSL_LHASH *)lh, d); \ + } \ + static ossl_unused ossl_inline type *lh_##type##_retrieve(LHASH_OF(type) *lh, const type *d) \ + { \ + return (type *)OPENSSL_LH_retrieve((OPENSSL_LHASH *)lh, d); \ + } \ + static ossl_unused ossl_inline int lh_##type##_error(LHASH_OF(type) *lh) \ + { \ + return OPENSSL_LH_error((OPENSSL_LHASH *)lh); \ + } \ + static ossl_unused ossl_inline unsigned long lh_##type##_num_items(LHASH_OF(type) *lh) \ + { \ + return OPENSSL_LH_num_items((OPENSSL_LHASH *)lh); \ + } \ + static ossl_unused ossl_inline void lh_##type##_node_stats_bio(const LHASH_OF(type) *lh, BIO *out) \ + { \ + OPENSSL_LH_node_stats_bio((const OPENSSL_LHASH *)lh, out); \ + } \ + static ossl_unused ossl_inline void lh_##type##_node_usage_stats_bio(const LHASH_OF(type) *lh, BIO *out) \ + { \ + OPENSSL_LH_node_usage_stats_bio((const OPENSSL_LHASH *)lh, out); \ + } \ + static ossl_unused ossl_inline void lh_##type##_stats_bio(const LHASH_OF(type) *lh, BIO *out) \ + { \ + OPENSSL_LH_stats_bio((const OPENSSL_LHASH *)lh, out); \ + } \ + static ossl_unused ossl_inline unsigned long lh_##type##_get_down_load(LHASH_OF(type) *lh) \ + { \ + return OPENSSL_LH_get_down_load((OPENSSL_LHASH *)lh); \ + } \ + static ossl_unused ossl_inline void lh_##type##_set_down_load(LHASH_OF(type) *lh, unsigned long dl) \ + { \ + OPENSSL_LH_set_down_load((OPENSSL_LHASH *)lh, dl); \ + } \ + static ossl_unused ossl_inline void lh_##type##_doall(LHASH_OF(type) *lh, \ + void (*doall)(type *)) \ + { \ + OPENSSL_LH_doall((OPENSSL_LHASH *)lh, (OPENSSL_LH_DOALL_FUNC)doall); \ + } \ + LHASH_OF(type) + +#define IMPLEMENT_LHASH_DOALL_ARG_CONST(type, argtype) \ + int_implement_lhash_doall(type, argtype, const type) + +#define IMPLEMENT_LHASH_DOALL_ARG(type, argtype) \ + int_implement_lhash_doall(type, argtype, type) + +#define int_implement_lhash_doall(type, argtype, cbargtype) \ + static ossl_unused ossl_inline void \ + lh_##type##_doall_##argtype(LHASH_OF(type) *lh, \ + void (*fn)(cbargtype *, argtype *), \ + argtype *arg) \ + { \ + OPENSSL_LH_doall_arg((OPENSSL_LHASH *)lh, (OPENSSL_LH_DOALL_FUNCARG)fn, (void *)arg); \ + } \ + LHASH_OF(type) + +DEFINE_LHASH_OF(OPENSSL_STRING); +# ifdef _MSC_VER +/* + * push and pop this warning: + * warning C4090: 'function': different 'const' qualifiers + */ +# pragma warning (push) +# pragma warning (disable: 4090) +# endif + +DEFINE_LHASH_OF(OPENSSL_CSTRING); + +# ifdef _MSC_VER +# pragma warning (pop) +# endif + +/* + * If called without higher optimization (min. -xO3) the Oracle Developer + * Studio compiler generates code for the defined (static inline) functions + * above. + * This would later lead to the linker complaining about missing symbols when + * this header file is included but the resulting object is not linked against + * the Crypto library (openssl#6912). + */ +# ifdef __SUNPRO_C +# pragma weak OPENSSL_LH_new +# pragma weak OPENSSL_LH_free +# pragma weak OPENSSL_LH_insert +# pragma weak OPENSSL_LH_delete +# pragma weak OPENSSL_LH_retrieve +# pragma weak OPENSSL_LH_error +# pragma weak OPENSSL_LH_num_items +# pragma weak OPENSSL_LH_node_stats_bio +# pragma weak OPENSSL_LH_node_usage_stats_bio +# pragma weak OPENSSL_LH_stats_bio +# pragma weak OPENSSL_LH_get_down_load +# pragma weak OPENSSL_LH_set_down_load +# pragma weak OPENSSL_LH_doall +# pragma weak OPENSSL_LH_doall_arg +# endif /* __SUNPRO_C */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/md2.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/md2.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7faf8e3d --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/md2.h @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +/* + * Copyright 1995-2016 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_MD2_H +# define HEADER_MD2_H + +# include <openssl/opensslconf.h> + +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_MD2 +# include <stddef.h> +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +typedef unsigned char MD2_INT; + +# define MD2_DIGEST_LENGTH 16 +# define MD2_BLOCK 16 + +typedef struct MD2state_st { + unsigned int num; + unsigned char data[MD2_BLOCK]; + MD2_INT cksm[MD2_BLOCK]; + MD2_INT state[MD2_BLOCK]; +} MD2_CTX; + +const char *MD2_options(void); +int MD2_Init(MD2_CTX *c); +int MD2_Update(MD2_CTX *c, const unsigned char *data, size_t len); +int MD2_Final(unsigned char *md, MD2_CTX *c); +unsigned char *MD2(const unsigned char *d, size_t n, unsigned char *md); + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif +# endif + +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/md4.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/md4.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..940e29db --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/md4.h @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +/* + * Copyright 1995-2016 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_MD4_H +# define HEADER_MD4_H + +# include <openssl/opensslconf.h> + +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_MD4 +# include <openssl/e_os2.h> +# include <stddef.h> +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +/*- + * !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! + * ! MD4_LONG has to be at least 32 bits wide. ! + * !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! + */ +# define MD4_LONG unsigned int + +# define MD4_CBLOCK 64 +# define MD4_LBLOCK (MD4_CBLOCK/4) +# define MD4_DIGEST_LENGTH 16 + +typedef struct MD4state_st { + MD4_LONG A, B, C, D; + MD4_LONG Nl, Nh; + MD4_LONG data[MD4_LBLOCK]; + unsigned int num; +} MD4_CTX; + +int MD4_Init(MD4_CTX *c); +int MD4_Update(MD4_CTX *c, const void *data, size_t len); +int MD4_Final(unsigned char *md, MD4_CTX *c); +unsigned char *MD4(const unsigned char *d, size_t n, unsigned char *md); +void MD4_Transform(MD4_CTX *c, const unsigned char *b); + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif +# endif + +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/md5.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/md5.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2deb7721 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/md5.h @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +/* + * Copyright 1995-2016 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_MD5_H +# define HEADER_MD5_H + +# include <openssl/opensslconf.h> + +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_MD5 +# include <openssl/e_os2.h> +# include <stddef.h> +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +/* + * !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! + * ! MD5_LONG has to be at least 32 bits wide. ! + * !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! + */ +# define MD5_LONG unsigned int + +# define MD5_CBLOCK 64 +# define MD5_LBLOCK (MD5_CBLOCK/4) +# define MD5_DIGEST_LENGTH 16 + +typedef struct MD5state_st { + MD5_LONG A, B, C, D; + MD5_LONG Nl, Nh; + MD5_LONG data[MD5_LBLOCK]; + unsigned int num; +} MD5_CTX; + +int MD5_Init(MD5_CTX *c); +int MD5_Update(MD5_CTX *c, const void *data, size_t len); +int MD5_Final(unsigned char *md, MD5_CTX *c); +unsigned char *MD5(const unsigned char *d, size_t n, unsigned char *md); +void MD5_Transform(MD5_CTX *c, const unsigned char *b); +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif +# endif + +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/mdc2.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/mdc2.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..aabd2bfa --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/mdc2.h @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +/* + * Copyright 1995-2016 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_MDC2_H +# define HEADER_MDC2_H + +# include <openssl/opensslconf.h> + +#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_MDC2 +# include <stdlib.h> +# include <openssl/des.h> +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +# define MDC2_BLOCK 8 +# define MDC2_DIGEST_LENGTH 16 + +typedef struct mdc2_ctx_st { + unsigned int num; + unsigned char data[MDC2_BLOCK]; + DES_cblock h, hh; + int pad_type; /* either 1 or 2, default 1 */ +} MDC2_CTX; + +int MDC2_Init(MDC2_CTX *c); +int MDC2_Update(MDC2_CTX *c, const unsigned char *data, size_t len); +int MDC2_Final(unsigned char *md, MDC2_CTX *c); +unsigned char *MDC2(const unsigned char *d, size_t n, unsigned char *md); + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif +# endif + +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/modes.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/modes.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d544f98d --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/modes.h @@ -0,0 +1,208 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2008-2016 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_MODES_H +# define HEADER_MODES_H + +# include <stddef.h> + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif +typedef void (*block128_f) (const unsigned char in[16], + unsigned char out[16], const void *key); + +typedef void (*cbc128_f) (const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out, + size_t len, const void *key, + unsigned char ivec[16], int enc); + +typedef void (*ctr128_f) (const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out, + size_t blocks, const void *key, + const unsigned char ivec[16]); + +typedef void (*ccm128_f) (const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out, + size_t blocks, const void *key, + const unsigned char ivec[16], + unsigned char cmac[16]); + +void CRYPTO_cbc128_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out, + size_t len, const void *key, + unsigned char ivec[16], block128_f block); +void CRYPTO_cbc128_decrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out, + size_t len, const void *key, + unsigned char ivec[16], block128_f block); + +void CRYPTO_ctr128_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out, + size_t len, const void *key, + unsigned char ivec[16], + unsigned char ecount_buf[16], unsigned int *num, + block128_f block); + +void CRYPTO_ctr128_encrypt_ctr32(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out, + size_t len, const void *key, + unsigned char ivec[16], + unsigned char ecount_buf[16], + unsigned int *num, ctr128_f ctr); + +void CRYPTO_ofb128_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out, + size_t len, const void *key, + unsigned char ivec[16], int *num, + block128_f block); + +void CRYPTO_cfb128_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out, + size_t len, const void *key, + unsigned char ivec[16], int *num, + int enc, block128_f block); +void CRYPTO_cfb128_8_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out, + size_t length, const void *key, + unsigned char ivec[16], int *num, + int enc, block128_f block); +void CRYPTO_cfb128_1_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out, + size_t bits, const void *key, + unsigned char ivec[16], int *num, + int enc, block128_f block); + +size_t CRYPTO_cts128_encrypt_block(const unsigned char *in, + unsigned char *out, size_t len, + const void *key, unsigned char ivec[16], + block128_f block); +size_t CRYPTO_cts128_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out, + size_t len, const void *key, + unsigned char ivec[16], cbc128_f cbc); +size_t CRYPTO_cts128_decrypt_block(const unsigned char *in, + unsigned char *out, size_t len, + const void *key, unsigned char ivec[16], + block128_f block); +size_t CRYPTO_cts128_decrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out, + size_t len, const void *key, + unsigned char ivec[16], cbc128_f cbc); + +size_t CRYPTO_nistcts128_encrypt_block(const unsigned char *in, + unsigned char *out, size_t len, + const void *key, + unsigned char ivec[16], + block128_f block); +size_t CRYPTO_nistcts128_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out, + size_t len, const void *key, + unsigned char ivec[16], cbc128_f cbc); +size_t CRYPTO_nistcts128_decrypt_block(const unsigned char *in, + unsigned char *out, size_t len, + const void *key, + unsigned char ivec[16], + block128_f block); +size_t CRYPTO_nistcts128_decrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out, + size_t len, const void *key, + unsigned char ivec[16], cbc128_f cbc); + +typedef struct gcm128_context GCM128_CONTEXT; + +GCM128_CONTEXT *CRYPTO_gcm128_new(void *key, block128_f block); +void CRYPTO_gcm128_init(GCM128_CONTEXT *ctx, void *key, block128_f block); +void CRYPTO_gcm128_setiv(GCM128_CONTEXT *ctx, const unsigned char *iv, + size_t len); +int CRYPTO_gcm128_aad(GCM128_CONTEXT *ctx, const unsigned char *aad, + size_t len); +int CRYPTO_gcm128_encrypt(GCM128_CONTEXT *ctx, + const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out, + size_t len); +int CRYPTO_gcm128_decrypt(GCM128_CONTEXT *ctx, + const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out, + size_t len); +int CRYPTO_gcm128_encrypt_ctr32(GCM128_CONTEXT *ctx, + const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out, + size_t len, ctr128_f stream); +int CRYPTO_gcm128_decrypt_ctr32(GCM128_CONTEXT *ctx, + const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out, + size_t len, ctr128_f stream); +int CRYPTO_gcm128_finish(GCM128_CONTEXT *ctx, const unsigned char *tag, + size_t len); +void CRYPTO_gcm128_tag(GCM128_CONTEXT *ctx, unsigned char *tag, size_t len); +void CRYPTO_gcm128_release(GCM128_CONTEXT *ctx); + +typedef struct ccm128_context CCM128_CONTEXT; + +void CRYPTO_ccm128_init(CCM128_CONTEXT *ctx, + unsigned int M, unsigned int L, void *key, + block128_f block); +int CRYPTO_ccm128_setiv(CCM128_CONTEXT *ctx, const unsigned char *nonce, + size_t nlen, size_t mlen); +void CRYPTO_ccm128_aad(CCM128_CONTEXT *ctx, const unsigned char *aad, + size_t alen); +int CRYPTO_ccm128_encrypt(CCM128_CONTEXT *ctx, const unsigned char *inp, + unsigned char *out, size_t len); +int CRYPTO_ccm128_decrypt(CCM128_CONTEXT *ctx, const unsigned char *inp, + unsigned char *out, size_t len); +int CRYPTO_ccm128_encrypt_ccm64(CCM128_CONTEXT *ctx, const unsigned char *inp, + unsigned char *out, size_t len, + ccm128_f stream); +int CRYPTO_ccm128_decrypt_ccm64(CCM128_CONTEXT *ctx, const unsigned char *inp, + unsigned char *out, size_t len, + ccm128_f stream); +size_t CRYPTO_ccm128_tag(CCM128_CONTEXT *ctx, unsigned char *tag, size_t len); + +typedef struct xts128_context XTS128_CONTEXT; + +int CRYPTO_xts128_encrypt(const XTS128_CONTEXT *ctx, + const unsigned char iv[16], + const unsigned char *inp, unsigned char *out, + size_t len, int enc); + +size_t CRYPTO_128_wrap(void *key, const unsigned char *iv, + unsigned char *out, + const unsigned char *in, size_t inlen, + block128_f block); + +size_t CRYPTO_128_unwrap(void *key, const unsigned char *iv, + unsigned char *out, + const unsigned char *in, size_t inlen, + block128_f block); +size_t CRYPTO_128_wrap_pad(void *key, const unsigned char *icv, + unsigned char *out, const unsigned char *in, + size_t inlen, block128_f block); +size_t CRYPTO_128_unwrap_pad(void *key, const unsigned char *icv, + unsigned char *out, const unsigned char *in, + size_t inlen, block128_f block); + +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_OCB +typedef struct ocb128_context OCB128_CONTEXT; + +typedef void (*ocb128_f) (const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out, + size_t blocks, const void *key, + size_t start_block_num, + unsigned char offset_i[16], + const unsigned char L_[][16], + unsigned char checksum[16]); + +OCB128_CONTEXT *CRYPTO_ocb128_new(void *keyenc, void *keydec, + block128_f encrypt, block128_f decrypt, + ocb128_f stream); +int CRYPTO_ocb128_init(OCB128_CONTEXT *ctx, void *keyenc, void *keydec, + block128_f encrypt, block128_f decrypt, + ocb128_f stream); +int CRYPTO_ocb128_copy_ctx(OCB128_CONTEXT *dest, OCB128_CONTEXT *src, + void *keyenc, void *keydec); +int CRYPTO_ocb128_setiv(OCB128_CONTEXT *ctx, const unsigned char *iv, + size_t len, size_t taglen); +int CRYPTO_ocb128_aad(OCB128_CONTEXT *ctx, const unsigned char *aad, + size_t len); +int CRYPTO_ocb128_encrypt(OCB128_CONTEXT *ctx, const unsigned char *in, + unsigned char *out, size_t len); +int CRYPTO_ocb128_decrypt(OCB128_CONTEXT *ctx, const unsigned char *in, + unsigned char *out, size_t len); +int CRYPTO_ocb128_finish(OCB128_CONTEXT *ctx, const unsigned char *tag, + size_t len); +int CRYPTO_ocb128_tag(OCB128_CONTEXT *ctx, unsigned char *tag, size_t len); +void CRYPTO_ocb128_cleanup(OCB128_CONTEXT *ctx); +# endif /* OPENSSL_NO_OCB */ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/obj_mac.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/obj_mac.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..eb812ed1 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/obj_mac.h @@ -0,0 +1,5198 @@ +/* + * WARNING: do not edit! + * Generated by crypto/objects/objects.pl + * + * Copyright 2000-2021 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#define SN_undef "UNDEF" +#define LN_undef "undefined" +#define NID_undef 0 +#define OBJ_undef 0L + +#define SN_itu_t "ITU-T" +#define LN_itu_t "itu-t" +#define NID_itu_t 645 +#define OBJ_itu_t 0L + +#define NID_ccitt 404 +#define OBJ_ccitt OBJ_itu_t + +#define SN_iso "ISO" +#define LN_iso "iso" +#define NID_iso 181 +#define OBJ_iso 1L + +#define SN_joint_iso_itu_t "JOINT-ISO-ITU-T" +#define LN_joint_iso_itu_t "joint-iso-itu-t" +#define NID_joint_iso_itu_t 646 +#define OBJ_joint_iso_itu_t 2L + +#define NID_joint_iso_ccitt 393 +#define OBJ_joint_iso_ccitt OBJ_joint_iso_itu_t + +#define SN_member_body "member-body" +#define LN_member_body "ISO Member Body" +#define NID_member_body 182 +#define OBJ_member_body OBJ_iso,2L + +#define SN_identified_organization "identified-organization" +#define NID_identified_organization 676 +#define OBJ_identified_organization OBJ_iso,3L + +#define SN_hmac_md5 "HMAC-MD5" +#define LN_hmac_md5 "hmac-md5" +#define NID_hmac_md5 780 +#define OBJ_hmac_md5 OBJ_identified_organization,6L,1L,5L,5L,8L,1L,1L + +#define SN_hmac_sha1 "HMAC-SHA1" +#define LN_hmac_sha1 "hmac-sha1" +#define NID_hmac_sha1 781 +#define OBJ_hmac_sha1 OBJ_identified_organization,6L,1L,5L,5L,8L,1L,2L + +#define SN_x509ExtAdmission "x509ExtAdmission" +#define LN_x509ExtAdmission "Professional Information or basis for Admission" +#define NID_x509ExtAdmission 1093 +#define OBJ_x509ExtAdmission OBJ_identified_organization,36L,8L,3L,3L + +#define SN_certicom_arc "certicom-arc" +#define NID_certicom_arc 677 +#define OBJ_certicom_arc OBJ_identified_organization,132L + +#define SN_ieee "ieee" +#define NID_ieee 1170 +#define OBJ_ieee OBJ_identified_organization,111L + +#define SN_ieee_siswg "ieee-siswg" +#define LN_ieee_siswg "IEEE Security in Storage Working Group" +#define NID_ieee_siswg 1171 +#define OBJ_ieee_siswg OBJ_ieee,2L,1619L + +#define SN_international_organizations "international-organizations" +#define LN_international_organizations "International Organizations" +#define NID_international_organizations 647 +#define OBJ_international_organizations OBJ_joint_iso_itu_t,23L + +#define SN_wap "wap" +#define NID_wap 678 +#define OBJ_wap OBJ_international_organizations,43L + +#define SN_wap_wsg "wap-wsg" +#define NID_wap_wsg 679 +#define OBJ_wap_wsg OBJ_wap,1L + +#define SN_selected_attribute_types "selected-attribute-types" +#define LN_selected_attribute_types "Selected Attribute Types" +#define NID_selected_attribute_types 394 +#define OBJ_selected_attribute_types OBJ_joint_iso_itu_t,5L,1L,5L + +#define SN_clearance "clearance" +#define NID_clearance 395 +#define OBJ_clearance OBJ_selected_attribute_types,55L + +#define SN_ISO_US "ISO-US" +#define LN_ISO_US "ISO US Member Body" +#define NID_ISO_US 183 +#define OBJ_ISO_US OBJ_member_body,840L + +#define SN_X9_57 "X9-57" +#define LN_X9_57 "X9.57" +#define NID_X9_57 184 +#define OBJ_X9_57 OBJ_ISO_US,10040L + +#define SN_X9cm "X9cm" +#define LN_X9cm "X9.57 CM ?" +#define NID_X9cm 185 +#define OBJ_X9cm OBJ_X9_57,4L + +#define SN_ISO_CN "ISO-CN" +#define LN_ISO_CN "ISO CN Member Body" +#define NID_ISO_CN 1140 +#define OBJ_ISO_CN OBJ_member_body,156L + +#define SN_oscca "oscca" +#define NID_oscca 1141 +#define OBJ_oscca OBJ_ISO_CN,10197L + +#define SN_sm_scheme "sm-scheme" +#define NID_sm_scheme 1142 +#define OBJ_sm_scheme OBJ_oscca,1L + +#define SN_dsa "DSA" +#define LN_dsa "dsaEncryption" +#define NID_dsa 116 +#define OBJ_dsa OBJ_X9cm,1L + +#define SN_dsaWithSHA1 "DSA-SHA1" +#define LN_dsaWithSHA1 "dsaWithSHA1" +#define NID_dsaWithSHA1 113 +#define OBJ_dsaWithSHA1 OBJ_X9cm,3L + +#define SN_ansi_X9_62 "ansi-X9-62" +#define LN_ansi_X9_62 "ANSI X9.62" +#define NID_ansi_X9_62 405 +#define OBJ_ansi_X9_62 OBJ_ISO_US,10045L + +#define OBJ_X9_62_id_fieldType OBJ_ansi_X9_62,1L + +#define SN_X9_62_prime_field "prime-field" +#define NID_X9_62_prime_field 406 +#define OBJ_X9_62_prime_field OBJ_X9_62_id_fieldType,1L + +#define SN_X9_62_characteristic_two_field "characteristic-two-field" +#define NID_X9_62_characteristic_two_field 407 +#define OBJ_X9_62_characteristic_two_field OBJ_X9_62_id_fieldType,2L + +#define SN_X9_62_id_characteristic_two_basis "id-characteristic-two-basis" +#define NID_X9_62_id_characteristic_two_basis 680 +#define OBJ_X9_62_id_characteristic_two_basis OBJ_X9_62_characteristic_two_field,3L + +#define SN_X9_62_onBasis "onBasis" +#define NID_X9_62_onBasis 681 +#define OBJ_X9_62_onBasis OBJ_X9_62_id_characteristic_two_basis,1L + +#define SN_X9_62_tpBasis "tpBasis" +#define NID_X9_62_tpBasis 682 +#define OBJ_X9_62_tpBasis OBJ_X9_62_id_characteristic_two_basis,2L + +#define SN_X9_62_ppBasis "ppBasis" +#define NID_X9_62_ppBasis 683 +#define OBJ_X9_62_ppBasis OBJ_X9_62_id_characteristic_two_basis,3L + +#define OBJ_X9_62_id_publicKeyType OBJ_ansi_X9_62,2L + +#define SN_X9_62_id_ecPublicKey "id-ecPublicKey" +#define NID_X9_62_id_ecPublicKey 408 +#define OBJ_X9_62_id_ecPublicKey OBJ_X9_62_id_publicKeyType,1L + +#define OBJ_X9_62_ellipticCurve OBJ_ansi_X9_62,3L + +#define OBJ_X9_62_c_TwoCurve OBJ_X9_62_ellipticCurve,0L + +#define SN_X9_62_c2pnb163v1 "c2pnb163v1" +#define NID_X9_62_c2pnb163v1 684 +#define OBJ_X9_62_c2pnb163v1 OBJ_X9_62_c_TwoCurve,1L + +#define SN_X9_62_c2pnb163v2 "c2pnb163v2" +#define NID_X9_62_c2pnb163v2 685 +#define OBJ_X9_62_c2pnb163v2 OBJ_X9_62_c_TwoCurve,2L + +#define SN_X9_62_c2pnb163v3 "c2pnb163v3" +#define NID_X9_62_c2pnb163v3 686 +#define OBJ_X9_62_c2pnb163v3 OBJ_X9_62_c_TwoCurve,3L + +#define SN_X9_62_c2pnb176v1 "c2pnb176v1" +#define NID_X9_62_c2pnb176v1 687 +#define OBJ_X9_62_c2pnb176v1 OBJ_X9_62_c_TwoCurve,4L + +#define SN_X9_62_c2tnb191v1 "c2tnb191v1" +#define NID_X9_62_c2tnb191v1 688 +#define OBJ_X9_62_c2tnb191v1 OBJ_X9_62_c_TwoCurve,5L + +#define SN_X9_62_c2tnb191v2 "c2tnb191v2" +#define NID_X9_62_c2tnb191v2 689 +#define OBJ_X9_62_c2tnb191v2 OBJ_X9_62_c_TwoCurve,6L + +#define SN_X9_62_c2tnb191v3 "c2tnb191v3" +#define NID_X9_62_c2tnb191v3 690 +#define OBJ_X9_62_c2tnb191v3 OBJ_X9_62_c_TwoCurve,7L + +#define SN_X9_62_c2onb191v4 "c2onb191v4" +#define NID_X9_62_c2onb191v4 691 +#define OBJ_X9_62_c2onb191v4 OBJ_X9_62_c_TwoCurve,8L + +#define SN_X9_62_c2onb191v5 "c2onb191v5" +#define NID_X9_62_c2onb191v5 692 +#define OBJ_X9_62_c2onb191v5 OBJ_X9_62_c_TwoCurve,9L + +#define SN_X9_62_c2pnb208w1 "c2pnb208w1" +#define NID_X9_62_c2pnb208w1 693 +#define OBJ_X9_62_c2pnb208w1 OBJ_X9_62_c_TwoCurve,10L + +#define SN_X9_62_c2tnb239v1 "c2tnb239v1" +#define NID_X9_62_c2tnb239v1 694 +#define OBJ_X9_62_c2tnb239v1 OBJ_X9_62_c_TwoCurve,11L + +#define SN_X9_62_c2tnb239v2 "c2tnb239v2" +#define NID_X9_62_c2tnb239v2 695 +#define OBJ_X9_62_c2tnb239v2 OBJ_X9_62_c_TwoCurve,12L + +#define SN_X9_62_c2tnb239v3 "c2tnb239v3" +#define NID_X9_62_c2tnb239v3 696 +#define OBJ_X9_62_c2tnb239v3 OBJ_X9_62_c_TwoCurve,13L + +#define SN_X9_62_c2onb239v4 "c2onb239v4" +#define NID_X9_62_c2onb239v4 697 +#define OBJ_X9_62_c2onb239v4 OBJ_X9_62_c_TwoCurve,14L + +#define SN_X9_62_c2onb239v5 "c2onb239v5" +#define NID_X9_62_c2onb239v5 698 +#define OBJ_X9_62_c2onb239v5 OBJ_X9_62_c_TwoCurve,15L + +#define SN_X9_62_c2pnb272w1 "c2pnb272w1" +#define NID_X9_62_c2pnb272w1 699 +#define OBJ_X9_62_c2pnb272w1 OBJ_X9_62_c_TwoCurve,16L + +#define SN_X9_62_c2pnb304w1 "c2pnb304w1" +#define NID_X9_62_c2pnb304w1 700 +#define OBJ_X9_62_c2pnb304w1 OBJ_X9_62_c_TwoCurve,17L + +#define SN_X9_62_c2tnb359v1 "c2tnb359v1" +#define NID_X9_62_c2tnb359v1 701 +#define OBJ_X9_62_c2tnb359v1 OBJ_X9_62_c_TwoCurve,18L + +#define SN_X9_62_c2pnb368w1 "c2pnb368w1" +#define NID_X9_62_c2pnb368w1 702 +#define OBJ_X9_62_c2pnb368w1 OBJ_X9_62_c_TwoCurve,19L + +#define SN_X9_62_c2tnb431r1 "c2tnb431r1" +#define NID_X9_62_c2tnb431r1 703 +#define OBJ_X9_62_c2tnb431r1 OBJ_X9_62_c_TwoCurve,20L + +#define OBJ_X9_62_primeCurve OBJ_X9_62_ellipticCurve,1L + +#define SN_X9_62_prime192v1 "prime192v1" +#define NID_X9_62_prime192v1 409 +#define OBJ_X9_62_prime192v1 OBJ_X9_62_primeCurve,1L + +#define SN_X9_62_prime192v2 "prime192v2" +#define NID_X9_62_prime192v2 410 +#define OBJ_X9_62_prime192v2 OBJ_X9_62_primeCurve,2L + +#define SN_X9_62_prime192v3 "prime192v3" +#define NID_X9_62_prime192v3 411 +#define OBJ_X9_62_prime192v3 OBJ_X9_62_primeCurve,3L + +#define SN_X9_62_prime239v1 "prime239v1" +#define NID_X9_62_prime239v1 412 +#define OBJ_X9_62_prime239v1 OBJ_X9_62_primeCurve,4L + +#define SN_X9_62_prime239v2 "prime239v2" +#define NID_X9_62_prime239v2 413 +#define OBJ_X9_62_prime239v2 OBJ_X9_62_primeCurve,5L + +#define SN_X9_62_prime239v3 "prime239v3" +#define NID_X9_62_prime239v3 414 +#define OBJ_X9_62_prime239v3 OBJ_X9_62_primeCurve,6L + +#define SN_X9_62_prime256v1 "prime256v1" +#define NID_X9_62_prime256v1 415 +#define OBJ_X9_62_prime256v1 OBJ_X9_62_primeCurve,7L + +#define OBJ_X9_62_id_ecSigType OBJ_ansi_X9_62,4L + +#define SN_ecdsa_with_SHA1 "ecdsa-with-SHA1" +#define NID_ecdsa_with_SHA1 416 +#define OBJ_ecdsa_with_SHA1 OBJ_X9_62_id_ecSigType,1L + +#define SN_ecdsa_with_Recommended "ecdsa-with-Recommended" +#define NID_ecdsa_with_Recommended 791 +#define OBJ_ecdsa_with_Recommended OBJ_X9_62_id_ecSigType,2L + +#define SN_ecdsa_with_Specified "ecdsa-with-Specified" +#define NID_ecdsa_with_Specified 792 +#define OBJ_ecdsa_with_Specified OBJ_X9_62_id_ecSigType,3L + +#define SN_ecdsa_with_SHA224 "ecdsa-with-SHA224" +#define NID_ecdsa_with_SHA224 793 +#define OBJ_ecdsa_with_SHA224 OBJ_ecdsa_with_Specified,1L + +#define SN_ecdsa_with_SHA256 "ecdsa-with-SHA256" +#define NID_ecdsa_with_SHA256 794 +#define OBJ_ecdsa_with_SHA256 OBJ_ecdsa_with_Specified,2L + +#define SN_ecdsa_with_SHA384 "ecdsa-with-SHA384" +#define NID_ecdsa_with_SHA384 795 +#define OBJ_ecdsa_with_SHA384 OBJ_ecdsa_with_Specified,3L + +#define SN_ecdsa_with_SHA512 "ecdsa-with-SHA512" +#define NID_ecdsa_with_SHA512 796 +#define OBJ_ecdsa_with_SHA512 OBJ_ecdsa_with_Specified,4L + +#define OBJ_secg_ellipticCurve OBJ_certicom_arc,0L + +#define SN_secp112r1 "secp112r1" +#define NID_secp112r1 704 +#define OBJ_secp112r1 OBJ_secg_ellipticCurve,6L + +#define SN_secp112r2 "secp112r2" +#define NID_secp112r2 705 +#define OBJ_secp112r2 OBJ_secg_ellipticCurve,7L + +#define SN_secp128r1 "secp128r1" +#define NID_secp128r1 706 +#define OBJ_secp128r1 OBJ_secg_ellipticCurve,28L + +#define SN_secp128r2 "secp128r2" +#define NID_secp128r2 707 +#define OBJ_secp128r2 OBJ_secg_ellipticCurve,29L + +#define SN_secp160k1 "secp160k1" +#define NID_secp160k1 708 +#define OBJ_secp160k1 OBJ_secg_ellipticCurve,9L + +#define SN_secp160r1 "secp160r1" +#define NID_secp160r1 709 +#define OBJ_secp160r1 OBJ_secg_ellipticCurve,8L + +#define SN_secp160r2 "secp160r2" +#define NID_secp160r2 710 +#define OBJ_secp160r2 OBJ_secg_ellipticCurve,30L + +#define SN_secp192k1 "secp192k1" +#define NID_secp192k1 711 +#define OBJ_secp192k1 OBJ_secg_ellipticCurve,31L + +#define SN_secp224k1 "secp224k1" +#define NID_secp224k1 712 +#define OBJ_secp224k1 OBJ_secg_ellipticCurve,32L + +#define SN_secp224r1 "secp224r1" +#define NID_secp224r1 713 +#define OBJ_secp224r1 OBJ_secg_ellipticCurve,33L + +#define SN_secp256k1 "secp256k1" +#define NID_secp256k1 714 +#define OBJ_secp256k1 OBJ_secg_ellipticCurve,10L + +#define SN_secp384r1 "secp384r1" +#define NID_secp384r1 715 +#define OBJ_secp384r1 OBJ_secg_ellipticCurve,34L + +#define SN_secp521r1 "secp521r1" +#define NID_secp521r1 716 +#define OBJ_secp521r1 OBJ_secg_ellipticCurve,35L + +#define SN_sect113r1 "sect113r1" +#define NID_sect113r1 717 +#define OBJ_sect113r1 OBJ_secg_ellipticCurve,4L + +#define SN_sect113r2 "sect113r2" +#define NID_sect113r2 718 +#define OBJ_sect113r2 OBJ_secg_ellipticCurve,5L + +#define SN_sect131r1 "sect131r1" +#define NID_sect131r1 719 +#define OBJ_sect131r1 OBJ_secg_ellipticCurve,22L + +#define SN_sect131r2 "sect131r2" +#define NID_sect131r2 720 +#define OBJ_sect131r2 OBJ_secg_ellipticCurve,23L + +#define SN_sect163k1 "sect163k1" +#define NID_sect163k1 721 +#define OBJ_sect163k1 OBJ_secg_ellipticCurve,1L + +#define SN_sect163r1 "sect163r1" +#define NID_sect163r1 722 +#define OBJ_sect163r1 OBJ_secg_ellipticCurve,2L + +#define SN_sect163r2 "sect163r2" +#define NID_sect163r2 723 +#define OBJ_sect163r2 OBJ_secg_ellipticCurve,15L + +#define SN_sect193r1 "sect193r1" +#define NID_sect193r1 724 +#define OBJ_sect193r1 OBJ_secg_ellipticCurve,24L + +#define SN_sect193r2 "sect193r2" +#define NID_sect193r2 725 +#define OBJ_sect193r2 OBJ_secg_ellipticCurve,25L + +#define SN_sect233k1 "sect233k1" +#define NID_sect233k1 726 +#define OBJ_sect233k1 OBJ_secg_ellipticCurve,26L + +#define SN_sect233r1 "sect233r1" +#define NID_sect233r1 727 +#define OBJ_sect233r1 OBJ_secg_ellipticCurve,27L + +#define SN_sect239k1 "sect239k1" +#define NID_sect239k1 728 +#define OBJ_sect239k1 OBJ_secg_ellipticCurve,3L + +#define SN_sect283k1 "sect283k1" +#define NID_sect283k1 729 +#define OBJ_sect283k1 OBJ_secg_ellipticCurve,16L + +#define SN_sect283r1 "sect283r1" +#define NID_sect283r1 730 +#define OBJ_sect283r1 OBJ_secg_ellipticCurve,17L + +#define SN_sect409k1 "sect409k1" +#define NID_sect409k1 731 +#define OBJ_sect409k1 OBJ_secg_ellipticCurve,36L + +#define SN_sect409r1 "sect409r1" +#define NID_sect409r1 732 +#define OBJ_sect409r1 OBJ_secg_ellipticCurve,37L + +#define SN_sect571k1 "sect571k1" +#define NID_sect571k1 733 +#define OBJ_sect571k1 OBJ_secg_ellipticCurve,38L + +#define SN_sect571r1 "sect571r1" +#define NID_sect571r1 734 +#define OBJ_sect571r1 OBJ_secg_ellipticCurve,39L + +#define OBJ_wap_wsg_idm_ecid OBJ_wap_wsg,4L + +#define SN_wap_wsg_idm_ecid_wtls1 "wap-wsg-idm-ecid-wtls1" +#define NID_wap_wsg_idm_ecid_wtls1 735 +#define OBJ_wap_wsg_idm_ecid_wtls1 OBJ_wap_wsg_idm_ecid,1L + +#define SN_wap_wsg_idm_ecid_wtls3 "wap-wsg-idm-ecid-wtls3" +#define NID_wap_wsg_idm_ecid_wtls3 736 +#define OBJ_wap_wsg_idm_ecid_wtls3 OBJ_wap_wsg_idm_ecid,3L + +#define SN_wap_wsg_idm_ecid_wtls4 "wap-wsg-idm-ecid-wtls4" +#define NID_wap_wsg_idm_ecid_wtls4 737 +#define OBJ_wap_wsg_idm_ecid_wtls4 OBJ_wap_wsg_idm_ecid,4L + +#define SN_wap_wsg_idm_ecid_wtls5 "wap-wsg-idm-ecid-wtls5" +#define NID_wap_wsg_idm_ecid_wtls5 738 +#define OBJ_wap_wsg_idm_ecid_wtls5 OBJ_wap_wsg_idm_ecid,5L + +#define SN_wap_wsg_idm_ecid_wtls6 "wap-wsg-idm-ecid-wtls6" +#define NID_wap_wsg_idm_ecid_wtls6 739 +#define OBJ_wap_wsg_idm_ecid_wtls6 OBJ_wap_wsg_idm_ecid,6L + +#define SN_wap_wsg_idm_ecid_wtls7 "wap-wsg-idm-ecid-wtls7" +#define NID_wap_wsg_idm_ecid_wtls7 740 +#define OBJ_wap_wsg_idm_ecid_wtls7 OBJ_wap_wsg_idm_ecid,7L + +#define SN_wap_wsg_idm_ecid_wtls8 "wap-wsg-idm-ecid-wtls8" +#define NID_wap_wsg_idm_ecid_wtls8 741 +#define OBJ_wap_wsg_idm_ecid_wtls8 OBJ_wap_wsg_idm_ecid,8L + +#define SN_wap_wsg_idm_ecid_wtls9 "wap-wsg-idm-ecid-wtls9" +#define NID_wap_wsg_idm_ecid_wtls9 742 +#define OBJ_wap_wsg_idm_ecid_wtls9 OBJ_wap_wsg_idm_ecid,9L + +#define SN_wap_wsg_idm_ecid_wtls10 "wap-wsg-idm-ecid-wtls10" +#define NID_wap_wsg_idm_ecid_wtls10 743 +#define OBJ_wap_wsg_idm_ecid_wtls10 OBJ_wap_wsg_idm_ecid,10L + +#define SN_wap_wsg_idm_ecid_wtls11 "wap-wsg-idm-ecid-wtls11" +#define NID_wap_wsg_idm_ecid_wtls11 744 +#define OBJ_wap_wsg_idm_ecid_wtls11 OBJ_wap_wsg_idm_ecid,11L + +#define SN_wap_wsg_idm_ecid_wtls12 "wap-wsg-idm-ecid-wtls12" +#define NID_wap_wsg_idm_ecid_wtls12 745 +#define OBJ_wap_wsg_idm_ecid_wtls12 OBJ_wap_wsg_idm_ecid,12L + +#define SN_cast5_cbc "CAST5-CBC" +#define LN_cast5_cbc "cast5-cbc" +#define NID_cast5_cbc 108 +#define OBJ_cast5_cbc OBJ_ISO_US,113533L,7L,66L,10L + +#define SN_cast5_ecb "CAST5-ECB" +#define LN_cast5_ecb "cast5-ecb" +#define NID_cast5_ecb 109 + +#define SN_cast5_cfb64 "CAST5-CFB" +#define LN_cast5_cfb64 "cast5-cfb" +#define NID_cast5_cfb64 110 + +#define SN_cast5_ofb64 "CAST5-OFB" +#define LN_cast5_ofb64 "cast5-ofb" +#define NID_cast5_ofb64 111 + +#define LN_pbeWithMD5AndCast5_CBC "pbeWithMD5AndCast5CBC" +#define NID_pbeWithMD5AndCast5_CBC 112 +#define OBJ_pbeWithMD5AndCast5_CBC OBJ_ISO_US,113533L,7L,66L,12L + +#define SN_id_PasswordBasedMAC "id-PasswordBasedMAC" +#define LN_id_PasswordBasedMAC "password based MAC" +#define NID_id_PasswordBasedMAC 782 +#define OBJ_id_PasswordBasedMAC OBJ_ISO_US,113533L,7L,66L,13L + +#define SN_id_DHBasedMac "id-DHBasedMac" +#define LN_id_DHBasedMac "Diffie-Hellman based MAC" +#define NID_id_DHBasedMac 783 +#define OBJ_id_DHBasedMac OBJ_ISO_US,113533L,7L,66L,30L + +#define SN_rsadsi "rsadsi" +#define LN_rsadsi "RSA Data Security, Inc." +#define NID_rsadsi 1 +#define OBJ_rsadsi OBJ_ISO_US,113549L + +#define SN_pkcs "pkcs" +#define LN_pkcs "RSA Data Security, Inc. PKCS" +#define NID_pkcs 2 +#define OBJ_pkcs OBJ_rsadsi,1L + +#define SN_pkcs1 "pkcs1" +#define NID_pkcs1 186 +#define OBJ_pkcs1 OBJ_pkcs,1L + +#define LN_rsaEncryption "rsaEncryption" +#define NID_rsaEncryption 6 +#define OBJ_rsaEncryption OBJ_pkcs1,1L + +#define SN_md2WithRSAEncryption "RSA-MD2" +#define LN_md2WithRSAEncryption "md2WithRSAEncryption" +#define NID_md2WithRSAEncryption 7 +#define OBJ_md2WithRSAEncryption OBJ_pkcs1,2L + +#define SN_md4WithRSAEncryption "RSA-MD4" +#define LN_md4WithRSAEncryption "md4WithRSAEncryption" +#define NID_md4WithRSAEncryption 396 +#define OBJ_md4WithRSAEncryption OBJ_pkcs1,3L + +#define SN_md5WithRSAEncryption "RSA-MD5" +#define LN_md5WithRSAEncryption "md5WithRSAEncryption" +#define NID_md5WithRSAEncryption 8 +#define OBJ_md5WithRSAEncryption OBJ_pkcs1,4L + +#define SN_sha1WithRSAEncryption "RSA-SHA1" +#define LN_sha1WithRSAEncryption "sha1WithRSAEncryption" +#define NID_sha1WithRSAEncryption 65 +#define OBJ_sha1WithRSAEncryption OBJ_pkcs1,5L + +#define SN_rsaesOaep "RSAES-OAEP" +#define LN_rsaesOaep "rsaesOaep" +#define NID_rsaesOaep 919 +#define OBJ_rsaesOaep OBJ_pkcs1,7L + +#define SN_mgf1 "MGF1" +#define LN_mgf1 "mgf1" +#define NID_mgf1 911 +#define OBJ_mgf1 OBJ_pkcs1,8L + +#define SN_pSpecified "PSPECIFIED" +#define LN_pSpecified "pSpecified" +#define NID_pSpecified 935 +#define OBJ_pSpecified OBJ_pkcs1,9L + +#define SN_rsassaPss "RSASSA-PSS" +#define LN_rsassaPss "rsassaPss" +#define NID_rsassaPss 912 +#define OBJ_rsassaPss OBJ_pkcs1,10L + +#define SN_sha256WithRSAEncryption "RSA-SHA256" +#define LN_sha256WithRSAEncryption "sha256WithRSAEncryption" +#define NID_sha256WithRSAEncryption 668 +#define OBJ_sha256WithRSAEncryption OBJ_pkcs1,11L + +#define SN_sha384WithRSAEncryption "RSA-SHA384" +#define LN_sha384WithRSAEncryption "sha384WithRSAEncryption" +#define NID_sha384WithRSAEncryption 669 +#define OBJ_sha384WithRSAEncryption OBJ_pkcs1,12L + +#define SN_sha512WithRSAEncryption "RSA-SHA512" +#define LN_sha512WithRSAEncryption "sha512WithRSAEncryption" +#define NID_sha512WithRSAEncryption 670 +#define OBJ_sha512WithRSAEncryption OBJ_pkcs1,13L + +#define SN_sha224WithRSAEncryption "RSA-SHA224" +#define LN_sha224WithRSAEncryption "sha224WithRSAEncryption" +#define NID_sha224WithRSAEncryption 671 +#define OBJ_sha224WithRSAEncryption OBJ_pkcs1,14L + +#define SN_sha512_224WithRSAEncryption "RSA-SHA512/224" +#define LN_sha512_224WithRSAEncryption "sha512-224WithRSAEncryption" +#define NID_sha512_224WithRSAEncryption 1145 +#define OBJ_sha512_224WithRSAEncryption OBJ_pkcs1,15L + +#define SN_sha512_256WithRSAEncryption "RSA-SHA512/256" +#define LN_sha512_256WithRSAEncryption "sha512-256WithRSAEncryption" +#define NID_sha512_256WithRSAEncryption 1146 +#define OBJ_sha512_256WithRSAEncryption OBJ_pkcs1,16L + +#define SN_pkcs3 "pkcs3" +#define NID_pkcs3 27 +#define OBJ_pkcs3 OBJ_pkcs,3L + +#define LN_dhKeyAgreement "dhKeyAgreement" +#define NID_dhKeyAgreement 28 +#define OBJ_dhKeyAgreement OBJ_pkcs3,1L + +#define SN_pkcs5 "pkcs5" +#define NID_pkcs5 187 +#define OBJ_pkcs5 OBJ_pkcs,5L + +#define SN_pbeWithMD2AndDES_CBC "PBE-MD2-DES" +#define LN_pbeWithMD2AndDES_CBC "pbeWithMD2AndDES-CBC" +#define NID_pbeWithMD2AndDES_CBC 9 +#define OBJ_pbeWithMD2AndDES_CBC OBJ_pkcs5,1L + +#define SN_pbeWithMD5AndDES_CBC "PBE-MD5-DES" +#define LN_pbeWithMD5AndDES_CBC "pbeWithMD5AndDES-CBC" +#define NID_pbeWithMD5AndDES_CBC 10 +#define OBJ_pbeWithMD5AndDES_CBC OBJ_pkcs5,3L + +#define SN_pbeWithMD2AndRC2_CBC "PBE-MD2-RC2-64" +#define LN_pbeWithMD2AndRC2_CBC "pbeWithMD2AndRC2-CBC" +#define NID_pbeWithMD2AndRC2_CBC 168 +#define OBJ_pbeWithMD2AndRC2_CBC OBJ_pkcs5,4L + +#define SN_pbeWithMD5AndRC2_CBC "PBE-MD5-RC2-64" +#define LN_pbeWithMD5AndRC2_CBC "pbeWithMD5AndRC2-CBC" +#define NID_pbeWithMD5AndRC2_CBC 169 +#define OBJ_pbeWithMD5AndRC2_CBC OBJ_pkcs5,6L + +#define SN_pbeWithSHA1AndDES_CBC "PBE-SHA1-DES" +#define LN_pbeWithSHA1AndDES_CBC "pbeWithSHA1AndDES-CBC" +#define NID_pbeWithSHA1AndDES_CBC 170 +#define OBJ_pbeWithSHA1AndDES_CBC OBJ_pkcs5,10L + +#define SN_pbeWithSHA1AndRC2_CBC "PBE-SHA1-RC2-64" +#define LN_pbeWithSHA1AndRC2_CBC "pbeWithSHA1AndRC2-CBC" +#define NID_pbeWithSHA1AndRC2_CBC 68 +#define OBJ_pbeWithSHA1AndRC2_CBC OBJ_pkcs5,11L + +#define LN_id_pbkdf2 "PBKDF2" +#define NID_id_pbkdf2 69 +#define OBJ_id_pbkdf2 OBJ_pkcs5,12L + +#define LN_pbes2 "PBES2" +#define NID_pbes2 161 +#define OBJ_pbes2 OBJ_pkcs5,13L + +#define LN_pbmac1 "PBMAC1" +#define NID_pbmac1 162 +#define OBJ_pbmac1 OBJ_pkcs5,14L + +#define SN_pkcs7 "pkcs7" +#define NID_pkcs7 20 +#define OBJ_pkcs7 OBJ_pkcs,7L + +#define LN_pkcs7_data "pkcs7-data" +#define NID_pkcs7_data 21 +#define OBJ_pkcs7_data OBJ_pkcs7,1L + +#define LN_pkcs7_signed "pkcs7-signedData" +#define NID_pkcs7_signed 22 +#define OBJ_pkcs7_signed OBJ_pkcs7,2L + +#define LN_pkcs7_enveloped "pkcs7-envelopedData" +#define NID_pkcs7_enveloped 23 +#define OBJ_pkcs7_enveloped OBJ_pkcs7,3L + +#define LN_pkcs7_signedAndEnveloped "pkcs7-signedAndEnvelopedData" +#define NID_pkcs7_signedAndEnveloped 24 +#define OBJ_pkcs7_signedAndEnveloped OBJ_pkcs7,4L + +#define LN_pkcs7_digest "pkcs7-digestData" +#define NID_pkcs7_digest 25 +#define OBJ_pkcs7_digest OBJ_pkcs7,5L + +#define LN_pkcs7_encrypted "pkcs7-encryptedData" +#define NID_pkcs7_encrypted 26 +#define OBJ_pkcs7_encrypted OBJ_pkcs7,6L + +#define SN_pkcs9 "pkcs9" +#define NID_pkcs9 47 +#define OBJ_pkcs9 OBJ_pkcs,9L + +#define LN_pkcs9_emailAddress "emailAddress" +#define NID_pkcs9_emailAddress 48 +#define OBJ_pkcs9_emailAddress OBJ_pkcs9,1L + +#define LN_pkcs9_unstructuredName "unstructuredName" +#define NID_pkcs9_unstructuredName 49 +#define OBJ_pkcs9_unstructuredName OBJ_pkcs9,2L + +#define LN_pkcs9_contentType "contentType" +#define NID_pkcs9_contentType 50 +#define OBJ_pkcs9_contentType OBJ_pkcs9,3L + +#define LN_pkcs9_messageDigest "messageDigest" +#define NID_pkcs9_messageDigest 51 +#define OBJ_pkcs9_messageDigest OBJ_pkcs9,4L + +#define LN_pkcs9_signingTime "signingTime" +#define NID_pkcs9_signingTime 52 +#define OBJ_pkcs9_signingTime OBJ_pkcs9,5L + +#define LN_pkcs9_countersignature "countersignature" +#define NID_pkcs9_countersignature 53 +#define OBJ_pkcs9_countersignature OBJ_pkcs9,6L + +#define LN_pkcs9_challengePassword "challengePassword" +#define NID_pkcs9_challengePassword 54 +#define OBJ_pkcs9_challengePassword OBJ_pkcs9,7L + +#define LN_pkcs9_unstructuredAddress "unstructuredAddress" +#define NID_pkcs9_unstructuredAddress 55 +#define OBJ_pkcs9_unstructuredAddress OBJ_pkcs9,8L + +#define LN_pkcs9_extCertAttributes "extendedCertificateAttributes" +#define NID_pkcs9_extCertAttributes 56 +#define OBJ_pkcs9_extCertAttributes OBJ_pkcs9,9L + +#define SN_ext_req "extReq" +#define LN_ext_req "Extension Request" +#define NID_ext_req 172 +#define OBJ_ext_req OBJ_pkcs9,14L + +#define SN_SMIMECapabilities "SMIME-CAPS" +#define LN_SMIMECapabilities "S/MIME Capabilities" +#define NID_SMIMECapabilities 167 +#define OBJ_SMIMECapabilities OBJ_pkcs9,15L + +#define SN_SMIME "SMIME" +#define LN_SMIME "S/MIME" +#define NID_SMIME 188 +#define OBJ_SMIME OBJ_pkcs9,16L + +#define SN_id_smime_mod "id-smime-mod" +#define NID_id_smime_mod 189 +#define OBJ_id_smime_mod OBJ_SMIME,0L + +#define SN_id_smime_ct "id-smime-ct" +#define NID_id_smime_ct 190 +#define OBJ_id_smime_ct OBJ_SMIME,1L + +#define SN_id_smime_aa "id-smime-aa" +#define NID_id_smime_aa 191 +#define OBJ_id_smime_aa OBJ_SMIME,2L + +#define SN_id_smime_alg "id-smime-alg" +#define NID_id_smime_alg 192 +#define OBJ_id_smime_alg OBJ_SMIME,3L + +#define SN_id_smime_cd "id-smime-cd" +#define NID_id_smime_cd 193 +#define OBJ_id_smime_cd OBJ_SMIME,4L + +#define SN_id_smime_spq "id-smime-spq" +#define NID_id_smime_spq 194 +#define OBJ_id_smime_spq OBJ_SMIME,5L + +#define SN_id_smime_cti "id-smime-cti" +#define NID_id_smime_cti 195 +#define OBJ_id_smime_cti OBJ_SMIME,6L + +#define SN_id_smime_mod_cms "id-smime-mod-cms" +#define NID_id_smime_mod_cms 196 +#define OBJ_id_smime_mod_cms OBJ_id_smime_mod,1L + +#define SN_id_smime_mod_ess "id-smime-mod-ess" +#define NID_id_smime_mod_ess 197 +#define OBJ_id_smime_mod_ess OBJ_id_smime_mod,2L + +#define SN_id_smime_mod_oid "id-smime-mod-oid" +#define NID_id_smime_mod_oid 198 +#define OBJ_id_smime_mod_oid OBJ_id_smime_mod,3L + +#define SN_id_smime_mod_msg_v3 "id-smime-mod-msg-v3" +#define NID_id_smime_mod_msg_v3 199 +#define OBJ_id_smime_mod_msg_v3 OBJ_id_smime_mod,4L + +#define SN_id_smime_mod_ets_eSignature_88 "id-smime-mod-ets-eSignature-88" +#define NID_id_smime_mod_ets_eSignature_88 200 +#define OBJ_id_smime_mod_ets_eSignature_88 OBJ_id_smime_mod,5L + +#define SN_id_smime_mod_ets_eSignature_97 "id-smime-mod-ets-eSignature-97" +#define NID_id_smime_mod_ets_eSignature_97 201 +#define OBJ_id_smime_mod_ets_eSignature_97 OBJ_id_smime_mod,6L + +#define SN_id_smime_mod_ets_eSigPolicy_88 "id-smime-mod-ets-eSigPolicy-88" +#define NID_id_smime_mod_ets_eSigPolicy_88 202 +#define OBJ_id_smime_mod_ets_eSigPolicy_88 OBJ_id_smime_mod,7L + +#define SN_id_smime_mod_ets_eSigPolicy_97 "id-smime-mod-ets-eSigPolicy-97" +#define NID_id_smime_mod_ets_eSigPolicy_97 203 +#define OBJ_id_smime_mod_ets_eSigPolicy_97 OBJ_id_smime_mod,8L + +#define SN_id_smime_ct_receipt "id-smime-ct-receipt" +#define NID_id_smime_ct_receipt 204 +#define OBJ_id_smime_ct_receipt OBJ_id_smime_ct,1L + +#define SN_id_smime_ct_authData "id-smime-ct-authData" +#define NID_id_smime_ct_authData 205 +#define OBJ_id_smime_ct_authData OBJ_id_smime_ct,2L + +#define SN_id_smime_ct_publishCert "id-smime-ct-publishCert" +#define NID_id_smime_ct_publishCert 206 +#define OBJ_id_smime_ct_publishCert OBJ_id_smime_ct,3L + +#define SN_id_smime_ct_TSTInfo "id-smime-ct-TSTInfo" +#define NID_id_smime_ct_TSTInfo 207 +#define OBJ_id_smime_ct_TSTInfo OBJ_id_smime_ct,4L + +#define SN_id_smime_ct_TDTInfo "id-smime-ct-TDTInfo" +#define NID_id_smime_ct_TDTInfo 208 +#define OBJ_id_smime_ct_TDTInfo OBJ_id_smime_ct,5L + +#define SN_id_smime_ct_contentInfo "id-smime-ct-contentInfo" +#define NID_id_smime_ct_contentInfo 209 +#define OBJ_id_smime_ct_contentInfo OBJ_id_smime_ct,6L + +#define SN_id_smime_ct_DVCSRequestData "id-smime-ct-DVCSRequestData" +#define NID_id_smime_ct_DVCSRequestData 210 +#define OBJ_id_smime_ct_DVCSRequestData OBJ_id_smime_ct,7L + +#define SN_id_smime_ct_DVCSResponseData "id-smime-ct-DVCSResponseData" +#define NID_id_smime_ct_DVCSResponseData 211 +#define OBJ_id_smime_ct_DVCSResponseData OBJ_id_smime_ct,8L + +#define SN_id_smime_ct_compressedData "id-smime-ct-compressedData" +#define NID_id_smime_ct_compressedData 786 +#define OBJ_id_smime_ct_compressedData OBJ_id_smime_ct,9L + +#define SN_id_smime_ct_contentCollection "id-smime-ct-contentCollection" +#define NID_id_smime_ct_contentCollection 1058 +#define OBJ_id_smime_ct_contentCollection OBJ_id_smime_ct,19L + +#define SN_id_smime_ct_authEnvelopedData "id-smime-ct-authEnvelopedData" +#define NID_id_smime_ct_authEnvelopedData 1059 +#define OBJ_id_smime_ct_authEnvelopedData OBJ_id_smime_ct,23L + +#define SN_id_ct_asciiTextWithCRLF "id-ct-asciiTextWithCRLF" +#define NID_id_ct_asciiTextWithCRLF 787 +#define OBJ_id_ct_asciiTextWithCRLF OBJ_id_smime_ct,27L + +#define SN_id_ct_xml "id-ct-xml" +#define NID_id_ct_xml 1060 +#define OBJ_id_ct_xml OBJ_id_smime_ct,28L + +#define SN_id_smime_aa_receiptRequest "id-smime-aa-receiptRequest" +#define NID_id_smime_aa_receiptRequest 212 +#define OBJ_id_smime_aa_receiptRequest OBJ_id_smime_aa,1L + +#define SN_id_smime_aa_securityLabel "id-smime-aa-securityLabel" +#define NID_id_smime_aa_securityLabel 213 +#define OBJ_id_smime_aa_securityLabel OBJ_id_smime_aa,2L + +#define SN_id_smime_aa_mlExpandHistory "id-smime-aa-mlExpandHistory" +#define NID_id_smime_aa_mlExpandHistory 214 +#define OBJ_id_smime_aa_mlExpandHistory OBJ_id_smime_aa,3L + +#define SN_id_smime_aa_contentHint "id-smime-aa-contentHint" +#define NID_id_smime_aa_contentHint 215 +#define OBJ_id_smime_aa_contentHint OBJ_id_smime_aa,4L + +#define SN_id_smime_aa_msgSigDigest "id-smime-aa-msgSigDigest" +#define NID_id_smime_aa_msgSigDigest 216 +#define OBJ_id_smime_aa_msgSigDigest OBJ_id_smime_aa,5L + +#define SN_id_smime_aa_encapContentType "id-smime-aa-encapContentType" +#define NID_id_smime_aa_encapContentType 217 +#define OBJ_id_smime_aa_encapContentType OBJ_id_smime_aa,6L + +#define SN_id_smime_aa_contentIdentifier "id-smime-aa-contentIdentifier" +#define NID_id_smime_aa_contentIdentifier 218 +#define OBJ_id_smime_aa_contentIdentifier OBJ_id_smime_aa,7L + +#define SN_id_smime_aa_macValue "id-smime-aa-macValue" +#define NID_id_smime_aa_macValue 219 +#define OBJ_id_smime_aa_macValue OBJ_id_smime_aa,8L + +#define SN_id_smime_aa_equivalentLabels "id-smime-aa-equivalentLabels" +#define NID_id_smime_aa_equivalentLabels 220 +#define OBJ_id_smime_aa_equivalentLabels OBJ_id_smime_aa,9L + +#define SN_id_smime_aa_contentReference "id-smime-aa-contentReference" +#define NID_id_smime_aa_contentReference 221 +#define OBJ_id_smime_aa_contentReference OBJ_id_smime_aa,10L + +#define SN_id_smime_aa_encrypKeyPref "id-smime-aa-encrypKeyPref" +#define NID_id_smime_aa_encrypKeyPref 222 +#define OBJ_id_smime_aa_encrypKeyPref OBJ_id_smime_aa,11L + +#define SN_id_smime_aa_signingCertificate "id-smime-aa-signingCertificate" +#define NID_id_smime_aa_signingCertificate 223 +#define OBJ_id_smime_aa_signingCertificate OBJ_id_smime_aa,12L + +#define SN_id_smime_aa_smimeEncryptCerts "id-smime-aa-smimeEncryptCerts" +#define NID_id_smime_aa_smimeEncryptCerts 224 +#define OBJ_id_smime_aa_smimeEncryptCerts OBJ_id_smime_aa,13L + +#define SN_id_smime_aa_timeStampToken "id-smime-aa-timeStampToken" +#define NID_id_smime_aa_timeStampToken 225 +#define OBJ_id_smime_aa_timeStampToken OBJ_id_smime_aa,14L + +#define SN_id_smime_aa_ets_sigPolicyId "id-smime-aa-ets-sigPolicyId" +#define NID_id_smime_aa_ets_sigPolicyId 226 +#define OBJ_id_smime_aa_ets_sigPolicyId OBJ_id_smime_aa,15L + +#define SN_id_smime_aa_ets_commitmentType "id-smime-aa-ets-commitmentType" +#define NID_id_smime_aa_ets_commitmentType 227 +#define OBJ_id_smime_aa_ets_commitmentType OBJ_id_smime_aa,16L + +#define SN_id_smime_aa_ets_signerLocation "id-smime-aa-ets-signerLocation" +#define NID_id_smime_aa_ets_signerLocation 228 +#define OBJ_id_smime_aa_ets_signerLocation OBJ_id_smime_aa,17L + +#define SN_id_smime_aa_ets_signerAttr "id-smime-aa-ets-signerAttr" +#define NID_id_smime_aa_ets_signerAttr 229 +#define OBJ_id_smime_aa_ets_signerAttr OBJ_id_smime_aa,18L + +#define SN_id_smime_aa_ets_otherSigCert "id-smime-aa-ets-otherSigCert" +#define NID_id_smime_aa_ets_otherSigCert 230 +#define OBJ_id_smime_aa_ets_otherSigCert OBJ_id_smime_aa,19L + +#define SN_id_smime_aa_ets_contentTimestamp "id-smime-aa-ets-contentTimestamp" +#define NID_id_smime_aa_ets_contentTimestamp 231 +#define OBJ_id_smime_aa_ets_contentTimestamp OBJ_id_smime_aa,20L + +#define SN_id_smime_aa_ets_CertificateRefs "id-smime-aa-ets-CertificateRefs" +#define NID_id_smime_aa_ets_CertificateRefs 232 +#define OBJ_id_smime_aa_ets_CertificateRefs OBJ_id_smime_aa,21L + +#define SN_id_smime_aa_ets_RevocationRefs "id-smime-aa-ets-RevocationRefs" +#define NID_id_smime_aa_ets_RevocationRefs 233 +#define OBJ_id_smime_aa_ets_RevocationRefs OBJ_id_smime_aa,22L + +#define SN_id_smime_aa_ets_certValues "id-smime-aa-ets-certValues" +#define NID_id_smime_aa_ets_certValues 234 +#define OBJ_id_smime_aa_ets_certValues OBJ_id_smime_aa,23L + +#define SN_id_smime_aa_ets_revocationValues "id-smime-aa-ets-revocationValues" +#define NID_id_smime_aa_ets_revocationValues 235 +#define OBJ_id_smime_aa_ets_revocationValues OBJ_id_smime_aa,24L + +#define SN_id_smime_aa_ets_escTimeStamp "id-smime-aa-ets-escTimeStamp" +#define NID_id_smime_aa_ets_escTimeStamp 236 +#define OBJ_id_smime_aa_ets_escTimeStamp OBJ_id_smime_aa,25L + +#define SN_id_smime_aa_ets_certCRLTimestamp "id-smime-aa-ets-certCRLTimestamp" +#define NID_id_smime_aa_ets_certCRLTimestamp 237 +#define OBJ_id_smime_aa_ets_certCRLTimestamp OBJ_id_smime_aa,26L + +#define SN_id_smime_aa_ets_archiveTimeStamp "id-smime-aa-ets-archiveTimeStamp" +#define NID_id_smime_aa_ets_archiveTimeStamp 238 +#define OBJ_id_smime_aa_ets_archiveTimeStamp OBJ_id_smime_aa,27L + +#define SN_id_smime_aa_signatureType "id-smime-aa-signatureType" +#define NID_id_smime_aa_signatureType 239 +#define OBJ_id_smime_aa_signatureType OBJ_id_smime_aa,28L + +#define SN_id_smime_aa_dvcs_dvc "id-smime-aa-dvcs-dvc" +#define NID_id_smime_aa_dvcs_dvc 240 +#define OBJ_id_smime_aa_dvcs_dvc OBJ_id_smime_aa,29L + +#define SN_id_smime_aa_signingCertificateV2 "id-smime-aa-signingCertificateV2" +#define NID_id_smime_aa_signingCertificateV2 1086 +#define OBJ_id_smime_aa_signingCertificateV2 OBJ_id_smime_aa,47L + +#define SN_id_smime_alg_ESDHwith3DES "id-smime-alg-ESDHwith3DES" +#define NID_id_smime_alg_ESDHwith3DES 241 +#define OBJ_id_smime_alg_ESDHwith3DES OBJ_id_smime_alg,1L + +#define SN_id_smime_alg_ESDHwithRC2 "id-smime-alg-ESDHwithRC2" +#define NID_id_smime_alg_ESDHwithRC2 242 +#define OBJ_id_smime_alg_ESDHwithRC2 OBJ_id_smime_alg,2L + +#define SN_id_smime_alg_3DESwrap "id-smime-alg-3DESwrap" +#define NID_id_smime_alg_3DESwrap 243 +#define OBJ_id_smime_alg_3DESwrap OBJ_id_smime_alg,3L + +#define SN_id_smime_alg_RC2wrap "id-smime-alg-RC2wrap" +#define NID_id_smime_alg_RC2wrap 244 +#define OBJ_id_smime_alg_RC2wrap OBJ_id_smime_alg,4L + +#define SN_id_smime_alg_ESDH "id-smime-alg-ESDH" +#define NID_id_smime_alg_ESDH 245 +#define OBJ_id_smime_alg_ESDH OBJ_id_smime_alg,5L + +#define SN_id_smime_alg_CMS3DESwrap "id-smime-alg-CMS3DESwrap" +#define NID_id_smime_alg_CMS3DESwrap 246 +#define OBJ_id_smime_alg_CMS3DESwrap OBJ_id_smime_alg,6L + +#define SN_id_smime_alg_CMSRC2wrap "id-smime-alg-CMSRC2wrap" +#define NID_id_smime_alg_CMSRC2wrap 247 +#define OBJ_id_smime_alg_CMSRC2wrap OBJ_id_smime_alg,7L + +#define SN_id_alg_PWRI_KEK "id-alg-PWRI-KEK" +#define NID_id_alg_PWRI_KEK 893 +#define OBJ_id_alg_PWRI_KEK OBJ_id_smime_alg,9L + +#define SN_id_smime_cd_ldap "id-smime-cd-ldap" +#define NID_id_smime_cd_ldap 248 +#define OBJ_id_smime_cd_ldap OBJ_id_smime_cd,1L + +#define SN_id_smime_spq_ets_sqt_uri "id-smime-spq-ets-sqt-uri" +#define NID_id_smime_spq_ets_sqt_uri 249 +#define OBJ_id_smime_spq_ets_sqt_uri OBJ_id_smime_spq,1L + +#define SN_id_smime_spq_ets_sqt_unotice "id-smime-spq-ets-sqt-unotice" +#define NID_id_smime_spq_ets_sqt_unotice 250 +#define OBJ_id_smime_spq_ets_sqt_unotice OBJ_id_smime_spq,2L + +#define SN_id_smime_cti_ets_proofOfOrigin "id-smime-cti-ets-proofOfOrigin" +#define NID_id_smime_cti_ets_proofOfOrigin 251 +#define OBJ_id_smime_cti_ets_proofOfOrigin OBJ_id_smime_cti,1L + +#define SN_id_smime_cti_ets_proofOfReceipt "id-smime-cti-ets-proofOfReceipt" +#define NID_id_smime_cti_ets_proofOfReceipt 252 +#define OBJ_id_smime_cti_ets_proofOfReceipt OBJ_id_smime_cti,2L + +#define SN_id_smime_cti_ets_proofOfDelivery "id-smime-cti-ets-proofOfDelivery" +#define NID_id_smime_cti_ets_proofOfDelivery 253 +#define OBJ_id_smime_cti_ets_proofOfDelivery OBJ_id_smime_cti,3L + +#define SN_id_smime_cti_ets_proofOfSender "id-smime-cti-ets-proofOfSender" +#define NID_id_smime_cti_ets_proofOfSender 254 +#define OBJ_id_smime_cti_ets_proofOfSender OBJ_id_smime_cti,4L + +#define SN_id_smime_cti_ets_proofOfApproval "id-smime-cti-ets-proofOfApproval" +#define NID_id_smime_cti_ets_proofOfApproval 255 +#define OBJ_id_smime_cti_ets_proofOfApproval OBJ_id_smime_cti,5L + +#define SN_id_smime_cti_ets_proofOfCreation "id-smime-cti-ets-proofOfCreation" +#define NID_id_smime_cti_ets_proofOfCreation 256 +#define OBJ_id_smime_cti_ets_proofOfCreation OBJ_id_smime_cti,6L + +#define LN_friendlyName "friendlyName" +#define NID_friendlyName 156 +#define OBJ_friendlyName OBJ_pkcs9,20L + +#define LN_localKeyID "localKeyID" +#define NID_localKeyID 157 +#define OBJ_localKeyID OBJ_pkcs9,21L + +#define SN_ms_csp_name "CSPName" +#define LN_ms_csp_name "Microsoft CSP Name" +#define NID_ms_csp_name 417 +#define OBJ_ms_csp_name 1L,3L,6L,1L,4L,1L,311L,17L,1L + +#define SN_LocalKeySet "LocalKeySet" +#define LN_LocalKeySet "Microsoft Local Key set" +#define NID_LocalKeySet 856 +#define OBJ_LocalKeySet 1L,3L,6L,1L,4L,1L,311L,17L,2L + +#define OBJ_certTypes OBJ_pkcs9,22L + +#define LN_x509Certificate "x509Certificate" +#define NID_x509Certificate 158 +#define OBJ_x509Certificate OBJ_certTypes,1L + +#define LN_sdsiCertificate "sdsiCertificate" +#define NID_sdsiCertificate 159 +#define OBJ_sdsiCertificate OBJ_certTypes,2L + +#define OBJ_crlTypes OBJ_pkcs9,23L + +#define LN_x509Crl "x509Crl" +#define NID_x509Crl 160 +#define OBJ_x509Crl OBJ_crlTypes,1L + +#define OBJ_pkcs12 OBJ_pkcs,12L + +#define OBJ_pkcs12_pbeids OBJ_pkcs12,1L + +#define SN_pbe_WithSHA1And128BitRC4 "PBE-SHA1-RC4-128" +#define LN_pbe_WithSHA1And128BitRC4 "pbeWithSHA1And128BitRC4" +#define NID_pbe_WithSHA1And128BitRC4 144 +#define OBJ_pbe_WithSHA1And128BitRC4 OBJ_pkcs12_pbeids,1L + +#define SN_pbe_WithSHA1And40BitRC4 "PBE-SHA1-RC4-40" +#define LN_pbe_WithSHA1And40BitRC4 "pbeWithSHA1And40BitRC4" +#define NID_pbe_WithSHA1And40BitRC4 145 +#define OBJ_pbe_WithSHA1And40BitRC4 OBJ_pkcs12_pbeids,2L + +#define SN_pbe_WithSHA1And3_Key_TripleDES_CBC "PBE-SHA1-3DES" +#define LN_pbe_WithSHA1And3_Key_TripleDES_CBC "pbeWithSHA1And3-KeyTripleDES-CBC" +#define NID_pbe_WithSHA1And3_Key_TripleDES_CBC 146 +#define OBJ_pbe_WithSHA1And3_Key_TripleDES_CBC OBJ_pkcs12_pbeids,3L + +#define SN_pbe_WithSHA1And2_Key_TripleDES_CBC "PBE-SHA1-2DES" +#define LN_pbe_WithSHA1And2_Key_TripleDES_CBC "pbeWithSHA1And2-KeyTripleDES-CBC" +#define NID_pbe_WithSHA1And2_Key_TripleDES_CBC 147 +#define OBJ_pbe_WithSHA1And2_Key_TripleDES_CBC OBJ_pkcs12_pbeids,4L + +#define SN_pbe_WithSHA1And128BitRC2_CBC "PBE-SHA1-RC2-128" +#define LN_pbe_WithSHA1And128BitRC2_CBC "pbeWithSHA1And128BitRC2-CBC" +#define NID_pbe_WithSHA1And128BitRC2_CBC 148 +#define OBJ_pbe_WithSHA1And128BitRC2_CBC OBJ_pkcs12_pbeids,5L + +#define SN_pbe_WithSHA1And40BitRC2_CBC "PBE-SHA1-RC2-40" +#define LN_pbe_WithSHA1And40BitRC2_CBC "pbeWithSHA1And40BitRC2-CBC" +#define NID_pbe_WithSHA1And40BitRC2_CBC 149 +#define OBJ_pbe_WithSHA1And40BitRC2_CBC OBJ_pkcs12_pbeids,6L + +#define OBJ_pkcs12_Version1 OBJ_pkcs12,10L + +#define OBJ_pkcs12_BagIds OBJ_pkcs12_Version1,1L + +#define LN_keyBag "keyBag" +#define NID_keyBag 150 +#define OBJ_keyBag OBJ_pkcs12_BagIds,1L + +#define LN_pkcs8ShroudedKeyBag "pkcs8ShroudedKeyBag" +#define NID_pkcs8ShroudedKeyBag 151 +#define OBJ_pkcs8ShroudedKeyBag OBJ_pkcs12_BagIds,2L + +#define LN_certBag "certBag" +#define NID_certBag 152 +#define OBJ_certBag OBJ_pkcs12_BagIds,3L + +#define LN_crlBag "crlBag" +#define NID_crlBag 153 +#define OBJ_crlBag OBJ_pkcs12_BagIds,4L + +#define LN_secretBag "secretBag" +#define NID_secretBag 154 +#define OBJ_secretBag OBJ_pkcs12_BagIds,5L + +#define LN_safeContentsBag "safeContentsBag" +#define NID_safeContentsBag 155 +#define OBJ_safeContentsBag OBJ_pkcs12_BagIds,6L + +#define SN_md2 "MD2" +#define LN_md2 "md2" +#define NID_md2 3 +#define OBJ_md2 OBJ_rsadsi,2L,2L + +#define SN_md4 "MD4" +#define LN_md4 "md4" +#define NID_md4 257 +#define OBJ_md4 OBJ_rsadsi,2L,4L + +#define SN_md5 "MD5" +#define LN_md5 "md5" +#define NID_md5 4 +#define OBJ_md5 OBJ_rsadsi,2L,5L + +#define SN_md5_sha1 "MD5-SHA1" +#define LN_md5_sha1 "md5-sha1" +#define NID_md5_sha1 114 + +#define LN_hmacWithMD5 "hmacWithMD5" +#define NID_hmacWithMD5 797 +#define OBJ_hmacWithMD5 OBJ_rsadsi,2L,6L + +#define LN_hmacWithSHA1 "hmacWithSHA1" +#define NID_hmacWithSHA1 163 +#define OBJ_hmacWithSHA1 OBJ_rsadsi,2L,7L + +#define SN_sm2 "SM2" +#define LN_sm2 "sm2" +#define NID_sm2 1172 +#define OBJ_sm2 OBJ_sm_scheme,301L + +#define SN_sm3 "SM3" +#define LN_sm3 "sm3" +#define NID_sm3 1143 +#define OBJ_sm3 OBJ_sm_scheme,401L + +#define SN_sm3WithRSAEncryption "RSA-SM3" +#define LN_sm3WithRSAEncryption "sm3WithRSAEncryption" +#define NID_sm3WithRSAEncryption 1144 +#define OBJ_sm3WithRSAEncryption OBJ_sm_scheme,504L + +#define LN_hmacWithSHA224 "hmacWithSHA224" +#define NID_hmacWithSHA224 798 +#define OBJ_hmacWithSHA224 OBJ_rsadsi,2L,8L + +#define LN_hmacWithSHA256 "hmacWithSHA256" +#define NID_hmacWithSHA256 799 +#define OBJ_hmacWithSHA256 OBJ_rsadsi,2L,9L + +#define LN_hmacWithSHA384 "hmacWithSHA384" +#define NID_hmacWithSHA384 800 +#define OBJ_hmacWithSHA384 OBJ_rsadsi,2L,10L + +#define LN_hmacWithSHA512 "hmacWithSHA512" +#define NID_hmacWithSHA512 801 +#define OBJ_hmacWithSHA512 OBJ_rsadsi,2L,11L + +#define LN_hmacWithSHA512_224 "hmacWithSHA512-224" +#define NID_hmacWithSHA512_224 1193 +#define OBJ_hmacWithSHA512_224 OBJ_rsadsi,2L,12L + +#define LN_hmacWithSHA512_256 "hmacWithSHA512-256" +#define NID_hmacWithSHA512_256 1194 +#define OBJ_hmacWithSHA512_256 OBJ_rsadsi,2L,13L + +#define SN_rc2_cbc "RC2-CBC" +#define LN_rc2_cbc "rc2-cbc" +#define NID_rc2_cbc 37 +#define OBJ_rc2_cbc OBJ_rsadsi,3L,2L + +#define SN_rc2_ecb "RC2-ECB" +#define LN_rc2_ecb "rc2-ecb" +#define NID_rc2_ecb 38 + +#define SN_rc2_cfb64 "RC2-CFB" +#define LN_rc2_cfb64 "rc2-cfb" +#define NID_rc2_cfb64 39 + +#define SN_rc2_ofb64 "RC2-OFB" +#define LN_rc2_ofb64 "rc2-ofb" +#define NID_rc2_ofb64 40 + +#define SN_rc2_40_cbc "RC2-40-CBC" +#define LN_rc2_40_cbc "rc2-40-cbc" +#define NID_rc2_40_cbc 98 + +#define SN_rc2_64_cbc "RC2-64-CBC" +#define LN_rc2_64_cbc "rc2-64-cbc" +#define NID_rc2_64_cbc 166 + +#define SN_rc4 "RC4" +#define LN_rc4 "rc4" +#define NID_rc4 5 +#define OBJ_rc4 OBJ_rsadsi,3L,4L + +#define SN_rc4_40 "RC4-40" +#define LN_rc4_40 "rc4-40" +#define NID_rc4_40 97 + +#define SN_des_ede3_cbc "DES-EDE3-CBC" +#define LN_des_ede3_cbc "des-ede3-cbc" +#define NID_des_ede3_cbc 44 +#define OBJ_des_ede3_cbc OBJ_rsadsi,3L,7L + +#define SN_rc5_cbc "RC5-CBC" +#define LN_rc5_cbc "rc5-cbc" +#define NID_rc5_cbc 120 +#define OBJ_rc5_cbc OBJ_rsadsi,3L,8L + +#define SN_rc5_ecb "RC5-ECB" +#define LN_rc5_ecb "rc5-ecb" +#define NID_rc5_ecb 121 + +#define SN_rc5_cfb64 "RC5-CFB" +#define LN_rc5_cfb64 "rc5-cfb" +#define NID_rc5_cfb64 122 + +#define SN_rc5_ofb64 "RC5-OFB" +#define LN_rc5_ofb64 "rc5-ofb" +#define NID_rc5_ofb64 123 + +#define SN_ms_ext_req "msExtReq" +#define LN_ms_ext_req "Microsoft Extension Request" +#define NID_ms_ext_req 171 +#define OBJ_ms_ext_req 1L,3L,6L,1L,4L,1L,311L,2L,1L,14L + +#define SN_ms_code_ind "msCodeInd" +#define LN_ms_code_ind "Microsoft Individual Code Signing" +#define NID_ms_code_ind 134 +#define OBJ_ms_code_ind 1L,3L,6L,1L,4L,1L,311L,2L,1L,21L + +#define SN_ms_code_com "msCodeCom" +#define LN_ms_code_com "Microsoft Commercial Code Signing" +#define NID_ms_code_com 135 +#define OBJ_ms_code_com 1L,3L,6L,1L,4L,1L,311L,2L,1L,22L + +#define SN_ms_ctl_sign "msCTLSign" +#define LN_ms_ctl_sign "Microsoft Trust List Signing" +#define NID_ms_ctl_sign 136 +#define OBJ_ms_ctl_sign 1L,3L,6L,1L,4L,1L,311L,10L,3L,1L + +#define SN_ms_sgc "msSGC" +#define LN_ms_sgc "Microsoft Server Gated Crypto" +#define NID_ms_sgc 137 +#define OBJ_ms_sgc 1L,3L,6L,1L,4L,1L,311L,10L,3L,3L + +#define SN_ms_efs "msEFS" +#define LN_ms_efs "Microsoft Encrypted File System" +#define NID_ms_efs 138 +#define OBJ_ms_efs 1L,3L,6L,1L,4L,1L,311L,10L,3L,4L + +#define SN_ms_smartcard_login "msSmartcardLogin" +#define LN_ms_smartcard_login "Microsoft Smartcard Login" +#define NID_ms_smartcard_login 648 +#define OBJ_ms_smartcard_login 1L,3L,6L,1L,4L,1L,311L,20L,2L,2L + +#define SN_ms_upn "msUPN" +#define LN_ms_upn "Microsoft User Principal Name" +#define NID_ms_upn 649 +#define OBJ_ms_upn 1L,3L,6L,1L,4L,1L,311L,20L,2L,3L + +#define SN_idea_cbc "IDEA-CBC" +#define LN_idea_cbc "idea-cbc" +#define NID_idea_cbc 34 +#define OBJ_idea_cbc 1L,3L,6L,1L,4L,1L,188L,7L,1L,1L,2L + +#define SN_idea_ecb "IDEA-ECB" +#define LN_idea_ecb "idea-ecb" +#define NID_idea_ecb 36 + +#define SN_idea_cfb64 "IDEA-CFB" +#define LN_idea_cfb64 "idea-cfb" +#define NID_idea_cfb64 35 + +#define SN_idea_ofb64 "IDEA-OFB" +#define LN_idea_ofb64 "idea-ofb" +#define NID_idea_ofb64 46 + +#define SN_bf_cbc "BF-CBC" +#define LN_bf_cbc "bf-cbc" +#define NID_bf_cbc 91 +#define OBJ_bf_cbc 1L,3L,6L,1L,4L,1L,3029L,1L,2L + +#define SN_bf_ecb "BF-ECB" +#define LN_bf_ecb "bf-ecb" +#define NID_bf_ecb 92 + +#define SN_bf_cfb64 "BF-CFB" +#define LN_bf_cfb64 "bf-cfb" +#define NID_bf_cfb64 93 + +#define SN_bf_ofb64 "BF-OFB" +#define LN_bf_ofb64 "bf-ofb" +#define NID_bf_ofb64 94 + +#define SN_id_pkix "PKIX" +#define NID_id_pkix 127 +#define OBJ_id_pkix 1L,3L,6L,1L,5L,5L,7L + +#define SN_id_pkix_mod "id-pkix-mod" +#define NID_id_pkix_mod 258 +#define OBJ_id_pkix_mod OBJ_id_pkix,0L + +#define SN_id_pe "id-pe" +#define NID_id_pe 175 +#define OBJ_id_pe OBJ_id_pkix,1L + +#define SN_id_qt "id-qt" +#define NID_id_qt 259 +#define OBJ_id_qt OBJ_id_pkix,2L + +#define SN_id_kp "id-kp" +#define NID_id_kp 128 +#define OBJ_id_kp OBJ_id_pkix,3L + +#define SN_id_it "id-it" +#define NID_id_it 260 +#define OBJ_id_it OBJ_id_pkix,4L + +#define SN_id_pkip "id-pkip" +#define NID_id_pkip 261 +#define OBJ_id_pkip OBJ_id_pkix,5L + +#define SN_id_alg "id-alg" +#define NID_id_alg 262 +#define OBJ_id_alg OBJ_id_pkix,6L + +#define SN_id_cmc "id-cmc" +#define NID_id_cmc 263 +#define OBJ_id_cmc OBJ_id_pkix,7L + +#define SN_id_on "id-on" +#define NID_id_on 264 +#define OBJ_id_on OBJ_id_pkix,8L + +#define SN_id_pda "id-pda" +#define NID_id_pda 265 +#define OBJ_id_pda OBJ_id_pkix,9L + +#define SN_id_aca "id-aca" +#define NID_id_aca 266 +#define OBJ_id_aca OBJ_id_pkix,10L + +#define SN_id_qcs "id-qcs" +#define NID_id_qcs 267 +#define OBJ_id_qcs OBJ_id_pkix,11L + +#define SN_id_cct "id-cct" +#define NID_id_cct 268 +#define OBJ_id_cct OBJ_id_pkix,12L + +#define SN_id_ppl "id-ppl" +#define NID_id_ppl 662 +#define OBJ_id_ppl OBJ_id_pkix,21L + +#define SN_id_ad "id-ad" +#define NID_id_ad 176 +#define OBJ_id_ad OBJ_id_pkix,48L + +#define SN_id_pkix1_explicit_88 "id-pkix1-explicit-88" +#define NID_id_pkix1_explicit_88 269 +#define OBJ_id_pkix1_explicit_88 OBJ_id_pkix_mod,1L + +#define SN_id_pkix1_implicit_88 "id-pkix1-implicit-88" +#define NID_id_pkix1_implicit_88 270 +#define OBJ_id_pkix1_implicit_88 OBJ_id_pkix_mod,2L + +#define SN_id_pkix1_explicit_93 "id-pkix1-explicit-93" +#define NID_id_pkix1_explicit_93 271 +#define OBJ_id_pkix1_explicit_93 OBJ_id_pkix_mod,3L + +#define SN_id_pkix1_implicit_93 "id-pkix1-implicit-93" +#define NID_id_pkix1_implicit_93 272 +#define OBJ_id_pkix1_implicit_93 OBJ_id_pkix_mod,4L + +#define SN_id_mod_crmf "id-mod-crmf" +#define NID_id_mod_crmf 273 +#define OBJ_id_mod_crmf OBJ_id_pkix_mod,5L + +#define SN_id_mod_cmc "id-mod-cmc" +#define NID_id_mod_cmc 274 +#define OBJ_id_mod_cmc OBJ_id_pkix_mod,6L + +#define SN_id_mod_kea_profile_88 "id-mod-kea-profile-88" +#define NID_id_mod_kea_profile_88 275 +#define OBJ_id_mod_kea_profile_88 OBJ_id_pkix_mod,7L + +#define SN_id_mod_kea_profile_93 "id-mod-kea-profile-93" +#define NID_id_mod_kea_profile_93 276 +#define OBJ_id_mod_kea_profile_93 OBJ_id_pkix_mod,8L + +#define SN_id_mod_cmp "id-mod-cmp" +#define NID_id_mod_cmp 277 +#define OBJ_id_mod_cmp OBJ_id_pkix_mod,9L + +#define SN_id_mod_qualified_cert_88 "id-mod-qualified-cert-88" +#define NID_id_mod_qualified_cert_88 278 +#define OBJ_id_mod_qualified_cert_88 OBJ_id_pkix_mod,10L + +#define SN_id_mod_qualified_cert_93 "id-mod-qualified-cert-93" +#define NID_id_mod_qualified_cert_93 279 +#define OBJ_id_mod_qualified_cert_93 OBJ_id_pkix_mod,11L + +#define SN_id_mod_attribute_cert "id-mod-attribute-cert" +#define NID_id_mod_attribute_cert 280 +#define OBJ_id_mod_attribute_cert OBJ_id_pkix_mod,12L + +#define SN_id_mod_timestamp_protocol "id-mod-timestamp-protocol" +#define NID_id_mod_timestamp_protocol 281 +#define OBJ_id_mod_timestamp_protocol OBJ_id_pkix_mod,13L + +#define SN_id_mod_ocsp "id-mod-ocsp" +#define NID_id_mod_ocsp 282 +#define OBJ_id_mod_ocsp OBJ_id_pkix_mod,14L + +#define SN_id_mod_dvcs "id-mod-dvcs" +#define NID_id_mod_dvcs 283 +#define OBJ_id_mod_dvcs OBJ_id_pkix_mod,15L + +#define SN_id_mod_cmp2000 "id-mod-cmp2000" +#define NID_id_mod_cmp2000 284 +#define OBJ_id_mod_cmp2000 OBJ_id_pkix_mod,16L + +#define SN_info_access "authorityInfoAccess" +#define LN_info_access "Authority Information Access" +#define NID_info_access 177 +#define OBJ_info_access OBJ_id_pe,1L + +#define SN_biometricInfo "biometricInfo" +#define LN_biometricInfo "Biometric Info" +#define NID_biometricInfo 285 +#define OBJ_biometricInfo OBJ_id_pe,2L + +#define SN_qcStatements "qcStatements" +#define NID_qcStatements 286 +#define OBJ_qcStatements OBJ_id_pe,3L + +#define SN_ac_auditEntity "ac-auditEntity" +#define NID_ac_auditEntity 287 +#define OBJ_ac_auditEntity OBJ_id_pe,4L + +#define SN_ac_targeting "ac-targeting" +#define NID_ac_targeting 288 +#define OBJ_ac_targeting OBJ_id_pe,5L + +#define SN_aaControls "aaControls" +#define NID_aaControls 289 +#define OBJ_aaControls OBJ_id_pe,6L + +#define SN_sbgp_ipAddrBlock "sbgp-ipAddrBlock" +#define NID_sbgp_ipAddrBlock 290 +#define OBJ_sbgp_ipAddrBlock OBJ_id_pe,7L + +#define SN_sbgp_autonomousSysNum "sbgp-autonomousSysNum" +#define NID_sbgp_autonomousSysNum 291 +#define OBJ_sbgp_autonomousSysNum OBJ_id_pe,8L + +#define SN_sbgp_routerIdentifier "sbgp-routerIdentifier" +#define NID_sbgp_routerIdentifier 292 +#define OBJ_sbgp_routerIdentifier OBJ_id_pe,9L + +#define SN_ac_proxying "ac-proxying" +#define NID_ac_proxying 397 +#define OBJ_ac_proxying OBJ_id_pe,10L + +#define SN_sinfo_access "subjectInfoAccess" +#define LN_sinfo_access "Subject Information Access" +#define NID_sinfo_access 398 +#define OBJ_sinfo_access OBJ_id_pe,11L + +#define SN_proxyCertInfo "proxyCertInfo" +#define LN_proxyCertInfo "Proxy Certificate Information" +#define NID_proxyCertInfo 663 +#define OBJ_proxyCertInfo OBJ_id_pe,14L + +#define SN_tlsfeature "tlsfeature" +#define LN_tlsfeature "TLS Feature" +#define NID_tlsfeature 1020 +#define OBJ_tlsfeature OBJ_id_pe,24L + +#define SN_id_qt_cps "id-qt-cps" +#define LN_id_qt_cps "Policy Qualifier CPS" +#define NID_id_qt_cps 164 +#define OBJ_id_qt_cps OBJ_id_qt,1L + +#define SN_id_qt_unotice "id-qt-unotice" +#define LN_id_qt_unotice "Policy Qualifier User Notice" +#define NID_id_qt_unotice 165 +#define OBJ_id_qt_unotice OBJ_id_qt,2L + +#define SN_textNotice "textNotice" +#define NID_textNotice 293 +#define OBJ_textNotice OBJ_id_qt,3L + +#define SN_server_auth "serverAuth" +#define LN_server_auth "TLS Web Server Authentication" +#define NID_server_auth 129 +#define OBJ_server_auth OBJ_id_kp,1L + +#define SN_client_auth "clientAuth" +#define LN_client_auth "TLS Web Client Authentication" +#define NID_client_auth 130 +#define OBJ_client_auth OBJ_id_kp,2L + +#define SN_code_sign "codeSigning" +#define LN_code_sign "Code Signing" +#define NID_code_sign 131 +#define OBJ_code_sign OBJ_id_kp,3L + +#define SN_email_protect "emailProtection" +#define LN_email_protect "E-mail Protection" +#define NID_email_protect 132 +#define OBJ_email_protect OBJ_id_kp,4L + +#define SN_ipsecEndSystem "ipsecEndSystem" +#define LN_ipsecEndSystem "IPSec End System" +#define NID_ipsecEndSystem 294 +#define OBJ_ipsecEndSystem OBJ_id_kp,5L + +#define SN_ipsecTunnel "ipsecTunnel" +#define LN_ipsecTunnel "IPSec Tunnel" +#define NID_ipsecTunnel 295 +#define OBJ_ipsecTunnel OBJ_id_kp,6L + +#define SN_ipsecUser "ipsecUser" +#define LN_ipsecUser "IPSec User" +#define NID_ipsecUser 296 +#define OBJ_ipsecUser OBJ_id_kp,7L + +#define SN_time_stamp "timeStamping" +#define LN_time_stamp "Time Stamping" +#define NID_time_stamp 133 +#define OBJ_time_stamp OBJ_id_kp,8L + +#define SN_OCSP_sign "OCSPSigning" +#define LN_OCSP_sign "OCSP Signing" +#define NID_OCSP_sign 180 +#define OBJ_OCSP_sign OBJ_id_kp,9L + +#define SN_dvcs "DVCS" +#define LN_dvcs "dvcs" +#define NID_dvcs 297 +#define OBJ_dvcs OBJ_id_kp,10L + +#define SN_ipsec_IKE "ipsecIKE" +#define LN_ipsec_IKE "ipsec Internet Key Exchange" +#define NID_ipsec_IKE 1022 +#define OBJ_ipsec_IKE OBJ_id_kp,17L + +#define SN_capwapAC "capwapAC" +#define LN_capwapAC "Ctrl/provision WAP Access" +#define NID_capwapAC 1023 +#define OBJ_capwapAC OBJ_id_kp,18L + +#define SN_capwapWTP "capwapWTP" +#define LN_capwapWTP "Ctrl/Provision WAP Termination" +#define NID_capwapWTP 1024 +#define OBJ_capwapWTP OBJ_id_kp,19L + +#define SN_sshClient "secureShellClient" +#define LN_sshClient "SSH Client" +#define NID_sshClient 1025 +#define OBJ_sshClient OBJ_id_kp,21L + +#define SN_sshServer "secureShellServer" +#define LN_sshServer "SSH Server" +#define NID_sshServer 1026 +#define OBJ_sshServer OBJ_id_kp,22L + +#define SN_sendRouter "sendRouter" +#define LN_sendRouter "Send Router" +#define NID_sendRouter 1027 +#define OBJ_sendRouter OBJ_id_kp,23L + +#define SN_sendProxiedRouter "sendProxiedRouter" +#define LN_sendProxiedRouter "Send Proxied Router" +#define NID_sendProxiedRouter 1028 +#define OBJ_sendProxiedRouter OBJ_id_kp,24L + +#define SN_sendOwner "sendOwner" +#define LN_sendOwner "Send Owner" +#define NID_sendOwner 1029 +#define OBJ_sendOwner OBJ_id_kp,25L + +#define SN_sendProxiedOwner "sendProxiedOwner" +#define LN_sendProxiedOwner "Send Proxied Owner" +#define NID_sendProxiedOwner 1030 +#define OBJ_sendProxiedOwner OBJ_id_kp,26L + +#define SN_cmcCA "cmcCA" +#define LN_cmcCA "CMC Certificate Authority" +#define NID_cmcCA 1131 +#define OBJ_cmcCA OBJ_id_kp,27L + +#define SN_cmcRA "cmcRA" +#define LN_cmcRA "CMC Registration Authority" +#define NID_cmcRA 1132 +#define OBJ_cmcRA OBJ_id_kp,28L + +#define SN_id_it_caProtEncCert "id-it-caProtEncCert" +#define NID_id_it_caProtEncCert 298 +#define OBJ_id_it_caProtEncCert OBJ_id_it,1L + +#define SN_id_it_signKeyPairTypes "id-it-signKeyPairTypes" +#define NID_id_it_signKeyPairTypes 299 +#define OBJ_id_it_signKeyPairTypes OBJ_id_it,2L + +#define SN_id_it_encKeyPairTypes "id-it-encKeyPairTypes" +#define NID_id_it_encKeyPairTypes 300 +#define OBJ_id_it_encKeyPairTypes OBJ_id_it,3L + +#define SN_id_it_preferredSymmAlg "id-it-preferredSymmAlg" +#define NID_id_it_preferredSymmAlg 301 +#define OBJ_id_it_preferredSymmAlg OBJ_id_it,4L + +#define SN_id_it_caKeyUpdateInfo "id-it-caKeyUpdateInfo" +#define NID_id_it_caKeyUpdateInfo 302 +#define OBJ_id_it_caKeyUpdateInfo OBJ_id_it,5L + +#define SN_id_it_currentCRL "id-it-currentCRL" +#define NID_id_it_currentCRL 303 +#define OBJ_id_it_currentCRL OBJ_id_it,6L + +#define SN_id_it_unsupportedOIDs "id-it-unsupportedOIDs" +#define NID_id_it_unsupportedOIDs 304 +#define OBJ_id_it_unsupportedOIDs OBJ_id_it,7L + +#define SN_id_it_subscriptionRequest "id-it-subscriptionRequest" +#define NID_id_it_subscriptionRequest 305 +#define OBJ_id_it_subscriptionRequest OBJ_id_it,8L + +#define SN_id_it_subscriptionResponse "id-it-subscriptionResponse" +#define NID_id_it_subscriptionResponse 306 +#define OBJ_id_it_subscriptionResponse OBJ_id_it,9L + +#define SN_id_it_keyPairParamReq "id-it-keyPairParamReq" +#define NID_id_it_keyPairParamReq 307 +#define OBJ_id_it_keyPairParamReq OBJ_id_it,10L + +#define SN_id_it_keyPairParamRep "id-it-keyPairParamRep" +#define NID_id_it_keyPairParamRep 308 +#define OBJ_id_it_keyPairParamRep OBJ_id_it,11L + +#define SN_id_it_revPassphrase "id-it-revPassphrase" +#define NID_id_it_revPassphrase 309 +#define OBJ_id_it_revPassphrase OBJ_id_it,12L + +#define SN_id_it_implicitConfirm "id-it-implicitConfirm" +#define NID_id_it_implicitConfirm 310 +#define OBJ_id_it_implicitConfirm OBJ_id_it,13L + +#define SN_id_it_confirmWaitTime "id-it-confirmWaitTime" +#define NID_id_it_confirmWaitTime 311 +#define OBJ_id_it_confirmWaitTime OBJ_id_it,14L + +#define SN_id_it_origPKIMessage "id-it-origPKIMessage" +#define NID_id_it_origPKIMessage 312 +#define OBJ_id_it_origPKIMessage OBJ_id_it,15L + +#define SN_id_it_suppLangTags "id-it-suppLangTags" +#define NID_id_it_suppLangTags 784 +#define OBJ_id_it_suppLangTags OBJ_id_it,16L + +#define SN_id_regCtrl "id-regCtrl" +#define NID_id_regCtrl 313 +#define OBJ_id_regCtrl OBJ_id_pkip,1L + +#define SN_id_regInfo "id-regInfo" +#define NID_id_regInfo 314 +#define OBJ_id_regInfo OBJ_id_pkip,2L + +#define SN_id_regCtrl_regToken "id-regCtrl-regToken" +#define NID_id_regCtrl_regToken 315 +#define OBJ_id_regCtrl_regToken OBJ_id_regCtrl,1L + +#define SN_id_regCtrl_authenticator "id-regCtrl-authenticator" +#define NID_id_regCtrl_authenticator 316 +#define OBJ_id_regCtrl_authenticator OBJ_id_regCtrl,2L + +#define SN_id_regCtrl_pkiPublicationInfo "id-regCtrl-pkiPublicationInfo" +#define NID_id_regCtrl_pkiPublicationInfo 317 +#define OBJ_id_regCtrl_pkiPublicationInfo OBJ_id_regCtrl,3L + +#define SN_id_regCtrl_pkiArchiveOptions "id-regCtrl-pkiArchiveOptions" +#define NID_id_regCtrl_pkiArchiveOptions 318 +#define OBJ_id_regCtrl_pkiArchiveOptions OBJ_id_regCtrl,4L + +#define SN_id_regCtrl_oldCertID "id-regCtrl-oldCertID" +#define NID_id_regCtrl_oldCertID 319 +#define OBJ_id_regCtrl_oldCertID OBJ_id_regCtrl,5L + +#define SN_id_regCtrl_protocolEncrKey "id-regCtrl-protocolEncrKey" +#define NID_id_regCtrl_protocolEncrKey 320 +#define OBJ_id_regCtrl_protocolEncrKey OBJ_id_regCtrl,6L + +#define SN_id_regInfo_utf8Pairs "id-regInfo-utf8Pairs" +#define NID_id_regInfo_utf8Pairs 321 +#define OBJ_id_regInfo_utf8Pairs OBJ_id_regInfo,1L + +#define SN_id_regInfo_certReq "id-regInfo-certReq" +#define NID_id_regInfo_certReq 322 +#define OBJ_id_regInfo_certReq OBJ_id_regInfo,2L + +#define SN_id_alg_des40 "id-alg-des40" +#define NID_id_alg_des40 323 +#define OBJ_id_alg_des40 OBJ_id_alg,1L + +#define SN_id_alg_noSignature "id-alg-noSignature" +#define NID_id_alg_noSignature 324 +#define OBJ_id_alg_noSignature OBJ_id_alg,2L + +#define SN_id_alg_dh_sig_hmac_sha1 "id-alg-dh-sig-hmac-sha1" +#define NID_id_alg_dh_sig_hmac_sha1 325 +#define OBJ_id_alg_dh_sig_hmac_sha1 OBJ_id_alg,3L + +#define SN_id_alg_dh_pop "id-alg-dh-pop" +#define NID_id_alg_dh_pop 326 +#define OBJ_id_alg_dh_pop OBJ_id_alg,4L + +#define SN_id_cmc_statusInfo "id-cmc-statusInfo" +#define NID_id_cmc_statusInfo 327 +#define OBJ_id_cmc_statusInfo OBJ_id_cmc,1L + +#define SN_id_cmc_identification "id-cmc-identification" +#define NID_id_cmc_identification 328 +#define OBJ_id_cmc_identification OBJ_id_cmc,2L + +#define SN_id_cmc_identityProof "id-cmc-identityProof" +#define NID_id_cmc_identityProof 329 +#define OBJ_id_cmc_identityProof OBJ_id_cmc,3L + +#define SN_id_cmc_dataReturn "id-cmc-dataReturn" +#define NID_id_cmc_dataReturn 330 +#define OBJ_id_cmc_dataReturn OBJ_id_cmc,4L + +#define SN_id_cmc_transactionId "id-cmc-transactionId" +#define NID_id_cmc_transactionId 331 +#define OBJ_id_cmc_transactionId OBJ_id_cmc,5L + +#define SN_id_cmc_senderNonce "id-cmc-senderNonce" +#define NID_id_cmc_senderNonce 332 +#define OBJ_id_cmc_senderNonce OBJ_id_cmc,6L + +#define SN_id_cmc_recipientNonce "id-cmc-recipientNonce" +#define NID_id_cmc_recipientNonce 333 +#define OBJ_id_cmc_recipientNonce OBJ_id_cmc,7L + +#define SN_id_cmc_addExtensions "id-cmc-addExtensions" +#define NID_id_cmc_addExtensions 334 +#define OBJ_id_cmc_addExtensions OBJ_id_cmc,8L + +#define SN_id_cmc_encryptedPOP "id-cmc-encryptedPOP" +#define NID_id_cmc_encryptedPOP 335 +#define OBJ_id_cmc_encryptedPOP OBJ_id_cmc,9L + +#define SN_id_cmc_decryptedPOP "id-cmc-decryptedPOP" +#define NID_id_cmc_decryptedPOP 336 +#define OBJ_id_cmc_decryptedPOP OBJ_id_cmc,10L + +#define SN_id_cmc_lraPOPWitness "id-cmc-lraPOPWitness" +#define NID_id_cmc_lraPOPWitness 337 +#define OBJ_id_cmc_lraPOPWitness OBJ_id_cmc,11L + +#define SN_id_cmc_getCert "id-cmc-getCert" +#define NID_id_cmc_getCert 338 +#define OBJ_id_cmc_getCert OBJ_id_cmc,15L + +#define SN_id_cmc_getCRL "id-cmc-getCRL" +#define NID_id_cmc_getCRL 339 +#define OBJ_id_cmc_getCRL OBJ_id_cmc,16L + +#define SN_id_cmc_revokeRequest "id-cmc-revokeRequest" +#define NID_id_cmc_revokeRequest 340 +#define OBJ_id_cmc_revokeRequest OBJ_id_cmc,17L + +#define SN_id_cmc_regInfo "id-cmc-regInfo" +#define NID_id_cmc_regInfo 341 +#define OBJ_id_cmc_regInfo OBJ_id_cmc,18L + +#define SN_id_cmc_responseInfo "id-cmc-responseInfo" +#define NID_id_cmc_responseInfo 342 +#define OBJ_id_cmc_responseInfo OBJ_id_cmc,19L + +#define SN_id_cmc_queryPending "id-cmc-queryPending" +#define NID_id_cmc_queryPending 343 +#define OBJ_id_cmc_queryPending OBJ_id_cmc,21L + +#define SN_id_cmc_popLinkRandom "id-cmc-popLinkRandom" +#define NID_id_cmc_popLinkRandom 344 +#define OBJ_id_cmc_popLinkRandom OBJ_id_cmc,22L + +#define SN_id_cmc_popLinkWitness "id-cmc-popLinkWitness" +#define NID_id_cmc_popLinkWitness 345 +#define OBJ_id_cmc_popLinkWitness OBJ_id_cmc,23L + +#define SN_id_cmc_confirmCertAcceptance "id-cmc-confirmCertAcceptance" +#define NID_id_cmc_confirmCertAcceptance 346 +#define OBJ_id_cmc_confirmCertAcceptance OBJ_id_cmc,24L + +#define SN_id_on_personalData "id-on-personalData" +#define NID_id_on_personalData 347 +#define OBJ_id_on_personalData OBJ_id_on,1L + +#define SN_id_on_permanentIdentifier "id-on-permanentIdentifier" +#define LN_id_on_permanentIdentifier "Permanent Identifier" +#define NID_id_on_permanentIdentifier 858 +#define OBJ_id_on_permanentIdentifier OBJ_id_on,3L + +#define SN_id_pda_dateOfBirth "id-pda-dateOfBirth" +#define NID_id_pda_dateOfBirth 348 +#define OBJ_id_pda_dateOfBirth OBJ_id_pda,1L + +#define SN_id_pda_placeOfBirth "id-pda-placeOfBirth" +#define NID_id_pda_placeOfBirth 349 +#define OBJ_id_pda_placeOfBirth OBJ_id_pda,2L + +#define SN_id_pda_gender "id-pda-gender" +#define NID_id_pda_gender 351 +#define OBJ_id_pda_gender OBJ_id_pda,3L + +#define SN_id_pda_countryOfCitizenship "id-pda-countryOfCitizenship" +#define NID_id_pda_countryOfCitizenship 352 +#define OBJ_id_pda_countryOfCitizenship OBJ_id_pda,4L + +#define SN_id_pda_countryOfResidence "id-pda-countryOfResidence" +#define NID_id_pda_countryOfResidence 353 +#define OBJ_id_pda_countryOfResidence OBJ_id_pda,5L + +#define SN_id_aca_authenticationInfo "id-aca-authenticationInfo" +#define NID_id_aca_authenticationInfo 354 +#define OBJ_id_aca_authenticationInfo OBJ_id_aca,1L + +#define SN_id_aca_accessIdentity "id-aca-accessIdentity" +#define NID_id_aca_accessIdentity 355 +#define OBJ_id_aca_accessIdentity OBJ_id_aca,2L + +#define SN_id_aca_chargingIdentity "id-aca-chargingIdentity" +#define NID_id_aca_chargingIdentity 356 +#define OBJ_id_aca_chargingIdentity OBJ_id_aca,3L + +#define SN_id_aca_group "id-aca-group" +#define NID_id_aca_group 357 +#define OBJ_id_aca_group OBJ_id_aca,4L + +#define SN_id_aca_role "id-aca-role" +#define NID_id_aca_role 358 +#define OBJ_id_aca_role OBJ_id_aca,5L + +#define SN_id_aca_encAttrs "id-aca-encAttrs" +#define NID_id_aca_encAttrs 399 +#define OBJ_id_aca_encAttrs OBJ_id_aca,6L + +#define SN_id_qcs_pkixQCSyntax_v1 "id-qcs-pkixQCSyntax-v1" +#define NID_id_qcs_pkixQCSyntax_v1 359 +#define OBJ_id_qcs_pkixQCSyntax_v1 OBJ_id_qcs,1L + +#define SN_id_cct_crs "id-cct-crs" +#define NID_id_cct_crs 360 +#define OBJ_id_cct_crs OBJ_id_cct,1L + +#define SN_id_cct_PKIData "id-cct-PKIData" +#define NID_id_cct_PKIData 361 +#define OBJ_id_cct_PKIData OBJ_id_cct,2L + +#define SN_id_cct_PKIResponse "id-cct-PKIResponse" +#define NID_id_cct_PKIResponse 362 +#define OBJ_id_cct_PKIResponse OBJ_id_cct,3L + +#define SN_id_ppl_anyLanguage "id-ppl-anyLanguage" +#define LN_id_ppl_anyLanguage "Any language" +#define NID_id_ppl_anyLanguage 664 +#define OBJ_id_ppl_anyLanguage OBJ_id_ppl,0L + +#define SN_id_ppl_inheritAll "id-ppl-inheritAll" +#define LN_id_ppl_inheritAll "Inherit all" +#define NID_id_ppl_inheritAll 665 +#define OBJ_id_ppl_inheritAll OBJ_id_ppl,1L + +#define SN_Independent "id-ppl-independent" +#define LN_Independent "Independent" +#define NID_Independent 667 +#define OBJ_Independent OBJ_id_ppl,2L + +#define SN_ad_OCSP "OCSP" +#define LN_ad_OCSP "OCSP" +#define NID_ad_OCSP 178 +#define OBJ_ad_OCSP OBJ_id_ad,1L + +#define SN_ad_ca_issuers "caIssuers" +#define LN_ad_ca_issuers "CA Issuers" +#define NID_ad_ca_issuers 179 +#define OBJ_ad_ca_issuers OBJ_id_ad,2L + +#define SN_ad_timeStamping "ad_timestamping" +#define LN_ad_timeStamping "AD Time Stamping" +#define NID_ad_timeStamping 363 +#define OBJ_ad_timeStamping OBJ_id_ad,3L + +#define SN_ad_dvcs "AD_DVCS" +#define LN_ad_dvcs "ad dvcs" +#define NID_ad_dvcs 364 +#define OBJ_ad_dvcs OBJ_id_ad,4L + +#define SN_caRepository "caRepository" +#define LN_caRepository "CA Repository" +#define NID_caRepository 785 +#define OBJ_caRepository OBJ_id_ad,5L + +#define OBJ_id_pkix_OCSP OBJ_ad_OCSP + +#define SN_id_pkix_OCSP_basic "basicOCSPResponse" +#define LN_id_pkix_OCSP_basic "Basic OCSP Response" +#define NID_id_pkix_OCSP_basic 365 +#define OBJ_id_pkix_OCSP_basic OBJ_id_pkix_OCSP,1L + +#define SN_id_pkix_OCSP_Nonce "Nonce" +#define LN_id_pkix_OCSP_Nonce "OCSP Nonce" +#define NID_id_pkix_OCSP_Nonce 366 +#define OBJ_id_pkix_OCSP_Nonce OBJ_id_pkix_OCSP,2L + +#define SN_id_pkix_OCSP_CrlID "CrlID" +#define LN_id_pkix_OCSP_CrlID "OCSP CRL ID" +#define NID_id_pkix_OCSP_CrlID 367 +#define OBJ_id_pkix_OCSP_CrlID OBJ_id_pkix_OCSP,3L + +#define SN_id_pkix_OCSP_acceptableResponses "acceptableResponses" +#define LN_id_pkix_OCSP_acceptableResponses "Acceptable OCSP Responses" +#define NID_id_pkix_OCSP_acceptableResponses 368 +#define OBJ_id_pkix_OCSP_acceptableResponses OBJ_id_pkix_OCSP,4L + +#define SN_id_pkix_OCSP_noCheck "noCheck" +#define LN_id_pkix_OCSP_noCheck "OCSP No Check" +#define NID_id_pkix_OCSP_noCheck 369 +#define OBJ_id_pkix_OCSP_noCheck OBJ_id_pkix_OCSP,5L + +#define SN_id_pkix_OCSP_archiveCutoff "archiveCutoff" +#define LN_id_pkix_OCSP_archiveCutoff "OCSP Archive Cutoff" +#define NID_id_pkix_OCSP_archiveCutoff 370 +#define OBJ_id_pkix_OCSP_archiveCutoff OBJ_id_pkix_OCSP,6L + +#define SN_id_pkix_OCSP_serviceLocator "serviceLocator" +#define LN_id_pkix_OCSP_serviceLocator "OCSP Service Locator" +#define NID_id_pkix_OCSP_serviceLocator 371 +#define OBJ_id_pkix_OCSP_serviceLocator OBJ_id_pkix_OCSP,7L + +#define SN_id_pkix_OCSP_extendedStatus "extendedStatus" +#define LN_id_pkix_OCSP_extendedStatus "Extended OCSP Status" +#define NID_id_pkix_OCSP_extendedStatus 372 +#define OBJ_id_pkix_OCSP_extendedStatus OBJ_id_pkix_OCSP,8L + +#define SN_id_pkix_OCSP_valid "valid" +#define NID_id_pkix_OCSP_valid 373 +#define OBJ_id_pkix_OCSP_valid OBJ_id_pkix_OCSP,9L + +#define SN_id_pkix_OCSP_path "path" +#define NID_id_pkix_OCSP_path 374 +#define OBJ_id_pkix_OCSP_path OBJ_id_pkix_OCSP,10L + +#define SN_id_pkix_OCSP_trustRoot "trustRoot" +#define LN_id_pkix_OCSP_trustRoot "Trust Root" +#define NID_id_pkix_OCSP_trustRoot 375 +#define OBJ_id_pkix_OCSP_trustRoot OBJ_id_pkix_OCSP,11L + +#define SN_algorithm "algorithm" +#define LN_algorithm "algorithm" +#define NID_algorithm 376 +#define OBJ_algorithm 1L,3L,14L,3L,2L + +#define SN_md5WithRSA "RSA-NP-MD5" +#define LN_md5WithRSA "md5WithRSA" +#define NID_md5WithRSA 104 +#define OBJ_md5WithRSA OBJ_algorithm,3L + +#define SN_des_ecb "DES-ECB" +#define LN_des_ecb "des-ecb" +#define NID_des_ecb 29 +#define OBJ_des_ecb OBJ_algorithm,6L + +#define SN_des_cbc "DES-CBC" +#define LN_des_cbc "des-cbc" +#define NID_des_cbc 31 +#define OBJ_des_cbc OBJ_algorithm,7L + +#define SN_des_ofb64 "DES-OFB" +#define LN_des_ofb64 "des-ofb" +#define NID_des_ofb64 45 +#define OBJ_des_ofb64 OBJ_algorithm,8L + +#define SN_des_cfb64 "DES-CFB" +#define LN_des_cfb64 "des-cfb" +#define NID_des_cfb64 30 +#define OBJ_des_cfb64 OBJ_algorithm,9L + +#define SN_rsaSignature "rsaSignature" +#define NID_rsaSignature 377 +#define OBJ_rsaSignature OBJ_algorithm,11L + +#define SN_dsa_2 "DSA-old" +#define LN_dsa_2 "dsaEncryption-old" +#define NID_dsa_2 67 +#define OBJ_dsa_2 OBJ_algorithm,12L + +#define SN_dsaWithSHA "DSA-SHA" +#define LN_dsaWithSHA "dsaWithSHA" +#define NID_dsaWithSHA 66 +#define OBJ_dsaWithSHA OBJ_algorithm,13L + +#define SN_shaWithRSAEncryption "RSA-SHA" +#define LN_shaWithRSAEncryption "shaWithRSAEncryption" +#define NID_shaWithRSAEncryption 42 +#define OBJ_shaWithRSAEncryption OBJ_algorithm,15L + +#define SN_des_ede_ecb "DES-EDE" +#define LN_des_ede_ecb "des-ede" +#define NID_des_ede_ecb 32 +#define OBJ_des_ede_ecb OBJ_algorithm,17L + +#define SN_des_ede3_ecb "DES-EDE3" +#define LN_des_ede3_ecb "des-ede3" +#define NID_des_ede3_ecb 33 + +#define SN_des_ede_cbc "DES-EDE-CBC" +#define LN_des_ede_cbc "des-ede-cbc" +#define NID_des_ede_cbc 43 + +#define SN_des_ede_cfb64 "DES-EDE-CFB" +#define LN_des_ede_cfb64 "des-ede-cfb" +#define NID_des_ede_cfb64 60 + +#define SN_des_ede3_cfb64 "DES-EDE3-CFB" +#define LN_des_ede3_cfb64 "des-ede3-cfb" +#define NID_des_ede3_cfb64 61 + +#define SN_des_ede_ofb64 "DES-EDE-OFB" +#define LN_des_ede_ofb64 "des-ede-ofb" +#define NID_des_ede_ofb64 62 + +#define SN_des_ede3_ofb64 "DES-EDE3-OFB" +#define LN_des_ede3_ofb64 "des-ede3-ofb" +#define NID_des_ede3_ofb64 63 + +#define SN_desx_cbc "DESX-CBC" +#define LN_desx_cbc "desx-cbc" +#define NID_desx_cbc 80 + +#define SN_sha "SHA" +#define LN_sha "sha" +#define NID_sha 41 +#define OBJ_sha OBJ_algorithm,18L + +#define SN_sha1 "SHA1" +#define LN_sha1 "sha1" +#define NID_sha1 64 +#define OBJ_sha1 OBJ_algorithm,26L + +#define SN_dsaWithSHA1_2 "DSA-SHA1-old" +#define LN_dsaWithSHA1_2 "dsaWithSHA1-old" +#define NID_dsaWithSHA1_2 70 +#define OBJ_dsaWithSHA1_2 OBJ_algorithm,27L + +#define SN_sha1WithRSA "RSA-SHA1-2" +#define LN_sha1WithRSA "sha1WithRSA" +#define NID_sha1WithRSA 115 +#define OBJ_sha1WithRSA OBJ_algorithm,29L + +#define SN_ripemd160 "RIPEMD160" +#define LN_ripemd160 "ripemd160" +#define NID_ripemd160 117 +#define OBJ_ripemd160 1L,3L,36L,3L,2L,1L + +#define SN_ripemd160WithRSA "RSA-RIPEMD160" +#define LN_ripemd160WithRSA "ripemd160WithRSA" +#define NID_ripemd160WithRSA 119 +#define OBJ_ripemd160WithRSA 1L,3L,36L,3L,3L,1L,2L + +#define SN_blake2b512 "BLAKE2b512" +#define LN_blake2b512 "blake2b512" +#define NID_blake2b512 1056 +#define OBJ_blake2b512 1L,3L,6L,1L,4L,1L,1722L,12L,2L,1L,16L + +#define SN_blake2s256 "BLAKE2s256" +#define LN_blake2s256 "blake2s256" +#define NID_blake2s256 1057 +#define OBJ_blake2s256 1L,3L,6L,1L,4L,1L,1722L,12L,2L,2L,8L + +#define SN_sxnet "SXNetID" +#define LN_sxnet "Strong Extranet ID" +#define NID_sxnet 143 +#define OBJ_sxnet 1L,3L,101L,1L,4L,1L + +#define SN_X500 "X500" +#define LN_X500 "directory services (X.500)" +#define NID_X500 11 +#define OBJ_X500 2L,5L + +#define SN_X509 "X509" +#define NID_X509 12 +#define OBJ_X509 OBJ_X500,4L + +#define SN_commonName "CN" +#define LN_commonName "commonName" +#define NID_commonName 13 +#define OBJ_commonName OBJ_X509,3L + +#define SN_surname "SN" +#define LN_surname "surname" +#define NID_surname 100 +#define OBJ_surname OBJ_X509,4L + +#define LN_serialNumber "serialNumber" +#define NID_serialNumber 105 +#define OBJ_serialNumber OBJ_X509,5L + +#define SN_countryName "C" +#define LN_countryName "countryName" +#define NID_countryName 14 +#define OBJ_countryName OBJ_X509,6L + +#define SN_localityName "L" +#define LN_localityName "localityName" +#define NID_localityName 15 +#define OBJ_localityName OBJ_X509,7L + +#define SN_stateOrProvinceName "ST" +#define LN_stateOrProvinceName "stateOrProvinceName" +#define NID_stateOrProvinceName 16 +#define OBJ_stateOrProvinceName OBJ_X509,8L + +#define SN_streetAddress "street" +#define LN_streetAddress "streetAddress" +#define NID_streetAddress 660 +#define OBJ_streetAddress OBJ_X509,9L + +#define SN_organizationName "O" +#define LN_organizationName "organizationName" +#define NID_organizationName 17 +#define OBJ_organizationName OBJ_X509,10L + +#define SN_organizationalUnitName "OU" +#define LN_organizationalUnitName "organizationalUnitName" +#define NID_organizationalUnitName 18 +#define OBJ_organizationalUnitName OBJ_X509,11L + +#define SN_title "title" +#define LN_title "title" +#define NID_title 106 +#define OBJ_title OBJ_X509,12L + +#define LN_description "description" +#define NID_description 107 +#define OBJ_description OBJ_X509,13L + +#define LN_searchGuide "searchGuide" +#define NID_searchGuide 859 +#define OBJ_searchGuide OBJ_X509,14L + +#define LN_businessCategory "businessCategory" +#define NID_businessCategory 860 +#define OBJ_businessCategory OBJ_X509,15L + +#define LN_postalAddress "postalAddress" +#define NID_postalAddress 861 +#define OBJ_postalAddress OBJ_X509,16L + +#define LN_postalCode "postalCode" +#define NID_postalCode 661 +#define OBJ_postalCode OBJ_X509,17L + +#define LN_postOfficeBox "postOfficeBox" +#define NID_postOfficeBox 862 +#define OBJ_postOfficeBox OBJ_X509,18L + +#define LN_physicalDeliveryOfficeName "physicalDeliveryOfficeName" +#define NID_physicalDeliveryOfficeName 863 +#define OBJ_physicalDeliveryOfficeName OBJ_X509,19L + +#define LN_telephoneNumber "telephoneNumber" +#define NID_telephoneNumber 864 +#define OBJ_telephoneNumber OBJ_X509,20L + +#define LN_telexNumber "telexNumber" +#define NID_telexNumber 865 +#define OBJ_telexNumber OBJ_X509,21L + +#define LN_teletexTerminalIdentifier "teletexTerminalIdentifier" +#define NID_teletexTerminalIdentifier 866 +#define OBJ_teletexTerminalIdentifier OBJ_X509,22L + +#define LN_facsimileTelephoneNumber "facsimileTelephoneNumber" +#define NID_facsimileTelephoneNumber 867 +#define OBJ_facsimileTelephoneNumber OBJ_X509,23L + +#define LN_x121Address "x121Address" +#define NID_x121Address 868 +#define OBJ_x121Address OBJ_X509,24L + +#define LN_internationaliSDNNumber "internationaliSDNNumber" +#define NID_internationaliSDNNumber 869 +#define OBJ_internationaliSDNNumber OBJ_X509,25L + +#define LN_registeredAddress "registeredAddress" +#define NID_registeredAddress 870 +#define OBJ_registeredAddress OBJ_X509,26L + +#define LN_destinationIndicator "destinationIndicator" +#define NID_destinationIndicator 871 +#define OBJ_destinationIndicator OBJ_X509,27L + +#define LN_preferredDeliveryMethod "preferredDeliveryMethod" +#define NID_preferredDeliveryMethod 872 +#define OBJ_preferredDeliveryMethod OBJ_X509,28L + +#define LN_presentationAddress "presentationAddress" +#define NID_presentationAddress 873 +#define OBJ_presentationAddress OBJ_X509,29L + +#define LN_supportedApplicationContext "supportedApplicationContext" +#define NID_supportedApplicationContext 874 +#define OBJ_supportedApplicationContext OBJ_X509,30L + +#define SN_member "member" +#define NID_member 875 +#define OBJ_member OBJ_X509,31L + +#define SN_owner "owner" +#define NID_owner 876 +#define OBJ_owner OBJ_X509,32L + +#define LN_roleOccupant "roleOccupant" +#define NID_roleOccupant 877 +#define OBJ_roleOccupant OBJ_X509,33L + +#define SN_seeAlso "seeAlso" +#define NID_seeAlso 878 +#define OBJ_seeAlso OBJ_X509,34L + +#define LN_userPassword "userPassword" +#define NID_userPassword 879 +#define OBJ_userPassword OBJ_X509,35L + +#define LN_userCertificate "userCertificate" +#define NID_userCertificate 880 +#define OBJ_userCertificate OBJ_X509,36L + +#define LN_cACertificate "cACertificate" +#define NID_cACertificate 881 +#define OBJ_cACertificate OBJ_X509,37L + +#define LN_authorityRevocationList "authorityRevocationList" +#define NID_authorityRevocationList 882 +#define OBJ_authorityRevocationList OBJ_X509,38L + +#define LN_certificateRevocationList "certificateRevocationList" +#define NID_certificateRevocationList 883 +#define OBJ_certificateRevocationList OBJ_X509,39L + +#define LN_crossCertificatePair "crossCertificatePair" +#define NID_crossCertificatePair 884 +#define OBJ_crossCertificatePair OBJ_X509,40L + +#define SN_name "name" +#define LN_name "name" +#define NID_name 173 +#define OBJ_name OBJ_X509,41L + +#define SN_givenName "GN" +#define LN_givenName "givenName" +#define NID_givenName 99 +#define OBJ_givenName OBJ_X509,42L + +#define SN_initials "initials" +#define LN_initials "initials" +#define NID_initials 101 +#define OBJ_initials OBJ_X509,43L + +#define LN_generationQualifier "generationQualifier" +#define NID_generationQualifier 509 +#define OBJ_generationQualifier OBJ_X509,44L + +#define LN_x500UniqueIdentifier "x500UniqueIdentifier" +#define NID_x500UniqueIdentifier 503 +#define OBJ_x500UniqueIdentifier OBJ_X509,45L + +#define SN_dnQualifier "dnQualifier" +#define LN_dnQualifier "dnQualifier" +#define NID_dnQualifier 174 +#define OBJ_dnQualifier OBJ_X509,46L + +#define LN_enhancedSearchGuide "enhancedSearchGuide" +#define NID_enhancedSearchGuide 885 +#define OBJ_enhancedSearchGuide OBJ_X509,47L + +#define LN_protocolInformation "protocolInformation" +#define NID_protocolInformation 886 +#define OBJ_protocolInformation OBJ_X509,48L + +#define LN_distinguishedName "distinguishedName" +#define NID_distinguishedName 887 +#define OBJ_distinguishedName OBJ_X509,49L + +#define LN_uniqueMember "uniqueMember" +#define NID_uniqueMember 888 +#define OBJ_uniqueMember OBJ_X509,50L + +#define LN_houseIdentifier "houseIdentifier" +#define NID_houseIdentifier 889 +#define OBJ_houseIdentifier OBJ_X509,51L + +#define LN_supportedAlgorithms "supportedAlgorithms" +#define NID_supportedAlgorithms 890 +#define OBJ_supportedAlgorithms OBJ_X509,52L + +#define LN_deltaRevocationList "deltaRevocationList" +#define NID_deltaRevocationList 891 +#define OBJ_deltaRevocationList OBJ_X509,53L + +#define SN_dmdName "dmdName" +#define NID_dmdName 892 +#define OBJ_dmdName OBJ_X509,54L + +#define LN_pseudonym "pseudonym" +#define NID_pseudonym 510 +#define OBJ_pseudonym OBJ_X509,65L + +#define SN_role "role" +#define LN_role "role" +#define NID_role 400 +#define OBJ_role OBJ_X509,72L + +#define LN_organizationIdentifier "organizationIdentifier" +#define NID_organizationIdentifier 1089 +#define OBJ_organizationIdentifier OBJ_X509,97L + +#define SN_countryCode3c "c3" +#define LN_countryCode3c "countryCode3c" +#define NID_countryCode3c 1090 +#define OBJ_countryCode3c OBJ_X509,98L + +#define SN_countryCode3n "n3" +#define LN_countryCode3n "countryCode3n" +#define NID_countryCode3n 1091 +#define OBJ_countryCode3n OBJ_X509,99L + +#define LN_dnsName "dnsName" +#define NID_dnsName 1092 +#define OBJ_dnsName OBJ_X509,100L + +#define SN_X500algorithms "X500algorithms" +#define LN_X500algorithms "directory services - algorithms" +#define NID_X500algorithms 378 +#define OBJ_X500algorithms OBJ_X500,8L + +#define SN_rsa "RSA" +#define LN_rsa "rsa" +#define NID_rsa 19 +#define OBJ_rsa OBJ_X500algorithms,1L,1L + +#define SN_mdc2WithRSA "RSA-MDC2" +#define LN_mdc2WithRSA "mdc2WithRSA" +#define NID_mdc2WithRSA 96 +#define OBJ_mdc2WithRSA OBJ_X500algorithms,3L,100L + +#define SN_mdc2 "MDC2" +#define LN_mdc2 "mdc2" +#define NID_mdc2 95 +#define OBJ_mdc2 OBJ_X500algorithms,3L,101L + +#define SN_id_ce "id-ce" +#define NID_id_ce 81 +#define OBJ_id_ce OBJ_X500,29L + +#define SN_subject_directory_attributes "subjectDirectoryAttributes" +#define LN_subject_directory_attributes "X509v3 Subject Directory Attributes" +#define NID_subject_directory_attributes 769 +#define OBJ_subject_directory_attributes OBJ_id_ce,9L + +#define SN_subject_key_identifier "subjectKeyIdentifier" +#define LN_subject_key_identifier "X509v3 Subject Key Identifier" +#define NID_subject_key_identifier 82 +#define OBJ_subject_key_identifier OBJ_id_ce,14L + +#define SN_key_usage "keyUsage" +#define LN_key_usage "X509v3 Key Usage" +#define NID_key_usage 83 +#define OBJ_key_usage OBJ_id_ce,15L + +#define SN_private_key_usage_period "privateKeyUsagePeriod" +#define LN_private_key_usage_period "X509v3 Private Key Usage Period" +#define NID_private_key_usage_period 84 +#define OBJ_private_key_usage_period OBJ_id_ce,16L + +#define SN_subject_alt_name "subjectAltName" +#define LN_subject_alt_name "X509v3 Subject Alternative Name" +#define NID_subject_alt_name 85 +#define OBJ_subject_alt_name OBJ_id_ce,17L + +#define SN_issuer_alt_name "issuerAltName" +#define LN_issuer_alt_name "X509v3 Issuer Alternative Name" +#define NID_issuer_alt_name 86 +#define OBJ_issuer_alt_name OBJ_id_ce,18L + +#define SN_basic_constraints "basicConstraints" +#define LN_basic_constraints "X509v3 Basic Constraints" +#define NID_basic_constraints 87 +#define OBJ_basic_constraints OBJ_id_ce,19L + +#define SN_crl_number "crlNumber" +#define LN_crl_number "X509v3 CRL Number" +#define NID_crl_number 88 +#define OBJ_crl_number OBJ_id_ce,20L + +#define SN_crl_reason "CRLReason" +#define LN_crl_reason "X509v3 CRL Reason Code" +#define NID_crl_reason 141 +#define OBJ_crl_reason OBJ_id_ce,21L + +#define SN_invalidity_date "invalidityDate" +#define LN_invalidity_date "Invalidity Date" +#define NID_invalidity_date 142 +#define OBJ_invalidity_date OBJ_id_ce,24L + +#define SN_delta_crl "deltaCRL" +#define LN_delta_crl "X509v3 Delta CRL Indicator" +#define NID_delta_crl 140 +#define OBJ_delta_crl OBJ_id_ce,27L + +#define SN_issuing_distribution_point "issuingDistributionPoint" +#define LN_issuing_distribution_point "X509v3 Issuing Distribution Point" +#define NID_issuing_distribution_point 770 +#define OBJ_issuing_distribution_point OBJ_id_ce,28L + +#define SN_certificate_issuer "certificateIssuer" +#define LN_certificate_issuer "X509v3 Certificate Issuer" +#define NID_certificate_issuer 771 +#define OBJ_certificate_issuer OBJ_id_ce,29L + +#define SN_name_constraints "nameConstraints" +#define LN_name_constraints "X509v3 Name Constraints" +#define NID_name_constraints 666 +#define OBJ_name_constraints OBJ_id_ce,30L + +#define SN_crl_distribution_points "crlDistributionPoints" +#define LN_crl_distribution_points "X509v3 CRL Distribution Points" +#define NID_crl_distribution_points 103 +#define OBJ_crl_distribution_points OBJ_id_ce,31L + +#define SN_certificate_policies "certificatePolicies" +#define LN_certificate_policies "X509v3 Certificate Policies" +#define NID_certificate_policies 89 +#define OBJ_certificate_policies OBJ_id_ce,32L + +#define SN_any_policy "anyPolicy" +#define LN_any_policy "X509v3 Any Policy" +#define NID_any_policy 746 +#define OBJ_any_policy OBJ_certificate_policies,0L + +#define SN_policy_mappings "policyMappings" +#define LN_policy_mappings "X509v3 Policy Mappings" +#define NID_policy_mappings 747 +#define OBJ_policy_mappings OBJ_id_ce,33L + +#define SN_authority_key_identifier "authorityKeyIdentifier" +#define LN_authority_key_identifier "X509v3 Authority Key Identifier" +#define NID_authority_key_identifier 90 +#define OBJ_authority_key_identifier OBJ_id_ce,35L + +#define SN_policy_constraints "policyConstraints" +#define LN_policy_constraints "X509v3 Policy Constraints" +#define NID_policy_constraints 401 +#define OBJ_policy_constraints OBJ_id_ce,36L + +#define SN_ext_key_usage "extendedKeyUsage" +#define LN_ext_key_usage "X509v3 Extended Key Usage" +#define NID_ext_key_usage 126 +#define OBJ_ext_key_usage OBJ_id_ce,37L + +#define SN_freshest_crl "freshestCRL" +#define LN_freshest_crl "X509v3 Freshest CRL" +#define NID_freshest_crl 857 +#define OBJ_freshest_crl OBJ_id_ce,46L + +#define SN_inhibit_any_policy "inhibitAnyPolicy" +#define LN_inhibit_any_policy "X509v3 Inhibit Any Policy" +#define NID_inhibit_any_policy 748 +#define OBJ_inhibit_any_policy OBJ_id_ce,54L + +#define SN_target_information "targetInformation" +#define LN_target_information "X509v3 AC Targeting" +#define NID_target_information 402 +#define OBJ_target_information OBJ_id_ce,55L + +#define SN_no_rev_avail "noRevAvail" +#define LN_no_rev_avail "X509v3 No Revocation Available" +#define NID_no_rev_avail 403 +#define OBJ_no_rev_avail OBJ_id_ce,56L + +#define SN_anyExtendedKeyUsage "anyExtendedKeyUsage" +#define LN_anyExtendedKeyUsage "Any Extended Key Usage" +#define NID_anyExtendedKeyUsage 910 +#define OBJ_anyExtendedKeyUsage OBJ_ext_key_usage,0L + +#define SN_netscape "Netscape" +#define LN_netscape "Netscape Communications Corp." +#define NID_netscape 57 +#define OBJ_netscape 2L,16L,840L,1L,113730L + +#define SN_netscape_cert_extension "nsCertExt" +#define LN_netscape_cert_extension "Netscape Certificate Extension" +#define NID_netscape_cert_extension 58 +#define OBJ_netscape_cert_extension OBJ_netscape,1L + +#define SN_netscape_data_type "nsDataType" +#define LN_netscape_data_type "Netscape Data Type" +#define NID_netscape_data_type 59 +#define OBJ_netscape_data_type OBJ_netscape,2L + +#define SN_netscape_cert_type "nsCertType" +#define LN_netscape_cert_type "Netscape Cert Type" +#define NID_netscape_cert_type 71 +#define OBJ_netscape_cert_type OBJ_netscape_cert_extension,1L + +#define SN_netscape_base_url "nsBaseUrl" +#define LN_netscape_base_url "Netscape Base Url" +#define NID_netscape_base_url 72 +#define OBJ_netscape_base_url OBJ_netscape_cert_extension,2L + +#define SN_netscape_revocation_url "nsRevocationUrl" +#define LN_netscape_revocation_url "Netscape Revocation Url" +#define NID_netscape_revocation_url 73 +#define OBJ_netscape_revocation_url OBJ_netscape_cert_extension,3L + +#define SN_netscape_ca_revocation_url "nsCaRevocationUrl" +#define LN_netscape_ca_revocation_url "Netscape CA Revocation Url" +#define NID_netscape_ca_revocation_url 74 +#define OBJ_netscape_ca_revocation_url OBJ_netscape_cert_extension,4L + +#define SN_netscape_renewal_url "nsRenewalUrl" +#define LN_netscape_renewal_url "Netscape Renewal Url" +#define NID_netscape_renewal_url 75 +#define OBJ_netscape_renewal_url OBJ_netscape_cert_extension,7L + +#define SN_netscape_ca_policy_url "nsCaPolicyUrl" +#define LN_netscape_ca_policy_url "Netscape CA Policy Url" +#define NID_netscape_ca_policy_url 76 +#define OBJ_netscape_ca_policy_url OBJ_netscape_cert_extension,8L + +#define SN_netscape_ssl_server_name "nsSslServerName" +#define LN_netscape_ssl_server_name "Netscape SSL Server Name" +#define NID_netscape_ssl_server_name 77 +#define OBJ_netscape_ssl_server_name OBJ_netscape_cert_extension,12L + +#define SN_netscape_comment "nsComment" +#define LN_netscape_comment "Netscape Comment" +#define NID_netscape_comment 78 +#define OBJ_netscape_comment OBJ_netscape_cert_extension,13L + +#define SN_netscape_cert_sequence "nsCertSequence" +#define LN_netscape_cert_sequence "Netscape Certificate Sequence" +#define NID_netscape_cert_sequence 79 +#define OBJ_netscape_cert_sequence OBJ_netscape_data_type,5L + +#define SN_ns_sgc "nsSGC" +#define LN_ns_sgc "Netscape Server Gated Crypto" +#define NID_ns_sgc 139 +#define OBJ_ns_sgc OBJ_netscape,4L,1L + +#define SN_org "ORG" +#define LN_org "org" +#define NID_org 379 +#define OBJ_org OBJ_iso,3L + +#define SN_dod "DOD" +#define LN_dod "dod" +#define NID_dod 380 +#define OBJ_dod OBJ_org,6L + +#define SN_iana "IANA" +#define LN_iana "iana" +#define NID_iana 381 +#define OBJ_iana OBJ_dod,1L + +#define OBJ_internet OBJ_iana + +#define SN_Directory "directory" +#define LN_Directory "Directory" +#define NID_Directory 382 +#define OBJ_Directory OBJ_internet,1L + +#define SN_Management "mgmt" +#define LN_Management "Management" +#define NID_Management 383 +#define OBJ_Management OBJ_internet,2L + +#define SN_Experimental "experimental" +#define LN_Experimental "Experimental" +#define NID_Experimental 384 +#define OBJ_Experimental OBJ_internet,3L + +#define SN_Private "private" +#define LN_Private "Private" +#define NID_Private 385 +#define OBJ_Private OBJ_internet,4L + +#define SN_Security "security" +#define LN_Security "Security" +#define NID_Security 386 +#define OBJ_Security OBJ_internet,5L + +#define SN_SNMPv2 "snmpv2" +#define LN_SNMPv2 "SNMPv2" +#define NID_SNMPv2 387 +#define OBJ_SNMPv2 OBJ_internet,6L + +#define LN_Mail "Mail" +#define NID_Mail 388 +#define OBJ_Mail OBJ_internet,7L + +#define SN_Enterprises "enterprises" +#define LN_Enterprises "Enterprises" +#define NID_Enterprises 389 +#define OBJ_Enterprises OBJ_Private,1L + +#define SN_dcObject "dcobject" +#define LN_dcObject "dcObject" +#define NID_dcObject 390 +#define OBJ_dcObject OBJ_Enterprises,1466L,344L + +#define SN_mime_mhs "mime-mhs" +#define LN_mime_mhs "MIME MHS" +#define NID_mime_mhs 504 +#define OBJ_mime_mhs OBJ_Mail,1L + +#define SN_mime_mhs_headings "mime-mhs-headings" +#define LN_mime_mhs_headings "mime-mhs-headings" +#define NID_mime_mhs_headings 505 +#define OBJ_mime_mhs_headings OBJ_mime_mhs,1L + +#define SN_mime_mhs_bodies "mime-mhs-bodies" +#define LN_mime_mhs_bodies "mime-mhs-bodies" +#define NID_mime_mhs_bodies 506 +#define OBJ_mime_mhs_bodies OBJ_mime_mhs,2L + +#define SN_id_hex_partial_message "id-hex-partial-message" +#define LN_id_hex_partial_message "id-hex-partial-message" +#define NID_id_hex_partial_message 507 +#define OBJ_id_hex_partial_message OBJ_mime_mhs_headings,1L + +#define SN_id_hex_multipart_message "id-hex-multipart-message" +#define LN_id_hex_multipart_message "id-hex-multipart-message" +#define NID_id_hex_multipart_message 508 +#define OBJ_id_hex_multipart_message OBJ_mime_mhs_headings,2L + +#define SN_zlib_compression "ZLIB" +#define LN_zlib_compression "zlib compression" +#define NID_zlib_compression 125 +#define OBJ_zlib_compression OBJ_id_smime_alg,8L + +#define OBJ_csor 2L,16L,840L,1L,101L,3L + +#define OBJ_nistAlgorithms OBJ_csor,4L + +#define OBJ_aes OBJ_nistAlgorithms,1L + +#define SN_aes_128_ecb "AES-128-ECB" +#define LN_aes_128_ecb "aes-128-ecb" +#define NID_aes_128_ecb 418 +#define OBJ_aes_128_ecb OBJ_aes,1L + +#define SN_aes_128_cbc "AES-128-CBC" +#define LN_aes_128_cbc "aes-128-cbc" +#define NID_aes_128_cbc 419 +#define OBJ_aes_128_cbc OBJ_aes,2L + +#define SN_aes_128_ofb128 "AES-128-OFB" +#define LN_aes_128_ofb128 "aes-128-ofb" +#define NID_aes_128_ofb128 420 +#define OBJ_aes_128_ofb128 OBJ_aes,3L + +#define SN_aes_128_cfb128 "AES-128-CFB" +#define LN_aes_128_cfb128 "aes-128-cfb" +#define NID_aes_128_cfb128 421 +#define OBJ_aes_128_cfb128 OBJ_aes,4L + +#define SN_id_aes128_wrap "id-aes128-wrap" +#define NID_id_aes128_wrap 788 +#define OBJ_id_aes128_wrap OBJ_aes,5L + +#define SN_aes_128_gcm "id-aes128-GCM" +#define LN_aes_128_gcm "aes-128-gcm" +#define NID_aes_128_gcm 895 +#define OBJ_aes_128_gcm OBJ_aes,6L + +#define SN_aes_128_ccm "id-aes128-CCM" +#define LN_aes_128_ccm "aes-128-ccm" +#define NID_aes_128_ccm 896 +#define OBJ_aes_128_ccm OBJ_aes,7L + +#define SN_id_aes128_wrap_pad "id-aes128-wrap-pad" +#define NID_id_aes128_wrap_pad 897 +#define OBJ_id_aes128_wrap_pad OBJ_aes,8L + +#define SN_aes_192_ecb "AES-192-ECB" +#define LN_aes_192_ecb "aes-192-ecb" +#define NID_aes_192_ecb 422 +#define OBJ_aes_192_ecb OBJ_aes,21L + +#define SN_aes_192_cbc "AES-192-CBC" +#define LN_aes_192_cbc "aes-192-cbc" +#define NID_aes_192_cbc 423 +#define OBJ_aes_192_cbc OBJ_aes,22L + +#define SN_aes_192_ofb128 "AES-192-OFB" +#define LN_aes_192_ofb128 "aes-192-ofb" +#define NID_aes_192_ofb128 424 +#define OBJ_aes_192_ofb128 OBJ_aes,23L + +#define SN_aes_192_cfb128 "AES-192-CFB" +#define LN_aes_192_cfb128 "aes-192-cfb" +#define NID_aes_192_cfb128 425 +#define OBJ_aes_192_cfb128 OBJ_aes,24L + +#define SN_id_aes192_wrap "id-aes192-wrap" +#define NID_id_aes192_wrap 789 +#define OBJ_id_aes192_wrap OBJ_aes,25L + +#define SN_aes_192_gcm "id-aes192-GCM" +#define LN_aes_192_gcm "aes-192-gcm" +#define NID_aes_192_gcm 898 +#define OBJ_aes_192_gcm OBJ_aes,26L + +#define SN_aes_192_ccm "id-aes192-CCM" +#define LN_aes_192_ccm "aes-192-ccm" +#define NID_aes_192_ccm 899 +#define OBJ_aes_192_ccm OBJ_aes,27L + +#define SN_id_aes192_wrap_pad "id-aes192-wrap-pad" +#define NID_id_aes192_wrap_pad 900 +#define OBJ_id_aes192_wrap_pad OBJ_aes,28L + +#define SN_aes_256_ecb "AES-256-ECB" +#define LN_aes_256_ecb "aes-256-ecb" +#define NID_aes_256_ecb 426 +#define OBJ_aes_256_ecb OBJ_aes,41L + +#define SN_aes_256_cbc "AES-256-CBC" +#define LN_aes_256_cbc "aes-256-cbc" +#define NID_aes_256_cbc 427 +#define OBJ_aes_256_cbc OBJ_aes,42L + +#define SN_aes_256_ofb128 "AES-256-OFB" +#define LN_aes_256_ofb128 "aes-256-ofb" +#define NID_aes_256_ofb128 428 +#define OBJ_aes_256_ofb128 OBJ_aes,43L + +#define SN_aes_256_cfb128 "AES-256-CFB" +#define LN_aes_256_cfb128 "aes-256-cfb" +#define NID_aes_256_cfb128 429 +#define OBJ_aes_256_cfb128 OBJ_aes,44L + +#define SN_id_aes256_wrap "id-aes256-wrap" +#define NID_id_aes256_wrap 790 +#define OBJ_id_aes256_wrap OBJ_aes,45L + +#define SN_aes_256_gcm "id-aes256-GCM" +#define LN_aes_256_gcm "aes-256-gcm" +#define NID_aes_256_gcm 901 +#define OBJ_aes_256_gcm OBJ_aes,46L + +#define SN_aes_256_ccm "id-aes256-CCM" +#define LN_aes_256_ccm "aes-256-ccm" +#define NID_aes_256_ccm 902 +#define OBJ_aes_256_ccm OBJ_aes,47L + +#define SN_id_aes256_wrap_pad "id-aes256-wrap-pad" +#define NID_id_aes256_wrap_pad 903 +#define OBJ_id_aes256_wrap_pad OBJ_aes,48L + +#define SN_aes_128_xts "AES-128-XTS" +#define LN_aes_128_xts "aes-128-xts" +#define NID_aes_128_xts 913 +#define OBJ_aes_128_xts OBJ_ieee_siswg,0L,1L,1L + +#define SN_aes_256_xts "AES-256-XTS" +#define LN_aes_256_xts "aes-256-xts" +#define NID_aes_256_xts 914 +#define OBJ_aes_256_xts OBJ_ieee_siswg,0L,1L,2L + +#define SN_aes_128_cfb1 "AES-128-CFB1" +#define LN_aes_128_cfb1 "aes-128-cfb1" +#define NID_aes_128_cfb1 650 + +#define SN_aes_192_cfb1 "AES-192-CFB1" +#define LN_aes_192_cfb1 "aes-192-cfb1" +#define NID_aes_192_cfb1 651 + +#define SN_aes_256_cfb1 "AES-256-CFB1" +#define LN_aes_256_cfb1 "aes-256-cfb1" +#define NID_aes_256_cfb1 652 + +#define SN_aes_128_cfb8 "AES-128-CFB8" +#define LN_aes_128_cfb8 "aes-128-cfb8" +#define NID_aes_128_cfb8 653 + +#define SN_aes_192_cfb8 "AES-192-CFB8" +#define LN_aes_192_cfb8 "aes-192-cfb8" +#define NID_aes_192_cfb8 654 + +#define SN_aes_256_cfb8 "AES-256-CFB8" +#define LN_aes_256_cfb8 "aes-256-cfb8" +#define NID_aes_256_cfb8 655 + +#define SN_aes_128_ctr "AES-128-CTR" +#define LN_aes_128_ctr "aes-128-ctr" +#define NID_aes_128_ctr 904 + +#define SN_aes_192_ctr "AES-192-CTR" +#define LN_aes_192_ctr "aes-192-ctr" +#define NID_aes_192_ctr 905 + +#define SN_aes_256_ctr "AES-256-CTR" +#define LN_aes_256_ctr "aes-256-ctr" +#define NID_aes_256_ctr 906 + +#define SN_aes_128_ocb "AES-128-OCB" +#define LN_aes_128_ocb "aes-128-ocb" +#define NID_aes_128_ocb 958 + +#define SN_aes_192_ocb "AES-192-OCB" +#define LN_aes_192_ocb "aes-192-ocb" +#define NID_aes_192_ocb 959 + +#define SN_aes_256_ocb "AES-256-OCB" +#define LN_aes_256_ocb "aes-256-ocb" +#define NID_aes_256_ocb 960 + +#define SN_des_cfb1 "DES-CFB1" +#define LN_des_cfb1 "des-cfb1" +#define NID_des_cfb1 656 + +#define SN_des_cfb8 "DES-CFB8" +#define LN_des_cfb8 "des-cfb8" +#define NID_des_cfb8 657 + +#define SN_des_ede3_cfb1 "DES-EDE3-CFB1" +#define LN_des_ede3_cfb1 "des-ede3-cfb1" +#define NID_des_ede3_cfb1 658 + +#define SN_des_ede3_cfb8 "DES-EDE3-CFB8" +#define LN_des_ede3_cfb8 "des-ede3-cfb8" +#define NID_des_ede3_cfb8 659 + +#define OBJ_nist_hashalgs OBJ_nistAlgorithms,2L + +#define SN_sha256 "SHA256" +#define LN_sha256 "sha256" +#define NID_sha256 672 +#define OBJ_sha256 OBJ_nist_hashalgs,1L + +#define SN_sha384 "SHA384" +#define LN_sha384 "sha384" +#define NID_sha384 673 +#define OBJ_sha384 OBJ_nist_hashalgs,2L + +#define SN_sha512 "SHA512" +#define LN_sha512 "sha512" +#define NID_sha512 674 +#define OBJ_sha512 OBJ_nist_hashalgs,3L + +#define SN_sha224 "SHA224" +#define LN_sha224 "sha224" +#define NID_sha224 675 +#define OBJ_sha224 OBJ_nist_hashalgs,4L + +#define SN_sha512_224 "SHA512-224" +#define LN_sha512_224 "sha512-224" +#define NID_sha512_224 1094 +#define OBJ_sha512_224 OBJ_nist_hashalgs,5L + +#define SN_sha512_256 "SHA512-256" +#define LN_sha512_256 "sha512-256" +#define NID_sha512_256 1095 +#define OBJ_sha512_256 OBJ_nist_hashalgs,6L + +#define SN_sha3_224 "SHA3-224" +#define LN_sha3_224 "sha3-224" +#define NID_sha3_224 1096 +#define OBJ_sha3_224 OBJ_nist_hashalgs,7L + +#define SN_sha3_256 "SHA3-256" +#define LN_sha3_256 "sha3-256" +#define NID_sha3_256 1097 +#define OBJ_sha3_256 OBJ_nist_hashalgs,8L + +#define SN_sha3_384 "SHA3-384" +#define LN_sha3_384 "sha3-384" +#define NID_sha3_384 1098 +#define OBJ_sha3_384 OBJ_nist_hashalgs,9L + +#define SN_sha3_512 "SHA3-512" +#define LN_sha3_512 "sha3-512" +#define NID_sha3_512 1099 +#define OBJ_sha3_512 OBJ_nist_hashalgs,10L + +#define SN_shake128 "SHAKE128" +#define LN_shake128 "shake128" +#define NID_shake128 1100 +#define OBJ_shake128 OBJ_nist_hashalgs,11L + +#define SN_shake256 "SHAKE256" +#define LN_shake256 "shake256" +#define NID_shake256 1101 +#define OBJ_shake256 OBJ_nist_hashalgs,12L + +#define SN_hmac_sha3_224 "id-hmacWithSHA3-224" +#define LN_hmac_sha3_224 "hmac-sha3-224" +#define NID_hmac_sha3_224 1102 +#define OBJ_hmac_sha3_224 OBJ_nist_hashalgs,13L + +#define SN_hmac_sha3_256 "id-hmacWithSHA3-256" +#define LN_hmac_sha3_256 "hmac-sha3-256" +#define NID_hmac_sha3_256 1103 +#define OBJ_hmac_sha3_256 OBJ_nist_hashalgs,14L + +#define SN_hmac_sha3_384 "id-hmacWithSHA3-384" +#define LN_hmac_sha3_384 "hmac-sha3-384" +#define NID_hmac_sha3_384 1104 +#define OBJ_hmac_sha3_384 OBJ_nist_hashalgs,15L + +#define SN_hmac_sha3_512 "id-hmacWithSHA3-512" +#define LN_hmac_sha3_512 "hmac-sha3-512" +#define NID_hmac_sha3_512 1105 +#define OBJ_hmac_sha3_512 OBJ_nist_hashalgs,16L + +#define OBJ_dsa_with_sha2 OBJ_nistAlgorithms,3L + +#define SN_dsa_with_SHA224 "dsa_with_SHA224" +#define NID_dsa_with_SHA224 802 +#define OBJ_dsa_with_SHA224 OBJ_dsa_with_sha2,1L + +#define SN_dsa_with_SHA256 "dsa_with_SHA256" +#define NID_dsa_with_SHA256 803 +#define OBJ_dsa_with_SHA256 OBJ_dsa_with_sha2,2L + +#define OBJ_sigAlgs OBJ_nistAlgorithms,3L + +#define SN_dsa_with_SHA384 "id-dsa-with-sha384" +#define LN_dsa_with_SHA384 "dsa_with_SHA384" +#define NID_dsa_with_SHA384 1106 +#define OBJ_dsa_with_SHA384 OBJ_sigAlgs,3L + +#define SN_dsa_with_SHA512 "id-dsa-with-sha512" +#define LN_dsa_with_SHA512 "dsa_with_SHA512" +#define NID_dsa_with_SHA512 1107 +#define OBJ_dsa_with_SHA512 OBJ_sigAlgs,4L + +#define SN_dsa_with_SHA3_224 "id-dsa-with-sha3-224" +#define LN_dsa_with_SHA3_224 "dsa_with_SHA3-224" +#define NID_dsa_with_SHA3_224 1108 +#define OBJ_dsa_with_SHA3_224 OBJ_sigAlgs,5L + +#define SN_dsa_with_SHA3_256 "id-dsa-with-sha3-256" +#define LN_dsa_with_SHA3_256 "dsa_with_SHA3-256" +#define NID_dsa_with_SHA3_256 1109 +#define OBJ_dsa_with_SHA3_256 OBJ_sigAlgs,6L + +#define SN_dsa_with_SHA3_384 "id-dsa-with-sha3-384" +#define LN_dsa_with_SHA3_384 "dsa_with_SHA3-384" +#define NID_dsa_with_SHA3_384 1110 +#define OBJ_dsa_with_SHA3_384 OBJ_sigAlgs,7L + +#define SN_dsa_with_SHA3_512 "id-dsa-with-sha3-512" +#define LN_dsa_with_SHA3_512 "dsa_with_SHA3-512" +#define NID_dsa_with_SHA3_512 1111 +#define OBJ_dsa_with_SHA3_512 OBJ_sigAlgs,8L + +#define SN_ecdsa_with_SHA3_224 "id-ecdsa-with-sha3-224" +#define LN_ecdsa_with_SHA3_224 "ecdsa_with_SHA3-224" +#define NID_ecdsa_with_SHA3_224 1112 +#define OBJ_ecdsa_with_SHA3_224 OBJ_sigAlgs,9L + +#define SN_ecdsa_with_SHA3_256 "id-ecdsa-with-sha3-256" +#define LN_ecdsa_with_SHA3_256 "ecdsa_with_SHA3-256" +#define NID_ecdsa_with_SHA3_256 1113 +#define OBJ_ecdsa_with_SHA3_256 OBJ_sigAlgs,10L + +#define SN_ecdsa_with_SHA3_384 "id-ecdsa-with-sha3-384" +#define LN_ecdsa_with_SHA3_384 "ecdsa_with_SHA3-384" +#define NID_ecdsa_with_SHA3_384 1114 +#define OBJ_ecdsa_with_SHA3_384 OBJ_sigAlgs,11L + +#define SN_ecdsa_with_SHA3_512 "id-ecdsa-with-sha3-512" +#define LN_ecdsa_with_SHA3_512 "ecdsa_with_SHA3-512" +#define NID_ecdsa_with_SHA3_512 1115 +#define OBJ_ecdsa_with_SHA3_512 OBJ_sigAlgs,12L + +#define SN_RSA_SHA3_224 "id-rsassa-pkcs1-v1_5-with-sha3-224" +#define LN_RSA_SHA3_224 "RSA-SHA3-224" +#define NID_RSA_SHA3_224 1116 +#define OBJ_RSA_SHA3_224 OBJ_sigAlgs,13L + +#define SN_RSA_SHA3_256 "id-rsassa-pkcs1-v1_5-with-sha3-256" +#define LN_RSA_SHA3_256 "RSA-SHA3-256" +#define NID_RSA_SHA3_256 1117 +#define OBJ_RSA_SHA3_256 OBJ_sigAlgs,14L + +#define SN_RSA_SHA3_384 "id-rsassa-pkcs1-v1_5-with-sha3-384" +#define LN_RSA_SHA3_384 "RSA-SHA3-384" +#define NID_RSA_SHA3_384 1118 +#define OBJ_RSA_SHA3_384 OBJ_sigAlgs,15L + +#define SN_RSA_SHA3_512 "id-rsassa-pkcs1-v1_5-with-sha3-512" +#define LN_RSA_SHA3_512 "RSA-SHA3-512" +#define NID_RSA_SHA3_512 1119 +#define OBJ_RSA_SHA3_512 OBJ_sigAlgs,16L + +#define SN_hold_instruction_code "holdInstructionCode" +#define LN_hold_instruction_code "Hold Instruction Code" +#define NID_hold_instruction_code 430 +#define OBJ_hold_instruction_code OBJ_id_ce,23L + +#define OBJ_holdInstruction OBJ_X9_57,2L + +#define SN_hold_instruction_none "holdInstructionNone" +#define LN_hold_instruction_none "Hold Instruction None" +#define NID_hold_instruction_none 431 +#define OBJ_hold_instruction_none OBJ_holdInstruction,1L + +#define SN_hold_instruction_call_issuer "holdInstructionCallIssuer" +#define LN_hold_instruction_call_issuer "Hold Instruction Call Issuer" +#define NID_hold_instruction_call_issuer 432 +#define OBJ_hold_instruction_call_issuer OBJ_holdInstruction,2L + +#define SN_hold_instruction_reject "holdInstructionReject" +#define LN_hold_instruction_reject "Hold Instruction Reject" +#define NID_hold_instruction_reject 433 +#define OBJ_hold_instruction_reject OBJ_holdInstruction,3L + +#define SN_data "data" +#define NID_data 434 +#define OBJ_data OBJ_itu_t,9L + +#define SN_pss "pss" +#define NID_pss 435 +#define OBJ_pss OBJ_data,2342L + +#define SN_ucl "ucl" +#define NID_ucl 436 +#define OBJ_ucl OBJ_pss,19200300L + +#define SN_pilot "pilot" +#define NID_pilot 437 +#define OBJ_pilot OBJ_ucl,100L + +#define LN_pilotAttributeType "pilotAttributeType" +#define NID_pilotAttributeType 438 +#define OBJ_pilotAttributeType OBJ_pilot,1L + +#define LN_pilotAttributeSyntax "pilotAttributeSyntax" +#define NID_pilotAttributeSyntax 439 +#define OBJ_pilotAttributeSyntax OBJ_pilot,3L + +#define LN_pilotObjectClass "pilotObjectClass" +#define NID_pilotObjectClass 440 +#define OBJ_pilotObjectClass OBJ_pilot,4L + +#define LN_pilotGroups "pilotGroups" +#define NID_pilotGroups 441 +#define OBJ_pilotGroups OBJ_pilot,10L + +#define LN_iA5StringSyntax "iA5StringSyntax" +#define NID_iA5StringSyntax 442 +#define OBJ_iA5StringSyntax OBJ_pilotAttributeSyntax,4L + +#define LN_caseIgnoreIA5StringSyntax "caseIgnoreIA5StringSyntax" +#define NID_caseIgnoreIA5StringSyntax 443 +#define OBJ_caseIgnoreIA5StringSyntax OBJ_pilotAttributeSyntax,5L + +#define LN_pilotObject "pilotObject" +#define NID_pilotObject 444 +#define OBJ_pilotObject OBJ_pilotObjectClass,3L + +#define LN_pilotPerson "pilotPerson" +#define NID_pilotPerson 445 +#define OBJ_pilotPerson OBJ_pilotObjectClass,4L + +#define SN_account "account" +#define NID_account 446 +#define OBJ_account OBJ_pilotObjectClass,5L + +#define SN_document "document" +#define NID_document 447 +#define OBJ_document OBJ_pilotObjectClass,6L + +#define SN_room "room" +#define NID_room 448 +#define OBJ_room OBJ_pilotObjectClass,7L + +#define LN_documentSeries "documentSeries" +#define NID_documentSeries 449 +#define OBJ_documentSeries OBJ_pilotObjectClass,9L + +#define SN_Domain "domain" +#define LN_Domain "Domain" +#define NID_Domain 392 +#define OBJ_Domain OBJ_pilotObjectClass,13L + +#define LN_rFC822localPart "rFC822localPart" +#define NID_rFC822localPart 450 +#define OBJ_rFC822localPart OBJ_pilotObjectClass,14L + +#define LN_dNSDomain "dNSDomain" +#define NID_dNSDomain 451 +#define OBJ_dNSDomain OBJ_pilotObjectClass,15L + +#define LN_domainRelatedObject "domainRelatedObject" +#define NID_domainRelatedObject 452 +#define OBJ_domainRelatedObject OBJ_pilotObjectClass,17L + +#define LN_friendlyCountry "friendlyCountry" +#define NID_friendlyCountry 453 +#define OBJ_friendlyCountry OBJ_pilotObjectClass,18L + +#define LN_simpleSecurityObject "simpleSecurityObject" +#define NID_simpleSecurityObject 454 +#define OBJ_simpleSecurityObject OBJ_pilotObjectClass,19L + +#define LN_pilotOrganization "pilotOrganization" +#define NID_pilotOrganization 455 +#define OBJ_pilotOrganization OBJ_pilotObjectClass,20L + +#define LN_pilotDSA "pilotDSA" +#define NID_pilotDSA 456 +#define OBJ_pilotDSA OBJ_pilotObjectClass,21L + +#define LN_qualityLabelledData "qualityLabelledData" +#define NID_qualityLabelledData 457 +#define OBJ_qualityLabelledData OBJ_pilotObjectClass,22L + +#define SN_userId "UID" +#define LN_userId "userId" +#define NID_userId 458 +#define OBJ_userId OBJ_pilotAttributeType,1L + +#define LN_textEncodedORAddress "textEncodedORAddress" +#define NID_textEncodedORAddress 459 +#define OBJ_textEncodedORAddress OBJ_pilotAttributeType,2L + +#define SN_rfc822Mailbox "mail" +#define LN_rfc822Mailbox "rfc822Mailbox" +#define NID_rfc822Mailbox 460 +#define OBJ_rfc822Mailbox OBJ_pilotAttributeType,3L + +#define SN_info "info" +#define NID_info 461 +#define OBJ_info OBJ_pilotAttributeType,4L + +#define LN_favouriteDrink "favouriteDrink" +#define NID_favouriteDrink 462 +#define OBJ_favouriteDrink OBJ_pilotAttributeType,5L + +#define LN_roomNumber "roomNumber" +#define NID_roomNumber 463 +#define OBJ_roomNumber OBJ_pilotAttributeType,6L + +#define SN_photo "photo" +#define NID_photo 464 +#define OBJ_photo OBJ_pilotAttributeType,7L + +#define LN_userClass "userClass" +#define NID_userClass 465 +#define OBJ_userClass OBJ_pilotAttributeType,8L + +#define SN_host "host" +#define NID_host 466 +#define OBJ_host OBJ_pilotAttributeType,9L + +#define SN_manager "manager" +#define NID_manager 467 +#define OBJ_manager OBJ_pilotAttributeType,10L + +#define LN_documentIdentifier "documentIdentifier" +#define NID_documentIdentifier 468 +#define OBJ_documentIdentifier OBJ_pilotAttributeType,11L + +#define LN_documentTitle "documentTitle" +#define NID_documentTitle 469 +#define OBJ_documentTitle OBJ_pilotAttributeType,12L + +#define LN_documentVersion "documentVersion" +#define NID_documentVersion 470 +#define OBJ_documentVersion OBJ_pilotAttributeType,13L + +#define LN_documentAuthor "documentAuthor" +#define NID_documentAuthor 471 +#define OBJ_documentAuthor OBJ_pilotAttributeType,14L + +#define LN_documentLocation "documentLocation" +#define NID_documentLocation 472 +#define OBJ_documentLocation OBJ_pilotAttributeType,15L + +#define LN_homeTelephoneNumber "homeTelephoneNumber" +#define NID_homeTelephoneNumber 473 +#define OBJ_homeTelephoneNumber OBJ_pilotAttributeType,20L + +#define SN_secretary "secretary" +#define NID_secretary 474 +#define OBJ_secretary OBJ_pilotAttributeType,21L + +#define LN_otherMailbox "otherMailbox" +#define NID_otherMailbox 475 +#define OBJ_otherMailbox OBJ_pilotAttributeType,22L + +#define LN_lastModifiedTime "lastModifiedTime" +#define NID_lastModifiedTime 476 +#define OBJ_lastModifiedTime OBJ_pilotAttributeType,23L + +#define LN_lastModifiedBy "lastModifiedBy" +#define NID_lastModifiedBy 477 +#define OBJ_lastModifiedBy OBJ_pilotAttributeType,24L + +#define SN_domainComponent "DC" +#define LN_domainComponent "domainComponent" +#define NID_domainComponent 391 +#define OBJ_domainComponent OBJ_pilotAttributeType,25L + +#define LN_aRecord "aRecord" +#define NID_aRecord 478 +#define OBJ_aRecord OBJ_pilotAttributeType,26L + +#define LN_pilotAttributeType27 "pilotAttributeType27" +#define NID_pilotAttributeType27 479 +#define OBJ_pilotAttributeType27 OBJ_pilotAttributeType,27L + +#define LN_mXRecord "mXRecord" +#define NID_mXRecord 480 +#define OBJ_mXRecord OBJ_pilotAttributeType,28L + +#define LN_nSRecord "nSRecord" +#define NID_nSRecord 481 +#define OBJ_nSRecord OBJ_pilotAttributeType,29L + +#define LN_sOARecord "sOARecord" +#define NID_sOARecord 482 +#define OBJ_sOARecord OBJ_pilotAttributeType,30L + +#define LN_cNAMERecord "cNAMERecord" +#define NID_cNAMERecord 483 +#define OBJ_cNAMERecord OBJ_pilotAttributeType,31L + +#define LN_associatedDomain "associatedDomain" +#define NID_associatedDomain 484 +#define OBJ_associatedDomain OBJ_pilotAttributeType,37L + +#define LN_associatedName "associatedName" +#define NID_associatedName 485 +#define OBJ_associatedName OBJ_pilotAttributeType,38L + +#define LN_homePostalAddress "homePostalAddress" +#define NID_homePostalAddress 486 +#define OBJ_homePostalAddress OBJ_pilotAttributeType,39L + +#define LN_personalTitle "personalTitle" +#define NID_personalTitle 487 +#define OBJ_personalTitle OBJ_pilotAttributeType,40L + +#define LN_mobileTelephoneNumber "mobileTelephoneNumber" +#define NID_mobileTelephoneNumber 488 +#define OBJ_mobileTelephoneNumber OBJ_pilotAttributeType,41L + +#define LN_pagerTelephoneNumber "pagerTelephoneNumber" +#define NID_pagerTelephoneNumber 489 +#define OBJ_pagerTelephoneNumber OBJ_pilotAttributeType,42L + +#define LN_friendlyCountryName "friendlyCountryName" +#define NID_friendlyCountryName 490 +#define OBJ_friendlyCountryName OBJ_pilotAttributeType,43L + +#define SN_uniqueIdentifier "uid" +#define LN_uniqueIdentifier "uniqueIdentifier" +#define NID_uniqueIdentifier 102 +#define OBJ_uniqueIdentifier OBJ_pilotAttributeType,44L + +#define LN_organizationalStatus "organizationalStatus" +#define NID_organizationalStatus 491 +#define OBJ_organizationalStatus OBJ_pilotAttributeType,45L + +#define LN_janetMailbox "janetMailbox" +#define NID_janetMailbox 492 +#define OBJ_janetMailbox OBJ_pilotAttributeType,46L + +#define LN_mailPreferenceOption "mailPreferenceOption" +#define NID_mailPreferenceOption 493 +#define OBJ_mailPreferenceOption OBJ_pilotAttributeType,47L + +#define LN_buildingName "buildingName" +#define NID_buildingName 494 +#define OBJ_buildingName OBJ_pilotAttributeType,48L + +#define LN_dSAQuality "dSAQuality" +#define NID_dSAQuality 495 +#define OBJ_dSAQuality OBJ_pilotAttributeType,49L + +#define LN_singleLevelQuality "singleLevelQuality" +#define NID_singleLevelQuality 496 +#define OBJ_singleLevelQuality OBJ_pilotAttributeType,50L + +#define LN_subtreeMinimumQuality "subtreeMinimumQuality" +#define NID_subtreeMinimumQuality 497 +#define OBJ_subtreeMinimumQuality OBJ_pilotAttributeType,51L + +#define LN_subtreeMaximumQuality "subtreeMaximumQuality" +#define NID_subtreeMaximumQuality 498 +#define OBJ_subtreeMaximumQuality OBJ_pilotAttributeType,52L + +#define LN_personalSignature "personalSignature" +#define NID_personalSignature 499 +#define OBJ_personalSignature OBJ_pilotAttributeType,53L + +#define LN_dITRedirect "dITRedirect" +#define NID_dITRedirect 500 +#define OBJ_dITRedirect OBJ_pilotAttributeType,54L + +#define SN_audio "audio" +#define NID_audio 501 +#define OBJ_audio OBJ_pilotAttributeType,55L + +#define LN_documentPublisher "documentPublisher" +#define NID_documentPublisher 502 +#define OBJ_documentPublisher OBJ_pilotAttributeType,56L + +#define SN_id_set "id-set" +#define LN_id_set "Secure Electronic Transactions" +#define NID_id_set 512 +#define OBJ_id_set OBJ_international_organizations,42L + +#define SN_set_ctype "set-ctype" +#define LN_set_ctype "content types" +#define NID_set_ctype 513 +#define OBJ_set_ctype OBJ_id_set,0L + +#define SN_set_msgExt "set-msgExt" +#define LN_set_msgExt "message extensions" +#define NID_set_msgExt 514 +#define OBJ_set_msgExt OBJ_id_set,1L + +#define SN_set_attr "set-attr" +#define NID_set_attr 515 +#define OBJ_set_attr OBJ_id_set,3L + +#define SN_set_policy "set-policy" +#define NID_set_policy 516 +#define OBJ_set_policy OBJ_id_set,5L + +#define SN_set_certExt "set-certExt" +#define LN_set_certExt "certificate extensions" +#define NID_set_certExt 517 +#define OBJ_set_certExt OBJ_id_set,7L + +#define SN_set_brand "set-brand" +#define NID_set_brand 518 +#define OBJ_set_brand OBJ_id_set,8L + +#define SN_setct_PANData "setct-PANData" +#define NID_setct_PANData 519 +#define OBJ_setct_PANData OBJ_set_ctype,0L + +#define SN_setct_PANToken "setct-PANToken" +#define NID_setct_PANToken 520 +#define OBJ_setct_PANToken OBJ_set_ctype,1L + +#define SN_setct_PANOnly "setct-PANOnly" +#define NID_setct_PANOnly 521 +#define OBJ_setct_PANOnly OBJ_set_ctype,2L + +#define SN_setct_OIData "setct-OIData" +#define NID_setct_OIData 522 +#define OBJ_setct_OIData OBJ_set_ctype,3L + +#define SN_setct_PI "setct-PI" +#define NID_setct_PI 523 +#define OBJ_setct_PI OBJ_set_ctype,4L + +#define SN_setct_PIData "setct-PIData" +#define NID_setct_PIData 524 +#define OBJ_setct_PIData OBJ_set_ctype,5L + +#define SN_setct_PIDataUnsigned "setct-PIDataUnsigned" +#define NID_setct_PIDataUnsigned 525 +#define OBJ_setct_PIDataUnsigned OBJ_set_ctype,6L + +#define SN_setct_HODInput "setct-HODInput" +#define NID_setct_HODInput 526 +#define OBJ_setct_HODInput OBJ_set_ctype,7L + +#define SN_setct_AuthResBaggage "setct-AuthResBaggage" +#define NID_setct_AuthResBaggage 527 +#define OBJ_setct_AuthResBaggage OBJ_set_ctype,8L + +#define SN_setct_AuthRevReqBaggage "setct-AuthRevReqBaggage" +#define NID_setct_AuthRevReqBaggage 528 +#define OBJ_setct_AuthRevReqBaggage OBJ_set_ctype,9L + +#define SN_setct_AuthRevResBaggage "setct-AuthRevResBaggage" +#define NID_setct_AuthRevResBaggage 529 +#define OBJ_setct_AuthRevResBaggage OBJ_set_ctype,10L + +#define SN_setct_CapTokenSeq "setct-CapTokenSeq" +#define NID_setct_CapTokenSeq 530 +#define OBJ_setct_CapTokenSeq OBJ_set_ctype,11L + +#define SN_setct_PInitResData "setct-PInitResData" +#define NID_setct_PInitResData 531 +#define OBJ_setct_PInitResData OBJ_set_ctype,12L + +#define SN_setct_PI_TBS "setct-PI-TBS" +#define NID_setct_PI_TBS 532 +#define OBJ_setct_PI_TBS OBJ_set_ctype,13L + +#define SN_setct_PResData "setct-PResData" +#define NID_setct_PResData 533 +#define OBJ_setct_PResData OBJ_set_ctype,14L + +#define SN_setct_AuthReqTBS "setct-AuthReqTBS" +#define NID_setct_AuthReqTBS 534 +#define OBJ_setct_AuthReqTBS OBJ_set_ctype,16L + +#define SN_setct_AuthResTBS "setct-AuthResTBS" +#define NID_setct_AuthResTBS 535 +#define OBJ_setct_AuthResTBS OBJ_set_ctype,17L + +#define SN_setct_AuthResTBSX "setct-AuthResTBSX" +#define NID_setct_AuthResTBSX 536 +#define OBJ_setct_AuthResTBSX OBJ_set_ctype,18L + +#define SN_setct_AuthTokenTBS "setct-AuthTokenTBS" +#define NID_setct_AuthTokenTBS 537 +#define OBJ_setct_AuthTokenTBS OBJ_set_ctype,19L + +#define SN_setct_CapTokenData "setct-CapTokenData" +#define NID_setct_CapTokenData 538 +#define OBJ_setct_CapTokenData OBJ_set_ctype,20L + +#define SN_setct_CapTokenTBS "setct-CapTokenTBS" +#define NID_setct_CapTokenTBS 539 +#define OBJ_setct_CapTokenTBS OBJ_set_ctype,21L + +#define SN_setct_AcqCardCodeMsg "setct-AcqCardCodeMsg" +#define NID_setct_AcqCardCodeMsg 540 +#define OBJ_setct_AcqCardCodeMsg OBJ_set_ctype,22L + +#define SN_setct_AuthRevReqTBS "setct-AuthRevReqTBS" +#define NID_setct_AuthRevReqTBS 541 +#define OBJ_setct_AuthRevReqTBS OBJ_set_ctype,23L + +#define SN_setct_AuthRevResData "setct-AuthRevResData" +#define NID_setct_AuthRevResData 542 +#define OBJ_setct_AuthRevResData OBJ_set_ctype,24L + +#define SN_setct_AuthRevResTBS "setct-AuthRevResTBS" +#define NID_setct_AuthRevResTBS 543 +#define OBJ_setct_AuthRevResTBS OBJ_set_ctype,25L + +#define SN_setct_CapReqTBS "setct-CapReqTBS" +#define NID_setct_CapReqTBS 544 +#define OBJ_setct_CapReqTBS OBJ_set_ctype,26L + +#define SN_setct_CapReqTBSX "setct-CapReqTBSX" +#define NID_setct_CapReqTBSX 545 +#define OBJ_setct_CapReqTBSX OBJ_set_ctype,27L + +#define SN_setct_CapResData "setct-CapResData" +#define NID_setct_CapResData 546 +#define OBJ_setct_CapResData OBJ_set_ctype,28L + +#define SN_setct_CapRevReqTBS "setct-CapRevReqTBS" +#define NID_setct_CapRevReqTBS 547 +#define OBJ_setct_CapRevReqTBS OBJ_set_ctype,29L + +#define SN_setct_CapRevReqTBSX "setct-CapRevReqTBSX" +#define NID_setct_CapRevReqTBSX 548 +#define OBJ_setct_CapRevReqTBSX OBJ_set_ctype,30L + +#define SN_setct_CapRevResData "setct-CapRevResData" +#define NID_setct_CapRevResData 549 +#define OBJ_setct_CapRevResData OBJ_set_ctype,31L + +#define SN_setct_CredReqTBS "setct-CredReqTBS" +#define NID_setct_CredReqTBS 550 +#define OBJ_setct_CredReqTBS OBJ_set_ctype,32L + +#define SN_setct_CredReqTBSX "setct-CredReqTBSX" +#define NID_setct_CredReqTBSX 551 +#define OBJ_setct_CredReqTBSX OBJ_set_ctype,33L + +#define SN_setct_CredResData "setct-CredResData" +#define NID_setct_CredResData 552 +#define OBJ_setct_CredResData OBJ_set_ctype,34L + +#define SN_setct_CredRevReqTBS "setct-CredRevReqTBS" +#define NID_setct_CredRevReqTBS 553 +#define OBJ_setct_CredRevReqTBS OBJ_set_ctype,35L + +#define SN_setct_CredRevReqTBSX "setct-CredRevReqTBSX" +#define NID_setct_CredRevReqTBSX 554 +#define OBJ_setct_CredRevReqTBSX OBJ_set_ctype,36L + +#define SN_setct_CredRevResData "setct-CredRevResData" +#define NID_setct_CredRevResData 555 +#define OBJ_setct_CredRevResData OBJ_set_ctype,37L + +#define SN_setct_PCertReqData "setct-PCertReqData" +#define NID_setct_PCertReqData 556 +#define OBJ_setct_PCertReqData OBJ_set_ctype,38L + +#define SN_setct_PCertResTBS "setct-PCertResTBS" +#define NID_setct_PCertResTBS 557 +#define OBJ_setct_PCertResTBS OBJ_set_ctype,39L + +#define SN_setct_BatchAdminReqData "setct-BatchAdminReqData" +#define NID_setct_BatchAdminReqData 558 +#define OBJ_setct_BatchAdminReqData OBJ_set_ctype,40L + +#define SN_setct_BatchAdminResData "setct-BatchAdminResData" +#define NID_setct_BatchAdminResData 559 +#define OBJ_setct_BatchAdminResData OBJ_set_ctype,41L + +#define SN_setct_CardCInitResTBS "setct-CardCInitResTBS" +#define NID_setct_CardCInitResTBS 560 +#define OBJ_setct_CardCInitResTBS OBJ_set_ctype,42L + +#define SN_setct_MeAqCInitResTBS "setct-MeAqCInitResTBS" +#define NID_setct_MeAqCInitResTBS 561 +#define OBJ_setct_MeAqCInitResTBS OBJ_set_ctype,43L + +#define SN_setct_RegFormResTBS "setct-RegFormResTBS" +#define NID_setct_RegFormResTBS 562 +#define OBJ_setct_RegFormResTBS OBJ_set_ctype,44L + +#define SN_setct_CertReqData "setct-CertReqData" +#define NID_setct_CertReqData 563 +#define OBJ_setct_CertReqData OBJ_set_ctype,45L + +#define SN_setct_CertReqTBS "setct-CertReqTBS" +#define NID_setct_CertReqTBS 564 +#define OBJ_setct_CertReqTBS OBJ_set_ctype,46L + +#define SN_setct_CertResData "setct-CertResData" +#define NID_setct_CertResData 565 +#define OBJ_setct_CertResData OBJ_set_ctype,47L + +#define SN_setct_CertInqReqTBS "setct-CertInqReqTBS" +#define NID_setct_CertInqReqTBS 566 +#define OBJ_setct_CertInqReqTBS OBJ_set_ctype,48L + +#define SN_setct_ErrorTBS "setct-ErrorTBS" +#define NID_setct_ErrorTBS 567 +#define OBJ_setct_ErrorTBS OBJ_set_ctype,49L + +#define SN_setct_PIDualSignedTBE "setct-PIDualSignedTBE" +#define NID_setct_PIDualSignedTBE 568 +#define OBJ_setct_PIDualSignedTBE OBJ_set_ctype,50L + +#define SN_setct_PIUnsignedTBE "setct-PIUnsignedTBE" +#define NID_setct_PIUnsignedTBE 569 +#define OBJ_setct_PIUnsignedTBE OBJ_set_ctype,51L + +#define SN_setct_AuthReqTBE "setct-AuthReqTBE" +#define NID_setct_AuthReqTBE 570 +#define OBJ_setct_AuthReqTBE OBJ_set_ctype,52L + +#define SN_setct_AuthResTBE "setct-AuthResTBE" +#define NID_setct_AuthResTBE 571 +#define OBJ_setct_AuthResTBE OBJ_set_ctype,53L + +#define SN_setct_AuthResTBEX "setct-AuthResTBEX" +#define NID_setct_AuthResTBEX 572 +#define OBJ_setct_AuthResTBEX OBJ_set_ctype,54L + +#define SN_setct_AuthTokenTBE "setct-AuthTokenTBE" +#define NID_setct_AuthTokenTBE 573 +#define OBJ_setct_AuthTokenTBE OBJ_set_ctype,55L + +#define SN_setct_CapTokenTBE "setct-CapTokenTBE" +#define NID_setct_CapTokenTBE 574 +#define OBJ_setct_CapTokenTBE OBJ_set_ctype,56L + +#define SN_setct_CapTokenTBEX "setct-CapTokenTBEX" +#define NID_setct_CapTokenTBEX 575 +#define OBJ_setct_CapTokenTBEX OBJ_set_ctype,57L + +#define SN_setct_AcqCardCodeMsgTBE "setct-AcqCardCodeMsgTBE" +#define NID_setct_AcqCardCodeMsgTBE 576 +#define OBJ_setct_AcqCardCodeMsgTBE OBJ_set_ctype,58L + +#define SN_setct_AuthRevReqTBE "setct-AuthRevReqTBE" +#define NID_setct_AuthRevReqTBE 577 +#define OBJ_setct_AuthRevReqTBE OBJ_set_ctype,59L + +#define SN_setct_AuthRevResTBE "setct-AuthRevResTBE" +#define NID_setct_AuthRevResTBE 578 +#define OBJ_setct_AuthRevResTBE OBJ_set_ctype,60L + +#define SN_setct_AuthRevResTBEB "setct-AuthRevResTBEB" +#define NID_setct_AuthRevResTBEB 579 +#define OBJ_setct_AuthRevResTBEB OBJ_set_ctype,61L + +#define SN_setct_CapReqTBE "setct-CapReqTBE" +#define NID_setct_CapReqTBE 580 +#define OBJ_setct_CapReqTBE OBJ_set_ctype,62L + +#define SN_setct_CapReqTBEX "setct-CapReqTBEX" +#define NID_setct_CapReqTBEX 581 +#define OBJ_setct_CapReqTBEX OBJ_set_ctype,63L + +#define SN_setct_CapResTBE "setct-CapResTBE" +#define NID_setct_CapResTBE 582 +#define OBJ_setct_CapResTBE OBJ_set_ctype,64L + +#define SN_setct_CapRevReqTBE "setct-CapRevReqTBE" +#define NID_setct_CapRevReqTBE 583 +#define OBJ_setct_CapRevReqTBE OBJ_set_ctype,65L + +#define SN_setct_CapRevReqTBEX "setct-CapRevReqTBEX" +#define NID_setct_CapRevReqTBEX 584 +#define OBJ_setct_CapRevReqTBEX OBJ_set_ctype,66L + +#define SN_setct_CapRevResTBE "setct-CapRevResTBE" +#define NID_setct_CapRevResTBE 585 +#define OBJ_setct_CapRevResTBE OBJ_set_ctype,67L + +#define SN_setct_CredReqTBE "setct-CredReqTBE" +#define NID_setct_CredReqTBE 586 +#define OBJ_setct_CredReqTBE OBJ_set_ctype,68L + +#define SN_setct_CredReqTBEX "setct-CredReqTBEX" +#define NID_setct_CredReqTBEX 587 +#define OBJ_setct_CredReqTBEX OBJ_set_ctype,69L + +#define SN_setct_CredResTBE "setct-CredResTBE" +#define NID_setct_CredResTBE 588 +#define OBJ_setct_CredResTBE OBJ_set_ctype,70L + +#define SN_setct_CredRevReqTBE "setct-CredRevReqTBE" +#define NID_setct_CredRevReqTBE 589 +#define OBJ_setct_CredRevReqTBE OBJ_set_ctype,71L + +#define SN_setct_CredRevReqTBEX "setct-CredRevReqTBEX" +#define NID_setct_CredRevReqTBEX 590 +#define OBJ_setct_CredRevReqTBEX OBJ_set_ctype,72L + +#define SN_setct_CredRevResTBE "setct-CredRevResTBE" +#define NID_setct_CredRevResTBE 591 +#define OBJ_setct_CredRevResTBE OBJ_set_ctype,73L + +#define SN_setct_BatchAdminReqTBE "setct-BatchAdminReqTBE" +#define NID_setct_BatchAdminReqTBE 592 +#define OBJ_setct_BatchAdminReqTBE OBJ_set_ctype,74L + +#define SN_setct_BatchAdminResTBE "setct-BatchAdminResTBE" +#define NID_setct_BatchAdminResTBE 593 +#define OBJ_setct_BatchAdminResTBE OBJ_set_ctype,75L + +#define SN_setct_RegFormReqTBE "setct-RegFormReqTBE" +#define NID_setct_RegFormReqTBE 594 +#define OBJ_setct_RegFormReqTBE OBJ_set_ctype,76L + +#define SN_setct_CertReqTBE "setct-CertReqTBE" +#define NID_setct_CertReqTBE 595 +#define OBJ_setct_CertReqTBE OBJ_set_ctype,77L + +#define SN_setct_CertReqTBEX "setct-CertReqTBEX" +#define NID_setct_CertReqTBEX 596 +#define OBJ_setct_CertReqTBEX OBJ_set_ctype,78L + +#define SN_setct_CertResTBE "setct-CertResTBE" +#define NID_setct_CertResTBE 597 +#define OBJ_setct_CertResTBE OBJ_set_ctype,79L + +#define SN_setct_CRLNotificationTBS "setct-CRLNotificationTBS" +#define NID_setct_CRLNotificationTBS 598 +#define OBJ_setct_CRLNotificationTBS OBJ_set_ctype,80L + +#define SN_setct_CRLNotificationResTBS "setct-CRLNotificationResTBS" +#define NID_setct_CRLNotificationResTBS 599 +#define OBJ_setct_CRLNotificationResTBS OBJ_set_ctype,81L + +#define SN_setct_BCIDistributionTBS "setct-BCIDistributionTBS" +#define NID_setct_BCIDistributionTBS 600 +#define OBJ_setct_BCIDistributionTBS OBJ_set_ctype,82L + +#define SN_setext_genCrypt "setext-genCrypt" +#define LN_setext_genCrypt "generic cryptogram" +#define NID_setext_genCrypt 601 +#define OBJ_setext_genCrypt OBJ_set_msgExt,1L + +#define SN_setext_miAuth "setext-miAuth" +#define LN_setext_miAuth "merchant initiated auth" +#define NID_setext_miAuth 602 +#define OBJ_setext_miAuth OBJ_set_msgExt,3L + +#define SN_setext_pinSecure "setext-pinSecure" +#define NID_setext_pinSecure 603 +#define OBJ_setext_pinSecure OBJ_set_msgExt,4L + +#define SN_setext_pinAny "setext-pinAny" +#define NID_setext_pinAny 604 +#define OBJ_setext_pinAny OBJ_set_msgExt,5L + +#define SN_setext_track2 "setext-track2" +#define NID_setext_track2 605 +#define OBJ_setext_track2 OBJ_set_msgExt,7L + +#define SN_setext_cv "setext-cv" +#define LN_setext_cv "additional verification" +#define NID_setext_cv 606 +#define OBJ_setext_cv OBJ_set_msgExt,8L + +#define SN_set_policy_root "set-policy-root" +#define NID_set_policy_root 607 +#define OBJ_set_policy_root OBJ_set_policy,0L + +#define SN_setCext_hashedRoot "setCext-hashedRoot" +#define NID_setCext_hashedRoot 608 +#define OBJ_setCext_hashedRoot OBJ_set_certExt,0L + +#define SN_setCext_certType "setCext-certType" +#define NID_setCext_certType 609 +#define OBJ_setCext_certType OBJ_set_certExt,1L + +#define SN_setCext_merchData "setCext-merchData" +#define NID_setCext_merchData 610 +#define OBJ_setCext_merchData OBJ_set_certExt,2L + +#define SN_setCext_cCertRequired "setCext-cCertRequired" +#define NID_setCext_cCertRequired 611 +#define OBJ_setCext_cCertRequired OBJ_set_certExt,3L + +#define SN_setCext_tunneling "setCext-tunneling" +#define NID_setCext_tunneling 612 +#define OBJ_setCext_tunneling OBJ_set_certExt,4L + +#define SN_setCext_setExt "setCext-setExt" +#define NID_setCext_setExt 613 +#define OBJ_setCext_setExt OBJ_set_certExt,5L + +#define SN_setCext_setQualf "setCext-setQualf" +#define NID_setCext_setQualf 614 +#define OBJ_setCext_setQualf OBJ_set_certExt,6L + +#define SN_setCext_PGWYcapabilities "setCext-PGWYcapabilities" +#define NID_setCext_PGWYcapabilities 615 +#define OBJ_setCext_PGWYcapabilities OBJ_set_certExt,7L + +#define SN_setCext_TokenIdentifier "setCext-TokenIdentifier" +#define NID_setCext_TokenIdentifier 616 +#define OBJ_setCext_TokenIdentifier OBJ_set_certExt,8L + +#define SN_setCext_Track2Data "setCext-Track2Data" +#define NID_setCext_Track2Data 617 +#define OBJ_setCext_Track2Data OBJ_set_certExt,9L + +#define SN_setCext_TokenType "setCext-TokenType" +#define NID_setCext_TokenType 618 +#define OBJ_setCext_TokenType OBJ_set_certExt,10L + +#define SN_setCext_IssuerCapabilities "setCext-IssuerCapabilities" +#define NID_setCext_IssuerCapabilities 619 +#define OBJ_setCext_IssuerCapabilities OBJ_set_certExt,11L + +#define SN_setAttr_Cert "setAttr-Cert" +#define NID_setAttr_Cert 620 +#define OBJ_setAttr_Cert OBJ_set_attr,0L + +#define SN_setAttr_PGWYcap "setAttr-PGWYcap" +#define LN_setAttr_PGWYcap "payment gateway capabilities" +#define NID_setAttr_PGWYcap 621 +#define OBJ_setAttr_PGWYcap OBJ_set_attr,1L + +#define SN_setAttr_TokenType "setAttr-TokenType" +#define NID_setAttr_TokenType 622 +#define OBJ_setAttr_TokenType OBJ_set_attr,2L + +#define SN_setAttr_IssCap "setAttr-IssCap" +#define LN_setAttr_IssCap "issuer capabilities" +#define NID_setAttr_IssCap 623 +#define OBJ_setAttr_IssCap OBJ_set_attr,3L + +#define SN_set_rootKeyThumb "set-rootKeyThumb" +#define NID_set_rootKeyThumb 624 +#define OBJ_set_rootKeyThumb OBJ_setAttr_Cert,0L + +#define SN_set_addPolicy "set-addPolicy" +#define NID_set_addPolicy 625 +#define OBJ_set_addPolicy OBJ_setAttr_Cert,1L + +#define SN_setAttr_Token_EMV "setAttr-Token-EMV" +#define NID_setAttr_Token_EMV 626 +#define OBJ_setAttr_Token_EMV OBJ_setAttr_TokenType,1L + +#define SN_setAttr_Token_B0Prime "setAttr-Token-B0Prime" +#define NID_setAttr_Token_B0Prime 627 +#define OBJ_setAttr_Token_B0Prime OBJ_setAttr_TokenType,2L + +#define SN_setAttr_IssCap_CVM "setAttr-IssCap-CVM" +#define NID_setAttr_IssCap_CVM 628 +#define OBJ_setAttr_IssCap_CVM OBJ_setAttr_IssCap,3L + +#define SN_setAttr_IssCap_T2 "setAttr-IssCap-T2" +#define NID_setAttr_IssCap_T2 629 +#define OBJ_setAttr_IssCap_T2 OBJ_setAttr_IssCap,4L + +#define SN_setAttr_IssCap_Sig "setAttr-IssCap-Sig" +#define NID_setAttr_IssCap_Sig 630 +#define OBJ_setAttr_IssCap_Sig OBJ_setAttr_IssCap,5L + +#define SN_setAttr_GenCryptgrm "setAttr-GenCryptgrm" +#define LN_setAttr_GenCryptgrm "generate cryptogram" +#define NID_setAttr_GenCryptgrm 631 +#define OBJ_setAttr_GenCryptgrm OBJ_setAttr_IssCap_CVM,1L + +#define SN_setAttr_T2Enc "setAttr-T2Enc" +#define LN_setAttr_T2Enc "encrypted track 2" +#define NID_setAttr_T2Enc 632 +#define OBJ_setAttr_T2Enc OBJ_setAttr_IssCap_T2,1L + +#define SN_setAttr_T2cleartxt "setAttr-T2cleartxt" +#define LN_setAttr_T2cleartxt "cleartext track 2" +#define NID_setAttr_T2cleartxt 633 +#define OBJ_setAttr_T2cleartxt OBJ_setAttr_IssCap_T2,2L + +#define SN_setAttr_TokICCsig "setAttr-TokICCsig" +#define LN_setAttr_TokICCsig "ICC or token signature" +#define NID_setAttr_TokICCsig 634 +#define OBJ_setAttr_TokICCsig OBJ_setAttr_IssCap_Sig,1L + +#define SN_setAttr_SecDevSig "setAttr-SecDevSig" +#define LN_setAttr_SecDevSig "secure device signature" +#define NID_setAttr_SecDevSig 635 +#define OBJ_setAttr_SecDevSig OBJ_setAttr_IssCap_Sig,2L + +#define SN_set_brand_IATA_ATA "set-brand-IATA-ATA" +#define NID_set_brand_IATA_ATA 636 +#define OBJ_set_brand_IATA_ATA OBJ_set_brand,1L + +#define SN_set_brand_Diners "set-brand-Diners" +#define NID_set_brand_Diners 637 +#define OBJ_set_brand_Diners OBJ_set_brand,30L + +#define SN_set_brand_AmericanExpress "set-brand-AmericanExpress" +#define NID_set_brand_AmericanExpress 638 +#define OBJ_set_brand_AmericanExpress OBJ_set_brand,34L + +#define SN_set_brand_JCB "set-brand-JCB" +#define NID_set_brand_JCB 639 +#define OBJ_set_brand_JCB OBJ_set_brand,35L + +#define SN_set_brand_Visa "set-brand-Visa" +#define NID_set_brand_Visa 640 +#define OBJ_set_brand_Visa OBJ_set_brand,4L + +#define SN_set_brand_MasterCard "set-brand-MasterCard" +#define NID_set_brand_MasterCard 641 +#define OBJ_set_brand_MasterCard OBJ_set_brand,5L + +#define SN_set_brand_Novus "set-brand-Novus" +#define NID_set_brand_Novus 642 +#define OBJ_set_brand_Novus OBJ_set_brand,6011L + +#define SN_des_cdmf "DES-CDMF" +#define LN_des_cdmf "des-cdmf" +#define NID_des_cdmf 643 +#define OBJ_des_cdmf OBJ_rsadsi,3L,10L + +#define SN_rsaOAEPEncryptionSET "rsaOAEPEncryptionSET" +#define NID_rsaOAEPEncryptionSET 644 +#define OBJ_rsaOAEPEncryptionSET OBJ_rsadsi,1L,1L,6L + +#define SN_ipsec3 "Oakley-EC2N-3" +#define LN_ipsec3 "ipsec3" +#define NID_ipsec3 749 + +#define SN_ipsec4 "Oakley-EC2N-4" +#define LN_ipsec4 "ipsec4" +#define NID_ipsec4 750 + +#define SN_whirlpool "whirlpool" +#define NID_whirlpool 804 +#define OBJ_whirlpool OBJ_iso,0L,10118L,3L,0L,55L + +#define SN_cryptopro "cryptopro" +#define NID_cryptopro 805 +#define OBJ_cryptopro OBJ_member_body,643L,2L,2L + +#define SN_cryptocom "cryptocom" +#define NID_cryptocom 806 +#define OBJ_cryptocom OBJ_member_body,643L,2L,9L + +#define SN_id_tc26 "id-tc26" +#define NID_id_tc26 974 +#define OBJ_id_tc26 OBJ_member_body,643L,7L,1L + +#define SN_id_GostR3411_94_with_GostR3410_2001 "id-GostR3411-94-with-GostR3410-2001" +#define LN_id_GostR3411_94_with_GostR3410_2001 "GOST R 34.11-94 with GOST R 34.10-2001" +#define NID_id_GostR3411_94_with_GostR3410_2001 807 +#define OBJ_id_GostR3411_94_with_GostR3410_2001 OBJ_cryptopro,3L + +#define SN_id_GostR3411_94_with_GostR3410_94 "id-GostR3411-94-with-GostR3410-94" +#define LN_id_GostR3411_94_with_GostR3410_94 "GOST R 34.11-94 with GOST R 34.10-94" +#define NID_id_GostR3411_94_with_GostR3410_94 808 +#define OBJ_id_GostR3411_94_with_GostR3410_94 OBJ_cryptopro,4L + +#define SN_id_GostR3411_94 "md_gost94" +#define LN_id_GostR3411_94 "GOST R 34.11-94" +#define NID_id_GostR3411_94 809 +#define OBJ_id_GostR3411_94 OBJ_cryptopro,9L + +#define SN_id_HMACGostR3411_94 "id-HMACGostR3411-94" +#define LN_id_HMACGostR3411_94 "HMAC GOST 34.11-94" +#define NID_id_HMACGostR3411_94 810 +#define OBJ_id_HMACGostR3411_94 OBJ_cryptopro,10L + +#define SN_id_GostR3410_2001 "gost2001" +#define LN_id_GostR3410_2001 "GOST R 34.10-2001" +#define NID_id_GostR3410_2001 811 +#define OBJ_id_GostR3410_2001 OBJ_cryptopro,19L + +#define SN_id_GostR3410_94 "gost94" +#define LN_id_GostR3410_94 "GOST R 34.10-94" +#define NID_id_GostR3410_94 812 +#define OBJ_id_GostR3410_94 OBJ_cryptopro,20L + +#define SN_id_Gost28147_89 "gost89" +#define LN_id_Gost28147_89 "GOST 28147-89" +#define NID_id_Gost28147_89 813 +#define OBJ_id_Gost28147_89 OBJ_cryptopro,21L + +#define SN_gost89_cnt "gost89-cnt" +#define NID_gost89_cnt 814 + +#define SN_gost89_cnt_12 "gost89-cnt-12" +#define NID_gost89_cnt_12 975 + +#define SN_gost89_cbc "gost89-cbc" +#define NID_gost89_cbc 1009 + +#define SN_gost89_ecb "gost89-ecb" +#define NID_gost89_ecb 1010 + +#define SN_gost89_ctr "gost89-ctr" +#define NID_gost89_ctr 1011 + +#define SN_id_Gost28147_89_MAC "gost-mac" +#define LN_id_Gost28147_89_MAC "GOST 28147-89 MAC" +#define NID_id_Gost28147_89_MAC 815 +#define OBJ_id_Gost28147_89_MAC OBJ_cryptopro,22L + +#define SN_gost_mac_12 "gost-mac-12" +#define NID_gost_mac_12 976 + +#define SN_id_GostR3411_94_prf "prf-gostr3411-94" +#define LN_id_GostR3411_94_prf "GOST R 34.11-94 PRF" +#define NID_id_GostR3411_94_prf 816 +#define OBJ_id_GostR3411_94_prf OBJ_cryptopro,23L + +#define SN_id_GostR3410_2001DH "id-GostR3410-2001DH" +#define LN_id_GostR3410_2001DH "GOST R 34.10-2001 DH" +#define NID_id_GostR3410_2001DH 817 +#define OBJ_id_GostR3410_2001DH OBJ_cryptopro,98L + +#define SN_id_GostR3410_94DH "id-GostR3410-94DH" +#define LN_id_GostR3410_94DH "GOST R 34.10-94 DH" +#define NID_id_GostR3410_94DH 818 +#define OBJ_id_GostR3410_94DH OBJ_cryptopro,99L + +#define SN_id_Gost28147_89_CryptoPro_KeyMeshing "id-Gost28147-89-CryptoPro-KeyMeshing" +#define NID_id_Gost28147_89_CryptoPro_KeyMeshing 819 +#define OBJ_id_Gost28147_89_CryptoPro_KeyMeshing OBJ_cryptopro,14L,1L + +#define SN_id_Gost28147_89_None_KeyMeshing "id-Gost28147-89-None-KeyMeshing" +#define NID_id_Gost28147_89_None_KeyMeshing 820 +#define OBJ_id_Gost28147_89_None_KeyMeshing OBJ_cryptopro,14L,0L + +#define SN_id_GostR3411_94_TestParamSet "id-GostR3411-94-TestParamSet" +#define NID_id_GostR3411_94_TestParamSet 821 +#define OBJ_id_GostR3411_94_TestParamSet OBJ_cryptopro,30L,0L + +#define SN_id_GostR3411_94_CryptoProParamSet "id-GostR3411-94-CryptoProParamSet" +#define NID_id_GostR3411_94_CryptoProParamSet 822 +#define OBJ_id_GostR3411_94_CryptoProParamSet OBJ_cryptopro,30L,1L + +#define SN_id_Gost28147_89_TestParamSet "id-Gost28147-89-TestParamSet" +#define NID_id_Gost28147_89_TestParamSet 823 +#define OBJ_id_Gost28147_89_TestParamSet OBJ_cryptopro,31L,0L + +#define SN_id_Gost28147_89_CryptoPro_A_ParamSet "id-Gost28147-89-CryptoPro-A-ParamSet" +#define NID_id_Gost28147_89_CryptoPro_A_ParamSet 824 +#define OBJ_id_Gost28147_89_CryptoPro_A_ParamSet OBJ_cryptopro,31L,1L + +#define SN_id_Gost28147_89_CryptoPro_B_ParamSet "id-Gost28147-89-CryptoPro-B-ParamSet" +#define NID_id_Gost28147_89_CryptoPro_B_ParamSet 825 +#define OBJ_id_Gost28147_89_CryptoPro_B_ParamSet OBJ_cryptopro,31L,2L + +#define SN_id_Gost28147_89_CryptoPro_C_ParamSet "id-Gost28147-89-CryptoPro-C-ParamSet" +#define NID_id_Gost28147_89_CryptoPro_C_ParamSet 826 +#define OBJ_id_Gost28147_89_CryptoPro_C_ParamSet OBJ_cryptopro,31L,3L + +#define SN_id_Gost28147_89_CryptoPro_D_ParamSet "id-Gost28147-89-CryptoPro-D-ParamSet" +#define NID_id_Gost28147_89_CryptoPro_D_ParamSet 827 +#define OBJ_id_Gost28147_89_CryptoPro_D_ParamSet OBJ_cryptopro,31L,4L + +#define SN_id_Gost28147_89_CryptoPro_Oscar_1_1_ParamSet "id-Gost28147-89-CryptoPro-Oscar-1-1-ParamSet" +#define NID_id_Gost28147_89_CryptoPro_Oscar_1_1_ParamSet 828 +#define OBJ_id_Gost28147_89_CryptoPro_Oscar_1_1_ParamSet OBJ_cryptopro,31L,5L + +#define SN_id_Gost28147_89_CryptoPro_Oscar_1_0_ParamSet "id-Gost28147-89-CryptoPro-Oscar-1-0-ParamSet" +#define NID_id_Gost28147_89_CryptoPro_Oscar_1_0_ParamSet 829 +#define OBJ_id_Gost28147_89_CryptoPro_Oscar_1_0_ParamSet OBJ_cryptopro,31L,6L + +#define SN_id_Gost28147_89_CryptoPro_RIC_1_ParamSet "id-Gost28147-89-CryptoPro-RIC-1-ParamSet" +#define NID_id_Gost28147_89_CryptoPro_RIC_1_ParamSet 830 +#define OBJ_id_Gost28147_89_CryptoPro_RIC_1_ParamSet OBJ_cryptopro,31L,7L + +#define SN_id_GostR3410_94_TestParamSet "id-GostR3410-94-TestParamSet" +#define NID_id_GostR3410_94_TestParamSet 831 +#define OBJ_id_GostR3410_94_TestParamSet OBJ_cryptopro,32L,0L + +#define SN_id_GostR3410_94_CryptoPro_A_ParamSet "id-GostR3410-94-CryptoPro-A-ParamSet" +#define NID_id_GostR3410_94_CryptoPro_A_ParamSet 832 +#define OBJ_id_GostR3410_94_CryptoPro_A_ParamSet OBJ_cryptopro,32L,2L + +#define SN_id_GostR3410_94_CryptoPro_B_ParamSet "id-GostR3410-94-CryptoPro-B-ParamSet" +#define NID_id_GostR3410_94_CryptoPro_B_ParamSet 833 +#define OBJ_id_GostR3410_94_CryptoPro_B_ParamSet OBJ_cryptopro,32L,3L + +#define SN_id_GostR3410_94_CryptoPro_C_ParamSet "id-GostR3410-94-CryptoPro-C-ParamSet" +#define NID_id_GostR3410_94_CryptoPro_C_ParamSet 834 +#define OBJ_id_GostR3410_94_CryptoPro_C_ParamSet OBJ_cryptopro,32L,4L + +#define SN_id_GostR3410_94_CryptoPro_D_ParamSet "id-GostR3410-94-CryptoPro-D-ParamSet" +#define NID_id_GostR3410_94_CryptoPro_D_ParamSet 835 +#define OBJ_id_GostR3410_94_CryptoPro_D_ParamSet OBJ_cryptopro,32L,5L + +#define SN_id_GostR3410_94_CryptoPro_XchA_ParamSet "id-GostR3410-94-CryptoPro-XchA-ParamSet" +#define NID_id_GostR3410_94_CryptoPro_XchA_ParamSet 836 +#define OBJ_id_GostR3410_94_CryptoPro_XchA_ParamSet OBJ_cryptopro,33L,1L + +#define SN_id_GostR3410_94_CryptoPro_XchB_ParamSet "id-GostR3410-94-CryptoPro-XchB-ParamSet" +#define NID_id_GostR3410_94_CryptoPro_XchB_ParamSet 837 +#define OBJ_id_GostR3410_94_CryptoPro_XchB_ParamSet OBJ_cryptopro,33L,2L + +#define SN_id_GostR3410_94_CryptoPro_XchC_ParamSet "id-GostR3410-94-CryptoPro-XchC-ParamSet" +#define NID_id_GostR3410_94_CryptoPro_XchC_ParamSet 838 +#define OBJ_id_GostR3410_94_CryptoPro_XchC_ParamSet OBJ_cryptopro,33L,3L + +#define SN_id_GostR3410_2001_TestParamSet "id-GostR3410-2001-TestParamSet" +#define NID_id_GostR3410_2001_TestParamSet 839 +#define OBJ_id_GostR3410_2001_TestParamSet OBJ_cryptopro,35L,0L + +#define SN_id_GostR3410_2001_CryptoPro_A_ParamSet "id-GostR3410-2001-CryptoPro-A-ParamSet" +#define NID_id_GostR3410_2001_CryptoPro_A_ParamSet 840 +#define OBJ_id_GostR3410_2001_CryptoPro_A_ParamSet OBJ_cryptopro,35L,1L + +#define SN_id_GostR3410_2001_CryptoPro_B_ParamSet "id-GostR3410-2001-CryptoPro-B-ParamSet" +#define NID_id_GostR3410_2001_CryptoPro_B_ParamSet 841 +#define OBJ_id_GostR3410_2001_CryptoPro_B_ParamSet OBJ_cryptopro,35L,2L + +#define SN_id_GostR3410_2001_CryptoPro_C_ParamSet "id-GostR3410-2001-CryptoPro-C-ParamSet" +#define NID_id_GostR3410_2001_CryptoPro_C_ParamSet 842 +#define OBJ_id_GostR3410_2001_CryptoPro_C_ParamSet OBJ_cryptopro,35L,3L + +#define SN_id_GostR3410_2001_CryptoPro_XchA_ParamSet "id-GostR3410-2001-CryptoPro-XchA-ParamSet" +#define NID_id_GostR3410_2001_CryptoPro_XchA_ParamSet 843 +#define OBJ_id_GostR3410_2001_CryptoPro_XchA_ParamSet OBJ_cryptopro,36L,0L + +#define SN_id_GostR3410_2001_CryptoPro_XchB_ParamSet "id-GostR3410-2001-CryptoPro-XchB-ParamSet" +#define NID_id_GostR3410_2001_CryptoPro_XchB_ParamSet 844 +#define OBJ_id_GostR3410_2001_CryptoPro_XchB_ParamSet OBJ_cryptopro,36L,1L + +#define SN_id_GostR3410_94_a "id-GostR3410-94-a" +#define NID_id_GostR3410_94_a 845 +#define OBJ_id_GostR3410_94_a OBJ_id_GostR3410_94,1L + +#define SN_id_GostR3410_94_aBis "id-GostR3410-94-aBis" +#define NID_id_GostR3410_94_aBis 846 +#define OBJ_id_GostR3410_94_aBis OBJ_id_GostR3410_94,2L + +#define SN_id_GostR3410_94_b "id-GostR3410-94-b" +#define NID_id_GostR3410_94_b 847 +#define OBJ_id_GostR3410_94_b OBJ_id_GostR3410_94,3L + +#define SN_id_GostR3410_94_bBis "id-GostR3410-94-bBis" +#define NID_id_GostR3410_94_bBis 848 +#define OBJ_id_GostR3410_94_bBis OBJ_id_GostR3410_94,4L + +#define SN_id_Gost28147_89_cc "id-Gost28147-89-cc" +#define LN_id_Gost28147_89_cc "GOST 28147-89 Cryptocom ParamSet" +#define NID_id_Gost28147_89_cc 849 +#define OBJ_id_Gost28147_89_cc OBJ_cryptocom,1L,6L,1L + +#define SN_id_GostR3410_94_cc "gost94cc" +#define LN_id_GostR3410_94_cc "GOST 34.10-94 Cryptocom" +#define NID_id_GostR3410_94_cc 850 +#define OBJ_id_GostR3410_94_cc OBJ_cryptocom,1L,5L,3L + +#define SN_id_GostR3410_2001_cc "gost2001cc" +#define LN_id_GostR3410_2001_cc "GOST 34.10-2001 Cryptocom" +#define NID_id_GostR3410_2001_cc 851 +#define OBJ_id_GostR3410_2001_cc OBJ_cryptocom,1L,5L,4L + +#define SN_id_GostR3411_94_with_GostR3410_94_cc "id-GostR3411-94-with-GostR3410-94-cc" +#define LN_id_GostR3411_94_with_GostR3410_94_cc "GOST R 34.11-94 with GOST R 34.10-94 Cryptocom" +#define NID_id_GostR3411_94_with_GostR3410_94_cc 852 +#define OBJ_id_GostR3411_94_with_GostR3410_94_cc OBJ_cryptocom,1L,3L,3L + +#define SN_id_GostR3411_94_with_GostR3410_2001_cc "id-GostR3411-94-with-GostR3410-2001-cc" +#define LN_id_GostR3411_94_with_GostR3410_2001_cc "GOST R 34.11-94 with GOST R 34.10-2001 Cryptocom" +#define NID_id_GostR3411_94_with_GostR3410_2001_cc 853 +#define OBJ_id_GostR3411_94_with_GostR3410_2001_cc OBJ_cryptocom,1L,3L,4L + +#define SN_id_GostR3410_2001_ParamSet_cc "id-GostR3410-2001-ParamSet-cc" +#define LN_id_GostR3410_2001_ParamSet_cc "GOST R 3410-2001 Parameter Set Cryptocom" +#define NID_id_GostR3410_2001_ParamSet_cc 854 +#define OBJ_id_GostR3410_2001_ParamSet_cc OBJ_cryptocom,1L,8L,1L + +#define SN_id_tc26_algorithms "id-tc26-algorithms" +#define NID_id_tc26_algorithms 977 +#define OBJ_id_tc26_algorithms OBJ_id_tc26,1L + +#define SN_id_tc26_sign "id-tc26-sign" +#define NID_id_tc26_sign 978 +#define OBJ_id_tc26_sign OBJ_id_tc26_algorithms,1L + +#define SN_id_GostR3410_2012_256 "gost2012_256" +#define LN_id_GostR3410_2012_256 "GOST R 34.10-2012 with 256 bit modulus" +#define NID_id_GostR3410_2012_256 979 +#define OBJ_id_GostR3410_2012_256 OBJ_id_tc26_sign,1L + +#define SN_id_GostR3410_2012_512 "gost2012_512" +#define LN_id_GostR3410_2012_512 "GOST R 34.10-2012 with 512 bit modulus" +#define NID_id_GostR3410_2012_512 980 +#define OBJ_id_GostR3410_2012_512 OBJ_id_tc26_sign,2L + +#define SN_id_tc26_digest "id-tc26-digest" +#define NID_id_tc26_digest 981 +#define OBJ_id_tc26_digest OBJ_id_tc26_algorithms,2L + +#define SN_id_GostR3411_2012_256 "md_gost12_256" +#define LN_id_GostR3411_2012_256 "GOST R 34.11-2012 with 256 bit hash" +#define NID_id_GostR3411_2012_256 982 +#define OBJ_id_GostR3411_2012_256 OBJ_id_tc26_digest,2L + +#define SN_id_GostR3411_2012_512 "md_gost12_512" +#define LN_id_GostR3411_2012_512 "GOST R 34.11-2012 with 512 bit hash" +#define NID_id_GostR3411_2012_512 983 +#define OBJ_id_GostR3411_2012_512 OBJ_id_tc26_digest,3L + +#define SN_id_tc26_signwithdigest "id-tc26-signwithdigest" +#define NID_id_tc26_signwithdigest 984 +#define OBJ_id_tc26_signwithdigest OBJ_id_tc26_algorithms,3L + +#define SN_id_tc26_signwithdigest_gost3410_2012_256 "id-tc26-signwithdigest-gost3410-2012-256" +#define LN_id_tc26_signwithdigest_gost3410_2012_256 "GOST R 34.10-2012 with GOST R 34.11-2012 (256 bit)" +#define NID_id_tc26_signwithdigest_gost3410_2012_256 985 +#define OBJ_id_tc26_signwithdigest_gost3410_2012_256 OBJ_id_tc26_signwithdigest,2L + +#define SN_id_tc26_signwithdigest_gost3410_2012_512 "id-tc26-signwithdigest-gost3410-2012-512" +#define LN_id_tc26_signwithdigest_gost3410_2012_512 "GOST R 34.10-2012 with GOST R 34.11-2012 (512 bit)" +#define NID_id_tc26_signwithdigest_gost3410_2012_512 986 +#define OBJ_id_tc26_signwithdigest_gost3410_2012_512 OBJ_id_tc26_signwithdigest,3L + +#define SN_id_tc26_mac "id-tc26-mac" +#define NID_id_tc26_mac 987 +#define OBJ_id_tc26_mac OBJ_id_tc26_algorithms,4L + +#define SN_id_tc26_hmac_gost_3411_2012_256 "id-tc26-hmac-gost-3411-2012-256" +#define LN_id_tc26_hmac_gost_3411_2012_256 "HMAC GOST 34.11-2012 256 bit" +#define NID_id_tc26_hmac_gost_3411_2012_256 988 +#define OBJ_id_tc26_hmac_gost_3411_2012_256 OBJ_id_tc26_mac,1L + +#define SN_id_tc26_hmac_gost_3411_2012_512 "id-tc26-hmac-gost-3411-2012-512" +#define LN_id_tc26_hmac_gost_3411_2012_512 "HMAC GOST 34.11-2012 512 bit" +#define NID_id_tc26_hmac_gost_3411_2012_512 989 +#define OBJ_id_tc26_hmac_gost_3411_2012_512 OBJ_id_tc26_mac,2L + +#define SN_id_tc26_cipher "id-tc26-cipher" +#define NID_id_tc26_cipher 990 +#define OBJ_id_tc26_cipher OBJ_id_tc26_algorithms,5L + +#define SN_id_tc26_cipher_gostr3412_2015_magma "id-tc26-cipher-gostr3412-2015-magma" +#define NID_id_tc26_cipher_gostr3412_2015_magma 1173 +#define OBJ_id_tc26_cipher_gostr3412_2015_magma OBJ_id_tc26_cipher,1L + +#define SN_id_tc26_cipher_gostr3412_2015_magma_ctracpkm "id-tc26-cipher-gostr3412-2015-magma-ctracpkm" +#define NID_id_tc26_cipher_gostr3412_2015_magma_ctracpkm 1174 +#define OBJ_id_tc26_cipher_gostr3412_2015_magma_ctracpkm OBJ_id_tc26_cipher_gostr3412_2015_magma,1L + +#define SN_id_tc26_cipher_gostr3412_2015_magma_ctracpkm_omac "id-tc26-cipher-gostr3412-2015-magma-ctracpkm-omac" +#define NID_id_tc26_cipher_gostr3412_2015_magma_ctracpkm_omac 1175 +#define OBJ_id_tc26_cipher_gostr3412_2015_magma_ctracpkm_omac OBJ_id_tc26_cipher_gostr3412_2015_magma,2L + +#define SN_id_tc26_cipher_gostr3412_2015_kuznyechik "id-tc26-cipher-gostr3412-2015-kuznyechik" +#define NID_id_tc26_cipher_gostr3412_2015_kuznyechik 1176 +#define OBJ_id_tc26_cipher_gostr3412_2015_kuznyechik OBJ_id_tc26_cipher,2L + +#define SN_id_tc26_cipher_gostr3412_2015_kuznyechik_ctracpkm "id-tc26-cipher-gostr3412-2015-kuznyechik-ctracpkm" +#define NID_id_tc26_cipher_gostr3412_2015_kuznyechik_ctracpkm 1177 +#define OBJ_id_tc26_cipher_gostr3412_2015_kuznyechik_ctracpkm OBJ_id_tc26_cipher_gostr3412_2015_kuznyechik,1L + +#define SN_id_tc26_cipher_gostr3412_2015_kuznyechik_ctracpkm_omac "id-tc26-cipher-gostr3412-2015-kuznyechik-ctracpkm-omac" +#define NID_id_tc26_cipher_gostr3412_2015_kuznyechik_ctracpkm_omac 1178 +#define OBJ_id_tc26_cipher_gostr3412_2015_kuznyechik_ctracpkm_omac OBJ_id_tc26_cipher_gostr3412_2015_kuznyechik,2L + +#define SN_id_tc26_agreement "id-tc26-agreement" +#define NID_id_tc26_agreement 991 +#define OBJ_id_tc26_agreement OBJ_id_tc26_algorithms,6L + +#define SN_id_tc26_agreement_gost_3410_2012_256 "id-tc26-agreement-gost-3410-2012-256" +#define NID_id_tc26_agreement_gost_3410_2012_256 992 +#define OBJ_id_tc26_agreement_gost_3410_2012_256 OBJ_id_tc26_agreement,1L + +#define SN_id_tc26_agreement_gost_3410_2012_512 "id-tc26-agreement-gost-3410-2012-512" +#define NID_id_tc26_agreement_gost_3410_2012_512 993 +#define OBJ_id_tc26_agreement_gost_3410_2012_512 OBJ_id_tc26_agreement,2L + +#define SN_id_tc26_wrap "id-tc26-wrap" +#define NID_id_tc26_wrap 1179 +#define OBJ_id_tc26_wrap OBJ_id_tc26_algorithms,7L + +#define SN_id_tc26_wrap_gostr3412_2015_magma "id-tc26-wrap-gostr3412-2015-magma" +#define NID_id_tc26_wrap_gostr3412_2015_magma 1180 +#define OBJ_id_tc26_wrap_gostr3412_2015_magma OBJ_id_tc26_wrap,1L + +#define SN_id_tc26_wrap_gostr3412_2015_magma_kexp15 "id-tc26-wrap-gostr3412-2015-magma-kexp15" +#define NID_id_tc26_wrap_gostr3412_2015_magma_kexp15 1181 +#define OBJ_id_tc26_wrap_gostr3412_2015_magma_kexp15 OBJ_id_tc26_wrap_gostr3412_2015_magma,1L + +#define SN_id_tc26_wrap_gostr3412_2015_kuznyechik "id-tc26-wrap-gostr3412-2015-kuznyechik" +#define NID_id_tc26_wrap_gostr3412_2015_kuznyechik 1182 +#define OBJ_id_tc26_wrap_gostr3412_2015_kuznyechik OBJ_id_tc26_wrap,2L + +#define SN_id_tc26_wrap_gostr3412_2015_kuznyechik_kexp15 "id-tc26-wrap-gostr3412-2015-kuznyechik-kexp15" +#define NID_id_tc26_wrap_gostr3412_2015_kuznyechik_kexp15 1183 +#define OBJ_id_tc26_wrap_gostr3412_2015_kuznyechik_kexp15 OBJ_id_tc26_wrap_gostr3412_2015_kuznyechik,1L + +#define SN_id_tc26_constants "id-tc26-constants" +#define NID_id_tc26_constants 994 +#define OBJ_id_tc26_constants OBJ_id_tc26,2L + +#define SN_id_tc26_sign_constants "id-tc26-sign-constants" +#define NID_id_tc26_sign_constants 995 +#define OBJ_id_tc26_sign_constants OBJ_id_tc26_constants,1L + +#define SN_id_tc26_gost_3410_2012_256_constants "id-tc26-gost-3410-2012-256-constants" +#define NID_id_tc26_gost_3410_2012_256_constants 1147 +#define OBJ_id_tc26_gost_3410_2012_256_constants OBJ_id_tc26_sign_constants,1L + +#define SN_id_tc26_gost_3410_2012_256_paramSetA "id-tc26-gost-3410-2012-256-paramSetA" +#define LN_id_tc26_gost_3410_2012_256_paramSetA "GOST R 34.10-2012 (256 bit) ParamSet A" +#define NID_id_tc26_gost_3410_2012_256_paramSetA 1148 +#define OBJ_id_tc26_gost_3410_2012_256_paramSetA OBJ_id_tc26_gost_3410_2012_256_constants,1L + +#define SN_id_tc26_gost_3410_2012_256_paramSetB "id-tc26-gost-3410-2012-256-paramSetB" +#define LN_id_tc26_gost_3410_2012_256_paramSetB "GOST R 34.10-2012 (256 bit) ParamSet B" +#define NID_id_tc26_gost_3410_2012_256_paramSetB 1184 +#define OBJ_id_tc26_gost_3410_2012_256_paramSetB OBJ_id_tc26_gost_3410_2012_256_constants,2L + +#define SN_id_tc26_gost_3410_2012_256_paramSetC "id-tc26-gost-3410-2012-256-paramSetC" +#define LN_id_tc26_gost_3410_2012_256_paramSetC "GOST R 34.10-2012 (256 bit) ParamSet C" +#define NID_id_tc26_gost_3410_2012_256_paramSetC 1185 +#define OBJ_id_tc26_gost_3410_2012_256_paramSetC OBJ_id_tc26_gost_3410_2012_256_constants,3L + +#define SN_id_tc26_gost_3410_2012_256_paramSetD "id-tc26-gost-3410-2012-256-paramSetD" +#define LN_id_tc26_gost_3410_2012_256_paramSetD "GOST R 34.10-2012 (256 bit) ParamSet D" +#define NID_id_tc26_gost_3410_2012_256_paramSetD 1186 +#define OBJ_id_tc26_gost_3410_2012_256_paramSetD OBJ_id_tc26_gost_3410_2012_256_constants,4L + +#define SN_id_tc26_gost_3410_2012_512_constants "id-tc26-gost-3410-2012-512-constants" +#define NID_id_tc26_gost_3410_2012_512_constants 996 +#define OBJ_id_tc26_gost_3410_2012_512_constants OBJ_id_tc26_sign_constants,2L + +#define SN_id_tc26_gost_3410_2012_512_paramSetTest "id-tc26-gost-3410-2012-512-paramSetTest" +#define LN_id_tc26_gost_3410_2012_512_paramSetTest "GOST R 34.10-2012 (512 bit) testing parameter set" +#define NID_id_tc26_gost_3410_2012_512_paramSetTest 997 +#define OBJ_id_tc26_gost_3410_2012_512_paramSetTest OBJ_id_tc26_gost_3410_2012_512_constants,0L + +#define SN_id_tc26_gost_3410_2012_512_paramSetA "id-tc26-gost-3410-2012-512-paramSetA" +#define LN_id_tc26_gost_3410_2012_512_paramSetA "GOST R 34.10-2012 (512 bit) ParamSet A" +#define NID_id_tc26_gost_3410_2012_512_paramSetA 998 +#define OBJ_id_tc26_gost_3410_2012_512_paramSetA OBJ_id_tc26_gost_3410_2012_512_constants,1L + +#define SN_id_tc26_gost_3410_2012_512_paramSetB "id-tc26-gost-3410-2012-512-paramSetB" +#define LN_id_tc26_gost_3410_2012_512_paramSetB "GOST R 34.10-2012 (512 bit) ParamSet B" +#define NID_id_tc26_gost_3410_2012_512_paramSetB 999 +#define OBJ_id_tc26_gost_3410_2012_512_paramSetB OBJ_id_tc26_gost_3410_2012_512_constants,2L + +#define SN_id_tc26_gost_3410_2012_512_paramSetC "id-tc26-gost-3410-2012-512-paramSetC" +#define LN_id_tc26_gost_3410_2012_512_paramSetC "GOST R 34.10-2012 (512 bit) ParamSet C" +#define NID_id_tc26_gost_3410_2012_512_paramSetC 1149 +#define OBJ_id_tc26_gost_3410_2012_512_paramSetC OBJ_id_tc26_gost_3410_2012_512_constants,3L + +#define SN_id_tc26_digest_constants "id-tc26-digest-constants" +#define NID_id_tc26_digest_constants 1000 +#define OBJ_id_tc26_digest_constants OBJ_id_tc26_constants,2L + +#define SN_id_tc26_cipher_constants "id-tc26-cipher-constants" +#define NID_id_tc26_cipher_constants 1001 +#define OBJ_id_tc26_cipher_constants OBJ_id_tc26_constants,5L + +#define SN_id_tc26_gost_28147_constants "id-tc26-gost-28147-constants" +#define NID_id_tc26_gost_28147_constants 1002 +#define OBJ_id_tc26_gost_28147_constants OBJ_id_tc26_cipher_constants,1L + +#define SN_id_tc26_gost_28147_param_Z "id-tc26-gost-28147-param-Z" +#define LN_id_tc26_gost_28147_param_Z "GOST 28147-89 TC26 parameter set" +#define NID_id_tc26_gost_28147_param_Z 1003 +#define OBJ_id_tc26_gost_28147_param_Z OBJ_id_tc26_gost_28147_constants,1L + +#define SN_INN "INN" +#define LN_INN "INN" +#define NID_INN 1004 +#define OBJ_INN OBJ_member_body,643L,3L,131L,1L,1L + +#define SN_OGRN "OGRN" +#define LN_OGRN "OGRN" +#define NID_OGRN 1005 +#define OBJ_OGRN OBJ_member_body,643L,100L,1L + +#define SN_SNILS "SNILS" +#define LN_SNILS "SNILS" +#define NID_SNILS 1006 +#define OBJ_SNILS OBJ_member_body,643L,100L,3L + +#define SN_subjectSignTool "subjectSignTool" +#define LN_subjectSignTool "Signing Tool of Subject" +#define NID_subjectSignTool 1007 +#define OBJ_subjectSignTool OBJ_member_body,643L,100L,111L + +#define SN_issuerSignTool "issuerSignTool" +#define LN_issuerSignTool "Signing Tool of Issuer" +#define NID_issuerSignTool 1008 +#define OBJ_issuerSignTool OBJ_member_body,643L,100L,112L + +#define SN_grasshopper_ecb "grasshopper-ecb" +#define NID_grasshopper_ecb 1012 + +#define SN_grasshopper_ctr "grasshopper-ctr" +#define NID_grasshopper_ctr 1013 + +#define SN_grasshopper_ofb "grasshopper-ofb" +#define NID_grasshopper_ofb 1014 + +#define SN_grasshopper_cbc "grasshopper-cbc" +#define NID_grasshopper_cbc 1015 + +#define SN_grasshopper_cfb "grasshopper-cfb" +#define NID_grasshopper_cfb 1016 + +#define SN_grasshopper_mac "grasshopper-mac" +#define NID_grasshopper_mac 1017 + +#define SN_magma_ecb "magma-ecb" +#define NID_magma_ecb 1187 + +#define SN_magma_ctr "magma-ctr" +#define NID_magma_ctr 1188 + +#define SN_magma_ofb "magma-ofb" +#define NID_magma_ofb 1189 + +#define SN_magma_cbc "magma-cbc" +#define NID_magma_cbc 1190 + +#define SN_magma_cfb "magma-cfb" +#define NID_magma_cfb 1191 + +#define SN_magma_mac "magma-mac" +#define NID_magma_mac 1192 + +#define SN_camellia_128_cbc "CAMELLIA-128-CBC" +#define LN_camellia_128_cbc "camellia-128-cbc" +#define NID_camellia_128_cbc 751 +#define OBJ_camellia_128_cbc 1L,2L,392L,200011L,61L,1L,1L,1L,2L + +#define SN_camellia_192_cbc "CAMELLIA-192-CBC" +#define LN_camellia_192_cbc "camellia-192-cbc" +#define NID_camellia_192_cbc 752 +#define OBJ_camellia_192_cbc 1L,2L,392L,200011L,61L,1L,1L,1L,3L + +#define SN_camellia_256_cbc "CAMELLIA-256-CBC" +#define LN_camellia_256_cbc "camellia-256-cbc" +#define NID_camellia_256_cbc 753 +#define OBJ_camellia_256_cbc 1L,2L,392L,200011L,61L,1L,1L,1L,4L + +#define SN_id_camellia128_wrap "id-camellia128-wrap" +#define NID_id_camellia128_wrap 907 +#define OBJ_id_camellia128_wrap 1L,2L,392L,200011L,61L,1L,1L,3L,2L + +#define SN_id_camellia192_wrap "id-camellia192-wrap" +#define NID_id_camellia192_wrap 908 +#define OBJ_id_camellia192_wrap 1L,2L,392L,200011L,61L,1L,1L,3L,3L + +#define SN_id_camellia256_wrap "id-camellia256-wrap" +#define NID_id_camellia256_wrap 909 +#define OBJ_id_camellia256_wrap 1L,2L,392L,200011L,61L,1L,1L,3L,4L + +#define OBJ_ntt_ds 0L,3L,4401L,5L + +#define OBJ_camellia OBJ_ntt_ds,3L,1L,9L + +#define SN_camellia_128_ecb "CAMELLIA-128-ECB" +#define LN_camellia_128_ecb "camellia-128-ecb" +#define NID_camellia_128_ecb 754 +#define OBJ_camellia_128_ecb OBJ_camellia,1L + +#define SN_camellia_128_ofb128 "CAMELLIA-128-OFB" +#define LN_camellia_128_ofb128 "camellia-128-ofb" +#define NID_camellia_128_ofb128 766 +#define OBJ_camellia_128_ofb128 OBJ_camellia,3L + +#define SN_camellia_128_cfb128 "CAMELLIA-128-CFB" +#define LN_camellia_128_cfb128 "camellia-128-cfb" +#define NID_camellia_128_cfb128 757 +#define OBJ_camellia_128_cfb128 OBJ_camellia,4L + +#define SN_camellia_128_gcm "CAMELLIA-128-GCM" +#define LN_camellia_128_gcm "camellia-128-gcm" +#define NID_camellia_128_gcm 961 +#define OBJ_camellia_128_gcm OBJ_camellia,6L + +#define SN_camellia_128_ccm "CAMELLIA-128-CCM" +#define LN_camellia_128_ccm "camellia-128-ccm" +#define NID_camellia_128_ccm 962 +#define OBJ_camellia_128_ccm OBJ_camellia,7L + +#define SN_camellia_128_ctr "CAMELLIA-128-CTR" +#define LN_camellia_128_ctr "camellia-128-ctr" +#define NID_camellia_128_ctr 963 +#define OBJ_camellia_128_ctr OBJ_camellia,9L + +#define SN_camellia_128_cmac "CAMELLIA-128-CMAC" +#define LN_camellia_128_cmac "camellia-128-cmac" +#define NID_camellia_128_cmac 964 +#define OBJ_camellia_128_cmac OBJ_camellia,10L + +#define SN_camellia_192_ecb "CAMELLIA-192-ECB" +#define LN_camellia_192_ecb "camellia-192-ecb" +#define NID_camellia_192_ecb 755 +#define OBJ_camellia_192_ecb OBJ_camellia,21L + +#define SN_camellia_192_ofb128 "CAMELLIA-192-OFB" +#define LN_camellia_192_ofb128 "camellia-192-ofb" +#define NID_camellia_192_ofb128 767 +#define OBJ_camellia_192_ofb128 OBJ_camellia,23L + +#define SN_camellia_192_cfb128 "CAMELLIA-192-CFB" +#define LN_camellia_192_cfb128 "camellia-192-cfb" +#define NID_camellia_192_cfb128 758 +#define OBJ_camellia_192_cfb128 OBJ_camellia,24L + +#define SN_camellia_192_gcm "CAMELLIA-192-GCM" +#define LN_camellia_192_gcm "camellia-192-gcm" +#define NID_camellia_192_gcm 965 +#define OBJ_camellia_192_gcm OBJ_camellia,26L + +#define SN_camellia_192_ccm "CAMELLIA-192-CCM" +#define LN_camellia_192_ccm "camellia-192-ccm" +#define NID_camellia_192_ccm 966 +#define OBJ_camellia_192_ccm OBJ_camellia,27L + +#define SN_camellia_192_ctr "CAMELLIA-192-CTR" +#define LN_camellia_192_ctr "camellia-192-ctr" +#define NID_camellia_192_ctr 967 +#define OBJ_camellia_192_ctr OBJ_camellia,29L + +#define SN_camellia_192_cmac "CAMELLIA-192-CMAC" +#define LN_camellia_192_cmac "camellia-192-cmac" +#define NID_camellia_192_cmac 968 +#define OBJ_camellia_192_cmac OBJ_camellia,30L + +#define SN_camellia_256_ecb "CAMELLIA-256-ECB" +#define LN_camellia_256_ecb "camellia-256-ecb" +#define NID_camellia_256_ecb 756 +#define OBJ_camellia_256_ecb OBJ_camellia,41L + +#define SN_camellia_256_ofb128 "CAMELLIA-256-OFB" +#define LN_camellia_256_ofb128 "camellia-256-ofb" +#define NID_camellia_256_ofb128 768 +#define OBJ_camellia_256_ofb128 OBJ_camellia,43L + +#define SN_camellia_256_cfb128 "CAMELLIA-256-CFB" +#define LN_camellia_256_cfb128 "camellia-256-cfb" +#define NID_camellia_256_cfb128 759 +#define OBJ_camellia_256_cfb128 OBJ_camellia,44L + +#define SN_camellia_256_gcm "CAMELLIA-256-GCM" +#define LN_camellia_256_gcm "camellia-256-gcm" +#define NID_camellia_256_gcm 969 +#define OBJ_camellia_256_gcm OBJ_camellia,46L + +#define SN_camellia_256_ccm "CAMELLIA-256-CCM" +#define LN_camellia_256_ccm "camellia-256-ccm" +#define NID_camellia_256_ccm 970 +#define OBJ_camellia_256_ccm OBJ_camellia,47L + +#define SN_camellia_256_ctr "CAMELLIA-256-CTR" +#define LN_camellia_256_ctr "camellia-256-ctr" +#define NID_camellia_256_ctr 971 +#define OBJ_camellia_256_ctr OBJ_camellia,49L + +#define SN_camellia_256_cmac "CAMELLIA-256-CMAC" +#define LN_camellia_256_cmac "camellia-256-cmac" +#define NID_camellia_256_cmac 972 +#define OBJ_camellia_256_cmac OBJ_camellia,50L + +#define SN_camellia_128_cfb1 "CAMELLIA-128-CFB1" +#define LN_camellia_128_cfb1 "camellia-128-cfb1" +#define NID_camellia_128_cfb1 760 + +#define SN_camellia_192_cfb1 "CAMELLIA-192-CFB1" +#define LN_camellia_192_cfb1 "camellia-192-cfb1" +#define NID_camellia_192_cfb1 761 + +#define SN_camellia_256_cfb1 "CAMELLIA-256-CFB1" +#define LN_camellia_256_cfb1 "camellia-256-cfb1" +#define NID_camellia_256_cfb1 762 + +#define SN_camellia_128_cfb8 "CAMELLIA-128-CFB8" +#define LN_camellia_128_cfb8 "camellia-128-cfb8" +#define NID_camellia_128_cfb8 763 + +#define SN_camellia_192_cfb8 "CAMELLIA-192-CFB8" +#define LN_camellia_192_cfb8 "camellia-192-cfb8" +#define NID_camellia_192_cfb8 764 + +#define SN_camellia_256_cfb8 "CAMELLIA-256-CFB8" +#define LN_camellia_256_cfb8 "camellia-256-cfb8" +#define NID_camellia_256_cfb8 765 + +#define OBJ_aria 1L,2L,410L,200046L,1L,1L + +#define SN_aria_128_ecb "ARIA-128-ECB" +#define LN_aria_128_ecb "aria-128-ecb" +#define NID_aria_128_ecb 1065 +#define OBJ_aria_128_ecb OBJ_aria,1L + +#define SN_aria_128_cbc "ARIA-128-CBC" +#define LN_aria_128_cbc "aria-128-cbc" +#define NID_aria_128_cbc 1066 +#define OBJ_aria_128_cbc OBJ_aria,2L + +#define SN_aria_128_cfb128 "ARIA-128-CFB" +#define LN_aria_128_cfb128 "aria-128-cfb" +#define NID_aria_128_cfb128 1067 +#define OBJ_aria_128_cfb128 OBJ_aria,3L + +#define SN_aria_128_ofb128 "ARIA-128-OFB" +#define LN_aria_128_ofb128 "aria-128-ofb" +#define NID_aria_128_ofb128 1068 +#define OBJ_aria_128_ofb128 OBJ_aria,4L + +#define SN_aria_128_ctr "ARIA-128-CTR" +#define LN_aria_128_ctr "aria-128-ctr" +#define NID_aria_128_ctr 1069 +#define OBJ_aria_128_ctr OBJ_aria,5L + +#define SN_aria_192_ecb "ARIA-192-ECB" +#define LN_aria_192_ecb "aria-192-ecb" +#define NID_aria_192_ecb 1070 +#define OBJ_aria_192_ecb OBJ_aria,6L + +#define SN_aria_192_cbc "ARIA-192-CBC" +#define LN_aria_192_cbc "aria-192-cbc" +#define NID_aria_192_cbc 1071 +#define OBJ_aria_192_cbc OBJ_aria,7L + +#define SN_aria_192_cfb128 "ARIA-192-CFB" +#define LN_aria_192_cfb128 "aria-192-cfb" +#define NID_aria_192_cfb128 1072 +#define OBJ_aria_192_cfb128 OBJ_aria,8L + +#define SN_aria_192_ofb128 "ARIA-192-OFB" +#define LN_aria_192_ofb128 "aria-192-ofb" +#define NID_aria_192_ofb128 1073 +#define OBJ_aria_192_ofb128 OBJ_aria,9L + +#define SN_aria_192_ctr "ARIA-192-CTR" +#define LN_aria_192_ctr "aria-192-ctr" +#define NID_aria_192_ctr 1074 +#define OBJ_aria_192_ctr OBJ_aria,10L + +#define SN_aria_256_ecb "ARIA-256-ECB" +#define LN_aria_256_ecb "aria-256-ecb" +#define NID_aria_256_ecb 1075 +#define OBJ_aria_256_ecb OBJ_aria,11L + +#define SN_aria_256_cbc "ARIA-256-CBC" +#define LN_aria_256_cbc "aria-256-cbc" +#define NID_aria_256_cbc 1076 +#define OBJ_aria_256_cbc OBJ_aria,12L + +#define SN_aria_256_cfb128 "ARIA-256-CFB" +#define LN_aria_256_cfb128 "aria-256-cfb" +#define NID_aria_256_cfb128 1077 +#define OBJ_aria_256_cfb128 OBJ_aria,13L + +#define SN_aria_256_ofb128 "ARIA-256-OFB" +#define LN_aria_256_ofb128 "aria-256-ofb" +#define NID_aria_256_ofb128 1078 +#define OBJ_aria_256_ofb128 OBJ_aria,14L + +#define SN_aria_256_ctr "ARIA-256-CTR" +#define LN_aria_256_ctr "aria-256-ctr" +#define NID_aria_256_ctr 1079 +#define OBJ_aria_256_ctr OBJ_aria,15L + +#define SN_aria_128_cfb1 "ARIA-128-CFB1" +#define LN_aria_128_cfb1 "aria-128-cfb1" +#define NID_aria_128_cfb1 1080 + +#define SN_aria_192_cfb1 "ARIA-192-CFB1" +#define LN_aria_192_cfb1 "aria-192-cfb1" +#define NID_aria_192_cfb1 1081 + +#define SN_aria_256_cfb1 "ARIA-256-CFB1" +#define LN_aria_256_cfb1 "aria-256-cfb1" +#define NID_aria_256_cfb1 1082 + +#define SN_aria_128_cfb8 "ARIA-128-CFB8" +#define LN_aria_128_cfb8 "aria-128-cfb8" +#define NID_aria_128_cfb8 1083 + +#define SN_aria_192_cfb8 "ARIA-192-CFB8" +#define LN_aria_192_cfb8 "aria-192-cfb8" +#define NID_aria_192_cfb8 1084 + +#define SN_aria_256_cfb8 "ARIA-256-CFB8" +#define LN_aria_256_cfb8 "aria-256-cfb8" +#define NID_aria_256_cfb8 1085 + +#define SN_aria_128_ccm "ARIA-128-CCM" +#define LN_aria_128_ccm "aria-128-ccm" +#define NID_aria_128_ccm 1120 +#define OBJ_aria_128_ccm OBJ_aria,37L + +#define SN_aria_192_ccm "ARIA-192-CCM" +#define LN_aria_192_ccm "aria-192-ccm" +#define NID_aria_192_ccm 1121 +#define OBJ_aria_192_ccm OBJ_aria,38L + +#define SN_aria_256_ccm "ARIA-256-CCM" +#define LN_aria_256_ccm "aria-256-ccm" +#define NID_aria_256_ccm 1122 +#define OBJ_aria_256_ccm OBJ_aria,39L + +#define SN_aria_128_gcm "ARIA-128-GCM" +#define LN_aria_128_gcm "aria-128-gcm" +#define NID_aria_128_gcm 1123 +#define OBJ_aria_128_gcm OBJ_aria,34L + +#define SN_aria_192_gcm "ARIA-192-GCM" +#define LN_aria_192_gcm "aria-192-gcm" +#define NID_aria_192_gcm 1124 +#define OBJ_aria_192_gcm OBJ_aria,35L + +#define SN_aria_256_gcm "ARIA-256-GCM" +#define LN_aria_256_gcm "aria-256-gcm" +#define NID_aria_256_gcm 1125 +#define OBJ_aria_256_gcm OBJ_aria,36L + +#define SN_kisa "KISA" +#define LN_kisa "kisa" +#define NID_kisa 773 +#define OBJ_kisa OBJ_member_body,410L,200004L + +#define SN_seed_ecb "SEED-ECB" +#define LN_seed_ecb "seed-ecb" +#define NID_seed_ecb 776 +#define OBJ_seed_ecb OBJ_kisa,1L,3L + +#define SN_seed_cbc "SEED-CBC" +#define LN_seed_cbc "seed-cbc" +#define NID_seed_cbc 777 +#define OBJ_seed_cbc OBJ_kisa,1L,4L + +#define SN_seed_cfb128 "SEED-CFB" +#define LN_seed_cfb128 "seed-cfb" +#define NID_seed_cfb128 779 +#define OBJ_seed_cfb128 OBJ_kisa,1L,5L + +#define SN_seed_ofb128 "SEED-OFB" +#define LN_seed_ofb128 "seed-ofb" +#define NID_seed_ofb128 778 +#define OBJ_seed_ofb128 OBJ_kisa,1L,6L + +#define SN_sm4_ecb "SM4-ECB" +#define LN_sm4_ecb "sm4-ecb" +#define NID_sm4_ecb 1133 +#define OBJ_sm4_ecb OBJ_sm_scheme,104L,1L + +#define SN_sm4_cbc "SM4-CBC" +#define LN_sm4_cbc "sm4-cbc" +#define NID_sm4_cbc 1134 +#define OBJ_sm4_cbc OBJ_sm_scheme,104L,2L + +#define SN_sm4_ofb128 "SM4-OFB" +#define LN_sm4_ofb128 "sm4-ofb" +#define NID_sm4_ofb128 1135 +#define OBJ_sm4_ofb128 OBJ_sm_scheme,104L,3L + +#define SN_sm4_cfb128 "SM4-CFB" +#define LN_sm4_cfb128 "sm4-cfb" +#define NID_sm4_cfb128 1137 +#define OBJ_sm4_cfb128 OBJ_sm_scheme,104L,4L + +#define SN_sm4_cfb1 "SM4-CFB1" +#define LN_sm4_cfb1 "sm4-cfb1" +#define NID_sm4_cfb1 1136 +#define OBJ_sm4_cfb1 OBJ_sm_scheme,104L,5L + +#define SN_sm4_cfb8 "SM4-CFB8" +#define LN_sm4_cfb8 "sm4-cfb8" +#define NID_sm4_cfb8 1138 +#define OBJ_sm4_cfb8 OBJ_sm_scheme,104L,6L + +#define SN_sm4_ctr "SM4-CTR" +#define LN_sm4_ctr "sm4-ctr" +#define NID_sm4_ctr 1139 +#define OBJ_sm4_ctr OBJ_sm_scheme,104L,7L + +#define SN_hmac "HMAC" +#define LN_hmac "hmac" +#define NID_hmac 855 + +#define SN_cmac "CMAC" +#define LN_cmac "cmac" +#define NID_cmac 894 + +#define SN_rc4_hmac_md5 "RC4-HMAC-MD5" +#define LN_rc4_hmac_md5 "rc4-hmac-md5" +#define NID_rc4_hmac_md5 915 + +#define SN_aes_128_cbc_hmac_sha1 "AES-128-CBC-HMAC-SHA1" +#define LN_aes_128_cbc_hmac_sha1 "aes-128-cbc-hmac-sha1" +#define NID_aes_128_cbc_hmac_sha1 916 + +#define SN_aes_192_cbc_hmac_sha1 "AES-192-CBC-HMAC-SHA1" +#define LN_aes_192_cbc_hmac_sha1 "aes-192-cbc-hmac-sha1" +#define NID_aes_192_cbc_hmac_sha1 917 + +#define SN_aes_256_cbc_hmac_sha1 "AES-256-CBC-HMAC-SHA1" +#define LN_aes_256_cbc_hmac_sha1 "aes-256-cbc-hmac-sha1" +#define NID_aes_256_cbc_hmac_sha1 918 + +#define SN_aes_128_cbc_hmac_sha256 "AES-128-CBC-HMAC-SHA256" +#define LN_aes_128_cbc_hmac_sha256 "aes-128-cbc-hmac-sha256" +#define NID_aes_128_cbc_hmac_sha256 948 + +#define SN_aes_192_cbc_hmac_sha256 "AES-192-CBC-HMAC-SHA256" +#define LN_aes_192_cbc_hmac_sha256 "aes-192-cbc-hmac-sha256" +#define NID_aes_192_cbc_hmac_sha256 949 + +#define SN_aes_256_cbc_hmac_sha256 "AES-256-CBC-HMAC-SHA256" +#define LN_aes_256_cbc_hmac_sha256 "aes-256-cbc-hmac-sha256" +#define NID_aes_256_cbc_hmac_sha256 950 + +#define SN_chacha20_poly1305 "ChaCha20-Poly1305" +#define LN_chacha20_poly1305 "chacha20-poly1305" +#define NID_chacha20_poly1305 1018 + +#define SN_chacha20 "ChaCha20" +#define LN_chacha20 "chacha20" +#define NID_chacha20 1019 + +#define SN_dhpublicnumber "dhpublicnumber" +#define LN_dhpublicnumber "X9.42 DH" +#define NID_dhpublicnumber 920 +#define OBJ_dhpublicnumber OBJ_ISO_US,10046L,2L,1L + +#define SN_brainpoolP160r1 "brainpoolP160r1" +#define NID_brainpoolP160r1 921 +#define OBJ_brainpoolP160r1 1L,3L,36L,3L,3L,2L,8L,1L,1L,1L + +#define SN_brainpoolP160t1 "brainpoolP160t1" +#define NID_brainpoolP160t1 922 +#define OBJ_brainpoolP160t1 1L,3L,36L,3L,3L,2L,8L,1L,1L,2L + +#define SN_brainpoolP192r1 "brainpoolP192r1" +#define NID_brainpoolP192r1 923 +#define OBJ_brainpoolP192r1 1L,3L,36L,3L,3L,2L,8L,1L,1L,3L + +#define SN_brainpoolP192t1 "brainpoolP192t1" +#define NID_brainpoolP192t1 924 +#define OBJ_brainpoolP192t1 1L,3L,36L,3L,3L,2L,8L,1L,1L,4L + +#define SN_brainpoolP224r1 "brainpoolP224r1" +#define NID_brainpoolP224r1 925 +#define OBJ_brainpoolP224r1 1L,3L,36L,3L,3L,2L,8L,1L,1L,5L + +#define SN_brainpoolP224t1 "brainpoolP224t1" +#define NID_brainpoolP224t1 926 +#define OBJ_brainpoolP224t1 1L,3L,36L,3L,3L,2L,8L,1L,1L,6L + +#define SN_brainpoolP256r1 "brainpoolP256r1" +#define NID_brainpoolP256r1 927 +#define OBJ_brainpoolP256r1 1L,3L,36L,3L,3L,2L,8L,1L,1L,7L + +#define SN_brainpoolP256t1 "brainpoolP256t1" +#define NID_brainpoolP256t1 928 +#define OBJ_brainpoolP256t1 1L,3L,36L,3L,3L,2L,8L,1L,1L,8L + +#define SN_brainpoolP320r1 "brainpoolP320r1" +#define NID_brainpoolP320r1 929 +#define OBJ_brainpoolP320r1 1L,3L,36L,3L,3L,2L,8L,1L,1L,9L + +#define SN_brainpoolP320t1 "brainpoolP320t1" +#define NID_brainpoolP320t1 930 +#define OBJ_brainpoolP320t1 1L,3L,36L,3L,3L,2L,8L,1L,1L,10L + +#define SN_brainpoolP384r1 "brainpoolP384r1" +#define NID_brainpoolP384r1 931 +#define OBJ_brainpoolP384r1 1L,3L,36L,3L,3L,2L,8L,1L,1L,11L + +#define SN_brainpoolP384t1 "brainpoolP384t1" +#define NID_brainpoolP384t1 932 +#define OBJ_brainpoolP384t1 1L,3L,36L,3L,3L,2L,8L,1L,1L,12L + +#define SN_brainpoolP512r1 "brainpoolP512r1" +#define NID_brainpoolP512r1 933 +#define OBJ_brainpoolP512r1 1L,3L,36L,3L,3L,2L,8L,1L,1L,13L + +#define SN_brainpoolP512t1 "brainpoolP512t1" +#define NID_brainpoolP512t1 934 +#define OBJ_brainpoolP512t1 1L,3L,36L,3L,3L,2L,8L,1L,1L,14L + +#define OBJ_x9_63_scheme 1L,3L,133L,16L,840L,63L,0L + +#define OBJ_secg_scheme OBJ_certicom_arc,1L + +#define SN_dhSinglePass_stdDH_sha1kdf_scheme "dhSinglePass-stdDH-sha1kdf-scheme" +#define NID_dhSinglePass_stdDH_sha1kdf_scheme 936 +#define OBJ_dhSinglePass_stdDH_sha1kdf_scheme OBJ_x9_63_scheme,2L + +#define SN_dhSinglePass_stdDH_sha224kdf_scheme "dhSinglePass-stdDH-sha224kdf-scheme" +#define NID_dhSinglePass_stdDH_sha224kdf_scheme 937 +#define OBJ_dhSinglePass_stdDH_sha224kdf_scheme OBJ_secg_scheme,11L,0L + +#define SN_dhSinglePass_stdDH_sha256kdf_scheme "dhSinglePass-stdDH-sha256kdf-scheme" +#define NID_dhSinglePass_stdDH_sha256kdf_scheme 938 +#define OBJ_dhSinglePass_stdDH_sha256kdf_scheme OBJ_secg_scheme,11L,1L + +#define SN_dhSinglePass_stdDH_sha384kdf_scheme "dhSinglePass-stdDH-sha384kdf-scheme" +#define NID_dhSinglePass_stdDH_sha384kdf_scheme 939 +#define OBJ_dhSinglePass_stdDH_sha384kdf_scheme OBJ_secg_scheme,11L,2L + +#define SN_dhSinglePass_stdDH_sha512kdf_scheme "dhSinglePass-stdDH-sha512kdf-scheme" +#define NID_dhSinglePass_stdDH_sha512kdf_scheme 940 +#define OBJ_dhSinglePass_stdDH_sha512kdf_scheme OBJ_secg_scheme,11L,3L + +#define SN_dhSinglePass_cofactorDH_sha1kdf_scheme "dhSinglePass-cofactorDH-sha1kdf-scheme" +#define NID_dhSinglePass_cofactorDH_sha1kdf_scheme 941 +#define OBJ_dhSinglePass_cofactorDH_sha1kdf_scheme OBJ_x9_63_scheme,3L + +#define SN_dhSinglePass_cofactorDH_sha224kdf_scheme "dhSinglePass-cofactorDH-sha224kdf-scheme" +#define NID_dhSinglePass_cofactorDH_sha224kdf_scheme 942 +#define OBJ_dhSinglePass_cofactorDH_sha224kdf_scheme OBJ_secg_scheme,14L,0L + +#define SN_dhSinglePass_cofactorDH_sha256kdf_scheme "dhSinglePass-cofactorDH-sha256kdf-scheme" +#define NID_dhSinglePass_cofactorDH_sha256kdf_scheme 943 +#define OBJ_dhSinglePass_cofactorDH_sha256kdf_scheme OBJ_secg_scheme,14L,1L + +#define SN_dhSinglePass_cofactorDH_sha384kdf_scheme "dhSinglePass-cofactorDH-sha384kdf-scheme" +#define NID_dhSinglePass_cofactorDH_sha384kdf_scheme 944 +#define OBJ_dhSinglePass_cofactorDH_sha384kdf_scheme OBJ_secg_scheme,14L,2L + +#define SN_dhSinglePass_cofactorDH_sha512kdf_scheme "dhSinglePass-cofactorDH-sha512kdf-scheme" +#define NID_dhSinglePass_cofactorDH_sha512kdf_scheme 945 +#define OBJ_dhSinglePass_cofactorDH_sha512kdf_scheme OBJ_secg_scheme,14L,3L + +#define SN_dh_std_kdf "dh-std-kdf" +#define NID_dh_std_kdf 946 + +#define SN_dh_cofactor_kdf "dh-cofactor-kdf" +#define NID_dh_cofactor_kdf 947 + +#define SN_ct_precert_scts "ct_precert_scts" +#define LN_ct_precert_scts "CT Precertificate SCTs" +#define NID_ct_precert_scts 951 +#define OBJ_ct_precert_scts 1L,3L,6L,1L,4L,1L,11129L,2L,4L,2L + +#define SN_ct_precert_poison "ct_precert_poison" +#define LN_ct_precert_poison "CT Precertificate Poison" +#define NID_ct_precert_poison 952 +#define OBJ_ct_precert_poison 1L,3L,6L,1L,4L,1L,11129L,2L,4L,3L + +#define SN_ct_precert_signer "ct_precert_signer" +#define LN_ct_precert_signer "CT Precertificate Signer" +#define NID_ct_precert_signer 953 +#define OBJ_ct_precert_signer 1L,3L,6L,1L,4L,1L,11129L,2L,4L,4L + +#define SN_ct_cert_scts "ct_cert_scts" +#define LN_ct_cert_scts "CT Certificate SCTs" +#define NID_ct_cert_scts 954 +#define OBJ_ct_cert_scts 1L,3L,6L,1L,4L,1L,11129L,2L,4L,5L + +#define SN_jurisdictionLocalityName "jurisdictionL" +#define LN_jurisdictionLocalityName "jurisdictionLocalityName" +#define NID_jurisdictionLocalityName 955 +#define OBJ_jurisdictionLocalityName 1L,3L,6L,1L,4L,1L,311L,60L,2L,1L,1L + +#define SN_jurisdictionStateOrProvinceName "jurisdictionST" +#define LN_jurisdictionStateOrProvinceName "jurisdictionStateOrProvinceName" +#define NID_jurisdictionStateOrProvinceName 956 +#define OBJ_jurisdictionStateOrProvinceName 1L,3L,6L,1L,4L,1L,311L,60L,2L,1L,2L + +#define SN_jurisdictionCountryName "jurisdictionC" +#define LN_jurisdictionCountryName "jurisdictionCountryName" +#define NID_jurisdictionCountryName 957 +#define OBJ_jurisdictionCountryName 1L,3L,6L,1L,4L,1L,311L,60L,2L,1L,3L + +#define SN_id_scrypt "id-scrypt" +#define LN_id_scrypt "scrypt" +#define NID_id_scrypt 973 +#define OBJ_id_scrypt 1L,3L,6L,1L,4L,1L,11591L,4L,11L + +#define SN_tls1_prf "TLS1-PRF" +#define LN_tls1_prf "tls1-prf" +#define NID_tls1_prf 1021 + +#define SN_hkdf "HKDF" +#define LN_hkdf "hkdf" +#define NID_hkdf 1036 + +#define SN_id_pkinit "id-pkinit" +#define NID_id_pkinit 1031 +#define OBJ_id_pkinit 1L,3L,6L,1L,5L,2L,3L + +#define SN_pkInitClientAuth "pkInitClientAuth" +#define LN_pkInitClientAuth "PKINIT Client Auth" +#define NID_pkInitClientAuth 1032 +#define OBJ_pkInitClientAuth OBJ_id_pkinit,4L + +#define SN_pkInitKDC "pkInitKDC" +#define LN_pkInitKDC "Signing KDC Response" +#define NID_pkInitKDC 1033 +#define OBJ_pkInitKDC OBJ_id_pkinit,5L + +#define SN_X25519 "X25519" +#define NID_X25519 1034 +#define OBJ_X25519 1L,3L,101L,110L + +#define SN_X448 "X448" +#define NID_X448 1035 +#define OBJ_X448 1L,3L,101L,111L + +#define SN_ED25519 "ED25519" +#define NID_ED25519 1087 +#define OBJ_ED25519 1L,3L,101L,112L + +#define SN_ED448 "ED448" +#define NID_ED448 1088 +#define OBJ_ED448 1L,3L,101L,113L + +#define SN_kx_rsa "KxRSA" +#define LN_kx_rsa "kx-rsa" +#define NID_kx_rsa 1037 + +#define SN_kx_ecdhe "KxECDHE" +#define LN_kx_ecdhe "kx-ecdhe" +#define NID_kx_ecdhe 1038 + +#define SN_kx_dhe "KxDHE" +#define LN_kx_dhe "kx-dhe" +#define NID_kx_dhe 1039 + +#define SN_kx_ecdhe_psk "KxECDHE-PSK" +#define LN_kx_ecdhe_psk "kx-ecdhe-psk" +#define NID_kx_ecdhe_psk 1040 + +#define SN_kx_dhe_psk "KxDHE-PSK" +#define LN_kx_dhe_psk "kx-dhe-psk" +#define NID_kx_dhe_psk 1041 + +#define SN_kx_rsa_psk "KxRSA_PSK" +#define LN_kx_rsa_psk "kx-rsa-psk" +#define NID_kx_rsa_psk 1042 + +#define SN_kx_psk "KxPSK" +#define LN_kx_psk "kx-psk" +#define NID_kx_psk 1043 + +#define SN_kx_srp "KxSRP" +#define LN_kx_srp "kx-srp" +#define NID_kx_srp 1044 + +#define SN_kx_gost "KxGOST" +#define LN_kx_gost "kx-gost" +#define NID_kx_gost 1045 + +#define SN_kx_any "KxANY" +#define LN_kx_any "kx-any" +#define NID_kx_any 1063 + +#define SN_auth_rsa "AuthRSA" +#define LN_auth_rsa "auth-rsa" +#define NID_auth_rsa 1046 + +#define SN_auth_ecdsa "AuthECDSA" +#define LN_auth_ecdsa "auth-ecdsa" +#define NID_auth_ecdsa 1047 + +#define SN_auth_psk "AuthPSK" +#define LN_auth_psk "auth-psk" +#define NID_auth_psk 1048 + +#define SN_auth_dss "AuthDSS" +#define LN_auth_dss "auth-dss" +#define NID_auth_dss 1049 + +#define SN_auth_gost01 "AuthGOST01" +#define LN_auth_gost01 "auth-gost01" +#define NID_auth_gost01 1050 + +#define SN_auth_gost12 "AuthGOST12" +#define LN_auth_gost12 "auth-gost12" +#define NID_auth_gost12 1051 + +#define SN_auth_srp "AuthSRP" +#define LN_auth_srp "auth-srp" +#define NID_auth_srp 1052 + +#define SN_auth_null "AuthNULL" +#define LN_auth_null "auth-null" +#define NID_auth_null 1053 + +#define SN_auth_any "AuthANY" +#define LN_auth_any "auth-any" +#define NID_auth_any 1064 + +#define SN_poly1305 "Poly1305" +#define LN_poly1305 "poly1305" +#define NID_poly1305 1061 + +#define SN_siphash "SipHash" +#define LN_siphash "siphash" +#define NID_siphash 1062 + +#define SN_ffdhe2048 "ffdhe2048" +#define NID_ffdhe2048 1126 + +#define SN_ffdhe3072 "ffdhe3072" +#define NID_ffdhe3072 1127 + +#define SN_ffdhe4096 "ffdhe4096" +#define NID_ffdhe4096 1128 + +#define SN_ffdhe6144 "ffdhe6144" +#define NID_ffdhe6144 1129 + +#define SN_ffdhe8192 "ffdhe8192" +#define NID_ffdhe8192 1130 + +#define SN_ISO_UA "ISO-UA" +#define NID_ISO_UA 1150 +#define OBJ_ISO_UA OBJ_member_body,804L + +#define SN_ua_pki "ua-pki" +#define NID_ua_pki 1151 +#define OBJ_ua_pki OBJ_ISO_UA,2L,1L,1L,1L + +#define SN_dstu28147 "dstu28147" +#define LN_dstu28147 "DSTU Gost 28147-2009" +#define NID_dstu28147 1152 +#define OBJ_dstu28147 OBJ_ua_pki,1L,1L,1L + +#define SN_dstu28147_ofb "dstu28147-ofb" +#define LN_dstu28147_ofb "DSTU Gost 28147-2009 OFB mode" +#define NID_dstu28147_ofb 1153 +#define OBJ_dstu28147_ofb OBJ_dstu28147,2L + +#define SN_dstu28147_cfb "dstu28147-cfb" +#define LN_dstu28147_cfb "DSTU Gost 28147-2009 CFB mode" +#define NID_dstu28147_cfb 1154 +#define OBJ_dstu28147_cfb OBJ_dstu28147,3L + +#define SN_dstu28147_wrap "dstu28147-wrap" +#define LN_dstu28147_wrap "DSTU Gost 28147-2009 key wrap" +#define NID_dstu28147_wrap 1155 +#define OBJ_dstu28147_wrap OBJ_dstu28147,5L + +#define SN_hmacWithDstu34311 "hmacWithDstu34311" +#define LN_hmacWithDstu34311 "HMAC DSTU Gost 34311-95" +#define NID_hmacWithDstu34311 1156 +#define OBJ_hmacWithDstu34311 OBJ_ua_pki,1L,1L,2L + +#define SN_dstu34311 "dstu34311" +#define LN_dstu34311 "DSTU Gost 34311-95" +#define NID_dstu34311 1157 +#define OBJ_dstu34311 OBJ_ua_pki,1L,2L,1L + +#define SN_dstu4145le "dstu4145le" +#define LN_dstu4145le "DSTU 4145-2002 little endian" +#define NID_dstu4145le 1158 +#define OBJ_dstu4145le OBJ_ua_pki,1L,3L,1L,1L + +#define SN_dstu4145be "dstu4145be" +#define LN_dstu4145be "DSTU 4145-2002 big endian" +#define NID_dstu4145be 1159 +#define OBJ_dstu4145be OBJ_dstu4145le,1L,1L + +#define SN_uacurve0 "uacurve0" +#define LN_uacurve0 "DSTU curve 0" +#define NID_uacurve0 1160 +#define OBJ_uacurve0 OBJ_dstu4145le,2L,0L + +#define SN_uacurve1 "uacurve1" +#define LN_uacurve1 "DSTU curve 1" +#define NID_uacurve1 1161 +#define OBJ_uacurve1 OBJ_dstu4145le,2L,1L + +#define SN_uacurve2 "uacurve2" +#define LN_uacurve2 "DSTU curve 2" +#define NID_uacurve2 1162 +#define OBJ_uacurve2 OBJ_dstu4145le,2L,2L + +#define SN_uacurve3 "uacurve3" +#define LN_uacurve3 "DSTU curve 3" +#define NID_uacurve3 1163 +#define OBJ_uacurve3 OBJ_dstu4145le,2L,3L + +#define SN_uacurve4 "uacurve4" +#define LN_uacurve4 "DSTU curve 4" +#define NID_uacurve4 1164 +#define OBJ_uacurve4 OBJ_dstu4145le,2L,4L + +#define SN_uacurve5 "uacurve5" +#define LN_uacurve5 "DSTU curve 5" +#define NID_uacurve5 1165 +#define OBJ_uacurve5 OBJ_dstu4145le,2L,5L + +#define SN_uacurve6 "uacurve6" +#define LN_uacurve6 "DSTU curve 6" +#define NID_uacurve6 1166 +#define OBJ_uacurve6 OBJ_dstu4145le,2L,6L + +#define SN_uacurve7 "uacurve7" +#define LN_uacurve7 "DSTU curve 7" +#define NID_uacurve7 1167 +#define OBJ_uacurve7 OBJ_dstu4145le,2L,7L + +#define SN_uacurve8 "uacurve8" +#define LN_uacurve8 "DSTU curve 8" +#define NID_uacurve8 1168 +#define OBJ_uacurve8 OBJ_dstu4145le,2L,8L + +#define SN_uacurve9 "uacurve9" +#define LN_uacurve9 "DSTU curve 9" +#define NID_uacurve9 1169 +#define OBJ_uacurve9 OBJ_dstu4145le,2L,9L diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/objects.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/objects.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5e8b5762 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/objects.h @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +/* + * Copyright 1995-2018 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_OBJECTS_H +# define HEADER_OBJECTS_H + +# include <openssl/obj_mac.h> +# include <openssl/bio.h> +# include <openssl/asn1.h> +# include <openssl/objectserr.h> + +# define OBJ_NAME_TYPE_UNDEF 0x00 +# define OBJ_NAME_TYPE_MD_METH 0x01 +# define OBJ_NAME_TYPE_CIPHER_METH 0x02 +# define OBJ_NAME_TYPE_PKEY_METH 0x03 +# define OBJ_NAME_TYPE_COMP_METH 0x04 +# define OBJ_NAME_TYPE_NUM 0x05 + +# define OBJ_NAME_ALIAS 0x8000 + +# define OBJ_BSEARCH_VALUE_ON_NOMATCH 0x01 +# define OBJ_BSEARCH_FIRST_VALUE_ON_MATCH 0x02 + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +typedef struct obj_name_st { + int type; + int alias; + const char *name; + const char *data; +} OBJ_NAME; + +# define OBJ_create_and_add_object(a,b,c) OBJ_create(a,b,c) + +int OBJ_NAME_init(void); +int OBJ_NAME_new_index(unsigned long (*hash_func) (const char *), + int (*cmp_func) (const char *, const char *), + void (*free_func) (const char *, int, const char *)); +const char *OBJ_NAME_get(const char *name, int type); +int OBJ_NAME_add(const char *name, int type, const char *data); +int OBJ_NAME_remove(const char *name, int type); +void OBJ_NAME_cleanup(int type); /* -1 for everything */ +void OBJ_NAME_do_all(int type, void (*fn) (const OBJ_NAME *, void *arg), + void *arg); +void OBJ_NAME_do_all_sorted(int type, + void (*fn) (const OBJ_NAME *, void *arg), + void *arg); + +ASN1_OBJECT *OBJ_dup(const ASN1_OBJECT *o); +ASN1_OBJECT *OBJ_nid2obj(int n); +const char *OBJ_nid2ln(int n); +const char *OBJ_nid2sn(int n); +int OBJ_obj2nid(const ASN1_OBJECT *o); +ASN1_OBJECT *OBJ_txt2obj(const char *s, int no_name); +int OBJ_obj2txt(char *buf, int buf_len, const ASN1_OBJECT *a, int no_name); +int OBJ_txt2nid(const char *s); +int OBJ_ln2nid(const char *s); +int OBJ_sn2nid(const char *s); +int OBJ_cmp(const ASN1_OBJECT *a, const ASN1_OBJECT *b); +const void *OBJ_bsearch_(const void *key, const void *base, int num, int size, + int (*cmp) (const void *, const void *)); +const void *OBJ_bsearch_ex_(const void *key, const void *base, int num, + int size, + int (*cmp) (const void *, const void *), + int flags); + +# define _DECLARE_OBJ_BSEARCH_CMP_FN(scope, type1, type2, nm) \ + static int nm##_cmp_BSEARCH_CMP_FN(const void *, const void *); \ + static int nm##_cmp(type1 const *, type2 const *); \ + scope type2 * OBJ_bsearch_##nm(type1 *key, type2 const *base, int num) + +# define DECLARE_OBJ_BSEARCH_CMP_FN(type1, type2, cmp) \ + _DECLARE_OBJ_BSEARCH_CMP_FN(static, type1, type2, cmp) +# define DECLARE_OBJ_BSEARCH_GLOBAL_CMP_FN(type1, type2, nm) \ + type2 * OBJ_bsearch_##nm(type1 *key, type2 const *base, int num) + +/*- + * Unsolved problem: if a type is actually a pointer type, like + * nid_triple is, then its impossible to get a const where you need + * it. Consider: + * + * typedef int nid_triple[3]; + * const void *a_; + * const nid_triple const *a = a_; + * + * The assignment discards a const because what you really want is: + * + * const int const * const *a = a_; + * + * But if you do that, you lose the fact that a is an array of 3 ints, + * which breaks comparison functions. + * + * Thus we end up having to cast, sadly, or unpack the + * declarations. Or, as I finally did in this case, declare nid_triple + * to be a struct, which it should have been in the first place. + * + * Ben, August 2008. + * + * Also, strictly speaking not all types need be const, but handling + * the non-constness means a lot of complication, and in practice + * comparison routines do always not touch their arguments. + */ + +# define IMPLEMENT_OBJ_BSEARCH_CMP_FN(type1, type2, nm) \ + static int nm##_cmp_BSEARCH_CMP_FN(const void *a_, const void *b_) \ + { \ + type1 const *a = a_; \ + type2 const *b = b_; \ + return nm##_cmp(a,b); \ + } \ + static type2 *OBJ_bsearch_##nm(type1 *key, type2 const *base, int num) \ + { \ + return (type2 *)OBJ_bsearch_(key, base, num, sizeof(type2), \ + nm##_cmp_BSEARCH_CMP_FN); \ + } \ + extern void dummy_prototype(void) + +# define IMPLEMENT_OBJ_BSEARCH_GLOBAL_CMP_FN(type1, type2, nm) \ + static int nm##_cmp_BSEARCH_CMP_FN(const void *a_, const void *b_) \ + { \ + type1 const *a = a_; \ + type2 const *b = b_; \ + return nm##_cmp(a,b); \ + } \ + type2 *OBJ_bsearch_##nm(type1 *key, type2 const *base, int num) \ + { \ + return (type2 *)OBJ_bsearch_(key, base, num, sizeof(type2), \ + nm##_cmp_BSEARCH_CMP_FN); \ + } \ + extern void dummy_prototype(void) + +# define OBJ_bsearch(type1,key,type2,base,num,cmp) \ + ((type2 *)OBJ_bsearch_(CHECKED_PTR_OF(type1,key),CHECKED_PTR_OF(type2,base), \ + num,sizeof(type2), \ + ((void)CHECKED_PTR_OF(type1,cmp##_type_1), \ + (void)CHECKED_PTR_OF(type2,cmp##_type_2), \ + cmp##_BSEARCH_CMP_FN))) + +# define OBJ_bsearch_ex(type1,key,type2,base,num,cmp,flags) \ + ((type2 *)OBJ_bsearch_ex_(CHECKED_PTR_OF(type1,key),CHECKED_PTR_OF(type2,base), \ + num,sizeof(type2), \ + ((void)CHECKED_PTR_OF(type1,cmp##_type_1), \ + (void)type_2=CHECKED_PTR_OF(type2,cmp##_type_2), \ + cmp##_BSEARCH_CMP_FN)),flags) + +int OBJ_new_nid(int num); +int OBJ_add_object(const ASN1_OBJECT *obj); +int OBJ_create(const char *oid, const char *sn, const char *ln); +#if OPENSSL_API_COMPAT < 0x10100000L +# define OBJ_cleanup() while(0) continue +#endif +int OBJ_create_objects(BIO *in); + +size_t OBJ_length(const ASN1_OBJECT *obj); +const unsigned char *OBJ_get0_data(const ASN1_OBJECT *obj); + +int OBJ_find_sigid_algs(int signid, int *pdig_nid, int *ppkey_nid); +int OBJ_find_sigid_by_algs(int *psignid, int dig_nid, int pkey_nid); +int OBJ_add_sigid(int signid, int dig_id, int pkey_id); +void OBJ_sigid_free(void); + + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/objectserr.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/objectserr.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..02e166f1 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/objectserr.h @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +/* + * Generated by util/mkerr.pl DO NOT EDIT + * Copyright 1995-2019 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_OBJERR_H +# define HEADER_OBJERR_H + +# ifndef HEADER_SYMHACKS_H +# include <openssl/symhacks.h> +# endif + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +# endif +int ERR_load_OBJ_strings(void); + +/* + * OBJ function codes. + */ +# define OBJ_F_OBJ_ADD_OBJECT 105 +# define OBJ_F_OBJ_ADD_SIGID 107 +# define OBJ_F_OBJ_CREATE 100 +# define OBJ_F_OBJ_DUP 101 +# define OBJ_F_OBJ_NAME_NEW_INDEX 106 +# define OBJ_F_OBJ_NID2LN 102 +# define OBJ_F_OBJ_NID2OBJ 103 +# define OBJ_F_OBJ_NID2SN 104 +# define OBJ_F_OBJ_TXT2OBJ 108 + +/* + * OBJ reason codes. + */ +# define OBJ_R_OID_EXISTS 102 +# define OBJ_R_UNKNOWN_NID 101 + +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ocsp.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ocsp.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4d759a49 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ocsp.h @@ -0,0 +1,352 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2000-2019 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_OCSP_H +# define HEADER_OCSP_H + +#include <openssl/opensslconf.h> + +/* + * These definitions are outside the OPENSSL_NO_OCSP guard because although for + * historical reasons they have OCSP_* names, they can actually be used + * independently of OCSP. E.g. see RFC5280 + */ +/*- + * CRLReason ::= ENUMERATED { + * unspecified (0), + * keyCompromise (1), + * cACompromise (2), + * affiliationChanged (3), + * superseded (4), + * cessationOfOperation (5), + * certificateHold (6), + * removeFromCRL (8) } + */ +# define OCSP_REVOKED_STATUS_NOSTATUS -1 +# define OCSP_REVOKED_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED 0 +# define OCSP_REVOKED_STATUS_KEYCOMPROMISE 1 +# define OCSP_REVOKED_STATUS_CACOMPROMISE 2 +# define OCSP_REVOKED_STATUS_AFFILIATIONCHANGED 3 +# define OCSP_REVOKED_STATUS_SUPERSEDED 4 +# define OCSP_REVOKED_STATUS_CESSATIONOFOPERATION 5 +# define OCSP_REVOKED_STATUS_CERTIFICATEHOLD 6 +# define OCSP_REVOKED_STATUS_REMOVEFROMCRL 8 + + +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_OCSP + +# include <openssl/ossl_typ.h> +# include <openssl/x509.h> +# include <openssl/x509v3.h> +# include <openssl/safestack.h> +# include <openssl/ocsperr.h> + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Various flags and values */ + +# define OCSP_DEFAULT_NONCE_LENGTH 16 + +# define OCSP_NOCERTS 0x1 +# define OCSP_NOINTERN 0x2 +# define OCSP_NOSIGS 0x4 +# define OCSP_NOCHAIN 0x8 +# define OCSP_NOVERIFY 0x10 +# define OCSP_NOEXPLICIT 0x20 +# define OCSP_NOCASIGN 0x40 +# define OCSP_NODELEGATED 0x80 +# define OCSP_NOCHECKS 0x100 +# define OCSP_TRUSTOTHER 0x200 +# define OCSP_RESPID_KEY 0x400 +# define OCSP_NOTIME 0x800 + +typedef struct ocsp_cert_id_st OCSP_CERTID; + +DEFINE_STACK_OF(OCSP_CERTID) + +typedef struct ocsp_one_request_st OCSP_ONEREQ; + +DEFINE_STACK_OF(OCSP_ONEREQ) + +typedef struct ocsp_req_info_st OCSP_REQINFO; +typedef struct ocsp_signature_st OCSP_SIGNATURE; +typedef struct ocsp_request_st OCSP_REQUEST; + +# define OCSP_RESPONSE_STATUS_SUCCESSFUL 0 +# define OCSP_RESPONSE_STATUS_MALFORMEDREQUEST 1 +# define OCSP_RESPONSE_STATUS_INTERNALERROR 2 +# define OCSP_RESPONSE_STATUS_TRYLATER 3 +# define OCSP_RESPONSE_STATUS_SIGREQUIRED 5 +# define OCSP_RESPONSE_STATUS_UNAUTHORIZED 6 + +typedef struct ocsp_resp_bytes_st OCSP_RESPBYTES; + +# define V_OCSP_RESPID_NAME 0 +# define V_OCSP_RESPID_KEY 1 + +DEFINE_STACK_OF(OCSP_RESPID) + +typedef struct ocsp_revoked_info_st OCSP_REVOKEDINFO; + +# define V_OCSP_CERTSTATUS_GOOD 0 +# define V_OCSP_CERTSTATUS_REVOKED 1 +# define V_OCSP_CERTSTATUS_UNKNOWN 2 + +typedef struct ocsp_cert_status_st OCSP_CERTSTATUS; +typedef struct ocsp_single_response_st OCSP_SINGLERESP; + +DEFINE_STACK_OF(OCSP_SINGLERESP) + +typedef struct ocsp_response_data_st OCSP_RESPDATA; + +typedef struct ocsp_basic_response_st OCSP_BASICRESP; + +typedef struct ocsp_crl_id_st OCSP_CRLID; +typedef struct ocsp_service_locator_st OCSP_SERVICELOC; + +# define PEM_STRING_OCSP_REQUEST "OCSP REQUEST" +# define PEM_STRING_OCSP_RESPONSE "OCSP RESPONSE" + +# define d2i_OCSP_REQUEST_bio(bp,p) ASN1_d2i_bio_of(OCSP_REQUEST,OCSP_REQUEST_new,d2i_OCSP_REQUEST,bp,p) + +# define d2i_OCSP_RESPONSE_bio(bp,p) ASN1_d2i_bio_of(OCSP_RESPONSE,OCSP_RESPONSE_new,d2i_OCSP_RESPONSE,bp,p) + +# define PEM_read_bio_OCSP_REQUEST(bp,x,cb) (OCSP_REQUEST *)PEM_ASN1_read_bio( \ + (char *(*)())d2i_OCSP_REQUEST,PEM_STRING_OCSP_REQUEST, \ + bp,(char **)(x),cb,NULL) + +# define PEM_read_bio_OCSP_RESPONSE(bp,x,cb) (OCSP_RESPONSE *)PEM_ASN1_read_bio(\ + (char *(*)())d2i_OCSP_RESPONSE,PEM_STRING_OCSP_RESPONSE, \ + bp,(char **)(x),cb,NULL) + +# define PEM_write_bio_OCSP_REQUEST(bp,o) \ + PEM_ASN1_write_bio((int (*)())i2d_OCSP_REQUEST,PEM_STRING_OCSP_REQUEST,\ + bp,(char *)(o), NULL,NULL,0,NULL,NULL) + +# define PEM_write_bio_OCSP_RESPONSE(bp,o) \ + PEM_ASN1_write_bio((int (*)())i2d_OCSP_RESPONSE,PEM_STRING_OCSP_RESPONSE,\ + bp,(char *)(o), NULL,NULL,0,NULL,NULL) + +# define i2d_OCSP_RESPONSE_bio(bp,o) ASN1_i2d_bio_of(OCSP_RESPONSE,i2d_OCSP_RESPONSE,bp,o) + +# define i2d_OCSP_REQUEST_bio(bp,o) ASN1_i2d_bio_of(OCSP_REQUEST,i2d_OCSP_REQUEST,bp,o) + +# define ASN1_BIT_STRING_digest(data,type,md,len) \ + ASN1_item_digest(ASN1_ITEM_rptr(ASN1_BIT_STRING),type,data,md,len) + +# define OCSP_CERTSTATUS_dup(cs)\ + (OCSP_CERTSTATUS*)ASN1_dup((int(*)())i2d_OCSP_CERTSTATUS,\ + (char *(*)())d2i_OCSP_CERTSTATUS,(char *)(cs)) + +OCSP_CERTID *OCSP_CERTID_dup(OCSP_CERTID *id); + +OCSP_RESPONSE *OCSP_sendreq_bio(BIO *b, const char *path, OCSP_REQUEST *req); +OCSP_REQ_CTX *OCSP_sendreq_new(BIO *io, const char *path, OCSP_REQUEST *req, + int maxline); +int OCSP_REQ_CTX_nbio(OCSP_REQ_CTX *rctx); +int OCSP_sendreq_nbio(OCSP_RESPONSE **presp, OCSP_REQ_CTX *rctx); +OCSP_REQ_CTX *OCSP_REQ_CTX_new(BIO *io, int maxline); +void OCSP_REQ_CTX_free(OCSP_REQ_CTX *rctx); +void OCSP_set_max_response_length(OCSP_REQ_CTX *rctx, unsigned long len); +int OCSP_REQ_CTX_i2d(OCSP_REQ_CTX *rctx, const ASN1_ITEM *it, + ASN1_VALUE *val); +int OCSP_REQ_CTX_nbio_d2i(OCSP_REQ_CTX *rctx, ASN1_VALUE **pval, + const ASN1_ITEM *it); +BIO *OCSP_REQ_CTX_get0_mem_bio(OCSP_REQ_CTX *rctx); +int OCSP_REQ_CTX_http(OCSP_REQ_CTX *rctx, const char *op, const char *path); +int OCSP_REQ_CTX_set1_req(OCSP_REQ_CTX *rctx, OCSP_REQUEST *req); +int OCSP_REQ_CTX_add1_header(OCSP_REQ_CTX *rctx, + const char *name, const char *value); + +OCSP_CERTID *OCSP_cert_to_id(const EVP_MD *dgst, const X509 *subject, + const X509 *issuer); + +OCSP_CERTID *OCSP_cert_id_new(const EVP_MD *dgst, + const X509_NAME *issuerName, + const ASN1_BIT_STRING *issuerKey, + const ASN1_INTEGER *serialNumber); + +OCSP_ONEREQ *OCSP_request_add0_id(OCSP_REQUEST *req, OCSP_CERTID *cid); + +int OCSP_request_add1_nonce(OCSP_REQUEST *req, unsigned char *val, int len); +int OCSP_basic_add1_nonce(OCSP_BASICRESP *resp, unsigned char *val, int len); +int OCSP_check_nonce(OCSP_REQUEST *req, OCSP_BASICRESP *bs); +int OCSP_copy_nonce(OCSP_BASICRESP *resp, OCSP_REQUEST *req); + +int OCSP_request_set1_name(OCSP_REQUEST *req, X509_NAME *nm); +int OCSP_request_add1_cert(OCSP_REQUEST *req, X509 *cert); + +int OCSP_request_sign(OCSP_REQUEST *req, + X509 *signer, + EVP_PKEY *key, + const EVP_MD *dgst, + STACK_OF(X509) *certs, unsigned long flags); + +int OCSP_response_status(OCSP_RESPONSE *resp); +OCSP_BASICRESP *OCSP_response_get1_basic(OCSP_RESPONSE *resp); + +const ASN1_OCTET_STRING *OCSP_resp_get0_signature(const OCSP_BASICRESP *bs); +const X509_ALGOR *OCSP_resp_get0_tbs_sigalg(const OCSP_BASICRESP *bs); +const OCSP_RESPDATA *OCSP_resp_get0_respdata(const OCSP_BASICRESP *bs); +int OCSP_resp_get0_signer(OCSP_BASICRESP *bs, X509 **signer, + STACK_OF(X509) *extra_certs); + +int OCSP_resp_count(OCSP_BASICRESP *bs); +OCSP_SINGLERESP *OCSP_resp_get0(OCSP_BASICRESP *bs, int idx); +const ASN1_GENERALIZEDTIME *OCSP_resp_get0_produced_at(const OCSP_BASICRESP* bs); +const STACK_OF(X509) *OCSP_resp_get0_certs(const OCSP_BASICRESP *bs); +int OCSP_resp_get0_id(const OCSP_BASICRESP *bs, + const ASN1_OCTET_STRING **pid, + const X509_NAME **pname); +int OCSP_resp_get1_id(const OCSP_BASICRESP *bs, + ASN1_OCTET_STRING **pid, + X509_NAME **pname); + +int OCSP_resp_find(OCSP_BASICRESP *bs, OCSP_CERTID *id, int last); +int OCSP_single_get0_status(OCSP_SINGLERESP *single, int *reason, + ASN1_GENERALIZEDTIME **revtime, + ASN1_GENERALIZEDTIME **thisupd, + ASN1_GENERALIZEDTIME **nextupd); +int OCSP_resp_find_status(OCSP_BASICRESP *bs, OCSP_CERTID *id, int *status, + int *reason, + ASN1_GENERALIZEDTIME **revtime, + ASN1_GENERALIZEDTIME **thisupd, + ASN1_GENERALIZEDTIME **nextupd); +int OCSP_check_validity(ASN1_GENERALIZEDTIME *thisupd, + ASN1_GENERALIZEDTIME *nextupd, long sec, long maxsec); + +int OCSP_request_verify(OCSP_REQUEST *req, STACK_OF(X509) *certs, + X509_STORE *store, unsigned long flags); + +int OCSP_parse_url(const char *url, char **phost, char **pport, char **ppath, + int *pssl); + +int OCSP_id_issuer_cmp(const OCSP_CERTID *a, const OCSP_CERTID *b); +int OCSP_id_cmp(const OCSP_CERTID *a, const OCSP_CERTID *b); + +int OCSP_request_onereq_count(OCSP_REQUEST *req); +OCSP_ONEREQ *OCSP_request_onereq_get0(OCSP_REQUEST *req, int i); +OCSP_CERTID *OCSP_onereq_get0_id(OCSP_ONEREQ *one); +int OCSP_id_get0_info(ASN1_OCTET_STRING **piNameHash, ASN1_OBJECT **pmd, + ASN1_OCTET_STRING **pikeyHash, + ASN1_INTEGER **pserial, OCSP_CERTID *cid); +int OCSP_request_is_signed(OCSP_REQUEST *req); +OCSP_RESPONSE *OCSP_response_create(int status, OCSP_BASICRESP *bs); +OCSP_SINGLERESP *OCSP_basic_add1_status(OCSP_BASICRESP *rsp, + OCSP_CERTID *cid, + int status, int reason, + ASN1_TIME *revtime, + ASN1_TIME *thisupd, + ASN1_TIME *nextupd); +int OCSP_basic_add1_cert(OCSP_BASICRESP *resp, X509 *cert); +int OCSP_basic_sign(OCSP_BASICRESP *brsp, + X509 *signer, EVP_PKEY *key, const EVP_MD *dgst, + STACK_OF(X509) *certs, unsigned long flags); +int OCSP_basic_sign_ctx(OCSP_BASICRESP *brsp, + X509 *signer, EVP_MD_CTX *ctx, + STACK_OF(X509) *certs, unsigned long flags); +int OCSP_RESPID_set_by_name(OCSP_RESPID *respid, X509 *cert); +int OCSP_RESPID_set_by_key(OCSP_RESPID *respid, X509 *cert); +int OCSP_RESPID_match(OCSP_RESPID *respid, X509 *cert); + +X509_EXTENSION *OCSP_crlID_new(const char *url, long *n, char *tim); + +X509_EXTENSION *OCSP_accept_responses_new(char **oids); + +X509_EXTENSION *OCSP_archive_cutoff_new(char *tim); + +X509_EXTENSION *OCSP_url_svcloc_new(X509_NAME *issuer, const char **urls); + +int OCSP_REQUEST_get_ext_count(OCSP_REQUEST *x); +int OCSP_REQUEST_get_ext_by_NID(OCSP_REQUEST *x, int nid, int lastpos); +int OCSP_REQUEST_get_ext_by_OBJ(OCSP_REQUEST *x, const ASN1_OBJECT *obj, + int lastpos); +int OCSP_REQUEST_get_ext_by_critical(OCSP_REQUEST *x, int crit, int lastpos); +X509_EXTENSION *OCSP_REQUEST_get_ext(OCSP_REQUEST *x, int loc); +X509_EXTENSION *OCSP_REQUEST_delete_ext(OCSP_REQUEST *x, int loc); +void *OCSP_REQUEST_get1_ext_d2i(OCSP_REQUEST *x, int nid, int *crit, + int *idx); +int OCSP_REQUEST_add1_ext_i2d(OCSP_REQUEST *x, int nid, void *value, int crit, + unsigned long flags); +int OCSP_REQUEST_add_ext(OCSP_REQUEST *x, X509_EXTENSION *ex, int loc); + +int OCSP_ONEREQ_get_ext_count(OCSP_ONEREQ *x); +int OCSP_ONEREQ_get_ext_by_NID(OCSP_ONEREQ *x, int nid, int lastpos); +int OCSP_ONEREQ_get_ext_by_OBJ(OCSP_ONEREQ *x, const ASN1_OBJECT *obj, int lastpos); +int OCSP_ONEREQ_get_ext_by_critical(OCSP_ONEREQ *x, int crit, int lastpos); +X509_EXTENSION *OCSP_ONEREQ_get_ext(OCSP_ONEREQ *x, int loc); +X509_EXTENSION *OCSP_ONEREQ_delete_ext(OCSP_ONEREQ *x, int loc); +void *OCSP_ONEREQ_get1_ext_d2i(OCSP_ONEREQ *x, int nid, int *crit, int *idx); +int OCSP_ONEREQ_add1_ext_i2d(OCSP_ONEREQ *x, int nid, void *value, int crit, + unsigned long flags); +int OCSP_ONEREQ_add_ext(OCSP_ONEREQ *x, X509_EXTENSION *ex, int loc); + +int OCSP_BASICRESP_get_ext_count(OCSP_BASICRESP *x); +int OCSP_BASICRESP_get_ext_by_NID(OCSP_BASICRESP *x, int nid, int lastpos); +int OCSP_BASICRESP_get_ext_by_OBJ(OCSP_BASICRESP *x, const ASN1_OBJECT *obj, + int lastpos); +int OCSP_BASICRESP_get_ext_by_critical(OCSP_BASICRESP *x, int crit, + int lastpos); +X509_EXTENSION *OCSP_BASICRESP_get_ext(OCSP_BASICRESP *x, int loc); +X509_EXTENSION *OCSP_BASICRESP_delete_ext(OCSP_BASICRESP *x, int loc); +void *OCSP_BASICRESP_get1_ext_d2i(OCSP_BASICRESP *x, int nid, int *crit, + int *idx); +int OCSP_BASICRESP_add1_ext_i2d(OCSP_BASICRESP *x, int nid, void *value, + int crit, unsigned long flags); +int OCSP_BASICRESP_add_ext(OCSP_BASICRESP *x, X509_EXTENSION *ex, int loc); + +int OCSP_SINGLERESP_get_ext_count(OCSP_SINGLERESP *x); +int OCSP_SINGLERESP_get_ext_by_NID(OCSP_SINGLERESP *x, int nid, int lastpos); +int OCSP_SINGLERESP_get_ext_by_OBJ(OCSP_SINGLERESP *x, const ASN1_OBJECT *obj, + int lastpos); +int OCSP_SINGLERESP_get_ext_by_critical(OCSP_SINGLERESP *x, int crit, + int lastpos); +X509_EXTENSION *OCSP_SINGLERESP_get_ext(OCSP_SINGLERESP *x, int loc); +X509_EXTENSION *OCSP_SINGLERESP_delete_ext(OCSP_SINGLERESP *x, int loc); +void *OCSP_SINGLERESP_get1_ext_d2i(OCSP_SINGLERESP *x, int nid, int *crit, + int *idx); +int OCSP_SINGLERESP_add1_ext_i2d(OCSP_SINGLERESP *x, int nid, void *value, + int crit, unsigned long flags); +int OCSP_SINGLERESP_add_ext(OCSP_SINGLERESP *x, X509_EXTENSION *ex, int loc); +const OCSP_CERTID *OCSP_SINGLERESP_get0_id(const OCSP_SINGLERESP *x); + +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(OCSP_SINGLERESP) +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(OCSP_CERTSTATUS) +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(OCSP_REVOKEDINFO) +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(OCSP_BASICRESP) +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(OCSP_RESPDATA) +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(OCSP_RESPID) +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(OCSP_RESPONSE) +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(OCSP_RESPBYTES) +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(OCSP_ONEREQ) +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(OCSP_CERTID) +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(OCSP_REQUEST) +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(OCSP_SIGNATURE) +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(OCSP_REQINFO) +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(OCSP_CRLID) +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(OCSP_SERVICELOC) + +const char *OCSP_response_status_str(long s); +const char *OCSP_cert_status_str(long s); +const char *OCSP_crl_reason_str(long s); + +int OCSP_REQUEST_print(BIO *bp, OCSP_REQUEST *a, unsigned long flags); +int OCSP_RESPONSE_print(BIO *bp, OCSP_RESPONSE *o, unsigned long flags); + +int OCSP_basic_verify(OCSP_BASICRESP *bs, STACK_OF(X509) *certs, + X509_STORE *st, unsigned long flags); + + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif +# endif +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ocsperr.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ocsperr.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8dd9e01a --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ocsperr.h @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +/* + * Generated by util/mkerr.pl DO NOT EDIT + * Copyright 1995-2019 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_OCSPERR_H +# define HEADER_OCSPERR_H + +# ifndef HEADER_SYMHACKS_H +# include <openssl/symhacks.h> +# endif + +# include <openssl/opensslconf.h> + +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_OCSP + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +# endif +int ERR_load_OCSP_strings(void); + +/* + * OCSP function codes. + */ +# define OCSP_F_D2I_OCSP_NONCE 102 +# define OCSP_F_OCSP_BASIC_ADD1_STATUS 103 +# define OCSP_F_OCSP_BASIC_SIGN 104 +# define OCSP_F_OCSP_BASIC_SIGN_CTX 119 +# define OCSP_F_OCSP_BASIC_VERIFY 105 +# define OCSP_F_OCSP_CERT_ID_NEW 101 +# define OCSP_F_OCSP_CHECK_DELEGATED 106 +# define OCSP_F_OCSP_CHECK_IDS 107 +# define OCSP_F_OCSP_CHECK_ISSUER 108 +# define OCSP_F_OCSP_CHECK_VALIDITY 115 +# define OCSP_F_OCSP_MATCH_ISSUERID 109 +# define OCSP_F_OCSP_PARSE_URL 114 +# define OCSP_F_OCSP_REQUEST_SIGN 110 +# define OCSP_F_OCSP_REQUEST_VERIFY 116 +# define OCSP_F_OCSP_RESPONSE_GET1_BASIC 111 +# define OCSP_F_PARSE_HTTP_LINE1 118 + +/* + * OCSP reason codes. + */ +# define OCSP_R_CERTIFICATE_VERIFY_ERROR 101 +# define OCSP_R_DIGEST_ERR 102 +# define OCSP_R_ERROR_IN_NEXTUPDATE_FIELD 122 +# define OCSP_R_ERROR_IN_THISUPDATE_FIELD 123 +# define OCSP_R_ERROR_PARSING_URL 121 +# define OCSP_R_MISSING_OCSPSIGNING_USAGE 103 +# define OCSP_R_NEXTUPDATE_BEFORE_THISUPDATE 124 +# define OCSP_R_NOT_BASIC_RESPONSE 104 +# define OCSP_R_NO_CERTIFICATES_IN_CHAIN 105 +# define OCSP_R_NO_RESPONSE_DATA 108 +# define OCSP_R_NO_REVOKED_TIME 109 +# define OCSP_R_NO_SIGNER_KEY 130 +# define OCSP_R_PRIVATE_KEY_DOES_NOT_MATCH_CERTIFICATE 110 +# define OCSP_R_REQUEST_NOT_SIGNED 128 +# define OCSP_R_RESPONSE_CONTAINS_NO_REVOCATION_DATA 111 +# define OCSP_R_ROOT_CA_NOT_TRUSTED 112 +# define OCSP_R_SERVER_RESPONSE_ERROR 114 +# define OCSP_R_SERVER_RESPONSE_PARSE_ERROR 115 +# define OCSP_R_SIGNATURE_FAILURE 117 +# define OCSP_R_SIGNER_CERTIFICATE_NOT_FOUND 118 +# define OCSP_R_STATUS_EXPIRED 125 +# define OCSP_R_STATUS_NOT_YET_VALID 126 +# define OCSP_R_STATUS_TOO_OLD 127 +# define OCSP_R_UNKNOWN_MESSAGE_DIGEST 119 +# define OCSP_R_UNKNOWN_NID 120 +# define OCSP_R_UNSUPPORTED_REQUESTORNAME_TYPE 129 + +# endif +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/opensslconf.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/opensslconf.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..17df6b21 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/opensslconf.h @@ -0,0 +1,200 @@ +/* + * WARNING: do not edit! + * Generated by Makefile from include/openssl/opensslconf.h.in + * + * Copyright 2016-2020 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#include <openssl/opensslv.h> + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#ifdef OPENSSL_ALGORITHM_DEFINES +# error OPENSSL_ALGORITHM_DEFINES no longer supported +#endif + +/* + * OpenSSL was configured with the following options: + */ + +#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_MD2 +# define OPENSSL_NO_MD2 +#endif +#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_RC5 +# define OPENSSL_NO_RC5 +#endif +#ifndef OPENSSL_THREADS +# define OPENSSL_THREADS +#endif +#ifndef OPENSSL_RAND_SEED_OS +# define OPENSSL_RAND_SEED_OS +#endif +#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_AFALGENG +# define OPENSSL_NO_AFALGENG +#endif +#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_ASAN +# define OPENSSL_NO_ASAN +#endif +#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_CRYPTO_MDEBUG +# define OPENSSL_NO_CRYPTO_MDEBUG +#endif +#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_CRYPTO_MDEBUG_BACKTRACE +# define OPENSSL_NO_CRYPTO_MDEBUG_BACKTRACE +#endif +#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_DEVCRYPTOENG +# define OPENSSL_NO_DEVCRYPTOENG +#endif +#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_EC_NISTP_64_GCC_128 +# define OPENSSL_NO_EC_NISTP_64_GCC_128 +#endif +#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_EGD +# define OPENSSL_NO_EGD +#endif +#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_EXTERNAL_TESTS +# define OPENSSL_NO_EXTERNAL_TESTS +#endif +#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_FUZZ_AFL +# define OPENSSL_NO_FUZZ_AFL +#endif +#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_FUZZ_LIBFUZZER +# define OPENSSL_NO_FUZZ_LIBFUZZER +#endif +#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_HEARTBEATS +# define OPENSSL_NO_HEARTBEATS +#endif +#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_MSAN +# define OPENSSL_NO_MSAN +#endif +#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_SCTP +# define OPENSSL_NO_SCTP +#endif +#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_SSL_TRACE +# define OPENSSL_NO_SSL_TRACE +#endif +#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_SSL3 +# define OPENSSL_NO_SSL3 +#endif +#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_SSL3_METHOD +# define OPENSSL_NO_SSL3_METHOD +#endif +#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_UBSAN +# define OPENSSL_NO_UBSAN +#endif +#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_UNIT_TEST +# define OPENSSL_NO_UNIT_TEST +#endif +#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_WEAK_SSL_CIPHERS +# define OPENSSL_NO_WEAK_SSL_CIPHERS +#endif +#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_DYNAMIC_ENGINE +# define OPENSSL_NO_DYNAMIC_ENGINE +#endif + + +/* + * Sometimes OPENSSSL_NO_xxx ends up with an empty file and some compilers + * don't like that. This will hopefully silence them. + */ +#define NON_EMPTY_TRANSLATION_UNIT static void *dummy = &dummy; + +/* + * Applications should use -DOPENSSL_API_COMPAT=<version> to suppress the + * declarations of functions deprecated in or before <version>. Otherwise, they + * still won't see them if the library has been built to disable deprecated + * functions. + */ +#ifndef DECLARE_DEPRECATED +# define DECLARE_DEPRECATED(f) f; +# ifdef __GNUC__ +# if __GNUC__ > 3 || (__GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ > 0) +# undef DECLARE_DEPRECATED +# define DECLARE_DEPRECATED(f) f __attribute__ ((deprecated)); +# endif +# elif defined(__SUNPRO_C) +# if (__SUNPRO_C >= 0x5130) +# undef DECLARE_DEPRECATED +# define DECLARE_DEPRECATED(f) f __attribute__ ((deprecated)); +# endif +# endif +#endif + +#ifndef OPENSSL_FILE +# ifdef OPENSSL_NO_FILENAMES +# define OPENSSL_FILE "" +# define OPENSSL_LINE 0 +# else +# define OPENSSL_FILE __FILE__ +# define OPENSSL_LINE __LINE__ +# endif +#endif + +#ifndef OPENSSL_MIN_API +# define OPENSSL_MIN_API 0 +#endif + +#if !defined(OPENSSL_API_COMPAT) || OPENSSL_API_COMPAT < OPENSSL_MIN_API +# undef OPENSSL_API_COMPAT +# define OPENSSL_API_COMPAT OPENSSL_MIN_API +#endif + +/* + * Do not deprecate things to be deprecated in version 1.2.0 before the + * OpenSSL version number matches. + */ +#if OPENSSL_VERSION_NUMBER < 0x10200000L +# define DEPRECATEDIN_1_2_0(f) f; +#elif OPENSSL_API_COMPAT < 0x10200000L +# define DEPRECATEDIN_1_2_0(f) DECLARE_DEPRECATED(f) +#else +# define DEPRECATEDIN_1_2_0(f) +#endif + +#if OPENSSL_API_COMPAT < 0x10100000L +# define DEPRECATEDIN_1_1_0(f) DECLARE_DEPRECATED(f) +#else +# define DEPRECATEDIN_1_1_0(f) +#endif + +#if OPENSSL_API_COMPAT < 0x10000000L +# define DEPRECATEDIN_1_0_0(f) DECLARE_DEPRECATED(f) +#else +# define DEPRECATEDIN_1_0_0(f) +#endif + +#if OPENSSL_API_COMPAT < 0x00908000L +# define DEPRECATEDIN_0_9_8(f) DECLARE_DEPRECATED(f) +#else +# define DEPRECATEDIN_0_9_8(f) +#endif + +/* Generate 80386 code? */ +#undef I386_ONLY + +#undef OPENSSL_UNISTD +#define OPENSSL_UNISTD <unistd.h> + +#undef OPENSSL_EXPORT_VAR_AS_FUNCTION + +/* + * The following are cipher-specific, but are part of the public API. + */ +#if !defined(OPENSSL_SYS_UEFI) +# undef BN_LLONG +/* Only one for the following should be defined */ +# define SIXTY_FOUR_BIT_LONG +# undef SIXTY_FOUR_BIT +# undef THIRTY_TWO_BIT +#endif + +#define RC4_INT unsigned char + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/opensslv.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/opensslv.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0cd6b2f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/opensslv.h @@ -0,0 +1,101 @@ +/* + * Copyright 1999-2021 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_OPENSSLV_H +# define HEADER_OPENSSLV_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/*- + * Numeric release version identifier: + * MNNFFPPS: major minor fix patch status + * The status nibble has one of the values 0 for development, 1 to e for betas + * 1 to 14, and f for release. The patch level is exactly that. + * For example: + * 0.9.3-dev 0x00903000 + * 0.9.3-beta1 0x00903001 + * 0.9.3-beta2-dev 0x00903002 + * 0.9.3-beta2 0x00903002 (same as ...beta2-dev) + * 0.9.3 0x0090300f + * 0.9.3a 0x0090301f + * 0.9.4 0x0090400f + * 1.2.3z 0x102031af + * + * For continuity reasons (because 0.9.5 is already out, and is coded + * 0x00905100), between 0.9.5 and 0.9.6 the coding of the patch level + * part is slightly different, by setting the highest bit. This means + * that 0.9.5a looks like this: 0x0090581f. At 0.9.6, we can start + * with 0x0090600S... + * + * (Prior to 0.9.3-dev a different scheme was used: 0.9.2b is 0x0922.) + * (Prior to 0.9.5a beta1, a different scheme was used: MMNNFFRBB for + * major minor fix final patch/beta) + */ +# define OPENSSL_VERSION_NUMBER 0x101010bfL +# define OPENSSL_VERSION_TEXT "OpenSSL 1.1.1k 25 Mar 2021" + +/*- + * The macros below are to be used for shared library (.so, .dll, ...) + * versioning. That kind of versioning works a bit differently between + * operating systems. The most usual scheme is to set a major and a minor + * number, and have the runtime loader check that the major number is equal + * to what it was at application link time, while the minor number has to + * be greater or equal to what it was at application link time. With this + * scheme, the version number is usually part of the file name, like this: + * + * libcrypto.so.0.9 + * + * Some unixen also make a softlink with the major version number only: + * + * libcrypto.so.0 + * + * On Tru64 and IRIX 6.x it works a little bit differently. There, the + * shared library version is stored in the file, and is actually a series + * of versions, separated by colons. The rightmost version present in the + * library when linking an application is stored in the application to be + * matched at run time. When the application is run, a check is done to + * see if the library version stored in the application matches any of the + * versions in the version string of the library itself. + * This version string can be constructed in any way, depending on what + * kind of matching is desired. However, to implement the same scheme as + * the one used in the other unixen, all compatible versions, from lowest + * to highest, should be part of the string. Consecutive builds would + * give the following versions strings: + * + * 3.0 + * 3.0:3.1 + * 3.0:3.1:3.2 + * 4.0 + * 4.0:4.1 + * + * Notice how version 4 is completely incompatible with version, and + * therefore give the breach you can see. + * + * There may be other schemes as well that I haven't yet discovered. + * + * So, here's the way it works here: first of all, the library version + * number doesn't need at all to match the overall OpenSSL version. + * However, it's nice and more understandable if it actually does. + * The current library version is stored in the macro SHLIB_VERSION_NUMBER, + * which is just a piece of text in the format "M.m.e" (Major, minor, edit). + * For the sake of Tru64, IRIX, and any other OS that behaves in similar ways, + * we need to keep a history of version numbers, which is done in the + * macro SHLIB_VERSION_HISTORY. The numbers are separated by colons and + * should only keep the versions that are binary compatible with the current. + */ +# define SHLIB_VERSION_HISTORY "" +# define SHLIB_VERSION_NUMBER "1.1" + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif +#endif /* HEADER_OPENSSLV_H */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ossl_typ.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ossl_typ.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e0edfaaf --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ossl_typ.h @@ -0,0 +1,197 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2001-2018 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_OPENSSL_TYPES_H +# define HEADER_OPENSSL_TYPES_H + +#include <limits.h> + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +# include <openssl/e_os2.h> + +# ifdef NO_ASN1_TYPEDEFS +# define ASN1_INTEGER ASN1_STRING +# define ASN1_ENUMERATED ASN1_STRING +# define ASN1_BIT_STRING ASN1_STRING +# define ASN1_OCTET_STRING ASN1_STRING +# define ASN1_PRINTABLESTRING ASN1_STRING +# define ASN1_T61STRING ASN1_STRING +# define ASN1_IA5STRING ASN1_STRING +# define ASN1_UTCTIME ASN1_STRING +# define ASN1_GENERALIZEDTIME ASN1_STRING +# define ASN1_TIME ASN1_STRING +# define ASN1_GENERALSTRING ASN1_STRING +# define ASN1_UNIVERSALSTRING ASN1_STRING +# define ASN1_BMPSTRING ASN1_STRING +# define ASN1_VISIBLESTRING ASN1_STRING +# define ASN1_UTF8STRING ASN1_STRING +# define ASN1_BOOLEAN int +# define ASN1_NULL int +# else +typedef struct asn1_string_st ASN1_INTEGER; +typedef struct asn1_string_st ASN1_ENUMERATED; +typedef struct asn1_string_st ASN1_BIT_STRING; +typedef struct asn1_string_st ASN1_OCTET_STRING; +typedef struct asn1_string_st ASN1_PRINTABLESTRING; +typedef struct asn1_string_st ASN1_T61STRING; +typedef struct asn1_string_st ASN1_IA5STRING; +typedef struct asn1_string_st ASN1_GENERALSTRING; +typedef struct asn1_string_st ASN1_UNIVERSALSTRING; +typedef struct asn1_string_st ASN1_BMPSTRING; +typedef struct asn1_string_st ASN1_UTCTIME; +typedef struct asn1_string_st ASN1_TIME; +typedef struct asn1_string_st ASN1_GENERALIZEDTIME; +typedef struct asn1_string_st ASN1_VISIBLESTRING; +typedef struct asn1_string_st ASN1_UTF8STRING; +typedef struct asn1_string_st ASN1_STRING; +typedef int ASN1_BOOLEAN; +typedef int ASN1_NULL; +# endif + +typedef struct asn1_object_st ASN1_OBJECT; + +typedef struct ASN1_ITEM_st ASN1_ITEM; +typedef struct asn1_pctx_st ASN1_PCTX; +typedef struct asn1_sctx_st ASN1_SCTX; + +# ifdef _WIN32 +# undef X509_NAME +# undef X509_EXTENSIONS +# undef PKCS7_ISSUER_AND_SERIAL +# undef PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO +# undef OCSP_REQUEST +# undef OCSP_RESPONSE +# endif + +# ifdef BIGNUM +# undef BIGNUM +# endif +struct dane_st; +typedef struct bio_st BIO; +typedef struct bignum_st BIGNUM; +typedef struct bignum_ctx BN_CTX; +typedef struct bn_blinding_st BN_BLINDING; +typedef struct bn_mont_ctx_st BN_MONT_CTX; +typedef struct bn_recp_ctx_st BN_RECP_CTX; +typedef struct bn_gencb_st BN_GENCB; + +typedef struct buf_mem_st BUF_MEM; + +typedef struct evp_cipher_st EVP_CIPHER; +typedef struct evp_cipher_ctx_st EVP_CIPHER_CTX; +typedef struct evp_md_st EVP_MD; +typedef struct evp_md_ctx_st EVP_MD_CTX; +typedef struct evp_pkey_st EVP_PKEY; + +typedef struct evp_pkey_asn1_method_st EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD; + +typedef struct evp_pkey_method_st EVP_PKEY_METHOD; +typedef struct evp_pkey_ctx_st EVP_PKEY_CTX; + +typedef struct evp_Encode_Ctx_st EVP_ENCODE_CTX; + +typedef struct hmac_ctx_st HMAC_CTX; + +typedef struct dh_st DH; +typedef struct dh_method DH_METHOD; + +typedef struct dsa_st DSA; +typedef struct dsa_method DSA_METHOD; + +typedef struct rsa_st RSA; +typedef struct rsa_meth_st RSA_METHOD; +typedef struct rsa_pss_params_st RSA_PSS_PARAMS; + +typedef struct ec_key_st EC_KEY; +typedef struct ec_key_method_st EC_KEY_METHOD; + +typedef struct rand_meth_st RAND_METHOD; +typedef struct rand_drbg_st RAND_DRBG; + +typedef struct ssl_dane_st SSL_DANE; +typedef struct x509_st X509; +typedef struct X509_algor_st X509_ALGOR; +typedef struct X509_crl_st X509_CRL; +typedef struct x509_crl_method_st X509_CRL_METHOD; +typedef struct x509_revoked_st X509_REVOKED; +typedef struct X509_name_st X509_NAME; +typedef struct X509_pubkey_st X509_PUBKEY; +typedef struct x509_store_st X509_STORE; +typedef struct x509_store_ctx_st X509_STORE_CTX; + +typedef struct x509_object_st X509_OBJECT; +typedef struct x509_lookup_st X509_LOOKUP; +typedef struct x509_lookup_method_st X509_LOOKUP_METHOD; +typedef struct X509_VERIFY_PARAM_st X509_VERIFY_PARAM; + +typedef struct x509_sig_info_st X509_SIG_INFO; + +typedef struct pkcs8_priv_key_info_st PKCS8_PRIV_KEY_INFO; + +typedef struct v3_ext_ctx X509V3_CTX; +typedef struct conf_st CONF; +typedef struct ossl_init_settings_st OPENSSL_INIT_SETTINGS; + +typedef struct ui_st UI; +typedef struct ui_method_st UI_METHOD; + +typedef struct engine_st ENGINE; +typedef struct ssl_st SSL; +typedef struct ssl_ctx_st SSL_CTX; + +typedef struct comp_ctx_st COMP_CTX; +typedef struct comp_method_st COMP_METHOD; + +typedef struct X509_POLICY_NODE_st X509_POLICY_NODE; +typedef struct X509_POLICY_LEVEL_st X509_POLICY_LEVEL; +typedef struct X509_POLICY_TREE_st X509_POLICY_TREE; +typedef struct X509_POLICY_CACHE_st X509_POLICY_CACHE; + +typedef struct AUTHORITY_KEYID_st AUTHORITY_KEYID; +typedef struct DIST_POINT_st DIST_POINT; +typedef struct ISSUING_DIST_POINT_st ISSUING_DIST_POINT; +typedef struct NAME_CONSTRAINTS_st NAME_CONSTRAINTS; + +typedef struct crypto_ex_data_st CRYPTO_EX_DATA; + +typedef struct ocsp_req_ctx_st OCSP_REQ_CTX; +typedef struct ocsp_response_st OCSP_RESPONSE; +typedef struct ocsp_responder_id_st OCSP_RESPID; + +typedef struct sct_st SCT; +typedef struct sct_ctx_st SCT_CTX; +typedef struct ctlog_st CTLOG; +typedef struct ctlog_store_st CTLOG_STORE; +typedef struct ct_policy_eval_ctx_st CT_POLICY_EVAL_CTX; + +typedef struct ossl_store_info_st OSSL_STORE_INFO; +typedef struct ossl_store_search_st OSSL_STORE_SEARCH; + +#if defined(__STDC_VERSION__) && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L && \ + defined(INTMAX_MAX) && defined(UINTMAX_MAX) +typedef intmax_t ossl_intmax_t; +typedef uintmax_t ossl_uintmax_t; +#else +/* + * Not long long, because the C-library can only be expected to provide + * strtoll(), strtoull() at the same time as intmax_t and strtoimax(), + * strtoumax(). Since we use these for parsing arguments, we need the + * conversion functions, not just the sizes. + */ +typedef long ossl_intmax_t; +typedef unsigned long ossl_uintmax_t; +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif +#endif /* def HEADER_OPENSSL_TYPES_H */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/pem.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/pem.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2ef5b5d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/pem.h @@ -0,0 +1,378 @@ +/* + * Copyright 1995-2018 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_PEM_H +# define HEADER_PEM_H + +# include <openssl/e_os2.h> +# include <openssl/bio.h> +# include <openssl/safestack.h> +# include <openssl/evp.h> +# include <openssl/x509.h> +# include <openssl/pemerr.h> + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +# define PEM_BUFSIZE 1024 + +# define PEM_STRING_X509_OLD "X509 CERTIFICATE" +# define PEM_STRING_X509 "CERTIFICATE" +# define PEM_STRING_X509_TRUSTED "TRUSTED CERTIFICATE" +# define PEM_STRING_X509_REQ_OLD "NEW CERTIFICATE REQUEST" +# define PEM_STRING_X509_REQ "CERTIFICATE REQUEST" +# define PEM_STRING_X509_CRL "X509 CRL" +# define PEM_STRING_EVP_PKEY "ANY PRIVATE KEY" +# define PEM_STRING_PUBLIC "PUBLIC KEY" +# define PEM_STRING_RSA "RSA PRIVATE KEY" +# define PEM_STRING_RSA_PUBLIC "RSA PUBLIC KEY" +# define PEM_STRING_DSA "DSA PRIVATE KEY" +# define PEM_STRING_DSA_PUBLIC "DSA PUBLIC KEY" +# define PEM_STRING_PKCS7 "PKCS7" +# define PEM_STRING_PKCS7_SIGNED "PKCS #7 SIGNED DATA" +# define PEM_STRING_PKCS8 "ENCRYPTED PRIVATE KEY" +# define PEM_STRING_PKCS8INF "PRIVATE KEY" +# define PEM_STRING_DHPARAMS "DH PARAMETERS" +# define PEM_STRING_DHXPARAMS "X9.42 DH PARAMETERS" +# define PEM_STRING_SSL_SESSION "SSL SESSION PARAMETERS" +# define PEM_STRING_DSAPARAMS "DSA PARAMETERS" +# define PEM_STRING_ECDSA_PUBLIC "ECDSA PUBLIC KEY" +# define PEM_STRING_ECPARAMETERS "EC PARAMETERS" +# define PEM_STRING_ECPRIVATEKEY "EC PRIVATE KEY" +# define PEM_STRING_PARAMETERS "PARAMETERS" +# define PEM_STRING_CMS "CMS" + +# define PEM_TYPE_ENCRYPTED 10 +# define PEM_TYPE_MIC_ONLY 20 +# define PEM_TYPE_MIC_CLEAR 30 +# define PEM_TYPE_CLEAR 40 + +/* + * These macros make the PEM_read/PEM_write functions easier to maintain and + * write. Now they are all implemented with either: IMPLEMENT_PEM_rw(...) or + * IMPLEMENT_PEM_rw_cb(...) + */ + +# ifdef OPENSSL_NO_STDIO + +# define IMPLEMENT_PEM_read_fp(name, type, str, asn1) /**/ +# define IMPLEMENT_PEM_write_fp(name, type, str, asn1) /**/ +# define IMPLEMENT_PEM_write_fp_const(name, type, str, asn1) /**/ +# define IMPLEMENT_PEM_write_cb_fp(name, type, str, asn1) /**/ +# define IMPLEMENT_PEM_write_cb_fp_const(name, type, str, asn1) /**/ +# else + +# define IMPLEMENT_PEM_read_fp(name, type, str, asn1) \ +type *PEM_read_##name(FILE *fp, type **x, pem_password_cb *cb, void *u)\ +{ \ +return PEM_ASN1_read((d2i_of_void *)d2i_##asn1, str,fp,(void **)x,cb,u); \ +} + +# define IMPLEMENT_PEM_write_fp(name, type, str, asn1) \ +int PEM_write_##name(FILE *fp, type *x) \ +{ \ +return PEM_ASN1_write((i2d_of_void *)i2d_##asn1,str,fp,x,NULL,NULL,0,NULL,NULL); \ +} + +# define IMPLEMENT_PEM_write_fp_const(name, type, str, asn1) \ +int PEM_write_##name(FILE *fp, const type *x) \ +{ \ +return PEM_ASN1_write((i2d_of_void *)i2d_##asn1,str,fp,(void *)x,NULL,NULL,0,NULL,NULL); \ +} + +# define IMPLEMENT_PEM_write_cb_fp(name, type, str, asn1) \ +int PEM_write_##name(FILE *fp, type *x, const EVP_CIPHER *enc, \ + unsigned char *kstr, int klen, pem_password_cb *cb, \ + void *u) \ + { \ + return PEM_ASN1_write((i2d_of_void *)i2d_##asn1,str,fp,x,enc,kstr,klen,cb,u); \ + } + +# define IMPLEMENT_PEM_write_cb_fp_const(name, type, str, asn1) \ +int PEM_write_##name(FILE *fp, type *x, const EVP_CIPHER *enc, \ + unsigned char *kstr, int klen, pem_password_cb *cb, \ + void *u) \ + { \ + return PEM_ASN1_write((i2d_of_void *)i2d_##asn1,str,fp,x,enc,kstr,klen,cb,u); \ + } + +# endif + +# define IMPLEMENT_PEM_read_bio(name, type, str, asn1) \ +type *PEM_read_bio_##name(BIO *bp, type **x, pem_password_cb *cb, void *u)\ +{ \ +return PEM_ASN1_read_bio((d2i_of_void *)d2i_##asn1, str,bp,(void **)x,cb,u); \ +} + +# define IMPLEMENT_PEM_write_bio(name, type, str, asn1) \ +int PEM_write_bio_##name(BIO *bp, type *x) \ +{ \ +return PEM_ASN1_write_bio((i2d_of_void *)i2d_##asn1,str,bp,x,NULL,NULL,0,NULL,NULL); \ +} + +# define IMPLEMENT_PEM_write_bio_const(name, type, str, asn1) \ +int PEM_write_bio_##name(BIO *bp, const type *x) \ +{ \ +return PEM_ASN1_write_bio((i2d_of_void *)i2d_##asn1,str,bp,(void *)x,NULL,NULL,0,NULL,NULL); \ +} + +# define IMPLEMENT_PEM_write_cb_bio(name, type, str, asn1) \ +int PEM_write_bio_##name(BIO *bp, type *x, const EVP_CIPHER *enc, \ + unsigned char *kstr, int klen, pem_password_cb *cb, void *u) \ + { \ + return PEM_ASN1_write_bio((i2d_of_void *)i2d_##asn1,str,bp,x,enc,kstr,klen,cb,u); \ + } + +# define IMPLEMENT_PEM_write_cb_bio_const(name, type, str, asn1) \ +int PEM_write_bio_##name(BIO *bp, type *x, const EVP_CIPHER *enc, \ + unsigned char *kstr, int klen, pem_password_cb *cb, void *u) \ + { \ + return PEM_ASN1_write_bio((i2d_of_void *)i2d_##asn1,str,bp,(void *)x,enc,kstr,klen,cb,u); \ + } + +# define IMPLEMENT_PEM_write(name, type, str, asn1) \ + IMPLEMENT_PEM_write_bio(name, type, str, asn1) \ + IMPLEMENT_PEM_write_fp(name, type, str, asn1) + +# define IMPLEMENT_PEM_write_const(name, type, str, asn1) \ + IMPLEMENT_PEM_write_bio_const(name, type, str, asn1) \ + IMPLEMENT_PEM_write_fp_const(name, type, str, asn1) + +# define IMPLEMENT_PEM_write_cb(name, type, str, asn1) \ + IMPLEMENT_PEM_write_cb_bio(name, type, str, asn1) \ + IMPLEMENT_PEM_write_cb_fp(name, type, str, asn1) + +# define IMPLEMENT_PEM_write_cb_const(name, type, str, asn1) \ + IMPLEMENT_PEM_write_cb_bio_const(name, type, str, asn1) \ + IMPLEMENT_PEM_write_cb_fp_const(name, type, str, asn1) + +# define IMPLEMENT_PEM_read(name, type, str, asn1) \ + IMPLEMENT_PEM_read_bio(name, type, str, asn1) \ + IMPLEMENT_PEM_read_fp(name, type, str, asn1) + +# define IMPLEMENT_PEM_rw(name, type, str, asn1) \ + IMPLEMENT_PEM_read(name, type, str, asn1) \ + IMPLEMENT_PEM_write(name, type, str, asn1) + +# define IMPLEMENT_PEM_rw_const(name, type, str, asn1) \ + IMPLEMENT_PEM_read(name, type, str, asn1) \ + IMPLEMENT_PEM_write_const(name, type, str, asn1) + +# define IMPLEMENT_PEM_rw_cb(name, type, str, asn1) \ + IMPLEMENT_PEM_read(name, type, str, asn1) \ + IMPLEMENT_PEM_write_cb(name, type, str, asn1) + +/* These are the same except they are for the declarations */ + +# if defined(OPENSSL_NO_STDIO) + +# define DECLARE_PEM_read_fp(name, type) /**/ +# define DECLARE_PEM_write_fp(name, type) /**/ +# define DECLARE_PEM_write_fp_const(name, type) /**/ +# define DECLARE_PEM_write_cb_fp(name, type) /**/ +# else + +# define DECLARE_PEM_read_fp(name, type) \ + type *PEM_read_##name(FILE *fp, type **x, pem_password_cb *cb, void *u); + +# define DECLARE_PEM_write_fp(name, type) \ + int PEM_write_##name(FILE *fp, type *x); + +# define DECLARE_PEM_write_fp_const(name, type) \ + int PEM_write_##name(FILE *fp, const type *x); + +# define DECLARE_PEM_write_cb_fp(name, type) \ + int PEM_write_##name(FILE *fp, type *x, const EVP_CIPHER *enc, \ + unsigned char *kstr, int klen, pem_password_cb *cb, void *u); + +# endif + +# define DECLARE_PEM_read_bio(name, type) \ + type *PEM_read_bio_##name(BIO *bp, type **x, pem_password_cb *cb, void *u); + +# define DECLARE_PEM_write_bio(name, type) \ + int PEM_write_bio_##name(BIO *bp, type *x); + +# define DECLARE_PEM_write_bio_const(name, type) \ + int PEM_write_bio_##name(BIO *bp, const type *x); + +# define DECLARE_PEM_write_cb_bio(name, type) \ + int PEM_write_bio_##name(BIO *bp, type *x, const EVP_CIPHER *enc, \ + unsigned char *kstr, int klen, pem_password_cb *cb, void *u); + +# define DECLARE_PEM_write(name, type) \ + DECLARE_PEM_write_bio(name, type) \ + DECLARE_PEM_write_fp(name, type) +# define DECLARE_PEM_write_const(name, type) \ + DECLARE_PEM_write_bio_const(name, type) \ + DECLARE_PEM_write_fp_const(name, type) +# define DECLARE_PEM_write_cb(name, type) \ + DECLARE_PEM_write_cb_bio(name, type) \ + DECLARE_PEM_write_cb_fp(name, type) +# define DECLARE_PEM_read(name, type) \ + DECLARE_PEM_read_bio(name, type) \ + DECLARE_PEM_read_fp(name, type) +# define DECLARE_PEM_rw(name, type) \ + DECLARE_PEM_read(name, type) \ + DECLARE_PEM_write(name, type) +# define DECLARE_PEM_rw_const(name, type) \ + DECLARE_PEM_read(name, type) \ + DECLARE_PEM_write_const(name, type) +# define DECLARE_PEM_rw_cb(name, type) \ + DECLARE_PEM_read(name, type) \ + DECLARE_PEM_write_cb(name, type) +typedef int pem_password_cb (char *buf, int size, int rwflag, void *userdata); + +int PEM_get_EVP_CIPHER_INFO(char *header, EVP_CIPHER_INFO *cipher); +int PEM_do_header(EVP_CIPHER_INFO *cipher, unsigned char *data, long *len, + pem_password_cb *callback, void *u); + +int PEM_read_bio(BIO *bp, char **name, char **header, + unsigned char **data, long *len); +# define PEM_FLAG_SECURE 0x1 +# define PEM_FLAG_EAY_COMPATIBLE 0x2 +# define PEM_FLAG_ONLY_B64 0x4 +int PEM_read_bio_ex(BIO *bp, char **name, char **header, + unsigned char **data, long *len, unsigned int flags); +int PEM_bytes_read_bio_secmem(unsigned char **pdata, long *plen, char **pnm, + const char *name, BIO *bp, pem_password_cb *cb, + void *u); +int PEM_write_bio(BIO *bp, const char *name, const char *hdr, + const unsigned char *data, long len); +int PEM_bytes_read_bio(unsigned char **pdata, long *plen, char **pnm, + const char *name, BIO *bp, pem_password_cb *cb, + void *u); +void *PEM_ASN1_read_bio(d2i_of_void *d2i, const char *name, BIO *bp, void **x, + pem_password_cb *cb, void *u); +int PEM_ASN1_write_bio(i2d_of_void *i2d, const char *name, BIO *bp, void *x, + const EVP_CIPHER *enc, unsigned char *kstr, int klen, + pem_password_cb *cb, void *u); + +STACK_OF(X509_INFO) *PEM_X509_INFO_read_bio(BIO *bp, STACK_OF(X509_INFO) *sk, + pem_password_cb *cb, void *u); +int PEM_X509_INFO_write_bio(BIO *bp, X509_INFO *xi, EVP_CIPHER *enc, + unsigned char *kstr, int klen, + pem_password_cb *cd, void *u); + +#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_STDIO +int PEM_read(FILE *fp, char **name, char **header, + unsigned char **data, long *len); +int PEM_write(FILE *fp, const char *name, const char *hdr, + const unsigned char *data, long len); +void *PEM_ASN1_read(d2i_of_void *d2i, const char *name, FILE *fp, void **x, + pem_password_cb *cb, void *u); +int PEM_ASN1_write(i2d_of_void *i2d, const char *name, FILE *fp, + void *x, const EVP_CIPHER *enc, unsigned char *kstr, + int klen, pem_password_cb *callback, void *u); +STACK_OF(X509_INFO) *PEM_X509_INFO_read(FILE *fp, STACK_OF(X509_INFO) *sk, + pem_password_cb *cb, void *u); +#endif + +int PEM_SignInit(EVP_MD_CTX *ctx, EVP_MD *type); +int PEM_SignUpdate(EVP_MD_CTX *ctx, unsigned char *d, unsigned int cnt); +int PEM_SignFinal(EVP_MD_CTX *ctx, unsigned char *sigret, + unsigned int *siglen, EVP_PKEY *pkey); + +/* The default pem_password_cb that's used internally */ +int PEM_def_callback(char *buf, int num, int rwflag, void *userdata); +void PEM_proc_type(char *buf, int type); +void PEM_dek_info(char *buf, const char *type, int len, char *str); + +# include <openssl/symhacks.h> + +DECLARE_PEM_rw(X509, X509) +DECLARE_PEM_rw(X509_AUX, X509) +DECLARE_PEM_rw(X509_REQ, X509_REQ) +DECLARE_PEM_write(X509_REQ_NEW, X509_REQ) +DECLARE_PEM_rw(X509_CRL, X509_CRL) +DECLARE_PEM_rw(PKCS7, PKCS7) +DECLARE_PEM_rw(NETSCAPE_CERT_SEQUENCE, NETSCAPE_CERT_SEQUENCE) +DECLARE_PEM_rw(PKCS8, X509_SIG) +DECLARE_PEM_rw(PKCS8_PRIV_KEY_INFO, PKCS8_PRIV_KEY_INFO) +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_RSA +DECLARE_PEM_rw_cb(RSAPrivateKey, RSA) +DECLARE_PEM_rw_const(RSAPublicKey, RSA) +DECLARE_PEM_rw(RSA_PUBKEY, RSA) +# endif +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_DSA +DECLARE_PEM_rw_cb(DSAPrivateKey, DSA) +DECLARE_PEM_rw(DSA_PUBKEY, DSA) +DECLARE_PEM_rw_const(DSAparams, DSA) +# endif +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_EC +DECLARE_PEM_rw_const(ECPKParameters, EC_GROUP) +DECLARE_PEM_rw_cb(ECPrivateKey, EC_KEY) +DECLARE_PEM_rw(EC_PUBKEY, EC_KEY) +# endif +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_DH +DECLARE_PEM_rw_const(DHparams, DH) +DECLARE_PEM_write_const(DHxparams, DH) +# endif +DECLARE_PEM_rw_cb(PrivateKey, EVP_PKEY) +DECLARE_PEM_rw(PUBKEY, EVP_PKEY) + +int PEM_write_bio_PrivateKey_traditional(BIO *bp, EVP_PKEY *x, + const EVP_CIPHER *enc, + unsigned char *kstr, int klen, + pem_password_cb *cb, void *u); + +int PEM_write_bio_PKCS8PrivateKey_nid(BIO *bp, EVP_PKEY *x, int nid, + char *kstr, int klen, + pem_password_cb *cb, void *u); +int PEM_write_bio_PKCS8PrivateKey(BIO *, EVP_PKEY *, const EVP_CIPHER *, + char *, int, pem_password_cb *, void *); +int i2d_PKCS8PrivateKey_bio(BIO *bp, EVP_PKEY *x, const EVP_CIPHER *enc, + char *kstr, int klen, + pem_password_cb *cb, void *u); +int i2d_PKCS8PrivateKey_nid_bio(BIO *bp, EVP_PKEY *x, int nid, + char *kstr, int klen, + pem_password_cb *cb, void *u); +EVP_PKEY *d2i_PKCS8PrivateKey_bio(BIO *bp, EVP_PKEY **x, pem_password_cb *cb, + void *u); + +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_STDIO +int i2d_PKCS8PrivateKey_fp(FILE *fp, EVP_PKEY *x, const EVP_CIPHER *enc, + char *kstr, int klen, + pem_password_cb *cb, void *u); +int i2d_PKCS8PrivateKey_nid_fp(FILE *fp, EVP_PKEY *x, int nid, + char *kstr, int klen, + pem_password_cb *cb, void *u); +int PEM_write_PKCS8PrivateKey_nid(FILE *fp, EVP_PKEY *x, int nid, + char *kstr, int klen, + pem_password_cb *cb, void *u); + +EVP_PKEY *d2i_PKCS8PrivateKey_fp(FILE *fp, EVP_PKEY **x, pem_password_cb *cb, + void *u); + +int PEM_write_PKCS8PrivateKey(FILE *fp, EVP_PKEY *x, const EVP_CIPHER *enc, + char *kstr, int klen, pem_password_cb *cd, + void *u); +# endif +EVP_PKEY *PEM_read_bio_Parameters(BIO *bp, EVP_PKEY **x); +int PEM_write_bio_Parameters(BIO *bp, EVP_PKEY *x); + +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_DSA +EVP_PKEY *b2i_PrivateKey(const unsigned char **in, long length); +EVP_PKEY *b2i_PublicKey(const unsigned char **in, long length); +EVP_PKEY *b2i_PrivateKey_bio(BIO *in); +EVP_PKEY *b2i_PublicKey_bio(BIO *in); +int i2b_PrivateKey_bio(BIO *out, EVP_PKEY *pk); +int i2b_PublicKey_bio(BIO *out, EVP_PKEY *pk); +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_RC4 +EVP_PKEY *b2i_PVK_bio(BIO *in, pem_password_cb *cb, void *u); +int i2b_PVK_bio(BIO *out, EVP_PKEY *pk, int enclevel, + pem_password_cb *cb, void *u); +# endif +# endif + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/pem2.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/pem2.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..038fe790 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/pem2.h @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +/* + * Copyright 1999-2018 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_PEM2_H +# define HEADER_PEM2_H +# include <openssl/pemerr.h> +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/pemerr.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/pemerr.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4f7e3574 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/pemerr.h @@ -0,0 +1,105 @@ +/* + * Generated by util/mkerr.pl DO NOT EDIT + * Copyright 1995-2020 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_PEMERR_H +# define HEADER_PEMERR_H + +# ifndef HEADER_SYMHACKS_H +# include <openssl/symhacks.h> +# endif + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +# endif +int ERR_load_PEM_strings(void); + +/* + * PEM function codes. + */ +# define PEM_F_B2I_DSS 127 +# define PEM_F_B2I_PVK_BIO 128 +# define PEM_F_B2I_RSA 129 +# define PEM_F_CHECK_BITLEN_DSA 130 +# define PEM_F_CHECK_BITLEN_RSA 131 +# define PEM_F_D2I_PKCS8PRIVATEKEY_BIO 120 +# define PEM_F_D2I_PKCS8PRIVATEKEY_FP 121 +# define PEM_F_DO_B2I 132 +# define PEM_F_DO_B2I_BIO 133 +# define PEM_F_DO_BLOB_HEADER 134 +# define PEM_F_DO_I2B 146 +# define PEM_F_DO_PK8PKEY 126 +# define PEM_F_DO_PK8PKEY_FP 125 +# define PEM_F_DO_PVK_BODY 135 +# define PEM_F_DO_PVK_HEADER 136 +# define PEM_F_GET_HEADER_AND_DATA 143 +# define PEM_F_GET_NAME 144 +# define PEM_F_I2B_PVK 137 +# define PEM_F_I2B_PVK_BIO 138 +# define PEM_F_LOAD_IV 101 +# define PEM_F_PEM_ASN1_READ 102 +# define PEM_F_PEM_ASN1_READ_BIO 103 +# define PEM_F_PEM_ASN1_WRITE 104 +# define PEM_F_PEM_ASN1_WRITE_BIO 105 +# define PEM_F_PEM_DEF_CALLBACK 100 +# define PEM_F_PEM_DO_HEADER 106 +# define PEM_F_PEM_GET_EVP_CIPHER_INFO 107 +# define PEM_F_PEM_READ 108 +# define PEM_F_PEM_READ_BIO 109 +# define PEM_F_PEM_READ_BIO_DHPARAMS 141 +# define PEM_F_PEM_READ_BIO_EX 145 +# define PEM_F_PEM_READ_BIO_PARAMETERS 140 +# define PEM_F_PEM_READ_BIO_PRIVATEKEY 123 +# define PEM_F_PEM_READ_DHPARAMS 142 +# define PEM_F_PEM_READ_PRIVATEKEY 124 +# define PEM_F_PEM_SIGNFINAL 112 +# define PEM_F_PEM_WRITE 113 +# define PEM_F_PEM_WRITE_BIO 114 +# define PEM_F_PEM_WRITE_BIO_PRIVATEKEY_TRADITIONAL 147 +# define PEM_F_PEM_WRITE_PRIVATEKEY 139 +# define PEM_F_PEM_X509_INFO_READ 115 +# define PEM_F_PEM_X509_INFO_READ_BIO 116 +# define PEM_F_PEM_X509_INFO_WRITE_BIO 117 + +/* + * PEM reason codes. + */ +# define PEM_R_BAD_BASE64_DECODE 100 +# define PEM_R_BAD_DECRYPT 101 +# define PEM_R_BAD_END_LINE 102 +# define PEM_R_BAD_IV_CHARS 103 +# define PEM_R_BAD_MAGIC_NUMBER 116 +# define PEM_R_BAD_PASSWORD_READ 104 +# define PEM_R_BAD_VERSION_NUMBER 117 +# define PEM_R_BIO_WRITE_FAILURE 118 +# define PEM_R_CIPHER_IS_NULL 127 +# define PEM_R_ERROR_CONVERTING_PRIVATE_KEY 115 +# define PEM_R_EXPECTING_PRIVATE_KEY_BLOB 119 +# define PEM_R_EXPECTING_PUBLIC_KEY_BLOB 120 +# define PEM_R_HEADER_TOO_LONG 128 +# define PEM_R_INCONSISTENT_HEADER 121 +# define PEM_R_KEYBLOB_HEADER_PARSE_ERROR 122 +# define PEM_R_KEYBLOB_TOO_SHORT 123 +# define PEM_R_MISSING_DEK_IV 129 +# define PEM_R_NOT_DEK_INFO 105 +# define PEM_R_NOT_ENCRYPTED 106 +# define PEM_R_NOT_PROC_TYPE 107 +# define PEM_R_NO_START_LINE 108 +# define PEM_R_PROBLEMS_GETTING_PASSWORD 109 +# define PEM_R_PVK_DATA_TOO_SHORT 124 +# define PEM_R_PVK_TOO_SHORT 125 +# define PEM_R_READ_KEY 111 +# define PEM_R_SHORT_HEADER 112 +# define PEM_R_UNEXPECTED_DEK_IV 130 +# define PEM_R_UNSUPPORTED_CIPHER 113 +# define PEM_R_UNSUPPORTED_ENCRYPTION 114 +# define PEM_R_UNSUPPORTED_KEY_COMPONENTS 126 +# define PEM_R_UNSUPPORTED_PUBLIC_KEY_TYPE 110 + +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/pkcs12.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/pkcs12.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3f43dad6 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/pkcs12.h @@ -0,0 +1,223 @@ +/* + * Copyright 1999-2016 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_PKCS12_H +# define HEADER_PKCS12_H + +# include <openssl/bio.h> +# include <openssl/x509.h> +# include <openssl/pkcs12err.h> + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +# define PKCS12_KEY_ID 1 +# define PKCS12_IV_ID 2 +# define PKCS12_MAC_ID 3 + +/* Default iteration count */ +# ifndef PKCS12_DEFAULT_ITER +# define PKCS12_DEFAULT_ITER PKCS5_DEFAULT_ITER +# endif + +# define PKCS12_MAC_KEY_LENGTH 20 + +# define PKCS12_SALT_LEN 8 + +/* It's not clear if these are actually needed... */ +# define PKCS12_key_gen PKCS12_key_gen_utf8 +# define PKCS12_add_friendlyname PKCS12_add_friendlyname_utf8 + +/* MS key usage constants */ + +# define KEY_EX 0x10 +# define KEY_SIG 0x80 + +typedef struct PKCS12_MAC_DATA_st PKCS12_MAC_DATA; + +typedef struct PKCS12_st PKCS12; + +typedef struct PKCS12_SAFEBAG_st PKCS12_SAFEBAG; + +DEFINE_STACK_OF(PKCS12_SAFEBAG) + +typedef struct pkcs12_bag_st PKCS12_BAGS; + +# define PKCS12_ERROR 0 +# define PKCS12_OK 1 + +/* Compatibility macros */ + +#if OPENSSL_API_COMPAT < 0x10100000L + +# define M_PKCS12_bag_type PKCS12_bag_type +# define M_PKCS12_cert_bag_type PKCS12_cert_bag_type +# define M_PKCS12_crl_bag_type PKCS12_cert_bag_type + +# define PKCS12_certbag2x509 PKCS12_SAFEBAG_get1_cert +# define PKCS12_certbag2scrl PKCS12_SAFEBAG_get1_crl +# define PKCS12_bag_type PKCS12_SAFEBAG_get_nid +# define PKCS12_cert_bag_type PKCS12_SAFEBAG_get_bag_nid +# define PKCS12_x5092certbag PKCS12_SAFEBAG_create_cert +# define PKCS12_x509crl2certbag PKCS12_SAFEBAG_create_crl +# define PKCS12_MAKE_KEYBAG PKCS12_SAFEBAG_create0_p8inf +# define PKCS12_MAKE_SHKEYBAG PKCS12_SAFEBAG_create_pkcs8_encrypt + +#endif + +DEPRECATEDIN_1_1_0(ASN1_TYPE *PKCS12_get_attr(const PKCS12_SAFEBAG *bag, int attr_nid)) + +ASN1_TYPE *PKCS8_get_attr(PKCS8_PRIV_KEY_INFO *p8, int attr_nid); +int PKCS12_mac_present(const PKCS12 *p12); +void PKCS12_get0_mac(const ASN1_OCTET_STRING **pmac, + const X509_ALGOR **pmacalg, + const ASN1_OCTET_STRING **psalt, + const ASN1_INTEGER **piter, + const PKCS12 *p12); + +const ASN1_TYPE *PKCS12_SAFEBAG_get0_attr(const PKCS12_SAFEBAG *bag, + int attr_nid); +const ASN1_OBJECT *PKCS12_SAFEBAG_get0_type(const PKCS12_SAFEBAG *bag); +int PKCS12_SAFEBAG_get_nid(const PKCS12_SAFEBAG *bag); +int PKCS12_SAFEBAG_get_bag_nid(const PKCS12_SAFEBAG *bag); + +X509 *PKCS12_SAFEBAG_get1_cert(const PKCS12_SAFEBAG *bag); +X509_CRL *PKCS12_SAFEBAG_get1_crl(const PKCS12_SAFEBAG *bag); +const STACK_OF(PKCS12_SAFEBAG) * +PKCS12_SAFEBAG_get0_safes(const PKCS12_SAFEBAG *bag); +const PKCS8_PRIV_KEY_INFO *PKCS12_SAFEBAG_get0_p8inf(const PKCS12_SAFEBAG *bag); +const X509_SIG *PKCS12_SAFEBAG_get0_pkcs8(const PKCS12_SAFEBAG *bag); + +PKCS12_SAFEBAG *PKCS12_SAFEBAG_create_cert(X509 *x509); +PKCS12_SAFEBAG *PKCS12_SAFEBAG_create_crl(X509_CRL *crl); +PKCS12_SAFEBAG *PKCS12_SAFEBAG_create0_p8inf(PKCS8_PRIV_KEY_INFO *p8); +PKCS12_SAFEBAG *PKCS12_SAFEBAG_create0_pkcs8(X509_SIG *p8); +PKCS12_SAFEBAG *PKCS12_SAFEBAG_create_pkcs8_encrypt(int pbe_nid, + const char *pass, + int passlen, + unsigned char *salt, + int saltlen, int iter, + PKCS8_PRIV_KEY_INFO *p8inf); + +PKCS12_SAFEBAG *PKCS12_item_pack_safebag(void *obj, const ASN1_ITEM *it, + int nid1, int nid2); +PKCS8_PRIV_KEY_INFO *PKCS8_decrypt(const X509_SIG *p8, const char *pass, + int passlen); +PKCS8_PRIV_KEY_INFO *PKCS12_decrypt_skey(const PKCS12_SAFEBAG *bag, + const char *pass, int passlen); +X509_SIG *PKCS8_encrypt(int pbe_nid, const EVP_CIPHER *cipher, + const char *pass, int passlen, unsigned char *salt, + int saltlen, int iter, PKCS8_PRIV_KEY_INFO *p8); +X509_SIG *PKCS8_set0_pbe(const char *pass, int passlen, + PKCS8_PRIV_KEY_INFO *p8inf, X509_ALGOR *pbe); +PKCS7 *PKCS12_pack_p7data(STACK_OF(PKCS12_SAFEBAG) *sk); +STACK_OF(PKCS12_SAFEBAG) *PKCS12_unpack_p7data(PKCS7 *p7); +PKCS7 *PKCS12_pack_p7encdata(int pbe_nid, const char *pass, int passlen, + unsigned char *salt, int saltlen, int iter, + STACK_OF(PKCS12_SAFEBAG) *bags); +STACK_OF(PKCS12_SAFEBAG) *PKCS12_unpack_p7encdata(PKCS7 *p7, const char *pass, + int passlen); + +int PKCS12_pack_authsafes(PKCS12 *p12, STACK_OF(PKCS7) *safes); +STACK_OF(PKCS7) *PKCS12_unpack_authsafes(const PKCS12 *p12); + +int PKCS12_add_localkeyid(PKCS12_SAFEBAG *bag, unsigned char *name, + int namelen); +int PKCS12_add_friendlyname_asc(PKCS12_SAFEBAG *bag, const char *name, + int namelen); +int PKCS12_add_friendlyname_utf8(PKCS12_SAFEBAG *bag, const char *name, + int namelen); +int PKCS12_add_CSPName_asc(PKCS12_SAFEBAG *bag, const char *name, + int namelen); +int PKCS12_add_friendlyname_uni(PKCS12_SAFEBAG *bag, + const unsigned char *name, int namelen); +int PKCS8_add_keyusage(PKCS8_PRIV_KEY_INFO *p8, int usage); +ASN1_TYPE *PKCS12_get_attr_gen(const STACK_OF(X509_ATTRIBUTE) *attrs, + int attr_nid); +char *PKCS12_get_friendlyname(PKCS12_SAFEBAG *bag); +const STACK_OF(X509_ATTRIBUTE) * +PKCS12_SAFEBAG_get0_attrs(const PKCS12_SAFEBAG *bag); +unsigned char *PKCS12_pbe_crypt(const X509_ALGOR *algor, + const char *pass, int passlen, + const unsigned char *in, int inlen, + unsigned char **data, int *datalen, + int en_de); +void *PKCS12_item_decrypt_d2i(const X509_ALGOR *algor, const ASN1_ITEM *it, + const char *pass, int passlen, + const ASN1_OCTET_STRING *oct, int zbuf); +ASN1_OCTET_STRING *PKCS12_item_i2d_encrypt(X509_ALGOR *algor, + const ASN1_ITEM *it, + const char *pass, int passlen, + void *obj, int zbuf); +PKCS12 *PKCS12_init(int mode); +int PKCS12_key_gen_asc(const char *pass, int passlen, unsigned char *salt, + int saltlen, int id, int iter, int n, + unsigned char *out, const EVP_MD *md_type); +int PKCS12_key_gen_uni(unsigned char *pass, int passlen, unsigned char *salt, + int saltlen, int id, int iter, int n, + unsigned char *out, const EVP_MD *md_type); +int PKCS12_key_gen_utf8(const char *pass, int passlen, unsigned char *salt, + int saltlen, int id, int iter, int n, + unsigned char *out, const EVP_MD *md_type); +int PKCS12_PBE_keyivgen(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx, const char *pass, int passlen, + ASN1_TYPE *param, const EVP_CIPHER *cipher, + const EVP_MD *md_type, int en_de); +int PKCS12_gen_mac(PKCS12 *p12, const char *pass, int passlen, + unsigned char *mac, unsigned int *maclen); +int PKCS12_verify_mac(PKCS12 *p12, const char *pass, int passlen); +int PKCS12_set_mac(PKCS12 *p12, const char *pass, int passlen, + unsigned char *salt, int saltlen, int iter, + const EVP_MD *md_type); +int PKCS12_setup_mac(PKCS12 *p12, int iter, unsigned char *salt, + int saltlen, const EVP_MD *md_type); +unsigned char *OPENSSL_asc2uni(const char *asc, int asclen, + unsigned char **uni, int *unilen); +char *OPENSSL_uni2asc(const unsigned char *uni, int unilen); +unsigned char *OPENSSL_utf82uni(const char *asc, int asclen, + unsigned char **uni, int *unilen); +char *OPENSSL_uni2utf8(const unsigned char *uni, int unilen); + +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(PKCS12) +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(PKCS12_MAC_DATA) +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(PKCS12_SAFEBAG) +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(PKCS12_BAGS) + +DECLARE_ASN1_ITEM(PKCS12_SAFEBAGS) +DECLARE_ASN1_ITEM(PKCS12_AUTHSAFES) + +void PKCS12_PBE_add(void); +int PKCS12_parse(PKCS12 *p12, const char *pass, EVP_PKEY **pkey, X509 **cert, + STACK_OF(X509) **ca); +PKCS12 *PKCS12_create(const char *pass, const char *name, EVP_PKEY *pkey, + X509 *cert, STACK_OF(X509) *ca, int nid_key, int nid_cert, + int iter, int mac_iter, int keytype); + +PKCS12_SAFEBAG *PKCS12_add_cert(STACK_OF(PKCS12_SAFEBAG) **pbags, X509 *cert); +PKCS12_SAFEBAG *PKCS12_add_key(STACK_OF(PKCS12_SAFEBAG) **pbags, + EVP_PKEY *key, int key_usage, int iter, + int key_nid, const char *pass); +int PKCS12_add_safe(STACK_OF(PKCS7) **psafes, STACK_OF(PKCS12_SAFEBAG) *bags, + int safe_nid, int iter, const char *pass); +PKCS12 *PKCS12_add_safes(STACK_OF(PKCS7) *safes, int p7_nid); + +int i2d_PKCS12_bio(BIO *bp, PKCS12 *p12); +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_STDIO +int i2d_PKCS12_fp(FILE *fp, PKCS12 *p12); +# endif +PKCS12 *d2i_PKCS12_bio(BIO *bp, PKCS12 **p12); +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_STDIO +PKCS12 *d2i_PKCS12_fp(FILE *fp, PKCS12 **p12); +# endif +int PKCS12_newpass(PKCS12 *p12, const char *oldpass, const char *newpass); + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/pkcs12err.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/pkcs12err.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..eff5eb26 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/pkcs12err.h @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +/* + * Generated by util/mkerr.pl DO NOT EDIT + * Copyright 1995-2019 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_PKCS12ERR_H +# define HEADER_PKCS12ERR_H + +# ifndef HEADER_SYMHACKS_H +# include <openssl/symhacks.h> +# endif + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +# endif +int ERR_load_PKCS12_strings(void); + +/* + * PKCS12 function codes. + */ +# define PKCS12_F_OPENSSL_ASC2UNI 121 +# define PKCS12_F_OPENSSL_UNI2ASC 124 +# define PKCS12_F_OPENSSL_UNI2UTF8 127 +# define PKCS12_F_OPENSSL_UTF82UNI 129 +# define PKCS12_F_PKCS12_CREATE 105 +# define PKCS12_F_PKCS12_GEN_MAC 107 +# define PKCS12_F_PKCS12_INIT 109 +# define PKCS12_F_PKCS12_ITEM_DECRYPT_D2I 106 +# define PKCS12_F_PKCS12_ITEM_I2D_ENCRYPT 108 +# define PKCS12_F_PKCS12_ITEM_PACK_SAFEBAG 117 +# define PKCS12_F_PKCS12_KEY_GEN_ASC 110 +# define PKCS12_F_PKCS12_KEY_GEN_UNI 111 +# define PKCS12_F_PKCS12_KEY_GEN_UTF8 116 +# define PKCS12_F_PKCS12_NEWPASS 128 +# define PKCS12_F_PKCS12_PACK_P7DATA 114 +# define PKCS12_F_PKCS12_PACK_P7ENCDATA 115 +# define PKCS12_F_PKCS12_PARSE 118 +# define PKCS12_F_PKCS12_PBE_CRYPT 119 +# define PKCS12_F_PKCS12_PBE_KEYIVGEN 120 +# define PKCS12_F_PKCS12_SAFEBAG_CREATE0_P8INF 112 +# define PKCS12_F_PKCS12_SAFEBAG_CREATE0_PKCS8 113 +# define PKCS12_F_PKCS12_SAFEBAG_CREATE_PKCS8_ENCRYPT 133 +# define PKCS12_F_PKCS12_SETUP_MAC 122 +# define PKCS12_F_PKCS12_SET_MAC 123 +# define PKCS12_F_PKCS12_UNPACK_AUTHSAFES 130 +# define PKCS12_F_PKCS12_UNPACK_P7DATA 131 +# define PKCS12_F_PKCS12_VERIFY_MAC 126 +# define PKCS12_F_PKCS8_ENCRYPT 125 +# define PKCS12_F_PKCS8_SET0_PBE 132 + +/* + * PKCS12 reason codes. + */ +# define PKCS12_R_CANT_PACK_STRUCTURE 100 +# define PKCS12_R_CONTENT_TYPE_NOT_DATA 121 +# define PKCS12_R_DECODE_ERROR 101 +# define PKCS12_R_ENCODE_ERROR 102 +# define PKCS12_R_ENCRYPT_ERROR 103 +# define PKCS12_R_ERROR_SETTING_ENCRYPTED_DATA_TYPE 120 +# define PKCS12_R_INVALID_NULL_ARGUMENT 104 +# define PKCS12_R_INVALID_NULL_PKCS12_POINTER 105 +# define PKCS12_R_IV_GEN_ERROR 106 +# define PKCS12_R_KEY_GEN_ERROR 107 +# define PKCS12_R_MAC_ABSENT 108 +# define PKCS12_R_MAC_GENERATION_ERROR 109 +# define PKCS12_R_MAC_SETUP_ERROR 110 +# define PKCS12_R_MAC_STRING_SET_ERROR 111 +# define PKCS12_R_MAC_VERIFY_FAILURE 113 +# define PKCS12_R_PARSE_ERROR 114 +# define PKCS12_R_PKCS12_ALGOR_CIPHERINIT_ERROR 115 +# define PKCS12_R_PKCS12_CIPHERFINAL_ERROR 116 +# define PKCS12_R_PKCS12_PBE_CRYPT_ERROR 117 +# define PKCS12_R_UNKNOWN_DIGEST_ALGORITHM 118 +# define PKCS12_R_UNSUPPORTED_PKCS12_MODE 119 + +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/pkcs7.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/pkcs7.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9b66e002 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/pkcs7.h @@ -0,0 +1,319 @@ +/* + * Copyright 1995-2016 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_PKCS7_H +# define HEADER_PKCS7_H + +# include <openssl/asn1.h> +# include <openssl/bio.h> +# include <openssl/e_os2.h> + +# include <openssl/symhacks.h> +# include <openssl/ossl_typ.h> +# include <openssl/pkcs7err.h> + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/*- +Encryption_ID DES-CBC +Digest_ID MD5 +Digest_Encryption_ID rsaEncryption +Key_Encryption_ID rsaEncryption +*/ + +typedef struct pkcs7_issuer_and_serial_st { + X509_NAME *issuer; + ASN1_INTEGER *serial; +} PKCS7_ISSUER_AND_SERIAL; + +typedef struct pkcs7_signer_info_st { + ASN1_INTEGER *version; /* version 1 */ + PKCS7_ISSUER_AND_SERIAL *issuer_and_serial; + X509_ALGOR *digest_alg; + STACK_OF(X509_ATTRIBUTE) *auth_attr; /* [ 0 ] */ + X509_ALGOR *digest_enc_alg; + ASN1_OCTET_STRING *enc_digest; + STACK_OF(X509_ATTRIBUTE) *unauth_attr; /* [ 1 ] */ + /* The private key to sign with */ + EVP_PKEY *pkey; +} PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO; + +DEFINE_STACK_OF(PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO) + +typedef struct pkcs7_recip_info_st { + ASN1_INTEGER *version; /* version 0 */ + PKCS7_ISSUER_AND_SERIAL *issuer_and_serial; + X509_ALGOR *key_enc_algor; + ASN1_OCTET_STRING *enc_key; + X509 *cert; /* get the pub-key from this */ +} PKCS7_RECIP_INFO; + +DEFINE_STACK_OF(PKCS7_RECIP_INFO) + +typedef struct pkcs7_signed_st { + ASN1_INTEGER *version; /* version 1 */ + STACK_OF(X509_ALGOR) *md_algs; /* md used */ + STACK_OF(X509) *cert; /* [ 0 ] */ + STACK_OF(X509_CRL) *crl; /* [ 1 ] */ + STACK_OF(PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO) *signer_info; + struct pkcs7_st *contents; +} PKCS7_SIGNED; +/* + * The above structure is very very similar to PKCS7_SIGN_ENVELOPE. How about + * merging the two + */ + +typedef struct pkcs7_enc_content_st { + ASN1_OBJECT *content_type; + X509_ALGOR *algorithm; + ASN1_OCTET_STRING *enc_data; /* [ 0 ] */ + const EVP_CIPHER *cipher; +} PKCS7_ENC_CONTENT; + +typedef struct pkcs7_enveloped_st { + ASN1_INTEGER *version; /* version 0 */ + STACK_OF(PKCS7_RECIP_INFO) *recipientinfo; + PKCS7_ENC_CONTENT *enc_data; +} PKCS7_ENVELOPE; + +typedef struct pkcs7_signedandenveloped_st { + ASN1_INTEGER *version; /* version 1 */ + STACK_OF(X509_ALGOR) *md_algs; /* md used */ + STACK_OF(X509) *cert; /* [ 0 ] */ + STACK_OF(X509_CRL) *crl; /* [ 1 ] */ + STACK_OF(PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO) *signer_info; + PKCS7_ENC_CONTENT *enc_data; + STACK_OF(PKCS7_RECIP_INFO) *recipientinfo; +} PKCS7_SIGN_ENVELOPE; + +typedef struct pkcs7_digest_st { + ASN1_INTEGER *version; /* version 0 */ + X509_ALGOR *md; /* md used */ + struct pkcs7_st *contents; + ASN1_OCTET_STRING *digest; +} PKCS7_DIGEST; + +typedef struct pkcs7_encrypted_st { + ASN1_INTEGER *version; /* version 0 */ + PKCS7_ENC_CONTENT *enc_data; +} PKCS7_ENCRYPT; + +typedef struct pkcs7_st { + /* + * The following is non NULL if it contains ASN1 encoding of this + * structure + */ + unsigned char *asn1; + long length; +# define PKCS7_S_HEADER 0 +# define PKCS7_S_BODY 1 +# define PKCS7_S_TAIL 2 + int state; /* used during processing */ + int detached; + ASN1_OBJECT *type; + /* content as defined by the type */ + /* + * all encryption/message digests are applied to the 'contents', leaving + * out the 'type' field. + */ + union { + char *ptr; + /* NID_pkcs7_data */ + ASN1_OCTET_STRING *data; + /* NID_pkcs7_signed */ + PKCS7_SIGNED *sign; + /* NID_pkcs7_enveloped */ + PKCS7_ENVELOPE *enveloped; + /* NID_pkcs7_signedAndEnveloped */ + PKCS7_SIGN_ENVELOPE *signed_and_enveloped; + /* NID_pkcs7_digest */ + PKCS7_DIGEST *digest; + /* NID_pkcs7_encrypted */ + PKCS7_ENCRYPT *encrypted; + /* Anything else */ + ASN1_TYPE *other; + } d; +} PKCS7; + +DEFINE_STACK_OF(PKCS7) + +# define PKCS7_OP_SET_DETACHED_SIGNATURE 1 +# define PKCS7_OP_GET_DETACHED_SIGNATURE 2 + +# define PKCS7_get_signed_attributes(si) ((si)->auth_attr) +# define PKCS7_get_attributes(si) ((si)->unauth_attr) + +# define PKCS7_type_is_signed(a) (OBJ_obj2nid((a)->type) == NID_pkcs7_signed) +# define PKCS7_type_is_encrypted(a) (OBJ_obj2nid((a)->type) == NID_pkcs7_encrypted) +# define PKCS7_type_is_enveloped(a) (OBJ_obj2nid((a)->type) == NID_pkcs7_enveloped) +# define PKCS7_type_is_signedAndEnveloped(a) \ + (OBJ_obj2nid((a)->type) == NID_pkcs7_signedAndEnveloped) +# define PKCS7_type_is_data(a) (OBJ_obj2nid((a)->type) == NID_pkcs7_data) +# define PKCS7_type_is_digest(a) (OBJ_obj2nid((a)->type) == NID_pkcs7_digest) + +# define PKCS7_set_detached(p,v) \ + PKCS7_ctrl(p,PKCS7_OP_SET_DETACHED_SIGNATURE,v,NULL) +# define PKCS7_get_detached(p) \ + PKCS7_ctrl(p,PKCS7_OP_GET_DETACHED_SIGNATURE,0,NULL) + +# define PKCS7_is_detached(p7) (PKCS7_type_is_signed(p7) && PKCS7_get_detached(p7)) + +/* S/MIME related flags */ + +# define PKCS7_TEXT 0x1 +# define PKCS7_NOCERTS 0x2 +# define PKCS7_NOSIGS 0x4 +# define PKCS7_NOCHAIN 0x8 +# define PKCS7_NOINTERN 0x10 +# define PKCS7_NOVERIFY 0x20 +# define PKCS7_DETACHED 0x40 +# define PKCS7_BINARY 0x80 +# define PKCS7_NOATTR 0x100 +# define PKCS7_NOSMIMECAP 0x200 +# define PKCS7_NOOLDMIMETYPE 0x400 +# define PKCS7_CRLFEOL 0x800 +# define PKCS7_STREAM 0x1000 +# define PKCS7_NOCRL 0x2000 +# define PKCS7_PARTIAL 0x4000 +# define PKCS7_REUSE_DIGEST 0x8000 +# define PKCS7_NO_DUAL_CONTENT 0x10000 + +/* Flags: for compatibility with older code */ + +# define SMIME_TEXT PKCS7_TEXT +# define SMIME_NOCERTS PKCS7_NOCERTS +# define SMIME_NOSIGS PKCS7_NOSIGS +# define SMIME_NOCHAIN PKCS7_NOCHAIN +# define SMIME_NOINTERN PKCS7_NOINTERN +# define SMIME_NOVERIFY PKCS7_NOVERIFY +# define SMIME_DETACHED PKCS7_DETACHED +# define SMIME_BINARY PKCS7_BINARY +# define SMIME_NOATTR PKCS7_NOATTR + +/* CRLF ASCII canonicalisation */ +# define SMIME_ASCIICRLF 0x80000 + +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(PKCS7_ISSUER_AND_SERIAL) + +int PKCS7_ISSUER_AND_SERIAL_digest(PKCS7_ISSUER_AND_SERIAL *data, + const EVP_MD *type, unsigned char *md, + unsigned int *len); +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_STDIO +PKCS7 *d2i_PKCS7_fp(FILE *fp, PKCS7 **p7); +int i2d_PKCS7_fp(FILE *fp, PKCS7 *p7); +# endif +PKCS7 *PKCS7_dup(PKCS7 *p7); +PKCS7 *d2i_PKCS7_bio(BIO *bp, PKCS7 **p7); +int i2d_PKCS7_bio(BIO *bp, PKCS7 *p7); +int i2d_PKCS7_bio_stream(BIO *out, PKCS7 *p7, BIO *in, int flags); +int PEM_write_bio_PKCS7_stream(BIO *out, PKCS7 *p7, BIO *in, int flags); + +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO) +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(PKCS7_RECIP_INFO) +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(PKCS7_SIGNED) +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(PKCS7_ENC_CONTENT) +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(PKCS7_ENVELOPE) +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(PKCS7_SIGN_ENVELOPE) +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(PKCS7_DIGEST) +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(PKCS7_ENCRYPT) +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(PKCS7) + +DECLARE_ASN1_ITEM(PKCS7_ATTR_SIGN) +DECLARE_ASN1_ITEM(PKCS7_ATTR_VERIFY) + +DECLARE_ASN1_NDEF_FUNCTION(PKCS7) +DECLARE_ASN1_PRINT_FUNCTION(PKCS7) + +long PKCS7_ctrl(PKCS7 *p7, int cmd, long larg, char *parg); + +int PKCS7_set_type(PKCS7 *p7, int type); +int PKCS7_set0_type_other(PKCS7 *p7, int type, ASN1_TYPE *other); +int PKCS7_set_content(PKCS7 *p7, PKCS7 *p7_data); +int PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO_set(PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO *p7i, X509 *x509, EVP_PKEY *pkey, + const EVP_MD *dgst); +int PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO_sign(PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO *si); +int PKCS7_add_signer(PKCS7 *p7, PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO *p7i); +int PKCS7_add_certificate(PKCS7 *p7, X509 *x509); +int PKCS7_add_crl(PKCS7 *p7, X509_CRL *x509); +int PKCS7_content_new(PKCS7 *p7, int nid); +int PKCS7_dataVerify(X509_STORE *cert_store, X509_STORE_CTX *ctx, + BIO *bio, PKCS7 *p7, PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO *si); +int PKCS7_signatureVerify(BIO *bio, PKCS7 *p7, PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO *si, + X509 *x509); + +BIO *PKCS7_dataInit(PKCS7 *p7, BIO *bio); +int PKCS7_dataFinal(PKCS7 *p7, BIO *bio); +BIO *PKCS7_dataDecode(PKCS7 *p7, EVP_PKEY *pkey, BIO *in_bio, X509 *pcert); + +PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO *PKCS7_add_signature(PKCS7 *p7, X509 *x509, + EVP_PKEY *pkey, const EVP_MD *dgst); +X509 *PKCS7_cert_from_signer_info(PKCS7 *p7, PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO *si); +int PKCS7_set_digest(PKCS7 *p7, const EVP_MD *md); +STACK_OF(PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO) *PKCS7_get_signer_info(PKCS7 *p7); + +PKCS7_RECIP_INFO *PKCS7_add_recipient(PKCS7 *p7, X509 *x509); +void PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO_get0_algs(PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO *si, EVP_PKEY **pk, + X509_ALGOR **pdig, X509_ALGOR **psig); +void PKCS7_RECIP_INFO_get0_alg(PKCS7_RECIP_INFO *ri, X509_ALGOR **penc); +int PKCS7_add_recipient_info(PKCS7 *p7, PKCS7_RECIP_INFO *ri); +int PKCS7_RECIP_INFO_set(PKCS7_RECIP_INFO *p7i, X509 *x509); +int PKCS7_set_cipher(PKCS7 *p7, const EVP_CIPHER *cipher); +int PKCS7_stream(unsigned char ***boundary, PKCS7 *p7); + +PKCS7_ISSUER_AND_SERIAL *PKCS7_get_issuer_and_serial(PKCS7 *p7, int idx); +ASN1_OCTET_STRING *PKCS7_digest_from_attributes(STACK_OF(X509_ATTRIBUTE) *sk); +int PKCS7_add_signed_attribute(PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO *p7si, int nid, int type, + void *data); +int PKCS7_add_attribute(PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO *p7si, int nid, int atrtype, + void *value); +ASN1_TYPE *PKCS7_get_attribute(PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO *si, int nid); +ASN1_TYPE *PKCS7_get_signed_attribute(PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO *si, int nid); +int PKCS7_set_signed_attributes(PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO *p7si, + STACK_OF(X509_ATTRIBUTE) *sk); +int PKCS7_set_attributes(PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO *p7si, + STACK_OF(X509_ATTRIBUTE) *sk); + +PKCS7 *PKCS7_sign(X509 *signcert, EVP_PKEY *pkey, STACK_OF(X509) *certs, + BIO *data, int flags); + +PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO *PKCS7_sign_add_signer(PKCS7 *p7, + X509 *signcert, EVP_PKEY *pkey, + const EVP_MD *md, int flags); + +int PKCS7_final(PKCS7 *p7, BIO *data, int flags); +int PKCS7_verify(PKCS7 *p7, STACK_OF(X509) *certs, X509_STORE *store, + BIO *indata, BIO *out, int flags); +STACK_OF(X509) *PKCS7_get0_signers(PKCS7 *p7, STACK_OF(X509) *certs, + int flags); +PKCS7 *PKCS7_encrypt(STACK_OF(X509) *certs, BIO *in, const EVP_CIPHER *cipher, + int flags); +int PKCS7_decrypt(PKCS7 *p7, EVP_PKEY *pkey, X509 *cert, BIO *data, + int flags); + +int PKCS7_add_attrib_smimecap(PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO *si, + STACK_OF(X509_ALGOR) *cap); +STACK_OF(X509_ALGOR) *PKCS7_get_smimecap(PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO *si); +int PKCS7_simple_smimecap(STACK_OF(X509_ALGOR) *sk, int nid, int arg); + +int PKCS7_add_attrib_content_type(PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO *si, ASN1_OBJECT *coid); +int PKCS7_add0_attrib_signing_time(PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO *si, ASN1_TIME *t); +int PKCS7_add1_attrib_digest(PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO *si, + const unsigned char *md, int mdlen); + +int SMIME_write_PKCS7(BIO *bio, PKCS7 *p7, BIO *data, int flags); +PKCS7 *SMIME_read_PKCS7(BIO *bio, BIO **bcont); + +BIO *BIO_new_PKCS7(BIO *out, PKCS7 *p7); + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/pkcs7err.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/pkcs7err.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..02e0299a --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/pkcs7err.h @@ -0,0 +1,103 @@ +/* + * Generated by util/mkerr.pl DO NOT EDIT + * Copyright 1995-2019 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_PKCS7ERR_H +# define HEADER_PKCS7ERR_H + +# ifndef HEADER_SYMHACKS_H +# include <openssl/symhacks.h> +# endif + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +# endif +int ERR_load_PKCS7_strings(void); + +/* + * PKCS7 function codes. + */ +# define PKCS7_F_DO_PKCS7_SIGNED_ATTRIB 136 +# define PKCS7_F_PKCS7_ADD0_ATTRIB_SIGNING_TIME 135 +# define PKCS7_F_PKCS7_ADD_ATTRIB_SMIMECAP 118 +# define PKCS7_F_PKCS7_ADD_CERTIFICATE 100 +# define PKCS7_F_PKCS7_ADD_CRL 101 +# define PKCS7_F_PKCS7_ADD_RECIPIENT_INFO 102 +# define PKCS7_F_PKCS7_ADD_SIGNATURE 131 +# define PKCS7_F_PKCS7_ADD_SIGNER 103 +# define PKCS7_F_PKCS7_BIO_ADD_DIGEST 125 +# define PKCS7_F_PKCS7_COPY_EXISTING_DIGEST 138 +# define PKCS7_F_PKCS7_CTRL 104 +# define PKCS7_F_PKCS7_DATADECODE 112 +# define PKCS7_F_PKCS7_DATAFINAL 128 +# define PKCS7_F_PKCS7_DATAINIT 105 +# define PKCS7_F_PKCS7_DATAVERIFY 107 +# define PKCS7_F_PKCS7_DECRYPT 114 +# define PKCS7_F_PKCS7_DECRYPT_RINFO 133 +# define PKCS7_F_PKCS7_ENCODE_RINFO 132 +# define PKCS7_F_PKCS7_ENCRYPT 115 +# define PKCS7_F_PKCS7_FINAL 134 +# define PKCS7_F_PKCS7_FIND_DIGEST 127 +# define PKCS7_F_PKCS7_GET0_SIGNERS 124 +# define PKCS7_F_PKCS7_RECIP_INFO_SET 130 +# define PKCS7_F_PKCS7_SET_CIPHER 108 +# define PKCS7_F_PKCS7_SET_CONTENT 109 +# define PKCS7_F_PKCS7_SET_DIGEST 126 +# define PKCS7_F_PKCS7_SET_TYPE 110 +# define PKCS7_F_PKCS7_SIGN 116 +# define PKCS7_F_PKCS7_SIGNATUREVERIFY 113 +# define PKCS7_F_PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO_SET 129 +# define PKCS7_F_PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO_SIGN 139 +# define PKCS7_F_PKCS7_SIGN_ADD_SIGNER 137 +# define PKCS7_F_PKCS7_SIMPLE_SMIMECAP 119 +# define PKCS7_F_PKCS7_VERIFY 117 + +/* + * PKCS7 reason codes. + */ +# define PKCS7_R_CERTIFICATE_VERIFY_ERROR 117 +# define PKCS7_R_CIPHER_HAS_NO_OBJECT_IDENTIFIER 144 +# define PKCS7_R_CIPHER_NOT_INITIALIZED 116 +# define PKCS7_R_CONTENT_AND_DATA_PRESENT 118 +# define PKCS7_R_CTRL_ERROR 152 +# define PKCS7_R_DECRYPT_ERROR 119 +# define PKCS7_R_DIGEST_FAILURE 101 +# define PKCS7_R_ENCRYPTION_CTRL_FAILURE 149 +# define PKCS7_R_ENCRYPTION_NOT_SUPPORTED_FOR_THIS_KEY_TYPE 150 +# define PKCS7_R_ERROR_ADDING_RECIPIENT 120 +# define PKCS7_R_ERROR_SETTING_CIPHER 121 +# define PKCS7_R_INVALID_NULL_POINTER 143 +# define PKCS7_R_INVALID_SIGNED_DATA_TYPE 155 +# define PKCS7_R_NO_CONTENT 122 +# define PKCS7_R_NO_DEFAULT_DIGEST 151 +# define PKCS7_R_NO_MATCHING_DIGEST_TYPE_FOUND 154 +# define PKCS7_R_NO_RECIPIENT_MATCHES_CERTIFICATE 115 +# define PKCS7_R_NO_SIGNATURES_ON_DATA 123 +# define PKCS7_R_NO_SIGNERS 142 +# define PKCS7_R_OPERATION_NOT_SUPPORTED_ON_THIS_TYPE 104 +# define PKCS7_R_PKCS7_ADD_SIGNATURE_ERROR 124 +# define PKCS7_R_PKCS7_ADD_SIGNER_ERROR 153 +# define PKCS7_R_PKCS7_DATASIGN 145 +# define PKCS7_R_PRIVATE_KEY_DOES_NOT_MATCH_CERTIFICATE 127 +# define PKCS7_R_SIGNATURE_FAILURE 105 +# define PKCS7_R_SIGNER_CERTIFICATE_NOT_FOUND 128 +# define PKCS7_R_SIGNING_CTRL_FAILURE 147 +# define PKCS7_R_SIGNING_NOT_SUPPORTED_FOR_THIS_KEY_TYPE 148 +# define PKCS7_R_SMIME_TEXT_ERROR 129 +# define PKCS7_R_UNABLE_TO_FIND_CERTIFICATE 106 +# define PKCS7_R_UNABLE_TO_FIND_MEM_BIO 107 +# define PKCS7_R_UNABLE_TO_FIND_MESSAGE_DIGEST 108 +# define PKCS7_R_UNKNOWN_DIGEST_TYPE 109 +# define PKCS7_R_UNKNOWN_OPERATION 110 +# define PKCS7_R_UNSUPPORTED_CIPHER_TYPE 111 +# define PKCS7_R_UNSUPPORTED_CONTENT_TYPE 112 +# define PKCS7_R_WRONG_CONTENT_TYPE 113 +# define PKCS7_R_WRONG_PKCS7_TYPE 114 + +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/rand.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/rand.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..38a2a271 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/rand.h @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +/* + * Copyright 1995-2018 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_RAND_H +# define HEADER_RAND_H + +# include <stdlib.h> +# include <openssl/ossl_typ.h> +# include <openssl/e_os2.h> +# include <openssl/randerr.h> + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +struct rand_meth_st { + int (*seed) (const void *buf, int num); + int (*bytes) (unsigned char *buf, int num); + void (*cleanup) (void); + int (*add) (const void *buf, int num, double randomness); + int (*pseudorand) (unsigned char *buf, int num); + int (*status) (void); +}; + +int RAND_set_rand_method(const RAND_METHOD *meth); +const RAND_METHOD *RAND_get_rand_method(void); +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_ENGINE +int RAND_set_rand_engine(ENGINE *engine); +# endif + +RAND_METHOD *RAND_OpenSSL(void); + +# if OPENSSL_API_COMPAT < 0x10100000L +# define RAND_cleanup() while(0) continue +# endif +int RAND_bytes(unsigned char *buf, int num); +int RAND_priv_bytes(unsigned char *buf, int num); +DEPRECATEDIN_1_1_0(int RAND_pseudo_bytes(unsigned char *buf, int num)) + +void RAND_seed(const void *buf, int num); +void RAND_keep_random_devices_open(int keep); + +# if defined(__ANDROID__) && defined(__NDK_FPABI__) +__NDK_FPABI__ /* __attribute__((pcs("aapcs"))) on ARM */ +# endif +void RAND_add(const void *buf, int num, double randomness); +int RAND_load_file(const char *file, long max_bytes); +int RAND_write_file(const char *file); +const char *RAND_file_name(char *file, size_t num); +int RAND_status(void); + +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_EGD +int RAND_query_egd_bytes(const char *path, unsigned char *buf, int bytes); +int RAND_egd(const char *path); +int RAND_egd_bytes(const char *path, int bytes); +# endif + +int RAND_poll(void); + +# if defined(_WIN32) && (defined(BASETYPES) || defined(_WINDEF_H)) +/* application has to include <windows.h> in order to use these */ +DEPRECATEDIN_1_1_0(void RAND_screen(void)) +DEPRECATEDIN_1_1_0(int RAND_event(UINT, WPARAM, LPARAM)) +# endif + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/rand_drbg.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/rand_drbg.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..45b731b7 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/rand_drbg.h @@ -0,0 +1,130 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2017-2018 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_DRBG_RAND_H +# define HEADER_DRBG_RAND_H + +# include <time.h> +# include <openssl/ossl_typ.h> +# include <openssl/obj_mac.h> + +/* + * RAND_DRBG flags + * + * Note: if new flags are added, the constant `rand_drbg_used_flags` + * in drbg_lib.c needs to be updated accordingly. + */ + +/* In CTR mode, disable derivation function ctr_df */ +# define RAND_DRBG_FLAG_CTR_NO_DF 0x1 + + +# if OPENSSL_API_COMPAT < 0x10200000L +/* This #define was replaced by an internal constant and should not be used. */ +# define RAND_DRBG_USED_FLAGS (RAND_DRBG_FLAG_CTR_NO_DF) +# endif + +/* + * Default security strength (in the sense of [NIST SP 800-90Ar1]) + * + * NIST SP 800-90Ar1 supports the strength of the DRBG being smaller than that + * of the cipher by collecting less entropy. The current DRBG implementation + * does not take RAND_DRBG_STRENGTH into account and sets the strength of the + * DRBG to that of the cipher. + * + * RAND_DRBG_STRENGTH is currently only used for the legacy RAND + * implementation. + * + * Currently supported ciphers are: NID_aes_128_ctr, NID_aes_192_ctr and + * NID_aes_256_ctr + */ +# define RAND_DRBG_STRENGTH 256 +/* Default drbg type */ +# define RAND_DRBG_TYPE NID_aes_256_ctr +/* Default drbg flags */ +# define RAND_DRBG_FLAGS 0 + + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +/* + * Object lifetime functions. + */ +RAND_DRBG *RAND_DRBG_new(int type, unsigned int flags, RAND_DRBG *parent); +RAND_DRBG *RAND_DRBG_secure_new(int type, unsigned int flags, RAND_DRBG *parent); +int RAND_DRBG_set(RAND_DRBG *drbg, int type, unsigned int flags); +int RAND_DRBG_set_defaults(int type, unsigned int flags); +int RAND_DRBG_instantiate(RAND_DRBG *drbg, + const unsigned char *pers, size_t perslen); +int RAND_DRBG_uninstantiate(RAND_DRBG *drbg); +void RAND_DRBG_free(RAND_DRBG *drbg); + +/* + * Object "use" functions. + */ +int RAND_DRBG_reseed(RAND_DRBG *drbg, + const unsigned char *adin, size_t adinlen, + int prediction_resistance); +int RAND_DRBG_generate(RAND_DRBG *drbg, unsigned char *out, size_t outlen, + int prediction_resistance, + const unsigned char *adin, size_t adinlen); +int RAND_DRBG_bytes(RAND_DRBG *drbg, unsigned char *out, size_t outlen); + +int RAND_DRBG_set_reseed_interval(RAND_DRBG *drbg, unsigned int interval); +int RAND_DRBG_set_reseed_time_interval(RAND_DRBG *drbg, time_t interval); + +int RAND_DRBG_set_reseed_defaults( + unsigned int master_reseed_interval, + unsigned int slave_reseed_interval, + time_t master_reseed_time_interval, + time_t slave_reseed_time_interval + ); + +RAND_DRBG *RAND_DRBG_get0_master(void); +RAND_DRBG *RAND_DRBG_get0_public(void); +RAND_DRBG *RAND_DRBG_get0_private(void); + +/* + * EXDATA + */ +# define RAND_DRBG_get_ex_new_index(l, p, newf, dupf, freef) \ + CRYPTO_get_ex_new_index(CRYPTO_EX_INDEX_DRBG, l, p, newf, dupf, freef) +int RAND_DRBG_set_ex_data(RAND_DRBG *drbg, int idx, void *arg); +void *RAND_DRBG_get_ex_data(const RAND_DRBG *drbg, int idx); + +/* + * Callback function typedefs + */ +typedef size_t (*RAND_DRBG_get_entropy_fn)(RAND_DRBG *drbg, + unsigned char **pout, + int entropy, size_t min_len, + size_t max_len, + int prediction_resistance); +typedef void (*RAND_DRBG_cleanup_entropy_fn)(RAND_DRBG *ctx, + unsigned char *out, size_t outlen); +typedef size_t (*RAND_DRBG_get_nonce_fn)(RAND_DRBG *drbg, unsigned char **pout, + int entropy, size_t min_len, + size_t max_len); +typedef void (*RAND_DRBG_cleanup_nonce_fn)(RAND_DRBG *drbg, + unsigned char *out, size_t outlen); + +int RAND_DRBG_set_callbacks(RAND_DRBG *drbg, + RAND_DRBG_get_entropy_fn get_entropy, + RAND_DRBG_cleanup_entropy_fn cleanup_entropy, + RAND_DRBG_get_nonce_fn get_nonce, + RAND_DRBG_cleanup_nonce_fn cleanup_nonce); + + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/randerr.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/randerr.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..79d57905 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/randerr.h @@ -0,0 +1,94 @@ +/* + * Generated by util/mkerr.pl DO NOT EDIT + * Copyright 1995-2020 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_RANDERR_H +# define HEADER_RANDERR_H + +# include <openssl/symhacks.h> + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +# endif +int ERR_load_RAND_strings(void); + +/* + * RAND function codes. + */ +# define RAND_F_DATA_COLLECT_METHOD 127 +# define RAND_F_DRBG_BYTES 101 +# define RAND_F_DRBG_GET_ENTROPY 105 +# define RAND_F_DRBG_SETUP 117 +# define RAND_F_GET_ENTROPY 106 +# define RAND_F_RAND_BYTES 100 +# define RAND_F_RAND_DRBG_ENABLE_LOCKING 119 +# define RAND_F_RAND_DRBG_GENERATE 107 +# define RAND_F_RAND_DRBG_GET_ENTROPY 120 +# define RAND_F_RAND_DRBG_GET_NONCE 123 +# define RAND_F_RAND_DRBG_INSTANTIATE 108 +# define RAND_F_RAND_DRBG_NEW 109 +# define RAND_F_RAND_DRBG_RESEED 110 +# define RAND_F_RAND_DRBG_RESTART 102 +# define RAND_F_RAND_DRBG_SET 104 +# define RAND_F_RAND_DRBG_SET_DEFAULTS 121 +# define RAND_F_RAND_DRBG_UNINSTANTIATE 118 +# define RAND_F_RAND_LOAD_FILE 111 +# define RAND_F_RAND_POOL_ACQUIRE_ENTROPY 122 +# define RAND_F_RAND_POOL_ADD 103 +# define RAND_F_RAND_POOL_ADD_BEGIN 113 +# define RAND_F_RAND_POOL_ADD_END 114 +# define RAND_F_RAND_POOL_ATTACH 124 +# define RAND_F_RAND_POOL_BYTES_NEEDED 115 +# define RAND_F_RAND_POOL_GROW 125 +# define RAND_F_RAND_POOL_NEW 116 +# define RAND_F_RAND_PSEUDO_BYTES 126 +# define RAND_F_RAND_WRITE_FILE 112 + +/* + * RAND reason codes. + */ +# define RAND_R_ADDITIONAL_INPUT_TOO_LONG 102 +# define RAND_R_ALREADY_INSTANTIATED 103 +# define RAND_R_ARGUMENT_OUT_OF_RANGE 105 +# define RAND_R_CANNOT_OPEN_FILE 121 +# define RAND_R_DRBG_ALREADY_INITIALIZED 129 +# define RAND_R_DRBG_NOT_INITIALISED 104 +# define RAND_R_ENTROPY_INPUT_TOO_LONG 106 +# define RAND_R_ENTROPY_OUT_OF_RANGE 124 +# define RAND_R_ERROR_ENTROPY_POOL_WAS_IGNORED 127 +# define RAND_R_ERROR_INITIALISING_DRBG 107 +# define RAND_R_ERROR_INSTANTIATING_DRBG 108 +# define RAND_R_ERROR_RETRIEVING_ADDITIONAL_INPUT 109 +# define RAND_R_ERROR_RETRIEVING_ENTROPY 110 +# define RAND_R_ERROR_RETRIEVING_NONCE 111 +# define RAND_R_FAILED_TO_CREATE_LOCK 126 +# define RAND_R_FUNC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED 101 +# define RAND_R_FWRITE_ERROR 123 +# define RAND_R_GENERATE_ERROR 112 +# define RAND_R_INTERNAL_ERROR 113 +# define RAND_R_IN_ERROR_STATE 114 +# define RAND_R_NOT_A_REGULAR_FILE 122 +# define RAND_R_NOT_INSTANTIATED 115 +# define RAND_R_NO_DRBG_IMPLEMENTATION_SELECTED 128 +# define RAND_R_PARENT_LOCKING_NOT_ENABLED 130 +# define RAND_R_PARENT_STRENGTH_TOO_WEAK 131 +# define RAND_R_PERSONALISATION_STRING_TOO_LONG 116 +# define RAND_R_PREDICTION_RESISTANCE_NOT_SUPPORTED 133 +# define RAND_R_PRNG_NOT_SEEDED 100 +# define RAND_R_RANDOM_POOL_OVERFLOW 125 +# define RAND_R_RANDOM_POOL_UNDERFLOW 134 +# define RAND_R_REQUEST_TOO_LARGE_FOR_DRBG 117 +# define RAND_R_RESEED_ERROR 118 +# define RAND_R_SELFTEST_FAILURE 119 +# define RAND_R_TOO_LITTLE_NONCE_REQUESTED 135 +# define RAND_R_TOO_MUCH_NONCE_REQUESTED 136 +# define RAND_R_UNSUPPORTED_DRBG_FLAGS 132 +# define RAND_R_UNSUPPORTED_DRBG_TYPE 120 + +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/rc2.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/rc2.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..585f9e4c --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/rc2.h @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +/* + * Copyright 1995-2016 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_RC2_H +# define HEADER_RC2_H + +# include <openssl/opensslconf.h> + +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_RC2 +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +typedef unsigned int RC2_INT; + +# define RC2_ENCRYPT 1 +# define RC2_DECRYPT 0 + +# define RC2_BLOCK 8 +# define RC2_KEY_LENGTH 16 + +typedef struct rc2_key_st { + RC2_INT data[64]; +} RC2_KEY; + +void RC2_set_key(RC2_KEY *key, int len, const unsigned char *data, int bits); +void RC2_ecb_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out, + RC2_KEY *key, int enc); +void RC2_encrypt(unsigned long *data, RC2_KEY *key); +void RC2_decrypt(unsigned long *data, RC2_KEY *key); +void RC2_cbc_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out, long length, + RC2_KEY *ks, unsigned char *iv, int enc); +void RC2_cfb64_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out, + long length, RC2_KEY *schedule, unsigned char *ivec, + int *num, int enc); +void RC2_ofb64_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out, + long length, RC2_KEY *schedule, unsigned char *ivec, + int *num); + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif +# endif + +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/rc4.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/rc4.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..86803b37 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/rc4.h @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +/* + * Copyright 1995-2016 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_RC4_H +# define HEADER_RC4_H + +# include <openssl/opensslconf.h> + +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_RC4 +# include <stddef.h> +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +typedef struct rc4_key_st { + RC4_INT x, y; + RC4_INT data[256]; +} RC4_KEY; + +const char *RC4_options(void); +void RC4_set_key(RC4_KEY *key, int len, const unsigned char *data); +void RC4(RC4_KEY *key, size_t len, const unsigned char *indata, + unsigned char *outdata); + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif +# endif + +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/rc5.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/rc5.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..793f88e4 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/rc5.h @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +/* + * Copyright 1995-2016 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_RC5_H +# define HEADER_RC5_H + +# include <openssl/opensslconf.h> + +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_RC5 +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +# define RC5_ENCRYPT 1 +# define RC5_DECRYPT 0 + +# define RC5_32_INT unsigned int + +# define RC5_32_BLOCK 8 +# define RC5_32_KEY_LENGTH 16/* This is a default, max is 255 */ + +/* + * This are the only values supported. Tweak the code if you want more The + * most supported modes will be RC5-32/12/16 RC5-32/16/8 + */ +# define RC5_8_ROUNDS 8 +# define RC5_12_ROUNDS 12 +# define RC5_16_ROUNDS 16 + +typedef struct rc5_key_st { + /* Number of rounds */ + int rounds; + RC5_32_INT data[2 * (RC5_16_ROUNDS + 1)]; +} RC5_32_KEY; + +void RC5_32_set_key(RC5_32_KEY *key, int len, const unsigned char *data, + int rounds); +void RC5_32_ecb_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out, + RC5_32_KEY *key, int enc); +void RC5_32_encrypt(unsigned long *data, RC5_32_KEY *key); +void RC5_32_decrypt(unsigned long *data, RC5_32_KEY *key); +void RC5_32_cbc_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out, + long length, RC5_32_KEY *ks, unsigned char *iv, + int enc); +void RC5_32_cfb64_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out, + long length, RC5_32_KEY *schedule, + unsigned char *ivec, int *num, int enc); +void RC5_32_ofb64_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out, + long length, RC5_32_KEY *schedule, + unsigned char *ivec, int *num); + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif +# endif + +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ripemd.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ripemd.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c42026aa --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ripemd.h @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +/* + * Copyright 1995-2016 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_RIPEMD_H +# define HEADER_RIPEMD_H + +# include <openssl/opensslconf.h> + +#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_RMD160 +# include <openssl/e_os2.h> +# include <stddef.h> +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +# define RIPEMD160_LONG unsigned int + +# define RIPEMD160_CBLOCK 64 +# define RIPEMD160_LBLOCK (RIPEMD160_CBLOCK/4) +# define RIPEMD160_DIGEST_LENGTH 20 + +typedef struct RIPEMD160state_st { + RIPEMD160_LONG A, B, C, D, E; + RIPEMD160_LONG Nl, Nh; + RIPEMD160_LONG data[RIPEMD160_LBLOCK]; + unsigned int num; +} RIPEMD160_CTX; + +int RIPEMD160_Init(RIPEMD160_CTX *c); +int RIPEMD160_Update(RIPEMD160_CTX *c, const void *data, size_t len); +int RIPEMD160_Final(unsigned char *md, RIPEMD160_CTX *c); +unsigned char *RIPEMD160(const unsigned char *d, size_t n, unsigned char *md); +void RIPEMD160_Transform(RIPEMD160_CTX *c, const unsigned char *b); + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif +# endif + + +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/rsa.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/rsa.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5e76365c --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/rsa.h @@ -0,0 +1,513 @@ +/* + * Copyright 1995-2018 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_RSA_H +# define HEADER_RSA_H + +# include <openssl/opensslconf.h> + +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_RSA +# include <openssl/asn1.h> +# include <openssl/bio.h> +# include <openssl/crypto.h> +# include <openssl/ossl_typ.h> +# if OPENSSL_API_COMPAT < 0x10100000L +# include <openssl/bn.h> +# endif +# include <openssl/rsaerr.h> +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +/* The types RSA and RSA_METHOD are defined in ossl_typ.h */ + +# ifndef OPENSSL_RSA_MAX_MODULUS_BITS +# define OPENSSL_RSA_MAX_MODULUS_BITS 16384 +# endif + +# define OPENSSL_RSA_FIPS_MIN_MODULUS_BITS 1024 + +# ifndef OPENSSL_RSA_SMALL_MODULUS_BITS +# define OPENSSL_RSA_SMALL_MODULUS_BITS 3072 +# endif +# ifndef OPENSSL_RSA_MAX_PUBEXP_BITS + +/* exponent limit enforced for "large" modulus only */ +# define OPENSSL_RSA_MAX_PUBEXP_BITS 64 +# endif + +# define RSA_3 0x3L +# define RSA_F4 0x10001L + +/* based on RFC 8017 appendix A.1.2 */ +# define RSA_ASN1_VERSION_DEFAULT 0 +# define RSA_ASN1_VERSION_MULTI 1 + +# define RSA_DEFAULT_PRIME_NUM 2 + +# define RSA_METHOD_FLAG_NO_CHECK 0x0001/* don't check pub/private + * match */ + +# define RSA_FLAG_CACHE_PUBLIC 0x0002 +# define RSA_FLAG_CACHE_PRIVATE 0x0004 +# define RSA_FLAG_BLINDING 0x0008 +# define RSA_FLAG_THREAD_SAFE 0x0010 +/* + * This flag means the private key operations will be handled by rsa_mod_exp + * and that they do not depend on the private key components being present: + * for example a key stored in external hardware. Without this flag + * bn_mod_exp gets called when private key components are absent. + */ +# define RSA_FLAG_EXT_PKEY 0x0020 + +/* + * new with 0.9.6j and 0.9.7b; the built-in + * RSA implementation now uses blinding by + * default (ignoring RSA_FLAG_BLINDING), + * but other engines might not need it + */ +# define RSA_FLAG_NO_BLINDING 0x0080 +# if OPENSSL_API_COMPAT < 0x10100000L +/* + * Does nothing. Previously this switched off constant time behaviour. + */ +# define RSA_FLAG_NO_CONSTTIME 0x0000 +# endif +# if OPENSSL_API_COMPAT < 0x00908000L +/* deprecated name for the flag*/ +/* + * new with 0.9.7h; the built-in RSA + * implementation now uses constant time + * modular exponentiation for secret exponents + * by default. This flag causes the + * faster variable sliding window method to + * be used for all exponents. + */ +# define RSA_FLAG_NO_EXP_CONSTTIME RSA_FLAG_NO_CONSTTIME +# endif + +# define EVP_PKEY_CTX_set_rsa_padding(ctx, pad) \ + RSA_pkey_ctx_ctrl(ctx, -1, EVP_PKEY_CTRL_RSA_PADDING, pad, NULL) + +# define EVP_PKEY_CTX_get_rsa_padding(ctx, ppad) \ + RSA_pkey_ctx_ctrl(ctx, -1, EVP_PKEY_CTRL_GET_RSA_PADDING, 0, ppad) + +# define EVP_PKEY_CTX_set_rsa_pss_saltlen(ctx, len) \ + RSA_pkey_ctx_ctrl(ctx, (EVP_PKEY_OP_SIGN|EVP_PKEY_OP_VERIFY), \ + EVP_PKEY_CTRL_RSA_PSS_SALTLEN, len, NULL) +/* Salt length matches digest */ +# define RSA_PSS_SALTLEN_DIGEST -1 +/* Verify only: auto detect salt length */ +# define RSA_PSS_SALTLEN_AUTO -2 +/* Set salt length to maximum possible */ +# define RSA_PSS_SALTLEN_MAX -3 +/* Old compatible max salt length for sign only */ +# define RSA_PSS_SALTLEN_MAX_SIGN -2 + +# define EVP_PKEY_CTX_set_rsa_pss_keygen_saltlen(ctx, len) \ + EVP_PKEY_CTX_ctrl(ctx, EVP_PKEY_RSA_PSS, EVP_PKEY_OP_KEYGEN, \ + EVP_PKEY_CTRL_RSA_PSS_SALTLEN, len, NULL) + +# define EVP_PKEY_CTX_get_rsa_pss_saltlen(ctx, plen) \ + RSA_pkey_ctx_ctrl(ctx, (EVP_PKEY_OP_SIGN|EVP_PKEY_OP_VERIFY), \ + EVP_PKEY_CTRL_GET_RSA_PSS_SALTLEN, 0, plen) + +# define EVP_PKEY_CTX_set_rsa_keygen_bits(ctx, bits) \ + RSA_pkey_ctx_ctrl(ctx, EVP_PKEY_OP_KEYGEN, \ + EVP_PKEY_CTRL_RSA_KEYGEN_BITS, bits, NULL) + +# define EVP_PKEY_CTX_set_rsa_keygen_pubexp(ctx, pubexp) \ + RSA_pkey_ctx_ctrl(ctx, EVP_PKEY_OP_KEYGEN, \ + EVP_PKEY_CTRL_RSA_KEYGEN_PUBEXP, 0, pubexp) + +# define EVP_PKEY_CTX_set_rsa_keygen_primes(ctx, primes) \ + RSA_pkey_ctx_ctrl(ctx, EVP_PKEY_OP_KEYGEN, \ + EVP_PKEY_CTRL_RSA_KEYGEN_PRIMES, primes, NULL) + +# define EVP_PKEY_CTX_set_rsa_mgf1_md(ctx, md) \ + RSA_pkey_ctx_ctrl(ctx, EVP_PKEY_OP_TYPE_SIG | EVP_PKEY_OP_TYPE_CRYPT, \ + EVP_PKEY_CTRL_RSA_MGF1_MD, 0, (void *)(md)) + +# define EVP_PKEY_CTX_set_rsa_pss_keygen_mgf1_md(ctx, md) \ + EVP_PKEY_CTX_ctrl(ctx, EVP_PKEY_RSA_PSS, EVP_PKEY_OP_KEYGEN, \ + EVP_PKEY_CTRL_RSA_MGF1_MD, 0, (void *)(md)) + +# define EVP_PKEY_CTX_set_rsa_oaep_md(ctx, md) \ + EVP_PKEY_CTX_ctrl(ctx, EVP_PKEY_RSA, EVP_PKEY_OP_TYPE_CRYPT, \ + EVP_PKEY_CTRL_RSA_OAEP_MD, 0, (void *)(md)) + +# define EVP_PKEY_CTX_get_rsa_mgf1_md(ctx, pmd) \ + RSA_pkey_ctx_ctrl(ctx, EVP_PKEY_OP_TYPE_SIG | EVP_PKEY_OP_TYPE_CRYPT, \ + EVP_PKEY_CTRL_GET_RSA_MGF1_MD, 0, (void *)(pmd)) + +# define EVP_PKEY_CTX_get_rsa_oaep_md(ctx, pmd) \ + EVP_PKEY_CTX_ctrl(ctx, EVP_PKEY_RSA, EVP_PKEY_OP_TYPE_CRYPT, \ + EVP_PKEY_CTRL_GET_RSA_OAEP_MD, 0, (void *)(pmd)) + +# define EVP_PKEY_CTX_set0_rsa_oaep_label(ctx, l, llen) \ + EVP_PKEY_CTX_ctrl(ctx, EVP_PKEY_RSA, EVP_PKEY_OP_TYPE_CRYPT, \ + EVP_PKEY_CTRL_RSA_OAEP_LABEL, llen, (void *)(l)) + +# define EVP_PKEY_CTX_get0_rsa_oaep_label(ctx, l) \ + EVP_PKEY_CTX_ctrl(ctx, EVP_PKEY_RSA, EVP_PKEY_OP_TYPE_CRYPT, \ + EVP_PKEY_CTRL_GET_RSA_OAEP_LABEL, 0, (void *)(l)) + +# define EVP_PKEY_CTX_set_rsa_pss_keygen_md(ctx, md) \ + EVP_PKEY_CTX_ctrl(ctx, EVP_PKEY_RSA_PSS, \ + EVP_PKEY_OP_KEYGEN, EVP_PKEY_CTRL_MD, \ + 0, (void *)(md)) + +# define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_RSA_PADDING (EVP_PKEY_ALG_CTRL + 1) +# define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_RSA_PSS_SALTLEN (EVP_PKEY_ALG_CTRL + 2) + +# define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_RSA_KEYGEN_BITS (EVP_PKEY_ALG_CTRL + 3) +# define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_RSA_KEYGEN_PUBEXP (EVP_PKEY_ALG_CTRL + 4) +# define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_RSA_MGF1_MD (EVP_PKEY_ALG_CTRL + 5) + +# define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_GET_RSA_PADDING (EVP_PKEY_ALG_CTRL + 6) +# define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_GET_RSA_PSS_SALTLEN (EVP_PKEY_ALG_CTRL + 7) +# define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_GET_RSA_MGF1_MD (EVP_PKEY_ALG_CTRL + 8) + +# define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_RSA_OAEP_MD (EVP_PKEY_ALG_CTRL + 9) +# define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_RSA_OAEP_LABEL (EVP_PKEY_ALG_CTRL + 10) + +# define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_GET_RSA_OAEP_MD (EVP_PKEY_ALG_CTRL + 11) +# define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_GET_RSA_OAEP_LABEL (EVP_PKEY_ALG_CTRL + 12) + +# define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_RSA_KEYGEN_PRIMES (EVP_PKEY_ALG_CTRL + 13) + +# define RSA_PKCS1_PADDING 1 +# define RSA_SSLV23_PADDING 2 +# define RSA_NO_PADDING 3 +# define RSA_PKCS1_OAEP_PADDING 4 +# define RSA_X931_PADDING 5 +/* EVP_PKEY_ only */ +# define RSA_PKCS1_PSS_PADDING 6 + +# define RSA_PKCS1_PADDING_SIZE 11 + +# define RSA_set_app_data(s,arg) RSA_set_ex_data(s,0,arg) +# define RSA_get_app_data(s) RSA_get_ex_data(s,0) + +RSA *RSA_new(void); +RSA *RSA_new_method(ENGINE *engine); +int RSA_bits(const RSA *rsa); +int RSA_size(const RSA *rsa); +int RSA_security_bits(const RSA *rsa); + +int RSA_set0_key(RSA *r, BIGNUM *n, BIGNUM *e, BIGNUM *d); +int RSA_set0_factors(RSA *r, BIGNUM *p, BIGNUM *q); +int RSA_set0_crt_params(RSA *r,BIGNUM *dmp1, BIGNUM *dmq1, BIGNUM *iqmp); +int RSA_set0_multi_prime_params(RSA *r, BIGNUM *primes[], BIGNUM *exps[], + BIGNUM *coeffs[], int pnum); +void RSA_get0_key(const RSA *r, + const BIGNUM **n, const BIGNUM **e, const BIGNUM **d); +void RSA_get0_factors(const RSA *r, const BIGNUM **p, const BIGNUM **q); +int RSA_get_multi_prime_extra_count(const RSA *r); +int RSA_get0_multi_prime_factors(const RSA *r, const BIGNUM *primes[]); +void RSA_get0_crt_params(const RSA *r, + const BIGNUM **dmp1, const BIGNUM **dmq1, + const BIGNUM **iqmp); +int RSA_get0_multi_prime_crt_params(const RSA *r, const BIGNUM *exps[], + const BIGNUM *coeffs[]); +const BIGNUM *RSA_get0_n(const RSA *d); +const BIGNUM *RSA_get0_e(const RSA *d); +const BIGNUM *RSA_get0_d(const RSA *d); +const BIGNUM *RSA_get0_p(const RSA *d); +const BIGNUM *RSA_get0_q(const RSA *d); +const BIGNUM *RSA_get0_dmp1(const RSA *r); +const BIGNUM *RSA_get0_dmq1(const RSA *r); +const BIGNUM *RSA_get0_iqmp(const RSA *r); +const RSA_PSS_PARAMS *RSA_get0_pss_params(const RSA *r); +void RSA_clear_flags(RSA *r, int flags); +int RSA_test_flags(const RSA *r, int flags); +void RSA_set_flags(RSA *r, int flags); +int RSA_get_version(RSA *r); +ENGINE *RSA_get0_engine(const RSA *r); + +/* Deprecated version */ +DEPRECATEDIN_0_9_8(RSA *RSA_generate_key(int bits, unsigned long e, void + (*callback) (int, int, void *), + void *cb_arg)) + +/* New version */ +int RSA_generate_key_ex(RSA *rsa, int bits, BIGNUM *e, BN_GENCB *cb); +/* Multi-prime version */ +int RSA_generate_multi_prime_key(RSA *rsa, int bits, int primes, + BIGNUM *e, BN_GENCB *cb); + +int RSA_X931_derive_ex(RSA *rsa, BIGNUM *p1, BIGNUM *p2, BIGNUM *q1, + BIGNUM *q2, const BIGNUM *Xp1, const BIGNUM *Xp2, + const BIGNUM *Xp, const BIGNUM *Xq1, const BIGNUM *Xq2, + const BIGNUM *Xq, const BIGNUM *e, BN_GENCB *cb); +int RSA_X931_generate_key_ex(RSA *rsa, int bits, const BIGNUM *e, + BN_GENCB *cb); + +int RSA_check_key(const RSA *); +int RSA_check_key_ex(const RSA *, BN_GENCB *cb); + /* next 4 return -1 on error */ +int RSA_public_encrypt(int flen, const unsigned char *from, + unsigned char *to, RSA *rsa, int padding); +int RSA_private_encrypt(int flen, const unsigned char *from, + unsigned char *to, RSA *rsa, int padding); +int RSA_public_decrypt(int flen, const unsigned char *from, + unsigned char *to, RSA *rsa, int padding); +int RSA_private_decrypt(int flen, const unsigned char *from, + unsigned char *to, RSA *rsa, int padding); +void RSA_free(RSA *r); +/* "up" the RSA object's reference count */ +int RSA_up_ref(RSA *r); + +int RSA_flags(const RSA *r); + +void RSA_set_default_method(const RSA_METHOD *meth); +const RSA_METHOD *RSA_get_default_method(void); +const RSA_METHOD *RSA_null_method(void); +const RSA_METHOD *RSA_get_method(const RSA *rsa); +int RSA_set_method(RSA *rsa, const RSA_METHOD *meth); + +/* these are the actual RSA functions */ +const RSA_METHOD *RSA_PKCS1_OpenSSL(void); + +int RSA_pkey_ctx_ctrl(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx, int optype, int cmd, int p1, void *p2); + +DECLARE_ASN1_ENCODE_FUNCTIONS_const(RSA, RSAPublicKey) +DECLARE_ASN1_ENCODE_FUNCTIONS_const(RSA, RSAPrivateKey) + +struct rsa_pss_params_st { + X509_ALGOR *hashAlgorithm; + X509_ALGOR *maskGenAlgorithm; + ASN1_INTEGER *saltLength; + ASN1_INTEGER *trailerField; + /* Decoded hash algorithm from maskGenAlgorithm */ + X509_ALGOR *maskHash; +}; + +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(RSA_PSS_PARAMS) + +typedef struct rsa_oaep_params_st { + X509_ALGOR *hashFunc; + X509_ALGOR *maskGenFunc; + X509_ALGOR *pSourceFunc; + /* Decoded hash algorithm from maskGenFunc */ + X509_ALGOR *maskHash; +} RSA_OAEP_PARAMS; + +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(RSA_OAEP_PARAMS) + +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_STDIO +int RSA_print_fp(FILE *fp, const RSA *r, int offset); +# endif + +int RSA_print(BIO *bp, const RSA *r, int offset); + +/* + * The following 2 functions sign and verify a X509_SIG ASN1 object inside + * PKCS#1 padded RSA encryption + */ +int RSA_sign(int type, const unsigned char *m, unsigned int m_length, + unsigned char *sigret, unsigned int *siglen, RSA *rsa); +int RSA_verify(int type, const unsigned char *m, unsigned int m_length, + const unsigned char *sigbuf, unsigned int siglen, RSA *rsa); + +/* + * The following 2 function sign and verify a ASN1_OCTET_STRING object inside + * PKCS#1 padded RSA encryption + */ +int RSA_sign_ASN1_OCTET_STRING(int type, + const unsigned char *m, unsigned int m_length, + unsigned char *sigret, unsigned int *siglen, + RSA *rsa); +int RSA_verify_ASN1_OCTET_STRING(int type, const unsigned char *m, + unsigned int m_length, unsigned char *sigbuf, + unsigned int siglen, RSA *rsa); + +int RSA_blinding_on(RSA *rsa, BN_CTX *ctx); +void RSA_blinding_off(RSA *rsa); +BN_BLINDING *RSA_setup_blinding(RSA *rsa, BN_CTX *ctx); + +int RSA_padding_add_PKCS1_type_1(unsigned char *to, int tlen, + const unsigned char *f, int fl); +int RSA_padding_check_PKCS1_type_1(unsigned char *to, int tlen, + const unsigned char *f, int fl, + int rsa_len); +int RSA_padding_add_PKCS1_type_2(unsigned char *to, int tlen, + const unsigned char *f, int fl); +int RSA_padding_check_PKCS1_type_2(unsigned char *to, int tlen, + const unsigned char *f, int fl, + int rsa_len); +int PKCS1_MGF1(unsigned char *mask, long len, const unsigned char *seed, + long seedlen, const EVP_MD *dgst); +int RSA_padding_add_PKCS1_OAEP(unsigned char *to, int tlen, + const unsigned char *f, int fl, + const unsigned char *p, int pl); +int RSA_padding_check_PKCS1_OAEP(unsigned char *to, int tlen, + const unsigned char *f, int fl, int rsa_len, + const unsigned char *p, int pl); +int RSA_padding_add_PKCS1_OAEP_mgf1(unsigned char *to, int tlen, + const unsigned char *from, int flen, + const unsigned char *param, int plen, + const EVP_MD *md, const EVP_MD *mgf1md); +int RSA_padding_check_PKCS1_OAEP_mgf1(unsigned char *to, int tlen, + const unsigned char *from, int flen, + int num, const unsigned char *param, + int plen, const EVP_MD *md, + const EVP_MD *mgf1md); +int RSA_padding_add_SSLv23(unsigned char *to, int tlen, + const unsigned char *f, int fl); +int RSA_padding_check_SSLv23(unsigned char *to, int tlen, + const unsigned char *f, int fl, int rsa_len); +int RSA_padding_add_none(unsigned char *to, int tlen, const unsigned char *f, + int fl); +int RSA_padding_check_none(unsigned char *to, int tlen, + const unsigned char *f, int fl, int rsa_len); +int RSA_padding_add_X931(unsigned char *to, int tlen, const unsigned char *f, + int fl); +int RSA_padding_check_X931(unsigned char *to, int tlen, + const unsigned char *f, int fl, int rsa_len); +int RSA_X931_hash_id(int nid); + +int RSA_verify_PKCS1_PSS(RSA *rsa, const unsigned char *mHash, + const EVP_MD *Hash, const unsigned char *EM, + int sLen); +int RSA_padding_add_PKCS1_PSS(RSA *rsa, unsigned char *EM, + const unsigned char *mHash, const EVP_MD *Hash, + int sLen); + +int RSA_verify_PKCS1_PSS_mgf1(RSA *rsa, const unsigned char *mHash, + const EVP_MD *Hash, const EVP_MD *mgf1Hash, + const unsigned char *EM, int sLen); + +int RSA_padding_add_PKCS1_PSS_mgf1(RSA *rsa, unsigned char *EM, + const unsigned char *mHash, + const EVP_MD *Hash, const EVP_MD *mgf1Hash, + int sLen); + +#define RSA_get_ex_new_index(l, p, newf, dupf, freef) \ + CRYPTO_get_ex_new_index(CRYPTO_EX_INDEX_RSA, l, p, newf, dupf, freef) +int RSA_set_ex_data(RSA *r, int idx, void *arg); +void *RSA_get_ex_data(const RSA *r, int idx); + +RSA *RSAPublicKey_dup(RSA *rsa); +RSA *RSAPrivateKey_dup(RSA *rsa); + +/* + * If this flag is set the RSA method is FIPS compliant and can be used in + * FIPS mode. This is set in the validated module method. If an application + * sets this flag in its own methods it is its responsibility to ensure the + * result is compliant. + */ + +# define RSA_FLAG_FIPS_METHOD 0x0400 + +/* + * If this flag is set the operations normally disabled in FIPS mode are + * permitted it is then the applications responsibility to ensure that the + * usage is compliant. + */ + +# define RSA_FLAG_NON_FIPS_ALLOW 0x0400 +/* + * Application has decided PRNG is good enough to generate a key: don't + * check. + */ +# define RSA_FLAG_CHECKED 0x0800 + +RSA_METHOD *RSA_meth_new(const char *name, int flags); +void RSA_meth_free(RSA_METHOD *meth); +RSA_METHOD *RSA_meth_dup(const RSA_METHOD *meth); +const char *RSA_meth_get0_name(const RSA_METHOD *meth); +int RSA_meth_set1_name(RSA_METHOD *meth, const char *name); +int RSA_meth_get_flags(const RSA_METHOD *meth); +int RSA_meth_set_flags(RSA_METHOD *meth, int flags); +void *RSA_meth_get0_app_data(const RSA_METHOD *meth); +int RSA_meth_set0_app_data(RSA_METHOD *meth, void *app_data); +int (*RSA_meth_get_pub_enc(const RSA_METHOD *meth)) + (int flen, const unsigned char *from, + unsigned char *to, RSA *rsa, int padding); +int RSA_meth_set_pub_enc(RSA_METHOD *rsa, + int (*pub_enc) (int flen, const unsigned char *from, + unsigned char *to, RSA *rsa, + int padding)); +int (*RSA_meth_get_pub_dec(const RSA_METHOD *meth)) + (int flen, const unsigned char *from, + unsigned char *to, RSA *rsa, int padding); +int RSA_meth_set_pub_dec(RSA_METHOD *rsa, + int (*pub_dec) (int flen, const unsigned char *from, + unsigned char *to, RSA *rsa, + int padding)); +int (*RSA_meth_get_priv_enc(const RSA_METHOD *meth)) + (int flen, const unsigned char *from, + unsigned char *to, RSA *rsa, int padding); +int RSA_meth_set_priv_enc(RSA_METHOD *rsa, + int (*priv_enc) (int flen, const unsigned char *from, + unsigned char *to, RSA *rsa, + int padding)); +int (*RSA_meth_get_priv_dec(const RSA_METHOD *meth)) + (int flen, const unsigned char *from, + unsigned char *to, RSA *rsa, int padding); +int RSA_meth_set_priv_dec(RSA_METHOD *rsa, + int (*priv_dec) (int flen, const unsigned char *from, + unsigned char *to, RSA *rsa, + int padding)); +int (*RSA_meth_get_mod_exp(const RSA_METHOD *meth)) + (BIGNUM *r0, const BIGNUM *i, RSA *rsa, BN_CTX *ctx); +int RSA_meth_set_mod_exp(RSA_METHOD *rsa, + int (*mod_exp) (BIGNUM *r0, const BIGNUM *i, RSA *rsa, + BN_CTX *ctx)); +int (*RSA_meth_get_bn_mod_exp(const RSA_METHOD *meth)) + (BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *p, + const BIGNUM *m, BN_CTX *ctx, BN_MONT_CTX *m_ctx); +int RSA_meth_set_bn_mod_exp(RSA_METHOD *rsa, + int (*bn_mod_exp) (BIGNUM *r, + const BIGNUM *a, + const BIGNUM *p, + const BIGNUM *m, + BN_CTX *ctx, + BN_MONT_CTX *m_ctx)); +int (*RSA_meth_get_init(const RSA_METHOD *meth)) (RSA *rsa); +int RSA_meth_set_init(RSA_METHOD *rsa, int (*init) (RSA *rsa)); +int (*RSA_meth_get_finish(const RSA_METHOD *meth)) (RSA *rsa); +int RSA_meth_set_finish(RSA_METHOD *rsa, int (*finish) (RSA *rsa)); +int (*RSA_meth_get_sign(const RSA_METHOD *meth)) + (int type, + const unsigned char *m, unsigned int m_length, + unsigned char *sigret, unsigned int *siglen, + const RSA *rsa); +int RSA_meth_set_sign(RSA_METHOD *rsa, + int (*sign) (int type, const unsigned char *m, + unsigned int m_length, + unsigned char *sigret, unsigned int *siglen, + const RSA *rsa)); +int (*RSA_meth_get_verify(const RSA_METHOD *meth)) + (int dtype, const unsigned char *m, + unsigned int m_length, const unsigned char *sigbuf, + unsigned int siglen, const RSA *rsa); +int RSA_meth_set_verify(RSA_METHOD *rsa, + int (*verify) (int dtype, const unsigned char *m, + unsigned int m_length, + const unsigned char *sigbuf, + unsigned int siglen, const RSA *rsa)); +int (*RSA_meth_get_keygen(const RSA_METHOD *meth)) + (RSA *rsa, int bits, BIGNUM *e, BN_GENCB *cb); +int RSA_meth_set_keygen(RSA_METHOD *rsa, + int (*keygen) (RSA *rsa, int bits, BIGNUM *e, + BN_GENCB *cb)); +int (*RSA_meth_get_multi_prime_keygen(const RSA_METHOD *meth)) + (RSA *rsa, int bits, int primes, BIGNUM *e, BN_GENCB *cb); +int RSA_meth_set_multi_prime_keygen(RSA_METHOD *meth, + int (*keygen) (RSA *rsa, int bits, + int primes, BIGNUM *e, + BN_GENCB *cb)); + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif +# endif +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/rsaerr.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/rsaerr.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..59b15e13 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/rsaerr.h @@ -0,0 +1,167 @@ +/* + * Generated by util/mkerr.pl DO NOT EDIT + * Copyright 1995-2019 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_RSAERR_H +# define HEADER_RSAERR_H + +# ifndef HEADER_SYMHACKS_H +# include <openssl/symhacks.h> +# endif + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +# endif +int ERR_load_RSA_strings(void); + +/* + * RSA function codes. + */ +# define RSA_F_CHECK_PADDING_MD 140 +# define RSA_F_ENCODE_PKCS1 146 +# define RSA_F_INT_RSA_VERIFY 145 +# define RSA_F_OLD_RSA_PRIV_DECODE 147 +# define RSA_F_PKEY_PSS_INIT 165 +# define RSA_F_PKEY_RSA_CTRL 143 +# define RSA_F_PKEY_RSA_CTRL_STR 144 +# define RSA_F_PKEY_RSA_SIGN 142 +# define RSA_F_PKEY_RSA_VERIFY 149 +# define RSA_F_PKEY_RSA_VERIFYRECOVER 141 +# define RSA_F_RSA_ALGOR_TO_MD 156 +# define RSA_F_RSA_BUILTIN_KEYGEN 129 +# define RSA_F_RSA_CHECK_KEY 123 +# define RSA_F_RSA_CHECK_KEY_EX 160 +# define RSA_F_RSA_CMS_DECRYPT 159 +# define RSA_F_RSA_CMS_VERIFY 158 +# define RSA_F_RSA_ITEM_VERIFY 148 +# define RSA_F_RSA_METH_DUP 161 +# define RSA_F_RSA_METH_NEW 162 +# define RSA_F_RSA_METH_SET1_NAME 163 +# define RSA_F_RSA_MGF1_TO_MD 157 +# define RSA_F_RSA_MULTIP_INFO_NEW 166 +# define RSA_F_RSA_NEW_METHOD 106 +# define RSA_F_RSA_NULL 124 +# define RSA_F_RSA_NULL_PRIVATE_DECRYPT 132 +# define RSA_F_RSA_NULL_PRIVATE_ENCRYPT 133 +# define RSA_F_RSA_NULL_PUBLIC_DECRYPT 134 +# define RSA_F_RSA_NULL_PUBLIC_ENCRYPT 135 +# define RSA_F_RSA_OSSL_PRIVATE_DECRYPT 101 +# define RSA_F_RSA_OSSL_PRIVATE_ENCRYPT 102 +# define RSA_F_RSA_OSSL_PUBLIC_DECRYPT 103 +# define RSA_F_RSA_OSSL_PUBLIC_ENCRYPT 104 +# define RSA_F_RSA_PADDING_ADD_NONE 107 +# define RSA_F_RSA_PADDING_ADD_PKCS1_OAEP 121 +# define RSA_F_RSA_PADDING_ADD_PKCS1_OAEP_MGF1 154 +# define RSA_F_RSA_PADDING_ADD_PKCS1_PSS 125 +# define RSA_F_RSA_PADDING_ADD_PKCS1_PSS_MGF1 152 +# define RSA_F_RSA_PADDING_ADD_PKCS1_TYPE_1 108 +# define RSA_F_RSA_PADDING_ADD_PKCS1_TYPE_2 109 +# define RSA_F_RSA_PADDING_ADD_SSLV23 110 +# define RSA_F_RSA_PADDING_ADD_X931 127 +# define RSA_F_RSA_PADDING_CHECK_NONE 111 +# define RSA_F_RSA_PADDING_CHECK_PKCS1_OAEP 122 +# define RSA_F_RSA_PADDING_CHECK_PKCS1_OAEP_MGF1 153 +# define RSA_F_RSA_PADDING_CHECK_PKCS1_TYPE_1 112 +# define RSA_F_RSA_PADDING_CHECK_PKCS1_TYPE_2 113 +# define RSA_F_RSA_PADDING_CHECK_SSLV23 114 +# define RSA_F_RSA_PADDING_CHECK_X931 128 +# define RSA_F_RSA_PARAM_DECODE 164 +# define RSA_F_RSA_PRINT 115 +# define RSA_F_RSA_PRINT_FP 116 +# define RSA_F_RSA_PRIV_DECODE 150 +# define RSA_F_RSA_PRIV_ENCODE 138 +# define RSA_F_RSA_PSS_GET_PARAM 151 +# define RSA_F_RSA_PSS_TO_CTX 155 +# define RSA_F_RSA_PUB_DECODE 139 +# define RSA_F_RSA_SETUP_BLINDING 136 +# define RSA_F_RSA_SIGN 117 +# define RSA_F_RSA_SIGN_ASN1_OCTET_STRING 118 +# define RSA_F_RSA_VERIFY 119 +# define RSA_F_RSA_VERIFY_ASN1_OCTET_STRING 120 +# define RSA_F_RSA_VERIFY_PKCS1_PSS_MGF1 126 +# define RSA_F_SETUP_TBUF 167 + +/* + * RSA reason codes. + */ +# define RSA_R_ALGORITHM_MISMATCH 100 +# define RSA_R_BAD_E_VALUE 101 +# define RSA_R_BAD_FIXED_HEADER_DECRYPT 102 +# define RSA_R_BAD_PAD_BYTE_COUNT 103 +# define RSA_R_BAD_SIGNATURE 104 +# define RSA_R_BLOCK_TYPE_IS_NOT_01 106 +# define RSA_R_BLOCK_TYPE_IS_NOT_02 107 +# define RSA_R_DATA_GREATER_THAN_MOD_LEN 108 +# define RSA_R_DATA_TOO_LARGE 109 +# define RSA_R_DATA_TOO_LARGE_FOR_KEY_SIZE 110 +# define RSA_R_DATA_TOO_LARGE_FOR_MODULUS 132 +# define RSA_R_DATA_TOO_SMALL 111 +# define RSA_R_DATA_TOO_SMALL_FOR_KEY_SIZE 122 +# define RSA_R_DIGEST_DOES_NOT_MATCH 158 +# define RSA_R_DIGEST_NOT_ALLOWED 145 +# define RSA_R_DIGEST_TOO_BIG_FOR_RSA_KEY 112 +# define RSA_R_DMP1_NOT_CONGRUENT_TO_D 124 +# define RSA_R_DMQ1_NOT_CONGRUENT_TO_D 125 +# define RSA_R_D_E_NOT_CONGRUENT_TO_1 123 +# define RSA_R_FIRST_OCTET_INVALID 133 +# define RSA_R_ILLEGAL_OR_UNSUPPORTED_PADDING_MODE 144 +# define RSA_R_INVALID_DIGEST 157 +# define RSA_R_INVALID_DIGEST_LENGTH 143 +# define RSA_R_INVALID_HEADER 137 +# define RSA_R_INVALID_LABEL 160 +# define RSA_R_INVALID_MESSAGE_LENGTH 131 +# define RSA_R_INVALID_MGF1_MD 156 +# define RSA_R_INVALID_MULTI_PRIME_KEY 167 +# define RSA_R_INVALID_OAEP_PARAMETERS 161 +# define RSA_R_INVALID_PADDING 138 +# define RSA_R_INVALID_PADDING_MODE 141 +# define RSA_R_INVALID_PSS_PARAMETERS 149 +# define RSA_R_INVALID_PSS_SALTLEN 146 +# define RSA_R_INVALID_SALT_LENGTH 150 +# define RSA_R_INVALID_TRAILER 139 +# define RSA_R_INVALID_X931_DIGEST 142 +# define RSA_R_IQMP_NOT_INVERSE_OF_Q 126 +# define RSA_R_KEY_PRIME_NUM_INVALID 165 +# define RSA_R_KEY_SIZE_TOO_SMALL 120 +# define RSA_R_LAST_OCTET_INVALID 134 +# define RSA_R_MISSING_PRIVATE_KEY 179 +# define RSA_R_MGF1_DIGEST_NOT_ALLOWED 152 +# define RSA_R_MODULUS_TOO_LARGE 105 +# define RSA_R_MP_COEFFICIENT_NOT_INVERSE_OF_R 168 +# define RSA_R_MP_EXPONENT_NOT_CONGRUENT_TO_D 169 +# define RSA_R_MP_R_NOT_PRIME 170 +# define RSA_R_NO_PUBLIC_EXPONENT 140 +# define RSA_R_NULL_BEFORE_BLOCK_MISSING 113 +# define RSA_R_N_DOES_NOT_EQUAL_PRODUCT_OF_PRIMES 172 +# define RSA_R_N_DOES_NOT_EQUAL_P_Q 127 +# define RSA_R_OAEP_DECODING_ERROR 121 +# define RSA_R_OPERATION_NOT_SUPPORTED_FOR_THIS_KEYTYPE 148 +# define RSA_R_PADDING_CHECK_FAILED 114 +# define RSA_R_PKCS_DECODING_ERROR 159 +# define RSA_R_PSS_SALTLEN_TOO_SMALL 164 +# define RSA_R_P_NOT_PRIME 128 +# define RSA_R_Q_NOT_PRIME 129 +# define RSA_R_RSA_OPERATIONS_NOT_SUPPORTED 130 +# define RSA_R_SLEN_CHECK_FAILED 136 +# define RSA_R_SLEN_RECOVERY_FAILED 135 +# define RSA_R_SSLV3_ROLLBACK_ATTACK 115 +# define RSA_R_THE_ASN1_OBJECT_IDENTIFIER_IS_NOT_KNOWN_FOR_THIS_MD 116 +# define RSA_R_UNKNOWN_ALGORITHM_TYPE 117 +# define RSA_R_UNKNOWN_DIGEST 166 +# define RSA_R_UNKNOWN_MASK_DIGEST 151 +# define RSA_R_UNKNOWN_PADDING_TYPE 118 +# define RSA_R_UNSUPPORTED_ENCRYPTION_TYPE 162 +# define RSA_R_UNSUPPORTED_LABEL_SOURCE 163 +# define RSA_R_UNSUPPORTED_MASK_ALGORITHM 153 +# define RSA_R_UNSUPPORTED_MASK_PARAMETER 154 +# define RSA_R_UNSUPPORTED_SIGNATURE_TYPE 155 +# define RSA_R_VALUE_MISSING 147 +# define RSA_R_WRONG_SIGNATURE_LENGTH 119 + +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/safestack.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/safestack.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..38b55789 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/safestack.h @@ -0,0 +1,207 @@ +/* + * Copyright 1999-2019 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_SAFESTACK_H +# define HEADER_SAFESTACK_H + +# include <openssl/stack.h> +# include <openssl/e_os2.h> + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +# define STACK_OF(type) struct stack_st_##type + +# define SKM_DEFINE_STACK_OF(t1, t2, t3) \ + STACK_OF(t1); \ + typedef int (*sk_##t1##_compfunc)(const t3 * const *a, const t3 *const *b); \ + typedef void (*sk_##t1##_freefunc)(t3 *a); \ + typedef t3 * (*sk_##t1##_copyfunc)(const t3 *a); \ + static ossl_unused ossl_inline int sk_##t1##_num(const STACK_OF(t1) *sk) \ + { \ + return OPENSSL_sk_num((const OPENSSL_STACK *)sk); \ + } \ + static ossl_unused ossl_inline t2 *sk_##t1##_value(const STACK_OF(t1) *sk, int idx) \ + { \ + return (t2 *)OPENSSL_sk_value((const OPENSSL_STACK *)sk, idx); \ + } \ + static ossl_unused ossl_inline STACK_OF(t1) *sk_##t1##_new(sk_##t1##_compfunc compare) \ + { \ + return (STACK_OF(t1) *)OPENSSL_sk_new((OPENSSL_sk_compfunc)compare); \ + } \ + static ossl_unused ossl_inline STACK_OF(t1) *sk_##t1##_new_null(void) \ + { \ + return (STACK_OF(t1) *)OPENSSL_sk_new_null(); \ + } \ + static ossl_unused ossl_inline STACK_OF(t1) *sk_##t1##_new_reserve(sk_##t1##_compfunc compare, int n) \ + { \ + return (STACK_OF(t1) *)OPENSSL_sk_new_reserve((OPENSSL_sk_compfunc)compare, n); \ + } \ + static ossl_unused ossl_inline int sk_##t1##_reserve(STACK_OF(t1) *sk, int n) \ + { \ + return OPENSSL_sk_reserve((OPENSSL_STACK *)sk, n); \ + } \ + static ossl_unused ossl_inline void sk_##t1##_free(STACK_OF(t1) *sk) \ + { \ + OPENSSL_sk_free((OPENSSL_STACK *)sk); \ + } \ + static ossl_unused ossl_inline void sk_##t1##_zero(STACK_OF(t1) *sk) \ + { \ + OPENSSL_sk_zero((OPENSSL_STACK *)sk); \ + } \ + static ossl_unused ossl_inline t2 *sk_##t1##_delete(STACK_OF(t1) *sk, int i) \ + { \ + return (t2 *)OPENSSL_sk_delete((OPENSSL_STACK *)sk, i); \ + } \ + static ossl_unused ossl_inline t2 *sk_##t1##_delete_ptr(STACK_OF(t1) *sk, t2 *ptr) \ + { \ + return (t2 *)OPENSSL_sk_delete_ptr((OPENSSL_STACK *)sk, \ + (const void *)ptr); \ + } \ + static ossl_unused ossl_inline int sk_##t1##_push(STACK_OF(t1) *sk, t2 *ptr) \ + { \ + return OPENSSL_sk_push((OPENSSL_STACK *)sk, (const void *)ptr); \ + } \ + static ossl_unused ossl_inline int sk_##t1##_unshift(STACK_OF(t1) *sk, t2 *ptr) \ + { \ + return OPENSSL_sk_unshift((OPENSSL_STACK *)sk, (const void *)ptr); \ + } \ + static ossl_unused ossl_inline t2 *sk_##t1##_pop(STACK_OF(t1) *sk) \ + { \ + return (t2 *)OPENSSL_sk_pop((OPENSSL_STACK *)sk); \ + } \ + static ossl_unused ossl_inline t2 *sk_##t1##_shift(STACK_OF(t1) *sk) \ + { \ + return (t2 *)OPENSSL_sk_shift((OPENSSL_STACK *)sk); \ + } \ + static ossl_unused ossl_inline void sk_##t1##_pop_free(STACK_OF(t1) *sk, sk_##t1##_freefunc freefunc) \ + { \ + OPENSSL_sk_pop_free((OPENSSL_STACK *)sk, (OPENSSL_sk_freefunc)freefunc); \ + } \ + static ossl_unused ossl_inline int sk_##t1##_insert(STACK_OF(t1) *sk, t2 *ptr, int idx) \ + { \ + return OPENSSL_sk_insert((OPENSSL_STACK *)sk, (const void *)ptr, idx); \ + } \ + static ossl_unused ossl_inline t2 *sk_##t1##_set(STACK_OF(t1) *sk, int idx, t2 *ptr) \ + { \ + return (t2 *)OPENSSL_sk_set((OPENSSL_STACK *)sk, idx, (const void *)ptr); \ + } \ + static ossl_unused ossl_inline int sk_##t1##_find(STACK_OF(t1) *sk, t2 *ptr) \ + { \ + return OPENSSL_sk_find((OPENSSL_STACK *)sk, (const void *)ptr); \ + } \ + static ossl_unused ossl_inline int sk_##t1##_find_ex(STACK_OF(t1) *sk, t2 *ptr) \ + { \ + return OPENSSL_sk_find_ex((OPENSSL_STACK *)sk, (const void *)ptr); \ + } \ + static ossl_unused ossl_inline void sk_##t1##_sort(STACK_OF(t1) *sk) \ + { \ + OPENSSL_sk_sort((OPENSSL_STACK *)sk); \ + } \ + static ossl_unused ossl_inline int sk_##t1##_is_sorted(const STACK_OF(t1) *sk) \ + { \ + return OPENSSL_sk_is_sorted((const OPENSSL_STACK *)sk); \ + } \ + static ossl_unused ossl_inline STACK_OF(t1) * sk_##t1##_dup(const STACK_OF(t1) *sk) \ + { \ + return (STACK_OF(t1) *)OPENSSL_sk_dup((const OPENSSL_STACK *)sk); \ + } \ + static ossl_unused ossl_inline STACK_OF(t1) *sk_##t1##_deep_copy(const STACK_OF(t1) *sk, \ + sk_##t1##_copyfunc copyfunc, \ + sk_##t1##_freefunc freefunc) \ + { \ + return (STACK_OF(t1) *)OPENSSL_sk_deep_copy((const OPENSSL_STACK *)sk, \ + (OPENSSL_sk_copyfunc)copyfunc, \ + (OPENSSL_sk_freefunc)freefunc); \ + } \ + static ossl_unused ossl_inline sk_##t1##_compfunc sk_##t1##_set_cmp_func(STACK_OF(t1) *sk, sk_##t1##_compfunc compare) \ + { \ + return (sk_##t1##_compfunc)OPENSSL_sk_set_cmp_func((OPENSSL_STACK *)sk, (OPENSSL_sk_compfunc)compare); \ + } + +# define DEFINE_SPECIAL_STACK_OF(t1, t2) SKM_DEFINE_STACK_OF(t1, t2, t2) +# define DEFINE_STACK_OF(t) SKM_DEFINE_STACK_OF(t, t, t) +# define DEFINE_SPECIAL_STACK_OF_CONST(t1, t2) \ + SKM_DEFINE_STACK_OF(t1, const t2, t2) +# define DEFINE_STACK_OF_CONST(t) SKM_DEFINE_STACK_OF(t, const t, t) + +/*- + * Strings are special: normally an lhash entry will point to a single + * (somewhat) mutable object. In the case of strings: + * + * a) Instead of a single char, there is an array of chars, NUL-terminated. + * b) The string may have be immutable. + * + * So, they need their own declarations. Especially important for + * type-checking tools, such as Deputy. + * + * In practice, however, it appears to be hard to have a const + * string. For now, I'm settling for dealing with the fact it is a + * string at all. + */ +typedef char *OPENSSL_STRING; +typedef const char *OPENSSL_CSTRING; + +/*- + * Confusingly, LHASH_OF(STRING) deals with char ** throughout, but + * STACK_OF(STRING) is really more like STACK_OF(char), only, as mentioned + * above, instead of a single char each entry is a NUL-terminated array of + * chars. So, we have to implement STRING specially for STACK_OF. This is + * dealt with in the autogenerated macros below. + */ +DEFINE_SPECIAL_STACK_OF(OPENSSL_STRING, char) +DEFINE_SPECIAL_STACK_OF_CONST(OPENSSL_CSTRING, char) + +/* + * Similarly, we sometimes use a block of characters, NOT nul-terminated. + * These should also be distinguished from "normal" stacks. + */ +typedef void *OPENSSL_BLOCK; +DEFINE_SPECIAL_STACK_OF(OPENSSL_BLOCK, void) + +/* + * If called without higher optimization (min. -xO3) the Oracle Developer + * Studio compiler generates code for the defined (static inline) functions + * above. + * This would later lead to the linker complaining about missing symbols when + * this header file is included but the resulting object is not linked against + * the Crypto library (openssl#6912). + */ +# ifdef __SUNPRO_C +# pragma weak OPENSSL_sk_num +# pragma weak OPENSSL_sk_value +# pragma weak OPENSSL_sk_new +# pragma weak OPENSSL_sk_new_null +# pragma weak OPENSSL_sk_new_reserve +# pragma weak OPENSSL_sk_reserve +# pragma weak OPENSSL_sk_free +# pragma weak OPENSSL_sk_zero +# pragma weak OPENSSL_sk_delete +# pragma weak OPENSSL_sk_delete_ptr +# pragma weak OPENSSL_sk_push +# pragma weak OPENSSL_sk_unshift +# pragma weak OPENSSL_sk_pop +# pragma weak OPENSSL_sk_shift +# pragma weak OPENSSL_sk_pop_free +# pragma weak OPENSSL_sk_insert +# pragma weak OPENSSL_sk_set +# pragma weak OPENSSL_sk_find +# pragma weak OPENSSL_sk_find_ex +# pragma weak OPENSSL_sk_sort +# pragma weak OPENSSL_sk_is_sorted +# pragma weak OPENSSL_sk_dup +# pragma weak OPENSSL_sk_deep_copy +# pragma weak OPENSSL_sk_set_cmp_func +# endif /* __SUNPRO_C */ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/seed.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/seed.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..de10b085 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/seed.h @@ -0,0 +1,96 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2007-2016 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +/* + * Copyright (c) 2007 KISA(Korea Information Security Agency). All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Neither the name of author nor the names of its contributors may + * be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_SEED_H +# define HEADER_SEED_H + +# include <openssl/opensslconf.h> + +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_SEED +# include <openssl/e_os2.h> +# include <openssl/crypto.h> + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/* look whether we need 'long' to get 32 bits */ +# ifdef AES_LONG +# ifndef SEED_LONG +# define SEED_LONG 1 +# endif +# endif + +# include <sys/types.h> + +# define SEED_BLOCK_SIZE 16 +# define SEED_KEY_LENGTH 16 + +typedef struct seed_key_st { +# ifdef SEED_LONG + unsigned long data[32]; +# else + unsigned int data[32]; +# endif +} SEED_KEY_SCHEDULE; + +void SEED_set_key(const unsigned char rawkey[SEED_KEY_LENGTH], + SEED_KEY_SCHEDULE *ks); + +void SEED_encrypt(const unsigned char s[SEED_BLOCK_SIZE], + unsigned char d[SEED_BLOCK_SIZE], + const SEED_KEY_SCHEDULE *ks); +void SEED_decrypt(const unsigned char s[SEED_BLOCK_SIZE], + unsigned char d[SEED_BLOCK_SIZE], + const SEED_KEY_SCHEDULE *ks); + +void SEED_ecb_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out, + const SEED_KEY_SCHEDULE *ks, int enc); +void SEED_cbc_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out, size_t len, + const SEED_KEY_SCHEDULE *ks, + unsigned char ivec[SEED_BLOCK_SIZE], int enc); +void SEED_cfb128_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out, + size_t len, const SEED_KEY_SCHEDULE *ks, + unsigned char ivec[SEED_BLOCK_SIZE], int *num, + int enc); +void SEED_ofb128_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out, + size_t len, const SEED_KEY_SCHEDULE *ks, + unsigned char ivec[SEED_BLOCK_SIZE], int *num); + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif +# endif + +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/sha.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/sha.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6a1eb0de --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/sha.h @@ -0,0 +1,119 @@ +/* + * Copyright 1995-2016 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_SHA_H +# define HEADER_SHA_H + +# include <openssl/e_os2.h> +# include <stddef.h> + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/*- + * !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! + * ! SHA_LONG has to be at least 32 bits wide. ! + * !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! + */ +# define SHA_LONG unsigned int + +# define SHA_LBLOCK 16 +# define SHA_CBLOCK (SHA_LBLOCK*4)/* SHA treats input data as a + * contiguous array of 32 bit wide + * big-endian values. */ +# define SHA_LAST_BLOCK (SHA_CBLOCK-8) +# define SHA_DIGEST_LENGTH 20 + +typedef struct SHAstate_st { + SHA_LONG h0, h1, h2, h3, h4; + SHA_LONG Nl, Nh; + SHA_LONG data[SHA_LBLOCK]; + unsigned int num; +} SHA_CTX; + +int SHA1_Init(SHA_CTX *c); +int SHA1_Update(SHA_CTX *c, const void *data, size_t len); +int SHA1_Final(unsigned char *md, SHA_CTX *c); +unsigned char *SHA1(const unsigned char *d, size_t n, unsigned char *md); +void SHA1_Transform(SHA_CTX *c, const unsigned char *data); + +# define SHA256_CBLOCK (SHA_LBLOCK*4)/* SHA-256 treats input data as a + * contiguous array of 32 bit wide + * big-endian values. */ + +typedef struct SHA256state_st { + SHA_LONG h[8]; + SHA_LONG Nl, Nh; + SHA_LONG data[SHA_LBLOCK]; + unsigned int num, md_len; +} SHA256_CTX; + +int SHA224_Init(SHA256_CTX *c); +int SHA224_Update(SHA256_CTX *c, const void *data, size_t len); +int SHA224_Final(unsigned char *md, SHA256_CTX *c); +unsigned char *SHA224(const unsigned char *d, size_t n, unsigned char *md); +int SHA256_Init(SHA256_CTX *c); +int SHA256_Update(SHA256_CTX *c, const void *data, size_t len); +int SHA256_Final(unsigned char *md, SHA256_CTX *c); +unsigned char *SHA256(const unsigned char *d, size_t n, unsigned char *md); +void SHA256_Transform(SHA256_CTX *c, const unsigned char *data); + +# define SHA224_DIGEST_LENGTH 28 +# define SHA256_DIGEST_LENGTH 32 +# define SHA384_DIGEST_LENGTH 48 +# define SHA512_DIGEST_LENGTH 64 + +/* + * Unlike 32-bit digest algorithms, SHA-512 *relies* on SHA_LONG64 + * being exactly 64-bit wide. See Implementation Notes in sha512.c + * for further details. + */ +/* + * SHA-512 treats input data as a + * contiguous array of 64 bit + * wide big-endian values. + */ +# define SHA512_CBLOCK (SHA_LBLOCK*8) +# if (defined(_WIN32) || defined(_WIN64)) && !defined(__MINGW32__) +# define SHA_LONG64 unsigned __int64 +# define U64(C) C##UI64 +# elif defined(__arch64__) +# define SHA_LONG64 unsigned long +# define U64(C) C##UL +# else +# define SHA_LONG64 unsigned long long +# define U64(C) C##ULL +# endif + +typedef struct SHA512state_st { + SHA_LONG64 h[8]; + SHA_LONG64 Nl, Nh; + union { + SHA_LONG64 d[SHA_LBLOCK]; + unsigned char p[SHA512_CBLOCK]; + } u; + unsigned int num, md_len; +} SHA512_CTX; + +int SHA384_Init(SHA512_CTX *c); +int SHA384_Update(SHA512_CTX *c, const void *data, size_t len); +int SHA384_Final(unsigned char *md, SHA512_CTX *c); +unsigned char *SHA384(const unsigned char *d, size_t n, unsigned char *md); +int SHA512_Init(SHA512_CTX *c); +int SHA512_Update(SHA512_CTX *c, const void *data, size_t len); +int SHA512_Final(unsigned char *md, SHA512_CTX *c); +unsigned char *SHA512(const unsigned char *d, size_t n, unsigned char *md); +void SHA512_Transform(SHA512_CTX *c, const unsigned char *data); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/srp.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/srp.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..aaf13558 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/srp.h @@ -0,0 +1,135 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2004-2018 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2004, EdelKey Project. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + * + * Originally written by Christophe Renou and Peter Sylvester, + * for the EdelKey project. + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_SRP_H +# define HEADER_SRP_H + +#include <openssl/opensslconf.h> + +#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_SRP +# include <stdio.h> +# include <string.h> +# include <openssl/safestack.h> +# include <openssl/bn.h> +# include <openssl/crypto.h> + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +typedef struct SRP_gN_cache_st { + char *b64_bn; + BIGNUM *bn; +} SRP_gN_cache; + + +DEFINE_STACK_OF(SRP_gN_cache) + +typedef struct SRP_user_pwd_st { + /* Owned by us. */ + char *id; + BIGNUM *s; + BIGNUM *v; + /* Not owned by us. */ + const BIGNUM *g; + const BIGNUM *N; + /* Owned by us. */ + char *info; +} SRP_user_pwd; + +void SRP_user_pwd_free(SRP_user_pwd *user_pwd); + +DEFINE_STACK_OF(SRP_user_pwd) + +typedef struct SRP_VBASE_st { + STACK_OF(SRP_user_pwd) *users_pwd; + STACK_OF(SRP_gN_cache) *gN_cache; +/* to simulate a user */ + char *seed_key; + const BIGNUM *default_g; + const BIGNUM *default_N; +} SRP_VBASE; + +/* + * Internal structure storing N and g pair + */ +typedef struct SRP_gN_st { + char *id; + const BIGNUM *g; + const BIGNUM *N; +} SRP_gN; + +DEFINE_STACK_OF(SRP_gN) + +SRP_VBASE *SRP_VBASE_new(char *seed_key); +void SRP_VBASE_free(SRP_VBASE *vb); +int SRP_VBASE_init(SRP_VBASE *vb, char *verifier_file); + +/* This method ignores the configured seed and fails for an unknown user. */ +DEPRECATEDIN_1_1_0(SRP_user_pwd *SRP_VBASE_get_by_user(SRP_VBASE *vb, char *username)) +/* NOTE: unlike in SRP_VBASE_get_by_user, caller owns the returned pointer.*/ +SRP_user_pwd *SRP_VBASE_get1_by_user(SRP_VBASE *vb, char *username); + +char *SRP_create_verifier(const char *user, const char *pass, char **salt, + char **verifier, const char *N, const char *g); +int SRP_create_verifier_BN(const char *user, const char *pass, BIGNUM **salt, + BIGNUM **verifier, const BIGNUM *N, + const BIGNUM *g); + +# define SRP_NO_ERROR 0 +# define SRP_ERR_VBASE_INCOMPLETE_FILE 1 +# define SRP_ERR_VBASE_BN_LIB 2 +# define SRP_ERR_OPEN_FILE 3 +# define SRP_ERR_MEMORY 4 + +# define DB_srptype 0 +# define DB_srpverifier 1 +# define DB_srpsalt 2 +# define DB_srpid 3 +# define DB_srpgN 4 +# define DB_srpinfo 5 +# undef DB_NUMBER +# define DB_NUMBER 6 + +# define DB_SRP_INDEX 'I' +# define DB_SRP_VALID 'V' +# define DB_SRP_REVOKED 'R' +# define DB_SRP_MODIF 'v' + +/* see srp.c */ +char *SRP_check_known_gN_param(const BIGNUM *g, const BIGNUM *N); +SRP_gN *SRP_get_default_gN(const char *id); + +/* server side .... */ +BIGNUM *SRP_Calc_server_key(const BIGNUM *A, const BIGNUM *v, const BIGNUM *u, + const BIGNUM *b, const BIGNUM *N); +BIGNUM *SRP_Calc_B(const BIGNUM *b, const BIGNUM *N, const BIGNUM *g, + const BIGNUM *v); +int SRP_Verify_A_mod_N(const BIGNUM *A, const BIGNUM *N); +BIGNUM *SRP_Calc_u(const BIGNUM *A, const BIGNUM *B, const BIGNUM *N); + +/* client side .... */ +BIGNUM *SRP_Calc_x(const BIGNUM *s, const char *user, const char *pass); +BIGNUM *SRP_Calc_A(const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *N, const BIGNUM *g); +BIGNUM *SRP_Calc_client_key(const BIGNUM *N, const BIGNUM *B, const BIGNUM *g, + const BIGNUM *x, const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *u); +int SRP_Verify_B_mod_N(const BIGNUM *B, const BIGNUM *N); + +# define SRP_MINIMAL_N 1024 + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif +# endif + +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/srtp.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/srtp.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0b57c235 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/srtp.h @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2011-2016 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +/* + * DTLS code by Eric Rescorla <ekr@rtfm.com> + * + * Copyright (C) 2006, Network Resonance, Inc. Copyright (C) 2011, RTFM, Inc. + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_D1_SRTP_H +# define HEADER_D1_SRTP_H + +# include <openssl/ssl.h> + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +# define SRTP_AES128_CM_SHA1_80 0x0001 +# define SRTP_AES128_CM_SHA1_32 0x0002 +# define SRTP_AES128_F8_SHA1_80 0x0003 +# define SRTP_AES128_F8_SHA1_32 0x0004 +# define SRTP_NULL_SHA1_80 0x0005 +# define SRTP_NULL_SHA1_32 0x0006 + +/* AEAD SRTP protection profiles from RFC 7714 */ +# define SRTP_AEAD_AES_128_GCM 0x0007 +# define SRTP_AEAD_AES_256_GCM 0x0008 + +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_SRTP + +__owur int SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_use_srtp(SSL_CTX *ctx, const char *profiles); +__owur int SSL_set_tlsext_use_srtp(SSL *ssl, const char *profiles); + +__owur STACK_OF(SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE) *SSL_get_srtp_profiles(SSL *ssl); +__owur SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE *SSL_get_selected_srtp_profile(SSL *s); + +# endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ssl.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ssl.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fd0c5a99 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ssl.h @@ -0,0 +1,2438 @@ +/* + * Copyright 1995-2020 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2002, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved + * Copyright 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_SSL_H +# define HEADER_SSL_H + +# include <openssl/e_os2.h> +# include <openssl/opensslconf.h> +# include <openssl/comp.h> +# include <openssl/bio.h> +# if OPENSSL_API_COMPAT < 0x10100000L +# include <openssl/x509.h> +# include <openssl/crypto.h> +# include <openssl/buffer.h> +# endif +# include <openssl/lhash.h> +# include <openssl/pem.h> +# include <openssl/hmac.h> +# include <openssl/async.h> + +# include <openssl/safestack.h> +# include <openssl/symhacks.h> +# include <openssl/ct.h> +# include <openssl/sslerr.h> + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/* OpenSSL version number for ASN.1 encoding of the session information */ +/*- + * Version 0 - initial version + * Version 1 - added the optional peer certificate + */ +# define SSL_SESSION_ASN1_VERSION 0x0001 + +# define SSL_MAX_SSL_SESSION_ID_LENGTH 32 +# define SSL_MAX_SID_CTX_LENGTH 32 + +# define SSL_MIN_RSA_MODULUS_LENGTH_IN_BYTES (512/8) +# define SSL_MAX_KEY_ARG_LENGTH 8 +# define SSL_MAX_MASTER_KEY_LENGTH 48 + +/* The maximum number of encrypt/decrypt pipelines we can support */ +# define SSL_MAX_PIPELINES 32 + +/* text strings for the ciphers */ + +/* These are used to specify which ciphers to use and not to use */ + +# define SSL_TXT_LOW "LOW" +# define SSL_TXT_MEDIUM "MEDIUM" +# define SSL_TXT_HIGH "HIGH" +# define SSL_TXT_FIPS "FIPS" + +# define SSL_TXT_aNULL "aNULL" +# define SSL_TXT_eNULL "eNULL" +# define SSL_TXT_NULL "NULL" + +# define SSL_TXT_kRSA "kRSA" +# define SSL_TXT_kDHr "kDHr"/* this cipher class has been removed */ +# define SSL_TXT_kDHd "kDHd"/* this cipher class has been removed */ +# define SSL_TXT_kDH "kDH"/* this cipher class has been removed */ +# define SSL_TXT_kEDH "kEDH"/* alias for kDHE */ +# define SSL_TXT_kDHE "kDHE" +# define SSL_TXT_kECDHr "kECDHr"/* this cipher class has been removed */ +# define SSL_TXT_kECDHe "kECDHe"/* this cipher class has been removed */ +# define SSL_TXT_kECDH "kECDH"/* this cipher class has been removed */ +# define SSL_TXT_kEECDH "kEECDH"/* alias for kECDHE */ +# define SSL_TXT_kECDHE "kECDHE" +# define SSL_TXT_kPSK "kPSK" +# define SSL_TXT_kRSAPSK "kRSAPSK" +# define SSL_TXT_kECDHEPSK "kECDHEPSK" +# define SSL_TXT_kDHEPSK "kDHEPSK" +# define SSL_TXT_kGOST "kGOST" +# define SSL_TXT_kSRP "kSRP" + +# define SSL_TXT_aRSA "aRSA" +# define SSL_TXT_aDSS "aDSS" +# define SSL_TXT_aDH "aDH"/* this cipher class has been removed */ +# define SSL_TXT_aECDH "aECDH"/* this cipher class has been removed */ +# define SSL_TXT_aECDSA "aECDSA" +# define SSL_TXT_aPSK "aPSK" +# define SSL_TXT_aGOST94 "aGOST94" +# define SSL_TXT_aGOST01 "aGOST01" +# define SSL_TXT_aGOST12 "aGOST12" +# define SSL_TXT_aGOST "aGOST" +# define SSL_TXT_aSRP "aSRP" + +# define SSL_TXT_DSS "DSS" +# define SSL_TXT_DH "DH" +# define SSL_TXT_DHE "DHE"/* same as "kDHE:-ADH" */ +# define SSL_TXT_EDH "EDH"/* alias for DHE */ +# define SSL_TXT_ADH "ADH" +# define SSL_TXT_RSA "RSA" +# define SSL_TXT_ECDH "ECDH" +# define SSL_TXT_EECDH "EECDH"/* alias for ECDHE" */ +# define SSL_TXT_ECDHE "ECDHE"/* same as "kECDHE:-AECDH" */ +# define SSL_TXT_AECDH "AECDH" +# define SSL_TXT_ECDSA "ECDSA" +# define SSL_TXT_PSK "PSK" +# define SSL_TXT_SRP "SRP" + +# define SSL_TXT_DES "DES" +# define SSL_TXT_3DES "3DES" +# define SSL_TXT_RC4 "RC4" +# define SSL_TXT_RC2 "RC2" +# define SSL_TXT_IDEA "IDEA" +# define SSL_TXT_SEED "SEED" +# define SSL_TXT_AES128 "AES128" +# define SSL_TXT_AES256 "AES256" +# define SSL_TXT_AES "AES" +# define SSL_TXT_AES_GCM "AESGCM" +# define SSL_TXT_AES_CCM "AESCCM" +# define SSL_TXT_AES_CCM_8 "AESCCM8" +# define SSL_TXT_CAMELLIA128 "CAMELLIA128" +# define SSL_TXT_CAMELLIA256 "CAMELLIA256" +# define SSL_TXT_CAMELLIA "CAMELLIA" +# define SSL_TXT_CHACHA20 "CHACHA20" +# define SSL_TXT_GOST "GOST89" +# define SSL_TXT_ARIA "ARIA" +# define SSL_TXT_ARIA_GCM "ARIAGCM" +# define SSL_TXT_ARIA128 "ARIA128" +# define SSL_TXT_ARIA256 "ARIA256" + +# define SSL_TXT_MD5 "MD5" +# define SSL_TXT_SHA1 "SHA1" +# define SSL_TXT_SHA "SHA"/* same as "SHA1" */ +# define SSL_TXT_GOST94 "GOST94" +# define SSL_TXT_GOST89MAC "GOST89MAC" +# define SSL_TXT_GOST12 "GOST12" +# define SSL_TXT_GOST89MAC12 "GOST89MAC12" +# define SSL_TXT_SHA256 "SHA256" +# define SSL_TXT_SHA384 "SHA384" + +# define SSL_TXT_SSLV3 "SSLv3" +# define SSL_TXT_TLSV1 "TLSv1" +# define SSL_TXT_TLSV1_1 "TLSv1.1" +# define SSL_TXT_TLSV1_2 "TLSv1.2" + +# define SSL_TXT_ALL "ALL" + +/*- + * COMPLEMENTOF* definitions. These identifiers are used to (de-select) + * ciphers normally not being used. + * Example: "RC4" will activate all ciphers using RC4 including ciphers + * without authentication, which would normally disabled by DEFAULT (due + * the "!ADH" being part of default). Therefore "RC4:!COMPLEMENTOFDEFAULT" + * will make sure that it is also disabled in the specific selection. + * COMPLEMENTOF* identifiers are portable between version, as adjustments + * to the default cipher setup will also be included here. + * + * COMPLEMENTOFDEFAULT does not experience the same special treatment that + * DEFAULT gets, as only selection is being done and no sorting as needed + * for DEFAULT. + */ +# define SSL_TXT_CMPALL "COMPLEMENTOFALL" +# define SSL_TXT_CMPDEF "COMPLEMENTOFDEFAULT" + +/* + * The following cipher list is used by default. It also is substituted when + * an application-defined cipher list string starts with 'DEFAULT'. + * This applies to ciphersuites for TLSv1.2 and below. + */ +# define SSL_DEFAULT_CIPHER_LIST "ALL:!COMPLEMENTOFDEFAULT:!eNULL" +/* This is the default set of TLSv1.3 ciphersuites */ +# if !defined(OPENSSL_NO_CHACHA) && !defined(OPENSSL_NO_POLY1305) +# define TLS_DEFAULT_CIPHERSUITES "TLS_AES_256_GCM_SHA384:" \ + "TLS_CHACHA20_POLY1305_SHA256:" \ + "TLS_AES_128_GCM_SHA256" +# else +# define TLS_DEFAULT_CIPHERSUITES "TLS_AES_256_GCM_SHA384:" \ + "TLS_AES_128_GCM_SHA256" +#endif +/* + * As of OpenSSL 1.0.0, ssl_create_cipher_list() in ssl/ssl_ciph.c always + * starts with a reasonable order, and all we have to do for DEFAULT is + * throwing out anonymous and unencrypted ciphersuites! (The latter are not + * actually enabled by ALL, but "ALL:RSA" would enable some of them.) + */ + +/* Used in SSL_set_shutdown()/SSL_get_shutdown(); */ +# define SSL_SENT_SHUTDOWN 1 +# define SSL_RECEIVED_SHUTDOWN 2 + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +# define SSL_FILETYPE_ASN1 X509_FILETYPE_ASN1 +# define SSL_FILETYPE_PEM X509_FILETYPE_PEM + +/* + * This is needed to stop compilers complaining about the 'struct ssl_st *' + * function parameters used to prototype callbacks in SSL_CTX. + */ +typedef struct ssl_st *ssl_crock_st; +typedef struct tls_session_ticket_ext_st TLS_SESSION_TICKET_EXT; +typedef struct ssl_method_st SSL_METHOD; +typedef struct ssl_cipher_st SSL_CIPHER; +typedef struct ssl_session_st SSL_SESSION; +typedef struct tls_sigalgs_st TLS_SIGALGS; +typedef struct ssl_conf_ctx_st SSL_CONF_CTX; +typedef struct ssl_comp_st SSL_COMP; + +STACK_OF(SSL_CIPHER); +STACK_OF(SSL_COMP); + +/* SRTP protection profiles for use with the use_srtp extension (RFC 5764)*/ +typedef struct srtp_protection_profile_st { + const char *name; + unsigned long id; +} SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE; + +DEFINE_STACK_OF(SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE) + +typedef int (*tls_session_ticket_ext_cb_fn)(SSL *s, const unsigned char *data, + int len, void *arg); +typedef int (*tls_session_secret_cb_fn)(SSL *s, void *secret, int *secret_len, + STACK_OF(SSL_CIPHER) *peer_ciphers, + const SSL_CIPHER **cipher, void *arg); + +/* Extension context codes */ +/* This extension is only allowed in TLS */ +#define SSL_EXT_TLS_ONLY 0x0001 +/* This extension is only allowed in DTLS */ +#define SSL_EXT_DTLS_ONLY 0x0002 +/* Some extensions may be allowed in DTLS but we don't implement them for it */ +#define SSL_EXT_TLS_IMPLEMENTATION_ONLY 0x0004 +/* Most extensions are not defined for SSLv3 but EXT_TYPE_renegotiate is */ +#define SSL_EXT_SSL3_ALLOWED 0x0008 +/* Extension is only defined for TLS1.2 and below */ +#define SSL_EXT_TLS1_2_AND_BELOW_ONLY 0x0010 +/* Extension is only defined for TLS1.3 and above */ +#define SSL_EXT_TLS1_3_ONLY 0x0020 +/* Ignore this extension during parsing if we are resuming */ +#define SSL_EXT_IGNORE_ON_RESUMPTION 0x0040 +#define SSL_EXT_CLIENT_HELLO 0x0080 +/* Really means TLS1.2 or below */ +#define SSL_EXT_TLS1_2_SERVER_HELLO 0x0100 +#define SSL_EXT_TLS1_3_SERVER_HELLO 0x0200 +#define SSL_EXT_TLS1_3_ENCRYPTED_EXTENSIONS 0x0400 +#define SSL_EXT_TLS1_3_HELLO_RETRY_REQUEST 0x0800 +#define SSL_EXT_TLS1_3_CERTIFICATE 0x1000 +#define SSL_EXT_TLS1_3_NEW_SESSION_TICKET 0x2000 +#define SSL_EXT_TLS1_3_CERTIFICATE_REQUEST 0x4000 + +/* Typedefs for handling custom extensions */ + +typedef int (*custom_ext_add_cb)(SSL *s, unsigned int ext_type, + const unsigned char **out, size_t *outlen, + int *al, void *add_arg); + +typedef void (*custom_ext_free_cb)(SSL *s, unsigned int ext_type, + const unsigned char *out, void *add_arg); + +typedef int (*custom_ext_parse_cb)(SSL *s, unsigned int ext_type, + const unsigned char *in, size_t inlen, + int *al, void *parse_arg); + + +typedef int (*SSL_custom_ext_add_cb_ex)(SSL *s, unsigned int ext_type, + unsigned int context, + const unsigned char **out, + size_t *outlen, X509 *x, + size_t chainidx, + int *al, void *add_arg); + +typedef void (*SSL_custom_ext_free_cb_ex)(SSL *s, unsigned int ext_type, + unsigned int context, + const unsigned char *out, + void *add_arg); + +typedef int (*SSL_custom_ext_parse_cb_ex)(SSL *s, unsigned int ext_type, + unsigned int context, + const unsigned char *in, + size_t inlen, X509 *x, + size_t chainidx, + int *al, void *parse_arg); + +/* Typedef for verification callback */ +typedef int (*SSL_verify_cb)(int preverify_ok, X509_STORE_CTX *x509_ctx); + +/* + * Some values are reserved until OpenSSL 1.2.0 because they were previously + * included in SSL_OP_ALL in a 1.1.x release. + * + * Reserved value (until OpenSSL 1.2.0) 0x00000001U + * Reserved value (until OpenSSL 1.2.0) 0x00000002U + */ +/* Allow initial connection to servers that don't support RI */ +# define SSL_OP_LEGACY_SERVER_CONNECT 0x00000004U + +/* Reserved value (until OpenSSL 1.2.0) 0x00000008U */ +# define SSL_OP_TLSEXT_PADDING 0x00000010U +/* Reserved value (until OpenSSL 1.2.0) 0x00000020U */ +# define SSL_OP_SAFARI_ECDHE_ECDSA_BUG 0x00000040U +/* + * Reserved value (until OpenSSL 1.2.0) 0x00000080U + * Reserved value (until OpenSSL 1.2.0) 0x00000100U + * Reserved value (until OpenSSL 1.2.0) 0x00000200U + */ + +/* In TLSv1.3 allow a non-(ec)dhe based kex_mode */ +# define SSL_OP_ALLOW_NO_DHE_KEX 0x00000400U + +/* + * Disable SSL 3.0/TLS 1.0 CBC vulnerability workaround that was added in + * OpenSSL 0.9.6d. Usually (depending on the application protocol) the + * workaround is not needed. Unfortunately some broken SSL/TLS + * implementations cannot handle it at all, which is why we include it in + * SSL_OP_ALL. Added in 0.9.6e + */ +# define SSL_OP_DONT_INSERT_EMPTY_FRAGMENTS 0x00000800U + +/* DTLS options */ +# define SSL_OP_NO_QUERY_MTU 0x00001000U +/* Turn on Cookie Exchange (on relevant for servers) */ +# define SSL_OP_COOKIE_EXCHANGE 0x00002000U +/* Don't use RFC4507 ticket extension */ +# define SSL_OP_NO_TICKET 0x00004000U +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_DTLS1_METHOD +/* Use Cisco's "speshul" version of DTLS_BAD_VER + * (only with deprecated DTLSv1_client_method()) */ +# define SSL_OP_CISCO_ANYCONNECT 0x00008000U +# endif + +/* As server, disallow session resumption on renegotiation */ +# define SSL_OP_NO_SESSION_RESUMPTION_ON_RENEGOTIATION 0x00010000U +/* Don't use compression even if supported */ +# define SSL_OP_NO_COMPRESSION 0x00020000U +/* Permit unsafe legacy renegotiation */ +# define SSL_OP_ALLOW_UNSAFE_LEGACY_RENEGOTIATION 0x00040000U +/* Disable encrypt-then-mac */ +# define SSL_OP_NO_ENCRYPT_THEN_MAC 0x00080000U + +/* + * Enable TLSv1.3 Compatibility mode. This is on by default. A future version + * of OpenSSL may have this disabled by default. + */ +# define SSL_OP_ENABLE_MIDDLEBOX_COMPAT 0x00100000U + +/* Prioritize Chacha20Poly1305 when client does. + * Modifies SSL_OP_CIPHER_SERVER_PREFERENCE */ +# define SSL_OP_PRIORITIZE_CHACHA 0x00200000U + +/* + * Set on servers to choose the cipher according to the server's preferences + */ +# define SSL_OP_CIPHER_SERVER_PREFERENCE 0x00400000U +/* + * If set, a server will allow a client to issue a SSLv3.0 version number as + * latest version supported in the premaster secret, even when TLSv1.0 + * (version 3.1) was announced in the client hello. Normally this is + * forbidden to prevent version rollback attacks. + */ +# define SSL_OP_TLS_ROLLBACK_BUG 0x00800000U + +/* + * Switches off automatic TLSv1.3 anti-replay protection for early data. This + * is a server-side option only (no effect on the client). + */ +# define SSL_OP_NO_ANTI_REPLAY 0x01000000U + +# define SSL_OP_NO_SSLv3 0x02000000U +# define SSL_OP_NO_TLSv1 0x04000000U +# define SSL_OP_NO_TLSv1_2 0x08000000U +# define SSL_OP_NO_TLSv1_1 0x10000000U +# define SSL_OP_NO_TLSv1_3 0x20000000U + +# define SSL_OP_NO_DTLSv1 0x04000000U +# define SSL_OP_NO_DTLSv1_2 0x08000000U + +# define SSL_OP_NO_SSL_MASK (SSL_OP_NO_SSLv3|\ + SSL_OP_NO_TLSv1|SSL_OP_NO_TLSv1_1|SSL_OP_NO_TLSv1_2|SSL_OP_NO_TLSv1_3) +# define SSL_OP_NO_DTLS_MASK (SSL_OP_NO_DTLSv1|SSL_OP_NO_DTLSv1_2) + +/* Disallow all renegotiation */ +# define SSL_OP_NO_RENEGOTIATION 0x40000000U + +/* + * Make server add server-hello extension from early version of cryptopro + * draft, when GOST ciphersuite is negotiated. Required for interoperability + * with CryptoPro CSP 3.x + */ +# define SSL_OP_CRYPTOPRO_TLSEXT_BUG 0x80000000U + +/* + * SSL_OP_ALL: various bug workarounds that should be rather harmless. + * This used to be 0x000FFFFFL before 0.9.7. + * This used to be 0x80000BFFU before 1.1.1. + */ +# define SSL_OP_ALL (SSL_OP_CRYPTOPRO_TLSEXT_BUG|\ + SSL_OP_DONT_INSERT_EMPTY_FRAGMENTS|\ + SSL_OP_LEGACY_SERVER_CONNECT|\ + SSL_OP_TLSEXT_PADDING|\ + SSL_OP_SAFARI_ECDHE_ECDSA_BUG) + +/* OBSOLETE OPTIONS: retained for compatibility */ + +/* Removed from OpenSSL 1.1.0. Was 0x00000001L */ +/* Related to removed SSLv2. */ +# define SSL_OP_MICROSOFT_SESS_ID_BUG 0x0 +/* Removed from OpenSSL 1.1.0. Was 0x00000002L */ +/* Related to removed SSLv2. */ +# define SSL_OP_NETSCAPE_CHALLENGE_BUG 0x0 +/* Removed from OpenSSL 0.9.8q and 1.0.0c. Was 0x00000008L */ +/* Dead forever, see CVE-2010-4180 */ +# define SSL_OP_NETSCAPE_REUSE_CIPHER_CHANGE_BUG 0x0 +/* Removed from OpenSSL 1.0.1h and 1.0.2. Was 0x00000010L */ +/* Refers to ancient SSLREF and SSLv2. */ +# define SSL_OP_SSLREF2_REUSE_CERT_TYPE_BUG 0x0 +/* Removed from OpenSSL 1.1.0. Was 0x00000020 */ +# define SSL_OP_MICROSOFT_BIG_SSLV3_BUFFER 0x0 +/* Removed from OpenSSL 0.9.7h and 0.9.8b. Was 0x00000040L */ +# define SSL_OP_MSIE_SSLV2_RSA_PADDING 0x0 +/* Removed from OpenSSL 1.1.0. Was 0x00000080 */ +/* Ancient SSLeay version. */ +# define SSL_OP_SSLEAY_080_CLIENT_DH_BUG 0x0 +/* Removed from OpenSSL 1.1.0. Was 0x00000100L */ +# define SSL_OP_TLS_D5_BUG 0x0 +/* Removed from OpenSSL 1.1.0. Was 0x00000200L */ +# define SSL_OP_TLS_BLOCK_PADDING_BUG 0x0 +/* Removed from OpenSSL 1.1.0. Was 0x00080000L */ +# define SSL_OP_SINGLE_ECDH_USE 0x0 +/* Removed from OpenSSL 1.1.0. Was 0x00100000L */ +# define SSL_OP_SINGLE_DH_USE 0x0 +/* Removed from OpenSSL 1.0.1k and 1.0.2. Was 0x00200000L */ +# define SSL_OP_EPHEMERAL_RSA 0x0 +/* Removed from OpenSSL 1.1.0. Was 0x01000000L */ +# define SSL_OP_NO_SSLv2 0x0 +/* Removed from OpenSSL 1.0.1. Was 0x08000000L */ +# define SSL_OP_PKCS1_CHECK_1 0x0 +/* Removed from OpenSSL 1.0.1. Was 0x10000000L */ +# define SSL_OP_PKCS1_CHECK_2 0x0 +/* Removed from OpenSSL 1.1.0. Was 0x20000000L */ +# define SSL_OP_NETSCAPE_CA_DN_BUG 0x0 +/* Removed from OpenSSL 1.1.0. Was 0x40000000L */ +# define SSL_OP_NETSCAPE_DEMO_CIPHER_CHANGE_BUG 0x0 + +/* + * Allow SSL_write(..., n) to return r with 0 < r < n (i.e. report success + * when just a single record has been written): + */ +# define SSL_MODE_ENABLE_PARTIAL_WRITE 0x00000001U +/* + * Make it possible to retry SSL_write() with changed buffer location (buffer + * contents must stay the same!); this is not the default to avoid the + * misconception that non-blocking SSL_write() behaves like non-blocking + * write(): + */ +# define SSL_MODE_ACCEPT_MOVING_WRITE_BUFFER 0x00000002U +/* + * Never bother the application with retries if the transport is blocking: + */ +# define SSL_MODE_AUTO_RETRY 0x00000004U +/* Don't attempt to automatically build certificate chain */ +# define SSL_MODE_NO_AUTO_CHAIN 0x00000008U +/* + * Save RAM by releasing read and write buffers when they're empty. (SSL3 and + * TLS only.) Released buffers are freed. + */ +# define SSL_MODE_RELEASE_BUFFERS 0x00000010U +/* + * Send the current time in the Random fields of the ClientHello and + * ServerHello records for compatibility with hypothetical implementations + * that require it. + */ +# define SSL_MODE_SEND_CLIENTHELLO_TIME 0x00000020U +# define SSL_MODE_SEND_SERVERHELLO_TIME 0x00000040U +/* + * Send TLS_FALLBACK_SCSV in the ClientHello. To be set only by applications + * that reconnect with a downgraded protocol version; see + * draft-ietf-tls-downgrade-scsv-00 for details. DO NOT ENABLE THIS if your + * application attempts a normal handshake. Only use this in explicit + * fallback retries, following the guidance in + * draft-ietf-tls-downgrade-scsv-00. + */ +# define SSL_MODE_SEND_FALLBACK_SCSV 0x00000080U +/* + * Support Asynchronous operation + */ +# define SSL_MODE_ASYNC 0x00000100U + +/* + * When using DTLS/SCTP, include the terminating zero in the label + * used for computing the endpoint-pair shared secret. Required for + * interoperability with implementations having this bug like these + * older version of OpenSSL: + * - OpenSSL 1.0.0 series + * - OpenSSL 1.0.1 series + * - OpenSSL 1.0.2 series + * - OpenSSL 1.1.0 series + * - OpenSSL 1.1.1 and 1.1.1a + */ +# define SSL_MODE_DTLS_SCTP_LABEL_LENGTH_BUG 0x00000400U + +/* Cert related flags */ +/* + * Many implementations ignore some aspects of the TLS standards such as + * enforcing certificate chain algorithms. When this is set we enforce them. + */ +# define SSL_CERT_FLAG_TLS_STRICT 0x00000001U + +/* Suite B modes, takes same values as certificate verify flags */ +# define SSL_CERT_FLAG_SUITEB_128_LOS_ONLY 0x10000 +/* Suite B 192 bit only mode */ +# define SSL_CERT_FLAG_SUITEB_192_LOS 0x20000 +/* Suite B 128 bit mode allowing 192 bit algorithms */ +# define SSL_CERT_FLAG_SUITEB_128_LOS 0x30000 + +/* Perform all sorts of protocol violations for testing purposes */ +# define SSL_CERT_FLAG_BROKEN_PROTOCOL 0x10000000 + +/* Flags for building certificate chains */ +/* Treat any existing certificates as untrusted CAs */ +# define SSL_BUILD_CHAIN_FLAG_UNTRUSTED 0x1 +/* Don't include root CA in chain */ +# define SSL_BUILD_CHAIN_FLAG_NO_ROOT 0x2 +/* Just check certificates already there */ +# define SSL_BUILD_CHAIN_FLAG_CHECK 0x4 +/* Ignore verification errors */ +# define SSL_BUILD_CHAIN_FLAG_IGNORE_ERROR 0x8 +/* Clear verification errors from queue */ +# define SSL_BUILD_CHAIN_FLAG_CLEAR_ERROR 0x10 + +/* Flags returned by SSL_check_chain */ +/* Certificate can be used with this session */ +# define CERT_PKEY_VALID 0x1 +/* Certificate can also be used for signing */ +# define CERT_PKEY_SIGN 0x2 +/* EE certificate signing algorithm OK */ +# define CERT_PKEY_EE_SIGNATURE 0x10 +/* CA signature algorithms OK */ +# define CERT_PKEY_CA_SIGNATURE 0x20 +/* EE certificate parameters OK */ +# define CERT_PKEY_EE_PARAM 0x40 +/* CA certificate parameters OK */ +# define CERT_PKEY_CA_PARAM 0x80 +/* Signing explicitly allowed as opposed to SHA1 fallback */ +# define CERT_PKEY_EXPLICIT_SIGN 0x100 +/* Client CA issuer names match (always set for server cert) */ +# define CERT_PKEY_ISSUER_NAME 0x200 +/* Cert type matches client types (always set for server cert) */ +# define CERT_PKEY_CERT_TYPE 0x400 +/* Cert chain suitable to Suite B */ +# define CERT_PKEY_SUITEB 0x800 + +# define SSL_CONF_FLAG_CMDLINE 0x1 +# define SSL_CONF_FLAG_FILE 0x2 +# define SSL_CONF_FLAG_CLIENT 0x4 +# define SSL_CONF_FLAG_SERVER 0x8 +# define SSL_CONF_FLAG_SHOW_ERRORS 0x10 +# define SSL_CONF_FLAG_CERTIFICATE 0x20 +# define SSL_CONF_FLAG_REQUIRE_PRIVATE 0x40 +/* Configuration value types */ +# define SSL_CONF_TYPE_UNKNOWN 0x0 +# define SSL_CONF_TYPE_STRING 0x1 +# define SSL_CONF_TYPE_FILE 0x2 +# define SSL_CONF_TYPE_DIR 0x3 +# define SSL_CONF_TYPE_NONE 0x4 + +/* Maximum length of the application-controlled segment of a a TLSv1.3 cookie */ +# define SSL_COOKIE_LENGTH 4096 + +/* + * Note: SSL[_CTX]_set_{options,mode} use |= op on the previous value, they + * cannot be used to clear bits. + */ + +unsigned long SSL_CTX_get_options(const SSL_CTX *ctx); +unsigned long SSL_get_options(const SSL *s); +unsigned long SSL_CTX_clear_options(SSL_CTX *ctx, unsigned long op); +unsigned long SSL_clear_options(SSL *s, unsigned long op); +unsigned long SSL_CTX_set_options(SSL_CTX *ctx, unsigned long op); +unsigned long SSL_set_options(SSL *s, unsigned long op); + +# define SSL_CTX_set_mode(ctx,op) \ + SSL_CTX_ctrl((ctx),SSL_CTRL_MODE,(op),NULL) +# define SSL_CTX_clear_mode(ctx,op) \ + SSL_CTX_ctrl((ctx),SSL_CTRL_CLEAR_MODE,(op),NULL) +# define SSL_CTX_get_mode(ctx) \ + SSL_CTX_ctrl((ctx),SSL_CTRL_MODE,0,NULL) +# define SSL_clear_mode(ssl,op) \ + SSL_ctrl((ssl),SSL_CTRL_CLEAR_MODE,(op),NULL) +# define SSL_set_mode(ssl,op) \ + SSL_ctrl((ssl),SSL_CTRL_MODE,(op),NULL) +# define SSL_get_mode(ssl) \ + SSL_ctrl((ssl),SSL_CTRL_MODE,0,NULL) +# define SSL_set_mtu(ssl, mtu) \ + SSL_ctrl((ssl),SSL_CTRL_SET_MTU,(mtu),NULL) +# define DTLS_set_link_mtu(ssl, mtu) \ + SSL_ctrl((ssl),DTLS_CTRL_SET_LINK_MTU,(mtu),NULL) +# define DTLS_get_link_min_mtu(ssl) \ + SSL_ctrl((ssl),DTLS_CTRL_GET_LINK_MIN_MTU,0,NULL) + +# define SSL_get_secure_renegotiation_support(ssl) \ + SSL_ctrl((ssl), SSL_CTRL_GET_RI_SUPPORT, 0, NULL) + +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_HEARTBEATS +# define SSL_heartbeat(ssl) \ + SSL_ctrl((ssl),SSL_CTRL_DTLS_EXT_SEND_HEARTBEAT,0,NULL) +# endif + +# define SSL_CTX_set_cert_flags(ctx,op) \ + SSL_CTX_ctrl((ctx),SSL_CTRL_CERT_FLAGS,(op),NULL) +# define SSL_set_cert_flags(s,op) \ + SSL_ctrl((s),SSL_CTRL_CERT_FLAGS,(op),NULL) +# define SSL_CTX_clear_cert_flags(ctx,op) \ + SSL_CTX_ctrl((ctx),SSL_CTRL_CLEAR_CERT_FLAGS,(op),NULL) +# define SSL_clear_cert_flags(s,op) \ + SSL_ctrl((s),SSL_CTRL_CLEAR_CERT_FLAGS,(op),NULL) + +void SSL_CTX_set_msg_callback(SSL_CTX *ctx, + void (*cb) (int write_p, int version, + int content_type, const void *buf, + size_t len, SSL *ssl, void *arg)); +void SSL_set_msg_callback(SSL *ssl, + void (*cb) (int write_p, int version, + int content_type, const void *buf, + size_t len, SSL *ssl, void *arg)); +# define SSL_CTX_set_msg_callback_arg(ctx, arg) SSL_CTX_ctrl((ctx), SSL_CTRL_SET_MSG_CALLBACK_ARG, 0, (arg)) +# define SSL_set_msg_callback_arg(ssl, arg) SSL_ctrl((ssl), SSL_CTRL_SET_MSG_CALLBACK_ARG, 0, (arg)) + +# define SSL_get_extms_support(s) \ + SSL_ctrl((s),SSL_CTRL_GET_EXTMS_SUPPORT,0,NULL) + +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_SRP + +/* see tls_srp.c */ +__owur int SSL_SRP_CTX_init(SSL *s); +__owur int SSL_CTX_SRP_CTX_init(SSL_CTX *ctx); +int SSL_SRP_CTX_free(SSL *ctx); +int SSL_CTX_SRP_CTX_free(SSL_CTX *ctx); +__owur int SSL_srp_server_param_with_username(SSL *s, int *ad); +__owur int SRP_Calc_A_param(SSL *s); + +# endif + +/* 100k max cert list */ +# define SSL_MAX_CERT_LIST_DEFAULT 1024*100 + +# define SSL_SESSION_CACHE_MAX_SIZE_DEFAULT (1024*20) + +/* + * This callback type is used inside SSL_CTX, SSL, and in the functions that + * set them. It is used to override the generation of SSL/TLS session IDs in + * a server. Return value should be zero on an error, non-zero to proceed. + * Also, callbacks should themselves check if the id they generate is unique + * otherwise the SSL handshake will fail with an error - callbacks can do + * this using the 'ssl' value they're passed by; + * SSL_has_matching_session_id(ssl, id, *id_len) The length value passed in + * is set at the maximum size the session ID can be. In SSLv3/TLSv1 it is 32 + * bytes. The callback can alter this length to be less if desired. It is + * also an error for the callback to set the size to zero. + */ +typedef int (*GEN_SESSION_CB) (SSL *ssl, unsigned char *id, + unsigned int *id_len); + +# define SSL_SESS_CACHE_OFF 0x0000 +# define SSL_SESS_CACHE_CLIENT 0x0001 +# define SSL_SESS_CACHE_SERVER 0x0002 +# define SSL_SESS_CACHE_BOTH (SSL_SESS_CACHE_CLIENT|SSL_SESS_CACHE_SERVER) +# define SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_AUTO_CLEAR 0x0080 +/* enough comments already ... see SSL_CTX_set_session_cache_mode(3) */ +# define SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_INTERNAL_LOOKUP 0x0100 +# define SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_INTERNAL_STORE 0x0200 +# define SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_INTERNAL \ + (SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_INTERNAL_LOOKUP|SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_INTERNAL_STORE) + +LHASH_OF(SSL_SESSION) *SSL_CTX_sessions(SSL_CTX *ctx); +# define SSL_CTX_sess_number(ctx) \ + SSL_CTX_ctrl(ctx,SSL_CTRL_SESS_NUMBER,0,NULL) +# define SSL_CTX_sess_connect(ctx) \ + SSL_CTX_ctrl(ctx,SSL_CTRL_SESS_CONNECT,0,NULL) +# define SSL_CTX_sess_connect_good(ctx) \ + SSL_CTX_ctrl(ctx,SSL_CTRL_SESS_CONNECT_GOOD,0,NULL) +# define SSL_CTX_sess_connect_renegotiate(ctx) \ + SSL_CTX_ctrl(ctx,SSL_CTRL_SESS_CONNECT_RENEGOTIATE,0,NULL) +# define SSL_CTX_sess_accept(ctx) \ + SSL_CTX_ctrl(ctx,SSL_CTRL_SESS_ACCEPT,0,NULL) +# define SSL_CTX_sess_accept_renegotiate(ctx) \ + SSL_CTX_ctrl(ctx,SSL_CTRL_SESS_ACCEPT_RENEGOTIATE,0,NULL) +# define SSL_CTX_sess_accept_good(ctx) \ + SSL_CTX_ctrl(ctx,SSL_CTRL_SESS_ACCEPT_GOOD,0,NULL) +# define SSL_CTX_sess_hits(ctx) \ + SSL_CTX_ctrl(ctx,SSL_CTRL_SESS_HIT,0,NULL) +# define SSL_CTX_sess_cb_hits(ctx) \ + SSL_CTX_ctrl(ctx,SSL_CTRL_SESS_CB_HIT,0,NULL) +# define SSL_CTX_sess_misses(ctx) \ + SSL_CTX_ctrl(ctx,SSL_CTRL_SESS_MISSES,0,NULL) +# define SSL_CTX_sess_timeouts(ctx) \ + SSL_CTX_ctrl(ctx,SSL_CTRL_SESS_TIMEOUTS,0,NULL) +# define SSL_CTX_sess_cache_full(ctx) \ + SSL_CTX_ctrl(ctx,SSL_CTRL_SESS_CACHE_FULL,0,NULL) + +void SSL_CTX_sess_set_new_cb(SSL_CTX *ctx, + int (*new_session_cb) (struct ssl_st *ssl, + SSL_SESSION *sess)); +int (*SSL_CTX_sess_get_new_cb(SSL_CTX *ctx)) (struct ssl_st *ssl, + SSL_SESSION *sess); +void SSL_CTX_sess_set_remove_cb(SSL_CTX *ctx, + void (*remove_session_cb) (struct ssl_ctx_st + *ctx, + SSL_SESSION *sess)); +void (*SSL_CTX_sess_get_remove_cb(SSL_CTX *ctx)) (struct ssl_ctx_st *ctx, + SSL_SESSION *sess); +void SSL_CTX_sess_set_get_cb(SSL_CTX *ctx, + SSL_SESSION *(*get_session_cb) (struct ssl_st + *ssl, + const unsigned char + *data, int len, + int *copy)); +SSL_SESSION *(*SSL_CTX_sess_get_get_cb(SSL_CTX *ctx)) (struct ssl_st *ssl, + const unsigned char *data, + int len, int *copy); +void SSL_CTX_set_info_callback(SSL_CTX *ctx, + void (*cb) (const SSL *ssl, int type, int val)); +void (*SSL_CTX_get_info_callback(SSL_CTX *ctx)) (const SSL *ssl, int type, + int val); +void SSL_CTX_set_client_cert_cb(SSL_CTX *ctx, + int (*client_cert_cb) (SSL *ssl, X509 **x509, + EVP_PKEY **pkey)); +int (*SSL_CTX_get_client_cert_cb(SSL_CTX *ctx)) (SSL *ssl, X509 **x509, + EVP_PKEY **pkey); +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_ENGINE +__owur int SSL_CTX_set_client_cert_engine(SSL_CTX *ctx, ENGINE *e); +# endif +void SSL_CTX_set_cookie_generate_cb(SSL_CTX *ctx, + int (*app_gen_cookie_cb) (SSL *ssl, + unsigned char + *cookie, + unsigned int + *cookie_len)); +void SSL_CTX_set_cookie_verify_cb(SSL_CTX *ctx, + int (*app_verify_cookie_cb) (SSL *ssl, + const unsigned + char *cookie, + unsigned int + cookie_len)); + +void SSL_CTX_set_stateless_cookie_generate_cb( + SSL_CTX *ctx, + int (*gen_stateless_cookie_cb) (SSL *ssl, + unsigned char *cookie, + size_t *cookie_len)); +void SSL_CTX_set_stateless_cookie_verify_cb( + SSL_CTX *ctx, + int (*verify_stateless_cookie_cb) (SSL *ssl, + const unsigned char *cookie, + size_t cookie_len)); +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_NEXTPROTONEG + +typedef int (*SSL_CTX_npn_advertised_cb_func)(SSL *ssl, + const unsigned char **out, + unsigned int *outlen, + void *arg); +void SSL_CTX_set_next_protos_advertised_cb(SSL_CTX *s, + SSL_CTX_npn_advertised_cb_func cb, + void *arg); +# define SSL_CTX_set_npn_advertised_cb SSL_CTX_set_next_protos_advertised_cb + +typedef int (*SSL_CTX_npn_select_cb_func)(SSL *s, + unsigned char **out, + unsigned char *outlen, + const unsigned char *in, + unsigned int inlen, + void *arg); +void SSL_CTX_set_next_proto_select_cb(SSL_CTX *s, + SSL_CTX_npn_select_cb_func cb, + void *arg); +# define SSL_CTX_set_npn_select_cb SSL_CTX_set_next_proto_select_cb + +void SSL_get0_next_proto_negotiated(const SSL *s, const unsigned char **data, + unsigned *len); +# define SSL_get0_npn_negotiated SSL_get0_next_proto_negotiated +# endif + +__owur int SSL_select_next_proto(unsigned char **out, unsigned char *outlen, + const unsigned char *in, unsigned int inlen, + const unsigned char *client, + unsigned int client_len); + +# define OPENSSL_NPN_UNSUPPORTED 0 +# define OPENSSL_NPN_NEGOTIATED 1 +# define OPENSSL_NPN_NO_OVERLAP 2 + +__owur int SSL_CTX_set_alpn_protos(SSL_CTX *ctx, const unsigned char *protos, + unsigned int protos_len); +__owur int SSL_set_alpn_protos(SSL *ssl, const unsigned char *protos, + unsigned int protos_len); +typedef int (*SSL_CTX_alpn_select_cb_func)(SSL *ssl, + const unsigned char **out, + unsigned char *outlen, + const unsigned char *in, + unsigned int inlen, + void *arg); +void SSL_CTX_set_alpn_select_cb(SSL_CTX *ctx, + SSL_CTX_alpn_select_cb_func cb, + void *arg); +void SSL_get0_alpn_selected(const SSL *ssl, const unsigned char **data, + unsigned int *len); + +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_PSK +/* + * the maximum length of the buffer given to callbacks containing the + * resulting identity/psk + */ +# define PSK_MAX_IDENTITY_LEN 128 +# define PSK_MAX_PSK_LEN 256 +typedef unsigned int (*SSL_psk_client_cb_func)(SSL *ssl, + const char *hint, + char *identity, + unsigned int max_identity_len, + unsigned char *psk, + unsigned int max_psk_len); +void SSL_CTX_set_psk_client_callback(SSL_CTX *ctx, SSL_psk_client_cb_func cb); +void SSL_set_psk_client_callback(SSL *ssl, SSL_psk_client_cb_func cb); + +typedef unsigned int (*SSL_psk_server_cb_func)(SSL *ssl, + const char *identity, + unsigned char *psk, + unsigned int max_psk_len); +void SSL_CTX_set_psk_server_callback(SSL_CTX *ctx, SSL_psk_server_cb_func cb); +void SSL_set_psk_server_callback(SSL *ssl, SSL_psk_server_cb_func cb); + +__owur int SSL_CTX_use_psk_identity_hint(SSL_CTX *ctx, const char *identity_hint); +__owur int SSL_use_psk_identity_hint(SSL *s, const char *identity_hint); +const char *SSL_get_psk_identity_hint(const SSL *s); +const char *SSL_get_psk_identity(const SSL *s); +# endif + +typedef int (*SSL_psk_find_session_cb_func)(SSL *ssl, + const unsigned char *identity, + size_t identity_len, + SSL_SESSION **sess); +typedef int (*SSL_psk_use_session_cb_func)(SSL *ssl, const EVP_MD *md, + const unsigned char **id, + size_t *idlen, + SSL_SESSION **sess); + +void SSL_set_psk_find_session_callback(SSL *s, SSL_psk_find_session_cb_func cb); +void SSL_CTX_set_psk_find_session_callback(SSL_CTX *ctx, + SSL_psk_find_session_cb_func cb); +void SSL_set_psk_use_session_callback(SSL *s, SSL_psk_use_session_cb_func cb); +void SSL_CTX_set_psk_use_session_callback(SSL_CTX *ctx, + SSL_psk_use_session_cb_func cb); + +/* Register callbacks to handle custom TLS Extensions for client or server. */ + +__owur int SSL_CTX_has_client_custom_ext(const SSL_CTX *ctx, + unsigned int ext_type); + +__owur int SSL_CTX_add_client_custom_ext(SSL_CTX *ctx, + unsigned int ext_type, + custom_ext_add_cb add_cb, + custom_ext_free_cb free_cb, + void *add_arg, + custom_ext_parse_cb parse_cb, + void *parse_arg); + +__owur int SSL_CTX_add_server_custom_ext(SSL_CTX *ctx, + unsigned int ext_type, + custom_ext_add_cb add_cb, + custom_ext_free_cb free_cb, + void *add_arg, + custom_ext_parse_cb parse_cb, + void *parse_arg); + +__owur int SSL_CTX_add_custom_ext(SSL_CTX *ctx, unsigned int ext_type, + unsigned int context, + SSL_custom_ext_add_cb_ex add_cb, + SSL_custom_ext_free_cb_ex free_cb, + void *add_arg, + SSL_custom_ext_parse_cb_ex parse_cb, + void *parse_arg); + +__owur int SSL_extension_supported(unsigned int ext_type); + +# define SSL_NOTHING 1 +# define SSL_WRITING 2 +# define SSL_READING 3 +# define SSL_X509_LOOKUP 4 +# define SSL_ASYNC_PAUSED 5 +# define SSL_ASYNC_NO_JOBS 6 +# define SSL_CLIENT_HELLO_CB 7 + +/* These will only be used when doing non-blocking IO */ +# define SSL_want_nothing(s) (SSL_want(s) == SSL_NOTHING) +# define SSL_want_read(s) (SSL_want(s) == SSL_READING) +# define SSL_want_write(s) (SSL_want(s) == SSL_WRITING) +# define SSL_want_x509_lookup(s) (SSL_want(s) == SSL_X509_LOOKUP) +# define SSL_want_async(s) (SSL_want(s) == SSL_ASYNC_PAUSED) +# define SSL_want_async_job(s) (SSL_want(s) == SSL_ASYNC_NO_JOBS) +# define SSL_want_client_hello_cb(s) (SSL_want(s) == SSL_CLIENT_HELLO_CB) + +# define SSL_MAC_FLAG_READ_MAC_STREAM 1 +# define SSL_MAC_FLAG_WRITE_MAC_STREAM 2 + +/* + * A callback for logging out TLS key material. This callback should log out + * |line| followed by a newline. + */ +typedef void (*SSL_CTX_keylog_cb_func)(const SSL *ssl, const char *line); + +/* + * SSL_CTX_set_keylog_callback configures a callback to log key material. This + * is intended for debugging use with tools like Wireshark. The cb function + * should log line followed by a newline. + */ +void SSL_CTX_set_keylog_callback(SSL_CTX *ctx, SSL_CTX_keylog_cb_func cb); + +/* + * SSL_CTX_get_keylog_callback returns the callback configured by + * SSL_CTX_set_keylog_callback. + */ +SSL_CTX_keylog_cb_func SSL_CTX_get_keylog_callback(const SSL_CTX *ctx); + +int SSL_CTX_set_max_early_data(SSL_CTX *ctx, uint32_t max_early_data); +uint32_t SSL_CTX_get_max_early_data(const SSL_CTX *ctx); +int SSL_set_max_early_data(SSL *s, uint32_t max_early_data); +uint32_t SSL_get_max_early_data(const SSL *s); +int SSL_CTX_set_recv_max_early_data(SSL_CTX *ctx, uint32_t recv_max_early_data); +uint32_t SSL_CTX_get_recv_max_early_data(const SSL_CTX *ctx); +int SSL_set_recv_max_early_data(SSL *s, uint32_t recv_max_early_data); +uint32_t SSL_get_recv_max_early_data(const SSL *s); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +# include <openssl/ssl2.h> +# include <openssl/ssl3.h> +# include <openssl/tls1.h> /* This is mostly sslv3 with a few tweaks */ +# include <openssl/dtls1.h> /* Datagram TLS */ +# include <openssl/srtp.h> /* Support for the use_srtp extension */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/* + * These need to be after the above set of includes due to a compiler bug + * in VisualStudio 2015 + */ +DEFINE_STACK_OF_CONST(SSL_CIPHER) +DEFINE_STACK_OF(SSL_COMP) + +/* compatibility */ +# define SSL_set_app_data(s,arg) (SSL_set_ex_data(s,0,(char *)(arg))) +# define SSL_get_app_data(s) (SSL_get_ex_data(s,0)) +# define SSL_SESSION_set_app_data(s,a) (SSL_SESSION_set_ex_data(s,0, \ + (char *)(a))) +# define SSL_SESSION_get_app_data(s) (SSL_SESSION_get_ex_data(s,0)) +# define SSL_CTX_get_app_data(ctx) (SSL_CTX_get_ex_data(ctx,0)) +# define SSL_CTX_set_app_data(ctx,arg) (SSL_CTX_set_ex_data(ctx,0, \ + (char *)(arg))) +DEPRECATEDIN_1_1_0(void SSL_set_debug(SSL *s, int debug)) + +/* TLSv1.3 KeyUpdate message types */ +/* -1 used so that this is an invalid value for the on-the-wire protocol */ +#define SSL_KEY_UPDATE_NONE -1 +/* Values as defined for the on-the-wire protocol */ +#define SSL_KEY_UPDATE_NOT_REQUESTED 0 +#define SSL_KEY_UPDATE_REQUESTED 1 + +/* + * The valid handshake states (one for each type message sent and one for each + * type of message received). There are also two "special" states: + * TLS = TLS or DTLS state + * DTLS = DTLS specific state + * CR/SR = Client Read/Server Read + * CW/SW = Client Write/Server Write + * + * The "special" states are: + * TLS_ST_BEFORE = No handshake has been initiated yet + * TLS_ST_OK = A handshake has been successfully completed + */ +typedef enum { + TLS_ST_BEFORE, + TLS_ST_OK, + DTLS_ST_CR_HELLO_VERIFY_REQUEST, + TLS_ST_CR_SRVR_HELLO, + TLS_ST_CR_CERT, + TLS_ST_CR_CERT_STATUS, + TLS_ST_CR_KEY_EXCH, + TLS_ST_CR_CERT_REQ, + TLS_ST_CR_SRVR_DONE, + TLS_ST_CR_SESSION_TICKET, + TLS_ST_CR_CHANGE, + TLS_ST_CR_FINISHED, + TLS_ST_CW_CLNT_HELLO, + TLS_ST_CW_CERT, + TLS_ST_CW_KEY_EXCH, + TLS_ST_CW_CERT_VRFY, + TLS_ST_CW_CHANGE, + TLS_ST_CW_NEXT_PROTO, + TLS_ST_CW_FINISHED, + TLS_ST_SW_HELLO_REQ, + TLS_ST_SR_CLNT_HELLO, + DTLS_ST_SW_HELLO_VERIFY_REQUEST, + TLS_ST_SW_SRVR_HELLO, + TLS_ST_SW_CERT, + TLS_ST_SW_KEY_EXCH, + TLS_ST_SW_CERT_REQ, + TLS_ST_SW_SRVR_DONE, + TLS_ST_SR_CERT, + TLS_ST_SR_KEY_EXCH, + TLS_ST_SR_CERT_VRFY, + TLS_ST_SR_NEXT_PROTO, + TLS_ST_SR_CHANGE, + TLS_ST_SR_FINISHED, + TLS_ST_SW_SESSION_TICKET, + TLS_ST_SW_CERT_STATUS, + TLS_ST_SW_CHANGE, + TLS_ST_SW_FINISHED, + TLS_ST_SW_ENCRYPTED_EXTENSIONS, + TLS_ST_CR_ENCRYPTED_EXTENSIONS, + TLS_ST_CR_CERT_VRFY, + TLS_ST_SW_CERT_VRFY, + TLS_ST_CR_HELLO_REQ, + TLS_ST_SW_KEY_UPDATE, + TLS_ST_CW_KEY_UPDATE, + TLS_ST_SR_KEY_UPDATE, + TLS_ST_CR_KEY_UPDATE, + TLS_ST_EARLY_DATA, + TLS_ST_PENDING_EARLY_DATA_END, + TLS_ST_CW_END_OF_EARLY_DATA, + TLS_ST_SR_END_OF_EARLY_DATA +} OSSL_HANDSHAKE_STATE; + +/* + * Most of the following state values are no longer used and are defined to be + * the closest equivalent value in the current state machine code. Not all + * defines have an equivalent and are set to a dummy value (-1). SSL_ST_CONNECT + * and SSL_ST_ACCEPT are still in use in the definition of SSL_CB_ACCEPT_LOOP, + * SSL_CB_ACCEPT_EXIT, SSL_CB_CONNECT_LOOP and SSL_CB_CONNECT_EXIT. + */ + +# define SSL_ST_CONNECT 0x1000 +# define SSL_ST_ACCEPT 0x2000 + +# define SSL_ST_MASK 0x0FFF + +# define SSL_CB_LOOP 0x01 +# define SSL_CB_EXIT 0x02 +# define SSL_CB_READ 0x04 +# define SSL_CB_WRITE 0x08 +# define SSL_CB_ALERT 0x4000/* used in callback */ +# define SSL_CB_READ_ALERT (SSL_CB_ALERT|SSL_CB_READ) +# define SSL_CB_WRITE_ALERT (SSL_CB_ALERT|SSL_CB_WRITE) +# define SSL_CB_ACCEPT_LOOP (SSL_ST_ACCEPT|SSL_CB_LOOP) +# define SSL_CB_ACCEPT_EXIT (SSL_ST_ACCEPT|SSL_CB_EXIT) +# define SSL_CB_CONNECT_LOOP (SSL_ST_CONNECT|SSL_CB_LOOP) +# define SSL_CB_CONNECT_EXIT (SSL_ST_CONNECT|SSL_CB_EXIT) +# define SSL_CB_HANDSHAKE_START 0x10 +# define SSL_CB_HANDSHAKE_DONE 0x20 + +/* Is the SSL_connection established? */ +# define SSL_in_connect_init(a) (SSL_in_init(a) && !SSL_is_server(a)) +# define SSL_in_accept_init(a) (SSL_in_init(a) && SSL_is_server(a)) +int SSL_in_init(const SSL *s); +int SSL_in_before(const SSL *s); +int SSL_is_init_finished(const SSL *s); + +/* + * The following 3 states are kept in ssl->rlayer.rstate when reads fail, you + * should not need these + */ +# define SSL_ST_READ_HEADER 0xF0 +# define SSL_ST_READ_BODY 0xF1 +# define SSL_ST_READ_DONE 0xF2 + +/*- + * Obtain latest Finished message + * -- that we sent (SSL_get_finished) + * -- that we expected from peer (SSL_get_peer_finished). + * Returns length (0 == no Finished so far), copies up to 'count' bytes. + */ +size_t SSL_get_finished(const SSL *s, void *buf, size_t count); +size_t SSL_get_peer_finished(const SSL *s, void *buf, size_t count); + +/* + * use either SSL_VERIFY_NONE or SSL_VERIFY_PEER, the last 3 options are + * 'ored' with SSL_VERIFY_PEER if they are desired + */ +# define SSL_VERIFY_NONE 0x00 +# define SSL_VERIFY_PEER 0x01 +# define SSL_VERIFY_FAIL_IF_NO_PEER_CERT 0x02 +# define SSL_VERIFY_CLIENT_ONCE 0x04 +# define SSL_VERIFY_POST_HANDSHAKE 0x08 + +# if OPENSSL_API_COMPAT < 0x10100000L +# define OpenSSL_add_ssl_algorithms() SSL_library_init() +# define SSLeay_add_ssl_algorithms() SSL_library_init() +# endif + +/* More backward compatibility */ +# define SSL_get_cipher(s) \ + SSL_CIPHER_get_name(SSL_get_current_cipher(s)) +# define SSL_get_cipher_bits(s,np) \ + SSL_CIPHER_get_bits(SSL_get_current_cipher(s),np) +# define SSL_get_cipher_version(s) \ + SSL_CIPHER_get_version(SSL_get_current_cipher(s)) +# define SSL_get_cipher_name(s) \ + SSL_CIPHER_get_name(SSL_get_current_cipher(s)) +# define SSL_get_time(a) SSL_SESSION_get_time(a) +# define SSL_set_time(a,b) SSL_SESSION_set_time((a),(b)) +# define SSL_get_timeout(a) SSL_SESSION_get_timeout(a) +# define SSL_set_timeout(a,b) SSL_SESSION_set_timeout((a),(b)) + +# define d2i_SSL_SESSION_bio(bp,s_id) ASN1_d2i_bio_of(SSL_SESSION,SSL_SESSION_new,d2i_SSL_SESSION,bp,s_id) +# define i2d_SSL_SESSION_bio(bp,s_id) ASN1_i2d_bio_of(SSL_SESSION,i2d_SSL_SESSION,bp,s_id) + +DECLARE_PEM_rw(SSL_SESSION, SSL_SESSION) +# define SSL_AD_REASON_OFFSET 1000/* offset to get SSL_R_... value + * from SSL_AD_... */ +/* These alert types are for SSLv3 and TLSv1 */ +# define SSL_AD_CLOSE_NOTIFY SSL3_AD_CLOSE_NOTIFY +/* fatal */ +# define SSL_AD_UNEXPECTED_MESSAGE SSL3_AD_UNEXPECTED_MESSAGE +/* fatal */ +# define SSL_AD_BAD_RECORD_MAC SSL3_AD_BAD_RECORD_MAC +# define SSL_AD_DECRYPTION_FAILED TLS1_AD_DECRYPTION_FAILED +# define SSL_AD_RECORD_OVERFLOW TLS1_AD_RECORD_OVERFLOW +/* fatal */ +# define SSL_AD_DECOMPRESSION_FAILURE SSL3_AD_DECOMPRESSION_FAILURE +/* fatal */ +# define SSL_AD_HANDSHAKE_FAILURE SSL3_AD_HANDSHAKE_FAILURE +/* Not for TLS */ +# define SSL_AD_NO_CERTIFICATE SSL3_AD_NO_CERTIFICATE +# define SSL_AD_BAD_CERTIFICATE SSL3_AD_BAD_CERTIFICATE +# define SSL_AD_UNSUPPORTED_CERTIFICATE SSL3_AD_UNSUPPORTED_CERTIFICATE +# define SSL_AD_CERTIFICATE_REVOKED SSL3_AD_CERTIFICATE_REVOKED +# define SSL_AD_CERTIFICATE_EXPIRED SSL3_AD_CERTIFICATE_EXPIRED +# define SSL_AD_CERTIFICATE_UNKNOWN SSL3_AD_CERTIFICATE_UNKNOWN +/* fatal */ +# define SSL_AD_ILLEGAL_PARAMETER SSL3_AD_ILLEGAL_PARAMETER +/* fatal */ +# define SSL_AD_UNKNOWN_CA TLS1_AD_UNKNOWN_CA +/* fatal */ +# define SSL_AD_ACCESS_DENIED TLS1_AD_ACCESS_DENIED +/* fatal */ +# define SSL_AD_DECODE_ERROR TLS1_AD_DECODE_ERROR +# define SSL_AD_DECRYPT_ERROR TLS1_AD_DECRYPT_ERROR +/* fatal */ +# define SSL_AD_EXPORT_RESTRICTION TLS1_AD_EXPORT_RESTRICTION +/* fatal */ +# define SSL_AD_PROTOCOL_VERSION TLS1_AD_PROTOCOL_VERSION +/* fatal */ +# define SSL_AD_INSUFFICIENT_SECURITY TLS1_AD_INSUFFICIENT_SECURITY +/* fatal */ +# define SSL_AD_INTERNAL_ERROR TLS1_AD_INTERNAL_ERROR +# define SSL_AD_USER_CANCELLED TLS1_AD_USER_CANCELLED +# define SSL_AD_NO_RENEGOTIATION TLS1_AD_NO_RENEGOTIATION +# define SSL_AD_MISSING_EXTENSION TLS13_AD_MISSING_EXTENSION +# define SSL_AD_CERTIFICATE_REQUIRED TLS13_AD_CERTIFICATE_REQUIRED +# define SSL_AD_UNSUPPORTED_EXTENSION TLS1_AD_UNSUPPORTED_EXTENSION +# define SSL_AD_CERTIFICATE_UNOBTAINABLE TLS1_AD_CERTIFICATE_UNOBTAINABLE +# define SSL_AD_UNRECOGNIZED_NAME TLS1_AD_UNRECOGNIZED_NAME +# define SSL_AD_BAD_CERTIFICATE_STATUS_RESPONSE TLS1_AD_BAD_CERTIFICATE_STATUS_RESPONSE +# define SSL_AD_BAD_CERTIFICATE_HASH_VALUE TLS1_AD_BAD_CERTIFICATE_HASH_VALUE +/* fatal */ +# define SSL_AD_UNKNOWN_PSK_IDENTITY TLS1_AD_UNKNOWN_PSK_IDENTITY +/* fatal */ +# define SSL_AD_INAPPROPRIATE_FALLBACK TLS1_AD_INAPPROPRIATE_FALLBACK +# define SSL_AD_NO_APPLICATION_PROTOCOL TLS1_AD_NO_APPLICATION_PROTOCOL +# define SSL_ERROR_NONE 0 +# define SSL_ERROR_SSL 1 +# define SSL_ERROR_WANT_READ 2 +# define SSL_ERROR_WANT_WRITE 3 +# define SSL_ERROR_WANT_X509_LOOKUP 4 +# define SSL_ERROR_SYSCALL 5/* look at error stack/return + * value/errno */ +# define SSL_ERROR_ZERO_RETURN 6 +# define SSL_ERROR_WANT_CONNECT 7 +# define SSL_ERROR_WANT_ACCEPT 8 +# define SSL_ERROR_WANT_ASYNC 9 +# define SSL_ERROR_WANT_ASYNC_JOB 10 +# define SSL_ERROR_WANT_CLIENT_HELLO_CB 11 +# define SSL_CTRL_SET_TMP_DH 3 +# define SSL_CTRL_SET_TMP_ECDH 4 +# define SSL_CTRL_SET_TMP_DH_CB 6 +# define SSL_CTRL_GET_CLIENT_CERT_REQUEST 9 +# define SSL_CTRL_GET_NUM_RENEGOTIATIONS 10 +# define SSL_CTRL_CLEAR_NUM_RENEGOTIATIONS 11 +# define SSL_CTRL_GET_TOTAL_RENEGOTIATIONS 12 +# define SSL_CTRL_GET_FLAGS 13 +# define SSL_CTRL_EXTRA_CHAIN_CERT 14 +# define SSL_CTRL_SET_MSG_CALLBACK 15 +# define SSL_CTRL_SET_MSG_CALLBACK_ARG 16 +/* only applies to datagram connections */ +# define SSL_CTRL_SET_MTU 17 +/* Stats */ +# define SSL_CTRL_SESS_NUMBER 20 +# define SSL_CTRL_SESS_CONNECT 21 +# define SSL_CTRL_SESS_CONNECT_GOOD 22 +# define SSL_CTRL_SESS_CONNECT_RENEGOTIATE 23 +# define SSL_CTRL_SESS_ACCEPT 24 +# define SSL_CTRL_SESS_ACCEPT_GOOD 25 +# define SSL_CTRL_SESS_ACCEPT_RENEGOTIATE 26 +# define SSL_CTRL_SESS_HIT 27 +# define SSL_CTRL_SESS_CB_HIT 28 +# define SSL_CTRL_SESS_MISSES 29 +# define SSL_CTRL_SESS_TIMEOUTS 30 +# define SSL_CTRL_SESS_CACHE_FULL 31 +# define SSL_CTRL_MODE 33 +# define SSL_CTRL_GET_READ_AHEAD 40 +# define SSL_CTRL_SET_READ_AHEAD 41 +# define SSL_CTRL_SET_SESS_CACHE_SIZE 42 +# define SSL_CTRL_GET_SESS_CACHE_SIZE 43 +# define SSL_CTRL_SET_SESS_CACHE_MODE 44 +# define SSL_CTRL_GET_SESS_CACHE_MODE 45 +# define SSL_CTRL_GET_MAX_CERT_LIST 50 +# define SSL_CTRL_SET_MAX_CERT_LIST 51 +# define SSL_CTRL_SET_MAX_SEND_FRAGMENT 52 +/* see tls1.h for macros based on these */ +# define SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_SERVERNAME_CB 53 +# define SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_SERVERNAME_ARG 54 +# define SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_HOSTNAME 55 +# define SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_DEBUG_CB 56 +# define SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_DEBUG_ARG 57 +# define SSL_CTRL_GET_TLSEXT_TICKET_KEYS 58 +# define SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_TICKET_KEYS 59 +/*# define SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_OPAQUE_PRF_INPUT 60 */ +/*# define SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_OPAQUE_PRF_INPUT_CB 61 */ +/*# define SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_OPAQUE_PRF_INPUT_CB_ARG 62 */ +# define SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_STATUS_REQ_CB 63 +# define SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_STATUS_REQ_CB_ARG 64 +# define SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_STATUS_REQ_TYPE 65 +# define SSL_CTRL_GET_TLSEXT_STATUS_REQ_EXTS 66 +# define SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_STATUS_REQ_EXTS 67 +# define SSL_CTRL_GET_TLSEXT_STATUS_REQ_IDS 68 +# define SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_STATUS_REQ_IDS 69 +# define SSL_CTRL_GET_TLSEXT_STATUS_REQ_OCSP_RESP 70 +# define SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_STATUS_REQ_OCSP_RESP 71 +# define SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_TICKET_KEY_CB 72 +# define SSL_CTRL_SET_TLS_EXT_SRP_USERNAME_CB 75 +# define SSL_CTRL_SET_SRP_VERIFY_PARAM_CB 76 +# define SSL_CTRL_SET_SRP_GIVE_CLIENT_PWD_CB 77 +# define SSL_CTRL_SET_SRP_ARG 78 +# define SSL_CTRL_SET_TLS_EXT_SRP_USERNAME 79 +# define SSL_CTRL_SET_TLS_EXT_SRP_STRENGTH 80 +# define SSL_CTRL_SET_TLS_EXT_SRP_PASSWORD 81 +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_HEARTBEATS +# define SSL_CTRL_DTLS_EXT_SEND_HEARTBEAT 85 +# define SSL_CTRL_GET_DTLS_EXT_HEARTBEAT_PENDING 86 +# define SSL_CTRL_SET_DTLS_EXT_HEARTBEAT_NO_REQUESTS 87 +# endif +# define DTLS_CTRL_GET_TIMEOUT 73 +# define DTLS_CTRL_HANDLE_TIMEOUT 74 +# define SSL_CTRL_GET_RI_SUPPORT 76 +# define SSL_CTRL_CLEAR_MODE 78 +# define SSL_CTRL_SET_NOT_RESUMABLE_SESS_CB 79 +# define SSL_CTRL_GET_EXTRA_CHAIN_CERTS 82 +# define SSL_CTRL_CLEAR_EXTRA_CHAIN_CERTS 83 +# define SSL_CTRL_CHAIN 88 +# define SSL_CTRL_CHAIN_CERT 89 +# define SSL_CTRL_GET_GROUPS 90 +# define SSL_CTRL_SET_GROUPS 91 +# define SSL_CTRL_SET_GROUPS_LIST 92 +# define SSL_CTRL_GET_SHARED_GROUP 93 +# define SSL_CTRL_SET_SIGALGS 97 +# define SSL_CTRL_SET_SIGALGS_LIST 98 +# define SSL_CTRL_CERT_FLAGS 99 +# define SSL_CTRL_CLEAR_CERT_FLAGS 100 +# define SSL_CTRL_SET_CLIENT_SIGALGS 101 +# define SSL_CTRL_SET_CLIENT_SIGALGS_LIST 102 +# define SSL_CTRL_GET_CLIENT_CERT_TYPES 103 +# define SSL_CTRL_SET_CLIENT_CERT_TYPES 104 +# define SSL_CTRL_BUILD_CERT_CHAIN 105 +# define SSL_CTRL_SET_VERIFY_CERT_STORE 106 +# define SSL_CTRL_SET_CHAIN_CERT_STORE 107 +# define SSL_CTRL_GET_PEER_SIGNATURE_NID 108 +# define SSL_CTRL_GET_PEER_TMP_KEY 109 +# define SSL_CTRL_GET_RAW_CIPHERLIST 110 +# define SSL_CTRL_GET_EC_POINT_FORMATS 111 +# define SSL_CTRL_GET_CHAIN_CERTS 115 +# define SSL_CTRL_SELECT_CURRENT_CERT 116 +# define SSL_CTRL_SET_CURRENT_CERT 117 +# define SSL_CTRL_SET_DH_AUTO 118 +# define DTLS_CTRL_SET_LINK_MTU 120 +# define DTLS_CTRL_GET_LINK_MIN_MTU 121 +# define SSL_CTRL_GET_EXTMS_SUPPORT 122 +# define SSL_CTRL_SET_MIN_PROTO_VERSION 123 +# define SSL_CTRL_SET_MAX_PROTO_VERSION 124 +# define SSL_CTRL_SET_SPLIT_SEND_FRAGMENT 125 +# define SSL_CTRL_SET_MAX_PIPELINES 126 +# define SSL_CTRL_GET_TLSEXT_STATUS_REQ_TYPE 127 +# define SSL_CTRL_GET_TLSEXT_STATUS_REQ_CB 128 +# define SSL_CTRL_GET_TLSEXT_STATUS_REQ_CB_ARG 129 +# define SSL_CTRL_GET_MIN_PROTO_VERSION 130 +# define SSL_CTRL_GET_MAX_PROTO_VERSION 131 +# define SSL_CTRL_GET_SIGNATURE_NID 132 +# define SSL_CTRL_GET_TMP_KEY 133 +# define SSL_CERT_SET_FIRST 1 +# define SSL_CERT_SET_NEXT 2 +# define SSL_CERT_SET_SERVER 3 +# define DTLSv1_get_timeout(ssl, arg) \ + SSL_ctrl(ssl,DTLS_CTRL_GET_TIMEOUT,0, (void *)(arg)) +# define DTLSv1_handle_timeout(ssl) \ + SSL_ctrl(ssl,DTLS_CTRL_HANDLE_TIMEOUT,0, NULL) +# define SSL_num_renegotiations(ssl) \ + SSL_ctrl((ssl),SSL_CTRL_GET_NUM_RENEGOTIATIONS,0,NULL) +# define SSL_clear_num_renegotiations(ssl) \ + SSL_ctrl((ssl),SSL_CTRL_CLEAR_NUM_RENEGOTIATIONS,0,NULL) +# define SSL_total_renegotiations(ssl) \ + SSL_ctrl((ssl),SSL_CTRL_GET_TOTAL_RENEGOTIATIONS,0,NULL) +# define SSL_CTX_set_tmp_dh(ctx,dh) \ + SSL_CTX_ctrl(ctx,SSL_CTRL_SET_TMP_DH,0,(char *)(dh)) +# define SSL_CTX_set_tmp_ecdh(ctx,ecdh) \ + SSL_CTX_ctrl(ctx,SSL_CTRL_SET_TMP_ECDH,0,(char *)(ecdh)) +# define SSL_CTX_set_dh_auto(ctx, onoff) \ + SSL_CTX_ctrl(ctx,SSL_CTRL_SET_DH_AUTO,onoff,NULL) +# define SSL_set_dh_auto(s, onoff) \ + SSL_ctrl(s,SSL_CTRL_SET_DH_AUTO,onoff,NULL) +# define SSL_set_tmp_dh(ssl,dh) \ + SSL_ctrl(ssl,SSL_CTRL_SET_TMP_DH,0,(char *)(dh)) +# define SSL_set_tmp_ecdh(ssl,ecdh) \ + SSL_ctrl(ssl,SSL_CTRL_SET_TMP_ECDH,0,(char *)(ecdh)) +# define SSL_CTX_add_extra_chain_cert(ctx,x509) \ + SSL_CTX_ctrl(ctx,SSL_CTRL_EXTRA_CHAIN_CERT,0,(char *)(x509)) +# define SSL_CTX_get_extra_chain_certs(ctx,px509) \ + SSL_CTX_ctrl(ctx,SSL_CTRL_GET_EXTRA_CHAIN_CERTS,0,px509) +# define SSL_CTX_get_extra_chain_certs_only(ctx,px509) \ + SSL_CTX_ctrl(ctx,SSL_CTRL_GET_EXTRA_CHAIN_CERTS,1,px509) +# define SSL_CTX_clear_extra_chain_certs(ctx) \ + SSL_CTX_ctrl(ctx,SSL_CTRL_CLEAR_EXTRA_CHAIN_CERTS,0,NULL) +# define SSL_CTX_set0_chain(ctx,sk) \ + SSL_CTX_ctrl(ctx,SSL_CTRL_CHAIN,0,(char *)(sk)) +# define SSL_CTX_set1_chain(ctx,sk) \ + SSL_CTX_ctrl(ctx,SSL_CTRL_CHAIN,1,(char *)(sk)) +# define SSL_CTX_add0_chain_cert(ctx,x509) \ + SSL_CTX_ctrl(ctx,SSL_CTRL_CHAIN_CERT,0,(char *)(x509)) +# define SSL_CTX_add1_chain_cert(ctx,x509) \ + SSL_CTX_ctrl(ctx,SSL_CTRL_CHAIN_CERT,1,(char *)(x509)) +# define SSL_CTX_get0_chain_certs(ctx,px509) \ + SSL_CTX_ctrl(ctx,SSL_CTRL_GET_CHAIN_CERTS,0,px509) +# define SSL_CTX_clear_chain_certs(ctx) \ + SSL_CTX_set0_chain(ctx,NULL) +# define SSL_CTX_build_cert_chain(ctx, flags) \ + SSL_CTX_ctrl(ctx,SSL_CTRL_BUILD_CERT_CHAIN, flags, NULL) +# define SSL_CTX_select_current_cert(ctx,x509) \ + SSL_CTX_ctrl(ctx,SSL_CTRL_SELECT_CURRENT_CERT,0,(char *)(x509)) +# define SSL_CTX_set_current_cert(ctx, op) \ + SSL_CTX_ctrl(ctx,SSL_CTRL_SET_CURRENT_CERT, op, NULL) +# define SSL_CTX_set0_verify_cert_store(ctx,st) \ + SSL_CTX_ctrl(ctx,SSL_CTRL_SET_VERIFY_CERT_STORE,0,(char *)(st)) +# define SSL_CTX_set1_verify_cert_store(ctx,st) \ + SSL_CTX_ctrl(ctx,SSL_CTRL_SET_VERIFY_CERT_STORE,1,(char *)(st)) +# define SSL_CTX_set0_chain_cert_store(ctx,st) \ + SSL_CTX_ctrl(ctx,SSL_CTRL_SET_CHAIN_CERT_STORE,0,(char *)(st)) +# define SSL_CTX_set1_chain_cert_store(ctx,st) \ + SSL_CTX_ctrl(ctx,SSL_CTRL_SET_CHAIN_CERT_STORE,1,(char *)(st)) +# define SSL_set0_chain(s,sk) \ + SSL_ctrl(s,SSL_CTRL_CHAIN,0,(char *)(sk)) +# define SSL_set1_chain(s,sk) \ + SSL_ctrl(s,SSL_CTRL_CHAIN,1,(char *)(sk)) +# define SSL_add0_chain_cert(s,x509) \ + SSL_ctrl(s,SSL_CTRL_CHAIN_CERT,0,(char *)(x509)) +# define SSL_add1_chain_cert(s,x509) \ + SSL_ctrl(s,SSL_CTRL_CHAIN_CERT,1,(char *)(x509)) +# define SSL_get0_chain_certs(s,px509) \ + SSL_ctrl(s,SSL_CTRL_GET_CHAIN_CERTS,0,px509) +# define SSL_clear_chain_certs(s) \ + SSL_set0_chain(s,NULL) +# define SSL_build_cert_chain(s, flags) \ + SSL_ctrl(s,SSL_CTRL_BUILD_CERT_CHAIN, flags, NULL) +# define SSL_select_current_cert(s,x509) \ + SSL_ctrl(s,SSL_CTRL_SELECT_CURRENT_CERT,0,(char *)(x509)) +# define SSL_set_current_cert(s,op) \ + SSL_ctrl(s,SSL_CTRL_SET_CURRENT_CERT, op, NULL) +# define SSL_set0_verify_cert_store(s,st) \ + SSL_ctrl(s,SSL_CTRL_SET_VERIFY_CERT_STORE,0,(char *)(st)) +# define SSL_set1_verify_cert_store(s,st) \ + SSL_ctrl(s,SSL_CTRL_SET_VERIFY_CERT_STORE,1,(char *)(st)) +# define SSL_set0_chain_cert_store(s,st) \ + SSL_ctrl(s,SSL_CTRL_SET_CHAIN_CERT_STORE,0,(char *)(st)) +# define SSL_set1_chain_cert_store(s,st) \ + SSL_ctrl(s,SSL_CTRL_SET_CHAIN_CERT_STORE,1,(char *)(st)) +# define SSL_get1_groups(s, glist) \ + SSL_ctrl(s,SSL_CTRL_GET_GROUPS,0,(int*)(glist)) +# define SSL_CTX_set1_groups(ctx, glist, glistlen) \ + SSL_CTX_ctrl(ctx,SSL_CTRL_SET_GROUPS,glistlen,(int *)(glist)) +# define SSL_CTX_set1_groups_list(ctx, s) \ + SSL_CTX_ctrl(ctx,SSL_CTRL_SET_GROUPS_LIST,0,(char *)(s)) +# define SSL_set1_groups(s, glist, glistlen) \ + SSL_ctrl(s,SSL_CTRL_SET_GROUPS,glistlen,(char *)(glist)) +# define SSL_set1_groups_list(s, str) \ + SSL_ctrl(s,SSL_CTRL_SET_GROUPS_LIST,0,(char *)(str)) +# define SSL_get_shared_group(s, n) \ + SSL_ctrl(s,SSL_CTRL_GET_SHARED_GROUP,n,NULL) +# define SSL_CTX_set1_sigalgs(ctx, slist, slistlen) \ + SSL_CTX_ctrl(ctx,SSL_CTRL_SET_SIGALGS,slistlen,(int *)(slist)) +# define SSL_CTX_set1_sigalgs_list(ctx, s) \ + SSL_CTX_ctrl(ctx,SSL_CTRL_SET_SIGALGS_LIST,0,(char *)(s)) +# define SSL_set1_sigalgs(s, slist, slistlen) \ + SSL_ctrl(s,SSL_CTRL_SET_SIGALGS,slistlen,(int *)(slist)) +# define SSL_set1_sigalgs_list(s, str) \ + SSL_ctrl(s,SSL_CTRL_SET_SIGALGS_LIST,0,(char *)(str)) +# define SSL_CTX_set1_client_sigalgs(ctx, slist, slistlen) \ + SSL_CTX_ctrl(ctx,SSL_CTRL_SET_CLIENT_SIGALGS,slistlen,(int *)(slist)) +# define SSL_CTX_set1_client_sigalgs_list(ctx, s) \ + SSL_CTX_ctrl(ctx,SSL_CTRL_SET_CLIENT_SIGALGS_LIST,0,(char *)(s)) +# define SSL_set1_client_sigalgs(s, slist, slistlen) \ + SSL_ctrl(s,SSL_CTRL_SET_CLIENT_SIGALGS,slistlen,(int *)(slist)) +# define SSL_set1_client_sigalgs_list(s, str) \ + SSL_ctrl(s,SSL_CTRL_SET_CLIENT_SIGALGS_LIST,0,(char *)(str)) +# define SSL_get0_certificate_types(s, clist) \ + SSL_ctrl(s, SSL_CTRL_GET_CLIENT_CERT_TYPES, 0, (char *)(clist)) +# define SSL_CTX_set1_client_certificate_types(ctx, clist, clistlen) \ + SSL_CTX_ctrl(ctx,SSL_CTRL_SET_CLIENT_CERT_TYPES,clistlen, \ + (char *)(clist)) +# define SSL_set1_client_certificate_types(s, clist, clistlen) \ + SSL_ctrl(s,SSL_CTRL_SET_CLIENT_CERT_TYPES,clistlen,(char *)(clist)) +# define SSL_get_signature_nid(s, pn) \ + SSL_ctrl(s,SSL_CTRL_GET_SIGNATURE_NID,0,pn) +# define SSL_get_peer_signature_nid(s, pn) \ + SSL_ctrl(s,SSL_CTRL_GET_PEER_SIGNATURE_NID,0,pn) +# define SSL_get_peer_tmp_key(s, pk) \ + SSL_ctrl(s,SSL_CTRL_GET_PEER_TMP_KEY,0,pk) +# define SSL_get_tmp_key(s, pk) \ + SSL_ctrl(s,SSL_CTRL_GET_TMP_KEY,0,pk) +# define SSL_get0_raw_cipherlist(s, plst) \ + SSL_ctrl(s,SSL_CTRL_GET_RAW_CIPHERLIST,0,plst) +# define SSL_get0_ec_point_formats(s, plst) \ + SSL_ctrl(s,SSL_CTRL_GET_EC_POINT_FORMATS,0,plst) +# define SSL_CTX_set_min_proto_version(ctx, version) \ + SSL_CTX_ctrl(ctx, SSL_CTRL_SET_MIN_PROTO_VERSION, version, NULL) +# define SSL_CTX_set_max_proto_version(ctx, version) \ + SSL_CTX_ctrl(ctx, SSL_CTRL_SET_MAX_PROTO_VERSION, version, NULL) +# define SSL_CTX_get_min_proto_version(ctx) \ + SSL_CTX_ctrl(ctx, SSL_CTRL_GET_MIN_PROTO_VERSION, 0, NULL) +# define SSL_CTX_get_max_proto_version(ctx) \ + SSL_CTX_ctrl(ctx, SSL_CTRL_GET_MAX_PROTO_VERSION, 0, NULL) +# define SSL_set_min_proto_version(s, version) \ + SSL_ctrl(s, SSL_CTRL_SET_MIN_PROTO_VERSION, version, NULL) +# define SSL_set_max_proto_version(s, version) \ + SSL_ctrl(s, SSL_CTRL_SET_MAX_PROTO_VERSION, version, NULL) +# define SSL_get_min_proto_version(s) \ + SSL_ctrl(s, SSL_CTRL_GET_MIN_PROTO_VERSION, 0, NULL) +# define SSL_get_max_proto_version(s) \ + SSL_ctrl(s, SSL_CTRL_GET_MAX_PROTO_VERSION, 0, NULL) + +/* Backwards compatibility, original 1.1.0 names */ +# define SSL_CTRL_GET_SERVER_TMP_KEY \ + SSL_CTRL_GET_PEER_TMP_KEY +# define SSL_get_server_tmp_key(s, pk) \ + SSL_get_peer_tmp_key(s, pk) + +/* + * The following symbol names are old and obsolete. They are kept + * for compatibility reasons only and should not be used anymore. + */ +# define SSL_CTRL_GET_CURVES SSL_CTRL_GET_GROUPS +# define SSL_CTRL_SET_CURVES SSL_CTRL_SET_GROUPS +# define SSL_CTRL_SET_CURVES_LIST SSL_CTRL_SET_GROUPS_LIST +# define SSL_CTRL_GET_SHARED_CURVE SSL_CTRL_GET_SHARED_GROUP + +# define SSL_get1_curves SSL_get1_groups +# define SSL_CTX_set1_curves SSL_CTX_set1_groups +# define SSL_CTX_set1_curves_list SSL_CTX_set1_groups_list +# define SSL_set1_curves SSL_set1_groups +# define SSL_set1_curves_list SSL_set1_groups_list +# define SSL_get_shared_curve SSL_get_shared_group + + +# if OPENSSL_API_COMPAT < 0x10100000L +/* Provide some compatibility macros for removed functionality. */ +# define SSL_CTX_need_tmp_RSA(ctx) 0 +# define SSL_CTX_set_tmp_rsa(ctx,rsa) 1 +# define SSL_need_tmp_RSA(ssl) 0 +# define SSL_set_tmp_rsa(ssl,rsa) 1 +# define SSL_CTX_set_ecdh_auto(dummy, onoff) ((onoff) != 0) +# define SSL_set_ecdh_auto(dummy, onoff) ((onoff) != 0) +/* + * We "pretend" to call the callback to avoid warnings about unused static + * functions. + */ +# define SSL_CTX_set_tmp_rsa_callback(ctx, cb) while(0) (cb)(NULL, 0, 0) +# define SSL_set_tmp_rsa_callback(ssl, cb) while(0) (cb)(NULL, 0, 0) +# endif +__owur const BIO_METHOD *BIO_f_ssl(void); +__owur BIO *BIO_new_ssl(SSL_CTX *ctx, int client); +__owur BIO *BIO_new_ssl_connect(SSL_CTX *ctx); +__owur BIO *BIO_new_buffer_ssl_connect(SSL_CTX *ctx); +__owur int BIO_ssl_copy_session_id(BIO *to, BIO *from); +void BIO_ssl_shutdown(BIO *ssl_bio); + +__owur int SSL_CTX_set_cipher_list(SSL_CTX *, const char *str); +__owur SSL_CTX *SSL_CTX_new(const SSL_METHOD *meth); +int SSL_CTX_up_ref(SSL_CTX *ctx); +void SSL_CTX_free(SSL_CTX *); +__owur long SSL_CTX_set_timeout(SSL_CTX *ctx, long t); +__owur long SSL_CTX_get_timeout(const SSL_CTX *ctx); +__owur X509_STORE *SSL_CTX_get_cert_store(const SSL_CTX *); +void SSL_CTX_set_cert_store(SSL_CTX *, X509_STORE *); +void SSL_CTX_set1_cert_store(SSL_CTX *, X509_STORE *); +__owur int SSL_want(const SSL *s); +__owur int SSL_clear(SSL *s); + +void SSL_CTX_flush_sessions(SSL_CTX *ctx, long tm); + +__owur const SSL_CIPHER *SSL_get_current_cipher(const SSL *s); +__owur const SSL_CIPHER *SSL_get_pending_cipher(const SSL *s); +__owur int SSL_CIPHER_get_bits(const SSL_CIPHER *c, int *alg_bits); +__owur const char *SSL_CIPHER_get_version(const SSL_CIPHER *c); +__owur const char *SSL_CIPHER_get_name(const SSL_CIPHER *c); +__owur const char *SSL_CIPHER_standard_name(const SSL_CIPHER *c); +__owur const char *OPENSSL_cipher_name(const char *rfc_name); +__owur uint32_t SSL_CIPHER_get_id(const SSL_CIPHER *c); +__owur uint16_t SSL_CIPHER_get_protocol_id(const SSL_CIPHER *c); +__owur int SSL_CIPHER_get_kx_nid(const SSL_CIPHER *c); +__owur int SSL_CIPHER_get_auth_nid(const SSL_CIPHER *c); +__owur const EVP_MD *SSL_CIPHER_get_handshake_digest(const SSL_CIPHER *c); +__owur int SSL_CIPHER_is_aead(const SSL_CIPHER *c); + +__owur int SSL_get_fd(const SSL *s); +__owur int SSL_get_rfd(const SSL *s); +__owur int SSL_get_wfd(const SSL *s); +__owur const char *SSL_get_cipher_list(const SSL *s, int n); +__owur char *SSL_get_shared_ciphers(const SSL *s, char *buf, int size); +__owur int SSL_get_read_ahead(const SSL *s); +__owur int SSL_pending(const SSL *s); +__owur int SSL_has_pending(const SSL *s); +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_SOCK +__owur int SSL_set_fd(SSL *s, int fd); +__owur int SSL_set_rfd(SSL *s, int fd); +__owur int SSL_set_wfd(SSL *s, int fd); +# endif +void SSL_set0_rbio(SSL *s, BIO *rbio); +void SSL_set0_wbio(SSL *s, BIO *wbio); +void SSL_set_bio(SSL *s, BIO *rbio, BIO *wbio); +__owur BIO *SSL_get_rbio(const SSL *s); +__owur BIO *SSL_get_wbio(const SSL *s); +__owur int SSL_set_cipher_list(SSL *s, const char *str); +__owur int SSL_CTX_set_ciphersuites(SSL_CTX *ctx, const char *str); +__owur int SSL_set_ciphersuites(SSL *s, const char *str); +void SSL_set_read_ahead(SSL *s, int yes); +__owur int SSL_get_verify_mode(const SSL *s); +__owur int SSL_get_verify_depth(const SSL *s); +__owur SSL_verify_cb SSL_get_verify_callback(const SSL *s); +void SSL_set_verify(SSL *s, int mode, SSL_verify_cb callback); +void SSL_set_verify_depth(SSL *s, int depth); +void SSL_set_cert_cb(SSL *s, int (*cb) (SSL *ssl, void *arg), void *arg); +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_RSA +__owur int SSL_use_RSAPrivateKey(SSL *ssl, RSA *rsa); +__owur int SSL_use_RSAPrivateKey_ASN1(SSL *ssl, const unsigned char *d, + long len); +# endif +__owur int SSL_use_PrivateKey(SSL *ssl, EVP_PKEY *pkey); +__owur int SSL_use_PrivateKey_ASN1(int pk, SSL *ssl, const unsigned char *d, + long len); +__owur int SSL_use_certificate(SSL *ssl, X509 *x); +__owur int SSL_use_certificate_ASN1(SSL *ssl, const unsigned char *d, int len); +__owur int SSL_use_cert_and_key(SSL *ssl, X509 *x509, EVP_PKEY *privatekey, + STACK_OF(X509) *chain, int override); + + +/* serverinfo file format versions */ +# define SSL_SERVERINFOV1 1 +# define SSL_SERVERINFOV2 2 + +/* Set serverinfo data for the current active cert. */ +__owur int SSL_CTX_use_serverinfo(SSL_CTX *ctx, const unsigned char *serverinfo, + size_t serverinfo_length); +__owur int SSL_CTX_use_serverinfo_ex(SSL_CTX *ctx, unsigned int version, + const unsigned char *serverinfo, + size_t serverinfo_length); +__owur int SSL_CTX_use_serverinfo_file(SSL_CTX *ctx, const char *file); + +#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_RSA +__owur int SSL_use_RSAPrivateKey_file(SSL *ssl, const char *file, int type); +#endif + +__owur int SSL_use_PrivateKey_file(SSL *ssl, const char *file, int type); +__owur int SSL_use_certificate_file(SSL *ssl, const char *file, int type); + +#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_RSA +__owur int SSL_CTX_use_RSAPrivateKey_file(SSL_CTX *ctx, const char *file, + int type); +#endif +__owur int SSL_CTX_use_PrivateKey_file(SSL_CTX *ctx, const char *file, + int type); +__owur int SSL_CTX_use_certificate_file(SSL_CTX *ctx, const char *file, + int type); +/* PEM type */ +__owur int SSL_CTX_use_certificate_chain_file(SSL_CTX *ctx, const char *file); +__owur int SSL_use_certificate_chain_file(SSL *ssl, const char *file); +__owur STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *SSL_load_client_CA_file(const char *file); +__owur int SSL_add_file_cert_subjects_to_stack(STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *stackCAs, + const char *file); +int SSL_add_dir_cert_subjects_to_stack(STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *stackCAs, + const char *dir); + +# if OPENSSL_API_COMPAT < 0x10100000L +# define SSL_load_error_strings() \ + OPENSSL_init_ssl(OPENSSL_INIT_LOAD_SSL_STRINGS \ + | OPENSSL_INIT_LOAD_CRYPTO_STRINGS, NULL) +# endif + +__owur const char *SSL_state_string(const SSL *s); +__owur const char *SSL_rstate_string(const SSL *s); +__owur const char *SSL_state_string_long(const SSL *s); +__owur const char *SSL_rstate_string_long(const SSL *s); +__owur long SSL_SESSION_get_time(const SSL_SESSION *s); +__owur long SSL_SESSION_set_time(SSL_SESSION *s, long t); +__owur long SSL_SESSION_get_timeout(const SSL_SESSION *s); +__owur long SSL_SESSION_set_timeout(SSL_SESSION *s, long t); +__owur int SSL_SESSION_get_protocol_version(const SSL_SESSION *s); +__owur int SSL_SESSION_set_protocol_version(SSL_SESSION *s, int version); + +__owur const char *SSL_SESSION_get0_hostname(const SSL_SESSION *s); +__owur int SSL_SESSION_set1_hostname(SSL_SESSION *s, const char *hostname); +void SSL_SESSION_get0_alpn_selected(const SSL_SESSION *s, + const unsigned char **alpn, + size_t *len); +__owur int SSL_SESSION_set1_alpn_selected(SSL_SESSION *s, + const unsigned char *alpn, + size_t len); +__owur const SSL_CIPHER *SSL_SESSION_get0_cipher(const SSL_SESSION *s); +__owur int SSL_SESSION_set_cipher(SSL_SESSION *s, const SSL_CIPHER *cipher); +__owur int SSL_SESSION_has_ticket(const SSL_SESSION *s); +__owur unsigned long SSL_SESSION_get_ticket_lifetime_hint(const SSL_SESSION *s); +void SSL_SESSION_get0_ticket(const SSL_SESSION *s, const unsigned char **tick, + size_t *len); +__owur uint32_t SSL_SESSION_get_max_early_data(const SSL_SESSION *s); +__owur int SSL_SESSION_set_max_early_data(SSL_SESSION *s, + uint32_t max_early_data); +__owur int SSL_copy_session_id(SSL *to, const SSL *from); +__owur X509 *SSL_SESSION_get0_peer(SSL_SESSION *s); +__owur int SSL_SESSION_set1_id_context(SSL_SESSION *s, + const unsigned char *sid_ctx, + unsigned int sid_ctx_len); +__owur int SSL_SESSION_set1_id(SSL_SESSION *s, const unsigned char *sid, + unsigned int sid_len); +__owur int SSL_SESSION_is_resumable(const SSL_SESSION *s); + +__owur SSL_SESSION *SSL_SESSION_new(void); +__owur SSL_SESSION *SSL_SESSION_dup(SSL_SESSION *src); +const unsigned char *SSL_SESSION_get_id(const SSL_SESSION *s, + unsigned int *len); +const unsigned char *SSL_SESSION_get0_id_context(const SSL_SESSION *s, + unsigned int *len); +__owur unsigned int SSL_SESSION_get_compress_id(const SSL_SESSION *s); +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_STDIO +int SSL_SESSION_print_fp(FILE *fp, const SSL_SESSION *ses); +# endif +int SSL_SESSION_print(BIO *fp, const SSL_SESSION *ses); +int SSL_SESSION_print_keylog(BIO *bp, const SSL_SESSION *x); +int SSL_SESSION_up_ref(SSL_SESSION *ses); +void SSL_SESSION_free(SSL_SESSION *ses); +__owur int i2d_SSL_SESSION(SSL_SESSION *in, unsigned char **pp); +__owur int SSL_set_session(SSL *to, SSL_SESSION *session); +int SSL_CTX_add_session(SSL_CTX *ctx, SSL_SESSION *session); +int SSL_CTX_remove_session(SSL_CTX *ctx, SSL_SESSION *session); +__owur int SSL_CTX_set_generate_session_id(SSL_CTX *ctx, GEN_SESSION_CB cb); +__owur int SSL_set_generate_session_id(SSL *s, GEN_SESSION_CB cb); +__owur int SSL_has_matching_session_id(const SSL *s, + const unsigned char *id, + unsigned int id_len); +SSL_SESSION *d2i_SSL_SESSION(SSL_SESSION **a, const unsigned char **pp, + long length); + +# ifdef HEADER_X509_H +__owur X509 *SSL_get_peer_certificate(const SSL *s); +# endif + +__owur STACK_OF(X509) *SSL_get_peer_cert_chain(const SSL *s); + +__owur int SSL_CTX_get_verify_mode(const SSL_CTX *ctx); +__owur int SSL_CTX_get_verify_depth(const SSL_CTX *ctx); +__owur SSL_verify_cb SSL_CTX_get_verify_callback(const SSL_CTX *ctx); +void SSL_CTX_set_verify(SSL_CTX *ctx, int mode, SSL_verify_cb callback); +void SSL_CTX_set_verify_depth(SSL_CTX *ctx, int depth); +void SSL_CTX_set_cert_verify_callback(SSL_CTX *ctx, + int (*cb) (X509_STORE_CTX *, void *), + void *arg); +void SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb(SSL_CTX *c, int (*cb) (SSL *ssl, void *arg), + void *arg); +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_RSA +__owur int SSL_CTX_use_RSAPrivateKey(SSL_CTX *ctx, RSA *rsa); +__owur int SSL_CTX_use_RSAPrivateKey_ASN1(SSL_CTX *ctx, const unsigned char *d, + long len); +# endif +__owur int SSL_CTX_use_PrivateKey(SSL_CTX *ctx, EVP_PKEY *pkey); +__owur int SSL_CTX_use_PrivateKey_ASN1(int pk, SSL_CTX *ctx, + const unsigned char *d, long len); +__owur int SSL_CTX_use_certificate(SSL_CTX *ctx, X509 *x); +__owur int SSL_CTX_use_certificate_ASN1(SSL_CTX *ctx, int len, + const unsigned char *d); +__owur int SSL_CTX_use_cert_and_key(SSL_CTX *ctx, X509 *x509, EVP_PKEY *privatekey, + STACK_OF(X509) *chain, int override); + +void SSL_CTX_set_default_passwd_cb(SSL_CTX *ctx, pem_password_cb *cb); +void SSL_CTX_set_default_passwd_cb_userdata(SSL_CTX *ctx, void *u); +pem_password_cb *SSL_CTX_get_default_passwd_cb(SSL_CTX *ctx); +void *SSL_CTX_get_default_passwd_cb_userdata(SSL_CTX *ctx); +void SSL_set_default_passwd_cb(SSL *s, pem_password_cb *cb); +void SSL_set_default_passwd_cb_userdata(SSL *s, void *u); +pem_password_cb *SSL_get_default_passwd_cb(SSL *s); +void *SSL_get_default_passwd_cb_userdata(SSL *s); + +__owur int SSL_CTX_check_private_key(const SSL_CTX *ctx); +__owur int SSL_check_private_key(const SSL *ctx); + +__owur int SSL_CTX_set_session_id_context(SSL_CTX *ctx, + const unsigned char *sid_ctx, + unsigned int sid_ctx_len); + +SSL *SSL_new(SSL_CTX *ctx); +int SSL_up_ref(SSL *s); +int SSL_is_dtls(const SSL *s); +__owur int SSL_set_session_id_context(SSL *ssl, const unsigned char *sid_ctx, + unsigned int sid_ctx_len); + +__owur int SSL_CTX_set_purpose(SSL_CTX *ctx, int purpose); +__owur int SSL_set_purpose(SSL *ssl, int purpose); +__owur int SSL_CTX_set_trust(SSL_CTX *ctx, int trust); +__owur int SSL_set_trust(SSL *ssl, int trust); + +__owur int SSL_set1_host(SSL *s, const char *hostname); +__owur int SSL_add1_host(SSL *s, const char *hostname); +__owur const char *SSL_get0_peername(SSL *s); +void SSL_set_hostflags(SSL *s, unsigned int flags); + +__owur int SSL_CTX_dane_enable(SSL_CTX *ctx); +__owur int SSL_CTX_dane_mtype_set(SSL_CTX *ctx, const EVP_MD *md, + uint8_t mtype, uint8_t ord); +__owur int SSL_dane_enable(SSL *s, const char *basedomain); +__owur int SSL_dane_tlsa_add(SSL *s, uint8_t usage, uint8_t selector, + uint8_t mtype, unsigned const char *data, size_t dlen); +__owur int SSL_get0_dane_authority(SSL *s, X509 **mcert, EVP_PKEY **mspki); +__owur int SSL_get0_dane_tlsa(SSL *s, uint8_t *usage, uint8_t *selector, + uint8_t *mtype, unsigned const char **data, + size_t *dlen); +/* + * Bridge opacity barrier between libcrypt and libssl, also needed to support + * offline testing in test/danetest.c + */ +SSL_DANE *SSL_get0_dane(SSL *ssl); +/* + * DANE flags + */ +unsigned long SSL_CTX_dane_set_flags(SSL_CTX *ctx, unsigned long flags); +unsigned long SSL_CTX_dane_clear_flags(SSL_CTX *ctx, unsigned long flags); +unsigned long SSL_dane_set_flags(SSL *ssl, unsigned long flags); +unsigned long SSL_dane_clear_flags(SSL *ssl, unsigned long flags); + +__owur int SSL_CTX_set1_param(SSL_CTX *ctx, X509_VERIFY_PARAM *vpm); +__owur int SSL_set1_param(SSL *ssl, X509_VERIFY_PARAM *vpm); + +__owur X509_VERIFY_PARAM *SSL_CTX_get0_param(SSL_CTX *ctx); +__owur X509_VERIFY_PARAM *SSL_get0_param(SSL *ssl); + +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_SRP +int SSL_CTX_set_srp_username(SSL_CTX *ctx, char *name); +int SSL_CTX_set_srp_password(SSL_CTX *ctx, char *password); +int SSL_CTX_set_srp_strength(SSL_CTX *ctx, int strength); +int SSL_CTX_set_srp_client_pwd_callback(SSL_CTX *ctx, + char *(*cb) (SSL *, void *)); +int SSL_CTX_set_srp_verify_param_callback(SSL_CTX *ctx, + int (*cb) (SSL *, void *)); +int SSL_CTX_set_srp_username_callback(SSL_CTX *ctx, + int (*cb) (SSL *, int *, void *)); +int SSL_CTX_set_srp_cb_arg(SSL_CTX *ctx, void *arg); + +int SSL_set_srp_server_param(SSL *s, const BIGNUM *N, const BIGNUM *g, + BIGNUM *sa, BIGNUM *v, char *info); +int SSL_set_srp_server_param_pw(SSL *s, const char *user, const char *pass, + const char *grp); + +__owur BIGNUM *SSL_get_srp_g(SSL *s); +__owur BIGNUM *SSL_get_srp_N(SSL *s); + +__owur char *SSL_get_srp_username(SSL *s); +__owur char *SSL_get_srp_userinfo(SSL *s); +# endif + +/* + * ClientHello callback and helpers. + */ + +# define SSL_CLIENT_HELLO_SUCCESS 1 +# define SSL_CLIENT_HELLO_ERROR 0 +# define SSL_CLIENT_HELLO_RETRY (-1) + +typedef int (*SSL_client_hello_cb_fn) (SSL *s, int *al, void *arg); +void SSL_CTX_set_client_hello_cb(SSL_CTX *c, SSL_client_hello_cb_fn cb, + void *arg); +int SSL_client_hello_isv2(SSL *s); +unsigned int SSL_client_hello_get0_legacy_version(SSL *s); +size_t SSL_client_hello_get0_random(SSL *s, const unsigned char **out); +size_t SSL_client_hello_get0_session_id(SSL *s, const unsigned char **out); +size_t SSL_client_hello_get0_ciphers(SSL *s, const unsigned char **out); +size_t SSL_client_hello_get0_compression_methods(SSL *s, + const unsigned char **out); +int SSL_client_hello_get1_extensions_present(SSL *s, int **out, size_t *outlen); +int SSL_client_hello_get0_ext(SSL *s, unsigned int type, + const unsigned char **out, size_t *outlen); + +void SSL_certs_clear(SSL *s); +void SSL_free(SSL *ssl); +# ifdef OSSL_ASYNC_FD +/* + * Windows application developer has to include windows.h to use these. + */ +__owur int SSL_waiting_for_async(SSL *s); +__owur int SSL_get_all_async_fds(SSL *s, OSSL_ASYNC_FD *fds, size_t *numfds); +__owur int SSL_get_changed_async_fds(SSL *s, OSSL_ASYNC_FD *addfd, + size_t *numaddfds, OSSL_ASYNC_FD *delfd, + size_t *numdelfds); +# endif +__owur int SSL_accept(SSL *ssl); +__owur int SSL_stateless(SSL *s); +__owur int SSL_connect(SSL *ssl); +__owur int SSL_read(SSL *ssl, void *buf, int num); +__owur int SSL_read_ex(SSL *ssl, void *buf, size_t num, size_t *readbytes); + +# define SSL_READ_EARLY_DATA_ERROR 0 +# define SSL_READ_EARLY_DATA_SUCCESS 1 +# define SSL_READ_EARLY_DATA_FINISH 2 + +__owur int SSL_read_early_data(SSL *s, void *buf, size_t num, + size_t *readbytes); +__owur int SSL_peek(SSL *ssl, void *buf, int num); +__owur int SSL_peek_ex(SSL *ssl, void *buf, size_t num, size_t *readbytes); +__owur int SSL_write(SSL *ssl, const void *buf, int num); +__owur int SSL_write_ex(SSL *s, const void *buf, size_t num, size_t *written); +__owur int SSL_write_early_data(SSL *s, const void *buf, size_t num, + size_t *written); +long SSL_ctrl(SSL *ssl, int cmd, long larg, void *parg); +long SSL_callback_ctrl(SSL *, int, void (*)(void)); +long SSL_CTX_ctrl(SSL_CTX *ctx, int cmd, long larg, void *parg); +long SSL_CTX_callback_ctrl(SSL_CTX *, int, void (*)(void)); + +# define SSL_EARLY_DATA_NOT_SENT 0 +# define SSL_EARLY_DATA_REJECTED 1 +# define SSL_EARLY_DATA_ACCEPTED 2 + +__owur int SSL_get_early_data_status(const SSL *s); + +__owur int SSL_get_error(const SSL *s, int ret_code); +__owur const char *SSL_get_version(const SSL *s); + +/* This sets the 'default' SSL version that SSL_new() will create */ +__owur int SSL_CTX_set_ssl_version(SSL_CTX *ctx, const SSL_METHOD *meth); + +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_SSL3_METHOD +DEPRECATEDIN_1_1_0(__owur const SSL_METHOD *SSLv3_method(void)) /* SSLv3 */ +DEPRECATEDIN_1_1_0(__owur const SSL_METHOD *SSLv3_server_method(void)) +DEPRECATEDIN_1_1_0(__owur const SSL_METHOD *SSLv3_client_method(void)) +# endif + +#define SSLv23_method TLS_method +#define SSLv23_server_method TLS_server_method +#define SSLv23_client_method TLS_client_method + +/* Negotiate highest available SSL/TLS version */ +__owur const SSL_METHOD *TLS_method(void); +__owur const SSL_METHOD *TLS_server_method(void); +__owur const SSL_METHOD *TLS_client_method(void); + +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_TLS1_METHOD +DEPRECATEDIN_1_1_0(__owur const SSL_METHOD *TLSv1_method(void)) /* TLSv1.0 */ +DEPRECATEDIN_1_1_0(__owur const SSL_METHOD *TLSv1_server_method(void)) +DEPRECATEDIN_1_1_0(__owur const SSL_METHOD *TLSv1_client_method(void)) +# endif + +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_TLS1_1_METHOD +DEPRECATEDIN_1_1_0(__owur const SSL_METHOD *TLSv1_1_method(void)) /* TLSv1.1 */ +DEPRECATEDIN_1_1_0(__owur const SSL_METHOD *TLSv1_1_server_method(void)) +DEPRECATEDIN_1_1_0(__owur const SSL_METHOD *TLSv1_1_client_method(void)) +# endif + +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_TLS1_2_METHOD +DEPRECATEDIN_1_1_0(__owur const SSL_METHOD *TLSv1_2_method(void)) /* TLSv1.2 */ +DEPRECATEDIN_1_1_0(__owur const SSL_METHOD *TLSv1_2_server_method(void)) +DEPRECATEDIN_1_1_0(__owur const SSL_METHOD *TLSv1_2_client_method(void)) +# endif + +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_DTLS1_METHOD +DEPRECATEDIN_1_1_0(__owur const SSL_METHOD *DTLSv1_method(void)) /* DTLSv1.0 */ +DEPRECATEDIN_1_1_0(__owur const SSL_METHOD *DTLSv1_server_method(void)) +DEPRECATEDIN_1_1_0(__owur const SSL_METHOD *DTLSv1_client_method(void)) +# endif + +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_DTLS1_2_METHOD +/* DTLSv1.2 */ +DEPRECATEDIN_1_1_0(__owur const SSL_METHOD *DTLSv1_2_method(void)) +DEPRECATEDIN_1_1_0(__owur const SSL_METHOD *DTLSv1_2_server_method(void)) +DEPRECATEDIN_1_1_0(__owur const SSL_METHOD *DTLSv1_2_client_method(void)) +# endif + +__owur const SSL_METHOD *DTLS_method(void); /* DTLS 1.0 and 1.2 */ +__owur const SSL_METHOD *DTLS_server_method(void); /* DTLS 1.0 and 1.2 */ +__owur const SSL_METHOD *DTLS_client_method(void); /* DTLS 1.0 and 1.2 */ + +__owur size_t DTLS_get_data_mtu(const SSL *s); + +__owur STACK_OF(SSL_CIPHER) *SSL_get_ciphers(const SSL *s); +__owur STACK_OF(SSL_CIPHER) *SSL_CTX_get_ciphers(const SSL_CTX *ctx); +__owur STACK_OF(SSL_CIPHER) *SSL_get_client_ciphers(const SSL *s); +__owur STACK_OF(SSL_CIPHER) *SSL_get1_supported_ciphers(SSL *s); + +__owur int SSL_do_handshake(SSL *s); +int SSL_key_update(SSL *s, int updatetype); +int SSL_get_key_update_type(const SSL *s); +int SSL_renegotiate(SSL *s); +int SSL_renegotiate_abbreviated(SSL *s); +__owur int SSL_renegotiate_pending(const SSL *s); +int SSL_shutdown(SSL *s); +__owur int SSL_verify_client_post_handshake(SSL *s); +void SSL_CTX_set_post_handshake_auth(SSL_CTX *ctx, int val); +void SSL_set_post_handshake_auth(SSL *s, int val); + +__owur const SSL_METHOD *SSL_CTX_get_ssl_method(const SSL_CTX *ctx); +__owur const SSL_METHOD *SSL_get_ssl_method(const SSL *s); +__owur int SSL_set_ssl_method(SSL *s, const SSL_METHOD *method); +__owur const char *SSL_alert_type_string_long(int value); +__owur const char *SSL_alert_type_string(int value); +__owur const char *SSL_alert_desc_string_long(int value); +__owur const char *SSL_alert_desc_string(int value); + +void SSL_set0_CA_list(SSL *s, STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *name_list); +void SSL_CTX_set0_CA_list(SSL_CTX *ctx, STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *name_list); +__owur const STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *SSL_get0_CA_list(const SSL *s); +__owur const STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *SSL_CTX_get0_CA_list(const SSL_CTX *ctx); +__owur int SSL_add1_to_CA_list(SSL *ssl, const X509 *x); +__owur int SSL_CTX_add1_to_CA_list(SSL_CTX *ctx, const X509 *x); +__owur const STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *SSL_get0_peer_CA_list(const SSL *s); + +void SSL_set_client_CA_list(SSL *s, STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *name_list); +void SSL_CTX_set_client_CA_list(SSL_CTX *ctx, STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *name_list); +__owur STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *SSL_get_client_CA_list(const SSL *s); +__owur STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *SSL_CTX_get_client_CA_list(const SSL_CTX *s); +__owur int SSL_add_client_CA(SSL *ssl, X509 *x); +__owur int SSL_CTX_add_client_CA(SSL_CTX *ctx, X509 *x); + +void SSL_set_connect_state(SSL *s); +void SSL_set_accept_state(SSL *s); + +__owur long SSL_get_default_timeout(const SSL *s); + +# if OPENSSL_API_COMPAT < 0x10100000L +# define SSL_library_init() OPENSSL_init_ssl(0, NULL) +# endif + +__owur char *SSL_CIPHER_description(const SSL_CIPHER *, char *buf, int size); +__owur STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *SSL_dup_CA_list(const STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *sk); + +__owur SSL *SSL_dup(SSL *ssl); + +__owur X509 *SSL_get_certificate(const SSL *ssl); +/* + * EVP_PKEY + */ +struct evp_pkey_st *SSL_get_privatekey(const SSL *ssl); + +__owur X509 *SSL_CTX_get0_certificate(const SSL_CTX *ctx); +__owur EVP_PKEY *SSL_CTX_get0_privatekey(const SSL_CTX *ctx); + +void SSL_CTX_set_quiet_shutdown(SSL_CTX *ctx, int mode); +__owur int SSL_CTX_get_quiet_shutdown(const SSL_CTX *ctx); +void SSL_set_quiet_shutdown(SSL *ssl, int mode); +__owur int SSL_get_quiet_shutdown(const SSL *ssl); +void SSL_set_shutdown(SSL *ssl, int mode); +__owur int SSL_get_shutdown(const SSL *ssl); +__owur int SSL_version(const SSL *ssl); +__owur int SSL_client_version(const SSL *s); +__owur int SSL_CTX_set_default_verify_paths(SSL_CTX *ctx); +__owur int SSL_CTX_set_default_verify_dir(SSL_CTX *ctx); +__owur int SSL_CTX_set_default_verify_file(SSL_CTX *ctx); +__owur int SSL_CTX_load_verify_locations(SSL_CTX *ctx, const char *CAfile, + const char *CApath); +# define SSL_get0_session SSL_get_session/* just peek at pointer */ +__owur SSL_SESSION *SSL_get_session(const SSL *ssl); +__owur SSL_SESSION *SSL_get1_session(SSL *ssl); /* obtain a reference count */ +__owur SSL_CTX *SSL_get_SSL_CTX(const SSL *ssl); +SSL_CTX *SSL_set_SSL_CTX(SSL *ssl, SSL_CTX *ctx); +void SSL_set_info_callback(SSL *ssl, + void (*cb) (const SSL *ssl, int type, int val)); +void (*SSL_get_info_callback(const SSL *ssl)) (const SSL *ssl, int type, + int val); +__owur OSSL_HANDSHAKE_STATE SSL_get_state(const SSL *ssl); + +void SSL_set_verify_result(SSL *ssl, long v); +__owur long SSL_get_verify_result(const SSL *ssl); +__owur STACK_OF(X509) *SSL_get0_verified_chain(const SSL *s); + +__owur size_t SSL_get_client_random(const SSL *ssl, unsigned char *out, + size_t outlen); +__owur size_t SSL_get_server_random(const SSL *ssl, unsigned char *out, + size_t outlen); +__owur size_t SSL_SESSION_get_master_key(const SSL_SESSION *sess, + unsigned char *out, size_t outlen); +__owur int SSL_SESSION_set1_master_key(SSL_SESSION *sess, + const unsigned char *in, size_t len); +uint8_t SSL_SESSION_get_max_fragment_length(const SSL_SESSION *sess); + +#define SSL_get_ex_new_index(l, p, newf, dupf, freef) \ + CRYPTO_get_ex_new_index(CRYPTO_EX_INDEX_SSL, l, p, newf, dupf, freef) +__owur int SSL_set_ex_data(SSL *ssl, int idx, void *data); +void *SSL_get_ex_data(const SSL *ssl, int idx); +#define SSL_SESSION_get_ex_new_index(l, p, newf, dupf, freef) \ + CRYPTO_get_ex_new_index(CRYPTO_EX_INDEX_SSL_SESSION, l, p, newf, dupf, freef) +__owur int SSL_SESSION_set_ex_data(SSL_SESSION *ss, int idx, void *data); +void *SSL_SESSION_get_ex_data(const SSL_SESSION *ss, int idx); +#define SSL_CTX_get_ex_new_index(l, p, newf, dupf, freef) \ + CRYPTO_get_ex_new_index(CRYPTO_EX_INDEX_SSL_CTX, l, p, newf, dupf, freef) +__owur int SSL_CTX_set_ex_data(SSL_CTX *ssl, int idx, void *data); +void *SSL_CTX_get_ex_data(const SSL_CTX *ssl, int idx); + +__owur int SSL_get_ex_data_X509_STORE_CTX_idx(void); + +# define SSL_CTX_sess_set_cache_size(ctx,t) \ + SSL_CTX_ctrl(ctx,SSL_CTRL_SET_SESS_CACHE_SIZE,t,NULL) +# define SSL_CTX_sess_get_cache_size(ctx) \ + SSL_CTX_ctrl(ctx,SSL_CTRL_GET_SESS_CACHE_SIZE,0,NULL) +# define SSL_CTX_set_session_cache_mode(ctx,m) \ + SSL_CTX_ctrl(ctx,SSL_CTRL_SET_SESS_CACHE_MODE,m,NULL) +# define SSL_CTX_get_session_cache_mode(ctx) \ + SSL_CTX_ctrl(ctx,SSL_CTRL_GET_SESS_CACHE_MODE,0,NULL) + +# define SSL_CTX_get_default_read_ahead(ctx) SSL_CTX_get_read_ahead(ctx) +# define SSL_CTX_set_default_read_ahead(ctx,m) SSL_CTX_set_read_ahead(ctx,m) +# define SSL_CTX_get_read_ahead(ctx) \ + SSL_CTX_ctrl(ctx,SSL_CTRL_GET_READ_AHEAD,0,NULL) +# define SSL_CTX_set_read_ahead(ctx,m) \ + SSL_CTX_ctrl(ctx,SSL_CTRL_SET_READ_AHEAD,m,NULL) +# define SSL_CTX_get_max_cert_list(ctx) \ + SSL_CTX_ctrl(ctx,SSL_CTRL_GET_MAX_CERT_LIST,0,NULL) +# define SSL_CTX_set_max_cert_list(ctx,m) \ + SSL_CTX_ctrl(ctx,SSL_CTRL_SET_MAX_CERT_LIST,m,NULL) +# define SSL_get_max_cert_list(ssl) \ + SSL_ctrl(ssl,SSL_CTRL_GET_MAX_CERT_LIST,0,NULL) +# define SSL_set_max_cert_list(ssl,m) \ + SSL_ctrl(ssl,SSL_CTRL_SET_MAX_CERT_LIST,m,NULL) + +# define SSL_CTX_set_max_send_fragment(ctx,m) \ + SSL_CTX_ctrl(ctx,SSL_CTRL_SET_MAX_SEND_FRAGMENT,m,NULL) +# define SSL_set_max_send_fragment(ssl,m) \ + SSL_ctrl(ssl,SSL_CTRL_SET_MAX_SEND_FRAGMENT,m,NULL) +# define SSL_CTX_set_split_send_fragment(ctx,m) \ + SSL_CTX_ctrl(ctx,SSL_CTRL_SET_SPLIT_SEND_FRAGMENT,m,NULL) +# define SSL_set_split_send_fragment(ssl,m) \ + SSL_ctrl(ssl,SSL_CTRL_SET_SPLIT_SEND_FRAGMENT,m,NULL) +# define SSL_CTX_set_max_pipelines(ctx,m) \ + SSL_CTX_ctrl(ctx,SSL_CTRL_SET_MAX_PIPELINES,m,NULL) +# define SSL_set_max_pipelines(ssl,m) \ + SSL_ctrl(ssl,SSL_CTRL_SET_MAX_PIPELINES,m,NULL) + +void SSL_CTX_set_default_read_buffer_len(SSL_CTX *ctx, size_t len); +void SSL_set_default_read_buffer_len(SSL *s, size_t len); + +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_DH +/* NB: the |keylength| is only applicable when is_export is true */ +void SSL_CTX_set_tmp_dh_callback(SSL_CTX *ctx, + DH *(*dh) (SSL *ssl, int is_export, + int keylength)); +void SSL_set_tmp_dh_callback(SSL *ssl, + DH *(*dh) (SSL *ssl, int is_export, + int keylength)); +# endif + +__owur const COMP_METHOD *SSL_get_current_compression(const SSL *s); +__owur const COMP_METHOD *SSL_get_current_expansion(const SSL *s); +__owur const char *SSL_COMP_get_name(const COMP_METHOD *comp); +__owur const char *SSL_COMP_get0_name(const SSL_COMP *comp); +__owur int SSL_COMP_get_id(const SSL_COMP *comp); +STACK_OF(SSL_COMP) *SSL_COMP_get_compression_methods(void); +__owur STACK_OF(SSL_COMP) *SSL_COMP_set0_compression_methods(STACK_OF(SSL_COMP) + *meths); +# if OPENSSL_API_COMPAT < 0x10100000L +# define SSL_COMP_free_compression_methods() while(0) continue +# endif +__owur int SSL_COMP_add_compression_method(int id, COMP_METHOD *cm); + +const SSL_CIPHER *SSL_CIPHER_find(SSL *ssl, const unsigned char *ptr); +int SSL_CIPHER_get_cipher_nid(const SSL_CIPHER *c); +int SSL_CIPHER_get_digest_nid(const SSL_CIPHER *c); +int SSL_bytes_to_cipher_list(SSL *s, const unsigned char *bytes, size_t len, + int isv2format, STACK_OF(SSL_CIPHER) **sk, + STACK_OF(SSL_CIPHER) **scsvs); + +/* TLS extensions functions */ +__owur int SSL_set_session_ticket_ext(SSL *s, void *ext_data, int ext_len); + +__owur int SSL_set_session_ticket_ext_cb(SSL *s, + tls_session_ticket_ext_cb_fn cb, + void *arg); + +/* Pre-shared secret session resumption functions */ +__owur int SSL_set_session_secret_cb(SSL *s, + tls_session_secret_cb_fn session_secret_cb, + void *arg); + +void SSL_CTX_set_not_resumable_session_callback(SSL_CTX *ctx, + int (*cb) (SSL *ssl, + int + is_forward_secure)); + +void SSL_set_not_resumable_session_callback(SSL *ssl, + int (*cb) (SSL *ssl, + int is_forward_secure)); + +void SSL_CTX_set_record_padding_callback(SSL_CTX *ctx, + size_t (*cb) (SSL *ssl, int type, + size_t len, void *arg)); +void SSL_CTX_set_record_padding_callback_arg(SSL_CTX *ctx, void *arg); +void *SSL_CTX_get_record_padding_callback_arg(const SSL_CTX *ctx); +int SSL_CTX_set_block_padding(SSL_CTX *ctx, size_t block_size); + +void SSL_set_record_padding_callback(SSL *ssl, + size_t (*cb) (SSL *ssl, int type, + size_t len, void *arg)); +void SSL_set_record_padding_callback_arg(SSL *ssl, void *arg); +void *SSL_get_record_padding_callback_arg(const SSL *ssl); +int SSL_set_block_padding(SSL *ssl, size_t block_size); + +int SSL_set_num_tickets(SSL *s, size_t num_tickets); +size_t SSL_get_num_tickets(const SSL *s); +int SSL_CTX_set_num_tickets(SSL_CTX *ctx, size_t num_tickets); +size_t SSL_CTX_get_num_tickets(const SSL_CTX *ctx); + +# if OPENSSL_API_COMPAT < 0x10100000L +# define SSL_cache_hit(s) SSL_session_reused(s) +# endif + +__owur int SSL_session_reused(const SSL *s); +__owur int SSL_is_server(const SSL *s); + +__owur __owur SSL_CONF_CTX *SSL_CONF_CTX_new(void); +int SSL_CONF_CTX_finish(SSL_CONF_CTX *cctx); +void SSL_CONF_CTX_free(SSL_CONF_CTX *cctx); +unsigned int SSL_CONF_CTX_set_flags(SSL_CONF_CTX *cctx, unsigned int flags); +__owur unsigned int SSL_CONF_CTX_clear_flags(SSL_CONF_CTX *cctx, + unsigned int flags); +__owur int SSL_CONF_CTX_set1_prefix(SSL_CONF_CTX *cctx, const char *pre); + +void SSL_CONF_CTX_set_ssl(SSL_CONF_CTX *cctx, SSL *ssl); +void SSL_CONF_CTX_set_ssl_ctx(SSL_CONF_CTX *cctx, SSL_CTX *ctx); + +__owur int SSL_CONF_cmd(SSL_CONF_CTX *cctx, const char *cmd, const char *value); +__owur int SSL_CONF_cmd_argv(SSL_CONF_CTX *cctx, int *pargc, char ***pargv); +__owur int SSL_CONF_cmd_value_type(SSL_CONF_CTX *cctx, const char *cmd); + +void SSL_add_ssl_module(void); +int SSL_config(SSL *s, const char *name); +int SSL_CTX_config(SSL_CTX *ctx, const char *name); + +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_SSL_TRACE +void SSL_trace(int write_p, int version, int content_type, + const void *buf, size_t len, SSL *ssl, void *arg); +# endif + +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_SOCK +int DTLSv1_listen(SSL *s, BIO_ADDR *client); +# endif + +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_CT + +/* + * A callback for verifying that the received SCTs are sufficient. + * Expected to return 1 if they are sufficient, otherwise 0. + * May return a negative integer if an error occurs. + * A connection should be aborted if the SCTs are deemed insufficient. + */ +typedef int (*ssl_ct_validation_cb)(const CT_POLICY_EVAL_CTX *ctx, + const STACK_OF(SCT) *scts, void *arg); + +/* + * Sets a |callback| that is invoked upon receipt of ServerHelloDone to validate + * the received SCTs. + * If the callback returns a non-positive result, the connection is terminated. + * Call this function before beginning a handshake. + * If a NULL |callback| is provided, SCT validation is disabled. + * |arg| is arbitrary userdata that will be passed to the callback whenever it + * is invoked. Ownership of |arg| remains with the caller. + * + * NOTE: A side-effect of setting a CT callback is that an OCSP stapled response + * will be requested. + */ +int SSL_set_ct_validation_callback(SSL *s, ssl_ct_validation_cb callback, + void *arg); +int SSL_CTX_set_ct_validation_callback(SSL_CTX *ctx, + ssl_ct_validation_cb callback, + void *arg); +#define SSL_disable_ct(s) \ + ((void) SSL_set_validation_callback((s), NULL, NULL)) +#define SSL_CTX_disable_ct(ctx) \ + ((void) SSL_CTX_set_validation_callback((ctx), NULL, NULL)) + +/* + * The validation type enumerates the available behaviours of the built-in SSL + * CT validation callback selected via SSL_enable_ct() and SSL_CTX_enable_ct(). + * The underlying callback is a static function in libssl. + */ +enum { + SSL_CT_VALIDATION_PERMISSIVE = 0, + SSL_CT_VALIDATION_STRICT +}; + +/* + * Enable CT by setting up a callback that implements one of the built-in + * validation variants. The SSL_CT_VALIDATION_PERMISSIVE variant always + * continues the handshake, the application can make appropriate decisions at + * handshake completion. The SSL_CT_VALIDATION_STRICT variant requires at + * least one valid SCT, or else handshake termination will be requested. The + * handshake may continue anyway if SSL_VERIFY_NONE is in effect. + */ +int SSL_enable_ct(SSL *s, int validation_mode); +int SSL_CTX_enable_ct(SSL_CTX *ctx, int validation_mode); + +/* + * Report whether a non-NULL callback is enabled. + */ +int SSL_ct_is_enabled(const SSL *s); +int SSL_CTX_ct_is_enabled(const SSL_CTX *ctx); + +/* Gets the SCTs received from a connection */ +const STACK_OF(SCT) *SSL_get0_peer_scts(SSL *s); + +/* + * Loads the CT log list from the default location. + * If a CTLOG_STORE has previously been set using SSL_CTX_set_ctlog_store, + * the log information loaded from this file will be appended to the + * CTLOG_STORE. + * Returns 1 on success, 0 otherwise. + */ +int SSL_CTX_set_default_ctlog_list_file(SSL_CTX *ctx); + +/* + * Loads the CT log list from the specified file path. + * If a CTLOG_STORE has previously been set using SSL_CTX_set_ctlog_store, + * the log information loaded from this file will be appended to the + * CTLOG_STORE. + * Returns 1 on success, 0 otherwise. + */ +int SSL_CTX_set_ctlog_list_file(SSL_CTX *ctx, const char *path); + +/* + * Sets the CT log list used by all SSL connections created from this SSL_CTX. + * Ownership of the CTLOG_STORE is transferred to the SSL_CTX. + */ +void SSL_CTX_set0_ctlog_store(SSL_CTX *ctx, CTLOG_STORE *logs); + +/* + * Gets the CT log list used by all SSL connections created from this SSL_CTX. + * This will be NULL unless one of the following functions has been called: + * - SSL_CTX_set_default_ctlog_list_file + * - SSL_CTX_set_ctlog_list_file + * - SSL_CTX_set_ctlog_store + */ +const CTLOG_STORE *SSL_CTX_get0_ctlog_store(const SSL_CTX *ctx); + +# endif /* OPENSSL_NO_CT */ + +/* What the "other" parameter contains in security callback */ +/* Mask for type */ +# define SSL_SECOP_OTHER_TYPE 0xffff0000 +# define SSL_SECOP_OTHER_NONE 0 +# define SSL_SECOP_OTHER_CIPHER (1 << 16) +# define SSL_SECOP_OTHER_CURVE (2 << 16) +# define SSL_SECOP_OTHER_DH (3 << 16) +# define SSL_SECOP_OTHER_PKEY (4 << 16) +# define SSL_SECOP_OTHER_SIGALG (5 << 16) +# define SSL_SECOP_OTHER_CERT (6 << 16) + +/* Indicated operation refers to peer key or certificate */ +# define SSL_SECOP_PEER 0x1000 + +/* Values for "op" parameter in security callback */ + +/* Called to filter ciphers */ +/* Ciphers client supports */ +# define SSL_SECOP_CIPHER_SUPPORTED (1 | SSL_SECOP_OTHER_CIPHER) +/* Cipher shared by client/server */ +# define SSL_SECOP_CIPHER_SHARED (2 | SSL_SECOP_OTHER_CIPHER) +/* Sanity check of cipher server selects */ +# define SSL_SECOP_CIPHER_CHECK (3 | SSL_SECOP_OTHER_CIPHER) +/* Curves supported by client */ +# define SSL_SECOP_CURVE_SUPPORTED (4 | SSL_SECOP_OTHER_CURVE) +/* Curves shared by client/server */ +# define SSL_SECOP_CURVE_SHARED (5 | SSL_SECOP_OTHER_CURVE) +/* Sanity check of curve server selects */ +# define SSL_SECOP_CURVE_CHECK (6 | SSL_SECOP_OTHER_CURVE) +/* Temporary DH key */ +# define SSL_SECOP_TMP_DH (7 | SSL_SECOP_OTHER_PKEY) +/* SSL/TLS version */ +# define SSL_SECOP_VERSION (9 | SSL_SECOP_OTHER_NONE) +/* Session tickets */ +# define SSL_SECOP_TICKET (10 | SSL_SECOP_OTHER_NONE) +/* Supported signature algorithms sent to peer */ +# define SSL_SECOP_SIGALG_SUPPORTED (11 | SSL_SECOP_OTHER_SIGALG) +/* Shared signature algorithm */ +# define SSL_SECOP_SIGALG_SHARED (12 | SSL_SECOP_OTHER_SIGALG) +/* Sanity check signature algorithm allowed */ +# define SSL_SECOP_SIGALG_CHECK (13 | SSL_SECOP_OTHER_SIGALG) +/* Used to get mask of supported public key signature algorithms */ +# define SSL_SECOP_SIGALG_MASK (14 | SSL_SECOP_OTHER_SIGALG) +/* Use to see if compression is allowed */ +# define SSL_SECOP_COMPRESSION (15 | SSL_SECOP_OTHER_NONE) +/* EE key in certificate */ +# define SSL_SECOP_EE_KEY (16 | SSL_SECOP_OTHER_CERT) +/* CA key in certificate */ +# define SSL_SECOP_CA_KEY (17 | SSL_SECOP_OTHER_CERT) +/* CA digest algorithm in certificate */ +# define SSL_SECOP_CA_MD (18 | SSL_SECOP_OTHER_CERT) +/* Peer EE key in certificate */ +# define SSL_SECOP_PEER_EE_KEY (SSL_SECOP_EE_KEY | SSL_SECOP_PEER) +/* Peer CA key in certificate */ +# define SSL_SECOP_PEER_CA_KEY (SSL_SECOP_CA_KEY | SSL_SECOP_PEER) +/* Peer CA digest algorithm in certificate */ +# define SSL_SECOP_PEER_CA_MD (SSL_SECOP_CA_MD | SSL_SECOP_PEER) + +void SSL_set_security_level(SSL *s, int level); +__owur int SSL_get_security_level(const SSL *s); +void SSL_set_security_callback(SSL *s, + int (*cb) (const SSL *s, const SSL_CTX *ctx, + int op, int bits, int nid, + void *other, void *ex)); +int (*SSL_get_security_callback(const SSL *s)) (const SSL *s, + const SSL_CTX *ctx, int op, + int bits, int nid, void *other, + void *ex); +void SSL_set0_security_ex_data(SSL *s, void *ex); +__owur void *SSL_get0_security_ex_data(const SSL *s); + +void SSL_CTX_set_security_level(SSL_CTX *ctx, int level); +__owur int SSL_CTX_get_security_level(const SSL_CTX *ctx); +void SSL_CTX_set_security_callback(SSL_CTX *ctx, + int (*cb) (const SSL *s, const SSL_CTX *ctx, + int op, int bits, int nid, + void *other, void *ex)); +int (*SSL_CTX_get_security_callback(const SSL_CTX *ctx)) (const SSL *s, + const SSL_CTX *ctx, + int op, int bits, + int nid, + void *other, + void *ex); +void SSL_CTX_set0_security_ex_data(SSL_CTX *ctx, void *ex); +__owur void *SSL_CTX_get0_security_ex_data(const SSL_CTX *ctx); + +/* OPENSSL_INIT flag 0x010000 reserved for internal use */ +# define OPENSSL_INIT_NO_LOAD_SSL_STRINGS 0x00100000L +# define OPENSSL_INIT_LOAD_SSL_STRINGS 0x00200000L + +# define OPENSSL_INIT_SSL_DEFAULT \ + (OPENSSL_INIT_LOAD_SSL_STRINGS | OPENSSL_INIT_LOAD_CRYPTO_STRINGS) + +int OPENSSL_init_ssl(uint64_t opts, const OPENSSL_INIT_SETTINGS *settings); + +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_UNIT_TEST +__owur const struct openssl_ssl_test_functions *SSL_test_functions(void); +# endif + +__owur int SSL_free_buffers(SSL *ssl); +__owur int SSL_alloc_buffers(SSL *ssl); + +/* Status codes passed to the decrypt session ticket callback. Some of these + * are for internal use only and are never passed to the callback. */ +typedef int SSL_TICKET_STATUS; + +/* Support for ticket appdata */ +/* fatal error, malloc failure */ +# define SSL_TICKET_FATAL_ERR_MALLOC 0 +/* fatal error, either from parsing or decrypting the ticket */ +# define SSL_TICKET_FATAL_ERR_OTHER 1 +/* No ticket present */ +# define SSL_TICKET_NONE 2 +/* Empty ticket present */ +# define SSL_TICKET_EMPTY 3 +/* the ticket couldn't be decrypted */ +# define SSL_TICKET_NO_DECRYPT 4 +/* a ticket was successfully decrypted */ +# define SSL_TICKET_SUCCESS 5 +/* same as above but the ticket needs to be renewed */ +# define SSL_TICKET_SUCCESS_RENEW 6 + +/* Return codes for the decrypt session ticket callback */ +typedef int SSL_TICKET_RETURN; + +/* An error occurred */ +#define SSL_TICKET_RETURN_ABORT 0 +/* Do not use the ticket, do not send a renewed ticket to the client */ +#define SSL_TICKET_RETURN_IGNORE 1 +/* Do not use the ticket, send a renewed ticket to the client */ +#define SSL_TICKET_RETURN_IGNORE_RENEW 2 +/* Use the ticket, do not send a renewed ticket to the client */ +#define SSL_TICKET_RETURN_USE 3 +/* Use the ticket, send a renewed ticket to the client */ +#define SSL_TICKET_RETURN_USE_RENEW 4 + +typedef int (*SSL_CTX_generate_session_ticket_fn)(SSL *s, void *arg); +typedef SSL_TICKET_RETURN (*SSL_CTX_decrypt_session_ticket_fn)(SSL *s, SSL_SESSION *ss, + const unsigned char *keyname, + size_t keyname_length, + SSL_TICKET_STATUS status, + void *arg); +int SSL_CTX_set_session_ticket_cb(SSL_CTX *ctx, + SSL_CTX_generate_session_ticket_fn gen_cb, + SSL_CTX_decrypt_session_ticket_fn dec_cb, + void *arg); +int SSL_SESSION_set1_ticket_appdata(SSL_SESSION *ss, const void *data, size_t len); +int SSL_SESSION_get0_ticket_appdata(SSL_SESSION *ss, void **data, size_t *len); + +extern const char SSL_version_str[]; + +typedef unsigned int (*DTLS_timer_cb)(SSL *s, unsigned int timer_us); + +void DTLS_set_timer_cb(SSL *s, DTLS_timer_cb cb); + + +typedef int (*SSL_allow_early_data_cb_fn)(SSL *s, void *arg); +void SSL_CTX_set_allow_early_data_cb(SSL_CTX *ctx, + SSL_allow_early_data_cb_fn cb, + void *arg); +void SSL_set_allow_early_data_cb(SSL *s, + SSL_allow_early_data_cb_fn cb, + void *arg); + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ssl2.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ssl2.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5321bd27 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ssl2.h @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +/* + * Copyright 1995-2016 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_SSL2_H +# define HEADER_SSL2_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +# define SSL2_VERSION 0x0002 + +# define SSL2_MT_CLIENT_HELLO 1 + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ssl3.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ssl3.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..07effba2 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ssl3.h @@ -0,0 +1,342 @@ +/* + * Copyright 1995-2020 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2002, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_SSL3_H +# define HEADER_SSL3_H + +# include <openssl/comp.h> +# include <openssl/buffer.h> +# include <openssl/evp.h> +# include <openssl/ssl.h> + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/* + * Signalling cipher suite value from RFC 5746 + * (TLS_EMPTY_RENEGOTIATION_INFO_SCSV) + */ +# define SSL3_CK_SCSV 0x030000FF + +/* + * Signalling cipher suite value from draft-ietf-tls-downgrade-scsv-00 + * (TLS_FALLBACK_SCSV) + */ +# define SSL3_CK_FALLBACK_SCSV 0x03005600 + +# define SSL3_CK_RSA_NULL_MD5 0x03000001 +# define SSL3_CK_RSA_NULL_SHA 0x03000002 +# define SSL3_CK_RSA_RC4_40_MD5 0x03000003 +# define SSL3_CK_RSA_RC4_128_MD5 0x03000004 +# define SSL3_CK_RSA_RC4_128_SHA 0x03000005 +# define SSL3_CK_RSA_RC2_40_MD5 0x03000006 +# define SSL3_CK_RSA_IDEA_128_SHA 0x03000007 +# define SSL3_CK_RSA_DES_40_CBC_SHA 0x03000008 +# define SSL3_CK_RSA_DES_64_CBC_SHA 0x03000009 +# define SSL3_CK_RSA_DES_192_CBC3_SHA 0x0300000A + +# define SSL3_CK_DH_DSS_DES_40_CBC_SHA 0x0300000B +# define SSL3_CK_DH_DSS_DES_64_CBC_SHA 0x0300000C +# define SSL3_CK_DH_DSS_DES_192_CBC3_SHA 0x0300000D +# define SSL3_CK_DH_RSA_DES_40_CBC_SHA 0x0300000E +# define SSL3_CK_DH_RSA_DES_64_CBC_SHA 0x0300000F +# define SSL3_CK_DH_RSA_DES_192_CBC3_SHA 0x03000010 + +# define SSL3_CK_DHE_DSS_DES_40_CBC_SHA 0x03000011 +# define SSL3_CK_EDH_DSS_DES_40_CBC_SHA SSL3_CK_DHE_DSS_DES_40_CBC_SHA +# define SSL3_CK_DHE_DSS_DES_64_CBC_SHA 0x03000012 +# define SSL3_CK_EDH_DSS_DES_64_CBC_SHA SSL3_CK_DHE_DSS_DES_64_CBC_SHA +# define SSL3_CK_DHE_DSS_DES_192_CBC3_SHA 0x03000013 +# define SSL3_CK_EDH_DSS_DES_192_CBC3_SHA SSL3_CK_DHE_DSS_DES_192_CBC3_SHA +# define SSL3_CK_DHE_RSA_DES_40_CBC_SHA 0x03000014 +# define SSL3_CK_EDH_RSA_DES_40_CBC_SHA SSL3_CK_DHE_RSA_DES_40_CBC_SHA +# define SSL3_CK_DHE_RSA_DES_64_CBC_SHA 0x03000015 +# define SSL3_CK_EDH_RSA_DES_64_CBC_SHA SSL3_CK_DHE_RSA_DES_64_CBC_SHA +# define SSL3_CK_DHE_RSA_DES_192_CBC3_SHA 0x03000016 +# define SSL3_CK_EDH_RSA_DES_192_CBC3_SHA SSL3_CK_DHE_RSA_DES_192_CBC3_SHA + +# define SSL3_CK_ADH_RC4_40_MD5 0x03000017 +# define SSL3_CK_ADH_RC4_128_MD5 0x03000018 +# define SSL3_CK_ADH_DES_40_CBC_SHA 0x03000019 +# define SSL3_CK_ADH_DES_64_CBC_SHA 0x0300001A +# define SSL3_CK_ADH_DES_192_CBC_SHA 0x0300001B + +/* a bundle of RFC standard cipher names, generated from ssl3_ciphers[] */ +# define SSL3_RFC_RSA_NULL_MD5 "TLS_RSA_WITH_NULL_MD5" +# define SSL3_RFC_RSA_NULL_SHA "TLS_RSA_WITH_NULL_SHA" +# define SSL3_RFC_RSA_DES_192_CBC3_SHA "TLS_RSA_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA" +# define SSL3_RFC_DHE_DSS_DES_192_CBC3_SHA "TLS_DHE_DSS_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA" +# define SSL3_RFC_DHE_RSA_DES_192_CBC3_SHA "TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA" +# define SSL3_RFC_ADH_DES_192_CBC_SHA "TLS_DH_anon_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA" +# define SSL3_RFC_RSA_IDEA_128_SHA "TLS_RSA_WITH_IDEA_CBC_SHA" +# define SSL3_RFC_RSA_RC4_128_MD5 "TLS_RSA_WITH_RC4_128_MD5" +# define SSL3_RFC_RSA_RC4_128_SHA "TLS_RSA_WITH_RC4_128_SHA" +# define SSL3_RFC_ADH_RC4_128_MD5 "TLS_DH_anon_WITH_RC4_128_MD5" + +# define SSL3_TXT_RSA_NULL_MD5 "NULL-MD5" +# define SSL3_TXT_RSA_NULL_SHA "NULL-SHA" +# define SSL3_TXT_RSA_RC4_40_MD5 "EXP-RC4-MD5" +# define SSL3_TXT_RSA_RC4_128_MD5 "RC4-MD5" +# define SSL3_TXT_RSA_RC4_128_SHA "RC4-SHA" +# define SSL3_TXT_RSA_RC2_40_MD5 "EXP-RC2-CBC-MD5" +# define SSL3_TXT_RSA_IDEA_128_SHA "IDEA-CBC-SHA" +# define SSL3_TXT_RSA_DES_40_CBC_SHA "EXP-DES-CBC-SHA" +# define SSL3_TXT_RSA_DES_64_CBC_SHA "DES-CBC-SHA" +# define SSL3_TXT_RSA_DES_192_CBC3_SHA "DES-CBC3-SHA" + +# define SSL3_TXT_DH_DSS_DES_40_CBC_SHA "EXP-DH-DSS-DES-CBC-SHA" +# define SSL3_TXT_DH_DSS_DES_64_CBC_SHA "DH-DSS-DES-CBC-SHA" +# define SSL3_TXT_DH_DSS_DES_192_CBC3_SHA "DH-DSS-DES-CBC3-SHA" +# define SSL3_TXT_DH_RSA_DES_40_CBC_SHA "EXP-DH-RSA-DES-CBC-SHA" +# define SSL3_TXT_DH_RSA_DES_64_CBC_SHA "DH-RSA-DES-CBC-SHA" +# define SSL3_TXT_DH_RSA_DES_192_CBC3_SHA "DH-RSA-DES-CBC3-SHA" + +# define SSL3_TXT_DHE_DSS_DES_40_CBC_SHA "EXP-DHE-DSS-DES-CBC-SHA" +# define SSL3_TXT_DHE_DSS_DES_64_CBC_SHA "DHE-DSS-DES-CBC-SHA" +# define SSL3_TXT_DHE_DSS_DES_192_CBC3_SHA "DHE-DSS-DES-CBC3-SHA" +# define SSL3_TXT_DHE_RSA_DES_40_CBC_SHA "EXP-DHE-RSA-DES-CBC-SHA" +# define SSL3_TXT_DHE_RSA_DES_64_CBC_SHA "DHE-RSA-DES-CBC-SHA" +# define SSL3_TXT_DHE_RSA_DES_192_CBC3_SHA "DHE-RSA-DES-CBC3-SHA" + +/* + * This next block of six "EDH" labels is for backward compatibility with + * older versions of OpenSSL. New code should use the six "DHE" labels above + * instead: + */ +# define SSL3_TXT_EDH_DSS_DES_40_CBC_SHA "EXP-EDH-DSS-DES-CBC-SHA" +# define SSL3_TXT_EDH_DSS_DES_64_CBC_SHA "EDH-DSS-DES-CBC-SHA" +# define SSL3_TXT_EDH_DSS_DES_192_CBC3_SHA "EDH-DSS-DES-CBC3-SHA" +# define SSL3_TXT_EDH_RSA_DES_40_CBC_SHA "EXP-EDH-RSA-DES-CBC-SHA" +# define SSL3_TXT_EDH_RSA_DES_64_CBC_SHA "EDH-RSA-DES-CBC-SHA" +# define SSL3_TXT_EDH_RSA_DES_192_CBC3_SHA "EDH-RSA-DES-CBC3-SHA" + +# define SSL3_TXT_ADH_RC4_40_MD5 "EXP-ADH-RC4-MD5" +# define SSL3_TXT_ADH_RC4_128_MD5 "ADH-RC4-MD5" +# define SSL3_TXT_ADH_DES_40_CBC_SHA "EXP-ADH-DES-CBC-SHA" +# define SSL3_TXT_ADH_DES_64_CBC_SHA "ADH-DES-CBC-SHA" +# define SSL3_TXT_ADH_DES_192_CBC_SHA "ADH-DES-CBC3-SHA" + +# define SSL3_SSL_SESSION_ID_LENGTH 32 +# define SSL3_MAX_SSL_SESSION_ID_LENGTH 32 + +# define SSL3_MASTER_SECRET_SIZE 48 +# define SSL3_RANDOM_SIZE 32 +# define SSL3_SESSION_ID_SIZE 32 +# define SSL3_RT_HEADER_LENGTH 5 + +# define SSL3_HM_HEADER_LENGTH 4 + +# ifndef SSL3_ALIGN_PAYLOAD + /* + * Some will argue that this increases memory footprint, but it's not + * actually true. Point is that malloc has to return at least 64-bit aligned + * pointers, meaning that allocating 5 bytes wastes 3 bytes in either case. + * Suggested pre-gaping simply moves these wasted bytes from the end of + * allocated region to its front, but makes data payload aligned, which + * improves performance:-) + */ +# define SSL3_ALIGN_PAYLOAD 8 +# else +# if (SSL3_ALIGN_PAYLOAD&(SSL3_ALIGN_PAYLOAD-1))!=0 +# error "insane SSL3_ALIGN_PAYLOAD" +# undef SSL3_ALIGN_PAYLOAD +# endif +# endif + +/* + * This is the maximum MAC (digest) size used by the SSL library. Currently + * maximum of 20 is used by SHA1, but we reserve for future extension for + * 512-bit hashes. + */ + +# define SSL3_RT_MAX_MD_SIZE 64 + +/* + * Maximum block size used in all ciphersuites. Currently 16 for AES. + */ + +# define SSL_RT_MAX_CIPHER_BLOCK_SIZE 16 + +# define SSL3_RT_MAX_EXTRA (16384) + +/* Maximum plaintext length: defined by SSL/TLS standards */ +# define SSL3_RT_MAX_PLAIN_LENGTH 16384 +/* Maximum compression overhead: defined by SSL/TLS standards */ +# define SSL3_RT_MAX_COMPRESSED_OVERHEAD 1024 + +/* + * The standards give a maximum encryption overhead of 1024 bytes. In + * practice the value is lower than this. The overhead is the maximum number + * of padding bytes (256) plus the mac size. + */ +# define SSL3_RT_MAX_ENCRYPTED_OVERHEAD (256 + SSL3_RT_MAX_MD_SIZE) +# define SSL3_RT_MAX_TLS13_ENCRYPTED_OVERHEAD 256 + +/* + * OpenSSL currently only uses a padding length of at most one block so the + * send overhead is smaller. + */ + +# define SSL3_RT_SEND_MAX_ENCRYPTED_OVERHEAD \ + (SSL_RT_MAX_CIPHER_BLOCK_SIZE + SSL3_RT_MAX_MD_SIZE) + +/* If compression isn't used don't include the compression overhead */ + +# ifdef OPENSSL_NO_COMP +# define SSL3_RT_MAX_COMPRESSED_LENGTH SSL3_RT_MAX_PLAIN_LENGTH +# else +# define SSL3_RT_MAX_COMPRESSED_LENGTH \ + (SSL3_RT_MAX_PLAIN_LENGTH+SSL3_RT_MAX_COMPRESSED_OVERHEAD) +# endif +# define SSL3_RT_MAX_ENCRYPTED_LENGTH \ + (SSL3_RT_MAX_ENCRYPTED_OVERHEAD+SSL3_RT_MAX_COMPRESSED_LENGTH) +# define SSL3_RT_MAX_TLS13_ENCRYPTED_LENGTH \ + (SSL3_RT_MAX_PLAIN_LENGTH + SSL3_RT_MAX_TLS13_ENCRYPTED_OVERHEAD) +# define SSL3_RT_MAX_PACKET_SIZE \ + (SSL3_RT_MAX_ENCRYPTED_LENGTH+SSL3_RT_HEADER_LENGTH) + +# define SSL3_MD_CLIENT_FINISHED_CONST "\x43\x4C\x4E\x54" +# define SSL3_MD_SERVER_FINISHED_CONST "\x53\x52\x56\x52" + +# define SSL3_VERSION 0x0300 +# define SSL3_VERSION_MAJOR 0x03 +# define SSL3_VERSION_MINOR 0x00 + +# define SSL3_RT_CHANGE_CIPHER_SPEC 20 +# define SSL3_RT_ALERT 21 +# define SSL3_RT_HANDSHAKE 22 +# define SSL3_RT_APPLICATION_DATA 23 +# define DTLS1_RT_HEARTBEAT 24 + +/* Pseudo content types to indicate additional parameters */ +# define TLS1_RT_CRYPTO 0x1000 +# define TLS1_RT_CRYPTO_PREMASTER (TLS1_RT_CRYPTO | 0x1) +# define TLS1_RT_CRYPTO_CLIENT_RANDOM (TLS1_RT_CRYPTO | 0x2) +# define TLS1_RT_CRYPTO_SERVER_RANDOM (TLS1_RT_CRYPTO | 0x3) +# define TLS1_RT_CRYPTO_MASTER (TLS1_RT_CRYPTO | 0x4) + +# define TLS1_RT_CRYPTO_READ 0x0000 +# define TLS1_RT_CRYPTO_WRITE 0x0100 +# define TLS1_RT_CRYPTO_MAC (TLS1_RT_CRYPTO | 0x5) +# define TLS1_RT_CRYPTO_KEY (TLS1_RT_CRYPTO | 0x6) +# define TLS1_RT_CRYPTO_IV (TLS1_RT_CRYPTO | 0x7) +# define TLS1_RT_CRYPTO_FIXED_IV (TLS1_RT_CRYPTO | 0x8) + +/* Pseudo content types for SSL/TLS header info */ +# define SSL3_RT_HEADER 0x100 +# define SSL3_RT_INNER_CONTENT_TYPE 0x101 + +# define SSL3_AL_WARNING 1 +# define SSL3_AL_FATAL 2 + +# define SSL3_AD_CLOSE_NOTIFY 0 +# define SSL3_AD_UNEXPECTED_MESSAGE 10/* fatal */ +# define SSL3_AD_BAD_RECORD_MAC 20/* fatal */ +# define SSL3_AD_DECOMPRESSION_FAILURE 30/* fatal */ +# define SSL3_AD_HANDSHAKE_FAILURE 40/* fatal */ +# define SSL3_AD_NO_CERTIFICATE 41 +# define SSL3_AD_BAD_CERTIFICATE 42 +# define SSL3_AD_UNSUPPORTED_CERTIFICATE 43 +# define SSL3_AD_CERTIFICATE_REVOKED 44 +# define SSL3_AD_CERTIFICATE_EXPIRED 45 +# define SSL3_AD_CERTIFICATE_UNKNOWN 46 +# define SSL3_AD_ILLEGAL_PARAMETER 47/* fatal */ + +# define TLS1_HB_REQUEST 1 +# define TLS1_HB_RESPONSE 2 + + +# define SSL3_CT_RSA_SIGN 1 +# define SSL3_CT_DSS_SIGN 2 +# define SSL3_CT_RSA_FIXED_DH 3 +# define SSL3_CT_DSS_FIXED_DH 4 +# define SSL3_CT_RSA_EPHEMERAL_DH 5 +# define SSL3_CT_DSS_EPHEMERAL_DH 6 +# define SSL3_CT_FORTEZZA_DMS 20 +/* + * SSL3_CT_NUMBER is used to size arrays and it must be large enough to + * contain all of the cert types defined for *either* SSLv3 and TLSv1. + */ +# define SSL3_CT_NUMBER 10 + +# if defined(TLS_CT_NUMBER) +# if TLS_CT_NUMBER != SSL3_CT_NUMBER +# error "SSL/TLS CT_NUMBER values do not match" +# endif +# endif + +/* No longer used as of OpenSSL 1.1.1 */ +# define SSL3_FLAGS_NO_RENEGOTIATE_CIPHERS 0x0001 + +/* Removed from OpenSSL 1.1.0 */ +# define TLS1_FLAGS_TLS_PADDING_BUG 0x0 + +# define TLS1_FLAGS_SKIP_CERT_VERIFY 0x0010 + +/* Set if we encrypt then mac instead of usual mac then encrypt */ +# define TLS1_FLAGS_ENCRYPT_THEN_MAC_READ 0x0100 +# define TLS1_FLAGS_ENCRYPT_THEN_MAC TLS1_FLAGS_ENCRYPT_THEN_MAC_READ + +/* Set if extended master secret extension received from peer */ +# define TLS1_FLAGS_RECEIVED_EXTMS 0x0200 + +# define TLS1_FLAGS_ENCRYPT_THEN_MAC_WRITE 0x0400 + +# define TLS1_FLAGS_STATELESS 0x0800 + +/* Set if extended master secret extension required on renegotiation */ +# define TLS1_FLAGS_REQUIRED_EXTMS 0x1000 + +# define SSL3_MT_HELLO_REQUEST 0 +# define SSL3_MT_CLIENT_HELLO 1 +# define SSL3_MT_SERVER_HELLO 2 +# define SSL3_MT_NEWSESSION_TICKET 4 +# define SSL3_MT_END_OF_EARLY_DATA 5 +# define SSL3_MT_ENCRYPTED_EXTENSIONS 8 +# define SSL3_MT_CERTIFICATE 11 +# define SSL3_MT_SERVER_KEY_EXCHANGE 12 +# define SSL3_MT_CERTIFICATE_REQUEST 13 +# define SSL3_MT_SERVER_DONE 14 +# define SSL3_MT_CERTIFICATE_VERIFY 15 +# define SSL3_MT_CLIENT_KEY_EXCHANGE 16 +# define SSL3_MT_FINISHED 20 +# define SSL3_MT_CERTIFICATE_URL 21 +# define SSL3_MT_CERTIFICATE_STATUS 22 +# define SSL3_MT_SUPPLEMENTAL_DATA 23 +# define SSL3_MT_KEY_UPDATE 24 +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_NEXTPROTONEG +# define SSL3_MT_NEXT_PROTO 67 +# endif +# define SSL3_MT_MESSAGE_HASH 254 +# define DTLS1_MT_HELLO_VERIFY_REQUEST 3 + +/* Dummy message type for handling CCS like a normal handshake message */ +# define SSL3_MT_CHANGE_CIPHER_SPEC 0x0101 + +# define SSL3_MT_CCS 1 + +/* These are used when changing over to a new cipher */ +# define SSL3_CC_READ 0x001 +# define SSL3_CC_WRITE 0x002 +# define SSL3_CC_CLIENT 0x010 +# define SSL3_CC_SERVER 0x020 +# define SSL3_CC_EARLY 0x040 +# define SSL3_CC_HANDSHAKE 0x080 +# define SSL3_CC_APPLICATION 0x100 +# define SSL3_CHANGE_CIPHER_CLIENT_WRITE (SSL3_CC_CLIENT|SSL3_CC_WRITE) +# define SSL3_CHANGE_CIPHER_SERVER_READ (SSL3_CC_SERVER|SSL3_CC_READ) +# define SSL3_CHANGE_CIPHER_CLIENT_READ (SSL3_CC_CLIENT|SSL3_CC_READ) +# define SSL3_CHANGE_CIPHER_SERVER_WRITE (SSL3_CC_SERVER|SSL3_CC_WRITE) + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/sslerr.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/sslerr.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..82983d3c --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/sslerr.h @@ -0,0 +1,773 @@ +/* + * Generated by util/mkerr.pl DO NOT EDIT + * Copyright 1995-2020 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_SSLERR_H +# define HEADER_SSLERR_H + +# ifndef HEADER_SYMHACKS_H +# include <openssl/symhacks.h> +# endif + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +# endif +int ERR_load_SSL_strings(void); + +/* + * SSL function codes. + */ +# define SSL_F_ADD_CLIENT_KEY_SHARE_EXT 438 +# define SSL_F_ADD_KEY_SHARE 512 +# define SSL_F_BYTES_TO_CIPHER_LIST 519 +# define SSL_F_CHECK_SUITEB_CIPHER_LIST 331 +# define SSL_F_CIPHERSUITE_CB 622 +# define SSL_F_CONSTRUCT_CA_NAMES 552 +# define SSL_F_CONSTRUCT_KEY_EXCHANGE_TBS 553 +# define SSL_F_CONSTRUCT_STATEFUL_TICKET 636 +# define SSL_F_CONSTRUCT_STATELESS_TICKET 637 +# define SSL_F_CREATE_SYNTHETIC_MESSAGE_HASH 539 +# define SSL_F_CREATE_TICKET_PREQUEL 638 +# define SSL_F_CT_MOVE_SCTS 345 +# define SSL_F_CT_STRICT 349 +# define SSL_F_CUSTOM_EXT_ADD 554 +# define SSL_F_CUSTOM_EXT_PARSE 555 +# define SSL_F_D2I_SSL_SESSION 103 +# define SSL_F_DANE_CTX_ENABLE 347 +# define SSL_F_DANE_MTYPE_SET 393 +# define SSL_F_DANE_TLSA_ADD 394 +# define SSL_F_DERIVE_SECRET_KEY_AND_IV 514 +# define SSL_F_DO_DTLS1_WRITE 245 +# define SSL_F_DO_SSL3_WRITE 104 +# define SSL_F_DTLS1_BUFFER_RECORD 247 +# define SSL_F_DTLS1_CHECK_TIMEOUT_NUM 318 +# define SSL_F_DTLS1_HEARTBEAT 305 +# define SSL_F_DTLS1_HM_FRAGMENT_NEW 623 +# define SSL_F_DTLS1_PREPROCESS_FRAGMENT 288 +# define SSL_F_DTLS1_PROCESS_BUFFERED_RECORDS 424 +# define SSL_F_DTLS1_PROCESS_RECORD 257 +# define SSL_F_DTLS1_READ_BYTES 258 +# define SSL_F_DTLS1_READ_FAILED 339 +# define SSL_F_DTLS1_RETRANSMIT_MESSAGE 390 +# define SSL_F_DTLS1_WRITE_APP_DATA_BYTES 268 +# define SSL_F_DTLS1_WRITE_BYTES 545 +# define SSL_F_DTLSV1_LISTEN 350 +# define SSL_F_DTLS_CONSTRUCT_CHANGE_CIPHER_SPEC 371 +# define SSL_F_DTLS_CONSTRUCT_HELLO_VERIFY_REQUEST 385 +# define SSL_F_DTLS_GET_REASSEMBLED_MESSAGE 370 +# define SSL_F_DTLS_PROCESS_HELLO_VERIFY 386 +# define SSL_F_DTLS_RECORD_LAYER_NEW 635 +# define SSL_F_DTLS_WAIT_FOR_DRY 592 +# define SSL_F_EARLY_DATA_COUNT_OK 532 +# define SSL_F_FINAL_EARLY_DATA 556 +# define SSL_F_FINAL_EC_PT_FORMATS 485 +# define SSL_F_FINAL_EMS 486 +# define SSL_F_FINAL_KEY_SHARE 503 +# define SSL_F_FINAL_MAXFRAGMENTLEN 557 +# define SSL_F_FINAL_RENEGOTIATE 483 +# define SSL_F_FINAL_SERVER_NAME 558 +# define SSL_F_FINAL_SIG_ALGS 497 +# define SSL_F_GET_CERT_VERIFY_TBS_DATA 588 +# define SSL_F_NSS_KEYLOG_INT 500 +# define SSL_F_OPENSSL_INIT_SSL 342 +# define SSL_F_OSSL_STATEM_CLIENT13_READ_TRANSITION 436 +# define SSL_F_OSSL_STATEM_CLIENT13_WRITE_TRANSITION 598 +# define SSL_F_OSSL_STATEM_CLIENT_CONSTRUCT_MESSAGE 430 +# define SSL_F_OSSL_STATEM_CLIENT_POST_PROCESS_MESSAGE 593 +# define SSL_F_OSSL_STATEM_CLIENT_PROCESS_MESSAGE 594 +# define SSL_F_OSSL_STATEM_CLIENT_READ_TRANSITION 417 +# define SSL_F_OSSL_STATEM_CLIENT_WRITE_TRANSITION 599 +# define SSL_F_OSSL_STATEM_SERVER13_READ_TRANSITION 437 +# define SSL_F_OSSL_STATEM_SERVER13_WRITE_TRANSITION 600 +# define SSL_F_OSSL_STATEM_SERVER_CONSTRUCT_MESSAGE 431 +# define SSL_F_OSSL_STATEM_SERVER_POST_PROCESS_MESSAGE 601 +# define SSL_F_OSSL_STATEM_SERVER_POST_WORK 602 +# define SSL_F_OSSL_STATEM_SERVER_PRE_WORK 640 +# define SSL_F_OSSL_STATEM_SERVER_PROCESS_MESSAGE 603 +# define SSL_F_OSSL_STATEM_SERVER_READ_TRANSITION 418 +# define SSL_F_OSSL_STATEM_SERVER_WRITE_TRANSITION 604 +# define SSL_F_PARSE_CA_NAMES 541 +# define SSL_F_PITEM_NEW 624 +# define SSL_F_PQUEUE_NEW 625 +# define SSL_F_PROCESS_KEY_SHARE_EXT 439 +# define SSL_F_READ_STATE_MACHINE 352 +# define SSL_F_SET_CLIENT_CIPHERSUITE 540 +# define SSL_F_SRP_GENERATE_CLIENT_MASTER_SECRET 595 +# define SSL_F_SRP_GENERATE_SERVER_MASTER_SECRET 589 +# define SSL_F_SRP_VERIFY_SERVER_PARAM 596 +# define SSL_F_SSL3_CHANGE_CIPHER_STATE 129 +# define SSL_F_SSL3_CHECK_CERT_AND_ALGORITHM 130 +# define SSL_F_SSL3_CTRL 213 +# define SSL_F_SSL3_CTX_CTRL 133 +# define SSL_F_SSL3_DIGEST_CACHED_RECORDS 293 +# define SSL_F_SSL3_DO_CHANGE_CIPHER_SPEC 292 +# define SSL_F_SSL3_ENC 608 +# define SSL_F_SSL3_FINAL_FINISH_MAC 285 +# define SSL_F_SSL3_FINISH_MAC 587 +# define SSL_F_SSL3_GENERATE_KEY_BLOCK 238 +# define SSL_F_SSL3_GENERATE_MASTER_SECRET 388 +# define SSL_F_SSL3_GET_RECORD 143 +# define SSL_F_SSL3_INIT_FINISHED_MAC 397 +# define SSL_F_SSL3_OUTPUT_CERT_CHAIN 147 +# define SSL_F_SSL3_READ_BYTES 148 +# define SSL_F_SSL3_READ_N 149 +# define SSL_F_SSL3_SETUP_KEY_BLOCK 157 +# define SSL_F_SSL3_SETUP_READ_BUFFER 156 +# define SSL_F_SSL3_SETUP_WRITE_BUFFER 291 +# define SSL_F_SSL3_WRITE_BYTES 158 +# define SSL_F_SSL3_WRITE_PENDING 159 +# define SSL_F_SSL_ADD_CERT_CHAIN 316 +# define SSL_F_SSL_ADD_CERT_TO_BUF 319 +# define SSL_F_SSL_ADD_CERT_TO_WPACKET 493 +# define SSL_F_SSL_ADD_CLIENTHELLO_RENEGOTIATE_EXT 298 +# define SSL_F_SSL_ADD_CLIENTHELLO_TLSEXT 277 +# define SSL_F_SSL_ADD_CLIENTHELLO_USE_SRTP_EXT 307 +# define SSL_F_SSL_ADD_DIR_CERT_SUBJECTS_TO_STACK 215 +# define SSL_F_SSL_ADD_FILE_CERT_SUBJECTS_TO_STACK 216 +# define SSL_F_SSL_ADD_SERVERHELLO_RENEGOTIATE_EXT 299 +# define SSL_F_SSL_ADD_SERVERHELLO_TLSEXT 278 +# define SSL_F_SSL_ADD_SERVERHELLO_USE_SRTP_EXT 308 +# define SSL_F_SSL_BAD_METHOD 160 +# define SSL_F_SSL_BUILD_CERT_CHAIN 332 +# define SSL_F_SSL_BYTES_TO_CIPHER_LIST 161 +# define SSL_F_SSL_CACHE_CIPHERLIST 520 +# define SSL_F_SSL_CERT_ADD0_CHAIN_CERT 346 +# define SSL_F_SSL_CERT_DUP 221 +# define SSL_F_SSL_CERT_NEW 162 +# define SSL_F_SSL_CERT_SET0_CHAIN 340 +# define SSL_F_SSL_CHECK_PRIVATE_KEY 163 +# define SSL_F_SSL_CHECK_SERVERHELLO_TLSEXT 280 +# define SSL_F_SSL_CHECK_SRP_EXT_CLIENTHELLO 606 +# define SSL_F_SSL_CHECK_SRVR_ECC_CERT_AND_ALG 279 +# define SSL_F_SSL_CHOOSE_CLIENT_VERSION 607 +# define SSL_F_SSL_CIPHER_DESCRIPTION 626 +# define SSL_F_SSL_CIPHER_LIST_TO_BYTES 425 +# define SSL_F_SSL_CIPHER_PROCESS_RULESTR 230 +# define SSL_F_SSL_CIPHER_STRENGTH_SORT 231 +# define SSL_F_SSL_CLEAR 164 +# define SSL_F_SSL_CLIENT_HELLO_GET1_EXTENSIONS_PRESENT 627 +# define SSL_F_SSL_COMP_ADD_COMPRESSION_METHOD 165 +# define SSL_F_SSL_CONF_CMD 334 +# define SSL_F_SSL_CREATE_CIPHER_LIST 166 +# define SSL_F_SSL_CTRL 232 +# define SSL_F_SSL_CTX_CHECK_PRIVATE_KEY 168 +# define SSL_F_SSL_CTX_ENABLE_CT 398 +# define SSL_F_SSL_CTX_MAKE_PROFILES 309 +# define SSL_F_SSL_CTX_NEW 169 +# define SSL_F_SSL_CTX_SET_ALPN_PROTOS 343 +# define SSL_F_SSL_CTX_SET_CIPHER_LIST 269 +# define SSL_F_SSL_CTX_SET_CLIENT_CERT_ENGINE 290 +# define SSL_F_SSL_CTX_SET_CT_VALIDATION_CALLBACK 396 +# define SSL_F_SSL_CTX_SET_SESSION_ID_CONTEXT 219 +# define SSL_F_SSL_CTX_SET_SSL_VERSION 170 +# define SSL_F_SSL_CTX_SET_TLSEXT_MAX_FRAGMENT_LENGTH 551 +# define SSL_F_SSL_CTX_USE_CERTIFICATE 171 +# define SSL_F_SSL_CTX_USE_CERTIFICATE_ASN1 172 +# define SSL_F_SSL_CTX_USE_CERTIFICATE_FILE 173 +# define SSL_F_SSL_CTX_USE_PRIVATEKEY 174 +# define SSL_F_SSL_CTX_USE_PRIVATEKEY_ASN1 175 +# define SSL_F_SSL_CTX_USE_PRIVATEKEY_FILE 176 +# define SSL_F_SSL_CTX_USE_PSK_IDENTITY_HINT 272 +# define SSL_F_SSL_CTX_USE_RSAPRIVATEKEY 177 +# define SSL_F_SSL_CTX_USE_RSAPRIVATEKEY_ASN1 178 +# define SSL_F_SSL_CTX_USE_RSAPRIVATEKEY_FILE 179 +# define SSL_F_SSL_CTX_USE_SERVERINFO 336 +# define SSL_F_SSL_CTX_USE_SERVERINFO_EX 543 +# define SSL_F_SSL_CTX_USE_SERVERINFO_FILE 337 +# define SSL_F_SSL_DANE_DUP 403 +# define SSL_F_SSL_DANE_ENABLE 395 +# define SSL_F_SSL_DERIVE 590 +# define SSL_F_SSL_DO_CONFIG 391 +# define SSL_F_SSL_DO_HANDSHAKE 180 +# define SSL_F_SSL_DUP_CA_LIST 408 +# define SSL_F_SSL_ENABLE_CT 402 +# define SSL_F_SSL_GENERATE_PKEY_GROUP 559 +# define SSL_F_SSL_GENERATE_SESSION_ID 547 +# define SSL_F_SSL_GET_NEW_SESSION 181 +# define SSL_F_SSL_GET_PREV_SESSION 217 +# define SSL_F_SSL_GET_SERVER_CERT_INDEX 322 +# define SSL_F_SSL_GET_SIGN_PKEY 183 +# define SSL_F_SSL_HANDSHAKE_HASH 560 +# define SSL_F_SSL_INIT_WBIO_BUFFER 184 +# define SSL_F_SSL_KEY_UPDATE 515 +# define SSL_F_SSL_LOAD_CLIENT_CA_FILE 185 +# define SSL_F_SSL_LOG_MASTER_SECRET 498 +# define SSL_F_SSL_LOG_RSA_CLIENT_KEY_EXCHANGE 499 +# define SSL_F_SSL_MODULE_INIT 392 +# define SSL_F_SSL_NEW 186 +# define SSL_F_SSL_NEXT_PROTO_VALIDATE 565 +# define SSL_F_SSL_PARSE_CLIENTHELLO_RENEGOTIATE_EXT 300 +# define SSL_F_SSL_PARSE_CLIENTHELLO_TLSEXT 302 +# define SSL_F_SSL_PARSE_CLIENTHELLO_USE_SRTP_EXT 310 +# define SSL_F_SSL_PARSE_SERVERHELLO_RENEGOTIATE_EXT 301 +# define SSL_F_SSL_PARSE_SERVERHELLO_TLSEXT 303 +# define SSL_F_SSL_PARSE_SERVERHELLO_USE_SRTP_EXT 311 +# define SSL_F_SSL_PEEK 270 +# define SSL_F_SSL_PEEK_EX 432 +# define SSL_F_SSL_PEEK_INTERNAL 522 +# define SSL_F_SSL_READ 223 +# define SSL_F_SSL_READ_EARLY_DATA 529 +# define SSL_F_SSL_READ_EX 434 +# define SSL_F_SSL_READ_INTERNAL 523 +# define SSL_F_SSL_RENEGOTIATE 516 +# define SSL_F_SSL_RENEGOTIATE_ABBREVIATED 546 +# define SSL_F_SSL_SCAN_CLIENTHELLO_TLSEXT 320 +# define SSL_F_SSL_SCAN_SERVERHELLO_TLSEXT 321 +# define SSL_F_SSL_SESSION_DUP 348 +# define SSL_F_SSL_SESSION_NEW 189 +# define SSL_F_SSL_SESSION_PRINT_FP 190 +# define SSL_F_SSL_SESSION_SET1_ID 423 +# define SSL_F_SSL_SESSION_SET1_ID_CONTEXT 312 +# define SSL_F_SSL_SET_ALPN_PROTOS 344 +# define SSL_F_SSL_SET_CERT 191 +# define SSL_F_SSL_SET_CERT_AND_KEY 621 +# define SSL_F_SSL_SET_CIPHER_LIST 271 +# define SSL_F_SSL_SET_CT_VALIDATION_CALLBACK 399 +# define SSL_F_SSL_SET_FD 192 +# define SSL_F_SSL_SET_PKEY 193 +# define SSL_F_SSL_SET_RFD 194 +# define SSL_F_SSL_SET_SESSION 195 +# define SSL_F_SSL_SET_SESSION_ID_CONTEXT 218 +# define SSL_F_SSL_SET_SESSION_TICKET_EXT 294 +# define SSL_F_SSL_SET_TLSEXT_MAX_FRAGMENT_LENGTH 550 +# define SSL_F_SSL_SET_WFD 196 +# define SSL_F_SSL_SHUTDOWN 224 +# define SSL_F_SSL_SRP_CTX_INIT 313 +# define SSL_F_SSL_START_ASYNC_JOB 389 +# define SSL_F_SSL_UNDEFINED_FUNCTION 197 +# define SSL_F_SSL_UNDEFINED_VOID_FUNCTION 244 +# define SSL_F_SSL_USE_CERTIFICATE 198 +# define SSL_F_SSL_USE_CERTIFICATE_ASN1 199 +# define SSL_F_SSL_USE_CERTIFICATE_FILE 200 +# define SSL_F_SSL_USE_PRIVATEKEY 201 +# define SSL_F_SSL_USE_PRIVATEKEY_ASN1 202 +# define SSL_F_SSL_USE_PRIVATEKEY_FILE 203 +# define SSL_F_SSL_USE_PSK_IDENTITY_HINT 273 +# define SSL_F_SSL_USE_RSAPRIVATEKEY 204 +# define SSL_F_SSL_USE_RSAPRIVATEKEY_ASN1 205 +# define SSL_F_SSL_USE_RSAPRIVATEKEY_FILE 206 +# define SSL_F_SSL_VALIDATE_CT 400 +# define SSL_F_SSL_VERIFY_CERT_CHAIN 207 +# define SSL_F_SSL_VERIFY_CLIENT_POST_HANDSHAKE 616 +# define SSL_F_SSL_WRITE 208 +# define SSL_F_SSL_WRITE_EARLY_DATA 526 +# define SSL_F_SSL_WRITE_EARLY_FINISH 527 +# define SSL_F_SSL_WRITE_EX 433 +# define SSL_F_SSL_WRITE_INTERNAL 524 +# define SSL_F_STATE_MACHINE 353 +# define SSL_F_TLS12_CHECK_PEER_SIGALG 333 +# define SSL_F_TLS12_COPY_SIGALGS 533 +# define SSL_F_TLS13_CHANGE_CIPHER_STATE 440 +# define SSL_F_TLS13_ENC 609 +# define SSL_F_TLS13_FINAL_FINISH_MAC 605 +# define SSL_F_TLS13_GENERATE_SECRET 591 +# define SSL_F_TLS13_HKDF_EXPAND 561 +# define SSL_F_TLS13_RESTORE_HANDSHAKE_DIGEST_FOR_PHA 617 +# define SSL_F_TLS13_SAVE_HANDSHAKE_DIGEST_FOR_PHA 618 +# define SSL_F_TLS13_SETUP_KEY_BLOCK 441 +# define SSL_F_TLS1_CHANGE_CIPHER_STATE 209 +# define SSL_F_TLS1_CHECK_DUPLICATE_EXTENSIONS 341 +# define SSL_F_TLS1_ENC 401 +# define SSL_F_TLS1_EXPORT_KEYING_MATERIAL 314 +# define SSL_F_TLS1_GET_CURVELIST 338 +# define SSL_F_TLS1_PRF 284 +# define SSL_F_TLS1_SAVE_U16 628 +# define SSL_F_TLS1_SETUP_KEY_BLOCK 211 +# define SSL_F_TLS1_SET_GROUPS 629 +# define SSL_F_TLS1_SET_RAW_SIGALGS 630 +# define SSL_F_TLS1_SET_SERVER_SIGALGS 335 +# define SSL_F_TLS1_SET_SHARED_SIGALGS 631 +# define SSL_F_TLS1_SET_SIGALGS 632 +# define SSL_F_TLS_CHOOSE_SIGALG 513 +# define SSL_F_TLS_CLIENT_KEY_EXCHANGE_POST_WORK 354 +# define SSL_F_TLS_COLLECT_EXTENSIONS 435 +# define SSL_F_TLS_CONSTRUCT_CERTIFICATE_AUTHORITIES 542 +# define SSL_F_TLS_CONSTRUCT_CERTIFICATE_REQUEST 372 +# define SSL_F_TLS_CONSTRUCT_CERT_STATUS 429 +# define SSL_F_TLS_CONSTRUCT_CERT_STATUS_BODY 494 +# define SSL_F_TLS_CONSTRUCT_CERT_VERIFY 496 +# define SSL_F_TLS_CONSTRUCT_CHANGE_CIPHER_SPEC 427 +# define SSL_F_TLS_CONSTRUCT_CKE_DHE 404 +# define SSL_F_TLS_CONSTRUCT_CKE_ECDHE 405 +# define SSL_F_TLS_CONSTRUCT_CKE_GOST 406 +# define SSL_F_TLS_CONSTRUCT_CKE_PSK_PREAMBLE 407 +# define SSL_F_TLS_CONSTRUCT_CKE_RSA 409 +# define SSL_F_TLS_CONSTRUCT_CKE_SRP 410 +# define SSL_F_TLS_CONSTRUCT_CLIENT_CERTIFICATE 484 +# define SSL_F_TLS_CONSTRUCT_CLIENT_HELLO 487 +# define SSL_F_TLS_CONSTRUCT_CLIENT_KEY_EXCHANGE 488 +# define SSL_F_TLS_CONSTRUCT_CLIENT_VERIFY 489 +# define SSL_F_TLS_CONSTRUCT_CTOS_ALPN 466 +# define SSL_F_TLS_CONSTRUCT_CTOS_CERTIFICATE 355 +# define SSL_F_TLS_CONSTRUCT_CTOS_COOKIE 535 +# define SSL_F_TLS_CONSTRUCT_CTOS_EARLY_DATA 530 +# define SSL_F_TLS_CONSTRUCT_CTOS_EC_PT_FORMATS 467 +# define SSL_F_TLS_CONSTRUCT_CTOS_EMS 468 +# define SSL_F_TLS_CONSTRUCT_CTOS_ETM 469 +# define SSL_F_TLS_CONSTRUCT_CTOS_HELLO 356 +# define SSL_F_TLS_CONSTRUCT_CTOS_KEY_EXCHANGE 357 +# define SSL_F_TLS_CONSTRUCT_CTOS_KEY_SHARE 470 +# define SSL_F_TLS_CONSTRUCT_CTOS_MAXFRAGMENTLEN 549 +# define SSL_F_TLS_CONSTRUCT_CTOS_NPN 471 +# define SSL_F_TLS_CONSTRUCT_CTOS_PADDING 472 +# define SSL_F_TLS_CONSTRUCT_CTOS_POST_HANDSHAKE_AUTH 619 +# define SSL_F_TLS_CONSTRUCT_CTOS_PSK 501 +# define SSL_F_TLS_CONSTRUCT_CTOS_PSK_KEX_MODES 509 +# define SSL_F_TLS_CONSTRUCT_CTOS_RENEGOTIATE 473 +# define SSL_F_TLS_CONSTRUCT_CTOS_SCT 474 +# define SSL_F_TLS_CONSTRUCT_CTOS_SERVER_NAME 475 +# define SSL_F_TLS_CONSTRUCT_CTOS_SESSION_TICKET 476 +# define SSL_F_TLS_CONSTRUCT_CTOS_SIG_ALGS 477 +# define SSL_F_TLS_CONSTRUCT_CTOS_SRP 478 +# define SSL_F_TLS_CONSTRUCT_CTOS_STATUS_REQUEST 479 +# define SSL_F_TLS_CONSTRUCT_CTOS_SUPPORTED_GROUPS 480 +# define SSL_F_TLS_CONSTRUCT_CTOS_SUPPORTED_VERSIONS 481 +# define SSL_F_TLS_CONSTRUCT_CTOS_USE_SRTP 482 +# define SSL_F_TLS_CONSTRUCT_CTOS_VERIFY 358 +# define SSL_F_TLS_CONSTRUCT_ENCRYPTED_EXTENSIONS 443 +# define SSL_F_TLS_CONSTRUCT_END_OF_EARLY_DATA 536 +# define SSL_F_TLS_CONSTRUCT_EXTENSIONS 447 +# define SSL_F_TLS_CONSTRUCT_FINISHED 359 +# define SSL_F_TLS_CONSTRUCT_HELLO_REQUEST 373 +# define SSL_F_TLS_CONSTRUCT_HELLO_RETRY_REQUEST 510 +# define SSL_F_TLS_CONSTRUCT_KEY_UPDATE 517 +# define SSL_F_TLS_CONSTRUCT_NEW_SESSION_TICKET 428 +# define SSL_F_TLS_CONSTRUCT_NEXT_PROTO 426 +# define SSL_F_TLS_CONSTRUCT_SERVER_CERTIFICATE 490 +# define SSL_F_TLS_CONSTRUCT_SERVER_HELLO 491 +# define SSL_F_TLS_CONSTRUCT_SERVER_KEY_EXCHANGE 492 +# define SSL_F_TLS_CONSTRUCT_STOC_ALPN 451 +# define SSL_F_TLS_CONSTRUCT_STOC_CERTIFICATE 374 +# define SSL_F_TLS_CONSTRUCT_STOC_COOKIE 613 +# define SSL_F_TLS_CONSTRUCT_STOC_CRYPTOPRO_BUG 452 +# define SSL_F_TLS_CONSTRUCT_STOC_DONE 375 +# define SSL_F_TLS_CONSTRUCT_STOC_EARLY_DATA 531 +# define SSL_F_TLS_CONSTRUCT_STOC_EARLY_DATA_INFO 525 +# define SSL_F_TLS_CONSTRUCT_STOC_EC_PT_FORMATS 453 +# define SSL_F_TLS_CONSTRUCT_STOC_EMS 454 +# define SSL_F_TLS_CONSTRUCT_STOC_ETM 455 +# define SSL_F_TLS_CONSTRUCT_STOC_HELLO 376 +# define SSL_F_TLS_CONSTRUCT_STOC_KEY_EXCHANGE 377 +# define SSL_F_TLS_CONSTRUCT_STOC_KEY_SHARE 456 +# define SSL_F_TLS_CONSTRUCT_STOC_MAXFRAGMENTLEN 548 +# define SSL_F_TLS_CONSTRUCT_STOC_NEXT_PROTO_NEG 457 +# define SSL_F_TLS_CONSTRUCT_STOC_PSK 504 +# define SSL_F_TLS_CONSTRUCT_STOC_RENEGOTIATE 458 +# define SSL_F_TLS_CONSTRUCT_STOC_SERVER_NAME 459 +# define SSL_F_TLS_CONSTRUCT_STOC_SESSION_TICKET 460 +# define SSL_F_TLS_CONSTRUCT_STOC_STATUS_REQUEST 461 +# define SSL_F_TLS_CONSTRUCT_STOC_SUPPORTED_GROUPS 544 +# define SSL_F_TLS_CONSTRUCT_STOC_SUPPORTED_VERSIONS 611 +# define SSL_F_TLS_CONSTRUCT_STOC_USE_SRTP 462 +# define SSL_F_TLS_EARLY_POST_PROCESS_CLIENT_HELLO 521 +# define SSL_F_TLS_FINISH_HANDSHAKE 597 +# define SSL_F_TLS_GET_MESSAGE_BODY 351 +# define SSL_F_TLS_GET_MESSAGE_HEADER 387 +# define SSL_F_TLS_HANDLE_ALPN 562 +# define SSL_F_TLS_HANDLE_STATUS_REQUEST 563 +# define SSL_F_TLS_PARSE_CERTIFICATE_AUTHORITIES 566 +# define SSL_F_TLS_PARSE_CLIENTHELLO_TLSEXT 449 +# define SSL_F_TLS_PARSE_CTOS_ALPN 567 +# define SSL_F_TLS_PARSE_CTOS_COOKIE 614 +# define SSL_F_TLS_PARSE_CTOS_EARLY_DATA 568 +# define SSL_F_TLS_PARSE_CTOS_EC_PT_FORMATS 569 +# define SSL_F_TLS_PARSE_CTOS_EMS 570 +# define SSL_F_TLS_PARSE_CTOS_KEY_SHARE 463 +# define SSL_F_TLS_PARSE_CTOS_MAXFRAGMENTLEN 571 +# define SSL_F_TLS_PARSE_CTOS_POST_HANDSHAKE_AUTH 620 +# define SSL_F_TLS_PARSE_CTOS_PSK 505 +# define SSL_F_TLS_PARSE_CTOS_PSK_KEX_MODES 572 +# define SSL_F_TLS_PARSE_CTOS_RENEGOTIATE 464 +# define SSL_F_TLS_PARSE_CTOS_SERVER_NAME 573 +# define SSL_F_TLS_PARSE_CTOS_SESSION_TICKET 574 +# define SSL_F_TLS_PARSE_CTOS_SIG_ALGS 575 +# define SSL_F_TLS_PARSE_CTOS_SIG_ALGS_CERT 615 +# define SSL_F_TLS_PARSE_CTOS_SRP 576 +# define SSL_F_TLS_PARSE_CTOS_STATUS_REQUEST 577 +# define SSL_F_TLS_PARSE_CTOS_SUPPORTED_GROUPS 578 +# define SSL_F_TLS_PARSE_CTOS_USE_SRTP 465 +# define SSL_F_TLS_PARSE_STOC_ALPN 579 +# define SSL_F_TLS_PARSE_STOC_COOKIE 534 +# define SSL_F_TLS_PARSE_STOC_EARLY_DATA 538 +# define SSL_F_TLS_PARSE_STOC_EARLY_DATA_INFO 528 +# define SSL_F_TLS_PARSE_STOC_EC_PT_FORMATS 580 +# define SSL_F_TLS_PARSE_STOC_KEY_SHARE 445 +# define SSL_F_TLS_PARSE_STOC_MAXFRAGMENTLEN 581 +# define SSL_F_TLS_PARSE_STOC_NPN 582 +# define SSL_F_TLS_PARSE_STOC_PSK 502 +# define SSL_F_TLS_PARSE_STOC_RENEGOTIATE 448 +# define SSL_F_TLS_PARSE_STOC_SCT 564 +# define SSL_F_TLS_PARSE_STOC_SERVER_NAME 583 +# define SSL_F_TLS_PARSE_STOC_SESSION_TICKET 584 +# define SSL_F_TLS_PARSE_STOC_STATUS_REQUEST 585 +# define SSL_F_TLS_PARSE_STOC_SUPPORTED_VERSIONS 612 +# define SSL_F_TLS_PARSE_STOC_USE_SRTP 446 +# define SSL_F_TLS_POST_PROCESS_CLIENT_HELLO 378 +# define SSL_F_TLS_POST_PROCESS_CLIENT_KEY_EXCHANGE 384 +# define SSL_F_TLS_PREPARE_CLIENT_CERTIFICATE 360 +# define SSL_F_TLS_PROCESS_AS_HELLO_RETRY_REQUEST 610 +# define SSL_F_TLS_PROCESS_CERTIFICATE_REQUEST 361 +# define SSL_F_TLS_PROCESS_CERT_STATUS 362 +# define SSL_F_TLS_PROCESS_CERT_STATUS_BODY 495 +# define SSL_F_TLS_PROCESS_CERT_VERIFY 379 +# define SSL_F_TLS_PROCESS_CHANGE_CIPHER_SPEC 363 +# define SSL_F_TLS_PROCESS_CKE_DHE 411 +# define SSL_F_TLS_PROCESS_CKE_ECDHE 412 +# define SSL_F_TLS_PROCESS_CKE_GOST 413 +# define SSL_F_TLS_PROCESS_CKE_PSK_PREAMBLE 414 +# define SSL_F_TLS_PROCESS_CKE_RSA 415 +# define SSL_F_TLS_PROCESS_CKE_SRP 416 +# define SSL_F_TLS_PROCESS_CLIENT_CERTIFICATE 380 +# define SSL_F_TLS_PROCESS_CLIENT_HELLO 381 +# define SSL_F_TLS_PROCESS_CLIENT_KEY_EXCHANGE 382 +# define SSL_F_TLS_PROCESS_ENCRYPTED_EXTENSIONS 444 +# define SSL_F_TLS_PROCESS_END_OF_EARLY_DATA 537 +# define SSL_F_TLS_PROCESS_FINISHED 364 +# define SSL_F_TLS_PROCESS_HELLO_REQ 507 +# define SSL_F_TLS_PROCESS_HELLO_RETRY_REQUEST 511 +# define SSL_F_TLS_PROCESS_INITIAL_SERVER_FLIGHT 442 +# define SSL_F_TLS_PROCESS_KEY_EXCHANGE 365 +# define SSL_F_TLS_PROCESS_KEY_UPDATE 518 +# define SSL_F_TLS_PROCESS_NEW_SESSION_TICKET 366 +# define SSL_F_TLS_PROCESS_NEXT_PROTO 383 +# define SSL_F_TLS_PROCESS_SERVER_CERTIFICATE 367 +# define SSL_F_TLS_PROCESS_SERVER_DONE 368 +# define SSL_F_TLS_PROCESS_SERVER_HELLO 369 +# define SSL_F_TLS_PROCESS_SKE_DHE 419 +# define SSL_F_TLS_PROCESS_SKE_ECDHE 420 +# define SSL_F_TLS_PROCESS_SKE_PSK_PREAMBLE 421 +# define SSL_F_TLS_PROCESS_SKE_SRP 422 +# define SSL_F_TLS_PSK_DO_BINDER 506 +# define SSL_F_TLS_SCAN_CLIENTHELLO_TLSEXT 450 +# define SSL_F_TLS_SETUP_HANDSHAKE 508 +# define SSL_F_USE_CERTIFICATE_CHAIN_FILE 220 +# define SSL_F_WPACKET_INTERN_INIT_LEN 633 +# define SSL_F_WPACKET_START_SUB_PACKET_LEN__ 634 +# define SSL_F_WRITE_STATE_MACHINE 586 + +/* + * SSL reason codes. + */ +# define SSL_R_APPLICATION_DATA_AFTER_CLOSE_NOTIFY 291 +# define SSL_R_APP_DATA_IN_HANDSHAKE 100 +# define SSL_R_ATTEMPT_TO_REUSE_SESSION_IN_DIFFERENT_CONTEXT 272 +# define SSL_R_AT_LEAST_TLS_1_0_NEEDED_IN_FIPS_MODE 143 +# define SSL_R_AT_LEAST_TLS_1_2_NEEDED_IN_SUITEB_MODE 158 +# define SSL_R_BAD_CHANGE_CIPHER_SPEC 103 +# define SSL_R_BAD_CIPHER 186 +# define SSL_R_BAD_DATA 390 +# define SSL_R_BAD_DATA_RETURNED_BY_CALLBACK 106 +# define SSL_R_BAD_DECOMPRESSION 107 +# define SSL_R_BAD_DH_VALUE 102 +# define SSL_R_BAD_DIGEST_LENGTH 111 +# define SSL_R_BAD_EARLY_DATA 233 +# define SSL_R_BAD_ECC_CERT 304 +# define SSL_R_BAD_ECPOINT 306 +# define SSL_R_BAD_EXTENSION 110 +# define SSL_R_BAD_HANDSHAKE_LENGTH 332 +# define SSL_R_BAD_HANDSHAKE_STATE 236 +# define SSL_R_BAD_HELLO_REQUEST 105 +# define SSL_R_BAD_HRR_VERSION 263 +# define SSL_R_BAD_KEY_SHARE 108 +# define SSL_R_BAD_KEY_UPDATE 122 +# define SSL_R_BAD_LEGACY_VERSION 292 +# define SSL_R_BAD_LENGTH 271 +# define SSL_R_BAD_PACKET 240 +# define SSL_R_BAD_PACKET_LENGTH 115 +# define SSL_R_BAD_PROTOCOL_VERSION_NUMBER 116 +# define SSL_R_BAD_PSK 219 +# define SSL_R_BAD_PSK_IDENTITY 114 +# define SSL_R_BAD_RECORD_TYPE 443 +# define SSL_R_BAD_RSA_ENCRYPT 119 +# define SSL_R_BAD_SIGNATURE 123 +# define SSL_R_BAD_SRP_A_LENGTH 347 +# define SSL_R_BAD_SRP_PARAMETERS 371 +# define SSL_R_BAD_SRTP_MKI_VALUE 352 +# define SSL_R_BAD_SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE_LIST 353 +# define SSL_R_BAD_SSL_FILETYPE 124 +# define SSL_R_BAD_VALUE 384 +# define SSL_R_BAD_WRITE_RETRY 127 +# define SSL_R_BINDER_DOES_NOT_VERIFY 253 +# define SSL_R_BIO_NOT_SET 128 +# define SSL_R_BLOCK_CIPHER_PAD_IS_WRONG 129 +# define SSL_R_BN_LIB 130 +# define SSL_R_CALLBACK_FAILED 234 +# define SSL_R_CANNOT_CHANGE_CIPHER 109 +# define SSL_R_CA_DN_LENGTH_MISMATCH 131 +# define SSL_R_CA_KEY_TOO_SMALL 397 +# define SSL_R_CA_MD_TOO_WEAK 398 +# define SSL_R_CCS_RECEIVED_EARLY 133 +# define SSL_R_CERTIFICATE_VERIFY_FAILED 134 +# define SSL_R_CERT_CB_ERROR 377 +# define SSL_R_CERT_LENGTH_MISMATCH 135 +# define SSL_R_CIPHERSUITE_DIGEST_HAS_CHANGED 218 +# define SSL_R_CIPHER_CODE_WRONG_LENGTH 137 +# define SSL_R_CIPHER_OR_HASH_UNAVAILABLE 138 +# define SSL_R_CLIENTHELLO_TLSEXT 226 +# define SSL_R_COMPRESSED_LENGTH_TOO_LONG 140 +# define SSL_R_COMPRESSION_DISABLED 343 +# define SSL_R_COMPRESSION_FAILURE 141 +# define SSL_R_COMPRESSION_ID_NOT_WITHIN_PRIVATE_RANGE 307 +# define SSL_R_COMPRESSION_LIBRARY_ERROR 142 +# define SSL_R_CONNECTION_TYPE_NOT_SET 144 +# define SSL_R_CONTEXT_NOT_DANE_ENABLED 167 +# define SSL_R_COOKIE_GEN_CALLBACK_FAILURE 400 +# define SSL_R_COOKIE_MISMATCH 308 +# define SSL_R_CUSTOM_EXT_HANDLER_ALREADY_INSTALLED 206 +# define SSL_R_DANE_ALREADY_ENABLED 172 +# define SSL_R_DANE_CANNOT_OVERRIDE_MTYPE_FULL 173 +# define SSL_R_DANE_NOT_ENABLED 175 +# define SSL_R_DANE_TLSA_BAD_CERTIFICATE 180 +# define SSL_R_DANE_TLSA_BAD_CERTIFICATE_USAGE 184 +# define SSL_R_DANE_TLSA_BAD_DATA_LENGTH 189 +# define SSL_R_DANE_TLSA_BAD_DIGEST_LENGTH 192 +# define SSL_R_DANE_TLSA_BAD_MATCHING_TYPE 200 +# define SSL_R_DANE_TLSA_BAD_PUBLIC_KEY 201 +# define SSL_R_DANE_TLSA_BAD_SELECTOR 202 +# define SSL_R_DANE_TLSA_NULL_DATA 203 +# define SSL_R_DATA_BETWEEN_CCS_AND_FINISHED 145 +# define SSL_R_DATA_LENGTH_TOO_LONG 146 +# define SSL_R_DECRYPTION_FAILED 147 +# define SSL_R_DECRYPTION_FAILED_OR_BAD_RECORD_MAC 281 +# define SSL_R_DH_KEY_TOO_SMALL 394 +# define SSL_R_DH_PUBLIC_VALUE_LENGTH_IS_WRONG 148 +# define SSL_R_DIGEST_CHECK_FAILED 149 +# define SSL_R_DTLS_MESSAGE_TOO_BIG 334 +# define SSL_R_DUPLICATE_COMPRESSION_ID 309 +# define SSL_R_ECC_CERT_NOT_FOR_SIGNING 318 +# define SSL_R_ECDH_REQUIRED_FOR_SUITEB_MODE 374 +# define SSL_R_EE_KEY_TOO_SMALL 399 +# define SSL_R_EMPTY_SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE_LIST 354 +# define SSL_R_ENCRYPTED_LENGTH_TOO_LONG 150 +# define SSL_R_ERROR_IN_RECEIVED_CIPHER_LIST 151 +# define SSL_R_ERROR_SETTING_TLSA_BASE_DOMAIN 204 +# define SSL_R_EXCEEDS_MAX_FRAGMENT_SIZE 194 +# define SSL_R_EXCESSIVE_MESSAGE_SIZE 152 +# define SSL_R_EXTENSION_NOT_RECEIVED 279 +# define SSL_R_EXTRA_DATA_IN_MESSAGE 153 +# define SSL_R_EXT_LENGTH_MISMATCH 163 +# define SSL_R_FAILED_TO_INIT_ASYNC 405 +# define SSL_R_FRAGMENTED_CLIENT_HELLO 401 +# define SSL_R_GOT_A_FIN_BEFORE_A_CCS 154 +# define SSL_R_HTTPS_PROXY_REQUEST 155 +# define SSL_R_HTTP_REQUEST 156 +# define SSL_R_ILLEGAL_POINT_COMPRESSION 162 +# define SSL_R_ILLEGAL_SUITEB_DIGEST 380 +# define SSL_R_INAPPROPRIATE_FALLBACK 373 +# define SSL_R_INCONSISTENT_COMPRESSION 340 +# define SSL_R_INCONSISTENT_EARLY_DATA_ALPN 222 +# define SSL_R_INCONSISTENT_EARLY_DATA_SNI 231 +# define SSL_R_INCONSISTENT_EXTMS 104 +# define SSL_R_INSUFFICIENT_SECURITY 241 +# define SSL_R_INVALID_ALERT 205 +# define SSL_R_INVALID_CCS_MESSAGE 260 +# define SSL_R_INVALID_CERTIFICATE_OR_ALG 238 +# define SSL_R_INVALID_COMMAND 280 +# define SSL_R_INVALID_COMPRESSION_ALGORITHM 341 +# define SSL_R_INVALID_CONFIG 283 +# define SSL_R_INVALID_CONFIGURATION_NAME 113 +# define SSL_R_INVALID_CONTEXT 282 +# define SSL_R_INVALID_CT_VALIDATION_TYPE 212 +# define SSL_R_INVALID_KEY_UPDATE_TYPE 120 +# define SSL_R_INVALID_MAX_EARLY_DATA 174 +# define SSL_R_INVALID_NULL_CMD_NAME 385 +# define SSL_R_INVALID_SEQUENCE_NUMBER 402 +# define SSL_R_INVALID_SERVERINFO_DATA 388 +# define SSL_R_INVALID_SESSION_ID 999 +# define SSL_R_INVALID_SRP_USERNAME 357 +# define SSL_R_INVALID_STATUS_RESPONSE 328 +# define SSL_R_INVALID_TICKET_KEYS_LENGTH 325 +# define SSL_R_LENGTH_MISMATCH 159 +# define SSL_R_LENGTH_TOO_LONG 404 +# define SSL_R_LENGTH_TOO_SHORT 160 +# define SSL_R_LIBRARY_BUG 274 +# define SSL_R_LIBRARY_HAS_NO_CIPHERS 161 +# define SSL_R_MISSING_DSA_SIGNING_CERT 165 +# define SSL_R_MISSING_ECDSA_SIGNING_CERT 381 +# define SSL_R_MISSING_FATAL 256 +# define SSL_R_MISSING_PARAMETERS 290 +# define SSL_R_MISSING_RSA_CERTIFICATE 168 +# define SSL_R_MISSING_RSA_ENCRYPTING_CERT 169 +# define SSL_R_MISSING_RSA_SIGNING_CERT 170 +# define SSL_R_MISSING_SIGALGS_EXTENSION 112 +# define SSL_R_MISSING_SIGNING_CERT 221 +# define SSL_R_MISSING_SRP_PARAM 358 +# define SSL_R_MISSING_SUPPORTED_GROUPS_EXTENSION 209 +# define SSL_R_MISSING_TMP_DH_KEY 171 +# define SSL_R_MISSING_TMP_ECDH_KEY 311 +# define SSL_R_MIXED_HANDSHAKE_AND_NON_HANDSHAKE_DATA 293 +# define SSL_R_NOT_ON_RECORD_BOUNDARY 182 +# define SSL_R_NOT_REPLACING_CERTIFICATE 289 +# define SSL_R_NOT_SERVER 284 +# define SSL_R_NO_APPLICATION_PROTOCOL 235 +# define SSL_R_NO_CERTIFICATES_RETURNED 176 +# define SSL_R_NO_CERTIFICATE_ASSIGNED 177 +# define SSL_R_NO_CERTIFICATE_SET 179 +# define SSL_R_NO_CHANGE_FOLLOWING_HRR 214 +# define SSL_R_NO_CIPHERS_AVAILABLE 181 +# define SSL_R_NO_CIPHERS_SPECIFIED 183 +# define SSL_R_NO_CIPHER_MATCH 185 +# define SSL_R_NO_CLIENT_CERT_METHOD 331 +# define SSL_R_NO_COMPRESSION_SPECIFIED 187 +# define SSL_R_NO_COOKIE_CALLBACK_SET 287 +# define SSL_R_NO_GOST_CERTIFICATE_SENT_BY_PEER 330 +# define SSL_R_NO_METHOD_SPECIFIED 188 +# define SSL_R_NO_PEM_EXTENSIONS 389 +# define SSL_R_NO_PRIVATE_KEY_ASSIGNED 190 +# define SSL_R_NO_PROTOCOLS_AVAILABLE 191 +# define SSL_R_NO_RENEGOTIATION 339 +# define SSL_R_NO_REQUIRED_DIGEST 324 +# define SSL_R_NO_SHARED_CIPHER 193 +# define SSL_R_NO_SHARED_GROUPS 410 +# define SSL_R_NO_SHARED_SIGNATURE_ALGORITHMS 376 +# define SSL_R_NO_SRTP_PROFILES 359 +# define SSL_R_NO_SUITABLE_KEY_SHARE 101 +# define SSL_R_NO_SUITABLE_SIGNATURE_ALGORITHM 118 +# define SSL_R_NO_VALID_SCTS 216 +# define SSL_R_NO_VERIFY_COOKIE_CALLBACK 403 +# define SSL_R_NULL_SSL_CTX 195 +# define SSL_R_NULL_SSL_METHOD_PASSED 196 +# define SSL_R_OLD_SESSION_CIPHER_NOT_RETURNED 197 +# define SSL_R_OLD_SESSION_COMPRESSION_ALGORITHM_NOT_RETURNED 344 +# define SSL_R_OVERFLOW_ERROR 237 +# define SSL_R_PACKET_LENGTH_TOO_LONG 198 +# define SSL_R_PARSE_TLSEXT 227 +# define SSL_R_PATH_TOO_LONG 270 +# define SSL_R_PEER_DID_NOT_RETURN_A_CERTIFICATE 199 +# define SSL_R_PEM_NAME_BAD_PREFIX 391 +# define SSL_R_PEM_NAME_TOO_SHORT 392 +# define SSL_R_PIPELINE_FAILURE 406 +# define SSL_R_POST_HANDSHAKE_AUTH_ENCODING_ERR 278 +# define SSL_R_PRIVATE_KEY_MISMATCH 288 +# define SSL_R_PROTOCOL_IS_SHUTDOWN 207 +# define SSL_R_PSK_IDENTITY_NOT_FOUND 223 +# define SSL_R_PSK_NO_CLIENT_CB 224 +# define SSL_R_PSK_NO_SERVER_CB 225 +# define SSL_R_READ_BIO_NOT_SET 211 +# define SSL_R_READ_TIMEOUT_EXPIRED 312 +# define SSL_R_RECORD_LENGTH_MISMATCH 213 +# define SSL_R_RECORD_TOO_SMALL 298 +# define SSL_R_RENEGOTIATE_EXT_TOO_LONG 335 +# define SSL_R_RENEGOTIATION_ENCODING_ERR 336 +# define SSL_R_RENEGOTIATION_MISMATCH 337 +# define SSL_R_REQUEST_PENDING 285 +# define SSL_R_REQUEST_SENT 286 +# define SSL_R_REQUIRED_CIPHER_MISSING 215 +# define SSL_R_REQUIRED_COMPRESSION_ALGORITHM_MISSING 342 +# define SSL_R_SCSV_RECEIVED_WHEN_RENEGOTIATING 345 +# define SSL_R_SCT_VERIFICATION_FAILED 208 +# define SSL_R_SERVERHELLO_TLSEXT 275 +# define SSL_R_SESSION_ID_CONTEXT_UNINITIALIZED 277 +# define SSL_R_SHUTDOWN_WHILE_IN_INIT 407 +# define SSL_R_SIGNATURE_ALGORITHMS_ERROR 360 +# define SSL_R_SIGNATURE_FOR_NON_SIGNING_CERTIFICATE 220 +# define SSL_R_SRP_A_CALC 361 +# define SSL_R_SRTP_COULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_PROFILES 362 +# define SSL_R_SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE_LIST_TOO_LONG 363 +# define SSL_R_SRTP_UNKNOWN_PROTECTION_PROFILE 364 +# define SSL_R_SSL3_EXT_INVALID_MAX_FRAGMENT_LENGTH 232 +# define SSL_R_SSL3_EXT_INVALID_SERVERNAME 319 +# define SSL_R_SSL3_EXT_INVALID_SERVERNAME_TYPE 320 +# define SSL_R_SSL3_SESSION_ID_TOO_LONG 300 +# define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_BAD_CERTIFICATE 1042 +# define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_BAD_RECORD_MAC 1020 +# define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_CERTIFICATE_EXPIRED 1045 +# define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_CERTIFICATE_REVOKED 1044 +# define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_CERTIFICATE_UNKNOWN 1046 +# define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_DECOMPRESSION_FAILURE 1030 +# define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_HANDSHAKE_FAILURE 1040 +# define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_ILLEGAL_PARAMETER 1047 +# define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_NO_CERTIFICATE 1041 +# define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_UNEXPECTED_MESSAGE 1010 +# define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_UNSUPPORTED_CERTIFICATE 1043 +# define SSL_R_SSL_COMMAND_SECTION_EMPTY 117 +# define SSL_R_SSL_COMMAND_SECTION_NOT_FOUND 125 +# define SSL_R_SSL_CTX_HAS_NO_DEFAULT_SSL_VERSION 228 +# define SSL_R_SSL_HANDSHAKE_FAILURE 229 +# define SSL_R_SSL_LIBRARY_HAS_NO_CIPHERS 230 +# define SSL_R_SSL_NEGATIVE_LENGTH 372 +# define SSL_R_SSL_SECTION_EMPTY 126 +# define SSL_R_SSL_SECTION_NOT_FOUND 136 +# define SSL_R_SSL_SESSION_ID_CALLBACK_FAILED 301 +# define SSL_R_SSL_SESSION_ID_CONFLICT 302 +# define SSL_R_SSL_SESSION_ID_CONTEXT_TOO_LONG 273 +# define SSL_R_SSL_SESSION_ID_HAS_BAD_LENGTH 303 +# define SSL_R_SSL_SESSION_ID_TOO_LONG 408 +# define SSL_R_SSL_SESSION_VERSION_MISMATCH 210 +# define SSL_R_STILL_IN_INIT 121 +# define SSL_R_TLSV13_ALERT_CERTIFICATE_REQUIRED 1116 +# define SSL_R_TLSV13_ALERT_MISSING_EXTENSION 1109 +# define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_ACCESS_DENIED 1049 +# define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_DECODE_ERROR 1050 +# define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_DECRYPTION_FAILED 1021 +# define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_DECRYPT_ERROR 1051 +# define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_EXPORT_RESTRICTION 1060 +# define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_INAPPROPRIATE_FALLBACK 1086 +# define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_INSUFFICIENT_SECURITY 1071 +# define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_INTERNAL_ERROR 1080 +# define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_NO_RENEGOTIATION 1100 +# define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_PROTOCOL_VERSION 1070 +# define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_RECORD_OVERFLOW 1022 +# define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_UNKNOWN_CA 1048 +# define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_USER_CANCELLED 1090 +# define SSL_R_TLSV1_BAD_CERTIFICATE_HASH_VALUE 1114 +# define SSL_R_TLSV1_BAD_CERTIFICATE_STATUS_RESPONSE 1113 +# define SSL_R_TLSV1_CERTIFICATE_UNOBTAINABLE 1111 +# define SSL_R_TLSV1_UNRECOGNIZED_NAME 1112 +# define SSL_R_TLSV1_UNSUPPORTED_EXTENSION 1110 +# define SSL_R_TLS_HEARTBEAT_PEER_DOESNT_ACCEPT 365 +# define SSL_R_TLS_HEARTBEAT_PENDING 366 +# define SSL_R_TLS_ILLEGAL_EXPORTER_LABEL 367 +# define SSL_R_TLS_INVALID_ECPOINTFORMAT_LIST 157 +# define SSL_R_TOO_MANY_KEY_UPDATES 132 +# define SSL_R_TOO_MANY_WARN_ALERTS 409 +# define SSL_R_TOO_MUCH_EARLY_DATA 164 +# define SSL_R_UNABLE_TO_FIND_ECDH_PARAMETERS 314 +# define SSL_R_UNABLE_TO_FIND_PUBLIC_KEY_PARAMETERS 239 +# define SSL_R_UNABLE_TO_LOAD_SSL3_MD5_ROUTINES 242 +# define SSL_R_UNABLE_TO_LOAD_SSL3_SHA1_ROUTINES 243 +# define SSL_R_UNEXPECTED_CCS_MESSAGE 262 +# define SSL_R_UNEXPECTED_END_OF_EARLY_DATA 178 +# define SSL_R_UNEXPECTED_MESSAGE 244 +# define SSL_R_UNEXPECTED_RECORD 245 +# define SSL_R_UNINITIALIZED 276 +# define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_ALERT_TYPE 246 +# define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_CERTIFICATE_TYPE 247 +# define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_CIPHER_RETURNED 248 +# define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_CIPHER_TYPE 249 +# define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_CMD_NAME 386 +# define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_COMMAND 139 +# define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_DIGEST 368 +# define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_KEY_EXCHANGE_TYPE 250 +# define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_PKEY_TYPE 251 +# define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_PROTOCOL 252 +# define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_SSL_VERSION 254 +# define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_STATE 255 +# define SSL_R_UNSAFE_LEGACY_RENEGOTIATION_DISABLED 338 +# define SSL_R_UNSOLICITED_EXTENSION 217 +# define SSL_R_UNSUPPORTED_COMPRESSION_ALGORITHM 257 +# define SSL_R_UNSUPPORTED_ELLIPTIC_CURVE 315 +# define SSL_R_UNSUPPORTED_PROTOCOL 258 +# define SSL_R_UNSUPPORTED_SSL_VERSION 259 +# define SSL_R_UNSUPPORTED_STATUS_TYPE 329 +# define SSL_R_USE_SRTP_NOT_NEGOTIATED 369 +# define SSL_R_VERSION_TOO_HIGH 166 +# define SSL_R_VERSION_TOO_LOW 396 +# define SSL_R_WRONG_CERTIFICATE_TYPE 383 +# define SSL_R_WRONG_CIPHER_RETURNED 261 +# define SSL_R_WRONG_CURVE 378 +# define SSL_R_WRONG_SIGNATURE_LENGTH 264 +# define SSL_R_WRONG_SIGNATURE_SIZE 265 +# define SSL_R_WRONG_SIGNATURE_TYPE 370 +# define SSL_R_WRONG_SSL_VERSION 266 +# define SSL_R_WRONG_VERSION_NUMBER 267 +# define SSL_R_X509_LIB 268 +# define SSL_R_X509_VERIFICATION_SETUP_PROBLEMS 269 + +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/stack.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/stack.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cfc07505 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/stack.h @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ +/* + * Copyright 1995-2017 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_STACK_H +# define HEADER_STACK_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +typedef struct stack_st OPENSSL_STACK; /* Use STACK_OF(...) instead */ + +typedef int (*OPENSSL_sk_compfunc)(const void *, const void *); +typedef void (*OPENSSL_sk_freefunc)(void *); +typedef void *(*OPENSSL_sk_copyfunc)(const void *); + +int OPENSSL_sk_num(const OPENSSL_STACK *); +void *OPENSSL_sk_value(const OPENSSL_STACK *, int); + +void *OPENSSL_sk_set(OPENSSL_STACK *st, int i, const void *data); + +OPENSSL_STACK *OPENSSL_sk_new(OPENSSL_sk_compfunc cmp); +OPENSSL_STACK *OPENSSL_sk_new_null(void); +OPENSSL_STACK *OPENSSL_sk_new_reserve(OPENSSL_sk_compfunc c, int n); +int OPENSSL_sk_reserve(OPENSSL_STACK *st, int n); +void OPENSSL_sk_free(OPENSSL_STACK *); +void OPENSSL_sk_pop_free(OPENSSL_STACK *st, void (*func) (void *)); +OPENSSL_STACK *OPENSSL_sk_deep_copy(const OPENSSL_STACK *, + OPENSSL_sk_copyfunc c, + OPENSSL_sk_freefunc f); +int OPENSSL_sk_insert(OPENSSL_STACK *sk, const void *data, int where); +void *OPENSSL_sk_delete(OPENSSL_STACK *st, int loc); +void *OPENSSL_sk_delete_ptr(OPENSSL_STACK *st, const void *p); +int OPENSSL_sk_find(OPENSSL_STACK *st, const void *data); +int OPENSSL_sk_find_ex(OPENSSL_STACK *st, const void *data); +int OPENSSL_sk_push(OPENSSL_STACK *st, const void *data); +int OPENSSL_sk_unshift(OPENSSL_STACK *st, const void *data); +void *OPENSSL_sk_shift(OPENSSL_STACK *st); +void *OPENSSL_sk_pop(OPENSSL_STACK *st); +void OPENSSL_sk_zero(OPENSSL_STACK *st); +OPENSSL_sk_compfunc OPENSSL_sk_set_cmp_func(OPENSSL_STACK *sk, + OPENSSL_sk_compfunc cmp); +OPENSSL_STACK *OPENSSL_sk_dup(const OPENSSL_STACK *st); +void OPENSSL_sk_sort(OPENSSL_STACK *st); +int OPENSSL_sk_is_sorted(const OPENSSL_STACK *st); + +# if OPENSSL_API_COMPAT < 0x10100000L +# define _STACK OPENSSL_STACK +# define sk_num OPENSSL_sk_num +# define sk_value OPENSSL_sk_value +# define sk_set OPENSSL_sk_set +# define sk_new OPENSSL_sk_new +# define sk_new_null OPENSSL_sk_new_null +# define sk_free OPENSSL_sk_free +# define sk_pop_free OPENSSL_sk_pop_free +# define sk_deep_copy OPENSSL_sk_deep_copy +# define sk_insert OPENSSL_sk_insert +# define sk_delete OPENSSL_sk_delete +# define sk_delete_ptr OPENSSL_sk_delete_ptr +# define sk_find OPENSSL_sk_find +# define sk_find_ex OPENSSL_sk_find_ex +# define sk_push OPENSSL_sk_push +# define sk_unshift OPENSSL_sk_unshift +# define sk_shift OPENSSL_sk_shift +# define sk_pop OPENSSL_sk_pop +# define sk_zero OPENSSL_sk_zero +# define sk_set_cmp_func OPENSSL_sk_set_cmp_func +# define sk_dup OPENSSL_sk_dup +# define sk_sort OPENSSL_sk_sort +# define sk_is_sorted OPENSSL_sk_is_sorted +# endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/store.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/store.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a40a7339 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/store.h @@ -0,0 +1,266 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2016-2019 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_OSSL_STORE_H +# define HEADER_OSSL_STORE_H + +# include <stdarg.h> +# include <openssl/ossl_typ.h> +# include <openssl/pem.h> +# include <openssl/storeerr.h> + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +/*- + * The main OSSL_STORE functions. + * ------------------------------ + * + * These allow applications to open a channel to a resource with supported + * data (keys, certs, crls, ...), read the data a piece at a time and decide + * what to do with it, and finally close. + */ + +typedef struct ossl_store_ctx_st OSSL_STORE_CTX; + +/* + * Typedef for the OSSL_STORE_INFO post processing callback. This can be used + * to massage the given OSSL_STORE_INFO, or to drop it entirely (by returning + * NULL). + */ +typedef OSSL_STORE_INFO *(*OSSL_STORE_post_process_info_fn)(OSSL_STORE_INFO *, + void *); + +/* + * Open a channel given a URI. The given UI method will be used any time the + * loader needs extra input, for example when a password or pin is needed, and + * will be passed the same user data every time it's needed in this context. + * + * Returns a context reference which represents the channel to communicate + * through. + */ +OSSL_STORE_CTX *OSSL_STORE_open(const char *uri, const UI_METHOD *ui_method, + void *ui_data, + OSSL_STORE_post_process_info_fn post_process, + void *post_process_data); + +/* + * Control / fine tune the OSSL_STORE channel. |cmd| determines what is to be + * done, and depends on the underlying loader (use OSSL_STORE_get0_scheme to + * determine which loader is used), except for common commands (see below). + * Each command takes different arguments. + */ +int OSSL_STORE_ctrl(OSSL_STORE_CTX *ctx, int cmd, ... /* args */); +int OSSL_STORE_vctrl(OSSL_STORE_CTX *ctx, int cmd, va_list args); + +/* + * Common ctrl commands that different loaders may choose to support. + */ +/* int on = 0 or 1; STORE_ctrl(ctx, STORE_C_USE_SECMEM, &on); */ +# define OSSL_STORE_C_USE_SECMEM 1 +/* Where custom commands start */ +# define OSSL_STORE_C_CUSTOM_START 100 + +/* + * Read one data item (a key, a cert, a CRL) that is supported by the OSSL_STORE + * functionality, given a context. + * Returns a OSSL_STORE_INFO pointer, from which OpenSSL typed data can be + * extracted with OSSL_STORE_INFO_get0_PKEY(), OSSL_STORE_INFO_get0_CERT(), ... + * NULL is returned on error, which may include that the data found at the URI + * can't be figured out for certain or is ambiguous. + */ +OSSL_STORE_INFO *OSSL_STORE_load(OSSL_STORE_CTX *ctx); + +/* + * Check if end of data (end of file) is reached + * Returns 1 on end, 0 otherwise. + */ +int OSSL_STORE_eof(OSSL_STORE_CTX *ctx); + +/* + * Check if an error occurred + * Returns 1 if it did, 0 otherwise. + */ +int OSSL_STORE_error(OSSL_STORE_CTX *ctx); + +/* + * Close the channel + * Returns 1 on success, 0 on error. + */ +int OSSL_STORE_close(OSSL_STORE_CTX *ctx); + + +/*- + * Extracting OpenSSL types from and creating new OSSL_STORE_INFOs + * --------------------------------------------------------------- + */ + +/* + * Types of data that can be ossl_stored in a OSSL_STORE_INFO. + * OSSL_STORE_INFO_NAME is typically found when getting a listing of + * available "files" / "tokens" / what have you. + */ +# define OSSL_STORE_INFO_NAME 1 /* char * */ +# define OSSL_STORE_INFO_PARAMS 2 /* EVP_PKEY * */ +# define OSSL_STORE_INFO_PKEY 3 /* EVP_PKEY * */ +# define OSSL_STORE_INFO_CERT 4 /* X509 * */ +# define OSSL_STORE_INFO_CRL 5 /* X509_CRL * */ + +/* + * Functions to generate OSSL_STORE_INFOs, one function for each type we + * support having in them, as well as a generic constructor. + * + * In all cases, ownership of the object is transferred to the OSSL_STORE_INFO + * and will therefore be freed when the OSSL_STORE_INFO is freed. + */ +OSSL_STORE_INFO *OSSL_STORE_INFO_new_NAME(char *name); +int OSSL_STORE_INFO_set0_NAME_description(OSSL_STORE_INFO *info, char *desc); +OSSL_STORE_INFO *OSSL_STORE_INFO_new_PARAMS(EVP_PKEY *params); +OSSL_STORE_INFO *OSSL_STORE_INFO_new_PKEY(EVP_PKEY *pkey); +OSSL_STORE_INFO *OSSL_STORE_INFO_new_CERT(X509 *x509); +OSSL_STORE_INFO *OSSL_STORE_INFO_new_CRL(X509_CRL *crl); + +/* + * Functions to try to extract data from a OSSL_STORE_INFO. + */ +int OSSL_STORE_INFO_get_type(const OSSL_STORE_INFO *info); +const char *OSSL_STORE_INFO_get0_NAME(const OSSL_STORE_INFO *info); +char *OSSL_STORE_INFO_get1_NAME(const OSSL_STORE_INFO *info); +const char *OSSL_STORE_INFO_get0_NAME_description(const OSSL_STORE_INFO *info); +char *OSSL_STORE_INFO_get1_NAME_description(const OSSL_STORE_INFO *info); +EVP_PKEY *OSSL_STORE_INFO_get0_PARAMS(const OSSL_STORE_INFO *info); +EVP_PKEY *OSSL_STORE_INFO_get1_PARAMS(const OSSL_STORE_INFO *info); +EVP_PKEY *OSSL_STORE_INFO_get0_PKEY(const OSSL_STORE_INFO *info); +EVP_PKEY *OSSL_STORE_INFO_get1_PKEY(const OSSL_STORE_INFO *info); +X509 *OSSL_STORE_INFO_get0_CERT(const OSSL_STORE_INFO *info); +X509 *OSSL_STORE_INFO_get1_CERT(const OSSL_STORE_INFO *info); +X509_CRL *OSSL_STORE_INFO_get0_CRL(const OSSL_STORE_INFO *info); +X509_CRL *OSSL_STORE_INFO_get1_CRL(const OSSL_STORE_INFO *info); + +const char *OSSL_STORE_INFO_type_string(int type); + +/* + * Free the OSSL_STORE_INFO + */ +void OSSL_STORE_INFO_free(OSSL_STORE_INFO *info); + + +/*- + * Functions to construct a search URI from a base URI and search criteria + * ----------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ + +/* OSSL_STORE search types */ +# define OSSL_STORE_SEARCH_BY_NAME 1 /* subject in certs, issuer in CRLs */ +# define OSSL_STORE_SEARCH_BY_ISSUER_SERIAL 2 +# define OSSL_STORE_SEARCH_BY_KEY_FINGERPRINT 3 +# define OSSL_STORE_SEARCH_BY_ALIAS 4 + +/* To check what search types the scheme handler supports */ +int OSSL_STORE_supports_search(OSSL_STORE_CTX *ctx, int search_type); + +/* Search term constructors */ +/* + * The input is considered to be owned by the caller, and must therefore + * remain present throughout the lifetime of the returned OSSL_STORE_SEARCH + */ +OSSL_STORE_SEARCH *OSSL_STORE_SEARCH_by_name(X509_NAME *name); +OSSL_STORE_SEARCH *OSSL_STORE_SEARCH_by_issuer_serial(X509_NAME *name, + const ASN1_INTEGER + *serial); +OSSL_STORE_SEARCH *OSSL_STORE_SEARCH_by_key_fingerprint(const EVP_MD *digest, + const unsigned char + *bytes, size_t len); +OSSL_STORE_SEARCH *OSSL_STORE_SEARCH_by_alias(const char *alias); + +/* Search term destructor */ +void OSSL_STORE_SEARCH_free(OSSL_STORE_SEARCH *search); + +/* Search term accessors */ +int OSSL_STORE_SEARCH_get_type(const OSSL_STORE_SEARCH *criterion); +X509_NAME *OSSL_STORE_SEARCH_get0_name(OSSL_STORE_SEARCH *criterion); +const ASN1_INTEGER *OSSL_STORE_SEARCH_get0_serial(const OSSL_STORE_SEARCH + *criterion); +const unsigned char *OSSL_STORE_SEARCH_get0_bytes(const OSSL_STORE_SEARCH + *criterion, size_t *length); +const char *OSSL_STORE_SEARCH_get0_string(const OSSL_STORE_SEARCH *criterion); +const EVP_MD *OSSL_STORE_SEARCH_get0_digest(const OSSL_STORE_SEARCH *criterion); + +/* + * Add search criterion and expected return type (which can be unspecified) + * to the loading channel. This MUST happen before the first OSSL_STORE_load(). + */ +int OSSL_STORE_expect(OSSL_STORE_CTX *ctx, int expected_type); +int OSSL_STORE_find(OSSL_STORE_CTX *ctx, OSSL_STORE_SEARCH *search); + + +/*- + * Function to register a loader for the given URI scheme. + * ------------------------------------------------------- + * + * The loader receives all the main components of an URI except for the + * scheme. + */ + +typedef struct ossl_store_loader_st OSSL_STORE_LOADER; +OSSL_STORE_LOADER *OSSL_STORE_LOADER_new(ENGINE *e, const char *scheme); +const ENGINE *OSSL_STORE_LOADER_get0_engine(const OSSL_STORE_LOADER *loader); +const char *OSSL_STORE_LOADER_get0_scheme(const OSSL_STORE_LOADER *loader); +/* struct ossl_store_loader_ctx_st is defined differently by each loader */ +typedef struct ossl_store_loader_ctx_st OSSL_STORE_LOADER_CTX; +typedef OSSL_STORE_LOADER_CTX *(*OSSL_STORE_open_fn)(const OSSL_STORE_LOADER + *loader, + const char *uri, + const UI_METHOD *ui_method, + void *ui_data); +int OSSL_STORE_LOADER_set_open(OSSL_STORE_LOADER *loader, + OSSL_STORE_open_fn open_function); +typedef int (*OSSL_STORE_ctrl_fn)(OSSL_STORE_LOADER_CTX *ctx, int cmd, + va_list args); +int OSSL_STORE_LOADER_set_ctrl(OSSL_STORE_LOADER *loader, + OSSL_STORE_ctrl_fn ctrl_function); +typedef int (*OSSL_STORE_expect_fn)(OSSL_STORE_LOADER_CTX *ctx, int expected); +int OSSL_STORE_LOADER_set_expect(OSSL_STORE_LOADER *loader, + OSSL_STORE_expect_fn expect_function); +typedef int (*OSSL_STORE_find_fn)(OSSL_STORE_LOADER_CTX *ctx, + OSSL_STORE_SEARCH *criteria); +int OSSL_STORE_LOADER_set_find(OSSL_STORE_LOADER *loader, + OSSL_STORE_find_fn find_function); +typedef OSSL_STORE_INFO *(*OSSL_STORE_load_fn)(OSSL_STORE_LOADER_CTX *ctx, + const UI_METHOD *ui_method, + void *ui_data); +int OSSL_STORE_LOADER_set_load(OSSL_STORE_LOADER *loader, + OSSL_STORE_load_fn load_function); +typedef int (*OSSL_STORE_eof_fn)(OSSL_STORE_LOADER_CTX *ctx); +int OSSL_STORE_LOADER_set_eof(OSSL_STORE_LOADER *loader, + OSSL_STORE_eof_fn eof_function); +typedef int (*OSSL_STORE_error_fn)(OSSL_STORE_LOADER_CTX *ctx); +int OSSL_STORE_LOADER_set_error(OSSL_STORE_LOADER *loader, + OSSL_STORE_error_fn error_function); +typedef int (*OSSL_STORE_close_fn)(OSSL_STORE_LOADER_CTX *ctx); +int OSSL_STORE_LOADER_set_close(OSSL_STORE_LOADER *loader, + OSSL_STORE_close_fn close_function); +void OSSL_STORE_LOADER_free(OSSL_STORE_LOADER *loader); + +int OSSL_STORE_register_loader(OSSL_STORE_LOADER *loader); +OSSL_STORE_LOADER *OSSL_STORE_unregister_loader(const char *scheme); + +/*- + * Functions to list STORE loaders + * ------------------------------- + */ +int OSSL_STORE_do_all_loaders(void (*do_function) (const OSSL_STORE_LOADER + *loader, void *do_arg), + void *do_arg); + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/storeerr.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/storeerr.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..190eab07 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/storeerr.h @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ +/* + * Generated by util/mkerr.pl DO NOT EDIT + * Copyright 1995-2019 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_OSSL_STOREERR_H +# define HEADER_OSSL_STOREERR_H + +# ifndef HEADER_SYMHACKS_H +# include <openssl/symhacks.h> +# endif + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +# endif +int ERR_load_OSSL_STORE_strings(void); + +/* + * OSSL_STORE function codes. + */ +# define OSSL_STORE_F_FILE_CTRL 129 +# define OSSL_STORE_F_FILE_FIND 138 +# define OSSL_STORE_F_FILE_GET_PASS 118 +# define OSSL_STORE_F_FILE_LOAD 119 +# define OSSL_STORE_F_FILE_LOAD_TRY_DECODE 124 +# define OSSL_STORE_F_FILE_NAME_TO_URI 126 +# define OSSL_STORE_F_FILE_OPEN 120 +# define OSSL_STORE_F_OSSL_STORE_ATTACH_PEM_BIO 127 +# define OSSL_STORE_F_OSSL_STORE_EXPECT 130 +# define OSSL_STORE_F_OSSL_STORE_FILE_ATTACH_PEM_BIO_INT 128 +# define OSSL_STORE_F_OSSL_STORE_FIND 131 +# define OSSL_STORE_F_OSSL_STORE_GET0_LOADER_INT 100 +# define OSSL_STORE_F_OSSL_STORE_INFO_GET1_CERT 101 +# define OSSL_STORE_F_OSSL_STORE_INFO_GET1_CRL 102 +# define OSSL_STORE_F_OSSL_STORE_INFO_GET1_NAME 103 +# define OSSL_STORE_F_OSSL_STORE_INFO_GET1_NAME_DESCRIPTION 135 +# define OSSL_STORE_F_OSSL_STORE_INFO_GET1_PARAMS 104 +# define OSSL_STORE_F_OSSL_STORE_INFO_GET1_PKEY 105 +# define OSSL_STORE_F_OSSL_STORE_INFO_NEW_CERT 106 +# define OSSL_STORE_F_OSSL_STORE_INFO_NEW_CRL 107 +# define OSSL_STORE_F_OSSL_STORE_INFO_NEW_EMBEDDED 123 +# define OSSL_STORE_F_OSSL_STORE_INFO_NEW_NAME 109 +# define OSSL_STORE_F_OSSL_STORE_INFO_NEW_PARAMS 110 +# define OSSL_STORE_F_OSSL_STORE_INFO_NEW_PKEY 111 +# define OSSL_STORE_F_OSSL_STORE_INFO_SET0_NAME_DESCRIPTION 134 +# define OSSL_STORE_F_OSSL_STORE_INIT_ONCE 112 +# define OSSL_STORE_F_OSSL_STORE_LOADER_NEW 113 +# define OSSL_STORE_F_OSSL_STORE_OPEN 114 +# define OSSL_STORE_F_OSSL_STORE_OPEN_INT 115 +# define OSSL_STORE_F_OSSL_STORE_REGISTER_LOADER_INT 117 +# define OSSL_STORE_F_OSSL_STORE_SEARCH_BY_ALIAS 132 +# define OSSL_STORE_F_OSSL_STORE_SEARCH_BY_ISSUER_SERIAL 133 +# define OSSL_STORE_F_OSSL_STORE_SEARCH_BY_KEY_FINGERPRINT 136 +# define OSSL_STORE_F_OSSL_STORE_SEARCH_BY_NAME 137 +# define OSSL_STORE_F_OSSL_STORE_UNREGISTER_LOADER_INT 116 +# define OSSL_STORE_F_TRY_DECODE_PARAMS 121 +# define OSSL_STORE_F_TRY_DECODE_PKCS12 122 +# define OSSL_STORE_F_TRY_DECODE_PKCS8ENCRYPTED 125 + +/* + * OSSL_STORE reason codes. + */ +# define OSSL_STORE_R_AMBIGUOUS_CONTENT_TYPE 107 +# define OSSL_STORE_R_BAD_PASSWORD_READ 115 +# define OSSL_STORE_R_ERROR_VERIFYING_PKCS12_MAC 113 +# define OSSL_STORE_R_FINGERPRINT_SIZE_DOES_NOT_MATCH_DIGEST 121 +# define OSSL_STORE_R_INVALID_SCHEME 106 +# define OSSL_STORE_R_IS_NOT_A 112 +# define OSSL_STORE_R_LOADER_INCOMPLETE 116 +# define OSSL_STORE_R_LOADING_STARTED 117 +# define OSSL_STORE_R_NOT_A_CERTIFICATE 100 +# define OSSL_STORE_R_NOT_A_CRL 101 +# define OSSL_STORE_R_NOT_A_KEY 102 +# define OSSL_STORE_R_NOT_A_NAME 103 +# define OSSL_STORE_R_NOT_PARAMETERS 104 +# define OSSL_STORE_R_PASSPHRASE_CALLBACK_ERROR 114 +# define OSSL_STORE_R_PATH_MUST_BE_ABSOLUTE 108 +# define OSSL_STORE_R_SEARCH_ONLY_SUPPORTED_FOR_DIRECTORIES 119 +# define OSSL_STORE_R_UI_PROCESS_INTERRUPTED_OR_CANCELLED 109 +# define OSSL_STORE_R_UNREGISTERED_SCHEME 105 +# define OSSL_STORE_R_UNSUPPORTED_CONTENT_TYPE 110 +# define OSSL_STORE_R_UNSUPPORTED_OPERATION 118 +# define OSSL_STORE_R_UNSUPPORTED_SEARCH_TYPE 120 +# define OSSL_STORE_R_URI_AUTHORITY_UNSUPPORTED 111 + +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/symhacks.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/symhacks.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..156ea6e4 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/symhacks.h @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +/* + * Copyright 1999-2018 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_SYMHACKS_H +# define HEADER_SYMHACKS_H + +# include <openssl/e_os2.h> + +/* Case insensitive linking causes problems.... */ +# if defined(OPENSSL_SYS_VMS) +# undef ERR_load_CRYPTO_strings +# define ERR_load_CRYPTO_strings ERR_load_CRYPTOlib_strings +# undef OCSP_crlID_new +# define OCSP_crlID_new OCSP_crlID2_new + +# undef d2i_ECPARAMETERS +# define d2i_ECPARAMETERS d2i_UC_ECPARAMETERS +# undef i2d_ECPARAMETERS +# define i2d_ECPARAMETERS i2d_UC_ECPARAMETERS +# undef d2i_ECPKPARAMETERS +# define d2i_ECPKPARAMETERS d2i_UC_ECPKPARAMETERS +# undef i2d_ECPKPARAMETERS +# define i2d_ECPKPARAMETERS i2d_UC_ECPKPARAMETERS + +/* This one clashes with CMS_data_create */ +# undef cms_Data_create +# define cms_Data_create priv_cms_Data_create + +# endif + +#endif /* ! defined HEADER_VMS_IDHACKS_H */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/tls1.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/tls1.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..76d9fda4 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/tls1.h @@ -0,0 +1,1237 @@ +/* + * Copyright 1995-2019 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2002, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved + * Copyright 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_TLS1_H +# define HEADER_TLS1_H + +# include <openssl/buffer.h> +# include <openssl/x509.h> + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Default security level if not overridden at config time */ +# ifndef OPENSSL_TLS_SECURITY_LEVEL +# define OPENSSL_TLS_SECURITY_LEVEL 1 +# endif + +# define TLS1_VERSION 0x0301 +# define TLS1_1_VERSION 0x0302 +# define TLS1_2_VERSION 0x0303 +# define TLS1_3_VERSION 0x0304 +# define TLS_MAX_VERSION TLS1_3_VERSION + +/* Special value for method supporting multiple versions */ +# define TLS_ANY_VERSION 0x10000 + +# define TLS1_VERSION_MAJOR 0x03 +# define TLS1_VERSION_MINOR 0x01 + +# define TLS1_1_VERSION_MAJOR 0x03 +# define TLS1_1_VERSION_MINOR 0x02 + +# define TLS1_2_VERSION_MAJOR 0x03 +# define TLS1_2_VERSION_MINOR 0x03 + +# define TLS1_get_version(s) \ + ((SSL_version(s) >> 8) == TLS1_VERSION_MAJOR ? SSL_version(s) : 0) + +# define TLS1_get_client_version(s) \ + ((SSL_client_version(s) >> 8) == TLS1_VERSION_MAJOR ? SSL_client_version(s) : 0) + +# define TLS1_AD_DECRYPTION_FAILED 21 +# define TLS1_AD_RECORD_OVERFLOW 22 +# define TLS1_AD_UNKNOWN_CA 48/* fatal */ +# define TLS1_AD_ACCESS_DENIED 49/* fatal */ +# define TLS1_AD_DECODE_ERROR 50/* fatal */ +# define TLS1_AD_DECRYPT_ERROR 51 +# define TLS1_AD_EXPORT_RESTRICTION 60/* fatal */ +# define TLS1_AD_PROTOCOL_VERSION 70/* fatal */ +# define TLS1_AD_INSUFFICIENT_SECURITY 71/* fatal */ +# define TLS1_AD_INTERNAL_ERROR 80/* fatal */ +# define TLS1_AD_INAPPROPRIATE_FALLBACK 86/* fatal */ +# define TLS1_AD_USER_CANCELLED 90 +# define TLS1_AD_NO_RENEGOTIATION 100 +/* TLSv1.3 alerts */ +# define TLS13_AD_MISSING_EXTENSION 109 /* fatal */ +# define TLS13_AD_CERTIFICATE_REQUIRED 116 /* fatal */ +/* codes 110-114 are from RFC3546 */ +# define TLS1_AD_UNSUPPORTED_EXTENSION 110 +# define TLS1_AD_CERTIFICATE_UNOBTAINABLE 111 +# define TLS1_AD_UNRECOGNIZED_NAME 112 +# define TLS1_AD_BAD_CERTIFICATE_STATUS_RESPONSE 113 +# define TLS1_AD_BAD_CERTIFICATE_HASH_VALUE 114 +# define TLS1_AD_UNKNOWN_PSK_IDENTITY 115/* fatal */ +# define TLS1_AD_NO_APPLICATION_PROTOCOL 120 /* fatal */ + +/* ExtensionType values from RFC3546 / RFC4366 / RFC6066 */ +# define TLSEXT_TYPE_server_name 0 +# define TLSEXT_TYPE_max_fragment_length 1 +# define TLSEXT_TYPE_client_certificate_url 2 +# define TLSEXT_TYPE_trusted_ca_keys 3 +# define TLSEXT_TYPE_truncated_hmac 4 +# define TLSEXT_TYPE_status_request 5 +/* ExtensionType values from RFC4681 */ +# define TLSEXT_TYPE_user_mapping 6 +/* ExtensionType values from RFC5878 */ +# define TLSEXT_TYPE_client_authz 7 +# define TLSEXT_TYPE_server_authz 8 +/* ExtensionType values from RFC6091 */ +# define TLSEXT_TYPE_cert_type 9 + +/* ExtensionType values from RFC4492 */ +/* + * Prior to TLSv1.3 the supported_groups extension was known as + * elliptic_curves + */ +# define TLSEXT_TYPE_supported_groups 10 +# define TLSEXT_TYPE_elliptic_curves TLSEXT_TYPE_supported_groups +# define TLSEXT_TYPE_ec_point_formats 11 + + +/* ExtensionType value from RFC5054 */ +# define TLSEXT_TYPE_srp 12 + +/* ExtensionType values from RFC5246 */ +# define TLSEXT_TYPE_signature_algorithms 13 + +/* ExtensionType value from RFC5764 */ +# define TLSEXT_TYPE_use_srtp 14 + +/* ExtensionType value from RFC5620 */ +# define TLSEXT_TYPE_heartbeat 15 + +/* ExtensionType value from RFC7301 */ +# define TLSEXT_TYPE_application_layer_protocol_negotiation 16 + +/* + * Extension type for Certificate Transparency + * https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6962#section-3.3.1 + */ +# define TLSEXT_TYPE_signed_certificate_timestamp 18 + +/* + * ExtensionType value for TLS padding extension. + * http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-agl-tls-padding + */ +# define TLSEXT_TYPE_padding 21 + +/* ExtensionType value from RFC7366 */ +# define TLSEXT_TYPE_encrypt_then_mac 22 + +/* ExtensionType value from RFC7627 */ +# define TLSEXT_TYPE_extended_master_secret 23 + +/* ExtensionType value from RFC4507 */ +# define TLSEXT_TYPE_session_ticket 35 + +/* As defined for TLS1.3 */ +# define TLSEXT_TYPE_psk 41 +# define TLSEXT_TYPE_early_data 42 +# define TLSEXT_TYPE_supported_versions 43 +# define TLSEXT_TYPE_cookie 44 +# define TLSEXT_TYPE_psk_kex_modes 45 +# define TLSEXT_TYPE_certificate_authorities 47 +# define TLSEXT_TYPE_post_handshake_auth 49 +# define TLSEXT_TYPE_signature_algorithms_cert 50 +# define TLSEXT_TYPE_key_share 51 + +/* Temporary extension type */ +# define TLSEXT_TYPE_renegotiate 0xff01 + +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_NEXTPROTONEG +/* This is not an IANA defined extension number */ +# define TLSEXT_TYPE_next_proto_neg 13172 +# endif + +/* NameType value from RFC3546 */ +# define TLSEXT_NAMETYPE_host_name 0 +/* status request value from RFC3546 */ +# define TLSEXT_STATUSTYPE_ocsp 1 + +/* ECPointFormat values from RFC4492 */ +# define TLSEXT_ECPOINTFORMAT_first 0 +# define TLSEXT_ECPOINTFORMAT_uncompressed 0 +# define TLSEXT_ECPOINTFORMAT_ansiX962_compressed_prime 1 +# define TLSEXT_ECPOINTFORMAT_ansiX962_compressed_char2 2 +# define TLSEXT_ECPOINTFORMAT_last 2 + +/* Signature and hash algorithms from RFC5246 */ +# define TLSEXT_signature_anonymous 0 +# define TLSEXT_signature_rsa 1 +# define TLSEXT_signature_dsa 2 +# define TLSEXT_signature_ecdsa 3 +# define TLSEXT_signature_gostr34102001 237 +# define TLSEXT_signature_gostr34102012_256 238 +# define TLSEXT_signature_gostr34102012_512 239 + +/* Total number of different signature algorithms */ +# define TLSEXT_signature_num 7 + +# define TLSEXT_hash_none 0 +# define TLSEXT_hash_md5 1 +# define TLSEXT_hash_sha1 2 +# define TLSEXT_hash_sha224 3 +# define TLSEXT_hash_sha256 4 +# define TLSEXT_hash_sha384 5 +# define TLSEXT_hash_sha512 6 +# define TLSEXT_hash_gostr3411 237 +# define TLSEXT_hash_gostr34112012_256 238 +# define TLSEXT_hash_gostr34112012_512 239 + +/* Total number of different digest algorithms */ + +# define TLSEXT_hash_num 10 + +/* Flag set for unrecognised algorithms */ +# define TLSEXT_nid_unknown 0x1000000 + +/* ECC curves */ + +# define TLSEXT_curve_P_256 23 +# define TLSEXT_curve_P_384 24 + +/* OpenSSL value to disable maximum fragment length extension */ +# define TLSEXT_max_fragment_length_DISABLED 0 +/* Allowed values for max fragment length extension */ +# define TLSEXT_max_fragment_length_512 1 +# define TLSEXT_max_fragment_length_1024 2 +# define TLSEXT_max_fragment_length_2048 3 +# define TLSEXT_max_fragment_length_4096 4 + +int SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_max_fragment_length(SSL_CTX *ctx, uint8_t mode); +int SSL_set_tlsext_max_fragment_length(SSL *ssl, uint8_t mode); + +# define TLSEXT_MAXLEN_host_name 255 + +__owur const char *SSL_get_servername(const SSL *s, const int type); +__owur int SSL_get_servername_type(const SSL *s); +/* + * SSL_export_keying_material exports a value derived from the master secret, + * as specified in RFC 5705. It writes |olen| bytes to |out| given a label and + * optional context. (Since a zero length context is allowed, the |use_context| + * flag controls whether a context is included.) It returns 1 on success and + * 0 or -1 otherwise. + */ +__owur int SSL_export_keying_material(SSL *s, unsigned char *out, size_t olen, + const char *label, size_t llen, + const unsigned char *context, + size_t contextlen, int use_context); + +/* + * SSL_export_keying_material_early exports a value derived from the + * early exporter master secret, as specified in + * https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-tls-tls13-23. It writes + * |olen| bytes to |out| given a label and optional context. It + * returns 1 on success and 0 otherwise. + */ +__owur int SSL_export_keying_material_early(SSL *s, unsigned char *out, + size_t olen, const char *label, + size_t llen, + const unsigned char *context, + size_t contextlen); + +int SSL_get_peer_signature_type_nid(const SSL *s, int *pnid); +int SSL_get_signature_type_nid(const SSL *s, int *pnid); + +int SSL_get_sigalgs(SSL *s, int idx, + int *psign, int *phash, int *psignandhash, + unsigned char *rsig, unsigned char *rhash); + +int SSL_get_shared_sigalgs(SSL *s, int idx, + int *psign, int *phash, int *psignandhash, + unsigned char *rsig, unsigned char *rhash); + +__owur int SSL_check_chain(SSL *s, X509 *x, EVP_PKEY *pk, STACK_OF(X509) *chain); + +# define SSL_set_tlsext_host_name(s,name) \ + SSL_ctrl(s,SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_HOSTNAME,TLSEXT_NAMETYPE_host_name,\ + (void *)name) + +# define SSL_set_tlsext_debug_callback(ssl, cb) \ + SSL_callback_ctrl(ssl,SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_DEBUG_CB,\ + (void (*)(void))cb) + +# define SSL_set_tlsext_debug_arg(ssl, arg) \ + SSL_ctrl(ssl,SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_DEBUG_ARG,0,arg) + +# define SSL_get_tlsext_status_type(ssl) \ + SSL_ctrl(ssl,SSL_CTRL_GET_TLSEXT_STATUS_REQ_TYPE,0,NULL) + +# define SSL_set_tlsext_status_type(ssl, type) \ + SSL_ctrl(ssl,SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_STATUS_REQ_TYPE,type,NULL) + +# define SSL_get_tlsext_status_exts(ssl, arg) \ + SSL_ctrl(ssl,SSL_CTRL_GET_TLSEXT_STATUS_REQ_EXTS,0,arg) + +# define SSL_set_tlsext_status_exts(ssl, arg) \ + SSL_ctrl(ssl,SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_STATUS_REQ_EXTS,0,arg) + +# define SSL_get_tlsext_status_ids(ssl, arg) \ + SSL_ctrl(ssl,SSL_CTRL_GET_TLSEXT_STATUS_REQ_IDS,0,arg) + +# define SSL_set_tlsext_status_ids(ssl, arg) \ + SSL_ctrl(ssl,SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_STATUS_REQ_IDS,0,arg) + +# define SSL_get_tlsext_status_ocsp_resp(ssl, arg) \ + SSL_ctrl(ssl,SSL_CTRL_GET_TLSEXT_STATUS_REQ_OCSP_RESP,0,arg) + +# define SSL_set_tlsext_status_ocsp_resp(ssl, arg, arglen) \ + SSL_ctrl(ssl,SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_STATUS_REQ_OCSP_RESP,arglen,arg) + +# define SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_servername_callback(ctx, cb) \ + SSL_CTX_callback_ctrl(ctx,SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_SERVERNAME_CB,\ + (void (*)(void))cb) + +# define SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_OK 0 +# define SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_ALERT_WARNING 1 +# define SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_ALERT_FATAL 2 +# define SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_NOACK 3 + +# define SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_servername_arg(ctx, arg) \ + SSL_CTX_ctrl(ctx,SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_SERVERNAME_ARG,0,arg) + +# define SSL_CTX_get_tlsext_ticket_keys(ctx, keys, keylen) \ + SSL_CTX_ctrl(ctx,SSL_CTRL_GET_TLSEXT_TICKET_KEYS,keylen,keys) +# define SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_ticket_keys(ctx, keys, keylen) \ + SSL_CTX_ctrl(ctx,SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_TICKET_KEYS,keylen,keys) + +# define SSL_CTX_get_tlsext_status_cb(ssl, cb) \ + SSL_CTX_ctrl(ssl,SSL_CTRL_GET_TLSEXT_STATUS_REQ_CB,0,(void *)cb) +# define SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_status_cb(ssl, cb) \ + SSL_CTX_callback_ctrl(ssl,SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_STATUS_REQ_CB,\ + (void (*)(void))cb) + +# define SSL_CTX_get_tlsext_status_arg(ssl, arg) \ + SSL_CTX_ctrl(ssl,SSL_CTRL_GET_TLSEXT_STATUS_REQ_CB_ARG,0,arg) +# define SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_status_arg(ssl, arg) \ + SSL_CTX_ctrl(ssl,SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_STATUS_REQ_CB_ARG,0,arg) + +# define SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_status_type(ssl, type) \ + SSL_CTX_ctrl(ssl,SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_STATUS_REQ_TYPE,type,NULL) + +# define SSL_CTX_get_tlsext_status_type(ssl) \ + SSL_CTX_ctrl(ssl,SSL_CTRL_GET_TLSEXT_STATUS_REQ_TYPE,0,NULL) + +# define SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_ticket_key_cb(ssl, cb) \ + SSL_CTX_callback_ctrl(ssl,SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_TICKET_KEY_CB,\ + (void (*)(void))cb) + +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_HEARTBEATS +# define SSL_DTLSEXT_HB_ENABLED 0x01 +# define SSL_DTLSEXT_HB_DONT_SEND_REQUESTS 0x02 +# define SSL_DTLSEXT_HB_DONT_RECV_REQUESTS 0x04 +# define SSL_get_dtlsext_heartbeat_pending(ssl) \ + SSL_ctrl(ssl,SSL_CTRL_GET_DTLS_EXT_HEARTBEAT_PENDING,0,NULL) +# define SSL_set_dtlsext_heartbeat_no_requests(ssl, arg) \ + SSL_ctrl(ssl,SSL_CTRL_SET_DTLS_EXT_HEARTBEAT_NO_REQUESTS,arg,NULL) + +# if OPENSSL_API_COMPAT < 0x10100000L +# define SSL_CTRL_TLS_EXT_SEND_HEARTBEAT \ + SSL_CTRL_DTLS_EXT_SEND_HEARTBEAT +# define SSL_CTRL_GET_TLS_EXT_HEARTBEAT_PENDING \ + SSL_CTRL_GET_DTLS_EXT_HEARTBEAT_PENDING +# define SSL_CTRL_SET_TLS_EXT_HEARTBEAT_NO_REQUESTS \ + SSL_CTRL_SET_DTLS_EXT_HEARTBEAT_NO_REQUESTS +# define SSL_TLSEXT_HB_ENABLED \ + SSL_DTLSEXT_HB_ENABLED +# define SSL_TLSEXT_HB_DONT_SEND_REQUESTS \ + SSL_DTLSEXT_HB_DONT_SEND_REQUESTS +# define SSL_TLSEXT_HB_DONT_RECV_REQUESTS \ + SSL_DTLSEXT_HB_DONT_RECV_REQUESTS +# define SSL_get_tlsext_heartbeat_pending(ssl) \ + SSL_get_dtlsext_heartbeat_pending(ssl) +# define SSL_set_tlsext_heartbeat_no_requests(ssl, arg) \ + SSL_set_dtlsext_heartbeat_no_requests(ssl,arg) +# endif +# endif + +/* PSK ciphersuites from 4279 */ +# define TLS1_CK_PSK_WITH_RC4_128_SHA 0x0300008A +# define TLS1_CK_PSK_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA 0x0300008B +# define TLS1_CK_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA 0x0300008C +# define TLS1_CK_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA 0x0300008D +# define TLS1_CK_DHE_PSK_WITH_RC4_128_SHA 0x0300008E +# define TLS1_CK_DHE_PSK_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA 0x0300008F +# define TLS1_CK_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA 0x03000090 +# define TLS1_CK_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA 0x03000091 +# define TLS1_CK_RSA_PSK_WITH_RC4_128_SHA 0x03000092 +# define TLS1_CK_RSA_PSK_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA 0x03000093 +# define TLS1_CK_RSA_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA 0x03000094 +# define TLS1_CK_RSA_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA 0x03000095 + +/* PSK ciphersuites from 5487 */ +# define TLS1_CK_PSK_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256 0x030000A8 +# define TLS1_CK_PSK_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384 0x030000A9 +# define TLS1_CK_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256 0x030000AA +# define TLS1_CK_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384 0x030000AB +# define TLS1_CK_RSA_PSK_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256 0x030000AC +# define TLS1_CK_RSA_PSK_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384 0x030000AD +# define TLS1_CK_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256 0x030000AE +# define TLS1_CK_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384 0x030000AF +# define TLS1_CK_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA256 0x030000B0 +# define TLS1_CK_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA384 0x030000B1 +# define TLS1_CK_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256 0x030000B2 +# define TLS1_CK_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384 0x030000B3 +# define TLS1_CK_DHE_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA256 0x030000B4 +# define TLS1_CK_DHE_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA384 0x030000B5 +# define TLS1_CK_RSA_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256 0x030000B6 +# define TLS1_CK_RSA_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384 0x030000B7 +# define TLS1_CK_RSA_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA256 0x030000B8 +# define TLS1_CK_RSA_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA384 0x030000B9 + +/* NULL PSK ciphersuites from RFC4785 */ +# define TLS1_CK_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA 0x0300002C +# define TLS1_CK_DHE_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA 0x0300002D +# define TLS1_CK_RSA_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA 0x0300002E + +/* AES ciphersuites from RFC3268 */ +# define TLS1_CK_RSA_WITH_AES_128_SHA 0x0300002F +# define TLS1_CK_DH_DSS_WITH_AES_128_SHA 0x03000030 +# define TLS1_CK_DH_RSA_WITH_AES_128_SHA 0x03000031 +# define TLS1_CK_DHE_DSS_WITH_AES_128_SHA 0x03000032 +# define TLS1_CK_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_SHA 0x03000033 +# define TLS1_CK_ADH_WITH_AES_128_SHA 0x03000034 +# define TLS1_CK_RSA_WITH_AES_256_SHA 0x03000035 +# define TLS1_CK_DH_DSS_WITH_AES_256_SHA 0x03000036 +# define TLS1_CK_DH_RSA_WITH_AES_256_SHA 0x03000037 +# define TLS1_CK_DHE_DSS_WITH_AES_256_SHA 0x03000038 +# define TLS1_CK_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_SHA 0x03000039 +# define TLS1_CK_ADH_WITH_AES_256_SHA 0x0300003A + +/* TLS v1.2 ciphersuites */ +# define TLS1_CK_RSA_WITH_NULL_SHA256 0x0300003B +# define TLS1_CK_RSA_WITH_AES_128_SHA256 0x0300003C +# define TLS1_CK_RSA_WITH_AES_256_SHA256 0x0300003D +# define TLS1_CK_DH_DSS_WITH_AES_128_SHA256 0x0300003E +# define TLS1_CK_DH_RSA_WITH_AES_128_SHA256 0x0300003F +# define TLS1_CK_DHE_DSS_WITH_AES_128_SHA256 0x03000040 + +/* Camellia ciphersuites from RFC4132 */ +# define TLS1_CK_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA 0x03000041 +# define TLS1_CK_DH_DSS_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA 0x03000042 +# define TLS1_CK_DH_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA 0x03000043 +# define TLS1_CK_DHE_DSS_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA 0x03000044 +# define TLS1_CK_DHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA 0x03000045 +# define TLS1_CK_ADH_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA 0x03000046 + +/* TLS v1.2 ciphersuites */ +# define TLS1_CK_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_SHA256 0x03000067 +# define TLS1_CK_DH_DSS_WITH_AES_256_SHA256 0x03000068 +# define TLS1_CK_DH_RSA_WITH_AES_256_SHA256 0x03000069 +# define TLS1_CK_DHE_DSS_WITH_AES_256_SHA256 0x0300006A +# define TLS1_CK_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_SHA256 0x0300006B +# define TLS1_CK_ADH_WITH_AES_128_SHA256 0x0300006C +# define TLS1_CK_ADH_WITH_AES_256_SHA256 0x0300006D + +/* Camellia ciphersuites from RFC4132 */ +# define TLS1_CK_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA 0x03000084 +# define TLS1_CK_DH_DSS_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA 0x03000085 +# define TLS1_CK_DH_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA 0x03000086 +# define TLS1_CK_DHE_DSS_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA 0x03000087 +# define TLS1_CK_DHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA 0x03000088 +# define TLS1_CK_ADH_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA 0x03000089 + +/* SEED ciphersuites from RFC4162 */ +# define TLS1_CK_RSA_WITH_SEED_SHA 0x03000096 +# define TLS1_CK_DH_DSS_WITH_SEED_SHA 0x03000097 +# define TLS1_CK_DH_RSA_WITH_SEED_SHA 0x03000098 +# define TLS1_CK_DHE_DSS_WITH_SEED_SHA 0x03000099 +# define TLS1_CK_DHE_RSA_WITH_SEED_SHA 0x0300009A +# define TLS1_CK_ADH_WITH_SEED_SHA 0x0300009B + +/* TLS v1.2 GCM ciphersuites from RFC5288 */ +# define TLS1_CK_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256 0x0300009C +# define TLS1_CK_RSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384 0x0300009D +# define TLS1_CK_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256 0x0300009E +# define TLS1_CK_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384 0x0300009F +# define TLS1_CK_DH_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256 0x030000A0 +# define TLS1_CK_DH_RSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384 0x030000A1 +# define TLS1_CK_DHE_DSS_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256 0x030000A2 +# define TLS1_CK_DHE_DSS_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384 0x030000A3 +# define TLS1_CK_DH_DSS_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256 0x030000A4 +# define TLS1_CK_DH_DSS_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384 0x030000A5 +# define TLS1_CK_ADH_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256 0x030000A6 +# define TLS1_CK_ADH_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384 0x030000A7 + +/* CCM ciphersuites from RFC6655 */ +# define TLS1_CK_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CCM 0x0300C09C +# define TLS1_CK_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CCM 0x0300C09D +# define TLS1_CK_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CCM 0x0300C09E +# define TLS1_CK_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CCM 0x0300C09F +# define TLS1_CK_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CCM_8 0x0300C0A0 +# define TLS1_CK_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CCM_8 0x0300C0A1 +# define TLS1_CK_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CCM_8 0x0300C0A2 +# define TLS1_CK_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CCM_8 0x0300C0A3 +# define TLS1_CK_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CCM 0x0300C0A4 +# define TLS1_CK_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CCM 0x0300C0A5 +# define TLS1_CK_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CCM 0x0300C0A6 +# define TLS1_CK_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CCM 0x0300C0A7 +# define TLS1_CK_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CCM_8 0x0300C0A8 +# define TLS1_CK_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CCM_8 0x0300C0A9 +# define TLS1_CK_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CCM_8 0x0300C0AA +# define TLS1_CK_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CCM_8 0x0300C0AB + +/* CCM ciphersuites from RFC7251 */ +# define TLS1_CK_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_CCM 0x0300C0AC +# define TLS1_CK_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_CCM 0x0300C0AD +# define TLS1_CK_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_CCM_8 0x0300C0AE +# define TLS1_CK_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_CCM_8 0x0300C0AF + +/* TLS 1.2 Camellia SHA-256 ciphersuites from RFC5932 */ +# define TLS1_CK_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256 0x030000BA +# define TLS1_CK_DH_DSS_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256 0x030000BB +# define TLS1_CK_DH_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256 0x030000BC +# define TLS1_CK_DHE_DSS_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256 0x030000BD +# define TLS1_CK_DHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256 0x030000BE +# define TLS1_CK_ADH_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256 0x030000BF + +# define TLS1_CK_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA256 0x030000C0 +# define TLS1_CK_DH_DSS_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA256 0x030000C1 +# define TLS1_CK_DH_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA256 0x030000C2 +# define TLS1_CK_DHE_DSS_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA256 0x030000C3 +# define TLS1_CK_DHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA256 0x030000C4 +# define TLS1_CK_ADH_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA256 0x030000C5 + +/* ECC ciphersuites from RFC4492 */ +# define TLS1_CK_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_NULL_SHA 0x0300C001 +# define TLS1_CK_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_RC4_128_SHA 0x0300C002 +# define TLS1_CK_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_DES_192_CBC3_SHA 0x0300C003 +# define TLS1_CK_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA 0x0300C004 +# define TLS1_CK_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA 0x0300C005 + +# define TLS1_CK_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_NULL_SHA 0x0300C006 +# define TLS1_CK_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_RC4_128_SHA 0x0300C007 +# define TLS1_CK_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_DES_192_CBC3_SHA 0x0300C008 +# define TLS1_CK_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA 0x0300C009 +# define TLS1_CK_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA 0x0300C00A + +# define TLS1_CK_ECDH_RSA_WITH_NULL_SHA 0x0300C00B +# define TLS1_CK_ECDH_RSA_WITH_RC4_128_SHA 0x0300C00C +# define TLS1_CK_ECDH_RSA_WITH_DES_192_CBC3_SHA 0x0300C00D +# define TLS1_CK_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA 0x0300C00E +# define TLS1_CK_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA 0x0300C00F + +# define TLS1_CK_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_NULL_SHA 0x0300C010 +# define TLS1_CK_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_RC4_128_SHA 0x0300C011 +# define TLS1_CK_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_DES_192_CBC3_SHA 0x0300C012 +# define TLS1_CK_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA 0x0300C013 +# define TLS1_CK_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA 0x0300C014 + +# define TLS1_CK_ECDH_anon_WITH_NULL_SHA 0x0300C015 +# define TLS1_CK_ECDH_anon_WITH_RC4_128_SHA 0x0300C016 +# define TLS1_CK_ECDH_anon_WITH_DES_192_CBC3_SHA 0x0300C017 +# define TLS1_CK_ECDH_anon_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA 0x0300C018 +# define TLS1_CK_ECDH_anon_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA 0x0300C019 + +/* SRP ciphersuites from RFC 5054 */ +# define TLS1_CK_SRP_SHA_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA 0x0300C01A +# define TLS1_CK_SRP_SHA_RSA_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA 0x0300C01B +# define TLS1_CK_SRP_SHA_DSS_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA 0x0300C01C +# define TLS1_CK_SRP_SHA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA 0x0300C01D +# define TLS1_CK_SRP_SHA_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA 0x0300C01E +# define TLS1_CK_SRP_SHA_DSS_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA 0x0300C01F +# define TLS1_CK_SRP_SHA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA 0x0300C020 +# define TLS1_CK_SRP_SHA_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA 0x0300C021 +# define TLS1_CK_SRP_SHA_DSS_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA 0x0300C022 + +/* ECDH HMAC based ciphersuites from RFC5289 */ +# define TLS1_CK_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_SHA256 0x0300C023 +# define TLS1_CK_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_SHA384 0x0300C024 +# define TLS1_CK_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_SHA256 0x0300C025 +# define TLS1_CK_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_SHA384 0x0300C026 +# define TLS1_CK_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_SHA256 0x0300C027 +# define TLS1_CK_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_SHA384 0x0300C028 +# define TLS1_CK_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_128_SHA256 0x0300C029 +# define TLS1_CK_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_256_SHA384 0x0300C02A + +/* ECDH GCM based ciphersuites from RFC5289 */ +# define TLS1_CK_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256 0x0300C02B +# define TLS1_CK_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384 0x0300C02C +# define TLS1_CK_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256 0x0300C02D +# define TLS1_CK_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384 0x0300C02E +# define TLS1_CK_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256 0x0300C02F +# define TLS1_CK_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384 0x0300C030 +# define TLS1_CK_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256 0x0300C031 +# define TLS1_CK_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384 0x0300C032 + +/* ECDHE PSK ciphersuites from RFC5489 */ +# define TLS1_CK_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_RC4_128_SHA 0x0300C033 +# define TLS1_CK_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA 0x0300C034 +# define TLS1_CK_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA 0x0300C035 +# define TLS1_CK_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA 0x0300C036 + +# define TLS1_CK_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256 0x0300C037 +# define TLS1_CK_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384 0x0300C038 + +/* NULL PSK ciphersuites from RFC4785 */ +# define TLS1_CK_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA 0x0300C039 +# define TLS1_CK_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA256 0x0300C03A +# define TLS1_CK_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA384 0x0300C03B + +/* Camellia-CBC ciphersuites from RFC6367 */ +# define TLS1_CK_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256 0x0300C072 +# define TLS1_CK_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384 0x0300C073 +# define TLS1_CK_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256 0x0300C074 +# define TLS1_CK_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384 0x0300C075 +# define TLS1_CK_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256 0x0300C076 +# define TLS1_CK_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384 0x0300C077 +# define TLS1_CK_ECDH_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256 0x0300C078 +# define TLS1_CK_ECDH_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384 0x0300C079 + +# define TLS1_CK_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256 0x0300C094 +# define TLS1_CK_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384 0x0300C095 +# define TLS1_CK_DHE_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256 0x0300C096 +# define TLS1_CK_DHE_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384 0x0300C097 +# define TLS1_CK_RSA_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256 0x0300C098 +# define TLS1_CK_RSA_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384 0x0300C099 +# define TLS1_CK_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256 0x0300C09A +# define TLS1_CK_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384 0x0300C09B + +/* draft-ietf-tls-chacha20-poly1305-03 */ +# define TLS1_CK_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_CHACHA20_POLY1305 0x0300CCA8 +# define TLS1_CK_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_CHACHA20_POLY1305 0x0300CCA9 +# define TLS1_CK_DHE_RSA_WITH_CHACHA20_POLY1305 0x0300CCAA +# define TLS1_CK_PSK_WITH_CHACHA20_POLY1305 0x0300CCAB +# define TLS1_CK_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_CHACHA20_POLY1305 0x0300CCAC +# define TLS1_CK_DHE_PSK_WITH_CHACHA20_POLY1305 0x0300CCAD +# define TLS1_CK_RSA_PSK_WITH_CHACHA20_POLY1305 0x0300CCAE + +/* TLS v1.3 ciphersuites */ +# define TLS1_3_CK_AES_128_GCM_SHA256 0x03001301 +# define TLS1_3_CK_AES_256_GCM_SHA384 0x03001302 +# define TLS1_3_CK_CHACHA20_POLY1305_SHA256 0x03001303 +# define TLS1_3_CK_AES_128_CCM_SHA256 0x03001304 +# define TLS1_3_CK_AES_128_CCM_8_SHA256 0x03001305 + +/* Aria ciphersuites from RFC6209 */ +# define TLS1_CK_RSA_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256 0x0300C050 +# define TLS1_CK_RSA_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384 0x0300C051 +# define TLS1_CK_DHE_RSA_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256 0x0300C052 +# define TLS1_CK_DHE_RSA_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384 0x0300C053 +# define TLS1_CK_DH_RSA_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256 0x0300C054 +# define TLS1_CK_DH_RSA_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384 0x0300C055 +# define TLS1_CK_DHE_DSS_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256 0x0300C056 +# define TLS1_CK_DHE_DSS_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384 0x0300C057 +# define TLS1_CK_DH_DSS_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256 0x0300C058 +# define TLS1_CK_DH_DSS_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384 0x0300C059 +# define TLS1_CK_DH_anon_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256 0x0300C05A +# define TLS1_CK_DH_anon_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384 0x0300C05B +# define TLS1_CK_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256 0x0300C05C +# define TLS1_CK_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384 0x0300C05D +# define TLS1_CK_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256 0x0300C05E +# define TLS1_CK_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384 0x0300C05F +# define TLS1_CK_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256 0x0300C060 +# define TLS1_CK_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384 0x0300C061 +# define TLS1_CK_ECDH_RSA_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256 0x0300C062 +# define TLS1_CK_ECDH_RSA_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384 0x0300C063 +# define TLS1_CK_PSK_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256 0x0300C06A +# define TLS1_CK_PSK_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384 0x0300C06B +# define TLS1_CK_DHE_PSK_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256 0x0300C06C +# define TLS1_CK_DHE_PSK_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384 0x0300C06D +# define TLS1_CK_RSA_PSK_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256 0x0300C06E +# define TLS1_CK_RSA_PSK_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384 0x0300C06F + +/* a bundle of RFC standard cipher names, generated from ssl3_ciphers[] */ +# define TLS1_RFC_RSA_WITH_AES_128_SHA "TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA" +# define TLS1_RFC_DHE_DSS_WITH_AES_128_SHA "TLS_DHE_DSS_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA" +# define TLS1_RFC_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_SHA "TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA" +# define TLS1_RFC_ADH_WITH_AES_128_SHA "TLS_DH_anon_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA" +# define TLS1_RFC_RSA_WITH_AES_256_SHA "TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA" +# define TLS1_RFC_DHE_DSS_WITH_AES_256_SHA "TLS_DHE_DSS_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA" +# define TLS1_RFC_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_SHA "TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA" +# define TLS1_RFC_ADH_WITH_AES_256_SHA "TLS_DH_anon_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA" +# define TLS1_RFC_RSA_WITH_NULL_SHA256 "TLS_RSA_WITH_NULL_SHA256" +# define TLS1_RFC_RSA_WITH_AES_128_SHA256 "TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256" +# define TLS1_RFC_RSA_WITH_AES_256_SHA256 "TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA256" +# define TLS1_RFC_DHE_DSS_WITH_AES_128_SHA256 "TLS_DHE_DSS_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256" +# define TLS1_RFC_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_SHA256 "TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256" +# define TLS1_RFC_DHE_DSS_WITH_AES_256_SHA256 "TLS_DHE_DSS_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA256" +# define TLS1_RFC_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_SHA256 "TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA256" +# define TLS1_RFC_ADH_WITH_AES_128_SHA256 "TLS_DH_anon_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256" +# define TLS1_RFC_ADH_WITH_AES_256_SHA256 "TLS_DH_anon_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA256" +# define TLS1_RFC_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256 "TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256" +# define TLS1_RFC_RSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384 "TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384" +# define TLS1_RFC_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256 "TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256" +# define TLS1_RFC_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384 "TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384" +# define TLS1_RFC_DHE_DSS_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256 "TLS_DHE_DSS_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256" +# define TLS1_RFC_DHE_DSS_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384 "TLS_DHE_DSS_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384" +# define TLS1_RFC_ADH_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256 "TLS_DH_anon_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256" +# define TLS1_RFC_ADH_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384 "TLS_DH_anon_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384" +# define TLS1_RFC_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CCM "TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CCM" +# define TLS1_RFC_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CCM "TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CCM" +# define TLS1_RFC_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CCM "TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CCM" +# define TLS1_RFC_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CCM "TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CCM" +# define TLS1_RFC_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CCM_8 "TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CCM_8" +# define TLS1_RFC_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CCM_8 "TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CCM_8" +# define TLS1_RFC_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CCM_8 "TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CCM_8" +# define TLS1_RFC_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CCM_8 "TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CCM_8" +# define TLS1_RFC_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CCM "TLS_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CCM" +# define TLS1_RFC_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CCM "TLS_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CCM" +# define TLS1_RFC_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CCM "TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CCM" +# define TLS1_RFC_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CCM "TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CCM" +# define TLS1_RFC_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CCM_8 "TLS_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CCM_8" +# define TLS1_RFC_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CCM_8 "TLS_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CCM_8" +# define TLS1_RFC_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CCM_8 "TLS_PSK_DHE_WITH_AES_128_CCM_8" +# define TLS1_RFC_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CCM_8 "TLS_PSK_DHE_WITH_AES_256_CCM_8" +# define TLS1_RFC_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_CCM "TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_CCM" +# define TLS1_RFC_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_CCM "TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_CCM" +# define TLS1_RFC_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_CCM_8 "TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_CCM_8" +# define TLS1_RFC_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_CCM_8 "TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_CCM_8" +# define TLS1_3_RFC_AES_128_GCM_SHA256 "TLS_AES_128_GCM_SHA256" +# define TLS1_3_RFC_AES_256_GCM_SHA384 "TLS_AES_256_GCM_SHA384" +# define TLS1_3_RFC_CHACHA20_POLY1305_SHA256 "TLS_CHACHA20_POLY1305_SHA256" +# define TLS1_3_RFC_AES_128_CCM_SHA256 "TLS_AES_128_CCM_SHA256" +# define TLS1_3_RFC_AES_128_CCM_8_SHA256 "TLS_AES_128_CCM_8_SHA256" +# define TLS1_RFC_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_NULL_SHA "TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_NULL_SHA" +# define TLS1_RFC_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_DES_192_CBC3_SHA "TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA" +# define TLS1_RFC_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA "TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA" +# define TLS1_RFC_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA "TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA" +# define TLS1_RFC_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_NULL_SHA "TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_NULL_SHA" +# define TLS1_RFC_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_DES_192_CBC3_SHA "TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA" +# define TLS1_RFC_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA "TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA" +# define TLS1_RFC_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA "TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA" +# define TLS1_RFC_ECDH_anon_WITH_NULL_SHA "TLS_ECDH_anon_WITH_NULL_SHA" +# define TLS1_RFC_ECDH_anon_WITH_DES_192_CBC3_SHA "TLS_ECDH_anon_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA" +# define TLS1_RFC_ECDH_anon_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA "TLS_ECDH_anon_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA" +# define TLS1_RFC_ECDH_anon_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA "TLS_ECDH_anon_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA" +# define TLS1_RFC_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_SHA256 "TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256" +# define TLS1_RFC_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_SHA384 "TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384" +# define TLS1_RFC_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_SHA256 "TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256" +# define TLS1_RFC_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_SHA384 "TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384" +# define TLS1_RFC_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256 "TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256" +# define TLS1_RFC_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384 "TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384" +# define TLS1_RFC_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256 "TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256" +# define TLS1_RFC_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384 "TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384" +# define TLS1_RFC_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA "TLS_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA" +# define TLS1_RFC_DHE_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA "TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA" +# define TLS1_RFC_RSA_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA "TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA" +# define TLS1_RFC_PSK_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA "TLS_PSK_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA" +# define TLS1_RFC_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA "TLS_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA" +# define TLS1_RFC_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA "TLS_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA" +# define TLS1_RFC_DHE_PSK_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA "TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA" +# define TLS1_RFC_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA "TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA" +# define TLS1_RFC_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA "TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA" +# define TLS1_RFC_RSA_PSK_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA "TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA" +# define TLS1_RFC_RSA_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA "TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA" +# define TLS1_RFC_RSA_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA "TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA" +# define TLS1_RFC_PSK_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256 "TLS_PSK_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256" +# define TLS1_RFC_PSK_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384 "TLS_PSK_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384" +# define TLS1_RFC_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256 "TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256" +# define TLS1_RFC_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384 "TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384" +# define TLS1_RFC_RSA_PSK_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256 "TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256" +# define TLS1_RFC_RSA_PSK_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384 "TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384" +# define TLS1_RFC_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256 "TLS_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256" +# define TLS1_RFC_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384 "TLS_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384" +# define TLS1_RFC_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA256 "TLS_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA256" +# define TLS1_RFC_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA384 "TLS_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA384" +# define TLS1_RFC_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256 "TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256" +# define TLS1_RFC_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384 "TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384" +# define TLS1_RFC_DHE_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA256 "TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA256" +# define TLS1_RFC_DHE_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA384 "TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA384" +# define TLS1_RFC_RSA_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256 "TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256" +# define TLS1_RFC_RSA_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384 "TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384" +# define TLS1_RFC_RSA_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA256 "TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA256" +# define TLS1_RFC_RSA_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA384 "TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA384" +# define TLS1_RFC_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA "TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA" +# define TLS1_RFC_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA "TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA" +# define TLS1_RFC_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA "TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA" +# define TLS1_RFC_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256 "TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256" +# define TLS1_RFC_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384 "TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384" +# define TLS1_RFC_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA "TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA" +# define TLS1_RFC_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA256 "TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA256" +# define TLS1_RFC_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA384 "TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA384" +# define TLS1_RFC_SRP_SHA_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA "TLS_SRP_SHA_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA" +# define TLS1_RFC_SRP_SHA_RSA_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA "TLS_SRP_SHA_RSA_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA" +# define TLS1_RFC_SRP_SHA_DSS_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA "TLS_SRP_SHA_DSS_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA" +# define TLS1_RFC_SRP_SHA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA "TLS_SRP_SHA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA" +# define TLS1_RFC_SRP_SHA_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA "TLS_SRP_SHA_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA" +# define TLS1_RFC_SRP_SHA_DSS_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA "TLS_SRP_SHA_DSS_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA" +# define TLS1_RFC_SRP_SHA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA "TLS_SRP_SHA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA" +# define TLS1_RFC_SRP_SHA_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA "TLS_SRP_SHA_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA" +# define TLS1_RFC_SRP_SHA_DSS_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA "TLS_SRP_SHA_DSS_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA" +# define TLS1_RFC_DHE_RSA_WITH_CHACHA20_POLY1305 "TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_CHACHA20_POLY1305_SHA256" +# define TLS1_RFC_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_CHACHA20_POLY1305 "TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_CHACHA20_POLY1305_SHA256" +# define TLS1_RFC_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_CHACHA20_POLY1305 "TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_CHACHA20_POLY1305_SHA256" +# define TLS1_RFC_PSK_WITH_CHACHA20_POLY1305 "TLS_PSK_WITH_CHACHA20_POLY1305_SHA256" +# define TLS1_RFC_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_CHACHA20_POLY1305 "TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_CHACHA20_POLY1305_SHA256" +# define TLS1_RFC_DHE_PSK_WITH_CHACHA20_POLY1305 "TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_CHACHA20_POLY1305_SHA256" +# define TLS1_RFC_RSA_PSK_WITH_CHACHA20_POLY1305 "TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_CHACHA20_POLY1305_SHA256" +# define TLS1_RFC_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256 "TLS_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256" +# define TLS1_RFC_DHE_DSS_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256 "TLS_DHE_DSS_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256" +# define TLS1_RFC_DHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256 "TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256" +# define TLS1_RFC_ADH_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256 "TLS_DH_anon_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256" +# define TLS1_RFC_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA256 "TLS_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA256" +# define TLS1_RFC_DHE_DSS_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA256 "TLS_DHE_DSS_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA256" +# define TLS1_RFC_DHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA256 "TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA256" +# define TLS1_RFC_ADH_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA256 "TLS_DH_anon_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA256" +# define TLS1_RFC_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA "TLS_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA" +# define TLS1_RFC_DHE_DSS_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA "TLS_DHE_DSS_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA" +# define TLS1_RFC_DHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA "TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA" +# define TLS1_RFC_ADH_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA "TLS_DH_anon_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA" +# define TLS1_RFC_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA "TLS_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA" +# define TLS1_RFC_DHE_DSS_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA "TLS_DHE_DSS_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA" +# define TLS1_RFC_DHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA "TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA" +# define TLS1_RFC_ADH_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA "TLS_DH_anon_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA" +# define TLS1_RFC_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256 "TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256" +# define TLS1_RFC_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384 "TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384" +# define TLS1_RFC_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256 "TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256" +# define TLS1_RFC_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384 "TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384" +# define TLS1_RFC_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256 "TLS_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256" +# define TLS1_RFC_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384 "TLS_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384" +# define TLS1_RFC_DHE_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256 "TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256" +# define TLS1_RFC_DHE_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384 "TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384" +# define TLS1_RFC_RSA_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256 "TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256" +# define TLS1_RFC_RSA_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384 "TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384" +# define TLS1_RFC_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256 "TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256" +# define TLS1_RFC_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384 "TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384" +# define TLS1_RFC_RSA_WITH_SEED_SHA "TLS_RSA_WITH_SEED_CBC_SHA" +# define TLS1_RFC_DHE_DSS_WITH_SEED_SHA "TLS_DHE_DSS_WITH_SEED_CBC_SHA" +# define TLS1_RFC_DHE_RSA_WITH_SEED_SHA "TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_SEED_CBC_SHA" +# define TLS1_RFC_ADH_WITH_SEED_SHA "TLS_DH_anon_WITH_SEED_CBC_SHA" +# define TLS1_RFC_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_RC4_128_SHA "TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_RC4_128_SHA" +# define TLS1_RFC_ECDH_anon_WITH_RC4_128_SHA "TLS_ECDH_anon_WITH_RC4_128_SHA" +# define TLS1_RFC_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_RC4_128_SHA "TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_RC4_128_SHA" +# define TLS1_RFC_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_RC4_128_SHA "TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_RC4_128_SHA" +# define TLS1_RFC_PSK_WITH_RC4_128_SHA "TLS_PSK_WITH_RC4_128_SHA" +# define TLS1_RFC_RSA_PSK_WITH_RC4_128_SHA "TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_RC4_128_SHA" +# define TLS1_RFC_DHE_PSK_WITH_RC4_128_SHA "TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_RC4_128_SHA" +# define TLS1_RFC_RSA_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256 "TLS_RSA_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256" +# define TLS1_RFC_RSA_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384 "TLS_RSA_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384" +# define TLS1_RFC_DHE_RSA_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256 "TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256" +# define TLS1_RFC_DHE_RSA_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384 "TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384" +# define TLS1_RFC_DH_RSA_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256 "TLS_DH_RSA_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256" +# define TLS1_RFC_DH_RSA_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384 "TLS_DH_RSA_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384" +# define TLS1_RFC_DHE_DSS_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256 "TLS_DHE_DSS_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256" +# define TLS1_RFC_DHE_DSS_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384 "TLS_DHE_DSS_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384" +# define TLS1_RFC_DH_DSS_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256 "TLS_DH_DSS_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256" +# define TLS1_RFC_DH_DSS_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384 "TLS_DH_DSS_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384" +# define TLS1_RFC_DH_anon_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256 "TLS_DH_anon_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256" +# define TLS1_RFC_DH_anon_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384 "TLS_DH_anon_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384" +# define TLS1_RFC_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256 "TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256" +# define TLS1_RFC_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384 "TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384" +# define TLS1_RFC_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256 "TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256" +# define TLS1_RFC_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384 "TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384" +# define TLS1_RFC_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256 "TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256" +# define TLS1_RFC_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384 "TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384" +# define TLS1_RFC_ECDH_RSA_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256 "TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256" +# define TLS1_RFC_ECDH_RSA_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384 "TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384" +# define TLS1_RFC_PSK_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256 "TLS_PSK_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256" +# define TLS1_RFC_PSK_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384 "TLS_PSK_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384" +# define TLS1_RFC_DHE_PSK_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256 "TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256" +# define TLS1_RFC_DHE_PSK_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384 "TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384" +# define TLS1_RFC_RSA_PSK_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256 "TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256" +# define TLS1_RFC_RSA_PSK_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384 "TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384" + + +/* + * XXX Backward compatibility alert: Older versions of OpenSSL gave some DHE + * ciphers names with "EDH" instead of "DHE". Going forward, we should be + * using DHE everywhere, though we may indefinitely maintain aliases for + * users or configurations that used "EDH" + */ +# define TLS1_TXT_DHE_DSS_WITH_RC4_128_SHA "DHE-DSS-RC4-SHA" + +# define TLS1_TXT_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA "PSK-NULL-SHA" +# define TLS1_TXT_DHE_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA "DHE-PSK-NULL-SHA" +# define TLS1_TXT_RSA_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA "RSA-PSK-NULL-SHA" + +/* AES ciphersuites from RFC3268 */ +# define TLS1_TXT_RSA_WITH_AES_128_SHA "AES128-SHA" +# define TLS1_TXT_DH_DSS_WITH_AES_128_SHA "DH-DSS-AES128-SHA" +# define TLS1_TXT_DH_RSA_WITH_AES_128_SHA "DH-RSA-AES128-SHA" +# define TLS1_TXT_DHE_DSS_WITH_AES_128_SHA "DHE-DSS-AES128-SHA" +# define TLS1_TXT_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_SHA "DHE-RSA-AES128-SHA" +# define TLS1_TXT_ADH_WITH_AES_128_SHA "ADH-AES128-SHA" + +# define TLS1_TXT_RSA_WITH_AES_256_SHA "AES256-SHA" +# define TLS1_TXT_DH_DSS_WITH_AES_256_SHA "DH-DSS-AES256-SHA" +# define TLS1_TXT_DH_RSA_WITH_AES_256_SHA "DH-RSA-AES256-SHA" +# define TLS1_TXT_DHE_DSS_WITH_AES_256_SHA "DHE-DSS-AES256-SHA" +# define TLS1_TXT_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_SHA "DHE-RSA-AES256-SHA" +# define TLS1_TXT_ADH_WITH_AES_256_SHA "ADH-AES256-SHA" + +/* ECC ciphersuites from RFC4492 */ +# define TLS1_TXT_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_NULL_SHA "ECDH-ECDSA-NULL-SHA" +# define TLS1_TXT_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_RC4_128_SHA "ECDH-ECDSA-RC4-SHA" +# define TLS1_TXT_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_DES_192_CBC3_SHA "ECDH-ECDSA-DES-CBC3-SHA" +# define TLS1_TXT_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA "ECDH-ECDSA-AES128-SHA" +# define TLS1_TXT_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA "ECDH-ECDSA-AES256-SHA" + +# define TLS1_TXT_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_NULL_SHA "ECDHE-ECDSA-NULL-SHA" +# define TLS1_TXT_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_RC4_128_SHA "ECDHE-ECDSA-RC4-SHA" +# define TLS1_TXT_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_DES_192_CBC3_SHA "ECDHE-ECDSA-DES-CBC3-SHA" +# define TLS1_TXT_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA "ECDHE-ECDSA-AES128-SHA" +# define TLS1_TXT_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA "ECDHE-ECDSA-AES256-SHA" + +# define TLS1_TXT_ECDH_RSA_WITH_NULL_SHA "ECDH-RSA-NULL-SHA" +# define TLS1_TXT_ECDH_RSA_WITH_RC4_128_SHA "ECDH-RSA-RC4-SHA" +# define TLS1_TXT_ECDH_RSA_WITH_DES_192_CBC3_SHA "ECDH-RSA-DES-CBC3-SHA" +# define TLS1_TXT_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA "ECDH-RSA-AES128-SHA" +# define TLS1_TXT_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA "ECDH-RSA-AES256-SHA" + +# define TLS1_TXT_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_NULL_SHA "ECDHE-RSA-NULL-SHA" +# define TLS1_TXT_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_RC4_128_SHA "ECDHE-RSA-RC4-SHA" +# define TLS1_TXT_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_DES_192_CBC3_SHA "ECDHE-RSA-DES-CBC3-SHA" +# define TLS1_TXT_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA "ECDHE-RSA-AES128-SHA" +# define TLS1_TXT_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA "ECDHE-RSA-AES256-SHA" + +# define TLS1_TXT_ECDH_anon_WITH_NULL_SHA "AECDH-NULL-SHA" +# define TLS1_TXT_ECDH_anon_WITH_RC4_128_SHA "AECDH-RC4-SHA" +# define TLS1_TXT_ECDH_anon_WITH_DES_192_CBC3_SHA "AECDH-DES-CBC3-SHA" +# define TLS1_TXT_ECDH_anon_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA "AECDH-AES128-SHA" +# define TLS1_TXT_ECDH_anon_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA "AECDH-AES256-SHA" + +/* PSK ciphersuites from RFC 4279 */ +# define TLS1_TXT_PSK_WITH_RC4_128_SHA "PSK-RC4-SHA" +# define TLS1_TXT_PSK_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA "PSK-3DES-EDE-CBC-SHA" +# define TLS1_TXT_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA "PSK-AES128-CBC-SHA" +# define TLS1_TXT_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA "PSK-AES256-CBC-SHA" + +# define TLS1_TXT_DHE_PSK_WITH_RC4_128_SHA "DHE-PSK-RC4-SHA" +# define TLS1_TXT_DHE_PSK_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA "DHE-PSK-3DES-EDE-CBC-SHA" +# define TLS1_TXT_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA "DHE-PSK-AES128-CBC-SHA" +# define TLS1_TXT_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA "DHE-PSK-AES256-CBC-SHA" +# define TLS1_TXT_RSA_PSK_WITH_RC4_128_SHA "RSA-PSK-RC4-SHA" +# define TLS1_TXT_RSA_PSK_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA "RSA-PSK-3DES-EDE-CBC-SHA" +# define TLS1_TXT_RSA_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA "RSA-PSK-AES128-CBC-SHA" +# define TLS1_TXT_RSA_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA "RSA-PSK-AES256-CBC-SHA" + +/* PSK ciphersuites from RFC 5487 */ +# define TLS1_TXT_PSK_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256 "PSK-AES128-GCM-SHA256" +# define TLS1_TXT_PSK_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384 "PSK-AES256-GCM-SHA384" +# define TLS1_TXT_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256 "DHE-PSK-AES128-GCM-SHA256" +# define TLS1_TXT_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384 "DHE-PSK-AES256-GCM-SHA384" +# define TLS1_TXT_RSA_PSK_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256 "RSA-PSK-AES128-GCM-SHA256" +# define TLS1_TXT_RSA_PSK_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384 "RSA-PSK-AES256-GCM-SHA384" + +# define TLS1_TXT_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256 "PSK-AES128-CBC-SHA256" +# define TLS1_TXT_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384 "PSK-AES256-CBC-SHA384" +# define TLS1_TXT_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA256 "PSK-NULL-SHA256" +# define TLS1_TXT_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA384 "PSK-NULL-SHA384" + +# define TLS1_TXT_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256 "DHE-PSK-AES128-CBC-SHA256" +# define TLS1_TXT_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384 "DHE-PSK-AES256-CBC-SHA384" +# define TLS1_TXT_DHE_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA256 "DHE-PSK-NULL-SHA256" +# define TLS1_TXT_DHE_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA384 "DHE-PSK-NULL-SHA384" + +# define TLS1_TXT_RSA_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256 "RSA-PSK-AES128-CBC-SHA256" +# define TLS1_TXT_RSA_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384 "RSA-PSK-AES256-CBC-SHA384" +# define TLS1_TXT_RSA_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA256 "RSA-PSK-NULL-SHA256" +# define TLS1_TXT_RSA_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA384 "RSA-PSK-NULL-SHA384" + +/* SRP ciphersuite from RFC 5054 */ +# define TLS1_TXT_SRP_SHA_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA "SRP-3DES-EDE-CBC-SHA" +# define TLS1_TXT_SRP_SHA_RSA_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA "SRP-RSA-3DES-EDE-CBC-SHA" +# define TLS1_TXT_SRP_SHA_DSS_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA "SRP-DSS-3DES-EDE-CBC-SHA" +# define TLS1_TXT_SRP_SHA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA "SRP-AES-128-CBC-SHA" +# define TLS1_TXT_SRP_SHA_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA "SRP-RSA-AES-128-CBC-SHA" +# define TLS1_TXT_SRP_SHA_DSS_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA "SRP-DSS-AES-128-CBC-SHA" +# define TLS1_TXT_SRP_SHA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA "SRP-AES-256-CBC-SHA" +# define TLS1_TXT_SRP_SHA_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA "SRP-RSA-AES-256-CBC-SHA" +# define TLS1_TXT_SRP_SHA_DSS_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA "SRP-DSS-AES-256-CBC-SHA" + +/* Camellia ciphersuites from RFC4132 */ +# define TLS1_TXT_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA "CAMELLIA128-SHA" +# define TLS1_TXT_DH_DSS_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA "DH-DSS-CAMELLIA128-SHA" +# define TLS1_TXT_DH_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA "DH-RSA-CAMELLIA128-SHA" +# define TLS1_TXT_DHE_DSS_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA "DHE-DSS-CAMELLIA128-SHA" +# define TLS1_TXT_DHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA "DHE-RSA-CAMELLIA128-SHA" +# define TLS1_TXT_ADH_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA "ADH-CAMELLIA128-SHA" + +# define TLS1_TXT_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA "CAMELLIA256-SHA" +# define TLS1_TXT_DH_DSS_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA "DH-DSS-CAMELLIA256-SHA" +# define TLS1_TXT_DH_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA "DH-RSA-CAMELLIA256-SHA" +# define TLS1_TXT_DHE_DSS_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA "DHE-DSS-CAMELLIA256-SHA" +# define TLS1_TXT_DHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA "DHE-RSA-CAMELLIA256-SHA" +# define TLS1_TXT_ADH_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA "ADH-CAMELLIA256-SHA" + +/* TLS 1.2 Camellia SHA-256 ciphersuites from RFC5932 */ +# define TLS1_TXT_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256 "CAMELLIA128-SHA256" +# define TLS1_TXT_DH_DSS_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256 "DH-DSS-CAMELLIA128-SHA256" +# define TLS1_TXT_DH_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256 "DH-RSA-CAMELLIA128-SHA256" +# define TLS1_TXT_DHE_DSS_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256 "DHE-DSS-CAMELLIA128-SHA256" +# define TLS1_TXT_DHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256 "DHE-RSA-CAMELLIA128-SHA256" +# define TLS1_TXT_ADH_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256 "ADH-CAMELLIA128-SHA256" + +# define TLS1_TXT_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA256 "CAMELLIA256-SHA256" +# define TLS1_TXT_DH_DSS_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA256 "DH-DSS-CAMELLIA256-SHA256" +# define TLS1_TXT_DH_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA256 "DH-RSA-CAMELLIA256-SHA256" +# define TLS1_TXT_DHE_DSS_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA256 "DHE-DSS-CAMELLIA256-SHA256" +# define TLS1_TXT_DHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA256 "DHE-RSA-CAMELLIA256-SHA256" +# define TLS1_TXT_ADH_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA256 "ADH-CAMELLIA256-SHA256" + +# define TLS1_TXT_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256 "PSK-CAMELLIA128-SHA256" +# define TLS1_TXT_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384 "PSK-CAMELLIA256-SHA384" +# define TLS1_TXT_DHE_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256 "DHE-PSK-CAMELLIA128-SHA256" +# define TLS1_TXT_DHE_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384 "DHE-PSK-CAMELLIA256-SHA384" +# define TLS1_TXT_RSA_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256 "RSA-PSK-CAMELLIA128-SHA256" +# define TLS1_TXT_RSA_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384 "RSA-PSK-CAMELLIA256-SHA384" +# define TLS1_TXT_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256 "ECDHE-PSK-CAMELLIA128-SHA256" +# define TLS1_TXT_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384 "ECDHE-PSK-CAMELLIA256-SHA384" + +/* SEED ciphersuites from RFC4162 */ +# define TLS1_TXT_RSA_WITH_SEED_SHA "SEED-SHA" +# define TLS1_TXT_DH_DSS_WITH_SEED_SHA "DH-DSS-SEED-SHA" +# define TLS1_TXT_DH_RSA_WITH_SEED_SHA "DH-RSA-SEED-SHA" +# define TLS1_TXT_DHE_DSS_WITH_SEED_SHA "DHE-DSS-SEED-SHA" +# define TLS1_TXT_DHE_RSA_WITH_SEED_SHA "DHE-RSA-SEED-SHA" +# define TLS1_TXT_ADH_WITH_SEED_SHA "ADH-SEED-SHA" + +/* TLS v1.2 ciphersuites */ +# define TLS1_TXT_RSA_WITH_NULL_SHA256 "NULL-SHA256" +# define TLS1_TXT_RSA_WITH_AES_128_SHA256 "AES128-SHA256" +# define TLS1_TXT_RSA_WITH_AES_256_SHA256 "AES256-SHA256" +# define TLS1_TXT_DH_DSS_WITH_AES_128_SHA256 "DH-DSS-AES128-SHA256" +# define TLS1_TXT_DH_RSA_WITH_AES_128_SHA256 "DH-RSA-AES128-SHA256" +# define TLS1_TXT_DHE_DSS_WITH_AES_128_SHA256 "DHE-DSS-AES128-SHA256" +# define TLS1_TXT_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_SHA256 "DHE-RSA-AES128-SHA256" +# define TLS1_TXT_DH_DSS_WITH_AES_256_SHA256 "DH-DSS-AES256-SHA256" +# define TLS1_TXT_DH_RSA_WITH_AES_256_SHA256 "DH-RSA-AES256-SHA256" +# define TLS1_TXT_DHE_DSS_WITH_AES_256_SHA256 "DHE-DSS-AES256-SHA256" +# define TLS1_TXT_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_SHA256 "DHE-RSA-AES256-SHA256" +# define TLS1_TXT_ADH_WITH_AES_128_SHA256 "ADH-AES128-SHA256" +# define TLS1_TXT_ADH_WITH_AES_256_SHA256 "ADH-AES256-SHA256" + +/* TLS v1.2 GCM ciphersuites from RFC5288 */ +# define TLS1_TXT_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256 "AES128-GCM-SHA256" +# define TLS1_TXT_RSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384 "AES256-GCM-SHA384" +# define TLS1_TXT_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256 "DHE-RSA-AES128-GCM-SHA256" +# define TLS1_TXT_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384 "DHE-RSA-AES256-GCM-SHA384" +# define TLS1_TXT_DH_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256 "DH-RSA-AES128-GCM-SHA256" +# define TLS1_TXT_DH_RSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384 "DH-RSA-AES256-GCM-SHA384" +# define TLS1_TXT_DHE_DSS_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256 "DHE-DSS-AES128-GCM-SHA256" +# define TLS1_TXT_DHE_DSS_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384 "DHE-DSS-AES256-GCM-SHA384" +# define TLS1_TXT_DH_DSS_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256 "DH-DSS-AES128-GCM-SHA256" +# define TLS1_TXT_DH_DSS_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384 "DH-DSS-AES256-GCM-SHA384" +# define TLS1_TXT_ADH_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256 "ADH-AES128-GCM-SHA256" +# define TLS1_TXT_ADH_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384 "ADH-AES256-GCM-SHA384" + +/* CCM ciphersuites from RFC6655 */ +# define TLS1_TXT_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CCM "AES128-CCM" +# define TLS1_TXT_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CCM "AES256-CCM" +# define TLS1_TXT_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CCM "DHE-RSA-AES128-CCM" +# define TLS1_TXT_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CCM "DHE-RSA-AES256-CCM" + +# define TLS1_TXT_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CCM_8 "AES128-CCM8" +# define TLS1_TXT_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CCM_8 "AES256-CCM8" +# define TLS1_TXT_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CCM_8 "DHE-RSA-AES128-CCM8" +# define TLS1_TXT_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CCM_8 "DHE-RSA-AES256-CCM8" + +# define TLS1_TXT_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CCM "PSK-AES128-CCM" +# define TLS1_TXT_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CCM "PSK-AES256-CCM" +# define TLS1_TXT_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CCM "DHE-PSK-AES128-CCM" +# define TLS1_TXT_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CCM "DHE-PSK-AES256-CCM" + +# define TLS1_TXT_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CCM_8 "PSK-AES128-CCM8" +# define TLS1_TXT_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CCM_8 "PSK-AES256-CCM8" +# define TLS1_TXT_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CCM_8 "DHE-PSK-AES128-CCM8" +# define TLS1_TXT_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CCM_8 "DHE-PSK-AES256-CCM8" + +/* CCM ciphersuites from RFC7251 */ +# define TLS1_TXT_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_CCM "ECDHE-ECDSA-AES128-CCM" +# define TLS1_TXT_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_CCM "ECDHE-ECDSA-AES256-CCM" +# define TLS1_TXT_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_CCM_8 "ECDHE-ECDSA-AES128-CCM8" +# define TLS1_TXT_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_CCM_8 "ECDHE-ECDSA-AES256-CCM8" + +/* ECDH HMAC based ciphersuites from RFC5289 */ +# define TLS1_TXT_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_SHA256 "ECDHE-ECDSA-AES128-SHA256" +# define TLS1_TXT_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_SHA384 "ECDHE-ECDSA-AES256-SHA384" +# define TLS1_TXT_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_SHA256 "ECDH-ECDSA-AES128-SHA256" +# define TLS1_TXT_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_SHA384 "ECDH-ECDSA-AES256-SHA384" +# define TLS1_TXT_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_SHA256 "ECDHE-RSA-AES128-SHA256" +# define TLS1_TXT_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_SHA384 "ECDHE-RSA-AES256-SHA384" +# define TLS1_TXT_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_128_SHA256 "ECDH-RSA-AES128-SHA256" +# define TLS1_TXT_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_256_SHA384 "ECDH-RSA-AES256-SHA384" + +/* ECDH GCM based ciphersuites from RFC5289 */ +# define TLS1_TXT_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256 "ECDHE-ECDSA-AES128-GCM-SHA256" +# define TLS1_TXT_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384 "ECDHE-ECDSA-AES256-GCM-SHA384" +# define TLS1_TXT_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256 "ECDH-ECDSA-AES128-GCM-SHA256" +# define TLS1_TXT_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384 "ECDH-ECDSA-AES256-GCM-SHA384" +# define TLS1_TXT_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256 "ECDHE-RSA-AES128-GCM-SHA256" +# define TLS1_TXT_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384 "ECDHE-RSA-AES256-GCM-SHA384" +# define TLS1_TXT_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256 "ECDH-RSA-AES128-GCM-SHA256" +# define TLS1_TXT_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384 "ECDH-RSA-AES256-GCM-SHA384" + +/* TLS v1.2 PSK GCM ciphersuites from RFC5487 */ +# define TLS1_TXT_PSK_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256 "PSK-AES128-GCM-SHA256" +# define TLS1_TXT_PSK_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384 "PSK-AES256-GCM-SHA384" + +/* ECDHE PSK ciphersuites from RFC 5489 */ +# define TLS1_TXT_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_RC4_128_SHA "ECDHE-PSK-RC4-SHA" +# define TLS1_TXT_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA "ECDHE-PSK-3DES-EDE-CBC-SHA" +# define TLS1_TXT_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA "ECDHE-PSK-AES128-CBC-SHA" +# define TLS1_TXT_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA "ECDHE-PSK-AES256-CBC-SHA" + +# define TLS1_TXT_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256 "ECDHE-PSK-AES128-CBC-SHA256" +# define TLS1_TXT_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384 "ECDHE-PSK-AES256-CBC-SHA384" + +# define TLS1_TXT_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA "ECDHE-PSK-NULL-SHA" +# define TLS1_TXT_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA256 "ECDHE-PSK-NULL-SHA256" +# define TLS1_TXT_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA384 "ECDHE-PSK-NULL-SHA384" + +/* Camellia-CBC ciphersuites from RFC6367 */ +# define TLS1_TXT_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256 "ECDHE-ECDSA-CAMELLIA128-SHA256" +# define TLS1_TXT_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384 "ECDHE-ECDSA-CAMELLIA256-SHA384" +# define TLS1_TXT_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256 "ECDH-ECDSA-CAMELLIA128-SHA256" +# define TLS1_TXT_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384 "ECDH-ECDSA-CAMELLIA256-SHA384" +# define TLS1_TXT_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256 "ECDHE-RSA-CAMELLIA128-SHA256" +# define TLS1_TXT_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384 "ECDHE-RSA-CAMELLIA256-SHA384" +# define TLS1_TXT_ECDH_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256 "ECDH-RSA-CAMELLIA128-SHA256" +# define TLS1_TXT_ECDH_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384 "ECDH-RSA-CAMELLIA256-SHA384" + +/* draft-ietf-tls-chacha20-poly1305-03 */ +# define TLS1_TXT_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_CHACHA20_POLY1305 "ECDHE-RSA-CHACHA20-POLY1305" +# define TLS1_TXT_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_CHACHA20_POLY1305 "ECDHE-ECDSA-CHACHA20-POLY1305" +# define TLS1_TXT_DHE_RSA_WITH_CHACHA20_POLY1305 "DHE-RSA-CHACHA20-POLY1305" +# define TLS1_TXT_PSK_WITH_CHACHA20_POLY1305 "PSK-CHACHA20-POLY1305" +# define TLS1_TXT_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_CHACHA20_POLY1305 "ECDHE-PSK-CHACHA20-POLY1305" +# define TLS1_TXT_DHE_PSK_WITH_CHACHA20_POLY1305 "DHE-PSK-CHACHA20-POLY1305" +# define TLS1_TXT_RSA_PSK_WITH_CHACHA20_POLY1305 "RSA-PSK-CHACHA20-POLY1305" + +/* Aria ciphersuites from RFC6209 */ +# define TLS1_TXT_RSA_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256 "ARIA128-GCM-SHA256" +# define TLS1_TXT_RSA_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384 "ARIA256-GCM-SHA384" +# define TLS1_TXT_DHE_RSA_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256 "DHE-RSA-ARIA128-GCM-SHA256" +# define TLS1_TXT_DHE_RSA_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384 "DHE-RSA-ARIA256-GCM-SHA384" +# define TLS1_TXT_DH_RSA_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256 "DH-RSA-ARIA128-GCM-SHA256" +# define TLS1_TXT_DH_RSA_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384 "DH-RSA-ARIA256-GCM-SHA384" +# define TLS1_TXT_DHE_DSS_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256 "DHE-DSS-ARIA128-GCM-SHA256" +# define TLS1_TXT_DHE_DSS_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384 "DHE-DSS-ARIA256-GCM-SHA384" +# define TLS1_TXT_DH_DSS_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256 "DH-DSS-ARIA128-GCM-SHA256" +# define TLS1_TXT_DH_DSS_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384 "DH-DSS-ARIA256-GCM-SHA384" +# define TLS1_TXT_DH_anon_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256 "ADH-ARIA128-GCM-SHA256" +# define TLS1_TXT_DH_anon_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384 "ADH-ARIA256-GCM-SHA384" +# define TLS1_TXT_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256 "ECDHE-ECDSA-ARIA128-GCM-SHA256" +# define TLS1_TXT_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384 "ECDHE-ECDSA-ARIA256-GCM-SHA384" +# define TLS1_TXT_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256 "ECDH-ECDSA-ARIA128-GCM-SHA256" +# define TLS1_TXT_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384 "ECDH-ECDSA-ARIA256-GCM-SHA384" +# define TLS1_TXT_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256 "ECDHE-ARIA128-GCM-SHA256" +# define TLS1_TXT_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384 "ECDHE-ARIA256-GCM-SHA384" +# define TLS1_TXT_ECDH_RSA_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256 "ECDH-ARIA128-GCM-SHA256" +# define TLS1_TXT_ECDH_RSA_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384 "ECDH-ARIA256-GCM-SHA384" +# define TLS1_TXT_PSK_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256 "PSK-ARIA128-GCM-SHA256" +# define TLS1_TXT_PSK_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384 "PSK-ARIA256-GCM-SHA384" +# define TLS1_TXT_DHE_PSK_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256 "DHE-PSK-ARIA128-GCM-SHA256" +# define TLS1_TXT_DHE_PSK_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384 "DHE-PSK-ARIA256-GCM-SHA384" +# define TLS1_TXT_RSA_PSK_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256 "RSA-PSK-ARIA128-GCM-SHA256" +# define TLS1_TXT_RSA_PSK_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384 "RSA-PSK-ARIA256-GCM-SHA384" + +# define TLS_CT_RSA_SIGN 1 +# define TLS_CT_DSS_SIGN 2 +# define TLS_CT_RSA_FIXED_DH 3 +# define TLS_CT_DSS_FIXED_DH 4 +# define TLS_CT_ECDSA_SIGN 64 +# define TLS_CT_RSA_FIXED_ECDH 65 +# define TLS_CT_ECDSA_FIXED_ECDH 66 +# define TLS_CT_GOST01_SIGN 22 +# define TLS_CT_GOST12_SIGN 238 +# define TLS_CT_GOST12_512_SIGN 239 + +/* + * when correcting this number, correct also SSL3_CT_NUMBER in ssl3.h (see + * comment there) + */ +# define TLS_CT_NUMBER 10 + +# if defined(SSL3_CT_NUMBER) +# if TLS_CT_NUMBER != SSL3_CT_NUMBER +# error "SSL/TLS CT_NUMBER values do not match" +# endif +# endif + +# define TLS1_FINISH_MAC_LENGTH 12 + +# define TLS_MD_MAX_CONST_SIZE 22 +# define TLS_MD_CLIENT_FINISH_CONST "client finished" +# define TLS_MD_CLIENT_FINISH_CONST_SIZE 15 +# define TLS_MD_SERVER_FINISH_CONST "server finished" +# define TLS_MD_SERVER_FINISH_CONST_SIZE 15 +# define TLS_MD_KEY_EXPANSION_CONST "key expansion" +# define TLS_MD_KEY_EXPANSION_CONST_SIZE 13 +# define TLS_MD_CLIENT_WRITE_KEY_CONST "client write key" +# define TLS_MD_CLIENT_WRITE_KEY_CONST_SIZE 16 +# define TLS_MD_SERVER_WRITE_KEY_CONST "server write key" +# define TLS_MD_SERVER_WRITE_KEY_CONST_SIZE 16 +# define TLS_MD_IV_BLOCK_CONST "IV block" +# define TLS_MD_IV_BLOCK_CONST_SIZE 8 +# define TLS_MD_MASTER_SECRET_CONST "master secret" +# define TLS_MD_MASTER_SECRET_CONST_SIZE 13 +# define TLS_MD_EXTENDED_MASTER_SECRET_CONST "extended master secret" +# define TLS_MD_EXTENDED_MASTER_SECRET_CONST_SIZE 22 + +# ifdef CHARSET_EBCDIC +# undef TLS_MD_CLIENT_FINISH_CONST +/* + * client finished + */ +# define TLS_MD_CLIENT_FINISH_CONST "\x63\x6c\x69\x65\x6e\x74\x20\x66\x69\x6e\x69\x73\x68\x65\x64" + +# undef TLS_MD_SERVER_FINISH_CONST +/* + * server finished + */ +# define TLS_MD_SERVER_FINISH_CONST "\x73\x65\x72\x76\x65\x72\x20\x66\x69\x6e\x69\x73\x68\x65\x64" + +# undef TLS_MD_SERVER_WRITE_KEY_CONST +/* + * server write key + */ +# define TLS_MD_SERVER_WRITE_KEY_CONST "\x73\x65\x72\x76\x65\x72\x20\x77\x72\x69\x74\x65\x20\x6b\x65\x79" + +# undef TLS_MD_KEY_EXPANSION_CONST +/* + * key expansion + */ +# define TLS_MD_KEY_EXPANSION_CONST "\x6b\x65\x79\x20\x65\x78\x70\x61\x6e\x73\x69\x6f\x6e" + +# undef TLS_MD_CLIENT_WRITE_KEY_CONST +/* + * client write key + */ +# define TLS_MD_CLIENT_WRITE_KEY_CONST "\x63\x6c\x69\x65\x6e\x74\x20\x77\x72\x69\x74\x65\x20\x6b\x65\x79" + +# undef TLS_MD_SERVER_WRITE_KEY_CONST +/* + * server write key + */ +# define TLS_MD_SERVER_WRITE_KEY_CONST "\x73\x65\x72\x76\x65\x72\x20\x77\x72\x69\x74\x65\x20\x6b\x65\x79" + +# undef TLS_MD_IV_BLOCK_CONST +/* + * IV block + */ +# define TLS_MD_IV_BLOCK_CONST "\x49\x56\x20\x62\x6c\x6f\x63\x6b" + +# undef TLS_MD_MASTER_SECRET_CONST +/* + * master secret + */ +# define TLS_MD_MASTER_SECRET_CONST "\x6d\x61\x73\x74\x65\x72\x20\x73\x65\x63\x72\x65\x74" +# undef TLS_MD_EXTENDED_MASTER_SECRET_CONST +/* + * extended master secret + */ +# define TLS_MD_EXTENDED_MASTER_SECRET_CONST "\x65\x78\x74\x65\x6e\x64\x65\x64\x20\x6d\x61\x73\x74\x65\x72\x20\x73\x65\x63\x72\x65\x74" +# endif + +/* TLS Session Ticket extension struct */ +struct tls_session_ticket_ext_st { + unsigned short length; + void *data; +}; + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ts.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ts.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3b58aa52 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ts.h @@ -0,0 +1,559 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2006-2018 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_TS_H +# define HEADER_TS_H + +# include <openssl/opensslconf.h> + +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_TS +# include <openssl/symhacks.h> +# include <openssl/buffer.h> +# include <openssl/evp.h> +# include <openssl/bio.h> +# include <openssl/asn1.h> +# include <openssl/safestack.h> +# include <openssl/rsa.h> +# include <openssl/dsa.h> +# include <openssl/dh.h> +# include <openssl/tserr.h> +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +# include <openssl/x509.h> +# include <openssl/x509v3.h> + +typedef struct TS_msg_imprint_st TS_MSG_IMPRINT; +typedef struct TS_req_st TS_REQ; +typedef struct TS_accuracy_st TS_ACCURACY; +typedef struct TS_tst_info_st TS_TST_INFO; + +/* Possible values for status. */ +# define TS_STATUS_GRANTED 0 +# define TS_STATUS_GRANTED_WITH_MODS 1 +# define TS_STATUS_REJECTION 2 +# define TS_STATUS_WAITING 3 +# define TS_STATUS_REVOCATION_WARNING 4 +# define TS_STATUS_REVOCATION_NOTIFICATION 5 + +/* Possible values for failure_info. */ +# define TS_INFO_BAD_ALG 0 +# define TS_INFO_BAD_REQUEST 2 +# define TS_INFO_BAD_DATA_FORMAT 5 +# define TS_INFO_TIME_NOT_AVAILABLE 14 +# define TS_INFO_UNACCEPTED_POLICY 15 +# define TS_INFO_UNACCEPTED_EXTENSION 16 +# define TS_INFO_ADD_INFO_NOT_AVAILABLE 17 +# define TS_INFO_SYSTEM_FAILURE 25 + + +typedef struct TS_status_info_st TS_STATUS_INFO; +typedef struct ESS_issuer_serial ESS_ISSUER_SERIAL; +typedef struct ESS_cert_id ESS_CERT_ID; +typedef struct ESS_signing_cert ESS_SIGNING_CERT; + +DEFINE_STACK_OF(ESS_CERT_ID) + +typedef struct ESS_cert_id_v2_st ESS_CERT_ID_V2; +typedef struct ESS_signing_cert_v2_st ESS_SIGNING_CERT_V2; + +DEFINE_STACK_OF(ESS_CERT_ID_V2) + +typedef struct TS_resp_st TS_RESP; + +TS_REQ *TS_REQ_new(void); +void TS_REQ_free(TS_REQ *a); +int i2d_TS_REQ(const TS_REQ *a, unsigned char **pp); +TS_REQ *d2i_TS_REQ(TS_REQ **a, const unsigned char **pp, long length); + +TS_REQ *TS_REQ_dup(TS_REQ *a); + +#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_STDIO +TS_REQ *d2i_TS_REQ_fp(FILE *fp, TS_REQ **a); +int i2d_TS_REQ_fp(FILE *fp, TS_REQ *a); +#endif +TS_REQ *d2i_TS_REQ_bio(BIO *fp, TS_REQ **a); +int i2d_TS_REQ_bio(BIO *fp, TS_REQ *a); + +TS_MSG_IMPRINT *TS_MSG_IMPRINT_new(void); +void TS_MSG_IMPRINT_free(TS_MSG_IMPRINT *a); +int i2d_TS_MSG_IMPRINT(const TS_MSG_IMPRINT *a, unsigned char **pp); +TS_MSG_IMPRINT *d2i_TS_MSG_IMPRINT(TS_MSG_IMPRINT **a, + const unsigned char **pp, long length); + +TS_MSG_IMPRINT *TS_MSG_IMPRINT_dup(TS_MSG_IMPRINT *a); + +#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_STDIO +TS_MSG_IMPRINT *d2i_TS_MSG_IMPRINT_fp(FILE *fp, TS_MSG_IMPRINT **a); +int i2d_TS_MSG_IMPRINT_fp(FILE *fp, TS_MSG_IMPRINT *a); +#endif +TS_MSG_IMPRINT *d2i_TS_MSG_IMPRINT_bio(BIO *bio, TS_MSG_IMPRINT **a); +int i2d_TS_MSG_IMPRINT_bio(BIO *bio, TS_MSG_IMPRINT *a); + +TS_RESP *TS_RESP_new(void); +void TS_RESP_free(TS_RESP *a); +int i2d_TS_RESP(const TS_RESP *a, unsigned char **pp); +TS_RESP *d2i_TS_RESP(TS_RESP **a, const unsigned char **pp, long length); +TS_TST_INFO *PKCS7_to_TS_TST_INFO(PKCS7 *token); +TS_RESP *TS_RESP_dup(TS_RESP *a); + +#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_STDIO +TS_RESP *d2i_TS_RESP_fp(FILE *fp, TS_RESP **a); +int i2d_TS_RESP_fp(FILE *fp, TS_RESP *a); +#endif +TS_RESP *d2i_TS_RESP_bio(BIO *bio, TS_RESP **a); +int i2d_TS_RESP_bio(BIO *bio, TS_RESP *a); + +TS_STATUS_INFO *TS_STATUS_INFO_new(void); +void TS_STATUS_INFO_free(TS_STATUS_INFO *a); +int i2d_TS_STATUS_INFO(const TS_STATUS_INFO *a, unsigned char **pp); +TS_STATUS_INFO *d2i_TS_STATUS_INFO(TS_STATUS_INFO **a, + const unsigned char **pp, long length); +TS_STATUS_INFO *TS_STATUS_INFO_dup(TS_STATUS_INFO *a); + +TS_TST_INFO *TS_TST_INFO_new(void); +void TS_TST_INFO_free(TS_TST_INFO *a); +int i2d_TS_TST_INFO(const TS_TST_INFO *a, unsigned char **pp); +TS_TST_INFO *d2i_TS_TST_INFO(TS_TST_INFO **a, const unsigned char **pp, + long length); +TS_TST_INFO *TS_TST_INFO_dup(TS_TST_INFO *a); + +#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_STDIO +TS_TST_INFO *d2i_TS_TST_INFO_fp(FILE *fp, TS_TST_INFO **a); +int i2d_TS_TST_INFO_fp(FILE *fp, TS_TST_INFO *a); +#endif +TS_TST_INFO *d2i_TS_TST_INFO_bio(BIO *bio, TS_TST_INFO **a); +int i2d_TS_TST_INFO_bio(BIO *bio, TS_TST_INFO *a); + +TS_ACCURACY *TS_ACCURACY_new(void); +void TS_ACCURACY_free(TS_ACCURACY *a); +int i2d_TS_ACCURACY(const TS_ACCURACY *a, unsigned char **pp); +TS_ACCURACY *d2i_TS_ACCURACY(TS_ACCURACY **a, const unsigned char **pp, + long length); +TS_ACCURACY *TS_ACCURACY_dup(TS_ACCURACY *a); + +ESS_ISSUER_SERIAL *ESS_ISSUER_SERIAL_new(void); +void ESS_ISSUER_SERIAL_free(ESS_ISSUER_SERIAL *a); +int i2d_ESS_ISSUER_SERIAL(const ESS_ISSUER_SERIAL *a, unsigned char **pp); +ESS_ISSUER_SERIAL *d2i_ESS_ISSUER_SERIAL(ESS_ISSUER_SERIAL **a, + const unsigned char **pp, + long length); +ESS_ISSUER_SERIAL *ESS_ISSUER_SERIAL_dup(ESS_ISSUER_SERIAL *a); + +ESS_CERT_ID *ESS_CERT_ID_new(void); +void ESS_CERT_ID_free(ESS_CERT_ID *a); +int i2d_ESS_CERT_ID(const ESS_CERT_ID *a, unsigned char **pp); +ESS_CERT_ID *d2i_ESS_CERT_ID(ESS_CERT_ID **a, const unsigned char **pp, + long length); +ESS_CERT_ID *ESS_CERT_ID_dup(ESS_CERT_ID *a); + +ESS_SIGNING_CERT *ESS_SIGNING_CERT_new(void); +void ESS_SIGNING_CERT_free(ESS_SIGNING_CERT *a); +int i2d_ESS_SIGNING_CERT(const ESS_SIGNING_CERT *a, unsigned char **pp); +ESS_SIGNING_CERT *d2i_ESS_SIGNING_CERT(ESS_SIGNING_CERT **a, + const unsigned char **pp, long length); +ESS_SIGNING_CERT *ESS_SIGNING_CERT_dup(ESS_SIGNING_CERT *a); + +ESS_CERT_ID_V2 *ESS_CERT_ID_V2_new(void); +void ESS_CERT_ID_V2_free(ESS_CERT_ID_V2 *a); +int i2d_ESS_CERT_ID_V2(const ESS_CERT_ID_V2 *a, unsigned char **pp); +ESS_CERT_ID_V2 *d2i_ESS_CERT_ID_V2(ESS_CERT_ID_V2 **a, + const unsigned char **pp, long length); +ESS_CERT_ID_V2 *ESS_CERT_ID_V2_dup(ESS_CERT_ID_V2 *a); + +ESS_SIGNING_CERT_V2 *ESS_SIGNING_CERT_V2_new(void); +void ESS_SIGNING_CERT_V2_free(ESS_SIGNING_CERT_V2 *a); +int i2d_ESS_SIGNING_CERT_V2(const ESS_SIGNING_CERT_V2 *a, unsigned char **pp); +ESS_SIGNING_CERT_V2 *d2i_ESS_SIGNING_CERT_V2(ESS_SIGNING_CERT_V2 **a, + const unsigned char **pp, + long length); +ESS_SIGNING_CERT_V2 *ESS_SIGNING_CERT_V2_dup(ESS_SIGNING_CERT_V2 *a); + +int TS_REQ_set_version(TS_REQ *a, long version); +long TS_REQ_get_version(const TS_REQ *a); + +int TS_STATUS_INFO_set_status(TS_STATUS_INFO *a, int i); +const ASN1_INTEGER *TS_STATUS_INFO_get0_status(const TS_STATUS_INFO *a); + +const STACK_OF(ASN1_UTF8STRING) * +TS_STATUS_INFO_get0_text(const TS_STATUS_INFO *a); + +const ASN1_BIT_STRING * +TS_STATUS_INFO_get0_failure_info(const TS_STATUS_INFO *a); + +int TS_REQ_set_msg_imprint(TS_REQ *a, TS_MSG_IMPRINT *msg_imprint); +TS_MSG_IMPRINT *TS_REQ_get_msg_imprint(TS_REQ *a); + +int TS_MSG_IMPRINT_set_algo(TS_MSG_IMPRINT *a, X509_ALGOR *alg); +X509_ALGOR *TS_MSG_IMPRINT_get_algo(TS_MSG_IMPRINT *a); + +int TS_MSG_IMPRINT_set_msg(TS_MSG_IMPRINT *a, unsigned char *d, int len); +ASN1_OCTET_STRING *TS_MSG_IMPRINT_get_msg(TS_MSG_IMPRINT *a); + +int TS_REQ_set_policy_id(TS_REQ *a, const ASN1_OBJECT *policy); +ASN1_OBJECT *TS_REQ_get_policy_id(TS_REQ *a); + +int TS_REQ_set_nonce(TS_REQ *a, const ASN1_INTEGER *nonce); +const ASN1_INTEGER *TS_REQ_get_nonce(const TS_REQ *a); + +int TS_REQ_set_cert_req(TS_REQ *a, int cert_req); +int TS_REQ_get_cert_req(const TS_REQ *a); + +STACK_OF(X509_EXTENSION) *TS_REQ_get_exts(TS_REQ *a); +void TS_REQ_ext_free(TS_REQ *a); +int TS_REQ_get_ext_count(TS_REQ *a); +int TS_REQ_get_ext_by_NID(TS_REQ *a, int nid, int lastpos); +int TS_REQ_get_ext_by_OBJ(TS_REQ *a, const ASN1_OBJECT *obj, int lastpos); +int TS_REQ_get_ext_by_critical(TS_REQ *a, int crit, int lastpos); +X509_EXTENSION *TS_REQ_get_ext(TS_REQ *a, int loc); +X509_EXTENSION *TS_REQ_delete_ext(TS_REQ *a, int loc); +int TS_REQ_add_ext(TS_REQ *a, X509_EXTENSION *ex, int loc); +void *TS_REQ_get_ext_d2i(TS_REQ *a, int nid, int *crit, int *idx); + +/* Function declarations for TS_REQ defined in ts/ts_req_print.c */ + +int TS_REQ_print_bio(BIO *bio, TS_REQ *a); + +/* Function declarations for TS_RESP defined in ts/ts_resp_utils.c */ + +int TS_RESP_set_status_info(TS_RESP *a, TS_STATUS_INFO *info); +TS_STATUS_INFO *TS_RESP_get_status_info(TS_RESP *a); + +/* Caller loses ownership of PKCS7 and TS_TST_INFO objects. */ +void TS_RESP_set_tst_info(TS_RESP *a, PKCS7 *p7, TS_TST_INFO *tst_info); +PKCS7 *TS_RESP_get_token(TS_RESP *a); +TS_TST_INFO *TS_RESP_get_tst_info(TS_RESP *a); + +int TS_TST_INFO_set_version(TS_TST_INFO *a, long version); +long TS_TST_INFO_get_version(const TS_TST_INFO *a); + +int TS_TST_INFO_set_policy_id(TS_TST_INFO *a, ASN1_OBJECT *policy_id); +ASN1_OBJECT *TS_TST_INFO_get_policy_id(TS_TST_INFO *a); + +int TS_TST_INFO_set_msg_imprint(TS_TST_INFO *a, TS_MSG_IMPRINT *msg_imprint); +TS_MSG_IMPRINT *TS_TST_INFO_get_msg_imprint(TS_TST_INFO *a); + +int TS_TST_INFO_set_serial(TS_TST_INFO *a, const ASN1_INTEGER *serial); +const ASN1_INTEGER *TS_TST_INFO_get_serial(const TS_TST_INFO *a); + +int TS_TST_INFO_set_time(TS_TST_INFO *a, const ASN1_GENERALIZEDTIME *gtime); +const ASN1_GENERALIZEDTIME *TS_TST_INFO_get_time(const TS_TST_INFO *a); + +int TS_TST_INFO_set_accuracy(TS_TST_INFO *a, TS_ACCURACY *accuracy); +TS_ACCURACY *TS_TST_INFO_get_accuracy(TS_TST_INFO *a); + +int TS_ACCURACY_set_seconds(TS_ACCURACY *a, const ASN1_INTEGER *seconds); +const ASN1_INTEGER *TS_ACCURACY_get_seconds(const TS_ACCURACY *a); + +int TS_ACCURACY_set_millis(TS_ACCURACY *a, const ASN1_INTEGER *millis); +const ASN1_INTEGER *TS_ACCURACY_get_millis(const TS_ACCURACY *a); + +int TS_ACCURACY_set_micros(TS_ACCURACY *a, const ASN1_INTEGER *micros); +const ASN1_INTEGER *TS_ACCURACY_get_micros(const TS_ACCURACY *a); + +int TS_TST_INFO_set_ordering(TS_TST_INFO *a, int ordering); +int TS_TST_INFO_get_ordering(const TS_TST_INFO *a); + +int TS_TST_INFO_set_nonce(TS_TST_INFO *a, const ASN1_INTEGER *nonce); +const ASN1_INTEGER *TS_TST_INFO_get_nonce(const TS_TST_INFO *a); + +int TS_TST_INFO_set_tsa(TS_TST_INFO *a, GENERAL_NAME *tsa); +GENERAL_NAME *TS_TST_INFO_get_tsa(TS_TST_INFO *a); + +STACK_OF(X509_EXTENSION) *TS_TST_INFO_get_exts(TS_TST_INFO *a); +void TS_TST_INFO_ext_free(TS_TST_INFO *a); +int TS_TST_INFO_get_ext_count(TS_TST_INFO *a); +int TS_TST_INFO_get_ext_by_NID(TS_TST_INFO *a, int nid, int lastpos); +int TS_TST_INFO_get_ext_by_OBJ(TS_TST_INFO *a, const ASN1_OBJECT *obj, + int lastpos); +int TS_TST_INFO_get_ext_by_critical(TS_TST_INFO *a, int crit, int lastpos); +X509_EXTENSION *TS_TST_INFO_get_ext(TS_TST_INFO *a, int loc); +X509_EXTENSION *TS_TST_INFO_delete_ext(TS_TST_INFO *a, int loc); +int TS_TST_INFO_add_ext(TS_TST_INFO *a, X509_EXTENSION *ex, int loc); +void *TS_TST_INFO_get_ext_d2i(TS_TST_INFO *a, int nid, int *crit, int *idx); + +/* + * Declarations related to response generation, defined in ts/ts_resp_sign.c. + */ + +/* Optional flags for response generation. */ + +/* Don't include the TSA name in response. */ +# define TS_TSA_NAME 0x01 + +/* Set ordering to true in response. */ +# define TS_ORDERING 0x02 + +/* + * Include the signer certificate and the other specified certificates in + * the ESS signing certificate attribute beside the PKCS7 signed data. + * Only the signer certificates is included by default. + */ +# define TS_ESS_CERT_ID_CHAIN 0x04 + +/* Forward declaration. */ +struct TS_resp_ctx; + +/* This must return a unique number less than 160 bits long. */ +typedef ASN1_INTEGER *(*TS_serial_cb) (struct TS_resp_ctx *, void *); + +/* + * This must return the seconds and microseconds since Jan 1, 1970 in the sec + * and usec variables allocated by the caller. Return non-zero for success + * and zero for failure. + */ +typedef int (*TS_time_cb) (struct TS_resp_ctx *, void *, long *sec, + long *usec); + +/* + * This must process the given extension. It can modify the TS_TST_INFO + * object of the context. Return values: !0 (processed), 0 (error, it must + * set the status info/failure info of the response). + */ +typedef int (*TS_extension_cb) (struct TS_resp_ctx *, X509_EXTENSION *, + void *); + +typedef struct TS_resp_ctx TS_RESP_CTX; + +DEFINE_STACK_OF_CONST(EVP_MD) + +/* Creates a response context that can be used for generating responses. */ +TS_RESP_CTX *TS_RESP_CTX_new(void); +void TS_RESP_CTX_free(TS_RESP_CTX *ctx); + +/* This parameter must be set. */ +int TS_RESP_CTX_set_signer_cert(TS_RESP_CTX *ctx, X509 *signer); + +/* This parameter must be set. */ +int TS_RESP_CTX_set_signer_key(TS_RESP_CTX *ctx, EVP_PKEY *key); + +int TS_RESP_CTX_set_signer_digest(TS_RESP_CTX *ctx, + const EVP_MD *signer_digest); +int TS_RESP_CTX_set_ess_cert_id_digest(TS_RESP_CTX *ctx, const EVP_MD *md); + +/* This parameter must be set. */ +int TS_RESP_CTX_set_def_policy(TS_RESP_CTX *ctx, const ASN1_OBJECT *def_policy); + +/* No additional certs are included in the response by default. */ +int TS_RESP_CTX_set_certs(TS_RESP_CTX *ctx, STACK_OF(X509) *certs); + +/* + * Adds a new acceptable policy, only the default policy is accepted by + * default. + */ +int TS_RESP_CTX_add_policy(TS_RESP_CTX *ctx, const ASN1_OBJECT *policy); + +/* + * Adds a new acceptable message digest. Note that no message digests are + * accepted by default. The md argument is shared with the caller. + */ +int TS_RESP_CTX_add_md(TS_RESP_CTX *ctx, const EVP_MD *md); + +/* Accuracy is not included by default. */ +int TS_RESP_CTX_set_accuracy(TS_RESP_CTX *ctx, + int secs, int millis, int micros); + +/* + * Clock precision digits, i.e. the number of decimal digits: '0' means sec, + * '3' msec, '6' usec, and so on. Default is 0. + */ +int TS_RESP_CTX_set_clock_precision_digits(TS_RESP_CTX *ctx, + unsigned clock_precision_digits); +/* At most we accept usec precision. */ +# define TS_MAX_CLOCK_PRECISION_DIGITS 6 + +/* Maximum status message length */ +# define TS_MAX_STATUS_LENGTH (1024 * 1024) + +/* No flags are set by default. */ +void TS_RESP_CTX_add_flags(TS_RESP_CTX *ctx, int flags); + +/* Default callback always returns a constant. */ +void TS_RESP_CTX_set_serial_cb(TS_RESP_CTX *ctx, TS_serial_cb cb, void *data); + +/* Default callback uses the gettimeofday() and gmtime() system calls. */ +void TS_RESP_CTX_set_time_cb(TS_RESP_CTX *ctx, TS_time_cb cb, void *data); + +/* + * Default callback rejects all extensions. The extension callback is called + * when the TS_TST_INFO object is already set up and not signed yet. + */ +/* FIXME: extension handling is not tested yet. */ +void TS_RESP_CTX_set_extension_cb(TS_RESP_CTX *ctx, + TS_extension_cb cb, void *data); + +/* The following methods can be used in the callbacks. */ +int TS_RESP_CTX_set_status_info(TS_RESP_CTX *ctx, + int status, const char *text); + +/* Sets the status info only if it is still TS_STATUS_GRANTED. */ +int TS_RESP_CTX_set_status_info_cond(TS_RESP_CTX *ctx, + int status, const char *text); + +int TS_RESP_CTX_add_failure_info(TS_RESP_CTX *ctx, int failure); + +/* The get methods below can be used in the extension callback. */ +TS_REQ *TS_RESP_CTX_get_request(TS_RESP_CTX *ctx); + +TS_TST_INFO *TS_RESP_CTX_get_tst_info(TS_RESP_CTX *ctx); + +/* + * Creates the signed TS_TST_INFO and puts it in TS_RESP. + * In case of errors it sets the status info properly. + * Returns NULL only in case of memory allocation/fatal error. + */ +TS_RESP *TS_RESP_create_response(TS_RESP_CTX *ctx, BIO *req_bio); + +/* + * Declarations related to response verification, + * they are defined in ts/ts_resp_verify.c. + */ + +int TS_RESP_verify_signature(PKCS7 *token, STACK_OF(X509) *certs, + X509_STORE *store, X509 **signer_out); + +/* Context structure for the generic verify method. */ + +/* Verify the signer's certificate and the signature of the response. */ +# define TS_VFY_SIGNATURE (1u << 0) +/* Verify the version number of the response. */ +# define TS_VFY_VERSION (1u << 1) +/* Verify if the policy supplied by the user matches the policy of the TSA. */ +# define TS_VFY_POLICY (1u << 2) +/* + * Verify the message imprint provided by the user. This flag should not be + * specified with TS_VFY_DATA. + */ +# define TS_VFY_IMPRINT (1u << 3) +/* + * Verify the message imprint computed by the verify method from the user + * provided data and the MD algorithm of the response. This flag should not + * be specified with TS_VFY_IMPRINT. + */ +# define TS_VFY_DATA (1u << 4) +/* Verify the nonce value. */ +# define TS_VFY_NONCE (1u << 5) +/* Verify if the TSA name field matches the signer certificate. */ +# define TS_VFY_SIGNER (1u << 6) +/* Verify if the TSA name field equals to the user provided name. */ +# define TS_VFY_TSA_NAME (1u << 7) + +/* You can use the following convenience constants. */ +# define TS_VFY_ALL_IMPRINT (TS_VFY_SIGNATURE \ + | TS_VFY_VERSION \ + | TS_VFY_POLICY \ + | TS_VFY_IMPRINT \ + | TS_VFY_NONCE \ + | TS_VFY_SIGNER \ + | TS_VFY_TSA_NAME) +# define TS_VFY_ALL_DATA (TS_VFY_SIGNATURE \ + | TS_VFY_VERSION \ + | TS_VFY_POLICY \ + | TS_VFY_DATA \ + | TS_VFY_NONCE \ + | TS_VFY_SIGNER \ + | TS_VFY_TSA_NAME) + +typedef struct TS_verify_ctx TS_VERIFY_CTX; + +int TS_RESP_verify_response(TS_VERIFY_CTX *ctx, TS_RESP *response); +int TS_RESP_verify_token(TS_VERIFY_CTX *ctx, PKCS7 *token); + +/* + * Declarations related to response verification context, + */ +TS_VERIFY_CTX *TS_VERIFY_CTX_new(void); +void TS_VERIFY_CTX_init(TS_VERIFY_CTX *ctx); +void TS_VERIFY_CTX_free(TS_VERIFY_CTX *ctx); +void TS_VERIFY_CTX_cleanup(TS_VERIFY_CTX *ctx); +int TS_VERIFY_CTX_set_flags(TS_VERIFY_CTX *ctx, int f); +int TS_VERIFY_CTX_add_flags(TS_VERIFY_CTX *ctx, int f); +BIO *TS_VERIFY_CTX_set_data(TS_VERIFY_CTX *ctx, BIO *b); +unsigned char *TS_VERIFY_CTX_set_imprint(TS_VERIFY_CTX *ctx, + unsigned char *hexstr, long len); +X509_STORE *TS_VERIFY_CTX_set_store(TS_VERIFY_CTX *ctx, X509_STORE *s); +STACK_OF(X509) *TS_VERIFY_CTS_set_certs(TS_VERIFY_CTX *ctx, STACK_OF(X509) *certs); + +/*- + * If ctx is NULL, it allocates and returns a new object, otherwise + * it returns ctx. It initialises all the members as follows: + * flags = TS_VFY_ALL_IMPRINT & ~(TS_VFY_TSA_NAME | TS_VFY_SIGNATURE) + * certs = NULL + * store = NULL + * policy = policy from the request or NULL if absent (in this case + * TS_VFY_POLICY is cleared from flags as well) + * md_alg = MD algorithm from request + * imprint, imprint_len = imprint from request + * data = NULL + * nonce, nonce_len = nonce from the request or NULL if absent (in this case + * TS_VFY_NONCE is cleared from flags as well) + * tsa_name = NULL + * Important: after calling this method TS_VFY_SIGNATURE should be added! + */ +TS_VERIFY_CTX *TS_REQ_to_TS_VERIFY_CTX(TS_REQ *req, TS_VERIFY_CTX *ctx); + +/* Function declarations for TS_RESP defined in ts/ts_resp_print.c */ + +int TS_RESP_print_bio(BIO *bio, TS_RESP *a); +int TS_STATUS_INFO_print_bio(BIO *bio, TS_STATUS_INFO *a); +int TS_TST_INFO_print_bio(BIO *bio, TS_TST_INFO *a); + +/* Common utility functions defined in ts/ts_lib.c */ + +int TS_ASN1_INTEGER_print_bio(BIO *bio, const ASN1_INTEGER *num); +int TS_OBJ_print_bio(BIO *bio, const ASN1_OBJECT *obj); +int TS_ext_print_bio(BIO *bio, const STACK_OF(X509_EXTENSION) *extensions); +int TS_X509_ALGOR_print_bio(BIO *bio, const X509_ALGOR *alg); +int TS_MSG_IMPRINT_print_bio(BIO *bio, TS_MSG_IMPRINT *msg); + +/* + * Function declarations for handling configuration options, defined in + * ts/ts_conf.c + */ + +X509 *TS_CONF_load_cert(const char *file); +STACK_OF(X509) *TS_CONF_load_certs(const char *file); +EVP_PKEY *TS_CONF_load_key(const char *file, const char *pass); +const char *TS_CONF_get_tsa_section(CONF *conf, const char *section); +int TS_CONF_set_serial(CONF *conf, const char *section, TS_serial_cb cb, + TS_RESP_CTX *ctx); +#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_ENGINE +int TS_CONF_set_crypto_device(CONF *conf, const char *section, + const char *device); +int TS_CONF_set_default_engine(const char *name); +#endif +int TS_CONF_set_signer_cert(CONF *conf, const char *section, + const char *cert, TS_RESP_CTX *ctx); +int TS_CONF_set_certs(CONF *conf, const char *section, const char *certs, + TS_RESP_CTX *ctx); +int TS_CONF_set_signer_key(CONF *conf, const char *section, + const char *key, const char *pass, + TS_RESP_CTX *ctx); +int TS_CONF_set_signer_digest(CONF *conf, const char *section, + const char *md, TS_RESP_CTX *ctx); +int TS_CONF_set_def_policy(CONF *conf, const char *section, + const char *policy, TS_RESP_CTX *ctx); +int TS_CONF_set_policies(CONF *conf, const char *section, TS_RESP_CTX *ctx); +int TS_CONF_set_digests(CONF *conf, const char *section, TS_RESP_CTX *ctx); +int TS_CONF_set_accuracy(CONF *conf, const char *section, TS_RESP_CTX *ctx); +int TS_CONF_set_clock_precision_digits(CONF *conf, const char *section, + TS_RESP_CTX *ctx); +int TS_CONF_set_ordering(CONF *conf, const char *section, TS_RESP_CTX *ctx); +int TS_CONF_set_tsa_name(CONF *conf, const char *section, TS_RESP_CTX *ctx); +int TS_CONF_set_ess_cert_id_chain(CONF *conf, const char *section, + TS_RESP_CTX *ctx); +int TS_CONF_set_ess_cert_id_digest(CONF *conf, const char *section, + TS_RESP_CTX *ctx); + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif +# endif +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/tserr.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/tserr.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..07f23339 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/tserr.h @@ -0,0 +1,132 @@ +/* + * Generated by util/mkerr.pl DO NOT EDIT + * Copyright 1995-2019 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_TSERR_H +# define HEADER_TSERR_H + +# ifndef HEADER_SYMHACKS_H +# include <openssl/symhacks.h> +# endif + +# include <openssl/opensslconf.h> + +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_TS + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +# endif +int ERR_load_TS_strings(void); + +/* + * TS function codes. + */ +# define TS_F_DEF_SERIAL_CB 110 +# define TS_F_DEF_TIME_CB 111 +# define TS_F_ESS_ADD_SIGNING_CERT 112 +# define TS_F_ESS_ADD_SIGNING_CERT_V2 147 +# define TS_F_ESS_CERT_ID_NEW_INIT 113 +# define TS_F_ESS_CERT_ID_V2_NEW_INIT 156 +# define TS_F_ESS_SIGNING_CERT_NEW_INIT 114 +# define TS_F_ESS_SIGNING_CERT_V2_NEW_INIT 157 +# define TS_F_INT_TS_RESP_VERIFY_TOKEN 149 +# define TS_F_PKCS7_TO_TS_TST_INFO 148 +# define TS_F_TS_ACCURACY_SET_MICROS 115 +# define TS_F_TS_ACCURACY_SET_MILLIS 116 +# define TS_F_TS_ACCURACY_SET_SECONDS 117 +# define TS_F_TS_CHECK_IMPRINTS 100 +# define TS_F_TS_CHECK_NONCES 101 +# define TS_F_TS_CHECK_POLICY 102 +# define TS_F_TS_CHECK_SIGNING_CERTS 103 +# define TS_F_TS_CHECK_STATUS_INFO 104 +# define TS_F_TS_COMPUTE_IMPRINT 145 +# define TS_F_TS_CONF_INVALID 151 +# define TS_F_TS_CONF_LOAD_CERT 153 +# define TS_F_TS_CONF_LOAD_CERTS 154 +# define TS_F_TS_CONF_LOAD_KEY 155 +# define TS_F_TS_CONF_LOOKUP_FAIL 152 +# define TS_F_TS_CONF_SET_DEFAULT_ENGINE 146 +# define TS_F_TS_GET_STATUS_TEXT 105 +# define TS_F_TS_MSG_IMPRINT_SET_ALGO 118 +# define TS_F_TS_REQ_SET_MSG_IMPRINT 119 +# define TS_F_TS_REQ_SET_NONCE 120 +# define TS_F_TS_REQ_SET_POLICY_ID 121 +# define TS_F_TS_RESP_CREATE_RESPONSE 122 +# define TS_F_TS_RESP_CREATE_TST_INFO 123 +# define TS_F_TS_RESP_CTX_ADD_FAILURE_INFO 124 +# define TS_F_TS_RESP_CTX_ADD_MD 125 +# define TS_F_TS_RESP_CTX_ADD_POLICY 126 +# define TS_F_TS_RESP_CTX_NEW 127 +# define TS_F_TS_RESP_CTX_SET_ACCURACY 128 +# define TS_F_TS_RESP_CTX_SET_CERTS 129 +# define TS_F_TS_RESP_CTX_SET_DEF_POLICY 130 +# define TS_F_TS_RESP_CTX_SET_SIGNER_CERT 131 +# define TS_F_TS_RESP_CTX_SET_STATUS_INFO 132 +# define TS_F_TS_RESP_GET_POLICY 133 +# define TS_F_TS_RESP_SET_GENTIME_WITH_PRECISION 134 +# define TS_F_TS_RESP_SET_STATUS_INFO 135 +# define TS_F_TS_RESP_SET_TST_INFO 150 +# define TS_F_TS_RESP_SIGN 136 +# define TS_F_TS_RESP_VERIFY_SIGNATURE 106 +# define TS_F_TS_TST_INFO_SET_ACCURACY 137 +# define TS_F_TS_TST_INFO_SET_MSG_IMPRINT 138 +# define TS_F_TS_TST_INFO_SET_NONCE 139 +# define TS_F_TS_TST_INFO_SET_POLICY_ID 140 +# define TS_F_TS_TST_INFO_SET_SERIAL 141 +# define TS_F_TS_TST_INFO_SET_TIME 142 +# define TS_F_TS_TST_INFO_SET_TSA 143 +# define TS_F_TS_VERIFY 108 +# define TS_F_TS_VERIFY_CERT 109 +# define TS_F_TS_VERIFY_CTX_NEW 144 + +/* + * TS reason codes. + */ +# define TS_R_BAD_PKCS7_TYPE 132 +# define TS_R_BAD_TYPE 133 +# define TS_R_CANNOT_LOAD_CERT 137 +# define TS_R_CANNOT_LOAD_KEY 138 +# define TS_R_CERTIFICATE_VERIFY_ERROR 100 +# define TS_R_COULD_NOT_SET_ENGINE 127 +# define TS_R_COULD_NOT_SET_TIME 115 +# define TS_R_DETACHED_CONTENT 134 +# define TS_R_ESS_ADD_SIGNING_CERT_ERROR 116 +# define TS_R_ESS_ADD_SIGNING_CERT_V2_ERROR 139 +# define TS_R_ESS_SIGNING_CERTIFICATE_ERROR 101 +# define TS_R_INVALID_NULL_POINTER 102 +# define TS_R_INVALID_SIGNER_CERTIFICATE_PURPOSE 117 +# define TS_R_MESSAGE_IMPRINT_MISMATCH 103 +# define TS_R_NONCE_MISMATCH 104 +# define TS_R_NONCE_NOT_RETURNED 105 +# define TS_R_NO_CONTENT 106 +# define TS_R_NO_TIME_STAMP_TOKEN 107 +# define TS_R_PKCS7_ADD_SIGNATURE_ERROR 118 +# define TS_R_PKCS7_ADD_SIGNED_ATTR_ERROR 119 +# define TS_R_PKCS7_TO_TS_TST_INFO_FAILED 129 +# define TS_R_POLICY_MISMATCH 108 +# define TS_R_PRIVATE_KEY_DOES_NOT_MATCH_CERTIFICATE 120 +# define TS_R_RESPONSE_SETUP_ERROR 121 +# define TS_R_SIGNATURE_FAILURE 109 +# define TS_R_THERE_MUST_BE_ONE_SIGNER 110 +# define TS_R_TIME_SYSCALL_ERROR 122 +# define TS_R_TOKEN_NOT_PRESENT 130 +# define TS_R_TOKEN_PRESENT 131 +# define TS_R_TSA_NAME_MISMATCH 111 +# define TS_R_TSA_UNTRUSTED 112 +# define TS_R_TST_INFO_SETUP_ERROR 123 +# define TS_R_TS_DATASIGN 124 +# define TS_R_UNACCEPTABLE_POLICY 125 +# define TS_R_UNSUPPORTED_MD_ALGORITHM 126 +# define TS_R_UNSUPPORTED_VERSION 113 +# define TS_R_VAR_BAD_VALUE 135 +# define TS_R_VAR_LOOKUP_FAILURE 136 +# define TS_R_WRONG_CONTENT_TYPE 114 + +# endif +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/txt_db.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/txt_db.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ec981a43 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/txt_db.h @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +/* + * Copyright 1995-2017 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_TXT_DB_H +# define HEADER_TXT_DB_H + +# include <openssl/opensslconf.h> +# include <openssl/bio.h> +# include <openssl/safestack.h> +# include <openssl/lhash.h> + +# define DB_ERROR_OK 0 +# define DB_ERROR_MALLOC 1 +# define DB_ERROR_INDEX_CLASH 2 +# define DB_ERROR_INDEX_OUT_OF_RANGE 3 +# define DB_ERROR_NO_INDEX 4 +# define DB_ERROR_INSERT_INDEX_CLASH 5 +# define DB_ERROR_WRONG_NUM_FIELDS 6 + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +typedef OPENSSL_STRING *OPENSSL_PSTRING; +DEFINE_SPECIAL_STACK_OF(OPENSSL_PSTRING, OPENSSL_STRING) + +typedef struct txt_db_st { + int num_fields; + STACK_OF(OPENSSL_PSTRING) *data; + LHASH_OF(OPENSSL_STRING) **index; + int (**qual) (OPENSSL_STRING *); + long error; + long arg1; + long arg2; + OPENSSL_STRING *arg_row; +} TXT_DB; + +TXT_DB *TXT_DB_read(BIO *in, int num); +long TXT_DB_write(BIO *out, TXT_DB *db); +int TXT_DB_create_index(TXT_DB *db, int field, int (*qual) (OPENSSL_STRING *), + OPENSSL_LH_HASHFUNC hash, OPENSSL_LH_COMPFUNC cmp); +void TXT_DB_free(TXT_DB *db); +OPENSSL_STRING *TXT_DB_get_by_index(TXT_DB *db, int idx, + OPENSSL_STRING *value); +int TXT_DB_insert(TXT_DB *db, OPENSSL_STRING *value); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ui.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ui.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7c721ec8 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ui.h @@ -0,0 +1,368 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2001-2018 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_UI_H +# define HEADER_UI_H + +# include <openssl/opensslconf.h> + +# if OPENSSL_API_COMPAT < 0x10100000L +# include <openssl/crypto.h> +# endif +# include <openssl/safestack.h> +# include <openssl/pem.h> +# include <openssl/ossl_typ.h> +# include <openssl/uierr.h> + +/* For compatibility reasons, the macro OPENSSL_NO_UI is currently retained */ +# if OPENSSL_API_COMPAT < 0x10200000L +# ifdef OPENSSL_NO_UI_CONSOLE +# define OPENSSL_NO_UI +# endif +# endif + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +/* + * All the following functions return -1 or NULL on error and in some cases + * (UI_process()) -2 if interrupted or in some other way cancelled. When + * everything is fine, they return 0, a positive value or a non-NULL pointer, + * all depending on their purpose. + */ + +/* Creators and destructor. */ +UI *UI_new(void); +UI *UI_new_method(const UI_METHOD *method); +void UI_free(UI *ui); + +/*- + The following functions are used to add strings to be printed and prompt + strings to prompt for data. The names are UI_{add,dup}_<function>_string + and UI_{add,dup}_input_boolean. + + UI_{add,dup}_<function>_string have the following meanings: + add add a text or prompt string. The pointers given to these + functions are used verbatim, no copying is done. + dup make a copy of the text or prompt string, then add the copy + to the collection of strings in the user interface. + <function> + The function is a name for the functionality that the given + string shall be used for. It can be one of: + input use the string as data prompt. + verify use the string as verification prompt. This + is used to verify a previous input. + info use the string for informational output. + error use the string for error output. + Honestly, there's currently no difference between info and error for the + moment. + + UI_{add,dup}_input_boolean have the same semantics for "add" and "dup", + and are typically used when one wants to prompt for a yes/no response. + + All of the functions in this group take a UI and a prompt string. + The string input and verify addition functions also take a flag argument, + a buffer for the result to end up with, a minimum input size and a maximum + input size (the result buffer MUST be large enough to be able to contain + the maximum number of characters). Additionally, the verify addition + functions takes another buffer to compare the result against. + The boolean input functions take an action description string (which should + be safe to ignore if the expected user action is obvious, for example with + a dialog box with an OK button and a Cancel button), a string of acceptable + characters to mean OK and to mean Cancel. The two last strings are checked + to make sure they don't have common characters. Additionally, the same + flag argument as for the string input is taken, as well as a result buffer. + The result buffer is required to be at least one byte long. Depending on + the answer, the first character from the OK or the Cancel character strings + will be stored in the first byte of the result buffer. No NUL will be + added, so the result is *not* a string. + + On success, the all return an index of the added information. That index + is useful when retrieving results with UI_get0_result(). */ +int UI_add_input_string(UI *ui, const char *prompt, int flags, + char *result_buf, int minsize, int maxsize); +int UI_dup_input_string(UI *ui, const char *prompt, int flags, + char *result_buf, int minsize, int maxsize); +int UI_add_verify_string(UI *ui, const char *prompt, int flags, + char *result_buf, int minsize, int maxsize, + const char *test_buf); +int UI_dup_verify_string(UI *ui, const char *prompt, int flags, + char *result_buf, int minsize, int maxsize, + const char *test_buf); +int UI_add_input_boolean(UI *ui, const char *prompt, const char *action_desc, + const char *ok_chars, const char *cancel_chars, + int flags, char *result_buf); +int UI_dup_input_boolean(UI *ui, const char *prompt, const char *action_desc, + const char *ok_chars, const char *cancel_chars, + int flags, char *result_buf); +int UI_add_info_string(UI *ui, const char *text); +int UI_dup_info_string(UI *ui, const char *text); +int UI_add_error_string(UI *ui, const char *text); +int UI_dup_error_string(UI *ui, const char *text); + +/* These are the possible flags. They can be or'ed together. */ +/* Use to have echoing of input */ +# define UI_INPUT_FLAG_ECHO 0x01 +/* + * Use a default password. Where that password is found is completely up to + * the application, it might for example be in the user data set with + * UI_add_user_data(). It is not recommended to have more than one input in + * each UI being marked with this flag, or the application might get + * confused. + */ +# define UI_INPUT_FLAG_DEFAULT_PWD 0x02 + +/*- + * The user of these routines may want to define flags of their own. The core + * UI won't look at those, but will pass them on to the method routines. They + * must use higher bits so they don't get confused with the UI bits above. + * UI_INPUT_FLAG_USER_BASE tells which is the lowest bit to use. A good + * example of use is this: + * + * #define MY_UI_FLAG1 (0x01 << UI_INPUT_FLAG_USER_BASE) + * +*/ +# define UI_INPUT_FLAG_USER_BASE 16 + +/*- + * The following function helps construct a prompt. object_desc is a + * textual short description of the object, for example "pass phrase", + * and object_name is the name of the object (might be a card name or + * a file name. + * The returned string shall always be allocated on the heap with + * OPENSSL_malloc(), and need to be free'd with OPENSSL_free(). + * + * If the ui_method doesn't contain a pointer to a user-defined prompt + * constructor, a default string is built, looking like this: + * + * "Enter {object_desc} for {object_name}:" + * + * So, if object_desc has the value "pass phrase" and object_name has + * the value "foo.key", the resulting string is: + * + * "Enter pass phrase for foo.key:" +*/ +char *UI_construct_prompt(UI *ui_method, + const char *object_desc, const char *object_name); + +/* + * The following function is used to store a pointer to user-specific data. + * Any previous such pointer will be returned and replaced. + * + * For callback purposes, this function makes a lot more sense than using + * ex_data, since the latter requires that different parts of OpenSSL or + * applications share the same ex_data index. + * + * Note that the UI_OpenSSL() method completely ignores the user data. Other + * methods may not, however. + */ +void *UI_add_user_data(UI *ui, void *user_data); +/* + * Alternatively, this function is used to duplicate the user data. + * This uses the duplicator method function. The destroy function will + * be used to free the user data in this case. + */ +int UI_dup_user_data(UI *ui, void *user_data); +/* We need a user data retrieving function as well. */ +void *UI_get0_user_data(UI *ui); + +/* Return the result associated with a prompt given with the index i. */ +const char *UI_get0_result(UI *ui, int i); +int UI_get_result_length(UI *ui, int i); + +/* When all strings have been added, process the whole thing. */ +int UI_process(UI *ui); + +/* + * Give a user interface parameterised control commands. This can be used to + * send down an integer, a data pointer or a function pointer, as well as be + * used to get information from a UI. + */ +int UI_ctrl(UI *ui, int cmd, long i, void *p, void (*f) (void)); + +/* The commands */ +/* + * Use UI_CONTROL_PRINT_ERRORS with the value 1 to have UI_process print the + * OpenSSL error stack before printing any info or added error messages and + * before any prompting. + */ +# define UI_CTRL_PRINT_ERRORS 1 +/* + * Check if a UI_process() is possible to do again with the same instance of + * a user interface. This makes UI_ctrl() return 1 if it is redoable, and 0 + * if not. + */ +# define UI_CTRL_IS_REDOABLE 2 + +/* Some methods may use extra data */ +# define UI_set_app_data(s,arg) UI_set_ex_data(s,0,arg) +# define UI_get_app_data(s) UI_get_ex_data(s,0) + +# define UI_get_ex_new_index(l, p, newf, dupf, freef) \ + CRYPTO_get_ex_new_index(CRYPTO_EX_INDEX_UI, l, p, newf, dupf, freef) +int UI_set_ex_data(UI *r, int idx, void *arg); +void *UI_get_ex_data(UI *r, int idx); + +/* Use specific methods instead of the built-in one */ +void UI_set_default_method(const UI_METHOD *meth); +const UI_METHOD *UI_get_default_method(void); +const UI_METHOD *UI_get_method(UI *ui); +const UI_METHOD *UI_set_method(UI *ui, const UI_METHOD *meth); + +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_UI_CONSOLE + +/* The method with all the built-in thingies */ +UI_METHOD *UI_OpenSSL(void); + +# endif + +/* + * NULL method. Literally does nothing, but may serve as a placeholder + * to avoid internal default. + */ +const UI_METHOD *UI_null(void); + +/* ---------- For method writers ---------- */ +/*- + A method contains a number of functions that implement the low level + of the User Interface. The functions are: + + an opener This function starts a session, maybe by opening + a channel to a tty, or by opening a window. + a writer This function is called to write a given string, + maybe to the tty, maybe as a field label in a + window. + a flusher This function is called to flush everything that + has been output so far. It can be used to actually + display a dialog box after it has been built. + a reader This function is called to read a given prompt, + maybe from the tty, maybe from a field in a + window. Note that it's called with all string + structures, not only the prompt ones, so it must + check such things itself. + a closer This function closes the session, maybe by closing + the channel to the tty, or closing the window. + + All these functions are expected to return: + + 0 on error. + 1 on success. + -1 on out-of-band events, for example if some prompting has + been canceled (by pressing Ctrl-C, for example). This is + only checked when returned by the flusher or the reader. + + The way this is used, the opener is first called, then the writer for all + strings, then the flusher, then the reader for all strings and finally the + closer. Note that if you want to prompt from a terminal or other command + line interface, the best is to have the reader also write the prompts + instead of having the writer do it. If you want to prompt from a dialog + box, the writer can be used to build up the contents of the box, and the + flusher to actually display the box and run the event loop until all data + has been given, after which the reader only grabs the given data and puts + them back into the UI strings. + + All method functions take a UI as argument. Additionally, the writer and + the reader take a UI_STRING. +*/ + +/* + * The UI_STRING type is the data structure that contains all the needed info + * about a string or a prompt, including test data for a verification prompt. + */ +typedef struct ui_string_st UI_STRING; +DEFINE_STACK_OF(UI_STRING) + +/* + * The different types of strings that are currently supported. This is only + * needed by method authors. + */ +enum UI_string_types { + UIT_NONE = 0, + UIT_PROMPT, /* Prompt for a string */ + UIT_VERIFY, /* Prompt for a string and verify */ + UIT_BOOLEAN, /* Prompt for a yes/no response */ + UIT_INFO, /* Send info to the user */ + UIT_ERROR /* Send an error message to the user */ +}; + +/* Create and manipulate methods */ +UI_METHOD *UI_create_method(const char *name); +void UI_destroy_method(UI_METHOD *ui_method); +int UI_method_set_opener(UI_METHOD *method, int (*opener) (UI *ui)); +int UI_method_set_writer(UI_METHOD *method, + int (*writer) (UI *ui, UI_STRING *uis)); +int UI_method_set_flusher(UI_METHOD *method, int (*flusher) (UI *ui)); +int UI_method_set_reader(UI_METHOD *method, + int (*reader) (UI *ui, UI_STRING *uis)); +int UI_method_set_closer(UI_METHOD *method, int (*closer) (UI *ui)); +int UI_method_set_data_duplicator(UI_METHOD *method, + void *(*duplicator) (UI *ui, void *ui_data), + void (*destructor)(UI *ui, void *ui_data)); +int UI_method_set_prompt_constructor(UI_METHOD *method, + char *(*prompt_constructor) (UI *ui, + const char + *object_desc, + const char + *object_name)); +int UI_method_set_ex_data(UI_METHOD *method, int idx, void *data); +int (*UI_method_get_opener(const UI_METHOD *method)) (UI *); +int (*UI_method_get_writer(const UI_METHOD *method)) (UI *, UI_STRING *); +int (*UI_method_get_flusher(const UI_METHOD *method)) (UI *); +int (*UI_method_get_reader(const UI_METHOD *method)) (UI *, UI_STRING *); +int (*UI_method_get_closer(const UI_METHOD *method)) (UI *); +char *(*UI_method_get_prompt_constructor(const UI_METHOD *method)) + (UI *, const char *, const char *); +void *(*UI_method_get_data_duplicator(const UI_METHOD *method)) (UI *, void *); +void (*UI_method_get_data_destructor(const UI_METHOD *method)) (UI *, void *); +const void *UI_method_get_ex_data(const UI_METHOD *method, int idx); + +/* + * The following functions are helpers for method writers to access relevant + * data from a UI_STRING. + */ + +/* Return type of the UI_STRING */ +enum UI_string_types UI_get_string_type(UI_STRING *uis); +/* Return input flags of the UI_STRING */ +int UI_get_input_flags(UI_STRING *uis); +/* Return the actual string to output (the prompt, info or error) */ +const char *UI_get0_output_string(UI_STRING *uis); +/* + * Return the optional action string to output (the boolean prompt + * instruction) + */ +const char *UI_get0_action_string(UI_STRING *uis); +/* Return the result of a prompt */ +const char *UI_get0_result_string(UI_STRING *uis); +int UI_get_result_string_length(UI_STRING *uis); +/* + * Return the string to test the result against. Only useful with verifies. + */ +const char *UI_get0_test_string(UI_STRING *uis); +/* Return the required minimum size of the result */ +int UI_get_result_minsize(UI_STRING *uis); +/* Return the required maximum size of the result */ +int UI_get_result_maxsize(UI_STRING *uis); +/* Set the result of a UI_STRING. */ +int UI_set_result(UI *ui, UI_STRING *uis, const char *result); +int UI_set_result_ex(UI *ui, UI_STRING *uis, const char *result, int len); + +/* A couple of popular utility functions */ +int UI_UTIL_read_pw_string(char *buf, int length, const char *prompt, + int verify); +int UI_UTIL_read_pw(char *buf, char *buff, int size, const char *prompt, + int verify); +UI_METHOD *UI_UTIL_wrap_read_pem_callback(pem_password_cb *cb, int rwflag); + + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/uierr.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/uierr.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bd68864d --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/uierr.h @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +/* + * Generated by util/mkerr.pl DO NOT EDIT + * Copyright 1995-2019 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_UIERR_H +# define HEADER_UIERR_H + +# ifndef HEADER_SYMHACKS_H +# include <openssl/symhacks.h> +# endif + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +# endif +int ERR_load_UI_strings(void); + +/* + * UI function codes. + */ +# define UI_F_CLOSE_CONSOLE 115 +# define UI_F_ECHO_CONSOLE 116 +# define UI_F_GENERAL_ALLOCATE_BOOLEAN 108 +# define UI_F_GENERAL_ALLOCATE_PROMPT 109 +# define UI_F_NOECHO_CONSOLE 117 +# define UI_F_OPEN_CONSOLE 114 +# define UI_F_UI_CONSTRUCT_PROMPT 121 +# define UI_F_UI_CREATE_METHOD 112 +# define UI_F_UI_CTRL 111 +# define UI_F_UI_DUP_ERROR_STRING 101 +# define UI_F_UI_DUP_INFO_STRING 102 +# define UI_F_UI_DUP_INPUT_BOOLEAN 110 +# define UI_F_UI_DUP_INPUT_STRING 103 +# define UI_F_UI_DUP_USER_DATA 118 +# define UI_F_UI_DUP_VERIFY_STRING 106 +# define UI_F_UI_GET0_RESULT 107 +# define UI_F_UI_GET_RESULT_LENGTH 119 +# define UI_F_UI_NEW_METHOD 104 +# define UI_F_UI_PROCESS 113 +# define UI_F_UI_SET_RESULT 105 +# define UI_F_UI_SET_RESULT_EX 120 + +/* + * UI reason codes. + */ +# define UI_R_COMMON_OK_AND_CANCEL_CHARACTERS 104 +# define UI_R_INDEX_TOO_LARGE 102 +# define UI_R_INDEX_TOO_SMALL 103 +# define UI_R_NO_RESULT_BUFFER 105 +# define UI_R_PROCESSING_ERROR 107 +# define UI_R_RESULT_TOO_LARGE 100 +# define UI_R_RESULT_TOO_SMALL 101 +# define UI_R_SYSASSIGN_ERROR 109 +# define UI_R_SYSDASSGN_ERROR 110 +# define UI_R_SYSQIOW_ERROR 111 +# define UI_R_UNKNOWN_CONTROL_COMMAND 106 +# define UI_R_UNKNOWN_TTYGET_ERRNO_VALUE 108 +# define UI_R_USER_DATA_DUPLICATION_UNSUPPORTED 112 + +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/whrlpool.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/whrlpool.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..20ea3503 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/whrlpool.h @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2005-2016 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_WHRLPOOL_H +# define HEADER_WHRLPOOL_H + +#include <openssl/opensslconf.h> + +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_WHIRLPOOL +# include <openssl/e_os2.h> +# include <stddef.h> +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +# define WHIRLPOOL_DIGEST_LENGTH (512/8) +# define WHIRLPOOL_BBLOCK 512 +# define WHIRLPOOL_COUNTER (256/8) + +typedef struct { + union { + unsigned char c[WHIRLPOOL_DIGEST_LENGTH]; + /* double q is here to ensure 64-bit alignment */ + double q[WHIRLPOOL_DIGEST_LENGTH / sizeof(double)]; + } H; + unsigned char data[WHIRLPOOL_BBLOCK / 8]; + unsigned int bitoff; + size_t bitlen[WHIRLPOOL_COUNTER / sizeof(size_t)]; +} WHIRLPOOL_CTX; + +int WHIRLPOOL_Init(WHIRLPOOL_CTX *c); +int WHIRLPOOL_Update(WHIRLPOOL_CTX *c, const void *inp, size_t bytes); +void WHIRLPOOL_BitUpdate(WHIRLPOOL_CTX *c, const void *inp, size_t bits); +int WHIRLPOOL_Final(unsigned char *md, WHIRLPOOL_CTX *c); +unsigned char *WHIRLPOOL(const void *inp, size_t bytes, unsigned char *md); + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif +# endif + +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/x509.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/x509.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3ff86ec7 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/x509.h @@ -0,0 +1,1050 @@ +/* + * Copyright 1995-2020 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2002, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_X509_H +# define HEADER_X509_H + +# include <openssl/e_os2.h> +# include <openssl/ossl_typ.h> +# include <openssl/symhacks.h> +# include <openssl/buffer.h> +# include <openssl/evp.h> +# include <openssl/bio.h> +# include <openssl/asn1.h> +# include <openssl/safestack.h> +# include <openssl/ec.h> + +# if OPENSSL_API_COMPAT < 0x10100000L +# include <openssl/rsa.h> +# include <openssl/dsa.h> +# include <openssl/dh.h> +# endif + +# include <openssl/sha.h> +# include <openssl/x509err.h> + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + + +/* Flags for X509_get_signature_info() */ +/* Signature info is valid */ +# define X509_SIG_INFO_VALID 0x1 +/* Signature is suitable for TLS use */ +# define X509_SIG_INFO_TLS 0x2 + +# define X509_FILETYPE_PEM 1 +# define X509_FILETYPE_ASN1 2 +# define X509_FILETYPE_DEFAULT 3 + +# define X509v3_KU_DIGITAL_SIGNATURE 0x0080 +# define X509v3_KU_NON_REPUDIATION 0x0040 +# define X509v3_KU_KEY_ENCIPHERMENT 0x0020 +# define X509v3_KU_DATA_ENCIPHERMENT 0x0010 +# define X509v3_KU_KEY_AGREEMENT 0x0008 +# define X509v3_KU_KEY_CERT_SIGN 0x0004 +# define X509v3_KU_CRL_SIGN 0x0002 +# define X509v3_KU_ENCIPHER_ONLY 0x0001 +# define X509v3_KU_DECIPHER_ONLY 0x8000 +# define X509v3_KU_UNDEF 0xffff + +struct X509_algor_st { + ASN1_OBJECT *algorithm; + ASN1_TYPE *parameter; +} /* X509_ALGOR */ ; + +typedef STACK_OF(X509_ALGOR) X509_ALGORS; + +typedef struct X509_val_st { + ASN1_TIME *notBefore; + ASN1_TIME *notAfter; +} X509_VAL; + +typedef struct X509_sig_st X509_SIG; + +typedef struct X509_name_entry_st X509_NAME_ENTRY; + +DEFINE_STACK_OF(X509_NAME_ENTRY) + +DEFINE_STACK_OF(X509_NAME) + +# define X509_EX_V_NETSCAPE_HACK 0x8000 +# define X509_EX_V_INIT 0x0001 +typedef struct X509_extension_st X509_EXTENSION; + +typedef STACK_OF(X509_EXTENSION) X509_EXTENSIONS; + +DEFINE_STACK_OF(X509_EXTENSION) + +typedef struct x509_attributes_st X509_ATTRIBUTE; + +DEFINE_STACK_OF(X509_ATTRIBUTE) + +typedef struct X509_req_info_st X509_REQ_INFO; + +typedef struct X509_req_st X509_REQ; + +typedef struct x509_cert_aux_st X509_CERT_AUX; + +typedef struct x509_cinf_st X509_CINF; + +DEFINE_STACK_OF(X509) + +/* This is used for a table of trust checking functions */ + +typedef struct x509_trust_st { + int trust; + int flags; + int (*check_trust) (struct x509_trust_st *, X509 *, int); + char *name; + int arg1; + void *arg2; +} X509_TRUST; + +DEFINE_STACK_OF(X509_TRUST) + +/* standard trust ids */ + +# define X509_TRUST_DEFAULT 0 /* Only valid in purpose settings */ + +# define X509_TRUST_COMPAT 1 +# define X509_TRUST_SSL_CLIENT 2 +# define X509_TRUST_SSL_SERVER 3 +# define X509_TRUST_EMAIL 4 +# define X509_TRUST_OBJECT_SIGN 5 +# define X509_TRUST_OCSP_SIGN 6 +# define X509_TRUST_OCSP_REQUEST 7 +# define X509_TRUST_TSA 8 + +/* Keep these up to date! */ +# define X509_TRUST_MIN 1 +# define X509_TRUST_MAX 8 + +/* trust_flags values */ +# define X509_TRUST_DYNAMIC (1U << 0) +# define X509_TRUST_DYNAMIC_NAME (1U << 1) +/* No compat trust if self-signed, preempts "DO_SS" */ +# define X509_TRUST_NO_SS_COMPAT (1U << 2) +/* Compat trust if no explicit accepted trust EKUs */ +# define X509_TRUST_DO_SS_COMPAT (1U << 3) +/* Accept "anyEKU" as a wildcard trust OID */ +# define X509_TRUST_OK_ANY_EKU (1U << 4) + +/* check_trust return codes */ + +# define X509_TRUST_TRUSTED 1 +# define X509_TRUST_REJECTED 2 +# define X509_TRUST_UNTRUSTED 3 + +/* Flags for X509_print_ex() */ + +# define X509_FLAG_COMPAT 0 +# define X509_FLAG_NO_HEADER 1L +# define X509_FLAG_NO_VERSION (1L << 1) +# define X509_FLAG_NO_SERIAL (1L << 2) +# define X509_FLAG_NO_SIGNAME (1L << 3) +# define X509_FLAG_NO_ISSUER (1L << 4) +# define X509_FLAG_NO_VALIDITY (1L << 5) +# define X509_FLAG_NO_SUBJECT (1L << 6) +# define X509_FLAG_NO_PUBKEY (1L << 7) +# define X509_FLAG_NO_EXTENSIONS (1L << 8) +# define X509_FLAG_NO_SIGDUMP (1L << 9) +# define X509_FLAG_NO_AUX (1L << 10) +# define X509_FLAG_NO_ATTRIBUTES (1L << 11) +# define X509_FLAG_NO_IDS (1L << 12) + +/* Flags specific to X509_NAME_print_ex() */ + +/* The field separator information */ + +# define XN_FLAG_SEP_MASK (0xf << 16) + +# define XN_FLAG_COMPAT 0/* Traditional; use old X509_NAME_print */ +# define XN_FLAG_SEP_COMMA_PLUS (1 << 16)/* RFC2253 ,+ */ +# define XN_FLAG_SEP_CPLUS_SPC (2 << 16)/* ,+ spaced: more readable */ +# define XN_FLAG_SEP_SPLUS_SPC (3 << 16)/* ;+ spaced */ +# define XN_FLAG_SEP_MULTILINE (4 << 16)/* One line per field */ + +# define XN_FLAG_DN_REV (1 << 20)/* Reverse DN order */ + +/* How the field name is shown */ + +# define XN_FLAG_FN_MASK (0x3 << 21) + +# define XN_FLAG_FN_SN 0/* Object short name */ +# define XN_FLAG_FN_LN (1 << 21)/* Object long name */ +# define XN_FLAG_FN_OID (2 << 21)/* Always use OIDs */ +# define XN_FLAG_FN_NONE (3 << 21)/* No field names */ + +# define XN_FLAG_SPC_EQ (1 << 23)/* Put spaces round '=' */ + +/* + * This determines if we dump fields we don't recognise: RFC2253 requires + * this. + */ + +# define XN_FLAG_DUMP_UNKNOWN_FIELDS (1 << 24) + +# define XN_FLAG_FN_ALIGN (1 << 25)/* Align field names to 20 + * characters */ + +/* Complete set of RFC2253 flags */ + +# define XN_FLAG_RFC2253 (ASN1_STRFLGS_RFC2253 | \ + XN_FLAG_SEP_COMMA_PLUS | \ + XN_FLAG_DN_REV | \ + XN_FLAG_FN_SN | \ + XN_FLAG_DUMP_UNKNOWN_FIELDS) + +/* readable oneline form */ + +# define XN_FLAG_ONELINE (ASN1_STRFLGS_RFC2253 | \ + ASN1_STRFLGS_ESC_QUOTE | \ + XN_FLAG_SEP_CPLUS_SPC | \ + XN_FLAG_SPC_EQ | \ + XN_FLAG_FN_SN) + +/* readable multiline form */ + +# define XN_FLAG_MULTILINE (ASN1_STRFLGS_ESC_CTRL | \ + ASN1_STRFLGS_ESC_MSB | \ + XN_FLAG_SEP_MULTILINE | \ + XN_FLAG_SPC_EQ | \ + XN_FLAG_FN_LN | \ + XN_FLAG_FN_ALIGN) + +DEFINE_STACK_OF(X509_REVOKED) + +typedef struct X509_crl_info_st X509_CRL_INFO; + +DEFINE_STACK_OF(X509_CRL) + +typedef struct private_key_st { + int version; + /* The PKCS#8 data types */ + X509_ALGOR *enc_algor; + ASN1_OCTET_STRING *enc_pkey; /* encrypted pub key */ + /* When decrypted, the following will not be NULL */ + EVP_PKEY *dec_pkey; + /* used to encrypt and decrypt */ + int key_length; + char *key_data; + int key_free; /* true if we should auto free key_data */ + /* expanded version of 'enc_algor' */ + EVP_CIPHER_INFO cipher; +} X509_PKEY; + +typedef struct X509_info_st { + X509 *x509; + X509_CRL *crl; + X509_PKEY *x_pkey; + EVP_CIPHER_INFO enc_cipher; + int enc_len; + char *enc_data; +} X509_INFO; + +DEFINE_STACK_OF(X509_INFO) + +/* + * The next 2 structures and their 8 routines are used to manipulate Netscape's + * spki structures - useful if you are writing a CA web page + */ +typedef struct Netscape_spkac_st { + X509_PUBKEY *pubkey; + ASN1_IA5STRING *challenge; /* challenge sent in atlas >= PR2 */ +} NETSCAPE_SPKAC; + +typedef struct Netscape_spki_st { + NETSCAPE_SPKAC *spkac; /* signed public key and challenge */ + X509_ALGOR sig_algor; + ASN1_BIT_STRING *signature; +} NETSCAPE_SPKI; + +/* Netscape certificate sequence structure */ +typedef struct Netscape_certificate_sequence { + ASN1_OBJECT *type; + STACK_OF(X509) *certs; +} NETSCAPE_CERT_SEQUENCE; + +/*- Unused (and iv length is wrong) +typedef struct CBCParameter_st + { + unsigned char iv[8]; + } CBC_PARAM; +*/ + +/* Password based encryption structure */ + +typedef struct PBEPARAM_st { + ASN1_OCTET_STRING *salt; + ASN1_INTEGER *iter; +} PBEPARAM; + +/* Password based encryption V2 structures */ + +typedef struct PBE2PARAM_st { + X509_ALGOR *keyfunc; + X509_ALGOR *encryption; +} PBE2PARAM; + +typedef struct PBKDF2PARAM_st { +/* Usually OCTET STRING but could be anything */ + ASN1_TYPE *salt; + ASN1_INTEGER *iter; + ASN1_INTEGER *keylength; + X509_ALGOR *prf; +} PBKDF2PARAM; + +#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_SCRYPT +typedef struct SCRYPT_PARAMS_st { + ASN1_OCTET_STRING *salt; + ASN1_INTEGER *costParameter; + ASN1_INTEGER *blockSize; + ASN1_INTEGER *parallelizationParameter; + ASN1_INTEGER *keyLength; +} SCRYPT_PARAMS; +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +# include <openssl/x509_vfy.h> +# include <openssl/pkcs7.h> + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +# define X509_EXT_PACK_UNKNOWN 1 +# define X509_EXT_PACK_STRING 2 + +# define X509_extract_key(x) X509_get_pubkey(x)/*****/ +# define X509_REQ_extract_key(a) X509_REQ_get_pubkey(a) +# define X509_name_cmp(a,b) X509_NAME_cmp((a),(b)) + +void X509_CRL_set_default_method(const X509_CRL_METHOD *meth); +X509_CRL_METHOD *X509_CRL_METHOD_new(int (*crl_init) (X509_CRL *crl), + int (*crl_free) (X509_CRL *crl), + int (*crl_lookup) (X509_CRL *crl, + X509_REVOKED **ret, + ASN1_INTEGER *ser, + X509_NAME *issuer), + int (*crl_verify) (X509_CRL *crl, + EVP_PKEY *pk)); +void X509_CRL_METHOD_free(X509_CRL_METHOD *m); + +void X509_CRL_set_meth_data(X509_CRL *crl, void *dat); +void *X509_CRL_get_meth_data(X509_CRL *crl); + +const char *X509_verify_cert_error_string(long n); + +int X509_verify(X509 *a, EVP_PKEY *r); + +int X509_REQ_verify(X509_REQ *a, EVP_PKEY *r); +int X509_CRL_verify(X509_CRL *a, EVP_PKEY *r); +int NETSCAPE_SPKI_verify(NETSCAPE_SPKI *a, EVP_PKEY *r); + +NETSCAPE_SPKI *NETSCAPE_SPKI_b64_decode(const char *str, int len); +char *NETSCAPE_SPKI_b64_encode(NETSCAPE_SPKI *x); +EVP_PKEY *NETSCAPE_SPKI_get_pubkey(NETSCAPE_SPKI *x); +int NETSCAPE_SPKI_set_pubkey(NETSCAPE_SPKI *x, EVP_PKEY *pkey); + +int NETSCAPE_SPKI_print(BIO *out, NETSCAPE_SPKI *spki); + +int X509_signature_dump(BIO *bp, const ASN1_STRING *sig, int indent); +int X509_signature_print(BIO *bp, const X509_ALGOR *alg, + const ASN1_STRING *sig); + +int X509_sign(X509 *x, EVP_PKEY *pkey, const EVP_MD *md); +int X509_sign_ctx(X509 *x, EVP_MD_CTX *ctx); +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_OCSP +int X509_http_nbio(OCSP_REQ_CTX *rctx, X509 **pcert); +# endif +int X509_REQ_sign(X509_REQ *x, EVP_PKEY *pkey, const EVP_MD *md); +int X509_REQ_sign_ctx(X509_REQ *x, EVP_MD_CTX *ctx); +int X509_CRL_sign(X509_CRL *x, EVP_PKEY *pkey, const EVP_MD *md); +int X509_CRL_sign_ctx(X509_CRL *x, EVP_MD_CTX *ctx); +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_OCSP +int X509_CRL_http_nbio(OCSP_REQ_CTX *rctx, X509_CRL **pcrl); +# endif +int NETSCAPE_SPKI_sign(NETSCAPE_SPKI *x, EVP_PKEY *pkey, const EVP_MD *md); + +int X509_pubkey_digest(const X509 *data, const EVP_MD *type, + unsigned char *md, unsigned int *len); +int X509_digest(const X509 *data, const EVP_MD *type, + unsigned char *md, unsigned int *len); +int X509_CRL_digest(const X509_CRL *data, const EVP_MD *type, + unsigned char *md, unsigned int *len); +int X509_REQ_digest(const X509_REQ *data, const EVP_MD *type, + unsigned char *md, unsigned int *len); +int X509_NAME_digest(const X509_NAME *data, const EVP_MD *type, + unsigned char *md, unsigned int *len); + +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_STDIO +X509 *d2i_X509_fp(FILE *fp, X509 **x509); +int i2d_X509_fp(FILE *fp, X509 *x509); +X509_CRL *d2i_X509_CRL_fp(FILE *fp, X509_CRL **crl); +int i2d_X509_CRL_fp(FILE *fp, X509_CRL *crl); +X509_REQ *d2i_X509_REQ_fp(FILE *fp, X509_REQ **req); +int i2d_X509_REQ_fp(FILE *fp, X509_REQ *req); +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_RSA +RSA *d2i_RSAPrivateKey_fp(FILE *fp, RSA **rsa); +int i2d_RSAPrivateKey_fp(FILE *fp, RSA *rsa); +RSA *d2i_RSAPublicKey_fp(FILE *fp, RSA **rsa); +int i2d_RSAPublicKey_fp(FILE *fp, RSA *rsa); +RSA *d2i_RSA_PUBKEY_fp(FILE *fp, RSA **rsa); +int i2d_RSA_PUBKEY_fp(FILE *fp, RSA *rsa); +# endif +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_DSA +DSA *d2i_DSA_PUBKEY_fp(FILE *fp, DSA **dsa); +int i2d_DSA_PUBKEY_fp(FILE *fp, DSA *dsa); +DSA *d2i_DSAPrivateKey_fp(FILE *fp, DSA **dsa); +int i2d_DSAPrivateKey_fp(FILE *fp, DSA *dsa); +# endif +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_EC +EC_KEY *d2i_EC_PUBKEY_fp(FILE *fp, EC_KEY **eckey); +int i2d_EC_PUBKEY_fp(FILE *fp, EC_KEY *eckey); +EC_KEY *d2i_ECPrivateKey_fp(FILE *fp, EC_KEY **eckey); +int i2d_ECPrivateKey_fp(FILE *fp, EC_KEY *eckey); +# endif +X509_SIG *d2i_PKCS8_fp(FILE *fp, X509_SIG **p8); +int i2d_PKCS8_fp(FILE *fp, X509_SIG *p8); +PKCS8_PRIV_KEY_INFO *d2i_PKCS8_PRIV_KEY_INFO_fp(FILE *fp, + PKCS8_PRIV_KEY_INFO **p8inf); +int i2d_PKCS8_PRIV_KEY_INFO_fp(FILE *fp, PKCS8_PRIV_KEY_INFO *p8inf); +int i2d_PKCS8PrivateKeyInfo_fp(FILE *fp, EVP_PKEY *key); +int i2d_PrivateKey_fp(FILE *fp, EVP_PKEY *pkey); +EVP_PKEY *d2i_PrivateKey_fp(FILE *fp, EVP_PKEY **a); +int i2d_PUBKEY_fp(FILE *fp, EVP_PKEY *pkey); +EVP_PKEY *d2i_PUBKEY_fp(FILE *fp, EVP_PKEY **a); +# endif + +X509 *d2i_X509_bio(BIO *bp, X509 **x509); +int i2d_X509_bio(BIO *bp, X509 *x509); +X509_CRL *d2i_X509_CRL_bio(BIO *bp, X509_CRL **crl); +int i2d_X509_CRL_bio(BIO *bp, X509_CRL *crl); +X509_REQ *d2i_X509_REQ_bio(BIO *bp, X509_REQ **req); +int i2d_X509_REQ_bio(BIO *bp, X509_REQ *req); +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_RSA +RSA *d2i_RSAPrivateKey_bio(BIO *bp, RSA **rsa); +int i2d_RSAPrivateKey_bio(BIO *bp, RSA *rsa); +RSA *d2i_RSAPublicKey_bio(BIO *bp, RSA **rsa); +int i2d_RSAPublicKey_bio(BIO *bp, RSA *rsa); +RSA *d2i_RSA_PUBKEY_bio(BIO *bp, RSA **rsa); +int i2d_RSA_PUBKEY_bio(BIO *bp, RSA *rsa); +# endif +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_DSA +DSA *d2i_DSA_PUBKEY_bio(BIO *bp, DSA **dsa); +int i2d_DSA_PUBKEY_bio(BIO *bp, DSA *dsa); +DSA *d2i_DSAPrivateKey_bio(BIO *bp, DSA **dsa); +int i2d_DSAPrivateKey_bio(BIO *bp, DSA *dsa); +# endif +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_EC +EC_KEY *d2i_EC_PUBKEY_bio(BIO *bp, EC_KEY **eckey); +int i2d_EC_PUBKEY_bio(BIO *bp, EC_KEY *eckey); +EC_KEY *d2i_ECPrivateKey_bio(BIO *bp, EC_KEY **eckey); +int i2d_ECPrivateKey_bio(BIO *bp, EC_KEY *eckey); +# endif +X509_SIG *d2i_PKCS8_bio(BIO *bp, X509_SIG **p8); +int i2d_PKCS8_bio(BIO *bp, X509_SIG *p8); +PKCS8_PRIV_KEY_INFO *d2i_PKCS8_PRIV_KEY_INFO_bio(BIO *bp, + PKCS8_PRIV_KEY_INFO **p8inf); +int i2d_PKCS8_PRIV_KEY_INFO_bio(BIO *bp, PKCS8_PRIV_KEY_INFO *p8inf); +int i2d_PKCS8PrivateKeyInfo_bio(BIO *bp, EVP_PKEY *key); +int i2d_PrivateKey_bio(BIO *bp, EVP_PKEY *pkey); +EVP_PKEY *d2i_PrivateKey_bio(BIO *bp, EVP_PKEY **a); +int i2d_PUBKEY_bio(BIO *bp, EVP_PKEY *pkey); +EVP_PKEY *d2i_PUBKEY_bio(BIO *bp, EVP_PKEY **a); + +X509 *X509_dup(X509 *x509); +X509_ATTRIBUTE *X509_ATTRIBUTE_dup(X509_ATTRIBUTE *xa); +X509_EXTENSION *X509_EXTENSION_dup(X509_EXTENSION *ex); +X509_CRL *X509_CRL_dup(X509_CRL *crl); +X509_REVOKED *X509_REVOKED_dup(X509_REVOKED *rev); +X509_REQ *X509_REQ_dup(X509_REQ *req); +X509_ALGOR *X509_ALGOR_dup(X509_ALGOR *xn); +int X509_ALGOR_set0(X509_ALGOR *alg, ASN1_OBJECT *aobj, int ptype, + void *pval); +void X509_ALGOR_get0(const ASN1_OBJECT **paobj, int *pptype, + const void **ppval, const X509_ALGOR *algor); +void X509_ALGOR_set_md(X509_ALGOR *alg, const EVP_MD *md); +int X509_ALGOR_cmp(const X509_ALGOR *a, const X509_ALGOR *b); +int X509_ALGOR_copy(X509_ALGOR *dest, const X509_ALGOR *src); + +X509_NAME *X509_NAME_dup(X509_NAME *xn); +X509_NAME_ENTRY *X509_NAME_ENTRY_dup(X509_NAME_ENTRY *ne); + +int X509_cmp_time(const ASN1_TIME *s, time_t *t); +int X509_cmp_current_time(const ASN1_TIME *s); +ASN1_TIME *X509_time_adj(ASN1_TIME *s, long adj, time_t *t); +ASN1_TIME *X509_time_adj_ex(ASN1_TIME *s, + int offset_day, long offset_sec, time_t *t); +ASN1_TIME *X509_gmtime_adj(ASN1_TIME *s, long adj); + +const char *X509_get_default_cert_area(void); +const char *X509_get_default_cert_dir(void); +const char *X509_get_default_cert_file(void); +const char *X509_get_default_cert_dir_env(void); +const char *X509_get_default_cert_file_env(void); +const char *X509_get_default_private_dir(void); + +X509_REQ *X509_to_X509_REQ(X509 *x, EVP_PKEY *pkey, const EVP_MD *md); +X509 *X509_REQ_to_X509(X509_REQ *r, int days, EVP_PKEY *pkey); + +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(X509_ALGOR) +DECLARE_ASN1_ENCODE_FUNCTIONS(X509_ALGORS, X509_ALGORS, X509_ALGORS) +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(X509_VAL) + +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(X509_PUBKEY) + +int X509_PUBKEY_set(X509_PUBKEY **x, EVP_PKEY *pkey); +EVP_PKEY *X509_PUBKEY_get0(X509_PUBKEY *key); +EVP_PKEY *X509_PUBKEY_get(X509_PUBKEY *key); +int X509_get_pubkey_parameters(EVP_PKEY *pkey, STACK_OF(X509) *chain); +long X509_get_pathlen(X509 *x); +int i2d_PUBKEY(EVP_PKEY *a, unsigned char **pp); +EVP_PKEY *d2i_PUBKEY(EVP_PKEY **a, const unsigned char **pp, long length); +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_RSA +int i2d_RSA_PUBKEY(RSA *a, unsigned char **pp); +RSA *d2i_RSA_PUBKEY(RSA **a, const unsigned char **pp, long length); +# endif +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_DSA +int i2d_DSA_PUBKEY(DSA *a, unsigned char **pp); +DSA *d2i_DSA_PUBKEY(DSA **a, const unsigned char **pp, long length); +# endif +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_EC +int i2d_EC_PUBKEY(EC_KEY *a, unsigned char **pp); +EC_KEY *d2i_EC_PUBKEY(EC_KEY **a, const unsigned char **pp, long length); +# endif + +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(X509_SIG) +void X509_SIG_get0(const X509_SIG *sig, const X509_ALGOR **palg, + const ASN1_OCTET_STRING **pdigest); +void X509_SIG_getm(X509_SIG *sig, X509_ALGOR **palg, + ASN1_OCTET_STRING **pdigest); + +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(X509_REQ_INFO) +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(X509_REQ) + +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(X509_ATTRIBUTE) +X509_ATTRIBUTE *X509_ATTRIBUTE_create(int nid, int atrtype, void *value); + +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(X509_EXTENSION) +DECLARE_ASN1_ENCODE_FUNCTIONS(X509_EXTENSIONS, X509_EXTENSIONS, X509_EXTENSIONS) + +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(X509_NAME_ENTRY) + +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(X509_NAME) + +int X509_NAME_set(X509_NAME **xn, X509_NAME *name); + +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(X509_CINF) + +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(X509) +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(X509_CERT_AUX) + +#define X509_get_ex_new_index(l, p, newf, dupf, freef) \ + CRYPTO_get_ex_new_index(CRYPTO_EX_INDEX_X509, l, p, newf, dupf, freef) +int X509_set_ex_data(X509 *r, int idx, void *arg); +void *X509_get_ex_data(X509 *r, int idx); +int i2d_X509_AUX(X509 *a, unsigned char **pp); +X509 *d2i_X509_AUX(X509 **a, const unsigned char **pp, long length); + +int i2d_re_X509_tbs(X509 *x, unsigned char **pp); + +int X509_SIG_INFO_get(const X509_SIG_INFO *siginf, int *mdnid, int *pknid, + int *secbits, uint32_t *flags); +void X509_SIG_INFO_set(X509_SIG_INFO *siginf, int mdnid, int pknid, + int secbits, uint32_t flags); + +int X509_get_signature_info(X509 *x, int *mdnid, int *pknid, int *secbits, + uint32_t *flags); + +void X509_get0_signature(const ASN1_BIT_STRING **psig, + const X509_ALGOR **palg, const X509 *x); +int X509_get_signature_nid(const X509 *x); + +int X509_trusted(const X509 *x); +int X509_alias_set1(X509 *x, const unsigned char *name, int len); +int X509_keyid_set1(X509 *x, const unsigned char *id, int len); +unsigned char *X509_alias_get0(X509 *x, int *len); +unsigned char *X509_keyid_get0(X509 *x, int *len); +int (*X509_TRUST_set_default(int (*trust) (int, X509 *, int))) (int, X509 *, + int); +int X509_TRUST_set(int *t, int trust); +int X509_add1_trust_object(X509 *x, const ASN1_OBJECT *obj); +int X509_add1_reject_object(X509 *x, const ASN1_OBJECT *obj); +void X509_trust_clear(X509 *x); +void X509_reject_clear(X509 *x); + +STACK_OF(ASN1_OBJECT) *X509_get0_trust_objects(X509 *x); +STACK_OF(ASN1_OBJECT) *X509_get0_reject_objects(X509 *x); + +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(X509_REVOKED) +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(X509_CRL_INFO) +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(X509_CRL) + +int X509_CRL_add0_revoked(X509_CRL *crl, X509_REVOKED *rev); +int X509_CRL_get0_by_serial(X509_CRL *crl, + X509_REVOKED **ret, ASN1_INTEGER *serial); +int X509_CRL_get0_by_cert(X509_CRL *crl, X509_REVOKED **ret, X509 *x); + +X509_PKEY *X509_PKEY_new(void); +void X509_PKEY_free(X509_PKEY *a); + +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(NETSCAPE_SPKI) +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(NETSCAPE_SPKAC) +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(NETSCAPE_CERT_SEQUENCE) + +X509_INFO *X509_INFO_new(void); +void X509_INFO_free(X509_INFO *a); +char *X509_NAME_oneline(const X509_NAME *a, char *buf, int size); + +int ASN1_verify(i2d_of_void *i2d, X509_ALGOR *algor1, + ASN1_BIT_STRING *signature, char *data, EVP_PKEY *pkey); + +int ASN1_digest(i2d_of_void *i2d, const EVP_MD *type, char *data, + unsigned char *md, unsigned int *len); + +int ASN1_sign(i2d_of_void *i2d, X509_ALGOR *algor1, + X509_ALGOR *algor2, ASN1_BIT_STRING *signature, + char *data, EVP_PKEY *pkey, const EVP_MD *type); + +int ASN1_item_digest(const ASN1_ITEM *it, const EVP_MD *type, void *data, + unsigned char *md, unsigned int *len); + +int ASN1_item_verify(const ASN1_ITEM *it, X509_ALGOR *algor1, + ASN1_BIT_STRING *signature, void *data, EVP_PKEY *pkey); + +int ASN1_item_sign(const ASN1_ITEM *it, X509_ALGOR *algor1, + X509_ALGOR *algor2, ASN1_BIT_STRING *signature, void *data, + EVP_PKEY *pkey, const EVP_MD *type); +int ASN1_item_sign_ctx(const ASN1_ITEM *it, X509_ALGOR *algor1, + X509_ALGOR *algor2, ASN1_BIT_STRING *signature, + void *asn, EVP_MD_CTX *ctx); + +long X509_get_version(const X509 *x); +int X509_set_version(X509 *x, long version); +int X509_set_serialNumber(X509 *x, ASN1_INTEGER *serial); +ASN1_INTEGER *X509_get_serialNumber(X509 *x); +const ASN1_INTEGER *X509_get0_serialNumber(const X509 *x); +int X509_set_issuer_name(X509 *x, X509_NAME *name); +X509_NAME *X509_get_issuer_name(const X509 *a); +int X509_set_subject_name(X509 *x, X509_NAME *name); +X509_NAME *X509_get_subject_name(const X509 *a); +const ASN1_TIME * X509_get0_notBefore(const X509 *x); +ASN1_TIME *X509_getm_notBefore(const X509 *x); +int X509_set1_notBefore(X509 *x, const ASN1_TIME *tm); +const ASN1_TIME *X509_get0_notAfter(const X509 *x); +ASN1_TIME *X509_getm_notAfter(const X509 *x); +int X509_set1_notAfter(X509 *x, const ASN1_TIME *tm); +int X509_set_pubkey(X509 *x, EVP_PKEY *pkey); +int X509_up_ref(X509 *x); +int X509_get_signature_type(const X509 *x); + +# if OPENSSL_API_COMPAT < 0x10100000L +# define X509_get_notBefore X509_getm_notBefore +# define X509_get_notAfter X509_getm_notAfter +# define X509_set_notBefore X509_set1_notBefore +# define X509_set_notAfter X509_set1_notAfter +#endif + + +/* + * This one is only used so that a binary form can output, as in + * i2d_X509_PUBKEY(X509_get_X509_PUBKEY(x), &buf) + */ +X509_PUBKEY *X509_get_X509_PUBKEY(const X509 *x); +const STACK_OF(X509_EXTENSION) *X509_get0_extensions(const X509 *x); +void X509_get0_uids(const X509 *x, const ASN1_BIT_STRING **piuid, + const ASN1_BIT_STRING **psuid); +const X509_ALGOR *X509_get0_tbs_sigalg(const X509 *x); + +EVP_PKEY *X509_get0_pubkey(const X509 *x); +EVP_PKEY *X509_get_pubkey(X509 *x); +ASN1_BIT_STRING *X509_get0_pubkey_bitstr(const X509 *x); +int X509_certificate_type(const X509 *x, const EVP_PKEY *pubkey); + +long X509_REQ_get_version(const X509_REQ *req); +int X509_REQ_set_version(X509_REQ *x, long version); +X509_NAME *X509_REQ_get_subject_name(const X509_REQ *req); +int X509_REQ_set_subject_name(X509_REQ *req, X509_NAME *name); +void X509_REQ_get0_signature(const X509_REQ *req, const ASN1_BIT_STRING **psig, + const X509_ALGOR **palg); +void X509_REQ_set0_signature(X509_REQ *req, ASN1_BIT_STRING *psig); +int X509_REQ_set1_signature_algo(X509_REQ *req, X509_ALGOR *palg); +int X509_REQ_get_signature_nid(const X509_REQ *req); +int i2d_re_X509_REQ_tbs(X509_REQ *req, unsigned char **pp); +int X509_REQ_set_pubkey(X509_REQ *x, EVP_PKEY *pkey); +EVP_PKEY *X509_REQ_get_pubkey(X509_REQ *req); +EVP_PKEY *X509_REQ_get0_pubkey(X509_REQ *req); +X509_PUBKEY *X509_REQ_get_X509_PUBKEY(X509_REQ *req); +int X509_REQ_extension_nid(int nid); +int *X509_REQ_get_extension_nids(void); +void X509_REQ_set_extension_nids(int *nids); +STACK_OF(X509_EXTENSION) *X509_REQ_get_extensions(X509_REQ *req); +int X509_REQ_add_extensions_nid(X509_REQ *req, STACK_OF(X509_EXTENSION) *exts, + int nid); +int X509_REQ_add_extensions(X509_REQ *req, STACK_OF(X509_EXTENSION) *exts); +int X509_REQ_get_attr_count(const X509_REQ *req); +int X509_REQ_get_attr_by_NID(const X509_REQ *req, int nid, int lastpos); +int X509_REQ_get_attr_by_OBJ(const X509_REQ *req, const ASN1_OBJECT *obj, + int lastpos); +X509_ATTRIBUTE *X509_REQ_get_attr(const X509_REQ *req, int loc); +X509_ATTRIBUTE *X509_REQ_delete_attr(X509_REQ *req, int loc); +int X509_REQ_add1_attr(X509_REQ *req, X509_ATTRIBUTE *attr); +int X509_REQ_add1_attr_by_OBJ(X509_REQ *req, + const ASN1_OBJECT *obj, int type, + const unsigned char *bytes, int len); +int X509_REQ_add1_attr_by_NID(X509_REQ *req, + int nid, int type, + const unsigned char *bytes, int len); +int X509_REQ_add1_attr_by_txt(X509_REQ *req, + const char *attrname, int type, + const unsigned char *bytes, int len); + +int X509_CRL_set_version(X509_CRL *x, long version); +int X509_CRL_set_issuer_name(X509_CRL *x, X509_NAME *name); +int X509_CRL_set1_lastUpdate(X509_CRL *x, const ASN1_TIME *tm); +int X509_CRL_set1_nextUpdate(X509_CRL *x, const ASN1_TIME *tm); +int X509_CRL_sort(X509_CRL *crl); +int X509_CRL_up_ref(X509_CRL *crl); + +# if OPENSSL_API_COMPAT < 0x10100000L +# define X509_CRL_set_lastUpdate X509_CRL_set1_lastUpdate +# define X509_CRL_set_nextUpdate X509_CRL_set1_nextUpdate +#endif + +long X509_CRL_get_version(const X509_CRL *crl); +const ASN1_TIME *X509_CRL_get0_lastUpdate(const X509_CRL *crl); +const ASN1_TIME *X509_CRL_get0_nextUpdate(const X509_CRL *crl); +DEPRECATEDIN_1_1_0(ASN1_TIME *X509_CRL_get_lastUpdate(X509_CRL *crl)) +DEPRECATEDIN_1_1_0(ASN1_TIME *X509_CRL_get_nextUpdate(X509_CRL *crl)) +X509_NAME *X509_CRL_get_issuer(const X509_CRL *crl); +const STACK_OF(X509_EXTENSION) *X509_CRL_get0_extensions(const X509_CRL *crl); +STACK_OF(X509_REVOKED) *X509_CRL_get_REVOKED(X509_CRL *crl); +void X509_CRL_get0_signature(const X509_CRL *crl, const ASN1_BIT_STRING **psig, + const X509_ALGOR **palg); +int X509_CRL_get_signature_nid(const X509_CRL *crl); +int i2d_re_X509_CRL_tbs(X509_CRL *req, unsigned char **pp); + +const ASN1_INTEGER *X509_REVOKED_get0_serialNumber(const X509_REVOKED *x); +int X509_REVOKED_set_serialNumber(X509_REVOKED *x, ASN1_INTEGER *serial); +const ASN1_TIME *X509_REVOKED_get0_revocationDate(const X509_REVOKED *x); +int X509_REVOKED_set_revocationDate(X509_REVOKED *r, ASN1_TIME *tm); +const STACK_OF(X509_EXTENSION) * +X509_REVOKED_get0_extensions(const X509_REVOKED *r); + +X509_CRL *X509_CRL_diff(X509_CRL *base, X509_CRL *newer, + EVP_PKEY *skey, const EVP_MD *md, unsigned int flags); + +int X509_REQ_check_private_key(X509_REQ *x509, EVP_PKEY *pkey); + +int X509_check_private_key(const X509 *x509, const EVP_PKEY *pkey); +int X509_chain_check_suiteb(int *perror_depth, + X509 *x, STACK_OF(X509) *chain, + unsigned long flags); +int X509_CRL_check_suiteb(X509_CRL *crl, EVP_PKEY *pk, unsigned long flags); +STACK_OF(X509) *X509_chain_up_ref(STACK_OF(X509) *chain); + +int X509_issuer_and_serial_cmp(const X509 *a, const X509 *b); +unsigned long X509_issuer_and_serial_hash(X509 *a); + +int X509_issuer_name_cmp(const X509 *a, const X509 *b); +unsigned long X509_issuer_name_hash(X509 *a); + +int X509_subject_name_cmp(const X509 *a, const X509 *b); +unsigned long X509_subject_name_hash(X509 *x); + +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_MD5 +unsigned long X509_issuer_name_hash_old(X509 *a); +unsigned long X509_subject_name_hash_old(X509 *x); +# endif + +int X509_cmp(const X509 *a, const X509 *b); +int X509_NAME_cmp(const X509_NAME *a, const X509_NAME *b); +unsigned long X509_NAME_hash(X509_NAME *x); +unsigned long X509_NAME_hash_old(X509_NAME *x); + +int X509_CRL_cmp(const X509_CRL *a, const X509_CRL *b); +int X509_CRL_match(const X509_CRL *a, const X509_CRL *b); +int X509_aux_print(BIO *out, X509 *x, int indent); +# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_STDIO +int X509_print_ex_fp(FILE *bp, X509 *x, unsigned long nmflag, + unsigned long cflag); +int X509_print_fp(FILE *bp, X509 *x); +int X509_CRL_print_fp(FILE *bp, X509_CRL *x); +int X509_REQ_print_fp(FILE *bp, X509_REQ *req); +int X509_NAME_print_ex_fp(FILE *fp, const X509_NAME *nm, int indent, + unsigned long flags); +# endif + +int X509_NAME_print(BIO *bp, const X509_NAME *name, int obase); +int X509_NAME_print_ex(BIO *out, const X509_NAME *nm, int indent, + unsigned long flags); +int X509_print_ex(BIO *bp, X509 *x, unsigned long nmflag, + unsigned long cflag); +int X509_print(BIO *bp, X509 *x); +int X509_ocspid_print(BIO *bp, X509 *x); +int X509_CRL_print_ex(BIO *out, X509_CRL *x, unsigned long nmflag); +int X509_CRL_print(BIO *bp, X509_CRL *x); +int X509_REQ_print_ex(BIO *bp, X509_REQ *x, unsigned long nmflag, + unsigned long cflag); +int X509_REQ_print(BIO *bp, X509_REQ *req); + +int X509_NAME_entry_count(const X509_NAME *name); +int X509_NAME_get_text_by_NID(X509_NAME *name, int nid, char *buf, int len); +int X509_NAME_get_text_by_OBJ(X509_NAME *name, const ASN1_OBJECT *obj, + char *buf, int len); + +/* + * NOTE: you should be passing -1, not 0 as lastpos. The functions that use + * lastpos, search after that position on. + */ +int X509_NAME_get_index_by_NID(X509_NAME *name, int nid, int lastpos); +int X509_NAME_get_index_by_OBJ(X509_NAME *name, const ASN1_OBJECT *obj, + int lastpos); +X509_NAME_ENTRY *X509_NAME_get_entry(const X509_NAME *name, int loc); +X509_NAME_ENTRY *X509_NAME_delete_entry(X509_NAME *name, int loc); +int X509_NAME_add_entry(X509_NAME *name, const X509_NAME_ENTRY *ne, + int loc, int set); +int X509_NAME_add_entry_by_OBJ(X509_NAME *name, const ASN1_OBJECT *obj, int type, + const unsigned char *bytes, int len, int loc, + int set); +int X509_NAME_add_entry_by_NID(X509_NAME *name, int nid, int type, + const unsigned char *bytes, int len, int loc, + int set); +X509_NAME_ENTRY *X509_NAME_ENTRY_create_by_txt(X509_NAME_ENTRY **ne, + const char *field, int type, + const unsigned char *bytes, + int len); +X509_NAME_ENTRY *X509_NAME_ENTRY_create_by_NID(X509_NAME_ENTRY **ne, int nid, + int type, + const unsigned char *bytes, + int len); +int X509_NAME_add_entry_by_txt(X509_NAME *name, const char *field, int type, + const unsigned char *bytes, int len, int loc, + int set); +X509_NAME_ENTRY *X509_NAME_ENTRY_create_by_OBJ(X509_NAME_ENTRY **ne, + const ASN1_OBJECT *obj, int type, + const unsigned char *bytes, + int len); +int X509_NAME_ENTRY_set_object(X509_NAME_ENTRY *ne, const ASN1_OBJECT *obj); +int X509_NAME_ENTRY_set_data(X509_NAME_ENTRY *ne, int type, + const unsigned char *bytes, int len); +ASN1_OBJECT *X509_NAME_ENTRY_get_object(const X509_NAME_ENTRY *ne); +ASN1_STRING * X509_NAME_ENTRY_get_data(const X509_NAME_ENTRY *ne); +int X509_NAME_ENTRY_set(const X509_NAME_ENTRY *ne); + +int X509_NAME_get0_der(X509_NAME *nm, const unsigned char **pder, + size_t *pderlen); + +int X509v3_get_ext_count(const STACK_OF(X509_EXTENSION) *x); +int X509v3_get_ext_by_NID(const STACK_OF(X509_EXTENSION) *x, + int nid, int lastpos); +int X509v3_get_ext_by_OBJ(const STACK_OF(X509_EXTENSION) *x, + const ASN1_OBJECT *obj, int lastpos); +int X509v3_get_ext_by_critical(const STACK_OF(X509_EXTENSION) *x, + int crit, int lastpos); +X509_EXTENSION *X509v3_get_ext(const STACK_OF(X509_EXTENSION) *x, int loc); +X509_EXTENSION *X509v3_delete_ext(STACK_OF(X509_EXTENSION) *x, int loc); +STACK_OF(X509_EXTENSION) *X509v3_add_ext(STACK_OF(X509_EXTENSION) **x, + X509_EXTENSION *ex, int loc); + +int X509_get_ext_count(const X509 *x); +int X509_get_ext_by_NID(const X509 *x, int nid, int lastpos); +int X509_get_ext_by_OBJ(const X509 *x, const ASN1_OBJECT *obj, int lastpos); +int X509_get_ext_by_critical(const X509 *x, int crit, int lastpos); +X509_EXTENSION *X509_get_ext(const X509 *x, int loc); +X509_EXTENSION *X509_delete_ext(X509 *x, int loc); +int X509_add_ext(X509 *x, X509_EXTENSION *ex, int loc); +void *X509_get_ext_d2i(const X509 *x, int nid, int *crit, int *idx); +int X509_add1_ext_i2d(X509 *x, int nid, void *value, int crit, + unsigned long flags); + +int X509_CRL_get_ext_count(const X509_CRL *x); +int X509_CRL_get_ext_by_NID(const X509_CRL *x, int nid, int lastpos); +int X509_CRL_get_ext_by_OBJ(const X509_CRL *x, const ASN1_OBJECT *obj, + int lastpos); +int X509_CRL_get_ext_by_critical(const X509_CRL *x, int crit, int lastpos); +X509_EXTENSION *X509_CRL_get_ext(const X509_CRL *x, int loc); +X509_EXTENSION *X509_CRL_delete_ext(X509_CRL *x, int loc); +int X509_CRL_add_ext(X509_CRL *x, X509_EXTENSION *ex, int loc); +void *X509_CRL_get_ext_d2i(const X509_CRL *x, int nid, int *crit, int *idx); +int X509_CRL_add1_ext_i2d(X509_CRL *x, int nid, void *value, int crit, + unsigned long flags); + +int X509_REVOKED_get_ext_count(const X509_REVOKED *x); +int X509_REVOKED_get_ext_by_NID(const X509_REVOKED *x, int nid, int lastpos); +int X509_REVOKED_get_ext_by_OBJ(const X509_REVOKED *x, const ASN1_OBJECT *obj, + int lastpos); +int X509_REVOKED_get_ext_by_critical(const X509_REVOKED *x, int crit, + int lastpos); +X509_EXTENSION *X509_REVOKED_get_ext(const X509_REVOKED *x, int loc); +X509_EXTENSION *X509_REVOKED_delete_ext(X509_REVOKED *x, int loc); +int X509_REVOKED_add_ext(X509_REVOKED *x, X509_EXTENSION *ex, int loc); +void *X509_REVOKED_get_ext_d2i(const X509_REVOKED *x, int nid, int *crit, + int *idx); +int X509_REVOKED_add1_ext_i2d(X509_REVOKED *x, int nid, void *value, int crit, + unsigned long flags); + +X509_EXTENSION *X509_EXTENSION_create_by_NID(X509_EXTENSION **ex, + int nid, int crit, + ASN1_OCTET_STRING *data); +X509_EXTENSION *X509_EXTENSION_create_by_OBJ(X509_EXTENSION **ex, + const ASN1_OBJECT *obj, int crit, + ASN1_OCTET_STRING *data); +int X509_EXTENSION_set_object(X509_EXTENSION *ex, const ASN1_OBJECT *obj); +int X509_EXTENSION_set_critical(X509_EXTENSION *ex, int crit); +int X509_EXTENSION_set_data(X509_EXTENSION *ex, ASN1_OCTET_STRING *data); +ASN1_OBJECT *X509_EXTENSION_get_object(X509_EXTENSION *ex); +ASN1_OCTET_STRING *X509_EXTENSION_get_data(X509_EXTENSION *ne); +int X509_EXTENSION_get_critical(const X509_EXTENSION *ex); + +int X509at_get_attr_count(const STACK_OF(X509_ATTRIBUTE) *x); +int X509at_get_attr_by_NID(const STACK_OF(X509_ATTRIBUTE) *x, int nid, + int lastpos); +int X509at_get_attr_by_OBJ(const STACK_OF(X509_ATTRIBUTE) *sk, + const ASN1_OBJECT *obj, int lastpos); +X509_ATTRIBUTE *X509at_get_attr(const STACK_OF(X509_ATTRIBUTE) *x, int loc); +X509_ATTRIBUTE *X509at_delete_attr(STACK_OF(X509_ATTRIBUTE) *x, int loc); +STACK_OF(X509_ATTRIBUTE) *X509at_add1_attr(STACK_OF(X509_ATTRIBUTE) **x, + X509_ATTRIBUTE *attr); +STACK_OF(X509_ATTRIBUTE) *X509at_add1_attr_by_OBJ(STACK_OF(X509_ATTRIBUTE) + **x, const ASN1_OBJECT *obj, + int type, + const unsigned char *bytes, + int len); +STACK_OF(X509_ATTRIBUTE) *X509at_add1_attr_by_NID(STACK_OF(X509_ATTRIBUTE) + **x, int nid, int type, + const unsigned char *bytes, + int len); +STACK_OF(X509_ATTRIBUTE) *X509at_add1_attr_by_txt(STACK_OF(X509_ATTRIBUTE) + **x, const char *attrname, + int type, + const unsigned char *bytes, + int len); +void *X509at_get0_data_by_OBJ(const STACK_OF(X509_ATTRIBUTE) *x, + const ASN1_OBJECT *obj, int lastpos, int type); +X509_ATTRIBUTE *X509_ATTRIBUTE_create_by_NID(X509_ATTRIBUTE **attr, int nid, + int atrtype, const void *data, + int len); +X509_ATTRIBUTE *X509_ATTRIBUTE_create_by_OBJ(X509_ATTRIBUTE **attr, + const ASN1_OBJECT *obj, + int atrtype, const void *data, + int len); +X509_ATTRIBUTE *X509_ATTRIBUTE_create_by_txt(X509_ATTRIBUTE **attr, + const char *atrname, int type, + const unsigned char *bytes, + int len); +int X509_ATTRIBUTE_set1_object(X509_ATTRIBUTE *attr, const ASN1_OBJECT *obj); +int X509_ATTRIBUTE_set1_data(X509_ATTRIBUTE *attr, int attrtype, + const void *data, int len); +void *X509_ATTRIBUTE_get0_data(X509_ATTRIBUTE *attr, int idx, int atrtype, + void *data); +int X509_ATTRIBUTE_count(const X509_ATTRIBUTE *attr); +ASN1_OBJECT *X509_ATTRIBUTE_get0_object(X509_ATTRIBUTE *attr); +ASN1_TYPE *X509_ATTRIBUTE_get0_type(X509_ATTRIBUTE *attr, int idx); + +int EVP_PKEY_get_attr_count(const EVP_PKEY *key); +int EVP_PKEY_get_attr_by_NID(const EVP_PKEY *key, int nid, int lastpos); +int EVP_PKEY_get_attr_by_OBJ(const EVP_PKEY *key, const ASN1_OBJECT *obj, + int lastpos); +X509_ATTRIBUTE *EVP_PKEY_get_attr(const EVP_PKEY *key, int loc); +X509_ATTRIBUTE *EVP_PKEY_delete_attr(EVP_PKEY *key, int loc); +int EVP_PKEY_add1_attr(EVP_PKEY *key, X509_ATTRIBUTE *attr); +int EVP_PKEY_add1_attr_by_OBJ(EVP_PKEY *key, + const ASN1_OBJECT *obj, int type, + const unsigned char *bytes, int len); +int EVP_PKEY_add1_attr_by_NID(EVP_PKEY *key, + int nid, int type, + const unsigned char *bytes, int len); +int EVP_PKEY_add1_attr_by_txt(EVP_PKEY *key, + const char *attrname, int type, + const unsigned char *bytes, int len); + +int X509_verify_cert(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx); + +/* lookup a cert from a X509 STACK */ +X509 *X509_find_by_issuer_and_serial(STACK_OF(X509) *sk, X509_NAME *name, + ASN1_INTEGER *serial); +X509 *X509_find_by_subject(STACK_OF(X509) *sk, X509_NAME *name); + +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(PBEPARAM) +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(PBE2PARAM) +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(PBKDF2PARAM) +#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_SCRYPT +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(SCRYPT_PARAMS) +#endif + +int PKCS5_pbe_set0_algor(X509_ALGOR *algor, int alg, int iter, + const unsigned char *salt, int saltlen); + +X509_ALGOR *PKCS5_pbe_set(int alg, int iter, + const unsigned char *salt, int saltlen); +X509_ALGOR *PKCS5_pbe2_set(const EVP_CIPHER *cipher, int iter, + unsigned char *salt, int saltlen); +X509_ALGOR *PKCS5_pbe2_set_iv(const EVP_CIPHER *cipher, int iter, + unsigned char *salt, int saltlen, + unsigned char *aiv, int prf_nid); + +#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_SCRYPT +X509_ALGOR *PKCS5_pbe2_set_scrypt(const EVP_CIPHER *cipher, + const unsigned char *salt, int saltlen, + unsigned char *aiv, uint64_t N, uint64_t r, + uint64_t p); +#endif + +X509_ALGOR *PKCS5_pbkdf2_set(int iter, unsigned char *salt, int saltlen, + int prf_nid, int keylen); + +/* PKCS#8 utilities */ + +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(PKCS8_PRIV_KEY_INFO) + +EVP_PKEY *EVP_PKCS82PKEY(const PKCS8_PRIV_KEY_INFO *p8); +PKCS8_PRIV_KEY_INFO *EVP_PKEY2PKCS8(EVP_PKEY *pkey); + +int PKCS8_pkey_set0(PKCS8_PRIV_KEY_INFO *priv, ASN1_OBJECT *aobj, + int version, int ptype, void *pval, + unsigned char *penc, int penclen); +int PKCS8_pkey_get0(const ASN1_OBJECT **ppkalg, + const unsigned char **pk, int *ppklen, + const X509_ALGOR **pa, const PKCS8_PRIV_KEY_INFO *p8); + +const STACK_OF(X509_ATTRIBUTE) * +PKCS8_pkey_get0_attrs(const PKCS8_PRIV_KEY_INFO *p8); +int PKCS8_pkey_add1_attr_by_NID(PKCS8_PRIV_KEY_INFO *p8, int nid, int type, + const unsigned char *bytes, int len); + +int X509_PUBKEY_set0_param(X509_PUBKEY *pub, ASN1_OBJECT *aobj, + int ptype, void *pval, + unsigned char *penc, int penclen); +int X509_PUBKEY_get0_param(ASN1_OBJECT **ppkalg, + const unsigned char **pk, int *ppklen, + X509_ALGOR **pa, X509_PUBKEY *pub); + +int X509_check_trust(X509 *x, int id, int flags); +int X509_TRUST_get_count(void); +X509_TRUST *X509_TRUST_get0(int idx); +int X509_TRUST_get_by_id(int id); +int X509_TRUST_add(int id, int flags, int (*ck) (X509_TRUST *, X509 *, int), + const char *name, int arg1, void *arg2); +void X509_TRUST_cleanup(void); +int X509_TRUST_get_flags(const X509_TRUST *xp); +char *X509_TRUST_get0_name(const X509_TRUST *xp); +int X509_TRUST_get_trust(const X509_TRUST *xp); + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/x509_vfy.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/x509_vfy.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..25c79f1b --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/x509_vfy.h @@ -0,0 +1,632 @@ +/* + * Copyright 1995-2020 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_X509_VFY_H +# define HEADER_X509_VFY_H + +/* + * Protect against recursion, x509.h and x509_vfy.h each include the other. + */ +# ifndef HEADER_X509_H +# include <openssl/x509.h> +# endif + +# include <openssl/opensslconf.h> +# include <openssl/lhash.h> +# include <openssl/bio.h> +# include <openssl/crypto.h> +# include <openssl/symhacks.h> + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/*- +SSL_CTX -> X509_STORE + -> X509_LOOKUP + ->X509_LOOKUP_METHOD + -> X509_LOOKUP + ->X509_LOOKUP_METHOD + +SSL -> X509_STORE_CTX + ->X509_STORE + +The X509_STORE holds the tables etc for verification stuff. +A X509_STORE_CTX is used while validating a single certificate. +The X509_STORE has X509_LOOKUPs for looking up certs. +The X509_STORE then calls a function to actually verify the +certificate chain. +*/ + +typedef enum { + X509_LU_NONE = 0, + X509_LU_X509, X509_LU_CRL +} X509_LOOKUP_TYPE; + +#if OPENSSL_API_COMPAT < 0x10100000L +#define X509_LU_RETRY -1 +#define X509_LU_FAIL 0 +#endif + +DEFINE_STACK_OF(X509_LOOKUP) +DEFINE_STACK_OF(X509_OBJECT) +DEFINE_STACK_OF(X509_VERIFY_PARAM) + +int X509_STORE_set_depth(X509_STORE *store, int depth); + +typedef int (*X509_STORE_CTX_verify_cb)(int, X509_STORE_CTX *); +typedef int (*X509_STORE_CTX_verify_fn)(X509_STORE_CTX *); +typedef int (*X509_STORE_CTX_get_issuer_fn)(X509 **issuer, + X509_STORE_CTX *ctx, X509 *x); +typedef int (*X509_STORE_CTX_check_issued_fn)(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx, + X509 *x, X509 *issuer); +typedef int (*X509_STORE_CTX_check_revocation_fn)(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx); +typedef int (*X509_STORE_CTX_get_crl_fn)(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx, + X509_CRL **crl, X509 *x); +typedef int (*X509_STORE_CTX_check_crl_fn)(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx, X509_CRL *crl); +typedef int (*X509_STORE_CTX_cert_crl_fn)(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx, + X509_CRL *crl, X509 *x); +typedef int (*X509_STORE_CTX_check_policy_fn)(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx); +typedef STACK_OF(X509) *(*X509_STORE_CTX_lookup_certs_fn)(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx, + X509_NAME *nm); +typedef STACK_OF(X509_CRL) *(*X509_STORE_CTX_lookup_crls_fn)(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx, + X509_NAME *nm); +typedef int (*X509_STORE_CTX_cleanup_fn)(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx); + + +void X509_STORE_CTX_set_depth(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx, int depth); + +# define X509_STORE_CTX_set_app_data(ctx,data) \ + X509_STORE_CTX_set_ex_data(ctx,0,data) +# define X509_STORE_CTX_get_app_data(ctx) \ + X509_STORE_CTX_get_ex_data(ctx,0) + +# define X509_L_FILE_LOAD 1 +# define X509_L_ADD_DIR 2 + +# define X509_LOOKUP_load_file(x,name,type) \ + X509_LOOKUP_ctrl((x),X509_L_FILE_LOAD,(name),(long)(type),NULL) + +# define X509_LOOKUP_add_dir(x,name,type) \ + X509_LOOKUP_ctrl((x),X509_L_ADD_DIR,(name),(long)(type),NULL) + +# define X509_V_OK 0 +# define X509_V_ERR_UNSPECIFIED 1 +# define X509_V_ERR_UNABLE_TO_GET_ISSUER_CERT 2 +# define X509_V_ERR_UNABLE_TO_GET_CRL 3 +# define X509_V_ERR_UNABLE_TO_DECRYPT_CERT_SIGNATURE 4 +# define X509_V_ERR_UNABLE_TO_DECRYPT_CRL_SIGNATURE 5 +# define X509_V_ERR_UNABLE_TO_DECODE_ISSUER_PUBLIC_KEY 6 +# define X509_V_ERR_CERT_SIGNATURE_FAILURE 7 +# define X509_V_ERR_CRL_SIGNATURE_FAILURE 8 +# define X509_V_ERR_CERT_NOT_YET_VALID 9 +# define X509_V_ERR_CERT_HAS_EXPIRED 10 +# define X509_V_ERR_CRL_NOT_YET_VALID 11 +# define X509_V_ERR_CRL_HAS_EXPIRED 12 +# define X509_V_ERR_ERROR_IN_CERT_NOT_BEFORE_FIELD 13 +# define X509_V_ERR_ERROR_IN_CERT_NOT_AFTER_FIELD 14 +# define X509_V_ERR_ERROR_IN_CRL_LAST_UPDATE_FIELD 15 +# define X509_V_ERR_ERROR_IN_CRL_NEXT_UPDATE_FIELD 16 +# define X509_V_ERR_OUT_OF_MEM 17 +# define X509_V_ERR_DEPTH_ZERO_SELF_SIGNED_CERT 18 +# define X509_V_ERR_SELF_SIGNED_CERT_IN_CHAIN 19 +# define X509_V_ERR_UNABLE_TO_GET_ISSUER_CERT_LOCALLY 20 +# define X509_V_ERR_UNABLE_TO_VERIFY_LEAF_SIGNATURE 21 +# define X509_V_ERR_CERT_CHAIN_TOO_LONG 22 +# define X509_V_ERR_CERT_REVOKED 23 +# define X509_V_ERR_INVALID_CA 24 +# define X509_V_ERR_PATH_LENGTH_EXCEEDED 25 +# define X509_V_ERR_INVALID_PURPOSE 26 +# define X509_V_ERR_CERT_UNTRUSTED 27 +# define X509_V_ERR_CERT_REJECTED 28 +/* These are 'informational' when looking for issuer cert */ +# define X509_V_ERR_SUBJECT_ISSUER_MISMATCH 29 +# define X509_V_ERR_AKID_SKID_MISMATCH 30 +# define X509_V_ERR_AKID_ISSUER_SERIAL_MISMATCH 31 +# define X509_V_ERR_KEYUSAGE_NO_CERTSIGN 32 +# define X509_V_ERR_UNABLE_TO_GET_CRL_ISSUER 33 +# define X509_V_ERR_UNHANDLED_CRITICAL_EXTENSION 34 +# define X509_V_ERR_KEYUSAGE_NO_CRL_SIGN 35 +# define X509_V_ERR_UNHANDLED_CRITICAL_CRL_EXTENSION 36 +# define X509_V_ERR_INVALID_NON_CA 37 +# define X509_V_ERR_PROXY_PATH_LENGTH_EXCEEDED 38 +# define X509_V_ERR_KEYUSAGE_NO_DIGITAL_SIGNATURE 39 +# define X509_V_ERR_PROXY_CERTIFICATES_NOT_ALLOWED 40 +# define X509_V_ERR_INVALID_EXTENSION 41 +# define X509_V_ERR_INVALID_POLICY_EXTENSION 42 +# define X509_V_ERR_NO_EXPLICIT_POLICY 43 +# define X509_V_ERR_DIFFERENT_CRL_SCOPE 44 +# define X509_V_ERR_UNSUPPORTED_EXTENSION_FEATURE 45 +# define X509_V_ERR_UNNESTED_RESOURCE 46 +# define X509_V_ERR_PERMITTED_VIOLATION 47 +# define X509_V_ERR_EXCLUDED_VIOLATION 48 +# define X509_V_ERR_SUBTREE_MINMAX 49 +/* The application is not happy */ +# define X509_V_ERR_APPLICATION_VERIFICATION 50 +# define X509_V_ERR_UNSUPPORTED_CONSTRAINT_TYPE 51 +# define X509_V_ERR_UNSUPPORTED_CONSTRAINT_SYNTAX 52 +# define X509_V_ERR_UNSUPPORTED_NAME_SYNTAX 53 +# define X509_V_ERR_CRL_PATH_VALIDATION_ERROR 54 +/* Another issuer check debug option */ +# define X509_V_ERR_PATH_LOOP 55 +/* Suite B mode algorithm violation */ +# define X509_V_ERR_SUITE_B_INVALID_VERSION 56 +# define X509_V_ERR_SUITE_B_INVALID_ALGORITHM 57 +# define X509_V_ERR_SUITE_B_INVALID_CURVE 58 +# define X509_V_ERR_SUITE_B_INVALID_SIGNATURE_ALGORITHM 59 +# define X509_V_ERR_SUITE_B_LOS_NOT_ALLOWED 60 +# define X509_V_ERR_SUITE_B_CANNOT_SIGN_P_384_WITH_P_256 61 +/* Host, email and IP check errors */ +# define X509_V_ERR_HOSTNAME_MISMATCH 62 +# define X509_V_ERR_EMAIL_MISMATCH 63 +# define X509_V_ERR_IP_ADDRESS_MISMATCH 64 +/* DANE TLSA errors */ +# define X509_V_ERR_DANE_NO_MATCH 65 +/* security level errors */ +# define X509_V_ERR_EE_KEY_TOO_SMALL 66 +# define X509_V_ERR_CA_KEY_TOO_SMALL 67 +# define X509_V_ERR_CA_MD_TOO_WEAK 68 +/* Caller error */ +# define X509_V_ERR_INVALID_CALL 69 +/* Issuer lookup error */ +# define X509_V_ERR_STORE_LOOKUP 70 +/* Certificate transparency */ +# define X509_V_ERR_NO_VALID_SCTS 71 + +# define X509_V_ERR_PROXY_SUBJECT_NAME_VIOLATION 72 +/* OCSP status errors */ +# define X509_V_ERR_OCSP_VERIFY_NEEDED 73 /* Need OCSP verification */ +# define X509_V_ERR_OCSP_VERIFY_FAILED 74 /* Couldn't verify cert through OCSP */ +# define X509_V_ERR_OCSP_CERT_UNKNOWN 75 /* Certificate wasn't recognized by the OCSP responder */ +# define X509_V_ERR_SIGNATURE_ALGORITHM_MISMATCH 76 +# define X509_V_ERR_NO_ISSUER_PUBLIC_KEY 77 +# define X509_V_ERR_UNSUPPORTED_SIGNATURE_ALGORITHM 78 +# define X509_V_ERR_EC_KEY_EXPLICIT_PARAMS 79 + +/* Certificate verify flags */ + +# if OPENSSL_API_COMPAT < 0x10100000L +# define X509_V_FLAG_CB_ISSUER_CHECK 0x0 /* Deprecated */ +# endif +/* Use check time instead of current time */ +# define X509_V_FLAG_USE_CHECK_TIME 0x2 +/* Lookup CRLs */ +# define X509_V_FLAG_CRL_CHECK 0x4 +/* Lookup CRLs for whole chain */ +# define X509_V_FLAG_CRL_CHECK_ALL 0x8 +/* Ignore unhandled critical extensions */ +# define X509_V_FLAG_IGNORE_CRITICAL 0x10 +/* Disable workarounds for broken certificates */ +# define X509_V_FLAG_X509_STRICT 0x20 +/* Enable proxy certificate validation */ +# define X509_V_FLAG_ALLOW_PROXY_CERTS 0x40 +/* Enable policy checking */ +# define X509_V_FLAG_POLICY_CHECK 0x80 +/* Policy variable require-explicit-policy */ +# define X509_V_FLAG_EXPLICIT_POLICY 0x100 +/* Policy variable inhibit-any-policy */ +# define X509_V_FLAG_INHIBIT_ANY 0x200 +/* Policy variable inhibit-policy-mapping */ +# define X509_V_FLAG_INHIBIT_MAP 0x400 +/* Notify callback that policy is OK */ +# define X509_V_FLAG_NOTIFY_POLICY 0x800 +/* Extended CRL features such as indirect CRLs, alternate CRL signing keys */ +# define X509_V_FLAG_EXTENDED_CRL_SUPPORT 0x1000 +/* Delta CRL support */ +# define X509_V_FLAG_USE_DELTAS 0x2000 +/* Check self-signed CA signature */ +# define X509_V_FLAG_CHECK_SS_SIGNATURE 0x4000 +/* Use trusted store first */ +# define X509_V_FLAG_TRUSTED_FIRST 0x8000 +/* Suite B 128 bit only mode: not normally used */ +# define X509_V_FLAG_SUITEB_128_LOS_ONLY 0x10000 +/* Suite B 192 bit only mode */ +# define X509_V_FLAG_SUITEB_192_LOS 0x20000 +/* Suite B 128 bit mode allowing 192 bit algorithms */ +# define X509_V_FLAG_SUITEB_128_LOS 0x30000 +/* Allow partial chains if at least one certificate is in trusted store */ +# define X509_V_FLAG_PARTIAL_CHAIN 0x80000 +/* + * If the initial chain is not trusted, do not attempt to build an alternative + * chain. Alternate chain checking was introduced in 1.1.0. Setting this flag + * will force the behaviour to match that of previous versions. + */ +# define X509_V_FLAG_NO_ALT_CHAINS 0x100000 +/* Do not check certificate/CRL validity against current time */ +# define X509_V_FLAG_NO_CHECK_TIME 0x200000 + +# define X509_VP_FLAG_DEFAULT 0x1 +# define X509_VP_FLAG_OVERWRITE 0x2 +# define X509_VP_FLAG_RESET_FLAGS 0x4 +# define X509_VP_FLAG_LOCKED 0x8 +# define X509_VP_FLAG_ONCE 0x10 + +/* Internal use: mask of policy related options */ +# define X509_V_FLAG_POLICY_MASK (X509_V_FLAG_POLICY_CHECK \ + | X509_V_FLAG_EXPLICIT_POLICY \ + | X509_V_FLAG_INHIBIT_ANY \ + | X509_V_FLAG_INHIBIT_MAP) + +int X509_OBJECT_idx_by_subject(STACK_OF(X509_OBJECT) *h, X509_LOOKUP_TYPE type, + X509_NAME *name); +X509_OBJECT *X509_OBJECT_retrieve_by_subject(STACK_OF(X509_OBJECT) *h, + X509_LOOKUP_TYPE type, + X509_NAME *name); +X509_OBJECT *X509_OBJECT_retrieve_match(STACK_OF(X509_OBJECT) *h, + X509_OBJECT *x); +int X509_OBJECT_up_ref_count(X509_OBJECT *a); +X509_OBJECT *X509_OBJECT_new(void); +void X509_OBJECT_free(X509_OBJECT *a); +X509_LOOKUP_TYPE X509_OBJECT_get_type(const X509_OBJECT *a); +X509 *X509_OBJECT_get0_X509(const X509_OBJECT *a); +int X509_OBJECT_set1_X509(X509_OBJECT *a, X509 *obj); +X509_CRL *X509_OBJECT_get0_X509_CRL(X509_OBJECT *a); +int X509_OBJECT_set1_X509_CRL(X509_OBJECT *a, X509_CRL *obj); +X509_STORE *X509_STORE_new(void); +void X509_STORE_free(X509_STORE *v); +int X509_STORE_lock(X509_STORE *ctx); +int X509_STORE_unlock(X509_STORE *ctx); +int X509_STORE_up_ref(X509_STORE *v); +STACK_OF(X509_OBJECT) *X509_STORE_get0_objects(X509_STORE *v); + +STACK_OF(X509) *X509_STORE_CTX_get1_certs(X509_STORE_CTX *st, X509_NAME *nm); +STACK_OF(X509_CRL) *X509_STORE_CTX_get1_crls(X509_STORE_CTX *st, X509_NAME *nm); +int X509_STORE_set_flags(X509_STORE *ctx, unsigned long flags); +int X509_STORE_set_purpose(X509_STORE *ctx, int purpose); +int X509_STORE_set_trust(X509_STORE *ctx, int trust); +int X509_STORE_set1_param(X509_STORE *ctx, X509_VERIFY_PARAM *pm); +X509_VERIFY_PARAM *X509_STORE_get0_param(X509_STORE *ctx); + +void X509_STORE_set_verify(X509_STORE *ctx, X509_STORE_CTX_verify_fn verify); +#define X509_STORE_set_verify_func(ctx, func) \ + X509_STORE_set_verify((ctx),(func)) +void X509_STORE_CTX_set_verify(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx, + X509_STORE_CTX_verify_fn verify); +X509_STORE_CTX_verify_fn X509_STORE_get_verify(X509_STORE *ctx); +void X509_STORE_set_verify_cb(X509_STORE *ctx, + X509_STORE_CTX_verify_cb verify_cb); +# define X509_STORE_set_verify_cb_func(ctx,func) \ + X509_STORE_set_verify_cb((ctx),(func)) +X509_STORE_CTX_verify_cb X509_STORE_get_verify_cb(X509_STORE *ctx); +void X509_STORE_set_get_issuer(X509_STORE *ctx, + X509_STORE_CTX_get_issuer_fn get_issuer); +X509_STORE_CTX_get_issuer_fn X509_STORE_get_get_issuer(X509_STORE *ctx); +void X509_STORE_set_check_issued(X509_STORE *ctx, + X509_STORE_CTX_check_issued_fn check_issued); +X509_STORE_CTX_check_issued_fn X509_STORE_get_check_issued(X509_STORE *ctx); +void X509_STORE_set_check_revocation(X509_STORE *ctx, + X509_STORE_CTX_check_revocation_fn check_revocation); +X509_STORE_CTX_check_revocation_fn X509_STORE_get_check_revocation(X509_STORE *ctx); +void X509_STORE_set_get_crl(X509_STORE *ctx, + X509_STORE_CTX_get_crl_fn get_crl); +X509_STORE_CTX_get_crl_fn X509_STORE_get_get_crl(X509_STORE *ctx); +void X509_STORE_set_check_crl(X509_STORE *ctx, + X509_STORE_CTX_check_crl_fn check_crl); +X509_STORE_CTX_check_crl_fn X509_STORE_get_check_crl(X509_STORE *ctx); +void X509_STORE_set_cert_crl(X509_STORE *ctx, + X509_STORE_CTX_cert_crl_fn cert_crl); +X509_STORE_CTX_cert_crl_fn X509_STORE_get_cert_crl(X509_STORE *ctx); +void X509_STORE_set_check_policy(X509_STORE *ctx, + X509_STORE_CTX_check_policy_fn check_policy); +X509_STORE_CTX_check_policy_fn X509_STORE_get_check_policy(X509_STORE *ctx); +void X509_STORE_set_lookup_certs(X509_STORE *ctx, + X509_STORE_CTX_lookup_certs_fn lookup_certs); +X509_STORE_CTX_lookup_certs_fn X509_STORE_get_lookup_certs(X509_STORE *ctx); +void X509_STORE_set_lookup_crls(X509_STORE *ctx, + X509_STORE_CTX_lookup_crls_fn lookup_crls); +#define X509_STORE_set_lookup_crls_cb(ctx, func) \ + X509_STORE_set_lookup_crls((ctx), (func)) +X509_STORE_CTX_lookup_crls_fn X509_STORE_get_lookup_crls(X509_STORE *ctx); +void X509_STORE_set_cleanup(X509_STORE *ctx, + X509_STORE_CTX_cleanup_fn cleanup); +X509_STORE_CTX_cleanup_fn X509_STORE_get_cleanup(X509_STORE *ctx); + +#define X509_STORE_get_ex_new_index(l, p, newf, dupf, freef) \ + CRYPTO_get_ex_new_index(CRYPTO_EX_INDEX_X509_STORE, l, p, newf, dupf, freef) +int X509_STORE_set_ex_data(X509_STORE *ctx, int idx, void *data); +void *X509_STORE_get_ex_data(X509_STORE *ctx, int idx); + +X509_STORE_CTX *X509_STORE_CTX_new(void); + +int X509_STORE_CTX_get1_issuer(X509 **issuer, X509_STORE_CTX *ctx, X509 *x); + +void X509_STORE_CTX_free(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx); +int X509_STORE_CTX_init(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx, X509_STORE *store, + X509 *x509, STACK_OF(X509) *chain); +void X509_STORE_CTX_set0_trusted_stack(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx, STACK_OF(X509) *sk); +void X509_STORE_CTX_cleanup(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx); + +X509_STORE *X509_STORE_CTX_get0_store(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx); +X509 *X509_STORE_CTX_get0_cert(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx); +STACK_OF(X509)* X509_STORE_CTX_get0_untrusted(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx); +void X509_STORE_CTX_set0_untrusted(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx, STACK_OF(X509) *sk); +void X509_STORE_CTX_set_verify_cb(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx, + X509_STORE_CTX_verify_cb verify); +X509_STORE_CTX_verify_cb X509_STORE_CTX_get_verify_cb(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx); +X509_STORE_CTX_verify_fn X509_STORE_CTX_get_verify(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx); +X509_STORE_CTX_get_issuer_fn X509_STORE_CTX_get_get_issuer(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx); +X509_STORE_CTX_check_issued_fn X509_STORE_CTX_get_check_issued(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx); +X509_STORE_CTX_check_revocation_fn X509_STORE_CTX_get_check_revocation(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx); +X509_STORE_CTX_get_crl_fn X509_STORE_CTX_get_get_crl(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx); +X509_STORE_CTX_check_crl_fn X509_STORE_CTX_get_check_crl(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx); +X509_STORE_CTX_cert_crl_fn X509_STORE_CTX_get_cert_crl(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx); +X509_STORE_CTX_check_policy_fn X509_STORE_CTX_get_check_policy(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx); +X509_STORE_CTX_lookup_certs_fn X509_STORE_CTX_get_lookup_certs(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx); +X509_STORE_CTX_lookup_crls_fn X509_STORE_CTX_get_lookup_crls(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx); +X509_STORE_CTX_cleanup_fn X509_STORE_CTX_get_cleanup(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx); + +#if OPENSSL_API_COMPAT < 0x10100000L +# define X509_STORE_CTX_get_chain X509_STORE_CTX_get0_chain +# define X509_STORE_CTX_set_chain X509_STORE_CTX_set0_untrusted +# define X509_STORE_CTX_trusted_stack X509_STORE_CTX_set0_trusted_stack +# define X509_STORE_get_by_subject X509_STORE_CTX_get_by_subject +# define X509_STORE_get1_certs X509_STORE_CTX_get1_certs +# define X509_STORE_get1_crls X509_STORE_CTX_get1_crls +/* the following macro is misspelled; use X509_STORE_get1_certs instead */ +# define X509_STORE_get1_cert X509_STORE_CTX_get1_certs +/* the following macro is misspelled; use X509_STORE_get1_crls instead */ +# define X509_STORE_get1_crl X509_STORE_CTX_get1_crls +#endif + +X509_LOOKUP *X509_STORE_add_lookup(X509_STORE *v, X509_LOOKUP_METHOD *m); +X509_LOOKUP_METHOD *X509_LOOKUP_hash_dir(void); +X509_LOOKUP_METHOD *X509_LOOKUP_file(void); + +typedef int (*X509_LOOKUP_ctrl_fn)(X509_LOOKUP *ctx, int cmd, const char *argc, + long argl, char **ret); +typedef int (*X509_LOOKUP_get_by_subject_fn)(X509_LOOKUP *ctx, + X509_LOOKUP_TYPE type, + X509_NAME *name, + X509_OBJECT *ret); +typedef int (*X509_LOOKUP_get_by_issuer_serial_fn)(X509_LOOKUP *ctx, + X509_LOOKUP_TYPE type, + X509_NAME *name, + ASN1_INTEGER *serial, + X509_OBJECT *ret); +typedef int (*X509_LOOKUP_get_by_fingerprint_fn)(X509_LOOKUP *ctx, + X509_LOOKUP_TYPE type, + const unsigned char* bytes, + int len, + X509_OBJECT *ret); +typedef int (*X509_LOOKUP_get_by_alias_fn)(X509_LOOKUP *ctx, + X509_LOOKUP_TYPE type, + const char *str, + int len, + X509_OBJECT *ret); + +X509_LOOKUP_METHOD *X509_LOOKUP_meth_new(const char *name); +void X509_LOOKUP_meth_free(X509_LOOKUP_METHOD *method); + +int X509_LOOKUP_meth_set_new_item(X509_LOOKUP_METHOD *method, + int (*new_item) (X509_LOOKUP *ctx)); +int (*X509_LOOKUP_meth_get_new_item(const X509_LOOKUP_METHOD* method)) + (X509_LOOKUP *ctx); + +int X509_LOOKUP_meth_set_free(X509_LOOKUP_METHOD *method, + void (*free_fn) (X509_LOOKUP *ctx)); +void (*X509_LOOKUP_meth_get_free(const X509_LOOKUP_METHOD* method)) + (X509_LOOKUP *ctx); + +int X509_LOOKUP_meth_set_init(X509_LOOKUP_METHOD *method, + int (*init) (X509_LOOKUP *ctx)); +int (*X509_LOOKUP_meth_get_init(const X509_LOOKUP_METHOD* method)) + (X509_LOOKUP *ctx); + +int X509_LOOKUP_meth_set_shutdown(X509_LOOKUP_METHOD *method, + int (*shutdown) (X509_LOOKUP *ctx)); +int (*X509_LOOKUP_meth_get_shutdown(const X509_LOOKUP_METHOD* method)) + (X509_LOOKUP *ctx); + +int X509_LOOKUP_meth_set_ctrl(X509_LOOKUP_METHOD *method, + X509_LOOKUP_ctrl_fn ctrl_fn); +X509_LOOKUP_ctrl_fn X509_LOOKUP_meth_get_ctrl(const X509_LOOKUP_METHOD *method); + +int X509_LOOKUP_meth_set_get_by_subject(X509_LOOKUP_METHOD *method, + X509_LOOKUP_get_by_subject_fn fn); +X509_LOOKUP_get_by_subject_fn X509_LOOKUP_meth_get_get_by_subject( + const X509_LOOKUP_METHOD *method); + +int X509_LOOKUP_meth_set_get_by_issuer_serial(X509_LOOKUP_METHOD *method, + X509_LOOKUP_get_by_issuer_serial_fn fn); +X509_LOOKUP_get_by_issuer_serial_fn X509_LOOKUP_meth_get_get_by_issuer_serial( + const X509_LOOKUP_METHOD *method); + +int X509_LOOKUP_meth_set_get_by_fingerprint(X509_LOOKUP_METHOD *method, + X509_LOOKUP_get_by_fingerprint_fn fn); +X509_LOOKUP_get_by_fingerprint_fn X509_LOOKUP_meth_get_get_by_fingerprint( + const X509_LOOKUP_METHOD *method); + +int X509_LOOKUP_meth_set_get_by_alias(X509_LOOKUP_METHOD *method, + X509_LOOKUP_get_by_alias_fn fn); +X509_LOOKUP_get_by_alias_fn X509_LOOKUP_meth_get_get_by_alias( + const X509_LOOKUP_METHOD *method); + + +int X509_STORE_add_cert(X509_STORE *ctx, X509 *x); +int X509_STORE_add_crl(X509_STORE *ctx, X509_CRL *x); + +int X509_STORE_CTX_get_by_subject(X509_STORE_CTX *vs, X509_LOOKUP_TYPE type, + X509_NAME *name, X509_OBJECT *ret); +X509_OBJECT *X509_STORE_CTX_get_obj_by_subject(X509_STORE_CTX *vs, + X509_LOOKUP_TYPE type, + X509_NAME *name); + +int X509_LOOKUP_ctrl(X509_LOOKUP *ctx, int cmd, const char *argc, + long argl, char **ret); + +int X509_load_cert_file(X509_LOOKUP *ctx, const char *file, int type); +int X509_load_crl_file(X509_LOOKUP *ctx, const char *file, int type); +int X509_load_cert_crl_file(X509_LOOKUP *ctx, const char *file, int type); + +X509_LOOKUP *X509_LOOKUP_new(X509_LOOKUP_METHOD *method); +void X509_LOOKUP_free(X509_LOOKUP *ctx); +int X509_LOOKUP_init(X509_LOOKUP *ctx); +int X509_LOOKUP_by_subject(X509_LOOKUP *ctx, X509_LOOKUP_TYPE type, + X509_NAME *name, X509_OBJECT *ret); +int X509_LOOKUP_by_issuer_serial(X509_LOOKUP *ctx, X509_LOOKUP_TYPE type, + X509_NAME *name, ASN1_INTEGER *serial, + X509_OBJECT *ret); +int X509_LOOKUP_by_fingerprint(X509_LOOKUP *ctx, X509_LOOKUP_TYPE type, + const unsigned char *bytes, int len, + X509_OBJECT *ret); +int X509_LOOKUP_by_alias(X509_LOOKUP *ctx, X509_LOOKUP_TYPE type, + const char *str, int len, X509_OBJECT *ret); +int X509_LOOKUP_set_method_data(X509_LOOKUP *ctx, void *data); +void *X509_LOOKUP_get_method_data(const X509_LOOKUP *ctx); +X509_STORE *X509_LOOKUP_get_store(const X509_LOOKUP *ctx); +int X509_LOOKUP_shutdown(X509_LOOKUP *ctx); + +int X509_STORE_load_locations(X509_STORE *ctx, + const char *file, const char *dir); +int X509_STORE_set_default_paths(X509_STORE *ctx); + +#define X509_STORE_CTX_get_ex_new_index(l, p, newf, dupf, freef) \ + CRYPTO_get_ex_new_index(CRYPTO_EX_INDEX_X509_STORE_CTX, l, p, newf, dupf, freef) +int X509_STORE_CTX_set_ex_data(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx, int idx, void *data); +void *X509_STORE_CTX_get_ex_data(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx, int idx); +int X509_STORE_CTX_get_error(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx); +void X509_STORE_CTX_set_error(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx, int s); +int X509_STORE_CTX_get_error_depth(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx); +void X509_STORE_CTX_set_error_depth(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx, int depth); +X509 *X509_STORE_CTX_get_current_cert(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx); +void X509_STORE_CTX_set_current_cert(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx, X509 *x); +X509 *X509_STORE_CTX_get0_current_issuer(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx); +X509_CRL *X509_STORE_CTX_get0_current_crl(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx); +X509_STORE_CTX *X509_STORE_CTX_get0_parent_ctx(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx); +STACK_OF(X509) *X509_STORE_CTX_get0_chain(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx); +STACK_OF(X509) *X509_STORE_CTX_get1_chain(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx); +void X509_STORE_CTX_set_cert(X509_STORE_CTX *c, X509 *x); +void X509_STORE_CTX_set0_verified_chain(X509_STORE_CTX *c, STACK_OF(X509) *sk); +void X509_STORE_CTX_set0_crls(X509_STORE_CTX *c, STACK_OF(X509_CRL) *sk); +int X509_STORE_CTX_set_purpose(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx, int purpose); +int X509_STORE_CTX_set_trust(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx, int trust); +int X509_STORE_CTX_purpose_inherit(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx, int def_purpose, + int purpose, int trust); +void X509_STORE_CTX_set_flags(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx, unsigned long flags); +void X509_STORE_CTX_set_time(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx, unsigned long flags, + time_t t); + +X509_POLICY_TREE *X509_STORE_CTX_get0_policy_tree(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx); +int X509_STORE_CTX_get_explicit_policy(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx); +int X509_STORE_CTX_get_num_untrusted(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx); + +X509_VERIFY_PARAM *X509_STORE_CTX_get0_param(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx); +void X509_STORE_CTX_set0_param(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx, X509_VERIFY_PARAM *param); +int X509_STORE_CTX_set_default(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx, const char *name); + +/* + * Bridge opacity barrier between libcrypt and libssl, also needed to support + * offline testing in test/danetest.c + */ +void X509_STORE_CTX_set0_dane(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx, SSL_DANE *dane); +#define DANE_FLAG_NO_DANE_EE_NAMECHECKS (1L << 0) + +/* X509_VERIFY_PARAM functions */ + +X509_VERIFY_PARAM *X509_VERIFY_PARAM_new(void); +void X509_VERIFY_PARAM_free(X509_VERIFY_PARAM *param); +int X509_VERIFY_PARAM_inherit(X509_VERIFY_PARAM *to, + const X509_VERIFY_PARAM *from); +int X509_VERIFY_PARAM_set1(X509_VERIFY_PARAM *to, + const X509_VERIFY_PARAM *from); +int X509_VERIFY_PARAM_set1_name(X509_VERIFY_PARAM *param, const char *name); +int X509_VERIFY_PARAM_set_flags(X509_VERIFY_PARAM *param, + unsigned long flags); +int X509_VERIFY_PARAM_clear_flags(X509_VERIFY_PARAM *param, + unsigned long flags); +unsigned long X509_VERIFY_PARAM_get_flags(X509_VERIFY_PARAM *param); +int X509_VERIFY_PARAM_set_purpose(X509_VERIFY_PARAM *param, int purpose); +int X509_VERIFY_PARAM_set_trust(X509_VERIFY_PARAM *param, int trust); +void X509_VERIFY_PARAM_set_depth(X509_VERIFY_PARAM *param, int depth); +void X509_VERIFY_PARAM_set_auth_level(X509_VERIFY_PARAM *param, int auth_level); +time_t X509_VERIFY_PARAM_get_time(const X509_VERIFY_PARAM *param); +void X509_VERIFY_PARAM_set_time(X509_VERIFY_PARAM *param, time_t t); +int X509_VERIFY_PARAM_add0_policy(X509_VERIFY_PARAM *param, + ASN1_OBJECT *policy); +int X509_VERIFY_PARAM_set1_policies(X509_VERIFY_PARAM *param, + STACK_OF(ASN1_OBJECT) *policies); + +int X509_VERIFY_PARAM_set_inh_flags(X509_VERIFY_PARAM *param, + uint32_t flags); +uint32_t X509_VERIFY_PARAM_get_inh_flags(const X509_VERIFY_PARAM *param); + +int X509_VERIFY_PARAM_set1_host(X509_VERIFY_PARAM *param, + const char *name, size_t namelen); +int X509_VERIFY_PARAM_add1_host(X509_VERIFY_PARAM *param, + const char *name, size_t namelen); +void X509_VERIFY_PARAM_set_hostflags(X509_VERIFY_PARAM *param, + unsigned int flags); +unsigned int X509_VERIFY_PARAM_get_hostflags(const X509_VERIFY_PARAM *param); +char *X509_VERIFY_PARAM_get0_peername(X509_VERIFY_PARAM *); +void X509_VERIFY_PARAM_move_peername(X509_VERIFY_PARAM *, X509_VERIFY_PARAM *); +int X509_VERIFY_PARAM_set1_email(X509_VERIFY_PARAM *param, + const char *email, size_t emaillen); +int X509_VERIFY_PARAM_set1_ip(X509_VERIFY_PARAM *param, + const unsigned char *ip, size_t iplen); +int X509_VERIFY_PARAM_set1_ip_asc(X509_VERIFY_PARAM *param, + const char *ipasc); + +int X509_VERIFY_PARAM_get_depth(const X509_VERIFY_PARAM *param); +int X509_VERIFY_PARAM_get_auth_level(const X509_VERIFY_PARAM *param); +const char *X509_VERIFY_PARAM_get0_name(const X509_VERIFY_PARAM *param); + +int X509_VERIFY_PARAM_add0_table(X509_VERIFY_PARAM *param); +int X509_VERIFY_PARAM_get_count(void); +const X509_VERIFY_PARAM *X509_VERIFY_PARAM_get0(int id); +const X509_VERIFY_PARAM *X509_VERIFY_PARAM_lookup(const char *name); +void X509_VERIFY_PARAM_table_cleanup(void); + +/* Non positive return values are errors */ +#define X509_PCY_TREE_FAILURE -2 /* Failure to satisfy explicit policy */ +#define X509_PCY_TREE_INVALID -1 /* Inconsistent or invalid extensions */ +#define X509_PCY_TREE_INTERNAL 0 /* Internal error, most likely malloc */ + +/* + * Positive return values form a bit mask, all but the first are internal to + * the library and don't appear in results from X509_policy_check(). + */ +#define X509_PCY_TREE_VALID 1 /* The policy tree is valid */ +#define X509_PCY_TREE_EMPTY 2 /* The policy tree is empty */ +#define X509_PCY_TREE_EXPLICIT 4 /* Explicit policy required */ + +int X509_policy_check(X509_POLICY_TREE **ptree, int *pexplicit_policy, + STACK_OF(X509) *certs, + STACK_OF(ASN1_OBJECT) *policy_oids, unsigned int flags); + +void X509_policy_tree_free(X509_POLICY_TREE *tree); + +int X509_policy_tree_level_count(const X509_POLICY_TREE *tree); +X509_POLICY_LEVEL *X509_policy_tree_get0_level(const X509_POLICY_TREE *tree, + int i); + +STACK_OF(X509_POLICY_NODE) *X509_policy_tree_get0_policies(const + X509_POLICY_TREE + *tree); + +STACK_OF(X509_POLICY_NODE) *X509_policy_tree_get0_user_policies(const + X509_POLICY_TREE + *tree); + +int X509_policy_level_node_count(X509_POLICY_LEVEL *level); + +X509_POLICY_NODE *X509_policy_level_get0_node(X509_POLICY_LEVEL *level, + int i); + +const ASN1_OBJECT *X509_policy_node_get0_policy(const X509_POLICY_NODE *node); + +STACK_OF(POLICYQUALINFO) *X509_policy_node_get0_qualifiers(const + X509_POLICY_NODE + *node); +const X509_POLICY_NODE *X509_policy_node_get0_parent(const X509_POLICY_NODE + *node); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/x509err.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/x509err.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cd08673f --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/x509err.h @@ -0,0 +1,129 @@ +/* + * Generated by util/mkerr.pl DO NOT EDIT + * Copyright 1995-2020 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_X509ERR_H +# define HEADER_X509ERR_H + +# include <openssl/symhacks.h> + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +# endif +int ERR_load_X509_strings(void); + +/* + * X509 function codes. + */ +# define X509_F_ADD_CERT_DIR 100 +# define X509_F_BUILD_CHAIN 106 +# define X509_F_BY_FILE_CTRL 101 +# define X509_F_CHECK_NAME_CONSTRAINTS 149 +# define X509_F_CHECK_POLICY 145 +# define X509_F_DANE_I2D 107 +# define X509_F_DIR_CTRL 102 +# define X509_F_GET_CERT_BY_SUBJECT 103 +# define X509_F_I2D_X509_AUX 151 +# define X509_F_LOOKUP_CERTS_SK 152 +# define X509_F_NETSCAPE_SPKI_B64_DECODE 129 +# define X509_F_NETSCAPE_SPKI_B64_ENCODE 130 +# define X509_F_NEW_DIR 153 +# define X509_F_X509AT_ADD1_ATTR 135 +# define X509_F_X509V3_ADD_EXT 104 +# define X509_F_X509_ATTRIBUTE_CREATE_BY_NID 136 +# define X509_F_X509_ATTRIBUTE_CREATE_BY_OBJ 137 +# define X509_F_X509_ATTRIBUTE_CREATE_BY_TXT 140 +# define X509_F_X509_ATTRIBUTE_GET0_DATA 139 +# define X509_F_X509_ATTRIBUTE_SET1_DATA 138 +# define X509_F_X509_CHECK_PRIVATE_KEY 128 +# define X509_F_X509_CRL_DIFF 105 +# define X509_F_X509_CRL_METHOD_NEW 154 +# define X509_F_X509_CRL_PRINT_FP 147 +# define X509_F_X509_EXTENSION_CREATE_BY_NID 108 +# define X509_F_X509_EXTENSION_CREATE_BY_OBJ 109 +# define X509_F_X509_GET_PUBKEY_PARAMETERS 110 +# define X509_F_X509_LOAD_CERT_CRL_FILE 132 +# define X509_F_X509_LOAD_CERT_FILE 111 +# define X509_F_X509_LOAD_CRL_FILE 112 +# define X509_F_X509_LOOKUP_METH_NEW 160 +# define X509_F_X509_LOOKUP_NEW 155 +# define X509_F_X509_NAME_ADD_ENTRY 113 +# define X509_F_X509_NAME_CANON 156 +# define X509_F_X509_NAME_ENTRY_CREATE_BY_NID 114 +# define X509_F_X509_NAME_ENTRY_CREATE_BY_TXT 131 +# define X509_F_X509_NAME_ENTRY_SET_OBJECT 115 +# define X509_F_X509_NAME_ONELINE 116 +# define X509_F_X509_NAME_PRINT 117 +# define X509_F_X509_OBJECT_NEW 150 +# define X509_F_X509_PRINT_EX_FP 118 +# define X509_F_X509_PUBKEY_DECODE 148 +# define X509_F_X509_PUBKEY_GET 161 +# define X509_F_X509_PUBKEY_GET0 119 +# define X509_F_X509_PUBKEY_SET 120 +# define X509_F_X509_REQ_CHECK_PRIVATE_KEY 144 +# define X509_F_X509_REQ_PRINT_EX 121 +# define X509_F_X509_REQ_PRINT_FP 122 +# define X509_F_X509_REQ_TO_X509 123 +# define X509_F_X509_STORE_ADD_CERT 124 +# define X509_F_X509_STORE_ADD_CRL 125 +# define X509_F_X509_STORE_ADD_LOOKUP 157 +# define X509_F_X509_STORE_CTX_GET1_ISSUER 146 +# define X509_F_X509_STORE_CTX_INIT 143 +# define X509_F_X509_STORE_CTX_NEW 142 +# define X509_F_X509_STORE_CTX_PURPOSE_INHERIT 134 +# define X509_F_X509_STORE_NEW 158 +# define X509_F_X509_TO_X509_REQ 126 +# define X509_F_X509_TRUST_ADD 133 +# define X509_F_X509_TRUST_SET 141 +# define X509_F_X509_VERIFY_CERT 127 +# define X509_F_X509_VERIFY_PARAM_NEW 159 + +/* + * X509 reason codes. + */ +# define X509_R_AKID_MISMATCH 110 +# define X509_R_BAD_SELECTOR 133 +# define X509_R_BAD_X509_FILETYPE 100 +# define X509_R_BASE64_DECODE_ERROR 118 +# define X509_R_CANT_CHECK_DH_KEY 114 +# define X509_R_CERT_ALREADY_IN_HASH_TABLE 101 +# define X509_R_CRL_ALREADY_DELTA 127 +# define X509_R_CRL_VERIFY_FAILURE 131 +# define X509_R_IDP_MISMATCH 128 +# define X509_R_INVALID_ATTRIBUTES 138 +# define X509_R_INVALID_DIRECTORY 113 +# define X509_R_INVALID_FIELD_NAME 119 +# define X509_R_INVALID_TRUST 123 +# define X509_R_ISSUER_MISMATCH 129 +# define X509_R_KEY_TYPE_MISMATCH 115 +# define X509_R_KEY_VALUES_MISMATCH 116 +# define X509_R_LOADING_CERT_DIR 103 +# define X509_R_LOADING_DEFAULTS 104 +# define X509_R_METHOD_NOT_SUPPORTED 124 +# define X509_R_NAME_TOO_LONG 134 +# define X509_R_NEWER_CRL_NOT_NEWER 132 +# define X509_R_NO_CERTIFICATE_FOUND 135 +# define X509_R_NO_CERTIFICATE_OR_CRL_FOUND 136 +# define X509_R_NO_CERT_SET_FOR_US_TO_VERIFY 105 +# define X509_R_NO_CRL_FOUND 137 +# define X509_R_NO_CRL_NUMBER 130 +# define X509_R_PUBLIC_KEY_DECODE_ERROR 125 +# define X509_R_PUBLIC_KEY_ENCODE_ERROR 126 +# define X509_R_SHOULD_RETRY 106 +# define X509_R_UNABLE_TO_FIND_PARAMETERS_IN_CHAIN 107 +# define X509_R_UNABLE_TO_GET_CERTS_PUBLIC_KEY 108 +# define X509_R_UNKNOWN_KEY_TYPE 117 +# define X509_R_UNKNOWN_NID 109 +# define X509_R_UNKNOWN_PURPOSE_ID 121 +# define X509_R_UNKNOWN_TRUST_ID 120 +# define X509_R_UNSUPPORTED_ALGORITHM 111 +# define X509_R_WRONG_LOOKUP_TYPE 112 +# define X509_R_WRONG_TYPE 122 + +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/x509v3.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/x509v3.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..90fa3592 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/x509v3.h @@ -0,0 +1,938 @@ +/* + * Copyright 1999-2021 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_X509V3_H +# define HEADER_X509V3_H + +# include <openssl/bio.h> +# include <openssl/x509.h> +# include <openssl/conf.h> +# include <openssl/x509v3err.h> + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Forward reference */ +struct v3_ext_method; +struct v3_ext_ctx; + +/* Useful typedefs */ + +typedef void *(*X509V3_EXT_NEW)(void); +typedef void (*X509V3_EXT_FREE) (void *); +typedef void *(*X509V3_EXT_D2I)(void *, const unsigned char **, long); +typedef int (*X509V3_EXT_I2D) (void *, unsigned char **); +typedef STACK_OF(CONF_VALUE) * + (*X509V3_EXT_I2V) (const struct v3_ext_method *method, void *ext, + STACK_OF(CONF_VALUE) *extlist); +typedef void *(*X509V3_EXT_V2I)(const struct v3_ext_method *method, + struct v3_ext_ctx *ctx, + STACK_OF(CONF_VALUE) *values); +typedef char *(*X509V3_EXT_I2S)(const struct v3_ext_method *method, + void *ext); +typedef void *(*X509V3_EXT_S2I)(const struct v3_ext_method *method, + struct v3_ext_ctx *ctx, const char *str); +typedef int (*X509V3_EXT_I2R) (const struct v3_ext_method *method, void *ext, + BIO *out, int indent); +typedef void *(*X509V3_EXT_R2I)(const struct v3_ext_method *method, + struct v3_ext_ctx *ctx, const char *str); + +/* V3 extension structure */ + +struct v3_ext_method { + int ext_nid; + int ext_flags; +/* If this is set the following four fields are ignored */ + ASN1_ITEM_EXP *it; +/* Old style ASN1 calls */ + X509V3_EXT_NEW ext_new; + X509V3_EXT_FREE ext_free; + X509V3_EXT_D2I d2i; + X509V3_EXT_I2D i2d; +/* The following pair is used for string extensions */ + X509V3_EXT_I2S i2s; + X509V3_EXT_S2I s2i; +/* The following pair is used for multi-valued extensions */ + X509V3_EXT_I2V i2v; + X509V3_EXT_V2I v2i; +/* The following are used for raw extensions */ + X509V3_EXT_I2R i2r; + X509V3_EXT_R2I r2i; + void *usr_data; /* Any extension specific data */ +}; + +typedef struct X509V3_CONF_METHOD_st { + char *(*get_string) (void *db, const char *section, const char *value); + STACK_OF(CONF_VALUE) *(*get_section) (void *db, const char *section); + void (*free_string) (void *db, char *string); + void (*free_section) (void *db, STACK_OF(CONF_VALUE) *section); +} X509V3_CONF_METHOD; + +/* Context specific info */ +struct v3_ext_ctx { +# define CTX_TEST 0x1 +# define X509V3_CTX_REPLACE 0x2 + int flags; + X509 *issuer_cert; + X509 *subject_cert; + X509_REQ *subject_req; + X509_CRL *crl; + X509V3_CONF_METHOD *db_meth; + void *db; +/* Maybe more here */ +}; + +typedef struct v3_ext_method X509V3_EXT_METHOD; + +DEFINE_STACK_OF(X509V3_EXT_METHOD) + +/* ext_flags values */ +# define X509V3_EXT_DYNAMIC 0x1 +# define X509V3_EXT_CTX_DEP 0x2 +# define X509V3_EXT_MULTILINE 0x4 + +typedef BIT_STRING_BITNAME ENUMERATED_NAMES; + +typedef struct BASIC_CONSTRAINTS_st { + int ca; + ASN1_INTEGER *pathlen; +} BASIC_CONSTRAINTS; + +typedef struct PKEY_USAGE_PERIOD_st { + ASN1_GENERALIZEDTIME *notBefore; + ASN1_GENERALIZEDTIME *notAfter; +} PKEY_USAGE_PERIOD; + +typedef struct otherName_st { + ASN1_OBJECT *type_id; + ASN1_TYPE *value; +} OTHERNAME; + +typedef struct EDIPartyName_st { + ASN1_STRING *nameAssigner; + ASN1_STRING *partyName; +} EDIPARTYNAME; + +typedef struct GENERAL_NAME_st { +# define GEN_OTHERNAME 0 +# define GEN_EMAIL 1 +# define GEN_DNS 2 +# define GEN_X400 3 +# define GEN_DIRNAME 4 +# define GEN_EDIPARTY 5 +# define GEN_URI 6 +# define GEN_IPADD 7 +# define GEN_RID 8 + int type; + union { + char *ptr; + OTHERNAME *otherName; /* otherName */ + ASN1_IA5STRING *rfc822Name; + ASN1_IA5STRING *dNSName; + ASN1_TYPE *x400Address; + X509_NAME *directoryName; + EDIPARTYNAME *ediPartyName; + ASN1_IA5STRING *uniformResourceIdentifier; + ASN1_OCTET_STRING *iPAddress; + ASN1_OBJECT *registeredID; + /* Old names */ + ASN1_OCTET_STRING *ip; /* iPAddress */ + X509_NAME *dirn; /* dirn */ + ASN1_IA5STRING *ia5; /* rfc822Name, dNSName, + * uniformResourceIdentifier */ + ASN1_OBJECT *rid; /* registeredID */ + ASN1_TYPE *other; /* x400Address */ + } d; +} GENERAL_NAME; + +typedef struct ACCESS_DESCRIPTION_st { + ASN1_OBJECT *method; + GENERAL_NAME *location; +} ACCESS_DESCRIPTION; + +typedef STACK_OF(ACCESS_DESCRIPTION) AUTHORITY_INFO_ACCESS; + +typedef STACK_OF(ASN1_OBJECT) EXTENDED_KEY_USAGE; + +typedef STACK_OF(ASN1_INTEGER) TLS_FEATURE; + +DEFINE_STACK_OF(GENERAL_NAME) +typedef STACK_OF(GENERAL_NAME) GENERAL_NAMES; +DEFINE_STACK_OF(GENERAL_NAMES) + +DEFINE_STACK_OF(ACCESS_DESCRIPTION) + +typedef struct DIST_POINT_NAME_st { + int type; + union { + GENERAL_NAMES *fullname; + STACK_OF(X509_NAME_ENTRY) *relativename; + } name; +/* If relativename then this contains the full distribution point name */ + X509_NAME *dpname; +} DIST_POINT_NAME; +/* All existing reasons */ +# define CRLDP_ALL_REASONS 0x807f + +# define CRL_REASON_NONE -1 +# define CRL_REASON_UNSPECIFIED 0 +# define CRL_REASON_KEY_COMPROMISE 1 +# define CRL_REASON_CA_COMPROMISE 2 +# define CRL_REASON_AFFILIATION_CHANGED 3 +# define CRL_REASON_SUPERSEDED 4 +# define CRL_REASON_CESSATION_OF_OPERATION 5 +# define CRL_REASON_CERTIFICATE_HOLD 6 +# define CRL_REASON_REMOVE_FROM_CRL 8 +# define CRL_REASON_PRIVILEGE_WITHDRAWN 9 +# define CRL_REASON_AA_COMPROMISE 10 + +struct DIST_POINT_st { + DIST_POINT_NAME *distpoint; + ASN1_BIT_STRING *reasons; + GENERAL_NAMES *CRLissuer; + int dp_reasons; +}; + +typedef STACK_OF(DIST_POINT) CRL_DIST_POINTS; + +DEFINE_STACK_OF(DIST_POINT) + +struct AUTHORITY_KEYID_st { + ASN1_OCTET_STRING *keyid; + GENERAL_NAMES *issuer; + ASN1_INTEGER *serial; +}; + +/* Strong extranet structures */ + +typedef struct SXNET_ID_st { + ASN1_INTEGER *zone; + ASN1_OCTET_STRING *user; +} SXNETID; + +DEFINE_STACK_OF(SXNETID) + +typedef struct SXNET_st { + ASN1_INTEGER *version; + STACK_OF(SXNETID) *ids; +} SXNET; + +typedef struct NOTICEREF_st { + ASN1_STRING *organization; + STACK_OF(ASN1_INTEGER) *noticenos; +} NOTICEREF; + +typedef struct USERNOTICE_st { + NOTICEREF *noticeref; + ASN1_STRING *exptext; +} USERNOTICE; + +typedef struct POLICYQUALINFO_st { + ASN1_OBJECT *pqualid; + union { + ASN1_IA5STRING *cpsuri; + USERNOTICE *usernotice; + ASN1_TYPE *other; + } d; +} POLICYQUALINFO; + +DEFINE_STACK_OF(POLICYQUALINFO) + +typedef struct POLICYINFO_st { + ASN1_OBJECT *policyid; + STACK_OF(POLICYQUALINFO) *qualifiers; +} POLICYINFO; + +typedef STACK_OF(POLICYINFO) CERTIFICATEPOLICIES; + +DEFINE_STACK_OF(POLICYINFO) + +typedef struct POLICY_MAPPING_st { + ASN1_OBJECT *issuerDomainPolicy; + ASN1_OBJECT *subjectDomainPolicy; +} POLICY_MAPPING; + +DEFINE_STACK_OF(POLICY_MAPPING) + +typedef STACK_OF(POLICY_MAPPING) POLICY_MAPPINGS; + +typedef struct GENERAL_SUBTREE_st { + GENERAL_NAME *base; + ASN1_INTEGER *minimum; + ASN1_INTEGER *maximum; +} GENERAL_SUBTREE; + +DEFINE_STACK_OF(GENERAL_SUBTREE) + +struct NAME_CONSTRAINTS_st { + STACK_OF(GENERAL_SUBTREE) *permittedSubtrees; + STACK_OF(GENERAL_SUBTREE) *excludedSubtrees; +}; + +typedef struct POLICY_CONSTRAINTS_st { + ASN1_INTEGER *requireExplicitPolicy; + ASN1_INTEGER *inhibitPolicyMapping; +} POLICY_CONSTRAINTS; + +/* Proxy certificate structures, see RFC 3820 */ +typedef struct PROXY_POLICY_st { + ASN1_OBJECT *policyLanguage; + ASN1_OCTET_STRING *policy; +} PROXY_POLICY; + +typedef struct PROXY_CERT_INFO_EXTENSION_st { + ASN1_INTEGER *pcPathLengthConstraint; + PROXY_POLICY *proxyPolicy; +} PROXY_CERT_INFO_EXTENSION; + +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(PROXY_POLICY) +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(PROXY_CERT_INFO_EXTENSION) + +struct ISSUING_DIST_POINT_st { + DIST_POINT_NAME *distpoint; + int onlyuser; + int onlyCA; + ASN1_BIT_STRING *onlysomereasons; + int indirectCRL; + int onlyattr; +}; + +/* Values in idp_flags field */ +/* IDP present */ +# define IDP_PRESENT 0x1 +/* IDP values inconsistent */ +# define IDP_INVALID 0x2 +/* onlyuser true */ +# define IDP_ONLYUSER 0x4 +/* onlyCA true */ +# define IDP_ONLYCA 0x8 +/* onlyattr true */ +# define IDP_ONLYATTR 0x10 +/* indirectCRL true */ +# define IDP_INDIRECT 0x20 +/* onlysomereasons present */ +# define IDP_REASONS 0x40 + +# define X509V3_conf_err(val) ERR_add_error_data(6, \ + "section:", (val)->section, \ + ",name:", (val)->name, ",value:", (val)->value) + +# define X509V3_set_ctx_test(ctx) \ + X509V3_set_ctx(ctx, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, CTX_TEST) +# define X509V3_set_ctx_nodb(ctx) (ctx)->db = NULL; + +# define EXT_BITSTRING(nid, table) { nid, 0, ASN1_ITEM_ref(ASN1_BIT_STRING), \ + 0,0,0,0, \ + 0,0, \ + (X509V3_EXT_I2V)i2v_ASN1_BIT_STRING, \ + (X509V3_EXT_V2I)v2i_ASN1_BIT_STRING, \ + NULL, NULL, \ + table} + +# define EXT_IA5STRING(nid) { nid, 0, ASN1_ITEM_ref(ASN1_IA5STRING), \ + 0,0,0,0, \ + (X509V3_EXT_I2S)i2s_ASN1_IA5STRING, \ + (X509V3_EXT_S2I)s2i_ASN1_IA5STRING, \ + 0,0,0,0, \ + NULL} + +# define EXT_END { -1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0} + +/* X509_PURPOSE stuff */ + +# define EXFLAG_BCONS 0x1 +# define EXFLAG_KUSAGE 0x2 +# define EXFLAG_XKUSAGE 0x4 +# define EXFLAG_NSCERT 0x8 + +# define EXFLAG_CA 0x10 +/* Really self issued not necessarily self signed */ +# define EXFLAG_SI 0x20 +# define EXFLAG_V1 0x40 +# define EXFLAG_INVALID 0x80 +/* EXFLAG_SET is set to indicate that some values have been precomputed */ +# define EXFLAG_SET 0x100 +# define EXFLAG_CRITICAL 0x200 +# define EXFLAG_PROXY 0x400 + +# define EXFLAG_INVALID_POLICY 0x800 +# define EXFLAG_FRESHEST 0x1000 +# define EXFLAG_SS 0x2000 /* cert is apparently self-signed */ + +# define EXFLAG_NO_FINGERPRINT 0x100000 + +# define KU_DIGITAL_SIGNATURE 0x0080 +# define KU_NON_REPUDIATION 0x0040 +# define KU_KEY_ENCIPHERMENT 0x0020 +# define KU_DATA_ENCIPHERMENT 0x0010 +# define KU_KEY_AGREEMENT 0x0008 +# define KU_KEY_CERT_SIGN 0x0004 +# define KU_CRL_SIGN 0x0002 +# define KU_ENCIPHER_ONLY 0x0001 +# define KU_DECIPHER_ONLY 0x8000 + +# define NS_SSL_CLIENT 0x80 +# define NS_SSL_SERVER 0x40 +# define NS_SMIME 0x20 +# define NS_OBJSIGN 0x10 +# define NS_SSL_CA 0x04 +# define NS_SMIME_CA 0x02 +# define NS_OBJSIGN_CA 0x01 +# define NS_ANY_CA (NS_SSL_CA|NS_SMIME_CA|NS_OBJSIGN_CA) + +# define XKU_SSL_SERVER 0x1 +# define XKU_SSL_CLIENT 0x2 +# define XKU_SMIME 0x4 +# define XKU_CODE_SIGN 0x8 +# define XKU_SGC 0x10 +# define XKU_OCSP_SIGN 0x20 +# define XKU_TIMESTAMP 0x40 +# define XKU_DVCS 0x80 +# define XKU_ANYEKU 0x100 + +# define X509_PURPOSE_DYNAMIC 0x1 +# define X509_PURPOSE_DYNAMIC_NAME 0x2 + +typedef struct x509_purpose_st { + int purpose; + int trust; /* Default trust ID */ + int flags; + int (*check_purpose) (const struct x509_purpose_st *, const X509 *, int); + char *name; + char *sname; + void *usr_data; +} X509_PURPOSE; + +# define X509_PURPOSE_SSL_CLIENT 1 +# define X509_PURPOSE_SSL_SERVER 2 +# define X509_PURPOSE_NS_SSL_SERVER 3 +# define X509_PURPOSE_SMIME_SIGN 4 +# define X509_PURPOSE_SMIME_ENCRYPT 5 +# define X509_PURPOSE_CRL_SIGN 6 +# define X509_PURPOSE_ANY 7 +# define X509_PURPOSE_OCSP_HELPER 8 +# define X509_PURPOSE_TIMESTAMP_SIGN 9 + +# define X509_PURPOSE_MIN 1 +# define X509_PURPOSE_MAX 9 + +/* Flags for X509V3_EXT_print() */ + +# define X509V3_EXT_UNKNOWN_MASK (0xfL << 16) +/* Return error for unknown extensions */ +# define X509V3_EXT_DEFAULT 0 +/* Print error for unknown extensions */ +# define X509V3_EXT_ERROR_UNKNOWN (1L << 16) +/* ASN1 parse unknown extensions */ +# define X509V3_EXT_PARSE_UNKNOWN (2L << 16) +/* BIO_dump unknown extensions */ +# define X509V3_EXT_DUMP_UNKNOWN (3L << 16) + +/* Flags for X509V3_add1_i2d */ + +# define X509V3_ADD_OP_MASK 0xfL +# define X509V3_ADD_DEFAULT 0L +# define X509V3_ADD_APPEND 1L +# define X509V3_ADD_REPLACE 2L +# define X509V3_ADD_REPLACE_EXISTING 3L +# define X509V3_ADD_KEEP_EXISTING 4L +# define X509V3_ADD_DELETE 5L +# define X509V3_ADD_SILENT 0x10 + +DEFINE_STACK_OF(X509_PURPOSE) + +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(BASIC_CONSTRAINTS) + +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(SXNET) +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(SXNETID) + +int SXNET_add_id_asc(SXNET **psx, const char *zone, const char *user, int userlen); +int SXNET_add_id_ulong(SXNET **psx, unsigned long lzone, const char *user, + int userlen); +int SXNET_add_id_INTEGER(SXNET **psx, ASN1_INTEGER *izone, const char *user, + int userlen); + +ASN1_OCTET_STRING *SXNET_get_id_asc(SXNET *sx, const char *zone); +ASN1_OCTET_STRING *SXNET_get_id_ulong(SXNET *sx, unsigned long lzone); +ASN1_OCTET_STRING *SXNET_get_id_INTEGER(SXNET *sx, ASN1_INTEGER *zone); + +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(AUTHORITY_KEYID) + +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(PKEY_USAGE_PERIOD) + +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(GENERAL_NAME) +GENERAL_NAME *GENERAL_NAME_dup(GENERAL_NAME *a); +int GENERAL_NAME_cmp(GENERAL_NAME *a, GENERAL_NAME *b); + +ASN1_BIT_STRING *v2i_ASN1_BIT_STRING(X509V3_EXT_METHOD *method, + X509V3_CTX *ctx, + STACK_OF(CONF_VALUE) *nval); +STACK_OF(CONF_VALUE) *i2v_ASN1_BIT_STRING(X509V3_EXT_METHOD *method, + ASN1_BIT_STRING *bits, + STACK_OF(CONF_VALUE) *extlist); +char *i2s_ASN1_IA5STRING(X509V3_EXT_METHOD *method, ASN1_IA5STRING *ia5); +ASN1_IA5STRING *s2i_ASN1_IA5STRING(X509V3_EXT_METHOD *method, + X509V3_CTX *ctx, const char *str); + +STACK_OF(CONF_VALUE) *i2v_GENERAL_NAME(X509V3_EXT_METHOD *method, + GENERAL_NAME *gen, + STACK_OF(CONF_VALUE) *ret); +int GENERAL_NAME_print(BIO *out, GENERAL_NAME *gen); + +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(GENERAL_NAMES) + +STACK_OF(CONF_VALUE) *i2v_GENERAL_NAMES(X509V3_EXT_METHOD *method, + GENERAL_NAMES *gen, + STACK_OF(CONF_VALUE) *extlist); +GENERAL_NAMES *v2i_GENERAL_NAMES(const X509V3_EXT_METHOD *method, + X509V3_CTX *ctx, STACK_OF(CONF_VALUE) *nval); + +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(OTHERNAME) +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(EDIPARTYNAME) +int OTHERNAME_cmp(OTHERNAME *a, OTHERNAME *b); +void GENERAL_NAME_set0_value(GENERAL_NAME *a, int type, void *value); +void *GENERAL_NAME_get0_value(const GENERAL_NAME *a, int *ptype); +int GENERAL_NAME_set0_othername(GENERAL_NAME *gen, + ASN1_OBJECT *oid, ASN1_TYPE *value); +int GENERAL_NAME_get0_otherName(const GENERAL_NAME *gen, + ASN1_OBJECT **poid, ASN1_TYPE **pvalue); + +char *i2s_ASN1_OCTET_STRING(X509V3_EXT_METHOD *method, + const ASN1_OCTET_STRING *ia5); +ASN1_OCTET_STRING *s2i_ASN1_OCTET_STRING(X509V3_EXT_METHOD *method, + X509V3_CTX *ctx, const char *str); + +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(EXTENDED_KEY_USAGE) +int i2a_ACCESS_DESCRIPTION(BIO *bp, const ACCESS_DESCRIPTION *a); + +DECLARE_ASN1_ALLOC_FUNCTIONS(TLS_FEATURE) + +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(CERTIFICATEPOLICIES) +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(POLICYINFO) +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(POLICYQUALINFO) +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(USERNOTICE) +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(NOTICEREF) + +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(CRL_DIST_POINTS) +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(DIST_POINT) +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(DIST_POINT_NAME) +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(ISSUING_DIST_POINT) + +int DIST_POINT_set_dpname(DIST_POINT_NAME *dpn, X509_NAME *iname); + +int NAME_CONSTRAINTS_check(X509 *x, NAME_CONSTRAINTS *nc); +int NAME_CONSTRAINTS_check_CN(X509 *x, NAME_CONSTRAINTS *nc); + +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(ACCESS_DESCRIPTION) +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(AUTHORITY_INFO_ACCESS) + +DECLARE_ASN1_ITEM(POLICY_MAPPING) +DECLARE_ASN1_ALLOC_FUNCTIONS(POLICY_MAPPING) +DECLARE_ASN1_ITEM(POLICY_MAPPINGS) + +DECLARE_ASN1_ITEM(GENERAL_SUBTREE) +DECLARE_ASN1_ALLOC_FUNCTIONS(GENERAL_SUBTREE) + +DECLARE_ASN1_ITEM(NAME_CONSTRAINTS) +DECLARE_ASN1_ALLOC_FUNCTIONS(NAME_CONSTRAINTS) + +DECLARE_ASN1_ALLOC_FUNCTIONS(POLICY_CONSTRAINTS) +DECLARE_ASN1_ITEM(POLICY_CONSTRAINTS) + +GENERAL_NAME *a2i_GENERAL_NAME(GENERAL_NAME *out, + const X509V3_EXT_METHOD *method, + X509V3_CTX *ctx, int gen_type, + const char *value, int is_nc); + +# ifdef HEADER_CONF_H +GENERAL_NAME *v2i_GENERAL_NAME(const X509V3_EXT_METHOD *method, + X509V3_CTX *ctx, CONF_VALUE *cnf); +GENERAL_NAME *v2i_GENERAL_NAME_ex(GENERAL_NAME *out, + const X509V3_EXT_METHOD *method, + X509V3_CTX *ctx, CONF_VALUE *cnf, + int is_nc); +void X509V3_conf_free(CONF_VALUE *val); + +X509_EXTENSION *X509V3_EXT_nconf_nid(CONF *conf, X509V3_CTX *ctx, int ext_nid, + const char *value); +X509_EXTENSION *X509V3_EXT_nconf(CONF *conf, X509V3_CTX *ctx, const char *name, + const char *value); +int X509V3_EXT_add_nconf_sk(CONF *conf, X509V3_CTX *ctx, const char *section, + STACK_OF(X509_EXTENSION) **sk); +int X509V3_EXT_add_nconf(CONF *conf, X509V3_CTX *ctx, const char *section, + X509 *cert); +int X509V3_EXT_REQ_add_nconf(CONF *conf, X509V3_CTX *ctx, const char *section, + X509_REQ *req); +int X509V3_EXT_CRL_add_nconf(CONF *conf, X509V3_CTX *ctx, const char *section, + X509_CRL *crl); + +X509_EXTENSION *X509V3_EXT_conf_nid(LHASH_OF(CONF_VALUE) *conf, + X509V3_CTX *ctx, int ext_nid, + const char *value); +X509_EXTENSION *X509V3_EXT_conf(LHASH_OF(CONF_VALUE) *conf, X509V3_CTX *ctx, + const char *name, const char *value); +int X509V3_EXT_add_conf(LHASH_OF(CONF_VALUE) *conf, X509V3_CTX *ctx, + const char *section, X509 *cert); +int X509V3_EXT_REQ_add_conf(LHASH_OF(CONF_VALUE) *conf, X509V3_CTX *ctx, + const char *section, X509_REQ *req); +int X509V3_EXT_CRL_add_conf(LHASH_OF(CONF_VALUE) *conf, X509V3_CTX *ctx, + const char *section, X509_CRL *crl); + +int X509V3_add_value_bool_nf(const char *name, int asn1_bool, + STACK_OF(CONF_VALUE) **extlist); +int X509V3_get_value_bool(const CONF_VALUE *value, int *asn1_bool); +int X509V3_get_value_int(const CONF_VALUE *value, ASN1_INTEGER **aint); +void X509V3_set_nconf(X509V3_CTX *ctx, CONF *conf); +void X509V3_set_conf_lhash(X509V3_CTX *ctx, LHASH_OF(CONF_VALUE) *lhash); +# endif + +char *X509V3_get_string(X509V3_CTX *ctx, const char *name, const char *section); +STACK_OF(CONF_VALUE) *X509V3_get_section(X509V3_CTX *ctx, const char *section); +void X509V3_string_free(X509V3_CTX *ctx, char *str); +void X509V3_section_free(X509V3_CTX *ctx, STACK_OF(CONF_VALUE) *section); +void X509V3_set_ctx(X509V3_CTX *ctx, X509 *issuer, X509 *subject, + X509_REQ *req, X509_CRL *crl, int flags); + +int X509V3_add_value(const char *name, const char *value, + STACK_OF(CONF_VALUE) **extlist); +int X509V3_add_value_uchar(const char *name, const unsigned char *value, + STACK_OF(CONF_VALUE) **extlist); +int X509V3_add_value_bool(const char *name, int asn1_bool, + STACK_OF(CONF_VALUE) **extlist); +int X509V3_add_value_int(const char *name, const ASN1_INTEGER *aint, + STACK_OF(CONF_VALUE) **extlist); +char *i2s_ASN1_INTEGER(X509V3_EXT_METHOD *meth, const ASN1_INTEGER *aint); +ASN1_INTEGER *s2i_ASN1_INTEGER(X509V3_EXT_METHOD *meth, const char *value); +char *i2s_ASN1_ENUMERATED(X509V3_EXT_METHOD *meth, const ASN1_ENUMERATED *aint); +char *i2s_ASN1_ENUMERATED_TABLE(X509V3_EXT_METHOD *meth, + const ASN1_ENUMERATED *aint); +int X509V3_EXT_add(X509V3_EXT_METHOD *ext); +int X509V3_EXT_add_list(X509V3_EXT_METHOD *extlist); +int X509V3_EXT_add_alias(int nid_to, int nid_from); +void X509V3_EXT_cleanup(void); + +const X509V3_EXT_METHOD *X509V3_EXT_get(X509_EXTENSION *ext); +const X509V3_EXT_METHOD *X509V3_EXT_get_nid(int nid); +int X509V3_add_standard_extensions(void); +STACK_OF(CONF_VALUE) *X509V3_parse_list(const char *line); +void *X509V3_EXT_d2i(X509_EXTENSION *ext); +void *X509V3_get_d2i(const STACK_OF(X509_EXTENSION) *x, int nid, int *crit, + int *idx); + +X509_EXTENSION *X509V3_EXT_i2d(int ext_nid, int crit, void *ext_struc); +int X509V3_add1_i2d(STACK_OF(X509_EXTENSION) **x, int nid, void *value, + int crit, unsigned long flags); + +#if OPENSSL_API_COMPAT < 0x10100000L +/* The new declarations are in crypto.h, but the old ones were here. */ +# define hex_to_string OPENSSL_buf2hexstr +# define string_to_hex OPENSSL_hexstr2buf +#endif + +void X509V3_EXT_val_prn(BIO *out, STACK_OF(CONF_VALUE) *val, int indent, + int ml); +int X509V3_EXT_print(BIO *out, X509_EXTENSION *ext, unsigned long flag, + int indent); +#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_STDIO +int X509V3_EXT_print_fp(FILE *out, X509_EXTENSION *ext, int flag, int indent); +#endif +int X509V3_extensions_print(BIO *out, const char *title, + const STACK_OF(X509_EXTENSION) *exts, + unsigned long flag, int indent); + +int X509_check_ca(X509 *x); +int X509_check_purpose(X509 *x, int id, int ca); +int X509_supported_extension(X509_EXTENSION *ex); +int X509_PURPOSE_set(int *p, int purpose); +int X509_check_issued(X509 *issuer, X509 *subject); +int X509_check_akid(X509 *issuer, AUTHORITY_KEYID *akid); +void X509_set_proxy_flag(X509 *x); +void X509_set_proxy_pathlen(X509 *x, long l); +long X509_get_proxy_pathlen(X509 *x); + +uint32_t X509_get_extension_flags(X509 *x); +uint32_t X509_get_key_usage(X509 *x); +uint32_t X509_get_extended_key_usage(X509 *x); +const ASN1_OCTET_STRING *X509_get0_subject_key_id(X509 *x); +const ASN1_OCTET_STRING *X509_get0_authority_key_id(X509 *x); +const GENERAL_NAMES *X509_get0_authority_issuer(X509 *x); +const ASN1_INTEGER *X509_get0_authority_serial(X509 *x); + +int X509_PURPOSE_get_count(void); +X509_PURPOSE *X509_PURPOSE_get0(int idx); +int X509_PURPOSE_get_by_sname(const char *sname); +int X509_PURPOSE_get_by_id(int id); +int X509_PURPOSE_add(int id, int trust, int flags, + int (*ck) (const X509_PURPOSE *, const X509 *, int), + const char *name, const char *sname, void *arg); +char *X509_PURPOSE_get0_name(const X509_PURPOSE *xp); +char *X509_PURPOSE_get0_sname(const X509_PURPOSE *xp); +int X509_PURPOSE_get_trust(const X509_PURPOSE *xp); +void X509_PURPOSE_cleanup(void); +int X509_PURPOSE_get_id(const X509_PURPOSE *); + +STACK_OF(OPENSSL_STRING) *X509_get1_email(X509 *x); +STACK_OF(OPENSSL_STRING) *X509_REQ_get1_email(X509_REQ *x); +void X509_email_free(STACK_OF(OPENSSL_STRING) *sk); +STACK_OF(OPENSSL_STRING) *X509_get1_ocsp(X509 *x); +/* Flags for X509_check_* functions */ + +/* + * Always check subject name for host match even if subject alt names present + */ +# define X509_CHECK_FLAG_ALWAYS_CHECK_SUBJECT 0x1 +/* Disable wildcard matching for dnsName fields and common name. */ +# define X509_CHECK_FLAG_NO_WILDCARDS 0x2 +/* Wildcards must not match a partial label. */ +# define X509_CHECK_FLAG_NO_PARTIAL_WILDCARDS 0x4 +/* Allow (non-partial) wildcards to match multiple labels. */ +# define X509_CHECK_FLAG_MULTI_LABEL_WILDCARDS 0x8 +/* Constraint verifier subdomain patterns to match a single labels. */ +# define X509_CHECK_FLAG_SINGLE_LABEL_SUBDOMAINS 0x10 +/* Never check the subject CN */ +# define X509_CHECK_FLAG_NEVER_CHECK_SUBJECT 0x20 +/* + * Match reference identifiers starting with "." to any sub-domain. + * This is a non-public flag, turned on implicitly when the subject + * reference identity is a DNS name. + */ +# define _X509_CHECK_FLAG_DOT_SUBDOMAINS 0x8000 + +int X509_check_host(X509 *x, const char *chk, size_t chklen, + unsigned int flags, char **peername); +int X509_check_email(X509 *x, const char *chk, size_t chklen, + unsigned int flags); +int X509_check_ip(X509 *x, const unsigned char *chk, size_t chklen, + unsigned int flags); +int X509_check_ip_asc(X509 *x, const char *ipasc, unsigned int flags); + +ASN1_OCTET_STRING *a2i_IPADDRESS(const char *ipasc); +ASN1_OCTET_STRING *a2i_IPADDRESS_NC(const char *ipasc); +int X509V3_NAME_from_section(X509_NAME *nm, STACK_OF(CONF_VALUE) *dn_sk, + unsigned long chtype); + +void X509_POLICY_NODE_print(BIO *out, X509_POLICY_NODE *node, int indent); +DEFINE_STACK_OF(X509_POLICY_NODE) + +#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_RFC3779 +typedef struct ASRange_st { + ASN1_INTEGER *min, *max; +} ASRange; + +# define ASIdOrRange_id 0 +# define ASIdOrRange_range 1 + +typedef struct ASIdOrRange_st { + int type; + union { + ASN1_INTEGER *id; + ASRange *range; + } u; +} ASIdOrRange; + +typedef STACK_OF(ASIdOrRange) ASIdOrRanges; +DEFINE_STACK_OF(ASIdOrRange) + +# define ASIdentifierChoice_inherit 0 +# define ASIdentifierChoice_asIdsOrRanges 1 + +typedef struct ASIdentifierChoice_st { + int type; + union { + ASN1_NULL *inherit; + ASIdOrRanges *asIdsOrRanges; + } u; +} ASIdentifierChoice; + +typedef struct ASIdentifiers_st { + ASIdentifierChoice *asnum, *rdi; +} ASIdentifiers; + +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(ASRange) +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(ASIdOrRange) +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(ASIdentifierChoice) +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(ASIdentifiers) + +typedef struct IPAddressRange_st { + ASN1_BIT_STRING *min, *max; +} IPAddressRange; + +# define IPAddressOrRange_addressPrefix 0 +# define IPAddressOrRange_addressRange 1 + +typedef struct IPAddressOrRange_st { + int type; + union { + ASN1_BIT_STRING *addressPrefix; + IPAddressRange *addressRange; + } u; +} IPAddressOrRange; + +typedef STACK_OF(IPAddressOrRange) IPAddressOrRanges; +DEFINE_STACK_OF(IPAddressOrRange) + +# define IPAddressChoice_inherit 0 +# define IPAddressChoice_addressesOrRanges 1 + +typedef struct IPAddressChoice_st { + int type; + union { + ASN1_NULL *inherit; + IPAddressOrRanges *addressesOrRanges; + } u; +} IPAddressChoice; + +typedef struct IPAddressFamily_st { + ASN1_OCTET_STRING *addressFamily; + IPAddressChoice *ipAddressChoice; +} IPAddressFamily; + +typedef STACK_OF(IPAddressFamily) IPAddrBlocks; +DEFINE_STACK_OF(IPAddressFamily) + +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(IPAddressRange) +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(IPAddressOrRange) +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(IPAddressChoice) +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(IPAddressFamily) + +/* + * API tag for elements of the ASIdentifer SEQUENCE. + */ +# define V3_ASID_ASNUM 0 +# define V3_ASID_RDI 1 + +/* + * AFI values, assigned by IANA. It'd be nice to make the AFI + * handling code totally generic, but there are too many little things + * that would need to be defined for other address families for it to + * be worth the trouble. + */ +# define IANA_AFI_IPV4 1 +# define IANA_AFI_IPV6 2 + +/* + * Utilities to construct and extract values from RFC3779 extensions, + * since some of the encodings (particularly for IP address prefixes + * and ranges) are a bit tedious to work with directly. + */ +int X509v3_asid_add_inherit(ASIdentifiers *asid, int which); +int X509v3_asid_add_id_or_range(ASIdentifiers *asid, int which, + ASN1_INTEGER *min, ASN1_INTEGER *max); +int X509v3_addr_add_inherit(IPAddrBlocks *addr, + const unsigned afi, const unsigned *safi); +int X509v3_addr_add_prefix(IPAddrBlocks *addr, + const unsigned afi, const unsigned *safi, + unsigned char *a, const int prefixlen); +int X509v3_addr_add_range(IPAddrBlocks *addr, + const unsigned afi, const unsigned *safi, + unsigned char *min, unsigned char *max); +unsigned X509v3_addr_get_afi(const IPAddressFamily *f); +int X509v3_addr_get_range(IPAddressOrRange *aor, const unsigned afi, + unsigned char *min, unsigned char *max, + const int length); + +/* + * Canonical forms. + */ +int X509v3_asid_is_canonical(ASIdentifiers *asid); +int X509v3_addr_is_canonical(IPAddrBlocks *addr); +int X509v3_asid_canonize(ASIdentifiers *asid); +int X509v3_addr_canonize(IPAddrBlocks *addr); + +/* + * Tests for inheritance and containment. + */ +int X509v3_asid_inherits(ASIdentifiers *asid); +int X509v3_addr_inherits(IPAddrBlocks *addr); +int X509v3_asid_subset(ASIdentifiers *a, ASIdentifiers *b); +int X509v3_addr_subset(IPAddrBlocks *a, IPAddrBlocks *b); + +/* + * Check whether RFC 3779 extensions nest properly in chains. + */ +int X509v3_asid_validate_path(X509_STORE_CTX *); +int X509v3_addr_validate_path(X509_STORE_CTX *); +int X509v3_asid_validate_resource_set(STACK_OF(X509) *chain, + ASIdentifiers *ext, + int allow_inheritance); +int X509v3_addr_validate_resource_set(STACK_OF(X509) *chain, + IPAddrBlocks *ext, int allow_inheritance); + +#endif /* OPENSSL_NO_RFC3779 */ + +DEFINE_STACK_OF(ASN1_STRING) + +/* + * Admission Syntax + */ +typedef struct NamingAuthority_st NAMING_AUTHORITY; +typedef struct ProfessionInfo_st PROFESSION_INFO; +typedef struct Admissions_st ADMISSIONS; +typedef struct AdmissionSyntax_st ADMISSION_SYNTAX; +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(NAMING_AUTHORITY) +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(PROFESSION_INFO) +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(ADMISSIONS) +DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(ADMISSION_SYNTAX) +DEFINE_STACK_OF(ADMISSIONS) +DEFINE_STACK_OF(PROFESSION_INFO) +typedef STACK_OF(PROFESSION_INFO) PROFESSION_INFOS; + +const ASN1_OBJECT *NAMING_AUTHORITY_get0_authorityId( + const NAMING_AUTHORITY *n); +const ASN1_IA5STRING *NAMING_AUTHORITY_get0_authorityURL( + const NAMING_AUTHORITY *n); +const ASN1_STRING *NAMING_AUTHORITY_get0_authorityText( + const NAMING_AUTHORITY *n); +void NAMING_AUTHORITY_set0_authorityId(NAMING_AUTHORITY *n, + ASN1_OBJECT* namingAuthorityId); +void NAMING_AUTHORITY_set0_authorityURL(NAMING_AUTHORITY *n, + ASN1_IA5STRING* namingAuthorityUrl); +void NAMING_AUTHORITY_set0_authorityText(NAMING_AUTHORITY *n, + ASN1_STRING* namingAuthorityText); + +const GENERAL_NAME *ADMISSION_SYNTAX_get0_admissionAuthority( + const ADMISSION_SYNTAX *as); +void ADMISSION_SYNTAX_set0_admissionAuthority( + ADMISSION_SYNTAX *as, GENERAL_NAME *aa); +const STACK_OF(ADMISSIONS) *ADMISSION_SYNTAX_get0_contentsOfAdmissions( + const ADMISSION_SYNTAX *as); +void ADMISSION_SYNTAX_set0_contentsOfAdmissions( + ADMISSION_SYNTAX *as, STACK_OF(ADMISSIONS) *a); +const GENERAL_NAME *ADMISSIONS_get0_admissionAuthority(const ADMISSIONS *a); +void ADMISSIONS_set0_admissionAuthority(ADMISSIONS *a, GENERAL_NAME *aa); +const NAMING_AUTHORITY *ADMISSIONS_get0_namingAuthority(const ADMISSIONS *a); +void ADMISSIONS_set0_namingAuthority(ADMISSIONS *a, NAMING_AUTHORITY *na); +const PROFESSION_INFOS *ADMISSIONS_get0_professionInfos(const ADMISSIONS *a); +void ADMISSIONS_set0_professionInfos(ADMISSIONS *a, PROFESSION_INFOS *pi); +const ASN1_OCTET_STRING *PROFESSION_INFO_get0_addProfessionInfo( + const PROFESSION_INFO *pi); +void PROFESSION_INFO_set0_addProfessionInfo( + PROFESSION_INFO *pi, ASN1_OCTET_STRING *aos); +const NAMING_AUTHORITY *PROFESSION_INFO_get0_namingAuthority( + const PROFESSION_INFO *pi); +void PROFESSION_INFO_set0_namingAuthority( + PROFESSION_INFO *pi, NAMING_AUTHORITY *na); +const STACK_OF(ASN1_STRING) *PROFESSION_INFO_get0_professionItems( + const PROFESSION_INFO *pi); +void PROFESSION_INFO_set0_professionItems( + PROFESSION_INFO *pi, STACK_OF(ASN1_STRING) *as); +const STACK_OF(ASN1_OBJECT) *PROFESSION_INFO_get0_professionOIDs( + const PROFESSION_INFO *pi); +void PROFESSION_INFO_set0_professionOIDs( + PROFESSION_INFO *pi, STACK_OF(ASN1_OBJECT) *po); +const ASN1_PRINTABLESTRING *PROFESSION_INFO_get0_registrationNumber( + const PROFESSION_INFO *pi); +void PROFESSION_INFO_set0_registrationNumber( + PROFESSION_INFO *pi, ASN1_PRINTABLESTRING *rn); + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/x509v3err.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/x509v3err.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5f25442f --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/x509v3err.h @@ -0,0 +1,162 @@ +/* + * Generated by util/mkerr.pl DO NOT EDIT + * Copyright 1995-2019 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the OpenSSL license (the "License"). You may not use + * this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy + * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at + * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html + */ + +#ifndef HEADER_X509V3ERR_H +# define HEADER_X509V3ERR_H + +# ifndef HEADER_SYMHACKS_H +# include <openssl/symhacks.h> +# endif + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +# endif +int ERR_load_X509V3_strings(void); + +/* + * X509V3 function codes. + */ +# define X509V3_F_A2I_GENERAL_NAME 164 +# define X509V3_F_ADDR_VALIDATE_PATH_INTERNAL 166 +# define X509V3_F_ASIDENTIFIERCHOICE_CANONIZE 161 +# define X509V3_F_ASIDENTIFIERCHOICE_IS_CANONICAL 162 +# define X509V3_F_BIGNUM_TO_STRING 167 +# define X509V3_F_COPY_EMAIL 122 +# define X509V3_F_COPY_ISSUER 123 +# define X509V3_F_DO_DIRNAME 144 +# define X509V3_F_DO_EXT_I2D 135 +# define X509V3_F_DO_EXT_NCONF 151 +# define X509V3_F_GNAMES_FROM_SECTNAME 156 +# define X509V3_F_I2S_ASN1_ENUMERATED 121 +# define X509V3_F_I2S_ASN1_IA5STRING 149 +# define X509V3_F_I2S_ASN1_INTEGER 120 +# define X509V3_F_I2V_AUTHORITY_INFO_ACCESS 138 +# define X509V3_F_LEVEL_ADD_NODE 168 +# define X509V3_F_NOTICE_SECTION 132 +# define X509V3_F_NREF_NOS 133 +# define X509V3_F_POLICY_CACHE_CREATE 169 +# define X509V3_F_POLICY_CACHE_NEW 170 +# define X509V3_F_POLICY_DATA_NEW 171 +# define X509V3_F_POLICY_SECTION 131 +# define X509V3_F_PROCESS_PCI_VALUE 150 +# define X509V3_F_R2I_CERTPOL 130 +# define X509V3_F_R2I_PCI 155 +# define X509V3_F_S2I_ASN1_IA5STRING 100 +# define X509V3_F_S2I_ASN1_INTEGER 108 +# define X509V3_F_S2I_ASN1_OCTET_STRING 112 +# define X509V3_F_S2I_SKEY_ID 115 +# define X509V3_F_SET_DIST_POINT_NAME 158 +# define X509V3_F_SXNET_ADD_ID_ASC 125 +# define X509V3_F_SXNET_ADD_ID_INTEGER 126 +# define X509V3_F_SXNET_ADD_ID_ULONG 127 +# define X509V3_F_SXNET_GET_ID_ASC 128 +# define X509V3_F_SXNET_GET_ID_ULONG 129 +# define X509V3_F_TREE_INIT 172 +# define X509V3_F_V2I_ASIDENTIFIERS 163 +# define X509V3_F_V2I_ASN1_BIT_STRING 101 +# define X509V3_F_V2I_AUTHORITY_INFO_ACCESS 139 +# define X509V3_F_V2I_AUTHORITY_KEYID 119 +# define X509V3_F_V2I_BASIC_CONSTRAINTS 102 +# define X509V3_F_V2I_CRLD 134 +# define X509V3_F_V2I_EXTENDED_KEY_USAGE 103 +# define X509V3_F_V2I_GENERAL_NAMES 118 +# define X509V3_F_V2I_GENERAL_NAME_EX 117 +# define X509V3_F_V2I_IDP 157 +# define X509V3_F_V2I_IPADDRBLOCKS 159 +# define X509V3_F_V2I_ISSUER_ALT 153 +# define X509V3_F_V2I_NAME_CONSTRAINTS 147 +# define X509V3_F_V2I_POLICY_CONSTRAINTS 146 +# define X509V3_F_V2I_POLICY_MAPPINGS 145 +# define X509V3_F_V2I_SUBJECT_ALT 154 +# define X509V3_F_V2I_TLS_FEATURE 165 +# define X509V3_F_V3_GENERIC_EXTENSION 116 +# define X509V3_F_X509V3_ADD1_I2D 140 +# define X509V3_F_X509V3_ADD_VALUE 105 +# define X509V3_F_X509V3_EXT_ADD 104 +# define X509V3_F_X509V3_EXT_ADD_ALIAS 106 +# define X509V3_F_X509V3_EXT_I2D 136 +# define X509V3_F_X509V3_EXT_NCONF 152 +# define X509V3_F_X509V3_GET_SECTION 142 +# define X509V3_F_X509V3_GET_STRING 143 +# define X509V3_F_X509V3_GET_VALUE_BOOL 110 +# define X509V3_F_X509V3_PARSE_LIST 109 +# define X509V3_F_X509_PURPOSE_ADD 137 +# define X509V3_F_X509_PURPOSE_SET 141 + +/* + * X509V3 reason codes. + */ +# define X509V3_R_BAD_IP_ADDRESS 118 +# define X509V3_R_BAD_OBJECT 119 +# define X509V3_R_BN_DEC2BN_ERROR 100 +# define X509V3_R_BN_TO_ASN1_INTEGER_ERROR 101 +# define X509V3_R_DIRNAME_ERROR 149 +# define X509V3_R_DISTPOINT_ALREADY_SET 160 +# define X509V3_R_DUPLICATE_ZONE_ID 133 +# define X509V3_R_ERROR_CONVERTING_ZONE 131 +# define X509V3_R_ERROR_CREATING_EXTENSION 144 +# define X509V3_R_ERROR_IN_EXTENSION 128 +# define X509V3_R_EXPECTED_A_SECTION_NAME 137 +# define X509V3_R_EXTENSION_EXISTS 145 +# define X509V3_R_EXTENSION_NAME_ERROR 115 +# define X509V3_R_EXTENSION_NOT_FOUND 102 +# define X509V3_R_EXTENSION_SETTING_NOT_SUPPORTED 103 +# define X509V3_R_EXTENSION_VALUE_ERROR 116 +# define X509V3_R_ILLEGAL_EMPTY_EXTENSION 151 +# define X509V3_R_INCORRECT_POLICY_SYNTAX_TAG 152 +# define X509V3_R_INVALID_ASNUMBER 162 +# define X509V3_R_INVALID_ASRANGE 163 +# define X509V3_R_INVALID_BOOLEAN_STRING 104 +# define X509V3_R_INVALID_EXTENSION_STRING 105 +# define X509V3_R_INVALID_INHERITANCE 165 +# define X509V3_R_INVALID_IPADDRESS 166 +# define X509V3_R_INVALID_MULTIPLE_RDNS 161 +# define X509V3_R_INVALID_NAME 106 +# define X509V3_R_INVALID_NULL_ARGUMENT 107 +# define X509V3_R_INVALID_NULL_NAME 108 +# define X509V3_R_INVALID_NULL_VALUE 109 +# define X509V3_R_INVALID_NUMBER 140 +# define X509V3_R_INVALID_NUMBERS 141 +# define X509V3_R_INVALID_OBJECT_IDENTIFIER 110 +# define X509V3_R_INVALID_OPTION 138 +# define X509V3_R_INVALID_POLICY_IDENTIFIER 134 +# define X509V3_R_INVALID_PROXY_POLICY_SETTING 153 +# define X509V3_R_INVALID_PURPOSE 146 +# define X509V3_R_INVALID_SAFI 164 +# define X509V3_R_INVALID_SECTION 135 +# define X509V3_R_INVALID_SYNTAX 143 +# define X509V3_R_ISSUER_DECODE_ERROR 126 +# define X509V3_R_MISSING_VALUE 124 +# define X509V3_R_NEED_ORGANIZATION_AND_NUMBERS 142 +# define X509V3_R_NO_CONFIG_DATABASE 136 +# define X509V3_R_NO_ISSUER_CERTIFICATE 121 +# define X509V3_R_NO_ISSUER_DETAILS 127 +# define X509V3_R_NO_POLICY_IDENTIFIER 139 +# define X509V3_R_NO_PROXY_CERT_POLICY_LANGUAGE_DEFINED 154 +# define X509V3_R_NO_PUBLIC_KEY 114 +# define X509V3_R_NO_SUBJECT_DETAILS 125 +# define X509V3_R_OPERATION_NOT_DEFINED 148 +# define X509V3_R_OTHERNAME_ERROR 147 +# define X509V3_R_POLICY_LANGUAGE_ALREADY_DEFINED 155 +# define X509V3_R_POLICY_PATH_LENGTH 156 +# define X509V3_R_POLICY_PATH_LENGTH_ALREADY_DEFINED 157 +# define X509V3_R_POLICY_WHEN_PROXY_LANGUAGE_REQUIRES_NO_POLICY 159 +# define X509V3_R_SECTION_NOT_FOUND 150 +# define X509V3_R_UNABLE_TO_GET_ISSUER_DETAILS 122 +# define X509V3_R_UNABLE_TO_GET_ISSUER_KEYID 123 +# define X509V3_R_UNKNOWN_BIT_STRING_ARGUMENT 111 +# define X509V3_R_UNKNOWN_EXTENSION 129 +# define X509V3_R_UNKNOWN_EXTENSION_NAME 130 +# define X509V3_R_UNKNOWN_OPTION 120 +# define X509V3_R_UNSUPPORTED_OPTION 117 +# define X509V3_R_UNSUPPORTED_TYPE 167 +# define X509V3_R_USER_TOO_LONG 132 + +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/png16/png.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/png16/png.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..139eb0dc --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/png16/png.h @@ -0,0 +1,3247 @@ + +/* png.h - header file for PNG reference library + * + * libpng version 1.6.37 - April 14, 2019 + * + * Copyright (c) 2018-2019 Cosmin Truta + * Copyright (c) 1998-2002,2004,2006-2018 Glenn Randers-Pehrson + * Copyright (c) 1996-1997 Andreas Dilger + * Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Guy Eric Schalnat, Group 42, Inc. + * + * This code is released under the libpng license. (See LICENSE, below.) + * + * Authors and maintainers: + * libpng versions 0.71, May 1995, through 0.88, January 1996: Guy Schalnat + * libpng versions 0.89, June 1996, through 0.96, May 1997: Andreas Dilger + * libpng versions 0.97, January 1998, through 1.6.35, July 2018: + * Glenn Randers-Pehrson + * libpng versions 1.6.36, December 2018, through 1.6.37, April 2019: + * Cosmin Truta + * See also "Contributing Authors", below. + */ + +/* + * COPYRIGHT NOTICE, DISCLAIMER, and LICENSE + * ========================================= + * + * PNG Reference Library License version 2 + * --------------------------------------- + * + * * Copyright (c) 1995-2019 The PNG Reference Library Authors. + * * Copyright (c) 2018-2019 Cosmin Truta. + * * Copyright (c) 2000-2002, 2004, 2006-2018 Glenn Randers-Pehrson. + * * Copyright (c) 1996-1997 Andreas Dilger. + * * Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Guy Eric Schalnat, Group 42, Inc. + * + * The software is supplied "as is", without warranty of any kind, + * express or implied, including, without limitation, the warranties + * of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, title, and + * non-infringement. In no event shall the Copyright owners, or + * anyone distributing the software, be liable for any damages or + * other liability, whether in contract, tort or otherwise, arising + * from, out of, or in connection with the software, or the use or + * other dealings in the software, even if advised of the possibility + * of such damage. + * + * Permission is hereby granted to use, copy, modify, and distribute + * this software, or portions hereof, for any purpose, without fee, + * subject to the following restrictions: + * + * 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you + * must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you + * use this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product + * documentation would be appreciated, but is not required. + * + * 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must + * not be misrepresented as being the original software. + * + * 3. This Copyright notice may not be removed or altered from any + * source or altered source distribution. + * + * + * PNG Reference Library License version 1 (for libpng 0.5 through 1.6.35) + * ----------------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * libpng versions 1.0.7, July 1, 2000, through 1.6.35, July 15, 2018 are + * Copyright (c) 2000-2002, 2004, 2006-2018 Glenn Randers-Pehrson, are + * derived from libpng-1.0.6, and are distributed according to the same + * disclaimer and license as libpng-1.0.6 with the following individuals + * added to the list of Contributing Authors: + * + * Simon-Pierre Cadieux + * Eric S. Raymond + * Mans Rullgard + * Cosmin Truta + * Gilles Vollant + * James Yu + * Mandar Sahastrabuddhe + * Google Inc. + * Vadim Barkov + * + * and with the following additions to the disclaimer: + * + * There is no warranty against interference with your enjoyment of + * the library or against infringement. There is no warranty that our + * efforts or the library will fulfill any of your particular purposes + * or needs. This library is provided with all faults, and the entire + * risk of satisfactory quality, performance, accuracy, and effort is + * with the user. + * + * Some files in the "contrib" directory and some configure-generated + * files that are distributed with libpng have other copyright owners, and + * are released under other open source licenses. + * + * libpng versions 0.97, January 1998, through 1.0.6, March 20, 2000, are + * Copyright (c) 1998-2000 Glenn Randers-Pehrson, are derived from + * libpng-0.96, and are distributed according to the same disclaimer and + * license as libpng-0.96, with the following individuals added to the + * list of Contributing Authors: + * + * Tom Lane + * Glenn Randers-Pehrson + * Willem van Schaik + * + * libpng versions 0.89, June 1996, through 0.96, May 1997, are + * Copyright (c) 1996-1997 Andreas Dilger, are derived from libpng-0.88, + * and are distributed according to the same disclaimer and license as + * libpng-0.88, with the following individuals added to the list of + * Contributing Authors: + * + * John Bowler + * Kevin Bracey + * Sam Bushell + * Magnus Holmgren + * Greg Roelofs + * Tom Tanner + * + * Some files in the "scripts" directory have other copyright owners, + * but are released under this license. + * + * libpng versions 0.5, May 1995, through 0.88, January 1996, are + * Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Guy Eric Schalnat, Group 42, Inc. + * + * For the purposes of this copyright and license, "Contributing Authors" + * is defined as the following set of individuals: + * + * Andreas Dilger + * Dave Martindale + * Guy Eric Schalnat + * Paul Schmidt + * Tim Wegner + * + * The PNG Reference Library is supplied "AS IS". The Contributing + * Authors and Group 42, Inc. disclaim all warranties, expressed or + * implied, including, without limitation, the warranties of + * merchantability and of fitness for any purpose. The Contributing + * Authors and Group 42, Inc. assume no liability for direct, indirect, + * incidental, special, exemplary, or consequential damages, which may + * result from the use of the PNG Reference Library, even if advised of + * the possibility of such damage. + * + * Permission is hereby granted to use, copy, modify, and distribute this + * source code, or portions hereof, for any purpose, without fee, subject + * to the following restrictions: + * + * 1. The origin of this source code must not be misrepresented. + * + * 2. Altered versions must be plainly marked as such and must not + * be misrepresented as being the original source. + * + * 3. This Copyright notice may not be removed or altered from any + * source or altered source distribution. + * + * The Contributing Authors and Group 42, Inc. specifically permit, + * without fee, and encourage the use of this source code as a component + * to supporting the PNG file format in commercial products. If you use + * this source code in a product, acknowledgment is not required but would + * be appreciated. + * + * END OF COPYRIGHT NOTICE, DISCLAIMER, and LICENSE. + * + * TRADEMARK + * ========= + * + * The name "libpng" has not been registered by the Copyright owners + * as a trademark in any jurisdiction. However, because libpng has + * been distributed and maintained world-wide, continually since 1995, + * the Copyright owners claim "common-law trademark protection" in any + * jurisdiction where common-law trademark is recognized. + */ + +/* + * A "png_get_copyright" function is available, for convenient use in "about" + * boxes and the like: + * + * printf("%s", png_get_copyright(NULL)); + * + * Also, the PNG logo (in PNG format, of course) is supplied in the + * files "pngbar.png" and "pngbar.jpg (88x31) and "pngnow.png" (98x31). + */ + +/* + * The contributing authors would like to thank all those who helped + * with testing, bug fixes, and patience. This wouldn't have been + * possible without all of you. + * + * Thanks to Frank J. T. Wojcik for helping with the documentation. + */ + +/* Note about libpng version numbers: + * + * Due to various miscommunications, unforeseen code incompatibilities + * and occasional factors outside the authors' control, version numbering + * on the library has not always been consistent and straightforward. + * The following table summarizes matters since version 0.89c, which was + * the first widely used release: + * + * source png.h png.h shared-lib + * version string int version + * ------- ------ ----- ---------- + * 0.89c "1.0 beta 3" 0.89 89 1.0.89 + * 0.90 "1.0 beta 4" 0.90 90 0.90 [should have been 2.0.90] + * 0.95 "1.0 beta 5" 0.95 95 0.95 [should have been 2.0.95] + * 0.96 "1.0 beta 6" 0.96 96 0.96 [should have been 2.0.96] + * 0.97b "1.00.97 beta 7" 1.00.97 97 1.0.1 [should have been 2.0.97] + * 0.97c 0.97 97 2.0.97 + * 0.98 0.98 98 2.0.98 + * 0.99 0.99 98 2.0.99 + * 0.99a-m 0.99 99 2.0.99 + * 1.00 1.00 100 2.1.0 [100 should be 10000] + * 1.0.0 (from here on, the 100 2.1.0 [100 should be 10000] + * 1.0.1 png.h string is 10001 2.1.0 + * 1.0.1a-e identical to the 10002 from here on, the shared library + * 1.0.2 source version) 10002 is 2.V where V is the source code + * 1.0.2a-b 10003 version, except as noted. + * 1.0.3 10003 + * 1.0.3a-d 10004 + * 1.0.4 10004 + * 1.0.4a-f 10005 + * 1.0.5 (+ 2 patches) 10005 + * 1.0.5a-d 10006 + * 1.0.5e-r 10100 (not source compatible) + * 1.0.5s-v 10006 (not binary compatible) + * 1.0.6 (+ 3 patches) 10006 (still binary incompatible) + * 1.0.6d-f 10007 (still binary incompatible) + * 1.0.6g 10007 + * 1.0.6h 10007 10.6h (testing xy.z so-numbering) + * 1.0.6i 10007 10.6i + * 1.0.6j 10007 2.1.0.6j (incompatible with 1.0.0) + * 1.0.7beta11-14 DLLNUM 10007 2.1.0.7beta11-14 (binary compatible) + * 1.0.7beta15-18 1 10007 2.1.0.7beta15-18 (binary compatible) + * 1.0.7rc1-2 1 10007 2.1.0.7rc1-2 (binary compatible) + * 1.0.7 1 10007 (still compatible) + * ... + * 1.0.69 10 10069 10.so.0.69[.0] + * ... + * 1.2.59 13 10259 12.so.0.59[.0] + * ... + * 1.4.20 14 10420 14.so.0.20[.0] + * ... + * 1.5.30 15 10530 15.so.15.30[.0] + * ... + * 1.6.37 16 10637 16.so.16.37[.0] + * + * Henceforth the source version will match the shared-library major and + * minor numbers; the shared-library major version number will be used for + * changes in backward compatibility, as it is intended. + * The PNG_LIBPNG_VER macro, which is not used within libpng but is + * available for applications, is an unsigned integer of the form XYYZZ + * corresponding to the source version X.Y.Z (leading zeros in Y and Z). + * Beta versions were given the previous public release number plus a + * letter, until version 1.0.6j; from then on they were given the upcoming + * public release number plus "betaNN" or "rcNN". + * + * Binary incompatibility exists only when applications make direct access + * to the info_ptr or png_ptr members through png.h, and the compiled + * application is loaded with a different version of the library. + * + * DLLNUM will change each time there are forward or backward changes + * in binary compatibility (e.g., when a new feature is added). + * + * See libpng.txt or libpng.3 for more information. The PNG specification + * is available as a W3C Recommendation and as an ISO/IEC Standard; see + * <https://www.w3.org/TR/2003/REC-PNG-20031110/> + */ + +#ifndef PNG_H +#define PNG_H + +/* This is not the place to learn how to use libpng. The file libpng-manual.txt + * describes how to use libpng, and the file example.c summarizes it + * with some code on which to build. This file is useful for looking + * at the actual function definitions and structure components. If that + * file has been stripped from your copy of libpng, you can find it at + * <http://www.libpng.org/pub/png/libpng-manual.txt> + * + * If you just need to read a PNG file and don't want to read the documentation + * skip to the end of this file and read the section entitled 'simplified API'. + */ + +/* Version information for png.h - this should match the version in png.c */ +#define PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING "1.6.37" +#define PNG_HEADER_VERSION_STRING " libpng version 1.6.37 - April 14, 2019\n" + +#define PNG_LIBPNG_VER_SONUM 16 +#define PNG_LIBPNG_VER_DLLNUM 16 + +/* These should match the first 3 components of PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING: */ +#define PNG_LIBPNG_VER_MAJOR 1 +#define PNG_LIBPNG_VER_MINOR 6 +#define PNG_LIBPNG_VER_RELEASE 37 + +/* This should be zero for a public release, or non-zero for a + * development version. [Deprecated] + */ +#define PNG_LIBPNG_VER_BUILD 0 + +/* Release Status */ +#define PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_ALPHA 1 +#define PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_BETA 2 +#define PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_RC 3 +#define PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_STABLE 4 +#define PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_RELEASE_STATUS_MASK 7 + +/* Release-Specific Flags */ +#define PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_PATCH 8 /* Can be OR'ed with + PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_STABLE only */ +#define PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_PRIVATE 16 /* Cannot be OR'ed with + PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_SPECIAL */ +#define PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_SPECIAL 32 /* Cannot be OR'ed with + PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_PRIVATE */ + +#define PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_BASE_TYPE PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_STABLE + +/* Careful here. At one time, Guy wanted to use 082, but that + * would be octal. We must not include leading zeros. + * Versions 0.7 through 1.0.0 were in the range 0 to 100 here + * (only version 1.0.0 was mis-numbered 100 instead of 10000). + * From version 1.0.1 it is: + * XXYYZZ, where XX=major, YY=minor, ZZ=release + */ +#define PNG_LIBPNG_VER 10637 /* 1.6.37 */ + +/* Library configuration: these options cannot be changed after + * the library has been built. + */ +#ifndef PNGLCONF_H +/* If pnglibconf.h is missing, you can + * copy scripts/pnglibconf.h.prebuilt to pnglibconf.h + */ +# include "pnglibconf.h" +#endif + +#ifndef PNG_VERSION_INFO_ONLY +/* Machine specific configuration. */ +# include "pngconf.h" +#endif + +/* + * Added at libpng-1.2.8 + * + * Ref MSDN: Private as priority over Special + * VS_FF_PRIVATEBUILD File *was not* built using standard release + * procedures. If this value is given, the StringFileInfo block must + * contain a PrivateBuild string. + * + * VS_FF_SPECIALBUILD File *was* built by the original company using + * standard release procedures but is a variation of the standard + * file of the same version number. If this value is given, the + * StringFileInfo block must contain a SpecialBuild string. + */ + +#ifdef PNG_USER_PRIVATEBUILD /* From pnglibconf.h */ +# define PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_TYPE \ + (PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_BASE_TYPE | PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_PRIVATE) +#else +# ifdef PNG_LIBPNG_SPECIALBUILD +# define PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_TYPE \ + (PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_BASE_TYPE | PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_SPECIAL) +# else +# define PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_TYPE (PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_BASE_TYPE) +# endif +#endif + +#ifndef PNG_VERSION_INFO_ONLY + +/* Inhibit C++ name-mangling for libpng functions but not for system calls. */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +/* Version information for C files, stored in png.c. This had better match + * the version above. + */ +#define png_libpng_ver png_get_header_ver(NULL) + +/* This file is arranged in several sections: + * + * 1. [omitted] + * 2. Any configuration options that can be specified by for the application + * code when it is built. (Build time configuration is in pnglibconf.h) + * 3. Type definitions (base types are defined in pngconf.h), structure + * definitions. + * 4. Exported library functions. + * 5. Simplified API. + * 6. Implementation options. + * + * The library source code has additional files (principally pngpriv.h) that + * allow configuration of the library. + */ + +/* Section 1: [omitted] */ + +/* Section 2: run time configuration + * See pnglibconf.h for build time configuration + * + * Run time configuration allows the application to choose between + * implementations of certain arithmetic APIs. The default is set + * at build time and recorded in pnglibconf.h, but it is safe to + * override these (and only these) settings. Note that this won't + * change what the library does, only application code, and the + * settings can (and probably should) be made on a per-file basis + * by setting the #defines before including png.h + * + * Use macros to read integers from PNG data or use the exported + * functions? + * PNG_USE_READ_MACROS: use the macros (see below) Note that + * the macros evaluate their argument multiple times. + * PNG_NO_USE_READ_MACROS: call the relevant library function. + * + * Use the alternative algorithm for compositing alpha samples that + * does not use division? + * PNG_READ_COMPOSITE_NODIV_SUPPORTED: use the 'no division' + * algorithm. + * PNG_NO_READ_COMPOSITE_NODIV: use the 'division' algorithm. + * + * How to handle benign errors if PNG_ALLOW_BENIGN_ERRORS is + * false? + * PNG_ALLOW_BENIGN_ERRORS: map calls to the benign error + * APIs to png_warning. + * Otherwise the calls are mapped to png_error. + */ + +/* Section 3: type definitions, including structures and compile time + * constants. + * See pngconf.h for base types that vary by machine/system + */ + +/* This triggers a compiler error in png.c, if png.c and png.h + * do not agree upon the version number. + */ +typedef char* png_libpng_version_1_6_37; + +/* Basic control structions. Read libpng-manual.txt or libpng.3 for more info. + * + * png_struct is the cache of information used while reading or writing a single + * PNG file. One of these is always required, although the simplified API + * (below) hides the creation and destruction of it. + */ +typedef struct png_struct_def png_struct; +typedef const png_struct * png_const_structp; +typedef png_struct * png_structp; +typedef png_struct * * png_structpp; + +/* png_info contains information read from or to be written to a PNG file. One + * or more of these must exist while reading or creating a PNG file. The + * information is not used by libpng during read but is used to control what + * gets written when a PNG file is created. "png_get_" function calls read + * information during read and "png_set_" functions calls write information + * when creating a PNG. + * been moved into a separate header file that is not accessible to + * applications. Read libpng-manual.txt or libpng.3 for more info. + */ +typedef struct png_info_def png_info; +typedef png_info * png_infop; +typedef const png_info * png_const_infop; +typedef png_info * * png_infopp; + +/* Types with names ending 'p' are pointer types. The corresponding types with + * names ending 'rp' are identical pointer types except that the pointer is + * marked 'restrict', which means that it is the only pointer to the object + * passed to the function. Applications should not use the 'restrict' types; + * it is always valid to pass 'p' to a pointer with a function argument of the + * corresponding 'rp' type. Different compilers have different rules with + * regard to type matching in the presence of 'restrict'. For backward + * compatibility libpng callbacks never have 'restrict' in their parameters and, + * consequentially, writing portable application code is extremely difficult if + * an attempt is made to use 'restrict'. + */ +typedef png_struct * PNG_RESTRICT png_structrp; +typedef const png_struct * PNG_RESTRICT png_const_structrp; +typedef png_info * PNG_RESTRICT png_inforp; +typedef const png_info * PNG_RESTRICT png_const_inforp; + +/* Three color definitions. The order of the red, green, and blue, (and the + * exact size) is not important, although the size of the fields need to + * be png_byte or png_uint_16 (as defined below). + */ +typedef struct png_color_struct +{ + png_byte red; + png_byte green; + png_byte blue; +} png_color; +typedef png_color * png_colorp; +typedef const png_color * png_const_colorp; +typedef png_color * * png_colorpp; + +typedef struct png_color_16_struct +{ + png_byte index; /* used for palette files */ + png_uint_16 red; /* for use in red green blue files */ + png_uint_16 green; + png_uint_16 blue; + png_uint_16 gray; /* for use in grayscale files */ +} png_color_16; +typedef png_color_16 * png_color_16p; +typedef const png_color_16 * png_const_color_16p; +typedef png_color_16 * * png_color_16pp; + +typedef struct png_color_8_struct +{ + png_byte red; /* for use in red green blue files */ + png_byte green; + png_byte blue; + png_byte gray; /* for use in grayscale files */ + png_byte alpha; /* for alpha channel files */ +} png_color_8; +typedef png_color_8 * png_color_8p; +typedef const png_color_8 * png_const_color_8p; +typedef png_color_8 * * png_color_8pp; + +/* + * The following two structures are used for the in-core representation + * of sPLT chunks. + */ +typedef struct png_sPLT_entry_struct +{ + png_uint_16 red; + png_uint_16 green; + png_uint_16 blue; + png_uint_16 alpha; + png_uint_16 frequency; +} png_sPLT_entry; +typedef png_sPLT_entry * png_sPLT_entryp; +typedef const png_sPLT_entry * png_const_sPLT_entryp; +typedef png_sPLT_entry * * png_sPLT_entrypp; + +/* When the depth of the sPLT palette is 8 bits, the color and alpha samples + * occupy the LSB of their respective members, and the MSB of each member + * is zero-filled. The frequency member always occupies the full 16 bits. + */ + +typedef struct png_sPLT_struct +{ + png_charp name; /* palette name */ + png_byte depth; /* depth of palette samples */ + png_sPLT_entryp entries; /* palette entries */ + png_int_32 nentries; /* number of palette entries */ +} png_sPLT_t; +typedef png_sPLT_t * png_sPLT_tp; +typedef const png_sPLT_t * png_const_sPLT_tp; +typedef png_sPLT_t * * png_sPLT_tpp; + +#ifdef PNG_TEXT_SUPPORTED +/* png_text holds the contents of a text/ztxt/itxt chunk in a PNG file, + * and whether that contents is compressed or not. The "key" field + * points to a regular zero-terminated C string. The "text" fields can be a + * regular C string, an empty string, or a NULL pointer. + * However, the structure returned by png_get_text() will always contain + * the "text" field as a regular zero-terminated C string (possibly + * empty), never a NULL pointer, so it can be safely used in printf() and + * other string-handling functions. Note that the "itxt_length", "lang", and + * "lang_key" members of the structure only exist when the library is built + * with iTXt chunk support. Prior to libpng-1.4.0 the library was built by + * default without iTXt support. Also note that when iTXt *is* supported, + * the "lang" and "lang_key" fields contain NULL pointers when the + * "compression" field contains * PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE or + * PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt. Note that the "compression value" is not the + * same as what appears in the PNG tEXt/zTXt/iTXt chunk's "compression flag" + * which is always 0 or 1, or its "compression method" which is always 0. + */ +typedef struct png_text_struct +{ + int compression; /* compression value: + -1: tEXt, none + 0: zTXt, deflate + 1: iTXt, none + 2: iTXt, deflate */ + png_charp key; /* keyword, 1-79 character description of "text" */ + png_charp text; /* comment, may be an empty string (ie "") + or a NULL pointer */ + size_t text_length; /* length of the text string */ + size_t itxt_length; /* length of the itxt string */ + png_charp lang; /* language code, 0-79 characters + or a NULL pointer */ + png_charp lang_key; /* keyword translated UTF-8 string, 0 or more + chars or a NULL pointer */ +} png_text; +typedef png_text * png_textp; +typedef const png_text * png_const_textp; +typedef png_text * * png_textpp; +#endif + +/* Supported compression types for text in PNG files (tEXt, and zTXt). + * The values of the PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_ defines should NOT be changed. */ +#define PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE_WR -3 +#define PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt_WR -2 +#define PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE -1 +#define PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt 0 +#define PNG_ITXT_COMPRESSION_NONE 1 +#define PNG_ITXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt 2 +#define PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_LAST 3 /* Not a valid value */ + +/* png_time is a way to hold the time in an machine independent way. + * Two conversions are provided, both from time_t and struct tm. There + * is no portable way to convert to either of these structures, as far + * as I know. If you know of a portable way, send it to me. As a side + * note - PNG has always been Year 2000 compliant! + */ +typedef struct png_time_struct +{ + png_uint_16 year; /* full year, as in, 1995 */ + png_byte month; /* month of year, 1 - 12 */ + png_byte day; /* day of month, 1 - 31 */ + png_byte hour; /* hour of day, 0 - 23 */ + png_byte minute; /* minute of hour, 0 - 59 */ + png_byte second; /* second of minute, 0 - 60 (for leap seconds) */ +} png_time; +typedef png_time * png_timep; +typedef const png_time * png_const_timep; +typedef png_time * * png_timepp; + +#if defined(PNG_STORE_UNKNOWN_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED) ||\ + defined(PNG_USER_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED) +/* png_unknown_chunk is a structure to hold queued chunks for which there is + * no specific support. The idea is that we can use this to queue + * up private chunks for output even though the library doesn't actually + * know about their semantics. + * + * The data in the structure is set by libpng on read and used on write. + */ +typedef struct png_unknown_chunk_t +{ + png_byte name[5]; /* Textual chunk name with '\0' terminator */ + png_byte *data; /* Data, should not be modified on read! */ + size_t size; + + /* On write 'location' must be set using the flag values listed below. + * Notice that on read it is set by libpng however the values stored have + * more bits set than are listed below. Always treat the value as a + * bitmask. On write set only one bit - setting multiple bits may cause the + * chunk to be written in multiple places. + */ + png_byte location; /* mode of operation at read time */ +} +png_unknown_chunk; + +typedef png_unknown_chunk * png_unknown_chunkp; +typedef const png_unknown_chunk * png_const_unknown_chunkp; +typedef png_unknown_chunk * * png_unknown_chunkpp; +#endif + +/* Flag values for the unknown chunk location byte. */ +#define PNG_HAVE_IHDR 0x01 +#define PNG_HAVE_PLTE 0x02 +#define PNG_AFTER_IDAT 0x08 + +/* Maximum positive integer used in PNG is (2^31)-1 */ +#define PNG_UINT_31_MAX ((png_uint_32)0x7fffffffL) +#define PNG_UINT_32_MAX ((png_uint_32)(-1)) +#define PNG_SIZE_MAX ((size_t)(-1)) + +/* These are constants for fixed point values encoded in the + * PNG specification manner (x100000) + */ +#define PNG_FP_1 100000 +#define PNG_FP_HALF 50000 +#define PNG_FP_MAX ((png_fixed_point)0x7fffffffL) +#define PNG_FP_MIN (-PNG_FP_MAX) + +/* These describe the color_type field in png_info. */ +/* color type masks */ +#define PNG_COLOR_MASK_PALETTE 1 +#define PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR 2 +#define PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA 4 + +/* color types. Note that not all combinations are legal */ +#define PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY 0 +#define PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE (PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR | PNG_COLOR_MASK_PALETTE) +#define PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB (PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR) +#define PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA (PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR | PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA) +#define PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY_ALPHA (PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA) +/* aliases */ +#define PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGBA PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA +#define PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GA PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY_ALPHA + +/* This is for compression type. PNG 1.0-1.2 only define the single type. */ +#define PNG_COMPRESSION_TYPE_BASE 0 /* Deflate method 8, 32K window */ +#define PNG_COMPRESSION_TYPE_DEFAULT PNG_COMPRESSION_TYPE_BASE + +/* This is for filter type. PNG 1.0-1.2 only define the single type. */ +#define PNG_FILTER_TYPE_BASE 0 /* Single row per-byte filtering */ +#define PNG_INTRAPIXEL_DIFFERENCING 64 /* Used only in MNG datastreams */ +#define PNG_FILTER_TYPE_DEFAULT PNG_FILTER_TYPE_BASE + +/* These are for the interlacing type. These values should NOT be changed. */ +#define PNG_INTERLACE_NONE 0 /* Non-interlaced image */ +#define PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7 1 /* Adam7 interlacing */ +#define PNG_INTERLACE_LAST 2 /* Not a valid value */ + +/* These are for the oFFs chunk. These values should NOT be changed. */ +#define PNG_OFFSET_PIXEL 0 /* Offset in pixels */ +#define PNG_OFFSET_MICROMETER 1 /* Offset in micrometers (1/10^6 meter) */ +#define PNG_OFFSET_LAST 2 /* Not a valid value */ + +/* These are for the pCAL chunk. These values should NOT be changed. */ +#define PNG_EQUATION_LINEAR 0 /* Linear transformation */ +#define PNG_EQUATION_BASE_E 1 /* Exponential base e transform */ +#define PNG_EQUATION_ARBITRARY 2 /* Arbitrary base exponential transform */ +#define PNG_EQUATION_HYPERBOLIC 3 /* Hyperbolic sine transformation */ +#define PNG_EQUATION_LAST 4 /* Not a valid value */ + +/* These are for the sCAL chunk. These values should NOT be changed. */ +#define PNG_SCALE_UNKNOWN 0 /* unknown unit (image scale) */ +#define PNG_SCALE_METER 1 /* meters per pixel */ +#define PNG_SCALE_RADIAN 2 /* radians per pixel */ +#define PNG_SCALE_LAST 3 /* Not a valid value */ + +/* These are for the pHYs chunk. These values should NOT be changed. */ +#define PNG_RESOLUTION_UNKNOWN 0 /* pixels/unknown unit (aspect ratio) */ +#define PNG_RESOLUTION_METER 1 /* pixels/meter */ +#define PNG_RESOLUTION_LAST 2 /* Not a valid value */ + +/* These are for the sRGB chunk. These values should NOT be changed. */ +#define PNG_sRGB_INTENT_PERCEPTUAL 0 +#define PNG_sRGB_INTENT_RELATIVE 1 +#define PNG_sRGB_INTENT_SATURATION 2 +#define PNG_sRGB_INTENT_ABSOLUTE 3 +#define PNG_sRGB_INTENT_LAST 4 /* Not a valid value */ + +/* This is for text chunks */ +#define PNG_KEYWORD_MAX_LENGTH 79 + +/* Maximum number of entries in PLTE/sPLT/tRNS arrays */ +#define PNG_MAX_PALETTE_LENGTH 256 + +/* These determine if an ancillary chunk's data has been successfully read + * from the PNG header, or if the application has filled in the corresponding + * data in the info_struct to be written into the output file. The values + * of the PNG_INFO_<chunk> defines should NOT be changed. + */ +#define PNG_INFO_gAMA 0x0001U +#define PNG_INFO_sBIT 0x0002U +#define PNG_INFO_cHRM 0x0004U +#define PNG_INFO_PLTE 0x0008U +#define PNG_INFO_tRNS 0x0010U +#define PNG_INFO_bKGD 0x0020U +#define PNG_INFO_hIST 0x0040U +#define PNG_INFO_pHYs 0x0080U +#define PNG_INFO_oFFs 0x0100U +#define PNG_INFO_tIME 0x0200U +#define PNG_INFO_pCAL 0x0400U +#define PNG_INFO_sRGB 0x0800U /* GR-P, 0.96a */ +#define PNG_INFO_iCCP 0x1000U /* ESR, 1.0.6 */ +#define PNG_INFO_sPLT 0x2000U /* ESR, 1.0.6 */ +#define PNG_INFO_sCAL 0x4000U /* ESR, 1.0.6 */ +#define PNG_INFO_IDAT 0x8000U /* ESR, 1.0.6 */ +#define PNG_INFO_eXIf 0x10000U /* GR-P, 1.6.31 */ + +/* This is used for the transformation routines, as some of them + * change these values for the row. It also should enable using + * the routines for other purposes. + */ +typedef struct png_row_info_struct +{ + png_uint_32 width; /* width of row */ + size_t rowbytes; /* number of bytes in row */ + png_byte color_type; /* color type of row */ + png_byte bit_depth; /* bit depth of row */ + png_byte channels; /* number of channels (1, 2, 3, or 4) */ + png_byte pixel_depth; /* bits per pixel (depth * channels) */ +} png_row_info; + +typedef png_row_info * png_row_infop; +typedef png_row_info * * png_row_infopp; + +/* These are the function types for the I/O functions and for the functions + * that allow the user to override the default I/O functions with his or her + * own. The png_error_ptr type should match that of user-supplied warning + * and error functions, while the png_rw_ptr type should match that of the + * user read/write data functions. Note that the 'write' function must not + * modify the buffer it is passed. The 'read' function, on the other hand, is + * expected to return the read data in the buffer. + */ +typedef PNG_CALLBACK(void, *png_error_ptr, (png_structp, png_const_charp)); +typedef PNG_CALLBACK(void, *png_rw_ptr, (png_structp, png_bytep, size_t)); +typedef PNG_CALLBACK(void, *png_flush_ptr, (png_structp)); +typedef PNG_CALLBACK(void, *png_read_status_ptr, (png_structp, png_uint_32, + int)); +typedef PNG_CALLBACK(void, *png_write_status_ptr, (png_structp, png_uint_32, + int)); + +#ifdef PNG_PROGRESSIVE_READ_SUPPORTED +typedef PNG_CALLBACK(void, *png_progressive_info_ptr, (png_structp, png_infop)); +typedef PNG_CALLBACK(void, *png_progressive_end_ptr, (png_structp, png_infop)); + +/* The following callback receives png_uint_32 row_number, int pass for the + * png_bytep data of the row. When transforming an interlaced image the + * row number is the row number within the sub-image of the interlace pass, so + * the value will increase to the height of the sub-image (not the full image) + * then reset to 0 for the next pass. + * + * Use PNG_ROW_FROM_PASS_ROW(row, pass) and PNG_COL_FROM_PASS_COL(col, pass) to + * find the output pixel (x,y) given an interlaced sub-image pixel + * (row,col,pass). (See below for these macros.) + */ +typedef PNG_CALLBACK(void, *png_progressive_row_ptr, (png_structp, png_bytep, + png_uint_32, int)); +#endif + +#if defined(PNG_READ_USER_TRANSFORM_SUPPORTED) || \ + defined(PNG_WRITE_USER_TRANSFORM_SUPPORTED) +typedef PNG_CALLBACK(void, *png_user_transform_ptr, (png_structp, png_row_infop, + png_bytep)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_USER_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED +typedef PNG_CALLBACK(int, *png_user_chunk_ptr, (png_structp, + png_unknown_chunkp)); +#endif +#ifdef PNG_UNKNOWN_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED +/* not used anywhere */ +/* typedef PNG_CALLBACK(void, *png_unknown_chunk_ptr, (png_structp)); */ +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_SETJMP_SUPPORTED +/* This must match the function definition in <setjmp.h>, and the application + * must include this before png.h to obtain the definition of jmp_buf. The + * function is required to be PNG_NORETURN, but this is not checked. If the + * function does return the application will crash via an abort() or similar + * system level call. + * + * If you get a warning here while building the library you may need to make + * changes to ensure that pnglibconf.h records the calling convention used by + * your compiler. This may be very difficult - try using a different compiler + * to build the library! + */ +PNG_FUNCTION(void, (PNGCAPI *png_longjmp_ptr), PNGARG((jmp_buf, int)), typedef); +#endif + +/* Transform masks for the high-level interface */ +#define PNG_TRANSFORM_IDENTITY 0x0000 /* read and write */ +#define PNG_TRANSFORM_STRIP_16 0x0001 /* read only */ +#define PNG_TRANSFORM_STRIP_ALPHA 0x0002 /* read only */ +#define PNG_TRANSFORM_PACKING 0x0004 /* read and write */ +#define PNG_TRANSFORM_PACKSWAP 0x0008 /* read and write */ +#define PNG_TRANSFORM_EXPAND 0x0010 /* read only */ +#define PNG_TRANSFORM_INVERT_MONO 0x0020 /* read and write */ +#define PNG_TRANSFORM_SHIFT 0x0040 /* read and write */ +#define PNG_TRANSFORM_BGR 0x0080 /* read and write */ +#define PNG_TRANSFORM_SWAP_ALPHA 0x0100 /* read and write */ +#define PNG_TRANSFORM_SWAP_ENDIAN 0x0200 /* read and write */ +#define PNG_TRANSFORM_INVERT_ALPHA 0x0400 /* read and write */ +#define PNG_TRANSFORM_STRIP_FILLER 0x0800 /* write only */ +/* Added to libpng-1.2.34 */ +#define PNG_TRANSFORM_STRIP_FILLER_BEFORE PNG_TRANSFORM_STRIP_FILLER +#define PNG_TRANSFORM_STRIP_FILLER_AFTER 0x1000 /* write only */ +/* Added to libpng-1.4.0 */ +#define PNG_TRANSFORM_GRAY_TO_RGB 0x2000 /* read only */ +/* Added to libpng-1.5.4 */ +#define PNG_TRANSFORM_EXPAND_16 0x4000 /* read only */ +#if INT_MAX >= 0x8000 /* else this might break */ +#define PNG_TRANSFORM_SCALE_16 0x8000 /* read only */ +#endif + +/* Flags for MNG supported features */ +#define PNG_FLAG_MNG_EMPTY_PLTE 0x01 +#define PNG_FLAG_MNG_FILTER_64 0x04 +#define PNG_ALL_MNG_FEATURES 0x05 + +/* NOTE: prior to 1.5 these functions had no 'API' style declaration, + * this allowed the zlib default functions to be used on Windows + * platforms. In 1.5 the zlib default malloc (which just calls malloc and + * ignores the first argument) should be completely compatible with the + * following. + */ +typedef PNG_CALLBACK(png_voidp, *png_malloc_ptr, (png_structp, + png_alloc_size_t)); +typedef PNG_CALLBACK(void, *png_free_ptr, (png_structp, png_voidp)); + +/* Section 4: exported functions + * Here are the function definitions most commonly used. This is not + * the place to find out how to use libpng. See libpng-manual.txt for the + * full explanation, see example.c for the summary. This just provides + * a simple one line description of the use of each function. + * + * The PNG_EXPORT() and PNG_EXPORTA() macros used below are defined in + * pngconf.h and in the *.dfn files in the scripts directory. + * + * PNG_EXPORT(ordinal, type, name, (args)); + * + * ordinal: ordinal that is used while building + * *.def files. The ordinal value is only + * relevant when preprocessing png.h with + * the *.dfn files for building symbol table + * entries, and are removed by pngconf.h. + * type: return type of the function + * name: function name + * args: function arguments, with types + * + * When we wish to append attributes to a function prototype we use + * the PNG_EXPORTA() macro instead. + * + * PNG_EXPORTA(ordinal, type, name, (args), attributes); + * + * ordinal, type, name, and args: same as in PNG_EXPORT(). + * attributes: function attributes + */ + +/* Returns the version number of the library */ +PNG_EXPORT(1, png_uint_32, png_access_version_number, (void)); + +/* Tell lib we have already handled the first <num_bytes> magic bytes. + * Handling more than 8 bytes from the beginning of the file is an error. + */ +PNG_EXPORT(2, void, png_set_sig_bytes, (png_structrp png_ptr, int num_bytes)); + +/* Check sig[start] through sig[start + num_to_check - 1] to see if it's a + * PNG file. Returns zero if the supplied bytes match the 8-byte PNG + * signature, and non-zero otherwise. Having num_to_check == 0 or + * start > 7 will always fail (ie return non-zero). + */ +PNG_EXPORT(3, int, png_sig_cmp, (png_const_bytep sig, size_t start, + size_t num_to_check)); + +/* Simple signature checking function. This is the same as calling + * png_check_sig(sig, n) := !png_sig_cmp(sig, 0, n). + */ +#define png_check_sig(sig, n) !png_sig_cmp((sig), 0, (n)) + +/* Allocate and initialize png_ptr struct for reading, and any other memory. */ +PNG_EXPORTA(4, png_structp, png_create_read_struct, + (png_const_charp user_png_ver, png_voidp error_ptr, + png_error_ptr error_fn, png_error_ptr warn_fn), + PNG_ALLOCATED); + +/* Allocate and initialize png_ptr struct for writing, and any other memory */ +PNG_EXPORTA(5, png_structp, png_create_write_struct, + (png_const_charp user_png_ver, png_voidp error_ptr, png_error_ptr error_fn, + png_error_ptr warn_fn), + PNG_ALLOCATED); + +PNG_EXPORT(6, size_t, png_get_compression_buffer_size, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr)); + +PNG_EXPORT(7, void, png_set_compression_buffer_size, (png_structrp png_ptr, + size_t size)); + +/* Moved from pngconf.h in 1.4.0 and modified to ensure setjmp/longjmp + * match up. + */ +#ifdef PNG_SETJMP_SUPPORTED +/* This function returns the jmp_buf built in to *png_ptr. It must be + * supplied with an appropriate 'longjmp' function to use on that jmp_buf + * unless the default error function is overridden in which case NULL is + * acceptable. The size of the jmp_buf is checked against the actual size + * allocated by the library - the call will return NULL on a mismatch + * indicating an ABI mismatch. + */ +PNG_EXPORT(8, jmp_buf*, png_set_longjmp_fn, (png_structrp png_ptr, + png_longjmp_ptr longjmp_fn, size_t jmp_buf_size)); +# define png_jmpbuf(png_ptr) \ + (*png_set_longjmp_fn((png_ptr), longjmp, (sizeof (jmp_buf)))) +#else +# define png_jmpbuf(png_ptr) \ + (LIBPNG_WAS_COMPILED_WITH__PNG_NO_SETJMP) +#endif +/* This function should be used by libpng applications in place of + * longjmp(png_ptr->jmpbuf, val). If longjmp_fn() has been set, it + * will use it; otherwise it will call PNG_ABORT(). This function was + * added in libpng-1.5.0. + */ +PNG_EXPORTA(9, void, png_longjmp, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, int val), + PNG_NORETURN); + +#ifdef PNG_READ_SUPPORTED +/* Reset the compression stream */ +PNG_EXPORTA(10, int, png_reset_zstream, (png_structrp png_ptr), PNG_DEPRECATED); +#endif + +/* New functions added in libpng-1.0.2 (not enabled by default until 1.2.0) */ +#ifdef PNG_USER_MEM_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORTA(11, png_structp, png_create_read_struct_2, + (png_const_charp user_png_ver, png_voidp error_ptr, png_error_ptr error_fn, + png_error_ptr warn_fn, + png_voidp mem_ptr, png_malloc_ptr malloc_fn, png_free_ptr free_fn), + PNG_ALLOCATED); +PNG_EXPORTA(12, png_structp, png_create_write_struct_2, + (png_const_charp user_png_ver, png_voidp error_ptr, png_error_ptr error_fn, + png_error_ptr warn_fn, + png_voidp mem_ptr, png_malloc_ptr malloc_fn, png_free_ptr free_fn), + PNG_ALLOCATED); +#endif + +/* Write the PNG file signature. */ +PNG_EXPORT(13, void, png_write_sig, (png_structrp png_ptr)); + +/* Write a PNG chunk - size, type, (optional) data, CRC. */ +PNG_EXPORT(14, void, png_write_chunk, (png_structrp png_ptr, png_const_bytep + chunk_name, png_const_bytep data, size_t length)); + +/* Write the start of a PNG chunk - length and chunk name. */ +PNG_EXPORT(15, void, png_write_chunk_start, (png_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_bytep chunk_name, png_uint_32 length)); + +/* Write the data of a PNG chunk started with png_write_chunk_start(). */ +PNG_EXPORT(16, void, png_write_chunk_data, (png_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_bytep data, size_t length)); + +/* Finish a chunk started with png_write_chunk_start() (includes CRC). */ +PNG_EXPORT(17, void, png_write_chunk_end, (png_structrp png_ptr)); + +/* Allocate and initialize the info structure */ +PNG_EXPORTA(18, png_infop, png_create_info_struct, (png_const_structrp png_ptr), + PNG_ALLOCATED); + +/* DEPRECATED: this function allowed init structures to be created using the + * default allocation method (typically malloc). Use is deprecated in 1.6.0 and + * the API will be removed in the future. + */ +PNG_EXPORTA(19, void, png_info_init_3, (png_infopp info_ptr, + size_t png_info_struct_size), PNG_DEPRECATED); + +/* Writes all the PNG information before the image. */ +PNG_EXPORT(20, void, png_write_info_before_PLTE, + (png_structrp png_ptr, png_const_inforp info_ptr)); +PNG_EXPORT(21, void, png_write_info, + (png_structrp png_ptr, png_const_inforp info_ptr)); + +#ifdef PNG_SEQUENTIAL_READ_SUPPORTED +/* Read the information before the actual image data. */ +PNG_EXPORT(22, void, png_read_info, + (png_structrp png_ptr, png_inforp info_ptr)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_TIME_RFC1123_SUPPORTED + /* Convert to a US string format: there is no localization support in this + * routine. The original implementation used a 29 character buffer in + * png_struct, this will be removed in future versions. + */ +#if PNG_LIBPNG_VER < 10700 +/* To do: remove this from libpng17 (and from libpng17/png.c and pngstruct.h) */ +PNG_EXPORTA(23, png_const_charp, png_convert_to_rfc1123, (png_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_timep ptime),PNG_DEPRECATED); +#endif +PNG_EXPORT(241, int, png_convert_to_rfc1123_buffer, (char out[29], + png_const_timep ptime)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_CONVERT_tIME_SUPPORTED +/* Convert from a struct tm to png_time */ +PNG_EXPORT(24, void, png_convert_from_struct_tm, (png_timep ptime, + const struct tm * ttime)); + +/* Convert from time_t to png_time. Uses gmtime() */ +PNG_EXPORT(25, void, png_convert_from_time_t, (png_timep ptime, time_t ttime)); +#endif /* CONVERT_tIME */ + +#ifdef PNG_READ_EXPAND_SUPPORTED +/* Expand data to 24-bit RGB, or 8-bit grayscale, with alpha if available. */ +PNG_EXPORT(26, void, png_set_expand, (png_structrp png_ptr)); +PNG_EXPORT(27, void, png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8, (png_structrp png_ptr)); +PNG_EXPORT(28, void, png_set_palette_to_rgb, (png_structrp png_ptr)); +PNG_EXPORT(29, void, png_set_tRNS_to_alpha, (png_structrp png_ptr)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_READ_EXPAND_16_SUPPORTED +/* Expand to 16-bit channels, forces conversion of palette to RGB and expansion + * of a tRNS chunk if present. + */ +PNG_EXPORT(221, void, png_set_expand_16, (png_structrp png_ptr)); +#endif + +#if defined(PNG_READ_BGR_SUPPORTED) || defined(PNG_WRITE_BGR_SUPPORTED) +/* Use blue, green, red order for pixels. */ +PNG_EXPORT(30, void, png_set_bgr, (png_structrp png_ptr)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_READ_GRAY_TO_RGB_SUPPORTED +/* Expand the grayscale to 24-bit RGB if necessary. */ +PNG_EXPORT(31, void, png_set_gray_to_rgb, (png_structrp png_ptr)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_READ_RGB_TO_GRAY_SUPPORTED +/* Reduce RGB to grayscale. */ +#define PNG_ERROR_ACTION_NONE 1 +#define PNG_ERROR_ACTION_WARN 2 +#define PNG_ERROR_ACTION_ERROR 3 +#define PNG_RGB_TO_GRAY_DEFAULT (-1)/*for red/green coefficients*/ + +PNG_FP_EXPORT(32, void, png_set_rgb_to_gray, (png_structrp png_ptr, + int error_action, double red, double green)) +PNG_FIXED_EXPORT(33, void, png_set_rgb_to_gray_fixed, (png_structrp png_ptr, + int error_action, png_fixed_point red, png_fixed_point green)) + +PNG_EXPORT(34, png_byte, png_get_rgb_to_gray_status, (png_const_structrp + png_ptr)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_BUILD_GRAYSCALE_PALETTE_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(35, void, png_build_grayscale_palette, (int bit_depth, + png_colorp palette)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_READ_ALPHA_MODE_SUPPORTED +/* How the alpha channel is interpreted - this affects how the color channels + * of a PNG file are returned to the calling application when an alpha channel, + * or a tRNS chunk in a palette file, is present. + * + * This has no effect on the way pixels are written into a PNG output + * datastream. The color samples in a PNG datastream are never premultiplied + * with the alpha samples. + * + * The default is to return data according to the PNG specification: the alpha + * channel is a linear measure of the contribution of the pixel to the + * corresponding composited pixel, and the color channels are unassociated + * (not premultiplied). The gamma encoded color channels must be scaled + * according to the contribution and to do this it is necessary to undo + * the encoding, scale the color values, perform the composition and re-encode + * the values. This is the 'PNG' mode. + * + * The alternative is to 'associate' the alpha with the color information by + * storing color channel values that have been scaled by the alpha. + * image. These are the 'STANDARD', 'ASSOCIATED' or 'PREMULTIPLIED' modes + * (the latter being the two common names for associated alpha color channels). + * + * For the 'OPTIMIZED' mode, a pixel is treated as opaque only if the alpha + * value is equal to the maximum value. + * + * The final choice is to gamma encode the alpha channel as well. This is + * broken because, in practice, no implementation that uses this choice + * correctly undoes the encoding before handling alpha composition. Use this + * choice only if other serious errors in the software or hardware you use + * mandate it; the typical serious error is for dark halos to appear around + * opaque areas of the composited PNG image because of arithmetic overflow. + * + * The API function png_set_alpha_mode specifies which of these choices to use + * with an enumerated 'mode' value and the gamma of the required output: + */ +#define PNG_ALPHA_PNG 0 /* according to the PNG standard */ +#define PNG_ALPHA_STANDARD 1 /* according to Porter/Duff */ +#define PNG_ALPHA_ASSOCIATED 1 /* as above; this is the normal practice */ +#define PNG_ALPHA_PREMULTIPLIED 1 /* as above */ +#define PNG_ALPHA_OPTIMIZED 2 /* 'PNG' for opaque pixels, else 'STANDARD' */ +#define PNG_ALPHA_BROKEN 3 /* the alpha channel is gamma encoded */ + +PNG_FP_EXPORT(227, void, png_set_alpha_mode, (png_structrp png_ptr, int mode, + double output_gamma)) +PNG_FIXED_EXPORT(228, void, png_set_alpha_mode_fixed, (png_structrp png_ptr, + int mode, png_fixed_point output_gamma)) +#endif + +#if defined(PNG_GAMMA_SUPPORTED) || defined(PNG_READ_ALPHA_MODE_SUPPORTED) +/* The output_gamma value is a screen gamma in libpng terminology: it expresses + * how to decode the output values, not how they are encoded. + */ +#define PNG_DEFAULT_sRGB -1 /* sRGB gamma and color space */ +#define PNG_GAMMA_MAC_18 -2 /* Old Mac '1.8' gamma and color space */ +#define PNG_GAMMA_sRGB 220000 /* Television standards--matches sRGB gamma */ +#define PNG_GAMMA_LINEAR PNG_FP_1 /* Linear */ +#endif + +/* The following are examples of calls to png_set_alpha_mode to achieve the + * required overall gamma correction and, where necessary, alpha + * premultiplication. + * + * png_set_alpha_mode(pp, PNG_ALPHA_PNG, PNG_DEFAULT_sRGB); + * This is the default libpng handling of the alpha channel - it is not + * pre-multiplied into the color components. In addition the call states + * that the output is for a sRGB system and causes all PNG files without gAMA + * chunks to be assumed to be encoded using sRGB. + * + * png_set_alpha_mode(pp, PNG_ALPHA_PNG, PNG_GAMMA_MAC); + * In this case the output is assumed to be something like an sRGB conformant + * display preceded by a power-law lookup table of power 1.45. This is how + * early Mac systems behaved. + * + * png_set_alpha_mode(pp, PNG_ALPHA_STANDARD, PNG_GAMMA_LINEAR); + * This is the classic Jim Blinn approach and will work in academic + * environments where everything is done by the book. It has the shortcoming + * of assuming that input PNG data with no gamma information is linear - this + * is unlikely to be correct unless the PNG files where generated locally. + * Most of the time the output precision will be so low as to show + * significant banding in dark areas of the image. + * + * png_set_expand_16(pp); + * png_set_alpha_mode(pp, PNG_ALPHA_STANDARD, PNG_DEFAULT_sRGB); + * This is a somewhat more realistic Jim Blinn inspired approach. PNG files + * are assumed to have the sRGB encoding if not marked with a gamma value and + * the output is always 16 bits per component. This permits accurate scaling + * and processing of the data. If you know that your input PNG files were + * generated locally you might need to replace PNG_DEFAULT_sRGB with the + * correct value for your system. + * + * png_set_alpha_mode(pp, PNG_ALPHA_OPTIMIZED, PNG_DEFAULT_sRGB); + * If you just need to composite the PNG image onto an existing background + * and if you control the code that does this you can use the optimization + * setting. In this case you just copy completely opaque pixels to the + * output. For pixels that are not completely transparent (you just skip + * those) you do the composition math using png_composite or png_composite_16 + * below then encode the resultant 8-bit or 16-bit values to match the output + * encoding. + * + * Other cases + * If neither the PNG nor the standard linear encoding work for you because + * of the software or hardware you use then you have a big problem. The PNG + * case will probably result in halos around the image. The linear encoding + * will probably result in a washed out, too bright, image (it's actually too + * contrasty.) Try the ALPHA_OPTIMIZED mode above - this will probably + * substantially reduce the halos. Alternatively try: + * + * png_set_alpha_mode(pp, PNG_ALPHA_BROKEN, PNG_DEFAULT_sRGB); + * This option will also reduce the halos, but there will be slight dark + * halos round the opaque parts of the image where the background is light. + * In the OPTIMIZED mode the halos will be light halos where the background + * is dark. Take your pick - the halos are unavoidable unless you can get + * your hardware/software fixed! (The OPTIMIZED approach is slightly + * faster.) + * + * When the default gamma of PNG files doesn't match the output gamma. + * If you have PNG files with no gamma information png_set_alpha_mode allows + * you to provide a default gamma, but it also sets the output gamma to the + * matching value. If you know your PNG files have a gamma that doesn't + * match the output you can take advantage of the fact that + * png_set_alpha_mode always sets the output gamma but only sets the PNG + * default if it is not already set: + * + * png_set_alpha_mode(pp, PNG_ALPHA_PNG, PNG_DEFAULT_sRGB); + * png_set_alpha_mode(pp, PNG_ALPHA_PNG, PNG_GAMMA_MAC); + * The first call sets both the default and the output gamma values, the + * second call overrides the output gamma without changing the default. This + * is easier than achieving the same effect with png_set_gamma. You must use + * PNG_ALPHA_PNG for the first call - internal checking in png_set_alpha will + * fire if more than one call to png_set_alpha_mode and png_set_background is + * made in the same read operation, however multiple calls with PNG_ALPHA_PNG + * are ignored. + */ + +#ifdef PNG_READ_STRIP_ALPHA_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(36, void, png_set_strip_alpha, (png_structrp png_ptr)); +#endif + +#if defined(PNG_READ_SWAP_ALPHA_SUPPORTED) || \ + defined(PNG_WRITE_SWAP_ALPHA_SUPPORTED) +PNG_EXPORT(37, void, png_set_swap_alpha, (png_structrp png_ptr)); +#endif + +#if defined(PNG_READ_INVERT_ALPHA_SUPPORTED) || \ + defined(PNG_WRITE_INVERT_ALPHA_SUPPORTED) +PNG_EXPORT(38, void, png_set_invert_alpha, (png_structrp png_ptr)); +#endif + +#if defined(PNG_READ_FILLER_SUPPORTED) || defined(PNG_WRITE_FILLER_SUPPORTED) +/* Add a filler byte to 8-bit or 16-bit Gray or 24-bit or 48-bit RGB images. */ +PNG_EXPORT(39, void, png_set_filler, (png_structrp png_ptr, png_uint_32 filler, + int flags)); +/* The values of the PNG_FILLER_ defines should NOT be changed */ +# define PNG_FILLER_BEFORE 0 +# define PNG_FILLER_AFTER 1 +/* Add an alpha byte to 8-bit or 16-bit Gray or 24-bit or 48-bit RGB images. */ +PNG_EXPORT(40, void, png_set_add_alpha, (png_structrp png_ptr, + png_uint_32 filler, int flags)); +#endif /* READ_FILLER || WRITE_FILLER */ + +#if defined(PNG_READ_SWAP_SUPPORTED) || defined(PNG_WRITE_SWAP_SUPPORTED) +/* Swap bytes in 16-bit depth files. */ +PNG_EXPORT(41, void, png_set_swap, (png_structrp png_ptr)); +#endif + +#if defined(PNG_READ_PACK_SUPPORTED) || defined(PNG_WRITE_PACK_SUPPORTED) +/* Use 1 byte per pixel in 1, 2, or 4-bit depth files. */ +PNG_EXPORT(42, void, png_set_packing, (png_structrp png_ptr)); +#endif + +#if defined(PNG_READ_PACKSWAP_SUPPORTED) || \ + defined(PNG_WRITE_PACKSWAP_SUPPORTED) +/* Swap packing order of pixels in bytes. */ +PNG_EXPORT(43, void, png_set_packswap, (png_structrp png_ptr)); +#endif + +#if defined(PNG_READ_SHIFT_SUPPORTED) || defined(PNG_WRITE_SHIFT_SUPPORTED) +/* Converts files to legal bit depths. */ +PNG_EXPORT(44, void, png_set_shift, (png_structrp png_ptr, png_const_color_8p + true_bits)); +#endif + +#if defined(PNG_READ_INTERLACING_SUPPORTED) || \ + defined(PNG_WRITE_INTERLACING_SUPPORTED) +/* Have the code handle the interlacing. Returns the number of passes. + * MUST be called before png_read_update_info or png_start_read_image, + * otherwise it will not have the desired effect. Note that it is still + * necessary to call png_read_row or png_read_rows png_get_image_height + * times for each pass. +*/ +PNG_EXPORT(45, int, png_set_interlace_handling, (png_structrp png_ptr)); +#endif + +#if defined(PNG_READ_INVERT_SUPPORTED) || defined(PNG_WRITE_INVERT_SUPPORTED) +/* Invert monochrome files */ +PNG_EXPORT(46, void, png_set_invert_mono, (png_structrp png_ptr)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_READ_BACKGROUND_SUPPORTED +/* Handle alpha and tRNS by replacing with a background color. Prior to + * libpng-1.5.4 this API must not be called before the PNG file header has been + * read. Doing so will result in unexpected behavior and possible warnings or + * errors if the PNG file contains a bKGD chunk. + */ +PNG_FP_EXPORT(47, void, png_set_background, (png_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_color_16p background_color, int background_gamma_code, + int need_expand, double background_gamma)) +PNG_FIXED_EXPORT(215, void, png_set_background_fixed, (png_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_color_16p background_color, int background_gamma_code, + int need_expand, png_fixed_point background_gamma)) +#endif +#ifdef PNG_READ_BACKGROUND_SUPPORTED +# define PNG_BACKGROUND_GAMMA_UNKNOWN 0 +# define PNG_BACKGROUND_GAMMA_SCREEN 1 +# define PNG_BACKGROUND_GAMMA_FILE 2 +# define PNG_BACKGROUND_GAMMA_UNIQUE 3 +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_READ_SCALE_16_TO_8_SUPPORTED +/* Scale a 16-bit depth file down to 8-bit, accurately. */ +PNG_EXPORT(229, void, png_set_scale_16, (png_structrp png_ptr)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_READ_STRIP_16_TO_8_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_16_TO_8_SUPPORTED /* Name prior to 1.5.4 */ +/* Strip the second byte of information from a 16-bit depth file. */ +PNG_EXPORT(48, void, png_set_strip_16, (png_structrp png_ptr)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_READ_QUANTIZE_SUPPORTED +/* Turn on quantizing, and reduce the palette to the number of colors + * available. + */ +PNG_EXPORT(49, void, png_set_quantize, (png_structrp png_ptr, + png_colorp palette, int num_palette, int maximum_colors, + png_const_uint_16p histogram, int full_quantize)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_READ_GAMMA_SUPPORTED +/* The threshold on gamma processing is configurable but hard-wired into the + * library. The following is the floating point variant. + */ +#define PNG_GAMMA_THRESHOLD (PNG_GAMMA_THRESHOLD_FIXED*.00001) + +/* Handle gamma correction. Screen_gamma=(display_exponent). + * NOTE: this API simply sets the screen and file gamma values. It will + * therefore override the value for gamma in a PNG file if it is called after + * the file header has been read - use with care - call before reading the PNG + * file for best results! + * + * These routines accept the same gamma values as png_set_alpha_mode (described + * above). The PNG_GAMMA_ defines and PNG_DEFAULT_sRGB can be passed to either + * API (floating point or fixed.) Notice, however, that the 'file_gamma' value + * is the inverse of a 'screen gamma' value. + */ +PNG_FP_EXPORT(50, void, png_set_gamma, (png_structrp png_ptr, + double screen_gamma, double override_file_gamma)) +PNG_FIXED_EXPORT(208, void, png_set_gamma_fixed, (png_structrp png_ptr, + png_fixed_point screen_gamma, png_fixed_point override_file_gamma)) +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_WRITE_FLUSH_SUPPORTED +/* Set how many lines between output flushes - 0 for no flushing */ +PNG_EXPORT(51, void, png_set_flush, (png_structrp png_ptr, int nrows)); +/* Flush the current PNG output buffer */ +PNG_EXPORT(52, void, png_write_flush, (png_structrp png_ptr)); +#endif + +/* Optional update palette with requested transformations */ +PNG_EXPORT(53, void, png_start_read_image, (png_structrp png_ptr)); + +/* Optional call to update the users info structure */ +PNG_EXPORT(54, void, png_read_update_info, (png_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr)); + +#ifdef PNG_SEQUENTIAL_READ_SUPPORTED +/* Read one or more rows of image data. */ +PNG_EXPORT(55, void, png_read_rows, (png_structrp png_ptr, png_bytepp row, + png_bytepp display_row, png_uint_32 num_rows)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_SEQUENTIAL_READ_SUPPORTED +/* Read a row of data. */ +PNG_EXPORT(56, void, png_read_row, (png_structrp png_ptr, png_bytep row, + png_bytep display_row)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_SEQUENTIAL_READ_SUPPORTED +/* Read the whole image into memory at once. */ +PNG_EXPORT(57, void, png_read_image, (png_structrp png_ptr, png_bytepp image)); +#endif + +/* Write a row of image data */ +PNG_EXPORT(58, void, png_write_row, (png_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_bytep row)); + +/* Write a few rows of image data: (*row) is not written; however, the type + * is declared as writeable to maintain compatibility with previous versions + * of libpng and to allow the 'display_row' array from read_rows to be passed + * unchanged to write_rows. + */ +PNG_EXPORT(59, void, png_write_rows, (png_structrp png_ptr, png_bytepp row, + png_uint_32 num_rows)); + +/* Write the image data */ +PNG_EXPORT(60, void, png_write_image, (png_structrp png_ptr, png_bytepp image)); + +/* Write the end of the PNG file. */ +PNG_EXPORT(61, void, png_write_end, (png_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr)); + +#ifdef PNG_SEQUENTIAL_READ_SUPPORTED +/* Read the end of the PNG file. */ +PNG_EXPORT(62, void, png_read_end, (png_structrp png_ptr, png_inforp info_ptr)); +#endif + +/* Free any memory associated with the png_info_struct */ +PNG_EXPORT(63, void, png_destroy_info_struct, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_infopp info_ptr_ptr)); + +/* Free any memory associated with the png_struct and the png_info_structs */ +PNG_EXPORT(64, void, png_destroy_read_struct, (png_structpp png_ptr_ptr, + png_infopp info_ptr_ptr, png_infopp end_info_ptr_ptr)); + +/* Free any memory associated with the png_struct and the png_info_structs */ +PNG_EXPORT(65, void, png_destroy_write_struct, (png_structpp png_ptr_ptr, + png_infopp info_ptr_ptr)); + +/* Set the libpng method of handling chunk CRC errors */ +PNG_EXPORT(66, void, png_set_crc_action, (png_structrp png_ptr, int crit_action, + int ancil_action)); + +/* Values for png_set_crc_action() say how to handle CRC errors in + * ancillary and critical chunks, and whether to use the data contained + * therein. Note that it is impossible to "discard" data in a critical + * chunk. For versions prior to 0.90, the action was always error/quit, + * whereas in version 0.90 and later, the action for CRC errors in ancillary + * chunks is warn/discard. These values should NOT be changed. + * + * value action:critical action:ancillary + */ +#define PNG_CRC_DEFAULT 0 /* error/quit warn/discard data */ +#define PNG_CRC_ERROR_QUIT 1 /* error/quit error/quit */ +#define PNG_CRC_WARN_DISCARD 2 /* (INVALID) warn/discard data */ +#define PNG_CRC_WARN_USE 3 /* warn/use data warn/use data */ +#define PNG_CRC_QUIET_USE 4 /* quiet/use data quiet/use data */ +#define PNG_CRC_NO_CHANGE 5 /* use current value use current value */ + +#ifdef PNG_WRITE_SUPPORTED +/* These functions give the user control over the scan-line filtering in + * libpng and the compression methods used by zlib. These functions are + * mainly useful for testing, as the defaults should work with most users. + * Those users who are tight on memory or want faster performance at the + * expense of compression can modify them. See the compression library + * header file (zlib.h) for an explination of the compression functions. + */ + +/* Set the filtering method(s) used by libpng. Currently, the only valid + * value for "method" is 0. + */ +PNG_EXPORT(67, void, png_set_filter, (png_structrp png_ptr, int method, + int filters)); +#endif /* WRITE */ + +/* Flags for png_set_filter() to say which filters to use. The flags + * are chosen so that they don't conflict with real filter types + * below, in case they are supplied instead of the #defined constants. + * These values should NOT be changed. + */ +#define PNG_NO_FILTERS 0x00 +#define PNG_FILTER_NONE 0x08 +#define PNG_FILTER_SUB 0x10 +#define PNG_FILTER_UP 0x20 +#define PNG_FILTER_AVG 0x40 +#define PNG_FILTER_PAETH 0x80 +#define PNG_FAST_FILTERS (PNG_FILTER_NONE | PNG_FILTER_SUB | PNG_FILTER_UP) +#define PNG_ALL_FILTERS (PNG_FAST_FILTERS | PNG_FILTER_AVG | PNG_FILTER_PAETH) + +/* Filter values (not flags) - used in pngwrite.c, pngwutil.c for now. + * These defines should NOT be changed. + */ +#define PNG_FILTER_VALUE_NONE 0 +#define PNG_FILTER_VALUE_SUB 1 +#define PNG_FILTER_VALUE_UP 2 +#define PNG_FILTER_VALUE_AVG 3 +#define PNG_FILTER_VALUE_PAETH 4 +#define PNG_FILTER_VALUE_LAST 5 + +#ifdef PNG_WRITE_SUPPORTED +#ifdef PNG_WRITE_WEIGHTED_FILTER_SUPPORTED /* DEPRECATED */ +PNG_FP_EXPORT(68, void, png_set_filter_heuristics, (png_structrp png_ptr, + int heuristic_method, int num_weights, png_const_doublep filter_weights, + png_const_doublep filter_costs)) +PNG_FIXED_EXPORT(209, void, png_set_filter_heuristics_fixed, + (png_structrp png_ptr, int heuristic_method, int num_weights, + png_const_fixed_point_p filter_weights, + png_const_fixed_point_p filter_costs)) +#endif /* WRITE_WEIGHTED_FILTER */ + +/* The following are no longer used and will be removed from libpng-1.7: */ +#define PNG_FILTER_HEURISTIC_DEFAULT 0 /* Currently "UNWEIGHTED" */ +#define PNG_FILTER_HEURISTIC_UNWEIGHTED 1 /* Used by libpng < 0.95 */ +#define PNG_FILTER_HEURISTIC_WEIGHTED 2 /* Experimental feature */ +#define PNG_FILTER_HEURISTIC_LAST 3 /* Not a valid value */ + +/* Set the library compression level. Currently, valid values range from + * 0 - 9, corresponding directly to the zlib compression levels 0 - 9 + * (0 - no compression, 9 - "maximal" compression). Note that tests have + * shown that zlib compression levels 3-6 usually perform as well as level 9 + * for PNG images, and do considerably fewer caclulations. In the future, + * these values may not correspond directly to the zlib compression levels. + */ +#ifdef PNG_WRITE_CUSTOMIZE_COMPRESSION_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(69, void, png_set_compression_level, (png_structrp png_ptr, + int level)); + +PNG_EXPORT(70, void, png_set_compression_mem_level, (png_structrp png_ptr, + int mem_level)); + +PNG_EXPORT(71, void, png_set_compression_strategy, (png_structrp png_ptr, + int strategy)); + +/* If PNG_WRITE_OPTIMIZE_CMF_SUPPORTED is defined, libpng will use a + * smaller value of window_bits if it can do so safely. + */ +PNG_EXPORT(72, void, png_set_compression_window_bits, (png_structrp png_ptr, + int window_bits)); + +PNG_EXPORT(73, void, png_set_compression_method, (png_structrp png_ptr, + int method)); +#endif /* WRITE_CUSTOMIZE_COMPRESSION */ + +#ifdef PNG_WRITE_CUSTOMIZE_ZTXT_COMPRESSION_SUPPORTED +/* Also set zlib parameters for compressing non-IDAT chunks */ +PNG_EXPORT(222, void, png_set_text_compression_level, (png_structrp png_ptr, + int level)); + +PNG_EXPORT(223, void, png_set_text_compression_mem_level, (png_structrp png_ptr, + int mem_level)); + +PNG_EXPORT(224, void, png_set_text_compression_strategy, (png_structrp png_ptr, + int strategy)); + +/* If PNG_WRITE_OPTIMIZE_CMF_SUPPORTED is defined, libpng will use a + * smaller value of window_bits if it can do so safely. + */ +PNG_EXPORT(225, void, png_set_text_compression_window_bits, + (png_structrp png_ptr, int window_bits)); + +PNG_EXPORT(226, void, png_set_text_compression_method, (png_structrp png_ptr, + int method)); +#endif /* WRITE_CUSTOMIZE_ZTXT_COMPRESSION */ +#endif /* WRITE */ + +/* These next functions are called for input/output, memory, and error + * handling. They are in the file pngrio.c, pngwio.c, and pngerror.c, + * and call standard C I/O routines such as fread(), fwrite(), and + * fprintf(). These functions can be made to use other I/O routines + * at run time for those applications that need to handle I/O in a + * different manner by calling png_set_???_fn(). See libpng-manual.txt for + * more information. + */ + +#ifdef PNG_STDIO_SUPPORTED +/* Initialize the input/output for the PNG file to the default functions. */ +PNG_EXPORT(74, void, png_init_io, (png_structrp png_ptr, png_FILE_p fp)); +#endif + +/* Replace the (error and abort), and warning functions with user + * supplied functions. If no messages are to be printed you must still + * write and use replacement functions. The replacement error_fn should + * still do a longjmp to the last setjmp location if you are using this + * method of error handling. If error_fn or warning_fn is NULL, the + * default function will be used. + */ + +PNG_EXPORT(75, void, png_set_error_fn, (png_structrp png_ptr, + png_voidp error_ptr, png_error_ptr error_fn, png_error_ptr warning_fn)); + +/* Return the user pointer associated with the error functions */ +PNG_EXPORT(76, png_voidp, png_get_error_ptr, (png_const_structrp png_ptr)); + +/* Replace the default data output functions with a user supplied one(s). + * If buffered output is not used, then output_flush_fn can be set to NULL. + * If PNG_WRITE_FLUSH_SUPPORTED is not defined at libpng compile time + * output_flush_fn will be ignored (and thus can be NULL). + * It is probably a mistake to use NULL for output_flush_fn if + * write_data_fn is not also NULL unless you have built libpng with + * PNG_WRITE_FLUSH_SUPPORTED undefined, because in this case libpng's + * default flush function, which uses the standard *FILE structure, will + * be used. + */ +PNG_EXPORT(77, void, png_set_write_fn, (png_structrp png_ptr, png_voidp io_ptr, + png_rw_ptr write_data_fn, png_flush_ptr output_flush_fn)); + +/* Replace the default data input function with a user supplied one. */ +PNG_EXPORT(78, void, png_set_read_fn, (png_structrp png_ptr, png_voidp io_ptr, + png_rw_ptr read_data_fn)); + +/* Return the user pointer associated with the I/O functions */ +PNG_EXPORT(79, png_voidp, png_get_io_ptr, (png_const_structrp png_ptr)); + +PNG_EXPORT(80, void, png_set_read_status_fn, (png_structrp png_ptr, + png_read_status_ptr read_row_fn)); + +PNG_EXPORT(81, void, png_set_write_status_fn, (png_structrp png_ptr, + png_write_status_ptr write_row_fn)); + +#ifdef PNG_USER_MEM_SUPPORTED +/* Replace the default memory allocation functions with user supplied one(s). */ +PNG_EXPORT(82, void, png_set_mem_fn, (png_structrp png_ptr, png_voidp mem_ptr, + png_malloc_ptr malloc_fn, png_free_ptr free_fn)); +/* Return the user pointer associated with the memory functions */ +PNG_EXPORT(83, png_voidp, png_get_mem_ptr, (png_const_structrp png_ptr)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_READ_USER_TRANSFORM_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(84, void, png_set_read_user_transform_fn, (png_structrp png_ptr, + png_user_transform_ptr read_user_transform_fn)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_WRITE_USER_TRANSFORM_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(85, void, png_set_write_user_transform_fn, (png_structrp png_ptr, + png_user_transform_ptr write_user_transform_fn)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_USER_TRANSFORM_PTR_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(86, void, png_set_user_transform_info, (png_structrp png_ptr, + png_voidp user_transform_ptr, int user_transform_depth, + int user_transform_channels)); +/* Return the user pointer associated with the user transform functions */ +PNG_EXPORT(87, png_voidp, png_get_user_transform_ptr, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_USER_TRANSFORM_INFO_SUPPORTED +/* Return information about the row currently being processed. Note that these + * APIs do not fail but will return unexpected results if called outside a user + * transform callback. Also note that when transforming an interlaced image the + * row number is the row number within the sub-image of the interlace pass, so + * the value will increase to the height of the sub-image (not the full image) + * then reset to 0 for the next pass. + * + * Use PNG_ROW_FROM_PASS_ROW(row, pass) and PNG_COL_FROM_PASS_COL(col, pass) to + * find the output pixel (x,y) given an interlaced sub-image pixel + * (row,col,pass). (See below for these macros.) + */ +PNG_EXPORT(217, png_uint_32, png_get_current_row_number, (png_const_structrp)); +PNG_EXPORT(218, png_byte, png_get_current_pass_number, (png_const_structrp)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_READ_USER_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED +/* This callback is called only for *unknown* chunks. If + * PNG_HANDLE_AS_UNKNOWN_SUPPORTED is set then it is possible to set known + * chunks to be treated as unknown, however in this case the callback must do + * any processing required by the chunk (e.g. by calling the appropriate + * png_set_ APIs.) + * + * There is no write support - on write, by default, all the chunks in the + * 'unknown' list are written in the specified position. + * + * The integer return from the callback function is interpreted thus: + * + * negative: An error occurred; png_chunk_error will be called. + * zero: The chunk was not handled, the chunk will be saved. A critical + * chunk will cause an error at this point unless it is to be saved. + * positive: The chunk was handled, libpng will ignore/discard it. + * + * See "INTERACTION WITH USER CHUNK CALLBACKS" below for important notes about + * how this behavior will change in libpng 1.7 + */ +PNG_EXPORT(88, void, png_set_read_user_chunk_fn, (png_structrp png_ptr, + png_voidp user_chunk_ptr, png_user_chunk_ptr read_user_chunk_fn)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_USER_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(89, png_voidp, png_get_user_chunk_ptr, (png_const_structrp png_ptr)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_PROGRESSIVE_READ_SUPPORTED +/* Sets the function callbacks for the push reader, and a pointer to a + * user-defined structure available to the callback functions. + */ +PNG_EXPORT(90, void, png_set_progressive_read_fn, (png_structrp png_ptr, + png_voidp progressive_ptr, png_progressive_info_ptr info_fn, + png_progressive_row_ptr row_fn, png_progressive_end_ptr end_fn)); + +/* Returns the user pointer associated with the push read functions */ +PNG_EXPORT(91, png_voidp, png_get_progressive_ptr, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr)); + +/* Function to be called when data becomes available */ +PNG_EXPORT(92, void, png_process_data, (png_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_bytep buffer, size_t buffer_size)); + +/* A function which may be called *only* within png_process_data to stop the + * processing of any more data. The function returns the number of bytes + * remaining, excluding any that libpng has cached internally. A subsequent + * call to png_process_data must supply these bytes again. If the argument + * 'save' is set to true the routine will first save all the pending data and + * will always return 0. + */ +PNG_EXPORT(219, size_t, png_process_data_pause, (png_structrp, int save)); + +/* A function which may be called *only* outside (after) a call to + * png_process_data. It returns the number of bytes of data to skip in the + * input. Normally it will return 0, but if it returns a non-zero value the + * application must skip than number of bytes of input data and pass the + * following data to the next call to png_process_data. + */ +PNG_EXPORT(220, png_uint_32, png_process_data_skip, (png_structrp)); + +/* Function that combines rows. 'new_row' is a flag that should come from + * the callback and be non-NULL if anything needs to be done; the library + * stores its own version of the new data internally and ignores the passed + * in value. + */ +PNG_EXPORT(93, void, png_progressive_combine_row, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_bytep old_row, png_const_bytep new_row)); +#endif /* PROGRESSIVE_READ */ + +PNG_EXPORTA(94, png_voidp, png_malloc, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_alloc_size_t size), PNG_ALLOCATED); +/* Added at libpng version 1.4.0 */ +PNG_EXPORTA(95, png_voidp, png_calloc, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_alloc_size_t size), PNG_ALLOCATED); + +/* Added at libpng version 1.2.4 */ +PNG_EXPORTA(96, png_voidp, png_malloc_warn, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_alloc_size_t size), PNG_ALLOCATED); + +/* Frees a pointer allocated by png_malloc() */ +PNG_EXPORT(97, void, png_free, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, png_voidp ptr)); + +/* Free data that was allocated internally */ +PNG_EXPORT(98, void, png_free_data, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_uint_32 free_me, int num)); + +/* Reassign responsibility for freeing existing data, whether allocated + * by libpng or by the application; this works on the png_info structure passed + * in, it does not change the state for other png_info structures. + * + * It is unlikely that this function works correctly as of 1.6.0 and using it + * may result either in memory leaks or double free of allocated data. + */ +PNG_EXPORT(99, void, png_data_freer, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, int freer, png_uint_32 mask)); + +/* Assignments for png_data_freer */ +#define PNG_DESTROY_WILL_FREE_DATA 1 +#define PNG_SET_WILL_FREE_DATA 1 +#define PNG_USER_WILL_FREE_DATA 2 +/* Flags for png_ptr->free_me and info_ptr->free_me */ +#define PNG_FREE_HIST 0x0008U +#define PNG_FREE_ICCP 0x0010U +#define PNG_FREE_SPLT 0x0020U +#define PNG_FREE_ROWS 0x0040U +#define PNG_FREE_PCAL 0x0080U +#define PNG_FREE_SCAL 0x0100U +#ifdef PNG_STORE_UNKNOWN_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED +# define PNG_FREE_UNKN 0x0200U +#endif +/* PNG_FREE_LIST 0x0400U removed in 1.6.0 because it is ignored */ +#define PNG_FREE_PLTE 0x1000U +#define PNG_FREE_TRNS 0x2000U +#define PNG_FREE_TEXT 0x4000U +#define PNG_FREE_EXIF 0x8000U /* Added at libpng-1.6.31 */ +#define PNG_FREE_ALL 0xffffU +#define PNG_FREE_MUL 0x4220U /* PNG_FREE_SPLT|PNG_FREE_TEXT|PNG_FREE_UNKN */ + +#ifdef PNG_USER_MEM_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORTA(100, png_voidp, png_malloc_default, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_alloc_size_t size), PNG_ALLOCATED PNG_DEPRECATED); +PNG_EXPORTA(101, void, png_free_default, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_voidp ptr), PNG_DEPRECATED); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_ERROR_TEXT_SUPPORTED +/* Fatal error in PNG image of libpng - can't continue */ +PNG_EXPORTA(102, void, png_error, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_charp error_message), PNG_NORETURN); + +/* The same, but the chunk name is prepended to the error string. */ +PNG_EXPORTA(103, void, png_chunk_error, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_charp error_message), PNG_NORETURN); + +#else +/* Fatal error in PNG image of libpng - can't continue */ +PNG_EXPORTA(104, void, png_err, (png_const_structrp png_ptr), PNG_NORETURN); +# define png_error(s1,s2) png_err(s1) +# define png_chunk_error(s1,s2) png_err(s1) +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_WARNINGS_SUPPORTED +/* Non-fatal error in libpng. Can continue, but may have a problem. */ +PNG_EXPORT(105, void, png_warning, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_charp warning_message)); + +/* Non-fatal error in libpng, chunk name is prepended to message. */ +PNG_EXPORT(106, void, png_chunk_warning, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_charp warning_message)); +#else +# define png_warning(s1,s2) ((void)(s1)) +# define png_chunk_warning(s1,s2) ((void)(s1)) +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_BENIGN_ERRORS_SUPPORTED +/* Benign error in libpng. Can continue, but may have a problem. + * User can choose whether to handle as a fatal error or as a warning. */ +PNG_EXPORT(107, void, png_benign_error, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_charp warning_message)); + +#ifdef PNG_READ_SUPPORTED +/* Same, chunk name is prepended to message (only during read) */ +PNG_EXPORT(108, void, png_chunk_benign_error, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_charp warning_message)); +#endif + +PNG_EXPORT(109, void, png_set_benign_errors, + (png_structrp png_ptr, int allowed)); +#else +# ifdef PNG_ALLOW_BENIGN_ERRORS +# define png_benign_error png_warning +# define png_chunk_benign_error png_chunk_warning +# else +# define png_benign_error png_error +# define png_chunk_benign_error png_chunk_error +# endif +#endif + +/* The png_set_<chunk> functions are for storing values in the png_info_struct. + * Similarly, the png_get_<chunk> calls are used to read values from the + * png_info_struct, either storing the parameters in the passed variables, or + * setting pointers into the png_info_struct where the data is stored. The + * png_get_<chunk> functions return a non-zero value if the data was available + * in info_ptr, or return zero and do not change any of the parameters if the + * data was not available. + * + * These functions should be used instead of directly accessing png_info + * to avoid problems with future changes in the size and internal layout of + * png_info_struct. + */ +/* Returns "flag" if chunk data is valid in info_ptr. */ +PNG_EXPORT(110, png_uint_32, png_get_valid, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_inforp info_ptr, png_uint_32 flag)); + +/* Returns number of bytes needed to hold a transformed row. */ +PNG_EXPORT(111, size_t, png_get_rowbytes, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_inforp info_ptr)); + +#ifdef PNG_INFO_IMAGE_SUPPORTED +/* Returns row_pointers, which is an array of pointers to scanlines that was + * returned from png_read_png(). + */ +PNG_EXPORT(112, png_bytepp, png_get_rows, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_inforp info_ptr)); + +/* Set row_pointers, which is an array of pointers to scanlines for use + * by png_write_png(). + */ +PNG_EXPORT(113, void, png_set_rows, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_bytepp row_pointers)); +#endif + +/* Returns number of color channels in image. */ +PNG_EXPORT(114, png_byte, png_get_channels, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_inforp info_ptr)); + +#ifdef PNG_EASY_ACCESS_SUPPORTED +/* Returns image width in pixels. */ +PNG_EXPORT(115, png_uint_32, png_get_image_width, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_inforp info_ptr)); + +/* Returns image height in pixels. */ +PNG_EXPORT(116, png_uint_32, png_get_image_height, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_inforp info_ptr)); + +/* Returns image bit_depth. */ +PNG_EXPORT(117, png_byte, png_get_bit_depth, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_inforp info_ptr)); + +/* Returns image color_type. */ +PNG_EXPORT(118, png_byte, png_get_color_type, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_inforp info_ptr)); + +/* Returns image filter_type. */ +PNG_EXPORT(119, png_byte, png_get_filter_type, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_inforp info_ptr)); + +/* Returns image interlace_type. */ +PNG_EXPORT(120, png_byte, png_get_interlace_type, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_inforp info_ptr)); + +/* Returns image compression_type. */ +PNG_EXPORT(121, png_byte, png_get_compression_type, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_inforp info_ptr)); + +/* Returns image resolution in pixels per meter, from pHYs chunk data. */ +PNG_EXPORT(122, png_uint_32, png_get_pixels_per_meter, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr, png_const_inforp info_ptr)); +PNG_EXPORT(123, png_uint_32, png_get_x_pixels_per_meter, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr, png_const_inforp info_ptr)); +PNG_EXPORT(124, png_uint_32, png_get_y_pixels_per_meter, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr, png_const_inforp info_ptr)); + +/* Returns pixel aspect ratio, computed from pHYs chunk data. */ +PNG_FP_EXPORT(125, float, png_get_pixel_aspect_ratio, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr, png_const_inforp info_ptr)) +PNG_FIXED_EXPORT(210, png_fixed_point, png_get_pixel_aspect_ratio_fixed, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr, png_const_inforp info_ptr)) + +/* Returns image x, y offset in pixels or microns, from oFFs chunk data. */ +PNG_EXPORT(126, png_int_32, png_get_x_offset_pixels, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr, png_const_inforp info_ptr)); +PNG_EXPORT(127, png_int_32, png_get_y_offset_pixels, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr, png_const_inforp info_ptr)); +PNG_EXPORT(128, png_int_32, png_get_x_offset_microns, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr, png_const_inforp info_ptr)); +PNG_EXPORT(129, png_int_32, png_get_y_offset_microns, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr, png_const_inforp info_ptr)); + +#endif /* EASY_ACCESS */ + +#ifdef PNG_READ_SUPPORTED +/* Returns pointer to signature string read from PNG header */ +PNG_EXPORT(130, png_const_bytep, png_get_signature, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_inforp info_ptr)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_bKGD_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(131, png_uint_32, png_get_bKGD, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_color_16p *background)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_bKGD_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(132, void, png_set_bKGD, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_const_color_16p background)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_cHRM_SUPPORTED +PNG_FP_EXPORT(133, png_uint_32, png_get_cHRM, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_inforp info_ptr, double *white_x, double *white_y, double *red_x, + double *red_y, double *green_x, double *green_y, double *blue_x, + double *blue_y)) +PNG_FP_EXPORT(230, png_uint_32, png_get_cHRM_XYZ, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_inforp info_ptr, double *red_X, double *red_Y, double *red_Z, + double *green_X, double *green_Y, double *green_Z, double *blue_X, + double *blue_Y, double *blue_Z)) +PNG_FIXED_EXPORT(134, png_uint_32, png_get_cHRM_fixed, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr, png_const_inforp info_ptr, + png_fixed_point *int_white_x, png_fixed_point *int_white_y, + png_fixed_point *int_red_x, png_fixed_point *int_red_y, + png_fixed_point *int_green_x, png_fixed_point *int_green_y, + png_fixed_point *int_blue_x, png_fixed_point *int_blue_y)) +PNG_FIXED_EXPORT(231, png_uint_32, png_get_cHRM_XYZ_fixed, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr, png_const_inforp info_ptr, + png_fixed_point *int_red_X, png_fixed_point *int_red_Y, + png_fixed_point *int_red_Z, png_fixed_point *int_green_X, + png_fixed_point *int_green_Y, png_fixed_point *int_green_Z, + png_fixed_point *int_blue_X, png_fixed_point *int_blue_Y, + png_fixed_point *int_blue_Z)) +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_cHRM_SUPPORTED +PNG_FP_EXPORT(135, void, png_set_cHRM, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, + double white_x, double white_y, double red_x, double red_y, double green_x, + double green_y, double blue_x, double blue_y)) +PNG_FP_EXPORT(232, void, png_set_cHRM_XYZ, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, double red_X, double red_Y, double red_Z, + double green_X, double green_Y, double green_Z, double blue_X, + double blue_Y, double blue_Z)) +PNG_FIXED_EXPORT(136, void, png_set_cHRM_fixed, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_fixed_point int_white_x, + png_fixed_point int_white_y, png_fixed_point int_red_x, + png_fixed_point int_red_y, png_fixed_point int_green_x, + png_fixed_point int_green_y, png_fixed_point int_blue_x, + png_fixed_point int_blue_y)) +PNG_FIXED_EXPORT(233, void, png_set_cHRM_XYZ_fixed, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_fixed_point int_red_X, png_fixed_point int_red_Y, + png_fixed_point int_red_Z, png_fixed_point int_green_X, + png_fixed_point int_green_Y, png_fixed_point int_green_Z, + png_fixed_point int_blue_X, png_fixed_point int_blue_Y, + png_fixed_point int_blue_Z)) +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_eXIf_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(246, png_uint_32, png_get_eXIf, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_bytep *exif)); +PNG_EXPORT(247, void, png_set_eXIf, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_bytep exif)); + +PNG_EXPORT(248, png_uint_32, png_get_eXIf_1, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_inforp info_ptr, png_uint_32 *num_exif, png_bytep *exif)); +PNG_EXPORT(249, void, png_set_eXIf_1, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_uint_32 num_exif, png_bytep exif)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_gAMA_SUPPORTED +PNG_FP_EXPORT(137, png_uint_32, png_get_gAMA, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_inforp info_ptr, double *file_gamma)) +PNG_FIXED_EXPORT(138, png_uint_32, png_get_gAMA_fixed, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr, png_const_inforp info_ptr, + png_fixed_point *int_file_gamma)) +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_gAMA_SUPPORTED +PNG_FP_EXPORT(139, void, png_set_gAMA, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, double file_gamma)) +PNG_FIXED_EXPORT(140, void, png_set_gAMA_fixed, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_fixed_point int_file_gamma)) +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_hIST_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(141, png_uint_32, png_get_hIST, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_uint_16p *hist)); +PNG_EXPORT(142, void, png_set_hIST, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_const_uint_16p hist)); +#endif + +PNG_EXPORT(143, png_uint_32, png_get_IHDR, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_inforp info_ptr, png_uint_32 *width, png_uint_32 *height, + int *bit_depth, int *color_type, int *interlace_method, + int *compression_method, int *filter_method)); + +PNG_EXPORT(144, void, png_set_IHDR, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_uint_32 width, png_uint_32 height, int bit_depth, + int color_type, int interlace_method, int compression_method, + int filter_method)); + +#ifdef PNG_oFFs_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(145, png_uint_32, png_get_oFFs, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_inforp info_ptr, png_int_32 *offset_x, png_int_32 *offset_y, + int *unit_type)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_oFFs_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(146, void, png_set_oFFs, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_int_32 offset_x, png_int_32 offset_y, + int unit_type)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_pCAL_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(147, png_uint_32, png_get_pCAL, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_charp *purpose, png_int_32 *X0, + png_int_32 *X1, int *type, int *nparams, png_charp *units, + png_charpp *params)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_pCAL_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(148, void, png_set_pCAL, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_const_charp purpose, png_int_32 X0, png_int_32 X1, + int type, int nparams, png_const_charp units, png_charpp params)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_pHYs_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(149, png_uint_32, png_get_pHYs, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_inforp info_ptr, png_uint_32 *res_x, png_uint_32 *res_y, + int *unit_type)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_pHYs_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(150, void, png_set_pHYs, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_uint_32 res_x, png_uint_32 res_y, int unit_type)); +#endif + +PNG_EXPORT(151, png_uint_32, png_get_PLTE, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_colorp *palette, int *num_palette)); + +PNG_EXPORT(152, void, png_set_PLTE, (png_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_const_colorp palette, int num_palette)); + +#ifdef PNG_sBIT_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(153, png_uint_32, png_get_sBIT, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_color_8p *sig_bit)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_sBIT_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(154, void, png_set_sBIT, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_const_color_8p sig_bit)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_sRGB_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(155, png_uint_32, png_get_sRGB, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_inforp info_ptr, int *file_srgb_intent)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_sRGB_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(156, void, png_set_sRGB, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, int srgb_intent)); +PNG_EXPORT(157, void, png_set_sRGB_gAMA_and_cHRM, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, int srgb_intent)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_iCCP_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(158, png_uint_32, png_get_iCCP, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_charpp name, int *compression_type, + png_bytepp profile, png_uint_32 *proflen)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_iCCP_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(159, void, png_set_iCCP, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_const_charp name, int compression_type, + png_const_bytep profile, png_uint_32 proflen)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_sPLT_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(160, int, png_get_sPLT, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_sPLT_tpp entries)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_sPLT_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(161, void, png_set_sPLT, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_const_sPLT_tp entries, int nentries)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_TEXT_SUPPORTED +/* png_get_text also returns the number of text chunks in *num_text */ +PNG_EXPORT(162, int, png_get_text, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_textp *text_ptr, int *num_text)); +#endif + +/* Note while png_set_text() will accept a structure whose text, + * language, and translated keywords are NULL pointers, the structure + * returned by png_get_text will always contain regular + * zero-terminated C strings. They might be empty strings but + * they will never be NULL pointers. + */ + +#ifdef PNG_TEXT_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(163, void, png_set_text, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_const_textp text_ptr, int num_text)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_tIME_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(164, png_uint_32, png_get_tIME, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_timep *mod_time)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_tIME_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(165, void, png_set_tIME, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_const_timep mod_time)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_tRNS_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(166, png_uint_32, png_get_tRNS, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_bytep *trans_alpha, int *num_trans, + png_color_16p *trans_color)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_tRNS_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(167, void, png_set_tRNS, (png_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_const_bytep trans_alpha, int num_trans, + png_const_color_16p trans_color)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_sCAL_SUPPORTED +PNG_FP_EXPORT(168, png_uint_32, png_get_sCAL, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_inforp info_ptr, int *unit, double *width, double *height)) +#if defined(PNG_FLOATING_ARITHMETIC_SUPPORTED) || \ + defined(PNG_FLOATING_POINT_SUPPORTED) +/* NOTE: this API is currently implemented using floating point arithmetic, + * consequently it can only be used on systems with floating point support. + * In any case the range of values supported by png_fixed_point is small and it + * is highly recommended that png_get_sCAL_s be used instead. + */ +PNG_FIXED_EXPORT(214, png_uint_32, png_get_sCAL_fixed, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr, png_const_inforp info_ptr, int *unit, + png_fixed_point *width, png_fixed_point *height)) +#endif +PNG_EXPORT(169, png_uint_32, png_get_sCAL_s, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr, png_const_inforp info_ptr, int *unit, + png_charpp swidth, png_charpp sheight)); + +PNG_FP_EXPORT(170, void, png_set_sCAL, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, int unit, double width, double height)) +PNG_FIXED_EXPORT(213, void, png_set_sCAL_fixed, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, int unit, png_fixed_point width, + png_fixed_point height)) +PNG_EXPORT(171, void, png_set_sCAL_s, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, int unit, + png_const_charp swidth, png_const_charp sheight)); +#endif /* sCAL */ + +#ifdef PNG_SET_UNKNOWN_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED +/* Provide the default handling for all unknown chunks or, optionally, for + * specific unknown chunks. + * + * NOTE: prior to 1.6.0 the handling specified for particular chunks on read was + * ignored and the default was used, the per-chunk setting only had an effect on + * write. If you wish to have chunk-specific handling on read in code that must + * work on earlier versions you must use a user chunk callback to specify the + * desired handling (keep or discard.) + * + * The 'keep' parameter is a PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_ value as listed below. The + * parameter is interpreted as follows: + * + * READ: + * PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_AS_DEFAULT: + * Known chunks: do normal libpng processing, do not keep the chunk (but + * see the comments below about PNG_HANDLE_AS_UNKNOWN_SUPPORTED) + * Unknown chunks: for a specific chunk use the global default, when used + * as the default discard the chunk data. + * PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_NEVER: + * Discard the chunk data. + * PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_IF_SAFE: + * Keep the chunk data if the chunk is not critical else raise a chunk + * error. + * PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_ALWAYS: + * Keep the chunk data. + * + * If the chunk data is saved it can be retrieved using png_get_unknown_chunks, + * below. Notice that specifying "AS_DEFAULT" as a global default is equivalent + * to specifying "NEVER", however when "AS_DEFAULT" is used for specific chunks + * it simply resets the behavior to the libpng default. + * + * INTERACTION WITH USER CHUNK CALLBACKS: + * The per-chunk handling is always used when there is a png_user_chunk_ptr + * callback and the callback returns 0; the chunk is then always stored *unless* + * it is critical and the per-chunk setting is other than ALWAYS. Notice that + * the global default is *not* used in this case. (In effect the per-chunk + * value is incremented to at least IF_SAFE.) + * + * IMPORTANT NOTE: this behavior will change in libpng 1.7 - the global and + * per-chunk defaults will be honored. If you want to preserve the current + * behavior when your callback returns 0 you must set PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_IF_SAFE + * as the default - if you don't do this libpng 1.6 will issue a warning. + * + * If you want unhandled unknown chunks to be discarded in libpng 1.6 and + * earlier simply return '1' (handled). + * + * PNG_HANDLE_AS_UNKNOWN_SUPPORTED: + * If this is *not* set known chunks will always be handled by libpng and + * will never be stored in the unknown chunk list. Known chunks listed to + * png_set_keep_unknown_chunks will have no effect. If it is set then known + * chunks listed with a keep other than AS_DEFAULT will *never* be processed + * by libpng, in addition critical chunks must either be processed by the + * callback or saved. + * + * The IHDR and IEND chunks must not be listed. Because this turns off the + * default handling for chunks that would otherwise be recognized the + * behavior of libpng transformations may well become incorrect! + * + * WRITE: + * When writing chunks the options only apply to the chunks specified by + * png_set_unknown_chunks (below), libpng will *always* write known chunks + * required by png_set_ calls and will always write the core critical chunks + * (as required for PLTE). + * + * Each chunk in the png_set_unknown_chunks list is looked up in the + * png_set_keep_unknown_chunks list to find the keep setting, this is then + * interpreted as follows: + * + * PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_AS_DEFAULT: + * Write safe-to-copy chunks and write other chunks if the global + * default is set to _ALWAYS, otherwise don't write this chunk. + * PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_NEVER: + * Do not write the chunk. + * PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_IF_SAFE: + * Write the chunk if it is safe-to-copy, otherwise do not write it. + * PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_ALWAYS: + * Write the chunk. + * + * Note that the default behavior is effectively the opposite of the read case - + * in read unknown chunks are not stored by default, in write they are written + * by default. Also the behavior of PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_IF_SAFE is very different + * - on write the safe-to-copy bit is checked, on read the critical bit is + * checked and on read if the chunk is critical an error will be raised. + * + * num_chunks: + * =========== + * If num_chunks is positive, then the "keep" parameter specifies the manner + * for handling only those chunks appearing in the chunk_list array, + * otherwise the chunk list array is ignored. + * + * If num_chunks is 0 the "keep" parameter specifies the default behavior for + * unknown chunks, as described above. + * + * If num_chunks is negative, then the "keep" parameter specifies the manner + * for handling all unknown chunks plus all chunks recognized by libpng + * except for the IHDR, PLTE, tRNS, IDAT, and IEND chunks (which continue to + * be processed by libpng. + */ +#ifdef PNG_HANDLE_AS_UNKNOWN_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(172, void, png_set_keep_unknown_chunks, (png_structrp png_ptr, + int keep, png_const_bytep chunk_list, int num_chunks)); +#endif /* HANDLE_AS_UNKNOWN */ + +/* The "keep" PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_ parameter for the specified chunk is returned; + * the result is therefore true (non-zero) if special handling is required, + * false for the default handling. + */ +PNG_EXPORT(173, int, png_handle_as_unknown, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_bytep chunk_name)); +#endif /* SET_UNKNOWN_CHUNKS */ + +#ifdef PNG_STORE_UNKNOWN_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(174, void, png_set_unknown_chunks, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_const_unknown_chunkp unknowns, + int num_unknowns)); + /* NOTE: prior to 1.6.0 this routine set the 'location' field of the added + * unknowns to the location currently stored in the png_struct. This is + * invariably the wrong value on write. To fix this call the following API + * for each chunk in the list with the correct location. If you know your + * code won't be compiled on earlier versions you can rely on + * png_set_unknown_chunks(write-ptr, png_get_unknown_chunks(read-ptr)) doing + * the correct thing. + */ + +PNG_EXPORT(175, void, png_set_unknown_chunk_location, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr, png_inforp info_ptr, int chunk, int location)); + +PNG_EXPORT(176, int, png_get_unknown_chunks, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_unknown_chunkpp entries)); +#endif + +/* Png_free_data() will turn off the "valid" flag for anything it frees. + * If you need to turn it off for a chunk that your application has freed, + * you can use png_set_invalid(png_ptr, info_ptr, PNG_INFO_CHNK); + */ +PNG_EXPORT(177, void, png_set_invalid, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, int mask)); + +#ifdef PNG_INFO_IMAGE_SUPPORTED +/* The "params" pointer is currently not used and is for future expansion. */ +#ifdef PNG_SEQUENTIAL_READ_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(178, void, png_read_png, (png_structrp png_ptr, png_inforp info_ptr, + int transforms, png_voidp params)); +#endif +#ifdef PNG_WRITE_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(179, void, png_write_png, (png_structrp png_ptr, png_inforp info_ptr, + int transforms, png_voidp params)); +#endif +#endif + +PNG_EXPORT(180, png_const_charp, png_get_copyright, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr)); +PNG_EXPORT(181, png_const_charp, png_get_header_ver, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr)); +PNG_EXPORT(182, png_const_charp, png_get_header_version, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr)); +PNG_EXPORT(183, png_const_charp, png_get_libpng_ver, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr)); + +#ifdef PNG_MNG_FEATURES_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(184, png_uint_32, png_permit_mng_features, (png_structrp png_ptr, + png_uint_32 mng_features_permitted)); +#endif + +/* For use in png_set_keep_unknown, added to version 1.2.6 */ +#define PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_AS_DEFAULT 0 +#define PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_NEVER 1 +#define PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_IF_SAFE 2 +#define PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_ALWAYS 3 +#define PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_LAST 4 + +/* Strip the prepended error numbers ("#nnn ") from error and warning + * messages before passing them to the error or warning handler. + */ +#ifdef PNG_ERROR_NUMBERS_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(185, void, png_set_strip_error_numbers, (png_structrp png_ptr, + png_uint_32 strip_mode)); +#endif + +/* Added in libpng-1.2.6 */ +#ifdef PNG_SET_USER_LIMITS_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(186, void, png_set_user_limits, (png_structrp png_ptr, + png_uint_32 user_width_max, png_uint_32 user_height_max)); +PNG_EXPORT(187, png_uint_32, png_get_user_width_max, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr)); +PNG_EXPORT(188, png_uint_32, png_get_user_height_max, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr)); +/* Added in libpng-1.4.0 */ +PNG_EXPORT(189, void, png_set_chunk_cache_max, (png_structrp png_ptr, + png_uint_32 user_chunk_cache_max)); +PNG_EXPORT(190, png_uint_32, png_get_chunk_cache_max, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr)); +/* Added in libpng-1.4.1 */ +PNG_EXPORT(191, void, png_set_chunk_malloc_max, (png_structrp png_ptr, + png_alloc_size_t user_chunk_cache_max)); +PNG_EXPORT(192, png_alloc_size_t, png_get_chunk_malloc_max, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr)); +#endif + +#if defined(PNG_INCH_CONVERSIONS_SUPPORTED) +PNG_EXPORT(193, png_uint_32, png_get_pixels_per_inch, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr, png_const_inforp info_ptr)); + +PNG_EXPORT(194, png_uint_32, png_get_x_pixels_per_inch, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr, png_const_inforp info_ptr)); + +PNG_EXPORT(195, png_uint_32, png_get_y_pixels_per_inch, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr, png_const_inforp info_ptr)); + +PNG_FP_EXPORT(196, float, png_get_x_offset_inches, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr, png_const_inforp info_ptr)) +#ifdef PNG_FIXED_POINT_SUPPORTED /* otherwise not implemented. */ +PNG_FIXED_EXPORT(211, png_fixed_point, png_get_x_offset_inches_fixed, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr, png_const_inforp info_ptr)) +#endif + +PNG_FP_EXPORT(197, float, png_get_y_offset_inches, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_inforp info_ptr)) +#ifdef PNG_FIXED_POINT_SUPPORTED /* otherwise not implemented. */ +PNG_FIXED_EXPORT(212, png_fixed_point, png_get_y_offset_inches_fixed, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr, png_const_inforp info_ptr)) +#endif + +# ifdef PNG_pHYs_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(198, png_uint_32, png_get_pHYs_dpi, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_inforp info_ptr, png_uint_32 *res_x, png_uint_32 *res_y, + int *unit_type)); +# endif /* pHYs */ +#endif /* INCH_CONVERSIONS */ + +/* Added in libpng-1.4.0 */ +#ifdef PNG_IO_STATE_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(199, png_uint_32, png_get_io_state, (png_const_structrp png_ptr)); + +/* Removed from libpng 1.6; use png_get_io_chunk_type. */ +PNG_REMOVED(200, png_const_bytep, png_get_io_chunk_name, (png_structrp png_ptr), + PNG_DEPRECATED) + +PNG_EXPORT(216, png_uint_32, png_get_io_chunk_type, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr)); + +/* The flags returned by png_get_io_state() are the following: */ +# define PNG_IO_NONE 0x0000 /* no I/O at this moment */ +# define PNG_IO_READING 0x0001 /* currently reading */ +# define PNG_IO_WRITING 0x0002 /* currently writing */ +# define PNG_IO_SIGNATURE 0x0010 /* currently at the file signature */ +# define PNG_IO_CHUNK_HDR 0x0020 /* currently at the chunk header */ +# define PNG_IO_CHUNK_DATA 0x0040 /* currently at the chunk data */ +# define PNG_IO_CHUNK_CRC 0x0080 /* currently at the chunk crc */ +# define PNG_IO_MASK_OP 0x000f /* current operation: reading/writing */ +# define PNG_IO_MASK_LOC 0x00f0 /* current location: sig/hdr/data/crc */ +#endif /* IO_STATE */ + +/* Interlace support. The following macros are always defined so that if + * libpng interlace handling is turned off the macros may be used to handle + * interlaced images within the application. + */ +#define PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7_PASSES 7 + +/* Two macros to return the first row and first column of the original, + * full, image which appears in a given pass. 'pass' is in the range 0 + * to 6 and the result is in the range 0 to 7. + */ +#define PNG_PASS_START_ROW(pass) (((1&~(pass))<<(3-((pass)>>1)))&7) +#define PNG_PASS_START_COL(pass) (((1& (pass))<<(3-(((pass)+1)>>1)))&7) + +/* A macro to return the offset between pixels in the output row for a pair of + * pixels in the input - effectively the inverse of the 'COL_SHIFT' macro that + * follows. Note that ROW_OFFSET is the offset from one row to the next whereas + * COL_OFFSET is from one column to the next, within a row. + */ +#define PNG_PASS_ROW_OFFSET(pass) ((pass)>2?(8>>(((pass)-1)>>1)):8) +#define PNG_PASS_COL_OFFSET(pass) (1<<((7-(pass))>>1)) + +/* Two macros to help evaluate the number of rows or columns in each + * pass. This is expressed as a shift - effectively log2 of the number or + * rows or columns in each 8x8 tile of the original image. + */ +#define PNG_PASS_ROW_SHIFT(pass) ((pass)>2?(8-(pass))>>1:3) +#define PNG_PASS_COL_SHIFT(pass) ((pass)>1?(7-(pass))>>1:3) + +/* Hence two macros to determine the number of rows or columns in a given + * pass of an image given its height or width. In fact these macros may + * return non-zero even though the sub-image is empty, because the other + * dimension may be empty for a small image. + */ +#define PNG_PASS_ROWS(height, pass) (((height)+(((1<<PNG_PASS_ROW_SHIFT(pass))\ + -1)-PNG_PASS_START_ROW(pass)))>>PNG_PASS_ROW_SHIFT(pass)) +#define PNG_PASS_COLS(width, pass) (((width)+(((1<<PNG_PASS_COL_SHIFT(pass))\ + -1)-PNG_PASS_START_COL(pass)))>>PNG_PASS_COL_SHIFT(pass)) + +/* For the reader row callbacks (both progressive and sequential) it is + * necessary to find the row in the output image given a row in an interlaced + * image, so two more macros: + */ +#define PNG_ROW_FROM_PASS_ROW(y_in, pass) \ + (((y_in)<<PNG_PASS_ROW_SHIFT(pass))+PNG_PASS_START_ROW(pass)) +#define PNG_COL_FROM_PASS_COL(x_in, pass) \ + (((x_in)<<PNG_PASS_COL_SHIFT(pass))+PNG_PASS_START_COL(pass)) + +/* Two macros which return a boolean (0 or 1) saying whether the given row + * or column is in a particular pass. These use a common utility macro that + * returns a mask for a given pass - the offset 'off' selects the row or + * column version. The mask has the appropriate bit set for each column in + * the tile. + */ +#define PNG_PASS_MASK(pass,off) ( \ + ((0x110145AF>>(((7-(off))-(pass))<<2)) & 0xF) | \ + ((0x01145AF0>>(((7-(off))-(pass))<<2)) & 0xF0)) + +#define PNG_ROW_IN_INTERLACE_PASS(y, pass) \ + ((PNG_PASS_MASK(pass,0) >> ((y)&7)) & 1) +#define PNG_COL_IN_INTERLACE_PASS(x, pass) \ + ((PNG_PASS_MASK(pass,1) >> ((x)&7)) & 1) + +#ifdef PNG_READ_COMPOSITE_NODIV_SUPPORTED +/* With these routines we avoid an integer divide, which will be slower on + * most machines. However, it does take more operations than the corresponding + * divide method, so it may be slower on a few RISC systems. There are two + * shifts (by 8 or 16 bits) and an addition, versus a single integer divide. + * + * Note that the rounding factors are NOT supposed to be the same! 128 and + * 32768 are correct for the NODIV code; 127 and 32767 are correct for the + * standard method. + * + * [Optimized code by Greg Roelofs and Mark Adler...blame us for bugs. :-) ] + */ + + /* fg and bg should be in `gamma 1.0' space; alpha is the opacity */ + +# define png_composite(composite, fg, alpha, bg) \ + { \ + png_uint_16 temp = (png_uint_16)((png_uint_16)(fg) \ + * (png_uint_16)(alpha) \ + + (png_uint_16)(bg)*(png_uint_16)(255 \ + - (png_uint_16)(alpha)) + 128); \ + (composite) = (png_byte)(((temp + (temp >> 8)) >> 8) & 0xff); \ + } + +# define png_composite_16(composite, fg, alpha, bg) \ + { \ + png_uint_32 temp = (png_uint_32)((png_uint_32)(fg) \ + * (png_uint_32)(alpha) \ + + (png_uint_32)(bg)*(65535 \ + - (png_uint_32)(alpha)) + 32768); \ + (composite) = (png_uint_16)(0xffff & ((temp + (temp >> 16)) >> 16)); \ + } + +#else /* Standard method using integer division */ + +# define png_composite(composite, fg, alpha, bg) \ + (composite) = \ + (png_byte)(0xff & (((png_uint_16)(fg) * (png_uint_16)(alpha) + \ + (png_uint_16)(bg) * (png_uint_16)(255 - (png_uint_16)(alpha)) + \ + 127) / 255)) + +# define png_composite_16(composite, fg, alpha, bg) \ + (composite) = \ + (png_uint_16)(0xffff & (((png_uint_32)(fg) * (png_uint_32)(alpha) + \ + (png_uint_32)(bg)*(png_uint_32)(65535 - (png_uint_32)(alpha)) + \ + 32767) / 65535)) +#endif /* READ_COMPOSITE_NODIV */ + +#ifdef PNG_READ_INT_FUNCTIONS_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(201, png_uint_32, png_get_uint_32, (png_const_bytep buf)); +PNG_EXPORT(202, png_uint_16, png_get_uint_16, (png_const_bytep buf)); +PNG_EXPORT(203, png_int_32, png_get_int_32, (png_const_bytep buf)); +#endif + +PNG_EXPORT(204, png_uint_32, png_get_uint_31, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_bytep buf)); +/* No png_get_int_16 -- may be added if there's a real need for it. */ + +/* Place a 32-bit number into a buffer in PNG byte order (big-endian). */ +#ifdef PNG_WRITE_INT_FUNCTIONS_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(205, void, png_save_uint_32, (png_bytep buf, png_uint_32 i)); +#endif +#ifdef PNG_SAVE_INT_32_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(206, void, png_save_int_32, (png_bytep buf, png_int_32 i)); +#endif + +/* Place a 16-bit number into a buffer in PNG byte order. + * The parameter is declared unsigned int, not png_uint_16, + * just to avoid potential problems on pre-ANSI C compilers. + */ +#ifdef PNG_WRITE_INT_FUNCTIONS_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(207, void, png_save_uint_16, (png_bytep buf, unsigned int i)); +/* No png_save_int_16 -- may be added if there's a real need for it. */ +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_USE_READ_MACROS +/* Inline macros to do direct reads of bytes from the input buffer. + * The png_get_int_32() routine assumes we are using two's complement + * format for negative values, which is almost certainly true. + */ +# define PNG_get_uint_32(buf) \ + (((png_uint_32)(*(buf)) << 24) + \ + ((png_uint_32)(*((buf) + 1)) << 16) + \ + ((png_uint_32)(*((buf) + 2)) << 8) + \ + ((png_uint_32)(*((buf) + 3)))) + + /* From libpng-1.4.0 until 1.4.4, the png_get_uint_16 macro (but not the + * function) incorrectly returned a value of type png_uint_32. + */ +# define PNG_get_uint_16(buf) \ + ((png_uint_16) \ + (((unsigned int)(*(buf)) << 8) + \ + ((unsigned int)(*((buf) + 1))))) + +# define PNG_get_int_32(buf) \ + ((png_int_32)((*(buf) & 0x80) \ + ? -((png_int_32)(((png_get_uint_32(buf)^0xffffffffU)+1U)&0x7fffffffU)) \ + : (png_int_32)png_get_uint_32(buf))) + +/* If PNG_PREFIX is defined the same thing as below happens in pnglibconf.h, + * but defining a macro name prefixed with PNG_PREFIX. + */ +# ifndef PNG_PREFIX +# define png_get_uint_32(buf) PNG_get_uint_32(buf) +# define png_get_uint_16(buf) PNG_get_uint_16(buf) +# define png_get_int_32(buf) PNG_get_int_32(buf) +# endif +#else +# ifdef PNG_PREFIX + /* No macros; revert to the (redefined) function */ +# define PNG_get_uint_32 (png_get_uint_32) +# define PNG_get_uint_16 (png_get_uint_16) +# define PNG_get_int_32 (png_get_int_32) +# endif +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_CHECK_FOR_INVALID_INDEX_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(242, void, png_set_check_for_invalid_index, + (png_structrp png_ptr, int allowed)); +# ifdef PNG_GET_PALETTE_MAX_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(243, int, png_get_palette_max, (png_const_structp png_ptr, + png_const_infop info_ptr)); +# endif +#endif /* CHECK_FOR_INVALID_INDEX */ + +/******************************************************************************* + * Section 5: SIMPLIFIED API + ******************************************************************************* + * + * Please read the documentation in libpng-manual.txt (TODO: write said + * documentation) if you don't understand what follows. + * + * The simplified API hides the details of both libpng and the PNG file format + * itself. It allows PNG files to be read into a very limited number of + * in-memory bitmap formats or to be written from the same formats. If these + * formats do not accommodate your needs then you can, and should, use the more + * sophisticated APIs above - these support a wide variety of in-memory formats + * and a wide variety of sophisticated transformations to those formats as well + * as a wide variety of APIs to manipulate ancillary information. + * + * To read a PNG file using the simplified API: + * + * 1) Declare a 'png_image' structure (see below) on the stack, set the + * version field to PNG_IMAGE_VERSION and the 'opaque' pointer to NULL + * (this is REQUIRED, your program may crash if you don't do it.) + * 2) Call the appropriate png_image_begin_read... function. + * 3) Set the png_image 'format' member to the required sample format. + * 4) Allocate a buffer for the image and, if required, the color-map. + * 5) Call png_image_finish_read to read the image and, if required, the + * color-map into your buffers. + * + * There are no restrictions on the format of the PNG input itself; all valid + * color types, bit depths, and interlace methods are acceptable, and the + * input image is transformed as necessary to the requested in-memory format + * during the png_image_finish_read() step. The only caveat is that if you + * request a color-mapped image from a PNG that is full-color or makes + * complex use of an alpha channel the transformation is extremely lossy and the + * result may look terrible. + * + * To write a PNG file using the simplified API: + * + * 1) Declare a 'png_image' structure on the stack and memset() it to all zero. + * 2) Initialize the members of the structure that describe the image, setting + * the 'format' member to the format of the image samples. + * 3) Call the appropriate png_image_write... function with a pointer to the + * image and, if necessary, the color-map to write the PNG data. + * + * png_image is a structure that describes the in-memory format of an image + * when it is being read or defines the in-memory format of an image that you + * need to write: + */ +#if defined(PNG_SIMPLIFIED_READ_SUPPORTED) || \ + defined(PNG_SIMPLIFIED_WRITE_SUPPORTED) + +#define PNG_IMAGE_VERSION 1 + +typedef struct png_control *png_controlp; +typedef struct +{ + png_controlp opaque; /* Initialize to NULL, free with png_image_free */ + png_uint_32 version; /* Set to PNG_IMAGE_VERSION */ + png_uint_32 width; /* Image width in pixels (columns) */ + png_uint_32 height; /* Image height in pixels (rows) */ + png_uint_32 format; /* Image format as defined below */ + png_uint_32 flags; /* A bit mask containing informational flags */ + png_uint_32 colormap_entries; + /* Number of entries in the color-map */ + + /* In the event of an error or warning the following field will be set to a + * non-zero value and the 'message' field will contain a '\0' terminated + * string with the libpng error or warning message. If both warnings and + * an error were encountered, only the error is recorded. If there + * are multiple warnings, only the first one is recorded. + * + * The upper 30 bits of this value are reserved, the low two bits contain + * a value as follows: + */ +# define PNG_IMAGE_WARNING 1 +# define PNG_IMAGE_ERROR 2 + /* + * The result is a two-bit code such that a value more than 1 indicates + * a failure in the API just called: + * + * 0 - no warning or error + * 1 - warning + * 2 - error + * 3 - error preceded by warning + */ +# define PNG_IMAGE_FAILED(png_cntrl) ((((png_cntrl).warning_or_error)&0x03)>1) + + png_uint_32 warning_or_error; + + char message[64]; +} png_image, *png_imagep; + +/* The samples of the image have one to four channels whose components have + * original values in the range 0 to 1.0: + * + * 1: A single gray or luminance channel (G). + * 2: A gray/luminance channel and an alpha channel (GA). + * 3: Three red, green, blue color channels (RGB). + * 4: Three color channels and an alpha channel (RGBA). + * + * The components are encoded in one of two ways: + * + * a) As a small integer, value 0..255, contained in a single byte. For the + * alpha channel the original value is simply value/255. For the color or + * luminance channels the value is encoded according to the sRGB specification + * and matches the 8-bit format expected by typical display devices. + * + * The color/gray channels are not scaled (pre-multiplied) by the alpha + * channel and are suitable for passing to color management software. + * + * b) As a value in the range 0..65535, contained in a 2-byte integer. All + * channels can be converted to the original value by dividing by 65535; all + * channels are linear. Color channels use the RGB encoding (RGB end-points) of + * the sRGB specification. This encoding is identified by the + * PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_LINEAR flag below. + * + * When the simplified API needs to convert between sRGB and linear colorspaces, + * the actual sRGB transfer curve defined in the sRGB specification (see the + * article at <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SRGB>) is used, not the gamma=1/2.2 + * approximation used elsewhere in libpng. + * + * When an alpha channel is present it is expected to denote pixel coverage + * of the color or luminance channels and is returned as an associated alpha + * channel: the color/gray channels are scaled (pre-multiplied) by the alpha + * value. + * + * The samples are either contained directly in the image data, between 1 and 8 + * bytes per pixel according to the encoding, or are held in a color-map indexed + * by bytes in the image data. In the case of a color-map the color-map entries + * are individual samples, encoded as above, and the image data has one byte per + * pixel to select the relevant sample from the color-map. + */ + +/* PNG_FORMAT_* + * + * #defines to be used in png_image::format. Each #define identifies a + * particular layout of sample data and, if present, alpha values. There are + * separate defines for each of the two component encodings. + * + * A format is built up using single bit flag values. All combinations are + * valid. Formats can be built up from the flag values or you can use one of + * the predefined values below. When testing formats always use the FORMAT_FLAG + * macros to test for individual features - future versions of the library may + * add new flags. + * + * When reading or writing color-mapped images the format should be set to the + * format of the entries in the color-map then png_image_{read,write}_colormap + * called to read or write the color-map and set the format correctly for the + * image data. Do not set the PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLORMAP bit directly! + * + * NOTE: libpng can be built with particular features disabled. If you see + * compiler errors because the definition of one of the following flags has been + * compiled out it is because libpng does not have the required support. It is + * possible, however, for the libpng configuration to enable the format on just + * read or just write; in that case you may see an error at run time. You can + * guard against this by checking for the definition of the appropriate + * "_SUPPORTED" macro, one of: + * + * PNG_SIMPLIFIED_{READ,WRITE}_{BGR,AFIRST}_SUPPORTED + */ +#define PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_ALPHA 0x01U /* format with an alpha channel */ +#define PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLOR 0x02U /* color format: otherwise grayscale */ +#define PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_LINEAR 0x04U /* 2-byte channels else 1-byte */ +#define PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLORMAP 0x08U /* image data is color-mapped */ + +#ifdef PNG_FORMAT_BGR_SUPPORTED +# define PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_BGR 0x10U /* BGR colors, else order is RGB */ +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_FORMAT_AFIRST_SUPPORTED +# define PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_AFIRST 0x20U /* alpha channel comes first */ +#endif + +#define PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_ASSOCIATED_ALPHA 0x40U /* alpha channel is associated */ + +/* Commonly used formats have predefined macros. + * + * First the single byte (sRGB) formats: + */ +#define PNG_FORMAT_GRAY 0 +#define PNG_FORMAT_GA PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_ALPHA +#define PNG_FORMAT_AG (PNG_FORMAT_GA|PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_AFIRST) +#define PNG_FORMAT_RGB PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLOR +#define PNG_FORMAT_BGR (PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLOR|PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_BGR) +#define PNG_FORMAT_RGBA (PNG_FORMAT_RGB|PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_ALPHA) +#define PNG_FORMAT_ARGB (PNG_FORMAT_RGBA|PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_AFIRST) +#define PNG_FORMAT_BGRA (PNG_FORMAT_BGR|PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_ALPHA) +#define PNG_FORMAT_ABGR (PNG_FORMAT_BGRA|PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_AFIRST) + +/* Then the linear 2-byte formats. When naming these "Y" is used to + * indicate a luminance (gray) channel. + */ +#define PNG_FORMAT_LINEAR_Y PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_LINEAR +#define PNG_FORMAT_LINEAR_Y_ALPHA (PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_LINEAR|PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_ALPHA) +#define PNG_FORMAT_LINEAR_RGB (PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_LINEAR|PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLOR) +#define PNG_FORMAT_LINEAR_RGB_ALPHA \ + (PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_LINEAR|PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLOR|PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_ALPHA) + +/* With color-mapped formats the image data is one byte for each pixel, the byte + * is an index into the color-map which is formatted as above. To obtain a + * color-mapped format it is sufficient just to add the PNG_FOMAT_FLAG_COLORMAP + * to one of the above definitions, or you can use one of the definitions below. + */ +#define PNG_FORMAT_RGB_COLORMAP (PNG_FORMAT_RGB|PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLORMAP) +#define PNG_FORMAT_BGR_COLORMAP (PNG_FORMAT_BGR|PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLORMAP) +#define PNG_FORMAT_RGBA_COLORMAP (PNG_FORMAT_RGBA|PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLORMAP) +#define PNG_FORMAT_ARGB_COLORMAP (PNG_FORMAT_ARGB|PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLORMAP) +#define PNG_FORMAT_BGRA_COLORMAP (PNG_FORMAT_BGRA|PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLORMAP) +#define PNG_FORMAT_ABGR_COLORMAP (PNG_FORMAT_ABGR|PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLORMAP) + +/* PNG_IMAGE macros + * + * These are convenience macros to derive information from a png_image + * structure. The PNG_IMAGE_SAMPLE_ macros return values appropriate to the + * actual image sample values - either the entries in the color-map or the + * pixels in the image. The PNG_IMAGE_PIXEL_ macros return corresponding values + * for the pixels and will always return 1 for color-mapped formats. The + * remaining macros return information about the rows in the image and the + * complete image. + * + * NOTE: All the macros that take a png_image::format parameter are compile time + * constants if the format parameter is, itself, a constant. Therefore these + * macros can be used in array declarations and case labels where required. + * Similarly the macros are also pre-processor constants (sizeof is not used) so + * they can be used in #if tests. + * + * First the information about the samples. + */ +#define PNG_IMAGE_SAMPLE_CHANNELS(fmt)\ + (((fmt)&(PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLOR|PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_ALPHA))+1) + /* Return the total number of channels in a given format: 1..4 */ + +#define PNG_IMAGE_SAMPLE_COMPONENT_SIZE(fmt)\ + ((((fmt) & PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_LINEAR) >> 2)+1) + /* Return the size in bytes of a single component of a pixel or color-map + * entry (as appropriate) in the image: 1 or 2. + */ + +#define PNG_IMAGE_SAMPLE_SIZE(fmt)\ + (PNG_IMAGE_SAMPLE_CHANNELS(fmt) * PNG_IMAGE_SAMPLE_COMPONENT_SIZE(fmt)) + /* This is the size of the sample data for one sample. If the image is + * color-mapped it is the size of one color-map entry (and image pixels are + * one byte in size), otherwise it is the size of one image pixel. + */ + +#define PNG_IMAGE_MAXIMUM_COLORMAP_COMPONENTS(fmt)\ + (PNG_IMAGE_SAMPLE_CHANNELS(fmt) * 256) + /* The maximum size of the color-map required by the format expressed in a + * count of components. This can be used to compile-time allocate a + * color-map: + * + * png_uint_16 colormap[PNG_IMAGE_MAXIMUM_COLORMAP_COMPONENTS(linear_fmt)]; + * + * png_byte colormap[PNG_IMAGE_MAXIMUM_COLORMAP_COMPONENTS(sRGB_fmt)]; + * + * Alternatively use the PNG_IMAGE_COLORMAP_SIZE macro below to use the + * information from one of the png_image_begin_read_ APIs and dynamically + * allocate the required memory. + */ + +/* Corresponding information about the pixels */ +#define PNG_IMAGE_PIXEL_(test,fmt)\ + (((fmt)&PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLORMAP)?1:test(fmt)) + +#define PNG_IMAGE_PIXEL_CHANNELS(fmt)\ + PNG_IMAGE_PIXEL_(PNG_IMAGE_SAMPLE_CHANNELS,fmt) + /* The number of separate channels (components) in a pixel; 1 for a + * color-mapped image. + */ + +#define PNG_IMAGE_PIXEL_COMPONENT_SIZE(fmt)\ + PNG_IMAGE_PIXEL_(PNG_IMAGE_SAMPLE_COMPONENT_SIZE,fmt) + /* The size, in bytes, of each component in a pixel; 1 for a color-mapped + * image. + */ + +#define PNG_IMAGE_PIXEL_SIZE(fmt) PNG_IMAGE_PIXEL_(PNG_IMAGE_SAMPLE_SIZE,fmt) + /* The size, in bytes, of a complete pixel; 1 for a color-mapped image. */ + +/* Information about the whole row, or whole image */ +#define PNG_IMAGE_ROW_STRIDE(image)\ + (PNG_IMAGE_PIXEL_CHANNELS((image).format) * (image).width) + /* Return the total number of components in a single row of the image; this + * is the minimum 'row stride', the minimum count of components between each + * row. For a color-mapped image this is the minimum number of bytes in a + * row. + * + * WARNING: this macro overflows for some images with more than one component + * and very large image widths. libpng will refuse to process an image where + * this macro would overflow. + */ + +#define PNG_IMAGE_BUFFER_SIZE(image, row_stride)\ + (PNG_IMAGE_PIXEL_COMPONENT_SIZE((image).format)*(image).height*(row_stride)) + /* Return the size, in bytes, of an image buffer given a png_image and a row + * stride - the number of components to leave space for in each row. + * + * WARNING: this macro overflows a 32-bit integer for some large PNG images, + * libpng will refuse to process an image where such an overflow would occur. + */ + +#define PNG_IMAGE_SIZE(image)\ + PNG_IMAGE_BUFFER_SIZE(image, PNG_IMAGE_ROW_STRIDE(image)) + /* Return the size, in bytes, of the image in memory given just a png_image; + * the row stride is the minimum stride required for the image. + */ + +#define PNG_IMAGE_COLORMAP_SIZE(image)\ + (PNG_IMAGE_SAMPLE_SIZE((image).format) * (image).colormap_entries) + /* Return the size, in bytes, of the color-map of this image. If the image + * format is not a color-map format this will return a size sufficient for + * 256 entries in the given format; check PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLORMAP if + * you don't want to allocate a color-map in this case. + */ + +/* PNG_IMAGE_FLAG_* + * + * Flags containing additional information about the image are held in the + * 'flags' field of png_image. + */ +#define PNG_IMAGE_FLAG_COLORSPACE_NOT_sRGB 0x01 + /* This indicates that the RGB values of the in-memory bitmap do not + * correspond to the red, green and blue end-points defined by sRGB. + */ + +#define PNG_IMAGE_FLAG_FAST 0x02 + /* On write emphasise speed over compression; the resultant PNG file will be + * larger but will be produced significantly faster, particular for large + * images. Do not use this option for images which will be distributed, only + * used it when producing intermediate files that will be read back in + * repeatedly. For a typical 24-bit image the option will double the read + * speed at the cost of increasing the image size by 25%, however for many + * more compressible images the PNG file can be 10 times larger with only a + * slight speed gain. + */ + +#define PNG_IMAGE_FLAG_16BIT_sRGB 0x04 + /* On read if the image is a 16-bit per component image and there is no gAMA + * or sRGB chunk assume that the components are sRGB encoded. Notice that + * images output by the simplified API always have gamma information; setting + * this flag only affects the interpretation of 16-bit images from an + * external source. It is recommended that the application expose this flag + * to the user; the user can normally easily recognize the difference between + * linear and sRGB encoding. This flag has no effect on write - the data + * passed to the write APIs must have the correct encoding (as defined + * above.) + * + * If the flag is not set (the default) input 16-bit per component data is + * assumed to be linear. + * + * NOTE: the flag can only be set after the png_image_begin_read_ call, + * because that call initializes the 'flags' field. + */ + +#ifdef PNG_SIMPLIFIED_READ_SUPPORTED +/* READ APIs + * --------- + * + * The png_image passed to the read APIs must have been initialized by setting + * the png_controlp field 'opaque' to NULL (or, safer, memset the whole thing.) + */ +#ifdef PNG_STDIO_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(234, int, png_image_begin_read_from_file, (png_imagep image, + const char *file_name)); + /* The named file is opened for read and the image header is filled in + * from the PNG header in the file. + */ + +PNG_EXPORT(235, int, png_image_begin_read_from_stdio, (png_imagep image, + FILE* file)); + /* The PNG header is read from the stdio FILE object. */ +#endif /* STDIO */ + +PNG_EXPORT(236, int, png_image_begin_read_from_memory, (png_imagep image, + png_const_voidp memory, size_t size)); + /* The PNG header is read from the given memory buffer. */ + +PNG_EXPORT(237, int, png_image_finish_read, (png_imagep image, + png_const_colorp background, void *buffer, png_int_32 row_stride, + void *colormap)); + /* Finish reading the image into the supplied buffer and clean up the + * png_image structure. + * + * row_stride is the step, in byte or 2-byte units as appropriate, + * between adjacent rows. A positive stride indicates that the top-most row + * is first in the buffer - the normal top-down arrangement. A negative + * stride indicates that the bottom-most row is first in the buffer. + * + * background need only be supplied if an alpha channel must be removed from + * a png_byte format and the removal is to be done by compositing on a solid + * color; otherwise it may be NULL and any composition will be done directly + * onto the buffer. The value is an sRGB color to use for the background, + * for grayscale output the green channel is used. + * + * background must be supplied when an alpha channel must be removed from a + * single byte color-mapped output format, in other words if: + * + * 1) The original format from png_image_begin_read_from_* had + * PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_ALPHA set. + * 2) The format set by the application does not. + * 3) The format set by the application has PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLORMAP set and + * PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_LINEAR *not* set. + * + * For linear output removing the alpha channel is always done by compositing + * on black and background is ignored. + * + * colormap must be supplied when PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLORMAP is set. It must + * be at least the size (in bytes) returned by PNG_IMAGE_COLORMAP_SIZE. + * image->colormap_entries will be updated to the actual number of entries + * written to the colormap; this may be less than the original value. + */ + +PNG_EXPORT(238, void, png_image_free, (png_imagep image)); + /* Free any data allocated by libpng in image->opaque, setting the pointer to + * NULL. May be called at any time after the structure is initialized. + */ +#endif /* SIMPLIFIED_READ */ + +#ifdef PNG_SIMPLIFIED_WRITE_SUPPORTED +/* WRITE APIS + * ---------- + * For write you must initialize a png_image structure to describe the image to + * be written. To do this use memset to set the whole structure to 0 then + * initialize fields describing your image. + * + * version: must be set to PNG_IMAGE_VERSION + * opaque: must be initialized to NULL + * width: image width in pixels + * height: image height in rows + * format: the format of the data (image and color-map) you wish to write + * flags: set to 0 unless one of the defined flags applies; set + * PNG_IMAGE_FLAG_COLORSPACE_NOT_sRGB for color format images where the RGB + * values do not correspond to the colors in sRGB. + * colormap_entries: set to the number of entries in the color-map (0 to 256) + */ +#ifdef PNG_SIMPLIFIED_WRITE_STDIO_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(239, int, png_image_write_to_file, (png_imagep image, + const char *file, int convert_to_8bit, const void *buffer, + png_int_32 row_stride, const void *colormap)); + /* Write the image to the named file. */ + +PNG_EXPORT(240, int, png_image_write_to_stdio, (png_imagep image, FILE *file, + int convert_to_8_bit, const void *buffer, png_int_32 row_stride, + const void *colormap)); + /* Write the image to the given (FILE*). */ +#endif /* SIMPLIFIED_WRITE_STDIO */ + +/* With all write APIs if image is in one of the linear formats with 16-bit + * data then setting convert_to_8_bit will cause the output to be an 8-bit PNG + * gamma encoded according to the sRGB specification, otherwise a 16-bit linear + * encoded PNG file is written. + * + * With color-mapped data formats the colormap parameter point to a color-map + * with at least image->colormap_entries encoded in the specified format. If + * the format is linear the written PNG color-map will be converted to sRGB + * regardless of the convert_to_8_bit flag. + * + * With all APIs row_stride is handled as in the read APIs - it is the spacing + * from one row to the next in component sized units (1 or 2 bytes) and if + * negative indicates a bottom-up row layout in the buffer. If row_stride is + * zero, libpng will calculate it for you from the image width and number of + * channels. + * + * Note that the write API does not support interlacing, sub-8-bit pixels or + * most ancillary chunks. If you need to write text chunks (e.g. for copyright + * notices) you need to use one of the other APIs. + */ + +PNG_EXPORT(245, int, png_image_write_to_memory, (png_imagep image, void *memory, + png_alloc_size_t * PNG_RESTRICT memory_bytes, int convert_to_8_bit, + const void *buffer, png_int_32 row_stride, const void *colormap)); + /* Write the image to the given memory buffer. The function both writes the + * whole PNG data stream to *memory and updates *memory_bytes with the count + * of bytes written. + * + * 'memory' may be NULL. In this case *memory_bytes is not read however on + * success the number of bytes which would have been written will still be + * stored in *memory_bytes. On failure *memory_bytes will contain 0. + * + * If 'memory' is not NULL it must point to memory[*memory_bytes] of + * writeable memory. + * + * If the function returns success memory[*memory_bytes] (if 'memory' is not + * NULL) contains the written PNG data. *memory_bytes will always be less + * than or equal to the original value. + * + * If the function returns false and *memory_bytes was not changed an error + * occurred during write. If *memory_bytes was changed, or is not 0 if + * 'memory' was NULL, the write would have succeeded but for the memory + * buffer being too small. *memory_bytes contains the required number of + * bytes and will be bigger that the original value. + */ + +#define png_image_write_get_memory_size(image, size, convert_to_8_bit, buffer,\ + row_stride, colormap)\ + png_image_write_to_memory(&(image), 0, &(size), convert_to_8_bit, buffer,\ + row_stride, colormap) + /* Return the amount of memory in 'size' required to compress this image. + * The png_image structure 'image' must be filled in as in the above + * function and must not be changed before the actual write call, the buffer + * and all other parameters must also be identical to that in the final + * write call. The 'size' variable need not be initialized. + * + * NOTE: the macro returns true/false, if false is returned 'size' will be + * set to zero and the write failed and probably will fail if tried again. + */ + +/* You can pre-allocate the buffer by making sure it is of sufficient size + * regardless of the amount of compression achieved. The buffer size will + * always be bigger than the original image and it will never be filled. The + * following macros are provided to assist in allocating the buffer. + */ +#define PNG_IMAGE_DATA_SIZE(image) (PNG_IMAGE_SIZE(image)+(image).height) + /* The number of uncompressed bytes in the PNG byte encoding of the image; + * uncompressing the PNG IDAT data will give this number of bytes. + * + * NOTE: while PNG_IMAGE_SIZE cannot overflow for an image in memory this + * macro can because of the extra bytes used in the PNG byte encoding. You + * need to avoid this macro if your image size approaches 2^30 in width or + * height. The same goes for the remainder of these macros; they all produce + * bigger numbers than the actual in-memory image size. + */ +#ifndef PNG_ZLIB_MAX_SIZE +# define PNG_ZLIB_MAX_SIZE(b) ((b)+(((b)+7U)>>3)+(((b)+63U)>>6)+11U) + /* An upper bound on the number of compressed bytes given 'b' uncompressed + * bytes. This is based on deflateBounds() in zlib; different + * implementations of zlib compression may conceivably produce more data so + * if your zlib implementation is not zlib itself redefine this macro + * appropriately. + */ +#endif + +#define PNG_IMAGE_COMPRESSED_SIZE_MAX(image)\ + PNG_ZLIB_MAX_SIZE((png_alloc_size_t)PNG_IMAGE_DATA_SIZE(image)) + /* An upper bound on the size of the data in the PNG IDAT chunks. */ + +#define PNG_IMAGE_PNG_SIZE_MAX_(image, image_size)\ + ((8U/*sig*/+25U/*IHDR*/+16U/*gAMA*/+44U/*cHRM*/+12U/*IEND*/+\ + (((image).format&PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLORMAP)?/*colormap: PLTE, tRNS*/\ + 12U+3U*(image).colormap_entries/*PLTE data*/+\ + (((image).format&PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_ALPHA)?\ + 12U/*tRNS*/+(image).colormap_entries:0U):0U)+\ + 12U)+(12U*((image_size)/PNG_ZBUF_SIZE))/*IDAT*/+(image_size)) + /* A helper for the following macro; if your compiler cannot handle the + * following macro use this one with the result of + * PNG_IMAGE_COMPRESSED_SIZE_MAX(image) as the second argument (most + * compilers should handle this just fine.) + */ + +#define PNG_IMAGE_PNG_SIZE_MAX(image)\ + PNG_IMAGE_PNG_SIZE_MAX_(image, PNG_IMAGE_COMPRESSED_SIZE_MAX(image)) + /* An upper bound on the total length of the PNG data stream for 'image'. + * The result is of type png_alloc_size_t, on 32-bit systems this may + * overflow even though PNG_IMAGE_DATA_SIZE does not overflow; the write will + * run out of buffer space but return a corrected size which should work. + */ +#endif /* SIMPLIFIED_WRITE */ +/******************************************************************************* + * END OF SIMPLIFIED API + ******************************************************************************/ +#endif /* SIMPLIFIED_{READ|WRITE} */ + +/******************************************************************************* + * Section 6: IMPLEMENTATION OPTIONS + ******************************************************************************* + * + * Support for arbitrary implementation-specific optimizations. The API allows + * particular options to be turned on or off. 'Option' is the number of the + * option and 'onoff' is 0 (off) or non-0 (on). The value returned is given + * by the PNG_OPTION_ defines below. + * + * HARDWARE: normally hardware capabilities, such as the Intel SSE instructions, + * are detected at run time, however sometimes it may be impossible + * to do this in user mode, in which case it is necessary to discover + * the capabilities in an OS specific way. Such capabilities are + * listed here when libpng has support for them and must be turned + * ON by the application if present. + * + * SOFTWARE: sometimes software optimizations actually result in performance + * decrease on some architectures or systems, or with some sets of + * PNG images. 'Software' options allow such optimizations to be + * selected at run time. + */ +#ifdef PNG_SET_OPTION_SUPPORTED +#ifdef PNG_ARM_NEON_API_SUPPORTED +# define PNG_ARM_NEON 0 /* HARDWARE: ARM Neon SIMD instructions supported */ +#endif +#define PNG_MAXIMUM_INFLATE_WINDOW 2 /* SOFTWARE: force maximum window */ +#define PNG_SKIP_sRGB_CHECK_PROFILE 4 /* SOFTWARE: Check ICC profile for sRGB */ +#ifdef PNG_MIPS_MSA_API_SUPPORTED +# define PNG_MIPS_MSA 6 /* HARDWARE: MIPS Msa SIMD instructions supported */ +#endif +#define PNG_IGNORE_ADLER32 8 +#ifdef PNG_POWERPC_VSX_API_SUPPORTED +# define PNG_POWERPC_VSX 10 /* HARDWARE: PowerPC VSX SIMD instructions supported */ +#endif +#define PNG_OPTION_NEXT 12 /* Next option - numbers must be even */ + +/* Return values: NOTE: there are four values and 'off' is *not* zero */ +#define PNG_OPTION_UNSET 0 /* Unset - defaults to off */ +#define PNG_OPTION_INVALID 1 /* Option number out of range */ +#define PNG_OPTION_OFF 2 +#define PNG_OPTION_ON 3 + +PNG_EXPORT(244, int, png_set_option, (png_structrp png_ptr, int option, + int onoff)); +#endif /* SET_OPTION */ + +/******************************************************************************* + * END OF HARDWARE AND SOFTWARE OPTIONS + ******************************************************************************/ + +/* Maintainer: Put new public prototypes here ^, in libpng.3, in project + * defs, and in scripts/symbols.def. + */ + +/* The last ordinal number (this is the *last* one already used; the next + * one to use is one more than this.) + */ +#ifdef PNG_EXPORT_LAST_ORDINAL + PNG_EXPORT_LAST_ORDINAL(249); +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* PNG_VERSION_INFO_ONLY */ +/* Do not put anything past this line */ +#endif /* PNG_H */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/png16/pngconf.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/png16/pngconf.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..927a769d --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/png16/pngconf.h @@ -0,0 +1,623 @@ + +/* pngconf.h - machine-configurable file for libpng + * + * libpng version 1.6.37 + * + * Copyright (c) 2018-2019 Cosmin Truta + * Copyright (c) 1998-2002,2004,2006-2016,2018 Glenn Randers-Pehrson + * Copyright (c) 1996-1997 Andreas Dilger + * Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Guy Eric Schalnat, Group 42, Inc. + * + * This code is released under the libpng license. + * For conditions of distribution and use, see the disclaimer + * and license in png.h + * + * Any machine specific code is near the front of this file, so if you + * are configuring libpng for a machine, you may want to read the section + * starting here down to where it starts to typedef png_color, png_text, + * and png_info. + */ + +#ifndef PNGCONF_H +#define PNGCONF_H + +#ifndef PNG_BUILDING_SYMBOL_TABLE /* else includes may cause problems */ + +/* From libpng 1.6.0 libpng requires an ANSI X3.159-1989 ("ISOC90") compliant C + * compiler for correct compilation. The following header files are required by + * the standard. If your compiler doesn't provide these header files, or they + * do not match the standard, you will need to provide/improve them. + */ +#include <limits.h> +#include <stddef.h> + +/* Library header files. These header files are all defined by ISOC90; libpng + * expects conformant implementations, however, an ISOC90 conformant system need + * not provide these header files if the functionality cannot be implemented. + * In this case it will be necessary to disable the relevant parts of libpng in + * the build of pnglibconf.h. + * + * Prior to 1.6.0 string.h was included here; the API changes in 1.6.0 to not + * include this unnecessary header file. + */ + +#ifdef PNG_STDIO_SUPPORTED + /* Required for the definition of FILE: */ +# include <stdio.h> +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_SETJMP_SUPPORTED + /* Required for the definition of jmp_buf and the declaration of longjmp: */ +# include <setjmp.h> +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_CONVERT_tIME_SUPPORTED + /* Required for struct tm: */ +# include <time.h> +#endif + +#endif /* PNG_BUILDING_SYMBOL_TABLE */ + +/* Prior to 1.6.0, it was possible to turn off 'const' in declarations, + * using PNG_NO_CONST. This is no longer supported. + */ +#define PNG_CONST const /* backward compatibility only */ + +/* This controls optimization of the reading of 16-bit and 32-bit + * values from PNG files. It can be set on a per-app-file basis: it + * just changes whether a macro is used when the function is called. + * The library builder sets the default; if read functions are not + * built into the library the macro implementation is forced on. + */ +#ifndef PNG_READ_INT_FUNCTIONS_SUPPORTED +# define PNG_USE_READ_MACROS +#endif +#if !defined(PNG_NO_USE_READ_MACROS) && !defined(PNG_USE_READ_MACROS) +# if PNG_DEFAULT_READ_MACROS +# define PNG_USE_READ_MACROS +# endif +#endif + +/* COMPILER SPECIFIC OPTIONS. + * + * These options are provided so that a variety of difficult compilers + * can be used. Some are fixed at build time (e.g. PNG_API_RULE + * below) but still have compiler specific implementations, others + * may be changed on a per-file basis when compiling against libpng. + */ + +/* The PNGARG macro was used in versions of libpng prior to 1.6.0 to protect + * against legacy (pre ISOC90) compilers that did not understand function + * prototypes. It is not required for modern C compilers. + */ +#ifndef PNGARG +# define PNGARG(arglist) arglist +#endif + +/* Function calling conventions. + * ============================= + * Normally it is not necessary to specify to the compiler how to call + * a function - it just does it - however on x86 systems derived from + * Microsoft and Borland C compilers ('IBM PC', 'DOS', 'Windows' systems + * and some others) there are multiple ways to call a function and the + * default can be changed on the compiler command line. For this reason + * libpng specifies the calling convention of every exported function and + * every function called via a user supplied function pointer. This is + * done in this file by defining the following macros: + * + * PNGAPI Calling convention for exported functions. + * PNGCBAPI Calling convention for user provided (callback) functions. + * PNGCAPI Calling convention used by the ANSI-C library (required + * for longjmp callbacks and sometimes used internally to + * specify the calling convention for zlib). + * + * These macros should never be overridden. If it is necessary to + * change calling convention in a private build this can be done + * by setting PNG_API_RULE (which defaults to 0) to one of the values + * below to select the correct 'API' variants. + * + * PNG_API_RULE=0 Use PNGCAPI - the 'C' calling convention - throughout. + * This is correct in every known environment. + * PNG_API_RULE=1 Use the operating system convention for PNGAPI and + * the 'C' calling convention (from PNGCAPI) for + * callbacks (PNGCBAPI). This is no longer required + * in any known environment - if it has to be used + * please post an explanation of the problem to the + * libpng mailing list. + * + * These cases only differ if the operating system does not use the C + * calling convention, at present this just means the above cases + * (x86 DOS/Windows systems) and, even then, this does not apply to + * Cygwin running on those systems. + * + * Note that the value must be defined in pnglibconf.h so that what + * the application uses to call the library matches the conventions + * set when building the library. + */ + +/* Symbol export + * ============= + * When building a shared library it is almost always necessary to tell + * the compiler which symbols to export. The png.h macro 'PNG_EXPORT' + * is used to mark the symbols. On some systems these symbols can be + * extracted at link time and need no special processing by the compiler, + * on other systems the symbols are flagged by the compiler and just + * the declaration requires a special tag applied (unfortunately) in a + * compiler dependent way. Some systems can do either. + * + * A small number of older systems also require a symbol from a DLL to + * be flagged to the program that calls it. This is a problem because + * we do not know in the header file included by application code that + * the symbol will come from a shared library, as opposed to a statically + * linked one. For this reason the application must tell us by setting + * the magic flag PNG_USE_DLL to turn on the special processing before + * it includes png.h. + * + * Four additional macros are used to make this happen: + * + * PNG_IMPEXP The magic (if any) to cause a symbol to be exported from + * the build or imported if PNG_USE_DLL is set - compiler + * and system specific. + * + * PNG_EXPORT_TYPE(type) A macro that pre or appends PNG_IMPEXP to + * 'type', compiler specific. + * + * PNG_DLL_EXPORT Set to the magic to use during a libpng build to + * make a symbol exported from the DLL. Not used in the + * public header files; see pngpriv.h for how it is used + * in the libpng build. + * + * PNG_DLL_IMPORT Set to the magic to force the libpng symbols to come + * from a DLL - used to define PNG_IMPEXP when + * PNG_USE_DLL is set. + */ + +/* System specific discovery. + * ========================== + * This code is used at build time to find PNG_IMPEXP, the API settings + * and PNG_EXPORT_TYPE(), it may also set a macro to indicate the DLL + * import processing is possible. On Windows systems it also sets + * compiler-specific macros to the values required to change the calling + * conventions of the various functions. + */ +#if defined(_Windows) || defined(_WINDOWS) || defined(WIN32) ||\ + defined(_WIN32) || defined(__WIN32__) || defined(__CYGWIN__) + /* Windows system (DOS doesn't support DLLs). Includes builds under Cygwin or + * MinGW on any architecture currently supported by Windows. Also includes + * Watcom builds but these need special treatment because they are not + * compatible with GCC or Visual C because of different calling conventions. + */ +# if PNG_API_RULE == 2 + /* If this line results in an error, either because __watcall is not + * understood or because of a redefine just below you cannot use *this* + * build of the library with the compiler you are using. *This* build was + * build using Watcom and applications must also be built using Watcom! + */ +# define PNGCAPI __watcall +# endif + +# if defined(__GNUC__) || (defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER >= 800)) +# define PNGCAPI __cdecl +# if PNG_API_RULE == 1 + /* If this line results in an error __stdcall is not understood and + * PNG_API_RULE should not have been set to '1'. + */ +# define PNGAPI __stdcall +# endif +# else + /* An older compiler, or one not detected (erroneously) above, + * if necessary override on the command line to get the correct + * variants for the compiler. + */ +# ifndef PNGCAPI +# define PNGCAPI _cdecl +# endif +# if PNG_API_RULE == 1 && !defined(PNGAPI) +# define PNGAPI _stdcall +# endif +# endif /* compiler/api */ + + /* NOTE: PNGCBAPI always defaults to PNGCAPI. */ + +# if defined(PNGAPI) && !defined(PNG_USER_PRIVATEBUILD) +# error "PNG_USER_PRIVATEBUILD must be defined if PNGAPI is changed" +# endif + +# if (defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER < 800) ||\ + (defined(__BORLANDC__) && __BORLANDC__ < 0x500) + /* older Borland and MSC + * compilers used '__export' and required this to be after + * the type. + */ +# ifndef PNG_EXPORT_TYPE +# define PNG_EXPORT_TYPE(type) type PNG_IMPEXP +# endif +# define PNG_DLL_EXPORT __export +# else /* newer compiler */ +# define PNG_DLL_EXPORT __declspec(dllexport) +# ifndef PNG_DLL_IMPORT +# define PNG_DLL_IMPORT __declspec(dllimport) +# endif +# endif /* compiler */ + +#else /* !Windows */ +# if (defined(__IBMC__) || defined(__IBMCPP__)) && defined(__OS2__) +# define PNGAPI _System +# else /* !Windows/x86 && !OS/2 */ + /* Use the defaults, or define PNG*API on the command line (but + * this will have to be done for every compile!) + */ +# endif /* other system, !OS/2 */ +#endif /* !Windows/x86 */ + +/* Now do all the defaulting . */ +#ifndef PNGCAPI +# define PNGCAPI +#endif +#ifndef PNGCBAPI +# define PNGCBAPI PNGCAPI +#endif +#ifndef PNGAPI +# define PNGAPI PNGCAPI +#endif + +/* PNG_IMPEXP may be set on the compilation system command line or (if not set) + * then in an internal header file when building the library, otherwise (when + * using the library) it is set here. + */ +#ifndef PNG_IMPEXP +# if defined(PNG_USE_DLL) && defined(PNG_DLL_IMPORT) + /* This forces use of a DLL, disallowing static linking */ +# define PNG_IMPEXP PNG_DLL_IMPORT +# endif + +# ifndef PNG_IMPEXP +# define PNG_IMPEXP +# endif +#endif + +/* In 1.5.2 the definition of PNG_FUNCTION has been changed to always treat + * 'attributes' as a storage class - the attributes go at the start of the + * function definition, and attributes are always appended regardless of the + * compiler. This considerably simplifies these macros but may cause problems + * if any compilers both need function attributes and fail to handle them as + * a storage class (this is unlikely.) + */ +#ifndef PNG_FUNCTION +# define PNG_FUNCTION(type, name, args, attributes) attributes type name args +#endif + +#ifndef PNG_EXPORT_TYPE +# define PNG_EXPORT_TYPE(type) PNG_IMPEXP type +#endif + + /* The ordinal value is only relevant when preprocessing png.h for symbol + * table entries, so we discard it here. See the .dfn files in the + * scripts directory. + */ + +#ifndef PNG_EXPORTA +# define PNG_EXPORTA(ordinal, type, name, args, attributes) \ + PNG_FUNCTION(PNG_EXPORT_TYPE(type), (PNGAPI name), PNGARG(args), \ + PNG_LINKAGE_API attributes) +#endif + +/* ANSI-C (C90) does not permit a macro to be invoked with an empty argument, + * so make something non-empty to satisfy the requirement: + */ +#define PNG_EMPTY /*empty list*/ + +#define PNG_EXPORT(ordinal, type, name, args) \ + PNG_EXPORTA(ordinal, type, name, args, PNG_EMPTY) + +/* Use PNG_REMOVED to comment out a removed interface. */ +#ifndef PNG_REMOVED +# define PNG_REMOVED(ordinal, type, name, args, attributes) +#endif + +#ifndef PNG_CALLBACK +# define PNG_CALLBACK(type, name, args) type (PNGCBAPI name) PNGARG(args) +#endif + +/* Support for compiler specific function attributes. These are used + * so that where compiler support is available incorrect use of API + * functions in png.h will generate compiler warnings. + * + * Added at libpng-1.2.41. + */ + +#ifndef PNG_NO_PEDANTIC_WARNINGS +# ifndef PNG_PEDANTIC_WARNINGS_SUPPORTED +# define PNG_PEDANTIC_WARNINGS_SUPPORTED +# endif +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_PEDANTIC_WARNINGS_SUPPORTED + /* Support for compiler specific function attributes. These are used + * so that where compiler support is available, incorrect use of API + * functions in png.h will generate compiler warnings. Added at libpng + * version 1.2.41. Disabling these removes the warnings but may also produce + * less efficient code. + */ +# if defined(__clang__) && defined(__has_attribute) + /* Clang defines both __clang__ and __GNUC__. Check __clang__ first. */ +# if !defined(PNG_USE_RESULT) && __has_attribute(__warn_unused_result__) +# define PNG_USE_RESULT __attribute__((__warn_unused_result__)) +# endif +# if !defined(PNG_NORETURN) && __has_attribute(__noreturn__) +# define PNG_NORETURN __attribute__((__noreturn__)) +# endif +# if !defined(PNG_ALLOCATED) && __has_attribute(__malloc__) +# define PNG_ALLOCATED __attribute__((__malloc__)) +# endif +# if !defined(PNG_DEPRECATED) && __has_attribute(__deprecated__) +# define PNG_DEPRECATED __attribute__((__deprecated__)) +# endif +# if !defined(PNG_PRIVATE) +# ifdef __has_extension +# if __has_extension(attribute_unavailable_with_message) +# define PNG_PRIVATE __attribute__((__unavailable__(\ + "This function is not exported by libpng."))) +# endif +# endif +# endif +# ifndef PNG_RESTRICT +# define PNG_RESTRICT __restrict +# endif + +# elif defined(__GNUC__) +# ifndef PNG_USE_RESULT +# define PNG_USE_RESULT __attribute__((__warn_unused_result__)) +# endif +# ifndef PNG_NORETURN +# define PNG_NORETURN __attribute__((__noreturn__)) +# endif +# if __GNUC__ >= 3 +# ifndef PNG_ALLOCATED +# define PNG_ALLOCATED __attribute__((__malloc__)) +# endif +# ifndef PNG_DEPRECATED +# define PNG_DEPRECATED __attribute__((__deprecated__)) +# endif +# ifndef PNG_PRIVATE +# if 0 /* Doesn't work so we use deprecated instead*/ +# define PNG_PRIVATE \ + __attribute__((warning("This function is not exported by libpng."))) +# else +# define PNG_PRIVATE \ + __attribute__((__deprecated__)) +# endif +# endif +# if ((__GNUC__ > 3) || !defined(__GNUC_MINOR__) || (__GNUC_MINOR__ >= 1)) +# ifndef PNG_RESTRICT +# define PNG_RESTRICT __restrict +# endif +# endif /* __GNUC__.__GNUC_MINOR__ > 3.0 */ +# endif /* __GNUC__ >= 3 */ + +# elif defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER >= 1300) +# ifndef PNG_USE_RESULT +# define PNG_USE_RESULT /* not supported */ +# endif +# ifndef PNG_NORETURN +# define PNG_NORETURN __declspec(noreturn) +# endif +# ifndef PNG_ALLOCATED +# if (_MSC_VER >= 1400) +# define PNG_ALLOCATED __declspec(restrict) +# endif +# endif +# ifndef PNG_DEPRECATED +# define PNG_DEPRECATED __declspec(deprecated) +# endif +# ifndef PNG_PRIVATE +# define PNG_PRIVATE __declspec(deprecated) +# endif +# ifndef PNG_RESTRICT +# if (_MSC_VER >= 1400) +# define PNG_RESTRICT __restrict +# endif +# endif + +# elif defined(__WATCOMC__) +# ifndef PNG_RESTRICT +# define PNG_RESTRICT __restrict +# endif +# endif +#endif /* PNG_PEDANTIC_WARNINGS */ + +#ifndef PNG_DEPRECATED +# define PNG_DEPRECATED /* Use of this function is deprecated */ +#endif +#ifndef PNG_USE_RESULT +# define PNG_USE_RESULT /* The result of this function must be checked */ +#endif +#ifndef PNG_NORETURN +# define PNG_NORETURN /* This function does not return */ +#endif +#ifndef PNG_ALLOCATED +# define PNG_ALLOCATED /* The result of the function is new memory */ +#endif +#ifndef PNG_PRIVATE +# define PNG_PRIVATE /* This is a private libpng function */ +#endif +#ifndef PNG_RESTRICT +# define PNG_RESTRICT /* The C99 "restrict" feature */ +#endif + +#ifndef PNG_FP_EXPORT /* A floating point API. */ +# ifdef PNG_FLOATING_POINT_SUPPORTED +# define PNG_FP_EXPORT(ordinal, type, name, args)\ + PNG_EXPORT(ordinal, type, name, args); +# else /* No floating point APIs */ +# define PNG_FP_EXPORT(ordinal, type, name, args) +# endif +#endif +#ifndef PNG_FIXED_EXPORT /* A fixed point API. */ +# ifdef PNG_FIXED_POINT_SUPPORTED +# define PNG_FIXED_EXPORT(ordinal, type, name, args)\ + PNG_EXPORT(ordinal, type, name, args); +# else /* No fixed point APIs */ +# define PNG_FIXED_EXPORT(ordinal, type, name, args) +# endif +#endif + +#ifndef PNG_BUILDING_SYMBOL_TABLE +/* Some typedefs to get us started. These should be safe on most of the common + * platforms. + * + * png_uint_32 and png_int_32 may, currently, be larger than required to hold a + * 32-bit value however this is not normally advisable. + * + * png_uint_16 and png_int_16 should always be two bytes in size - this is + * verified at library build time. + * + * png_byte must always be one byte in size. + * + * The checks below use constants from limits.h, as defined by the ISOC90 + * standard. + */ +#if CHAR_BIT == 8 && UCHAR_MAX == 255 + typedef unsigned char png_byte; +#else +# error "libpng requires 8-bit bytes" +#endif + +#if INT_MIN == -32768 && INT_MAX == 32767 + typedef int png_int_16; +#elif SHRT_MIN == -32768 && SHRT_MAX == 32767 + typedef short png_int_16; +#else +# error "libpng requires a signed 16-bit type" +#endif + +#if UINT_MAX == 65535 + typedef unsigned int png_uint_16; +#elif USHRT_MAX == 65535 + typedef unsigned short png_uint_16; +#else +# error "libpng requires an unsigned 16-bit type" +#endif + +#if INT_MIN < -2147483646 && INT_MAX > 2147483646 + typedef int png_int_32; +#elif LONG_MIN < -2147483646 && LONG_MAX > 2147483646 + typedef long int png_int_32; +#else +# error "libpng requires a signed 32-bit (or more) type" +#endif + +#if UINT_MAX > 4294967294U + typedef unsigned int png_uint_32; +#elif ULONG_MAX > 4294967294U + typedef unsigned long int png_uint_32; +#else +# error "libpng requires an unsigned 32-bit (or more) type" +#endif + +/* Prior to 1.6.0, it was possible to disable the use of size_t and ptrdiff_t. + * From 1.6.0 onwards, an ISO C90 compiler, as well as a standard-compliant + * behavior of sizeof and ptrdiff_t are required. + * The legacy typedefs are provided here for backwards compatibility. + */ +typedef size_t png_size_t; +typedef ptrdiff_t png_ptrdiff_t; + +/* libpng needs to know the maximum value of 'size_t' and this controls the + * definition of png_alloc_size_t, below. This maximum value of size_t limits + * but does not control the maximum allocations the library makes - there is + * direct application control of this through png_set_user_limits(). + */ +#ifndef PNG_SMALL_SIZE_T + /* Compiler specific tests for systems where size_t is known to be less than + * 32 bits (some of these systems may no longer work because of the lack of + * 'far' support; see above.) + */ +# if (defined(__TURBOC__) && !defined(__FLAT__)) ||\ + (defined(_MSC_VER) && defined(MAXSEG_64K)) +# define PNG_SMALL_SIZE_T +# endif +#endif + +/* png_alloc_size_t is guaranteed to be no smaller than size_t, and no smaller + * than png_uint_32. Casts from size_t or png_uint_32 to png_alloc_size_t are + * not necessary; in fact, it is recommended not to use them at all, so that + * the compiler can complain when something turns out to be problematic. + * + * Casts in the other direction (from png_alloc_size_t to size_t or + * png_uint_32) should be explicitly applied; however, we do not expect to + * encounter practical situations that require such conversions. + * + * PNG_SMALL_SIZE_T must be defined if the maximum value of size_t is less than + * 4294967295 - i.e. less than the maximum value of png_uint_32. + */ +#ifdef PNG_SMALL_SIZE_T + typedef png_uint_32 png_alloc_size_t; +#else + typedef size_t png_alloc_size_t; +#endif + +/* Prior to 1.6.0 libpng offered limited support for Microsoft C compiler + * implementations of Intel CPU specific support of user-mode segmented address + * spaces, where 16-bit pointers address more than 65536 bytes of memory using + * separate 'segment' registers. The implementation requires two different + * types of pointer (only one of which includes the segment value.) + * + * If required this support is available in version 1.2 of libpng and may be + * available in versions through 1.5, although the correctness of the code has + * not been verified recently. + */ + +/* Typedef for floating-point numbers that are converted to fixed-point with a + * multiple of 100,000, e.g., gamma + */ +typedef png_int_32 png_fixed_point; + +/* Add typedefs for pointers */ +typedef void * png_voidp; +typedef const void * png_const_voidp; +typedef png_byte * png_bytep; +typedef const png_byte * png_const_bytep; +typedef png_uint_32 * png_uint_32p; +typedef const png_uint_32 * png_const_uint_32p; +typedef png_int_32 * png_int_32p; +typedef const png_int_32 * png_const_int_32p; +typedef png_uint_16 * png_uint_16p; +typedef const png_uint_16 * png_const_uint_16p; +typedef png_int_16 * png_int_16p; +typedef const png_int_16 * png_const_int_16p; +typedef char * png_charp; +typedef const char * png_const_charp; +typedef png_fixed_point * png_fixed_point_p; +typedef const png_fixed_point * png_const_fixed_point_p; +typedef size_t * png_size_tp; +typedef const size_t * png_const_size_tp; + +#ifdef PNG_STDIO_SUPPORTED +typedef FILE * png_FILE_p; +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_FLOATING_POINT_SUPPORTED +typedef double * png_doublep; +typedef const double * png_const_doublep; +#endif + +/* Pointers to pointers; i.e. arrays */ +typedef png_byte * * png_bytepp; +typedef png_uint_32 * * png_uint_32pp; +typedef png_int_32 * * png_int_32pp; +typedef png_uint_16 * * png_uint_16pp; +typedef png_int_16 * * png_int_16pp; +typedef const char * * png_const_charpp; +typedef char * * png_charpp; +typedef png_fixed_point * * png_fixed_point_pp; +#ifdef PNG_FLOATING_POINT_SUPPORTED +typedef double * * png_doublepp; +#endif + +/* Pointers to pointers to pointers; i.e., pointer to array */ +typedef char * * * png_charppp; + +#endif /* PNG_BUILDING_SYMBOL_TABLE */ + +#endif /* PNGCONF_H */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/png16/pnglibconf.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/png16/pnglibconf.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7f6a8179 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/png16/pnglibconf.h @@ -0,0 +1,219 @@ +/* pnglibconf.h - library build configuration */ + +/* libpng version 1.6.37 */ + +/* Copyright (c) 2018-2019 Cosmin Truta */ +/* Copyright (c) 1998-2002,2004,2006-2018 Glenn Randers-Pehrson */ + +/* This code is released under the libpng license. */ +/* For conditions of distribution and use, see the disclaimer */ +/* and license in png.h */ + +/* pnglibconf.h */ +/* Machine generated file: DO NOT EDIT */ +/* Derived from: scripts/pnglibconf.dfa */ +#ifndef PNGLCONF_H +#define PNGLCONF_H +/* options */ +#define PNG_16BIT_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_ALIGNED_MEMORY_SUPPORTED +/*#undef PNG_ARM_NEON_API_SUPPORTED*/ +/*#undef PNG_ARM_NEON_CHECK_SUPPORTED*/ +#define PNG_BENIGN_ERRORS_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_BENIGN_READ_ERRORS_SUPPORTED +/*#undef PNG_BENIGN_WRITE_ERRORS_SUPPORTED*/ +#define PNG_BUILD_GRAYSCALE_PALETTE_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_CHECK_FOR_INVALID_INDEX_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_COLORSPACE_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_CONSOLE_IO_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_CONVERT_tIME_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_EASY_ACCESS_SUPPORTED +/*#undef PNG_ERROR_NUMBERS_SUPPORTED*/ +#define PNG_ERROR_TEXT_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_FIXED_POINT_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_FLOATING_ARITHMETIC_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_FLOATING_POINT_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_FORMAT_AFIRST_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_FORMAT_BGR_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_GAMMA_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_GET_PALETTE_MAX_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_HANDLE_AS_UNKNOWN_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_INCH_CONVERSIONS_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_INFO_IMAGE_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_IO_STATE_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_MNG_FEATURES_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_POINTER_INDEXING_SUPPORTED +/*#undef PNG_POWERPC_VSX_API_SUPPORTED*/ +/*#undef PNG_POWERPC_VSX_CHECK_SUPPORTED*/ +#define PNG_PROGRESSIVE_READ_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_16BIT_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_ALPHA_MODE_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_BACKGROUND_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_BGR_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_CHECK_FOR_INVALID_INDEX_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_COMPOSITE_NODIV_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_COMPRESSED_TEXT_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_EXPAND_16_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_EXPAND_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_FILLER_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_GAMMA_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_GET_PALETTE_MAX_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_GRAY_TO_RGB_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_INTERLACING_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_INT_FUNCTIONS_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_INVERT_ALPHA_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_INVERT_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_OPT_PLTE_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_PACKSWAP_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_PACK_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_QUANTIZE_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_RGB_TO_GRAY_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_SCALE_16_TO_8_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_SHIFT_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_STRIP_16_TO_8_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_STRIP_ALPHA_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_SWAP_ALPHA_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_SWAP_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_TEXT_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_TRANSFORMS_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_UNKNOWN_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_USER_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_USER_TRANSFORM_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_bKGD_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_cHRM_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_eXIf_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_gAMA_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_hIST_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_iCCP_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_iTXt_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_oFFs_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_pCAL_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_pHYs_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_sBIT_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_sCAL_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_sPLT_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_sRGB_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_tEXt_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_tIME_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_tRNS_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_zTXt_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_SAVE_INT_32_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_SAVE_UNKNOWN_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_SEQUENTIAL_READ_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_SETJMP_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_SET_OPTION_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_SET_UNKNOWN_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_SET_USER_LIMITS_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_SIMPLIFIED_READ_AFIRST_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_SIMPLIFIED_READ_BGR_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_SIMPLIFIED_READ_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_SIMPLIFIED_WRITE_AFIRST_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_SIMPLIFIED_WRITE_BGR_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_SIMPLIFIED_WRITE_STDIO_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_SIMPLIFIED_WRITE_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_STDIO_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_STORE_UNKNOWN_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_TEXT_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_TIME_RFC1123_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_UNKNOWN_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_USER_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_USER_LIMITS_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_USER_MEM_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_USER_TRANSFORM_INFO_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_USER_TRANSFORM_PTR_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WARNINGS_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_16BIT_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_BGR_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_CHECK_FOR_INVALID_INDEX_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_COMPRESSED_TEXT_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_CUSTOMIZE_COMPRESSION_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_CUSTOMIZE_ZTXT_COMPRESSION_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_FILLER_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_FILTER_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_FLUSH_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_GET_PALETTE_MAX_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_INTERLACING_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_INT_FUNCTIONS_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_INVERT_ALPHA_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_INVERT_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_OPTIMIZE_CMF_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_PACKSWAP_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_PACK_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_SHIFT_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_SWAP_ALPHA_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_SWAP_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_TEXT_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_TRANSFORMS_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_UNKNOWN_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_USER_TRANSFORM_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_WEIGHTED_FILTER_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_bKGD_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_cHRM_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_eXIf_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_gAMA_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_hIST_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_iCCP_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_iTXt_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_oFFs_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_pCAL_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_pHYs_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_sBIT_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_sCAL_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_sPLT_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_sRGB_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_tEXt_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_tIME_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_tRNS_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_zTXt_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_bKGD_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_cHRM_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_eXIf_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_gAMA_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_hIST_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_iCCP_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_iTXt_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_oFFs_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_pCAL_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_pHYs_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_sBIT_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_sCAL_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_sPLT_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_sRGB_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_tEXt_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_tIME_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_tRNS_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_zTXt_SUPPORTED +/* end of options */ +/* settings */ +#define PNG_API_RULE 0 +#define PNG_DEFAULT_READ_MACROS 1 +#define PNG_GAMMA_THRESHOLD_FIXED 5000 +#define PNG_IDAT_READ_SIZE PNG_ZBUF_SIZE +#define PNG_INFLATE_BUF_SIZE 1024 +#define PNG_LINKAGE_API extern +#define PNG_LINKAGE_CALLBACK extern +#define PNG_LINKAGE_DATA extern +#define PNG_LINKAGE_FUNCTION extern +#define PNG_MAX_GAMMA_8 11 +#define PNG_QUANTIZE_BLUE_BITS 5 +#define PNG_QUANTIZE_GREEN_BITS 5 +#define PNG_QUANTIZE_RED_BITS 5 +#define PNG_TEXT_Z_DEFAULT_COMPRESSION (-1) +#define PNG_TEXT_Z_DEFAULT_STRATEGY 0 +#define PNG_USER_CHUNK_CACHE_MAX 1000 +#define PNG_USER_CHUNK_MALLOC_MAX 8000000 +#define PNG_USER_HEIGHT_MAX 1000000 +#define PNG_USER_WIDTH_MAX 1000000 +#define PNG_ZBUF_SIZE 8192 +#define PNG_ZLIB_VERNUM 0x12b0 +#define PNG_Z_DEFAULT_COMPRESSION (-1) +#define PNG_Z_DEFAULT_NOFILTER_STRATEGY 0 +#define PNG_Z_DEFAULT_STRATEGY 1 +#define PNG_sCAL_PRECISION 5 +#define PNG_sRGB_PROFILE_CHECKS 2 +/* end of settings */ +#endif /* PNGLCONF_H */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/sqlite/sqlite3.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/sqlite/sqlite3.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..44e53ef6 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/sqlite/sqlite3.h @@ -0,0 +1,12237 @@ +/* +** 2001-09-15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This header file defines the interface that the SQLite library +** presents to client programs. If a C-function, structure, datatype, +** or constant definition does not appear in this file, then it is +** not a published API of SQLite, is subject to change without +** notice, and should not be referenced by programs that use SQLite. +** +** Some of the definitions that are in this file are marked as +** "experimental". Experimental interfaces are normally new +** features recently added to SQLite. We do not anticipate changes +** to experimental interfaces but reserve the right to make minor changes +** if experience from use "in the wild" suggest such changes are prudent. +** +** The official C-language API documentation for SQLite is derived +** from comments in this file. This file is the authoritative source +** on how SQLite interfaces are supposed to operate. +** +** The name of this file under configuration management is "sqlite.h.in". +** The makefile makes some minor changes to this file (such as inserting +** the version number) and changes its name to "sqlite3.h" as +** part of the build process. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE3_H +#define SQLITE3_H +#include <stdarg.h> /* Needed for the definition of va_list */ + +/* +** Make sure we can call this stuff from C++. +*/ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + + +/* +** Provide the ability to override linkage features of the interface. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_EXTERN +# define SQLITE_EXTERN extern +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_API +# define SQLITE_API +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_CDECL +# define SQLITE_CDECL +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_APICALL +# define SQLITE_APICALL +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_STDCALL +# define SQLITE_STDCALL SQLITE_APICALL +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_CALLBACK +# define SQLITE_CALLBACK +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_SYSAPI +# define SQLITE_SYSAPI +#endif + +/* +** These no-op macros are used in front of interfaces to mark those +** interfaces as either deprecated or experimental. New applications +** should not use deprecated interfaces - they are supported for backwards +** compatibility only. Application writers should be aware that +** experimental interfaces are subject to change in point releases. +** +** These macros used to resolve to various kinds of compiler magic that +** would generate warning messages when they were used. But that +** compiler magic ended up generating such a flurry of bug reports +** that we have taken it all out and gone back to using simple +** noop macros. +*/ +#define SQLITE_DEPRECATED +#define SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL + +/* +** Ensure these symbols were not defined by some previous header file. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_VERSION +# undef SQLITE_VERSION +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER +# undef SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER +#endif + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Compile-Time Library Version Numbers +** +** ^(The [SQLITE_VERSION] C preprocessor macro in the sqlite3.h header +** evaluates to a string literal that is the SQLite version in the +** format "X.Y.Z" where X is the major version number (always 3 for +** SQLite3) and Y is the minor version number and Z is the release number.)^ +** ^(The [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER] C preprocessor macro resolves to an integer +** with the value (X*1000000 + Y*1000 + Z) where X, Y, and Z are the same +** numbers used in [SQLITE_VERSION].)^ +** The SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER for any given release of SQLite will also +** be larger than the release from which it is derived. Either Y will +** be held constant and Z will be incremented or else Y will be incremented +** and Z will be reset to zero. +** +** Since [version 3.6.18] ([dateof:3.6.18]), +** SQLite source code has been stored in the +** <a href="http://www.fossil-scm.org/">Fossil configuration management +** system</a>. ^The SQLITE_SOURCE_ID macro evaluates to +** a string which identifies a particular check-in of SQLite +** within its configuration management system. ^The SQLITE_SOURCE_ID +** string contains the date and time of the check-in (UTC) and a SHA1 +** or SHA3-256 hash of the entire source tree. If the source code has +** been edited in any way since it was last checked in, then the last +** four hexadecimal digits of the hash may be modified. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_libversion()], +** [sqlite3_libversion_number()], [sqlite3_sourceid()], +** [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()]. +*/ +#define SQLITE_VERSION "3.34.1" +#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3034001 +#define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID "2021-01-20 14:10:07 10e20c0b43500cfb9bbc0eaa061c57514f715d87238f4d835880cd846b9ebd1f" + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Version Numbers +** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_version sqlite3_sourceid +** +** These interfaces provide the same information as the [SQLITE_VERSION], +** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER], and [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] C preprocessor macros +** but are associated with the library instead of the header file. ^(Cautious +** programmers might include assert() statements in their application to +** verify that values returned by these interfaces match the macros in +** the header, and thus ensure that the application is +** compiled with matching library and header files. +** +** <blockquote><pre> +** assert( sqlite3_libversion_number()==SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER ); +** assert( strncmp(sqlite3_sourceid(),SQLITE_SOURCE_ID,80)==0 ); +** assert( strcmp(sqlite3_libversion(),SQLITE_VERSION)==0 ); +** </pre></blockquote>)^ +** +** ^The sqlite3_version[] string constant contains the text of [SQLITE_VERSION] +** macro. ^The sqlite3_libversion() function returns a pointer to the +** to the sqlite3_version[] string constant. The sqlite3_libversion() +** function is provided for use in DLLs since DLL users usually do not have +** direct access to string constants within the DLL. ^The +** sqlite3_libversion_number() function returns an integer equal to +** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER]. ^(The sqlite3_sourceid() function returns +** a pointer to a string constant whose value is the same as the +** [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] C preprocessor macro. Except if SQLite is built +** using an edited copy of [the amalgamation], then the last four characters +** of the hash might be different from [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID].)^ +** +** See also: [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXTERN const char sqlite3_version[]; +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_libversion(void); +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sourceid(void); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_libversion_number(void); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Compilation Options Diagnostics +** +** ^The sqlite3_compileoption_used() function returns 0 or 1 +** indicating whether the specified option was defined at +** compile time. ^The SQLITE_ prefix may be omitted from the +** option name passed to sqlite3_compileoption_used(). +** +** ^The sqlite3_compileoption_get() function allows iterating +** over the list of options that were defined at compile time by +** returning the N-th compile time option string. ^If N is out of range, +** sqlite3_compileoption_get() returns a NULL pointer. ^The SQLITE_ +** prefix is omitted from any strings returned by +** sqlite3_compileoption_get(). +** +** ^Support for the diagnostic functions sqlite3_compileoption_used() +** and sqlite3_compileoption_get() may be omitted by specifying the +** [SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS] option at compile time. +** +** See also: SQL functions [sqlite_compileoption_used()] and +** [sqlite_compileoption_get()] and the [compile_options pragma]. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_compileoption_used(const char *zOptName); +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_compileoption_get(int N); +#else +# define sqlite3_compileoption_used(X) 0 +# define sqlite3_compileoption_get(X) ((void*)0) +#endif + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Test To See If The Library Is Threadsafe +** +** ^The sqlite3_threadsafe() function returns zero if and only if +** SQLite was compiled with mutexing code omitted due to the +** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] compile-time option being set to 0. +** +** SQLite can be compiled with or without mutexes. When +** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] C preprocessor macro is 1 or 2, mutexes +** are enabled and SQLite is threadsafe. When the +** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] macro is 0, +** the mutexes are omitted. Without the mutexes, it is not safe +** to use SQLite concurrently from more than one thread. +** +** Enabling mutexes incurs a measurable performance penalty. +** So if speed is of utmost importance, it makes sense to disable +** the mutexes. But for maximum safety, mutexes should be enabled. +** ^The default behavior is for mutexes to be enabled. +** +** This interface can be used by an application to make sure that the +** version of SQLite that it is linking against was compiled with +** the desired setting of the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] macro. +** +** This interface only reports on the compile-time mutex setting +** of the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] flag. If SQLite is compiled with +** SQLITE_THREADSAFE=1 or =2 then mutexes are enabled by default but +** can be fully or partially disabled using a call to [sqlite3_config()] +** with the verbs [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD], [SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD], +** or [SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED]. ^(The return value of the +** sqlite3_threadsafe() function shows only the compile-time setting of +** thread safety, not any run-time changes to that setting made by +** sqlite3_config(). In other words, the return value from sqlite3_threadsafe() +** is unchanged by calls to sqlite3_config().)^ +** +** See the [threading mode] documentation for additional information. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_threadsafe(void); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Handle +** KEYWORDS: {database connection} {database connections} +** +** Each open SQLite database is represented by a pointer to an instance of +** the opaque structure named "sqlite3". It is useful to think of an sqlite3 +** pointer as an object. The [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], and +** [sqlite3_open_v2()] interfaces are its constructors, and [sqlite3_close()] +** and [sqlite3_close_v2()] are its destructors. There are many other +** interfaces (such as +** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_create_function()], and +** [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] to name but three) that are methods on an +** sqlite3 object. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3 sqlite3; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: 64-Bit Integer Types +** KEYWORDS: sqlite_int64 sqlite_uint64 +** +** Because there is no cross-platform way to specify 64-bit integer types +** SQLite includes typedefs for 64-bit signed and unsigned integers. +** +** The sqlite3_int64 and sqlite3_uint64 are the preferred type definitions. +** The sqlite_int64 and sqlite_uint64 types are supported for backwards +** compatibility only. +** +** ^The sqlite3_int64 and sqlite_int64 types can store integer values +** between -9223372036854775808 and +9223372036854775807 inclusive. ^The +** sqlite3_uint64 and sqlite_uint64 types can store integer values +** between 0 and +18446744073709551615 inclusive. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE + typedef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE sqlite_int64; +# ifdef SQLITE_UINT64_TYPE + typedef SQLITE_UINT64_TYPE sqlite_uint64; +# else + typedef unsigned SQLITE_INT64_TYPE sqlite_uint64; +# endif +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__BORLANDC__) + typedef __int64 sqlite_int64; + typedef unsigned __int64 sqlite_uint64; +#else + typedef long long int sqlite_int64; + typedef unsigned long long int sqlite_uint64; +#endif +typedef sqlite_int64 sqlite3_int64; +typedef sqlite_uint64 sqlite3_uint64; + +/* +** If compiling for a processor that lacks floating point support, +** substitute integer for floating-point. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT +# define double sqlite3_int64 +#endif + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Closing A Database Connection +** DESTRUCTOR: sqlite3 +** +** ^The sqlite3_close() and sqlite3_close_v2() routines are destructors +** for the [sqlite3] object. +** ^Calls to sqlite3_close() and sqlite3_close_v2() return [SQLITE_OK] if +** the [sqlite3] object is successfully destroyed and all associated +** resources are deallocated. +** +** Ideally, applications should [sqlite3_finalize | finalize] all +** [prepared statements], [sqlite3_blob_close | close] all [BLOB handles], and +** [sqlite3_backup_finish | finish] all [sqlite3_backup] objects associated +** with the [sqlite3] object prior to attempting to close the object. +** ^If the database connection is associated with unfinalized prepared +** statements, BLOB handlers, and/or unfinished sqlite3_backup objects then +** sqlite3_close() will leave the database connection open and return +** [SQLITE_BUSY]. ^If sqlite3_close_v2() is called with unfinalized prepared +** statements, unclosed BLOB handlers, and/or unfinished sqlite3_backups, +** it returns [SQLITE_OK] regardless, but instead of deallocating the database +** connection immediately, it marks the database connection as an unusable +** "zombie" and makes arrangements to automatically deallocate the database +** connection after all prepared statements are finalized, all BLOB handles +** are closed, and all backups have finished. The sqlite3_close_v2() interface +** is intended for use with host languages that are garbage collected, and +** where the order in which destructors are called is arbitrary. +** +** ^If an [sqlite3] object is destroyed while a transaction is open, +** the transaction is automatically rolled back. +** +** The C parameter to [sqlite3_close(C)] and [sqlite3_close_v2(C)] +** must be either a NULL +** pointer or an [sqlite3] object pointer obtained +** from [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], or +** [sqlite3_open_v2()], and not previously closed. +** ^Calling sqlite3_close() or sqlite3_close_v2() with a NULL pointer +** argument is a harmless no-op. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_close(sqlite3*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_close_v2(sqlite3*); + +/* +** The type for a callback function. +** This is legacy and deprecated. It is included for historical +** compatibility and is not documented. +*/ +typedef int (*sqlite3_callback)(void*,int,char**, char**); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: One-Step Query Execution Interface +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** The sqlite3_exec() interface is a convenience wrapper around +** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_step()], and [sqlite3_finalize()], +** that allows an application to run multiple statements of SQL +** without having to use a lot of C code. +** +** ^The sqlite3_exec() interface runs zero or more UTF-8 encoded, +** semicolon-separate SQL statements passed into its 2nd argument, +** in the context of the [database connection] passed in as its 1st +** argument. ^If the callback function of the 3rd argument to +** sqlite3_exec() is not NULL, then it is invoked for each result row +** coming out of the evaluated SQL statements. ^The 4th argument to +** sqlite3_exec() is relayed through to the 1st argument of each +** callback invocation. ^If the callback pointer to sqlite3_exec() +** is NULL, then no callback is ever invoked and result rows are +** ignored. +** +** ^If an error occurs while evaluating the SQL statements passed into +** sqlite3_exec(), then execution of the current statement stops and +** subsequent statements are skipped. ^If the 5th parameter to sqlite3_exec() +** is not NULL then any error message is written into memory obtained +** from [sqlite3_malloc()] and passed back through the 5th parameter. +** To avoid memory leaks, the application should invoke [sqlite3_free()] +** on error message strings returned through the 5th parameter of +** sqlite3_exec() after the error message string is no longer needed. +** ^If the 5th parameter to sqlite3_exec() is not NULL and no errors +** occur, then sqlite3_exec() sets the pointer in its 5th parameter to +** NULL before returning. +** +** ^If an sqlite3_exec() callback returns non-zero, the sqlite3_exec() +** routine returns SQLITE_ABORT without invoking the callback again and +** without running any subsequent SQL statements. +** +** ^The 2nd argument to the sqlite3_exec() callback function is the +** number of columns in the result. ^The 3rd argument to the sqlite3_exec() +** callback is an array of pointers to strings obtained as if from +** [sqlite3_column_text()], one for each column. ^If an element of a +** result row is NULL then the corresponding string pointer for the +** sqlite3_exec() callback is a NULL pointer. ^The 4th argument to the +** sqlite3_exec() callback is an array of pointers to strings where each +** entry represents the name of corresponding result column as obtained +** from [sqlite3_column_name()]. +** +** ^If the 2nd parameter to sqlite3_exec() is a NULL pointer, a pointer +** to an empty string, or a pointer that contains only whitespace and/or +** SQL comments, then no SQL statements are evaluated and the database +** is not changed. +** +** Restrictions: +** +** <ul> +** <li> The application must ensure that the 1st parameter to sqlite3_exec() +** is a valid and open [database connection]. +** <li> The application must not close the [database connection] specified by +** the 1st parameter to sqlite3_exec() while sqlite3_exec() is running. +** <li> The application must not modify the SQL statement text passed into +** the 2nd parameter of sqlite3_exec() while sqlite3_exec() is running. +** </ul> +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec( + sqlite3*, /* An open database */ + const char *sql, /* SQL to be evaluated */ + int (*callback)(void*,int,char**,char**), /* Callback function */ + void *, /* 1st argument to callback */ + char **errmsg /* Error msg written here */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Result Codes +** KEYWORDS: {result code definitions} +** +** Many SQLite functions return an integer result code from the set shown +** here in order to indicate success or failure. +** +** New error codes may be added in future versions of SQLite. +** +** See also: [extended result code definitions] +*/ +#define SQLITE_OK 0 /* Successful result */ +/* beginning-of-error-codes */ +#define SQLITE_ERROR 1 /* Generic error */ +#define SQLITE_INTERNAL 2 /* Internal logic error in SQLite */ +#define SQLITE_PERM 3 /* Access permission denied */ +#define SQLITE_ABORT 4 /* Callback routine requested an abort */ +#define SQLITE_BUSY 5 /* The database file is locked */ +#define SQLITE_LOCKED 6 /* A table in the database is locked */ +#define SQLITE_NOMEM 7 /* A malloc() failed */ +#define SQLITE_READONLY 8 /* Attempt to write a readonly database */ +#define SQLITE_INTERRUPT 9 /* Operation terminated by sqlite3_interrupt()*/ +#define SQLITE_IOERR 10 /* Some kind of disk I/O error occurred */ +#define SQLITE_CORRUPT 11 /* The database disk image is malformed */ +#define SQLITE_NOTFOUND 12 /* Unknown opcode in sqlite3_file_control() */ +#define SQLITE_FULL 13 /* Insertion failed because database is full */ +#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN 14 /* Unable to open the database file */ +#define SQLITE_PROTOCOL 15 /* Database lock protocol error */ +#define SQLITE_EMPTY 16 /* Internal use only */ +#define SQLITE_SCHEMA 17 /* The database schema changed */ +#define SQLITE_TOOBIG 18 /* String or BLOB exceeds size limit */ +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT 19 /* Abort due to constraint violation */ +#define SQLITE_MISMATCH 20 /* Data type mismatch */ +#define SQLITE_MISUSE 21 /* Library used incorrectly */ +#define SQLITE_NOLFS 22 /* Uses OS features not supported on host */ +#define SQLITE_AUTH 23 /* Authorization denied */ +#define SQLITE_FORMAT 24 /* Not used */ +#define SQLITE_RANGE 25 /* 2nd parameter to sqlite3_bind out of range */ +#define SQLITE_NOTADB 26 /* File opened that is not a database file */ +#define SQLITE_NOTICE 27 /* Notifications from sqlite3_log() */ +#define SQLITE_WARNING 28 /* Warnings from sqlite3_log() */ +#define SQLITE_ROW 100 /* sqlite3_step() has another row ready */ +#define SQLITE_DONE 101 /* sqlite3_step() has finished executing */ +/* end-of-error-codes */ + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Extended Result Codes +** KEYWORDS: {extended result code definitions} +** +** In its default configuration, SQLite API routines return one of 30 integer +** [result codes]. However, experience has shown that many of +** these result codes are too coarse-grained. They do not provide as +** much information about problems as programmers might like. In an effort to +** address this, newer versions of SQLite (version 3.3.8 [dateof:3.3.8] +** and later) include +** support for additional result codes that provide more detailed information +** about errors. These [extended result codes] are enabled or disabled +** on a per database connection basis using the +** [sqlite3_extended_result_codes()] API. Or, the extended code for +** the most recent error can be obtained using +** [sqlite3_extended_errcode()]. +*/ +#define SQLITE_ERROR_MISSING_COLLSEQ (SQLITE_ERROR | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_ERROR_RETRY (SQLITE_ERROR | (2<<8)) +#define SQLITE_ERROR_SNAPSHOT (SQLITE_ERROR | (3<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_READ (SQLITE_IOERR | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ (SQLITE_IOERR | (2<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE (SQLITE_IOERR | (3<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC (SQLITE_IOERR | (4<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC (SQLITE_IOERR | (5<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE (SQLITE_IOERR | (6<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT (SQLITE_IOERR | (7<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (8<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (9<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE (SQLITE_IOERR | (10<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED (SQLITE_IOERR | (11<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM (SQLITE_IOERR | (12<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS (SQLITE_IOERR | (13<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (14<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (15<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE (SQLITE_IOERR | (16<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_CLOSE (SQLITE_IOERR | (17<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN (SQLITE_IOERR | (18<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE (SQLITE_IOERR | (19<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (20<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP (SQLITE_IOERR | (21<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK (SQLITE_IOERR | (22<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT (SQLITE_IOERR | (23<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP (SQLITE_IOERR | (24<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_GETTEMPPATH (SQLITE_IOERR | (25<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_CONVPATH (SQLITE_IOERR | (26<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_VNODE (SQLITE_IOERR | (27<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_AUTH (SQLITE_IOERR | (28<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_BEGIN_ATOMIC (SQLITE_IOERR | (29<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_COMMIT_ATOMIC (SQLITE_IOERR | (30<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC (SQLITE_IOERR | (31<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_DATA (SQLITE_IOERR | (32<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_CORRUPTFS (SQLITE_IOERR | (33<<8)) +#define SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE (SQLITE_LOCKED | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_LOCKED_VTAB (SQLITE_LOCKED | (2<<8)) +#define SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY (SQLITE_BUSY | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_BUSY_SNAPSHOT (SQLITE_BUSY | (2<<8)) +#define SQLITE_BUSY_TIMEOUT (SQLITE_BUSY | (3<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_NOTEMPDIR (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_ISDIR (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (2<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (3<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_CONVPATH (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (4<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_DIRTYWAL (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (5<<8)) /* Not Used */ +#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_SYMLINK (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (6<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB (SQLITE_CORRUPT | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CORRUPT_SEQUENCE (SQLITE_CORRUPT | (2<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CORRUPT_INDEX (SQLITE_CORRUPT | (3<<8)) +#define SQLITE_READONLY_RECOVERY (SQLITE_READONLY | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_READONLY_CANTLOCK (SQLITE_READONLY | (2<<8)) +#define SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK (SQLITE_READONLY | (3<<8)) +#define SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED (SQLITE_READONLY | (4<<8)) +#define SQLITE_READONLY_CANTINIT (SQLITE_READONLY | (5<<8)) +#define SQLITE_READONLY_DIRECTORY (SQLITE_READONLY | (6<<8)) +#define SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK (SQLITE_ABORT | (2<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_CHECK (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_COMMITHOOK (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (2<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (3<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FUNCTION (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (4<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (5<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_PRIMARYKEY (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (6<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_TRIGGER (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (7<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_UNIQUE (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (8<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_VTAB (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (9<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_ROWID (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT |(10<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_PINNED (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT |(11<<8)) +#define SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_WAL (SQLITE_NOTICE | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK (SQLITE_NOTICE | (2<<8)) +#define SQLITE_WARNING_AUTOINDEX (SQLITE_WARNING | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_AUTH_USER (SQLITE_AUTH | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_OK_LOAD_PERMANENTLY (SQLITE_OK | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_OK_SYMLINK (SQLITE_OK | (2<<8)) + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Flags For File Open Operations +** +** These bit values are intended for use in the +** 3rd parameter to the [sqlite3_open_v2()] interface and +** in the 4th parameter to the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method. +*/ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY 0x00000001 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE 0x00000002 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE 0x00000004 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE 0x00000008 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE 0x00000010 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_AUTOPROXY 0x00000020 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_URI 0x00000040 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY 0x00000080 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB 0x00000100 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB 0x00000200 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB 0x00000400 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL 0x00000800 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL 0x00001000 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL 0x00002000 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_SUPER_JOURNAL 0x00004000 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX 0x00008000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX 0x00010000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE 0x00020000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE 0x00040000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_WAL 0x00080000 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_NOFOLLOW 0x01000000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ + +/* Reserved: 0x00F00000 */ +/* Legacy compatibility: */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL 0x00004000 /* VFS only */ + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Device Characteristics +** +** The xDeviceCharacteristics method of the [sqlite3_io_methods] +** object returns an integer which is a vector of these +** bit values expressing I/O characteristics of the mass storage +** device that holds the file that the [sqlite3_io_methods] +** refers to. +** +** The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC property means that all writes of +** any size are atomic. The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMICnnn values +** mean that writes of blocks that are nnn bytes in size and +** are aligned to an address which is an integer multiple of +** nnn are atomic. The SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND value means +** that when data is appended to a file, the data is appended +** first then the size of the file is extended, never the other +** way around. The SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL property means that +** information is written to disk in the same order as calls +** to xWrite(). The SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property means that +** after reboot following a crash or power loss, the only bytes in a +** file that were written at the application level might have changed +** and that adjacent bytes, even bytes within the same sector are +** guaranteed to be unchanged. The SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN +** flag indicates that a file cannot be deleted when open. The +** SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE flag indicates that the file is on +** read-only media and cannot be changed even by processes with +** elevated privileges. +** +** The SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC property means that the underlying +** filesystem supports doing multiple write operations atomically when those +** write operations are bracketed by [SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE] and +** [SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE]. +*/ +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC 0x00000001 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512 0x00000002 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC1K 0x00000004 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC2K 0x00000008 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC4K 0x00000010 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC8K 0x00000020 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC16K 0x00000040 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC32K 0x00000080 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K 0x00000100 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND 0x00000200 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL 0x00000400 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN 0x00000800 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE 0x00001000 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE 0x00002000 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC 0x00004000 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: File Locking Levels +** +** SQLite uses one of these integer values as the second +** argument to calls it makes to the xLock() and xUnlock() methods +** of an [sqlite3_io_methods] object. +*/ +#define SQLITE_LOCK_NONE 0 +#define SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED 1 +#define SQLITE_LOCK_RESERVED 2 +#define SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING 3 +#define SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE 4 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Synchronization Type Flags +** +** When SQLite invokes the xSync() method of an +** [sqlite3_io_methods] object it uses a combination of +** these integer values as the second argument. +** +** When the SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY flag is used, it means that the +** sync operation only needs to flush data to mass storage. Inode +** information need not be flushed. If the lower four bits of the flag +** equal SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL, that means to use normal fsync() semantics. +** If the lower four bits equal SQLITE_SYNC_FULL, that means +** to use Mac OS X style fullsync instead of fsync(). +** +** Do not confuse the SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL and SQLITE_SYNC_FULL flags +** with the [PRAGMA synchronous]=NORMAL and [PRAGMA synchronous]=FULL +** settings. The [synchronous pragma] determines when calls to the +** xSync VFS method occur and applies uniformly across all platforms. +** The SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL and SQLITE_SYNC_FULL flags determine how +** energetic or rigorous or forceful the sync operations are and +** only make a difference on Mac OSX for the default SQLite code. +** (Third-party VFS implementations might also make the distinction +** between SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL and SQLITE_SYNC_FULL, but among the +** operating systems natively supported by SQLite, only Mac OSX +** cares about the difference.) +*/ +#define SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL 0x00002 +#define SQLITE_SYNC_FULL 0x00003 +#define SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY 0x00010 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: OS Interface Open File Handle +** +** An [sqlite3_file] object represents an open file in the +** [sqlite3_vfs | OS interface layer]. Individual OS interface +** implementations will +** want to subclass this object by appending additional fields +** for their own use. The pMethods entry is a pointer to an +** [sqlite3_io_methods] object that defines methods for performing +** I/O operations on the open file. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_file sqlite3_file; +struct sqlite3_file { + const struct sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods; /* Methods for an open file */ +}; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: OS Interface File Virtual Methods Object +** +** Every file opened by the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method populates an +** [sqlite3_file] object (or, more commonly, a subclass of the +** [sqlite3_file] object) with a pointer to an instance of this object. +** This object defines the methods used to perform various operations +** against the open file represented by the [sqlite3_file] object. +** +** If the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method sets the sqlite3_file.pMethods element +** to a non-NULL pointer, then the sqlite3_io_methods.xClose method +** may be invoked even if the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] reported that it failed. The +** only way to prevent a call to xClose following a failed [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] +** is for the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] to set the sqlite3_file.pMethods element +** to NULL. +** +** The flags argument to xSync may be one of [SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL] or +** [SQLITE_SYNC_FULL]. The first choice is the normal fsync(). +** The second choice is a Mac OS X style fullsync. The [SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY] +** flag may be ORed in to indicate that only the data of the file +** and not its inode needs to be synced. +** +** The integer values to xLock() and xUnlock() are one of +** <ul> +** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_NONE], +** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED], +** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_RESERVED], +** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING], or +** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE]. +** </ul> +** xLock() increases the lock. xUnlock() decreases the lock. +** The xCheckReservedLock() method checks whether any database connection, +** either in this process or in some other process, is holding a RESERVED, +** PENDING, or EXCLUSIVE lock on the file. It returns true +** if such a lock exists and false otherwise. +** +** The xFileControl() method is a generic interface that allows custom +** VFS implementations to directly control an open file using the +** [sqlite3_file_control()] interface. The second "op" argument is an +** integer opcode. The third argument is a generic pointer intended to +** point to a structure that may contain arguments or space in which to +** write return values. Potential uses for xFileControl() might be +** functions to enable blocking locks with timeouts, to change the +** locking strategy (for example to use dot-file locks), to inquire +** about the status of a lock, or to break stale locks. The SQLite +** core reserves all opcodes less than 100 for its own use. +** A [file control opcodes | list of opcodes] less than 100 is available. +** Applications that define a custom xFileControl method should use opcodes +** greater than 100 to avoid conflicts. VFS implementations should +** return [SQLITE_NOTFOUND] for file control opcodes that they do not +** recognize. +** +** The xSectorSize() method returns the sector size of the +** device that underlies the file. The sector size is the +** minimum write that can be performed without disturbing +** other bytes in the file. The xDeviceCharacteristics() +** method returns a bit vector describing behaviors of the +** underlying device: +** +** <ul> +** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC] +** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512] +** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC1K] +** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC2K] +** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC4K] +** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC8K] +** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC16K] +** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC32K] +** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K] +** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND] +** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL] +** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN] +** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE] +** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE] +** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC] +** </ul> +** +** The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC property means that all writes of +** any size are atomic. The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMICnnn values +** mean that writes of blocks that are nnn bytes in size and +** are aligned to an address which is an integer multiple of +** nnn are atomic. The SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND value means +** that when data is appended to a file, the data is appended +** first then the size of the file is extended, never the other +** way around. The SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL property means that +** information is written to disk in the same order as calls +** to xWrite(). +** +** If xRead() returns SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ it must also fill +** in the unread portions of the buffer with zeros. A VFS that +** fails to zero-fill short reads might seem to work. However, +** failure to zero-fill short reads will eventually lead to +** database corruption. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_io_methods sqlite3_io_methods; +struct sqlite3_io_methods { + int iVersion; + int (*xClose)(sqlite3_file*); + int (*xRead)(sqlite3_file*, void*, int iAmt, sqlite3_int64 iOfst); + int (*xWrite)(sqlite3_file*, const void*, int iAmt, sqlite3_int64 iOfst); + int (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 size); + int (*xSync)(sqlite3_file*, int flags); + int (*xFileSize)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 *pSize); + int (*xLock)(sqlite3_file*, int); + int (*xUnlock)(sqlite3_file*, int); + int (*xCheckReservedLock)(sqlite3_file*, int *pResOut); + int (*xFileControl)(sqlite3_file*, int op, void *pArg); + int (*xSectorSize)(sqlite3_file*); + int (*xDeviceCharacteristics)(sqlite3_file*); + /* Methods above are valid for version 1 */ + int (*xShmMap)(sqlite3_file*, int iPg, int pgsz, int, void volatile**); + int (*xShmLock)(sqlite3_file*, int offset, int n, int flags); + void (*xShmBarrier)(sqlite3_file*); + int (*xShmUnmap)(sqlite3_file*, int deleteFlag); + /* Methods above are valid for version 2 */ + int (*xFetch)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 iOfst, int iAmt, void **pp); + int (*xUnfetch)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 iOfst, void *p); + /* Methods above are valid for version 3 */ + /* Additional methods may be added in future releases */ +}; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Standard File Control Opcodes +** KEYWORDS: {file control opcodes} {file control opcode} +** +** These integer constants are opcodes for the xFileControl method +** of the [sqlite3_io_methods] object and for the [sqlite3_file_control()] +** interface. +** +** <ul> +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE] opcode is used for debugging. This +** opcode causes the xFileControl method to write the current state of +** the lock (one of [SQLITE_LOCK_NONE], [SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED], +** [SQLITE_LOCK_RESERVED], [SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING], or [SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE]) +** into an integer that the pArg argument points to. This capability +** is used during testing and is only available when the SQLITE_TEST +** compile-time option is used. +** +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT] opcode is used by SQLite to give the VFS +** layer a hint of how large the database file will grow to be during the +** current transaction. This hint is not guaranteed to be accurate but it +** is often close. The underlying VFS might choose to preallocate database +** file space based on this hint in order to help writes to the database +** file run faster. +** +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_LIMIT]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_LIMIT] opcode is used by in-memory VFS that +** implements [sqlite3_deserialize()] to set an upper bound on the size +** of the in-memory database. The argument is a pointer to a [sqlite3_int64]. +** If the integer pointed to is negative, then it is filled in with the +** current limit. Otherwise the limit is set to the larger of the value +** of the integer pointed to and the current database size. The integer +** pointed to is set to the new limit. +** +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE] opcode is used to request that the VFS +** extends and truncates the database file in chunks of a size specified +** by the user. The fourth argument to [sqlite3_file_control()] should +** point to an integer (type int) containing the new chunk-size to use +** for the nominated database. Allocating database file space in large +** chunks (say 1MB at a time), may reduce file-system fragmentation and +** improve performance on some systems. +** +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER] opcode is used to obtain a pointer +** to the [sqlite3_file] object associated with a particular database +** connection. See also [SQLITE_FCNTL_JOURNAL_POINTER]. +** +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_JOURNAL_POINTER]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_JOURNAL_POINTER] opcode is used to obtain a pointer +** to the [sqlite3_file] object associated with the journal file (either +** the [rollback journal] or the [write-ahead log]) for a particular database +** connection. See also [SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER]. +** +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED]] +** No longer in use. +** +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC] opcode is generated internally by SQLite and +** sent to the VFS immediately before the xSync method is invoked on a +** database file descriptor. Or, if the xSync method is not invoked +** because the user has configured SQLite with +** [PRAGMA synchronous | PRAGMA synchronous=OFF] it is invoked in place +** of the xSync method. In most cases, the pointer argument passed with +** this file-control is NULL. However, if the database file is being synced +** as part of a multi-database commit, the argument points to a nul-terminated +** string containing the transactions super-journal file name. VFSes that +** do not need this signal should silently ignore this opcode. Applications +** should not call [sqlite3_file_control()] with this opcode as doing so may +** disrupt the operation of the specialized VFSes that do require it. +** +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO] opcode is generated internally by SQLite +** and sent to the VFS after a transaction has been committed immediately +** but before the database is unlocked. VFSes that do not need this signal +** should silently ignore this opcode. Applications should not call +** [sqlite3_file_control()] with this opcode as doing so may disrupt the +** operation of the specialized VFSes that do require it. +** +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY]] +** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY] opcode is used to configure automatic +** retry counts and intervals for certain disk I/O operations for the +** windows [VFS] in order to provide robustness in the presence of +** anti-virus programs. By default, the windows VFS will retry file read, +** file write, and file delete operations up to 10 times, with a delay +** of 25 milliseconds before the first retry and with the delay increasing +** by an additional 25 milliseconds with each subsequent retry. This +** opcode allows these two values (10 retries and 25 milliseconds of delay) +** to be adjusted. The values are changed for all database connections +** within the same process. The argument is a pointer to an array of two +** integers where the first integer is the new retry count and the second +** integer is the delay. If either integer is negative, then the setting +** is not changed but instead the prior value of that setting is written +** into the array entry, allowing the current retry settings to be +** interrogated. The zDbName parameter is ignored. +** +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL]] +** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL] opcode is used to set or query the +** persistent [WAL | Write Ahead Log] setting. By default, the auxiliary +** write ahead log ([WAL file]) and shared memory +** files used for transaction control +** are automatically deleted when the latest connection to the database +** closes. Setting persistent WAL mode causes those files to persist after +** close. Persisting the files is useful when other processes that do not +** have write permission on the directory containing the database file want +** to read the database file, as the WAL and shared memory files must exist +** in order for the database to be readable. The fourth parameter to +** [sqlite3_file_control()] for this opcode should be a pointer to an integer. +** That integer is 0 to disable persistent WAL mode or 1 to enable persistent +** WAL mode. If the integer is -1, then it is overwritten with the current +** WAL persistence setting. +** +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE]] +** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE] opcode is used to set or query the +** persistent "powersafe-overwrite" or "PSOW" setting. The PSOW setting +** determines the [SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE] bit of the +** xDeviceCharacteristics methods. The fourth parameter to +** [sqlite3_file_control()] for this opcode should be a pointer to an integer. +** That integer is 0 to disable zero-damage mode or 1 to enable zero-damage +** mode. If the integer is -1, then it is overwritten with the current +** zero-damage mode setting. +** +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE]] +** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE] opcode is invoked by SQLite after opening +** a write transaction to indicate that, unless it is rolled back for some +** reason, the entire database file will be overwritten by the current +** transaction. This is used by VACUUM operations. +** +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME]] +** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME] opcode can be used to obtain the names of +** all [VFSes] in the VFS stack. The names are of all VFS shims and the +** final bottom-level VFS are written into memory obtained from +** [sqlite3_malloc()] and the result is stored in the char* variable +** that the fourth parameter of [sqlite3_file_control()] points to. +** The caller is responsible for freeing the memory when done. As with +** all file-control actions, there is no guarantee that this will actually +** do anything. Callers should initialize the char* variable to a NULL +** pointer in case this file-control is not implemented. This file-control +** is intended for diagnostic use only. +** +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_VFS_POINTER]] +** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_VFS_POINTER] opcode finds a pointer to the top-level +** [VFSes] currently in use. ^(The argument X in +** sqlite3_file_control(db,SQLITE_FCNTL_VFS_POINTER,X) must be +** of type "[sqlite3_vfs] **". This opcodes will set *X +** to a pointer to the top-level VFS.)^ +** ^When there are multiple VFS shims in the stack, this opcode finds the +** upper-most shim only. +** +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA]] +** ^Whenever a [PRAGMA] statement is parsed, an [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] +** file control is sent to the open [sqlite3_file] object corresponding +** to the database file to which the pragma statement refers. ^The argument +** to the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control is an array of +** pointers to strings (char**) in which the second element of the array +** is the name of the pragma and the third element is the argument to the +** pragma or NULL if the pragma has no argument. ^The handler for an +** [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control can optionally make the first element +** of the char** argument point to a string obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()] +** or the equivalent and that string will become the result of the pragma or +** the error message if the pragma fails. ^If the +** [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control returns [SQLITE_NOTFOUND], then normal +** [PRAGMA] processing continues. ^If the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] +** file control returns [SQLITE_OK], then the parser assumes that the +** VFS has handled the PRAGMA itself and the parser generates a no-op +** prepared statement if result string is NULL, or that returns a copy +** of the result string if the string is non-NULL. +** ^If the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control returns +** any result code other than [SQLITE_OK] or [SQLITE_NOTFOUND], that means +** that the VFS encountered an error while handling the [PRAGMA] and the +** compilation of the PRAGMA fails with an error. ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] +** file control occurs at the beginning of pragma statement analysis and so +** it is able to override built-in [PRAGMA] statements. +** +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER]] +** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER] +** file-control may be invoked by SQLite on the database file handle +** shortly after it is opened in order to provide a custom VFS with access +** to the connection's busy-handler callback. The argument is of type (void**) +** - an array of two (void *) values. The first (void *) actually points +** to a function of type (int (*)(void *)). In order to invoke the connection's +** busy-handler, this function should be invoked with the second (void *) in +** the array as the only argument. If it returns non-zero, then the operation +** should be retried. If it returns zero, the custom VFS should abandon the +** current operation. +** +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME]] +** ^Applications can invoke the [SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME] file-control +** to have SQLite generate a +** temporary filename using the same algorithm that is followed to generate +** temporary filenames for TEMP tables and other internal uses. The +** argument should be a char** which will be filled with the filename +** written into memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()]. The caller should +** invoke [sqlite3_free()] on the result to avoid a memory leak. +** +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE] file control is used to query or set the +** maximum number of bytes that will be used for memory-mapped I/O. +** The argument is a pointer to a value of type sqlite3_int64 that +** is an advisory maximum number of bytes in the file to memory map. The +** pointer is overwritten with the old value. The limit is not changed if +** the value originally pointed to is negative, and so the current limit +** can be queried by passing in a pointer to a negative number. This +** file-control is used internally to implement [PRAGMA mmap_size]. +** +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE] file control provides advisory information +** to the VFS about what the higher layers of the SQLite stack are doing. +** This file control is used by some VFS activity tracing [shims]. +** The argument is a zero-terminated string. Higher layers in the +** SQLite stack may generate instances of this file control if +** the [SQLITE_USE_FCNTL_TRACE] compile-time option is enabled. +** +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED] file control interprets its argument as a +** pointer to an integer and it writes a boolean into that integer depending +** on whether or not the file has been renamed, moved, or deleted since it +** was first opened. +** +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_GET_HANDLE]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_GET_HANDLE] opcode can be used to obtain the +** underlying native file handle associated with a file handle. This file +** control interprets its argument as a pointer to a native file handle and +** writes the resulting value there. +** +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE] opcode is used for debugging. This +** opcode causes the xFileControl method to swap the file handle with the one +** pointed to by the pArg argument. This capability is used during testing +** and only needs to be supported when SQLITE_TEST is defined. +** +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_WAL_BLOCK]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_WAL_BLOCK] is a signal to the VFS layer that it might +** be advantageous to block on the next WAL lock if the lock is not immediately +** available. The WAL subsystem issues this signal during rare +** circumstances in order to fix a problem with priority inversion. +** Applications should <em>not</em> use this file-control. +** +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_ZIPVFS]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_ZIPVFS] opcode is implemented by zipvfs only. All other +** VFS should return SQLITE_NOTFOUND for this opcode. +** +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_RBU]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_RBU] opcode is implemented by the special VFS used by +** the RBU extension only. All other VFS should return SQLITE_NOTFOUND for +** this opcode. +** +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE]] +** If the [SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE] opcode returns SQLITE_OK, then +** the file descriptor is placed in "batch write mode", which +** means all subsequent write operations will be deferred and done +** atomically at the next [SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE]. Systems +** that do not support batch atomic writes will return SQLITE_NOTFOUND. +** ^Following a successful SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE and prior to +** the closing [SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE] or +** [SQLITE_FCNTL_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC_WRITE], SQLite will make +** no VFS interface calls on the same [sqlite3_file] file descriptor +** except for calls to the xWrite method and the xFileControl method +** with [SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT]. +** +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE] opcode causes all write +** operations since the previous successful call to +** [SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE] to be performed atomically. +** This file control returns [SQLITE_OK] if and only if the writes were +** all performed successfully and have been committed to persistent storage. +** ^Regardless of whether or not it is successful, this file control takes +** the file descriptor out of batch write mode so that all subsequent +** write operations are independent. +** ^SQLite will never invoke SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE without +** a prior successful call to [SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE]. +** +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC_WRITE]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC_WRITE] opcode causes all write +** operations since the previous successful call to +** [SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE] to be rolled back. +** ^This file control takes the file descriptor out of batch write mode +** so that all subsequent write operations are independent. +** ^SQLite will never invoke SQLITE_FCNTL_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC_WRITE without +** a prior successful call to [SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE]. +** +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCK_TIMEOUT]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCK_TIMEOUT] opcode is used to configure a VFS +** to block for up to M milliseconds before failing when attempting to +** obtain a file lock using the xLock or xShmLock methods of the VFS. +** The parameter is a pointer to a 32-bit signed integer that contains +** the value that M is to be set to. Before returning, the 32-bit signed +** integer is overwritten with the previous value of M. +** +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_DATA_VERSION]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_DATA_VERSION] opcode is used to detect changes to +** a database file. The argument is a pointer to a 32-bit unsigned integer. +** The "data version" for the pager is written into the pointer. The +** "data version" changes whenever any change occurs to the corresponding +** database file, either through SQL statements on the same database +** connection or through transactions committed by separate database +** connections possibly in other processes. The [sqlite3_total_changes()] +** interface can be used to find if any database on the connection has changed, +** but that interface responds to changes on TEMP as well as MAIN and does +** not provide a mechanism to detect changes to MAIN only. Also, the +** [sqlite3_total_changes()] interface responds to internal changes only and +** omits changes made by other database connections. The +** [PRAGMA data_version] command provides a mechanism to detect changes to +** a single attached database that occur due to other database connections, +** but omits changes implemented by the database connection on which it is +** called. This file control is the only mechanism to detect changes that +** happen either internally or externally and that are associated with +** a particular attached database. +** +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_CKPT_START]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_CKPT_START] opcode is invoked from within a checkpoint +** in wal mode before the client starts to copy pages from the wal +** file to the database file. +** +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_CKPT_DONE]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_CKPT_DONE] opcode is invoked from within a checkpoint +** in wal mode after the client has finished copying pages from the wal +** file to the database file, but before the *-shm file is updated to +** record the fact that the pages have been checkpointed. +** </ul> +*/ +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE 1 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE 2 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE 3 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_LAST_ERRNO 4 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT 5 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE 6 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER 7 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED 8 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY 9 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL 10 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE 11 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME 12 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE 13 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA 14 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER 15 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME 16 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE 18 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE 19 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED 20 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC 21 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO 22 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE 23 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WAL_BLOCK 24 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_ZIPVFS 25 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_RBU 26 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_VFS_POINTER 27 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_JOURNAL_POINTER 28 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_GET_HANDLE 29 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_PDB 30 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE 31 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE 32 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC_WRITE 33 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCK_TIMEOUT 34 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_DATA_VERSION 35 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_LIMIT 36 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_CKPT_DONE 37 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_RESERVE_BYTES 38 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_CKPT_START 39 + +/* deprecated names */ +#define SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE SQLITE_FCNTL_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE +#define SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE SQLITE_FCNTL_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE +#define SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO SQLITE_FCNTL_LAST_ERRNO + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Mutex Handle +** +** The mutex module within SQLite defines [sqlite3_mutex] to be an +** abstract type for a mutex object. The SQLite core never looks +** at the internal representation of an [sqlite3_mutex]. It only +** deals with pointers to the [sqlite3_mutex] object. +** +** Mutexes are created using [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()]. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_mutex sqlite3_mutex; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Loadable Extension Thunk +** +** A pointer to the opaque sqlite3_api_routines structure is passed as +** the third parameter to entry points of [loadable extensions]. This +** structure must be typedefed in order to work around compiler warnings +** on some platforms. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3_api_routines; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: OS Interface Object +** +** An instance of the sqlite3_vfs object defines the interface between +** the SQLite core and the underlying operating system. The "vfs" +** in the name of the object stands for "virtual file system". See +** the [VFS | VFS documentation] for further information. +** +** The VFS interface is sometimes extended by adding new methods onto +** the end. Each time such an extension occurs, the iVersion field +** is incremented. The iVersion value started out as 1 in +** SQLite [version 3.5.0] on [dateof:3.5.0], then increased to 2 +** with SQLite [version 3.7.0] on [dateof:3.7.0], and then increased +** to 3 with SQLite [version 3.7.6] on [dateof:3.7.6]. Additional fields +** may be appended to the sqlite3_vfs object and the iVersion value +** may increase again in future versions of SQLite. +** Note that due to an oversight, the structure +** of the sqlite3_vfs object changed in the transition from +** SQLite [version 3.5.9] to [version 3.6.0] on [dateof:3.6.0] +** and yet the iVersion field was not increased. +** +** The szOsFile field is the size of the subclassed [sqlite3_file] +** structure used by this VFS. mxPathname is the maximum length of +** a pathname in this VFS. +** +** Registered sqlite3_vfs objects are kept on a linked list formed by +** the pNext pointer. The [sqlite3_vfs_register()] +** and [sqlite3_vfs_unregister()] interfaces manage this list +** in a thread-safe way. The [sqlite3_vfs_find()] interface +** searches the list. Neither the application code nor the VFS +** implementation should use the pNext pointer. +** +** The pNext field is the only field in the sqlite3_vfs +** structure that SQLite will ever modify. SQLite will only access +** or modify this field while holding a particular static mutex. +** The application should never modify anything within the sqlite3_vfs +** object once the object has been registered. +** +** The zName field holds the name of the VFS module. The name must +** be unique across all VFS modules. +** +** [[sqlite3_vfs.xOpen]] +** ^SQLite guarantees that the zFilename parameter to xOpen +** is either a NULL pointer or string obtained +** from xFullPathname() with an optional suffix added. +** ^If a suffix is added to the zFilename parameter, it will +** consist of a single "-" character followed by no more than +** 11 alphanumeric and/or "-" characters. +** ^SQLite further guarantees that +** the string will be valid and unchanged until xClose() is +** called. Because of the previous sentence, +** the [sqlite3_file] can safely store a pointer to the +** filename if it needs to remember the filename for some reason. +** If the zFilename parameter to xOpen is a NULL pointer then xOpen +** must invent its own temporary name for the file. ^Whenever the +** xFilename parameter is NULL it will also be the case that the +** flags parameter will include [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE]. +** +** The flags argument to xOpen() includes all bits set in +** the flags argument to [sqlite3_open_v2()]. Or if [sqlite3_open()] +** or [sqlite3_open16()] is used, then flags includes at least +** [SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE]. +** If xOpen() opens a file read-only then it sets *pOutFlags to +** include [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY]. Other bits in *pOutFlags may be set. +** +** ^(SQLite will also add one of the following flags to the xOpen() +** call, depending on the object being opened: +** +** <ul> +** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB] +** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL] +** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB] +** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL] +** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB] +** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL] +** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_SUPER_JOURNAL] +** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_WAL] +** </ul>)^ +** +** The file I/O implementation can use the object type flags to +** change the way it deals with files. For example, an application +** that does not care about crash recovery or rollback might make +** the open of a journal file a no-op. Writes to this journal would +** also be no-ops, and any attempt to read the journal would return +** SQLITE_IOERR. Or the implementation might recognize that a database +** file will be doing page-aligned sector reads and writes in a random +** order and set up its I/O subsystem accordingly. +** +** SQLite might also add one of the following flags to the xOpen method: +** +** <ul> +** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE] +** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE] +** </ul> +** +** The [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE] flag means the file should be +** deleted when it is closed. ^The [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE] +** will be set for TEMP databases and their journals, transient +** databases, and subjournals. +** +** ^The [SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE] flag is always used in conjunction +** with the [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE] flag, which are both directly +** analogous to the O_EXCL and O_CREAT flags of the POSIX open() +** API. The SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE flag, when paired with the +** SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, is used to indicate that file should always +** be created, and that it is an error if it already exists. +** It is <i>not</i> used to indicate the file should be opened +** for exclusive access. +** +** ^At least szOsFile bytes of memory are allocated by SQLite +** to hold the [sqlite3_file] structure passed as the third +** argument to xOpen. The xOpen method does not have to +** allocate the structure; it should just fill it in. Note that +** the xOpen method must set the sqlite3_file.pMethods to either +** a valid [sqlite3_io_methods] object or to NULL. xOpen must do +** this even if the open fails. SQLite expects that the sqlite3_file.pMethods +** element will be valid after xOpen returns regardless of the success +** or failure of the xOpen call. +** +** [[sqlite3_vfs.xAccess]] +** ^The flags argument to xAccess() may be [SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS] +** to test for the existence of a file, or [SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE] to +** test whether a file is readable and writable, or [SQLITE_ACCESS_READ] +** to test whether a file is at least readable. The SQLITE_ACCESS_READ +** flag is never actually used and is not implemented in the built-in +** VFSes of SQLite. The file is named by the second argument and can be a +** directory. The xAccess method returns [SQLITE_OK] on success or some +** non-zero error code if there is an I/O error or if the name of +** the file given in the second argument is illegal. If SQLITE_OK +** is returned, then non-zero or zero is written into *pResOut to indicate +** whether or not the file is accessible. +** +** ^SQLite will always allocate at least mxPathname+1 bytes for the +** output buffer xFullPathname. The exact size of the output buffer +** is also passed as a parameter to both methods. If the output buffer +** is not large enough, [SQLITE_CANTOPEN] should be returned. Since this is +** handled as a fatal error by SQLite, vfs implementations should endeavor +** to prevent this by setting mxPathname to a sufficiently large value. +** +** The xRandomness(), xSleep(), xCurrentTime(), and xCurrentTimeInt64() +** interfaces are not strictly a part of the filesystem, but they are +** included in the VFS structure for completeness. +** The xRandomness() function attempts to return nBytes bytes +** of good-quality randomness into zOut. The return value is +** the actual number of bytes of randomness obtained. +** The xSleep() method causes the calling thread to sleep for at +** least the number of microseconds given. ^The xCurrentTime() +** method returns a Julian Day Number for the current date and time as +** a floating point value. +** ^The xCurrentTimeInt64() method returns, as an integer, the Julian +** Day Number multiplied by 86400000 (the number of milliseconds in +** a 24-hour day). +** ^SQLite will use the xCurrentTimeInt64() method to get the current +** date and time if that method is available (if iVersion is 2 or +** greater and the function pointer is not NULL) and will fall back +** to xCurrentTime() if xCurrentTimeInt64() is unavailable. +** +** ^The xSetSystemCall(), xGetSystemCall(), and xNestSystemCall() interfaces +** are not used by the SQLite core. These optional interfaces are provided +** by some VFSes to facilitate testing of the VFS code. By overriding +** system calls with functions under its control, a test program can +** simulate faults and error conditions that would otherwise be difficult +** or impossible to induce. The set of system calls that can be overridden +** varies from one VFS to another, and from one version of the same VFS to the +** next. Applications that use these interfaces must be prepared for any +** or all of these interfaces to be NULL or for their behavior to change +** from one release to the next. Applications must not attempt to access +** any of these methods if the iVersion of the VFS is less than 3. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_vfs sqlite3_vfs; +typedef void (*sqlite3_syscall_ptr)(void); +struct sqlite3_vfs { + int iVersion; /* Structure version number (currently 3) */ + int szOsFile; /* Size of subclassed sqlite3_file */ + int mxPathname; /* Maximum file pathname length */ + sqlite3_vfs *pNext; /* Next registered VFS */ + const char *zName; /* Name of this virtual file system */ + void *pAppData; /* Pointer to application-specific data */ + int (*xOpen)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, sqlite3_file*, + int flags, int *pOutFlags); + int (*xDelete)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int syncDir); + int (*xAccess)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int flags, int *pResOut); + int (*xFullPathname)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int nOut, char *zOut); + void *(*xDlOpen)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zFilename); + void (*xDlError)(sqlite3_vfs*, int nByte, char *zErrMsg); + void (*(*xDlSym)(sqlite3_vfs*,void*, const char *zSymbol))(void); + void (*xDlClose)(sqlite3_vfs*, void*); + int (*xRandomness)(sqlite3_vfs*, int nByte, char *zOut); + int (*xSleep)(sqlite3_vfs*, int microseconds); + int (*xCurrentTime)(sqlite3_vfs*, double*); + int (*xGetLastError)(sqlite3_vfs*, int, char *); + /* + ** The methods above are in version 1 of the sqlite_vfs object + ** definition. Those that follow are added in version 2 or later + */ + int (*xCurrentTimeInt64)(sqlite3_vfs*, sqlite3_int64*); + /* + ** The methods above are in versions 1 and 2 of the sqlite_vfs object. + ** Those below are for version 3 and greater. + */ + int (*xSetSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, sqlite3_syscall_ptr); + sqlite3_syscall_ptr (*xGetSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName); + const char *(*xNextSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName); + /* + ** The methods above are in versions 1 through 3 of the sqlite_vfs object. + ** New fields may be appended in future versions. The iVersion + ** value will increment whenever this happens. + */ +}; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Flags for the xAccess VFS method +** +** These integer constants can be used as the third parameter to +** the xAccess method of an [sqlite3_vfs] object. They determine +** what kind of permissions the xAccess method is looking for. +** With SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, the xAccess method +** simply checks whether the file exists. +** With SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE, the xAccess method +** checks whether the named directory is both readable and writable +** (in other words, if files can be added, removed, and renamed within +** the directory). +** The SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE constant is currently used only by the +** [temp_store_directory pragma], though this could change in a future +** release of SQLite. +** With SQLITE_ACCESS_READ, the xAccess method +** checks whether the file is readable. The SQLITE_ACCESS_READ constant is +** currently unused, though it might be used in a future release of +** SQLite. +*/ +#define SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS 0 +#define SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE 1 /* Used by PRAGMA temp_store_directory */ +#define SQLITE_ACCESS_READ 2 /* Unused */ + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Flags for the xShmLock VFS method +** +** These integer constants define the various locking operations +** allowed by the xShmLock method of [sqlite3_io_methods]. The +** following are the only legal combinations of flags to the +** xShmLock method: +** +** <ul> +** <li> SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED +** <li> SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE +** <li> SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED +** <li> SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE +** </ul> +** +** When unlocking, the same SHARED or EXCLUSIVE flag must be supplied as +** was given on the corresponding lock. +** +** The xShmLock method can transition between unlocked and SHARED or +** between unlocked and EXCLUSIVE. It cannot transition between SHARED +** and EXCLUSIVE. +*/ +#define SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK 1 +#define SQLITE_SHM_LOCK 2 +#define SQLITE_SHM_SHARED 4 +#define SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE 8 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Maximum xShmLock index +** +** The xShmLock method on [sqlite3_io_methods] may use values +** between 0 and this upper bound as its "offset" argument. +** The SQLite core will never attempt to acquire or release a +** lock outside of this range +*/ +#define SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK 8 + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Initialize The SQLite Library +** +** ^The sqlite3_initialize() routine initializes the +** SQLite library. ^The sqlite3_shutdown() routine +** deallocates any resources that were allocated by sqlite3_initialize(). +** These routines are designed to aid in process initialization and +** shutdown on embedded systems. Workstation applications using +** SQLite normally do not need to invoke either of these routines. +** +** A call to sqlite3_initialize() is an "effective" call if it is +** the first time sqlite3_initialize() is invoked during the lifetime of +** the process, or if it is the first time sqlite3_initialize() is invoked +** following a call to sqlite3_shutdown(). ^(Only an effective call +** of sqlite3_initialize() does any initialization. All other calls +** are harmless no-ops.)^ +** +** A call to sqlite3_shutdown() is an "effective" call if it is the first +** call to sqlite3_shutdown() since the last sqlite3_initialize(). ^(Only +** an effective call to sqlite3_shutdown() does any deinitialization. +** All other valid calls to sqlite3_shutdown() are harmless no-ops.)^ +** +** The sqlite3_initialize() interface is threadsafe, but sqlite3_shutdown() +** is not. The sqlite3_shutdown() interface must only be called from a +** single thread. All open [database connections] must be closed and all +** other SQLite resources must be deallocated prior to invoking +** sqlite3_shutdown(). +** +** Among other things, ^sqlite3_initialize() will invoke +** sqlite3_os_init(). Similarly, ^sqlite3_shutdown() +** will invoke sqlite3_os_end(). +** +** ^The sqlite3_initialize() routine returns [SQLITE_OK] on success. +** ^If for some reason, sqlite3_initialize() is unable to initialize +** the library (perhaps it is unable to allocate a needed resource such +** as a mutex) it returns an [error code] other than [SQLITE_OK]. +** +** ^The sqlite3_initialize() routine is called internally by many other +** SQLite interfaces so that an application usually does not need to +** invoke sqlite3_initialize() directly. For example, [sqlite3_open()] +** calls sqlite3_initialize() so the SQLite library will be automatically +** initialized when [sqlite3_open()] is called if it has not be initialized +** already. ^However, if SQLite is compiled with the [SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT] +** compile-time option, then the automatic calls to sqlite3_initialize() +** are omitted and the application must call sqlite3_initialize() directly +** prior to using any other SQLite interface. For maximum portability, +** it is recommended that applications always invoke sqlite3_initialize() +** directly prior to using any other SQLite interface. Future releases +** of SQLite may require this. In other words, the behavior exhibited +** when SQLite is compiled with [SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT] might become the +** default behavior in some future release of SQLite. +** +** The sqlite3_os_init() routine does operating-system specific +** initialization of the SQLite library. The sqlite3_os_end() +** routine undoes the effect of sqlite3_os_init(). Typical tasks +** performed by these routines include allocation or deallocation +** of static resources, initialization of global variables, +** setting up a default [sqlite3_vfs] module, or setting up +** a default configuration using [sqlite3_config()]. +** +** The application should never invoke either sqlite3_os_init() +** or sqlite3_os_end() directly. The application should only invoke +** sqlite3_initialize() and sqlite3_shutdown(). The sqlite3_os_init() +** interface is called automatically by sqlite3_initialize() and +** sqlite3_os_end() is called by sqlite3_shutdown(). Appropriate +** implementations for sqlite3_os_init() and sqlite3_os_end() +** are built into SQLite when it is compiled for Unix, Windows, or OS/2. +** When [custom builds | built for other platforms] +** (using the [SQLITE_OS_OTHER=1] compile-time +** option) the application must supply a suitable implementation for +** sqlite3_os_init() and sqlite3_os_end(). An application-supplied +** implementation of sqlite3_os_init() or sqlite3_os_end() +** must return [SQLITE_OK] on success and some other [error code] upon +** failure. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_initialize(void); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_shutdown(void); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Configuring The SQLite Library +** +** The sqlite3_config() interface is used to make global configuration +** changes to SQLite in order to tune SQLite to the specific needs of +** the application. The default configuration is recommended for most +** applications and so this routine is usually not necessary. It is +** provided to support rare applications with unusual needs. +** +** <b>The sqlite3_config() interface is not threadsafe. The application +** must ensure that no other SQLite interfaces are invoked by other +** threads while sqlite3_config() is running.</b> +** +** The sqlite3_config() interface +** may only be invoked prior to library initialization using +** [sqlite3_initialize()] or after shutdown by [sqlite3_shutdown()]. +** ^If sqlite3_config() is called after [sqlite3_initialize()] and before +** [sqlite3_shutdown()] then it will return SQLITE_MISUSE. +** Note, however, that ^sqlite3_config() can be called as part of the +** implementation of an application-defined [sqlite3_os_init()]. +** +** The first argument to sqlite3_config() is an integer +** [configuration option] that determines +** what property of SQLite is to be configured. Subsequent arguments +** vary depending on the [configuration option] +** in the first argument. +** +** ^When a configuration option is set, sqlite3_config() returns [SQLITE_OK]. +** ^If the option is unknown or SQLite is unable to set the option +** then this routine returns a non-zero [error code]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_config(int, ...); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Configure database connections +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** The sqlite3_db_config() interface is used to make configuration +** changes to a [database connection]. The interface is similar to +** [sqlite3_config()] except that the changes apply to a single +** [database connection] (specified in the first argument). +** +** The second argument to sqlite3_db_config(D,V,...) is the +** [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE | configuration verb] - an integer code +** that indicates what aspect of the [database connection] is being configured. +** Subsequent arguments vary depending on the configuration verb. +** +** ^Calls to sqlite3_db_config() return SQLITE_OK if and only if +** the call is considered successful. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocation Routines +** +** An instance of this object defines the interface between SQLite +** and low-level memory allocation routines. +** +** This object is used in only one place in the SQLite interface. +** A pointer to an instance of this object is the argument to +** [sqlite3_config()] when the configuration option is +** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC]. +** By creating an instance of this object +** and passing it to [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC]) +** during configuration, an application can specify an alternative +** memory allocation subsystem for SQLite to use for all of its +** dynamic memory needs. +** +** Note that SQLite comes with several [built-in memory allocators] +** that are perfectly adequate for the overwhelming majority of applications +** and that this object is only useful to a tiny minority of applications +** with specialized memory allocation requirements. This object is +** also used during testing of SQLite in order to specify an alternative +** memory allocator that simulates memory out-of-memory conditions in +** order to verify that SQLite recovers gracefully from such +** conditions. +** +** The xMalloc, xRealloc, and xFree methods must work like the +** malloc(), realloc() and free() functions from the standard C library. +** ^SQLite guarantees that the second argument to +** xRealloc is always a value returned by a prior call to xRoundup. +** +** xSize should return the allocated size of a memory allocation +** previously obtained from xMalloc or xRealloc. The allocated size +** is always at least as big as the requested size but may be larger. +** +** The xRoundup method returns what would be the allocated size of +** a memory allocation given a particular requested size. Most memory +** allocators round up memory allocations at least to the next multiple +** of 8. Some allocators round up to a larger multiple or to a power of 2. +** Every memory allocation request coming in through [sqlite3_malloc()] +** or [sqlite3_realloc()] first calls xRoundup. If xRoundup returns 0, +** that causes the corresponding memory allocation to fail. +** +** The xInit method initializes the memory allocator. For example, +** it might allocate any required mutexes or initialize internal data +** structures. The xShutdown method is invoked (indirectly) by +** [sqlite3_shutdown()] and should deallocate any resources acquired +** by xInit. The pAppData pointer is used as the only parameter to +** xInit and xShutdown. +** +** SQLite holds the [SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MAIN] mutex when it invokes +** the xInit method, so the xInit method need not be threadsafe. The +** xShutdown method is only called from [sqlite3_shutdown()] so it does +** not need to be threadsafe either. For all other methods, SQLite +** holds the [SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM] mutex as long as the +** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS] configuration option is turned on (which +** it is by default) and so the methods are automatically serialized. +** However, if [SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS] is disabled, then the other +** methods must be threadsafe or else make their own arrangements for +** serialization. +** +** SQLite will never invoke xInit() more than once without an intervening +** call to xShutdown(). +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_mem_methods sqlite3_mem_methods; +struct sqlite3_mem_methods { + void *(*xMalloc)(int); /* Memory allocation function */ + void (*xFree)(void*); /* Free a prior allocation */ + void *(*xRealloc)(void*,int); /* Resize an allocation */ + int (*xSize)(void*); /* Return the size of an allocation */ + int (*xRoundup)(int); /* Round up request size to allocation size */ + int (*xInit)(void*); /* Initialize the memory allocator */ + void (*xShutdown)(void*); /* Deinitialize the memory allocator */ + void *pAppData; /* Argument to xInit() and xShutdown() */ +}; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Configuration Options +** KEYWORDS: {configuration option} +** +** These constants are the available integer configuration options that +** can be passed as the first argument to the [sqlite3_config()] interface. +** +** New configuration options may be added in future releases of SQLite. +** Existing configuration options might be discontinued. Applications +** should check the return code from [sqlite3_config()] to make sure that +** the call worked. The [sqlite3_config()] interface will return a +** non-zero [error code] if a discontinued or unsupported configuration option +** is invoked. +** +** <dl> +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD</dt> +** <dd>There are no arguments to this option. ^This option sets the +** [threading mode] to Single-thread. In other words, it disables +** all mutexing and puts SQLite into a mode where it can only be used +** by a single thread. ^If SQLite is compiled with +** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then +** it is not possible to change the [threading mode] from its default +** value of Single-thread and so [sqlite3_config()] will return +** [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD +** configuration option.</dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD</dt> +** <dd>There are no arguments to this option. ^This option sets the +** [threading mode] to Multi-thread. In other words, it disables +** mutexing on [database connection] and [prepared statement] objects. +** The application is responsible for serializing access to +** [database connections] and [prepared statements]. But other mutexes +** are enabled so that SQLite will be safe to use in a multi-threaded +** environment as long as no two threads attempt to use the same +** [database connection] at the same time. ^If SQLite is compiled with +** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then +** it is not possible to set the Multi-thread [threading mode] and +** [sqlite3_config()] will return [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the +** SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD configuration option.</dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED</dt> +** <dd>There are no arguments to this option. ^This option sets the +** [threading mode] to Serialized. In other words, this option enables +** all mutexes including the recursive +** mutexes on [database connection] and [prepared statement] objects. +** In this mode (which is the default when SQLite is compiled with +** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE=1]) the SQLite library will itself serialize access +** to [database connections] and [prepared statements] so that the +** application is free to use the same [database connection] or the +** same [prepared statement] in different threads at the same time. +** ^If SQLite is compiled with +** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then +** it is not possible to set the Serialized [threading mode] and +** [sqlite3_config()] will return [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the +** SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED configuration option.</dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC</dt> +** <dd> ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC option takes a single argument which is +** a pointer to an instance of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure. +** The argument specifies +** alternative low-level memory allocation routines to be used in place of +** the memory allocation routines built into SQLite.)^ ^SQLite makes +** its own private copy of the content of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure +** before the [sqlite3_config()] call returns.</dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC</dt> +** <dd> ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC option takes a single argument which +** is a pointer to an instance of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure. +** The [sqlite3_mem_methods] +** structure is filled with the currently defined memory allocation routines.)^ +** This option can be used to overload the default memory allocation +** routines with a wrapper that simulations memory allocation failure or +** tracks memory usage, for example. </dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SMALL_MALLOC]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_SMALL_MALLOC</dt> +** <dd> ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_SMALL_MALLOC option takes single argument of +** type int, interpreted as a boolean, which if true provides a hint to +** SQLite that it should avoid large memory allocations if possible. +** SQLite will run faster if it is free to make large memory allocations, +** but some application might prefer to run slower in exchange for +** guarantees about memory fragmentation that are possible if large +** allocations are avoided. This hint is normally off. +** </dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS</dt> +** <dd> ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS option takes single argument of type int, +** interpreted as a boolean, which enables or disables the collection of +** memory allocation statistics. ^(When memory allocation statistics are +** disabled, the following SQLite interfaces become non-operational: +** <ul> +** <li> [sqlite3_hard_heap_limit64()] +** <li> [sqlite3_memory_used()] +** <li> [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] +** <li> [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64()] +** <li> [sqlite3_status64()] +** </ul>)^ +** ^Memory allocation statistics are enabled by default unless SQLite is +** compiled with [SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS]=0 in which case memory +** allocation statistics are disabled by default. +** </dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH</dt> +** <dd> The SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH option is no longer used. +** </dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE</dt> +** <dd> ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE option specifies a memory pool +** that SQLite can use for the database page cache with the default page +** cache implementation. +** This configuration option is a no-op if an application-defined page +** cache implementation is loaded using the [SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2]. +** ^There are three arguments to SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE: A pointer to +** 8-byte aligned memory (pMem), the size of each page cache line (sz), +** and the number of cache lines (N). +** The sz argument should be the size of the largest database page +** (a power of two between 512 and 65536) plus some extra bytes for each +** page header. ^The number of extra bytes needed by the page header +** can be determined using [SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE_HDRSZ]. +** ^It is harmless, apart from the wasted memory, +** for the sz parameter to be larger than necessary. The pMem +** argument must be either a NULL pointer or a pointer to an 8-byte +** aligned block of memory of at least sz*N bytes, otherwise +** subsequent behavior is undefined. +** ^When pMem is not NULL, SQLite will strive to use the memory provided +** to satisfy page cache needs, falling back to [sqlite3_malloc()] if +** a page cache line is larger than sz bytes or if all of the pMem buffer +** is exhausted. +** ^If pMem is NULL and N is non-zero, then each database connection +** does an initial bulk allocation for page cache memory +** from [sqlite3_malloc()] sufficient for N cache lines if N is positive or +** of -1024*N bytes if N is negative, . ^If additional +** page cache memory is needed beyond what is provided by the initial +** allocation, then SQLite goes to [sqlite3_malloc()] separately for each +** additional cache line. </dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP</dt> +** <dd> ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP option specifies a static memory buffer +** that SQLite will use for all of its dynamic memory allocation needs +** beyond those provided for by [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]. +** ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP option is only available if SQLite is compiled +** with either [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3] or [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5] and returns +** [SQLITE_ERROR] if invoked otherwise. +** ^There are three arguments to SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP: +** An 8-byte aligned pointer to the memory, +** the number of bytes in the memory buffer, and the minimum allocation size. +** ^If the first pointer (the memory pointer) is NULL, then SQLite reverts +** to using its default memory allocator (the system malloc() implementation), +** undoing any prior invocation of [SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC]. ^If the +** memory pointer is not NULL then the alternative memory +** allocator is engaged to handle all of SQLites memory allocation needs. +** The first pointer (the memory pointer) must be aligned to an 8-byte +** boundary or subsequent behavior of SQLite will be undefined. +** The minimum allocation size is capped at 2**12. Reasonable values +** for the minimum allocation size are 2**5 through 2**8.</dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX</dt> +** <dd> ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX option takes a single argument which is a +** pointer to an instance of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure. +** The argument specifies alternative low-level mutex routines to be used +** in place the mutex routines built into SQLite.)^ ^SQLite makes a copy of +** the content of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure before the call to +** [sqlite3_config()] returns. ^If SQLite is compiled with +** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then +** the entire mutexing subsystem is omitted from the build and hence calls to +** [sqlite3_config()] with the SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX configuration option will +** return [SQLITE_ERROR].</dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX</dt> +** <dd> ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX option takes a single argument which +** is a pointer to an instance of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure. The +** [sqlite3_mutex_methods] +** structure is filled with the currently defined mutex routines.)^ +** This option can be used to overload the default mutex allocation +** routines with a wrapper used to track mutex usage for performance +** profiling or testing, for example. ^If SQLite is compiled with +** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then +** the entire mutexing subsystem is omitted from the build and hence calls to +** [sqlite3_config()] with the SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX configuration option will +** return [SQLITE_ERROR].</dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE</dt> +** <dd> ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE option takes two arguments that determine +** the default size of lookaside memory on each [database connection]. +** The first argument is the +** size of each lookaside buffer slot and the second is the number of +** slots allocated to each database connection.)^ ^(SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE +** sets the <i>default</i> lookaside size. The [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE] +** option to [sqlite3_db_config()] can be used to change the lookaside +** configuration on individual connections.)^ </dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2</dt> +** <dd> ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2 option takes a single argument which is +** a pointer to an [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object. This object specifies +** the interface to a custom page cache implementation.)^ +** ^SQLite makes a copy of the [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object.</dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2</dt> +** <dd> ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2 option takes a single argument which +** is a pointer to an [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object. SQLite copies of +** the current page cache implementation into that object.)^ </dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG</dt> +** <dd> The SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG option is used to configure the SQLite +** global [error log]. +** (^The SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG option takes two arguments: a pointer to a +** function with a call signature of void(*)(void*,int,const char*), +** and a pointer to void. ^If the function pointer is not NULL, it is +** invoked by [sqlite3_log()] to process each logging event. ^If the +** function pointer is NULL, the [sqlite3_log()] interface becomes a no-op. +** ^The void pointer that is the second argument to SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG is +** passed through as the first parameter to the application-defined logger +** function whenever that function is invoked. ^The second parameter to +** the logger function is a copy of the first parameter to the corresponding +** [sqlite3_log()] call and is intended to be a [result code] or an +** [extended result code]. ^The third parameter passed to the logger is +** log message after formatting via [sqlite3_snprintf()]. +** The SQLite logging interface is not reentrant; the logger function +** supplied by the application must not invoke any SQLite interface. +** In a multi-threaded application, the application-defined logger +** function must be threadsafe. </dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_URI]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_URI +** <dd>^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_URI option takes a single argument of type int. +** If non-zero, then URI handling is globally enabled. If the parameter is zero, +** then URI handling is globally disabled.)^ ^If URI handling is globally +** enabled, all filenames passed to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()], +** [sqlite3_open16()] or +** specified as part of [ATTACH] commands are interpreted as URIs, regardless +** of whether or not the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flag is set when the database +** connection is opened. ^If it is globally disabled, filenames are +** only interpreted as URIs if the SQLITE_OPEN_URI flag is set when the +** database connection is opened. ^(By default, URI handling is globally +** disabled. The default value may be changed by compiling with the +** [SQLITE_USE_URI] symbol defined.)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN +** <dd>^The SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN option takes a single integer +** argument which is interpreted as a boolean in order to enable or disable +** the use of covering indices for full table scans in the query optimizer. +** ^The default setting is determined +** by the [SQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN] compile-time option, or is "on" +** if that compile-time option is omitted. +** The ability to disable the use of covering indices for full table scans +** is because some incorrectly coded legacy applications might malfunction +** when the optimization is enabled. Providing the ability to +** disable the optimization allows the older, buggy application code to work +** without change even with newer versions of SQLite. +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE]] [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE]] +** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE and SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE +** <dd> These options are obsolete and should not be used by new code. +** They are retained for backwards compatibility but are now no-ops. +** </dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG]] +** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG +** <dd>This option is only available if sqlite is compiled with the +** [SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG] pre-processor macro defined. The first argument should +** be a pointer to a function of type void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,const char*, int). +** The second should be of type (void*). The callback is invoked by the library +** in three separate circumstances, identified by the value passed as the +** fourth parameter. If the fourth parameter is 0, then the database connection +** passed as the second argument has just been opened. The third argument +** points to a buffer containing the name of the main database file. If the +** fourth parameter is 1, then the SQL statement that the third parameter +** points to has just been executed. Or, if the fourth parameter is 2, then +** the connection being passed as the second parameter is being closed. The +** third parameter is passed NULL In this case. An example of using this +** configuration option can be seen in the "test_sqllog.c" source file in +** the canonical SQLite source tree.</dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE]] +** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE +** <dd>^SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE takes two 64-bit integer (sqlite3_int64) values +** that are the default mmap size limit (the default setting for +** [PRAGMA mmap_size]) and the maximum allowed mmap size limit. +** ^The default setting can be overridden by each database connection using +** either the [PRAGMA mmap_size] command, or by using the +** [SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE] file control. ^(The maximum allowed mmap size +** will be silently truncated if necessary so that it does not exceed the +** compile-time maximum mmap size set by the +** [SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE] compile-time option.)^ +** ^If either argument to this option is negative, then that argument is +** changed to its compile-time default. +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE]] +** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE +** <dd>^The SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE option is only available if SQLite is +** compiled for Windows with the [SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC] pre-processor macro +** defined. ^SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE takes a 32-bit unsigned integer value +** that specifies the maximum size of the created heap. +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE_HDRSZ]] +** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE_HDRSZ +** <dd>^The SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE_HDRSZ option takes a single parameter which +** is a pointer to an integer and writes into that integer the number of extra +** bytes per page required for each page in [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]. +** The amount of extra space required can change depending on the compiler, +** target platform, and SQLite version. +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PMASZ]] +** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PMASZ +** <dd>^The SQLITE_CONFIG_PMASZ option takes a single parameter which +** is an unsigned integer and sets the "Minimum PMA Size" for the multithreaded +** sorter to that integer. The default minimum PMA Size is set by the +** [SQLITE_SORTER_PMASZ] compile-time option. New threads are launched +** to help with sort operations when multithreaded sorting +** is enabled (using the [PRAGMA threads] command) and the amount of content +** to be sorted exceeds the page size times the minimum of the +** [PRAGMA cache_size] setting and this value. +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_STMTJRNL_SPILL]] +** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_STMTJRNL_SPILL +** <dd>^The SQLITE_CONFIG_STMTJRNL_SPILL option takes a single parameter which +** becomes the [statement journal] spill-to-disk threshold. +** [Statement journals] are held in memory until their size (in bytes) +** exceeds this threshold, at which point they are written to disk. +** Or if the threshold is -1, statement journals are always held +** exclusively in memory. +** Since many statement journals never become large, setting the spill +** threshold to a value such as 64KiB can greatly reduce the amount of +** I/O required to support statement rollback. +** The default value for this setting is controlled by the +** [SQLITE_STMTJRNL_SPILL] compile-time option. +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SORTERREF_SIZE]] +** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_SORTERREF_SIZE +** <dd>The SQLITE_CONFIG_SORTERREF_SIZE option accepts a single parameter +** of type (int) - the new value of the sorter-reference size threshold. +** Usually, when SQLite uses an external sort to order records according +** to an ORDER BY clause, all fields required by the caller are present in the +** sorted records. However, if SQLite determines based on the declared type +** of a table column that its values are likely to be very large - larger +** than the configured sorter-reference size threshold - then a reference +** is stored in each sorted record and the required column values loaded +** from the database as records are returned in sorted order. The default +** value for this option is to never use this optimization. Specifying a +** negative value for this option restores the default behaviour. +** This option is only available if SQLite is compiled with the +** [SQLITE_ENABLE_SORTER_REFERENCES] compile-time option. +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMDB_MAXSIZE]] +** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMDB_MAXSIZE +** <dd>The SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMDB_MAXSIZE option accepts a single parameter +** [sqlite3_int64] parameter which is the default maximum size for an in-memory +** database created using [sqlite3_deserialize()]. This default maximum +** size can be adjusted up or down for individual databases using the +** [SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_LIMIT] [sqlite3_file_control|file-control]. If this +** configuration setting is never used, then the default maximum is determined +** by the [SQLITE_MEMDB_DEFAULT_MAXSIZE] compile-time option. If that +** compile-time option is not set, then the default maximum is 1073741824. +** </dl> +*/ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD 1 /* nil */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD 2 /* nil */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED 3 /* nil */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC 4 /* sqlite3_mem_methods* */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC 5 /* sqlite3_mem_methods* */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH 6 /* No longer used */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE 7 /* void*, int sz, int N */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP 8 /* void*, int nByte, int min */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS 9 /* boolean */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX 10 /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX 11 /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */ +/* previously SQLITE_CONFIG_CHUNKALLOC 12 which is now unused. */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE 13 /* int int */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE 14 /* no-op */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE 15 /* no-op */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG 16 /* xFunc, void* */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_URI 17 /* int */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2 18 /* sqlite3_pcache_methods2* */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2 19 /* sqlite3_pcache_methods2* */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN 20 /* int */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG 21 /* xSqllog, void* */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE 22 /* sqlite3_int64, sqlite3_int64 */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE 23 /* int nByte */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE_HDRSZ 24 /* int *psz */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PMASZ 25 /* unsigned int szPma */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_STMTJRNL_SPILL 26 /* int nByte */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SMALL_MALLOC 27 /* boolean */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SORTERREF_SIZE 28 /* int nByte */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMDB_MAXSIZE 29 /* sqlite3_int64 */ + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Configuration Options +** +** These constants are the available integer configuration options that +** can be passed as the second argument to the [sqlite3_db_config()] interface. +** +** New configuration options may be added in future releases of SQLite. +** Existing configuration options might be discontinued. Applications +** should check the return code from [sqlite3_db_config()] to make sure that +** the call worked. ^The [sqlite3_db_config()] interface will return a +** non-zero [error code] if a discontinued or unsupported configuration option +** is invoked. +** +** <dl> +** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE]] +** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE</dt> +** <dd> ^This option takes three additional arguments that determine the +** [lookaside memory allocator] configuration for the [database connection]. +** ^The first argument (the third parameter to [sqlite3_db_config()] is a +** pointer to a memory buffer to use for lookaside memory. +** ^The first argument after the SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE verb +** may be NULL in which case SQLite will allocate the +** lookaside buffer itself using [sqlite3_malloc()]. ^The second argument is the +** size of each lookaside buffer slot. ^The third argument is the number of +** slots. The size of the buffer in the first argument must be greater than +** or equal to the product of the second and third arguments. The buffer +** must be aligned to an 8-byte boundary. ^If the second argument to +** SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE is not a multiple of 8, it is internally +** rounded down to the next smaller multiple of 8. ^(The lookaside memory +** configuration for a database connection can only be changed when that +** connection is not currently using lookaside memory, or in other words +** when the "current value" returned by +** [sqlite3_db_status](D,[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE],...) is zero. +** Any attempt to change the lookaside memory configuration when lookaside +** memory is in use leaves the configuration unchanged and returns +** [SQLITE_BUSY].)^</dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY]] +** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY</dt> +** <dd> ^This option is used to enable or disable the enforcement of +** [foreign key constraints]. There should be two additional arguments. +** The first argument is an integer which is 0 to disable FK enforcement, +** positive to enable FK enforcement or negative to leave FK enforcement +** unchanged. The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which +** is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether FK enforcement is off or on +** following this call. The second parameter may be a NULL pointer, in +** which case the FK enforcement setting is not reported back. </dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER]] +** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER</dt> +** <dd> ^This option is used to enable or disable [CREATE TRIGGER | triggers]. +** There should be two additional arguments. +** The first argument is an integer which is 0 to disable triggers, +** positive to enable triggers or negative to leave the setting unchanged. +** The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which +** is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether triggers are disabled or enabled +** following this call. The second parameter may be a NULL pointer, in +** which case the trigger setting is not reported back. </dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_VIEW]] +** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_VIEW</dt> +** <dd> ^This option is used to enable or disable [CREATE VIEW | views]. +** There should be two additional arguments. +** The first argument is an integer which is 0 to disable views, +** positive to enable views or negative to leave the setting unchanged. +** The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which +** is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether views are disabled or enabled +** following this call. The second parameter may be a NULL pointer, in +** which case the view setting is not reported back. </dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FTS3_TOKENIZER]] +** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FTS3_TOKENIZER</dt> +** <dd> ^This option is used to enable or disable the +** [fts3_tokenizer()] function which is part of the +** [FTS3] full-text search engine extension. +** There should be two additional arguments. +** The first argument is an integer which is 0 to disable fts3_tokenizer() or +** positive to enable fts3_tokenizer() or negative to leave the setting +** unchanged. +** The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which +** is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether fts3_tokenizer is disabled or enabled +** following this call. The second parameter may be a NULL pointer, in +** which case the new setting is not reported back. </dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION]] +** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION</dt> +** <dd> ^This option is used to enable or disable the [sqlite3_load_extension()] +** interface independently of the [load_extension()] SQL function. +** The [sqlite3_enable_load_extension()] API enables or disables both the +** C-API [sqlite3_load_extension()] and the SQL function [load_extension()]. +** There should be two additional arguments. +** When the first argument to this interface is 1, then only the C-API is +** enabled and the SQL function remains disabled. If the first argument to +** this interface is 0, then both the C-API and the SQL function are disabled. +** If the first argument is -1, then no changes are made to state of either the +** C-API or the SQL function. +** The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which +** is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether [sqlite3_load_extension()] interface +** is disabled or enabled following this call. The second parameter may +** be a NULL pointer, in which case the new setting is not reported back. +** </dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_MAINDBNAME]] <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_MAINDBNAME</dt> +** <dd> ^This option is used to change the name of the "main" database +** schema. ^The sole argument is a pointer to a constant UTF8 string +** which will become the new schema name in place of "main". ^SQLite +** does not make a copy of the new main schema name string, so the application +** must ensure that the argument passed into this DBCONFIG option is unchanged +** until after the database connection closes. +** </dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_NO_CKPT_ON_CLOSE]] +** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_NO_CKPT_ON_CLOSE</dt> +** <dd> Usually, when a database in wal mode is closed or detached from a +** database handle, SQLite checks if this will mean that there are now no +** connections at all to the database. If so, it performs a checkpoint +** operation before closing the connection. This option may be used to +** override this behaviour. The first parameter passed to this operation +** is an integer - positive to disable checkpoints-on-close, or zero (the +** default) to enable them, and negative to leave the setting unchanged. +** The second parameter is a pointer to an integer +** into which is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether checkpoints-on-close +** have been disabled - 0 if they are not disabled, 1 if they are. +** </dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_QPSG]] <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_QPSG</dt> +** <dd>^(The SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_QPSG option activates or deactivates +** the [query planner stability guarantee] (QPSG). When the QPSG is active, +** a single SQL query statement will always use the same algorithm regardless +** of values of [bound parameters].)^ The QPSG disables some query optimizations +** that look at the values of bound parameters, which can make some queries +** slower. But the QPSG has the advantage of more predictable behavior. With +** the QPSG active, SQLite will always use the same query plan in the field as +** was used during testing in the lab. +** The first argument to this setting is an integer which is 0 to disable +** the QPSG, positive to enable QPSG, or negative to leave the setting +** unchanged. The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which +** is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether the QPSG is disabled or enabled +** following this call. +** </dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_TRIGGER_EQP]] <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_TRIGGER_EQP</dt> +** <dd> By default, the output of EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN commands does not +** include output for any operations performed by trigger programs. This +** option is used to set or clear (the default) a flag that governs this +** behavior. The first parameter passed to this operation is an integer - +** positive to enable output for trigger programs, or zero to disable it, +** or negative to leave the setting unchanged. +** The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which is written +** 0 or 1 to indicate whether output-for-triggers has been disabled - 0 if +** it is not disabled, 1 if it is. +** </dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_RESET_DATABASE]] <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_RESET_DATABASE</dt> +** <dd> Set the SQLITE_DBCONFIG_RESET_DATABASE flag and then run +** [VACUUM] in order to reset a database back to an empty database +** with no schema and no content. The following process works even for +** a badly corrupted database file: +** <ol> +** <li> If the database connection is newly opened, make sure it has read the +** database schema by preparing then discarding some query against the +** database, or calling sqlite3_table_column_metadata(), ignoring any +** errors. This step is only necessary if the application desires to keep +** the database in WAL mode after the reset if it was in WAL mode before +** the reset. +** <li> sqlite3_db_config(db, SQLITE_DBCONFIG_RESET_DATABASE, 1, 0); +** <li> [sqlite3_exec](db, "[VACUUM]", 0, 0, 0); +** <li> sqlite3_db_config(db, SQLITE_DBCONFIG_RESET_DATABASE, 0, 0); +** </ol> +** Because resetting a database is destructive and irreversible, the +** process requires the use of this obscure API and multiple steps to help +** ensure that it does not happen by accident. +** +** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_DEFENSIVE]] <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_DEFENSIVE</dt> +** <dd>The SQLITE_DBCONFIG_DEFENSIVE option activates or deactivates the +** "defensive" flag for a database connection. When the defensive +** flag is enabled, language features that allow ordinary SQL to +** deliberately corrupt the database file are disabled. The disabled +** features include but are not limited to the following: +** <ul> +** <li> The [PRAGMA writable_schema=ON] statement. +** <li> The [PRAGMA journal_mode=OFF] statement. +** <li> Writes to the [sqlite_dbpage] virtual table. +** <li> Direct writes to [shadow tables]. +** </ul> +** </dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_WRITABLE_SCHEMA]] <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_WRITABLE_SCHEMA</dt> +** <dd>The SQLITE_DBCONFIG_WRITABLE_SCHEMA option activates or deactivates the +** "writable_schema" flag. This has the same effect and is logically equivalent +** to setting [PRAGMA writable_schema=ON] or [PRAGMA writable_schema=OFF]. +** The first argument to this setting is an integer which is 0 to disable +** the writable_schema, positive to enable writable_schema, or negative to +** leave the setting unchanged. The second parameter is a pointer to an +** integer into which is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether the writable_schema +** is enabled or disabled following this call. +** </dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LEGACY_ALTER_TABLE]] +** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LEGACY_ALTER_TABLE</dt> +** <dd>The SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LEGACY_ALTER_TABLE option activates or deactivates +** the legacy behavior of the [ALTER TABLE RENAME] command such it +** behaves as it did prior to [version 3.24.0] (2018-06-04). See the +** "Compatibility Notice" on the [ALTER TABLE RENAME documentation] for +** additional information. This feature can also be turned on and off +** using the [PRAGMA legacy_alter_table] statement. +** </dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_DQS_DML]] +** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_DQS_DML</td> +** <dd>The SQLITE_DBCONFIG_DQS_DML option activates or deactivates +** the legacy [double-quoted string literal] misfeature for DML statements +** only, that is DELETE, INSERT, SELECT, and UPDATE statements. The +** default value of this setting is determined by the [-DSQLITE_DQS] +** compile-time option. +** </dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_DQS_DDL]] +** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_DQS_DDL</td> +** <dd>The SQLITE_DBCONFIG_DQS option activates or deactivates +** the legacy [double-quoted string literal] misfeature for DDL statements, +** such as CREATE TABLE and CREATE INDEX. The +** default value of this setting is determined by the [-DSQLITE_DQS] +** compile-time option. +** </dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_TRUSTED_SCHEMA]] +** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_TRUSTED_SCHEMA</td> +** <dd>The SQLITE_DBCONFIG_TRUSTED_SCHEMA option tells SQLite to +** assume that database schemas are untainted by malicious content. +** When the SQLITE_DBCONFIG_TRUSTED_SCHEMA option is disabled, SQLite +** takes additional defensive steps to protect the application from harm +** including: +** <ul> +** <li> Prohibit the use of SQL functions inside triggers, views, +** CHECK constraints, DEFAULT clauses, expression indexes, +** partial indexes, or generated columns +** unless those functions are tagged with [SQLITE_INNOCUOUS]. +** <li> Prohibit the use of virtual tables inside of triggers or views +** unless those virtual tables are tagged with [SQLITE_VTAB_INNOCUOUS]. +** </ul> +** This setting defaults to "on" for legacy compatibility, however +** all applications are advised to turn it off if possible. This setting +** can also be controlled using the [PRAGMA trusted_schema] statement. +** </dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LEGACY_FILE_FORMAT]] +** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LEGACY_FILE_FORMAT</td> +** <dd>The SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LEGACY_FILE_FORMAT option activates or deactivates +** the legacy file format flag. When activated, this flag causes all newly +** created database file to have a schema format version number (the 4-byte +** integer found at offset 44 into the database header) of 1. This in turn +** means that the resulting database file will be readable and writable by +** any SQLite version back to 3.0.0 ([dateof:3.0.0]). Without this setting, +** newly created databases are generally not understandable by SQLite versions +** prior to 3.3.0 ([dateof:3.3.0]). As these words are written, there +** is now scarcely any need to generated database files that are compatible +** all the way back to version 3.0.0, and so this setting is of little +** practical use, but is provided so that SQLite can continue to claim the +** ability to generate new database files that are compatible with version +** 3.0.0. +** <p>Note that when the SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LEGACY_FILE_FORMAT setting is on, +** the [VACUUM] command will fail with an obscure error when attempting to +** process a table with generated columns and a descending index. This is +** not considered a bug since SQLite versions 3.3.0 and earlier do not support +** either generated columns or decending indexes. +** </dd> +** </dl> +*/ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_MAINDBNAME 1000 /* const char* */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE 1001 /* void* int int */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY 1002 /* int int* */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER 1003 /* int int* */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FTS3_TOKENIZER 1004 /* int int* */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION 1005 /* int int* */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_NO_CKPT_ON_CLOSE 1006 /* int int* */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_QPSG 1007 /* int int* */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_TRIGGER_EQP 1008 /* int int* */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_RESET_DATABASE 1009 /* int int* */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_DEFENSIVE 1010 /* int int* */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_WRITABLE_SCHEMA 1011 /* int int* */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LEGACY_ALTER_TABLE 1012 /* int int* */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_DQS_DML 1013 /* int int* */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_DQS_DDL 1014 /* int int* */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_VIEW 1015 /* int int* */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LEGACY_FILE_FORMAT 1016 /* int int* */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_TRUSTED_SCHEMA 1017 /* int int* */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_MAX 1017 /* Largest DBCONFIG */ + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Extended Result Codes +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^The sqlite3_extended_result_codes() routine enables or disables the +** [extended result codes] feature of SQLite. ^The extended result +** codes are disabled by default for historical compatibility. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_result_codes(sqlite3*, int onoff); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Last Insert Rowid +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^Each entry in most SQLite tables (except for [WITHOUT ROWID] tables) +** has a unique 64-bit signed +** integer key called the [ROWID | "rowid"]. ^The rowid is always available +** as an undeclared column named ROWID, OID, or _ROWID_ as long as those +** names are not also used by explicitly declared columns. ^If +** the table has a column of type [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] then that column +** is another alias for the rowid. +** +** ^The sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) interface usually returns the [rowid] of +** the most recent successful [INSERT] into a rowid table or [virtual table] +** on database connection D. ^Inserts into [WITHOUT ROWID] tables are not +** recorded. ^If no successful [INSERT]s into rowid tables have ever occurred +** on the database connection D, then sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) returns +** zero. +** +** As well as being set automatically as rows are inserted into database +** tables, the value returned by this function may be set explicitly by +** [sqlite3_set_last_insert_rowid()] +** +** Some virtual table implementations may INSERT rows into rowid tables as +** part of committing a transaction (e.g. to flush data accumulated in memory +** to disk). In this case subsequent calls to this function return the rowid +** associated with these internal INSERT operations, which leads to +** unintuitive results. Virtual table implementations that do write to rowid +** tables in this way can avoid this problem by restoring the original +** rowid value using [sqlite3_set_last_insert_rowid()] before returning +** control to the user. +** +** ^(If an [INSERT] occurs within a trigger then this routine will +** return the [rowid] of the inserted row as long as the trigger is +** running. Once the trigger program ends, the value returned +** by this routine reverts to what it was before the trigger was fired.)^ +** +** ^An [INSERT] that fails due to a constraint violation is not a +** successful [INSERT] and does not change the value returned by this +** routine. ^Thus INSERT OR FAIL, INSERT OR IGNORE, INSERT OR ROLLBACK, +** and INSERT OR ABORT make no changes to the return value of this +** routine when their insertion fails. ^(When INSERT OR REPLACE +** encounters a constraint violation, it does not fail. The +** INSERT continues to completion after deleting rows that caused +** the constraint problem so INSERT OR REPLACE will always change +** the return value of this interface.)^ +** +** ^For the purposes of this routine, an [INSERT] is considered to +** be successful even if it is subsequently rolled back. +** +** This function is accessible to SQL statements via the +** [last_insert_rowid() SQL function]. +** +** If a separate thread performs a new [INSERT] on the same +** database connection while the [sqlite3_last_insert_rowid()] +** function is running and thus changes the last insert [rowid], +** then the value returned by [sqlite3_last_insert_rowid()] is +** unpredictable and might not equal either the old or the new +** last insert [rowid]. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Set the Last Insert Rowid value. +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** The sqlite3_set_last_insert_rowid(D, R) method allows the application to +** set the value returned by calling sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) to R +** without inserting a row into the database. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_set_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3*,sqlite3_int64); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Count The Number Of Rows Modified +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^This function returns the number of rows modified, inserted or +** deleted by the most recently completed INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE +** statement on the database connection specified by the only parameter. +** ^Executing any other type of SQL statement does not modify the value +** returned by this function. +** +** ^Only changes made directly by the INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE statement are +** considered - auxiliary changes caused by [CREATE TRIGGER | triggers], +** [foreign key actions] or [REPLACE] constraint resolution are not counted. +** +** Changes to a view that are intercepted by +** [INSTEAD OF trigger | INSTEAD OF triggers] are not counted. ^The value +** returned by sqlite3_changes() immediately after an INSERT, UPDATE or +** DELETE statement run on a view is always zero. Only changes made to real +** tables are counted. +** +** Things are more complicated if the sqlite3_changes() function is +** executed while a trigger program is running. This may happen if the +** program uses the [changes() SQL function], or if some other callback +** function invokes sqlite3_changes() directly. Essentially: +** +** <ul> +** <li> ^(Before entering a trigger program the value returned by +** sqlite3_changes() function is saved. After the trigger program +** has finished, the original value is restored.)^ +** +** <li> ^(Within a trigger program each INSERT, UPDATE and DELETE +** statement sets the value returned by sqlite3_changes() +** upon completion as normal. Of course, this value will not include +** any changes performed by sub-triggers, as the sqlite3_changes() +** value will be saved and restored after each sub-trigger has run.)^ +** </ul> +** +** ^This means that if the changes() SQL function (or similar) is used +** by the first INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE statement within a trigger, it +** returns the value as set when the calling statement began executing. +** ^If it is used by the second or subsequent such statement within a trigger +** program, the value returned reflects the number of rows modified by the +** previous INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE statement within the same trigger. +** +** If a separate thread makes changes on the same database connection +** while [sqlite3_changes()] is running then the value returned +** is unpredictable and not meaningful. +** +** See also: +** <ul> +** <li> the [sqlite3_total_changes()] interface +** <li> the [count_changes pragma] +** <li> the [changes() SQL function] +** <li> the [data_version pragma] +** </ul> +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_changes(sqlite3*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Total Number Of Rows Modified +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^This function returns the total number of rows inserted, modified or +** deleted by all [INSERT], [UPDATE] or [DELETE] statements completed +** since the database connection was opened, including those executed as +** part of trigger programs. ^Executing any other type of SQL statement +** does not affect the value returned by sqlite3_total_changes(). +** +** ^Changes made as part of [foreign key actions] are included in the +** count, but those made as part of REPLACE constraint resolution are +** not. ^Changes to a view that are intercepted by INSTEAD OF triggers +** are not counted. +** +** The [sqlite3_total_changes(D)] interface only reports the number +** of rows that changed due to SQL statement run against database +** connection D. Any changes by other database connections are ignored. +** To detect changes against a database file from other database +** connections use the [PRAGMA data_version] command or the +** [SQLITE_FCNTL_DATA_VERSION] [file control]. +** +** If a separate thread makes changes on the same database connection +** while [sqlite3_total_changes()] is running then the value +** returned is unpredictable and not meaningful. +** +** See also: +** <ul> +** <li> the [sqlite3_changes()] interface +** <li> the [count_changes pragma] +** <li> the [changes() SQL function] +** <li> the [data_version pragma] +** <li> the [SQLITE_FCNTL_DATA_VERSION] [file control] +** </ul> +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_total_changes(sqlite3*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Interrupt A Long-Running Query +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^This function causes any pending database operation to abort and +** return at its earliest opportunity. This routine is typically +** called in response to a user action such as pressing "Cancel" +** or Ctrl-C where the user wants a long query operation to halt +** immediately. +** +** ^It is safe to call this routine from a thread different from the +** thread that is currently running the database operation. But it +** is not safe to call this routine with a [database connection] that +** is closed or might close before sqlite3_interrupt() returns. +** +** ^If an SQL operation is very nearly finished at the time when +** sqlite3_interrupt() is called, then it might not have an opportunity +** to be interrupted and might continue to completion. +** +** ^An SQL operation that is interrupted will return [SQLITE_INTERRUPT]. +** ^If the interrupted SQL operation is an INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE +** that is inside an explicit transaction, then the entire transaction +** will be rolled back automatically. +** +** ^The sqlite3_interrupt(D) call is in effect until all currently running +** SQL statements on [database connection] D complete. ^Any new SQL statements +** that are started after the sqlite3_interrupt() call and before the +** running statement count reaches zero are interrupted as if they had been +** running prior to the sqlite3_interrupt() call. ^New SQL statements +** that are started after the running statement count reaches zero are +** not effected by the sqlite3_interrupt(). +** ^A call to sqlite3_interrupt(D) that occurs when there are no running +** SQL statements is a no-op and has no effect on SQL statements +** that are started after the sqlite3_interrupt() call returns. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_interrupt(sqlite3*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Determine If An SQL Statement Is Complete +** +** These routines are useful during command-line input to determine if the +** currently entered text seems to form a complete SQL statement or +** if additional input is needed before sending the text into +** SQLite for parsing. ^These routines return 1 if the input string +** appears to be a complete SQL statement. ^A statement is judged to be +** complete if it ends with a semicolon token and is not a prefix of a +** well-formed CREATE TRIGGER statement. ^Semicolons that are embedded within +** string literals or quoted identifier names or comments are not +** independent tokens (they are part of the token in which they are +** embedded) and thus do not count as a statement terminator. ^Whitespace +** and comments that follow the final semicolon are ignored. +** +** ^These routines return 0 if the statement is incomplete. ^If a +** memory allocation fails, then SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. +** +** ^These routines do not parse the SQL statements thus +** will not detect syntactically incorrect SQL. +** +** ^(If SQLite has not been initialized using [sqlite3_initialize()] prior +** to invoking sqlite3_complete16() then sqlite3_initialize() is invoked +** automatically by sqlite3_complete16(). If that initialization fails, +** then the return value from sqlite3_complete16() will be non-zero +** regardless of whether or not the input SQL is complete.)^ +** +** The input to [sqlite3_complete()] must be a zero-terminated +** UTF-8 string. +** +** The input to [sqlite3_complete16()] must be a zero-terminated +** UTF-16 string in native byte order. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete(const char *sql); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete16(const void *sql); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Register A Callback To Handle SQLITE_BUSY Errors +** KEYWORDS: {busy-handler callback} {busy handler} +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^The sqlite3_busy_handler(D,X,P) routine sets a callback function X +** that might be invoked with argument P whenever +** an attempt is made to access a database table associated with +** [database connection] D when another thread +** or process has the table locked. +** The sqlite3_busy_handler() interface is used to implement +** [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] and [PRAGMA busy_timeout]. +** +** ^If the busy callback is NULL, then [SQLITE_BUSY] +** is returned immediately upon encountering the lock. ^If the busy callback +** is not NULL, then the callback might be invoked with two arguments. +** +** ^The first argument to the busy handler is a copy of the void* pointer which +** is the third argument to sqlite3_busy_handler(). ^The second argument to +** the busy handler callback is the number of times that the busy handler has +** been invoked previously for the same locking event. ^If the +** busy callback returns 0, then no additional attempts are made to +** access the database and [SQLITE_BUSY] is returned +** to the application. +** ^If the callback returns non-zero, then another attempt +** is made to access the database and the cycle repeats. +** +** The presence of a busy handler does not guarantee that it will be invoked +** when there is lock contention. ^If SQLite determines that invoking the busy +** handler could result in a deadlock, it will go ahead and return [SQLITE_BUSY] +** to the application instead of invoking the +** busy handler. +** Consider a scenario where one process is holding a read lock that +** it is trying to promote to a reserved lock and +** a second process is holding a reserved lock that it is trying +** to promote to an exclusive lock. The first process cannot proceed +** because it is blocked by the second and the second process cannot +** proceed because it is blocked by the first. If both processes +** invoke the busy handlers, neither will make any progress. Therefore, +** SQLite returns [SQLITE_BUSY] for the first process, hoping that this +** will induce the first process to release its read lock and allow +** the second process to proceed. +** +** ^The default busy callback is NULL. +** +** ^(There can only be a single busy handler defined for each +** [database connection]. Setting a new busy handler clears any +** previously set handler.)^ ^Note that calling [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] +** or evaluating [PRAGMA busy_timeout=N] will change the +** busy handler and thus clear any previously set busy handler. +** +** The busy callback should not take any actions which modify the +** database connection that invoked the busy handler. In other words, +** the busy handler is not reentrant. Any such actions +** result in undefined behavior. +** +** A busy handler must not close the database connection +** or [prepared statement] that invoked the busy handler. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_handler(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*,int),void*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Set A Busy Timeout +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^This routine sets a [sqlite3_busy_handler | busy handler] that sleeps +** for a specified amount of time when a table is locked. ^The handler +** will sleep multiple times until at least "ms" milliseconds of sleeping +** have accumulated. ^After at least "ms" milliseconds of sleeping, +** the handler returns 0 which causes [sqlite3_step()] to return +** [SQLITE_BUSY]. +** +** ^Calling this routine with an argument less than or equal to zero +** turns off all busy handlers. +** +** ^(There can only be a single busy handler for a particular +** [database connection] at any given moment. If another busy handler +** was defined (using [sqlite3_busy_handler()]) prior to calling +** this routine, that other busy handler is cleared.)^ +** +** See also: [PRAGMA busy_timeout] +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3*, int ms); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Convenience Routines For Running Queries +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** This is a legacy interface that is preserved for backwards compatibility. +** Use of this interface is not recommended. +** +** Definition: A <b>result table</b> is memory data structure created by the +** [sqlite3_get_table()] interface. A result table records the +** complete query results from one or more queries. +** +** The table conceptually has a number of rows and columns. But +** these numbers are not part of the result table itself. These +** numbers are obtained separately. Let N be the number of rows +** and M be the number of columns. +** +** A result table is an array of pointers to zero-terminated UTF-8 strings. +** There are (N+1)*M elements in the array. The first M pointers point +** to zero-terminated strings that contain the names of the columns. +** The remaining entries all point to query results. NULL values result +** in NULL pointers. All other values are in their UTF-8 zero-terminated +** string representation as returned by [sqlite3_column_text()]. +** +** A result table might consist of one or more memory allocations. +** It is not safe to pass a result table directly to [sqlite3_free()]. +** A result table should be deallocated using [sqlite3_free_table()]. +** +** ^(As an example of the result table format, suppose a query result +** is as follows: +** +** <blockquote><pre> +** Name | Age +** ----------------------- +** Alice | 43 +** Bob | 28 +** Cindy | 21 +** </pre></blockquote> +** +** There are two columns (M==2) and three rows (N==3). Thus the +** result table has 8 entries. Suppose the result table is stored +** in an array named azResult. Then azResult holds this content: +** +** <blockquote><pre> +** azResult[0] = "Name"; +** azResult[1] = "Age"; +** azResult[2] = "Alice"; +** azResult[3] = "43"; +** azResult[4] = "Bob"; +** azResult[5] = "28"; +** azResult[6] = "Cindy"; +** azResult[7] = "21"; +** </pre></blockquote>)^ +** +** ^The sqlite3_get_table() function evaluates one or more +** semicolon-separated SQL statements in the zero-terminated UTF-8 +** string of its 2nd parameter and returns a result table to the +** pointer given in its 3rd parameter. +** +** After the application has finished with the result from sqlite3_get_table(), +** it must pass the result table pointer to sqlite3_free_table() in order to +** release the memory that was malloced. Because of the way the +** [sqlite3_malloc()] happens within sqlite3_get_table(), the calling +** function must not try to call [sqlite3_free()] directly. Only +** [sqlite3_free_table()] is able to release the memory properly and safely. +** +** The sqlite3_get_table() interface is implemented as a wrapper around +** [sqlite3_exec()]. The sqlite3_get_table() routine does not have access +** to any internal data structures of SQLite. It uses only the public +** interface defined here. As a consequence, errors that occur in the +** wrapper layer outside of the internal [sqlite3_exec()] call are not +** reflected in subsequent calls to [sqlite3_errcode()] or +** [sqlite3_errmsg()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_table( + sqlite3 *db, /* An open database */ + const char *zSql, /* SQL to be evaluated */ + char ***pazResult, /* Results of the query */ + int *pnRow, /* Number of result rows written here */ + int *pnColumn, /* Number of result columns written here */ + char **pzErrmsg /* Error msg written here */ +); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free_table(char **result); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Formatted String Printing Functions +** +** These routines are work-alikes of the "printf()" family of functions +** from the standard C library. +** These routines understand most of the common formatting options from +** the standard library printf() +** plus some additional non-standard formats ([%q], [%Q], [%w], and [%z]). +** See the [built-in printf()] documentation for details. +** +** ^The sqlite3_mprintf() and sqlite3_vmprintf() routines write their +** results into memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc64()]. +** The strings returned by these two routines should be +** released by [sqlite3_free()]. ^Both routines return a +** NULL pointer if [sqlite3_malloc64()] is unable to allocate enough +** memory to hold the resulting string. +** +** ^(The sqlite3_snprintf() routine is similar to "snprintf()" from +** the standard C library. The result is written into the +** buffer supplied as the second parameter whose size is given by +** the first parameter. Note that the order of the +** first two parameters is reversed from snprintf().)^ This is an +** historical accident that cannot be fixed without breaking +** backwards compatibility. ^(Note also that sqlite3_snprintf() +** returns a pointer to its buffer instead of the number of +** characters actually written into the buffer.)^ We admit that +** the number of characters written would be a more useful return +** value but we cannot change the implementation of sqlite3_snprintf() +** now without breaking compatibility. +** +** ^As long as the buffer size is greater than zero, sqlite3_snprintf() +** guarantees that the buffer is always zero-terminated. ^The first +** parameter "n" is the total size of the buffer, including space for +** the zero terminator. So the longest string that can be completely +** written will be n-1 characters. +** +** ^The sqlite3_vsnprintf() routine is a varargs version of sqlite3_snprintf(). +** +** See also: [built-in printf()], [printf() SQL function] +*/ +SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_mprintf(const char*,...); +SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vmprintf(const char*, va_list); +SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_snprintf(int,char*,const char*, ...); +SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vsnprintf(int,char*,const char*, va_list); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocation Subsystem +** +** The SQLite core uses these three routines for all of its own +** internal memory allocation needs. "Core" in the previous sentence +** does not include operating-system specific [VFS] implementation. The +** Windows VFS uses native malloc() and free() for some operations. +** +** ^The sqlite3_malloc() routine returns a pointer to a block +** of memory at least N bytes in length, where N is the parameter. +** ^If sqlite3_malloc() is unable to obtain sufficient free +** memory, it returns a NULL pointer. ^If the parameter N to +** sqlite3_malloc() is zero or negative then sqlite3_malloc() returns +** a NULL pointer. +** +** ^The sqlite3_malloc64(N) routine works just like +** sqlite3_malloc(N) except that N is an unsigned 64-bit integer instead +** of a signed 32-bit integer. +** +** ^Calling sqlite3_free() with a pointer previously returned +** by sqlite3_malloc() or sqlite3_realloc() releases that memory so +** that it might be reused. ^The sqlite3_free() routine is +** a no-op if is called with a NULL pointer. Passing a NULL pointer +** to sqlite3_free() is harmless. After being freed, memory +** should neither be read nor written. Even reading previously freed +** memory might result in a segmentation fault or other severe error. +** Memory corruption, a segmentation fault, or other severe error +** might result if sqlite3_free() is called with a non-NULL pointer that +** was not obtained from sqlite3_malloc() or sqlite3_realloc(). +** +** ^The sqlite3_realloc(X,N) interface attempts to resize a +** prior memory allocation X to be at least N bytes. +** ^If the X parameter to sqlite3_realloc(X,N) +** is a NULL pointer then its behavior is identical to calling +** sqlite3_malloc(N). +** ^If the N parameter to sqlite3_realloc(X,N) is zero or +** negative then the behavior is exactly the same as calling +** sqlite3_free(X). +** ^sqlite3_realloc(X,N) returns a pointer to a memory allocation +** of at least N bytes in size or NULL if insufficient memory is available. +** ^If M is the size of the prior allocation, then min(N,M) bytes +** of the prior allocation are copied into the beginning of buffer returned +** by sqlite3_realloc(X,N) and the prior allocation is freed. +** ^If sqlite3_realloc(X,N) returns NULL and N is positive, then the +** prior allocation is not freed. +** +** ^The sqlite3_realloc64(X,N) interfaces works the same as +** sqlite3_realloc(X,N) except that N is a 64-bit unsigned integer instead +** of a 32-bit signed integer. +** +** ^If X is a memory allocation previously obtained from sqlite3_malloc(), +** sqlite3_malloc64(), sqlite3_realloc(), or sqlite3_realloc64(), then +** sqlite3_msize(X) returns the size of that memory allocation in bytes. +** ^The value returned by sqlite3_msize(X) might be larger than the number +** of bytes requested when X was allocated. ^If X is a NULL pointer then +** sqlite3_msize(X) returns zero. If X points to something that is not +** the beginning of memory allocation, or if it points to a formerly +** valid memory allocation that has now been freed, then the behavior +** of sqlite3_msize(X) is undefined and possibly harmful. +** +** ^The memory returned by sqlite3_malloc(), sqlite3_realloc(), +** sqlite3_malloc64(), and sqlite3_realloc64() +** is always aligned to at least an 8 byte boundary, or to a +** 4 byte boundary if the [SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC] compile-time +** option is used. +** +** The pointer arguments to [sqlite3_free()] and [sqlite3_realloc()] +** must be either NULL or else pointers obtained from a prior +** invocation of [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] that have +** not yet been released. +** +** The application must not read or write any part of +** a block of memory after it has been released using +** [sqlite3_free()] or [sqlite3_realloc()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_malloc(int); +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_malloc64(sqlite3_uint64); +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_realloc(void*, int); +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_realloc64(void*, sqlite3_uint64); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free(void*); +SQLITE_API sqlite3_uint64 sqlite3_msize(void*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocator Statistics +** +** SQLite provides these two interfaces for reporting on the status +** of the [sqlite3_malloc()], [sqlite3_free()], and [sqlite3_realloc()] +** routines, which form the built-in memory allocation subsystem. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_memory_used()] routine returns the number of bytes +** of memory currently outstanding (malloced but not freed). +** ^The [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] routine returns the maximum +** value of [sqlite3_memory_used()] since the high-water mark +** was last reset. ^The values returned by [sqlite3_memory_used()] and +** [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] include any overhead +** added by SQLite in its implementation of [sqlite3_malloc()], +** but not overhead added by the any underlying system library +** routines that [sqlite3_malloc()] may call. +** +** ^The memory high-water mark is reset to the current value of +** [sqlite3_memory_used()] if and only if the parameter to +** [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] is true. ^The value returned +** by [sqlite3_memory_highwater(1)] is the high-water mark +** prior to the reset. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_used(void); +SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_highwater(int resetFlag); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Pseudo-Random Number Generator +** +** SQLite contains a high-quality pseudo-random number generator (PRNG) used to +** select random [ROWID | ROWIDs] when inserting new records into a table that +** already uses the largest possible [ROWID]. The PRNG is also used for +** the built-in random() and randomblob() SQL functions. This interface allows +** applications to access the same PRNG for other purposes. +** +** ^A call to this routine stores N bytes of randomness into buffer P. +** ^The P parameter can be a NULL pointer. +** +** ^If this routine has not been previously called or if the previous +** call had N less than one or a NULL pointer for P, then the PRNG is +** seeded using randomness obtained from the xRandomness method of +** the default [sqlite3_vfs] object. +** ^If the previous call to this routine had an N of 1 or more and a +** non-NULL P then the pseudo-randomness is generated +** internally and without recourse to the [sqlite3_vfs] xRandomness +** method. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_randomness(int N, void *P); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Compile-Time Authorization Callbacks +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** KEYWORDS: {authorizer callback} +** +** ^This routine registers an authorizer callback with a particular +** [database connection], supplied in the first argument. +** ^The authorizer callback is invoked as SQL statements are being compiled +** by [sqlite3_prepare()] or its variants [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], +** [sqlite3_prepare_v3()], [sqlite3_prepare16()], [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()], +** and [sqlite3_prepare16_v3()]. ^At various +** points during the compilation process, as logic is being created +** to perform various actions, the authorizer callback is invoked to +** see if those actions are allowed. ^The authorizer callback should +** return [SQLITE_OK] to allow the action, [SQLITE_IGNORE] to disallow the +** specific action but allow the SQL statement to continue to be +** compiled, or [SQLITE_DENY] to cause the entire SQL statement to be +** rejected with an error. ^If the authorizer callback returns +** any value other than [SQLITE_IGNORE], [SQLITE_OK], or [SQLITE_DENY] +** then the [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or equivalent call that triggered +** the authorizer will fail with an error message. +** +** When the callback returns [SQLITE_OK], that means the operation +** requested is ok. ^When the callback returns [SQLITE_DENY], the +** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or equivalent call that triggered the +** authorizer will fail with an error message explaining that +** access is denied. +** +** ^The first parameter to the authorizer callback is a copy of the third +** parameter to the sqlite3_set_authorizer() interface. ^The second parameter +** to the callback is an integer [SQLITE_COPY | action code] that specifies +** the particular action to be authorized. ^The third through sixth parameters +** to the callback are either NULL pointers or zero-terminated strings +** that contain additional details about the action to be authorized. +** Applications must always be prepared to encounter a NULL pointer in any +** of the third through the sixth parameters of the authorization callback. +** +** ^If the action code is [SQLITE_READ] +** and the callback returns [SQLITE_IGNORE] then the +** [prepared statement] statement is constructed to substitute +** a NULL value in place of the table column that would have +** been read if [SQLITE_OK] had been returned. The [SQLITE_IGNORE] +** return can be used to deny an untrusted user access to individual +** columns of a table. +** ^When a table is referenced by a [SELECT] but no column values are +** extracted from that table (for example in a query like +** "SELECT count(*) FROM tab") then the [SQLITE_READ] authorizer callback +** is invoked once for that table with a column name that is an empty string. +** ^If the action code is [SQLITE_DELETE] and the callback returns +** [SQLITE_IGNORE] then the [DELETE] operation proceeds but the +** [truncate optimization] is disabled and all rows are deleted individually. +** +** An authorizer is used when [sqlite3_prepare | preparing] +** SQL statements from an untrusted source, to ensure that the SQL statements +** do not try to access data they are not allowed to see, or that they do not +** try to execute malicious statements that damage the database. For +** example, an application may allow a user to enter arbitrary +** SQL queries for evaluation by a database. But the application does +** not want the user to be able to make arbitrary changes to the +** database. An authorizer could then be put in place while the +** user-entered SQL is being [sqlite3_prepare | prepared] that +** disallows everything except [SELECT] statements. +** +** Applications that need to process SQL from untrusted sources +** might also consider lowering resource limits using [sqlite3_limit()] +** and limiting database size using the [max_page_count] [PRAGMA] +** in addition to using an authorizer. +** +** ^(Only a single authorizer can be in place on a database connection +** at a time. Each call to sqlite3_set_authorizer overrides the +** previous call.)^ ^Disable the authorizer by installing a NULL callback. +** The authorizer is disabled by default. +** +** The authorizer callback must not do anything that will modify +** the database connection that invoked the authorizer callback. +** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their +** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph. +** +** ^When [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] is used to prepare a statement, the +** statement might be re-prepared during [sqlite3_step()] due to a +** schema change. Hence, the application should ensure that the +** correct authorizer callback remains in place during the [sqlite3_step()]. +** +** ^Note that the authorizer callback is invoked only during +** [sqlite3_prepare()] or its variants. Authorization is not +** performed during statement evaluation in [sqlite3_step()], unless +** as stated in the previous paragraph, sqlite3_step() invokes +** sqlite3_prepare_v2() to reprepare a statement after a schema change. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_set_authorizer( + sqlite3*, + int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*), + void *pUserData +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Authorizer Return Codes +** +** The [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer callback function] must +** return either [SQLITE_OK] or one of these two constants in order +** to signal SQLite whether or not the action is permitted. See the +** [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer documentation] for additional +** information. +** +** Note that SQLITE_IGNORE is also used as a [conflict resolution mode] +** returned from the [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] interface. +*/ +#define SQLITE_DENY 1 /* Abort the SQL statement with an error */ +#define SQLITE_IGNORE 2 /* Don't allow access, but don't generate an error */ + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Authorizer Action Codes +** +** The [sqlite3_set_authorizer()] interface registers a callback function +** that is invoked to authorize certain SQL statement actions. The +** second parameter to the callback is an integer code that specifies +** what action is being authorized. These are the integer action codes that +** the authorizer callback may be passed. +** +** These action code values signify what kind of operation is to be +** authorized. The 3rd and 4th parameters to the authorization +** callback function will be parameters or NULL depending on which of these +** codes is used as the second parameter. ^(The 5th parameter to the +** authorizer callback is the name of the database ("main", "temp", +** etc.) if applicable.)^ ^The 6th parameter to the authorizer callback +** is the name of the inner-most trigger or view that is responsible for +** the access attempt or NULL if this access attempt is directly from +** top-level SQL code. +*/ +/******************************************* 3rd ************ 4th ***********/ +#define SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX 1 /* Index Name Table Name */ +#define SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE 2 /* Table Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX 3 /* Index Name Table Name */ +#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE 4 /* Table Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER 5 /* Trigger Name Table Name */ +#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW 6 /* View Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER 7 /* Trigger Name Table Name */ +#define SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW 8 /* View Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_DELETE 9 /* Table Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_DROP_INDEX 10 /* Index Name Table Name */ +#define SQLITE_DROP_TABLE 11 /* Table Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX 12 /* Index Name Table Name */ +#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE 13 /* Table Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER 14 /* Trigger Name Table Name */ +#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW 15 /* View Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER 16 /* Trigger Name Table Name */ +#define SQLITE_DROP_VIEW 17 /* View Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_INSERT 18 /* Table Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_PRAGMA 19 /* Pragma Name 1st arg or NULL */ +#define SQLITE_READ 20 /* Table Name Column Name */ +#define SQLITE_SELECT 21 /* NULL NULL */ +#define SQLITE_TRANSACTION 22 /* Operation NULL */ +#define SQLITE_UPDATE 23 /* Table Name Column Name */ +#define SQLITE_ATTACH 24 /* Filename NULL */ +#define SQLITE_DETACH 25 /* Database Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE 26 /* Database Name Table Name */ +#define SQLITE_REINDEX 27 /* Index Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_ANALYZE 28 /* Table Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_CREATE_VTABLE 29 /* Table Name Module Name */ +#define SQLITE_DROP_VTABLE 30 /* Table Name Module Name */ +#define SQLITE_FUNCTION 31 /* NULL Function Name */ +#define SQLITE_SAVEPOINT 32 /* Operation Savepoint Name */ +#define SQLITE_COPY 0 /* No longer used */ +#define SQLITE_RECURSIVE 33 /* NULL NULL */ + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Tracing And Profiling Functions +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** These routines are deprecated. Use the [sqlite3_trace_v2()] interface +** instead of the routines described here. +** +** These routines register callback functions that can be used for +** tracing and profiling the execution of SQL statements. +** +** ^The callback function registered by sqlite3_trace() is invoked at +** various times when an SQL statement is being run by [sqlite3_step()]. +** ^The sqlite3_trace() callback is invoked with a UTF-8 rendering of the +** SQL statement text as the statement first begins executing. +** ^(Additional sqlite3_trace() callbacks might occur +** as each triggered subprogram is entered. The callbacks for triggers +** contain a UTF-8 SQL comment that identifies the trigger.)^ +** +** The [SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT] compile-time option can be used to limit +** the length of [bound parameter] expansion in the output of sqlite3_trace(). +** +** ^The callback function registered by sqlite3_profile() is invoked +** as each SQL statement finishes. ^The profile callback contains +** the original statement text and an estimate of wall-clock time +** of how long that statement took to run. ^The profile callback +** time is in units of nanoseconds, however the current implementation +** is only capable of millisecond resolution so the six least significant +** digits in the time are meaningless. Future versions of SQLite +** might provide greater resolution on the profiler callback. Invoking +** either [sqlite3_trace()] or [sqlite3_trace_v2()] will cancel the +** profile callback. +*/ +SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void *sqlite3_trace(sqlite3*, + void(*xTrace)(void*,const char*), void*); +SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void *sqlite3_profile(sqlite3*, + void(*xProfile)(void*,const char*,sqlite3_uint64), void*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: SQL Trace Event Codes +** KEYWORDS: SQLITE_TRACE +** +** These constants identify classes of events that can be monitored +** using the [sqlite3_trace_v2()] tracing logic. The M argument +** to [sqlite3_trace_v2(D,M,X,P)] is an OR-ed combination of one or more of +** the following constants. ^The first argument to the trace callback +** is one of the following constants. +** +** New tracing constants may be added in future releases. +** +** ^A trace callback has four arguments: xCallback(T,C,P,X). +** ^The T argument is one of the integer type codes above. +** ^The C argument is a copy of the context pointer passed in as the +** fourth argument to [sqlite3_trace_v2()]. +** The P and X arguments are pointers whose meanings depend on T. +** +** <dl> +** [[SQLITE_TRACE_STMT]] <dt>SQLITE_TRACE_STMT</dt> +** <dd>^An SQLITE_TRACE_STMT callback is invoked when a prepared statement +** first begins running and possibly at other times during the +** execution of the prepared statement, such as at the start of each +** trigger subprogram. ^The P argument is a pointer to the +** [prepared statement]. ^The X argument is a pointer to a string which +** is the unexpanded SQL text of the prepared statement or an SQL comment +** that indicates the invocation of a trigger. ^The callback can compute +** the same text that would have been returned by the legacy [sqlite3_trace()] +** interface by using the X argument when X begins with "--" and invoking +** [sqlite3_expanded_sql(P)] otherwise. +** +** [[SQLITE_TRACE_PROFILE]] <dt>SQLITE_TRACE_PROFILE</dt> +** <dd>^An SQLITE_TRACE_PROFILE callback provides approximately the same +** information as is provided by the [sqlite3_profile()] callback. +** ^The P argument is a pointer to the [prepared statement] and the +** X argument points to a 64-bit integer which is the estimated of +** the number of nanosecond that the prepared statement took to run. +** ^The SQLITE_TRACE_PROFILE callback is invoked when the statement finishes. +** +** [[SQLITE_TRACE_ROW]] <dt>SQLITE_TRACE_ROW</dt> +** <dd>^An SQLITE_TRACE_ROW callback is invoked whenever a prepared +** statement generates a single row of result. +** ^The P argument is a pointer to the [prepared statement] and the +** X argument is unused. +** +** [[SQLITE_TRACE_CLOSE]] <dt>SQLITE_TRACE_CLOSE</dt> +** <dd>^An SQLITE_TRACE_CLOSE callback is invoked when a database +** connection closes. +** ^The P argument is a pointer to the [database connection] object +** and the X argument is unused. +** </dl> +*/ +#define SQLITE_TRACE_STMT 0x01 +#define SQLITE_TRACE_PROFILE 0x02 +#define SQLITE_TRACE_ROW 0x04 +#define SQLITE_TRACE_CLOSE 0x08 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: SQL Trace Hook +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^The sqlite3_trace_v2(D,M,X,P) interface registers a trace callback +** function X against [database connection] D, using property mask M +** and context pointer P. ^If the X callback is +** NULL or if the M mask is zero, then tracing is disabled. The +** M argument should be the bitwise OR-ed combination of +** zero or more [SQLITE_TRACE] constants. +** +** ^Each call to either sqlite3_trace() or sqlite3_trace_v2() overrides +** (cancels) any prior calls to sqlite3_trace() or sqlite3_trace_v2(). +** +** ^The X callback is invoked whenever any of the events identified by +** mask M occur. ^The integer return value from the callback is currently +** ignored, though this may change in future releases. Callback +** implementations should return zero to ensure future compatibility. +** +** ^A trace callback is invoked with four arguments: callback(T,C,P,X). +** ^The T argument is one of the [SQLITE_TRACE] +** constants to indicate why the callback was invoked. +** ^The C argument is a copy of the context pointer. +** The P and X arguments are pointers whose meanings depend on T. +** +** The sqlite3_trace_v2() interface is intended to replace the legacy +** interfaces [sqlite3_trace()] and [sqlite3_profile()], both of which +** are deprecated. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_trace_v2( + sqlite3*, + unsigned uMask, + int(*xCallback)(unsigned,void*,void*,void*), + void *pCtx +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Query Progress Callbacks +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^The sqlite3_progress_handler(D,N,X,P) interface causes the callback +** function X to be invoked periodically during long running calls to +** [sqlite3_exec()], [sqlite3_step()] and [sqlite3_get_table()] for +** database connection D. An example use for this +** interface is to keep a GUI updated during a large query. +** +** ^The parameter P is passed through as the only parameter to the +** callback function X. ^The parameter N is the approximate number of +** [virtual machine instructions] that are evaluated between successive +** invocations of the callback X. ^If N is less than one then the progress +** handler is disabled. +** +** ^Only a single progress handler may be defined at one time per +** [database connection]; setting a new progress handler cancels the +** old one. ^Setting parameter X to NULL disables the progress handler. +** ^The progress handler is also disabled by setting N to a value less +** than 1. +** +** ^If the progress callback returns non-zero, the operation is +** interrupted. This feature can be used to implement a +** "Cancel" button on a GUI progress dialog box. +** +** The progress handler callback must not do anything that will modify +** the database connection that invoked the progress handler. +** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their +** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph. +** +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Opening A New Database Connection +** CONSTRUCTOR: sqlite3 +** +** ^These routines open an SQLite database file as specified by the +** filename argument. ^The filename argument is interpreted as UTF-8 for +** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open_v2() and as UTF-16 in the native byte +** order for sqlite3_open16(). ^(A [database connection] handle is usually +** returned in *ppDb, even if an error occurs. The only exception is that +** if SQLite is unable to allocate memory to hold the [sqlite3] object, +** a NULL will be written into *ppDb instead of a pointer to the [sqlite3] +** object.)^ ^(If the database is opened (and/or created) successfully, then +** [SQLITE_OK] is returned. Otherwise an [error code] is returned.)^ ^The +** [sqlite3_errmsg()] or [sqlite3_errmsg16()] routines can be used to obtain +** an English language description of the error following a failure of any +** of the sqlite3_open() routines. +** +** ^The default encoding will be UTF-8 for databases created using +** sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2(). ^The default encoding for databases +** created using sqlite3_open16() will be UTF-16 in the native byte order. +** +** Whether or not an error occurs when it is opened, resources +** associated with the [database connection] handle should be released by +** passing it to [sqlite3_close()] when it is no longer required. +** +** The sqlite3_open_v2() interface works like sqlite3_open() +** except that it accepts two additional parameters for additional control +** over the new database connection. ^(The flags parameter to +** sqlite3_open_v2() must include, at a minimum, one of the following +** three flag combinations:)^ +** +** <dl> +** ^(<dt>[SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY]</dt> +** <dd>The database is opened in read-only mode. If the database does not +** already exist, an error is returned.</dd>)^ +** +** ^(<dt>[SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE]</dt> +** <dd>The database is opened for reading and writing if possible, or reading +** only if the file is write protected by the operating system. In either +** case the database must already exist, otherwise an error is returned.</dd>)^ +** +** ^(<dt>[SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE]</dt> +** <dd>The database is opened for reading and writing, and is created if +** it does not already exist. This is the behavior that is always used for +** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open16().</dd>)^ +** </dl> +** +** In addition to the required flags, the following optional flags are +** also supported: +** +** <dl> +** ^(<dt>[SQLITE_OPEN_URI]</dt> +** <dd>The filename can be interpreted as a URI if this flag is set.</dd>)^ +** +** ^(<dt>[SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY]</dt> +** <dd>The database will be opened as an in-memory database. The database +** is named by the "filename" argument for the purposes of cache-sharing, +** if shared cache mode is enabled, but the "filename" is otherwise ignored. +** </dd>)^ +** +** ^(<dt>[SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX]</dt> +** <dd>The new database connection will use the "multi-thread" +** [threading mode].)^ This means that separate threads are allowed +** to use SQLite at the same time, as long as each thread is using +** a different [database connection]. +** +** ^(<dt>[SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX]</dt> +** <dd>The new database connection will use the "serialized" +** [threading mode].)^ This means the multiple threads can safely +** attempt to use the same database connection at the same time. +** (Mutexes will block any actual concurrency, but in this mode +** there is no harm in trying.) +** +** ^(<dt>[SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE]</dt> +** <dd>The database is opened [shared cache] enabled, overriding +** the default shared cache setting provided by +** [sqlite3_enable_shared_cache()].)^ +** +** ^(<dt>[SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE]</dt> +** <dd>The database is opened [shared cache] disabled, overriding +** the default shared cache setting provided by +** [sqlite3_enable_shared_cache()].)^ +** +** [[OPEN_NOFOLLOW]] ^(<dt>[SQLITE_OPEN_NOFOLLOW]</dt> +** <dd>The database filename is not allowed to be a symbolic link</dd> +** </dl>)^ +** +** If the 3rd parameter to sqlite3_open_v2() is not one of the +** required combinations shown above optionally combined with other +** [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY | SQLITE_OPEN_* bits] +** then the behavior is undefined. +** +** ^The fourth parameter to sqlite3_open_v2() is the name of the +** [sqlite3_vfs] object that defines the operating system interface that +** the new database connection should use. ^If the fourth parameter is +** a NULL pointer then the default [sqlite3_vfs] object is used. +** +** ^If the filename is ":memory:", then a private, temporary in-memory database +** is created for the connection. ^This in-memory database will vanish when +** the database connection is closed. Future versions of SQLite might +** make use of additional special filenames that begin with the ":" character. +** It is recommended that when a database filename actually does begin with +** a ":" character you should prefix the filename with a pathname such as +** "./" to avoid ambiguity. +** +** ^If the filename is an empty string, then a private, temporary +** on-disk database will be created. ^This private database will be +** automatically deleted as soon as the database connection is closed. +** +** [[URI filenames in sqlite3_open()]] <h3>URI Filenames</h3> +** +** ^If [URI filename] interpretation is enabled, and the filename argument +** begins with "file:", then the filename is interpreted as a URI. ^URI +** filename interpretation is enabled if the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flag is +** set in the third argument to sqlite3_open_v2(), or if it has +** been enabled globally using the [SQLITE_CONFIG_URI] option with the +** [sqlite3_config()] method or by the [SQLITE_USE_URI] compile-time option. +** URI filename interpretation is turned off +** by default, but future releases of SQLite might enable URI filename +** interpretation by default. See "[URI filenames]" for additional +** information. +** +** URI filenames are parsed according to RFC 3986. ^If the URI contains an +** authority, then it must be either an empty string or the string +** "localhost". ^If the authority is not an empty string or "localhost", an +** error is returned to the caller. ^The fragment component of a URI, if +** present, is ignored. +** +** ^SQLite uses the path component of the URI as the name of the disk file +** which contains the database. ^If the path begins with a '/' character, +** then it is interpreted as an absolute path. ^If the path does not begin +** with a '/' (meaning that the authority section is omitted from the URI) +** then the path is interpreted as a relative path. +** ^(On windows, the first component of an absolute path +** is a drive specification (e.g. "C:").)^ +** +** [[core URI query parameters]] +** The query component of a URI may contain parameters that are interpreted +** either by SQLite itself, or by a [VFS | custom VFS implementation]. +** SQLite and its built-in [VFSes] interpret the +** following query parameters: +** +** <ul> +** <li> <b>vfs</b>: ^The "vfs" parameter may be used to specify the name of +** a VFS object that provides the operating system interface that should +** be used to access the database file on disk. ^If this option is set to +** an empty string the default VFS object is used. ^Specifying an unknown +** VFS is an error. ^If sqlite3_open_v2() is used and the vfs option is +** present, then the VFS specified by the option takes precedence over +** the value passed as the fourth parameter to sqlite3_open_v2(). +** +** <li> <b>mode</b>: ^(The mode parameter may be set to either "ro", "rw", +** "rwc", or "memory". Attempting to set it to any other value is +** an error)^. +** ^If "ro" is specified, then the database is opened for read-only +** access, just as if the [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY] flag had been set in the +** third argument to sqlite3_open_v2(). ^If the mode option is set to +** "rw", then the database is opened for read-write (but not create) +** access, as if SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE (but not SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE) had +** been set. ^Value "rwc" is equivalent to setting both +** SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE and SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE. ^If the mode option is +** set to "memory" then a pure [in-memory database] that never reads +** or writes from disk is used. ^It is an error to specify a value for +** the mode parameter that is less restrictive than that specified by +** the flags passed in the third parameter to sqlite3_open_v2(). +** +** <li> <b>cache</b>: ^The cache parameter may be set to either "shared" or +** "private". ^Setting it to "shared" is equivalent to setting the +** SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE bit in the flags argument passed to +** sqlite3_open_v2(). ^Setting the cache parameter to "private" is +** equivalent to setting the SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE bit. +** ^If sqlite3_open_v2() is used and the "cache" parameter is present in +** a URI filename, its value overrides any behavior requested by setting +** SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE or SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE flag. +** +** <li> <b>psow</b>: ^The psow parameter indicates whether or not the +** [powersafe overwrite] property does or does not apply to the +** storage media on which the database file resides. +** +** <li> <b>nolock</b>: ^The nolock parameter is a boolean query parameter +** which if set disables file locking in rollback journal modes. This +** is useful for accessing a database on a filesystem that does not +** support locking. Caution: Database corruption might result if two +** or more processes write to the same database and any one of those +** processes uses nolock=1. +** +** <li> <b>immutable</b>: ^The immutable parameter is a boolean query +** parameter that indicates that the database file is stored on +** read-only media. ^When immutable is set, SQLite assumes that the +** database file cannot be changed, even by a process with higher +** privilege, and so the database is opened read-only and all locking +** and change detection is disabled. Caution: Setting the immutable +** property on a database file that does in fact change can result +** in incorrect query results and/or [SQLITE_CORRUPT] errors. +** See also: [SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE]. +** +** </ul> +** +** ^Specifying an unknown parameter in the query component of a URI is not an +** error. Future versions of SQLite might understand additional query +** parameters. See "[query parameters with special meaning to SQLite]" for +** additional information. +** +** [[URI filename examples]] <h3>URI filename examples</h3> +** +** <table border="1" align=center cellpadding=5> +** <tr><th> URI filenames <th> Results +** <tr><td> file:data.db <td> +** Open the file "data.db" in the current directory. +** <tr><td> file:/home/fred/data.db<br> +** file:///home/fred/data.db <br> +** file://localhost/home/fred/data.db <br> <td> +** Open the database file "/home/fred/data.db". +** <tr><td> file://darkstar/home/fred/data.db <td> +** An error. "darkstar" is not a recognized authority. +** <tr><td style="white-space:nowrap"> +** file:///C:/Documents%20and%20Settings/fred/Desktop/data.db +** <td> Windows only: Open the file "data.db" on fred's desktop on drive +** C:. Note that the %20 escaping in this example is not strictly +** necessary - space characters can be used literally +** in URI filenames. +** <tr><td> file:data.db?mode=ro&cache=private <td> +** Open file "data.db" in the current directory for read-only access. +** Regardless of whether or not shared-cache mode is enabled by +** default, use a private cache. +** <tr><td> file:/home/fred/data.db?vfs=unix-dotfile <td> +** Open file "/home/fred/data.db". Use the special VFS "unix-dotfile" +** that uses dot-files in place of posix advisory locking. +** <tr><td> file:data.db?mode=readonly <td> +** An error. "readonly" is not a valid option for the "mode" parameter. +** </table> +** +** ^URI hexadecimal escape sequences (%HH) are supported within the path and +** query components of a URI. A hexadecimal escape sequence consists of a +** percent sign - "%" - followed by exactly two hexadecimal digits +** specifying an octet value. ^Before the path or query components of a +** URI filename are interpreted, they are encoded using UTF-8 and all +** hexadecimal escape sequences replaced by a single byte containing the +** corresponding octet. If this process generates an invalid UTF-8 encoding, +** the results are undefined. +** +** <b>Note to Windows users:</b> The encoding used for the filename argument +** of sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open_v2() must be UTF-8, not whatever +** codepage is currently defined. Filenames containing international +** characters must be converted to UTF-8 prior to passing them into +** sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2(). +** +** <b>Note to Windows Runtime users:</b> The temporary directory must be set +** prior to calling sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2(). Otherwise, various +** features that require the use of temporary files may fail. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_temp_directory] +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open( + const char *filename, /* Database filename (UTF-8) */ + sqlite3 **ppDb /* OUT: SQLite db handle */ +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open16( + const void *filename, /* Database filename (UTF-16) */ + sqlite3 **ppDb /* OUT: SQLite db handle */ +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_v2( + const char *filename, /* Database filename (UTF-8) */ + sqlite3 **ppDb, /* OUT: SQLite db handle */ + int flags, /* Flags */ + const char *zVfs /* Name of VFS module to use */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Obtain Values For URI Parameters +** +** These are utility routines, useful to [VFS|custom VFS implementations], +** that check if a database file was a URI that contained a specific query +** parameter, and if so obtains the value of that query parameter. +** +** The first parameter to these interfaces (hereafter referred to +** as F) must be one of: +** <ul> +** <li> A database filename pointer created by the SQLite core and +** passed into the xOpen() method of a VFS implemention, or +** <li> A filename obtained from [sqlite3_db_filename()], or +** <li> A new filename constructed using [sqlite3_create_filename()]. +** </ul> +** If the F parameter is not one of the above, then the behavior is +** undefined and probably undesirable. Older versions of SQLite were +** more tolerant of invalid F parameters than newer versions. +** +** If F is a suitable filename (as described in the previous paragraph) +** and if P is the name of the query parameter, then +** sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns the value of the P +** parameter if it exists or a NULL pointer if P does not appear as a +** query parameter on F. If P is a query parameter of F and it +** has no explicit value, then sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns +** a pointer to an empty string. +** +** The sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routine assumes that P is a boolean +** parameter and returns true (1) or false (0) according to the value +** of P. The sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routine returns true (1) if the +** value of query parameter P is one of "yes", "true", or "on" in any +** case or if the value begins with a non-zero number. The +** sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routines returns false (0) if the value of +** query parameter P is one of "no", "false", or "off" in any case or +** if the value begins with a numeric zero. If P is not a query +** parameter on F or if the value of P does not match any of the +** above, then sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) returns (B!=0). +** +** The sqlite3_uri_int64(F,P,D) routine converts the value of P into a +** 64-bit signed integer and returns that integer, or D if P does not +** exist. If the value of P is something other than an integer, then +** zero is returned. +** +** The sqlite3_uri_key(F,N) returns a pointer to the name (not +** the value) of the N-th query parameter for filename F, or a NULL +** pointer if N is less than zero or greater than the number of query +** parameters minus 1. The N value is zero-based so N should be 0 to obtain +** the name of the first query parameter, 1 for the second parameter, and +** so forth. +** +** If F is a NULL pointer, then sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns NULL and +** sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) returns B. If F is not a NULL pointer and +** is not a database file pathname pointer that the SQLite core passed +** into the xOpen VFS method, then the behavior of this routine is undefined +** and probably undesirable. +** +** Beginning with SQLite [version 3.31.0] ([dateof:3.31.0]) the input F +** parameter can also be the name of a rollback journal file or WAL file +** in addition to the main database file. Prior to version 3.31.0, these +** routines would only work if F was the name of the main database file. +** When the F parameter is the name of the rollback journal or WAL file, +** it has access to all the same query parameters as were found on the +** main database file. +** +** See the [URI filename] documentation for additional information. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_uri_parameter(const char *zFilename, const char *zParam); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_uri_boolean(const char *zFile, const char *zParam, int bDefault); +SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_uri_int64(const char*, const char*, sqlite3_int64); +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_uri_key(const char *zFilename, int N); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Translate filenames +** +** These routines are available to [VFS|custom VFS implementations] for +** translating filenames between the main database file, the journal file, +** and the WAL file. +** +** If F is the name of an sqlite database file, journal file, or WAL file +** passed by the SQLite core into the VFS, then sqlite3_filename_database(F) +** returns the name of the corresponding database file. +** +** If F is the name of an sqlite database file, journal file, or WAL file +** passed by the SQLite core into the VFS, or if F is a database filename +** obtained from [sqlite3_db_filename()], then sqlite3_filename_journal(F) +** returns the name of the corresponding rollback journal file. +** +** If F is the name of an sqlite database file, journal file, or WAL file +** that was passed by the SQLite core into the VFS, or if F is a database +** filename obtained from [sqlite3_db_filename()], then +** sqlite3_filename_wal(F) returns the name of the corresponding +** WAL file. +** +** In all of the above, if F is not the name of a database, journal or WAL +** filename passed into the VFS from the SQLite core and F is not the +** return value from [sqlite3_db_filename()], then the result is +** undefined and is likely a memory access violation. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_filename_database(const char*); +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_filename_journal(const char*); +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_filename_wal(const char*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Database File Corresponding To A Journal +** +** ^If X is the name of a rollback or WAL-mode journal file that is +** passed into the xOpen method of [sqlite3_vfs], then +** sqlite3_database_file_object(X) returns a pointer to the [sqlite3_file] +** object that represents the main database file. +** +** This routine is intended for use in custom [VFS] implementations +** only. It is not a general-purpose interface. +** The argument sqlite3_file_object(X) must be a filename pointer that +** has been passed into [sqlite3_vfs].xOpen method where the +** flags parameter to xOpen contains one of the bits +** [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL] or [SQLITE_OPEN_WAL]. Any other use +** of this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable +** behavior. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_file *sqlite3_database_file_object(const char*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Create and Destroy VFS Filenames +** +** These interfces are provided for use by [VFS shim] implementations and +** are not useful outside of that context. +** +** The sqlite3_create_filename(D,J,W,N,P) allocates memory to hold a version of +** database filename D with corresponding journal file J and WAL file W and +** with N URI parameters key/values pairs in the array P. The result from +** sqlite3_create_filename(D,J,W,N,P) is a pointer to a database filename that +** is safe to pass to routines like: +** <ul> +** <li> [sqlite3_uri_parameter()], +** <li> [sqlite3_uri_boolean()], +** <li> [sqlite3_uri_int64()], +** <li> [sqlite3_uri_key()], +** <li> [sqlite3_filename_database()], +** <li> [sqlite3_filename_journal()], or +** <li> [sqlite3_filename_wal()]. +** </ul> +** If a memory allocation error occurs, sqlite3_create_filename() might +** return a NULL pointer. The memory obtained from sqlite3_create_filename(X) +** must be released by a corresponding call to sqlite3_free_filename(Y). +** +** The P parameter in sqlite3_create_filename(D,J,W,N,P) should be an array +** of 2*N pointers to strings. Each pair of pointers in this array corresponds +** to a key and value for a query parameter. The P parameter may be a NULL +** pointer if N is zero. None of the 2*N pointers in the P array may be +** NULL pointers and key pointers should not be empty strings. +** None of the D, J, or W parameters to sqlite3_create_filename(D,J,W,N,P) may +** be NULL pointers, though they can be empty strings. +** +** The sqlite3_free_filename(Y) routine releases a memory allocation +** previously obtained from sqlite3_create_filename(). Invoking +** sqlite3_free_filename(Y) where Y is a NULL pointer is a harmless no-op. +** +** If the Y parameter to sqlite3_free_filename(Y) is anything other +** than a NULL pointer or a pointer previously acquired from +** sqlite3_create_filename(), then bad things such as heap +** corruption or segfaults may occur. The value Y should not be +** used again after sqlite3_free_filename(Y) has been called. This means +** that if the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen()] method of a VFS has been called using Y, +** then the corresponding [sqlite3_module.xClose() method should also be +** invoked prior to calling sqlite3_free_filename(Y). +*/ +SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_create_filename( + const char *zDatabase, + const char *zJournal, + const char *zWal, + int nParam, + const char **azParam +); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free_filename(char*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Error Codes And Messages +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^If the most recent sqlite3_* API call associated with +** [database connection] D failed, then the sqlite3_errcode(D) interface +** returns the numeric [result code] or [extended result code] for that +** API call. +** ^The sqlite3_extended_errcode() +** interface is the same except that it always returns the +** [extended result code] even when extended result codes are +** disabled. +** +** The values returned by sqlite3_errcode() and/or +** sqlite3_extended_errcode() might change with each API call. +** Except, there are some interfaces that are guaranteed to never +** change the value of the error code. The error-code preserving +** interfaces are: +** +** <ul> +** <li> sqlite3_errcode() +** <li> sqlite3_extended_errcode() +** <li> sqlite3_errmsg() +** <li> sqlite3_errmsg16() +** </ul> +** +** ^The sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16() return English-language +** text that describes the error, as either UTF-8 or UTF-16 respectively. +** ^(Memory to hold the error message string is managed internally. +** The application does not need to worry about freeing the result. +** However, the error string might be overwritten or deallocated by +** subsequent calls to other SQLite interface functions.)^ +** +** ^The sqlite3_errstr() interface returns the English-language text +** that describes the [result code], as UTF-8. +** ^(Memory to hold the error message string is managed internally +** and must not be freed by the application)^. +** +** When the serialized [threading mode] is in use, it might be the +** case that a second error occurs on a separate thread in between +** the time of the first error and the call to these interfaces. +** When that happens, the second error will be reported since these +** interfaces always report the most recent result. To avoid +** this, each thread can obtain exclusive use of the [database connection] D +** by invoking [sqlite3_mutex_enter]([sqlite3_db_mutex](D)) before beginning +** to use D and invoking [sqlite3_mutex_leave]([sqlite3_db_mutex](D)) after +** all calls to the interfaces listed here are completed. +** +** If an interface fails with SQLITE_MISUSE, that means the interface +** was invoked incorrectly by the application. In that case, the +** error code and message may or may not be set. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_errcode(sqlite3 *db); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_errcode(sqlite3 *db); +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_errmsg(sqlite3*); +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_errmsg16(sqlite3*); +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_errstr(int); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Prepared Statement Object +** KEYWORDS: {prepared statement} {prepared statements} +** +** An instance of this object represents a single SQL statement that +** has been compiled into binary form and is ready to be evaluated. +** +** Think of each SQL statement as a separate computer program. The +** original SQL text is source code. A prepared statement object +** is the compiled object code. All SQL must be converted into a +** prepared statement before it can be run. +** +** The life-cycle of a prepared statement object usually goes like this: +** +** <ol> +** <li> Create the prepared statement object using [sqlite3_prepare_v2()]. +** <li> Bind values to [parameters] using the sqlite3_bind_*() +** interfaces. +** <li> Run the SQL by calling [sqlite3_step()] one or more times. +** <li> Reset the prepared statement using [sqlite3_reset()] then go back +** to step 2. Do this zero or more times. +** <li> Destroy the object using [sqlite3_finalize()]. +** </ol> +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_stmt sqlite3_stmt; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Run-time Limits +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^(This interface allows the size of various constructs to be limited +** on a connection by connection basis. The first parameter is the +** [database connection] whose limit is to be set or queried. The +** second parameter is one of the [limit categories] that define a +** class of constructs to be size limited. The third parameter is the +** new limit for that construct.)^ +** +** ^If the new limit is a negative number, the limit is unchanged. +** ^(For each limit category SQLITE_LIMIT_<i>NAME</i> there is a +** [limits | hard upper bound] +** set at compile-time by a C preprocessor macro called +** [limits | SQLITE_MAX_<i>NAME</i>]. +** (The "_LIMIT_" in the name is changed to "_MAX_".))^ +** ^Attempts to increase a limit above its hard upper bound are +** silently truncated to the hard upper bound. +** +** ^Regardless of whether or not the limit was changed, the +** [sqlite3_limit()] interface returns the prior value of the limit. +** ^Hence, to find the current value of a limit without changing it, +** simply invoke this interface with the third parameter set to -1. +** +** Run-time limits are intended for use in applications that manage +** both their own internal database and also databases that are controlled +** by untrusted external sources. An example application might be a +** web browser that has its own databases for storing history and +** separate databases controlled by JavaScript applications downloaded +** off the Internet. The internal databases can be given the +** large, default limits. Databases managed by external sources can +** be given much smaller limits designed to prevent a denial of service +** attack. Developers might also want to use the [sqlite3_set_authorizer()] +** interface to further control untrusted SQL. The size of the database +** created by an untrusted script can be contained using the +** [max_page_count] [PRAGMA]. +** +** New run-time limit categories may be added in future releases. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3*, int id, int newVal); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Limit Categories +** KEYWORDS: {limit category} {*limit categories} +** +** These constants define various performance limits +** that can be lowered at run-time using [sqlite3_limit()]. +** The synopsis of the meanings of the various limits is shown below. +** Additional information is available at [limits | Limits in SQLite]. +** +** <dl> +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH</dt> +** <dd>The maximum size of any string or BLOB or table row, in bytes.<dd>)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH</dt> +** <dd>The maximum length of an SQL statement, in bytes.</dd>)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN</dt> +** <dd>The maximum number of columns in a table definition or in the +** result set of a [SELECT] or the maximum number of columns in an index +** or in an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause.</dd>)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH</dt> +** <dd>The maximum depth of the parse tree on any expression.</dd>)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT</dt> +** <dd>The maximum number of terms in a compound SELECT statement.</dd>)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP</dt> +** <dd>The maximum number of instructions in a virtual machine program +** used to implement an SQL statement. If [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or +** the equivalent tries to allocate space for more than this many opcodes +** in a single prepared statement, an SQLITE_NOMEM error is returned.</dd>)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG</dt> +** <dd>The maximum number of arguments on a function.</dd>)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED</dt> +** <dd>The maximum number of [ATTACH | attached databases].)^</dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH]] +** ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH</dt> +** <dd>The maximum length of the pattern argument to the [LIKE] or +** [GLOB] operators.</dd>)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]] +** ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER</dt> +** <dd>The maximum index number of any [parameter] in an SQL statement.)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH</dt> +** <dd>The maximum depth of recursion for triggers.</dd>)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS</dt> +** <dd>The maximum number of auxiliary worker threads that a single +** [prepared statement] may start.</dd>)^ +** </dl> +*/ +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH 0 +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH 1 +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN 2 +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH 3 +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT 4 +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP 5 +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG 6 +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED 7 +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH 8 +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER 9 +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH 10 +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS 11 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Prepare Flags +** +** These constants define various flags that can be passed into +** "prepFlags" parameter of the [sqlite3_prepare_v3()] and +** [sqlite3_prepare16_v3()] interfaces. +** +** New flags may be added in future releases of SQLite. +** +** <dl> +** [[SQLITE_PREPARE_PERSISTENT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_PREPARE_PERSISTENT</dt> +** <dd>The SQLITE_PREPARE_PERSISTENT flag is a hint to the query planner +** that the prepared statement will be retained for a long time and +** probably reused many times.)^ ^Without this flag, [sqlite3_prepare_v3()] +** and [sqlite3_prepare16_v3()] assume that the prepared statement will +** be used just once or at most a few times and then destroyed using +** [sqlite3_finalize()] relatively soon. The current implementation acts +** on this hint by avoiding the use of [lookaside memory] so as not to +** deplete the limited store of lookaside memory. Future versions of +** SQLite may act on this hint differently. +** +** [[SQLITE_PREPARE_NORMALIZE]] <dt>SQLITE_PREPARE_NORMALIZE</dt> +** <dd>The SQLITE_PREPARE_NORMALIZE flag is a no-op. This flag used +** to be required for any prepared statement that wanted to use the +** [sqlite3_normalized_sql()] interface. However, the +** [sqlite3_normalized_sql()] interface is now available to all +** prepared statements, regardless of whether or not they use this +** flag. +** +** [[SQLITE_PREPARE_NO_VTAB]] <dt>SQLITE_PREPARE_NO_VTAB</dt> +** <dd>The SQLITE_PREPARE_NO_VTAB flag causes the SQL compiler +** to return an error (error code SQLITE_ERROR) if the statement uses +** any virtual tables. +** </dl> +*/ +#define SQLITE_PREPARE_PERSISTENT 0x01 +#define SQLITE_PREPARE_NORMALIZE 0x02 +#define SQLITE_PREPARE_NO_VTAB 0x04 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Compiling An SQL Statement +** KEYWORDS: {SQL statement compiler} +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** CONSTRUCTOR: sqlite3_stmt +** +** To execute an SQL statement, it must first be compiled into a byte-code +** program using one of these routines. Or, in other words, these routines +** are constructors for the [prepared statement] object. +** +** The preferred routine to use is [sqlite3_prepare_v2()]. The +** [sqlite3_prepare()] interface is legacy and should be avoided. +** [sqlite3_prepare_v3()] has an extra "prepFlags" option that is used +** for special purposes. +** +** The use of the UTF-8 interfaces is preferred, as SQLite currently +** does all parsing using UTF-8. The UTF-16 interfaces are provided +** as a convenience. The UTF-16 interfaces work by converting the +** input text into UTF-8, then invoking the corresponding UTF-8 interface. +** +** The first argument, "db", is a [database connection] obtained from a +** prior successful call to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()] or +** [sqlite3_open16()]. The database connection must not have been closed. +** +** The second argument, "zSql", is the statement to be compiled, encoded +** as either UTF-8 or UTF-16. The sqlite3_prepare(), sqlite3_prepare_v2(), +** and sqlite3_prepare_v3() +** interfaces use UTF-8, and sqlite3_prepare16(), sqlite3_prepare16_v2(), +** and sqlite3_prepare16_v3() use UTF-16. +** +** ^If the nByte argument is negative, then zSql is read up to the +** first zero terminator. ^If nByte is positive, then it is the +** number of bytes read from zSql. ^If nByte is zero, then no prepared +** statement is generated. +** If the caller knows that the supplied string is nul-terminated, then +** there is a small performance advantage to passing an nByte parameter that +** is the number of bytes in the input string <i>including</i> +** the nul-terminator. +** +** ^If pzTail is not NULL then *pzTail is made to point to the first byte +** past the end of the first SQL statement in zSql. These routines only +** compile the first statement in zSql, so *pzTail is left pointing to +** what remains uncompiled. +** +** ^*ppStmt is left pointing to a compiled [prepared statement] that can be +** executed using [sqlite3_step()]. ^If there is an error, *ppStmt is set +** to NULL. ^If the input text contains no SQL (if the input is an empty +** string or a comment) then *ppStmt is set to NULL. +** The calling procedure is responsible for deleting the compiled +** SQL statement using [sqlite3_finalize()] after it has finished with it. +** ppStmt may not be NULL. +** +** ^On success, the sqlite3_prepare() family of routines return [SQLITE_OK]; +** otherwise an [error code] is returned. +** +** The sqlite3_prepare_v2(), sqlite3_prepare_v3(), sqlite3_prepare16_v2(), +** and sqlite3_prepare16_v3() interfaces are recommended for all new programs. +** The older interfaces (sqlite3_prepare() and sqlite3_prepare16()) +** are retained for backwards compatibility, but their use is discouraged. +** ^In the "vX" interfaces, the prepared statement +** that is returned (the [sqlite3_stmt] object) contains a copy of the +** original SQL text. This causes the [sqlite3_step()] interface to +** behave differently in three ways: +** +** <ol> +** <li> +** ^If the database schema changes, instead of returning [SQLITE_SCHEMA] as it +** always used to do, [sqlite3_step()] will automatically recompile the SQL +** statement and try to run it again. As many as [SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY] +** retries will occur before sqlite3_step() gives up and returns an error. +** </li> +** +** <li> +** ^When an error occurs, [sqlite3_step()] will return one of the detailed +** [error codes] or [extended error codes]. ^The legacy behavior was that +** [sqlite3_step()] would only return a generic [SQLITE_ERROR] result code +** and the application would have to make a second call to [sqlite3_reset()] +** in order to find the underlying cause of the problem. With the "v2" prepare +** interfaces, the underlying reason for the error is returned immediately. +** </li> +** +** <li> +** ^If the specific value bound to a [parameter | host parameter] in the +** WHERE clause might influence the choice of query plan for a statement, +** then the statement will be automatically recompiled, as if there had been +** a schema change, on the first [sqlite3_step()] call following any change +** to the [sqlite3_bind_text | bindings] of that [parameter]. +** ^The specific value of a WHERE-clause [parameter] might influence the +** choice of query plan if the parameter is the left-hand side of a [LIKE] +** or [GLOB] operator or if the parameter is compared to an indexed column +** and the [SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4] compile-time option is enabled. +** </li> +** </ol> +** +** <p>^sqlite3_prepare_v3() differs from sqlite3_prepare_v2() only in having +** the extra prepFlags parameter, which is a bit array consisting of zero or +** more of the [SQLITE_PREPARE_PERSISTENT|SQLITE_PREPARE_*] flags. ^The +** sqlite3_prepare_v2() interface works exactly the same as +** sqlite3_prepare_v3() with a zero prepFlags parameter. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + const char *zSql, /* SQL statement, UTF-8 encoded */ + int nByte, /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: Statement handle */ + const char **pzTail /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */ +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare_v2( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + const char *zSql, /* SQL statement, UTF-8 encoded */ + int nByte, /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: Statement handle */ + const char **pzTail /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */ +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare_v3( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + const char *zSql, /* SQL statement, UTF-8 encoded */ + int nByte, /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */ + unsigned int prepFlags, /* Zero or more SQLITE_PREPARE_ flags */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: Statement handle */ + const char **pzTail /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */ +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + const void *zSql, /* SQL statement, UTF-16 encoded */ + int nByte, /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: Statement handle */ + const void **pzTail /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */ +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16_v2( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + const void *zSql, /* SQL statement, UTF-16 encoded */ + int nByte, /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: Statement handle */ + const void **pzTail /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */ +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16_v3( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + const void *zSql, /* SQL statement, UTF-16 encoded */ + int nByte, /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */ + unsigned int prepFlags, /* Zero or more SQLITE_PREPARE_ flags */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: Statement handle */ + const void **pzTail /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Retrieving Statement SQL +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt +** +** ^The sqlite3_sql(P) interface returns a pointer to a copy of the UTF-8 +** SQL text used to create [prepared statement] P if P was +** created by [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_prepare_v3()], +** [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()], or [sqlite3_prepare16_v3()]. +** ^The sqlite3_expanded_sql(P) interface returns a pointer to a UTF-8 +** string containing the SQL text of prepared statement P with +** [bound parameters] expanded. +** ^The sqlite3_normalized_sql(P) interface returns a pointer to a UTF-8 +** string containing the normalized SQL text of prepared statement P. The +** semantics used to normalize a SQL statement are unspecified and subject +** to change. At a minimum, literal values will be replaced with suitable +** placeholders. +** +** ^(For example, if a prepared statement is created using the SQL +** text "SELECT $abc,:xyz" and if parameter $abc is bound to integer 2345 +** and parameter :xyz is unbound, then sqlite3_sql() will return +** the original string, "SELECT $abc,:xyz" but sqlite3_expanded_sql() +** will return "SELECT 2345,NULL".)^ +** +** ^The sqlite3_expanded_sql() interface returns NULL if insufficient memory +** is available to hold the result, or if the result would exceed the +** the maximum string length determined by the [SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]. +** +** ^The [SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT] compile-time option limits the size of +** bound parameter expansions. ^The [SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE] compile-time +** option causes sqlite3_expanded_sql() to always return NULL. +** +** ^The strings returned by sqlite3_sql(P) and sqlite3_normalized_sql(P) +** are managed by SQLite and are automatically freed when the prepared +** statement is finalized. +** ^The string returned by sqlite3_expanded_sql(P), on the other hand, +** is obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()] and must be free by the application +** by passing it to [sqlite3_free()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); +SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_expanded_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_normalized_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Determine If An SQL Statement Writes The Database +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt +** +** ^The sqlite3_stmt_readonly(X) interface returns true (non-zero) if +** and only if the [prepared statement] X makes no direct changes to +** the content of the database file. +** +** Note that [application-defined SQL functions] or +** [virtual tables] might change the database indirectly as a side effect. +** ^(For example, if an application defines a function "eval()" that +** calls [sqlite3_exec()], then the following SQL statement would +** change the database file through side-effects: +** +** <blockquote><pre> +** SELECT eval('DELETE FROM t1') FROM t2; +** </pre></blockquote> +** +** But because the [SELECT] statement does not change the database file +** directly, sqlite3_stmt_readonly() would still return true.)^ +** +** ^Transaction control statements such as [BEGIN], [COMMIT], [ROLLBACK], +** [SAVEPOINT], and [RELEASE] cause sqlite3_stmt_readonly() to return true, +** since the statements themselves do not actually modify the database but +** rather they control the timing of when other statements modify the +** database. ^The [ATTACH] and [DETACH] statements also cause +** sqlite3_stmt_readonly() to return true since, while those statements +** change the configuration of a database connection, they do not make +** changes to the content of the database files on disk. +** ^The sqlite3_stmt_readonly() interface returns true for [BEGIN] since +** [BEGIN] merely sets internal flags, but the [BEGIN|BEGIN IMMEDIATE] and +** [BEGIN|BEGIN EXCLUSIVE] commands do touch the database and so +** sqlite3_stmt_readonly() returns false for those commands. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_readonly(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Query The EXPLAIN Setting For A Prepared Statement +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt +** +** ^The sqlite3_stmt_isexplain(S) interface returns 1 if the +** prepared statement S is an EXPLAIN statement, or 2 if the +** statement S is an EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN. +** ^The sqlite3_stmt_isexplain(S) interface returns 0 if S is +** an ordinary statement or a NULL pointer. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_isexplain(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Determine If A Prepared Statement Has Been Reset +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt +** +** ^The sqlite3_stmt_busy(S) interface returns true (non-zero) if the +** [prepared statement] S has been stepped at least once using +** [sqlite3_step(S)] but has neither run to completion (returned +** [SQLITE_DONE] from [sqlite3_step(S)]) nor +** been reset using [sqlite3_reset(S)]. ^The sqlite3_stmt_busy(S) +** interface returns false if S is a NULL pointer. If S is not a +** NULL pointer and is not a pointer to a valid [prepared statement] +** object, then the behavior is undefined and probably undesirable. +** +** This interface can be used in combination [sqlite3_next_stmt()] +** to locate all prepared statements associated with a database +** connection that are in need of being reset. This can be used, +** for example, in diagnostic routines to search for prepared +** statements that are holding a transaction open. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_busy(sqlite3_stmt*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Dynamically Typed Value Object +** KEYWORDS: {protected sqlite3_value} {unprotected sqlite3_value} +** +** SQLite uses the sqlite3_value object to represent all values +** that can be stored in a database table. SQLite uses dynamic typing +** for the values it stores. ^Values stored in sqlite3_value objects +** can be integers, floating point values, strings, BLOBs, or NULL. +** +** An sqlite3_value object may be either "protected" or "unprotected". +** Some interfaces require a protected sqlite3_value. Other interfaces +** will accept either a protected or an unprotected sqlite3_value. +** Every interface that accepts sqlite3_value arguments specifies +** whether or not it requires a protected sqlite3_value. The +** [sqlite3_value_dup()] interface can be used to construct a new +** protected sqlite3_value from an unprotected sqlite3_value. +** +** The terms "protected" and "unprotected" refer to whether or not +** a mutex is held. An internal mutex is held for a protected +** sqlite3_value object but no mutex is held for an unprotected +** sqlite3_value object. If SQLite is compiled to be single-threaded +** (with [SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] and with [sqlite3_threadsafe()] returning 0) +** or if SQLite is run in one of reduced mutex modes +** [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD] +** then there is no distinction between protected and unprotected +** sqlite3_value objects and they can be used interchangeably. However, +** for maximum code portability it is recommended that applications +** still make the distinction between protected and unprotected +** sqlite3_value objects even when not strictly required. +** +** ^The sqlite3_value objects that are passed as parameters into the +** implementation of [application-defined SQL functions] are protected. +** ^The sqlite3_value object returned by +** [sqlite3_column_value()] is unprotected. +** Unprotected sqlite3_value objects may only be used as arguments +** to [sqlite3_result_value()], [sqlite3_bind_value()], and +** [sqlite3_value_dup()]. +** The [sqlite3_value_blob | sqlite3_value_type()] family of +** interfaces require protected sqlite3_value objects. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_value sqlite3_value; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: SQL Function Context Object +** +** The context in which an SQL function executes is stored in an +** sqlite3_context object. ^A pointer to an sqlite3_context object +** is always first parameter to [application-defined SQL functions]. +** The application-defined SQL function implementation will pass this +** pointer through into calls to [sqlite3_result_int | sqlite3_result()], +** [sqlite3_aggregate_context()], [sqlite3_user_data()], +** [sqlite3_context_db_handle()], [sqlite3_get_auxdata()], +** and/or [sqlite3_set_auxdata()]. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_context sqlite3_context; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Binding Values To Prepared Statements +** KEYWORDS: {host parameter} {host parameters} {host parameter name} +** KEYWORDS: {SQL parameter} {SQL parameters} {parameter binding} +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt +** +** ^(In the SQL statement text input to [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and its variants, +** literals may be replaced by a [parameter] that matches one of following +** templates: +** +** <ul> +** <li> ? +** <li> ?NNN +** <li> :VVV +** <li> @VVV +** <li> $VVV +** </ul> +** +** In the templates above, NNN represents an integer literal, +** and VVV represents an alphanumeric identifier.)^ ^The values of these +** parameters (also called "host parameter names" or "SQL parameters") +** can be set using the sqlite3_bind_*() routines defined here. +** +** ^The first argument to the sqlite3_bind_*() routines is always +** a pointer to the [sqlite3_stmt] object returned from +** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or its variants. +** +** ^The second argument is the index of the SQL parameter to be set. +** ^The leftmost SQL parameter has an index of 1. ^When the same named +** SQL parameter is used more than once, second and subsequent +** occurrences have the same index as the first occurrence. +** ^The index for named parameters can be looked up using the +** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()] API if desired. ^The index +** for "?NNN" parameters is the value of NNN. +** ^The NNN value must be between 1 and the [sqlite3_limit()] +** parameter [SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] (default value: 32766). +** +** ^The third argument is the value to bind to the parameter. +** ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_bind_text() or sqlite3_bind_text16() +** or sqlite3_bind_blob() is a NULL pointer then the fourth parameter +** is ignored and the end result is the same as sqlite3_bind_null(). +** ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_bind_text() is not NULL, then +** it should be a pointer to well-formed UTF8 text. +** ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_bind_text16() is not NULL, then +** it should be a pointer to well-formed UTF16 text. +** ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_bind_text64() is not NULL, then +** it should be a pointer to a well-formed unicode string that is +** either UTF8 if the sixth parameter is SQLITE_UTF8, or UTF16 +** otherwise. +** +** [[byte-order determination rules]] ^The byte-order of +** UTF16 input text is determined by the byte-order mark (BOM, U+FEFF) +** found in first character, which is removed, or in the absence of a BOM +** the byte order is the native byte order of the host +** machine for sqlite3_bind_text16() or the byte order specified in +** the 6th parameter for sqlite3_bind_text64().)^ +** ^If UTF16 input text contains invalid unicode +** characters, then SQLite might change those invalid characters +** into the unicode replacement character: U+FFFD. +** +** ^(In those routines that have a fourth argument, its value is the +** number of bytes in the parameter. To be clear: the value is the +** number of <u>bytes</u> in the value, not the number of characters.)^ +** ^If the fourth parameter to sqlite3_bind_text() or sqlite3_bind_text16() +** is negative, then the length of the string is +** the number of bytes up to the first zero terminator. +** If the fourth parameter to sqlite3_bind_blob() is negative, then +** the behavior is undefined. +** If a non-negative fourth parameter is provided to sqlite3_bind_text() +** or sqlite3_bind_text16() or sqlite3_bind_text64() then +** that parameter must be the byte offset +** where the NUL terminator would occur assuming the string were NUL +** terminated. If any NUL characters occurs at byte offsets less than +** the value of the fourth parameter then the resulting string value will +** contain embedded NULs. The result of expressions involving strings +** with embedded NULs is undefined. +** +** ^The fifth argument to the BLOB and string binding interfaces +** is a destructor used to dispose of the BLOB or +** string after SQLite has finished with it. ^The destructor is called +** to dispose of the BLOB or string even if the call to the bind API fails, +** except the destructor is not called if the third parameter is a NULL +** pointer or the fourth parameter is negative. +** ^If the fifth argument is +** the special value [SQLITE_STATIC], then SQLite assumes that the +** information is in static, unmanaged space and does not need to be freed. +** ^If the fifth argument has the value [SQLITE_TRANSIENT], then +** SQLite makes its own private copy of the data immediately, before +** the sqlite3_bind_*() routine returns. +** +** ^The sixth argument to sqlite3_bind_text64() must be one of +** [SQLITE_UTF8], [SQLITE_UTF16], [SQLITE_UTF16BE], or [SQLITE_UTF16LE] +** to specify the encoding of the text in the third parameter. If +** the sixth argument to sqlite3_bind_text64() is not one of the +** allowed values shown above, or if the text encoding is different +** from the encoding specified by the sixth parameter, then the behavior +** is undefined. +** +** ^The sqlite3_bind_zeroblob() routine binds a BLOB of length N that +** is filled with zeroes. ^A zeroblob uses a fixed amount of memory +** (just an integer to hold its size) while it is being processed. +** Zeroblobs are intended to serve as placeholders for BLOBs whose +** content is later written using +** [sqlite3_blob_open | incremental BLOB I/O] routines. +** ^A negative value for the zeroblob results in a zero-length BLOB. +** +** ^The sqlite3_bind_pointer(S,I,P,T,D) routine causes the I-th parameter in +** [prepared statement] S to have an SQL value of NULL, but to also be +** associated with the pointer P of type T. ^D is either a NULL pointer or +** a pointer to a destructor function for P. ^SQLite will invoke the +** destructor D with a single argument of P when it is finished using +** P. The T parameter should be a static string, preferably a string +** literal. The sqlite3_bind_pointer() routine is part of the +** [pointer passing interface] added for SQLite 3.20.0. +** +** ^If any of the sqlite3_bind_*() routines are called with a NULL pointer +** for the [prepared statement] or with a prepared statement for which +** [sqlite3_step()] has been called more recently than [sqlite3_reset()], +** then the call will return [SQLITE_MISUSE]. If any sqlite3_bind_() +** routine is passed a [prepared statement] that has been finalized, the +** result is undefined and probably harmful. +** +** ^Bindings are not cleared by the [sqlite3_reset()] routine. +** ^Unbound parameters are interpreted as NULL. +** +** ^The sqlite3_bind_* routines return [SQLITE_OK] on success or an +** [error code] if anything goes wrong. +** ^[SQLITE_TOOBIG] might be returned if the size of a string or BLOB +** exceeds limits imposed by [sqlite3_limit]([SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]) or +** [SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH]. +** ^[SQLITE_RANGE] is returned if the parameter +** index is out of range. ^[SQLITE_NOMEM] is returned if malloc() fails. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()], +** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()], and [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_blob(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, int n, void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_blob64(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, sqlite3_uint64, + void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_double(sqlite3_stmt*, int, double); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int(sqlite3_stmt*, int, int); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int64(sqlite3_stmt*, int, sqlite3_int64); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_null(sqlite3_stmt*, int); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const char*,int,void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text16(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, int, void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text64(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const char*, sqlite3_uint64, + void(*)(void*), unsigned char encoding); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_value(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_pointer(sqlite3_stmt*, int, void*, const char*,void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(sqlite3_stmt*, int, int n); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_zeroblob64(sqlite3_stmt*, int, sqlite3_uint64); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Number Of SQL Parameters +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt +** +** ^This routine can be used to find the number of [SQL parameters] +** in a [prepared statement]. SQL parameters are tokens of the +** form "?", "?NNN", ":AAA", "$AAA", or "@AAA" that serve as +** placeholders for values that are [sqlite3_bind_blob | bound] +** to the parameters at a later time. +** +** ^(This routine actually returns the index of the largest (rightmost) +** parameter. For all forms except ?NNN, this will correspond to the +** number of unique parameters. If parameters of the ?NNN form are used, +** there may be gaps in the list.)^ +** +** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()], +** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()], and +** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(sqlite3_stmt*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Name Of A Host Parameter +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt +** +** ^The sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(P,N) interface returns +** the name of the N-th [SQL parameter] in the [prepared statement] P. +** ^(SQL parameters of the form "?NNN" or ":AAA" or "@AAA" or "$AAA" +** have a name which is the string "?NNN" or ":AAA" or "@AAA" or "$AAA" +** respectively. +** In other words, the initial ":" or "$" or "@" or "?" +** is included as part of the name.)^ +** ^Parameters of the form "?" without a following integer have no name +** and are referred to as "nameless" or "anonymous parameters". +** +** ^The first host parameter has an index of 1, not 0. +** +** ^If the value N is out of range or if the N-th parameter is +** nameless, then NULL is returned. ^The returned string is +** always in UTF-8 encoding even if the named parameter was +** originally specified as UTF-16 in [sqlite3_prepare16()], +** [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()], or [sqlite3_prepare16_v3()]. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()], +** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()], and +** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(sqlite3_stmt*, int); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Index Of A Parameter With A Given Name +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt +** +** ^Return the index of an SQL parameter given its name. ^The +** index value returned is suitable for use as the second +** parameter to [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()]. ^A zero +** is returned if no matching parameter is found. ^The parameter +** name must be given in UTF-8 even if the original statement +** was prepared from UTF-16 text using [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] or +** [sqlite3_prepare16_v3()]. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()], +** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()], and +** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_index(sqlite3_stmt*, const char *zName); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Reset All Bindings On A Prepared Statement +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt +** +** ^Contrary to the intuition of many, [sqlite3_reset()] does not reset +** the [sqlite3_bind_blob | bindings] on a [prepared statement]. +** ^Use this routine to reset all host parameters to NULL. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_clear_bindings(sqlite3_stmt*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Number Of Columns In A Result Set +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt +** +** ^Return the number of columns in the result set returned by the +** [prepared statement]. ^If this routine returns 0, that means the +** [prepared statement] returns no data (for example an [UPDATE]). +** ^However, just because this routine returns a positive number does not +** mean that one or more rows of data will be returned. ^A SELECT statement +** will always have a positive sqlite3_column_count() but depending on the +** WHERE clause constraints and the table content, it might return no rows. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_data_count()] +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Column Names In A Result Set +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt +** +** ^These routines return the name assigned to a particular column +** in the result set of a [SELECT] statement. ^The sqlite3_column_name() +** interface returns a pointer to a zero-terminated UTF-8 string +** and sqlite3_column_name16() returns a pointer to a zero-terminated +** UTF-16 string. ^The first parameter is the [prepared statement] +** that implements the [SELECT] statement. ^The second parameter is the +** column number. ^The leftmost column is number 0. +** +** ^The returned string pointer is valid until either the [prepared statement] +** is destroyed by [sqlite3_finalize()] or until the statement is automatically +** reprepared by the first call to [sqlite3_step()] for a particular run +** or until the next call to +** sqlite3_column_name() or sqlite3_column_name16() on the same column. +** +** ^If sqlite3_malloc() fails during the processing of either routine +** (for example during a conversion from UTF-8 to UTF-16) then a +** NULL pointer is returned. +** +** ^The name of a result column is the value of the "AS" clause for +** that column, if there is an AS clause. If there is no AS clause +** then the name of the column is unspecified and may change from +** one release of SQLite to the next. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_name(sqlite3_stmt*, int N); +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_name16(sqlite3_stmt*, int N); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Source Of Data In A Query Result +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt +** +** ^These routines provide a means to determine the database, table, and +** table column that is the origin of a particular result column in +** [SELECT] statement. +** ^The name of the database or table or column can be returned as +** either a UTF-8 or UTF-16 string. ^The _database_ routines return +** the database name, the _table_ routines return the table name, and +** the origin_ routines return the column name. +** ^The returned string is valid until the [prepared statement] is destroyed +** using [sqlite3_finalize()] or until the statement is automatically +** reprepared by the first call to [sqlite3_step()] for a particular run +** or until the same information is requested +** again in a different encoding. +** +** ^The names returned are the original un-aliased names of the +** database, table, and column. +** +** ^The first argument to these interfaces is a [prepared statement]. +** ^These functions return information about the Nth result column returned by +** the statement, where N is the second function argument. +** ^The left-most column is column 0 for these routines. +** +** ^If the Nth column returned by the statement is an expression or +** subquery and is not a column value, then all of these functions return +** NULL. ^These routines might also return NULL if a memory allocation error +** occurs. ^Otherwise, they return the name of the attached database, table, +** or column that query result column was extracted from. +** +** ^As with all other SQLite APIs, those whose names end with "16" return +** UTF-16 encoded strings and the other functions return UTF-8. +** +** ^These APIs are only available if the library was compiled with the +** [SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA] C-preprocessor symbol. +** +** If two or more threads call one or more +** [sqlite3_column_database_name | column metadata interfaces] +** for the same [prepared statement] and result column +** at the same time then the results are undefined. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_database_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int); +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_database_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int); +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_table_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int); +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_table_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int); +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_origin_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int); +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_origin_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Declared Datatype Of A Query Result +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt +** +** ^(The first parameter is a [prepared statement]. +** If this statement is a [SELECT] statement and the Nth column of the +** returned result set of that [SELECT] is a table column (not an +** expression or subquery) then the declared type of the table +** column is returned.)^ ^If the Nth column of the result set is an +** expression or subquery, then a NULL pointer is returned. +** ^The returned string is always UTF-8 encoded. +** +** ^(For example, given the database schema: +** +** CREATE TABLE t1(c1 VARIANT); +** +** and the following statement to be compiled: +** +** SELECT c1 + 1, c1 FROM t1; +** +** this routine would return the string "VARIANT" for the second result +** column (i==1), and a NULL pointer for the first result column (i==0).)^ +** +** ^SQLite uses dynamic run-time typing. ^So just because a column +** is declared to contain a particular type does not mean that the +** data stored in that column is of the declared type. SQLite is +** strongly typed, but the typing is dynamic not static. ^Type +** is associated with individual values, not with the containers +** used to hold those values. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_decltype(sqlite3_stmt*,int); +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_decltype16(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Evaluate An SQL Statement +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt +** +** After a [prepared statement] has been prepared using any of +** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_prepare_v3()], [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()], +** or [sqlite3_prepare16_v3()] or one of the legacy +** interfaces [sqlite3_prepare()] or [sqlite3_prepare16()], this function +** must be called one or more times to evaluate the statement. +** +** The details of the behavior of the sqlite3_step() interface depend +** on whether the statement was prepared using the newer "vX" interfaces +** [sqlite3_prepare_v3()], [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_prepare16_v3()], +** [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] or the older legacy +** interfaces [sqlite3_prepare()] and [sqlite3_prepare16()]. The use of the +** new "vX" interface is recommended for new applications but the legacy +** interface will continue to be supported. +** +** ^In the legacy interface, the return value will be either [SQLITE_BUSY], +** [SQLITE_DONE], [SQLITE_ROW], [SQLITE_ERROR], or [SQLITE_MISUSE]. +** ^With the "v2" interface, any of the other [result codes] or +** [extended result codes] might be returned as well. +** +** ^[SQLITE_BUSY] means that the database engine was unable to acquire the +** database locks it needs to do its job. ^If the statement is a [COMMIT] +** or occurs outside of an explicit transaction, then you can retry the +** statement. If the statement is not a [COMMIT] and occurs within an +** explicit transaction then you should rollback the transaction before +** continuing. +** +** ^[SQLITE_DONE] means that the statement has finished executing +** successfully. sqlite3_step() should not be called again on this virtual +** machine without first calling [sqlite3_reset()] to reset the virtual +** machine back to its initial state. +** +** ^If the SQL statement being executed returns any data, then [SQLITE_ROW] +** is returned each time a new row of data is ready for processing by the +** caller. The values may be accessed using the [column access functions]. +** sqlite3_step() is called again to retrieve the next row of data. +** +** ^[SQLITE_ERROR] means that a run-time error (such as a constraint +** violation) has occurred. sqlite3_step() should not be called again on +** the VM. More information may be found by calling [sqlite3_errmsg()]. +** ^With the legacy interface, a more specific error code (for example, +** [SQLITE_INTERRUPT], [SQLITE_SCHEMA], [SQLITE_CORRUPT], and so forth) +** can be obtained by calling [sqlite3_reset()] on the +** [prepared statement]. ^In the "v2" interface, +** the more specific error code is returned directly by sqlite3_step(). +** +** [SQLITE_MISUSE] means that the this routine was called inappropriately. +** Perhaps it was called on a [prepared statement] that has +** already been [sqlite3_finalize | finalized] or on one that had +** previously returned [SQLITE_ERROR] or [SQLITE_DONE]. Or it could +** be the case that the same database connection is being used by two or +** more threads at the same moment in time. +** +** For all versions of SQLite up to and including 3.6.23.1, a call to +** [sqlite3_reset()] was required after sqlite3_step() returned anything +** other than [SQLITE_ROW] before any subsequent invocation of +** sqlite3_step(). Failure to reset the prepared statement using +** [sqlite3_reset()] would result in an [SQLITE_MISUSE] return from +** sqlite3_step(). But after [version 3.6.23.1] ([dateof:3.6.23.1], +** sqlite3_step() began +** calling [sqlite3_reset()] automatically in this circumstance rather +** than returning [SQLITE_MISUSE]. This is not considered a compatibility +** break because any application that ever receives an SQLITE_MISUSE error +** is broken by definition. The [SQLITE_OMIT_AUTORESET] compile-time option +** can be used to restore the legacy behavior. +** +** <b>Goofy Interface Alert:</b> In the legacy interface, the sqlite3_step() +** API always returns a generic error code, [SQLITE_ERROR], following any +** error other than [SQLITE_BUSY] and [SQLITE_MISUSE]. You must call +** [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()] in order to find one of the +** specific [error codes] that better describes the error. +** We admit that this is a goofy design. The problem has been fixed +** with the "v2" interface. If you prepare all of your SQL statements +** using [sqlite3_prepare_v3()] or [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] +** or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v3()] instead +** of the legacy [sqlite3_prepare()] and [sqlite3_prepare16()] interfaces, +** then the more specific [error codes] are returned directly +** by sqlite3_step(). The use of the "vX" interfaces is recommended. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_step(sqlite3_stmt*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Number of columns in a result set +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt +** +** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) interface returns the number of columns in the +** current row of the result set of [prepared statement] P. +** ^If prepared statement P does not have results ready to return +** (via calls to the [sqlite3_column_int | sqlite3_column()] family of +** interfaces) then sqlite3_data_count(P) returns 0. +** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) routine also returns 0 if P is a NULL pointer. +** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) routine returns 0 if the previous call to +** [sqlite3_step](P) returned [SQLITE_DONE]. ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) +** will return non-zero if previous call to [sqlite3_step](P) returned +** [SQLITE_ROW], except in the case of the [PRAGMA incremental_vacuum] +** where it always returns zero since each step of that multi-step +** pragma returns 0 columns of data. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_column_count()] +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Fundamental Datatypes +** KEYWORDS: SQLITE_TEXT +** +** ^(Every value in SQLite has one of five fundamental datatypes: +** +** <ul> +** <li> 64-bit signed integer +** <li> 64-bit IEEE floating point number +** <li> string +** <li> BLOB +** <li> NULL +** </ul>)^ +** +** These constants are codes for each of those types. +** +** Note that the SQLITE_TEXT constant was also used in SQLite version 2 +** for a completely different meaning. Software that links against both +** SQLite version 2 and SQLite version 3 should use SQLITE3_TEXT, not +** SQLITE_TEXT. +*/ +#define SQLITE_INTEGER 1 +#define SQLITE_FLOAT 2 +#define SQLITE_BLOB 4 +#define SQLITE_NULL 5 +#ifdef SQLITE_TEXT +# undef SQLITE_TEXT +#else +# define SQLITE_TEXT 3 +#endif +#define SQLITE3_TEXT 3 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Result Values From A Query +** KEYWORDS: {column access functions} +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt +** +** <b>Summary:</b> +** <blockquote><table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0> +** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_column_blob</b><td>→<td>BLOB result +** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_column_double</b><td>→<td>REAL result +** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_column_int</b><td>→<td>32-bit INTEGER result +** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_column_int64</b><td>→<td>64-bit INTEGER result +** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_column_text</b><td>→<td>UTF-8 TEXT result +** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_column_text16</b><td>→<td>UTF-16 TEXT result +** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_column_value</b><td>→<td>The result as an +** [sqlite3_value|unprotected sqlite3_value] object. +** <tr><td> <td> <td>  +** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_column_bytes</b><td>→<td>Size of a BLOB +** or a UTF-8 TEXT result in bytes +** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_column_bytes16  </b> +** <td>→  <td>Size of UTF-16 +** TEXT in bytes +** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_column_type</b><td>→<td>Default +** datatype of the result +** </table></blockquote> +** +** <b>Details:</b> +** +** ^These routines return information about a single column of the current +** result row of a query. ^In every case the first argument is a pointer +** to the [prepared statement] that is being evaluated (the [sqlite3_stmt*] +** that was returned from [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or one of its variants) +** and the second argument is the index of the column for which information +** should be returned. ^The leftmost column of the result set has the index 0. +** ^The number of columns in the result can be determined using +** [sqlite3_column_count()]. +** +** If the SQL statement does not currently point to a valid row, or if the +** column index is out of range, the result is undefined. +** These routines may only be called when the most recent call to +** [sqlite3_step()] has returned [SQLITE_ROW] and neither +** [sqlite3_reset()] nor [sqlite3_finalize()] have been called subsequently. +** If any of these routines are called after [sqlite3_reset()] or +** [sqlite3_finalize()] or after [sqlite3_step()] has returned +** something other than [SQLITE_ROW], the results are undefined. +** If [sqlite3_step()] or [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()] +** are called from a different thread while any of these routines +** are pending, then the results are undefined. +** +** The first six interfaces (_blob, _double, _int, _int64, _text, and _text16) +** each return the value of a result column in a specific data format. If +** the result column is not initially in the requested format (for example, +** if the query returns an integer but the sqlite3_column_text() interface +** is used to extract the value) then an automatic type conversion is performed. +** +** ^The sqlite3_column_type() routine returns the +** [SQLITE_INTEGER | datatype code] for the initial data type +** of the result column. ^The returned value is one of [SQLITE_INTEGER], +** [SQLITE_FLOAT], [SQLITE_TEXT], [SQLITE_BLOB], or [SQLITE_NULL]. +** The return value of sqlite3_column_type() can be used to decide which +** of the first six interface should be used to extract the column value. +** The value returned by sqlite3_column_type() is only meaningful if no +** automatic type conversions have occurred for the value in question. +** After a type conversion, the result of calling sqlite3_column_type() +** is undefined, though harmless. Future +** versions of SQLite may change the behavior of sqlite3_column_type() +** following a type conversion. +** +** If the result is a BLOB or a TEXT string, then the sqlite3_column_bytes() +** or sqlite3_column_bytes16() interfaces can be used to determine the size +** of that BLOB or string. +** +** ^If the result is a BLOB or UTF-8 string then the sqlite3_column_bytes() +** routine returns the number of bytes in that BLOB or string. +** ^If the result is a UTF-16 string, then sqlite3_column_bytes() converts +** the string to UTF-8 and then returns the number of bytes. +** ^If the result is a numeric value then sqlite3_column_bytes() uses +** [sqlite3_snprintf()] to convert that value to a UTF-8 string and returns +** the number of bytes in that string. +** ^If the result is NULL, then sqlite3_column_bytes() returns zero. +** +** ^If the result is a BLOB or UTF-16 string then the sqlite3_column_bytes16() +** routine returns the number of bytes in that BLOB or string. +** ^If the result is a UTF-8 string, then sqlite3_column_bytes16() converts +** the string to UTF-16 and then returns the number of bytes. +** ^If the result is a numeric value then sqlite3_column_bytes16() uses +** [sqlite3_snprintf()] to convert that value to a UTF-16 string and returns +** the number of bytes in that string. +** ^If the result is NULL, then sqlite3_column_bytes16() returns zero. +** +** ^The values returned by [sqlite3_column_bytes()] and +** [sqlite3_column_bytes16()] do not include the zero terminators at the end +** of the string. ^For clarity: the values returned by +** [sqlite3_column_bytes()] and [sqlite3_column_bytes16()] are the number of +** bytes in the string, not the number of characters. +** +** ^Strings returned by sqlite3_column_text() and sqlite3_column_text16(), +** even empty strings, are always zero-terminated. ^The return +** value from sqlite3_column_blob() for a zero-length BLOB is a NULL pointer. +** +** <b>Warning:</b> ^The object returned by [sqlite3_column_value()] is an +** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object. In a multithreaded environment, +** an unprotected sqlite3_value object may only be used safely with +** [sqlite3_bind_value()] and [sqlite3_result_value()]. +** If the [unprotected sqlite3_value] object returned by +** [sqlite3_column_value()] is used in any other way, including calls +** to routines like [sqlite3_value_int()], [sqlite3_value_text()], +** or [sqlite3_value_bytes()], the behavior is not threadsafe. +** Hence, the sqlite3_column_value() interface +** is normally only useful within the implementation of +** [application-defined SQL functions] or [virtual tables], not within +** top-level application code. +** +** The these routines may attempt to convert the datatype of the result. +** ^For example, if the internal representation is FLOAT and a text result +** is requested, [sqlite3_snprintf()] is used internally to perform the +** conversion automatically. ^(The following table details the conversions +** that are applied: +** +** <blockquote> +** <table border="1"> +** <tr><th> Internal<br>Type <th> Requested<br>Type <th> Conversion +** +** <tr><td> NULL <td> INTEGER <td> Result is 0 +** <tr><td> NULL <td> FLOAT <td> Result is 0.0 +** <tr><td> NULL <td> TEXT <td> Result is a NULL pointer +** <tr><td> NULL <td> BLOB <td> Result is a NULL pointer +** <tr><td> INTEGER <td> FLOAT <td> Convert from integer to float +** <tr><td> INTEGER <td> TEXT <td> ASCII rendering of the integer +** <tr><td> INTEGER <td> BLOB <td> Same as INTEGER->TEXT +** <tr><td> FLOAT <td> INTEGER <td> [CAST] to INTEGER +** <tr><td> FLOAT <td> TEXT <td> ASCII rendering of the float +** <tr><td> FLOAT <td> BLOB <td> [CAST] to BLOB +** <tr><td> TEXT <td> INTEGER <td> [CAST] to INTEGER +** <tr><td> TEXT <td> FLOAT <td> [CAST] to REAL +** <tr><td> TEXT <td> BLOB <td> No change +** <tr><td> BLOB <td> INTEGER <td> [CAST] to INTEGER +** <tr><td> BLOB <td> FLOAT <td> [CAST] to REAL +** <tr><td> BLOB <td> TEXT <td> Add a zero terminator if needed +** </table> +** </blockquote>)^ +** +** Note that when type conversions occur, pointers returned by prior +** calls to sqlite3_column_blob(), sqlite3_column_text(), and/or +** sqlite3_column_text16() may be invalidated. +** Type conversions and pointer invalidations might occur +** in the following cases: +** +** <ul> +** <li> The initial content is a BLOB and sqlite3_column_text() or +** sqlite3_column_text16() is called. A zero-terminator might +** need to be added to the string.</li> +** <li> The initial content is UTF-8 text and sqlite3_column_bytes16() or +** sqlite3_column_text16() is called. The content must be converted +** to UTF-16.</li> +** <li> The initial content is UTF-16 text and sqlite3_column_bytes() or +** sqlite3_column_text() is called. The content must be converted +** to UTF-8.</li> +** </ul> +** +** ^Conversions between UTF-16be and UTF-16le are always done in place and do +** not invalidate a prior pointer, though of course the content of the buffer +** that the prior pointer references will have been modified. Other kinds +** of conversion are done in place when it is possible, but sometimes they +** are not possible and in those cases prior pointers are invalidated. +** +** The safest policy is to invoke these routines +** in one of the following ways: +** +** <ul> +** <li>sqlite3_column_text() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes()</li> +** <li>sqlite3_column_blob() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes()</li> +** <li>sqlite3_column_text16() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes16()</li> +** </ul> +** +** In other words, you should call sqlite3_column_text(), +** sqlite3_column_blob(), or sqlite3_column_text16() first to force the result +** into the desired format, then invoke sqlite3_column_bytes() or +** sqlite3_column_bytes16() to find the size of the result. Do not mix calls +** to sqlite3_column_text() or sqlite3_column_blob() with calls to +** sqlite3_column_bytes16(), and do not mix calls to sqlite3_column_text16() +** with calls to sqlite3_column_bytes(). +** +** ^The pointers returned are valid until a type conversion occurs as +** described above, or until [sqlite3_step()] or [sqlite3_reset()] or +** [sqlite3_finalize()] is called. ^The memory space used to hold strings +** and BLOBs is freed automatically. Do not pass the pointers returned +** from [sqlite3_column_blob()], [sqlite3_column_text()], etc. into +** [sqlite3_free()]. +** +** As long as the input parameters are correct, these routines will only +** fail if an out-of-memory error occurs during a format conversion. +** Only the following subset of interfaces are subject to out-of-memory +** errors: +** +** <ul> +** <li> sqlite3_column_blob() +** <li> sqlite3_column_text() +** <li> sqlite3_column_text16() +** <li> sqlite3_column_bytes() +** <li> sqlite3_column_bytes16() +** </ul> +** +** If an out-of-memory error occurs, then the return value from these +** routines is the same as if the column had contained an SQL NULL value. +** Valid SQL NULL returns can be distinguished from out-of-memory errors +** by invoking the [sqlite3_errcode()] immediately after the suspect +** return value is obtained and before any +** other SQLite interface is called on the same [database connection]. +*/ +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_blob(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +SQLITE_API double sqlite3_column_double(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_int(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_column_int64(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +SQLITE_API const unsigned char *sqlite3_column_text(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_text16(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +SQLITE_API sqlite3_value *sqlite3_column_value(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_bytes(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_bytes16(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_type(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Destroy A Prepared Statement Object +** DESTRUCTOR: sqlite3_stmt +** +** ^The sqlite3_finalize() function is called to delete a [prepared statement]. +** ^If the most recent evaluation of the statement encountered no errors +** or if the statement is never been evaluated, then sqlite3_finalize() returns +** SQLITE_OK. ^If the most recent evaluation of statement S failed, then +** sqlite3_finalize(S) returns the appropriate [error code] or +** [extended error code]. +** +** ^The sqlite3_finalize(S) routine can be called at any point during +** the life cycle of [prepared statement] S: +** before statement S is ever evaluated, after +** one or more calls to [sqlite3_reset()], or after any call +** to [sqlite3_step()] regardless of whether or not the statement has +** completed execution. +** +** ^Invoking sqlite3_finalize() on a NULL pointer is a harmless no-op. +** +** The application must finalize every [prepared statement] in order to avoid +** resource leaks. It is a grievous error for the application to try to use +** a prepared statement after it has been finalized. Any use of a prepared +** statement after it has been finalized can result in undefined and +** undesirable behavior such as segfaults and heap corruption. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_finalize(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Reset A Prepared Statement Object +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt +** +** The sqlite3_reset() function is called to reset a [prepared statement] +** object back to its initial state, ready to be re-executed. +** ^Any SQL statement variables that had values bound to them using +** the [sqlite3_bind_blob | sqlite3_bind_*() API] retain their values. +** Use [sqlite3_clear_bindings()] to reset the bindings. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_reset(S)] interface resets the [prepared statement] S +** back to the beginning of its program. +** +** ^If the most recent call to [sqlite3_step(S)] for the +** [prepared statement] S returned [SQLITE_ROW] or [SQLITE_DONE], +** or if [sqlite3_step(S)] has never before been called on S, +** then [sqlite3_reset(S)] returns [SQLITE_OK]. +** +** ^If the most recent call to [sqlite3_step(S)] for the +** [prepared statement] S indicated an error, then +** [sqlite3_reset(S)] returns an appropriate [error code]. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_reset(S)] interface does not change the values +** of any [sqlite3_bind_blob|bindings] on the [prepared statement] S. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Create Or Redefine SQL Functions +** KEYWORDS: {function creation routines} +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^These functions (collectively known as "function creation routines") +** are used to add SQL functions or aggregates or to redefine the behavior +** of existing SQL functions or aggregates. The only differences between +** the three "sqlite3_create_function*" routines are the text encoding +** expected for the second parameter (the name of the function being +** created) and the presence or absence of a destructor callback for +** the application data pointer. Function sqlite3_create_window_function() +** is similar, but allows the user to supply the extra callback functions +** needed by [aggregate window functions]. +** +** ^The first parameter is the [database connection] to which the SQL +** function is to be added. ^If an application uses more than one database +** connection then application-defined SQL functions must be added +** to each database connection separately. +** +** ^The second parameter is the name of the SQL function to be created or +** redefined. ^The length of the name is limited to 255 bytes in a UTF-8 +** representation, exclusive of the zero-terminator. ^Note that the name +** length limit is in UTF-8 bytes, not characters nor UTF-16 bytes. +** ^Any attempt to create a function with a longer name +** will result in [SQLITE_MISUSE] being returned. +** +** ^The third parameter (nArg) +** is the number of arguments that the SQL function or +** aggregate takes. ^If this parameter is -1, then the SQL function or +** aggregate may take any number of arguments between 0 and the limit +** set by [sqlite3_limit]([SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG]). If the third +** parameter is less than -1 or greater than 127 then the behavior is +** undefined. +** +** ^The fourth parameter, eTextRep, specifies what +** [SQLITE_UTF8 | text encoding] this SQL function prefers for +** its parameters. The application should set this parameter to +** [SQLITE_UTF16LE] if the function implementation invokes +** [sqlite3_value_text16le()] on an input, or [SQLITE_UTF16BE] if the +** implementation invokes [sqlite3_value_text16be()] on an input, or +** [SQLITE_UTF16] if [sqlite3_value_text16()] is used, or [SQLITE_UTF8] +** otherwise. ^The same SQL function may be registered multiple times using +** different preferred text encodings, with different implementations for +** each encoding. +** ^When multiple implementations of the same function are available, SQLite +** will pick the one that involves the least amount of data conversion. +** +** ^The fourth parameter may optionally be ORed with [SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC] +** to signal that the function will always return the same result given +** the same inputs within a single SQL statement. Most SQL functions are +** deterministic. The built-in [random()] SQL function is an example of a +** function that is not deterministic. The SQLite query planner is able to +** perform additional optimizations on deterministic functions, so use +** of the [SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC] flag is recommended where possible. +** +** ^The fourth parameter may also optionally include the [SQLITE_DIRECTONLY] +** flag, which if present prevents the function from being invoked from +** within VIEWs, TRIGGERs, CHECK constraints, generated column expressions, +** index expressions, or the WHERE clause of partial indexes. +** +** <span style="background-color:#ffff90;"> +** For best security, the [SQLITE_DIRECTONLY] flag is recommended for +** all application-defined SQL functions that do not need to be +** used inside of triggers, view, CHECK constraints, or other elements of +** the database schema. This flags is especially recommended for SQL +** functions that have side effects or reveal internal application state. +** Without this flag, an attacker might be able to modify the schema of +** a database file to include invocations of the function with parameters +** chosen by the attacker, which the application will then execute when +** the database file is opened and read. +** </span> +** +** ^(The fifth parameter is an arbitrary pointer. The implementation of the +** function can gain access to this pointer using [sqlite3_user_data()].)^ +** +** ^The sixth, seventh and eighth parameters passed to the three +** "sqlite3_create_function*" functions, xFunc, xStep and xFinal, are +** pointers to C-language functions that implement the SQL function or +** aggregate. ^A scalar SQL function requires an implementation of the xFunc +** callback only; NULL pointers must be passed as the xStep and xFinal +** parameters. ^An aggregate SQL function requires an implementation of xStep +** and xFinal and NULL pointer must be passed for xFunc. ^To delete an existing +** SQL function or aggregate, pass NULL pointers for all three function +** callbacks. +** +** ^The sixth, seventh, eighth and ninth parameters (xStep, xFinal, xValue +** and xInverse) passed to sqlite3_create_window_function are pointers to +** C-language callbacks that implement the new function. xStep and xFinal +** must both be non-NULL. xValue and xInverse may either both be NULL, in +** which case a regular aggregate function is created, or must both be +** non-NULL, in which case the new function may be used as either an aggregate +** or aggregate window function. More details regarding the implementation +** of aggregate window functions are +** [user-defined window functions|available here]. +** +** ^(If the final parameter to sqlite3_create_function_v2() or +** sqlite3_create_window_function() is not NULL, then it is destructor for +** the application data pointer. The destructor is invoked when the function +** is deleted, either by being overloaded or when the database connection +** closes.)^ ^The destructor is also invoked if the call to +** sqlite3_create_function_v2() fails. ^When the destructor callback is +** invoked, it is passed a single argument which is a copy of the application +** data pointer which was the fifth parameter to sqlite3_create_function_v2(). +** +** ^It is permitted to register multiple implementations of the same +** functions with the same name but with either differing numbers of +** arguments or differing preferred text encodings. ^SQLite will use +** the implementation that most closely matches the way in which the +** SQL function is used. ^A function implementation with a non-negative +** nArg parameter is a better match than a function implementation with +** a negative nArg. ^A function where the preferred text encoding +** matches the database encoding is a better +** match than a function where the encoding is different. +** ^A function where the encoding difference is between UTF16le and UTF16be +** is a closer match than a function where the encoding difference is +** between UTF8 and UTF16. +** +** ^Built-in functions may be overloaded by new application-defined functions. +** +** ^An application-defined function is permitted to call other +** SQLite interfaces. However, such calls must not +** close the database connection nor finalize or reset the prepared +** statement in which the function is running. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function( + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zFunctionName, + int nArg, + int eTextRep, + void *pApp, + void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*) +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function16( + sqlite3 *db, + const void *zFunctionName, + int nArg, + int eTextRep, + void *pApp, + void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*) +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function_v2( + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zFunctionName, + int nArg, + int eTextRep, + void *pApp, + void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*), + void(*xDestroy)(void*) +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_window_function( + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zFunctionName, + int nArg, + int eTextRep, + void *pApp, + void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*), + void (*xValue)(sqlite3_context*), + void (*xInverse)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void(*xDestroy)(void*) +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Text Encodings +** +** These constant define integer codes that represent the various +** text encodings supported by SQLite. +*/ +#define SQLITE_UTF8 1 /* IMP: R-37514-35566 */ +#define SQLITE_UTF16LE 2 /* IMP: R-03371-37637 */ +#define SQLITE_UTF16BE 3 /* IMP: R-51971-34154 */ +#define SQLITE_UTF16 4 /* Use native byte order */ +#define SQLITE_ANY 5 /* Deprecated */ +#define SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED 8 /* sqlite3_create_collation only */ + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Function Flags +** +** These constants may be ORed together with the +** [SQLITE_UTF8 | preferred text encoding] as the fourth argument +** to [sqlite3_create_function()], [sqlite3_create_function16()], or +** [sqlite3_create_function_v2()]. +** +** <dl> +** [[SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC]] <dt>SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC</dt><dd> +** The SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC flag means that the new function always gives +** the same output when the input parameters are the same. +** The [abs|abs() function] is deterministic, for example, but +** [randomblob|randomblob()] is not. Functions must +** be deterministic in order to be used in certain contexts such as +** with the WHERE clause of [partial indexes] or in [generated columns]. +** SQLite might also optimize deterministic functions by factoring them +** out of inner loops. +** </dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_DIRECTONLY]] <dt>SQLITE_DIRECTONLY</dt><dd> +** The SQLITE_DIRECTONLY flag means that the function may only be invoked +** from top-level SQL, and cannot be used in VIEWs or TRIGGERs nor in +** schema structures such as [CHECK constraints], [DEFAULT clauses], +** [expression indexes], [partial indexes], or [generated columns]. +** The SQLITE_DIRECTONLY flags is a security feature which is recommended +** for all [application-defined SQL functions], and especially for functions +** that have side-effects or that could potentially leak sensitive +** information. +** </dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_INNOCUOUS]] <dt>SQLITE_INNOCUOUS</dt><dd> +** The SQLITE_INNOCUOUS flag means that the function is unlikely +** to cause problems even if misused. An innocuous function should have +** no side effects and should not depend on any values other than its +** input parameters. The [abs|abs() function] is an example of an +** innocuous function. +** The [load_extension() SQL function] is not innocuous because of its +** side effects. +** <p> SQLITE_INNOCUOUS is similar to SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC, but is not +** exactly the same. The [random|random() function] is an example of a +** function that is innocuous but not deterministic. +** <p>Some heightened security settings +** ([SQLITE_DBCONFIG_TRUSTED_SCHEMA] and [PRAGMA trusted_schema=OFF]) +** disable the use of SQL functions inside views and triggers and in +** schema structures such as [CHECK constraints], [DEFAULT clauses], +** [expression indexes], [partial indexes], and [generated columns] unless +** the function is tagged with SQLITE_INNOCUOUS. Most built-in functions +** are innocuous. Developers are advised to avoid using the +** SQLITE_INNOCUOUS flag for application-defined functions unless the +** function has been carefully audited and found to be free of potentially +** security-adverse side-effects and information-leaks. +** </dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_SUBTYPE]] <dt>SQLITE_SUBTYPE</dt><dd> +** The SQLITE_SUBTYPE flag indicates to SQLite that a function may call +** [sqlite3_value_subtype()] to inspect the sub-types of its arguments. +** Specifying this flag makes no difference for scalar or aggregate user +** functions. However, if it is not specified for a user-defined window +** function, then any sub-types belonging to arguments passed to the window +** function may be discarded before the window function is called (i.e. +** sqlite3_value_subtype() will always return 0). +** </dd> +** </dl> +*/ +#define SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC 0x000000800 +#define SQLITE_DIRECTONLY 0x000080000 +#define SQLITE_SUBTYPE 0x000100000 +#define SQLITE_INNOCUOUS 0x000200000 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Deprecated Functions +** DEPRECATED +** +** These functions are [deprecated]. In order to maintain +** backwards compatibility with older code, these functions continue +** to be supported. However, new applications should avoid +** the use of these functions. To encourage programmers to avoid +** these functions, we will not explain what they do. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED +SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_aggregate_count(sqlite3_context*); +SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_expired(sqlite3_stmt*); +SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_transfer_bindings(sqlite3_stmt*, sqlite3_stmt*); +SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_global_recover(void); +SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void sqlite3_thread_cleanup(void); +SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_memory_alarm(void(*)(void*,sqlite3_int64,int), + void*,sqlite3_int64); +#endif + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Obtaining SQL Values +** METHOD: sqlite3_value +** +** <b>Summary:</b> +** <blockquote><table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0> +** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_value_blob</b><td>→<td>BLOB value +** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_value_double</b><td>→<td>REAL value +** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_value_int</b><td>→<td>32-bit INTEGER value +** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_value_int64</b><td>→<td>64-bit INTEGER value +** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_value_pointer</b><td>→<td>Pointer value +** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_value_text</b><td>→<td>UTF-8 TEXT value +** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_value_text16</b><td>→<td>UTF-16 TEXT value in +** the native byteorder +** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_value_text16be</b><td>→<td>UTF-16be TEXT value +** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_value_text16le</b><td>→<td>UTF-16le TEXT value +** <tr><td> <td> <td>  +** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_value_bytes</b><td>→<td>Size of a BLOB +** or a UTF-8 TEXT in bytes +** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_value_bytes16  </b> +** <td>→  <td>Size of UTF-16 +** TEXT in bytes +** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_value_type</b><td>→<td>Default +** datatype of the value +** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_value_numeric_type  </b> +** <td>→  <td>Best numeric datatype of the value +** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_value_nochange  </b> +** <td>→  <td>True if the column is unchanged in an UPDATE +** against a virtual table. +** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_value_frombind  </b> +** <td>→  <td>True if value originated from a [bound parameter] +** </table></blockquote> +** +** <b>Details:</b> +** +** These routines extract type, size, and content information from +** [protected sqlite3_value] objects. Protected sqlite3_value objects +** are used to pass parameter information into the functions that +** implement [application-defined SQL functions] and [virtual tables]. +** +** These routines work only with [protected sqlite3_value] objects. +** Any attempt to use these routines on an [unprotected sqlite3_value] +** is not threadsafe. +** +** ^These routines work just like the corresponding [column access functions] +** except that these routines take a single [protected sqlite3_value] object +** pointer instead of a [sqlite3_stmt*] pointer and an integer column number. +** +** ^The sqlite3_value_text16() interface extracts a UTF-16 string +** in the native byte-order of the host machine. ^The +** sqlite3_value_text16be() and sqlite3_value_text16le() interfaces +** extract UTF-16 strings as big-endian and little-endian respectively. +** +** ^If [sqlite3_value] object V was initialized +** using [sqlite3_bind_pointer(S,I,P,X,D)] or [sqlite3_result_pointer(C,P,X,D)] +** and if X and Y are strings that compare equal according to strcmp(X,Y), +** then sqlite3_value_pointer(V,Y) will return the pointer P. ^Otherwise, +** sqlite3_value_pointer(V,Y) returns a NULL. The sqlite3_bind_pointer() +** routine is part of the [pointer passing interface] added for SQLite 3.20.0. +** +** ^(The sqlite3_value_type(V) interface returns the +** [SQLITE_INTEGER | datatype code] for the initial datatype of the +** [sqlite3_value] object V. The returned value is one of [SQLITE_INTEGER], +** [SQLITE_FLOAT], [SQLITE_TEXT], [SQLITE_BLOB], or [SQLITE_NULL].)^ +** Other interfaces might change the datatype for an sqlite3_value object. +** For example, if the datatype is initially SQLITE_INTEGER and +** sqlite3_value_text(V) is called to extract a text value for that +** integer, then subsequent calls to sqlite3_value_type(V) might return +** SQLITE_TEXT. Whether or not a persistent internal datatype conversion +** occurs is undefined and may change from one release of SQLite to the next. +** +** ^(The sqlite3_value_numeric_type() interface attempts to apply +** numeric affinity to the value. This means that an attempt is +** made to convert the value to an integer or floating point. If +** such a conversion is possible without loss of information (in other +** words, if the value is a string that looks like a number) +** then the conversion is performed. Otherwise no conversion occurs. +** The [SQLITE_INTEGER | datatype] after conversion is returned.)^ +** +** ^Within the [xUpdate] method of a [virtual table], the +** sqlite3_value_nochange(X) interface returns true if and only if +** the column corresponding to X is unchanged by the UPDATE operation +** that the xUpdate method call was invoked to implement and if +** and the prior [xColumn] method call that was invoked to extracted +** the value for that column returned without setting a result (probably +** because it queried [sqlite3_vtab_nochange()] and found that the column +** was unchanging). ^Within an [xUpdate] method, any value for which +** sqlite3_value_nochange(X) is true will in all other respects appear +** to be a NULL value. If sqlite3_value_nochange(X) is invoked anywhere other +** than within an [xUpdate] method call for an UPDATE statement, then +** the return value is arbitrary and meaningless. +** +** ^The sqlite3_value_frombind(X) interface returns non-zero if the +** value X originated from one of the [sqlite3_bind_int|sqlite3_bind()] +** interfaces. ^If X comes from an SQL literal value, or a table column, +** or an expression, then sqlite3_value_frombind(X) returns zero. +** +** Please pay particular attention to the fact that the pointer returned +** from [sqlite3_value_blob()], [sqlite3_value_text()], or +** [sqlite3_value_text16()] can be invalidated by a subsequent call to +** [sqlite3_value_bytes()], [sqlite3_value_bytes16()], [sqlite3_value_text()], +** or [sqlite3_value_text16()]. +** +** These routines must be called from the same thread as +** the SQL function that supplied the [sqlite3_value*] parameters. +** +** As long as the input parameter is correct, these routines can only +** fail if an out-of-memory error occurs during a format conversion. +** Only the following subset of interfaces are subject to out-of-memory +** errors: +** +** <ul> +** <li> sqlite3_value_blob() +** <li> sqlite3_value_text() +** <li> sqlite3_value_text16() +** <li> sqlite3_value_text16le() +** <li> sqlite3_value_text16be() +** <li> sqlite3_value_bytes() +** <li> sqlite3_value_bytes16() +** </ul> +** +** If an out-of-memory error occurs, then the return value from these +** routines is the same as if the column had contained an SQL NULL value. +** Valid SQL NULL returns can be distinguished from out-of-memory errors +** by invoking the [sqlite3_errcode()] immediately after the suspect +** return value is obtained and before any +** other SQLite interface is called on the same [database connection]. +*/ +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_blob(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API double sqlite3_value_double(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_int(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_value_int64(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_value_pointer(sqlite3_value*, const char*); +SQLITE_API const unsigned char *sqlite3_value_text(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16le(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16be(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes16(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_type(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_numeric_type(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_nochange(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_frombind(sqlite3_value*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Finding The Subtype Of SQL Values +** METHOD: sqlite3_value +** +** The sqlite3_value_subtype(V) function returns the subtype for +** an [application-defined SQL function] argument V. The subtype +** information can be used to pass a limited amount of context from +** one SQL function to another. Use the [sqlite3_result_subtype()] +** routine to set the subtype for the return value of an SQL function. +*/ +SQLITE_API unsigned int sqlite3_value_subtype(sqlite3_value*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Copy And Free SQL Values +** METHOD: sqlite3_value +** +** ^The sqlite3_value_dup(V) interface makes a copy of the [sqlite3_value] +** object D and returns a pointer to that copy. ^The [sqlite3_value] returned +** is a [protected sqlite3_value] object even if the input is not. +** ^The sqlite3_value_dup(V) interface returns NULL if V is NULL or if a +** memory allocation fails. +** +** ^The sqlite3_value_free(V) interface frees an [sqlite3_value] object +** previously obtained from [sqlite3_value_dup()]. ^If V is a NULL pointer +** then sqlite3_value_free(V) is a harmless no-op. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_value *sqlite3_value_dup(const sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_value_free(sqlite3_value*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Obtain Aggregate Function Context +** METHOD: sqlite3_context +** +** Implementations of aggregate SQL functions use this +** routine to allocate memory for storing their state. +** +** ^The first time the sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine is called +** for a particular aggregate function, SQLite allocates +** N bytes of memory, zeroes out that memory, and returns a pointer +** to the new memory. ^On second and subsequent calls to +** sqlite3_aggregate_context() for the same aggregate function instance, +** the same buffer is returned. Sqlite3_aggregate_context() is normally +** called once for each invocation of the xStep callback and then one +** last time when the xFinal callback is invoked. ^(When no rows match +** an aggregate query, the xStep() callback of the aggregate function +** implementation is never called and xFinal() is called exactly once. +** In those cases, sqlite3_aggregate_context() might be called for the +** first time from within xFinal().)^ +** +** ^The sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine returns a NULL pointer +** when first called if N is less than or equal to zero or if a memory +** allocate error occurs. +** +** ^(The amount of space allocated by sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) is +** determined by the N parameter on first successful call. Changing the +** value of N in any subsequent call to sqlite3_aggregate_context() within +** the same aggregate function instance will not resize the memory +** allocation.)^ Within the xFinal callback, it is customary to set +** N=0 in calls to sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) so that no +** pointless memory allocations occur. +** +** ^SQLite automatically frees the memory allocated by +** sqlite3_aggregate_context() when the aggregate query concludes. +** +** The first parameter must be a copy of the +** [sqlite3_context | SQL function context] that is the first parameter +** to the xStep or xFinal callback routine that implements the aggregate +** function. +** +** This routine must be called from the same thread in which +** the aggregate SQL function is running. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_aggregate_context(sqlite3_context*, int nBytes); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: User Data For Functions +** METHOD: sqlite3_context +** +** ^The sqlite3_user_data() interface returns a copy of +** the pointer that was the pUserData parameter (the 5th parameter) +** of the [sqlite3_create_function()] +** and [sqlite3_create_function16()] routines that originally +** registered the application defined function. +** +** This routine must be called from the same thread in which +** the application-defined function is running. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_user_data(sqlite3_context*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Database Connection For Functions +** METHOD: sqlite3_context +** +** ^The sqlite3_context_db_handle() interface returns a copy of +** the pointer to the [database connection] (the 1st parameter) +** of the [sqlite3_create_function()] +** and [sqlite3_create_function16()] routines that originally +** registered the application defined function. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_context_db_handle(sqlite3_context*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Function Auxiliary Data +** METHOD: sqlite3_context +** +** These functions may be used by (non-aggregate) SQL functions to +** associate metadata with argument values. If the same value is passed to +** multiple invocations of the same SQL function during query execution, under +** some circumstances the associated metadata may be preserved. An example +** of where this might be useful is in a regular-expression matching +** function. The compiled version of the regular expression can be stored as +** metadata associated with the pattern string. +** Then as long as the pattern string remains the same, +** the compiled regular expression can be reused on multiple +** invocations of the same function. +** +** ^The sqlite3_get_auxdata(C,N) interface returns a pointer to the metadata +** associated by the sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) function with the Nth argument +** value to the application-defined function. ^N is zero for the left-most +** function argument. ^If there is no metadata +** associated with the function argument, the sqlite3_get_auxdata(C,N) interface +** returns a NULL pointer. +** +** ^The sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) interface saves P as metadata for the N-th +** argument of the application-defined function. ^Subsequent +** calls to sqlite3_get_auxdata(C,N) return P from the most recent +** sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) call if the metadata is still valid or +** NULL if the metadata has been discarded. +** ^After each call to sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) where X is not NULL, +** SQLite will invoke the destructor function X with parameter P exactly +** once, when the metadata is discarded. +** SQLite is free to discard the metadata at any time, including: <ul> +** <li> ^(when the corresponding function parameter changes)^, or +** <li> ^(when [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()] is called for the +** SQL statement)^, or +** <li> ^(when sqlite3_set_auxdata() is invoked again on the same +** parameter)^, or +** <li> ^(during the original sqlite3_set_auxdata() call when a memory +** allocation error occurs.)^ </ul> +** +** Note the last bullet in particular. The destructor X in +** sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) might be called immediately, before the +** sqlite3_set_auxdata() interface even returns. Hence sqlite3_set_auxdata() +** should be called near the end of the function implementation and the +** function implementation should not make any use of P after +** sqlite3_set_auxdata() has been called. +** +** ^(In practice, metadata is preserved between function calls for +** function parameters that are compile-time constants, including literal +** values and [parameters] and expressions composed from the same.)^ +** +** The value of the N parameter to these interfaces should be non-negative. +** Future enhancements may make use of negative N values to define new +** kinds of function caching behavior. +** +** These routines must be called from the same thread in which +** the SQL function is running. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_get_auxdata(sqlite3_context*, int N); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_set_auxdata(sqlite3_context*, int N, void*, void (*)(void*)); + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Constants Defining Special Destructor Behavior +** +** These are special values for the destructor that is passed in as the +** final argument to routines like [sqlite3_result_blob()]. ^If the destructor +** argument is SQLITE_STATIC, it means that the content pointer is constant +** and will never change. It does not need to be destroyed. ^The +** SQLITE_TRANSIENT value means that the content will likely change in +** the near future and that SQLite should make its own private copy of +** the content before returning. +** +** The typedef is necessary to work around problems in certain +** C++ compilers. +*/ +typedef void (*sqlite3_destructor_type)(void*); +#define SQLITE_STATIC ((sqlite3_destructor_type)0) +#define SQLITE_TRANSIENT ((sqlite3_destructor_type)-1) + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Setting The Result Of An SQL Function +** METHOD: sqlite3_context +** +** These routines are used by the xFunc or xFinal callbacks that +** implement SQL functions and aggregates. See +** [sqlite3_create_function()] and [sqlite3_create_function16()] +** for additional information. +** +** These functions work very much like the [parameter binding] family of +** functions used to bind values to host parameters in prepared statements. +** Refer to the [SQL parameter] documentation for additional information. +** +** ^The sqlite3_result_blob() interface sets the result from +** an application-defined function to be the BLOB whose content is pointed +** to by the second parameter and which is N bytes long where N is the +** third parameter. +** +** ^The sqlite3_result_zeroblob(C,N) and sqlite3_result_zeroblob64(C,N) +** interfaces set the result of the application-defined function to be +** a BLOB containing all zero bytes and N bytes in size. +** +** ^The sqlite3_result_double() interface sets the result from +** an application-defined function to be a floating point value specified +** by its 2nd argument. +** +** ^The sqlite3_result_error() and sqlite3_result_error16() functions +** cause the implemented SQL function to throw an exception. +** ^SQLite uses the string pointed to by the +** 2nd parameter of sqlite3_result_error() or sqlite3_result_error16() +** as the text of an error message. ^SQLite interprets the error +** message string from sqlite3_result_error() as UTF-8. ^SQLite +** interprets the string from sqlite3_result_error16() as UTF-16 using +** the same [byte-order determination rules] as [sqlite3_bind_text16()]. +** ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_result_error() +** or sqlite3_result_error16() is negative then SQLite takes as the error +** message all text up through the first zero character. +** ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_result_error() or +** sqlite3_result_error16() is non-negative then SQLite takes that many +** bytes (not characters) from the 2nd parameter as the error message. +** ^The sqlite3_result_error() and sqlite3_result_error16() +** routines make a private copy of the error message text before +** they return. Hence, the calling function can deallocate or +** modify the text after they return without harm. +** ^The sqlite3_result_error_code() function changes the error code +** returned by SQLite as a result of an error in a function. ^By default, +** the error code is SQLITE_ERROR. ^A subsequent call to sqlite3_result_error() +** or sqlite3_result_error16() resets the error code to SQLITE_ERROR. +** +** ^The sqlite3_result_error_toobig() interface causes SQLite to throw an +** error indicating that a string or BLOB is too long to represent. +** +** ^The sqlite3_result_error_nomem() interface causes SQLite to throw an +** error indicating that a memory allocation failed. +** +** ^The sqlite3_result_int() interface sets the return value +** of the application-defined function to be the 32-bit signed integer +** value given in the 2nd argument. +** ^The sqlite3_result_int64() interface sets the return value +** of the application-defined function to be the 64-bit signed integer +** value given in the 2nd argument. +** +** ^The sqlite3_result_null() interface sets the return value +** of the application-defined function to be NULL. +** +** ^The sqlite3_result_text(), sqlite3_result_text16(), +** sqlite3_result_text16le(), and sqlite3_result_text16be() interfaces +** set the return value of the application-defined function to be +** a text string which is represented as UTF-8, UTF-16 native byte order, +** UTF-16 little endian, or UTF-16 big endian, respectively. +** ^The sqlite3_result_text64() interface sets the return value of an +** application-defined function to be a text string in an encoding +** specified by the fifth (and last) parameter, which must be one +** of [SQLITE_UTF8], [SQLITE_UTF16], [SQLITE_UTF16BE], or [SQLITE_UTF16LE]. +** ^SQLite takes the text result from the application from +** the 2nd parameter of the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces. +** ^If the 3rd parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces +** is negative, then SQLite takes result text from the 2nd parameter +** through the first zero character. +** ^If the 3rd parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces +** is non-negative, then as many bytes (not characters) of the text +** pointed to by the 2nd parameter are taken as the application-defined +** function result. If the 3rd parameter is non-negative, then it +** must be the byte offset into the string where the NUL terminator would +** appear if the string where NUL terminated. If any NUL characters occur +** in the string at a byte offset that is less than the value of the 3rd +** parameter, then the resulting string will contain embedded NULs and the +** result of expressions operating on strings with embedded NULs is undefined. +** ^If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces +** or sqlite3_result_blob is a non-NULL pointer, then SQLite calls that +** function as the destructor on the text or BLOB result when it has +** finished using that result. +** ^If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces or to +** sqlite3_result_blob is the special constant SQLITE_STATIC, then SQLite +** assumes that the text or BLOB result is in constant space and does not +** copy the content of the parameter nor call a destructor on the content +** when it has finished using that result. +** ^If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces +** or sqlite3_result_blob is the special constant SQLITE_TRANSIENT +** then SQLite makes a copy of the result into space obtained +** from [sqlite3_malloc()] before it returns. +** +** ^For the sqlite3_result_text16(), sqlite3_result_text16le(), and +** sqlite3_result_text16be() routines, and for sqlite3_result_text64() +** when the encoding is not UTF8, if the input UTF16 begins with a +** byte-order mark (BOM, U+FEFF) then the BOM is removed from the +** string and the rest of the string is interpreted according to the +** byte-order specified by the BOM. ^The byte-order specified by +** the BOM at the beginning of the text overrides the byte-order +** specified by the interface procedure. ^So, for example, if +** sqlite3_result_text16le() is invoked with text that begins +** with bytes 0xfe, 0xff (a big-endian byte-order mark) then the +** first two bytes of input are skipped and the remaining input +** is interpreted as UTF16BE text. +** +** ^For UTF16 input text to the sqlite3_result_text16(), +** sqlite3_result_text16be(), sqlite3_result_text16le(), and +** sqlite3_result_text64() routines, if the text contains invalid +** UTF16 characters, the invalid characters might be converted +** into the unicode replacement character, U+FFFD. +** +** ^The sqlite3_result_value() interface sets the result of +** the application-defined function to be a copy of the +** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object specified by the 2nd parameter. ^The +** sqlite3_result_value() interface makes a copy of the [sqlite3_value] +** so that the [sqlite3_value] specified in the parameter may change or +** be deallocated after sqlite3_result_value() returns without harm. +** ^A [protected sqlite3_value] object may always be used where an +** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object is required, so either +** kind of [sqlite3_value] object can be used with this interface. +** +** ^The sqlite3_result_pointer(C,P,T,D) interface sets the result to an +** SQL NULL value, just like [sqlite3_result_null(C)], except that it +** also associates the host-language pointer P or type T with that +** NULL value such that the pointer can be retrieved within an +** [application-defined SQL function] using [sqlite3_value_pointer()]. +** ^If the D parameter is not NULL, then it is a pointer to a destructor +** for the P parameter. ^SQLite invokes D with P as its only argument +** when SQLite is finished with P. The T parameter should be a static +** string and preferably a string literal. The sqlite3_result_pointer() +** routine is part of the [pointer passing interface] added for SQLite 3.20.0. +** +** If these routines are called from within the different thread +** than the one containing the application-defined function that received +** the [sqlite3_context] pointer, the results are undefined. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_blob(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_blob64(sqlite3_context*,const void*, + sqlite3_uint64,void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_double(sqlite3_context*, double); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error(sqlite3_context*, const char*, int); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error16(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_toobig(sqlite3_context*); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_nomem(sqlite3_context*); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_code(sqlite3_context*, int); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int(sqlite3_context*, int); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int64(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_int64); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_null(sqlite3_context*); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text(sqlite3_context*, const char*, int, void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text64(sqlite3_context*, const char*,sqlite3_uint64, + void(*)(void*), unsigned char encoding); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16le(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16be(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_value(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_pointer(sqlite3_context*, void*,const char*,void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_zeroblob(sqlite3_context*, int n); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_result_zeroblob64(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_uint64 n); + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Setting The Subtype Of An SQL Function +** METHOD: sqlite3_context +** +** The sqlite3_result_subtype(C,T) function causes the subtype of +** the result from the [application-defined SQL function] with +** [sqlite3_context] C to be the value T. Only the lower 8 bits +** of the subtype T are preserved in current versions of SQLite; +** higher order bits are discarded. +** The number of subtype bytes preserved by SQLite might increase +** in future releases of SQLite. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_subtype(sqlite3_context*,unsigned int); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Define New Collating Sequences +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^These functions add, remove, or modify a [collation] associated +** with the [database connection] specified as the first argument. +** +** ^The name of the collation is a UTF-8 string +** for sqlite3_create_collation() and sqlite3_create_collation_v2() +** and a UTF-16 string in native byte order for sqlite3_create_collation16(). +** ^Collation names that compare equal according to [sqlite3_strnicmp()] are +** considered to be the same name. +** +** ^(The third argument (eTextRep) must be one of the constants: +** <ul> +** <li> [SQLITE_UTF8], +** <li> [SQLITE_UTF16LE], +** <li> [SQLITE_UTF16BE], +** <li> [SQLITE_UTF16], or +** <li> [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED]. +** </ul>)^ +** ^The eTextRep argument determines the encoding of strings passed +** to the collating function callback, xCompare. +** ^The [SQLITE_UTF16] and [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED] values for eTextRep +** force strings to be UTF16 with native byte order. +** ^The [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED] value for eTextRep forces strings to begin +** on an even byte address. +** +** ^The fourth argument, pArg, is an application data pointer that is passed +** through as the first argument to the collating function callback. +** +** ^The fifth argument, xCompare, is a pointer to the collating function. +** ^Multiple collating functions can be registered using the same name but +** with different eTextRep parameters and SQLite will use whichever +** function requires the least amount of data transformation. +** ^If the xCompare argument is NULL then the collating function is +** deleted. ^When all collating functions having the same name are deleted, +** that collation is no longer usable. +** +** ^The collating function callback is invoked with a copy of the pArg +** application data pointer and with two strings in the encoding specified +** by the eTextRep argument. The two integer parameters to the collating +** function callback are the length of the two strings, in bytes. The collating +** function must return an integer that is negative, zero, or positive +** if the first string is less than, equal to, or greater than the second, +** respectively. A collating function must always return the same answer +** given the same inputs. If two or more collating functions are registered +** to the same collation name (using different eTextRep values) then all +** must give an equivalent answer when invoked with equivalent strings. +** The collating function must obey the following properties for all +** strings A, B, and C: +** +** <ol> +** <li> If A==B then B==A. +** <li> If A==B and B==C then A==C. +** <li> If A<B THEN B>A. +** <li> If A<B and B<C then A<C. +** </ol> +** +** If a collating function fails any of the above constraints and that +** collating function is registered and used, then the behavior of SQLite +** is undefined. +** +** ^The sqlite3_create_collation_v2() works like sqlite3_create_collation() +** with the addition that the xDestroy callback is invoked on pArg when +** the collating function is deleted. +** ^Collating functions are deleted when they are overridden by later +** calls to the collation creation functions or when the +** [database connection] is closed using [sqlite3_close()]. +** +** ^The xDestroy callback is <u>not</u> called if the +** sqlite3_create_collation_v2() function fails. Applications that invoke +** sqlite3_create_collation_v2() with a non-NULL xDestroy argument should +** check the return code and dispose of the application data pointer +** themselves rather than expecting SQLite to deal with it for them. +** This is different from every other SQLite interface. The inconsistency +** is unfortunate but cannot be changed without breaking backwards +** compatibility. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_collation_needed()] and [sqlite3_collation_needed16()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation( + sqlite3*, + const char *zName, + int eTextRep, + void *pArg, + int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*) +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation_v2( + sqlite3*, + const char *zName, + int eTextRep, + void *pArg, + int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*), + void(*xDestroy)(void*) +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation16( + sqlite3*, + const void *zName, + int eTextRep, + void *pArg, + int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*) +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Collation Needed Callbacks +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^To avoid having to register all collation sequences before a database +** can be used, a single callback function may be registered with the +** [database connection] to be invoked whenever an undefined collation +** sequence is required. +** +** ^If the function is registered using the sqlite3_collation_needed() API, +** then it is passed the names of undefined collation sequences as strings +** encoded in UTF-8. ^If sqlite3_collation_needed16() is used, +** the names are passed as UTF-16 in machine native byte order. +** ^A call to either function replaces the existing collation-needed callback. +** +** ^(When the callback is invoked, the first argument passed is a copy +** of the second argument to sqlite3_collation_needed() or +** sqlite3_collation_needed16(). The second argument is the database +** connection. The third argument is one of [SQLITE_UTF8], [SQLITE_UTF16BE], +** or [SQLITE_UTF16LE], indicating the most desirable form of the collation +** sequence function required. The fourth parameter is the name of the +** required collation sequence.)^ +** +** The callback function should register the desired collation using +** [sqlite3_create_collation()], [sqlite3_create_collation16()], or +** [sqlite3_create_collation_v2()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed( + sqlite3*, + void*, + void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*) +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed16( + sqlite3*, + void*, + void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*) +); + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD +/* +** Specify the activation key for a CEROD database. Unless +** activated, none of the CEROD routines will work. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_activate_cerod( + const char *zPassPhrase /* Activation phrase */ +); +#endif + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Suspend Execution For A Short Time +** +** The sqlite3_sleep() function causes the current thread to suspend execution +** for at least a number of milliseconds specified in its parameter. +** +** If the operating system does not support sleep requests with +** millisecond time resolution, then the time will be rounded up to +** the nearest second. The number of milliseconds of sleep actually +** requested from the operating system is returned. +** +** ^SQLite implements this interface by calling the xSleep() +** method of the default [sqlite3_vfs] object. If the xSleep() method +** of the default VFS is not implemented correctly, or not implemented at +** all, then the behavior of sqlite3_sleep() may deviate from the description +** in the previous paragraphs. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sleep(int); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Name Of The Folder Holding Temporary Files +** +** ^(If this global variable is made to point to a string which is +** the name of a folder (a.k.a. directory), then all temporary files +** created by SQLite when using a built-in [sqlite3_vfs | VFS] +** will be placed in that directory.)^ ^If this variable +** is a NULL pointer, then SQLite performs a search for an appropriate +** temporary file directory. +** +** Applications are strongly discouraged from using this global variable. +** It is required to set a temporary folder on Windows Runtime (WinRT). +** But for all other platforms, it is highly recommended that applications +** neither read nor write this variable. This global variable is a relic +** that exists for backwards compatibility of legacy applications and should +** be avoided in new projects. +** +** It is not safe to read or modify this variable in more than one +** thread at a time. It is not safe to read or modify this variable +** if a [database connection] is being used at the same time in a separate +** thread. +** It is intended that this variable be set once +** as part of process initialization and before any SQLite interface +** routines have been called and that this variable remain unchanged +** thereafter. +** +** ^The [temp_store_directory pragma] may modify this variable and cause +** it to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc]. ^Furthermore, +** the [temp_store_directory pragma] always assumes that any string +** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from +** [sqlite3_malloc] and the pragma may attempt to free that memory +** using [sqlite3_free]. +** Hence, if this variable is modified directly, either it should be +** made NULL or made to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc] +** or else the use of the [temp_store_directory pragma] should be avoided. +** Except when requested by the [temp_store_directory pragma], SQLite +** does not free the memory that sqlite3_temp_directory points to. If +** the application wants that memory to be freed, it must do +** so itself, taking care to only do so after all [database connection] +** objects have been destroyed. +** +** <b>Note to Windows Runtime users:</b> The temporary directory must be set +** prior to calling [sqlite3_open] or [sqlite3_open_v2]. Otherwise, various +** features that require the use of temporary files may fail. Here is an +** example of how to do this using C++ with the Windows Runtime: +** +** <blockquote><pre> +** LPCWSTR zPath = Windows::Storage::ApplicationData::Current-> +**   TemporaryFolder->Path->Data(); +** char zPathBuf[MAX_PATH + 1]; +** memset(zPathBuf, 0, sizeof(zPathBuf)); +** WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, zPath, -1, zPathBuf, sizeof(zPathBuf), +**   NULL, NULL); +** sqlite3_temp_directory = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zPathBuf); +** </pre></blockquote> +*/ +SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXTERN char *sqlite3_temp_directory; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Name Of The Folder Holding Database Files +** +** ^(If this global variable is made to point to a string which is +** the name of a folder (a.k.a. directory), then all database files +** specified with a relative pathname and created or accessed by +** SQLite when using a built-in windows [sqlite3_vfs | VFS] will be assumed +** to be relative to that directory.)^ ^If this variable is a NULL +** pointer, then SQLite assumes that all database files specified +** with a relative pathname are relative to the current directory +** for the process. Only the windows VFS makes use of this global +** variable; it is ignored by the unix VFS. +** +** Changing the value of this variable while a database connection is +** open can result in a corrupt database. +** +** It is not safe to read or modify this variable in more than one +** thread at a time. It is not safe to read or modify this variable +** if a [database connection] is being used at the same time in a separate +** thread. +** It is intended that this variable be set once +** as part of process initialization and before any SQLite interface +** routines have been called and that this variable remain unchanged +** thereafter. +** +** ^The [data_store_directory pragma] may modify this variable and cause +** it to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc]. ^Furthermore, +** the [data_store_directory pragma] always assumes that any string +** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from +** [sqlite3_malloc] and the pragma may attempt to free that memory +** using [sqlite3_free]. +** Hence, if this variable is modified directly, either it should be +** made NULL or made to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc] +** or else the use of the [data_store_directory pragma] should be avoided. +*/ +SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXTERN char *sqlite3_data_directory; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Win32 Specific Interface +** +** These interfaces are available only on Windows. The +** [sqlite3_win32_set_directory] interface is used to set the value associated +** with the [sqlite3_temp_directory] or [sqlite3_data_directory] variable, to +** zValue, depending on the value of the type parameter. The zValue parameter +** should be NULL to cause the previous value to be freed via [sqlite3_free]; +** a non-NULL value will be copied into memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc] +** prior to being used. The [sqlite3_win32_set_directory] interface returns +** [SQLITE_OK] to indicate success, [SQLITE_ERROR] if the type is unsupported, +** or [SQLITE_NOMEM] if memory could not be allocated. The value of the +** [sqlite3_data_directory] variable is intended to act as a replacement for +** the current directory on the sub-platforms of Win32 where that concept is +** not present, e.g. WinRT and UWP. The [sqlite3_win32_set_directory8] and +** [sqlite3_win32_set_directory16] interfaces behave exactly the same as the +** sqlite3_win32_set_directory interface except the string parameter must be +** UTF-8 or UTF-16, respectively. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_win32_set_directory( + unsigned long type, /* Identifier for directory being set or reset */ + void *zValue /* New value for directory being set or reset */ +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_win32_set_directory8(unsigned long type, const char *zValue); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_win32_set_directory16(unsigned long type, const void *zValue); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Win32 Directory Types +** +** These macros are only available on Windows. They define the allowed values +** for the type argument to the [sqlite3_win32_set_directory] interface. +*/ +#define SQLITE_WIN32_DATA_DIRECTORY_TYPE 1 +#define SQLITE_WIN32_TEMP_DIRECTORY_TYPE 2 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Test For Auto-Commit Mode +** KEYWORDS: {autocommit mode} +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^The sqlite3_get_autocommit() interface returns non-zero or +** zero if the given database connection is or is not in autocommit mode, +** respectively. ^Autocommit mode is on by default. +** ^Autocommit mode is disabled by a [BEGIN] statement. +** ^Autocommit mode is re-enabled by a [COMMIT] or [ROLLBACK]. +** +** If certain kinds of errors occur on a statement within a multi-statement +** transaction (errors including [SQLITE_FULL], [SQLITE_IOERR], +** [SQLITE_NOMEM], [SQLITE_BUSY], and [SQLITE_INTERRUPT]) then the +** transaction might be rolled back automatically. The only way to +** find out whether SQLite automatically rolled back the transaction after +** an error is to use this function. +** +** If another thread changes the autocommit status of the database +** connection while this routine is running, then the return value +** is undefined. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_autocommit(sqlite3*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Find The Database Handle Of A Prepared Statement +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt +** +** ^The sqlite3_db_handle interface returns the [database connection] handle +** to which a [prepared statement] belongs. ^The [database connection] +** returned by sqlite3_db_handle is the same [database connection] +** that was the first argument +** to the [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] call (or its variants) that was used to +** create the statement in the first place. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_db_handle(sqlite3_stmt*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Return The Filename For A Database Connection +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^The sqlite3_db_filename(D,N) interface returns a pointer to the filename +** associated with database N of connection D. +** ^If there is no attached database N on the database +** connection D, or if database N is a temporary or in-memory database, then +** this function will return either a NULL pointer or an empty string. +** +** ^The string value returned by this routine is owned and managed by +** the database connection. ^The value will be valid until the database N +** is [DETACH]-ed or until the database connection closes. +** +** ^The filename returned by this function is the output of the +** xFullPathname method of the [VFS]. ^In other words, the filename +** will be an absolute pathname, even if the filename used +** to open the database originally was a URI or relative pathname. +** +** If the filename pointer returned by this routine is not NULL, then it +** can be used as the filename input parameter to these routines: +** <ul> +** <li> [sqlite3_uri_parameter()] +** <li> [sqlite3_uri_boolean()] +** <li> [sqlite3_uri_int64()] +** <li> [sqlite3_filename_database()] +** <li> [sqlite3_filename_journal()] +** <li> [sqlite3_filename_wal()] +** </ul> +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_db_filename(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Determine if a database is read-only +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^The sqlite3_db_readonly(D,N) interface returns 1 if the database N +** of connection D is read-only, 0 if it is read/write, or -1 if N is not +** the name of a database on connection D. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_readonly(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Determine the transaction state of a database +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^The sqlite3_txn_state(D,S) interface returns the current +** [transaction state] of schema S in database connection D. ^If S is NULL, +** then the highest transaction state of any schema on database connection D +** is returned. Transaction states are (in order of lowest to highest): +** <ol> +** <li value="0"> SQLITE_TXN_NONE +** <li value="1"> SQLITE_TXN_READ +** <li value="2"> SQLITE_TXN_WRITE +** </ol> +** ^If the S argument to sqlite3_txn_state(D,S) is not the name of +** a valid schema, then -1 is returned. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_txn_state(sqlite3*,const char *zSchema); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Allowed return values from [sqlite3_txn_state()] +** KEYWORDS: {transaction state} +** +** These constants define the current transaction state of a database file. +** ^The [sqlite3_txn_state(D,S)] interface returns one of these +** constants in order to describe the transaction state of schema S +** in [database connection] D. +** +** <dl> +** [[SQLITE_TXN_NONE]] <dt>SQLITE_TXN_NONE</dt> +** <dd>The SQLITE_TXN_NONE state means that no transaction is currently +** pending.</dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_TXN_READ]] <dt>SQLITE_TXN_READ</dt> +** <dd>The SQLITE_TXN_READ state means that the database is currently +** in a read transaction. Content has been read from the database file +** but nothing in the database file has changed. The transaction state +** will advanced to SQLITE_TXN_WRITE if any changes occur and there are +** no other conflicting concurrent write transactions. The transaction +** state will revert to SQLITE_TXN_NONE following a [ROLLBACK] or +** [COMMIT].</dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_TXN_WRITE]] <dt>SQLITE_TXN_WRITE</dt> +** <dd>The SQLITE_TXN_WRITE state means that the database is currently +** in a write transaction. Content has been written to the database file +** but has not yet committed. The transaction state will change to +** to SQLITE_TXN_NONE at the next [ROLLBACK] or [COMMIT].</dd> +*/ +#define SQLITE_TXN_NONE 0 +#define SQLITE_TXN_READ 1 +#define SQLITE_TXN_WRITE 2 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Find the next prepared statement +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^This interface returns a pointer to the next [prepared statement] after +** pStmt associated with the [database connection] pDb. ^If pStmt is NULL +** then this interface returns a pointer to the first prepared statement +** associated with the database connection pDb. ^If no prepared statement +** satisfies the conditions of this routine, it returns NULL. +** +** The [database connection] pointer D in a call to +** [sqlite3_next_stmt(D,S)] must refer to an open database +** connection and in particular must not be a NULL pointer. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_stmt *sqlite3_next_stmt(sqlite3 *pDb, sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Commit And Rollback Notification Callbacks +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^The sqlite3_commit_hook() interface registers a callback +** function to be invoked whenever a transaction is [COMMIT | committed]. +** ^Any callback set by a previous call to sqlite3_commit_hook() +** for the same database connection is overridden. +** ^The sqlite3_rollback_hook() interface registers a callback +** function to be invoked whenever a transaction is [ROLLBACK | rolled back]. +** ^Any callback set by a previous call to sqlite3_rollback_hook() +** for the same database connection is overridden. +** ^The pArg argument is passed through to the callback. +** ^If the callback on a commit hook function returns non-zero, +** then the commit is converted into a rollback. +** +** ^The sqlite3_commit_hook(D,C,P) and sqlite3_rollback_hook(D,C,P) functions +** return the P argument from the previous call of the same function +** on the same [database connection] D, or NULL for +** the first call for each function on D. +** +** The commit and rollback hook callbacks are not reentrant. +** The callback implementation must not do anything that will modify +** the database connection that invoked the callback. Any actions +** to modify the database connection must be deferred until after the +** completion of the [sqlite3_step()] call that triggered the commit +** or rollback hook in the first place. +** Note that running any other SQL statements, including SELECT statements, +** or merely calling [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] will modify +** the database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph. +** +** ^Registering a NULL function disables the callback. +** +** ^When the commit hook callback routine returns zero, the [COMMIT] +** operation is allowed to continue normally. ^If the commit hook +** returns non-zero, then the [COMMIT] is converted into a [ROLLBACK]. +** ^The rollback hook is invoked on a rollback that results from a commit +** hook returning non-zero, just as it would be with any other rollback. +** +** ^For the purposes of this API, a transaction is said to have been +** rolled back if an explicit "ROLLBACK" statement is executed, or +** an error or constraint causes an implicit rollback to occur. +** ^The rollback callback is not invoked if a transaction is +** automatically rolled back because the database connection is closed. +** +** See also the [sqlite3_update_hook()] interface. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_commit_hook(sqlite3*, int(*)(void*), void*); +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_rollback_hook(sqlite3*, void(*)(void *), void*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Data Change Notification Callbacks +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^The sqlite3_update_hook() interface registers a callback function +** with the [database connection] identified by the first argument +** to be invoked whenever a row is updated, inserted or deleted in +** a [rowid table]. +** ^Any callback set by a previous call to this function +** for the same database connection is overridden. +** +** ^The second argument is a pointer to the function to invoke when a +** row is updated, inserted or deleted in a rowid table. +** ^The first argument to the callback is a copy of the third argument +** to sqlite3_update_hook(). +** ^The second callback argument is one of [SQLITE_INSERT], [SQLITE_DELETE], +** or [SQLITE_UPDATE], depending on the operation that caused the callback +** to be invoked. +** ^The third and fourth arguments to the callback contain pointers to the +** database and table name containing the affected row. +** ^The final callback parameter is the [rowid] of the row. +** ^In the case of an update, this is the [rowid] after the update takes place. +** +** ^(The update hook is not invoked when internal system tables are +** modified (i.e. sqlite_sequence).)^ +** ^The update hook is not invoked when [WITHOUT ROWID] tables are modified. +** +** ^In the current implementation, the update hook +** is not invoked when conflicting rows are deleted because of an +** [ON CONFLICT | ON CONFLICT REPLACE] clause. ^Nor is the update hook +** invoked when rows are deleted using the [truncate optimization]. +** The exceptions defined in this paragraph might change in a future +** release of SQLite. +** +** The update hook implementation must not do anything that will modify +** the database connection that invoked the update hook. Any actions +** to modify the database connection must be deferred until after the +** completion of the [sqlite3_step()] call that triggered the update hook. +** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their +** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph. +** +** ^The sqlite3_update_hook(D,C,P) function +** returns the P argument from the previous call +** on the same [database connection] D, or NULL for +** the first call on D. +** +** See also the [sqlite3_commit_hook()], [sqlite3_rollback_hook()], +** and [sqlite3_preupdate_hook()] interfaces. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_update_hook( + sqlite3*, + void(*)(void *,int ,char const *,char const *,sqlite3_int64), + void* +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Shared Pager Cache +** +** ^(This routine enables or disables the sharing of the database cache +** and schema data structures between [database connection | connections] +** to the same database. Sharing is enabled if the argument is true +** and disabled if the argument is false.)^ +** +** ^Cache sharing is enabled and disabled for an entire process. +** This is a change as of SQLite [version 3.5.0] ([dateof:3.5.0]). +** In prior versions of SQLite, +** sharing was enabled or disabled for each thread separately. +** +** ^(The cache sharing mode set by this interface effects all subsequent +** calls to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()], and [sqlite3_open16()]. +** Existing database connections continue to use the sharing mode +** that was in effect at the time they were opened.)^ +** +** ^(This routine returns [SQLITE_OK] if shared cache was enabled or disabled +** successfully. An [error code] is returned otherwise.)^ +** +** ^Shared cache is disabled by default. It is recommended that it stay +** that way. In other words, do not use this routine. This interface +** continues to be provided for historical compatibility, but its use is +** discouraged. Any use of shared cache is discouraged. If shared cache +** must be used, it is recommended that shared cache only be enabled for +** individual database connections using the [sqlite3_open_v2()] interface +** with the [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE] flag. +** +** Note: This method is disabled on MacOS X 10.7 and iOS version 5.0 +** and will always return SQLITE_MISUSE. On those systems, +** shared cache mode should be enabled per-database connection via +** [sqlite3_open_v2()] with [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE]. +** +** This interface is threadsafe on processors where writing a +** 32-bit integer is atomic. +** +** See Also: [SQLite Shared-Cache Mode] +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(int); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Attempt To Free Heap Memory +** +** ^The sqlite3_release_memory() interface attempts to free N bytes +** of heap memory by deallocating non-essential memory allocations +** held by the database library. Memory used to cache database +** pages to improve performance is an example of non-essential memory. +** ^sqlite3_release_memory() returns the number of bytes actually freed, +** which might be more or less than the amount requested. +** ^The sqlite3_release_memory() routine is a no-op returning zero +** if SQLite is not compiled with [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT]. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_db_release_memory()] +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_release_memory(int); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Free Memory Used By A Database Connection +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^The sqlite3_db_release_memory(D) interface attempts to free as much heap +** memory as possible from database connection D. Unlike the +** [sqlite3_release_memory()] interface, this interface is in effect even +** when the [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT] compile-time option is +** omitted. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_release_memory()] +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_release_memory(sqlite3*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Impose A Limit On Heap Size +** +** These interfaces impose limits on the amount of heap memory that will be +** by all database connections within a single process. +** +** ^The sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() interface sets and/or queries the +** soft limit on the amount of heap memory that may be allocated by SQLite. +** ^SQLite strives to keep heap memory utilization below the soft heap +** limit by reducing the number of pages held in the page cache +** as heap memory usages approaches the limit. +** ^The soft heap limit is "soft" because even though SQLite strives to stay +** below the limit, it will exceed the limit rather than generate +** an [SQLITE_NOMEM] error. In other words, the soft heap limit +** is advisory only. +** +** ^The sqlite3_hard_heap_limit64(N) interface sets a hard upper bound of +** N bytes on the amount of memory that will be allocated. ^The +** sqlite3_hard_heap_limit64(N) interface is similar to +** sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(N) except that memory allocations will fail +** when the hard heap limit is reached. +** +** ^The return value from both sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() and +** sqlite3_hard_heap_limit64() is the size of +** the heap limit prior to the call, or negative in the case of an +** error. ^If the argument N is negative +** then no change is made to the heap limit. Hence, the current +** size of heap limits can be determined by invoking +** sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(-1) or sqlite3_hard_heap_limit(-1). +** +** ^Setting the heap limits to zero disables the heap limiter mechanism. +** +** ^The soft heap limit may not be greater than the hard heap limit. +** ^If the hard heap limit is enabled and if sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(N) +** is invoked with a value of N that is greater than the hard heap limit, +** the the soft heap limit is set to the value of the hard heap limit. +** ^The soft heap limit is automatically enabled whenever the hard heap +** limit is enabled. ^When sqlite3_hard_heap_limit64(N) is invoked and +** the soft heap limit is outside the range of 1..N, then the soft heap +** limit is set to N. ^Invoking sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(0) when the +** hard heap limit is enabled makes the soft heap limit equal to the +** hard heap limit. +** +** The memory allocation limits can also be adjusted using +** [PRAGMA soft_heap_limit] and [PRAGMA hard_heap_limit]. +** +** ^(The heap limits are not enforced in the current implementation +** if one or more of following conditions are true: +** +** <ul> +** <li> The limit value is set to zero. +** <li> Memory accounting is disabled using a combination of the +** [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS],...) start-time option and +** the [SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS] compile-time option. +** <li> An alternative page cache implementation is specified using +** [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2],...). +** <li> The page cache allocates from its own memory pool supplied +** by [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE],...) rather than +** from the heap. +** </ul>)^ +** +** The circumstances under which SQLite will enforce the heap limits may +** changes in future releases of SQLite. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(sqlite3_int64 N); +SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_hard_heap_limit64(sqlite3_int64 N); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Deprecated Soft Heap Limit Interface +** DEPRECATED +** +** This is a deprecated version of the [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64()] +** interface. This routine is provided for historical compatibility +** only. All new applications should use the +** [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64()] interface rather than this one. +*/ +SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(int N); + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Extract Metadata About A Column Of A Table +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^(The sqlite3_table_column_metadata(X,D,T,C,....) routine returns +** information about column C of table T in database D +** on [database connection] X.)^ ^The sqlite3_table_column_metadata() +** interface returns SQLITE_OK and fills in the non-NULL pointers in +** the final five arguments with appropriate values if the specified +** column exists. ^The sqlite3_table_column_metadata() interface returns +** SQLITE_ERROR if the specified column does not exist. +** ^If the column-name parameter to sqlite3_table_column_metadata() is a +** NULL pointer, then this routine simply checks for the existence of the +** table and returns SQLITE_OK if the table exists and SQLITE_ERROR if it +** does not. If the table name parameter T in a call to +** sqlite3_table_column_metadata(X,D,T,C,...) is NULL then the result is +** undefined behavior. +** +** ^The column is identified by the second, third and fourth parameters to +** this function. ^(The second parameter is either the name of the database +** (i.e. "main", "temp", or an attached database) containing the specified +** table or NULL.)^ ^If it is NULL, then all attached databases are searched +** for the table using the same algorithm used by the database engine to +** resolve unqualified table references. +** +** ^The third and fourth parameters to this function are the table and column +** name of the desired column, respectively. +** +** ^Metadata is returned by writing to the memory locations passed as the 5th +** and subsequent parameters to this function. ^Any of these arguments may be +** NULL, in which case the corresponding element of metadata is omitted. +** +** ^(<blockquote> +** <table border="1"> +** <tr><th> Parameter <th> Output<br>Type <th> Description +** +** <tr><td> 5th <td> const char* <td> Data type +** <tr><td> 6th <td> const char* <td> Name of default collation sequence +** <tr><td> 7th <td> int <td> True if column has a NOT NULL constraint +** <tr><td> 8th <td> int <td> True if column is part of the PRIMARY KEY +** <tr><td> 9th <td> int <td> True if column is [AUTOINCREMENT] +** </table> +** </blockquote>)^ +** +** ^The memory pointed to by the character pointers returned for the +** declaration type and collation sequence is valid until the next +** call to any SQLite API function. +** +** ^If the specified table is actually a view, an [error code] is returned. +** +** ^If the specified column is "rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_" and the table +** is not a [WITHOUT ROWID] table and an +** [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] column has been explicitly declared, then the output +** parameters are set for the explicitly declared column. ^(If there is no +** [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] column, then the outputs +** for the [rowid] are set as follows: +** +** <pre> +** data type: "INTEGER" +** collation sequence: "BINARY" +** not null: 0 +** primary key: 1 +** auto increment: 0 +** </pre>)^ +** +** ^This function causes all database schemas to be read from disk and +** parsed, if that has not already been done, and returns an error if +** any errors are encountered while loading the schema. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_table_column_metadata( + sqlite3 *db, /* Connection handle */ + const char *zDbName, /* Database name or NULL */ + const char *zTableName, /* Table name */ + const char *zColumnName, /* Column name */ + char const **pzDataType, /* OUTPUT: Declared data type */ + char const **pzCollSeq, /* OUTPUT: Collation sequence name */ + int *pNotNull, /* OUTPUT: True if NOT NULL constraint exists */ + int *pPrimaryKey, /* OUTPUT: True if column part of PK */ + int *pAutoinc /* OUTPUT: True if column is auto-increment */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Load An Extension +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^This interface loads an SQLite extension library from the named file. +** +** ^The sqlite3_load_extension() interface attempts to load an +** [SQLite extension] library contained in the file zFile. If +** the file cannot be loaded directly, attempts are made to load +** with various operating-system specific extensions added. +** So for example, if "samplelib" cannot be loaded, then names like +** "samplelib.so" or "samplelib.dylib" or "samplelib.dll" might +** be tried also. +** +** ^The entry point is zProc. +** ^(zProc may be 0, in which case SQLite will try to come up with an +** entry point name on its own. It first tries "sqlite3_extension_init". +** If that does not work, it constructs a name "sqlite3_X_init" where the +** X is consists of the lower-case equivalent of all ASCII alphabetic +** characters in the filename from the last "/" to the first following +** "." and omitting any initial "lib".)^ +** ^The sqlite3_load_extension() interface returns +** [SQLITE_OK] on success and [SQLITE_ERROR] if something goes wrong. +** ^If an error occurs and pzErrMsg is not 0, then the +** [sqlite3_load_extension()] interface shall attempt to +** fill *pzErrMsg with error message text stored in memory +** obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()]. The calling function +** should free this memory by calling [sqlite3_free()]. +** +** ^Extension loading must be enabled using +** [sqlite3_enable_load_extension()] or +** [sqlite3_db_config](db,[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION],1,NULL) +** prior to calling this API, +** otherwise an error will be returned. +** +** <b>Security warning:</b> It is recommended that the +** [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION] method be used to enable only this +** interface. The use of the [sqlite3_enable_load_extension()] interface +** should be avoided. This will keep the SQL function [load_extension()] +** disabled and prevent SQL injections from giving attackers +** access to extension loading capabilities. +** +** See also the [load_extension() SQL function]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_load_extension( + sqlite3 *db, /* Load the extension into this database connection */ + const char *zFile, /* Name of the shared library containing extension */ + const char *zProc, /* Entry point. Derived from zFile if 0 */ + char **pzErrMsg /* Put error message here if not 0 */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Extension Loading +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^So as not to open security holes in older applications that are +** unprepared to deal with [extension loading], and as a means of disabling +** [extension loading] while evaluating user-entered SQL, the following API +** is provided to turn the [sqlite3_load_extension()] mechanism on and off. +** +** ^Extension loading is off by default. +** ^Call the sqlite3_enable_load_extension() routine with onoff==1 +** to turn extension loading on and call it with onoff==0 to turn +** it back off again. +** +** ^This interface enables or disables both the C-API +** [sqlite3_load_extension()] and the SQL function [load_extension()]. +** ^(Use [sqlite3_db_config](db,[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION],..) +** to enable or disable only the C-API.)^ +** +** <b>Security warning:</b> It is recommended that extension loading +** be enabled using the [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION] method +** rather than this interface, so the [load_extension()] SQL function +** remains disabled. This will prevent SQL injections from giving attackers +** access to extension loading capabilities. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_load_extension(sqlite3 *db, int onoff); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Automatically Load Statically Linked Extensions +** +** ^This interface causes the xEntryPoint() function to be invoked for +** each new [database connection] that is created. The idea here is that +** xEntryPoint() is the entry point for a statically linked [SQLite extension] +** that is to be automatically loaded into all new database connections. +** +** ^(Even though the function prototype shows that xEntryPoint() takes +** no arguments and returns void, SQLite invokes xEntryPoint() with three +** arguments and expects an integer result as if the signature of the +** entry point where as follows: +** +** <blockquote><pre> +**   int xEntryPoint( +**   sqlite3 *db, +**   const char **pzErrMsg, +**   const struct sqlite3_api_routines *pThunk +**   ); +** </pre></blockquote>)^ +** +** If the xEntryPoint routine encounters an error, it should make *pzErrMsg +** point to an appropriate error message (obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()]) +** and return an appropriate [error code]. ^SQLite ensures that *pzErrMsg +** is NULL before calling the xEntryPoint(). ^SQLite will invoke +** [sqlite3_free()] on *pzErrMsg after xEntryPoint() returns. ^If any +** xEntryPoint() returns an error, the [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], +** or [sqlite3_open_v2()] call that provoked the xEntryPoint() will fail. +** +** ^Calling sqlite3_auto_extension(X) with an entry point X that is already +** on the list of automatic extensions is a harmless no-op. ^No entry point +** will be called more than once for each database connection that is opened. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_reset_auto_extension()] +** and [sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension()] +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_auto_extension(void(*xEntryPoint)(void)); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Cancel Automatic Extension Loading +** +** ^The [sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(X)] interface unregisters the +** initialization routine X that was registered using a prior call to +** [sqlite3_auto_extension(X)]. ^The [sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(X)] +** routine returns 1 if initialization routine X was successfully +** unregistered and it returns 0 if X was not on the list of initialization +** routines. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(void(*xEntryPoint)(void)); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Reset Automatic Extension Loading +** +** ^This interface disables all automatic extensions previously +** registered using [sqlite3_auto_extension()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_reset_auto_extension(void); + +/* +** The interface to the virtual-table mechanism is currently considered +** to be experimental. The interface might change in incompatible ways. +** If this is a problem for you, do not use the interface at this time. +** +** When the virtual-table mechanism stabilizes, we will declare the +** interface fixed, support it indefinitely, and remove this comment. +*/ + +/* +** Structures used by the virtual table interface +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_vtab sqlite3_vtab; +typedef struct sqlite3_index_info sqlite3_index_info; +typedef struct sqlite3_vtab_cursor sqlite3_vtab_cursor; +typedef struct sqlite3_module sqlite3_module; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Object +** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_module {virtual table module} +** +** This structure, sometimes called a "virtual table module", +** defines the implementation of a [virtual table]. +** This structure consists mostly of methods for the module. +** +** ^A virtual table module is created by filling in a persistent +** instance of this structure and passing a pointer to that instance +** to [sqlite3_create_module()] or [sqlite3_create_module_v2()]. +** ^The registration remains valid until it is replaced by a different +** module or until the [database connection] closes. The content +** of this structure must not change while it is registered with +** any database connection. +*/ +struct sqlite3_module { + int iVersion; + int (*xCreate)(sqlite3*, void *pAux, + int argc, const char *const*argv, + sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, char**); + int (*xConnect)(sqlite3*, void *pAux, + int argc, const char *const*argv, + sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, char**); + int (*xBestIndex)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_index_info*); + int (*xDisconnect)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); + int (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); + int (*xOpen)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor); + int (*xClose)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*); + int (*xFilter)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, int idxNum, const char *idxStr, + int argc, sqlite3_value **argv); + int (*xNext)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*); + int (*xEof)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*); + int (*xColumn)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, sqlite3_context*, int); + int (*xRowid)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, sqlite3_int64 *pRowid); + int (*xUpdate)(sqlite3_vtab *, int, sqlite3_value **, sqlite3_int64 *); + int (*xBegin)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); + int (*xSync)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); + int (*xCommit)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); + int (*xRollback)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); + int (*xFindFunction)(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int nArg, const char *zName, + void (**pxFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void **ppArg); + int (*xRename)(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, const char *zNew); + /* The methods above are in version 1 of the sqlite_module object. Those + ** below are for version 2 and greater. */ + int (*xSavepoint)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int); + int (*xRelease)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int); + int (*xRollbackTo)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int); + /* The methods above are in versions 1 and 2 of the sqlite_module object. + ** Those below are for version 3 and greater. */ + int (*xShadowName)(const char*); +}; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Indexing Information +** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_index_info +** +** The sqlite3_index_info structure and its substructures is used as part +** of the [virtual table] interface to +** pass information into and receive the reply from the [xBestIndex] +** method of a [virtual table module]. The fields under **Inputs** are the +** inputs to xBestIndex and are read-only. xBestIndex inserts its +** results into the **Outputs** fields. +** +** ^(The aConstraint[] array records WHERE clause constraints of the form: +** +** <blockquote>column OP expr</blockquote> +** +** where OP is =, <, <=, >, or >=.)^ ^(The particular operator is +** stored in aConstraint[].op using one of the +** [SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ | SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ values].)^ +** ^(The index of the column is stored in +** aConstraint[].iColumn.)^ ^(aConstraint[].usable is TRUE if the +** expr on the right-hand side can be evaluated (and thus the constraint +** is usable) and false if it cannot.)^ +** +** ^The optimizer automatically inverts terms of the form "expr OP column" +** and makes other simplifications to the WHERE clause in an attempt to +** get as many WHERE clause terms into the form shown above as possible. +** ^The aConstraint[] array only reports WHERE clause terms that are +** relevant to the particular virtual table being queried. +** +** ^Information about the ORDER BY clause is stored in aOrderBy[]. +** ^Each term of aOrderBy records a column of the ORDER BY clause. +** +** The colUsed field indicates which columns of the virtual table may be +** required by the current scan. Virtual table columns are numbered from +** zero in the order in which they appear within the CREATE TABLE statement +** passed to sqlite3_declare_vtab(). For the first 63 columns (columns 0-62), +** the corresponding bit is set within the colUsed mask if the column may be +** required by SQLite. If the table has at least 64 columns and any column +** to the right of the first 63 is required, then bit 63 of colUsed is also +** set. In other words, column iCol may be required if the expression +** (colUsed & ((sqlite3_uint64)1 << (iCol>=63 ? 63 : iCol))) evaluates to +** non-zero. +** +** The [xBestIndex] method must fill aConstraintUsage[] with information +** about what parameters to pass to xFilter. ^If argvIndex>0 then +** the right-hand side of the corresponding aConstraint[] is evaluated +** and becomes the argvIndex-th entry in argv. ^(If aConstraintUsage[].omit +** is true, then the constraint is assumed to be fully handled by the +** virtual table and might not be checked again by the byte code.)^ ^(The +** aConstraintUsage[].omit flag is an optimization hint. When the omit flag +** is left in its default setting of false, the constraint will always be +** checked separately in byte code. If the omit flag is change to true, then +** the constraint may or may not be checked in byte code. In other words, +** when the omit flag is true there is no guarantee that the constraint will +** not be checked again using byte code.)^ +** +** ^The idxNum and idxPtr values are recorded and passed into the +** [xFilter] method. +** ^[sqlite3_free()] is used to free idxPtr if and only if +** needToFreeIdxPtr is true. +** +** ^The orderByConsumed means that output from [xFilter]/[xNext] will occur in +** the correct order to satisfy the ORDER BY clause so that no separate +** sorting step is required. +** +** ^The estimatedCost value is an estimate of the cost of a particular +** strategy. A cost of N indicates that the cost of the strategy is similar +** to a linear scan of an SQLite table with N rows. A cost of log(N) +** indicates that the expense of the operation is similar to that of a +** binary search on a unique indexed field of an SQLite table with N rows. +** +** ^The estimatedRows value is an estimate of the number of rows that +** will be returned by the strategy. +** +** The xBestIndex method may optionally populate the idxFlags field with a +** mask of SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_* flags. Currently there is only one such flag - +** SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE. If the xBestIndex method sets this flag, SQLite +** assumes that the strategy may visit at most one row. +** +** Additionally, if xBestIndex sets the SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE flag, then +** SQLite also assumes that if a call to the xUpdate() method is made as +** part of the same statement to delete or update a virtual table row and the +** implementation returns SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, then there is no need to rollback +** any database changes. In other words, if the xUpdate() returns +** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, the database contents must be exactly as they were +** before xUpdate was called. By contrast, if SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE is not +** set and xUpdate returns SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, any database changes made by +** the xUpdate method are automatically rolled back by SQLite. +** +** IMPORTANT: The estimatedRows field was added to the sqlite3_index_info +** structure for SQLite [version 3.8.2] ([dateof:3.8.2]). +** If a virtual table extension is +** used with an SQLite version earlier than 3.8.2, the results of attempting +** to read or write the estimatedRows field are undefined (but are likely +** to include crashing the application). The estimatedRows field should +** therefore only be used if [sqlite3_libversion_number()] returns a +** value greater than or equal to 3008002. Similarly, the idxFlags field +** was added for [version 3.9.0] ([dateof:3.9.0]). +** It may therefore only be used if +** sqlite3_libversion_number() returns a value greater than or equal to +** 3009000. +*/ +struct sqlite3_index_info { + /* Inputs */ + int nConstraint; /* Number of entries in aConstraint */ + struct sqlite3_index_constraint { + int iColumn; /* Column constrained. -1 for ROWID */ + unsigned char op; /* Constraint operator */ + unsigned char usable; /* True if this constraint is usable */ + int iTermOffset; /* Used internally - xBestIndex should ignore */ + } *aConstraint; /* Table of WHERE clause constraints */ + int nOrderBy; /* Number of terms in the ORDER BY clause */ + struct sqlite3_index_orderby { + int iColumn; /* Column number */ + unsigned char desc; /* True for DESC. False for ASC. */ + } *aOrderBy; /* The ORDER BY clause */ + /* Outputs */ + struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage { + int argvIndex; /* if >0, constraint is part of argv to xFilter */ + unsigned char omit; /* Do not code a test for this constraint */ + } *aConstraintUsage; + int idxNum; /* Number used to identify the index */ + char *idxStr; /* String, possibly obtained from sqlite3_malloc */ + int needToFreeIdxStr; /* Free idxStr using sqlite3_free() if true */ + int orderByConsumed; /* True if output is already ordered */ + double estimatedCost; /* Estimated cost of using this index */ + /* Fields below are only available in SQLite 3.8.2 and later */ + sqlite3_int64 estimatedRows; /* Estimated number of rows returned */ + /* Fields below are only available in SQLite 3.9.0 and later */ + int idxFlags; /* Mask of SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_* flags */ + /* Fields below are only available in SQLite 3.10.0 and later */ + sqlite3_uint64 colUsed; /* Input: Mask of columns used by statement */ +}; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Scan Flags +** +** Virtual table implementations are allowed to set the +** [sqlite3_index_info].idxFlags field to some combination of +** these bits. +*/ +#define SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE 1 /* Scan visits at most 1 row */ + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Constraint Operator Codes +** +** These macros define the allowed values for the +** [sqlite3_index_info].aConstraint[].op field. Each value represents +** an operator that is part of a constraint term in the wHERE clause of +** a query that uses a [virtual table]. +*/ +#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ 2 +#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT 4 +#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE 8 +#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT 16 +#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE 32 +#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH 64 +#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LIKE 65 +#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GLOB 66 +#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_REGEXP 67 +#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_NE 68 +#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ISNOT 69 +#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ISNOTNULL 70 +#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ISNULL 71 +#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_IS 72 +#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_FUNCTION 150 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Register A Virtual Table Implementation +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^These routines are used to register a new [virtual table module] name. +** ^Module names must be registered before +** creating a new [virtual table] using the module and before using a +** preexisting [virtual table] for the module. +** +** ^The module name is registered on the [database connection] specified +** by the first parameter. ^The name of the module is given by the +** second parameter. ^The third parameter is a pointer to +** the implementation of the [virtual table module]. ^The fourth +** parameter is an arbitrary client data pointer that is passed through +** into the [xCreate] and [xConnect] methods of the virtual table module +** when a new virtual table is be being created or reinitialized. +** +** ^The sqlite3_create_module_v2() interface has a fifth parameter which +** is a pointer to a destructor for the pClientData. ^SQLite will +** invoke the destructor function (if it is not NULL) when SQLite +** no longer needs the pClientData pointer. ^The destructor will also +** be invoked if the call to sqlite3_create_module_v2() fails. +** ^The sqlite3_create_module() +** interface is equivalent to sqlite3_create_module_v2() with a NULL +** destructor. +** +** ^If the third parameter (the pointer to the sqlite3_module object) is +** NULL then no new module is create and any existing modules with the +** same name are dropped. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_drop_modules()] +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_module( + sqlite3 *db, /* SQLite connection to register module with */ + const char *zName, /* Name of the module */ + const sqlite3_module *p, /* Methods for the module */ + void *pClientData /* Client data for xCreate/xConnect */ +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_module_v2( + sqlite3 *db, /* SQLite connection to register module with */ + const char *zName, /* Name of the module */ + const sqlite3_module *p, /* Methods for the module */ + void *pClientData, /* Client data for xCreate/xConnect */ + void(*xDestroy)(void*) /* Module destructor function */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Remove Unnecessary Virtual Table Implementations +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^The sqlite3_drop_modules(D,L) interface removes all virtual +** table modules from database connection D except those named on list L. +** The L parameter must be either NULL or a pointer to an array of pointers +** to strings where the array is terminated by a single NULL pointer. +** ^If the L parameter is NULL, then all virtual table modules are removed. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_create_module()] +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_drop_modules( + sqlite3 *db, /* Remove modules from this connection */ + const char **azKeep /* Except, do not remove the ones named here */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Instance Object +** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_vtab +** +** Every [virtual table module] implementation uses a subclass +** of this object to describe a particular instance +** of the [virtual table]. Each subclass will +** be tailored to the specific needs of the module implementation. +** The purpose of this superclass is to define certain fields that are +** common to all module implementations. +** +** ^Virtual tables methods can set an error message by assigning a +** string obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()] to zErrMsg. The method should +** take care that any prior string is freed by a call to [sqlite3_free()] +** prior to assigning a new string to zErrMsg. ^After the error message +** is delivered up to the client application, the string will be automatically +** freed by sqlite3_free() and the zErrMsg field will be zeroed. +*/ +struct sqlite3_vtab { + const sqlite3_module *pModule; /* The module for this virtual table */ + int nRef; /* Number of open cursors */ + char *zErrMsg; /* Error message from sqlite3_mprintf() */ + /* Virtual table implementations will typically add additional fields */ +}; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Cursor Object +** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_vtab_cursor {virtual table cursor} +** +** Every [virtual table module] implementation uses a subclass of the +** following structure to describe cursors that point into the +** [virtual table] and are used +** to loop through the virtual table. Cursors are created using the +** [sqlite3_module.xOpen | xOpen] method of the module and are destroyed +** by the [sqlite3_module.xClose | xClose] method. Cursors are used +** by the [xFilter], [xNext], [xEof], [xColumn], and [xRowid] methods +** of the module. Each module implementation will define +** the content of a cursor structure to suit its own needs. +** +** This superclass exists in order to define fields of the cursor that +** are common to all implementations. +*/ +struct sqlite3_vtab_cursor { + sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; /* Virtual table of this cursor */ + /* Virtual table implementations will typically add additional fields */ +}; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Declare The Schema Of A Virtual Table +** +** ^The [xCreate] and [xConnect] methods of a +** [virtual table module] call this interface +** to declare the format (the names and datatypes of the columns) of +** the virtual tables they implement. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_declare_vtab(sqlite3*, const char *zSQL); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Overload A Function For A Virtual Table +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^(Virtual tables can provide alternative implementations of functions +** using the [xFindFunction] method of the [virtual table module]. +** But global versions of those functions +** must exist in order to be overloaded.)^ +** +** ^(This API makes sure a global version of a function with a particular +** name and number of parameters exists. If no such function exists +** before this API is called, a new function is created.)^ ^The implementation +** of the new function always causes an exception to be thrown. So +** the new function is not good for anything by itself. Its only +** purpose is to be a placeholder function that can be overloaded +** by a [virtual table]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_overload_function(sqlite3*, const char *zFuncName, int nArg); + +/* +** The interface to the virtual-table mechanism defined above (back up +** to a comment remarkably similar to this one) is currently considered +** to be experimental. The interface might change in incompatible ways. +** If this is a problem for you, do not use the interface at this time. +** +** When the virtual-table mechanism stabilizes, we will declare the +** interface fixed, support it indefinitely, and remove this comment. +*/ + +/* +** CAPI3REF: A Handle To An Open BLOB +** KEYWORDS: {BLOB handle} {BLOB handles} +** +** An instance of this object represents an open BLOB on which +** [sqlite3_blob_open | incremental BLOB I/O] can be performed. +** ^Objects of this type are created by [sqlite3_blob_open()] +** and destroyed by [sqlite3_blob_close()]. +** ^The [sqlite3_blob_read()] and [sqlite3_blob_write()] interfaces +** can be used to read or write small subsections of the BLOB. +** ^The [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface returns the size of the BLOB in bytes. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_blob sqlite3_blob; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Open A BLOB For Incremental I/O +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** CONSTRUCTOR: sqlite3_blob +** +** ^(This interfaces opens a [BLOB handle | handle] to the BLOB located +** in row iRow, column zColumn, table zTable in database zDb; +** in other words, the same BLOB that would be selected by: +** +** <pre> +** SELECT zColumn FROM zDb.zTable WHERE [rowid] = iRow; +** </pre>)^ +** +** ^(Parameter zDb is not the filename that contains the database, but +** rather the symbolic name of the database. For attached databases, this is +** the name that appears after the AS keyword in the [ATTACH] statement. +** For the main database file, the database name is "main". For TEMP +** tables, the database name is "temp".)^ +** +** ^If the flags parameter is non-zero, then the BLOB is opened for read +** and write access. ^If the flags parameter is zero, the BLOB is opened for +** read-only access. +** +** ^(On success, [SQLITE_OK] is returned and the new [BLOB handle] is stored +** in *ppBlob. Otherwise an [error code] is returned and, unless the error +** code is SQLITE_MISUSE, *ppBlob is set to NULL.)^ ^This means that, provided +** the API is not misused, it is always safe to call [sqlite3_blob_close()] +** on *ppBlob after this function it returns. +** +** This function fails with SQLITE_ERROR if any of the following are true: +** <ul> +** <li> ^(Database zDb does not exist)^, +** <li> ^(Table zTable does not exist within database zDb)^, +** <li> ^(Table zTable is a WITHOUT ROWID table)^, +** <li> ^(Column zColumn does not exist)^, +** <li> ^(Row iRow is not present in the table)^, +** <li> ^(The specified column of row iRow contains a value that is not +** a TEXT or BLOB value)^, +** <li> ^(Column zColumn is part of an index, PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE +** constraint and the blob is being opened for read/write access)^, +** <li> ^([foreign key constraints | Foreign key constraints] are enabled, +** column zColumn is part of a [child key] definition and the blob is +** being opened for read/write access)^. +** </ul> +** +** ^Unless it returns SQLITE_MISUSE, this function sets the +** [database connection] error code and message accessible via +** [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()] and related functions. +** +** A BLOB referenced by sqlite3_blob_open() may be read using the +** [sqlite3_blob_read()] interface and modified by using +** [sqlite3_blob_write()]. The [BLOB handle] can be moved to a +** different row of the same table using the [sqlite3_blob_reopen()] +** interface. However, the column, table, or database of a [BLOB handle] +** cannot be changed after the [BLOB handle] is opened. +** +** ^(If the row that a BLOB handle points to is modified by an +** [UPDATE], [DELETE], or by [ON CONFLICT] side-effects +** then the BLOB handle is marked as "expired". +** This is true if any column of the row is changed, even a column +** other than the one the BLOB handle is open on.)^ +** ^Calls to [sqlite3_blob_read()] and [sqlite3_blob_write()] for +** an expired BLOB handle fail with a return code of [SQLITE_ABORT]. +** ^(Changes written into a BLOB prior to the BLOB expiring are not +** rolled back by the expiration of the BLOB. Such changes will eventually +** commit if the transaction continues to completion.)^ +** +** ^Use the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface to determine the size of +** the opened blob. ^The size of a blob may not be changed by this +** interface. Use the [UPDATE] SQL command to change the size of a +** blob. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_bind_zeroblob()] and [sqlite3_result_zeroblob()] interfaces +** and the built-in [zeroblob] SQL function may be used to create a +** zero-filled blob to read or write using the incremental-blob interface. +** +** To avoid a resource leak, every open [BLOB handle] should eventually +** be released by a call to [sqlite3_blob_close()]. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_blob_close()], +** [sqlite3_blob_reopen()], [sqlite3_blob_read()], +** [sqlite3_blob_bytes()], [sqlite3_blob_write()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_open( + sqlite3*, + const char *zDb, + const char *zTable, + const char *zColumn, + sqlite3_int64 iRow, + int flags, + sqlite3_blob **ppBlob +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Move a BLOB Handle to a New Row +** METHOD: sqlite3_blob +** +** ^This function is used to move an existing [BLOB handle] so that it points +** to a different row of the same database table. ^The new row is identified +** by the rowid value passed as the second argument. Only the row can be +** changed. ^The database, table and column on which the blob handle is open +** remain the same. Moving an existing [BLOB handle] to a new row is +** faster than closing the existing handle and opening a new one. +** +** ^(The new row must meet the same criteria as for [sqlite3_blob_open()] - +** it must exist and there must be either a blob or text value stored in +** the nominated column.)^ ^If the new row is not present in the table, or if +** it does not contain a blob or text value, or if another error occurs, an +** SQLite error code is returned and the blob handle is considered aborted. +** ^All subsequent calls to [sqlite3_blob_read()], [sqlite3_blob_write()] or +** [sqlite3_blob_reopen()] on an aborted blob handle immediately return +** SQLITE_ABORT. ^Calling [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] on an aborted blob handle +** always returns zero. +** +** ^This function sets the database handle error code and message. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_reopen(sqlite3_blob *, sqlite3_int64); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Close A BLOB Handle +** DESTRUCTOR: sqlite3_blob +** +** ^This function closes an open [BLOB handle]. ^(The BLOB handle is closed +** unconditionally. Even if this routine returns an error code, the +** handle is still closed.)^ +** +** ^If the blob handle being closed was opened for read-write access, and if +** the database is in auto-commit mode and there are no other open read-write +** blob handles or active write statements, the current transaction is +** committed. ^If an error occurs while committing the transaction, an error +** code is returned and the transaction rolled back. +** +** Calling this function with an argument that is not a NULL pointer or an +** open blob handle results in undefined behaviour. ^Calling this routine +** with a null pointer (such as would be returned by a failed call to +** [sqlite3_blob_open()]) is a harmless no-op. ^Otherwise, if this function +** is passed a valid open blob handle, the values returned by the +** sqlite3_errcode() and sqlite3_errmsg() functions are set before returning. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_close(sqlite3_blob *); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Return The Size Of An Open BLOB +** METHOD: sqlite3_blob +** +** ^Returns the size in bytes of the BLOB accessible via the +** successfully opened [BLOB handle] in its only argument. ^The +** incremental blob I/O routines can only read or overwriting existing +** blob content; they cannot change the size of a blob. +** +** This routine only works on a [BLOB handle] which has been created +** by a prior successful call to [sqlite3_blob_open()] and which has not +** been closed by [sqlite3_blob_close()]. Passing any other pointer in +** to this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable behavior. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_bytes(sqlite3_blob *); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Read Data From A BLOB Incrementally +** METHOD: sqlite3_blob +** +** ^(This function is used to read data from an open [BLOB handle] into a +** caller-supplied buffer. N bytes of data are copied into buffer Z +** from the open BLOB, starting at offset iOffset.)^ +** +** ^If offset iOffset is less than N bytes from the end of the BLOB, +** [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is read. ^If N or iOffset is +** less than zero, [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is read. +** ^The size of the blob (and hence the maximum value of N+iOffset) +** can be determined using the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface. +** +** ^An attempt to read from an expired [BLOB handle] fails with an +** error code of [SQLITE_ABORT]. +** +** ^(On success, sqlite3_blob_read() returns SQLITE_OK. +** Otherwise, an [error code] or an [extended error code] is returned.)^ +** +** This routine only works on a [BLOB handle] which has been created +** by a prior successful call to [sqlite3_blob_open()] and which has not +** been closed by [sqlite3_blob_close()]. Passing any other pointer in +** to this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable behavior. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_blob_write()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_read(sqlite3_blob *, void *Z, int N, int iOffset); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Write Data Into A BLOB Incrementally +** METHOD: sqlite3_blob +** +** ^(This function is used to write data into an open [BLOB handle] from a +** caller-supplied buffer. N bytes of data are copied from the buffer Z +** into the open BLOB, starting at offset iOffset.)^ +** +** ^(On success, sqlite3_blob_write() returns SQLITE_OK. +** Otherwise, an [error code] or an [extended error code] is returned.)^ +** ^Unless SQLITE_MISUSE is returned, this function sets the +** [database connection] error code and message accessible via +** [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()] and related functions. +** +** ^If the [BLOB handle] passed as the first argument was not opened for +** writing (the flags parameter to [sqlite3_blob_open()] was zero), +** this function returns [SQLITE_READONLY]. +** +** This function may only modify the contents of the BLOB; it is +** not possible to increase the size of a BLOB using this API. +** ^If offset iOffset is less than N bytes from the end of the BLOB, +** [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written. The size of the +** BLOB (and hence the maximum value of N+iOffset) can be determined +** using the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface. ^If N or iOffset are less +** than zero [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written. +** +** ^An attempt to write to an expired [BLOB handle] fails with an +** error code of [SQLITE_ABORT]. ^Writes to the BLOB that occurred +** before the [BLOB handle] expired are not rolled back by the +** expiration of the handle, though of course those changes might +** have been overwritten by the statement that expired the BLOB handle +** or by other independent statements. +** +** This routine only works on a [BLOB handle] which has been created +** by a prior successful call to [sqlite3_blob_open()] and which has not +** been closed by [sqlite3_blob_close()]. Passing any other pointer in +** to this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable behavior. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_blob_read()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_write(sqlite3_blob *, const void *z, int n, int iOffset); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Virtual File System Objects +** +** A virtual filesystem (VFS) is an [sqlite3_vfs] object +** that SQLite uses to interact +** with the underlying operating system. Most SQLite builds come with a +** single default VFS that is appropriate for the host computer. +** New VFSes can be registered and existing VFSes can be unregistered. +** The following interfaces are provided. +** +** ^The sqlite3_vfs_find() interface returns a pointer to a VFS given its name. +** ^Names are case sensitive. +** ^Names are zero-terminated UTF-8 strings. +** ^If there is no match, a NULL pointer is returned. +** ^If zVfsName is NULL then the default VFS is returned. +** +** ^New VFSes are registered with sqlite3_vfs_register(). +** ^Each new VFS becomes the default VFS if the makeDflt flag is set. +** ^The same VFS can be registered multiple times without injury. +** ^To make an existing VFS into the default VFS, register it again +** with the makeDflt flag set. If two different VFSes with the +** same name are registered, the behavior is undefined. If a +** VFS is registered with a name that is NULL or an empty string, +** then the behavior is undefined. +** +** ^Unregister a VFS with the sqlite3_vfs_unregister() interface. +** ^(If the default VFS is unregistered, another VFS is chosen as +** the default. The choice for the new VFS is arbitrary.)^ +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3_vfs_find(const char *zVfsName); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_register(sqlite3_vfs*, int makeDflt); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_unregister(sqlite3_vfs*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Mutexes +** +** The SQLite core uses these routines for thread +** synchronization. Though they are intended for internal +** use by SQLite, code that links against SQLite is +** permitted to use any of these routines. +** +** The SQLite source code contains multiple implementations +** of these mutex routines. An appropriate implementation +** is selected automatically at compile-time. The following +** implementations are available in the SQLite core: +** +** <ul> +** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS +** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 +** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP +** </ul> +** +** The SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP implementation is a set of routines +** that does no real locking and is appropriate for use in +** a single-threaded application. The SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS and +** SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 implementations are appropriate for use on Unix +** and Windows. +** +** If SQLite is compiled with the SQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF preprocessor +** macro defined (with "-DSQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF=1"), then no mutex +** implementation is included with the library. In this case the +** application must supply a custom mutex implementation using the +** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX] option of the sqlite3_config() function +** before calling sqlite3_initialize() or any other public sqlite3_ +** function that calls sqlite3_initialize(). +** +** ^The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new +** mutex and returns a pointer to it. ^The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() +** routine returns NULL if it is unable to allocate the requested +** mutex. The argument to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() must one of these +** integer constants: +** +** <ul> +** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST +** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE +** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MAIN +** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM +** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN +** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG +** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU +** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM +** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP1 +** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP2 +** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP3 +** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS1 +** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS2 +** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS3 +** </ul> +** +** ^The first two constants (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST and SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) +** cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create +** a new mutex. ^The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE +** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used. +** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction +** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does +** not want to. SQLite will only request a recursive mutex in +** cases where it really needs one. If a faster non-recursive mutex +** implementation is available on the host platform, the mutex subsystem +** might return such a mutex in response to SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST. +** +** ^The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() (anything other +** than SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST and SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) each return +** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex. ^Nine static mutexes are +** used by the current version of SQLite. Future versions of SQLite +** may add additional static mutexes. Static mutexes are for internal +** use by SQLite only. Applications that use SQLite mutexes should +** use only the dynamic mutexes returned by SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST or +** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE. +** +** ^Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST +** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc() +** returns a different mutex on every call. ^For the static +** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has +** the same type number. +** +** ^The sqlite3_mutex_free() routine deallocates a previously +** allocated dynamic mutex. Attempting to deallocate a static +** mutex results in undefined behavior. +** +** ^The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt +** to enter a mutex. ^If another thread is already within the mutex, +** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return +** SQLITE_BUSY. ^The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns [SQLITE_OK] +** upon successful entry. ^(Mutexes created using +** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can be entered multiple times by the same thread. +** In such cases, the +** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread +** can enter.)^ If the same thread tries to enter any mutex other +** than an SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE more than once, the behavior is undefined. +** +** ^(Some systems (for example, Windows 95) do not support the operation +** implemented by sqlite3_mutex_try(). On those systems, sqlite3_mutex_try() +** will always return SQLITE_BUSY. The SQLite core only ever uses +** sqlite3_mutex_try() as an optimization so this is acceptable +** behavior.)^ +** +** ^The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was +** previously entered by the same thread. The behavior +** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered by the +** calling thread or is not currently allocated. +** +** ^If the argument to sqlite3_mutex_enter(), sqlite3_mutex_try(), or +** sqlite3_mutex_leave() is a NULL pointer, then all three routines +** behave as no-ops. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_mutex_held()] and [sqlite3_mutex_notheld()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_mutex_alloc(int); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3_mutex*); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_mutex*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_try(sqlite3_mutex*); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Mutex Methods Object +** +** An instance of this structure defines the low-level routines +** used to allocate and use mutexes. +** +** Usually, the default mutex implementations provided by SQLite are +** sufficient, however the application has the option of substituting a custom +** implementation for specialized deployments or systems for which SQLite +** does not provide a suitable implementation. In this case, the application +** creates and populates an instance of this structure to pass +** to sqlite3_config() along with the [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX] option. +** Additionally, an instance of this structure can be used as an +** output variable when querying the system for the current mutex +** implementation, using the [SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX] option. +** +** ^The xMutexInit method defined by this structure is invoked as +** part of system initialization by the sqlite3_initialize() function. +** ^The xMutexInit routine is called by SQLite exactly once for each +** effective call to [sqlite3_initialize()]. +** +** ^The xMutexEnd method defined by this structure is invoked as +** part of system shutdown by the sqlite3_shutdown() function. The +** implementation of this method is expected to release all outstanding +** resources obtained by the mutex methods implementation, especially +** those obtained by the xMutexInit method. ^The xMutexEnd() +** interface is invoked exactly once for each call to [sqlite3_shutdown()]. +** +** ^(The remaining seven methods defined by this structure (xMutexAlloc, +** xMutexFree, xMutexEnter, xMutexTry, xMutexLeave, xMutexHeld and +** xMutexNotheld) implement the following interfaces (respectively): +** +** <ul> +** <li> [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()] </li> +** <li> [sqlite3_mutex_free()] </li> +** <li> [sqlite3_mutex_enter()] </li> +** <li> [sqlite3_mutex_try()] </li> +** <li> [sqlite3_mutex_leave()] </li> +** <li> [sqlite3_mutex_held()] </li> +** <li> [sqlite3_mutex_notheld()] </li> +** </ul>)^ +** +** The only difference is that the public sqlite3_XXX functions enumerated +** above silently ignore any invocations that pass a NULL pointer instead +** of a valid mutex handle. The implementations of the methods defined +** by this structure are not required to handle this case. The results +** of passing a NULL pointer instead of a valid mutex handle are undefined +** (i.e. it is acceptable to provide an implementation that segfaults if +** it is passed a NULL pointer). +** +** The xMutexInit() method must be threadsafe. It must be harmless to +** invoke xMutexInit() multiple times within the same process and without +** intervening calls to xMutexEnd(). Second and subsequent calls to +** xMutexInit() must be no-ops. +** +** xMutexInit() must not use SQLite memory allocation ([sqlite3_malloc()] +** and its associates). Similarly, xMutexAlloc() must not use SQLite memory +** allocation for a static mutex. ^However xMutexAlloc() may use SQLite +** memory allocation for a fast or recursive mutex. +** +** ^SQLite will invoke the xMutexEnd() method when [sqlite3_shutdown()] is +** called, but only if the prior call to xMutexInit returned SQLITE_OK. +** If xMutexInit fails in any way, it is expected to clean up after itself +** prior to returning. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_mutex_methods sqlite3_mutex_methods; +struct sqlite3_mutex_methods { + int (*xMutexInit)(void); + int (*xMutexEnd)(void); + sqlite3_mutex *(*xMutexAlloc)(int); + void (*xMutexFree)(sqlite3_mutex *); + void (*xMutexEnter)(sqlite3_mutex *); + int (*xMutexTry)(sqlite3_mutex *); + void (*xMutexLeave)(sqlite3_mutex *); + int (*xMutexHeld)(sqlite3_mutex *); + int (*xMutexNotheld)(sqlite3_mutex *); +}; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Mutex Verification Routines +** +** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routines +** are intended for use inside assert() statements. The SQLite core +** never uses these routines except inside an assert() and applications +** are advised to follow the lead of the core. The SQLite core only +** provides implementations for these routines when it is compiled +** with the SQLITE_DEBUG flag. External mutex implementations +** are only required to provide these routines if SQLITE_DEBUG is +** defined and if NDEBUG is not defined. +** +** These routines should return true if the mutex in their argument +** is held or not held, respectively, by the calling thread. +** +** The implementation is not required to provide versions of these +** routines that actually work. If the implementation does not provide working +** versions of these routines, it should at least provide stubs that always +** return true so that one does not get spurious assertion failures. +** +** If the argument to sqlite3_mutex_held() is a NULL pointer then +** the routine should return 1. This seems counter-intuitive since +** clearly the mutex cannot be held if it does not exist. But +** the reason the mutex does not exist is because the build is not +** using mutexes. And we do not want the assert() containing the +** call to sqlite3_mutex_held() to fail, so a non-zero return is +** the appropriate thing to do. The sqlite3_mutex_notheld() +** interface should also return 1 when given a NULL pointer. +*/ +#ifndef NDEBUG +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3_mutex*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_notheld(sqlite3_mutex*); +#endif + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Mutex Types +** +** The [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()] interface takes a single argument +** which is one of these integer constants. +** +** The set of static mutexes may change from one SQLite release to the +** next. Applications that override the built-in mutex logic must be +** prepared to accommodate additional static mutexes. +*/ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST 0 +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE 1 +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MAIN 2 +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM 3 /* sqlite3_malloc() */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2 4 /* NOT USED */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN 4 /* sqlite3BtreeOpen() */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG 5 /* sqlite3_randomness() */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU 6 /* lru page list */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2 7 /* NOT USED */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM 7 /* sqlite3PageMalloc() */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP1 8 /* For use by application */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP2 9 /* For use by application */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP3 10 /* For use by application */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS1 11 /* For use by built-in VFS */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS2 12 /* For use by extension VFS */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS3 13 /* For use by application VFS */ + +/* Legacy compatibility: */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER 2 + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Retrieve the mutex for a database connection +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^This interface returns a pointer the [sqlite3_mutex] object that +** serializes access to the [database connection] given in the argument +** when the [threading mode] is Serialized. +** ^If the [threading mode] is Single-thread or Multi-thread then this +** routine returns a NULL pointer. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_db_mutex(sqlite3*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Low-Level Control Of Database Files +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** KEYWORDS: {file control} +** +** ^The [sqlite3_file_control()] interface makes a direct call to the +** xFileControl method for the [sqlite3_io_methods] object associated +** with a particular database identified by the second argument. ^The +** name of the database is "main" for the main database or "temp" for the +** TEMP database, or the name that appears after the AS keyword for +** databases that are added using the [ATTACH] SQL command. +** ^A NULL pointer can be used in place of "main" to refer to the +** main database file. +** ^The third and fourth parameters to this routine +** are passed directly through to the second and third parameters of +** the xFileControl method. ^The return value of the xFileControl +** method becomes the return value of this routine. +** +** A few opcodes for [sqlite3_file_control()] are handled directly +** by the SQLite core and never invoke the +** sqlite3_io_methods.xFileControl method. +** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER] value for the op parameter causes +** a pointer to the underlying [sqlite3_file] object to be written into +** the space pointed to by the 4th parameter. The +** [SQLITE_FCNTL_JOURNAL_POINTER] works similarly except that it returns +** the [sqlite3_file] object associated with the journal file instead of +** the main database. The [SQLITE_FCNTL_VFS_POINTER] opcode returns +** a pointer to the underlying [sqlite3_vfs] object for the file. +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_DATA_VERSION] returns the data version counter +** from the pager. +** +** ^If the second parameter (zDbName) does not match the name of any +** open database file, then SQLITE_ERROR is returned. ^This error +** code is not remembered and will not be recalled by [sqlite3_errcode()] +** or [sqlite3_errmsg()]. The underlying xFileControl method might +** also return SQLITE_ERROR. There is no way to distinguish between +** an incorrect zDbName and an SQLITE_ERROR return from the underlying +** xFileControl method. +** +** See also: [file control opcodes] +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_file_control(sqlite3*, const char *zDbName, int op, void*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Testing Interface +** +** ^The sqlite3_test_control() interface is used to read out internal +** state of SQLite and to inject faults into SQLite for testing +** purposes. ^The first parameter is an operation code that determines +** the number, meaning, and operation of all subsequent parameters. +** +** This interface is not for use by applications. It exists solely +** for verifying the correct operation of the SQLite library. Depending +** on how the SQLite library is compiled, this interface might not exist. +** +** The details of the operation codes, their meanings, the parameters +** they take, and what they do are all subject to change without notice. +** Unlike most of the SQLite API, this function is not guaranteed to +** operate consistently from one release to the next. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_test_control(int op, ...); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Testing Interface Operation Codes +** +** These constants are the valid operation code parameters used +** as the first argument to [sqlite3_test_control()]. +** +** These parameters and their meanings are subject to change +** without notice. These values are for testing purposes only. +** Applications should not use any of these parameters or the +** [sqlite3_test_control()] interface. +*/ +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FIRST 5 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_SAVE 5 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESTORE 6 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESET 7 /* NOT USED */ +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BITVEC_TEST 8 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_INSTALL 9 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS 10 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PENDING_BYTE 11 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT 12 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS 13 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE 14 /* NOT USED */ +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS 15 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISKEYWORD 16 /* NOT USED */ +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SCRATCHMALLOC 17 /* NOT USED */ +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_INTERNAL_FUNCTIONS 17 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LOCALTIME_FAULT 18 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_EXPLAIN_STMT 19 /* NOT USED */ +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ONCE_RESET_THRESHOLD 19 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_NEVER_CORRUPT 20 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_VDBE_COVERAGE 21 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BYTEORDER 22 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISINIT 23 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SORTER_MMAP 24 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER 25 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PARSER_COVERAGE 26 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESULT_INTREAL 27 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_SEED 28 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_EXTRA_SCHEMA_CHECKS 29 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SEEK_COUNT 30 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LAST 30 /* Largest TESTCTRL */ + +/* +** CAPI3REF: SQL Keyword Checking +** +** These routines provide access to the set of SQL language keywords +** recognized by SQLite. Applications can uses these routines to determine +** whether or not a specific identifier needs to be escaped (for example, +** by enclosing in double-quotes) so as not to confuse the parser. +** +** The sqlite3_keyword_count() interface returns the number of distinct +** keywords understood by SQLite. +** +** The sqlite3_keyword_name(N,Z,L) interface finds the N-th keyword and +** makes *Z point to that keyword expressed as UTF8 and writes the number +** of bytes in the keyword into *L. The string that *Z points to is not +** zero-terminated. The sqlite3_keyword_name(N,Z,L) routine returns +** SQLITE_OK if N is within bounds and SQLITE_ERROR if not. If either Z +** or L are NULL or invalid pointers then calls to +** sqlite3_keyword_name(N,Z,L) result in undefined behavior. +** +** The sqlite3_keyword_check(Z,L) interface checks to see whether or not +** the L-byte UTF8 identifier that Z points to is a keyword, returning non-zero +** if it is and zero if not. +** +** The parser used by SQLite is forgiving. It is often possible to use +** a keyword as an identifier as long as such use does not result in a +** parsing ambiguity. For example, the statement +** "CREATE TABLE BEGIN(REPLACE,PRAGMA,END);" is accepted by SQLite, and +** creates a new table named "BEGIN" with three columns named +** "REPLACE", "PRAGMA", and "END". Nevertheless, best practice is to avoid +** using keywords as identifiers. Common techniques used to avoid keyword +** name collisions include: +** <ul> +** <li> Put all identifier names inside double-quotes. This is the official +** SQL way to escape identifier names. +** <li> Put identifier names inside [...]. This is not standard SQL, +** but it is what SQL Server does and so lots of programmers use this +** technique. +** <li> Begin every identifier with the letter "Z" as no SQL keywords start +** with "Z". +** <li> Include a digit somewhere in every identifier name. +** </ul> +** +** Note that the number of keywords understood by SQLite can depend on +** compile-time options. For example, "VACUUM" is not a keyword if +** SQLite is compiled with the [-DSQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM] option. Also, +** new keywords may be added to future releases of SQLite. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_keyword_count(void); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_keyword_name(int,const char**,int*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_keyword_check(const char*,int); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Dynamic String Object +** KEYWORDS: {dynamic string} +** +** An instance of the sqlite3_str object contains a dynamically-sized +** string under construction. +** +** The lifecycle of an sqlite3_str object is as follows: +** <ol> +** <li> ^The sqlite3_str object is created using [sqlite3_str_new()]. +** <li> ^Text is appended to the sqlite3_str object using various +** methods, such as [sqlite3_str_appendf()]. +** <li> ^The sqlite3_str object is destroyed and the string it created +** is returned using the [sqlite3_str_finish()] interface. +** </ol> +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_str sqlite3_str; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Create A New Dynamic String Object +** CONSTRUCTOR: sqlite3_str +** +** ^The [sqlite3_str_new(D)] interface allocates and initializes +** a new [sqlite3_str] object. To avoid memory leaks, the object returned by +** [sqlite3_str_new()] must be freed by a subsequent call to +** [sqlite3_str_finish(X)]. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_str_new(D)] interface always returns a pointer to a +** valid [sqlite3_str] object, though in the event of an out-of-memory +** error the returned object might be a special singleton that will +** silently reject new text, always return SQLITE_NOMEM from +** [sqlite3_str_errcode()], always return 0 for +** [sqlite3_str_length()], and always return NULL from +** [sqlite3_str_finish(X)]. It is always safe to use the value +** returned by [sqlite3_str_new(D)] as the sqlite3_str parameter +** to any of the other [sqlite3_str] methods. +** +** The D parameter to [sqlite3_str_new(D)] may be NULL. If the +** D parameter in [sqlite3_str_new(D)] is not NULL, then the maximum +** length of the string contained in the [sqlite3_str] object will be +** the value set for [sqlite3_limit](D,[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]) instead +** of [SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH]. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_str *sqlite3_str_new(sqlite3*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Finalize A Dynamic String +** DESTRUCTOR: sqlite3_str +** +** ^The [sqlite3_str_finish(X)] interface destroys the sqlite3_str object X +** and returns a pointer to a memory buffer obtained from [sqlite3_malloc64()] +** that contains the constructed string. The calling application should +** pass the returned value to [sqlite3_free()] to avoid a memory leak. +** ^The [sqlite3_str_finish(X)] interface may return a NULL pointer if any +** errors were encountered during construction of the string. ^The +** [sqlite3_str_finish(X)] interface will also return a NULL pointer if the +** string in [sqlite3_str] object X is zero bytes long. +*/ +SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_str_finish(sqlite3_str*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Add Content To A Dynamic String +** METHOD: sqlite3_str +** +** These interfaces add content to an sqlite3_str object previously obtained +** from [sqlite3_str_new()]. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_str_appendf(X,F,...)] and +** [sqlite3_str_vappendf(X,F,V)] interfaces uses the [built-in printf] +** functionality of SQLite to append formatted text onto the end of +** [sqlite3_str] object X. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_str_append(X,S,N)] method appends exactly N bytes from string S +** onto the end of the [sqlite3_str] object X. N must be non-negative. +** S must contain at least N non-zero bytes of content. To append a +** zero-terminated string in its entirety, use the [sqlite3_str_appendall()] +** method instead. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_str_appendall(X,S)] method appends the complete content of +** zero-terminated string S onto the end of [sqlite3_str] object X. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_str_appendchar(X,N,C)] method appends N copies of the +** single-byte character C onto the end of [sqlite3_str] object X. +** ^This method can be used, for example, to add whitespace indentation. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_str_reset(X)] method resets the string under construction +** inside [sqlite3_str] object X back to zero bytes in length. +** +** These methods do not return a result code. ^If an error occurs, that fact +** is recorded in the [sqlite3_str] object and can be recovered by a +** subsequent call to [sqlite3_str_errcode(X)]. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_str_appendf(sqlite3_str*, const char *zFormat, ...); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_str_vappendf(sqlite3_str*, const char *zFormat, va_list); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_str_append(sqlite3_str*, const char *zIn, int N); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_str_appendall(sqlite3_str*, const char *zIn); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_str_appendchar(sqlite3_str*, int N, char C); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_str_reset(sqlite3_str*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Status Of A Dynamic String +** METHOD: sqlite3_str +** +** These interfaces return the current status of an [sqlite3_str] object. +** +** ^If any prior errors have occurred while constructing the dynamic string +** in sqlite3_str X, then the [sqlite3_str_errcode(X)] method will return +** an appropriate error code. ^The [sqlite3_str_errcode(X)] method returns +** [SQLITE_NOMEM] following any out-of-memory error, or +** [SQLITE_TOOBIG] if the size of the dynamic string exceeds +** [SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH], or [SQLITE_OK] if there have been no errors. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_str_length(X)] method returns the current length, in bytes, +** of the dynamic string under construction in [sqlite3_str] object X. +** ^The length returned by [sqlite3_str_length(X)] does not include the +** zero-termination byte. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_str_value(X)] method returns a pointer to the current +** content of the dynamic string under construction in X. The value +** returned by [sqlite3_str_value(X)] is managed by the sqlite3_str object X +** and might be freed or altered by any subsequent method on the same +** [sqlite3_str] object. Applications must not used the pointer returned +** [sqlite3_str_value(X)] after any subsequent method call on the same +** object. ^Applications may change the content of the string returned +** by [sqlite3_str_value(X)] as long as they do not write into any bytes +** outside the range of 0 to [sqlite3_str_length(X)] and do not read or +** write any byte after any subsequent sqlite3_str method call. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_str_errcode(sqlite3_str*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_str_length(sqlite3_str*); +SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_str_value(sqlite3_str*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: SQLite Runtime Status +** +** ^These interfaces are used to retrieve runtime status information +** about the performance of SQLite, and optionally to reset various +** highwater marks. ^The first argument is an integer code for +** the specific parameter to measure. ^(Recognized integer codes +** are of the form [status parameters | SQLITE_STATUS_...].)^ +** ^The current value of the parameter is returned into *pCurrent. +** ^The highest recorded value is returned in *pHighwater. ^If the +** resetFlag is true, then the highest record value is reset after +** *pHighwater is written. ^(Some parameters do not record the highest +** value. For those parameters +** nothing is written into *pHighwater and the resetFlag is ignored.)^ +** ^(Other parameters record only the highwater mark and not the current +** value. For these latter parameters nothing is written into *pCurrent.)^ +** +** ^The sqlite3_status() and sqlite3_status64() routines return +** SQLITE_OK on success and a non-zero [error code] on failure. +** +** If either the current value or the highwater mark is too large to +** be represented by a 32-bit integer, then the values returned by +** sqlite3_status() are undefined. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_db_status()] +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status(int op, int *pCurrent, int *pHighwater, int resetFlag); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status64( + int op, + sqlite3_int64 *pCurrent, + sqlite3_int64 *pHighwater, + int resetFlag +); + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters +** KEYWORDS: {status parameters} +** +** These integer constants designate various run-time status parameters +** that can be returned by [sqlite3_status()]. +** +** <dl> +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED</dt> +** <dd>This parameter is the current amount of memory checked out +** using [sqlite3_malloc()], either directly or indirectly. The +** figure includes calls made to [sqlite3_malloc()] by the application +** and internal memory usage by the SQLite library. Auxiliary page-cache +** memory controlled by [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE] is not included in +** this parameter. The amount returned is the sum of the allocation +** sizes as reported by the xSize method in [sqlite3_mem_methods].</dd>)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE</dt> +** <dd>This parameter records the largest memory allocation request +** handed to [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] (or their +** internal equivalents). Only the value returned in the +** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest. +** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.</dd>)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT</dt> +** <dd>This parameter records the number of separate memory allocations +** currently checked out.</dd>)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED</dt> +** <dd>This parameter returns the number of pages used out of the +** [pagecache memory allocator] that was configured using +** [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]. The +** value returned is in pages, not in bytes.</dd>)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW]] +** ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW</dt> +** <dd>This parameter returns the number of bytes of page cache +** allocation which could not be satisfied by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE] +** buffer and where forced to overflow to [sqlite3_malloc()]. The +** returned value includes allocations that overflowed because they +** where too large (they were larger than the "sz" parameter to +** [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]) and allocations that overflowed because +** no space was left in the page cache.</dd>)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE</dt> +** <dd>This parameter records the largest memory allocation request +** handed to the [pagecache memory allocator]. Only the value returned in the +** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest. +** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.</dd>)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED]] <dt>SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED</dt> +** <dd>No longer used.</dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW</dt> +** <dd>No longer used.</dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE]] <dt>SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE</dt> +** <dd>No longer used.</dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK</dt> +** <dd>The *pHighwater parameter records the deepest parser stack. +** The *pCurrent value is undefined. The *pHighwater value is only +** meaningful if SQLite is compiled with [YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH].</dd>)^ +** </dl> +** +** New status parameters may be added from time to time. +*/ +#define SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED 0 +#define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED 1 +#define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW 2 +#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED 3 /* NOT USED */ +#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW 4 /* NOT USED */ +#define SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE 5 +#define SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK 6 +#define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE 7 +#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE 8 /* NOT USED */ +#define SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT 9 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Status +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information +** about a single [database connection]. ^The first argument is the +** database connection object to be interrogated. ^The second argument +** is an integer constant, taken from the set of +** [SQLITE_DBSTATUS options], that +** determines the parameter to interrogate. The set of +** [SQLITE_DBSTATUS options] is likely +** to grow in future releases of SQLite. +** +** ^The current value of the requested parameter is written into *pCur +** and the highest instantaneous value is written into *pHiwtr. ^If +** the resetFlg is true, then the highest instantaneous value is +** reset back down to the current value. +** +** ^The sqlite3_db_status() routine returns SQLITE_OK on success and a +** non-zero [error code] on failure. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_status()] and [sqlite3_stmt_status()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur, int *pHiwtr, int resetFlg); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters for database connections +** KEYWORDS: {SQLITE_DBSTATUS options} +** +** These constants are the available integer "verbs" that can be passed as +** the second argument to the [sqlite3_db_status()] interface. +** +** New verbs may be added in future releases of SQLite. Existing verbs +** might be discontinued. Applications should check the return code from +** [sqlite3_db_status()] to make sure that the call worked. +** The [sqlite3_db_status()] interface will return a non-zero error code +** if a discontinued or unsupported verb is invoked. +** +** <dl> +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED</dt> +** <dd>This parameter returns the number of lookaside memory slots currently +** checked out.</dd>)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT</dt> +** <dd>This parameter returns the number of malloc attempts that were +** satisfied using lookaside memory. Only the high-water value is meaningful; +** the current value is always zero.)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE]] +** ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE</dt> +** <dd>This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that might have +** been satisfied using lookaside memory but failed due to the amount of +** memory requested being larger than the lookaside slot size. +** Only the high-water value is meaningful; +** the current value is always zero.)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL]] +** ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL</dt> +** <dd>This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that might have +** been satisfied using lookaside memory but failed due to all lookaside +** memory already being in use. +** Only the high-water value is meaningful; +** the current value is always zero.)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED</dt> +** <dd>This parameter returns the approximate number of bytes of heap +** memory used by all pager caches associated with the database connection.)^ +** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED is always 0. +** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED_SHARED]] +** ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED_SHARED</dt> +** <dd>This parameter is similar to DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED, except that if a +** pager cache is shared between two or more connections the bytes of heap +** memory used by that pager cache is divided evenly between the attached +** connections.)^ In other words, if none of the pager caches associated +** with the database connection are shared, this request returns the same +** value as DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED. Or, if one or more or the pager caches are +** shared, the value returned by this call will be smaller than that returned +** by DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED. ^The highwater mark associated with +** SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED_SHARED is always 0. +** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED</dt> +** <dd>This parameter returns the approximate number of bytes of heap +** memory used to store the schema for all databases associated +** with the connection - main, temp, and any [ATTACH]-ed databases.)^ +** ^The full amount of memory used by the schemas is reported, even if the +** schema memory is shared with other database connections due to +** [shared cache mode] being enabled. +** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED is always 0. +** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED</dt> +** <dd>This parameter returns the approximate number of bytes of heap +** and lookaside memory used by all prepared statements associated with +** the database connection.)^ +** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED is always 0. +** </dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT</dt> +** <dd>This parameter returns the number of pager cache hits that have +** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT +** is always 0. +** </dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS</dt> +** <dd>This parameter returns the number of pager cache misses that have +** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS +** is always 0. +** </dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE</dt> +** <dd>This parameter returns the number of dirty cache entries that have +** been written to disk. Specifically, the number of pages written to the +** wal file in wal mode databases, or the number of pages written to the +** database file in rollback mode databases. Any pages written as part of +** transaction rollback or database recovery operations are not included. +** If an IO or other error occurs while writing a page to disk, the effect +** on subsequent SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE requests is undefined.)^ ^The +** highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE is always 0. +** </dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_SPILL]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_SPILL</dt> +** <dd>This parameter returns the number of dirty cache entries that have +** been written to disk in the middle of a transaction due to the page +** cache overflowing. Transactions are more efficient if they are written +** to disk all at once. When pages spill mid-transaction, that introduces +** additional overhead. This parameter can be used help identify +** inefficiencies that can be resolved by increasing the cache size. +** </dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS</dt> +** <dd>This parameter returns zero for the current value if and only if +** all foreign key constraints (deferred or immediate) have been +** resolved.)^ ^The highwater mark is always 0. +** </dd> +** </dl> +*/ +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED 0 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED 1 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED 2 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED 3 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT 4 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE 5 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL 6 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT 7 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS 8 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE 9 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS 10 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED_SHARED 11 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_SPILL 12 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_MAX 12 /* Largest defined DBSTATUS */ + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Prepared Statement Status +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt +** +** ^(Each prepared statement maintains various +** [SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counters] that measure the number +** of times it has performed specific operations.)^ These counters can +** be used to monitor the performance characteristics of the prepared +** statements. For example, if the number of table steps greatly exceeds +** the number of table searches or result rows, that would tend to indicate +** that the prepared statement is using a full table scan rather than +** an index. +** +** ^(This interface is used to retrieve and reset counter values from +** a [prepared statement]. The first argument is the prepared statement +** object to be interrogated. The second argument +** is an integer code for a specific [SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counter] +** to be interrogated.)^ +** ^The current value of the requested counter is returned. +** ^If the resetFlg is true, then the counter is reset to zero after this +** interface call returns. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_status()] and [sqlite3_db_status()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_status(sqlite3_stmt*, int op,int resetFlg); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters for prepared statements +** KEYWORDS: {SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counter} {SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counters} +** +** These preprocessor macros define integer codes that name counter +** values associated with the [sqlite3_stmt_status()] interface. +** The meanings of the various counters are as follows: +** +** <dl> +** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP</dt> +** <dd>^This is the number of times that SQLite has stepped forward in +** a table as part of a full table scan. Large numbers for this counter +** may indicate opportunities for performance improvement through +** careful use of indices.</dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT</dt> +** <dd>^This is the number of sort operations that have occurred. +** A non-zero value in this counter may indicate an opportunity to +** improvement performance through careful use of indices.</dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX</dt> +** <dd>^This is the number of rows inserted into transient indices that +** were created automatically in order to help joins run faster. +** A non-zero value in this counter may indicate an opportunity to +** improvement performance by adding permanent indices that do not +** need to be reinitialized each time the statement is run.</dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP</dt> +** <dd>^This is the number of virtual machine operations executed +** by the prepared statement if that number is less than or equal +** to 2147483647. The number of virtual machine operations can be +** used as a proxy for the total work done by the prepared statement. +** If the number of virtual machine operations exceeds 2147483647 +** then the value returned by this statement status code is undefined. +** +** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_REPREPARE]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_REPREPARE</dt> +** <dd>^This is the number of times that the prepare statement has been +** automatically regenerated due to schema changes or changes to +** [bound parameters] that might affect the query plan. +** +** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_RUN]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_RUN</dt> +** <dd>^This is the number of times that the prepared statement has +** been run. A single "run" for the purposes of this counter is one +** or more calls to [sqlite3_step()] followed by a call to [sqlite3_reset()]. +** The counter is incremented on the first [sqlite3_step()] call of each +** cycle. +** +** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_MEMUSED]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_MEMUSED</dt> +** <dd>^This is the approximate number of bytes of heap memory +** used to store the prepared statement. ^This value is not actually +** a counter, and so the resetFlg parameter to sqlite3_stmt_status() +** is ignored when the opcode is SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_MEMUSED. +** </dd> +** </dl> +*/ +#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP 1 +#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT 2 +#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX 3 +#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP 4 +#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_REPREPARE 5 +#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_RUN 6 +#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_MEMUSED 99 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Custom Page Cache Object +** +** The sqlite3_pcache type is opaque. It is implemented by +** the pluggable module. The SQLite core has no knowledge of +** its size or internal structure and never deals with the +** sqlite3_pcache object except by holding and passing pointers +** to the object. +** +** See [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] for additional information. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_pcache sqlite3_pcache; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Custom Page Cache Object +** +** The sqlite3_pcache_page object represents a single page in the +** page cache. The page cache will allocate instances of this +** object. Various methods of the page cache use pointers to instances +** of this object as parameters or as their return value. +** +** See [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] for additional information. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_pcache_page sqlite3_pcache_page; +struct sqlite3_pcache_page { + void *pBuf; /* The content of the page */ + void *pExtra; /* Extra information associated with the page */ +}; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Application Defined Page Cache. +** KEYWORDS: {page cache} +** +** ^(The [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2], ...) interface can +** register an alternative page cache implementation by passing in an +** instance of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2 structure.)^ +** In many applications, most of the heap memory allocated by +** SQLite is used for the page cache. +** By implementing a +** custom page cache using this API, an application can better control +** the amount of memory consumed by SQLite, the way in which +** that memory is allocated and released, and the policies used to +** determine exactly which parts of a database file are cached and for +** how long. +** +** The alternative page cache mechanism is an +** extreme measure that is only needed by the most demanding applications. +** The built-in page cache is recommended for most uses. +** +** ^(The contents of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2 structure are copied to an +** internal buffer by SQLite within the call to [sqlite3_config]. Hence +** the application may discard the parameter after the call to +** [sqlite3_config()] returns.)^ +** +** [[the xInit() page cache method]] +** ^(The xInit() method is called once for each effective +** call to [sqlite3_initialize()])^ +** (usually only once during the lifetime of the process). ^(The xInit() +** method is passed a copy of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2.pArg value.)^ +** The intent of the xInit() method is to set up global data structures +** required by the custom page cache implementation. +** ^(If the xInit() method is NULL, then the +** built-in default page cache is used instead of the application defined +** page cache.)^ +** +** [[the xShutdown() page cache method]] +** ^The xShutdown() method is called by [sqlite3_shutdown()]. +** It can be used to clean up +** any outstanding resources before process shutdown, if required. +** ^The xShutdown() method may be NULL. +** +** ^SQLite automatically serializes calls to the xInit method, +** so the xInit method need not be threadsafe. ^The +** xShutdown method is only called from [sqlite3_shutdown()] so it does +** not need to be threadsafe either. All other methods must be threadsafe +** in multithreaded applications. +** +** ^SQLite will never invoke xInit() more than once without an intervening +** call to xShutdown(). +** +** [[the xCreate() page cache methods]] +** ^SQLite invokes the xCreate() method to construct a new cache instance. +** SQLite will typically create one cache instance for each open database file, +** though this is not guaranteed. ^The +** first parameter, szPage, is the size in bytes of the pages that must +** be allocated by the cache. ^szPage will always a power of two. ^The +** second parameter szExtra is a number of bytes of extra storage +** associated with each page cache entry. ^The szExtra parameter will +** a number less than 250. SQLite will use the +** extra szExtra bytes on each page to store metadata about the underlying +** database page on disk. The value passed into szExtra depends +** on the SQLite version, the target platform, and how SQLite was compiled. +** ^The third argument to xCreate(), bPurgeable, is true if the cache being +** created will be used to cache database pages of a file stored on disk, or +** false if it is used for an in-memory database. The cache implementation +** does not have to do anything special based with the value of bPurgeable; +** it is purely advisory. ^On a cache where bPurgeable is false, SQLite will +** never invoke xUnpin() except to deliberately delete a page. +** ^In other words, calls to xUnpin() on a cache with bPurgeable set to +** false will always have the "discard" flag set to true. +** ^Hence, a cache created with bPurgeable false will +** never contain any unpinned pages. +** +** [[the xCachesize() page cache method]] +** ^(The xCachesize() method may be called at any time by SQLite to set the +** suggested maximum cache-size (number of pages stored by) the cache +** instance passed as the first argument. This is the value configured using +** the SQLite "[PRAGMA cache_size]" command.)^ As with the bPurgeable +** parameter, the implementation is not required to do anything with this +** value; it is advisory only. +** +** [[the xPagecount() page cache methods]] +** The xPagecount() method must return the number of pages currently +** stored in the cache, both pinned and unpinned. +** +** [[the xFetch() page cache methods]] +** The xFetch() method locates a page in the cache and returns a pointer to +** an sqlite3_pcache_page object associated with that page, or a NULL pointer. +** The pBuf element of the returned sqlite3_pcache_page object will be a +** pointer to a buffer of szPage bytes used to store the content of a +** single database page. The pExtra element of sqlite3_pcache_page will be +** a pointer to the szExtra bytes of extra storage that SQLite has requested +** for each entry in the page cache. +** +** The page to be fetched is determined by the key. ^The minimum key value +** is 1. After it has been retrieved using xFetch, the page is considered +** to be "pinned". +** +** If the requested page is already in the page cache, then the page cache +** implementation must return a pointer to the page buffer with its content +** intact. If the requested page is not already in the cache, then the +** cache implementation should use the value of the createFlag +** parameter to help it determined what action to take: +** +** <table border=1 width=85% align=center> +** <tr><th> createFlag <th> Behavior when page is not already in cache +** <tr><td> 0 <td> Do not allocate a new page. Return NULL. +** <tr><td> 1 <td> Allocate a new page if it easy and convenient to do so. +** Otherwise return NULL. +** <tr><td> 2 <td> Make every effort to allocate a new page. Only return +** NULL if allocating a new page is effectively impossible. +** </table> +** +** ^(SQLite will normally invoke xFetch() with a createFlag of 0 or 1. SQLite +** will only use a createFlag of 2 after a prior call with a createFlag of 1 +** failed.)^ In between the xFetch() calls, SQLite may +** attempt to unpin one or more cache pages by spilling the content of +** pinned pages to disk and synching the operating system disk cache. +** +** [[the xUnpin() page cache method]] +** ^xUnpin() is called by SQLite with a pointer to a currently pinned page +** as its second argument. If the third parameter, discard, is non-zero, +** then the page must be evicted from the cache. +** ^If the discard parameter is +** zero, then the page may be discarded or retained at the discretion of +** page cache implementation. ^The page cache implementation +** may choose to evict unpinned pages at any time. +** +** The cache must not perform any reference counting. A single +** call to xUnpin() unpins the page regardless of the number of prior calls +** to xFetch(). +** +** [[the xRekey() page cache methods]] +** The xRekey() method is used to change the key value associated with the +** page passed as the second argument. If the cache +** previously contains an entry associated with newKey, it must be +** discarded. ^Any prior cache entry associated with newKey is guaranteed not +** to be pinned. +** +** When SQLite calls the xTruncate() method, the cache must discard all +** existing cache entries with page numbers (keys) greater than or equal +** to the value of the iLimit parameter passed to xTruncate(). If any +** of these pages are pinned, they are implicitly unpinned, meaning that +** they can be safely discarded. +** +** [[the xDestroy() page cache method]] +** ^The xDestroy() method is used to delete a cache allocated by xCreate(). +** All resources associated with the specified cache should be freed. ^After +** calling the xDestroy() method, SQLite considers the [sqlite3_pcache*] +** handle invalid, and will not use it with any other sqlite3_pcache_methods2 +** functions. +** +** [[the xShrink() page cache method]] +** ^SQLite invokes the xShrink() method when it wants the page cache to +** free up as much of heap memory as possible. The page cache implementation +** is not obligated to free any memory, but well-behaved implementations should +** do their best. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_pcache_methods2 sqlite3_pcache_methods2; +struct sqlite3_pcache_methods2 { + int iVersion; + void *pArg; + int (*xInit)(void*); + void (*xShutdown)(void*); + sqlite3_pcache *(*xCreate)(int szPage, int szExtra, int bPurgeable); + void (*xCachesize)(sqlite3_pcache*, int nCachesize); + int (*xPagecount)(sqlite3_pcache*); + sqlite3_pcache_page *(*xFetch)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned key, int createFlag); + void (*xUnpin)(sqlite3_pcache*, sqlite3_pcache_page*, int discard); + void (*xRekey)(sqlite3_pcache*, sqlite3_pcache_page*, + unsigned oldKey, unsigned newKey); + void (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned iLimit); + void (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_pcache*); + void (*xShrink)(sqlite3_pcache*); +}; + +/* +** This is the obsolete pcache_methods object that has now been replaced +** by sqlite3_pcache_methods2. This object is not used by SQLite. It is +** retained in the header file for backwards compatibility only. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_pcache_methods sqlite3_pcache_methods; +struct sqlite3_pcache_methods { + void *pArg; + int (*xInit)(void*); + void (*xShutdown)(void*); + sqlite3_pcache *(*xCreate)(int szPage, int bPurgeable); + void (*xCachesize)(sqlite3_pcache*, int nCachesize); + int (*xPagecount)(sqlite3_pcache*); + void *(*xFetch)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned key, int createFlag); + void (*xUnpin)(sqlite3_pcache*, void*, int discard); + void (*xRekey)(sqlite3_pcache*, void*, unsigned oldKey, unsigned newKey); + void (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned iLimit); + void (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_pcache*); +}; + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Online Backup Object +** +** The sqlite3_backup object records state information about an ongoing +** online backup operation. ^The sqlite3_backup object is created by +** a call to [sqlite3_backup_init()] and is destroyed by a call to +** [sqlite3_backup_finish()]. +** +** See Also: [Using the SQLite Online Backup API] +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Online Backup API. +** +** The backup API copies the content of one database into another. +** It is useful either for creating backups of databases or +** for copying in-memory databases to or from persistent files. +** +** See Also: [Using the SQLite Online Backup API] +** +** ^SQLite holds a write transaction open on the destination database file +** for the duration of the backup operation. +** ^The source database is read-locked only while it is being read; +** it is not locked continuously for the entire backup operation. +** ^Thus, the backup may be performed on a live source database without +** preventing other database connections from +** reading or writing to the source database while the backup is underway. +** +** ^(To perform a backup operation: +** <ol> +** <li><b>sqlite3_backup_init()</b> is called once to initialize the +** backup, +** <li><b>sqlite3_backup_step()</b> is called one or more times to transfer +** the data between the two databases, and finally +** <li><b>sqlite3_backup_finish()</b> is called to release all resources +** associated with the backup operation. +** </ol>)^ +** There should be exactly one call to sqlite3_backup_finish() for each +** successful call to sqlite3_backup_init(). +** +** [[sqlite3_backup_init()]] <b>sqlite3_backup_init()</b> +** +** ^The D and N arguments to sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) are the +** [database connection] associated with the destination database +** and the database name, respectively. +** ^The database name is "main" for the main database, "temp" for the +** temporary database, or the name specified after the AS keyword in +** an [ATTACH] statement for an attached database. +** ^The S and M arguments passed to +** sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) identify the [database connection] +** and database name of the source database, respectively. +** ^The source and destination [database connections] (parameters S and D) +** must be different or else sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) will fail with +** an error. +** +** ^A call to sqlite3_backup_init() will fail, returning NULL, if +** there is already a read or read-write transaction open on the +** destination database. +** +** ^If an error occurs within sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M), then NULL is +** returned and an error code and error message are stored in the +** destination [database connection] D. +** ^The error code and message for the failed call to sqlite3_backup_init() +** can be retrieved using the [sqlite3_errcode()], [sqlite3_errmsg()], and/or +** [sqlite3_errmsg16()] functions. +** ^A successful call to sqlite3_backup_init() returns a pointer to an +** [sqlite3_backup] object. +** ^The [sqlite3_backup] object may be used with the sqlite3_backup_step() and +** sqlite3_backup_finish() functions to perform the specified backup +** operation. +** +** [[sqlite3_backup_step()]] <b>sqlite3_backup_step()</b> +** +** ^Function sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) will copy up to N pages between +** the source and destination databases specified by [sqlite3_backup] object B. +** ^If N is negative, all remaining source pages are copied. +** ^If sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) successfully copies N pages and there +** are still more pages to be copied, then the function returns [SQLITE_OK]. +** ^If sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) successfully finishes copying all pages +** from source to destination, then it returns [SQLITE_DONE]. +** ^If an error occurs while running sqlite3_backup_step(B,N), +** then an [error code] is returned. ^As well as [SQLITE_OK] and +** [SQLITE_DONE], a call to sqlite3_backup_step() may return [SQLITE_READONLY], +** [SQLITE_NOMEM], [SQLITE_BUSY], [SQLITE_LOCKED], or an +** [SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS | SQLITE_IOERR_XXX] extended error code. +** +** ^(The sqlite3_backup_step() might return [SQLITE_READONLY] if +** <ol> +** <li> the destination database was opened read-only, or +** <li> the destination database is using write-ahead-log journaling +** and the destination and source page sizes differ, or +** <li> the destination database is an in-memory database and the +** destination and source page sizes differ. +** </ol>)^ +** +** ^If sqlite3_backup_step() cannot obtain a required file-system lock, then +** the [sqlite3_busy_handler | busy-handler function] +** is invoked (if one is specified). ^If the +** busy-handler returns non-zero before the lock is available, then +** [SQLITE_BUSY] is returned to the caller. ^In this case the call to +** sqlite3_backup_step() can be retried later. ^If the source +** [database connection] +** is being used to write to the source database when sqlite3_backup_step() +** is called, then [SQLITE_LOCKED] is returned immediately. ^Again, in this +** case the call to sqlite3_backup_step() can be retried later on. ^(If +** [SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS | SQLITE_IOERR_XXX], [SQLITE_NOMEM], or +** [SQLITE_READONLY] is returned, then +** there is no point in retrying the call to sqlite3_backup_step(). These +** errors are considered fatal.)^ The application must accept +** that the backup operation has failed and pass the backup operation handle +** to the sqlite3_backup_finish() to release associated resources. +** +** ^The first call to sqlite3_backup_step() obtains an exclusive lock +** on the destination file. ^The exclusive lock is not released until either +** sqlite3_backup_finish() is called or the backup operation is complete +** and sqlite3_backup_step() returns [SQLITE_DONE]. ^Every call to +** sqlite3_backup_step() obtains a [shared lock] on the source database that +** lasts for the duration of the sqlite3_backup_step() call. +** ^Because the source database is not locked between calls to +** sqlite3_backup_step(), the source database may be modified mid-way +** through the backup process. ^If the source database is modified by an +** external process or via a database connection other than the one being +** used by the backup operation, then the backup will be automatically +** restarted by the next call to sqlite3_backup_step(). ^If the source +** database is modified by the using the same database connection as is used +** by the backup operation, then the backup database is automatically +** updated at the same time. +** +** [[sqlite3_backup_finish()]] <b>sqlite3_backup_finish()</b> +** +** When sqlite3_backup_step() has returned [SQLITE_DONE], or when the +** application wishes to abandon the backup operation, the application +** should destroy the [sqlite3_backup] by passing it to sqlite3_backup_finish(). +** ^The sqlite3_backup_finish() interfaces releases all +** resources associated with the [sqlite3_backup] object. +** ^If sqlite3_backup_step() has not yet returned [SQLITE_DONE], then any +** active write-transaction on the destination database is rolled back. +** The [sqlite3_backup] object is invalid +** and may not be used following a call to sqlite3_backup_finish(). +** +** ^The value returned by sqlite3_backup_finish is [SQLITE_OK] if no +** sqlite3_backup_step() errors occurred, regardless or whether or not +** sqlite3_backup_step() completed. +** ^If an out-of-memory condition or IO error occurred during any prior +** sqlite3_backup_step() call on the same [sqlite3_backup] object, then +** sqlite3_backup_finish() returns the corresponding [error code]. +** +** ^A return of [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_LOCKED] from sqlite3_backup_step() +** is not a permanent error and does not affect the return value of +** sqlite3_backup_finish(). +** +** [[sqlite3_backup_remaining()]] [[sqlite3_backup_pagecount()]] +** <b>sqlite3_backup_remaining() and sqlite3_backup_pagecount()</b> +** +** ^The sqlite3_backup_remaining() routine returns the number of pages still +** to be backed up at the conclusion of the most recent sqlite3_backup_step(). +** ^The sqlite3_backup_pagecount() routine returns the total number of pages +** in the source database at the conclusion of the most recent +** sqlite3_backup_step(). +** ^(The values returned by these functions are only updated by +** sqlite3_backup_step(). If the source database is modified in a way that +** changes the size of the source database or the number of pages remaining, +** those changes are not reflected in the output of sqlite3_backup_pagecount() +** and sqlite3_backup_remaining() until after the next +** sqlite3_backup_step().)^ +** +** <b>Concurrent Usage of Database Handles</b> +** +** ^The source [database connection] may be used by the application for other +** purposes while a backup operation is underway or being initialized. +** ^If SQLite is compiled and configured to support threadsafe database +** connections, then the source database connection may be used concurrently +** from within other threads. +** +** However, the application must guarantee that the destination +** [database connection] is not passed to any other API (by any thread) after +** sqlite3_backup_init() is called and before the corresponding call to +** sqlite3_backup_finish(). SQLite does not currently check to see +** if the application incorrectly accesses the destination [database connection] +** and so no error code is reported, but the operations may malfunction +** nevertheless. Use of the destination database connection while a +** backup is in progress might also also cause a mutex deadlock. +** +** If running in [shared cache mode], the application must +** guarantee that the shared cache used by the destination database +** is not accessed while the backup is running. In practice this means +** that the application must guarantee that the disk file being +** backed up to is not accessed by any connection within the process, +** not just the specific connection that was passed to sqlite3_backup_init(). +** +** The [sqlite3_backup] object itself is partially threadsafe. Multiple +** threads may safely make multiple concurrent calls to sqlite3_backup_step(). +** However, the sqlite3_backup_remaining() and sqlite3_backup_pagecount() +** APIs are not strictly speaking threadsafe. If they are invoked at the +** same time as another thread is invoking sqlite3_backup_step() it is +** possible that they return invalid values. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_backup *sqlite3_backup_init( + sqlite3 *pDest, /* Destination database handle */ + const char *zDestName, /* Destination database name */ + sqlite3 *pSource, /* Source database handle */ + const char *zSourceName /* Source database name */ +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_step(sqlite3_backup *p, int nPage); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_finish(sqlite3_backup *p); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_remaining(sqlite3_backup *p); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Unlock Notification +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^When running in shared-cache mode, a database operation may fail with +** an [SQLITE_LOCKED] error if the required locks on the shared-cache or +** individual tables within the shared-cache cannot be obtained. See +** [SQLite Shared-Cache Mode] for a description of shared-cache locking. +** ^This API may be used to register a callback that SQLite will invoke +** when the connection currently holding the required lock relinquishes it. +** ^This API is only available if the library was compiled with the +** [SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY] C-preprocessor symbol defined. +** +** See Also: [Using the SQLite Unlock Notification Feature]. +** +** ^Shared-cache locks are released when a database connection concludes +** its current transaction, either by committing it or rolling it back. +** +** ^When a connection (known as the blocked connection) fails to obtain a +** shared-cache lock and SQLITE_LOCKED is returned to the caller, the +** identity of the database connection (the blocking connection) that +** has locked the required resource is stored internally. ^After an +** application receives an SQLITE_LOCKED error, it may call the +** sqlite3_unlock_notify() method with the blocked connection handle as +** the first argument to register for a callback that will be invoked +** when the blocking connections current transaction is concluded. ^The +** callback is invoked from within the [sqlite3_step] or [sqlite3_close] +** call that concludes the blocking connection's transaction. +** +** ^(If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is called in a multi-threaded application, +** there is a chance that the blocking connection will have already +** concluded its transaction by the time sqlite3_unlock_notify() is invoked. +** If this happens, then the specified callback is invoked immediately, +** from within the call to sqlite3_unlock_notify().)^ +** +** ^If the blocked connection is attempting to obtain a write-lock on a +** shared-cache table, and more than one other connection currently holds +** a read-lock on the same table, then SQLite arbitrarily selects one of +** the other connections to use as the blocking connection. +** +** ^(There may be at most one unlock-notify callback registered by a +** blocked connection. If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is called when the +** blocked connection already has a registered unlock-notify callback, +** then the new callback replaces the old.)^ ^If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is +** called with a NULL pointer as its second argument, then any existing +** unlock-notify callback is canceled. ^The blocked connections +** unlock-notify callback may also be canceled by closing the blocked +** connection using [sqlite3_close()]. +** +** The unlock-notify callback is not reentrant. If an application invokes +** any sqlite3_xxx API functions from within an unlock-notify callback, a +** crash or deadlock may be the result. +** +** ^Unless deadlock is detected (see below), sqlite3_unlock_notify() always +** returns SQLITE_OK. +** +** <b>Callback Invocation Details</b> +** +** When an unlock-notify callback is registered, the application provides a +** single void* pointer that is passed to the callback when it is invoked. +** However, the signature of the callback function allows SQLite to pass +** it an array of void* context pointers. The first argument passed to +** an unlock-notify callback is a pointer to an array of void* pointers, +** and the second is the number of entries in the array. +** +** When a blocking connection's transaction is concluded, there may be +** more than one blocked connection that has registered for an unlock-notify +** callback. ^If two or more such blocked connections have specified the +** same callback function, then instead of invoking the callback function +** multiple times, it is invoked once with the set of void* context pointers +** specified by the blocked connections bundled together into an array. +** This gives the application an opportunity to prioritize any actions +** related to the set of unblocked database connections. +** +** <b>Deadlock Detection</b> +** +** Assuming that after registering for an unlock-notify callback a +** database waits for the callback to be issued before taking any further +** action (a reasonable assumption), then using this API may cause the +** application to deadlock. For example, if connection X is waiting for +** connection Y's transaction to be concluded, and similarly connection +** Y is waiting on connection X's transaction, then neither connection +** will proceed and the system may remain deadlocked indefinitely. +** +** To avoid this scenario, the sqlite3_unlock_notify() performs deadlock +** detection. ^If a given call to sqlite3_unlock_notify() would put the +** system in a deadlocked state, then SQLITE_LOCKED is returned and no +** unlock-notify callback is registered. The system is said to be in +** a deadlocked state if connection A has registered for an unlock-notify +** callback on the conclusion of connection B's transaction, and connection +** B has itself registered for an unlock-notify callback when connection +** A's transaction is concluded. ^Indirect deadlock is also detected, so +** the system is also considered to be deadlocked if connection B has +** registered for an unlock-notify callback on the conclusion of connection +** C's transaction, where connection C is waiting on connection A. ^Any +** number of levels of indirection are allowed. +** +** <b>The "DROP TABLE" Exception</b> +** +** When a call to [sqlite3_step()] returns SQLITE_LOCKED, it is almost +** always appropriate to call sqlite3_unlock_notify(). There is however, +** one exception. When executing a "DROP TABLE" or "DROP INDEX" statement, +** SQLite checks if there are any currently executing SELECT statements +** that belong to the same connection. If there are, SQLITE_LOCKED is +** returned. In this case there is no "blocking connection", so invoking +** sqlite3_unlock_notify() results in the unlock-notify callback being +** invoked immediately. If the application then re-attempts the "DROP TABLE" +** or "DROP INDEX" query, an infinite loop might be the result. +** +** One way around this problem is to check the extended error code returned +** by an sqlite3_step() call. ^(If there is a blocking connection, then the +** extended error code is set to SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE. Otherwise, in +** the special "DROP TABLE/INDEX" case, the extended error code is just +** SQLITE_LOCKED.)^ +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_unlock_notify( + sqlite3 *pBlocked, /* Waiting connection */ + void (*xNotify)(void **apArg, int nArg), /* Callback function to invoke */ + void *pNotifyArg /* Argument to pass to xNotify */ +); + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: String Comparison +** +** ^The [sqlite3_stricmp()] and [sqlite3_strnicmp()] APIs allow applications +** and extensions to compare the contents of two buffers containing UTF-8 +** strings in a case-independent fashion, using the same definition of "case +** independence" that SQLite uses internally when comparing identifiers. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stricmp(const char *, const char *); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_strnicmp(const char *, const char *, int); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: String Globbing +* +** ^The [sqlite3_strglob(P,X)] interface returns zero if and only if +** string X matches the [GLOB] pattern P. +** ^The definition of [GLOB] pattern matching used in +** [sqlite3_strglob(P,X)] is the same as for the "X GLOB P" operator in the +** SQL dialect understood by SQLite. ^The [sqlite3_strglob(P,X)] function +** is case sensitive. +** +** Note that this routine returns zero on a match and non-zero if the strings +** do not match, the same as [sqlite3_stricmp()] and [sqlite3_strnicmp()]. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_strlike()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_strglob(const char *zGlob, const char *zStr); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: String LIKE Matching +* +** ^The [sqlite3_strlike(P,X,E)] interface returns zero if and only if +** string X matches the [LIKE] pattern P with escape character E. +** ^The definition of [LIKE] pattern matching used in +** [sqlite3_strlike(P,X,E)] is the same as for the "X LIKE P ESCAPE E" +** operator in the SQL dialect understood by SQLite. ^For "X LIKE P" without +** the ESCAPE clause, set the E parameter of [sqlite3_strlike(P,X,E)] to 0. +** ^As with the LIKE operator, the [sqlite3_strlike(P,X,E)] function is case +** insensitive - equivalent upper and lower case ASCII characters match +** one another. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_strlike(P,X,E)] function matches Unicode characters, though +** only ASCII characters are case folded. +** +** Note that this routine returns zero on a match and non-zero if the strings +** do not match, the same as [sqlite3_stricmp()] and [sqlite3_strnicmp()]. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_strglob()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_strlike(const char *zGlob, const char *zStr, unsigned int cEsc); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Error Logging Interface +** +** ^The [sqlite3_log()] interface writes a message into the [error log] +** established by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG] option to [sqlite3_config()]. +** ^If logging is enabled, the zFormat string and subsequent arguments are +** used with [sqlite3_snprintf()] to generate the final output string. +** +** The sqlite3_log() interface is intended for use by extensions such as +** virtual tables, collating functions, and SQL functions. While there is +** nothing to prevent an application from calling sqlite3_log(), doing so +** is considered bad form. +** +** The zFormat string must not be NULL. +** +** To avoid deadlocks and other threading problems, the sqlite3_log() routine +** will not use dynamically allocated memory. The log message is stored in +** a fixed-length buffer on the stack. If the log message is longer than +** a few hundred characters, it will be truncated to the length of the +** buffer. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_log(int iErrCode, const char *zFormat, ...); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Write-Ahead Log Commit Hook +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^The [sqlite3_wal_hook()] function is used to register a callback that +** is invoked each time data is committed to a database in wal mode. +** +** ^(The callback is invoked by SQLite after the commit has taken place and +** the associated write-lock on the database released)^, so the implementation +** may read, write or [checkpoint] the database as required. +** +** ^The first parameter passed to the callback function when it is invoked +** is a copy of the third parameter passed to sqlite3_wal_hook() when +** registering the callback. ^The second is a copy of the database handle. +** ^The third parameter is the name of the database that was written to - +** either "main" or the name of an [ATTACH]-ed database. ^The fourth parameter +** is the number of pages currently in the write-ahead log file, +** including those that were just committed. +** +** The callback function should normally return [SQLITE_OK]. ^If an error +** code is returned, that error will propagate back up through the +** SQLite code base to cause the statement that provoked the callback +** to report an error, though the commit will have still occurred. If the +** callback returns [SQLITE_ROW] or [SQLITE_DONE], or if it returns a value +** that does not correspond to any valid SQLite error code, the results +** are undefined. +** +** A single database handle may have at most a single write-ahead log callback +** registered at one time. ^Calling [sqlite3_wal_hook()] replaces any +** previously registered write-ahead log callback. ^Note that the +** [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint()] interface and the +** [wal_autocheckpoint pragma] both invoke [sqlite3_wal_hook()] and will +** overwrite any prior [sqlite3_wal_hook()] settings. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_wal_hook( + sqlite3*, + int(*)(void *,sqlite3*,const char*,int), + void* +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Configure an auto-checkpoint +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^The [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(D,N)] is a wrapper around +** [sqlite3_wal_hook()] that causes any database on [database connection] D +** to automatically [checkpoint] +** after committing a transaction if there are N or +** more frames in the [write-ahead log] file. ^Passing zero or +** a negative value as the nFrame parameter disables automatic +** checkpoints entirely. +** +** ^The callback registered by this function replaces any existing callback +** registered using [sqlite3_wal_hook()]. ^Likewise, registering a callback +** using [sqlite3_wal_hook()] disables the automatic checkpoint mechanism +** configured by this function. +** +** ^The [wal_autocheckpoint pragma] can be used to invoke this interface +** from SQL. +** +** ^Checkpoints initiated by this mechanism are +** [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2|PASSIVE]. +** +** ^Every new [database connection] defaults to having the auto-checkpoint +** enabled with a threshold of 1000 or [SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT] +** pages. The use of this interface +** is only necessary if the default setting is found to be suboptimal +** for a particular application. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(sqlite3 *db, int N); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint a database +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^(The sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(D,X) is equivalent to +** [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2](D,X,[SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE],0,0).)^ +** +** In brief, sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(D,X) causes the content in the +** [write-ahead log] for database X on [database connection] D to be +** transferred into the database file and for the write-ahead log to +** be reset. See the [checkpointing] documentation for addition +** information. +** +** This interface used to be the only way to cause a checkpoint to +** occur. But then the newer and more powerful [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()] +** interface was added. This interface is retained for backwards +** compatibility and as a convenience for applications that need to manually +** start a callback but which do not need the full power (and corresponding +** complication) of [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint a database +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^(The sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2(D,X,M,L,C) interface runs a checkpoint +** operation on database X of [database connection] D in mode M. Status +** information is written back into integers pointed to by L and C.)^ +** ^(The M parameter must be a valid [checkpoint mode]:)^ +** +** <dl> +** <dt>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE<dd> +** ^Checkpoint as many frames as possible without waiting for any database +** readers or writers to finish, then sync the database file if all frames +** in the log were checkpointed. ^The [busy-handler callback] +** is never invoked in the SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE mode. +** ^On the other hand, passive mode might leave the checkpoint unfinished +** if there are concurrent readers or writers. +** +** <dt>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL<dd> +** ^This mode blocks (it invokes the +** [sqlite3_busy_handler|busy-handler callback]) until there is no +** database writer and all readers are reading from the most recent database +** snapshot. ^It then checkpoints all frames in the log file and syncs the +** database file. ^This mode blocks new database writers while it is pending, +** but new database readers are allowed to continue unimpeded. +** +** <dt>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART<dd> +** ^This mode works the same way as SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL with the addition +** that after checkpointing the log file it blocks (calls the +** [busy-handler callback]) +** until all readers are reading from the database file only. ^This ensures +** that the next writer will restart the log file from the beginning. +** ^Like SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL, this mode blocks new +** database writer attempts while it is pending, but does not impede readers. +** +** <dt>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_TRUNCATE<dd> +** ^This mode works the same way as SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART with the +** addition that it also truncates the log file to zero bytes just prior +** to a successful return. +** </dl> +** +** ^If pnLog is not NULL, then *pnLog is set to the total number of frames in +** the log file or to -1 if the checkpoint could not run because +** of an error or because the database is not in [WAL mode]. ^If pnCkpt is not +** NULL,then *pnCkpt is set to the total number of checkpointed frames in the +** log file (including any that were already checkpointed before the function +** was called) or to -1 if the checkpoint could not run due to an error or +** because the database is not in WAL mode. ^Note that upon successful +** completion of an SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_TRUNCATE, the log file will have been +** truncated to zero bytes and so both *pnLog and *pnCkpt will be set to zero. +** +** ^All calls obtain an exclusive "checkpoint" lock on the database file. ^If +** any other process is running a checkpoint operation at the same time, the +** lock cannot be obtained and SQLITE_BUSY is returned. ^Even if there is a +** busy-handler configured, it will not be invoked in this case. +** +** ^The SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL, RESTART and TRUNCATE modes also obtain the +** exclusive "writer" lock on the database file. ^If the writer lock cannot be +** obtained immediately, and a busy-handler is configured, it is invoked and +** the writer lock retried until either the busy-handler returns 0 or the lock +** is successfully obtained. ^The busy-handler is also invoked while waiting for +** database readers as described above. ^If the busy-handler returns 0 before +** the writer lock is obtained or while waiting for database readers, the +** checkpoint operation proceeds from that point in the same way as +** SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE - checkpointing as many frames as possible +** without blocking any further. ^SQLITE_BUSY is returned in this case. +** +** ^If parameter zDb is NULL or points to a zero length string, then the +** specified operation is attempted on all WAL databases [attached] to +** [database connection] db. In this case the +** values written to output parameters *pnLog and *pnCkpt are undefined. ^If +** an SQLITE_BUSY error is encountered when processing one or more of the +** attached WAL databases, the operation is still attempted on any remaining +** attached databases and SQLITE_BUSY is returned at the end. ^If any other +** error occurs while processing an attached database, processing is abandoned +** and the error code is returned to the caller immediately. ^If no error +** (SQLITE_BUSY or otherwise) is encountered while processing the attached +** databases, SQLITE_OK is returned. +** +** ^If database zDb is the name of an attached database that is not in WAL +** mode, SQLITE_OK is returned and both *pnLog and *pnCkpt set to -1. ^If +** zDb is not NULL (or a zero length string) and is not the name of any +** attached database, SQLITE_ERROR is returned to the caller. +** +** ^Unless it returns SQLITE_MISUSE, +** the sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2() interface +** sets the error information that is queried by +** [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()]. +** +** ^The [PRAGMA wal_checkpoint] command can be used to invoke this interface +** from SQL. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + const char *zDb, /* Name of attached database (or NULL) */ + int eMode, /* SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_* value */ + int *pnLog, /* OUT: Size of WAL log in frames */ + int *pnCkpt /* OUT: Total number of frames checkpointed */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint Mode Values +** KEYWORDS: {checkpoint mode} +** +** These constants define all valid values for the "checkpoint mode" passed +** as the third parameter to the [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()] interface. +** See the [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()] documentation for details on the +** meaning of each of these checkpoint modes. +*/ +#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE 0 /* Do as much as possible w/o blocking */ +#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL 1 /* Wait for writers, then checkpoint */ +#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART 2 /* Like FULL but wait for for readers */ +#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_TRUNCATE 3 /* Like RESTART but also truncate WAL */ + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Interface Configuration +** +** This function may be called by either the [xConnect] or [xCreate] method +** of a [virtual table] implementation to configure +** various facets of the virtual table interface. +** +** If this interface is invoked outside the context of an xConnect or +** xCreate virtual table method then the behavior is undefined. +** +** In the call sqlite3_vtab_config(D,C,...) the D parameter is the +** [database connection] in which the virtual table is being created and +** which is passed in as the first argument to the [xConnect] or [xCreate] +** method that is invoking sqlite3_vtab_config(). The C parameter is one +** of the [virtual table configuration options]. The presence and meaning +** of parameters after C depend on which [virtual table configuration option] +** is used. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Configuration Options +** KEYWORDS: {virtual table configuration options} +** KEYWORDS: {virtual table configuration option} +** +** These macros define the various options to the +** [sqlite3_vtab_config()] interface that [virtual table] implementations +** can use to customize and optimize their behavior. +** +** <dl> +** [[SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT]] +** <dt>SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT</dt> +** <dd>Calls of the form +** [sqlite3_vtab_config](db,SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT,X) are supported, +** where X is an integer. If X is zero, then the [virtual table] whose +** [xCreate] or [xConnect] method invoked [sqlite3_vtab_config()] does not +** support constraints. In this configuration (which is the default) if +** a call to the [xUpdate] method returns [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], then the entire +** statement is rolled back as if [ON CONFLICT | OR ABORT] had been +** specified as part of the users SQL statement, regardless of the actual +** ON CONFLICT mode specified. +** +** If X is non-zero, then the virtual table implementation guarantees +** that if [xUpdate] returns [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], it will do so before +** any modifications to internal or persistent data structures have been made. +** If the [ON CONFLICT] mode is ABORT, FAIL, IGNORE or ROLLBACK, SQLite +** is able to roll back a statement or database transaction, and abandon +** or continue processing the current SQL statement as appropriate. +** If the ON CONFLICT mode is REPLACE and the [xUpdate] method returns +** [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], SQLite handles this as if the ON CONFLICT mode +** had been ABORT. +** +** Virtual table implementations that are required to handle OR REPLACE +** must do so within the [xUpdate] method. If a call to the +** [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] function indicates that the current ON +** CONFLICT policy is REPLACE, the virtual table implementation should +** silently replace the appropriate rows within the xUpdate callback and +** return SQLITE_OK. Or, if this is not possible, it may return +** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, in which case SQLite falls back to OR ABORT +** constraint handling. +** </dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_VTAB_DIRECTONLY]]<dt>SQLITE_VTAB_DIRECTONLY</dt> +** <dd>Calls of the form +** [sqlite3_vtab_config](db,SQLITE_VTAB_DIRECTONLY) from within the +** the [xConnect] or [xCreate] methods of a [virtual table] implmentation +** prohibits that virtual table from being used from within triggers and +** views. +** </dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_VTAB_INNOCUOUS]]<dt>SQLITE_VTAB_INNOCUOUS</dt> +** <dd>Calls of the form +** [sqlite3_vtab_config](db,SQLITE_VTAB_INNOCUOUS) from within the +** the [xConnect] or [xCreate] methods of a [virtual table] implmentation +** identify that virtual table as being safe to use from within triggers +** and views. Conceptually, the SQLITE_VTAB_INNOCUOUS tag means that the +** virtual table can do no serious harm even if it is controlled by a +** malicious hacker. Developers should avoid setting the SQLITE_VTAB_INNOCUOUS +** flag unless absolutely necessary. +** </dd> +** </dl> +*/ +#define SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT 1 +#define SQLITE_VTAB_INNOCUOUS 2 +#define SQLITE_VTAB_DIRECTONLY 3 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Determine The Virtual Table Conflict Policy +** +** This function may only be called from within a call to the [xUpdate] method +** of a [virtual table] implementation for an INSERT or UPDATE operation. ^The +** value returned is one of [SQLITE_ROLLBACK], [SQLITE_IGNORE], [SQLITE_FAIL], +** [SQLITE_ABORT], or [SQLITE_REPLACE], according to the [ON CONFLICT] mode +** of the SQL statement that triggered the call to the [xUpdate] method of the +** [virtual table]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(sqlite3 *); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Determine If Virtual Table Column Access Is For UPDATE +** +** If the sqlite3_vtab_nochange(X) routine is called within the [xColumn] +** method of a [virtual table], then it might return true if the +** column is being fetched as part of an UPDATE operation during which the +** column value will not change. The virtual table implementation can use +** this hint as permission to substitute a return value that is less +** expensive to compute and that the corresponding +** [xUpdate] method understands as a "no-change" value. +** +** If the [xColumn] method calls sqlite3_vtab_nochange() and finds that +** the column is not changed by the UPDATE statement, then the xColumn +** method can optionally return without setting a result, without calling +** any of the [sqlite3_result_int|sqlite3_result_xxxxx() interfaces]. +** In that case, [sqlite3_value_nochange(X)] will return true for the +** same column in the [xUpdate] method. +** +** The sqlite3_vtab_nochange() routine is an optimization. Virtual table +** implementations should continue to give a correct answer even if the +** sqlite3_vtab_nochange() interface were to always return false. In the +** current implementation, the sqlite3_vtab_nochange() interface does always +** returns false for the enhanced [UPDATE FROM] statement. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_nochange(sqlite3_context*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Determine The Collation For a Virtual Table Constraint +** +** This function may only be called from within a call to the [xBestIndex] +** method of a [virtual table]. +** +** The first argument must be the sqlite3_index_info object that is the +** first parameter to the xBestIndex() method. The second argument must be +** an index into the aConstraint[] array belonging to the sqlite3_index_info +** structure passed to xBestIndex. This function returns a pointer to a buffer +** containing the name of the collation sequence for the corresponding +** constraint. +*/ +SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL const char *sqlite3_vtab_collation(sqlite3_index_info*,int); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Conflict resolution modes +** KEYWORDS: {conflict resolution mode} +** +** These constants are returned by [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] to +** inform a [virtual table] implementation what the [ON CONFLICT] mode +** is for the SQL statement being evaluated. +** +** Note that the [SQLITE_IGNORE] constant is also used as a potential +** return value from the [sqlite3_set_authorizer()] callback and that +** [SQLITE_ABORT] is also a [result code]. +*/ +#define SQLITE_ROLLBACK 1 +/* #define SQLITE_IGNORE 2 // Also used by sqlite3_authorizer() callback */ +#define SQLITE_FAIL 3 +/* #define SQLITE_ABORT 4 // Also an error code */ +#define SQLITE_REPLACE 5 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Prepared Statement Scan Status Opcodes +** KEYWORDS: {scanstatus options} +** +** The following constants can be used for the T parameter to the +** [sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus(S,X,T,V)] interface. Each constant designates a +** different metric for sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus() to return. +** +** When the value returned to V is a string, space to hold that string is +** managed by the prepared statement S and will be automatically freed when +** S is finalized. +** +** <dl> +** [[SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NLOOP]] <dt>SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NLOOP</dt> +** <dd>^The [sqlite3_int64] variable pointed to by the V parameter will be +** set to the total number of times that the X-th loop has run.</dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NVISIT]] <dt>SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NVISIT</dt> +** <dd>^The [sqlite3_int64] variable pointed to by the V parameter will be set +** to the total number of rows examined by all iterations of the X-th loop.</dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_SCANSTAT_EST]] <dt>SQLITE_SCANSTAT_EST</dt> +** <dd>^The "double" variable pointed to by the V parameter will be set to the +** query planner's estimate for the average number of rows output from each +** iteration of the X-th loop. If the query planner's estimates was accurate, +** then this value will approximate the quotient NVISIT/NLOOP and the +** product of this value for all prior loops with the same SELECTID will +** be the NLOOP value for the current loop. +** +** [[SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NAME]] <dt>SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NAME</dt> +** <dd>^The "const char *" variable pointed to by the V parameter will be set +** to a zero-terminated UTF-8 string containing the name of the index or table +** used for the X-th loop. +** +** [[SQLITE_SCANSTAT_EXPLAIN]] <dt>SQLITE_SCANSTAT_EXPLAIN</dt> +** <dd>^The "const char *" variable pointed to by the V parameter will be set +** to a zero-terminated UTF-8 string containing the [EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN] +** description for the X-th loop. +** +** [[SQLITE_SCANSTAT_SELECTID]] <dt>SQLITE_SCANSTAT_SELECT</dt> +** <dd>^The "int" variable pointed to by the V parameter will be set to the +** "select-id" for the X-th loop. The select-id identifies which query or +** subquery the loop is part of. The main query has a select-id of zero. +** The select-id is the same value as is output in the first column +** of an [EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN] query. +** </dl> +*/ +#define SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NLOOP 0 +#define SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NVISIT 1 +#define SQLITE_SCANSTAT_EST 2 +#define SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NAME 3 +#define SQLITE_SCANSTAT_EXPLAIN 4 +#define SQLITE_SCANSTAT_SELECTID 5 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Prepared Statement Scan Status +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt +** +** This interface returns information about the predicted and measured +** performance for pStmt. Advanced applications can use this +** interface to compare the predicted and the measured performance and +** issue warnings and/or rerun [ANALYZE] if discrepancies are found. +** +** Since this interface is expected to be rarely used, it is only +** available if SQLite is compiled using the [SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS] +** compile-time option. +** +** The "iScanStatusOp" parameter determines which status information to return. +** The "iScanStatusOp" must be one of the [scanstatus options] or the behavior +** of this interface is undefined. +** ^The requested measurement is written into a variable pointed to by +** the "pOut" parameter. +** Parameter "idx" identifies the specific loop to retrieve statistics for. +** Loops are numbered starting from zero. ^If idx is out of range - less than +** zero or greater than or equal to the total number of loops used to implement +** the statement - a non-zero value is returned and the variable that pOut +** points to is unchanged. +** +** ^Statistics might not be available for all loops in all statements. ^In cases +** where there exist loops with no available statistics, this function behaves +** as if the loop did not exist - it returns non-zero and leave the variable +** that pOut points to unchanged. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus_reset()] +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus( + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, /* Prepared statement for which info desired */ + int idx, /* Index of loop to report on */ + int iScanStatusOp, /* Information desired. SQLITE_SCANSTAT_* */ + void *pOut /* Result written here */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Zero Scan-Status Counters +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt +** +** ^Zero all [sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus()] related event counters. +** +** This API is only available if the library is built with pre-processor +** symbol [SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS] defined. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus_reset(sqlite3_stmt*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Flush caches to disk mid-transaction +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^If a write-transaction is open on [database connection] D when the +** [sqlite3_db_cacheflush(D)] interface invoked, any dirty +** pages in the pager-cache that are not currently in use are written out +** to disk. A dirty page may be in use if a database cursor created by an +** active SQL statement is reading from it, or if it is page 1 of a database +** file (page 1 is always "in use"). ^The [sqlite3_db_cacheflush(D)] +** interface flushes caches for all schemas - "main", "temp", and +** any [attached] databases. +** +** ^If this function needs to obtain extra database locks before dirty pages +** can be flushed to disk, it does so. ^If those locks cannot be obtained +** immediately and there is a busy-handler callback configured, it is invoked +** in the usual manner. ^If the required lock still cannot be obtained, then +** the database is skipped and an attempt made to flush any dirty pages +** belonging to the next (if any) database. ^If any databases are skipped +** because locks cannot be obtained, but no other error occurs, this +** function returns SQLITE_BUSY. +** +** ^If any other error occurs while flushing dirty pages to disk (for +** example an IO error or out-of-memory condition), then processing is +** abandoned and an SQLite [error code] is returned to the caller immediately. +** +** ^Otherwise, if no error occurs, [sqlite3_db_cacheflush()] returns SQLITE_OK. +** +** ^This function does not set the database handle error code or message +** returned by the [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()] functions. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_cacheflush(sqlite3*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: The pre-update hook. +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^These interfaces are only available if SQLite is compiled using the +** [SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK] compile-time option. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_preupdate_hook()] interface registers a callback function +** that is invoked prior to each [INSERT], [UPDATE], and [DELETE] operation +** on a database table. +** ^At most one preupdate hook may be registered at a time on a single +** [database connection]; each call to [sqlite3_preupdate_hook()] overrides +** the previous setting. +** ^The preupdate hook is disabled by invoking [sqlite3_preupdate_hook()] +** with a NULL pointer as the second parameter. +** ^The third parameter to [sqlite3_preupdate_hook()] is passed through as +** the first parameter to callbacks. +** +** ^The preupdate hook only fires for changes to real database tables; the +** preupdate hook is not invoked for changes to [virtual tables] or to +** system tables like sqlite_sequence or sqlite_stat1. +** +** ^The second parameter to the preupdate callback is a pointer to +** the [database connection] that registered the preupdate hook. +** ^The third parameter to the preupdate callback is one of the constants +** [SQLITE_INSERT], [SQLITE_DELETE], or [SQLITE_UPDATE] to identify the +** kind of update operation that is about to occur. +** ^(The fourth parameter to the preupdate callback is the name of the +** database within the database connection that is being modified. This +** will be "main" for the main database or "temp" for TEMP tables or +** the name given after the AS keyword in the [ATTACH] statement for attached +** databases.)^ +** ^The fifth parameter to the preupdate callback is the name of the +** table that is being modified. +** +** For an UPDATE or DELETE operation on a [rowid table], the sixth +** parameter passed to the preupdate callback is the initial [rowid] of the +** row being modified or deleted. For an INSERT operation on a rowid table, +** or any operation on a WITHOUT ROWID table, the value of the sixth +** parameter is undefined. For an INSERT or UPDATE on a rowid table the +** seventh parameter is the final rowid value of the row being inserted +** or updated. The value of the seventh parameter passed to the callback +** function is not defined for operations on WITHOUT ROWID tables, or for +** DELETE operations on rowid tables. +** +** The [sqlite3_preupdate_old()], [sqlite3_preupdate_new()], +** [sqlite3_preupdate_count()], and [sqlite3_preupdate_depth()] interfaces +** provide additional information about a preupdate event. These routines +** may only be called from within a preupdate callback. Invoking any of +** these routines from outside of a preupdate callback or with a +** [database connection] pointer that is different from the one supplied +** to the preupdate callback results in undefined and probably undesirable +** behavior. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_preupdate_count(D)] interface returns the number of columns +** in the row that is being inserted, updated, or deleted. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_preupdate_old(D,N,P)] interface writes into P a pointer to +** a [protected sqlite3_value] that contains the value of the Nth column of +** the table row before it is updated. The N parameter must be between 0 +** and one less than the number of columns or the behavior will be +** undefined. This must only be used within SQLITE_UPDATE and SQLITE_DELETE +** preupdate callbacks; if it is used by an SQLITE_INSERT callback then the +** behavior is undefined. The [sqlite3_value] that P points to +** will be destroyed when the preupdate callback returns. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_preupdate_new(D,N,P)] interface writes into P a pointer to +** a [protected sqlite3_value] that contains the value of the Nth column of +** the table row after it is updated. The N parameter must be between 0 +** and one less than the number of columns or the behavior will be +** undefined. This must only be used within SQLITE_INSERT and SQLITE_UPDATE +** preupdate callbacks; if it is used by an SQLITE_DELETE callback then the +** behavior is undefined. The [sqlite3_value] that P points to +** will be destroyed when the preupdate callback returns. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_preupdate_depth(D)] interface returns 0 if the preupdate +** callback was invoked as a result of a direct insert, update, or delete +** operation; or 1 for inserts, updates, or deletes invoked by top-level +** triggers; or 2 for changes resulting from triggers called by top-level +** triggers; and so forth. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_update_hook()] +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK) +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_preupdate_hook( + sqlite3 *db, + void(*xPreUpdate)( + void *pCtx, /* Copy of third arg to preupdate_hook() */ + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + int op, /* SQLITE_UPDATE, DELETE or INSERT */ + char const *zDb, /* Database name */ + char const *zName, /* Table name */ + sqlite3_int64 iKey1, /* Rowid of row about to be deleted/updated */ + sqlite3_int64 iKey2 /* New rowid value (for a rowid UPDATE) */ + ), + void* +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_preupdate_old(sqlite3 *, int, sqlite3_value **); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_preupdate_count(sqlite3 *); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_preupdate_depth(sqlite3 *); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_preupdate_new(sqlite3 *, int, sqlite3_value **); +#endif + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Low-level system error code +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^Attempt to return the underlying operating system error code or error +** number that caused the most recent I/O error or failure to open a file. +** The return value is OS-dependent. For example, on unix systems, after +** [sqlite3_open_v2()] returns [SQLITE_CANTOPEN], this interface could be +** called to get back the underlying "errno" that caused the problem, such +** as ENOSPC, EAUTH, EISDIR, and so forth. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_system_errno(sqlite3*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Database Snapshot +** KEYWORDS: {snapshot} {sqlite3_snapshot} +** +** An instance of the snapshot object records the state of a [WAL mode] +** database for some specific point in history. +** +** In [WAL mode], multiple [database connections] that are open on the +** same database file can each be reading a different historical version +** of the database file. When a [database connection] begins a read +** transaction, that connection sees an unchanging copy of the database +** as it existed for the point in time when the transaction first started. +** Subsequent changes to the database from other connections are not seen +** by the reader until a new read transaction is started. +** +** The sqlite3_snapshot object records state information about an historical +** version of the database file so that it is possible to later open a new read +** transaction that sees that historical version of the database rather than +** the most recent version. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_snapshot { + unsigned char hidden[48]; +} sqlite3_snapshot; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Record A Database Snapshot +** CONSTRUCTOR: sqlite3_snapshot +** +** ^The [sqlite3_snapshot_get(D,S,P)] interface attempts to make a +** new [sqlite3_snapshot] object that records the current state of +** schema S in database connection D. ^On success, the +** [sqlite3_snapshot_get(D,S,P)] interface writes a pointer to the newly +** created [sqlite3_snapshot] object into *P and returns SQLITE_OK. +** If there is not already a read-transaction open on schema S when +** this function is called, one is opened automatically. +** +** The following must be true for this function to succeed. If any of +** the following statements are false when sqlite3_snapshot_get() is +** called, SQLITE_ERROR is returned. The final value of *P is undefined +** in this case. +** +** <ul> +** <li> The database handle must not be in [autocommit mode]. +** +** <li> Schema S of [database connection] D must be a [WAL mode] database. +** +** <li> There must not be a write transaction open on schema S of database +** connection D. +** +** <li> One or more transactions must have been written to the current wal +** file since it was created on disk (by any connection). This means +** that a snapshot cannot be taken on a wal mode database with no wal +** file immediately after it is first opened. At least one transaction +** must be written to it first. +** </ul> +** +** This function may also return SQLITE_NOMEM. If it is called with the +** database handle in autocommit mode but fails for some other reason, +** whether or not a read transaction is opened on schema S is undefined. +** +** The [sqlite3_snapshot] object returned from a successful call to +** [sqlite3_snapshot_get()] must be freed using [sqlite3_snapshot_free()] +** to avoid a memory leak. +** +** The [sqlite3_snapshot_get()] interface is only available when the +** [SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT] compile-time option is used. +*/ +SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_snapshot_get( + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zSchema, + sqlite3_snapshot **ppSnapshot +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Start a read transaction on an historical snapshot +** METHOD: sqlite3_snapshot +** +** ^The [sqlite3_snapshot_open(D,S,P)] interface either starts a new read +** transaction or upgrades an existing one for schema S of +** [database connection] D such that the read transaction refers to +** historical [snapshot] P, rather than the most recent change to the +** database. ^The [sqlite3_snapshot_open()] interface returns SQLITE_OK +** on success or an appropriate [error code] if it fails. +** +** ^In order to succeed, the database connection must not be in +** [autocommit mode] when [sqlite3_snapshot_open(D,S,P)] is called. If there +** is already a read transaction open on schema S, then the database handle +** must have no active statements (SELECT statements that have been passed +** to sqlite3_step() but not sqlite3_reset() or sqlite3_finalize()). +** SQLITE_ERROR is returned if either of these conditions is violated, or +** if schema S does not exist, or if the snapshot object is invalid. +** +** ^A call to sqlite3_snapshot_open() will fail to open if the specified +** snapshot has been overwritten by a [checkpoint]. In this case +** SQLITE_ERROR_SNAPSHOT is returned. +** +** If there is already a read transaction open when this function is +** invoked, then the same read transaction remains open (on the same +** database snapshot) if SQLITE_ERROR, SQLITE_BUSY or SQLITE_ERROR_SNAPSHOT +** is returned. If another error code - for example SQLITE_PROTOCOL or an +** SQLITE_IOERR error code - is returned, then the final state of the +** read transaction is undefined. If SQLITE_OK is returned, then the +** read transaction is now open on database snapshot P. +** +** ^(A call to [sqlite3_snapshot_open(D,S,P)] will fail if the +** database connection D does not know that the database file for +** schema S is in [WAL mode]. A database connection might not know +** that the database file is in [WAL mode] if there has been no prior +** I/O on that database connection, or if the database entered [WAL mode] +** after the most recent I/O on the database connection.)^ +** (Hint: Run "[PRAGMA application_id]" against a newly opened +** database connection in order to make it ready to use snapshots.) +** +** The [sqlite3_snapshot_open()] interface is only available when the +** [SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT] compile-time option is used. +*/ +SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_snapshot_open( + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zSchema, + sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Destroy a snapshot +** DESTRUCTOR: sqlite3_snapshot +** +** ^The [sqlite3_snapshot_free(P)] interface destroys [sqlite3_snapshot] P. +** The application must eventually free every [sqlite3_snapshot] object +** using this routine to avoid a memory leak. +** +** The [sqlite3_snapshot_free()] interface is only available when the +** [SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT] compile-time option is used. +*/ +SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL void sqlite3_snapshot_free(sqlite3_snapshot*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Compare the ages of two snapshot handles. +** METHOD: sqlite3_snapshot +** +** The sqlite3_snapshot_cmp(P1, P2) interface is used to compare the ages +** of two valid snapshot handles. +** +** If the two snapshot handles are not associated with the same database +** file, the result of the comparison is undefined. +** +** Additionally, the result of the comparison is only valid if both of the +** snapshot handles were obtained by calling sqlite3_snapshot_get() since the +** last time the wal file was deleted. The wal file is deleted when the +** database is changed back to rollback mode or when the number of database +** clients drops to zero. If either snapshot handle was obtained before the +** wal file was last deleted, the value returned by this function +** is undefined. +** +** Otherwise, this API returns a negative value if P1 refers to an older +** snapshot than P2, zero if the two handles refer to the same database +** snapshot, and a positive value if P1 is a newer snapshot than P2. +** +** This interface is only available if SQLite is compiled with the +** [SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT] option. +*/ +SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_snapshot_cmp( + sqlite3_snapshot *p1, + sqlite3_snapshot *p2 +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Recover snapshots from a wal file +** METHOD: sqlite3_snapshot +** +** If a [WAL file] remains on disk after all database connections close +** (either through the use of the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL] [file control] +** or because the last process to have the database opened exited without +** calling [sqlite3_close()]) and a new connection is subsequently opened +** on that database and [WAL file], the [sqlite3_snapshot_open()] interface +** will only be able to open the last transaction added to the WAL file +** even though the WAL file contains other valid transactions. +** +** This function attempts to scan the WAL file associated with database zDb +** of database handle db and make all valid snapshots available to +** sqlite3_snapshot_open(). It is an error if there is already a read +** transaction open on the database, or if the database is not a WAL mode +** database. +** +** SQLITE_OK is returned if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise. +** +** This interface is only available if SQLite is compiled with the +** [SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT] option. +*/ +SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_snapshot_recover(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Serialize a database +** +** The sqlite3_serialize(D,S,P,F) interface returns a pointer to memory +** that is a serialization of the S database on [database connection] D. +** If P is not a NULL pointer, then the size of the database in bytes +** is written into *P. +** +** For an ordinary on-disk database file, the serialization is just a +** copy of the disk file. For an in-memory database or a "TEMP" database, +** the serialization is the same sequence of bytes which would be written +** to disk if that database where backed up to disk. +** +** The usual case is that sqlite3_serialize() copies the serialization of +** the database into memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc64()] and returns +** a pointer to that memory. The caller is responsible for freeing the +** returned value to avoid a memory leak. However, if the F argument +** contains the SQLITE_SERIALIZE_NOCOPY bit, then no memory allocations +** are made, and the sqlite3_serialize() function will return a pointer +** to the contiguous memory representation of the database that SQLite +** is currently using for that database, or NULL if the no such contiguous +** memory representation of the database exists. A contiguous memory +** representation of the database will usually only exist if there has +** been a prior call to [sqlite3_deserialize(D,S,...)] with the same +** values of D and S. +** The size of the database is written into *P even if the +** SQLITE_SERIALIZE_NOCOPY bit is set but no contiguous copy +** of the database exists. +** +** A call to sqlite3_serialize(D,S,P,F) might return NULL even if the +** SQLITE_SERIALIZE_NOCOPY bit is omitted from argument F if a memory +** allocation error occurs. +** +** This interface is only available if SQLite is compiled with the +** [SQLITE_ENABLE_DESERIALIZE] option. +*/ +SQLITE_API unsigned char *sqlite3_serialize( + sqlite3 *db, /* The database connection */ + const char *zSchema, /* Which DB to serialize. ex: "main", "temp", ... */ + sqlite3_int64 *piSize, /* Write size of the DB here, if not NULL */ + unsigned int mFlags /* Zero or more SQLITE_SERIALIZE_* flags */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Flags for sqlite3_serialize +** +** Zero or more of the following constants can be OR-ed together for +** the F argument to [sqlite3_serialize(D,S,P,F)]. +** +** SQLITE_SERIALIZE_NOCOPY means that [sqlite3_serialize()] will return +** a pointer to contiguous in-memory database that it is currently using, +** without making a copy of the database. If SQLite is not currently using +** a contiguous in-memory database, then this option causes +** [sqlite3_serialize()] to return a NULL pointer. SQLite will only be +** using a contiguous in-memory database if it has been initialized by a +** prior call to [sqlite3_deserialize()]. +*/ +#define SQLITE_SERIALIZE_NOCOPY 0x001 /* Do no memory allocations */ + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Deserialize a database +** +** The sqlite3_deserialize(D,S,P,N,M,F) interface causes the +** [database connection] D to disconnect from database S and then +** reopen S as an in-memory database based on the serialization contained +** in P. The serialized database P is N bytes in size. M is the size of +** the buffer P, which might be larger than N. If M is larger than N, and +** the SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_READONLY bit is not set in F, then SQLite is +** permitted to add content to the in-memory database as long as the total +** size does not exceed M bytes. +** +** If the SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_FREEONCLOSE bit is set in F, then SQLite will +** invoke sqlite3_free() on the serialization buffer when the database +** connection closes. If the SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_RESIZEABLE bit is set, then +** SQLite will try to increase the buffer size using sqlite3_realloc64() +** if writes on the database cause it to grow larger than M bytes. +** +** The sqlite3_deserialize() interface will fail with SQLITE_BUSY if the +** database is currently in a read transaction or is involved in a backup +** operation. +** +** If sqlite3_deserialize(D,S,P,N,M,F) fails for any reason and if the +** SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_FREEONCLOSE bit is set in argument F, then +** [sqlite3_free()] is invoked on argument P prior to returning. +** +** This interface is only available if SQLite is compiled with the +** [SQLITE_ENABLE_DESERIALIZE] option. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_deserialize( + sqlite3 *db, /* The database connection */ + const char *zSchema, /* Which DB to reopen with the deserialization */ + unsigned char *pData, /* The serialized database content */ + sqlite3_int64 szDb, /* Number bytes in the deserialization */ + sqlite3_int64 szBuf, /* Total size of buffer pData[] */ + unsigned mFlags /* Zero or more SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_* flags */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Flags for sqlite3_deserialize() +** +** The following are allowed values for 6th argument (the F argument) to +** the [sqlite3_deserialize(D,S,P,N,M,F)] interface. +** +** The SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_FREEONCLOSE means that the database serialization +** in the P argument is held in memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc64()] +** and that SQLite should take ownership of this memory and automatically +** free it when it has finished using it. Without this flag, the caller +** is responsible for freeing any dynamically allocated memory. +** +** The SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_RESIZEABLE flag means that SQLite is allowed to +** grow the size of the database using calls to [sqlite3_realloc64()]. This +** flag should only be used if SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_FREEONCLOSE is also used. +** Without this flag, the deserialized database cannot increase in size beyond +** the number of bytes specified by the M parameter. +** +** The SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_READONLY flag means that the deserialized database +** should be treated as read-only. +*/ +#define SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_FREEONCLOSE 1 /* Call sqlite3_free() on close */ +#define SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_RESIZEABLE 2 /* Resize using sqlite3_realloc64() */ +#define SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_READONLY 4 /* Database is read-only */ + +/* +** Undo the hack that converts floating point types to integer for +** builds on processors without floating point support. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT +# undef double +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} /* End of the 'extern "C"' block */ +#endif +#endif /* SQLITE3_H */ + +/******** Begin file sqlite3rtree.h *********/ +/* +** 2010 August 30 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +*/ + +#ifndef _SQLITE3RTREE_H_ +#define _SQLITE3RTREE_H_ + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +typedef struct sqlite3_rtree_geometry sqlite3_rtree_geometry; +typedef struct sqlite3_rtree_query_info sqlite3_rtree_query_info; + +/* The double-precision datatype used by RTree depends on the +** SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY compile-time option. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY + typedef sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_rtree_dbl; +#else + typedef double sqlite3_rtree_dbl; +#endif + +/* +** Register a geometry callback named zGeom that can be used as part of an +** R-Tree geometry query as follows: +** +** SELECT ... FROM <rtree> WHERE <rtree col> MATCH $zGeom(... params ...) +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback( + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zGeom, + int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry*, int, sqlite3_rtree_dbl*,int*), + void *pContext +); + + +/* +** A pointer to a structure of the following type is passed as the first +** argument to callbacks registered using rtree_geometry_callback(). +*/ +struct sqlite3_rtree_geometry { + void *pContext; /* Copy of pContext passed to s_r_g_c() */ + int nParam; /* Size of array aParam[] */ + sqlite3_rtree_dbl *aParam; /* Parameters passed to SQL geom function */ + void *pUser; /* Callback implementation user data */ + void (*xDelUser)(void *); /* Called by SQLite to clean up pUser */ +}; + +/* +** Register a 2nd-generation geometry callback named zScore that can be +** used as part of an R-Tree geometry query as follows: +** +** SELECT ... FROM <rtree> WHERE <rtree col> MATCH $zQueryFunc(... params ...) +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_query_callback( + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zQueryFunc, + int (*xQueryFunc)(sqlite3_rtree_query_info*), + void *pContext, + void (*xDestructor)(void*) +); + + +/* +** A pointer to a structure of the following type is passed as the +** argument to scored geometry callback registered using +** sqlite3_rtree_query_callback(). +** +** Note that the first 5 fields of this structure are identical to +** sqlite3_rtree_geometry. This structure is a subclass of +** sqlite3_rtree_geometry. +*/ +struct sqlite3_rtree_query_info { + void *pContext; /* pContext from when function registered */ + int nParam; /* Number of function parameters */ + sqlite3_rtree_dbl *aParam; /* value of function parameters */ + void *pUser; /* callback can use this, if desired */ + void (*xDelUser)(void*); /* function to free pUser */ + sqlite3_rtree_dbl *aCoord; /* Coordinates of node or entry to check */ + unsigned int *anQueue; /* Number of pending entries in the queue */ + int nCoord; /* Number of coordinates */ + int iLevel; /* Level of current node or entry */ + int mxLevel; /* The largest iLevel value in the tree */ + sqlite3_int64 iRowid; /* Rowid for current entry */ + sqlite3_rtree_dbl rParentScore; /* Score of parent node */ + int eParentWithin; /* Visibility of parent node */ + int eWithin; /* OUT: Visibility */ + sqlite3_rtree_dbl rScore; /* OUT: Write the score here */ + /* The following fields are only available in 3.8.11 and later */ + sqlite3_value **apSqlParam; /* Original SQL values of parameters */ +}; + +/* +** Allowed values for sqlite3_rtree_query.eWithin and .eParentWithin. +*/ +#define NOT_WITHIN 0 /* Object completely outside of query region */ +#define PARTLY_WITHIN 1 /* Object partially overlaps query region */ +#define FULLY_WITHIN 2 /* Object fully contained within query region */ + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} /* end of the 'extern "C"' block */ +#endif + +#endif /* ifndef _SQLITE3RTREE_H_ */ + +/******** End of sqlite3rtree.h *********/ +/******** Begin file sqlite3session.h *********/ + +#if !defined(__SQLITESESSION_H_) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_SESSION) +#define __SQLITESESSION_H_ 1 + +/* +** Make sure we can call this stuff from C++. +*/ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Session Object Handle +** +** An instance of this object is a [session] that can be used to +** record changes to a database. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_session sqlite3_session; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Changeset Iterator Handle +** +** An instance of this object acts as a cursor for iterating +** over the elements of a [changeset] or [patchset]. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_changeset_iter sqlite3_changeset_iter; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Create A New Session Object +** CONSTRUCTOR: sqlite3_session +** +** Create a new session object attached to database handle db. If successful, +** a pointer to the new object is written to *ppSession and SQLITE_OK is +** returned. If an error occurs, *ppSession is set to NULL and an SQLite +** error code (e.g. SQLITE_NOMEM) is returned. +** +** It is possible to create multiple session objects attached to a single +** database handle. +** +** Session objects created using this function should be deleted using the +** [sqlite3session_delete()] function before the database handle that they +** are attached to is itself closed. If the database handle is closed before +** the session object is deleted, then the results of calling any session +** module function, including [sqlite3session_delete()] on the session object +** are undefined. +** +** Because the session module uses the [sqlite3_preupdate_hook()] API, it +** is not possible for an application to register a pre-update hook on a +** database handle that has one or more session objects attached. Nor is +** it possible to create a session object attached to a database handle for +** which a pre-update hook is already defined. The results of attempting +** either of these things are undefined. +** +** The session object will be used to create changesets for tables in +** database zDb, where zDb is either "main", or "temp", or the name of an +** attached database. It is not an error if database zDb is not attached +** to the database when the session object is created. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_create( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + const char *zDb, /* Name of db (e.g. "main") */ + sqlite3_session **ppSession /* OUT: New session object */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Delete A Session Object +** DESTRUCTOR: sqlite3_session +** +** Delete a session object previously allocated using +** [sqlite3session_create()]. Once a session object has been deleted, the +** results of attempting to use pSession with any other session module +** function are undefined. +** +** Session objects must be deleted before the database handle to which they +** are attached is closed. Refer to the documentation for +** [sqlite3session_create()] for details. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3session_delete(sqlite3_session *pSession); + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable A Session Object +** METHOD: sqlite3_session +** +** Enable or disable the recording of changes by a session object. When +** enabled, a session object records changes made to the database. When +** disabled - it does not. A newly created session object is enabled. +** Refer to the documentation for [sqlite3session_changeset()] for further +** details regarding how enabling and disabling a session object affects +** the eventual changesets. +** +** Passing zero to this function disables the session. Passing a value +** greater than zero enables it. Passing a value less than zero is a +** no-op, and may be used to query the current state of the session. +** +** The return value indicates the final state of the session object: 0 if +** the session is disabled, or 1 if it is enabled. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_enable(sqlite3_session *pSession, int bEnable); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Set Or Clear the Indirect Change Flag +** METHOD: sqlite3_session +** +** Each change recorded by a session object is marked as either direct or +** indirect. A change is marked as indirect if either: +** +** <ul> +** <li> The session object "indirect" flag is set when the change is +** made, or +** <li> The change is made by an SQL trigger or foreign key action +** instead of directly as a result of a users SQL statement. +** </ul> +** +** If a single row is affected by more than one operation within a session, +** then the change is considered indirect if all operations meet the criteria +** for an indirect change above, or direct otherwise. +** +** This function is used to set, clear or query the session object indirect +** flag. If the second argument passed to this function is zero, then the +** indirect flag is cleared. If it is greater than zero, the indirect flag +** is set. Passing a value less than zero does not modify the current value +** of the indirect flag, and may be used to query the current state of the +** indirect flag for the specified session object. +** +** The return value indicates the final state of the indirect flag: 0 if +** it is clear, or 1 if it is set. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_indirect(sqlite3_session *pSession, int bIndirect); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Attach A Table To A Session Object +** METHOD: sqlite3_session +** +** If argument zTab is not NULL, then it is the name of a table to attach +** to the session object passed as the first argument. All subsequent changes +** made to the table while the session object is enabled will be recorded. See +** documentation for [sqlite3session_changeset()] for further details. +** +** Or, if argument zTab is NULL, then changes are recorded for all tables +** in the database. If additional tables are added to the database (by +** executing "CREATE TABLE" statements) after this call is made, changes for +** the new tables are also recorded. +** +** Changes can only be recorded for tables that have a PRIMARY KEY explicitly +** defined as part of their CREATE TABLE statement. It does not matter if the +** PRIMARY KEY is an "INTEGER PRIMARY KEY" (rowid alias) or not. The PRIMARY +** KEY may consist of a single column, or may be a composite key. +** +** It is not an error if the named table does not exist in the database. Nor +** is it an error if the named table does not have a PRIMARY KEY. However, +** no changes will be recorded in either of these scenarios. +** +** Changes are not recorded for individual rows that have NULL values stored +** in one or more of their PRIMARY KEY columns. +** +** SQLITE_OK is returned if the call completes without error. Or, if an error +** occurs, an SQLite error code (e.g. SQLITE_NOMEM) is returned. +** +** <h3>Special sqlite_stat1 Handling</h3> +** +** As of SQLite version 3.22.0, the "sqlite_stat1" table is an exception to +** some of the rules above. In SQLite, the schema of sqlite_stat1 is: +** <pre> +**   CREATE TABLE sqlite_stat1(tbl,idx,stat) +** </pre> +** +** Even though sqlite_stat1 does not have a PRIMARY KEY, changes are +** recorded for it as if the PRIMARY KEY is (tbl,idx). Additionally, changes +** are recorded for rows for which (idx IS NULL) is true. However, for such +** rows a zero-length blob (SQL value X'') is stored in the changeset or +** patchset instead of a NULL value. This allows such changesets to be +** manipulated by legacy implementations of sqlite3changeset_invert(), +** concat() and similar. +** +** The sqlite3changeset_apply() function automatically converts the +** zero-length blob back to a NULL value when updating the sqlite_stat1 +** table. However, if the application calls sqlite3changeset_new(), +** sqlite3changeset_old() or sqlite3changeset_conflict on a changeset +** iterator directly (including on a changeset iterator passed to a +** conflict-handler callback) then the X'' value is returned. The application +** must translate X'' to NULL itself if required. +** +** Legacy (older than 3.22.0) versions of the sessions module cannot capture +** changes made to the sqlite_stat1 table. Legacy versions of the +** sqlite3changeset_apply() function silently ignore any modifications to the +** sqlite_stat1 table that are part of a changeset or patchset. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_attach( + sqlite3_session *pSession, /* Session object */ + const char *zTab /* Table name */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Set a table filter on a Session Object. +** METHOD: sqlite3_session +** +** The second argument (xFilter) is the "filter callback". For changes to rows +** in tables that are not attached to the Session object, the filter is called +** to determine whether changes to the table's rows should be tracked or not. +** If xFilter returns 0, changes are not tracked. Note that once a table is +** attached, xFilter will not be called again. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3session_table_filter( + sqlite3_session *pSession, /* Session object */ + int(*xFilter)( + void *pCtx, /* Copy of third arg to _filter_table() */ + const char *zTab /* Table name */ + ), + void *pCtx /* First argument passed to xFilter */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Generate A Changeset From A Session Object +** METHOD: sqlite3_session +** +** Obtain a changeset containing changes to the tables attached to the +** session object passed as the first argument. If successful, +** set *ppChangeset to point to a buffer containing the changeset +** and *pnChangeset to the size of the changeset in bytes before returning +** SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs, set both *ppChangeset and *pnChangeset to +** zero and return an SQLite error code. +** +** A changeset consists of zero or more INSERT, UPDATE and/or DELETE changes, +** each representing a change to a single row of an attached table. An INSERT +** change contains the values of each field of a new database row. A DELETE +** contains the original values of each field of a deleted database row. An +** UPDATE change contains the original values of each field of an updated +** database row along with the updated values for each updated non-primary-key +** column. It is not possible for an UPDATE change to represent a change that +** modifies the values of primary key columns. If such a change is made, it +** is represented in a changeset as a DELETE followed by an INSERT. +** +** Changes are not recorded for rows that have NULL values stored in one or +** more of their PRIMARY KEY columns. If such a row is inserted or deleted, +** no corresponding change is present in the changesets returned by this +** function. If an existing row with one or more NULL values stored in +** PRIMARY KEY columns is updated so that all PRIMARY KEY columns are non-NULL, +** only an INSERT is appears in the changeset. Similarly, if an existing row +** with non-NULL PRIMARY KEY values is updated so that one or more of its +** PRIMARY KEY columns are set to NULL, the resulting changeset contains a +** DELETE change only. +** +** The contents of a changeset may be traversed using an iterator created +** using the [sqlite3changeset_start()] API. A changeset may be applied to +** a database with a compatible schema using the [sqlite3changeset_apply()] +** API. +** +** Within a changeset generated by this function, all changes related to a +** single table are grouped together. In other words, when iterating through +** a changeset or when applying a changeset to a database, all changes related +** to a single table are processed before moving on to the next table. Tables +** are sorted in the same order in which they were attached (or auto-attached) +** to the sqlite3_session object. The order in which the changes related to +** a single table are stored is undefined. +** +** Following a successful call to this function, it is the responsibility of +** the caller to eventually free the buffer that *ppChangeset points to using +** [sqlite3_free()]. +** +** <h3>Changeset Generation</h3> +** +** Once a table has been attached to a session object, the session object +** records the primary key values of all new rows inserted into the table. +** It also records the original primary key and other column values of any +** deleted or updated rows. For each unique primary key value, data is only +** recorded once - the first time a row with said primary key is inserted, +** updated or deleted in the lifetime of the session. +** +** There is one exception to the previous paragraph: when a row is inserted, +** updated or deleted, if one or more of its primary key columns contain a +** NULL value, no record of the change is made. +** +** The session object therefore accumulates two types of records - those +** that consist of primary key values only (created when the user inserts +** a new record) and those that consist of the primary key values and the +** original values of other table columns (created when the users deletes +** or updates a record). +** +** When this function is called, the requested changeset is created using +** both the accumulated records and the current contents of the database +** file. Specifically: +** +** <ul> +** <li> For each record generated by an insert, the database is queried +** for a row with a matching primary key. If one is found, an INSERT +** change is added to the changeset. If no such row is found, no change +** is added to the changeset. +** +** <li> For each record generated by an update or delete, the database is +** queried for a row with a matching primary key. If such a row is +** found and one or more of the non-primary key fields have been +** modified from their original values, an UPDATE change is added to +** the changeset. Or, if no such row is found in the table, a DELETE +** change is added to the changeset. If there is a row with a matching +** primary key in the database, but all fields contain their original +** values, no change is added to the changeset. +** </ul> +** +** This means, amongst other things, that if a row is inserted and then later +** deleted while a session object is active, neither the insert nor the delete +** will be present in the changeset. Or if a row is deleted and then later a +** row with the same primary key values inserted while a session object is +** active, the resulting changeset will contain an UPDATE change instead of +** a DELETE and an INSERT. +** +** When a session object is disabled (see the [sqlite3session_enable()] API), +** it does not accumulate records when rows are inserted, updated or deleted. +** This may appear to have some counter-intuitive effects if a single row +** is written to more than once during a session. For example, if a row +** is inserted while a session object is enabled, then later deleted while +** the same session object is disabled, no INSERT record will appear in the +** changeset, even though the delete took place while the session was disabled. +** Or, if one field of a row is updated while a session is disabled, and +** another field of the same row is updated while the session is enabled, the +** resulting changeset will contain an UPDATE change that updates both fields. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_changeset( + sqlite3_session *pSession, /* Session object */ + int *pnChangeset, /* OUT: Size of buffer at *ppChangeset */ + void **ppChangeset /* OUT: Buffer containing changeset */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Load The Difference Between Tables Into A Session +** METHOD: sqlite3_session +** +** If it is not already attached to the session object passed as the first +** argument, this function attaches table zTbl in the same manner as the +** [sqlite3session_attach()] function. If zTbl does not exist, or if it +** does not have a primary key, this function is a no-op (but does not return +** an error). +** +** Argument zFromDb must be the name of a database ("main", "temp" etc.) +** attached to the same database handle as the session object that contains +** a table compatible with the table attached to the session by this function. +** A table is considered compatible if it: +** +** <ul> +** <li> Has the same name, +** <li> Has the same set of columns declared in the same order, and +** <li> Has the same PRIMARY KEY definition. +** </ul> +** +** If the tables are not compatible, SQLITE_SCHEMA is returned. If the tables +** are compatible but do not have any PRIMARY KEY columns, it is not an error +** but no changes are added to the session object. As with other session +** APIs, tables without PRIMARY KEYs are simply ignored. +** +** This function adds a set of changes to the session object that could be +** used to update the table in database zFrom (call this the "from-table") +** so that its content is the same as the table attached to the session +** object (call this the "to-table"). Specifically: +** +** <ul> +** <li> For each row (primary key) that exists in the to-table but not in +** the from-table, an INSERT record is added to the session object. +** +** <li> For each row (primary key) that exists in the to-table but not in +** the from-table, a DELETE record is added to the session object. +** +** <li> For each row (primary key) that exists in both tables, but features +** different non-PK values in each, an UPDATE record is added to the +** session. +** </ul> +** +** To clarify, if this function is called and then a changeset constructed +** using [sqlite3session_changeset()], then after applying that changeset to +** database zFrom the contents of the two compatible tables would be +** identical. +** +** It an error if database zFrom does not exist or does not contain the +** required compatible table. +** +** If the operation is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an SQLite +** error code. In this case, if argument pzErrMsg is not NULL, *pzErrMsg +** may be set to point to a buffer containing an English language error +** message. It is the responsibility of the caller to free this buffer using +** sqlite3_free(). +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_diff( + sqlite3_session *pSession, + const char *zFromDb, + const char *zTbl, + char **pzErrMsg +); + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Generate A Patchset From A Session Object +** METHOD: sqlite3_session +** +** The differences between a patchset and a changeset are that: +** +** <ul> +** <li> DELETE records consist of the primary key fields only. The +** original values of other fields are omitted. +** <li> The original values of any modified fields are omitted from +** UPDATE records. +** </ul> +** +** A patchset blob may be used with up to date versions of all +** sqlite3changeset_xxx API functions except for sqlite3changeset_invert(), +** which returns SQLITE_CORRUPT if it is passed a patchset. Similarly, +** attempting to use a patchset blob with old versions of the +** sqlite3changeset_xxx APIs also provokes an SQLITE_CORRUPT error. +** +** Because the non-primary key "old.*" fields are omitted, no +** SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA conflicts can be detected or reported if a patchset +** is passed to the sqlite3changeset_apply() API. Other conflict types work +** in the same way as for changesets. +** +** Changes within a patchset are ordered in the same way as for changesets +** generated by the sqlite3session_changeset() function (i.e. all changes for +** a single table are grouped together, tables appear in the order in which +** they were attached to the session object). +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_patchset( + sqlite3_session *pSession, /* Session object */ + int *pnPatchset, /* OUT: Size of buffer at *ppPatchset */ + void **ppPatchset /* OUT: Buffer containing patchset */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Test if a changeset has recorded any changes. +** +** Return non-zero if no changes to attached tables have been recorded by +** the session object passed as the first argument. Otherwise, if one or +** more changes have been recorded, return zero. +** +** Even if this function returns zero, it is possible that calling +** [sqlite3session_changeset()] on the session handle may still return a +** changeset that contains no changes. This can happen when a row in +** an attached table is modified and then later on the original values +** are restored. However, if this function returns non-zero, then it is +** guaranteed that a call to sqlite3session_changeset() will return a +** changeset containing zero changes. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_isempty(sqlite3_session *pSession); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Create An Iterator To Traverse A Changeset +** CONSTRUCTOR: sqlite3_changeset_iter +** +** Create an iterator used to iterate through the contents of a changeset. +** If successful, *pp is set to point to the iterator handle and SQLITE_OK +** is returned. Otherwise, if an error occurs, *pp is set to zero and an +** SQLite error code is returned. +** +** The following functions can be used to advance and query a changeset +** iterator created by this function: +** +** <ul> +** <li> [sqlite3changeset_next()] +** <li> [sqlite3changeset_op()] +** <li> [sqlite3changeset_new()] +** <li> [sqlite3changeset_old()] +** </ul> +** +** It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually destroy the iterator +** by passing it to [sqlite3changeset_finalize()]. The buffer containing the +** changeset (pChangeset) must remain valid until after the iterator is +** destroyed. +** +** Assuming the changeset blob was created by one of the +** [sqlite3session_changeset()], [sqlite3changeset_concat()] or +** [sqlite3changeset_invert()] functions, all changes within the changeset +** that apply to a single table are grouped together. This means that when +** an application iterates through a changeset using an iterator created by +** this function, all changes that relate to a single table are visited +** consecutively. There is no chance that the iterator will visit a change +** the applies to table X, then one for table Y, and then later on visit +** another change for table X. +** +** The behavior of sqlite3changeset_start_v2() and its streaming equivalent +** may be modified by passing a combination of +** [SQLITE_CHANGESETSTART_INVERT | supported flags] as the 4th parameter. +** +** Note that the sqlite3changeset_start_v2() API is still <b>experimental</b> +** and therefore subject to change. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_start( + sqlite3_changeset_iter **pp, /* OUT: New changeset iterator handle */ + int nChangeset, /* Size of changeset blob in bytes */ + void *pChangeset /* Pointer to blob containing changeset */ +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_start_v2( + sqlite3_changeset_iter **pp, /* OUT: New changeset iterator handle */ + int nChangeset, /* Size of changeset blob in bytes */ + void *pChangeset, /* Pointer to blob containing changeset */ + int flags /* SESSION_CHANGESETSTART_* flags */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Flags for sqlite3changeset_start_v2 +** +** The following flags may passed via the 4th parameter to +** [sqlite3changeset_start_v2] and [sqlite3changeset_start_v2_strm]: +** +** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESETAPPLY_INVERT <dd> +** Invert the changeset while iterating through it. This is equivalent to +** inverting a changeset using sqlite3changeset_invert() before applying it. +** It is an error to specify this flag with a patchset. +*/ +#define SQLITE_CHANGESETSTART_INVERT 0x0002 + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Advance A Changeset Iterator +** METHOD: sqlite3_changeset_iter +** +** This function may only be used with iterators created by the function +** [sqlite3changeset_start()]. If it is called on an iterator passed to +** a conflict-handler callback by [sqlite3changeset_apply()], SQLITE_MISUSE +** is returned and the call has no effect. +** +** Immediately after an iterator is created by sqlite3changeset_start(), it +** does not point to any change in the changeset. Assuming the changeset +** is not empty, the first call to this function advances the iterator to +** point to the first change in the changeset. Each subsequent call advances +** the iterator to point to the next change in the changeset (if any). If +** no error occurs and the iterator points to a valid change after a call +** to sqlite3changeset_next() has advanced it, SQLITE_ROW is returned. +** Otherwise, if all changes in the changeset have already been visited, +** SQLITE_DONE is returned. +** +** If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned. Possible error +** codes include SQLITE_CORRUPT (if the changeset buffer is corrupt) or +** SQLITE_NOMEM. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_next(sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Obtain The Current Operation From A Changeset Iterator +** METHOD: sqlite3_changeset_iter +** +** The pIter argument passed to this function may either be an iterator +** passed to a conflict-handler by [sqlite3changeset_apply()], or an iterator +** created by [sqlite3changeset_start()]. In the latter case, the most recent +** call to [sqlite3changeset_next()] must have returned [SQLITE_ROW]. If this +** is not the case, this function returns [SQLITE_MISUSE]. +** +** If argument pzTab is not NULL, then *pzTab is set to point to a +** nul-terminated utf-8 encoded string containing the name of the table +** affected by the current change. The buffer remains valid until either +** sqlite3changeset_next() is called on the iterator or until the +** conflict-handler function returns. If pnCol is not NULL, then *pnCol is +** set to the number of columns in the table affected by the change. If +** pbIndirect is not NULL, then *pbIndirect is set to true (1) if the change +** is an indirect change, or false (0) otherwise. See the documentation for +** [sqlite3session_indirect()] for a description of direct and indirect +** changes. Finally, if pOp is not NULL, then *pOp is set to one of +** [SQLITE_INSERT], [SQLITE_DELETE] or [SQLITE_UPDATE], depending on the +** type of change that the iterator currently points to. +** +** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error does occur, an +** SQLite error code is returned. The values of the output variables may not +** be trusted in this case. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_op( + sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter, /* Iterator object */ + const char **pzTab, /* OUT: Pointer to table name */ + int *pnCol, /* OUT: Number of columns in table */ + int *pOp, /* OUT: SQLITE_INSERT, DELETE or UPDATE */ + int *pbIndirect /* OUT: True for an 'indirect' change */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Obtain The Primary Key Definition Of A Table +** METHOD: sqlite3_changeset_iter +** +** For each modified table, a changeset includes the following: +** +** <ul> +** <li> The number of columns in the table, and +** <li> Which of those columns make up the tables PRIMARY KEY. +** </ul> +** +** This function is used to find which columns comprise the PRIMARY KEY of +** the table modified by the change that iterator pIter currently points to. +** If successful, *pabPK is set to point to an array of nCol entries, where +** nCol is the number of columns in the table. Elements of *pabPK are set to +** 0x01 if the corresponding column is part of the tables primary key, or +** 0x00 if it is not. +** +** If argument pnCol is not NULL, then *pnCol is set to the number of columns +** in the table. +** +** If this function is called when the iterator does not point to a valid +** entry, SQLITE_MISUSE is returned and the output variables zeroed. Otherwise, +** SQLITE_OK is returned and the output variables populated as described +** above. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_pk( + sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter, /* Iterator object */ + unsigned char **pabPK, /* OUT: Array of boolean - true for PK cols */ + int *pnCol /* OUT: Number of entries in output array */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Obtain old.* Values From A Changeset Iterator +** METHOD: sqlite3_changeset_iter +** +** The pIter argument passed to this function may either be an iterator +** passed to a conflict-handler by [sqlite3changeset_apply()], or an iterator +** created by [sqlite3changeset_start()]. In the latter case, the most recent +** call to [sqlite3changeset_next()] must have returned SQLITE_ROW. +** Furthermore, it may only be called if the type of change that the iterator +** currently points to is either [SQLITE_DELETE] or [SQLITE_UPDATE]. Otherwise, +** this function returns [SQLITE_MISUSE] and sets *ppValue to NULL. +** +** Argument iVal must be greater than or equal to 0, and less than the number +** of columns in the table affected by the current change. Otherwise, +** [SQLITE_RANGE] is returned and *ppValue is set to NULL. +** +** If successful, this function sets *ppValue to point to a protected +** sqlite3_value object containing the iVal'th value from the vector of +** original row values stored as part of the UPDATE or DELETE change and +** returns SQLITE_OK. The name of the function comes from the fact that this +** is similar to the "old.*" columns available to update or delete triggers. +** +** If some other error occurs (e.g. an OOM condition), an SQLite error code +** is returned and *ppValue is set to NULL. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_old( + sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter, /* Changeset iterator */ + int iVal, /* Column number */ + sqlite3_value **ppValue /* OUT: Old value (or NULL pointer) */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Obtain new.* Values From A Changeset Iterator +** METHOD: sqlite3_changeset_iter +** +** The pIter argument passed to this function may either be an iterator +** passed to a conflict-handler by [sqlite3changeset_apply()], or an iterator +** created by [sqlite3changeset_start()]. In the latter case, the most recent +** call to [sqlite3changeset_next()] must have returned SQLITE_ROW. +** Furthermore, it may only be called if the type of change that the iterator +** currently points to is either [SQLITE_UPDATE] or [SQLITE_INSERT]. Otherwise, +** this function returns [SQLITE_MISUSE] and sets *ppValue to NULL. +** +** Argument iVal must be greater than or equal to 0, and less than the number +** of columns in the table affected by the current change. Otherwise, +** [SQLITE_RANGE] is returned and *ppValue is set to NULL. +** +** If successful, this function sets *ppValue to point to a protected +** sqlite3_value object containing the iVal'th value from the vector of +** new row values stored as part of the UPDATE or INSERT change and +** returns SQLITE_OK. If the change is an UPDATE and does not include +** a new value for the requested column, *ppValue is set to NULL and +** SQLITE_OK returned. The name of the function comes from the fact that +** this is similar to the "new.*" columns available to update or delete +** triggers. +** +** If some other error occurs (e.g. an OOM condition), an SQLite error code +** is returned and *ppValue is set to NULL. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_new( + sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter, /* Changeset iterator */ + int iVal, /* Column number */ + sqlite3_value **ppValue /* OUT: New value (or NULL pointer) */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Obtain Conflicting Row Values From A Changeset Iterator +** METHOD: sqlite3_changeset_iter +** +** This function should only be used with iterator objects passed to a +** conflict-handler callback by [sqlite3changeset_apply()] with either +** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA] or [SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT]. If this function +** is called on any other iterator, [SQLITE_MISUSE] is returned and *ppValue +** is set to NULL. +** +** Argument iVal must be greater than or equal to 0, and less than the number +** of columns in the table affected by the current change. Otherwise, +** [SQLITE_RANGE] is returned and *ppValue is set to NULL. +** +** If successful, this function sets *ppValue to point to a protected +** sqlite3_value object containing the iVal'th value from the +** "conflicting row" associated with the current conflict-handler callback +** and returns SQLITE_OK. +** +** If some other error occurs (e.g. an OOM condition), an SQLite error code +** is returned and *ppValue is set to NULL. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_conflict( + sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter, /* Changeset iterator */ + int iVal, /* Column number */ + sqlite3_value **ppValue /* OUT: Value from conflicting row */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Determine The Number Of Foreign Key Constraint Violations +** METHOD: sqlite3_changeset_iter +** +** This function may only be called with an iterator passed to an +** SQLITE_CHANGESET_FOREIGN_KEY conflict handler callback. In this case +** it sets the output variable to the total number of known foreign key +** violations in the destination database and returns SQLITE_OK. +** +** In all other cases this function returns SQLITE_MISUSE. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_fk_conflicts( + sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter, /* Changeset iterator */ + int *pnOut /* OUT: Number of FK violations */ +); + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Finalize A Changeset Iterator +** METHOD: sqlite3_changeset_iter +** +** This function is used to finalize an iterator allocated with +** [sqlite3changeset_start()]. +** +** This function should only be called on iterators created using the +** [sqlite3changeset_start()] function. If an application calls this +** function with an iterator passed to a conflict-handler by +** [sqlite3changeset_apply()], [SQLITE_MISUSE] is immediately returned and the +** call has no effect. +** +** If an error was encountered within a call to an sqlite3changeset_xxx() +** function (for example an [SQLITE_CORRUPT] in [sqlite3changeset_next()] or an +** [SQLITE_NOMEM] in [sqlite3changeset_new()]) then an error code corresponding +** to that error is returned by this function. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is +** returned. This is to allow the following pattern (pseudo-code): +** +** <pre> +** sqlite3changeset_start(); +** while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3changeset_next() ){ +** // Do something with change. +** } +** rc = sqlite3changeset_finalize(); +** if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ +** // An error has occurred +** } +** </pre> +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_finalize(sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Invert A Changeset +** +** This function is used to "invert" a changeset object. Applying an inverted +** changeset to a database reverses the effects of applying the uninverted +** changeset. Specifically: +** +** <ul> +** <li> Each DELETE change is changed to an INSERT, and +** <li> Each INSERT change is changed to a DELETE, and +** <li> For each UPDATE change, the old.* and new.* values are exchanged. +** </ul> +** +** This function does not change the order in which changes appear within +** the changeset. It merely reverses the sense of each individual change. +** +** If successful, a pointer to a buffer containing the inverted changeset +** is stored in *ppOut, the size of the same buffer is stored in *pnOut, and +** SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error occurs, both *pnOut and *ppOut are +** zeroed and an SQLite error code returned. +** +** It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually call sqlite3_free() +** on the *ppOut pointer to free the buffer allocation following a successful +** call to this function. +** +** WARNING/TODO: This function currently assumes that the input is a valid +** changeset. If it is not, the results are undefined. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_invert( + int nIn, const void *pIn, /* Input changeset */ + int *pnOut, void **ppOut /* OUT: Inverse of input */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Concatenate Two Changeset Objects +** +** This function is used to concatenate two changesets, A and B, into a +** single changeset. The result is a changeset equivalent to applying +** changeset A followed by changeset B. +** +** This function combines the two input changesets using an +** sqlite3_changegroup object. Calling it produces similar results as the +** following code fragment: +** +** <pre> +** sqlite3_changegroup *pGrp; +** rc = sqlite3_changegroup_new(&pGrp); +** if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = sqlite3changegroup_add(pGrp, nA, pA); +** if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = sqlite3changegroup_add(pGrp, nB, pB); +** if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ +** rc = sqlite3changegroup_output(pGrp, pnOut, ppOut); +** }else{ +** *ppOut = 0; +** *pnOut = 0; +** } +** </pre> +** +** Refer to the sqlite3_changegroup documentation below for details. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_concat( + int nA, /* Number of bytes in buffer pA */ + void *pA, /* Pointer to buffer containing changeset A */ + int nB, /* Number of bytes in buffer pB */ + void *pB, /* Pointer to buffer containing changeset B */ + int *pnOut, /* OUT: Number of bytes in output changeset */ + void **ppOut /* OUT: Buffer containing output changeset */ +); + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Changegroup Handle +** +** A changegroup is an object used to combine two or more +** [changesets] or [patchsets] +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_changegroup sqlite3_changegroup; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Create A New Changegroup Object +** CONSTRUCTOR: sqlite3_changegroup +** +** An sqlite3_changegroup object is used to combine two or more changesets +** (or patchsets) into a single changeset (or patchset). A single changegroup +** object may combine changesets or patchsets, but not both. The output is +** always in the same format as the input. +** +** If successful, this function returns SQLITE_OK and populates (*pp) with +** a pointer to a new sqlite3_changegroup object before returning. The caller +** should eventually free the returned object using a call to +** sqlite3changegroup_delete(). If an error occurs, an SQLite error code +** (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM) is returned and *pp is set to NULL. +** +** The usual usage pattern for an sqlite3_changegroup object is as follows: +** +** <ul> +** <li> It is created using a call to sqlite3changegroup_new(). +** +** <li> Zero or more changesets (or patchsets) are added to the object +** by calling sqlite3changegroup_add(). +** +** <li> The result of combining all input changesets together is obtained +** by the application via a call to sqlite3changegroup_output(). +** +** <li> The object is deleted using a call to sqlite3changegroup_delete(). +** </ul> +** +** Any number of calls to add() and output() may be made between the calls to +** new() and delete(), and in any order. +** +** As well as the regular sqlite3changegroup_add() and +** sqlite3changegroup_output() functions, also available are the streaming +** versions sqlite3changegroup_add_strm() and sqlite3changegroup_output_strm(). +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_new(sqlite3_changegroup **pp); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Add A Changeset To A Changegroup +** METHOD: sqlite3_changegroup +** +** Add all changes within the changeset (or patchset) in buffer pData (size +** nData bytes) to the changegroup. +** +** If the buffer contains a patchset, then all prior calls to this function +** on the same changegroup object must also have specified patchsets. Or, if +** the buffer contains a changeset, so must have the earlier calls to this +** function. Otherwise, SQLITE_ERROR is returned and no changes are added +** to the changegroup. +** +** Rows within the changeset and changegroup are identified by the values in +** their PRIMARY KEY columns. A change in the changeset is considered to +** apply to the same row as a change already present in the changegroup if +** the two rows have the same primary key. +** +** Changes to rows that do not already appear in the changegroup are +** simply copied into it. Or, if both the new changeset and the changegroup +** contain changes that apply to a single row, the final contents of the +** changegroup depends on the type of each change, as follows: +** +** <table border=1 style="margin-left:8ex;margin-right:8ex"> +** <tr><th style="white-space:pre">Existing Change </th> +** <th style="white-space:pre">New Change </th> +** <th>Output Change +** <tr><td>INSERT <td>INSERT <td> +** The new change is ignored. This case does not occur if the new +** changeset was recorded immediately after the changesets already +** added to the changegroup. +** <tr><td>INSERT <td>UPDATE <td> +** The INSERT change remains in the changegroup. The values in the +** INSERT change are modified as if the row was inserted by the +** existing change and then updated according to the new change. +** <tr><td>INSERT <td>DELETE <td> +** The existing INSERT is removed from the changegroup. The DELETE is +** not added. +** <tr><td>UPDATE <td>INSERT <td> +** The new change is ignored. This case does not occur if the new +** changeset was recorded immediately after the changesets already +** added to the changegroup. +** <tr><td>UPDATE <td>UPDATE <td> +** The existing UPDATE remains within the changegroup. It is amended +** so that the accompanying values are as if the row was updated once +** by the existing change and then again by the new change. +** <tr><td>UPDATE <td>DELETE <td> +** The existing UPDATE is replaced by the new DELETE within the +** changegroup. +** <tr><td>DELETE <td>INSERT <td> +** If one or more of the column values in the row inserted by the +** new change differ from those in the row deleted by the existing +** change, the existing DELETE is replaced by an UPDATE within the +** changegroup. Otherwise, if the inserted row is exactly the same +** as the deleted row, the existing DELETE is simply discarded. +** <tr><td>DELETE <td>UPDATE <td> +** The new change is ignored. This case does not occur if the new +** changeset was recorded immediately after the changesets already +** added to the changegroup. +** <tr><td>DELETE <td>DELETE <td> +** The new change is ignored. This case does not occur if the new +** changeset was recorded immediately after the changesets already +** added to the changegroup. +** </table> +** +** If the new changeset contains changes to a table that is already present +** in the changegroup, then the number of columns and the position of the +** primary key columns for the table must be consistent. If this is not the +** case, this function fails with SQLITE_SCHEMA. If the input changeset +** appears to be corrupt and the corruption is detected, SQLITE_CORRUPT is +** returned. Or, if an out-of-memory condition occurs during processing, this +** function returns SQLITE_NOMEM. In all cases, if an error occurs the state +** of the final contents of the changegroup is undefined. +** +** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_add(sqlite3_changegroup*, int nData, void *pData); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Obtain A Composite Changeset From A Changegroup +** METHOD: sqlite3_changegroup +** +** Obtain a buffer containing a changeset (or patchset) representing the +** current contents of the changegroup. If the inputs to the changegroup +** were themselves changesets, the output is a changeset. Or, if the +** inputs were patchsets, the output is also a patchset. +** +** As with the output of the sqlite3session_changeset() and +** sqlite3session_patchset() functions, all changes related to a single +** table are grouped together in the output of this function. Tables appear +** in the same order as for the very first changeset added to the changegroup. +** If the second or subsequent changesets added to the changegroup contain +** changes for tables that do not appear in the first changeset, they are +** appended onto the end of the output changeset, again in the order in +** which they are first encountered. +** +** If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and the output +** variables (*pnData) and (*ppData) are set to 0. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK +** is returned and the output variables are set to the size of and a +** pointer to the output buffer, respectively. In this case it is the +** responsibility of the caller to eventually free the buffer using a +** call to sqlite3_free(). +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_output( + sqlite3_changegroup*, + int *pnData, /* OUT: Size of output buffer in bytes */ + void **ppData /* OUT: Pointer to output buffer */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Delete A Changegroup Object +** DESTRUCTOR: sqlite3_changegroup +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3changegroup_delete(sqlite3_changegroup*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Apply A Changeset To A Database +** +** Apply a changeset or patchset to a database. These functions attempt to +** update the "main" database attached to handle db with the changes found in +** the changeset passed via the second and third arguments. +** +** The fourth argument (xFilter) passed to these functions is the "filter +** callback". If it is not NULL, then for each table affected by at least one +** change in the changeset, the filter callback is invoked with +** the table name as the second argument, and a copy of the context pointer +** passed as the sixth argument as the first. If the "filter callback" +** returns zero, then no attempt is made to apply any changes to the table. +** Otherwise, if the return value is non-zero or the xFilter argument to +** is NULL, all changes related to the table are attempted. +** +** For each table that is not excluded by the filter callback, this function +** tests that the target database contains a compatible table. A table is +** considered compatible if all of the following are true: +** +** <ul> +** <li> The table has the same name as the name recorded in the +** changeset, and +** <li> The table has at least as many columns as recorded in the +** changeset, and +** <li> The table has primary key columns in the same position as +** recorded in the changeset. +** </ul> +** +** If there is no compatible table, it is not an error, but none of the +** changes associated with the table are applied. A warning message is issued +** via the sqlite3_log() mechanism with the error code SQLITE_SCHEMA. At most +** one such warning is issued for each table in the changeset. +** +** For each change for which there is a compatible table, an attempt is made +** to modify the table contents according to the UPDATE, INSERT or DELETE +** change. If a change cannot be applied cleanly, the conflict handler +** function passed as the fifth argument to sqlite3changeset_apply() may be +** invoked. A description of exactly when the conflict handler is invoked for +** each type of change is below. +** +** Unlike the xFilter argument, xConflict may not be passed NULL. The results +** of passing anything other than a valid function pointer as the xConflict +** argument are undefined. +** +** Each time the conflict handler function is invoked, it must return one +** of [SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT], [SQLITE_CHANGESET_ABORT] or +** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE]. SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE may only be returned +** if the second argument passed to the conflict handler is either +** SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA or SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT. If the conflict-handler +** returns an illegal value, any changes already made are rolled back and +** the call to sqlite3changeset_apply() returns SQLITE_MISUSE. Different +** actions are taken by sqlite3changeset_apply() depending on the value +** returned by each invocation of the conflict-handler function. Refer to +** the documentation for the three +** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT|available return values] for details. +** +** <dl> +** <dt>DELETE Changes<dd> +** For each DELETE change, the function checks if the target database +** contains a row with the same primary key value (or values) as the +** original row values stored in the changeset. If it does, and the values +** stored in all non-primary key columns also match the values stored in +** the changeset the row is deleted from the target database. +** +** If a row with matching primary key values is found, but one or more of +** the non-primary key fields contains a value different from the original +** row value stored in the changeset, the conflict-handler function is +** invoked with [SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA] as the second argument. If the +** database table has more columns than are recorded in the changeset, +** only the values of those non-primary key fields are compared against +** the current database contents - any trailing database table columns +** are ignored. +** +** If no row with matching primary key values is found in the database, +** the conflict-handler function is invoked with [SQLITE_CHANGESET_NOTFOUND] +** passed as the second argument. +** +** If the DELETE operation is attempted, but SQLite returns SQLITE_CONSTRAINT +** (which can only happen if a foreign key constraint is violated), the +** conflict-handler function is invoked with [SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT] +** passed as the second argument. This includes the case where the DELETE +** operation is attempted because an earlier call to the conflict handler +** function returned [SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE]. +** +** <dt>INSERT Changes<dd> +** For each INSERT change, an attempt is made to insert the new row into +** the database. If the changeset row contains fewer fields than the +** database table, the trailing fields are populated with their default +** values. +** +** If the attempt to insert the row fails because the database already +** contains a row with the same primary key values, the conflict handler +** function is invoked with the second argument set to +** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT]. +** +** If the attempt to insert the row fails because of some other constraint +** violation (e.g. NOT NULL or UNIQUE), the conflict handler function is +** invoked with the second argument set to [SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT]. +** This includes the case where the INSERT operation is re-attempted because +** an earlier call to the conflict handler function returned +** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE]. +** +** <dt>UPDATE Changes<dd> +** For each UPDATE change, the function checks if the target database +** contains a row with the same primary key value (or values) as the +** original row values stored in the changeset. If it does, and the values +** stored in all modified non-primary key columns also match the values +** stored in the changeset the row is updated within the target database. +** +** If a row with matching primary key values is found, but one or more of +** the modified non-primary key fields contains a value different from an +** original row value stored in the changeset, the conflict-handler function +** is invoked with [SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA] as the second argument. Since +** UPDATE changes only contain values for non-primary key fields that are +** to be modified, only those fields need to match the original values to +** avoid the SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA conflict-handler callback. +** +** If no row with matching primary key values is found in the database, +** the conflict-handler function is invoked with [SQLITE_CHANGESET_NOTFOUND] +** passed as the second argument. +** +** If the UPDATE operation is attempted, but SQLite returns +** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, the conflict-handler function is invoked with +** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT] passed as the second argument. +** This includes the case where the UPDATE operation is attempted after +** an earlier call to the conflict handler function returned +** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE]. +** </dl> +** +** It is safe to execute SQL statements, including those that write to the +** table that the callback related to, from within the xConflict callback. +** This can be used to further customize the application's conflict +** resolution strategy. +** +** All changes made by these functions are enclosed in a savepoint transaction. +** If any other error (aside from a constraint failure when attempting to +** write to the target database) occurs, then the savepoint transaction is +** rolled back, restoring the target database to its original state, and an +** SQLite error code returned. +** +** If the output parameters (ppRebase) and (pnRebase) are non-NULL and +** the input is a changeset (not a patchset), then sqlite3changeset_apply_v2() +** may set (*ppRebase) to point to a "rebase" that may be used with the +** sqlite3_rebaser APIs buffer before returning. In this case (*pnRebase) +** is set to the size of the buffer in bytes. It is the responsibility of the +** caller to eventually free any such buffer using sqlite3_free(). The buffer +** is only allocated and populated if one or more conflicts were encountered +** while applying the patchset. See comments surrounding the sqlite3_rebaser +** APIs for further details. +** +** The behavior of sqlite3changeset_apply_v2() and its streaming equivalent +** may be modified by passing a combination of +** [SQLITE_CHANGESETAPPLY_NOSAVEPOINT | supported flags] as the 9th parameter. +** +** Note that the sqlite3changeset_apply_v2() API is still <b>experimental</b> +** and therefore subject to change. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply( + sqlite3 *db, /* Apply change to "main" db of this handle */ + int nChangeset, /* Size of changeset in bytes */ + void *pChangeset, /* Changeset blob */ + int(*xFilter)( + void *pCtx, /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */ + const char *zTab /* Table name */ + ), + int(*xConflict)( + void *pCtx, /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */ + int eConflict, /* DATA, MISSING, CONFLICT, CONSTRAINT */ + sqlite3_changeset_iter *p /* Handle describing change and conflict */ + ), + void *pCtx /* First argument passed to xConflict */ +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_v2( + sqlite3 *db, /* Apply change to "main" db of this handle */ + int nChangeset, /* Size of changeset in bytes */ + void *pChangeset, /* Changeset blob */ + int(*xFilter)( + void *pCtx, /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */ + const char *zTab /* Table name */ + ), + int(*xConflict)( + void *pCtx, /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */ + int eConflict, /* DATA, MISSING, CONFLICT, CONSTRAINT */ + sqlite3_changeset_iter *p /* Handle describing change and conflict */ + ), + void *pCtx, /* First argument passed to xConflict */ + void **ppRebase, int *pnRebase, /* OUT: Rebase data */ + int flags /* SESSION_CHANGESETAPPLY_* flags */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Flags for sqlite3changeset_apply_v2 +** +** The following flags may passed via the 9th parameter to +** [sqlite3changeset_apply_v2] and [sqlite3changeset_apply_v2_strm]: +** +** <dl> +** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESETAPPLY_NOSAVEPOINT <dd> +** Usually, the sessions module encloses all operations performed by +** a single call to apply_v2() or apply_v2_strm() in a [SAVEPOINT]. The +** SAVEPOINT is committed if the changeset or patchset is successfully +** applied, or rolled back if an error occurs. Specifying this flag +** causes the sessions module to omit this savepoint. In this case, if the +** caller has an open transaction or savepoint when apply_v2() is called, +** it may revert the partially applied changeset by rolling it back. +** +** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESETAPPLY_INVERT <dd> +** Invert the changeset before applying it. This is equivalent to inverting +** a changeset using sqlite3changeset_invert() before applying it. It is +** an error to specify this flag with a patchset. +*/ +#define SQLITE_CHANGESETAPPLY_NOSAVEPOINT 0x0001 +#define SQLITE_CHANGESETAPPLY_INVERT 0x0002 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Constants Passed To The Conflict Handler +** +** Values that may be passed as the second argument to a conflict-handler. +** +** <dl> +** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA<dd> +** The conflict handler is invoked with CHANGESET_DATA as the second argument +** when processing a DELETE or UPDATE change if a row with the required +** PRIMARY KEY fields is present in the database, but one or more other +** (non primary-key) fields modified by the update do not contain the +** expected "before" values. +** +** The conflicting row, in this case, is the database row with the matching +** primary key. +** +** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_NOTFOUND<dd> +** The conflict handler is invoked with CHANGESET_NOTFOUND as the second +** argument when processing a DELETE or UPDATE change if a row with the +** required PRIMARY KEY fields is not present in the database. +** +** There is no conflicting row in this case. The results of invoking the +** sqlite3changeset_conflict() API are undefined. +** +** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT<dd> +** CHANGESET_CONFLICT is passed as the second argument to the conflict +** handler while processing an INSERT change if the operation would result +** in duplicate primary key values. +** +** The conflicting row in this case is the database row with the matching +** primary key. +** +** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_FOREIGN_KEY<dd> +** If foreign key handling is enabled, and applying a changeset leaves the +** database in a state containing foreign key violations, the conflict +** handler is invoked with CHANGESET_FOREIGN_KEY as the second argument +** exactly once before the changeset is committed. If the conflict handler +** returns CHANGESET_OMIT, the changes, including those that caused the +** foreign key constraint violation, are committed. Or, if it returns +** CHANGESET_ABORT, the changeset is rolled back. +** +** No current or conflicting row information is provided. The only function +** it is possible to call on the supplied sqlite3_changeset_iter handle +** is sqlite3changeset_fk_conflicts(). +** +** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT<dd> +** If any other constraint violation occurs while applying a change (i.e. +** a UNIQUE, CHECK or NOT NULL constraint), the conflict handler is +** invoked with CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT as the second argument. +** +** There is no conflicting row in this case. The results of invoking the +** sqlite3changeset_conflict() API are undefined. +** +** </dl> +*/ +#define SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA 1 +#define SQLITE_CHANGESET_NOTFOUND 2 +#define SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT 3 +#define SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT 4 +#define SQLITE_CHANGESET_FOREIGN_KEY 5 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Constants Returned By The Conflict Handler +** +** A conflict handler callback must return one of the following three values. +** +** <dl> +** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT<dd> +** If a conflict handler returns this value no special action is taken. The +** change that caused the conflict is not applied. The session module +** continues to the next change in the changeset. +** +** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE<dd> +** This value may only be returned if the second argument to the conflict +** handler was SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA or SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT. If this +** is not the case, any changes applied so far are rolled back and the +** call to sqlite3changeset_apply() returns SQLITE_MISUSE. +** +** If CHANGESET_REPLACE is returned by an SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA conflict +** handler, then the conflicting row is either updated or deleted, depending +** on the type of change. +** +** If CHANGESET_REPLACE is returned by an SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT conflict +** handler, then the conflicting row is removed from the database and a +** second attempt to apply the change is made. If this second attempt fails, +** the original row is restored to the database before continuing. +** +** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_ABORT<dd> +** If this value is returned, any changes applied so far are rolled back +** and the call to sqlite3changeset_apply() returns SQLITE_ABORT. +** </dl> +*/ +#define SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT 0 +#define SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE 1 +#define SQLITE_CHANGESET_ABORT 2 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Rebasing changesets +** EXPERIMENTAL +** +** Suppose there is a site hosting a database in state S0. And that +** modifications are made that move that database to state S1 and a +** changeset recorded (the "local" changeset). Then, a changeset based +** on S0 is received from another site (the "remote" changeset) and +** applied to the database. The database is then in state +** (S1+"remote"), where the exact state depends on any conflict +** resolution decisions (OMIT or REPLACE) made while applying "remote". +** Rebasing a changeset is to update it to take those conflict +** resolution decisions into account, so that the same conflicts +** do not have to be resolved elsewhere in the network. +** +** For example, if both the local and remote changesets contain an +** INSERT of the same key on "CREATE TABLE t1(a PRIMARY KEY, b)": +** +** local: INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(1, 'v1'); +** remote: INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(1, 'v2'); +** +** and the conflict resolution is REPLACE, then the INSERT change is +** removed from the local changeset (it was overridden). Or, if the +** conflict resolution was "OMIT", then the local changeset is modified +** to instead contain: +** +** UPDATE t1 SET b = 'v2' WHERE a=1; +** +** Changes within the local changeset are rebased as follows: +** +** <dl> +** <dt>Local INSERT<dd> +** This may only conflict with a remote INSERT. If the conflict +** resolution was OMIT, then add an UPDATE change to the rebased +** changeset. Or, if the conflict resolution was REPLACE, add +** nothing to the rebased changeset. +** +** <dt>Local DELETE<dd> +** This may conflict with a remote UPDATE or DELETE. In both cases the +** only possible resolution is OMIT. If the remote operation was a +** DELETE, then add no change to the rebased changeset. If the remote +** operation was an UPDATE, then the old.* fields of change are updated +** to reflect the new.* values in the UPDATE. +** +** <dt>Local UPDATE<dd> +** This may conflict with a remote UPDATE or DELETE. If it conflicts +** with a DELETE, and the conflict resolution was OMIT, then the update +** is changed into an INSERT. Any undefined values in the new.* record +** from the update change are filled in using the old.* values from +** the conflicting DELETE. Or, if the conflict resolution was REPLACE, +** the UPDATE change is simply omitted from the rebased changeset. +** +** If conflict is with a remote UPDATE and the resolution is OMIT, then +** the old.* values are rebased using the new.* values in the remote +** change. Or, if the resolution is REPLACE, then the change is copied +** into the rebased changeset with updates to columns also updated by +** the conflicting remote UPDATE removed. If this means no columns would +** be updated, the change is omitted. +** </dl> +** +** A local change may be rebased against multiple remote changes +** simultaneously. If a single key is modified by multiple remote +** changesets, they are combined as follows before the local changeset +** is rebased: +** +** <ul> +** <li> If there has been one or more REPLACE resolutions on a +** key, it is rebased according to a REPLACE. +** +** <li> If there have been no REPLACE resolutions on a key, then +** the local changeset is rebased according to the most recent +** of the OMIT resolutions. +** </ul> +** +** Note that conflict resolutions from multiple remote changesets are +** combined on a per-field basis, not per-row. This means that in the +** case of multiple remote UPDATE operations, some fields of a single +** local change may be rebased for REPLACE while others are rebased for +** OMIT. +** +** In order to rebase a local changeset, the remote changeset must first +** be applied to the local database using sqlite3changeset_apply_v2() and +** the buffer of rebase information captured. Then: +** +** <ol> +** <li> An sqlite3_rebaser object is created by calling +** sqlite3rebaser_create(). +** <li> The new object is configured with the rebase buffer obtained from +** sqlite3changeset_apply_v2() by calling sqlite3rebaser_configure(). +** If the local changeset is to be rebased against multiple remote +** changesets, then sqlite3rebaser_configure() should be called +** multiple times, in the same order that the multiple +** sqlite3changeset_apply_v2() calls were made. +** <li> Each local changeset is rebased by calling sqlite3rebaser_rebase(). +** <li> The sqlite3_rebaser object is deleted by calling +** sqlite3rebaser_delete(). +** </ol> +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_rebaser sqlite3_rebaser; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Create a changeset rebaser object. +** EXPERIMENTAL +** +** Allocate a new changeset rebaser object. If successful, set (*ppNew) to +** point to the new object and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, if an error +** occurs, return an SQLite error code (e.g. SQLITE_NOMEM) and set (*ppNew) +** to NULL. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_create(sqlite3_rebaser **ppNew); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Configure a changeset rebaser object. +** EXPERIMENTAL +** +** Configure the changeset rebaser object to rebase changesets according +** to the conflict resolutions described by buffer pRebase (size nRebase +** bytes), which must have been obtained from a previous call to +** sqlite3changeset_apply_v2(). +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_configure( + sqlite3_rebaser*, + int nRebase, const void *pRebase +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Rebase a changeset +** EXPERIMENTAL +** +** Argument pIn must point to a buffer containing a changeset nIn bytes +** in size. This function allocates and populates a buffer with a copy +** of the changeset rebased according to the configuration of the +** rebaser object passed as the first argument. If successful, (*ppOut) +** is set to point to the new buffer containing the rebased changeset and +** (*pnOut) to its size in bytes and SQLITE_OK returned. It is the +** responsibility of the caller to eventually free the new buffer using +** sqlite3_free(). Otherwise, if an error occurs, (*ppOut) and (*pnOut) +** are set to zero and an SQLite error code returned. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_rebase( + sqlite3_rebaser*, + int nIn, const void *pIn, + int *pnOut, void **ppOut +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Delete a changeset rebaser object. +** EXPERIMENTAL +** +** Delete the changeset rebaser object and all associated resources. There +** should be one call to this function for each successful invocation +** of sqlite3rebaser_create(). +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3rebaser_delete(sqlite3_rebaser *p); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Streaming Versions of API functions. +** +** The six streaming API xxx_strm() functions serve similar purposes to the +** corresponding non-streaming API functions: +** +** <table border=1 style="margin-left:8ex;margin-right:8ex"> +** <tr><th>Streaming function<th>Non-streaming equivalent</th> +** <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_apply_strm<td>[sqlite3changeset_apply] +** <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_apply_strm_v2<td>[sqlite3changeset_apply_v2] +** <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_concat_strm<td>[sqlite3changeset_concat] +** <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_invert_strm<td>[sqlite3changeset_invert] +** <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_start_strm<td>[sqlite3changeset_start] +** <tr><td>sqlite3session_changeset_strm<td>[sqlite3session_changeset] +** <tr><td>sqlite3session_patchset_strm<td>[sqlite3session_patchset] +** </table> +** +** Non-streaming functions that accept changesets (or patchsets) as input +** require that the entire changeset be stored in a single buffer in memory. +** Similarly, those that return a changeset or patchset do so by returning +** a pointer to a single large buffer allocated using sqlite3_malloc(). +** Normally this is convenient. However, if an application running in a +** low-memory environment is required to handle very large changesets, the +** large contiguous memory allocations required can become onerous. +** +** In order to avoid this problem, instead of a single large buffer, input +** is passed to a streaming API functions by way of a callback function that +** the sessions module invokes to incrementally request input data as it is +** required. In all cases, a pair of API function parameters such as +** +** <pre> +**   int nChangeset, +**   void *pChangeset, +** </pre> +** +** Is replaced by: +** +** <pre> +**   int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData), +**   void *pIn, +** </pre> +** +** Each time the xInput callback is invoked by the sessions module, the first +** argument passed is a copy of the supplied pIn context pointer. The second +** argument, pData, points to a buffer (*pnData) bytes in size. Assuming no +** error occurs the xInput method should copy up to (*pnData) bytes of data +** into the buffer and set (*pnData) to the actual number of bytes copied +** before returning SQLITE_OK. If the input is completely exhausted, (*pnData) +** should be set to zero to indicate this. Or, if an error occurs, an SQLite +** error code should be returned. In all cases, if an xInput callback returns +** an error, all processing is abandoned and the streaming API function +** returns a copy of the error code to the caller. +** +** In the case of sqlite3changeset_start_strm(), the xInput callback may be +** invoked by the sessions module at any point during the lifetime of the +** iterator. If such an xInput callback returns an error, the iterator enters +** an error state, whereby all subsequent calls to iterator functions +** immediately fail with the same error code as returned by xInput. +** +** Similarly, streaming API functions that return changesets (or patchsets) +** return them in chunks by way of a callback function instead of via a +** pointer to a single large buffer. In this case, a pair of parameters such +** as: +** +** <pre> +**   int *pnChangeset, +**   void **ppChangeset, +** </pre> +** +** Is replaced by: +** +** <pre> +**   int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData), +**   void *pOut +** </pre> +** +** The xOutput callback is invoked zero or more times to return data to +** the application. The first parameter passed to each call is a copy of the +** pOut pointer supplied by the application. The second parameter, pData, +** points to a buffer nData bytes in size containing the chunk of output +** data being returned. If the xOutput callback successfully processes the +** supplied data, it should return SQLITE_OK to indicate success. Otherwise, +** it should return some other SQLite error code. In this case processing +** is immediately abandoned and the streaming API function returns a copy +** of the xOutput error code to the application. +** +** The sessions module never invokes an xOutput callback with the third +** parameter set to a value less than or equal to zero. Other than this, +** no guarantees are made as to the size of the chunks of data returned. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_strm( + sqlite3 *db, /* Apply change to "main" db of this handle */ + int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData), /* Input function */ + void *pIn, /* First arg for xInput */ + int(*xFilter)( + void *pCtx, /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */ + const char *zTab /* Table name */ + ), + int(*xConflict)( + void *pCtx, /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */ + int eConflict, /* DATA, MISSING, CONFLICT, CONSTRAINT */ + sqlite3_changeset_iter *p /* Handle describing change and conflict */ + ), + void *pCtx /* First argument passed to xConflict */ +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_v2_strm( + sqlite3 *db, /* Apply change to "main" db of this handle */ + int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData), /* Input function */ + void *pIn, /* First arg for xInput */ + int(*xFilter)( + void *pCtx, /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */ + const char *zTab /* Table name */ + ), + int(*xConflict)( + void *pCtx, /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */ + int eConflict, /* DATA, MISSING, CONFLICT, CONSTRAINT */ + sqlite3_changeset_iter *p /* Handle describing change and conflict */ + ), + void *pCtx, /* First argument passed to xConflict */ + void **ppRebase, int *pnRebase, + int flags +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_concat_strm( + int (*xInputA)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData), + void *pInA, + int (*xInputB)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData), + void *pInB, + int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData), + void *pOut +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_invert_strm( + int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData), + void *pIn, + int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData), + void *pOut +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_start_strm( + sqlite3_changeset_iter **pp, + int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData), + void *pIn +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_start_v2_strm( + sqlite3_changeset_iter **pp, + int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData), + void *pIn, + int flags +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_changeset_strm( + sqlite3_session *pSession, + int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData), + void *pOut +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_patchset_strm( + sqlite3_session *pSession, + int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData), + void *pOut +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_add_strm(sqlite3_changegroup*, + int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData), + void *pIn +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_output_strm(sqlite3_changegroup*, + int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData), + void *pOut +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_rebase_strm( + sqlite3_rebaser *pRebaser, + int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData), + void *pIn, + int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData), + void *pOut +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Configure global parameters +** +** The sqlite3session_config() interface is used to make global configuration +** changes to the sessions module in order to tune it to the specific needs +** of the application. +** +** The sqlite3session_config() interface is not threadsafe. If it is invoked +** while any other thread is inside any other sessions method then the +** results are undefined. Furthermore, if it is invoked after any sessions +** related objects have been created, the results are also undefined. +** +** The first argument to the sqlite3session_config() function must be one +** of the SQLITE_SESSION_CONFIG_XXX constants defined below. The +** interpretation of the (void*) value passed as the second parameter and +** the effect of calling this function depends on the value of the first +** parameter. +** +** <dl> +** <dt>SQLITE_SESSION_CONFIG_STRMSIZE<dd> +** By default, the sessions module streaming interfaces attempt to input +** and output data in approximately 1 KiB chunks. This operand may be used +** to set and query the value of this configuration setting. The pointer +** passed as the second argument must point to a value of type (int). +** If this value is greater than 0, it is used as the new streaming data +** chunk size for both input and output. Before returning, the (int) value +** pointed to by pArg is set to the final value of the streaming interface +** chunk size. +** </dl> +** +** This function returns SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code +** otherwise. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_config(int op, void *pArg); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Values for sqlite3session_config(). +*/ +#define SQLITE_SESSION_CONFIG_STRMSIZE 1 + +/* +** Make sure we can call this stuff from C++. +*/ +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* !defined(__SQLITESESSION_H_) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_SESSION) */ + +/******** End of sqlite3session.h *********/ +/******** Begin file fts5.h *********/ +/* +** 2014 May 31 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** Interfaces to extend FTS5. Using the interfaces defined in this file, +** FTS5 may be extended with: +** +** * custom tokenizers, and +** * custom auxiliary functions. +*/ + + +#ifndef _FTS5_H +#define _FTS5_H + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/************************************************************************* +** CUSTOM AUXILIARY FUNCTIONS +** +** Virtual table implementations may overload SQL functions by implementing +** the sqlite3_module.xFindFunction() method. +*/ + +typedef struct Fts5ExtensionApi Fts5ExtensionApi; +typedef struct Fts5Context Fts5Context; +typedef struct Fts5PhraseIter Fts5PhraseIter; + +typedef void (*fts5_extension_function)( + const Fts5ExtensionApi *pApi, /* API offered by current FTS version */ + Fts5Context *pFts, /* First arg to pass to pApi functions */ + sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* Context for returning result/error */ + int nVal, /* Number of values in apVal[] array */ + sqlite3_value **apVal /* Array of trailing arguments */ +); + +struct Fts5PhraseIter { + const unsigned char *a; + const unsigned char *b; +}; + +/* +** EXTENSION API FUNCTIONS +** +** xUserData(pFts): +** Return a copy of the context pointer the extension function was +** registered with. +** +** xColumnTotalSize(pFts, iCol, pnToken): +** If parameter iCol is less than zero, set output variable *pnToken +** to the total number of tokens in the FTS5 table. Or, if iCol is +** non-negative but less than the number of columns in the table, return +** the total number of tokens in column iCol, considering all rows in +** the FTS5 table. +** +** If parameter iCol is greater than or equal to the number of columns +** in the table, SQLITE_RANGE is returned. Or, if an error occurs (e.g. +** an OOM condition or IO error), an appropriate SQLite error code is +** returned. +** +** xColumnCount(pFts): +** Return the number of columns in the table. +** +** xColumnSize(pFts, iCol, pnToken): +** If parameter iCol is less than zero, set output variable *pnToken +** to the total number of tokens in the current row. Or, if iCol is +** non-negative but less than the number of columns in the table, set +** *pnToken to the number of tokens in column iCol of the current row. +** +** If parameter iCol is greater than or equal to the number of columns +** in the table, SQLITE_RANGE is returned. Or, if an error occurs (e.g. +** an OOM condition or IO error), an appropriate SQLite error code is +** returned. +** +** This function may be quite inefficient if used with an FTS5 table +** created with the "columnsize=0" option. +** +** xColumnText: +** This function attempts to retrieve the text of column iCol of the +** current document. If successful, (*pz) is set to point to a buffer +** containing the text in utf-8 encoding, (*pn) is set to the size in bytes +** (not characters) of the buffer and SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, +** if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and the final values +** of (*pz) and (*pn) are undefined. +** +** xPhraseCount: +** Returns the number of phrases in the current query expression. +** +** xPhraseSize: +** Returns the number of tokens in phrase iPhrase of the query. Phrases +** are numbered starting from zero. +** +** xInstCount: +** Set *pnInst to the total number of occurrences of all phrases within +** the query within the current row. Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or +** an error code (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM) if an error occurs. +** +** This API can be quite slow if used with an FTS5 table created with the +** "detail=none" or "detail=column" option. If the FTS5 table is created +** with either "detail=none" or "detail=column" and "content=" option +** (i.e. if it is a contentless table), then this API always returns 0. +** +** xInst: +** Query for the details of phrase match iIdx within the current row. +** Phrase matches are numbered starting from zero, so the iIdx argument +** should be greater than or equal to zero and smaller than the value +** output by xInstCount(). +** +** Usually, output parameter *piPhrase is set to the phrase number, *piCol +** to the column in which it occurs and *piOff the token offset of the +** first token of the phrase. Returns SQLITE_OK if successful, or an error +** code (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM) if an error occurs. +** +** This API can be quite slow if used with an FTS5 table created with the +** "detail=none" or "detail=column" option. +** +** xRowid: +** Returns the rowid of the current row. +** +** xTokenize: +** Tokenize text using the tokenizer belonging to the FTS5 table. +** +** xQueryPhrase(pFts5, iPhrase, pUserData, xCallback): +** This API function is used to query the FTS table for phrase iPhrase +** of the current query. Specifically, a query equivalent to: +** +** ... FROM ftstable WHERE ftstable MATCH $p ORDER BY rowid +** +** with $p set to a phrase equivalent to the phrase iPhrase of the +** current query is executed. Any column filter that applies to +** phrase iPhrase of the current query is included in $p. For each +** row visited, the callback function passed as the fourth argument +** is invoked. The context and API objects passed to the callback +** function may be used to access the properties of each matched row. +** Invoking Api.xUserData() returns a copy of the pointer passed as +** the third argument to pUserData. +** +** If the callback function returns any value other than SQLITE_OK, the +** query is abandoned and the xQueryPhrase function returns immediately. +** If the returned value is SQLITE_DONE, xQueryPhrase returns SQLITE_OK. +** Otherwise, the error code is propagated upwards. +** +** If the query runs to completion without incident, SQLITE_OK is returned. +** Or, if some error occurs before the query completes or is aborted by +** the callback, an SQLite error code is returned. +** +** +** xSetAuxdata(pFts5, pAux, xDelete) +** +** Save the pointer passed as the second argument as the extension function's +** "auxiliary data". The pointer may then be retrieved by the current or any +** future invocation of the same fts5 extension function made as part of +** the same MATCH query using the xGetAuxdata() API. +** +** Each extension function is allocated a single auxiliary data slot for +** each FTS query (MATCH expression). If the extension function is invoked +** more than once for a single FTS query, then all invocations share a +** single auxiliary data context. +** +** If there is already an auxiliary data pointer when this function is +** invoked, then it is replaced by the new pointer. If an xDelete callback +** was specified along with the original pointer, it is invoked at this +** point. +** +** The xDelete callback, if one is specified, is also invoked on the +** auxiliary data pointer after the FTS5 query has finished. +** +** If an error (e.g. an OOM condition) occurs within this function, +** the auxiliary data is set to NULL and an error code returned. If the +** xDelete parameter was not NULL, it is invoked on the auxiliary data +** pointer before returning. +** +** +** xGetAuxdata(pFts5, bClear) +** +** Returns the current auxiliary data pointer for the fts5 extension +** function. See the xSetAuxdata() method for details. +** +** If the bClear argument is non-zero, then the auxiliary data is cleared +** (set to NULL) before this function returns. In this case the xDelete, +** if any, is not invoked. +** +** +** xRowCount(pFts5, pnRow) +** +** This function is used to retrieve the total number of rows in the table. +** In other words, the same value that would be returned by: +** +** SELECT count(*) FROM ftstable; +** +** xPhraseFirst() +** This function is used, along with type Fts5PhraseIter and the xPhraseNext +** method, to iterate through all instances of a single query phrase within +** the current row. This is the same information as is accessible via the +** xInstCount/xInst APIs. While the xInstCount/xInst APIs are more convenient +** to use, this API may be faster under some circumstances. To iterate +** through instances of phrase iPhrase, use the following code: +** +** Fts5PhraseIter iter; +** int iCol, iOff; +** for(pApi->xPhraseFirst(pFts, iPhrase, &iter, &iCol, &iOff); +** iCol>=0; +** pApi->xPhraseNext(pFts, &iter, &iCol, &iOff) +** ){ +** // An instance of phrase iPhrase at offset iOff of column iCol +** } +** +** The Fts5PhraseIter structure is defined above. Applications should not +** modify this structure directly - it should only be used as shown above +** with the xPhraseFirst() and xPhraseNext() API methods (and by +** xPhraseFirstColumn() and xPhraseNextColumn() as illustrated below). +** +** This API can be quite slow if used with an FTS5 table created with the +** "detail=none" or "detail=column" option. If the FTS5 table is created +** with either "detail=none" or "detail=column" and "content=" option +** (i.e. if it is a contentless table), then this API always iterates +** through an empty set (all calls to xPhraseFirst() set iCol to -1). +** +** xPhraseNext() +** See xPhraseFirst above. +** +** xPhraseFirstColumn() +** This function and xPhraseNextColumn() are similar to the xPhraseFirst() +** and xPhraseNext() APIs described above. The difference is that instead +** of iterating through all instances of a phrase in the current row, these +** APIs are used to iterate through the set of columns in the current row +** that contain one or more instances of a specified phrase. For example: +** +** Fts5PhraseIter iter; +** int iCol; +** for(pApi->xPhraseFirstColumn(pFts, iPhrase, &iter, &iCol); +** iCol>=0; +** pApi->xPhraseNextColumn(pFts, &iter, &iCol) +** ){ +** // Column iCol contains at least one instance of phrase iPhrase +** } +** +** This API can be quite slow if used with an FTS5 table created with the +** "detail=none" option. If the FTS5 table is created with either +** "detail=none" "content=" option (i.e. if it is a contentless table), +** then this API always iterates through an empty set (all calls to +** xPhraseFirstColumn() set iCol to -1). +** +** The information accessed using this API and its companion +** xPhraseFirstColumn() may also be obtained using xPhraseFirst/xPhraseNext +** (or xInst/xInstCount). The chief advantage of this API is that it is +** significantly more efficient than those alternatives when used with +** "detail=column" tables. +** +** xPhraseNextColumn() +** See xPhraseFirstColumn above. +*/ +struct Fts5ExtensionApi { + int iVersion; /* Currently always set to 3 */ + + void *(*xUserData)(Fts5Context*); + + int (*xColumnCount)(Fts5Context*); + int (*xRowCount)(Fts5Context*, sqlite3_int64 *pnRow); + int (*xColumnTotalSize)(Fts5Context*, int iCol, sqlite3_int64 *pnToken); + + int (*xTokenize)(Fts5Context*, + const char *pText, int nText, /* Text to tokenize */ + void *pCtx, /* Context passed to xToken() */ + int (*xToken)(void*, int, const char*, int, int, int) /* Callback */ + ); + + int (*xPhraseCount)(Fts5Context*); + int (*xPhraseSize)(Fts5Context*, int iPhrase); + + int (*xInstCount)(Fts5Context*, int *pnInst); + int (*xInst)(Fts5Context*, int iIdx, int *piPhrase, int *piCol, int *piOff); + + sqlite3_int64 (*xRowid)(Fts5Context*); + int (*xColumnText)(Fts5Context*, int iCol, const char **pz, int *pn); + int (*xColumnSize)(Fts5Context*, int iCol, int *pnToken); + + int (*xQueryPhrase)(Fts5Context*, int iPhrase, void *pUserData, + int(*)(const Fts5ExtensionApi*,Fts5Context*,void*) + ); + int (*xSetAuxdata)(Fts5Context*, void *pAux, void(*xDelete)(void*)); + void *(*xGetAuxdata)(Fts5Context*, int bClear); + + int (*xPhraseFirst)(Fts5Context*, int iPhrase, Fts5PhraseIter*, int*, int*); + void (*xPhraseNext)(Fts5Context*, Fts5PhraseIter*, int *piCol, int *piOff); + + int (*xPhraseFirstColumn)(Fts5Context*, int iPhrase, Fts5PhraseIter*, int*); + void (*xPhraseNextColumn)(Fts5Context*, Fts5PhraseIter*, int *piCol); +}; + +/* +** CUSTOM AUXILIARY FUNCTIONS +*************************************************************************/ + +/************************************************************************* +** CUSTOM TOKENIZERS +** +** Applications may also register custom tokenizer types. A tokenizer +** is registered by providing fts5 with a populated instance of the +** following structure. All structure methods must be defined, setting +** any member of the fts5_tokenizer struct to NULL leads to undefined +** behaviour. The structure methods are expected to function as follows: +** +** xCreate: +** This function is used to allocate and initialize a tokenizer instance. +** A tokenizer instance is required to actually tokenize text. +** +** The first argument passed to this function is a copy of the (void*) +** pointer provided by the application when the fts5_tokenizer object +** was registered with FTS5 (the third argument to xCreateTokenizer()). +** The second and third arguments are an array of nul-terminated strings +** containing the tokenizer arguments, if any, specified following the +** tokenizer name as part of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement used +** to create the FTS5 table. +** +** The final argument is an output variable. If successful, (*ppOut) +** should be set to point to the new tokenizer handle and SQLITE_OK +** returned. If an error occurs, some value other than SQLITE_OK should +** be returned. In this case, fts5 assumes that the final value of *ppOut +** is undefined. +** +** xDelete: +** This function is invoked to delete a tokenizer handle previously +** allocated using xCreate(). Fts5 guarantees that this function will +** be invoked exactly once for each successful call to xCreate(). +** +** xTokenize: +** This function is expected to tokenize the nText byte string indicated +** by argument pText. pText may or may not be nul-terminated. The first +** argument passed to this function is a pointer to an Fts5Tokenizer object +** returned by an earlier call to xCreate(). +** +** The second argument indicates the reason that FTS5 is requesting +** tokenization of the supplied text. This is always one of the following +** four values: +** +** <ul><li> <b>FTS5_TOKENIZE_DOCUMENT</b> - A document is being inserted into +** or removed from the FTS table. The tokenizer is being invoked to +** determine the set of tokens to add to (or delete from) the +** FTS index. +** +** <li> <b>FTS5_TOKENIZE_QUERY</b> - A MATCH query is being executed +** against the FTS index. The tokenizer is being called to tokenize +** a bareword or quoted string specified as part of the query. +** +** <li> <b>(FTS5_TOKENIZE_QUERY | FTS5_TOKENIZE_PREFIX)</b> - Same as +** FTS5_TOKENIZE_QUERY, except that the bareword or quoted string is +** followed by a "*" character, indicating that the last token +** returned by the tokenizer will be treated as a token prefix. +** +** <li> <b>FTS5_TOKENIZE_AUX</b> - The tokenizer is being invoked to +** satisfy an fts5_api.xTokenize() request made by an auxiliary +** function. Or an fts5_api.xColumnSize() request made by the same +** on a columnsize=0 database. +** </ul> +** +** For each token in the input string, the supplied callback xToken() must +** be invoked. The first argument to it should be a copy of the pointer +** passed as the second argument to xTokenize(). The third and fourth +** arguments are a pointer to a buffer containing the token text, and the +** size of the token in bytes. The 4th and 5th arguments are the byte offsets +** of the first byte of and first byte immediately following the text from +** which the token is derived within the input. +** +** The second argument passed to the xToken() callback ("tflags") should +** normally be set to 0. The exception is if the tokenizer supports +** synonyms. In this case see the discussion below for details. +** +** FTS5 assumes the xToken() callback is invoked for each token in the +** order that they occur within the input text. +** +** If an xToken() callback returns any value other than SQLITE_OK, then +** the tokenization should be abandoned and the xTokenize() method should +** immediately return a copy of the xToken() return value. Or, if the +** input buffer is exhausted, xTokenize() should return SQLITE_OK. Finally, +** if an error occurs with the xTokenize() implementation itself, it +** may abandon the tokenization and return any error code other than +** SQLITE_OK or SQLITE_DONE. +** +** SYNONYM SUPPORT +** +** Custom tokenizers may also support synonyms. Consider a case in which a +** user wishes to query for a phrase such as "first place". Using the +** built-in tokenizers, the FTS5 query 'first + place' will match instances +** of "first place" within the document set, but not alternative forms +** such as "1st place". In some applications, it would be better to match +** all instances of "first place" or "1st place" regardless of which form +** the user specified in the MATCH query text. +** +** There are several ways to approach this in FTS5: +** +** <ol><li> By mapping all synonyms to a single token. In this case, using +** the above example, this means that the tokenizer returns the +** same token for inputs "first" and "1st". Say that token is in +** fact "first", so that when the user inserts the document "I won +** 1st place" entries are added to the index for tokens "i", "won", +** "first" and "place". If the user then queries for '1st + place', +** the tokenizer substitutes "first" for "1st" and the query works +** as expected. +** +** <li> By querying the index for all synonyms of each query term +** separately. In this case, when tokenizing query text, the +** tokenizer may provide multiple synonyms for a single term +** within the document. FTS5 then queries the index for each +** synonym individually. For example, faced with the query: +** +** <codeblock> +** ... MATCH 'first place'</codeblock> +** +** the tokenizer offers both "1st" and "first" as synonyms for the +** first token in the MATCH query and FTS5 effectively runs a query +** similar to: +** +** <codeblock> +** ... MATCH '(first OR 1st) place'</codeblock> +** +** except that, for the purposes of auxiliary functions, the query +** still appears to contain just two phrases - "(first OR 1st)" +** being treated as a single phrase. +** +** <li> By adding multiple synonyms for a single term to the FTS index. +** Using this method, when tokenizing document text, the tokenizer +** provides multiple synonyms for each token. So that when a +** document such as "I won first place" is tokenized, entries are +** added to the FTS index for "i", "won", "first", "1st" and +** "place". +** +** This way, even if the tokenizer does not provide synonyms +** when tokenizing query text (it should not - to do so would be +** inefficient), it doesn't matter if the user queries for +** 'first + place' or '1st + place', as there are entries in the +** FTS index corresponding to both forms of the first token. +** </ol> +** +** Whether it is parsing document or query text, any call to xToken that +** specifies a <i>tflags</i> argument with the FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED bit +** is considered to supply a synonym for the previous token. For example, +** when parsing the document "I won first place", a tokenizer that supports +** synonyms would call xToken() 5 times, as follows: +** +** <codeblock> +** xToken(pCtx, 0, "i", 1, 0, 1); +** xToken(pCtx, 0, "won", 3, 2, 5); +** xToken(pCtx, 0, "first", 5, 6, 11); +** xToken(pCtx, FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED, "1st", 3, 6, 11); +** xToken(pCtx, 0, "place", 5, 12, 17); +**</codeblock> +** +** It is an error to specify the FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED flag the first time +** xToken() is called. Multiple synonyms may be specified for a single token +** by making multiple calls to xToken(FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED) in sequence. +** There is no limit to the number of synonyms that may be provided for a +** single token. +** +** In many cases, method (1) above is the best approach. It does not add +** extra data to the FTS index or require FTS5 to query for multiple terms, +** so it is efficient in terms of disk space and query speed. However, it +** does not support prefix queries very well. If, as suggested above, the +** token "first" is substituted for "1st" by the tokenizer, then the query: +** +** <codeblock> +** ... MATCH '1s*'</codeblock> +** +** will not match documents that contain the token "1st" (as the tokenizer +** will probably not map "1s" to any prefix of "first"). +** +** For full prefix support, method (3) may be preferred. In this case, +** because the index contains entries for both "first" and "1st", prefix +** queries such as 'fi*' or '1s*' will match correctly. However, because +** extra entries are added to the FTS index, this method uses more space +** within the database. +** +** Method (2) offers a midpoint between (1) and (3). Using this method, +** a query such as '1s*' will match documents that contain the literal +** token "1st", but not "first" (assuming the tokenizer is not able to +** provide synonyms for prefixes). However, a non-prefix query like '1st' +** will match against "1st" and "first". This method does not require +** extra disk space, as no extra entries are added to the FTS index. +** On the other hand, it may require more CPU cycles to run MATCH queries, +** as separate queries of the FTS index are required for each synonym. +** +** When using methods (2) or (3), it is important that the tokenizer only +** provide synonyms when tokenizing document text (method (2)) or query +** text (method (3)), not both. Doing so will not cause any errors, but is +** inefficient. +*/ +typedef struct Fts5Tokenizer Fts5Tokenizer; +typedef struct fts5_tokenizer fts5_tokenizer; +struct fts5_tokenizer { + int (*xCreate)(void*, const char **azArg, int nArg, Fts5Tokenizer **ppOut); + void (*xDelete)(Fts5Tokenizer*); + int (*xTokenize)(Fts5Tokenizer*, + void *pCtx, + int flags, /* Mask of FTS5_TOKENIZE_* flags */ + const char *pText, int nText, + int (*xToken)( + void *pCtx, /* Copy of 2nd argument to xTokenize() */ + int tflags, /* Mask of FTS5_TOKEN_* flags */ + const char *pToken, /* Pointer to buffer containing token */ + int nToken, /* Size of token in bytes */ + int iStart, /* Byte offset of token within input text */ + int iEnd /* Byte offset of end of token within input text */ + ) + ); +}; + +/* Flags that may be passed as the third argument to xTokenize() */ +#define FTS5_TOKENIZE_QUERY 0x0001 +#define FTS5_TOKENIZE_PREFIX 0x0002 +#define FTS5_TOKENIZE_DOCUMENT 0x0004 +#define FTS5_TOKENIZE_AUX 0x0008 + +/* Flags that may be passed by the tokenizer implementation back to FTS5 +** as the third argument to the supplied xToken callback. */ +#define FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED 0x0001 /* Same position as prev. token */ + +/* +** END OF CUSTOM TOKENIZERS +*************************************************************************/ + +/************************************************************************* +** FTS5 EXTENSION REGISTRATION API +*/ +typedef struct fts5_api fts5_api; +struct fts5_api { + int iVersion; /* Currently always set to 2 */ + + /* Create a new tokenizer */ + int (*xCreateTokenizer)( + fts5_api *pApi, + const char *zName, + void *pContext, + fts5_tokenizer *pTokenizer, + void (*xDestroy)(void*) + ); + + /* Find an existing tokenizer */ + int (*xFindTokenizer)( + fts5_api *pApi, + const char *zName, + void **ppContext, + fts5_tokenizer *pTokenizer + ); + + /* Create a new auxiliary function */ + int (*xCreateFunction)( + fts5_api *pApi, + const char *zName, + void *pContext, + fts5_extension_function xFunction, + void (*xDestroy)(void*) + ); +}; + +/* +** END OF REGISTRATION API +*************************************************************************/ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} /* end of the 'extern "C"' block */ +#endif + +#endif /* _FTS5_H */ + +/******** End of fts5.h *********/ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/sqlite/sqlite3ext.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/sqlite/sqlite3ext.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..217601fd --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/sqlite/sqlite3ext.h @@ -0,0 +1,663 @@ +/* +** 2006 June 7 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This header file defines the SQLite interface for use by +** shared libraries that want to be imported as extensions into +** an SQLite instance. Shared libraries that intend to be loaded +** as extensions by SQLite should #include this file instead of +** sqlite3.h. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE3EXT_H +#define SQLITE3EXT_H +#include "sqlite3.h" + +/* +** The following structure holds pointers to all of the SQLite API +** routines. +** +** WARNING: In order to maintain backwards compatibility, add new +** interfaces to the end of this structure only. If you insert new +** interfaces in the middle of this structure, then older different +** versions of SQLite will not be able to load each other's shared +** libraries! +*/ +struct sqlite3_api_routines { + void * (*aggregate_context)(sqlite3_context*,int nBytes); + int (*aggregate_count)(sqlite3_context*); + int (*bind_blob)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const void*,int n,void(*)(void*)); + int (*bind_double)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,double); + int (*bind_int)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,int); + int (*bind_int64)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,sqlite_int64); + int (*bind_null)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + int (*bind_parameter_count)(sqlite3_stmt*); + int (*bind_parameter_index)(sqlite3_stmt*,const char*zName); + const char * (*bind_parameter_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + int (*bind_text)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const char*,int n,void(*)(void*)); + int (*bind_text16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const void*,int,void(*)(void*)); + int (*bind_value)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const sqlite3_value*); + int (*busy_handler)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*,int),void*); + int (*busy_timeout)(sqlite3*,int ms); + int (*changes)(sqlite3*); + int (*close)(sqlite3*); + int (*collation_needed)(sqlite3*,void*,void(*)(void*,sqlite3*, + int eTextRep,const char*)); + int (*collation_needed16)(sqlite3*,void*,void(*)(void*,sqlite3*, + int eTextRep,const void*)); + const void * (*column_blob)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); + int (*column_bytes)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); + int (*column_bytes16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); + int (*column_count)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt); + const char * (*column_database_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + const void * (*column_database_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + const char * (*column_decltype)(sqlite3_stmt*,int i); + const void * (*column_decltype16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + double (*column_double)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); + int (*column_int)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); + sqlite_int64 (*column_int64)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); + const char * (*column_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + const void * (*column_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + const char * (*column_origin_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + const void * (*column_origin_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + const char * (*column_table_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + const void * (*column_table_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + const unsigned char * (*column_text)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); + const void * (*column_text16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); + int (*column_type)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); + sqlite3_value* (*column_value)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); + void * (*commit_hook)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*),void*); + int (*complete)(const char*sql); + int (*complete16)(const void*sql); + int (*create_collation)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,void*, + int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)); + int (*create_collation16)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,void*, + int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)); + int (*create_function)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int,void*, + void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)); + int (*create_function16)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,int,void*, + void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)); + int (*create_module)(sqlite3*,const char*,const sqlite3_module*,void*); + int (*data_count)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt); + sqlite3 * (*db_handle)(sqlite3_stmt*); + int (*declare_vtab)(sqlite3*,const char*); + int (*enable_shared_cache)(int); + int (*errcode)(sqlite3*db); + const char * (*errmsg)(sqlite3*); + const void * (*errmsg16)(sqlite3*); + int (*exec)(sqlite3*,const char*,sqlite3_callback,void*,char**); + int (*expired)(sqlite3_stmt*); + int (*finalize)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt); + void (*free)(void*); + void (*free_table)(char**result); + int (*get_autocommit)(sqlite3*); + void * (*get_auxdata)(sqlite3_context*,int); + int (*get_table)(sqlite3*,const char*,char***,int*,int*,char**); + int (*global_recover)(void); + void (*interruptx)(sqlite3*); + sqlite_int64 (*last_insert_rowid)(sqlite3*); + const char * (*libversion)(void); + int (*libversion_number)(void); + void *(*malloc)(int); + char * (*mprintf)(const char*,...); + int (*open)(const char*,sqlite3**); + int (*open16)(const void*,sqlite3**); + int (*prepare)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const char**); + int (*prepare16)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const void**); + void * (*profile)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void*,const char*,sqlite_uint64),void*); + void (*progress_handler)(sqlite3*,int,int(*)(void*),void*); + void *(*realloc)(void*,int); + int (*reset)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt); + void (*result_blob)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*)); + void (*result_double)(sqlite3_context*,double); + void (*result_error)(sqlite3_context*,const char*,int); + void (*result_error16)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int); + void (*result_int)(sqlite3_context*,int); + void (*result_int64)(sqlite3_context*,sqlite_int64); + void (*result_null)(sqlite3_context*); + void (*result_text)(sqlite3_context*,const char*,int,void(*)(void*)); + void (*result_text16)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*)); + void (*result_text16be)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*)); + void (*result_text16le)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*)); + void (*result_value)(sqlite3_context*,sqlite3_value*); + void * (*rollback_hook)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void*),void*); + int (*set_authorizer)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*,int,const char*,const char*, + const char*,const char*),void*); + void (*set_auxdata)(sqlite3_context*,int,void*,void (*)(void*)); + char * (*xsnprintf)(int,char*,const char*,...); + int (*step)(sqlite3_stmt*); + int (*table_column_metadata)(sqlite3*,const char*,const char*,const char*, + char const**,char const**,int*,int*,int*); + void (*thread_cleanup)(void); + int (*total_changes)(sqlite3*); + void * (*trace)(sqlite3*,void(*xTrace)(void*,const char*),void*); + int (*transfer_bindings)(sqlite3_stmt*,sqlite3_stmt*); + void * (*update_hook)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void*,int ,char const*,char const*, + sqlite_int64),void*); + void * (*user_data)(sqlite3_context*); + const void * (*value_blob)(sqlite3_value*); + int (*value_bytes)(sqlite3_value*); + int (*value_bytes16)(sqlite3_value*); + double (*value_double)(sqlite3_value*); + int (*value_int)(sqlite3_value*); + sqlite_int64 (*value_int64)(sqlite3_value*); + int (*value_numeric_type)(sqlite3_value*); + const unsigned char * (*value_text)(sqlite3_value*); + const void * (*value_text16)(sqlite3_value*); + const void * (*value_text16be)(sqlite3_value*); + const void * (*value_text16le)(sqlite3_value*); + int (*value_type)(sqlite3_value*); + char *(*vmprintf)(const char*,va_list); + /* Added ??? */ + int (*overload_function)(sqlite3*, const char *zFuncName, int nArg); + /* Added by 3.3.13 */ + int (*prepare_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const char**); + int (*prepare16_v2)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const void**); + int (*clear_bindings)(sqlite3_stmt*); + /* Added by 3.4.1 */ + int (*create_module_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,const sqlite3_module*,void*, + void (*xDestroy)(void *)); + /* Added by 3.5.0 */ + int (*bind_zeroblob)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,int); + int (*blob_bytes)(sqlite3_blob*); + int (*blob_close)(sqlite3_blob*); + int (*blob_open)(sqlite3*,const char*,const char*,const char*,sqlite3_int64, + int,sqlite3_blob**); + int (*blob_read)(sqlite3_blob*,void*,int,int); + int (*blob_write)(sqlite3_blob*,const void*,int,int); + int (*create_collation_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,void*, + int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*), + void(*)(void*)); + int (*file_control)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,void*); + sqlite3_int64 (*memory_highwater)(int); + sqlite3_int64 (*memory_used)(void); + sqlite3_mutex *(*mutex_alloc)(int); + void (*mutex_enter)(sqlite3_mutex*); + void (*mutex_free)(sqlite3_mutex*); + void (*mutex_leave)(sqlite3_mutex*); + int (*mutex_try)(sqlite3_mutex*); + int (*open_v2)(const char*,sqlite3**,int,const char*); + int (*release_memory)(int); + void (*result_error_nomem)(sqlite3_context*); + void (*result_error_toobig)(sqlite3_context*); + int (*sleep)(int); + void (*soft_heap_limit)(int); + sqlite3_vfs *(*vfs_find)(const char*); + int (*vfs_register)(sqlite3_vfs*,int); + int (*vfs_unregister)(sqlite3_vfs*); + int (*xthreadsafe)(void); + void (*result_zeroblob)(sqlite3_context*,int); + void (*result_error_code)(sqlite3_context*,int); + int (*test_control)(int, ...); + void (*randomness)(int,void*); + sqlite3 *(*context_db_handle)(sqlite3_context*); + int (*extended_result_codes)(sqlite3*,int); + int (*limit)(sqlite3*,int,int); + sqlite3_stmt *(*next_stmt)(sqlite3*,sqlite3_stmt*); + const char *(*sql)(sqlite3_stmt*); + int (*status)(int,int*,int*,int); + int (*backup_finish)(sqlite3_backup*); + sqlite3_backup *(*backup_init)(sqlite3*,const char*,sqlite3*,const char*); + int (*backup_pagecount)(sqlite3_backup*); + int (*backup_remaining)(sqlite3_backup*); + int (*backup_step)(sqlite3_backup*,int); + const char *(*compileoption_get)(int); + int (*compileoption_used)(const char*); + int (*create_function_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int,void*, + void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*), + void(*xDestroy)(void*)); + int (*db_config)(sqlite3*,int,...); + sqlite3_mutex *(*db_mutex)(sqlite3*); + int (*db_status)(sqlite3*,int,int*,int*,int); + int (*extended_errcode)(sqlite3*); + void (*log)(int,const char*,...); + sqlite3_int64 (*soft_heap_limit64)(sqlite3_int64); + const char *(*sourceid)(void); + int (*stmt_status)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,int); + int (*strnicmp)(const char*,const char*,int); + int (*unlock_notify)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void**,int),void*); + int (*wal_autocheckpoint)(sqlite3*,int); + int (*wal_checkpoint)(sqlite3*,const char*); + void *(*wal_hook)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*,sqlite3*,const char*,int),void*); + int (*blob_reopen)(sqlite3_blob*,sqlite3_int64); + int (*vtab_config)(sqlite3*,int op,...); + int (*vtab_on_conflict)(sqlite3*); + /* Version 3.7.16 and later */ + int (*close_v2)(sqlite3*); + const char *(*db_filename)(sqlite3*,const char*); + int (*db_readonly)(sqlite3*,const char*); + int (*db_release_memory)(sqlite3*); + const char *(*errstr)(int); + int (*stmt_busy)(sqlite3_stmt*); + int (*stmt_readonly)(sqlite3_stmt*); + int (*stricmp)(const char*,const char*); + int (*uri_boolean)(const char*,const char*,int); + sqlite3_int64 (*uri_int64)(const char*,const char*,sqlite3_int64); + const char *(*uri_parameter)(const char*,const char*); + char *(*xvsnprintf)(int,char*,const char*,va_list); + int (*wal_checkpoint_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int*,int*); + /* Version 3.8.7 and later */ + int (*auto_extension)(void(*)(void)); + int (*bind_blob64)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const void*,sqlite3_uint64, + void(*)(void*)); + int (*bind_text64)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const char*,sqlite3_uint64, + void(*)(void*),unsigned char); + int (*cancel_auto_extension)(void(*)(void)); + int (*load_extension)(sqlite3*,const char*,const char*,char**); + void *(*malloc64)(sqlite3_uint64); + sqlite3_uint64 (*msize)(void*); + void *(*realloc64)(void*,sqlite3_uint64); + void (*reset_auto_extension)(void); + void (*result_blob64)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,sqlite3_uint64, + void(*)(void*)); + void (*result_text64)(sqlite3_context*,const char*,sqlite3_uint64, + void(*)(void*), unsigned char); + int (*strglob)(const char*,const char*); + /* Version 3.8.11 and later */ + sqlite3_value *(*value_dup)(const sqlite3_value*); + void (*value_free)(sqlite3_value*); + int (*result_zeroblob64)(sqlite3_context*,sqlite3_uint64); + int (*bind_zeroblob64)(sqlite3_stmt*, int, sqlite3_uint64); + /* Version 3.9.0 and later */ + unsigned int (*value_subtype)(sqlite3_value*); + void (*result_subtype)(sqlite3_context*,unsigned int); + /* Version 3.10.0 and later */ + int (*status64)(int,sqlite3_int64*,sqlite3_int64*,int); + int (*strlike)(const char*,const char*,unsigned int); + int (*db_cacheflush)(sqlite3*); + /* Version 3.12.0 and later */ + int (*system_errno)(sqlite3*); + /* Version 3.14.0 and later */ + int (*trace_v2)(sqlite3*,unsigned,int(*)(unsigned,void*,void*,void*),void*); + char *(*expanded_sql)(sqlite3_stmt*); + /* Version 3.18.0 and later */ + void (*set_last_insert_rowid)(sqlite3*,sqlite3_int64); + /* Version 3.20.0 and later */ + int (*prepare_v3)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,unsigned int, + sqlite3_stmt**,const char**); + int (*prepare16_v3)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,unsigned int, + sqlite3_stmt**,const void**); + int (*bind_pointer)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,void*,const char*,void(*)(void*)); + void (*result_pointer)(sqlite3_context*,void*,const char*,void(*)(void*)); + void *(*value_pointer)(sqlite3_value*,const char*); + int (*vtab_nochange)(sqlite3_context*); + int (*value_nochange)(sqlite3_value*); + const char *(*vtab_collation)(sqlite3_index_info*,int); + /* Version 3.24.0 and later */ + int (*keyword_count)(void); + int (*keyword_name)(int,const char**,int*); + int (*keyword_check)(const char*,int); + sqlite3_str *(*str_new)(sqlite3*); + char *(*str_finish)(sqlite3_str*); + void (*str_appendf)(sqlite3_str*, const char *zFormat, ...); + void (*str_vappendf)(sqlite3_str*, const char *zFormat, va_list); + void (*str_append)(sqlite3_str*, const char *zIn, int N); + void (*str_appendall)(sqlite3_str*, const char *zIn); + void (*str_appendchar)(sqlite3_str*, int N, char C); + void (*str_reset)(sqlite3_str*); + int (*str_errcode)(sqlite3_str*); + int (*str_length)(sqlite3_str*); + char *(*str_value)(sqlite3_str*); + /* Version 3.25.0 and later */ + int (*create_window_function)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int,void*, + void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*), + void (*xValue)(sqlite3_context*), + void (*xInv)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void(*xDestroy)(void*)); + /* Version 3.26.0 and later */ + const char *(*normalized_sql)(sqlite3_stmt*); + /* Version 3.28.0 and later */ + int (*stmt_isexplain)(sqlite3_stmt*); + int (*value_frombind)(sqlite3_value*); + /* Version 3.30.0 and later */ + int (*drop_modules)(sqlite3*,const char**); + /* Version 3.31.0 and later */ + sqlite3_int64 (*hard_heap_limit64)(sqlite3_int64); + const char *(*uri_key)(const char*,int); + const char *(*filename_database)(const char*); + const char *(*filename_journal)(const char*); + const char *(*filename_wal)(const char*); + /* Version 3.32.0 and later */ + char *(*create_filename)(const char*,const char*,const char*, + int,const char**); + void (*free_filename)(char*); + sqlite3_file *(*database_file_object)(const char*); + /* Version 3.34.0 and later */ + int (*txn_state)(sqlite3*,const char*); +}; + +/* +** This is the function signature used for all extension entry points. It +** is also defined in the file "loadext.c". +*/ +typedef int (*sqlite3_loadext_entry)( + sqlite3 *db, /* Handle to the database. */ + char **pzErrMsg, /* Used to set error string on failure. */ + const sqlite3_api_routines *pThunk /* Extension API function pointers. */ +); + +/* +** The following macros redefine the API routines so that they are +** redirected through the global sqlite3_api structure. +** +** This header file is also used by the loadext.c source file +** (part of the main SQLite library - not an extension) so that +** it can get access to the sqlite3_api_routines structure +** definition. But the main library does not want to redefine +** the API. So the redefinition macros are only valid if the +** SQLITE_CORE macros is undefined. +*/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION) +#define sqlite3_aggregate_context sqlite3_api->aggregate_context +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED +#define sqlite3_aggregate_count sqlite3_api->aggregate_count +#endif +#define sqlite3_bind_blob sqlite3_api->bind_blob +#define sqlite3_bind_double sqlite3_api->bind_double +#define sqlite3_bind_int sqlite3_api->bind_int +#define sqlite3_bind_int64 sqlite3_api->bind_int64 +#define sqlite3_bind_null sqlite3_api->bind_null +#define sqlite3_bind_parameter_count sqlite3_api->bind_parameter_count +#define sqlite3_bind_parameter_index sqlite3_api->bind_parameter_index +#define sqlite3_bind_parameter_name sqlite3_api->bind_parameter_name +#define sqlite3_bind_text sqlite3_api->bind_text +#define sqlite3_bind_text16 sqlite3_api->bind_text16 +#define sqlite3_bind_value sqlite3_api->bind_value +#define sqlite3_busy_handler sqlite3_api->busy_handler +#define sqlite3_busy_timeout sqlite3_api->busy_timeout +#define sqlite3_changes sqlite3_api->changes +#define sqlite3_close sqlite3_api->close +#define sqlite3_collation_needed sqlite3_api->collation_needed +#define sqlite3_collation_needed16 sqlite3_api->collation_needed16 +#define sqlite3_column_blob sqlite3_api->column_blob +#define sqlite3_column_bytes sqlite3_api->column_bytes +#define sqlite3_column_bytes16 sqlite3_api->column_bytes16 +#define sqlite3_column_count sqlite3_api->column_count +#define sqlite3_column_database_name sqlite3_api->column_database_name +#define sqlite3_column_database_name16 sqlite3_api->column_database_name16 +#define sqlite3_column_decltype sqlite3_api->column_decltype +#define sqlite3_column_decltype16 sqlite3_api->column_decltype16 +#define sqlite3_column_double sqlite3_api->column_double +#define sqlite3_column_int sqlite3_api->column_int +#define sqlite3_column_int64 sqlite3_api->column_int64 +#define sqlite3_column_name sqlite3_api->column_name +#define sqlite3_column_name16 sqlite3_api->column_name16 +#define sqlite3_column_origin_name sqlite3_api->column_origin_name +#define sqlite3_column_origin_name16 sqlite3_api->column_origin_name16 +#define sqlite3_column_table_name sqlite3_api->column_table_name +#define sqlite3_column_table_name16 sqlite3_api->column_table_name16 +#define sqlite3_column_text sqlite3_api->column_text +#define sqlite3_column_text16 sqlite3_api->column_text16 +#define sqlite3_column_type sqlite3_api->column_type +#define sqlite3_column_value sqlite3_api->column_value +#define sqlite3_commit_hook sqlite3_api->commit_hook +#define sqlite3_complete sqlite3_api->complete +#define sqlite3_complete16 sqlite3_api->complete16 +#define sqlite3_create_collation sqlite3_api->create_collation +#define sqlite3_create_collation16 sqlite3_api->create_collation16 +#define sqlite3_create_function sqlite3_api->create_function +#define sqlite3_create_function16 sqlite3_api->create_function16 +#define sqlite3_create_module sqlite3_api->create_module +#define sqlite3_create_module_v2 sqlite3_api->create_module_v2 +#define sqlite3_data_count sqlite3_api->data_count +#define sqlite3_db_handle sqlite3_api->db_handle +#define sqlite3_declare_vtab sqlite3_api->declare_vtab +#define sqlite3_enable_shared_cache sqlite3_api->enable_shared_cache +#define sqlite3_errcode sqlite3_api->errcode +#define sqlite3_errmsg sqlite3_api->errmsg +#define sqlite3_errmsg16 sqlite3_api->errmsg16 +#define sqlite3_exec sqlite3_api->exec +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED +#define sqlite3_expired sqlite3_api->expired +#endif +#define sqlite3_finalize sqlite3_api->finalize +#define sqlite3_free sqlite3_api->free +#define sqlite3_free_table sqlite3_api->free_table +#define sqlite3_get_autocommit sqlite3_api->get_autocommit +#define sqlite3_get_auxdata sqlite3_api->get_auxdata +#define sqlite3_get_table sqlite3_api->get_table +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED +#define sqlite3_global_recover sqlite3_api->global_recover +#endif +#define sqlite3_interrupt sqlite3_api->interruptx +#define sqlite3_last_insert_rowid sqlite3_api->last_insert_rowid +#define sqlite3_libversion sqlite3_api->libversion +#define sqlite3_libversion_number sqlite3_api->libversion_number +#define sqlite3_malloc sqlite3_api->malloc +#define sqlite3_mprintf sqlite3_api->mprintf +#define sqlite3_open sqlite3_api->open +#define sqlite3_open16 sqlite3_api->open16 +#define sqlite3_prepare sqlite3_api->prepare +#define sqlite3_prepare16 sqlite3_api->prepare16 +#define sqlite3_prepare_v2 sqlite3_api->prepare_v2 +#define sqlite3_prepare16_v2 sqlite3_api->prepare16_v2 +#define sqlite3_profile sqlite3_api->profile +#define sqlite3_progress_handler sqlite3_api->progress_handler +#define sqlite3_realloc sqlite3_api->realloc +#define sqlite3_reset sqlite3_api->reset +#define sqlite3_result_blob sqlite3_api->result_blob +#define sqlite3_result_double sqlite3_api->result_double +#define sqlite3_result_error sqlite3_api->result_error +#define sqlite3_result_error16 sqlite3_api->result_error16 +#define sqlite3_result_int sqlite3_api->result_int +#define sqlite3_result_int64 sqlite3_api->result_int64 +#define sqlite3_result_null sqlite3_api->result_null +#define sqlite3_result_text sqlite3_api->result_text +#define sqlite3_result_text16 sqlite3_api->result_text16 +#define sqlite3_result_text16be sqlite3_api->result_text16be +#define sqlite3_result_text16le sqlite3_api->result_text16le +#define sqlite3_result_value sqlite3_api->result_value +#define sqlite3_rollback_hook sqlite3_api->rollback_hook +#define sqlite3_set_authorizer sqlite3_api->set_authorizer +#define sqlite3_set_auxdata sqlite3_api->set_auxdata +#define sqlite3_snprintf sqlite3_api->xsnprintf +#define sqlite3_step sqlite3_api->step +#define sqlite3_table_column_metadata sqlite3_api->table_column_metadata +#define sqlite3_thread_cleanup sqlite3_api->thread_cleanup +#define sqlite3_total_changes sqlite3_api->total_changes +#define sqlite3_trace sqlite3_api->trace +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED +#define sqlite3_transfer_bindings sqlite3_api->transfer_bindings +#endif +#define sqlite3_update_hook sqlite3_api->update_hook +#define sqlite3_user_data sqlite3_api->user_data +#define sqlite3_value_blob sqlite3_api->value_blob +#define sqlite3_value_bytes sqlite3_api->value_bytes +#define sqlite3_value_bytes16 sqlite3_api->value_bytes16 +#define sqlite3_value_double sqlite3_api->value_double +#define sqlite3_value_int sqlite3_api->value_int +#define sqlite3_value_int64 sqlite3_api->value_int64 +#define sqlite3_value_numeric_type sqlite3_api->value_numeric_type +#define sqlite3_value_text sqlite3_api->value_text +#define sqlite3_value_text16 sqlite3_api->value_text16 +#define sqlite3_value_text16be sqlite3_api->value_text16be +#define sqlite3_value_text16le sqlite3_api->value_text16le +#define sqlite3_value_type sqlite3_api->value_type +#define sqlite3_vmprintf sqlite3_api->vmprintf +#define sqlite3_vsnprintf sqlite3_api->xvsnprintf +#define sqlite3_overload_function sqlite3_api->overload_function +#define sqlite3_prepare_v2 sqlite3_api->prepare_v2 +#define sqlite3_prepare16_v2 sqlite3_api->prepare16_v2 +#define sqlite3_clear_bindings sqlite3_api->clear_bindings +#define sqlite3_bind_zeroblob sqlite3_api->bind_zeroblob +#define sqlite3_blob_bytes sqlite3_api->blob_bytes +#define sqlite3_blob_close sqlite3_api->blob_close +#define sqlite3_blob_open sqlite3_api->blob_open +#define sqlite3_blob_read sqlite3_api->blob_read +#define sqlite3_blob_write sqlite3_api->blob_write +#define sqlite3_create_collation_v2 sqlite3_api->create_collation_v2 +#define sqlite3_file_control sqlite3_api->file_control +#define sqlite3_memory_highwater sqlite3_api->memory_highwater +#define sqlite3_memory_used sqlite3_api->memory_used +#define sqlite3_mutex_alloc sqlite3_api->mutex_alloc +#define sqlite3_mutex_enter sqlite3_api->mutex_enter +#define sqlite3_mutex_free sqlite3_api->mutex_free +#define sqlite3_mutex_leave sqlite3_api->mutex_leave +#define sqlite3_mutex_try sqlite3_api->mutex_try +#define sqlite3_open_v2 sqlite3_api->open_v2 +#define sqlite3_release_memory sqlite3_api->release_memory +#define sqlite3_result_error_nomem sqlite3_api->result_error_nomem +#define sqlite3_result_error_toobig sqlite3_api->result_error_toobig +#define sqlite3_sleep sqlite3_api->sleep +#define sqlite3_soft_heap_limit sqlite3_api->soft_heap_limit +#define sqlite3_vfs_find sqlite3_api->vfs_find +#define sqlite3_vfs_register sqlite3_api->vfs_register +#define sqlite3_vfs_unregister sqlite3_api->vfs_unregister +#define sqlite3_threadsafe sqlite3_api->xthreadsafe +#define sqlite3_result_zeroblob sqlite3_api->result_zeroblob +#define sqlite3_result_error_code sqlite3_api->result_error_code +#define sqlite3_test_control sqlite3_api->test_control +#define sqlite3_randomness sqlite3_api->randomness +#define sqlite3_context_db_handle sqlite3_api->context_db_handle +#define sqlite3_extended_result_codes sqlite3_api->extended_result_codes +#define sqlite3_limit sqlite3_api->limit +#define sqlite3_next_stmt sqlite3_api->next_stmt +#define sqlite3_sql sqlite3_api->sql +#define sqlite3_status sqlite3_api->status +#define sqlite3_backup_finish sqlite3_api->backup_finish +#define sqlite3_backup_init sqlite3_api->backup_init +#define sqlite3_backup_pagecount sqlite3_api->backup_pagecount +#define sqlite3_backup_remaining sqlite3_api->backup_remaining +#define sqlite3_backup_step sqlite3_api->backup_step +#define sqlite3_compileoption_get sqlite3_api->compileoption_get +#define sqlite3_compileoption_used sqlite3_api->compileoption_used +#define sqlite3_create_function_v2 sqlite3_api->create_function_v2 +#define sqlite3_db_config sqlite3_api->db_config +#define sqlite3_db_mutex sqlite3_api->db_mutex +#define sqlite3_db_status sqlite3_api->db_status +#define sqlite3_extended_errcode sqlite3_api->extended_errcode +#define sqlite3_log sqlite3_api->log +#define sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64 sqlite3_api->soft_heap_limit64 +#define sqlite3_sourceid sqlite3_api->sourceid +#define sqlite3_stmt_status sqlite3_api->stmt_status +#define sqlite3_strnicmp sqlite3_api->strnicmp +#define sqlite3_unlock_notify sqlite3_api->unlock_notify +#define sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint sqlite3_api->wal_autocheckpoint +#define sqlite3_wal_checkpoint sqlite3_api->wal_checkpoint +#define sqlite3_wal_hook sqlite3_api->wal_hook +#define sqlite3_blob_reopen sqlite3_api->blob_reopen +#define sqlite3_vtab_config sqlite3_api->vtab_config +#define sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict sqlite3_api->vtab_on_conflict +/* Version 3.7.16 and later */ +#define sqlite3_close_v2 sqlite3_api->close_v2 +#define sqlite3_db_filename sqlite3_api->db_filename +#define sqlite3_db_readonly sqlite3_api->db_readonly +#define sqlite3_db_release_memory sqlite3_api->db_release_memory +#define sqlite3_errstr sqlite3_api->errstr +#define sqlite3_stmt_busy sqlite3_api->stmt_busy +#define sqlite3_stmt_readonly sqlite3_api->stmt_readonly +#define sqlite3_stricmp sqlite3_api->stricmp +#define sqlite3_uri_boolean sqlite3_api->uri_boolean +#define sqlite3_uri_int64 sqlite3_api->uri_int64 +#define sqlite3_uri_parameter sqlite3_api->uri_parameter +#define sqlite3_uri_vsnprintf sqlite3_api->xvsnprintf +#define sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2 sqlite3_api->wal_checkpoint_v2 +/* Version 3.8.7 and later */ +#define sqlite3_auto_extension sqlite3_api->auto_extension +#define sqlite3_bind_blob64 sqlite3_api->bind_blob64 +#define sqlite3_bind_text64 sqlite3_api->bind_text64 +#define sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension sqlite3_api->cancel_auto_extension +#define sqlite3_load_extension sqlite3_api->load_extension +#define sqlite3_malloc64 sqlite3_api->malloc64 +#define sqlite3_msize sqlite3_api->msize +#define sqlite3_realloc64 sqlite3_api->realloc64 +#define sqlite3_reset_auto_extension sqlite3_api->reset_auto_extension +#define sqlite3_result_blob64 sqlite3_api->result_blob64 +#define sqlite3_result_text64 sqlite3_api->result_text64 +#define sqlite3_strglob sqlite3_api->strglob +/* Version 3.8.11 and later */ +#define sqlite3_value_dup sqlite3_api->value_dup +#define sqlite3_value_free sqlite3_api->value_free +#define sqlite3_result_zeroblob64 sqlite3_api->result_zeroblob64 +#define sqlite3_bind_zeroblob64 sqlite3_api->bind_zeroblob64 +/* Version 3.9.0 and later */ +#define sqlite3_value_subtype sqlite3_api->value_subtype +#define sqlite3_result_subtype sqlite3_api->result_subtype +/* Version 3.10.0 and later */ +#define sqlite3_status64 sqlite3_api->status64 +#define sqlite3_strlike sqlite3_api->strlike +#define sqlite3_db_cacheflush sqlite3_api->db_cacheflush +/* Version 3.12.0 and later */ +#define sqlite3_system_errno sqlite3_api->system_errno +/* Version 3.14.0 and later */ +#define sqlite3_trace_v2 sqlite3_api->trace_v2 +#define sqlite3_expanded_sql sqlite3_api->expanded_sql +/* Version 3.18.0 and later */ +#define sqlite3_set_last_insert_rowid sqlite3_api->set_last_insert_rowid +/* Version 3.20.0 and later */ +#define sqlite3_prepare_v3 sqlite3_api->prepare_v3 +#define sqlite3_prepare16_v3 sqlite3_api->prepare16_v3 +#define sqlite3_bind_pointer sqlite3_api->bind_pointer +#define sqlite3_result_pointer sqlite3_api->result_pointer +#define sqlite3_value_pointer sqlite3_api->value_pointer +/* Version 3.22.0 and later */ +#define sqlite3_vtab_nochange sqlite3_api->vtab_nochange +#define sqlite3_value_nochange sqlite3_api->value_nochange +#define sqlite3_vtab_collation sqlite3_api->vtab_collation +/* Version 3.24.0 and later */ +#define sqlite3_keyword_count sqlite3_api->keyword_count +#define sqlite3_keyword_name sqlite3_api->keyword_name +#define sqlite3_keyword_check sqlite3_api->keyword_check +#define sqlite3_str_new sqlite3_api->str_new +#define sqlite3_str_finish sqlite3_api->str_finish +#define sqlite3_str_appendf sqlite3_api->str_appendf +#define sqlite3_str_vappendf sqlite3_api->str_vappendf +#define sqlite3_str_append sqlite3_api->str_append +#define sqlite3_str_appendall sqlite3_api->str_appendall +#define sqlite3_str_appendchar sqlite3_api->str_appendchar +#define sqlite3_str_reset sqlite3_api->str_reset +#define sqlite3_str_errcode sqlite3_api->str_errcode +#define sqlite3_str_length sqlite3_api->str_length +#define sqlite3_str_value sqlite3_api->str_value +/* Version 3.25.0 and later */ +#define sqlite3_create_window_function sqlite3_api->create_window_function +/* Version 3.26.0 and later */ +#define sqlite3_normalized_sql sqlite3_api->normalized_sql +/* Version 3.28.0 and later */ +#define sqlite3_stmt_isexplain sqlite3_api->stmt_isexplain +#define sqlite3_value_frombind sqlite3_api->value_frombind +/* Version 3.30.0 and later */ +#define sqlite3_drop_modules sqlite3_api->drop_modules +/* Version 3.31.0 and later */ +#define sqlite3_hard_heap_limit64 sqlite3_api->hard_heap_limit64 +#define sqlite3_uri_key sqlite3_api->uri_key +#define sqlite3_filename_database sqlite3_api->filename_database +#define sqlite3_filename_journal sqlite3_api->filename_journal +#define sqlite3_filename_wal sqlite3_api->filename_wal +/* Version 3.32.0 and later */ +#define sqlite3_create_filename sqlite3_api->create_filename +#define sqlite3_free_filename sqlite3_api->free_filename +#define sqlite3_database_file_object sqlite3_api->database_file_object +/* Version 3.34.0 and later */ +#define sqlite3_txn_state sqlite3_api->txn_state +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION) */ + +#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION) + /* This case when the file really is being compiled as a loadable + ** extension */ +# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1 const sqlite3_api_routines *sqlite3_api=0; +# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(v) sqlite3_api=v; +# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT3 \ + extern const sqlite3_api_routines *sqlite3_api; +#else + /* This case when the file is being statically linked into the + ** application */ +# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1 /*no-op*/ +# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(v) (void)v; /* unused parameter */ +# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT3 /*no-op*/ +#endif + +#endif /* SQLITE3EXT_H */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/sqlite/sqlite3rc.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/sqlite/sqlite3rc.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3af50a31 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/sqlite/sqlite3rc.h @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +#ifndef SQLITE_RESOURCE_VERSION +#define SQLITE_RESOURCE_VERSION 3,34,1 +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/uv/uv.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/uv/uv.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..626cebab --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/uv/uv.h @@ -0,0 +1,1782 @@ +/* Copyright Joyent, Inc. and other Node contributors. All rights reserved. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy + * of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to + * deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the + * rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or + * sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is + * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in + * all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, + * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE + * AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER + * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING + * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS + * IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +/* See https://github.com/libuv/libuv#documentation for documentation. */ + +#ifndef UV_H +#define UV_H +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#if defined(BUILDING_UV_SHARED) && defined(USING_UV_SHARED) +#error "Define either BUILDING_UV_SHARED or USING_UV_SHARED, not both." +#endif + +#ifdef _WIN32 + /* Windows - set up dll import/export decorators. */ +# if defined(BUILDING_UV_SHARED) + /* Building shared library. */ +# define UV_EXTERN __declspec(dllexport) +# elif defined(USING_UV_SHARED) + /* Using shared library. */ +# define UV_EXTERN __declspec(dllimport) +# else + /* Building static library. */ +# define UV_EXTERN /* nothing */ +# endif +#elif __GNUC__ >= 4 +# define UV_EXTERN __attribute__((visibility("default"))) +#else +# define UV_EXTERN /* nothing */ +#endif + +#include "uv/errno.h" +#include "uv/version.h" +#include <stddef.h> +#include <stdio.h> + +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER < 1600 +# include "uv/stdint-msvc2008.h" +#else +# include <stdint.h> +#endif + +#if defined(_WIN32) +# include "uv/win.h" +#else +# include "uv/unix.h" +#endif + +/* Expand this list if necessary. */ +#define UV_ERRNO_MAP(XX) \ + XX(E2BIG, "argument list too long") \ + XX(EACCES, "permission denied") \ + XX(EADDRINUSE, "address already in use") \ + XX(EADDRNOTAVAIL, "address not available") \ + XX(EAFNOSUPPORT, "address family not supported") \ + XX(EAGAIN, "resource temporarily unavailable") \ + XX(EAI_ADDRFAMILY, "address family not supported") \ + XX(EAI_AGAIN, "temporary failure") \ + XX(EAI_BADFLAGS, "bad ai_flags value") \ + XX(EAI_BADHINTS, "invalid value for hints") \ + XX(EAI_CANCELED, "request canceled") \ + XX(EAI_FAIL, "permanent failure") \ + XX(EAI_FAMILY, "ai_family not supported") \ + XX(EAI_MEMORY, "out of memory") \ + XX(EAI_NODATA, "no address") \ + XX(EAI_NONAME, "unknown node or service") \ + XX(EAI_OVERFLOW, "argument buffer overflow") \ + XX(EAI_PROTOCOL, "resolved protocol is unknown") \ + XX(EAI_SERVICE, "service not available for socket type") \ + XX(EAI_SOCKTYPE, "socket type not supported") \ + XX(EALREADY, "connection already in progress") \ + XX(EBADF, "bad file descriptor") \ + XX(EBUSY, "resource busy or locked") \ + XX(ECANCELED, "operation canceled") \ + XX(ECHARSET, "invalid Unicode character") \ + XX(ECONNABORTED, "software caused connection abort") \ + XX(ECONNREFUSED, "connection refused") \ + XX(ECONNRESET, "connection reset by peer") \ + XX(EDESTADDRREQ, "destination address required") \ + XX(EEXIST, "file already exists") \ + XX(EFAULT, "bad address in system call argument") \ + XX(EFBIG, "file too large") \ + XX(EHOSTUNREACH, "host is unreachable") \ + XX(EINTR, "interrupted system call") \ + XX(EINVAL, "invalid argument") \ + XX(EIO, "i/o error") \ + XX(EISCONN, "socket is already connected") \ + XX(EISDIR, "illegal operation on a directory") \ + XX(ELOOP, "too many symbolic links encountered") \ + XX(EMFILE, "too many open files") \ + XX(EMSGSIZE, "message too long") \ + XX(ENAMETOOLONG, "name too long") \ + XX(ENETDOWN, "network is down") \ + XX(ENETUNREACH, "network is unreachable") \ + XX(ENFILE, "file table overflow") \ + XX(ENOBUFS, "no buffer space available") \ + XX(ENODEV, "no such device") \ + XX(ENOENT, "no such file or directory") \ + XX(ENOMEM, "not enough memory") \ + XX(ENONET, "machine is not on the network") \ + XX(ENOPROTOOPT, "protocol not available") \ + XX(ENOSPC, "no space left on device") \ + XX(ENOSYS, "function not implemented") \ + XX(ENOTCONN, "socket is not connected") \ + XX(ENOTDIR, "not a directory") \ + XX(ENOTEMPTY, "directory not empty") \ + XX(ENOTSOCK, "socket operation on non-socket") \ + XX(ENOTSUP, "operation not supported on socket") \ + XX(EPERM, "operation not permitted") \ + XX(EPIPE, "broken pipe") \ + XX(EPROTO, "protocol error") \ + XX(EPROTONOSUPPORT, "protocol not supported") \ + XX(EPROTOTYPE, "protocol wrong type for socket") \ + XX(ERANGE, "result too large") \ + XX(EROFS, "read-only file system") \ + XX(ESHUTDOWN, "cannot send after transport endpoint shutdown") \ + XX(ESPIPE, "invalid seek") \ + XX(ESRCH, "no such process") \ + XX(ETIMEDOUT, "connection timed out") \ + XX(ETXTBSY, "text file is busy") \ + XX(EXDEV, "cross-device link not permitted") \ + XX(UNKNOWN, "unknown error") \ + XX(EOF, "end of file") \ + XX(ENXIO, "no such device or address") \ + XX(EMLINK, "too many links") \ + XX(EHOSTDOWN, "host is down") \ + XX(EREMOTEIO, "remote I/O error") \ + XX(ENOTTY, "inappropriate ioctl for device") \ + XX(EFTYPE, "inappropriate file type or format") \ + XX(EILSEQ, "illegal byte sequence") \ + +#define UV_HANDLE_TYPE_MAP(XX) \ + XX(ASYNC, async) \ + XX(CHECK, check) \ + XX(FS_EVENT, fs_event) \ + XX(FS_POLL, fs_poll) \ + XX(HANDLE, handle) \ + XX(IDLE, idle) \ + XX(NAMED_PIPE, pipe) \ + XX(POLL, poll) \ + XX(PREPARE, prepare) \ + XX(PROCESS, process) \ + XX(STREAM, stream) \ + XX(TCP, tcp) \ + XX(TIMER, timer) \ + XX(TTY, tty) \ + XX(UDP, udp) \ + XX(SIGNAL, signal) \ + +#define UV_REQ_TYPE_MAP(XX) \ + XX(REQ, req) \ + XX(CONNECT, connect) \ + XX(WRITE, write) \ + XX(SHUTDOWN, shutdown) \ + XX(UDP_SEND, udp_send) \ + XX(FS, fs) \ + XX(WORK, work) \ + XX(GETADDRINFO, getaddrinfo) \ + XX(GETNAMEINFO, getnameinfo) \ + XX(RANDOM, random) \ + +typedef enum { +#define XX(code, _) UV_ ## code = UV__ ## code, + UV_ERRNO_MAP(XX) +#undef XX + UV_ERRNO_MAX = UV__EOF - 1 +} uv_errno_t; + +typedef enum { + UV_UNKNOWN_HANDLE = 0, +#define XX(uc, lc) UV_##uc, + UV_HANDLE_TYPE_MAP(XX) +#undef XX + UV_FILE, + UV_HANDLE_TYPE_MAX +} uv_handle_type; + +typedef enum { + UV_UNKNOWN_REQ = 0, +#define XX(uc, lc) UV_##uc, + UV_REQ_TYPE_MAP(XX) +#undef XX + UV_REQ_TYPE_PRIVATE + UV_REQ_TYPE_MAX +} uv_req_type; + + +/* Handle types. */ +typedef struct uv_loop_s uv_loop_t; +typedef struct uv_handle_s uv_handle_t; +typedef struct uv_dir_s uv_dir_t; +typedef struct uv_stream_s uv_stream_t; +typedef struct uv_tcp_s uv_tcp_t; +typedef struct uv_udp_s uv_udp_t; +typedef struct uv_pipe_s uv_pipe_t; +typedef struct uv_tty_s uv_tty_t; +typedef struct uv_poll_s uv_poll_t; +typedef struct uv_timer_s uv_timer_t; +typedef struct uv_prepare_s uv_prepare_t; +typedef struct uv_check_s uv_check_t; +typedef struct uv_idle_s uv_idle_t; +typedef struct uv_async_s uv_async_t; +typedef struct uv_process_s uv_process_t; +typedef struct uv_fs_event_s uv_fs_event_t; +typedef struct uv_fs_poll_s uv_fs_poll_t; +typedef struct uv_signal_s uv_signal_t; + +/* Request types. */ +typedef struct uv_req_s uv_req_t; +typedef struct uv_getaddrinfo_s uv_getaddrinfo_t; +typedef struct uv_getnameinfo_s uv_getnameinfo_t; +typedef struct uv_shutdown_s uv_shutdown_t; +typedef struct uv_write_s uv_write_t; +typedef struct uv_connect_s uv_connect_t; +typedef struct uv_udp_send_s uv_udp_send_t; +typedef struct uv_fs_s uv_fs_t; +typedef struct uv_work_s uv_work_t; +typedef struct uv_random_s uv_random_t; + +/* None of the above. */ +typedef struct uv_env_item_s uv_env_item_t; +typedef struct uv_cpu_info_s uv_cpu_info_t; +typedef struct uv_interface_address_s uv_interface_address_t; +typedef struct uv_dirent_s uv_dirent_t; +typedef struct uv_passwd_s uv_passwd_t; +typedef struct uv_utsname_s uv_utsname_t; +typedef struct uv_statfs_s uv_statfs_t; + +typedef enum { + UV_LOOP_BLOCK_SIGNAL +} uv_loop_option; + +typedef enum { + UV_RUN_DEFAULT = 0, + UV_RUN_ONCE, + UV_RUN_NOWAIT +} uv_run_mode; + + +UV_EXTERN unsigned int uv_version(void); +UV_EXTERN const char* uv_version_string(void); + +typedef void* (*uv_malloc_func)(size_t size); +typedef void* (*uv_realloc_func)(void* ptr, size_t size); +typedef void* (*uv_calloc_func)(size_t count, size_t size); +typedef void (*uv_free_func)(void* ptr); + +UV_EXTERN int uv_replace_allocator(uv_malloc_func malloc_func, + uv_realloc_func realloc_func, + uv_calloc_func calloc_func, + uv_free_func free_func); + +UV_EXTERN uv_loop_t* uv_default_loop(void); +UV_EXTERN int uv_loop_init(uv_loop_t* loop); +UV_EXTERN int uv_loop_close(uv_loop_t* loop); +/* + * NOTE: + * This function is DEPRECATED (to be removed after 0.12), users should + * allocate the loop manually and use uv_loop_init instead. + */ +UV_EXTERN uv_loop_t* uv_loop_new(void); +/* + * NOTE: + * This function is DEPRECATED (to be removed after 0.12). Users should use + * uv_loop_close and free the memory manually instead. + */ +UV_EXTERN void uv_loop_delete(uv_loop_t*); +UV_EXTERN size_t uv_loop_size(void); +UV_EXTERN int uv_loop_alive(const uv_loop_t* loop); +UV_EXTERN int uv_loop_configure(uv_loop_t* loop, uv_loop_option option, ...); +UV_EXTERN int uv_loop_fork(uv_loop_t* loop); + +UV_EXTERN int uv_run(uv_loop_t*, uv_run_mode mode); +UV_EXTERN void uv_stop(uv_loop_t*); + +UV_EXTERN void uv_ref(uv_handle_t*); +UV_EXTERN void uv_unref(uv_handle_t*); +UV_EXTERN int uv_has_ref(const uv_handle_t*); + +UV_EXTERN void uv_update_time(uv_loop_t*); +UV_EXTERN uint64_t uv_now(const uv_loop_t*); + +UV_EXTERN int uv_backend_fd(const uv_loop_t*); +UV_EXTERN int uv_backend_timeout(const uv_loop_t*); + +typedef void (*uv_alloc_cb)(uv_handle_t* handle, + size_t suggested_size, + uv_buf_t* buf); +typedef void (*uv_read_cb)(uv_stream_t* stream, + ssize_t nread, + const uv_buf_t* buf); +typedef void (*uv_write_cb)(uv_write_t* req, int status); +typedef void (*uv_connect_cb)(uv_connect_t* req, int status); +typedef void (*uv_shutdown_cb)(uv_shutdown_t* req, int status); +typedef void (*uv_connection_cb)(uv_stream_t* server, int status); +typedef void (*uv_close_cb)(uv_handle_t* handle); +typedef void (*uv_poll_cb)(uv_poll_t* handle, int status, int events); +typedef void (*uv_timer_cb)(uv_timer_t* handle); +typedef void (*uv_async_cb)(uv_async_t* handle); +typedef void (*uv_prepare_cb)(uv_prepare_t* handle); +typedef void (*uv_check_cb)(uv_check_t* handle); +typedef void (*uv_idle_cb)(uv_idle_t* handle); +typedef void (*uv_exit_cb)(uv_process_t*, int64_t exit_status, int term_signal); +typedef void (*uv_walk_cb)(uv_handle_t* handle, void* arg); +typedef void (*uv_fs_cb)(uv_fs_t* req); +typedef void (*uv_work_cb)(uv_work_t* req); +typedef void (*uv_after_work_cb)(uv_work_t* req, int status); +typedef void (*uv_getaddrinfo_cb)(uv_getaddrinfo_t* req, + int status, + struct addrinfo* res); +typedef void (*uv_getnameinfo_cb)(uv_getnameinfo_t* req, + int status, + const char* hostname, + const char* service); +typedef void (*uv_random_cb)(uv_random_t* req, + int status, + void* buf, + size_t buflen); + +typedef struct { + long tv_sec; + long tv_nsec; +} uv_timespec_t; + + +typedef struct { + uint64_t st_dev; + uint64_t st_mode; + uint64_t st_nlink; + uint64_t st_uid; + uint64_t st_gid; + uint64_t st_rdev; + uint64_t st_ino; + uint64_t st_size; + uint64_t st_blksize; + uint64_t st_blocks; + uint64_t st_flags; + uint64_t st_gen; + uv_timespec_t st_atim; + uv_timespec_t st_mtim; + uv_timespec_t st_ctim; + uv_timespec_t st_birthtim; +} uv_stat_t; + + +typedef void (*uv_fs_event_cb)(uv_fs_event_t* handle, + const char* filename, + int events, + int status); + +typedef void (*uv_fs_poll_cb)(uv_fs_poll_t* handle, + int status, + const uv_stat_t* prev, + const uv_stat_t* curr); + +typedef void (*uv_signal_cb)(uv_signal_t* handle, int signum); + + +typedef enum { + UV_LEAVE_GROUP = 0, + UV_JOIN_GROUP +} uv_membership; + + +UV_EXTERN int uv_translate_sys_error(int sys_errno); + +UV_EXTERN const char* uv_strerror(int err); +UV_EXTERN char* uv_strerror_r(int err, char* buf, size_t buflen); + +UV_EXTERN const char* uv_err_name(int err); +UV_EXTERN char* uv_err_name_r(int err, char* buf, size_t buflen); + + +#define UV_REQ_FIELDS \ + /* public */ \ + void* data; \ + /* read-only */ \ + uv_req_type type; \ + /* private */ \ + void* reserved[6]; \ + UV_REQ_PRIVATE_FIELDS \ + +/* Abstract base class of all requests. */ +struct uv_req_s { + UV_REQ_FIELDS +}; + + +/* Platform-specific request types. */ +UV_PRIVATE_REQ_TYPES + + +UV_EXTERN int uv_shutdown(uv_shutdown_t* req, + uv_stream_t* handle, + uv_shutdown_cb cb); + +struct uv_shutdown_s { + UV_REQ_FIELDS + uv_stream_t* handle; + uv_shutdown_cb cb; + UV_SHUTDOWN_PRIVATE_FIELDS +}; + + +#define UV_HANDLE_FIELDS \ + /* public */ \ + void* data; \ + /* read-only */ \ + uv_loop_t* loop; \ + uv_handle_type type; \ + /* private */ \ + uv_close_cb close_cb; \ + void* handle_queue[2]; \ + union { \ + int fd; \ + void* reserved[4]; \ + } u; \ + UV_HANDLE_PRIVATE_FIELDS \ + +/* The abstract base class of all handles. */ +struct uv_handle_s { + UV_HANDLE_FIELDS +}; + +UV_EXTERN size_t uv_handle_size(uv_handle_type type); +UV_EXTERN uv_handle_type uv_handle_get_type(const uv_handle_t* handle); +UV_EXTERN const char* uv_handle_type_name(uv_handle_type type); +UV_EXTERN void* uv_handle_get_data(const uv_handle_t* handle); +UV_EXTERN uv_loop_t* uv_handle_get_loop(const uv_handle_t* handle); +UV_EXTERN void uv_handle_set_data(uv_handle_t* handle, void* data); + +UV_EXTERN size_t uv_req_size(uv_req_type type); +UV_EXTERN void* uv_req_get_data(const uv_req_t* req); +UV_EXTERN void uv_req_set_data(uv_req_t* req, void* data); +UV_EXTERN uv_req_type uv_req_get_type(const uv_req_t* req); +UV_EXTERN const char* uv_req_type_name(uv_req_type type); + +UV_EXTERN int uv_is_active(const uv_handle_t* handle); + +UV_EXTERN void uv_walk(uv_loop_t* loop, uv_walk_cb walk_cb, void* arg); + +/* Helpers for ad hoc debugging, no API/ABI stability guaranteed. */ +UV_EXTERN void uv_print_all_handles(uv_loop_t* loop, FILE* stream); +UV_EXTERN void uv_print_active_handles(uv_loop_t* loop, FILE* stream); + +UV_EXTERN void uv_close(uv_handle_t* handle, uv_close_cb close_cb); + +UV_EXTERN int uv_send_buffer_size(uv_handle_t* handle, int* value); +UV_EXTERN int uv_recv_buffer_size(uv_handle_t* handle, int* value); + +UV_EXTERN int uv_fileno(const uv_handle_t* handle, uv_os_fd_t* fd); + +UV_EXTERN uv_buf_t uv_buf_init(char* base, unsigned int len); + + +#define UV_STREAM_FIELDS \ + /* number of bytes queued for writing */ \ + size_t write_queue_size; \ + uv_alloc_cb alloc_cb; \ + uv_read_cb read_cb; \ + /* private */ \ + UV_STREAM_PRIVATE_FIELDS + +/* + * uv_stream_t is a subclass of uv_handle_t. + * + * uv_stream is an abstract class. + * + * uv_stream_t is the parent class of uv_tcp_t, uv_pipe_t and uv_tty_t. + */ +struct uv_stream_s { + UV_HANDLE_FIELDS + UV_STREAM_FIELDS +}; + +UV_EXTERN size_t uv_stream_get_write_queue_size(const uv_stream_t* stream); + +UV_EXTERN int uv_listen(uv_stream_t* stream, int backlog, uv_connection_cb cb); +UV_EXTERN int uv_accept(uv_stream_t* server, uv_stream_t* client); + +UV_EXTERN int uv_read_start(uv_stream_t*, + uv_alloc_cb alloc_cb, + uv_read_cb read_cb); +UV_EXTERN int uv_read_stop(uv_stream_t*); + +UV_EXTERN int uv_write(uv_write_t* req, + uv_stream_t* handle, + const uv_buf_t bufs[], + unsigned int nbufs, + uv_write_cb cb); +UV_EXTERN int uv_write2(uv_write_t* req, + uv_stream_t* handle, + const uv_buf_t bufs[], + unsigned int nbufs, + uv_stream_t* send_handle, + uv_write_cb cb); +UV_EXTERN int uv_try_write(uv_stream_t* handle, + const uv_buf_t bufs[], + unsigned int nbufs); + +/* uv_write_t is a subclass of uv_req_t. */ +struct uv_write_s { + UV_REQ_FIELDS + uv_write_cb cb; + uv_stream_t* send_handle; /* TODO: make private and unix-only in v2.x. */ + uv_stream_t* handle; + UV_WRITE_PRIVATE_FIELDS +}; + + +UV_EXTERN int uv_is_readable(const uv_stream_t* handle); +UV_EXTERN int uv_is_writable(const uv_stream_t* handle); + +UV_EXTERN int uv_stream_set_blocking(uv_stream_t* handle, int blocking); + +UV_EXTERN int uv_is_closing(const uv_handle_t* handle); + + +/* + * uv_tcp_t is a subclass of uv_stream_t. + * + * Represents a TCP stream or TCP server. + */ +struct uv_tcp_s { + UV_HANDLE_FIELDS + UV_STREAM_FIELDS + UV_TCP_PRIVATE_FIELDS +}; + +UV_EXTERN int uv_tcp_init(uv_loop_t*, uv_tcp_t* handle); +UV_EXTERN int uv_tcp_init_ex(uv_loop_t*, uv_tcp_t* handle, unsigned int flags); +UV_EXTERN int uv_tcp_open(uv_tcp_t* handle, uv_os_sock_t sock); +UV_EXTERN int uv_tcp_nodelay(uv_tcp_t* handle, int enable); +UV_EXTERN int uv_tcp_keepalive(uv_tcp_t* handle, + int enable, + unsigned int delay); +UV_EXTERN int uv_tcp_simultaneous_accepts(uv_tcp_t* handle, int enable); + +enum uv_tcp_flags { + /* Used with uv_tcp_bind, when an IPv6 address is used. */ + UV_TCP_IPV6ONLY = 1 +}; + +UV_EXTERN int uv_tcp_bind(uv_tcp_t* handle, + const struct sockaddr* addr, + unsigned int flags); +UV_EXTERN int uv_tcp_getsockname(const uv_tcp_t* handle, + struct sockaddr* name, + int* namelen); +UV_EXTERN int uv_tcp_getpeername(const uv_tcp_t* handle, + struct sockaddr* name, + int* namelen); +UV_EXTERN int uv_tcp_close_reset(uv_tcp_t* handle, uv_close_cb close_cb); +UV_EXTERN int uv_tcp_connect(uv_connect_t* req, + uv_tcp_t* handle, + const struct sockaddr* addr, + uv_connect_cb cb); + +/* uv_connect_t is a subclass of uv_req_t. */ +struct uv_connect_s { + UV_REQ_FIELDS + uv_connect_cb cb; + uv_stream_t* handle; + UV_CONNECT_PRIVATE_FIELDS +}; + + +/* + * UDP support. + */ + +enum uv_udp_flags { + /* Disables dual stack mode. */ + UV_UDP_IPV6ONLY = 1, + /* + * Indicates message was truncated because read buffer was too small. The + * remainder was discarded by the OS. Used in uv_udp_recv_cb. + */ + UV_UDP_PARTIAL = 2, + /* + * Indicates if SO_REUSEADDR will be set when binding the handle. + * This sets the SO_REUSEPORT socket flag on the BSDs and OS X. On other + * Unix platforms, it sets the SO_REUSEADDR flag. What that means is that + * multiple threads or processes can bind to the same address without error + * (provided they all set the flag) but only the last one to bind will receive + * any traffic, in effect "stealing" the port from the previous listener. + */ + UV_UDP_REUSEADDR = 4 +}; + +typedef void (*uv_udp_send_cb)(uv_udp_send_t* req, int status); +typedef void (*uv_udp_recv_cb)(uv_udp_t* handle, + ssize_t nread, + const uv_buf_t* buf, + const struct sockaddr* addr, + unsigned flags); + +/* uv_udp_t is a subclass of uv_handle_t. */ +struct uv_udp_s { + UV_HANDLE_FIELDS + /* read-only */ + /* + * Number of bytes queued for sending. This field strictly shows how much + * information is currently queued. + */ + size_t send_queue_size; + /* + * Number of send requests currently in the queue awaiting to be processed. + */ + size_t send_queue_count; + UV_UDP_PRIVATE_FIELDS +}; + +/* uv_udp_send_t is a subclass of uv_req_t. */ +struct uv_udp_send_s { + UV_REQ_FIELDS + uv_udp_t* handle; + uv_udp_send_cb cb; + UV_UDP_SEND_PRIVATE_FIELDS +}; + +UV_EXTERN int uv_udp_init(uv_loop_t*, uv_udp_t* handle); +UV_EXTERN int uv_udp_init_ex(uv_loop_t*, uv_udp_t* handle, unsigned int flags); +UV_EXTERN int uv_udp_open(uv_udp_t* handle, uv_os_sock_t sock); +UV_EXTERN int uv_udp_bind(uv_udp_t* handle, + const struct sockaddr* addr, + unsigned int flags); +UV_EXTERN int uv_udp_connect(uv_udp_t* handle, const struct sockaddr* addr); + +UV_EXTERN int uv_udp_getpeername(const uv_udp_t* handle, + struct sockaddr* name, + int* namelen); +UV_EXTERN int uv_udp_getsockname(const uv_udp_t* handle, + struct sockaddr* name, + int* namelen); +UV_EXTERN int uv_udp_set_membership(uv_udp_t* handle, + const char* multicast_addr, + const char* interface_addr, + uv_membership membership); +UV_EXTERN int uv_udp_set_source_membership(uv_udp_t* handle, + const char* multicast_addr, + const char* interface_addr, + const char* source_addr, + uv_membership membership); +UV_EXTERN int uv_udp_set_multicast_loop(uv_udp_t* handle, int on); +UV_EXTERN int uv_udp_set_multicast_ttl(uv_udp_t* handle, int ttl); +UV_EXTERN int uv_udp_set_multicast_interface(uv_udp_t* handle, + const char* interface_addr); +UV_EXTERN int uv_udp_set_broadcast(uv_udp_t* handle, int on); +UV_EXTERN int uv_udp_set_ttl(uv_udp_t* handle, int ttl); +UV_EXTERN int uv_udp_send(uv_udp_send_t* req, + uv_udp_t* handle, + const uv_buf_t bufs[], + unsigned int nbufs, + const struct sockaddr* addr, + uv_udp_send_cb send_cb); +UV_EXTERN int uv_udp_try_send(uv_udp_t* handle, + const uv_buf_t bufs[], + unsigned int nbufs, + const struct sockaddr* addr); +UV_EXTERN int uv_udp_recv_start(uv_udp_t* handle, + uv_alloc_cb alloc_cb, + uv_udp_recv_cb recv_cb); +UV_EXTERN int uv_udp_recv_stop(uv_udp_t* handle); +UV_EXTERN size_t uv_udp_get_send_queue_size(const uv_udp_t* handle); +UV_EXTERN size_t uv_udp_get_send_queue_count(const uv_udp_t* handle); + + +/* + * uv_tty_t is a subclass of uv_stream_t. + * + * Representing a stream for the console. + */ +struct uv_tty_s { + UV_HANDLE_FIELDS + UV_STREAM_FIELDS + UV_TTY_PRIVATE_FIELDS +}; + +typedef enum { + /* Initial/normal terminal mode */ + UV_TTY_MODE_NORMAL, + /* Raw input mode (On Windows, ENABLE_WINDOW_INPUT is also enabled) */ + UV_TTY_MODE_RAW, + /* Binary-safe I/O mode for IPC (Unix-only) */ + UV_TTY_MODE_IO +} uv_tty_mode_t; + +typedef enum { + /* + * The console supports handling of virtual terminal sequences + * (Windows10 new console, ConEmu) + */ + UV_TTY_SUPPORTED, + /* The console cannot process the virtual terminal sequence. (Legacy + * console) + */ + UV_TTY_UNSUPPORTED +} uv_tty_vtermstate_t; + + +UV_EXTERN int uv_tty_init(uv_loop_t*, uv_tty_t*, uv_file fd, int readable); +UV_EXTERN int uv_tty_set_mode(uv_tty_t*, uv_tty_mode_t mode); +UV_EXTERN int uv_tty_reset_mode(void); +UV_EXTERN int uv_tty_get_winsize(uv_tty_t*, int* width, int* height); +UV_EXTERN void uv_tty_set_vterm_state(uv_tty_vtermstate_t state); +UV_EXTERN int uv_tty_get_vterm_state(uv_tty_vtermstate_t* state); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C++" { + +inline int uv_tty_set_mode(uv_tty_t* handle, int mode) { + return uv_tty_set_mode(handle, static_cast<uv_tty_mode_t>(mode)); +} + +} +#endif + +UV_EXTERN uv_handle_type uv_guess_handle(uv_file file); + +/* + * uv_pipe_t is a subclass of uv_stream_t. + * + * Representing a pipe stream or pipe server. On Windows this is a Named + * Pipe. On Unix this is a Unix domain socket. + */ +struct uv_pipe_s { + UV_HANDLE_FIELDS + UV_STREAM_FIELDS + int ipc; /* non-zero if this pipe is used for passing handles */ + UV_PIPE_PRIVATE_FIELDS +}; + +UV_EXTERN int uv_pipe_init(uv_loop_t*, uv_pipe_t* handle, int ipc); +UV_EXTERN int uv_pipe_open(uv_pipe_t*, uv_file file); +UV_EXTERN int uv_pipe_bind(uv_pipe_t* handle, const char* name); +UV_EXTERN void uv_pipe_connect(uv_connect_t* req, + uv_pipe_t* handle, + const char* name, + uv_connect_cb cb); +UV_EXTERN int uv_pipe_getsockname(const uv_pipe_t* handle, + char* buffer, + size_t* size); +UV_EXTERN int uv_pipe_getpeername(const uv_pipe_t* handle, + char* buffer, + size_t* size); +UV_EXTERN void uv_pipe_pending_instances(uv_pipe_t* handle, int count); +UV_EXTERN int uv_pipe_pending_count(uv_pipe_t* handle); +UV_EXTERN uv_handle_type uv_pipe_pending_type(uv_pipe_t* handle); +UV_EXTERN int uv_pipe_chmod(uv_pipe_t* handle, int flags); + + +struct uv_poll_s { + UV_HANDLE_FIELDS + uv_poll_cb poll_cb; + UV_POLL_PRIVATE_FIELDS +}; + +enum uv_poll_event { + UV_READABLE = 1, + UV_WRITABLE = 2, + UV_DISCONNECT = 4, + UV_PRIORITIZED = 8 +}; + +UV_EXTERN int uv_poll_init(uv_loop_t* loop, uv_poll_t* handle, int fd); +UV_EXTERN int uv_poll_init_socket(uv_loop_t* loop, + uv_poll_t* handle, + uv_os_sock_t socket); +UV_EXTERN int uv_poll_start(uv_poll_t* handle, int events, uv_poll_cb cb); +UV_EXTERN int uv_poll_stop(uv_poll_t* handle); + + +struct uv_prepare_s { + UV_HANDLE_FIELDS + UV_PREPARE_PRIVATE_FIELDS +}; + +UV_EXTERN int uv_prepare_init(uv_loop_t*, uv_prepare_t* prepare); +UV_EXTERN int uv_prepare_start(uv_prepare_t* prepare, uv_prepare_cb cb); +UV_EXTERN int uv_prepare_stop(uv_prepare_t* prepare); + + +struct uv_check_s { + UV_HANDLE_FIELDS + UV_CHECK_PRIVATE_FIELDS +}; + +UV_EXTERN int uv_check_init(uv_loop_t*, uv_check_t* check); +UV_EXTERN int uv_check_start(uv_check_t* check, uv_check_cb cb); +UV_EXTERN int uv_check_stop(uv_check_t* check); + + +struct uv_idle_s { + UV_HANDLE_FIELDS + UV_IDLE_PRIVATE_FIELDS +}; + +UV_EXTERN int uv_idle_init(uv_loop_t*, uv_idle_t* idle); +UV_EXTERN int uv_idle_start(uv_idle_t* idle, uv_idle_cb cb); +UV_EXTERN int uv_idle_stop(uv_idle_t* idle); + + +struct uv_async_s { + UV_HANDLE_FIELDS + UV_ASYNC_PRIVATE_FIELDS +}; + +UV_EXTERN int uv_async_init(uv_loop_t*, + uv_async_t* async, + uv_async_cb async_cb); +UV_EXTERN int uv_async_send(uv_async_t* async); + + +/* + * uv_timer_t is a subclass of uv_handle_t. + * + * Used to get woken up at a specified time in the future. + */ +struct uv_timer_s { + UV_HANDLE_FIELDS + UV_TIMER_PRIVATE_FIELDS +}; + +UV_EXTERN int uv_timer_init(uv_loop_t*, uv_timer_t* handle); +UV_EXTERN int uv_timer_start(uv_timer_t* handle, + uv_timer_cb cb, + uint64_t timeout, + uint64_t repeat); +UV_EXTERN int uv_timer_stop(uv_timer_t* handle); +UV_EXTERN int uv_timer_again(uv_timer_t* handle); +UV_EXTERN void uv_timer_set_repeat(uv_timer_t* handle, uint64_t repeat); +UV_EXTERN uint64_t uv_timer_get_repeat(const uv_timer_t* handle); + + +/* + * uv_getaddrinfo_t is a subclass of uv_req_t. + * + * Request object for uv_getaddrinfo. + */ +struct uv_getaddrinfo_s { + UV_REQ_FIELDS + /* read-only */ + uv_loop_t* loop; + /* struct addrinfo* addrinfo is marked as private, but it really isn't. */ + UV_GETADDRINFO_PRIVATE_FIELDS +}; + + +UV_EXTERN int uv_getaddrinfo(uv_loop_t* loop, + uv_getaddrinfo_t* req, + uv_getaddrinfo_cb getaddrinfo_cb, + const char* node, + const char* service, + const struct addrinfo* hints); +UV_EXTERN void uv_freeaddrinfo(struct addrinfo* ai); + + +/* +* uv_getnameinfo_t is a subclass of uv_req_t. +* +* Request object for uv_getnameinfo. +*/ +struct uv_getnameinfo_s { + UV_REQ_FIELDS + /* read-only */ + uv_loop_t* loop; + /* host and service are marked as private, but they really aren't. */ + UV_GETNAMEINFO_PRIVATE_FIELDS +}; + +UV_EXTERN int uv_getnameinfo(uv_loop_t* loop, + uv_getnameinfo_t* req, + uv_getnameinfo_cb getnameinfo_cb, + const struct sockaddr* addr, + int flags); + + +/* uv_spawn() options. */ +typedef enum { + UV_IGNORE = 0x00, + UV_CREATE_PIPE = 0x01, + UV_INHERIT_FD = 0x02, + UV_INHERIT_STREAM = 0x04, + + /* + * When UV_CREATE_PIPE is specified, UV_READABLE_PIPE and UV_WRITABLE_PIPE + * determine the direction of flow, from the child process' perspective. Both + * flags may be specified to create a duplex data stream. + */ + UV_READABLE_PIPE = 0x10, + UV_WRITABLE_PIPE = 0x20, + + /* + * Open the child pipe handle in overlapped mode on Windows. + * On Unix it is silently ignored. + */ + UV_OVERLAPPED_PIPE = 0x40 +} uv_stdio_flags; + +typedef struct uv_stdio_container_s { + uv_stdio_flags flags; + + union { + uv_stream_t* stream; + int fd; + } data; +} uv_stdio_container_t; + +typedef struct uv_process_options_s { + uv_exit_cb exit_cb; /* Called after the process exits. */ + const char* file; /* Path to program to execute. */ + /* + * Command line arguments. args[0] should be the path to the program. On + * Windows this uses CreateProcess which concatenates the arguments into a + * string this can cause some strange errors. See the note at + * windows_verbatim_arguments. + */ + char** args; + /* + * This will be set as the environ variable in the subprocess. If this is + * NULL then the parents environ will be used. + */ + char** env; + /* + * If non-null this represents a directory the subprocess should execute + * in. Stands for current working directory. + */ + const char* cwd; + /* + * Various flags that control how uv_spawn() behaves. See the definition of + * `enum uv_process_flags` below. + */ + unsigned int flags; + /* + * The `stdio` field points to an array of uv_stdio_container_t structs that + * describe the file descriptors that will be made available to the child + * process. The convention is that stdio[0] points to stdin, fd 1 is used for + * stdout, and fd 2 is stderr. + * + * Note that on windows file descriptors greater than 2 are available to the + * child process only if the child processes uses the MSVCRT runtime. + */ + int stdio_count; + uv_stdio_container_t* stdio; + /* + * Libuv can change the child process' user/group id. This happens only when + * the appropriate bits are set in the flags fields. This is not supported on + * windows; uv_spawn() will fail and set the error to UV_ENOTSUP. + */ + uv_uid_t uid; + uv_gid_t gid; +} uv_process_options_t; + +/* + * These are the flags that can be used for the uv_process_options.flags field. + */ +enum uv_process_flags { + /* + * Set the child process' user id. The user id is supplied in the `uid` field + * of the options struct. This does not work on windows; setting this flag + * will cause uv_spawn() to fail. + */ + UV_PROCESS_SETUID = (1 << 0), + /* + * Set the child process' group id. The user id is supplied in the `gid` + * field of the options struct. This does not work on windows; setting this + * flag will cause uv_spawn() to fail. + */ + UV_PROCESS_SETGID = (1 << 1), + /* + * Do not wrap any arguments in quotes, or perform any other escaping, when + * converting the argument list into a command line string. This option is + * only meaningful on Windows systems. On Unix it is silently ignored. + */ + UV_PROCESS_WINDOWS_VERBATIM_ARGUMENTS = (1 << 2), + /* + * Spawn the child process in a detached state - this will make it a process + * group leader, and will effectively enable the child to keep running after + * the parent exits. Note that the child process will still keep the + * parent's event loop alive unless the parent process calls uv_unref() on + * the child's process handle. + */ + UV_PROCESS_DETACHED = (1 << 3), + /* + * Hide the subprocess window that would normally be created. This option is + * only meaningful on Windows systems. On Unix it is silently ignored. + */ + UV_PROCESS_WINDOWS_HIDE = (1 << 4), + /* + * Hide the subprocess console window that would normally be created. This + * option is only meaningful on Windows systems. On Unix it is silently + * ignored. + */ + UV_PROCESS_WINDOWS_HIDE_CONSOLE = (1 << 5), + /* + * Hide the subprocess GUI window that would normally be created. This + * option is only meaningful on Windows systems. On Unix it is silently + * ignored. + */ + UV_PROCESS_WINDOWS_HIDE_GUI = (1 << 6) +}; + +/* + * uv_process_t is a subclass of uv_handle_t. + */ +struct uv_process_s { + UV_HANDLE_FIELDS + uv_exit_cb exit_cb; + int pid; + UV_PROCESS_PRIVATE_FIELDS +}; + +UV_EXTERN int uv_spawn(uv_loop_t* loop, + uv_process_t* handle, + const uv_process_options_t* options); +UV_EXTERN int uv_process_kill(uv_process_t*, int signum); +UV_EXTERN int uv_kill(int pid, int signum); +UV_EXTERN uv_pid_t uv_process_get_pid(const uv_process_t*); + + +/* + * uv_work_t is a subclass of uv_req_t. + */ +struct uv_work_s { + UV_REQ_FIELDS + uv_loop_t* loop; + uv_work_cb work_cb; + uv_after_work_cb after_work_cb; + UV_WORK_PRIVATE_FIELDS +}; + +UV_EXTERN int uv_queue_work(uv_loop_t* loop, + uv_work_t* req, + uv_work_cb work_cb, + uv_after_work_cb after_work_cb); + +UV_EXTERN int uv_cancel(uv_req_t* req); + + +struct uv_cpu_times_s { + uint64_t user; + uint64_t nice; + uint64_t sys; + uint64_t idle; + uint64_t irq; +}; + +struct uv_cpu_info_s { + char* model; + int speed; + struct uv_cpu_times_s cpu_times; +}; + +struct uv_interface_address_s { + char* name; + char phys_addr[6]; + int is_internal; + union { + struct sockaddr_in address4; + struct sockaddr_in6 address6; + } address; + union { + struct sockaddr_in netmask4; + struct sockaddr_in6 netmask6; + } netmask; +}; + +struct uv_passwd_s { + char* username; + long uid; + long gid; + char* shell; + char* homedir; +}; + +struct uv_utsname_s { + char sysname[256]; + char release[256]; + char version[256]; + char machine[256]; + /* This struct does not contain the nodename and domainname fields present in + the utsname type. domainname is a GNU extension. Both fields are referred + to as meaningless in the docs. */ +}; + +struct uv_statfs_s { + uint64_t f_type; + uint64_t f_bsize; + uint64_t f_blocks; + uint64_t f_bfree; + uint64_t f_bavail; + uint64_t f_files; + uint64_t f_ffree; + uint64_t f_spare[4]; +}; + +typedef enum { + UV_DIRENT_UNKNOWN, + UV_DIRENT_FILE, + UV_DIRENT_DIR, + UV_DIRENT_LINK, + UV_DIRENT_FIFO, + UV_DIRENT_SOCKET, + UV_DIRENT_CHAR, + UV_DIRENT_BLOCK +} uv_dirent_type_t; + +struct uv_dirent_s { + const char* name; + uv_dirent_type_t type; +}; + +UV_EXTERN char** uv_setup_args(int argc, char** argv); +UV_EXTERN int uv_get_process_title(char* buffer, size_t size); +UV_EXTERN int uv_set_process_title(const char* title); +UV_EXTERN int uv_resident_set_memory(size_t* rss); +UV_EXTERN int uv_uptime(double* uptime); +UV_EXTERN uv_os_fd_t uv_get_osfhandle(int fd); +UV_EXTERN int uv_open_osfhandle(uv_os_fd_t os_fd); + +typedef struct { + long tv_sec; + long tv_usec; +} uv_timeval_t; + +typedef struct { + int64_t tv_sec; + int32_t tv_usec; +} uv_timeval64_t; + +typedef struct { + uv_timeval_t ru_utime; /* user CPU time used */ + uv_timeval_t ru_stime; /* system CPU time used */ + uint64_t ru_maxrss; /* maximum resident set size */ + uint64_t ru_ixrss; /* integral shared memory size */ + uint64_t ru_idrss; /* integral unshared data size */ + uint64_t ru_isrss; /* integral unshared stack size */ + uint64_t ru_minflt; /* page reclaims (soft page faults) */ + uint64_t ru_majflt; /* page faults (hard page faults) */ + uint64_t ru_nswap; /* swaps */ + uint64_t ru_inblock; /* block input operations */ + uint64_t ru_oublock; /* block output operations */ + uint64_t ru_msgsnd; /* IPC messages sent */ + uint64_t ru_msgrcv; /* IPC messages received */ + uint64_t ru_nsignals; /* signals received */ + uint64_t ru_nvcsw; /* voluntary context switches */ + uint64_t ru_nivcsw; /* involuntary context switches */ +} uv_rusage_t; + +UV_EXTERN int uv_getrusage(uv_rusage_t* rusage); + +UV_EXTERN int uv_os_homedir(char* buffer, size_t* size); +UV_EXTERN int uv_os_tmpdir(char* buffer, size_t* size); +UV_EXTERN int uv_os_get_passwd(uv_passwd_t* pwd); +UV_EXTERN void uv_os_free_passwd(uv_passwd_t* pwd); +UV_EXTERN uv_pid_t uv_os_getpid(void); +UV_EXTERN uv_pid_t uv_os_getppid(void); + +#define UV_PRIORITY_LOW 19 +#define UV_PRIORITY_BELOW_NORMAL 10 +#define UV_PRIORITY_NORMAL 0 +#define UV_PRIORITY_ABOVE_NORMAL -7 +#define UV_PRIORITY_HIGH -14 +#define UV_PRIORITY_HIGHEST -20 + +UV_EXTERN int uv_os_getpriority(uv_pid_t pid, int* priority); +UV_EXTERN int uv_os_setpriority(uv_pid_t pid, int priority); + +UV_EXTERN int uv_cpu_info(uv_cpu_info_t** cpu_infos, int* count); +UV_EXTERN void uv_free_cpu_info(uv_cpu_info_t* cpu_infos, int count); + +UV_EXTERN int uv_interface_addresses(uv_interface_address_t** addresses, + int* count); +UV_EXTERN void uv_free_interface_addresses(uv_interface_address_t* addresses, + int count); + +struct uv_env_item_s { + char* name; + char* value; +}; + +UV_EXTERN int uv_os_environ(uv_env_item_t** envitems, int* count); +UV_EXTERN void uv_os_free_environ(uv_env_item_t* envitems, int count); +UV_EXTERN int uv_os_getenv(const char* name, char* buffer, size_t* size); +UV_EXTERN int uv_os_setenv(const char* name, const char* value); +UV_EXTERN int uv_os_unsetenv(const char* name); + +#ifdef MAXHOSTNAMELEN +# define UV_MAXHOSTNAMESIZE (MAXHOSTNAMELEN + 1) +#else + /* + Fallback for the maximum hostname size, including the null terminator. The + Windows gethostname() documentation states that 256 bytes will always be + large enough to hold the null-terminated hostname. + */ +# define UV_MAXHOSTNAMESIZE 256 +#endif + +UV_EXTERN int uv_os_gethostname(char* buffer, size_t* size); + +UV_EXTERN int uv_os_uname(uv_utsname_t* buffer); + + +typedef enum { + UV_FS_UNKNOWN = -1, + UV_FS_CUSTOM, + UV_FS_OPEN, + UV_FS_CLOSE, + UV_FS_READ, + UV_FS_WRITE, + UV_FS_SENDFILE, + UV_FS_STAT, + UV_FS_LSTAT, + UV_FS_FSTAT, + UV_FS_FTRUNCATE, + UV_FS_UTIME, + UV_FS_FUTIME, + UV_FS_ACCESS, + UV_FS_CHMOD, + UV_FS_FCHMOD, + UV_FS_FSYNC, + UV_FS_FDATASYNC, + UV_FS_UNLINK, + UV_FS_RMDIR, + UV_FS_MKDIR, + UV_FS_MKDTEMP, + UV_FS_RENAME, + UV_FS_SCANDIR, + UV_FS_LINK, + UV_FS_SYMLINK, + UV_FS_READLINK, + UV_FS_CHOWN, + UV_FS_FCHOWN, + UV_FS_REALPATH, + UV_FS_COPYFILE, + UV_FS_LCHOWN, + UV_FS_OPENDIR, + UV_FS_READDIR, + UV_FS_CLOSEDIR, + UV_FS_STATFS, + UV_FS_MKSTEMP +} uv_fs_type; + +struct uv_dir_s { + uv_dirent_t* dirents; + size_t nentries; + void* reserved[4]; + UV_DIR_PRIVATE_FIELDS +}; + +/* uv_fs_t is a subclass of uv_req_t. */ +struct uv_fs_s { + UV_REQ_FIELDS + uv_fs_type fs_type; + uv_loop_t* loop; + uv_fs_cb cb; + ssize_t result; + void* ptr; + const char* path; + uv_stat_t statbuf; /* Stores the result of uv_fs_stat() and uv_fs_fstat(). */ + UV_FS_PRIVATE_FIELDS +}; + +UV_EXTERN uv_fs_type uv_fs_get_type(const uv_fs_t*); +UV_EXTERN ssize_t uv_fs_get_result(const uv_fs_t*); +UV_EXTERN void* uv_fs_get_ptr(const uv_fs_t*); +UV_EXTERN const char* uv_fs_get_path(const uv_fs_t*); +UV_EXTERN uv_stat_t* uv_fs_get_statbuf(uv_fs_t*); + +UV_EXTERN void uv_fs_req_cleanup(uv_fs_t* req); +UV_EXTERN int uv_fs_close(uv_loop_t* loop, + uv_fs_t* req, + uv_file file, + uv_fs_cb cb); +UV_EXTERN int uv_fs_open(uv_loop_t* loop, + uv_fs_t* req, + const char* path, + int flags, + int mode, + uv_fs_cb cb); +UV_EXTERN int uv_fs_read(uv_loop_t* loop, + uv_fs_t* req, + uv_file file, + const uv_buf_t bufs[], + unsigned int nbufs, + int64_t offset, + uv_fs_cb cb); +UV_EXTERN int uv_fs_unlink(uv_loop_t* loop, + uv_fs_t* req, + const char* path, + uv_fs_cb cb); +UV_EXTERN int uv_fs_write(uv_loop_t* loop, + uv_fs_t* req, + uv_file file, + const uv_buf_t bufs[], + unsigned int nbufs, + int64_t offset, + uv_fs_cb cb); +/* + * This flag can be used with uv_fs_copyfile() to return an error if the + * destination already exists. + */ +#define UV_FS_COPYFILE_EXCL 0x0001 + +/* + * This flag can be used with uv_fs_copyfile() to attempt to create a reflink. + * If copy-on-write is not supported, a fallback copy mechanism is used. + */ +#define UV_FS_COPYFILE_FICLONE 0x0002 + +/* + * This flag can be used with uv_fs_copyfile() to attempt to create a reflink. + * If copy-on-write is not supported, an error is returned. + */ +#define UV_FS_COPYFILE_FICLONE_FORCE 0x0004 + +UV_EXTERN int uv_fs_copyfile(uv_loop_t* loop, + uv_fs_t* req, + const char* path, + const char* new_path, + int flags, + uv_fs_cb cb); +UV_EXTERN int uv_fs_mkdir(uv_loop_t* loop, + uv_fs_t* req, + const char* path, + int mode, + uv_fs_cb cb); +UV_EXTERN int uv_fs_mkdtemp(uv_loop_t* loop, + uv_fs_t* req, + const char* tpl, + uv_fs_cb cb); +UV_EXTERN int uv_fs_mkstemp(uv_loop_t* loop, + uv_fs_t* req, + const char* tpl, + uv_fs_cb cb); +UV_EXTERN int uv_fs_rmdir(uv_loop_t* loop, + uv_fs_t* req, + const char* path, + uv_fs_cb cb); +UV_EXTERN int uv_fs_scandir(uv_loop_t* loop, + uv_fs_t* req, + const char* path, + int flags, + uv_fs_cb cb); +UV_EXTERN int uv_fs_scandir_next(uv_fs_t* req, + uv_dirent_t* ent); +UV_EXTERN int uv_fs_opendir(uv_loop_t* loop, + uv_fs_t* req, + const char* path, + uv_fs_cb cb); +UV_EXTERN int uv_fs_readdir(uv_loop_t* loop, + uv_fs_t* req, + uv_dir_t* dir, + uv_fs_cb cb); +UV_EXTERN int uv_fs_closedir(uv_loop_t* loop, + uv_fs_t* req, + uv_dir_t* dir, + uv_fs_cb cb); +UV_EXTERN int uv_fs_stat(uv_loop_t* loop, + uv_fs_t* req, + const char* path, + uv_fs_cb cb); +UV_EXTERN int uv_fs_fstat(uv_loop_t* loop, + uv_fs_t* req, + uv_file file, + uv_fs_cb cb); +UV_EXTERN int uv_fs_rename(uv_loop_t* loop, + uv_fs_t* req, + const char* path, + const char* new_path, + uv_fs_cb cb); +UV_EXTERN int uv_fs_fsync(uv_loop_t* loop, + uv_fs_t* req, + uv_file file, + uv_fs_cb cb); +UV_EXTERN int uv_fs_fdatasync(uv_loop_t* loop, + uv_fs_t* req, + uv_file file, + uv_fs_cb cb); +UV_EXTERN int uv_fs_ftruncate(uv_loop_t* loop, + uv_fs_t* req, + uv_file file, + int64_t offset, + uv_fs_cb cb); +UV_EXTERN int uv_fs_sendfile(uv_loop_t* loop, + uv_fs_t* req, + uv_file out_fd, + uv_file in_fd, + int64_t in_offset, + size_t length, + uv_fs_cb cb); +UV_EXTERN int uv_fs_access(uv_loop_t* loop, + uv_fs_t* req, + const char* path, + int mode, + uv_fs_cb cb); +UV_EXTERN int uv_fs_chmod(uv_loop_t* loop, + uv_fs_t* req, + const char* path, + int mode, + uv_fs_cb cb); +UV_EXTERN int uv_fs_utime(uv_loop_t* loop, + uv_fs_t* req, + const char* path, + double atime, + double mtime, + uv_fs_cb cb); +UV_EXTERN int uv_fs_futime(uv_loop_t* loop, + uv_fs_t* req, + uv_file file, + double atime, + double mtime, + uv_fs_cb cb); +UV_EXTERN int uv_fs_lstat(uv_loop_t* loop, + uv_fs_t* req, + const char* path, + uv_fs_cb cb); +UV_EXTERN int uv_fs_link(uv_loop_t* loop, + uv_fs_t* req, + const char* path, + const char* new_path, + uv_fs_cb cb); + +/* + * This flag can be used with uv_fs_symlink() on Windows to specify whether + * path argument points to a directory. + */ +#define UV_FS_SYMLINK_DIR 0x0001 + +/* + * This flag can be used with uv_fs_symlink() on Windows to specify whether + * the symlink is to be created using junction points. + */ +#define UV_FS_SYMLINK_JUNCTION 0x0002 + +UV_EXTERN int uv_fs_symlink(uv_loop_t* loop, + uv_fs_t* req, + const char* path, + const char* new_path, + int flags, + uv_fs_cb cb); +UV_EXTERN int uv_fs_readlink(uv_loop_t* loop, + uv_fs_t* req, + const char* path, + uv_fs_cb cb); +UV_EXTERN int uv_fs_realpath(uv_loop_t* loop, + uv_fs_t* req, + const char* path, + uv_fs_cb cb); +UV_EXTERN int uv_fs_fchmod(uv_loop_t* loop, + uv_fs_t* req, + uv_file file, + int mode, + uv_fs_cb cb); +UV_EXTERN int uv_fs_chown(uv_loop_t* loop, + uv_fs_t* req, + const char* path, + uv_uid_t uid, + uv_gid_t gid, + uv_fs_cb cb); +UV_EXTERN int uv_fs_fchown(uv_loop_t* loop, + uv_fs_t* req, + uv_file file, + uv_uid_t uid, + uv_gid_t gid, + uv_fs_cb cb); +UV_EXTERN int uv_fs_lchown(uv_loop_t* loop, + uv_fs_t* req, + const char* path, + uv_uid_t uid, + uv_gid_t gid, + uv_fs_cb cb); +UV_EXTERN int uv_fs_statfs(uv_loop_t* loop, + uv_fs_t* req, + const char* path, + uv_fs_cb cb); + + +enum uv_fs_event { + UV_RENAME = 1, + UV_CHANGE = 2 +}; + + +struct uv_fs_event_s { + UV_HANDLE_FIELDS + /* private */ + char* path; + UV_FS_EVENT_PRIVATE_FIELDS +}; + + +/* + * uv_fs_stat() based polling file watcher. + */ +struct uv_fs_poll_s { + UV_HANDLE_FIELDS + /* Private, don't touch. */ + void* poll_ctx; +}; + +UV_EXTERN int uv_fs_poll_init(uv_loop_t* loop, uv_fs_poll_t* handle); +UV_EXTERN int uv_fs_poll_start(uv_fs_poll_t* handle, + uv_fs_poll_cb poll_cb, + const char* path, + unsigned int interval); +UV_EXTERN int uv_fs_poll_stop(uv_fs_poll_t* handle); +UV_EXTERN int uv_fs_poll_getpath(uv_fs_poll_t* handle, + char* buffer, + size_t* size); + + +struct uv_signal_s { + UV_HANDLE_FIELDS + uv_signal_cb signal_cb; + int signum; + UV_SIGNAL_PRIVATE_FIELDS +}; + +UV_EXTERN int uv_signal_init(uv_loop_t* loop, uv_signal_t* handle); +UV_EXTERN int uv_signal_start(uv_signal_t* handle, + uv_signal_cb signal_cb, + int signum); +UV_EXTERN int uv_signal_start_oneshot(uv_signal_t* handle, + uv_signal_cb signal_cb, + int signum); +UV_EXTERN int uv_signal_stop(uv_signal_t* handle); + +UV_EXTERN void uv_loadavg(double avg[3]); + + +/* + * Flags to be passed to uv_fs_event_start(). + */ +enum uv_fs_event_flags { + /* + * By default, if the fs event watcher is given a directory name, we will + * watch for all events in that directory. This flags overrides this behavior + * and makes fs_event report only changes to the directory entry itself. This + * flag does not affect individual files watched. + * This flag is currently not implemented yet on any backend. + */ + UV_FS_EVENT_WATCH_ENTRY = 1, + + /* + * By default uv_fs_event will try to use a kernel interface such as inotify + * or kqueue to detect events. This may not work on remote filesystems such + * as NFS mounts. This flag makes fs_event fall back to calling stat() on a + * regular interval. + * This flag is currently not implemented yet on any backend. + */ + UV_FS_EVENT_STAT = 2, + + /* + * By default, event watcher, when watching directory, is not registering + * (is ignoring) changes in it's subdirectories. + * This flag will override this behaviour on platforms that support it. + */ + UV_FS_EVENT_RECURSIVE = 4 +}; + + +UV_EXTERN int uv_fs_event_init(uv_loop_t* loop, uv_fs_event_t* handle); +UV_EXTERN int uv_fs_event_start(uv_fs_event_t* handle, + uv_fs_event_cb cb, + const char* path, + unsigned int flags); +UV_EXTERN int uv_fs_event_stop(uv_fs_event_t* handle); +UV_EXTERN int uv_fs_event_getpath(uv_fs_event_t* handle, + char* buffer, + size_t* size); + +UV_EXTERN int uv_ip4_addr(const char* ip, int port, struct sockaddr_in* addr); +UV_EXTERN int uv_ip6_addr(const char* ip, int port, struct sockaddr_in6* addr); + +UV_EXTERN int uv_ip4_name(const struct sockaddr_in* src, char* dst, size_t size); +UV_EXTERN int uv_ip6_name(const struct sockaddr_in6* src, char* dst, size_t size); + +UV_EXTERN int uv_inet_ntop(int af, const void* src, char* dst, size_t size); +UV_EXTERN int uv_inet_pton(int af, const char* src, void* dst); + + +struct uv_random_s { + UV_REQ_FIELDS + /* read-only */ + uv_loop_t* loop; + /* private */ + int status; + void* buf; + size_t buflen; + uv_random_cb cb; + struct uv__work work_req; +}; + +UV_EXTERN int uv_random(uv_loop_t* loop, + uv_random_t* req, + void *buf, + size_t buflen, + unsigned flags, /* For future extension; must be 0. */ + uv_random_cb cb); + +#if defined(IF_NAMESIZE) +# define UV_IF_NAMESIZE (IF_NAMESIZE + 1) +#elif defined(IFNAMSIZ) +# define UV_IF_NAMESIZE (IFNAMSIZ + 1) +#else +# define UV_IF_NAMESIZE (16 + 1) +#endif + +UV_EXTERN int uv_if_indextoname(unsigned int ifindex, + char* buffer, + size_t* size); +UV_EXTERN int uv_if_indextoiid(unsigned int ifindex, + char* buffer, + size_t* size); + +UV_EXTERN int uv_exepath(char* buffer, size_t* size); + +UV_EXTERN int uv_cwd(char* buffer, size_t* size); + +UV_EXTERN int uv_chdir(const char* dir); + +UV_EXTERN uint64_t uv_get_free_memory(void); +UV_EXTERN uint64_t uv_get_total_memory(void); +UV_EXTERN uint64_t uv_get_constrained_memory(void); + +UV_EXTERN uint64_t uv_hrtime(void); +UV_EXTERN void uv_sleep(unsigned int msec); + +UV_EXTERN void uv_disable_stdio_inheritance(void); + +UV_EXTERN int uv_dlopen(const char* filename, uv_lib_t* lib); +UV_EXTERN void uv_dlclose(uv_lib_t* lib); +UV_EXTERN int uv_dlsym(uv_lib_t* lib, const char* name, void** ptr); +UV_EXTERN const char* uv_dlerror(const uv_lib_t* lib); + +UV_EXTERN int uv_mutex_init(uv_mutex_t* handle); +UV_EXTERN int uv_mutex_init_recursive(uv_mutex_t* handle); +UV_EXTERN void uv_mutex_destroy(uv_mutex_t* handle); +UV_EXTERN void uv_mutex_lock(uv_mutex_t* handle); +UV_EXTERN int uv_mutex_trylock(uv_mutex_t* handle); +UV_EXTERN void uv_mutex_unlock(uv_mutex_t* handle); + +UV_EXTERN int uv_rwlock_init(uv_rwlock_t* rwlock); +UV_EXTERN void uv_rwlock_destroy(uv_rwlock_t* rwlock); +UV_EXTERN void uv_rwlock_rdlock(uv_rwlock_t* rwlock); +UV_EXTERN int uv_rwlock_tryrdlock(uv_rwlock_t* rwlock); +UV_EXTERN void uv_rwlock_rdunlock(uv_rwlock_t* rwlock); +UV_EXTERN void uv_rwlock_wrlock(uv_rwlock_t* rwlock); +UV_EXTERN int uv_rwlock_trywrlock(uv_rwlock_t* rwlock); +UV_EXTERN void uv_rwlock_wrunlock(uv_rwlock_t* rwlock); + +UV_EXTERN int uv_sem_init(uv_sem_t* sem, unsigned int value); +UV_EXTERN void uv_sem_destroy(uv_sem_t* sem); +UV_EXTERN void uv_sem_post(uv_sem_t* sem); +UV_EXTERN void uv_sem_wait(uv_sem_t* sem); +UV_EXTERN int uv_sem_trywait(uv_sem_t* sem); + +UV_EXTERN int uv_cond_init(uv_cond_t* cond); +UV_EXTERN void uv_cond_destroy(uv_cond_t* cond); +UV_EXTERN void uv_cond_signal(uv_cond_t* cond); +UV_EXTERN void uv_cond_broadcast(uv_cond_t* cond); + +UV_EXTERN int uv_barrier_init(uv_barrier_t* barrier, unsigned int count); +UV_EXTERN void uv_barrier_destroy(uv_barrier_t* barrier); +UV_EXTERN int uv_barrier_wait(uv_barrier_t* barrier); + +UV_EXTERN void uv_cond_wait(uv_cond_t* cond, uv_mutex_t* mutex); +UV_EXTERN int uv_cond_timedwait(uv_cond_t* cond, + uv_mutex_t* mutex, + uint64_t timeout); + +UV_EXTERN void uv_once(uv_once_t* guard, void (*callback)(void)); + +UV_EXTERN int uv_key_create(uv_key_t* key); +UV_EXTERN void uv_key_delete(uv_key_t* key); +UV_EXTERN void* uv_key_get(uv_key_t* key); +UV_EXTERN void uv_key_set(uv_key_t* key, void* value); + +UV_EXTERN int uv_gettimeofday(uv_timeval64_t* tv); + +typedef void (*uv_thread_cb)(void* arg); + +UV_EXTERN int uv_thread_create(uv_thread_t* tid, uv_thread_cb entry, void* arg); + +typedef enum { + UV_THREAD_NO_FLAGS = 0x00, + UV_THREAD_HAS_STACK_SIZE = 0x01 +} uv_thread_create_flags; + +struct uv_thread_options_s { + unsigned int flags; + size_t stack_size; + /* More fields may be added at any time. */ +}; + +typedef struct uv_thread_options_s uv_thread_options_t; + +UV_EXTERN int uv_thread_create_ex(uv_thread_t* tid, + const uv_thread_options_t* params, + uv_thread_cb entry, + void* arg); +UV_EXTERN uv_thread_t uv_thread_self(void); +UV_EXTERN int uv_thread_join(uv_thread_t *tid); +UV_EXTERN int uv_thread_equal(const uv_thread_t* t1, const uv_thread_t* t2); + +/* The presence of these unions force similar struct layout. */ +#define XX(_, name) uv_ ## name ## _t name; +union uv_any_handle { + UV_HANDLE_TYPE_MAP(XX) +}; + +union uv_any_req { + UV_REQ_TYPE_MAP(XX) +}; +#undef XX + + +struct uv_loop_s { + /* User data - use this for whatever. */ + void* data; + /* Loop reference counting. */ + unsigned int active_handles; + void* handle_queue[2]; + union { + void* unused[2]; + unsigned int count; + } active_reqs; + /* Internal flag to signal loop stop. */ + unsigned int stop_flag; + UV_LOOP_PRIVATE_FIELDS +}; + +UV_EXTERN void* uv_loop_get_data(const uv_loop_t*); +UV_EXTERN void uv_loop_set_data(uv_loop_t*, void* data); + +/* Don't export the private CPP symbols. */ +#undef UV_HANDLE_TYPE_PRIVATE +#undef UV_REQ_TYPE_PRIVATE +#undef UV_REQ_PRIVATE_FIELDS +#undef UV_STREAM_PRIVATE_FIELDS +#undef UV_TCP_PRIVATE_FIELDS +#undef UV_PREPARE_PRIVATE_FIELDS +#undef UV_CHECK_PRIVATE_FIELDS +#undef UV_IDLE_PRIVATE_FIELDS +#undef UV_ASYNC_PRIVATE_FIELDS +#undef UV_TIMER_PRIVATE_FIELDS +#undef UV_GETADDRINFO_PRIVATE_FIELDS +#undef UV_GETNAMEINFO_PRIVATE_FIELDS +#undef UV_FS_REQ_PRIVATE_FIELDS +#undef UV_WORK_PRIVATE_FIELDS +#undef UV_FS_EVENT_PRIVATE_FIELDS +#undef UV_SIGNAL_PRIVATE_FIELDS +#undef UV_LOOP_PRIVATE_FIELDS +#undef UV_LOOP_PRIVATE_PLATFORM_FIELDS +#undef UV__ERR + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif +#endif /* UV_H */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/uv/uv/android-ifaddrs.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/uv/uv/android-ifaddrs.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9cd19fec --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/uv/uv/android-ifaddrs.h @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1995, 1999 + * Berkeley Software Design, Inc. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY Berkeley Software Design, Inc. ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL Berkeley Software Design, Inc. BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + * + * BSDI ifaddrs.h,v 2.5 2000/02/23 14:51:59 dab Exp + */ + +#ifndef _IFADDRS_H_ +#define _IFADDRS_H_ + +struct ifaddrs { + struct ifaddrs *ifa_next; + char *ifa_name; + unsigned int ifa_flags; + struct sockaddr *ifa_addr; + struct sockaddr *ifa_netmask; + struct sockaddr *ifa_dstaddr; + void *ifa_data; +}; + +/* + * This may have been defined in <net/if.h>. Note that if <net/if.h> is + * to be included it must be included before this header file. + */ +#ifndef ifa_broadaddr +#define ifa_broadaddr ifa_dstaddr /* broadcast address interface */ +#endif + +#include <sys/cdefs.h> + +__BEGIN_DECLS +extern int getifaddrs(struct ifaddrs **ifap); +extern void freeifaddrs(struct ifaddrs *ifa); +__END_DECLS + +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/uv/uv/errno.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/uv/uv/errno.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..165fd11c --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/uv/uv/errno.h @@ -0,0 +1,448 @@ +/* Copyright Joyent, Inc. and other Node contributors. All rights reserved. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy + * of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to + * deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the + * rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or + * sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is + * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in + * all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, + * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE + * AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER + * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING + * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS + * IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#ifndef UV_ERRNO_H_ +#define UV_ERRNO_H_ + +#include <errno.h> +#if EDOM > 0 +# define UV__ERR(x) (-(x)) +#else +# define UV__ERR(x) (x) +#endif + +#define UV__EOF (-4095) +#define UV__UNKNOWN (-4094) + +#define UV__EAI_ADDRFAMILY (-3000) +#define UV__EAI_AGAIN (-3001) +#define UV__EAI_BADFLAGS (-3002) +#define UV__EAI_CANCELED (-3003) +#define UV__EAI_FAIL (-3004) +#define UV__EAI_FAMILY (-3005) +#define UV__EAI_MEMORY (-3006) +#define UV__EAI_NODATA (-3007) +#define UV__EAI_NONAME (-3008) +#define UV__EAI_OVERFLOW (-3009) +#define UV__EAI_SERVICE (-3010) +#define UV__EAI_SOCKTYPE (-3011) +#define UV__EAI_BADHINTS (-3013) +#define UV__EAI_PROTOCOL (-3014) + +/* Only map to the system errno on non-Windows platforms. It's apparently + * a fairly common practice for Windows programmers to redefine errno codes. + */ +#if defined(E2BIG) && !defined(_WIN32) +# define UV__E2BIG UV__ERR(E2BIG) +#else +# define UV__E2BIG (-4093) +#endif + +#if defined(EACCES) && !defined(_WIN32) +# define UV__EACCES UV__ERR(EACCES) +#else +# define UV__EACCES (-4092) +#endif + +#if defined(EADDRINUSE) && !defined(_WIN32) +# define UV__EADDRINUSE UV__ERR(EADDRINUSE) +#else +# define UV__EADDRINUSE (-4091) +#endif + +#if defined(EADDRNOTAVAIL) && !defined(_WIN32) +# define UV__EADDRNOTAVAIL UV__ERR(EADDRNOTAVAIL) +#else +# define UV__EADDRNOTAVAIL (-4090) +#endif + +#if defined(EAFNOSUPPORT) && !defined(_WIN32) +# define UV__EAFNOSUPPORT UV__ERR(EAFNOSUPPORT) +#else +# define UV__EAFNOSUPPORT (-4089) +#endif + +#if defined(EAGAIN) && !defined(_WIN32) +# define UV__EAGAIN UV__ERR(EAGAIN) +#else +# define UV__EAGAIN (-4088) +#endif + +#if defined(EALREADY) && !defined(_WIN32) +# define UV__EALREADY UV__ERR(EALREADY) +#else +# define UV__EALREADY (-4084) +#endif + +#if defined(EBADF) && !defined(_WIN32) +# define UV__EBADF UV__ERR(EBADF) +#else +# define UV__EBADF (-4083) +#endif + +#if defined(EBUSY) && !defined(_WIN32) +# define UV__EBUSY UV__ERR(EBUSY) +#else +# define UV__EBUSY (-4082) +#endif + +#if defined(ECANCELED) && !defined(_WIN32) +# define UV__ECANCELED UV__ERR(ECANCELED) +#else +# define UV__ECANCELED (-4081) +#endif + +#if defined(ECHARSET) && !defined(_WIN32) +# define UV__ECHARSET UV__ERR(ECHARSET) +#else +# define UV__ECHARSET (-4080) +#endif + +#if defined(ECONNABORTED) && !defined(_WIN32) +# define UV__ECONNABORTED UV__ERR(ECONNABORTED) +#else +# define UV__ECONNABORTED (-4079) +#endif + +#if defined(ECONNREFUSED) && !defined(_WIN32) +# define UV__ECONNREFUSED UV__ERR(ECONNREFUSED) +#else +# define UV__ECONNREFUSED (-4078) +#endif + +#if defined(ECONNRESET) && !defined(_WIN32) +# define UV__ECONNRESET UV__ERR(ECONNRESET) +#else +# define UV__ECONNRESET (-4077) +#endif + +#if defined(EDESTADDRREQ) && !defined(_WIN32) +# define UV__EDESTADDRREQ UV__ERR(EDESTADDRREQ) +#else +# define UV__EDESTADDRREQ (-4076) +#endif + +#if defined(EEXIST) && !defined(_WIN32) +# define UV__EEXIST UV__ERR(EEXIST) +#else +# define UV__EEXIST (-4075) +#endif + +#if defined(EFAULT) && !defined(_WIN32) +# define UV__EFAULT UV__ERR(EFAULT) +#else +# define UV__EFAULT (-4074) +#endif + +#if defined(EHOSTUNREACH) && !defined(_WIN32) +# define UV__EHOSTUNREACH UV__ERR(EHOSTUNREACH) +#else +# define UV__EHOSTUNREACH (-4073) +#endif + +#if defined(EINTR) && !defined(_WIN32) +# define UV__EINTR UV__ERR(EINTR) +#else +# define UV__EINTR (-4072) +#endif + +#if defined(EINVAL) && !defined(_WIN32) +# define UV__EINVAL UV__ERR(EINVAL) +#else +# define UV__EINVAL (-4071) +#endif + +#if defined(EIO) && !defined(_WIN32) +# define UV__EIO UV__ERR(EIO) +#else +# define UV__EIO (-4070) +#endif + +#if defined(EISCONN) && !defined(_WIN32) +# define UV__EISCONN UV__ERR(EISCONN) +#else +# define UV__EISCONN (-4069) +#endif + +#if defined(EISDIR) && !defined(_WIN32) +# define UV__EISDIR UV__ERR(EISDIR) +#else +# define UV__EISDIR (-4068) +#endif + +#if defined(ELOOP) && !defined(_WIN32) +# define UV__ELOOP UV__ERR(ELOOP) +#else +# define UV__ELOOP (-4067) +#endif + +#if defined(EMFILE) && !defined(_WIN32) +# define UV__EMFILE UV__ERR(EMFILE) +#else +# define UV__EMFILE (-4066) +#endif + +#if defined(EMSGSIZE) && !defined(_WIN32) +# define UV__EMSGSIZE UV__ERR(EMSGSIZE) +#else +# define UV__EMSGSIZE (-4065) +#endif + +#if defined(ENAMETOOLONG) && !defined(_WIN32) +# define UV__ENAMETOOLONG UV__ERR(ENAMETOOLONG) +#else +# define UV__ENAMETOOLONG (-4064) +#endif + +#if defined(ENETDOWN) && !defined(_WIN32) +# define UV__ENETDOWN UV__ERR(ENETDOWN) +#else +# define UV__ENETDOWN (-4063) +#endif + +#if defined(ENETUNREACH) && !defined(_WIN32) +# define UV__ENETUNREACH UV__ERR(ENETUNREACH) +#else +# define UV__ENETUNREACH (-4062) +#endif + +#if defined(ENFILE) && !defined(_WIN32) +# define UV__ENFILE UV__ERR(ENFILE) +#else +# define UV__ENFILE (-4061) +#endif + +#if defined(ENOBUFS) && !defined(_WIN32) +# define UV__ENOBUFS UV__ERR(ENOBUFS) +#else +# define UV__ENOBUFS (-4060) +#endif + +#if defined(ENODEV) && !defined(_WIN32) +# define UV__ENODEV UV__ERR(ENODEV) +#else +# define UV__ENODEV (-4059) +#endif + +#if defined(ENOENT) && !defined(_WIN32) +# define UV__ENOENT UV__ERR(ENOENT) +#else +# define UV__ENOENT (-4058) +#endif + +#if defined(ENOMEM) && !defined(_WIN32) +# define UV__ENOMEM UV__ERR(ENOMEM) +#else +# define UV__ENOMEM (-4057) +#endif + +#if defined(ENONET) && !defined(_WIN32) +# define UV__ENONET UV__ERR(ENONET) +#else +# define UV__ENONET (-4056) +#endif + +#if defined(ENOSPC) && !defined(_WIN32) +# define UV__ENOSPC UV__ERR(ENOSPC) +#else +# define UV__ENOSPC (-4055) +#endif + +#if defined(ENOSYS) && !defined(_WIN32) +# define UV__ENOSYS UV__ERR(ENOSYS) +#else +# define UV__ENOSYS (-4054) +#endif + +#if defined(ENOTCONN) && !defined(_WIN32) +# define UV__ENOTCONN UV__ERR(ENOTCONN) +#else +# define UV__ENOTCONN (-4053) +#endif + +#if defined(ENOTDIR) && !defined(_WIN32) +# define UV__ENOTDIR UV__ERR(ENOTDIR) +#else +# define UV__ENOTDIR (-4052) +#endif + +#if defined(ENOTEMPTY) && !defined(_WIN32) +# define UV__ENOTEMPTY UV__ERR(ENOTEMPTY) +#else +# define UV__ENOTEMPTY (-4051) +#endif + +#if defined(ENOTSOCK) && !defined(_WIN32) +# define UV__ENOTSOCK UV__ERR(ENOTSOCK) +#else +# define UV__ENOTSOCK (-4050) +#endif + +#if defined(ENOTSUP) && !defined(_WIN32) +# define UV__ENOTSUP UV__ERR(ENOTSUP) +#else +# define UV__ENOTSUP (-4049) +#endif + +#if defined(EPERM) && !defined(_WIN32) +# define UV__EPERM UV__ERR(EPERM) +#else +# define UV__EPERM (-4048) +#endif + +#if defined(EPIPE) && !defined(_WIN32) +# define UV__EPIPE UV__ERR(EPIPE) +#else +# define UV__EPIPE (-4047) +#endif + +#if defined(EPROTO) && !defined(_WIN32) +# define UV__EPROTO UV__ERR(EPROTO) +#else +# define UV__EPROTO UV__ERR(4046) +#endif + +#if defined(EPROTONOSUPPORT) && !defined(_WIN32) +# define UV__EPROTONOSUPPORT UV__ERR(EPROTONOSUPPORT) +#else +# define UV__EPROTONOSUPPORT (-4045) +#endif + +#if defined(EPROTOTYPE) && !defined(_WIN32) +# define UV__EPROTOTYPE UV__ERR(EPROTOTYPE) +#else +# define UV__EPROTOTYPE (-4044) +#endif + +#if defined(EROFS) && !defined(_WIN32) +# define UV__EROFS UV__ERR(EROFS) +#else +# define UV__EROFS (-4043) +#endif + +#if defined(ESHUTDOWN) && !defined(_WIN32) +# define UV__ESHUTDOWN UV__ERR(ESHUTDOWN) +#else +# define UV__ESHUTDOWN (-4042) +#endif + +#if defined(ESPIPE) && !defined(_WIN32) +# define UV__ESPIPE UV__ERR(ESPIPE) +#else +# define UV__ESPIPE (-4041) +#endif + +#if defined(ESRCH) && !defined(_WIN32) +# define UV__ESRCH UV__ERR(ESRCH) +#else +# define UV__ESRCH (-4040) +#endif + +#if defined(ETIMEDOUT) && !defined(_WIN32) +# define UV__ETIMEDOUT UV__ERR(ETIMEDOUT) +#else +# define UV__ETIMEDOUT (-4039) +#endif + +#if defined(ETXTBSY) && !defined(_WIN32) +# define UV__ETXTBSY UV__ERR(ETXTBSY) +#else +# define UV__ETXTBSY (-4038) +#endif + +#if defined(EXDEV) && !defined(_WIN32) +# define UV__EXDEV UV__ERR(EXDEV) +#else +# define UV__EXDEV (-4037) +#endif + +#if defined(EFBIG) && !defined(_WIN32) +# define UV__EFBIG UV__ERR(EFBIG) +#else +# define UV__EFBIG (-4036) +#endif + +#if defined(ENOPROTOOPT) && !defined(_WIN32) +# define UV__ENOPROTOOPT UV__ERR(ENOPROTOOPT) +#else +# define UV__ENOPROTOOPT (-4035) +#endif + +#if defined(ERANGE) && !defined(_WIN32) +# define UV__ERANGE UV__ERR(ERANGE) +#else +# define UV__ERANGE (-4034) +#endif + +#if defined(ENXIO) && !defined(_WIN32) +# define UV__ENXIO UV__ERR(ENXIO) +#else +# define UV__ENXIO (-4033) +#endif + +#if defined(EMLINK) && !defined(_WIN32) +# define UV__EMLINK UV__ERR(EMLINK) +#else +# define UV__EMLINK (-4032) +#endif + +/* EHOSTDOWN is not visible on BSD-like systems when _POSIX_C_SOURCE is + * defined. Fortunately, its value is always 64 so it's possible albeit + * icky to hard-code it. + */ +#if defined(EHOSTDOWN) && !defined(_WIN32) +# define UV__EHOSTDOWN UV__ERR(EHOSTDOWN) +#elif defined(__APPLE__) || \ + defined(__DragonFly__) || \ + defined(__FreeBSD__) || \ + defined(__FreeBSD_kernel__) || \ + defined(__NetBSD__) || \ + defined(__OpenBSD__) +# define UV__EHOSTDOWN (-64) +#else +# define UV__EHOSTDOWN (-4031) +#endif + +#if defined(EREMOTEIO) && !defined(_WIN32) +# define UV__EREMOTEIO UV__ERR(EREMOTEIO) +#else +# define UV__EREMOTEIO (-4030) +#endif + +#if defined(ENOTTY) && !defined(_WIN32) +# define UV__ENOTTY UV__ERR(ENOTTY) +#else +# define UV__ENOTTY (-4029) +#endif + +#if defined(EFTYPE) && !defined(_WIN32) +# define UV__EFTYPE UV__ERR(EFTYPE) +#else +# define UV__EFTYPE (-4028) +#endif + +#if defined(EILSEQ) && !defined(_WIN32) +# define UV__EILSEQ UV__ERR(EILSEQ) +#else +# define UV__EILSEQ (-4027) +#endif + +#endif /* UV_ERRNO_H_ */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/uv/uv/linux.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/uv/uv/linux.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9b38405a --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/uv/uv/linux.h @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +/* Copyright Joyent, Inc. and other Node contributors. All rights reserved. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy + * of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to + * deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the + * rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or + * sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is + * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in + * all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, + * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE + * AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER + * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING + * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS + * IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#ifndef UV_LINUX_H +#define UV_LINUX_H + +#define UV_PLATFORM_LOOP_FIELDS \ + uv__io_t inotify_read_watcher; \ + void* inotify_watchers; \ + int inotify_fd; \ + +#define UV_PLATFORM_FS_EVENT_FIELDS \ + void* watchers[2]; \ + int wd; \ + +#endif /* UV_LINUX_H */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/uv/uv/threadpool.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/uv/uv/threadpool.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9708ebdd --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/uv/uv/threadpool.h @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +/* Copyright Joyent, Inc. and other Node contributors. All rights reserved. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy + * of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to + * deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the + * rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or + * sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is + * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in + * all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, + * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE + * AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER + * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING + * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS + * IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +/* + * This file is private to libuv. It provides common functionality to both + * Windows and Unix backends. + */ + +#ifndef UV_THREADPOOL_H_ +#define UV_THREADPOOL_H_ + +struct uv__work { + void (*work)(struct uv__work *w); + void (*done)(struct uv__work *w, int status); + struct uv_loop_s* loop; + void* wq[2]; +}; + +#endif /* UV_THREADPOOL_H_ */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/uv/uv/unix.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/uv/uv/unix.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3a131638 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/uv/uv/unix.h @@ -0,0 +1,505 @@ +/* Copyright Joyent, Inc. and other Node contributors. All rights reserved. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy + * of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to + * deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the + * rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or + * sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is + * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in + * all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, + * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE + * AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER + * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING + * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS + * IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#ifndef UV_UNIX_H +#define UV_UNIX_H + +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <sys/stat.h> +#include <fcntl.h> +#include <dirent.h> + +#include <sys/socket.h> +#include <netinet/in.h> +#include <netinet/tcp.h> +#include <arpa/inet.h> +#include <netdb.h> /* MAXHOSTNAMELEN on Solaris */ + +#include <termios.h> +#include <pwd.h> + +#if !defined(__MVS__) +#include <semaphore.h> +#include <sys/param.h> /* MAXHOSTNAMELEN on Linux and the BSDs */ +#endif +#include <pthread.h> +#include <signal.h> + +#include "uv/threadpool.h" + +#if defined(__linux__) +# include "uv/linux.h" +#elif defined (__MVS__) +# include "uv/os390.h" +#elif defined(__PASE__) /* __PASE__ and _AIX are both defined on IBM i */ +# include "uv/posix.h" /* IBM i needs uv/posix.h, not uv/aix.h */ +#elif defined(_AIX) +# include "uv/aix.h" +#elif defined(__sun) +# include "uv/sunos.h" +#elif defined(__APPLE__) +# include "uv/darwin.h" +#elif defined(__DragonFly__) || \ + defined(__FreeBSD__) || \ + defined(__FreeBSD_kernel__) || \ + defined(__OpenBSD__) || \ + defined(__NetBSD__) +# include "uv/bsd.h" +#elif defined(__CYGWIN__) || \ + defined(__MSYS__) || \ + defined(__GNU__) +# include "uv/posix.h" +#elif defined(__HAIKU__) +# include "uv/posix.h" +#endif + +#ifndef NI_MAXHOST +# define NI_MAXHOST 1025 +#endif + +#ifndef NI_MAXSERV +# define NI_MAXSERV 32 +#endif + +#ifndef UV_IO_PRIVATE_PLATFORM_FIELDS +# define UV_IO_PRIVATE_PLATFORM_FIELDS /* empty */ +#endif + +struct uv__io_s; +struct uv_loop_s; + +typedef void (*uv__io_cb)(struct uv_loop_s* loop, + struct uv__io_s* w, + unsigned int events); +typedef struct uv__io_s uv__io_t; + +struct uv__io_s { + uv__io_cb cb; + void* pending_queue[2]; + void* watcher_queue[2]; + unsigned int pevents; /* Pending event mask i.e. mask at next tick. */ + unsigned int events; /* Current event mask. */ + int fd; + UV_IO_PRIVATE_PLATFORM_FIELDS +}; + +#ifndef UV_PLATFORM_SEM_T +# define UV_PLATFORM_SEM_T sem_t +#endif + +#ifndef UV_PLATFORM_LOOP_FIELDS +# define UV_PLATFORM_LOOP_FIELDS /* empty */ +#endif + +#ifndef UV_PLATFORM_FS_EVENT_FIELDS +# define UV_PLATFORM_FS_EVENT_FIELDS /* empty */ +#endif + +#ifndef UV_STREAM_PRIVATE_PLATFORM_FIELDS +# define UV_STREAM_PRIVATE_PLATFORM_FIELDS /* empty */ +#endif + +/* Note: May be cast to struct iovec. See writev(2). */ +typedef struct uv_buf_t { + char* base; + size_t len; +} uv_buf_t; + +typedef int uv_file; +typedef int uv_os_sock_t; +typedef int uv_os_fd_t; +typedef pid_t uv_pid_t; + +#define UV_ONCE_INIT PTHREAD_ONCE_INIT + +typedef pthread_once_t uv_once_t; +typedef pthread_t uv_thread_t; +typedef pthread_mutex_t uv_mutex_t; +typedef pthread_rwlock_t uv_rwlock_t; +typedef UV_PLATFORM_SEM_T uv_sem_t; +typedef pthread_cond_t uv_cond_t; +typedef pthread_key_t uv_key_t; + +/* Note: guard clauses should match uv_barrier_init's in src/unix/thread.c. */ +#if defined(_AIX) || \ + defined(__OpenBSD__) || \ + !defined(PTHREAD_BARRIER_SERIAL_THREAD) +/* TODO(bnoordhuis) Merge into uv_barrier_t in v2. */ +struct _uv_barrier { + uv_mutex_t mutex; + uv_cond_t cond; + unsigned threshold; + unsigned in; + unsigned out; +}; + +typedef struct { + struct _uv_barrier* b; +# if defined(PTHREAD_BARRIER_SERIAL_THREAD) + /* TODO(bnoordhuis) Remove padding in v2. */ + char pad[sizeof(pthread_barrier_t) - sizeof(struct _uv_barrier*)]; +# endif +} uv_barrier_t; +#else +typedef pthread_barrier_t uv_barrier_t; +#endif + +/* Platform-specific definitions for uv_spawn support. */ +typedef gid_t uv_gid_t; +typedef uid_t uv_uid_t; + +typedef struct dirent uv__dirent_t; + +#define UV_DIR_PRIVATE_FIELDS \ + DIR* dir; + +#if defined(DT_UNKNOWN) +# define HAVE_DIRENT_TYPES +# if defined(DT_REG) +# define UV__DT_FILE DT_REG +# else +# define UV__DT_FILE -1 +# endif +# if defined(DT_DIR) +# define UV__DT_DIR DT_DIR +# else +# define UV__DT_DIR -2 +# endif +# if defined(DT_LNK) +# define UV__DT_LINK DT_LNK +# else +# define UV__DT_LINK -3 +# endif +# if defined(DT_FIFO) +# define UV__DT_FIFO DT_FIFO +# else +# define UV__DT_FIFO -4 +# endif +# if defined(DT_SOCK) +# define UV__DT_SOCKET DT_SOCK +# else +# define UV__DT_SOCKET -5 +# endif +# if defined(DT_CHR) +# define UV__DT_CHAR DT_CHR +# else +# define UV__DT_CHAR -6 +# endif +# if defined(DT_BLK) +# define UV__DT_BLOCK DT_BLK +# else +# define UV__DT_BLOCK -7 +# endif +#endif + +/* Platform-specific definitions for uv_dlopen support. */ +#define UV_DYNAMIC /* empty */ + +typedef struct { + void* handle; + char* errmsg; +} uv_lib_t; + +#define UV_LOOP_PRIVATE_FIELDS \ + unsigned long flags; \ + int backend_fd; \ + void* pending_queue[2]; \ + void* watcher_queue[2]; \ + uv__io_t** watchers; \ + unsigned int nwatchers; \ + unsigned int nfds; \ + void* wq[2]; \ + uv_mutex_t wq_mutex; \ + uv_async_t wq_async; \ + uv_rwlock_t cloexec_lock; \ + uv_handle_t* closing_handles; \ + void* process_handles[2]; \ + void* prepare_handles[2]; \ + void* check_handles[2]; \ + void* idle_handles[2]; \ + void* async_handles[2]; \ + void (*async_unused)(void); /* TODO(bnoordhuis) Remove in libuv v2. */ \ + uv__io_t async_io_watcher; \ + int async_wfd; \ + struct { \ + void* min; \ + unsigned int nelts; \ + } timer_heap; \ + uint64_t timer_counter; \ + uint64_t time; \ + int signal_pipefd[2]; \ + uv__io_t signal_io_watcher; \ + uv_signal_t child_watcher; \ + int emfile_fd; \ + UV_PLATFORM_LOOP_FIELDS \ + +#define UV_REQ_TYPE_PRIVATE /* empty */ + +#define UV_REQ_PRIVATE_FIELDS /* empty */ + +#define UV_PRIVATE_REQ_TYPES /* empty */ + +#define UV_WRITE_PRIVATE_FIELDS \ + void* queue[2]; \ + unsigned int write_index; \ + uv_buf_t* bufs; \ + unsigned int nbufs; \ + int error; \ + uv_buf_t bufsml[4]; \ + +#define UV_CONNECT_PRIVATE_FIELDS \ + void* queue[2]; \ + +#define UV_SHUTDOWN_PRIVATE_FIELDS /* empty */ + +#define UV_UDP_SEND_PRIVATE_FIELDS \ + void* queue[2]; \ + struct sockaddr_storage addr; \ + unsigned int nbufs; \ + uv_buf_t* bufs; \ + ssize_t status; \ + uv_udp_send_cb send_cb; \ + uv_buf_t bufsml[4]; \ + +#define UV_HANDLE_PRIVATE_FIELDS \ + uv_handle_t* next_closing; \ + unsigned int flags; \ + +#define UV_STREAM_PRIVATE_FIELDS \ + uv_connect_t *connect_req; \ + uv_shutdown_t *shutdown_req; \ + uv__io_t io_watcher; \ + void* write_queue[2]; \ + void* write_completed_queue[2]; \ + uv_connection_cb connection_cb; \ + int delayed_error; \ + int accepted_fd; \ + void* queued_fds; \ + UV_STREAM_PRIVATE_PLATFORM_FIELDS \ + +#define UV_TCP_PRIVATE_FIELDS /* empty */ + +#define UV_UDP_PRIVATE_FIELDS \ + uv_alloc_cb alloc_cb; \ + uv_udp_recv_cb recv_cb; \ + uv__io_t io_watcher; \ + void* write_queue[2]; \ + void* write_completed_queue[2]; \ + +#define UV_PIPE_PRIVATE_FIELDS \ + const char* pipe_fname; /* strdup'ed */ + +#define UV_POLL_PRIVATE_FIELDS \ + uv__io_t io_watcher; + +#define UV_PREPARE_PRIVATE_FIELDS \ + uv_prepare_cb prepare_cb; \ + void* queue[2]; \ + +#define UV_CHECK_PRIVATE_FIELDS \ + uv_check_cb check_cb; \ + void* queue[2]; \ + +#define UV_IDLE_PRIVATE_FIELDS \ + uv_idle_cb idle_cb; \ + void* queue[2]; \ + +#define UV_ASYNC_PRIVATE_FIELDS \ + uv_async_cb async_cb; \ + void* queue[2]; \ + int pending; \ + +#define UV_TIMER_PRIVATE_FIELDS \ + uv_timer_cb timer_cb; \ + void* heap_node[3]; \ + uint64_t timeout; \ + uint64_t repeat; \ + uint64_t start_id; + +#define UV_GETADDRINFO_PRIVATE_FIELDS \ + struct uv__work work_req; \ + uv_getaddrinfo_cb cb; \ + struct addrinfo* hints; \ + char* hostname; \ + char* service; \ + struct addrinfo* addrinfo; \ + int retcode; + +#define UV_GETNAMEINFO_PRIVATE_FIELDS \ + struct uv__work work_req; \ + uv_getnameinfo_cb getnameinfo_cb; \ + struct sockaddr_storage storage; \ + int flags; \ + char host[NI_MAXHOST]; \ + char service[NI_MAXSERV]; \ + int retcode; + +#define UV_PROCESS_PRIVATE_FIELDS \ + void* queue[2]; \ + int status; \ + +#define UV_FS_PRIVATE_FIELDS \ + const char *new_path; \ + uv_file file; \ + int flags; \ + mode_t mode; \ + unsigned int nbufs; \ + uv_buf_t* bufs; \ + off_t off; \ + uv_uid_t uid; \ + uv_gid_t gid; \ + double atime; \ + double mtime; \ + struct uv__work work_req; \ + uv_buf_t bufsml[4]; \ + +#define UV_WORK_PRIVATE_FIELDS \ + struct uv__work work_req; + +#define UV_TTY_PRIVATE_FIELDS \ + struct termios orig_termios; \ + int mode; + +#define UV_SIGNAL_PRIVATE_FIELDS \ + /* RB_ENTRY(uv_signal_s) tree_entry; */ \ + struct { \ + struct uv_signal_s* rbe_left; \ + struct uv_signal_s* rbe_right; \ + struct uv_signal_s* rbe_parent; \ + int rbe_color; \ + } tree_entry; \ + /* Use two counters here so we don have to fiddle with atomics. */ \ + unsigned int caught_signals; \ + unsigned int dispatched_signals; + +#define UV_FS_EVENT_PRIVATE_FIELDS \ + uv_fs_event_cb cb; \ + UV_PLATFORM_FS_EVENT_FIELDS \ + +/* fs open() flags supported on this platform: */ +#if defined(O_APPEND) +# define UV_FS_O_APPEND O_APPEND +#else +# define UV_FS_O_APPEND 0 +#endif +#if defined(O_CREAT) +# define UV_FS_O_CREAT O_CREAT +#else +# define UV_FS_O_CREAT 0 +#endif + +#if defined(__linux__) && defined(__arm__) +# define UV_FS_O_DIRECT 0x10000 +#elif defined(__linux__) && defined(__m68k__) +# define UV_FS_O_DIRECT 0x10000 +#elif defined(__linux__) && defined(__mips__) +# define UV_FS_O_DIRECT 0x08000 +#elif defined(__linux__) && defined(__powerpc__) +# define UV_FS_O_DIRECT 0x20000 +#elif defined(__linux__) && defined(__s390x__) +# define UV_FS_O_DIRECT 0x04000 +#elif defined(__linux__) && defined(__x86_64__) +# define UV_FS_O_DIRECT 0x04000 +#elif defined(O_DIRECT) +# define UV_FS_O_DIRECT O_DIRECT +#else +# define UV_FS_O_DIRECT 0 +#endif + +#if defined(O_DIRECTORY) +# define UV_FS_O_DIRECTORY O_DIRECTORY +#else +# define UV_FS_O_DIRECTORY 0 +#endif +#if defined(O_DSYNC) +# define UV_FS_O_DSYNC O_DSYNC +#else +# define UV_FS_O_DSYNC 0 +#endif +#if defined(O_EXCL) +# define UV_FS_O_EXCL O_EXCL +#else +# define UV_FS_O_EXCL 0 +#endif +#if defined(O_EXLOCK) +# define UV_FS_O_EXLOCK O_EXLOCK +#else +# define UV_FS_O_EXLOCK 0 +#endif +#if defined(O_NOATIME) +# define UV_FS_O_NOATIME O_NOATIME +#else +# define UV_FS_O_NOATIME 0 +#endif +#if defined(O_NOCTTY) +# define UV_FS_O_NOCTTY O_NOCTTY +#else +# define UV_FS_O_NOCTTY 0 +#endif +#if defined(O_NOFOLLOW) +# define UV_FS_O_NOFOLLOW O_NOFOLLOW +#else +# define UV_FS_O_NOFOLLOW 0 +#endif +#if defined(O_NONBLOCK) +# define UV_FS_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK +#else +# define UV_FS_O_NONBLOCK 0 +#endif +#if defined(O_RDONLY) +# define UV_FS_O_RDONLY O_RDONLY +#else +# define UV_FS_O_RDONLY 0 +#endif +#if defined(O_RDWR) +# define UV_FS_O_RDWR O_RDWR +#else +# define UV_FS_O_RDWR 0 +#endif +#if defined(O_SYMLINK) +# define UV_FS_O_SYMLINK O_SYMLINK +#else +# define UV_FS_O_SYMLINK 0 +#endif +#if defined(O_SYNC) +# define UV_FS_O_SYNC O_SYNC +#else +# define UV_FS_O_SYNC 0 +#endif +#if defined(O_TRUNC) +# define UV_FS_O_TRUNC O_TRUNC +#else +# define UV_FS_O_TRUNC 0 +#endif +#if defined(O_WRONLY) +# define UV_FS_O_WRONLY O_WRONLY +#else +# define UV_FS_O_WRONLY 0 +#endif + +/* fs open() flags supported on other platforms: */ +#define UV_FS_O_FILEMAP 0 +#define UV_FS_O_RANDOM 0 +#define UV_FS_O_SHORT_LIVED 0 +#define UV_FS_O_SEQUENTIAL 0 +#define UV_FS_O_TEMPORARY 0 + +#endif /* UV_UNIX_H */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/uv/uv/version.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/uv/uv/version.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..623ca3ef --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/uv/uv/version.h @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +/* Copyright Joyent, Inc. and other Node contributors. All rights reserved. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy + * of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to + * deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the + * rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or + * sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is + * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in + * all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, + * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE + * AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER + * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING + * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS + * IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#ifndef UV_VERSION_H +#define UV_VERSION_H + + /* + * Versions with the same major number are ABI stable. API is allowed to + * evolve between minor releases, but only in a backwards compatible way. + * Make sure you update the -soname directives in configure.ac + * and uv.gyp whenever you bump UV_VERSION_MAJOR or UV_VERSION_MINOR (but + * not UV_VERSION_PATCH.) + */ + +#define UV_VERSION_MAJOR 1 +#define UV_VERSION_MINOR 34 +#define UV_VERSION_PATCH 2 +#define UV_VERSION_IS_RELEASE 1 +#define UV_VERSION_SUFFIX "" + +#define UV_VERSION_HEX ((UV_VERSION_MAJOR << 16) | \ + (UV_VERSION_MINOR << 8) | \ + (UV_VERSION_PATCH)) + +#endif /* UV_VERSION_H */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/APIDesign.md b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/APIDesign.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fe42c8ed --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/APIDesign.md @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +# The V8 public C++ API + +# Overview + +The V8 public C++ API aims to support four use cases: + +1. Enable applications that embed V8 (called the embedder) to configure and run + one or more instances of V8. +2. Expose ECMAScript-like capabilities to the embedder. +3. Enable the embedder to interact with ECMAScript by exposing API objects. +4. Provide access to the V8 debugger (inspector). + +# Configuring and running an instance of V8 + +V8 requires access to certain OS-level primitives such as the ability to +schedule work on threads, or allocate memory. + +The embedder can define how to access those primitives via the v8::Platform +interface. While V8 bundles a basic implementation, embedders are highly +encouraged to implement v8::Platform themselves. + +Currently, the v8::ArrayBuffer::Allocator is passed to the v8::Isolate factory +method, however, conceptually it should also be part of the v8::Platform since +all instances of V8 should share one allocator. + +Once the v8::Platform is configured, an v8::Isolate can be created. All +further interactions with V8 should explicitly reference the v8::Isolate they +refer to. All API methods should eventually take an v8::Isolate parameter. + +When a given instance of V8 is no longer needed, it can be destroyed by +disposing the respective v8::Isolate. If the embedder wishes to free all memory +associated with the v8::Isolate, it has to first clear all global handles +associated with that v8::Isolate. + +# ECMAScript-like capabilities + +In general, the C++ API shouldn't enable capabilities that aren't available to +scripts running in V8. Experience has shown that it's not possible to maintain +such API methods in the long term. However, capabilities also available to +scripts, i.e., ones that are defined in the ECMAScript standard are there to +stay, and we can safely expose them to embedders. + +The C++ API should also be pleasant to use, and not require learning new +paradigms. Similarly to how the API exposed to scripts aims to provide good +ergonomics, we should aim to provide a reasonable developer experience for this +API surface. + +ECMAScript makes heavy use of exceptions, however, V8's C++ code doesn't use +C++ exceptions. Therefore, all API methods that can throw exceptions should +indicate so by returning a v8::Maybe<> or v8::MaybeLocal<> result, +and by taking a v8::Local<v8::Context> parameter that indicates in which +context a possible exception should be thrown. + +# API objects + +V8 allows embedders to define special objects that expose additional +capabilities and APIs to scripts. The most prominent example is exposing the +HTML DOM in Blink. Other examples are e.g. node.js. It is less clear what kind +of capabilities we want to expose via this API surface. As a rule of thumb, we +want to expose operations as defined in the WebIDL and HTML spec: we +assume that those requirements are somewhat stable, and that they are a +superset of the requirements of other embedders including node.js. + +Ideally, the API surfaces defined in those specs hook into the ECMAScript spec +which in turn guarantees long-term stability of the API. + +# The V8 inspector + +All debugging capabilities of V8 should be exposed via the inspector protocol. +The exception to this are profiling features exposed via v8-profiler.h. +Changes to the inspector protocol need to ensure backwards compatibility and +commitment to maintain. diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/DEPS b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/DEPS new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ca60f841 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/DEPS @@ -0,0 +1,4 @@ +include_rules = [ + # v8-inspector-protocol.h depends on generated files under include/inspector. + "+inspector", +] diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/OWNERS b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/OWNERS new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1e0794df --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/OWNERS @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +adamk@chromium.org +danno@chromium.org +ulan@chromium.org +verwaest@chromium.org +yangguo@chromium.org + +per-file *DEPS=file:../COMMON_OWNERS +per-file v8-internal.h=file:../COMMON_OWNERS +per-file v8-inspector.h=dgozman@chromium.org +per-file v8-inspector.h=pfeldman@chromium.org +per-file v8-inspector.h=kozyatinskiy@chromium.org +per-file v8-inspector-protocol.h=dgozman@chromium.org +per-file v8-inspector-protocol.h=pfeldman@chromium.org +per-file v8-inspector-protocol.h=kozyatinskiy@chromium.org +per-file js_protocol.pdl=dgozman@chromium.org +per-file js_protocol.pdl=pfeldman@chromium.org + +# COMPONENT: Blink>JavaScript>API diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/libplatform/DEPS b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/libplatform/DEPS new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d8bcf998 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/libplatform/DEPS @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +include_rules = [ + "+libplatform/libplatform-export.h", +] + +specific_include_rules = { + "libplatform\.h": [ + "+libplatform/v8-tracing.h", + ], +} diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/libplatform/libplatform-export.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/libplatform/libplatform-export.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..15618434 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/libplatform/libplatform-export.h @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +// Copyright 2016 the V8 project authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license that can be +// found in the LICENSE file. + +#ifndef V8_LIBPLATFORM_LIBPLATFORM_EXPORT_H_ +#define V8_LIBPLATFORM_LIBPLATFORM_EXPORT_H_ + +#if defined(_WIN32) + +#ifdef BUILDING_V8_PLATFORM_SHARED +#define V8_PLATFORM_EXPORT __declspec(dllexport) +#elif USING_V8_PLATFORM_SHARED +#define V8_PLATFORM_EXPORT __declspec(dllimport) +#else +#define V8_PLATFORM_EXPORT +#endif // BUILDING_V8_PLATFORM_SHARED + +#else // defined(_WIN32) + +// Setup for Linux shared library export. +#ifdef BUILDING_V8_PLATFORM_SHARED +#define V8_PLATFORM_EXPORT __attribute__((visibility("default"))) +#else +#define V8_PLATFORM_EXPORT +#endif + +#endif // defined(_WIN32) + +#endif // V8_LIBPLATFORM_LIBPLATFORM_EXPORT_H_ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/libplatform/libplatform.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/libplatform/libplatform.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..18d585d6 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/libplatform/libplatform.h @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ +// Copyright 2014 the V8 project authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license that can be +// found in the LICENSE file. + +#ifndef V8_LIBPLATFORM_LIBPLATFORM_H_ +#define V8_LIBPLATFORM_LIBPLATFORM_H_ + +#include <memory> + +#include "libplatform/libplatform-export.h" +#include "libplatform/v8-tracing.h" +#include "v8-platform.h" // NOLINT(build/include) +#include "v8config.h" // NOLINT(build/include) + +namespace v8 { +namespace platform { + +enum class IdleTaskSupport { kDisabled, kEnabled }; +enum class InProcessStackDumping { kDisabled, kEnabled }; + +enum class MessageLoopBehavior : bool { + kDoNotWait = false, + kWaitForWork = true +}; + +/** + * Returns a new instance of the default v8::Platform implementation. + * + * The caller will take ownership of the returned pointer. |thread_pool_size| + * is the number of worker threads to allocate for background jobs. If a value + * of zero is passed, a suitable default based on the current number of + * processors online will be chosen. + * If |idle_task_support| is enabled then the platform will accept idle + * tasks (IdleTasksEnabled will return true) and will rely on the embedder + * calling v8::platform::RunIdleTasks to process the idle tasks. + * If |tracing_controller| is nullptr, the default platform will create a + * v8::platform::TracingController instance and use it. + */ +V8_PLATFORM_EXPORT std::unique_ptr<v8::Platform> NewDefaultPlatform( + int thread_pool_size = 0, + IdleTaskSupport idle_task_support = IdleTaskSupport::kDisabled, + InProcessStackDumping in_process_stack_dumping = + InProcessStackDumping::kDisabled, + std::unique_ptr<v8::TracingController> tracing_controller = {}); + +/** + * Pumps the message loop for the given isolate. + * + * The caller has to make sure that this is called from the right thread. + * Returns true if a task was executed, and false otherwise. Unless requested + * through the |behavior| parameter, this call does not block if no task is + * pending. The |platform| has to be created using |NewDefaultPlatform|. + */ +V8_PLATFORM_EXPORT bool PumpMessageLoop( + v8::Platform* platform, v8::Isolate* isolate, + MessageLoopBehavior behavior = MessageLoopBehavior::kDoNotWait); + +/** + * Runs pending idle tasks for at most |idle_time_in_seconds| seconds. + * + * The caller has to make sure that this is called from the right thread. + * This call does not block if no task is pending. The |platform| has to be + * created using |NewDefaultPlatform|. + */ +V8_PLATFORM_EXPORT void RunIdleTasks(v8::Platform* platform, + v8::Isolate* isolate, + double idle_time_in_seconds); + +/** + * Attempts to set the tracing controller for the given platform. + * + * The |platform| has to be created using |NewDefaultPlatform|. + * + */ +V8_DEPRECATE_SOON("Access the DefaultPlatform directly") +V8_PLATFORM_EXPORT void SetTracingController( + v8::Platform* platform, + v8::platform::tracing::TracingController* tracing_controller); + +} // namespace platform +} // namespace v8 + +#endif // V8_LIBPLATFORM_LIBPLATFORM_H_ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/libplatform/v8-tracing.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/libplatform/v8-tracing.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..79e6f62d --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/libplatform/v8-tracing.h @@ -0,0 +1,318 @@ +// Copyright 2016 the V8 project authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license that can be +// found in the LICENSE file. + +#ifndef V8_LIBPLATFORM_V8_TRACING_H_ +#define V8_LIBPLATFORM_V8_TRACING_H_ + +#include <atomic> +#include <fstream> +#include <memory> +#include <unordered_set> +#include <vector> + +#include "libplatform/libplatform-export.h" +#include "v8-platform.h" // NOLINT(build/include) + +namespace perfetto { +class TracingSession; +} + +namespace v8 { + +namespace base { +class Mutex; +} // namespace base + +namespace platform { +namespace tracing { + +class TraceEventListener; +class JSONTraceEventListener; + +const int kTraceMaxNumArgs = 2; + +class V8_PLATFORM_EXPORT TraceObject { + public: + union ArgValue { + V8_DEPRECATED("use as_uint ? true : false") bool as_bool; + uint64_t as_uint; + int64_t as_int; + double as_double; + const void* as_pointer; + const char* as_string; + }; + + TraceObject() = default; + ~TraceObject(); + void Initialize( + char phase, const uint8_t* category_enabled_flag, const char* name, + const char* scope, uint64_t id, uint64_t bind_id, int num_args, + const char** arg_names, const uint8_t* arg_types, + const uint64_t* arg_values, + std::unique_ptr<v8::ConvertableToTraceFormat>* arg_convertables, + unsigned int flags, int64_t timestamp, int64_t cpu_timestamp); + void UpdateDuration(int64_t timestamp, int64_t cpu_timestamp); + void InitializeForTesting( + char phase, const uint8_t* category_enabled_flag, const char* name, + const char* scope, uint64_t id, uint64_t bind_id, int num_args, + const char** arg_names, const uint8_t* arg_types, + const uint64_t* arg_values, + std::unique_ptr<v8::ConvertableToTraceFormat>* arg_convertables, + unsigned int flags, int pid, int tid, int64_t ts, int64_t tts, + uint64_t duration, uint64_t cpu_duration); + + int pid() const { return pid_; } + int tid() const { return tid_; } + char phase() const { return phase_; } + const uint8_t* category_enabled_flag() const { + return category_enabled_flag_; + } + const char* name() const { return name_; } + const char* scope() const { return scope_; } + uint64_t id() const { return id_; } + uint64_t bind_id() const { return bind_id_; } + int num_args() const { return num_args_; } + const char** arg_names() { return arg_names_; } + uint8_t* arg_types() { return arg_types_; } + ArgValue* arg_values() { return arg_values_; } + std::unique_ptr<v8::ConvertableToTraceFormat>* arg_convertables() { + return arg_convertables_; + } + unsigned int flags() const { return flags_; } + int64_t ts() { return ts_; } + int64_t tts() { return tts_; } + uint64_t duration() { return duration_; } + uint64_t cpu_duration() { return cpu_duration_; } + + private: + int pid_; + int tid_; + char phase_; + const char* name_; + const char* scope_; + const uint8_t* category_enabled_flag_; + uint64_t id_; + uint64_t bind_id_; + int num_args_ = 0; + const char* arg_names_[kTraceMaxNumArgs]; + uint8_t arg_types_[kTraceMaxNumArgs]; + ArgValue arg_values_[kTraceMaxNumArgs]; + std::unique_ptr<v8::ConvertableToTraceFormat> + arg_convertables_[kTraceMaxNumArgs]; + char* parameter_copy_storage_ = nullptr; + unsigned int flags_; + int64_t ts_; + int64_t tts_; + uint64_t duration_; + uint64_t cpu_duration_; + + // Disallow copy and assign + TraceObject(const TraceObject&) = delete; + void operator=(const TraceObject&) = delete; +}; + +class V8_PLATFORM_EXPORT TraceWriter { + public: + TraceWriter() = default; + virtual ~TraceWriter() = default; + virtual void AppendTraceEvent(TraceObject* trace_event) = 0; + virtual void Flush() = 0; + + static TraceWriter* CreateJSONTraceWriter(std::ostream& stream); + static TraceWriter* CreateJSONTraceWriter(std::ostream& stream, + const std::string& tag); + + private: + // Disallow copy and assign + TraceWriter(const TraceWriter&) = delete; + void operator=(const TraceWriter&) = delete; +}; + +class V8_PLATFORM_EXPORT TraceBufferChunk { + public: + explicit TraceBufferChunk(uint32_t seq); + + void Reset(uint32_t new_seq); + bool IsFull() const { return next_free_ == kChunkSize; } + TraceObject* AddTraceEvent(size_t* event_index); + TraceObject* GetEventAt(size_t index) { return &chunk_[index]; } + + uint32_t seq() const { return seq_; } + size_t size() const { return next_free_; } + + static const size_t kChunkSize = 64; + + private: + size_t next_free_ = 0; + TraceObject chunk_[kChunkSize]; + uint32_t seq_; + + // Disallow copy and assign + TraceBufferChunk(const TraceBufferChunk&) = delete; + void operator=(const TraceBufferChunk&) = delete; +}; + +class V8_PLATFORM_EXPORT TraceBuffer { + public: + TraceBuffer() = default; + virtual ~TraceBuffer() = default; + + virtual TraceObject* AddTraceEvent(uint64_t* handle) = 0; + virtual TraceObject* GetEventByHandle(uint64_t handle) = 0; + virtual bool Flush() = 0; + + static const size_t kRingBufferChunks = 1024; + + static TraceBuffer* CreateTraceBufferRingBuffer(size_t max_chunks, + TraceWriter* trace_writer); + + private: + // Disallow copy and assign + TraceBuffer(const TraceBuffer&) = delete; + void operator=(const TraceBuffer&) = delete; +}; + +// Options determines how the trace buffer stores data. +enum TraceRecordMode { + // Record until the trace buffer is full. + RECORD_UNTIL_FULL, + + // Record until the user ends the trace. The trace buffer is a fixed size + // and we use it as a ring buffer during recording. + RECORD_CONTINUOUSLY, + + // Record until the trace buffer is full, but with a huge buffer size. + RECORD_AS_MUCH_AS_POSSIBLE, + + // Echo to console. Events are discarded. + ECHO_TO_CONSOLE, +}; + +class V8_PLATFORM_EXPORT TraceConfig { + public: + typedef std::vector<std::string> StringList; + + static TraceConfig* CreateDefaultTraceConfig(); + + TraceConfig() : enable_systrace_(false), enable_argument_filter_(false) {} + TraceRecordMode GetTraceRecordMode() const { return record_mode_; } + bool IsSystraceEnabled() const { return enable_systrace_; } + bool IsArgumentFilterEnabled() const { return enable_argument_filter_; } + + void SetTraceRecordMode(TraceRecordMode mode) { record_mode_ = mode; } + void EnableSystrace() { enable_systrace_ = true; } + void EnableArgumentFilter() { enable_argument_filter_ = true; } + + void AddIncludedCategory(const char* included_category); + + bool IsCategoryGroupEnabled(const char* category_group) const; + + private: + TraceRecordMode record_mode_; + bool enable_systrace_ : 1; + bool enable_argument_filter_ : 1; + StringList included_categories_; + + // Disallow copy and assign + TraceConfig(const TraceConfig&) = delete; + void operator=(const TraceConfig&) = delete; +}; + +#if defined(_MSC_VER) +#define V8_PLATFORM_NON_EXPORTED_BASE(code) \ + __pragma(warning(suppress : 4275)) code +#else +#define V8_PLATFORM_NON_EXPORTED_BASE(code) code +#endif // defined(_MSC_VER) + +class V8_PLATFORM_EXPORT TracingController + : public V8_PLATFORM_NON_EXPORTED_BASE(v8::TracingController) { + public: + // The pointer returned from GetCategoryGroupEnabled() points to a value with + // zero or more of the following bits. Used in this class only. The + // TRACE_EVENT macros should only use the value as a bool. These values must + // be in sync with macro values in TraceEvent.h in Blink. + enum CategoryGroupEnabledFlags { + // Category group enabled for the recording mode. + ENABLED_FOR_RECORDING = 1 << 0, + // Category group enabled by SetEventCallbackEnabled(). + ENABLED_FOR_EVENT_CALLBACK = 1 << 2, + // Category group enabled to export events to ETW. + ENABLED_FOR_ETW_EXPORT = 1 << 3 + }; + + TracingController(); + ~TracingController() override; + + // Takes ownership of |trace_buffer|. + void Initialize(TraceBuffer* trace_buffer); +#ifdef V8_USE_PERFETTO + // Must be called before StartTracing() if V8_USE_PERFETTO is true. Provides + // the output stream for the JSON trace data. + void InitializeForPerfetto(std::ostream* output_stream); + // Provide an optional listener for testing that will receive trace events. + // Must be called before StartTracing(). + void SetTraceEventListenerForTesting(TraceEventListener* listener); +#endif + + // v8::TracingController implementation. + const uint8_t* GetCategoryGroupEnabled(const char* category_group) override; + uint64_t AddTraceEvent( + char phase, const uint8_t* category_enabled_flag, const char* name, + const char* scope, uint64_t id, uint64_t bind_id, int32_t num_args, + const char** arg_names, const uint8_t* arg_types, + const uint64_t* arg_values, + std::unique_ptr<v8::ConvertableToTraceFormat>* arg_convertables, + unsigned int flags) override; + uint64_t AddTraceEventWithTimestamp( + char phase, const uint8_t* category_enabled_flag, const char* name, + const char* scope, uint64_t id, uint64_t bind_id, int32_t num_args, + const char** arg_names, const uint8_t* arg_types, + const uint64_t* arg_values, + std::unique_ptr<v8::ConvertableToTraceFormat>* arg_convertables, + unsigned int flags, int64_t timestamp) override; + void UpdateTraceEventDuration(const uint8_t* category_enabled_flag, + const char* name, uint64_t handle) override; + void AddTraceStateObserver( + v8::TracingController::TraceStateObserver* observer) override; + void RemoveTraceStateObserver( + v8::TracingController::TraceStateObserver* observer) override; + + void StartTracing(TraceConfig* trace_config); + void StopTracing(); + + static const char* GetCategoryGroupName(const uint8_t* category_enabled_flag); + + protected: + virtual int64_t CurrentTimestampMicroseconds(); + virtual int64_t CurrentCpuTimestampMicroseconds(); + + private: + void UpdateCategoryGroupEnabledFlag(size_t category_index); + void UpdateCategoryGroupEnabledFlags(); + + std::unique_ptr<TraceBuffer> trace_buffer_; + std::unique_ptr<TraceConfig> trace_config_; + std::unique_ptr<base::Mutex> mutex_; + std::unordered_set<v8::TracingController::TraceStateObserver*> observers_; + std::atomic_bool recording_{false}; +#ifdef V8_USE_PERFETTO + std::ostream* output_stream_ = nullptr; + std::unique_ptr<JSONTraceEventListener> json_listener_; + TraceEventListener* listener_for_testing_ = nullptr; + std::unique_ptr<perfetto::TracingSession> tracing_session_; +#endif + + // Disallow copy and assign + TracingController(const TracingController&) = delete; + void operator=(const TracingController&) = delete; +}; + +#undef V8_PLATFORM_NON_EXPORTED_BASE + +} // namespace tracing +} // namespace platform +} // namespace v8 + +#endif // V8_LIBPLATFORM_V8_TRACING_H_ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8-inspector-protocol.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8-inspector-protocol.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..612a2ebc --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8-inspector-protocol.h @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +// Copyright 2016 the V8 project authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license that can be +// found in the LICENSE file. + +#ifndef V8_V8_INSPECTOR_PROTOCOL_H_ +#define V8_V8_INSPECTOR_PROTOCOL_H_ + +#include "inspector/Debugger.h" // NOLINT(build/include) +#include "inspector/Runtime.h" // NOLINT(build/include) +#include "inspector/Schema.h" // NOLINT(build/include) +#include "v8-inspector.h" // NOLINT(build/include) + +#endif // V8_V8_INSPECTOR_PROTOCOL_H_ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8-inspector.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8-inspector.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3ec13256 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8-inspector.h @@ -0,0 +1,325 @@ +// Copyright 2016 the V8 project authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license that can be +// found in the LICENSE file. + +#ifndef V8_V8_INSPECTOR_H_ +#define V8_V8_INSPECTOR_H_ + +#include <stdint.h> +#include <cctype> + +#include <memory> +#include <unordered_map> + +#include "v8.h" // NOLINT(build/include) + +namespace v8_inspector { + +namespace protocol { +namespace Debugger { +namespace API { +class SearchMatch; +} +} +namespace Runtime { +namespace API { +class RemoteObject; +class StackTrace; +class StackTraceId; +} +} +namespace Schema { +namespace API { +class Domain; +} +} +} // namespace protocol + +class V8_EXPORT StringView { + public: + StringView() : m_is8Bit(true), m_length(0), m_characters8(nullptr) {} + + StringView(const uint8_t* characters, size_t length) + : m_is8Bit(true), m_length(length), m_characters8(characters) {} + + StringView(const uint16_t* characters, size_t length) + : m_is8Bit(false), m_length(length), m_characters16(characters) {} + + bool is8Bit() const { return m_is8Bit; } + size_t length() const { return m_length; } + + // TODO(dgozman): add DCHECK(m_is8Bit) to accessors once platform can be used + // here. + const uint8_t* characters8() const { return m_characters8; } + const uint16_t* characters16() const { return m_characters16; } + + private: + bool m_is8Bit; + size_t m_length; + union { + const uint8_t* m_characters8; + const uint16_t* m_characters16; + }; +}; + +class V8_EXPORT StringBuffer { + public: + virtual ~StringBuffer() = default; + virtual const StringView& string() = 0; + // This method copies contents. + static std::unique_ptr<StringBuffer> create(const StringView&); +}; + +class V8_EXPORT V8ContextInfo { + public: + V8ContextInfo(v8::Local<v8::Context> context, int contextGroupId, + const StringView& humanReadableName) + : context(context), + contextGroupId(contextGroupId), + humanReadableName(humanReadableName), + hasMemoryOnConsole(false) {} + + v8::Local<v8::Context> context; + // Each v8::Context is a part of a group. The group id must be non-zero. + int contextGroupId; + StringView humanReadableName; + StringView origin; + StringView auxData; + bool hasMemoryOnConsole; + + static int executionContextId(v8::Local<v8::Context> context); + + // Disallow copying and allocating this one. + enum NotNullTagEnum { NotNullLiteral }; + void* operator new(size_t) = delete; + void* operator new(size_t, NotNullTagEnum, void*) = delete; + void* operator new(size_t, void*) = delete; + V8ContextInfo(const V8ContextInfo&) = delete; + V8ContextInfo& operator=(const V8ContextInfo&) = delete; +}; + +class V8_EXPORT V8StackTrace { + public: + virtual StringView firstNonEmptySourceURL() const = 0; + virtual bool isEmpty() const = 0; + virtual StringView topSourceURL() const = 0; + virtual int topLineNumber() const = 0; + virtual int topColumnNumber() const = 0; + virtual StringView topScriptId() const = 0; + virtual StringView topFunctionName() const = 0; + + virtual ~V8StackTrace() = default; + virtual std::unique_ptr<protocol::Runtime::API::StackTrace> + buildInspectorObject() const = 0; + virtual std::unique_ptr<protocol::Runtime::API::StackTrace> + buildInspectorObject(int maxAsyncDepth) const = 0; + virtual std::unique_ptr<StringBuffer> toString() const = 0; + + // Safe to pass between threads, drops async chain. + virtual std::unique_ptr<V8StackTrace> clone() = 0; +}; + +class V8_EXPORT V8InspectorSession { + public: + virtual ~V8InspectorSession() = default; + + // Cross-context inspectable values (DOM nodes in different worlds, etc.). + class V8_EXPORT Inspectable { + public: + virtual v8::Local<v8::Value> get(v8::Local<v8::Context>) = 0; + virtual ~Inspectable() = default; + }; + virtual void addInspectedObject(std::unique_ptr<Inspectable>) = 0; + + // Dispatching protocol messages. + static bool canDispatchMethod(const StringView& method); + virtual void dispatchProtocolMessage(const StringView& message) = 0; + virtual std::vector<uint8_t> state() = 0; + virtual std::vector<std::unique_ptr<protocol::Schema::API::Domain>> + supportedDomains() = 0; + + // Debugger actions. + virtual void schedulePauseOnNextStatement(const StringView& breakReason, + const StringView& breakDetails) = 0; + virtual void cancelPauseOnNextStatement() = 0; + virtual void breakProgram(const StringView& breakReason, + const StringView& breakDetails) = 0; + virtual void setSkipAllPauses(bool) = 0; + virtual void resume() = 0; + virtual void stepOver() = 0; + virtual std::vector<std::unique_ptr<protocol::Debugger::API::SearchMatch>> + searchInTextByLines(const StringView& text, const StringView& query, + bool caseSensitive, bool isRegex) = 0; + + // Remote objects. + virtual std::unique_ptr<protocol::Runtime::API::RemoteObject> wrapObject( + v8::Local<v8::Context>, v8::Local<v8::Value>, const StringView& groupName, + bool generatePreview) = 0; + + virtual bool unwrapObject(std::unique_ptr<StringBuffer>* error, + const StringView& objectId, v8::Local<v8::Value>*, + v8::Local<v8::Context>*, + std::unique_ptr<StringBuffer>* objectGroup) = 0; + virtual void releaseObjectGroup(const StringView&) = 0; +}; + +class V8_EXPORT V8InspectorClient { + public: + virtual ~V8InspectorClient() = default; + + virtual void runMessageLoopOnPause(int contextGroupId) {} + virtual void quitMessageLoopOnPause() {} + virtual void runIfWaitingForDebugger(int contextGroupId) {} + + virtual void muteMetrics(int contextGroupId) {} + virtual void unmuteMetrics(int contextGroupId) {} + + virtual void beginUserGesture() {} + virtual void endUserGesture() {} + + virtual std::unique_ptr<StringBuffer> valueSubtype(v8::Local<v8::Value>) { + return nullptr; + } + virtual bool formatAccessorsAsProperties(v8::Local<v8::Value>) { + return false; + } + virtual bool isInspectableHeapObject(v8::Local<v8::Object>) { return true; } + + virtual v8::Local<v8::Context> ensureDefaultContextInGroup( + int contextGroupId) { + return v8::Local<v8::Context>(); + } + virtual void beginEnsureAllContextsInGroup(int contextGroupId) {} + virtual void endEnsureAllContextsInGroup(int contextGroupId) {} + + virtual void installAdditionalCommandLineAPI(v8::Local<v8::Context>, + v8::Local<v8::Object>) {} + virtual void consoleAPIMessage(int contextGroupId, + v8::Isolate::MessageErrorLevel level, + const StringView& message, + const StringView& url, unsigned lineNumber, + unsigned columnNumber, V8StackTrace*) {} + virtual v8::MaybeLocal<v8::Value> memoryInfo(v8::Isolate*, + v8::Local<v8::Context>) { + return v8::MaybeLocal<v8::Value>(); + } + + virtual void consoleTime(const StringView& title) {} + virtual void consoleTimeEnd(const StringView& title) {} + virtual void consoleTimeStamp(const StringView& title) {} + virtual void consoleClear(int contextGroupId) {} + virtual double currentTimeMS() { return 0; } + typedef void (*TimerCallback)(void*); + virtual void startRepeatingTimer(double, TimerCallback, void* data) {} + virtual void cancelTimer(void* data) {} + + // TODO(dgozman): this was added to support service worker shadow page. We + // should not connect at all. + virtual bool canExecuteScripts(int contextGroupId) { return true; } + + virtual void maxAsyncCallStackDepthChanged(int depth) {} + + virtual std::unique_ptr<StringBuffer> resourceNameToUrl( + const StringView& resourceName) { + return nullptr; + } +}; + +// These stack trace ids are intended to be passed between debuggers and be +// resolved later. This allows to track cross-debugger calls and step between +// them if a single client connects to multiple debuggers. +struct V8_EXPORT V8StackTraceId { + uintptr_t id; + std::pair<int64_t, int64_t> debugger_id; + bool should_pause = false; + + V8StackTraceId(); + V8StackTraceId(const V8StackTraceId&) = default; + V8StackTraceId(uintptr_t id, const std::pair<int64_t, int64_t> debugger_id); + V8StackTraceId(uintptr_t id, const std::pair<int64_t, int64_t> debugger_id, + bool should_pause); + explicit V8StackTraceId(const StringView&); + V8StackTraceId& operator=(const V8StackTraceId&) = default; + V8StackTraceId& operator=(V8StackTraceId&&) noexcept = default; + ~V8StackTraceId() = default; + + bool IsInvalid() const; + std::unique_ptr<StringBuffer> ToString(); +}; + +class V8_EXPORT V8Inspector { + public: + static std::unique_ptr<V8Inspector> create(v8::Isolate*, V8InspectorClient*); + virtual ~V8Inspector() = default; + + // Contexts instrumentation. + virtual void contextCreated(const V8ContextInfo&) = 0; + virtual void contextDestroyed(v8::Local<v8::Context>) = 0; + virtual void resetContextGroup(int contextGroupId) = 0; + virtual v8::MaybeLocal<v8::Context> contextById(int contextId) = 0; + + // Various instrumentation. + virtual void idleStarted() = 0; + virtual void idleFinished() = 0; + + // Async stack traces instrumentation. + virtual void asyncTaskScheduled(const StringView& taskName, void* task, + bool recurring) = 0; + virtual void asyncTaskCanceled(void* task) = 0; + virtual void asyncTaskStarted(void* task) = 0; + virtual void asyncTaskFinished(void* task) = 0; + virtual void allAsyncTasksCanceled() = 0; + + virtual V8StackTraceId storeCurrentStackTrace( + const StringView& description) = 0; + virtual void externalAsyncTaskStarted(const V8StackTraceId& parent) = 0; + virtual void externalAsyncTaskFinished(const V8StackTraceId& parent) = 0; + + // Exceptions instrumentation. + virtual unsigned exceptionThrown( + v8::Local<v8::Context>, const StringView& message, + v8::Local<v8::Value> exception, const StringView& detailedMessage, + const StringView& url, unsigned lineNumber, unsigned columnNumber, + std::unique_ptr<V8StackTrace>, int scriptId) = 0; + virtual void exceptionRevoked(v8::Local<v8::Context>, unsigned exceptionId, + const StringView& message) = 0; + + // Connection. + class V8_EXPORT Channel { + public: + virtual ~Channel() = default; + virtual void sendResponse(int callId, + std::unique_ptr<StringBuffer> message) = 0; + virtual void sendNotification(std::unique_ptr<StringBuffer> message) = 0; + virtual void flushProtocolNotifications() = 0; + }; + virtual std::unique_ptr<V8InspectorSession> connect( + int contextGroupId, Channel*, const StringView& state) = 0; + + // API methods. + virtual std::unique_ptr<V8StackTrace> createStackTrace( + v8::Local<v8::StackTrace>) = 0; + virtual std::unique_ptr<V8StackTrace> captureStackTrace(bool fullStack) = 0; + + // Performance counters. + class V8_EXPORT Counters : public std::enable_shared_from_this<Counters> { + public: + explicit Counters(v8::Isolate* isolate); + ~Counters(); + const std::unordered_map<std::string, int>& getCountersMap() const { + return m_countersMap; + } + + private: + static int* getCounterPtr(const char* name); + + v8::Isolate* m_isolate; + std::unordered_map<std::string, int> m_countersMap; + }; + + virtual std::shared_ptr<Counters> enableCounters() = 0; +}; + +} // namespace v8_inspector + +#endif // V8_V8_INSPECTOR_H_ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8-internal.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8-internal.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ee363382 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8-internal.h @@ -0,0 +1,390 @@ +// Copyright 2018 the V8 project authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license that can be +// found in the LICENSE file. + +#ifndef INCLUDE_V8_INTERNAL_H_ +#define INCLUDE_V8_INTERNAL_H_ + +#include <stddef.h> +#include <stdint.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <type_traits> + +#include "v8-version.h" // NOLINT(build/include) +#include "v8config.h" // NOLINT(build/include) + +namespace v8 { + +class Context; +class Data; +class Isolate; + +namespace internal { + +class Isolate; + +typedef uintptr_t Address; +static const Address kNullAddress = 0; + +/** + * Configuration of tagging scheme. + */ +const int kApiSystemPointerSize = sizeof(void*); +const int kApiDoubleSize = sizeof(double); +const int kApiInt32Size = sizeof(int32_t); +const int kApiInt64Size = sizeof(int64_t); + +// Tag information for HeapObject. +const int kHeapObjectTag = 1; +const int kWeakHeapObjectTag = 3; +const int kHeapObjectTagSize = 2; +const intptr_t kHeapObjectTagMask = (1 << kHeapObjectTagSize) - 1; + +// Tag information for Smi. +const int kSmiTag = 0; +const int kSmiTagSize = 1; +const intptr_t kSmiTagMask = (1 << kSmiTagSize) - 1; + +template <size_t tagged_ptr_size> +struct SmiTagging; + +constexpr intptr_t kIntptrAllBitsSet = intptr_t{-1}; +constexpr uintptr_t kUintptrAllBitsSet = + static_cast<uintptr_t>(kIntptrAllBitsSet); + +// Smi constants for systems where tagged pointer is a 32-bit value. +template <> +struct SmiTagging<4> { + enum { kSmiShiftSize = 0, kSmiValueSize = 31 }; + + static constexpr intptr_t kSmiMinValue = + static_cast<intptr_t>(kUintptrAllBitsSet << (kSmiValueSize - 1)); + static constexpr intptr_t kSmiMaxValue = -(kSmiMinValue + 1); + + V8_INLINE static int SmiToInt(const internal::Address value) { + int shift_bits = kSmiTagSize + kSmiShiftSize; + // Truncate and shift down (requires >> to be sign extending). + return static_cast<int32_t>(static_cast<uint32_t>(value)) >> shift_bits; + } + V8_INLINE static constexpr bool IsValidSmi(intptr_t value) { + // Is value in range [kSmiMinValue, kSmiMaxValue]. + // Use unsigned operations in order to avoid undefined behaviour in case of + // signed integer overflow. + return (static_cast<uintptr_t>(value) - + static_cast<uintptr_t>(kSmiMinValue)) <= + (static_cast<uintptr_t>(kSmiMaxValue) - + static_cast<uintptr_t>(kSmiMinValue)); + } +}; + +// Smi constants for systems where tagged pointer is a 64-bit value. +template <> +struct SmiTagging<8> { + enum { kSmiShiftSize = 31, kSmiValueSize = 32 }; + + static constexpr intptr_t kSmiMinValue = + static_cast<intptr_t>(kUintptrAllBitsSet << (kSmiValueSize - 1)); + static constexpr intptr_t kSmiMaxValue = -(kSmiMinValue + 1); + + V8_INLINE static int SmiToInt(const internal::Address value) { + int shift_bits = kSmiTagSize + kSmiShiftSize; + // Shift down and throw away top 32 bits. + return static_cast<int>(static_cast<intptr_t>(value) >> shift_bits); + } + V8_INLINE static constexpr bool IsValidSmi(intptr_t value) { + // To be representable as a long smi, the value must be a 32-bit integer. + return (value == static_cast<int32_t>(value)); + } +}; + +#ifdef V8_COMPRESS_POINTERS +static_assert( + kApiSystemPointerSize == kApiInt64Size, + "Pointer compression can be enabled only for 64-bit architectures"); +const int kApiTaggedSize = kApiInt32Size; +#else +const int kApiTaggedSize = kApiSystemPointerSize; +#endif + +#ifdef V8_31BIT_SMIS_ON_64BIT_ARCH +using PlatformSmiTagging = SmiTagging<kApiInt32Size>; +#else +using PlatformSmiTagging = SmiTagging<kApiTaggedSize>; +#endif + +// TODO(ishell): Consinder adding kSmiShiftBits = kSmiShiftSize + kSmiTagSize +// since it's used much more often than the inividual constants. +const int kSmiShiftSize = PlatformSmiTagging::kSmiShiftSize; +const int kSmiValueSize = PlatformSmiTagging::kSmiValueSize; +const int kSmiMinValue = static_cast<int>(PlatformSmiTagging::kSmiMinValue); +const int kSmiMaxValue = static_cast<int>(PlatformSmiTagging::kSmiMaxValue); +constexpr bool SmiValuesAre31Bits() { return kSmiValueSize == 31; } +constexpr bool SmiValuesAre32Bits() { return kSmiValueSize == 32; } + +V8_INLINE static constexpr internal::Address IntToSmi(int value) { + return (static_cast<Address>(value) << (kSmiTagSize + kSmiShiftSize)) | + kSmiTag; +} + +/** + * This class exports constants and functionality from within v8 that + * is necessary to implement inline functions in the v8 api. Don't + * depend on functions and constants defined here. + */ +class Internals { + public: + // These values match non-compiler-dependent values defined within + // the implementation of v8. + static const int kHeapObjectMapOffset = 0; + static const int kMapInstanceTypeOffset = 1 * kApiTaggedSize + kApiInt32Size; + static const int kStringResourceOffset = + 1 * kApiTaggedSize + 2 * kApiInt32Size; + + static const int kOddballKindOffset = 4 * kApiTaggedSize + kApiDoubleSize; + static const int kForeignAddressOffset = kApiTaggedSize; + static const int kJSObjectHeaderSize = 3 * kApiTaggedSize; + static const int kFixedArrayHeaderSize = 2 * kApiTaggedSize; + static const int kEmbedderDataArrayHeaderSize = 2 * kApiTaggedSize; + static const int kEmbedderDataSlotSize = kApiSystemPointerSize; + static const int kNativeContextEmbedderDataOffset = 6 * kApiTaggedSize; + static const int kFullStringRepresentationMask = 0x0f; + static const int kStringEncodingMask = 0x8; + static const int kExternalTwoByteRepresentationTag = 0x02; + static const int kExternalOneByteRepresentationTag = 0x0a; + + static const uint32_t kNumIsolateDataSlots = 4; + + // IsolateData layout guarantees. + static const int kIsolateEmbedderDataOffset = 0; + static const int kExternalMemoryOffset = + kNumIsolateDataSlots * kApiSystemPointerSize; + static const int kExternalMemoryLimitOffset = + kExternalMemoryOffset + kApiInt64Size; + static const int kExternalMemoryAtLastMarkCompactOffset = + kExternalMemoryLimitOffset + kApiInt64Size; + static const int kIsolateFastCCallCallerFpOffset = + kExternalMemoryAtLastMarkCompactOffset + kApiInt64Size; + static const int kIsolateFastCCallCallerPcOffset = + kIsolateFastCCallCallerFpOffset + kApiSystemPointerSize; + static const int kIsolateStackGuardOffset = + kIsolateFastCCallCallerPcOffset + kApiSystemPointerSize; + static const int kIsolateRootsOffset = + kIsolateStackGuardOffset + 7 * kApiSystemPointerSize; + + static const int kUndefinedValueRootIndex = 4; + static const int kTheHoleValueRootIndex = 5; + static const int kNullValueRootIndex = 6; + static const int kTrueValueRootIndex = 7; + static const int kFalseValueRootIndex = 8; + static const int kEmptyStringRootIndex = 9; + + static const int kNodeClassIdOffset = 1 * kApiSystemPointerSize; + static const int kNodeFlagsOffset = 1 * kApiSystemPointerSize + 3; + static const int kNodeStateMask = 0x7; + static const int kNodeStateIsWeakValue = 2; + static const int kNodeStateIsPendingValue = 3; + + static const int kFirstNonstringType = 0x40; + static const int kOddballType = 0x43; + static const int kForeignType = 0x46; + static const int kJSSpecialApiObjectType = 0x410; + static const int kJSApiObjectType = 0x420; + static const int kJSObjectType = 0x421; + + static const int kUndefinedOddballKind = 5; + static const int kNullOddballKind = 3; + + // Constants used by PropertyCallbackInfo to check if we should throw when an + // error occurs. + static const int kThrowOnError = 0; + static const int kDontThrow = 1; + static const int kInferShouldThrowMode = 2; + + // Soft limit for AdjustAmountofExternalAllocatedMemory. Trigger an + // incremental GC once the external memory reaches this limit. + static constexpr int kExternalAllocationSoftLimit = 64 * 1024 * 1024; + + V8_EXPORT static void CheckInitializedImpl(v8::Isolate* isolate); + V8_INLINE static void CheckInitialized(v8::Isolate* isolate) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckInitializedImpl(isolate); +#endif + } + + V8_INLINE static bool HasHeapObjectTag(const internal::Address value) { + return (value & kHeapObjectTagMask) == static_cast<Address>(kHeapObjectTag); + } + + V8_INLINE static int SmiValue(const internal::Address value) { + return PlatformSmiTagging::SmiToInt(value); + } + + V8_INLINE static constexpr internal::Address IntToSmi(int value) { + return internal::IntToSmi(value); + } + + V8_INLINE static constexpr bool IsValidSmi(intptr_t value) { + return PlatformSmiTagging::IsValidSmi(value); + } + + V8_INLINE static int GetInstanceType(const internal::Address obj) { + typedef internal::Address A; + A map = ReadTaggedPointerField(obj, kHeapObjectMapOffset); + return ReadRawField<uint16_t>(map, kMapInstanceTypeOffset); + } + + V8_INLINE static int GetOddballKind(const internal::Address obj) { + return SmiValue(ReadTaggedSignedField(obj, kOddballKindOffset)); + } + + V8_INLINE static bool IsExternalTwoByteString(int instance_type) { + int representation = (instance_type & kFullStringRepresentationMask); + return representation == kExternalTwoByteRepresentationTag; + } + + V8_INLINE static uint8_t GetNodeFlag(internal::Address* obj, int shift) { + uint8_t* addr = reinterpret_cast<uint8_t*>(obj) + kNodeFlagsOffset; + return *addr & static_cast<uint8_t>(1U << shift); + } + + V8_INLINE static void UpdateNodeFlag(internal::Address* obj, bool value, + int shift) { + uint8_t* addr = reinterpret_cast<uint8_t*>(obj) + kNodeFlagsOffset; + uint8_t mask = static_cast<uint8_t>(1U << shift); + *addr = static_cast<uint8_t>((*addr & ~mask) | (value << shift)); + } + + V8_INLINE static uint8_t GetNodeState(internal::Address* obj) { + uint8_t* addr = reinterpret_cast<uint8_t*>(obj) + kNodeFlagsOffset; + return *addr & kNodeStateMask; + } + + V8_INLINE static void UpdateNodeState(internal::Address* obj, uint8_t value) { + uint8_t* addr = reinterpret_cast<uint8_t*>(obj) + kNodeFlagsOffset; + *addr = static_cast<uint8_t>((*addr & ~kNodeStateMask) | value); + } + + V8_INLINE static void SetEmbedderData(v8::Isolate* isolate, uint32_t slot, + void* data) { + internal::Address addr = reinterpret_cast<internal::Address>(isolate) + + kIsolateEmbedderDataOffset + + slot * kApiSystemPointerSize; + *reinterpret_cast<void**>(addr) = data; + } + + V8_INLINE static void* GetEmbedderData(const v8::Isolate* isolate, + uint32_t slot) { + internal::Address addr = reinterpret_cast<internal::Address>(isolate) + + kIsolateEmbedderDataOffset + + slot * kApiSystemPointerSize; + return *reinterpret_cast<void* const*>(addr); + } + + V8_INLINE static internal::Address* GetRoot(v8::Isolate* isolate, int index) { + internal::Address addr = reinterpret_cast<internal::Address>(isolate) + + kIsolateRootsOffset + + index * kApiSystemPointerSize; + return reinterpret_cast<internal::Address*>(addr); + } + + template <typename T> + V8_INLINE static T ReadRawField(internal::Address heap_object_ptr, + int offset) { + internal::Address addr = heap_object_ptr + offset - kHeapObjectTag; +#ifdef V8_COMPRESS_POINTERS + if (sizeof(T) > kApiTaggedSize) { + // TODO(ishell, v8:8875): When pointer compression is enabled 8-byte size + // fields (external pointers, doubles and BigInt data) are only + // kTaggedSize aligned so we have to use unaligned pointer friendly way of + // accessing them in order to avoid undefined behavior in C++ code. + T r; + memcpy(&r, reinterpret_cast<void*>(addr), sizeof(T)); + return r; + } +#endif + return *reinterpret_cast<const T*>(addr); + } + + V8_INLINE static internal::Address ReadTaggedPointerField( + internal::Address heap_object_ptr, int offset) { +#ifdef V8_COMPRESS_POINTERS + int32_t value = ReadRawField<int32_t>(heap_object_ptr, offset); + internal::Address root = GetRootFromOnHeapAddress(heap_object_ptr); + return root + static_cast<internal::Address>(static_cast<intptr_t>(value)); +#else + return ReadRawField<internal::Address>(heap_object_ptr, offset); +#endif + } + + V8_INLINE static internal::Address ReadTaggedSignedField( + internal::Address heap_object_ptr, int offset) { +#ifdef V8_COMPRESS_POINTERS + int32_t value = ReadRawField<int32_t>(heap_object_ptr, offset); + return static_cast<internal::Address>(static_cast<intptr_t>(value)); +#else + return ReadRawField<internal::Address>(heap_object_ptr, offset); +#endif + } + +#ifdef V8_COMPRESS_POINTERS + // See v8:7703 or src/ptr-compr.* for details about pointer compression. + static constexpr size_t kPtrComprHeapReservationSize = size_t{1} << 32; + static constexpr size_t kPtrComprIsolateRootAlignment = size_t{1} << 32; + + V8_INLINE static internal::Address GetRootFromOnHeapAddress( + internal::Address addr) { + return addr & -static_cast<intptr_t>(kPtrComprIsolateRootAlignment); + } + + V8_INLINE static internal::Address DecompressTaggedAnyField( + internal::Address heap_object_ptr, int32_t value) { + internal::Address root_mask = static_cast<internal::Address>( + -static_cast<intptr_t>(value & kSmiTagMask)); + internal::Address root_or_zero = + root_mask & GetRootFromOnHeapAddress(heap_object_ptr); + return root_or_zero + + static_cast<internal::Address>(static_cast<intptr_t>(value)); + } +#endif // V8_COMPRESS_POINTERS +}; + +// Only perform cast check for types derived from v8::Data since +// other types do not implement the Cast method. +template <bool PerformCheck> +struct CastCheck { + template <class T> + static void Perform(T* data); +}; + +template <> +template <class T> +void CastCheck<true>::Perform(T* data) { + T::Cast(data); +} + +template <> +template <class T> +void CastCheck<false>::Perform(T* data) {} + +template <class T> +V8_INLINE void PerformCastCheck(T* data) { + CastCheck<std::is_base_of<Data, T>::value>::Perform(data); +} + +// {obj} must be the raw tagged pointer representation of a HeapObject +// that's guaranteed to never be in ReadOnlySpace. +V8_EXPORT internal::Isolate* IsolateFromNeverReadOnlySpaceObject(Address obj); + +// Returns if we need to throw when an error occurs. This infers the language +// mode based on the current context and the closure. This returns true if the +// language mode is strict. +V8_EXPORT bool ShouldThrowOnError(v8::internal::Isolate* isolate); + +// A base class for backing stores, which is needed due to vagaries of +// how static casts work with std::shared_ptr. +class BackingStoreBase {}; + +} // namespace internal +} // namespace v8 + +#endif // INCLUDE_V8_INTERNAL_H_ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8-platform.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8-platform.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..534d73e3 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8-platform.h @@ -0,0 +1,448 @@ +// Copyright 2013 the V8 project authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license that can be +// found in the LICENSE file. + +#ifndef V8_V8_PLATFORM_H_ +#define V8_V8_PLATFORM_H_ + +#include <stddef.h> +#include <stdint.h> +#include <stdlib.h> // For abort. +#include <memory> +#include <string> + +#include "v8config.h" // NOLINT(build/include) + +namespace v8 { + +class Isolate; + +/** + * A Task represents a unit of work. + */ +class Task { + public: + virtual ~Task() = default; + + virtual void Run() = 0; +}; + +/** + * An IdleTask represents a unit of work to be performed in idle time. + * The Run method is invoked with an argument that specifies the deadline in + * seconds returned by MonotonicallyIncreasingTime(). + * The idle task is expected to complete by this deadline. + */ +class IdleTask { + public: + virtual ~IdleTask() = default; + virtual void Run(double deadline_in_seconds) = 0; +}; + +/** + * A TaskRunner allows scheduling of tasks. The TaskRunner may still be used to + * post tasks after the isolate gets destructed, but these tasks may not get + * executed anymore. All tasks posted to a given TaskRunner will be invoked in + * sequence. Tasks can be posted from any thread. + */ +class TaskRunner { + public: + /** + * Schedules a task to be invoked by this TaskRunner. The TaskRunner + * implementation takes ownership of |task|. + */ + virtual void PostTask(std::unique_ptr<Task> task) = 0; + + /** + * Schedules a task to be invoked by this TaskRunner. The TaskRunner + * implementation takes ownership of |task|. The |task| cannot be nested + * within other task executions. + * + * Requires that |TaskRunner::NonNestableTasksEnabled()| is true. + */ + virtual void PostNonNestableTask(std::unique_ptr<Task> task) {} + + /** + * Schedules a task to be invoked by this TaskRunner. The task is scheduled + * after the given number of seconds |delay_in_seconds|. The TaskRunner + * implementation takes ownership of |task|. + */ + virtual void PostDelayedTask(std::unique_ptr<Task> task, + double delay_in_seconds) = 0; + + /** + * Schedules a task to be invoked by this TaskRunner. The task is scheduled + * after the given number of seconds |delay_in_seconds|. The TaskRunner + * implementation takes ownership of |task|. The |task| cannot be nested + * within other task executions. + * + * Requires that |TaskRunner::NonNestableDelayedTasksEnabled()| is true. + */ + virtual void PostNonNestableDelayedTask(std::unique_ptr<Task> task, + double delay_in_seconds) {} + + /** + * Schedules an idle task to be invoked by this TaskRunner. The task is + * scheduled when the embedder is idle. Requires that + * |TaskRunner::IdleTasksEnabled()| is true. Idle tasks may be reordered + * relative to other task types and may be starved for an arbitrarily long + * time if no idle time is available. The TaskRunner implementation takes + * ownership of |task|. + */ + virtual void PostIdleTask(std::unique_ptr<IdleTask> task) = 0; + + /** + * Returns true if idle tasks are enabled for this TaskRunner. + */ + virtual bool IdleTasksEnabled() = 0; + + /** + * Returns true if non-nestable tasks are enabled for this TaskRunner. + */ + virtual bool NonNestableTasksEnabled() const { return false; } + + /** + * Returns true if non-nestable delayed tasks are enabled for this TaskRunner. + */ + virtual bool NonNestableDelayedTasksEnabled() const { return false; } + + TaskRunner() = default; + virtual ~TaskRunner() = default; + + TaskRunner(const TaskRunner&) = delete; + TaskRunner& operator=(const TaskRunner&) = delete; +}; + +/** + * The interface represents complex arguments to trace events. + */ +class ConvertableToTraceFormat { + public: + virtual ~ConvertableToTraceFormat() = default; + + /** + * Append the class info to the provided |out| string. The appended + * data must be a valid JSON object. Strings must be properly quoted, and + * escaped. There is no processing applied to the content after it is + * appended. + */ + virtual void AppendAsTraceFormat(std::string* out) const = 0; +}; + +/** + * V8 Tracing controller. + * + * Can be implemented by an embedder to record trace events from V8. + */ +class TracingController { + public: + virtual ~TracingController() = default; + + /** + * Called by TRACE_EVENT* macros, don't call this directly. + * The name parameter is a category group for example: + * TRACE_EVENT0("v8,parse", "V8.Parse") + * The pointer returned points to a value with zero or more of the bits + * defined in CategoryGroupEnabledFlags. + **/ + virtual const uint8_t* GetCategoryGroupEnabled(const char* name) { + static uint8_t no = 0; + return &no; + } + + /** + * Adds a trace event to the platform tracing system. These function calls are + * usually the result of a TRACE_* macro from trace_event_common.h when + * tracing and the category of the particular trace are enabled. It is not + * advisable to call these functions on their own; they are really only meant + * to be used by the trace macros. The returned handle can be used by + * UpdateTraceEventDuration to update the duration of COMPLETE events. + */ + virtual uint64_t AddTraceEvent( + char phase, const uint8_t* category_enabled_flag, const char* name, + const char* scope, uint64_t id, uint64_t bind_id, int32_t num_args, + const char** arg_names, const uint8_t* arg_types, + const uint64_t* arg_values, + std::unique_ptr<ConvertableToTraceFormat>* arg_convertables, + unsigned int flags) { + return 0; + } + virtual uint64_t AddTraceEventWithTimestamp( + char phase, const uint8_t* category_enabled_flag, const char* name, + const char* scope, uint64_t id, uint64_t bind_id, int32_t num_args, + const char** arg_names, const uint8_t* arg_types, + const uint64_t* arg_values, + std::unique_ptr<ConvertableToTraceFormat>* arg_convertables, + unsigned int flags, int64_t timestamp) { + return 0; + } + + /** + * Sets the duration field of a COMPLETE trace event. It must be called with + * the handle returned from AddTraceEvent(). + **/ + virtual void UpdateTraceEventDuration(const uint8_t* category_enabled_flag, + const char* name, uint64_t handle) {} + + class TraceStateObserver { + public: + virtual ~TraceStateObserver() = default; + virtual void OnTraceEnabled() = 0; + virtual void OnTraceDisabled() = 0; + }; + + /** Adds tracing state change observer. */ + virtual void AddTraceStateObserver(TraceStateObserver*) {} + + /** Removes tracing state change observer. */ + virtual void RemoveTraceStateObserver(TraceStateObserver*) {} +}; + +/** + * A V8 memory page allocator. + * + * Can be implemented by an embedder to manage large host OS allocations. + */ +class PageAllocator { + public: + virtual ~PageAllocator() = default; + + /** + * Gets the page granularity for AllocatePages and FreePages. Addresses and + * lengths for those calls should be multiples of AllocatePageSize(). + */ + virtual size_t AllocatePageSize() = 0; + + /** + * Gets the page granularity for SetPermissions and ReleasePages. Addresses + * and lengths for those calls should be multiples of CommitPageSize(). + */ + virtual size_t CommitPageSize() = 0; + + /** + * Sets the random seed so that GetRandomMmapAddr() will generate repeatable + * sequences of random mmap addresses. + */ + virtual void SetRandomMmapSeed(int64_t seed) = 0; + + /** + * Returns a randomized address, suitable for memory allocation under ASLR. + * The address will be aligned to AllocatePageSize. + */ + virtual void* GetRandomMmapAddr() = 0; + + /** + * Memory permissions. + */ + enum Permission { + kNoAccess, + kRead, + kReadWrite, + // TODO(hpayer): Remove this flag. Memory should never be rwx. + kReadWriteExecute, + kReadExecute + }; + + /** + * Allocates memory in range with the given alignment and permission. + */ + virtual void* AllocatePages(void* address, size_t length, size_t alignment, + Permission permissions) = 0; + + /** + * Frees memory in a range that was allocated by a call to AllocatePages. + */ + virtual bool FreePages(void* address, size_t length) = 0; + + /** + * Releases memory in a range that was allocated by a call to AllocatePages. + */ + virtual bool ReleasePages(void* address, size_t length, + size_t new_length) = 0; + + /** + * Sets permissions on pages in an allocated range. + */ + virtual bool SetPermissions(void* address, size_t length, + Permission permissions) = 0; + + /** + * Frees memory in the given [address, address + size) range. address and size + * should be operating system page-aligned. The next write to this + * memory area brings the memory transparently back. + */ + virtual bool DiscardSystemPages(void* address, size_t size) { return true; } +}; + +/** + * V8 Platform abstraction layer. + * + * The embedder has to provide an implementation of this interface before + * initializing the rest of V8. + */ +class Platform { + public: + virtual ~Platform() = default; + + /** + * Allows the embedder to manage memory page allocations. + */ + virtual PageAllocator* GetPageAllocator() { + // TODO(bbudge) Make this abstract after all embedders implement this. + return nullptr; + } + + /** + * Enables the embedder to respond in cases where V8 can't allocate large + * blocks of memory. V8 retries the failed allocation once after calling this + * method. On success, execution continues; otherwise V8 exits with a fatal + * error. + * Embedder overrides of this function must NOT call back into V8. + */ + virtual void OnCriticalMemoryPressure() { + // TODO(bbudge) Remove this when embedders override the following method. + // See crbug.com/634547. + } + + /** + * Enables the embedder to respond in cases where V8 can't allocate large + * memory regions. The |length| parameter is the amount of memory needed. + * Returns true if memory is now available. Returns false if no memory could + * be made available. V8 will retry allocations until this method returns + * false. + * + * Embedder overrides of this function must NOT call back into V8. + */ + virtual bool OnCriticalMemoryPressure(size_t length) { return false; } + + /** + * Gets the number of worker threads used by + * Call(BlockingTask)OnWorkerThread(). This can be used to estimate the number + * of tasks a work package should be split into. A return value of 0 means + * that there are no worker threads available. Note that a value of 0 won't + * prohibit V8 from posting tasks using |CallOnWorkerThread|. + */ + virtual int NumberOfWorkerThreads() = 0; + + /** + * Returns a TaskRunner which can be used to post a task on the foreground. + * This function should only be called from a foreground thread. + */ + virtual std::shared_ptr<v8::TaskRunner> GetForegroundTaskRunner( + Isolate* isolate) = 0; + + /** + * Schedules a task to be invoked on a worker thread. + */ + virtual void CallOnWorkerThread(std::unique_ptr<Task> task) = 0; + + /** + * Schedules a task that blocks the main thread to be invoked with + * high-priority on a worker thread. + */ + virtual void CallBlockingTaskOnWorkerThread(std::unique_ptr<Task> task) { + // Embedders may optionally override this to process these tasks in a high + // priority pool. + CallOnWorkerThread(std::move(task)); + } + + /** + * Schedules a task to be invoked with low-priority on a worker thread. + */ + virtual void CallLowPriorityTaskOnWorkerThread(std::unique_ptr<Task> task) { + // Embedders may optionally override this to process these tasks in a low + // priority pool. + CallOnWorkerThread(std::move(task)); + } + + /** + * Schedules a task to be invoked on a worker thread after |delay_in_seconds| + * expires. + */ + virtual void CallDelayedOnWorkerThread(std::unique_ptr<Task> task, + double delay_in_seconds) = 0; + + /** + * Schedules a task to be invoked on a foreground thread wrt a specific + * |isolate|. Tasks posted for the same isolate should be execute in order of + * scheduling. The definition of "foreground" is opaque to V8. + */ + V8_DEPRECATED("Use a taskrunner acquired by GetForegroundTaskRunner instead.") + virtual void CallOnForegroundThread(Isolate* isolate, Task* task) { abort(); } + + /** + * Schedules a task to be invoked on a foreground thread wrt a specific + * |isolate| after the given number of seconds |delay_in_seconds|. + * Tasks posted for the same isolate should be execute in order of + * scheduling. The definition of "foreground" is opaque to V8. + */ + V8_DEPRECATED("Use a taskrunner acquired by GetForegroundTaskRunner instead.") + virtual void CallDelayedOnForegroundThread(Isolate* isolate, Task* task, + double delay_in_seconds) { + abort(); + } + + /** + * Schedules a task to be invoked on a foreground thread wrt a specific + * |isolate| when the embedder is idle. + * Requires that SupportsIdleTasks(isolate) is true. + * Idle tasks may be reordered relative to other task types and may be + * starved for an arbitrarily long time if no idle time is available. + * The definition of "foreground" is opaque to V8. + */ + V8_DEPRECATED("Use a taskrunner acquired by GetForegroundTaskRunner instead.") + virtual void CallIdleOnForegroundThread(Isolate* isolate, IdleTask* task) { + abort(); + } + + /** + * Returns true if idle tasks are enabled for the given |isolate|. + */ + virtual bool IdleTasksEnabled(Isolate* isolate) { return false; } + + /** + * Monotonically increasing time in seconds from an arbitrary fixed point in + * the past. This function is expected to return at least + * millisecond-precision values. For this reason, + * it is recommended that the fixed point be no further in the past than + * the epoch. + **/ + virtual double MonotonicallyIncreasingTime() = 0; + + /** + * Current wall-clock time in milliseconds since epoch. + * This function is expected to return at least millisecond-precision values. + */ + virtual double CurrentClockTimeMillis() = 0; + + typedef void (*StackTracePrinter)(); + + /** + * Returns a function pointer that print a stack trace of the current stack + * on invocation. Disables printing of the stack trace if nullptr. + */ + virtual StackTracePrinter GetStackTracePrinter() { return nullptr; } + + /** + * Returns an instance of a v8::TracingController. This must be non-nullptr. + */ + virtual TracingController* GetTracingController() = 0; + + /** + * Tells the embedder to generate and upload a crashdump during an unexpected + * but non-critical scenario. + */ + virtual void DumpWithoutCrashing() {} + + protected: + /** + * Default implementation of current wall-clock time in milliseconds + * since epoch. Useful for implementing |CurrentClockTimeMillis| if + * nothing special needed. + */ + V8_EXPORT static double SystemClockTimeMillis(); +}; + +} // namespace v8 + +#endif // V8_V8_PLATFORM_H_ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8-profiler.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8-profiler.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..767973c4 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8-profiler.h @@ -0,0 +1,1058 @@ +// Copyright 2010 the V8 project authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license that can be +// found in the LICENSE file. + +#ifndef V8_V8_PROFILER_H_ +#define V8_V8_PROFILER_H_ + +#include <limits.h> +#include <memory> +#include <unordered_set> +#include <vector> + +#include "v8.h" // NOLINT(build/include) + +/** + * Profiler support for the V8 JavaScript engine. + */ +namespace v8 { + +class HeapGraphNode; +struct HeapStatsUpdate; + +using NativeObject = void*; +using SnapshotObjectId = uint32_t; + +struct CpuProfileDeoptFrame { + int script_id; + size_t position; +}; + +namespace internal { +class CpuProfile; +} // namespace internal + +} // namespace v8 + +#ifdef V8_OS_WIN +template class V8_EXPORT std::vector<v8::CpuProfileDeoptFrame>; +#endif + +namespace v8 { + +struct V8_EXPORT CpuProfileDeoptInfo { + /** A pointer to a static string owned by v8. */ + const char* deopt_reason; + std::vector<CpuProfileDeoptFrame> stack; +}; + +} // namespace v8 + +#ifdef V8_OS_WIN +template class V8_EXPORT std::vector<v8::CpuProfileDeoptInfo>; +#endif + +namespace v8 { + +/** + * CpuProfileNode represents a node in a call graph. + */ +class V8_EXPORT CpuProfileNode { + public: + struct LineTick { + /** The 1-based number of the source line where the function originates. */ + int line; + + /** The count of samples associated with the source line. */ + unsigned int hit_count; + }; + + // An annotation hinting at the source of a CpuProfileNode. + enum SourceType { + // User-supplied script with associated resource information. + kScript = 0, + // Native scripts and provided builtins. + kBuiltin = 1, + // Callbacks into native code. + kCallback = 2, + // VM-internal functions or state. + kInternal = 3, + // A node that failed to symbolize. + kUnresolved = 4, + }; + + /** Returns function name (empty string for anonymous functions.) */ + Local<String> GetFunctionName() const; + + /** + * Returns function name (empty string for anonymous functions.) + * The string ownership is *not* passed to the caller. It stays valid until + * profile is deleted. The function is thread safe. + */ + const char* GetFunctionNameStr() const; + + /** Returns id of the script where function is located. */ + int GetScriptId() const; + + /** Returns resource name for script from where the function originates. */ + Local<String> GetScriptResourceName() const; + + /** + * Returns resource name for script from where the function originates. + * The string ownership is *not* passed to the caller. It stays valid until + * profile is deleted. The function is thread safe. + */ + const char* GetScriptResourceNameStr() const; + + /** + * Return true if the script from where the function originates is flagged as + * being shared cross-origin. + */ + bool IsScriptSharedCrossOrigin() const; + + /** + * Returns the number, 1-based, of the line where the function originates. + * kNoLineNumberInfo if no line number information is available. + */ + int GetLineNumber() const; + + /** + * Returns 1-based number of the column where the function originates. + * kNoColumnNumberInfo if no column number information is available. + */ + int GetColumnNumber() const; + + /** + * Returns the number of the function's source lines that collect the samples. + */ + unsigned int GetHitLineCount() const; + + /** Returns the set of source lines that collect the samples. + * The caller allocates buffer and responsible for releasing it. + * True if all available entries are copied, otherwise false. + * The function copies nothing if buffer is not large enough. + */ + bool GetLineTicks(LineTick* entries, unsigned int length) const; + + /** Returns bailout reason for the function + * if the optimization was disabled for it. + */ + const char* GetBailoutReason() const; + + /** + * Returns the count of samples where the function was currently executing. + */ + unsigned GetHitCount() const; + + /** Returns id of the node. The id is unique within the tree */ + unsigned GetNodeId() const; + + /** + * Gets the type of the source which the node was captured from. + */ + SourceType GetSourceType() const; + + /** Returns child nodes count of the node. */ + int GetChildrenCount() const; + + /** Retrieves a child node by index. */ + const CpuProfileNode* GetChild(int index) const; + + /** Retrieves the ancestor node, or null if the root. */ + const CpuProfileNode* GetParent() const; + + /** Retrieves deopt infos for the node. */ + const std::vector<CpuProfileDeoptInfo>& GetDeoptInfos() const; + + static const int kNoLineNumberInfo = Message::kNoLineNumberInfo; + static const int kNoColumnNumberInfo = Message::kNoColumnInfo; +}; + + +/** + * CpuProfile contains a CPU profile in a form of top-down call tree + * (from main() down to functions that do all the work). + */ +class V8_EXPORT CpuProfile { + public: + /** Returns CPU profile title. */ + Local<String> GetTitle() const; + + /** Returns the root node of the top down call tree. */ + const CpuProfileNode* GetTopDownRoot() const; + + /** + * Returns number of samples recorded. The samples are not recorded unless + * |record_samples| parameter of CpuProfiler::StartCpuProfiling is true. + */ + int GetSamplesCount() const; + + /** + * Returns profile node corresponding to the top frame the sample at + * the given index. + */ + const CpuProfileNode* GetSample(int index) const; + + /** + * Returns the timestamp of the sample. The timestamp is the number of + * microseconds since some unspecified starting point. + * The point is equal to the starting point used by GetStartTime. + */ + int64_t GetSampleTimestamp(int index) const; + + /** + * Returns time when the profile recording was started (in microseconds) + * since some unspecified starting point. + */ + int64_t GetStartTime() const; + + /** + * Returns time when the profile recording was stopped (in microseconds) + * since some unspecified starting point. + * The point is equal to the starting point used by GetStartTime. + */ + int64_t GetEndTime() const; + + /** + * Deletes the profile and removes it from CpuProfiler's list. + * All pointers to nodes previously returned become invalid. + */ + void Delete(); +}; + +enum CpuProfilingMode { + // In the resulting CpuProfile tree, intermediate nodes in a stack trace + // (from the root to a leaf) will have line numbers that point to the start + // line of the function, rather than the line of the callsite of the child. + kLeafNodeLineNumbers, + // In the resulting CpuProfile tree, nodes are separated based on the line + // number of their callsite in their parent. + kCallerLineNumbers, +}; + +// Determines how names are derived for functions sampled. +enum CpuProfilingNamingMode { + // Use the immediate name of functions at compilation time. + kStandardNaming, + // Use more verbose naming for functions without names, inferred from scope + // where possible. + kDebugNaming, +}; + +enum CpuProfilingLoggingMode { + // Enables logging when a profile is active, and disables logging when all + // profiles are detached. + kLazyLogging, + // Enables logging for the lifetime of the CpuProfiler. Calls to + // StartRecording are faster, at the expense of runtime overhead. + kEagerLogging, +}; + +/** + * Optional profiling attributes. + */ +class V8_EXPORT CpuProfilingOptions { + public: + // Indicates that the sample buffer size should not be explicitly limited. + static const unsigned kNoSampleLimit = UINT_MAX; + + /** + * \param mode Type of computation of stack frame line numbers. + * \param max_samples The maximum number of samples that should be recorded by + * the profiler. Samples obtained after this limit will be + * discarded. + * \param sampling_interval_us controls the profile-specific target + * sampling interval. The provided sampling + * interval will be snapped to the next lowest + * non-zero multiple of the profiler's sampling + * interval, set via SetSamplingInterval(). If + * zero, the sampling interval will be equal to + * the profiler's sampling interval. + */ + CpuProfilingOptions( + CpuProfilingMode mode = kLeafNodeLineNumbers, + unsigned max_samples = kNoSampleLimit, int sampling_interval_us = 0, + MaybeLocal<Context> filter_context = MaybeLocal<Context>()); + + CpuProfilingMode mode() const { return mode_; } + unsigned max_samples() const { return max_samples_; } + int sampling_interval_us() const { return sampling_interval_us_; } + + private: + friend class internal::CpuProfile; + + bool has_filter_context() const { return !filter_context_.IsEmpty(); } + void* raw_filter_context() const; + + CpuProfilingMode mode_; + unsigned max_samples_; + int sampling_interval_us_; + CopyablePersistentTraits<Context>::CopyablePersistent filter_context_; +}; + +/** + * Interface for controlling CPU profiling. Instance of the + * profiler can be created using v8::CpuProfiler::New method. + */ +class V8_EXPORT CpuProfiler { + public: + /** + * Creates a new CPU profiler for the |isolate|. The isolate must be + * initialized. The profiler object must be disposed after use by calling + * |Dispose| method. + */ + static CpuProfiler* New(Isolate* isolate, + CpuProfilingNamingMode = kDebugNaming, + CpuProfilingLoggingMode = kLazyLogging); + + /** + * Synchronously collect current stack sample in all profilers attached to + * the |isolate|. The call does not affect number of ticks recorded for + * the current top node. + */ + static void CollectSample(Isolate* isolate); + + /** + * Disposes the CPU profiler object. + */ + void Dispose(); + + /** + * Changes default CPU profiler sampling interval to the specified number + * of microseconds. Default interval is 1000us. This method must be called + * when there are no profiles being recorded. + */ + void SetSamplingInterval(int us); + + /** + * Sets whether or not the profiler should prioritize consistency of sample + * periodicity on Windows. Disabling this can greatly reduce CPU usage, but + * may result in greater variance in sample timings from the platform's + * scheduler. Defaults to enabled. This method must be called when there are + * no profiles being recorded. + */ + void SetUsePreciseSampling(bool); + + /** + * Starts collecting a CPU profile. Title may be an empty string. Several + * profiles may be collected at once. Attempts to start collecting several + * profiles with the same title are silently ignored. + */ + void StartProfiling(Local<String> title, CpuProfilingOptions options); + + /** + * Starts profiling with the same semantics as above, except with expanded + * parameters. + * + * |record_samples| parameter controls whether individual samples should + * be recorded in addition to the aggregated tree. + * + * |max_samples| controls the maximum number of samples that should be + * recorded by the profiler. Samples obtained after this limit will be + * discarded. + */ + void StartProfiling( + Local<String> title, CpuProfilingMode mode, bool record_samples = false, + unsigned max_samples = CpuProfilingOptions::kNoSampleLimit); + /** + * The same as StartProfiling above, but the CpuProfilingMode defaults to + * kLeafNodeLineNumbers mode, which was the previous default behavior of the + * profiler. + */ + void StartProfiling(Local<String> title, bool record_samples = false); + + /** + * Stops collecting CPU profile with a given title and returns it. + * If the title given is empty, finishes the last profile started. + */ + CpuProfile* StopProfiling(Local<String> title); + + /** + * Generate more detailed source positions to code objects. This results in + * better results when mapping profiling samples to script source. + */ + static void UseDetailedSourcePositionsForProfiling(Isolate* isolate); + + private: + CpuProfiler(); + ~CpuProfiler(); + CpuProfiler(const CpuProfiler&); + CpuProfiler& operator=(const CpuProfiler&); +}; + +/** + * HeapSnapshotEdge represents a directed connection between heap + * graph nodes: from retainers to retained nodes. + */ +class V8_EXPORT HeapGraphEdge { + public: + enum Type { + kContextVariable = 0, // A variable from a function context. + kElement = 1, // An element of an array. + kProperty = 2, // A named object property. + kInternal = 3, // A link that can't be accessed from JS, + // thus, its name isn't a real property name + // (e.g. parts of a ConsString). + kHidden = 4, // A link that is needed for proper sizes + // calculation, but may be hidden from user. + kShortcut = 5, // A link that must not be followed during + // sizes calculation. + kWeak = 6 // A weak reference (ignored by the GC). + }; + + /** Returns edge type (see HeapGraphEdge::Type). */ + Type GetType() const; + + /** + * Returns edge name. This can be a variable name, an element index, or + * a property name. + */ + Local<Value> GetName() const; + + /** Returns origin node. */ + const HeapGraphNode* GetFromNode() const; + + /** Returns destination node. */ + const HeapGraphNode* GetToNode() const; +}; + + +/** + * HeapGraphNode represents a node in a heap graph. + */ +class V8_EXPORT HeapGraphNode { + public: + enum Type { + kHidden = 0, // Hidden node, may be filtered when shown to user. + kArray = 1, // An array of elements. + kString = 2, // A string. + kObject = 3, // A JS object (except for arrays and strings). + kCode = 4, // Compiled code. + kClosure = 5, // Function closure. + kRegExp = 6, // RegExp. + kHeapNumber = 7, // Number stored in the heap. + kNative = 8, // Native object (not from V8 heap). + kSynthetic = 9, // Synthetic object, usually used for grouping + // snapshot items together. + kConsString = 10, // Concatenated string. A pair of pointers to strings. + kSlicedString = 11, // Sliced string. A fragment of another string. + kSymbol = 12, // A Symbol (ES6). + kBigInt = 13 // BigInt. + }; + + /** Returns node type (see HeapGraphNode::Type). */ + Type GetType() const; + + /** + * Returns node name. Depending on node's type this can be the name + * of the constructor (for objects), the name of the function (for + * closures), string value, or an empty string (for compiled code). + */ + Local<String> GetName() const; + + /** + * Returns node id. For the same heap object, the id remains the same + * across all snapshots. + */ + SnapshotObjectId GetId() const; + + /** Returns node's own size, in bytes. */ + size_t GetShallowSize() const; + + /** Returns child nodes count of the node. */ + int GetChildrenCount() const; + + /** Retrieves a child by index. */ + const HeapGraphEdge* GetChild(int index) const; +}; + + +/** + * An interface for exporting data from V8, using "push" model. + */ +class V8_EXPORT OutputStream { // NOLINT + public: + enum WriteResult { + kContinue = 0, + kAbort = 1 + }; + virtual ~OutputStream() = default; + /** Notify about the end of stream. */ + virtual void EndOfStream() = 0; + /** Get preferred output chunk size. Called only once. */ + virtual int GetChunkSize() { return 1024; } + /** + * Writes the next chunk of snapshot data into the stream. Writing + * can be stopped by returning kAbort as function result. EndOfStream + * will not be called in case writing was aborted. + */ + virtual WriteResult WriteAsciiChunk(char* data, int size) = 0; + /** + * Writes the next chunk of heap stats data into the stream. Writing + * can be stopped by returning kAbort as function result. EndOfStream + * will not be called in case writing was aborted. + */ + virtual WriteResult WriteHeapStatsChunk(HeapStatsUpdate* data, int count) { + return kAbort; + } +}; + + +/** + * HeapSnapshots record the state of the JS heap at some moment. + */ +class V8_EXPORT HeapSnapshot { + public: + enum SerializationFormat { + kJSON = 0 // See format description near 'Serialize' method. + }; + + /** Returns the root node of the heap graph. */ + const HeapGraphNode* GetRoot() const; + + /** Returns a node by its id. */ + const HeapGraphNode* GetNodeById(SnapshotObjectId id) const; + + /** Returns total nodes count in the snapshot. */ + int GetNodesCount() const; + + /** Returns a node by index. */ + const HeapGraphNode* GetNode(int index) const; + + /** Returns a max seen JS object Id. */ + SnapshotObjectId GetMaxSnapshotJSObjectId() const; + + /** + * Deletes the snapshot and removes it from HeapProfiler's list. + * All pointers to nodes, edges and paths previously returned become + * invalid. + */ + void Delete(); + + /** + * Prepare a serialized representation of the snapshot. The result + * is written into the stream provided in chunks of specified size. + * The total length of the serialized snapshot is unknown in + * advance, it can be roughly equal to JS heap size (that means, + * it can be really big - tens of megabytes). + * + * For the JSON format, heap contents are represented as an object + * with the following structure: + * + * { + * snapshot: { + * title: "...", + * uid: nnn, + * meta: { meta-info }, + * node_count: nnn, + * edge_count: nnn + * }, + * nodes: [nodes array], + * edges: [edges array], + * strings: [strings array] + * } + * + * Nodes reference strings, other nodes, and edges by their indexes + * in corresponding arrays. + */ + void Serialize(OutputStream* stream, + SerializationFormat format = kJSON) const; +}; + + +/** + * An interface for reporting progress and controlling long-running + * activities. + */ +class V8_EXPORT ActivityControl { // NOLINT + public: + enum ControlOption { + kContinue = 0, + kAbort = 1 + }; + virtual ~ActivityControl() = default; + /** + * Notify about current progress. The activity can be stopped by + * returning kAbort as the callback result. + */ + virtual ControlOption ReportProgressValue(int done, int total) = 0; +}; + + +/** + * AllocationProfile is a sampled profile of allocations done by the program. + * This is structured as a call-graph. + */ +class V8_EXPORT AllocationProfile { + public: + struct Allocation { + /** + * Size of the sampled allocation object. + */ + size_t size; + + /** + * The number of objects of such size that were sampled. + */ + unsigned int count; + }; + + /** + * Represents a node in the call-graph. + */ + struct Node { + /** + * Name of the function. May be empty for anonymous functions or if the + * script corresponding to this function has been unloaded. + */ + Local<String> name; + + /** + * Name of the script containing the function. May be empty if the script + * name is not available, or if the script has been unloaded. + */ + Local<String> script_name; + + /** + * id of the script where the function is located. May be equal to + * v8::UnboundScript::kNoScriptId in cases where the script doesn't exist. + */ + int script_id; + + /** + * Start position of the function in the script. + */ + int start_position; + + /** + * 1-indexed line number where the function starts. May be + * kNoLineNumberInfo if no line number information is available. + */ + int line_number; + + /** + * 1-indexed column number where the function starts. May be + * kNoColumnNumberInfo if no line number information is available. + */ + int column_number; + + /** + * Unique id of the node. + */ + uint32_t node_id; + + /** + * List of callees called from this node for which we have sampled + * allocations. The lifetime of the children is scoped to the containing + * AllocationProfile. + */ + std::vector<Node*> children; + + /** + * List of self allocations done by this node in the call-graph. + */ + std::vector<Allocation> allocations; + }; + + /** + * Represent a single sample recorded for an allocation. + */ + struct Sample { + /** + * id of the node in the profile tree. + */ + uint32_t node_id; + + /** + * Size of the sampled allocation object. + */ + size_t size; + + /** + * The number of objects of such size that were sampled. + */ + unsigned int count; + + /** + * Unique time-ordered id of the allocation sample. Can be used to track + * what samples were added or removed between two snapshots. + */ + uint64_t sample_id; + }; + + /** + * Returns the root node of the call-graph. The root node corresponds to an + * empty JS call-stack. The lifetime of the returned Node* is scoped to the + * containing AllocationProfile. + */ + virtual Node* GetRootNode() = 0; + virtual const std::vector<Sample>& GetSamples() = 0; + + virtual ~AllocationProfile() = default; + + static const int kNoLineNumberInfo = Message::kNoLineNumberInfo; + static const int kNoColumnNumberInfo = Message::kNoColumnInfo; +}; + +/** + * An object graph consisting of embedder objects and V8 objects. + * Edges of the graph are strong references between the objects. + * The embedder can build this graph during heap snapshot generation + * to include the embedder objects in the heap snapshot. + * Usage: + * 1) Define derived class of EmbedderGraph::Node for embedder objects. + * 2) Set the build embedder graph callback on the heap profiler using + * HeapProfiler::AddBuildEmbedderGraphCallback. + * 3) In the callback use graph->AddEdge(node1, node2) to add an edge from + * node1 to node2. + * 4) To represent references from/to V8 object, construct V8 nodes using + * graph->V8Node(value). + */ +class V8_EXPORT EmbedderGraph { + public: + class Node { + public: + Node() = default; + virtual ~Node() = default; + virtual const char* Name() = 0; + virtual size_t SizeInBytes() = 0; + /** + * The corresponding V8 wrapper node if not null. + * During heap snapshot generation the embedder node and the V8 wrapper + * node will be merged into one node to simplify retaining paths. + */ + virtual Node* WrapperNode() { return nullptr; } + virtual bool IsRootNode() { return false; } + /** Must return true for non-V8 nodes. */ + virtual bool IsEmbedderNode() { return true; } + /** + * Optional name prefix. It is used in Chrome for tagging detached nodes. + */ + virtual const char* NamePrefix() { return nullptr; } + + /** + * Returns the NativeObject that can be used for querying the + * |HeapSnapshot|. + */ + virtual NativeObject GetNativeObject() { return nullptr; } + + Node(const Node&) = delete; + Node& operator=(const Node&) = delete; + }; + + /** + * Returns a node corresponding to the given V8 value. Ownership is not + * transferred. The result pointer is valid while the graph is alive. + */ + virtual Node* V8Node(const v8::Local<v8::Value>& value) = 0; + + /** + * Adds the given node to the graph and takes ownership of the node. + * Returns a raw pointer to the node that is valid while the graph is alive. + */ + virtual Node* AddNode(std::unique_ptr<Node> node) = 0; + + /** + * Adds an edge that represents a strong reference from the given + * node |from| to the given node |to|. The nodes must be added to the graph + * before calling this function. + * + * If name is nullptr, the edge will have auto-increment indexes, otherwise + * it will be named accordingly. + */ + virtual void AddEdge(Node* from, Node* to, const char* name = nullptr) = 0; + + virtual ~EmbedderGraph() = default; +}; + +/** + * Interface for controlling heap profiling. Instance of the + * profiler can be retrieved using v8::Isolate::GetHeapProfiler. + */ +class V8_EXPORT HeapProfiler { + public: + enum SamplingFlags { + kSamplingNoFlags = 0, + kSamplingForceGC = 1 << 0, + }; + + /** + * Callback function invoked during heap snapshot generation to retrieve + * the embedder object graph. The callback should use graph->AddEdge(..) to + * add references between the objects. + * The callback must not trigger garbage collection in V8. + */ + typedef void (*BuildEmbedderGraphCallback)(v8::Isolate* isolate, + v8::EmbedderGraph* graph, + void* data); + + /** Returns the number of snapshots taken. */ + int GetSnapshotCount(); + + /** Returns a snapshot by index. */ + const HeapSnapshot* GetHeapSnapshot(int index); + + /** + * Returns SnapshotObjectId for a heap object referenced by |value| if + * it has been seen by the heap profiler, kUnknownObjectId otherwise. + */ + SnapshotObjectId GetObjectId(Local<Value> value); + + /** + * Returns SnapshotObjectId for a native object referenced by |value| if it + * has been seen by the heap profiler, kUnknownObjectId otherwise. + */ + SnapshotObjectId GetObjectId(NativeObject value); + + /** + * Returns heap object with given SnapshotObjectId if the object is alive, + * otherwise empty handle is returned. + */ + Local<Value> FindObjectById(SnapshotObjectId id); + + /** + * Clears internal map from SnapshotObjectId to heap object. The new objects + * will not be added into it unless a heap snapshot is taken or heap object + * tracking is kicked off. + */ + void ClearObjectIds(); + + /** + * A constant for invalid SnapshotObjectId. GetSnapshotObjectId will return + * it in case heap profiler cannot find id for the object passed as + * parameter. HeapSnapshot::GetNodeById will always return NULL for such id. + */ + static const SnapshotObjectId kUnknownObjectId = 0; + + /** + * Callback interface for retrieving user friendly names of global objects. + */ + class ObjectNameResolver { + public: + /** + * Returns name to be used in the heap snapshot for given node. Returned + * string must stay alive until snapshot collection is completed. + */ + virtual const char* GetName(Local<Object> object) = 0; + + protected: + virtual ~ObjectNameResolver() = default; + }; + + /** + * Takes a heap snapshot and returns it. + */ + const HeapSnapshot* TakeHeapSnapshot( + ActivityControl* control = nullptr, + ObjectNameResolver* global_object_name_resolver = nullptr); + + /** + * Starts tracking of heap objects population statistics. After calling + * this method, all heap objects relocations done by the garbage collector + * are being registered. + * + * |track_allocations| parameter controls whether stack trace of each + * allocation in the heap will be recorded and reported as part of + * HeapSnapshot. + */ + void StartTrackingHeapObjects(bool track_allocations = false); + + /** + * Adds a new time interval entry to the aggregated statistics array. The + * time interval entry contains information on the current heap objects + * population size. The method also updates aggregated statistics and + * reports updates for all previous time intervals via the OutputStream + * object. Updates on each time interval are provided as a stream of the + * HeapStatsUpdate structure instances. + * If |timestamp_us| is supplied, timestamp of the new entry will be written + * into it. The return value of the function is the last seen heap object Id. + * + * StartTrackingHeapObjects must be called before the first call to this + * method. + */ + SnapshotObjectId GetHeapStats(OutputStream* stream, + int64_t* timestamp_us = nullptr); + + /** + * Stops tracking of heap objects population statistics, cleans up all + * collected data. StartHeapObjectsTracking must be called again prior to + * calling GetHeapStats next time. + */ + void StopTrackingHeapObjects(); + + /** + * Starts gathering a sampling heap profile. A sampling heap profile is + * similar to tcmalloc's heap profiler and Go's mprof. It samples object + * allocations and builds an online 'sampling' heap profile. At any point in + * time, this profile is expected to be a representative sample of objects + * currently live in the system. Each sampled allocation includes the stack + * trace at the time of allocation, which makes this really useful for memory + * leak detection. + * + * This mechanism is intended to be cheap enough that it can be used in + * production with minimal performance overhead. + * + * Allocations are sampled using a randomized Poisson process. On average, one + * allocation will be sampled every |sample_interval| bytes allocated. The + * |stack_depth| parameter controls the maximum number of stack frames to be + * captured on each allocation. + * + * NOTE: This is a proof-of-concept at this point. Right now we only sample + * newspace allocations. Support for paged space allocation (e.g. pre-tenured + * objects, large objects, code objects, etc.) and native allocations + * doesn't exist yet, but is anticipated in the future. + * + * Objects allocated before the sampling is started will not be included in + * the profile. + * + * Returns false if a sampling heap profiler is already running. + */ + bool StartSamplingHeapProfiler(uint64_t sample_interval = 512 * 1024, + int stack_depth = 16, + SamplingFlags flags = kSamplingNoFlags); + + /** + * Stops the sampling heap profile and discards the current profile. + */ + void StopSamplingHeapProfiler(); + + /** + * Returns the sampled profile of allocations allocated (and still live) since + * StartSamplingHeapProfiler was called. The ownership of the pointer is + * transferred to the caller. Returns nullptr if sampling heap profiler is not + * active. + */ + AllocationProfile* GetAllocationProfile(); + + /** + * Deletes all snapshots taken. All previously returned pointers to + * snapshots and their contents become invalid after this call. + */ + void DeleteAllHeapSnapshots(); + + void AddBuildEmbedderGraphCallback(BuildEmbedderGraphCallback callback, + void* data); + void RemoveBuildEmbedderGraphCallback(BuildEmbedderGraphCallback callback, + void* data); + + /** + * Default value of persistent handle class ID. Must not be used to + * define a class. Can be used to reset a class of a persistent + * handle. + */ + static const uint16_t kPersistentHandleNoClassId = 0; + + private: + HeapProfiler(); + ~HeapProfiler(); + HeapProfiler(const HeapProfiler&); + HeapProfiler& operator=(const HeapProfiler&); +}; + +/** + * A struct for exporting HeapStats data from V8, using "push" model. + * See HeapProfiler::GetHeapStats. + */ +struct HeapStatsUpdate { + HeapStatsUpdate(uint32_t index, uint32_t count, uint32_t size) + : index(index), count(count), size(size) { } + uint32_t index; // Index of the time interval that was changed. + uint32_t count; // New value of count field for the interval with this index. + uint32_t size; // New value of size field for the interval with this index. +}; + +#define CODE_EVENTS_LIST(V) \ + V(Builtin) \ + V(Callback) \ + V(Eval) \ + V(Function) \ + V(InterpretedFunction) \ + V(Handler) \ + V(BytecodeHandler) \ + V(LazyCompile) \ + V(RegExp) \ + V(Script) \ + V(Stub) \ + V(Relocation) + +/** + * Note that this enum may be extended in the future. Please include a default + * case if this enum is used in a switch statement. + */ +enum CodeEventType { + kUnknownType = 0 +#define V(Name) , k##Name##Type + CODE_EVENTS_LIST(V) +#undef V +}; + +/** + * Representation of a code creation event + */ +class V8_EXPORT CodeEvent { + public: + uintptr_t GetCodeStartAddress(); + size_t GetCodeSize(); + Local<String> GetFunctionName(); + Local<String> GetScriptName(); + int GetScriptLine(); + int GetScriptColumn(); + /** + * NOTE (mmarchini): We can't allocate objects in the heap when we collect + * existing code, and both the code type and the comment are not stored in the + * heap, so we return those as const char*. + */ + CodeEventType GetCodeType(); + const char* GetComment(); + + static const char* GetCodeEventTypeName(CodeEventType code_event_type); + + uintptr_t GetPreviousCodeStartAddress(); +}; + +/** + * Interface to listen to code creation and code relocation events. + */ +class V8_EXPORT CodeEventHandler { + public: + /** + * Creates a new listener for the |isolate|. The isolate must be initialized. + * The listener object must be disposed after use by calling |Dispose| method. + * Multiple listeners can be created for the same isolate. + */ + explicit CodeEventHandler(Isolate* isolate); + virtual ~CodeEventHandler(); + + /** + * Handle is called every time a code object is created or moved. Information + * about each code event will be available through the `code_event` + * parameter. + * + * When the CodeEventType is kRelocationType, the code for this CodeEvent has + * moved from `GetPreviousCodeStartAddress()` to `GetCodeStartAddress()`. + */ + virtual void Handle(CodeEvent* code_event) = 0; + + /** + * Call `Enable()` to starts listening to code creation and code relocation + * events. These events will be handled by `Handle()`. + */ + void Enable(); + + /** + * Call `Disable()` to stop listening to code creation and code relocation + * events. + */ + void Disable(); + + private: + CodeEventHandler(); + CodeEventHandler(const CodeEventHandler&); + CodeEventHandler& operator=(const CodeEventHandler&); + void* internal_listener_; +}; + +} // namespace v8 + + +#endif // V8_V8_PROFILER_H_ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8-testing.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8-testing.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3b6a9731 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8-testing.h @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +// Copyright 2010 the V8 project authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license that can be +// found in the LICENSE file. + +#ifndef V8_V8_TEST_H_ +#define V8_V8_TEST_H_ + +#include "v8.h" // NOLINT(build/include) + +/** + * Testing support for the V8 JavaScript engine. + */ +namespace v8 { +class V8_EXPORT Testing { + public: + enum V8_DEPRECATED("Don't use this (d8-specific testing logic).") StressType { + kStressTypeOpt, + kStressTypeDeopt + }; + + /** + * Set the type of stressing to do. The default if not set is kStressTypeOpt. + */ + V8_DEPRECATED("Don't use this (d8-specific testing logic).") + static void SetStressRunType(StressType type); + + /** + * Get the number of runs of a given test that is required to get the full + * stress coverage. + */ + V8_DEPRECATED("Don't use this (d8-specific testing logic).") + static int GetStressRuns(); + + /** + * Indicate the number of the run which is about to start. The value of run + * should be between 0 and one less than the result from GetStressRuns() + */ + V8_DEPRECATED("Don't use this (d8-specific testing logic).") + static void PrepareStressRun(int run); + + /** + * Force deoptimization of all functions. + */ + V8_DEPRECATED("Don't use this (d8-specific testing logic).") + static void DeoptimizeAll(Isolate* isolate); +}; + +} // namespace v8 + +#endif // V8_V8_TEST_H_ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8-util.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8-util.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..29d813e4 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8-util.h @@ -0,0 +1,652 @@ +// Copyright 2014 the V8 project authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license that can be +// found in the LICENSE file. + +#ifndef V8_UTIL_H_ +#define V8_UTIL_H_ + +#include "v8.h" // NOLINT(build/include) +#include <assert.h> +#include <map> +#include <vector> + +/** + * Support for Persistent containers. + * + * C++11 embedders can use STL containers with Global values, + * but pre-C++11 does not support the required move semantic and hence + * may want these container classes. + */ +namespace v8 { + +typedef uintptr_t PersistentContainerValue; +static const uintptr_t kPersistentContainerNotFound = 0; +enum PersistentContainerCallbackType { + kNotWeak, + // These correspond to v8::WeakCallbackType + kWeakWithParameter, + kWeakWithInternalFields +}; + +/** + * A default trait implementation for PersistentValueMap which uses std::map + * as a backing map. + * + * Users will have to implement their own weak callbacks & dispose traits. + */ +template<typename K, typename V> +class StdMapTraits { + public: + // STL map & related: + typedef std::map<K, PersistentContainerValue> Impl; + typedef typename Impl::iterator Iterator; + + static bool Empty(Impl* impl) { return impl->empty(); } + static size_t Size(Impl* impl) { return impl->size(); } + static void Swap(Impl& a, Impl& b) { std::swap(a, b); } // NOLINT + static Iterator Begin(Impl* impl) { return impl->begin(); } + static Iterator End(Impl* impl) { return impl->end(); } + static K Key(Iterator it) { return it->first; } + static PersistentContainerValue Value(Iterator it) { return it->second; } + static PersistentContainerValue Set(Impl* impl, K key, + PersistentContainerValue value) { + std::pair<Iterator, bool> res = impl->insert(std::make_pair(key, value)); + PersistentContainerValue old_value = kPersistentContainerNotFound; + if (!res.second) { + old_value = res.first->second; + res.first->second = value; + } + return old_value; + } + static PersistentContainerValue Get(Impl* impl, K key) { + Iterator it = impl->find(key); + if (it == impl->end()) return kPersistentContainerNotFound; + return it->second; + } + static PersistentContainerValue Remove(Impl* impl, K key) { + Iterator it = impl->find(key); + if (it == impl->end()) return kPersistentContainerNotFound; + PersistentContainerValue value = it->second; + impl->erase(it); + return value; + } +}; + + +/** + * A default trait implementation for PersistentValueMap, which inherits + * a std:map backing map from StdMapTraits and holds non-weak persistent + * objects and has no special Dispose handling. + * + * You should not derive from this class, since MapType depends on the + * surrounding class, and hence a subclass cannot simply inherit the methods. + */ +template<typename K, typename V> +class DefaultPersistentValueMapTraits : public StdMapTraits<K, V> { + public: + // Weak callback & friends: + static const PersistentContainerCallbackType kCallbackType = kNotWeak; + typedef PersistentValueMap<K, V, DefaultPersistentValueMapTraits<K, V> > + MapType; + typedef void WeakCallbackDataType; + + static WeakCallbackDataType* WeakCallbackParameter( + MapType* map, const K& key, Local<V> value) { + return nullptr; + } + static MapType* MapFromWeakCallbackInfo( + const WeakCallbackInfo<WeakCallbackDataType>& data) { + return nullptr; + } + static K KeyFromWeakCallbackInfo( + const WeakCallbackInfo<WeakCallbackDataType>& data) { + return K(); + } + static void DisposeCallbackData(WeakCallbackDataType* data) { } + static void Dispose(Isolate* isolate, Global<V> value, K key) {} +}; + + +template <typename K, typename V> +class DefaultGlobalMapTraits : public StdMapTraits<K, V> { + private: + template <typename T> + struct RemovePointer; + + public: + // Weak callback & friends: + static const PersistentContainerCallbackType kCallbackType = kNotWeak; + typedef GlobalValueMap<K, V, DefaultGlobalMapTraits<K, V> > MapType; + typedef void WeakCallbackDataType; + + static WeakCallbackDataType* WeakCallbackParameter(MapType* map, const K& key, + Local<V> value) { + return nullptr; + } + static MapType* MapFromWeakCallbackInfo( + const WeakCallbackInfo<WeakCallbackDataType>& data) { + return nullptr; + } + static K KeyFromWeakCallbackInfo( + const WeakCallbackInfo<WeakCallbackDataType>& data) { + return K(); + } + static void DisposeCallbackData(WeakCallbackDataType* data) {} + static void OnWeakCallback( + const WeakCallbackInfo<WeakCallbackDataType>& data) {} + static void Dispose(Isolate* isolate, Global<V> value, K key) {} + // This is a second pass callback, so SetSecondPassCallback cannot be called. + static void DisposeWeak(const WeakCallbackInfo<WeakCallbackDataType>& data) {} + + private: + template <typename T> + struct RemovePointer<T*> { + typedef T Type; + }; +}; + + +/** + * A map wrapper that allows using Global as a mapped value. + * C++11 embedders don't need this class, as they can use Global + * directly in std containers. + * + * The map relies on a backing map, whose type and accessors are described + * by the Traits class. The backing map will handle values of type + * PersistentContainerValue, with all conversion into and out of V8 + * handles being transparently handled by this class. + */ +template <typename K, typename V, typename Traits> +class PersistentValueMapBase { + public: + Isolate* GetIsolate() { return isolate_; } + + /** + * Return size of the map. + */ + size_t Size() { return Traits::Size(&impl_); } + + /** + * Return whether the map holds weak persistents. + */ + bool IsWeak() { return Traits::kCallbackType != kNotWeak; } + + /** + * Get value stored in map. + */ + Local<V> Get(const K& key) { + return Local<V>::New(isolate_, FromVal(Traits::Get(&impl_, key))); + } + + /** + * Check whether a value is contained in the map. + */ + bool Contains(const K& key) { + return Traits::Get(&impl_, key) != kPersistentContainerNotFound; + } + + /** + * Get value stored in map and set it in returnValue. + * Return true if a value was found. + */ + bool SetReturnValue(const K& key, + ReturnValue<Value> returnValue) { + return SetReturnValueFromVal(&returnValue, Traits::Get(&impl_, key)); + } + + /** + * Return value for key and remove it from the map. + */ + Global<V> Remove(const K& key) { + return Release(Traits::Remove(&impl_, key)).Pass(); + } + + /** + * Traverses the map repeatedly, + * in case side effects of disposal cause insertions. + **/ + void Clear() { + typedef typename Traits::Iterator It; + HandleScope handle_scope(isolate_); + // TODO(dcarney): figure out if this swap and loop is necessary. + while (!Traits::Empty(&impl_)) { + typename Traits::Impl impl; + Traits::Swap(impl_, impl); + for (It i = Traits::Begin(&impl); i != Traits::End(&impl); ++i) { + Traits::Dispose(isolate_, Release(Traits::Value(i)).Pass(), + Traits::Key(i)); + } + } + } + + /** + * Helper class for GetReference/SetWithReference. Do not use outside + * that context. + */ + class PersistentValueReference { + public: + PersistentValueReference() : value_(kPersistentContainerNotFound) { } + PersistentValueReference(const PersistentValueReference& other) + : value_(other.value_) { } + + Local<V> NewLocal(Isolate* isolate) const { + return Local<V>::New(isolate, FromVal(value_)); + } + bool IsEmpty() const { + return value_ == kPersistentContainerNotFound; + } + template<typename T> + bool SetReturnValue(ReturnValue<T> returnValue) { + return SetReturnValueFromVal(&returnValue, value_); + } + void Reset() { + value_ = kPersistentContainerNotFound; + } + void operator=(const PersistentValueReference& other) { + value_ = other.value_; + } + + private: + friend class PersistentValueMapBase; + friend class PersistentValueMap<K, V, Traits>; + friend class GlobalValueMap<K, V, Traits>; + + explicit PersistentValueReference(PersistentContainerValue value) + : value_(value) { } + + void operator=(PersistentContainerValue value) { + value_ = value; + } + + PersistentContainerValue value_; + }; + + /** + * Get a reference to a map value. This enables fast, repeated access + * to a value stored in the map while the map remains unchanged. + * + * Careful: This is potentially unsafe, so please use with care. + * The value will become invalid if the value for this key changes + * in the underlying map, as a result of Set or Remove for the same + * key; as a result of the weak callback for the same key; or as a + * result of calling Clear() or destruction of the map. + */ + PersistentValueReference GetReference(const K& key) { + return PersistentValueReference(Traits::Get(&impl_, key)); + } + + protected: + explicit PersistentValueMapBase(Isolate* isolate) + : isolate_(isolate), label_(nullptr) {} + PersistentValueMapBase(Isolate* isolate, const char* label) + : isolate_(isolate), label_(label) {} + + ~PersistentValueMapBase() { Clear(); } + + Isolate* isolate() { return isolate_; } + typename Traits::Impl* impl() { return &impl_; } + + static V* FromVal(PersistentContainerValue v) { + return reinterpret_cast<V*>(v); + } + + static PersistentContainerValue ClearAndLeak(Global<V>* persistent) { + V* v = persistent->val_; + persistent->val_ = nullptr; + return reinterpret_cast<PersistentContainerValue>(v); + } + + static PersistentContainerValue Leak(Global<V>* persistent) { + return reinterpret_cast<PersistentContainerValue>(persistent->val_); + } + + /** + * Return a container value as Global and make sure the weak + * callback is properly disposed of. All remove functionality should go + * through this. + */ + static Global<V> Release(PersistentContainerValue v) { + Global<V> p; + p.val_ = FromVal(v); + if (Traits::kCallbackType != kNotWeak && p.IsWeak()) { + Traits::DisposeCallbackData( + p.template ClearWeak<typename Traits::WeakCallbackDataType>()); + } + return p.Pass(); + } + + void RemoveWeak(const K& key) { + Global<V> p; + p.val_ = FromVal(Traits::Remove(&impl_, key)); + p.Reset(); + } + + void AnnotateStrongRetainer(Global<V>* persistent) { + persistent->AnnotateStrongRetainer(label_); + } + + private: + PersistentValueMapBase(PersistentValueMapBase&); + void operator=(PersistentValueMapBase&); + + static bool SetReturnValueFromVal(ReturnValue<Value>* returnValue, + PersistentContainerValue value) { + bool hasValue = value != kPersistentContainerNotFound; + if (hasValue) { + returnValue->SetInternal( + *reinterpret_cast<internal::Address*>(FromVal(value))); + } + return hasValue; + } + + Isolate* isolate_; + typename Traits::Impl impl_; + const char* label_; +}; + +template <typename K, typename V, typename Traits> +class PersistentValueMap : public PersistentValueMapBase<K, V, Traits> { + public: + explicit PersistentValueMap(Isolate* isolate) + : PersistentValueMapBase<K, V, Traits>(isolate) {} + PersistentValueMap(Isolate* isolate, const char* label) + : PersistentValueMapBase<K, V, Traits>(isolate, label) {} + + typedef + typename PersistentValueMapBase<K, V, Traits>::PersistentValueReference + PersistentValueReference; + + /** + * Put value into map. Depending on Traits::kIsWeak, the value will be held + * by the map strongly or weakly. + * Returns old value as Global. + */ + Global<V> Set(const K& key, Local<V> value) { + Global<V> persistent(this->isolate(), value); + return SetUnique(key, &persistent); + } + + /** + * Put value into map, like Set(const K&, Local<V>). + */ + Global<V> Set(const K& key, Global<V> value) { + return SetUnique(key, &value); + } + + /** + * Put the value into the map, and set the 'weak' callback when demanded + * by the Traits class. + */ + Global<V> SetUnique(const K& key, Global<V>* persistent) { + if (Traits::kCallbackType == kNotWeak) { + this->AnnotateStrongRetainer(persistent); + } else { + WeakCallbackType callback_type = + Traits::kCallbackType == kWeakWithInternalFields + ? WeakCallbackType::kInternalFields + : WeakCallbackType::kParameter; + Local<V> value(Local<V>::New(this->isolate(), *persistent)); + persistent->template SetWeak<typename Traits::WeakCallbackDataType>( + Traits::WeakCallbackParameter(this, key, value), WeakCallback, + callback_type); + } + PersistentContainerValue old_value = + Traits::Set(this->impl(), key, this->ClearAndLeak(persistent)); + return this->Release(old_value).Pass(); + } + + /** + * Put a value into the map and update the reference. + * Restrictions of GetReference apply here as well. + */ + Global<V> Set(const K& key, Global<V> value, + PersistentValueReference* reference) { + *reference = this->Leak(&value); + return SetUnique(key, &value); + } + + private: + static void WeakCallback( + const WeakCallbackInfo<typename Traits::WeakCallbackDataType>& data) { + if (Traits::kCallbackType != kNotWeak) { + PersistentValueMap<K, V, Traits>* persistentValueMap = + Traits::MapFromWeakCallbackInfo(data); + K key = Traits::KeyFromWeakCallbackInfo(data); + Traits::Dispose(data.GetIsolate(), + persistentValueMap->Remove(key).Pass(), key); + Traits::DisposeCallbackData(data.GetParameter()); + } + } +}; + + +template <typename K, typename V, typename Traits> +class GlobalValueMap : public PersistentValueMapBase<K, V, Traits> { + public: + explicit GlobalValueMap(Isolate* isolate) + : PersistentValueMapBase<K, V, Traits>(isolate) {} + GlobalValueMap(Isolate* isolate, const char* label) + : PersistentValueMapBase<K, V, Traits>(isolate, label) {} + + typedef + typename PersistentValueMapBase<K, V, Traits>::PersistentValueReference + PersistentValueReference; + + /** + * Put value into map. Depending on Traits::kIsWeak, the value will be held + * by the map strongly or weakly. + * Returns old value as Global. + */ + Global<V> Set(const K& key, Local<V> value) { + Global<V> persistent(this->isolate(), value); + return SetUnique(key, &persistent); + } + + /** + * Put value into map, like Set(const K&, Local<V>). + */ + Global<V> Set(const K& key, Global<V> value) { + return SetUnique(key, &value); + } + + /** + * Put the value into the map, and set the 'weak' callback when demanded + * by the Traits class. + */ + Global<V> SetUnique(const K& key, Global<V>* persistent) { + if (Traits::kCallbackType == kNotWeak) { + this->AnnotateStrongRetainer(persistent); + } else { + WeakCallbackType callback_type = + Traits::kCallbackType == kWeakWithInternalFields + ? WeakCallbackType::kInternalFields + : WeakCallbackType::kParameter; + Local<V> value(Local<V>::New(this->isolate(), *persistent)); + persistent->template SetWeak<typename Traits::WeakCallbackDataType>( + Traits::WeakCallbackParameter(this, key, value), OnWeakCallback, + callback_type); + } + PersistentContainerValue old_value = + Traits::Set(this->impl(), key, this->ClearAndLeak(persistent)); + return this->Release(old_value).Pass(); + } + + /** + * Put a value into the map and update the reference. + * Restrictions of GetReference apply here as well. + */ + Global<V> Set(const K& key, Global<V> value, + PersistentValueReference* reference) { + *reference = this->Leak(&value); + return SetUnique(key, &value); + } + + private: + static void OnWeakCallback( + const WeakCallbackInfo<typename Traits::WeakCallbackDataType>& data) { + if (Traits::kCallbackType != kNotWeak) { + auto map = Traits::MapFromWeakCallbackInfo(data); + K key = Traits::KeyFromWeakCallbackInfo(data); + map->RemoveWeak(key); + Traits::OnWeakCallback(data); + data.SetSecondPassCallback(SecondWeakCallback); + } + } + + static void SecondWeakCallback( + const WeakCallbackInfo<typename Traits::WeakCallbackDataType>& data) { + Traits::DisposeWeak(data); + } +}; + + +/** + * A map that uses Global as value and std::map as the backing + * implementation. Persistents are held non-weak. + * + * C++11 embedders don't need this class, as they can use + * Global directly in std containers. + */ +template<typename K, typename V, + typename Traits = DefaultPersistentValueMapTraits<K, V> > +class StdPersistentValueMap : public PersistentValueMap<K, V, Traits> { + public: + explicit StdPersistentValueMap(Isolate* isolate) + : PersistentValueMap<K, V, Traits>(isolate) {} +}; + + +/** + * A map that uses Global as value and std::map as the backing + * implementation. Globals are held non-weak. + * + * C++11 embedders don't need this class, as they can use + * Global directly in std containers. + */ +template <typename K, typename V, + typename Traits = DefaultGlobalMapTraits<K, V> > +class StdGlobalValueMap : public GlobalValueMap<K, V, Traits> { + public: + explicit StdGlobalValueMap(Isolate* isolate) + : GlobalValueMap<K, V, Traits>(isolate) {} +}; + + +class DefaultPersistentValueVectorTraits { + public: + typedef std::vector<PersistentContainerValue> Impl; + + static void Append(Impl* impl, PersistentContainerValue value) { + impl->push_back(value); + } + static bool IsEmpty(const Impl* impl) { + return impl->empty(); + } + static size_t Size(const Impl* impl) { + return impl->size(); + } + static PersistentContainerValue Get(const Impl* impl, size_t i) { + return (i < impl->size()) ? impl->at(i) : kPersistentContainerNotFound; + } + static void ReserveCapacity(Impl* impl, size_t capacity) { + impl->reserve(capacity); + } + static void Clear(Impl* impl) { + impl->clear(); + } +}; + + +/** + * A vector wrapper that safely stores Global values. + * C++11 embedders don't need this class, as they can use Global + * directly in std containers. + * + * This class relies on a backing vector implementation, whose type and methods + * are described by the Traits class. The backing map will handle values of type + * PersistentContainerValue, with all conversion into and out of V8 + * handles being transparently handled by this class. + */ +template<typename V, typename Traits = DefaultPersistentValueVectorTraits> +class PersistentValueVector { + public: + explicit PersistentValueVector(Isolate* isolate) : isolate_(isolate) { } + + ~PersistentValueVector() { + Clear(); + } + + /** + * Append a value to the vector. + */ + void Append(Local<V> value) { + Global<V> persistent(isolate_, value); + Traits::Append(&impl_, ClearAndLeak(&persistent)); + } + + /** + * Append a persistent's value to the vector. + */ + void Append(Global<V> persistent) { + Traits::Append(&impl_, ClearAndLeak(&persistent)); + } + + /** + * Are there any values in the vector? + */ + bool IsEmpty() const { + return Traits::IsEmpty(&impl_); + } + + /** + * How many elements are in the vector? + */ + size_t Size() const { + return Traits::Size(&impl_); + } + + /** + * Retrieve the i-th value in the vector. + */ + Local<V> Get(size_t index) const { + return Local<V>::New(isolate_, FromVal(Traits::Get(&impl_, index))); + } + + /** + * Remove all elements from the vector. + */ + void Clear() { + size_t length = Traits::Size(&impl_); + for (size_t i = 0; i < length; i++) { + Global<V> p; + p.val_ = FromVal(Traits::Get(&impl_, i)); + } + Traits::Clear(&impl_); + } + + /** + * Reserve capacity in the vector. + * (Efficiency gains depend on the backing implementation.) + */ + void ReserveCapacity(size_t capacity) { + Traits::ReserveCapacity(&impl_, capacity); + } + + private: + static PersistentContainerValue ClearAndLeak(Global<V>* persistent) { + V* v = persistent->val_; + persistent->val_ = nullptr; + return reinterpret_cast<PersistentContainerValue>(v); + } + + static V* FromVal(PersistentContainerValue v) { + return reinterpret_cast<V*>(v); + } + + Isolate* isolate_; + typename Traits::Impl impl_; +}; + +} // namespace v8 + +#endif // V8_UTIL_H diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8-value-serializer-version.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8-value-serializer-version.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c72911c6 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8-value-serializer-version.h @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +// Copyright 2017 the V8 project authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license that can be +// found in the LICENSE file. + +/** + * Compile-time constants. + * + * This header provides access to information about the value serializer at + * compile time, without declaring or defining any symbols that require linking + * to V8. + */ + +#ifndef INCLUDE_V8_VALUE_SERIALIZER_VERSION_H_ +#define INCLUDE_V8_VALUE_SERIALIZER_VERSION_H_ + +#include <stdint.h> + +namespace v8 { + +constexpr uint32_t CurrentValueSerializerFormatVersion() { return 13; } + +} // namespace v8 + +#endif // INCLUDE_V8_VALUE_SERIALIZER_VERSION_H_ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8-version-string.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8-version-string.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fb84144d --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8-version-string.h @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +// Copyright 2017 the V8 project authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license that can be +// found in the LICENSE file. + +#ifndef V8_VERSION_STRING_H_ +#define V8_VERSION_STRING_H_ + +#include "v8-version.h" // NOLINT(build/include) + +// This is here rather than v8-version.h to keep that file simple and +// machine-processable. + +#if V8_IS_CANDIDATE_VERSION +#define V8_CANDIDATE_STRING " (candidate)" +#else +#define V8_CANDIDATE_STRING "" +#endif + +#ifndef V8_EMBEDDER_STRING +#define V8_EMBEDDER_STRING "" +#endif + +#define V8_SX(x) #x +#define V8_S(x) V8_SX(x) + +#if V8_PATCH_LEVEL > 0 +#define V8_VERSION_STRING \ + V8_S(V8_MAJOR_VERSION) \ + "." V8_S(V8_MINOR_VERSION) "." V8_S(V8_BUILD_NUMBER) "." V8_S( \ + V8_PATCH_LEVEL) V8_EMBEDDER_STRING V8_CANDIDATE_STRING +#else +#define V8_VERSION_STRING \ + V8_S(V8_MAJOR_VERSION) \ + "." V8_S(V8_MINOR_VERSION) "." V8_S(V8_BUILD_NUMBER) \ + V8_EMBEDDER_STRING V8_CANDIDATE_STRING +#endif + +#endif // V8_VERSION_STRING_H_ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8-version.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8-version.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..08ab8fd8 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8-version.h @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +// Copyright 2015 the V8 project authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license that can be +// found in the LICENSE file. + +#ifndef V8_INCLUDE_VERSION_H_ // V8_VERSION_H_ conflicts with src/version.h +#define V8_INCLUDE_VERSION_H_ + +// These macros define the version number for the current version. +// NOTE these macros are used by some of the tool scripts and the build +// system so their names cannot be changed without changing the scripts. +#define V8_MAJOR_VERSION 8 +#define V8_MINOR_VERSION 0 +#define V8_BUILD_NUMBER 426 +#define V8_PATCH_LEVEL 16 + +// Use 1 for candidates and 0 otherwise. +// (Boolean macro values are not supported by all preprocessors.) +#define V8_IS_CANDIDATE_VERSION 0 + +#endif // V8_INCLUDE_VERSION_H_ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8-wasm-trap-handler-posix.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8-wasm-trap-handler-posix.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..998d0a41 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8-wasm-trap-handler-posix.h @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +// Copyright 2018 the V8 project authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license that can be +// found in the LICENSE file. + +#ifndef V8_WASM_TRAP_HANDLER_POSIX_H_ +#define V8_WASM_TRAP_HANDLER_POSIX_H_ + +#include <signal.h> + +#include "v8config.h" // NOLINT(build/include) + +namespace v8 { +/** + * This function determines whether a memory access violation has been an + * out-of-bounds memory access in WebAssembly. If so, it will modify the context + * parameter and add a return address where the execution can continue after the + * signal handling, and return true. Otherwise, false will be returned. + * + * The parameters to this function correspond to those passed to a Posix signal + * handler. Use this function only on Linux and Mac. + * + * \param sig_code The signal code, e.g. SIGSEGV. + * \param info A pointer to the siginfo_t struct provided to the signal handler. + * \param context A pointer to a ucontext_t struct provided to the signal + * handler. + */ +V8_EXPORT bool TryHandleWebAssemblyTrapPosix(int sig_code, siginfo_t* info, + void* context); + +} // namespace v8 +#endif // V8_WASM_TRAP_HANDLER_POSIX_H_ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8-wasm-trap-handler-win.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8-wasm-trap-handler-win.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0185df64 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8-wasm-trap-handler-win.h @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +// Copyright 2018 the V8 project authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license that can be +// found in the LICENSE file. + +#ifndef V8_WASM_TRAP_HANDLER_WIN_H_ +#define V8_WASM_TRAP_HANDLER_WIN_H_ + +#include <windows.h> + +#include "v8config.h" // NOLINT(build/include) + +namespace v8 { +/** + * This function determines whether a memory access violation has been an + * out-of-bounds memory access in WebAssembly. If so, it will modify the + * exception parameter and add a return address where the execution can continue + * after the exception handling, and return true. Otherwise the return value + * will be false. + * + * The parameter to this function corresponds to the one passed to a Windows + * vectored exception handler. Use this function only on Windows. + * + * \param exception An EXCEPTION_POINTERS* as provided to the exception handler. + */ +V8_EXPORT bool TryHandleWebAssemblyTrapWindows(EXCEPTION_POINTERS* exception); + +} // namespace v8 +#endif // V8_WASM_TRAP_HANDLER_WIN_H_ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..692e53b8 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8.h @@ -0,0 +1,11779 @@ +// Copyright 2012 the V8 project authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license that can be +// found in the LICENSE file. + +/** \mainpage V8 API Reference Guide + * + * V8 is Google's open source JavaScript engine. + * + * This set of documents provides reference material generated from the + * V8 header file, include/v8.h. + * + * For other documentation see http://code.google.com/apis/v8/ + */ + +#ifndef INCLUDE_V8_H_ +#define INCLUDE_V8_H_ + +#include <stddef.h> +#include <stdint.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <memory> +#include <string> +#include <type_traits> +#include <utility> +#include <vector> + +#include "v8-internal.h" // NOLINT(build/include) +#include "v8-version.h" // NOLINT(build/include) +#include "v8config.h" // NOLINT(build/include) + +// We reserve the V8_* prefix for macros defined in V8 public API and +// assume there are no name conflicts with the embedder's code. + +/** + * The v8 JavaScript engine. + */ +namespace v8 { + +class AccessorSignature; +class Array; +class ArrayBuffer; +class BigInt; +class BigIntObject; +class Boolean; +class BooleanObject; +class Context; +class Data; +class Date; +class External; +class Function; +class FunctionTemplate; +class HeapProfiler; +class ImplementationUtilities; +class Int32; +class Integer; +class Isolate; +template <class T> +class Maybe; +class MicrotaskQueue; +class Name; +class Number; +class NumberObject; +class Object; +class ObjectOperationDescriptor; +class ObjectTemplate; +class Platform; +class Primitive; +class Promise; +class PropertyDescriptor; +class Proxy; +class RawOperationDescriptor; +class Script; +class SharedArrayBuffer; +class Signature; +class StartupData; +class StackFrame; +class StackTrace; +class String; +class StringObject; +class Symbol; +class SymbolObject; +class PrimitiveArray; +class Private; +class Uint32; +class Utils; +class Value; +class WasmModuleObject; +template <class T> class Local; +template <class T> +class MaybeLocal; +template <class T> class Eternal; +template<class T> class NonCopyablePersistentTraits; +template<class T> class PersistentBase; +template <class T, class M = NonCopyablePersistentTraits<T> > +class Persistent; +template <class T> +class Global; +template <class T> +class TracedGlobal; +template <class T> +class TracedReference; +template <class T> +class TracedReferenceBase; +template<class K, class V, class T> class PersistentValueMap; +template <class K, class V, class T> +class PersistentValueMapBase; +template <class K, class V, class T> +class GlobalValueMap; +template<class V, class T> class PersistentValueVector; +template<class T, class P> class WeakCallbackObject; +class FunctionTemplate; +class ObjectTemplate; +template<typename T> class FunctionCallbackInfo; +template<typename T> class PropertyCallbackInfo; +class StackTrace; +class StackFrame; +class Isolate; +class CallHandlerHelper; +class EscapableHandleScope; +template<typename T> class ReturnValue; + +namespace internal { +class Arguments; +class DeferredHandles; +class Heap; +class HeapObject; +class ExternalString; +class Isolate; +class LocalEmbedderHeapTracer; +class MicrotaskQueue; +struct ScriptStreamingData; +template<typename T> class CustomArguments; +class PropertyCallbackArguments; +class FunctionCallbackArguments; +class GlobalHandles; +class ScopedExternalStringLock; +class ThreadLocalTop; + +namespace wasm { +class NativeModule; +class StreamingDecoder; +} // namespace wasm + +} // namespace internal + +namespace debug { +class ConsoleCallArguments; +} // namespace debug + +// --- Handles --- + +#define TYPE_CHECK(T, S) \ + while (false) { \ + *(static_cast<T* volatile*>(0)) = static_cast<S*>(0); \ + } + +/** + * An object reference managed by the v8 garbage collector. + * + * All objects returned from v8 have to be tracked by the garbage + * collector so that it knows that the objects are still alive. Also, + * because the garbage collector may move objects, it is unsafe to + * point directly to an object. Instead, all objects are stored in + * handles which are known by the garbage collector and updated + * whenever an object moves. Handles should always be passed by value + * (except in cases like out-parameters) and they should never be + * allocated on the heap. + * + * There are two types of handles: local and persistent handles. + * + * Local handles are light-weight and transient and typically used in + * local operations. They are managed by HandleScopes. That means that a + * HandleScope must exist on the stack when they are created and that they are + * only valid inside of the HandleScope active during their creation. + * For passing a local handle to an outer HandleScope, an EscapableHandleScope + * and its Escape() method must be used. + * + * Persistent handles can be used when storing objects across several + * independent operations and have to be explicitly deallocated when they're no + * longer used. + * + * It is safe to extract the object stored in the handle by + * dereferencing the handle (for instance, to extract the Object* from + * a Local<Object>); the value will still be governed by a handle + * behind the scenes and the same rules apply to these values as to + * their handles. + */ +template <class T> +class Local { + public: + V8_INLINE Local() : val_(nullptr) {} + template <class S> + V8_INLINE Local(Local<S> that) + : val_(reinterpret_cast<T*>(*that)) { + /** + * This check fails when trying to convert between incompatible + * handles. For example, converting from a Local<String> to a + * Local<Number>. + */ + TYPE_CHECK(T, S); + } + + /** + * Returns true if the handle is empty. + */ + V8_INLINE bool IsEmpty() const { return val_ == nullptr; } + + /** + * Sets the handle to be empty. IsEmpty() will then return true. + */ + V8_INLINE void Clear() { val_ = nullptr; } + + V8_INLINE T* operator->() const { return val_; } + + V8_INLINE T* operator*() const { return val_; } + + /** + * Checks whether two handles are the same. + * Returns true if both are empty, or if the objects + * to which they refer are identical. + * The handles' references are not checked. + */ + template <class S> + V8_INLINE bool operator==(const Local<S>& that) const { + internal::Address* a = reinterpret_cast<internal::Address*>(this->val_); + internal::Address* b = reinterpret_cast<internal::Address*>(that.val_); + if (a == nullptr) return b == nullptr; + if (b == nullptr) return false; + return *a == *b; + } + + template <class S> V8_INLINE bool operator==( + const PersistentBase<S>& that) const { + internal::Address* a = reinterpret_cast<internal::Address*>(this->val_); + internal::Address* b = reinterpret_cast<internal::Address*>(that.val_); + if (a == nullptr) return b == nullptr; + if (b == nullptr) return false; + return *a == *b; + } + + /** + * Checks whether two handles are different. + * Returns true if only one of the handles is empty, or if + * the objects to which they refer are different. + * The handles' references are not checked. + */ + template <class S> + V8_INLINE bool operator!=(const Local<S>& that) const { + return !operator==(that); + } + + template <class S> V8_INLINE bool operator!=( + const Persistent<S>& that) const { + return !operator==(that); + } + + /** + * Cast a handle to a subclass, e.g. Local<Value> to Local<Object>. + * This is only valid if the handle actually refers to a value of the + * target type. + */ + template <class S> V8_INLINE static Local<T> Cast(Local<S> that) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + // If we're going to perform the type check then we have to check + // that the handle isn't empty before doing the checked cast. + if (that.IsEmpty()) return Local<T>(); +#endif + return Local<T>(T::Cast(*that)); + } + + /** + * Calling this is equivalent to Local<S>::Cast(). + * In particular, this is only valid if the handle actually refers to a value + * of the target type. + */ + template <class S> + V8_INLINE Local<S> As() const { + return Local<S>::Cast(*this); + } + + /** + * Create a local handle for the content of another handle. + * The referee is kept alive by the local handle even when + * the original handle is destroyed/disposed. + */ + V8_INLINE static Local<T> New(Isolate* isolate, Local<T> that); + V8_INLINE static Local<T> New(Isolate* isolate, + const PersistentBase<T>& that); + V8_INLINE static Local<T> New(Isolate* isolate, + const TracedReferenceBase<T>& that); + + private: + friend class Utils; + template<class F> friend class Eternal; + template<class F> friend class PersistentBase; + template<class F, class M> friend class Persistent; + template<class F> friend class Local; + template <class F> + friend class MaybeLocal; + template<class F> friend class FunctionCallbackInfo; + template<class F> friend class PropertyCallbackInfo; + friend class String; + friend class Object; + friend class Context; + friend class Isolate; + friend class Private; + template<class F> friend class internal::CustomArguments; + friend Local<Primitive> Undefined(Isolate* isolate); + friend Local<Primitive> Null(Isolate* isolate); + friend Local<Boolean> True(Isolate* isolate); + friend Local<Boolean> False(Isolate* isolate); + friend class HandleScope; + friend class EscapableHandleScope; + template <class F1, class F2, class F3> + friend class PersistentValueMapBase; + template<class F1, class F2> friend class PersistentValueVector; + template <class F> + friend class ReturnValue; + template <class F> + friend class Traced; + template <class F> + friend class TracedGlobal; + template <class F> + friend class TracedReferenceBase; + template <class F> + friend class TracedReference; + + explicit V8_INLINE Local(T* that) : val_(that) {} + V8_INLINE static Local<T> New(Isolate* isolate, T* that); + T* val_; +}; + + +#if !defined(V8_IMMINENT_DEPRECATION_WARNINGS) +// Handle is an alias for Local for historical reasons. +template <class T> +using Handle = Local<T>; +#endif + + +/** + * A MaybeLocal<> is a wrapper around Local<> that enforces a check whether + * the Local<> is empty before it can be used. + * + * If an API method returns a MaybeLocal<>, the API method can potentially fail + * either because an exception is thrown, or because an exception is pending, + * e.g. because a previous API call threw an exception that hasn't been caught + * yet, or because a TerminateExecution exception was thrown. In that case, an + * empty MaybeLocal is returned. + */ +template <class T> +class MaybeLocal { + public: + V8_INLINE MaybeLocal() : val_(nullptr) {} + template <class S> + V8_INLINE MaybeLocal(Local<S> that) + : val_(reinterpret_cast<T*>(*that)) { + TYPE_CHECK(T, S); + } + + V8_INLINE bool IsEmpty() const { return val_ == nullptr; } + + /** + * Converts this MaybeLocal<> to a Local<>. If this MaybeLocal<> is empty, + * |false| is returned and |out| is left untouched. + */ + template <class S> + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT V8_INLINE bool ToLocal(Local<S>* out) const { + out->val_ = IsEmpty() ? nullptr : this->val_; + return !IsEmpty(); + } + + /** + * Converts this MaybeLocal<> to a Local<>. If this MaybeLocal<> is empty, + * V8 will crash the process. + */ + V8_INLINE Local<T> ToLocalChecked(); + + /** + * Converts this MaybeLocal<> to a Local<>, using a default value if this + * MaybeLocal<> is empty. + */ + template <class S> + V8_INLINE Local<S> FromMaybe(Local<S> default_value) const { + return IsEmpty() ? default_value : Local<S>(val_); + } + + private: + T* val_; +}; + +/** + * Eternal handles are set-once handles that live for the lifetime of the + * isolate. + */ +template <class T> class Eternal { + public: + V8_INLINE Eternal() : val_(nullptr) {} + template <class S> + V8_INLINE Eternal(Isolate* isolate, Local<S> handle) : val_(nullptr) { + Set(isolate, handle); + } + // Can only be safely called if already set. + V8_INLINE Local<T> Get(Isolate* isolate) const; + V8_INLINE bool IsEmpty() const { return val_ == nullptr; } + template<class S> V8_INLINE void Set(Isolate* isolate, Local<S> handle); + + private: + T* val_; +}; + + +static const int kInternalFieldsInWeakCallback = 2; +static const int kEmbedderFieldsInWeakCallback = 2; + +template <typename T> +class WeakCallbackInfo { + public: + typedef void (*Callback)(const WeakCallbackInfo<T>& data); + + WeakCallbackInfo(Isolate* isolate, T* parameter, + void* embedder_fields[kEmbedderFieldsInWeakCallback], + Callback* callback) + : isolate_(isolate), parameter_(parameter), callback_(callback) { + for (int i = 0; i < kEmbedderFieldsInWeakCallback; ++i) { + embedder_fields_[i] = embedder_fields[i]; + } + } + + V8_INLINE Isolate* GetIsolate() const { return isolate_; } + V8_INLINE T* GetParameter() const { return parameter_; } + V8_INLINE void* GetInternalField(int index) const; + + // When first called, the embedder MUST Reset() the Global which triggered the + // callback. The Global itself is unusable for anything else. No v8 other api + // calls may be called in the first callback. Should additional work be + // required, the embedder must set a second pass callback, which will be + // called after all the initial callbacks are processed. + // Calling SetSecondPassCallback on the second pass will immediately crash. + void SetSecondPassCallback(Callback callback) const { *callback_ = callback; } + + private: + Isolate* isolate_; + T* parameter_; + Callback* callback_; + void* embedder_fields_[kEmbedderFieldsInWeakCallback]; +}; + + +// kParameter will pass a void* parameter back to the callback, kInternalFields +// will pass the first two internal fields back to the callback, kFinalizer +// will pass a void* parameter back, but is invoked before the object is +// actually collected, so it can be resurrected. In the last case, it is not +// possible to request a second pass callback. +enum class WeakCallbackType { kParameter, kInternalFields, kFinalizer }; + +/** + * An object reference that is independent of any handle scope. Where + * a Local handle only lives as long as the HandleScope in which it was + * allocated, a PersistentBase handle remains valid until it is explicitly + * disposed using Reset(). + * + * A persistent handle contains a reference to a storage cell within + * the V8 engine which holds an object value and which is updated by + * the garbage collector whenever the object is moved. A new storage + * cell can be created using the constructor or PersistentBase::Reset and + * existing handles can be disposed using PersistentBase::Reset. + * + */ +template <class T> class PersistentBase { + public: + /** + * If non-empty, destroy the underlying storage cell + * IsEmpty() will return true after this call. + */ + V8_INLINE void Reset(); + /** + * If non-empty, destroy the underlying storage cell + * and create a new one with the contents of other if other is non empty + */ + template <class S> + V8_INLINE void Reset(Isolate* isolate, const Local<S>& other); + + /** + * If non-empty, destroy the underlying storage cell + * and create a new one with the contents of other if other is non empty + */ + template <class S> + V8_INLINE void Reset(Isolate* isolate, const PersistentBase<S>& other); + + V8_INLINE bool IsEmpty() const { return val_ == nullptr; } + V8_INLINE void Empty() { val_ = 0; } + + V8_INLINE Local<T> Get(Isolate* isolate) const { + return Local<T>::New(isolate, *this); + } + + template <class S> + V8_INLINE bool operator==(const PersistentBase<S>& that) const { + internal::Address* a = reinterpret_cast<internal::Address*>(this->val_); + internal::Address* b = reinterpret_cast<internal::Address*>(that.val_); + if (a == nullptr) return b == nullptr; + if (b == nullptr) return false; + return *a == *b; + } + + template <class S> + V8_INLINE bool operator==(const Local<S>& that) const { + internal::Address* a = reinterpret_cast<internal::Address*>(this->val_); + internal::Address* b = reinterpret_cast<internal::Address*>(that.val_); + if (a == nullptr) return b == nullptr; + if (b == nullptr) return false; + return *a == *b; + } + + template <class S> + V8_INLINE bool operator!=(const PersistentBase<S>& that) const { + return !operator==(that); + } + + template <class S> + V8_INLINE bool operator!=(const Local<S>& that) const { + return !operator==(that); + } + + /** + * Install a finalization callback on this object. + * NOTE: There is no guarantee as to *when* or even *if* the callback is + * invoked. The invocation is performed solely on a best effort basis. + * As always, GC-based finalization should *not* be relied upon for any + * critical form of resource management! + */ + template <typename P> + V8_INLINE void SetWeak(P* parameter, + typename WeakCallbackInfo<P>::Callback callback, + WeakCallbackType type); + + /** + * Turns this handle into a weak phantom handle without finalization callback. + * The handle will be reset automatically when the garbage collector detects + * that the object is no longer reachable. + * A related function Isolate::NumberOfPhantomHandleResetsSinceLastCall + * returns how many phantom handles were reset by the garbage collector. + */ + V8_INLINE void SetWeak(); + + template<typename P> + V8_INLINE P* ClearWeak(); + + // TODO(dcarney): remove this. + V8_INLINE void ClearWeak() { ClearWeak<void>(); } + + /** + * Annotates the strong handle with the given label, which is then used by the + * heap snapshot generator as a name of the edge from the root to the handle. + * The function does not take ownership of the label and assumes that the + * label is valid as long as the handle is valid. + */ + V8_INLINE void AnnotateStrongRetainer(const char* label); + + /** Returns true if the handle's reference is weak. */ + V8_INLINE bool IsWeak() const; + + /** + * Assigns a wrapper class ID to the handle. + */ + V8_INLINE void SetWrapperClassId(uint16_t class_id); + + /** + * Returns the class ID previously assigned to this handle or 0 if no class ID + * was previously assigned. + */ + V8_INLINE uint16_t WrapperClassId() const; + + PersistentBase(const PersistentBase& other) = delete; // NOLINT + void operator=(const PersistentBase&) = delete; + + private: + friend class Isolate; + friend class Utils; + template<class F> friend class Local; + template<class F1, class F2> friend class Persistent; + template <class F> + friend class Global; + template<class F> friend class PersistentBase; + template<class F> friend class ReturnValue; + template <class F1, class F2, class F3> + friend class PersistentValueMapBase; + template<class F1, class F2> friend class PersistentValueVector; + friend class Object; + + explicit V8_INLINE PersistentBase(T* val) : val_(val) {} + V8_INLINE static T* New(Isolate* isolate, T* that); + + T* val_; +}; + + +/** + * Default traits for Persistent. This class does not allow + * use of the copy constructor or assignment operator. + * At present kResetInDestructor is not set, but that will change in a future + * version. + */ +template<class T> +class NonCopyablePersistentTraits { + public: + typedef Persistent<T, NonCopyablePersistentTraits<T> > NonCopyablePersistent; + static const bool kResetInDestructor = false; + template<class S, class M> + V8_INLINE static void Copy(const Persistent<S, M>& source, + NonCopyablePersistent* dest) { + Uncompilable<Object>(); + } + // TODO(dcarney): come up with a good compile error here. + template<class O> V8_INLINE static void Uncompilable() { + TYPE_CHECK(O, Primitive); + } +}; + + +/** + * Helper class traits to allow copying and assignment of Persistent. + * This will clone the contents of storage cell, but not any of the flags, etc. + */ +template<class T> +struct CopyablePersistentTraits { + typedef Persistent<T, CopyablePersistentTraits<T> > CopyablePersistent; + static const bool kResetInDestructor = true; + template<class S, class M> + static V8_INLINE void Copy(const Persistent<S, M>& source, + CopyablePersistent* dest) { + // do nothing, just allow copy + } +}; + + +/** + * A PersistentBase which allows copy and assignment. + * + * Copy, assignment and destructor behavior is controlled by the traits + * class M. + * + * Note: Persistent class hierarchy is subject to future changes. + */ +template <class T, class M> class Persistent : public PersistentBase<T> { + public: + /** + * A Persistent with no storage cell. + */ + V8_INLINE Persistent() : PersistentBase<T>(nullptr) {} + /** + * Construct a Persistent from a Local. + * When the Local is non-empty, a new storage cell is created + * pointing to the same object, and no flags are set. + */ + template <class S> + V8_INLINE Persistent(Isolate* isolate, Local<S> that) + : PersistentBase<T>(PersistentBase<T>::New(isolate, *that)) { + TYPE_CHECK(T, S); + } + /** + * Construct a Persistent from a Persistent. + * When the Persistent is non-empty, a new storage cell is created + * pointing to the same object, and no flags are set. + */ + template <class S, class M2> + V8_INLINE Persistent(Isolate* isolate, const Persistent<S, M2>& that) + : PersistentBase<T>(PersistentBase<T>::New(isolate, *that)) { + TYPE_CHECK(T, S); + } + /** + * The copy constructors and assignment operator create a Persistent + * exactly as the Persistent constructor, but the Copy function from the + * traits class is called, allowing the setting of flags based on the + * copied Persistent. + */ + V8_INLINE Persistent(const Persistent& that) : PersistentBase<T>(nullptr) { + Copy(that); + } + template <class S, class M2> + V8_INLINE Persistent(const Persistent<S, M2>& that) : PersistentBase<T>(0) { + Copy(that); + } + V8_INLINE Persistent& operator=(const Persistent& that) { + Copy(that); + return *this; + } + template <class S, class M2> + V8_INLINE Persistent& operator=(const Persistent<S, M2>& that) { // NOLINT + Copy(that); + return *this; + } + /** + * The destructor will dispose the Persistent based on the + * kResetInDestructor flags in the traits class. Since not calling dispose + * can result in a memory leak, it is recommended to always set this flag. + */ + V8_INLINE ~Persistent() { + if (M::kResetInDestructor) this->Reset(); + } + + // TODO(dcarney): this is pretty useless, fix or remove + template <class S> + V8_INLINE static Persistent<T>& Cast(const Persistent<S>& that) { // NOLINT +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + // If we're going to perform the type check then we have to check + // that the handle isn't empty before doing the checked cast. + if (!that.IsEmpty()) T::Cast(*that); +#endif + return reinterpret_cast<Persistent<T>&>(const_cast<Persistent<S>&>(that)); + } + + // TODO(dcarney): this is pretty useless, fix or remove + template <class S> + V8_INLINE Persistent<S>& As() const { // NOLINT + return Persistent<S>::Cast(*this); + } + + private: + friend class Isolate; + friend class Utils; + template<class F> friend class Local; + template<class F1, class F2> friend class Persistent; + template<class F> friend class ReturnValue; + + explicit V8_INLINE Persistent(T* that) : PersistentBase<T>(that) {} + V8_INLINE T* operator*() const { return this->val_; } + template<class S, class M2> + V8_INLINE void Copy(const Persistent<S, M2>& that); +}; + + +/** + * A PersistentBase which has move semantics. + * + * Note: Persistent class hierarchy is subject to future changes. + */ +template <class T> +class Global : public PersistentBase<T> { + public: + /** + * A Global with no storage cell. + */ + V8_INLINE Global() : PersistentBase<T>(nullptr) {} + + /** + * Construct a Global from a Local. + * When the Local is non-empty, a new storage cell is created + * pointing to the same object, and no flags are set. + */ + template <class S> + V8_INLINE Global(Isolate* isolate, Local<S> that) + : PersistentBase<T>(PersistentBase<T>::New(isolate, *that)) { + TYPE_CHECK(T, S); + } + + /** + * Construct a Global from a PersistentBase. + * When the Persistent is non-empty, a new storage cell is created + * pointing to the same object, and no flags are set. + */ + template <class S> + V8_INLINE Global(Isolate* isolate, const PersistentBase<S>& that) + : PersistentBase<T>(PersistentBase<T>::New(isolate, that.val_)) { + TYPE_CHECK(T, S); + } + + /** + * Move constructor. + */ + V8_INLINE Global(Global&& other); + + V8_INLINE ~Global() { this->Reset(); } + + /** + * Move via assignment. + */ + template <class S> + V8_INLINE Global& operator=(Global<S>&& rhs); + + /** + * Pass allows returning uniques from functions, etc. + */ + Global Pass() { return static_cast<Global&&>(*this); } // NOLINT + + /* + * For compatibility with Chromium's base::Bind (base::Passed). + */ + typedef void MoveOnlyTypeForCPP03; + + Global(const Global&) = delete; + void operator=(const Global&) = delete; + + private: + template <class F> + friend class ReturnValue; + V8_INLINE T* operator*() const { return this->val_; } +}; + + +// UniquePersistent is an alias for Global for historical reason. +template <class T> +using UniquePersistent = Global<T>; + +/** + * Deprecated. Use |TracedReference<T>| instead. + */ +template <typename T> +struct TracedGlobalTrait {}; + +/** + * A traced handle with copy and move semantics. The handle is to be used + * together with |v8::EmbedderHeapTracer| and specifies edges from the embedder + * into V8's heap. + * + * The exact semantics are: + * - Tracing garbage collections use |v8::EmbedderHeapTracer|. + * - Non-tracing garbage collections refer to + * |v8::EmbedderHeapTracer::IsRootForNonTracingGC()| whether the handle should + * be treated as root or not. + * + * Note that the base class cannot be instantiated itself. Choose from + * - TracedGlobal + * - TracedReference + */ +template <typename T> +class TracedReferenceBase { + public: + /** + * Returns true if this TracedReferenceBase is empty, i.e., has not been + * assigned an object. + */ + bool IsEmpty() const { return val_ == nullptr; } + + /** + * If non-empty, destroy the underlying storage cell. |IsEmpty| will return + * true after this call. + */ + V8_INLINE void Reset(); + + /** + * Construct a Local<T> from this handle. + */ + Local<T> Get(Isolate* isolate) const { return Local<T>::New(isolate, *this); } + + template <class S> + V8_INLINE bool operator==(const TracedReferenceBase<S>& that) const { + internal::Address* a = reinterpret_cast<internal::Address*>(val_); + internal::Address* b = reinterpret_cast<internal::Address*>(that.val_); + if (a == nullptr) return b == nullptr; + if (b == nullptr) return false; + return *a == *b; + } + + template <class S> + V8_INLINE bool operator==(const Local<S>& that) const { + internal::Address* a = reinterpret_cast<internal::Address*>(val_); + internal::Address* b = reinterpret_cast<internal::Address*>(that.val_); + if (a == nullptr) return b == nullptr; + if (b == nullptr) return false; + return *a == *b; + } + + template <class S> + V8_INLINE bool operator!=(const TracedReferenceBase<S>& that) const { + return !operator==(that); + } + + template <class S> + V8_INLINE bool operator!=(const Local<S>& that) const { + return !operator==(that); + } + + /** + * Assigns a wrapper class ID to the handle. + */ + V8_INLINE void SetWrapperClassId(uint16_t class_id); + + /** + * Returns the class ID previously assigned to this handle or 0 if no class ID + * was previously assigned. + */ + V8_INLINE uint16_t WrapperClassId() const; + + template <class S> + V8_INLINE TracedReferenceBase<S>& As() const { + return reinterpret_cast<TracedReferenceBase<S>&>( + const_cast<TracedReferenceBase<T>&>(*this)); + } + + private: + enum DestructionMode { kWithDestructor, kWithoutDestructor }; + + /** + * An empty TracedReferenceBase without storage cell. + */ + TracedReferenceBase() = default; + + V8_INLINE static T* New(Isolate* isolate, T* that, void* slot, + DestructionMode destruction_mode); + + T* val_ = nullptr; + + friend class EmbedderHeapTracer; + template <typename F> + friend class Local; + friend class Object; + template <typename F> + friend class TracedGlobal; + template <typename F> + friend class TracedReference; + template <typename F> + friend class ReturnValue; +}; + +/** + * A traced handle with destructor that clears the handle. For more details see + * TracedReferenceBase. + */ +template <typename T> +class TracedGlobal : public TracedReferenceBase<T> { + public: + using TracedReferenceBase<T>::Reset; + + /** + * Destructor resetting the handle. + */ + ~TracedGlobal() { this->Reset(); } + + /** + * An empty TracedGlobal without storage cell. + */ + TracedGlobal() : TracedReferenceBase<T>() {} + + /** + * Construct a TracedGlobal from a Local. + * + * When the Local is non-empty, a new storage cell is created + * pointing to the same object. + */ + template <class S> + TracedGlobal(Isolate* isolate, Local<S> that) : TracedReferenceBase<T>() { + this->val_ = this->New(isolate, that.val_, &this->val_, + TracedReferenceBase<T>::kWithDestructor); + TYPE_CHECK(T, S); + } + + /** + * Move constructor initializing TracedGlobal from an existing one. + */ + V8_INLINE TracedGlobal(TracedGlobal&& other) { + // Forward to operator=. + *this = std::move(other); + } + + /** + * Move constructor initializing TracedGlobal from an existing one. + */ + template <typename S> + V8_INLINE TracedGlobal(TracedGlobal<S>&& other) { + // Forward to operator=. + *this = std::move(other); + } + + /** + * Copy constructor initializing TracedGlobal from an existing one. + */ + V8_INLINE TracedGlobal(const TracedGlobal& other) { + // Forward to operator=; + *this = other; + } + + /** + * Copy constructor initializing TracedGlobal from an existing one. + */ + template <typename S> + V8_INLINE TracedGlobal(const TracedGlobal<S>& other) { + // Forward to operator=; + *this = other; + } + + /** + * Move assignment operator initializing TracedGlobal from an existing one. + */ + V8_INLINE TracedGlobal& operator=(TracedGlobal&& rhs); + + /** + * Move assignment operator initializing TracedGlobal from an existing one. + */ + template <class S> + V8_INLINE TracedGlobal& operator=(TracedGlobal<S>&& rhs); + + /** + * Copy assignment operator initializing TracedGlobal from an existing one. + * + * Note: Prohibited when |other| has a finalization callback set through + * |SetFinalizationCallback|. + */ + V8_INLINE TracedGlobal& operator=(const TracedGlobal& rhs); + + /** + * Copy assignment operator initializing TracedGlobal from an existing one. + * + * Note: Prohibited when |other| has a finalization callback set through + * |SetFinalizationCallback|. + */ + template <class S> + V8_INLINE TracedGlobal& operator=(const TracedGlobal<S>& rhs); + + /** + * If non-empty, destroy the underlying storage cell and create a new one with + * the contents of other if other is non empty + */ + template <class S> + V8_INLINE void Reset(Isolate* isolate, const Local<S>& other); + + template <class S> + V8_INLINE TracedGlobal<S>& As() const { + return reinterpret_cast<TracedGlobal<S>&>( + const_cast<TracedGlobal<T>&>(*this)); + } + + /** + * Adds a finalization callback to the handle. The type of this callback is + * similar to WeakCallbackType::kInternalFields, i.e., it will pass the + * parameter and the first two internal fields of the object. + * + * The callback is then supposed to reset the handle in the callback. No + * further V8 API may be called in this callback. In case additional work + * involving V8 needs to be done, a second callback can be scheduled using + * WeakCallbackInfo<void>::SetSecondPassCallback. + */ + V8_INLINE void SetFinalizationCallback( + void* parameter, WeakCallbackInfo<void>::Callback callback); +}; + +/** + * A traced handle without destructor that clears the handle. The embedder needs + * to ensure that the handle is not accessed once the V8 object has been + * reclaimed. This can happen when the handle is not passed through the + * EmbedderHeapTracer. For more details see TracedReferenceBase. + */ +template <typename T> +class TracedReference : public TracedReferenceBase<T> { + public: + using TracedReferenceBase<T>::Reset; + + /** + * An empty TracedReference without storage cell. + */ + TracedReference() : TracedReferenceBase<T>() {} + + /** + * Construct a TracedReference from a Local. + * + * When the Local is non-empty, a new storage cell is created + * pointing to the same object. + */ + template <class S> + TracedReference(Isolate* isolate, Local<S> that) : TracedReferenceBase<T>() { + this->val_ = this->New(isolate, that.val_, &this->val_, + TracedReferenceBase<T>::kWithoutDestructor); + TYPE_CHECK(T, S); + } + + /** + * Move constructor initializing TracedReference from an + * existing one. + */ + V8_INLINE TracedReference(TracedReference&& other) { + // Forward to operator=. + *this = std::move(other); + } + + /** + * Move constructor initializing TracedReference from an + * existing one. + */ + template <typename S> + V8_INLINE TracedReference(TracedReference<S>&& other) { + // Forward to operator=. + *this = std::move(other); + } + + /** + * Copy constructor initializing TracedReference from an + * existing one. + */ + V8_INLINE TracedReference(const TracedReference& other) { + // Forward to operator=; + *this = other; + } + + /** + * Copy constructor initializing TracedReference from an + * existing one. + */ + template <typename S> + V8_INLINE TracedReference(const TracedReference<S>& other) { + // Forward to operator=; + *this = other; + } + + /** + * Move assignment operator initializing TracedGlobal from an existing one. + */ + V8_INLINE TracedReference& operator=(TracedReference&& rhs); + + /** + * Move assignment operator initializing TracedGlobal from an existing one. + */ + template <class S> + V8_INLINE TracedReference& operator=(TracedReference<S>&& rhs); + + /** + * Copy assignment operator initializing TracedGlobal from an existing one. + * + * Note: Prohibited when |other| has a finalization callback set through + * |SetFinalizationCallback|. + */ + V8_INLINE TracedReference& operator=(const TracedReference& rhs); + + /** + * Copy assignment operator initializing TracedGlobal from an existing one. + * + * Note: Prohibited when |other| has a finalization callback set through + * |SetFinalizationCallback|. + */ + template <class S> + V8_INLINE TracedReference& operator=(const TracedReference<S>& rhs); + + /** + * If non-empty, destroy the underlying storage cell and create a new one with + * the contents of other if other is non empty + */ + template <class S> + V8_INLINE void Reset(Isolate* isolate, const Local<S>& other); + + template <class S> + V8_INLINE TracedReference<S>& As() const { + return reinterpret_cast<TracedReference<S>&>( + const_cast<TracedReference<T>&>(*this)); + } + + /** + * Adds a finalization callback to the handle. The type of this callback is + * similar to WeakCallbackType::kInternalFields, i.e., it will pass the + * parameter and the first two internal fields of the object. + * + * The callback is then supposed to reset the handle in the callback. No + * further V8 API may be called in this callback. In case additional work + * involving V8 needs to be done, a second callback can be scheduled using + * WeakCallbackInfo<void>::SetSecondPassCallback. + */ + V8_DEPRECATE_SOON("Use TracedGlobal<> if callbacks are required.") + V8_INLINE void SetFinalizationCallback( + void* parameter, WeakCallbackInfo<void>::Callback callback); +}; + + /** + * A stack-allocated class that governs a number of local handles. + * After a handle scope has been created, all local handles will be + * allocated within that handle scope until either the handle scope is + * deleted or another handle scope is created. If there is already a + * handle scope and a new one is created, all allocations will take + * place in the new handle scope until it is deleted. After that, + * new handles will again be allocated in the original handle scope. + * + * After the handle scope of a local handle has been deleted the + * garbage collector will no longer track the object stored in the + * handle and may deallocate it. The behavior of accessing a handle + * for which the handle scope has been deleted is undefined. + */ +class V8_EXPORT HandleScope { + public: + explicit HandleScope(Isolate* isolate); + + ~HandleScope(); + + /** + * Counts the number of allocated handles. + */ + static int NumberOfHandles(Isolate* isolate); + + V8_INLINE Isolate* GetIsolate() const { + return reinterpret_cast<Isolate*>(isolate_); + } + + HandleScope(const HandleScope&) = delete; + void operator=(const HandleScope&) = delete; + + protected: + V8_INLINE HandleScope() = default; + + void Initialize(Isolate* isolate); + + static internal::Address* CreateHandle(internal::Isolate* isolate, + internal::Address value); + + private: + // Declaring operator new and delete as deleted is not spec compliant. + // Therefore declare them private instead to disable dynamic alloc + void* operator new(size_t size); + void* operator new[](size_t size); + void operator delete(void*, size_t); + void operator delete[](void*, size_t); + + internal::Isolate* isolate_; + internal::Address* prev_next_; + internal::Address* prev_limit_; + + // Local::New uses CreateHandle with an Isolate* parameter. + template<class F> friend class Local; + + // Object::GetInternalField and Context::GetEmbedderData use CreateHandle with + // a HeapObject in their shortcuts. + friend class Object; + friend class Context; +}; + + +/** + * A HandleScope which first allocates a handle in the current scope + * which will be later filled with the escape value. + */ +class V8_EXPORT EscapableHandleScope : public HandleScope { + public: + explicit EscapableHandleScope(Isolate* isolate); + V8_INLINE ~EscapableHandleScope() = default; + + /** + * Pushes the value into the previous scope and returns a handle to it. + * Cannot be called twice. + */ + template <class T> + V8_INLINE Local<T> Escape(Local<T> value) { + internal::Address* slot = + Escape(reinterpret_cast<internal::Address*>(*value)); + return Local<T>(reinterpret_cast<T*>(slot)); + } + + template <class T> + V8_INLINE MaybeLocal<T> EscapeMaybe(MaybeLocal<T> value) { + return Escape(value.FromMaybe(Local<T>())); + } + + EscapableHandleScope(const EscapableHandleScope&) = delete; + void operator=(const EscapableHandleScope&) = delete; + + private: + // Declaring operator new and delete as deleted is not spec compliant. + // Therefore declare them private instead to disable dynamic alloc + void* operator new(size_t size); + void* operator new[](size_t size); + void operator delete(void*, size_t); + void operator delete[](void*, size_t); + + internal::Address* Escape(internal::Address* escape_value); + internal::Address* escape_slot_; +}; + +/** + * A SealHandleScope acts like a handle scope in which no handle allocations + * are allowed. It can be useful for debugging handle leaks. + * Handles can be allocated within inner normal HandleScopes. + */ +class V8_EXPORT SealHandleScope { + public: + explicit SealHandleScope(Isolate* isolate); + ~SealHandleScope(); + + SealHandleScope(const SealHandleScope&) = delete; + void operator=(const SealHandleScope&) = delete; + + private: + // Declaring operator new and delete as deleted is not spec compliant. + // Therefore declare them private instead to disable dynamic alloc + void* operator new(size_t size); + void* operator new[](size_t size); + void operator delete(void*, size_t); + void operator delete[](void*, size_t); + + internal::Isolate* const isolate_; + internal::Address* prev_limit_; + int prev_sealed_level_; +}; + + +// --- Special objects --- + +/** + * The superclass of objects that can reside on V8's heap. + */ +class V8_EXPORT Data { + private: + Data(); +}; + +/** + * A container type that holds relevant metadata for module loading. + * + * This is passed back to the embedder as part of + * HostImportModuleDynamicallyCallback for module loading. + */ +class V8_EXPORT ScriptOrModule { + public: + /** + * The name that was passed by the embedder as ResourceName to the + * ScriptOrigin. This can be either a v8::String or v8::Undefined. + */ + Local<Value> GetResourceName(); + + /** + * The options that were passed by the embedder as HostDefinedOptions to + * the ScriptOrigin. + */ + Local<PrimitiveArray> GetHostDefinedOptions(); +}; + +/** + * An array to hold Primitive values. This is used by the embedder to + * pass host defined options to the ScriptOptions during compilation. + * + * This is passed back to the embedder as part of + * HostImportModuleDynamicallyCallback for module loading. + * + */ +class V8_EXPORT PrimitiveArray { + public: + static Local<PrimitiveArray> New(Isolate* isolate, int length); + int Length() const; + void Set(Isolate* isolate, int index, Local<Primitive> item); + Local<Primitive> Get(Isolate* isolate, int index); +}; + +/** + * The optional attributes of ScriptOrigin. + */ +class ScriptOriginOptions { + public: + V8_INLINE ScriptOriginOptions(bool is_shared_cross_origin = false, + bool is_opaque = false, bool is_wasm = false, + bool is_module = false) + : flags_((is_shared_cross_origin ? kIsSharedCrossOrigin : 0) | + (is_wasm ? kIsWasm : 0) | (is_opaque ? kIsOpaque : 0) | + (is_module ? kIsModule : 0)) {} + V8_INLINE ScriptOriginOptions(int flags) + : flags_(flags & + (kIsSharedCrossOrigin | kIsOpaque | kIsWasm | kIsModule)) {} + + bool IsSharedCrossOrigin() const { + return (flags_ & kIsSharedCrossOrigin) != 0; + } + bool IsOpaque() const { return (flags_ & kIsOpaque) != 0; } + bool IsWasm() const { return (flags_ & kIsWasm) != 0; } + bool IsModule() const { return (flags_ & kIsModule) != 0; } + + int Flags() const { return flags_; } + + private: + enum { + kIsSharedCrossOrigin = 1, + kIsOpaque = 1 << 1, + kIsWasm = 1 << 2, + kIsModule = 1 << 3 + }; + const int flags_; +}; + +/** + * The origin, within a file, of a script. + */ +class ScriptOrigin { + public: + V8_INLINE ScriptOrigin( + Local<Value> resource_name, + Local<Integer> resource_line_offset = Local<Integer>(), + Local<Integer> resource_column_offset = Local<Integer>(), + Local<Boolean> resource_is_shared_cross_origin = Local<Boolean>(), + Local<Integer> script_id = Local<Integer>(), + Local<Value> source_map_url = Local<Value>(), + Local<Boolean> resource_is_opaque = Local<Boolean>(), + Local<Boolean> is_wasm = Local<Boolean>(), + Local<Boolean> is_module = Local<Boolean>(), + Local<PrimitiveArray> host_defined_options = Local<PrimitiveArray>()); + + V8_INLINE Local<Value> ResourceName() const; + V8_INLINE Local<Integer> ResourceLineOffset() const; + V8_INLINE Local<Integer> ResourceColumnOffset() const; + V8_INLINE Local<Integer> ScriptID() const; + V8_INLINE Local<Value> SourceMapUrl() const; + V8_INLINE Local<PrimitiveArray> HostDefinedOptions() const; + V8_INLINE ScriptOriginOptions Options() const { return options_; } + + private: + Local<Value> resource_name_; + Local<Integer> resource_line_offset_; + Local<Integer> resource_column_offset_; + ScriptOriginOptions options_; + Local<Integer> script_id_; + Local<Value> source_map_url_; + Local<PrimitiveArray> host_defined_options_; +}; + +/** + * A compiled JavaScript script, not yet tied to a Context. + */ +class V8_EXPORT UnboundScript { + public: + /** + * Binds the script to the currently entered context. + */ + Local<Script> BindToCurrentContext(); + + int GetId(); + Local<Value> GetScriptName(); + + /** + * Data read from magic sourceURL comments. + */ + Local<Value> GetSourceURL(); + /** + * Data read from magic sourceMappingURL comments. + */ + Local<Value> GetSourceMappingURL(); + + /** + * Returns zero based line number of the code_pos location in the script. + * -1 will be returned if no information available. + */ + int GetLineNumber(int code_pos); + + static const int kNoScriptId = 0; +}; + +/** + * A compiled JavaScript module, not yet tied to a Context. + */ +class V8_EXPORT UnboundModuleScript : public Data { + // Only used as a container for code caching. +}; + +/** + * A location in JavaScript source. + */ +class V8_EXPORT Location { + public: + int GetLineNumber() { return line_number_; } + int GetColumnNumber() { return column_number_; } + + Location(int line_number, int column_number) + : line_number_(line_number), column_number_(column_number) {} + + private: + int line_number_; + int column_number_; +}; + +/** + * A compiled JavaScript module. + */ +class V8_EXPORT Module : public Data { + public: + /** + * The different states a module can be in. + * + * This corresponds to the states used in ECMAScript except that "evaluated" + * is split into kEvaluated and kErrored, indicating success and failure, + * respectively. + */ + enum Status { + kUninstantiated, + kInstantiating, + kInstantiated, + kEvaluating, + kEvaluated, + kErrored + }; + + /** + * Returns the module's current status. + */ + Status GetStatus() const; + + /** + * For a module in kErrored status, this returns the corresponding exception. + */ + Local<Value> GetException() const; + + /** + * Returns the number of modules requested by this module. + */ + int GetModuleRequestsLength() const; + + /** + * Returns the ith module specifier in this module. + * i must be < GetModuleRequestsLength() and >= 0. + */ + Local<String> GetModuleRequest(int i) const; + + /** + * Returns the source location (line number and column number) of the ith + * module specifier's first occurrence in this module. + */ + Location GetModuleRequestLocation(int i) const; + + /** + * Returns the identity hash for this object. + */ + int GetIdentityHash() const; + + typedef MaybeLocal<Module> (*ResolveCallback)(Local<Context> context, + Local<String> specifier, + Local<Module> referrer); + + /** + * Instantiates the module and its dependencies. + * + * Returns an empty Maybe<bool> if an exception occurred during + * instantiation. (In the case where the callback throws an exception, that + * exception is propagated.) + */ + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT Maybe<bool> InstantiateModule(Local<Context> context, + ResolveCallback callback); + + /** + * Evaluates the module and its dependencies. + * + * If status is kInstantiated, run the module's code. On success, set status + * to kEvaluated and return the completion value; on failure, set status to + * kErrored and propagate the thrown exception (which is then also available + * via |GetException|). + */ + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<Value> Evaluate(Local<Context> context); + + /** + * Returns the namespace object of this module. + * + * The module's status must be at least kInstantiated. + */ + Local<Value> GetModuleNamespace(); + + /** + * Returns the corresponding context-unbound module script. + * + * The module must be unevaluated, i.e. its status must not be kEvaluating, + * kEvaluated or kErrored. + */ + Local<UnboundModuleScript> GetUnboundModuleScript(); + + /* + * Callback defined in the embedder. This is responsible for setting + * the module's exported values with calls to SetSyntheticModuleExport(). + * The callback must return a Value to indicate success (where no + * exception was thrown) and return an empy MaybeLocal to indicate falure + * (where an exception was thrown). + */ + typedef MaybeLocal<Value> (*SyntheticModuleEvaluationSteps)( + Local<Context> context, Local<Module> module); + + /** + * Creates a new SyntheticModule with the specified export names, where + * evaluation_steps will be executed upon module evaluation. + * export_names must not contain duplicates. + * module_name is used solely for logging/debugging and doesn't affect module + * behavior. + */ + static Local<Module> CreateSyntheticModule( + Isolate* isolate, Local<String> module_name, + const std::vector<Local<String>>& export_names, + SyntheticModuleEvaluationSteps evaluation_steps); + + /** + * Set this module's exported value for the name export_name to the specified + * export_value. This method must be called only on Modules created via + * CreateSyntheticModule. An error will be thrown if export_name is not one + * of the export_names that were passed in that CreateSyntheticModule call. + * Returns Just(true) on success, Nothing<bool>() if an error was thrown. + */ + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT Maybe<bool> SetSyntheticModuleExport( + Isolate* isolate, Local<String> export_name, Local<Value> export_value); + V8_DEPRECATE_SOON( + "Use the preceding SetSyntheticModuleExport with an Isolate parameter, " + "instead of the one that follows. The former will throw a runtime " + "error if called for an export that doesn't exist (as per spec); " + "the latter will crash with a failed CHECK().") + void SetSyntheticModuleExport(Local<String> export_name, + Local<Value> export_value); +}; + +/** + * A compiled JavaScript script, tied to a Context which was active when the + * script was compiled. + */ +class V8_EXPORT Script { + public: + /** + * A shorthand for ScriptCompiler::Compile(). + */ + static V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<Script> Compile( + Local<Context> context, Local<String> source, + ScriptOrigin* origin = nullptr); + + /** + * Runs the script returning the resulting value. It will be run in the + * context in which it was created (ScriptCompiler::CompileBound or + * UnboundScript::BindToCurrentContext()). + */ + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<Value> Run(Local<Context> context); + + /** + * Returns the corresponding context-unbound script. + */ + Local<UnboundScript> GetUnboundScript(); +}; + + +/** + * For compiling scripts. + */ +class V8_EXPORT ScriptCompiler { + public: + /** + * Compilation data that the embedder can cache and pass back to speed up + * future compilations. The data is produced if the CompilerOptions passed to + * the compilation functions in ScriptCompiler contains produce_data_to_cache + * = true. The data to cache can then can be retrieved from + * UnboundScript. + */ + struct V8_EXPORT CachedData { + enum BufferPolicy { + BufferNotOwned, + BufferOwned + }; + + CachedData() + : data(nullptr), + length(0), + rejected(false), + buffer_policy(BufferNotOwned) {} + + // If buffer_policy is BufferNotOwned, the caller keeps the ownership of + // data and guarantees that it stays alive until the CachedData object is + // destroyed. If the policy is BufferOwned, the given data will be deleted + // (with delete[]) when the CachedData object is destroyed. + CachedData(const uint8_t* data, int length, + BufferPolicy buffer_policy = BufferNotOwned); + ~CachedData(); + // TODO(marja): Async compilation; add constructors which take a callback + // which will be called when V8 no longer needs the data. + const uint8_t* data; + int length; + bool rejected; + BufferPolicy buffer_policy; + + // Prevent copying. + CachedData(const CachedData&) = delete; + CachedData& operator=(const CachedData&) = delete; + }; + + /** + * Source code which can be then compiled to a UnboundScript or Script. + */ + class Source { + public: + // Source takes ownership of CachedData. + V8_INLINE Source(Local<String> source_string, const ScriptOrigin& origin, + CachedData* cached_data = nullptr); + V8_INLINE Source(Local<String> source_string, + CachedData* cached_data = nullptr); + V8_INLINE ~Source(); + + // Ownership of the CachedData or its buffers is *not* transferred to the + // caller. The CachedData object is alive as long as the Source object is + // alive. + V8_INLINE const CachedData* GetCachedData() const; + + V8_INLINE const ScriptOriginOptions& GetResourceOptions() const; + + // Prevent copying. + Source(const Source&) = delete; + Source& operator=(const Source&) = delete; + + private: + friend class ScriptCompiler; + + Local<String> source_string; + + // Origin information + Local<Value> resource_name; + Local<Integer> resource_line_offset; + Local<Integer> resource_column_offset; + ScriptOriginOptions resource_options; + Local<Value> source_map_url; + Local<PrimitiveArray> host_defined_options; + + // Cached data from previous compilation (if a kConsume*Cache flag is + // set), or hold newly generated cache data (kProduce*Cache flags) are + // set when calling a compile method. + CachedData* cached_data; + }; + + /** + * For streaming incomplete script data to V8. The embedder should implement a + * subclass of this class. + */ + class V8_EXPORT ExternalSourceStream { + public: + virtual ~ExternalSourceStream() = default; + + /** + * V8 calls this to request the next chunk of data from the embedder. This + * function will be called on a background thread, so it's OK to block and + * wait for the data, if the embedder doesn't have data yet. Returns the + * length of the data returned. When the data ends, GetMoreData should + * return 0. Caller takes ownership of the data. + * + * When streaming UTF-8 data, V8 handles multi-byte characters split between + * two data chunks, but doesn't handle multi-byte characters split between + * more than two data chunks. The embedder can avoid this problem by always + * returning at least 2 bytes of data. + * + * When streaming UTF-16 data, V8 does not handle characters split between + * two data chunks. The embedder has to make sure that chunks have an even + * length. + * + * If the embedder wants to cancel the streaming, they should make the next + * GetMoreData call return 0. V8 will interpret it as end of data (and most + * probably, parsing will fail). The streaming task will return as soon as + * V8 has parsed the data it received so far. + */ + virtual size_t GetMoreData(const uint8_t** src) = 0; + + /** + * V8 calls this method to set a 'bookmark' at the current position in + * the source stream, for the purpose of (maybe) later calling + * ResetToBookmark. If ResetToBookmark is called later, then subsequent + * calls to GetMoreData should return the same data as they did when + * SetBookmark was called earlier. + * + * The embedder may return 'false' to indicate it cannot provide this + * functionality. + */ + virtual bool SetBookmark(); + + /** + * V8 calls this to return to a previously set bookmark. + */ + virtual void ResetToBookmark(); + }; + + /** + * Source code which can be streamed into V8 in pieces. It will be parsed + * while streaming and compiled after parsing has completed. StreamedSource + * must be kept alive while the streaming task is run (see ScriptStreamingTask + * below). + */ + class V8_EXPORT StreamedSource { + public: + enum Encoding { ONE_BYTE, TWO_BYTE, UTF8 }; + + V8_DEPRECATE_SOON( + "This class takes ownership of source_stream, so use the constructor " + "taking a unique_ptr to make these semantics clearer") + StreamedSource(ExternalSourceStream* source_stream, Encoding encoding); + StreamedSource(std::unique_ptr<ExternalSourceStream> source_stream, + Encoding encoding); + ~StreamedSource(); + + internal::ScriptStreamingData* impl() const { return impl_.get(); } + + // Prevent copying. + StreamedSource(const StreamedSource&) = delete; + StreamedSource& operator=(const StreamedSource&) = delete; + + private: + std::unique_ptr<internal::ScriptStreamingData> impl_; + }; + + /** + * A streaming task which the embedder must run on a background thread to + * stream scripts into V8. Returned by ScriptCompiler::StartStreamingScript. + */ + class V8_EXPORT ScriptStreamingTask final { + public: + void Run(); + + private: + friend class ScriptCompiler; + + explicit ScriptStreamingTask(internal::ScriptStreamingData* data) + : data_(data) {} + + internal::ScriptStreamingData* data_; + }; + + enum CompileOptions { + kNoCompileOptions = 0, + kConsumeCodeCache, + kEagerCompile + }; + + /** + * The reason for which we are not requesting or providing a code cache. + */ + enum NoCacheReason { + kNoCacheNoReason = 0, + kNoCacheBecauseCachingDisabled, + kNoCacheBecauseNoResource, + kNoCacheBecauseInlineScript, + kNoCacheBecauseModule, + kNoCacheBecauseStreamingSource, + kNoCacheBecauseInspector, + kNoCacheBecauseScriptTooSmall, + kNoCacheBecauseCacheTooCold, + kNoCacheBecauseV8Extension, + kNoCacheBecauseExtensionModule, + kNoCacheBecausePacScript, + kNoCacheBecauseInDocumentWrite, + kNoCacheBecauseResourceWithNoCacheHandler, + kNoCacheBecauseDeferredProduceCodeCache + }; + + /** + * Compiles the specified script (context-independent). + * Cached data as part of the source object can be optionally produced to be + * consumed later to speed up compilation of identical source scripts. + * + * Note that when producing cached data, the source must point to NULL for + * cached data. When consuming cached data, the cached data must have been + * produced by the same version of V8. + * + * \param source Script source code. + * \return Compiled script object (context independent; for running it must be + * bound to a context). + */ + static V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<UnboundScript> CompileUnboundScript( + Isolate* isolate, Source* source, + CompileOptions options = kNoCompileOptions, + NoCacheReason no_cache_reason = kNoCacheNoReason); + + /** + * Compiles the specified script (bound to current context). + * + * \param source Script source code. + * \param pre_data Pre-parsing data, as obtained by ScriptData::PreCompile() + * using pre_data speeds compilation if it's done multiple times. + * Owned by caller, no references are kept when this function returns. + * \return Compiled script object, bound to the context that was active + * when this function was called. When run it will always use this + * context. + */ + static V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<Script> Compile( + Local<Context> context, Source* source, + CompileOptions options = kNoCompileOptions, + NoCacheReason no_cache_reason = kNoCacheNoReason); + + /** + * Returns a task which streams script data into V8, or NULL if the script + * cannot be streamed. The user is responsible for running the task on a + * background thread and deleting it. When ran, the task starts parsing the + * script, and it will request data from the StreamedSource as needed. When + * ScriptStreamingTask::Run exits, all data has been streamed and the script + * can be compiled (see Compile below). + * + * This API allows to start the streaming with as little data as possible, and + * the remaining data (for example, the ScriptOrigin) is passed to Compile. + */ + static ScriptStreamingTask* StartStreamingScript( + Isolate* isolate, StreamedSource* source, + CompileOptions options = kNoCompileOptions); + + /** + * Compiles a streamed script (bound to current context). + * + * This can only be called after the streaming has finished + * (ScriptStreamingTask has been run). V8 doesn't construct the source string + * during streaming, so the embedder needs to pass the full source here. + */ + static V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<Script> Compile( + Local<Context> context, StreamedSource* source, + Local<String> full_source_string, const ScriptOrigin& origin); + + /** + * Return a version tag for CachedData for the current V8 version & flags. + * + * This value is meant only for determining whether a previously generated + * CachedData instance is still valid; the tag has no other meaing. + * + * Background: The data carried by CachedData may depend on the exact + * V8 version number or current compiler flags. This means that when + * persisting CachedData, the embedder must take care to not pass in + * data from another V8 version, or the same version with different + * features enabled. + * + * The easiest way to do so is to clear the embedder's cache on any + * such change. + * + * Alternatively, this tag can be stored alongside the cached data and + * compared when it is being used. + */ + static uint32_t CachedDataVersionTag(); + + /** + * Compile an ES module, returning a Module that encapsulates + * the compiled code. + * + * Corresponds to the ParseModule abstract operation in the + * ECMAScript specification. + */ + static V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<Module> CompileModule( + Isolate* isolate, Source* source, + CompileOptions options = kNoCompileOptions, + NoCacheReason no_cache_reason = kNoCacheNoReason); + + /** + * Compile a function for a given context. This is equivalent to running + * + * with (obj) { + * return function(args) { ... } + * } + * + * It is possible to specify multiple context extensions (obj in the above + * example). + */ + static V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<Function> CompileFunctionInContext( + Local<Context> context, Source* source, size_t arguments_count, + Local<String> arguments[], size_t context_extension_count, + Local<Object> context_extensions[], + CompileOptions options = kNoCompileOptions, + NoCacheReason no_cache_reason = kNoCacheNoReason, + Local<ScriptOrModule>* script_or_module_out = nullptr); + + /** + * Creates and returns code cache for the specified unbound_script. + * This will return nullptr if the script cannot be serialized. The + * CachedData returned by this function should be owned by the caller. + */ + static CachedData* CreateCodeCache(Local<UnboundScript> unbound_script); + + /** + * Creates and returns code cache for the specified unbound_module_script. + * This will return nullptr if the script cannot be serialized. The + * CachedData returned by this function should be owned by the caller. + */ + static CachedData* CreateCodeCache( + Local<UnboundModuleScript> unbound_module_script); + + /** + * Creates and returns code cache for the specified function that was + * previously produced by CompileFunctionInContext. + * This will return nullptr if the script cannot be serialized. The + * CachedData returned by this function should be owned by the caller. + */ + static CachedData* CreateCodeCacheForFunction(Local<Function> function); + + private: + static V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<UnboundScript> CompileUnboundInternal( + Isolate* isolate, Source* source, CompileOptions options, + NoCacheReason no_cache_reason); +}; + + +/** + * An error message. + */ +class V8_EXPORT Message { + public: + Local<String> Get() const; + + /** + * Return the isolate to which the Message belongs. + */ + Isolate* GetIsolate() const; + + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<String> GetSourceLine( + Local<Context> context) const; + + /** + * Returns the origin for the script from where the function causing the + * error originates. + */ + ScriptOrigin GetScriptOrigin() const; + + /** + * Returns the resource name for the script from where the function causing + * the error originates. + */ + Local<Value> GetScriptResourceName() const; + + /** + * Exception stack trace. By default stack traces are not captured for + * uncaught exceptions. SetCaptureStackTraceForUncaughtExceptions allows + * to change this option. + */ + Local<StackTrace> GetStackTrace() const; + + /** + * Returns the number, 1-based, of the line where the error occurred. + */ + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT Maybe<int> GetLineNumber(Local<Context> context) const; + + /** + * Returns the index within the script of the first character where + * the error occurred. + */ + int GetStartPosition() const; + + /** + * Returns the index within the script of the last character where + * the error occurred. + */ + int GetEndPosition() const; + + /** + * Returns the Wasm function index where the error occurred. Returns -1 if + * message is not from a Wasm script. + */ + int GetWasmFunctionIndex() const; + + /** + * Returns the error level of the message. + */ + int ErrorLevel() const; + + /** + * Returns the index within the line of the first character where + * the error occurred. + */ + int GetStartColumn() const; + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT Maybe<int> GetStartColumn(Local<Context> context) const; + + /** + * Returns the index within the line of the last character where + * the error occurred. + */ + int GetEndColumn() const; + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT Maybe<int> GetEndColumn(Local<Context> context) const; + + /** + * Passes on the value set by the embedder when it fed the script from which + * this Message was generated to V8. + */ + bool IsSharedCrossOrigin() const; + bool IsOpaque() const; + + // TODO(1245381): Print to a string instead of on a FILE. + static void PrintCurrentStackTrace(Isolate* isolate, FILE* out); + + static const int kNoLineNumberInfo = 0; + static const int kNoColumnInfo = 0; + static const int kNoScriptIdInfo = 0; + static const int kNoWasmFunctionIndexInfo = -1; +}; + + +/** + * Representation of a JavaScript stack trace. The information collected is a + * snapshot of the execution stack and the information remains valid after + * execution continues. + */ +class V8_EXPORT StackTrace { + public: + /** + * Flags that determine what information is placed captured for each + * StackFrame when grabbing the current stack trace. + * Note: these options are deprecated and we always collect all available + * information (kDetailed). + */ + enum StackTraceOptions { + kLineNumber = 1, + kColumnOffset = 1 << 1 | kLineNumber, + kScriptName = 1 << 2, + kFunctionName = 1 << 3, + kIsEval = 1 << 4, + kIsConstructor = 1 << 5, + kScriptNameOrSourceURL = 1 << 6, + kScriptId = 1 << 7, + kExposeFramesAcrossSecurityOrigins = 1 << 8, + kOverview = kLineNumber | kColumnOffset | kScriptName | kFunctionName, + kDetailed = kOverview | kIsEval | kIsConstructor | kScriptNameOrSourceURL + }; + + /** + * Returns a StackFrame at a particular index. + */ + Local<StackFrame> GetFrame(Isolate* isolate, uint32_t index) const; + + /** + * Returns the number of StackFrames. + */ + int GetFrameCount() const; + + /** + * Grab a snapshot of the current JavaScript execution stack. + * + * \param frame_limit The maximum number of stack frames we want to capture. + * \param options Enumerates the set of things we will capture for each + * StackFrame. + */ + static Local<StackTrace> CurrentStackTrace( + Isolate* isolate, int frame_limit, StackTraceOptions options = kDetailed); +}; + + +/** + * A single JavaScript stack frame. + */ +class V8_EXPORT StackFrame { + public: + /** + * Returns the number, 1-based, of the line for the associate function call. + * This method will return Message::kNoLineNumberInfo if it is unable to + * retrieve the line number, or if kLineNumber was not passed as an option + * when capturing the StackTrace. + */ + int GetLineNumber() const; + + /** + * Returns the 1-based column offset on the line for the associated function + * call. + * This method will return Message::kNoColumnInfo if it is unable to retrieve + * the column number, or if kColumnOffset was not passed as an option when + * capturing the StackTrace. + */ + int GetColumn() const; + + /** + * Returns the id of the script for the function for this StackFrame. + * This method will return Message::kNoScriptIdInfo if it is unable to + * retrieve the script id, or if kScriptId was not passed as an option when + * capturing the StackTrace. + */ + int GetScriptId() const; + + /** + * Returns the name of the resource that contains the script for the + * function for this StackFrame. + */ + Local<String> GetScriptName() const; + + /** + * Returns the name of the resource that contains the script for the + * function for this StackFrame or sourceURL value if the script name + * is undefined and its source ends with //# sourceURL=... string or + * deprecated //@ sourceURL=... string. + */ + Local<String> GetScriptNameOrSourceURL() const; + + /** + * Returns the name of the function associated with this stack frame. + */ + Local<String> GetFunctionName() const; + + /** + * Returns whether or not the associated function is compiled via a call to + * eval(). + */ + bool IsEval() const; + + /** + * Returns whether or not the associated function is called as a + * constructor via "new". + */ + bool IsConstructor() const; + + /** + * Returns whether or not the associated functions is defined in wasm. + */ + bool IsWasm() const; + + /** + * Returns whether or not the associated function is defined by the user. + */ + bool IsUserJavaScript() const; +}; + + +// A StateTag represents a possible state of the VM. +enum StateTag { + JS, + GC, + PARSER, + BYTECODE_COMPILER, + COMPILER, + OTHER, + EXTERNAL, + IDLE +}; + +// A RegisterState represents the current state of registers used +// by the sampling profiler API. +struct RegisterState { + RegisterState() : pc(nullptr), sp(nullptr), fp(nullptr), lr(nullptr) {} + void* pc; // Instruction pointer. + void* sp; // Stack pointer. + void* fp; // Frame pointer. + void* lr; // Link register (or nullptr on platforms without a link register). +}; + +// The output structure filled up by GetStackSample API function. +struct SampleInfo { + size_t frames_count; // Number of frames collected. + StateTag vm_state; // Current VM state. + void* external_callback_entry; // External callback address if VM is + // executing an external callback. + void* top_context; // Incumbent native context address. +}; + +struct MemoryRange { + const void* start = nullptr; + size_t length_in_bytes = 0; +}; + +struct JSEntryStub { + MemoryRange code; +}; + +struct UnwindState { + MemoryRange code_range; + MemoryRange embedded_code_range; + JSEntryStub js_entry_stub; + JSEntryStub js_construct_entry_stub; + JSEntryStub js_run_microtasks_entry_stub; +}; + +/** + * A JSON Parser and Stringifier. + */ +class V8_EXPORT JSON { + public: + /** + * Tries to parse the string |json_string| and returns it as value if + * successful. + * + * \param the context in which to parse and create the value. + * \param json_string The string to parse. + * \return The corresponding value if successfully parsed. + */ + static V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<Value> Parse( + Local<Context> context, Local<String> json_string); + + /** + * Tries to stringify the JSON-serializable object |json_object| and returns + * it as string if successful. + * + * \param json_object The JSON-serializable object to stringify. + * \return The corresponding string if successfully stringified. + */ + static V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<String> Stringify( + Local<Context> context, Local<Value> json_object, + Local<String> gap = Local<String>()); +}; + +/** + * Value serialization compatible with the HTML structured clone algorithm. + * The format is backward-compatible (i.e. safe to store to disk). + */ +class V8_EXPORT ValueSerializer { + public: + class V8_EXPORT Delegate { + public: + virtual ~Delegate() = default; + + /** + * Handles the case where a DataCloneError would be thrown in the structured + * clone spec. Other V8 embedders may throw some other appropriate exception + * type. + */ + virtual void ThrowDataCloneError(Local<String> message) = 0; + + /** + * The embedder overrides this method to write some kind of host object, if + * possible. If not, a suitable exception should be thrown and + * Nothing<bool>() returned. + */ + virtual Maybe<bool> WriteHostObject(Isolate* isolate, Local<Object> object); + + /** + * Called when the ValueSerializer is going to serialize a + * SharedArrayBuffer object. The embedder must return an ID for the + * object, using the same ID if this SharedArrayBuffer has already been + * serialized in this buffer. When deserializing, this ID will be passed to + * ValueDeserializer::GetSharedArrayBufferFromId as |clone_id|. + * + * If the object cannot be serialized, an + * exception should be thrown and Nothing<uint32_t>() returned. + */ + virtual Maybe<uint32_t> GetSharedArrayBufferId( + Isolate* isolate, Local<SharedArrayBuffer> shared_array_buffer); + + virtual Maybe<uint32_t> GetWasmModuleTransferId( + Isolate* isolate, Local<WasmModuleObject> module); + /** + * Allocates memory for the buffer of at least the size provided. The actual + * size (which may be greater or equal) is written to |actual_size|. If no + * buffer has been allocated yet, nullptr will be provided. + * + * If the memory cannot be allocated, nullptr should be returned. + * |actual_size| will be ignored. It is assumed that |old_buffer| is still + * valid in this case and has not been modified. + * + * The default implementation uses the stdlib's `realloc()` function. + */ + virtual void* ReallocateBufferMemory(void* old_buffer, size_t size, + size_t* actual_size); + + /** + * Frees a buffer allocated with |ReallocateBufferMemory|. + * + * The default implementation uses the stdlib's `free()` function. + */ + virtual void FreeBufferMemory(void* buffer); + }; + + explicit ValueSerializer(Isolate* isolate); + ValueSerializer(Isolate* isolate, Delegate* delegate); + ~ValueSerializer(); + + /** + * Writes out a header, which includes the format version. + */ + void WriteHeader(); + + /** + * Serializes a JavaScript value into the buffer. + */ + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT Maybe<bool> WriteValue(Local<Context> context, + Local<Value> value); + + /** + * Returns the stored data (allocated using the delegate's + * ReallocateBufferMemory) and its size. This serializer should not be used + * once the buffer is released. The contents are undefined if a previous write + * has failed. Ownership of the buffer is transferred to the caller. + */ + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT std::pair<uint8_t*, size_t> Release(); + + /** + * Marks an ArrayBuffer as havings its contents transferred out of band. + * Pass the corresponding ArrayBuffer in the deserializing context to + * ValueDeserializer::TransferArrayBuffer. + */ + void TransferArrayBuffer(uint32_t transfer_id, + Local<ArrayBuffer> array_buffer); + + + /** + * Indicate whether to treat ArrayBufferView objects as host objects, + * i.e. pass them to Delegate::WriteHostObject. This should not be + * called when no Delegate was passed. + * + * The default is not to treat ArrayBufferViews as host objects. + */ + void SetTreatArrayBufferViewsAsHostObjects(bool mode); + + /** + * Write raw data in various common formats to the buffer. + * Note that integer types are written in base-128 varint format, not with a + * binary copy. For use during an override of Delegate::WriteHostObject. + */ + void WriteUint32(uint32_t value); + void WriteUint64(uint64_t value); + void WriteDouble(double value); + void WriteRawBytes(const void* source, size_t length); + + ValueSerializer(const ValueSerializer&) = delete; + void operator=(const ValueSerializer&) = delete; + + private: + struct PrivateData; + PrivateData* private_; +}; + +/** + * Deserializes values from data written with ValueSerializer, or a compatible + * implementation. + */ +class V8_EXPORT ValueDeserializer { + public: + class V8_EXPORT Delegate { + public: + virtual ~Delegate() = default; + + /** + * The embedder overrides this method to read some kind of host object, if + * possible. If not, a suitable exception should be thrown and + * MaybeLocal<Object>() returned. + */ + virtual MaybeLocal<Object> ReadHostObject(Isolate* isolate); + + /** + * Get a WasmModuleObject given a transfer_id previously provided + * by ValueSerializer::GetWasmModuleTransferId + */ + virtual MaybeLocal<WasmModuleObject> GetWasmModuleFromId( + Isolate* isolate, uint32_t transfer_id); + + /** + * Get a SharedArrayBuffer given a clone_id previously provided + * by ValueSerializer::GetSharedArrayBufferId + */ + virtual MaybeLocal<SharedArrayBuffer> GetSharedArrayBufferFromId( + Isolate* isolate, uint32_t clone_id); + }; + + ValueDeserializer(Isolate* isolate, const uint8_t* data, size_t size); + ValueDeserializer(Isolate* isolate, const uint8_t* data, size_t size, + Delegate* delegate); + ~ValueDeserializer(); + + /** + * Reads and validates a header (including the format version). + * May, for example, reject an invalid or unsupported wire format. + */ + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT Maybe<bool> ReadHeader(Local<Context> context); + + /** + * Deserializes a JavaScript value from the buffer. + */ + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<Value> ReadValue(Local<Context> context); + + /** + * Accepts the array buffer corresponding to the one passed previously to + * ValueSerializer::TransferArrayBuffer. + */ + void TransferArrayBuffer(uint32_t transfer_id, + Local<ArrayBuffer> array_buffer); + + /** + * Similar to TransferArrayBuffer, but for SharedArrayBuffer. + * The id is not necessarily in the same namespace as unshared ArrayBuffer + * objects. + */ + void TransferSharedArrayBuffer(uint32_t id, + Local<SharedArrayBuffer> shared_array_buffer); + + /** + * Must be called before ReadHeader to enable support for reading the legacy + * wire format (i.e., which predates this being shipped). + * + * Don't use this unless you need to read data written by previous versions of + * blink::ScriptValueSerializer. + */ + void SetSupportsLegacyWireFormat(bool supports_legacy_wire_format); + + /** + * Expect inline wasm in the data stream (rather than in-memory transfer) + */ + void SetExpectInlineWasm(bool allow_inline_wasm); + + /** + * Reads the underlying wire format version. Likely mostly to be useful to + * legacy code reading old wire format versions. Must be called after + * ReadHeader. + */ + uint32_t GetWireFormatVersion() const; + + /** + * Reads raw data in various common formats to the buffer. + * Note that integer types are read in base-128 varint format, not with a + * binary copy. For use during an override of Delegate::ReadHostObject. + */ + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT bool ReadUint32(uint32_t* value); + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT bool ReadUint64(uint64_t* value); + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT bool ReadDouble(double* value); + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT bool ReadRawBytes(size_t length, const void** data); + + ValueDeserializer(const ValueDeserializer&) = delete; + void operator=(const ValueDeserializer&) = delete; + + private: + struct PrivateData; + PrivateData* private_; +}; + + +// --- Value --- + + +/** + * The superclass of all JavaScript values and objects. + */ +class V8_EXPORT Value : public Data { + public: + /** + * Returns true if this value is the undefined value. See ECMA-262 + * 4.3.10. + */ + V8_INLINE bool IsUndefined() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is the null value. See ECMA-262 + * 4.3.11. + */ + V8_INLINE bool IsNull() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is either the null or the undefined value. + * See ECMA-262 + * 4.3.11. and 4.3.12 + */ + V8_INLINE bool IsNullOrUndefined() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is true. + */ + bool IsTrue() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is false. + */ + bool IsFalse() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is a symbol or a string. + */ + bool IsName() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is an instance of the String type. + * See ECMA-262 8.4. + */ + V8_INLINE bool IsString() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is a symbol. + */ + bool IsSymbol() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is a function. + */ + bool IsFunction() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is an array. Note that it will return false for + * an Proxy for an array. + */ + bool IsArray() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is an object. + */ + bool IsObject() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is a bigint. + */ + bool IsBigInt() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is boolean. + */ + bool IsBoolean() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is a number. + */ + bool IsNumber() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is external. + */ + bool IsExternal() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is a 32-bit signed integer. + */ + bool IsInt32() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is a 32-bit unsigned integer. + */ + bool IsUint32() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is a Date. + */ + bool IsDate() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is an Arguments object. + */ + bool IsArgumentsObject() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is a BigInt object. + */ + bool IsBigIntObject() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is a Boolean object. + */ + bool IsBooleanObject() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is a Number object. + */ + bool IsNumberObject() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is a String object. + */ + bool IsStringObject() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is a Symbol object. + */ + bool IsSymbolObject() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is a NativeError. + */ + bool IsNativeError() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is a RegExp. + */ + bool IsRegExp() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is an async function. + */ + bool IsAsyncFunction() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is a Generator function. + */ + bool IsGeneratorFunction() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is a Generator object (iterator). + */ + bool IsGeneratorObject() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is a Promise. + */ + bool IsPromise() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is a Map. + */ + bool IsMap() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is a Set. + */ + bool IsSet() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is a Map Iterator. + */ + bool IsMapIterator() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is a Set Iterator. + */ + bool IsSetIterator() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is a WeakMap. + */ + bool IsWeakMap() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is a WeakSet. + */ + bool IsWeakSet() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is an ArrayBuffer. + */ + bool IsArrayBuffer() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is an ArrayBufferView. + */ + bool IsArrayBufferView() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is one of TypedArrays. + */ + bool IsTypedArray() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is an Uint8Array. + */ + bool IsUint8Array() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is an Uint8ClampedArray. + */ + bool IsUint8ClampedArray() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is an Int8Array. + */ + bool IsInt8Array() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is an Uint16Array. + */ + bool IsUint16Array() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is an Int16Array. + */ + bool IsInt16Array() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is an Uint32Array. + */ + bool IsUint32Array() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is an Int32Array. + */ + bool IsInt32Array() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is a Float32Array. + */ + bool IsFloat32Array() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is a Float64Array. + */ + bool IsFloat64Array() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is a BigInt64Array. + */ + bool IsBigInt64Array() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is a BigUint64Array. + */ + bool IsBigUint64Array() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is a DataView. + */ + bool IsDataView() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is a SharedArrayBuffer. + * This is an experimental feature. + */ + bool IsSharedArrayBuffer() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is a JavaScript Proxy. + */ + bool IsProxy() const; + + bool IsWebAssemblyCompiledModule() const; + + /** + * Returns true if the value is a Module Namespace Object. + */ + bool IsModuleNamespaceObject() const; + + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<BigInt> ToBigInt( + Local<Context> context) const; + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<Number> ToNumber( + Local<Context> context) const; + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<String> ToString( + Local<Context> context) const; + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<String> ToDetailString( + Local<Context> context) const; + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<Object> ToObject( + Local<Context> context) const; + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<Integer> ToInteger( + Local<Context> context) const; + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<Uint32> ToUint32( + Local<Context> context) const; + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<Int32> ToInt32(Local<Context> context) const; + + Local<Boolean> ToBoolean(Isolate* isolate) const; + + /** + * Attempts to convert a string to an array index. + * Returns an empty handle if the conversion fails. + */ + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<Uint32> ToArrayIndex( + Local<Context> context) const; + + bool BooleanValue(Isolate* isolate) const; + + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT Maybe<double> NumberValue(Local<Context> context) const; + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT Maybe<int64_t> IntegerValue( + Local<Context> context) const; + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT Maybe<uint32_t> Uint32Value( + Local<Context> context) const; + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT Maybe<int32_t> Int32Value(Local<Context> context) const; + + /** JS == */ + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT Maybe<bool> Equals(Local<Context> context, + Local<Value> that) const; + bool StrictEquals(Local<Value> that) const; + bool SameValue(Local<Value> that) const; + + template <class T> V8_INLINE static Value* Cast(T* value); + + Local<String> TypeOf(Isolate*); + + Maybe<bool> InstanceOf(Local<Context> context, Local<Object> object); + + private: + V8_INLINE bool QuickIsUndefined() const; + V8_INLINE bool QuickIsNull() const; + V8_INLINE bool QuickIsNullOrUndefined() const; + V8_INLINE bool QuickIsString() const; + bool FullIsUndefined() const; + bool FullIsNull() const; + bool FullIsString() const; +}; + + +/** + * The superclass of primitive values. See ECMA-262 4.3.2. + */ +class V8_EXPORT Primitive : public Value { }; + + +/** + * A primitive boolean value (ECMA-262, 4.3.14). Either the true + * or false value. + */ +class V8_EXPORT Boolean : public Primitive { + public: + bool Value() const; + V8_INLINE static Boolean* Cast(v8::Value* obj); + V8_INLINE static Local<Boolean> New(Isolate* isolate, bool value); + + private: + static void CheckCast(v8::Value* obj); +}; + + +/** + * A superclass for symbols and strings. + */ +class V8_EXPORT Name : public Primitive { + public: + /** + * Returns the identity hash for this object. The current implementation + * uses an inline property on the object to store the identity hash. + * + * The return value will never be 0. Also, it is not guaranteed to be + * unique. + */ + int GetIdentityHash(); + + V8_INLINE static Name* Cast(Value* obj); + + private: + static void CheckCast(Value* obj); +}; + +/** + * A flag describing different modes of string creation. + * + * Aside from performance implications there are no differences between the two + * creation modes. + */ +enum class NewStringType { + /** + * Create a new string, always allocating new storage memory. + */ + kNormal, + + /** + * Acts as a hint that the string should be created in the + * old generation heap space and be deduplicated if an identical string + * already exists. + */ + kInternalized +}; + +/** + * A JavaScript string value (ECMA-262, 4.3.17). + */ +class V8_EXPORT String : public Name { + public: + static constexpr int kMaxLength = internal::kApiTaggedSize == 4 + ? (1 << 28) - 16 + : internal::kSmiMaxValue / 2 - 24; + + enum Encoding { + UNKNOWN_ENCODING = 0x1, + TWO_BYTE_ENCODING = 0x0, + ONE_BYTE_ENCODING = 0x8 + }; + /** + * Returns the number of characters (UTF-16 code units) in this string. + */ + int Length() const; + + /** + * Returns the number of bytes in the UTF-8 encoded + * representation of this string. + */ + int Utf8Length(Isolate* isolate) const; + + /** + * Returns whether this string is known to contain only one byte data, + * i.e. ISO-8859-1 code points. + * Does not read the string. + * False negatives are possible. + */ + bool IsOneByte() const; + + /** + * Returns whether this string contain only one byte data, + * i.e. ISO-8859-1 code points. + * Will read the entire string in some cases. + */ + bool ContainsOnlyOneByte() const; + + /** + * Write the contents of the string to an external buffer. + * If no arguments are given, expects the buffer to be large + * enough to hold the entire string and NULL terminator. Copies + * the contents of the string and the NULL terminator into the + * buffer. + * + * WriteUtf8 will not write partial UTF-8 sequences, preferring to stop + * before the end of the buffer. + * + * Copies up to length characters into the output buffer. + * Only null-terminates if there is enough space in the buffer. + * + * \param buffer The buffer into which the string will be copied. + * \param start The starting position within the string at which + * copying begins. + * \param length The number of characters to copy from the string. For + * WriteUtf8 the number of bytes in the buffer. + * \param nchars_ref The number of characters written, can be NULL. + * \param options Various options that might affect performance of this or + * subsequent operations. + * \return The number of characters copied to the buffer excluding the null + * terminator. For WriteUtf8: The number of bytes copied to the buffer + * including the null terminator (if written). + */ + enum WriteOptions { + NO_OPTIONS = 0, + HINT_MANY_WRITES_EXPECTED = 1, + NO_NULL_TERMINATION = 2, + PRESERVE_ONE_BYTE_NULL = 4, + // Used by WriteUtf8 to replace orphan surrogate code units with the + // unicode replacement character. Needs to be set to guarantee valid UTF-8 + // output. + REPLACE_INVALID_UTF8 = 8 + }; + + // 16-bit character codes. + int Write(Isolate* isolate, uint16_t* buffer, int start = 0, int length = -1, + int options = NO_OPTIONS) const; + // One byte characters. + int WriteOneByte(Isolate* isolate, uint8_t* buffer, int start = 0, + int length = -1, int options = NO_OPTIONS) const; + // UTF-8 encoded characters. + int WriteUtf8(Isolate* isolate, char* buffer, int length = -1, + int* nchars_ref = nullptr, int options = NO_OPTIONS) const; + + /** + * A zero length string. + */ + V8_INLINE static Local<String> Empty(Isolate* isolate); + + /** + * Returns true if the string is external + */ + bool IsExternal() const; + + /** + * Returns true if the string is both external and one-byte. + */ + bool IsExternalOneByte() const; + + class V8_EXPORT ExternalStringResourceBase { // NOLINT + public: + virtual ~ExternalStringResourceBase() = default; + + /** + * If a string is cacheable, the value returned by + * ExternalStringResource::data() may be cached, otherwise it is not + * expected to be stable beyond the current top-level task. + */ + virtual bool IsCacheable() const { return true; } + + // Disallow copying and assigning. + ExternalStringResourceBase(const ExternalStringResourceBase&) = delete; + void operator=(const ExternalStringResourceBase&) = delete; + + protected: + ExternalStringResourceBase() = default; + + /** + * Internally V8 will call this Dispose method when the external string + * resource is no longer needed. The default implementation will use the + * delete operator. This method can be overridden in subclasses to + * control how allocated external string resources are disposed. + */ + virtual void Dispose() { delete this; } + + /** + * For a non-cacheable string, the value returned by + * |ExternalStringResource::data()| has to be stable between |Lock()| and + * |Unlock()|, that is the string must behave as is |IsCacheable()| returned + * true. + * + * These two functions must be thread-safe, and can be called from anywhere. + * They also must handle lock depth, in the sense that each can be called + * several times, from different threads, and unlocking should only happen + * when the balance of Lock() and Unlock() calls is 0. + */ + virtual void Lock() const {} + + /** + * Unlocks the string. + */ + virtual void Unlock() const {} + + private: + friend class internal::ExternalString; + friend class v8::String; + friend class internal::ScopedExternalStringLock; + }; + + /** + * An ExternalStringResource is a wrapper around a two-byte string + * buffer that resides outside V8's heap. Implement an + * ExternalStringResource to manage the life cycle of the underlying + * buffer. Note that the string data must be immutable. + */ + class V8_EXPORT ExternalStringResource + : public ExternalStringResourceBase { + public: + /** + * Override the destructor to manage the life cycle of the underlying + * buffer. + */ + ~ExternalStringResource() override = default; + + /** + * The string data from the underlying buffer. + */ + virtual const uint16_t* data() const = 0; + + /** + * The length of the string. That is, the number of two-byte characters. + */ + virtual size_t length() const = 0; + + protected: + ExternalStringResource() = default; + }; + + /** + * An ExternalOneByteStringResource is a wrapper around an one-byte + * string buffer that resides outside V8's heap. Implement an + * ExternalOneByteStringResource to manage the life cycle of the + * underlying buffer. Note that the string data must be immutable + * and that the data must be Latin-1 and not UTF-8, which would require + * special treatment internally in the engine and do not allow efficient + * indexing. Use String::New or convert to 16 bit data for non-Latin1. + */ + + class V8_EXPORT ExternalOneByteStringResource + : public ExternalStringResourceBase { + public: + /** + * Override the destructor to manage the life cycle of the underlying + * buffer. + */ + ~ExternalOneByteStringResource() override = default; + /** The string data from the underlying buffer.*/ + virtual const char* data() const = 0; + /** The number of Latin-1 characters in the string.*/ + virtual size_t length() const = 0; + protected: + ExternalOneByteStringResource() = default; + }; + + /** + * If the string is an external string, return the ExternalStringResourceBase + * regardless of the encoding, otherwise return NULL. The encoding of the + * string is returned in encoding_out. + */ + V8_INLINE ExternalStringResourceBase* GetExternalStringResourceBase( + Encoding* encoding_out) const; + + /** + * Get the ExternalStringResource for an external string. Returns + * NULL if IsExternal() doesn't return true. + */ + V8_INLINE ExternalStringResource* GetExternalStringResource() const; + + /** + * Get the ExternalOneByteStringResource for an external one-byte string. + * Returns NULL if IsExternalOneByte() doesn't return true. + */ + const ExternalOneByteStringResource* GetExternalOneByteStringResource() const; + + V8_INLINE static String* Cast(v8::Value* obj); + + /** Allocates a new string from UTF-8 data. Only returns an empty value when + * length > kMaxLength. **/ + static V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<String> NewFromUtf8( + Isolate* isolate, const char* data, + NewStringType type = NewStringType::kNormal, int length = -1); + + /** Allocates a new string from Latin-1 data. Only returns an empty value + * when length > kMaxLength. **/ + static V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<String> NewFromOneByte( + Isolate* isolate, const uint8_t* data, + NewStringType type = NewStringType::kNormal, int length = -1); + + /** Allocates a new string from UTF-16 data. Only returns an empty value when + * length > kMaxLength. **/ + static V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<String> NewFromTwoByte( + Isolate* isolate, const uint16_t* data, + NewStringType type = NewStringType::kNormal, int length = -1); + + /** + * Creates a new string by concatenating the left and the right strings + * passed in as parameters. + */ + static Local<String> Concat(Isolate* isolate, Local<String> left, + Local<String> right); + + /** + * Creates a new external string using the data defined in the given + * resource. When the external string is no longer live on V8's heap the + * resource will be disposed by calling its Dispose method. The caller of + * this function should not otherwise delete or modify the resource. Neither + * should the underlying buffer be deallocated or modified except through the + * destructor of the external string resource. + */ + static V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<String> NewExternalTwoByte( + Isolate* isolate, ExternalStringResource* resource); + + /** + * Associate an external string resource with this string by transforming it + * in place so that existing references to this string in the JavaScript heap + * will use the external string resource. The external string resource's + * character contents need to be equivalent to this string. + * Returns true if the string has been changed to be an external string. + * The string is not modified if the operation fails. See NewExternal for + * information on the lifetime of the resource. + */ + bool MakeExternal(ExternalStringResource* resource); + + /** + * Creates a new external string using the one-byte data defined in the given + * resource. When the external string is no longer live on V8's heap the + * resource will be disposed by calling its Dispose method. The caller of + * this function should not otherwise delete or modify the resource. Neither + * should the underlying buffer be deallocated or modified except through the + * destructor of the external string resource. + */ + static V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<String> NewExternalOneByte( + Isolate* isolate, ExternalOneByteStringResource* resource); + + /** + * Associate an external string resource with this string by transforming it + * in place so that existing references to this string in the JavaScript heap + * will use the external string resource. The external string resource's + * character contents need to be equivalent to this string. + * Returns true if the string has been changed to be an external string. + * The string is not modified if the operation fails. See NewExternal for + * information on the lifetime of the resource. + */ + bool MakeExternal(ExternalOneByteStringResource* resource); + + /** + * Returns true if this string can be made external. + */ + bool CanMakeExternal(); + + /** + * Returns true if the strings values are equal. Same as JS ==/===. + */ + bool StringEquals(Local<String> str); + + /** + * Converts an object to a UTF-8-encoded character array. Useful if + * you want to print the object. If conversion to a string fails + * (e.g. due to an exception in the toString() method of the object) + * then the length() method returns 0 and the * operator returns + * NULL. + */ + class V8_EXPORT Utf8Value { + public: + Utf8Value(Isolate* isolate, Local<v8::Value> obj); + ~Utf8Value(); + char* operator*() { return str_; } + const char* operator*() const { return str_; } + int length() const { return length_; } + + // Disallow copying and assigning. + Utf8Value(const Utf8Value&) = delete; + void operator=(const Utf8Value&) = delete; + + private: + char* str_; + int length_; + }; + + /** + * Converts an object to a two-byte (UTF-16-encoded) string. + * If conversion to a string fails (eg. due to an exception in the toString() + * method of the object) then the length() method returns 0 and the * operator + * returns NULL. + */ + class V8_EXPORT Value { + public: + Value(Isolate* isolate, Local<v8::Value> obj); + ~Value(); + uint16_t* operator*() { return str_; } + const uint16_t* operator*() const { return str_; } + int length() const { return length_; } + + // Disallow copying and assigning. + Value(const Value&) = delete; + void operator=(const Value&) = delete; + + private: + uint16_t* str_; + int length_; + }; + + private: + void VerifyExternalStringResourceBase(ExternalStringResourceBase* v, + Encoding encoding) const; + void VerifyExternalStringResource(ExternalStringResource* val) const; + ExternalStringResource* GetExternalStringResourceSlow() const; + ExternalStringResourceBase* GetExternalStringResourceBaseSlow( + String::Encoding* encoding_out) const; + + static void CheckCast(v8::Value* obj); +}; + + +/** + * A JavaScript symbol (ECMA-262 edition 6) + */ +class V8_EXPORT Symbol : public Name { + public: + /** + * Returns the description string of the symbol, or undefined if none. + */ + Local<Value> Description() const; + + V8_DEPRECATE_SOON("Use Symbol::Description()") + Local<Value> Name() const { return Description(); } + + /** + * Create a symbol. If description is not empty, it will be used as the + * description. + */ + static Local<Symbol> New(Isolate* isolate, + Local<String> description = Local<String>()); + + /** + * Access global symbol registry. + * Note that symbols created this way are never collected, so + * they should only be used for statically fixed properties. + * Also, there is only one global name space for the descriptions used as + * keys. + * To minimize the potential for clashes, use qualified names as keys. + */ + static Local<Symbol> For(Isolate* isolate, Local<String> description); + + /** + * Retrieve a global symbol. Similar to |For|, but using a separate + * registry that is not accessible by (and cannot clash with) JavaScript code. + */ + static Local<Symbol> ForApi(Isolate* isolate, Local<String> description); + + // Well-known symbols + static Local<Symbol> GetAsyncIterator(Isolate* isolate); + static Local<Symbol> GetHasInstance(Isolate* isolate); + static Local<Symbol> GetIsConcatSpreadable(Isolate* isolate); + static Local<Symbol> GetIterator(Isolate* isolate); + static Local<Symbol> GetMatch(Isolate* isolate); + static Local<Symbol> GetReplace(Isolate* isolate); + static Local<Symbol> GetSearch(Isolate* isolate); + static Local<Symbol> GetSplit(Isolate* isolate); + static Local<Symbol> GetToPrimitive(Isolate* isolate); + static Local<Symbol> GetToStringTag(Isolate* isolate); + static Local<Symbol> GetUnscopables(Isolate* isolate); + + V8_INLINE static Symbol* Cast(Value* obj); + + private: + Symbol(); + static void CheckCast(Value* obj); +}; + + +/** + * A private symbol + * + * This is an experimental feature. Use at your own risk. + */ +class V8_EXPORT Private : public Data { + public: + /** + * Returns the print name string of the private symbol, or undefined if none. + */ + Local<Value> Name() const; + + /** + * Create a private symbol. If name is not empty, it will be the description. + */ + static Local<Private> New(Isolate* isolate, + Local<String> name = Local<String>()); + + /** + * Retrieve a global private symbol. If a symbol with this name has not + * been retrieved in the same isolate before, it is created. + * Note that private symbols created this way are never collected, so + * they should only be used for statically fixed properties. + * Also, there is only one global name space for the names used as keys. + * To minimize the potential for clashes, use qualified names as keys, + * e.g., "Class#property". + */ + static Local<Private> ForApi(Isolate* isolate, Local<String> name); + + V8_INLINE static Private* Cast(Data* data); + + private: + Private(); + + static void CheckCast(Data* that); +}; + + +/** + * A JavaScript number value (ECMA-262, 4.3.20) + */ +class V8_EXPORT Number : public Primitive { + public: + double Value() const; + static Local<Number> New(Isolate* isolate, double value); + V8_INLINE static Number* Cast(v8::Value* obj); + private: + Number(); + static void CheckCast(v8::Value* obj); +}; + + +/** + * A JavaScript value representing a signed integer. + */ +class V8_EXPORT Integer : public Number { + public: + static Local<Integer> New(Isolate* isolate, int32_t value); + static Local<Integer> NewFromUnsigned(Isolate* isolate, uint32_t value); + int64_t Value() const; + V8_INLINE static Integer* Cast(v8::Value* obj); + private: + Integer(); + static void CheckCast(v8::Value* obj); +}; + + +/** + * A JavaScript value representing a 32-bit signed integer. + */ +class V8_EXPORT Int32 : public Integer { + public: + int32_t Value() const; + V8_INLINE static Int32* Cast(v8::Value* obj); + + private: + Int32(); + static void CheckCast(v8::Value* obj); +}; + + +/** + * A JavaScript value representing a 32-bit unsigned integer. + */ +class V8_EXPORT Uint32 : public Integer { + public: + uint32_t Value() const; + V8_INLINE static Uint32* Cast(v8::Value* obj); + + private: + Uint32(); + static void CheckCast(v8::Value* obj); +}; + +/** + * A JavaScript BigInt value (https://tc39.github.io/proposal-bigint) + */ +class V8_EXPORT BigInt : public Primitive { + public: + static Local<BigInt> New(Isolate* isolate, int64_t value); + static Local<BigInt> NewFromUnsigned(Isolate* isolate, uint64_t value); + /** + * Creates a new BigInt object using a specified sign bit and a + * specified list of digits/words. + * The resulting number is calculated as: + * + * (-1)^sign_bit * (words[0] * (2^64)^0 + words[1] * (2^64)^1 + ...) + */ + static MaybeLocal<BigInt> NewFromWords(Local<Context> context, int sign_bit, + int word_count, const uint64_t* words); + + /** + * Returns the value of this BigInt as an unsigned 64-bit integer. + * If `lossless` is provided, it will reflect whether the return value was + * truncated or wrapped around. In particular, it is set to `false` if this + * BigInt is negative. + */ + uint64_t Uint64Value(bool* lossless = nullptr) const; + + /** + * Returns the value of this BigInt as a signed 64-bit integer. + * If `lossless` is provided, it will reflect whether this BigInt was + * truncated or not. + */ + int64_t Int64Value(bool* lossless = nullptr) const; + + /** + * Returns the number of 64-bit words needed to store the result of + * ToWordsArray(). + */ + int WordCount() const; + + /** + * Writes the contents of this BigInt to a specified memory location. + * `sign_bit` must be provided and will be set to 1 if this BigInt is + * negative. + * `*word_count` has to be initialized to the length of the `words` array. + * Upon return, it will be set to the actual number of words that would + * be needed to store this BigInt (i.e. the return value of `WordCount()`). + */ + void ToWordsArray(int* sign_bit, int* word_count, uint64_t* words) const; + + V8_INLINE static BigInt* Cast(v8::Value* obj); + + private: + BigInt(); + static void CheckCast(v8::Value* obj); +}; + +/** + * PropertyAttribute. + */ +enum PropertyAttribute { + /** None. **/ + None = 0, + /** ReadOnly, i.e., not writable. **/ + ReadOnly = 1 << 0, + /** DontEnum, i.e., not enumerable. **/ + DontEnum = 1 << 1, + /** DontDelete, i.e., not configurable. **/ + DontDelete = 1 << 2 +}; + +/** + * Accessor[Getter|Setter] are used as callback functions when + * setting|getting a particular property. See Object and ObjectTemplate's + * method SetAccessor. + */ +typedef void (*AccessorGetterCallback)( + Local<String> property, + const PropertyCallbackInfo<Value>& info); +typedef void (*AccessorNameGetterCallback)( + Local<Name> property, + const PropertyCallbackInfo<Value>& info); + + +typedef void (*AccessorSetterCallback)( + Local<String> property, + Local<Value> value, + const PropertyCallbackInfo<void>& info); +typedef void (*AccessorNameSetterCallback)( + Local<Name> property, + Local<Value> value, + const PropertyCallbackInfo<void>& info); + + +/** + * Access control specifications. + * + * Some accessors should be accessible across contexts. These + * accessors have an explicit access control parameter which specifies + * the kind of cross-context access that should be allowed. + * + * TODO(dcarney): Remove PROHIBITS_OVERWRITING as it is now unused. + */ +enum AccessControl { + DEFAULT = 0, + ALL_CAN_READ = 1, + ALL_CAN_WRITE = 1 << 1, + PROHIBITS_OVERWRITING = 1 << 2 +}; + +/** + * Property filter bits. They can be or'ed to build a composite filter. + */ +enum PropertyFilter { + ALL_PROPERTIES = 0, + ONLY_WRITABLE = 1, + ONLY_ENUMERABLE = 2, + ONLY_CONFIGURABLE = 4, + SKIP_STRINGS = 8, + SKIP_SYMBOLS = 16 +}; + +/** + * Options for marking whether callbacks may trigger JS-observable side effects. + * Side-effect-free callbacks are whitelisted during debug evaluation with + * throwOnSideEffect. It applies when calling a Function, FunctionTemplate, + * or an Accessor callback. For Interceptors, please see + * PropertyHandlerFlags's kHasNoSideEffect. + * Callbacks that only cause side effects to the receiver are whitelisted if + * invoked on receiver objects that are created within the same debug-evaluate + * call, as these objects are temporary and the side effect does not escape. + */ +enum class SideEffectType { + kHasSideEffect, + kHasNoSideEffect, + kHasSideEffectToReceiver +}; + +/** + * Keys/Properties filter enums: + * + * KeyCollectionMode limits the range of collected properties. kOwnOnly limits + * the collected properties to the given Object only. kIncludesPrototypes will + * include all keys of the objects's prototype chain as well. + */ +enum class KeyCollectionMode { kOwnOnly, kIncludePrototypes }; + +/** + * kIncludesIndices allows for integer indices to be collected, while + * kSkipIndices will exclude integer indices from being collected. + */ +enum class IndexFilter { kIncludeIndices, kSkipIndices }; + +/** + * kConvertToString will convert integer indices to strings. + * kKeepNumbers will return numbers for integer indices. + */ +enum class KeyConversionMode { kConvertToString, kKeepNumbers, kNoNumbers }; + +/** + * Integrity level for objects. + */ +enum class IntegrityLevel { kFrozen, kSealed }; + +/** + * A JavaScript object (ECMA-262, 4.3.3) + */ +class V8_EXPORT Object : public Value { + public: + /** + * Set only return Just(true) or Empty(), so if it should never fail, use + * result.Check(). + */ + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT Maybe<bool> Set(Local<Context> context, + Local<Value> key, Local<Value> value); + + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT Maybe<bool> Set(Local<Context> context, uint32_t index, + Local<Value> value); + + // Implements CreateDataProperty (ECMA-262, 7.3.4). + // + // Defines a configurable, writable, enumerable property with the given value + // on the object unless the property already exists and is not configurable + // or the object is not extensible. + // + // Returns true on success. + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT Maybe<bool> CreateDataProperty(Local<Context> context, + Local<Name> key, + Local<Value> value); + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT Maybe<bool> CreateDataProperty(Local<Context> context, + uint32_t index, + Local<Value> value); + + // Implements DefineOwnProperty. + // + // In general, CreateDataProperty will be faster, however, does not allow + // for specifying attributes. + // + // Returns true on success. + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT Maybe<bool> DefineOwnProperty( + Local<Context> context, Local<Name> key, Local<Value> value, + PropertyAttribute attributes = None); + + // Implements Object.DefineProperty(O, P, Attributes), see Ecma-262 19.1.2.4. + // + // The defineProperty function is used to add an own property or + // update the attributes of an existing own property of an object. + // + // Both data and accessor descriptors can be used. + // + // In general, CreateDataProperty is faster, however, does not allow + // for specifying attributes or an accessor descriptor. + // + // The PropertyDescriptor can change when redefining a property. + // + // Returns true on success. + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT Maybe<bool> DefineProperty( + Local<Context> context, Local<Name> key, + PropertyDescriptor& descriptor); // NOLINT(runtime/references) + + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<Value> Get(Local<Context> context, + Local<Value> key); + + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<Value> Get(Local<Context> context, + uint32_t index); + + /** + * Gets the property attributes of a property which can be None or + * any combination of ReadOnly, DontEnum and DontDelete. Returns + * None when the property doesn't exist. + */ + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT Maybe<PropertyAttribute> GetPropertyAttributes( + Local<Context> context, Local<Value> key); + + /** + * Returns Object.getOwnPropertyDescriptor as per ES2016 section 19.1.2.6. + */ + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<Value> GetOwnPropertyDescriptor( + Local<Context> context, Local<Name> key); + + /** + * Object::Has() calls the abstract operation HasProperty(O, P) described + * in ECMA-262, 7.3.10. Has() returns + * true, if the object has the property, either own or on the prototype chain. + * Interceptors, i.e., PropertyQueryCallbacks, are called if present. + * + * Has() has the same side effects as JavaScript's `variable in object`. + * For example, calling Has() on a revoked proxy will throw an exception. + * + * \note Has() converts the key to a name, which possibly calls back into + * JavaScript. + * + * See also v8::Object::HasOwnProperty() and + * v8::Object::HasRealNamedProperty(). + */ + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT Maybe<bool> Has(Local<Context> context, + Local<Value> key); + + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT Maybe<bool> Delete(Local<Context> context, + Local<Value> key); + + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT Maybe<bool> Has(Local<Context> context, uint32_t index); + + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT Maybe<bool> Delete(Local<Context> context, + uint32_t index); + + /** + * Note: SideEffectType affects the getter only, not the setter. + */ + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT Maybe<bool> SetAccessor( + Local<Context> context, Local<Name> name, + AccessorNameGetterCallback getter, + AccessorNameSetterCallback setter = nullptr, + MaybeLocal<Value> data = MaybeLocal<Value>(), + AccessControl settings = DEFAULT, PropertyAttribute attribute = None, + SideEffectType getter_side_effect_type = SideEffectType::kHasSideEffect, + SideEffectType setter_side_effect_type = SideEffectType::kHasSideEffect); + + void SetAccessorProperty(Local<Name> name, Local<Function> getter, + Local<Function> setter = Local<Function>(), + PropertyAttribute attribute = None, + AccessControl settings = DEFAULT); + + /** + * Sets a native data property like Template::SetNativeDataProperty, but + * this method sets on this object directly. + */ + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT Maybe<bool> SetNativeDataProperty( + Local<Context> context, Local<Name> name, + AccessorNameGetterCallback getter, + AccessorNameSetterCallback setter = nullptr, + Local<Value> data = Local<Value>(), PropertyAttribute attributes = None, + SideEffectType getter_side_effect_type = SideEffectType::kHasSideEffect, + SideEffectType setter_side_effect_type = SideEffectType::kHasSideEffect); + + /** + * Attempts to create a property with the given name which behaves like a data + * property, except that the provided getter is invoked (and provided with the + * data value) to supply its value the first time it is read. After the + * property is accessed once, it is replaced with an ordinary data property. + * + * Analogous to Template::SetLazyDataProperty. + */ + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT Maybe<bool> SetLazyDataProperty( + Local<Context> context, Local<Name> name, + AccessorNameGetterCallback getter, Local<Value> data = Local<Value>(), + PropertyAttribute attributes = None, + SideEffectType getter_side_effect_type = SideEffectType::kHasSideEffect, + SideEffectType setter_side_effect_type = SideEffectType::kHasSideEffect); + + /** + * Functionality for private properties. + * This is an experimental feature, use at your own risk. + * Note: Private properties are not inherited. Do not rely on this, since it + * may change. + */ + Maybe<bool> HasPrivate(Local<Context> context, Local<Private> key); + Maybe<bool> SetPrivate(Local<Context> context, Local<Private> key, + Local<Value> value); + Maybe<bool> DeletePrivate(Local<Context> context, Local<Private> key); + MaybeLocal<Value> GetPrivate(Local<Context> context, Local<Private> key); + + /** + * Returns an array containing the names of the enumerable properties + * of this object, including properties from prototype objects. The + * array returned by this method contains the same values as would + * be enumerated by a for-in statement over this object. + */ + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<Array> GetPropertyNames( + Local<Context> context); + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<Array> GetPropertyNames( + Local<Context> context, KeyCollectionMode mode, + PropertyFilter property_filter, IndexFilter index_filter, + KeyConversionMode key_conversion = KeyConversionMode::kKeepNumbers); + + /** + * This function has the same functionality as GetPropertyNames but + * the returned array doesn't contain the names of properties from + * prototype objects. + */ + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<Array> GetOwnPropertyNames( + Local<Context> context); + + /** + * Returns an array containing the names of the filtered properties + * of this object, including properties from prototype objects. The + * array returned by this method contains the same values as would + * be enumerated by a for-in statement over this object. + */ + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<Array> GetOwnPropertyNames( + Local<Context> context, PropertyFilter filter, + KeyConversionMode key_conversion = KeyConversionMode::kKeepNumbers); + + /** + * Get the prototype object. This does not skip objects marked to + * be skipped by __proto__ and it does not consult the security + * handler. + */ + Local<Value> GetPrototype(); + + /** + * Set the prototype object. This does not skip objects marked to + * be skipped by __proto__ and it does not consult the security + * handler. + */ + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT Maybe<bool> SetPrototype(Local<Context> context, + Local<Value> prototype); + + /** + * Finds an instance of the given function template in the prototype + * chain. + */ + Local<Object> FindInstanceInPrototypeChain(Local<FunctionTemplate> tmpl); + + /** + * Call builtin Object.prototype.toString on this object. + * This is different from Value::ToString() that may call + * user-defined toString function. This one does not. + */ + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<String> ObjectProtoToString( + Local<Context> context); + + /** + * Returns the name of the function invoked as a constructor for this object. + */ + Local<String> GetConstructorName(); + + /** + * Sets the integrity level of the object. + */ + Maybe<bool> SetIntegrityLevel(Local<Context> context, IntegrityLevel level); + + /** Gets the number of internal fields for this Object. */ + int InternalFieldCount(); + + /** Same as above, but works for PersistentBase. */ + V8_INLINE static int InternalFieldCount( + const PersistentBase<Object>& object) { + return object.val_->InternalFieldCount(); + } + + /** Same as above, but works for TracedReferenceBase. */ + V8_INLINE static int InternalFieldCount( + const TracedReferenceBase<Object>& object) { + return object.val_->InternalFieldCount(); + } + + /** Gets the value from an internal field. */ + V8_INLINE Local<Value> GetInternalField(int index); + + /** Sets the value in an internal field. */ + void SetInternalField(int index, Local<Value> value); + + /** + * Gets a 2-byte-aligned native pointer from an internal field. This field + * must have been set by SetAlignedPointerInInternalField, everything else + * leads to undefined behavior. + */ + V8_INLINE void* GetAlignedPointerFromInternalField(int index); + + /** Same as above, but works for PersistentBase. */ + V8_INLINE static void* GetAlignedPointerFromInternalField( + const PersistentBase<Object>& object, int index) { + return object.val_->GetAlignedPointerFromInternalField(index); + } + + /** Same as above, but works for TracedGlobal. */ + V8_INLINE static void* GetAlignedPointerFromInternalField( + const TracedReferenceBase<Object>& object, int index) { + return object.val_->GetAlignedPointerFromInternalField(index); + } + + /** + * Sets a 2-byte-aligned native pointer in an internal field. To retrieve such + * a field, GetAlignedPointerFromInternalField must be used, everything else + * leads to undefined behavior. + */ + void SetAlignedPointerInInternalField(int index, void* value); + void SetAlignedPointerInInternalFields(int argc, int indices[], + void* values[]); + + /** + * HasOwnProperty() is like JavaScript's Object.prototype.hasOwnProperty(). + * + * See also v8::Object::Has() and v8::Object::HasRealNamedProperty(). + */ + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT Maybe<bool> HasOwnProperty(Local<Context> context, + Local<Name> key); + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT Maybe<bool> HasOwnProperty(Local<Context> context, + uint32_t index); + /** + * Use HasRealNamedProperty() if you want to check if an object has an own + * property without causing side effects, i.e., without calling interceptors. + * + * This function is similar to v8::Object::HasOwnProperty(), but it does not + * call interceptors. + * + * \note Consider using non-masking interceptors, i.e., the interceptors are + * not called if the receiver has the real named property. See + * `v8::PropertyHandlerFlags::kNonMasking`. + * + * See also v8::Object::Has(). + */ + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT Maybe<bool> HasRealNamedProperty(Local<Context> context, + Local<Name> key); + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT Maybe<bool> HasRealIndexedProperty( + Local<Context> context, uint32_t index); + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT Maybe<bool> HasRealNamedCallbackProperty( + Local<Context> context, Local<Name> key); + + /** + * If result.IsEmpty() no real property was located in the prototype chain. + * This means interceptors in the prototype chain are not called. + */ + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<Value> GetRealNamedPropertyInPrototypeChain( + Local<Context> context, Local<Name> key); + + /** + * Gets the property attributes of a real property in the prototype chain, + * which can be None or any combination of ReadOnly, DontEnum and DontDelete. + * Interceptors in the prototype chain are not called. + */ + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT Maybe<PropertyAttribute> + GetRealNamedPropertyAttributesInPrototypeChain(Local<Context> context, + Local<Name> key); + + /** + * If result.IsEmpty() no real property was located on the object or + * in the prototype chain. + * This means interceptors in the prototype chain are not called. + */ + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<Value> GetRealNamedProperty( + Local<Context> context, Local<Name> key); + + /** + * Gets the property attributes of a real property which can be + * None or any combination of ReadOnly, DontEnum and DontDelete. + * Interceptors in the prototype chain are not called. + */ + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT Maybe<PropertyAttribute> GetRealNamedPropertyAttributes( + Local<Context> context, Local<Name> key); + + /** Tests for a named lookup interceptor.*/ + bool HasNamedLookupInterceptor(); + + /** Tests for an index lookup interceptor.*/ + bool HasIndexedLookupInterceptor(); + + /** + * Returns the identity hash for this object. The current implementation + * uses a hidden property on the object to store the identity hash. + * + * The return value will never be 0. Also, it is not guaranteed to be + * unique. + */ + int GetIdentityHash(); + + /** + * Clone this object with a fast but shallow copy. Values will point + * to the same values as the original object. + */ + // TODO(dcarney): take an isolate and optionally bail out? + Local<Object> Clone(); + + /** + * Returns the context in which the object was created. + */ + Local<Context> CreationContext(); + + /** Same as above, but works for Persistents */ + V8_INLINE static Local<Context> CreationContext( + const PersistentBase<Object>& object) { + return object.val_->CreationContext(); + } + + /** + * Checks whether a callback is set by the + * ObjectTemplate::SetCallAsFunctionHandler method. + * When an Object is callable this method returns true. + */ + bool IsCallable(); + + /** + * True if this object is a constructor. + */ + bool IsConstructor(); + + /** + * True if this object can carry information relevant to the embedder in its + * embedder fields, false otherwise. This is generally true for objects + * constructed through function templates but also holds for other types where + * V8 automatically adds internal fields at compile time, such as e.g. + * v8::ArrayBuffer. + */ + bool IsApiWrapper(); + + /** + * Call an Object as a function if a callback is set by the + * ObjectTemplate::SetCallAsFunctionHandler method. + */ + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<Value> CallAsFunction(Local<Context> context, + Local<Value> recv, + int argc, + Local<Value> argv[]); + + /** + * Call an Object as a constructor if a callback is set by the + * ObjectTemplate::SetCallAsFunctionHandler method. + * Note: This method behaves like the Function::NewInstance method. + */ + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<Value> CallAsConstructor( + Local<Context> context, int argc, Local<Value> argv[]); + + /** + * Return the isolate to which the Object belongs to. + */ + Isolate* GetIsolate(); + + /** + * If this object is a Set, Map, WeakSet or WeakMap, this returns a + * representation of the elements of this object as an array. + * If this object is a SetIterator or MapIterator, this returns all + * elements of the underlying collection, starting at the iterator's current + * position. + * For other types, this will return an empty MaybeLocal<Array> (without + * scheduling an exception). + */ + MaybeLocal<Array> PreviewEntries(bool* is_key_value); + + static Local<Object> New(Isolate* isolate); + + /** + * Creates a JavaScript object with the given properties, and + * a the given prototype_or_null (which can be any JavaScript + * value, and if it's null, the newly created object won't have + * a prototype at all). This is similar to Object.create(). + * All properties will be created as enumerable, configurable + * and writable properties. + */ + static Local<Object> New(Isolate* isolate, Local<Value> prototype_or_null, + Local<Name>* names, Local<Value>* values, + size_t length); + + V8_INLINE static Object* Cast(Value* obj); + + private: + Object(); + static void CheckCast(Value* obj); + Local<Value> SlowGetInternalField(int index); + void* SlowGetAlignedPointerFromInternalField(int index); +}; + + +/** + * An instance of the built-in array constructor (ECMA-262, 15.4.2). + */ +class V8_EXPORT Array : public Object { + public: + uint32_t Length() const; + + /** + * Creates a JavaScript array with the given length. If the length + * is negative the returned array will have length 0. + */ + static Local<Array> New(Isolate* isolate, int length = 0); + + /** + * Creates a JavaScript array out of a Local<Value> array in C++ + * with a known length. + */ + static Local<Array> New(Isolate* isolate, Local<Value>* elements, + size_t length); + V8_INLINE static Array* Cast(Value* obj); + private: + Array(); + static void CheckCast(Value* obj); +}; + + +/** + * An instance of the built-in Map constructor (ECMA-262, 6th Edition, 23.1.1). + */ +class V8_EXPORT Map : public Object { + public: + size_t Size() const; + void Clear(); + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<Value> Get(Local<Context> context, + Local<Value> key); + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<Map> Set(Local<Context> context, + Local<Value> key, + Local<Value> value); + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT Maybe<bool> Has(Local<Context> context, + Local<Value> key); + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT Maybe<bool> Delete(Local<Context> context, + Local<Value> key); + + /** + * Returns an array of length Size() * 2, where index N is the Nth key and + * index N + 1 is the Nth value. + */ + Local<Array> AsArray() const; + + /** + * Creates a new empty Map. + */ + static Local<Map> New(Isolate* isolate); + + V8_INLINE static Map* Cast(Value* obj); + + private: + Map(); + static void CheckCast(Value* obj); +}; + + +/** + * An instance of the built-in Set constructor (ECMA-262, 6th Edition, 23.2.1). + */ +class V8_EXPORT Set : public Object { + public: + size_t Size() const; + void Clear(); + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<Set> Add(Local<Context> context, + Local<Value> key); + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT Maybe<bool> Has(Local<Context> context, + Local<Value> key); + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT Maybe<bool> Delete(Local<Context> context, + Local<Value> key); + + /** + * Returns an array of the keys in this Set. + */ + Local<Array> AsArray() const; + + /** + * Creates a new empty Set. + */ + static Local<Set> New(Isolate* isolate); + + V8_INLINE static Set* Cast(Value* obj); + + private: + Set(); + static void CheckCast(Value* obj); +}; + + +template<typename T> +class ReturnValue { + public: + template <class S> V8_INLINE ReturnValue(const ReturnValue<S>& that) + : value_(that.value_) { + TYPE_CHECK(T, S); + } + // Local setters + template <typename S> + V8_INLINE void Set(const Global<S>& handle); + template <typename S> + V8_INLINE void Set(const TracedReferenceBase<S>& handle); + template <typename S> + V8_INLINE void Set(const Local<S> handle); + // Fast primitive setters + V8_INLINE void Set(bool value); + V8_INLINE void Set(double i); + V8_INLINE void Set(int32_t i); + V8_INLINE void Set(uint32_t i); + // Fast JS primitive setters + V8_INLINE void SetNull(); + V8_INLINE void SetUndefined(); + V8_INLINE void SetEmptyString(); + // Convenience getter for Isolate + V8_INLINE Isolate* GetIsolate() const; + + // Pointer setter: Uncompilable to prevent inadvertent misuse. + template <typename S> + V8_INLINE void Set(S* whatever); + + // Getter. Creates a new Local<> so it comes with a certain performance + // hit. If the ReturnValue was not yet set, this will return the undefined + // value. + V8_INLINE Local<Value> Get() const; + + private: + template<class F> friend class ReturnValue; + template<class F> friend class FunctionCallbackInfo; + template<class F> friend class PropertyCallbackInfo; + template <class F, class G, class H> + friend class PersistentValueMapBase; + V8_INLINE void SetInternal(internal::Address value) { *value_ = value; } + V8_INLINE internal::Address GetDefaultValue(); + V8_INLINE explicit ReturnValue(internal::Address* slot); + internal::Address* value_; +}; + + +/** + * The argument information given to function call callbacks. This + * class provides access to information about the context of the call, + * including the receiver, the number and values of arguments, and + * the holder of the function. + */ +template<typename T> +class FunctionCallbackInfo { + public: + /** The number of available arguments. */ + V8_INLINE int Length() const; + /** Accessor for the available arguments. */ + V8_INLINE Local<Value> operator[](int i) const; + /** Returns the receiver. This corresponds to the "this" value. */ + V8_INLINE Local<Object> This() const; + /** + * If the callback was created without a Signature, this is the same + * value as This(). If there is a signature, and the signature didn't match + * This() but one of its hidden prototypes, this will be the respective + * hidden prototype. + * + * Note that this is not the prototype of This() on which the accessor + * referencing this callback was found (which in V8 internally is often + * referred to as holder [sic]). + */ + V8_INLINE Local<Object> Holder() const; + /** For construct calls, this returns the "new.target" value. */ + V8_INLINE Local<Value> NewTarget() const; + /** Indicates whether this is a regular call or a construct call. */ + V8_INLINE bool IsConstructCall() const; + /** The data argument specified when creating the callback. */ + V8_INLINE Local<Value> Data() const; + /** The current Isolate. */ + V8_INLINE Isolate* GetIsolate() const; + /** The ReturnValue for the call. */ + V8_INLINE ReturnValue<T> GetReturnValue() const; + // This shouldn't be public, but the arm compiler needs it. + static const int kArgsLength = 6; + + protected: + friend class internal::FunctionCallbackArguments; + friend class internal::CustomArguments<FunctionCallbackInfo>; + friend class debug::ConsoleCallArguments; + static const int kHolderIndex = 0; + static const int kIsolateIndex = 1; + static const int kReturnValueDefaultValueIndex = 2; + static const int kReturnValueIndex = 3; + static const int kDataIndex = 4; + static const int kNewTargetIndex = 5; + + V8_INLINE FunctionCallbackInfo(internal::Address* implicit_args, + internal::Address* values, int length); + internal::Address* implicit_args_; + internal::Address* values_; + int length_; +}; + + +/** + * The information passed to a property callback about the context + * of the property access. + */ +template<typename T> +class PropertyCallbackInfo { + public: + /** + * \return The isolate of the property access. + */ + V8_INLINE Isolate* GetIsolate() const; + + /** + * \return The data set in the configuration, i.e., in + * `NamedPropertyHandlerConfiguration` or + * `IndexedPropertyHandlerConfiguration.` + */ + V8_INLINE Local<Value> Data() const; + + /** + * \return The receiver. In many cases, this is the object on which the + * property access was intercepted. When using + * `Reflect.get`, `Function.prototype.call`, or similar functions, it is the + * object passed in as receiver or thisArg. + * + * \code + * void GetterCallback(Local<Name> name, + * const v8::PropertyCallbackInfo<v8::Value>& info) { + * auto context = info.GetIsolate()->GetCurrentContext(); + * + * v8::Local<v8::Value> a_this = + * info.This() + * ->GetRealNamedProperty(context, v8_str("a")) + * .ToLocalChecked(); + * v8::Local<v8::Value> a_holder = + * info.Holder() + * ->GetRealNamedProperty(context, v8_str("a")) + * .ToLocalChecked(); + * + * CHECK(v8_str("r")->Equals(context, a_this).FromJust()); + * CHECK(v8_str("obj")->Equals(context, a_holder).FromJust()); + * + * info.GetReturnValue().Set(name); + * } + * + * v8::Local<v8::FunctionTemplate> templ = + * v8::FunctionTemplate::New(isolate); + * templ->InstanceTemplate()->SetHandler( + * v8::NamedPropertyHandlerConfiguration(GetterCallback)); + * LocalContext env; + * env->Global() + * ->Set(env.local(), v8_str("obj"), templ->GetFunction(env.local()) + * .ToLocalChecked() + * ->NewInstance(env.local()) + * .ToLocalChecked()) + * .FromJust(); + * + * CompileRun("obj.a = 'obj'; var r = {a: 'r'}; Reflect.get(obj, 'x', r)"); + * \endcode + */ + V8_INLINE Local<Object> This() const; + + /** + * \return The object in the prototype chain of the receiver that has the + * interceptor. Suppose you have `x` and its prototype is `y`, and `y` + * has an interceptor. Then `info.This()` is `x` and `info.Holder()` is `y`. + * The Holder() could be a hidden object (the global object, rather + * than the global proxy). + * + * \note For security reasons, do not pass the object back into the runtime. + */ + V8_INLINE Local<Object> Holder() const; + + /** + * \return The return value of the callback. + * Can be changed by calling Set(). + * \code + * info.GetReturnValue().Set(...) + * \endcode + * + */ + V8_INLINE ReturnValue<T> GetReturnValue() const; + + /** + * \return True if the intercepted function should throw if an error occurs. + * Usually, `true` corresponds to `'use strict'`. + * + * \note Always `false` when intercepting `Reflect.set()` + * independent of the language mode. + */ + V8_INLINE bool ShouldThrowOnError() const; + + // This shouldn't be public, but the arm compiler needs it. + static const int kArgsLength = 7; + + protected: + friend class MacroAssembler; + friend class internal::PropertyCallbackArguments; + friend class internal::CustomArguments<PropertyCallbackInfo>; + static const int kShouldThrowOnErrorIndex = 0; + static const int kHolderIndex = 1; + static const int kIsolateIndex = 2; + static const int kReturnValueDefaultValueIndex = 3; + static const int kReturnValueIndex = 4; + static const int kDataIndex = 5; + static const int kThisIndex = 6; + + V8_INLINE PropertyCallbackInfo(internal::Address* args) : args_(args) {} + internal::Address* args_; +}; + + +typedef void (*FunctionCallback)(const FunctionCallbackInfo<Value>& info); + +enum class ConstructorBehavior { kThrow, kAllow }; + +/** + * A JavaScript function object (ECMA-262, 15.3). + */ +class V8_EXPORT Function : public Object { + public: + /** + * Create a function in the current execution context + * for a given FunctionCallback. + */ + static MaybeLocal<Function> New( + Local<Context> context, FunctionCallback callback, + Local<Value> data = Local<Value>(), int length = 0, + ConstructorBehavior behavior = ConstructorBehavior::kAllow, + SideEffectType side_effect_type = SideEffectType::kHasSideEffect); + + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<Object> NewInstance( + Local<Context> context, int argc, Local<Value> argv[]) const; + + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<Object> NewInstance( + Local<Context> context) const { + return NewInstance(context, 0, nullptr); + } + + /** + * When side effect checks are enabled, passing kHasNoSideEffect allows the + * constructor to be invoked without throwing. Calls made within the + * constructor are still checked. + */ + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<Object> NewInstanceWithSideEffectType( + Local<Context> context, int argc, Local<Value> argv[], + SideEffectType side_effect_type = SideEffectType::kHasSideEffect) const; + + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<Value> Call(Local<Context> context, + Local<Value> recv, int argc, + Local<Value> argv[]); + + void SetName(Local<String> name); + Local<Value> GetName() const; + + /** + * Name inferred from variable or property assignment of this function. + * Used to facilitate debugging and profiling of JavaScript code written + * in an OO style, where many functions are anonymous but are assigned + * to object properties. + */ + Local<Value> GetInferredName() const; + + /** + * displayName if it is set, otherwise name if it is configured, otherwise + * function name, otherwise inferred name. + */ + Local<Value> GetDebugName() const; + + /** + * User-defined name assigned to the "displayName" property of this function. + * Used to facilitate debugging and profiling of JavaScript code. + */ + Local<Value> GetDisplayName() const; + + /** + * Returns zero based line number of function body and + * kLineOffsetNotFound if no information available. + */ + int GetScriptLineNumber() const; + /** + * Returns zero based column number of function body and + * kLineOffsetNotFound if no information available. + */ + int GetScriptColumnNumber() const; + + /** + * Returns scriptId. + */ + int ScriptId() const; + + /** + * Returns the original function if this function is bound, else returns + * v8::Undefined. + */ + Local<Value> GetBoundFunction() const; + + ScriptOrigin GetScriptOrigin() const; + V8_INLINE static Function* Cast(Value* obj); + static const int kLineOffsetNotFound; + + private: + Function(); + static void CheckCast(Value* obj); +}; + +#ifndef V8_PROMISE_INTERNAL_FIELD_COUNT +// The number of required internal fields can be defined by embedder. +#define V8_PROMISE_INTERNAL_FIELD_COUNT 0 +#endif + +/** + * An instance of the built-in Promise constructor (ES6 draft). + */ +class V8_EXPORT Promise : public Object { + public: + /** + * State of the promise. Each value corresponds to one of the possible values + * of the [[PromiseState]] field. + */ + enum PromiseState { kPending, kFulfilled, kRejected }; + + class V8_EXPORT Resolver : public Object { + public: + /** + * Create a new resolver, along with an associated promise in pending state. + */ + static V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<Resolver> New( + Local<Context> context); + + /** + * Extract the associated promise. + */ + Local<Promise> GetPromise(); + + /** + * Resolve/reject the associated promise with a given value. + * Ignored if the promise is no longer pending. + */ + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT Maybe<bool> Resolve(Local<Context> context, + Local<Value> value); + + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT Maybe<bool> Reject(Local<Context> context, + Local<Value> value); + + V8_INLINE static Resolver* Cast(Value* obj); + + private: + Resolver(); + static void CheckCast(Value* obj); + }; + + /** + * Register a resolution/rejection handler with a promise. + * The handler is given the respective resolution/rejection value as + * an argument. If the promise is already resolved/rejected, the handler is + * invoked at the end of turn. + */ + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<Promise> Catch(Local<Context> context, + Local<Function> handler); + + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<Promise> Then(Local<Context> context, + Local<Function> handler); + + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<Promise> Then(Local<Context> context, + Local<Function> on_fulfilled, + Local<Function> on_rejected); + + /** + * Returns true if the promise has at least one derived promise, and + * therefore resolve/reject handlers (including default handler). + */ + bool HasHandler(); + + /** + * Returns the content of the [[PromiseResult]] field. The Promise must not + * be pending. + */ + Local<Value> Result(); + + /** + * Returns the value of the [[PromiseState]] field. + */ + PromiseState State(); + + /** + * Marks this promise as handled to avoid reporting unhandled rejections. + */ + void MarkAsHandled(); + + V8_INLINE static Promise* Cast(Value* obj); + + static const int kEmbedderFieldCount = V8_PROMISE_INTERNAL_FIELD_COUNT; + + private: + Promise(); + static void CheckCast(Value* obj); +}; + +/** + * An instance of a Property Descriptor, see Ecma-262 6.2.4. + * + * Properties in a descriptor are present or absent. If you do not set + * `enumerable`, `configurable`, and `writable`, they are absent. If `value`, + * `get`, or `set` are absent, but you must specify them in the constructor, use + * empty handles. + * + * Accessors `get` and `set` must be callable or undefined if they are present. + * + * \note Only query properties if they are present, i.e., call `x()` only if + * `has_x()` returns true. + * + * \code + * // var desc = {writable: false} + * v8::PropertyDescriptor d(Local<Value>()), false); + * d.value(); // error, value not set + * if (d.has_writable()) { + * d.writable(); // false + * } + * + * // var desc = {value: undefined} + * v8::PropertyDescriptor d(v8::Undefined(isolate)); + * + * // var desc = {get: undefined} + * v8::PropertyDescriptor d(v8::Undefined(isolate), Local<Value>())); + * \endcode + */ +class V8_EXPORT PropertyDescriptor { + public: + // GenericDescriptor + PropertyDescriptor(); + + // DataDescriptor + explicit PropertyDescriptor(Local<Value> value); + + // DataDescriptor with writable property + PropertyDescriptor(Local<Value> value, bool writable); + + // AccessorDescriptor + PropertyDescriptor(Local<Value> get, Local<Value> set); + + ~PropertyDescriptor(); + + Local<Value> value() const; + bool has_value() const; + + Local<Value> get() const; + bool has_get() const; + Local<Value> set() const; + bool has_set() const; + + void set_enumerable(bool enumerable); + bool enumerable() const; + bool has_enumerable() const; + + void set_configurable(bool configurable); + bool configurable() const; + bool has_configurable() const; + + bool writable() const; + bool has_writable() const; + + struct PrivateData; + PrivateData* get_private() const { return private_; } + + PropertyDescriptor(const PropertyDescriptor&) = delete; + void operator=(const PropertyDescriptor&) = delete; + + private: + PrivateData* private_; +}; + +/** + * An instance of the built-in Proxy constructor (ECMA-262, 6th Edition, + * 26.2.1). + */ +class V8_EXPORT Proxy : public Object { + public: + Local<Value> GetTarget(); + Local<Value> GetHandler(); + bool IsRevoked(); + void Revoke(); + + /** + * Creates a new Proxy for the target object. + */ + static MaybeLocal<Proxy> New(Local<Context> context, + Local<Object> local_target, + Local<Object> local_handler); + + V8_INLINE static Proxy* Cast(Value* obj); + + private: + Proxy(); + static void CheckCast(Value* obj); +}; + +/** + * Points to an unowned continous buffer holding a known number of elements. + * + * This is similar to std::span (under consideration for C++20), but does not + * require advanced C++ support. In the (far) future, this may be replaced with + * or aliased to std::span. + * + * To facilitate future migration, this class exposes a subset of the interface + * implemented by std::span. + */ +template <typename T> +class V8_EXPORT MemorySpan { + public: + /** The default constructor creates an empty span. */ + constexpr MemorySpan() = default; + + constexpr MemorySpan(T* data, size_t size) : data_(data), size_(size) {} + + /** Returns a pointer to the beginning of the buffer. */ + constexpr T* data() const { return data_; } + /** Returns the number of elements that the buffer holds. */ + constexpr size_t size() const { return size_; } + + private: + T* data_ = nullptr; + size_t size_ = 0; +}; + +/** + * An owned byte buffer with associated size. + */ +struct OwnedBuffer { + std::unique_ptr<const uint8_t[]> buffer; + size_t size = 0; + OwnedBuffer(std::unique_ptr<const uint8_t[]> buffer, size_t size) + : buffer(std::move(buffer)), size(size) {} + OwnedBuffer() = default; +}; + +// Wrapper around a compiled WebAssembly module, which is potentially shared by +// different WasmModuleObjects. +class V8_EXPORT CompiledWasmModule { + public: + /** + * Serialize the compiled module. The serialized data does not include the + * wire bytes. + */ + OwnedBuffer Serialize(); + + /** + * Get the (wasm-encoded) wire bytes that were used to compile this module. + */ + MemorySpan<const uint8_t> GetWireBytesRef(); + + private: + explicit CompiledWasmModule(std::shared_ptr<internal::wasm::NativeModule>); + friend class Utils; + + const std::shared_ptr<internal::wasm::NativeModule> native_module_; +}; + +// An instance of WebAssembly.Module. +class V8_EXPORT WasmModuleObject : public Object { + public: + WasmModuleObject() = delete; + + /** + * Efficiently re-create a WasmModuleObject, without recompiling, from + * a CompiledWasmModule. + */ + static MaybeLocal<WasmModuleObject> FromCompiledModule( + Isolate* isolate, const CompiledWasmModule&); + + /** + * Get the compiled module for this module object. The compiled module can be + * shared by several module objects. + */ + CompiledWasmModule GetCompiledModule(); + + /** + * If possible, deserialize the module, otherwise compile it from the provided + * uncompiled bytes. + */ + static MaybeLocal<WasmModuleObject> DeserializeOrCompile( + Isolate* isolate, MemorySpan<const uint8_t> serialized_module, + MemorySpan<const uint8_t> wire_bytes); + V8_INLINE static WasmModuleObject* Cast(Value* obj); + + private: + static MaybeLocal<WasmModuleObject> Deserialize( + Isolate* isolate, MemorySpan<const uint8_t> serialized_module, + MemorySpan<const uint8_t> wire_bytes); + static MaybeLocal<WasmModuleObject> Compile(Isolate* isolate, + const uint8_t* start, + size_t length); + + static void CheckCast(Value* obj); +}; + +/** + * The V8 interface for WebAssembly streaming compilation. When streaming + * compilation is initiated, V8 passes a {WasmStreaming} object to the embedder + * such that the embedder can pass the input bytes for streaming compilation to + * V8. + */ +class V8_EXPORT WasmStreaming final { + public: + class WasmStreamingImpl; + + /** + * Client to receive streaming event notifications. + */ + class Client { + public: + virtual ~Client() = default; + /** + * Passes the fully compiled module to the client. This can be used to + * implement code caching. + */ + virtual void OnModuleCompiled(CompiledWasmModule compiled_module) = 0; + }; + + explicit WasmStreaming(std::unique_ptr<WasmStreamingImpl> impl); + + ~WasmStreaming(); + + /** + * Pass a new chunk of bytes to WebAssembly streaming compilation. + * The buffer passed into {OnBytesReceived} is owned by the caller. + */ + void OnBytesReceived(const uint8_t* bytes, size_t size); + + /** + * {Finish} should be called after all received bytes where passed to + * {OnBytesReceived} to tell V8 that there will be no more bytes. {Finish} + * does not have to be called after {Abort} has been called already. + */ + void Finish(); + + /** + * Abort streaming compilation. If {exception} has a value, then the promise + * associated with streaming compilation is rejected with that value. If + * {exception} does not have value, the promise does not get rejected. + */ + void Abort(MaybeLocal<Value> exception); + + /** + * Passes previously compiled module bytes. This must be called before + * {OnBytesReceived}, {Finish}, or {Abort}. Returns true if the module bytes + * can be used, false otherwise. The buffer passed via {bytes} and {size} + * is owned by the caller. If {SetCompiledModuleBytes} returns true, the + * buffer must remain valid until either {Finish} or {Abort} completes. + */ + bool SetCompiledModuleBytes(const uint8_t* bytes, size_t size); + + /** + * Sets the client object that will receive streaming event notifications. + * This must be called before {OnBytesReceived}, {Finish}, or {Abort}. + */ + void SetClient(std::shared_ptr<Client> client); + + /** + * Unpacks a {WasmStreaming} object wrapped in a {Managed} for the embedder. + * Since the embedder is on the other side of the API, it cannot unpack the + * {Managed} itself. + */ + static std::shared_ptr<WasmStreaming> Unpack(Isolate* isolate, + Local<Value> value); + + private: + std::unique_ptr<WasmStreamingImpl> impl_; +}; + +// TODO(mtrofin): when streaming compilation is done, we can rename this +// to simply WasmModuleObjectBuilder +class V8_EXPORT WasmModuleObjectBuilderStreaming final { + public: + explicit WasmModuleObjectBuilderStreaming(Isolate* isolate); + /** + * The buffer passed into OnBytesReceived is owned by the caller. + */ + void OnBytesReceived(const uint8_t*, size_t size); + void Finish(); + /** + * Abort streaming compilation. If {exception} has a value, then the promise + * associated with streaming compilation is rejected with that value. If + * {exception} does not have value, the promise does not get rejected. + */ + void Abort(MaybeLocal<Value> exception); + Local<Promise> GetPromise(); + + ~WasmModuleObjectBuilderStreaming() = default; + + private: + WasmModuleObjectBuilderStreaming(const WasmModuleObjectBuilderStreaming&) = + delete; + WasmModuleObjectBuilderStreaming(WasmModuleObjectBuilderStreaming&&) = + default; + WasmModuleObjectBuilderStreaming& operator=( + const WasmModuleObjectBuilderStreaming&) = delete; + WasmModuleObjectBuilderStreaming& operator=( + WasmModuleObjectBuilderStreaming&&) = default; + Isolate* isolate_ = nullptr; + +#if V8_CC_MSVC + /** + * We don't need the static Copy API, so the default + * NonCopyablePersistentTraits would be sufficient, however, + * MSVC eagerly instantiates the Copy. + * We ensure we don't use Copy, however, by compiling with the + * defaults everywhere else. + */ + Persistent<Promise, CopyablePersistentTraits<Promise>> promise_; +#else + Persistent<Promise> promise_; +#endif + std::shared_ptr<internal::wasm::StreamingDecoder> streaming_decoder_; +}; + +#ifndef V8_ARRAY_BUFFER_INTERNAL_FIELD_COUNT +// The number of required internal fields can be defined by embedder. +#define V8_ARRAY_BUFFER_INTERNAL_FIELD_COUNT 2 +#endif + + +enum class ArrayBufferCreationMode { kInternalized, kExternalized }; + +/** + * A wrapper around the backing store (i.e. the raw memory) of an array buffer. + * See a document linked in http://crbug.com/v8/9908 for more information. + * + * The allocation and destruction of backing stores is generally managed by + * V8. Clients should always use standard C++ memory ownership types (i.e. + * std::unique_ptr and std::shared_ptr) to manage lifetimes of backing stores + * properly, since V8 internal objects may alias backing stores. + * + * This object does not keep the underlying |ArrayBuffer::Allocator| alive by + * default. Use Isolate::CreateParams::array_buffer_allocator_shared when + * creating the Isolate to make it hold a reference to the allocator itself. + */ +class V8_EXPORT BackingStore : public v8::internal::BackingStoreBase { + public: + ~BackingStore(); + + /** + * Return a pointer to the beginning of the memory block for this backing + * store. The pointer is only valid as long as this backing store object + * lives. + */ + void* Data() const; + + /** + * The length (in bytes) of this backing store. + */ + size_t ByteLength() const; + + /** + * Indicates whether the backing store was created for an ArrayBuffer or + * a SharedArrayBuffer. + */ + bool IsShared() const; + + private: + /** + * See [Shared]ArrayBuffer::GetBackingStore and + * [Shared]ArrayBuffer::NewBackingStore. + */ + BackingStore(); +}; + +/** + * This callback is used only if the memory block for this backing store cannot + * be allocated with an ArrayBuffer::Allocator. In such cases the destructor + * of this backing store object invokes the callback to free the memory block. + */ +using BackingStoreDeleterCallback = void (*)(void* data, size_t length, + void* deleter_data); + +/** + * An instance of the built-in ArrayBuffer constructor (ES6 draft 15.13.5). + */ +class V8_EXPORT ArrayBuffer : public Object { + public: + /** + * A thread-safe allocator that V8 uses to allocate |ArrayBuffer|'s memory. + * The allocator is a global V8 setting. It has to be set via + * Isolate::CreateParams. + * + * Memory allocated through this allocator by V8 is accounted for as external + * memory by V8. Note that V8 keeps track of the memory for all internalized + * |ArrayBuffer|s. Responsibility for tracking external memory (using + * Isolate::AdjustAmountOfExternalAllocatedMemory) is handed over to the + * embedder upon externalization and taken over upon internalization (creating + * an internalized buffer from an existing buffer). + * + * Note that it is unsafe to call back into V8 from any of the allocator + * functions. + */ + class V8_EXPORT Allocator { // NOLINT + public: + virtual ~Allocator() = default; + + /** + * Allocate |length| bytes. Return NULL if allocation is not successful. + * Memory should be initialized to zeroes. + */ + virtual void* Allocate(size_t length) = 0; + + /** + * Allocate |length| bytes. Return NULL if allocation is not successful. + * Memory does not have to be initialized. + */ + virtual void* AllocateUninitialized(size_t length) = 0; + + /** + * Free the memory block of size |length|, pointed to by |data|. + * That memory is guaranteed to be previously allocated by |Allocate|. + */ + virtual void Free(void* data, size_t length) = 0; + + /** + * ArrayBuffer allocation mode. kNormal is a malloc/free style allocation, + * while kReservation is for larger allocations with the ability to set + * access permissions. + */ + enum class AllocationMode { kNormal, kReservation }; + + /** + * malloc/free based convenience allocator. + * + * Caller takes ownership, i.e. the returned object needs to be freed using + * |delete allocator| once it is no longer in use. + */ + static Allocator* NewDefaultAllocator(); + }; + + /** + * The contents of an |ArrayBuffer|. Externalization of |ArrayBuffer| + * returns an instance of this class, populated, with a pointer to data + * and byte length. + * + * The Data pointer of ArrayBuffer::Contents must be freed using the provided + * deleter, which will call ArrayBuffer::Allocator::Free if the buffer + * was allocated with ArraryBuffer::Allocator::Allocate. + */ + class V8_EXPORT Contents { // NOLINT + public: + using DeleterCallback = void (*)(void* buffer, size_t length, void* info); + + Contents() + : data_(nullptr), + byte_length_(0), + allocation_base_(nullptr), + allocation_length_(0), + allocation_mode_(Allocator::AllocationMode::kNormal), + deleter_(nullptr), + deleter_data_(nullptr) {} + + void* AllocationBase() const { return allocation_base_; } + size_t AllocationLength() const { return allocation_length_; } + Allocator::AllocationMode AllocationMode() const { + return allocation_mode_; + } + + void* Data() const { return data_; } + size_t ByteLength() const { return byte_length_; } + DeleterCallback Deleter() const { return deleter_; } + void* DeleterData() const { return deleter_data_; } + + private: + Contents(void* data, size_t byte_length, void* allocation_base, + size_t allocation_length, + Allocator::AllocationMode allocation_mode, DeleterCallback deleter, + void* deleter_data); + + void* data_; + size_t byte_length_; + void* allocation_base_; + size_t allocation_length_; + Allocator::AllocationMode allocation_mode_; + DeleterCallback deleter_; + void* deleter_data_; + + friend class ArrayBuffer; + }; + + + /** + * Data length in bytes. + */ + size_t ByteLength() const; + + /** + * Create a new ArrayBuffer. Allocate |byte_length| bytes. + * Allocated memory will be owned by a created ArrayBuffer and + * will be deallocated when it is garbage-collected, + * unless the object is externalized. + */ + static Local<ArrayBuffer> New(Isolate* isolate, size_t byte_length); + + /** + * Create a new ArrayBuffer over an existing memory block. + * The created array buffer is by default immediately in externalized state. + * In externalized state, the memory block will not be reclaimed when a + * created ArrayBuffer is garbage-collected. + * In internalized state, the memory block will be released using + * |Allocator::Free| once all ArrayBuffers referencing it are collected by + * the garbage collector. + */ + V8_DEPRECATE_SOON( + "Use the version that takes a BackingStore. " + "See http://crbug.com/v8/9908.") + static Local<ArrayBuffer> New( + Isolate* isolate, void* data, size_t byte_length, + ArrayBufferCreationMode mode = ArrayBufferCreationMode::kExternalized); + + /** + * Create a new ArrayBuffer with an existing backing store. + * The created array keeps a reference to the backing store until the array + * is garbage collected. Note that the IsExternal bit does not affect this + * reference from the array to the backing store. + * + * In future IsExternal bit will be removed. Until then the bit is set as + * follows. If the backing store does not own the underlying buffer, then + * the array is created in externalized state. Otherwise, the array is created + * in internalized state. In the latter case the array can be transitioned + * to the externalized state using Externalize(backing_store). + */ + static Local<ArrayBuffer> New(Isolate* isolate, + std::shared_ptr<BackingStore> backing_store); + + /** + * Returns a new standalone BackingStore that is allocated using the array + * buffer allocator of the isolate. The result can be later passed to + * ArrayBuffer::New. + * + * If the allocator returns nullptr, then the function may cause GCs in the + * given isolate and re-try the allocation. If GCs do not help, then the + * function will crash with an out-of-memory error. + */ + static std::unique_ptr<BackingStore> NewBackingStore(Isolate* isolate, + size_t byte_length); + /** + * Returns a new standalone BackingStore that takes over the ownership of + * the given buffer. The destructor of the BackingStore invokes the given + * deleter callback. + * + * The result can be later passed to ArrayBuffer::New. The raw pointer + * to the buffer must not be passed again to any V8 API function. + */ + static std::unique_ptr<BackingStore> NewBackingStore( + void* data, size_t byte_length, BackingStoreDeleterCallback deleter, + void* deleter_data); + + /** + * Returns true if ArrayBuffer is externalized, that is, does not + * own its memory block. + */ + V8_DEPRECATE_SOON( + "With v8::BackingStore externalized ArrayBuffers are " + "the same as ordinary ArrayBuffers. See http://crbug.com/v8/9908.") + bool IsExternal() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this ArrayBuffer may be detached. + */ + bool IsDetachable() const; + + /** + * Detaches this ArrayBuffer and all its views (typed arrays). + * Detaching sets the byte length of the buffer and all typed arrays to zero, + * preventing JavaScript from ever accessing underlying backing store. + * ArrayBuffer should have been externalized and must be detachable. + */ + void Detach(); + + /** + * Make this ArrayBuffer external. The pointer to underlying memory block + * and byte length are returned as |Contents| structure. After ArrayBuffer + * had been externalized, it does no longer own the memory block. The caller + * should take steps to free memory when it is no longer needed. + * + * The Data pointer of ArrayBuffer::Contents must be freed using the provided + * deleter, which will call ArrayBuffer::Allocator::Free if the buffer + * was allocated with ArrayBuffer::Allocator::Allocate. + */ + V8_DEPRECATE_SOON( + "Use GetBackingStore or Detach. See http://crbug.com/v8/9908.") + Contents Externalize(); + + /** + * Marks this ArrayBuffer external given a witness that the embedder + * has fetched the backing store using the new GetBackingStore() function. + * + * With the new lifetime management of backing stores there is no need for + * externalizing, so this function exists only to make the transition easier. + */ + V8_DEPRECATE_SOON("This will be removed together with IsExternal.") + void Externalize(const std::shared_ptr<BackingStore>& backing_store); + + /** + * Get a pointer to the ArrayBuffer's underlying memory block without + * externalizing it. If the ArrayBuffer is not externalized, this pointer + * will become invalid as soon as the ArrayBuffer gets garbage collected. + * + * The embedder should make sure to hold a strong reference to the + * ArrayBuffer while accessing this pointer. + */ + V8_DEPRECATE_SOON("Use GetBackingStore. See http://crbug.com/v8/9908.") + Contents GetContents(); + + /** + * Get a shared pointer to the backing store of this array buffer. This + * pointer coordinates the lifetime management of the internal storage + * with any live ArrayBuffers on the heap, even across isolates. The embedder + * should not attempt to manage lifetime of the storage through other means. + * + * This function replaces both Externalize() and GetContents(). + */ + std::shared_ptr<BackingStore> GetBackingStore(); + + V8_INLINE static ArrayBuffer* Cast(Value* obj); + + static const int kInternalFieldCount = V8_ARRAY_BUFFER_INTERNAL_FIELD_COUNT; + static const int kEmbedderFieldCount = V8_ARRAY_BUFFER_INTERNAL_FIELD_COUNT; + + private: + ArrayBuffer(); + static void CheckCast(Value* obj); + Contents GetContents(bool externalize); +}; + + +#ifndef V8_ARRAY_BUFFER_VIEW_INTERNAL_FIELD_COUNT +// The number of required internal fields can be defined by embedder. +#define V8_ARRAY_BUFFER_VIEW_INTERNAL_FIELD_COUNT 2 +#endif + + +/** + * A base class for an instance of one of "views" over ArrayBuffer, + * including TypedArrays and DataView (ES6 draft 15.13). + */ +class V8_EXPORT ArrayBufferView : public Object { + public: + /** + * Returns underlying ArrayBuffer. + */ + Local<ArrayBuffer> Buffer(); + /** + * Byte offset in |Buffer|. + */ + size_t ByteOffset(); + /** + * Size of a view in bytes. + */ + size_t ByteLength(); + + /** + * Copy the contents of the ArrayBufferView's buffer to an embedder defined + * memory without additional overhead that calling ArrayBufferView::Buffer + * might incur. + * + * Will write at most min(|byte_length|, ByteLength) bytes starting at + * ByteOffset of the underlying buffer to the memory starting at |dest|. + * Returns the number of bytes actually written. + */ + size_t CopyContents(void* dest, size_t byte_length); + + /** + * Returns true if ArrayBufferView's backing ArrayBuffer has already been + * allocated. + */ + bool HasBuffer() const; + + V8_INLINE static ArrayBufferView* Cast(Value* obj); + + static const int kInternalFieldCount = + V8_ARRAY_BUFFER_VIEW_INTERNAL_FIELD_COUNT; + static const int kEmbedderFieldCount = + V8_ARRAY_BUFFER_VIEW_INTERNAL_FIELD_COUNT; + + private: + ArrayBufferView(); + static void CheckCast(Value* obj); +}; + + +/** + * A base class for an instance of TypedArray series of constructors + * (ES6 draft 15.13.6). + */ +class V8_EXPORT TypedArray : public ArrayBufferView { + public: + /* + * The largest typed array size that can be constructed using New. + */ + static constexpr size_t kMaxLength = internal::kApiSystemPointerSize == 4 + ? internal::kSmiMaxValue + : 0x7FFFFFFF; // kMaxInt32 + + /** + * Number of elements in this typed array + * (e.g. for Int16Array, |ByteLength|/2). + */ + size_t Length(); + + V8_INLINE static TypedArray* Cast(Value* obj); + + private: + TypedArray(); + static void CheckCast(Value* obj); +}; + + +/** + * An instance of Uint8Array constructor (ES6 draft 15.13.6). + */ +class V8_EXPORT Uint8Array : public TypedArray { + public: + static Local<Uint8Array> New(Local<ArrayBuffer> array_buffer, + size_t byte_offset, size_t length); + static Local<Uint8Array> New(Local<SharedArrayBuffer> shared_array_buffer, + size_t byte_offset, size_t length); + V8_INLINE static Uint8Array* Cast(Value* obj); + + private: + Uint8Array(); + static void CheckCast(Value* obj); +}; + + +/** + * An instance of Uint8ClampedArray constructor (ES6 draft 15.13.6). + */ +class V8_EXPORT Uint8ClampedArray : public TypedArray { + public: + static Local<Uint8ClampedArray> New(Local<ArrayBuffer> array_buffer, + size_t byte_offset, size_t length); + static Local<Uint8ClampedArray> New( + Local<SharedArrayBuffer> shared_array_buffer, size_t byte_offset, + size_t length); + V8_INLINE static Uint8ClampedArray* Cast(Value* obj); + + private: + Uint8ClampedArray(); + static void CheckCast(Value* obj); +}; + +/** + * An instance of Int8Array constructor (ES6 draft 15.13.6). + */ +class V8_EXPORT Int8Array : public TypedArray { + public: + static Local<Int8Array> New(Local<ArrayBuffer> array_buffer, + size_t byte_offset, size_t length); + static Local<Int8Array> New(Local<SharedArrayBuffer> shared_array_buffer, + size_t byte_offset, size_t length); + V8_INLINE static Int8Array* Cast(Value* obj); + + private: + Int8Array(); + static void CheckCast(Value* obj); +}; + + +/** + * An instance of Uint16Array constructor (ES6 draft 15.13.6). + */ +class V8_EXPORT Uint16Array : public TypedArray { + public: + static Local<Uint16Array> New(Local<ArrayBuffer> array_buffer, + size_t byte_offset, size_t length); + static Local<Uint16Array> New(Local<SharedArrayBuffer> shared_array_buffer, + size_t byte_offset, size_t length); + V8_INLINE static Uint16Array* Cast(Value* obj); + + private: + Uint16Array(); + static void CheckCast(Value* obj); +}; + + +/** + * An instance of Int16Array constructor (ES6 draft 15.13.6). + */ +class V8_EXPORT Int16Array : public TypedArray { + public: + static Local<Int16Array> New(Local<ArrayBuffer> array_buffer, + size_t byte_offset, size_t length); + static Local<Int16Array> New(Local<SharedArrayBuffer> shared_array_buffer, + size_t byte_offset, size_t length); + V8_INLINE static Int16Array* Cast(Value* obj); + + private: + Int16Array(); + static void CheckCast(Value* obj); +}; + + +/** + * An instance of Uint32Array constructor (ES6 draft 15.13.6). + */ +class V8_EXPORT Uint32Array : public TypedArray { + public: + static Local<Uint32Array> New(Local<ArrayBuffer> array_buffer, + size_t byte_offset, size_t length); + static Local<Uint32Array> New(Local<SharedArrayBuffer> shared_array_buffer, + size_t byte_offset, size_t length); + V8_INLINE static Uint32Array* Cast(Value* obj); + + private: + Uint32Array(); + static void CheckCast(Value* obj); +}; + + +/** + * An instance of Int32Array constructor (ES6 draft 15.13.6). + */ +class V8_EXPORT Int32Array : public TypedArray { + public: + static Local<Int32Array> New(Local<ArrayBuffer> array_buffer, + size_t byte_offset, size_t length); + static Local<Int32Array> New(Local<SharedArrayBuffer> shared_array_buffer, + size_t byte_offset, size_t length); + V8_INLINE static Int32Array* Cast(Value* obj); + + private: + Int32Array(); + static void CheckCast(Value* obj); +}; + + +/** + * An instance of Float32Array constructor (ES6 draft 15.13.6). + */ +class V8_EXPORT Float32Array : public TypedArray { + public: + static Local<Float32Array> New(Local<ArrayBuffer> array_buffer, + size_t byte_offset, size_t length); + static Local<Float32Array> New(Local<SharedArrayBuffer> shared_array_buffer, + size_t byte_offset, size_t length); + V8_INLINE static Float32Array* Cast(Value* obj); + + private: + Float32Array(); + static void CheckCast(Value* obj); +}; + + +/** + * An instance of Float64Array constructor (ES6 draft 15.13.6). + */ +class V8_EXPORT Float64Array : public TypedArray { + public: + static Local<Float64Array> New(Local<ArrayBuffer> array_buffer, + size_t byte_offset, size_t length); + static Local<Float64Array> New(Local<SharedArrayBuffer> shared_array_buffer, + size_t byte_offset, size_t length); + V8_INLINE static Float64Array* Cast(Value* obj); + + private: + Float64Array(); + static void CheckCast(Value* obj); +}; + +/** + * An instance of BigInt64Array constructor. + */ +class V8_EXPORT BigInt64Array : public TypedArray { + public: + static Local<BigInt64Array> New(Local<ArrayBuffer> array_buffer, + size_t byte_offset, size_t length); + static Local<BigInt64Array> New(Local<SharedArrayBuffer> shared_array_buffer, + size_t byte_offset, size_t length); + V8_INLINE static BigInt64Array* Cast(Value* obj); + + private: + BigInt64Array(); + static void CheckCast(Value* obj); +}; + +/** + * An instance of BigUint64Array constructor. + */ +class V8_EXPORT BigUint64Array : public TypedArray { + public: + static Local<BigUint64Array> New(Local<ArrayBuffer> array_buffer, + size_t byte_offset, size_t length); + static Local<BigUint64Array> New(Local<SharedArrayBuffer> shared_array_buffer, + size_t byte_offset, size_t length); + V8_INLINE static BigUint64Array* Cast(Value* obj); + + private: + BigUint64Array(); + static void CheckCast(Value* obj); +}; + +/** + * An instance of DataView constructor (ES6 draft 15.13.7). + */ +class V8_EXPORT DataView : public ArrayBufferView { + public: + static Local<DataView> New(Local<ArrayBuffer> array_buffer, + size_t byte_offset, size_t length); + static Local<DataView> New(Local<SharedArrayBuffer> shared_array_buffer, + size_t byte_offset, size_t length); + V8_INLINE static DataView* Cast(Value* obj); + + private: + DataView(); + static void CheckCast(Value* obj); +}; + + +/** + * An instance of the built-in SharedArrayBuffer constructor. + * This API is experimental and may change significantly. + */ +class V8_EXPORT SharedArrayBuffer : public Object { + public: + /** + * The contents of an |SharedArrayBuffer|. Externalization of + * |SharedArrayBuffer| returns an instance of this class, populated, with a + * pointer to data and byte length. + * + * The Data pointer of ArrayBuffer::Contents must be freed using the provided + * deleter, which will call ArrayBuffer::Allocator::Free if the buffer + * was allocated with ArraryBuffer::Allocator::Allocate. + * + * This API is experimental and may change significantly. + */ + class V8_EXPORT Contents { // NOLINT + public: + using Allocator = v8::ArrayBuffer::Allocator; + using DeleterCallback = void (*)(void* buffer, size_t length, void* info); + + Contents() + : data_(nullptr), + byte_length_(0), + allocation_base_(nullptr), + allocation_length_(0), + allocation_mode_(Allocator::AllocationMode::kNormal), + deleter_(nullptr), + deleter_data_(nullptr) {} + + void* AllocationBase() const { return allocation_base_; } + size_t AllocationLength() const { return allocation_length_; } + Allocator::AllocationMode AllocationMode() const { + return allocation_mode_; + } + + void* Data() const { return data_; } + size_t ByteLength() const { return byte_length_; } + DeleterCallback Deleter() const { return deleter_; } + void* DeleterData() const { return deleter_data_; } + + private: + Contents(void* data, size_t byte_length, void* allocation_base, + size_t allocation_length, + Allocator::AllocationMode allocation_mode, DeleterCallback deleter, + void* deleter_data); + + void* data_; + size_t byte_length_; + void* allocation_base_; + size_t allocation_length_; + Allocator::AllocationMode allocation_mode_; + DeleterCallback deleter_; + void* deleter_data_; + + friend class SharedArrayBuffer; + }; + + /** + * Data length in bytes. + */ + size_t ByteLength() const; + + /** + * Create a new SharedArrayBuffer. Allocate |byte_length| bytes. + * Allocated memory will be owned by a created SharedArrayBuffer and + * will be deallocated when it is garbage-collected, + * unless the object is externalized. + */ + static Local<SharedArrayBuffer> New(Isolate* isolate, size_t byte_length); + + /** + * Create a new SharedArrayBuffer over an existing memory block. The created + * array buffer is immediately in externalized state unless otherwise + * specified. The memory block will not be reclaimed when a created + * SharedArrayBuffer is garbage-collected. + */ + V8_DEPRECATE_SOON( + "Use the version that takes a BackingStore. " + "See http://crbug.com/v8/9908.") + static Local<SharedArrayBuffer> New( + Isolate* isolate, void* data, size_t byte_length, + ArrayBufferCreationMode mode = ArrayBufferCreationMode::kExternalized); + + /** + * Create a new SharedArrayBuffer with an existing backing store. + * The created array keeps a reference to the backing store until the array + * is garbage collected. Note that the IsExternal bit does not affect this + * reference from the array to the backing store. + * + * In future IsExternal bit will be removed. Until then the bit is set as + * follows. If the backing store does not own the underlying buffer, then + * the array is created in externalized state. Otherwise, the array is created + * in internalized state. In the latter case the array can be transitioned + * to the externalized state using Externalize(backing_store). + */ + static Local<SharedArrayBuffer> New( + Isolate* isolate, std::shared_ptr<BackingStore> backing_store); + + /** + * Returns a new standalone BackingStore that is allocated using the array + * buffer allocator of the isolate. The result can be later passed to + * SharedArrayBuffer::New. + * + * If the allocator returns nullptr, then the function may cause GCs in the + * given isolate and re-try the allocation. If GCs do not help, then the + * function will crash with an out-of-memory error. + */ + static std::unique_ptr<BackingStore> NewBackingStore(Isolate* isolate, + size_t byte_length); + /** + * Returns a new standalone BackingStore that takes over the ownership of + * the given buffer. The destructor of the BackingStore invokes the given + * deleter callback. + * + * The result can be later passed to SharedArrayBuffer::New. The raw pointer + * to the buffer must not be passed again to any V8 functions. + */ + static std::unique_ptr<BackingStore> NewBackingStore( + void* data, size_t byte_length, BackingStoreDeleterCallback deleter, + void* deleter_data); + + /** + * Create a new SharedArrayBuffer over an existing memory block. Propagate + * flags to indicate whether the underlying buffer can be grown. + */ + V8_DEPRECATED( + "Use the version that takes a BackingStore. " + "See http://crbug.com/v8/9908.") + static Local<SharedArrayBuffer> New( + Isolate* isolate, const SharedArrayBuffer::Contents&, + ArrayBufferCreationMode mode = ArrayBufferCreationMode::kExternalized); + + /** + * Returns true if SharedArrayBuffer is externalized, that is, does not + * own its memory block. + */ + V8_DEPRECATE_SOON( + "With v8::BackingStore externalized SharedArrayBuffers are the same " + "as ordinary SharedArrayBuffers. See http://crbug.com/v8/9908.") + bool IsExternal() const; + + /** + * Make this SharedArrayBuffer external. The pointer to underlying memory + * block and byte length are returned as |Contents| structure. After + * SharedArrayBuffer had been externalized, it does no longer own the memory + * block. The caller should take steps to free memory when it is no longer + * needed. + * + * The memory block is guaranteed to be allocated with |Allocator::Allocate| + * by the allocator specified in + * v8::Isolate::CreateParams::array_buffer_allocator. + * + */ + V8_DEPRECATE_SOON( + "Use GetBackingStore or Detach. See http://crbug.com/v8/9908.") + Contents Externalize(); + + /** + * Marks this SharedArrayBuffer external given a witness that the embedder + * has fetched the backing store using the new GetBackingStore() function. + * + * With the new lifetime management of backing stores there is no need for + * externalizing, so this function exists only to make the transition easier. + */ + V8_DEPRECATE_SOON("This will be removed together with IsExternal.") + void Externalize(const std::shared_ptr<BackingStore>& backing_store); + + /** + * Get a pointer to the ArrayBuffer's underlying memory block without + * externalizing it. If the ArrayBuffer is not externalized, this pointer + * will become invalid as soon as the ArrayBuffer became garbage collected. + * + * The embedder should make sure to hold a strong reference to the + * ArrayBuffer while accessing this pointer. + * + * The memory block is guaranteed to be allocated with |Allocator::Allocate| + * by the allocator specified in + * v8::Isolate::CreateParams::array_buffer_allocator. + */ + V8_DEPRECATE_SOON("Use GetBackingStore. See http://crbug.com/v8/9908.") + Contents GetContents(); + + /** + * Get a shared pointer to the backing store of this array buffer. This + * pointer coordinates the lifetime management of the internal storage + * with any live ArrayBuffers on the heap, even across isolates. The embedder + * should not attempt to manage lifetime of the storage through other means. + * + * This function replaces both Externalize() and GetContents(). + */ + std::shared_ptr<BackingStore> GetBackingStore(); + + V8_INLINE static SharedArrayBuffer* Cast(Value* obj); + + static const int kInternalFieldCount = V8_ARRAY_BUFFER_INTERNAL_FIELD_COUNT; + + private: + SharedArrayBuffer(); + static void CheckCast(Value* obj); + Contents GetContents(bool externalize); +}; + + +/** + * An instance of the built-in Date constructor (ECMA-262, 15.9). + */ +class V8_EXPORT Date : public Object { + public: + static V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<Value> New(Local<Context> context, + double time); + + /** + * A specialization of Value::NumberValue that is more efficient + * because we know the structure of this object. + */ + double ValueOf() const; + + V8_INLINE static Date* Cast(Value* obj); + + private: + static void CheckCast(Value* obj); +}; + + +/** + * A Number object (ECMA-262, 4.3.21). + */ +class V8_EXPORT NumberObject : public Object { + public: + static Local<Value> New(Isolate* isolate, double value); + + double ValueOf() const; + + V8_INLINE static NumberObject* Cast(Value* obj); + + private: + static void CheckCast(Value* obj); +}; + +/** + * A BigInt object (https://tc39.github.io/proposal-bigint) + */ +class V8_EXPORT BigIntObject : public Object { + public: + static Local<Value> New(Isolate* isolate, int64_t value); + + Local<BigInt> ValueOf() const; + + V8_INLINE static BigIntObject* Cast(Value* obj); + + private: + static void CheckCast(Value* obj); +}; + +/** + * A Boolean object (ECMA-262, 4.3.15). + */ +class V8_EXPORT BooleanObject : public Object { + public: + static Local<Value> New(Isolate* isolate, bool value); + + bool ValueOf() const; + + V8_INLINE static BooleanObject* Cast(Value* obj); + + private: + static void CheckCast(Value* obj); +}; + + +/** + * A String object (ECMA-262, 4.3.18). + */ +class V8_EXPORT StringObject : public Object { + public: + static Local<Value> New(Isolate* isolate, Local<String> value); + + Local<String> ValueOf() const; + + V8_INLINE static StringObject* Cast(Value* obj); + + private: + static void CheckCast(Value* obj); +}; + + +/** + * A Symbol object (ECMA-262 edition 6). + */ +class V8_EXPORT SymbolObject : public Object { + public: + static Local<Value> New(Isolate* isolate, Local<Symbol> value); + + Local<Symbol> ValueOf() const; + + V8_INLINE static SymbolObject* Cast(Value* obj); + + private: + static void CheckCast(Value* obj); +}; + + +/** + * An instance of the built-in RegExp constructor (ECMA-262, 15.10). + */ +class V8_EXPORT RegExp : public Object { + public: + /** + * Regular expression flag bits. They can be or'ed to enable a set + * of flags. + */ + enum Flags { + kNone = 0, + kGlobal = 1 << 0, + kIgnoreCase = 1 << 1, + kMultiline = 1 << 2, + kSticky = 1 << 3, + kUnicode = 1 << 4, + kDotAll = 1 << 5, + }; + + static constexpr int kFlagCount = 6; + + /** + * Creates a regular expression from the given pattern string and + * the flags bit field. May throw a JavaScript exception as + * described in ECMA-262, 15.10.4.1. + * + * For example, + * RegExp::New(v8::String::New("foo"), + * static_cast<RegExp::Flags>(kGlobal | kMultiline)) + * is equivalent to evaluating "/foo/gm". + */ + static V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<RegExp> New(Local<Context> context, + Local<String> pattern, + Flags flags); + + /** + * Like New, but additionally specifies a backtrack limit. If the number of + * backtracks done in one Exec call hits the limit, a match failure is + * immediately returned. + */ + static V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<RegExp> NewWithBacktrackLimit( + Local<Context> context, Local<String> pattern, Flags flags, + uint32_t backtrack_limit); + + /** + * Executes the current RegExp instance on the given subject string. + * Equivalent to RegExp.prototype.exec as described in + * + * https://tc39.es/ecma262/#sec-regexp.prototype.exec + * + * On success, an Array containing the matched strings is returned. On + * failure, returns Null. + * + * Note: modifies global context state, accessible e.g. through RegExp.input. + */ + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<Object> Exec(Local<Context> context, + Local<String> subject); + + /** + * Returns the value of the source property: a string representing + * the regular expression. + */ + Local<String> GetSource() const; + + /** + * Returns the flags bit field. + */ + Flags GetFlags() const; + + V8_INLINE static RegExp* Cast(Value* obj); + + private: + static void CheckCast(Value* obj); +}; + +/** + * An instance of the built-in FinalizationGroup constructor. + * + * This API is experimental and may change significantly. + */ +class V8_EXPORT FinalizationGroup : public Object { + public: + /** + * Runs the cleanup callback of the given FinalizationGroup. + * + * V8 will inform the embedder that there are finalizer callbacks be + * called through HostCleanupFinalizationGroupCallback. + * + * HostCleanupFinalizationGroupCallback should schedule a task to + * call FinalizationGroup::Cleanup() at some point in the + * future. It's the embedders responsiblity to make this call at a + * time which does not interrupt synchronous ECMAScript code + * execution. + * + * If the result is Nothing<bool> then an exception has + * occurred. Otherwise the result is |true| if the cleanup callback + * was called successfully. The result is never |false|. + */ + static V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT Maybe<bool> Cleanup( + Local<FinalizationGroup> finalization_group); +}; + +/** + * A JavaScript value that wraps a C++ void*. This type of value is mainly used + * to associate C++ data structures with JavaScript objects. + */ +class V8_EXPORT External : public Value { + public: + static Local<External> New(Isolate* isolate, void* value); + V8_INLINE static External* Cast(Value* obj); + void* Value() const; + private: + static void CheckCast(v8::Value* obj); +}; + +#define V8_INTRINSICS_LIST(F) \ + F(ArrayProto_entries, array_entries_iterator) \ + F(ArrayProto_forEach, array_for_each_iterator) \ + F(ArrayProto_keys, array_keys_iterator) \ + F(ArrayProto_values, array_values_iterator) \ + F(ErrorPrototype, initial_error_prototype) \ + F(IteratorPrototype, initial_iterator_prototype) + +enum Intrinsic { +#define V8_DECL_INTRINSIC(name, iname) k##name, + V8_INTRINSICS_LIST(V8_DECL_INTRINSIC) +#undef V8_DECL_INTRINSIC +}; + + +// --- Templates --- + + +/** + * The superclass of object and function templates. + */ +class V8_EXPORT Template : public Data { + public: + /** + * Adds a property to each instance created by this template. + * + * The property must be defined either as a primitive value, or a template. + */ + void Set(Local<Name> name, Local<Data> value, + PropertyAttribute attributes = None); + void SetPrivate(Local<Private> name, Local<Data> value, + PropertyAttribute attributes = None); + V8_INLINE void Set(Isolate* isolate, const char* name, Local<Data> value); + + void SetAccessorProperty( + Local<Name> name, + Local<FunctionTemplate> getter = Local<FunctionTemplate>(), + Local<FunctionTemplate> setter = Local<FunctionTemplate>(), + PropertyAttribute attribute = None, + AccessControl settings = DEFAULT); + + /** + * Whenever the property with the given name is accessed on objects + * created from this Template the getter and setter callbacks + * are called instead of getting and setting the property directly + * on the JavaScript object. + * + * \param name The name of the property for which an accessor is added. + * \param getter The callback to invoke when getting the property. + * \param setter The callback to invoke when setting the property. + * \param data A piece of data that will be passed to the getter and setter + * callbacks whenever they are invoked. + * \param settings Access control settings for the accessor. This is a bit + * field consisting of one of more of + * DEFAULT = 0, ALL_CAN_READ = 1, or ALL_CAN_WRITE = 2. + * The default is to not allow cross-context access. + * ALL_CAN_READ means that all cross-context reads are allowed. + * ALL_CAN_WRITE means that all cross-context writes are allowed. + * The combination ALL_CAN_READ | ALL_CAN_WRITE can be used to allow all + * cross-context access. + * \param attribute The attributes of the property for which an accessor + * is added. + * \param signature The signature describes valid receivers for the accessor + * and is used to perform implicit instance checks against them. If the + * receiver is incompatible (i.e. is not an instance of the constructor as + * defined by FunctionTemplate::HasInstance()), an implicit TypeError is + * thrown and no callback is invoked. + */ + void SetNativeDataProperty( + Local<String> name, AccessorGetterCallback getter, + AccessorSetterCallback setter = nullptr, + // TODO(dcarney): gcc can't handle Local below + Local<Value> data = Local<Value>(), PropertyAttribute attribute = None, + Local<AccessorSignature> signature = Local<AccessorSignature>(), + AccessControl settings = DEFAULT, + SideEffectType getter_side_effect_type = SideEffectType::kHasSideEffect, + SideEffectType setter_side_effect_type = SideEffectType::kHasSideEffect); + void SetNativeDataProperty( + Local<Name> name, AccessorNameGetterCallback getter, + AccessorNameSetterCallback setter = nullptr, + // TODO(dcarney): gcc can't handle Local below + Local<Value> data = Local<Value>(), PropertyAttribute attribute = None, + Local<AccessorSignature> signature = Local<AccessorSignature>(), + AccessControl settings = DEFAULT, + SideEffectType getter_side_effect_type = SideEffectType::kHasSideEffect, + SideEffectType setter_side_effect_type = SideEffectType::kHasSideEffect); + + /** + * Like SetNativeDataProperty, but V8 will replace the native data property + * with a real data property on first access. + */ + void SetLazyDataProperty( + Local<Name> name, AccessorNameGetterCallback getter, + Local<Value> data = Local<Value>(), PropertyAttribute attribute = None, + SideEffectType getter_side_effect_type = SideEffectType::kHasSideEffect, + SideEffectType setter_side_effect_type = SideEffectType::kHasSideEffect); + + /** + * During template instantiation, sets the value with the intrinsic property + * from the correct context. + */ + void SetIntrinsicDataProperty(Local<Name> name, Intrinsic intrinsic, + PropertyAttribute attribute = None); + + private: + Template(); + + friend class ObjectTemplate; + friend class FunctionTemplate; +}; + +// TODO(dcarney): Replace GenericNamedPropertyFooCallback with just +// NamedPropertyFooCallback. + +/** + * Interceptor for get requests on an object. + * + * Use `info.GetReturnValue().Set()` to set the return value of the + * intercepted get request. + * + * \param property The name of the property for which the request was + * intercepted. + * \param info Information about the intercepted request, such as + * isolate, receiver, return value, or whether running in `'use strict`' mode. + * See `PropertyCallbackInfo`. + * + * \code + * void GetterCallback( + * Local<Name> name, + * const v8::PropertyCallbackInfo<v8::Value>& info) { + * info.GetReturnValue().Set(v8_num(42)); + * } + * + * v8::Local<v8::FunctionTemplate> templ = + * v8::FunctionTemplate::New(isolate); + * templ->InstanceTemplate()->SetHandler( + * v8::NamedPropertyHandlerConfiguration(GetterCallback)); + * LocalContext env; + * env->Global() + * ->Set(env.local(), v8_str("obj"), templ->GetFunction(env.local()) + * .ToLocalChecked() + * ->NewInstance(env.local()) + * .ToLocalChecked()) + * .FromJust(); + * v8::Local<v8::Value> result = CompileRun("obj.a = 17; obj.a"); + * CHECK(v8_num(42)->Equals(env.local(), result).FromJust()); + * \endcode + * + * See also `ObjectTemplate::SetHandler`. + */ +typedef void (*GenericNamedPropertyGetterCallback)( + Local<Name> property, const PropertyCallbackInfo<Value>& info); + +/** + * Interceptor for set requests on an object. + * + * Use `info.GetReturnValue()` to indicate whether the request was intercepted + * or not. If the setter successfully intercepts the request, i.e., if the + * request should not be further executed, call + * `info.GetReturnValue().Set(value)`. If the setter + * did not intercept the request, i.e., if the request should be handled as + * if no interceptor is present, do not not call `Set()`. + * + * \param property The name of the property for which the request was + * intercepted. + * \param value The value which the property will have if the request + * is not intercepted. + * \param info Information about the intercepted request, such as + * isolate, receiver, return value, or whether running in `'use strict'` mode. + * See `PropertyCallbackInfo`. + * + * See also + * `ObjectTemplate::SetHandler.` + */ +typedef void (*GenericNamedPropertySetterCallback)( + Local<Name> property, Local<Value> value, + const PropertyCallbackInfo<Value>& info); + +/** + * Intercepts all requests that query the attributes of the + * property, e.g., getOwnPropertyDescriptor(), propertyIsEnumerable(), and + * defineProperty(). + * + * Use `info.GetReturnValue().Set(value)` to set the property attributes. The + * value is an integer encoding a `v8::PropertyAttribute`. + * + * \param property The name of the property for which the request was + * intercepted. + * \param info Information about the intercepted request, such as + * isolate, receiver, return value, or whether running in `'use strict'` mode. + * See `PropertyCallbackInfo`. + * + * \note Some functions query the property attributes internally, even though + * they do not return the attributes. For example, `hasOwnProperty()` can + * trigger this interceptor depending on the state of the object. + * + * See also + * `ObjectTemplate::SetHandler.` + */ +typedef void (*GenericNamedPropertyQueryCallback)( + Local<Name> property, const PropertyCallbackInfo<Integer>& info); + +/** + * Interceptor for delete requests on an object. + * + * Use `info.GetReturnValue()` to indicate whether the request was intercepted + * or not. If the deleter successfully intercepts the request, i.e., if the + * request should not be further executed, call + * `info.GetReturnValue().Set(value)` with a boolean `value`. The `value` is + * used as the return value of `delete`. + * + * \param property The name of the property for which the request was + * intercepted. + * \param info Information about the intercepted request, such as + * isolate, receiver, return value, or whether running in `'use strict'` mode. + * See `PropertyCallbackInfo`. + * + * \note If you need to mimic the behavior of `delete`, i.e., throw in strict + * mode instead of returning false, use `info.ShouldThrowOnError()` to determine + * if you are in strict mode. + * + * See also `ObjectTemplate::SetHandler.` + */ +typedef void (*GenericNamedPropertyDeleterCallback)( + Local<Name> property, const PropertyCallbackInfo<Boolean>& info); + +/** + * Returns an array containing the names of the properties the named + * property getter intercepts. + * + * Note: The values in the array must be of type v8::Name. + */ +typedef void (*GenericNamedPropertyEnumeratorCallback)( + const PropertyCallbackInfo<Array>& info); + +/** + * Interceptor for defineProperty requests on an object. + * + * Use `info.GetReturnValue()` to indicate whether the request was intercepted + * or not. If the definer successfully intercepts the request, i.e., if the + * request should not be further executed, call + * `info.GetReturnValue().Set(value)`. If the definer + * did not intercept the request, i.e., if the request should be handled as + * if no interceptor is present, do not not call `Set()`. + * + * \param property The name of the property for which the request was + * intercepted. + * \param desc The property descriptor which is used to define the + * property if the request is not intercepted. + * \param info Information about the intercepted request, such as + * isolate, receiver, return value, or whether running in `'use strict'` mode. + * See `PropertyCallbackInfo`. + * + * See also `ObjectTemplate::SetHandler`. + */ +typedef void (*GenericNamedPropertyDefinerCallback)( + Local<Name> property, const PropertyDescriptor& desc, + const PropertyCallbackInfo<Value>& info); + +/** + * Interceptor for getOwnPropertyDescriptor requests on an object. + * + * Use `info.GetReturnValue().Set()` to set the return value of the + * intercepted request. The return value must be an object that + * can be converted to a PropertyDescriptor, e.g., a `v8::value` returned from + * `v8::Object::getOwnPropertyDescriptor`. + * + * \param property The name of the property for which the request was + * intercepted. + * \info Information about the intercepted request, such as + * isolate, receiver, return value, or whether running in `'use strict'` mode. + * See `PropertyCallbackInfo`. + * + * \note If GetOwnPropertyDescriptor is intercepted, it will + * always return true, i.e., indicate that the property was found. + * + * See also `ObjectTemplate::SetHandler`. + */ +typedef void (*GenericNamedPropertyDescriptorCallback)( + Local<Name> property, const PropertyCallbackInfo<Value>& info); + +/** + * See `v8::GenericNamedPropertyGetterCallback`. + */ +typedef void (*IndexedPropertyGetterCallback)( + uint32_t index, + const PropertyCallbackInfo<Value>& info); + +/** + * See `v8::GenericNamedPropertySetterCallback`. + */ +typedef void (*IndexedPropertySetterCallback)( + uint32_t index, + Local<Value> value, + const PropertyCallbackInfo<Value>& info); + +/** + * See `v8::GenericNamedPropertyQueryCallback`. + */ +typedef void (*IndexedPropertyQueryCallback)( + uint32_t index, + const PropertyCallbackInfo<Integer>& info); + +/** + * See `v8::GenericNamedPropertyDeleterCallback`. + */ +typedef void (*IndexedPropertyDeleterCallback)( + uint32_t index, + const PropertyCallbackInfo<Boolean>& info); + +/** + * Returns an array containing the indices of the properties the indexed + * property getter intercepts. + * + * Note: The values in the array must be uint32_t. + */ +typedef void (*IndexedPropertyEnumeratorCallback)( + const PropertyCallbackInfo<Array>& info); + +/** + * See `v8::GenericNamedPropertyDefinerCallback`. + */ +typedef void (*IndexedPropertyDefinerCallback)( + uint32_t index, const PropertyDescriptor& desc, + const PropertyCallbackInfo<Value>& info); + +/** + * See `v8::GenericNamedPropertyDescriptorCallback`. + */ +typedef void (*IndexedPropertyDescriptorCallback)( + uint32_t index, const PropertyCallbackInfo<Value>& info); + +/** + * Access type specification. + */ +enum AccessType { + ACCESS_GET, + ACCESS_SET, + ACCESS_HAS, + ACCESS_DELETE, + ACCESS_KEYS +}; + + +/** + * Returns true if the given context should be allowed to access the given + * object. + */ +typedef bool (*AccessCheckCallback)(Local<Context> accessing_context, + Local<Object> accessed_object, + Local<Value> data); + +/** + * A FunctionTemplate is used to create functions at runtime. There + * can only be one function created from a FunctionTemplate in a + * context. The lifetime of the created function is equal to the + * lifetime of the context. So in case the embedder needs to create + * temporary functions that can be collected using Scripts is + * preferred. + * + * Any modification of a FunctionTemplate after first instantiation will trigger + * a crash. + * + * A FunctionTemplate can have properties, these properties are added to the + * function object when it is created. + * + * A FunctionTemplate has a corresponding instance template which is + * used to create object instances when the function is used as a + * constructor. Properties added to the instance template are added to + * each object instance. + * + * A FunctionTemplate can have a prototype template. The prototype template + * is used to create the prototype object of the function. + * + * The following example shows how to use a FunctionTemplate: + * + * \code + * v8::Local<v8::FunctionTemplate> t = v8::FunctionTemplate::New(isolate); + * t->Set(isolate, "func_property", v8::Number::New(isolate, 1)); + * + * v8::Local<v8::Template> proto_t = t->PrototypeTemplate(); + * proto_t->Set(isolate, + * "proto_method", + * v8::FunctionTemplate::New(isolate, InvokeCallback)); + * proto_t->Set(isolate, "proto_const", v8::Number::New(isolate, 2)); + * + * v8::Local<v8::ObjectTemplate> instance_t = t->InstanceTemplate(); + * instance_t->SetAccessor(String::NewFromUtf8(isolate, "instance_accessor"), + * InstanceAccessorCallback); + * instance_t->SetHandler( + * NamedPropertyHandlerConfiguration(PropertyHandlerCallback)); + * instance_t->Set(String::NewFromUtf8(isolate, "instance_property"), + * Number::New(isolate, 3)); + * + * v8::Local<v8::Function> function = t->GetFunction(); + * v8::Local<v8::Object> instance = function->NewInstance(); + * \endcode + * + * Let's use "function" as the JS variable name of the function object + * and "instance" for the instance object created above. The function + * and the instance will have the following properties: + * + * \code + * func_property in function == true; + * function.func_property == 1; + * + * function.prototype.proto_method() invokes 'InvokeCallback' + * function.prototype.proto_const == 2; + * + * instance instanceof function == true; + * instance.instance_accessor calls 'InstanceAccessorCallback' + * instance.instance_property == 3; + * \endcode + * + * A FunctionTemplate can inherit from another one by calling the + * FunctionTemplate::Inherit method. The following graph illustrates + * the semantics of inheritance: + * + * \code + * FunctionTemplate Parent -> Parent() . prototype -> { } + * ^ ^ + * | Inherit(Parent) | .__proto__ + * | | + * FunctionTemplate Child -> Child() . prototype -> { } + * \endcode + * + * A FunctionTemplate 'Child' inherits from 'Parent', the prototype + * object of the Child() function has __proto__ pointing to the + * Parent() function's prototype object. An instance of the Child + * function has all properties on Parent's instance templates. + * + * Let Parent be the FunctionTemplate initialized in the previous + * section and create a Child FunctionTemplate by: + * + * \code + * Local<FunctionTemplate> parent = t; + * Local<FunctionTemplate> child = FunctionTemplate::New(); + * child->Inherit(parent); + * + * Local<Function> child_function = child->GetFunction(); + * Local<Object> child_instance = child_function->NewInstance(); + * \endcode + * + * The Child function and Child instance will have the following + * properties: + * + * \code + * child_func.prototype.__proto__ == function.prototype; + * child_instance.instance_accessor calls 'InstanceAccessorCallback' + * child_instance.instance_property == 3; + * \endcode + */ +class V8_EXPORT FunctionTemplate : public Template { + public: + /** Creates a function template.*/ + static Local<FunctionTemplate> New( + Isolate* isolate, FunctionCallback callback = nullptr, + Local<Value> data = Local<Value>(), + Local<Signature> signature = Local<Signature>(), int length = 0, + ConstructorBehavior behavior = ConstructorBehavior::kAllow, + SideEffectType side_effect_type = SideEffectType::kHasSideEffect); + + /** Get a template included in the snapshot by index. */ + V8_DEPRECATED("Use v8::Isolate::GetDataFromSnapshotOnce instead") + static MaybeLocal<FunctionTemplate> FromSnapshot(Isolate* isolate, + size_t index); + + /** + * Creates a function template backed/cached by a private property. + */ + static Local<FunctionTemplate> NewWithCache( + Isolate* isolate, FunctionCallback callback, + Local<Private> cache_property, Local<Value> data = Local<Value>(), + Local<Signature> signature = Local<Signature>(), int length = 0, + SideEffectType side_effect_type = SideEffectType::kHasSideEffect); + + /** Returns the unique function instance in the current execution context.*/ + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<Function> GetFunction( + Local<Context> context); + + /** + * Similar to Context::NewRemoteContext, this creates an instance that + * isn't backed by an actual object. + * + * The InstanceTemplate of this FunctionTemplate must have access checks with + * handlers installed. + */ + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<Object> NewRemoteInstance(); + + /** + * Set the call-handler callback for a FunctionTemplate. This + * callback is called whenever the function created from this + * FunctionTemplate is called. + */ + void SetCallHandler( + FunctionCallback callback, Local<Value> data = Local<Value>(), + SideEffectType side_effect_type = SideEffectType::kHasSideEffect); + + /** Set the predefined length property for the FunctionTemplate. */ + void SetLength(int length); + + /** Get the InstanceTemplate. */ + Local<ObjectTemplate> InstanceTemplate(); + + /** + * Causes the function template to inherit from a parent function template. + * This means the function's prototype.__proto__ is set to the parent + * function's prototype. + **/ + void Inherit(Local<FunctionTemplate> parent); + + /** + * A PrototypeTemplate is the template used to create the prototype object + * of the function created by this template. + */ + Local<ObjectTemplate> PrototypeTemplate(); + + /** + * A PrototypeProviderTemplate is another function template whose prototype + * property is used for this template. This is mutually exclusive with setting + * a prototype template indirectly by calling PrototypeTemplate() or using + * Inherit(). + **/ + void SetPrototypeProviderTemplate(Local<FunctionTemplate> prototype_provider); + + /** + * Set the class name of the FunctionTemplate. This is used for + * printing objects created with the function created from the + * FunctionTemplate as its constructor. + */ + void SetClassName(Local<String> name); + + + /** + * When set to true, no access check will be performed on the receiver of a + * function call. Currently defaults to true, but this is subject to change. + */ + void SetAcceptAnyReceiver(bool value); + + /** + * Sets the ReadOnly flag in the attributes of the 'prototype' property + * of functions created from this FunctionTemplate to true. + */ + void ReadOnlyPrototype(); + + /** + * Removes the prototype property from functions created from this + * FunctionTemplate. + */ + void RemovePrototype(); + + /** + * Returns true if the given object is an instance of this function + * template. + */ + bool HasInstance(Local<Value> object); + + V8_INLINE static FunctionTemplate* Cast(Data* data); + + private: + FunctionTemplate(); + + static void CheckCast(Data* that); + friend class Context; + friend class ObjectTemplate; +}; + +/** + * Configuration flags for v8::NamedPropertyHandlerConfiguration or + * v8::IndexedPropertyHandlerConfiguration. + */ +enum class PropertyHandlerFlags { + /** + * None. + */ + kNone = 0, + + /** + * See ALL_CAN_READ above. + */ + kAllCanRead = 1, + + /** Will not call into interceptor for properties on the receiver or prototype + * chain, i.e., only call into interceptor for properties that do not exist. + * Currently only valid for named interceptors. + */ + kNonMasking = 1 << 1, + + /** + * Will not call into interceptor for symbol lookup. Only meaningful for + * named interceptors. + */ + kOnlyInterceptStrings = 1 << 2, + + /** + * The getter, query, enumerator callbacks do not produce side effects. + */ + kHasNoSideEffect = 1 << 3, +}; + +struct NamedPropertyHandlerConfiguration { + NamedPropertyHandlerConfiguration( + GenericNamedPropertyGetterCallback getter, + GenericNamedPropertySetterCallback setter, + GenericNamedPropertyQueryCallback query, + GenericNamedPropertyDeleterCallback deleter, + GenericNamedPropertyEnumeratorCallback enumerator, + GenericNamedPropertyDefinerCallback definer, + GenericNamedPropertyDescriptorCallback descriptor, + Local<Value> data = Local<Value>(), + PropertyHandlerFlags flags = PropertyHandlerFlags::kNone) + : getter(getter), + setter(setter), + query(query), + deleter(deleter), + enumerator(enumerator), + definer(definer), + descriptor(descriptor), + data(data), + flags(flags) {} + + NamedPropertyHandlerConfiguration( + /** Note: getter is required */ + GenericNamedPropertyGetterCallback getter = nullptr, + GenericNamedPropertySetterCallback setter = nullptr, + GenericNamedPropertyQueryCallback query = nullptr, + GenericNamedPropertyDeleterCallback deleter = nullptr, + GenericNamedPropertyEnumeratorCallback enumerator = nullptr, + Local<Value> data = Local<Value>(), + PropertyHandlerFlags flags = PropertyHandlerFlags::kNone) + : getter(getter), + setter(setter), + query(query), + deleter(deleter), + enumerator(enumerator), + definer(nullptr), + descriptor(nullptr), + data(data), + flags(flags) {} + + NamedPropertyHandlerConfiguration( + GenericNamedPropertyGetterCallback getter, + GenericNamedPropertySetterCallback setter, + GenericNamedPropertyDescriptorCallback descriptor, + GenericNamedPropertyDeleterCallback deleter, + GenericNamedPropertyEnumeratorCallback enumerator, + GenericNamedPropertyDefinerCallback definer, + Local<Value> data = Local<Value>(), + PropertyHandlerFlags flags = PropertyHandlerFlags::kNone) + : getter(getter), + setter(setter), + query(nullptr), + deleter(deleter), + enumerator(enumerator), + definer(definer), + descriptor(descriptor), + data(data), + flags(flags) {} + + GenericNamedPropertyGetterCallback getter; + GenericNamedPropertySetterCallback setter; + GenericNamedPropertyQueryCallback query; + GenericNamedPropertyDeleterCallback deleter; + GenericNamedPropertyEnumeratorCallback enumerator; + GenericNamedPropertyDefinerCallback definer; + GenericNamedPropertyDescriptorCallback descriptor; + Local<Value> data; + PropertyHandlerFlags flags; +}; + + +struct IndexedPropertyHandlerConfiguration { + IndexedPropertyHandlerConfiguration( + IndexedPropertyGetterCallback getter, + IndexedPropertySetterCallback setter, IndexedPropertyQueryCallback query, + IndexedPropertyDeleterCallback deleter, + IndexedPropertyEnumeratorCallback enumerator, + IndexedPropertyDefinerCallback definer, + IndexedPropertyDescriptorCallback descriptor, + Local<Value> data = Local<Value>(), + PropertyHandlerFlags flags = PropertyHandlerFlags::kNone) + : getter(getter), + setter(setter), + query(query), + deleter(deleter), + enumerator(enumerator), + definer(definer), + descriptor(descriptor), + data(data), + flags(flags) {} + + IndexedPropertyHandlerConfiguration( + /** Note: getter is required */ + IndexedPropertyGetterCallback getter = nullptr, + IndexedPropertySetterCallback setter = nullptr, + IndexedPropertyQueryCallback query = nullptr, + IndexedPropertyDeleterCallback deleter = nullptr, + IndexedPropertyEnumeratorCallback enumerator = nullptr, + Local<Value> data = Local<Value>(), + PropertyHandlerFlags flags = PropertyHandlerFlags::kNone) + : getter(getter), + setter(setter), + query(query), + deleter(deleter), + enumerator(enumerator), + definer(nullptr), + descriptor(nullptr), + data(data), + flags(flags) {} + + IndexedPropertyHandlerConfiguration( + IndexedPropertyGetterCallback getter, + IndexedPropertySetterCallback setter, + IndexedPropertyDescriptorCallback descriptor, + IndexedPropertyDeleterCallback deleter, + IndexedPropertyEnumeratorCallback enumerator, + IndexedPropertyDefinerCallback definer, + Local<Value> data = Local<Value>(), + PropertyHandlerFlags flags = PropertyHandlerFlags::kNone) + : getter(getter), + setter(setter), + query(nullptr), + deleter(deleter), + enumerator(enumerator), + definer(definer), + descriptor(descriptor), + data(data), + flags(flags) {} + + IndexedPropertyGetterCallback getter; + IndexedPropertySetterCallback setter; + IndexedPropertyQueryCallback query; + IndexedPropertyDeleterCallback deleter; + IndexedPropertyEnumeratorCallback enumerator; + IndexedPropertyDefinerCallback definer; + IndexedPropertyDescriptorCallback descriptor; + Local<Value> data; + PropertyHandlerFlags flags; +}; + + +/** + * An ObjectTemplate is used to create objects at runtime. + * + * Properties added to an ObjectTemplate are added to each object + * created from the ObjectTemplate. + */ +class V8_EXPORT ObjectTemplate : public Template { + public: + /** Creates an ObjectTemplate. */ + static Local<ObjectTemplate> New( + Isolate* isolate, + Local<FunctionTemplate> constructor = Local<FunctionTemplate>()); + + /** Get a template included in the snapshot by index. */ + V8_DEPRECATED("Use v8::Isolate::GetDataFromSnapshotOnce instead") + static MaybeLocal<ObjectTemplate> FromSnapshot(Isolate* isolate, + size_t index); + + /** Creates a new instance of this template.*/ + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<Object> NewInstance(Local<Context> context); + + /** + * Sets an accessor on the object template. + * + * Whenever the property with the given name is accessed on objects + * created from this ObjectTemplate the getter and setter callbacks + * are called instead of getting and setting the property directly + * on the JavaScript object. + * + * \param name The name of the property for which an accessor is added. + * \param getter The callback to invoke when getting the property. + * \param setter The callback to invoke when setting the property. + * \param data A piece of data that will be passed to the getter and setter + * callbacks whenever they are invoked. + * \param settings Access control settings for the accessor. This is a bit + * field consisting of one of more of + * DEFAULT = 0, ALL_CAN_READ = 1, or ALL_CAN_WRITE = 2. + * The default is to not allow cross-context access. + * ALL_CAN_READ means that all cross-context reads are allowed. + * ALL_CAN_WRITE means that all cross-context writes are allowed. + * The combination ALL_CAN_READ | ALL_CAN_WRITE can be used to allow all + * cross-context access. + * \param attribute The attributes of the property for which an accessor + * is added. + * \param signature The signature describes valid receivers for the accessor + * and is used to perform implicit instance checks against them. If the + * receiver is incompatible (i.e. is not an instance of the constructor as + * defined by FunctionTemplate::HasInstance()), an implicit TypeError is + * thrown and no callback is invoked. + */ + void SetAccessor( + Local<String> name, AccessorGetterCallback getter, + AccessorSetterCallback setter = nullptr, + Local<Value> data = Local<Value>(), AccessControl settings = DEFAULT, + PropertyAttribute attribute = None, + Local<AccessorSignature> signature = Local<AccessorSignature>(), + SideEffectType getter_side_effect_type = SideEffectType::kHasSideEffect, + SideEffectType setter_side_effect_type = SideEffectType::kHasSideEffect); + void SetAccessor( + Local<Name> name, AccessorNameGetterCallback getter, + AccessorNameSetterCallback setter = nullptr, + Local<Value> data = Local<Value>(), AccessControl settings = DEFAULT, + PropertyAttribute attribute = None, + Local<AccessorSignature> signature = Local<AccessorSignature>(), + SideEffectType getter_side_effect_type = SideEffectType::kHasSideEffect, + SideEffectType setter_side_effect_type = SideEffectType::kHasSideEffect); + + /** + * Sets a named property handler on the object template. + * + * Whenever a property whose name is a string or a symbol is accessed on + * objects created from this object template, the provided callback is + * invoked instead of accessing the property directly on the JavaScript + * object. + * + * @param configuration The NamedPropertyHandlerConfiguration that defines the + * callbacks to invoke when accessing a property. + */ + void SetHandler(const NamedPropertyHandlerConfiguration& configuration); + + /** + * Sets an indexed property handler on the object template. + * + * Whenever an indexed property is accessed on objects created from + * this object template, the provided callback is invoked instead of + * accessing the property directly on the JavaScript object. + * + * \param getter The callback to invoke when getting a property. + * \param setter The callback to invoke when setting a property. + * \param query The callback to invoke to check if an object has a property. + * \param deleter The callback to invoke when deleting a property. + * \param enumerator The callback to invoke to enumerate all the indexed + * properties of an object. + * \param data A piece of data that will be passed to the callbacks + * whenever they are invoked. + */ + // TODO(dcarney): deprecate + void SetIndexedPropertyHandler( + IndexedPropertyGetterCallback getter, + IndexedPropertySetterCallback setter = nullptr, + IndexedPropertyQueryCallback query = nullptr, + IndexedPropertyDeleterCallback deleter = nullptr, + IndexedPropertyEnumeratorCallback enumerator = nullptr, + Local<Value> data = Local<Value>()) { + SetHandler(IndexedPropertyHandlerConfiguration(getter, setter, query, + deleter, enumerator, data)); + } + + /** + * Sets an indexed property handler on the object template. + * + * Whenever an indexed property is accessed on objects created from + * this object template, the provided callback is invoked instead of + * accessing the property directly on the JavaScript object. + * + * @param configuration The IndexedPropertyHandlerConfiguration that defines + * the callbacks to invoke when accessing a property. + */ + void SetHandler(const IndexedPropertyHandlerConfiguration& configuration); + + /** + * Sets the callback to be used when calling instances created from + * this template as a function. If no callback is set, instances + * behave like normal JavaScript objects that cannot be called as a + * function. + */ + void SetCallAsFunctionHandler(FunctionCallback callback, + Local<Value> data = Local<Value>()); + + /** + * Mark object instances of the template as undetectable. + * + * In many ways, undetectable objects behave as though they are not + * there. They behave like 'undefined' in conditionals and when + * printed. However, properties can be accessed and called as on + * normal objects. + */ + void MarkAsUndetectable(); + + /** + * Sets access check callback on the object template and enables access + * checks. + * + * When accessing properties on instances of this object template, + * the access check callback will be called to determine whether or + * not to allow cross-context access to the properties. + */ + void SetAccessCheckCallback(AccessCheckCallback callback, + Local<Value> data = Local<Value>()); + + /** + * Like SetAccessCheckCallback but invokes an interceptor on failed access + * checks instead of looking up all-can-read properties. You can only use + * either this method or SetAccessCheckCallback, but not both at the same + * time. + */ + void SetAccessCheckCallbackAndHandler( + AccessCheckCallback callback, + const NamedPropertyHandlerConfiguration& named_handler, + const IndexedPropertyHandlerConfiguration& indexed_handler, + Local<Value> data = Local<Value>()); + + /** + * Gets the number of internal fields for objects generated from + * this template. + */ + int InternalFieldCount(); + + /** + * Sets the number of internal fields for objects generated from + * this template. + */ + void SetInternalFieldCount(int value); + + /** + * Returns true if the object will be an immutable prototype exotic object. + */ + bool IsImmutableProto(); + + /** + * Makes the ObjectTemplate for an immutable prototype exotic object, with an + * immutable __proto__. + */ + void SetImmutableProto(); + + V8_INLINE static ObjectTemplate* Cast(Data* data); + + private: + ObjectTemplate(); + static Local<ObjectTemplate> New(internal::Isolate* isolate, + Local<FunctionTemplate> constructor); + static void CheckCast(Data* that); + friend class FunctionTemplate; +}; + +/** + * A Signature specifies which receiver is valid for a function. + * + * A receiver matches a given signature if the receiver (or any of its + * hidden prototypes) was created from the signature's FunctionTemplate, or + * from a FunctionTemplate that inherits directly or indirectly from the + * signature's FunctionTemplate. + */ +class V8_EXPORT Signature : public Data { + public: + static Local<Signature> New( + Isolate* isolate, + Local<FunctionTemplate> receiver = Local<FunctionTemplate>()); + + V8_INLINE static Signature* Cast(Data* data); + + private: + Signature(); + + static void CheckCast(Data* that); +}; + + +/** + * An AccessorSignature specifies which receivers are valid parameters + * to an accessor callback. + */ +class V8_EXPORT AccessorSignature : public Data { + public: + static Local<AccessorSignature> New( + Isolate* isolate, + Local<FunctionTemplate> receiver = Local<FunctionTemplate>()); + + V8_INLINE static AccessorSignature* Cast(Data* data); + + private: + AccessorSignature(); + + static void CheckCast(Data* that); +}; + + +// --- Extensions --- + +/** + * Ignore + */ +class V8_EXPORT Extension { // NOLINT + public: + // Note that the strings passed into this constructor must live as long + // as the Extension itself. + Extension(const char* name, const char* source = nullptr, int dep_count = 0, + const char** deps = nullptr, int source_length = -1); + virtual ~Extension() { delete source_; } + virtual Local<FunctionTemplate> GetNativeFunctionTemplate( + Isolate* isolate, Local<String> name) { + return Local<FunctionTemplate>(); + } + + const char* name() const { return name_; } + size_t source_length() const { return source_length_; } + const String::ExternalOneByteStringResource* source() const { + return source_; + } + int dependency_count() const { return dep_count_; } + const char** dependencies() const { return deps_; } + void set_auto_enable(bool value) { auto_enable_ = value; } + bool auto_enable() { return auto_enable_; } + + // Disallow copying and assigning. + Extension(const Extension&) = delete; + void operator=(const Extension&) = delete; + + private: + const char* name_; + size_t source_length_; // expected to initialize before source_ + String::ExternalOneByteStringResource* source_; + int dep_count_; + const char** deps_; + bool auto_enable_; +}; + +void V8_EXPORT RegisterExtension(std::unique_ptr<Extension>); + +// --- Statics --- + +V8_INLINE Local<Primitive> Undefined(Isolate* isolate); +V8_INLINE Local<Primitive> Null(Isolate* isolate); +V8_INLINE Local<Boolean> True(Isolate* isolate); +V8_INLINE Local<Boolean> False(Isolate* isolate); + +/** + * A set of constraints that specifies the limits of the runtime's memory use. + * You must set the heap size before initializing the VM - the size cannot be + * adjusted after the VM is initialized. + * + * If you are using threads then you should hold the V8::Locker lock while + * setting the stack limit and you must set a non-default stack limit separately + * for each thread. + * + * The arguments for set_max_semi_space_size, set_max_old_space_size, + * set_max_executable_size, set_code_range_size specify limits in MB. + * + * The argument for set_max_semi_space_size_in_kb is in KB. + */ +class V8_EXPORT ResourceConstraints { + public: + /** + * Configures the constraints with reasonable default values based on the + * provided heap size limit. The heap size includes both the young and + * the old generation. + * + * \param initial_heap_size_in_bytes The initial heap size or zero. + * By default V8 starts with a small heap and dynamically grows it to + * match the set of live objects. This may lead to ineffective + * garbage collections at startup if the live set is large. + * Setting the initial heap size avoids such garbage collections. + * Note that this does not affect young generation garbage collections. + * + * \param maximum_heap_size_in_bytes The hard limit for the heap size. + * When the heap size approaches this limit, V8 will perform series of + * garbage collections and invoke the NearHeapLimitCallback. If the garbage + * collections do not help and the callback does not increase the limit, + * then V8 will crash with V8::FatalProcessOutOfMemory. + */ + void ConfigureDefaultsFromHeapSize(size_t initial_heap_size_in_bytes, + size_t maximum_heap_size_in_bytes); + + /** + * Configures the constraints with reasonable default values based on the + * capabilities of the current device the VM is running on. + * + * \param physical_memory The total amount of physical memory on the current + * device, in bytes. + * \param virtual_memory_limit The amount of virtual memory on the current + * device, in bytes, or zero, if there is no limit. + */ + void ConfigureDefaults(uint64_t physical_memory, + uint64_t virtual_memory_limit); + + /** + * The address beyond which the VM's stack may not grow. + */ + uint32_t* stack_limit() const { return stack_limit_; } + void set_stack_limit(uint32_t* value) { stack_limit_ = value; } + + /** + * The amount of virtual memory reserved for generated code. This is relevant + * for 64-bit architectures that rely on code range for calls in code. + */ + size_t code_range_size_in_bytes() const { return code_range_size_; } + void set_code_range_size_in_bytes(size_t limit) { code_range_size_ = limit; } + + /** + * The maximum size of the old generation. + * When the old generation approaches this limit, V8 will perform series of + * garbage collections and invoke the NearHeapLimitCallback. + * If the garbage collections do not help and the callback does not + * increase the limit, then V8 will crash with V8::FatalProcessOutOfMemory. + */ + size_t max_old_generation_size_in_bytes() const { + return max_old_generation_size_; + } + void set_max_old_generation_size_in_bytes(size_t limit) { + max_old_generation_size_ = limit; + } + + /** + * The maximum size of the young generation, which consists of two semi-spaces + * and a large object space. This affects frequency of Scavenge garbage + * collections and should be typically much smaller that the old generation. + */ + size_t max_young_generation_size_in_bytes() const { + return max_young_generation_size_; + } + void set_max_young_generation_size_in_bytes(size_t limit) { + max_young_generation_size_ = limit; + } + + size_t initial_old_generation_size_in_bytes() const { + return initial_old_generation_size_; + } + void set_initial_old_generation_size_in_bytes(size_t initial_size) { + initial_old_generation_size_ = initial_size; + } + + size_t initial_young_generation_size_in_bytes() const { + return initial_young_generation_size_; + } + void set_initial_young_generation_size_in_bytes(size_t initial_size) { + initial_young_generation_size_ = initial_size; + } + + /** + * Deprecated functions. Do not use in new code. + */ + V8_DEPRECATE_SOON("Use code_range_size_in_bytes.") + size_t code_range_size() const { return code_range_size_ / kMB; } + V8_DEPRECATE_SOON("Use set_code_range_size_in_bytes.") + void set_code_range_size(size_t limit_in_mb) { + code_range_size_ = limit_in_mb * kMB; + } + V8_DEPRECATE_SOON("Use max_young_generation_size_in_bytes.") + size_t max_semi_space_size_in_kb() const; + V8_DEPRECATE_SOON("Use set_max_young_generation_size_in_bytes.") + void set_max_semi_space_size_in_kb(size_t limit_in_kb); + V8_DEPRECATE_SOON("Use max_old_generation_size_in_bytes.") + size_t max_old_space_size() const { return max_old_generation_size_ / kMB; } + V8_DEPRECATE_SOON("Use set_max_old_generation_size_in_bytes.") + void set_max_old_space_size(size_t limit_in_mb) { + max_old_generation_size_ = limit_in_mb * kMB; + } + V8_DEPRECATE_SOON("Zone does not pool memory any more.") + size_t max_zone_pool_size() const { return max_zone_pool_size_; } + V8_DEPRECATE_SOON("Zone does not pool memory any more.") + void set_max_zone_pool_size(size_t bytes) { max_zone_pool_size_ = bytes; } + + private: + static constexpr size_t kMB = 1048576u; + size_t code_range_size_ = 0; + size_t max_old_generation_size_ = 0; + size_t max_young_generation_size_ = 0; + size_t max_zone_pool_size_ = 0; + size_t initial_old_generation_size_ = 0; + size_t initial_young_generation_size_ = 0; + uint32_t* stack_limit_ = nullptr; +}; + + +// --- Exceptions --- + + +typedef void (*FatalErrorCallback)(const char* location, const char* message); + +typedef void (*OOMErrorCallback)(const char* location, bool is_heap_oom); + +typedef void (*DcheckErrorCallback)(const char* file, int line, + const char* message); + +typedef void (*MessageCallback)(Local<Message> message, Local<Value> data); + +// --- Tracing --- + +typedef void (*LogEventCallback)(const char* name, int event); + +/** + * Create new error objects by calling the corresponding error object + * constructor with the message. + */ +class V8_EXPORT Exception { + public: + static Local<Value> RangeError(Local<String> message); + static Local<Value> ReferenceError(Local<String> message); + static Local<Value> SyntaxError(Local<String> message); + static Local<Value> TypeError(Local<String> message); + static Local<Value> Error(Local<String> message); + + /** + * Creates an error message for the given exception. + * Will try to reconstruct the original stack trace from the exception value, + * or capture the current stack trace if not available. + */ + static Local<Message> CreateMessage(Isolate* isolate, Local<Value> exception); + + /** + * Returns the original stack trace that was captured at the creation time + * of a given exception, or an empty handle if not available. + */ + static Local<StackTrace> GetStackTrace(Local<Value> exception); +}; + + +// --- Counters Callbacks --- + +typedef int* (*CounterLookupCallback)(const char* name); + +typedef void* (*CreateHistogramCallback)(const char* name, + int min, + int max, + size_t buckets); + +typedef void (*AddHistogramSampleCallback)(void* histogram, int sample); + +// --- Crashkeys Callback --- +enum class CrashKeyId { + kIsolateAddress, + kReadonlySpaceFirstPageAddress, + kMapSpaceFirstPageAddress, + kCodeSpaceFirstPageAddress, + kDumpType, +}; + +typedef void (*AddCrashKeyCallback)(CrashKeyId id, const std::string& value); + +// --- Enter/Leave Script Callback --- +typedef void (*BeforeCallEnteredCallback)(Isolate*); +typedef void (*CallCompletedCallback)(Isolate*); + +/** + * HostCleanupFinalizationGroupCallback is called when we require the + * embedder to enqueue a task that would call + * FinalizationGroup::Cleanup(). + * + * The FinalizationGroup is the one for which the embedder needs to + * call FinalizationGroup::Cleanup() on. + * + * The context provided is the one in which the FinalizationGroup was + * created in. + */ +typedef void (*HostCleanupFinalizationGroupCallback)( + Local<Context> context, Local<FinalizationGroup> fg); + +/** + * HostImportModuleDynamicallyCallback is called when we require the + * embedder to load a module. This is used as part of the dynamic + * import syntax. + * + * The referrer contains metadata about the script/module that calls + * import. + * + * The specifier is the name of the module that should be imported. + * + * The embedder must compile, instantiate, evaluate the Module, and + * obtain it's namespace object. + * + * The Promise returned from this function is forwarded to userland + * JavaScript. The embedder must resolve this promise with the module + * namespace object. In case of an exception, the embedder must reject + * this promise with the exception. If the promise creation itself + * fails (e.g. due to stack overflow), the embedder must propagate + * that exception by returning an empty MaybeLocal. + */ +typedef MaybeLocal<Promise> (*HostImportModuleDynamicallyCallback)( + Local<Context> context, Local<ScriptOrModule> referrer, + Local<String> specifier); + +/** + * HostInitializeImportMetaObjectCallback is called the first time import.meta + * is accessed for a module. Subsequent access will reuse the same value. + * + * The method combines two implementation-defined abstract operations into one: + * HostGetImportMetaProperties and HostFinalizeImportMeta. + * + * The embedder should use v8::Object::CreateDataProperty to add properties on + * the meta object. + */ +typedef void (*HostInitializeImportMetaObjectCallback)(Local<Context> context, + Local<Module> module, + Local<Object> meta); + +/** + * PrepareStackTraceCallback is called when the stack property of an error is + * first accessed. The return value will be used as the stack value. If this + * callback is registed, the |Error.prepareStackTrace| API will be disabled. + * |sites| is an array of call sites, specified in + * https://v8.dev/docs/stack-trace-api + */ +typedef MaybeLocal<Value> (*PrepareStackTraceCallback)(Local<Context> context, + Local<Value> error, + Local<Array> sites); + +/** + * PromiseHook with type kInit is called when a new promise is + * created. When a new promise is created as part of the chain in the + * case of Promise.then or in the intermediate promises created by + * Promise.{race, all}/AsyncFunctionAwait, we pass the parent promise + * otherwise we pass undefined. + * + * PromiseHook with type kResolve is called at the beginning of + * resolve or reject function defined by CreateResolvingFunctions. + * + * PromiseHook with type kBefore is called at the beginning of the + * PromiseReactionJob. + * + * PromiseHook with type kAfter is called right at the end of the + * PromiseReactionJob. + */ +enum class PromiseHookType { kInit, kResolve, kBefore, kAfter }; + +typedef void (*PromiseHook)(PromiseHookType type, Local<Promise> promise, + Local<Value> parent); + +// --- Promise Reject Callback --- +enum PromiseRejectEvent { + kPromiseRejectWithNoHandler = 0, + kPromiseHandlerAddedAfterReject = 1, + kPromiseRejectAfterResolved = 2, + kPromiseResolveAfterResolved = 3, +}; + +class PromiseRejectMessage { + public: + PromiseRejectMessage(Local<Promise> promise, PromiseRejectEvent event, + Local<Value> value) + : promise_(promise), event_(event), value_(value) {} + + V8_INLINE Local<Promise> GetPromise() const { return promise_; } + V8_INLINE PromiseRejectEvent GetEvent() const { return event_; } + V8_INLINE Local<Value> GetValue() const { return value_; } + + private: + Local<Promise> promise_; + PromiseRejectEvent event_; + Local<Value> value_; +}; + +typedef void (*PromiseRejectCallback)(PromiseRejectMessage message); + +// --- Microtasks Callbacks --- +V8_DEPRECATE_SOON("Use *WithData version.") +typedef void (*MicrotasksCompletedCallback)(Isolate*); +typedef void (*MicrotasksCompletedCallbackWithData)(Isolate*, void*); +typedef void (*MicrotaskCallback)(void* data); + + +/** + * Policy for running microtasks: + * - explicit: microtasks are invoked with Isolate::RunMicrotasks() method; + * - scoped: microtasks invocation is controlled by MicrotasksScope objects; + * - auto: microtasks are invoked when the script call depth decrements + * to zero. + */ +enum class MicrotasksPolicy { kExplicit, kScoped, kAuto }; + +/** + * Represents the microtask queue, where microtasks are stored and processed. + * https://html.spec.whatwg.org/multipage/webappapis.html#microtask-queue + * https://html.spec.whatwg.org/multipage/webappapis.html#enqueuejob(queuename,-job,-arguments) + * https://html.spec.whatwg.org/multipage/webappapis.html#perform-a-microtask-checkpoint + * + * A MicrotaskQueue instance may be associated to multiple Contexts by passing + * it to Context::New(), and they can be detached by Context::DetachGlobal(). + * The embedder must keep the MicrotaskQueue instance alive until all associated + * Contexts are gone or detached. + * + * Use the same instance of MicrotaskQueue for all Contexts that may access each + * other synchronously. E.g. for Web embedding, use the same instance for all + * origins that share the same URL scheme and eTLD+1. + */ +class V8_EXPORT MicrotaskQueue { + public: + /** + * Creates an empty MicrotaskQueue instance. + */ + static std::unique_ptr<MicrotaskQueue> New( + Isolate* isolate, MicrotasksPolicy policy = MicrotasksPolicy::kAuto); + + virtual ~MicrotaskQueue() = default; + + /** + * Enqueues the callback to the queue. + */ + virtual void EnqueueMicrotask(Isolate* isolate, + Local<Function> microtask) = 0; + + /** + * Enqueues the callback to the queue. + */ + virtual void EnqueueMicrotask(v8::Isolate* isolate, + MicrotaskCallback callback, + void* data = nullptr) = 0; + + /** + * Adds a callback to notify the embedder after microtasks were run. The + * callback is triggered by explicit RunMicrotasks call or automatic + * microtasks execution (see Isolate::SetMicrotasksPolicy). + * + * Callback will trigger even if microtasks were attempted to run, + * but the microtasks queue was empty and no single microtask was actually + * executed. + * + * Executing scripts inside the callback will not re-trigger microtasks and + * the callback. + */ + virtual void AddMicrotasksCompletedCallback( + MicrotasksCompletedCallbackWithData callback, void* data = nullptr) = 0; + + /** + * Removes callback that was installed by AddMicrotasksCompletedCallback. + */ + virtual void RemoveMicrotasksCompletedCallback( + MicrotasksCompletedCallbackWithData callback, void* data = nullptr) = 0; + + /** + * Runs microtasks if no microtask is running on this MicrotaskQueue instance. + */ + virtual void PerformCheckpoint(Isolate* isolate) = 0; + + /** + * Returns true if a microtask is running on this MicrotaskQueue instance. + */ + virtual bool IsRunningMicrotasks() const = 0; + + /** + * Returns the current depth of nested MicrotasksScope that has + * kRunMicrotasks. + */ + virtual int GetMicrotasksScopeDepth() const = 0; + + MicrotaskQueue(const MicrotaskQueue&) = delete; + MicrotaskQueue& operator=(const MicrotaskQueue&) = delete; + + private: + friend class internal::MicrotaskQueue; + MicrotaskQueue() = default; +}; + +/** + * This scope is used to control microtasks when kScopeMicrotasksInvocation + * is used on Isolate. In this mode every non-primitive call to V8 should be + * done inside some MicrotasksScope. + * Microtasks are executed when topmost MicrotasksScope marked as kRunMicrotasks + * exits. + * kDoNotRunMicrotasks should be used to annotate calls not intended to trigger + * microtasks. + */ +class V8_EXPORT MicrotasksScope { + public: + enum Type { kRunMicrotasks, kDoNotRunMicrotasks }; + + MicrotasksScope(Isolate* isolate, Type type); + MicrotasksScope(Isolate* isolate, MicrotaskQueue* microtask_queue, Type type); + ~MicrotasksScope(); + + /** + * Runs microtasks if no kRunMicrotasks scope is currently active. + */ + static void PerformCheckpoint(Isolate* isolate); + + /** + * Returns current depth of nested kRunMicrotasks scopes. + */ + static int GetCurrentDepth(Isolate* isolate); + + /** + * Returns true while microtasks are being executed. + */ + static bool IsRunningMicrotasks(Isolate* isolate); + + // Prevent copying. + MicrotasksScope(const MicrotasksScope&) = delete; + MicrotasksScope& operator=(const MicrotasksScope&) = delete; + + private: + internal::Isolate* const isolate_; + internal::MicrotaskQueue* const microtask_queue_; + bool run_; +}; + + +// --- Failed Access Check Callback --- +typedef void (*FailedAccessCheckCallback)(Local<Object> target, + AccessType type, + Local<Value> data); + +// --- AllowCodeGenerationFromStrings callbacks --- + +/** + * Callback to check if code generation from strings is allowed. See + * Context::AllowCodeGenerationFromStrings. + */ +typedef bool (*AllowCodeGenerationFromStringsCallback)(Local<Context> context, + Local<String> source); + +struct ModifyCodeGenerationFromStringsResult { + // If true, proceed with the codegen algorithm. Otherwise, block it. + bool codegen_allowed = false; + // Overwrite the original source with this string, if present. + // Use the original source if empty. + // This field is considered only if codegen_allowed is true. + MaybeLocal<String> modified_source; +}; + +/** + * Callback to check if codegen is allowed from a source object, and convert + * the source to string if necessary.See ModifyCodeGenerationFromStrings. + */ +typedef ModifyCodeGenerationFromStringsResult ( + *ModifyCodeGenerationFromStringsCallback)(Local<Context> context, + Local<Value> source); + +// --- WebAssembly compilation callbacks --- +typedef bool (*ExtensionCallback)(const FunctionCallbackInfo<Value>&); + +typedef bool (*AllowWasmCodeGenerationCallback)(Local<Context> context, + Local<String> source); + +// --- Callback for APIs defined on v8-supported objects, but implemented +// by the embedder. Example: WebAssembly.{compile|instantiate}Streaming --- +typedef void (*ApiImplementationCallback)(const FunctionCallbackInfo<Value>&); + +// --- Callback for WebAssembly.compileStreaming --- +typedef void (*WasmStreamingCallback)(const FunctionCallbackInfo<Value>&); + +// --- Callback for checking if WebAssembly threads are enabled --- +typedef bool (*WasmThreadsEnabledCallback)(Local<Context> context); + +// --- Callback for loading source map file for WASM profiling support +typedef Local<String> (*WasmLoadSourceMapCallback)(Isolate* isolate, + const char* name); + +// --- Garbage Collection Callbacks --- + +/** + * Applications can register callback functions which will be called before and + * after certain garbage collection operations. Allocations are not allowed in + * the callback functions, you therefore cannot manipulate objects (set or + * delete properties for example) since it is possible such operations will + * result in the allocation of objects. + */ +enum GCType { + kGCTypeScavenge = 1 << 0, + kGCTypeMarkSweepCompact = 1 << 1, + kGCTypeIncrementalMarking = 1 << 2, + kGCTypeProcessWeakCallbacks = 1 << 3, + kGCTypeAll = kGCTypeScavenge | kGCTypeMarkSweepCompact | + kGCTypeIncrementalMarking | kGCTypeProcessWeakCallbacks +}; + +/** + * GCCallbackFlags is used to notify additional information about the GC + * callback. + * - kGCCallbackFlagConstructRetainedObjectInfos: The GC callback is for + * constructing retained object infos. + * - kGCCallbackFlagForced: The GC callback is for a forced GC for testing. + * - kGCCallbackFlagSynchronousPhantomCallbackProcessing: The GC callback + * is called synchronously without getting posted to an idle task. + * - kGCCallbackFlagCollectAllAvailableGarbage: The GC callback is called + * in a phase where V8 is trying to collect all available garbage + * (e.g., handling a low memory notification). + * - kGCCallbackScheduleIdleGarbageCollection: The GC callback is called to + * trigger an idle garbage collection. + */ +enum GCCallbackFlags { + kNoGCCallbackFlags = 0, + kGCCallbackFlagConstructRetainedObjectInfos = 1 << 1, + kGCCallbackFlagForced = 1 << 2, + kGCCallbackFlagSynchronousPhantomCallbackProcessing = 1 << 3, + kGCCallbackFlagCollectAllAvailableGarbage = 1 << 4, + kGCCallbackFlagCollectAllExternalMemory = 1 << 5, + kGCCallbackScheduleIdleGarbageCollection = 1 << 6, +}; + +typedef void (*GCCallback)(GCType type, GCCallbackFlags flags); + +typedef void (*InterruptCallback)(Isolate* isolate, void* data); + +/** + * This callback is invoked when the heap size is close to the heap limit and + * V8 is likely to abort with out-of-memory error. + * The callback can extend the heap limit by returning a value that is greater + * than the current_heap_limit. The initial heap limit is the limit that was + * set after heap setup. + */ +typedef size_t (*NearHeapLimitCallback)(void* data, size_t current_heap_limit, + size_t initial_heap_limit); + +/** + * Collection of shared per-process V8 memory information. + * + * Instances of this class can be passed to + * v8::V8::GetSharedMemoryStatistics to get shared memory statistics from V8. + */ +class V8_EXPORT SharedMemoryStatistics { + public: + SharedMemoryStatistics(); + size_t read_only_space_size() { return read_only_space_size_; } + size_t read_only_space_used_size() { return read_only_space_used_size_; } + size_t read_only_space_physical_size() { + return read_only_space_physical_size_; + } + + private: + size_t read_only_space_size_; + size_t read_only_space_used_size_; + size_t read_only_space_physical_size_; + + friend class V8; +}; + +/** + * Collection of V8 heap information. + * + * Instances of this class can be passed to v8::Isolate::GetHeapStatistics to + * get heap statistics from V8. + */ +class V8_EXPORT HeapStatistics { + public: + HeapStatistics(); + size_t total_heap_size() { return total_heap_size_; } + size_t total_heap_size_executable() { return total_heap_size_executable_; } + size_t total_physical_size() { return total_physical_size_; } + size_t total_available_size() { return total_available_size_; } + size_t used_heap_size() { return used_heap_size_; } + size_t heap_size_limit() { return heap_size_limit_; } + size_t malloced_memory() { return malloced_memory_; } + size_t external_memory() { return external_memory_; } + size_t peak_malloced_memory() { return peak_malloced_memory_; } + size_t number_of_native_contexts() { return number_of_native_contexts_; } + size_t number_of_detached_contexts() { return number_of_detached_contexts_; } + + /** + * Returns a 0/1 boolean, which signifies whether the V8 overwrite heap + * garbage with a bit pattern. + */ + size_t does_zap_garbage() { return does_zap_garbage_; } + + private: + size_t total_heap_size_; + size_t total_heap_size_executable_; + size_t total_physical_size_; + size_t total_available_size_; + size_t used_heap_size_; + size_t heap_size_limit_; + size_t malloced_memory_; + size_t external_memory_; + size_t peak_malloced_memory_; + bool does_zap_garbage_; + size_t number_of_native_contexts_; + size_t number_of_detached_contexts_; + + friend class V8; + friend class Isolate; +}; + + +class V8_EXPORT HeapSpaceStatistics { + public: + HeapSpaceStatistics(); + const char* space_name() { return space_name_; } + size_t space_size() { return space_size_; } + size_t space_used_size() { return space_used_size_; } + size_t space_available_size() { return space_available_size_; } + size_t physical_space_size() { return physical_space_size_; } + + private: + const char* space_name_; + size_t space_size_; + size_t space_used_size_; + size_t space_available_size_; + size_t physical_space_size_; + + friend class Isolate; +}; + + +class V8_EXPORT HeapObjectStatistics { + public: + HeapObjectStatistics(); + const char* object_type() { return object_type_; } + const char* object_sub_type() { return object_sub_type_; } + size_t object_count() { return object_count_; } + size_t object_size() { return object_size_; } + + private: + const char* object_type_; + const char* object_sub_type_; + size_t object_count_; + size_t object_size_; + + friend class Isolate; +}; + +class V8_EXPORT HeapCodeStatistics { + public: + HeapCodeStatistics(); + size_t code_and_metadata_size() { return code_and_metadata_size_; } + size_t bytecode_and_metadata_size() { return bytecode_and_metadata_size_; } + size_t external_script_source_size() { return external_script_source_size_; } + + private: + size_t code_and_metadata_size_; + size_t bytecode_and_metadata_size_; + size_t external_script_source_size_; + + friend class Isolate; +}; + +/** + * A JIT code event is issued each time code is added, moved or removed. + * + * \note removal events are not currently issued. + */ +struct JitCodeEvent { + enum EventType { + CODE_ADDED, + CODE_MOVED, + CODE_REMOVED, + CODE_ADD_LINE_POS_INFO, + CODE_START_LINE_INFO_RECORDING, + CODE_END_LINE_INFO_RECORDING + }; + // Definition of the code position type. The "POSITION" type means the place + // in the source code which are of interest when making stack traces to + // pin-point the source location of a stack frame as close as possible. + // The "STATEMENT_POSITION" means the place at the beginning of each + // statement, and is used to indicate possible break locations. + enum PositionType { POSITION, STATEMENT_POSITION }; + + // There are two different kinds of JitCodeEvents, one for JIT code generated + // by the optimizing compiler, and one for byte code generated for the + // interpreter. For JIT_CODE events, the |code_start| member of the event + // points to the beginning of jitted assembly code, while for BYTE_CODE + // events, |code_start| points to the first bytecode of the interpreted + // function. + enum CodeType { BYTE_CODE, JIT_CODE }; + + // Type of event. + EventType type; + CodeType code_type; + // Start of the instructions. + void* code_start; + // Size of the instructions. + size_t code_len; + // Script info for CODE_ADDED event. + Local<UnboundScript> script; + // User-defined data for *_LINE_INFO_* event. It's used to hold the source + // code line information which is returned from the + // CODE_START_LINE_INFO_RECORDING event. And it's passed to subsequent + // CODE_ADD_LINE_POS_INFO and CODE_END_LINE_INFO_RECORDING events. + void* user_data; + + struct name_t { + // Name of the object associated with the code, note that the string is not + // zero-terminated. + const char* str; + // Number of chars in str. + size_t len; + }; + + struct line_info_t { + // PC offset + size_t offset; + // Code position + size_t pos; + // The position type. + PositionType position_type; + }; + + struct wasm_source_info_t { + // Source file name. + const char* filename; + // Length of filename. + size_t filename_size; + // Line number table, which maps offsets of JITted code to line numbers of + // source file. + const line_info_t* line_number_table; + // Number of entries in the line number table. + size_t line_number_table_size; + }; + + wasm_source_info_t* wasm_source_info; + + union { + // Only valid for CODE_ADDED. + struct name_t name; + + // Only valid for CODE_ADD_LINE_POS_INFO + struct line_info_t line_info; + + // New location of instructions. Only valid for CODE_MOVED. + void* new_code_start; + }; + + Isolate* isolate; +}; + +/** + * Option flags passed to the SetRAILMode function. + * See documentation https://developers.google.com/web/tools/chrome-devtools/ + * profile/evaluate-performance/rail + */ +enum RAILMode : unsigned { + // Response performance mode: In this mode very low virtual machine latency + // is provided. V8 will try to avoid JavaScript execution interruptions. + // Throughput may be throttled. + PERFORMANCE_RESPONSE, + // Animation performance mode: In this mode low virtual machine latency is + // provided. V8 will try to avoid as many JavaScript execution interruptions + // as possible. Throughput may be throttled. This is the default mode. + PERFORMANCE_ANIMATION, + // Idle performance mode: The embedder is idle. V8 can complete deferred work + // in this mode. + PERFORMANCE_IDLE, + // Load performance mode: In this mode high throughput is provided. V8 may + // turn off latency optimizations. + PERFORMANCE_LOAD +}; + +/** + * Option flags passed to the SetJitCodeEventHandler function. + */ +enum JitCodeEventOptions { + kJitCodeEventDefault = 0, + // Generate callbacks for already existent code. + kJitCodeEventEnumExisting = 1 +}; + + +/** + * Callback function passed to SetJitCodeEventHandler. + * + * \param event code add, move or removal event. + */ +typedef void (*JitCodeEventHandler)(const JitCodeEvent* event); + +/** + * Callback function passed to SetUnhandledExceptionCallback. + */ +#if defined(V8_OS_WIN) +typedef int (*UnhandledExceptionCallback)( + _EXCEPTION_POINTERS* exception_pointers); +#endif + +/** + * Interface for iterating through all external resources in the heap. + */ +class V8_EXPORT ExternalResourceVisitor { // NOLINT + public: + virtual ~ExternalResourceVisitor() = default; + virtual void VisitExternalString(Local<String> string) {} +}; + + +/** + * Interface for iterating through all the persistent handles in the heap. + */ +class V8_EXPORT PersistentHandleVisitor { // NOLINT + public: + virtual ~PersistentHandleVisitor() = default; + virtual void VisitPersistentHandle(Persistent<Value>* value, + uint16_t class_id) {} +}; + +/** + * Memory pressure level for the MemoryPressureNotification. + * kNone hints V8 that there is no memory pressure. + * kModerate hints V8 to speed up incremental garbage collection at the cost of + * of higher latency due to garbage collection pauses. + * kCritical hints V8 to free memory as soon as possible. Garbage collection + * pauses at this level will be large. + */ +enum class MemoryPressureLevel { kNone, kModerate, kCritical }; + +/** + * Interface for tracing through the embedder heap. During a V8 garbage + * collection, V8 collects hidden fields of all potential wrappers, and at the + * end of its marking phase iterates the collection and asks the embedder to + * trace through its heap and use reporter to report each JavaScript object + * reachable from any of the given wrappers. + */ +class V8_EXPORT EmbedderHeapTracer { + public: + enum TraceFlags : uint64_t { + kNoFlags = 0, + kReduceMemory = 1 << 0, + }; + + // Indicator for the stack state of the embedder. + enum EmbedderStackState { + kUnknown, + kNonEmpty, + kEmpty, + }; + + /** + * Interface for iterating through TracedGlobal handles. + */ + class V8_EXPORT TracedGlobalHandleVisitor { + public: + virtual ~TracedGlobalHandleVisitor() = default; + virtual void VisitTracedGlobalHandle(const TracedGlobal<Value>& handle) {} + virtual void VisitTracedReference(const TracedReference<Value>& handle) {} + }; + + /** + * Summary of a garbage collection cycle. See |TraceEpilogue| on how the + * summary is reported. + */ + struct TraceSummary { + /** + * Time spent managing the retained memory in milliseconds. This can e.g. + * include the time tracing through objects in the embedder. + */ + double time = 0.0; + + /** + * Memory retained by the embedder through the |EmbedderHeapTracer| + * mechanism in bytes. + */ + size_t allocated_size = 0; + }; + + virtual ~EmbedderHeapTracer() = default; + + /** + * Iterates all TracedGlobal handles created for the v8::Isolate the tracer is + * attached to. + */ + void IterateTracedGlobalHandles(TracedGlobalHandleVisitor* visitor); + + /** + * Called by v8 to register internal fields of found wrappers. + * + * The embedder is expected to store them somewhere and trace reachable + * wrappers from them when called through |AdvanceTracing|. + */ + virtual void RegisterV8References( + const std::vector<std::pair<void*, void*> >& embedder_fields) = 0; + + V8_DEPRECATED("Use version taking TracedReferenceBase<v8::Data> argument") + void RegisterEmbedderReference(const TracedReferenceBase<v8::Value>& ref); + void RegisterEmbedderReference(const TracedReferenceBase<v8::Data>& ref); + + /** + * Called at the beginning of a GC cycle. + */ + virtual void TracePrologue(TraceFlags flags) {} + + /** + * Called to advance tracing in the embedder. + * + * The embedder is expected to trace its heap starting from wrappers reported + * by RegisterV8References method, and report back all reachable wrappers. + * Furthermore, the embedder is expected to stop tracing by the given + * deadline. A deadline of infinity means that tracing should be finished. + * + * Returns |true| if tracing is done, and false otherwise. + */ + virtual bool AdvanceTracing(double deadline_in_ms) = 0; + + /* + * Returns true if there no more tracing work to be done (see AdvanceTracing) + * and false otherwise. + */ + virtual bool IsTracingDone() = 0; + + /** + * Called at the end of a GC cycle. + * + * Note that allocation is *not* allowed within |TraceEpilogue|. Can be + * overriden to fill a |TraceSummary| that is used by V8 to schedule future + * garbage collections. + */ + virtual void TraceEpilogue(TraceSummary* trace_summary) {} + + /** + * Called upon entering the final marking pause. No more incremental marking + * steps will follow this call. + */ + virtual void EnterFinalPause(EmbedderStackState stack_state) = 0; + + /* + * Called by the embedder to request immediate finalization of the currently + * running tracing phase that has been started with TracePrologue and not + * yet finished with TraceEpilogue. + * + * Will be a noop when currently not in tracing. + * + * This is an experimental feature. + */ + void FinalizeTracing(); + + /** + * Returns true if the TracedGlobal handle should be considered as root for + * the currently running non-tracing garbage collection and false otherwise. + * The default implementation will keep all TracedGlobal references as roots. + * + * If this returns false, then V8 may decide that the object referred to by + * such a handle is reclaimed. In that case: + * - No action is required if handles are used with destructors, i.e., by just + * using |TracedGlobal|. + * - When run without destructors, i.e., by using + * |TracedReference|, V8 calls |ResetHandleInNonTracingGC|. + * + * Note that the |handle| is different from the handle that the embedder holds + * for retaining the object. The embedder may use |WrapperClassId()| to + * distinguish cases where it wants handles to be treated as roots from not + * being treated as roots. + */ + virtual bool IsRootForNonTracingGC( + const v8::TracedReference<v8::Value>& handle); + virtual bool IsRootForNonTracingGC(const v8::TracedGlobal<v8::Value>& handle); + + /** + * Used in combination with |IsRootForNonTracingGC|. Called by V8 when an + * object that is backed by a handle is reclaimed by a non-tracing garbage + * collection. It is up to the embedder to reset the original handle. + * + * Note that the |handle| is different from the handle that the embedder holds + * for retaining the object. It is up to the embedder to find the original + * handle via the object or class id. + */ + virtual void ResetHandleInNonTracingGC( + const v8::TracedReference<v8::Value>& handle); + V8_DEPRECATED("Use TracedReference version when not requiring destructors.") + virtual void ResetHandleInNonTracingGC( + const v8::TracedGlobal<v8::Value>& handle); + + /* + * Called by the embedder to immediately perform a full garbage collection. + * + * Should only be used in testing code. + */ + void GarbageCollectionForTesting(EmbedderStackState stack_state); + + /* + * Called by the embedder to signal newly allocated or freed memory. Not bound + * to tracing phases. Embedders should trade off when increments are reported + * as V8 may consult global heuristics on whether to trigger garbage + * collection on this change. + */ + void IncreaseAllocatedSize(size_t bytes); + void DecreaseAllocatedSize(size_t bytes); + + /* + * Returns the v8::Isolate this tracer is attached too and |nullptr| if it + * is not attached to any v8::Isolate. + */ + v8::Isolate* isolate() const { return isolate_; } + + protected: + v8::Isolate* isolate_ = nullptr; + + friend class internal::LocalEmbedderHeapTracer; +}; + +/** + * Callback and supporting data used in SnapshotCreator to implement embedder + * logic to serialize internal fields. + * Internal fields that directly reference V8 objects are serialized without + * calling this callback. Internal fields that contain aligned pointers are + * serialized by this callback if it returns non-zero result. Otherwise it is + * serialized verbatim. + */ +struct SerializeInternalFieldsCallback { + typedef StartupData (*CallbackFunction)(Local<Object> holder, int index, + void* data); + SerializeInternalFieldsCallback(CallbackFunction function = nullptr, + void* data_arg = nullptr) + : callback(function), data(data_arg) {} + CallbackFunction callback; + void* data; +}; +// Note that these fields are called "internal fields" in the API and called +// "embedder fields" within V8. +typedef SerializeInternalFieldsCallback SerializeEmbedderFieldsCallback; + +/** + * Callback and supporting data used to implement embedder logic to deserialize + * internal fields. + */ +struct DeserializeInternalFieldsCallback { + typedef void (*CallbackFunction)(Local<Object> holder, int index, + StartupData payload, void* data); + DeserializeInternalFieldsCallback(CallbackFunction function = nullptr, + void* data_arg = nullptr) + : callback(function), data(data_arg) {} + void (*callback)(Local<Object> holder, int index, StartupData payload, + void* data); + void* data; +}; +typedef DeserializeInternalFieldsCallback DeserializeEmbedderFieldsCallback; + +enum class MeasureMemoryMode { kSummary, kDetailed }; + +/** + * Isolate represents an isolated instance of the V8 engine. V8 isolates have + * completely separate states. Objects from one isolate must not be used in + * other isolates. The embedder can create multiple isolates and use them in + * parallel in multiple threads. An isolate can be entered by at most one + * thread at any given time. The Locker/Unlocker API must be used to + * synchronize. + */ +class V8_EXPORT Isolate { + public: + /** + * Initial configuration parameters for a new Isolate. + */ + struct CreateParams { + CreateParams() + : code_event_handler(nullptr), + snapshot_blob(nullptr), + counter_lookup_callback(nullptr), + create_histogram_callback(nullptr), + add_histogram_sample_callback(nullptr), + array_buffer_allocator(nullptr), + array_buffer_allocator_shared(), + external_references(nullptr), + allow_atomics_wait(true), + only_terminate_in_safe_scope(false) {} + + /** + * Allows the host application to provide the address of a function that is + * notified each time code is added, moved or removed. + */ + JitCodeEventHandler code_event_handler; + + /** + * ResourceConstraints to use for the new Isolate. + */ + ResourceConstraints constraints; + + /** + * Explicitly specify a startup snapshot blob. The embedder owns the blob. + */ + StartupData* snapshot_blob; + + + /** + * Enables the host application to provide a mechanism for recording + * statistics counters. + */ + CounterLookupCallback counter_lookup_callback; + + /** + * Enables the host application to provide a mechanism for recording + * histograms. The CreateHistogram function returns a + * histogram which will later be passed to the AddHistogramSample + * function. + */ + CreateHistogramCallback create_histogram_callback; + AddHistogramSampleCallback add_histogram_sample_callback; + + /** + * The ArrayBuffer::Allocator to use for allocating and freeing the backing + * store of ArrayBuffers. + * + * If the shared_ptr version is used, the Isolate instance and every + * |BackingStore| allocated using this allocator hold a std::shared_ptr + * to the allocator, in order to facilitate lifetime + * management for the allocator instance. + */ + ArrayBuffer::Allocator* array_buffer_allocator; + std::shared_ptr<ArrayBuffer::Allocator> array_buffer_allocator_shared; + + /** + * Specifies an optional nullptr-terminated array of raw addresses in the + * embedder that V8 can match against during serialization and use for + * deserialization. This array and its content must stay valid for the + * entire lifetime of the isolate. + */ + const intptr_t* external_references; + + /** + * Whether calling Atomics.wait (a function that may block) is allowed in + * this isolate. This can also be configured via SetAllowAtomicsWait. + */ + bool allow_atomics_wait; + + /** + * Termination is postponed when there is no active SafeForTerminationScope. + */ + bool only_terminate_in_safe_scope; + }; + + + /** + * Stack-allocated class which sets the isolate for all operations + * executed within a local scope. + */ + class V8_EXPORT Scope { + public: + explicit Scope(Isolate* isolate) : isolate_(isolate) { + isolate->Enter(); + } + + ~Scope() { isolate_->Exit(); } + + // Prevent copying of Scope objects. + Scope(const Scope&) = delete; + Scope& operator=(const Scope&) = delete; + + private: + Isolate* const isolate_; + }; + + + /** + * Assert that no Javascript code is invoked. + */ + class V8_EXPORT DisallowJavascriptExecutionScope { + public: + enum OnFailure { CRASH_ON_FAILURE, THROW_ON_FAILURE, DUMP_ON_FAILURE }; + + DisallowJavascriptExecutionScope(Isolate* isolate, OnFailure on_failure); + ~DisallowJavascriptExecutionScope(); + + // Prevent copying of Scope objects. + DisallowJavascriptExecutionScope(const DisallowJavascriptExecutionScope&) = + delete; + DisallowJavascriptExecutionScope& operator=( + const DisallowJavascriptExecutionScope&) = delete; + + private: + OnFailure on_failure_; + void* internal_; + }; + + + /** + * Introduce exception to DisallowJavascriptExecutionScope. + */ + class V8_EXPORT AllowJavascriptExecutionScope { + public: + explicit AllowJavascriptExecutionScope(Isolate* isolate); + ~AllowJavascriptExecutionScope(); + + // Prevent copying of Scope objects. + AllowJavascriptExecutionScope(const AllowJavascriptExecutionScope&) = + delete; + AllowJavascriptExecutionScope& operator=( + const AllowJavascriptExecutionScope&) = delete; + + private: + void* internal_throws_; + void* internal_assert_; + void* internal_dump_; + }; + + /** + * Do not run microtasks while this scope is active, even if microtasks are + * automatically executed otherwise. + */ + class V8_EXPORT SuppressMicrotaskExecutionScope { + public: + explicit SuppressMicrotaskExecutionScope( + Isolate* isolate, MicrotaskQueue* microtask_queue = nullptr); + ~SuppressMicrotaskExecutionScope(); + + // Prevent copying of Scope objects. + SuppressMicrotaskExecutionScope(const SuppressMicrotaskExecutionScope&) = + delete; + SuppressMicrotaskExecutionScope& operator=( + const SuppressMicrotaskExecutionScope&) = delete; + + private: + internal::Isolate* const isolate_; + internal::MicrotaskQueue* const microtask_queue_; + internal::Address previous_stack_height_; + + friend class internal::ThreadLocalTop; + }; + + /** + * This scope allows terminations inside direct V8 API calls and forbid them + * inside any recursice API calls without explicit SafeForTerminationScope. + */ + class V8_EXPORT SafeForTerminationScope { + public: + explicit SafeForTerminationScope(v8::Isolate* isolate); + ~SafeForTerminationScope(); + + // Prevent copying of Scope objects. + SafeForTerminationScope(const SafeForTerminationScope&) = delete; + SafeForTerminationScope& operator=(const SafeForTerminationScope&) = delete; + + private: + internal::Isolate* isolate_; + bool prev_value_; + }; + + /** + * Types of garbage collections that can be requested via + * RequestGarbageCollectionForTesting. + */ + enum GarbageCollectionType { + kFullGarbageCollection, + kMinorGarbageCollection + }; + + /** + * Features reported via the SetUseCounterCallback callback. Do not change + * assigned numbers of existing items; add new features to the end of this + * list. + */ + enum UseCounterFeature { + kUseAsm = 0, + kBreakIterator = 1, + kLegacyConst = 2, + kMarkDequeOverflow = 3, + kStoreBufferOverflow = 4, + kSlotsBufferOverflow = 5, + kObjectObserve = 6, + kForcedGC = 7, + kSloppyMode = 8, + kStrictMode = 9, + kStrongMode = 10, + kRegExpPrototypeStickyGetter = 11, + kRegExpPrototypeToString = 12, + kRegExpPrototypeUnicodeGetter = 13, + kIntlV8Parse = 14, + kIntlPattern = 15, + kIntlResolved = 16, + kPromiseChain = 17, + kPromiseAccept = 18, + kPromiseDefer = 19, + kHtmlCommentInExternalScript = 20, + kHtmlComment = 21, + kSloppyModeBlockScopedFunctionRedefinition = 22, + kForInInitializer = 23, + kArrayProtectorDirtied = 24, + kArraySpeciesModified = 25, + kArrayPrototypeConstructorModified = 26, + kArrayInstanceProtoModified = 27, + kArrayInstanceConstructorModified = 28, + kLegacyFunctionDeclaration = 29, + kRegExpPrototypeSourceGetter = 30, + kRegExpPrototypeOldFlagGetter = 31, + kDecimalWithLeadingZeroInStrictMode = 32, + kLegacyDateParser = 33, + kDefineGetterOrSetterWouldThrow = 34, + kFunctionConstructorReturnedUndefined = 35, + kAssigmentExpressionLHSIsCallInSloppy = 36, + kAssigmentExpressionLHSIsCallInStrict = 37, + kPromiseConstructorReturnedUndefined = 38, + kConstructorNonUndefinedPrimitiveReturn = 39, + kLabeledExpressionStatement = 40, + kLineOrParagraphSeparatorAsLineTerminator = 41, + kIndexAccessor = 42, + kErrorCaptureStackTrace = 43, + kErrorPrepareStackTrace = 44, + kErrorStackTraceLimit = 45, + kWebAssemblyInstantiation = 46, + kDeoptimizerDisableSpeculation = 47, + kArrayPrototypeSortJSArrayModifiedPrototype = 48, + kFunctionTokenOffsetTooLongForToString = 49, + kWasmSharedMemory = 50, + kWasmThreadOpcodes = 51, + kAtomicsNotify = 52, + kAtomicsWake = 53, + kCollator = 54, + kNumberFormat = 55, + kDateTimeFormat = 56, + kPluralRules = 57, + kRelativeTimeFormat = 58, + kLocale = 59, + kListFormat = 60, + kSegmenter = 61, + kStringLocaleCompare = 62, + kStringToLocaleUpperCase = 63, + kStringToLocaleLowerCase = 64, + kNumberToLocaleString = 65, + kDateToLocaleString = 66, + kDateToLocaleDateString = 67, + kDateToLocaleTimeString = 68, + kAttemptOverrideReadOnlyOnPrototypeSloppy = 69, + kAttemptOverrideReadOnlyOnPrototypeStrict = 70, + kOptimizedFunctionWithOneShotBytecode = 71, + kRegExpMatchIsTrueishOnNonJSRegExp = 72, + kRegExpMatchIsFalseishOnJSRegExp = 73, + kDateGetTimezoneOffset = 74, + kStringNormalize = 75, + kCallSiteAPIGetFunctionSloppyCall = 76, + kCallSiteAPIGetThisSloppyCall = 77, + kRegExpMatchAllWithNonGlobalRegExp = 78, + kRegExpExecCalledOnSlowRegExp = 79, + kRegExpReplaceCalledOnSlowRegExp = 80, + kDisplayNames = 81, + kSharedArrayBufferConstructed = 82, + // Temporary kCallInDetachedWindowBy* counters are for reporting function + // calls within contexts marked using |SetDetachedWindowReason|. + // TODO(bartekn,chromium:1018156): Remove once not needed. + kCallInDetachedWindowByNavigation = 83, + kCallInDetachedWindowByNavigationAfter10s = 84, + kCallInDetachedWindowByNavigationAfter1min = 85, + kCallInDetachedWindowByClosing = 86, + kCallInDetachedWindowByClosingAfter10s = 87, + kCallInDetachedWindowByClosingAfter1min = 88, + kCallInDetachedWindowByOtherReason = 89, + kCallInDetachedWindowByOtherReasonAfter10s = 90, + kCallInDetachedWindowByOtherReasonAfter1min = 91, + + // If you add new values here, you'll also need to update Chromium's: + // web_feature.mojom, use_counter_callback.cc, and enums.xml. V8 changes to + // this list need to be landed first, then changes on the Chromium side. + kUseCounterFeatureCount // This enum value must be last. + }; + + enum MessageErrorLevel { + kMessageLog = (1 << 0), + kMessageDebug = (1 << 1), + kMessageInfo = (1 << 2), + kMessageError = (1 << 3), + kMessageWarning = (1 << 4), + kMessageAll = kMessageLog | kMessageDebug | kMessageInfo | kMessageError | + kMessageWarning, + }; + + typedef void (*UseCounterCallback)(Isolate* isolate, + UseCounterFeature feature); + + /** + * Allocates a new isolate but does not initialize it. Does not change the + * currently entered isolate. + * + * Only Isolate::GetData() and Isolate::SetData(), which access the + * embedder-controlled parts of the isolate, are allowed to be called on the + * uninitialized isolate. To initialize the isolate, call + * Isolate::Initialize(). + * + * When an isolate is no longer used its resources should be freed + * by calling Dispose(). Using the delete operator is not allowed. + * + * V8::Initialize() must have run prior to this. + */ + static Isolate* Allocate(); + + /** + * Initialize an Isolate previously allocated by Isolate::Allocate(). + */ + static void Initialize(Isolate* isolate, const CreateParams& params); + + /** + * Creates a new isolate. Does not change the currently entered + * isolate. + * + * When an isolate is no longer used its resources should be freed + * by calling Dispose(). Using the delete operator is not allowed. + * + * V8::Initialize() must have run prior to this. + */ + static Isolate* New(const CreateParams& params); + + /** + * Returns the entered isolate for the current thread or NULL in + * case there is no current isolate. + * + * This method must not be invoked before V8::Initialize() was invoked. + */ + static Isolate* GetCurrent(); + + /** + * Clears the set of objects held strongly by the heap. This set of + * objects are originally built when a WeakRef is created or + * successfully dereferenced. + * + * The embedder is expected to call this when a synchronous sequence + * of ECMAScript execution completes. It's the embedders + * responsiblity to make this call at a time which does not + * interrupt synchronous ECMAScript code execution. + */ + void ClearKeptObjects(); + + /** + * Custom callback used by embedders to help V8 determine if it should abort + * when it throws and no internal handler is predicted to catch the + * exception. If --abort-on-uncaught-exception is used on the command line, + * then V8 will abort if either: + * - no custom callback is set. + * - the custom callback set returns true. + * Otherwise, the custom callback will not be called and V8 will not abort. + */ + typedef bool (*AbortOnUncaughtExceptionCallback)(Isolate*); + void SetAbortOnUncaughtExceptionCallback( + AbortOnUncaughtExceptionCallback callback); + + /** + * This specifies the callback to be called when finalization groups + * are ready to be cleaned up and require FinalizationGroup::Cleanup() + * to be called in a future task. + */ + void SetHostCleanupFinalizationGroupCallback( + HostCleanupFinalizationGroupCallback callback); + + /** + * This specifies the callback called by the upcoming dynamic + * import() language feature to load modules. + */ + void SetHostImportModuleDynamicallyCallback( + HostImportModuleDynamicallyCallback callback); + + /** + * This specifies the callback called by the upcoming importa.meta + * language feature to retrieve host-defined meta data for a module. + */ + void SetHostInitializeImportMetaObjectCallback( + HostInitializeImportMetaObjectCallback callback); + + /** + * This specifies the callback called when the stack property of Error + * is accessed. + */ + void SetPrepareStackTraceCallback(PrepareStackTraceCallback callback); + + /** + * Optional notification that the system is running low on memory. + * V8 uses these notifications to guide heuristics. + * It is allowed to call this function from another thread while + * the isolate is executing long running JavaScript code. + */ + void MemoryPressureNotification(MemoryPressureLevel level); + + /** + * Methods below this point require holding a lock (using Locker) in + * a multi-threaded environment. + */ + + /** + * Sets this isolate as the entered one for the current thread. + * Saves the previously entered one (if any), so that it can be + * restored when exiting. Re-entering an isolate is allowed. + */ + void Enter(); + + /** + * Exits this isolate by restoring the previously entered one in the + * current thread. The isolate may still stay the same, if it was + * entered more than once. + * + * Requires: this == Isolate::GetCurrent(). + */ + void Exit(); + + /** + * Disposes the isolate. The isolate must not be entered by any + * thread to be disposable. + */ + void Dispose(); + + /** + * Dumps activated low-level V8 internal stats. This can be used instead + * of performing a full isolate disposal. + */ + void DumpAndResetStats(); + + /** + * Discards all V8 thread-specific data for the Isolate. Should be used + * if a thread is terminating and it has used an Isolate that will outlive + * the thread -- all thread-specific data for an Isolate is discarded when + * an Isolate is disposed so this call is pointless if an Isolate is about + * to be Disposed. + */ + void DiscardThreadSpecificMetadata(); + + /** + * Associate embedder-specific data with the isolate. |slot| has to be + * between 0 and GetNumberOfDataSlots() - 1. + */ + V8_INLINE void SetData(uint32_t slot, void* data); + + /** + * Retrieve embedder-specific data from the isolate. + * Returns NULL if SetData has never been called for the given |slot|. + */ + V8_INLINE void* GetData(uint32_t slot); + + /** + * Returns the maximum number of available embedder data slots. Valid slots + * are in the range of 0 - GetNumberOfDataSlots() - 1. + */ + V8_INLINE static uint32_t GetNumberOfDataSlots(); + + /** + * Return data that was previously attached to the isolate snapshot via + * SnapshotCreator, and removes the reference to it. + * Repeated call with the same index returns an empty MaybeLocal. + */ + template <class T> + V8_INLINE MaybeLocal<T> GetDataFromSnapshotOnce(size_t index); + + /** + * Get statistics about the heap memory usage. + */ + void GetHeapStatistics(HeapStatistics* heap_statistics); + + /** + * Returns the number of spaces in the heap. + */ + size_t NumberOfHeapSpaces(); + + /** + * Get the memory usage of a space in the heap. + * + * \param space_statistics The HeapSpaceStatistics object to fill in + * statistics. + * \param index The index of the space to get statistics from, which ranges + * from 0 to NumberOfHeapSpaces() - 1. + * \returns true on success. + */ + bool GetHeapSpaceStatistics(HeapSpaceStatistics* space_statistics, + size_t index); + + /** + * Returns the number of types of objects tracked in the heap at GC. + */ + size_t NumberOfTrackedHeapObjectTypes(); + + /** + * Get statistics about objects in the heap. + * + * \param object_statistics The HeapObjectStatistics object to fill in + * statistics of objects of given type, which were live in the previous GC. + * \param type_index The index of the type of object to fill details about, + * which ranges from 0 to NumberOfTrackedHeapObjectTypes() - 1. + * \returns true on success. + */ + bool GetHeapObjectStatisticsAtLastGC(HeapObjectStatistics* object_statistics, + size_t type_index); + + /** + * Get statistics about code and its metadata in the heap. + * + * \param object_statistics The HeapCodeStatistics object to fill in + * statistics of code, bytecode and their metadata. + * \returns true on success. + */ + bool GetHeapCodeAndMetadataStatistics(HeapCodeStatistics* object_statistics); + + /** + * Enqueues a memory measurement request for the given context and mode. + * This API is experimental and may change significantly. + * + * \param mode Indicates whether the result should include per-context + * memory usage or just the total memory usage. + * \returns a promise that will be resolved with memory usage estimate. + */ + v8::MaybeLocal<v8::Promise> MeasureMemory(v8::Local<v8::Context> context, + MeasureMemoryMode mode); + + /** + * Get a call stack sample from the isolate. + * \param state Execution state. + * \param frames Caller allocated buffer to store stack frames. + * \param frames_limit Maximum number of frames to capture. The buffer must + * be large enough to hold the number of frames. + * \param sample_info The sample info is filled up by the function + * provides number of actual captured stack frames and + * the current VM state. + * \note GetStackSample should only be called when the JS thread is paused or + * interrupted. Otherwise the behavior is undefined. + */ + void GetStackSample(const RegisterState& state, void** frames, + size_t frames_limit, SampleInfo* sample_info); + + /** + * Adjusts the amount of registered external memory. Used to give V8 an + * indication of the amount of externally allocated memory that is kept alive + * by JavaScript objects. V8 uses this to decide when to perform global + * garbage collections. Registering externally allocated memory will trigger + * global garbage collections more often than it would otherwise in an attempt + * to garbage collect the JavaScript objects that keep the externally + * allocated memory alive. + * + * \param change_in_bytes the change in externally allocated memory that is + * kept alive by JavaScript objects. + * \returns the adjusted value. + */ + V8_INLINE int64_t + AdjustAmountOfExternalAllocatedMemory(int64_t change_in_bytes); + + /** + * Returns the number of phantom handles without callbacks that were reset + * by the garbage collector since the last call to this function. + */ + size_t NumberOfPhantomHandleResetsSinceLastCall(); + + /** + * Returns heap profiler for this isolate. Will return NULL until the isolate + * is initialized. + */ + HeapProfiler* GetHeapProfiler(); + + /** + * Tells the VM whether the embedder is idle or not. + */ + void SetIdle(bool is_idle); + + /** Returns the ArrayBuffer::Allocator used in this isolate. */ + ArrayBuffer::Allocator* GetArrayBufferAllocator(); + + /** Returns true if this isolate has a current context. */ + bool InContext(); + + /** + * Returns the context of the currently running JavaScript, or the context + * on the top of the stack if no JavaScript is running. + */ + Local<Context> GetCurrentContext(); + + /** Returns the last context entered through V8's C++ API. */ + V8_DEPRECATED("Use GetEnteredOrMicrotaskContext().") + Local<Context> GetEnteredContext(); + + /** + * Returns either the last context entered through V8's C++ API, or the + * context of the currently running microtask while processing microtasks. + * If a context is entered while executing a microtask, that context is + * returned. + */ + Local<Context> GetEnteredOrMicrotaskContext(); + + /** + * Returns the Context that corresponds to the Incumbent realm in HTML spec. + * https://html.spec.whatwg.org/multipage/webappapis.html#incumbent + */ + Local<Context> GetIncumbentContext(); + + /** + * Schedules an exception to be thrown when returning to JavaScript. When an + * exception has been scheduled it is illegal to invoke any JavaScript + * operation; the caller must return immediately and only after the exception + * has been handled does it become legal to invoke JavaScript operations. + */ + Local<Value> ThrowException(Local<Value> exception); + + typedef void (*GCCallback)(Isolate* isolate, GCType type, + GCCallbackFlags flags); + typedef void (*GCCallbackWithData)(Isolate* isolate, GCType type, + GCCallbackFlags flags, void* data); + + /** + * Enables the host application to receive a notification before a + * garbage collection. Allocations are allowed in the callback function, + * but the callback is not re-entrant: if the allocation inside it will + * trigger the garbage collection, the callback won't be called again. + * It is possible to specify the GCType filter for your callback. But it is + * not possible to register the same callback function two times with + * different GCType filters. + */ + void AddGCPrologueCallback(GCCallbackWithData callback, void* data = nullptr, + GCType gc_type_filter = kGCTypeAll); + void AddGCPrologueCallback(GCCallback callback, + GCType gc_type_filter = kGCTypeAll); + + /** + * This function removes callback which was installed by + * AddGCPrologueCallback function. + */ + void RemoveGCPrologueCallback(GCCallbackWithData, void* data = nullptr); + void RemoveGCPrologueCallback(GCCallback callback); + + /** + * Sets the embedder heap tracer for the isolate. + */ + void SetEmbedderHeapTracer(EmbedderHeapTracer* tracer); + + /* + * Gets the currently active heap tracer for the isolate. + */ + EmbedderHeapTracer* GetEmbedderHeapTracer(); + + /** + * Use for |AtomicsWaitCallback| to indicate the type of event it receives. + */ + enum class AtomicsWaitEvent { + /** Indicates that this call is happening before waiting. */ + kStartWait, + /** `Atomics.wait()` finished because of an `Atomics.wake()` call. */ + kWokenUp, + /** `Atomics.wait()` finished because it timed out. */ + kTimedOut, + /** `Atomics.wait()` was interrupted through |TerminateExecution()|. */ + kTerminatedExecution, + /** `Atomics.wait()` was stopped through |AtomicsWaitWakeHandle|. */ + kAPIStopped, + /** `Atomics.wait()` did not wait, as the initial condition was not met. */ + kNotEqual + }; + + /** + * Passed to |AtomicsWaitCallback| as a means of stopping an ongoing + * `Atomics.wait` call. + */ + class V8_EXPORT AtomicsWaitWakeHandle { + public: + /** + * Stop this `Atomics.wait()` call and call the |AtomicsWaitCallback| + * with |kAPIStopped|. + * + * This function may be called from another thread. The caller has to ensure + * through proper synchronization that it is not called after + * the finishing |AtomicsWaitCallback|. + * + * Note that the ECMAScript specification does not plan for the possibility + * of wakeups that are neither coming from a timeout or an `Atomics.wake()` + * call, so this may invalidate assumptions made by existing code. + * The embedder may accordingly wish to schedule an exception in the + * finishing |AtomicsWaitCallback|. + */ + void Wake(); + }; + + /** + * Embedder callback for `Atomics.wait()` that can be added through + * |SetAtomicsWaitCallback|. + * + * This will be called just before starting to wait with the |event| value + * |kStartWait| and after finishing waiting with one of the other + * values of |AtomicsWaitEvent| inside of an `Atomics.wait()` call. + * + * |array_buffer| will refer to the underlying SharedArrayBuffer, + * |offset_in_bytes| to the location of the waited-on memory address inside + * the SharedArrayBuffer. + * + * |value| and |timeout_in_ms| will be the values passed to + * the `Atomics.wait()` call. If no timeout was used, |timeout_in_ms| + * will be `INFINITY`. + * + * In the |kStartWait| callback, |stop_handle| will be an object that + * is only valid until the corresponding finishing callback and that + * can be used to stop the wait process while it is happening. + * + * This callback may schedule exceptions, *unless* |event| is equal to + * |kTerminatedExecution|. + */ + typedef void (*AtomicsWaitCallback)(AtomicsWaitEvent event, + Local<SharedArrayBuffer> array_buffer, + size_t offset_in_bytes, int64_t value, + double timeout_in_ms, + AtomicsWaitWakeHandle* stop_handle, + void* data); + + /** + * Set a new |AtomicsWaitCallback|. This overrides an earlier + * |AtomicsWaitCallback|, if there was any. If |callback| is nullptr, + * this unsets the callback. |data| will be passed to the callback + * as its last parameter. + */ + void SetAtomicsWaitCallback(AtomicsWaitCallback callback, void* data); + + /** + * Enables the host application to receive a notification after a + * garbage collection. Allocations are allowed in the callback function, + * but the callback is not re-entrant: if the allocation inside it will + * trigger the garbage collection, the callback won't be called again. + * It is possible to specify the GCType filter for your callback. But it is + * not possible to register the same callback function two times with + * different GCType filters. + */ + void AddGCEpilogueCallback(GCCallbackWithData callback, void* data = nullptr, + GCType gc_type_filter = kGCTypeAll); + void AddGCEpilogueCallback(GCCallback callback, + GCType gc_type_filter = kGCTypeAll); + + /** + * This function removes callback which was installed by + * AddGCEpilogueCallback function. + */ + void RemoveGCEpilogueCallback(GCCallbackWithData callback, + void* data = nullptr); + void RemoveGCEpilogueCallback(GCCallback callback); + + typedef size_t (*GetExternallyAllocatedMemoryInBytesCallback)(); + + /** + * Set the callback that tells V8 how much memory is currently allocated + * externally of the V8 heap. Ideally this memory is somehow connected to V8 + * objects and may get freed-up when the corresponding V8 objects get + * collected by a V8 garbage collection. + */ + void SetGetExternallyAllocatedMemoryInBytesCallback( + GetExternallyAllocatedMemoryInBytesCallback callback); + + /** + * Forcefully terminate the current thread of JavaScript execution + * in the given isolate. + * + * This method can be used by any thread even if that thread has not + * acquired the V8 lock with a Locker object. + */ + void TerminateExecution(); + + /** + * Is V8 terminating JavaScript execution. + * + * Returns true if JavaScript execution is currently terminating + * because of a call to TerminateExecution. In that case there are + * still JavaScript frames on the stack and the termination + * exception is still active. + */ + bool IsExecutionTerminating(); + + /** + * Resume execution capability in the given isolate, whose execution + * was previously forcefully terminated using TerminateExecution(). + * + * When execution is forcefully terminated using TerminateExecution(), + * the isolate can not resume execution until all JavaScript frames + * have propagated the uncatchable exception which is generated. This + * method allows the program embedding the engine to handle the + * termination event and resume execution capability, even if + * JavaScript frames remain on the stack. + * + * This method can be used by any thread even if that thread has not + * acquired the V8 lock with a Locker object. + */ + void CancelTerminateExecution(); + + /** + * Request V8 to interrupt long running JavaScript code and invoke + * the given |callback| passing the given |data| to it. After |callback| + * returns control will be returned to the JavaScript code. + * There may be a number of interrupt requests in flight. + * Can be called from another thread without acquiring a |Locker|. + * Registered |callback| must not reenter interrupted Isolate. + */ + void RequestInterrupt(InterruptCallback callback, void* data); + + /** + * Request garbage collection in this Isolate. It is only valid to call this + * function if --expose_gc was specified. + * + * This should only be used for testing purposes and not to enforce a garbage + * collection schedule. It has strong negative impact on the garbage + * collection performance. Use IdleNotificationDeadline() or + * LowMemoryNotification() instead to influence the garbage collection + * schedule. + */ + void RequestGarbageCollectionForTesting(GarbageCollectionType type); + + /** + * Set the callback to invoke for logging event. + */ + void SetEventLogger(LogEventCallback that); + + /** + * Adds a callback to notify the host application right before a script + * is about to run. If a script re-enters the runtime during executing, the + * BeforeCallEnteredCallback is invoked for each re-entrance. + * Executing scripts inside the callback will re-trigger the callback. + */ + void AddBeforeCallEnteredCallback(BeforeCallEnteredCallback callback); + + /** + * Removes callback that was installed by AddBeforeCallEnteredCallback. + */ + void RemoveBeforeCallEnteredCallback(BeforeCallEnteredCallback callback); + + /** + * Adds a callback to notify the host application when a script finished + * running. If a script re-enters the runtime during executing, the + * CallCompletedCallback is only invoked when the outer-most script + * execution ends. Executing scripts inside the callback do not trigger + * further callbacks. + */ + void AddCallCompletedCallback(CallCompletedCallback callback); + + /** + * Removes callback that was installed by AddCallCompletedCallback. + */ + void RemoveCallCompletedCallback(CallCompletedCallback callback); + + /** + * Set the PromiseHook callback for various promise lifecycle + * events. + */ + void SetPromiseHook(PromiseHook hook); + + /** + * Set callback to notify about promise reject with no handler, or + * revocation of such a previous notification once the handler is added. + */ + void SetPromiseRejectCallback(PromiseRejectCallback callback); + + /** + * Runs the default MicrotaskQueue until it gets empty. + * Any exceptions thrown by microtask callbacks are swallowed. + */ + void RunMicrotasks(); + + /** + * Enqueues the callback to the default MicrotaskQueue + */ + void EnqueueMicrotask(Local<Function> microtask); + + /** + * Enqueues the callback to the default MicrotaskQueue + */ + void EnqueueMicrotask(MicrotaskCallback callback, void* data = nullptr); + + /** + * Controls how Microtasks are invoked. See MicrotasksPolicy for details. + */ + void SetMicrotasksPolicy(MicrotasksPolicy policy); + + /** + * Returns the policy controlling how Microtasks are invoked. + */ + MicrotasksPolicy GetMicrotasksPolicy() const; + + /** + * Adds a callback to notify the host application after + * microtasks were run on the default MicrotaskQueue. The callback is + * triggered by explicit RunMicrotasks call or automatic microtasks execution + * (see SetMicrotaskPolicy). + * + * Callback will trigger even if microtasks were attempted to run, + * but the microtasks queue was empty and no single microtask was actually + * executed. + * + * Executing scripts inside the callback will not re-trigger microtasks and + * the callback. + */ + V8_DEPRECATE_SOON("Use *WithData version.") + void AddMicrotasksCompletedCallback(MicrotasksCompletedCallback callback); + void AddMicrotasksCompletedCallback( + MicrotasksCompletedCallbackWithData callback, void* data = nullptr); + + /** + * Removes callback that was installed by AddMicrotasksCompletedCallback. + */ + V8_DEPRECATE_SOON("Use *WithData version.") + void RemoveMicrotasksCompletedCallback(MicrotasksCompletedCallback callback); + void RemoveMicrotasksCompletedCallback( + MicrotasksCompletedCallbackWithData callback, void* data = nullptr); + + /** + * Sets a callback for counting the number of times a feature of V8 is used. + */ + void SetUseCounterCallback(UseCounterCallback callback); + + /** + * Enables the host application to provide a mechanism for recording + * statistics counters. + */ + void SetCounterFunction(CounterLookupCallback); + + /** + * Enables the host application to provide a mechanism for recording + * histograms. The CreateHistogram function returns a + * histogram which will later be passed to the AddHistogramSample + * function. + */ + void SetCreateHistogramFunction(CreateHistogramCallback); + void SetAddHistogramSampleFunction(AddHistogramSampleCallback); + + /** + * Enables the host application to provide a mechanism for recording a + * predefined set of data as crash keys to be used in postmortem debugging in + * case of a crash. + */ + void SetAddCrashKeyCallback(AddCrashKeyCallback); + + /** + * Optional notification that the embedder is idle. + * V8 uses the notification to perform garbage collection. + * This call can be used repeatedly if the embedder remains idle. + * Returns true if the embedder should stop calling IdleNotificationDeadline + * until real work has been done. This indicates that V8 has done + * as much cleanup as it will be able to do. + * + * The deadline_in_seconds argument specifies the deadline V8 has to finish + * garbage collection work. deadline_in_seconds is compared with + * MonotonicallyIncreasingTime() and should be based on the same timebase as + * that function. There is no guarantee that the actual work will be done + * within the time limit. + */ + bool IdleNotificationDeadline(double deadline_in_seconds); + + /** + * Optional notification that the system is running low on memory. + * V8 uses these notifications to attempt to free memory. + */ + void LowMemoryNotification(); + + /** + * Optional notification that a context has been disposed. V8 uses + * these notifications to guide the GC heuristic. Returns the number + * of context disposals - including this one - since the last time + * V8 had a chance to clean up. + * + * The optional parameter |dependant_context| specifies whether the disposed + * context was depending on state from other contexts or not. + */ + int ContextDisposedNotification(bool dependant_context = true); + + /** + * Optional notification that the isolate switched to the foreground. + * V8 uses these notifications to guide heuristics. + */ + void IsolateInForegroundNotification(); + + /** + * Optional notification that the isolate switched to the background. + * V8 uses these notifications to guide heuristics. + */ + void IsolateInBackgroundNotification(); + + /** + * Optional notification which will enable the memory savings mode. + * V8 uses this notification to guide heuristics which may result in a + * smaller memory footprint at the cost of reduced runtime performance. + */ + void EnableMemorySavingsMode(); + + /** + * Optional notification which will disable the memory savings mode. + */ + void DisableMemorySavingsMode(); + + /** + * Optional notification to tell V8 the current performance requirements + * of the embedder based on RAIL. + * V8 uses these notifications to guide heuristics. + * This is an unfinished experimental feature. Semantics and implementation + * may change frequently. + */ + void SetRAILMode(RAILMode rail_mode); + + /** + * Optional notification to tell V8 the current isolate is used for debugging + * and requires higher heap limit. + */ + void IncreaseHeapLimitForDebugging(); + + /** + * Restores the original heap limit after IncreaseHeapLimitForDebugging(). + */ + void RestoreOriginalHeapLimit(); + + /** + * Returns true if the heap limit was increased for debugging and the + * original heap limit was not restored yet. + */ + bool IsHeapLimitIncreasedForDebugging(); + + /** + * Allows the host application to provide the address of a function that is + * notified each time code is added, moved or removed. + * + * \param options options for the JIT code event handler. + * \param event_handler the JIT code event handler, which will be invoked + * each time code is added, moved or removed. + * \note \p event_handler won't get notified of existent code. + * \note since code removal notifications are not currently issued, the + * \p event_handler may get notifications of code that overlaps earlier + * code notifications. This happens when code areas are reused, and the + * earlier overlapping code areas should therefore be discarded. + * \note the events passed to \p event_handler and the strings they point to + * are not guaranteed to live past each call. The \p event_handler must + * copy strings and other parameters it needs to keep around. + * \note the set of events declared in JitCodeEvent::EventType is expected to + * grow over time, and the JitCodeEvent structure is expected to accrue + * new members. The \p event_handler function must ignore event codes + * it does not recognize to maintain future compatibility. + * \note Use Isolate::CreateParams to get events for code executed during + * Isolate setup. + */ + void SetJitCodeEventHandler(JitCodeEventOptions options, + JitCodeEventHandler event_handler); + + /** + * Modifies the stack limit for this Isolate. + * + * \param stack_limit An address beyond which the Vm's stack may not grow. + * + * \note If you are using threads then you should hold the V8::Locker lock + * while setting the stack limit and you must set a non-default stack + * limit separately for each thread. + */ + void SetStackLimit(uintptr_t stack_limit); + + /** + * Returns a memory range that can potentially contain jitted code. Code for + * V8's 'builtins' will not be in this range if embedded builtins is enabled. + * + * On Win64, embedders are advised to install function table callbacks for + * these ranges, as default SEH won't be able to unwind through jitted code. + * The first page of the code range is reserved for the embedder and is + * committed, writable, and executable, to be used to store unwind data, as + * documented in + * https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/cpp/build/exception-handling-x64. + * + * Might be empty on other platforms. + * + * https://code.google.com/p/v8/issues/detail?id=3598 + */ + void GetCodeRange(void** start, size_t* length_in_bytes); + + /** + * Returns the UnwindState necessary for use with the Unwinder API. + */ + UnwindState GetUnwindState(); + + /** Set the callback to invoke in case of fatal errors. */ + void SetFatalErrorHandler(FatalErrorCallback that); + + /** Set the callback to invoke in case of OOM errors. */ + void SetOOMErrorHandler(OOMErrorCallback that); + + /** + * Add a callback to invoke in case the heap size is close to the heap limit. + * If multiple callbacks are added, only the most recently added callback is + * invoked. + */ + void AddNearHeapLimitCallback(NearHeapLimitCallback callback, void* data); + + /** + * Remove the given callback and restore the heap limit to the + * given limit. If the given limit is zero, then it is ignored. + * If the current heap size is greater than the given limit, + * then the heap limit is restored to the minimal limit that + * is possible for the current heap size. + */ + void RemoveNearHeapLimitCallback(NearHeapLimitCallback callback, + size_t heap_limit); + + /** + * If the heap limit was changed by the NearHeapLimitCallback, then the + * initial heap limit will be restored once the heap size falls below the + * given threshold percentage of the initial heap limit. + * The threshold percentage is a number in (0.0, 1.0) range. + */ + void AutomaticallyRestoreInitialHeapLimit(double threshold_percent = 0.5); + + /** + * Set the callback to invoke to check if code generation from + * strings should be allowed. + */ + void SetAllowCodeGenerationFromStringsCallback( + AllowCodeGenerationFromStringsCallback callback); + void SetModifyCodeGenerationFromStringsCallback( + ModifyCodeGenerationFromStringsCallback callback); + + /** + * Set the callback to invoke to check if wasm code generation should + * be allowed. + */ + void SetAllowWasmCodeGenerationCallback( + AllowWasmCodeGenerationCallback callback); + + /** + * Embedder over{ride|load} injection points for wasm APIs. The expectation + * is that the embedder sets them at most once. + */ + void SetWasmModuleCallback(ExtensionCallback callback); + void SetWasmInstanceCallback(ExtensionCallback callback); + + void SetWasmStreamingCallback(WasmStreamingCallback callback); + + void SetWasmThreadsEnabledCallback(WasmThreadsEnabledCallback callback); + + void SetWasmLoadSourceMapCallback(WasmLoadSourceMapCallback callback); + + /** + * Check if V8 is dead and therefore unusable. This is the case after + * fatal errors such as out-of-memory situations. + */ + bool IsDead(); + + /** + * Adds a message listener (errors only). + * + * The same message listener can be added more than once and in that + * case it will be called more than once for each message. + * + * If data is specified, it will be passed to the callback when it is called. + * Otherwise, the exception object will be passed to the callback instead. + */ + bool AddMessageListener(MessageCallback that, + Local<Value> data = Local<Value>()); + + /** + * Adds a message listener. + * + * The same message listener can be added more than once and in that + * case it will be called more than once for each message. + * + * If data is specified, it will be passed to the callback when it is called. + * Otherwise, the exception object will be passed to the callback instead. + * + * A listener can listen for particular error levels by providing a mask. + */ + bool AddMessageListenerWithErrorLevel(MessageCallback that, + int message_levels, + Local<Value> data = Local<Value>()); + + /** + * Remove all message listeners from the specified callback function. + */ + void RemoveMessageListeners(MessageCallback that); + + /** Callback function for reporting failed access checks.*/ + void SetFailedAccessCheckCallbackFunction(FailedAccessCheckCallback); + + /** + * Tells V8 to capture current stack trace when uncaught exception occurs + * and report it to the message listeners. The option is off by default. + */ + void SetCaptureStackTraceForUncaughtExceptions( + bool capture, int frame_limit = 10, + StackTrace::StackTraceOptions options = StackTrace::kOverview); + + /** + * Iterates through all external resources referenced from current isolate + * heap. GC is not invoked prior to iterating, therefore there is no + * guarantee that visited objects are still alive. + */ + void VisitExternalResources(ExternalResourceVisitor* visitor); + + /** + * Iterates through all the persistent handles in the current isolate's heap + * that have class_ids. + */ + void VisitHandlesWithClassIds(PersistentHandleVisitor* visitor); + + /** + * Iterates through all the persistent handles in the current isolate's heap + * that have class_ids and are weak to be marked as inactive if there is no + * pending activity for the handle. + */ + void VisitWeakHandles(PersistentHandleVisitor* visitor); + + /** + * Check if this isolate is in use. + * True if at least one thread Enter'ed this isolate. + */ + bool IsInUse(); + + /** + * Set whether calling Atomics.wait (a function that may block) is allowed in + * this isolate. This can also be configured via + * CreateParams::allow_atomics_wait. + */ + void SetAllowAtomicsWait(bool allow); + + /** + * Time zone redetection indicator for + * DateTimeConfigurationChangeNotification. + * + * kSkip indicates V8 that the notification should not trigger redetecting + * host time zone. kRedetect indicates V8 that host time zone should be + * redetected, and used to set the default time zone. + * + * The host time zone detection may require file system access or similar + * operations unlikely to be available inside a sandbox. If v8 is run inside a + * sandbox, the host time zone has to be detected outside the sandbox before + * calling DateTimeConfigurationChangeNotification function. + */ + enum class TimeZoneDetection { kSkip, kRedetect }; + + /** + * Notification that the embedder has changed the time zone, daylight savings + * time or other date / time configuration parameters. V8 keeps a cache of + * various values used for date / time computation. This notification will + * reset those cached values for the current context so that date / time + * configuration changes would be reflected. + * + * This API should not be called more than needed as it will negatively impact + * the performance of date operations. + */ + void DateTimeConfigurationChangeNotification( + TimeZoneDetection time_zone_detection = TimeZoneDetection::kSkip); + + /** + * Notification that the embedder has changed the locale. V8 keeps a cache of + * various values used for locale computation. This notification will reset + * those cached values for the current context so that locale configuration + * changes would be reflected. + * + * This API should not be called more than needed as it will negatively impact + * the performance of locale operations. + */ + void LocaleConfigurationChangeNotification(); + + Isolate() = delete; + ~Isolate() = delete; + Isolate(const Isolate&) = delete; + Isolate& operator=(const Isolate&) = delete; + // Deleting operator new and delete here is allowed as ctor and dtor is also + // deleted. + void* operator new(size_t size) = delete; + void* operator new[](size_t size) = delete; + void operator delete(void*, size_t) = delete; + void operator delete[](void*, size_t) = delete; + + private: + template <class K, class V, class Traits> + friend class PersistentValueMapBase; + + internal::Address* GetDataFromSnapshotOnce(size_t index); + void ReportExternalAllocationLimitReached(); + void CheckMemoryPressure(); +}; + +class V8_EXPORT StartupData { + public: + /** + * Whether the data created can be rehashed and and the hash seed can be + * recomputed when deserialized. + * Only valid for StartupData returned by SnapshotCreator::CreateBlob(). + */ + bool CanBeRehashed() const; + + const char* data; + int raw_size; +}; + + +/** + * EntropySource is used as a callback function when v8 needs a source + * of entropy. + */ +typedef bool (*EntropySource)(unsigned char* buffer, size_t length); + +/** + * ReturnAddressLocationResolver is used as a callback function when v8 is + * resolving the location of a return address on the stack. Profilers that + * change the return address on the stack can use this to resolve the stack + * location to wherever the profiler stashed the original return address. + * + * \param return_addr_location A location on stack where a machine + * return address resides. + * \returns Either return_addr_location, or else a pointer to the profiler's + * copy of the original return address. + * + * \note The resolver function must not cause garbage collection. + */ +typedef uintptr_t (*ReturnAddressLocationResolver)( + uintptr_t return_addr_location); + + +/** + * Container class for static utility functions. + */ +class V8_EXPORT V8 { + public: + /** + * Hand startup data to V8, in case the embedder has chosen to build + * V8 with external startup data. + * + * Note: + * - By default the startup data is linked into the V8 library, in which + * case this function is not meaningful. + * - If this needs to be called, it needs to be called before V8 + * tries to make use of its built-ins. + * - To avoid unnecessary copies of data, V8 will point directly into the + * given data blob, so pretty please keep it around until V8 exit. + * - Compression of the startup blob might be useful, but needs to + * handled entirely on the embedders' side. + * - The call will abort if the data is invalid. + */ + static void SetSnapshotDataBlob(StartupData* startup_blob); + + /** Set the callback to invoke in case of Dcheck failures. */ + static void SetDcheckErrorHandler(DcheckErrorCallback that); + + + /** + * Sets V8 flags from a string. + */ + static void SetFlagsFromString(const char* str); + static void SetFlagsFromString(const char* str, size_t length); + + /** + * Sets V8 flags from the command line. + */ + static void SetFlagsFromCommandLine(int* argc, + char** argv, + bool remove_flags); + + /** Get the version string. */ + static const char* GetVersion(); + + /** + * Initializes V8. This function needs to be called before the first Isolate + * is created. It always returns true. + */ + static bool Initialize(); + + /** + * Allows the host application to provide a callback which can be used + * as a source of entropy for random number generators. + */ + static void SetEntropySource(EntropySource source); + + /** + * Allows the host application to provide a callback that allows v8 to + * cooperate with a profiler that rewrites return addresses on stack. + */ + static void SetReturnAddressLocationResolver( + ReturnAddressLocationResolver return_address_resolver); + + /** + * Releases any resources used by v8 and stops any utility threads + * that may be running. Note that disposing v8 is permanent, it + * cannot be reinitialized. + * + * It should generally not be necessary to dispose v8 before exiting + * a process, this should happen automatically. It is only necessary + * to use if the process needs the resources taken up by v8. + */ + static bool Dispose(); + + /** + * Initialize the ICU library bundled with V8. The embedder should only + * invoke this method when using the bundled ICU. Returns true on success. + * + * If V8 was compiled with the ICU data in an external file, the location + * of the data file has to be provided. + */ + static bool InitializeICU(const char* icu_data_file = nullptr); + + /** + * Initialize the ICU library bundled with V8. The embedder should only + * invoke this method when using the bundled ICU. If V8 was compiled with + * the ICU data in an external file and when the default location of that + * file should be used, a path to the executable must be provided. + * Returns true on success. + * + * The default is a file called icudtl.dat side-by-side with the executable. + * + * Optionally, the location of the data file can be provided to override the + * default. + */ + static bool InitializeICUDefaultLocation(const char* exec_path, + const char* icu_data_file = nullptr); + + /** + * Initialize the external startup data. The embedder only needs to + * invoke this method when external startup data was enabled in a build. + * + * If V8 was compiled with the startup data in an external file, then + * V8 needs to be given those external files during startup. There are + * three ways to do this: + * - InitializeExternalStartupData(const char*) + * This will look in the given directory for the file "snapshot_blob.bin". + * - InitializeExternalStartupDataFromFile(const char*) + * As above, but will directly use the given file name. + * - Call SetSnapshotDataBlob. + * This will read the blobs from the given data structure and will + * not perform any file IO. + */ + static void InitializeExternalStartupData(const char* directory_path); + static void InitializeExternalStartupDataFromFile(const char* snapshot_blob); + + /** + * Sets the v8::Platform to use. This should be invoked before V8 is + * initialized. + */ + static void InitializePlatform(Platform* platform); + + /** + * Clears all references to the v8::Platform. This should be invoked after + * V8 was disposed. + */ + static void ShutdownPlatform(); + +#if V8_OS_POSIX + /** + * Give the V8 signal handler a chance to handle a fault. + * + * This function determines whether a memory access violation can be recovered + * by V8. If so, it will return true and modify context to return to a code + * fragment that can recover from the fault. Otherwise, TryHandleSignal will + * return false. + * + * The parameters to this function correspond to those passed to a Linux + * signal handler. + * + * \param signal_number The signal number. + * + * \param info A pointer to the siginfo_t structure provided to the signal + * handler. + * + * \param context The third argument passed to the Linux signal handler, which + * points to a ucontext_t structure. + */ + V8_DEPRECATE_SOON("Use TryHandleWebAssemblyTrapPosix") + static bool TryHandleSignal(int signal_number, void* info, void* context); +#endif // V8_OS_POSIX + + /** + * Activate trap-based bounds checking for WebAssembly. + * + * \param use_v8_signal_handler Whether V8 should install its own signal + * handler or rely on the embedder's. + */ + static bool EnableWebAssemblyTrapHandler(bool use_v8_signal_handler); + +#if defined(V8_OS_WIN) + /** + * On Win64, by default V8 does not emit unwinding data for jitted code, + * which means the OS cannot walk the stack frames and the system Structured + * Exception Handling (SEH) cannot unwind through V8-generated code: + * https://code.google.com/p/v8/issues/detail?id=3598. + * + * This function allows embedders to register a custom exception handler for + * exceptions in V8-generated code. + */ + static void SetUnhandledExceptionCallback( + UnhandledExceptionCallback unhandled_exception_callback); +#endif + + /** + * Get statistics about the shared memory usage. + */ + static void GetSharedMemoryStatistics(SharedMemoryStatistics* statistics); + + private: + V8(); + + static internal::Address* GlobalizeReference(internal::Isolate* isolate, + internal::Address* handle); + static internal::Address* GlobalizeTracedReference(internal::Isolate* isolate, + internal::Address* handle, + internal::Address* slot, + bool has_destructor); + static void MoveGlobalReference(internal::Address** from, + internal::Address** to); + static void MoveTracedGlobalReference(internal::Address** from, + internal::Address** to); + static void CopyTracedGlobalReference(const internal::Address* const* from, + internal::Address** to); + static internal::Address* CopyGlobalReference(internal::Address* from); + static void DisposeGlobal(internal::Address* global_handle); + static void DisposeTracedGlobal(internal::Address* global_handle); + static void MakeWeak(internal::Address* location, void* data, + WeakCallbackInfo<void>::Callback weak_callback, + WeakCallbackType type); + static void MakeWeak(internal::Address** location_addr); + static void* ClearWeak(internal::Address* location); + static void SetFinalizationCallbackTraced( + internal::Address* location, void* parameter, + WeakCallbackInfo<void>::Callback callback); + static void AnnotateStrongRetainer(internal::Address* location, + const char* label); + static Value* Eternalize(Isolate* isolate, Value* handle); + + template <class K, class V, class T> + friend class PersistentValueMapBase; + + static void FromJustIsNothing(); + static void ToLocalEmpty(); + static void InternalFieldOutOfBounds(int index); + template <class T> + friend class Global; + template <class T> friend class Local; + template <class T> + friend class MaybeLocal; + template <class T> + friend class Maybe; + template <class T> + friend class TracedReferenceBase; + template <class T> + friend class TracedGlobal; + template <class T> + friend class TracedReference; + template <class T> + friend class WeakCallbackInfo; + template <class T> friend class Eternal; + template <class T> friend class PersistentBase; + template <class T, class M> friend class Persistent; + friend class Context; +}; + +/** + * Helper class to create a snapshot data blob. + */ +class V8_EXPORT SnapshotCreator { + public: + enum class FunctionCodeHandling { kClear, kKeep }; + + /** + * Initialize and enter an isolate, and set it up for serialization. + * The isolate is either created from scratch or from an existing snapshot. + * The caller keeps ownership of the argument snapshot. + * \param existing_blob existing snapshot from which to create this one. + * \param external_references a null-terminated array of external references + * that must be equivalent to CreateParams::external_references. + */ + SnapshotCreator(Isolate* isolate, + const intptr_t* external_references = nullptr, + StartupData* existing_blob = nullptr); + + /** + * Create and enter an isolate, and set it up for serialization. + * The isolate is either created from scratch or from an existing snapshot. + * The caller keeps ownership of the argument snapshot. + * \param existing_blob existing snapshot from which to create this one. + * \param external_references a null-terminated array of external references + * that must be equivalent to CreateParams::external_references. + */ + SnapshotCreator(const intptr_t* external_references = nullptr, + StartupData* existing_blob = nullptr); + + ~SnapshotCreator(); + + /** + * \returns the isolate prepared by the snapshot creator. + */ + Isolate* GetIsolate(); + + /** + * Set the default context to be included in the snapshot blob. + * The snapshot will not contain the global proxy, and we expect one or a + * global object template to create one, to be provided upon deserialization. + * + * \param callback optional callback to serialize internal fields. + */ + void SetDefaultContext(Local<Context> context, + SerializeInternalFieldsCallback callback = + SerializeInternalFieldsCallback()); + + /** + * Add additional context to be included in the snapshot blob. + * The snapshot will include the global proxy. + * + * \param callback optional callback to serialize internal fields. + * + * \returns the index of the context in the snapshot blob. + */ + size_t AddContext(Local<Context> context, + SerializeInternalFieldsCallback callback = + SerializeInternalFieldsCallback()); + + /** + * Add a template to be included in the snapshot blob. + * \returns the index of the template in the snapshot blob. + */ + V8_DEPRECATED("use AddData instead") + size_t AddTemplate(Local<Template> template_obj); + + /** + * Attach arbitrary V8::Data to the context snapshot, which can be retrieved + * via Context::GetDataFromSnapshot after deserialization. This data does not + * survive when a new snapshot is created from an existing snapshot. + * \returns the index for retrieval. + */ + template <class T> + V8_INLINE size_t AddData(Local<Context> context, Local<T> object); + + /** + * Attach arbitrary V8::Data to the isolate snapshot, which can be retrieved + * via Isolate::GetDataFromSnapshot after deserialization. This data does not + * survive when a new snapshot is created from an existing snapshot. + * \returns the index for retrieval. + */ + template <class T> + V8_INLINE size_t AddData(Local<T> object); + + /** + * Created a snapshot data blob. + * This must not be called from within a handle scope. + * \param function_code_handling whether to include compiled function code + * in the snapshot. + * \returns { nullptr, 0 } on failure, and a startup snapshot on success. The + * caller acquires ownership of the data array in the return value. + */ + StartupData CreateBlob(FunctionCodeHandling function_code_handling); + + // Disallow copying and assigning. + SnapshotCreator(const SnapshotCreator&) = delete; + void operator=(const SnapshotCreator&) = delete; + + private: + size_t AddData(Local<Context> context, internal::Address object); + size_t AddData(internal::Address object); + + void* data_; +}; + +/** + * A simple Maybe type, representing an object which may or may not have a + * value, see https://hackage.haskell.org/package/base/docs/Data-Maybe.html. + * + * If an API method returns a Maybe<>, the API method can potentially fail + * either because an exception is thrown, or because an exception is pending, + * e.g. because a previous API call threw an exception that hasn't been caught + * yet, or because a TerminateExecution exception was thrown. In that case, a + * "Nothing" value is returned. + */ +template <class T> +class Maybe { + public: + V8_INLINE bool IsNothing() const { return !has_value_; } + V8_INLINE bool IsJust() const { return has_value_; } + + /** + * An alias for |FromJust|. Will crash if the Maybe<> is nothing. + */ + V8_INLINE T ToChecked() const { return FromJust(); } + + /** + * Short-hand for ToChecked(), which doesn't return a value. To be used, where + * the actual value of the Maybe is not needed like Object::Set. + */ + V8_INLINE void Check() const { + if (V8_UNLIKELY(!IsJust())) V8::FromJustIsNothing(); + } + + /** + * Converts this Maybe<> to a value of type T. If this Maybe<> is + * nothing (empty), |false| is returned and |out| is left untouched. + */ + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT V8_INLINE bool To(T* out) const { + if (V8_LIKELY(IsJust())) *out = value_; + return IsJust(); + } + + /** + * Converts this Maybe<> to a value of type T. If this Maybe<> is + * nothing (empty), V8 will crash the process. + */ + V8_INLINE T FromJust() const { + if (V8_UNLIKELY(!IsJust())) V8::FromJustIsNothing(); + return value_; + } + + /** + * Converts this Maybe<> to a value of type T, using a default value if this + * Maybe<> is nothing (empty). + */ + V8_INLINE T FromMaybe(const T& default_value) const { + return has_value_ ? value_ : default_value; + } + + V8_INLINE bool operator==(const Maybe& other) const { + return (IsJust() == other.IsJust()) && + (!IsJust() || FromJust() == other.FromJust()); + } + + V8_INLINE bool operator!=(const Maybe& other) const { + return !operator==(other); + } + + private: + Maybe() : has_value_(false) {} + explicit Maybe(const T& t) : has_value_(true), value_(t) {} + + bool has_value_; + T value_; + + template <class U> + friend Maybe<U> Nothing(); + template <class U> + friend Maybe<U> Just(const U& u); +}; + +template <class T> +inline Maybe<T> Nothing() { + return Maybe<T>(); +} + +template <class T> +inline Maybe<T> Just(const T& t) { + return Maybe<T>(t); +} + +// A template specialization of Maybe<T> for the case of T = void. +template <> +class Maybe<void> { + public: + V8_INLINE bool IsNothing() const { return !is_valid_; } + V8_INLINE bool IsJust() const { return is_valid_; } + + V8_INLINE bool operator==(const Maybe& other) const { + return IsJust() == other.IsJust(); + } + + V8_INLINE bool operator!=(const Maybe& other) const { + return !operator==(other); + } + + private: + struct JustTag {}; + + Maybe() : is_valid_(false) {} + explicit Maybe(JustTag) : is_valid_(true) {} + + bool is_valid_; + + template <class U> + friend Maybe<U> Nothing(); + friend Maybe<void> JustVoid(); +}; + +inline Maybe<void> JustVoid() { return Maybe<void>(Maybe<void>::JustTag()); } + +/** + * An external exception handler. + */ +class V8_EXPORT TryCatch { + public: + /** + * Creates a new try/catch block and registers it with v8. Note that + * all TryCatch blocks should be stack allocated because the memory + * location itself is compared against JavaScript try/catch blocks. + */ + explicit TryCatch(Isolate* isolate); + + /** + * Unregisters and deletes this try/catch block. + */ + ~TryCatch(); + + /** + * Returns true if an exception has been caught by this try/catch block. + */ + bool HasCaught() const; + + /** + * For certain types of exceptions, it makes no sense to continue execution. + * + * If CanContinue returns false, the correct action is to perform any C++ + * cleanup needed and then return. If CanContinue returns false and + * HasTerminated returns true, it is possible to call + * CancelTerminateExecution in order to continue calling into the engine. + */ + bool CanContinue() const; + + /** + * Returns true if an exception has been caught due to script execution + * being terminated. + * + * There is no JavaScript representation of an execution termination + * exception. Such exceptions are thrown when the TerminateExecution + * methods are called to terminate a long-running script. + * + * If such an exception has been thrown, HasTerminated will return true, + * indicating that it is possible to call CancelTerminateExecution in order + * to continue calling into the engine. + */ + bool HasTerminated() const; + + /** + * Throws the exception caught by this TryCatch in a way that avoids + * it being caught again by this same TryCatch. As with ThrowException + * it is illegal to execute any JavaScript operations after calling + * ReThrow; the caller must return immediately to where the exception + * is caught. + */ + Local<Value> ReThrow(); + + /** + * Returns the exception caught by this try/catch block. If no exception has + * been caught an empty handle is returned. + * + * The returned handle is valid until this TryCatch block has been destroyed. + */ + Local<Value> Exception() const; + + /** + * Returns the .stack property of the thrown object. If no .stack + * property is present an empty handle is returned. + */ + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<Value> StackTrace( + Local<Context> context) const; + + /** + * Returns the message associated with this exception. If there is + * no message associated an empty handle is returned. + * + * The returned handle is valid until this TryCatch block has been + * destroyed. + */ + Local<v8::Message> Message() const; + + /** + * Clears any exceptions that may have been caught by this try/catch block. + * After this method has been called, HasCaught() will return false. Cancels + * the scheduled exception if it is caught and ReThrow() is not called before. + * + * It is not necessary to clear a try/catch block before using it again; if + * another exception is thrown the previously caught exception will just be + * overwritten. However, it is often a good idea since it makes it easier + * to determine which operation threw a given exception. + */ + void Reset(); + + /** + * Set verbosity of the external exception handler. + * + * By default, exceptions that are caught by an external exception + * handler are not reported. Call SetVerbose with true on an + * external exception handler to have exceptions caught by the + * handler reported as if they were not caught. + */ + void SetVerbose(bool value); + + /** + * Returns true if verbosity is enabled. + */ + bool IsVerbose() const; + + /** + * Set whether or not this TryCatch should capture a Message object + * which holds source information about where the exception + * occurred. True by default. + */ + void SetCaptureMessage(bool value); + + /** + * There are cases when the raw address of C++ TryCatch object cannot be + * used for comparisons with addresses into the JS stack. The cases are: + * 1) ARM, ARM64 and MIPS simulators which have separate JS stack. + * 2) Address sanitizer allocates local C++ object in the heap when + * UseAfterReturn mode is enabled. + * This method returns address that can be used for comparisons with + * addresses into the JS stack. When neither simulator nor ASAN's + * UseAfterReturn is enabled, then the address returned will be the address + * of the C++ try catch handler itself. + */ + static void* JSStackComparableAddress(TryCatch* handler) { + if (handler == nullptr) return nullptr; + return handler->js_stack_comparable_address_; + } + + TryCatch(const TryCatch&) = delete; + void operator=(const TryCatch&) = delete; + + private: + // Declaring operator new and delete as deleted is not spec compliant. + // Therefore declare them private instead to disable dynamic alloc + void* operator new(size_t size); + void* operator new[](size_t size); + void operator delete(void*, size_t); + void operator delete[](void*, size_t); + + void ResetInternal(); + + internal::Isolate* isolate_; + TryCatch* next_; + void* exception_; + void* message_obj_; + void* js_stack_comparable_address_; + bool is_verbose_ : 1; + bool can_continue_ : 1; + bool capture_message_ : 1; + bool rethrow_ : 1; + bool has_terminated_ : 1; + + friend class internal::Isolate; +}; + + +// --- Context --- + + +/** + * A container for extension names. + */ +class V8_EXPORT ExtensionConfiguration { + public: + ExtensionConfiguration() : name_count_(0), names_(nullptr) {} + ExtensionConfiguration(int name_count, const char* names[]) + : name_count_(name_count), names_(names) { } + + const char** begin() const { return &names_[0]; } + const char** end() const { return &names_[name_count_]; } + + private: + const int name_count_; + const char** names_; +}; + +/** + * A sandboxed execution context with its own set of built-in objects + * and functions. + */ +class V8_EXPORT Context { + public: + /** + * Returns the global proxy object. + * + * Global proxy object is a thin wrapper whose prototype points to actual + * context's global object with the properties like Object, etc. This is done + * that way for security reasons (for more details see + * https://wiki.mozilla.org/Gecko:SplitWindow). + * + * Please note that changes to global proxy object prototype most probably + * would break VM---v8 expects only global object as a prototype of global + * proxy object. + */ + Local<Object> Global(); + + /** + * Detaches the global object from its context before + * the global object can be reused to create a new context. + */ + void DetachGlobal(); + + /** + * Reason for detaching a window. + */ + enum DetachedWindowReason { + kWindowNotDetached = 0, + kDetachedWindowByNavigation, + kDetachedWindowByClosing, + kDetachedWindowByOtherReason + }; + + /** + * Sets a reason for detaching window, for reporting purposes. + * + * This API is experimental and may change or be deleted. Do not use! + * + * A window is a Blink concept. This API marks the context as backing + * a detached window. This doesn't necessarily mean that the context is + * detached. + * + * Every time a JS function is called within a context that has a non-zero + * DetachedWindowReason, Runtime::kReportDetachedWindowAccess is invoked, + * which will report this call to Blink via a callback, which in turn can + * report number of such calls via UKM metrics. + */ + void SetDetachedWindowReason(DetachedWindowReason reason); + + /** + * Creates a new context and returns a handle to the newly allocated + * context. + * + * \param isolate The isolate in which to create the context. + * + * \param extensions An optional extension configuration containing + * the extensions to be installed in the newly created context. + * + * \param global_template An optional object template from which the + * global object for the newly created context will be created. + * + * \param global_object An optional global object to be reused for + * the newly created context. This global object must have been + * created by a previous call to Context::New with the same global + * template. The state of the global object will be completely reset + * and only object identify will remain. + */ + static Local<Context> New( + Isolate* isolate, ExtensionConfiguration* extensions = nullptr, + MaybeLocal<ObjectTemplate> global_template = MaybeLocal<ObjectTemplate>(), + MaybeLocal<Value> global_object = MaybeLocal<Value>(), + DeserializeInternalFieldsCallback internal_fields_deserializer = + DeserializeInternalFieldsCallback(), + MicrotaskQueue* microtask_queue = nullptr); + + /** + * Create a new context from a (non-default) context snapshot. There + * is no way to provide a global object template since we do not create + * a new global object from template, but we can reuse a global object. + * + * \param isolate See v8::Context::New. + * + * \param context_snapshot_index The index of the context snapshot to + * deserialize from. Use v8::Context::New for the default snapshot. + * + * \param embedder_fields_deserializer Optional callback to deserialize + * internal fields. It should match the SerializeInternalFieldCallback used + * to serialize. + * + * \param extensions See v8::Context::New. + * + * \param global_object See v8::Context::New. + */ + static MaybeLocal<Context> FromSnapshot( + Isolate* isolate, size_t context_snapshot_index, + DeserializeInternalFieldsCallback embedder_fields_deserializer = + DeserializeInternalFieldsCallback(), + ExtensionConfiguration* extensions = nullptr, + MaybeLocal<Value> global_object = MaybeLocal<Value>(), + MicrotaskQueue* microtask_queue = nullptr); + + /** + * Returns an global object that isn't backed by an actual context. + * + * The global template needs to have access checks with handlers installed. + * If an existing global object is passed in, the global object is detached + * from its context. + * + * Note that this is different from a detached context where all accesses to + * the global proxy will fail. Instead, the access check handlers are invoked. + * + * It is also not possible to detach an object returned by this method. + * Instead, the access check handlers need to return nothing to achieve the + * same effect. + * + * It is possible, however, to create a new context from the global object + * returned by this method. + */ + static MaybeLocal<Object> NewRemoteContext( + Isolate* isolate, Local<ObjectTemplate> global_template, + MaybeLocal<Value> global_object = MaybeLocal<Value>()); + + /** + * Sets the security token for the context. To access an object in + * another context, the security tokens must match. + */ + void SetSecurityToken(Local<Value> token); + + /** Restores the security token to the default value. */ + void UseDefaultSecurityToken(); + + /** Returns the security token of this context.*/ + Local<Value> GetSecurityToken(); + + /** + * Enter this context. After entering a context, all code compiled + * and run is compiled and run in this context. If another context + * is already entered, this old context is saved so it can be + * restored when the new context is exited. + */ + void Enter(); + + /** + * Exit this context. Exiting the current context restores the + * context that was in place when entering the current context. + */ + void Exit(); + + /** Returns an isolate associated with a current context. */ + Isolate* GetIsolate(); + + /** + * The field at kDebugIdIndex used to be reserved for the inspector. + * It now serves no purpose. + */ + enum EmbedderDataFields { kDebugIdIndex = 0 }; + + /** + * Return the number of fields allocated for embedder data. + */ + uint32_t GetNumberOfEmbedderDataFields(); + + /** + * Gets the embedder data with the given index, which must have been set by a + * previous call to SetEmbedderData with the same index. + */ + V8_INLINE Local<Value> GetEmbedderData(int index); + + /** + * Gets the binding object used by V8 extras. Extra natives get a reference + * to this object and can use it to "export" functionality by adding + * properties. Extra natives can also "import" functionality by accessing + * properties added by the embedder using the V8 API. + */ + Local<Object> GetExtrasBindingObject(); + + /** + * Sets the embedder data with the given index, growing the data as + * needed. Note that index 0 currently has a special meaning for Chrome's + * debugger. + */ + void SetEmbedderData(int index, Local<Value> value); + + /** + * Gets a 2-byte-aligned native pointer from the embedder data with the given + * index, which must have been set by a previous call to + * SetAlignedPointerInEmbedderData with the same index. Note that index 0 + * currently has a special meaning for Chrome's debugger. + */ + V8_INLINE void* GetAlignedPointerFromEmbedderData(int index); + + /** + * Sets a 2-byte-aligned native pointer in the embedder data with the given + * index, growing the data as needed. Note that index 0 currently has a + * special meaning for Chrome's debugger. + */ + void SetAlignedPointerInEmbedderData(int index, void* value); + + /** + * Control whether code generation from strings is allowed. Calling + * this method with false will disable 'eval' and the 'Function' + * constructor for code running in this context. If 'eval' or the + * 'Function' constructor are used an exception will be thrown. + * + * If code generation from strings is not allowed the + * V8::AllowCodeGenerationFromStrings callback will be invoked if + * set before blocking the call to 'eval' or the 'Function' + * constructor. If that callback returns true, the call will be + * allowed, otherwise an exception will be thrown. If no callback is + * set an exception will be thrown. + */ + void AllowCodeGenerationFromStrings(bool allow); + + /** + * Returns true if code generation from strings is allowed for the context. + * For more details see AllowCodeGenerationFromStrings(bool) documentation. + */ + bool IsCodeGenerationFromStringsAllowed(); + + /** + * Sets the error description for the exception that is thrown when + * code generation from strings is not allowed and 'eval' or the 'Function' + * constructor are called. + */ + void SetErrorMessageForCodeGenerationFromStrings(Local<String> message); + + /** + * Return data that was previously attached to the context snapshot via + * SnapshotCreator, and removes the reference to it. + * Repeated call with the same index returns an empty MaybeLocal. + */ + template <class T> + V8_INLINE MaybeLocal<T> GetDataFromSnapshotOnce(size_t index); + + /** + * If callback is set, abort any attempt to execute JavaScript in this + * context, call the specified callback, and throw an exception. + * To unset abort, pass nullptr as callback. + */ + typedef void (*AbortScriptExecutionCallback)(Isolate* isolate, + Local<Context> context); + void SetAbortScriptExecution(AbortScriptExecutionCallback callback); + + /** + * Stack-allocated class which sets the execution context for all + * operations executed within a local scope. + */ + class Scope { + public: + explicit V8_INLINE Scope(Local<Context> context) : context_(context) { + context_->Enter(); + } + V8_INLINE ~Scope() { context_->Exit(); } + + private: + Local<Context> context_; + }; + + /** + * Stack-allocated class to support the backup incumbent settings object + * stack. + * https://html.spec.whatwg.org/multipage/webappapis.html#backup-incumbent-settings-object-stack + */ + class V8_EXPORT BackupIncumbentScope final { + public: + /** + * |backup_incumbent_context| is pushed onto the backup incumbent settings + * object stack. + */ + explicit BackupIncumbentScope(Local<Context> backup_incumbent_context); + ~BackupIncumbentScope(); + + /** + * Returns address that is comparable with JS stack address. Note that JS + * stack may be allocated separately from the native stack. See also + * |TryCatch::JSStackComparableAddress| for details. + */ + uintptr_t JSStackComparableAddress() const { + return js_stack_comparable_address_; + } + + private: + friend class internal::Isolate; + + Local<Context> backup_incumbent_context_; + uintptr_t js_stack_comparable_address_ = 0; + const BackupIncumbentScope* prev_ = nullptr; + }; + + private: + friend class Value; + friend class Script; + friend class Object; + friend class Function; + + internal::Address* GetDataFromSnapshotOnce(size_t index); + Local<Value> SlowGetEmbedderData(int index); + void* SlowGetAlignedPointerFromEmbedderData(int index); +}; + + +/** + * Multiple threads in V8 are allowed, but only one thread at a time is allowed + * to use any given V8 isolate, see the comments in the Isolate class. The + * definition of 'using a V8 isolate' includes accessing handles or holding onto + * object pointers obtained from V8 handles while in the particular V8 isolate. + * It is up to the user of V8 to ensure, perhaps with locking, that this + * constraint is not violated. In addition to any other synchronization + * mechanism that may be used, the v8::Locker and v8::Unlocker classes must be + * used to signal thread switches to V8. + * + * v8::Locker is a scoped lock object. While it's active, i.e. between its + * construction and destruction, the current thread is allowed to use the locked + * isolate. V8 guarantees that an isolate can be locked by at most one thread at + * any time. In other words, the scope of a v8::Locker is a critical section. + * + * Sample usage: +* \code + * ... + * { + * v8::Locker locker(isolate); + * v8::Isolate::Scope isolate_scope(isolate); + * ... + * // Code using V8 and isolate goes here. + * ... + * } // Destructor called here + * \endcode + * + * If you wish to stop using V8 in a thread A you can do this either by + * destroying the v8::Locker object as above or by constructing a v8::Unlocker + * object: + * + * \code + * { + * isolate->Exit(); + * v8::Unlocker unlocker(isolate); + * ... + * // Code not using V8 goes here while V8 can run in another thread. + * ... + * } // Destructor called here. + * isolate->Enter(); + * \endcode + * + * The Unlocker object is intended for use in a long-running callback from V8, + * where you want to release the V8 lock for other threads to use. + * + * The v8::Locker is a recursive lock, i.e. you can lock more than once in a + * given thread. This can be useful if you have code that can be called either + * from code that holds the lock or from code that does not. The Unlocker is + * not recursive so you can not have several Unlockers on the stack at once, and + * you can not use an Unlocker in a thread that is not inside a Locker's scope. + * + * An unlocker will unlock several lockers if it has to and reinstate the + * correct depth of locking on its destruction, e.g.: + * + * \code + * // V8 not locked. + * { + * v8::Locker locker(isolate); + * Isolate::Scope isolate_scope(isolate); + * // V8 locked. + * { + * v8::Locker another_locker(isolate); + * // V8 still locked (2 levels). + * { + * isolate->Exit(); + * v8::Unlocker unlocker(isolate); + * // V8 not locked. + * } + * isolate->Enter(); + * // V8 locked again (2 levels). + * } + * // V8 still locked (1 level). + * } + * // V8 Now no longer locked. + * \endcode + */ +class V8_EXPORT Unlocker { + public: + /** + * Initialize Unlocker for a given Isolate. + */ + V8_INLINE explicit Unlocker(Isolate* isolate) { Initialize(isolate); } + + ~Unlocker(); + private: + void Initialize(Isolate* isolate); + + internal::Isolate* isolate_; +}; + + +class V8_EXPORT Locker { + public: + /** + * Initialize Locker for a given Isolate. + */ + V8_INLINE explicit Locker(Isolate* isolate) { Initialize(isolate); } + + ~Locker(); + + /** + * Returns whether or not the locker for a given isolate, is locked by the + * current thread. + */ + static bool IsLocked(Isolate* isolate); + + /** + * Returns whether v8::Locker is being used by this V8 instance. + */ + static bool IsActive(); + + // Disallow copying and assigning. + Locker(const Locker&) = delete; + void operator=(const Locker&) = delete; + + private: + void Initialize(Isolate* isolate); + + bool has_lock_; + bool top_level_; + internal::Isolate* isolate_; +}; + +/** + * Various helpers for skipping over V8 frames in a given stack. + * + * The unwinder API is only supported on the x64 architecture. + */ +class V8_EXPORT Unwinder { + public: + /** + * Attempt to unwind the stack to the most recent C++ frame. This function is + * signal-safe and does not access any V8 state and thus doesn't require an + * Isolate. + * + * The unwinder needs to know the location of the JS Entry Stub (a piece of + * code that is run when C++ code calls into generated JS code). This is used + * for edge cases where the current frame is being constructed or torn down + * when the stack sample occurs. + * + * The unwinder also needs the virtual memory range of all possible V8 code + * objects. There are two ranges required - the heap code range and the range + * for code embedded in the binary. The V8 API provides all required inputs + * via an UnwindState object through the Isolate::GetUnwindState() API. These + * values will not change after Isolate initialization, so the same + * |unwind_state| can be used for multiple calls. + * + * \param unwind_state Input state for the Isolate that the stack comes from. + * \param register_state The current registers. This is an in-out param that + * will be overwritten with the register values after unwinding, on success. + * \param stack_base The resulting stack pointer and frame pointer values are + * bounds-checked against the stack_base and the original stack pointer value + * to ensure that they are valid locations in the given stack. If these values + * or any intermediate frame pointer values used during unwinding are ever out + * of these bounds, unwinding will fail. + * + * \return True on success. + */ + static bool TryUnwindV8Frames(const UnwindState& unwind_state, + RegisterState* register_state, + const void* stack_base); + + /** + * Whether the PC is within the V8 code range represented by code_range or + * embedded_code_range in |unwind_state|. + * + * If this returns false, then calling UnwindV8Frames() with the same PC + * and unwind_state will always fail. If it returns true, then unwinding may + * (but not necessarily) be successful. + */ + static bool PCIsInV8(const UnwindState& unwind_state, void* pc); +}; + +// --- Implementation --- + +template <class T> +Local<T> Local<T>::New(Isolate* isolate, Local<T> that) { + return New(isolate, that.val_); +} + +template <class T> +Local<T> Local<T>::New(Isolate* isolate, const PersistentBase<T>& that) { + return New(isolate, that.val_); +} + +template <class T> +Local<T> Local<T>::New(Isolate* isolate, const TracedReferenceBase<T>& that) { + return New(isolate, that.val_); +} + +template <class T> +Local<T> Local<T>::New(Isolate* isolate, T* that) { + if (that == nullptr) return Local<T>(); + T* that_ptr = that; + internal::Address* p = reinterpret_cast<internal::Address*>(that_ptr); + return Local<T>(reinterpret_cast<T*>(HandleScope::CreateHandle( + reinterpret_cast<internal::Isolate*>(isolate), *p))); +} + + +template<class T> +template<class S> +void Eternal<T>::Set(Isolate* isolate, Local<S> handle) { + TYPE_CHECK(T, S); + val_ = reinterpret_cast<T*>( + V8::Eternalize(isolate, reinterpret_cast<Value*>(*handle))); +} + +template <class T> +Local<T> Eternal<T>::Get(Isolate* isolate) const { + // The eternal handle will never go away, so as with the roots, we don't even + // need to open a handle. + return Local<T>(val_); +} + + +template <class T> +Local<T> MaybeLocal<T>::ToLocalChecked() { + if (V8_UNLIKELY(val_ == nullptr)) V8::ToLocalEmpty(); + return Local<T>(val_); +} + + +template <class T> +void* WeakCallbackInfo<T>::GetInternalField(int index) const { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + if (index < 0 || index >= kEmbedderFieldsInWeakCallback) { + V8::InternalFieldOutOfBounds(index); + } +#endif + return embedder_fields_[index]; +} + + +template <class T> +T* PersistentBase<T>::New(Isolate* isolate, T* that) { + if (that == nullptr) return nullptr; + internal::Address* p = reinterpret_cast<internal::Address*>(that); + return reinterpret_cast<T*>( + V8::GlobalizeReference(reinterpret_cast<internal::Isolate*>(isolate), + p)); +} + + +template <class T, class M> +template <class S, class M2> +void Persistent<T, M>::Copy(const Persistent<S, M2>& that) { + TYPE_CHECK(T, S); + this->Reset(); + if (that.IsEmpty()) return; + internal::Address* p = reinterpret_cast<internal::Address*>(that.val_); + this->val_ = reinterpret_cast<T*>(V8::CopyGlobalReference(p)); + M::Copy(that, this); +} + +template <class T> +bool PersistentBase<T>::IsWeak() const { + typedef internal::Internals I; + if (this->IsEmpty()) return false; + return I::GetNodeState(reinterpret_cast<internal::Address*>(this->val_)) == + I::kNodeStateIsWeakValue; +} + + +template <class T> +void PersistentBase<T>::Reset() { + if (this->IsEmpty()) return; + V8::DisposeGlobal(reinterpret_cast<internal::Address*>(this->val_)); + val_ = nullptr; +} + + +template <class T> +template <class S> +void PersistentBase<T>::Reset(Isolate* isolate, const Local<S>& other) { + TYPE_CHECK(T, S); + Reset(); + if (other.IsEmpty()) return; + this->val_ = New(isolate, other.val_); +} + + +template <class T> +template <class S> +void PersistentBase<T>::Reset(Isolate* isolate, + const PersistentBase<S>& other) { + TYPE_CHECK(T, S); + Reset(); + if (other.IsEmpty()) return; + this->val_ = New(isolate, other.val_); +} + + +template <class T> +template <typename P> +V8_INLINE void PersistentBase<T>::SetWeak( + P* parameter, typename WeakCallbackInfo<P>::Callback callback, + WeakCallbackType type) { + typedef typename WeakCallbackInfo<void>::Callback Callback; + V8::MakeWeak(reinterpret_cast<internal::Address*>(this->val_), parameter, + reinterpret_cast<Callback>(callback), type); +} + +template <class T> +void PersistentBase<T>::SetWeak() { + V8::MakeWeak(reinterpret_cast<internal::Address**>(&this->val_)); +} + +template <class T> +template <typename P> +P* PersistentBase<T>::ClearWeak() { + return reinterpret_cast<P*>( + V8::ClearWeak(reinterpret_cast<internal::Address*>(this->val_))); +} + +template <class T> +void PersistentBase<T>::AnnotateStrongRetainer(const char* label) { + V8::AnnotateStrongRetainer(reinterpret_cast<internal::Address*>(this->val_), + label); +} + +template <class T> +void PersistentBase<T>::SetWrapperClassId(uint16_t class_id) { + typedef internal::Internals I; + if (this->IsEmpty()) return; + internal::Address* obj = reinterpret_cast<internal::Address*>(this->val_); + uint8_t* addr = reinterpret_cast<uint8_t*>(obj) + I::kNodeClassIdOffset; + *reinterpret_cast<uint16_t*>(addr) = class_id; +} + + +template <class T> +uint16_t PersistentBase<T>::WrapperClassId() const { + typedef internal::Internals I; + if (this->IsEmpty()) return 0; + internal::Address* obj = reinterpret_cast<internal::Address*>(this->val_); + uint8_t* addr = reinterpret_cast<uint8_t*>(obj) + I::kNodeClassIdOffset; + return *reinterpret_cast<uint16_t*>(addr); +} + +template <class T> +Global<T>::Global(Global&& other) : PersistentBase<T>(other.val_) { + if (other.val_ != nullptr) { + V8::MoveGlobalReference(reinterpret_cast<internal::Address**>(&other.val_), + reinterpret_cast<internal::Address**>(&this->val_)); + other.val_ = nullptr; + } +} + +template <class T> +template <class S> +Global<T>& Global<T>::operator=(Global<S>&& rhs) { + TYPE_CHECK(T, S); + if (this != &rhs) { + this->Reset(); + if (rhs.val_ != nullptr) { + this->val_ = rhs.val_; + V8::MoveGlobalReference( + reinterpret_cast<internal::Address**>(&rhs.val_), + reinterpret_cast<internal::Address**>(&this->val_)); + rhs.val_ = nullptr; + } + } + return *this; +} + +template <class T> +T* TracedReferenceBase<T>::New(Isolate* isolate, T* that, void* slot, + DestructionMode destruction_mode) { + if (that == nullptr) return nullptr; + internal::Address* p = reinterpret_cast<internal::Address*>(that); + return reinterpret_cast<T*>(V8::GlobalizeTracedReference( + reinterpret_cast<internal::Isolate*>(isolate), p, + reinterpret_cast<internal::Address*>(slot), + destruction_mode == kWithDestructor)); +} + +template <class T> +void TracedReferenceBase<T>::Reset() { + if (IsEmpty()) return; + V8::DisposeTracedGlobal(reinterpret_cast<internal::Address*>(val_)); + val_ = nullptr; +} + +template <class T> +template <class S> +void TracedGlobal<T>::Reset(Isolate* isolate, const Local<S>& other) { + TYPE_CHECK(T, S); + Reset(); + if (other.IsEmpty()) return; + this->val_ = this->New(isolate, other.val_, &this->val_, + TracedReferenceBase<T>::kWithDestructor); +} + +template <class T> +template <class S> +TracedGlobal<T>& TracedGlobal<T>::operator=(TracedGlobal<S>&& rhs) { + TYPE_CHECK(T, S); + *this = std::move(rhs.template As<T>()); + return *this; +} + +template <class T> +template <class S> +TracedGlobal<T>& TracedGlobal<T>::operator=(const TracedGlobal<S>& rhs) { + TYPE_CHECK(T, S); + *this = rhs.template As<T>(); + return *this; +} + +template <class T> +TracedGlobal<T>& TracedGlobal<T>::operator=(TracedGlobal&& rhs) { + if (this != &rhs) { + this->Reset(); + if (rhs.val_ != nullptr) { + this->val_ = rhs.val_; + V8::MoveTracedGlobalReference( + reinterpret_cast<internal::Address**>(&rhs.val_), + reinterpret_cast<internal::Address**>(&this->val_)); + rhs.val_ = nullptr; + } + } + return *this; +} + +template <class T> +TracedGlobal<T>& TracedGlobal<T>::operator=(const TracedGlobal& rhs) { + if (this != &rhs) { + this->Reset(); + if (rhs.val_ != nullptr) { + V8::CopyTracedGlobalReference( + reinterpret_cast<const internal::Address* const*>(&rhs.val_), + reinterpret_cast<internal::Address**>(&this->val_)); + } + } + return *this; +} + +template <class T> +template <class S> +void TracedReference<T>::Reset(Isolate* isolate, const Local<S>& other) { + TYPE_CHECK(T, S); + Reset(); + if (other.IsEmpty()) return; + this->val_ = this->New(isolate, other.val_, &this->val_, + TracedReferenceBase<T>::kWithoutDestructor); +} + +template <class T> +template <class S> +TracedReference<T>& TracedReference<T>::operator=(TracedReference<S>&& rhs) { + TYPE_CHECK(T, S); + *this = std::move(rhs.template As<T>()); + return *this; +} + +template <class T> +template <class S> +TracedReference<T>& TracedReference<T>::operator=( + const TracedReference<S>& rhs) { + TYPE_CHECK(T, S); + *this = rhs.template As<T>(); + return *this; +} + +template <class T> +TracedReference<T>& TracedReference<T>::operator=(TracedReference&& rhs) { + if (this != &rhs) { + this->Reset(); + if (rhs.val_ != nullptr) { + this->val_ = rhs.val_; + V8::MoveTracedGlobalReference( + reinterpret_cast<internal::Address**>(&rhs.val_), + reinterpret_cast<internal::Address**>(&this->val_)); + rhs.val_ = nullptr; + } + } + return *this; +} + +template <class T> +TracedReference<T>& TracedReference<T>::operator=(const TracedReference& rhs) { + if (this != &rhs) { + this->Reset(); + if (rhs.val_ != nullptr) { + V8::CopyTracedGlobalReference( + reinterpret_cast<const internal::Address* const*>(&rhs.val_), + reinterpret_cast<internal::Address**>(&this->val_)); + } + } + return *this; +} + +template <class T> +void TracedReferenceBase<T>::SetWrapperClassId(uint16_t class_id) { + typedef internal::Internals I; + if (IsEmpty()) return; + internal::Address* obj = reinterpret_cast<internal::Address*>(val_); + uint8_t* addr = reinterpret_cast<uint8_t*>(obj) + I::kNodeClassIdOffset; + *reinterpret_cast<uint16_t*>(addr) = class_id; +} + +template <class T> +uint16_t TracedReferenceBase<T>::WrapperClassId() const { + typedef internal::Internals I; + if (IsEmpty()) return 0; + internal::Address* obj = reinterpret_cast<internal::Address*>(val_); + uint8_t* addr = reinterpret_cast<uint8_t*>(obj) + I::kNodeClassIdOffset; + return *reinterpret_cast<uint16_t*>(addr); +} + +template <class T> +void TracedGlobal<T>::SetFinalizationCallback( + void* parameter, typename WeakCallbackInfo<void>::Callback callback) { + V8::SetFinalizationCallbackTraced( + reinterpret_cast<internal::Address*>(this->val_), parameter, callback); +} + +template <class T> +void TracedReference<T>::SetFinalizationCallback( + void* parameter, typename WeakCallbackInfo<void>::Callback callback) { + V8::SetFinalizationCallbackTraced( + reinterpret_cast<internal::Address*>(this->val_), parameter, callback); +} + +template <typename T> +ReturnValue<T>::ReturnValue(internal::Address* slot) : value_(slot) {} + +template <typename T> +template <typename S> +void ReturnValue<T>::Set(const Global<S>& handle) { + TYPE_CHECK(T, S); + if (V8_UNLIKELY(handle.IsEmpty())) { + *value_ = GetDefaultValue(); + } else { + *value_ = *reinterpret_cast<internal::Address*>(*handle); + } +} + +template <typename T> +template <typename S> +void ReturnValue<T>::Set(const TracedReferenceBase<S>& handle) { + TYPE_CHECK(T, S); + if (V8_UNLIKELY(handle.IsEmpty())) { + *value_ = GetDefaultValue(); + } else { + *value_ = *reinterpret_cast<internal::Address*>(handle.val_); + } +} + +template <typename T> +template <typename S> +void ReturnValue<T>::Set(const Local<S> handle) { + TYPE_CHECK(T, S); + if (V8_UNLIKELY(handle.IsEmpty())) { + *value_ = GetDefaultValue(); + } else { + *value_ = *reinterpret_cast<internal::Address*>(*handle); + } +} + +template<typename T> +void ReturnValue<T>::Set(double i) { + TYPE_CHECK(T, Number); + Set(Number::New(GetIsolate(), i)); +} + +template<typename T> +void ReturnValue<T>::Set(int32_t i) { + TYPE_CHECK(T, Integer); + typedef internal::Internals I; + if (V8_LIKELY(I::IsValidSmi(i))) { + *value_ = I::IntToSmi(i); + return; + } + Set(Integer::New(GetIsolate(), i)); +} + +template<typename T> +void ReturnValue<T>::Set(uint32_t i) { + TYPE_CHECK(T, Integer); + // Can't simply use INT32_MAX here for whatever reason. + bool fits_into_int32_t = (i & (1U << 31)) == 0; + if (V8_LIKELY(fits_into_int32_t)) { + Set(static_cast<int32_t>(i)); + return; + } + Set(Integer::NewFromUnsigned(GetIsolate(), i)); +} + +template<typename T> +void ReturnValue<T>::Set(bool value) { + TYPE_CHECK(T, Boolean); + typedef internal::Internals I; + int root_index; + if (value) { + root_index = I::kTrueValueRootIndex; + } else { + root_index = I::kFalseValueRootIndex; + } + *value_ = *I::GetRoot(GetIsolate(), root_index); +} + +template<typename T> +void ReturnValue<T>::SetNull() { + TYPE_CHECK(T, Primitive); + typedef internal::Internals I; + *value_ = *I::GetRoot(GetIsolate(), I::kNullValueRootIndex); +} + +template<typename T> +void ReturnValue<T>::SetUndefined() { + TYPE_CHECK(T, Primitive); + typedef internal::Internals I; + *value_ = *I::GetRoot(GetIsolate(), I::kUndefinedValueRootIndex); +} + +template<typename T> +void ReturnValue<T>::SetEmptyString() { + TYPE_CHECK(T, String); + typedef internal::Internals I; + *value_ = *I::GetRoot(GetIsolate(), I::kEmptyStringRootIndex); +} + +template <typename T> +Isolate* ReturnValue<T>::GetIsolate() const { + // Isolate is always the pointer below the default value on the stack. + return *reinterpret_cast<Isolate**>(&value_[-2]); +} + +template <typename T> +Local<Value> ReturnValue<T>::Get() const { + typedef internal::Internals I; + if (*value_ == *I::GetRoot(GetIsolate(), I::kTheHoleValueRootIndex)) + return Local<Value>(*Undefined(GetIsolate())); + return Local<Value>::New(GetIsolate(), reinterpret_cast<Value*>(value_)); +} + +template <typename T> +template <typename S> +void ReturnValue<T>::Set(S* whatever) { + // Uncompilable to prevent inadvertent misuse. + TYPE_CHECK(S*, Primitive); +} + +template <typename T> +internal::Address ReturnValue<T>::GetDefaultValue() { + // Default value is always the pointer below value_ on the stack. + return value_[-1]; +} + +template <typename T> +FunctionCallbackInfo<T>::FunctionCallbackInfo(internal::Address* implicit_args, + internal::Address* values, + int length) + : implicit_args_(implicit_args), values_(values), length_(length) {} + +template<typename T> +Local<Value> FunctionCallbackInfo<T>::operator[](int i) const { + if (i < 0 || length_ <= i) return Local<Value>(*Undefined(GetIsolate())); + return Local<Value>(reinterpret_cast<Value*>(values_ - i)); +} + + +template<typename T> +Local<Object> FunctionCallbackInfo<T>::This() const { + return Local<Object>(reinterpret_cast<Object*>(values_ + 1)); +} + + +template<typename T> +Local<Object> FunctionCallbackInfo<T>::Holder() const { + return Local<Object>(reinterpret_cast<Object*>( + &implicit_args_[kHolderIndex])); +} + +template <typename T> +Local<Value> FunctionCallbackInfo<T>::NewTarget() const { + return Local<Value>( + reinterpret_cast<Value*>(&implicit_args_[kNewTargetIndex])); +} + +template <typename T> +Local<Value> FunctionCallbackInfo<T>::Data() const { + return Local<Value>(reinterpret_cast<Value*>(&implicit_args_[kDataIndex])); +} + + +template<typename T> +Isolate* FunctionCallbackInfo<T>::GetIsolate() const { + return *reinterpret_cast<Isolate**>(&implicit_args_[kIsolateIndex]); +} + + +template<typename T> +ReturnValue<T> FunctionCallbackInfo<T>::GetReturnValue() const { + return ReturnValue<T>(&implicit_args_[kReturnValueIndex]); +} + + +template<typename T> +bool FunctionCallbackInfo<T>::IsConstructCall() const { + return !NewTarget()->IsUndefined(); +} + + +template<typename T> +int FunctionCallbackInfo<T>::Length() const { + return length_; +} + +ScriptOrigin::ScriptOrigin(Local<Value> resource_name, + Local<Integer> resource_line_offset, + Local<Integer> resource_column_offset, + Local<Boolean> resource_is_shared_cross_origin, + Local<Integer> script_id, + Local<Value> source_map_url, + Local<Boolean> resource_is_opaque, + Local<Boolean> is_wasm, Local<Boolean> is_module, + Local<PrimitiveArray> host_defined_options) + : resource_name_(resource_name), + resource_line_offset_(resource_line_offset), + resource_column_offset_(resource_column_offset), + options_(!resource_is_shared_cross_origin.IsEmpty() && + resource_is_shared_cross_origin->IsTrue(), + !resource_is_opaque.IsEmpty() && resource_is_opaque->IsTrue(), + !is_wasm.IsEmpty() && is_wasm->IsTrue(), + !is_module.IsEmpty() && is_module->IsTrue()), + script_id_(script_id), + source_map_url_(source_map_url), + host_defined_options_(host_defined_options) {} + +Local<Value> ScriptOrigin::ResourceName() const { return resource_name_; } + +Local<PrimitiveArray> ScriptOrigin::HostDefinedOptions() const { + return host_defined_options_; +} + +Local<Integer> ScriptOrigin::ResourceLineOffset() const { + return resource_line_offset_; +} + + +Local<Integer> ScriptOrigin::ResourceColumnOffset() const { + return resource_column_offset_; +} + + +Local<Integer> ScriptOrigin::ScriptID() const { return script_id_; } + + +Local<Value> ScriptOrigin::SourceMapUrl() const { return source_map_url_; } + +ScriptCompiler::Source::Source(Local<String> string, const ScriptOrigin& origin, + CachedData* data) + : source_string(string), + resource_name(origin.ResourceName()), + resource_line_offset(origin.ResourceLineOffset()), + resource_column_offset(origin.ResourceColumnOffset()), + resource_options(origin.Options()), + source_map_url(origin.SourceMapUrl()), + host_defined_options(origin.HostDefinedOptions()), + cached_data(data) {} + +ScriptCompiler::Source::Source(Local<String> string, + CachedData* data) + : source_string(string), cached_data(data) {} + + +ScriptCompiler::Source::~Source() { + delete cached_data; +} + + +const ScriptCompiler::CachedData* ScriptCompiler::Source::GetCachedData() + const { + return cached_data; +} + +const ScriptOriginOptions& ScriptCompiler::Source::GetResourceOptions() const { + return resource_options; +} + +Local<Boolean> Boolean::New(Isolate* isolate, bool value) { + return value ? True(isolate) : False(isolate); +} + +void Template::Set(Isolate* isolate, const char* name, Local<Data> value) { + Set(String::NewFromUtf8(isolate, name, NewStringType::kInternalized) + .ToLocalChecked(), + value); +} + +FunctionTemplate* FunctionTemplate::Cast(Data* data) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckCast(data); +#endif + return reinterpret_cast<FunctionTemplate*>(data); +} + +ObjectTemplate* ObjectTemplate::Cast(Data* data) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckCast(data); +#endif + return reinterpret_cast<ObjectTemplate*>(data); +} + +Signature* Signature::Cast(Data* data) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckCast(data); +#endif + return reinterpret_cast<Signature*>(data); +} + +AccessorSignature* AccessorSignature::Cast(Data* data) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckCast(data); +#endif + return reinterpret_cast<AccessorSignature*>(data); +} + +Local<Value> Object::GetInternalField(int index) { +#ifndef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + typedef internal::Address A; + typedef internal::Internals I; + A obj = *reinterpret_cast<A*>(this); + // Fast path: If the object is a plain JSObject, which is the common case, we + // know where to find the internal fields and can return the value directly. + auto instance_type = I::GetInstanceType(obj); + if (instance_type == I::kJSObjectType || + instance_type == I::kJSApiObjectType || + instance_type == I::kJSSpecialApiObjectType) { + int offset = I::kJSObjectHeaderSize + (I::kEmbedderDataSlotSize * index); + A value = I::ReadRawField<A>(obj, offset); +#ifdef V8_COMPRESS_POINTERS + // We read the full pointer value and then decompress it in order to avoid + // dealing with potential endiannes issues. + value = I::DecompressTaggedAnyField(obj, static_cast<int32_t>(value)); +#endif + internal::Isolate* isolate = + internal::IsolateFromNeverReadOnlySpaceObject(obj); + A* result = HandleScope::CreateHandle(isolate, value); + return Local<Value>(reinterpret_cast<Value*>(result)); + } +#endif + return SlowGetInternalField(index); +} + + +void* Object::GetAlignedPointerFromInternalField(int index) { +#ifndef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + typedef internal::Address A; + typedef internal::Internals I; + A obj = *reinterpret_cast<A*>(this); + // Fast path: If the object is a plain JSObject, which is the common case, we + // know where to find the internal fields and can return the value directly. + auto instance_type = I::GetInstanceType(obj); + if (V8_LIKELY(instance_type == I::kJSObjectType || + instance_type == I::kJSApiObjectType || + instance_type == I::kJSSpecialApiObjectType)) { + int offset = I::kJSObjectHeaderSize + (I::kEmbedderDataSlotSize * index); + return I::ReadRawField<void*>(obj, offset); + } +#endif + return SlowGetAlignedPointerFromInternalField(index); +} + +String* String::Cast(v8::Value* value) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckCast(value); +#endif + return static_cast<String*>(value); +} + + +Local<String> String::Empty(Isolate* isolate) { + typedef internal::Address S; + typedef internal::Internals I; + I::CheckInitialized(isolate); + S* slot = I::GetRoot(isolate, I::kEmptyStringRootIndex); + return Local<String>(reinterpret_cast<String*>(slot)); +} + + +String::ExternalStringResource* String::GetExternalStringResource() const { + typedef internal::Address A; + typedef internal::Internals I; + A obj = *reinterpret_cast<const A*>(this); + + ExternalStringResource* result; + if (I::IsExternalTwoByteString(I::GetInstanceType(obj))) { + void* value = I::ReadRawField<void*>(obj, I::kStringResourceOffset); + result = reinterpret_cast<String::ExternalStringResource*>(value); + } else { + result = GetExternalStringResourceSlow(); + } +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + VerifyExternalStringResource(result); +#endif + return result; +} + + +String::ExternalStringResourceBase* String::GetExternalStringResourceBase( + String::Encoding* encoding_out) const { + typedef internal::Address A; + typedef internal::Internals I; + A obj = *reinterpret_cast<const A*>(this); + int type = I::GetInstanceType(obj) & I::kFullStringRepresentationMask; + *encoding_out = static_cast<Encoding>(type & I::kStringEncodingMask); + ExternalStringResourceBase* resource; + if (type == I::kExternalOneByteRepresentationTag || + type == I::kExternalTwoByteRepresentationTag) { + void* value = I::ReadRawField<void*>(obj, I::kStringResourceOffset); + resource = static_cast<ExternalStringResourceBase*>(value); + } else { + resource = GetExternalStringResourceBaseSlow(encoding_out); + } +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + VerifyExternalStringResourceBase(resource, *encoding_out); +#endif + return resource; +} + + +bool Value::IsUndefined() const { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + return FullIsUndefined(); +#else + return QuickIsUndefined(); +#endif +} + +bool Value::QuickIsUndefined() const { + typedef internal::Address A; + typedef internal::Internals I; + A obj = *reinterpret_cast<const A*>(this); + if (!I::HasHeapObjectTag(obj)) return false; + if (I::GetInstanceType(obj) != I::kOddballType) return false; + return (I::GetOddballKind(obj) == I::kUndefinedOddballKind); +} + + +bool Value::IsNull() const { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + return FullIsNull(); +#else + return QuickIsNull(); +#endif +} + +bool Value::QuickIsNull() const { + typedef internal::Address A; + typedef internal::Internals I; + A obj = *reinterpret_cast<const A*>(this); + if (!I::HasHeapObjectTag(obj)) return false; + if (I::GetInstanceType(obj) != I::kOddballType) return false; + return (I::GetOddballKind(obj) == I::kNullOddballKind); +} + +bool Value::IsNullOrUndefined() const { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + return FullIsNull() || FullIsUndefined(); +#else + return QuickIsNullOrUndefined(); +#endif +} + +bool Value::QuickIsNullOrUndefined() const { + typedef internal::Address A; + typedef internal::Internals I; + A obj = *reinterpret_cast<const A*>(this); + if (!I::HasHeapObjectTag(obj)) return false; + if (I::GetInstanceType(obj) != I::kOddballType) return false; + int kind = I::GetOddballKind(obj); + return kind == I::kNullOddballKind || kind == I::kUndefinedOddballKind; +} + +bool Value::IsString() const { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + return FullIsString(); +#else + return QuickIsString(); +#endif +} + +bool Value::QuickIsString() const { + typedef internal::Address A; + typedef internal::Internals I; + A obj = *reinterpret_cast<const A*>(this); + if (!I::HasHeapObjectTag(obj)) return false; + return (I::GetInstanceType(obj) < I::kFirstNonstringType); +} + + +template <class T> Value* Value::Cast(T* value) { + return static_cast<Value*>(value); +} + + +Boolean* Boolean::Cast(v8::Value* value) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckCast(value); +#endif + return static_cast<Boolean*>(value); +} + + +Name* Name::Cast(v8::Value* value) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckCast(value); +#endif + return static_cast<Name*>(value); +} + + +Symbol* Symbol::Cast(v8::Value* value) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckCast(value); +#endif + return static_cast<Symbol*>(value); +} + + +Private* Private::Cast(Data* data) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckCast(data); +#endif + return reinterpret_cast<Private*>(data); +} + + +Number* Number::Cast(v8::Value* value) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckCast(value); +#endif + return static_cast<Number*>(value); +} + + +Integer* Integer::Cast(v8::Value* value) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckCast(value); +#endif + return static_cast<Integer*>(value); +} + + +Int32* Int32::Cast(v8::Value* value) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckCast(value); +#endif + return static_cast<Int32*>(value); +} + + +Uint32* Uint32::Cast(v8::Value* value) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckCast(value); +#endif + return static_cast<Uint32*>(value); +} + +BigInt* BigInt::Cast(v8::Value* value) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckCast(value); +#endif + return static_cast<BigInt*>(value); +} + +Date* Date::Cast(v8::Value* value) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckCast(value); +#endif + return static_cast<Date*>(value); +} + + +StringObject* StringObject::Cast(v8::Value* value) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckCast(value); +#endif + return static_cast<StringObject*>(value); +} + + +SymbolObject* SymbolObject::Cast(v8::Value* value) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckCast(value); +#endif + return static_cast<SymbolObject*>(value); +} + + +NumberObject* NumberObject::Cast(v8::Value* value) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckCast(value); +#endif + return static_cast<NumberObject*>(value); +} + +BigIntObject* BigIntObject::Cast(v8::Value* value) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckCast(value); +#endif + return static_cast<BigIntObject*>(value); +} + +BooleanObject* BooleanObject::Cast(v8::Value* value) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckCast(value); +#endif + return static_cast<BooleanObject*>(value); +} + + +RegExp* RegExp::Cast(v8::Value* value) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckCast(value); +#endif + return static_cast<RegExp*>(value); +} + + +Object* Object::Cast(v8::Value* value) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckCast(value); +#endif + return static_cast<Object*>(value); +} + + +Array* Array::Cast(v8::Value* value) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckCast(value); +#endif + return static_cast<Array*>(value); +} + + +Map* Map::Cast(v8::Value* value) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckCast(value); +#endif + return static_cast<Map*>(value); +} + + +Set* Set::Cast(v8::Value* value) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckCast(value); +#endif + return static_cast<Set*>(value); +} + + +Promise* Promise::Cast(v8::Value* value) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckCast(value); +#endif + return static_cast<Promise*>(value); +} + + +Proxy* Proxy::Cast(v8::Value* value) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckCast(value); +#endif + return static_cast<Proxy*>(value); +} + +WasmModuleObject* WasmModuleObject::Cast(v8::Value* value) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckCast(value); +#endif + return static_cast<WasmModuleObject*>(value); +} + +Promise::Resolver* Promise::Resolver::Cast(v8::Value* value) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckCast(value); +#endif + return static_cast<Promise::Resolver*>(value); +} + + +ArrayBuffer* ArrayBuffer::Cast(v8::Value* value) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckCast(value); +#endif + return static_cast<ArrayBuffer*>(value); +} + + +ArrayBufferView* ArrayBufferView::Cast(v8::Value* value) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckCast(value); +#endif + return static_cast<ArrayBufferView*>(value); +} + + +TypedArray* TypedArray::Cast(v8::Value* value) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckCast(value); +#endif + return static_cast<TypedArray*>(value); +} + + +Uint8Array* Uint8Array::Cast(v8::Value* value) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckCast(value); +#endif + return static_cast<Uint8Array*>(value); +} + + +Int8Array* Int8Array::Cast(v8::Value* value) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckCast(value); +#endif + return static_cast<Int8Array*>(value); +} + + +Uint16Array* Uint16Array::Cast(v8::Value* value) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckCast(value); +#endif + return static_cast<Uint16Array*>(value); +} + + +Int16Array* Int16Array::Cast(v8::Value* value) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckCast(value); +#endif + return static_cast<Int16Array*>(value); +} + + +Uint32Array* Uint32Array::Cast(v8::Value* value) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckCast(value); +#endif + return static_cast<Uint32Array*>(value); +} + + +Int32Array* Int32Array::Cast(v8::Value* value) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckCast(value); +#endif + return static_cast<Int32Array*>(value); +} + + +Float32Array* Float32Array::Cast(v8::Value* value) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckCast(value); +#endif + return static_cast<Float32Array*>(value); +} + + +Float64Array* Float64Array::Cast(v8::Value* value) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckCast(value); +#endif + return static_cast<Float64Array*>(value); +} + +BigInt64Array* BigInt64Array::Cast(v8::Value* value) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckCast(value); +#endif + return static_cast<BigInt64Array*>(value); +} + +BigUint64Array* BigUint64Array::Cast(v8::Value* value) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckCast(value); +#endif + return static_cast<BigUint64Array*>(value); +} + +Uint8ClampedArray* Uint8ClampedArray::Cast(v8::Value* value) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckCast(value); +#endif + return static_cast<Uint8ClampedArray*>(value); +} + + +DataView* DataView::Cast(v8::Value* value) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckCast(value); +#endif + return static_cast<DataView*>(value); +} + + +SharedArrayBuffer* SharedArrayBuffer::Cast(v8::Value* value) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckCast(value); +#endif + return static_cast<SharedArrayBuffer*>(value); +} + + +Function* Function::Cast(v8::Value* value) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckCast(value); +#endif + return static_cast<Function*>(value); +} + + +External* External::Cast(v8::Value* value) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckCast(value); +#endif + return static_cast<External*>(value); +} + + +template<typename T> +Isolate* PropertyCallbackInfo<T>::GetIsolate() const { + return *reinterpret_cast<Isolate**>(&args_[kIsolateIndex]); +} + + +template<typename T> +Local<Value> PropertyCallbackInfo<T>::Data() const { + return Local<Value>(reinterpret_cast<Value*>(&args_[kDataIndex])); +} + + +template<typename T> +Local<Object> PropertyCallbackInfo<T>::This() const { + return Local<Object>(reinterpret_cast<Object*>(&args_[kThisIndex])); +} + + +template<typename T> +Local<Object> PropertyCallbackInfo<T>::Holder() const { + return Local<Object>(reinterpret_cast<Object*>(&args_[kHolderIndex])); +} + + +template<typename T> +ReturnValue<T> PropertyCallbackInfo<T>::GetReturnValue() const { + return ReturnValue<T>(&args_[kReturnValueIndex]); +} + +template <typename T> +bool PropertyCallbackInfo<T>::ShouldThrowOnError() const { + typedef internal::Internals I; + if (args_[kShouldThrowOnErrorIndex] != + I::IntToSmi(I::kInferShouldThrowMode)) { + return args_[kShouldThrowOnErrorIndex] != I::IntToSmi(I::kDontThrow); + } + return v8::internal::ShouldThrowOnError( + reinterpret_cast<v8::internal::Isolate*>(GetIsolate())); +} + +Local<Primitive> Undefined(Isolate* isolate) { + typedef internal::Address S; + typedef internal::Internals I; + I::CheckInitialized(isolate); + S* slot = I::GetRoot(isolate, I::kUndefinedValueRootIndex); + return Local<Primitive>(reinterpret_cast<Primitive*>(slot)); +} + + +Local<Primitive> Null(Isolate* isolate) { + typedef internal::Address S; + typedef internal::Internals I; + I::CheckInitialized(isolate); + S* slot = I::GetRoot(isolate, I::kNullValueRootIndex); + return Local<Primitive>(reinterpret_cast<Primitive*>(slot)); +} + + +Local<Boolean> True(Isolate* isolate) { + typedef internal::Address S; + typedef internal::Internals I; + I::CheckInitialized(isolate); + S* slot = I::GetRoot(isolate, I::kTrueValueRootIndex); + return Local<Boolean>(reinterpret_cast<Boolean*>(slot)); +} + + +Local<Boolean> False(Isolate* isolate) { + typedef internal::Address S; + typedef internal::Internals I; + I::CheckInitialized(isolate); + S* slot = I::GetRoot(isolate, I::kFalseValueRootIndex); + return Local<Boolean>(reinterpret_cast<Boolean*>(slot)); +} + + +void Isolate::SetData(uint32_t slot, void* data) { + typedef internal::Internals I; + I::SetEmbedderData(this, slot, data); +} + + +void* Isolate::GetData(uint32_t slot) { + typedef internal::Internals I; + return I::GetEmbedderData(this, slot); +} + + +uint32_t Isolate::GetNumberOfDataSlots() { + typedef internal::Internals I; + return I::kNumIsolateDataSlots; +} + +template <class T> +MaybeLocal<T> Isolate::GetDataFromSnapshotOnce(size_t index) { + T* data = reinterpret_cast<T*>(GetDataFromSnapshotOnce(index)); + if (data) internal::PerformCastCheck(data); + return Local<T>(data); +} + +int64_t Isolate::AdjustAmountOfExternalAllocatedMemory( + int64_t change_in_bytes) { + typedef internal::Internals I; + constexpr int64_t kMemoryReducerActivationLimit = 32 * 1024 * 1024; + int64_t* external_memory = reinterpret_cast<int64_t*>( + reinterpret_cast<uint8_t*>(this) + I::kExternalMemoryOffset); + int64_t* external_memory_limit = reinterpret_cast<int64_t*>( + reinterpret_cast<uint8_t*>(this) + I::kExternalMemoryLimitOffset); + int64_t* external_memory_at_last_mc = + reinterpret_cast<int64_t*>(reinterpret_cast<uint8_t*>(this) + + I::kExternalMemoryAtLastMarkCompactOffset); + + // Embedders are weird: we see both over- and underflows here. Perform the + // addition with unsigned types to avoid undefined behavior. + const int64_t amount = + static_cast<int64_t>(static_cast<uint64_t>(change_in_bytes) + + static_cast<uint64_t>(*external_memory)); + *external_memory = amount; + + int64_t allocation_diff_since_last_mc = + static_cast<int64_t>(static_cast<uint64_t>(*external_memory) - + static_cast<uint64_t>(*external_memory_at_last_mc)); + // Only check memory pressure and potentially trigger GC if the amount of + // external memory increased. + if (allocation_diff_since_last_mc > kMemoryReducerActivationLimit) { + CheckMemoryPressure(); + } + + if (change_in_bytes < 0) { + const int64_t lower_limit = + static_cast<int64_t>(static_cast<uint64_t>(*external_memory_limit) + + static_cast<uint64_t>(change_in_bytes)); + if (lower_limit > I::kExternalAllocationSoftLimit) { + *external_memory_limit = lower_limit; + } + } else if (change_in_bytes > 0 && amount > *external_memory_limit) { + ReportExternalAllocationLimitReached(); + } + return *external_memory; +} + +Local<Value> Context::GetEmbedderData(int index) { +#ifndef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + typedef internal::Address A; + typedef internal::Internals I; + A ctx = *reinterpret_cast<const A*>(this); + A embedder_data = + I::ReadTaggedPointerField(ctx, I::kNativeContextEmbedderDataOffset); + int value_offset = + I::kEmbedderDataArrayHeaderSize + (I::kEmbedderDataSlotSize * index); + A value = I::ReadRawField<A>(embedder_data, value_offset); +#ifdef V8_COMPRESS_POINTERS + // We read the full pointer value and then decompress it in order to avoid + // dealing with potential endiannes issues. + value = + I::DecompressTaggedAnyField(embedder_data, static_cast<int32_t>(value)); +#endif + internal::Isolate* isolate = internal::IsolateFromNeverReadOnlySpaceObject( + *reinterpret_cast<A*>(this)); + A* result = HandleScope::CreateHandle(isolate, value); + return Local<Value>(reinterpret_cast<Value*>(result)); +#else + return SlowGetEmbedderData(index); +#endif +} + + +void* Context::GetAlignedPointerFromEmbedderData(int index) { +#ifndef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + typedef internal::Address A; + typedef internal::Internals I; + A ctx = *reinterpret_cast<const A*>(this); + A embedder_data = + I::ReadTaggedPointerField(ctx, I::kNativeContextEmbedderDataOffset); + int value_offset = + I::kEmbedderDataArrayHeaderSize + (I::kEmbedderDataSlotSize * index); + return I::ReadRawField<void*>(embedder_data, value_offset); +#else + return SlowGetAlignedPointerFromEmbedderData(index); +#endif +} + +template <class T> +MaybeLocal<T> Context::GetDataFromSnapshotOnce(size_t index) { + T* data = reinterpret_cast<T*>(GetDataFromSnapshotOnce(index)); + if (data) internal::PerformCastCheck(data); + return Local<T>(data); +} + +template <class T> +size_t SnapshotCreator::AddData(Local<Context> context, Local<T> object) { + T* object_ptr = *object; + internal::Address* p = reinterpret_cast<internal::Address*>(object_ptr); + return AddData(context, *p); +} + +template <class T> +size_t SnapshotCreator::AddData(Local<T> object) { + T* object_ptr = *object; + internal::Address* p = reinterpret_cast<internal::Address*>(object_ptr); + return AddData(*p); +} + +/** + * \example shell.cc + * A simple shell that takes a list of expressions on the + * command-line and executes them. + */ + + +/** + * \example process.cc + */ + + +} // namespace v8 + + +#undef TYPE_CHECK + + +#endif // INCLUDE_V8_H_ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8config.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8config.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2307dbe5 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8config.h @@ -0,0 +1,466 @@ +// Copyright 2013 the V8 project authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license that can be +// found in the LICENSE file. + +#ifndef V8CONFIG_H_ +#define V8CONFIG_H_ + +// clang-format off + +// Platform headers for feature detection below. +#if defined(__ANDROID__) +# include <sys/cdefs.h> +#elif defined(__APPLE__) +# include <TargetConditionals.h> +#elif defined(__linux__) +# include <features.h> +#endif + + +// This macro allows to test for the version of the GNU C library (or +// a compatible C library that masquerades as glibc). It evaluates to +// 0 if libc is not GNU libc or compatible. +// Use like: +// #if V8_GLIBC_PREREQ(2, 3) +// ... +// #endif +#if defined(__GLIBC__) && defined(__GLIBC_MINOR__) +# define V8_GLIBC_PREREQ(major, minor) \ + ((__GLIBC__ * 100 + __GLIBC_MINOR__) >= ((major) * 100 + (minor))) +#else +# define V8_GLIBC_PREREQ(major, minor) 0 +#endif + + +// This macro allows to test for the version of the GNU C++ compiler. +// Note that this also applies to compilers that masquerade as GCC, +// for example clang and the Intel C++ compiler for Linux. +// Use like: +// #if V8_GNUC_PREREQ(4, 3, 1) +// ... +// #endif +#if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__GNUC_MINOR__) && defined(__GNUC_PATCHLEVEL__) +# define V8_GNUC_PREREQ(major, minor, patchlevel) \ + ((__GNUC__ * 10000 + __GNUC_MINOR__ * 100 + __GNUC_PATCHLEVEL__) >= \ + ((major) * 10000 + (minor) * 100 + (patchlevel))) +#elif defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__GNUC_MINOR__) +# define V8_GNUC_PREREQ(major, minor, patchlevel) \ + ((__GNUC__ * 10000 + __GNUC_MINOR__ * 100) >= \ + ((major) * 10000 + (minor) * 100 + (patchlevel))) +#else +# define V8_GNUC_PREREQ(major, minor, patchlevel) 0 +#endif + + + +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Operating system detection (host) +// +// V8_OS_ANDROID - Android +// V8_OS_BSD - BSDish (Mac OS X, Net/Free/Open/DragonFlyBSD) +// V8_OS_CYGWIN - Cygwin +// V8_OS_DRAGONFLYBSD - DragonFlyBSD +// V8_OS_FREEBSD - FreeBSD +// V8_OS_FUCHSIA - Fuchsia +// V8_OS_LINUX - Linux +// V8_OS_MACOSX - Mac OS X +// V8_OS_IOS - iOS +// V8_OS_NETBSD - NetBSD +// V8_OS_OPENBSD - OpenBSD +// V8_OS_POSIX - POSIX compatible (mostly everything except Windows) +// V8_OS_QNX - QNX Neutrino +// V8_OS_SOLARIS - Sun Solaris and OpenSolaris +// V8_OS_AIX - AIX +// V8_OS_WIN - Microsoft Windows + +#if defined(__ANDROID__) +# define V8_OS_ANDROID 1 +# define V8_OS_LINUX 1 +# define V8_OS_POSIX 1 +#elif defined(__APPLE__) +# define V8_OS_BSD 1 +# define V8_OS_MACOSX 1 +# define V8_OS_POSIX 1 +# if defined(TARGET_OS_IPHONE) && TARGET_OS_IPHONE +# define V8_OS_IOS 1 +# endif // defined(TARGET_OS_IPHONE) && TARGET_OS_IPHONE +#elif defined(__CYGWIN__) +# define V8_OS_CYGWIN 1 +# define V8_OS_POSIX 1 +#elif defined(__linux__) +# define V8_OS_LINUX 1 +# define V8_OS_POSIX 1 +#elif defined(__sun) +# define V8_OS_POSIX 1 +# define V8_OS_SOLARIS 1 +#elif defined(_AIX) +#define V8_OS_POSIX 1 +#define V8_OS_AIX 1 +#elif defined(__FreeBSD__) +# define V8_OS_BSD 1 +# define V8_OS_FREEBSD 1 +# define V8_OS_POSIX 1 +#elif defined(__Fuchsia__) +# define V8_OS_FUCHSIA 1 +# define V8_OS_POSIX 1 +#elif defined(__DragonFly__) +# define V8_OS_BSD 1 +# define V8_OS_DRAGONFLYBSD 1 +# define V8_OS_POSIX 1 +#elif defined(__NetBSD__) +# define V8_OS_BSD 1 +# define V8_OS_NETBSD 1 +# define V8_OS_POSIX 1 +#elif defined(__OpenBSD__) +# define V8_OS_BSD 1 +# define V8_OS_OPENBSD 1 +# define V8_OS_POSIX 1 +#elif defined(__QNXNTO__) +# define V8_OS_POSIX 1 +# define V8_OS_QNX 1 +#elif defined(_WIN32) +# define V8_OS_WIN 1 +#endif + +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Operating system detection (target) +// +// V8_TARGET_OS_ANDROID +// V8_TARGET_OS_FUCHSIA +// V8_TARGET_OS_IOS +// V8_TARGET_OS_LINUX +// V8_TARGET_OS_MACOSX +// V8_TARGET_OS_WIN +// +// If not set explicitly, these fall back to corresponding V8_OS_ values. + +#ifdef V8_HAVE_TARGET_OS + +// The target OS is provided, just check that at least one known value is set. +# if !defined(V8_TARGET_OS_ANDROID) \ + && !defined(V8_TARGET_OS_FUCHSIA) \ + && !defined(V8_TARGET_OS_IOS) \ + && !defined(V8_TARGET_OS_LINUX) \ + && !defined(V8_TARGET_OS_MACOSX) \ + && !defined(V8_TARGET_OS_WIN) +# error No known target OS defined. +# endif + +#else // V8_HAVE_TARGET_OS + +# if defined(V8_TARGET_OS_ANDROID) \ + || defined(V8_TARGET_OS_FUCHSIA) \ + || defined(V8_TARGET_OS_IOS) \ + || defined(V8_TARGET_OS_LINUX) \ + || defined(V8_TARGET_OS_MACOSX) \ + || defined(V8_TARGET_OS_WIN) +# error A target OS is defined but V8_HAVE_TARGET_OS is unset. +# endif + +// Fall back to the detected host OS. +#ifdef V8_OS_ANDROID +# define V8_TARGET_OS_ANDROID +#endif + +#ifdef V8_OS_FUCHSIA +# define V8_TARGET_OS_FUCHSIA +#endif + +#ifdef V8_OS_IOS +# define V8_TARGET_OS_IOS +#endif + +#ifdef V8_OS_LINUX +# define V8_TARGET_OS_LINUX +#endif + +#ifdef V8_OS_MACOSX +# define V8_TARGET_OS_MACOSX +#endif + +#ifdef V8_OS_WIN +# define V8_TARGET_OS_WIN +#endif + +#endif // V8_HAVE_TARGET_OS + +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// C library detection +// +// V8_LIBC_MSVCRT - MSVC libc +// V8_LIBC_BIONIC - Bionic libc +// V8_LIBC_BSD - BSD libc derivate +// V8_LIBC_GLIBC - GNU C library +// V8_LIBC_UCLIBC - uClibc +// +// Note that testing for libc must be done using #if not #ifdef. For example, +// to test for the GNU C library, use: +// #if V8_LIBC_GLIBC +// ... +// #endif + +#if defined (_MSC_VER) +# define V8_LIBC_MSVCRT 1 +#elif defined(__BIONIC__) +# define V8_LIBC_BIONIC 1 +# define V8_LIBC_BSD 1 +#elif defined(__UCLIBC__) +// Must test for UCLIBC before GLIBC, as UCLIBC pretends to be GLIBC. +# define V8_LIBC_UCLIBC 1 +#elif defined(__GLIBC__) || defined(__GNU_LIBRARY__) +# define V8_LIBC_GLIBC 1 +#else +# define V8_LIBC_BSD V8_OS_BSD +#endif + + +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Compiler detection +// +// V8_CC_GNU - GCC, or clang in gcc mode +// V8_CC_INTEL - Intel C++ +// V8_CC_MINGW - Minimalist GNU for Windows +// V8_CC_MINGW32 - Minimalist GNU for Windows (mingw32) +// V8_CC_MINGW64 - Minimalist GNU for Windows (mingw-w64) +// V8_CC_MSVC - Microsoft Visual C/C++, or clang in cl.exe mode +// +// C++11 feature detection +// +// Compiler-specific feature detection +// +// V8_HAS_ATTRIBUTE_ALWAYS_INLINE - __attribute__((always_inline)) +// supported +// V8_HAS_ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL - __attribute__((nonnull)) supported +// V8_HAS_ATTRIBUTE_NOINLINE - __attribute__((noinline)) supported +// V8_HAS_ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED - __attribute__((unused)) supported +// V8_HAS_ATTRIBUTE_VISIBILITY - __attribute__((visibility)) supported +// V8_HAS_ATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT - __attribute__((warn_unused_result)) +// supported +// V8_HAS_BUILTIN_BSWAP16 - __builtin_bswap16() supported +// V8_HAS_BUILTIN_BSWAP32 - __builtin_bswap32() supported +// V8_HAS_BUILTIN_BSWAP64 - __builtin_bswap64() supported +// V8_HAS_BUILTIN_CLZ - __builtin_clz() supported +// V8_HAS_BUILTIN_CTZ - __builtin_ctz() supported +// V8_HAS_BUILTIN_EXPECT - __builtin_expect() supported +// V8_HAS_BUILTIN_FRAME_ADDRESS - __builtin_frame_address() supported +// V8_HAS_BUILTIN_POPCOUNT - __builtin_popcount() supported +// V8_HAS_BUILTIN_SADD_OVERFLOW - __builtin_sadd_overflow() supported +// V8_HAS_BUILTIN_SSUB_OVERFLOW - __builtin_ssub_overflow() supported +// V8_HAS_BUILTIN_UADD_OVERFLOW - __builtin_uadd_overflow() supported +// V8_HAS_COMPUTED_GOTO - computed goto/labels as values +// supported +// V8_HAS_DECLSPEC_NOINLINE - __declspec(noinline) supported +// V8_HAS_DECLSPEC_SELECTANY - __declspec(selectany) supported +// V8_HAS___FORCEINLINE - __forceinline supported +// +// Note that testing for compilers and/or features must be done using #if +// not #ifdef. For example, to test for Intel C++ Compiler, use: +// #if V8_CC_INTEL +// ... +// #endif + +#if defined(__clang__) + +#if defined(__GNUC__) // Clang in gcc mode. +# define V8_CC_GNU 1 +#endif + +# define V8_HAS_ATTRIBUTE_ALWAYS_INLINE (__has_attribute(always_inline)) +# define V8_HAS_ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL (__has_attribute(nonnull)) +# define V8_HAS_ATTRIBUTE_NOINLINE (__has_attribute(noinline)) +# define V8_HAS_ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED (__has_attribute(unused)) +# define V8_HAS_ATTRIBUTE_VISIBILITY (__has_attribute(visibility)) +# define V8_HAS_ATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT \ + (__has_attribute(warn_unused_result)) + +# define V8_HAS_BUILTIN_ASSUME_ALIGNED (__has_builtin(__builtin_assume_aligned)) +# define V8_HAS_BUILTIN_BSWAP16 (__has_builtin(__builtin_bswap16)) +# define V8_HAS_BUILTIN_BSWAP32 (__has_builtin(__builtin_bswap32)) +# define V8_HAS_BUILTIN_BSWAP64 (__has_builtin(__builtin_bswap64)) +# define V8_HAS_BUILTIN_CLZ (__has_builtin(__builtin_clz)) +# define V8_HAS_BUILTIN_CTZ (__has_builtin(__builtin_ctz)) +# define V8_HAS_BUILTIN_EXPECT (__has_builtin(__builtin_expect)) +# define V8_HAS_BUILTIN_FRAME_ADDRESS (__has_builtin(__builtin_frame_address)) +# define V8_HAS_BUILTIN_POPCOUNT (__has_builtin(__builtin_popcount)) +# define V8_HAS_BUILTIN_SADD_OVERFLOW (__has_builtin(__builtin_sadd_overflow)) +# define V8_HAS_BUILTIN_SSUB_OVERFLOW (__has_builtin(__builtin_ssub_overflow)) +# define V8_HAS_BUILTIN_UADD_OVERFLOW (__has_builtin(__builtin_uadd_overflow)) + +// Clang has no __has_feature for computed gotos. +// GCC doc: https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Labels-as-Values.html +# define V8_HAS_COMPUTED_GOTO 1 + +// Whether constexpr has full C++14 semantics, in particular that non-constexpr +// code is allowed as long as it's not executed for any constexpr instantiation. +# define V8_HAS_CXX14_CONSTEXPR 1 + +#elif defined(__GNUC__) + +# define V8_CC_GNU 1 +# if defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) // Intel C++ also masquerades as GCC 3.2.0 +# define V8_CC_INTEL 1 +# endif +# if defined(__MINGW32__) +# define V8_CC_MINGW32 1 +# endif +# if defined(__MINGW64__) +# define V8_CC_MINGW64 1 +# endif +# define V8_CC_MINGW (V8_CC_MINGW32 || V8_CC_MINGW64) + +// always_inline is available in gcc 4.0 but not very reliable until 4.4. +// Works around "sorry, unimplemented: inlining failed" build errors with +// older compilers. +# define V8_HAS_ATTRIBUTE_ALWAYS_INLINE 1 +# define V8_HAS_ATTRIBUTE_NOINLINE 1 +# define V8_HAS_ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED 1 +# define V8_HAS_ATTRIBUTE_VISIBILITY 1 +# define V8_HAS_ATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT (!V8_CC_INTEL) + +# define V8_HAS_BUILTIN_ASSUME_ALIGNED 1 +# define V8_HAS_BUILTIN_CLZ 1 +# define V8_HAS_BUILTIN_CTZ 1 +# define V8_HAS_BUILTIN_EXPECT 1 +# define V8_HAS_BUILTIN_FRAME_ADDRESS 1 +# define V8_HAS_BUILTIN_POPCOUNT 1 + +// GCC doc: https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Labels-as-Values.html +#define V8_HAS_COMPUTED_GOTO 1 + +// Whether constexpr has full C++14 semantics, in particular that non-constexpr +// code is allowed as long as it's not executed for any constexpr instantiation. +// GCC only supports this since version 6. +# define V8_HAS_CXX14_CONSTEXPR (V8_GNUC_PREREQ(6, 0, 0)) + +#endif + +#if defined(_MSC_VER) +# define V8_CC_MSVC 1 + +# define V8_HAS_DECLSPEC_NOINLINE 1 +# define V8_HAS_DECLSPEC_SELECTANY 1 + +# define V8_HAS___FORCEINLINE 1 + +#endif + + +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Helper macros + +// A macro used to make better inlining. Don't bother for debug builds. +// Use like: +// V8_INLINE int GetZero() { return 0; } +#if !defined(DEBUG) && V8_HAS_ATTRIBUTE_ALWAYS_INLINE +# define V8_INLINE inline __attribute__((always_inline)) +#elif !defined(DEBUG) && V8_HAS___FORCEINLINE +# define V8_INLINE __forceinline +#else +# define V8_INLINE inline +#endif + +#if V8_HAS_BUILTIN_ASSUME_ALIGNED +# define V8_ASSUME_ALIGNED(ptr, alignment) \ + __builtin_assume_aligned((ptr), (alignment)) +#else +# define V8_ASSUME_ALIGNED(ptr, alignment) (ptr) +#endif + + +// A macro to mark specific arguments as non-null. +// Use like: +// int add(int* x, int y, int* z) V8_NONNULL(1, 3) { return *x + y + *z; } +#if V8_HAS_ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL +# define V8_NONNULL(...) __attribute__((nonnull(__VA_ARGS__))) +#else +# define V8_NONNULL(...) /* NOT SUPPORTED */ +#endif + + +// A macro used to tell the compiler to never inline a particular function. +// Don't bother for debug builds. +// Use like: +// V8_NOINLINE int GetMinusOne() { return -1; } +#if !defined(DEBUG) && V8_HAS_ATTRIBUTE_NOINLINE +# define V8_NOINLINE __attribute__((noinline)) +#elif !defined(DEBUG) && V8_HAS_DECLSPEC_NOINLINE +# define V8_NOINLINE __declspec(noinline) +#else +# define V8_NOINLINE /* NOT SUPPORTED */ +#endif + + +// A macro (V8_DEPRECATED) to mark classes or functions as deprecated. +#if defined(V8_DEPRECATION_WARNINGS) +# define V8_DEPRECATED(message) [[deprecated(message)]] +#else +# define V8_DEPRECATED(message) +#endif + + +// A macro (V8_DEPRECATE_SOON) to make it easier to see what will be deprecated. +#if defined(V8_IMMINENT_DEPRECATION_WARNINGS) +# define V8_DEPRECATE_SOON(message) [[deprecated(message)]] +#else +# define V8_DEPRECATE_SOON(message) +#endif + + +// A macro to provide the compiler with branch prediction information. +#if V8_HAS_BUILTIN_EXPECT +# define V8_UNLIKELY(condition) (__builtin_expect(!!(condition), 0)) +# define V8_LIKELY(condition) (__builtin_expect(!!(condition), 1)) +#else +# define V8_UNLIKELY(condition) (condition) +# define V8_LIKELY(condition) (condition) +#endif + + +// Annotate a function indicating the caller must examine the return value. +// Use like: +// int foo() V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT; +#if V8_HAS_ATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT +#define V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT __attribute__((warn_unused_result)) +#else +#define V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT /* NOT SUPPORTED */ +#endif + +#if defined(BUILDING_V8_SHARED) && defined(USING_V8_SHARED) +#error Inconsistent build configuration: To build the V8 shared library \ +set BUILDING_V8_SHARED, to include its headers for linking against the \ +V8 shared library set USING_V8_SHARED. +#endif + +#ifdef V8_OS_WIN + +// Setup for Windows DLL export/import. When building the V8 DLL the +// BUILDING_V8_SHARED needs to be defined. When building a program which uses +// the V8 DLL USING_V8_SHARED needs to be defined. When either building the V8 +// static library or building a program which uses the V8 static library neither +// BUILDING_V8_SHARED nor USING_V8_SHARED should be defined. +#ifdef BUILDING_V8_SHARED +# define V8_EXPORT __declspec(dllexport) +#elif USING_V8_SHARED +# define V8_EXPORT __declspec(dllimport) +#else +# define V8_EXPORT +#endif // BUILDING_V8_SHARED + +#else // V8_OS_WIN + +// Setup for Linux shared library export. +#if V8_HAS_ATTRIBUTE_VISIBILITY +# ifdef BUILDING_V8_SHARED +# define V8_EXPORT __attribute__ ((visibility("default"))) +# else +# define V8_EXPORT +# endif +#else +# define V8_EXPORT +#endif + +#endif // V8_OS_WIN + +// clang-format on + +#endif // V8CONFIG_H_ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/APIDesign.md b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/APIDesign.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8830fff7 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/APIDesign.md @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +# The V8 public C++ API + +# Overview + +The V8 public C++ API aims to support four use cases: + +1. Enable applications that embed V8 (called the embedder) to configure and run + one or more instances of V8. +2. Expose ECMAScript-like capabilities to the embedder. +3. Enable the embedder to interact with ECMAScript by exposing API objects. +4. Provide access to the V8 debugger (inspector). + +# Configuring and running an instance of V8 + +V8 requires access to certain OS-level primitives such as the ability to +schedule work on threads, or allocate memory. + +The embedder can define how to access those primitives via the v8::Platform +interface. While V8 bundles a basic implementation, embedders are highly +encouraged to implement v8::Platform themselves. + +Currently, the v8::ArrayBuffer::Allocator is passed to the v8::Isolate factory +method, however, conceptually it should also be part of the v8::Platform since +all instances of V8 should share one allocator. + +Once the v8::Platform is configured, an v8::Isolate can be created. All +further interactions with V8 should explicitly reference the v8::Isolate they +refer to. All API methods should eventually take an v8::Isolate parameter. + +When a given instance of V8 is no longer needed, it can be destroyed by +disposing the respective v8::Isolate. If the embedder wishes to free all memory +associated with the v8::Isolate, it has to first clear all global handles +associated with that v8::Isolate. + +# ECMAScript-like capabilities + +In general, the C++ API shouldn't enable capabilities that aren't available to +scripts running in V8. Experience has shown that it's not possible to maintain +such API methods in the long term. However, capabilities also available to +scripts, i.e., ones that are defined in the ECMAScript standard are there to +stay, and we can safely expose them to embedders. + +The C++ API should also be pleasant to use, and not require learning new +paradigms. Similarly to how the API exposed to scripts aims to provide good +ergonomics, we should aim to provide a reasonable developer experience for this +API surface. + +ECMAScript makes heavy use of exceptions, however, V8's C++ code doesn't use +C++ exceptions. Therefore, all API methods that can throw exceptions should +indicate so by returning a v8::Maybe<> or v8::MaybeLocal<> result, +and by taking a v8::Local<v8::Context> parameter that indicates in which +context a possible exception should be thrown. + +# API objects + +V8 allows embedders to define special objects that expose additional +capabilities and APIs to scripts. The most prominent example is exposing the +HTML DOM in Blink. Other examples are e.g. node.js. It is less clear what kind +of capabilities we want to expose via this API surface. As a rule of thumb, we +want to expose operations as defined in the WebIDL and HTML spec: we +assume that those requirements are somewhat stable, and that they are a +superset of the requirements of other embedders including node.js. + +Ideally, the API surfaces defined in those specs hook into the ECMAScript spec +which in turn guarantees long-term stability of the API. + +# The V8 inspector + +All debugging capabilities of V8 should be exposed via the inspector protocol. diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/DEPS b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/DEPS new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ca60f841 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/DEPS @@ -0,0 +1,4 @@ +include_rules = [ + # v8-inspector-protocol.h depends on generated files under include/inspector. + "+inspector", +] diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/OWNERS b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/OWNERS new file mode 100644 index 00000000..28f038f8 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/OWNERS @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +adamk@chromium.org +danno@chromium.org + +per-file v8-inspector.h=dgozman@chromium.org +per-file v8-inspector.h=pfeldman@chromium.org +per-file v8-inspector-protocol.h=dgozman@chromium.org +per-file v8-inspector-protocol.h=pfeldman@chromium.org + +# COMPONENT: Blink>JavaScript>API diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/PRESUBMIT.py b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/PRESUBMIT.py new file mode 100644 index 00000000..386f2e50 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/PRESUBMIT.py @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +# Copyright 2017 the V8 project authors. All rights reserved.') +# Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license that can be +# found in the LICENSE file. + +"""Presubmit script for //v8/include + +See http://dev.chromium.org/developers/how-tos/depottools/presubmit-scripts +for more details about the presubmit API built into depot_tools. +""" + +import os + + +def PostUploadHook(cl, change, output_api): + """git cl upload will call this hook after the issue is created/modified. + + This hook adds extra try bots to the CL description in order to run layout + tests in addition to CQ try bots. + """ + def header_filter(f): + return '.h' in os.path.split(f.LocalPath())[1] + if not change.AffectedFiles(file_filter=header_filter): + return [] + return output_api.EnsureCQIncludeTrybotsAreAdded( + cl, + [ + 'master.tryserver.chromium.linux:linux_chromium_rel_ng' + ], + 'Automatically added layout test trybots to run tests on CQ.') diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/libplatform/DEPS b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/libplatform/DEPS new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d8bcf998 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/libplatform/DEPS @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +include_rules = [ + "+libplatform/libplatform-export.h", +] + +specific_include_rules = { + "libplatform\.h": [ + "+libplatform/v8-tracing.h", + ], +} diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/libplatform/libplatform-export.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/libplatform/libplatform-export.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..15618434 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/libplatform/libplatform-export.h @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +// Copyright 2016 the V8 project authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license that can be +// found in the LICENSE file. + +#ifndef V8_LIBPLATFORM_LIBPLATFORM_EXPORT_H_ +#define V8_LIBPLATFORM_LIBPLATFORM_EXPORT_H_ + +#if defined(_WIN32) + +#ifdef BUILDING_V8_PLATFORM_SHARED +#define V8_PLATFORM_EXPORT __declspec(dllexport) +#elif USING_V8_PLATFORM_SHARED +#define V8_PLATFORM_EXPORT __declspec(dllimport) +#else +#define V8_PLATFORM_EXPORT +#endif // BUILDING_V8_PLATFORM_SHARED + +#else // defined(_WIN32) + +// Setup for Linux shared library export. +#ifdef BUILDING_V8_PLATFORM_SHARED +#define V8_PLATFORM_EXPORT __attribute__((visibility("default"))) +#else +#define V8_PLATFORM_EXPORT +#endif + +#endif // defined(_WIN32) + +#endif // V8_LIBPLATFORM_LIBPLATFORM_EXPORT_H_ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/libplatform/libplatform.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/libplatform/libplatform.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..04b47b8d --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/libplatform/libplatform.h @@ -0,0 +1,94 @@ +// Copyright 2014 the V8 project authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license that can be +// found in the LICENSE file. + +#ifndef V8_LIBPLATFORM_LIBPLATFORM_H_ +#define V8_LIBPLATFORM_LIBPLATFORM_H_ + +#include "libplatform/libplatform-export.h" +#include "libplatform/v8-tracing.h" +#include "v8-platform.h" // NOLINT(build/include) +#include "v8config.h" // NOLINT(build/include) + +namespace v8 { +namespace platform { + +enum class IdleTaskSupport { kDisabled, kEnabled }; +enum class InProcessStackDumping { kDisabled, kEnabled }; + +enum class MessageLoopBehavior : bool { + kDoNotWait = false, + kWaitForWork = true +}; + +/** + * Returns a new instance of the default v8::Platform implementation. + * + * The caller will take ownership of the returned pointer. |thread_pool_size| + * is the number of worker threads to allocate for background jobs. If a value + * of zero is passed, a suitable default based on the current number of + * processors online will be chosen. + * If |idle_task_support| is enabled then the platform will accept idle + * tasks (IdleTasksEnabled will return true) and will rely on the embedder + * calling v8::platform::RunIdleTasks to process the idle tasks. + * If |tracing_controller| is nullptr, the default platform will create a + * v8::platform::TracingController instance and use it. + */ +V8_PLATFORM_EXPORT std::unique_ptr<v8::Platform> NewDefaultPlatform( + int thread_pool_size = 0, + IdleTaskSupport idle_task_support = IdleTaskSupport::kDisabled, + InProcessStackDumping in_process_stack_dumping = + InProcessStackDumping::kEnabled, + std::unique_ptr<v8::TracingController> tracing_controller = {}); + +V8_PLATFORM_EXPORT V8_DEPRECATE_SOON( + "Use NewDefaultPlatform instead", + v8::Platform* CreateDefaultPlatform( + int thread_pool_size = 0, + IdleTaskSupport idle_task_support = IdleTaskSupport::kDisabled, + InProcessStackDumping in_process_stack_dumping = + InProcessStackDumping::kEnabled, + v8::TracingController* tracing_controller = nullptr)); + +/** + * Pumps the message loop for the given isolate. + * + * The caller has to make sure that this is called from the right thread. + * Returns true if a task was executed, and false otherwise. Unless requested + * through the |behavior| parameter, this call does not block if no task is + * pending. The |platform| has to be created using |NewDefaultPlatform|. + */ +V8_PLATFORM_EXPORT bool PumpMessageLoop( + v8::Platform* platform, v8::Isolate* isolate, + MessageLoopBehavior behavior = MessageLoopBehavior::kDoNotWait); + +V8_PLATFORM_EXPORT void EnsureEventLoopInitialized(v8::Platform* platform, + v8::Isolate* isolate); + +/** + * Runs pending idle tasks for at most |idle_time_in_seconds| seconds. + * + * The caller has to make sure that this is called from the right thread. + * This call does not block if no task is pending. The |platform| has to be + * created using |NewDefaultPlatform|. + */ +V8_PLATFORM_EXPORT void RunIdleTasks(v8::Platform* platform, + v8::Isolate* isolate, + double idle_time_in_seconds); + +/** + * Attempts to set the tracing controller for the given platform. + * + * The |platform| has to be created using |NewDefaultPlatform|. + * + */ +V8_PLATFORM_EXPORT V8_DEPRECATE_SOON( + "Access the DefaultPlatform directly", + void SetTracingController( + v8::Platform* platform, + v8::platform::tracing::TracingController* tracing_controller)); + +} // namespace platform +} // namespace v8 + +#endif // V8_LIBPLATFORM_LIBPLATFORM_H_ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/libplatform/v8-tracing.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/libplatform/v8-tracing.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9dcf3d7b --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/libplatform/v8-tracing.h @@ -0,0 +1,295 @@ +// Copyright 2016 the V8 project authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license that can be +// found in the LICENSE file. + +#ifndef V8_LIBPLATFORM_V8_TRACING_H_ +#define V8_LIBPLATFORM_V8_TRACING_H_ + +#include <fstream> +#include <memory> +#include <unordered_set> +#include <vector> + +#include "libplatform/libplatform-export.h" +#include "v8-platform.h" // NOLINT(build/include) + +namespace v8 { + +namespace base { +class Mutex; +} // namespace base + +namespace platform { +namespace tracing { + +const int kTraceMaxNumArgs = 2; + +class V8_PLATFORM_EXPORT TraceObject { + public: + union ArgValue { + bool as_bool; + uint64_t as_uint; + int64_t as_int; + double as_double; + const void* as_pointer; + const char* as_string; + }; + + TraceObject() {} + ~TraceObject(); + void Initialize( + char phase, const uint8_t* category_enabled_flag, const char* name, + const char* scope, uint64_t id, uint64_t bind_id, int num_args, + const char** arg_names, const uint8_t* arg_types, + const uint64_t* arg_values, + std::unique_ptr<v8::ConvertableToTraceFormat>* arg_convertables, + unsigned int flags, int64_t timestamp, int64_t cpu_timestamp); + void UpdateDuration(int64_t timestamp, int64_t cpu_timestamp); + void InitializeForTesting( + char phase, const uint8_t* category_enabled_flag, const char* name, + const char* scope, uint64_t id, uint64_t bind_id, int num_args, + const char** arg_names, const uint8_t* arg_types, + const uint64_t* arg_values, + std::unique_ptr<v8::ConvertableToTraceFormat>* arg_convertables, + unsigned int flags, int pid, int tid, int64_t ts, int64_t tts, + uint64_t duration, uint64_t cpu_duration); + + int pid() const { return pid_; } + int tid() const { return tid_; } + char phase() const { return phase_; } + const uint8_t* category_enabled_flag() const { + return category_enabled_flag_; + } + const char* name() const { return name_; } + const char* scope() const { return scope_; } + uint64_t id() const { return id_; } + uint64_t bind_id() const { return bind_id_; } + int num_args() const { return num_args_; } + const char** arg_names() { return arg_names_; } + uint8_t* arg_types() { return arg_types_; } + ArgValue* arg_values() { return arg_values_; } + std::unique_ptr<v8::ConvertableToTraceFormat>* arg_convertables() { + return arg_convertables_; + } + unsigned int flags() const { return flags_; } + int64_t ts() { return ts_; } + int64_t tts() { return tts_; } + uint64_t duration() { return duration_; } + uint64_t cpu_duration() { return cpu_duration_; } + + private: + int pid_; + int tid_; + char phase_; + const char* name_; + const char* scope_; + const uint8_t* category_enabled_flag_; + uint64_t id_; + uint64_t bind_id_; + int num_args_ = 0; + const char* arg_names_[kTraceMaxNumArgs]; + uint8_t arg_types_[kTraceMaxNumArgs]; + ArgValue arg_values_[kTraceMaxNumArgs]; + std::unique_ptr<v8::ConvertableToTraceFormat> + arg_convertables_[kTraceMaxNumArgs]; + char* parameter_copy_storage_ = nullptr; + unsigned int flags_; + int64_t ts_; + int64_t tts_; + uint64_t duration_; + uint64_t cpu_duration_; + + // Disallow copy and assign + TraceObject(const TraceObject&) = delete; + void operator=(const TraceObject&) = delete; +}; + +class V8_PLATFORM_EXPORT TraceWriter { + public: + TraceWriter() {} + virtual ~TraceWriter() {} + virtual void AppendTraceEvent(TraceObject* trace_event) = 0; + virtual void Flush() = 0; + + static TraceWriter* CreateJSONTraceWriter(std::ostream& stream); + + private: + // Disallow copy and assign + TraceWriter(const TraceWriter&) = delete; + void operator=(const TraceWriter&) = delete; +}; + +class V8_PLATFORM_EXPORT TraceBufferChunk { + public: + explicit TraceBufferChunk(uint32_t seq); + + void Reset(uint32_t new_seq); + bool IsFull() const { return next_free_ == kChunkSize; } + TraceObject* AddTraceEvent(size_t* event_index); + TraceObject* GetEventAt(size_t index) { return &chunk_[index]; } + + uint32_t seq() const { return seq_; } + size_t size() const { return next_free_; } + + static const size_t kChunkSize = 64; + + private: + size_t next_free_ = 0; + TraceObject chunk_[kChunkSize]; + uint32_t seq_; + + // Disallow copy and assign + TraceBufferChunk(const TraceBufferChunk&) = delete; + void operator=(const TraceBufferChunk&) = delete; +}; + +class V8_PLATFORM_EXPORT TraceBuffer { + public: + TraceBuffer() {} + virtual ~TraceBuffer() {} + + virtual TraceObject* AddTraceEvent(uint64_t* handle) = 0; + virtual TraceObject* GetEventByHandle(uint64_t handle) = 0; + virtual bool Flush() = 0; + + static const size_t kRingBufferChunks = 1024; + + static TraceBuffer* CreateTraceBufferRingBuffer(size_t max_chunks, + TraceWriter* trace_writer); + + private: + // Disallow copy and assign + TraceBuffer(const TraceBuffer&) = delete; + void operator=(const TraceBuffer&) = delete; +}; + +// Options determines how the trace buffer stores data. +enum TraceRecordMode { + // Record until the trace buffer is full. + RECORD_UNTIL_FULL, + + // Record until the user ends the trace. The trace buffer is a fixed size + // and we use it as a ring buffer during recording. + RECORD_CONTINUOUSLY, + + // Record until the trace buffer is full, but with a huge buffer size. + RECORD_AS_MUCH_AS_POSSIBLE, + + // Echo to console. Events are discarded. + ECHO_TO_CONSOLE, +}; + +class V8_PLATFORM_EXPORT TraceConfig { + public: + typedef std::vector<std::string> StringList; + + static TraceConfig* CreateDefaultTraceConfig(); + + TraceConfig() : enable_systrace_(false), enable_argument_filter_(false) {} + TraceRecordMode GetTraceRecordMode() const { return record_mode_; } + bool IsSystraceEnabled() const { return enable_systrace_; } + bool IsArgumentFilterEnabled() const { return enable_argument_filter_; } + + void SetTraceRecordMode(TraceRecordMode mode) { record_mode_ = mode; } + void EnableSystrace() { enable_systrace_ = true; } + void EnableArgumentFilter() { enable_argument_filter_ = true; } + + void AddIncludedCategory(const char* included_category); + + bool IsCategoryGroupEnabled(const char* category_group) const; + + private: + TraceRecordMode record_mode_; + bool enable_systrace_ : 1; + bool enable_argument_filter_ : 1; + StringList included_categories_; + + // Disallow copy and assign + TraceConfig(const TraceConfig&) = delete; + void operator=(const TraceConfig&) = delete; +}; + +#if defined(_MSC_VER) +#define V8_PLATFORM_NON_EXPORTED_BASE(code) \ + __pragma(warning(suppress : 4275)) code +#else +#define V8_PLATFORM_NON_EXPORTED_BASE(code) code +#endif // defined(_MSC_VER) + +class V8_PLATFORM_EXPORT TracingController + : public V8_PLATFORM_NON_EXPORTED_BASE(v8::TracingController) { + public: + enum Mode { DISABLED = 0, RECORDING_MODE }; + + // The pointer returned from GetCategoryGroupEnabledInternal() points to a + // value with zero or more of the following bits. Used in this class only. + // The TRACE_EVENT macros should only use the value as a bool. + // These values must be in sync with macro values in TraceEvent.h in Blink. + enum CategoryGroupEnabledFlags { + // Category group enabled for the recording mode. + ENABLED_FOR_RECORDING = 1 << 0, + // Category group enabled by SetEventCallbackEnabled(). + ENABLED_FOR_EVENT_CALLBACK = 1 << 2, + // Category group enabled to export events to ETW. + ENABLED_FOR_ETW_EXPORT = 1 << 3 + }; + + TracingController(); + ~TracingController() override; + void Initialize(TraceBuffer* trace_buffer); + + // v8::TracingController implementation. + const uint8_t* GetCategoryGroupEnabled(const char* category_group) override; + uint64_t AddTraceEvent( + char phase, const uint8_t* category_enabled_flag, const char* name, + const char* scope, uint64_t id, uint64_t bind_id, int32_t num_args, + const char** arg_names, const uint8_t* arg_types, + const uint64_t* arg_values, + std::unique_ptr<v8::ConvertableToTraceFormat>* arg_convertables, + unsigned int flags) override; + uint64_t AddTraceEventWithTimestamp( + char phase, const uint8_t* category_enabled_flag, const char* name, + const char* scope, uint64_t id, uint64_t bind_id, int32_t num_args, + const char** arg_names, const uint8_t* arg_types, + const uint64_t* arg_values, + std::unique_ptr<v8::ConvertableToTraceFormat>* arg_convertables, + unsigned int flags, int64_t timestamp) override; + void UpdateTraceEventDuration(const uint8_t* category_enabled_flag, + const char* name, uint64_t handle) override; + void AddTraceStateObserver( + v8::TracingController::TraceStateObserver* observer) override; + void RemoveTraceStateObserver( + v8::TracingController::TraceStateObserver* observer) override; + + void StartTracing(TraceConfig* trace_config); + void StopTracing(); + + static const char* GetCategoryGroupName(const uint8_t* category_enabled_flag); + + protected: + virtual int64_t CurrentTimestampMicroseconds(); + virtual int64_t CurrentCpuTimestampMicroseconds(); + + private: + const uint8_t* GetCategoryGroupEnabledInternal(const char* category_group); + void UpdateCategoryGroupEnabledFlag(size_t category_index); + void UpdateCategoryGroupEnabledFlags(); + + std::unique_ptr<TraceBuffer> trace_buffer_; + std::unique_ptr<TraceConfig> trace_config_; + std::unique_ptr<base::Mutex> mutex_; + std::unordered_set<v8::TracingController::TraceStateObserver*> observers_; + Mode mode_ = DISABLED; + + // Disallow copy and assign + TracingController(const TracingController&) = delete; + void operator=(const TracingController&) = delete; +}; + +#undef V8_PLATFORM_NON_EXPORTED_BASE + +} // namespace tracing +} // namespace platform +} // namespace v8 + +#endif // V8_LIBPLATFORM_V8_TRACING_H_ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/v8-debug.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/v8-debug.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..54c0f216 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/v8-debug.h @@ -0,0 +1,255 @@ +// Copyright 2008 the V8 project authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license that can be +// found in the LICENSE file. + +#ifndef V8_V8_DEBUG_H_ +#define V8_V8_DEBUG_H_ + +#include "v8.h" // NOLINT(build/include) + +/** + * ATTENTION: The debugger API exposed by this file is deprecated and will be + * removed by the end of 2017. Please use the V8 inspector declared + * in include/v8-inspector.h instead. + */ +namespace v8 { + +// Debug events which can occur in the V8 JavaScript engine. +enum DebugEvent { + Break = 1, + Exception = 2, + AfterCompile = 3, + CompileError = 4, + AsyncTaskEvent = 5, +}; + +class V8_EXPORT Debug { + public: + /** + * A client object passed to the v8 debugger whose ownership will be taken by + * it. v8 is always responsible for deleting the object. + */ + class ClientData { + public: + virtual ~ClientData() {} + }; + + + /** + * A message object passed to the debug message handler. + */ + class Message { + public: + /** + * Check type of message. + */ + virtual bool IsEvent() const = 0; + virtual bool IsResponse() const = 0; + virtual DebugEvent GetEvent() const = 0; + + /** + * Indicate whether this is a response to a continue command which will + * start the VM running after this is processed. + */ + virtual bool WillStartRunning() const = 0; + + /** + * Access to execution state and event data. Don't store these cross + * callbacks as their content becomes invalid. These objects are from the + * debugger event that started the debug message loop. + */ + virtual Local<Object> GetExecutionState() const = 0; + virtual Local<Object> GetEventData() const = 0; + + /** + * Get the debugger protocol JSON. + */ + virtual Local<String> GetJSON() const = 0; + + /** + * Get the context active when the debug event happened. Note this is not + * the current active context as the JavaScript part of the debugger is + * running in its own context which is entered at this point. + */ + virtual Local<Context> GetEventContext() const = 0; + + /** + * Client data passed with the corresponding request if any. This is the + * client_data data value passed into Debug::SendCommand along with the + * request that led to the message or NULL if the message is an event. The + * debugger takes ownership of the data and will delete it even if there is + * no message handler. + */ + virtual ClientData* GetClientData() const = 0; + + virtual Isolate* GetIsolate() const = 0; + + virtual ~Message() {} + }; + + /** + * An event details object passed to the debug event listener. + */ + class EventDetails { + public: + /** + * Event type. + */ + virtual DebugEvent GetEvent() const = 0; + + /** + * Access to execution state and event data of the debug event. Don't store + * these cross callbacks as their content becomes invalid. + */ + virtual Local<Object> GetExecutionState() const = 0; + virtual Local<Object> GetEventData() const = 0; + + /** + * Get the context active when the debug event happened. Note this is not + * the current active context as the JavaScript part of the debugger is + * running in its own context which is entered at this point. + */ + virtual Local<Context> GetEventContext() const = 0; + + /** + * Client data passed with the corresponding callback when it was + * registered. + */ + virtual Local<Value> GetCallbackData() const = 0; + + /** + * This is now a dummy that returns nullptr. + */ + virtual ClientData* GetClientData() const = 0; + + virtual Isolate* GetIsolate() const = 0; + + virtual ~EventDetails() {} + }; + + /** + * Debug event callback function. + * + * \param event_details object providing information about the debug event + * + * A EventCallback does not take possession of the event data, + * and must not rely on the data persisting after the handler returns. + */ + typedef void (*EventCallback)(const EventDetails& event_details); + + /** + * This is now a no-op. + */ + typedef void (*MessageHandler)(const Message& message); + + V8_DEPRECATED("No longer supported", static bool SetDebugEventListener( + Isolate* isolate, EventCallback that, + Local<Value> data = Local<Value>())); + + // Schedule a debugger break to happen when JavaScript code is run + // in the given isolate. + V8_DEPRECATED("No longer supported", + static void DebugBreak(Isolate* isolate)); + + // Remove scheduled debugger break in given isolate if it has not + // happened yet. + V8_DEPRECATED("No longer supported", + static void CancelDebugBreak(Isolate* isolate)); + + // Check if a debugger break is scheduled in the given isolate. + V8_DEPRECATED("No longer supported", + static bool CheckDebugBreak(Isolate* isolate)); + + // This is now a no-op. + V8_DEPRECATED("No longer supported", + static void SetMessageHandler(Isolate* isolate, + MessageHandler handler)); + + // This is now a no-op. + V8_DEPRECATED("No longer supported", + static void SendCommand(Isolate* isolate, + const uint16_t* command, int length, + ClientData* client_data = NULL)); + + /** + * Run a JavaScript function in the debugger. + * \param fun the function to call + * \param data passed as second argument to the function + * With this call the debugger is entered and the function specified is called + * with the execution state as the first argument. This makes it possible to + * get access to information otherwise not available during normal JavaScript + * execution e.g. details on stack frames. Receiver of the function call will + * be the debugger context global object, however this is a subject to change. + * The following example shows a JavaScript function which when passed to + * v8::Debug::Call will return the current line of JavaScript execution. + * + * \code + * function frame_source_line(exec_state) { + * return exec_state.frame(0).sourceLine(); + * } + * \endcode + */ + V8_DEPRECATED("No longer supported", + static MaybeLocal<Value> Call( + Local<Context> context, v8::Local<v8::Function> fun, + Local<Value> data = Local<Value>())); + + // This is now a no-op. + V8_DEPRECATED("No longer supported", + static void ProcessDebugMessages(Isolate* isolate)); + + /** + * Debugger is running in its own context which is entered while debugger + * messages are being dispatched. This is an explicit getter for this + * debugger context. Note that the content of the debugger context is subject + * to change. The Context exists only when the debugger is active, i.e. at + * least one DebugEventListener or MessageHandler is set. + */ + V8_DEPRECATED("Use v8-inspector", + static Local<Context> GetDebugContext(Isolate* isolate)); + + /** + * While in the debug context, this method returns the top-most non-debug + * context, if it exists. + */ + V8_DEPRECATED( + "No longer supported", + static MaybeLocal<Context> GetDebuggedContext(Isolate* isolate)); + + /** + * Enable/disable LiveEdit functionality for the given Isolate + * (default Isolate if not provided). V8 will abort if LiveEdit is + * unexpectedly used. LiveEdit is enabled by default. + */ + V8_DEPRECATED("No longer supported", + static void SetLiveEditEnabled(Isolate* isolate, bool enable)); + + /** + * Returns array of internal properties specific to the value type. Result has + * the following format: [<name>, <value>,...,<name>, <value>]. Result array + * will be allocated in the current context. + */ + V8_DEPRECATED("No longer supported", + static MaybeLocal<Array> GetInternalProperties( + Isolate* isolate, Local<Value> value)); + + /** + * Defines if the ES2015 tail call elimination feature is enabled or not. + * The change of this flag triggers deoptimization of all functions that + * contain calls at tail position. + */ + V8_DEPRECATED("No longer supported", + static bool IsTailCallEliminationEnabled(Isolate* isolate)); + V8_DEPRECATED("No longer supported", + static void SetTailCallEliminationEnabled(Isolate* isolate, + bool enabled)); +}; + + +} // namespace v8 + + +#undef EXPORT + + +#endif // V8_V8_DEBUG_H_ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/v8-inspector-protocol.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/v8-inspector-protocol.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..612a2ebc --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/v8-inspector-protocol.h @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +// Copyright 2016 the V8 project authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license that can be +// found in the LICENSE file. + +#ifndef V8_V8_INSPECTOR_PROTOCOL_H_ +#define V8_V8_INSPECTOR_PROTOCOL_H_ + +#include "inspector/Debugger.h" // NOLINT(build/include) +#include "inspector/Runtime.h" // NOLINT(build/include) +#include "inspector/Schema.h" // NOLINT(build/include) +#include "v8-inspector.h" // NOLINT(build/include) + +#endif // V8_V8_INSPECTOR_PROTOCOL_H_ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/v8-inspector.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/v8-inspector.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6de8234f --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/v8-inspector.h @@ -0,0 +1,289 @@ +// Copyright 2016 the V8 project authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license that can be +// found in the LICENSE file. + +#ifndef V8_V8_INSPECTOR_H_ +#define V8_V8_INSPECTOR_H_ + +#include <stdint.h> +#include <cctype> + +#include <memory> + +#include "v8.h" // NOLINT(build/include) + +namespace v8_inspector { + +namespace protocol { +namespace Debugger { +namespace API { +class SearchMatch; +} +} +namespace Runtime { +namespace API { +class RemoteObject; +class StackTrace; +} +} +namespace Schema { +namespace API { +class Domain; +} +} +} // namespace protocol + +class V8_EXPORT StringView { + public: + StringView() : m_is8Bit(true), m_length(0), m_characters8(nullptr) {} + + StringView(const uint8_t* characters, size_t length) + : m_is8Bit(true), m_length(length), m_characters8(characters) {} + + StringView(const uint16_t* characters, size_t length) + : m_is8Bit(false), m_length(length), m_characters16(characters) {} + + bool is8Bit() const { return m_is8Bit; } + size_t length() const { return m_length; } + + // TODO(dgozman): add DCHECK(m_is8Bit) to accessors once platform can be used + // here. + const uint8_t* characters8() const { return m_characters8; } + const uint16_t* characters16() const { return m_characters16; } + + private: + bool m_is8Bit; + size_t m_length; + union { + const uint8_t* m_characters8; + const uint16_t* m_characters16; + }; +}; + +class V8_EXPORT StringBuffer { + public: + virtual ~StringBuffer() {} + virtual const StringView& string() = 0; + // This method copies contents. + static std::unique_ptr<StringBuffer> create(const StringView&); +}; + +class V8_EXPORT V8ContextInfo { + public: + V8ContextInfo(v8::Local<v8::Context> context, int contextGroupId, + const StringView& humanReadableName) + : context(context), + contextGroupId(contextGroupId), + humanReadableName(humanReadableName), + hasMemoryOnConsole(false) {} + + v8::Local<v8::Context> context; + // Each v8::Context is a part of a group. The group id must be non-zero. + int contextGroupId; + StringView humanReadableName; + StringView origin; + StringView auxData; + bool hasMemoryOnConsole; + + static int executionContextId(v8::Local<v8::Context> context); + + private: + // Disallow copying and allocating this one. + enum NotNullTagEnum { NotNullLiteral }; + void* operator new(size_t) = delete; + void* operator new(size_t, NotNullTagEnum, void*) = delete; + void* operator new(size_t, void*) = delete; + V8ContextInfo(const V8ContextInfo&) = delete; + V8ContextInfo& operator=(const V8ContextInfo&) = delete; +}; + +class V8_EXPORT V8StackTrace { + public: + virtual bool isEmpty() const = 0; + virtual StringView topSourceURL() const = 0; + virtual int topLineNumber() const = 0; + virtual int topColumnNumber() const = 0; + virtual StringView topScriptId() const = 0; + virtual StringView topFunctionName() const = 0; + + virtual ~V8StackTrace() {} + virtual std::unique_ptr<protocol::Runtime::API::StackTrace> + buildInspectorObject() const = 0; + virtual std::unique_ptr<StringBuffer> toString() const = 0; + + // Safe to pass between threads, drops async chain. + virtual std::unique_ptr<V8StackTrace> clone() = 0; +}; + +class V8_EXPORT V8InspectorSession { + public: + virtual ~V8InspectorSession() {} + + // Cross-context inspectable values (DOM nodes in different worlds, etc.). + class V8_EXPORT Inspectable { + public: + virtual v8::Local<v8::Value> get(v8::Local<v8::Context>) = 0; + virtual ~Inspectable() {} + }; + virtual void addInspectedObject(std::unique_ptr<Inspectable>) = 0; + + // Dispatching protocol messages. + static bool canDispatchMethod(const StringView& method); + virtual void dispatchProtocolMessage(const StringView& message) = 0; + virtual std::unique_ptr<StringBuffer> stateJSON() = 0; + virtual std::vector<std::unique_ptr<protocol::Schema::API::Domain>> + supportedDomains() = 0; + + // Debugger actions. + virtual void schedulePauseOnNextStatement(const StringView& breakReason, + const StringView& breakDetails) = 0; + virtual void cancelPauseOnNextStatement() = 0; + virtual void breakProgram(const StringView& breakReason, + const StringView& breakDetails) = 0; + virtual void setSkipAllPauses(bool) = 0; + virtual void resume() = 0; + virtual void stepOver() = 0; + virtual std::vector<std::unique_ptr<protocol::Debugger::API::SearchMatch>> + searchInTextByLines(const StringView& text, const StringView& query, + bool caseSensitive, bool isRegex) = 0; + + // Remote objects. + virtual std::unique_ptr<protocol::Runtime::API::RemoteObject> wrapObject( + v8::Local<v8::Context>, v8::Local<v8::Value>, const StringView& groupName, + bool generatePreview) = 0; + + virtual bool unwrapObject(std::unique_ptr<StringBuffer>* error, + const StringView& objectId, v8::Local<v8::Value>*, + v8::Local<v8::Context>*, + std::unique_ptr<StringBuffer>* objectGroup) = 0; + virtual void releaseObjectGroup(const StringView&) = 0; +}; + +class V8_EXPORT V8InspectorClient { + public: + virtual ~V8InspectorClient() {} + + virtual void runMessageLoopOnPause(int contextGroupId) {} + virtual void quitMessageLoopOnPause() {} + virtual void runIfWaitingForDebugger(int contextGroupId) {} + + virtual void muteMetrics(int contextGroupId) {} + virtual void unmuteMetrics(int contextGroupId) {} + + virtual void beginUserGesture() {} + virtual void endUserGesture() {} + + virtual std::unique_ptr<StringBuffer> valueSubtype(v8::Local<v8::Value>) { + return nullptr; + } + virtual bool formatAccessorsAsProperties(v8::Local<v8::Value>) { + return false; + } + virtual bool isInspectableHeapObject(v8::Local<v8::Object>) { return true; } + + virtual v8::Local<v8::Context> ensureDefaultContextInGroup( + int contextGroupId) { + return v8::Local<v8::Context>(); + } + virtual void beginEnsureAllContextsInGroup(int contextGroupId) {} + virtual void endEnsureAllContextsInGroup(int contextGroupId) {} + + virtual void installAdditionalCommandLineAPI(v8::Local<v8::Context>, + v8::Local<v8::Object>) {} + virtual void consoleAPIMessage(int contextGroupId, + v8::Isolate::MessageErrorLevel level, + const StringView& message, + const StringView& url, unsigned lineNumber, + unsigned columnNumber, V8StackTrace*) {} + virtual v8::MaybeLocal<v8::Value> memoryInfo(v8::Isolate*, + v8::Local<v8::Context>) { + return v8::MaybeLocal<v8::Value>(); + } + + virtual void consoleTime(const StringView& title) {} + virtual void consoleTimeEnd(const StringView& title) {} + virtual void consoleTimeStamp(const StringView& title) {} + virtual void consoleClear(int contextGroupId) {} + virtual double currentTimeMS() { return 0; } + typedef void (*TimerCallback)(void*); + virtual void startRepeatingTimer(double, TimerCallback, void* data) {} + virtual void cancelTimer(void* data) {} + + // TODO(dgozman): this was added to support service worker shadow page. We + // should not connect at all. + virtual bool canExecuteScripts(int contextGroupId) { return true; } + + virtual void maxAsyncCallStackDepthChanged(int depth) {} +}; + +// These stack trace ids are intended to be passed between debuggers and be +// resolved later. This allows to track cross-debugger calls and step between +// them if a single client connects to multiple debuggers. +struct V8_EXPORT V8StackTraceId { + uintptr_t id; + std::pair<int64_t, int64_t> debugger_id; + + V8StackTraceId(); + V8StackTraceId(uintptr_t id, const std::pair<int64_t, int64_t> debugger_id); + ~V8StackTraceId() = default; + + bool IsInvalid() const; +}; + +class V8_EXPORT V8Inspector { + public: + static std::unique_ptr<V8Inspector> create(v8::Isolate*, V8InspectorClient*); + virtual ~V8Inspector() {} + + // Contexts instrumentation. + virtual void contextCreated(const V8ContextInfo&) = 0; + virtual void contextDestroyed(v8::Local<v8::Context>) = 0; + virtual void resetContextGroup(int contextGroupId) = 0; + + // Various instrumentation. + virtual void idleStarted() = 0; + virtual void idleFinished() = 0; + + // Async stack traces instrumentation. + virtual void asyncTaskScheduled(const StringView& taskName, void* task, + bool recurring) = 0; + virtual void asyncTaskCanceled(void* task) = 0; + virtual void asyncTaskStarted(void* task) = 0; + virtual void asyncTaskFinished(void* task) = 0; + virtual void allAsyncTasksCanceled() = 0; + + virtual V8StackTraceId storeCurrentStackTrace( + const StringView& description) = 0; + virtual void externalAsyncTaskStarted(const V8StackTraceId& parent) = 0; + virtual void externalAsyncTaskFinished(const V8StackTraceId& parent) = 0; + + // Exceptions instrumentation. + virtual unsigned exceptionThrown( + v8::Local<v8::Context>, const StringView& message, + v8::Local<v8::Value> exception, const StringView& detailedMessage, + const StringView& url, unsigned lineNumber, unsigned columnNumber, + std::unique_ptr<V8StackTrace>, int scriptId) = 0; + virtual void exceptionRevoked(v8::Local<v8::Context>, unsigned exceptionId, + const StringView& message) = 0; + + // Connection. + class V8_EXPORT Channel { + public: + virtual ~Channel() {} + virtual void sendResponse(int callId, + std::unique_ptr<StringBuffer> message) = 0; + virtual void sendNotification(std::unique_ptr<StringBuffer> message) = 0; + virtual void flushProtocolNotifications() = 0; + }; + virtual std::unique_ptr<V8InspectorSession> connect( + int contextGroupId, Channel*, const StringView& state) = 0; + + // API methods. + virtual std::unique_ptr<V8StackTrace> createStackTrace( + v8::Local<v8::StackTrace>) = 0; + virtual std::unique_ptr<V8StackTrace> captureStackTrace(bool fullStack) = 0; +}; + +} // namespace v8_inspector + +#endif // V8_V8_INSPECTOR_H_ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/v8-platform.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/v8-platform.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2bb14df9 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/v8-platform.h @@ -0,0 +1,404 @@ +// Copyright 2013 the V8 project authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license that can be +// found in the LICENSE file. + +#ifndef V8_V8_PLATFORM_H_ +#define V8_V8_PLATFORM_H_ + +#include <stddef.h> +#include <stdint.h> +#include <memory> +#include <string> + +namespace v8 { + +class Isolate; + +/** + * A Task represents a unit of work. + */ +class Task { + public: + virtual ~Task() = default; + + virtual void Run() = 0; +}; + +/** + * An IdleTask represents a unit of work to be performed in idle time. + * The Run method is invoked with an argument that specifies the deadline in + * seconds returned by MonotonicallyIncreasingTime(). + * The idle task is expected to complete by this deadline. + */ +class IdleTask { + public: + virtual ~IdleTask() = default; + virtual void Run(double deadline_in_seconds) = 0; +}; + +/** + * A TaskRunner allows scheduling of tasks. The TaskRunner may still be used to + * post tasks after the isolate gets destructed, but these tasks may not get + * executed anymore. All tasks posted to a given TaskRunner will be invoked in + * sequence. Tasks can be posted from any thread. + */ +class TaskRunner { + public: + /** + * Schedules a task to be invoked by this TaskRunner. The TaskRunner + * implementation takes ownership of |task|. + */ + virtual void PostTask(std::unique_ptr<Task> task) = 0; + + /** + * Schedules a task to be invoked by this TaskRunner. The task is scheduled + * after the given number of seconds |delay_in_seconds|. The TaskRunner + * implementation takes ownership of |task|. + */ + virtual void PostDelayedTask(std::unique_ptr<Task> task, + double delay_in_seconds) = 0; + + /** + * Schedules an idle task to be invoked by this TaskRunner. The task is + * scheduled when the embedder is idle. Requires that + * TaskRunner::SupportsIdleTasks(isolate) is true. Idle tasks may be reordered + * relative to other task types and may be starved for an arbitrarily long + * time if no idle time is available. The TaskRunner implementation takes + * ownership of |task|. + */ + virtual void PostIdleTask(std::unique_ptr<IdleTask> task) = 0; + + /** + * Returns true if idle tasks are enabled for this TaskRunner. + */ + virtual bool IdleTasksEnabled() = 0; + + TaskRunner() = default; + virtual ~TaskRunner() = default; + + private: + TaskRunner(const TaskRunner&) = delete; + TaskRunner& operator=(const TaskRunner&) = delete; +}; + +/** + * The interface represents complex arguments to trace events. + */ +class ConvertableToTraceFormat { + public: + virtual ~ConvertableToTraceFormat() = default; + + /** + * Append the class info to the provided |out| string. The appended + * data must be a valid JSON object. Strings must be properly quoted, and + * escaped. There is no processing applied to the content after it is + * appended. + */ + virtual void AppendAsTraceFormat(std::string* out) const = 0; +}; + +/** + * V8 Tracing controller. + * + * Can be implemented by an embedder to record trace events from V8. + */ +class TracingController { + public: + virtual ~TracingController() = default; + + /** + * Called by TRACE_EVENT* macros, don't call this directly. + * The name parameter is a category group for example: + * TRACE_EVENT0("v8,parse", "V8.Parse") + * The pointer returned points to a value with zero or more of the bits + * defined in CategoryGroupEnabledFlags. + **/ + virtual const uint8_t* GetCategoryGroupEnabled(const char* name) { + static uint8_t no = 0; + return &no; + } + + /** + * Adds a trace event to the platform tracing system. These function calls are + * usually the result of a TRACE_* macro from trace_event_common.h when + * tracing and the category of the particular trace are enabled. It is not + * advisable to call these functions on their own; they are really only meant + * to be used by the trace macros. The returned handle can be used by + * UpdateTraceEventDuration to update the duration of COMPLETE events. + */ + virtual uint64_t AddTraceEvent( + char phase, const uint8_t* category_enabled_flag, const char* name, + const char* scope, uint64_t id, uint64_t bind_id, int32_t num_args, + const char** arg_names, const uint8_t* arg_types, + const uint64_t* arg_values, + std::unique_ptr<ConvertableToTraceFormat>* arg_convertables, + unsigned int flags) { + return 0; + } + virtual uint64_t AddTraceEventWithTimestamp( + char phase, const uint8_t* category_enabled_flag, const char* name, + const char* scope, uint64_t id, uint64_t bind_id, int32_t num_args, + const char** arg_names, const uint8_t* arg_types, + const uint64_t* arg_values, + std::unique_ptr<ConvertableToTraceFormat>* arg_convertables, + unsigned int flags, int64_t timestamp) { + return 0; + } + + /** + * Sets the duration field of a COMPLETE trace event. It must be called with + * the handle returned from AddTraceEvent(). + **/ + virtual void UpdateTraceEventDuration(const uint8_t* category_enabled_flag, + const char* name, uint64_t handle) {} + + class TraceStateObserver { + public: + virtual ~TraceStateObserver() = default; + virtual void OnTraceEnabled() = 0; + virtual void OnTraceDisabled() = 0; + }; + + /** Adds tracing state change observer. */ + virtual void AddTraceStateObserver(TraceStateObserver*) {} + + /** Removes tracing state change observer. */ + virtual void RemoveTraceStateObserver(TraceStateObserver*) {} +}; + +/** + * A V8 memory page allocator. + * + * Can be implemented by an embedder to manage large host OS allocations. + */ +class PageAllocator { + public: + virtual ~PageAllocator() = default; + + /** + * Gets the page granularity for AllocatePages and FreePages. Addresses and + * lengths for those calls should be multiples of AllocatePageSize(). + */ + virtual size_t AllocatePageSize() = 0; + + /** + * Gets the page granularity for SetPermissions and ReleasePages. Addresses + * and lengths for those calls should be multiples of CommitPageSize(). + */ + virtual size_t CommitPageSize() = 0; + + /** + * Sets the random seed so that GetRandomMmapAddr() will generate repeatable + * sequences of random mmap addresses. + */ + virtual void SetRandomMmapSeed(int64_t seed) = 0; + + /** + * Returns a randomized address, suitable for memory allocation under ASLR. + * The address will be aligned to AllocatePageSize. + */ + virtual void* GetRandomMmapAddr() = 0; + + /** + * Memory permissions. + */ + enum Permission { + kNoAccess, + kReadWrite, + // TODO(hpayer): Remove this flag. Memory should never be rwx. + kReadWriteExecute, + kReadExecute + }; + + /** + * Allocates memory in range with the given alignment and permission. + */ + virtual void* AllocatePages(void* address, size_t length, size_t alignment, + Permission permissions) = 0; + + /** + * Frees memory in a range that was allocated by a call to AllocatePages. + */ + virtual bool FreePages(void* address, size_t length) = 0; + + /** + * Releases memory in a range that was allocated by a call to AllocatePages. + */ + virtual bool ReleasePages(void* address, size_t length, + size_t new_length) = 0; + + /** + * Sets permissions on pages in an allocated range. + */ + virtual bool SetPermissions(void* address, size_t length, + Permission permissions) = 0; +}; + +/** + * V8 Platform abstraction layer. + * + * The embedder has to provide an implementation of this interface before + * initializing the rest of V8. + */ +class Platform { + public: + /** + * This enum is used to indicate whether a task is potentially long running, + * or causes a long wait. The embedder might want to use this hint to decide + * whether to execute the task on a dedicated thread. + */ + enum ExpectedRuntime { + kShortRunningTask, + kLongRunningTask + }; + + virtual ~Platform() = default; + + /** + * Allows the embedder to manage memory page allocations. + */ + virtual PageAllocator* GetPageAllocator() { + // TODO(bbudge) Make this abstract after all embedders implement this. + return nullptr; + } + + /** + * Enables the embedder to respond in cases where V8 can't allocate large + * blocks of memory. V8 retries the failed allocation once after calling this + * method. On success, execution continues; otherwise V8 exits with a fatal + * error. + * Embedder overrides of this function must NOT call back into V8. + */ + virtual void OnCriticalMemoryPressure() { + // TODO(bbudge) Remove this when embedders override the following method. + // See crbug.com/634547. + } + + /** + * Enables the embedder to respond in cases where V8 can't allocate large + * memory regions. The |length| parameter is the amount of memory needed. + * Returns true if memory is now available. Returns false if no memory could + * be made available. V8 will retry allocations until this method returns + * false. + * + * Embedder overrides of this function must NOT call back into V8. + */ + virtual bool OnCriticalMemoryPressure(size_t length) { return false; } + + /** + * Gets the number of threads that are used to execute background tasks. Is + * used to estimate the number of tasks a work package should be split into. + * A return value of 0 means that there are no background threads available. + * Note that a value of 0 won't prohibit V8 from posting tasks using + * |CallOnBackgroundThread|. + */ + virtual size_t NumberOfAvailableBackgroundThreads() { return 0; } + + /** + * Returns a TaskRunner which can be used to post a task on the foreground. + * This function should only be called from a foreground thread. + */ + virtual std::shared_ptr<v8::TaskRunner> GetForegroundTaskRunner( + Isolate* isolate) { + // TODO(ahaas): Make this function abstract after it got implemented on all + // platforms. + return {}; + } + + /** + * Returns a TaskRunner which can be used to post a task on a background. + * This function should only be called from a foreground thread. + */ + virtual std::shared_ptr<v8::TaskRunner> GetBackgroundTaskRunner( + Isolate* isolate) { + // TODO(ahaas): Make this function abstract after it got implemented on all + // platforms. + return {}; + } + + /** + * Schedules a task to be invoked on a background thread. |expected_runtime| + * indicates that the task will run a long time. The Platform implementation + * takes ownership of |task|. There is no guarantee about order of execution + * of tasks wrt order of scheduling, nor is there a guarantee about the + * thread the task will be run on. + */ + virtual void CallOnBackgroundThread(Task* task, + ExpectedRuntime expected_runtime) = 0; + + /** + * Schedules a task to be invoked on a foreground thread wrt a specific + * |isolate|. Tasks posted for the same isolate should be execute in order of + * scheduling. The definition of "foreground" is opaque to V8. + */ + virtual void CallOnForegroundThread(Isolate* isolate, Task* task) = 0; + + /** + * Schedules a task to be invoked on a foreground thread wrt a specific + * |isolate| after the given number of seconds |delay_in_seconds|. + * Tasks posted for the same isolate should be execute in order of + * scheduling. The definition of "foreground" is opaque to V8. + */ + virtual void CallDelayedOnForegroundThread(Isolate* isolate, Task* task, + double delay_in_seconds) = 0; + + /** + * Schedules a task to be invoked on a foreground thread wrt a specific + * |isolate| when the embedder is idle. + * Requires that SupportsIdleTasks(isolate) is true. + * Idle tasks may be reordered relative to other task types and may be + * starved for an arbitrarily long time if no idle time is available. + * The definition of "foreground" is opaque to V8. + */ + virtual void CallIdleOnForegroundThread(Isolate* isolate, IdleTask* task) { + // TODO(ulan): Make this function abstract after V8 roll in Chromium. + } + + /** + * Returns true if idle tasks are enabled for the given |isolate|. + */ + virtual bool IdleTasksEnabled(Isolate* isolate) { + // TODO(ulan): Make this function abstract after V8 roll in Chromium. + return false; + } + + /** + * Monotonically increasing time in seconds from an arbitrary fixed point in + * the past. This function is expected to return at least + * millisecond-precision values. For this reason, + * it is recommended that the fixed point be no further in the past than + * the epoch. + **/ + virtual double MonotonicallyIncreasingTime() = 0; + + /** + * Current wall-clock time in milliseconds since epoch. + * This function is expected to return at least millisecond-precision values. + */ + virtual double CurrentClockTimeMillis() = 0; + + typedef void (*StackTracePrinter)(); + + /** + * Returns a function pointer that print a stack trace of the current stack + * on invocation. Disables printing of the stack trace if nullptr. + */ + virtual StackTracePrinter GetStackTracePrinter() { return nullptr; } + + /** + * Returns an instance of a v8::TracingController. This must be non-nullptr. + */ + virtual TracingController* GetTracingController() = 0; + + protected: + /** + * Default implementation of current wall-clock time in milliseconds + * since epoch. Useful for implementing |CurrentClockTimeMillis| if + * nothing special needed. + */ + static double SystemClockTimeMillis(); +}; + +} // namespace v8 + +#endif // V8_V8_PLATFORM_H_ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/v8-profiler.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/v8-profiler.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a86402be --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/v8-profiler.h @@ -0,0 +1,917 @@ +// Copyright 2010 the V8 project authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license that can be +// found in the LICENSE file. + +#ifndef V8_V8_PROFILER_H_ +#define V8_V8_PROFILER_H_ + +#include <unordered_set> +#include <vector> +#include "v8.h" // NOLINT(build/include) + +/** + * Profiler support for the V8 JavaScript engine. + */ +namespace v8 { + +class HeapGraphNode; +struct HeapStatsUpdate; + +typedef uint32_t SnapshotObjectId; + + +struct CpuProfileDeoptFrame { + int script_id; + size_t position; +}; + +} // namespace v8 + +#ifdef V8_OS_WIN +template class V8_EXPORT std::vector<v8::CpuProfileDeoptFrame>; +#endif + +namespace v8 { + +struct V8_EXPORT CpuProfileDeoptInfo { + /** A pointer to a static string owned by v8. */ + const char* deopt_reason; + std::vector<CpuProfileDeoptFrame> stack; +}; + +} // namespace v8 + +#ifdef V8_OS_WIN +template class V8_EXPORT std::vector<v8::CpuProfileDeoptInfo>; +#endif + +namespace v8 { + +/** + * TracingCpuProfiler monitors tracing being enabled/disabled + * and emits CpuProfile trace events once v8.cpu_profiler tracing category + * is enabled. It has no overhead unless the category is enabled. + */ +class V8_EXPORT TracingCpuProfiler { + public: + static std::unique_ptr<TracingCpuProfiler> Create(Isolate*); + virtual ~TracingCpuProfiler() = default; + + protected: + TracingCpuProfiler() = default; +}; + +// TickSample captures the information collected for each sample. +struct TickSample { + // Internal profiling (with --prof + tools/$OS-tick-processor) wants to + // include the runtime function we're calling. Externally exposed tick + // samples don't care. + enum RecordCEntryFrame { kIncludeCEntryFrame, kSkipCEntryFrame }; + + TickSample() + : state(OTHER), + pc(nullptr), + external_callback_entry(nullptr), + frames_count(0), + has_external_callback(false), + update_stats(true) {} + + /** + * Initialize a tick sample from the isolate. + * \param isolate The isolate. + * \param state Execution state. + * \param record_c_entry_frame Include or skip the runtime function. + * \param update_stats Whether update the sample to the aggregated stats. + * \param use_simulator_reg_state When set to true and V8 is running under a + * simulator, the method will use the simulator + * register state rather than the one provided + * with |state| argument. Otherwise the method + * will use provided register |state| as is. + */ + void Init(Isolate* isolate, const v8::RegisterState& state, + RecordCEntryFrame record_c_entry_frame, bool update_stats, + bool use_simulator_reg_state = true); + /** + * Get a call stack sample from the isolate. + * \param isolate The isolate. + * \param state Register state. + * \param record_c_entry_frame Include or skip the runtime function. + * \param frames Caller allocated buffer to store stack frames. + * \param frames_limit Maximum number of frames to capture. The buffer must + * be large enough to hold the number of frames. + * \param sample_info The sample info is filled up by the function + * provides number of actual captured stack frames and + * the current VM state. + * \param use_simulator_reg_state When set to true and V8 is running under a + * simulator, the method will use the simulator + * register state rather than the one provided + * with |state| argument. Otherwise the method + * will use provided register |state| as is. + * \note GetStackSample is thread and signal safe and should only be called + * when the JS thread is paused or interrupted. + * Otherwise the behavior is undefined. + */ + static bool GetStackSample(Isolate* isolate, v8::RegisterState* state, + RecordCEntryFrame record_c_entry_frame, + void** frames, size_t frames_limit, + v8::SampleInfo* sample_info, + bool use_simulator_reg_state = true); + StateTag state; // The state of the VM. + void* pc; // Instruction pointer. + union { + void* tos; // Top stack value (*sp). + void* external_callback_entry; + }; + static const unsigned kMaxFramesCountLog2 = 8; + static const unsigned kMaxFramesCount = (1 << kMaxFramesCountLog2) - 1; + void* stack[kMaxFramesCount]; // Call stack. + unsigned frames_count : kMaxFramesCountLog2; // Number of captured frames. + bool has_external_callback : 1; + bool update_stats : 1; // Whether the sample should update aggregated stats. +}; + +/** + * CpuProfileNode represents a node in a call graph. + */ +class V8_EXPORT CpuProfileNode { + public: + struct LineTick { + /** The 1-based number of the source line where the function originates. */ + int line; + + /** The count of samples associated with the source line. */ + unsigned int hit_count; + }; + + /** Returns function name (empty string for anonymous functions.) */ + Local<String> GetFunctionName() const; + + /** + * Returns function name (empty string for anonymous functions.) + * The string ownership is *not* passed to the caller. It stays valid until + * profile is deleted. The function is thread safe. + */ + const char* GetFunctionNameStr() const; + + /** Returns id of the script where function is located. */ + int GetScriptId() const; + + /** Returns resource name for script from where the function originates. */ + Local<String> GetScriptResourceName() const; + + /** + * Returns resource name for script from where the function originates. + * The string ownership is *not* passed to the caller. It stays valid until + * profile is deleted. The function is thread safe. + */ + const char* GetScriptResourceNameStr() const; + + /** + * Returns the number, 1-based, of the line where the function originates. + * kNoLineNumberInfo if no line number information is available. + */ + int GetLineNumber() const; + + /** + * Returns 1-based number of the column where the function originates. + * kNoColumnNumberInfo if no column number information is available. + */ + int GetColumnNumber() const; + + /** + * Returns the number of the function's source lines that collect the samples. + */ + unsigned int GetHitLineCount() const; + + /** Returns the set of source lines that collect the samples. + * The caller allocates buffer and responsible for releasing it. + * True if all available entries are copied, otherwise false. + * The function copies nothing if buffer is not large enough. + */ + bool GetLineTicks(LineTick* entries, unsigned int length) const; + + /** Returns bailout reason for the function + * if the optimization was disabled for it. + */ + const char* GetBailoutReason() const; + + /** + * Returns the count of samples where the function was currently executing. + */ + unsigned GetHitCount() const; + + /** Returns function entry UID. */ + V8_DEPRECATE_SOON( + "Use GetScriptId, GetLineNumber, and GetColumnNumber instead.", + unsigned GetCallUid() const); + + /** Returns id of the node. The id is unique within the tree */ + unsigned GetNodeId() const; + + /** Returns child nodes count of the node. */ + int GetChildrenCount() const; + + /** Retrieves a child node by index. */ + const CpuProfileNode* GetChild(int index) const; + + /** Retrieves deopt infos for the node. */ + const std::vector<CpuProfileDeoptInfo>& GetDeoptInfos() const; + + static const int kNoLineNumberInfo = Message::kNoLineNumberInfo; + static const int kNoColumnNumberInfo = Message::kNoColumnInfo; +}; + + +/** + * CpuProfile contains a CPU profile in a form of top-down call tree + * (from main() down to functions that do all the work). + */ +class V8_EXPORT CpuProfile { + public: + /** Returns CPU profile title. */ + Local<String> GetTitle() const; + + /** Returns the root node of the top down call tree. */ + const CpuProfileNode* GetTopDownRoot() const; + + /** + * Returns number of samples recorded. The samples are not recorded unless + * |record_samples| parameter of CpuProfiler::StartCpuProfiling is true. + */ + int GetSamplesCount() const; + + /** + * Returns profile node corresponding to the top frame the sample at + * the given index. + */ + const CpuProfileNode* GetSample(int index) const; + + /** + * Returns the timestamp of the sample. The timestamp is the number of + * microseconds since some unspecified starting point. + * The point is equal to the starting point used by GetStartTime. + */ + int64_t GetSampleTimestamp(int index) const; + + /** + * Returns time when the profile recording was started (in microseconds) + * since some unspecified starting point. + */ + int64_t GetStartTime() const; + + /** + * Returns time when the profile recording was stopped (in microseconds) + * since some unspecified starting point. + * The point is equal to the starting point used by GetStartTime. + */ + int64_t GetEndTime() const; + + /** + * Deletes the profile and removes it from CpuProfiler's list. + * All pointers to nodes previously returned become invalid. + */ + void Delete(); +}; + +/** + * Interface for controlling CPU profiling. Instance of the + * profiler can be created using v8::CpuProfiler::New method. + */ +class V8_EXPORT CpuProfiler { + public: + /** + * Creates a new CPU profiler for the |isolate|. The isolate must be + * initialized. The profiler object must be disposed after use by calling + * |Dispose| method. + */ + static CpuProfiler* New(Isolate* isolate); + + /** + * Synchronously collect current stack sample in all profilers attached to + * the |isolate|. The call does not affect number of ticks recorded for + * the current top node. + */ + static void CollectSample(Isolate* isolate); + + /** + * Disposes the CPU profiler object. + */ + void Dispose(); + + /** + * Changes default CPU profiler sampling interval to the specified number + * of microseconds. Default interval is 1000us. This method must be called + * when there are no profiles being recorded. + */ + void SetSamplingInterval(int us); + + /** + * Starts collecting CPU profile. Title may be an empty string. It + * is allowed to have several profiles being collected at + * once. Attempts to start collecting several profiles with the same + * title are silently ignored. While collecting a profile, functions + * from all security contexts are included in it. The token-based + * filtering is only performed when querying for a profile. + * + * |record_samples| parameter controls whether individual samples should + * be recorded in addition to the aggregated tree. + */ + void StartProfiling(Local<String> title, bool record_samples = false); + + /** + * Stops collecting CPU profile with a given title and returns it. + * If the title given is empty, finishes the last profile started. + */ + CpuProfile* StopProfiling(Local<String> title); + + /** + * Force collection of a sample. Must be called on the VM thread. + * Recording the forced sample does not contribute to the aggregated + * profile statistics. + */ + V8_DEPRECATED("Use static CollectSample(Isolate*) instead.", + void CollectSample()); + + /** + * Tells the profiler whether the embedder is idle. + */ + void SetIdle(bool is_idle); + + private: + CpuProfiler(); + ~CpuProfiler(); + CpuProfiler(const CpuProfiler&); + CpuProfiler& operator=(const CpuProfiler&); +}; + + +/** + * HeapSnapshotEdge represents a directed connection between heap + * graph nodes: from retainers to retained nodes. + */ +class V8_EXPORT HeapGraphEdge { + public: + enum Type { + kContextVariable = 0, // A variable from a function context. + kElement = 1, // An element of an array. + kProperty = 2, // A named object property. + kInternal = 3, // A link that can't be accessed from JS, + // thus, its name isn't a real property name + // (e.g. parts of a ConsString). + kHidden = 4, // A link that is needed for proper sizes + // calculation, but may be hidden from user. + kShortcut = 5, // A link that must not be followed during + // sizes calculation. + kWeak = 6 // A weak reference (ignored by the GC). + }; + + /** Returns edge type (see HeapGraphEdge::Type). */ + Type GetType() const; + + /** + * Returns edge name. This can be a variable name, an element index, or + * a property name. + */ + Local<Value> GetName() const; + + /** Returns origin node. */ + const HeapGraphNode* GetFromNode() const; + + /** Returns destination node. */ + const HeapGraphNode* GetToNode() const; +}; + + +/** + * HeapGraphNode represents a node in a heap graph. + */ +class V8_EXPORT HeapGraphNode { + public: + enum Type { + kHidden = 0, // Hidden node, may be filtered when shown to user. + kArray = 1, // An array of elements. + kString = 2, // A string. + kObject = 3, // A JS object (except for arrays and strings). + kCode = 4, // Compiled code. + kClosure = 5, // Function closure. + kRegExp = 6, // RegExp. + kHeapNumber = 7, // Number stored in the heap. + kNative = 8, // Native object (not from V8 heap). + kSynthetic = 9, // Synthetic object, usually used for grouping + // snapshot items together. + kConsString = 10, // Concatenated string. A pair of pointers to strings. + kSlicedString = 11, // Sliced string. A fragment of another string. + kSymbol = 12 // A Symbol (ES6). + }; + + /** Returns node type (see HeapGraphNode::Type). */ + Type GetType() const; + + /** + * Returns node name. Depending on node's type this can be the name + * of the constructor (for objects), the name of the function (for + * closures), string value, or an empty string (for compiled code). + */ + Local<String> GetName() const; + + /** + * Returns node id. For the same heap object, the id remains the same + * across all snapshots. + */ + SnapshotObjectId GetId() const; + + /** Returns node's own size, in bytes. */ + size_t GetShallowSize() const; + + /** Returns child nodes count of the node. */ + int GetChildrenCount() const; + + /** Retrieves a child by index. */ + const HeapGraphEdge* GetChild(int index) const; +}; + + +/** + * An interface for exporting data from V8, using "push" model. + */ +class V8_EXPORT OutputStream { // NOLINT + public: + enum WriteResult { + kContinue = 0, + kAbort = 1 + }; + virtual ~OutputStream() {} + /** Notify about the end of stream. */ + virtual void EndOfStream() = 0; + /** Get preferred output chunk size. Called only once. */ + virtual int GetChunkSize() { return 1024; } + /** + * Writes the next chunk of snapshot data into the stream. Writing + * can be stopped by returning kAbort as function result. EndOfStream + * will not be called in case writing was aborted. + */ + virtual WriteResult WriteAsciiChunk(char* data, int size) = 0; + /** + * Writes the next chunk of heap stats data into the stream. Writing + * can be stopped by returning kAbort as function result. EndOfStream + * will not be called in case writing was aborted. + */ + virtual WriteResult WriteHeapStatsChunk(HeapStatsUpdate* data, int count) { + return kAbort; + } +}; + + +/** + * HeapSnapshots record the state of the JS heap at some moment. + */ +class V8_EXPORT HeapSnapshot { + public: + enum SerializationFormat { + kJSON = 0 // See format description near 'Serialize' method. + }; + + /** Returns the root node of the heap graph. */ + const HeapGraphNode* GetRoot() const; + + /** Returns a node by its id. */ + const HeapGraphNode* GetNodeById(SnapshotObjectId id) const; + + /** Returns total nodes count in the snapshot. */ + int GetNodesCount() const; + + /** Returns a node by index. */ + const HeapGraphNode* GetNode(int index) const; + + /** Returns a max seen JS object Id. */ + SnapshotObjectId GetMaxSnapshotJSObjectId() const; + + /** + * Deletes the snapshot and removes it from HeapProfiler's list. + * All pointers to nodes, edges and paths previously returned become + * invalid. + */ + void Delete(); + + /** + * Prepare a serialized representation of the snapshot. The result + * is written into the stream provided in chunks of specified size. + * The total length of the serialized snapshot is unknown in + * advance, it can be roughly equal to JS heap size (that means, + * it can be really big - tens of megabytes). + * + * For the JSON format, heap contents are represented as an object + * with the following structure: + * + * { + * snapshot: { + * title: "...", + * uid: nnn, + * meta: { meta-info }, + * node_count: nnn, + * edge_count: nnn + * }, + * nodes: [nodes array], + * edges: [edges array], + * strings: [strings array] + * } + * + * Nodes reference strings, other nodes, and edges by their indexes + * in corresponding arrays. + */ + void Serialize(OutputStream* stream, + SerializationFormat format = kJSON) const; +}; + + +/** + * An interface for reporting progress and controlling long-running + * activities. + */ +class V8_EXPORT ActivityControl { // NOLINT + public: + enum ControlOption { + kContinue = 0, + kAbort = 1 + }; + virtual ~ActivityControl() {} + /** + * Notify about current progress. The activity can be stopped by + * returning kAbort as the callback result. + */ + virtual ControlOption ReportProgressValue(int done, int total) = 0; +}; + + +/** + * AllocationProfile is a sampled profile of allocations done by the program. + * This is structured as a call-graph. + */ +class V8_EXPORT AllocationProfile { + public: + struct Allocation { + /** + * Size of the sampled allocation object. + */ + size_t size; + + /** + * The number of objects of such size that were sampled. + */ + unsigned int count; + }; + + /** + * Represents a node in the call-graph. + */ + struct Node { + /** + * Name of the function. May be empty for anonymous functions or if the + * script corresponding to this function has been unloaded. + */ + Local<String> name; + + /** + * Name of the script containing the function. May be empty if the script + * name is not available, or if the script has been unloaded. + */ + Local<String> script_name; + + /** + * id of the script where the function is located. May be equal to + * v8::UnboundScript::kNoScriptId in cases where the script doesn't exist. + */ + int script_id; + + /** + * Start position of the function in the script. + */ + int start_position; + + /** + * 1-indexed line number where the function starts. May be + * kNoLineNumberInfo if no line number information is available. + */ + int line_number; + + /** + * 1-indexed column number where the function starts. May be + * kNoColumnNumberInfo if no line number information is available. + */ + int column_number; + + /** + * List of callees called from this node for which we have sampled + * allocations. The lifetime of the children is scoped to the containing + * AllocationProfile. + */ + std::vector<Node*> children; + + /** + * List of self allocations done by this node in the call-graph. + */ + std::vector<Allocation> allocations; + }; + + /** + * Returns the root node of the call-graph. The root node corresponds to an + * empty JS call-stack. The lifetime of the returned Node* is scoped to the + * containing AllocationProfile. + */ + virtual Node* GetRootNode() = 0; + + virtual ~AllocationProfile() {} + + static const int kNoLineNumberInfo = Message::kNoLineNumberInfo; + static const int kNoColumnNumberInfo = Message::kNoColumnInfo; +}; + + +/** + * Interface for controlling heap profiling. Instance of the + * profiler can be retrieved using v8::Isolate::GetHeapProfiler. + */ +class V8_EXPORT HeapProfiler { + public: + enum SamplingFlags { + kSamplingNoFlags = 0, + kSamplingForceGC = 1 << 0, + }; + + typedef std::unordered_set<const v8::PersistentBase<v8::Value>*> + RetainerChildren; + typedef std::vector<std::pair<v8::RetainedObjectInfo*, RetainerChildren>> + RetainerGroups; + typedef std::vector<std::pair<const v8::PersistentBase<v8::Value>*, + const v8::PersistentBase<v8::Value>*>> + RetainerEdges; + + struct RetainerInfos { + RetainerGroups groups; + RetainerEdges edges; + }; + + /** + * Callback function invoked to retrieve all RetainerInfos from the embedder. + */ + typedef RetainerInfos (*GetRetainerInfosCallback)(v8::Isolate* isolate); + + /** + * Callback function invoked for obtaining RetainedObjectInfo for + * the given JavaScript wrapper object. It is prohibited to enter V8 + * while the callback is running: only getters on the handle and + * GetPointerFromInternalField on the objects are allowed. + */ + typedef RetainedObjectInfo* (*WrapperInfoCallback)(uint16_t class_id, + Local<Value> wrapper); + + /** Returns the number of snapshots taken. */ + int GetSnapshotCount(); + + /** Returns a snapshot by index. */ + const HeapSnapshot* GetHeapSnapshot(int index); + + /** + * Returns SnapshotObjectId for a heap object referenced by |value| if + * it has been seen by the heap profiler, kUnknownObjectId otherwise. + */ + SnapshotObjectId GetObjectId(Local<Value> value); + + /** + * Returns heap object with given SnapshotObjectId if the object is alive, + * otherwise empty handle is returned. + */ + Local<Value> FindObjectById(SnapshotObjectId id); + + /** + * Clears internal map from SnapshotObjectId to heap object. The new objects + * will not be added into it unless a heap snapshot is taken or heap object + * tracking is kicked off. + */ + void ClearObjectIds(); + + /** + * A constant for invalid SnapshotObjectId. GetSnapshotObjectId will return + * it in case heap profiler cannot find id for the object passed as + * parameter. HeapSnapshot::GetNodeById will always return NULL for such id. + */ + static const SnapshotObjectId kUnknownObjectId = 0; + + /** + * Callback interface for retrieving user friendly names of global objects. + */ + class ObjectNameResolver { + public: + /** + * Returns name to be used in the heap snapshot for given node. Returned + * string must stay alive until snapshot collection is completed. + */ + virtual const char* GetName(Local<Object> object) = 0; + + protected: + virtual ~ObjectNameResolver() {} + }; + + /** + * Takes a heap snapshot and returns it. + */ + const HeapSnapshot* TakeHeapSnapshot( + ActivityControl* control = NULL, + ObjectNameResolver* global_object_name_resolver = NULL); + + /** + * Starts tracking of heap objects population statistics. After calling + * this method, all heap objects relocations done by the garbage collector + * are being registered. + * + * |track_allocations| parameter controls whether stack trace of each + * allocation in the heap will be recorded and reported as part of + * HeapSnapshot. + */ + void StartTrackingHeapObjects(bool track_allocations = false); + + /** + * Adds a new time interval entry to the aggregated statistics array. The + * time interval entry contains information on the current heap objects + * population size. The method also updates aggregated statistics and + * reports updates for all previous time intervals via the OutputStream + * object. Updates on each time interval are provided as a stream of the + * HeapStatsUpdate structure instances. + * If |timestamp_us| is supplied, timestamp of the new entry will be written + * into it. The return value of the function is the last seen heap object Id. + * + * StartTrackingHeapObjects must be called before the first call to this + * method. + */ + SnapshotObjectId GetHeapStats(OutputStream* stream, + int64_t* timestamp_us = NULL); + + /** + * Stops tracking of heap objects population statistics, cleans up all + * collected data. StartHeapObjectsTracking must be called again prior to + * calling GetHeapStats next time. + */ + void StopTrackingHeapObjects(); + + /** + * Starts gathering a sampling heap profile. A sampling heap profile is + * similar to tcmalloc's heap profiler and Go's mprof. It samples object + * allocations and builds an online 'sampling' heap profile. At any point in + * time, this profile is expected to be a representative sample of objects + * currently live in the system. Each sampled allocation includes the stack + * trace at the time of allocation, which makes this really useful for memory + * leak detection. + * + * This mechanism is intended to be cheap enough that it can be used in + * production with minimal performance overhead. + * + * Allocations are sampled using a randomized Poisson process. On average, one + * allocation will be sampled every |sample_interval| bytes allocated. The + * |stack_depth| parameter controls the maximum number of stack frames to be + * captured on each allocation. + * + * NOTE: This is a proof-of-concept at this point. Right now we only sample + * newspace allocations. Support for paged space allocation (e.g. pre-tenured + * objects, large objects, code objects, etc.) and native allocations + * doesn't exist yet, but is anticipated in the future. + * + * Objects allocated before the sampling is started will not be included in + * the profile. + * + * Returns false if a sampling heap profiler is already running. + */ + bool StartSamplingHeapProfiler(uint64_t sample_interval = 512 * 1024, + int stack_depth = 16, + SamplingFlags flags = kSamplingNoFlags); + + /** + * Stops the sampling heap profile and discards the current profile. + */ + void StopSamplingHeapProfiler(); + + /** + * Returns the sampled profile of allocations allocated (and still live) since + * StartSamplingHeapProfiler was called. The ownership of the pointer is + * transferred to the caller. Returns nullptr if sampling heap profiler is not + * active. + */ + AllocationProfile* GetAllocationProfile(); + + /** + * Deletes all snapshots taken. All previously returned pointers to + * snapshots and their contents become invalid after this call. + */ + void DeleteAllHeapSnapshots(); + + /** Binds a callback to embedder's class ID. */ + void SetWrapperClassInfoProvider( + uint16_t class_id, + WrapperInfoCallback callback); + + void SetGetRetainerInfosCallback(GetRetainerInfosCallback callback); + + /** + * Default value of persistent handle class ID. Must not be used to + * define a class. Can be used to reset a class of a persistent + * handle. + */ + static const uint16_t kPersistentHandleNoClassId = 0; + + private: + HeapProfiler(); + ~HeapProfiler(); + HeapProfiler(const HeapProfiler&); + HeapProfiler& operator=(const HeapProfiler&); +}; + +/** + * Interface for providing information about embedder's objects + * held by global handles. This information is reported in two ways: + * + * 1. When calling AddObjectGroup, an embedder may pass + * RetainedObjectInfo instance describing the group. To collect + * this information while taking a heap snapshot, V8 calls GC + * prologue and epilogue callbacks. + * + * 2. When a heap snapshot is collected, V8 additionally + * requests RetainedObjectInfos for persistent handles that + * were not previously reported via AddObjectGroup. + * + * Thus, if an embedder wants to provide information about native + * objects for heap snapshots, it can do it in a GC prologue + * handler, and / or by assigning wrapper class ids in the following way: + * + * 1. Bind a callback to class id by calling SetWrapperClassInfoProvider. + * 2. Call SetWrapperClassId on certain persistent handles. + * + * V8 takes ownership of RetainedObjectInfo instances passed to it and + * keeps them alive only during snapshot collection. Afterwards, they + * are freed by calling the Dispose class function. + */ +class V8_EXPORT RetainedObjectInfo { // NOLINT + public: + /** Called by V8 when it no longer needs an instance. */ + virtual void Dispose() = 0; + + /** Returns whether two instances are equivalent. */ + virtual bool IsEquivalent(RetainedObjectInfo* other) = 0; + + /** + * Returns hash value for the instance. Equivalent instances + * must have the same hash value. + */ + virtual intptr_t GetHash() = 0; + + /** + * Returns human-readable label. It must be a null-terminated UTF-8 + * encoded string. V8 copies its contents during a call to GetLabel. + */ + virtual const char* GetLabel() = 0; + + /** + * Returns human-readable group label. It must be a null-terminated UTF-8 + * encoded string. V8 copies its contents during a call to GetGroupLabel. + * Heap snapshot generator will collect all the group names, create + * top level entries with these names and attach the objects to the + * corresponding top level group objects. There is a default + * implementation which is required because embedders don't have their + * own implementation yet. + */ + virtual const char* GetGroupLabel() { return GetLabel(); } + + /** + * Returns element count in case if a global handle retains + * a subgraph by holding one of its nodes. + */ + virtual intptr_t GetElementCount() { return -1; } + + /** Returns embedder's object size in bytes. */ + virtual intptr_t GetSizeInBytes() { return -1; } + + protected: + RetainedObjectInfo() {} + virtual ~RetainedObjectInfo() {} + + private: + RetainedObjectInfo(const RetainedObjectInfo&); + RetainedObjectInfo& operator=(const RetainedObjectInfo&); +}; + + +/** + * A struct for exporting HeapStats data from V8, using "push" model. + * See HeapProfiler::GetHeapStats. + */ +struct HeapStatsUpdate { + HeapStatsUpdate(uint32_t index, uint32_t count, uint32_t size) + : index(index), count(count), size(size) { } + uint32_t index; // Index of the time interval that was changed. + uint32_t count; // New value of count field for the interval with this index. + uint32_t size; // New value of size field for the interval with this index. +}; + + +} // namespace v8 + + +#endif // V8_V8_PROFILER_H_ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/v8-testing.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/v8-testing.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f67bf253 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/v8-testing.h @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +// Copyright 2010 the V8 project authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license that can be +// found in the LICENSE file. + +#ifndef V8_V8_TEST_H_ +#define V8_V8_TEST_H_ + +#include "v8.h" // NOLINT(build/include) + +/** + * Testing support for the V8 JavaScript engine. + */ +namespace v8 { + +class V8_EXPORT Testing { + public: + enum StressType { + kStressTypeOpt, + kStressTypeDeopt + }; + + /** + * Set the type of stressing to do. The default if not set is kStressTypeOpt. + */ + static void SetStressRunType(StressType type); + + /** + * Get the number of runs of a given test that is required to get the full + * stress coverage. + */ + static int GetStressRuns(); + + /** + * Indicate the number of the run which is about to start. The value of run + * should be between 0 and one less than the result from GetStressRuns() + */ + static void PrepareStressRun(int run); + + /** + * Force deoptimization of all functions. + */ + static void DeoptimizeAll(Isolate* isolate); +}; + + +} // namespace v8 + +#endif // V8_V8_TEST_H_ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/v8-util.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/v8-util.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..15ea225d --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/v8-util.h @@ -0,0 +1,660 @@ +// Copyright 2014 the V8 project authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license that can be +// found in the LICENSE file. + +#ifndef V8_UTIL_H_ +#define V8_UTIL_H_ + +#include "v8.h" // NOLINT(build/include) +#include <assert.h> +#include <map> +#include <vector> + +/** + * Support for Persistent containers. + * + * C++11 embedders can use STL containers with Global values, + * but pre-C++11 does not support the required move semantic and hence + * may want these container classes. + */ +namespace v8 { + +typedef uintptr_t PersistentContainerValue; +static const uintptr_t kPersistentContainerNotFound = 0; +enum PersistentContainerCallbackType { + kNotWeak, + // These correspond to v8::WeakCallbackType + kWeakWithParameter, + kWeakWithInternalFields, + kWeak = kWeakWithParameter // For backwards compatibility. Deprecate. +}; + + +/** + * A default trait implemenation for PersistentValueMap which uses std::map + * as a backing map. + * + * Users will have to implement their own weak callbacks & dispose traits. + */ +template<typename K, typename V> +class StdMapTraits { + public: + // STL map & related: + typedef std::map<K, PersistentContainerValue> Impl; + typedef typename Impl::iterator Iterator; + + static bool Empty(Impl* impl) { return impl->empty(); } + static size_t Size(Impl* impl) { return impl->size(); } + static void Swap(Impl& a, Impl& b) { std::swap(a, b); } // NOLINT + static Iterator Begin(Impl* impl) { return impl->begin(); } + static Iterator End(Impl* impl) { return impl->end(); } + static K Key(Iterator it) { return it->first; } + static PersistentContainerValue Value(Iterator it) { return it->second; } + static PersistentContainerValue Set(Impl* impl, K key, + PersistentContainerValue value) { + std::pair<Iterator, bool> res = impl->insert(std::make_pair(key, value)); + PersistentContainerValue old_value = kPersistentContainerNotFound; + if (!res.second) { + old_value = res.first->second; + res.first->second = value; + } + return old_value; + } + static PersistentContainerValue Get(Impl* impl, K key) { + Iterator it = impl->find(key); + if (it == impl->end()) return kPersistentContainerNotFound; + return it->second; + } + static PersistentContainerValue Remove(Impl* impl, K key) { + Iterator it = impl->find(key); + if (it == impl->end()) return kPersistentContainerNotFound; + PersistentContainerValue value = it->second; + impl->erase(it); + return value; + } +}; + + +/** + * A default trait implementation for PersistentValueMap, which inherits + * a std:map backing map from StdMapTraits and holds non-weak persistent + * objects and has no special Dispose handling. + * + * You should not derive from this class, since MapType depends on the + * surrounding class, and hence a subclass cannot simply inherit the methods. + */ +template<typename K, typename V> +class DefaultPersistentValueMapTraits : public StdMapTraits<K, V> { + public: + // Weak callback & friends: + static const PersistentContainerCallbackType kCallbackType = kNotWeak; + typedef PersistentValueMap<K, V, DefaultPersistentValueMapTraits<K, V> > + MapType; + typedef void WeakCallbackDataType; + + static WeakCallbackDataType* WeakCallbackParameter( + MapType* map, const K& key, Local<V> value) { + return NULL; + } + static MapType* MapFromWeakCallbackInfo( + const WeakCallbackInfo<WeakCallbackDataType>& data) { + return NULL; + } + static K KeyFromWeakCallbackInfo( + const WeakCallbackInfo<WeakCallbackDataType>& data) { + return K(); + } + static void DisposeCallbackData(WeakCallbackDataType* data) { } + static void Dispose(Isolate* isolate, Global<V> value, K key) {} +}; + + +template <typename K, typename V> +class DefaultGlobalMapTraits : public StdMapTraits<K, V> { + private: + template <typename T> + struct RemovePointer; + + public: + // Weak callback & friends: + static const PersistentContainerCallbackType kCallbackType = kNotWeak; + typedef GlobalValueMap<K, V, DefaultGlobalMapTraits<K, V> > MapType; + typedef void WeakCallbackDataType; + + static WeakCallbackDataType* WeakCallbackParameter(MapType* map, const K& key, + Local<V> value) { + return nullptr; + } + static MapType* MapFromWeakCallbackInfo( + const WeakCallbackInfo<WeakCallbackDataType>& data) { + return nullptr; + } + static K KeyFromWeakCallbackInfo( + const WeakCallbackInfo<WeakCallbackDataType>& data) { + return K(); + } + static void DisposeCallbackData(WeakCallbackDataType* data) {} + static void OnWeakCallback( + const WeakCallbackInfo<WeakCallbackDataType>& data) {} + static void Dispose(Isolate* isolate, Global<V> value, K key) {} + // This is a second pass callback, so SetSecondPassCallback cannot be called. + static void DisposeWeak(const WeakCallbackInfo<WeakCallbackDataType>& data) {} + + private: + template <typename T> + struct RemovePointer<T*> { + typedef T Type; + }; +}; + + +/** + * A map wrapper that allows using Global as a mapped value. + * C++11 embedders don't need this class, as they can use Global + * directly in std containers. + * + * The map relies on a backing map, whose type and accessors are described + * by the Traits class. The backing map will handle values of type + * PersistentContainerValue, with all conversion into and out of V8 + * handles being transparently handled by this class. + */ +template <typename K, typename V, typename Traits> +class PersistentValueMapBase { + public: + Isolate* GetIsolate() { return isolate_; } + + /** + * Return size of the map. + */ + size_t Size() { return Traits::Size(&impl_); } + + /** + * Return whether the map holds weak persistents. + */ + bool IsWeak() { return Traits::kCallbackType != kNotWeak; } + + /** + * Get value stored in map. + */ + Local<V> Get(const K& key) { + return Local<V>::New(isolate_, FromVal(Traits::Get(&impl_, key))); + } + + /** + * Check whether a value is contained in the map. + */ + bool Contains(const K& key) { + return Traits::Get(&impl_, key) != kPersistentContainerNotFound; + } + + /** + * Get value stored in map and set it in returnValue. + * Return true if a value was found. + */ + bool SetReturnValue(const K& key, + ReturnValue<Value> returnValue) { + return SetReturnValueFromVal(&returnValue, Traits::Get(&impl_, key)); + } + + /** + * Call Isolate::SetReference with the given parent and the map value. + */ + void SetReference(const K& key, + const Persistent<Object>& parent) { + GetIsolate()->SetReference( + reinterpret_cast<internal::Object**>(parent.val_), + reinterpret_cast<internal::Object**>(FromVal(Traits::Get(&impl_, key)))); + } + + /** + * Call V8::RegisterExternallyReferencedObject with the map value for given + * key. + */ + void RegisterExternallyReferencedObject(K& key) { + assert(Contains(key)); + V8::RegisterExternallyReferencedObject( + reinterpret_cast<internal::Object**>(FromVal(Traits::Get(&impl_, key))), + reinterpret_cast<internal::Isolate*>(GetIsolate())); + } + + /** + * Return value for key and remove it from the map. + */ + Global<V> Remove(const K& key) { + return Release(Traits::Remove(&impl_, key)).Pass(); + } + + /** + * Traverses the map repeatedly, + * in case side effects of disposal cause insertions. + **/ + void Clear() { + typedef typename Traits::Iterator It; + HandleScope handle_scope(isolate_); + // TODO(dcarney): figure out if this swap and loop is necessary. + while (!Traits::Empty(&impl_)) { + typename Traits::Impl impl; + Traits::Swap(impl_, impl); + for (It i = Traits::Begin(&impl); i != Traits::End(&impl); ++i) { + Traits::Dispose(isolate_, Release(Traits::Value(i)).Pass(), + Traits::Key(i)); + } + } + } + + /** + * Helper class for GetReference/SetWithReference. Do not use outside + * that context. + */ + class PersistentValueReference { + public: + PersistentValueReference() : value_(kPersistentContainerNotFound) { } + PersistentValueReference(const PersistentValueReference& other) + : value_(other.value_) { } + + Local<V> NewLocal(Isolate* isolate) const { + return Local<V>::New(isolate, FromVal(value_)); + } + bool IsEmpty() const { + return value_ == kPersistentContainerNotFound; + } + template<typename T> + bool SetReturnValue(ReturnValue<T> returnValue) { + return SetReturnValueFromVal(&returnValue, value_); + } + void Reset() { + value_ = kPersistentContainerNotFound; + } + void operator=(const PersistentValueReference& other) { + value_ = other.value_; + } + + private: + friend class PersistentValueMapBase; + friend class PersistentValueMap<K, V, Traits>; + friend class GlobalValueMap<K, V, Traits>; + + explicit PersistentValueReference(PersistentContainerValue value) + : value_(value) { } + + void operator=(PersistentContainerValue value) { + value_ = value; + } + + PersistentContainerValue value_; + }; + + /** + * Get a reference to a map value. This enables fast, repeated access + * to a value stored in the map while the map remains unchanged. + * + * Careful: This is potentially unsafe, so please use with care. + * The value will become invalid if the value for this key changes + * in the underlying map, as a result of Set or Remove for the same + * key; as a result of the weak callback for the same key; or as a + * result of calling Clear() or destruction of the map. + */ + PersistentValueReference GetReference(const K& key) { + return PersistentValueReference(Traits::Get(&impl_, key)); + } + + protected: + explicit PersistentValueMapBase(Isolate* isolate) : isolate_(isolate) {} + + ~PersistentValueMapBase() { Clear(); } + + Isolate* isolate() { return isolate_; } + typename Traits::Impl* impl() { return &impl_; } + + static V* FromVal(PersistentContainerValue v) { + return reinterpret_cast<V*>(v); + } + + static PersistentContainerValue ClearAndLeak(Global<V>* persistent) { + V* v = persistent->val_; + persistent->val_ = 0; + return reinterpret_cast<PersistentContainerValue>(v); + } + + static PersistentContainerValue Leak(Global<V>* persistent) { + return reinterpret_cast<PersistentContainerValue>(persistent->val_); + } + + /** + * Return a container value as Global and make sure the weak + * callback is properly disposed of. All remove functionality should go + * through this. + */ + static Global<V> Release(PersistentContainerValue v) { + Global<V> p; + p.val_ = FromVal(v); + if (Traits::kCallbackType != kNotWeak && p.IsWeak()) { + Traits::DisposeCallbackData( + p.template ClearWeak<typename Traits::WeakCallbackDataType>()); + } + return p.Pass(); + } + + void RemoveWeak(const K& key) { + Global<V> p; + p.val_ = FromVal(Traits::Remove(&impl_, key)); + p.Reset(); + } + + private: + PersistentValueMapBase(PersistentValueMapBase&); + void operator=(PersistentValueMapBase&); + + static bool SetReturnValueFromVal(ReturnValue<Value>* returnValue, + PersistentContainerValue value) { + bool hasValue = value != kPersistentContainerNotFound; + if (hasValue) { + returnValue->SetInternal( + *reinterpret_cast<internal::Object**>(FromVal(value))); + } + return hasValue; + } + + Isolate* isolate_; + typename Traits::Impl impl_; +}; + + +template <typename K, typename V, typename Traits> +class PersistentValueMap : public PersistentValueMapBase<K, V, Traits> { + public: + explicit PersistentValueMap(Isolate* isolate) + : PersistentValueMapBase<K, V, Traits>(isolate) {} + + typedef + typename PersistentValueMapBase<K, V, Traits>::PersistentValueReference + PersistentValueReference; + + /** + * Put value into map. Depending on Traits::kIsWeak, the value will be held + * by the map strongly or weakly. + * Returns old value as Global. + */ + Global<V> Set(const K& key, Local<V> value) { + Global<V> persistent(this->isolate(), value); + return SetUnique(key, &persistent); + } + + /** + * Put value into map, like Set(const K&, Local<V>). + */ + Global<V> Set(const K& key, Global<V> value) { + return SetUnique(key, &value); + } + + /** + * Put the value into the map, and set the 'weak' callback when demanded + * by the Traits class. + */ + Global<V> SetUnique(const K& key, Global<V>* persistent) { + if (Traits::kCallbackType != kNotWeak) { + WeakCallbackType callback_type = + Traits::kCallbackType == kWeakWithInternalFields + ? WeakCallbackType::kInternalFields + : WeakCallbackType::kParameter; + Local<V> value(Local<V>::New(this->isolate(), *persistent)); + persistent->template SetWeak<typename Traits::WeakCallbackDataType>( + Traits::WeakCallbackParameter(this, key, value), WeakCallback, + callback_type); + } + PersistentContainerValue old_value = + Traits::Set(this->impl(), key, this->ClearAndLeak(persistent)); + return this->Release(old_value).Pass(); + } + + /** + * Put a value into the map and update the reference. + * Restrictions of GetReference apply here as well. + */ + Global<V> Set(const K& key, Global<V> value, + PersistentValueReference* reference) { + *reference = this->Leak(&value); + return SetUnique(key, &value); + } + + private: + static void WeakCallback( + const WeakCallbackInfo<typename Traits::WeakCallbackDataType>& data) { + if (Traits::kCallbackType != kNotWeak) { + PersistentValueMap<K, V, Traits>* persistentValueMap = + Traits::MapFromWeakCallbackInfo(data); + K key = Traits::KeyFromWeakCallbackInfo(data); + Traits::Dispose(data.GetIsolate(), + persistentValueMap->Remove(key).Pass(), key); + Traits::DisposeCallbackData(data.GetParameter()); + } + } +}; + + +template <typename K, typename V, typename Traits> +class GlobalValueMap : public PersistentValueMapBase<K, V, Traits> { + public: + explicit GlobalValueMap(Isolate* isolate) + : PersistentValueMapBase<K, V, Traits>(isolate) {} + + typedef + typename PersistentValueMapBase<K, V, Traits>::PersistentValueReference + PersistentValueReference; + + /** + * Put value into map. Depending on Traits::kIsWeak, the value will be held + * by the map strongly or weakly. + * Returns old value as Global. + */ + Global<V> Set(const K& key, Local<V> value) { + Global<V> persistent(this->isolate(), value); + return SetUnique(key, &persistent); + } + + /** + * Put value into map, like Set(const K&, Local<V>). + */ + Global<V> Set(const K& key, Global<V> value) { + return SetUnique(key, &value); + } + + /** + * Put the value into the map, and set the 'weak' callback when demanded + * by the Traits class. + */ + Global<V> SetUnique(const K& key, Global<V>* persistent) { + if (Traits::kCallbackType != kNotWeak) { + WeakCallbackType callback_type = + Traits::kCallbackType == kWeakWithInternalFields + ? WeakCallbackType::kInternalFields + : WeakCallbackType::kParameter; + Local<V> value(Local<V>::New(this->isolate(), *persistent)); + persistent->template SetWeak<typename Traits::WeakCallbackDataType>( + Traits::WeakCallbackParameter(this, key, value), OnWeakCallback, + callback_type); + } + PersistentContainerValue old_value = + Traits::Set(this->impl(), key, this->ClearAndLeak(persistent)); + return this->Release(old_value).Pass(); + } + + /** + * Put a value into the map and update the reference. + * Restrictions of GetReference apply here as well. + */ + Global<V> Set(const K& key, Global<V> value, + PersistentValueReference* reference) { + *reference = this->Leak(&value); + return SetUnique(key, &value); + } + + private: + static void OnWeakCallback( + const WeakCallbackInfo<typename Traits::WeakCallbackDataType>& data) { + if (Traits::kCallbackType != kNotWeak) { + auto map = Traits::MapFromWeakCallbackInfo(data); + K key = Traits::KeyFromWeakCallbackInfo(data); + map->RemoveWeak(key); + Traits::OnWeakCallback(data); + data.SetSecondPassCallback(SecondWeakCallback); + } + } + + static void SecondWeakCallback( + const WeakCallbackInfo<typename Traits::WeakCallbackDataType>& data) { + Traits::DisposeWeak(data); + } +}; + + +/** + * A map that uses Global as value and std::map as the backing + * implementation. Persistents are held non-weak. + * + * C++11 embedders don't need this class, as they can use + * Global directly in std containers. + */ +template<typename K, typename V, + typename Traits = DefaultPersistentValueMapTraits<K, V> > +class StdPersistentValueMap : public PersistentValueMap<K, V, Traits> { + public: + explicit StdPersistentValueMap(Isolate* isolate) + : PersistentValueMap<K, V, Traits>(isolate) {} +}; + + +/** + * A map that uses Global as value and std::map as the backing + * implementation. Globals are held non-weak. + * + * C++11 embedders don't need this class, as they can use + * Global directly in std containers. + */ +template <typename K, typename V, + typename Traits = DefaultGlobalMapTraits<K, V> > +class StdGlobalValueMap : public GlobalValueMap<K, V, Traits> { + public: + explicit StdGlobalValueMap(Isolate* isolate) + : GlobalValueMap<K, V, Traits>(isolate) {} +}; + + +class DefaultPersistentValueVectorTraits { + public: + typedef std::vector<PersistentContainerValue> Impl; + + static void Append(Impl* impl, PersistentContainerValue value) { + impl->push_back(value); + } + static bool IsEmpty(const Impl* impl) { + return impl->empty(); + } + static size_t Size(const Impl* impl) { + return impl->size(); + } + static PersistentContainerValue Get(const Impl* impl, size_t i) { + return (i < impl->size()) ? impl->at(i) : kPersistentContainerNotFound; + } + static void ReserveCapacity(Impl* impl, size_t capacity) { + impl->reserve(capacity); + } + static void Clear(Impl* impl) { + impl->clear(); + } +}; + + +/** + * A vector wrapper that safely stores Global values. + * C++11 embedders don't need this class, as they can use Global + * directly in std containers. + * + * This class relies on a backing vector implementation, whose type and methods + * are described by the Traits class. The backing map will handle values of type + * PersistentContainerValue, with all conversion into and out of V8 + * handles being transparently handled by this class. + */ +template<typename V, typename Traits = DefaultPersistentValueVectorTraits> +class PersistentValueVector { + public: + explicit PersistentValueVector(Isolate* isolate) : isolate_(isolate) { } + + ~PersistentValueVector() { + Clear(); + } + + /** + * Append a value to the vector. + */ + void Append(Local<V> value) { + Global<V> persistent(isolate_, value); + Traits::Append(&impl_, ClearAndLeak(&persistent)); + } + + /** + * Append a persistent's value to the vector. + */ + void Append(Global<V> persistent) { + Traits::Append(&impl_, ClearAndLeak(&persistent)); + } + + /** + * Are there any values in the vector? + */ + bool IsEmpty() const { + return Traits::IsEmpty(&impl_); + } + + /** + * How many elements are in the vector? + */ + size_t Size() const { + return Traits::Size(&impl_); + } + + /** + * Retrieve the i-th value in the vector. + */ + Local<V> Get(size_t index) const { + return Local<V>::New(isolate_, FromVal(Traits::Get(&impl_, index))); + } + + /** + * Remove all elements from the vector. + */ + void Clear() { + size_t length = Traits::Size(&impl_); + for (size_t i = 0; i < length; i++) { + Global<V> p; + p.val_ = FromVal(Traits::Get(&impl_, i)); + } + Traits::Clear(&impl_); + } + + /** + * Reserve capacity in the vector. + * (Efficiency gains depend on the backing implementation.) + */ + void ReserveCapacity(size_t capacity) { + Traits::ReserveCapacity(&impl_, capacity); + } + + private: + static PersistentContainerValue ClearAndLeak(Global<V>* persistent) { + V* v = persistent->val_; + persistent->val_ = 0; + return reinterpret_cast<PersistentContainerValue>(v); + } + + static V* FromVal(PersistentContainerValue v) { + return reinterpret_cast<V*>(v); + } + + Isolate* isolate_; + typename Traits::Impl impl_; +}; + +} // namespace v8 + +#endif // V8_UTIL_H diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/v8-value-serializer-version.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/v8-value-serializer-version.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c72911c6 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/v8-value-serializer-version.h @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +// Copyright 2017 the V8 project authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license that can be +// found in the LICENSE file. + +/** + * Compile-time constants. + * + * This header provides access to information about the value serializer at + * compile time, without declaring or defining any symbols that require linking + * to V8. + */ + +#ifndef INCLUDE_V8_VALUE_SERIALIZER_VERSION_H_ +#define INCLUDE_V8_VALUE_SERIALIZER_VERSION_H_ + +#include <stdint.h> + +namespace v8 { + +constexpr uint32_t CurrentValueSerializerFormatVersion() { return 13; } + +} // namespace v8 + +#endif // INCLUDE_V8_VALUE_SERIALIZER_VERSION_H_ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/v8-version-string.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/v8-version-string.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fb84144d --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/v8-version-string.h @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +// Copyright 2017 the V8 project authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license that can be +// found in the LICENSE file. + +#ifndef V8_VERSION_STRING_H_ +#define V8_VERSION_STRING_H_ + +#include "v8-version.h" // NOLINT(build/include) + +// This is here rather than v8-version.h to keep that file simple and +// machine-processable. + +#if V8_IS_CANDIDATE_VERSION +#define V8_CANDIDATE_STRING " (candidate)" +#else +#define V8_CANDIDATE_STRING "" +#endif + +#ifndef V8_EMBEDDER_STRING +#define V8_EMBEDDER_STRING "" +#endif + +#define V8_SX(x) #x +#define V8_S(x) V8_SX(x) + +#if V8_PATCH_LEVEL > 0 +#define V8_VERSION_STRING \ + V8_S(V8_MAJOR_VERSION) \ + "." V8_S(V8_MINOR_VERSION) "." V8_S(V8_BUILD_NUMBER) "." V8_S( \ + V8_PATCH_LEVEL) V8_EMBEDDER_STRING V8_CANDIDATE_STRING +#else +#define V8_VERSION_STRING \ + V8_S(V8_MAJOR_VERSION) \ + "." V8_S(V8_MINOR_VERSION) "." V8_S(V8_BUILD_NUMBER) \ + V8_EMBEDDER_STRING V8_CANDIDATE_STRING +#endif + +#endif // V8_VERSION_STRING_H_ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/v8-version.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/v8-version.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..71f3b774 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/v8-version.h @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +// Copyright 2015 the V8 project authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license that can be +// found in the LICENSE file. + +#ifndef V8_INCLUDE_VERSION_H_ // V8_VERSION_H_ conflicts with src/version.h +#define V8_INCLUDE_VERSION_H_ + +// These macros define the version number for the current version. +// NOTE these macros are used by some of the tool scripts and the build +// system so their names cannot be changed without changing the scripts. +#define V8_MAJOR_VERSION 6 +#define V8_MINOR_VERSION 5 +#define V8_BUILD_NUMBER 254 +#define V8_PATCH_LEVEL 43 + +// Use 1 for candidates and 0 otherwise. +// (Boolean macro values are not supported by all preprocessors.) +#define V8_IS_CANDIDATE_VERSION 0 + +#endif // V8_INCLUDE_VERSION_H_ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/v8.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/v8.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..acb3efbc --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/v8.h @@ -0,0 +1,10204 @@ +// Copyright 2012 the V8 project authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license that can be +// found in the LICENSE file. + +/** \mainpage V8 API Reference Guide + * + * V8 is Google's open source JavaScript engine. + * + * This set of documents provides reference material generated from the + * V8 header file, include/v8.h. + * + * For other documentation see http://code.google.com/apis/v8/ + */ + +#ifndef INCLUDE_V8_H_ +#define INCLUDE_V8_H_ + +#include <stddef.h> +#include <stdint.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <memory> +#include <utility> +#include <vector> + +#include "v8-version.h" // NOLINT(build/include) +#include "v8config.h" // NOLINT(build/include) + +// We reserve the V8_* prefix for macros defined in V8 public API and +// assume there are no name conflicts with the embedder's code. + +#ifdef V8_OS_WIN + +// Setup for Windows DLL export/import. When building the V8 DLL the +// BUILDING_V8_SHARED needs to be defined. When building a program which uses +// the V8 DLL USING_V8_SHARED needs to be defined. When either building the V8 +// static library or building a program which uses the V8 static library neither +// BUILDING_V8_SHARED nor USING_V8_SHARED should be defined. +#ifdef BUILDING_V8_SHARED +# define V8_EXPORT __declspec(dllexport) +#elif USING_V8_SHARED +# define V8_EXPORT __declspec(dllimport) +#else +# define V8_EXPORT +#endif // BUILDING_V8_SHARED + +#else // V8_OS_WIN + +// Setup for Linux shared library export. +#if V8_HAS_ATTRIBUTE_VISIBILITY +# ifdef BUILDING_V8_SHARED +# define V8_EXPORT __attribute__ ((visibility("default"))) +# else +# define V8_EXPORT +# endif +#else +# define V8_EXPORT +#endif + +#endif // V8_OS_WIN + +/** + * The v8 JavaScript engine. + */ +namespace v8 { + +class AccessorSignature; +class Array; +class ArrayBuffer; +class Boolean; +class BooleanObject; +class Context; +class CpuProfiler; +class Data; +class Date; +class External; +class Function; +class FunctionTemplate; +class HeapProfiler; +class ImplementationUtilities; +class Int32; +class Integer; +class Isolate; +template <class T> +class Maybe; +class Name; +class Number; +class NumberObject; +class Object; +class ObjectOperationDescriptor; +class ObjectTemplate; +class Platform; +class Primitive; +class Promise; +class PropertyDescriptor; +class Proxy; +class RawOperationDescriptor; +class Script; +class SharedArrayBuffer; +class Signature; +class StartupData; +class StackFrame; +class StackTrace; +class String; +class StringObject; +class Symbol; +class SymbolObject; +class PrimitiveArray; +class Private; +class Uint32; +class Utils; +class Value; +class WasmCompiledModule; +template <class T> class Local; +template <class T> +class MaybeLocal; +template <class T> class Eternal; +template<class T> class NonCopyablePersistentTraits; +template<class T> class PersistentBase; +template <class T, class M = NonCopyablePersistentTraits<T> > +class Persistent; +template <class T> +class Global; +template<class K, class V, class T> class PersistentValueMap; +template <class K, class V, class T> +class PersistentValueMapBase; +template <class K, class V, class T> +class GlobalValueMap; +template<class V, class T> class PersistentValueVector; +template<class T, class P> class WeakCallbackObject; +class FunctionTemplate; +class ObjectTemplate; +template<typename T> class FunctionCallbackInfo; +template<typename T> class PropertyCallbackInfo; +class StackTrace; +class StackFrame; +class Isolate; +class CallHandlerHelper; +class EscapableHandleScope; +template<typename T> class ReturnValue; + +namespace internal { +class Arguments; +class DeferredHandles; +class Heap; +class HeapObject; +class Isolate; +class Object; +struct StreamedSource; +template<typename T> class CustomArguments; +class PropertyCallbackArguments; +class FunctionCallbackArguments; +class GlobalHandles; + +namespace wasm { +class StreamingDecoder; +} // namespace wasm +} // namespace internal + +namespace debug { +class ConsoleCallArguments; +} // namespace debug + +// --- Handles --- + +#define TYPE_CHECK(T, S) \ + while (false) { \ + *(static_cast<T* volatile*>(0)) = static_cast<S*>(0); \ + } + +/** + * An object reference managed by the v8 garbage collector. + * + * All objects returned from v8 have to be tracked by the garbage + * collector so that it knows that the objects are still alive. Also, + * because the garbage collector may move objects, it is unsafe to + * point directly to an object. Instead, all objects are stored in + * handles which are known by the garbage collector and updated + * whenever an object moves. Handles should always be passed by value + * (except in cases like out-parameters) and they should never be + * allocated on the heap. + * + * There are two types of handles: local and persistent handles. + * + * Local handles are light-weight and transient and typically used in + * local operations. They are managed by HandleScopes. That means that a + * HandleScope must exist on the stack when they are created and that they are + * only valid inside of the HandleScope active during their creation. + * For passing a local handle to an outer HandleScope, an EscapableHandleScope + * and its Escape() method must be used. + * + * Persistent handles can be used when storing objects across several + * independent operations and have to be explicitly deallocated when they're no + * longer used. + * + * It is safe to extract the object stored in the handle by + * dereferencing the handle (for instance, to extract the Object* from + * a Local<Object>); the value will still be governed by a handle + * behind the scenes and the same rules apply to these values as to + * their handles. + */ +template <class T> +class Local { + public: + V8_INLINE Local() : val_(0) {} + template <class S> + V8_INLINE Local(Local<S> that) + : val_(reinterpret_cast<T*>(*that)) { + /** + * This check fails when trying to convert between incompatible + * handles. For example, converting from a Local<String> to a + * Local<Number>. + */ + TYPE_CHECK(T, S); + } + + /** + * Returns true if the handle is empty. + */ + V8_INLINE bool IsEmpty() const { return val_ == 0; } + + /** + * Sets the handle to be empty. IsEmpty() will then return true. + */ + V8_INLINE void Clear() { val_ = 0; } + + V8_INLINE T* operator->() const { return val_; } + + V8_INLINE T* operator*() const { return val_; } + + /** + * Checks whether two handles are the same. + * Returns true if both are empty, or if the objects + * to which they refer are identical. + * The handles' references are not checked. + */ + template <class S> + V8_INLINE bool operator==(const Local<S>& that) const { + internal::Object** a = reinterpret_cast<internal::Object**>(this->val_); + internal::Object** b = reinterpret_cast<internal::Object**>(that.val_); + if (a == 0) return b == 0; + if (b == 0) return false; + return *a == *b; + } + + template <class S> V8_INLINE bool operator==( + const PersistentBase<S>& that) const { + internal::Object** a = reinterpret_cast<internal::Object**>(this->val_); + internal::Object** b = reinterpret_cast<internal::Object**>(that.val_); + if (a == 0) return b == 0; + if (b == 0) return false; + return *a == *b; + } + + /** + * Checks whether two handles are different. + * Returns true if only one of the handles is empty, or if + * the objects to which they refer are different. + * The handles' references are not checked. + */ + template <class S> + V8_INLINE bool operator!=(const Local<S>& that) const { + return !operator==(that); + } + + template <class S> V8_INLINE bool operator!=( + const Persistent<S>& that) const { + return !operator==(that); + } + + /** + * Cast a handle to a subclass, e.g. Local<Value> to Local<Object>. + * This is only valid if the handle actually refers to a value of the + * target type. + */ + template <class S> V8_INLINE static Local<T> Cast(Local<S> that) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + // If we're going to perform the type check then we have to check + // that the handle isn't empty before doing the checked cast. + if (that.IsEmpty()) return Local<T>(); +#endif + return Local<T>(T::Cast(*that)); + } + + /** + * Calling this is equivalent to Local<S>::Cast(). + * In particular, this is only valid if the handle actually refers to a value + * of the target type. + */ + template <class S> + V8_INLINE Local<S> As() const { + return Local<S>::Cast(*this); + } + + /** + * Create a local handle for the content of another handle. + * The referee is kept alive by the local handle even when + * the original handle is destroyed/disposed. + */ + V8_INLINE static Local<T> New(Isolate* isolate, Local<T> that); + V8_INLINE static Local<T> New(Isolate* isolate, + const PersistentBase<T>& that); + + private: + friend class Utils; + template<class F> friend class Eternal; + template<class F> friend class PersistentBase; + template<class F, class M> friend class Persistent; + template<class F> friend class Local; + template <class F> + friend class MaybeLocal; + template<class F> friend class FunctionCallbackInfo; + template<class F> friend class PropertyCallbackInfo; + friend class String; + friend class Object; + friend class Context; + friend class Isolate; + friend class Private; + template<class F> friend class internal::CustomArguments; + friend Local<Primitive> Undefined(Isolate* isolate); + friend Local<Primitive> Null(Isolate* isolate); + friend Local<Boolean> True(Isolate* isolate); + friend Local<Boolean> False(Isolate* isolate); + friend class HandleScope; + friend class EscapableHandleScope; + template <class F1, class F2, class F3> + friend class PersistentValueMapBase; + template<class F1, class F2> friend class PersistentValueVector; + template <class F> + friend class ReturnValue; + + explicit V8_INLINE Local(T* that) : val_(that) {} + V8_INLINE static Local<T> New(Isolate* isolate, T* that); + T* val_; +}; + + +#if !defined(V8_IMMINENT_DEPRECATION_WARNINGS) +// Handle is an alias for Local for historical reasons. +template <class T> +using Handle = Local<T>; +#endif + + +/** + * A MaybeLocal<> is a wrapper around Local<> that enforces a check whether + * the Local<> is empty before it can be used. + * + * If an API method returns a MaybeLocal<>, the API method can potentially fail + * either because an exception is thrown, or because an exception is pending, + * e.g. because a previous API call threw an exception that hasn't been caught + * yet, or because a TerminateExecution exception was thrown. In that case, an + * empty MaybeLocal is returned. + */ +template <class T> +class MaybeLocal { + public: + V8_INLINE MaybeLocal() : val_(nullptr) {} + template <class S> + V8_INLINE MaybeLocal(Local<S> that) + : val_(reinterpret_cast<T*>(*that)) { + TYPE_CHECK(T, S); + } + + V8_INLINE bool IsEmpty() const { return val_ == nullptr; } + + /** + * Converts this MaybeLocal<> to a Local<>. If this MaybeLocal<> is empty, + * |false| is returned and |out| is left untouched. + */ + template <class S> + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT V8_INLINE bool ToLocal(Local<S>* out) const { + out->val_ = IsEmpty() ? nullptr : this->val_; + return !IsEmpty(); + } + + /** + * Converts this MaybeLocal<> to a Local<>. If this MaybeLocal<> is empty, + * V8 will crash the process. + */ + V8_INLINE Local<T> ToLocalChecked(); + + /** + * Converts this MaybeLocal<> to a Local<>, using a default value if this + * MaybeLocal<> is empty. + */ + template <class S> + V8_INLINE Local<S> FromMaybe(Local<S> default_value) const { + return IsEmpty() ? default_value : Local<S>(val_); + } + + private: + T* val_; +}; + +/** + * Eternal handles are set-once handles that live for the lifetime of the + * isolate. + */ +template <class T> class Eternal { + public: + V8_INLINE Eternal() : val_(nullptr) {} + template <class S> + V8_INLINE Eternal(Isolate* isolate, Local<S> handle) : val_(nullptr) { + Set(isolate, handle); + } + // Can only be safely called if already set. + V8_INLINE Local<T> Get(Isolate* isolate) const; + V8_INLINE bool IsEmpty() const { return val_ == nullptr; } + template<class S> V8_INLINE void Set(Isolate* isolate, Local<S> handle); + + private: + T* val_; +}; + + +static const int kInternalFieldsInWeakCallback = 2; +static const int kEmbedderFieldsInWeakCallback = 2; + +template <typename T> +class WeakCallbackInfo { + public: + typedef void (*Callback)(const WeakCallbackInfo<T>& data); + + WeakCallbackInfo(Isolate* isolate, T* parameter, + void* embedder_fields[kEmbedderFieldsInWeakCallback], + Callback* callback) + : isolate_(isolate), parameter_(parameter), callback_(callback) { + for (int i = 0; i < kEmbedderFieldsInWeakCallback; ++i) { + embedder_fields_[i] = embedder_fields[i]; + } + } + + V8_INLINE Isolate* GetIsolate() const { return isolate_; } + V8_INLINE T* GetParameter() const { return parameter_; } + V8_INLINE void* GetInternalField(int index) const; + + // When first called, the embedder MUST Reset() the Global which triggered the + // callback. The Global itself is unusable for anything else. No v8 other api + // calls may be called in the first callback. Should additional work be + // required, the embedder must set a second pass callback, which will be + // called after all the initial callbacks are processed. + // Calling SetSecondPassCallback on the second pass will immediately crash. + void SetSecondPassCallback(Callback callback) const { *callback_ = callback; } + + private: + Isolate* isolate_; + T* parameter_; + Callback* callback_; + void* embedder_fields_[kEmbedderFieldsInWeakCallback]; +}; + + +// kParameter will pass a void* parameter back to the callback, kInternalFields +// will pass the first two internal fields back to the callback, kFinalizer +// will pass a void* parameter back, but is invoked before the object is +// actually collected, so it can be resurrected. In the last case, it is not +// possible to request a second pass callback. +enum class WeakCallbackType { kParameter, kInternalFields, kFinalizer }; + +/** + * An object reference that is independent of any handle scope. Where + * a Local handle only lives as long as the HandleScope in which it was + * allocated, a PersistentBase handle remains valid until it is explicitly + * disposed using Reset(). + * + * A persistent handle contains a reference to a storage cell within + * the V8 engine which holds an object value and which is updated by + * the garbage collector whenever the object is moved. A new storage + * cell can be created using the constructor or PersistentBase::Reset and + * existing handles can be disposed using PersistentBase::Reset. + * + */ +template <class T> class PersistentBase { + public: + /** + * If non-empty, destroy the underlying storage cell + * IsEmpty() will return true after this call. + */ + V8_INLINE void Reset(); + /** + * If non-empty, destroy the underlying storage cell + * and create a new one with the contents of other if other is non empty + */ + template <class S> + V8_INLINE void Reset(Isolate* isolate, const Local<S>& other); + + /** + * If non-empty, destroy the underlying storage cell + * and create a new one with the contents of other if other is non empty + */ + template <class S> + V8_INLINE void Reset(Isolate* isolate, const PersistentBase<S>& other); + + V8_INLINE bool IsEmpty() const { return val_ == NULL; } + V8_INLINE void Empty() { val_ = 0; } + + V8_INLINE Local<T> Get(Isolate* isolate) const { + return Local<T>::New(isolate, *this); + } + + template <class S> + V8_INLINE bool operator==(const PersistentBase<S>& that) const { + internal::Object** a = reinterpret_cast<internal::Object**>(this->val_); + internal::Object** b = reinterpret_cast<internal::Object**>(that.val_); + if (a == NULL) return b == NULL; + if (b == NULL) return false; + return *a == *b; + } + + template <class S> + V8_INLINE bool operator==(const Local<S>& that) const { + internal::Object** a = reinterpret_cast<internal::Object**>(this->val_); + internal::Object** b = reinterpret_cast<internal::Object**>(that.val_); + if (a == NULL) return b == NULL; + if (b == NULL) return false; + return *a == *b; + } + + template <class S> + V8_INLINE bool operator!=(const PersistentBase<S>& that) const { + return !operator==(that); + } + + template <class S> + V8_INLINE bool operator!=(const Local<S>& that) const { + return !operator==(that); + } + + /** + * Install a finalization callback on this object. + * NOTE: There is no guarantee as to *when* or even *if* the callback is + * invoked. The invocation is performed solely on a best effort basis. + * As always, GC-based finalization should *not* be relied upon for any + * critical form of resource management! + */ + template <typename P> + V8_INLINE void SetWeak(P* parameter, + typename WeakCallbackInfo<P>::Callback callback, + WeakCallbackType type); + + /** + * Turns this handle into a weak phantom handle without finalization callback. + * The handle will be reset automatically when the garbage collector detects + * that the object is no longer reachable. + * A related function Isolate::NumberOfPhantomHandleResetsSinceLastCall + * returns how many phantom handles were reset by the garbage collector. + */ + V8_INLINE void SetWeak(); + + template<typename P> + V8_INLINE P* ClearWeak(); + + // TODO(dcarney): remove this. + V8_INLINE void ClearWeak() { ClearWeak<void>(); } + + /** + * Allows the embedder to tell the v8 garbage collector that a certain object + * is alive. Only allowed when the embedder is asked to trace its heap by + * EmbedderHeapTracer. + */ + V8_INLINE void RegisterExternalReference(Isolate* isolate) const; + + /** + * Marks the reference to this object independent. Garbage collector is free + * to ignore any object groups containing this object. Weak callback for an + * independent handle should not assume that it will be preceded by a global + * GC prologue callback or followed by a global GC epilogue callback. + */ + V8_DEPRECATE_SOON( + "Objects are always considered independent. " + "Use MarkActive to avoid collecting otherwise dead weak handles.", + V8_INLINE void MarkIndependent()); + + /** + * Marks the reference to this object as active. The scavenge garbage + * collection should not reclaim the objects marked as active, even if the + * object held by the handle is otherwise unreachable. + * + * This bit is cleared after the each garbage collection pass. + */ + V8_INLINE void MarkActive(); + + V8_DEPRECATE_SOON("See MarkIndependent.", + V8_INLINE bool IsIndependent() const); + + /** Checks if the handle holds the only reference to an object. */ + V8_INLINE bool IsNearDeath() const; + + /** Returns true if the handle's reference is weak. */ + V8_INLINE bool IsWeak() const; + + /** + * Assigns a wrapper class ID to the handle. See RetainedObjectInfo interface + * description in v8-profiler.h for details. + */ + V8_INLINE void SetWrapperClassId(uint16_t class_id); + + /** + * Returns the class ID previously assigned to this handle or 0 if no class ID + * was previously assigned. + */ + V8_INLINE uint16_t WrapperClassId() const; + + PersistentBase(const PersistentBase& other) = delete; // NOLINT + void operator=(const PersistentBase&) = delete; + + private: + friend class Isolate; + friend class Utils; + template<class F> friend class Local; + template<class F1, class F2> friend class Persistent; + template <class F> + friend class Global; + template<class F> friend class PersistentBase; + template<class F> friend class ReturnValue; + template <class F1, class F2, class F3> + friend class PersistentValueMapBase; + template<class F1, class F2> friend class PersistentValueVector; + friend class Object; + + explicit V8_INLINE PersistentBase(T* val) : val_(val) {} + V8_INLINE static T* New(Isolate* isolate, T* that); + + T* val_; +}; + + +/** + * Default traits for Persistent. This class does not allow + * use of the copy constructor or assignment operator. + * At present kResetInDestructor is not set, but that will change in a future + * version. + */ +template<class T> +class NonCopyablePersistentTraits { + public: + typedef Persistent<T, NonCopyablePersistentTraits<T> > NonCopyablePersistent; + static const bool kResetInDestructor = false; + template<class S, class M> + V8_INLINE static void Copy(const Persistent<S, M>& source, + NonCopyablePersistent* dest) { + Uncompilable<Object>(); + } + // TODO(dcarney): come up with a good compile error here. + template<class O> V8_INLINE static void Uncompilable() { + TYPE_CHECK(O, Primitive); + } +}; + + +/** + * Helper class traits to allow copying and assignment of Persistent. + * This will clone the contents of storage cell, but not any of the flags, etc. + */ +template<class T> +struct CopyablePersistentTraits { + typedef Persistent<T, CopyablePersistentTraits<T> > CopyablePersistent; + static const bool kResetInDestructor = true; + template<class S, class M> + static V8_INLINE void Copy(const Persistent<S, M>& source, + CopyablePersistent* dest) { + // do nothing, just allow copy + } +}; + + +/** + * A PersistentBase which allows copy and assignment. + * + * Copy, assignment and destructor behavior is controlled by the traits + * class M. + * + * Note: Persistent class hierarchy is subject to future changes. + */ +template <class T, class M> class Persistent : public PersistentBase<T> { + public: + /** + * A Persistent with no storage cell. + */ + V8_INLINE Persistent() : PersistentBase<T>(0) { } + /** + * Construct a Persistent from a Local. + * When the Local is non-empty, a new storage cell is created + * pointing to the same object, and no flags are set. + */ + template <class S> + V8_INLINE Persistent(Isolate* isolate, Local<S> that) + : PersistentBase<T>(PersistentBase<T>::New(isolate, *that)) { + TYPE_CHECK(T, S); + } + /** + * Construct a Persistent from a Persistent. + * When the Persistent is non-empty, a new storage cell is created + * pointing to the same object, and no flags are set. + */ + template <class S, class M2> + V8_INLINE Persistent(Isolate* isolate, const Persistent<S, M2>& that) + : PersistentBase<T>(PersistentBase<T>::New(isolate, *that)) { + TYPE_CHECK(T, S); + } + /** + * The copy constructors and assignment operator create a Persistent + * exactly as the Persistent constructor, but the Copy function from the + * traits class is called, allowing the setting of flags based on the + * copied Persistent. + */ + V8_INLINE Persistent(const Persistent& that) : PersistentBase<T>(0) { + Copy(that); + } + template <class S, class M2> + V8_INLINE Persistent(const Persistent<S, M2>& that) : PersistentBase<T>(0) { + Copy(that); + } + V8_INLINE Persistent& operator=(const Persistent& that) { // NOLINT + Copy(that); + return *this; + } + template <class S, class M2> + V8_INLINE Persistent& operator=(const Persistent<S, M2>& that) { // NOLINT + Copy(that); + return *this; + } + /** + * The destructor will dispose the Persistent based on the + * kResetInDestructor flags in the traits class. Since not calling dispose + * can result in a memory leak, it is recommended to always set this flag. + */ + V8_INLINE ~Persistent() { + if (M::kResetInDestructor) this->Reset(); + } + + // TODO(dcarney): this is pretty useless, fix or remove + template <class S> + V8_INLINE static Persistent<T>& Cast(const Persistent<S>& that) { // NOLINT +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + // If we're going to perform the type check then we have to check + // that the handle isn't empty before doing the checked cast. + if (!that.IsEmpty()) T::Cast(*that); +#endif + return reinterpret_cast<Persistent<T>&>(const_cast<Persistent<S>&>(that)); + } + + // TODO(dcarney): this is pretty useless, fix or remove + template <class S> + V8_INLINE Persistent<S>& As() const { // NOLINT + return Persistent<S>::Cast(*this); + } + + private: + friend class Isolate; + friend class Utils; + template<class F> friend class Local; + template<class F1, class F2> friend class Persistent; + template<class F> friend class ReturnValue; + + explicit V8_INLINE Persistent(T* that) : PersistentBase<T>(that) {} + V8_INLINE T* operator*() const { return this->val_; } + template<class S, class M2> + V8_INLINE void Copy(const Persistent<S, M2>& that); +}; + + +/** + * A PersistentBase which has move semantics. + * + * Note: Persistent class hierarchy is subject to future changes. + */ +template <class T> +class Global : public PersistentBase<T> { + public: + /** + * A Global with no storage cell. + */ + V8_INLINE Global() : PersistentBase<T>(nullptr) {} + /** + * Construct a Global from a Local. + * When the Local is non-empty, a new storage cell is created + * pointing to the same object, and no flags are set. + */ + template <class S> + V8_INLINE Global(Isolate* isolate, Local<S> that) + : PersistentBase<T>(PersistentBase<T>::New(isolate, *that)) { + TYPE_CHECK(T, S); + } + /** + * Construct a Global from a PersistentBase. + * When the Persistent is non-empty, a new storage cell is created + * pointing to the same object, and no flags are set. + */ + template <class S> + V8_INLINE Global(Isolate* isolate, const PersistentBase<S>& that) + : PersistentBase<T>(PersistentBase<T>::New(isolate, that.val_)) { + TYPE_CHECK(T, S); + } + /** + * Move constructor. + */ + V8_INLINE Global(Global&& other) : PersistentBase<T>(other.val_) { // NOLINT + other.val_ = nullptr; + } + V8_INLINE ~Global() { this->Reset(); } + /** + * Move via assignment. + */ + template <class S> + V8_INLINE Global& operator=(Global<S>&& rhs) { // NOLINT + TYPE_CHECK(T, S); + if (this != &rhs) { + this->Reset(); + this->val_ = rhs.val_; + rhs.val_ = nullptr; + } + return *this; + } + /** + * Pass allows returning uniques from functions, etc. + */ + Global Pass() { return static_cast<Global&&>(*this); } // NOLINT + + /* + * For compatibility with Chromium's base::Bind (base::Passed). + */ + typedef void MoveOnlyTypeForCPP03; + + Global(const Global&) = delete; + void operator=(const Global&) = delete; + + private: + template <class F> + friend class ReturnValue; + V8_INLINE T* operator*() const { return this->val_; } +}; + + +// UniquePersistent is an alias for Global for historical reason. +template <class T> +using UniquePersistent = Global<T>; + + + /** + * A stack-allocated class that governs a number of local handles. + * After a handle scope has been created, all local handles will be + * allocated within that handle scope until either the handle scope is + * deleted or another handle scope is created. If there is already a + * handle scope and a new one is created, all allocations will take + * place in the new handle scope until it is deleted. After that, + * new handles will again be allocated in the original handle scope. + * + * After the handle scope of a local handle has been deleted the + * garbage collector will no longer track the object stored in the + * handle and may deallocate it. The behavior of accessing a handle + * for which the handle scope has been deleted is undefined. + */ +class V8_EXPORT HandleScope { + public: + explicit HandleScope(Isolate* isolate); + + ~HandleScope(); + + /** + * Counts the number of allocated handles. + */ + static int NumberOfHandles(Isolate* isolate); + + V8_INLINE Isolate* GetIsolate() const { + return reinterpret_cast<Isolate*>(isolate_); + } + + HandleScope(const HandleScope&) = delete; + void operator=(const HandleScope&) = delete; + + protected: + V8_INLINE HandleScope() {} + + void Initialize(Isolate* isolate); + + static internal::Object** CreateHandle(internal::Isolate* isolate, + internal::Object* value); + + private: + // Declaring operator new and delete as deleted is not spec compliant. + // Therefore declare them private instead to disable dynamic alloc + void* operator new(size_t size); + void* operator new[](size_t size); + void operator delete(void*, size_t); + void operator delete[](void*, size_t); + + // Uses heap_object to obtain the current Isolate. + static internal::Object** CreateHandle(internal::HeapObject* heap_object, + internal::Object* value); + + internal::Isolate* isolate_; + internal::Object** prev_next_; + internal::Object** prev_limit_; + + // Local::New uses CreateHandle with an Isolate* parameter. + template<class F> friend class Local; + + // Object::GetInternalField and Context::GetEmbedderData use CreateHandle with + // a HeapObject* in their shortcuts. + friend class Object; + friend class Context; +}; + + +/** + * A HandleScope which first allocates a handle in the current scope + * which will be later filled with the escape value. + */ +class V8_EXPORT EscapableHandleScope : public HandleScope { + public: + explicit EscapableHandleScope(Isolate* isolate); + V8_INLINE ~EscapableHandleScope() {} + + /** + * Pushes the value into the previous scope and returns a handle to it. + * Cannot be called twice. + */ + template <class T> + V8_INLINE Local<T> Escape(Local<T> value) { + internal::Object** slot = + Escape(reinterpret_cast<internal::Object**>(*value)); + return Local<T>(reinterpret_cast<T*>(slot)); + } + + EscapableHandleScope(const EscapableHandleScope&) = delete; + void operator=(const EscapableHandleScope&) = delete; + + private: + // Declaring operator new and delete as deleted is not spec compliant. + // Therefore declare them private instead to disable dynamic alloc + void* operator new(size_t size); + void* operator new[](size_t size); + void operator delete(void*, size_t); + void operator delete[](void*, size_t); + + internal::Object** Escape(internal::Object** escape_value); + internal::Object** escape_slot_; +}; + +/** + * A SealHandleScope acts like a handle scope in which no handle allocations + * are allowed. It can be useful for debugging handle leaks. + * Handles can be allocated within inner normal HandleScopes. + */ +class V8_EXPORT SealHandleScope { + public: + SealHandleScope(Isolate* isolate); + ~SealHandleScope(); + + SealHandleScope(const SealHandleScope&) = delete; + void operator=(const SealHandleScope&) = delete; + + private: + // Declaring operator new and delete as deleted is not spec compliant. + // Therefore declare them private instead to disable dynamic alloc + void* operator new(size_t size); + void* operator new[](size_t size); + void operator delete(void*, size_t); + void operator delete[](void*, size_t); + + internal::Isolate* const isolate_; + internal::Object** prev_limit_; + int prev_sealed_level_; +}; + + +// --- Special objects --- + + +/** + * The superclass of values and API object templates. + */ +class V8_EXPORT Data { + private: + Data(); +}; + +/** + * A container type that holds relevant metadata for module loading. + * + * This is passed back to the embedder as part of + * HostImportModuleDynamicallyCallback for module loading. + */ +class V8_EXPORT ScriptOrModule { + public: + /** + * The name that was passed by the embedder as ResourceName to the + * ScriptOrigin. This can be either a v8::String or v8::Undefined. + */ + Local<Value> GetResourceName(); + + /** + * The options that were passed by the embedder as HostDefinedOptions to + * the ScriptOrigin. + */ + Local<PrimitiveArray> GetHostDefinedOptions(); +}; + +/** + * An array to hold Primitive values. This is used by the embedder to + * pass host defined options to the ScriptOptions during compilation. + * + * This is passed back to the embedder as part of + * HostImportModuleDynamicallyCallback for module loading. + * + */ +class V8_EXPORT PrimitiveArray { + public: + static Local<PrimitiveArray> New(Isolate* isolate, int length); + int Length() const; + void Set(int index, Local<Primitive> item); + Local<Primitive> Get(int index); +}; + +/** + * The optional attributes of ScriptOrigin. + */ +class ScriptOriginOptions { + public: + V8_INLINE ScriptOriginOptions(bool is_shared_cross_origin = false, + bool is_opaque = false, bool is_wasm = false, + bool is_module = false) + : flags_((is_shared_cross_origin ? kIsSharedCrossOrigin : 0) | + (is_wasm ? kIsWasm : 0) | (is_opaque ? kIsOpaque : 0) | + (is_module ? kIsModule : 0)) {} + V8_INLINE ScriptOriginOptions(int flags) + : flags_(flags & + (kIsSharedCrossOrigin | kIsOpaque | kIsWasm | kIsModule)) {} + + bool IsSharedCrossOrigin() const { + return (flags_ & kIsSharedCrossOrigin) != 0; + } + bool IsOpaque() const { return (flags_ & kIsOpaque) != 0; } + bool IsWasm() const { return (flags_ & kIsWasm) != 0; } + bool IsModule() const { return (flags_ & kIsModule) != 0; } + + int Flags() const { return flags_; } + + private: + enum { + kIsSharedCrossOrigin = 1, + kIsOpaque = 1 << 1, + kIsWasm = 1 << 2, + kIsModule = 1 << 3 + }; + const int flags_; +}; + +/** + * The origin, within a file, of a script. + */ +class ScriptOrigin { + public: + V8_INLINE ScriptOrigin( + Local<Value> resource_name, + Local<Integer> resource_line_offset = Local<Integer>(), + Local<Integer> resource_column_offset = Local<Integer>(), + Local<Boolean> resource_is_shared_cross_origin = Local<Boolean>(), + Local<Integer> script_id = Local<Integer>(), + Local<Value> source_map_url = Local<Value>(), + Local<Boolean> resource_is_opaque = Local<Boolean>(), + Local<Boolean> is_wasm = Local<Boolean>(), + Local<Boolean> is_module = Local<Boolean>(), + Local<PrimitiveArray> host_defined_options = Local<PrimitiveArray>()); + + V8_INLINE Local<Value> ResourceName() const; + V8_INLINE Local<Integer> ResourceLineOffset() const; + V8_INLINE Local<Integer> ResourceColumnOffset() const; + V8_INLINE Local<Integer> ScriptID() const; + V8_INLINE Local<Value> SourceMapUrl() const; + V8_INLINE Local<PrimitiveArray> HostDefinedOptions() const; + V8_INLINE ScriptOriginOptions Options() const { return options_; } + + private: + Local<Value> resource_name_; + Local<Integer> resource_line_offset_; + Local<Integer> resource_column_offset_; + ScriptOriginOptions options_; + Local<Integer> script_id_; + Local<Value> source_map_url_; + Local<PrimitiveArray> host_defined_options_; +}; + +/** + * A compiled JavaScript script, not yet tied to a Context. + */ +class V8_EXPORT UnboundScript { + public: + /** + * Binds the script to the currently entered context. + */ + Local<Script> BindToCurrentContext(); + + int GetId(); + Local<Value> GetScriptName(); + + /** + * Data read from magic sourceURL comments. + */ + Local<Value> GetSourceURL(); + /** + * Data read from magic sourceMappingURL comments. + */ + Local<Value> GetSourceMappingURL(); + + /** + * Returns zero based line number of the code_pos location in the script. + * -1 will be returned if no information available. + */ + int GetLineNumber(int code_pos); + + static const int kNoScriptId = 0; +}; + +/** + * A location in JavaScript source. + */ +class V8_EXPORT Location { + public: + int GetLineNumber() { return line_number_; } + int GetColumnNumber() { return column_number_; } + + Location(int line_number, int column_number) + : line_number_(line_number), column_number_(column_number) {} + + private: + int line_number_; + int column_number_; +}; + +/** + * A compiled JavaScript module. + */ +class V8_EXPORT Module { + public: + /** + * The different states a module can be in. + * This corresponds to the states used in ECMAScript except that "evaluated" + * is split into kEvaluated and kErrored, indicating success and failure, + * respectively. + */ + enum Status { + kUninstantiated, + kInstantiating, + kInstantiated, + kEvaluating, + kEvaluated, + kErrored + }; + + /** + * Returns the module's current status. + */ + Status GetStatus() const; + + /** + * For a module in kErrored status, this returns the corresponding exception. + */ + Local<Value> GetException() const; + + /** + * Returns the number of modules requested by this module. + */ + int GetModuleRequestsLength() const; + + /** + * Returns the ith module specifier in this module. + * i must be < GetModuleRequestsLength() and >= 0. + */ + Local<String> GetModuleRequest(int i) const; + + /** + * Returns the source location (line number and column number) of the ith + * module specifier's first occurrence in this module. + */ + Location GetModuleRequestLocation(int i) const; + + /** + * Returns the identity hash for this object. + */ + int GetIdentityHash() const; + + typedef MaybeLocal<Module> (*ResolveCallback)(Local<Context> context, + Local<String> specifier, + Local<Module> referrer); + + /** + * ModuleDeclarationInstantiation + * + * Returns an empty Maybe<bool> if an exception occurred during + * instantiation. (In the case where the callback throws an exception, that + * exception is propagated.) + */ + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT Maybe<bool> InstantiateModule(Local<Context> context, + ResolveCallback callback); + + /** + * ModuleEvaluation + * + * Returns the completion value. + * TODO(neis): Be more precise or say nothing. + */ + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<Value> Evaluate(Local<Context> context); + + /** + * Returns the namespace object of this module. + * The module's status must be kEvaluated. + */ + Local<Value> GetModuleNamespace(); +}; + +/** + * A compiled JavaScript script, tied to a Context which was active when the + * script was compiled. + */ +class V8_EXPORT Script { + public: + /** + * A shorthand for ScriptCompiler::Compile(). + */ + static V8_DEPRECATE_SOON( + "Use maybe version", + Local<Script> Compile(Local<String> source, + ScriptOrigin* origin = nullptr)); + static V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<Script> Compile( + Local<Context> context, Local<String> source, + ScriptOrigin* origin = nullptr); + + static Local<Script> V8_DEPRECATE_SOON("Use maybe version", + Compile(Local<String> source, + Local<String> file_name)); + + /** + * Runs the script returning the resulting value. It will be run in the + * context in which it was created (ScriptCompiler::CompileBound or + * UnboundScript::BindToCurrentContext()). + */ + V8_DEPRECATE_SOON("Use maybe version", Local<Value> Run()); + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<Value> Run(Local<Context> context); + + /** + * Returns the corresponding context-unbound script. + */ + Local<UnboundScript> GetUnboundScript(); +}; + + +/** + * For compiling scripts. + */ +class V8_EXPORT ScriptCompiler { + public: + /** + * Compilation data that the embedder can cache and pass back to speed up + * future compilations. The data is produced if the CompilerOptions passed to + * the compilation functions in ScriptCompiler contains produce_data_to_cache + * = true. The data to cache can then can be retrieved from + * UnboundScript. + */ + struct V8_EXPORT CachedData { + enum BufferPolicy { + BufferNotOwned, + BufferOwned + }; + + CachedData() + : data(NULL), + length(0), + rejected(false), + buffer_policy(BufferNotOwned) {} + + // If buffer_policy is BufferNotOwned, the caller keeps the ownership of + // data and guarantees that it stays alive until the CachedData object is + // destroyed. If the policy is BufferOwned, the given data will be deleted + // (with delete[]) when the CachedData object is destroyed. + CachedData(const uint8_t* data, int length, + BufferPolicy buffer_policy = BufferNotOwned); + ~CachedData(); + // TODO(marja): Async compilation; add constructors which take a callback + // which will be called when V8 no longer needs the data. + const uint8_t* data; + int length; + bool rejected; + BufferPolicy buffer_policy; + + // Prevent copying. + CachedData(const CachedData&) = delete; + CachedData& operator=(const CachedData&) = delete; + }; + + /** + * Source code which can be then compiled to a UnboundScript or Script. + */ + class Source { + public: + // Source takes ownership of CachedData. + V8_INLINE Source(Local<String> source_string, const ScriptOrigin& origin, + CachedData* cached_data = NULL); + V8_INLINE Source(Local<String> source_string, + CachedData* cached_data = NULL); + V8_INLINE ~Source(); + + // Ownership of the CachedData or its buffers is *not* transferred to the + // caller. The CachedData object is alive as long as the Source object is + // alive. + V8_INLINE const CachedData* GetCachedData() const; + + V8_INLINE const ScriptOriginOptions& GetResourceOptions() const; + + // Prevent copying. + Source(const Source&) = delete; + Source& operator=(const Source&) = delete; + + private: + friend class ScriptCompiler; + + Local<String> source_string; + + // Origin information + Local<Value> resource_name; + Local<Integer> resource_line_offset; + Local<Integer> resource_column_offset; + ScriptOriginOptions resource_options; + Local<Value> source_map_url; + Local<PrimitiveArray> host_defined_options; + + // Cached data from previous compilation (if a kConsume*Cache flag is + // set), or hold newly generated cache data (kProduce*Cache flags) are + // set when calling a compile method. + CachedData* cached_data; + }; + + /** + * For streaming incomplete script data to V8. The embedder should implement a + * subclass of this class. + */ + class V8_EXPORT ExternalSourceStream { + public: + virtual ~ExternalSourceStream() {} + + /** + * V8 calls this to request the next chunk of data from the embedder. This + * function will be called on a background thread, so it's OK to block and + * wait for the data, if the embedder doesn't have data yet. Returns the + * length of the data returned. When the data ends, GetMoreData should + * return 0. Caller takes ownership of the data. + * + * When streaming UTF-8 data, V8 handles multi-byte characters split between + * two data chunks, but doesn't handle multi-byte characters split between + * more than two data chunks. The embedder can avoid this problem by always + * returning at least 2 bytes of data. + * + * If the embedder wants to cancel the streaming, they should make the next + * GetMoreData call return 0. V8 will interpret it as end of data (and most + * probably, parsing will fail). The streaming task will return as soon as + * V8 has parsed the data it received so far. + */ + virtual size_t GetMoreData(const uint8_t** src) = 0; + + /** + * V8 calls this method to set a 'bookmark' at the current position in + * the source stream, for the purpose of (maybe) later calling + * ResetToBookmark. If ResetToBookmark is called later, then subsequent + * calls to GetMoreData should return the same data as they did when + * SetBookmark was called earlier. + * + * The embedder may return 'false' to indicate it cannot provide this + * functionality. + */ + virtual bool SetBookmark(); + + /** + * V8 calls this to return to a previously set bookmark. + */ + virtual void ResetToBookmark(); + }; + + + /** + * Source code which can be streamed into V8 in pieces. It will be parsed + * while streaming. It can be compiled after the streaming is complete. + * StreamedSource must be kept alive while the streaming task is ran (see + * ScriptStreamingTask below). + */ + class V8_EXPORT StreamedSource { + public: + enum Encoding { ONE_BYTE, TWO_BYTE, UTF8 }; + + StreamedSource(ExternalSourceStream* source_stream, Encoding encoding); + ~StreamedSource(); + + // Ownership of the CachedData or its buffers is *not* transferred to the + // caller. The CachedData object is alive as long as the StreamedSource + // object is alive. + const CachedData* GetCachedData() const; + + internal::StreamedSource* impl() const { return impl_; } + + // Prevent copying. + StreamedSource(const StreamedSource&) = delete; + StreamedSource& operator=(const StreamedSource&) = delete; + + private: + internal::StreamedSource* impl_; + }; + + /** + * A streaming task which the embedder must run on a background thread to + * stream scripts into V8. Returned by ScriptCompiler::StartStreamingScript. + */ + class ScriptStreamingTask { + public: + virtual ~ScriptStreamingTask() {} + virtual void Run() = 0; + }; + + enum CompileOptions { + kNoCompileOptions = 0, + kProduceParserCache, + kConsumeParserCache, + kProduceCodeCache, + kProduceFullCodeCache, + kConsumeCodeCache, + kEagerCompile + }; + + /** + * The reason for which we are not requesting or providing a code cache. + */ + enum NoCacheReason { + kNoCacheNoReason = 0, + kNoCacheBecauseCachingDisabled, + kNoCacheBecauseNoResource, + kNoCacheBecauseInlineScript, + kNoCacheBecauseModule, + kNoCacheBecauseStreamingSource, + kNoCacheBecauseInspector, + kNoCacheBecauseScriptTooSmall, + kNoCacheBecauseCacheTooCold, + kNoCacheBecauseV8Extension, + kNoCacheBecauseExtensionModule, + kNoCacheBecausePacScript, + kNoCacheBecauseInDocumentWrite, + kNoCacheBecauseResourceWithNoCacheHandler, + kNoCacheBecauseDeferredProduceCodeCache + }; + + /** + * Compiles the specified script (context-independent). + * Cached data as part of the source object can be optionally produced to be + * consumed later to speed up compilation of identical source scripts. + * + * Note that when producing cached data, the source must point to NULL for + * cached data. When consuming cached data, the cached data must have been + * produced by the same version of V8. + * + * \param source Script source code. + * \return Compiled script object (context independent; for running it must be + * bound to a context). + */ + static V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<UnboundScript> CompileUnboundScript( + Isolate* isolate, Source* source, + CompileOptions options = kNoCompileOptions, + NoCacheReason no_cache_reason = kNoCacheNoReason); + + /** + * Compiles the specified script (bound to current context). + * + * \param source Script source code. + * \param pre_data Pre-parsing data, as obtained by ScriptData::PreCompile() + * using pre_data speeds compilation if it's done multiple times. + * Owned by caller, no references are kept when this function returns. + * \return Compiled script object, bound to the context that was active + * when this function was called. When run it will always use this + * context. + */ + static V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<Script> Compile( + Local<Context> context, Source* source, + CompileOptions options = kNoCompileOptions, + NoCacheReason no_cache_reason = kNoCacheNoReason); + + /** + * Returns a task which streams script data into V8, or NULL if the script + * cannot be streamed. The user is responsible for running the task on a + * background thread and deleting it. When ran, the task starts parsing the + * script, and it will request data from the StreamedSource as needed. When + * ScriptStreamingTask::Run exits, all data has been streamed and the script + * can be compiled (see Compile below). + * + * This API allows to start the streaming with as little data as possible, and + * the remaining data (for example, the ScriptOrigin) is passed to Compile. + */ + static ScriptStreamingTask* StartStreamingScript( + Isolate* isolate, StreamedSource* source, + CompileOptions options = kNoCompileOptions); + + /** + * Compiles a streamed script (bound to current context). + * + * This can only be called after the streaming has finished + * (ScriptStreamingTask has been run). V8 doesn't construct the source string + * during streaming, so the embedder needs to pass the full source here. + */ + static V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<Script> Compile( + Local<Context> context, StreamedSource* source, + Local<String> full_source_string, const ScriptOrigin& origin); + + /** + * Return a version tag for CachedData for the current V8 version & flags. + * + * This value is meant only for determining whether a previously generated + * CachedData instance is still valid; the tag has no other meaing. + * + * Background: The data carried by CachedData may depend on the exact + * V8 version number or current compiler flags. This means that when + * persisting CachedData, the embedder must take care to not pass in + * data from another V8 version, or the same version with different + * features enabled. + * + * The easiest way to do so is to clear the embedder's cache on any + * such change. + * + * Alternatively, this tag can be stored alongside the cached data and + * compared when it is being used. + */ + static uint32_t CachedDataVersionTag(); + + /** + * Compile an ES module, returning a Module that encapsulates + * the compiled code. + * + * Corresponds to the ParseModule abstract operation in the + * ECMAScript specification. + */ + static V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<Module> CompileModule( + Isolate* isolate, Source* source); + + /** + * Compile a function for a given context. This is equivalent to running + * + * with (obj) { + * return function(args) { ... } + * } + * + * It is possible to specify multiple context extensions (obj in the above + * example). + */ + static V8_DEPRECATE_SOON("Use maybe version", + Local<Function> CompileFunctionInContext( + Isolate* isolate, Source* source, + Local<Context> context, size_t arguments_count, + Local<String> arguments[], + size_t context_extension_count, + Local<Object> context_extensions[])); + static V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<Function> CompileFunctionInContext( + Local<Context> context, Source* source, size_t arguments_count, + Local<String> arguments[], size_t context_extension_count, + Local<Object> context_extensions[]); + + /** + * Creates and returns code cache for the specified unbound_script. + * This will return nullptr if the script cannot be serialized. The + * CachedData returned by this function should be owned by the caller. + */ + static CachedData* CreateCodeCache(Local<UnboundScript> unbound_script, + Local<String> source); + + private: + static V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<UnboundScript> CompileUnboundInternal( + Isolate* isolate, Source* source, CompileOptions options, + NoCacheReason no_cache_reason); +}; + + +/** + * An error message. + */ +class V8_EXPORT Message { + public: + Local<String> Get() const; + + V8_DEPRECATE_SOON("Use maybe version", Local<String> GetSourceLine() const); + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<String> GetSourceLine( + Local<Context> context) const; + + /** + * Returns the origin for the script from where the function causing the + * error originates. + */ + ScriptOrigin GetScriptOrigin() const; + + /** + * Returns the resource name for the script from where the function causing + * the error originates. + */ + Local<Value> GetScriptResourceName() const; + + /** + * Exception stack trace. By default stack traces are not captured for + * uncaught exceptions. SetCaptureStackTraceForUncaughtExceptions allows + * to change this option. + */ + Local<StackTrace> GetStackTrace() const; + + /** + * Returns the number, 1-based, of the line where the error occurred. + */ + V8_DEPRECATE_SOON("Use maybe version", int GetLineNumber() const); + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT Maybe<int> GetLineNumber(Local<Context> context) const; + + /** + * Returns the index within the script of the first character where + * the error occurred. + */ + int GetStartPosition() const; + + /** + * Returns the index within the script of the last character where + * the error occurred. + */ + int GetEndPosition() const; + + /** + * Returns the error level of the message. + */ + int ErrorLevel() const; + + /** + * Returns the index within the line of the first character where + * the error occurred. + */ + V8_DEPRECATE_SOON("Use maybe version", int GetStartColumn() const); + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT Maybe<int> GetStartColumn(Local<Context> context) const; + + /** + * Returns the index within the line of the last character where + * the error occurred. + */ + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT Maybe<int> GetEndColumn(Local<Context> context) const; + + /** + * Passes on the value set by the embedder when it fed the script from which + * this Message was generated to V8. + */ + bool IsSharedCrossOrigin() const; + bool IsOpaque() const; + + // TODO(1245381): Print to a string instead of on a FILE. + static void PrintCurrentStackTrace(Isolate* isolate, FILE* out); + + static const int kNoLineNumberInfo = 0; + static const int kNoColumnInfo = 0; + static const int kNoScriptIdInfo = 0; +}; + + +/** + * Representation of a JavaScript stack trace. The information collected is a + * snapshot of the execution stack and the information remains valid after + * execution continues. + */ +class V8_EXPORT StackTrace { + public: + /** + * Flags that determine what information is placed captured for each + * StackFrame when grabbing the current stack trace. + * Note: these options are deprecated and we always collect all available + * information (kDetailed). + */ + enum StackTraceOptions { + kLineNumber = 1, + kColumnOffset = 1 << 1 | kLineNumber, + kScriptName = 1 << 2, + kFunctionName = 1 << 3, + kIsEval = 1 << 4, + kIsConstructor = 1 << 5, + kScriptNameOrSourceURL = 1 << 6, + kScriptId = 1 << 7, + kExposeFramesAcrossSecurityOrigins = 1 << 8, + kOverview = kLineNumber | kColumnOffset | kScriptName | kFunctionName, + kDetailed = kOverview | kIsEval | kIsConstructor | kScriptNameOrSourceURL + }; + + /** + * Returns a StackFrame at a particular index. + */ + Local<StackFrame> GetFrame(uint32_t index) const; + + /** + * Returns the number of StackFrames. + */ + int GetFrameCount() const; + + /** + * Grab a snapshot of the current JavaScript execution stack. + * + * \param frame_limit The maximum number of stack frames we want to capture. + * \param options Enumerates the set of things we will capture for each + * StackFrame. + */ + static Local<StackTrace> CurrentStackTrace( + Isolate* isolate, int frame_limit, StackTraceOptions options = kDetailed); +}; + + +/** + * A single JavaScript stack frame. + */ +class V8_EXPORT StackFrame { + public: + /** + * Returns the number, 1-based, of the line for the associate function call. + * This method will return Message::kNoLineNumberInfo if it is unable to + * retrieve the line number, or if kLineNumber was not passed as an option + * when capturing the StackTrace. + */ + int GetLineNumber() const; + + /** + * Returns the 1-based column offset on the line for the associated function + * call. + * This method will return Message::kNoColumnInfo if it is unable to retrieve + * the column number, or if kColumnOffset was not passed as an option when + * capturing the StackTrace. + */ + int GetColumn() const; + + /** + * Returns the id of the script for the function for this StackFrame. + * This method will return Message::kNoScriptIdInfo if it is unable to + * retrieve the script id, or if kScriptId was not passed as an option when + * capturing the StackTrace. + */ + int GetScriptId() const; + + /** + * Returns the name of the resource that contains the script for the + * function for this StackFrame. + */ + Local<String> GetScriptName() const; + + /** + * Returns the name of the resource that contains the script for the + * function for this StackFrame or sourceURL value if the script name + * is undefined and its source ends with //# sourceURL=... string or + * deprecated //@ sourceURL=... string. + */ + Local<String> GetScriptNameOrSourceURL() const; + + /** + * Returns the name of the function associated with this stack frame. + */ + Local<String> GetFunctionName() const; + + /** + * Returns whether or not the associated function is compiled via a call to + * eval(). + */ + bool IsEval() const; + + /** + * Returns whether or not the associated function is called as a + * constructor via "new". + */ + bool IsConstructor() const; + + /** + * Returns whether or not the associated functions is defined in wasm. + */ + bool IsWasm() const; +}; + + +// A StateTag represents a possible state of the VM. +enum StateTag { + JS, + GC, + PARSER, + BYTECODE_COMPILER, + COMPILER, + OTHER, + EXTERNAL, + IDLE +}; + +// A RegisterState represents the current state of registers used +// by the sampling profiler API. +struct RegisterState { + RegisterState() : pc(nullptr), sp(nullptr), fp(nullptr) {} + void* pc; // Instruction pointer. + void* sp; // Stack pointer. + void* fp; // Frame pointer. +}; + +// The output structure filled up by GetStackSample API function. +struct SampleInfo { + size_t frames_count; // Number of frames collected. + StateTag vm_state; // Current VM state. + void* external_callback_entry; // External callback address if VM is + // executing an external callback. +}; + +/** + * A JSON Parser and Stringifier. + */ +class V8_EXPORT JSON { + public: + /** + * Tries to parse the string |json_string| and returns it as value if + * successful. + * + * \param json_string The string to parse. + * \return The corresponding value if successfully parsed. + */ + static V8_DEPRECATE_SOON("Use the maybe version taking context", + MaybeLocal<Value> Parse(Isolate* isolate, + Local<String> json_string)); + static V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<Value> Parse( + Local<Context> context, Local<String> json_string); + + /** + * Tries to stringify the JSON-serializable object |json_object| and returns + * it as string if successful. + * + * \param json_object The JSON-serializable object to stringify. + * \return The corresponding string if successfully stringified. + */ + static V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<String> Stringify( + Local<Context> context, Local<Value> json_object, + Local<String> gap = Local<String>()); +}; + +/** + * Value serialization compatible with the HTML structured clone algorithm. + * The format is backward-compatible (i.e. safe to store to disk). + * + * WARNING: This API is under development, and changes (including incompatible + * changes to the API or wire format) may occur without notice until this + * warning is removed. + */ +class V8_EXPORT ValueSerializer { + public: + class V8_EXPORT Delegate { + public: + virtual ~Delegate() {} + + /** + * Handles the case where a DataCloneError would be thrown in the structured + * clone spec. Other V8 embedders may throw some other appropriate exception + * type. + */ + virtual void ThrowDataCloneError(Local<String> message) = 0; + + /** + * The embedder overrides this method to write some kind of host object, if + * possible. If not, a suitable exception should be thrown and + * Nothing<bool>() returned. + */ + virtual Maybe<bool> WriteHostObject(Isolate* isolate, Local<Object> object); + + /** + * Called when the ValueSerializer is going to serialize a + * SharedArrayBuffer object. The embedder must return an ID for the + * object, using the same ID if this SharedArrayBuffer has already been + * serialized in this buffer. When deserializing, this ID will be passed to + * ValueDeserializer::TransferSharedArrayBuffer as |transfer_id|. + * + * If the object cannot be serialized, an + * exception should be thrown and Nothing<uint32_t>() returned. + */ + virtual Maybe<uint32_t> GetSharedArrayBufferId( + Isolate* isolate, Local<SharedArrayBuffer> shared_array_buffer); + + virtual Maybe<uint32_t> GetWasmModuleTransferId( + Isolate* isolate, Local<WasmCompiledModule> module); + /** + * Allocates memory for the buffer of at least the size provided. The actual + * size (which may be greater or equal) is written to |actual_size|. If no + * buffer has been allocated yet, nullptr will be provided. + * + * If the memory cannot be allocated, nullptr should be returned. + * |actual_size| will be ignored. It is assumed that |old_buffer| is still + * valid in this case and has not been modified. + */ + virtual void* ReallocateBufferMemory(void* old_buffer, size_t size, + size_t* actual_size); + + /** + * Frees a buffer allocated with |ReallocateBufferMemory|. + */ + virtual void FreeBufferMemory(void* buffer); + }; + + explicit ValueSerializer(Isolate* isolate); + ValueSerializer(Isolate* isolate, Delegate* delegate); + ~ValueSerializer(); + + /** + * Writes out a header, which includes the format version. + */ + void WriteHeader(); + + /** + * Serializes a JavaScript value into the buffer. + */ + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT Maybe<bool> WriteValue(Local<Context> context, + Local<Value> value); + + /** + * Returns the stored data. This serializer should not be used once the buffer + * is released. The contents are undefined if a previous write has failed. + */ + V8_DEPRECATE_SOON("Use Release()", std::vector<uint8_t> ReleaseBuffer()); + + /** + * Returns the stored data (allocated using the delegate's + * AllocateBufferMemory) and its size. This serializer should not be used once + * the buffer is released. The contents are undefined if a previous write has + * failed. + */ + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT std::pair<uint8_t*, size_t> Release(); + + /** + * Marks an ArrayBuffer as havings its contents transferred out of band. + * Pass the corresponding ArrayBuffer in the deserializing context to + * ValueDeserializer::TransferArrayBuffer. + */ + void TransferArrayBuffer(uint32_t transfer_id, + Local<ArrayBuffer> array_buffer); + + /** + * Similar to TransferArrayBuffer, but for SharedArrayBuffer. + */ + V8_DEPRECATE_SOON("Use Delegate::GetSharedArrayBufferId", + void TransferSharedArrayBuffer( + uint32_t transfer_id, + Local<SharedArrayBuffer> shared_array_buffer)); + + /** + * Indicate whether to treat ArrayBufferView objects as host objects, + * i.e. pass them to Delegate::WriteHostObject. This should not be + * called when no Delegate was passed. + * + * The default is not to treat ArrayBufferViews as host objects. + */ + void SetTreatArrayBufferViewsAsHostObjects(bool mode); + + /** + * Write raw data in various common formats to the buffer. + * Note that integer types are written in base-128 varint format, not with a + * binary copy. For use during an override of Delegate::WriteHostObject. + */ + void WriteUint32(uint32_t value); + void WriteUint64(uint64_t value); + void WriteDouble(double value); + void WriteRawBytes(const void* source, size_t length); + + private: + ValueSerializer(const ValueSerializer&) = delete; + void operator=(const ValueSerializer&) = delete; + + struct PrivateData; + PrivateData* private_; +}; + +/** + * Deserializes values from data written with ValueSerializer, or a compatible + * implementation. + * + * WARNING: This API is under development, and changes (including incompatible + * changes to the API or wire format) may occur without notice until this + * warning is removed. + */ +class V8_EXPORT ValueDeserializer { + public: + class V8_EXPORT Delegate { + public: + virtual ~Delegate() {} + + /** + * The embedder overrides this method to read some kind of host object, if + * possible. If not, a suitable exception should be thrown and + * MaybeLocal<Object>() returned. + */ + virtual MaybeLocal<Object> ReadHostObject(Isolate* isolate); + + /** + * Get a WasmCompiledModule given a transfer_id previously provided + * by ValueSerializer::GetWasmModuleTransferId + */ + virtual MaybeLocal<WasmCompiledModule> GetWasmModuleFromId( + Isolate* isolate, uint32_t transfer_id); + }; + + ValueDeserializer(Isolate* isolate, const uint8_t* data, size_t size); + ValueDeserializer(Isolate* isolate, const uint8_t* data, size_t size, + Delegate* delegate); + ~ValueDeserializer(); + + /** + * Reads and validates a header (including the format version). + * May, for example, reject an invalid or unsupported wire format. + */ + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT Maybe<bool> ReadHeader(Local<Context> context); + + /** + * Deserializes a JavaScript value from the buffer. + */ + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<Value> ReadValue(Local<Context> context); + + /** + * Accepts the array buffer corresponding to the one passed previously to + * ValueSerializer::TransferArrayBuffer. + */ + void TransferArrayBuffer(uint32_t transfer_id, + Local<ArrayBuffer> array_buffer); + + /** + * Similar to TransferArrayBuffer, but for SharedArrayBuffer. + * The id is not necessarily in the same namespace as unshared ArrayBuffer + * objects. + */ + void TransferSharedArrayBuffer(uint32_t id, + Local<SharedArrayBuffer> shared_array_buffer); + + /** + * Must be called before ReadHeader to enable support for reading the legacy + * wire format (i.e., which predates this being shipped). + * + * Don't use this unless you need to read data written by previous versions of + * blink::ScriptValueSerializer. + */ + void SetSupportsLegacyWireFormat(bool supports_legacy_wire_format); + + /** + * Expect inline wasm in the data stream (rather than in-memory transfer) + */ + void SetExpectInlineWasm(bool allow_inline_wasm); + + /** + * Reads the underlying wire format version. Likely mostly to be useful to + * legacy code reading old wire format versions. Must be called after + * ReadHeader. + */ + uint32_t GetWireFormatVersion() const; + + /** + * Reads raw data in various common formats to the buffer. + * Note that integer types are read in base-128 varint format, not with a + * binary copy. For use during an override of Delegate::ReadHostObject. + */ + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT bool ReadUint32(uint32_t* value); + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT bool ReadUint64(uint64_t* value); + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT bool ReadDouble(double* value); + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT bool ReadRawBytes(size_t length, const void** data); + + private: + ValueDeserializer(const ValueDeserializer&) = delete; + void operator=(const ValueDeserializer&) = delete; + + struct PrivateData; + PrivateData* private_; +}; + + +// --- Value --- + + +/** + * The superclass of all JavaScript values and objects. + */ +class V8_EXPORT Value : public Data { + public: + /** + * Returns true if this value is the undefined value. See ECMA-262 + * 4.3.10. + */ + V8_INLINE bool IsUndefined() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is the null value. See ECMA-262 + * 4.3.11. + */ + V8_INLINE bool IsNull() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is either the null or the undefined value. + * See ECMA-262 + * 4.3.11. and 4.3.12 + */ + V8_INLINE bool IsNullOrUndefined() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is true. + */ + bool IsTrue() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is false. + */ + bool IsFalse() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is a symbol or a string. + */ + bool IsName() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is an instance of the String type. + * See ECMA-262 8.4. + */ + V8_INLINE bool IsString() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is a symbol. + */ + bool IsSymbol() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is a function. + */ + bool IsFunction() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is an array. Note that it will return false for + * an Proxy for an array. + */ + bool IsArray() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is an object. + */ + bool IsObject() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is boolean. + */ + bool IsBoolean() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is a number. + */ + bool IsNumber() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is external. + */ + bool IsExternal() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is a 32-bit signed integer. + */ + bool IsInt32() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is a 32-bit unsigned integer. + */ + bool IsUint32() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is a Date. + */ + bool IsDate() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is an Arguments object. + */ + bool IsArgumentsObject() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is a Boolean object. + */ + bool IsBooleanObject() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is a Number object. + */ + bool IsNumberObject() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is a String object. + */ + bool IsStringObject() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is a Symbol object. + */ + bool IsSymbolObject() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is a NativeError. + */ + bool IsNativeError() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is a RegExp. + */ + bool IsRegExp() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is an async function. + */ + bool IsAsyncFunction() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is a Generator function. + */ + bool IsGeneratorFunction() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is a Generator object (iterator). + */ + bool IsGeneratorObject() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is a Promise. + */ + bool IsPromise() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is a Map. + */ + bool IsMap() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is a Set. + */ + bool IsSet() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is a Map Iterator. + */ + bool IsMapIterator() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is a Set Iterator. + */ + bool IsSetIterator() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is a WeakMap. + */ + bool IsWeakMap() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is a WeakSet. + */ + bool IsWeakSet() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is an ArrayBuffer. + */ + bool IsArrayBuffer() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is an ArrayBufferView. + */ + bool IsArrayBufferView() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is one of TypedArrays. + */ + bool IsTypedArray() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is an Uint8Array. + */ + bool IsUint8Array() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is an Uint8ClampedArray. + */ + bool IsUint8ClampedArray() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is an Int8Array. + */ + bool IsInt8Array() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is an Uint16Array. + */ + bool IsUint16Array() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is an Int16Array. + */ + bool IsInt16Array() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is an Uint32Array. + */ + bool IsUint32Array() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is an Int32Array. + */ + bool IsInt32Array() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is a Float32Array. + */ + bool IsFloat32Array() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is a Float64Array. + */ + bool IsFloat64Array() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is a DataView. + */ + bool IsDataView() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is a SharedArrayBuffer. + * This is an experimental feature. + */ + bool IsSharedArrayBuffer() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this value is a JavaScript Proxy. + */ + bool IsProxy() const; + + bool IsWebAssemblyCompiledModule() const; + + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<Boolean> ToBoolean( + Local<Context> context) const; + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<Number> ToNumber( + Local<Context> context) const; + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<String> ToString( + Local<Context> context) const; + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<String> ToDetailString( + Local<Context> context) const; + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<Object> ToObject( + Local<Context> context) const; + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<Integer> ToInteger( + Local<Context> context) const; + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<Uint32> ToUint32( + Local<Context> context) const; + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<Int32> ToInt32(Local<Context> context) const; + + V8_DEPRECATE_SOON("Use maybe version", + Local<Boolean> ToBoolean(Isolate* isolate) const); + V8_DEPRECATE_SOON("Use maybe version", + Local<Number> ToNumber(Isolate* isolate) const); + V8_DEPRECATE_SOON("Use maybe version", + Local<String> ToString(Isolate* isolate) const); + V8_DEPRECATE_SOON("Use maybe version", + Local<Object> ToObject(Isolate* isolate) const); + V8_DEPRECATE_SOON("Use maybe version", + Local<Integer> ToInteger(Isolate* isolate) const); + V8_DEPRECATE_SOON("Use maybe version", + Local<Int32> ToInt32(Isolate* isolate) const); + + inline V8_DEPRECATE_SOON("Use maybe version", + Local<Boolean> ToBoolean() const); + inline V8_DEPRECATE_SOON("Use maybe version", Local<String> ToString() const); + inline V8_DEPRECATE_SOON("Use maybe version", Local<Object> ToObject() const); + inline V8_DEPRECATE_SOON("Use maybe version", + Local<Integer> ToInteger() const); + + /** + * Attempts to convert a string to an array index. + * Returns an empty handle if the conversion fails. + */ + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<Uint32> ToArrayIndex( + Local<Context> context) const; + + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT Maybe<bool> BooleanValue(Local<Context> context) const; + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT Maybe<double> NumberValue(Local<Context> context) const; + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT Maybe<int64_t> IntegerValue( + Local<Context> context) const; + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT Maybe<uint32_t> Uint32Value( + Local<Context> context) const; + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT Maybe<int32_t> Int32Value(Local<Context> context) const; + + V8_DEPRECATE_SOON("Use maybe version", bool BooleanValue() const); + V8_DEPRECATE_SOON("Use maybe version", double NumberValue() const); + V8_DEPRECATE_SOON("Use maybe version", int64_t IntegerValue() const); + V8_DEPRECATE_SOON("Use maybe version", uint32_t Uint32Value() const); + V8_DEPRECATE_SOON("Use maybe version", int32_t Int32Value() const); + + /** JS == */ + V8_DEPRECATE_SOON("Use maybe version", bool Equals(Local<Value> that) const); + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT Maybe<bool> Equals(Local<Context> context, + Local<Value> that) const; + bool StrictEquals(Local<Value> that) const; + bool SameValue(Local<Value> that) const; + + template <class T> V8_INLINE static Value* Cast(T* value); + + Local<String> TypeOf(Isolate*); + + Maybe<bool> InstanceOf(Local<Context> context, Local<Object> object); + + private: + V8_INLINE bool QuickIsUndefined() const; + V8_INLINE bool QuickIsNull() const; + V8_INLINE bool QuickIsNullOrUndefined() const; + V8_INLINE bool QuickIsString() const; + bool FullIsUndefined() const; + bool FullIsNull() const; + bool FullIsString() const; +}; + + +/** + * The superclass of primitive values. See ECMA-262 4.3.2. + */ +class V8_EXPORT Primitive : public Value { }; + + +/** + * A primitive boolean value (ECMA-262, 4.3.14). Either the true + * or false value. + */ +class V8_EXPORT Boolean : public Primitive { + public: + bool Value() const; + V8_INLINE static Boolean* Cast(v8::Value* obj); + V8_INLINE static Local<Boolean> New(Isolate* isolate, bool value); + + private: + static void CheckCast(v8::Value* obj); +}; + + +/** + * A superclass for symbols and strings. + */ +class V8_EXPORT Name : public Primitive { + public: + /** + * Returns the identity hash for this object. The current implementation + * uses an inline property on the object to store the identity hash. + * + * The return value will never be 0. Also, it is not guaranteed to be + * unique. + */ + int GetIdentityHash(); + + V8_INLINE static Name* Cast(Value* obj); + + private: + static void CheckCast(Value* obj); +}; + +/** + * A flag describing different modes of string creation. + * + * Aside from performance implications there are no differences between the two + * creation modes. + */ +enum class NewStringType { + /** + * Create a new string, always allocating new storage memory. + */ + kNormal, + + /** + * Acts as a hint that the string should be created in the + * old generation heap space and be deduplicated if an identical string + * already exists. + */ + kInternalized +}; + +/** + * A JavaScript string value (ECMA-262, 4.3.17). + */ +class V8_EXPORT String : public Name { + public: + static constexpr int kMaxLength = + sizeof(void*) == 4 ? (1 << 28) - 16 : (1 << 30) - 1 - 24; + + enum Encoding { + UNKNOWN_ENCODING = 0x1, + TWO_BYTE_ENCODING = 0x0, + ONE_BYTE_ENCODING = 0x8 + }; + /** + * Returns the number of characters (UTF-16 code units) in this string. + */ + int Length() const; + + /** + * Returns the number of bytes in the UTF-8 encoded + * representation of this string. + */ + int Utf8Length() const; + + /** + * Returns whether this string is known to contain only one byte data, + * i.e. ISO-8859-1 code points. + * Does not read the string. + * False negatives are possible. + */ + bool IsOneByte() const; + + /** + * Returns whether this string contain only one byte data, + * i.e. ISO-8859-1 code points. + * Will read the entire string in some cases. + */ + bool ContainsOnlyOneByte() const; + + /** + * Write the contents of the string to an external buffer. + * If no arguments are given, expects the buffer to be large + * enough to hold the entire string and NULL terminator. Copies + * the contents of the string and the NULL terminator into the + * buffer. + * + * WriteUtf8 will not write partial UTF-8 sequences, preferring to stop + * before the end of the buffer. + * + * Copies up to length characters into the output buffer. + * Only null-terminates if there is enough space in the buffer. + * + * \param buffer The buffer into which the string will be copied. + * \param start The starting position within the string at which + * copying begins. + * \param length The number of characters to copy from the string. For + * WriteUtf8 the number of bytes in the buffer. + * \param nchars_ref The number of characters written, can be NULL. + * \param options Various options that might affect performance of this or + * subsequent operations. + * \return The number of characters copied to the buffer excluding the null + * terminator. For WriteUtf8: The number of bytes copied to the buffer + * including the null terminator (if written). + */ + enum WriteOptions { + NO_OPTIONS = 0, + HINT_MANY_WRITES_EXPECTED = 1, + NO_NULL_TERMINATION = 2, + PRESERVE_ONE_BYTE_NULL = 4, + // Used by WriteUtf8 to replace orphan surrogate code units with the + // unicode replacement character. Needs to be set to guarantee valid UTF-8 + // output. + REPLACE_INVALID_UTF8 = 8 + }; + + // 16-bit character codes. + int Write(uint16_t* buffer, + int start = 0, + int length = -1, + int options = NO_OPTIONS) const; + // One byte characters. + int WriteOneByte(uint8_t* buffer, + int start = 0, + int length = -1, + int options = NO_OPTIONS) const; + // UTF-8 encoded characters. + int WriteUtf8(char* buffer, + int length = -1, + int* nchars_ref = NULL, + int options = NO_OPTIONS) const; + + /** + * A zero length string. + */ + V8_INLINE static Local<String> Empty(Isolate* isolate); + + /** + * Returns true if the string is external + */ + bool IsExternal() const; + + /** + * Returns true if the string is both external and one-byte. + */ + bool IsExternalOneByte() const; + + class V8_EXPORT ExternalStringResourceBase { // NOLINT + public: + virtual ~ExternalStringResourceBase() {} + + virtual bool IsCompressible() const { return false; } + + protected: + ExternalStringResourceBase() {} + + /** + * Internally V8 will call this Dispose method when the external string + * resource is no longer needed. The default implementation will use the + * delete operator. This method can be overridden in subclasses to + * control how allocated external string resources are disposed. + */ + virtual void Dispose() { delete this; } + + // Disallow copying and assigning. + ExternalStringResourceBase(const ExternalStringResourceBase&) = delete; + void operator=(const ExternalStringResourceBase&) = delete; + + private: + friend class internal::Heap; + friend class v8::String; + }; + + /** + * An ExternalStringResource is a wrapper around a two-byte string + * buffer that resides outside V8's heap. Implement an + * ExternalStringResource to manage the life cycle of the underlying + * buffer. Note that the string data must be immutable. + */ + class V8_EXPORT ExternalStringResource + : public ExternalStringResourceBase { + public: + /** + * Override the destructor to manage the life cycle of the underlying + * buffer. + */ + virtual ~ExternalStringResource() {} + + /** + * The string data from the underlying buffer. + */ + virtual const uint16_t* data() const = 0; + + /** + * The length of the string. That is, the number of two-byte characters. + */ + virtual size_t length() const = 0; + + protected: + ExternalStringResource() {} + }; + + /** + * An ExternalOneByteStringResource is a wrapper around an one-byte + * string buffer that resides outside V8's heap. Implement an + * ExternalOneByteStringResource to manage the life cycle of the + * underlying buffer. Note that the string data must be immutable + * and that the data must be Latin-1 and not UTF-8, which would require + * special treatment internally in the engine and do not allow efficient + * indexing. Use String::New or convert to 16 bit data for non-Latin1. + */ + + class V8_EXPORT ExternalOneByteStringResource + : public ExternalStringResourceBase { + public: + /** + * Override the destructor to manage the life cycle of the underlying + * buffer. + */ + virtual ~ExternalOneByteStringResource() {} + /** The string data from the underlying buffer.*/ + virtual const char* data() const = 0; + /** The number of Latin-1 characters in the string.*/ + virtual size_t length() const = 0; + protected: + ExternalOneByteStringResource() {} + }; + + /** + * If the string is an external string, return the ExternalStringResourceBase + * regardless of the encoding, otherwise return NULL. The encoding of the + * string is returned in encoding_out. + */ + V8_INLINE ExternalStringResourceBase* GetExternalStringResourceBase( + Encoding* encoding_out) const; + + /** + * Get the ExternalStringResource for an external string. Returns + * NULL if IsExternal() doesn't return true. + */ + V8_INLINE ExternalStringResource* GetExternalStringResource() const; + + /** + * Get the ExternalOneByteStringResource for an external one-byte string. + * Returns NULL if IsExternalOneByte() doesn't return true. + */ + const ExternalOneByteStringResource* GetExternalOneByteStringResource() const; + + V8_INLINE static String* Cast(v8::Value* obj); + + // TODO(dcarney): remove with deprecation of New functions. + enum NewStringType { + kNormalString = static_cast<int>(v8::NewStringType::kNormal), + kInternalizedString = static_cast<int>(v8::NewStringType::kInternalized) + }; + + /** Allocates a new string from UTF-8 data.*/ + static V8_DEPRECATE_SOON( + "Use maybe version", + Local<String> NewFromUtf8(Isolate* isolate, const char* data, + NewStringType type = kNormalString, + int length = -1)); + + /** Allocates a new string from UTF-8 data. Only returns an empty value when + * length > kMaxLength. **/ + static V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<String> NewFromUtf8( + Isolate* isolate, const char* data, v8::NewStringType type, + int length = -1); + + /** Allocates a new string from Latin-1 data. Only returns an empty value + * when length > kMaxLength. **/ + static V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<String> NewFromOneByte( + Isolate* isolate, const uint8_t* data, v8::NewStringType type, + int length = -1); + + /** Allocates a new string from UTF-16 data.*/ + static V8_DEPRECATE_SOON( + "Use maybe version", + Local<String> NewFromTwoByte(Isolate* isolate, const uint16_t* data, + NewStringType type = kNormalString, + int length = -1)); + + /** Allocates a new string from UTF-16 data. Only returns an empty value when + * length > kMaxLength. **/ + static V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<String> NewFromTwoByte( + Isolate* isolate, const uint16_t* data, v8::NewStringType type, + int length = -1); + + /** + * Creates a new string by concatenating the left and the right strings + * passed in as parameters. + */ + static Local<String> Concat(Local<String> left, Local<String> right); + + /** + * Creates a new external string using the data defined in the given + * resource. When the external string is no longer live on V8's heap the + * resource will be disposed by calling its Dispose method. The caller of + * this function should not otherwise delete or modify the resource. Neither + * should the underlying buffer be deallocated or modified except through the + * destructor of the external string resource. + */ + static V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<String> NewExternalTwoByte( + Isolate* isolate, ExternalStringResource* resource); + + /** + * Associate an external string resource with this string by transforming it + * in place so that existing references to this string in the JavaScript heap + * will use the external string resource. The external string resource's + * character contents need to be equivalent to this string. + * Returns true if the string has been changed to be an external string. + * The string is not modified if the operation fails. See NewExternal for + * information on the lifetime of the resource. + */ + bool MakeExternal(ExternalStringResource* resource); + + /** + * Creates a new external string using the one-byte data defined in the given + * resource. When the external string is no longer live on V8's heap the + * resource will be disposed by calling its Dispose method. The caller of + * this function should not otherwise delete or modify the resource. Neither + * should the underlying buffer be deallocated or modified except through the + * destructor of the external string resource. + */ + static V8_DEPRECATE_SOON( + "Use maybe version", + Local<String> NewExternal(Isolate* isolate, + ExternalOneByteStringResource* resource)); + static V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<String> NewExternalOneByte( + Isolate* isolate, ExternalOneByteStringResource* resource); + + /** + * Associate an external string resource with this string by transforming it + * in place so that existing references to this string in the JavaScript heap + * will use the external string resource. The external string resource's + * character contents need to be equivalent to this string. + * Returns true if the string has been changed to be an external string. + * The string is not modified if the operation fails. See NewExternal for + * information on the lifetime of the resource. + */ + bool MakeExternal(ExternalOneByteStringResource* resource); + + /** + * Returns true if this string can be made external. + */ + bool CanMakeExternal(); + + /** + * Converts an object to a UTF-8-encoded character array. Useful if + * you want to print the object. If conversion to a string fails + * (e.g. due to an exception in the toString() method of the object) + * then the length() method returns 0 and the * operator returns + * NULL. + */ + class V8_EXPORT Utf8Value { + public: + V8_DEPRECATE_SOON("Use Isolate version", + explicit Utf8Value(Local<v8::Value> obj)); + Utf8Value(Isolate* isolate, Local<v8::Value> obj); + ~Utf8Value(); + char* operator*() { return str_; } + const char* operator*() const { return str_; } + int length() const { return length_; } + + // Disallow copying and assigning. + Utf8Value(const Utf8Value&) = delete; + void operator=(const Utf8Value&) = delete; + + private: + char* str_; + int length_; + }; + + /** + * Converts an object to a two-byte (UTF-16-encoded) string. + * If conversion to a string fails (eg. due to an exception in the toString() + * method of the object) then the length() method returns 0 and the * operator + * returns NULL. + */ + class V8_EXPORT Value { + public: + V8_DEPRECATE_SOON("Use Isolate version", + explicit Value(Local<v8::Value> obj)); + Value(Isolate* isolate, Local<v8::Value> obj); + ~Value(); + uint16_t* operator*() { return str_; } + const uint16_t* operator*() const { return str_; } + int length() const { return length_; } + + // Disallow copying and assigning. + Value(const Value&) = delete; + void operator=(const Value&) = delete; + + private: + uint16_t* str_; + int length_; + }; + + private: + void VerifyExternalStringResourceBase(ExternalStringResourceBase* v, + Encoding encoding) const; + void VerifyExternalStringResource(ExternalStringResource* val) const; + static void CheckCast(v8::Value* obj); +}; + + +/** + * A JavaScript symbol (ECMA-262 edition 6) + */ +class V8_EXPORT Symbol : public Name { + public: + /** + * Returns the print name string of the symbol, or undefined if none. + */ + Local<Value> Name() const; + + /** + * Create a symbol. If name is not empty, it will be used as the description. + */ + static Local<Symbol> New(Isolate* isolate, + Local<String> name = Local<String>()); + + /** + * Access global symbol registry. + * Note that symbols created this way are never collected, so + * they should only be used for statically fixed properties. + * Also, there is only one global name space for the names used as keys. + * To minimize the potential for clashes, use qualified names as keys. + */ + static Local<Symbol> For(Isolate *isolate, Local<String> name); + + /** + * Retrieve a global symbol. Similar to |For|, but using a separate + * registry that is not accessible by (and cannot clash with) JavaScript code. + */ + static Local<Symbol> ForApi(Isolate *isolate, Local<String> name); + + // Well-known symbols + static Local<Symbol> GetHasInstance(Isolate* isolate); + static Local<Symbol> GetIsConcatSpreadable(Isolate* isolate); + static Local<Symbol> GetIterator(Isolate* isolate); + static Local<Symbol> GetMatch(Isolate* isolate); + static Local<Symbol> GetReplace(Isolate* isolate); + static Local<Symbol> GetSearch(Isolate* isolate); + static Local<Symbol> GetSplit(Isolate* isolate); + static Local<Symbol> GetToPrimitive(Isolate* isolate); + static Local<Symbol> GetToStringTag(Isolate* isolate); + static Local<Symbol> GetUnscopables(Isolate* isolate); + + V8_INLINE static Symbol* Cast(Value* obj); + + private: + Symbol(); + static void CheckCast(Value* obj); +}; + + +/** + * A private symbol + * + * This is an experimental feature. Use at your own risk. + */ +class V8_EXPORT Private : public Data { + public: + /** + * Returns the print name string of the private symbol, or undefined if none. + */ + Local<Value> Name() const; + + /** + * Create a private symbol. If name is not empty, it will be the description. + */ + static Local<Private> New(Isolate* isolate, + Local<String> name = Local<String>()); + + /** + * Retrieve a global private symbol. If a symbol with this name has not + * been retrieved in the same isolate before, it is created. + * Note that private symbols created this way are never collected, so + * they should only be used for statically fixed properties. + * Also, there is only one global name space for the names used as keys. + * To minimize the potential for clashes, use qualified names as keys, + * e.g., "Class#property". + */ + static Local<Private> ForApi(Isolate* isolate, Local<String> name); + + V8_INLINE static Private* Cast(Data* data); + + private: + Private(); + + static void CheckCast(Data* that); +}; + + +/** + * A JavaScript number value (ECMA-262, 4.3.20) + */ +class V8_EXPORT Number : public Primitive { + public: + double Value() const; + static Local<Number> New(Isolate* isolate, double value); + V8_INLINE static Number* Cast(v8::Value* obj); + private: + Number(); + static void CheckCast(v8::Value* obj); +}; + + +/** + * A JavaScript value representing a signed integer. + */ +class V8_EXPORT Integer : public Number { + public: + static Local<Integer> New(Isolate* isolate, int32_t value); + static Local<Integer> NewFromUnsigned(Isolate* isolate, uint32_t value); + int64_t Value() const; + V8_INLINE static Integer* Cast(v8::Value* obj); + private: + Integer(); + static void CheckCast(v8::Value* obj); +}; + + +/** + * A JavaScript value representing a 32-bit signed integer. + */ +class V8_EXPORT Int32 : public Integer { + public: + int32_t Value() const; + V8_INLINE static Int32* Cast(v8::Value* obj); + + private: + Int32(); + static void CheckCast(v8::Value* obj); +}; + + +/** + * A JavaScript value representing a 32-bit unsigned integer. + */ +class V8_EXPORT Uint32 : public Integer { + public: + uint32_t Value() const; + V8_INLINE static Uint32* Cast(v8::Value* obj); + + private: + Uint32(); + static void CheckCast(v8::Value* obj); +}; + +/** + * PropertyAttribute. + */ +enum PropertyAttribute { + /** None. **/ + None = 0, + /** ReadOnly, i.e., not writable. **/ + ReadOnly = 1 << 0, + /** DontEnum, i.e., not enumerable. **/ + DontEnum = 1 << 1, + /** DontDelete, i.e., not configurable. **/ + DontDelete = 1 << 2 +}; + +/** + * Accessor[Getter|Setter] are used as callback functions when + * setting|getting a particular property. See Object and ObjectTemplate's + * method SetAccessor. + */ +typedef void (*AccessorGetterCallback)( + Local<String> property, + const PropertyCallbackInfo<Value>& info); +typedef void (*AccessorNameGetterCallback)( + Local<Name> property, + const PropertyCallbackInfo<Value>& info); + + +typedef void (*AccessorSetterCallback)( + Local<String> property, + Local<Value> value, + const PropertyCallbackInfo<void>& info); +typedef void (*AccessorNameSetterCallback)( + Local<Name> property, + Local<Value> value, + const PropertyCallbackInfo<void>& info); + + +/** + * Access control specifications. + * + * Some accessors should be accessible across contexts. These + * accessors have an explicit access control parameter which specifies + * the kind of cross-context access that should be allowed. + * + * TODO(dcarney): Remove PROHIBITS_OVERWRITING as it is now unused. + */ +enum AccessControl { + DEFAULT = 0, + ALL_CAN_READ = 1, + ALL_CAN_WRITE = 1 << 1, + PROHIBITS_OVERWRITING = 1 << 2 +}; + +/** + * Property filter bits. They can be or'ed to build a composite filter. + */ +enum PropertyFilter { + ALL_PROPERTIES = 0, + ONLY_WRITABLE = 1, + ONLY_ENUMERABLE = 2, + ONLY_CONFIGURABLE = 4, + SKIP_STRINGS = 8, + SKIP_SYMBOLS = 16 +}; + +/** + * Keys/Properties filter enums: + * + * KeyCollectionMode limits the range of collected properties. kOwnOnly limits + * the collected properties to the given Object only. kIncludesPrototypes will + * include all keys of the objects's prototype chain as well. + */ +enum class KeyCollectionMode { kOwnOnly, kIncludePrototypes }; + +/** + * kIncludesIndices allows for integer indices to be collected, while + * kSkipIndices will exclude integer indicies from being collected. + */ +enum class IndexFilter { kIncludeIndices, kSkipIndices }; + +/** + * Integrity level for objects. + */ +enum class IntegrityLevel { kFrozen, kSealed }; + +/** + * A JavaScript object (ECMA-262, 4.3.3) + */ +class V8_EXPORT Object : public Value { + public: + V8_DEPRECATE_SOON("Use maybe version", + bool Set(Local<Value> key, Local<Value> value)); + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT Maybe<bool> Set(Local<Context> context, + Local<Value> key, Local<Value> value); + + V8_DEPRECATE_SOON("Use maybe version", + bool Set(uint32_t index, Local<Value> value)); + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT Maybe<bool> Set(Local<Context> context, uint32_t index, + Local<Value> value); + + // Implements CreateDataProperty (ECMA-262, 7.3.4). + // + // Defines a configurable, writable, enumerable property with the given value + // on the object unless the property already exists and is not configurable + // or the object is not extensible. + // + // Returns true on success. + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT Maybe<bool> CreateDataProperty(Local<Context> context, + Local<Name> key, + Local<Value> value); + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT Maybe<bool> CreateDataProperty(Local<Context> context, + uint32_t index, + Local<Value> value); + + // Implements DefineOwnProperty. + // + // In general, CreateDataProperty will be faster, however, does not allow + // for specifying attributes. + // + // Returns true on success. + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT Maybe<bool> DefineOwnProperty( + Local<Context> context, Local<Name> key, Local<Value> value, + PropertyAttribute attributes = None); + + // Implements Object.DefineProperty(O, P, Attributes), see Ecma-262 19.1.2.4. + // + // The defineProperty function is used to add an own property or + // update the attributes of an existing own property of an object. + // + // Both data and accessor descriptors can be used. + // + // In general, CreateDataProperty is faster, however, does not allow + // for specifying attributes or an accessor descriptor. + // + // The PropertyDescriptor can change when redefining a property. + // + // Returns true on success. + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT Maybe<bool> DefineProperty( + Local<Context> context, Local<Name> key, PropertyDescriptor& descriptor); + + V8_DEPRECATE_SOON("Use maybe version", Local<Value> Get(Local<Value> key)); + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<Value> Get(Local<Context> context, + Local<Value> key); + + V8_DEPRECATE_SOON("Use maybe version", Local<Value> Get(uint32_t index)); + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<Value> Get(Local<Context> context, + uint32_t index); + + /** + * Gets the property attributes of a property which can be None or + * any combination of ReadOnly, DontEnum and DontDelete. Returns + * None when the property doesn't exist. + */ + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT Maybe<PropertyAttribute> GetPropertyAttributes( + Local<Context> context, Local<Value> key); + + /** + * Returns Object.getOwnPropertyDescriptor as per ES2016 section 19.1.2.6. + */ + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<Value> GetOwnPropertyDescriptor( + Local<Context> context, Local<Name> key); + + V8_DEPRECATE_SOON("Use maybe version", bool Has(Local<Value> key)); + /** + * Object::Has() calls the abstract operation HasProperty(O, P) described + * in ECMA-262, 7.3.10. Has() returns + * true, if the object has the property, either own or on the prototype chain. + * Interceptors, i.e., PropertyQueryCallbacks, are called if present. + * + * Has() has the same side effects as JavaScript's `variable in object`. + * For example, calling Has() on a revoked proxy will throw an exception. + * + * \note Has() converts the key to a name, which possibly calls back into + * JavaScript. + * + * See also v8::Object::HasOwnProperty() and + * v8::Object::HasRealNamedProperty(). + */ + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT Maybe<bool> Has(Local<Context> context, + Local<Value> key); + + V8_DEPRECATE_SOON("Use maybe version", bool Delete(Local<Value> key)); + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT Maybe<bool> Delete(Local<Context> context, + Local<Value> key); + + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT Maybe<bool> Has(Local<Context> context, + uint32_t index); + + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT Maybe<bool> Delete(Local<Context> context, + uint32_t index); + + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT Maybe<bool> SetAccessor(Local<Context> context, + Local<Name> name, + AccessorNameGetterCallback getter, + AccessorNameSetterCallback setter = 0, + MaybeLocal<Value> data = MaybeLocal<Value>(), + AccessControl settings = DEFAULT, + PropertyAttribute attribute = None); + + void SetAccessorProperty(Local<Name> name, Local<Function> getter, + Local<Function> setter = Local<Function>(), + PropertyAttribute attribute = None, + AccessControl settings = DEFAULT); + + /** + * Sets a native data property like Template::SetNativeDataProperty, but + * this method sets on this object directly. + */ + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT Maybe<bool> SetNativeDataProperty( + Local<Context> context, Local<Name> name, + AccessorNameGetterCallback getter, + AccessorNameSetterCallback setter = nullptr, + Local<Value> data = Local<Value>(), PropertyAttribute attributes = None); + + /** + * Functionality for private properties. + * This is an experimental feature, use at your own risk. + * Note: Private properties are not inherited. Do not rely on this, since it + * may change. + */ + Maybe<bool> HasPrivate(Local<Context> context, Local<Private> key); + Maybe<bool> SetPrivate(Local<Context> context, Local<Private> key, + Local<Value> value); + Maybe<bool> DeletePrivate(Local<Context> context, Local<Private> key); + MaybeLocal<Value> GetPrivate(Local<Context> context, Local<Private> key); + + /** + * Returns an array containing the names of the enumerable properties + * of this object, including properties from prototype objects. The + * array returned by this method contains the same values as would + * be enumerated by a for-in statement over this object. + */ + V8_DEPRECATE_SOON("Use maybe version", Local<Array> GetPropertyNames()); + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<Array> GetPropertyNames( + Local<Context> context); + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<Array> GetPropertyNames( + Local<Context> context, KeyCollectionMode mode, + PropertyFilter property_filter, IndexFilter index_filter); + + /** + * This function has the same functionality as GetPropertyNames but + * the returned array doesn't contain the names of properties from + * prototype objects. + */ + V8_DEPRECATE_SOON("Use maybe version", Local<Array> GetOwnPropertyNames()); + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<Array> GetOwnPropertyNames( + Local<Context> context); + + /** + * Returns an array containing the names of the filtered properties + * of this object, including properties from prototype objects. The + * array returned by this method contains the same values as would + * be enumerated by a for-in statement over this object. + */ + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<Array> GetOwnPropertyNames( + Local<Context> context, PropertyFilter filter); + + /** + * Get the prototype object. This does not skip objects marked to + * be skipped by __proto__ and it does not consult the security + * handler. + */ + Local<Value> GetPrototype(); + + /** + * Set the prototype object. This does not skip objects marked to + * be skipped by __proto__ and it does not consult the security + * handler. + */ + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT Maybe<bool> SetPrototype(Local<Context> context, + Local<Value> prototype); + + /** + * Finds an instance of the given function template in the prototype + * chain. + */ + Local<Object> FindInstanceInPrototypeChain(Local<FunctionTemplate> tmpl); + + /** + * Call builtin Object.prototype.toString on this object. + * This is different from Value::ToString() that may call + * user-defined toString function. This one does not. + */ + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<String> ObjectProtoToString( + Local<Context> context); + + /** + * Returns the name of the function invoked as a constructor for this object. + */ + Local<String> GetConstructorName(); + + /** + * Sets the integrity level of the object. + */ + Maybe<bool> SetIntegrityLevel(Local<Context> context, IntegrityLevel level); + + /** Gets the number of internal fields for this Object. */ + int InternalFieldCount(); + + /** Same as above, but works for Persistents */ + V8_INLINE static int InternalFieldCount( + const PersistentBase<Object>& object) { + return object.val_->InternalFieldCount(); + } + + /** Gets the value from an internal field. */ + V8_INLINE Local<Value> GetInternalField(int index); + + /** Sets the value in an internal field. */ + void SetInternalField(int index, Local<Value> value); + + /** + * Gets a 2-byte-aligned native pointer from an internal field. This field + * must have been set by SetAlignedPointerInInternalField, everything else + * leads to undefined behavior. + */ + V8_INLINE void* GetAlignedPointerFromInternalField(int index); + + /** Same as above, but works for Persistents */ + V8_INLINE static void* GetAlignedPointerFromInternalField( + const PersistentBase<Object>& object, int index) { + return object.val_->GetAlignedPointerFromInternalField(index); + } + + /** + * Sets a 2-byte-aligned native pointer in an internal field. To retrieve such + * a field, GetAlignedPointerFromInternalField must be used, everything else + * leads to undefined behavior. + */ + void SetAlignedPointerInInternalField(int index, void* value); + void SetAlignedPointerInInternalFields(int argc, int indices[], + void* values[]); + + /** + * HasOwnProperty() is like JavaScript's Object.prototype.hasOwnProperty(). + * + * See also v8::Object::Has() and v8::Object::HasRealNamedProperty(). + */ + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT Maybe<bool> HasOwnProperty(Local<Context> context, + Local<Name> key); + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT Maybe<bool> HasOwnProperty(Local<Context> context, + uint32_t index); + V8_DEPRECATE_SOON("Use maybe version", + bool HasRealNamedProperty(Local<String> key)); + /** + * Use HasRealNamedProperty() if you want to check if an object has an own + * property without causing side effects, i.e., without calling interceptors. + * + * This function is similar to v8::Object::HasOwnProperty(), but it does not + * call interceptors. + * + * \note Consider using non-masking interceptors, i.e., the interceptors are + * not called if the receiver has the real named property. See + * `v8::PropertyHandlerFlags::kNonMasking`. + * + * See also v8::Object::Has(). + */ + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT Maybe<bool> HasRealNamedProperty(Local<Context> context, + Local<Name> key); + V8_DEPRECATE_SOON("Use maybe version", + bool HasRealIndexedProperty(uint32_t index)); + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT Maybe<bool> HasRealIndexedProperty( + Local<Context> context, uint32_t index); + V8_DEPRECATE_SOON("Use maybe version", + bool HasRealNamedCallbackProperty(Local<String> key)); + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT Maybe<bool> HasRealNamedCallbackProperty( + Local<Context> context, Local<Name> key); + + /** + * If result.IsEmpty() no real property was located in the prototype chain. + * This means interceptors in the prototype chain are not called. + */ + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<Value> GetRealNamedPropertyInPrototypeChain( + Local<Context> context, Local<Name> key); + + /** + * Gets the property attributes of a real property in the prototype chain, + * which can be None or any combination of ReadOnly, DontEnum and DontDelete. + * Interceptors in the prototype chain are not called. + */ + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT Maybe<PropertyAttribute> + GetRealNamedPropertyAttributesInPrototypeChain(Local<Context> context, + Local<Name> key); + + /** + * If result.IsEmpty() no real property was located on the object or + * in the prototype chain. + * This means interceptors in the prototype chain are not called. + */ + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<Value> GetRealNamedProperty( + Local<Context> context, Local<Name> key); + + /** + * Gets the property attributes of a real property which can be + * None or any combination of ReadOnly, DontEnum and DontDelete. + * Interceptors in the prototype chain are not called. + */ + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT Maybe<PropertyAttribute> GetRealNamedPropertyAttributes( + Local<Context> context, Local<Name> key); + + /** Tests for a named lookup interceptor.*/ + bool HasNamedLookupInterceptor(); + + /** Tests for an index lookup interceptor.*/ + bool HasIndexedLookupInterceptor(); + + /** + * Returns the identity hash for this object. The current implementation + * uses a hidden property on the object to store the identity hash. + * + * The return value will never be 0. Also, it is not guaranteed to be + * unique. + */ + int GetIdentityHash(); + + /** + * Clone this object with a fast but shallow copy. Values will point + * to the same values as the original object. + */ + // TODO(dcarney): take an isolate and optionally bail out? + Local<Object> Clone(); + + /** + * Returns the context in which the object was created. + */ + Local<Context> CreationContext(); + + /** Same as above, but works for Persistents */ + V8_INLINE static Local<Context> CreationContext( + const PersistentBase<Object>& object) { + return object.val_->CreationContext(); + } + + /** + * Checks whether a callback is set by the + * ObjectTemplate::SetCallAsFunctionHandler method. + * When an Object is callable this method returns true. + */ + bool IsCallable(); + + /** + * True if this object is a constructor. + */ + bool IsConstructor(); + + /** + * Call an Object as a function if a callback is set by the + * ObjectTemplate::SetCallAsFunctionHandler method. + */ + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<Value> CallAsFunction(Local<Context> context, + Local<Value> recv, + int argc, + Local<Value> argv[]); + + /** + * Call an Object as a constructor if a callback is set by the + * ObjectTemplate::SetCallAsFunctionHandler method. + * Note: This method behaves like the Function::NewInstance method. + */ + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<Value> CallAsConstructor( + Local<Context> context, int argc, Local<Value> argv[]); + + /** + * Return the isolate to which the Object belongs to. + */ + V8_DEPRECATE_SOON("Keep track of isolate correctly", Isolate* GetIsolate()); + + static Local<Object> New(Isolate* isolate); + + V8_INLINE static Object* Cast(Value* obj); + + private: + Object(); + static void CheckCast(Value* obj); + Local<Value> SlowGetInternalField(int index); + void* SlowGetAlignedPointerFromInternalField(int index); +}; + + +/** + * An instance of the built-in array constructor (ECMA-262, 15.4.2). + */ +class V8_EXPORT Array : public Object { + public: + uint32_t Length() const; + + /** + * Creates a JavaScript array with the given length. If the length + * is negative the returned array will have length 0. + */ + static Local<Array> New(Isolate* isolate, int length = 0); + + V8_INLINE static Array* Cast(Value* obj); + private: + Array(); + static void CheckCast(Value* obj); +}; + + +/** + * An instance of the built-in Map constructor (ECMA-262, 6th Edition, 23.1.1). + */ +class V8_EXPORT Map : public Object { + public: + size_t Size() const; + void Clear(); + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<Value> Get(Local<Context> context, + Local<Value> key); + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<Map> Set(Local<Context> context, + Local<Value> key, + Local<Value> value); + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT Maybe<bool> Has(Local<Context> context, + Local<Value> key); + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT Maybe<bool> Delete(Local<Context> context, + Local<Value> key); + + /** + * Returns an array of length Size() * 2, where index N is the Nth key and + * index N + 1 is the Nth value. + */ + Local<Array> AsArray() const; + + /** + * Creates a new empty Map. + */ + static Local<Map> New(Isolate* isolate); + + V8_INLINE static Map* Cast(Value* obj); + + private: + Map(); + static void CheckCast(Value* obj); +}; + + +/** + * An instance of the built-in Set constructor (ECMA-262, 6th Edition, 23.2.1). + */ +class V8_EXPORT Set : public Object { + public: + size_t Size() const; + void Clear(); + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<Set> Add(Local<Context> context, + Local<Value> key); + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT Maybe<bool> Has(Local<Context> context, + Local<Value> key); + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT Maybe<bool> Delete(Local<Context> context, + Local<Value> key); + + /** + * Returns an array of the keys in this Set. + */ + Local<Array> AsArray() const; + + /** + * Creates a new empty Set. + */ + static Local<Set> New(Isolate* isolate); + + V8_INLINE static Set* Cast(Value* obj); + + private: + Set(); + static void CheckCast(Value* obj); +}; + + +template<typename T> +class ReturnValue { + public: + template <class S> V8_INLINE ReturnValue(const ReturnValue<S>& that) + : value_(that.value_) { + TYPE_CHECK(T, S); + } + // Local setters + template <typename S> + V8_INLINE V8_DEPRECATE_SOON("Use Global<> instead", + void Set(const Persistent<S>& handle)); + template <typename S> + V8_INLINE void Set(const Global<S>& handle); + template <typename S> + V8_INLINE void Set(const Local<S> handle); + // Fast primitive setters + V8_INLINE void Set(bool value); + V8_INLINE void Set(double i); + V8_INLINE void Set(int32_t i); + V8_INLINE void Set(uint32_t i); + // Fast JS primitive setters + V8_INLINE void SetNull(); + V8_INLINE void SetUndefined(); + V8_INLINE void SetEmptyString(); + // Convenience getter for Isolate + V8_INLINE Isolate* GetIsolate() const; + + // Pointer setter: Uncompilable to prevent inadvertent misuse. + template <typename S> + V8_INLINE void Set(S* whatever); + + // Getter. Creates a new Local<> so it comes with a certain performance + // hit. If the ReturnValue was not yet set, this will return the undefined + // value. + V8_INLINE Local<Value> Get() const; + + private: + template<class F> friend class ReturnValue; + template<class F> friend class FunctionCallbackInfo; + template<class F> friend class PropertyCallbackInfo; + template <class F, class G, class H> + friend class PersistentValueMapBase; + V8_INLINE void SetInternal(internal::Object* value) { *value_ = value; } + V8_INLINE internal::Object* GetDefaultValue(); + V8_INLINE explicit ReturnValue(internal::Object** slot); + internal::Object** value_; +}; + + +/** + * The argument information given to function call callbacks. This + * class provides access to information about the context of the call, + * including the receiver, the number and values of arguments, and + * the holder of the function. + */ +template<typename T> +class FunctionCallbackInfo { + public: + /** The number of available arguments. */ + V8_INLINE int Length() const; + /** Accessor for the available arguments. */ + V8_INLINE Local<Value> operator[](int i) const; + /** Returns the receiver. This corresponds to the "this" value. */ + V8_INLINE Local<Object> This() const; + /** + * If the callback was created without a Signature, this is the same + * value as This(). If there is a signature, and the signature didn't match + * This() but one of its hidden prototypes, this will be the respective + * hidden prototype. + * + * Note that this is not the prototype of This() on which the accessor + * referencing this callback was found (which in V8 internally is often + * referred to as holder [sic]). + */ + V8_INLINE Local<Object> Holder() const; + /** For construct calls, this returns the "new.target" value. */ + V8_INLINE Local<Value> NewTarget() const; + /** Indicates whether this is a regular call or a construct call. */ + V8_INLINE bool IsConstructCall() const; + /** The data argument specified when creating the callback. */ + V8_INLINE Local<Value> Data() const; + /** The current Isolate. */ + V8_INLINE Isolate* GetIsolate() const; + /** The ReturnValue for the call. */ + V8_INLINE ReturnValue<T> GetReturnValue() const; + // This shouldn't be public, but the arm compiler needs it. + static const int kArgsLength = 6; + + protected: + friend class internal::FunctionCallbackArguments; + friend class internal::CustomArguments<FunctionCallbackInfo>; + friend class debug::ConsoleCallArguments; + static const int kHolderIndex = 0; + static const int kIsolateIndex = 1; + static const int kReturnValueDefaultValueIndex = 2; + static const int kReturnValueIndex = 3; + static const int kDataIndex = 4; + static const int kNewTargetIndex = 5; + + V8_INLINE FunctionCallbackInfo(internal::Object** implicit_args, + internal::Object** values, int length); + internal::Object** implicit_args_; + internal::Object** values_; + int length_; +}; + + +/** + * The information passed to a property callback about the context + * of the property access. + */ +template<typename T> +class PropertyCallbackInfo { + public: + /** + * \return The isolate of the property access. + */ + V8_INLINE Isolate* GetIsolate() const; + + /** + * \return The data set in the configuration, i.e., in + * `NamedPropertyHandlerConfiguration` or + * `IndexedPropertyHandlerConfiguration.` + */ + V8_INLINE Local<Value> Data() const; + + /** + * \return The receiver. In many cases, this is the object on which the + * property access was intercepted. When using + * `Reflect.get`, `Function.prototype.call`, or similar functions, it is the + * object passed in as receiver or thisArg. + * + * \code + * void GetterCallback(Local<Name> name, + * const v8::PropertyCallbackInfo<v8::Value>& info) { + * auto context = info.GetIsolate()->GetCurrentContext(); + * + * v8::Local<v8::Value> a_this = + * info.This() + * ->GetRealNamedProperty(context, v8_str("a")) + * .ToLocalChecked(); + * v8::Local<v8::Value> a_holder = + * info.Holder() + * ->GetRealNamedProperty(context, v8_str("a")) + * .ToLocalChecked(); + * + * CHECK(v8_str("r")->Equals(context, a_this).FromJust()); + * CHECK(v8_str("obj")->Equals(context, a_holder).FromJust()); + * + * info.GetReturnValue().Set(name); + * } + * + * v8::Local<v8::FunctionTemplate> templ = + * v8::FunctionTemplate::New(isolate); + * templ->InstanceTemplate()->SetHandler( + * v8::NamedPropertyHandlerConfiguration(GetterCallback)); + * LocalContext env; + * env->Global() + * ->Set(env.local(), v8_str("obj"), templ->GetFunction(env.local()) + * .ToLocalChecked() + * ->NewInstance(env.local()) + * .ToLocalChecked()) + * .FromJust(); + * + * CompileRun("obj.a = 'obj'; var r = {a: 'r'}; Reflect.get(obj, 'x', r)"); + * \endcode + */ + V8_INLINE Local<Object> This() const; + + /** + * \return The object in the prototype chain of the receiver that has the + * interceptor. Suppose you have `x` and its prototype is `y`, and `y` + * has an interceptor. Then `info.This()` is `x` and `info.Holder()` is `y`. + * The Holder() could be a hidden object (the global object, rather + * than the global proxy). + * + * \note For security reasons, do not pass the object back into the runtime. + */ + V8_INLINE Local<Object> Holder() const; + + /** + * \return The return value of the callback. + * Can be changed by calling Set(). + * \code + * info.GetReturnValue().Set(...) + * \endcode + * + */ + V8_INLINE ReturnValue<T> GetReturnValue() const; + + /** + * \return True if the intercepted function should throw if an error occurs. + * Usually, `true` corresponds to `'use strict'`. + * + * \note Always `false` when intercepting `Reflect.set()` + * independent of the language mode. + */ + V8_INLINE bool ShouldThrowOnError() const; + + // This shouldn't be public, but the arm compiler needs it. + static const int kArgsLength = 7; + + protected: + friend class MacroAssembler; + friend class internal::PropertyCallbackArguments; + friend class internal::CustomArguments<PropertyCallbackInfo>; + static const int kShouldThrowOnErrorIndex = 0; + static const int kHolderIndex = 1; + static const int kIsolateIndex = 2; + static const int kReturnValueDefaultValueIndex = 3; + static const int kReturnValueIndex = 4; + static const int kDataIndex = 5; + static const int kThisIndex = 6; + + V8_INLINE PropertyCallbackInfo(internal::Object** args) : args_(args) {} + internal::Object** args_; +}; + + +typedef void (*FunctionCallback)(const FunctionCallbackInfo<Value>& info); + +enum class ConstructorBehavior { kThrow, kAllow }; + +/** + * A JavaScript function object (ECMA-262, 15.3). + */ +class V8_EXPORT Function : public Object { + public: + /** + * Create a function in the current execution context + * for a given FunctionCallback. + */ + static MaybeLocal<Function> New( + Local<Context> context, FunctionCallback callback, + Local<Value> data = Local<Value>(), int length = 0, + ConstructorBehavior behavior = ConstructorBehavior::kAllow); + static V8_DEPRECATE_SOON( + "Use maybe version", + Local<Function> New(Isolate* isolate, FunctionCallback callback, + Local<Value> data = Local<Value>(), int length = 0)); + + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<Object> NewInstance( + Local<Context> context, int argc, Local<Value> argv[]) const; + + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<Object> NewInstance( + Local<Context> context) const { + return NewInstance(context, 0, nullptr); + } + + V8_DEPRECATE_SOON("Use maybe version", + Local<Value> Call(Local<Value> recv, int argc, + Local<Value> argv[])); + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<Value> Call(Local<Context> context, + Local<Value> recv, int argc, + Local<Value> argv[]); + + void SetName(Local<String> name); + Local<Value> GetName() const; + + /** + * Name inferred from variable or property assignment of this function. + * Used to facilitate debugging and profiling of JavaScript code written + * in an OO style, where many functions are anonymous but are assigned + * to object properties. + */ + Local<Value> GetInferredName() const; + + /** + * displayName if it is set, otherwise name if it is configured, otherwise + * function name, otherwise inferred name. + */ + Local<Value> GetDebugName() const; + + /** + * User-defined name assigned to the "displayName" property of this function. + * Used to facilitate debugging and profiling of JavaScript code. + */ + Local<Value> GetDisplayName() const; + + /** + * Returns zero based line number of function body and + * kLineOffsetNotFound if no information available. + */ + int GetScriptLineNumber() const; + /** + * Returns zero based column number of function body and + * kLineOffsetNotFound if no information available. + */ + int GetScriptColumnNumber() const; + + /** + * Returns scriptId. + */ + int ScriptId() const; + + /** + * Returns the original function if this function is bound, else returns + * v8::Undefined. + */ + Local<Value> GetBoundFunction() const; + + ScriptOrigin GetScriptOrigin() const; + V8_INLINE static Function* Cast(Value* obj); + static const int kLineOffsetNotFound; + + private: + Function(); + static void CheckCast(Value* obj); +}; + +#ifndef V8_PROMISE_INTERNAL_FIELD_COUNT +// The number of required internal fields can be defined by embedder. +#define V8_PROMISE_INTERNAL_FIELD_COUNT 0 +#endif + +/** + * An instance of the built-in Promise constructor (ES6 draft). + */ +class V8_EXPORT Promise : public Object { + public: + /** + * State of the promise. Each value corresponds to one of the possible values + * of the [[PromiseState]] field. + */ + enum PromiseState { kPending, kFulfilled, kRejected }; + + class V8_EXPORT Resolver : public Object { + public: + /** + * Create a new resolver, along with an associated promise in pending state. + */ + static V8_DEPRECATED("Use maybe version", + Local<Resolver> New(Isolate* isolate)); + static V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<Resolver> New( + Local<Context> context); + + /** + * Extract the associated promise. + */ + Local<Promise> GetPromise(); + + /** + * Resolve/reject the associated promise with a given value. + * Ignored if the promise is no longer pending. + */ + V8_DEPRECATED("Use maybe version", void Resolve(Local<Value> value)); + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT Maybe<bool> Resolve(Local<Context> context, + Local<Value> value); + + V8_DEPRECATED("Use maybe version", void Reject(Local<Value> value)); + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT Maybe<bool> Reject(Local<Context> context, + Local<Value> value); + + V8_INLINE static Resolver* Cast(Value* obj); + + private: + Resolver(); + static void CheckCast(Value* obj); + }; + + /** + * Register a resolution/rejection handler with a promise. + * The handler is given the respective resolution/rejection value as + * an argument. If the promise is already resolved/rejected, the handler is + * invoked at the end of turn. + */ + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<Promise> Catch(Local<Context> context, + Local<Function> handler); + + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<Promise> Then(Local<Context> context, + Local<Function> handler); + + /** + * Returns true if the promise has at least one derived promise, and + * therefore resolve/reject handlers (including default handler). + */ + bool HasHandler(); + + /** + * Returns the content of the [[PromiseResult]] field. The Promise must not + * be pending. + */ + Local<Value> Result(); + + /** + * Returns the value of the [[PromiseState]] field. + */ + PromiseState State(); + + V8_INLINE static Promise* Cast(Value* obj); + + static const int kEmbedderFieldCount = V8_PROMISE_INTERNAL_FIELD_COUNT; + + private: + Promise(); + static void CheckCast(Value* obj); +}; + +/** + * An instance of a Property Descriptor, see Ecma-262 6.2.4. + * + * Properties in a descriptor are present or absent. If you do not set + * `enumerable`, `configurable`, and `writable`, they are absent. If `value`, + * `get`, or `set` are absent, but you must specify them in the constructor, use + * empty handles. + * + * Accessors `get` and `set` must be callable or undefined if they are present. + * + * \note Only query properties if they are present, i.e., call `x()` only if + * `has_x()` returns true. + * + * \code + * // var desc = {writable: false} + * v8::PropertyDescriptor d(Local<Value>()), false); + * d.value(); // error, value not set + * if (d.has_writable()) { + * d.writable(); // false + * } + * + * // var desc = {value: undefined} + * v8::PropertyDescriptor d(v8::Undefined(isolate)); + * + * // var desc = {get: undefined} + * v8::PropertyDescriptor d(v8::Undefined(isolate), Local<Value>())); + * \endcode + */ +class V8_EXPORT PropertyDescriptor { + public: + // GenericDescriptor + PropertyDescriptor(); + + // DataDescriptor + PropertyDescriptor(Local<Value> value); + + // DataDescriptor with writable property + PropertyDescriptor(Local<Value> value, bool writable); + + // AccessorDescriptor + PropertyDescriptor(Local<Value> get, Local<Value> set); + + ~PropertyDescriptor(); + + Local<Value> value() const; + bool has_value() const; + + Local<Value> get() const; + bool has_get() const; + Local<Value> set() const; + bool has_set() const; + + void set_enumerable(bool enumerable); + bool enumerable() const; + bool has_enumerable() const; + + void set_configurable(bool configurable); + bool configurable() const; + bool has_configurable() const; + + bool writable() const; + bool has_writable() const; + + struct PrivateData; + PrivateData* get_private() const { return private_; } + + PropertyDescriptor(const PropertyDescriptor&) = delete; + void operator=(const PropertyDescriptor&) = delete; + + private: + PrivateData* private_; +}; + +/** + * An instance of the built-in Proxy constructor (ECMA-262, 6th Edition, + * 26.2.1). + */ +class V8_EXPORT Proxy : public Object { + public: + Local<Value> GetTarget(); + Local<Value> GetHandler(); + bool IsRevoked(); + void Revoke(); + + /** + * Creates a new Proxy for the target object. + */ + static MaybeLocal<Proxy> New(Local<Context> context, + Local<Object> local_target, + Local<Object> local_handler); + + V8_INLINE static Proxy* Cast(Value* obj); + + private: + Proxy(); + static void CheckCast(Value* obj); +}; + +// TODO(mtrofin): rename WasmCompiledModule to WasmModuleObject, for +// consistency with internal APIs. +class V8_EXPORT WasmCompiledModule : public Object { + public: + typedef std::pair<std::unique_ptr<const uint8_t[]>, size_t> SerializedModule; + // A buffer that is owned by the caller. + typedef std::pair<const uint8_t*, size_t> CallerOwnedBuffer; + + // An opaque, native heap object for transferring wasm modules. It + // supports move semantics, and does not support copy semantics. + class TransferrableModule final { + public: + TransferrableModule(TransferrableModule&& src) = default; + TransferrableModule(const TransferrableModule& src) = delete; + + TransferrableModule& operator=(TransferrableModule&& src) = default; + TransferrableModule& operator=(const TransferrableModule& src) = delete; + + private: + typedef std::pair<std::unique_ptr<const uint8_t[]>, size_t> OwnedBuffer; + friend class WasmCompiledModule; + TransferrableModule(OwnedBuffer&& code, OwnedBuffer&& bytes) + : compiled_code(std::move(code)), wire_bytes(std::move(bytes)) {} + + OwnedBuffer compiled_code = {nullptr, 0}; + OwnedBuffer wire_bytes = {nullptr, 0}; + }; + + // Get an in-memory, non-persistable, and context-independent (meaning, + // suitable for transfer to another Isolate and Context) representation + // of this wasm compiled module. + TransferrableModule GetTransferrableModule(); + + // Efficiently re-create a WasmCompiledModule, without recompiling, from + // a TransferrableModule. + static MaybeLocal<WasmCompiledModule> FromTransferrableModule( + Isolate* isolate, const TransferrableModule&); + + // Get the wasm-encoded bytes that were used to compile this module. + Local<String> GetWasmWireBytes(); + + // Serialize the compiled module. The serialized data does not include the + // uncompiled bytes. + SerializedModule Serialize(); + + // If possible, deserialize the module, otherwise compile it from the provided + // uncompiled bytes. + static MaybeLocal<WasmCompiledModule> DeserializeOrCompile( + Isolate* isolate, const CallerOwnedBuffer& serialized_module, + const CallerOwnedBuffer& wire_bytes); + V8_INLINE static WasmCompiledModule* Cast(Value* obj); + + private: + // TODO(ahaas): please remove the friend once streamed compilation is + // implemented + friend class WasmModuleObjectBuilder; + + static MaybeLocal<WasmCompiledModule> Deserialize( + Isolate* isolate, const CallerOwnedBuffer& serialized_module, + const CallerOwnedBuffer& wire_bytes); + static MaybeLocal<WasmCompiledModule> Compile(Isolate* isolate, + const uint8_t* start, + size_t length); + static CallerOwnedBuffer AsCallerOwned( + const TransferrableModule::OwnedBuffer& buff) { + return {buff.first.get(), buff.second}; + } + + WasmCompiledModule(); + static void CheckCast(Value* obj); +}; + +// TODO(mtrofin): when streaming compilation is done, we can rename this +// to simply WasmModuleObjectBuilder +class V8_EXPORT WasmModuleObjectBuilderStreaming final { + public: + WasmModuleObjectBuilderStreaming(Isolate* isolate); + // The buffer passed into OnBytesReceived is owned by the caller. + void OnBytesReceived(const uint8_t*, size_t size); + void Finish(); + void Abort(Local<Value> exception); + Local<Promise> GetPromise(); + + ~WasmModuleObjectBuilderStreaming(); + + private: + typedef std::pair<std::unique_ptr<const uint8_t[]>, size_t> Buffer; + + WasmModuleObjectBuilderStreaming(const WasmModuleObjectBuilderStreaming&) = + delete; + WasmModuleObjectBuilderStreaming(WasmModuleObjectBuilderStreaming&&) = + default; + WasmModuleObjectBuilderStreaming& operator=( + const WasmModuleObjectBuilderStreaming&) = delete; + WasmModuleObjectBuilderStreaming& operator=( + WasmModuleObjectBuilderStreaming&&) = default; + Isolate* isolate_ = nullptr; + +#if V8_CC_MSVC + // We don't need the static Copy API, so the default + // NonCopyablePersistentTraits would be sufficient, however, + // MSVC eagerly instantiates the Copy. + // We ensure we don't use Copy, however, by compiling with the + // defaults everywhere else. + Persistent<Promise, CopyablePersistentTraits<Promise>> promise_; +#else + Persistent<Promise> promise_; +#endif + std::vector<Buffer> received_buffers_; + size_t total_size_ = 0; + std::shared_ptr<internal::wasm::StreamingDecoder> streaming_decoder_; +}; + +class V8_EXPORT WasmModuleObjectBuilder final { + public: + WasmModuleObjectBuilder(Isolate* isolate) : isolate_(isolate) {} + // The buffer passed into OnBytesReceived is owned by the caller. + void OnBytesReceived(const uint8_t*, size_t size); + MaybeLocal<WasmCompiledModule> Finish(); + + private: + Isolate* isolate_ = nullptr; + // TODO(ahaas): We probably need none of this below here once streamed + // compilation is implemented. + typedef std::pair<std::unique_ptr<const uint8_t[]>, size_t> Buffer; + + // Disable copy semantics *in this implementation*. We can choose to + // relax this, albeit it's not clear why. + WasmModuleObjectBuilder(const WasmModuleObjectBuilder&) = delete; + WasmModuleObjectBuilder(WasmModuleObjectBuilder&&) = default; + WasmModuleObjectBuilder& operator=(const WasmModuleObjectBuilder&) = delete; + WasmModuleObjectBuilder& operator=(WasmModuleObjectBuilder&&) = default; + + std::vector<Buffer> received_buffers_; + size_t total_size_ = 0; +}; + +#ifndef V8_ARRAY_BUFFER_INTERNAL_FIELD_COUNT +// The number of required internal fields can be defined by embedder. +#define V8_ARRAY_BUFFER_INTERNAL_FIELD_COUNT 2 +#endif + + +enum class ArrayBufferCreationMode { kInternalized, kExternalized }; + + +/** + * An instance of the built-in ArrayBuffer constructor (ES6 draft 15.13.5). + */ +class V8_EXPORT ArrayBuffer : public Object { + public: + /** + * A thread-safe allocator that V8 uses to allocate |ArrayBuffer|'s memory. + * The allocator is a global V8 setting. It has to be set via + * Isolate::CreateParams. + * + * Memory allocated through this allocator by V8 is accounted for as external + * memory by V8. Note that V8 keeps track of the memory for all internalized + * |ArrayBuffer|s. Responsibility for tracking external memory (using + * Isolate::AdjustAmountOfExternalAllocatedMemory) is handed over to the + * embedder upon externalization and taken over upon internalization (creating + * an internalized buffer from an existing buffer). + * + * Note that it is unsafe to call back into V8 from any of the allocator + * functions. + */ + class V8_EXPORT Allocator { // NOLINT + public: + virtual ~Allocator() {} + + /** + * Allocate |length| bytes. Return NULL if allocation is not successful. + * Memory should be initialized to zeroes. + */ + virtual void* Allocate(size_t length) = 0; + + /** + * Allocate |length| bytes. Return NULL if allocation is not successful. + * Memory does not have to be initialized. + */ + virtual void* AllocateUninitialized(size_t length) = 0; + + /** + * Reserved |length| bytes, but do not commit the memory. Must call + * |SetProtection| to make memory accessible. + */ + // TODO(eholk): make this pure virtual once blink implements this. + virtual void* Reserve(size_t length); + + /** + * Free the memory block of size |length|, pointed to by |data|. + * That memory is guaranteed to be previously allocated by |Allocate|. + */ + virtual void Free(void* data, size_t length) = 0; + + enum class AllocationMode { kNormal, kReservation }; + + /** + * Free the memory block of size |length|, pointed to by |data|. + * That memory is guaranteed to be previously allocated by |Allocate| or + * |Reserve|, depending on |mode|. + */ + // TODO(eholk): make this pure virtual once blink implements this. + virtual void Free(void* data, size_t length, AllocationMode mode); + + enum class Protection { kNoAccess, kReadWrite }; + + /** + * Change the protection on a region of memory. + * + * On platforms that make a distinction between reserving and committing + * memory, changing the protection to kReadWrite must also ensure the memory + * is committed. + */ + // TODO(eholk): make this pure virtual once blink implements this. + virtual void SetProtection(void* data, size_t length, + Protection protection); + + /** + * malloc/free based convenience allocator. + * + * Caller takes ownership, i.e. the returned object needs to be freed using + * |delete allocator| once it is no longer in use. + */ + static Allocator* NewDefaultAllocator(); + }; + + /** + * The contents of an |ArrayBuffer|. Externalization of |ArrayBuffer| + * returns an instance of this class, populated, with a pointer to data + * and byte length. + * + * The Data pointer of ArrayBuffer::Contents is always allocated with + * Allocator::Allocate that is set via Isolate::CreateParams. + */ + class V8_EXPORT Contents { // NOLINT + public: + Contents() + : data_(nullptr), + byte_length_(0), + allocation_base_(nullptr), + allocation_length_(0), + allocation_mode_(Allocator::AllocationMode::kNormal) {} + + void* AllocationBase() const { return allocation_base_; } + size_t AllocationLength() const { return allocation_length_; } + Allocator::AllocationMode AllocationMode() const { + return allocation_mode_; + } + + void* Data() const { return data_; } + size_t ByteLength() const { return byte_length_; } + + private: + void* data_; + size_t byte_length_; + void* allocation_base_; + size_t allocation_length_; + Allocator::AllocationMode allocation_mode_; + + friend class ArrayBuffer; + }; + + + /** + * Data length in bytes. + */ + size_t ByteLength() const; + + /** + * Create a new ArrayBuffer. Allocate |byte_length| bytes. + * Allocated memory will be owned by a created ArrayBuffer and + * will be deallocated when it is garbage-collected, + * unless the object is externalized. + */ + static Local<ArrayBuffer> New(Isolate* isolate, size_t byte_length); + + /** + * Create a new ArrayBuffer over an existing memory block. + * The created array buffer is by default immediately in externalized state. + * In externalized state, the memory block will not be reclaimed when a + * created ArrayBuffer is garbage-collected. + * In internalized state, the memory block will be released using + * |Allocator::Free| once all ArrayBuffers referencing it are collected by + * the garbage collector. + */ + static Local<ArrayBuffer> New( + Isolate* isolate, void* data, size_t byte_length, + ArrayBufferCreationMode mode = ArrayBufferCreationMode::kExternalized); + + /** + * Returns true if ArrayBuffer is externalized, that is, does not + * own its memory block. + */ + bool IsExternal() const; + + /** + * Returns true if this ArrayBuffer may be neutered. + */ + bool IsNeuterable() const; + + /** + * Neuters this ArrayBuffer and all its views (typed arrays). + * Neutering sets the byte length of the buffer and all typed arrays to zero, + * preventing JavaScript from ever accessing underlying backing store. + * ArrayBuffer should have been externalized and must be neuterable. + */ + void Neuter(); + + /** + * Make this ArrayBuffer external. The pointer to underlying memory block + * and byte length are returned as |Contents| structure. After ArrayBuffer + * had been externalized, it does no longer own the memory block. The caller + * should take steps to free memory when it is no longer needed. + * + * The memory block is guaranteed to be allocated with |Allocator::Allocate| + * that has been set via Isolate::CreateParams. + */ + Contents Externalize(); + + /** + * Get a pointer to the ArrayBuffer's underlying memory block without + * externalizing it. If the ArrayBuffer is not externalized, this pointer + * will become invalid as soon as the ArrayBuffer gets garbage collected. + * + * The embedder should make sure to hold a strong reference to the + * ArrayBuffer while accessing this pointer. + * + * The memory block is guaranteed to be allocated with |Allocator::Allocate|. + */ + Contents GetContents(); + + V8_INLINE static ArrayBuffer* Cast(Value* obj); + + static const int kInternalFieldCount = V8_ARRAY_BUFFER_INTERNAL_FIELD_COUNT; + static const int kEmbedderFieldCount = V8_ARRAY_BUFFER_INTERNAL_FIELD_COUNT; + + private: + ArrayBuffer(); + static void CheckCast(Value* obj); +}; + + +#ifndef V8_ARRAY_BUFFER_VIEW_INTERNAL_FIELD_COUNT +// The number of required internal fields can be defined by embedder. +#define V8_ARRAY_BUFFER_VIEW_INTERNAL_FIELD_COUNT 2 +#endif + + +/** + * A base class for an instance of one of "views" over ArrayBuffer, + * including TypedArrays and DataView (ES6 draft 15.13). + */ +class V8_EXPORT ArrayBufferView : public Object { + public: + /** + * Returns underlying ArrayBuffer. + */ + Local<ArrayBuffer> Buffer(); + /** + * Byte offset in |Buffer|. + */ + size_t ByteOffset(); + /** + * Size of a view in bytes. + */ + size_t ByteLength(); + + /** + * Copy the contents of the ArrayBufferView's buffer to an embedder defined + * memory without additional overhead that calling ArrayBufferView::Buffer + * might incur. + * + * Will write at most min(|byte_length|, ByteLength) bytes starting at + * ByteOffset of the underlying buffer to the memory starting at |dest|. + * Returns the number of bytes actually written. + */ + size_t CopyContents(void* dest, size_t byte_length); + + /** + * Returns true if ArrayBufferView's backing ArrayBuffer has already been + * allocated. + */ + bool HasBuffer() const; + + V8_INLINE static ArrayBufferView* Cast(Value* obj); + + static const int kInternalFieldCount = + V8_ARRAY_BUFFER_VIEW_INTERNAL_FIELD_COUNT; + static const int kEmbedderFieldCount = + V8_ARRAY_BUFFER_VIEW_INTERNAL_FIELD_COUNT; + + private: + ArrayBufferView(); + static void CheckCast(Value* obj); +}; + + +/** + * A base class for an instance of TypedArray series of constructors + * (ES6 draft 15.13.6). + */ +class V8_EXPORT TypedArray : public ArrayBufferView { + public: + /* + * The largest typed array size that can be constructed using New. + */ + static constexpr size_t kMaxLength = + sizeof(void*) == 4 ? (1u << 30) - 1 : (1u << 31) - 1; + + /** + * Number of elements in this typed array + * (e.g. for Int16Array, |ByteLength|/2). + */ + size_t Length(); + + V8_INLINE static TypedArray* Cast(Value* obj); + + private: + TypedArray(); + static void CheckCast(Value* obj); +}; + + +/** + * An instance of Uint8Array constructor (ES6 draft 15.13.6). + */ +class V8_EXPORT Uint8Array : public TypedArray { + public: + static Local<Uint8Array> New(Local<ArrayBuffer> array_buffer, + size_t byte_offset, size_t length); + static Local<Uint8Array> New(Local<SharedArrayBuffer> shared_array_buffer, + size_t byte_offset, size_t length); + V8_INLINE static Uint8Array* Cast(Value* obj); + + private: + Uint8Array(); + static void CheckCast(Value* obj); +}; + + +/** + * An instance of Uint8ClampedArray constructor (ES6 draft 15.13.6). + */ +class V8_EXPORT Uint8ClampedArray : public TypedArray { + public: + static Local<Uint8ClampedArray> New(Local<ArrayBuffer> array_buffer, + size_t byte_offset, size_t length); + static Local<Uint8ClampedArray> New( + Local<SharedArrayBuffer> shared_array_buffer, size_t byte_offset, + size_t length); + V8_INLINE static Uint8ClampedArray* Cast(Value* obj); + + private: + Uint8ClampedArray(); + static void CheckCast(Value* obj); +}; + +/** + * An instance of Int8Array constructor (ES6 draft 15.13.6). + */ +class V8_EXPORT Int8Array : public TypedArray { + public: + static Local<Int8Array> New(Local<ArrayBuffer> array_buffer, + size_t byte_offset, size_t length); + static Local<Int8Array> New(Local<SharedArrayBuffer> shared_array_buffer, + size_t byte_offset, size_t length); + V8_INLINE static Int8Array* Cast(Value* obj); + + private: + Int8Array(); + static void CheckCast(Value* obj); +}; + + +/** + * An instance of Uint16Array constructor (ES6 draft 15.13.6). + */ +class V8_EXPORT Uint16Array : public TypedArray { + public: + static Local<Uint16Array> New(Local<ArrayBuffer> array_buffer, + size_t byte_offset, size_t length); + static Local<Uint16Array> New(Local<SharedArrayBuffer> shared_array_buffer, + size_t byte_offset, size_t length); + V8_INLINE static Uint16Array* Cast(Value* obj); + + private: + Uint16Array(); + static void CheckCast(Value* obj); +}; + + +/** + * An instance of Int16Array constructor (ES6 draft 15.13.6). + */ +class V8_EXPORT Int16Array : public TypedArray { + public: + static Local<Int16Array> New(Local<ArrayBuffer> array_buffer, + size_t byte_offset, size_t length); + static Local<Int16Array> New(Local<SharedArrayBuffer> shared_array_buffer, + size_t byte_offset, size_t length); + V8_INLINE static Int16Array* Cast(Value* obj); + + private: + Int16Array(); + static void CheckCast(Value* obj); +}; + + +/** + * An instance of Uint32Array constructor (ES6 draft 15.13.6). + */ +class V8_EXPORT Uint32Array : public TypedArray { + public: + static Local<Uint32Array> New(Local<ArrayBuffer> array_buffer, + size_t byte_offset, size_t length); + static Local<Uint32Array> New(Local<SharedArrayBuffer> shared_array_buffer, + size_t byte_offset, size_t length); + V8_INLINE static Uint32Array* Cast(Value* obj); + + private: + Uint32Array(); + static void CheckCast(Value* obj); +}; + + +/** + * An instance of Int32Array constructor (ES6 draft 15.13.6). + */ +class V8_EXPORT Int32Array : public TypedArray { + public: + static Local<Int32Array> New(Local<ArrayBuffer> array_buffer, + size_t byte_offset, size_t length); + static Local<Int32Array> New(Local<SharedArrayBuffer> shared_array_buffer, + size_t byte_offset, size_t length); + V8_INLINE static Int32Array* Cast(Value* obj); + + private: + Int32Array(); + static void CheckCast(Value* obj); +}; + + +/** + * An instance of Float32Array constructor (ES6 draft 15.13.6). + */ +class V8_EXPORT Float32Array : public TypedArray { + public: + static Local<Float32Array> New(Local<ArrayBuffer> array_buffer, + size_t byte_offset, size_t length); + static Local<Float32Array> New(Local<SharedArrayBuffer> shared_array_buffer, + size_t byte_offset, size_t length); + V8_INLINE static Float32Array* Cast(Value* obj); + + private: + Float32Array(); + static void CheckCast(Value* obj); +}; + + +/** + * An instance of Float64Array constructor (ES6 draft 15.13.6). + */ +class V8_EXPORT Float64Array : public TypedArray { + public: + static Local<Float64Array> New(Local<ArrayBuffer> array_buffer, + size_t byte_offset, size_t length); + static Local<Float64Array> New(Local<SharedArrayBuffer> shared_array_buffer, + size_t byte_offset, size_t length); + V8_INLINE static Float64Array* Cast(Value* obj); + + private: + Float64Array(); + static void CheckCast(Value* obj); +}; + + +/** + * An instance of DataView constructor (ES6 draft 15.13.7). + */ +class V8_EXPORT DataView : public ArrayBufferView { + public: + static Local<DataView> New(Local<ArrayBuffer> array_buffer, + size_t byte_offset, size_t length); + static Local<DataView> New(Local<SharedArrayBuffer> shared_array_buffer, + size_t byte_offset, size_t length); + V8_INLINE static DataView* Cast(Value* obj); + + private: + DataView(); + static void CheckCast(Value* obj); +}; + + +/** + * An instance of the built-in SharedArrayBuffer constructor. + * This API is experimental and may change significantly. + */ +class V8_EXPORT SharedArrayBuffer : public Object { + public: + /** + * The contents of an |SharedArrayBuffer|. Externalization of + * |SharedArrayBuffer| returns an instance of this class, populated, with a + * pointer to data and byte length. + * + * The Data pointer of SharedArrayBuffer::Contents is always allocated with + * |ArrayBuffer::Allocator::Allocate| by the allocator specified in + * v8::Isolate::CreateParams::array_buffer_allocator. + * + * This API is experimental and may change significantly. + */ + class V8_EXPORT Contents { // NOLINT + public: + Contents() + : data_(nullptr), + byte_length_(0), + allocation_base_(nullptr), + allocation_length_(0), + allocation_mode_(ArrayBuffer::Allocator::AllocationMode::kNormal) {} + + void* AllocationBase() const { return allocation_base_; } + size_t AllocationLength() const { return allocation_length_; } + ArrayBuffer::Allocator::AllocationMode AllocationMode() const { + return allocation_mode_; + } + + void* Data() const { return data_; } + size_t ByteLength() const { return byte_length_; } + + private: + void* data_; + size_t byte_length_; + void* allocation_base_; + size_t allocation_length_; + ArrayBuffer::Allocator::AllocationMode allocation_mode_; + + friend class SharedArrayBuffer; + }; + + + /** + * Data length in bytes. + */ + size_t ByteLength() const; + + /** + * Create a new SharedArrayBuffer. Allocate |byte_length| bytes. + * Allocated memory will be owned by a created SharedArrayBuffer and + * will be deallocated when it is garbage-collected, + * unless the object is externalized. + */ + static Local<SharedArrayBuffer> New(Isolate* isolate, size_t byte_length); + + /** + * Create a new SharedArrayBuffer over an existing memory block. The created + * array buffer is immediately in externalized state unless otherwise + * specified. The memory block will not be reclaimed when a created + * SharedArrayBuffer is garbage-collected. + */ + static Local<SharedArrayBuffer> New( + Isolate* isolate, void* data, size_t byte_length, + ArrayBufferCreationMode mode = ArrayBufferCreationMode::kExternalized); + + /** + * Returns true if SharedArrayBuffer is externalized, that is, does not + * own its memory block. + */ + bool IsExternal() const; + + /** + * Make this SharedArrayBuffer external. The pointer to underlying memory + * block and byte length are returned as |Contents| structure. After + * SharedArrayBuffer had been externalized, it does no longer own the memory + * block. The caller should take steps to free memory when it is no longer + * needed. + * + * The memory block is guaranteed to be allocated with |Allocator::Allocate| + * by the allocator specified in + * v8::Isolate::CreateParams::array_buffer_allocator. + * + */ + Contents Externalize(); + + /** + * Get a pointer to the ArrayBuffer's underlying memory block without + * externalizing it. If the ArrayBuffer is not externalized, this pointer + * will become invalid as soon as the ArrayBuffer became garbage collected. + * + * The embedder should make sure to hold a strong reference to the + * ArrayBuffer while accessing this pointer. + * + * The memory block is guaranteed to be allocated with |Allocator::Allocate| + * by the allocator specified in + * v8::Isolate::CreateParams::array_buffer_allocator. + */ + Contents GetContents(); + + V8_INLINE static SharedArrayBuffer* Cast(Value* obj); + + static const int kInternalFieldCount = V8_ARRAY_BUFFER_INTERNAL_FIELD_COUNT; + + private: + SharedArrayBuffer(); + static void CheckCast(Value* obj); +}; + + +/** + * An instance of the built-in Date constructor (ECMA-262, 15.9). + */ +class V8_EXPORT Date : public Object { + public: + static V8_DEPRECATE_SOON("Use maybe version.", + Local<Value> New(Isolate* isolate, double time)); + static V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<Value> New(Local<Context> context, + double time); + + /** + * A specialization of Value::NumberValue that is more efficient + * because we know the structure of this object. + */ + double ValueOf() const; + + V8_INLINE static Date* Cast(Value* obj); + + /** + * Notification that the embedder has changed the time zone, + * daylight savings time, or other date / time configuration + * parameters. V8 keeps a cache of various values used for + * date / time computation. This notification will reset + * those cached values for the current context so that date / + * time configuration changes would be reflected in the Date + * object. + * + * This API should not be called more than needed as it will + * negatively impact the performance of date operations. + */ + static void DateTimeConfigurationChangeNotification(Isolate* isolate); + + private: + static void CheckCast(Value* obj); +}; + + +/** + * A Number object (ECMA-262, 4.3.21). + */ +class V8_EXPORT NumberObject : public Object { + public: + static Local<Value> New(Isolate* isolate, double value); + + double ValueOf() const; + + V8_INLINE static NumberObject* Cast(Value* obj); + + private: + static void CheckCast(Value* obj); +}; + + +/** + * A Boolean object (ECMA-262, 4.3.15). + */ +class V8_EXPORT BooleanObject : public Object { + public: + static Local<Value> New(Isolate* isolate, bool value); + + bool ValueOf() const; + + V8_INLINE static BooleanObject* Cast(Value* obj); + + private: + static void CheckCast(Value* obj); +}; + + +/** + * A String object (ECMA-262, 4.3.18). + */ +class V8_EXPORT StringObject : public Object { + public: + static Local<Value> New(Local<String> value); + + Local<String> ValueOf() const; + + V8_INLINE static StringObject* Cast(Value* obj); + + private: + static void CheckCast(Value* obj); +}; + + +/** + * A Symbol object (ECMA-262 edition 6). + */ +class V8_EXPORT SymbolObject : public Object { + public: + static Local<Value> New(Isolate* isolate, Local<Symbol> value); + + Local<Symbol> ValueOf() const; + + V8_INLINE static SymbolObject* Cast(Value* obj); + + private: + static void CheckCast(Value* obj); +}; + + +/** + * An instance of the built-in RegExp constructor (ECMA-262, 15.10). + */ +class V8_EXPORT RegExp : public Object { + public: + /** + * Regular expression flag bits. They can be or'ed to enable a set + * of flags. + */ + enum Flags { + kNone = 0, + kGlobal = 1 << 0, + kIgnoreCase = 1 << 1, + kMultiline = 1 << 2, + kSticky = 1 << 3, + kUnicode = 1 << 4, + kDotAll = 1 << 5, + }; + + /** + * Creates a regular expression from the given pattern string and + * the flags bit field. May throw a JavaScript exception as + * described in ECMA-262, 15.10.4.1. + * + * For example, + * RegExp::New(v8::String::New("foo"), + * static_cast<RegExp::Flags>(kGlobal | kMultiline)) + * is equivalent to evaluating "/foo/gm". + */ + static V8_DEPRECATE_SOON("Use maybe version", + Local<RegExp> New(Local<String> pattern, + Flags flags)); + static V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<RegExp> New(Local<Context> context, + Local<String> pattern, + Flags flags); + + /** + * Returns the value of the source property: a string representing + * the regular expression. + */ + Local<String> GetSource() const; + + /** + * Returns the flags bit field. + */ + Flags GetFlags() const; + + V8_INLINE static RegExp* Cast(Value* obj); + + private: + static void CheckCast(Value* obj); +}; + + +/** + * A JavaScript value that wraps a C++ void*. This type of value is mainly used + * to associate C++ data structures with JavaScript objects. + */ +class V8_EXPORT External : public Value { + public: + static Local<External> New(Isolate* isolate, void* value); + V8_INLINE static External* Cast(Value* obj); + void* Value() const; + private: + static void CheckCast(v8::Value* obj); +}; + +#define V8_INTRINSICS_LIST(F) \ + F(ArrayProto_entries, array_entries_iterator) \ + F(ArrayProto_forEach, array_for_each_iterator) \ + F(ArrayProto_keys, array_keys_iterator) \ + F(ArrayProto_values, array_values_iterator) \ + F(ErrorPrototype, initial_error_prototype) \ + F(IteratorPrototype, initial_iterator_prototype) + +enum Intrinsic { +#define V8_DECL_INTRINSIC(name, iname) k##name, + V8_INTRINSICS_LIST(V8_DECL_INTRINSIC) +#undef V8_DECL_INTRINSIC +}; + + +// --- Templates --- + + +/** + * The superclass of object and function templates. + */ +class V8_EXPORT Template : public Data { + public: + /** + * Adds a property to each instance created by this template. + * + * The property must be defined either as a primitive value, or a template. + */ + void Set(Local<Name> name, Local<Data> value, + PropertyAttribute attributes = None); + void SetPrivate(Local<Private> name, Local<Data> value, + PropertyAttribute attributes = None); + V8_INLINE void Set(Isolate* isolate, const char* name, Local<Data> value); + + void SetAccessorProperty( + Local<Name> name, + Local<FunctionTemplate> getter = Local<FunctionTemplate>(), + Local<FunctionTemplate> setter = Local<FunctionTemplate>(), + PropertyAttribute attribute = None, + AccessControl settings = DEFAULT); + + /** + * Whenever the property with the given name is accessed on objects + * created from this Template the getter and setter callbacks + * are called instead of getting and setting the property directly + * on the JavaScript object. + * + * \param name The name of the property for which an accessor is added. + * \param getter The callback to invoke when getting the property. + * \param setter The callback to invoke when setting the property. + * \param data A piece of data that will be passed to the getter and setter + * callbacks whenever they are invoked. + * \param settings Access control settings for the accessor. This is a bit + * field consisting of one of more of + * DEFAULT = 0, ALL_CAN_READ = 1, or ALL_CAN_WRITE = 2. + * The default is to not allow cross-context access. + * ALL_CAN_READ means that all cross-context reads are allowed. + * ALL_CAN_WRITE means that all cross-context writes are allowed. + * The combination ALL_CAN_READ | ALL_CAN_WRITE can be used to allow all + * cross-context access. + * \param attribute The attributes of the property for which an accessor + * is added. + * \param signature The signature describes valid receivers for the accessor + * and is used to perform implicit instance checks against them. If the + * receiver is incompatible (i.e. is not an instance of the constructor as + * defined by FunctionTemplate::HasInstance()), an implicit TypeError is + * thrown and no callback is invoked. + */ + void SetNativeDataProperty( + Local<String> name, AccessorGetterCallback getter, + AccessorSetterCallback setter = 0, + // TODO(dcarney): gcc can't handle Local below + Local<Value> data = Local<Value>(), PropertyAttribute attribute = None, + Local<AccessorSignature> signature = Local<AccessorSignature>(), + AccessControl settings = DEFAULT); + void SetNativeDataProperty( + Local<Name> name, AccessorNameGetterCallback getter, + AccessorNameSetterCallback setter = 0, + // TODO(dcarney): gcc can't handle Local below + Local<Value> data = Local<Value>(), PropertyAttribute attribute = None, + Local<AccessorSignature> signature = Local<AccessorSignature>(), + AccessControl settings = DEFAULT); + + /** + * Like SetNativeDataProperty, but V8 will replace the native data property + * with a real data property on first access. + */ + void SetLazyDataProperty(Local<Name> name, AccessorNameGetterCallback getter, + Local<Value> data = Local<Value>(), + PropertyAttribute attribute = None); + + /** + * During template instantiation, sets the value with the intrinsic property + * from the correct context. + */ + void SetIntrinsicDataProperty(Local<Name> name, Intrinsic intrinsic, + PropertyAttribute attribute = None); + + private: + Template(); + + friend class ObjectTemplate; + friend class FunctionTemplate; +}; + + +/** + * NamedProperty[Getter|Setter] are used as interceptors on object. + * See ObjectTemplate::SetNamedPropertyHandler. + */ +typedef void (*NamedPropertyGetterCallback)( + Local<String> property, + const PropertyCallbackInfo<Value>& info); + + +/** + * Returns the value if the setter intercepts the request. + * Otherwise, returns an empty handle. + */ +typedef void (*NamedPropertySetterCallback)( + Local<String> property, + Local<Value> value, + const PropertyCallbackInfo<Value>& info); + + +/** + * Returns a non-empty handle if the interceptor intercepts the request. + * The result is an integer encoding property attributes (like v8::None, + * v8::DontEnum, etc.) + */ +typedef void (*NamedPropertyQueryCallback)( + Local<String> property, + const PropertyCallbackInfo<Integer>& info); + + +/** + * Returns a non-empty handle if the deleter intercepts the request. + * The return value is true if the property could be deleted and false + * otherwise. + */ +typedef void (*NamedPropertyDeleterCallback)( + Local<String> property, + const PropertyCallbackInfo<Boolean>& info); + +/** + * Returns an array containing the names of the properties the named + * property getter intercepts. + * + * Note: The values in the array must be of type v8::Name. + */ +typedef void (*NamedPropertyEnumeratorCallback)( + const PropertyCallbackInfo<Array>& info); + + +// TODO(dcarney): Deprecate and remove previous typedefs, and replace +// GenericNamedPropertyFooCallback with just NamedPropertyFooCallback. + +/** + * Interceptor for get requests on an object. + * + * Use `info.GetReturnValue().Set()` to set the return value of the + * intercepted get request. + * + * \param property The name of the property for which the request was + * intercepted. + * \param info Information about the intercepted request, such as + * isolate, receiver, return value, or whether running in `'use strict`' mode. + * See `PropertyCallbackInfo`. + * + * \code + * void GetterCallback( + * Local<Name> name, + * const v8::PropertyCallbackInfo<v8::Value>& info) { + * info.GetReturnValue().Set(v8_num(42)); + * } + * + * v8::Local<v8::FunctionTemplate> templ = + * v8::FunctionTemplate::New(isolate); + * templ->InstanceTemplate()->SetHandler( + * v8::NamedPropertyHandlerConfiguration(GetterCallback)); + * LocalContext env; + * env->Global() + * ->Set(env.local(), v8_str("obj"), templ->GetFunction(env.local()) + * .ToLocalChecked() + * ->NewInstance(env.local()) + * .ToLocalChecked()) + * .FromJust(); + * v8::Local<v8::Value> result = CompileRun("obj.a = 17; obj.a"); + * CHECK(v8_num(42)->Equals(env.local(), result).FromJust()); + * \endcode + * + * See also `ObjectTemplate::SetHandler`. + */ +typedef void (*GenericNamedPropertyGetterCallback)( + Local<Name> property, const PropertyCallbackInfo<Value>& info); + +/** + * Interceptor for set requests on an object. + * + * Use `info.GetReturnValue()` to indicate whether the request was intercepted + * or not. If the setter successfully intercepts the request, i.e., if the + * request should not be further executed, call + * `info.GetReturnValue().Set(value)`. If the setter + * did not intercept the request, i.e., if the request should be handled as + * if no interceptor is present, do not not call `Set()`. + * + * \param property The name of the property for which the request was + * intercepted. + * \param value The value which the property will have if the request + * is not intercepted. + * \param info Information about the intercepted request, such as + * isolate, receiver, return value, or whether running in `'use strict'` mode. + * See `PropertyCallbackInfo`. + * + * See also + * `ObjectTemplate::SetHandler.` + */ +typedef void (*GenericNamedPropertySetterCallback)( + Local<Name> property, Local<Value> value, + const PropertyCallbackInfo<Value>& info); + +/** + * Intercepts all requests that query the attributes of the + * property, e.g., getOwnPropertyDescriptor(), propertyIsEnumerable(), and + * defineProperty(). + * + * Use `info.GetReturnValue().Set(value)` to set the property attributes. The + * value is an integer encoding a `v8::PropertyAttribute`. + * + * \param property The name of the property for which the request was + * intercepted. + * \param info Information about the intercepted request, such as + * isolate, receiver, return value, or whether running in `'use strict'` mode. + * See `PropertyCallbackInfo`. + * + * \note Some functions query the property attributes internally, even though + * they do not return the attributes. For example, `hasOwnProperty()` can + * trigger this interceptor depending on the state of the object. + * + * See also + * `ObjectTemplate::SetHandler.` + */ +typedef void (*GenericNamedPropertyQueryCallback)( + Local<Name> property, const PropertyCallbackInfo<Integer>& info); + +/** + * Interceptor for delete requests on an object. + * + * Use `info.GetReturnValue()` to indicate whether the request was intercepted + * or not. If the deleter successfully intercepts the request, i.e., if the + * request should not be further executed, call + * `info.GetReturnValue().Set(value)` with a boolean `value`. The `value` is + * used as the return value of `delete`. + * + * \param property The name of the property for which the request was + * intercepted. + * \param info Information about the intercepted request, such as + * isolate, receiver, return value, or whether running in `'use strict'` mode. + * See `PropertyCallbackInfo`. + * + * \note If you need to mimic the behavior of `delete`, i.e., throw in strict + * mode instead of returning false, use `info.ShouldThrowOnError()` to determine + * if you are in strict mode. + * + * See also `ObjectTemplate::SetHandler.` + */ +typedef void (*GenericNamedPropertyDeleterCallback)( + Local<Name> property, const PropertyCallbackInfo<Boolean>& info); + +/** + * Returns an array containing the names of the properties the named + * property getter intercepts. + * + * Note: The values in the array must be of type v8::Name. + */ +typedef void (*GenericNamedPropertyEnumeratorCallback)( + const PropertyCallbackInfo<Array>& info); + +/** + * Interceptor for defineProperty requests on an object. + * + * Use `info.GetReturnValue()` to indicate whether the request was intercepted + * or not. If the definer successfully intercepts the request, i.e., if the + * request should not be further executed, call + * `info.GetReturnValue().Set(value)`. If the definer + * did not intercept the request, i.e., if the request should be handled as + * if no interceptor is present, do not not call `Set()`. + * + * \param property The name of the property for which the request was + * intercepted. + * \param desc The property descriptor which is used to define the + * property if the request is not intercepted. + * \param info Information about the intercepted request, such as + * isolate, receiver, return value, or whether running in `'use strict'` mode. + * See `PropertyCallbackInfo`. + * + * See also `ObjectTemplate::SetHandler`. + */ +typedef void (*GenericNamedPropertyDefinerCallback)( + Local<Name> property, const PropertyDescriptor& desc, + const PropertyCallbackInfo<Value>& info); + +/** + * Interceptor for getOwnPropertyDescriptor requests on an object. + * + * Use `info.GetReturnValue().Set()` to set the return value of the + * intercepted request. The return value must be an object that + * can be converted to a PropertyDescriptor, e.g., a `v8::value` returned from + * `v8::Object::getOwnPropertyDescriptor`. + * + * \param property The name of the property for which the request was + * intercepted. + * \info Information about the intercepted request, such as + * isolate, receiver, return value, or whether running in `'use strict'` mode. + * See `PropertyCallbackInfo`. + * + * \note If GetOwnPropertyDescriptor is intercepted, it will + * always return true, i.e., indicate that the property was found. + * + * See also `ObjectTemplate::SetHandler`. + */ +typedef void (*GenericNamedPropertyDescriptorCallback)( + Local<Name> property, const PropertyCallbackInfo<Value>& info); + +/** + * See `v8::GenericNamedPropertyGetterCallback`. + */ +typedef void (*IndexedPropertyGetterCallback)( + uint32_t index, + const PropertyCallbackInfo<Value>& info); + +/** + * See `v8::GenericNamedPropertySetterCallback`. + */ +typedef void (*IndexedPropertySetterCallback)( + uint32_t index, + Local<Value> value, + const PropertyCallbackInfo<Value>& info); + +/** + * See `v8::GenericNamedPropertyQueryCallback`. + */ +typedef void (*IndexedPropertyQueryCallback)( + uint32_t index, + const PropertyCallbackInfo<Integer>& info); + +/** + * See `v8::GenericNamedPropertyDeleterCallback`. + */ +typedef void (*IndexedPropertyDeleterCallback)( + uint32_t index, + const PropertyCallbackInfo<Boolean>& info); + +/** + * Returns an array containing the indices of the properties the indexed + * property getter intercepts. + * + * Note: The values in the array must be uint32_t. + */ +typedef void (*IndexedPropertyEnumeratorCallback)( + const PropertyCallbackInfo<Array>& info); + +/** + * See `v8::GenericNamedPropertyDefinerCallback`. + */ +typedef void (*IndexedPropertyDefinerCallback)( + uint32_t index, const PropertyDescriptor& desc, + const PropertyCallbackInfo<Value>& info); + +/** + * See `v8::GenericNamedPropertyDescriptorCallback`. + */ +typedef void (*IndexedPropertyDescriptorCallback)( + uint32_t index, const PropertyCallbackInfo<Value>& info); + +/** + * Access type specification. + */ +enum AccessType { + ACCESS_GET, + ACCESS_SET, + ACCESS_HAS, + ACCESS_DELETE, + ACCESS_KEYS +}; + + +/** + * Returns true if the given context should be allowed to access the given + * object. + */ +typedef bool (*AccessCheckCallback)(Local<Context> accessing_context, + Local<Object> accessed_object, + Local<Value> data); + +/** + * A FunctionTemplate is used to create functions at runtime. There + * can only be one function created from a FunctionTemplate in a + * context. The lifetime of the created function is equal to the + * lifetime of the context. So in case the embedder needs to create + * temporary functions that can be collected using Scripts is + * preferred. + * + * Any modification of a FunctionTemplate after first instantiation will trigger + * a crash. + * + * A FunctionTemplate can have properties, these properties are added to the + * function object when it is created. + * + * A FunctionTemplate has a corresponding instance template which is + * used to create object instances when the function is used as a + * constructor. Properties added to the instance template are added to + * each object instance. + * + * A FunctionTemplate can have a prototype template. The prototype template + * is used to create the prototype object of the function. + * + * The following example shows how to use a FunctionTemplate: + * + * \code + * v8::Local<v8::FunctionTemplate> t = v8::FunctionTemplate::New(isolate); + * t->Set(isolate, "func_property", v8::Number::New(isolate, 1)); + * + * v8::Local<v8::Template> proto_t = t->PrototypeTemplate(); + * proto_t->Set(isolate, + * "proto_method", + * v8::FunctionTemplate::New(isolate, InvokeCallback)); + * proto_t->Set(isolate, "proto_const", v8::Number::New(isolate, 2)); + * + * v8::Local<v8::ObjectTemplate> instance_t = t->InstanceTemplate(); + * instance_t->SetAccessor(String::NewFromUtf8(isolate, "instance_accessor"), + * InstanceAccessorCallback); + * instance_t->SetHandler( + * NamedPropertyHandlerConfiguration(PropertyHandlerCallback)); + * instance_t->Set(String::NewFromUtf8(isolate, "instance_property"), + * Number::New(isolate, 3)); + * + * v8::Local<v8::Function> function = t->GetFunction(); + * v8::Local<v8::Object> instance = function->NewInstance(); + * \endcode + * + * Let's use "function" as the JS variable name of the function object + * and "instance" for the instance object created above. The function + * and the instance will have the following properties: + * + * \code + * func_property in function == true; + * function.func_property == 1; + * + * function.prototype.proto_method() invokes 'InvokeCallback' + * function.prototype.proto_const == 2; + * + * instance instanceof function == true; + * instance.instance_accessor calls 'InstanceAccessorCallback' + * instance.instance_property == 3; + * \endcode + * + * A FunctionTemplate can inherit from another one by calling the + * FunctionTemplate::Inherit method. The following graph illustrates + * the semantics of inheritance: + * + * \code + * FunctionTemplate Parent -> Parent() . prototype -> { } + * ^ ^ + * | Inherit(Parent) | .__proto__ + * | | + * FunctionTemplate Child -> Child() . prototype -> { } + * \endcode + * + * A FunctionTemplate 'Child' inherits from 'Parent', the prototype + * object of the Child() function has __proto__ pointing to the + * Parent() function's prototype object. An instance of the Child + * function has all properties on Parent's instance templates. + * + * Let Parent be the FunctionTemplate initialized in the previous + * section and create a Child FunctionTemplate by: + * + * \code + * Local<FunctionTemplate> parent = t; + * Local<FunctionTemplate> child = FunctionTemplate::New(); + * child->Inherit(parent); + * + * Local<Function> child_function = child->GetFunction(); + * Local<Object> child_instance = child_function->NewInstance(); + * \endcode + * + * The Child function and Child instance will have the following + * properties: + * + * \code + * child_func.prototype.__proto__ == function.prototype; + * child_instance.instance_accessor calls 'InstanceAccessorCallback' + * child_instance.instance_property == 3; + * \endcode + */ +class V8_EXPORT FunctionTemplate : public Template { + public: + /** Creates a function template.*/ + static Local<FunctionTemplate> New( + Isolate* isolate, FunctionCallback callback = 0, + Local<Value> data = Local<Value>(), + Local<Signature> signature = Local<Signature>(), int length = 0, + ConstructorBehavior behavior = ConstructorBehavior::kAllow); + + /** Get a template included in the snapshot by index. */ + static MaybeLocal<FunctionTemplate> FromSnapshot(Isolate* isolate, + size_t index); + + /** + * Creates a function template backed/cached by a private property. + */ + static Local<FunctionTemplate> NewWithCache( + Isolate* isolate, FunctionCallback callback, + Local<Private> cache_property, Local<Value> data = Local<Value>(), + Local<Signature> signature = Local<Signature>(), int length = 0); + + /** Returns the unique function instance in the current execution context.*/ + V8_DEPRECATE_SOON("Use maybe version", Local<Function> GetFunction()); + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<Function> GetFunction( + Local<Context> context); + + /** + * Similar to Context::NewRemoteContext, this creates an instance that + * isn't backed by an actual object. + * + * The InstanceTemplate of this FunctionTemplate must have access checks with + * handlers installed. + */ + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<Object> NewRemoteInstance(); + + /** + * Set the call-handler callback for a FunctionTemplate. This + * callback is called whenever the function created from this + * FunctionTemplate is called. + */ + void SetCallHandler(FunctionCallback callback, + Local<Value> data = Local<Value>()); + + /** Set the predefined length property for the FunctionTemplate. */ + void SetLength(int length); + + /** Get the InstanceTemplate. */ + Local<ObjectTemplate> InstanceTemplate(); + + /** + * Causes the function template to inherit from a parent function template. + * This means the the function's prototype.__proto__ is set to the parent + * function's prototype. + **/ + void Inherit(Local<FunctionTemplate> parent); + + /** + * A PrototypeTemplate is the template used to create the prototype object + * of the function created by this template. + */ + Local<ObjectTemplate> PrototypeTemplate(); + + /** + * A PrototypeProviderTemplate is another function template whose prototype + * property is used for this template. This is mutually exclusive with setting + * a prototype template indirectly by calling PrototypeTemplate() or using + * Inherit(). + **/ + void SetPrototypeProviderTemplate(Local<FunctionTemplate> prototype_provider); + + /** + * Set the class name of the FunctionTemplate. This is used for + * printing objects created with the function created from the + * FunctionTemplate as its constructor. + */ + void SetClassName(Local<String> name); + + + /** + * When set to true, no access check will be performed on the receiver of a + * function call. Currently defaults to true, but this is subject to change. + */ + void SetAcceptAnyReceiver(bool value); + + /** + * Determines whether the __proto__ accessor ignores instances of + * the function template. If instances of the function template are + * ignored, __proto__ skips all instances and instead returns the + * next object in the prototype chain. + * + * Call with a value of true to make the __proto__ accessor ignore + * instances of the function template. Call with a value of false + * to make the __proto__ accessor not ignore instances of the + * function template. By default, instances of a function template + * are not ignored. + */ + void SetHiddenPrototype(bool value); + + /** + * Sets the ReadOnly flag in the attributes of the 'prototype' property + * of functions created from this FunctionTemplate to true. + */ + void ReadOnlyPrototype(); + + /** + * Removes the prototype property from functions created from this + * FunctionTemplate. + */ + void RemovePrototype(); + + /** + * Returns true if the given object is an instance of this function + * template. + */ + bool HasInstance(Local<Value> object); + + V8_INLINE static FunctionTemplate* Cast(Data* data); + + private: + FunctionTemplate(); + + static void CheckCast(Data* that); + friend class Context; + friend class ObjectTemplate; +}; + +/** + * Configuration flags for v8::NamedPropertyHandlerConfiguration or + * v8::IndexedPropertyHandlerConfiguration. + */ +enum class PropertyHandlerFlags { + /** + * None. + */ + kNone = 0, + + /** + * See ALL_CAN_READ above. + */ + kAllCanRead = 1, + + /** Will not call into interceptor for properties on the receiver or prototype + * chain, i.e., only call into interceptor for properties that do not exist. + * Currently only valid for named interceptors. + */ + kNonMasking = 1 << 1, + + /** + * Will not call into interceptor for symbol lookup. Only meaningful for + * named interceptors. + */ + kOnlyInterceptStrings = 1 << 2, +}; + +struct NamedPropertyHandlerConfiguration { + NamedPropertyHandlerConfiguration( + /** Note: getter is required */ + GenericNamedPropertyGetterCallback getter = 0, + GenericNamedPropertySetterCallback setter = 0, + GenericNamedPropertyQueryCallback query = 0, + GenericNamedPropertyDeleterCallback deleter = 0, + GenericNamedPropertyEnumeratorCallback enumerator = 0, + Local<Value> data = Local<Value>(), + PropertyHandlerFlags flags = PropertyHandlerFlags::kNone) + : getter(getter), + setter(setter), + query(query), + deleter(deleter), + enumerator(enumerator), + definer(0), + descriptor(0), + data(data), + flags(flags) {} + + NamedPropertyHandlerConfiguration( + GenericNamedPropertyGetterCallback getter, + GenericNamedPropertySetterCallback setter, + GenericNamedPropertyDescriptorCallback descriptor, + GenericNamedPropertyDeleterCallback deleter, + GenericNamedPropertyEnumeratorCallback enumerator, + GenericNamedPropertyDefinerCallback definer, + Local<Value> data = Local<Value>(), + PropertyHandlerFlags flags = PropertyHandlerFlags::kNone) + : getter(getter), + setter(setter), + query(0), + deleter(deleter), + enumerator(enumerator), + definer(definer), + descriptor(descriptor), + data(data), + flags(flags) {} + + GenericNamedPropertyGetterCallback getter; + GenericNamedPropertySetterCallback setter; + GenericNamedPropertyQueryCallback query; + GenericNamedPropertyDeleterCallback deleter; + GenericNamedPropertyEnumeratorCallback enumerator; + GenericNamedPropertyDefinerCallback definer; + GenericNamedPropertyDescriptorCallback descriptor; + Local<Value> data; + PropertyHandlerFlags flags; +}; + + +struct IndexedPropertyHandlerConfiguration { + IndexedPropertyHandlerConfiguration( + /** Note: getter is required */ + IndexedPropertyGetterCallback getter = 0, + IndexedPropertySetterCallback setter = 0, + IndexedPropertyQueryCallback query = 0, + IndexedPropertyDeleterCallback deleter = 0, + IndexedPropertyEnumeratorCallback enumerator = 0, + Local<Value> data = Local<Value>(), + PropertyHandlerFlags flags = PropertyHandlerFlags::kNone) + : getter(getter), + setter(setter), + query(query), + deleter(deleter), + enumerator(enumerator), + definer(0), + descriptor(0), + data(data), + flags(flags) {} + + IndexedPropertyHandlerConfiguration( + IndexedPropertyGetterCallback getter, + IndexedPropertySetterCallback setter, + IndexedPropertyDescriptorCallback descriptor, + IndexedPropertyDeleterCallback deleter, + IndexedPropertyEnumeratorCallback enumerator, + IndexedPropertyDefinerCallback definer, + Local<Value> data = Local<Value>(), + PropertyHandlerFlags flags = PropertyHandlerFlags::kNone) + : getter(getter), + setter(setter), + query(0), + deleter(deleter), + enumerator(enumerator), + definer(definer), + descriptor(descriptor), + data(data), + flags(flags) {} + + IndexedPropertyGetterCallback getter; + IndexedPropertySetterCallback setter; + IndexedPropertyQueryCallback query; + IndexedPropertyDeleterCallback deleter; + IndexedPropertyEnumeratorCallback enumerator; + IndexedPropertyDefinerCallback definer; + IndexedPropertyDescriptorCallback descriptor; + Local<Value> data; + PropertyHandlerFlags flags; +}; + + +/** + * An ObjectTemplate is used to create objects at runtime. + * + * Properties added to an ObjectTemplate are added to each object + * created from the ObjectTemplate. + */ +class V8_EXPORT ObjectTemplate : public Template { + public: + /** Creates an ObjectTemplate. */ + static Local<ObjectTemplate> New( + Isolate* isolate, + Local<FunctionTemplate> constructor = Local<FunctionTemplate>()); + + /** Get a template included in the snapshot by index. */ + static MaybeLocal<ObjectTemplate> FromSnapshot(Isolate* isolate, + size_t index); + + /** Creates a new instance of this template.*/ + V8_DEPRECATE_SOON("Use maybe version", Local<Object> NewInstance()); + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<Object> NewInstance(Local<Context> context); + + /** + * Sets an accessor on the object template. + * + * Whenever the property with the given name is accessed on objects + * created from this ObjectTemplate the getter and setter callbacks + * are called instead of getting and setting the property directly + * on the JavaScript object. + * + * \param name The name of the property for which an accessor is added. + * \param getter The callback to invoke when getting the property. + * \param setter The callback to invoke when setting the property. + * \param data A piece of data that will be passed to the getter and setter + * callbacks whenever they are invoked. + * \param settings Access control settings for the accessor. This is a bit + * field consisting of one of more of + * DEFAULT = 0, ALL_CAN_READ = 1, or ALL_CAN_WRITE = 2. + * The default is to not allow cross-context access. + * ALL_CAN_READ means that all cross-context reads are allowed. + * ALL_CAN_WRITE means that all cross-context writes are allowed. + * The combination ALL_CAN_READ | ALL_CAN_WRITE can be used to allow all + * cross-context access. + * \param attribute The attributes of the property for which an accessor + * is added. + * \param signature The signature describes valid receivers for the accessor + * and is used to perform implicit instance checks against them. If the + * receiver is incompatible (i.e. is not an instance of the constructor as + * defined by FunctionTemplate::HasInstance()), an implicit TypeError is + * thrown and no callback is invoked. + */ + void SetAccessor( + Local<String> name, AccessorGetterCallback getter, + AccessorSetterCallback setter = 0, Local<Value> data = Local<Value>(), + AccessControl settings = DEFAULT, PropertyAttribute attribute = None, + Local<AccessorSignature> signature = Local<AccessorSignature>()); + void SetAccessor( + Local<Name> name, AccessorNameGetterCallback getter, + AccessorNameSetterCallback setter = 0, Local<Value> data = Local<Value>(), + AccessControl settings = DEFAULT, PropertyAttribute attribute = None, + Local<AccessorSignature> signature = Local<AccessorSignature>()); + + /** + * Sets a named property handler on the object template. + * + * Whenever a property whose name is a string is accessed on objects created + * from this object template, the provided callback is invoked instead of + * accessing the property directly on the JavaScript object. + * + * SetNamedPropertyHandler() is different from SetHandler(), in + * that the latter can intercept symbol-named properties as well as + * string-named properties when called with a + * NamedPropertyHandlerConfiguration. New code should use SetHandler(). + * + * \param getter The callback to invoke when getting a property. + * \param setter The callback to invoke when setting a property. + * \param query The callback to invoke to check if a property is present, + * and if present, get its attributes. + * \param deleter The callback to invoke when deleting a property. + * \param enumerator The callback to invoke to enumerate all the named + * properties of an object. + * \param data A piece of data that will be passed to the callbacks + * whenever they are invoked. + */ + V8_DEPRECATE_SOON( + "Use SetHandler(const NamedPropertyHandlerConfiguration) " + "with the kOnlyInterceptStrings flag set.", + void SetNamedPropertyHandler( + NamedPropertyGetterCallback getter, + NamedPropertySetterCallback setter = 0, + NamedPropertyQueryCallback query = 0, + NamedPropertyDeleterCallback deleter = 0, + NamedPropertyEnumeratorCallback enumerator = 0, + Local<Value> data = Local<Value>())); + + /** + * Sets a named property handler on the object template. + * + * Whenever a property whose name is a string or a symbol is accessed on + * objects created from this object template, the provided callback is + * invoked instead of accessing the property directly on the JavaScript + * object. + * + * @param configuration The NamedPropertyHandlerConfiguration that defines the + * callbacks to invoke when accessing a property. + */ + void SetHandler(const NamedPropertyHandlerConfiguration& configuration); + + /** + * Sets an indexed property handler on the object template. + * + * Whenever an indexed property is accessed on objects created from + * this object template, the provided callback is invoked instead of + * accessing the property directly on the JavaScript object. + * + * \param getter The callback to invoke when getting a property. + * \param setter The callback to invoke when setting a property. + * \param query The callback to invoke to check if an object has a property. + * \param deleter The callback to invoke when deleting a property. + * \param enumerator The callback to invoke to enumerate all the indexed + * properties of an object. + * \param data A piece of data that will be passed to the callbacks + * whenever they are invoked. + */ + // TODO(dcarney): deprecate + void SetIndexedPropertyHandler( + IndexedPropertyGetterCallback getter, + IndexedPropertySetterCallback setter = 0, + IndexedPropertyQueryCallback query = 0, + IndexedPropertyDeleterCallback deleter = 0, + IndexedPropertyEnumeratorCallback enumerator = 0, + Local<Value> data = Local<Value>()) { + SetHandler(IndexedPropertyHandlerConfiguration(getter, setter, query, + deleter, enumerator, data)); + } + + /** + * Sets an indexed property handler on the object template. + * + * Whenever an indexed property is accessed on objects created from + * this object template, the provided callback is invoked instead of + * accessing the property directly on the JavaScript object. + * + * @param configuration The IndexedPropertyHandlerConfiguration that defines + * the callbacks to invoke when accessing a property. + */ + void SetHandler(const IndexedPropertyHandlerConfiguration& configuration); + + /** + * Sets the callback to be used when calling instances created from + * this template as a function. If no callback is set, instances + * behave like normal JavaScript objects that cannot be called as a + * function. + */ + void SetCallAsFunctionHandler(FunctionCallback callback, + Local<Value> data = Local<Value>()); + + /** + * Mark object instances of the template as undetectable. + * + * In many ways, undetectable objects behave as though they are not + * there. They behave like 'undefined' in conditionals and when + * printed. However, properties can be accessed and called as on + * normal objects. + */ + void MarkAsUndetectable(); + + /** + * Sets access check callback on the object template and enables access + * checks. + * + * When accessing properties on instances of this object template, + * the access check callback will be called to determine whether or + * not to allow cross-context access to the properties. + */ + void SetAccessCheckCallback(AccessCheckCallback callback, + Local<Value> data = Local<Value>()); + + /** + * Like SetAccessCheckCallback but invokes an interceptor on failed access + * checks instead of looking up all-can-read properties. You can only use + * either this method or SetAccessCheckCallback, but not both at the same + * time. + */ + void SetAccessCheckCallbackAndHandler( + AccessCheckCallback callback, + const NamedPropertyHandlerConfiguration& named_handler, + const IndexedPropertyHandlerConfiguration& indexed_handler, + Local<Value> data = Local<Value>()); + + /** + * Gets the number of internal fields for objects generated from + * this template. + */ + int InternalFieldCount(); + + /** + * Sets the number of internal fields for objects generated from + * this template. + */ + void SetInternalFieldCount(int value); + + /** + * Returns true if the object will be an immutable prototype exotic object. + */ + bool IsImmutableProto(); + + /** + * Makes the ObjectTemplate for an immutable prototype exotic object, with an + * immutable __proto__. + */ + void SetImmutableProto(); + + V8_INLINE static ObjectTemplate* Cast(Data* data); + + private: + ObjectTemplate(); + static Local<ObjectTemplate> New(internal::Isolate* isolate, + Local<FunctionTemplate> constructor); + static void CheckCast(Data* that); + friend class FunctionTemplate; +}; + +/** + * A Signature specifies which receiver is valid for a function. + * + * A receiver matches a given signature if the receiver (or any of its + * hidden prototypes) was created from the signature's FunctionTemplate, or + * from a FunctionTemplate that inherits directly or indirectly from the + * signature's FunctionTemplate. + */ +class V8_EXPORT Signature : public Data { + public: + static Local<Signature> New( + Isolate* isolate, + Local<FunctionTemplate> receiver = Local<FunctionTemplate>()); + + V8_INLINE static Signature* Cast(Data* data); + + private: + Signature(); + + static void CheckCast(Data* that); +}; + + +/** + * An AccessorSignature specifies which receivers are valid parameters + * to an accessor callback. + */ +class V8_EXPORT AccessorSignature : public Data { + public: + static Local<AccessorSignature> New( + Isolate* isolate, + Local<FunctionTemplate> receiver = Local<FunctionTemplate>()); + + V8_INLINE static AccessorSignature* Cast(Data* data); + + private: + AccessorSignature(); + + static void CheckCast(Data* that); +}; + + +// --- Extensions --- + +class V8_EXPORT ExternalOneByteStringResourceImpl + : public String::ExternalOneByteStringResource { + public: + ExternalOneByteStringResourceImpl() : data_(0), length_(0) {} + ExternalOneByteStringResourceImpl(const char* data, size_t length) + : data_(data), length_(length) {} + const char* data() const { return data_; } + size_t length() const { return length_; } + + private: + const char* data_; + size_t length_; +}; + +/** + * Ignore + */ +class V8_EXPORT Extension { // NOLINT + public: + // Note that the strings passed into this constructor must live as long + // as the Extension itself. + Extension(const char* name, + const char* source = 0, + int dep_count = 0, + const char** deps = 0, + int source_length = -1); + virtual ~Extension() { } + virtual Local<FunctionTemplate> GetNativeFunctionTemplate( + Isolate* isolate, Local<String> name) { + return Local<FunctionTemplate>(); + } + + const char* name() const { return name_; } + size_t source_length() const { return source_length_; } + const String::ExternalOneByteStringResource* source() const { + return &source_; } + int dependency_count() { return dep_count_; } + const char** dependencies() { return deps_; } + void set_auto_enable(bool value) { auto_enable_ = value; } + bool auto_enable() { return auto_enable_; } + + // Disallow copying and assigning. + Extension(const Extension&) = delete; + void operator=(const Extension&) = delete; + + private: + const char* name_; + size_t source_length_; // expected to initialize before source_ + ExternalOneByteStringResourceImpl source_; + int dep_count_; + const char** deps_; + bool auto_enable_; +}; + + +void V8_EXPORT RegisterExtension(Extension* extension); + + +// --- Statics --- + +V8_INLINE Local<Primitive> Undefined(Isolate* isolate); +V8_INLINE Local<Primitive> Null(Isolate* isolate); +V8_INLINE Local<Boolean> True(Isolate* isolate); +V8_INLINE Local<Boolean> False(Isolate* isolate); + +/** + * A set of constraints that specifies the limits of the runtime's memory use. + * You must set the heap size before initializing the VM - the size cannot be + * adjusted after the VM is initialized. + * + * If you are using threads then you should hold the V8::Locker lock while + * setting the stack limit and you must set a non-default stack limit separately + * for each thread. + * + * The arguments for set_max_semi_space_size, set_max_old_space_size, + * set_max_executable_size, set_code_range_size specify limits in MB. + * + * The argument for set_max_semi_space_size_in_kb is in KB. + */ +class V8_EXPORT ResourceConstraints { + public: + ResourceConstraints(); + + /** + * Configures the constraints with reasonable default values based on the + * capabilities of the current device the VM is running on. + * + * \param physical_memory The total amount of physical memory on the current + * device, in bytes. + * \param virtual_memory_limit The amount of virtual memory on the current + * device, in bytes, or zero, if there is no limit. + */ + void ConfigureDefaults(uint64_t physical_memory, + uint64_t virtual_memory_limit); + + // Returns the max semi-space size in MB. + V8_DEPRECATE_SOON("Use max_semi_space_size_in_kb()", + int max_semi_space_size()) { + return static_cast<int>(max_semi_space_size_in_kb_ / 1024); + } + + // Sets the max semi-space size in MB. + V8_DEPRECATE_SOON("Use set_max_semi_space_size_in_kb(size_t limit_in_kb)", + void set_max_semi_space_size(int limit_in_mb)) { + max_semi_space_size_in_kb_ = limit_in_mb * 1024; + } + + // Returns the max semi-space size in KB. + size_t max_semi_space_size_in_kb() const { + return max_semi_space_size_in_kb_; + } + + // Sets the max semi-space size in KB. + void set_max_semi_space_size_in_kb(size_t limit_in_kb) { + max_semi_space_size_in_kb_ = limit_in_kb; + } + + int max_old_space_size() const { return max_old_space_size_; } + void set_max_old_space_size(int limit_in_mb) { + max_old_space_size_ = limit_in_mb; + } + V8_DEPRECATE_SOON("max_executable_size_ is subsumed by max_old_space_size_", + int max_executable_size() const) { + return max_executable_size_; + } + V8_DEPRECATE_SOON("max_executable_size_ is subsumed by max_old_space_size_", + void set_max_executable_size(int limit_in_mb)) { + max_executable_size_ = limit_in_mb; + } + uint32_t* stack_limit() const { return stack_limit_; } + // Sets an address beyond which the VM's stack may not grow. + void set_stack_limit(uint32_t* value) { stack_limit_ = value; } + size_t code_range_size() const { return code_range_size_; } + void set_code_range_size(size_t limit_in_mb) { + code_range_size_ = limit_in_mb; + } + size_t max_zone_pool_size() const { return max_zone_pool_size_; } + void set_max_zone_pool_size(const size_t bytes) { + max_zone_pool_size_ = bytes; + } + + private: + // max_semi_space_size_ is in KB + size_t max_semi_space_size_in_kb_; + + // The remaining limits are in MB + int max_old_space_size_; + int max_executable_size_; + uint32_t* stack_limit_; + size_t code_range_size_; + size_t max_zone_pool_size_; +}; + + +// --- Exceptions --- + + +typedef void (*FatalErrorCallback)(const char* location, const char* message); + +typedef void (*OOMErrorCallback)(const char* location, bool is_heap_oom); + +typedef void (*DcheckErrorCallback)(const char* file, int line, + const char* message); + +typedef void (*MessageCallback)(Local<Message> message, Local<Value> data); + +// --- Tracing --- + +typedef void (*LogEventCallback)(const char* name, int event); + +/** + * Create new error objects by calling the corresponding error object + * constructor with the message. + */ +class V8_EXPORT Exception { + public: + static Local<Value> RangeError(Local<String> message); + static Local<Value> ReferenceError(Local<String> message); + static Local<Value> SyntaxError(Local<String> message); + static Local<Value> TypeError(Local<String> message); + static Local<Value> Error(Local<String> message); + + /** + * Creates an error message for the given exception. + * Will try to reconstruct the original stack trace from the exception value, + * or capture the current stack trace if not available. + */ + static Local<Message> CreateMessage(Isolate* isolate, Local<Value> exception); + + /** + * Returns the original stack trace that was captured at the creation time + * of a given exception, or an empty handle if not available. + */ + static Local<StackTrace> GetStackTrace(Local<Value> exception); +}; + + +// --- Counters Callbacks --- + +typedef int* (*CounterLookupCallback)(const char* name); + +typedef void* (*CreateHistogramCallback)(const char* name, + int min, + int max, + size_t buckets); + +typedef void (*AddHistogramSampleCallback)(void* histogram, int sample); + +// --- Memory Allocation Callback --- +enum ObjectSpace { + kObjectSpaceNewSpace = 1 << 0, + kObjectSpaceOldSpace = 1 << 1, + kObjectSpaceCodeSpace = 1 << 2, + kObjectSpaceMapSpace = 1 << 3, + kObjectSpaceLoSpace = 1 << 4, + kObjectSpaceAll = kObjectSpaceNewSpace | kObjectSpaceOldSpace | + kObjectSpaceCodeSpace | kObjectSpaceMapSpace | + kObjectSpaceLoSpace +}; + + enum AllocationAction { + kAllocationActionAllocate = 1 << 0, + kAllocationActionFree = 1 << 1, + kAllocationActionAll = kAllocationActionAllocate | kAllocationActionFree + }; + +// --- Enter/Leave Script Callback --- +typedef void (*BeforeCallEnteredCallback)(Isolate*); +typedef void (*CallCompletedCallback)(Isolate*); +typedef void (*DeprecatedCallCompletedCallback)(); + +/** + * HostImportModuleDynamicallyCallback is called when we require the + * embedder to load a module. This is used as part of the dynamic + * import syntax. + * + * The referrer contains metadata about the script/module that calls + * import. + * + * The specifier is the name of the module that should be imported. + * + * The embedder must compile, instantiate, evaluate the Module, and + * obtain it's namespace object. + * + * The Promise returned from this function is forwarded to userland + * JavaScript. The embedder must resolve this promise with the module + * namespace object. In case of an exception, the embedder must reject + * this promise with the exception. If the promise creation itself + * fails (e.g. due to stack overflow), the embedder must propagate + * that exception by returning an empty MaybeLocal. + */ +typedef MaybeLocal<Promise> (*HostImportModuleDynamicallyCallback)( + Local<Context> context, Local<ScriptOrModule> referrer, + Local<String> specifier); + +/** + * HostInitializeImportMetaObjectCallback is called the first time import.meta + * is accessed for a module. Subsequent access will reuse the same value. + * + * The method combines two implementation-defined abstract operations into one: + * HostGetImportMetaProperties and HostFinalizeImportMeta. + * + * The embedder should use v8::Object::CreateDataProperty to add properties on + * the meta object. + */ +typedef void (*HostInitializeImportMetaObjectCallback)(Local<Context> context, + Local<Module> module, + Local<Object> meta); + +/** + * PromiseHook with type kInit is called when a new promise is + * created. When a new promise is created as part of the chain in the + * case of Promise.then or in the intermediate promises created by + * Promise.{race, all}/AsyncFunctionAwait, we pass the parent promise + * otherwise we pass undefined. + * + * PromiseHook with type kResolve is called at the beginning of + * resolve or reject function defined by CreateResolvingFunctions. + * + * PromiseHook with type kBefore is called at the beginning of the + * PromiseReactionJob. + * + * PromiseHook with type kAfter is called right at the end of the + * PromiseReactionJob. + */ +enum class PromiseHookType { kInit, kResolve, kBefore, kAfter }; + +typedef void (*PromiseHook)(PromiseHookType type, Local<Promise> promise, + Local<Value> parent); + +// --- Promise Reject Callback --- +enum PromiseRejectEvent { + kPromiseRejectWithNoHandler = 0, + kPromiseHandlerAddedAfterReject = 1 +}; + +class PromiseRejectMessage { + public: + PromiseRejectMessage(Local<Promise> promise, PromiseRejectEvent event, + Local<Value> value, Local<StackTrace> stack_trace) + : promise_(promise), + event_(event), + value_(value), + stack_trace_(stack_trace) {} + + V8_INLINE Local<Promise> GetPromise() const { return promise_; } + V8_INLINE PromiseRejectEvent GetEvent() const { return event_; } + V8_INLINE Local<Value> GetValue() const { return value_; } + + private: + Local<Promise> promise_; + PromiseRejectEvent event_; + Local<Value> value_; + Local<StackTrace> stack_trace_; +}; + +typedef void (*PromiseRejectCallback)(PromiseRejectMessage message); + +// --- Microtasks Callbacks --- +typedef void (*MicrotasksCompletedCallback)(Isolate*); +typedef void (*MicrotaskCallback)(void* data); + + +/** + * Policy for running microtasks: + * - explicit: microtasks are invoked with Isolate::RunMicrotasks() method; + * - scoped: microtasks invocation is controlled by MicrotasksScope objects; + * - auto: microtasks are invoked when the script call depth decrements + * to zero. + */ +enum class MicrotasksPolicy { kExplicit, kScoped, kAuto }; + + +/** + * This scope is used to control microtasks when kScopeMicrotasksInvocation + * is used on Isolate. In this mode every non-primitive call to V8 should be + * done inside some MicrotasksScope. + * Microtasks are executed when topmost MicrotasksScope marked as kRunMicrotasks + * exits. + * kDoNotRunMicrotasks should be used to annotate calls not intended to trigger + * microtasks. + */ +class V8_EXPORT MicrotasksScope { + public: + enum Type { kRunMicrotasks, kDoNotRunMicrotasks }; + + MicrotasksScope(Isolate* isolate, Type type); + ~MicrotasksScope(); + + /** + * Runs microtasks if no kRunMicrotasks scope is currently active. + */ + static void PerformCheckpoint(Isolate* isolate); + + /** + * Returns current depth of nested kRunMicrotasks scopes. + */ + static int GetCurrentDepth(Isolate* isolate); + + /** + * Returns true while microtasks are being executed. + */ + static bool IsRunningMicrotasks(Isolate* isolate); + + // Prevent copying. + MicrotasksScope(const MicrotasksScope&) = delete; + MicrotasksScope& operator=(const MicrotasksScope&) = delete; + + private: + internal::Isolate* const isolate_; + bool run_; +}; + + +// --- Failed Access Check Callback --- +typedef void (*FailedAccessCheckCallback)(Local<Object> target, + AccessType type, + Local<Value> data); + +// --- AllowCodeGenerationFromStrings callbacks --- + +/** + * Callback to check if code generation from strings is allowed. See + * Context::AllowCodeGenerationFromStrings. + */ +typedef bool (*AllowCodeGenerationFromStringsCallback)(Local<Context> context, + Local<String> source); + +// --- WebAssembly compilation callbacks --- +typedef bool (*ExtensionCallback)(const FunctionCallbackInfo<Value>&); + +typedef bool (*AllowWasmCodeGenerationCallback)(Local<Context> context, + Local<String> source); + +// --- Callback for APIs defined on v8-supported objects, but implemented +// by the embedder. Example: WebAssembly.{compile|instantiate}Streaming --- +typedef void (*ApiImplementationCallback)(const FunctionCallbackInfo<Value>&); + +// --- Garbage Collection Callbacks --- + +/** + * Applications can register callback functions which will be called before and + * after certain garbage collection operations. Allocations are not allowed in + * the callback functions, you therefore cannot manipulate objects (set or + * delete properties for example) since it is possible such operations will + * result in the allocation of objects. + */ +enum GCType { + kGCTypeScavenge = 1 << 0, + kGCTypeMarkSweepCompact = 1 << 1, + kGCTypeIncrementalMarking = 1 << 2, + kGCTypeProcessWeakCallbacks = 1 << 3, + kGCTypeAll = kGCTypeScavenge | kGCTypeMarkSweepCompact | + kGCTypeIncrementalMarking | kGCTypeProcessWeakCallbacks +}; + +/** + * GCCallbackFlags is used to notify additional information about the GC + * callback. + * - kGCCallbackFlagConstructRetainedObjectInfos: The GC callback is for + * constructing retained object infos. + * - kGCCallbackFlagForced: The GC callback is for a forced GC for testing. + * - kGCCallbackFlagSynchronousPhantomCallbackProcessing: The GC callback + * is called synchronously without getting posted to an idle task. + * - kGCCallbackFlagCollectAllAvailableGarbage: The GC callback is called + * in a phase where V8 is trying to collect all available garbage + * (e.g., handling a low memory notification). + * - kGCCallbackScheduleIdleGarbageCollection: The GC callback is called to + * trigger an idle garbage collection. + */ +enum GCCallbackFlags { + kNoGCCallbackFlags = 0, + kGCCallbackFlagConstructRetainedObjectInfos = 1 << 1, + kGCCallbackFlagForced = 1 << 2, + kGCCallbackFlagSynchronousPhantomCallbackProcessing = 1 << 3, + kGCCallbackFlagCollectAllAvailableGarbage = 1 << 4, + kGCCallbackFlagCollectAllExternalMemory = 1 << 5, + kGCCallbackScheduleIdleGarbageCollection = 1 << 6, +}; + +typedef void (*GCCallback)(GCType type, GCCallbackFlags flags); + +typedef void (*InterruptCallback)(Isolate* isolate, void* data); + + +/** + * Collection of V8 heap information. + * + * Instances of this class can be passed to v8::V8::HeapStatistics to + * get heap statistics from V8. + */ +class V8_EXPORT HeapStatistics { + public: + HeapStatistics(); + size_t total_heap_size() { return total_heap_size_; } + size_t total_heap_size_executable() { return total_heap_size_executable_; } + size_t total_physical_size() { return total_physical_size_; } + size_t total_available_size() { return total_available_size_; } + size_t used_heap_size() { return used_heap_size_; } + size_t heap_size_limit() { return heap_size_limit_; } + size_t malloced_memory() { return malloced_memory_; } + size_t peak_malloced_memory() { return peak_malloced_memory_; } + size_t number_of_native_contexts() { return number_of_native_contexts_; } + size_t number_of_detached_contexts() { return number_of_detached_contexts_; } + + /** + * Returns a 0/1 boolean, which signifies whether the V8 overwrite heap + * garbage with a bit pattern. + */ + size_t does_zap_garbage() { return does_zap_garbage_; } + + private: + size_t total_heap_size_; + size_t total_heap_size_executable_; + size_t total_physical_size_; + size_t total_available_size_; + size_t used_heap_size_; + size_t heap_size_limit_; + size_t malloced_memory_; + size_t peak_malloced_memory_; + bool does_zap_garbage_; + size_t number_of_native_contexts_; + size_t number_of_detached_contexts_; + + friend class V8; + friend class Isolate; +}; + + +class V8_EXPORT HeapSpaceStatistics { + public: + HeapSpaceStatistics(); + const char* space_name() { return space_name_; } + size_t space_size() { return space_size_; } + size_t space_used_size() { return space_used_size_; } + size_t space_available_size() { return space_available_size_; } + size_t physical_space_size() { return physical_space_size_; } + + private: + const char* space_name_; + size_t space_size_; + size_t space_used_size_; + size_t space_available_size_; + size_t physical_space_size_; + + friend class Isolate; +}; + + +class V8_EXPORT HeapObjectStatistics { + public: + HeapObjectStatistics(); + const char* object_type() { return object_type_; } + const char* object_sub_type() { return object_sub_type_; } + size_t object_count() { return object_count_; } + size_t object_size() { return object_size_; } + + private: + const char* object_type_; + const char* object_sub_type_; + size_t object_count_; + size_t object_size_; + + friend class Isolate; +}; + +class V8_EXPORT HeapCodeStatistics { + public: + HeapCodeStatistics(); + size_t code_and_metadata_size() { return code_and_metadata_size_; } + size_t bytecode_and_metadata_size() { return bytecode_and_metadata_size_; } + + private: + size_t code_and_metadata_size_; + size_t bytecode_and_metadata_size_; + + friend class Isolate; +}; + +class RetainedObjectInfo; + + +/** + * FunctionEntryHook is the type of the profile entry hook called at entry to + * any generated function when function-level profiling is enabled. + * + * \param function the address of the function that's being entered. + * \param return_addr_location points to a location on stack where the machine + * return address resides. This can be used to identify the caller of + * \p function, and/or modified to divert execution when \p function exits. + * + * \note the entry hook must not cause garbage collection. + */ +typedef void (*FunctionEntryHook)(uintptr_t function, + uintptr_t return_addr_location); + +/** + * A JIT code event is issued each time code is added, moved or removed. + * + * \note removal events are not currently issued. + */ +struct JitCodeEvent { + enum EventType { + CODE_ADDED, + CODE_MOVED, + CODE_REMOVED, + CODE_ADD_LINE_POS_INFO, + CODE_START_LINE_INFO_RECORDING, + CODE_END_LINE_INFO_RECORDING + }; + // Definition of the code position type. The "POSITION" type means the place + // in the source code which are of interest when making stack traces to + // pin-point the source location of a stack frame as close as possible. + // The "STATEMENT_POSITION" means the place at the beginning of each + // statement, and is used to indicate possible break locations. + enum PositionType { POSITION, STATEMENT_POSITION }; + + // Type of event. + EventType type; + // Start of the instructions. + void* code_start; + // Size of the instructions. + size_t code_len; + // Script info for CODE_ADDED event. + Local<UnboundScript> script; + // User-defined data for *_LINE_INFO_* event. It's used to hold the source + // code line information which is returned from the + // CODE_START_LINE_INFO_RECORDING event. And it's passed to subsequent + // CODE_ADD_LINE_POS_INFO and CODE_END_LINE_INFO_RECORDING events. + void* user_data; + + struct name_t { + // Name of the object associated with the code, note that the string is not + // zero-terminated. + const char* str; + // Number of chars in str. + size_t len; + }; + + struct line_info_t { + // PC offset + size_t offset; + // Code position + size_t pos; + // The position type. + PositionType position_type; + }; + + union { + // Only valid for CODE_ADDED. + struct name_t name; + + // Only valid for CODE_ADD_LINE_POS_INFO + struct line_info_t line_info; + + // New location of instructions. Only valid for CODE_MOVED. + void* new_code_start; + }; +}; + +/** + * Option flags passed to the SetRAILMode function. + * See documentation https://developers.google.com/web/tools/chrome-devtools/ + * profile/evaluate-performance/rail + */ +enum RAILMode { + // Response performance mode: In this mode very low virtual machine latency + // is provided. V8 will try to avoid JavaScript execution interruptions. + // Throughput may be throttled. + PERFORMANCE_RESPONSE, + // Animation performance mode: In this mode low virtual machine latency is + // provided. V8 will try to avoid as many JavaScript execution interruptions + // as possible. Throughput may be throttled. This is the default mode. + PERFORMANCE_ANIMATION, + // Idle performance mode: The embedder is idle. V8 can complete deferred work + // in this mode. + PERFORMANCE_IDLE, + // Load performance mode: In this mode high throughput is provided. V8 may + // turn off latency optimizations. + PERFORMANCE_LOAD +}; + +/** + * Option flags passed to the SetJitCodeEventHandler function. + */ +enum JitCodeEventOptions { + kJitCodeEventDefault = 0, + // Generate callbacks for already existent code. + kJitCodeEventEnumExisting = 1 +}; + + +/** + * Callback function passed to SetJitCodeEventHandler. + * + * \param event code add, move or removal event. + */ +typedef void (*JitCodeEventHandler)(const JitCodeEvent* event); + + +/** + * Interface for iterating through all external resources in the heap. + */ +class V8_EXPORT ExternalResourceVisitor { // NOLINT + public: + virtual ~ExternalResourceVisitor() {} + virtual void VisitExternalString(Local<String> string) {} +}; + + +/** + * Interface for iterating through all the persistent handles in the heap. + */ +class V8_EXPORT PersistentHandleVisitor { // NOLINT + public: + virtual ~PersistentHandleVisitor() {} + virtual void VisitPersistentHandle(Persistent<Value>* value, + uint16_t class_id) {} +}; + +/** + * Memory pressure level for the MemoryPressureNotification. + * kNone hints V8 that there is no memory pressure. + * kModerate hints V8 to speed up incremental garbage collection at the cost of + * of higher latency due to garbage collection pauses. + * kCritical hints V8 to free memory as soon as possible. Garbage collection + * pauses at this level will be large. + */ +enum class MemoryPressureLevel { kNone, kModerate, kCritical }; + +/** + * Interface for tracing through the embedder heap. During a v8 garbage + * collection, v8 collects hidden fields of all potential wrappers, and at the + * end of its marking phase iterates the collection and asks the embedder to + * trace through its heap and use reporter to report each JavaScript object + * reachable from any of the given wrappers. + * + * Before the first call to the TraceWrappersFrom function TracePrologue will be + * called. When the garbage collection cycle is finished, TraceEpilogue will be + * called. + */ +class V8_EXPORT EmbedderHeapTracer { + public: + enum ForceCompletionAction { FORCE_COMPLETION, DO_NOT_FORCE_COMPLETION }; + + struct AdvanceTracingActions { + explicit AdvanceTracingActions(ForceCompletionAction force_completion_) + : force_completion(force_completion_) {} + + ForceCompletionAction force_completion; + }; + + /** + * Called by v8 to register internal fields of found wrappers. + * + * The embedder is expected to store them somewhere and trace reachable + * wrappers from them when called through |AdvanceTracing|. + */ + virtual void RegisterV8References( + const std::vector<std::pair<void*, void*> >& embedder_fields) = 0; + + /** + * Called at the beginning of a GC cycle. + */ + virtual void TracePrologue() = 0; + + /** + * Called to to make a tracing step in the embedder. + * + * The embedder is expected to trace its heap starting from wrappers reported + * by RegisterV8References method, and report back all reachable wrappers. + * Furthermore, the embedder is expected to stop tracing by the given + * deadline. + * + * Returns true if there is still work to do. + */ + virtual bool AdvanceTracing(double deadline_in_ms, + AdvanceTracingActions actions) = 0; + + /** + * Called at the end of a GC cycle. + * + * Note that allocation is *not* allowed within |TraceEpilogue|. + */ + virtual void TraceEpilogue() = 0; + + /** + * Called upon entering the final marking pause. No more incremental marking + * steps will follow this call. + */ + virtual void EnterFinalPause() = 0; + + /** + * Called when tracing is aborted. + * + * The embedder is expected to throw away all intermediate data and reset to + * the initial state. + */ + virtual void AbortTracing() = 0; + + /** + * Returns the number of wrappers that are still to be traced by the embedder. + */ + virtual size_t NumberOfWrappersToTrace() { return 0; } + + protected: + virtual ~EmbedderHeapTracer() = default; +}; + +/** + * Callback and supporting data used in SnapshotCreator to implement embedder + * logic to serialize internal fields. + */ +struct SerializeInternalFieldsCallback { + typedef StartupData (*CallbackFunction)(Local<Object> holder, int index, + void* data); + SerializeInternalFieldsCallback(CallbackFunction function = nullptr, + void* data_arg = nullptr) + : callback(function), data(data_arg) {} + CallbackFunction callback; + void* data; +}; +// Note that these fields are called "internal fields" in the API and called +// "embedder fields" within V8. +typedef SerializeInternalFieldsCallback SerializeEmbedderFieldsCallback; + +/** + * Callback and supporting data used to implement embedder logic to deserialize + * internal fields. + */ +struct DeserializeInternalFieldsCallback { + typedef void (*CallbackFunction)(Local<Object> holder, int index, + StartupData payload, void* data); + DeserializeInternalFieldsCallback(CallbackFunction function = nullptr, + void* data_arg = nullptr) + : callback(function), data(data_arg) {} + void (*callback)(Local<Object> holder, int index, StartupData payload, + void* data); + void* data; +}; +typedef DeserializeInternalFieldsCallback DeserializeEmbedderFieldsCallback; + +/** + * Isolate represents an isolated instance of the V8 engine. V8 isolates have + * completely separate states. Objects from one isolate must not be used in + * other isolates. The embedder can create multiple isolates and use them in + * parallel in multiple threads. An isolate can be entered by at most one + * thread at any given time. The Locker/Unlocker API must be used to + * synchronize. + */ +class V8_EXPORT Isolate { + public: + /** + * Initial configuration parameters for a new Isolate. + */ + struct CreateParams { + CreateParams() + : entry_hook(nullptr), + code_event_handler(nullptr), + snapshot_blob(nullptr), + counter_lookup_callback(nullptr), + create_histogram_callback(nullptr), + add_histogram_sample_callback(nullptr), + array_buffer_allocator(nullptr), + external_references(nullptr), + allow_atomics_wait(true) {} + + /** + * The optional entry_hook allows the host application to provide the + * address of a function that's invoked on entry to every V8-generated + * function. Note that entry_hook is invoked at the very start of each + * generated function. + * An entry_hook can only be provided in no-snapshot builds; in snapshot + * builds it must be nullptr. + */ + FunctionEntryHook entry_hook; + + /** + * Allows the host application to provide the address of a function that is + * notified each time code is added, moved or removed. + */ + JitCodeEventHandler code_event_handler; + + /** + * ResourceConstraints to use for the new Isolate. + */ + ResourceConstraints constraints; + + /** + * Explicitly specify a startup snapshot blob. The embedder owns the blob. + */ + StartupData* snapshot_blob; + + + /** + * Enables the host application to provide a mechanism for recording + * statistics counters. + */ + CounterLookupCallback counter_lookup_callback; + + /** + * Enables the host application to provide a mechanism for recording + * histograms. The CreateHistogram function returns a + * histogram which will later be passed to the AddHistogramSample + * function. + */ + CreateHistogramCallback create_histogram_callback; + AddHistogramSampleCallback add_histogram_sample_callback; + + /** + * The ArrayBuffer::Allocator to use for allocating and freeing the backing + * store of ArrayBuffers. + */ + ArrayBuffer::Allocator* array_buffer_allocator; + + /** + * Specifies an optional nullptr-terminated array of raw addresses in the + * embedder that V8 can match against during serialization and use for + * deserialization. This array and its content must stay valid for the + * entire lifetime of the isolate. + */ + const intptr_t* external_references; + + /** + * Whether calling Atomics.wait (a function that may block) is allowed in + * this isolate. This can also be configured via SetAllowAtomicsWait. + */ + bool allow_atomics_wait; + }; + + + /** + * Stack-allocated class which sets the isolate for all operations + * executed within a local scope. + */ + class V8_EXPORT Scope { + public: + explicit Scope(Isolate* isolate) : isolate_(isolate) { + isolate->Enter(); + } + + ~Scope() { isolate_->Exit(); } + + // Prevent copying of Scope objects. + Scope(const Scope&) = delete; + Scope& operator=(const Scope&) = delete; + + private: + Isolate* const isolate_; + }; + + + /** + * Assert that no Javascript code is invoked. + */ + class V8_EXPORT DisallowJavascriptExecutionScope { + public: + enum OnFailure { CRASH_ON_FAILURE, THROW_ON_FAILURE }; + + DisallowJavascriptExecutionScope(Isolate* isolate, OnFailure on_failure); + ~DisallowJavascriptExecutionScope(); + + // Prevent copying of Scope objects. + DisallowJavascriptExecutionScope(const DisallowJavascriptExecutionScope&) = + delete; + DisallowJavascriptExecutionScope& operator=( + const DisallowJavascriptExecutionScope&) = delete; + + private: + bool on_failure_; + void* internal_; + }; + + + /** + * Introduce exception to DisallowJavascriptExecutionScope. + */ + class V8_EXPORT AllowJavascriptExecutionScope { + public: + explicit AllowJavascriptExecutionScope(Isolate* isolate); + ~AllowJavascriptExecutionScope(); + + // Prevent copying of Scope objects. + AllowJavascriptExecutionScope(const AllowJavascriptExecutionScope&) = + delete; + AllowJavascriptExecutionScope& operator=( + const AllowJavascriptExecutionScope&) = delete; + + private: + void* internal_throws_; + void* internal_assert_; + }; + + /** + * Do not run microtasks while this scope is active, even if microtasks are + * automatically executed otherwise. + */ + class V8_EXPORT SuppressMicrotaskExecutionScope { + public: + explicit SuppressMicrotaskExecutionScope(Isolate* isolate); + ~SuppressMicrotaskExecutionScope(); + + // Prevent copying of Scope objects. + SuppressMicrotaskExecutionScope(const SuppressMicrotaskExecutionScope&) = + delete; + SuppressMicrotaskExecutionScope& operator=( + const SuppressMicrotaskExecutionScope&) = delete; + + private: + internal::Isolate* const isolate_; + }; + + /** + * Types of garbage collections that can be requested via + * RequestGarbageCollectionForTesting. + */ + enum GarbageCollectionType { + kFullGarbageCollection, + kMinorGarbageCollection + }; + + /** + * Features reported via the SetUseCounterCallback callback. Do not change + * assigned numbers of existing items; add new features to the end of this + * list. + */ + enum UseCounterFeature { + kUseAsm = 0, + kBreakIterator = 1, + kLegacyConst = 2, + kMarkDequeOverflow = 3, + kStoreBufferOverflow = 4, + kSlotsBufferOverflow = 5, + kObjectObserve = 6, + kForcedGC = 7, + kSloppyMode = 8, + kStrictMode = 9, + kStrongMode = 10, + kRegExpPrototypeStickyGetter = 11, + kRegExpPrototypeToString = 12, + kRegExpPrototypeUnicodeGetter = 13, + kIntlV8Parse = 14, + kIntlPattern = 15, + kIntlResolved = 16, + kPromiseChain = 17, + kPromiseAccept = 18, + kPromiseDefer = 19, + kHtmlCommentInExternalScript = 20, + kHtmlComment = 21, + kSloppyModeBlockScopedFunctionRedefinition = 22, + kForInInitializer = 23, + kArrayProtectorDirtied = 24, + kArraySpeciesModified = 25, + kArrayPrototypeConstructorModified = 26, + kArrayInstanceProtoModified = 27, + kArrayInstanceConstructorModified = 28, + kLegacyFunctionDeclaration = 29, + kRegExpPrototypeSourceGetter = 30, + kRegExpPrototypeOldFlagGetter = 31, + kDecimalWithLeadingZeroInStrictMode = 32, + kLegacyDateParser = 33, + kDefineGetterOrSetterWouldThrow = 34, + kFunctionConstructorReturnedUndefined = 35, + kAssigmentExpressionLHSIsCallInSloppy = 36, + kAssigmentExpressionLHSIsCallInStrict = 37, + kPromiseConstructorReturnedUndefined = 38, + kConstructorNonUndefinedPrimitiveReturn = 39, + kLabeledExpressionStatement = 40, + kLineOrParagraphSeparatorAsLineTerminator = 41, + kIndexAccessor = 42, + kErrorCaptureStackTrace = 43, + kErrorPrepareStackTrace = 44, + kErrorStackTraceLimit = 45, + kWebAssemblyInstantiation = 46, + kDeoptimizerDisableSpeculation = 47, + + // If you add new values here, you'll also need to update Chromium's: + // web_feature.mojom, UseCounterCallback.cpp, and enums.xml. V8 changes to + // this list need to be landed first, then changes on the Chromium side. + kUseCounterFeatureCount // This enum value must be last. + }; + + enum MessageErrorLevel { + kMessageLog = (1 << 0), + kMessageDebug = (1 << 1), + kMessageInfo = (1 << 2), + kMessageError = (1 << 3), + kMessageWarning = (1 << 4), + kMessageAll = kMessageLog | kMessageDebug | kMessageInfo | kMessageError | + kMessageWarning, + }; + + typedef void (*UseCounterCallback)(Isolate* isolate, + UseCounterFeature feature); + + + /** + * Creates a new isolate. Does not change the currently entered + * isolate. + * + * When an isolate is no longer used its resources should be freed + * by calling Dispose(). Using the delete operator is not allowed. + * + * V8::Initialize() must have run prior to this. + */ + static Isolate* New(const CreateParams& params); + + /** + * Returns the entered isolate for the current thread or NULL in + * case there is no current isolate. + * + * This method must not be invoked before V8::Initialize() was invoked. + */ + static Isolate* GetCurrent(); + + /** + * Custom callback used by embedders to help V8 determine if it should abort + * when it throws and no internal handler is predicted to catch the + * exception. If --abort-on-uncaught-exception is used on the command line, + * then V8 will abort if either: + * - no custom callback is set. + * - the custom callback set returns true. + * Otherwise, the custom callback will not be called and V8 will not abort. + */ + typedef bool (*AbortOnUncaughtExceptionCallback)(Isolate*); + void SetAbortOnUncaughtExceptionCallback( + AbortOnUncaughtExceptionCallback callback); + + /** + * This specifies the callback called by the upcoming dynamic + * import() language feature to load modules. + */ + void SetHostImportModuleDynamicallyCallback( + HostImportModuleDynamicallyCallback callback); + + /** + * This specifies the callback called by the upcoming importa.meta + * language feature to retrieve host-defined meta data for a module. + */ + void SetHostInitializeImportMetaObjectCallback( + HostInitializeImportMetaObjectCallback callback); + + /** + * Optional notification that the system is running low on memory. + * V8 uses these notifications to guide heuristics. + * It is allowed to call this function from another thread while + * the isolate is executing long running JavaScript code. + */ + void MemoryPressureNotification(MemoryPressureLevel level); + + /** + * Methods below this point require holding a lock (using Locker) in + * a multi-threaded environment. + */ + + /** + * Sets this isolate as the entered one for the current thread. + * Saves the previously entered one (if any), so that it can be + * restored when exiting. Re-entering an isolate is allowed. + */ + void Enter(); + + /** + * Exits this isolate by restoring the previously entered one in the + * current thread. The isolate may still stay the same, if it was + * entered more than once. + * + * Requires: this == Isolate::GetCurrent(). + */ + void Exit(); + + /** + * Disposes the isolate. The isolate must not be entered by any + * thread to be disposable. + */ + void Dispose(); + + /** + * Dumps activated low-level V8 internal stats. This can be used instead + * of performing a full isolate disposal. + */ + void DumpAndResetStats(); + + /** + * Discards all V8 thread-specific data for the Isolate. Should be used + * if a thread is terminating and it has used an Isolate that will outlive + * the thread -- all thread-specific data for an Isolate is discarded when + * an Isolate is disposed so this call is pointless if an Isolate is about + * to be Disposed. + */ + void DiscardThreadSpecificMetadata(); + + /** + * Associate embedder-specific data with the isolate. |slot| has to be + * between 0 and GetNumberOfDataSlots() - 1. + */ + V8_INLINE void SetData(uint32_t slot, void* data); + + /** + * Retrieve embedder-specific data from the isolate. + * Returns NULL if SetData has never been called for the given |slot|. + */ + V8_INLINE void* GetData(uint32_t slot); + + /** + * Returns the maximum number of available embedder data slots. Valid slots + * are in the range of 0 - GetNumberOfDataSlots() - 1. + */ + V8_INLINE static uint32_t GetNumberOfDataSlots(); + + /** + * Return data that was previously attached to the isolate snapshot via + * SnapshotCreator, and removes the reference to it. + * Repeated call with the same index returns an empty MaybeLocal. + */ + template <class T> + V8_INLINE MaybeLocal<T> GetDataFromSnapshotOnce(size_t index); + + /** + * Get statistics about the heap memory usage. + */ + void GetHeapStatistics(HeapStatistics* heap_statistics); + + /** + * Returns the number of spaces in the heap. + */ + size_t NumberOfHeapSpaces(); + + /** + * Get the memory usage of a space in the heap. + * + * \param space_statistics The HeapSpaceStatistics object to fill in + * statistics. + * \param index The index of the space to get statistics from, which ranges + * from 0 to NumberOfHeapSpaces() - 1. + * \returns true on success. + */ + bool GetHeapSpaceStatistics(HeapSpaceStatistics* space_statistics, + size_t index); + + /** + * Returns the number of types of objects tracked in the heap at GC. + */ + size_t NumberOfTrackedHeapObjectTypes(); + + /** + * Get statistics about objects in the heap. + * + * \param object_statistics The HeapObjectStatistics object to fill in + * statistics of objects of given type, which were live in the previous GC. + * \param type_index The index of the type of object to fill details about, + * which ranges from 0 to NumberOfTrackedHeapObjectTypes() - 1. + * \returns true on success. + */ + bool GetHeapObjectStatisticsAtLastGC(HeapObjectStatistics* object_statistics, + size_t type_index); + + /** + * Get statistics about code and its metadata in the heap. + * + * \param object_statistics The HeapCodeStatistics object to fill in + * statistics of code, bytecode and their metadata. + * \returns true on success. + */ + bool GetHeapCodeAndMetadataStatistics(HeapCodeStatistics* object_statistics); + + /** + * Get a call stack sample from the isolate. + * \param state Execution state. + * \param frames Caller allocated buffer to store stack frames. + * \param frames_limit Maximum number of frames to capture. The buffer must + * be large enough to hold the number of frames. + * \param sample_info The sample info is filled up by the function + * provides number of actual captured stack frames and + * the current VM state. + * \note GetStackSample should only be called when the JS thread is paused or + * interrupted. Otherwise the behavior is undefined. + */ + void GetStackSample(const RegisterState& state, void** frames, + size_t frames_limit, SampleInfo* sample_info); + + /** + * Adjusts the amount of registered external memory. Used to give V8 an + * indication of the amount of externally allocated memory that is kept alive + * by JavaScript objects. V8 uses this to decide when to perform global + * garbage collections. Registering externally allocated memory will trigger + * global garbage collections more often than it would otherwise in an attempt + * to garbage collect the JavaScript objects that keep the externally + * allocated memory alive. + * + * \param change_in_bytes the change in externally allocated memory that is + * kept alive by JavaScript objects. + * \returns the adjusted value. + */ + V8_INLINE int64_t + AdjustAmountOfExternalAllocatedMemory(int64_t change_in_bytes); + + /** + * Returns the number of phantom handles without callbacks that were reset + * by the garbage collector since the last call to this function. + */ + size_t NumberOfPhantomHandleResetsSinceLastCall(); + + /** + * Returns heap profiler for this isolate. Will return NULL until the isolate + * is initialized. + */ + HeapProfiler* GetHeapProfiler(); + + /** + * Returns CPU profiler for this isolate. Will return NULL unless the isolate + * is initialized. It is the embedder's responsibility to stop all CPU + * profiling activities if it has started any. + */ + V8_DEPRECATED("CpuProfiler should be created with CpuProfiler::New call.", + CpuProfiler* GetCpuProfiler()); + + /** Returns true if this isolate has a current context. */ + bool InContext(); + + /** + * Returns the context of the currently running JavaScript, or the context + * on the top of the stack if no JavaScript is running. + */ + Local<Context> GetCurrentContext(); + + /** + * Returns the context of the calling JavaScript code. That is the + * context of the top-most JavaScript frame. If there are no + * JavaScript frames an empty handle is returned. + */ + V8_DEPRECATED( + "Calling context concept is not compatible with tail calls, and will be " + "removed.", + Local<Context> GetCallingContext()); + + /** Returns the last context entered through V8's C++ API. */ + Local<Context> GetEnteredContext(); + + /** + * Returns either the last context entered through V8's C++ API, or the + * context of the currently running microtask while processing microtasks. + * If a context is entered while executing a microtask, that context is + * returned. + */ + Local<Context> GetEnteredOrMicrotaskContext(); + + /** + * Returns the Context that corresponds to the Incumbent realm in HTML spec. + * https://html.spec.whatwg.org/multipage/webappapis.html#incumbent + */ + Local<Context> GetIncumbentContext(); + + /** + * Schedules an exception to be thrown when returning to JavaScript. When an + * exception has been scheduled it is illegal to invoke any JavaScript + * operation; the caller must return immediately and only after the exception + * has been handled does it become legal to invoke JavaScript operations. + */ + Local<Value> ThrowException(Local<Value> exception); + + typedef void (*GCCallback)(Isolate* isolate, GCType type, + GCCallbackFlags flags); + typedef void (*GCCallbackWithData)(Isolate* isolate, GCType type, + GCCallbackFlags flags, void* data); + + /** + * Enables the host application to receive a notification before a + * garbage collection. Allocations are allowed in the callback function, + * but the callback is not re-entrant: if the allocation inside it will + * trigger the garbage collection, the callback won't be called again. + * It is possible to specify the GCType filter for your callback. But it is + * not possible to register the same callback function two times with + * different GCType filters. + */ + void AddGCPrologueCallback(GCCallbackWithData callback, void* data = nullptr, + GCType gc_type_filter = kGCTypeAll); + void AddGCPrologueCallback(GCCallback callback, + GCType gc_type_filter = kGCTypeAll); + + /** + * This function removes callback which was installed by + * AddGCPrologueCallback function. + */ + void RemoveGCPrologueCallback(GCCallbackWithData, void* data = nullptr); + void RemoveGCPrologueCallback(GCCallback callback); + + /** + * Sets the embedder heap tracer for the isolate. + */ + void SetEmbedderHeapTracer(EmbedderHeapTracer* tracer); + + /** + * Enables the host application to receive a notification after a + * garbage collection. Allocations are allowed in the callback function, + * but the callback is not re-entrant: if the allocation inside it will + * trigger the garbage collection, the callback won't be called again. + * It is possible to specify the GCType filter for your callback. But it is + * not possible to register the same callback function two times with + * different GCType filters. + */ + void AddGCEpilogueCallback(GCCallbackWithData callback, void* data = nullptr, + GCType gc_type_filter = kGCTypeAll); + void AddGCEpilogueCallback(GCCallback callback, + GCType gc_type_filter = kGCTypeAll); + + /** + * This function removes callback which was installed by + * AddGCEpilogueCallback function. + */ + void RemoveGCEpilogueCallback(GCCallbackWithData callback, + void* data = nullptr); + void RemoveGCEpilogueCallback(GCCallback callback); + + typedef size_t (*GetExternallyAllocatedMemoryInBytesCallback)(); + + /** + * Set the callback that tells V8 how much memory is currently allocated + * externally of the V8 heap. Ideally this memory is somehow connected to V8 + * objects and may get freed-up when the corresponding V8 objects get + * collected by a V8 garbage collection. + */ + void SetGetExternallyAllocatedMemoryInBytesCallback( + GetExternallyAllocatedMemoryInBytesCallback callback); + + /** + * Forcefully terminate the current thread of JavaScript execution + * in the given isolate. + * + * This method can be used by any thread even if that thread has not + * acquired the V8 lock with a Locker object. + */ + void TerminateExecution(); + + /** + * Is V8 terminating JavaScript execution. + * + * Returns true if JavaScript execution is currently terminating + * because of a call to TerminateExecution. In that case there are + * still JavaScript frames on the stack and the termination + * exception is still active. + */ + bool IsExecutionTerminating(); + + /** + * Resume execution capability in the given isolate, whose execution + * was previously forcefully terminated using TerminateExecution(). + * + * When execution is forcefully terminated using TerminateExecution(), + * the isolate can not resume execution until all JavaScript frames + * have propagated the uncatchable exception which is generated. This + * method allows the program embedding the engine to handle the + * termination event and resume execution capability, even if + * JavaScript frames remain on the stack. + * + * This method can be used by any thread even if that thread has not + * acquired the V8 lock with a Locker object. + */ + void CancelTerminateExecution(); + + /** + * Request V8 to interrupt long running JavaScript code and invoke + * the given |callback| passing the given |data| to it. After |callback| + * returns control will be returned to the JavaScript code. + * There may be a number of interrupt requests in flight. + * Can be called from another thread without acquiring a |Locker|. + * Registered |callback| must not reenter interrupted Isolate. + */ + void RequestInterrupt(InterruptCallback callback, void* data); + + /** + * Request garbage collection in this Isolate. It is only valid to call this + * function if --expose_gc was specified. + * + * This should only be used for testing purposes and not to enforce a garbage + * collection schedule. It has strong negative impact on the garbage + * collection performance. Use IdleNotificationDeadline() or + * LowMemoryNotification() instead to influence the garbage collection + * schedule. + */ + void RequestGarbageCollectionForTesting(GarbageCollectionType type); + + /** + * Set the callback to invoke for logging event. + */ + void SetEventLogger(LogEventCallback that); + + /** + * Adds a callback to notify the host application right before a script + * is about to run. If a script re-enters the runtime during executing, the + * BeforeCallEnteredCallback is invoked for each re-entrance. + * Executing scripts inside the callback will re-trigger the callback. + */ + void AddBeforeCallEnteredCallback(BeforeCallEnteredCallback callback); + + /** + * Removes callback that was installed by AddBeforeCallEnteredCallback. + */ + void RemoveBeforeCallEnteredCallback(BeforeCallEnteredCallback callback); + + /** + * Adds a callback to notify the host application when a script finished + * running. If a script re-enters the runtime during executing, the + * CallCompletedCallback is only invoked when the outer-most script + * execution ends. Executing scripts inside the callback do not trigger + * further callbacks. + */ + void AddCallCompletedCallback(CallCompletedCallback callback); + V8_DEPRECATED( + "Use callback with parameter", + void AddCallCompletedCallback(DeprecatedCallCompletedCallback callback)); + + /** + * Removes callback that was installed by AddCallCompletedCallback. + */ + void RemoveCallCompletedCallback(CallCompletedCallback callback); + V8_DEPRECATED("Use callback with parameter", + void RemoveCallCompletedCallback( + DeprecatedCallCompletedCallback callback)); + + /** + * Set the PromiseHook callback for various promise lifecycle + * events. + */ + void SetPromiseHook(PromiseHook hook); + + /** + * Set callback to notify about promise reject with no handler, or + * revocation of such a previous notification once the handler is added. + */ + void SetPromiseRejectCallback(PromiseRejectCallback callback); + + /** + * Runs the Microtask Work Queue until empty + * Any exceptions thrown by microtask callbacks are swallowed. + */ + void RunMicrotasks(); + + /** + * Enqueues the callback to the Microtask Work Queue + */ + void EnqueueMicrotask(Local<Function> microtask); + + /** + * Enqueues the callback to the Microtask Work Queue + */ + void EnqueueMicrotask(MicrotaskCallback microtask, void* data = NULL); + + /** + * Controls how Microtasks are invoked. See MicrotasksPolicy for details. + */ + void SetMicrotasksPolicy(MicrotasksPolicy policy); + V8_DEPRECATED("Use SetMicrotasksPolicy", + void SetAutorunMicrotasks(bool autorun)); + + /** + * Returns the policy controlling how Microtasks are invoked. + */ + MicrotasksPolicy GetMicrotasksPolicy() const; + V8_DEPRECATED("Use GetMicrotasksPolicy", bool WillAutorunMicrotasks() const); + + /** + * Adds a callback to notify the host application after + * microtasks were run. The callback is triggered by explicit RunMicrotasks + * call or automatic microtasks execution (see SetAutorunMicrotasks). + * + * Callback will trigger even if microtasks were attempted to run, + * but the microtasks queue was empty and no single microtask was actually + * executed. + * + * Executing scriptsinside the callback will not re-trigger microtasks and + * the callback. + */ + void AddMicrotasksCompletedCallback(MicrotasksCompletedCallback callback); + + /** + * Removes callback that was installed by AddMicrotasksCompletedCallback. + */ + void RemoveMicrotasksCompletedCallback(MicrotasksCompletedCallback callback); + + /** + * Sets a callback for counting the number of times a feature of V8 is used. + */ + void SetUseCounterCallback(UseCounterCallback callback); + + /** + * Enables the host application to provide a mechanism for recording + * statistics counters. + */ + void SetCounterFunction(CounterLookupCallback); + + /** + * Enables the host application to provide a mechanism for recording + * histograms. The CreateHistogram function returns a + * histogram which will later be passed to the AddHistogramSample + * function. + */ + void SetCreateHistogramFunction(CreateHistogramCallback); + void SetAddHistogramSampleFunction(AddHistogramSampleCallback); + + /** + * Optional notification that the embedder is idle. + * V8 uses the notification to perform garbage collection. + * This call can be used repeatedly if the embedder remains idle. + * Returns true if the embedder should stop calling IdleNotificationDeadline + * until real work has been done. This indicates that V8 has done + * as much cleanup as it will be able to do. + * + * The deadline_in_seconds argument specifies the deadline V8 has to finish + * garbage collection work. deadline_in_seconds is compared with + * MonotonicallyIncreasingTime() and should be based on the same timebase as + * that function. There is no guarantee that the actual work will be done + * within the time limit. + */ + bool IdleNotificationDeadline(double deadline_in_seconds); + + /** + * Optional notification that the system is running low on memory. + * V8 uses these notifications to attempt to free memory. + */ + void LowMemoryNotification(); + + /** + * Optional notification that a context has been disposed. V8 uses + * these notifications to guide the GC heuristic. Returns the number + * of context disposals - including this one - since the last time + * V8 had a chance to clean up. + * + * The optional parameter |dependant_context| specifies whether the disposed + * context was depending on state from other contexts or not. + */ + int ContextDisposedNotification(bool dependant_context = true); + + /** + * Optional notification that the isolate switched to the foreground. + * V8 uses these notifications to guide heuristics. + */ + void IsolateInForegroundNotification(); + + /** + * Optional notification that the isolate switched to the background. + * V8 uses these notifications to guide heuristics. + */ + void IsolateInBackgroundNotification(); + + /** + * Optional notification to tell V8 the current performance requirements + * of the embedder based on RAIL. + * V8 uses these notifications to guide heuristics. + * This is an unfinished experimental feature. Semantics and implementation + * may change frequently. + */ + void SetRAILMode(RAILMode rail_mode); + + /** + * Optional notification to tell V8 the current isolate is used for debugging + * and requires higher heap limit. + */ + void IncreaseHeapLimitForDebugging(); + + /** + * Restores the original heap limit after IncreaseHeapLimitForDebugging(). + */ + void RestoreOriginalHeapLimit(); + + /** + * Returns true if the heap limit was increased for debugging and the + * original heap limit was not restored yet. + */ + bool IsHeapLimitIncreasedForDebugging(); + + /** + * Allows the host application to provide the address of a function that is + * notified each time code is added, moved or removed. + * + * \param options options for the JIT code event handler. + * \param event_handler the JIT code event handler, which will be invoked + * each time code is added, moved or removed. + * \note \p event_handler won't get notified of existent code. + * \note since code removal notifications are not currently issued, the + * \p event_handler may get notifications of code that overlaps earlier + * code notifications. This happens when code areas are reused, and the + * earlier overlapping code areas should therefore be discarded. + * \note the events passed to \p event_handler and the strings they point to + * are not guaranteed to live past each call. The \p event_handler must + * copy strings and other parameters it needs to keep around. + * \note the set of events declared in JitCodeEvent::EventType is expected to + * grow over time, and the JitCodeEvent structure is expected to accrue + * new members. The \p event_handler function must ignore event codes + * it does not recognize to maintain future compatibility. + * \note Use Isolate::CreateParams to get events for code executed during + * Isolate setup. + */ + void SetJitCodeEventHandler(JitCodeEventOptions options, + JitCodeEventHandler event_handler); + + /** + * Modifies the stack limit for this Isolate. + * + * \param stack_limit An address beyond which the Vm's stack may not grow. + * + * \note If you are using threads then you should hold the V8::Locker lock + * while setting the stack limit and you must set a non-default stack + * limit separately for each thread. + */ + void SetStackLimit(uintptr_t stack_limit); + + /** + * Returns a memory range that can potentially contain jitted code. + * + * On Win64, embedders are advised to install function table callbacks for + * these ranges, as default SEH won't be able to unwind through jitted code. + * + * The first page of the code range is reserved for the embedder and is + * committed, writable, and executable. + * + * Might be empty on other platforms. + * + * https://code.google.com/p/v8/issues/detail?id=3598 + */ + void GetCodeRange(void** start, size_t* length_in_bytes); + + /** Set the callback to invoke in case of fatal errors. */ + void SetFatalErrorHandler(FatalErrorCallback that); + + /** Set the callback to invoke in case of OOM errors. */ + void SetOOMErrorHandler(OOMErrorCallback that); + + /** + * Set the callback to invoke to check if code generation from + * strings should be allowed. + */ + void SetAllowCodeGenerationFromStringsCallback( + AllowCodeGenerationFromStringsCallback callback); + + /** + * Set the callback to invoke to check if wasm code generation should + * be allowed. + */ + void SetAllowWasmCodeGenerationCallback( + AllowWasmCodeGenerationCallback callback); + + /** + * Embedder over{ride|load} injection points for wasm APIs. The expectation + * is that the embedder sets them at most once. + */ + void SetWasmModuleCallback(ExtensionCallback callback); + void SetWasmInstanceCallback(ExtensionCallback callback); + + void SetWasmCompileStreamingCallback(ApiImplementationCallback callback); + + /** + * Check if V8 is dead and therefore unusable. This is the case after + * fatal errors such as out-of-memory situations. + */ + bool IsDead(); + + /** + * Adds a message listener (errors only). + * + * The same message listener can be added more than once and in that + * case it will be called more than once for each message. + * + * If data is specified, it will be passed to the callback when it is called. + * Otherwise, the exception object will be passed to the callback instead. + */ + bool AddMessageListener(MessageCallback that, + Local<Value> data = Local<Value>()); + + /** + * Adds a message listener. + * + * The same message listener can be added more than once and in that + * case it will be called more than once for each message. + * + * If data is specified, it will be passed to the callback when it is called. + * Otherwise, the exception object will be passed to the callback instead. + * + * A listener can listen for particular error levels by providing a mask. + */ + bool AddMessageListenerWithErrorLevel(MessageCallback that, + int message_levels, + Local<Value> data = Local<Value>()); + + /** + * Remove all message listeners from the specified callback function. + */ + void RemoveMessageListeners(MessageCallback that); + + /** Callback function for reporting failed access checks.*/ + void SetFailedAccessCheckCallbackFunction(FailedAccessCheckCallback); + + /** + * Tells V8 to capture current stack trace when uncaught exception occurs + * and report it to the message listeners. The option is off by default. + */ + void SetCaptureStackTraceForUncaughtExceptions( + bool capture, int frame_limit = 10, + StackTrace::StackTraceOptions options = StackTrace::kOverview); + + /** + * Iterates through all external resources referenced from current isolate + * heap. GC is not invoked prior to iterating, therefore there is no + * guarantee that visited objects are still alive. + */ + void VisitExternalResources(ExternalResourceVisitor* visitor); + + /** + * Iterates through all the persistent handles in the current isolate's heap + * that have class_ids. + */ + void VisitHandlesWithClassIds(PersistentHandleVisitor* visitor); + + /** + * Iterates through all the persistent handles in the current isolate's heap + * that have class_ids and are candidates to be marked as partially dependent + * handles. This will visit handles to young objects created since the last + * garbage collection but is free to visit an arbitrary superset of these + * objects. + */ + void VisitHandlesForPartialDependence(PersistentHandleVisitor* visitor); + + /** + * Iterates through all the persistent handles in the current isolate's heap + * that have class_ids and are weak to be marked as inactive if there is no + * pending activity for the handle. + */ + void VisitWeakHandles(PersistentHandleVisitor* visitor); + + /** + * Check if this isolate is in use. + * True if at least one thread Enter'ed this isolate. + */ + bool IsInUse(); + + /** + * Set whether calling Atomics.wait (a function that may block) is allowed in + * this isolate. This can also be configured via + * CreateParams::allow_atomics_wait. + */ + void SetAllowAtomicsWait(bool allow); + + Isolate() = delete; + ~Isolate() = delete; + Isolate(const Isolate&) = delete; + Isolate& operator=(const Isolate&) = delete; + // Deleting operator new and delete here is allowed as ctor and dtor is also + // deleted. + void* operator new(size_t size) = delete; + void* operator new[](size_t size) = delete; + void operator delete(void*, size_t) = delete; + void operator delete[](void*, size_t) = delete; + + private: + template <class K, class V, class Traits> + friend class PersistentValueMapBase; + + internal::Object** GetDataFromSnapshotOnce(size_t index); + void ReportExternalAllocationLimitReached(); + void CheckMemoryPressure(); +}; + +class V8_EXPORT StartupData { + public: + const char* data; + int raw_size; +}; + + +/** + * EntropySource is used as a callback function when v8 needs a source + * of entropy. + */ +typedef bool (*EntropySource)(unsigned char* buffer, size_t length); + +/** + * ReturnAddressLocationResolver is used as a callback function when v8 is + * resolving the location of a return address on the stack. Profilers that + * change the return address on the stack can use this to resolve the stack + * location to wherever the profiler stashed the original return address. + * + * \param return_addr_location A location on stack where a machine + * return address resides. + * \returns Either return_addr_location, or else a pointer to the profiler's + * copy of the original return address. + * + * \note The resolver function must not cause garbage collection. + */ +typedef uintptr_t (*ReturnAddressLocationResolver)( + uintptr_t return_addr_location); + + +/** + * Container class for static utility functions. + */ +class V8_EXPORT V8 { + public: + /** + * Hand startup data to V8, in case the embedder has chosen to build + * V8 with external startup data. + * + * Note: + * - By default the startup data is linked into the V8 library, in which + * case this function is not meaningful. + * - If this needs to be called, it needs to be called before V8 + * tries to make use of its built-ins. + * - To avoid unnecessary copies of data, V8 will point directly into the + * given data blob, so pretty please keep it around until V8 exit. + * - Compression of the startup blob might be useful, but needs to + * handled entirely on the embedders' side. + * - The call will abort if the data is invalid. + */ + static void SetNativesDataBlob(StartupData* startup_blob); + static void SetSnapshotDataBlob(StartupData* startup_blob); + + /** + * Bootstrap an isolate and a context from scratch to create a startup + * snapshot. Include the side-effects of running the optional script. + * Returns { NULL, 0 } on failure. + * The caller acquires ownership of the data array in the return value. + */ + static StartupData CreateSnapshotDataBlob(const char* embedded_source = NULL); + + /** + * Bootstrap an isolate and a context from the cold startup blob, run the + * warm-up script to trigger code compilation. The side effects are then + * discarded. The resulting startup snapshot will include compiled code. + * Returns { NULL, 0 } on failure. + * The caller acquires ownership of the data array in the return value. + * The argument startup blob is untouched. + */ + static StartupData WarmUpSnapshotDataBlob(StartupData cold_startup_blob, + const char* warmup_source); + + /** Set the callback to invoke in case of Dcheck failures. */ + static void SetDcheckErrorHandler(DcheckErrorCallback that); + + + /** + * Sets V8 flags from a string. + */ + static void SetFlagsFromString(const char* str, int length); + + /** + * Sets V8 flags from the command line. + */ + static void SetFlagsFromCommandLine(int* argc, + char** argv, + bool remove_flags); + + /** Get the version string. */ + static const char* GetVersion(); + + /** + * Initializes V8. This function needs to be called before the first Isolate + * is created. It always returns true. + */ + static bool Initialize(); + + /** + * Allows the host application to provide a callback which can be used + * as a source of entropy for random number generators. + */ + static void SetEntropySource(EntropySource source); + + /** + * Allows the host application to provide a callback that allows v8 to + * cooperate with a profiler that rewrites return addresses on stack. + */ + static void SetReturnAddressLocationResolver( + ReturnAddressLocationResolver return_address_resolver); + + /** + * Releases any resources used by v8 and stops any utility threads + * that may be running. Note that disposing v8 is permanent, it + * cannot be reinitialized. + * + * It should generally not be necessary to dispose v8 before exiting + * a process, this should happen automatically. It is only necessary + * to use if the process needs the resources taken up by v8. + */ + static bool Dispose(); + + /** + * Initialize the ICU library bundled with V8. The embedder should only + * invoke this method when using the bundled ICU. If V8 was compiled with + * the ICU data in an external file and when the default location of that + * file should be used, a path to the executable must be provided. + * Returns true on success. + * + * The default is a file called icudtl.dat side-by-side with the executable. + * + * Optionally, the location of the data file can be provided to override the + * default. + */ + static bool InitializeICUDefaultLocation(const char* exec_path, + const char* icu_data_file = nullptr); + + /** + * Initialize the external startup data. The embedder only needs to + * invoke this method when external startup data was enabled in a build. + * + * If V8 was compiled with the startup data in an external file, then + * V8 needs to be given those external files during startup. There are + * three ways to do this: + * - InitializeExternalStartupData(const char*) + * This will look in the given directory for files "natives_blob.bin" + * and "snapshot_blob.bin" - which is what the default build calls them. + * - InitializeExternalStartupData(const char*, const char*) + * As above, but will directly use the two given file names. + * - Call SetNativesDataBlob, SetNativesDataBlob. + * This will read the blobs from the given data structures and will + * not perform any file IO. + */ + static void InitializeExternalStartupData(const char* directory_path); + static void InitializeExternalStartupData(const char* natives_blob, + const char* snapshot_blob); + /** + * Sets the v8::Platform to use. This should be invoked before V8 is + * initialized. + */ + static void InitializePlatform(Platform* platform); + + /** + * Clears all references to the v8::Platform. This should be invoked after + * V8 was disposed. + */ + static void ShutdownPlatform(); + +#if V8_OS_POSIX + /** + * Give the V8 signal handler a chance to handle a fault. + * + * This function determines whether a memory access violation can be recovered + * by V8. If so, it will return true and modify context to return to a code + * fragment that can recover from the fault. Otherwise, TryHandleSignal will + * return false. + * + * The parameters to this function correspond to those passed to a Linux + * signal handler. + * + * \param signal_number The signal number. + * + * \param info A pointer to the siginfo_t structure provided to the signal + * handler. + * + * \param context The third argument passed to the Linux signal handler, which + * points to a ucontext_t structure. + */ + static bool TryHandleSignal(int signal_number, void* info, void* context); +#endif // V8_OS_POSIX + + /** + * Enable the default signal handler rather than using one provided by the + * embedder. + */ + static bool RegisterDefaultSignalHandler(); + + private: + V8(); + + static internal::Object** GlobalizeReference(internal::Isolate* isolate, + internal::Object** handle); + static internal::Object** CopyPersistent(internal::Object** handle); + static void DisposeGlobal(internal::Object** global_handle); + static void MakeWeak(internal::Object** location, void* data, + WeakCallbackInfo<void>::Callback weak_callback, + WeakCallbackType type); + static void MakeWeak(internal::Object** location, void* data, + // Must be 0 or -1. + int internal_field_index1, + // Must be 1 or -1. + int internal_field_index2, + WeakCallbackInfo<void>::Callback weak_callback); + static void MakeWeak(internal::Object*** location_addr); + static void* ClearWeak(internal::Object** location); + static Value* Eternalize(Isolate* isolate, Value* handle); + + static void RegisterExternallyReferencedObject(internal::Object** object, + internal::Isolate* isolate); + + template <class K, class V, class T> + friend class PersistentValueMapBase; + + static void FromJustIsNothing(); + static void ToLocalEmpty(); + static void InternalFieldOutOfBounds(int index); + template <class T> friend class Local; + template <class T> + friend class MaybeLocal; + template <class T> + friend class Maybe; + template <class T> + friend class WeakCallbackInfo; + template <class T> friend class Eternal; + template <class T> friend class PersistentBase; + template <class T, class M> friend class Persistent; + friend class Context; +}; + +/** + * Helper class to create a snapshot data blob. + */ +class V8_EXPORT SnapshotCreator { + public: + enum class FunctionCodeHandling { kClear, kKeep }; + + /** + * Create and enter an isolate, and set it up for serialization. + * The isolate is either created from scratch or from an existing snapshot. + * The caller keeps ownership of the argument snapshot. + * \param existing_blob existing snapshot from which to create this one. + * \param external_references a null-terminated array of external references + * that must be equivalent to CreateParams::external_references. + */ + SnapshotCreator(const intptr_t* external_references = nullptr, + StartupData* existing_blob = nullptr); + + ~SnapshotCreator(); + + /** + * \returns the isolate prepared by the snapshot creator. + */ + Isolate* GetIsolate(); + + /** + * Set the default context to be included in the snapshot blob. + * The snapshot will not contain the global proxy, and we expect one or a + * global object template to create one, to be provided upon deserialization. + * + * \param callback optional callback to serialize internal fields. + */ + void SetDefaultContext(Local<Context> context, + SerializeInternalFieldsCallback callback = + SerializeInternalFieldsCallback()); + + /** + * Add additional context to be included in the snapshot blob. + * The snapshot will include the global proxy. + * + * \param callback optional callback to serialize internal fields. + * + * \returns the index of the context in the snapshot blob. + */ + size_t AddContext(Local<Context> context, + SerializeInternalFieldsCallback callback = + SerializeInternalFieldsCallback()); + + /** + * Add a template to be included in the snapshot blob. + * \returns the index of the template in the snapshot blob. + */ + size_t AddTemplate(Local<Template> template_obj); + + /** + * Attach arbitrary V8::Data to the context snapshot, which can be retrieved + * via Context::GetDataFromSnapshot after deserialization. This data does not + * survive when a new snapshot is created from an existing snapshot. + * \returns the index for retrieval. + */ + template <class T> + V8_INLINE size_t AddData(Local<Context> context, Local<T> object); + + /** + * Attach arbitrary V8::Data to the isolate snapshot, which can be retrieved + * via Isolate::GetDataFromSnapshot after deserialization. This data does not + * survive when a new snapshot is created from an existing snapshot. + * \returns the index for retrieval. + */ + template <class T> + V8_INLINE size_t AddData(Local<T> object); + + /** + * Created a snapshot data blob. + * This must not be called from within a handle scope. + * \param function_code_handling whether to include compiled function code + * in the snapshot. + * \returns { nullptr, 0 } on failure, and a startup snapshot on success. The + * caller acquires ownership of the data array in the return value. + */ + StartupData CreateBlob(FunctionCodeHandling function_code_handling); + + // Disallow copying and assigning. + SnapshotCreator(const SnapshotCreator&) = delete; + void operator=(const SnapshotCreator&) = delete; + + private: + size_t AddData(Local<Context> context, internal::Object* object); + size_t AddData(internal::Object* object); + + void* data_; +}; + +/** + * A simple Maybe type, representing an object which may or may not have a + * value, see https://hackage.haskell.org/package/base/docs/Data-Maybe.html. + * + * If an API method returns a Maybe<>, the API method can potentially fail + * either because an exception is thrown, or because an exception is pending, + * e.g. because a previous API call threw an exception that hasn't been caught + * yet, or because a TerminateExecution exception was thrown. In that case, a + * "Nothing" value is returned. + */ +template <class T> +class Maybe { + public: + V8_INLINE bool IsNothing() const { return !has_value_; } + V8_INLINE bool IsJust() const { return has_value_; } + + /** + * An alias for |FromJust|. Will crash if the Maybe<> is nothing. + */ + V8_INLINE T ToChecked() const { return FromJust(); } + + /** + * Converts this Maybe<> to a value of type T. If this Maybe<> is + * nothing (empty), |false| is returned and |out| is left untouched. + */ + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT V8_INLINE bool To(T* out) const { + if (V8_LIKELY(IsJust())) *out = value_; + return IsJust(); + } + + /** + * Converts this Maybe<> to a value of type T. If this Maybe<> is + * nothing (empty), V8 will crash the process. + */ + V8_INLINE T FromJust() const { + if (V8_UNLIKELY(!IsJust())) V8::FromJustIsNothing(); + return value_; + } + + /** + * Converts this Maybe<> to a value of type T, using a default value if this + * Maybe<> is nothing (empty). + */ + V8_INLINE T FromMaybe(const T& default_value) const { + return has_value_ ? value_ : default_value; + } + + V8_INLINE bool operator==(const Maybe& other) const { + return (IsJust() == other.IsJust()) && + (!IsJust() || FromJust() == other.FromJust()); + } + + V8_INLINE bool operator!=(const Maybe& other) const { + return !operator==(other); + } + + private: + Maybe() : has_value_(false) {} + explicit Maybe(const T& t) : has_value_(true), value_(t) {} + + bool has_value_; + T value_; + + template <class U> + friend Maybe<U> Nothing(); + template <class U> + friend Maybe<U> Just(const U& u); +}; + +template <class T> +inline Maybe<T> Nothing() { + return Maybe<T>(); +} + +template <class T> +inline Maybe<T> Just(const T& t) { + return Maybe<T>(t); +} + +// A template specialization of Maybe<T> for the case of T = void. +template <> +class Maybe<void> { + public: + V8_INLINE bool IsNothing() const { return !is_valid_; } + V8_INLINE bool IsJust() const { return is_valid_; } + + V8_INLINE bool operator==(const Maybe& other) const { + return IsJust() == other.IsJust(); + } + + V8_INLINE bool operator!=(const Maybe& other) const { + return !operator==(other); + } + + private: + struct JustTag {}; + + Maybe() : is_valid_(false) {} + explicit Maybe(JustTag) : is_valid_(true) {} + + bool is_valid_; + + template <class U> + friend Maybe<U> Nothing(); + friend Maybe<void> JustVoid(); +}; + +inline Maybe<void> JustVoid() { return Maybe<void>(Maybe<void>::JustTag()); } + +/** + * An external exception handler. + */ +class V8_EXPORT TryCatch { + public: + /** + * Creates a new try/catch block and registers it with v8. Note that + * all TryCatch blocks should be stack allocated because the memory + * location itself is compared against JavaScript try/catch blocks. + */ + TryCatch(Isolate* isolate); + + /** + * Unregisters and deletes this try/catch block. + */ + ~TryCatch(); + + /** + * Returns true if an exception has been caught by this try/catch block. + */ + bool HasCaught() const; + + /** + * For certain types of exceptions, it makes no sense to continue execution. + * + * If CanContinue returns false, the correct action is to perform any C++ + * cleanup needed and then return. If CanContinue returns false and + * HasTerminated returns true, it is possible to call + * CancelTerminateExecution in order to continue calling into the engine. + */ + bool CanContinue() const; + + /** + * Returns true if an exception has been caught due to script execution + * being terminated. + * + * There is no JavaScript representation of an execution termination + * exception. Such exceptions are thrown when the TerminateExecution + * methods are called to terminate a long-running script. + * + * If such an exception has been thrown, HasTerminated will return true, + * indicating that it is possible to call CancelTerminateExecution in order + * to continue calling into the engine. + */ + bool HasTerminated() const; + + /** + * Throws the exception caught by this TryCatch in a way that avoids + * it being caught again by this same TryCatch. As with ThrowException + * it is illegal to execute any JavaScript operations after calling + * ReThrow; the caller must return immediately to where the exception + * is caught. + */ + Local<Value> ReThrow(); + + /** + * Returns the exception caught by this try/catch block. If no exception has + * been caught an empty handle is returned. + * + * The returned handle is valid until this TryCatch block has been destroyed. + */ + Local<Value> Exception() const; + + /** + * Returns the .stack property of the thrown object. If no .stack + * property is present an empty handle is returned. + */ + V8_DEPRECATED("Use maybe version.", Local<Value> StackTrace() const); + V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT MaybeLocal<Value> StackTrace( + Local<Context> context) const; + + /** + * Returns the message associated with this exception. If there is + * no message associated an empty handle is returned. + * + * The returned handle is valid until this TryCatch block has been + * destroyed. + */ + Local<v8::Message> Message() const; + + /** + * Clears any exceptions that may have been caught by this try/catch block. + * After this method has been called, HasCaught() will return false. Cancels + * the scheduled exception if it is caught and ReThrow() is not called before. + * + * It is not necessary to clear a try/catch block before using it again; if + * another exception is thrown the previously caught exception will just be + * overwritten. However, it is often a good idea since it makes it easier + * to determine which operation threw a given exception. + */ + void Reset(); + + /** + * Set verbosity of the external exception handler. + * + * By default, exceptions that are caught by an external exception + * handler are not reported. Call SetVerbose with true on an + * external exception handler to have exceptions caught by the + * handler reported as if they were not caught. + */ + void SetVerbose(bool value); + + /** + * Returns true if verbosity is enabled. + */ + bool IsVerbose() const; + + /** + * Set whether or not this TryCatch should capture a Message object + * which holds source information about where the exception + * occurred. True by default. + */ + void SetCaptureMessage(bool value); + + /** + * There are cases when the raw address of C++ TryCatch object cannot be + * used for comparisons with addresses into the JS stack. The cases are: + * 1) ARM, ARM64 and MIPS simulators which have separate JS stack. + * 2) Address sanitizer allocates local C++ object in the heap when + * UseAfterReturn mode is enabled. + * This method returns address that can be used for comparisons with + * addresses into the JS stack. When neither simulator nor ASAN's + * UseAfterReturn is enabled, then the address returned will be the address + * of the C++ try catch handler itself. + */ + static void* JSStackComparableAddress(TryCatch* handler) { + if (handler == NULL) return NULL; + return handler->js_stack_comparable_address_; + } + + TryCatch(const TryCatch&) = delete; + void operator=(const TryCatch&) = delete; + + private: + // Declaring operator new and delete as deleted is not spec compliant. + // Therefore declare them private instead to disable dynamic alloc + void* operator new(size_t size); + void* operator new[](size_t size); + void operator delete(void*, size_t); + void operator delete[](void*, size_t); + + void ResetInternal(); + + internal::Isolate* isolate_; + TryCatch* next_; + void* exception_; + void* message_obj_; + void* js_stack_comparable_address_; + bool is_verbose_ : 1; + bool can_continue_ : 1; + bool capture_message_ : 1; + bool rethrow_ : 1; + bool has_terminated_ : 1; + + friend class internal::Isolate; +}; + + +// --- Context --- + + +/** + * A container for extension names. + */ +class V8_EXPORT ExtensionConfiguration { + public: + ExtensionConfiguration() : name_count_(0), names_(NULL) { } + ExtensionConfiguration(int name_count, const char* names[]) + : name_count_(name_count), names_(names) { } + + const char** begin() const { return &names_[0]; } + const char** end() const { return &names_[name_count_]; } + + private: + const int name_count_; + const char** names_; +}; + +/** + * A sandboxed execution context with its own set of built-in objects + * and functions. + */ +class V8_EXPORT Context { + public: + /** + * Returns the global proxy object. + * + * Global proxy object is a thin wrapper whose prototype points to actual + * context's global object with the properties like Object, etc. This is done + * that way for security reasons (for more details see + * https://wiki.mozilla.org/Gecko:SplitWindow). + * + * Please note that changes to global proxy object prototype most probably + * would break VM---v8 expects only global object as a prototype of global + * proxy object. + */ + Local<Object> Global(); + + /** + * Detaches the global object from its context before + * the global object can be reused to create a new context. + */ + void DetachGlobal(); + + /** + * Creates a new context and returns a handle to the newly allocated + * context. + * + * \param isolate The isolate in which to create the context. + * + * \param extensions An optional extension configuration containing + * the extensions to be installed in the newly created context. + * + * \param global_template An optional object template from which the + * global object for the newly created context will be created. + * + * \param global_object An optional global object to be reused for + * the newly created context. This global object must have been + * created by a previous call to Context::New with the same global + * template. The state of the global object will be completely reset + * and only object identify will remain. + */ + static Local<Context> New( + Isolate* isolate, ExtensionConfiguration* extensions = NULL, + MaybeLocal<ObjectTemplate> global_template = MaybeLocal<ObjectTemplate>(), + MaybeLocal<Value> global_object = MaybeLocal<Value>(), + DeserializeInternalFieldsCallback internal_fields_deserializer = + DeserializeInternalFieldsCallback()); + + /** + * Create a new context from a (non-default) context snapshot. There + * is no way to provide a global object template since we do not create + * a new global object from template, but we can reuse a global object. + * + * \param isolate See v8::Context::New. + * + * \param context_snapshot_index The index of the context snapshot to + * deserialize from. Use v8::Context::New for the default snapshot. + * + * \param embedder_fields_deserializer Optional callback to deserialize + * internal fields. It should match the SerializeInternalFieldCallback used + * to serialize. + * + * \param extensions See v8::Context::New. + * + * \param global_object See v8::Context::New. + */ + + static MaybeLocal<Context> FromSnapshot( + Isolate* isolate, size_t context_snapshot_index, + DeserializeInternalFieldsCallback embedder_fields_deserializer = + DeserializeInternalFieldsCallback(), + ExtensionConfiguration* extensions = nullptr, + MaybeLocal<Value> global_object = MaybeLocal<Value>()); + + /** + * Returns an global object that isn't backed by an actual context. + * + * The global template needs to have access checks with handlers installed. + * If an existing global object is passed in, the global object is detached + * from its context. + * + * Note that this is different from a detached context where all accesses to + * the global proxy will fail. Instead, the access check handlers are invoked. + * + * It is also not possible to detach an object returned by this method. + * Instead, the access check handlers need to return nothing to achieve the + * same effect. + * + * It is possible, however, to create a new context from the global object + * returned by this method. + */ + static MaybeLocal<Object> NewRemoteContext( + Isolate* isolate, Local<ObjectTemplate> global_template, + MaybeLocal<Value> global_object = MaybeLocal<Value>()); + + /** + * Sets the security token for the context. To access an object in + * another context, the security tokens must match. + */ + void SetSecurityToken(Local<Value> token); + + /** Restores the security token to the default value. */ + void UseDefaultSecurityToken(); + + /** Returns the security token of this context.*/ + Local<Value> GetSecurityToken(); + + /** + * Enter this context. After entering a context, all code compiled + * and run is compiled and run in this context. If another context + * is already entered, this old context is saved so it can be + * restored when the new context is exited. + */ + void Enter(); + + /** + * Exit this context. Exiting the current context restores the + * context that was in place when entering the current context. + */ + void Exit(); + + /** Returns an isolate associated with a current context. */ + Isolate* GetIsolate(); + + /** + * The field at kDebugIdIndex used to be reserved for the inspector. + * It now serves no purpose. + */ + enum EmbedderDataFields { kDebugIdIndex = 0 }; + + /** + * Gets the embedder data with the given index, which must have been set by a + * previous call to SetEmbedderData with the same index. + */ + V8_INLINE Local<Value> GetEmbedderData(int index); + + /** + * Gets the binding object used by V8 extras. Extra natives get a reference + * to this object and can use it to "export" functionality by adding + * properties. Extra natives can also "import" functionality by accessing + * properties added by the embedder using the V8 API. + */ + Local<Object> GetExtrasBindingObject(); + + /** + * Sets the embedder data with the given index, growing the data as + * needed. Note that index 0 currently has a special meaning for Chrome's + * debugger. + */ + void SetEmbedderData(int index, Local<Value> value); + + /** + * Gets a 2-byte-aligned native pointer from the embedder data with the given + * index, which must have been set by a previous call to + * SetAlignedPointerInEmbedderData with the same index. Note that index 0 + * currently has a special meaning for Chrome's debugger. + */ + V8_INLINE void* GetAlignedPointerFromEmbedderData(int index); + + /** + * Sets a 2-byte-aligned native pointer in the embedder data with the given + * index, growing the data as needed. Note that index 0 currently has a + * special meaning for Chrome's debugger. + */ + void SetAlignedPointerInEmbedderData(int index, void* value); + + /** + * Control whether code generation from strings is allowed. Calling + * this method with false will disable 'eval' and the 'Function' + * constructor for code running in this context. If 'eval' or the + * 'Function' constructor are used an exception will be thrown. + * + * If code generation from strings is not allowed the + * V8::AllowCodeGenerationFromStrings callback will be invoked if + * set before blocking the call to 'eval' or the 'Function' + * constructor. If that callback returns true, the call will be + * allowed, otherwise an exception will be thrown. If no callback is + * set an exception will be thrown. + */ + void AllowCodeGenerationFromStrings(bool allow); + + /** + * Returns true if code generation from strings is allowed for the context. + * For more details see AllowCodeGenerationFromStrings(bool) documentation. + */ + bool IsCodeGenerationFromStringsAllowed(); + + /** + * Sets the error description for the exception that is thrown when + * code generation from strings is not allowed and 'eval' or the 'Function' + * constructor are called. + */ + void SetErrorMessageForCodeGenerationFromStrings(Local<String> message); + + /** + * Return data that was previously attached to the context snapshot via + * SnapshotCreator, and removes the reference to it. + * Repeated call with the same index returns an empty MaybeLocal. + */ + template <class T> + V8_INLINE MaybeLocal<T> GetDataFromSnapshotOnce(size_t index); + + /** + * Stack-allocated class which sets the execution context for all + * operations executed within a local scope. + */ + class Scope { + public: + explicit V8_INLINE Scope(Local<Context> context) : context_(context) { + context_->Enter(); + } + V8_INLINE ~Scope() { context_->Exit(); } + + private: + Local<Context> context_; + }; + + /** + * Stack-allocated class to support the backup incumbent settings object + * stack. + * https://html.spec.whatwg.org/multipage/webappapis.html#backup-incumbent-settings-object-stack + */ + class V8_EXPORT BackupIncumbentScope { + public: + /** + * |backup_incumbent_context| is pushed onto the backup incumbent settings + * object stack. + */ + explicit BackupIncumbentScope(Local<Context> backup_incumbent_context); + ~BackupIncumbentScope(); + + private: + friend class internal::Isolate; + + Local<Context> backup_incumbent_context_; + const BackupIncumbentScope* prev_ = nullptr; + }; + + private: + friend class Value; + friend class Script; + friend class Object; + friend class Function; + + internal::Object** GetDataFromSnapshotOnce(size_t index); + Local<Value> SlowGetEmbedderData(int index); + void* SlowGetAlignedPointerFromEmbedderData(int index); +}; + + +/** + * Multiple threads in V8 are allowed, but only one thread at a time is allowed + * to use any given V8 isolate, see the comments in the Isolate class. The + * definition of 'using a V8 isolate' includes accessing handles or holding onto + * object pointers obtained from V8 handles while in the particular V8 isolate. + * It is up to the user of V8 to ensure, perhaps with locking, that this + * constraint is not violated. In addition to any other synchronization + * mechanism that may be used, the v8::Locker and v8::Unlocker classes must be + * used to signal thread switches to V8. + * + * v8::Locker is a scoped lock object. While it's active, i.e. between its + * construction and destruction, the current thread is allowed to use the locked + * isolate. V8 guarantees that an isolate can be locked by at most one thread at + * any time. In other words, the scope of a v8::Locker is a critical section. + * + * Sample usage: +* \code + * ... + * { + * v8::Locker locker(isolate); + * v8::Isolate::Scope isolate_scope(isolate); + * ... + * // Code using V8 and isolate goes here. + * ... + * } // Destructor called here + * \endcode + * + * If you wish to stop using V8 in a thread A you can do this either by + * destroying the v8::Locker object as above or by constructing a v8::Unlocker + * object: + * + * \code + * { + * isolate->Exit(); + * v8::Unlocker unlocker(isolate); + * ... + * // Code not using V8 goes here while V8 can run in another thread. + * ... + * } // Destructor called here. + * isolate->Enter(); + * \endcode + * + * The Unlocker object is intended for use in a long-running callback from V8, + * where you want to release the V8 lock for other threads to use. + * + * The v8::Locker is a recursive lock, i.e. you can lock more than once in a + * given thread. This can be useful if you have code that can be called either + * from code that holds the lock or from code that does not. The Unlocker is + * not recursive so you can not have several Unlockers on the stack at once, and + * you can not use an Unlocker in a thread that is not inside a Locker's scope. + * + * An unlocker will unlock several lockers if it has to and reinstate the + * correct depth of locking on its destruction, e.g.: + * + * \code + * // V8 not locked. + * { + * v8::Locker locker(isolate); + * Isolate::Scope isolate_scope(isolate); + * // V8 locked. + * { + * v8::Locker another_locker(isolate); + * // V8 still locked (2 levels). + * { + * isolate->Exit(); + * v8::Unlocker unlocker(isolate); + * // V8 not locked. + * } + * isolate->Enter(); + * // V8 locked again (2 levels). + * } + * // V8 still locked (1 level). + * } + * // V8 Now no longer locked. + * \endcode + */ +class V8_EXPORT Unlocker { + public: + /** + * Initialize Unlocker for a given Isolate. + */ + V8_INLINE explicit Unlocker(Isolate* isolate) { Initialize(isolate); } + + ~Unlocker(); + private: + void Initialize(Isolate* isolate); + + internal::Isolate* isolate_; +}; + + +class V8_EXPORT Locker { + public: + /** + * Initialize Locker for a given Isolate. + */ + V8_INLINE explicit Locker(Isolate* isolate) { Initialize(isolate); } + + ~Locker(); + + /** + * Returns whether or not the locker for a given isolate, is locked by the + * current thread. + */ + static bool IsLocked(Isolate* isolate); + + /** + * Returns whether v8::Locker is being used by this V8 instance. + */ + static bool IsActive(); + + // Disallow copying and assigning. + Locker(const Locker&) = delete; + void operator=(const Locker&) = delete; + + private: + void Initialize(Isolate* isolate); + + bool has_lock_; + bool top_level_; + internal::Isolate* isolate_; +}; + + +// --- Implementation --- + + +namespace internal { + +const int kApiPointerSize = sizeof(void*); // NOLINT +const int kApiIntSize = sizeof(int); // NOLINT +const int kApiInt64Size = sizeof(int64_t); // NOLINT + +// Tag information for HeapObject. +const int kHeapObjectTag = 1; +const int kHeapObjectTagSize = 2; +const intptr_t kHeapObjectTagMask = (1 << kHeapObjectTagSize) - 1; + +// Tag information for Smi. +const int kSmiTag = 0; +const int kSmiTagSize = 1; +const intptr_t kSmiTagMask = (1 << kSmiTagSize) - 1; + +template <size_t ptr_size> struct SmiTagging; + +template<int kSmiShiftSize> +V8_INLINE internal::Object* IntToSmi(int value) { + int smi_shift_bits = kSmiTagSize + kSmiShiftSize; + uintptr_t tagged_value = + (static_cast<uintptr_t>(value) << smi_shift_bits) | kSmiTag; + return reinterpret_cast<internal::Object*>(tagged_value); +} + +// Smi constants for 32-bit systems. +template <> struct SmiTagging<4> { + enum { kSmiShiftSize = 0, kSmiValueSize = 31 }; + static int SmiShiftSize() { return kSmiShiftSize; } + static int SmiValueSize() { return kSmiValueSize; } + V8_INLINE static int SmiToInt(const internal::Object* value) { + int shift_bits = kSmiTagSize + kSmiShiftSize; + // Throw away top 32 bits and shift down (requires >> to be sign extending). + return static_cast<int>(reinterpret_cast<intptr_t>(value)) >> shift_bits; + } + V8_INLINE static internal::Object* IntToSmi(int value) { + return internal::IntToSmi<kSmiShiftSize>(value); + } + V8_INLINE static bool IsValidSmi(intptr_t value) { + // To be representable as an tagged small integer, the two + // most-significant bits of 'value' must be either 00 or 11 due to + // sign-extension. To check this we add 01 to the two + // most-significant bits, and check if the most-significant bit is 0 + // + // CAUTION: The original code below: + // bool result = ((value + 0x40000000) & 0x80000000) == 0; + // may lead to incorrect results according to the C language spec, and + // in fact doesn't work correctly with gcc4.1.1 in some cases: The + // compiler may produce undefined results in case of signed integer + // overflow. The computation must be done w/ unsigned ints. + return static_cast<uintptr_t>(value + 0x40000000U) < 0x80000000U; + } +}; + +// Smi constants for 64-bit systems. +template <> struct SmiTagging<8> { + enum { kSmiShiftSize = 31, kSmiValueSize = 32 }; + static int SmiShiftSize() { return kSmiShiftSize; } + static int SmiValueSize() { return kSmiValueSize; } + V8_INLINE static int SmiToInt(const internal::Object* value) { + int shift_bits = kSmiTagSize + kSmiShiftSize; + // Shift down and throw away top 32 bits. + return static_cast<int>(reinterpret_cast<intptr_t>(value) >> shift_bits); + } + V8_INLINE static internal::Object* IntToSmi(int value) { + return internal::IntToSmi<kSmiShiftSize>(value); + } + V8_INLINE static bool IsValidSmi(intptr_t value) { + // To be representable as a long smi, the value must be a 32-bit integer. + return (value == static_cast<int32_t>(value)); + } +}; + +typedef SmiTagging<kApiPointerSize> PlatformSmiTagging; +const int kSmiShiftSize = PlatformSmiTagging::kSmiShiftSize; +const int kSmiValueSize = PlatformSmiTagging::kSmiValueSize; +V8_INLINE static bool SmiValuesAre31Bits() { return kSmiValueSize == 31; } +V8_INLINE static bool SmiValuesAre32Bits() { return kSmiValueSize == 32; } + +/** + * This class exports constants and functionality from within v8 that + * is necessary to implement inline functions in the v8 api. Don't + * depend on functions and constants defined here. + */ +class Internals { + public: + // These values match non-compiler-dependent values defined within + // the implementation of v8. + static const int kHeapObjectMapOffset = 0; + static const int kMapInstanceTypeOffset = 1 * kApiPointerSize + kApiIntSize; + static const int kStringResourceOffset = 3 * kApiPointerSize; + + static const int kOddballKindOffset = 4 * kApiPointerSize + sizeof(double); + static const int kForeignAddressOffset = kApiPointerSize; + static const int kJSObjectHeaderSize = 3 * kApiPointerSize; + static const int kFixedArrayHeaderSize = 2 * kApiPointerSize; + static const int kContextHeaderSize = 2 * kApiPointerSize; + static const int kContextEmbedderDataIndex = 5; + static const int kFullStringRepresentationMask = 0x0f; + static const int kStringEncodingMask = 0x8; + static const int kExternalTwoByteRepresentationTag = 0x02; + static const int kExternalOneByteRepresentationTag = 0x0a; + + static const int kIsolateEmbedderDataOffset = 0 * kApiPointerSize; + static const int kExternalMemoryOffset = 4 * kApiPointerSize; + static const int kExternalMemoryLimitOffset = + kExternalMemoryOffset + kApiInt64Size; + static const int kExternalMemoryAtLastMarkCompactOffset = + kExternalMemoryLimitOffset + kApiInt64Size; + static const int kIsolateRootsOffset = kExternalMemoryLimitOffset + + kApiInt64Size + kApiInt64Size + + kApiPointerSize + kApiPointerSize; + static const int kUndefinedValueRootIndex = 4; + static const int kTheHoleValueRootIndex = 5; + static const int kNullValueRootIndex = 6; + static const int kTrueValueRootIndex = 7; + static const int kFalseValueRootIndex = 8; + static const int kEmptyStringRootIndex = 9; + + static const int kNodeClassIdOffset = 1 * kApiPointerSize; + static const int kNodeFlagsOffset = 1 * kApiPointerSize + 3; + static const int kNodeStateMask = 0x7; + static const int kNodeStateIsWeakValue = 2; + static const int kNodeStateIsPendingValue = 3; + static const int kNodeStateIsNearDeathValue = 4; + static const int kNodeIsActiveShift = 4; + + static const int kFirstNonstringType = 0x80; + static const int kOddballType = 0x83; + static const int kForeignType = 0x87; + static const int kJSSpecialApiObjectType = 0x410; + static const int kJSApiObjectType = 0x420; + static const int kJSObjectType = 0x421; + + static const int kUndefinedOddballKind = 5; + static const int kNullOddballKind = 3; + + static const uint32_t kNumIsolateDataSlots = 4; + + V8_EXPORT static void CheckInitializedImpl(v8::Isolate* isolate); + V8_INLINE static void CheckInitialized(v8::Isolate* isolate) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckInitializedImpl(isolate); +#endif + } + + V8_INLINE static bool HasHeapObjectTag(const internal::Object* value) { + return ((reinterpret_cast<intptr_t>(value) & kHeapObjectTagMask) == + kHeapObjectTag); + } + + V8_INLINE static int SmiValue(const internal::Object* value) { + return PlatformSmiTagging::SmiToInt(value); + } + + V8_INLINE static internal::Object* IntToSmi(int value) { + return PlatformSmiTagging::IntToSmi(value); + } + + V8_INLINE static bool IsValidSmi(intptr_t value) { + return PlatformSmiTagging::IsValidSmi(value); + } + + V8_INLINE static int GetInstanceType(const internal::Object* obj) { + typedef internal::Object O; + O* map = ReadField<O*>(obj, kHeapObjectMapOffset); + return ReadField<uint16_t>(map, kMapInstanceTypeOffset); + } + + V8_INLINE static int GetOddballKind(const internal::Object* obj) { + typedef internal::Object O; + return SmiValue(ReadField<O*>(obj, kOddballKindOffset)); + } + + V8_INLINE static bool IsExternalTwoByteString(int instance_type) { + int representation = (instance_type & kFullStringRepresentationMask); + return representation == kExternalTwoByteRepresentationTag; + } + + V8_INLINE static uint8_t GetNodeFlag(internal::Object** obj, int shift) { + uint8_t* addr = reinterpret_cast<uint8_t*>(obj) + kNodeFlagsOffset; + return *addr & static_cast<uint8_t>(1U << shift); + } + + V8_INLINE static void UpdateNodeFlag(internal::Object** obj, + bool value, int shift) { + uint8_t* addr = reinterpret_cast<uint8_t*>(obj) + kNodeFlagsOffset; + uint8_t mask = static_cast<uint8_t>(1U << shift); + *addr = static_cast<uint8_t>((*addr & ~mask) | (value << shift)); + } + + V8_INLINE static uint8_t GetNodeState(internal::Object** obj) { + uint8_t* addr = reinterpret_cast<uint8_t*>(obj) + kNodeFlagsOffset; + return *addr & kNodeStateMask; + } + + V8_INLINE static void UpdateNodeState(internal::Object** obj, + uint8_t value) { + uint8_t* addr = reinterpret_cast<uint8_t*>(obj) + kNodeFlagsOffset; + *addr = static_cast<uint8_t>((*addr & ~kNodeStateMask) | value); + } + + V8_INLINE static void SetEmbedderData(v8::Isolate* isolate, + uint32_t slot, + void* data) { + uint8_t* addr = reinterpret_cast<uint8_t*>(isolate) + + kIsolateEmbedderDataOffset + slot * kApiPointerSize; + *reinterpret_cast<void**>(addr) = data; + } + + V8_INLINE static void* GetEmbedderData(const v8::Isolate* isolate, + uint32_t slot) { + const uint8_t* addr = reinterpret_cast<const uint8_t*>(isolate) + + kIsolateEmbedderDataOffset + slot * kApiPointerSize; + return *reinterpret_cast<void* const*>(addr); + } + + V8_INLINE static internal::Object** GetRoot(v8::Isolate* isolate, + int index) { + uint8_t* addr = reinterpret_cast<uint8_t*>(isolate) + kIsolateRootsOffset; + return reinterpret_cast<internal::Object**>(addr + index * kApiPointerSize); + } + + template <typename T> + V8_INLINE static T ReadField(const internal::Object* ptr, int offset) { + const uint8_t* addr = + reinterpret_cast<const uint8_t*>(ptr) + offset - kHeapObjectTag; + return *reinterpret_cast<const T*>(addr); + } + + template <typename T> + V8_INLINE static T ReadEmbedderData(const v8::Context* context, int index) { + typedef internal::Object O; + typedef internal::Internals I; + O* ctx = *reinterpret_cast<O* const*>(context); + int embedder_data_offset = I::kContextHeaderSize + + (internal::kApiPointerSize * I::kContextEmbedderDataIndex); + O* embedder_data = I::ReadField<O*>(ctx, embedder_data_offset); + int value_offset = + I::kFixedArrayHeaderSize + (internal::kApiPointerSize * index); + return I::ReadField<T>(embedder_data, value_offset); + } +}; + +// Only perform cast check for types derived from v8::Data since +// other types do not implement the Cast method. +template <bool PerformCheck> +struct CastCheck { + template <class T> + static void Perform(T* data); +}; + +template <> +template <class T> +void CastCheck<true>::Perform(T* data) { + T::Cast(data); +} + +template <> +template <class T> +void CastCheck<false>::Perform(T* data) {} + +template <class T> +V8_INLINE void PerformCastCheck(T* data) { + CastCheck<std::is_base_of<Data, T>::value>::Perform(data); +} + +} // namespace internal + + +template <class T> +Local<T> Local<T>::New(Isolate* isolate, Local<T> that) { + return New(isolate, that.val_); +} + +template <class T> +Local<T> Local<T>::New(Isolate* isolate, const PersistentBase<T>& that) { + return New(isolate, that.val_); +} + + +template <class T> +Local<T> Local<T>::New(Isolate* isolate, T* that) { + if (that == NULL) return Local<T>(); + T* that_ptr = that; + internal::Object** p = reinterpret_cast<internal::Object**>(that_ptr); + return Local<T>(reinterpret_cast<T*>(HandleScope::CreateHandle( + reinterpret_cast<internal::Isolate*>(isolate), *p))); +} + + +template<class T> +template<class S> +void Eternal<T>::Set(Isolate* isolate, Local<S> handle) { + TYPE_CHECK(T, S); + val_ = reinterpret_cast<T*>( + V8::Eternalize(isolate, reinterpret_cast<Value*>(*handle))); +} + +template <class T> +Local<T> Eternal<T>::Get(Isolate* isolate) const { + // The eternal handle will never go away, so as with the roots, we don't even + // need to open a handle. + return Local<T>(val_); +} + + +template <class T> +Local<T> MaybeLocal<T>::ToLocalChecked() { + if (V8_UNLIKELY(val_ == nullptr)) V8::ToLocalEmpty(); + return Local<T>(val_); +} + + +template <class T> +void* WeakCallbackInfo<T>::GetInternalField(int index) const { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + if (index < 0 || index >= kEmbedderFieldsInWeakCallback) { + V8::InternalFieldOutOfBounds(index); + } +#endif + return embedder_fields_[index]; +} + + +template <class T> +T* PersistentBase<T>::New(Isolate* isolate, T* that) { + if (that == NULL) return NULL; + internal::Object** p = reinterpret_cast<internal::Object**>(that); + return reinterpret_cast<T*>( + V8::GlobalizeReference(reinterpret_cast<internal::Isolate*>(isolate), + p)); +} + + +template <class T, class M> +template <class S, class M2> +void Persistent<T, M>::Copy(const Persistent<S, M2>& that) { + TYPE_CHECK(T, S); + this->Reset(); + if (that.IsEmpty()) return; + internal::Object** p = reinterpret_cast<internal::Object**>(that.val_); + this->val_ = reinterpret_cast<T*>(V8::CopyPersistent(p)); + M::Copy(that, this); +} + +template <class T> +bool PersistentBase<T>::IsIndependent() const { + return true; +} + +template <class T> +bool PersistentBase<T>::IsNearDeath() const { + typedef internal::Internals I; + if (this->IsEmpty()) return false; + uint8_t node_state = + I::GetNodeState(reinterpret_cast<internal::Object**>(this->val_)); + return node_state == I::kNodeStateIsNearDeathValue || + node_state == I::kNodeStateIsPendingValue; +} + + +template <class T> +bool PersistentBase<T>::IsWeak() const { + typedef internal::Internals I; + if (this->IsEmpty()) return false; + return I::GetNodeState(reinterpret_cast<internal::Object**>(this->val_)) == + I::kNodeStateIsWeakValue; +} + + +template <class T> +void PersistentBase<T>::Reset() { + if (this->IsEmpty()) return; + V8::DisposeGlobal(reinterpret_cast<internal::Object**>(this->val_)); + val_ = 0; +} + + +template <class T> +template <class S> +void PersistentBase<T>::Reset(Isolate* isolate, const Local<S>& other) { + TYPE_CHECK(T, S); + Reset(); + if (other.IsEmpty()) return; + this->val_ = New(isolate, other.val_); +} + + +template <class T> +template <class S> +void PersistentBase<T>::Reset(Isolate* isolate, + const PersistentBase<S>& other) { + TYPE_CHECK(T, S); + Reset(); + if (other.IsEmpty()) return; + this->val_ = New(isolate, other.val_); +} + + +template <class T> +template <typename P> +V8_INLINE void PersistentBase<T>::SetWeak( + P* parameter, typename WeakCallbackInfo<P>::Callback callback, + WeakCallbackType type) { + typedef typename WeakCallbackInfo<void>::Callback Callback; + V8::MakeWeak(reinterpret_cast<internal::Object**>(this->val_), parameter, + reinterpret_cast<Callback>(callback), type); +} + +template <class T> +void PersistentBase<T>::SetWeak() { + V8::MakeWeak(reinterpret_cast<internal::Object***>(&this->val_)); +} + +template <class T> +template <typename P> +P* PersistentBase<T>::ClearWeak() { + return reinterpret_cast<P*>( + V8::ClearWeak(reinterpret_cast<internal::Object**>(this->val_))); +} + +template <class T> +void PersistentBase<T>::RegisterExternalReference(Isolate* isolate) const { + if (IsEmpty()) return; + V8::RegisterExternallyReferencedObject( + reinterpret_cast<internal::Object**>(this->val_), + reinterpret_cast<internal::Isolate*>(isolate)); +} + +template <class T> +void PersistentBase<T>::MarkIndependent() {} + +template <class T> +void PersistentBase<T>::MarkActive() { + typedef internal::Internals I; + if (this->IsEmpty()) return; + I::UpdateNodeFlag(reinterpret_cast<internal::Object**>(this->val_), true, + I::kNodeIsActiveShift); +} + + +template <class T> +void PersistentBase<T>::SetWrapperClassId(uint16_t class_id) { + typedef internal::Internals I; + if (this->IsEmpty()) return; + internal::Object** obj = reinterpret_cast<internal::Object**>(this->val_); + uint8_t* addr = reinterpret_cast<uint8_t*>(obj) + I::kNodeClassIdOffset; + *reinterpret_cast<uint16_t*>(addr) = class_id; +} + + +template <class T> +uint16_t PersistentBase<T>::WrapperClassId() const { + typedef internal::Internals I; + if (this->IsEmpty()) return 0; + internal::Object** obj = reinterpret_cast<internal::Object**>(this->val_); + uint8_t* addr = reinterpret_cast<uint8_t*>(obj) + I::kNodeClassIdOffset; + return *reinterpret_cast<uint16_t*>(addr); +} + + +template<typename T> +ReturnValue<T>::ReturnValue(internal::Object** slot) : value_(slot) {} + +template<typename T> +template<typename S> +void ReturnValue<T>::Set(const Persistent<S>& handle) { + TYPE_CHECK(T, S); + if (V8_UNLIKELY(handle.IsEmpty())) { + *value_ = GetDefaultValue(); + } else { + *value_ = *reinterpret_cast<internal::Object**>(*handle); + } +} + +template <typename T> +template <typename S> +void ReturnValue<T>::Set(const Global<S>& handle) { + TYPE_CHECK(T, S); + if (V8_UNLIKELY(handle.IsEmpty())) { + *value_ = GetDefaultValue(); + } else { + *value_ = *reinterpret_cast<internal::Object**>(*handle); + } +} + +template <typename T> +template <typename S> +void ReturnValue<T>::Set(const Local<S> handle) { + TYPE_CHECK(T, S); + if (V8_UNLIKELY(handle.IsEmpty())) { + *value_ = GetDefaultValue(); + } else { + *value_ = *reinterpret_cast<internal::Object**>(*handle); + } +} + +template<typename T> +void ReturnValue<T>::Set(double i) { + TYPE_CHECK(T, Number); + Set(Number::New(GetIsolate(), i)); +} + +template<typename T> +void ReturnValue<T>::Set(int32_t i) { + TYPE_CHECK(T, Integer); + typedef internal::Internals I; + if (V8_LIKELY(I::IsValidSmi(i))) { + *value_ = I::IntToSmi(i); + return; + } + Set(Integer::New(GetIsolate(), i)); +} + +template<typename T> +void ReturnValue<T>::Set(uint32_t i) { + TYPE_CHECK(T, Integer); + // Can't simply use INT32_MAX here for whatever reason. + bool fits_into_int32_t = (i & (1U << 31)) == 0; + if (V8_LIKELY(fits_into_int32_t)) { + Set(static_cast<int32_t>(i)); + return; + } + Set(Integer::NewFromUnsigned(GetIsolate(), i)); +} + +template<typename T> +void ReturnValue<T>::Set(bool value) { + TYPE_CHECK(T, Boolean); + typedef internal::Internals I; + int root_index; + if (value) { + root_index = I::kTrueValueRootIndex; + } else { + root_index = I::kFalseValueRootIndex; + } + *value_ = *I::GetRoot(GetIsolate(), root_index); +} + +template<typename T> +void ReturnValue<T>::SetNull() { + TYPE_CHECK(T, Primitive); + typedef internal::Internals I; + *value_ = *I::GetRoot(GetIsolate(), I::kNullValueRootIndex); +} + +template<typename T> +void ReturnValue<T>::SetUndefined() { + TYPE_CHECK(T, Primitive); + typedef internal::Internals I; + *value_ = *I::GetRoot(GetIsolate(), I::kUndefinedValueRootIndex); +} + +template<typename T> +void ReturnValue<T>::SetEmptyString() { + TYPE_CHECK(T, String); + typedef internal::Internals I; + *value_ = *I::GetRoot(GetIsolate(), I::kEmptyStringRootIndex); +} + +template <typename T> +Isolate* ReturnValue<T>::GetIsolate() const { + // Isolate is always the pointer below the default value on the stack. + return *reinterpret_cast<Isolate**>(&value_[-2]); +} + +template <typename T> +Local<Value> ReturnValue<T>::Get() const { + typedef internal::Internals I; + if (*value_ == *I::GetRoot(GetIsolate(), I::kTheHoleValueRootIndex)) + return Local<Value>(*Undefined(GetIsolate())); + return Local<Value>::New(GetIsolate(), reinterpret_cast<Value*>(value_)); +} + +template <typename T> +template <typename S> +void ReturnValue<T>::Set(S* whatever) { + // Uncompilable to prevent inadvertent misuse. + TYPE_CHECK(S*, Primitive); +} + +template<typename T> +internal::Object* ReturnValue<T>::GetDefaultValue() { + // Default value is always the pointer below value_ on the stack. + return value_[-1]; +} + +template <typename T> +FunctionCallbackInfo<T>::FunctionCallbackInfo(internal::Object** implicit_args, + internal::Object** values, + int length) + : implicit_args_(implicit_args), values_(values), length_(length) {} + +template<typename T> +Local<Value> FunctionCallbackInfo<T>::operator[](int i) const { + if (i < 0 || length_ <= i) return Local<Value>(*Undefined(GetIsolate())); + return Local<Value>(reinterpret_cast<Value*>(values_ - i)); +} + + +template<typename T> +Local<Object> FunctionCallbackInfo<T>::This() const { + return Local<Object>(reinterpret_cast<Object*>(values_ + 1)); +} + + +template<typename T> +Local<Object> FunctionCallbackInfo<T>::Holder() const { + return Local<Object>(reinterpret_cast<Object*>( + &implicit_args_[kHolderIndex])); +} + +template <typename T> +Local<Value> FunctionCallbackInfo<T>::NewTarget() const { + return Local<Value>( + reinterpret_cast<Value*>(&implicit_args_[kNewTargetIndex])); +} + +template <typename T> +Local<Value> FunctionCallbackInfo<T>::Data() const { + return Local<Value>(reinterpret_cast<Value*>(&implicit_args_[kDataIndex])); +} + + +template<typename T> +Isolate* FunctionCallbackInfo<T>::GetIsolate() const { + return *reinterpret_cast<Isolate**>(&implicit_args_[kIsolateIndex]); +} + + +template<typename T> +ReturnValue<T> FunctionCallbackInfo<T>::GetReturnValue() const { + return ReturnValue<T>(&implicit_args_[kReturnValueIndex]); +} + + +template<typename T> +bool FunctionCallbackInfo<T>::IsConstructCall() const { + return !NewTarget()->IsUndefined(); +} + + +template<typename T> +int FunctionCallbackInfo<T>::Length() const { + return length_; +} + +ScriptOrigin::ScriptOrigin(Local<Value> resource_name, + Local<Integer> resource_line_offset, + Local<Integer> resource_column_offset, + Local<Boolean> resource_is_shared_cross_origin, + Local<Integer> script_id, + Local<Value> source_map_url, + Local<Boolean> resource_is_opaque, + Local<Boolean> is_wasm, Local<Boolean> is_module, + Local<PrimitiveArray> host_defined_options) + : resource_name_(resource_name), + resource_line_offset_(resource_line_offset), + resource_column_offset_(resource_column_offset), + options_(!resource_is_shared_cross_origin.IsEmpty() && + resource_is_shared_cross_origin->IsTrue(), + !resource_is_opaque.IsEmpty() && resource_is_opaque->IsTrue(), + !is_wasm.IsEmpty() && is_wasm->IsTrue(), + !is_module.IsEmpty() && is_module->IsTrue()), + script_id_(script_id), + source_map_url_(source_map_url), + host_defined_options_(host_defined_options) {} + +Local<Value> ScriptOrigin::ResourceName() const { return resource_name_; } + +Local<PrimitiveArray> ScriptOrigin::HostDefinedOptions() const { + return host_defined_options_; +} + +Local<Integer> ScriptOrigin::ResourceLineOffset() const { + return resource_line_offset_; +} + + +Local<Integer> ScriptOrigin::ResourceColumnOffset() const { + return resource_column_offset_; +} + + +Local<Integer> ScriptOrigin::ScriptID() const { return script_id_; } + + +Local<Value> ScriptOrigin::SourceMapUrl() const { return source_map_url_; } + +ScriptCompiler::Source::Source(Local<String> string, const ScriptOrigin& origin, + CachedData* data) + : source_string(string), + resource_name(origin.ResourceName()), + resource_line_offset(origin.ResourceLineOffset()), + resource_column_offset(origin.ResourceColumnOffset()), + resource_options(origin.Options()), + source_map_url(origin.SourceMapUrl()), + host_defined_options(origin.HostDefinedOptions()), + cached_data(data) {} + +ScriptCompiler::Source::Source(Local<String> string, + CachedData* data) + : source_string(string), cached_data(data) {} + + +ScriptCompiler::Source::~Source() { + delete cached_data; +} + + +const ScriptCompiler::CachedData* ScriptCompiler::Source::GetCachedData() + const { + return cached_data; +} + +const ScriptOriginOptions& ScriptCompiler::Source::GetResourceOptions() const { + return resource_options; +} + +Local<Boolean> Boolean::New(Isolate* isolate, bool value) { + return value ? True(isolate) : False(isolate); +} + +void Template::Set(Isolate* isolate, const char* name, Local<Data> value) { + Set(String::NewFromUtf8(isolate, name, NewStringType::kInternalized) + .ToLocalChecked(), + value); +} + +FunctionTemplate* FunctionTemplate::Cast(Data* data) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckCast(data); +#endif + return reinterpret_cast<FunctionTemplate*>(data); +} + +ObjectTemplate* ObjectTemplate::Cast(Data* data) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckCast(data); +#endif + return reinterpret_cast<ObjectTemplate*>(data); +} + +Signature* Signature::Cast(Data* data) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckCast(data); +#endif + return reinterpret_cast<Signature*>(data); +} + +AccessorSignature* AccessorSignature::Cast(Data* data) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckCast(data); +#endif + return reinterpret_cast<AccessorSignature*>(data); +} + +Local<Value> Object::GetInternalField(int index) { +#ifndef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + typedef internal::Object O; + typedef internal::HeapObject HO; + typedef internal::Internals I; + O* obj = *reinterpret_cast<O**>(this); + // Fast path: If the object is a plain JSObject, which is the common case, we + // know where to find the internal fields and can return the value directly. + auto instance_type = I::GetInstanceType(obj); + if (instance_type == I::kJSObjectType || + instance_type == I::kJSApiObjectType || + instance_type == I::kJSSpecialApiObjectType) { + int offset = I::kJSObjectHeaderSize + (internal::kApiPointerSize * index); + O* value = I::ReadField<O*>(obj, offset); + O** result = HandleScope::CreateHandle(reinterpret_cast<HO*>(obj), value); + return Local<Value>(reinterpret_cast<Value*>(result)); + } +#endif + return SlowGetInternalField(index); +} + + +void* Object::GetAlignedPointerFromInternalField(int index) { +#ifndef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + typedef internal::Object O; + typedef internal::Internals I; + O* obj = *reinterpret_cast<O**>(this); + // Fast path: If the object is a plain JSObject, which is the common case, we + // know where to find the internal fields and can return the value directly. + auto instance_type = I::GetInstanceType(obj); + if (V8_LIKELY(instance_type == I::kJSObjectType || + instance_type == I::kJSApiObjectType || + instance_type == I::kJSSpecialApiObjectType)) { + int offset = I::kJSObjectHeaderSize + (internal::kApiPointerSize * index); + return I::ReadField<void*>(obj, offset); + } +#endif + return SlowGetAlignedPointerFromInternalField(index); +} + +String* String::Cast(v8::Value* value) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckCast(value); +#endif + return static_cast<String*>(value); +} + + +Local<String> String::Empty(Isolate* isolate) { + typedef internal::Object* S; + typedef internal::Internals I; + I::CheckInitialized(isolate); + S* slot = I::GetRoot(isolate, I::kEmptyStringRootIndex); + return Local<String>(reinterpret_cast<String*>(slot)); +} + + +String::ExternalStringResource* String::GetExternalStringResource() const { + typedef internal::Object O; + typedef internal::Internals I; + O* obj = *reinterpret_cast<O* const*>(this); + String::ExternalStringResource* result; + if (I::IsExternalTwoByteString(I::GetInstanceType(obj))) { + void* value = I::ReadField<void*>(obj, I::kStringResourceOffset); + result = reinterpret_cast<String::ExternalStringResource*>(value); + } else { + result = NULL; + } +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + VerifyExternalStringResource(result); +#endif + return result; +} + + +String::ExternalStringResourceBase* String::GetExternalStringResourceBase( + String::Encoding* encoding_out) const { + typedef internal::Object O; + typedef internal::Internals I; + O* obj = *reinterpret_cast<O* const*>(this); + int type = I::GetInstanceType(obj) & I::kFullStringRepresentationMask; + *encoding_out = static_cast<Encoding>(type & I::kStringEncodingMask); + ExternalStringResourceBase* resource = NULL; + if (type == I::kExternalOneByteRepresentationTag || + type == I::kExternalTwoByteRepresentationTag) { + void* value = I::ReadField<void*>(obj, I::kStringResourceOffset); + resource = static_cast<ExternalStringResourceBase*>(value); + } +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + VerifyExternalStringResourceBase(resource, *encoding_out); +#endif + return resource; +} + + +bool Value::IsUndefined() const { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + return FullIsUndefined(); +#else + return QuickIsUndefined(); +#endif +} + +bool Value::QuickIsUndefined() const { + typedef internal::Object O; + typedef internal::Internals I; + O* obj = *reinterpret_cast<O* const*>(this); + if (!I::HasHeapObjectTag(obj)) return false; + if (I::GetInstanceType(obj) != I::kOddballType) return false; + return (I::GetOddballKind(obj) == I::kUndefinedOddballKind); +} + + +bool Value::IsNull() const { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + return FullIsNull(); +#else + return QuickIsNull(); +#endif +} + +bool Value::QuickIsNull() const { + typedef internal::Object O; + typedef internal::Internals I; + O* obj = *reinterpret_cast<O* const*>(this); + if (!I::HasHeapObjectTag(obj)) return false; + if (I::GetInstanceType(obj) != I::kOddballType) return false; + return (I::GetOddballKind(obj) == I::kNullOddballKind); +} + +bool Value::IsNullOrUndefined() const { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + return FullIsNull() || FullIsUndefined(); +#else + return QuickIsNullOrUndefined(); +#endif +} + +bool Value::QuickIsNullOrUndefined() const { + typedef internal::Object O; + typedef internal::Internals I; + O* obj = *reinterpret_cast<O* const*>(this); + if (!I::HasHeapObjectTag(obj)) return false; + if (I::GetInstanceType(obj) != I::kOddballType) return false; + int kind = I::GetOddballKind(obj); + return kind == I::kNullOddballKind || kind == I::kUndefinedOddballKind; +} + +bool Value::IsString() const { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + return FullIsString(); +#else + return QuickIsString(); +#endif +} + +bool Value::QuickIsString() const { + typedef internal::Object O; + typedef internal::Internals I; + O* obj = *reinterpret_cast<O* const*>(this); + if (!I::HasHeapObjectTag(obj)) return false; + return (I::GetInstanceType(obj) < I::kFirstNonstringType); +} + + +template <class T> Value* Value::Cast(T* value) { + return static_cast<Value*>(value); +} + + +Local<Boolean> Value::ToBoolean() const { + return ToBoolean(Isolate::GetCurrent()->GetCurrentContext()) + .FromMaybe(Local<Boolean>()); +} + + +Local<String> Value::ToString() const { + return ToString(Isolate::GetCurrent()->GetCurrentContext()) + .FromMaybe(Local<String>()); +} + + +Local<Object> Value::ToObject() const { + return ToObject(Isolate::GetCurrent()->GetCurrentContext()) + .FromMaybe(Local<Object>()); +} + + +Local<Integer> Value::ToInteger() const { + return ToInteger(Isolate::GetCurrent()->GetCurrentContext()) + .FromMaybe(Local<Integer>()); +} + + +Boolean* Boolean::Cast(v8::Value* value) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckCast(value); +#endif + return static_cast<Boolean*>(value); +} + + +Name* Name::Cast(v8::Value* value) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckCast(value); +#endif + return static_cast<Name*>(value); +} + + +Symbol* Symbol::Cast(v8::Value* value) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckCast(value); +#endif + return static_cast<Symbol*>(value); +} + + +Private* Private::Cast(Data* data) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckCast(data); +#endif + return reinterpret_cast<Private*>(data); +} + + +Number* Number::Cast(v8::Value* value) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckCast(value); +#endif + return static_cast<Number*>(value); +} + + +Integer* Integer::Cast(v8::Value* value) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckCast(value); +#endif + return static_cast<Integer*>(value); +} + + +Int32* Int32::Cast(v8::Value* value) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckCast(value); +#endif + return static_cast<Int32*>(value); +} + + +Uint32* Uint32::Cast(v8::Value* value) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckCast(value); +#endif + return static_cast<Uint32*>(value); +} + + +Date* Date::Cast(v8::Value* value) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckCast(value); +#endif + return static_cast<Date*>(value); +} + + +StringObject* StringObject::Cast(v8::Value* value) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckCast(value); +#endif + return static_cast<StringObject*>(value); +} + + +SymbolObject* SymbolObject::Cast(v8::Value* value) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckCast(value); +#endif + return static_cast<SymbolObject*>(value); +} + + +NumberObject* NumberObject::Cast(v8::Value* value) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckCast(value); +#endif + return static_cast<NumberObject*>(value); +} + + +BooleanObject* BooleanObject::Cast(v8::Value* value) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckCast(value); +#endif + return static_cast<BooleanObject*>(value); +} + + +RegExp* RegExp::Cast(v8::Value* value) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckCast(value); +#endif + return static_cast<RegExp*>(value); +} + + +Object* Object::Cast(v8::Value* value) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckCast(value); +#endif + return static_cast<Object*>(value); +} + + +Array* Array::Cast(v8::Value* value) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckCast(value); +#endif + return static_cast<Array*>(value); +} + + +Map* Map::Cast(v8::Value* value) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckCast(value); +#endif + return static_cast<Map*>(value); +} + + +Set* Set::Cast(v8::Value* value) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckCast(value); +#endif + return static_cast<Set*>(value); +} + + +Promise* Promise::Cast(v8::Value* value) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckCast(value); +#endif + return static_cast<Promise*>(value); +} + + +Proxy* Proxy::Cast(v8::Value* value) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckCast(value); +#endif + return static_cast<Proxy*>(value); +} + +WasmCompiledModule* WasmCompiledModule::Cast(v8::Value* value) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckCast(value); +#endif + return static_cast<WasmCompiledModule*>(value); +} + +Promise::Resolver* Promise::Resolver::Cast(v8::Value* value) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckCast(value); +#endif + return static_cast<Promise::Resolver*>(value); +} + + +ArrayBuffer* ArrayBuffer::Cast(v8::Value* value) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckCast(value); +#endif + return static_cast<ArrayBuffer*>(value); +} + + +ArrayBufferView* ArrayBufferView::Cast(v8::Value* value) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckCast(value); +#endif + return static_cast<ArrayBufferView*>(value); +} + + +TypedArray* TypedArray::Cast(v8::Value* value) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckCast(value); +#endif + return static_cast<TypedArray*>(value); +} + + +Uint8Array* Uint8Array::Cast(v8::Value* value) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckCast(value); +#endif + return static_cast<Uint8Array*>(value); +} + + +Int8Array* Int8Array::Cast(v8::Value* value) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckCast(value); +#endif + return static_cast<Int8Array*>(value); +} + + +Uint16Array* Uint16Array::Cast(v8::Value* value) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckCast(value); +#endif + return static_cast<Uint16Array*>(value); +} + + +Int16Array* Int16Array::Cast(v8::Value* value) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckCast(value); +#endif + return static_cast<Int16Array*>(value); +} + + +Uint32Array* Uint32Array::Cast(v8::Value* value) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckCast(value); +#endif + return static_cast<Uint32Array*>(value); +} + + +Int32Array* Int32Array::Cast(v8::Value* value) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckCast(value); +#endif + return static_cast<Int32Array*>(value); +} + + +Float32Array* Float32Array::Cast(v8::Value* value) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckCast(value); +#endif + return static_cast<Float32Array*>(value); +} + + +Float64Array* Float64Array::Cast(v8::Value* value) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckCast(value); +#endif + return static_cast<Float64Array*>(value); +} + + +Uint8ClampedArray* Uint8ClampedArray::Cast(v8::Value* value) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckCast(value); +#endif + return static_cast<Uint8ClampedArray*>(value); +} + + +DataView* DataView::Cast(v8::Value* value) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckCast(value); +#endif + return static_cast<DataView*>(value); +} + + +SharedArrayBuffer* SharedArrayBuffer::Cast(v8::Value* value) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckCast(value); +#endif + return static_cast<SharedArrayBuffer*>(value); +} + + +Function* Function::Cast(v8::Value* value) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckCast(value); +#endif + return static_cast<Function*>(value); +} + + +External* External::Cast(v8::Value* value) { +#ifdef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + CheckCast(value); +#endif + return static_cast<External*>(value); +} + + +template<typename T> +Isolate* PropertyCallbackInfo<T>::GetIsolate() const { + return *reinterpret_cast<Isolate**>(&args_[kIsolateIndex]); +} + + +template<typename T> +Local<Value> PropertyCallbackInfo<T>::Data() const { + return Local<Value>(reinterpret_cast<Value*>(&args_[kDataIndex])); +} + + +template<typename T> +Local<Object> PropertyCallbackInfo<T>::This() const { + return Local<Object>(reinterpret_cast<Object*>(&args_[kThisIndex])); +} + + +template<typename T> +Local<Object> PropertyCallbackInfo<T>::Holder() const { + return Local<Object>(reinterpret_cast<Object*>(&args_[kHolderIndex])); +} + + +template<typename T> +ReturnValue<T> PropertyCallbackInfo<T>::GetReturnValue() const { + return ReturnValue<T>(&args_[kReturnValueIndex]); +} + +template <typename T> +bool PropertyCallbackInfo<T>::ShouldThrowOnError() const { + typedef internal::Internals I; + return args_[kShouldThrowOnErrorIndex] != I::IntToSmi(0); +} + + +Local<Primitive> Undefined(Isolate* isolate) { + typedef internal::Object* S; + typedef internal::Internals I; + I::CheckInitialized(isolate); + S* slot = I::GetRoot(isolate, I::kUndefinedValueRootIndex); + return Local<Primitive>(reinterpret_cast<Primitive*>(slot)); +} + + +Local<Primitive> Null(Isolate* isolate) { + typedef internal::Object* S; + typedef internal::Internals I; + I::CheckInitialized(isolate); + S* slot = I::GetRoot(isolate, I::kNullValueRootIndex); + return Local<Primitive>(reinterpret_cast<Primitive*>(slot)); +} + + +Local<Boolean> True(Isolate* isolate) { + typedef internal::Object* S; + typedef internal::Internals I; + I::CheckInitialized(isolate); + S* slot = I::GetRoot(isolate, I::kTrueValueRootIndex); + return Local<Boolean>(reinterpret_cast<Boolean*>(slot)); +} + + +Local<Boolean> False(Isolate* isolate) { + typedef internal::Object* S; + typedef internal::Internals I; + I::CheckInitialized(isolate); + S* slot = I::GetRoot(isolate, I::kFalseValueRootIndex); + return Local<Boolean>(reinterpret_cast<Boolean*>(slot)); +} + + +void Isolate::SetData(uint32_t slot, void* data) { + typedef internal::Internals I; + I::SetEmbedderData(this, slot, data); +} + + +void* Isolate::GetData(uint32_t slot) { + typedef internal::Internals I; + return I::GetEmbedderData(this, slot); +} + + +uint32_t Isolate::GetNumberOfDataSlots() { + typedef internal::Internals I; + return I::kNumIsolateDataSlots; +} + +template <class T> +MaybeLocal<T> Isolate::GetDataFromSnapshotOnce(size_t index) { + T* data = reinterpret_cast<T*>(GetDataFromSnapshotOnce(index)); + if (data) internal::PerformCastCheck(data); + return Local<T>(data); +} + +int64_t Isolate::AdjustAmountOfExternalAllocatedMemory( + int64_t change_in_bytes) { + typedef internal::Internals I; + const int64_t kMemoryReducerActivationLimit = 32 * 1024 * 1024; + int64_t* external_memory = reinterpret_cast<int64_t*>( + reinterpret_cast<uint8_t*>(this) + I::kExternalMemoryOffset); + int64_t* external_memory_limit = reinterpret_cast<int64_t*>( + reinterpret_cast<uint8_t*>(this) + I::kExternalMemoryLimitOffset); + int64_t* external_memory_at_last_mc = + reinterpret_cast<int64_t*>(reinterpret_cast<uint8_t*>(this) + + I::kExternalMemoryAtLastMarkCompactOffset); + const int64_t amount = *external_memory + change_in_bytes; + + *external_memory = amount; + + int64_t allocation_diff_since_last_mc = + *external_memory_at_last_mc - *external_memory; + allocation_diff_since_last_mc = allocation_diff_since_last_mc < 0 + ? -allocation_diff_since_last_mc + : allocation_diff_since_last_mc; + if (allocation_diff_since_last_mc > kMemoryReducerActivationLimit) { + CheckMemoryPressure(); + } + + if (change_in_bytes < 0) { + *external_memory_limit += change_in_bytes; + } + + if (change_in_bytes > 0 && amount > *external_memory_limit) { + ReportExternalAllocationLimitReached(); + } + return *external_memory; +} + +Local<Value> Context::GetEmbedderData(int index) { +#ifndef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + typedef internal::Object O; + typedef internal::HeapObject HO; + typedef internal::Internals I; + HO* context = *reinterpret_cast<HO**>(this); + O** result = + HandleScope::CreateHandle(context, I::ReadEmbedderData<O*>(this, index)); + return Local<Value>(reinterpret_cast<Value*>(result)); +#else + return SlowGetEmbedderData(index); +#endif +} + + +void* Context::GetAlignedPointerFromEmbedderData(int index) { +#ifndef V8_ENABLE_CHECKS + typedef internal::Internals I; + return I::ReadEmbedderData<void*>(this, index); +#else + return SlowGetAlignedPointerFromEmbedderData(index); +#endif +} + +template <class T> +MaybeLocal<T> Context::GetDataFromSnapshotOnce(size_t index) { + T* data = reinterpret_cast<T*>(GetDataFromSnapshotOnce(index)); + if (data) internal::PerformCastCheck(data); + return Local<T>(data); +} + +template <class T> +size_t SnapshotCreator::AddData(Local<Context> context, Local<T> object) { + T* object_ptr = *object; + internal::Object** p = reinterpret_cast<internal::Object**>(object_ptr); + return AddData(context, *p); +} + +template <class T> +size_t SnapshotCreator::AddData(Local<T> object) { + T* object_ptr = *object; + internal::Object** p = reinterpret_cast<internal::Object**>(object_ptr); + return AddData(*p); +} + +/** + * \example shell.cc + * A simple shell that takes a list of expressions on the + * command-line and executes them. + */ + + +/** + * \example process.cc + */ + + +} // namespace v8 + + +#undef TYPE_CHECK + + +#endif // INCLUDE_V8_H_ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/v8config.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/v8config.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..69cf3b78 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/v8config.h @@ -0,0 +1,417 @@ +// Copyright 2013 the V8 project authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license that can be +// found in the LICENSE file. + +#ifndef V8CONFIG_H_ +#define V8CONFIG_H_ + +// clang-format off + +// Platform headers for feature detection below. +#if defined(__ANDROID__) +# include <sys/cdefs.h> +#elif defined(__APPLE__) +# include <TargetConditionals.h> +#elif defined(__linux__) +# include <features.h> +#endif + + +// This macro allows to test for the version of the GNU C library (or +// a compatible C library that masquerades as glibc). It evaluates to +// 0 if libc is not GNU libc or compatible. +// Use like: +// #if V8_GLIBC_PREREQ(2, 3) +// ... +// #endif +#if defined(__GLIBC__) && defined(__GLIBC_MINOR__) +# define V8_GLIBC_PREREQ(major, minor) \ + ((__GLIBC__ * 100 + __GLIBC_MINOR__) >= ((major) * 100 + (minor))) +#else +# define V8_GLIBC_PREREQ(major, minor) 0 +#endif + + +// This macro allows to test for the version of the GNU C++ compiler. +// Note that this also applies to compilers that masquerade as GCC, +// for example clang and the Intel C++ compiler for Linux. +// Use like: +// #if V8_GNUC_PREREQ(4, 3, 1) +// ... +// #endif +#if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__GNUC_MINOR__) && defined(__GNUC_PATCHLEVEL__) +# define V8_GNUC_PREREQ(major, minor, patchlevel) \ + ((__GNUC__ * 10000 + __GNUC_MINOR__ * 100 + __GNUC_PATCHLEVEL__) >= \ + ((major) * 10000 + (minor) * 100 + (patchlevel))) +#elif defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__GNUC_MINOR__) +# define V8_GNUC_PREREQ(major, minor, patchlevel) \ + ((__GNUC__ * 10000 + __GNUC_MINOR__ * 100) >= \ + ((major) * 10000 + (minor) * 100 + (patchlevel))) +#else +# define V8_GNUC_PREREQ(major, minor, patchlevel) 0 +#endif + + + +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Operating system detection +// +// V8_OS_ANDROID - Android +// V8_OS_BSD - BSDish (Mac OS X, Net/Free/Open/DragonFlyBSD) +// V8_OS_CYGWIN - Cygwin +// V8_OS_DRAGONFLYBSD - DragonFlyBSD +// V8_OS_FREEBSD - FreeBSD +// V8_OS_FUCHSIA - Fuchsia +// V8_OS_LINUX - Linux +// V8_OS_MACOSX - Mac OS X +// V8_OS_NETBSD - NetBSD +// V8_OS_OPENBSD - OpenBSD +// V8_OS_POSIX - POSIX compatible (mostly everything except Windows) +// V8_OS_QNX - QNX Neutrino +// V8_OS_SOLARIS - Sun Solaris and OpenSolaris +// V8_OS_AIX - AIX +// V8_OS_WIN - Microsoft Windows + +#if defined(__ANDROID__) +# define V8_OS_ANDROID 1 +# define V8_OS_LINUX 1 +# define V8_OS_POSIX 1 +#elif defined(__APPLE__) +# define V8_OS_BSD 1 +# define V8_OS_MACOSX 1 +# define V8_OS_POSIX 1 +#elif defined(__CYGWIN__) +# define V8_OS_CYGWIN 1 +# define V8_OS_POSIX 1 +#elif defined(__linux__) +# define V8_OS_LINUX 1 +# define V8_OS_POSIX 1 +#elif defined(__sun) +# define V8_OS_POSIX 1 +# define V8_OS_SOLARIS 1 +#elif defined(_AIX) +#define V8_OS_POSIX 1 +#define V8_OS_AIX 1 +#elif defined(__FreeBSD__) +# define V8_OS_BSD 1 +# define V8_OS_FREEBSD 1 +# define V8_OS_POSIX 1 +#elif defined(__Fuchsia__) +# define V8_OS_FUCHSIA 1 +# define V8_OS_POSIX 1 +#elif defined(__DragonFly__) +# define V8_OS_BSD 1 +# define V8_OS_DRAGONFLYBSD 1 +# define V8_OS_POSIX 1 +#elif defined(__NetBSD__) +# define V8_OS_BSD 1 +# define V8_OS_NETBSD 1 +# define V8_OS_POSIX 1 +#elif defined(__OpenBSD__) +# define V8_OS_BSD 1 +# define V8_OS_OPENBSD 1 +# define V8_OS_POSIX 1 +#elif defined(__QNXNTO__) +# define V8_OS_POSIX 1 +# define V8_OS_QNX 1 +#elif defined(_WIN32) +# define V8_OS_WIN 1 +#endif + + +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// C library detection +// +// V8_LIBC_MSVCRT - MSVC libc +// V8_LIBC_BIONIC - Bionic libc +// V8_LIBC_BSD - BSD libc derivate +// V8_LIBC_GLIBC - GNU C library +// V8_LIBC_UCLIBC - uClibc +// +// Note that testing for libc must be done using #if not #ifdef. For example, +// to test for the GNU C library, use: +// #if V8_LIBC_GLIBC +// ... +// #endif + +#if defined (_MSC_VER) +# define V8_LIBC_MSVCRT 1 +#elif defined(__BIONIC__) +# define V8_LIBC_BIONIC 1 +# define V8_LIBC_BSD 1 +#elif defined(__UCLIBC__) +// Must test for UCLIBC before GLIBC, as UCLIBC pretends to be GLIBC. +# define V8_LIBC_UCLIBC 1 +#elif defined(__GLIBC__) || defined(__GNU_LIBRARY__) +# define V8_LIBC_GLIBC 1 +#else +# define V8_LIBC_BSD V8_OS_BSD +#endif + + +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Compiler detection +// +// V8_CC_GNU - GCC, or clang in gcc mode +// V8_CC_INTEL - Intel C++ +// V8_CC_MINGW - Minimalist GNU for Windows +// V8_CC_MINGW32 - Minimalist GNU for Windows (mingw32) +// V8_CC_MINGW64 - Minimalist GNU for Windows (mingw-w64) +// V8_CC_MSVC - Microsoft Visual C/C++, or clang in cl.exe mode +// +// C++11 feature detection +// +// V8_HAS_CXX11_ALIGNAS - alignas specifier supported +// V8_HAS_CXX11_ALIGNOF - alignof(type) operator supported +// +// Compiler-specific feature detection +// +// V8_HAS___ALIGNOF - __alignof(type) operator supported +// V8_HAS___ALIGNOF__ - __alignof__(type) operator supported +// V8_HAS_ATTRIBUTE_ALIGNED - __attribute__((aligned(n))) supported +// V8_HAS_ATTRIBUTE_ALWAYS_INLINE - __attribute__((always_inline)) +// supported +// V8_HAS_ATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED - __attribute__((deprecated)) supported +// V8_HAS_ATTRIBUTE_NOINLINE - __attribute__((noinline)) supported +// V8_HAS_ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED - __attribute__((unused)) supported +// V8_HAS_ATTRIBUTE_VISIBILITY - __attribute__((visibility)) supported +// V8_HAS_ATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT - __attribute__((warn_unused_result)) +// supported +// V8_HAS_BUILTIN_CLZ - __builtin_clz() supported +// V8_HAS_BUILTIN_CTZ - __builtin_ctz() supported +// V8_HAS_BUILTIN_EXPECT - __builtin_expect() supported +// V8_HAS_BUILTIN_FRAME_ADDRESS - __builtin_frame_address() supported +// V8_HAS_BUILTIN_POPCOUNT - __builtin_popcount() supported +// V8_HAS_BUILTIN_SADD_OVERFLOW - __builtin_sadd_overflow() supported +// V8_HAS_BUILTIN_SSUB_OVERFLOW - __builtin_ssub_overflow() supported +// V8_HAS_BUILTIN_UADD_OVERFLOW - __builtin_uadd_overflow() supported +// V8_HAS_DECLSPEC_ALIGN - __declspec(align(n)) supported +// V8_HAS_DECLSPEC_DEPRECATED - __declspec(deprecated) supported +// V8_HAS_DECLSPEC_NOINLINE - __declspec(noinline) supported +// V8_HAS_DECLSPEC_SELECTANY - __declspec(selectany) supported +// V8_HAS_DECLSPEC_NORETURN - __declspec(noreturn) supported +// V8_HAS___FORCEINLINE - __forceinline supported +// +// Note that testing for compilers and/or features must be done using #if +// not #ifdef. For example, to test for Intel C++ Compiler, use: +// #if V8_CC_INTEL +// ... +// #endif + +#if defined(__clang__) + +#if defined(__GNUC__) // Clang in gcc mode. +# define V8_CC_GNU 1 +#endif + +// Clang defines __alignof__ as alias for __alignof +# define V8_HAS___ALIGNOF 1 +# define V8_HAS___ALIGNOF__ V8_HAS___ALIGNOF + +# define V8_HAS_ATTRIBUTE_ALIGNED (__has_attribute(aligned)) +# define V8_HAS_ATTRIBUTE_ALWAYS_INLINE (__has_attribute(always_inline)) +# define V8_HAS_ATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED (__has_attribute(deprecated)) +# define V8_HAS_ATTRIBUTE_NOINLINE (__has_attribute(noinline)) +# define V8_HAS_ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED (__has_attribute(unused)) +# define V8_HAS_ATTRIBUTE_VISIBILITY (__has_attribute(visibility)) +# define V8_HAS_ATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT \ + (__has_attribute(warn_unused_result)) + +# define V8_HAS_BUILTIN_CLZ (__has_builtin(__builtin_clz)) +# define V8_HAS_BUILTIN_CTZ (__has_builtin(__builtin_ctz)) +# define V8_HAS_BUILTIN_EXPECT (__has_builtin(__builtin_expect)) +# define V8_HAS_BUILTIN_FRAME_ADDRESS (__has_builtin(__builtin_frame_address)) +# define V8_HAS_BUILTIN_POPCOUNT (__has_builtin(__builtin_popcount)) +# define V8_HAS_BUILTIN_SADD_OVERFLOW (__has_builtin(__builtin_sadd_overflow)) +# define V8_HAS_BUILTIN_SSUB_OVERFLOW (__has_builtin(__builtin_ssub_overflow)) +# define V8_HAS_BUILTIN_UADD_OVERFLOW (__has_builtin(__builtin_uadd_overflow)) + +# define V8_HAS_CXX11_ALIGNAS (__has_feature(cxx_alignas)) + +#elif defined(__GNUC__) + +# define V8_CC_GNU 1 +# if defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) // Intel C++ also masquerades as GCC 3.2.0 +# define V8_CC_INTEL 1 +# endif +# if defined(__MINGW32__) +# define V8_CC_MINGW32 1 +# endif +# if defined(__MINGW64__) +# define V8_CC_MINGW64 1 +# endif +# define V8_CC_MINGW (V8_CC_MINGW32 || V8_CC_MINGW64) + +# define V8_HAS___ALIGNOF__ (V8_GNUC_PREREQ(4, 3, 0)) + +# define V8_HAS_ATTRIBUTE_ALIGNED (V8_GNUC_PREREQ(2, 95, 0)) +// always_inline is available in gcc 4.0 but not very reliable until 4.4. +// Works around "sorry, unimplemented: inlining failed" build errors with +// older compilers. +# define V8_HAS_ATTRIBUTE_ALWAYS_INLINE (V8_GNUC_PREREQ(4, 4, 0)) +# define V8_HAS_ATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED (V8_GNUC_PREREQ(3, 4, 0)) +# define V8_HAS_ATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED_MESSAGE (V8_GNUC_PREREQ(4, 5, 0)) +# define V8_HAS_ATTRIBUTE_NOINLINE (V8_GNUC_PREREQ(3, 4, 0)) +# define V8_HAS_ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED (V8_GNUC_PREREQ(2, 95, 0)) +# define V8_HAS_ATTRIBUTE_VISIBILITY (V8_GNUC_PREREQ(4, 3, 0)) +# define V8_HAS_ATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT \ + (!V8_CC_INTEL && V8_GNUC_PREREQ(4, 1, 0)) + +# define V8_HAS_BUILTIN_CLZ (V8_GNUC_PREREQ(3, 4, 0)) +# define V8_HAS_BUILTIN_CTZ (V8_GNUC_PREREQ(3, 4, 0)) +# define V8_HAS_BUILTIN_EXPECT (V8_GNUC_PREREQ(2, 96, 0)) +# define V8_HAS_BUILTIN_FRAME_ADDRESS (V8_GNUC_PREREQ(2, 96, 0)) +# define V8_HAS_BUILTIN_POPCOUNT (V8_GNUC_PREREQ(3, 4, 0)) + +# if __cplusplus >= 201103L +# define V8_HAS_CXX11_ALIGNAS (V8_GNUC_PREREQ(4, 8, 0)) +# define V8_HAS_CXX11_ALIGNOF (V8_GNUC_PREREQ(4, 8, 0)) +# endif +#endif + +#if defined(_MSC_VER) +# define V8_CC_MSVC 1 +# define V8_HAS___ALIGNOF 1 + +# define V8_HAS_DECLSPEC_ALIGN 1 +# define V8_HAS_DECLSPEC_DEPRECATED 1 +# define V8_HAS_DECLSPEC_NOINLINE 1 +# define V8_HAS_DECLSPEC_SELECTANY 1 +# define V8_HAS_DECLSPEC_NORETURN 1 + +# define V8_HAS___FORCEINLINE 1 + +#endif + + +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Helper macros + +// A macro used to make better inlining. Don't bother for debug builds. +// Use like: +// V8_INLINE int GetZero() { return 0; } +#if !defined(DEBUG) && V8_HAS_ATTRIBUTE_ALWAYS_INLINE +# define V8_INLINE inline __attribute__((always_inline)) +#elif !defined(DEBUG) && V8_HAS___FORCEINLINE +# define V8_INLINE __forceinline +#else +# define V8_INLINE inline +#endif + + +// A macro used to tell the compiler to never inline a particular function. +// Don't bother for debug builds. +// Use like: +// V8_NOINLINE int GetMinusOne() { return -1; } +#if !defined(DEBUG) && V8_HAS_ATTRIBUTE_NOINLINE +# define V8_NOINLINE __attribute__((noinline)) +#elif !defined(DEBUG) && V8_HAS_DECLSPEC_NOINLINE +# define V8_NOINLINE __declspec(noinline) +#else +# define V8_NOINLINE /* NOT SUPPORTED */ +#endif + + +// A macro (V8_DEPRECATED) to mark classes or functions as deprecated. +#if defined(V8_DEPRECATION_WARNINGS) && V8_HAS_ATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED_MESSAGE +#define V8_DEPRECATED(message, declarator) \ + declarator __attribute__((deprecated(message))) +#elif defined(V8_DEPRECATION_WARNINGS) && V8_HAS_ATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED +#define V8_DEPRECATED(message, declarator) \ + declarator __attribute__((deprecated)) +#elif defined(V8_DEPRECATION_WARNINGS) && V8_HAS_DECLSPEC_DEPRECATED +#define V8_DEPRECATED(message, declarator) __declspec(deprecated) declarator +#else +#define V8_DEPRECATED(message, declarator) declarator +#endif + + +// A macro (V8_DEPRECATE_SOON) to make it easier to see what will be deprecated. +#if defined(V8_IMMINENT_DEPRECATION_WARNINGS) && \ + V8_HAS_ATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED_MESSAGE +#define V8_DEPRECATE_SOON(message, declarator) \ + declarator __attribute__((deprecated(message))) +#elif defined(V8_IMMINENT_DEPRECATION_WARNINGS) && V8_HAS_ATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED +#define V8_DEPRECATE_SOON(message, declarator) \ + declarator __attribute__((deprecated)) +#elif defined(V8_IMMINENT_DEPRECATION_WARNINGS) && V8_HAS_DECLSPEC_DEPRECATED +#define V8_DEPRECATE_SOON(message, declarator) __declspec(deprecated) declarator +#else +#define V8_DEPRECATE_SOON(message, declarator) declarator +#endif + + +// A macro to provide the compiler with branch prediction information. +#if V8_HAS_BUILTIN_EXPECT +# define V8_UNLIKELY(condition) (__builtin_expect(!!(condition), 0)) +# define V8_LIKELY(condition) (__builtin_expect(!!(condition), 1)) +#else +# define V8_UNLIKELY(condition) (condition) +# define V8_LIKELY(condition) (condition) +#endif + + +// This macro allows to specify memory alignment for structs, classes, etc. +// Use like: +// class V8_ALIGNED(16) MyClass { ... }; +// V8_ALIGNED(32) int array[42]; +#if V8_HAS_CXX11_ALIGNAS +# define V8_ALIGNED(n) alignas(n) +#elif V8_HAS_ATTRIBUTE_ALIGNED +# define V8_ALIGNED(n) __attribute__((aligned(n))) +#elif V8_HAS_DECLSPEC_ALIGN +# define V8_ALIGNED(n) __declspec(align(n)) +#else +# define V8_ALIGNED(n) /* NOT SUPPORTED */ +#endif + + +// This macro is similar to V8_ALIGNED(), but takes a type instead of size +// in bytes. If the compiler does not supports using the alignment of the +// |type|, it will align according to the |alignment| instead. For example, +// Visual Studio C++ cannot combine __declspec(align) and __alignof. The +// |alignment| must be a literal that is used as a kind of worst-case fallback +// alignment. +// Use like: +// struct V8_ALIGNAS(AnotherClass, 16) NewClass { ... }; +// V8_ALIGNAS(double, 8) int array[100]; +#if V8_HAS_CXX11_ALIGNAS +# define V8_ALIGNAS(type, alignment) alignas(type) +#elif V8_HAS___ALIGNOF__ && V8_HAS_ATTRIBUTE_ALIGNED +# define V8_ALIGNAS(type, alignment) __attribute__((aligned(__alignof__(type)))) +#else +# define V8_ALIGNAS(type, alignment) V8_ALIGNED(alignment) +#endif + + +// This macro returns alignment in bytes (an integer power of two) required for +// any instance of the given type, which is either complete type, an array type, +// or a reference type. +// Use like: +// size_t alignment = V8_ALIGNOF(double); +#if V8_HAS_CXX11_ALIGNOF +# define V8_ALIGNOF(type) alignof(type) +#elif V8_HAS___ALIGNOF +# define V8_ALIGNOF(type) __alignof(type) +#elif V8_HAS___ALIGNOF__ +# define V8_ALIGNOF(type) __alignof__(type) +#else +// Note that alignment of a type within a struct can be less than the +// alignment of the type stand-alone (because of ancient ABIs), so this +// should only be used as a last resort. +namespace v8 { template <typename T> class AlignOfHelper { char c; T t; }; } +# define V8_ALIGNOF(type) (sizeof(::v8::AlignOfHelper<type>) - sizeof(type)) +#endif + +// Annotate a function indicating the caller must examine the return value. +// Use like: +// int foo() WARN_UNUSED_RESULT; +#if V8_HAS_ATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT +#define V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT __attribute__((warn_unused_result)) +#else +#define V8_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT /* NOT SUPPORTED */ +#endif + +// clang-format on + +#endif // V8CONFIG_H_ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/websockets/libwebsockets.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/websockets/libwebsockets.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7efeba1f --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/websockets/libwebsockets.h @@ -0,0 +1,4196 @@ +/* + * libwebsockets - small server side websockets and web server implementation + * + * Copyright (C) 2010-2016 Andy Green <andy@warmcat.com> + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation: + * version 2.1 of the License. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, + * MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** @file */ + +#ifndef LIBWEBSOCKET_H_3060898B846849FF9F88F5DB59B5950C +#define LIBWEBSOCKET_H_3060898B846849FF9F88F5DB59B5950C + +#ifdef __cplusplus +#include <cstddef> +#include <cstdarg> +#ifdef MBED_OPERATORS +#include "mbed-drivers/mbed.h" +#include "sal-iface-eth/EthernetInterface.h" +#include "sockets/TCPListener.h" +#include "sal-stack-lwip/lwipv4_init.h" + +namespace { +} +using namespace mbed::Sockets::v0; + + +struct sockaddr_in; +struct lws; + +class lws_conn { + public: + lws_conn(): + ts(NULL), + wsi(NULL), + writeable(1), + awaiting_on_writeable(0) + { + } + +public: + void set_wsi(struct lws *_wsi) { wsi = _wsi; } + int actual_onRX(Socket *s); + void onRX(Socket *s); + void onError(Socket *s, socket_error_t err); + void onDisconnect(TCPStream *s); + void onSent(Socket *s, uint16_t len); + void serialized_writeable(struct lws *wsi); + +public: + TCPStream *ts; + +public: + struct lws *wsi; + char writeable; + char awaiting_on_writeable; +}; + +class lws_conn_listener : lws_conn { +public: + lws_conn_listener(): + srv(SOCKET_STACK_LWIP_IPV4) + { + srv.setOnError(TCPStream::ErrorHandler_t(this, + &lws_conn_listener::onError)); + } + + void start(const uint16_t port); /**< start listening */ + +protected: + void onRX(Socket *s); /**< incoming data ready */ + void onError(Socket *s, socket_error_t err); /**< if error occurs */ + void onIncoming(TCPListener *s, void *impl); /**< new connection */ + void onDisconnect(TCPStream *s); /**< disconnection */ + +public: + TCPListener srv; +}; + +#endif + +extern "C" { +#else +#include <stdarg.h> +#endif + +#if defined(MBED_OPERATORS) || defined(LWS_WITH_ESP8266) +struct sockaddr_in; +#define LWS_POSIX 0 +#else +#define LWS_POSIX 1 +#endif + +#include "lws_config.h" + +#if defined(WIN32) || defined(_WIN32) +#ifndef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN +#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN +#endif + +#include <winsock2.h> +#include <ws2tcpip.h> +#include <stddef.h> +#include <basetsd.h> +#ifndef _WIN32_WCE +#include <fcntl.h> +#else +#define _O_RDONLY 0x0000 +#define O_RDONLY _O_RDONLY +#endif + +// Visual studio older than 2015 and WIN_CE has only _stricmp +#if (defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER < 1900) || defined(_WIN32_WCE) +#define strcasecmp _stricmp +#else +#define strcasecmp stricmp +#endif +#define getdtablesize() 30000 + +#define LWS_INLINE __inline +#define LWS_VISIBLE +#define LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT +#define LWS_WARN_DEPRECATED + +#ifdef LWS_DLL +#ifdef LWS_INTERNAL +#define LWS_EXTERN extern __declspec(dllexport) +#else +#define LWS_EXTERN extern __declspec(dllimport) +#endif +#else +#define LWS_EXTERN +#endif + +#define LWS_INVALID_FILE INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE +#define LWS_O_RDONLY _O_RDONLY + +#if !defined(_MSC_VER) || _MSC_VER < 1900 /* Visual Studio 2015 already defines this in <stdio.h> */ +#define lws_snprintf _snprintf +#endif + +#ifndef __func__ +#define __func__ __FUNCTION__ +#endif + +#else /* NOT WIN32 */ +#include <unistd.h> + +#if defined(__NetBSD__) || defined(__FreeBSD__) +#include <netinet/in.h> +#endif + +#define LWS_INLINE inline +#define LWS_O_RDONLY O_RDONLY + +#if !defined(MBED_OPERATORS) && !defined(LWS_WITH_ESP8266) +#include <poll.h> +#include <netdb.h> +#define LWS_INVALID_FILE -1 +#else +#define getdtablesize() (20) +#define LWS_INVALID_FILE NULL +#endif + +#if defined(__GNUC__) + +/* warn_unused_result attribute only supported by GCC 3.4 or later */ +#if __GNUC__ >= 4 || (__GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4) +#define LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT __attribute__((warn_unused_result)) +#else +#define LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT +#endif + +#define LWS_VISIBLE __attribute__((visibility("default"))) +#define LWS_WARN_DEPRECATED __attribute__ ((deprecated)) +#else +#define LWS_VISIBLE +#define LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT +#define LWS_WARN_DEPRECATED +#endif + +#if defined(__ANDROID__) +#include <unistd.h> +#define getdtablesize() sysconf(_SC_OPEN_MAX) +#endif + +#endif + +#ifdef LWS_USE_LIBEV +#include <ev.h> +#endif /* LWS_USE_LIBEV */ +#ifdef LWS_USE_LIBUV +#include <uv.h> +#ifdef LWS_HAVE_UV_VERSION_H +#include <uv-version.h> +#endif +#endif /* LWS_USE_LIBUV */ + +#ifndef LWS_EXTERN +#define LWS_EXTERN extern +#endif + +#ifdef _WIN32 +#define random rand +#else +#include <sys/time.h> +#include <unistd.h> +#endif + +#ifdef LWS_OPENSSL_SUPPORT + +#ifdef USE_WOLFSSL +#ifdef USE_OLD_CYASSL +#include <cyassl/openssl/ssl.h> +#include <cyassl/error-ssl.h> +#else +#include <wolfssl/openssl/ssl.h> +#include <wolfssl/error-ssl.h> +#endif /* not USE_OLD_CYASSL */ +#else +#if defined(LWS_USE_POLARSSL) +#include <polarssl/ssl.h> +struct lws_polarssl_context { + x509_crt ca; /**< ca */ + x509_crt certificate; /**< cert */ + rsa_context key; /**< key */ +}; +typedef struct lws_polarssl_context SSL_CTX; +typedef ssl_context SSL; +#else +#if defined(LWS_USE_MBEDTLS) +#include <mbedtls/ssl.h> +#else +#include <openssl/ssl.h> +#include <openssl/err.h> +#endif /* not USE_MBEDTLS */ +#endif /* not USE_POLARSSL */ +#endif /* not USE_WOLFSSL */ +#endif + + +#define CONTEXT_PORT_NO_LISTEN -1 + +/** \defgroup log Logging + * + * ##Logging + * + * Lws provides flexible and filterable logging facilities, which can be + * used inside lws and in user code. + * + * Log categories may be individually filtered bitwise, and directed to built-in + * sinks for syslog-compatible logging, or a user-defined function. + */ +///@{ + +enum lws_log_levels { + LLL_ERR = 1 << 0, + LLL_WARN = 1 << 1, + LLL_NOTICE = 1 << 2, + LLL_INFO = 1 << 3, + LLL_DEBUG = 1 << 4, + LLL_PARSER = 1 << 5, + LLL_HEADER = 1 << 6, + LLL_EXT = 1 << 7, + LLL_CLIENT = 1 << 8, + LLL_LATENCY = 1 << 9, + + LLL_COUNT = 10 /* set to count of valid flags */ +}; + +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void _lws_log(int filter, const char *format, ...); +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void _lws_logv(int filter, const char *format, va_list vl); +/** + * lwsl_timestamp: generate logging timestamp string + * + * \param level: logging level + * \param p: char * buffer to take timestamp + * \param len: length of p + * + * returns length written in p + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int +lwsl_timestamp(int level, char *p, int len); + +#define lwsl_err(...) _lws_log(LLL_ERR, __VA_ARGS__) + +#if !defined(LWS_WITH_NO_LOGS) +/* notice, warn and log are always compiled in */ +#define lwsl_warn(...) _lws_log(LLL_WARN, __VA_ARGS__) +#define lwsl_notice(...) _lws_log(LLL_NOTICE, __VA_ARGS__) +#endif +/* + * weaker logging can be deselected at configure time using --disable-debug + * that gets rid of the overhead of checking while keeping _warn and _err + * active + */ + +#if defined(LWS_WITH_ESP8266) +#undef _DEBUG +#endif + +#ifdef _DEBUG +#if defined(LWS_WITH_NO_LOGS) +/* notice, warn and log are always compiled in */ +//#define lwsl_err(...) _lws_log(LLL_ERR, __VA_ARGS__) +#define lwsl_warn(...) _lws_log(LLL_WARN, __VA_ARGS__) +#define lwsl_notice(...) _lws_log(LLL_NOTICE, __VA_ARGS__) +#endif +#define lwsl_info(...) _lws_log(LLL_INFO, __VA_ARGS__) +#define lwsl_debug(...) _lws_log(LLL_DEBUG, __VA_ARGS__) +#define lwsl_parser(...) _lws_log(LLL_PARSER, __VA_ARGS__) +#define lwsl_header(...) _lws_log(LLL_HEADER, __VA_ARGS__) +#define lwsl_ext(...) _lws_log(LLL_EXT, __VA_ARGS__) +#define lwsl_client(...) _lws_log(LLL_CLIENT, __VA_ARGS__) +#define lwsl_latency(...) _lws_log(LLL_LATENCY, __VA_ARGS__) +/** + * lwsl_hexdump() - helper to hexdump a buffer (DEBUG builds only) + * + * \param buf: buffer start to dump + * \param len: length of buffer to dump + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void lwsl_hexdump(void *buf, size_t len); + +#else /* no debug */ +#if defined(LWS_WITH_NO_LOGS) +//#define lwsl_err(...) do {} while(0) +#define lwsl_warn(...) do {} while(0) +#define lwsl_notice(...) do {} while(0) +#endif +#define lwsl_info(...) do {} while(0) +#define lwsl_debug(...) do {} while(0) +#define lwsl_parser(...) do {} while(0) +#define lwsl_header(...) do {} while(0) +#define lwsl_ext(...) do {} while(0) +#define lwsl_client(...) do {} while(0) +#define lwsl_latency(...) do {} while(0) +#define lwsl_hexdump(a, b) + +#endif + +/** + * lws_set_log_level() - Set the logging bitfield + * \param level: OR together the LLL_ debug contexts you want output from + * \param log_emit_function: NULL to leave it as it is, or a user-supplied + * function to perform log string emission instead of + * the default stderr one. + * + * log level defaults to "err", "warn" and "notice" contexts enabled and + * emission on stderr. + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void +lws_set_log_level(int level, + void (*log_emit_function)(int level, const char *line)); + +/** + * lwsl_emit_syslog() - helper log emit function writes to system log + * + * \param level: one of LLL_ log level indexes + * \param line: log string + * + * You use this by passing the function pointer to lws_set_log_level(), to set + * it as the log emit function, it is not called directly. + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void +lwsl_emit_syslog(int level, const char *line); + +///@} + + +#include <stddef.h> + +#ifndef lws_container_of +#define lws_container_of(P,T,M) ((T *)((char *)(P) - offsetof(T, M))) +#endif + + +struct lws; +#ifndef ARRAY_SIZE +#define ARRAY_SIZE(x) (sizeof(x) / sizeof(x[0])) +#endif + +/* api change list for user code to test against */ + +#define LWS_FEATURE_SERVE_HTTP_FILE_HAS_OTHER_HEADERS_ARG + +/* the struct lws_protocols has the id field present */ +#define LWS_FEATURE_PROTOCOLS_HAS_ID_FIELD + +/* you can call lws_get_peer_write_allowance */ +#define LWS_FEATURE_PROTOCOLS_HAS_PEER_WRITE_ALLOWANCE + +/* extra parameter introduced in 917f43ab821 */ +#define LWS_FEATURE_SERVE_HTTP_FILE_HAS_OTHER_HEADERS_LEN + +/* File operations stuff exists */ +#define LWS_FEATURE_FOPS + + +#if defined(_WIN32) +typedef SOCKET lws_sockfd_type; +typedef HANDLE lws_filefd_type; +#define lws_sockfd_valid(sfd) (!!sfd) +struct lws_pollfd { + lws_sockfd_type fd; /**< file descriptor */ + SHORT events; /**< which events to respond to */ + SHORT revents; /**< which events happened */ +}; +#define LWS_POLLHUP (FD_CLOSE) +#define LWS_POLLIN (FD_READ | FD_ACCEPT) +#define LWS_POLLOUT (FD_WRITE) +#else + +#if defined(MBED_OPERATORS) +/* it's a class lws_conn * */ +typedef void * lws_sockfd_type; +typedef void * lws_filefd_type; +#define lws_sockfd_valid(sfd) (!!sfd) +struct pollfd { + lws_sockfd_type fd; /**< fd related to */ + short events; /**< which POLL... events to respond to */ + short revents; /**< which POLL... events occurred */ +}; +#define POLLIN 0x0001 +#define POLLPRI 0x0002 +#define POLLOUT 0x0004 +#define POLLERR 0x0008 +#define POLLHUP 0x0010 +#define POLLNVAL 0x0020 + +struct lws; + +void * mbed3_create_tcp_stream_socket(void); +void mbed3_delete_tcp_stream_socket(void *sockfd); +void mbed3_tcp_stream_bind(void *sock, int port, struct lws *); +void mbed3_tcp_stream_accept(void *sock, struct lws *); +#else +#if defined(LWS_WITH_ESP8266) + +#include <user_interface.h> +#include <espconn.h> + +typedef struct espconn * lws_sockfd_type; +typedef void * lws_filefd_type; +#define lws_sockfd_valid(sfd) (!!sfd) +struct pollfd { + lws_sockfd_type fd; /**< fd related to */ + short events; /**< which POLL... events to respond to */ + short revents; /**< which POLL... events occurred */ +}; +#define POLLIN 0x0001 +#define POLLPRI 0x0002 +#define POLLOUT 0x0004 +#define POLLERR 0x0008 +#define POLLHUP 0x0010 +#define POLLNVAL 0x0020 + +struct lws_vhost; + +lws_sockfd_type esp8266_create_tcp_listen_socket(struct lws_vhost *vh); +void esp8266_tcp_stream_accept(lws_sockfd_type fd, struct lws *wsi); + +#include <os_type.h> +#include <osapi.h> +#include "ets_sys.h" + +int ets_snprintf(char *str, size_t size, const char *format, ...); +#define snprintf ets_snprintf + +typedef os_timer_t uv_timer_t; +typedef void uv_cb_t(uv_timer_t *); + +void os_timer_disarm(void *); +void os_timer_setfn(os_timer_t *, os_timer_func_t *, void *); + +void ets_timer_arm_new(os_timer_t *, int, int, int); + +//void os_timer_arm(os_timer_t *, int, int); + +#define UV_VERSION_MAJOR 1 + +#define lws_uv_getloop(a, b) (NULL) + +static inline void uv_timer_init(void *l, uv_timer_t *t) +{ + (void)l; + memset(t, 0, sizeof(*t)); + os_timer_disarm(t); +} + +static inline void uv_timer_start(uv_timer_t *t, uv_cb_t *cb, int first, int rep) +{ + os_timer_setfn(t, (os_timer_func_t *)cb, t); + /* ms, repeat */ + os_timer_arm(t, first, !!rep); +} + +static inline void uv_timer_stop(uv_timer_t *t) +{ + os_timer_disarm(t); +} + +#else +typedef int lws_sockfd_type; +typedef int lws_filefd_type; +#define lws_sockfd_valid(sfd) (sfd >= 0) +#endif +#endif + +#define lws_pollfd pollfd +#define LWS_POLLHUP (POLLHUP|POLLERR) +#define LWS_POLLIN (POLLIN) +#define LWS_POLLOUT (POLLOUT) +#endif + +/** struct lws_pollargs - argument structure for all external poll related calls + * passed in via 'in' */ +struct lws_pollargs { + lws_sockfd_type fd; /**< applicable socket descriptor */ + int events; /**< the new event mask */ + int prev_events; /**< the previous event mask */ +}; + +struct lws_tokens; +struct lws_token_limits; + +/*! \defgroup wsclose Websocket Close + * + * ##Websocket close frame control + * + * When we close a ws connection, we can send a reason code and a short + * UTF-8 description back with the close packet. + */ +///@{ + +/* + * NOTE: These public enums are part of the abi. If you want to add one, + * add it at where specified so existing users are unaffected. + */ +/** enum lws_close_status - RFC6455 close status codes */ +enum lws_close_status { + LWS_CLOSE_STATUS_NOSTATUS = 0, + LWS_CLOSE_STATUS_NORMAL = 1000, + /**< 1000 indicates a normal closure, meaning that the purpose for + which the connection was established has been fulfilled. */ + LWS_CLOSE_STATUS_GOINGAWAY = 1001, + /**< 1001 indicates that an endpoint is "going away", such as a server + going down or a browser having navigated away from a page. */ + LWS_CLOSE_STATUS_PROTOCOL_ERR = 1002, + /**< 1002 indicates that an endpoint is terminating the connection due + to a protocol error. */ + LWS_CLOSE_STATUS_UNACCEPTABLE_OPCODE = 1003, + /**< 1003 indicates that an endpoint is terminating the connection + because it has received a type of data it cannot accept (e.g., an + endpoint that understands only text data MAY send this if it + receives a binary message). */ + LWS_CLOSE_STATUS_RESERVED = 1004, + /**< Reserved. The specific meaning might be defined in the future. */ + LWS_CLOSE_STATUS_NO_STATUS = 1005, + /**< 1005 is a reserved value and MUST NOT be set as a status code in a + Close control frame by an endpoint. It is designated for use in + applications expecting a status code to indicate that no status + code was actually present. */ + LWS_CLOSE_STATUS_ABNORMAL_CLOSE = 1006, + /**< 1006 is a reserved value and MUST NOT be set as a status code in a + Close control frame by an endpoint. It is designated for use in + applications expecting a status code to indicate that the + connection was closed abnormally, e.g., without sending or + receiving a Close control frame. */ + LWS_CLOSE_STATUS_INVALID_PAYLOAD = 1007, + /**< 1007 indicates that an endpoint is terminating the connection + because it has received data within a message that was not + consistent with the type of the message (e.g., non-UTF-8 [RFC3629] + data within a text message). */ + LWS_CLOSE_STATUS_POLICY_VIOLATION = 1008, + /**< 1008 indicates that an endpoint is terminating the connection + because it has received a message that violates its policy. This + is a generic status code that can be returned when there is no + other more suitable status code (e.g., 1003 or 1009) or if there + is a need to hide specific details about the policy. */ + LWS_CLOSE_STATUS_MESSAGE_TOO_LARGE = 1009, + /**< 1009 indicates that an endpoint is terminating the connection + because it has received a message that is too big for it to + process. */ + LWS_CLOSE_STATUS_EXTENSION_REQUIRED = 1010, + /**< 1010 indicates that an endpoint (client) is terminating the + connection because it has expected the server to negotiate one or + more extension, but the server didn't return them in the response + message of the WebSocket handshake. The list of extensions that + are needed SHOULD appear in the /reason/ part of the Close frame. + Note that this status code is not used by the server, because it + can fail the WebSocket handshake instead */ + LWS_CLOSE_STATUS_UNEXPECTED_CONDITION = 1011, + /**< 1011 indicates that a server is terminating the connection because + it encountered an unexpected condition that prevented it from + fulfilling the request. */ + LWS_CLOSE_STATUS_TLS_FAILURE = 1015, + /**< 1015 is a reserved value and MUST NOT be set as a status code in a + Close control frame by an endpoint. It is designated for use in + applications expecting a status code to indicate that the + connection was closed due to a failure to perform a TLS handshake + (e.g., the server certificate can't be verified). */ + + /****** add new things just above ---^ ******/ + + LWS_CLOSE_STATUS_NOSTATUS_CONTEXT_DESTROY = 9999, +}; + +/** + * lws_close_reason - Set reason and aux data to send with Close packet + * If you are going to return nonzero from the callback + * requesting the connection to close, you can optionally + * call this to set the reason the peer will be told if + * possible. + * + * \param wsi: The websocket connection to set the close reason on + * \param status: A valid close status from websocket standard + * \param buf: NULL or buffer containing up to 124 bytes of auxiliary data + * \param len: Length of data in \param buf to send + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void +lws_close_reason(struct lws *wsi, enum lws_close_status status, + unsigned char *buf, size_t len); + +///@} + +struct lws; +struct lws_context; +/* needed even with extensions disabled for create context */ +struct lws_extension; + +/*! \defgroup usercb User Callback + * + * ##User protocol callback + * + * The protocol callback is the primary way lws interacts with + * user code. For one of a list of a few dozen reasons the callback gets + * called at some event to be handled. + * + * All of the events can be ignored, returning 0 is taken as "OK" and returning + * nonzero in most cases indicates that the connection should be closed. + */ +///@{ + + +/* + * NOTE: These public enums are part of the abi. If you want to add one, + * add it at where specified so existing users are unaffected. + */ +/** enum lws_callback_reasons - reason you're getting a protocol callback */ +enum lws_callback_reasons { + LWS_CALLBACK_ESTABLISHED = 0, + /**< (VH) after the server completes a handshake with an incoming + * client. If you built the library with ssl support, in is a + * pointer to the ssl struct associated with the connection or NULL.*/ + LWS_CALLBACK_CLIENT_CONNECTION_ERROR = 1, + /**< the request client connection has been unable to complete a + * handshake with the remote server. If in is non-NULL, you can + * find an error string of length len where it points to + * + * Diagnostic strings that may be returned include + * + * "getaddrinfo (ipv6) failed" + * "unknown address family" + * "getaddrinfo (ipv4) failed" + * "set socket opts failed" + * "insert wsi failed" + * "lws_ssl_client_connect1 failed" + * "lws_ssl_client_connect2 failed" + * "Peer hung up" + * "read failed" + * "HS: URI missing" + * "HS: Redirect code but no Location" + * "HS: URI did not parse" + * "HS: Redirect failed" + * "HS: Server did not return 200" + * "HS: OOM" + * "HS: disallowed by client filter" + * "HS: disallowed at ESTABLISHED" + * "HS: ACCEPT missing" + * "HS: ws upgrade response not 101" + * "HS: UPGRADE missing" + * "HS: Upgrade to something other than websocket" + * "HS: CONNECTION missing" + * "HS: UPGRADE malformed" + * "HS: PROTOCOL malformed" + * "HS: Cannot match protocol" + * "HS: EXT: list too big" + * "HS: EXT: failed setting defaults" + * "HS: EXT: failed parsing defaults" + * "HS: EXT: failed parsing options" + * "HS: EXT: Rejects server options" + * "HS: EXT: unknown ext" + * "HS: Accept hash wrong" + * "HS: Rejected by filter cb" + * "HS: OOM" + * "HS: SO_SNDBUF failed" + * "HS: Rejected at CLIENT_ESTABLISHED" + */ + LWS_CALLBACK_CLIENT_FILTER_PRE_ESTABLISH = 2, + /**< this is the last chance for the client user code to examine the + * http headers and decide to reject the connection. If the + * content in the headers is interesting to the + * client (url, etc) it needs to copy it out at + * this point since it will be destroyed before + * the CLIENT_ESTABLISHED call */ + LWS_CALLBACK_CLIENT_ESTABLISHED = 3, + /**< after your client connection completed + * a handshake with the remote server */ + LWS_CALLBACK_CLOSED = 4, + /**< when the websocket session ends */ + LWS_CALLBACK_CLOSED_HTTP = 5, + /**< when a HTTP (non-websocket) session ends */ + LWS_CALLBACK_RECEIVE = 6, + /**< data has appeared for this server endpoint from a + * remote client, it can be found at *in and is + * len bytes long */ + LWS_CALLBACK_RECEIVE_PONG = 7, + /**< servers receive PONG packets with this callback reason */ + LWS_CALLBACK_CLIENT_RECEIVE = 8, + /**< data has appeared from the server for the client connection, it + * can be found at *in and is len bytes long */ + LWS_CALLBACK_CLIENT_RECEIVE_PONG = 9, + /**< clients receive PONG packets with this callback reason */ + LWS_CALLBACK_CLIENT_WRITEABLE = 10, + /**< If you call lws_callback_on_writable() on a connection, you will + * get one of these callbacks coming when the connection socket + * is able to accept another write packet without blocking. + * If it already was able to take another packet without blocking, + * you'll get this callback at the next call to the service loop + * function. Notice that CLIENTs get LWS_CALLBACK_CLIENT_WRITEABLE + * and servers get LWS_CALLBACK_SERVER_WRITEABLE. */ + LWS_CALLBACK_SERVER_WRITEABLE = 11, + /**< See LWS_CALLBACK_CLIENT_WRITEABLE */ + LWS_CALLBACK_HTTP = 12, + /**< an http request has come from a client that is not + * asking to upgrade the connection to a websocket + * one. This is a chance to serve http content, + * for example, to send a script to the client + * which will then open the websockets connection. + * in points to the URI path requested and + * lws_serve_http_file() makes it very + * simple to send back a file to the client. + * Normally after sending the file you are done + * with the http connection, since the rest of the + * activity will come by websockets from the script + * that was delivered by http, so you will want to + * return 1; to close and free up the connection. */ + LWS_CALLBACK_HTTP_BODY = 13, + /**< the next len bytes data from the http + * request body HTTP connection is now available in in. */ + LWS_CALLBACK_HTTP_BODY_COMPLETION = 14, + /**< the expected amount of http request body has been delivered */ + LWS_CALLBACK_HTTP_FILE_COMPLETION = 15, + /**< a file requested to be sent down http link has completed. */ + LWS_CALLBACK_HTTP_WRITEABLE = 16, + /**< you can write more down the http protocol link now. */ + LWS_CALLBACK_FILTER_NETWORK_CONNECTION = 17, + /**< called when a client connects to + * the server at network level; the connection is accepted but then + * passed to this callback to decide whether to hang up immediately + * or not, based on the client IP. in contains the connection + * socket's descriptor. Since the client connection information is + * not available yet, wsi still pointing to the main server socket. + * Return non-zero to terminate the connection before sending or + * receiving anything. Because this happens immediately after the + * network connection from the client, there's no websocket protocol + * selected yet so this callback is issued only to protocol 0. */ + LWS_CALLBACK_FILTER_HTTP_CONNECTION = 18, + /**< called when the request has + * been received and parsed from the client, but the response is + * not sent yet. Return non-zero to disallow the connection. + * user is a pointer to the connection user space allocation, + * in is the URI, eg, "/" + * In your handler you can use the public APIs + * lws_hdr_total_length() / lws_hdr_copy() to access all of the + * headers using the header enums lws_token_indexes from + * libwebsockets.h to check for and read the supported header + * presence and content before deciding to allow the http + * connection to proceed or to kill the connection. */ + LWS_CALLBACK_SERVER_NEW_CLIENT_INSTANTIATED = 19, + /**< A new client just had + * been connected, accepted, and instantiated into the pool. This + * callback allows setting any relevant property to it. Because this + * happens immediately after the instantiation of a new client, + * there's no websocket protocol selected yet so this callback is + * issued only to protocol 0. Only wsi is defined, pointing to the + * new client, and the return value is ignored. */ + LWS_CALLBACK_FILTER_PROTOCOL_CONNECTION = 20, + /**< called when the handshake has + * been received and parsed from the client, but the response is + * not sent yet. Return non-zero to disallow the connection. + * user is a pointer to the connection user space allocation, + * in is the requested protocol name + * In your handler you can use the public APIs + * lws_hdr_total_length() / lws_hdr_copy() to access all of the + * headers using the header enums lws_token_indexes from + * libwebsockets.h to check for and read the supported header + * presence and content before deciding to allow the handshake + * to proceed or to kill the connection. */ + LWS_CALLBACK_OPENSSL_LOAD_EXTRA_CLIENT_VERIFY_CERTS = 21, + /**< if configured for + * including OpenSSL support, this callback allows your user code + * to perform extra SSL_CTX_load_verify_locations() or similar + * calls to direct OpenSSL where to find certificates the client + * can use to confirm the remote server identity. user is the + * OpenSSL SSL_CTX* */ + LWS_CALLBACK_OPENSSL_LOAD_EXTRA_SERVER_VERIFY_CERTS = 22, + /**< if configured for + * including OpenSSL support, this callback allows your user code + * to load extra certifcates into the server which allow it to + * verify the validity of certificates returned by clients. user + * is the server's OpenSSL SSL_CTX* */ + LWS_CALLBACK_OPENSSL_PERFORM_CLIENT_CERT_VERIFICATION = 23, + /**< if the libwebsockets vhost was created with the option + * LWS_SERVER_OPTION_REQUIRE_VALID_OPENSSL_CLIENT_CERT, then this + * callback is generated during OpenSSL verification of the cert + * sent from the client. It is sent to protocol[0] callback as + * no protocol has been negotiated on the connection yet. + * Notice that the libwebsockets context and wsi are both NULL + * during this callback. See + * http://www.openssl.org/docs/ssl/SSL_CTX_set_verify.html + * to understand more detail about the OpenSSL callback that + * generates this libwebsockets callback and the meanings of the + * arguments passed. In this callback, user is the x509_ctx, + * in is the ssl pointer and len is preverify_ok + * Notice that this callback maintains libwebsocket return + * conventions, return 0 to mean the cert is OK or 1 to fail it. + * This also means that if you don't handle this callback then + * the default callback action of returning 0 allows the client + * certificates. */ + LWS_CALLBACK_CLIENT_APPEND_HANDSHAKE_HEADER = 24, + /**< this callback happens + * when a client handshake is being compiled. user is NULL, + * in is a char **, it's pointing to a char * which holds the + * next location in the header buffer where you can add + * headers, and len is the remaining space in the header buffer, + * which is typically some hundreds of bytes. So, to add a canned + * cookie, your handler code might look similar to: + * + * char **p = (char **)in; + * + * if (len < 100) + * return 1; + * + * *p += sprintf(*p, "Cookie: a=b\x0d\x0a"); + * + * return 0; + * + * Notice if you add anything, you just have to take care about + * the CRLF on the line you added. Obviously this callback is + * optional, if you don't handle it everything is fine. + * + * Notice the callback is coming to protocols[0] all the time, + * because there is no specific protocol negotiated yet. */ + LWS_CALLBACK_CONFIRM_EXTENSION_OKAY = 25, + /**< When the server handshake code + * sees that it does support a requested extension, before + * accepting the extension by additing to the list sent back to + * the client it gives this callback just to check that it's okay + * to use that extension. It calls back to the requested protocol + * and with in being the extension name, len is 0 and user is + * valid. Note though at this time the ESTABLISHED callback hasn't + * happened yet so if you initialize user content there, user + * content during this callback might not be useful for anything. + * Notice this callback comes to protocols[0]. */ + LWS_CALLBACK_CLIENT_CONFIRM_EXTENSION_SUPPORTED = 26, + /**< When a client + * connection is being prepared to start a handshake to a server, + * each supported extension is checked with protocols[0] callback + * with this reason, giving the user code a chance to suppress the + * claim to support that extension by returning non-zero. If + * unhandled, by default 0 will be returned and the extension + * support included in the header to the server. Notice this + * callback comes to protocols[0]. */ + LWS_CALLBACK_PROTOCOL_INIT = 27, + /**< One-time call per protocol, per-vhost using it, so it can + * do initial setup / allocations etc */ + LWS_CALLBACK_PROTOCOL_DESTROY = 28, + /**< One-time call per protocol, per-vhost using it, indicating + * this protocol won't get used at all after this callback, the + * vhost is getting destroyed. Take the opportunity to + * deallocate everything that was allocated by the protocol. */ + LWS_CALLBACK_WSI_CREATE = 29, + /**< outermost (earliest) wsi create notification to protocols[0] */ + LWS_CALLBACK_WSI_DESTROY = 30, + /**< outermost (latest) wsi destroy notification to protocols[0] */ + LWS_CALLBACK_GET_THREAD_ID = 31, + /**< lws can accept callback when writable requests from other + * threads, if you implement this callback and return an opaque + * current thread ID integer. */ + + /* external poll() management support */ + LWS_CALLBACK_ADD_POLL_FD = 32, + /**< lws normally deals with its poll() or other event loop + * internally, but in the case you are integrating with another + * server you will need to have lws sockets share a + * polling array with the other server. This and the other + * POLL_FD related callbacks let you put your specialized + * poll array interface code in the callback for protocol 0, the + * first protocol you support, usually the HTTP protocol in the + * serving case. + * This callback happens when a socket needs to be + * added to the polling loop: in points to a struct + * lws_pollargs; the fd member of the struct is the file + * descriptor, and events contains the active events + * + * If you are using the internal lws polling / event loop + * you can just ignore these callbacks. */ + LWS_CALLBACK_DEL_POLL_FD = 33, + /**< This callback happens when a socket descriptor + * needs to be removed from an external polling array. in is + * again the struct lws_pollargs containing the fd member + * to be removed. If you are using the internal polling + * loop, you can just ignore it. */ + LWS_CALLBACK_CHANGE_MODE_POLL_FD = 34, + /**< This callback happens when lws wants to modify the events for + * a connection. + * in is the struct lws_pollargs with the fd to change. + * The new event mask is in events member and the old mask is in + * the prev_events member. + * If you are using the internal polling loop, you can just ignore + * it. */ + LWS_CALLBACK_LOCK_POLL = 35, + /**< These allow the external poll changes driven + * by lws to participate in an external thread locking + * scheme around the changes, so the whole thing is threadsafe. + * These are called around three activities in the library, + * - inserting a new wsi in the wsi / fd table (len=1) + * - deleting a wsi from the wsi / fd table (len=1) + * - changing a wsi's POLLIN/OUT state (len=0) + * Locking and unlocking external synchronization objects when + * len == 1 allows external threads to be synchronized against + * wsi lifecycle changes if it acquires the same lock for the + * duration of wsi dereference from the other thread context. */ + LWS_CALLBACK_UNLOCK_POLL = 36, + /**< See LWS_CALLBACK_LOCK_POLL, ignore if using lws internal poll */ + + LWS_CALLBACK_OPENSSL_CONTEXT_REQUIRES_PRIVATE_KEY = 37, + /**< if configured for including OpenSSL support but no private key + * file has been specified (ssl_private_key_filepath is NULL), this is + * called to allow the user to set the private key directly via + * libopenssl and perform further operations if required; this might be + * useful in situations where the private key is not directly accessible + * by the OS, for example if it is stored on a smartcard. + * user is the server's OpenSSL SSL_CTX* */ + LWS_CALLBACK_WS_PEER_INITIATED_CLOSE = 38, + /**< The peer has sent an unsolicited Close WS packet. in and + * len are the optional close code (first 2 bytes, network + * order) and the optional additional information which is not + * defined in the standard, and may be a string or non-human- readable data. + * If you return 0 lws will echo the close and then close the + * connection. If you return nonzero lws will just close the + * connection. */ + + LWS_CALLBACK_WS_EXT_DEFAULTS = 39, + /**< */ + + LWS_CALLBACK_CGI = 40, + /**< */ + LWS_CALLBACK_CGI_TERMINATED = 41, + /**< */ + LWS_CALLBACK_CGI_STDIN_DATA = 42, + /**< */ + LWS_CALLBACK_CGI_STDIN_COMPLETED = 43, + /**< */ + LWS_CALLBACK_ESTABLISHED_CLIENT_HTTP = 44, + /**< */ + LWS_CALLBACK_CLOSED_CLIENT_HTTP = 45, + /**< */ + LWS_CALLBACK_RECEIVE_CLIENT_HTTP = 46, + /**< */ + LWS_CALLBACK_COMPLETED_CLIENT_HTTP = 47, + /**< */ + LWS_CALLBACK_RECEIVE_CLIENT_HTTP_READ = 48, + /**< */ + LWS_CALLBACK_HTTP_BIND_PROTOCOL = 49, + /**< */ + LWS_CALLBACK_HTTP_DROP_PROTOCOL = 50, + /**< */ + LWS_CALLBACK_CHECK_ACCESS_RIGHTS = 51, + /**< */ + LWS_CALLBACK_PROCESS_HTML = 52, + /**< */ + LWS_CALLBACK_ADD_HEADERS = 53, + /**< */ + LWS_CALLBACK_SESSION_INFO = 54, + /**< */ + + LWS_CALLBACK_GS_EVENT = 55, + /**< */ + LWS_CALLBACK_HTTP_PMO = 56, + /**< per-mount options for this connection, called before + * the normal LWS_CALLBACK_HTTP when the mount has per-mount + * options + */ + LWS_CALLBACK_CLIENT_HTTP_WRITEABLE = 57, + /**< when doing an HTTP type client connection, you can call + * lws_client_http_body_pending(wsi, 1) from + * LWS_CALLBACK_CLIENT_APPEND_HANDSHAKE_HEADER to get these callbacks + * sending the HTTP headers. + * + * From this callback, when you have sent everything, you should let + * lws know by calling lws_client_http_body_pending(wsi, 0) + */ + + /****** add new things just above ---^ ******/ + + LWS_CALLBACK_USER = 1000, + /**< user code can use any including / above without fear of clashes */ +}; + + + +/** + * typedef lws_callback_function() - User server actions + * \param wsi: Opaque websocket instance pointer + * \param reason: The reason for the call + * \param user: Pointer to per-session user data allocated by library + * \param in: Pointer used for some callback reasons + * \param len: Length set for some callback reasons + * + * This callback is the way the user controls what is served. All the + * protocol detail is hidden and handled by the library. + * + * For each connection / session there is user data allocated that is + * pointed to by "user". You set the size of this user data area when + * the library is initialized with lws_create_server. + */ +typedef int +lws_callback_function(struct lws *wsi, enum lws_callback_reasons reason, + void *user, void *in, size_t len); +///@} + +/*! \defgroup extensions + * + * ##Extension releated functions + * + * Ws defines optional extensions, lws provides the ability to implement these + * in user code if so desired. + * + * We provide one extensions permessage-deflate. + */ +///@{ + +/* + * NOTE: These public enums are part of the abi. If you want to add one, + * add it at where specified so existing users are unaffected. + */ +enum lws_extension_callback_reasons { + LWS_EXT_CB_SERVER_CONTEXT_CONSTRUCT = 0, + LWS_EXT_CB_CLIENT_CONTEXT_CONSTRUCT = 1, + LWS_EXT_CB_SERVER_CONTEXT_DESTRUCT = 2, + LWS_EXT_CB_CLIENT_CONTEXT_DESTRUCT = 3, + LWS_EXT_CB_CONSTRUCT = 4, + LWS_EXT_CB_CLIENT_CONSTRUCT = 5, + LWS_EXT_CB_CHECK_OK_TO_REALLY_CLOSE = 6, + LWS_EXT_CB_CHECK_OK_TO_PROPOSE_EXTENSION = 7, + LWS_EXT_CB_DESTROY = 8, + LWS_EXT_CB_DESTROY_ANY_WSI_CLOSING = 9, + LWS_EXT_CB_ANY_WSI_ESTABLISHED = 10, + LWS_EXT_CB_PACKET_RX_PREPARSE = 11, + LWS_EXT_CB_PACKET_TX_PRESEND = 12, + LWS_EXT_CB_PACKET_TX_DO_SEND = 13, + LWS_EXT_CB_HANDSHAKE_REPLY_TX = 14, + LWS_EXT_CB_FLUSH_PENDING_TX = 15, + LWS_EXT_CB_EXTENDED_PAYLOAD_RX = 16, + LWS_EXT_CB_CAN_PROXY_CLIENT_CONNECTION = 17, + LWS_EXT_CB_1HZ = 18, + LWS_EXT_CB_REQUEST_ON_WRITEABLE = 19, + LWS_EXT_CB_IS_WRITEABLE = 20, + LWS_EXT_CB_PAYLOAD_TX = 21, + LWS_EXT_CB_PAYLOAD_RX = 22, + LWS_EXT_CB_OPTION_DEFAULT = 23, + LWS_EXT_CB_OPTION_SET = 24, + LWS_EXT_CB_OPTION_CONFIRM = 25, + LWS_EXT_CB_NAMED_OPTION_SET = 26, + + /****** add new things just above ---^ ******/ +}; + +/** enum lws_ext_options_types */ +enum lws_ext_options_types { + EXTARG_NONE, /**< does not take an argument */ + EXTARG_DEC, /**< requires a decimal argument */ + EXTARG_OPT_DEC /**< may have an optional decimal argument */ + + /* Add new things just above here ---^ + * This is part of the ABI, don't needlessly break compatibility */ +}; + +/** struct lws_ext_options - Option arguments to the extension. These are + * used in the negotiation at ws upgrade time. + * The helper function lws_ext_parse_options() + * uses these to generate callbacks */ +struct lws_ext_options { + const char *name; /**< Option name, eg, "server_no_context_takeover" */ + enum lws_ext_options_types type; /**< What kind of args the option can take */ + + /* Add new things just above here ---^ + * This is part of the ABI, don't needlessly break compatibility */ +}; + +/** struct lws_ext_option_arg */ +struct lws_ext_option_arg { + const char *option_name; /**< may be NULL, option_index used then */ + int option_index; /**< argument ordinal to use if option_name missing */ + const char *start; /**< value */ + int len; /**< length of value */ +}; + +/** + * typedef lws_extension_callback_function() - Hooks to allow extensions to operate + * \param context: Websockets context + * \param ext: This extension + * \param wsi: Opaque websocket instance pointer + * \param reason: The reason for the call + * \param user: Pointer to ptr to per-session user data allocated by library + * \param in: Pointer used for some callback reasons + * \param len: Length set for some callback reasons + * + * Each extension that is active on a particular connection receives + * callbacks during the connection lifetime to allow the extension to + * operate on websocket data and manage itself. + * + * Libwebsockets takes care of allocating and freeing "user" memory for + * each active extension on each connection. That is what is pointed to + * by the user parameter. + * + * LWS_EXT_CB_CONSTRUCT: called when the server has decided to + * select this extension from the list provided by the client, + * just before the server will send back the handshake accepting + * the connection with this extension active. This gives the + * extension a chance to initialize its connection context found + * in user. + * + * LWS_EXT_CB_CLIENT_CONSTRUCT: same as LWS_EXT_CB_CONSTRUCT + * but called when client is instantiating this extension. Some + * extensions will work the same on client and server side and then + * you can just merge handlers for both CONSTRUCTS. + * + * LWS_EXT_CB_DESTROY: called when the connection the extension was + * being used on is about to be closed and deallocated. It's the + * last chance for the extension to deallocate anything it has + * allocated in the user data (pointed to by user) before the + * user data is deleted. This same callback is used whether you + * are in client or server instantiation context. + * + * LWS_EXT_CB_PACKET_RX_PREPARSE: when this extension was active on + * a connection, and a packet of data arrived at the connection, + * it is passed to this callback to give the extension a chance to + * change the data, eg, decompress it. user is pointing to the + * extension's private connection context data, in is pointing + * to an lws_tokens struct, it consists of a char * pointer called + * token, and an int called token_len. At entry, these are + * set to point to the received buffer and set to the content + * length. If the extension will grow the content, it should use + * a new buffer allocated in its private user context data and + * set the pointed-to lws_tokens members to point to its buffer. + * + * LWS_EXT_CB_PACKET_TX_PRESEND: this works the same way as + * LWS_EXT_CB_PACKET_RX_PREPARSE above, except it gives the + * extension a chance to change websocket data just before it will + * be sent out. Using the same lws_token pointer scheme in in, + * the extension can change the buffer and the length to be + * transmitted how it likes. Again if it wants to grow the + * buffer safely, it should copy the data into its own buffer and + * set the lws_tokens token pointer to it. + * + * LWS_EXT_CB_ARGS_VALIDATE: + */ +typedef int +lws_extension_callback_function(struct lws_context *context, + const struct lws_extension *ext, struct lws *wsi, + enum lws_extension_callback_reasons reason, + void *user, void *in, size_t len); + +/** struct lws_extension - An extension we support */ +struct lws_extension { + const char *name; /**< Formal extension name, eg, "permessage-deflate" */ + lws_extension_callback_function *callback; /**< Service callback */ + const char *client_offer; /**< String containing exts and options client offers */ + + /* Add new things just above here ---^ + * This is part of the ABI, don't needlessly break compatibility */ +}; + +/** + * lws_set_extension_option(): set extension option if possible + * + * \param wsi: websocket connection + * \param ext_name: name of ext, like "permessage-deflate" + * \param opt_name: name of option, like "rx_buf_size" + * \param opt_val: value to set option to + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int +lws_set_extension_option(struct lws *wsi, const char *ext_name, + const char *opt_name, const char *opt_val); + +#ifndef LWS_NO_EXTENSIONS +/* lws_get_internal_extensions() - DEPRECATED + * + * \Deprecated There is no longer a set internal extensions table. The table is provided + * by user code along with application-specific settings. See the test + * client and server for how to do. + */ +static LWS_INLINE LWS_WARN_DEPRECATED const struct lws_extension * +lws_get_internal_extensions() { return NULL; } + +/** + * lws_ext_parse_options() - deal with parsing negotiated extension options + * + * \param ext: related extension struct + * \param wsi: websocket connection + * \param ext_user: per-connection extension private data + * \param opts: list of supported options + * \param o: option string to parse + * \param len: length + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT +lws_ext_parse_options(const struct lws_extension *ext, struct lws *wsi, + void *ext_user, const struct lws_ext_options *opts, + const char *o, int len); +#endif + +/** lws_extension_callback_pm_deflate() - extension for RFC7692 + * + * \param context: lws context + * \param ext: related lws_extension struct + * \param wsi: websocket connection + * \param reason: incoming callback reason + * \param user: per-connection extension private data + * \param in: pointer parameter + * \param len: length parameter + * + * Built-in callback implementing RFC7692 permessage-deflate + */ +LWS_EXTERN +int lws_extension_callback_pm_deflate( + struct lws_context *context, const struct lws_extension *ext, + struct lws *wsi, enum lws_extension_callback_reasons reason, + void *user, void *in, size_t len); + +/* + * The internal exts are part of the public abi + * If we add more extensions, publish the callback here ------v + */ +///@} + +/*! \defgroup Protocols-and-Plugins Protocols and Plugins + * \ingroup lwsapi + * + * ##Protocol and protocol plugin -related apis + * + * Protocols bind ws protocol names to a custom callback specific to that + * protocol implementaion. + * + * A list of protocols can be passed in at context creation time, but it is + * also legal to leave that NULL and add the protocols and their callback code + * using plugins. + * + * Plugins are much preferable compared to cut and pasting code into an + * application each time, since they can be used standalone. + */ +///@{ +/** struct lws_protocols - List of protocols and handlers client or server + * supports. */ + +struct lws_protocols { + const char *name; + /**< Protocol name that must match the one given in the client + * Javascript new WebSocket(url, 'protocol') name. */ + lws_callback_function *callback; + /**< The service callback used for this protocol. It allows the + * service action for an entire protocol to be encapsulated in + * the protocol-specific callback */ + size_t per_session_data_size; + /**< Each new connection using this protocol gets + * this much memory allocated on connection establishment and + * freed on connection takedown. A pointer to this per-connection + * allocation is passed into the callback in the 'user' parameter */ + size_t rx_buffer_size; + /**< lws allocates this much space for rx data and informs callback + * when something came. Due to rx flow control, the callback may not + * be able to consume it all without having to return to the event + * loop. That is supported in lws. + * + * This also controls how much may be sent at once at the moment, + * although this is likely to change. + */ + unsigned int id; + /**< ignored by lws, but useful to contain user information bound + * to the selected protocol. For example if this protocol was + * called "myprotocol-v2", you might set id to 2, and the user + * code that acts differently according to the version can do so by + * switch (wsi->protocol->id), user code might use some bits as + * capability flags based on selected protocol version, etc. */ + void *user; /**< ignored by lws, but user code can pass a pointer + here it can later access from the protocol callback */ + + /* Add new things just above here ---^ + * This is part of the ABI, don't needlessly break compatibility */ +}; + +struct lws_vhost; + +/** + * lws_vhost_name_to_protocol() - get vhost's protocol object from its name + * + * \param vh: vhost to search + * \param name: protocol name + * + * Returns NULL or a pointer to the vhost's protocol of the requested name + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN const struct lws_protocols * +lws_vhost_name_to_protocol(struct lws_vhost *vh, const char *name); + +/** + * lws_get_protocol() - Returns a protocol pointer from a websocket + * connection. + * \param wsi: pointer to struct websocket you want to know the protocol of + * + * + * Some apis can act on all live connections of a given protocol, + * this is how you can get a pointer to the active protocol if needed. + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN const struct lws_protocols * +lws_get_protocol(struct lws *wsi); + +/** lws_protocol_get() - deprecated: use lws_get_protocol */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN const struct lws_protocols * +lws_protocol_get(struct lws *wsi) LWS_WARN_DEPRECATED; + +/** + * lws_protocol_vh_priv_zalloc() - Allocate and zero down a protocol's per-vhost + * storage + * \param vhost: vhost the instance is related to + * \param prot: protocol the instance is related to + * \param size: bytes to allocate + * + * Protocols often find it useful to allocate a per-vhost struct, this is a + * helper to be called in the per-vhost init LWS_CALLBACK_PROTOCOL_INIT + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void * +lws_protocol_vh_priv_zalloc(struct lws_vhost *vhost, const struct lws_protocols *prot, + int size); + +/** + * lws_protocol_vh_priv_get() - retreive a protocol's per-vhost storage + * + * \param vhost: vhost the instance is related to + * \param prot: protocol the instance is related to + * + * Recover a pointer to the allocated per-vhost storage for the protocol created + * by lws_protocol_vh_priv_zalloc() earlier + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void * +lws_protocol_vh_priv_get(struct lws_vhost *vhost, const struct lws_protocols *prot); + +/** + * lws_finalize_startup() - drop initial process privileges + * + * \param context: lws context + * + * This is called after the end of the vhost protocol initializations, but + * you may choose to call it earlier + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int +lws_finalize_startup(struct lws_context *context); + +#ifdef LWS_WITH_PLUGINS + +/* PLUGINS implies LIBUV */ + +#define LWS_PLUGIN_API_MAGIC 180 + +/** struct lws_plugin_capability - how a plugin introduces itself to lws */ +struct lws_plugin_capability { + unsigned int api_magic; /**< caller fills this in, plugin fills rest */ + const struct lws_protocols *protocols; /**< array of supported protocols provided by plugin */ + int count_protocols; /**< how many protocols */ + const struct lws_extension *extensions; /**< array of extensions provided by plugin */ + int count_extensions; /**< how many extensions */ +}; + +typedef int (*lws_plugin_init_func)(struct lws_context *, + struct lws_plugin_capability *); +typedef int (*lws_plugin_destroy_func)(struct lws_context *); + +/** struct lws_plugin */ +struct lws_plugin { + struct lws_plugin *list; /**< linked list */ +#if (UV_VERSION_MAJOR > 0) + uv_lib_t lib; /**< shared library pointer */ +#else + void *l; /**< so we can compile on ancient libuv */ +#endif + char name[64]; /**< name of the plugin */ + struct lws_plugin_capability caps; /**< plugin capabilities */ +}; + +#endif + +///@} + + +/*! \defgroup generic-sessions plugin: generic-sessions + * \ingroup Protocols-and-Plugins + * + * ##Plugin Generic-sessions related + * + * generic-sessions plugin provides a reusable, generic session and login / + * register / forgot password framework including email verification. + */ +///@{ + +#define LWSGS_EMAIL_CONTENT_SIZE 16384 +/**< Maximum size of email we might send */ + +/* SHA-1 binary and hexified versions */ +/** typedef struct lwsgw_hash_bin */ +typedef struct { unsigned char bin[20]; /**< binary representation of hash */} lwsgw_hash_bin; +/** typedef struct lwsgw_hash */ +typedef struct { char id[41]; /**< ascii hex representation of hash */ } lwsgw_hash; + +/** enum lwsgs_auth_bits */ +enum lwsgs_auth_bits { + LWSGS_AUTH_LOGGED_IN = 1, /**< user is logged in as somebody */ + LWSGS_AUTH_ADMIN = 2, /**< logged in as the admin user */ + LWSGS_AUTH_VERIFIED = 4, /**< user has verified his email */ + LWSGS_AUTH_FORGOT_FLOW = 8, /**< he just completed "forgot password" flow */ +}; + +/** struct lws_session_info - information about user session status */ +struct lws_session_info { + char username[32]; /**< username logged in as, or empty string */ + char email[100]; /**< email address associated with login, or empty string */ + char ip[72]; /**< ip address session was started from */ + unsigned int mask; /**< access rights mask associated with session + * see enum lwsgs_auth_bits */ + char session[42]; /**< session id string, usable as opaque uid when not logged in */ +}; + +/** enum lws_gs_event */ +enum lws_gs_event { + LWSGSE_CREATED, /**< a new user was created */ + LWSGSE_DELETED /**< an existing user was deleted */ +}; + +/** struct lws_gs_event_args */ +struct lws_gs_event_args { + enum lws_gs_event event; /**< which event happened */ + const char *username; /**< which username the event happened to */ + const char *email; /**< the email address of that user */ +}; + +///@} + + +/*! \defgroup context-and-vhost + * \ingroup lwsapi + * + * ##Context and Vhost releated functions + * + * LWS requires that there is one context, in which you may define multiple + * vhosts. Each vhost is a virtual host, with either its own listen port + * or sharing an existing one. Each vhost has its own SSL context that can + * be set up individually or left disabled. + * + * If you don't care about multiple "site" support, you can ignore it and + * lws will create a single default vhost at context creation time. + */ +///@{ + +/* + * NOTE: These public enums are part of the abi. If you want to add one, + * add it at where specified so existing users are unaffected. + */ + +/** enum lws_context_options - context and vhost options */ +enum lws_context_options { + LWS_SERVER_OPTION_REQUIRE_VALID_OPENSSL_CLIENT_CERT = (1 << 1) | + (1 << 12), + /**< (VH) Don't allow the connection unless the client has a + * client cert that we recognize; provides + * LWS_SERVER_OPTION_DO_SSL_GLOBAL_INIT */ + LWS_SERVER_OPTION_SKIP_SERVER_CANONICAL_NAME = (1 << 2), + /**< (CTX) Don't try to get the server's hostname */ + LWS_SERVER_OPTION_ALLOW_NON_SSL_ON_SSL_PORT = (1 << 3) | + (1 << 12), + /**< (VH) Allow non-SSL (plaintext) connections on the same + * port as SSL is listening... undermines the security of SSL; + * provides LWS_SERVER_OPTION_DO_SSL_GLOBAL_INIT */ + LWS_SERVER_OPTION_LIBEV = (1 << 4), + /**< (CTX) Use libev event loop */ + LWS_SERVER_OPTION_DISABLE_IPV6 = (1 << 5), + /**< (VH) Disable IPV6 support */ + LWS_SERVER_OPTION_DISABLE_OS_CA_CERTS = (1 << 6), + /**< (VH) Don't load OS CA certs, you will need to load your + * own CA cert(s) */ + LWS_SERVER_OPTION_PEER_CERT_NOT_REQUIRED = (1 << 7), + /**< (VH) Accept connections with no valid Cert (eg, selfsigned) */ + LWS_SERVER_OPTION_VALIDATE_UTF8 = (1 << 8), + /**< (VH) Check UT-8 correctness */ + LWS_SERVER_OPTION_SSL_ECDH = (1 << 9) | + (1 << 12), + /**< (VH) initialize ECDH ciphers */ + LWS_SERVER_OPTION_LIBUV = (1 << 10), + /**< (CTX) Use libuv event loop */ + LWS_SERVER_OPTION_REDIRECT_HTTP_TO_HTTPS = (1 << 11) | + (1 << 12), + /**< (VH) Use http redirect to force http to https + * (deprecated: use mount redirection) */ + LWS_SERVER_OPTION_DO_SSL_GLOBAL_INIT = (1 << 12), + /**< (CTX) Initialize the SSL library at all */ + LWS_SERVER_OPTION_EXPLICIT_VHOSTS = (1 << 13), + /**< (CTX) Only create the context when calling context + * create api, implies user code will create its own vhosts */ + LWS_SERVER_OPTION_UNIX_SOCK = (1 << 14), + /**< (VH) Use Unix socket */ + LWS_SERVER_OPTION_STS = (1 << 15), + /**< (VH) Send Strict Transport Security header, making + * clients subsequently go to https even if user asked for http */ + LWS_SERVER_OPTION_IPV6_V6ONLY_MODIFY = (1 << 16), + /**< (VH) Enable LWS_SERVER_OPTION_IPV6_V6ONLY_VALUE to take effect */ + LWS_SERVER_OPTION_IPV6_V6ONLY_VALUE = (1 << 17), + /**< (VH) if set, only ipv6 allowed on the vhost */ + LWS_SERVER_OPTION_UV_NO_SIGSEGV_SIGFPE_SPIN = (1 << 18), + /**< (CTX) Libuv only: Do not spin on SIGSEGV / SIGFPE. A segfault + * normally makes the lib spin so you can attach a debugger to it + * even if it happened without a debugger in place. You can disable + * that by giving this option. + */ + + /****** add new things just above ---^ ******/ +}; + +#define lws_check_opt(c, f) (((c) & (f)) == (f)) + +/** struct lws_context_creation_info - parameters to create context and /or vhost with + * + * This is also used to create vhosts.... if LWS_SERVER_OPTION_EXPLICIT_VHOSTS + * is not given, then for backwards compatibility one vhost is created at + * context-creation time using the info from this struct. + * + * If LWS_SERVER_OPTION_EXPLICIT_VHOSTS is given, then no vhosts are created + * at the same time as the context, they are expected to be created afterwards. + */ +struct lws_context_creation_info { + int port; + /**< VHOST: Port to listen on... you can use CONTEXT_PORT_NO_LISTEN to + * suppress listening on any port, that's what you want if you are + * not running a websocket server at all but just using it as a + * client */ + const char *iface; + /**< VHOST: NULL to bind the listen socket to all interfaces, or the + * interface name, eg, "eth2" + * If options specifies LWS_SERVER_OPTION_UNIX_SOCK, this member is + * the pathname of a UNIX domain socket. you can use the UNIX domain + * sockets in abstract namespace, by prepending an at symbol to the + * socket name. */ + const struct lws_protocols *protocols; + /**< VHOST: Array of structures listing supported protocols and a protocol- + * specific callback for each one. The list is ended with an + * entry that has a NULL callback pointer. */ + const struct lws_extension *extensions; + /**< VHOST: NULL or array of lws_extension structs listing the + * extensions this context supports. */ + const struct lws_token_limits *token_limits; + /**< CONTEXT: NULL or struct lws_token_limits pointer which is initialized + * with a token length limit for each possible WSI_TOKEN_ */ + const char *ssl_private_key_password; + /**< VHOST: NULL or the passphrase needed for the private key */ + const char *ssl_cert_filepath; + /**< VHOST: If libwebsockets was compiled to use ssl, and you want + * to listen using SSL, set to the filepath to fetch the + * server cert from, otherwise NULL for unencrypted */ + const char *ssl_private_key_filepath; + /**< VHOST: filepath to private key if wanting SSL mode; + * if this is set to NULL but sll_cert_filepath is set, the + * OPENSSL_CONTEXT_REQUIRES_PRIVATE_KEY callback is called + * to allow setting of the private key directly via openSSL + * library calls */ + const char *ssl_ca_filepath; + /**< VHOST: CA certificate filepath or NULL */ + const char *ssl_cipher_list; + /**< VHOST: List of valid ciphers to use (eg, + * "RC4-MD5:RC4-SHA:AES128-SHA:AES256-SHA:HIGH:!DSS:!aNULL" + * or you can leave it as NULL to get "DEFAULT" */ + const char *http_proxy_address; + /**< VHOST: If non-NULL, attempts to proxy via the given address. + * If proxy auth is required, use format "username:password\@server:port" */ + unsigned int http_proxy_port; + /**< VHOST: If http_proxy_address was non-NULL, uses this port */ + int gid; + /**< CONTEXT: group id to change to after setting listen socket, or -1. */ + int uid; + /**< CONTEXT: user id to change to after setting listen socket, or -1. */ + unsigned int options; + /**< VHOST + CONTEXT: 0, or LWS_SERVER_OPTION_... bitfields */ + void *user; + /**< CONTEXT: optional user pointer that can be recovered via the context + * pointer using lws_context_user */ + int ka_time; + /**< CONTEXT: 0 for no TCP keepalive, otherwise apply this keepalive + * timeout to all libwebsocket sockets, client or server */ + int ka_probes; + /**< CONTEXT: if ka_time was nonzero, after the timeout expires how many + * times to try to get a response from the peer before giving up + * and killing the connection */ + int ka_interval; + /**< CONTEXT: if ka_time was nonzero, how long to wait before each ka_probes + * attempt */ +#ifdef LWS_OPENSSL_SUPPORT + SSL_CTX *provided_client_ssl_ctx; + /**< CONTEXT: If non-null, swap out libwebsockets ssl + * implementation for the one provided by provided_ssl_ctx. + * Libwebsockets no longer is responsible for freeing the context + * if this option is selected. */ +#else /* maintain structure layout either way */ + void *provided_client_ssl_ctx; /**< dummy if ssl disabled */ +#endif + + short max_http_header_data; + /**< CONTEXT: The max amount of header payload that can be handled + * in an http request (unrecognized header payload is dropped) */ + short max_http_header_pool; + /**< CONTEXT: The max number of connections with http headers that + * can be processed simultaneously (the corresponding memory is + * allocated for the lifetime of the context). If the pool is + * busy new incoming connections must wait for accept until one + * becomes free. */ + + unsigned int count_threads; + /**< CONTEXT: how many contexts to create in an array, 0 = 1 */ + unsigned int fd_limit_per_thread; + /**< CONTEXT: nonzero means restrict each service thread to this + * many fds, 0 means the default which is divide the process fd + * limit by the number of threads. */ + unsigned int timeout_secs; + /**< VHOST: various processes involving network roundtrips in the + * library are protected from hanging forever by timeouts. If + * nonzero, this member lets you set the timeout used in seconds. + * Otherwise a default timeout is used. */ + const char *ecdh_curve; + /**< VHOST: if NULL, defaults to initializing server with "prime256v1" */ + const char *vhost_name; + /**< VHOST: name of vhost, must match external DNS name used to + * access the site, like "warmcat.com" as it's used to match + * Host: header and / or SNI name for SSL. */ + const char * const *plugin_dirs; + /**< CONTEXT: NULL, or NULL-terminated array of directories to + * scan for lws protocol plugins at context creation time */ + const struct lws_protocol_vhost_options *pvo; + /**< VHOST: pointer to optional linked list of per-vhost + * options made accessible to protocols */ + int keepalive_timeout; + /**< VHOST: (default = 0 = 60s) seconds to allow remote + * client to hold on to an idle HTTP/1.1 connection */ + const char *log_filepath; + /**< VHOST: filepath to append logs to... this is opened before + * any dropping of initial privileges */ + const struct lws_http_mount *mounts; + /**< VHOST: optional linked list of mounts for this vhost */ + const char *server_string; + /**< CONTEXT: string used in HTTP headers to identify server + * software, if NULL, "libwebsockets". */ + unsigned int pt_serv_buf_size; + /**< CONTEXT: 0 = default of 4096. This buffer is used by + * various service related features including file serving, it + * defines the max chunk of file that can be sent at once. + * At the risk of lws having to buffer failed large sends, it + * can be increased to, eg, 128KiB to improve throughput. */ + unsigned int max_http_header_data2; + /**< CONTEXT: if max_http_header_data is 0 and this + * is nonzero, this will be used in place of the default. It's + * like this for compatibility with the original short version, + * this is unsigned int length. */ + long ssl_options_set; + /**< VHOST: Any bits set here will be set as SSL options */ + long ssl_options_clear; + /**< VHOST: Any bits set here will be cleared as SSL options */ + unsigned short ws_ping_pong_interval; + /**< CONTEXT: 0 for none, else interval in seconds between sending + * PINGs on idle websocket connections. When the PING is sent, + * the PONG must come within the normal timeout_secs timeout period + * or the connection will be dropped. + * Any RX or TX traffic on the connection restarts the interval timer, + * so a connection which always sends or receives something at intervals + * less than the interval given here will never send PINGs / expect + * PONGs. Conversely as soon as the ws connection is established, an + * idle connection will do the PING / PONG roundtrip as soon as + * ws_ping_pong_interval seconds has passed without traffic + */ + const struct lws_protocol_vhost_options *headers; + /**< VHOST: pointer to optional linked list of per-vhost + * canned headers that are added to server responses */ + + /* Add new things just above here ---^ + * This is part of the ABI, don't needlessly break compatibility + * + * The below is to ensure later library versions with new + * members added above will see 0 (default) even if the app + * was not built against the newer headers. + */ + + void *_unused[8]; /**< dummy */ +}; + +/** + * lws_create_context() - Create the websocket handler + * \param info: pointer to struct with parameters + * + * This function creates the listening socket (if serving) and takes care + * of all initialization in one step. + * + * If option LWS_SERVER_OPTION_EXPLICIT_VHOSTS is given, no vhost is + * created; you're expected to create your own vhosts afterwards using + * lws_create_vhost(). Otherwise a vhost named "default" is also created + * using the information in the vhost-related members, for compatibility. + * + * After initialization, it returns a struct lws_context * that + * represents this server. After calling, user code needs to take care + * of calling lws_service() with the context pointer to get the + * server's sockets serviced. This must be done in the same process + * context as the initialization call. + * + * The protocol callback functions are called for a handful of events + * including http requests coming in, websocket connections becoming + * established, and data arriving; it's also called periodically to allow + * async transmission. + * + * HTTP requests are sent always to the FIRST protocol in protocol, since + * at that time websocket protocol has not been negotiated. Other + * protocols after the first one never see any HTTP callack activity. + * + * The server created is a simple http server by default; part of the + * websocket standard is upgrading this http connection to a websocket one. + * + * This allows the same server to provide files like scripts and favicon / + * images or whatever over http and dynamic data over websockets all in + * one place; they're all handled in the user callback. + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN struct lws_context * +lws_create_context(struct lws_context_creation_info *info); + +/** + * lws_context_destroy() - Destroy the websocket context + * \param context: Websocket context + * + * This function closes any active connections and then frees the + * context. After calling this, any further use of the context is + * undefined. + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void +lws_context_destroy(struct lws_context *context); + +/** + * lws_set_proxy() - Setups proxy to lws_context. + * \param vhost: pointer to struct lws_vhost you want set proxy for + * \param proxy: pointer to c string containing proxy in format address:port + * + * Returns 0 if proxy string was parsed and proxy was setup. + * Returns -1 if proxy is NULL or has incorrect format. + * + * This is only required if your OS does not provide the http_proxy + * environment variable (eg, OSX) + * + * IMPORTANT! You should call this function right after creation of the + * lws_context and before call to connect. If you call this + * function after connect behavior is undefined. + * This function will override proxy settings made on lws_context + * creation with genenv() call. + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int +lws_set_proxy(struct lws_vhost *vhost, const char *proxy); + + +struct lws_vhost; + +/** + * lws_create_vhost() - Create a vhost (virtual server context) + * \param context: pointer to result of lws_create_context() + * \param info: pointer to struct with parameters + * + * This function creates a virtual server (vhost) using the vhost-related + * members of the info struct. You can create many vhosts inside one context + * if you created the context with the option LWS_SERVER_OPTION_EXPLICIT_VHOSTS + */ +LWS_EXTERN LWS_VISIBLE struct lws_vhost * +lws_create_vhost(struct lws_context *context, + struct lws_context_creation_info *info); + +/** + * lwsws_get_config_globals() - Parse a JSON server config file + * \param info: pointer to struct with parameters + * \param d: filepath of the config file + * \param config_strings: storage for the config strings extracted from JSON, + * the pointer is incremented as strings are stored + * \param len: pointer to the remaining length left in config_strings + * the value is decremented as strings are stored + * + * This function prepares a n lws_context_creation_info struct with global + * settings from a file d. + * + * Requires CMake option LWS_WITH_LEJP_CONF to have been enabled + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int +lwsws_get_config_globals(struct lws_context_creation_info *info, const char *d, + char **config_strings, int *len); + +/** + * lwsws_get_config_vhosts() - Create vhosts from a JSON server config file + * \param context: pointer to result of lws_create_context() + * \param info: pointer to struct with parameters + * \param d: filepath of the config file + * \param config_strings: storage for the config strings extracted from JSON, + * the pointer is incremented as strings are stored + * \param len: pointer to the remaining length left in config_strings + * the value is decremented as strings are stored + * + * This function creates vhosts into a context according to the settings in + *JSON files found in directory d. + * + * Requires CMake option LWS_WITH_LEJP_CONF to have been enabled + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int +lwsws_get_config_vhosts(struct lws_context *context, + struct lws_context_creation_info *info, const char *d, + char **config_strings, int *len); + +/** lws_vhost_get() - \deprecated deprecated: use lws_get_vhost() */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN struct lws_vhost * +lws_vhost_get(struct lws *wsi) LWS_WARN_DEPRECATED; + +/** + * lws_get_vhost() - return the vhost a wsi belongs to + * + * \param wsi: which connection + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN struct lws_vhost * +lws_get_vhost(struct lws *wsi); + +/** + * lws_json_dump_vhost() - describe vhost state and stats in JSON + * + * \param vh: the vhost + * \param buf: buffer to fill with JSON + * \param len: max length of buf + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int +lws_json_dump_vhost(const struct lws_vhost *vh, char *buf, int len); + +/** + * lws_json_dump_context() - describe context state and stats in JSON + * + * \param context: the context + * \param buf: buffer to fill with JSON + * \param len: max length of buf + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int +lws_json_dump_context(const struct lws_context *context, char *buf, int len); + +/** + * lws_context_user() - get the user data associated with the context + * \param context: Websocket context + * + * This returns the optional user allocation that can be attached to + * the context the sockets live in at context_create time. It's a way + * to let all sockets serviced in the same context share data without + * using globals statics in the user code. + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void * +lws_context_user(struct lws_context *context); + +/*! \defgroup vhost-mounts Vhost mounts and options + * \ingroup context-and-vhost-creation + * + * ##Vhost mounts and options + */ +///@{ +/** struct lws_protocol_vhost_options - linked list of per-vhost protocol + * name=value options + * + * This provides a general way to attach a linked-list of name=value pairs, + * which can also have an optional child link-list using the options member. + */ +struct lws_protocol_vhost_options { + const struct lws_protocol_vhost_options *next; /**< linked list */ + const struct lws_protocol_vhost_options *options; /**< child linked-list of more options for this node */ + const char *name; /**< name of name=value pair */ + const char *value; /**< value of name=value pair */ +}; + +/** enum lws_mount_protocols + * This specifies the mount protocol for a mountpoint, whether it is to be + * served from a filesystem, or it is a cgi etc. + */ +enum lws_mount_protocols { + LWSMPRO_HTTP = 0, /**< not supported yet */ + LWSMPRO_HTTPS = 1, /**< not supported yet */ + LWSMPRO_FILE = 2, /**< serve from filesystem directory */ + LWSMPRO_CGI = 3, /**< pass to CGI to handle */ + LWSMPRO_REDIR_HTTP = 4, /**< redirect to http:// url */ + LWSMPRO_REDIR_HTTPS = 5, /**< redirect to https:// url */ + LWSMPRO_CALLBACK = 6, /**< hand by named protocol's callback */ +}; + +/** struct lws_http_mount + * + * arguments for mounting something in a vhost's url namespace + */ +struct lws_http_mount { + const struct lws_http_mount *mount_next; + /**< pointer to next struct lws_http_mount */ + const char *mountpoint; + /**< mountpoint in http pathspace, eg, "/" */ + const char *origin; + /**< path to be mounted, eg, "/var/www/warmcat.com" */ + const char *def; + /**< default target, eg, "index.html" */ + const char *protocol; + /**<"protocol-name" to handle mount */ + + const struct lws_protocol_vhost_options *cgienv; + /**< optional linked-list of cgi options. These are created + * as environment variables for the cgi process + */ + const struct lws_protocol_vhost_options *extra_mimetypes; + /**< optional linked-list of mimetype mappings */ + const struct lws_protocol_vhost_options *interpret; + /**< optional linked-list of files to be interpreted */ + + int cgi_timeout; + /**< seconds cgi is allowed to live, if cgi://mount type */ + int cache_max_age; + /**< max-age for reuse of client cache of files, seconds */ + unsigned int auth_mask; + /**< bits set here must be set for authorized client session */ + + unsigned int cache_reusable:1; /**< set if client cache may reuse this */ + unsigned int cache_revalidate:1; /**< set if client cache should revalidate on use */ + unsigned int cache_intermediaries:1; /**< set if intermediaries are allowed to cache */ + + unsigned char origin_protocol; /**< one of enum lws_mount_protocols */ + unsigned char mountpoint_len; /**< length of mountpoint string */ +}; +///@} +///@} + +/*! \defgroup client + * \ingroup lwsapi + * + * ##Client releated functions + * */ +///@{ + +/** enum lws_client_connect_ssl_connection_flags - flags that may be used + * with struct lws_client_connect_info ssl_connection member to control if + * and how SSL checks apply to the client connection being created + */ + +enum lws_client_connect_ssl_connection_flags { + LCCSCF_USE_SSL = (1 << 0), + LCCSCF_ALLOW_SELFSIGNED = (1 << 1), + LCCSCF_SKIP_SERVER_CERT_HOSTNAME_CHECK = (1 << 2) +}; + +/** struct lws_client_connect_info - parameters to connect with when using + * lws_client_connect_via_info() */ + +struct lws_client_connect_info { + struct lws_context *context; + /**< lws context to create connection in */ + const char *address; + /**< remote address to connect to */ + int port; + /**< remote port to connect to */ + int ssl_connection; + /**< nonzero for ssl */ + const char *path; + /**< uri path */ + const char *host; + /**< content of host header */ + const char *origin; + /**< content of origin header */ + const char *protocol; + /**< list of ws protocols we could accept */ + int ietf_version_or_minus_one; + /**< deprecated: currently leave at 0 or -1 */ + void *userdata; + /**< if non-NULL, use this as wsi user_data instead of malloc it */ + const struct lws_extension *client_exts; + /**< array of extensions that may be used on connection */ + const char *method; + /**< if non-NULL, do this http method instead of ws[s] upgrade. + * use "GET" to be a simple http client connection */ + struct lws *parent_wsi; + /**< if another wsi is responsible for this connection, give it here. + * this is used to make sure if the parent closes so do any + * child connections first. */ + const char *uri_replace_from; + /**< if non-NULL, when this string is found in URIs in + * text/html content-encoding, it's replaced with uri_replace_to */ + const char *uri_replace_to; + /**< see uri_replace_from */ + struct lws_vhost *vhost; + /**< vhost to bind to (used to determine related SSL_CTX) */ + struct lws **pwsi; + /**< if not NULL, store the new wsi here early in the connection + * process. Although we return the new wsi, the call to create the + * client connection does progress the connection somewhat and may + * meet an error that will result in the connection being scrubbed and + * NULL returned. While the wsi exists though, he may process a + * callback like CLIENT_CONNECTION_ERROR with his wsi: this gives the + * user callback a way to identify which wsi it is that faced the error + * even before the new wsi is returned and even if ultimately no wsi + * is returned. + */ + + /* Add new things just above here ---^ + * This is part of the ABI, don't needlessly break compatibility + * + * The below is to ensure later library versions with new + * members added above will see 0 (default) even if the app + * was not built against the newer headers. + */ + + void *_unused[4]; /**< dummy */ +}; + +/** + * lws_client_connect_via_info() - Connect to another websocket server + * \param ccinfo: pointer to lws_client_connect_info struct + * + * This function creates a connection to a remote server using the + * information provided in ccinfo. + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN struct lws * +lws_client_connect_via_info(struct lws_client_connect_info * ccinfo); + +/** + * lws_client_connect() - Connect to another websocket server + * \deprecated DEPRECATED use lws_client_connect_via_info + * \param clients: Websocket context + * \param address: Remote server address, eg, "myserver.com" + * \param port: Port to connect to on the remote server, eg, 80 + * \param ssl_connection: 0 = ws://, 1 = wss:// encrypted, 2 = wss:// allow self + * signed certs + * \param path: Websocket path on server + * \param host: Hostname on server + * \param origin: Socket origin name + * \param protocol: Comma-separated list of protocols being asked for from + * the server, or just one. The server will pick the one it + * likes best. If you don't want to specify a protocol, which is + * legal, use NULL here. + * \param ietf_version_or_minus_one: -1 to ask to connect using the default, latest + * protocol supported, or the specific protocol ordinal + * + * This function creates a connection to a remote server + */ +/* deprecated, use lws_client_connect_via_info() */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN struct lws * LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT +lws_client_connect(struct lws_context *clients, const char *address, + int port, int ssl_connection, const char *path, + const char *host, const char *origin, const char *protocol, + int ietf_version_or_minus_one) LWS_WARN_DEPRECATED; +/* deprecated, use lws_client_connect_via_info() */ +/** + * lws_client_connect_extended() - Connect to another websocket server + * \deprecated DEPRECATED use lws_client_connect_via_info + * \param clients: Websocket context + * \param address: Remote server address, eg, "myserver.com" + * \param port: Port to connect to on the remote server, eg, 80 + * \param ssl_connection: 0 = ws://, 1 = wss:// encrypted, 2 = wss:// allow self + * signed certs + * \param path: Websocket path on server + * \param host: Hostname on server + * \param origin: Socket origin name + * \param protocol: Comma-separated list of protocols being asked for from + * the server, or just one. The server will pick the one it + * likes best. + * \param ietf_version_or_minus_one: -1 to ask to connect using the default, latest + * protocol supported, or the specific protocol ordinal + * \param userdata: Pre-allocated user data + * + * This function creates a connection to a remote server + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN struct lws * LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT +lws_client_connect_extended(struct lws_context *clients, const char *address, + int port, int ssl_connection, const char *path, + const char *host, const char *origin, + const char *protocol, int ietf_version_or_minus_one, + void *userdata) LWS_WARN_DEPRECATED; + +/** + * lws_init_vhost_client_ssl() - also enable client SSL on an existing vhost + * + * \param info: client ssl related info + * \param vhost: which vhost to initialize client ssl operations on + * + * You only need to call this if you plan on using SSL client connections on + * the vhost. For non-SSL client connections, it's not necessary to call this. + * + * The following members of info are used during the call + * + * - options must have LWS_SERVER_OPTION_DO_SSL_GLOBAL_INIT set, + * otherwise the call does nothing + * - provided_client_ssl_ctx must be NULL to get a generated client + * ssl context, otherwise you can pass a prepared one in by setting it + * - ssl_cipher_list may be NULL or set to the client valid cipher list + * - ssl_ca_filepath may be NULL or client cert filepath + * - ssl_cert_filepath may be NULL or client cert filepath + * - ssl_private_key_filepath may be NULL or client cert private key + * + * You must create your vhost explicitly if you want to use this, so you have + * a pointer to the vhost. Create the context first with the option flag + * LWS_SERVER_OPTION_EXPLICIT_VHOSTS and then call lws_create_vhost() with + * the same info struct. + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int +lws_init_vhost_client_ssl(const struct lws_context_creation_info *info, + struct lws_vhost *vhost); + +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int +lws_http_client_read(struct lws *wsi, char **buf, int *len); + +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void +lws_client_http_body_pending(struct lws *wsi, int something_left_to_send); + +/** + * lws_client_http_body_pending() - control if client connection neeeds to send body + * + * \param wsi: client connection + * \param something_left_to_send: nonzero if need to send more body, 0 (default) + * if nothing more to send + * + * If you will send payload data with your HTTP client connection, eg, for POST, + * when you set the related http headers in + * LWS_CALLBACK_CLIENT_APPEND_HANDSHAKE_HEADER callback you should also call + * this API with something_left_to_send nonzero, and call + * lws_callback_on_writable(wsi); + * + * After sending the headers, lws will call your callback with + * LWS_CALLBACK_CLIENT_HTTP_WRITEABLE reason when writable. You can send the + * next part of the http body payload, calling lws_callback_on_writable(wsi); + * if there is more to come, or lws_client_http_body_pending(wsi, 0); to + * let lws know the last part is sent and the connection can move on. + */ + +///@} + +/** \defgroup service Built-in service loop entry + * + * ##Built-in service loop entry + * + * If you're not using libev / libuv, these apis are needed to enter the poll() + * wait in lws and service any connections with pending events. + */ +///@{ + +/** + * lws_service() - Service any pending websocket activity + * \param context: Websocket context + * \param timeout_ms: Timeout for poll; 0 means return immediately if nothing needed + * service otherwise block and service immediately, returning + * after the timeout if nothing needed service. + * + * This function deals with any pending websocket traffic, for three + * kinds of event. It handles these events on both server and client + * types of connection the same. + * + * 1) Accept new connections to our context's server + * + * 2) Call the receive callback for incoming frame data received by + * server or client connections. + * + * You need to call this service function periodically to all the above + * functions to happen; if your application is single-threaded you can + * just call it in your main event loop. + * + * Alternatively you can fork a new process that asynchronously handles + * calling this service in a loop. In that case you are happy if this + * call blocks your thread until it needs to take care of something and + * would call it with a large nonzero timeout. Your loop then takes no + * CPU while there is nothing happening. + * + * If you are calling it in a single-threaded app, you don't want it to + * wait around blocking other things in your loop from happening, so you + * would call it with a timeout_ms of 0, so it returns immediately if + * nothing is pending, or as soon as it services whatever was pending. + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int +lws_service(struct lws_context *context, int timeout_ms); + +/** + * lws_service() - Service any pending websocket activity + * + * \param context: Websocket context + * \param timeout_ms: Timeout for poll; 0 means return immediately if nothing needed + * service otherwise block and service immediately, returning + * after the timeout if nothing needed service. + * + * Same as lws_service(), but for a specific thread service index. Only needed + * if you are spawning multiple service threads. + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int +lws_service_tsi(struct lws_context *context, int timeout_ms, int tsi); + +/** + * lws_cancel_service_pt() - Cancel servicing of pending socket activity + * on one thread + * \param wsi: Cancel service on the thread this wsi is serviced by + * + * This function lets a call to lws_service() waiting for a timeout + * immediately return. + * + * It works by creating a phony event and then swallowing it silently. + * + * The reason it may be needed is when waiting in poll(), changes to + * the event masks are ignored by the OS until poll() is reentered. This + * lets you halt the poll() wait and make the reentry happen immediately + * instead of having the wait out the rest of the poll timeout. + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void +lws_cancel_service_pt(struct lws *wsi); + +/** + * lws_cancel_service() - Cancel wait for new pending socket activity + * \param context: Websocket context + * + * This function let a call to lws_service() waiting for a timeout + * immediately return. + * + * What it basically does is provide a fake event that will be swallowed, + * so the wait in poll() is ended. That's useful because poll() doesn't + * attend to changes in POLLIN/OUT/ERR until it re-enters the wait. + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void +lws_cancel_service(struct lws_context *context); + +/** + * lws_service_fd() - Service polled socket with something waiting + * \param context: Websocket context + * \param pollfd: The pollfd entry describing the socket fd and which events + * happened. + * + * This function takes a pollfd that has POLLIN or POLLOUT activity and + * services it according to the state of the associated + * struct lws. + * + * The one call deals with all "service" that might happen on a socket + * including listen accepts, http files as well as websocket protocol. + * + * If a pollfd says it has something, you can just pass it to + * lws_service_fd() whether it is a socket handled by lws or not. + * If it sees it is a lws socket, the traffic will be handled and + * pollfd->revents will be zeroed now. + * + * If the socket is foreign to lws, it leaves revents alone. So you can + * see if you should service yourself by checking the pollfd revents + * after letting lws try to service it. + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int +lws_service_fd(struct lws_context *context, struct lws_pollfd *pollfd); + +/** + * lws_service_fd_tsi() - Service polled socket in specific service thread + * \param context: Websocket context + * \param pollfd: The pollfd entry describing the socket fd and which events + * happened. + * \param tsi: thread service index + * + * Same as lws_service_fd() but used with multiple service threads + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int +lws_service_fd_tsi(struct lws_context *context, struct lws_pollfd *pollfd, + int tsi); + +/** + * lws_service_adjust_timeout() - Check for any connection needing forced service + * \param context: Websocket context + * \param timeout_ms: The original poll timeout value. You can just set this + * to 1 if you don't really have a poll timeout. + * \param tsi: thread service index + * + * Under some conditions connections may need service even though there is no + * pending network action on them, this is "forced service". For default + * poll() and libuv / libev, the library takes care of calling this and + * dealing with it for you. But for external poll() integration, you need + * access to the apis. + * + * If anybody needs "forced service", returned timeout is zero. In that case, + * you can call lws_plat_service_tsi() with a timeout of -1 to only service + * guys who need forced service. + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int +lws_service_adjust_timeout(struct lws_context *context, int timeout_ms, int tsi); + +/** + * lws_plat_service_tsi() - Lowlevel platform-specific service api + * \param context: Websocket context + * \param timeout_ms: The original poll timeout value. You can just set this + * to 1 if you don't really have a poll timeout. + * \param tsi: thread service index + * + * For default poll() and libuv/ev, lws takes care of using this for you. and + * you can ignore it. + * + * But for external poll() integration, you need access to this api to service + * connections that need to be serviced but have no pending network activity. + * + * See lws_service_adjust_timeout() for more info. + */ +LWS_EXTERN LWS_VISIBLE int +lws_plat_service_tsi(struct lws_context *context, int timeout_ms, int tsi); + +///@} + +/*! \defgroup http HTTP + + Modules related to handling HTTP +*/ +//@{ + +/*! \defgroup httpft HTTP File transfer + * \ingroup http + + APIs for sending local files in response to HTTP requests +*/ +//@{ + +/** + * lws_get_mimetype() - Determine mimetype to use from filename + * + * \param file: filename + * \param m: NULL, or mount context + * + * This uses a canned list of known filetypes first, if no match and m is + * non-NULL, then tries a list of per-mount file suffix to mimtype mappings. + * + * Returns either NULL or a pointer to the mimetype matching the file. + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN const char * +lws_get_mimetype(const char *file, const struct lws_http_mount *m); + +/** + * lws_serve_http_file() - Send a file back to the client using http + * \param wsi: Websocket instance (available from user callback) + * \param file: The file to issue over http + * \param content_type: The http content type, eg, text/html + * \param other_headers: NULL or pointer to header string + * \param other_headers_len: length of the other headers if non-NULL + * + * This function is intended to be called from the callback in response + * to http requests from the client. It allows the callback to issue + * local files down the http link in a single step. + * + * Returning <0 indicates error and the wsi should be closed. Returning + * >0 indicates the file was completely sent and + * lws_http_transaction_completed() called on the wsi (and close if != 0) + * ==0 indicates the file transfer is started and needs more service later, + * the wsi should be left alone. + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int +lws_serve_http_file(struct lws *wsi, const char *file, const char *content_type, + const char *other_headers, int other_headers_len); +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int +lws_serve_http_file_fragment(struct lws *wsi); +//@} + +/*! \defgroup html-chunked-substitution HTML Chunked Substitution + * \ingroup http + * + * ##HTML chunked Substitution + * + * APIs for receiving chunks of text, replacing a set of variable names via + * a callback, and then prepending and appending HTML chunked encoding + * headers. + */ +//@{ + +enum http_status { + HTTP_STATUS_OK = 200, + HTTP_STATUS_NO_CONTENT = 204, + + HTTP_STATUS_MOVED_PERMANENTLY = 301, + HTTP_STATUS_FOUND = 302, + HTTP_STATUS_SEE_OTHER = 303, + + HTTP_STATUS_BAD_REQUEST = 400, + HTTP_STATUS_UNAUTHORIZED, + HTTP_STATUS_PAYMENT_REQUIRED, + HTTP_STATUS_FORBIDDEN, + HTTP_STATUS_NOT_FOUND, + HTTP_STATUS_METHOD_NOT_ALLOWED, + HTTP_STATUS_NOT_ACCEPTABLE, + HTTP_STATUS_PROXY_AUTH_REQUIRED, + HTTP_STATUS_REQUEST_TIMEOUT, + HTTP_STATUS_CONFLICT, + HTTP_STATUS_GONE, + HTTP_STATUS_LENGTH_REQUIRED, + HTTP_STATUS_PRECONDITION_FAILED, + HTTP_STATUS_REQ_ENTITY_TOO_LARGE, + HTTP_STATUS_REQ_URI_TOO_LONG, + HTTP_STATUS_UNSUPPORTED_MEDIA_TYPE, + HTTP_STATUS_REQ_RANGE_NOT_SATISFIABLE, + HTTP_STATUS_EXPECTATION_FAILED, + + HTTP_STATUS_INTERNAL_SERVER_ERROR = 500, + HTTP_STATUS_NOT_IMPLEMENTED, + HTTP_STATUS_BAD_GATEWAY, + HTTP_STATUS_SERVICE_UNAVAILABLE, + HTTP_STATUS_GATEWAY_TIMEOUT, + HTTP_STATUS_HTTP_VERSION_NOT_SUPPORTED, +}; + +struct lws_process_html_args { + char *p; /**< pointer to the buffer containing the data */ + int len; /**< length of the original data at p */ + int max_len; /**< maximum length we can grow the data to */ + int final; /**< set if this is the last chunk of the file */ +}; + +typedef const char *(*lws_process_html_state_cb)(void *data, int index); + +struct lws_process_html_state { + char *start; /**< pointer to start of match */ + char swallow[16]; /**< matched character buffer */ + int pos; /**< position in match */ + void *data; /**< opaque pointer */ + const char * const *vars; /**< list of variable names */ + int count_vars; /**< count of variable names */ + + lws_process_html_state_cb replace; /**< called on match to perform substitution */ +}; + +/*! lws_chunked_html_process() - generic chunked substitution + * \param args: buffer to process using chunked encoding + * \param s: current processing state + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int +lws_chunked_html_process(struct lws_process_html_args *args, + struct lws_process_html_state *s); +//@} + +/** \defgroup HTTP-headers-read HTTP headers: read + * \ingroup http + * + * ##HTTP header releated functions + * + * In lws the client http headers are temporarily stored in a pool, only for the + * duration of the http part of the handshake. It's because in most cases, + * the header content is ignored for the whole rest of the connection lifetime + * and would then just be taking up space needlessly. + * + * During LWS_CALLBACK_HTTP when the URI path is delivered is the last time + * the http headers are still allocated, you can use these apis then to + * look at and copy out interesting header content (cookies, etc) + * + * Notice that the header total length reported does not include a terminating + * '\0', however you must allocate for it when using the _copy apis. So the + * length reported for a header containing "123" is 3, but you must provide + * a buffer of length 4 so that "123\0" may be copied into it, or the copy + * will fail with a nonzero return code. + * + * In the special case of URL arguments, like ?x=1&y=2, the arguments are + * stored in a token named for the method, eg, WSI_TOKEN_GET_URI if it + * was a GET or WSI_TOKEN_POST_URI if POST. You can check the total + * length to confirm the method. + * + * For URL arguments, each argument is stored urldecoded in a "fragment", so + * you can use the fragment-aware api lws_hdr_copy_fragment() to access each + * argument in turn: the fragments contain urldecoded strings like x=1 or y=2. + * + * As a convenience, lws has an api that will find the fragment with a + * given name= part, lws_get_urlarg_by_name(). + */ +///@{ + +/** struct lws_tokens + * you need these to look at headers that have been parsed if using the + * LWS_CALLBACK_FILTER_CONNECTION callback. If a header from the enum + * list below is absent, .token = NULL and token_len = 0. Otherwise .token + * points to .token_len chars containing that header content. + */ +struct lws_tokens { + char *token; /**< pointer to start of the token */ + int token_len; /**< length of the token's value */ +}; + +/* enum lws_token_indexes + * these have to be kept in sync with lextable.h / minilex.c + * + * NOTE: These public enums are part of the abi. If you want to add one, + * add it at where specified so existing users are unaffected. + */ +enum lws_token_indexes { + WSI_TOKEN_GET_URI = 0, + WSI_TOKEN_POST_URI = 1, + WSI_TOKEN_OPTIONS_URI = 2, + WSI_TOKEN_HOST = 3, + WSI_TOKEN_CONNECTION = 4, + WSI_TOKEN_UPGRADE = 5, + WSI_TOKEN_ORIGIN = 6, + WSI_TOKEN_DRAFT = 7, + WSI_TOKEN_CHALLENGE = 8, + WSI_TOKEN_EXTENSIONS = 9, + WSI_TOKEN_KEY1 = 10, + WSI_TOKEN_KEY2 = 11, + WSI_TOKEN_PROTOCOL = 12, + WSI_TOKEN_ACCEPT = 13, + WSI_TOKEN_NONCE = 14, + WSI_TOKEN_HTTP = 15, + WSI_TOKEN_HTTP2_SETTINGS = 16, + WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_ACCEPT = 17, + WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_AC_REQUEST_HEADERS = 18, + WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_IF_MODIFIED_SINCE = 19, + WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_IF_NONE_MATCH = 20, + WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_ACCEPT_ENCODING = 21, + WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_ACCEPT_LANGUAGE = 22, + WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_PRAGMA = 23, + WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_CACHE_CONTROL = 24, + WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_AUTHORIZATION = 25, + WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_COOKIE = 26, + WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_CONTENT_LENGTH = 27, + WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_CONTENT_TYPE = 28, + WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_DATE = 29, + WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_RANGE = 30, + WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_REFERER = 31, + WSI_TOKEN_KEY = 32, + WSI_TOKEN_VERSION = 33, + WSI_TOKEN_SWORIGIN = 34, + + WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_COLON_AUTHORITY = 35, + WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_COLON_METHOD = 36, + WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_COLON_PATH = 37, + WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_COLON_SCHEME = 38, + WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_COLON_STATUS = 39, + + WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_ACCEPT_CHARSET = 40, + WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_ACCEPT_RANGES = 41, + WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_ACCESS_CONTROL_ALLOW_ORIGIN = 42, + WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_AGE = 43, + WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_ALLOW = 44, + WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_CONTENT_DISPOSITION = 45, + WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_CONTENT_ENCODING = 46, + WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_CONTENT_LANGUAGE = 47, + WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_CONTENT_LOCATION = 48, + WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_CONTENT_RANGE = 49, + WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_ETAG = 50, + WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_EXPECT = 51, + WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_EXPIRES = 52, + WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_FROM = 53, + WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_IF_MATCH = 54, + WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_IF_RANGE = 55, + WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_IF_UNMODIFIED_SINCE = 56, + WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_LAST_MODIFIED = 57, + WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_LINK = 58, + WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_LOCATION = 59, + WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_MAX_FORWARDS = 60, + WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_PROXY_AUTHENTICATE = 61, + WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_PROXY_AUTHORIZATION = 62, + WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_REFRESH = 63, + WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_RETRY_AFTER = 64, + WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_SERVER = 65, + WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_SET_COOKIE = 66, + WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_STRICT_TRANSPORT_SECURITY = 67, + WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_TRANSFER_ENCODING = 68, + WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_USER_AGENT = 69, + WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_VARY = 70, + WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_VIA = 71, + WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_WWW_AUTHENTICATE = 72, + + WSI_TOKEN_PATCH_URI = 73, + WSI_TOKEN_PUT_URI = 74, + WSI_TOKEN_DELETE_URI = 75, + + WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_URI_ARGS = 76, + WSI_TOKEN_PROXY = 77, + WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_X_REAL_IP = 78, + WSI_TOKEN_HTTP1_0 = 79, + + /****** add new things just above ---^ ******/ + + /* use token storage to stash these internally, not for + * user use */ + + _WSI_TOKEN_CLIENT_SENT_PROTOCOLS, + _WSI_TOKEN_CLIENT_PEER_ADDRESS, + _WSI_TOKEN_CLIENT_URI, + _WSI_TOKEN_CLIENT_HOST, + _WSI_TOKEN_CLIENT_ORIGIN, + _WSI_TOKEN_CLIENT_METHOD, + + /* always last real token index*/ + WSI_TOKEN_COUNT, + + /* parser state additions, no storage associated */ + WSI_TOKEN_NAME_PART, + WSI_TOKEN_SKIPPING, + WSI_TOKEN_SKIPPING_SAW_CR, + WSI_PARSING_COMPLETE, + WSI_INIT_TOKEN_MUXURL, +}; + +struct lws_token_limits { + unsigned short token_limit[WSI_TOKEN_COUNT]; /**< max chars for this token */ +}; + +/** + * lws_token_to_string() - returns a textual representation of a hdr token index + * + * \param: token index + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN const unsigned char * +lws_token_to_string(enum lws_token_indexes token); + + +/** + * lws_hdr_total_length: report length of all fragments of a header totalled up + * The returned length does not include the space for a + * terminating '\0' + * + * \param wsi: websocket connection + * \param h: which header index we are interested in + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT +lws_hdr_total_length(struct lws *wsi, enum lws_token_indexes h); + +/** + * lws_hdr_fragment_length: report length of a single fragment of a header + * The returned length does not include the space for a + * terminating '\0' + * + * \param wsi: websocket connection + * \param h: which header index we are interested in + * \param frag_idx: which fragment of h we want to get the length of + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT +lws_hdr_fragment_length(struct lws *wsi, enum lws_token_indexes h, int frag_idx); + +/** + * lws_hdr_copy() - copy a single fragment of the given header to a buffer + * The buffer length len must include space for an additional + * terminating '\0', or it will fail returning -1. + * + * \param wsi: websocket connection + * \param dest: destination buffer + * \param len: length of destination buffer + * \param h: which header index we are interested in + * + * copies the whole, aggregated header, even if it was delivered in + * several actual headers piece by piece + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int +lws_hdr_copy(struct lws *wsi, char *dest, int len, enum lws_token_indexes h); + +/** + * lws_hdr_copy_fragment() - copy a single fragment of the given header to a buffer + * The buffer length len must include space for an additional + * terminating '\0', or it will fail returning -1. + * If the requested fragment index is not present, it fails + * returning -1. + * + * \param wsi: websocket connection + * \param dest: destination buffer + * \param len: length of destination buffer + * \param h: which header index we are interested in + * \param frag_idx: which fragment of h we want to copy + * + * Normally this is only useful + * to parse URI arguments like ?x=1&y=2, token index WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_URI_ARGS + * fragment 0 will contain "x=1" and fragment 1 "y=2" + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int +lws_hdr_copy_fragment(struct lws *wsi, char *dest, int len, + enum lws_token_indexes h, int frag_idx); + +/** + * lws_get_urlarg_by_name() - return pointer to arg value if present + * \param wsi: the connection to check + * \param name: the arg name, like "token=" + * \param buf: the buffer to receive the urlarg (including the name= part) + * \param len: the length of the buffer to receive the urlarg + * + * Returns NULL if not found or a pointer inside buf to just after the + * name= part. + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN const char * +lws_get_urlarg_by_name(struct lws *wsi, const char *name, char *buf, int len); +///@} + +/*! \defgroup HTTP-headers-create HTTP headers: create + * + * ## HTTP headers: Create + * + * These apis allow you to create HTTP response headers in a way compatible with + * both HTTP/1.x and HTTP/2. + * + * They each append to a buffer taking care about the buffer end, which is + * passed in as a pointer. When data is written to the buffer, the current + * position p is updated accordingly. + * + * All of these apis are LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT as they can run out of space + * and fail with nonzero return. + */ +///@{ +/** + * lws_add_http_header_status() - add the HTTP response status code + * + * \param wsi: the connection to check + * \param code: an HTTP code like 200, 404 etc (see enum http_status) + * \param p: pointer to current position in buffer pointer + * \param end: pointer to end of buffer + * + * Adds the initial response code, so should be called first + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT +lws_add_http_header_status(struct lws *wsi, + unsigned int code, unsigned char **p, + unsigned char *end); +/** + * lws_add_http_header_by_name() - append named header and value + * + * \param wsi: the connection to check + * \param name: the hdr name, like "my-header" + * \param value: the value after the = for this header + * \param length: the length of the value + * \param p: pointer to current position in buffer pointer + * \param end: pointer to end of buffer + * + * Appends name: value to the headers + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT +lws_add_http_header_by_name(struct lws *wsi, const unsigned char *name, + const unsigned char *value, int length, + unsigned char **p, unsigned char *end); +/** + * lws_add_http_header_by_token() - append given header and value + * + * \param wsi: the connection to check + * \param token: the token index for the hdr + * \param value: the value after the = for this header + * \param length: the length of the value + * \param p: pointer to current position in buffer pointer + * \param end: pointer to end of buffer + * + * Appends name=value to the headers, but is able to take advantage of better + * HTTP/2 coding mechanisms where possible. + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT +lws_add_http_header_by_token(struct lws *wsi, enum lws_token_indexes token, + const unsigned char *value, int length, + unsigned char **p, unsigned char *end); +/** + * lws_add_http_header_by_name() - append content-length helper + * + * \param wsi: the connection to check + * \param content_length: the content length to use + * \param p: pointer to current position in buffer pointer + * \param end: pointer to end of buffer + * + * Appends content-length: content_length to the headers + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT +lws_add_http_header_content_length(struct lws *wsi, + unsigned long content_length, + unsigned char **p, unsigned char *end); +/** + * lws_finalize_http_header() - terminate header block + * + * \param wsi: the connection to check + * \param p: pointer to current position in buffer pointer + * \param end: pointer to end of buffer + * + * Indicates no more headers will be added + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT +lws_finalize_http_header(struct lws *wsi, unsigned char **p, + unsigned char *end); +///@} + +/** \defgroup form-parsing Form Parsing + * \ingroup http + * ##POSTed form parsing functions + * + * These lws_spa (stateful post arguments) apis let you parse and urldecode + * POSTed form arguments, both using simple urlencoded and multipart transfer + * encoding. + * + * It's capable of handling file uploads as well a named input parsing, + * and the apis are the same for both form upload styles. + * + * You feed it a list of parameter names and it creates pointers to the + * urldecoded arguments: file upload parameters pass the file data in chunks to + * a user-supplied callback as they come. + * + * Since it's stateful, it handles the incoming data needing more than one + * POST_BODY callback and has no limit on uploaded file size. + */ +///@{ + +/** enum lws_spa_fileupload_states */ +enum lws_spa_fileupload_states { + LWS_UFS_CONTENT, + /**< a chunk of file content has arrived */ + LWS_UFS_FINAL_CONTENT, + /**< the last chunk (possibly zero length) of file content has arrived */ + LWS_UFS_OPEN + /**< a new file is starting to arrive */ +}; + +/** + * lws_spa_fileupload_cb() - callback to receive file upload data + * + * \param data: opt_data pointer set in lws_spa_create + * \param name: name of the form field being uploaded + * \param filename: original filename from client + * \param buf: start of data to receive + * \param len: length of data to receive + * \param state: information about how this call relates to file + * + * Notice name and filename shouldn't be trusted, as they are passed from + * HTTP provided by the client. + */ +typedef int (*lws_spa_fileupload_cb)(void *data, const char *name, + const char *filename, char *buf, int len, + enum lws_spa_fileupload_states state); + +/** struct lws_spa - opaque urldecode parser capable of handling multipart + * and file uploads */ +struct lws_spa; + +/** + * lws_spa_create() - create urldecode parser + * + * \param wsi: lws connection (used to find Content Type) + * \param param_names: array of form parameter names, like "username" + * \param count_params: count of param_names + * \param max_storage: total amount of form parameter values we can store + * \param opt_cb: NULL, or callback to receive file upload data. + * \param opt_data: NULL, or user pointer provided to opt_cb. + * + * Creates a urldecode parser and initializes it. + * + * opt_cb can be NULL if you just want normal name=value parsing, however + * if one or more entries in your form are bulk data (file transfer), you + * can provide this callback and filter on the name callback parameter to + * treat that urldecoded data separately. The callback should return -1 + * in case of fatal error, and 0 if OK. + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN struct lws_spa * +lws_spa_create(struct lws *wsi, const char * const *param_names, + int count_params, int max_storage, lws_spa_fileupload_cb opt_cb, + void *opt_data); + +/** + * lws_spa_process() - parses a chunk of input data + * + * \param spa: the parser object previously created + * \param in: incoming, urlencoded data + * \param len: count of bytes valid at \param in + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int +lws_spa_process(struct lws_spa *spa, const char *in, int len); + +/** + * lws_spa_finalize() - indicate incoming data completed + * + * \param spa: the parser object previously created + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int +lws_spa_finalize(struct lws_spa *spa); + +/** + * lws_spa_get_length() - return length of parameter value + * + * \param spa: the parser object previously created + * \param n: parameter ordinal to return length of value for + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int +lws_spa_get_length(struct lws_spa *spa, int n); + +/** + * lws_spa_get_string() - return pointer to parameter value + * \param spa: the parser object previously created + * \param n: parameter ordinal to return pointer to value for + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN const char * +lws_spa_get_string(struct lws_spa *spa, int n); + +/** + * lws_spa_destroy() - destroy parser object + * + * \param spa: the parser object previously created + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int +lws_spa_destroy(struct lws_spa *spa); +///@} + +/*! \defgroup urlendec Urlencode and Urldecode + * \ingroup http + * + * ##HTML chunked Substitution + * + * APIs for receiving chunks of text, replacing a set of variable names via + * a callback, and then prepending and appending HTML chunked encoding + * headers. + */ +//@{ + +/** + * lws_urlencode() - like strncpy but with urlencoding + * + * \param escaped: output buffer + * \param string: input buffer ('/0' terminated) + * \param len: output buffer max length + * + * Because urlencoding expands the output string, it's not + * possible to do it in-place, ie, with escaped == string + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN const char * +lws_urlencode(char *escaped, const char *string, int len); + +/* + * URLDECODE 1 / 2 + * + * This simple urldecode only operates until the first '\0' and requires the + * data to exist all at once + */ +/** + * lws_urldecode() - like strncpy but with urldecoding + * + * \param string: output buffer + * \param escaped: input buffer ('\0' terminated) + * \param len: output buffer max length + * + * This is only useful for '\0' terminated strings + * + * Since urldecoding only shrinks the output string, it is possible to + * do it in-place, ie, string == escaped + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int +lws_urldecode(char *string, const char *escaped, int len); +///@} +/** + * lws_return_http_status() - Return simple http status + * \param wsi: Websocket instance (available from user callback) + * \param code: Status index, eg, 404 + * \param html_body: User-readable HTML description < 1KB, or NULL + * + * Helper to report HTTP errors back to the client cleanly and + * consistently + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int +lws_return_http_status(struct lws *wsi, unsigned int code, + const char *html_body); + +/** + * lws_http_redirect() - write http redirect into buffer + * + * \param wsi: websocket connection + * \param code: HTTP response code (eg, 301) + * \param loc: where to redirect to + * \param len: length of loc + * \param p: pointer current position in buffer (updated as we write) + * \param end: pointer to end of buffer + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT +lws_http_redirect(struct lws *wsi, int code, const unsigned char *loc, int len, + unsigned char **p, unsigned char *end); + +/** + * lws_http_transaction_completed() - wait for new http transaction or close + * \param wsi: websocket connection + * + * Returns 1 if the HTTP connection must close now + * Returns 0 and resets connection to wait for new HTTP header / + * transaction if possible + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT +lws_http_transaction_completed(struct lws *wsi); +///@} + +/*! \defgroup pur Sanitize / purify SQL and JSON helpers + * + * ##Sanitize / purify SQL and JSON helpers + * + * APIs for escaping untrusted JSON and SQL safely before use + */ +//@{ + +/** + * lws_sql_purify() - like strncpy but with escaping for sql quotes + * + * \param escaped: output buffer + * \param string: input buffer ('/0' terminated) + * \param len: output buffer max length + * + * Because escaping expands the output string, it's not + * possible to do it in-place, ie, with escaped == string + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN const char * +lws_sql_purify(char *escaped, const char *string, int len); + +/** + * lws_json_purify() - like strncpy but with escaping for json chars + * + * \param escaped: output buffer + * \param string: input buffer ('/0' terminated) + * \param len: output buffer max length + * + * Because escaping expands the output string, it's not + * possible to do it in-place, ie, with escaped == string + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN const char * +lws_json_purify(char *escaped, const char *string, int len); +///@} + +/*! \defgroup ev libev helpers + * + * ##libev helpers + * + * APIs specific to libev event loop itegration + */ +///@{ + +#ifdef LWS_USE_LIBEV +typedef void (lws_ev_signal_cb_t)(EV_P_ struct ev_signal *w, int revents); + +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int +lws_ev_sigint_cfg(struct lws_context *context, int use_ev_sigint, + lws_ev_signal_cb_t *cb); + +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int +lws_ev_initloop(struct lws_context *context, struct ev_loop *loop, int tsi); + +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void +lws_ev_sigint_cb(struct ev_loop *loop, struct ev_signal *watcher, int revents); +#endif /* LWS_USE_LIBEV */ + +///@} + +/*! \defgroup uv libuv helpers + * + * ##libuv helpers + * + * APIs specific to libuv event loop itegration + */ +///@{ +#ifdef LWS_USE_LIBUV +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int +lws_uv_sigint_cfg(struct lws_context *context, int use_uv_sigint, + uv_signal_cb cb); + +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void +lws_libuv_run(const struct lws_context *context, int tsi); + +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void +lws_libuv_stop(struct lws_context *context); + +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int +lws_uv_initloop(struct lws_context *context, uv_loop_t *loop, int tsi); + +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN uv_loop_t * +lws_uv_getloop(struct lws_context *context, int tsi); + +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void +lws_uv_sigint_cb(uv_signal_t *watcher, int signum); +#endif /* LWS_USE_LIBUV */ +///@} + +/*! \defgroup timeout Connection timeouts + + APIs related to setting connection timeouts +*/ +//@{ + +/* + * NOTE: These public enums are part of the abi. If you want to add one, + * add it at where specified so existing users are unaffected. + */ +enum pending_timeout { + NO_PENDING_TIMEOUT = 0, + PENDING_TIMEOUT_AWAITING_PROXY_RESPONSE = 1, + PENDING_TIMEOUT_AWAITING_CONNECT_RESPONSE = 2, + PENDING_TIMEOUT_ESTABLISH_WITH_SERVER = 3, + PENDING_TIMEOUT_AWAITING_SERVER_RESPONSE = 4, + PENDING_TIMEOUT_AWAITING_PING = 5, + PENDING_TIMEOUT_CLOSE_ACK = 6, + PENDING_TIMEOUT_AWAITING_EXTENSION_CONNECT_RESPONSE = 7, + PENDING_TIMEOUT_SENT_CLIENT_HANDSHAKE = 8, + PENDING_TIMEOUT_SSL_ACCEPT = 9, + PENDING_TIMEOUT_HTTP_CONTENT = 10, + PENDING_TIMEOUT_AWAITING_CLIENT_HS_SEND = 11, + PENDING_FLUSH_STORED_SEND_BEFORE_CLOSE = 12, + PENDING_TIMEOUT_SHUTDOWN_FLUSH = 13, + PENDING_TIMEOUT_CGI = 14, + PENDING_TIMEOUT_HTTP_KEEPALIVE_IDLE = 15, + PENDING_TIMEOUT_WS_PONG_CHECK_SEND_PING = 16, + PENDING_TIMEOUT_WS_PONG_CHECK_GET_PONG = 17, + PENDING_TIMEOUT_CLIENT_ISSUE_PAYLOAD = 18, + + /****** add new things just above ---^ ******/ +}; + +/** + * lws_set_timeout() - marks the wsi as subject to a timeout + * + * You will not need this unless you are doing something special + * + * \param wsi: Websocket connection instance + * \param reason: timeout reason + * \param secs: how many seconds + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void +lws_set_timeout(struct lws *wsi, enum pending_timeout reason, int secs); +///@} + +/*! \defgroup sending-data Sending data + + APIs related to writing data on a connection +*/ +//@{ +#if !defined(LWS_SIZEOFPTR) +#define LWS_SIZEOFPTR (sizeof (void *)) +#endif +#if !defined(u_int64_t) +#define u_int64_t unsigned long long +#endif + +#if defined(__x86_64__) +#define _LWS_PAD_SIZE 16 /* Intel recommended for best performance */ +#else +#define _LWS_PAD_SIZE LWS_SIZEOFPTR /* Size of a pointer on the target arch */ +#endif +#define _LWS_PAD(n) (((n) % _LWS_PAD_SIZE) ? \ + ((n) + (_LWS_PAD_SIZE - ((n) % _LWS_PAD_SIZE))) : (n)) +#define LWS_PRE _LWS_PAD(4 + 10) +/* used prior to 1.7 and retained for backward compatibility */ +#define LWS_SEND_BUFFER_PRE_PADDING LWS_PRE +#define LWS_SEND_BUFFER_POST_PADDING 0 + +/* + * NOTE: These public enums are part of the abi. If you want to add one, + * add it at where specified so existing users are unaffected. + */ +enum lws_write_protocol { + LWS_WRITE_TEXT = 0, + /**< Send a ws TEXT message,the pointer must have LWS_PRE valid + * memory behind it. The receiver expects only valid utf-8 in the + * payload */ + LWS_WRITE_BINARY = 1, + /**< Send a ws BINARY message, the pointer must have LWS_PRE valid + * memory behind it. Any sequence of bytes is valid */ + LWS_WRITE_CONTINUATION = 2, + /**< Continue a previous ws message, the pointer must have LWS_PRE valid + * memory behind it */ + LWS_WRITE_HTTP = 3, + /**< Send HTTP content */ + + /* LWS_WRITE_CLOSE is handled by lws_close_reason() */ + LWS_WRITE_PING = 5, + LWS_WRITE_PONG = 6, + + /* Same as write_http but we know this write ends the transaction */ + LWS_WRITE_HTTP_FINAL = 7, + + /* HTTP2 */ + + LWS_WRITE_HTTP_HEADERS = 8, + /**< Send http headers (http2 encodes this payload and LWS_WRITE_HTTP + * payload differently, http 1.x links also handle this correctly. so + * to be compatible with both in the future,header response part should + * be sent using this regardless of http version expected) + */ + + /****** add new things just above ---^ ******/ + + /* flags */ + + LWS_WRITE_NO_FIN = 0x40, + /**< This part of the message is not the end of the message */ + + LWS_WRITE_CLIENT_IGNORE_XOR_MASK = 0x80 + /**< client packet payload goes out on wire unmunged + * only useful for security tests since normal servers cannot + * decode the content if used */ +}; + + +/** + * lws_write() - Apply protocol then write data to client + * \param wsi: Websocket instance (available from user callback) + * \param buf: The data to send. For data being sent on a websocket + * connection (ie, not default http), this buffer MUST have + * LWS_PRE bytes valid BEFORE the pointer. + * This is so the protocol header data can be added in-situ. + * \param len: Count of the data bytes in the payload starting from buf + * \param protocol: Use LWS_WRITE_HTTP to reply to an http connection, and one + * of LWS_WRITE_BINARY or LWS_WRITE_TEXT to send appropriate + * data on a websockets connection. Remember to allow the extra + * bytes before and after buf if LWS_WRITE_BINARY or LWS_WRITE_TEXT + * are used. + * + * This function provides the way to issue data back to the client + * for both http and websocket protocols. + * + * IMPORTANT NOTICE! + * + * When sending with websocket protocol + * + * LWS_WRITE_TEXT, + * LWS_WRITE_BINARY, + * LWS_WRITE_CONTINUATION, + * LWS_WRITE_PING, + * LWS_WRITE_PONG + * + * the send buffer has to have LWS_PRE bytes valid BEFORE + * the buffer pointer you pass to lws_write(). + * + * This allows us to add protocol info before and after the data, and send as + * one packet on the network without payload copying, for maximum efficiency. + * + * So for example you need this kind of code to use lws_write with a + * 128-byte payload + * + * char buf[LWS_PRE + 128]; + * + * // fill your part of the buffer... for example here it's all zeros + * memset(&buf[LWS_PRE], 0, 128); + * + * lws_write(wsi, &buf[LWS_PRE], 128, LWS_WRITE_TEXT); + * + * When sending HTTP, with + * + * LWS_WRITE_HTTP, + * LWS_WRITE_HTTP_HEADERS + * LWS_WRITE_HTTP_FINAL + * + * there is no protocol data prepended, and don't need to take care about the + * LWS_PRE bytes valid before the buffer pointer. + * + * LWS_PRE is at least the frame nonce + 2 header + 8 length + * LWS_SEND_BUFFER_POST_PADDING is deprecated, it's now 0 and can be left off. + * The example apps no longer use it. + * + * Pad LWS_PRE to the CPU word size, so that word references + * to the address immediately after the padding won't cause an unaligned access + * error. Sometimes for performance reasons the recommended padding is even + * larger than sizeof(void *). + * + * In the case of sending using websocket protocol, be sure to allocate + * valid storage before and after buf as explained above. This scheme + * allows maximum efficiency of sending data and protocol in a single + * packet while not burdening the user code with any protocol knowledge. + * + * Return may be -1 for a fatal error needing connection close, or a + * positive number reflecting the amount of bytes actually sent. This + * can be less than the requested number of bytes due to OS memory + * pressure at any given time. + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int +lws_write(struct lws *wsi, unsigned char *buf, size_t len, + enum lws_write_protocol protocol); + +/* helper for case where buffer may be const */ +#define lws_write_http(wsi, buf, len) \ + lws_write(wsi, (unsigned char *)(buf), len, LWS_WRITE_HTTP) + +///@} + +/** \defgroup callback-when-writeable Callback when writeable + * + * ##Callback When Writeable + * + * lws can only write data on a connection when it is able to accept more + * data without blocking. + * + * So a basic requirement is we should only use the lws_write() apis when the + * connection we want to write on says that he can accept more data. + * + * When lws cannot complete your send at the time, it will buffer the data + * and send it in the background, suppressing any further WRITEABLE callbacks + * on that connection until it completes. So it is important to write new + * things in a new writeable callback. + * + * These apis reflect the various ways we can indicate we would like to be + * called back when one or more connections is writeable. + */ +///@{ + +/** + * lws_callback_on_writable() - Request a callback when this socket + * becomes able to be written to without + * blocking + * + * \param wsi: Websocket connection instance to get callback for + * + * - Which: only this wsi + * - When: when the individual connection becomes writeable + * - What: LWS_CALLBACK_*_WRITEABLE + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int +lws_callback_on_writable(struct lws *wsi); + +/** + * lws_callback_on_writable_all_protocol() - Request a callback for all + * connections on same vhost using the given protocol when it + * becomes possible to write to each socket without + * blocking in turn. + * + * \param context: lws_context + * \param protocol: Protocol whose connections will get callbacks + * + * - Which: connections using this protocol on ANY VHOST + * - When: when the individual connection becomes writeable + * - What: LWS_CALLBACK_*_WRITEABLE + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int +lws_callback_on_writable_all_protocol(const struct lws_context *context, + const struct lws_protocols *protocol); + +/** + * lws_callback_on_writable_all_protocol_vhost() - Request a callback for + * all connections using the given protocol when it + * becomes possible to write to each socket without + * blocking in turn. + * + * \param vhost: Only consider connections on this lws_vhost + * \param protocol: Protocol whose connections will get callbacks + * + * - Which: connections using this protocol on GIVEN VHOST ONLY + * - When: when the individual connection becomes writeable + * - What: LWS_CALLBACK_*_WRITEABLE + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int +lws_callback_on_writable_all_protocol_vhost(const struct lws_vhost *vhost, + const struct lws_protocols *protocol); + +/** + * lws_callback_all_protocol() - Callback all connections using + * the given protocol with the given reason + * + * \param context: lws_context + * \param protocol: Protocol whose connections will get callbacks + * \param reason: Callback reason index + * + * - Which: connections using this protocol on ALL VHOSTS + * - When: when the individual connection becomes writeable + * - What: reason + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int +lws_callback_all_protocol(struct lws_context *context, + const struct lws_protocols *protocol, int reason); + +/** + * lws_callback_all_protocol_vhost() - Callback all connections using + * the given protocol with the given reason + * + * \param vh: Vhost whose connections will get callbacks + * \param protocol: Which protocol to match + * \param reason: Callback reason index + * + * - Which: connections using this protocol on GIVEN VHOST ONLY + * - When: now + * - What: reason + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int +lws_callback_all_protocol_vhost(struct lws_vhost *vh, + const struct lws_protocols *protocol, int reason); + +/** + * lws_callback_vhost_protocols() - Callback all protocols enabled on a vhost + * with the given reason + * + * \param wsi: wsi whose vhost will get callbacks + * \param reason: Callback reason index + * \param in: in argument to callback + * \param len: len argument to callback + * + * - Which: connections using this protocol on same VHOST as wsi ONLY + * - When: now + * - What: reason + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int +lws_callback_vhost_protocols(struct lws *wsi, int reason, void *in, int len); + +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int +lws_callback_http_dummy(struct lws *wsi, enum lws_callback_reasons reason, + void *user, void *in, size_t len); + +/** + * lws_get_socket_fd() - returns the socket file descriptor + * + * You will not need this unless you are doing something special + * + * \param wsi: Websocket connection instance + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int +lws_get_socket_fd(struct lws *wsi); + +/** + * lws_get_peer_write_allowance() - get the amount of data writeable to peer + * if known + * + * \param wsi: Websocket connection instance + * + * if the protocol does not have any guidance, returns -1. Currently only + * http2 connections get send window information from this API. But your code + * should use it so it can work properly with any protocol. + * + * If nonzero return is the amount of payload data the peer or intermediary has + * reported it has buffer space for. That has NO relationship with the amount + * of buffer space your OS can accept on this connection for a write action. + * + * This number represents the maximum you could send to the peer or intermediary + * on this connection right now without the protocol complaining. + * + * lws manages accounting for send window updates and payload writes + * automatically, so this number reflects the situation at the peer or + * intermediary dynamically. + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN size_t +lws_get_peer_write_allowance(struct lws *wsi); +///@} + +/** + * lws_rx_flow_control() - Enable and disable socket servicing for + * received packets. + * + * If the output side of a server process becomes choked, this allows flow + * control for the input side. + * + * \param wsi: Websocket connection instance to get callback for + * \param enable: 0 = disable read servicing for this connection, 1 = enable + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int +lws_rx_flow_control(struct lws *wsi, int enable); + +/** + * lws_rx_flow_allow_all_protocol() - Allow all connections with this protocol to receive + * + * When the user server code realizes it can accept more input, it can + * call this to have the RX flow restriction removed from all connections using + * the given protocol. + * \param context: lws_context + * \param protocol: all connections using this protocol will be allowed to receive + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void +lws_rx_flow_allow_all_protocol(const struct lws_context *context, + const struct lws_protocols *protocol); + +/** + * lws_remaining_packet_payload() - Bytes to come before "overall" + * rx packet is complete + * \param wsi: Websocket instance (available from user callback) + * + * This function is intended to be called from the callback if the + * user code is interested in "complete packets" from the client. + * libwebsockets just passes through payload as it comes and issues a buffer + * additionally when it hits a built-in limit. The LWS_CALLBACK_RECEIVE + * callback handler can use this API to find out if the buffer it has just + * been given is the last piece of a "complete packet" from the client -- + * when that is the case lws_remaining_packet_payload() will return + * 0. + * + * Many protocols won't care becuse their packets are always small. + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN size_t +lws_remaining_packet_payload(struct lws *wsi); + + +/** \defgroup sock-adopt Socket adoption helpers + * ##Socket adoption helpers + * + * When integrating with an external app with its own event loop, these can + * be used to accept connections from someone else's listening socket. + * + * When using lws own event loop, these are not needed. + */ +///@{ + +/** + * lws_adopt_socket() - adopt foreign socket as if listen socket accepted it + * \param context: lws context + * \param accept_fd: fd of already-accepted socket to adopt + * + * Either returns new wsi bound to accept_fd, or closes accept_fd and + * returns NULL, having cleaned up any new wsi pieces. + * + * LWS adopts the socket in http serving mode, it's ready to accept an upgrade + * to ws or just serve http. + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN struct lws * +lws_adopt_socket(struct lws_context *context, lws_sockfd_type accept_fd); +/** + * lws_adopt_socket_readbuf() - adopt foreign socket and first rx as if listen socket accepted it + * \param context: lws context + * \param accept_fd: fd of already-accepted socket to adopt + * \param readbuf: NULL or pointer to data that must be drained before reading from + * accept_fd + * \param len: The length of the data held at \param readbuf + * + * Either returns new wsi bound to accept_fd, or closes accept_fd and + * returns NULL, having cleaned up any new wsi pieces. + * + * LWS adopts the socket in http serving mode, it's ready to accept an upgrade + * to ws or just serve http. + * + * If your external code did not already read from the socket, you can use + * lws_adopt_socket() instead. + * + * This api is guaranteed to use the data at \param readbuf first, before reading from + * the socket. + * + * readbuf is limited to the size of the ah rx buf, currently 2048 bytes. + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN struct lws * +lws_adopt_socket_readbuf(struct lws_context *context, lws_sockfd_type accept_fd, + const char *readbuf, size_t len); +///@} + +/** \defgroup net Network related helper APIs + * ##Network related helper APIs + * + * These wrap miscellaneous useful network-related functions + */ +///@{ + +/** + * lws_canonical_hostname() - returns this host's hostname + * + * This is typically used by client code to fill in the host parameter + * when making a client connection. You can only call it after the context + * has been created. + * + * \param context: Websocket context + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN const char * LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT +lws_canonical_hostname(struct lws_context *context); + +/** + * lws_get_peer_addresses() - Get client address information + * \param wsi: Local struct lws associated with + * \param fd: Connection socket descriptor + * \param name: Buffer to take client address name + * \param name_len: Length of client address name buffer + * \param rip: Buffer to take client address IP dotted quad + * \param rip_len: Length of client address IP buffer + * + * This function fills in name and rip with the name and IP of + * the client connected with socket descriptor fd. Names may be + * truncated if there is not enough room. If either cannot be + * determined, they will be returned as valid zero-length strings. + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void +lws_get_peer_addresses(struct lws *wsi, lws_sockfd_type fd, char *name, + int name_len, char *rip, int rip_len); + +/** + * lws_get_peer_simple() - Get client address information without RDNS + * + * \param wsi: Local struct lws associated with + * \param name: Buffer to take client address name + * \param namelen: Length of client address name buffer + * + * This provides a 123.123.123.123 type IP address in name from the + * peer that has connected to wsi + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN const char * +lws_get_peer_simple(struct lws *wsi, char *name, int namelen); +#ifndef LWS_WITH_ESP8266 +/** + * lws_interface_to_sa() - Convert interface name or IP to sockaddr struct + * + * \param ipv6: Allow IPV6 addresses + * \param ifname: Interface name or IP + * \param addr: struct sockaddr_in * to be written + * \param addrlen: Length of addr + * + * This converts a textual network interface name to a sockaddr usable by + * other network functions + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int +lws_interface_to_sa(int ipv6, const char *ifname, struct sockaddr_in *addr, + size_t addrlen); +///@} +#endif + +/** \defgroup misc Miscellaneous APIs +* ##Miscellaneous APIs +* +* Various APIs outside of other categories +*/ +///@{ + +/** + * lws_snprintf(): snprintf that truncates the returned length too + * + * \param str: destination buffer + * \param size: bytes left in destination buffer + * \param format: format string + * \param ...: args for format + * + * This lets you correctly truncate buffers by concatenating lengths, if you + * reach the limit the reported length doesn't exceed the limit. + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int +lws_snprintf(char *str, size_t size, const char *format, ...); + +/** + * lws_get_random(): fill a buffer with platform random data + * + * \param context: the lws context + * \param buf: buffer to fill + * \param len: how much to fill + * + * This is intended to be called from the LWS_CALLBACK_RECEIVE callback if + * it's interested to see if the frame it's dealing with was sent in binary + * mode. + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int +lws_get_random(struct lws_context *context, void *buf, int len); +/** + * lws_daemonize(): fill a buffer with platform random data + * + * \param _lock_path: the filepath to write the lock file + * + * Spawn lws as a background process, taking care of various things + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT +lws_daemonize(const char *_lock_path); +/** + * lws_get_library_version(): return string describing the version of lws + * + * On unix, also includes the git describe + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN const char * LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT +lws_get_library_version(void); + +/** + * lws_wsi_user() - get the user data associated with the connection + * \param wsi: lws connection + * + * Not normally needed since it's passed into the callback + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void * +lws_wsi_user(struct lws *wsi); + +/** + * lws_parse_uri: cut up prot:/ads:port/path into pieces + * Notice it does so by dropping '\0' into input string + * and the leading / on the path is consequently lost + * + * \param p: incoming uri string.. will get written to + * \param prot: result pointer for protocol part (https://) + * \param ads: result pointer for address part + * \param port: result pointer for port part + * \param path: result pointer for path part + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT +lws_parse_uri(char *p, const char **prot, const char **ads, int *port, + const char **path); + +/** + * lws_now_secs(): return seconds since 1970-1-1 + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN unsigned long +lws_now_secs(void); + +/** + * lws_get_context - Allow geting lws_context from a Websocket connection + * instance + * + * With this function, users can access context in the callback function. + * Otherwise users may have to declare context as a global variable. + * + * \param wsi: Websocket connection instance + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN struct lws_context * LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT +lws_get_context(const struct lws *wsi); + +/** + * lws_get_count_threads(): how many service threads the context uses + * + * \param context: the lws context + * + * By default this is always 1, if you asked for more than lws can handle it + * will clip the number of threads. So you can use this to find out how many + * threads are actually in use. + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT +lws_get_count_threads(struct lws_context *context); + +/** + * lws_get_parent() - get parent wsi or NULL + * \param wsi: lws connection + * + * Specialized wsi like cgi stdin/out/err are associated to a parent wsi, + * this allows you to get their parent. + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN struct lws * LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT +lws_get_parent(const struct lws *wsi); + +/** + * lws_get_child() - get child wsi or NULL + * \param wsi: lws connection + * + * Allows you to find a related wsi from the parent wsi. + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN struct lws * LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT +lws_get_child(const struct lws *wsi); + + +/* + * \deprecated DEPRECATED Note: this is not normally needed as a user api. + * It's provided in case it is + * useful when integrating with other app poll loop service code. + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int +lws_read(struct lws *wsi, unsigned char *buf, size_t len); + +/** + * lws_set_allocator() - custom allocator support + * + * \param realloc + * + * Allows you to replace the allocator (and deallocator) used by lws + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void +lws_set_allocator(void *(*realloc)(void *ptr, size_t size)); +///@} + +/** \defgroup wsstatus Websocket status APIs + * ##Websocket connection status APIs + * + * These provide information about ws connection or message status + */ +///@{ +/** + * lws_send_pipe_choked() - tests if socket is writable or not + * \param wsi: lws connection + * + * Allows you to check if you can write more on the socket + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT +lws_send_pipe_choked(struct lws *wsi); + +/** + * lws_is_final_fragment() - tests if last part of ws message + * \param wsi: lws connection + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int +lws_is_final_fragment(struct lws *wsi); + +/** + * lws_get_reserved_bits() - access reserved bits of ws frame + * \param wsi: lws connection + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN unsigned char +lws_get_reserved_bits(struct lws *wsi); + +/** + * lws_partial_buffered() - find out if lws buffered the last write + * \param wsi: websocket connection to check + * + * Returns 1 if you cannot use lws_write because the last + * write on this connection is still buffered, and can't be cleared without + * returning to the service loop and waiting for the connection to be + * writeable again. + * + * If you will try to do >1 lws_write call inside a single + * WRITEABLE callback, you must check this after every write and bail if + * set, ask for a new writeable callback and continue writing from there. + * + * This is never set at the start of a writeable callback, but any write + * may set it. + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT +lws_partial_buffered(struct lws *wsi); + +/** + * lws_frame_is_binary(): true if the current frame was sent in binary mode + * + * \param wsi: the connection we are inquiring about + * + * This is intended to be called from the LWS_CALLBACK_RECEIVE callback if + * it's interested to see if the frame it's dealing with was sent in binary + * mode. + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT +lws_frame_is_binary(struct lws *wsi); + +/** + * lws_is_ssl() - Find out if connection is using SSL + * \param wsi: websocket connection to check + * + * Returns 0 if the connection is not using SSL, 1 if using SSL and + * using verified cert, and 2 if using SSL but the cert was not + * checked (appears for client wsi told to skip check on connection) + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int +lws_is_ssl(struct lws *wsi); +/** + * lws_is_cgi() - find out if this wsi is running a cgi process + * \param wsi: lws connection + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int +lws_is_cgi(struct lws *wsi); +///@} + + +/** \defgroup sha SHA and B64 helpers + * ##SHA and B64 helpers + * + * These provide SHA-1 and B64 helper apis + */ +///@{ +#ifdef LWS_SHA1_USE_OPENSSL_NAME +#define lws_SHA1 SHA1 +#else +/** + * lws_SHA1(): make a SHA-1 digest of a buffer + * + * \param d: incoming buffer + * \param n: length of incoming buffer + * \param md: buffer for message digest (must be >= 20 bytes) + * + * Reduces any size buffer into a 20-byte SHA-1 hash. + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN unsigned char * +lws_SHA1(const unsigned char *d, size_t n, unsigned char *md); +#endif +/** + * lws_b64_encode_string(): encode a string into base 64 + * + * \param in: incoming buffer + * \param in_len: length of incoming buffer + * \param out: result buffer + * \param out_size: length of result buffer + * + * Encodes a string using b64 + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int +lws_b64_encode_string(const char *in, int in_len, char *out, int out_size); +/** + * lws_b64_decode_string(): decode a string from base 64 + * + * \param in: incoming buffer + * \param out: result buffer + * \param out_size: length of result buffer + * + * Decodes a string using b64 + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int +lws_b64_decode_string(const char *in, char *out, int out_size); +///@} + + +/*! \defgroup cgi cgi handling + * + * ##CGI handling + * + * These functions allow low-level control over stdin/out/err of the cgi. + * + * However for most cases, binding the cgi to http in and out, the default + * lws implementation already does the right thing. + */ +#ifdef LWS_WITH_CGI +enum lws_enum_stdinouterr { + LWS_STDIN = 0, + LWS_STDOUT = 1, + LWS_STDERR = 2, +}; + +enum lws_cgi_hdr_state { + LCHS_HEADER, + LCHS_CR1, + LCHS_LF1, + LCHS_CR2, + LCHS_LF2, + LHCS_PAYLOAD, + LCHS_SINGLE_0A, +}; + +struct lws_cgi_args { + struct lws **stdwsi; /**< get fd with lws_get_socket_fd() */ + enum lws_enum_stdinouterr ch; /**< channel index */ + unsigned char *data; /**< for messages with payload */ + enum lws_cgi_hdr_state hdr_state; /**< track where we are in cgi headers */ + int len; /**< length */ +}; + + +/** + * lws_cgi: spawn network-connected cgi process + * + * \param wsi: connection to own the process + * \param exec_array: array of "exec-name" "arg1" ... "argn" NULL + * \param script_uri_path_len: how many chars on the left of the uri are the path to the cgi + * \param timeout_secs: seconds script should be allowed to run + * \param mp_cgienv: pvo list with per-vhost cgi options to put in env + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int +lws_cgi(struct lws *wsi, const char * const *exec_array, + int script_uri_path_len, int timeout_secs, + const struct lws_protocol_vhost_options *mp_cgienv); + +/** + * lws_cgi_write_split_stdout_headers: write cgi output accounting for header part + * + * \param wsi: connection to own the process + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int +lws_cgi_write_split_stdout_headers(struct lws *wsi); + +/** + * lws_cgi_kill: terminate cgi process associated with wsi + * + * \param wsi: connection to own the process + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int +lws_cgi_kill(struct lws *wsi); +#endif +///@} + + +/*! \defgroup fops file operation wrapping + * + * ##File operation wrapping + * + * Use these helper functions if you want to access a file from the perspective + * of a specific wsi, which is usually the case. If you just want contextless + * file access, use the fops callbacks directly with NULL wsi instead of these + * helpers. + * + * If so, then it calls the platform handler or user overrides where present + * (as defined in info->fops) + * + * The advantage from all this is user code can be portable for file operations + * without having to deal with differences between platforms. + */ +//@{ + +/** struct lws_plat_file_ops - Platform-specific file operations + * + * These provide platform-agnostic ways to deal with filesystem access in the + * library and in the user code. + */ +struct lws_plat_file_ops { + lws_filefd_type (*open)(struct lws *wsi, const char *filename, + unsigned long *filelen, int flags); + /**< Open file (always binary access if plat supports it) + * filelen is filled on exit to be the length of the file + * flags should be set to O_RDONLY or O_RDWR */ + int (*close)(struct lws *wsi, lws_filefd_type fd); + /**< close file */ + unsigned long (*seek_cur)(struct lws *wsi, lws_filefd_type fd, + long offset_from_cur_pos); + /**< seek from current position */ + int (*read)(struct lws *wsi, lws_filefd_type fd, unsigned long *amount, + unsigned char *buf, unsigned long len); + /**< Read from file, on exit *amount is set to amount actually read */ + int (*write)(struct lws *wsi, lws_filefd_type fd, unsigned long *amount, + unsigned char *buf, unsigned long len); + /**< Write to file, on exit *amount is set to amount actually written */ + + /* Add new things just above here ---^ + * This is part of the ABI, don't needlessly break compatibility */ +}; + +/** + * lws_get_fops() - get current file ops + * + * \param context: context + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN struct lws_plat_file_ops * LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT +lws_get_fops(struct lws_context *context); + +/** + * lws_plat_file_open() - file open operations + * + * \param wsi: connection doing the opening + * \param filename: filename to open + * \param filelen: length of file (filled in by call) + * \param flags: open flags + */ +static LWS_INLINE lws_filefd_type LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT +lws_plat_file_open(struct lws *wsi, const char *filename, + unsigned long *filelen, int flags) +{ + return lws_get_fops(lws_get_context(wsi))->open(wsi, filename, + filelen, flags); +} + +/** + * lws_plat_file_close() - close file + * + * \param wsi: connection opened by + * \param fd: file descriptor + */ +static LWS_INLINE int +lws_plat_file_close(struct lws *wsi, lws_filefd_type fd) +{ + return lws_get_fops(lws_get_context(wsi))->close(wsi, fd); +} + +/** + * lws_plat_file_seek_cur() - close file + * + * \param wsi: connection opened by + * \param fd: file descriptor + * \param offset: position to seek to + */ +static LWS_INLINE unsigned long +lws_plat_file_seek_cur(struct lws *wsi, lws_filefd_type fd, long offset) +{ + return lws_get_fops(lws_get_context(wsi))->seek_cur(wsi, fd, offset); +} +/** + * lws_plat_file_read() - read from file + * + * \param wsi: connection opened by + * \param fd: file descriptor + * \param amount: how much to read (rewritten by call) + * \param buf: buffer to write to + * \param len: max length + */ +static LWS_INLINE int LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT +lws_plat_file_read(struct lws *wsi, lws_filefd_type fd, unsigned long *amount, + unsigned char *buf, unsigned long len) +{ + return lws_get_fops(lws_get_context(wsi))->read(wsi, fd, amount, buf, + len); +} +/** + * lws_plat_file_write() - write from file + * + * \param wsi: connection opened by + * \param fd: file descriptor + * \param amount: how much to write (rewritten by call) + * \param buf: buffer to read from + * \param len: max length + */ +static LWS_INLINE int LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT +lws_plat_file_write(struct lws *wsi, lws_filefd_type fd, unsigned long *amount, + unsigned char *buf, unsigned long len) +{ + return lws_get_fops(lws_get_context(wsi))->write(wsi, fd, amount, buf, + len); +} +//@} + +/** \defgroup smtp + * \ingroup lwsapi + * ##SMTP related functions + * + * These apis let you communicate with a local SMTP server to send email from + * lws. It handles all the SMTP sequencing and protocol actions. + * + * Your system should have postfix, sendmail or another MTA listening on port + * 25 and able to send email using the "mail" commandline app. Usually distro + * MTAs are configured for this by default. + * + * It runs via its own libuv events if initialized (which requires giving it + * a libuv loop to attach to). + * + * It operates using three callbacks, on_next() queries if there is a new email + * to send, on_get_body() asks for the body of the email, and on_sent() is + * called after the email is successfully sent. + * + * To use it + * + * - create an lws_email struct + * + * - initialize data, loop, the email_* strings, max_content_size and + * the callbacks + * + * - call lws_email_init() + * + * When you have at least one email to send, call lws_email_check() to + * schedule starting to send it. + */ +//@{ +#ifdef LWS_WITH_SMTP + +/** enum lwsgs_smtp_states - where we are in SMTP protocol sequence */ +enum lwsgs_smtp_states { + LGSSMTP_IDLE, /**< awaiting new email */ + LGSSMTP_CONNECTING, /**< opening tcp connection to MTA */ + LGSSMTP_CONNECTED, /**< tcp connection to MTA is connected */ + LGSSMTP_SENT_HELO, /**< sent the HELO */ + LGSSMTP_SENT_FROM, /**< sent FROM */ + LGSSMTP_SENT_TO, /**< sent TO */ + LGSSMTP_SENT_DATA, /**< sent DATA request */ + LGSSMTP_SENT_BODY, /**< sent the email body */ + LGSSMTP_SENT_QUIT, /**< sent the session quit */ +}; + +/** struct lws_email - abstract context for performing SMTP operations */ +struct lws_email { + void *data; + /**< opaque pointer set by user code and available to the callbacks */ + uv_loop_t *loop; + /**< the libuv loop we will work on */ + + char email_smtp_ip[32]; /**< Fill before init, eg, "127.0.0.1" */ + char email_helo[32]; /**< Fill before init, eg, "myserver.com" */ + char email_from[100]; /**< Fill before init or on_next */ + char email_to[100]; /**< Fill before init or on_next */ + + unsigned int max_content_size; + /**< largest possible email body size */ + + /* Fill all the callbacks before init */ + + int (*on_next)(struct lws_email *email); + /**< (Fill in before calling lws_email_init) + * called when idle, 0 = another email to send, nonzero is idle. + * If you return 0, all of the email_* char arrays must be set + * to something useful. */ + int (*on_sent)(struct lws_email *email); + /**< (Fill in before calling lws_email_init) + * called when transfer of the email to the SMTP server was + * successful, your callback would remove the current email + * from its queue */ + int (*on_get_body)(struct lws_email *email, char *buf, int len); + /**< (Fill in before calling lws_email_init) + * called when the body part of the queued email is about to be + * sent to the SMTP server. */ + + + /* private things */ + uv_timer_t timeout_email; /**< private */ + enum lwsgs_smtp_states estate; /**< private */ + uv_connect_t email_connect_req; /**< private */ + uv_tcp_t email_client; /**< private */ + time_t email_connect_started; /**< private */ + char email_buf[256]; /**< private */ + char *content; /**< private */ +}; + +/** + * lws_email_init() - Initialize a struct lws_email + * + * \param email: struct lws_email to init + * \param loop: libuv loop to use + * \param max_content: max email content size + * + * Prepares a struct lws_email for use ending SMTP + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int +lws_email_init(struct lws_email *email, uv_loop_t *loop, int max_content); + +/** + * lws_email_check() - Request check for new email + * + * \param email: struct lws_email context to check + * + * Schedules a check for new emails in 1s... call this when you have queued an + * email for send. + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void +lws_email_check(struct lws_email *email); +/** + * lws_email_destroy() - stop using the struct lws_email + * + * \param email: the struct lws_email context + * + * Stop sending email using email and free allocations + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void +lws_email_destroy(struct lws_email *email); + +#endif +//@} + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/websockets/lws_config.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/websockets/lws_config.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bf49e46e --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/websockets/lws_config.h @@ -0,0 +1,117 @@ +/* lws_config.h Generated from lws_config.h.in */ + +#ifndef NDEBUG + #ifndef _DEBUG + #define _DEBUG + #endif +#endif + +#define LWS_INSTALL_DATADIR "/Users/james/Project/cocos2d-x-3rd-party-libs-src/contrib/install-android/arm/share" + +/* Define to 1 to use wolfSSL/CyaSSL as a replacement for OpenSSL. + * LWS_OPENSSL_SUPPORT needs to be set also for this to work. */ +/* #undef USE_WOLFSSL */ + +/* Also define to 1 (in addition to USE_WOLFSSL) when using the + (older) CyaSSL library */ +/* #undef USE_OLD_CYASSL */ + +/* #undef LWS_USE_MBEDTLS */ +/* #undef LWS_USE_POLARSSL */ +/* #undef LWS_WITH_ESP8266 */ + +/* #undef LWS_WITH_PLUGINS */ +/* #undef LWS_WITH_NO_LOGS */ + +/* The Libwebsocket version */ +#define LWS_LIBRARY_VERSION "2.1.0" + +#define LWS_LIBRARY_VERSION_MAJOR 2 +#define LWS_LIBRARY_VERSION_MINOR 1 +#define LWS_LIBRARY_VERSION_PATCH 0 +/* LWS_LIBRARY_VERSION_NUMBER looks like 1005001 for e.g. version 1.5.1 */ +#define LWS_LIBRARY_VERSION_NUMBER (LWS_LIBRARY_VERSION_MAJOR*1000000)+(LWS_LIBRARY_VERSION_MINOR*1000)+LWS_LIBRARY_VERSION_PATCH + +/* The current git commit hash that we're building from */ +#define LWS_BUILD_HASH "james@James-Chen.local-v3.4-138-g60b1a6f" + +/* Build with OpenSSL support */ +#define LWS_OPENSSL_SUPPORT + +/* The client should load and trust CA root certs it finds in the OS */ +#define LWS_SSL_CLIENT_USE_OS_CA_CERTS + +/* Sets the path where the client certs should be installed. */ +#define LWS_OPENSSL_CLIENT_CERTS "../share" + +/* Turn off websocket extensions */ +/* #undef LWS_NO_EXTENSIONS */ + +/* Enable libev io loop */ +/* #undef LWS_USE_LIBEV */ + +/* Enable libuv io loop */ +/* #undef LWS_USE_LIBUV */ + +/* Build with support for ipv6 */ +#define LWS_USE_IPV6 + +/* Build with support for UNIX domain socket */ +/* #undef LWS_USE_UNIX_SOCK */ + +/* Build with support for HTTP2 */ +/* #undef LWS_USE_HTTP2 */ + +/* Turn on latency measuring code */ +/* #undef LWS_LATENCY */ + +/* Don't build the daemonizeation api */ +#define LWS_NO_DAEMONIZE + +/* Build without server support */ +#define LWS_NO_SERVER + +/* Build without client support */ +/* #undef LWS_NO_CLIENT */ + +/* If we should compile with MinGW support */ +/* #undef LWS_MINGW_SUPPORT */ + +/* Use the BSD getifaddrs that comes with libwebsocket, for uclibc support */ +#define LWS_BUILTIN_GETIFADDRS + +/* use SHA1() not internal libwebsockets_SHA1 */ +/* #undef LWS_SHA1_USE_OPENSSL_NAME */ + +/* SSL server using ECDH certificate */ +/* #undef LWS_SSL_SERVER_WITH_ECDH_CERT */ +#define LWS_HAVE_SSL_CTX_set1_param +#define LWS_HAVE_X509_VERIFY_PARAM_set1_host + +/* #undef LWS_HAVE_UV_VERSION_H */ + +/* CGI apis */ +/* #undef LWS_WITH_CGI */ + +/* whether the Openssl is recent enough, and / or built with, ecdh */ +#define LWS_HAVE_OPENSSL_ECDH_H + +/* HTTP Proxy support */ +/* #undef LWS_WITH_HTTP_PROXY */ + +/* Http access log support */ +/* #undef LWS_WITH_ACCESS_LOG */ +/* #undef LWS_WITH_SERVER_STATUS */ + +/* #undef LWS_WITH_STATEFUL_URLDECODE */ + +/* Maximum supported service threads */ +#define LWS_MAX_SMP 32 + +/* Lightweight JSON Parser */ +/* #undef LWS_WITH_LEJP */ + +/* SMTP */ +/* #undef LWS_WITH_SMTP */ + + diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/zlib/zconf.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/zlib/zconf.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..77398c11 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/zlib/zconf.h @@ -0,0 +1,534 @@ +/* zconf.h -- configuration of the zlib compression library + * Copyright (C) 1995-2016 Jean-loup Gailly, Mark Adler + * For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in zlib.h + */ + +/* @(#) $Id$ */ + +#ifndef ZCONF_H +#define ZCONF_H + +/* + * If you *really* need a unique prefix for all types and library functions, + * compile with -DZ_PREFIX. The "standard" zlib should be compiled without it. + * Even better than compiling with -DZ_PREFIX would be to use configure to set + * this permanently in zconf.h using "./configure --zprefix". + */ +#ifdef Z_PREFIX /* may be set to #if 1 by ./configure */ +# define Z_PREFIX_SET + +/* all linked symbols and init macros */ +# define _dist_code z__dist_code +# define _length_code z__length_code +# define _tr_align z__tr_align +# define _tr_flush_bits z__tr_flush_bits +# define _tr_flush_block z__tr_flush_block +# define _tr_init z__tr_init +# define _tr_stored_block z__tr_stored_block +# define _tr_tally z__tr_tally +# define adler32 z_adler32 +# define adler32_combine z_adler32_combine +# define adler32_combine64 z_adler32_combine64 +# define adler32_z z_adler32_z +# ifndef Z_SOLO +# define compress z_compress +# define compress2 z_compress2 +# define compressBound z_compressBound +# endif +# define crc32 z_crc32 +# define crc32_combine z_crc32_combine +# define crc32_combine64 z_crc32_combine64 +# define crc32_z z_crc32_z +# define deflate z_deflate +# define deflateBound z_deflateBound +# define deflateCopy z_deflateCopy +# define deflateEnd z_deflateEnd +# define deflateGetDictionary z_deflateGetDictionary +# define deflateInit z_deflateInit +# define deflateInit2 z_deflateInit2 +# define deflateInit2_ z_deflateInit2_ +# define deflateInit_ z_deflateInit_ +# define deflateParams z_deflateParams +# define deflatePending z_deflatePending +# define deflatePrime z_deflatePrime +# define deflateReset z_deflateReset +# define deflateResetKeep z_deflateResetKeep +# define deflateSetDictionary z_deflateSetDictionary +# define deflateSetHeader z_deflateSetHeader +# define deflateTune z_deflateTune +# define deflate_copyright z_deflate_copyright +# define get_crc_table z_get_crc_table +# ifndef Z_SOLO +# define gz_error z_gz_error +# define gz_intmax z_gz_intmax +# define gz_strwinerror z_gz_strwinerror +# define gzbuffer z_gzbuffer +# define gzclearerr z_gzclearerr +# define gzclose z_gzclose +# define gzclose_r z_gzclose_r +# define gzclose_w z_gzclose_w +# define gzdirect z_gzdirect +# define gzdopen z_gzdopen +# define gzeof z_gzeof +# define gzerror z_gzerror +# define gzflush z_gzflush +# define gzfread z_gzfread +# define gzfwrite z_gzfwrite +# define gzgetc z_gzgetc +# define gzgetc_ z_gzgetc_ +# define gzgets z_gzgets +# define gzoffset z_gzoffset +# define gzoffset64 z_gzoffset64 +# define gzopen z_gzopen +# define gzopen64 z_gzopen64 +# ifdef _WIN32 +# define gzopen_w z_gzopen_w +# endif +# define gzprintf z_gzprintf +# define gzputc z_gzputc +# define gzputs z_gzputs +# define gzread z_gzread +# define gzrewind z_gzrewind +# define gzseek z_gzseek +# define gzseek64 z_gzseek64 +# define gzsetparams z_gzsetparams +# define gztell z_gztell +# define gztell64 z_gztell64 +# define gzungetc z_gzungetc +# define gzvprintf z_gzvprintf +# define gzwrite z_gzwrite +# endif +# define inflate z_inflate +# define inflateBack z_inflateBack +# define inflateBackEnd z_inflateBackEnd +# define inflateBackInit z_inflateBackInit +# define inflateBackInit_ z_inflateBackInit_ +# define inflateCodesUsed z_inflateCodesUsed +# define inflateCopy z_inflateCopy +# define inflateEnd z_inflateEnd +# define inflateGetDictionary z_inflateGetDictionary +# define inflateGetHeader z_inflateGetHeader +# define inflateInit z_inflateInit +# define inflateInit2 z_inflateInit2 +# define inflateInit2_ z_inflateInit2_ +# define inflateInit_ z_inflateInit_ +# define inflateMark z_inflateMark +# define inflatePrime z_inflatePrime +# define inflateReset z_inflateReset +# define inflateReset2 z_inflateReset2 +# define inflateResetKeep z_inflateResetKeep +# define inflateSetDictionary z_inflateSetDictionary +# define inflateSync z_inflateSync +# define inflateSyncPoint z_inflateSyncPoint +# define inflateUndermine z_inflateUndermine +# define inflateValidate z_inflateValidate +# define inflate_copyright z_inflate_copyright +# define inflate_fast z_inflate_fast +# define inflate_table z_inflate_table +# ifndef Z_SOLO +# define uncompress z_uncompress +# define uncompress2 z_uncompress2 +# endif +# define zError z_zError +# ifndef Z_SOLO +# define zcalloc z_zcalloc +# define zcfree z_zcfree +# endif +# define zlibCompileFlags z_zlibCompileFlags +# define zlibVersion z_zlibVersion + +/* all zlib typedefs in zlib.h and zconf.h */ +# define Byte z_Byte +# define Bytef z_Bytef +# define alloc_func z_alloc_func +# define charf z_charf +# define free_func z_free_func +# ifndef Z_SOLO +# define gzFile z_gzFile +# endif +# define gz_header z_gz_header +# define gz_headerp z_gz_headerp +# define in_func z_in_func +# define intf z_intf +# define out_func z_out_func +# define uInt z_uInt +# define uIntf z_uIntf +# define uLong z_uLong +# define uLongf z_uLongf +# define voidp z_voidp +# define voidpc z_voidpc +# define voidpf z_voidpf + +/* all zlib structs in zlib.h and zconf.h */ +# define gz_header_s z_gz_header_s +# define internal_state z_internal_state + +#endif + +#if defined(__MSDOS__) && !defined(MSDOS) +# define MSDOS +#endif +#if (defined(OS_2) || defined(__OS2__)) && !defined(OS2) +# define OS2 +#endif +#if defined(_WINDOWS) && !defined(WINDOWS) +# define WINDOWS +#endif +#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(_WIN32_WCE) || defined(__WIN32__) +# ifndef WIN32 +# define WIN32 +# endif +#endif +#if (defined(MSDOS) || defined(OS2) || defined(WINDOWS)) && !defined(WIN32) +# if !defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(__FLAT__) && !defined(__386__) +# ifndef SYS16BIT +# define SYS16BIT +# endif +# endif +#endif + +/* + * Compile with -DMAXSEG_64K if the alloc function cannot allocate more + * than 64k bytes at a time (needed on systems with 16-bit int). + */ +#ifdef SYS16BIT +# define MAXSEG_64K +#endif +#ifdef MSDOS +# define UNALIGNED_OK +#endif + +#ifdef __STDC_VERSION__ +# ifndef STDC +# define STDC +# endif +# if __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L +# ifndef STDC99 +# define STDC99 +# endif +# endif +#endif +#if !defined(STDC) && (defined(__STDC__) || defined(__cplusplus)) +# define STDC +#endif +#if !defined(STDC) && (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__BORLANDC__)) +# define STDC +#endif +#if !defined(STDC) && (defined(MSDOS) || defined(WINDOWS) || defined(WIN32)) +# define STDC +#endif +#if !defined(STDC) && (defined(OS2) || defined(__HOS_AIX__)) +# define STDC +#endif + +#if defined(__OS400__) && !defined(STDC) /* iSeries (formerly AS/400). */ +# define STDC +#endif + +#ifndef STDC +# ifndef const /* cannot use !defined(STDC) && !defined(const) on Mac */ +# define const /* note: need a more gentle solution here */ +# endif +#endif + +#if defined(ZLIB_CONST) && !defined(z_const) +# define z_const const +#else +# define z_const +#endif + +#ifdef Z_SOLO + typedef unsigned long z_size_t; +#else +# define z_longlong long long +# if defined(NO_SIZE_T) + typedef unsigned NO_SIZE_T z_size_t; +# elif defined(STDC) +# include <stddef.h> + typedef size_t z_size_t; +# else + typedef unsigned long z_size_t; +# endif +# undef z_longlong +#endif + +/* Maximum value for memLevel in deflateInit2 */ +#ifndef MAX_MEM_LEVEL +# ifdef MAXSEG_64K +# define MAX_MEM_LEVEL 8 +# else +# define MAX_MEM_LEVEL 9 +# endif +#endif + +/* Maximum value for windowBits in deflateInit2 and inflateInit2. + * WARNING: reducing MAX_WBITS makes minigzip unable to extract .gz files + * created by gzip. (Files created by minigzip can still be extracted by + * gzip.) + */ +#ifndef MAX_WBITS +# define MAX_WBITS 15 /* 32K LZ77 window */ +#endif + +/* The memory requirements for deflate are (in bytes): + (1 << (windowBits+2)) + (1 << (memLevel+9)) + that is: 128K for windowBits=15 + 128K for memLevel = 8 (default values) + plus a few kilobytes for small objects. For example, if you want to reduce + the default memory requirements from 256K to 128K, compile with + make CFLAGS="-O -DMAX_WBITS=14 -DMAX_MEM_LEVEL=7" + Of course this will generally degrade compression (there's no free lunch). + + The memory requirements for inflate are (in bytes) 1 << windowBits + that is, 32K for windowBits=15 (default value) plus about 7 kilobytes + for small objects. +*/ + + /* Type declarations */ + +#ifndef OF /* function prototypes */ +# ifdef STDC +# define OF(args) args +# else +# define OF(args) () +# endif +#endif + +#ifndef Z_ARG /* function prototypes for stdarg */ +# if defined(STDC) || defined(Z_HAVE_STDARG_H) +# define Z_ARG(args) args +# else +# define Z_ARG(args) () +# endif +#endif + +/* The following definitions for FAR are needed only for MSDOS mixed + * model programming (small or medium model with some far allocations). + * This was tested only with MSC; for other MSDOS compilers you may have + * to define NO_MEMCPY in zutil.h. If you don't need the mixed model, + * just define FAR to be empty. + */ +#ifdef SYS16BIT +# if defined(M_I86SM) || defined(M_I86MM) + /* MSC small or medium model */ +# define SMALL_MEDIUM +# ifdef _MSC_VER +# define FAR _far +# else +# define FAR far +# endif +# endif +# if (defined(__SMALL__) || defined(__MEDIUM__)) + /* Turbo C small or medium model */ +# define SMALL_MEDIUM +# ifdef __BORLANDC__ +# define FAR _far +# else +# define FAR far +# endif +# endif +#endif + +#if defined(WINDOWS) || defined(WIN32) + /* If building or using zlib as a DLL, define ZLIB_DLL. + * This is not mandatory, but it offers a little performance increase. + */ +# ifdef ZLIB_DLL +# if defined(WIN32) && (!defined(__BORLANDC__) || (__BORLANDC__ >= 0x500)) +# ifdef ZLIB_INTERNAL +# define ZEXTERN extern __declspec(dllexport) +# else +# define ZEXTERN extern __declspec(dllimport) +# endif +# endif +# endif /* ZLIB_DLL */ + /* If building or using zlib with the WINAPI/WINAPIV calling convention, + * define ZLIB_WINAPI. + * Caution: the standard ZLIB1.DLL is NOT compiled using ZLIB_WINAPI. + */ +# ifdef ZLIB_WINAPI +# ifdef FAR +# undef FAR +# endif +# include <windows.h> + /* No need for _export, use ZLIB.DEF instead. */ + /* For complete Windows compatibility, use WINAPI, not __stdcall. */ +# define ZEXPORT WINAPI +# ifdef WIN32 +# define ZEXPORTVA WINAPIV +# else +# define ZEXPORTVA FAR CDECL +# endif +# endif +#endif + +#if defined (__BEOS__) +# ifdef ZLIB_DLL +# ifdef ZLIB_INTERNAL +# define ZEXPORT __declspec(dllexport) +# define ZEXPORTVA __declspec(dllexport) +# else +# define ZEXPORT __declspec(dllimport) +# define ZEXPORTVA __declspec(dllimport) +# endif +# endif +#endif + +#ifndef ZEXTERN +# define ZEXTERN extern +#endif +#ifndef ZEXPORT +# define ZEXPORT +#endif +#ifndef ZEXPORTVA +# define ZEXPORTVA +#endif + +#ifndef FAR +# define FAR +#endif + +#if !defined(__MACTYPES__) +typedef unsigned char Byte; /* 8 bits */ +#endif +typedef unsigned int uInt; /* 16 bits or more */ +typedef unsigned long uLong; /* 32 bits or more */ + +#ifdef SMALL_MEDIUM + /* Borland C/C++ and some old MSC versions ignore FAR inside typedef */ +# define Bytef Byte FAR +#else + typedef Byte FAR Bytef; +#endif +typedef char FAR charf; +typedef int FAR intf; +typedef uInt FAR uIntf; +typedef uLong FAR uLongf; + +#ifdef STDC + typedef void const *voidpc; + typedef void FAR *voidpf; + typedef void *voidp; +#else + typedef Byte const *voidpc; + typedef Byte FAR *voidpf; + typedef Byte *voidp; +#endif + +#if !defined(Z_U4) && !defined(Z_SOLO) && defined(STDC) +# include <limits.h> +# if (UINT_MAX == 0xffffffffUL) +# define Z_U4 unsigned +# elif (ULONG_MAX == 0xffffffffUL) +# define Z_U4 unsigned long +# elif (USHRT_MAX == 0xffffffffUL) +# define Z_U4 unsigned short +# endif +#endif + +#ifdef Z_U4 + typedef Z_U4 z_crc_t; +#else + typedef unsigned long z_crc_t; +#endif + +#if 1 /* was set to #if 1 by ./configure */ +# define Z_HAVE_UNISTD_H +#endif + +#if 1 /* was set to #if 1 by ./configure */ +# define Z_HAVE_STDARG_H +#endif + +#ifdef STDC +# ifndef Z_SOLO +# include <sys/types.h> /* for off_t */ +# endif +#endif + +#if defined(STDC) || defined(Z_HAVE_STDARG_H) +# ifndef Z_SOLO +# include <stdarg.h> /* for va_list */ +# endif +#endif + +#ifdef _WIN32 +# ifndef Z_SOLO +# include <stddef.h> /* for wchar_t */ +# endif +#endif + +/* a little trick to accommodate both "#define _LARGEFILE64_SOURCE" and + * "#define _LARGEFILE64_SOURCE 1" as requesting 64-bit operations, (even + * though the former does not conform to the LFS document), but considering + * both "#undef _LARGEFILE64_SOURCE" and "#define _LARGEFILE64_SOURCE 0" as + * equivalently requesting no 64-bit operations + */ +#if defined(_LARGEFILE64_SOURCE) && -_LARGEFILE64_SOURCE - -1 == 1 +# undef _LARGEFILE64_SOURCE +#endif + +#if defined(__WATCOMC__) && !defined(Z_HAVE_UNISTD_H) +# define Z_HAVE_UNISTD_H +#endif +#ifndef Z_SOLO +# if defined(Z_HAVE_UNISTD_H) || defined(_LARGEFILE64_SOURCE) +# include <unistd.h> /* for SEEK_*, off_t, and _LFS64_LARGEFILE */ +# ifdef VMS +# include <unixio.h> /* for off_t */ +# endif +# ifndef z_off_t +# define z_off_t off_t +# endif +# endif +#endif + +#if defined(_LFS64_LARGEFILE) && _LFS64_LARGEFILE-0 +# define Z_LFS64 +#endif + +#if defined(_LARGEFILE64_SOURCE) && defined(Z_LFS64) +# define Z_LARGE64 +#endif + +#if defined(_FILE_OFFSET_BITS) && _FILE_OFFSET_BITS-0 == 64 && defined(Z_LFS64) +# define Z_WANT64 +#endif + +#if !defined(SEEK_SET) && !defined(Z_SOLO) +# define SEEK_SET 0 /* Seek from beginning of file. */ +# define SEEK_CUR 1 /* Seek from current position. */ +# define SEEK_END 2 /* Set file pointer to EOF plus "offset" */ +#endif + +#ifndef z_off_t +# define z_off_t long +#endif + +#if !defined(_WIN32) && defined(Z_LARGE64) +# define z_off64_t off64_t +#else +# if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(Z_SOLO) +# define z_off64_t __int64 +# else +# define z_off64_t z_off_t +# endif +#endif + +/* MVS linker does not support external names larger than 8 bytes */ +#if defined(__MVS__) + #pragma map(deflateInit_,"DEIN") + #pragma map(deflateInit2_,"DEIN2") + #pragma map(deflateEnd,"DEEND") + #pragma map(deflateBound,"DEBND") + #pragma map(inflateInit_,"ININ") + #pragma map(inflateInit2_,"ININ2") + #pragma map(inflateEnd,"INEND") + #pragma map(inflateSync,"INSY") + #pragma map(inflateSetDictionary,"INSEDI") + #pragma map(compressBound,"CMBND") + #pragma map(inflate_table,"INTABL") + #pragma map(inflate_fast,"INFA") + #pragma map(inflate_copyright,"INCOPY") +#endif + +#endif /* ZCONF_H */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/zlib/zlib.h b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/zlib/zlib.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f09cdaf1 --- /dev/null +++ b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/zlib/zlib.h @@ -0,0 +1,1912 @@ +/* zlib.h -- interface of the 'zlib' general purpose compression library + version 1.2.11, January 15th, 2017 + + Copyright (C) 1995-2017 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler + + This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied + warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages + arising from the use of this software. + + Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose, + including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it + freely, subject to the following restrictions: + + 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not + claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software + in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be + appreciated but is not required. + 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be + misrepresented as being the original software. + 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution. + + Jean-loup Gailly Mark Adler + jloup@gzip.org madler@alumni.caltech.edu + + + The data format used by the zlib library is described by RFCs (Request for + Comments) 1950 to 1952 in the files http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1950 + (zlib format), rfc1951 (deflate format) and rfc1952 (gzip format). +*/ + +#ifndef ZLIB_H +#define ZLIB_H + +#include "zconf.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#define ZLIB_VERSION "1.2.11" +#define ZLIB_VERNUM 0x12b0 +#define ZLIB_VER_MAJOR 1 +#define ZLIB_VER_MINOR 2 +#define ZLIB_VER_REVISION 11 +#define ZLIB_VER_SUBREVISION 0 + +/* + The 'zlib' compression library provides in-memory compression and + decompression functions, including integrity checks of the uncompressed data. + This version of the library supports only one compression method (deflation) + but other algorithms will be added later and will have the same stream + interface. + + Compression can be done in a single step if the buffers are large enough, + or can be done by repeated calls of the compression function. In the latter + case, the application must provide more input and/or consume the output + (providing more output space) before each call. + + The compressed data format used by default by the in-memory functions is + the zlib format, which is a zlib wrapper documented in RFC 1950, wrapped + around a deflate stream, which is itself documented in RFC 1951. + + The library also supports reading and writing files in gzip (.gz) format + with an interface similar to that of stdio using the functions that start + with "gz". The gzip format is different from the zlib format. gzip is a + gzip wrapper, documented in RFC 1952, wrapped around a deflate stream. + + This library can optionally read and write gzip and raw deflate streams in + memory as well. + + The zlib format was designed to be compact and fast for use in memory + and on communications channels. The gzip format was designed for single- + file compression on file systems, has a larger header than zlib to maintain + directory information, and uses a different, slower check method than zlib. + + The library does not install any signal handler. The decoder checks + the consistency of the compressed data, so the library should never crash + even in the case of corrupted input. +*/ + +typedef voidpf (*alloc_func) OF((voidpf opaque, uInt items, uInt size)); +typedef void (*free_func) OF((voidpf opaque, voidpf address)); + +struct internal_state; + +typedef struct z_stream_s { + z_const Bytef *next_in; /* next input byte */ + uInt avail_in; /* number of bytes available at next_in */ + uLong total_in; /* total number of input bytes read so far */ + + Bytef *next_out; /* next output byte will go here */ + uInt avail_out; /* remaining free space at next_out */ + uLong total_out; /* total number of bytes output so far */ + + z_const char *msg; /* last error message, NULL if no error */ + struct internal_state FAR *state; /* not visible by applications */ + + alloc_func zalloc; /* used to allocate the internal state */ + free_func zfree; /* used to free the internal state */ + voidpf opaque; /* private data object passed to zalloc and zfree */ + + int data_type; /* best guess about the data type: binary or text + for deflate, or the decoding state for inflate */ + uLong adler; /* Adler-32 or CRC-32 value of the uncompressed data */ + uLong reserved; /* reserved for future use */ +} z_stream; + +typedef z_stream FAR *z_streamp; + +/* + gzip header information passed to and from zlib routines. See RFC 1952 + for more details on the meanings of these fields. +*/ +typedef struct gz_header_s { + int text; /* true if compressed data believed to be text */ + uLong time; /* modification time */ + int xflags; /* extra flags (not used when writing a gzip file) */ + int os; /* operating system */ + Bytef *extra; /* pointer to extra field or Z_NULL if none */ + uInt extra_len; /* extra field length (valid if extra != Z_NULL) */ + uInt extra_max; /* space at extra (only when reading header) */ + Bytef *name; /* pointer to zero-terminated file name or Z_NULL */ + uInt name_max; /* space at name (only when reading header) */ + Bytef *comment; /* pointer to zero-terminated comment or Z_NULL */ + uInt comm_max; /* space at comment (only when reading header) */ + int hcrc; /* true if there was or will be a header crc */ + int done; /* true when done reading gzip header (not used + when writing a gzip file) */ +} gz_header; + +typedef gz_header FAR *gz_headerp; + +/* + The application must update next_in and avail_in when avail_in has dropped + to zero. It must update next_out and avail_out when avail_out has dropped + to zero. The application must initialize zalloc, zfree and opaque before + calling the init function. All other fields are set by the compression + library and must not be updated by the application. + + The opaque value provided by the application will be passed as the first + parameter for calls of zalloc and zfree. This can be useful for custom + memory management. The compression library attaches no meaning to the + opaque value. + + zalloc must return Z_NULL if there is not enough memory for the object. + If zlib is used in a multi-threaded application, zalloc and zfree must be + thread safe. In that case, zlib is thread-safe. When zalloc and zfree are + Z_NULL on entry to the initialization function, they are set to internal + routines that use the standard library functions malloc() and free(). + + On 16-bit systems, the functions zalloc and zfree must be able to allocate + exactly 65536 bytes, but will not be required to allocate more than this if + the symbol MAXSEG_64K is defined (see zconf.h). WARNING: On MSDOS, pointers + returned by zalloc for objects of exactly 65536 bytes *must* have their + offset normalized to zero. The default allocation function provided by this + library ensures this (see zutil.c). To reduce memory requirements and avoid + any allocation of 64K objects, at the expense of compression ratio, compile + the library with -DMAX_WBITS=14 (see zconf.h). + + The fields total_in and total_out can be used for statistics or progress + reports. After compression, total_in holds the total size of the + uncompressed data and may be saved for use by the decompressor (particularly + if the decompressor wants to decompress everything in a single step). +*/ + + /* constants */ + +#define Z_NO_FLUSH 0 +#define Z_PARTIAL_FLUSH 1 +#define Z_SYNC_FLUSH 2 +#define Z_FULL_FLUSH 3 +#define Z_FINISH 4 +#define Z_BLOCK 5 +#define Z_TREES 6 +/* Allowed flush values; see deflate() and inflate() below for details */ + +#define Z_OK 0 +#define Z_STREAM_END 1 +#define Z_NEED_DICT 2 +#define Z_ERRNO (-1) +#define Z_STREAM_ERROR (-2) +#define Z_DATA_ERROR (-3) +#define Z_MEM_ERROR (-4) +#define Z_BUF_ERROR (-5) +#define Z_VERSION_ERROR (-6) +/* Return codes for the compression/decompression functions. Negative values + * are errors, positive values are used for special but normal events. + */ + +#define Z_NO_COMPRESSION 0 +#define Z_BEST_SPEED 1 +#define Z_BEST_COMPRESSION 9 +#define Z_DEFAULT_COMPRESSION (-1) +/* compression levels */ + +#define Z_FILTERED 1 +#define Z_HUFFMAN_ONLY 2 +#define Z_RLE 3 +#define Z_FIXED 4 +#define Z_DEFAULT_STRATEGY 0 +/* compression strategy; see deflateInit2() below for details */ + +#define Z_BINARY 0 +#define Z_TEXT 1 +#define Z_ASCII Z_TEXT /* for compatibility with 1.2.2 and earlier */ +#define Z_UNKNOWN 2 +/* Possible values of the data_type field for deflate() */ + +#define Z_DEFLATED 8 +/* The deflate compression method (the only one supported in this version) */ + +#define Z_NULL 0 /* for initializing zalloc, zfree, opaque */ + +#define zlib_version zlibVersion() +/* for compatibility with versions < 1.0.2 */ + + + /* basic functions */ + +ZEXTERN const char * ZEXPORT zlibVersion OF((void)); +/* The application can compare zlibVersion and ZLIB_VERSION for consistency. + If the first character differs, the library code actually used is not + compatible with the zlib.h header file used by the application. This check + is automatically made by deflateInit and inflateInit. + */ + +/* +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT deflateInit OF((z_streamp strm, int level)); + + Initializes the internal stream state for compression. The fields + zalloc, zfree and opaque must be initialized before by the caller. If + zalloc and zfree are set to Z_NULL, deflateInit updates them to use default + allocation functions. + + The compression level must be Z_DEFAULT_COMPRESSION, or between 0 and 9: + 1 gives best speed, 9 gives best compression, 0 gives no compression at all + (the input data is simply copied a block at a time). Z_DEFAULT_COMPRESSION + requests a default compromise between speed and compression (currently + equivalent to level 6). + + deflateInit returns Z_OK if success, Z_MEM_ERROR if there was not enough + memory, Z_STREAM_ERROR if level is not a valid compression level, or + Z_VERSION_ERROR if the zlib library version (zlib_version) is incompatible + with the version assumed by the caller (ZLIB_VERSION). msg is set to null + if there is no error message. deflateInit does not perform any compression: + this will be done by deflate(). +*/ + + +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT deflate OF((z_streamp strm, int flush)); +/* + deflate compresses as much data as possible, and stops when the input + buffer becomes empty or the output buffer becomes full. It may introduce + some output latency (reading input without producing any output) except when + forced to flush. + + The detailed semantics are as follows. deflate performs one or both of the + following actions: + + - Compress more input starting at next_in and update next_in and avail_in + accordingly. If not all input can be processed (because there is not + enough room in the output buffer), next_in and avail_in are updated and + processing will resume at this point for the next call of deflate(). + + - Generate more output starting at next_out and update next_out and avail_out + accordingly. This action is forced if the parameter flush is non zero. + Forcing flush frequently degrades the compression ratio, so this parameter + should be set only when necessary. Some output may be provided even if + flush is zero. + + Before the call of deflate(), the application should ensure that at least + one of the actions is possible, by providing more input and/or consuming more + output, and updating avail_in or avail_out accordingly; avail_out should + never be zero before the call. The application can consume the compressed + output when it wants, for example when the output buffer is full (avail_out + == 0), or after each call of deflate(). If deflate returns Z_OK and with + zero avail_out, it must be called again after making room in the output + buffer because there might be more output pending. See deflatePending(), + which can be used if desired to determine whether or not there is more ouput + in that case. + + Normally the parameter flush is set to Z_NO_FLUSH, which allows deflate to + decide how much data to accumulate before producing output, in order to + maximize compression. + + If the parameter flush is set to Z_SYNC_FLUSH, all pending output is + flushed to the output buffer and the output is aligned on a byte boundary, so + that the decompressor can get all input data available so far. (In + particular avail_in is zero after the call if enough output space has been + provided before the call.) Flushing may degrade compression for some + compression algorithms and so it should be used only when necessary. This + completes the current deflate block and follows it with an empty stored block + that is three bits plus filler bits to the next byte, followed by four bytes + (00 00 ff ff). + + If flush is set to Z_PARTIAL_FLUSH, all pending output is flushed to the + output buffer, but the output is not aligned to a byte boundary. All of the + input data so far will be available to the decompressor, as for Z_SYNC_FLUSH. + This completes the current deflate block and follows it with an empty fixed + codes block that is 10 bits long. This assures that enough bytes are output + in order for the decompressor to finish the block before the empty fixed + codes block. + + If flush is set to Z_BLOCK, a deflate block is completed and emitted, as + for Z_SYNC_FLUSH, but the output is not aligned on a byte boundary, and up to + seven bits of the current block are held to be written as the next byte after + the next deflate block is completed. In this case, the decompressor may not + be provided enough bits at this point in order to complete decompression of + the data provided so far to the compressor. It may need to wait for the next + block to be emitted. This is for advanced applications that need to control + the emission of deflate blocks. + + If flush is set to Z_FULL_FLUSH, all output is flushed as with + Z_SYNC_FLUSH, and the compression state is reset so that decompression can + restart from this point if previous compressed data has been damaged or if + random access is desired. Using Z_FULL_FLUSH too often can seriously degrade + compression. + + If deflate returns with avail_out == 0, this function must be called again + with the same value of the flush parameter and more output space (updated + avail_out), until the flush is complete (deflate returns with non-zero + avail_out). In the case of a Z_FULL_FLUSH or Z_SYNC_FLUSH, make sure that + avail_out is greater than six to avoid repeated flush markers due to + avail_out == 0 on return. + + If the parameter flush is set to Z_FINISH, pending input is processed, + pending output is flushed and deflate returns with Z_STREAM_END if there was + enough output space. If deflate returns with Z_OK or Z_BUF_ERROR, this + function must be called again with Z_FINISH and more output space (updated + avail_out) but no more input data, until it returns with Z_STREAM_END or an + error. After deflate has returned Z_STREAM_END, the only possible operations + on the stream are deflateReset or deflateEnd. + + Z_FINISH can be used in the first deflate call after deflateInit if all the + compression is to be done in a single step. In order to complete in one + call, avail_out must be at least the value returned by deflateBound (see + below). Then deflate is guaranteed to return Z_STREAM_END. If not enough + output space is provided, deflate will not return Z_STREAM_END, and it must + be called again as described above. + + deflate() sets strm->adler to the Adler-32 checksum of all input read + so far (that is, total_in bytes). If a gzip stream is being generated, then + strm->adler will be the CRC-32 checksum of the input read so far. (See + deflateInit2 below.) + + deflate() may update strm->data_type if it can make a good guess about + the input data type (Z_BINARY or Z_TEXT). If in doubt, the data is + considered binary. This field is only for information purposes and does not + affect the compression algorithm in any manner. + + deflate() returns Z_OK if some progress has been made (more input + processed or more output produced), Z_STREAM_END if all input has been + consumed and all output has been produced (only when flush is set to + Z_FINISH), Z_STREAM_ERROR if the stream state was inconsistent (for example + if next_in or next_out was Z_NULL or the state was inadvertently written over + by the application), or Z_BUF_ERROR if no progress is possible (for example + avail_in or avail_out was zero). Note that Z_BUF_ERROR is not fatal, and + deflate() can be called again with more input and more output space to + continue compressing. +*/ + + +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT deflateEnd OF((z_streamp strm)); +/* + All dynamically allocated data structures for this stream are freed. + This function discards any unprocessed input and does not flush any pending + output. + + deflateEnd returns Z_OK if success, Z_STREAM_ERROR if the + stream state was inconsistent, Z_DATA_ERROR if the stream was freed + prematurely (some input or output was discarded). In the error case, msg + may be set but then points to a static string (which must not be + deallocated). +*/ + + +/* +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT inflateInit OF((z_streamp strm)); + + Initializes the internal stream state for decompression. The fields + next_in, avail_in, zalloc, zfree and opaque must be initialized before by + the caller. In the current version of inflate, the provided input is not + read or consumed. The allocation of a sliding window will be deferred to + the first call of inflate (if the decompression does not complete on the + first call). If zalloc and zfree are set to Z_NULL, inflateInit updates + them to use default allocation functions. + + inflateInit returns Z_OK if success, Z_MEM_ERROR if there was not enough + memory, Z_VERSION_ERROR if the zlib library version is incompatible with the + version assumed by the caller, or Z_STREAM_ERROR if the parameters are + invalid, such as a null pointer to the structure. msg is set to null if + there is no error message. inflateInit does not perform any decompression. + Actual decompression will be done by inflate(). So next_in, and avail_in, + next_out, and avail_out are unused and unchanged. The current + implementation of inflateInit() does not process any header information -- + that is deferred until inflate() is called. +*/ + + +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT inflate OF((z_streamp strm, int flush)); +/* + inflate decompresses as much data as possible, and stops when the input + buffer becomes empty or the output buffer becomes full. It may introduce + some output latency (reading input without producing any output) except when + forced to flush. + + The detailed semantics are as follows. inflate performs one or both of the + following actions: + + - Decompress more input starting at next_in and update next_in and avail_in + accordingly. If not all input can be processed (because there is not + enough room in the output buffer), then next_in and avail_in are updated + accordingly, and processing will resume at this point for the next call of + inflate(). + + - Generate more output starting at next_out and update next_out and avail_out + accordingly. inflate() provides as much output as possible, until there is + no more input data or no more space in the output buffer (see below about + the flush parameter). + + Before the call of inflate(), the application should ensure that at least + one of the actions is possible, by providing more input and/or consuming more + output, and updating the next_* and avail_* values accordingly. If the + caller of inflate() does not provide both available input and available + output space, it is possible that there will be no progress made. The + application can consume the uncompressed output when it wants, for example + when the output buffer is full (avail_out == 0), or after each call of + inflate(). If inflate returns Z_OK and with zero avail_out, it must be + called again after making room in the output buffer because there might be + more output pending. + + The flush parameter of inflate() can be Z_NO_FLUSH, Z_SYNC_FLUSH, Z_FINISH, + Z_BLOCK, or Z_TREES. Z_SYNC_FLUSH requests that inflate() flush as much + output as possible to the output buffer. Z_BLOCK requests that inflate() + stop if and when it gets to the next deflate block boundary. When decoding + the zlib or gzip format, this will cause inflate() to return immediately + after the header and before the first block. When doing a raw inflate, + inflate() will go ahead and process the first block, and will return when it + gets to the end of that block, or when it runs out of data. + + The Z_BLOCK option assists in appending to or combining deflate streams. + To assist in this, on return inflate() always sets strm->data_type to the + number of unused bits in the last byte taken from strm->next_in, plus 64 if + inflate() is currently decoding the last block in the deflate stream, plus + 128 if inflate() returned immediately after decoding an end-of-block code or + decoding the complete header up to just before the first byte of the deflate + stream. The end-of-block will not be indicated until all of the uncompressed + data from that block has been written to strm->next_out. The number of + unused bits may in general be greater than seven, except when bit 7 of + data_type is set, in which case the number of unused bits will be less than + eight. data_type is set as noted here every time inflate() returns for all + flush options, and so can be used to determine the amount of currently + consumed input in bits. + + The Z_TREES option behaves as Z_BLOCK does, but it also returns when the + end of each deflate block header is reached, before any actual data in that + block is decoded. This allows the caller to determine the length of the + deflate block header for later use in random access within a deflate block. + 256 is added to the value of strm->data_type when inflate() returns + immediately after reaching the end of the deflate block header. + + inflate() should normally be called until it returns Z_STREAM_END or an + error. However if all decompression is to be performed in a single step (a + single call of inflate), the parameter flush should be set to Z_FINISH. In + this case all pending input is processed and all pending output is flushed; + avail_out must be large enough to hold all of the uncompressed data for the + operation to complete. (The size of the uncompressed data may have been + saved by the compressor for this purpose.) The use of Z_FINISH is not + required to perform an inflation in one step. However it may be used to + inform inflate that a faster approach can be used for the single inflate() + call. Z_FINISH also informs inflate to not maintain a sliding window if the + stream completes, which reduces inflate's memory footprint. If the stream + does not complete, either because not all of the stream is provided or not + enough output space is provided, then a sliding window will be allocated and + inflate() can be called again to continue the operation as if Z_NO_FLUSH had + been used. + + In this implementation, inflate() always flushes as much output as + possible to the output buffer, and always uses the faster approach on the + first call. So the effects of the flush parameter in this implementation are + on the return value of inflate() as noted below, when inflate() returns early + when Z_BLOCK or Z_TREES is used, and when inflate() avoids the allocation of + memory for a sliding window when Z_FINISH is used. + + If a preset dictionary is needed after this call (see inflateSetDictionary + below), inflate sets strm->adler to the Adler-32 checksum of the dictionary + chosen by the compressor and returns Z_NEED_DICT; otherwise it sets + strm->adler to the Adler-32 checksum of all output produced so far (that is, + total_out bytes) and returns Z_OK, Z_STREAM_END or an error code as described + below. At the end of the stream, inflate() checks that its computed Adler-32 + checksum is equal to that saved by the compressor and returns Z_STREAM_END + only if the checksum is correct. + + inflate() can decompress and check either zlib-wrapped or gzip-wrapped + deflate data. The header type is detected automatically, if requested when + initializing with inflateInit2(). Any information contained in the gzip + header is not retained unless inflateGetHeader() is used. When processing + gzip-wrapped deflate data, strm->adler32 is set to the CRC-32 of the output + produced so far. The CRC-32 is checked against the gzip trailer, as is the + uncompressed length, modulo 2^32. + + inflate() returns Z_OK if some progress has been made (more input processed + or more output produced), Z_STREAM_END if the end of the compressed data has + been reached and all uncompressed output has been produced, Z_NEED_DICT if a + preset dictionary is needed at this point, Z_DATA_ERROR if the input data was + corrupted (input stream not conforming to the zlib format or incorrect check + value, in which case strm->msg points to a string with a more specific + error), Z_STREAM_ERROR if the stream structure was inconsistent (for example + next_in or next_out was Z_NULL, or the state was inadvertently written over + by the application), Z_MEM_ERROR if there was not enough memory, Z_BUF_ERROR + if no progress was possible or if there was not enough room in the output + buffer when Z_FINISH is used. Note that Z_BUF_ERROR is not fatal, and + inflate() can be called again with more input and more output space to + continue decompressing. If Z_DATA_ERROR is returned, the application may + then call inflateSync() to look for a good compression block if a partial + recovery of the data is to be attempted. +*/ + + +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT inflateEnd OF((z_streamp strm)); +/* + All dynamically allocated data structures for this stream are freed. + This function discards any unprocessed input and does not flush any pending + output. + + inflateEnd returns Z_OK if success, or Z_STREAM_ERROR if the stream state + was inconsistent. +*/ + + + /* Advanced functions */ + +/* + The following functions are needed only in some special applications. +*/ + +/* +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT deflateInit2 OF((z_streamp strm, + int level, + int method, + int windowBits, + int memLevel, + int strategy)); + + This is another version of deflateInit with more compression options. The + fields next_in, zalloc, zfree and opaque must be initialized before by the + caller. + + The method parameter is the compression method. It must be Z_DEFLATED in + this version of the library. + + The windowBits parameter is the base two logarithm of the window size + (the size of the history buffer). It should be in the range 8..15 for this + version of the library. Larger values of this parameter result in better + compression at the expense of memory usage. The default value is 15 if + deflateInit is used instead. + + For the current implementation of deflate(), a windowBits value of 8 (a + window size of 256 bytes) is not supported. As a result, a request for 8 + will result in 9 (a 512-byte window). In that case, providing 8 to + inflateInit2() will result in an error when the zlib header with 9 is + checked against the initialization of inflate(). The remedy is to not use 8 + with deflateInit2() with this initialization, or at least in that case use 9 + with inflateInit2(). + + windowBits can also be -8..-15 for raw deflate. In this case, -windowBits + determines the window size. deflate() will then generate raw deflate data + with no zlib header or trailer, and will not compute a check value. + + windowBits can also be greater than 15 for optional gzip encoding. Add + 16 to windowBits to write a simple gzip header and trailer around the + compressed data instead of a zlib wrapper. The gzip header will have no + file name, no extra data, no comment, no modification time (set to zero), no + header crc, and the operating system will be set to the appropriate value, + if the operating system was determined at compile time. If a gzip stream is + being written, strm->adler is a CRC-32 instead of an Adler-32. + + For raw deflate or gzip encoding, a request for a 256-byte window is + rejected as invalid, since only the zlib header provides a means of + transmitting the window size to the decompressor. + + The memLevel parameter specifies how much memory should be allocated + for the internal compression state. memLevel=1 uses minimum memory but is + slow and reduces compression ratio; memLevel=9 uses maximum memory for + optimal speed. The default value is 8. See zconf.h for total memory usage + as a function of windowBits and memLevel. + + The strategy parameter is used to tune the compression algorithm. Use the + value Z_DEFAULT_STRATEGY for normal data, Z_FILTERED for data produced by a + filter (or predictor), Z_HUFFMAN_ONLY to force Huffman encoding only (no + string match), or Z_RLE to limit match distances to one (run-length + encoding). Filtered data consists mostly of small values with a somewhat + random distribution. In this case, the compression algorithm is tuned to + compress them better. The effect of Z_FILTERED is to force more Huffman + coding and less string matching; it is somewhat intermediate between + Z_DEFAULT_STRATEGY and Z_HUFFMAN_ONLY. Z_RLE is designed to be almost as + fast as Z_HUFFMAN_ONLY, but give better compression for PNG image data. The + strategy parameter only affects the compression ratio but not the + correctness of the compressed output even if it is not set appropriately. + Z_FIXED prevents the use of dynamic Huffman codes, allowing for a simpler + decoder for special applications. + + deflateInit2 returns Z_OK if success, Z_MEM_ERROR if there was not enough + memory, Z_STREAM_ERROR if any parameter is invalid (such as an invalid + method), or Z_VERSION_ERROR if the zlib library version (zlib_version) is + incompatible with the version assumed by the caller (ZLIB_VERSION). msg is + set to null if there is no error message. deflateInit2 does not perform any + compression: this will be done by deflate(). +*/ + +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT deflateSetDictionary OF((z_streamp strm, + const Bytef *dictionary, + uInt dictLength)); +/* + Initializes the compression dictionary from the given byte sequence + without producing any compressed output. When using the zlib format, this + function must be called immediately after deflateInit, deflateInit2 or + deflateReset, and before any call of deflate. When doing raw deflate, this + function must be called either before any call of deflate, or immediately + after the completion of a deflate block, i.e. after all input has been + consumed and all output has been delivered when using any of the flush + options Z_BLOCK, Z_PARTIAL_FLUSH, Z_SYNC_FLUSH, or Z_FULL_FLUSH. The + compressor and decompressor must use exactly the same dictionary (see + inflateSetDictionary). + + The dictionary should consist of strings (byte sequences) that are likely + to be encountered later in the data to be compressed, with the most commonly + used strings preferably put towards the end of the dictionary. Using a + dictionary is most useful when the data to be compressed is short and can be + predicted with good accuracy; the data can then be compressed better than + with the default empty dictionary. + + Depending on the size of the compression data structures selected by + deflateInit or deflateInit2, a part of the dictionary may in effect be + discarded, for example if the dictionary is larger than the window size + provided in deflateInit or deflateInit2. Thus the strings most likely to be + useful should be put at the end of the dictionary, not at the front. In + addition, the current implementation of deflate will use at most the window + size minus 262 bytes of the provided dictionary. + + Upon return of this function, strm->adler is set to the Adler-32 value + of the dictionary; the decompressor may later use this value to determine + which dictionary has been used by the compressor. (The Adler-32 value + applies to the whole dictionary even if only a subset of the dictionary is + actually used by the compressor.) If a raw deflate was requested, then the + Adler-32 value is not computed and strm->adler is not set. + + deflateSetDictionary returns Z_OK if success, or Z_STREAM_ERROR if a + parameter is invalid (e.g. dictionary being Z_NULL) or the stream state is + inconsistent (for example if deflate has already been called for this stream + or if not at a block boundary for raw deflate). deflateSetDictionary does + not perform any compression: this will be done by deflate(). +*/ + +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT deflateGetDictionary OF((z_streamp strm, + Bytef *dictionary, + uInt *dictLength)); +/* + Returns the sliding dictionary being maintained by deflate. dictLength is + set to the number of bytes in the dictionary, and that many bytes are copied + to dictionary. dictionary must have enough space, where 32768 bytes is + always enough. If deflateGetDictionary() is called with dictionary equal to + Z_NULL, then only the dictionary length is returned, and nothing is copied. + Similary, if dictLength is Z_NULL, then it is not set. + + deflateGetDictionary() may return a length less than the window size, even + when more than the window size in input has been provided. It may return up + to 258 bytes less in that case, due to how zlib's implementation of deflate + manages the sliding window and lookahead for matches, where matches can be + up to 258 bytes long. If the application needs the last window-size bytes of + input, then that would need to be saved by the application outside of zlib. + + deflateGetDictionary returns Z_OK on success, or Z_STREAM_ERROR if the + stream state is inconsistent. +*/ + +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT deflateCopy OF((z_streamp dest, + z_streamp source)); +/* + Sets the destination stream as a complete copy of the source stream. + + This function can be useful when several compression strategies will be + tried, for example when there are several ways of pre-processing the input + data with a filter. The streams that will be discarded should then be freed + by calling deflateEnd. Note that deflateCopy duplicates the internal + compression state which can be quite large, so this strategy is slow and can + consume lots of memory. + + deflateCopy returns Z_OK if success, Z_MEM_ERROR if there was not + enough memory, Z_STREAM_ERROR if the source stream state was inconsistent + (such as zalloc being Z_NULL). msg is left unchanged in both source and + destination. +*/ + +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT deflateReset OF((z_streamp strm)); +/* + This function is equivalent to deflateEnd followed by deflateInit, but + does not free and reallocate the internal compression state. The stream + will leave the compression level and any other attributes that may have been + set unchanged. + + deflateReset returns Z_OK if success, or Z_STREAM_ERROR if the source + stream state was inconsistent (such as zalloc or state being Z_NULL). +*/ + +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT deflateParams OF((z_streamp strm, + int level, + int strategy)); +/* + Dynamically update the compression level and compression strategy. The + interpretation of level and strategy is as in deflateInit2(). This can be + used to switch between compression and straight copy of the input data, or + to switch to a different kind of input data requiring a different strategy. + If the compression approach (which is a function of the level) or the + strategy is changed, and if any input has been consumed in a previous + deflate() call, then the input available so far is compressed with the old + level and strategy using deflate(strm, Z_BLOCK). There are three approaches + for the compression levels 0, 1..3, and 4..9 respectively. The new level + and strategy will take effect at the next call of deflate(). + + If a deflate(strm, Z_BLOCK) is performed by deflateParams(), and it does + not have enough output space to complete, then the parameter change will not + take effect. In this case, deflateParams() can be called again with the + same parameters and more output space to try again. + + In order to assure a change in the parameters on the first try, the + deflate stream should be flushed using deflate() with Z_BLOCK or other flush + request until strm.avail_out is not zero, before calling deflateParams(). + Then no more input data should be provided before the deflateParams() call. + If this is done, the old level and strategy will be applied to the data + compressed before deflateParams(), and the new level and strategy will be + applied to the the data compressed after deflateParams(). + + deflateParams returns Z_OK on success, Z_STREAM_ERROR if the source stream + state was inconsistent or if a parameter was invalid, or Z_BUF_ERROR if + there was not enough output space to complete the compression of the + available input data before a change in the strategy or approach. Note that + in the case of a Z_BUF_ERROR, the parameters are not changed. A return + value of Z_BUF_ERROR is not fatal, in which case deflateParams() can be + retried with more output space. +*/ + +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT deflateTune OF((z_streamp strm, + int good_length, + int max_lazy, + int nice_length, + int max_chain)); +/* + Fine tune deflate's internal compression parameters. This should only be + used by someone who understands the algorithm used by zlib's deflate for + searching for the best matching string, and even then only by the most + fanatic optimizer trying to squeeze out the last compressed bit for their + specific input data. Read the deflate.c source code for the meaning of the + max_lazy, good_length, nice_length, and max_chain parameters. + + deflateTune() can be called after deflateInit() or deflateInit2(), and + returns Z_OK on success, or Z_STREAM_ERROR for an invalid deflate stream. + */ + +ZEXTERN uLong ZEXPORT deflateBound OF((z_streamp strm, + uLong sourceLen)); +/* + deflateBound() returns an upper bound on the compressed size after + deflation of sourceLen bytes. It must be called after deflateInit() or + deflateInit2(), and after deflateSetHeader(), if used. This would be used + to allocate an output buffer for deflation in a single pass, and so would be + called before deflate(). If that first deflate() call is provided the + sourceLen input bytes, an output buffer allocated to the size returned by + deflateBound(), and the flush value Z_FINISH, then deflate() is guaranteed + to return Z_STREAM_END. Note that it is possible for the compressed size to + be larger than the value returned by deflateBound() if flush options other + than Z_FINISH or Z_NO_FLUSH are used. +*/ + +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT deflatePending OF((z_streamp strm, + unsigned *pending, + int *bits)); +/* + deflatePending() returns the number of bytes and bits of output that have + been generated, but not yet provided in the available output. The bytes not + provided would be due to the available output space having being consumed. + The number of bits of output not provided are between 0 and 7, where they + await more bits to join them in order to fill out a full byte. If pending + or bits are Z_NULL, then those values are not set. + + deflatePending returns Z_OK if success, or Z_STREAM_ERROR if the source + stream state was inconsistent. + */ + +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT deflatePrime OF((z_streamp strm, + int bits, + int value)); +/* + deflatePrime() inserts bits in the deflate output stream. The intent + is that this function is used to start off the deflate output with the bits + leftover from a previous deflate stream when appending to it. As such, this + function can only be used for raw deflate, and must be used before the first + deflate() call after a deflateInit2() or deflateReset(). bits must be less + than or equal to 16, and that many of the least significant bits of value + will be inserted in the output. + + deflatePrime returns Z_OK if success, Z_BUF_ERROR if there was not enough + room in the internal buffer to insert the bits, or Z_STREAM_ERROR if the + source stream state was inconsistent. +*/ + +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT deflateSetHeader OF((z_streamp strm, + gz_headerp head)); +/* + deflateSetHeader() provides gzip header information for when a gzip + stream is requested by deflateInit2(). deflateSetHeader() may be called + after deflateInit2() or deflateReset() and before the first call of + deflate(). The text, time, os, extra field, name, and comment information + in the provided gz_header structure are written to the gzip header (xflag is + ignored -- the extra flags are set according to the compression level). The + caller must assure that, if not Z_NULL, name and comment are terminated with + a zero byte, and that if extra is not Z_NULL, that extra_len bytes are + available there. If hcrc is true, a gzip header crc is included. Note that + the current versions of the command-line version of gzip (up through version + 1.3.x) do not support header crc's, and will report that it is a "multi-part + gzip file" and give up. + + If deflateSetHeader is not used, the default gzip header has text false, + the time set to zero, and os set to 255, with no extra, name, or comment + fields. The gzip header is returned to the default state by deflateReset(). + + deflateSetHeader returns Z_OK if success, or Z_STREAM_ERROR if the source + stream state was inconsistent. +*/ + +/* +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT inflateInit2 OF((z_streamp strm, + int windowBits)); + + This is another version of inflateInit with an extra parameter. The + fields next_in, avail_in, zalloc, zfree and opaque must be initialized + before by the caller. + + The windowBits parameter is the base two logarithm of the maximum window + size (the size of the history buffer). It should be in the range 8..15 for + this version of the library. The default value is 15 if inflateInit is used + instead. windowBits must be greater than or equal to the windowBits value + provided to deflateInit2() while compressing, or it must be equal to 15 if + deflateInit2() was not used. If a compressed stream with a larger window + size is given as input, inflate() will return with the error code + Z_DATA_ERROR instead of trying to allocate a larger window. + + windowBits can also be zero to request that inflate use the window size in + the zlib header of the compressed stream. + + windowBits can also be -8..-15 for raw inflate. In this case, -windowBits + determines the window size. inflate() will then process raw deflate data, + not looking for a zlib or gzip header, not generating a check value, and not + looking for any check values for comparison at the end of the stream. This + is for use with other formats that use the deflate compressed data format + such as zip. Those formats provide their own check values. If a custom + format is developed using the raw deflate format for compressed data, it is + recommended that a check value such as an Adler-32 or a CRC-32 be applied to + the uncompressed data as is done in the zlib, gzip, and zip formats. For + most applications, the zlib format should be used as is. Note that comments + above on the use in deflateInit2() applies to the magnitude of windowBits. + + windowBits can also be greater than 15 for optional gzip decoding. Add + 32 to windowBits to enable zlib and gzip decoding with automatic header + detection, or add 16 to decode only the gzip format (the zlib format will + return a Z_DATA_ERROR). If a gzip stream is being decoded, strm->adler is a + CRC-32 instead of an Adler-32. Unlike the gunzip utility and gzread() (see + below), inflate() will not automatically decode concatenated gzip streams. + inflate() will return Z_STREAM_END at the end of the gzip stream. The state + would need to be reset to continue decoding a subsequent gzip stream. + + inflateInit2 returns Z_OK if success, Z_MEM_ERROR if there was not enough + memory, Z_VERSION_ERROR if the zlib library version is incompatible with the + version assumed by the caller, or Z_STREAM_ERROR if the parameters are + invalid, such as a null pointer to the structure. msg is set to null if + there is no error message. inflateInit2 does not perform any decompression + apart from possibly reading the zlib header if present: actual decompression + will be done by inflate(). (So next_in and avail_in may be modified, but + next_out and avail_out are unused and unchanged.) The current implementation + of inflateInit2() does not process any header information -- that is + deferred until inflate() is called. +*/ + +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT inflateSetDictionary OF((z_streamp strm, + const Bytef *dictionary, + uInt dictLength)); +/* + Initializes the decompression dictionary from the given uncompressed byte + sequence. This function must be called immediately after a call of inflate, + if that call returned Z_NEED_DICT. The dictionary chosen by the compressor + can be determined from the Adler-32 value returned by that call of inflate. + The compressor and decompressor must use exactly the same dictionary (see + deflateSetDictionary). For raw inflate, this function can be called at any + time to set the dictionary. If the provided dictionary is smaller than the + window and there is already data in the window, then the provided dictionary + will amend what's there. The application must insure that the dictionary + that was used for compression is provided. + + inflateSetDictionary returns Z_OK if success, Z_STREAM_ERROR if a + parameter is invalid (e.g. dictionary being Z_NULL) or the stream state is + inconsistent, Z_DATA_ERROR if the given dictionary doesn't match the + expected one (incorrect Adler-32 value). inflateSetDictionary does not + perform any decompression: this will be done by subsequent calls of + inflate(). +*/ + +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT inflateGetDictionary OF((z_streamp strm, + Bytef *dictionary, + uInt *dictLength)); +/* + Returns the sliding dictionary being maintained by inflate. dictLength is + set to the number of bytes in the dictionary, and that many bytes are copied + to dictionary. dictionary must have enough space, where 32768 bytes is + always enough. If inflateGetDictionary() is called with dictionary equal to + Z_NULL, then only the dictionary length is returned, and nothing is copied. + Similary, if dictLength is Z_NULL, then it is not set. + + inflateGetDictionary returns Z_OK on success, or Z_STREAM_ERROR if the + stream state is inconsistent. +*/ + +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT inflateSync OF((z_streamp strm)); +/* + Skips invalid compressed data until a possible full flush point (see above + for the description of deflate with Z_FULL_FLUSH) can be found, or until all + available input is skipped. No output is provided. + + inflateSync searches for a 00 00 FF FF pattern in the compressed data. + All full flush points have this pattern, but not all occurrences of this + pattern are full flush points. + + inflateSync returns Z_OK if a possible full flush point has been found, + Z_BUF_ERROR if no more input was provided, Z_DATA_ERROR if no flush point + has been found, or Z_STREAM_ERROR if the stream structure was inconsistent. + In the success case, the application may save the current current value of + total_in which indicates where valid compressed data was found. In the + error case, the application may repeatedly call inflateSync, providing more + input each time, until success or end of the input data. +*/ + +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT inflateCopy OF((z_streamp dest, + z_streamp source)); +/* + Sets the destination stream as a complete copy of the source stream. + + This function can be useful when randomly accessing a large stream. The + first pass through the stream can periodically record the inflate state, + allowing restarting inflate at those points when randomly accessing the + stream. + + inflateCopy returns Z_OK if success, Z_MEM_ERROR if there was not + enough memory, Z_STREAM_ERROR if the source stream state was inconsistent + (such as zalloc being Z_NULL). msg is left unchanged in both source and + destination. +*/ + +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT inflateReset OF((z_streamp strm)); +/* + This function is equivalent to inflateEnd followed by inflateInit, + but does not free and reallocate the internal decompression state. The + stream will keep attributes that may have been set by inflateInit2. + + inflateReset returns Z_OK if success, or Z_STREAM_ERROR if the source + stream state was inconsistent (such as zalloc or state being Z_NULL). +*/ + +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT inflateReset2 OF((z_streamp strm, + int windowBits)); +/* + This function is the same as inflateReset, but it also permits changing + the wrap and window size requests. The windowBits parameter is interpreted + the same as it is for inflateInit2. If the window size is changed, then the + memory allocated for the window is freed, and the window will be reallocated + by inflate() if needed. + + inflateReset2 returns Z_OK if success, or Z_STREAM_ERROR if the source + stream state was inconsistent (such as zalloc or state being Z_NULL), or if + the windowBits parameter is invalid. +*/ + +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT inflatePrime OF((z_streamp strm, + int bits, + int value)); +/* + This function inserts bits in the inflate input stream. The intent is + that this function is used to start inflating at a bit position in the + middle of a byte. The provided bits will be used before any bytes are used + from next_in. This function should only be used with raw inflate, and + should be used before the first inflate() call after inflateInit2() or + inflateReset(). bits must be less than or equal to 16, and that many of the + least significant bits of value will be inserted in the input. + + If bits is negative, then the input stream bit buffer is emptied. Then + inflatePrime() can be called again to put bits in the buffer. This is used + to clear out bits leftover after feeding inflate a block description prior + to feeding inflate codes. + + inflatePrime returns Z_OK if success, or Z_STREAM_ERROR if the source + stream state was inconsistent. +*/ + +ZEXTERN long ZEXPORT inflateMark OF((z_streamp strm)); +/* + This function returns two values, one in the lower 16 bits of the return + value, and the other in the remaining upper bits, obtained by shifting the + return value down 16 bits. If the upper value is -1 and the lower value is + zero, then inflate() is currently decoding information outside of a block. + If the upper value is -1 and the lower value is non-zero, then inflate is in + the middle of a stored block, with the lower value equaling the number of + bytes from the input remaining to copy. If the upper value is not -1, then + it is the number of bits back from the current bit position in the input of + the code (literal or length/distance pair) currently being processed. In + that case the lower value is the number of bytes already emitted for that + code. + + A code is being processed if inflate is waiting for more input to complete + decoding of the code, or if it has completed decoding but is waiting for + more output space to write the literal or match data. + + inflateMark() is used to mark locations in the input data for random + access, which may be at bit positions, and to note those cases where the + output of a code may span boundaries of random access blocks. The current + location in the input stream can be determined from avail_in and data_type + as noted in the description for the Z_BLOCK flush parameter for inflate. + + inflateMark returns the value noted above, or -65536 if the provided + source stream state was inconsistent. +*/ + +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT inflateGetHeader OF((z_streamp strm, + gz_headerp head)); +/* + inflateGetHeader() requests that gzip header information be stored in the + provided gz_header structure. inflateGetHeader() may be called after + inflateInit2() or inflateReset(), and before the first call of inflate(). + As inflate() processes the gzip stream, head->done is zero until the header + is completed, at which time head->done is set to one. If a zlib stream is + being decoded, then head->done is set to -1 to indicate that there will be + no gzip header information forthcoming. Note that Z_BLOCK or Z_TREES can be + used to force inflate() to return immediately after header processing is + complete and before any actual data is decompressed. + + The text, time, xflags, and os fields are filled in with the gzip header + contents. hcrc is set to true if there is a header CRC. (The header CRC + was valid if done is set to one.) If extra is not Z_NULL, then extra_max + contains the maximum number of bytes to write to extra. Once done is true, + extra_len contains the actual extra field length, and extra contains the + extra field, or that field truncated if extra_max is less than extra_len. + If name is not Z_NULL, then up to name_max characters are written there, + terminated with a zero unless the length is greater than name_max. If + comment is not Z_NULL, then up to comm_max characters are written there, + terminated with a zero unless the length is greater than comm_max. When any + of extra, name, or comment are not Z_NULL and the respective field is not + present in the header, then that field is set to Z_NULL to signal its + absence. This allows the use of deflateSetHeader() with the returned + structure to duplicate the header. However if those fields are set to + allocated memory, then the application will need to save those pointers + elsewhere so that they can be eventually freed. + + If inflateGetHeader is not used, then the header information is simply + discarded. The header is always checked for validity, including the header + CRC if present. inflateReset() will reset the process to discard the header + information. The application would need to call inflateGetHeader() again to + retrieve the header from the next gzip stream. + + inflateGetHeader returns Z_OK if success, or Z_STREAM_ERROR if the source + stream state was inconsistent. +*/ + +/* +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT inflateBackInit OF((z_streamp strm, int windowBits, + unsigned char FAR *window)); + + Initialize the internal stream state for decompression using inflateBack() + calls. The fields zalloc, zfree and opaque in strm must be initialized + before the call. If zalloc and zfree are Z_NULL, then the default library- + derived memory allocation routines are used. windowBits is the base two + logarithm of the window size, in the range 8..15. window is a caller + supplied buffer of that size. Except for special applications where it is + assured that deflate was used with small window sizes, windowBits must be 15 + and a 32K byte window must be supplied to be able to decompress general + deflate streams. + + See inflateBack() for the usage of these routines. + + inflateBackInit will return Z_OK on success, Z_STREAM_ERROR if any of + the parameters are invalid, Z_MEM_ERROR if the internal state could not be + allocated, or Z_VERSION_ERROR if the version of the library does not match + the version of the header file. +*/ + +typedef unsigned (*in_func) OF((void FAR *, + z_const unsigned char FAR * FAR *)); +typedef int (*out_func) OF((void FAR *, unsigned char FAR *, unsigned)); + +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT inflateBack OF((z_streamp strm, + in_func in, void FAR *in_desc, + out_func out, void FAR *out_desc)); +/* + inflateBack() does a raw inflate with a single call using a call-back + interface for input and output. This is potentially more efficient than + inflate() for file i/o applications, in that it avoids copying between the + output and the sliding window by simply making the window itself the output + buffer. inflate() can be faster on modern CPUs when used with large + buffers. inflateBack() trusts the application to not change the output + buffer passed by the output function, at least until inflateBack() returns. + + inflateBackInit() must be called first to allocate the internal state + and to initialize the state with the user-provided window buffer. + inflateBack() may then be used multiple times to inflate a complete, raw + deflate stream with each call. inflateBackEnd() is then called to free the + allocated state. + + A raw deflate stream is one with no zlib or gzip header or trailer. + This routine would normally be used in a utility that reads zip or gzip + files and writes out uncompressed files. The utility would decode the + header and process the trailer on its own, hence this routine expects only + the raw deflate stream to decompress. This is different from the default + behavior of inflate(), which expects a zlib header and trailer around the + deflate stream. + + inflateBack() uses two subroutines supplied by the caller that are then + called by inflateBack() for input and output. inflateBack() calls those + routines until it reads a complete deflate stream and writes out all of the + uncompressed data, or until it encounters an error. The function's + parameters and return types are defined above in the in_func and out_func + typedefs. inflateBack() will call in(in_desc, &buf) which should return the + number of bytes of provided input, and a pointer to that input in buf. If + there is no input available, in() must return zero -- buf is ignored in that + case -- and inflateBack() will return a buffer error. inflateBack() will + call out(out_desc, buf, len) to write the uncompressed data buf[0..len-1]. + out() should return zero on success, or non-zero on failure. If out() + returns non-zero, inflateBack() will return with an error. Neither in() nor + out() are permitted to change the contents of the window provided to + inflateBackInit(), which is also the buffer that out() uses to write from. + The length written by out() will be at most the window size. Any non-zero + amount of input may be provided by in(). + + For convenience, inflateBack() can be provided input on the first call by + setting strm->next_in and strm->avail_in. If that input is exhausted, then + in() will be called. Therefore strm->next_in must be initialized before + calling inflateBack(). If strm->next_in is Z_NULL, then in() will be called + immediately for input. If strm->next_in is not Z_NULL, then strm->avail_in + must also be initialized, and then if strm->avail_in is not zero, input will + initially be taken from strm->next_in[0 .. strm->avail_in - 1]. + + The in_desc and out_desc parameters of inflateBack() is passed as the + first parameter of in() and out() respectively when they are called. These + descriptors can be optionally used to pass any information that the caller- + supplied in() and out() functions need to do their job. + + On return, inflateBack() will set strm->next_in and strm->avail_in to + pass back any unused input that was provided by the last in() call. The + return values of inflateBack() can be Z_STREAM_END on success, Z_BUF_ERROR + if in() or out() returned an error, Z_DATA_ERROR if there was a format error + in the deflate stream (in which case strm->msg is set to indicate the nature + of the error), or Z_STREAM_ERROR if the stream was not properly initialized. + In the case of Z_BUF_ERROR, an input or output error can be distinguished + using strm->next_in which will be Z_NULL only if in() returned an error. If + strm->next_in is not Z_NULL, then the Z_BUF_ERROR was due to out() returning + non-zero. (in() will always be called before out(), so strm->next_in is + assured to be defined if out() returns non-zero.) Note that inflateBack() + cannot return Z_OK. +*/ + +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT inflateBackEnd OF((z_streamp strm)); +/* + All memory allocated by inflateBackInit() is freed. + + inflateBackEnd() returns Z_OK on success, or Z_STREAM_ERROR if the stream + state was inconsistent. +*/ + +ZEXTERN uLong ZEXPORT zlibCompileFlags OF((void)); +/* Return flags indicating compile-time options. + + Type sizes, two bits each, 00 = 16 bits, 01 = 32, 10 = 64, 11 = other: + 1.0: size of uInt + 3.2: size of uLong + 5.4: size of voidpf (pointer) + 7.6: size of z_off_t + + Compiler, assembler, and debug options: + 8: ZLIB_DEBUG + 9: ASMV or ASMINF -- use ASM code + 10: ZLIB_WINAPI -- exported functions use the WINAPI calling convention + 11: 0 (reserved) + + One-time table building (smaller code, but not thread-safe if true): + 12: BUILDFIXED -- build static block decoding tables when needed + 13: DYNAMIC_CRC_TABLE -- build CRC calculation tables when needed + 14,15: 0 (reserved) + + Library content (indicates missing functionality): + 16: NO_GZCOMPRESS -- gz* functions cannot compress (to avoid linking + deflate code when not needed) + 17: NO_GZIP -- deflate can't write gzip streams, and inflate can't detect + and decode gzip streams (to avoid linking crc code) + 18-19: 0 (reserved) + + Operation variations (changes in library functionality): + 20: PKZIP_BUG_WORKAROUND -- slightly more permissive inflate + 21: FASTEST -- deflate algorithm with only one, lowest compression level + 22,23: 0 (reserved) + + The sprintf variant used by gzprintf (zero is best): + 24: 0 = vs*, 1 = s* -- 1 means limited to 20 arguments after the format + 25: 0 = *nprintf, 1 = *printf -- 1 means gzprintf() not secure! + 26: 0 = returns value, 1 = void -- 1 means inferred string length returned + + Remainder: + 27-31: 0 (reserved) + */ + +#ifndef Z_SOLO + + /* utility functions */ + +/* + The following utility functions are implemented on top of the basic + stream-oriented functions. To simplify the interface, some default options + are assumed (compression level and memory usage, standard memory allocation + functions). The source code of these utility functions can be modified if + you need special options. +*/ + +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT compress OF((Bytef *dest, uLongf *destLen, + const Bytef *source, uLong sourceLen)); +/* + Compresses the source buffer into the destination buffer. sourceLen is + the byte length of the source buffer. Upon entry, destLen is the total size + of the destination buffer, which must be at least the value returned by + compressBound(sourceLen). Upon exit, destLen is the actual size of the + compressed data. compress() is equivalent to compress2() with a level + parameter of Z_DEFAULT_COMPRESSION. + + compress returns Z_OK if success, Z_MEM_ERROR if there was not + enough memory, Z_BUF_ERROR if there was not enough room in the output + buffer. +*/ + +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT compress2 OF((Bytef *dest, uLongf *destLen, + const Bytef *source, uLong sourceLen, + int level)); +/* + Compresses the source buffer into the destination buffer. The level + parameter has the same meaning as in deflateInit. sourceLen is the byte + length of the source buffer. Upon entry, destLen is the total size of the + destination buffer, which must be at least the value returned by + compressBound(sourceLen). Upon exit, destLen is the actual size of the + compressed data. + + compress2 returns Z_OK if success, Z_MEM_ERROR if there was not enough + memory, Z_BUF_ERROR if there was not enough room in the output buffer, + Z_STREAM_ERROR if the level parameter is invalid. +*/ + +ZEXTERN uLong ZEXPORT compressBound OF((uLong sourceLen)); +/* + compressBound() returns an upper bound on the compressed size after + compress() or compress2() on sourceLen bytes. It would be used before a + compress() or compress2() call to allocate the destination buffer. +*/ + +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT uncompress OF((Bytef *dest, uLongf *destLen, + const Bytef *source, uLong sourceLen)); +/* + Decompresses the source buffer into the destination buffer. sourceLen is + the byte length of the source buffer. Upon entry, destLen is the total size + of the destination buffer, which must be large enough to hold the entire + uncompressed data. (The size of the uncompressed data must have been saved + previously by the compressor and transmitted to the decompressor by some + mechanism outside the scope of this compression library.) Upon exit, destLen + is the actual size of the uncompressed data. + + uncompress returns Z_OK if success, Z_MEM_ERROR if there was not + enough memory, Z_BUF_ERROR if there was not enough room in the output + buffer, or Z_DATA_ERROR if the input data was corrupted or incomplete. In + the case where there is not enough room, uncompress() will fill the output + buffer with the uncompressed data up to that point. +*/ + +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT uncompress2 OF((Bytef *dest, uLongf *destLen, + const Bytef *source, uLong *sourceLen)); +/* + Same as uncompress, except that sourceLen is a pointer, where the + length of the source is *sourceLen. On return, *sourceLen is the number of + source bytes consumed. +*/ + + /* gzip file access functions */ + +/* + This library supports reading and writing files in gzip (.gz) format with + an interface similar to that of stdio, using the functions that start with + "gz". The gzip format is different from the zlib format. gzip is a gzip + wrapper, documented in RFC 1952, wrapped around a deflate stream. +*/ + +typedef struct gzFile_s *gzFile; /* semi-opaque gzip file descriptor */ + +/* +ZEXTERN gzFile ZEXPORT gzopen OF((const char *path, const char *mode)); + + Opens a gzip (.gz) file for reading or writing. The mode parameter is as + in fopen ("rb" or "wb") but can also include a compression level ("wb9") or + a strategy: 'f' for filtered data as in "wb6f", 'h' for Huffman-only + compression as in "wb1h", 'R' for run-length encoding as in "wb1R", or 'F' + for fixed code compression as in "wb9F". (See the description of + deflateInit2 for more information about the strategy parameter.) 'T' will + request transparent writing or appending with no compression and not using + the gzip format. + + "a" can be used instead of "w" to request that the gzip stream that will + be written be appended to the file. "+" will result in an error, since + reading and writing to the same gzip file is not supported. The addition of + "x" when writing will create the file exclusively, which fails if the file + already exists. On systems that support it, the addition of "e" when + reading or writing will set the flag to close the file on an execve() call. + + These functions, as well as gzip, will read and decode a sequence of gzip + streams in a file. The append function of gzopen() can be used to create + such a file. (Also see gzflush() for another way to do this.) When + appending, gzopen does not test whether the file begins with a gzip stream, + nor does it look for the end of the gzip streams to begin appending. gzopen + will simply append a gzip stream to the existing file. + + gzopen can be used to read a file which is not in gzip format; in this + case gzread will directly read from the file without decompression. When + reading, this will be detected automatically by looking for the magic two- + byte gzip header. + + gzopen returns NULL if the file could not be opened, if there was + insufficient memory to allocate the gzFile state, or if an invalid mode was + specified (an 'r', 'w', or 'a' was not provided, or '+' was provided). + errno can be checked to determine if the reason gzopen failed was that the + file could not be opened. +*/ + +ZEXTERN gzFile ZEXPORT gzdopen OF((int fd, const char *mode)); +/* + gzdopen associates a gzFile with the file descriptor fd. File descriptors + are obtained from calls like open, dup, creat, pipe or fileno (if the file + has been previously opened with fopen). The mode parameter is as in gzopen. + + The next call of gzclose on the returned gzFile will also close the file + descriptor fd, just like fclose(fdopen(fd, mode)) closes the file descriptor + fd. If you want to keep fd open, use fd = dup(fd_keep); gz = gzdopen(fd, + mode);. The duplicated descriptor should be saved to avoid a leak, since + gzdopen does not close fd if it fails. If you are using fileno() to get the + file descriptor from a FILE *, then you will have to use dup() to avoid + double-close()ing the file descriptor. Both gzclose() and fclose() will + close the associated file descriptor, so they need to have different file + descriptors. + + gzdopen returns NULL if there was insufficient memory to allocate the + gzFile state, if an invalid mode was specified (an 'r', 'w', or 'a' was not + provided, or '+' was provided), or if fd is -1. The file descriptor is not + used until the next gz* read, write, seek, or close operation, so gzdopen + will not detect if fd is invalid (unless fd is -1). +*/ + +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT gzbuffer OF((gzFile file, unsigned size)); +/* + Set the internal buffer size used by this library's functions. The + default buffer size is 8192 bytes. This function must be called after + gzopen() or gzdopen(), and before any other calls that read or write the + file. The buffer memory allocation is always deferred to the first read or + write. Three times that size in buffer space is allocated. A larger buffer + size of, for example, 64K or 128K bytes will noticeably increase the speed + of decompression (reading). + + The new buffer size also affects the maximum length for gzprintf(). + + gzbuffer() returns 0 on success, or -1 on failure, such as being called + too late. +*/ + +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT gzsetparams OF((gzFile file, int level, int strategy)); +/* + Dynamically update the compression level or strategy. See the description + of deflateInit2 for the meaning of these parameters. Previously provided + data is flushed before the parameter change. + + gzsetparams returns Z_OK if success, Z_STREAM_ERROR if the file was not + opened for writing, Z_ERRNO if there is an error writing the flushed data, + or Z_MEM_ERROR if there is a memory allocation error. +*/ + +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT gzread OF((gzFile file, voidp buf, unsigned len)); +/* + Reads the given number of uncompressed bytes from the compressed file. If + the input file is not in gzip format, gzread copies the given number of + bytes into the buffer directly from the file. + + After reaching the end of a gzip stream in the input, gzread will continue + to read, looking for another gzip stream. Any number of gzip streams may be + concatenated in the input file, and will all be decompressed by gzread(). + If something other than a gzip stream is encountered after a gzip stream, + that remaining trailing garbage is ignored (and no error is returned). + + gzread can be used to read a gzip file that is being concurrently written. + Upon reaching the end of the input, gzread will return with the available + data. If the error code returned by gzerror is Z_OK or Z_BUF_ERROR, then + gzclearerr can be used to clear the end of file indicator in order to permit + gzread to be tried again. Z_OK indicates that a gzip stream was completed + on the last gzread. Z_BUF_ERROR indicates that the input file ended in the + middle of a gzip stream. Note that gzread does not return -1 in the event + of an incomplete gzip stream. This error is deferred until gzclose(), which + will return Z_BUF_ERROR if the last gzread ended in the middle of a gzip + stream. Alternatively, gzerror can be used before gzclose to detect this + case. + + gzread returns the number of uncompressed bytes actually read, less than + len for end of file, or -1 for error. If len is too large to fit in an int, + then nothing is read, -1 is returned, and the error state is set to + Z_STREAM_ERROR. +*/ + +ZEXTERN z_size_t ZEXPORT gzfread OF((voidp buf, z_size_t size, z_size_t nitems, + gzFile file)); +/* + Read up to nitems items of size size from file to buf, otherwise operating + as gzread() does. This duplicates the interface of stdio's fread(), with + size_t request and return types. If the library defines size_t, then + z_size_t is identical to size_t. If not, then z_size_t is an unsigned + integer type that can contain a pointer. + + gzfread() returns the number of full items read of size size, or zero if + the end of the file was reached and a full item could not be read, or if + there was an error. gzerror() must be consulted if zero is returned in + order to determine if there was an error. If the multiplication of size and + nitems overflows, i.e. the product does not fit in a z_size_t, then nothing + is read, zero is returned, and the error state is set to Z_STREAM_ERROR. + + In the event that the end of file is reached and only a partial item is + available at the end, i.e. the remaining uncompressed data length is not a + multiple of size, then the final partial item is nevetheless read into buf + and the end-of-file flag is set. The length of the partial item read is not + provided, but could be inferred from the result of gztell(). This behavior + is the same as the behavior of fread() implementations in common libraries, + but it prevents the direct use of gzfread() to read a concurrently written + file, reseting and retrying on end-of-file, when size is not 1. +*/ + +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT gzwrite OF((gzFile file, + voidpc buf, unsigned len)); +/* + Writes the given number of uncompressed bytes into the compressed file. + gzwrite returns the number of uncompressed bytes written or 0 in case of + error. +*/ + +ZEXTERN z_size_t ZEXPORT gzfwrite OF((voidpc buf, z_size_t size, + z_size_t nitems, gzFile file)); +/* + gzfwrite() writes nitems items of size size from buf to file, duplicating + the interface of stdio's fwrite(), with size_t request and return types. If + the library defines size_t, then z_size_t is identical to size_t. If not, + then z_size_t is an unsigned integer type that can contain a pointer. + + gzfwrite() returns the number of full items written of size size, or zero + if there was an error. If the multiplication of size and nitems overflows, + i.e. the product does not fit in a z_size_t, then nothing is written, zero + is returned, and the error state is set to Z_STREAM_ERROR. +*/ + +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORTVA gzprintf Z_ARG((gzFile file, const char *format, ...)); +/* + Converts, formats, and writes the arguments to the compressed file under + control of the format string, as in fprintf. gzprintf returns the number of + uncompressed bytes actually written, or a negative zlib error code in case + of error. The number of uncompressed bytes written is limited to 8191, or + one less than the buffer size given to gzbuffer(). The caller should assure + that this limit is not exceeded. If it is exceeded, then gzprintf() will + return an error (0) with nothing written. In this case, there may also be a + buffer overflow with unpredictable consequences, which is possible only if + zlib was compiled with the insecure functions sprintf() or vsprintf() + because the secure snprintf() or vsnprintf() functions were not available. + This can be determined using zlibCompileFlags(). +*/ + +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT gzputs OF((gzFile file, const char *s)); +/* + Writes the given null-terminated string to the compressed file, excluding + the terminating null character. + + gzputs returns the number of characters written, or -1 in case of error. +*/ + +ZEXTERN char * ZEXPORT gzgets OF((gzFile file, char *buf, int len)); +/* + Reads bytes from the compressed file until len-1 characters are read, or a + newline character is read and transferred to buf, or an end-of-file + condition is encountered. If any characters are read or if len == 1, the + string is terminated with a null character. If no characters are read due + to an end-of-file or len < 1, then the buffer is left untouched. + + gzgets returns buf which is a null-terminated string, or it returns NULL + for end-of-file or in case of error. If there was an error, the contents at + buf are indeterminate. +*/ + +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT gzputc OF((gzFile file, int c)); +/* + Writes c, converted to an unsigned char, into the compressed file. gzputc + returns the value that was written, or -1 in case of error. +*/ + +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT gzgetc OF((gzFile file)); +/* + Reads one byte from the compressed file. gzgetc returns this byte or -1 + in case of end of file or error. This is implemented as a macro for speed. + As such, it does not do all of the checking the other functions do. I.e. + it does not check to see if file is NULL, nor whether the structure file + points to has been clobbered or not. +*/ + +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT gzungetc OF((int c, gzFile file)); +/* + Push one character back onto the stream to be read as the first character + on the next read. At least one character of push-back is allowed. + gzungetc() returns the character pushed, or -1 on failure. gzungetc() will + fail if c is -1, and may fail if a character has been pushed but not read + yet. If gzungetc is used immediately after gzopen or gzdopen, at least the + output buffer size of pushed characters is allowed. (See gzbuffer above.) + The pushed character will be discarded if the stream is repositioned with + gzseek() or gzrewind(). +*/ + +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT gzflush OF((gzFile file, int flush)); +/* + Flushes all pending output into the compressed file. The parameter flush + is as in the deflate() function. The return value is the zlib error number + (see function gzerror below). gzflush is only permitted when writing. + + If the flush parameter is Z_FINISH, the remaining data is written and the + gzip stream is completed in the output. If gzwrite() is called again, a new + gzip stream will be started in the output. gzread() is able to read such + concatenated gzip streams. + + gzflush should be called only when strictly necessary because it will + degrade compression if called too often. +*/ + +/* +ZEXTERN z_off_t ZEXPORT gzseek OF((gzFile file, + z_off_t offset, int whence)); + + Sets the starting position for the next gzread or gzwrite on the given + compressed file. The offset represents a number of bytes in the + uncompressed data stream. The whence parameter is defined as in lseek(2); + the value SEEK_END is not supported. + + If the file is opened for reading, this function is emulated but can be + extremely slow. If the file is opened for writing, only forward seeks are + supported; gzseek then compresses a sequence of zeroes up to the new + starting position. + + gzseek returns the resulting offset location as measured in bytes from + the beginning of the uncompressed stream, or -1 in case of error, in + particular if the file is opened for writing and the new starting position + would be before the current position. +*/ + +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT gzrewind OF((gzFile file)); +/* + Rewinds the given file. This function is supported only for reading. + + gzrewind(file) is equivalent to (int)gzseek(file, 0L, SEEK_SET) +*/ + +/* +ZEXTERN z_off_t ZEXPORT gztell OF((gzFile file)); + + Returns the starting position for the next gzread or gzwrite on the given + compressed file. This position represents a number of bytes in the + uncompressed data stream, and is zero when starting, even if appending or + reading a gzip stream from the middle of a file using gzdopen(). + + gztell(file) is equivalent to gzseek(file, 0L, SEEK_CUR) +*/ + +/* +ZEXTERN z_off_t ZEXPORT gzoffset OF((gzFile file)); + + Returns the current offset in the file being read or written. This offset + includes the count of bytes that precede the gzip stream, for example when + appending or when using gzdopen() for reading. When reading, the offset + does not include as yet unused buffered input. This information can be used + for a progress indicator. On error, gzoffset() returns -1. +*/ + +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT gzeof OF((gzFile file)); +/* + Returns true (1) if the end-of-file indicator has been set while reading, + false (0) otherwise. Note that the end-of-file indicator is set only if the + read tried to go past the end of the input, but came up short. Therefore, + just like feof(), gzeof() may return false even if there is no more data to + read, in the event that the last read request was for the exact number of + bytes remaining in the input file. This will happen if the input file size + is an exact multiple of the buffer size. + + If gzeof() returns true, then the read functions will return no more data, + unless the end-of-file indicator is reset by gzclearerr() and the input file + has grown since the previous end of file was detected. +*/ + +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT gzdirect OF((gzFile file)); +/* + Returns true (1) if file is being copied directly while reading, or false + (0) if file is a gzip stream being decompressed. + + If the input file is empty, gzdirect() will return true, since the input + does not contain a gzip stream. + + If gzdirect() is used immediately after gzopen() or gzdopen() it will + cause buffers to be allocated to allow reading the file to determine if it + is a gzip file. Therefore if gzbuffer() is used, it should be called before + gzdirect(). + + When writing, gzdirect() returns true (1) if transparent writing was + requested ("wT" for the gzopen() mode), or false (0) otherwise. (Note: + gzdirect() is not needed when writing. Transparent writing must be + explicitly requested, so the application already knows the answer. When + linking statically, using gzdirect() will include all of the zlib code for + gzip file reading and decompression, which may not be desired.) +*/ + +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT gzclose OF((gzFile file)); +/* + Flushes all pending output if necessary, closes the compressed file and + deallocates the (de)compression state. Note that once file is closed, you + cannot call gzerror with file, since its structures have been deallocated. + gzclose must not be called more than once on the same file, just as free + must not be called more than once on the same allocation. + + gzclose will return Z_STREAM_ERROR if file is not valid, Z_ERRNO on a + file operation error, Z_MEM_ERROR if out of memory, Z_BUF_ERROR if the + last read ended in the middle of a gzip stream, or Z_OK on success. +*/ + +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT gzclose_r OF((gzFile file)); +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT gzclose_w OF((gzFile file)); +/* + Same as gzclose(), but gzclose_r() is only for use when reading, and + gzclose_w() is only for use when writing or appending. The advantage to + using these instead of gzclose() is that they avoid linking in zlib + compression or decompression code that is not used when only reading or only + writing respectively. If gzclose() is used, then both compression and + decompression code will be included the application when linking to a static + zlib library. +*/ + +ZEXTERN const char * ZEXPORT gzerror OF((gzFile file, int *errnum)); +/* + Returns the error message for the last error which occurred on the given + compressed file. errnum is set to zlib error number. If an error occurred + in the file system and not in the compression library, errnum is set to + Z_ERRNO and the application may consult errno to get the exact error code. + + The application must not modify the returned string. Future calls to + this function may invalidate the previously returned string. If file is + closed, then the string previously returned by gzerror will no longer be + available. + + gzerror() should be used to distinguish errors from end-of-file for those + functions above that do not distinguish those cases in their return values. +*/ + +ZEXTERN void ZEXPORT gzclearerr OF((gzFile file)); +/* + Clears the error and end-of-file flags for file. This is analogous to the + clearerr() function in stdio. This is useful for continuing to read a gzip + file that is being written concurrently. +*/ + +#endif /* !Z_SOLO */ + + /* checksum functions */ + +/* + These functions are not related to compression but are exported + anyway because they might be useful in applications using the compression + library. +*/ + +ZEXTERN uLong ZEXPORT adler32 OF((uLong adler, const Bytef *buf, uInt len)); +/* + Update a running Adler-32 checksum with the bytes buf[0..len-1] and + return the updated checksum. If buf is Z_NULL, this function returns the + required initial value for the checksum. + + An Adler-32 checksum is almost as reliable as a CRC-32 but can be computed + much faster. + + Usage example: + + uLong adler = adler32(0L, Z_NULL, 0); + + while (read_buffer(buffer, length) != EOF) { + adler = adler32(adler, buffer, length); + } + if (adler != original_adler) error(); +*/ + +ZEXTERN uLong ZEXPORT adler32_z OF((uLong adler, const Bytef *buf, + z_size_t len)); +/* + Same as adler32(), but with a size_t length. +*/ + +/* +ZEXTERN uLong ZEXPORT adler32_combine OF((uLong adler1, uLong adler2, + z_off_t len2)); + + Combine two Adler-32 checksums into one. For two sequences of bytes, seq1 + and seq2 with lengths len1 and len2, Adler-32 checksums were calculated for + each, adler1 and adler2. adler32_combine() returns the Adler-32 checksum of + seq1 and seq2 concatenated, requiring only adler1, adler2, and len2. Note + that the z_off_t type (like off_t) is a signed integer. If len2 is + negative, the result has no meaning or utility. +*/ + +ZEXTERN uLong ZEXPORT crc32 OF((uLong crc, const Bytef *buf, uInt len)); +/* + Update a running CRC-32 with the bytes buf[0..len-1] and return the + updated CRC-32. If buf is Z_NULL, this function returns the required + initial value for the crc. Pre- and post-conditioning (one's complement) is + performed within this function so it shouldn't be done by the application. + + Usage example: + + uLong crc = crc32(0L, Z_NULL, 0); + + while (read_buffer(buffer, length) != EOF) { + crc = crc32(crc, buffer, length); + } + if (crc != original_crc) error(); +*/ + +ZEXTERN uLong ZEXPORT crc32_z OF((uLong adler, const Bytef *buf, + z_size_t len)); +/* + Same as crc32(), but with a size_t length. +*/ + +/* +ZEXTERN uLong ZEXPORT crc32_combine OF((uLong crc1, uLong crc2, z_off_t len2)); + + Combine two CRC-32 check values into one. For two sequences of bytes, + seq1 and seq2 with lengths len1 and len2, CRC-32 check values were + calculated for each, crc1 and crc2. crc32_combine() returns the CRC-32 + check value of seq1 and seq2 concatenated, requiring only crc1, crc2, and + len2. +*/ + + + /* various hacks, don't look :) */ + +/* deflateInit and inflateInit are macros to allow checking the zlib version + * and the compiler's view of z_stream: + */ +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT deflateInit_ OF((z_streamp strm, int level, + const char *version, int stream_size)); +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT inflateInit_ OF((z_streamp strm, + const char *version, int stream_size)); +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT deflateInit2_ OF((z_streamp strm, int level, int method, + int windowBits, int memLevel, + int strategy, const char *version, + int stream_size)); +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT inflateInit2_ OF((z_streamp strm, int windowBits, + const char *version, int stream_size)); +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT inflateBackInit_ OF((z_streamp strm, int windowBits, + unsigned char FAR *window, + const char *version, + int stream_size)); +#ifdef Z_PREFIX_SET +# define z_deflateInit(strm, level) \ + deflateInit_((strm), (level), ZLIB_VERSION, (int)sizeof(z_stream)) +# define z_inflateInit(strm) \ + inflateInit_((strm), ZLIB_VERSION, (int)sizeof(z_stream)) +# define z_deflateInit2(strm, level, method, windowBits, memLevel, strategy) \ + deflateInit2_((strm),(level),(method),(windowBits),(memLevel),\ + (strategy), ZLIB_VERSION, (int)sizeof(z_stream)) +# define z_inflateInit2(strm, windowBits) \ + inflateInit2_((strm), (windowBits), ZLIB_VERSION, \ + (int)sizeof(z_stream)) +# define z_inflateBackInit(strm, windowBits, window) \ + inflateBackInit_((strm), (windowBits), (window), \ + ZLIB_VERSION, (int)sizeof(z_stream)) +#else +# define deflateInit(strm, level) \ + deflateInit_((strm), (level), ZLIB_VERSION, (int)sizeof(z_stream)) +# define inflateInit(strm) \ + inflateInit_((strm), ZLIB_VERSION, (int)sizeof(z_stream)) +# define deflateInit2(strm, level, method, windowBits, memLevel, strategy) \ + deflateInit2_((strm),(level),(method),(windowBits),(memLevel),\ + (strategy), ZLIB_VERSION, (int)sizeof(z_stream)) +# define inflateInit2(strm, windowBits) \ + inflateInit2_((strm), (windowBits), ZLIB_VERSION, \ + (int)sizeof(z_stream)) +# define inflateBackInit(strm, windowBits, window) \ + inflateBackInit_((strm), (windowBits), (window), \ + ZLIB_VERSION, (int)sizeof(z_stream)) +#endif + +#ifndef Z_SOLO + +/* gzgetc() macro and its supporting function and exposed data structure. Note + * that the real internal state is much larger than the exposed structure. + * This abbreviated structure exposes just enough for the gzgetc() macro. The + * user should not mess with these exposed elements, since their names or + * behavior could change in the future, perhaps even capriciously. They can + * only be used by the gzgetc() macro. You have been warned. + */ +struct gzFile_s { + unsigned have; + unsigned char *next; + z_off64_t pos; +}; +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT gzgetc_ OF((gzFile file)); /* backward compatibility */ +#ifdef Z_PREFIX_SET +# undef z_gzgetc +# define z_gzgetc(g) \ + ((g)->have ? ((g)->have--, (g)->pos++, *((g)->next)++) : (gzgetc)(g)) +#else +# define gzgetc(g) \ + ((g)->have ? ((g)->have--, (g)->pos++, *((g)->next)++) : (gzgetc)(g)) +#endif + +/* provide 64-bit offset functions if _LARGEFILE64_SOURCE defined, and/or + * change the regular functions to 64 bits if _FILE_OFFSET_BITS is 64 (if + * both are true, the application gets the *64 functions, and the regular + * functions are changed to 64 bits) -- in case these are set on systems + * without large file support, _LFS64_LARGEFILE must also be true + */ +#ifdef Z_LARGE64 + ZEXTERN gzFile ZEXPORT gzopen64 OF((const char *, const char *)); + ZEXTERN z_off64_t ZEXPORT gzseek64 OF((gzFile, z_off64_t, int)); + ZEXTERN z_off64_t ZEXPORT gztell64 OF((gzFile)); + ZEXTERN z_off64_t ZEXPORT gzoffset64 OF((gzFile)); + ZEXTERN uLong ZEXPORT adler32_combine64 OF((uLong, uLong, z_off64_t)); + ZEXTERN uLong ZEXPORT crc32_combine64 OF((uLong, uLong, z_off64_t)); +#endif + +#if !defined(ZLIB_INTERNAL) && defined(Z_WANT64) +# ifdef Z_PREFIX_SET +# define z_gzopen z_gzopen64 +# define z_gzseek z_gzseek64 +# define z_gztell z_gztell64 +# define z_gzoffset z_gzoffset64 +# define z_adler32_combine z_adler32_combine64 +# define z_crc32_combine z_crc32_combine64 +# else +# define gzopen gzopen64 +# define gzseek gzseek64 +# define gztell gztell64 +# define gzoffset gzoffset64 +# define adler32_combine adler32_combine64 +# define crc32_combine crc32_combine64 +# endif +# ifndef Z_LARGE64 + ZEXTERN gzFile ZEXPORT gzopen64 OF((const char *, const char *)); + ZEXTERN z_off_t ZEXPORT gzseek64 OF((gzFile, z_off_t, int)); + ZEXTERN z_off_t ZEXPORT gztell64 OF((gzFile)); + ZEXTERN z_off_t ZEXPORT gzoffset64 OF((gzFile)); + ZEXTERN uLong ZEXPORT adler32_combine64 OF((uLong, uLong, z_off_t)); + ZEXTERN uLong ZEXPORT crc32_combine64 OF((uLong, uLong, z_off_t)); +# endif +#else + ZEXTERN gzFile ZEXPORT gzopen OF((const char *, const char *)); + ZEXTERN z_off_t ZEXPORT gzseek OF((gzFile, z_off_t, int)); + ZEXTERN z_off_t ZEXPORT gztell OF((gzFile)); + ZEXTERN z_off_t ZEXPORT gzoffset OF((gzFile)); + ZEXTERN uLong ZEXPORT adler32_combine OF((uLong, uLong, z_off_t)); + ZEXTERN uLong ZEXPORT crc32_combine OF((uLong, uLong, z_off_t)); +#endif + +#else /* Z_SOLO */ + + ZEXTERN uLong ZEXPORT adler32_combine OF((uLong, uLong, z_off_t)); + ZEXTERN uLong ZEXPORT crc32_combine OF((uLong, uLong, z_off_t)); + +#endif /* !Z_SOLO */ + +/* undocumented functions */ +ZEXTERN const char * ZEXPORT zError OF((int)); +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT inflateSyncPoint OF((z_streamp)); +ZEXTERN const z_crc_t FAR * ZEXPORT get_crc_table OF((void)); +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT inflateUndermine OF((z_streamp, int)); +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT inflateValidate OF((z_streamp, int)); +ZEXTERN unsigned long ZEXPORT inflateCodesUsed OF ((z_streamp)); +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT inflateResetKeep OF((z_streamp)); +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT deflateResetKeep OF((z_streamp)); +#if (defined(_WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__)) && !defined(Z_SOLO) +ZEXTERN gzFile ZEXPORT gzopen_w OF((const wchar_t *path, + const char *mode)); +#endif +#if defined(STDC) || defined(Z_HAVE_STDARG_H) +# ifndef Z_SOLO +ZEXTERN int ZEXPORTVA gzvprintf Z_ARG((gzFile file, + const char *format, + va_list va)); +# endif +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* ZLIB_H */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libGenericCodeGen.a b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libGenericCodeGen.a new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9ff1f62f Binary files /dev/null and b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libGenericCodeGen.a differ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libMachineIndependent.a b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libMachineIndependent.a new file mode 100644 index 00000000..641bfb68 Binary files /dev/null and b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libMachineIndependent.a differ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libOGLCompiler.a b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libOGLCompiler.a new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d53b2b5e Binary files /dev/null and b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libOGLCompiler.a differ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libOSDependent.a b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libOSDependent.a new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ad0bb14e Binary files /dev/null and b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libOSDependent.a differ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libSPIRV.a b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libSPIRV.a new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f352d36a Binary files /dev/null and b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libSPIRV.a differ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libbreakpad_client.a b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libbreakpad_client.a new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2c9ab5ff Binary files /dev/null and b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libbreakpad_client.a differ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libcrypto.a b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libcrypto.a new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7d210263 Binary files /dev/null and b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libcrypto.a differ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libfreetype.a b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libfreetype.a new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a474f165 Binary files /dev/null and b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libfreetype.a differ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libglslang-default-resource-limits.a b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libglslang-default-resource-limits.a new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d84616bf Binary files /dev/null and b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libglslang-default-resource-limits.a differ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libglslang.a b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libglslang.a new file mode 100644 index 00000000..48bde7ad Binary files /dev/null and b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libglslang.a differ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libjpeg.a b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libjpeg.a new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ef9f88ce Binary files /dev/null and b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libjpeg.a differ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libmp3lame.so b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libmp3lame.so new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4f67414a Binary files /dev/null and b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libmp3lame.so differ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/liboboe.a b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/liboboe.a new file mode 100644 index 00000000..42a38158 Binary files /dev/null and b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/liboboe.a differ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libpng16.a b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libpng16.a new file mode 100644 index 00000000..19fd0933 Binary files /dev/null and b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libpng16.a differ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libsqlite3.a b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libsqlite3.a new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4de82aba Binary files /dev/null and b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libsqlite3.a differ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libssl.a b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libssl.a new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2277d63d Binary files /dev/null and b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libssl.a differ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libuv_a.a b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libuv_a.a new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c0c26b73 Binary files /dev/null and b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libuv_a.a differ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libwebsockets.a b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libwebsockets.a new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ffcc846e Binary files /dev/null and b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libwebsockets.a differ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libz.a b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libz.a new file mode 100644 index 00000000..dbbb6a78 Binary files /dev/null and b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libz.a differ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/v8-2/libinspector.a b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/v8-2/libinspector.a new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2d95d503 Binary files /dev/null and b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/v8-2/libinspector.a differ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/v8-2/libv8_monolith.a b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/v8-2/libv8_monolith.a new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f847b178 Binary files /dev/null and b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/v8-2/libv8_monolith.a differ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/v8/libinspector.a b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/v8/libinspector.a new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e0e130cf Binary files /dev/null and b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/v8/libinspector.a differ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/v8/libv8_base.a b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/v8/libv8_base.a new file mode 100644 index 00000000..36c9323d Binary files /dev/null and b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/v8/libv8_base.a differ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/v8/libv8_libbase.a b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/v8/libv8_libbase.a new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7f91eb6e Binary files /dev/null and b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/v8/libv8_libbase.a differ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/v8/libv8_libplatform.a b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/v8/libv8_libplatform.a new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9fdc1c8b Binary files /dev/null and b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/v8/libv8_libplatform.a differ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/v8/libv8_libsampler.a b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/v8/libv8_libsampler.a new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0ee863fa Binary files /dev/null and b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/v8/libv8_libsampler.a differ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/v8/libv8_snapshot.a b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/v8/libv8_snapshot.a new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fdc4f7fd Binary files /dev/null and b/ohos/armeabi-v7a/v8/libv8_snapshot.a differ